ã€ŠBehind the Scenes from Narutoã€‹


 Chapter 1ï¼š Uehara Naraku

    in a dark cave.

    The sound of water dripping faintly and endlessly.

    The sound of a splash of water suddenly appeared, echoing in this secluded cave, and the man and woman hidden in this cave suddenly became vigilant.

    "Payne, someone is coming!"

    The woman frowned her brows, her palms instantly turned into sheets of origami, and the chakra attached to them looked unusually sharp. Her voice was a little calm: "Except for the two of us, only Madara and Judo knows here... are they here? "

    "No, it''s a strange ninja."

    The man raised his head, staring at the entrance of the cave with a pair of weird eyes, looking at the figure that appeared, his voice sounded a bit cold and ruthless: "Xiao Nan, go kill him!"

    Even if the old friend died twelve years ago, they abandoned the idea of ??the first generation of Akatsuki here, it does not mean that they would like to see the place where the old friend once lived was entered by strangers.

    Kill a strange ninja who has set foot in this undefiled land. Whether it is a man or a woman, there is no burden in his heart.

    They are used to killing.

    "Excuse me, is this... the base of Akatsuki?"

    Before they could do anything, the figure that appeared in the cave took the lead to speak to a man and a woman standing in the cave: "I am the son of Uehara Naruto, Uehara Naraku. He told me twelve years ago His mother, he joined an organization named Akatsuki to follow Master Yahiko, but has never returned since then."

    "¡­¡­"

    The woman''s motion of waving the paper shuriken stopped, and the expression on the man''s face was a little stiff, and they heard a strange name.

    No, or rather, familiar.

    is familiar to women at least.

    Because that ninja named Uehara Hatsu, in order to protect her, eventually died by the enemy''s sword, it was a meaningless sacrifice.

    As the figure at the entrance of the cave gradually walked in, a man and a woman could see the appearance of the person.

    This is a teenager who even ninja guards with a crooked forehead. He is wearing a large sleeved robe. Obviously, this dress is a bit big for his age.

    The uniforms of the first generation of Akatsuki now seem to be a bit crude, because at that time, Akatsuki was really too poor.

    However, I still miss it involuntarily.

    "Are you the son of Uehara Hatsu?"

    The man rolled his weird eyes and stared at the boy in front of him closely. He looked at the boy and his father in a similar appearance, and said in a deep voice, "There has never been such a person in our organization. Let''s go!"

    "¡­¡­"

    The woman opened her mouth as if she wanted to say something, when she looked up at the man next to her as if she was begging, only to see the man shook his head slightly.

    The woman bit her lip and fell silent after all.

    The young man held a shuriken tightly in his hand, seeming to pretend to be calm, but when he stopped and wanted to turn around and leave, he inadvertently saw the appearance of the man and woman, he suddenly The shuriken was put away, and he took out his pocket.

    The man and the woman in the cave looked at each other, their expressions were a little surprised, and when they became more vigilant, the boy took out a photo.

    "¡­¡­"

    The boy lowered his head and looked at the photo.

    He raised his head again and looked at the man and the woman.

    Then, the young man held up the photo at them and said softly: "Excuse me, are you Mr. Nan and Mr. Yahiko?"

    "¡­¡­"

    The man and the woman fell silent.

    That photo was the only photo taken by the first generation of Akatsuki, and it lacked many latecomers. At that time, because everyone thought Akatsuki was a peace organization, they did not pay much attention to the information of members, and many people sent it to their families. .

    And the Yahiko mentioned by this boy is the first leader of Akatsuki''s organization, and it is also the source of the two people''s mood becoming more and more depressed.

    The man and Yahiko look exactly the same, because the man''s body was originally Yahiko''s corpse, and he was made into a powerful puppet.

    The person behind ¡¡¡¡ controlling the puppet is the red-haired boy in the photo.

    "Yahiko-sama doesn''t look like anything has changed."

    The young man said in a whisper, "Although Xiao Nan is a bit older, he can still see the outline of his youth..."

    "¡­¡­"

    The woman''s face turned black.

    The man calmly stared at the young man in front of him, and suddenly said, "Your father is dead. He died in battle twelve years ago. Now I have forgotten his name. The weak is not worth remembering. ."

    "Payne!"

    A panic flashed across the woman''s face!

    In any case, she did not expect that men would tell the truth in such a straightforward manner, at least this is after their old friends!

    The boy''s face drooped, and he forcibly retorted: "Since you don''t remember the name, why did you say he died?"

    "Because..."

    The man looked at the appearance of the boy, and said coldly: "Twelve years ago, only two people in the entire Akatsuki organization survived."

    "...he can survive!"

    The woman said aloud suddenly, and continued to add: "If it weren''t for me, many people would have survived."

    "¡­¡­"

    The man by her side seemed to want to say something to comfort her, but he just stopped looking at the woman''s low face.

    "I know."

    The look of the young man closed in an instant, and he waved his hand indifferently: "Since he was dead twelve years ago, then I won''t blame him."

    After ¡¡¡¡ finished speaking, the boy turned and left.

    However, Uehara Naraku has not taken two steps yet, a strange gravitational pull pulled him back, and the man suddenly grabbed his collar with his palm!

    "Although your father does not have much power, he is also a ninja worthy of admiration. Do you have no feelings for him?"

    "Payne, let him go!"

    The woman stretched out her palm anxiously and grabbed the man''s arm, trying to make him loosen the boy''s collar.

    Naruto Uehara pulled Penn¡¯s palm, looked up at the man¡¯s weird eyes, and a touch of mockery flashed across her face: ¡°I¡¯m so sorry, I was only born twelve years ago, except for this photo and I don¡¯t have any impression of him with this dress."

    From his mouth, the image of a man who abandons his wife and children jumps out.

    Anyway, the ninja named Uehara Hatsu, leaving his wife and newborn son after giving birth to follow an inexplicable Akatsuki organization, sounds a bit weird.

    "¡­Sorry."

    The woman whispered an apology next to her.

    Xiaonan¡¯s eyes are moist. Twelve years ago, they were only fifteen years old. UU reading couldn''t understand how much sacrifice the group of ninjas who followed them had paid.

    Now they know the tip of the iceberg below.

    "There is no need to apologize, it is his choice."

    The boy shook his head, pulled away the man''s hand, and whispered softly: "I came to find Akatsuki''s base, just because before my mother died, I always wanted to know about him."

    Xiao Nan looked at the boy and said nervously: "Your parents have already passed away, then...where are you going now?"

    "Of course I went to Miss Hanzo!"

    Nai Uehara spread her hands and explained: "In the past few months, I have been a wandering ninja, inquiring about Akatsuki''s news and father''s trail... Now that I have my wish, of course I will go to Hanzo-sama and become an official ninja. "

    "¡­¡­"

    Payne and Xiao Nan looked at each other, a descendant of a member of the first Akatsuki organization, is going to go to his murderer?

    This kid named Naraku Uehara doesn''t know the truth. How can people who know the truth, especially Xiao Nan, tolerate this happening?

    "No way."

    Xiaonan reached out and grabbed his shoulders, squatted in front of him, with a cold expression: "Your father Uehara has joined Akatsuki, so his child is also a member of the organization!"

    "Your organization... why is it a bit like an MLM den!"

    Uehara Naraku looked at Xiaonan and Payne back and forth, couldn''t help blinking her eyes, and subconsciously spit out.

    But...

    He finally achieved his true goal.

    There was a tink in the brain of Uehara Naraku. Side mission: Join an organization (1/1), the mission has been completed, reward: [Galio the Justice Colossus] psychic contract.

 Chapter 2ï¼š Actually, Im also a fool

    Uehara Naraku is actually a traverser.

    Similarly, he is still a systematic player.

    There are so many ninjas in the Ninja world who like to open the game in the future, and many of them are banned when they open the game, but there is more than one and one less. For the Ninja world, it is still very different.

    A month ago, he was called Uehara, he was an ordinary person.

    When going out to press the road, Uehara met a strange book seller. After a few conversations, Uehara felt like the boss.

    Everyone is an old two-dimensional element, so you can pick up a topic at random.

    Before leaving, Uehara felt a little embarrassed, so he bought a book from the little book stand of the boss, which was just a casual book.

    The ancients once said that there is Yan Ruyu in the book, the golden house in the book, and thousands of bells in the book. There is no harm in reading more, right?

    The ancients were honest, and they didn¡¯t say anything wrong.

    Sometimes there are systems in the book.

    That boss is actually weird. He obviously just set up a book stand and sold the book to Uehara according to the book cover price!

    Isn''t it clear to cheat him for money?

    Now it seems that he has not only cheated his money, but also others.

    After Uehara went home, the moment he opened the book, he was bound with a system called [The world''s two-dimensional fans will surely realize their wishes], referred to as the two-dimensional wishing system.

    This system is a bit crude and indiscriminate. Not only does it have no artificial intelligence, but it also rigidly publishes tasks.

    After the system was turned on, he analyzed Uehara''s preferences with big data, and then sent him to the Ninja World, and he became Uehara Naraku.

    Uehara Naraku''s life experience is indeed rather bizarre.

    His father was indeed a member of the first generation of Akatsuki. He just made a child with his mother and then went to follow Yahiko. Later, there was no news.

    It is difficult for an orphan and a widow to survive in a war-prone place like Uyin Village. Nara Uehara had to be taught by his mother to refine chakras since he was a child and became a wandering ninja, but later he was killed by a Yanyin.

    Uehara became Uehara Naraku.

    His main mission is the only one: to realize the wish of the book stand boss and become the biggest BOSS in the ninja world with a progress of 0%.

    is really a simple and rude system!

    But why not let you realize your wish that you just want to be an ordinary person? Instead to fulfill the wishes of others?

    Is the system not afraid that one day someone wants to become a crow and change his species, and he will also realize that person''s wish?

    Of course, in addition to the mission of becoming the biggest boss in the ninja world, the system will release many random side missions from time to time, with varying degrees of difficulty.

    Strictly speaking, these tasks are more like the wishes of some two-dimensional enthusiasts.

    Because of the weirdness, there are so many things.

    After all, even if the system is mentally retarded, it is unlikely that some apparently opposite tasks will be released at the same time, right?

    For example, there is a side quest to bring Naruto Uzumaki into blackness; another side quest to keep Naruto Uzumaki warm forever; and another side quest to keep Naruto Uzumaki and Sasuke together...

    What the **** is this!

    According to Uehara Naraku''s judgment, the publishers of these tasks are weird, and the rewards they give are different.

    For example, most of the rewards presented by the current side missions come from the League of Legends. Sometimes, some hero skills are presented, sometimes heroes are presented as summoned beasts, and sometimes money is also given.

    These money are not ninja money, but real gold coins that can be used to buy some weird equipment.

    Uehara Naraku opened his panel, because this is the first exhibition, it is estimated that it will take a long time to open the property panel in the future.

    Name: Uehara Naraku

    Sex: Male

    Birthday: Konoha calendar April 4, 44

    ID number: (mosaic)

    Life Energy: 698 (Standard Ninja Physical Energy 500~1000)

    Chakra energy: 1350 (standard upper-level Chakra 1000-3000)

    Life recovery: 2/sec.

    Chakra recovery: 1.5/sec.

    Available skills:

    Dancing in the air: able to fly in the air with the help of chakras, consume 3 chakras per second, without cooling.

    Command¡¤Shockwave: By releasing a chakra magic puppet, a space-time gravitation is released, and the enemies around the magic puppet are gathered in the direction of the magic puppet. The range is equivalent to that of the chakra. The minimum is 100 points and the cooling time is 110 seconds.

    Wind Barrier: By releasing the wind to escape the chakra, a wall of airflow is formed to block the enemy''s attack. The range is equivalent to that of the chakra, the minimum is 50 points, and the cooling time is 26 seconds.

    Ten Thousand Thunder Sky Prison Citation: By releasing the thunder and escape chakras, a circular lightning storm is formed around you. The range, power and duration are equivalent to the use of chakras. The minimum is 75 points and the cooling time is 120 seconds.

    Card Deception: A powerful card throwing technique can be used. Whenever the fourth card is thrown, the power increases without cooling down.

    Equipped:

    Tears of the Goddess: Chakra +250, Chakra accumulation +750, and 10% of Chakra will be returned every time you use ninjutsu.

    psychic contract:

    Gario, the colossus of justice, Chakra consumes 3000 points.

    Remaining gold coins: 1320.

    For Naraku Uehara, the only thing to be thankful for is that his current skills are pretty good, not an orphan skill that goes ahead.

    Except for the dance skills, which he acquired when he first started to practice Chakra''s control of treading water and climbing trees, the other skills were obtained from combat missions.

    As for the Tears of the Goddess, it was he obtained some money through some side missions. He bought the Tears of the Goddess from the mall that jumped out of the system from time to time. He knew how important the Chakra of Ninja World was, and this thing can be used in the Ninja World To help...

    The system gave him two side tasks before, one of which was to create an organization, and the other was to join an organization.

    If he is twenty-six years old, of course he would choose to take the initiative to create an organization, but he is only three... only twelve years old this year!

    With his acting skills just now, if Dove takes over the magpie''s nest, there should be no problem, right?

    The identity of this body is so convenient. If you don¡¯t make good use of it, wouldn¡¯t it be too wasteful?

    As for who will be the real behind-the-scenes of Akatsuki, the biggest boss in the ninja world, Nagato, Uchiha Daido, Uchiha Madara, and Kurozutsu, let¡¯s play fair together!

    Such a fun doll game, why not participate?

    Uehara Naraku is actually not picky.

    His purpose is only to be the last doll. It is enough to be able to cover the big Tsumu Huiye, so that he can also complete his main mission.

    The current Akatsuki organization is still a little down, which is equivalent to half a grass team.

    The later Daylight Group had only half of the members. The secret base of the organization was located in a gorge of a river, and the members were still carrying out their own missions.

    There are also people staying in the base.

    There are two big spenders in the Akatsuki organization, one of them is Dashewan, who likes human experiments; the other is called Red Sand Scorpion, who likes body art.

    "Are there any new members?"

    Oshemaru saw Penn and Naruko Uehara behind Xiaonan, and subconsciously stretched out his tongue and licked the corners of his mouth: "Or, is this experimental material prepared for me?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Payne shook his head and calmly said: "He will be the new intern in the organization, Naraku Uehara."

    "Please take care."

    Uehara Naraku''s smile was very sunny, but in this gloomy cave, his youthful vigor seemed incompatible with the environment here.

    "Humph!"

    Others just sneered at him, UU reading ignored them.

    Uehara Naraku''s smile suddenly disappeared.

    A bunch of bastards...

    It is rare that he took the initiative to laugh so heartily!

    Could this smile he practiced carefully can only be used to deal with people like Metkay and Rock Lee?

    Xiaonan stretched out his hand and patted the boy''s head. The woman came down short and whispered in his ear: "Uehara, can you find a place to practice by yourself?"

    "Oh oh oh... of course you can!"

    Uehara Naruko stepped back and nodded.

    The iris flower swayed gently on the woman''s head, and Xiao Nan strolled into the cave. Even if the light is lacking, a behemoth can be vaguely seen inside the cave.

    looks very ugly.

    Power, very powerful.

    Ten-tailed body, the outer golem is hidden here. Apparently the members of Akatsuki still don¡¯t know what this big guy can do...

    "Ahahaha, you are also an intern of the organization!"

    Just as Uehara was in a daze, a funny voice came out.

    A hand patted Uehara''s left shoulder. Just as Uehara turned her head, she saw nothing.

    Immediately after, Uehara felt that the right shoulder was also slapped. Obviously the man ran to the right again, this kind of ancient but boring prank.

    If this person is also an intern of Akatsuki, then he must be Uchiha Daido, Uehara Naraku¡¯s colleague, and an opponent of the main messenger behind the competition!

    Uehara Nairobi frowned, and pressed his hands together, and the skill was activated instantly: "Lei Dun, Ten Thousand Lei Tian Prison!"

    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª

    New book, ask for recommendation, ask for collection!

 Chapter 3ï¼š The first sight of 3 movie kings

    "Ten Thousand Thunder Heavenly Prison!"

    A thundercloud storm suddenly appeared beside Naraku Uehara, and a thunderstorm fell in an instant, and the thunderstorm quickly smashed the man behind!

    "Wow...it hurts!"

    The man standing behind Uehara Naraku did not take any measures, but instead let the thunder fall on him, his body swaying swayingly.

    The wooden mask on the man''s face is also smoking, and the red clouds and black robe uniform on his body are also scorched by lightning, and even small sparks are running.

    The first thing this guy gives is that he is an idiot with only two IQs, and there is no threat at all.

    can bring some joy to people, that is his usefulness.

    However, anyone who thinks this way will be very wrong, because he has been bringing enough pain to the people of the Ninja world to make them nervous.

    Uehara Naraku raised his head, his eyes narrowed slightly, and he stared at the masked man in front of him. The days to come will probably not be particularly boring...

    However, you can''t relax too much.

    Only the next moment, Uehara Naraku''s face immediately became solemn, because he saw a young man in a tight uniform standing not far from the masked man.

    The young man has tears on his face and a swirling ninja guard on his head. His face is full of seriousness and uprightness. It looks like his tutor is very good.

    Uehara Naraku''s face is a bit unpleasant: "..."

    Is this Uchiha Itachi from the Anbe period?

    No, since he appeared in the Akatsuki organization, it proves that he is no longer a Konoha anbu ninja, but an S-rank rebel who killed the whole family and fled Konoha.

    Compared with other S-rank rebels, Uchiha Itachi''s methods are more fierce.

    corners just killed all the high-levels of Takiin Village. Takiin Village is just a Konoha vassal Ninja Village, and there are not many strong people;

    Red Sand Scorpion only kills a third generation of Fengying, which is not uncommon, Fengying always plays the role of being killed.

    Uchiha Itachi, killed all his own clan!

    That is a **** ninja who has passed on for thousands of years, and has always been known as the number one family in the ninth world, Uchiha!

    "Hey! Boy, have a little respect for me, a senior intern!"

    The masked man pointed at Uehara Naraku angrily, but when he saw Uehara''s gaze, he immediately raised his thumb and pointed at the young man behind him.

    The masked man laughed and said: "Hey, I have attracted a strong member for the organization, and I will soon leave the status of an intern and become a full-time student!"

    Even when he was angry, the masked man still pretended to be crazy and stupid in front of Uehara Naruto, without revealing another intention to hide his identity.

    After saying this, the mask man proudly introduced: "Do you know who he is? Although he is about the same age as you, he has already killed the entire Uchiha clan, and he is strong enough to become a member of the organization. Full member!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku looked at the masked man as if watching an idiot. How did he feel embarrassed to perform such a flamboyant acting in front of him and Itachi Uchiha?

    Does this guy really think his acting is great?

    Uehara Naraku standing in front of him, Uchiha Itachi standing behind him, these two are both characters who can compete for the actor!

    Well, the mask man''s acting skills are also very good.

    Uehara Naraku just got the trust of Xiaonan, perhaps also the trust of Payne; Uchiha Itachi played with his brother in the palm of his hand, until the end of the Pacific battle, there was no clue.

    The masked man has been hidden until the fourth Ninja War in the future. Before his mask was knocked down, his identity was never discovered.

    Even if someone doubted his identity, more people would refute him.

    If it weren''t for Uehara Naraku to know his true face, there is a high probability that he would only guess that his identity is a character like Uchiha Senna.

    is really interesting!

    Three confidently able to compete for the actor-level characters, now they are actually playing each other here, trying to think that they can hide from each other.

    To be honest, it feels a bit silly.

    One day, the identities of the two of them will be exposed and everyone will be honest.

    The masked man suddenly patted Uehara on the shoulder, and affectionately bewitched him: "Boy, do you want to discuss it with Uchiha Itachi? If you can kill him, you will definitely be able to seize his official membership position!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku looked at the masked man again as if he was looking at an idiot: "Since you want to be a full member, why don''t you kill him and replace him?"

    "Hahahahaha, of course, because of..."

    After a long time, the masked man laughed and joked, and gave out his answer in frustration: "My strength is too weak, it is very likely that he will be killed!"

    "But my strength is also very weak..."

    Uehara Naraku blinked, her expression somewhat innocent.

    If according to his current strength, unless he can channel out the justice giant Galio, it would be very difficult to defeat the S-rank rebels of Akatsuki.

    Uehara Naraku uses Chakra more sparingly, and can use skills a dozen times, playing a loquat tenzo or something, probably no problem, but facing a Uchiha Itachi who is proficient in all aspects, it is not easy to say.

    Ninjutsu, physique, illusion and pupil skills are all proficient, which also makes his fighting style extremely diverse. The most troublesome thing is that this guy''s IQ is quite high, he will not be careless when facing any enemy. Carefully crack the enemy''s technique and adopt a counter-attack combat method. UU reading

    "Then you can only blame yourself for being too weak..."

    The man in the mask spread his palms and turned his head to look at the young man behind him: "Hey, Mr. Itachi, if you want to gain a foothold in the organization, kill someone! Interns in the organization are not protected. !"

    "¡­¡­"

    Thirteen and a half years old Uchiha Itachi glanced at the masked man, then slowly looked at Uehara Naraku, and finally nodded and pulled out the Shinobi behind him.

    He was brought in by the masked man.

    In Uchiha Itachi¡¯s impression, the masked man claimed to be Uchiha¡¯s Madara. He was a mysterious and powerful man. Not long ago, he helped him slaughter the entire Uchiha clan and brought him into the Akatsuki organization.

    Masked Man mentioned on the road that Akatsuki is his organization, and this intern should also be the person he wants to remove.

    Before that, their agreement had just been reached. The masked man made the condition that he would not attack Konoha and hurt Sasuke in exchange for him to join Akatsuki.

    Nowadays, what the masked man means in and out of words is nothing more than asking him to help find another intern in this organization.

    does not matter.

    As long as this guy abides by the agreement, Uchiha Itachi doesn''t mind helping him solve minor problems.

    "Interesting..."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Uchiha Itachi, who was holding a ninja sword, and remembered that there had been two side missions.

    defeated Uchiha Itachi once (0/1), the reward is unknown.

    defeat the mysterious mask man once (0/1), the reward is unknown.

    Uchiha Itachi slowly closed his eyes and nodded to Uehara Naruto to express his apologies: "I''m sorry, I have a reason to do this."

    When the voice of ¡¡¡¡ fell, his figure disappeared in place!

 Chapter 4ï¼š Experience the power of writing round eyes once

    So fast!

    Uchiha Itachi suddenly appeared behind Uehara Naraku, waved the Shinobi sword in his hand, and slashed toward Uehara''s neck mercilessly.

    He seems to be very familiar as if he had killed hundreds of people.

    "Lei Dun¡¤Wan Lei Tian Prison!"

    Even if Uehara Naraku hasn''t noticed Uchiha Itachi, it does not delay him from opening the Ten Thousand Thunder Prison, a skill that can be used for both defense and offense!

    Fortunately, the time they discussed before was just enough to cool down the skills.

    Clouds of thundercloud storms appeared above Uehara Naraku, and a bolt of lightning fell down, forcing Uchiha Itachi to use a substitute technique to avoid it.

    Countless lightnings wandered back and forth in the thundercloud storm, and it seemed that they might fall again at any time!

    After leaving the range of the Ten Thousand Thunder Sky Prison, Uchiha Itachi frowned: "This guy...only one seal can release a powerful Thunder Dunnjutsu. The interns in Akatsuki''s organization are all Is this a monster?"

    Papa Papa Papa Papa...

    The masked man slapped his hands vigorously, and exclaimed: "Wow, wow, wow...It''s super exciting! Whether it''s Itachi-kun¡¯s stand-in technique or the kid¡¯s thunder-dance ninjutsu, it looks really amazing!

    "moron¡­"

    Uehara Naraku finally couldn''t help but cursed inwardly, such a grandiose way of complimenting people, there is really no sincerity at all!

    Looking at the position of Uchiha Itachi, four cards suddenly appeared in the hands of Uehara Naraku and shot in his direction!

    stab!

    The harsh sound of gold and iron rubbing!

    I saw that the Shinobi in Uchiha Itachi''s hand blocked four cards one after another. Those cards were like steel, but they were unexpectedly sharp.

    "My card is not something ordinary people can play."

    Uehara Naraku said with a light smile, his eyes lowered, and as his voice fell, an explosion suddenly came out!

    One of the cards exploded instantly!

    Uchiha Itachi fell down and flew out, kneeling on the ground!

    The Konoha rebel body was a little embarrassed at the moment, because he had just used the substitute technique, even if he reacted in time, he was still affected by the explosion.

    "Good, good, good... so terrible!"

    The masked man put his legs together nervously, holding his head with both hands, and looked almost frightened: "A card is even more powerful than the detonation talisman... It''s terrible!"

    "There should be a lot of chakra attached to it..."

    Uchiha Itachi lowered his head in thought, half-kneeled on the ground and raised his head to look at Naraku Uehara. Is the strength of this organization too strong?

    Although he hasn''t tried his best to fight, the two techniques currently mastered by this intern are so powerful that they should at least have the fighting power of the upper level.

    "A twelve-year-old Shinobu?"

    Uchiha Itachi closed his eyes, then slowly opened them, revealing a fierce light, his eyes have turned red, and three black gou jade printed around.

    ßÝ!

    Uehara can almost hear the wind!

    He didn''t look directly at Uchiha Itachi''s writing wheel eyes, but looked at the moment his toes disappeared, and once again opened the Ten Thousand Thunder Sky Prison around him as a defense.

    The loud explosion sound just now should be able to draw out Xiao Nan and Payne...

    Otherwise, he can only try to use gold coins to buy some rare things from the system that can be enough to win.

    Anyway, his main purpose is to get skill rewards. By the way, he wants to take the opportunity to show off his strength. This organization has always had no morals in attracting strong members!

    "Ah, this kid, does he even know the way to deal with writing round eyes? It''s really amazing!"

    The masked man was chirping next to explain the battle again, which really made Uehara a little impatient.

    If it weren¡¯t for Uchiha¡¯s surprise attack, Uehara would definitely find a way to give him a cruel trick!

    "Art fire escape **** fireball!"

    A huge ball of flames spouted toward Naru Uehara!

    Uchiha''s signature fire escape ninjutsu, as the favorite of the heavens, Itachi Uchiha is naturally good at it, opening his mouth is a giant fireball.

    I have to say, Uchiha Itachi''s printing speed is very fast!

    Six handprints were formed in one second, and the magic of the fireball was released in one second, and Uehara Naruko''s seal was faster.

    Uehara Naraku folded his hands symbolically, and did not hesitate to release his defensive skills: "Wind Barrier!"

    The blazing fireball fell on a wind wall and dissipated invisibly, leaving only the air heated by the flame.

    Whether it''s the masked man or Uchiha Itachi, their minds are a little serious, because Uehara Naraku released ninjutsu with another mudra.

    But Uchiha Itachi did not give up this opportunity!

    Almost instantly, this traitorous Shinobu appeared behind Naraku Uehara and slammed his Shinobi sword!

    "...coming?"

    Uehara Naraku appeared in the palm of a small magic doll. According to his guess, Uchiha Itachi was definitely launching a feint with a fireball. After all, that is a ninjutsu that never kills people in anime!

    "Command Shockwave!"

    The space around Uehara Naraku was instantly distorted!

    A gravitational force attracted Uchiha Itachi''s figure to his side, and even the dizziness of space distortion made Uchiha Itachi powerless to fight back!

    Uehara Naraku did not hesitate, pinched Uchiha Itachi''s neck with one hand, and pressed him to the ground: "...you lost!"

    If he didn''t use the palm of his hand, but cut Uchiha Itachi''s neck with a card, he would definitely be able to kill him.

    But this is not Uehara''s purpose.

    Uchiha Itachi, although the core is a Konoha spy, he is actually a model worker of Akatsuki. It would be a waste to kill him here.

    What''s more, if he really uses cards, maybe Uchiha Itachi will turn on Susano Resist!

    Uehara''s mind made a ding sound. He subconsciously thought that when the first side task was completed, he saw that a side task closed in a corner was completed.

    The task is completed: lose once in the hands of Itachi God (1/1), reward +100 gold coins.

    What are you kidding about, there are people who will make such a wish for abuse?

    No, the key now is that he clearly has the advantage, why does the system think he has lost?

    "You lost..."

    Uchiha Itachi''s eyes finally came into the eyes of Uehara Naraku. UU reading ''s three black jade writing round eyes are moving, and they involuntarily fall into it.

    Even if he was caught off guard by the command ¡¤ Shockwave, Uchiha Itachi still found an opportunity to counteract this situation.

    Although he didn''t know why Uehara was merciful, this did not delay his determination!

    Only by restraining the enemy can we obtain the final victory!

    Uehara Naraku immediately fell into the illusion. In his senses, huge copper nails were embedded in his body, making him immobile!

    Illusory Art¡¤Gold Binding Art!

    Just in the mind of Uehara Naraku, another side mission that was thrown into the corner after crossing the Ninja World was finally completed.

    Mission completed: Experience the power of writing round eyes (1/1).

    Reward: The life form disintegrates the ray.

    Life Form Disintegration Ray: A powerful ray is released through the eyes to analyze the enemy''s life characteristics and disintegrate the enemy''s body for 2.5 seconds. The chakra value is related to the duration. The minimum is 100 chakra and the cooling time is 120 seconds.

    This skill is indeed very powerful. The problem is that Uehara wants to disarm the illusion immediately!

    This is really an unprecedented crisis, and even at this juncture, I missed the decision. Isn''t it said that the soul energy of the traverser is strong, and it can resist illusions or something?

    How should I cancel the illusion now?

    Just as Uehara Naraku was about to directly use the life disintegration ray to attack indiscriminately, someone slapped him on the head, using this way of hitting a child to help him relieve the illusion.

    "What are you doing?"

    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª

    Today is also the day to ask for recommendations! New book issue, don''t raise it, everyone helps make the list!

 Chapter 5ï¼š I want uniform

    Xiaonan interrupted their fight.

    The woman with light blue hair carried Naraku Uehara''s collar, put him next to her, and said coldly, "What are you doing?"

    "Huh..."

    Uehara Nana breathed a sigh of relief. After seeing Akatsuki''s members come out, he pointed at the mask man and Uchiha Itachi, opened his mouth and buttoned a big hat: "Konan-sama, these two people want to kill me..."

    "No no no no¡­"

    The masked man stepped forward, shook his hands, and explained exaggeratedly: "We are just testing the strength of the organization interns. I didn''t expect that he would defeat a person who is enough to become a full member!"

    Although Uchiha Itachi did not use a kaleidoscope to write round eye pupils, but in an ordinary state, Uchiha Itachi''s strength cannot be defeated by ordinary ninjas.

    Unexpectedly, this kid relied on his weird skills to suppress Itachi Uchiha, and even had a chance to almost kill him before Uchiha Itachi used his hole cards!

    If the masked man thinks he is not mistaken, the last technique used by the kid is probably space-time, and he sees that the space is distorted.

    This kid is really amazing!

    He can be regarded as a powerful force that can collect tail beasts for the Akatsuki organization. Akatsuki¡¯s members have been replacing back and forth. Each group has been in a vacant stage. The staff has never been gathered, and occasionally members will take their teammates. Go for money.

    As for the possible threat that Uehara Naraku might bring, the mask man only considered it for a second and chose to give up.

    This kid seems to have no blood on his body, and Chakra seems to have only a little more, and he is not a promising person at all.

    But his talent is really good, he was able to develop a ninjutsu that can be released by the Indian style, but it can only stop there.

    He knew very well that only with a strong blood successor can he go further.

    As for Naraku Uehara''s use of space that only distorts space, there is still a certain time delay, as long as he understands his intelligence, he can easily avoid it.

    Itachi Uchiha was hit by the command shock wave just now because it was too sudden.

    If Uchiha Itachi had just used his pupil power to directly activate the kaleidoscope pupil technique, the battle might have ended long ago!

    But luckily he didn''t do it.

    Otherwise, Akatsuki may lose a strong combat power in the future, and it may also arouse Xiao Nan''s disgust.

    "Ok?"

    Xiaonan''s gaze was slightly puzzled. She looked down at Uehara Naraku who was standing next to her, stroked his hair, and asked aloud, "Is this true?"

    I don¡¯t believe that, a twelve or thirteen-year-old boy, or a wandering ninja, how could he have the power to fight against Akatsuki''s official members?

    However, at the meeting just now, there was definitely an information mentioned. Uehara seemed to be a very talented child.

    "There are true and false."

    Uehara Naraku''s face was extremely serious, and he stared at Uchiha Itachi who stood up, and said softly: "I used the secret technique I studied to fight him, but this guy didn''t take it seriously. ...Very strong!"

    Uehara Naraku thought for a while, and continued to add: "After he used the writing wheel, I immediately fell into illusion and couldn''t break free..."

    "I know."

    Ordinary ninjas are indeed easy to fall into a disadvantage when facing the blood ninja.

    Especially the Uchiha clan, there are rumors of one-to-one invincibility.

    Xiao Nan nodded, and believed his words.

    When she first met Naraku Uehara, she had doubts about the identity of Naraku Uehara and who sent him as a spy.

    But at the meeting, Jue provided them with information about Uehara Naraku. That little guy, his father is indeed a ninja named Uehara Nochu, whose hometown is in a small village in the country of rain.

    The information of the first Uehara was also discovered.

    That person is an ordinary member of the first Akatsuki organization.

    Uehara Naraku has always lived in a small village in his father¡¯s hometown, occasionally claiming to be a ninja to take over some villagers¡¯ tasks, and he did not leave the small village until his mother passed away more than a month ago.

    Since there is no problem with identity, then nothing is a problem.

    Xiaonan patted Uehara Naraku on the shoulder lightly, and said: "Naraku, you go to rest first, we have something to discuss with Mr. Uchiha Itachi..."

    Anyway, twelve is too young.

    When they were twelve years old, there was no way to survive. Now that the Akatsuki organization has the conditions, it will take good care of the next generation of the organization.

    "and many more¡­"

    Jue Jue interrupted Xiao Nan aloud, and Yin smiled and said: "Xiao Nan, I think this little guy can become a full member of the organization..."

    Uehara Naraku''s father died when he was protecting Xiaonan. The murderer was Konoha''s roots, and Konoha Hokage assisted the team led by Shimura Danzo.

    It seems that his talent is also good now. As long as he is guided a little and let him fall into the dark, he will become an excellent combat power.

    "His age is too young and his combat effectiveness is a bit poor, right?"

    Xiaonan retorted, she had other arrangements for Uehara.

    A woman¡¯s feelings are inherently softer than a man¡¯s. Xiao Nan still wants to hide the dark matter of Akatsuki for a while.

    "But his combat effectiveness is not bad."

    absolutely disagrees with her opinion, with a cold smile: "And if I remember correctly, this new member we welcome today should be only thirteen years old, right?"

    Yes, Uchiha Itachi is only thirteen years old this year.

    I have to say that people in the ninja world are too precocious.

    What does it mean to fight at the age of twelve? Uchiha Itachi followed his father to watch the battle of the ninja at the age of four, and took the life of a ninja from Iwakura on the battlefield.

    Penn pondered for a while, and then said: "Konan, let him join in! Even with Uchiha Itachi''s supplement, there is still a vacancy in the organization..."

    Xiaonan suddenly lowered his head, and UU reading www.uuk¨¡nshu.com whispered: "Penn, we are about to attack Yuyin Village, and revenge for...they...I want Naraku to participate."

    "¡­¡­"

    Penn frowned with the word "Chuan", the reincarnation eyes in his eyes hesitated, and finally nodded and accepted the opinions of his friends.

    Over the years, he has been concealed to develop the pupil technique of reincarnation eye, just to wait for revenge on the leader of Yuyin Village, Sanjiao Yu Hanzo.

    Now that the Six Paths of Payne have been made, it''s time to go to Yuyin Village and taste the fruits of revenge.

    He and Xiao Nan were the only people who had revenge. Now there is one more.

    "Then, I am absolutely responsible for continuing to find suitable personnel for the corner capital!"

    Payne glanced at everyone present, his eyes stopped on Uchiha Itachi. He had already known information about Uchiha Itachi.

    In Payne¡¯s cognition, this is a cruel youth, a man who killed his own clan. His pain and darkness must be many.

    After talking briefly with Itachi Uchiha, Payne took out a ring from his sleeve: "You are welcome to join Akatsuki. Your code name is Suzaku. From today, you will be Akatsuki''s Uchiha Itachi. ¡­You will act under Akatsuki''s name!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Uchiha Itachi nodded slowly, reached out his hand to take the ring, took off his ninja forehead, and made a neat notch on it while holding Kuma.

    Konoha''s whirlpool forehead is like a mirror, reflecting Uchiha Itachi''s somewhat ferocious cheeks. I don''t know what he thought of when he was looking at the forehead.

    Uehara Naraku stood beside Xiao Nan and watched all this. He suddenly raised his head and said, "Can you give me one when you give him a uniform later?"

 Chapter 6ï¼š The boy who carries the light of dawn

    The school uniforms organized by ¡¡¡¡Ïþ are very handsome.

    Maybe it was because Uehara Naraku''s acting was too hard, which directly caused Xiaonan''s unwillingness to contaminate Akatsuki''s darkness, and wanted him to have a bright future.

    Uehara Naraku didn''t get the new clothes, so she could only look at Uchiha Itachi wearing the red cloud and black robe with some envy.

    Xiaonan glanced at the envied young man, and then reached out and messed up his hair: "Nairo, your future will be very bright."

    "In fact, it''s good just like this."

    Uehara curled his lips and murmured casually.

    However, when he saw that Xiao Nan took out two more bottles of purple nail polish and handed it to Uchiha Itachi, his face twitched.

    Does Akatsuki¡¯s makeup have to be this thick?

    Do men wear nail polish too?

    Xiaonan watched Uchiha Itachi calmly took the nail polish, and suddenly said to him: "Uchiha Itachi...in the future, stay away from Uehara. If I see anyone who wants to hurt him, I won''t be merciful."

    "¡­¡­"

    Uchiha Itachi lowered his head and glanced at Uehara Naraku who was standing next to Xiaonan, and nodded his head slightly.

    "Senior Nan, reasonable fighting can also make children grow faster!"

    The masked man standing next to Uchiha Itachi looked at Uehara with interest, and said, "I feel that this kid¡¯s card throwing is very similar to Minan-senpai¡¯s paper escape secret technique. It might not be Minan-senpai¡¯s brother or something. ?"

    "¡­¡­"

    The light blue-haired woman frowned, neither answered nor denied, and drove them out aloud: "If you have nothing to do, you can leave."

    "Good, good! I''m gone, I''m going to buy meatballs!"

    The masked man held his head, whistling and left.

    As for Uchiha Itachi, he has just joined the organization and will temporarily live in the organization¡¯s secret base, waiting for Penn to assign him to which battle team.

    Because of the words of the masked man just now, Xiaonan suddenly became interested in Uehara''s abilities.

    She also wanted to know that Uehara''s current strength was able to make a tie with a well-trained Konoha Rebel in a contest with a margin.

    When Xiaonan saw the card in Uehara Naruto''s hand, he reached out and took it and looked down at the pattern on the card.

    That is a king of hearts.

    "Is this a card used in a casino?"

    Xiaonan''s face turned cold, she looked at Uehara''s gaze gradually dissatisfied, and said coldly: "Are you...infected by gambling?"

    "...No."

    The boy spread out his hands and explained: "Because I couldn''t afford shurikens at home when I was young, I could only practice shuriken throwing with cheap cards. Now I am used to it, and he has developed a technique that can borrow cards to fight. ."

    Apart from saying that, it¡¯s not easy to explain!

    After all, the card master¡¯s throwing technique is quite practical, not to mention, the effect of card explosion alone is equivalent to the power of detonating talisman explosion.

    "Is that so? Naraku, you will be my disciple from now on!"

    Xiao Nan spread out her palms, and sheets of origami floated out of her palms, turning into paper butterflies, flying around them.

    Xiaonan manipulated a paper butterfly to fall on her fingertips, and whispered: "My paper escape secret technique is similar to your playing cards in nature, so I can teach you many ways to fight with paper."

    is not only to teach him growth, but also to inherit Akatsuki''s will.

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku was in a daze. Is there any misunderstanding in this matter? With his strength, does he need any teacher?

    It¡¯s just that if he wants to stay in Akatsuki, he seems inappropriate to refuse Xiao Nan.

    "Then, please take care of Mr. Nan!"

    Uehara Naraku''s head jumped out of another weird side mission that has been completed, and he hasn''t read it carefully.

    The mission is completed: Become Xiaonan''s disciple (1/1), gold coins +150.

    That''s just a small amount of money, when he is beggar?

    According to Uehara Naraku''s understanding of the system''s side tasks, he barely understood the system''s operating mechanism. The more the task is accepted by the public, the greater the reward for completing it.

    Xiaonan squatted in front of Uehara Naraku, helping him organize his clothes, and his voice gradually softened: "Naraku, from now on...call me teacher."

    "...Yes, Teacher Xiaonan."

    Uehara Naraku blinked her eyes and followed the kindness.

    Actually, Xiaonan didn''t have any talent for being a teacher. This woman thought about it and didn''t know what ninjutsu was taught to Uehara in the first class. She decided to rely on her previous teacher''s teaching method to conduct a battle test.

    Although Xiaonan¡¯s teacher is Konoha Ninja, she did not experience any bell-robbing test, but worked with her teammates to defeat the teacher¡¯s shadow clone.

    Apparently, she plans to do the same.

    Xiao Nan raised the hair on his forehead and explained softly: "In a few days, I will test you, let my paper clone fight with you, decide which ninjutsu to teach you, and judge whether you can Take part in our next mission..."

    "Task?"

    "Correct."

    Xiao Nan nodded, put his palm on Uehara''s shoulder, and whispered: "Our mission to avenge Akatsuki''s former members and your father... I don''t want you to live in hatred, but I think these things are still I need to let you know, because there are things that shouldn''t be sealed in time."

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku nodded awkwardly.

    In fact, he knows all those things, and even the truth he knows is more, deeper, and farther than what Xiao Nan and Nagato can see.

    So, is it time to test acting again?

    Xiao Nan''s face slowly sank, and his expression gradually became a little cold. UU read the book and said one word: "Twelve years ago... the person who killed the other members of Xiao was Sanjiao, the leader of Yuyin Village. The high-level Shimura Danzo of Uohanzo and Konoha Village."

    "what?"

    Uehara Naraku''s face showed just a hint of surprise: "So... shall we attack Konoha or Yuyin?"

    Payne heard this, walked over to stand beside them, and said solemnly: "Xiao Nan, tell him the task directly! Uehara Naraku must participate in this task. This is his destiny."

    "No, it may be dangerous if Naraku''s strength participates..."

    Xiaonan and Payne had a head-on conflict for the first time: "I have to test him first to ensure that he can survive the mission."

    "If he died in this mission, it is because his strength is too weak to survive in this world!"

    "Payne!"

    Xiao Nan raised his head abruptly, and stared at him without fear for a while. After all, he lowered his head and whispered: "I still remember the teaching of Teacher Jilaiya, young children are the future fire... and Naraku is also only one."

    Since Yahiko died in battle, this is the first time she defies Payne''s will. This kind of thing hasn''t happened for a long time.

    The appearance of this boy is like a light, illuminating their past.

    Let Xiaonan know from now on that she still bears a kind of responsibility, she wants to let the dawn will that once wanted to illuminate the world of Ninja, inherit to Uehara Naraku.

    "¡­¡­"

    The orange-haired man was silent for a while, turned and left, leaving only one sentence in the rain: "Whatever you want! We have been preparing for this war for twelve years. Whether there is a kid involved or not has no effect on the outcome."

 Chapter 7ï¼š Crash the paper clone

    The lake is calm.

    The ninja stepped on the lake water, and rippled waves.

    Uehara Nara walked up the lake step by step, following in the footsteps of Xiaonan, slowly standing in his place, after a two-day rest, he officially tested him today.

    I don''t know what Payne thinks. Two days ago, he was a little displeased with Xiao Nan''s decision. Today, he also came to watch this battle between the master and the disciple.

    Xiaonan closed his eyes, closed his palms, and whispered: "Naruto, don''t think this is just a test and careless, my paper clone is not weak..."

    Xiao Nan''s voice gradually lowered.

    Numerous origami papers floated out of her body, and these origami papers flew in the air and gathered into a human form, forming a paper avatar comparable to the body.

    This paper clone is different from the ordinary shadow clone technique.

    Although the ordinary shadow clone technique is also an entity, once it is hit by an attack, it will be forced to disband; the paper clone is quite different. When Xiaonan''s paper clone is attacked, it can even be divided into smaller pieces of paper and fly to Reunited in the distance.

    In addition, the paper clone can also release any ninjutsu that Xiao Nan can use. Even a piece of ordinary paper, under the control of her Chakra, has the sharpness that is not a shuriken, let alone countless pieces. The detonation symbol hidden in the paper.

    "Unfortunately, if you can''t defeat even a paper clone..."

    Uehara Naraku raised his head, and a smile appeared at the corners of the boy''s mouth, and he seemed very confident: "Then am I too useless?"

    He worked hard for a month, and accumulated all the chakras that Goddess¡¯ Tears had given him, and only then did he have a chakra of the upper level.

    lost to Uchiha Itachi before, because he was too careless, hit the illusion of writing round eyes, and was ended by Xiaonan.

    Now, Uehara knows Xiaonan¡¯s information. Whether it¡¯s her ninjutsu or her shortcomings, Uehara Naruko knows clearly in her heart, plus those special skills...

    If this cannot defeat Xiaonan''s paper clone, he will eat the cards in his hand on the spot!

    "Then wait until after the test is over!"

    Xiaonan¡¯s paper avatar stepped on the lake and rushed towards Uehara Naraku, reminding him loudly: "Naraku, it''s about to officially begin...paper shuriken!"

    Dozens of papers are flying!

    The sharpness of ¡¡¡¡ paper shurikens is almost the same as that of iron ones, and even the flying speed and throwing angle can be even more weird!

    Uehara Naraku held four cards in both hands, and quickly threw them in the direction of the paper shuriken!

    Boom! boom!

    Eight cards flew out, two of which were automatically enhanced by Chakra exploded instantly, changing the direction of the paper shuriken!

    The other six cards flew in the direction of Xiaonan!

    "Good job..."

    The water ripples again!

    Xiaonan was very satisfied with Uehara Naraku''s solution to the paper shuriken. Her paper avatars overlapped and formed a pair of wings, which drove her body into the air to avoid the card attack, and again launched an attack with the help of wings!

    -Style paper dance!

    paper rain!

    Pieces of origami turned into densely sharp bladed pieces of paper, overwhelming the sky and shooting diagonally towards the position of Uehara Naruto, making it impossible to escape on the ground!

    "The Wind Barrier!"

    Uehara Naraku symbolically closed his palms, knotted a handprint, and a wind wall floated on the water to block the paper rain.

    But the crisis has not been resolved...

    Even if the barrier of the wind can block it for a few seconds, it is impossible to block it forever. Xiaonan''s paper rain is recyclable, and she releases paper rain almost endlessly!

    The wind wall slowly disappeared...

    Paper rain hit Uehara again!

    Uehara Naraku dodges aside, avoiding another wave of paper rain, but this cannot resolve the crisis at all!

    "Can I only use that trick?"

    Uehara Nairo clenched his fists abruptly, the Chakra inside his body moved quickly, his toes stepped on the water, and he flew into the air out of thin air, avoiding the dense paper rain!

    is the flying skill, air dance!

    "Nara... can you even fly?"

    Xiao Nan''s brows suddenly frowned. Flying skills are not uncommon, but flying into the sky like this is really unexpected.

    The next moment, Xiao Nan saw Uehara rushing over!

    "high speed!"

    Xiaonan¡¯s paper avatar quickly stopped the paper rain that launched downwards, and countless papers overlapped to form a paper spear, which shot out in the direction of Uehara!

    However, Uehara''s movements in the air were surprisingly flexible, even the same as on the ground, but she avoided the paper spear by dodge.

    "Can the body be so flexible in the air?"

    The woman''s brows frowned first, and then stretched out: "Nara, this little guy... also can''t be underestimated!"

    boom!

    The two finally fought close!

    It''s just that Uehara''s physical skills are a bit poor, even if he can move freely in the air, he can''t beat Xiao Nan in physical skills!

    There is no other way...

    His life energy is only more than 600. The life energy is linked to his physical stamina, strength, and speed. From the data point of view, it is almost only the value of Zhongnin.

    But it doesn''t matter, as long as you rush to Xiao Nan''s side, the battle is over, right? The thundercloud storm has begun to accumulate around him!

    "Lei Dun¡¤Wan Lei Tian Prison!"

    Thundercloud storms continued to fall lightning, splitting the paper avatars in front of them into sheets of origami, and there were even some origami with electric lights running around. This scene surprised Uehara''s expression.

    Only on the origami with water stains will the electric light be exposed! But these wet paper have a conductive effect, it is almost impossible to be destroyed by lightning...

    "Mr. Xiaonan, did you soak the paper part in advance?"

    "Not bad."

    Xiaonan nodded, and did not deny: "If I don''t do this, it will be difficult for my paper clone to withstand the fire ninjutsu..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku helplessly helped his forehead, UU reading www. uukanshu.com Xiaonan actually guided thunder and lightning through soaked origami...

    Countless origami flew to the other side to form Xiao Nan''s body again, and said softly: "Nara, apart from the sticky oil, it is difficult to have other techniques that can completely destroy my paper clone... If you have no other way , You cannot be allowed to participate in that dangerous mission."

    "Understand, then you can only use another secret technique!"

    The boy nodded and looked at Xiao Nan with a serious look. He had a mess of handprints in his hands. He has always been Uehara¡¤Symbolic Jieyin¡¤Nara...Because his skills are all instant, Jieyin is just a method of confusion.

    Xiao Nan watched this scene, but he took it seriously.

    But she didn''t stop Uehara''s approach. The discussion between the master and the apprentice should allow the disciple to exert his true strength, right?

    And Xiao Nan also wanted to see, what kind of powerful ninjutsu this disciple who takes a single shot with both hands, suddenly becomes so serious, will release.

    "The life form disintegrates the rays!"

    After Uehara Nairo finished the messy handprints, she finally closed her palms suddenly, and her eyes suddenly looked at Xiaonan''s paper avatar!

    A burst of purple energy burst out in an instant!

    After ¡¡¡¡ was attacked by the purple energy, Xiao Nan''s paper avatar didn''t even have time to split again, and suddenly disappeared into nothingness!

    At the same time, there was another sound in Uehara Naraku''s brain, and another weird side mission was completed...

    The task is completed: Defeat Xiaonan, the Angel of Dawn, once (1/1), and reward the moment of the Angel skill.

    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª

    Ask for a recommendation ticket!

 Chapter 8ï¼š Payne who cares about members

    The moment of the sacred judgment, a skill that an angel descends from.

    After Uehara Naraku noticed the effect of the Moment of the Sacred Judgment, he finally felt a little relieved, and he didn''t have to worry about his instant death in the future.

    The moment of saint determination: Add an invincible shield to yourself or other people for 3 seconds; at the same time, a purification blade will appear around the person in an invincible state, and the purification blade will cause huge damage to the surroundings.

    Chakra consumption is related to the duration. The minimum skill consumption is 100 Chakra points and the cooling time is 160 seconds.

    "Naraku!"

    Xiaonan''s body beckoned at Uehara Naraku in the air, and waited until he landed before asking: "Here, Naraku, was the technique just now the limit of blood succession?"

    The power of life disintegrating energy rays is beyond her imagination!

    When the purple energy first touched the paper clone, it didn''t feel very good; but before even a second, a burning pain came out of the body!

    is like wiping off the body abruptly!

    "Hmm, I don''t know."

    Naruto Uehara shook his head and opened his mouth to shirk the question: "I''m not sure if it is ninjutsu or blood succession. If my father is still alive, I can ask him if there is any strange blood succession in our family. ¡­"

    "¡­¡­"

    Xiao Nan shook his head, and did not continue to ask.

    Maybe it was because there were too many weird ninjutsu in Akatsuki''s organization, such as the grievances in the corner capital, the immortal puppets of the scorpion and so on.

    Payne stepped forward and said in a cold voice: "His physical skills are too bad, not even as good as you, Xiao Nan, this will become a fatal flaw in battle..."

    Xiaonan: "¡­¡­"

    Payne smeared the two of them in one sentence.

    Besides, Payne said before that, no matter what the strength of Uehara Naraku, he must participate in Akatsuki''s task of organizing the revenge battle. Why is he picking different things now...

    It''s just that what Payne said is really reasonable. Uehara Naruto''s fall body technique is full of mistakes, even she, a ninja who is not very good at physical arts, can see it.

    Uehara Naraku scratched his head a little.

    His physical skills are indeed a bit poor, but as long as the life energy values ??are added up in the future, it will naturally change.

    "All right."

    Penn glanced at Uehara Naraku, then turned to look at Xiao Nan: "Now you have tested it, he is strong enough to participate in that mission!"

    Uehara Nara raised his head and looked at the light blue-haired woman obediently: "Teacher Xiaonan, what task is we going to participate in by then?"

    "Assault Yuyin stronghold, forcing Sanjiao Hanzo to gather his confidants, and finally put them to death!"

    When Xiaonan mentioned the name of the person, his face became cold: "Twelve years ago, the Sansho Fish Hanzo, who was known as the ninja demigod, broke his promise and colluded with Konoha¡¯s Shimura Danzo and killed The leader of Xiaoxiao and most of the members..."

    Everything that happened that day, she kept in mind day and night!

    The Akatsuki organization, who originally thought it was about to go to the light, was destroyed overnight. Except for her and Nagato, everyone else was killed!

    Among them, there is Akatsuki''s leader Yahiko.

    It was their companion who grew up together, leading her and Nagato to survive the harsh war, and leading those who trusted him to pursue the dream of peace...

    He did not die on the way to stop the war, but died in the conspiracy, leaving a huge shadow on the psychology of two close friends.

    In addition, Nagato¡¯s legs were also injured by the detonation talisman. Since then, he has lost the ability to move, and even reached an agreement with the two evil guys, leading the Akatsuki organization on a path of terror.

    For revenge and to commemorate, Nagato chose to keep Yahiko''s body and make it the strongest way of heaven among the six penins, making him the eternal leader of the Akatsuki organization.

    Twelve years.

    Xiaonan and Nagato endured it for twelve years, and when the Six Ways of Payne were completely completed, the two of them had a trace of confidence and decided to go to Yuyin Village for revenge.

    Since it is revenge, it is of course not allowed to be interfered by others.

    Just who would have thought that before they attacked Yuyin Village, they wanted to go to the old place to miss them, and they happened to meet another teenager who should join them in revenge.

    Uehara Naraku lowered his head and pondered. They should have no problem attacking Yuyin Village this time. According to the strength of Liudao Payne, it is not difficult to win the Sansho Fish Hanzo. In other words, this is a pure soy sauce. trip.

    The main purpose is to complete several tasks.

    For example, a series of missions that Uehara Naraku has always ignored.

    Advanced task 1: Kill ten wandering ninjas (10/10), reward 100 points of life energy, 100 points of chakra energy, the task has been completed.

    Advanced mission 2: Kill ten official ninja (3/10), the reward is unknown.

    According to Uehara''s guess, the future mission should be a series of ninja, ninja, and ninja. Maybe there will be shadow-level characters in the end.

    Okay, I guess there will be.

    According to his current strength, it is really helpless to face the strong of the shadow level, and with the task personality released by the system, the strong shadow level must be the shadow of the five ninja countries, not a traitor like Kakuto. endure.

    Now Uehara Naraku¡¯s only expectation is that the system¡¯s future advancement missions are best to be some ordinary ninjas, rather than bugs such as Metkai and Kakashi, which would be a bit fatal.

    If you just want to improve your strength, advanced tasks must be done. Uehara Naraku estimates that these tasks are gifted life energy and chakra energy.

    The reward should not be too low.

    At the beginning of Uehara Naraku''s journey, UU Reading encountered some wandering ninjas who were not very powerful. Relying on his several skills, killing them was more than enough.

    However, most of the official Shinnin villages have their own Shinnin villages, and they are still activities in groups. Even Uehara Naraku, during that period of wandering, only occasionally encountered an overbearing Yanyin team in the country of rain.

    If you want to complete the number of advanced tasks, you must find a gathering place for ninjas. There is no more suitable place than Ninja Village.

    can complete a large number of advanced tasks at one time, thereby greatly strengthening their strength, this opportunity is rare.

    During the next preparation time, Uehara Naraku felt that the situation was a little weird.

    According to the information he knew about the Naruto World, Nagato would store them when he didn''t need to use Penn to save his chakra.

    Who would have thought that during the time before the war, instead of returning to where he should be, Payne frequently appeared in the places where he and Xiaonan practiced, commenting on Uehara, who was training physical skills, and proposed A bunch of questions.

    "The arm strength is too soft to defeat the enemy..."

    "The kicking speed is too slow, and the enemy will catch your flaws..."

    "Too bad, kid, are your fists here to tickle the enemy?"

    The man with orange hair stood on the edge of the practice field, and made a few judgments from time to time, which really detracted from the image of Tiandao Payne with its own background music.

    Uehara Naraku is not easy to refute.

    Xiaonan was a little unbearable, and said aloud: "Payne, Naraku is only twelve years old. He is still very young now and has a long time to grow up..."

    "I just care about the members of the organization."

    The orange-haired man was plausible, and he was a little taken for granted.

 Chapter 9ï¼š If you want to escape, you have to ask me too?

    Uehara Naraku was forced to train physical skills for a week, and his life energy increased by 3 points. This efficiency is really distressingly low.

    Fortunately, this training will not need to continue soon.

    The civil war in Yuyin Village is about to begin. No one would have thought that only the combination of Penn Six Ways, Xiaonan and Uehara Naraku would overthrow the rule of Sansho Fish Hanzo.

    The main force of the war is only Konan and Uehara Naraku for the time being.

    Due to Nagato¡¯s physical inconvenience, Payne can¡¯t continue fighting for a long time, so Xiaonan and Uehara will cut out the ninja outpost of Yuyin Village in the Rain Country and the Yuyin Ninja outside, forcing Sansho Fish Hanzo to gather him. All the power.

    As long as the Sansho Fish Hanzo summons all the Yuyin ninjas back to Yuyin Village to protect themselves, the Six Ways of Payne will dispatch collectively to eliminate the ninjas who have gathered to resist them.

    Those innocent teenagers who were trapped by Sansho Fish Hanzo and Shimura Danzo, after all, grew their brains.

    Uehara Naro received a task to clean up the ninja stronghold and a piece of related information. There were two ninja teams stationed in that stronghold, with a total of eight ninjas, including two Ninja captains.

    And his task is to kill seven of them, deliberately let go of one of them, and let the Yuyin Ninja pass the news of the start of war to Yuyin Village.

    is the best, can cause panic in Yuyin Village.

    This is a bit of a test of acting skills.

    However, since Uehara Naraku considers herself to be the four major actors of Akatsuki, and wants to compete with Kuro Zetsu, Daito, and Uchiha Itachi, the most indispensable thing is acting.

    The eastern part of the country of rain.

    A stronghold hidden under a cliff.

    At the cliff stronghold are stationed two Nakanin and six Xiaren. Their usual task is to monitor whether there is a large-scale army entering, whether there are wandering ninjas, and whether anyone dares to resist Hanzo-sama.

    Rain Hidden Ninja Kamakura slowly swayed to the entrance of the stronghold, watching the torrential rain outside, with a dazed expression: "Every day is bad weather, I don''t know when this ghost weather will stop..."

    boom¡­

    bang bang bang...

    A strange voice came in.

    This sound is not like a rustling rainstorm.

    Yuyin Zhongren stopped talking and listened carefully to the outside world. People who grew up in the country of rain can easily tell that it was the sound of rain hitting the bamboo umbrella.

    Kamakura quickly turned his head and looked at his teammates, and signaled quietly with his fingers that an enemy is coming!

    After all, in such a bad weather as a heavy rain, someone inexplicably came to the Yuyin stronghold, then he must not have come to travel?

    "That... are you ready?"

    In the rainstorm, a tender and shy voice came.

    Just when these Yuyin ninjas were speechless, a purple energy ray cut the entire cliff in half, and the majestic rain fell...

    Yuyin ninjas ignored the rain falling on their faces, looking at the cliffs that slowly collapsed on both sides, this shocking scene shocked their hearts...

    "...What kind of technique is this...?"

    "With just one blow, the whole cliff was cut open instantly..."

    When things came to an end, only Kamakura Nakanin was somewhat sensible. He flew behind the side of the rock and reminded loudly: "The enemy is very strong, so please be alert and avoid!"

    Kamakura reminded his subordinates, while carefully raising his head, observing the enemy who destroyed their stronghold...

    That was a young ninja holding a bamboo umbrella.

    Kamakura subconsciously wants to veto the picture he sees. How can he look so young if he shows such a powerful enemy?

    However, this is the truth.

    Uehara Nara walked in step by step, looked at the many misty ninjas with a smile, and whispered: "So, can we start?"

    "Boy, what''s your purpose here!"

    Kamakura held the kunai in his hand tightly, his nerves collapsed tighter and tighter, and he couldn''t even tell whether it was rain or sweat on his forehead.

    "What nonsense are you talking about?"

    Uehara Naraku raised the umbrella, revealing her smiling face, but said in her mouth: "I am here...Of course I am here to kill you!"

    Mingming''s immature face was smiling, but he said **** words, as if he showed Kamakura to the devil.

    This kid must be a truly evil person!

    "Asshole, kill him!"

    Kamakura waved the kunai in his hand and rushed up, greeted his subordinates swarming up, under the command of their captain, a group of Yuyin ninjas rushed up with ninjas, chain blades and shurikens in their hands!

    Uehara Naraku held his bamboo umbrella and sighed, "Life is so short, why do you still like to take shortcuts?"

    A flash of golden light appeared on his body!

    It was a golden dome, which wrapped his whole person and blocked him from many ninja attacks!

    A golden virtual lightsaber appeared around the protective cover. Following Naraku Uehara waved his palm, the lightsaber fell in an instant, piercing the bodies of those Uyuki Ninjas who were close to him!

    "¡­¡­"

    Kamakura is horrified inexplicably!

    In his line of sight, no matter whether it is a shuriken, kunai or Ninja sword chain blade, it is impossible to pierce the seemingly thin golden mask. This is desperate.

    The young man killed most of the ninjas in the entire stronghold between gestures, and now only him and another Zhongnin are left!

    Fortunately, the other Zhongren from UU reading www.uuk¨¡nshu.com did not lose his mind. He quickly formed a seal in his hand, and a splash of water rushed out: "Water escape¡¤Water chaos!"

    Obviously, this C-level water escape ninjutsu didn''t cause any trouble to the enemy at all. Uehara Naraku just turned around to avoid the turbulent current.

    A splash of water suddenly turned into a whip, entangled Uehara''s body!

    "Water escape, water whip!"

    Kamakura''s hand was tightly wrapped around the other side of the water whip, his mind was calmed, and he whispered to his companion: "You go back to the village and report the information here, I''ll stop him..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Another Yuyin did not hesitate, and after nodding his head, he ran to the distance quickly. He didn''t think Kamakura could defeat the boy.

    But... at least the information here must be sent out.

    As long as Kamakura Nakanobu can hold the boy for a while, he can use the rainstorm weather to integrate himself into the environment and escape this battlefield!

    "Ha, it¡¯s not good to lose your companion and just run away like this?"

    Uehara Naraku showed a card at his fingertips, dexterously turning it at his fingertips, and was thrown at the escaped Yuyin Zhongnin by his hand!

    It''s just a card, but it''s sharper than a shuriken.

    I saw that card quickly skimmed through the heavy rain and inserted into the Yuyin Zhongren''s body, and then a dull explosion sounded...

    There are no bones in the Yuyin that escaped.

    Uehara Naraku broke free from the current whip technique, raised the bamboo umbrella in his hand, and looked up at the only remaining Kamakura Nakanin: "Even if you want to escape back and report to the Sansho Fish Hanzo, you should let me come. Pick, who will you let go alive?"

 Chapter 10ï¼š The teacher teaches well

    "Asshole!"

    Kamakura watched his last companion die in battle. In a rage, he hit the ground with a fist, mud and rain splashed on him: "Another idiot who wants to challenge Hanzo-sama..."

    Decades ago, Sansho Fish Hanzo was hailed as a ninja demigod by Ninja, and became the closest ninja to the first generation of ninja **** Naruto, so he also encountered many assassinations and challenges.

    The ninjas of Yuyin Village got used to it.

    Kamakura has also seen many hairy boys, thinking that he has mastered a few ninjutsu and he is invincible in the world. When he enters Yuyin Village, he wants to remove Hanzo''s first level, but most of them will be killed by Hanzo''s right and left hand Heiji dead.

    Kamakura suddenly thought that the boy holding a bamboo umbrella in front of him was also an idiot who didn''t know the heights of the sky and wanted to beat Hanzo-sama.

    Instead of denying it, Uehara Naraku went to Kamakura Nakanin and smiled lightly: "You are only half right. I want to remove Hanzo''s head, and I want to use his head to pay tribute to those killed by him. People... That old guy, has lived long enough, right?"

    "Asshole! How dare you insult Hanzo-sama!"

    Kamakura gritted his teeth. As a ninja of Yuyin, he can''t stand someone insulting the ninja demigod whom they regard as proud.

    Just when Uehara Naraku thought this guy was going to fight for his life, Kamakura quickly threw out the kunai in his hand, and closed his hands to seal the seal: "The technique of rain hidden!"

    A cloud of smoke rises from the rain...

    Kamakura, as a ninja from Uyin Village, is very familiar with how to fight and escape in heavy rain!

    This guy wants to escape!

    Facing a formidable enemy who killed all the ninjas stationed in the Uyin stronghold, Kamakura knew his strength well.

    The kid easily solved six ninja and one ninja, even during the battle, he didn''t even put down the bamboo umbrella in his hand!

    "The information must be sent back to the village..."

    Kamakura''s figure flipped, with the help of smoke rising to block Uehara''s line of sight, and he flew into a rock crevice. He had long been optimistic about this position.

    As an ordinary ninja, once you encounter an unsolvable enemy, you must send the enemy''s intelligence to the upper level of the village as much as possible.

    This is the law of ordinary ninjas.

    The rain is getting worse.

    Kamakura dared not come out of the atmosphere in the rain, but carefully hid in the cracks of the rocks, listening to the rain falling on the bamboo umbrella, the sound gradually diminished.

    That boy, have you left?

    Kamakura slowly breathed a sigh of relief, and he waited for a while before he was completely sure that the boy had left, and then cautiously poked his head out to observe the surrounding environment.

    Except for the splash of the pouring rain, there is no trace of anyone on the ground.

    Yuyin Village Nakanobu Captain Kamakura finally relieved his mind, and slowly walked out of the cracks between the rocks, and then he even noticed that the rain seemed to be a little lighter.

    The sound of rain hitting the bamboo umbrella came to my ears again...

    People haven''t left yet!

    That boy is still here!

    Kamakura suddenly raised his head and looked into the air!

    I saw a dark figure in the sky, that figure was floating holding a bamboo umbrella, making Kamakura¡¯s eyeballs unconsciously tighten...

    Can that kid fly in the air?

    Naro Uehara fell down holding the bamboo umbrella, so that he could look into Kamakura''s eyes. He tilted his head and asked, "Hey, even if you want to escape, you have to ask my opinion a little bit? "

    "¡­¡­"

    Kamakura couldn''t help himself in horror. He stared at the boy with a bamboo umbrella in front of him with his eyes wide open. He just whispered and said, "You...have already sensed my position..."

    "Yes."

    Uehara Naruto nodded, and squeezed out a card in his hand, and inserted it into the Uyuki Ninja guard on Kamakura''s forehead.

    The card was obviously only a thin one, but it cut open the iron ninja forehead very sharply and slowly inserted it in.

    Kamakura watched his movements tremblingly, facing an enemy that could not be inferred by common sense, he dared not move at all.

    Kamakura could clearly feel that a thin wound had been cut on his forehead, and the blood was dripping from the gap in the forehead.

    Just when Kamakura thought he was going to be killed, Uehara Naraku stopped and whispered, "Well, go back and remember to tell Sansho Yu Hanzo. He escaped a disaster twelve years ago. This time, he can''t escape. Up."

    Kamakura murmured nonchalantly, "...why...why didn''t you kill me...you guy, who the **** is..."

    "Well¡­"

    Uehara Naraku thought for a while, raised a finger, and explained seriously: "Maybe... I''m a kind person, right?"

    If more than a month ago, when Uehara Naraku first came to the Ninja World, he might indeed be a kind person; but after living in the Rain Country, a kind person cannot survive in the Ninja World, then he can only do An offbeat guy.

    When a person has seen the broken world with his own eyes, the flower of evil will begin to bloom, and the maliciousness hidden in human nature will drive him into a human indistinguishable from good and evil.

    "...good...good?"

    Kamakura couldn''t help lowering his head, and looked at the corpse of Yunin, who was lying around. What kind of kindness is this!

    Uehara Naraku waved his bamboo umbrella and landed on the ground, step by step towards the rainstorm, halfway through, he suddenly stopped again, turned his head and smiled lightly: "Rather than kill all of you, UU Reading might as well leave you alone and spread our fear to Sansho Fish Hanzo. The effect will be better, right?"

    "you!"

    Kamakura is horrified and undecided.

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand instead: "Go, go back and tell Sansho Yu Hanzo, the Avengers from twelve years ago, are coming back to demand his life!"

    After ¡¡¡¡ finished speaking, the young man holding the bamboo umbrella slowly disappeared from Kamakura''s sight, leaving a mess.

    "What happened twelve years ago..."

    Kamakura knelt down in the rain, thinking of an old thing in Yuyin Village.

    Twelve years ago, Sanjiao Yu Hanzo once led many of his trusted Yuyin Ninjas out to perform missions. The specific mission is unknown.

    However, apart from Hanzo, the other Yuyin Ninjas never returned. Since then, Hanzo has also issued an order to hunt down the Akatsuki organization; but the Yuyin Ninjas have never found any trace of the Akatsuki organization. Still nothing.

    Now, are the members of Akatsuki''s organization coming for revenge?

    The heavy rain is getting bigger and bigger...

    As soon as Uehara Naraku finished his task, he saw sheets of paper that had been wet by the rain drifting, and gathered into a woman with light blue hair. The temples of the woman were wet by the rain and pressed tightly to her face. on.

    is his teacher.

    Xiaonan stretched out his hand to take the bamboo umbrella in Uehara''s hand, took him to his side, and let them share a bamboo umbrella to block the rain.

    "I saw it just now."

    Xiaonan looked down at Uehara Naraku, took his shoulders, and softly praised the teenager next to him: "Nara, good job."

    "Where, Miss Xiao Nan taught well."

    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª

    ask for some recommended votes!

 Chapter 11ï¼š Kill 1 Sansho Fish

    The first mission was executed perfectly.

    Uehara Naraku was extremely arrogant, exactly what Penn wanted.

    Xiao¡¯s revenge is to be fair and honest. He will use the power of a **** to destroy the rule and will of Sanjiao Hanzo.

    As the two people who use Sansho Fish Hanzo as their enemies, Nan and Payne, they all know the ninja demigod, cautious and suspicious personality, and they will surely let him gather all his cronies to protect his safety.

    No matter what you think, Sansho Yu Hanzo would not have thought that after Senjujuma and Uchiha Madara in the Warring States period, someone could destroy a Shinobu village with their own power.

    The rain is continuous.

    Xiaonan took Uehara Naraku and hid in a cave to avoid the rain.

    There is a fire in front of them, with two grilled fish on it, because they don¡¯t know how to cook quickly using fire ninjutsu.

    Xiaonan stretched out his hand to stir the grilled fish rack, and then carefully gathered the fire, whispered: "It will take a while to wait..."

    "It''s okay, I''m not too hungry."

    Uehara Naraku didn''t care, but just watched her attentively, and asked in a low voice, "Teacher Xiaonan, do you really like grilled fish?"

    "¡­¡­"

    The woman fell silent.

    After a long time, Xiaonan nodded and said: "At the beginning, when Yahiko, Nagato and I were still practicing under the teacher of Jiraiya, because the war between the country of rain and the country of wind was not over yet, and the food was scarce, we often Fill your hunger with grilled fish..."

    "Is one of Konoha Sannin''s Jiraiya?"

    Uehara Naraku saw that she was very interested in mentioning the past, and provoked the topic: "That''s a very famous ninja, I have heard his name..."

    In fact, he has not only heard of his name.

    Even in his life, Uehara Naraku knew this well. Of course, he was more interested in the famous masterpieces of Jiraiya.

    It is a pity that most bookstore owners in the Shinobi world are more upright and resolutely refuse to sell the book "Intimacy in Paradise" to a twelve-year-old boy. In fact, they are out of stock.

    However, the bookstore owners don¡¯t mind selling another book, "The Legend of Strong Perseverance Ninja" by the same author Jiraiya.

    As everyone knows, this is a slow-moving book.

    Uehara Nairobi bought this book out of curiosity.

    After reading a few pages, Uehara Naraku realized that this book was actually a chicken soup in the Ninja world. His original intention was to soothe those who have experienced the pain of war.

    Unfortunately, ninjas don''t like chicken soup for the soul.

    Compared to "Truly Perseverance Ninja Biography", "Intimate Paradise" with some colors is more popular with ninjas who lick blood on the tip of a knife.

    A generation of great writers has embarked on the road of no return to the intimate series.

    Of course, Jiraiya¡¯s name is better than the intimacy series, one of Konoha Sannin, the toad immortal from Miaomu Mountain, the disciple of the third generation of Hokage, the teacher of the fourth generation of Hokage, etc...

    The white-haired old man has too much influence on the Ninja world.

    "Teacher Jilaiya is indeed very famous."

    Xiao Nan took off a grilled fish, handed it to Uehara Naruko, and whispered: "He is not as arrogant and cruel as Oshemaru. It is precisely after hearing his deeds that we went to look for his traces and became his disciples. "

    "and after?"

    "Later..."

    Xiao Nan frowned, recalling the past bit by bit, and whispered: "Later, we spent three years together, until Teacher Jilai left, every day had fun. "

    "It seems that Teacher Xiaonan missed those days very much!"

    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he lowered his head and took a bite of the grilled fish.

    Xiaonan''s face was very serious and said: "Because that is indeed worthy of nostalgia."

    If possible, Xiao Nan would rather Nagato not have such a powerful force as it is now, rather than the appearance of Xiao organization, and hope to continue to live those ordinary days.

    "If I have a chance, I would also like to meet the Jiraiya-sama."

    Uehara Naraku chuckled lightly and added: "I hope he will not be as bad as the Osamaru in the organization."

    That white-haired hero is worth seeing.

    And in his side missions, there are a lot of Jiraiya.

    Although it is difficult to find a trace of Jiraiya now, Jiraiya will also appear in the village of Konoha during the Konoha Union Chunin exam in a few years.

    As long as you go to Konoha, you will be able to accomplish many tasks!

    "Well, stay away from Oshe Maru in the future, he is not a good person."

    Xiaonan patted Uehara on the shoulder, looked directly into his eyes, and told him seriously: "Except for me and Payne, no one else can be trusted."

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku blinked, spit out a few words in his heart, looked at Xiao Nan and nodded and said: "Well, I see, teacher."

    "Okay, after eating, rest early."

    Xiaonan rubbed his hair and whispered: "Tomorrow we have to attack another stronghold. Maybe we will meet a few tricky guys."

    Uehara Naruko was slightly surprised, what could be tricky about the combat power level of these Yuyin ninjas he encountered?

    Even if there are a few Shangren, can they beat Xiaonan?

    Uehara still thinks too one-sidedly.

    Yuyin Village has always been among the top among the many small ninja villages in the ninja world, second only to the five big countries, and even dared to declare war on the surrounding big countries when it was the strongest. UU reading www. Although uukanshu.com was still rubbed back and forth on the ground in the end, its strength should not be underestimated.

    The second Uyin stronghold to be attacked by Minami and Uehara Naraku is on a deep mountain and ridge, the terrain is easy to defend and difficult to attack, and there are many ninjas, and their alertness is higher than ordinary ninja strongholds.

    When Naraku Uehara and Konan climbed the mountain, they looked at the barren mountain with all their faces: "Teacher, are they building a ninja stronghold here, is there any use?"

    "Because a sansho fish is raised here."

    Xiaonan raised her finger, and a paper butterfly fell on her fingertips, turned into a white paper, and integrated into her body.

    "Sanjiao fish?"

    Uehara Naraku raised his head in surprise, and scanned the unremarkable barren mountain: "Isn''t that the psychic beast of Yuyin leader Hanzo?"

    As a ninja beast lurking in the deep mountains of the country of rain, the sansho fish has become a nightmare on the battlefield with its powerful physique and poisonous body.

    Sanshoyu is a kind of ninja that does not belong to the three holy places in the Ninja world, but can compete with it in strength. Many ninjas died because of the poison of Sanshoyu. Konoha Sannin was also suppressed by it and Hanzo.

    "That''s right."

    Xiaonan nodded, took out a scroll, and whispered: "Sansho fish is very poisonous. During the Second Ninja World War, if a ninja did not have a gas mask, he would not be able to survive on the battlefield..."

    "Seal technique, solution!"

    After ¡¡¡¡ finished speaking, Xiao Nan took out two ugly-looking gas masks from the seal scroll, and handed them to Uehara Naraku: "Put it on, neither of us are medical ninjas. We must ensure that we will not get hurt."

    "¡­it is good."

    Uehara Naraku took it with a weird face.

 Chapter 12ï¼š 1 enemy with a title

    After Uehara Naraku and Konan entered the deep mountains, only with the naked eye they could see purple poisonous gas wandering in some areas, and withered bushes were everywhere.

    Those areas have been contaminated by the poisonous gas emitted from the Sansho fish unconsciously.

    This place is so poisonous, it''s no wonder that no one sets foot on it.

    Xiaonan frowned, and said in a low voice: "The sansho fish has a poison sac growing in its body. Once it leaks the toxins in it, if it is accidentally inhaled into the body, it will almost immediately die of poisoning."

    "Well¡­"

    Uehara Naruto nodded.

    Sansho fish is very toxic. Even Hanzo, which is the most resistant to the poison, may be poisoned. It is said that no one except Konoha''s Tsunade and Chiyo of Sagakura village can quickly detoxify Sansho fish.

    "Let¡¯s talk about our plan first."

    Xiao Nan observed the surrounding terrain and began to tell about her tactics: "I will first detect the location of the Sansho fish, attract its attention, and take it to a distance to kill; you are responsible for delaying the action of the stronghold ninja. , Or kill them directly."

    "Understand."

    Kamikazu nodded.

    There are no shortcomings in this plan.

    The only trouble with this mission is the venom sac of the Sansho Fish. If it causes a poisonous sac before dying, it will cause both ninjas to withdraw from the battlefield.

    Because the ninja is in battle, the shielding of the gas mask is very unfavorable for observing the battle or finding the trail of the opponent.

    And the mask itself is relatively fragile, it is easy to be easily destroyed by the enemy in the life and death of the ninja.

    Because of the perspective problem, an upper ninja did not observe a shuriken of the lower ninja, and if his gas mask was cut as a result, he would be killed by the lower ninja.

    Before Xiaonan took the lead, he turned around and whispered to the young man: "Naraku, everything is with me. There will be no problems with the mission. Remember, you must protect yourself."

    "Yes."

    Uehara Naraku nodded seriously, perhaps because he was the child of the first generation of Akatsuki members and received more love from Xiaonan.

    The battle plan or something, it went very smoothly.

    Xiaonan quickly found the hiding place of the Sansho Fish along the toxin spreading area, buried several detonating symbols on the ground, and quickly detonated it.

    Boom!

    The mountain shook a few times.

    A huge Sansho fish jumped out from the ground, its brown body was covered with lumps, and it looked a little ugly and dumb.

    But its movements are not at all silly!

    Faced with Xiao Nan''s attack, this Sansho fish opened its huge mouth and violently ejected a purple poisonous mist, forcing Xiao Nan to spread out the paper wings behind it and escape the poisonous mist.

    It was just as loud as the movement just now, the Yuyin ninjas stationed here quickly reacted and rushed out of their stronghold fully armed.

    At least twenty Yuyin ninjas have come out.

    These Yuyin ninjas were standing densely on a tall rock. They soon found the enemy who was attacking. It was a ninja wearing a red cloud and black robe, attracting Sansho fish to leave this area.

    "Someone is attacking Hanzo-sama''s psychic beast!"

    "No, he wants to lead away Sansho fish!"

    "Quickly, stop him!"

    Yuyin ninjas rushed down quickly, trying to chase Xiaonan and Sanjiao, but a few cards blocked their way!

    First, three cards shot through the bodies of the three Yujin, and the last card fell on the ground and burst apart, forcing the other Yuyin ninjas to stop their chase plan.

    "Be careful to hide, there are other enemies!"

    Yuyin Ninja headed by ¡¡¡¡ waved his subordinates to disperse, and turned around and saw a young man wearing a gas mask: "Huh, it turns out to be a kid..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku was still remembering the sound of a ding in his brain. It was the sound of mission completion. Just now, he killed three Yunin and should have completed the advanced mission.

    Advanced task 2: Kill ten official ninjas (10/10), reward 500 life energy, reward 500 chakra energy, reward 500 gold coins.

    This reward is a bit rich.

    Uehara Nairobi frowned. In the previous month, he killed many wandering ninjas who caused harm. After completing the advanced task 1, the system only rewarded 100 life energy and chakra energy.

    Now, he has completed the advanced task 2, but the system generously rewarded 500 points of life energy and chakra energy, and even an extra 500 gold coins.

    If his guess is correct, the value of 100 points of life energy and chakra energy should correspond to the promotion of ordinary ninja students to become the lower ninja; the value of 500 points of life energy and chakra energy should correspond to the promotion of the lower ninja to the middle ninja.

    That is to say, as long as he completes advanced tasks, such as killing ten official ninjas, even if he does not complete those weird tasks, the system will make him 100% numerically promoted to become ninjas.

    It¡¯s just that after the completion of Advanced Task 2, there is an extra reward of 500 gold coins, which should be considered an extra reward. It is estimated that I want him to buy some upgraded equipment in the mall, and I don¡¯t want him to lose sight of everyone.

    Now his data is finally a bit interesting.

    life energy: 1201

    Chakra Energy: 1850

    Life recovery: 2/sec

    Chakra recovery: 1.5/sec

    The number of gold coins has also increased a lot. After defeating Uchiha Itachi, he got one hundred gold coins. He became Xiaonan''s disciple and one hundred more gold coins. UU reading www.uuk¨¡nshu.com plus today got five hundred gold coins.

    Remaining gold coins: 2070

    It is a pity that these gold coins can only buy some useless junk equipment in the mall. Uehara Naraku is still going to save money honestly, because he wants to buy a powerful equipment that can increase life energy, called Fanatic Armor.

    Uehara Naraku hid in the mask and licked his lips. Now that his life energy has been greatly enhanced, his strength, speed, and physical strength should be able to meet the standard of ordinary Shinobi.

    Although it is said, it may only be the minimum forbearance.

    For example, in the village of Konoha, there is a Konoha girl named Yurihong, who is listed as the lowest standard of the ninja by these two-dimensional fans.

    The boy''s gaze moved a little bit and stopped on the group of Yuyin Ninjas who dismissed him. There were more than a dozen Yuyin Ninjas left, among whom there were at least four or five Zhongnin captains, and possibly more.

    Advanced Task 3: Kill ten official Zhongnin (2/10), the reward is unknown.

    Uehara Naraku¡¯s advanced mission 3 was to kill ten Ninjas. Within a month of passing through, he once destroyed a Yuyin squad and killed a Ninja captain; he destroyed the stronghold a few days ago. During the mission, another Zhongnin Captain was killed.

    "Hey, that kid, if you are willing to behave well, tell me where that guy in black clothes has gone, and why you attacked the Sanjiao fish, maybe we will give you a happy one, or save you..."

    The headed Yuyin Ninja looked at the young man who was standing still, and continued contemptuously: "If you dare to resist, when we catch you, I will show you the cruelty of Yuyin¡¯s thorn. !"

 Chapter 13ï¼š You are seeking your own death

    The thorn of rain hidden.

    sounds like an amazing guy at first, but the name of Shinokai is actually not very valuable.

    At least Uehara Naraku knew that there is a Shinobu in the sand hidden village, and he also gave himself the name of the red sand and the wind of Daimaru.

    The strength is not very good, and the title is quite bluff.

    The headed Yuyin Ninja in front of him is really not purely bluffing. He is the official Shangnin of Yuyin Village, and his name is Hattori Hirakawa.

    Hattori Hirakawa felt that he had a bit of strength and his personality was also a bit second, so he put himself in the name of the thorn of rain.

    Uehara Naraku raised his head to look at Hattori Hirakawa, and muffled his voice in the gas mask: "Is Yuyin''s thorn, seems to be a powerful character?"

    "Huh, just know it!"

    Hattori Hirakawa is still a little complacent.

    Uehara Naraku helped her gas mask, and said seriously: "Okay, I won''t tease you, I was joking just now...because of the name Yuyin''s thorn, it sounds like a waste!"

    "Asshole!"

    Hearing that kid''s disdain for him, the complacency on Captain Yunin''s face faded instantly, he drew out his Ninja sword suddenly, and flew towards Uehara Naraku.

    At the same time, he did not greet his subordinates: "Hey, I will solve this kid, you go and hunt down the enemy who led away the sansho fish!"

    "Yes, the service captain!"

    A group of Yuyin Ninjas stepped on their toes, and turned around to chase after Xiaonan and Sanjiao Yu.

    "Lei Dun¡¤Wan Lei Tian Prison!"

    Uehara Naraku signed a handprint symbolically, stretched out his palm to the sky, and thunderclouds accumulated on his head.

    As Uehara Naraku released the Chakra in his body to strengthen his ninjutsu, a circle of lightning radiated rapidly from his body, and the area of ??thundercloud storms became larger and larger.

    After that thundercloud storm covered the Yuyin Ninja, a thunder and lightning suddenly fell from the sky and struck Hattori Hirakawa!

    Hattori Hirakawa instantly separated a water body, instead of blocking the blow for himself, he said with lingering fear: "That kid, did he release such a powerful Thunder Ninjutsu with only one handprint?"

    If it were not for him to separate a body, he even felt that he could not avoid the lightning strike, even if the lightning seemed extremely small, but out of awe of the natural thunder, he would not dare to try it!

    But this is just the beginning.

    As the thundercloud storm completely covered this area, waves of thunder and lightning fell from time to time, and each Yuren could not judge whether he was being attacked or not.

    Some people can only use avatars to avoid thunder and lightning, some hide in bunker to guide thunder and lightning attacks... but no one can be sure when this ninjutsu will end.

    Who will fall on the next lightning!

    Uehara Naraku was secretly calculating in his heart: "The duration of the Ten Thousand Thunder Sky Prison is 3 seconds, and the lightning strikes every 0.5 seconds. The minimum is 100 chakras. Now using 1,000 chakras, the range is increased tenfold and lasts. Time has increased tenfold, and within half a minute, 60 thunder and lightning will fall on everyone''s head..."

    It doesn¡¯t even take half a minute at all.

    After a while, the first ninja who could not hold it appeared, and a lightning bolt fell every 0.5 seconds. He was finally unable to resist, and was hit by a lightning bolt from the sky, knocking him to the ground!

    Maybe it was because that ninja was still alive, and the thunder and lightning continued to shoot down, until he was completely turned into a coke.

    Then, the second, the third, the fourth... In just a few seconds, more than a dozen Yunin soon had half the casualties!

    "The interval between lightning strikes is about 0.5 seconds!"

    Hattori Hirakawa tried his best to avoid the lightning attack, while shouting loudly: "Hurry up, everyone will come together, cover me and use soil ninjutsu defense!"

    His idea is correct.

    No matter which ninja it is, 0.5 seconds is not enough to complete a jiujiu, and even one second can not make the fingerprint of defensive ninjutsu.

    If everyone gathers together, as long as someone can use the water wall to help everyone block the next attack, then they can use defensive ninjutsu in rotation!

    The three Yuren who knowingly must die have chosen to sacrifice themselves, and one by one helped Hattori Hirakawa block the lightning, giving him time to complete the seal!

    "Earth escape, no dungeon hall!"

    Hattori Hirakawa shouted loudly, and rocks flew in his direction quickly, surrounding him and the remaining subordinates, forming a safe house made of rocks.

    Originally this ninjutsu trick was used to imprison the enemy, but now it can only be used to protect himself and his teammates.

    Four or five lightnings fall!

    Sparks are splashing on the rock house!

    Rocks were chopped into pieces by lightning!

    Hattori Hirakawa hurriedly released his chakras, regaining the thickness of the rock house, and his subordinates also swarmed in and entered the chakras of soil properties on the rock house.

    However, this does not allow them to hold on for too much time.

    With the intensity of the lightning, even if they have a lot of chakras left, it is impossible to rely on the thickness of this stone house to block the lightning attack!

    will be breached sooner or later...

    Hattori Hirakawa turned his head and glanced at his subordinates sadly. There were four complete ninja squads, but now there are only five of them...

    "Serving the captain..."

    "Serving the captain..."

    A pair of trusting eyes looked at Hattori Hirakawa, one of UU reading Yuren said in a low voice: "Servant commander, let''s cover your escape!"

    "You can''t escape."

    The man named Yuyin¡¯s Thorn shook his head and explained in a deep voice: ¡°I observed just now that every lightning bolt comes from the thunderclouds in the sky. If you want to survive this ninjutsu, there are only two ways ¡­"

    The first method is naturally to try all means to escape the coverage of the thundercloud storm. The distance is at least several hundred meters, which is very difficult.

    The second way is to rush up to kill the boy who released ninjutsu with all his strength. They are only tens of meters away from the boy.

    Yuyin ninjas have no time to waste.

    Hattori Hirakawa quickly formulated his own strategy, and quickly said: "Let''s rush out and kill that kid!"

    As soon as his voice fell, the entire safe house was completely destroyed by lightning!

    Five Yuyin ninjas quickly rushed towards Uehara Naraku. Each ninja also threw large and small stones continuously, and used their stand-in techniques to resist the attack of thunder and lightning, while shortening the distance with the enemy.

    "Huh?"

    Uehara Naruko looked at the Yuyin Ninja who charged in amazement, so angry, did you want to kill him?

    is really sad...

    As long as they hold on for another second, the skills of Wan Lei Tian Prison will end. If they scattered and flee, there is a high chance that they will be able to escape.

    However, they made the wrong choice.

    The thundercloud storm in the sky gradually dissipated, and Naruto Uehara used a chakra to condense a small ball of magic puppets. The expression on his face was hidden in the mask, and the urn sounded angrily and said: "You are seeking your own death!"

 Chapter 14ï¼š I want to hear mens stories

    "Earth Escape¡¤Earth Dynamic Core!"

    A Yunin quickly closed his hands to seal the seal, slapped his palms on the ground, and a chakra swam from the ground in the direction of Uehara Naraku.

    This is a ninjutsu that can change the terrain!

    "Ok?"

    Uehara Naraku didn''t react, she felt her feet sink, and her whole body stumbled and fell into a big square pit.

    It''s just that the big pit created by Urenin''s geodynamic nuclear technique is a bit narrow, and Uehara Naraku can even reach the two rock walls by just reaching out.

    The rain ninjutsu next to ¡¡¡¡ saw that the ninjutsu of their companions worked, almost seamlessly, and at the same time, Yujin released the ninjutsu: "Shui Dun¡¤Shui Rongbo!"

    Three waves of water spouted from their mouths, and quickly merged into a long river, spewing towards the square pit where Uehara Naruko fell!

    Uehara Naruto stepped on the bottom of the pit and stood in the air with the help of the dance technique. After easily avoiding the water waves on the ground, he applauded gently: "Your cooperation is so good, it''s almost possible for me. Buried by you..."

    "¡­¡­"

    His applause is undoubtedly a humiliation to Yu Ren!

    Hattori Hirakawa, headed by ¡¡¡¡, didn''t care at all, but Gu Zihe tied his handprints, and he was forcing his own handprints to be faster!

    Hurry up!

    Because the ninjutsu he releases now requires a lot of handprints, and it may even be the technique that requires the most seals in the ninjutsu world.

    He wants to use the technique of water escape and water dragon bomb.

    After all, his companions have created such a favorable environment for water escape ninjutsu, of course they must use this powerful water escape ninjutsu!

    Hattori Hirakawa kinda wanted to greet the second generation of Hokage in Konoha Village, why did it require 44 mudra to invent such a complicated water run ninjutsu!

    Uehara Naraku stood in the air and scanned the people on the ground, his gaze slowly stopped on Hattori Hirakawa who was crazy Kieyin: "Hey, when you release a ninjutsu, you will have such a mudra, are you still a serious ninja?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Yunin people are full of question marks.

    Hattori Hirakawa ignored Uehara''s provocation, but continued to bow his head with the water dragon bullet technique handprints, wait six seconds, and then form 18 handprints, he could complete this technique.

    Uehara Naruko frowned, looking at the ninja who was dedicated to Yukiyin, and threw the chakra puppet he had just condensed with his hand: "Command... Shockwave!"

    So many handprints, wouldn''t it be those weird forbidden techniques?

    Just to be safe, just interrupt him!

    The small chakra magic doll fell under the feet of a group of Yunin, and suddenly began to rotate, and the space around them was even distorted...

    A group of Yuren were pulled together by the distorted space, and bumped into each other crazily. Everyone felt dizzy in their brains.

    Uyin, who was interrupted by the knot printing, slammed Konoha''s second-generation Naruto in his heart. Why couldn''t the knot printing method be improved when that guy invented ninjutsu?

    Forty-four handprints, even if he can make three handprints in one second, it takes about fifteen seconds!

    Uehara Nairo stepped on Hattori Hirakawa''s body, snatched the Shinobi from him, stuck a knife beside him, and whispered, "Come and make a bet with me?"

    "Bah!"

    Hattori Hirakawa opened his mouth to spit out blood!

    Uehara Naraku avoided the blood foam and couldn''t help but chuckled at him: "This world is bad enough. You are so irritable, can you survive?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Hattori Hirakawa gritted his teeth for a while, then suddenly said, "You little devil, you are not at all your age!"

    Uehara Nana spread out and said helplessly: "It''s not because you guys have done too much evil in the country of rain, forcing me to become precocious!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Hattori Hirakawa stunned for a while, and said in a deep voice, "Everything we do now is to make Yuyin Village and the Kingdom of Rain even greater. The pain of a few people is just a price that must be paid!"

    "Well, I am not interested in your dreams."

    Uehara Naraku pointed at the four Yunin next to him: "Let us talk about the things that are right in front of you! Which of you are Zhongnin?"

    The four Yunin glanced at each other.

    Uehara Naraku had already distinguished it instantly based on their gazes, and the two ninjas who received the most attention must be Captain Zhongnin.

    Uehara''s fingers suddenly rushed out of two cards, and suddenly shot two of them in the chest, and blood flowed from their hearts!

    When Hattori Hirakawa, who was stepped on by him, saw this scene, only a wave of weakness and hatred rose in his heart, and he immediately shouted: "Asshole! I must kill you!"

    There are only four ninja squads under his men, of which three are the standard ninja captain + ninja team, and the other is three ninja directly under his own.

    Just now Uehara Naruko killed two subordinates directly under him. They have been accompanying him in battles for more than ten years. They are teammates who can rely on life and death!

    "Don''t be too anxious to die!"

    Uehara Naa stepped down and pressed Hattori Hirakawa with force, pointed at the remaining two Yunin, and asked: "In the future, there will be more companions who will go to the underworld to accompany them. We are going to talk about the rest. Two Ninja...Hey, do you want to gamble with me?"

    "What gambling?"

    Hattori Hirakawa''s face was cold.

    Uehara Naraku seemed quite interested, and said softly: "Now you tell a story that makes me happy, I will let you go, how about it?"

    This bet sounds strange. UU reading www.uukahnshu.c¨®m

    What does it mean to tell him a joke that makes him happy? What is his happiness standard?

    Hattori Hirakawa¡¯s mind was a bit unable to turn his head for a while, his idea was not to resist, but what kind of stories this teenager likes to listen to?

    Hattori Hirakawa was silent for a while, and looked at Uehara inexplicably: "I did have a lot of things, but... at least you have to tell me, what kind of story do you like?"

    "If I tell you, this bet will be meaningless, so I pray that the story you tell will make me happy, so that the two Ninja and yourself can be saved..."

    Uehara Naraku squatted down slightly while talking, and his voice gradually became cold and oozing, "If your story can''t satisfy me... Then pray that your death will be normal!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Hattori Hirakawa''s face was extremely ugly, but he glanced at the two tremblingly, lowered his head and said solemnly, "Will you really keep your promise and not humiliate me?"

    "of course not."

    Uehara Nairobi nodded, and suddenly said: "By the way, you are not Zhongren? If it is Zhongren, we don''t need to go through the process, I will send you directly to the underworld..."

    Hattori Hirakawa was not sure about Uehara Naraku¡¯s emotions, and quickly said, ¡°No, I¡¯m Shangnin in the village.¡±

    "Oh, then save your life first."

    Uehara Naraku is very satisfied that Hattori Hirakawa is a Shinobu, and clapped his hands, "Then, let''s ask Mr. Shinobu to tell me some romantic stories about men!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Hattori Hirakawa nodded numbly, his brain whirled.

    Why did they encounter such a neurosis?

 Chapter 15ï¼š The book confiscated by Xiaonan

    Hattori Hirakawa is still thinking.

    Because Uehara Naraku only gave him one chance, but there is also a hint that this twelve-year-old boy wants to hear some romantic stories about men.

    However, there are many categories of romantic stories about men.

    As a ninja born to death, Hattori Hirakawa¡¯s favorite story is of course the story in "Intimacy Paradise"!

    is that the story inside is not suitable for children.

    Hattori Hirakawa pressed his brow firmly, maybe at this kid''s age, he probably still doesn''t understand the beauty of "In Love in Heaven"?

    Would you like to ask tentatively?

    After thinking about it for a long time, he looked at the young man who seemed to be getting a little impatient, and asked first: "Well, have you heard of "Intimate Paradise"?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku''s impatient expression disappeared, and he slowly raised his head, his eyes full of curiosity, incomprehension, and desire.

    Even through the gas mask, Hattori Hirakawa could see the curiosity in his eyes. I don''t know why, he actually felt that he and the two Shinnins would survive.

    "Give me the book, let me go."

    Uehara Naraku stretched out his palm.

    Actually, he is really not particularly curious about what is written in "Intimate Paradise", mainly because there are several side missions related to the "Intimate Paradise" series.

    There are many side tasks in books.

    It''s just that the rewards for these side missions are unknown.

    When Naraku Uehara just crossed over, he bought the unsalable book "Truthful Perseverance Ninja Biography". After reading it, he was rewarded with 100 chakras.

    Perhaps this also proves that there are actually a lot of people who like to read in the second dimension, so there is such a side task in the system.

    Hattori Hirakawa gritted his teeth, took out an orange book from his ninja bag, and handed it to Uehara Naraku: "The Intimate Paradise is very popular in Uyin Village, and I have been in line for a long time. I bought this one."

    "Ok."

    Uehara Naraku reached out and took the treasure.

    When Uehara took over the "Intimate Paradise", the system in his brain made a bang. I didn''t expect it to be a side task just by getting a book?

    Side quest: Get a copy of "Intimacy in Paradise" and reward 100 gold coins.

    There is still such a simple task, which also shows that someone really wants such a simple wish. This book... is that interesting?

    Uehara Naruto unconsciously opened the title page of the book, and after a few casual glances, he whispered, "Well, this book is a bit interesting..."

    Hattori Hirakawa clutched his chest and stood up slowly: "So, can we leave now?"

    "Whatever."

    Uehara Naraku stopped flipping through the books in her hand and looked up at Hattori Hirakawa leaving with the two Shimonin. Suddenly he stopped him and said with a smile: "Wait, after you return to Yuyin Village, don''t forget Tell Sanshoyu Hanzo that we killed Sanshoyu today, and it will be his turn soon!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Hearing that the kid insulted his leader, Hattori Hirakawa just gritted his teeth and didn''t look back, but led the two subordinates away.

    There was no communication between the three ninjas who escaped by chance. Some messy words came down the wind and were also heard by Uehara Naraku.

    "Serving the captain, that guy seems to be very young, he already has such a strong strength..."

    "Well, he is only twelve or thirteen years old depending on his size!"

    "But have you started watching "Intimate Paradise" at such a young age? This kid will definitely be abandoned in the future, right?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naro was too lazy to pay attention. He left the lives of these two Shimano and Hattori Hirakawa, but he followed his own mood. Anyway, they did not dare to disturb the battle between Xiaonan and Sanjiao.

    sent away the group of Yunin, Uehara Naraku reviewed the harvest this time, the advanced task 2 has been completed, and the advanced task 3 also has only two ninjas left to complete the task.

    In addition to this, there is also a precious "Intimate Paradise".

    Based on the principle of not wasting resources, Uehara Naraku began to search the system panel for tasks related to "Intimacy Paradise", and Uehara soon found a few simpler ones.

    Side mission: Collect two volumes of "Intimacy in Paradise" with unknown rewards.

    Side Quest: Read the full text of "Intimate Paradise", the reward is unknown.

    Side task: Read "Intimacy in Paradise" emotionally, with unknown rewards.

    When Uehara Naraku saw the second side mission, the corners of his eyes couldn''t help but twitch: "...how come there are missions with such a high level of shame?"

    But such a simple task is not impossible to do, but a suitable place must be selected, and it must be in a quiet place.

    A light breeze blows.

    Uehara Naraku feels his hands are empty.

    When the boy looked up again, he only saw sheets of origami overlapped, forming Xiao Nan''s appearance. It was very easy for Xiao Nan to kill a Sansho fish ninja without the master''s command.

    Xiaonan was holding the "Intimate Paradise" in his hands, frowning tightly, and his expression ugly.

    Uehara Naraku hurriedly asked to explain: "Konan-sensei..."

    "No need to explain."

    When Xiao Nan came back, she saw the cover of "Intimate Paradise" at first glance, which made her feel a little familiar. She seemed to have seen it in an advertisement at the entrance of a bookstore. It was a very popular book. Of course, she has also heard of the masterpiece of the teacher.

    Out of curiosity, Xiao Nan also secretly lined up to buy a copy. Naturally, he was disappointed with the content, and even thought that someone had borrowed the name of Jiraiya.

    After all, Jilai has been a single dog for so many years, how could he write a normal love story? It turned out that it was really written by Jiraiya, and the contents are more exciting than love stories.

    Because she knew this was not a serious book, she snatched it from Uehara Naraku just now.

    "This kind of book is not something you should read at your age."

    The light blue hair covers the woman''s profile, UU reading www.uukanshu. Com, she lowered her head to look at Uehara Naraku, and continued earnestly: "No, you can never read this kind of book."

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku watched Xiaonan¡¯s "Intimate Paradise" turned into countless scattered papers flying, as if seeing countless gold coins leaving him.

    Xiaonan stretched out his palm and took off Uehara''s gas mask, looked at the boy''s immature face, and asked softly, "Nara, where did you get the book?"

    This teacher is a bit too strict!

    Uehara Naraku took a deep breath and quibbleed: "I let a few people away just now, and they gave me this book. I wanted to give it to you. Mr. Nan should really want my teacher. Works, I heard them say it¡¯s not easy to buy..."

    "I know."

    Xiao Nan sighed, and rubbed his hair with his palm: "If someone gives you this book in the future, just kill him...remember it?"

    "Yes."

    Uehara Naruko agreed with a tender face.

    Obviously speaking so softly, but he said **** things.

    And I thought it was a side mission of the "In Love in Paradise" series. They were all very simple missions. Now that I think about it, this mission is really not that easy to complete.

    The "Intimate Paradise" series of books has always been very popular. It is estimated that he will not be able to buy it until those publishers find Jiraiya and until he agrees to the large-scale printing of "Intimate Paradise"?

    "All right."

    Xiao Nan skipped the incident with satisfaction and brought up their mission: "Now Sansho Fish Hanzo should have known our revenge. Let''s go back to the base and hide for a while to avoid him setting up traps... and the organization is also out of it. I need to deal with a few things."

 Chapter 16ï¼š Akatsuki organization meeting

    Revenge requires a sense of rhythm.

    Xiaonan knows that the Sansho Fish Hanzo has always been scheming and vicious in mind. It is very likely that he will set traps at other ninja outposts.

    Although any trap is nothing more than a local chicken for Xiao Nan, but their purpose is to make Sanjiao Hanzo gather all the cronies to return to Yuyin Village to protect his safety, and not let him be afraid of the strength of the enemy. Run away quietly.

    In the next time, Xiao Nan decided to return to Akatsuki''s base to take care of some nostalgia, and then continue to selectively attack Yunin stronghold.

    There is a Yuyin village in the district, and it can be solved with heart.

    The ¡¡¡¡ Xiao organization is different, it is about their future and dreams.

    There are often messy problems within the organization. The problems they faced this time were particularly troublesome. During the period when Xiao Nan left the base, the three teams of the Xiao organization had problems and lost three members.

    First of all, another partner died in the battle.

    During the execution of the mission, the poor teammate was killed by Jiao Du and the enemy along with the fire, and his body was taken to the gold exchange and replaced with a box of money.

    This incident is not very surprising. Akatsuki''s members have become accustomed to the operation of Jiaodu, but for the sake of money, everyone can''t say much.

    But Uchiha Itachi, a newcomer in the organization, his partner, Loquat Juzo, died in battle and died in his hometown, Wuyin Village!

    According to Uchiha Itachi''s report, when their team was on a mission in the Wuyin Village, they encountered four generations of Mizukage Yakura and his followers.

    As one of the seven ninja men who defected from Wuyin Village, Loquat Juzo knew what would happen if he fell into the hands of Shui Ying and the ninja troop. Even if they desperately escaped, they were still surrounded by Yakura.

    Yakura is not only the fourth generation of Mizukage, but also the three-tailed character.

    During the battle, Yakura entered a half-tailed animalized state. Loquat Juzo used a decapitating knife to take the tail beast jade abruptly and saved Uchiha Itachi...but Juzo himself was not so lucky and was broken. The decapitation knife pierced the chest and abdomen.

    These are just trivial things. For Payne, the death of a member in a mission can only show that he is not strong enough.

    The last thing is absolutely unbearable.

    Oshemaru attacked the returning Uchiha Itachi, and was defeated by Uchiha Itachi with a illusion. Perhaps the snake defected directly because of fear of being liquidated.

    When Xiaonan brought Naruto Uehara back to the base, the remaining members of Akatsuki''s organization were discussing the pursuit of Oshamaru and the recruitment of manpower.

    "Xiao Nan, you are back."

    Payne glanced at Xiaonan and the teenager next to her, and said softly: "We are discussing the issue of replenishing manpower in the organization, and we have definitely found two suitable manpower, as the partners of Jiaodu and Uchiha Itachi, just need someone. Go win them."

    "Understand."

    Xiao Nan frowned and nodded.

    "The first one was a Cthulhu from Tangren Village. His name was Feiduan. It is said that he possesses an immortal body and allows him and Koto to act together."

    After Penn finished talking about the information of the first person, he turned to look at Xiao Nan: "Xiao Nan, you take Uchiha Itachi and Koto to win the flying section..."

    "Yes."

    "Absolutely, tell me about the next person''s information!"

    "The second person, his name is dry persimmon ghost shark."

    After mentioning the information of the first person, he turned his head to look at the mysterious masked man, and continued with a hoarse voice: "He is a member of the Dry Persimmon Clan in the Water Country. He is known as the Ghost of Fog, and he is the same as the Loquat Shizo. , Is also one of the Seven Shinobi of Wuyin Village..."

    "Hey hey, I found the ghost shark!"

    The mysterious mask man suddenly interrupted, waving his hands, and volunteering to speak: "Just let me recruit him to join the organization, so he can be a partner for Itachi!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Penn pondered for a while, then raised his head and looked at the masked man questioningly: "I remember hearing this name, isn''t Dried Persimmon Guiyu now a traitor?"

    "You can lure him to defect at any time!"

    The mysterious mask man waved his hands happily: "The mission of the dried persimmon ghost in Wuyin Village has always been to slaughter his companions. He must have wanted to defect long ago!"

    Payne nodded, did not doubt his methods, just assigned tasks to him according to his request: "Then you go and solicit the dry persimmon!"

    "Hee hee... good!"

    The mysterious masked man laughed and agreed, wringing his fingers, a little embarrassed: "Well, there may be some trouble with this mission. Can another intern of the organization come with me?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Have a fart trouble!

    Isn¡¯t the dried persimmon ghosts yours?

    Another intern from the Akatsuki organization, Naraku Uehara, has a great alarm in his heart. Why does this sinister and despicable guy want to get him together?

    Before Uehara Naraku could respond, Xiaonan first refused him: "No."

    "Huh?"

    The masked man waved his hands repeatedly and said, "But if I go to perform the task, the manpower is a little short! The Hidden Fog Village is a very dangerous place..."

    "He is my disciple."

    Xiao Nan frowned and looked at the masked man who was coveting her disciple. His eyes were a bit cold: "I don''t think he needs to perform tasks with you... If you think Wuyin Village is dangerous, I can replace you to win over the dried persimmon ghost shark. !"

    The masked man hesitated and said: "Senior Xiao Nan, he is also a member of the organization, and we are all interns...Why can''t he go on the task with me?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Xiaonan''s face suddenly became impatient.

    Because she knows that the mysterious mask man is the extremely evil Uchiha Madara, she doesn''t want to have any intersection between her disciple and the mask man.

    is not just the mysterious mask man, except for her and Payne, Xiao Nan does not want anyone from Uehara and Akatsuki to have an intersection.

    It''s just that at this moment, everyone''s gazes came over, looking at Xiao Nan in surprise, with a strange expression.

    Although a group of S-rank rebels are not afraid of danger, but Xiao Nanming is so eccentric and dangerous to not let her own disciples do it, let them do it?

    makes people feel unfair. UU reading www.uukanshu. com

    Payne glanced at everyone present and made the final decision: "Xiaonan, you and Kakuto and Uchiha Itachi are going to win the Hidana... As for Uehara, let him and A Fei go to get in touch with the dried persimmon!"

    Xiaonan looked at Payne unwillingly, and saw that he shook his head slightly, but bowed his head and agreed: "...Yes."

    "Actually, it doesn''t have to be that troublesome."

    Uehara Naraku raised his eyes to look at everyone present, and whispered: "Since the predecessor is worried about the danger, why not go to Wuyin Village by myself! It''s just to draw someone into the organization, not a particularly dangerous task."

    "Hey? Good!"

    The mysterious masked man suddenly clapped and said loudly: "In that case, I can make time to help Senior Scorpion find his partner with Jue..."

    "Yes."

    Payne agreed.

    Red Sand Scorpion had different opinions. A hoarse voice came from the puppet: "Go, I don''t like to find people aimlessly..."

    After ¡¡¡¡ finished speaking, the scorpion of the red sand turned his head and looked at Payne: "Now that Oshemaru has defected, can I kill him now?"

    When Oshemaru was still in the Akatsuki organization, the two of them always quarreled because of ideological issues and financial issues. Now that Oshemaru has defected, the Red Sand Scorpion naturally wanted to take revenge and kill him!

    "of course can."

    Payne asked softly: "Do you have any clues?"

    The Red Sand Scorpion nodded, and said in a gloomy voice: "I have planted a spy next to him, and he will be able to find news soon."

    "Then I will leave it to you to investigate the matter of Oshemaru."

    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª

    It''s Monday, ask for some recommendation tickets

 Chapter 17ï¼š 100 million detonators

    After the meeting, everyone left the base.

    Xiaonan looked at Uehara Naraku worriedly, and aloud to blame him: "Naraku, I said that Akatsuki''s organization is not something you should be involved in."

    "Teacher Xiaonan..."

    Uehara Naraku''s face was a little lonely, and her head dropped.

    Payne shook his head and softly discouraged: "Xiao Nan, we must be fair. Uehara is a member of the organization, and there can be no exceptions."

    "But he is still a child..."

    Xiaonan lowered his head to look at Uehara Naraku, and said: "When we were at this age, we were just following Jiraiya teacher and didn¡¯t learn any ninjutsu. Although Naraku¡¯s power is not weak, what he wants to go is In the water country that has been closed to the outside world, Loquat Juzo died there. What if there is an accident in Nalulu there..."

    "No way, teacher."

    Uehara Naruto calmed her emotions and prevented her from saying any unlucky words.

    "Okay, there is no need to worry."

    A small black rod appeared in Payne''s palm. He gently broke the black rod and walked in front of Uehara Naraku: "Uehara, have you learned spiritism?"

    "Uh, not yet..."

    The young man''s expression was a little embarrassed. He hadn''t learned the authentic spirits of Ninja world, but his own spirit skills only needed a thought to complete.

    At present, he only has one psychic contract, Galio the Colossus of Justice, but Galio''s psychic requires three thousand chakras, and his value is far from enough.

    "I will teach you psychic art now."

    After Penn finished speaking, he began to demonstrate the Jieyin gesture of psychic art, while Jieyin explained: "Psychic art is the simplest space-time ninjutsu. Before Jieyin needs to use his own blood as a contract to summon Contracted thing."

    After Nairo Ubara demonstrated the psychic technique of the seal gesture, he nodded and said that after taking it down, he handed over the small black stick in his hand: "If you encounter danger in Wuyin Village, use the check Carat¡¯s sensor is inserted into his body, and he uses psychic techniques directly, understand?"

    "Yes."

    Uehara Naraku nodded with a weird face, because at this moment there was a ding in his brain.

    Sub-task completed: learn the art of psychic (1/1), the task has been completed, reward psychic contract: deep-sea titan Nuo Tilles.

    Psychic Contract: Summon the deep-sea Titan Nuo Tilles, which consumes 2000 Chakra points.

    Uehara Naraku felt that the psychic contract of the system was a big pit. Whether it was the Justice Colossus or the Deep Sea Titan, his chakras were not enough, and he could only find ways to complete advanced tasks, or pool money to buy some upgrade chakra equipment.

    Fortunately, he can channel other things.

    Naro Uehara took over the Chakra sensor in Penn¡¯s hands. This Chakra sensor exists on everyone in Six Penn¡¯s bodies, and Nagato hidden behind Penn uses these sensors to input the Chakra sensor to Penn. Carat and manipulate their actions.

    In addition to these functions, there is another use that is channeling.

    And Xiao Nan next to them is an example, because the small lip studs under Xiao Nan''s mouth are also Chakra sensors, so she can be channeled by the animal Dao Penn or she can be psyched out of the Six Penn.

    Because of the existence of the Chakra sensor, in addition to being powerful, the Six Paths Penn is actually a kind of psychic equivalent to the Ninja Beast.

    Uehara Naraku has always had this kind of speculation in his heart. Now that he sees Payne handing him the black stick, she understands everything. This Chakra sensor can help him psychic out of Payne, no matter which one it is, it can save him. Life.

    Payne is not as gentle as Xiao Nan, and has always been not very good to him. Who would have thought that this guy was still a arrogant?

    Uehara Naraku sighed secretly, looked at the two people present, and asked seductively: "Ms. Xiaonan, Yahiko-sama, do you have any feelings? The masked intern senior is a bit strange..."

    In order to maintain Akatsuki''s legacy, Uehara Naraku could only continue to call Penn as Yahiko; on the contrary, Xiaonan generally referred to Penn as Nagato.

    Payne nodded, glanced at Xiao Nan, and explained aloud: "His identity is originally a little different from others. Just like Xiao Nan, I suspected that he would be against you...so wait for you to go to Water When I was in China, I would warn him not to let him do unnecessary things."

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku has a subtle expression.

    It has been twelve years since Yahiko died in battle, why are you still so naive? You are 27 years old this year!

    If the mysterious masked man wants to do something unfavorable to him, he doesn''t actually need to do it himself. He can achieve his goal by manipulating the four generations of Shuiying and the dried persimmon ghosts in Wuyin Village.

    This is something that Xiao Nan and Payne never thought about.

    This is also because of the lack of intelligence.

    Uehara Naro is a little trick that doesn''t fear the masked man. Now he has the short-term invincible skill, the moment of the sacred judge, and the flying skill such as dance art. Naturally, he flees if he wants to, and he just leaves.

    If the mysterious mask man wants to do something behind his back, Uehara Naraku doesn''t mind translating what is a surprise to the mask man!

    However, Xiaonan immediately gave Uehara Naraku a surprise. She took out a few psychic scrolls from her body and handed them to Uehara''s hands.

    Just as the boy looked at the scroll and looked a little confused, Xiao Nan rubbed his hair and explained softly: "There are 100 million detonating symbols inside..."

    Uehara Naraku: "..."

    Even if he understands Xiaonan''s technique, he is frightened by the concept of 100 million detonators. When will he use this number of detonators?

    Also, the system ding in the brain kept ringing, which seemed to be a sign of a crash.

    When Uehara Naraku looked at the system panel in his brain, he only saw a bunch of completed tasks, which made him dumbfounded.

    Side Quest: Collect a Ninja Detonation Talisman (1/1), the task has been completed, and the reward skill: the technique of mutual multiplication detonation talisman.

    Side mission: Collect one hundred Ninja Detonation Charms (100/100), the mission has been completed, reward 100 gold coins.

    Side mission: Collect 10,000 Ninja Detonation Symbols (10000/10000), the mission has been completed, reward 150 gold coins.

    Side Quest: Collect 100,000 Ninja Detonation Symbols (100000/100000), UU Reading task has been completed, reward 200 gold coins.

    Side mission: Collect one million Ninja detonation symbols (1000000/1000000), the mission has been completed, reward 250 gold coins.

    Side mission: Collect 10 million detonating symbols (10000000/10000000), the mission has been completed, reward 300 gold coins.

    Side mission: Collect 100 million detonating symbols (100000000/100000000), the mission has been completed, reward 350 gold coins.

    In addition to the above rewards, Uehara Naraku took another look. There were four or five detonating talisman tasks left. The final task was to collect 600 billion detonating talisman.

    Uehara Naraku couldn¡¯t help but glanced at Xiao Nan. His teacher¡¯s action was too generous. He gave him a few scrolls and let him complete a bunch of tasks...

    Xiao Nan thought he was frightened by the number of detonating charms, reached out to help him put the seal scroll into the ninja bag, and whispered: "I can make detonating charms by myself. One hundred million is not a particularly large number. Everything is for your safety. Is important."

    "¡­is teacher."

    Uehara Naruto nodded, but in his heart he remembered the multiplication detonation talisman that the system rewarded him. Unfortunately, this is a system skill that cannot be taught to Xiaonan.

    But this skill comes from the ninja world.

    Uehara couldn''t help but Xiao Jiujiu appeared. If you have the opportunity, you must go to the Konoha Forbidden Operation Room to help Xiaonan get the practice method of the mutual multiplication detonation talisman...

    If the woman with the most detonating amulet in the Ninja world, and getting the technique of multiplying detonating amulet, I don¡¯t know if the mysterious mask man wants to disadvantage Xiao Nan, he can hold it...

 Chapter 18ï¼š Find him a friend

    The first richest woman in the Ninja world, she is so rich that it makes no sense.

    Uehara Naraku was carrying 100 million detonating charms and a chakra sensor that summoned Penn, and left Akatsuki''s base while Xiaonan waved goodbye.

    In addition to him, the other ninjas also have to perform their own tasks.

    A woman with light blue hair stood at the gate of the base, watching Uehara''s figure gradually disappear, and the worry on her face had not faded.

    The corners next to it and Uchiha Itachi''s expressions are a bit subtle.

    is the oldest person in Akatsuki''s organization. He has the broadest knowledge. Seeing Xiao Nan''s appearance, he couldn''t help but said, "Huh, can the ninja not be in danger for a lifetime?"

    After Xiao Nan glanced at him, he frowned and said, "Nairo is different from us. He is only twelve years old this year and he is still a child..."

    "When I was twelve years old, I started to perform tasks alone!"

    Tsutomu''s face was even more dissatisfied, and he glanced at Uchiha Itachi again: "Hey, kid of the Uchiha clan, you Konoha Ninja are also twelve years old for graduation, right?"

    "Ok."

    Uchiha Itachi nodded. He graduated from the Ninja School at the age of seven. At the age of eleven he had become the captain of the dark section. At the age of thirteen he became Konoha''s S-rank rebel because of the genocide.

    Seeing Xiao Nan''s appearance, Uchiha Itachi decided to say a few words next to him: "Xiao Nan, he is only one year younger than me, but his strength is very strong... If the first time we met, it was not because of his carelessness. , Maybe I will also lose."

    "Well¡­"

    Xiaonan''s eyebrows calmed down, nodded and said: "Okay, then let''s go to Tangren Village now!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Uchiha Itachi closed his eyes and sighed.

    Sure enough, no matter what age or personality, as long as you follow their wishes, you can achieve what you want.

    Xiaonan took Kakuto and Itachi Uchiha and left the base, and went to Yunin Village to find the traces of the flying section. A spatial vortex appeared where they were standing.

    The figure of the mysterious masked man emerged from the space vortex and said to the empty air: "Hei Jue, I will go to see the intern in the organization, how on earth do you want to attract the ghost to join the organization..."

    His voice is no longer the ridiculous laughter of Akatsuki''s organization meeting, but a bit heavy, and there is a gloomy and majestic voice in his voice.

    A pitcher plant was drilled on the ground, and a half-length white, half-length black monster appeared on the ground, and said with a hoarse voice: "Take the soil, don''t pay attention to a kid so much? His presence will not hinder us. The plan is to become a thug collecting tail beasts in the future."

    "That kid named Uehara has no dark past!"

    The mysterious masked man sneered, looked down at Jue on the ground, and continued: "Will he agree with our ideas in the future? Since Payne and Xiaonan have found him, they have been protecting him. This time I don¡¯t do anything. There may not be this opportunity!"

    "Huh? What do you want to do to him? If you kill him, Xiao Nan and Payne will definitely suspect us, bring dirt, which is not in line with our plan."

    shook his head, everything is now proceeding according to their plan. It doesn''t want the mysterious mask in front of him to grow out of it.

    "Don''t worry, I won''t kill him!"

    The masked man reached out his hand to grasp the patterned mask on his face, and whispered: "I will manipulate Uehara Itachi like I used to manipulate Uehara Naruto into the darkness...

    You saw it before. He was only twelve years old and easily defeated a shangnin mixed team. Now he has at least the strength of Shangnin, and may be stronger in the future. He must not be loyal to Nagato. dedicated! "

    When Xiaonan and Uehara Naruto attacked the Uehara stronghold, Kurozutsu and the mask man also secretly observed Uehara''s situation.

    When they saw that Naraku Uehara used Thunder Dunnjutsu to easily defeat the team of more than 20 people, Kurozu was in a good mood. It saw a lot of big scenes.

    Hei Jue¡¯s hoarse voice was a little puzzled. It looked up at the masked man in surprise: "At the age of twelve, he has the chakra and power of the supreme ninja level. It seems that there is nothing worth paying attention to, such as Kakashi Hagi from Konoha Village. ¡­"

    "He is different from Kakashi''s trash."

    The masked man interrupted Kurojue with a cold voice, and cursed Konoha''s genius ninja who was promoted to Shinobu at the age of twelve.

    If nothing else, Uehara Naraku will surely be able to reach the strength of the movie class in the future. Unlike the Akatsuki Kakuto, Uchiha Itachi and Scorpio, he belongs to the neutral faction of Akatsuki, but with the help of Nagato and Xiaonan.

    Uehara Naraku''s existence may cause the mask man to directly control Akatsuki''s organization on the bright side in the future, which is a small hidden danger.

    But...

    The masked man suddenly realized that if he instigated Uehara Naraku, he would let the kid play a wider range of uses.

    The masked man can even use Uehara Naraku in reverse, making him a spy between Xiaonan and Nagato, stealing information about Xiaonan and Nagato; he can also use Uehara Naraku to influence the actions of Xiaonan and Nagato.

    For example, in the future, when the time is right, Nagato can be induced to directly attack the major Ninja villages, causing him and the five major Ninja villages to lose out!

    "It''s not easy to change that kid..."

    Kurozue whispered the information he had collected: "Uehara Naraku''s father, UU Reading at , died twelve years ago to protect Xiaonan; his mother also died of illness a few months ago... Apart from Men and Xiao Nan, there is no **** on him."

    Breaking the fetters of a ninja and letting the ninja fall into darkness is the quickest way, and they also have some practical experience.

    The problem is, Uehara Naraku is an orphan!

    From the current point of view, Uehara Naraku and Xiaonan have the deepest bond, but if Xiaonan has an accident, Nagato may give up collecting tail beasts and directly incarnate into the Demon King.

    If anything goes wrong with Nagato¡¯s reincarnation eye, it¡¯s a bit too monotonous to describe the gain more than the loss...

    Not to mention Kazuki, the mysterious mask man will not allow this to happen, so he intends to guide Uehara through another method: "Fetters, such useless things can be cultivated."

    Hei Jue looked at the masked man, feeling that he had heard something extraordinary: "Take the dirt, do you want to arrange a friend for that kid? It is easy to destroy a bond, but it is much more difficult to cultivate... "

    "Huh, there is always a way."

    The mysterious mask man grasped his palm and whispered: "Help me prepare a Bai Jue, I will prepare a suitable identity for it!"

    Hei Jue nodded helplessly: "All right, you are happy."

    Anyway, this is not an important thing. Success is good for them, but it doesn¡¯t matter if it fails.

    Uehara Naraku didn''t know that someone wanted to arrange a friend for him. He got into another trouble. Since he had never left the country of rain in the past, he was not familiar with the geography of Ninja world.

    And his task is to go to the country of water to solicit dried persimmon ghosts.

    Not only to go abroad, but also to sea.

 Chapter 19ï¼š Bai Jues disguise

    in front of the bookstore.

    Uehara Naraku looked down at the map of Ninja that he had just bought in his hand, and couldn''t help but vomit: "Boss, your map is very abstract..."

    "Ahahahaha..."

    The bookstore owner scratched the back of his head and smiled awkwardly: "There is no other way. The most detailed map can only be drawn by Daguo Shinobu. This kind of map does not actually delay your trip!"

    All the lifebloods of the Ninja world are actually controlled by ninjas. Except for Ninja Village who is willing to send ninjas to collect information about the terrain, how could anyone else be willing to pay a high price to make more sophisticated maps.

    Uehara Naraku glanced at him speechlessly, and tapped his finger on the location of the water country on the map. There is only a circle on the sea in the map. He finally couldn''t help saying: "But is the area of ??the water country a bit bigger? ?"

    "Brother is going to the Land of Water?"

    The bookstore owner''s expression became nervous for an instant, and he leaned down and said in Uehara''s ear: "Don''t go to that place. I heard that many merchants have gone and never come back! Whoever goes to the Water Country will definitely be The ninja there killed it!"

    "...Okay, I see."

    Uehara Naraku put away the brief map with a single word.

    The Misty Village in the Water Country is still in power for the fourth generation of Suikage Yakura. This is a puppet Suikage manipulated behind the scenes. He still implements the blood fog policy and isolates the Water Country from the outside world for a long time, and theoretically refuse Any outsider enters the water country.

    Hidden Village in the blood mist, not only will not prohibit ninjas from fighting in the same village, but also encourage ninjas to perform such behaviors from the side.

    The person behind the scenes who manipulated Yakura seemed to be afraid that the hidden mist village would not perish. Through the blood mist policy, he depleted the vitality of the hidden mist village little by little and tortured all the hidden mist ninjas.

    Treat yourself so harshly, let alone treat outsiders?

    Uehara Naruko looked at the abstract map in his hand, planning his route to the country of water, and choosing the fastest and safest route.

    The fastest way at present is to go east from the country of rain to the country of fire, from the country of fire to the country of Poland, and from the country of Poland to the country of water by sea.

    This route is also very good.

    Although you may encounter Konoha Ninja in the middle, you don¡¯t have to worry about being in danger. Except for the three generations of Naruto and Metkai, everyone else seems to have nothing to fear...

    Except for the flag Kakashi.

    If you can sneak into Konoha with other identities, you can go to Konoha Village to complete many messy side tasks.

    Among the side missions released by the ¡¡¡¡ system, Konoha has the most ninja missions, which is not surprising, it is the location of the protagonists of the ninja world!

    Uehara Naraku considered the most because this route goes straight to the country of Nami.

    If the country of Wave is now occupied by Cardo, the smuggler must know how to get to the country of water, and he must have some kind of connection with Wuyin Village.

    Uehara can completely control Cardo, use him to enter the Water Country, or from Cardo, see if he can get the information of the dried persimmon ghost.

    The mission of the Xiao Xiao organization is really troublesome, but it takes so many brain cells to recruit dried persimmons to join the organization.

    The system doesn¡¯t even release a fart, it just keeps sending missions. If only there is a Bai Jue by his side, Bai Jue is the best at detecting intelligence...

    This thought only disappeared in the mind of Uehara Naraku.

    If there is really a Baijue by his side, it means that the mysterious mask man and Heijue must want to disadvantage him, and Uehara must screw off that Baijue''s head on the spot.

    At this moment, someone suddenly reached out and patted Uehara on the shoulder.

    When Uehara Naraku turned her head, she saw a sweet girl with an exaggerated smile.

    Seeing Uehara turned her head, the girl blinked her eyes curiously, then opened her mouth and asked: "Hello...Do you know what it feels like to poop?"

    "¡­¡­"

    What the devil''s question is this!

    It happened that Naraku Uehara thought of Shiraizu just now. Now that he heard the girl''s strange question, he instantly remembered that Uchiha brought the soil to the sealed underground base and met those strange brain circuits Shiraizu!

    Uehara Naraku''s expression suddenly turned cold, and he pinched the girl''s neck with one hand, pressed her against the wall, and whispered: "Hey, are you Shirazue?"

    "¡­¡­"

    The girl stiffened a bit when she heard Uehara''s words, her eyes rolled around, and she said, "What are you talking about, I don''t understand..."

    Uehara Nana didn''t believe her at all.

    because of the system in his mind, there was a bang, reminding that a side mission had been completed.

    Side Quest: See through Bai Jue¡¯s disguise (1/1), the quest has been completed, and the reward skills are naturally magical.

    Natural Magical Charm: Can pretend to be all creatures, until it is damaged or uses skills, it will break the disguise, consume 100 chakras, and cool down 2 seconds.

    Uehara Uehara''s brows suddenly stretched out.

    After seeing through Bai Jue''s disguise, he actually got a skill similar to Bai Jue''s magical transformation technique, even more amazing.

    The natural magical skill comes from the survivor of the fogtail tribe, the talented skill of Wanhua psychic Nicole, which can make him look like any kind of creature in the ninja world.

    Such as becoming a kitten.

    Now Bai Jue, who has turned into a girl with the transformation technique, doesn¡¯t know it, it¡¯s still pretending to be frightened, trying to get through with it: "Let go of me, I don¡¯t know what you are talking about, I just want to tell you say hi¡­"

    "So many people, UU reading , you just came to me!"

    Uehara Nairo squeezed her neck, broke her neck, couldn''t restrain her emotions, and cursed: "Damn, what are you pretending to me here!"

    All his system rewards have been received, okay!

    The residents of the small town saw Naraku Uehara killing people on the street, and their eyes widened in panic. One of them, seemingly brave enough, asked: "Hey, that kid, why are you killing her?"

    "Because she insulted my IQ."

    Uehara Nana fell his head and spoke without looking back, just watching the girl''s body turn into a hideous white humanoid monster.

    is exactly what Bai Jue looks like.

    Ding¡­

    The system in Uehara''s brain rang.

    Side Quest: Kill a Baijue in the Ninja World (1/1), the quest has been completed, reward the mayfly art.

    Mayfly Art: Integrate oneself with the earth and vegetation, so that it can tell to move between the underground vegetation, cut off all breaths during the activation of ninjutsu, and consume 3 chakras on the ground every second.

    "Wow!"

    The villagers in these small towns saw such an ugly monster for the first time, and saw such a **** scene, screaming and scrambling to escape!

    Uehara Naraku ignored it, but took out a seal scroll and sealed the corpse in the scroll, whether it was given to Nan and Payne to slander Kazumo, or kept as a sacrifice for the future rebirth of the dirt. can.

    When Uehara walked out of the town, a temporal and spatial vortex appeared quietly on the roof, and the mysterious mask man pressed his mask with a headache: "That group of Baijue, it''s really a waste that can''t be changed! If it doesn''t work! , Let¡¯s find another guy who is suitable to be a spy..."

 Chapter 20ï¼š Encounter

    Bai Jue is really a dog that can¡¯t change eating Xiang...

    More than ten years ago, when these guys came into contact with the Uchiha belt soil, they were so curious. After more than ten years, they still haven''t improved at all.

    somehow revealed a flaw in front of Uehara.

    met Bai Jue''s fake girl to start a conversation, and Uehara Naraku completely affirmed one thing. The masked man has been monitoring his trail.

    After leaving the town, Uehara immediately looked for a hidden corner, used the mayfly technique he just learned to sneak into the ground, and quietly ran into the distance.

    After the mysterious mask man lost the trace of Uehara Naraku, he was not in a hurry, because he knew the mission location of Uehara Naraku. As long as he stood by the side of the dried persimmon ghost shark, he would be able to wait for someone.

    "It''s really troublesome, that kid."

    The mysterious mask man held up the mask on his face, thinking about the next countermeasures: "The woman in the country of lock who always missed the trash of Kakashi, I heard that she was a spy cultivated in the country of lock since she was a child. Let''s use it...huh!"

    That woman called Hualing.

    The reason why I know the information of that woman is because of Hagi Kakashi.

    When he was a teenager, Kakashi was a little late to return to Konoha once on a mission. He also mentioned that he saved a little **** the road.

    Occasionally, when the mysterious masked man was digging for secrets in the Ninja world, he found that the spy woman Hualing trained in the Kingdom of Lock had good talents, because she was never allowed to return to her hometown. As long as she was taught a little, he could send Useful.

    However, after observing Hualing for a few days, the mysterious masked man discovered that Hualing was the little girl Kakashi had saved when he was a teenager, and instantly lost his interest.

    Without him, this woman has a bad vision and doesn''t look at people.

    In his opinion, Hana Ling''s favorite Hakaki Kakashi is an out-and-out waste, so he gave up soliciting Hana Ling.

    Now the masked man needs a qualified spy candidate. His first thought was Pharmacist Pouch, but Pharmacist Pouch was a man, and he was still lurking next to Dashemaru, and was somewhat related to the Red Sand Scorpion, which was not suitable.

    The woman named Hualing is barely enough to be eye-catching, and there are some women''s methods that should make Uehara Naraku accept her, right?

    The mask man quickly worked out a perfect plan.

    He was a little excited even when he decided on his plan: "Hehehehe...I am the genius!"

    The heavy voice of the man with the mysterious mask faded, and his words changed into a funny clown again: "Let the ghost educate the little devil, and when he is alive and dead, let the woman called Hualing save her life to save he!"

    He admires himself a little bit, if this strategy is not made by himself, he can''t even tell the truth!

    A space-time vortex appeared behind him, absorbing him as a whole, leaving only his neurotic voice: "Go and find the woman named Hualing first, and use the Kingdom of Lock as a bargaining chip to threaten her!"

    The country of fire, in a dense forest.

    Uehara Naraku''s head came out of the tree, and he looked at the surrounding environment, and he quietly appeared when he noticed that there was no one.

    The speed of walking through the underground vegetation is very fast, which is a bit of a waste of Chakra. In order to be able to travel to the country of fire, Uehara Naraku upgraded his equipment.

    Equipment: Embrace of the Seraph.

    Chakra energy increased by 1400 points, skill cooldown reduction increased by 20%, and Chakra consumption decreased by 25%.

    Originally completed a series of side quests through advanced quests and the detonation talisman given by Xiaonan, and accumulated more than 3,000 gold coins, but now there are only more than 1,000 left...

    Nairo Uehara was a little bit distressed. After spending so much money, he only added 400 chakras, but it will make his chakras exceed 2000 points. If his chakras remain at full value, he can channel the Deep Sea Titan once. .

    However, Uehara doesn¡¯t care about using equipment to accumulate chakra values, because advanced missions will reward a lot of life energy and chakra energy. Now he is more concerned about the chakra recovery and life energy recovery brought by the equipment, and the reduction of skill cooling. and many more.

    life energy: 1201/1201

    Chakra energy: 133/2250

    Life recovery: 2/sec

    Chakra recovery: 1.5/sec

    Remaining gold coins: 1070

    Because of the long underground journey, the chakras on his body are almost exhausted, and he needs to rest here for more than 20 minutes to recover his chakras.

    Twenty minutes is not short.

    Uehara Naraku thought he had found a secluded place. He forgot that it was the fastest way from the west of the country of fire to Konoha, so many people were destined to pass by.

    For example, two Konoha Anbe who rushed back from Kawa no Kuni after completing their missions, a white-haired ninja wearing a mask walking on the road, holding an orange little man book in his hand, and watching as he walks, he is a little addicted.

    Walking next to him was a purple-haired ninja wearing a mask. Her Anbe uniform was worn on her body, making her tall and graceful.

    "Let''s take a break around here."

    The voice of the purple-haired female ninja resembles an oriole bird, spreading in the silent forest: "Senior, after returning to the village this time, are you going to quit Anbu?"

    "Huh? That''s right."

    The white-haired ninja lowered his head and whispered softly: "Sandaime wants me to be the instructor of Shangnin, UU reading to guide the graduating class in the village..."

    "It''s a pity!"

    The female ninja lowered her head, her purple hair draped randomly on her chest, she sighed and continued: "I hope I will have the opportunity to perform tasks with Senior in the future."

    "Well, you don''t need to be so frustrated. If I''m not mistaken, your next partner is actually a very gentle guy..."

    The white-haired Anbu Ninja''s voice suddenly stopped, his footsteps also stopped, he slowly turned his head and looked into the depths of the forest, and saw a man with a patterned mask sitting under a big tree resting.

    The purple-haired female ninja couldn''t help but stopped. After following his gaze and seeing the masked man under the tree, the woman subconsciously pulled out her ninja sword.

    This is an instinctive reaction of the Anbe Ninja.

    The population in this area is somewhat evacuated. This is because it is close to Shayin Village and Yuyin Village. The pain caused by several Ninja Wars is too great. Most of the civilians who settle nearby have moved to the area near Konoha.

    What''s more, this mask has a strange men''s wear, and appears inexplicably in some dangerous forest. It must be a dangerous person!

    "¡­¡­"

    At this moment, Uehara Naraku, who has turned into a mysterious masked man with natural magic and charm, is also calming his mind. This is his first grand performance in Fire Country.

    When I heard them talking just now, Uehara Naraku secretly observed them for a while, but through the mask, he recognized the white-haired ninja and the purple-haired female ninja.

    Flag Mu Kakashi, Uzue Xiyan.

    Because of this, after her chakra recovered, Na Uehara, instead of using the mayfly technique to evade, instead thought of a wonderful idea.

    This time, he will give the mask man a big trouble.

 Chapter 21ï¼š Thats right, I am Uchiha!

    fetters are the most complicated relationship in the ninja world.

    Uehara Naraku and the mysterious mask man don¡¯t know each other now. The gifts they plan to prepare for each other are actually the same in nature, and both use human emotions to achieve their desired goals.

    The mysterious mask man wants to use Hana Bell as a spy to reach a bond with Uehara Naruto, so that he can break the bond and let Uehara fall into darkness.

    Uehara Naraku believes that instead of allowing the mysterious mask man to follow him secretly and lay out a conspiracy, it is better to cause him a big trouble.

    People, sooner or later they have to face their past.

    Moreover, Uehara Naraku and the mysterious mask man have full self-awareness and believe in their IQ very much. Both think that their plans are impeccable.

    Now that the entire Ninja world knows the identity of the mysterious mask man, it is impossible to count more than one palm.

    The mysterious mask man would never have thought that Uehara could cross the border through the art of mayfly and quickly rush to the country of fire; secondly, as long as Uehara did not reveal his true face, the mysterious mask man would not be able to find out that he did it.

    Haaki Kakashi stepped forward, looked at the mysterious masked man under the tree, and asked, "Who are you? What is the purpose of sneaking into the country of fire?"

    "This is my homeland."

    The masked man in the incarnation of Uehara Naraku spread his palms and whispered, "Konoha''s Anbe-sama, can''t I go back to my hometown?"

    Uehara feels that his acting skills are a bit perfect, and he interprets the thoughts of a wanderer who has been away from home for many years.

    It''s a pity that there are only two spectators around him who don''t know the truth. Konoha''s Anbu Ninja doesn''t eat this set at all. Uzuki Yuyan brandished a Shinobi sword at him, and said solemnly, "Hey, take off your mask first! "

    "This is probably not fair."

    Uehara Naraku touched the patterned mask on her face, raised her head to look at the white-haired ninja, and whispered: "If it is an old friend meeting, we should take off each other''s masks, what do you think, Kakashi Hagi ?"

    ïÏà¥!

    The white-haired ninja drew out his ninja sharply, arched his waist, and assumed a fighting posture, but he still said casually: "Well, I know that I work in Anbu and can recognize me. Come, it seems to be a familiar person indeed!"

    Haaki Kakashi''s brain is thinking fast!

    The masked man in front of him hides his identity, indicating that his identity is not visible, most likely Konoha''s rebellious ninja or Danzo''s root ninja.

    However, after Konoha''s Uchiha clan was destroyed not long ago, Shimura Danzo was somehow imprisoned by three generations of Hokage, and the entire roots were completely broken up.

    Then, it can only be Konoha''s betrayal.

    It just so happened that Kakashi knew a suitable candidate.

    The man who destroyed his own family and became Konoha''s S-class rebellious man is Kakashi''s former teammate in Anbe, Itachi Uchiha.

    But in Kakashi¡¯s cognition, Uchiha Itachi¡¯s tutor has always been very good, and he has always been very polite whether he is facing the enemy or his companions in the village.

    The mysterious masked man in front of him did this. Itachi Uchiha should not be able to do such a thing, but the Uchiha clan are all neurotic. Who knows what he will become?

    Except for Uchiha Itachi, he couldn''t think of anyone else.

    Haaki Kakashi squeezed his ninja sword tightly, and his scarlet writing wheel stared at the masked man. After taking a deep breath, he asked in a deep voice, "Are you Uchiha Itachi?"

    "¡­¡­"

    After a moment of silence in the air, the masked man stretched out a finger and shook his head: "You guessed wrong... Kakashi!"

    After Hearing his words, Hagi Kakashi was silent for a while, and suddenly rushed up with the Shinobi in his hand, saying indifferently, "Since you are still pretending to be a fool, then let me take off the mask for you now. !"

    "¡­¡­"

    The mysterious masked man seemed to be frightened, and after dodged in a hurry to avoid Kakashi¡¯s attack, he jumped onto the tree, and his voice gradually became gloomy: "As expected of you, Kakashi...killed his teammates. I was still so merciless when I was there!"

    Haaki Kakashi''s figure froze suddenly!

    At this moment, he once again remembered Lin, who he would dream of every night, the **** girl who died in pain with his face full of pain.

    Ã®ÔÂ Xiyan glanced at Kakashi stiffly, and exclaimed: "Asshole! What are you talking nonsense, Senior is not that kind of person..."

    "Huh...really isn''t it?"

    The mysterious mask man looked down at the two people underground, and slowly took off the mask from his face, revealing a face that was half intact and half full of scars.

    This is the true face of Uchiha belt soil.

    Uehara Naraku''s natural magical charm can imitate any person disguised as anyone, and naturally it can also imitate the appearance of Uchiha belt soil.

    Uehara Naruko held the mask in his hand, and a mocking smile appeared at the corner of his mouth: "Kakashi, do you still recognize me?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Haaki Kakashi''s palm is full of green veins, and he holds his Ninja sword forcefully, as if he wants to hold the Ninja sword into pieces!

    He couldn''t believe his eyes.

    Even after so many years, the appearance of Uchiha''s belt soil has long changed, but Kakashi can still recognize his outline, but how could the person he buried himself many years ago be resurrected?

    Haaki Kakashi took off the mask on his face, and his eyes widened in disbelief: "You are... with dirt?"

    "Ha ha ha ha ha ha ha¡­"

    Uchiha Uchiha of the Uehara Naraku brand laughed loudly, and said loudly: "I didn''t expect that Sharonyan Kakashi could still remember the tail of my crane. It''s really rare!"

    "With soil..."

    Hagi Kakashi''s voice was a bit dry, he didn''t know how to face the ridicule of his old friends, but he couldn''t say many words in his throat.

    Uzuki Yuyan stood beside Kakashi with a solemn expression: "Senior, is he the hero who died in battle? Is he now...is he defecting?"

    Mao Yue Xiyan''s words instantly pulled the two back to reality.

    Nearly ten years have passed. Since Uchiha Daido is still alive, why didn''t he return to Konoha? Was it because of Lin''s death?

    "Take the soil, why didn''t you go back to the village at that time... if the teacher knew you were still alive..." Hamu Kakashi paused again. Their teacher Bo Feng Shuimen was in the nine tails of nine years ago. He died in the chaos.

    "Mr. Watergate and Ms. Kushina, I killed them!"

    Uchiha, who was disguised by Naraku Uehara, lowered his head, stared at Hagi Kakashi¡¯s stiff face, smiled and said, "Unexpectedly? I opened the seal of Kyuubi, and I controlled it with the writing wheel... You noticed it, too, that day I gave you the gift of becoming a Shinobu, which hides amazing power, right?"

    "¡­¡­"

    There is chaos in Kakashi''s brain.

    Because what Taetu said was too amazing, his originally calm thinking became a mess, and even Taetu''s words now seemed to be auditory hallucinations.

    "Well, Kakashi, cherish that writing wheel eyes, it has power beyond your imagination, I want to avenge Lin, goodbye!"

    Uehara Naraku beckoned, and jumped up several ups and downs towards the distance. Before Kakashi and Uzuki Yuyan could react, his figure had disappeared.

    Uehara Naraku hid in the dense forest, sneaked into a big tree with the help of the mayfly technique, glanced at Kakashi, who was frantically looking for traces of dirt, and quietly sank under the ground.

    Today, he did a good deed.

 Chapter 22ï¼š Goodbye beheaded sword

    After the Uchiha belt soil disappeared, Haaki Kakashi searched for no results for a long time, so he could only rely on a tree on his own, and gradually recovered his ninja calmness.

    Haaki Kakashi frowned, and first confirmed that Uchiha''s identity is true, because before his death, Uchiha said that writing Lunyan was a gift to congratulate him on becoming Shangnin.

    The name of the Shinobu gift is only known to him, Nohara Lin and Uchiha Daito. Lin is dead, so the insiders are only two parties involved.

    As for other things Uchiha Daido said, such as killing Mizumon-sensei and Mrs. Kunsina, Haaki Kakashi¡¯s first thought was not to believe it. After all, Mizuno and Uzumaki Kusina treated Uchiha Daido very much. kind¡­

    However, there are indeed many doubts in the Kyuubi Rebellion that year.

    Hagi Kakashi gritted his teeth and slammed a fist on the tree next to him: "As long as you find the soil, you will be able to find out the truth of the year... If the soil wants to avenge Lin, he did not kill me, then Must have gone to the water country, or have been lurking in the water country!"

    Based on the words that Uchiha Daido left behind intentionally, Kakashi Hagi quickly interpreted the information she wanted.

    Hamu Kakashi clenched his fist, his IQ has been much higher than that of the soil, and quickly thought that he had judged the whereabouts of the soil.

    The Uchiha brought the soil just now was a little bit sorrowful and indignant. He kept poking their scars without realizing that he had leaked his information.

    "With soil, it''s still the same as usual..."

    Ki Kakashi puts on his mask again. He has determined the location of the soil. As long as he heads to the country of water, he will be able to find the soil. At that time, he will be able to unlock all the dusty truths.

    "Senior... shall we go back to the village?"

    Maoyue Xiyan walked up with a tangled look, she seemed to know some incredible secrets today, and the purple-haired female ninja was still in a trance.

    "Hmm...wait!"

    After Hagi Kakashi nodded, he looked at Uzuki Yuyan and suddenly said, "No matter who we face today, please keep it secret. This may cause turbulence in Konoha. Before I can find out the truth. , Must not be known to others..."

    Maoyue Xiyan said solemnly: "Senior, among the other people you mentioned, do you also include Lord Hokage?"

    "That''s right, there are many hidden things in the soil."

    Haaki Kakashi rubbed his forehead and whispered: "The turmoil of the Uchiha clan''s destruction is not over yet. Keep it a secret for the time being. After I find out the truth, I will report to him the whole story."

    "¡­Yes."

    Uzuki Yuyan stared at Hagi Kakashi closely, and when he saw his face a little sad, he nodded and agreed to his request.

    Fearing that Uchiha would encounter uncontrollable dangers when he brought soil to the Wuyin Village, Haaki Kakashi led Uzuki Yuyan to make a simple repair, and hurried back to the Konoha Village, and then hurried to Sarutobi. Going out on vacation.

    Uehara Naraku didn''t know, he did a good deed, which directly contributed to Kakashi''s withdrawal from Anbe in advance.

    At this moment, Uehara has rushed to the country of Nami.

    This little neighbor in the country of fire is really too poor, and he has never heard of Cardo''s name. The rich man who wants to come to Cardo has not yet focused on this small country.

    Uehara Naraku suddenly lost interest in this country. He walked all the way to the dock of Nami Country, looked at the rows of fishing boats, and asked aloud: "How much is it for you to go to the Country of Water?"

    "¡­¡­"

    The boatmen looked left and right, and each shook their heads. One of the leading boatmen replied: "Guest, the water country is a closed country, where Lord Ninja does not allow us to approach."

    Uehara Naraku looked at them curiously, and whispered: "Well, how much will I pay before you are willing to take me to the Water Country?"

    "No matter how much you give, we will not go!"

    "Money can still be earned, but life is only once!"

    "How can I lose my life for a sum of money!"

    A group of boatmen are more disciplined than Uehara imagined. They were born in a poor country, with low consumption levels and low pressure in life. They will not kill their lives for money.

    Amidst the noise, a voice suddenly came out: "Boy, how much are you willing to pay, if the price is right, I don''t mind taking you for a ride."

    "¡­¡­"

    A group of boatmen suddenly became quiet.

    Everyone''s eyes moved slowly, and saw a small boat on the edge, on which sat a stranger with a bandage on his face. This person does not seem to be from their wave country.

    But the man who talked looked a bit fierce and hard to provoke, and the boatmen from the wave country did not dare to persuade him.

    After Uehara Naraku saw the talking man, the corners of his mouth couldn''t help but smile, and a stack of detonating charms fell on his fingertips: "A hundred detonating charms, is this price enough?"

    "¡­¡­"

    The corner of the man''s eyes condensed, it seems that after seeing the detonation talisman, he was stunned for a while before nodding slowly: "Yes."

    Ninja world detonation charms vary in price.

    In some places, because of war and production problems, the price of a detonating charm is as high as tens of thousands of taels; in some places, because of prosperity, the price of a detonating charm can be as low as two thousand taels.

    Uehara Naraku''s shots are not unreasonable. One hundred detonating charms can easily be sold for one million taels in places like Water Country.

    Of course, only ninjas are willing to accept the detonation talisman.

    Uehara Naruko jumped onto the boat and looked at the bandage man in front of him, with a smile on his mouth. It seemed that he had good luck this time. First he met Kakashi Hagi and then one of Kakashi''s old enemies. , Tao Di will not cut again.

    Now Tao Di is still wearing the uniform of Wuyin Village, UU Reading may not have chosen to defect and leave, because he does not have that beautiful tool man by his side.

    But this cannot be judged.

    But when Uehara Nara lowered her head, she saw the broad Shinobi sword on the boat, and couldn''t help but look at the peach ground before cutting it.

    The Loquat Juzo in the Xiaoxiao organization died in Wuyin Village not long ago, and the decapitating knife was also recovered by the fourth generation of Water Shadow, and then it fell to Taodi and not beheaded?

    Momo no longer noticed his eyes, as if not caring about his peeping, just activated the ship''s motor and left the dock of Nami Country.

    The boat soon arrived on the empty sea.

    Momoji looked at Naraku Uehara without cutting, and finally asked aloud: "Boy, do you know this knife?"

    Uehara Nana nodded, and said softly: "One of the seven ninja swords in Wuyin Village, the beheading sword, no matter what it is broken into in battle, it can be restored by absorbing the iron in human blood."

    "¡­¡­"

    If you don¡¯t cut Taodi, the more you hear it, the more startled you are, and your eyes gradually become colder: "Little devil, it seems that you know a lot!"

    "It just knows a little bit more than ordinary people."

    Uehara Naraku humbly waved his hand, looked at the indifferent peach field and stopped cutting, and continued with a smile: "Well, let me think about how I should call you? One of the seven new Ninja swords of Wuyin Village, Wuyin Do you want to kill Mr. Guiren Taodi?"

    ßÑßÑ!

    Without cutting it, Taodi suddenly grabbed the decapitating knife in his hand and slammed it across Uehara''s neck: "Since I recognize my identity, dare to go to the Water Country with me, kid, what is your purpose!" "

    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª

    Ask for some recommendation votes, the data is terrible!

 Chapter 23ï¼š Toast and not eat fine wine

    "Don''t be impulsive."

    Uehara Narakumo gently pinched a card.

    The thin card in his hand blocked the sharp edge of the decapitator. This scene is so peachy that if you don¡¯t cut your heart, you can stop the decapitate with a mere ordinary card?

    Uehara waved his hand and threw the card at the peach field and never cut it!

    Taodi no longer cut the decapitation knife and hurriedly retracted the decapitation knife defense, only to see that the card had penetrated the decapitation knife and got stuck on the surface of the knife!

    Uehara Naraku raised his head and continued slowly: "If you don''t cut Mr. Cut, if you know too many secrets by yourself, most of you won''t live long..."

    This is actually only to coax ordinary people.

    Throughout the entire Ninja World, the more you know, the longer you will live, such as Hei Jue; if you don''t cut the idiot like Taodi, you will die young.

    "Humph!"

    snorted coldly again, with a haughty expression: "Who do you think you are? Little devil, now you can explain your identity and the purpose of going to the water country earlier, so you can suffer less!"

    "Are you sure you want me to explain?"

    Uehara Naraku sketched a mysterious smile at the corner of her mouth. He watched peach ground sarcastically and said every word: "My purpose in going to the Water Country is to guide a group of Ninto swords from a misty village to assassinate them. The water shadow, is this... what you want?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Taodi did not cut his mind for a while, his murderous aura overflowed, staring at Uehara Naraku, his sharp eyes seemed to cut the young man thousands of times!

    Because Uehara Naraku happened to be on his mind.

    Every aspiring ninja in the Hidden Fog Village can see how much the blood fog policy implemented by the four generations of Mizukage Yakura has done to the village, and they all want to change this situation.

    Tao Di No More Cut is one of them.

    When he was in the ninja school, he had the consciousness to change the blood mist, even in the fratricidal graduation exam, he blatantly killed all of his own at the same time, so that the senior Wuyin had to abolish this possibility. The assessment method of the misty ninja fault.

    After Taodi did not cut into adulthood, he joined the Wuyin Anbu, and his strength became stronger and stronger. He was hailed as the ghost of the fog in the Ninja world. Not long ago, he took over the returned beheading sword and became the second generation of Ninja Swordsman. .

    Since getting the decapitation sword, Tao Ji no longer cut his heart again. He thinks that his strength is enough, so he has been planning to assassinate the four generations of Suikage Yakura and change the entire misty village. .

    If the plan is successful, everything will go smoothly.

    The plan fails, so prepare to escape.

    This time Taodi did not appear in the Nation of Waves again, just looking for a way out. After he returned, he planned to find a chance to assassinate Shui Ying.

    The boy in front of him seems to have seen his mind through! Obviously this plan has been hidden in his own heart, and has never been mentioned to anyone.

    Taodi was panicked no longer, and wanted to chop off Uehara Naraku with a single knife, and wanted to dig out from his mouth which little demon wanted to lure one of the seven Ninja swords to assassinate Suikage.

    If Uehara Naraku utters his name, Momoji will cut his head without cutting his life...

    If Uehara Naraku utters the name of another person, Momoji will go to test that person and see if everyone can act together...

    Of course, no matter whether they succeed in assassinating Suikage in the future, they will have to chop Uehara Naruto''s head in the end. As for whether they can chop it off, we will try again.

    He is such a happy ninja.

    Thinking of this, Momoji no longer looked at Uehara, and said contemptuously: "Huh, the Seven Ninja Swordsmen are the strongest seven swordsmen in our village, and the ninja who is the most loyal to Shui Ying, how could it be because You kid assassinated Shui Ying?"

    Turning the conversation, Tao Di''s eyes are full of murderousness: "Or, you kid has colluded with one of the traitors a long time ago...Little devil, say his name, maybe I''m willing to spare your life!"

    "I can''t tell the name of Mr. Reunion for now."

    Uehara Naraku sat leaning on the cabin, shook his head lightly, and a mocking smile appeared on his face again: "Are the Seven Ninja Swords loyal? Don''t you know the answer if you don''t know the answer?"

    The first generation of Ninja Swordsmen was kicked by a Konoha Shinobu to become the lucky three treasures, the black **** Thunder tooth and the loquat Juzo defected, and the only watermelon mountain puffer fish ghost gave birth to other thoughts.

    There are only four people in the second-generation Ninba Seven. The Ghost Lantern Manyue and Ringo Yuliu died due to a serious illness, and they both chose to defect without cutting them.

    There are only two of the third-generation Ninja Swordsman, and Gui Deng Shui Yue was born a rebellious Ninja, but Changju Lang still stayed in Wuyin Village.

    The seven Ninja swords in Wuyin Village had an unusually high proportion of defections.

    "It looks like something has to be done..."

    Taodi didn''t cut it again and raised his finger.

    The second batch of Seven Ninja Swordsmen in Wuyin Village, now there are only three people, namely Ghost Light Man Yue, Dried Persimmon Ghost Shark, and Tao Di. The problem is that except Tao Di, he doesn¡¯t cut himself again. He sees the remaining two people. They all seem to be loyal to the four generations of water shadows.

    Since the dried persimmon ghosts killed the watermelon mountain puffer fish ghosts, they seem to have the real power in the village; the ghost lantern full moon is a second-generation water shadow clan, who can use all the ninja swords, and is also a genius that everyone has high expectations.

    Momochi doesn¡¯t dare to bet anymore. He wants to get a name from Uehara Naraku. UU Reading determines an alternative partner.

    "Ninfa¡¤Mist Hidden Technique!"

    A cloud of mist appeared on the sea, gradually covering the boat.

    Tao Di stepped back a few steps without cutting his feet. His tall figure disappeared into the fog, and his voice came from all sides of the fog: "Little devil, are there any parts of your body that you don''t want? I can help. You chop them down..."

    "moron¡­"

    Uehara Naraku cursed secretly, and slowly closed his fingers, and whispered softly: "No more cuts, there are some people in the Ninja world that you can''t provoke, but you just like to provoke those people!"

    For example, he is a hang-up.

    For example, Konoha Miku''s team is forced to endure.

    "Lei Dun¡¤Wan Lei Tian Prison!"

    A huge thundercloud storm appeared in the mist on the sea. A thunder and lightning smashed to the position where the peach ground was not cut without error. Fortunately, he escaped in time through the mist!

    However, within one second, two more lightning fell continuously!

    "This kid is actually good at Thunder Ninjutsu..."

    Taodi gritted his teeth again, closed his palms quickly, and received a thunder and lightning, and formed a technique: "Water Escape¡¤The Art of Water Prison!"

    The water waves on the sea surged and formed a hollow water ball, which wrapped the peach ground without cutting, and a thunder and lightning fell down, and the lightning followed the water ball onto the sea.

    After hiding in the dungeon, Tao Ji reluctantly breathed a sigh of relief, but his expression was very ugly. The little guy only used a ninjutsu, and his position was directly exposed.

    Uehara Naraku stepped on the sea water, step by step towards the place where the peach field was no longer cut. The boy''s voice sounded a little immature: "Toast, not to eat or fine wine..."

 Chapter 24ï¼š No more cuts, defeat

    "Asshole!"

    was insulted by a young man in this way, and Taodi in the water prison did not swear inwardly, but he was not fooled. Instead, he was quietly in the water prison, waiting for the thundercloud storm to dissipate.

    In just a few seconds, Taodi has already noticed the attack frequency of thunder and lightning without cutting it. As long as he pours Chakra into the dungeon, he can guarantee himself a long time.

    But that kid has found it along the trail of thunder and lightning!

    Uehara Naruko held a stack of detonating charms in her hand and threw it on the dungeon. He whispered softly, "These are the 100 detonating charms agreed upon by the two of us in the country of Nami. I will pay you now!"

    Do not cut the peach land again: "..."

    Where is the payment method from here!

    One hundred detonating talisman, roughly equivalent to one hundred high-level ninjutsu ninjutsu, exploded together, can directly evaporate the water of the condensed water prison!

    Uehara Naraku waved her hand, raised her finger, and sternly shouted, "Art is an explosion... drink!"

    "¡­moron!"

    Taodi will not cut his forehead anymore.

    Boom! Boom! Boom!

    A series of explosions resounded across the sea, and the defensive water waves were bombarded by hundreds of detonating charms in an instant. The peach ground in the water prison flashed a trace of horror in the eyes without cutting, and the whole person was hit by the explosion directly in his body!

    A splash of water flies!

    That is the water body!

    Taodi in the water prison turned into a watery body no matter what it was. As for his real body, the thundercloud storm in the sky gradually dissipated, and it was no longer possible to track Taodi''s real body position.

    Uehara Naraku frowned, and when he watched the surrounding mist vigilantly, he suddenly heard Momoji no longer cut his violent drink!

    "Water escape¡¤Water dragon bullet technique!"

    Chakra, who didn''t cut it again, quickly became rich, a huge behemoth raised its head and broke through the fog, and the huge water dragon rushed toward Uehara Naraku''s position!

    "Wind Escape¡¤The Barrier of Wind!"

    Uehara Naraku did not panic when he saw this. After symbolically closing the seals, he released a wind wall. He only watched the waves splashed by the water dragon hitting the wind wall, and said softly: "Forty-four seals Isn''t it hard work to form the technique?"

    "¡­¡­"

    A red light was reflected at the feet of Uehara Naraku!

    Taodi didn''t cut his body and almost turned bloody, it was the chakra air flow from his body, and his whole body fell from the sky, and the decapitating knife in his hand also smashed down with a decisive aura!

    Is the trick of the water dragon bomb just used for a fake attack? The current silent killing technique is the real ultimate move to face Naraku Uehara!

    Momoji didn''t cut the decapitation knife in his hand and fell on Uehara Naraku''s arm just a second. This was his goal. As long as Uehara Naraku lost his arm, he would no longer be able to seal the seal smoothly, and he could only kill him.

    Click!

    The golden mask floats on Uehara Naraku''s body, and the huge impact force will decapitate the head and crack it every inch!

    There are several golden chakra lightsabers floating around the mask, which quickly pierced Taodi''s body!

    is the moment when the angel''s ultimate skill is sacred!

    Taodi was stabbed with blood dripping from the Chakra Sword. He looked at the unharmed young man in astonishment, with a trace of unwillingness in his eyes: "Asshole, it turns out to be a trap, you kid hides so deep!"

    "You attacked me first!"

    Uehara Naraku twisted the wrist that was not cut with one hand, took the decapitation knife that fell from his hand, kicked him on the chest that was not cut, and kicked him onto the boat.

    Side mission: Defeat the Seven Ninthos (1/7), the reward is unknown.

    Side Quest: Defeat Taodi without cutting it again (1/1), the quest has been completed, and the reward skill I will flow.

    I Flow Uprising¡¤Xiazhen: Release a smoke area, become invisible in the smoke and restore 40% of the chakras. The invisible state will not be hit by the enemy''s attack for 5 seconds. It will appear when attacking or using skills. Consume, the cooling time is 20 seconds.

    This skill made Uehara Naraku a question mark.

    That''s it? That''s it?

    What he defeated, but Taodi won''t cut it!

    Throughout the timeline of the entire Naruto Ninja world, only three people have ever put the complete seventh class protagonist group into danger. The first is not to cut the peach ground, the second is the six ways Uchiha Madara, and the third is Otsuki. Hui Ye.

    However, the reward for this Xia Formation skill is not bad, it is a life-saving skill, not to mention this skill comes with its own recovery chakra.

    Uehara Naruko returned to the boat, sat down calmly, looking at the man who was holding the wound, and then whispering softly: "I advise you, people who shouldn''t be offended, don''t offend."

    "Humph¡­"

    Taodi could not help but gritted his teeth when he heard it again, this kid said again, still boasting his own identity and strength?

    Uehara Naraku heard his cold snort and smiled on his face: "No longer Mr. Cut, I am a kind person by nature. Even if you wanted to attack me just now, I would still let you survive. After all, you are a reluctant person. A little useful person..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Taodi no longer cuts the anger with his words. He suppresses his anger forcibly, and sneers: "It sounds like I am really lucky!"

    "Yes."

    Uehara nodded seriously, and looked at him: "After all, if I want to see another Ninja Seven, I have to rely on Mr. Not Slash!"

    Taodi no longer cut his body and slowly relaxed, and glanced at the opposite youth: "Since I need my help, then I have to tell you who you want to meet?"

    "Dried persimmon ghosts."

    Uehara Nairo said the name without hesitation.

    In the entire history of the Ninja World there are very few people who can be called a real ninja, and Kakigaki is undoubtedly a qualified ninja.

    If possible, Uehara Naraku even wants to try to counter the dry persimmon. The man with the shark face is a rare helper, only for his obsession with the higher-level tasks. It would be a bit violent to let him go.

    How to instigate rebellion is a big problem.

    If nothing else, the dried persimmon ghost shark must now become the **** of the mysterious mask man, and even he may have been overwhelmed by the mooneye plan promised by the mysterious mask man, and he remained sufficiently loyal until he died in a vigorous battle.

    Except for him, no matter what ninjutsu he releases, he will have to seal the seal, and he really can''t pick out any shortcomings of the dried persimmon.

    "what!"

    When Momoji heard the name of the dried persimmon ghost shark, he couldn''t help but sneered and looked at Naraku Uehara contemptuously: "If you say the name of another person, I might still have some doubts, but the dried persimmon ghost shark. That guy, it is absolutely impossible to betray the fourth generation of eyes Shui Ying!"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark is a confidant of the fourth generation Mizukage Yakura.

    When Yakura wanted to seize the power of the Anbe, he instructed the dried persimmon to kill the previous Anbu leader, the watermelon mountain puffer ghost, and promoted the ghost to become the new Ninto Seven, and gave him the shark muscle.

    The entire Wuyin Village knows the loyalty of the dried persimmon ghost shark to the fourth generation of Mizukage Yakura. Except for Yakura¡¯s order to move the ghost shark, he will not pay attention to anything else, even if someone privately invites him to propose abolition. The blood fog system.

    If the four generations of Mizukage Yakura were overthrown in the Wuyin Village, the last person standing in front of him to protect him is definitely the dried persimmon ghost shark.

    How can such a person betray?

 Chapter 25ï¼š People in the water country have poor eyesight

    The ship arrived in the country of water.

    On the way, Momoji did not try to test Uehara Naraku many times, and he was not sure whether the name of the dried persimmon ghost in his mouth was true or false.

    If it is not a dried persimmon and a ghost, is it a ghost lamp full moon?

    But the guy from Ghost Lantern Manyue is an out-and-out genius and the most hopeful person in the village to succeed the fifth generation of Shuiying. Would he be willing to take the risk to assassinate the fourth generation of Shuiying?

    The current three Ninja Swordsmen in Wuyin Village, Tao Ji no longer cuts still believes that only he wants to assassinate the four generations of Mizukage Yakura, the ghost lantern full moon and the dried persimmon ghost shark seem to be very loyal. In case he missed his mouth, it hindered his plan.

    After they set foot on the land of the Land of Water, Momoji no longer took the initiative to ask Uhara Naraku: "I can only help you provide you with a route of action for the dried persimmon ghost shark. I will not take you to see him; and if I bring You go see him, you won''t believe me, will you?"

    "Well, Mr. Zhan''s reputation is really worrying."

    Uehara Naruko frowned and nodded, regardless of Taodi''s sudden ugly expression, and continued softly: "Then we''ll make an appointment for the next meeting! The time is three days later, and the location is still fixed. Come here!"

    "Yes."

    No longer agreed to his proposal.

    Momochi Nozhai was willing to agree to help, not because of his death, because he also saw Uehara''s strength and wanted to take advantage of Uehara Naraku.

    Dry Persimmon Ghost Shark is the ninja who is most loyal to the four generations of Shui Ying in the entire Wuyin Village. He is stronger than him in serious fighting. If Uehara can delay the dried persimmon Ghost Shark, Momoji can immediately start assassination of Shui Ying.

    In the entire Wuyin Village, only the dried persimmon ghost shark is willing to protect the idiot water shadow of Yakura. Who else dares to approach him?

    A rare opportunity.

    "Then I wish us a happy cooperation."

    Uehara Naraku watched Momoji no longer cut, and stretched out his palm.

    Taodi glared at him again, did not shake hands to make peace, but said in a cold voice: "We are not cooperating, I just provide you with a piece of news."

    "That''s really a pity..."

    Uehara Naraku sighed, and said with a faint expression: "Before parting, I want to remind you that although I like to lie, I don''t like others to lie to me."

    "¡­I know."

    Taodi didn''t cut his mouth to answer, and then secretly cursed in his heart, this kid is not very young, but he is not small!

    Uehara Naraku really doesn''t worry that Momoji will not lie to him again. Even if this guy brought a group of Wuren to encircle him, Uehara is confident enough to escape. As long as he is invincible at the moment of the sacred judge, he will use the mayfly. Zhishu sneaked into the ground and escaped.

    There are still three days before Taodi will not exchange information. Since I have come to the Water Country, there is naturally no reason to enter Baoshan without returning.

    In the map of ¡¡¡¡ Water Country, the two most popular characters are Terumi Mei and Shiro. Uehara Naraku did not expect to meet the five generations of water shadows in the future. He wanted to try to find Shiro who has ice escape and blood.

    The current Bai should be wandering and begging in the streets and alleys of the Water Country, carefully hiding his identity as a descendant of Bing Dun blood.

    His range of activities is a bit large.

    Uehara Naraku looked at the simple tasks related to Shiro on the system panel, and insisted on looking for the dirtiest, messiest, and worst places in the Water Country for three days. In the end, he still found no trace of Shiro.

    Uehara Naraku left the junkyard in a daze, and decided to temporarily give up searching for white and wait for Taodi to stop cutting the information. A ray of brown came out of his sight.

    The teenager slowly raised her head along the strands of brown hair, and saw a gentle face of a young female ninja with long brown hair. She looked at Uehara with a smile, and suddenly spread out her palms like magic. A pack of biscuits.

    The woman bent down, spread the biscuits in her hand and stretched out her hand: "Little guy, hurry up and eat, this is for you!"

    "Ok?"

    Uehara Naraku was full of question marks.

    This young woman with long brown hair is the next five generations of Shui Ying Zhao Meiming, and Uehara did not expect to meet her at this time and such a place.

    The question is what does Terumi Ming send him cookies?

    Uehara Naraku tilted his head and looked at the two ninjas behind Terumi Mei. One of the ninjas was flushed and looked at the female ninja in admiration: "Ahhhhh...it''s really Terumi-sama, it''s so gentle to be gentle People are moving!"

    The other ninja¡¯s face was a little hard to say: "If it weren¡¯t for Terumi-sama¡¯s art that is always too scary, there should be many people in the village admiring her!"

    The air suddenly fell silent.

    "Shut up, it''s so noisy!"

    The originally gentle Terumi Ming heard the slander of one of her subordinates in her ears, her face was furious, and she turned around and kicked the person away with a knee bump!

    Terumi Mei coldly glanced at another ninja who had become sweaty again, snorted coldly, fiddled with her long hair, turned her head and looked at Uehara Naraku again, her face recovered again. The gentle and pleasant appearance.

    The speed of her face change is really shameful!

    The brown-haired female ninja seemed to feel that her behavior was a little outrageous, she walked towards Naru Uehara with her tall figure, took Uehara''s arm, put the cookie in his palm, and rubbed him affectionately. Head.

    "Little brother, don''t be afraid, sister is a good person!"

    Terumi Ming showed a motherly warm smile, squatting down and softly said: "Hungry for a long time? These are all for you, hurry up and eat!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku listened to her urging, and stuffed a biscuit in her mouth stubbornly. His brain was blank. Could it be that he was so handsome as a teenager that attracted Terumi''s attention?

    Seeing the teenager biting the biscuits, Terumi nodded with satisfaction, and continued softly: "Little guy, do you now... have a home?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku shook his head in silence, and then he nodded again. It seems that Akatsuki is also his home, right? Whether it''s Xiaonan or Payne, they are very good to him.

    "I know."

    Terumi Ming patted his forehead. He didn''t know what his brain was filling. He sighed and said, "If you have trouble in the future, you can go to Wuyin Village to find me. Don''t pick up food in the garbage dump. I It''s Kaminin Terumiru from Wuyin Village, remember?"

    "...remember. UU reading "

    Uehara Naraku took a bite of the biscuit, and his face gradually became unsightly.

    How did this woman figure out that he was picking up food in the garbage dump? He is a rich man with 100 million detonating charms on him!

    "That''s good."

    Terumiming nodded in satisfaction, turned around and took her men and left here: "Okay, let''s go."

    One of the ninjas praised: "I have never seen Master Terumi Ming so gentle! If Master Terumi Ming can be half as gentle to that little guy just now, no, one-tenth, there will be in the village. Many people are willing to woo-sama Terumi Mei!"

    "Huh, there is no good man in the village!"

    Terumi Mei raised her head disdainfully, her voice gradually faded away, and could still reach Uehara Naraku''s ears vaguely: "Don''t you think that little guy is interesting? Obviously a stray kid looking for food in a garbage dump. The clothes on the body are so rough but kept very clean, even if they are so down, there is still aspiring to be motivated..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Click!

    Uehara Naruko squeezed her palms abruptly, and suddenly used force to crush the biscuits in her palms into pieces. The woman''s eyesight was so bad, how did she discover that the four generations of water shadows were involved in illusions, and how she would become water in the future Shadow?

    à²!

    When Uehara Naraku''s depression was still in his heart, a figure suddenly rushed in front of him, grabbed the broken biscuit in the palm of his hand, and ran away quickly!

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku was stunned, then glanced at the gobbled stray not far from him, and couldn''t help but twitch at the corner of his eyes.

    Are the people in the Water Country so insightless?

    Someone dared to **** his things!

 Chapter 26ï¼š White

    Terumi Ming gave Uehara a bag of biscuits. Uehara was so angry that he was depressed and he couldn''t say much; but the bag of biscuits in his hand was robbed, and Uehara''s mood worsened.

    Uehara Naraku walked to the stray kid who had snatched the cookies, perhaps because he was too hungry, and hurriedly swallowed after two bites.

    "Hey¡­"

    Uehara Naraku frowned, wanted to say something, but didn''t know how to say it. After all, he didn''t lack biscuits, so he was a rich man with a net worth of 100 million detonating talisman.

    "I have finished eating."

    The stray child hurriedly stuffed the crumbs of the biscuit into his mouth, curled up into a ball, carefully raised his head and looked at Uehara: "Sorry, I have been hungry for three days, and there are no cookies. Now, if you want to fight or kill me, do it with you!"

    "you¡­"

    Uehara Naraku saw the unconcealable beauty of the dirty face, and the four words "Beauty Embryo" came to Uehara''s mind subconsciously.

    Is Ninja''s face so high?

    Even a street wanderer looks so cute?

    Uehara Naraku saw the tramp lowered his head again, and decided to forgive her in his heart. He stood beside her and asked in a low voice, "Hey, what is your name, are you still hungry now?"

    "My name is Bai."

    The stray kid shrank and shook his head, and hugged his knees tightly. Maybe this little guy is really afraid of being beaten?

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku looked up at the sky.

    What kind of luck is today!

    He worked so hard for three days in the Water Country, but he did not find any traces of Bai. It happened that Terumi gave him a bag of biscuits, which brought out the hungry Bai.

    In fact, Shiro has been hiding here, but he was afraid that the ninjas would find him. He didn''t dare to come forward until he saw Terumi and the two ninjas leave.

    Uehara Naraku looked at the stray child squatting in front of him, still wanting to confirm again: "Well, do you have a **** succession? It can become ice or something..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Bai''s body trembled, and the whole person got up and staggered a few steps, and quickly rushed into the alleys of the town.

    Because he knows that in this country, people with blood inheritance are evil, and Uehara Naraku may be the one who advocates the elimination of blood inheritance.

    "Hey, don''t run!"

    Uehara Naraku has determined Bai''s identity in his heart, and hurriedly chased him, grabbing Bai''s collar, frowning and whispering: "Do you just want to escape?"

    Bai lowered his head and hesitated for a while, then whispered: "Then...If I can pick up the food tomorrow, can I return it to you? It may take the day after tomorrow or the day after tomorrow to pick up the food. I will only be possible in about three days. I found something to eat..."

    "I didn''t want to eat!"

    Uehara Naraku''s face is a bit unsightly.

    Bai glanced at him cautiously, and whispered: "But I secretly saw that you were also looking for food near the garbage dump for a day..."

    "I didn''t come to the garbage dump to find food."

    Uehara Naraku looked helpless, looked at the dirty white in front of him, and said solemnly: "I''m here to find you, I need your ice escape ninjutsu...that''s your ability to condense ice and snow."

    Bai raised his head curiously, frowned his brow, and asked softly: "But I don''t know, what can I do?"

    "Let me think about it."

    Uehara Naraku touched her chin and thought for a while, then made her own suggestion: "Well, you can help me make iced juice in summer."

    "Hey?"

    White eyes flashed a light, and he grabbed the corner of Uehara''s clothes, and whispered: "Then shall we look for food in the garbage dump together in the future?"

    Uehara Naraku: "..."

    Damn, is this having trouble with the food in the junkyard?

    Uehara Naraku suppressed the helplessness in her heart, patted her shoulders, and sighed: "We won''t go to the garbage dump to find food... No, we don''t need to go to the garbage dump to find food. You will follow me in the future. Spicy and spicy!"

    "Ok."

    Bai nodded seriously, and pulled Uehara''s clothes again, and whispered: "Then...Where are we going to find food now?"

    Uehara Naruko rubbed her cheeks, and put on a gentle face: "Anyway... just follow me, and less nonsense!"

    "what?"

    Bai subconsciously covered his lips.

    Although the two people are the same age, Uehara Naraku still thinks that the communication between him and Shira is a little bit. It may be that Shira has always thought that Uehara and himself are the same kind because he received the cookies that Terumi Ming gave to him.

    When Bai saw Uehara Naruko sitting on a rock by the sea, holding a new self-made fishing rod, and fishing leisurely, a hint of surprise flashed in Bai''s eyes, and he praised: "Are you actually good at fishing? That''s amazing." !"

    "...Basic skills, no need to boast."

    Uehara Naraku''s expression was muted, and his heart was slightly strange. It felt a little strange that he brought the current white to see Taodi and never cut it.

    The fishing line trembles violently!

    Bai looked at Uehara, who was still and still, and gently pushed Uehara''s shoulders, urging him repeatedly, "Uehara, the fish got a bait!"

    "Slow down, wait a while."

    Uehara Nairobi smiled and shook his head. Just as he was about to talk about the poor fishing knowledge he had learned from Xiaonankou, he saw a cold light greeted him!

    Dang!

    A shuriken suddenly shot through the fishing line, and even the remaining power was undiminished, deeply embedded in the rock next to it!

    The appearance of that shuriken made Bai''s mind very confused nervously trying to step back, but still out of fear of his little partner, he tightly grasped Uehara''s sleeve and whispered: "Uehara, It''s a ninja from the hidden mist village, let''s go!"

    "No, he is looking for me."

    Uehara Nairobi patted his white arm and motioned for him to calm down. He looked at the broken fishing line with regret and whispered in his mouth: "Don''t cut anymore, let go of the fish I want to catch, but you have to pay a price!"

    "Humph!"

    Behind a rock, someone grunted dullly, and threw a scroll toward Uehara Naraku''s location!

    Uehara Naruko took it in his hand, opened it, and glanced at it. The map of the country of water was drawn on it. A red line was scribbled. That was a route. At the end of the route, a red circle was drawn. It should be the final route. Destination of arrival.

    Momochi appeared from behind a rock, looked at Naraku Uehara and said coldly: "This is the information you want... Tomorrow morning, the person you are looking for will lead a group of chasing troops to Mizuno Sentinel in the north of China."

    Uehara Naruto nodded and asked her own question: "Is this their route? Can you be sure?"

    Taodi explained with no disdain: "This is the territory of our water country, and the pursuit troops will definitely choose the fastest route."

    This is the basic common sense of Ninja world.

    A ninja in his own country has to choose the safest route in his own country. Isn¡¯t this ninja village too useless?

    After seeing Uehara Naraku put away the scroll, Momoji no longer looked at Shiro next to him, and coldly accused Uehara: "Boy, we two agreed on a place and a secret deal. You brought this little girl here, no Worried about her leaking secrets?"

 Chapter 27ï¼š The dead

    "Don''t worry, Bai will not leak secrets."

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand, glanced at Shiro who was trembling with fright, and chuckled at Nostalgia: "Nostalgia, your observation skills are also very poor! Bai looks so cute, he must be a boy. what!"

    Even if he said that he broke the sky, Bai is still a man.

    Taodi did not cut a glance at the thin white, and said in a deep voice: "Huh, you can rest assured, this little guy is a **** successor, he will definitely not be an ordinary person in the future, sooner or later he will become a ninja!"

    "Do you know Bai?"

    "Although the Blood Mist cannot tolerate the existence of the Blood Successor Ninja, for us ninjas, the Blood Successor is an extremely precious tool, even if this little devil only has the Blood Succession in the body, it is no exception."

    Tao Di no longer cursed a few words of her own Shui Ying in her heart, and continued with a deep voice: "At the beginning, this kid¡¯s ice escape killed many people. After being found out in the village, I was responsible for dealing with him. Naturally Have all his information.

    The water shadow is still there, and the misty village can''t shelter him. The upper-level ninjas in the village can only turn one eye to him and let him wander in the water country. "

    "Hahaha..."

    Uehara Naraku laughed a few times, and looked at the handsome young man beside him and said, "Well, if it looks like this, I''m lucky."

    "Hmph, I hope your luck will continue."

    Taodi will leave here without turning around. I don¡¯t know what he thought of, and added: ¡°Finally remind you, don¡¯t underestimate the guy you¡¯re looking for, the previous master of Shajima faced him. But there was no way to fight back."

    "You don''t need to worry about that."

    Uehara Naraku looked at the figure who would not be cut off again, and said loudly at him: "Hey, don''t be cut again, if what you want to do is not successful, you can go to me in the future, at least you can save your life."

    "Huh, idiot!"

    Momoji no longer cursed Uehara in a low voice.

    According to Momoji''s knowledge of Uehara Naraku, he believes that this young man must not have any intersection with the dried persimmon ghost shark, and maybe Uehara may be killed.

    This time, the mission led by the dried persimmon ghost shark was to capture the invading Konoha ninja Hagi Kakashi. In order to ensure that he was foolproof, the dried persimmon ghost shark took away several powerful upper ninjas from the village.

    From a period of time after tomorrow, the defense of Wuyin Village has never been emptied. Taodi has the courage to implement his plan to assassinate the four generations of Shuiying without cutting it.

    North of the country of water.

    In order to find the trail of Uchiha''s belt soil, Hagi Kakashi set foot on the land of water alone. He judged that belt soil must be lurking in this closed country for revenge.

    Unexpectedly, Kakashi hadn''t found the soil, but he was found by the ninjas in the village of mist hidden in the country of water. Faced with Kakashi, who is known as the copy ninja, the misty ninjas had nothing Dare to be careless, and quickly ask for support from superiors.

    This is really a disadvantage.

    Haaki Kakashi was still having a headache. What should he do next, the mysterious mask man also got news from Kakashi, and his brain hurts even more.

    The mysterious mask man wanted to target Naraku Uehara, and used Kakashi as a bait to lure out the spy Hualing cultivated in the Kingdom of Lock. Unexpectedly, his goal has not been achieved yet, but the bait jumped out by himself.

    Fortunately, the mysterious mask man is imprisoned by Hana Bell. This female spy ninja does not yet know the news of Kakashi. If it is done properly, there should be no trouble.

    is just a perfect closed loop formed by the Quartet forces.

    Uehara Naraku wants to find the dried persimmon ghost shark and bring him back to Akatsuki; the dried persimmon ghost shark wants to find Hagi Kakashi and bring him back to the village of misty shadow to interrogate Konoha''s information; Hagi Kakashi wants to find Uchi Hadaizu and brought him back to the village of Konoha to uncover the truth; Uchiha wanted to find Naraku Uehara and let him fall into darkness.

    Among these people, most of them are just chess pieces.

    Uchiha Daido believes that everyone is a **** he manipulates, including Uehara Naraku; Uehara also believes that everyone is a **** led by him, even Uchiha Daido.

    The fight between the two of them depends on who stands on the higher floor.

    the next day.

    After Uehara Naraku followed the route of the dried persimmon ghost shark, he wanted to rush to the northern outpost of Mizuhide in an ambush.

    Uehara didn''t take Bai to act with him, but instead let him stay in the Daiming Mansion of the Water Country. Instead, he waited until Taodi stopped killing Shuiying and was wanted by Wuyin Village, so Bai didn''t cut Taodi again. take away.

    The northern outpost in Wuyin Village is destined to be a bit lively.

    There are four ninja squads led by Shangnin, with a total of sixteen people stationed in the sentinel all year round, according to the combination of 1 captain + 3 middle ninja and 1 captain + 3 ninja.

    If there is only one Shangnin, if you want to catch Hagi Kakashi, you will have more than enough energy, because this Wuyin Shangnin captain has seen Hagi Kakashi''s greatness and will not go. Take the initiative to give heads.

    However, if Kakashi is allowed to escape, it is not in line with the temperament of Kakashi. This Kakashi is very serious in implementing wartime strategies, leading his subordinates to entangle Kakashi and wait for the reinforcements sent from the village. .

    This is Kakashi Sharonyan.

    Hakiki Kakashi is Konoha''s most popular ninja in recent years. If he is caught, he will be able to collect a huge amount of Konoha information, which will be of great help to their dream of defeating Konoha in the misty village. UU reading www. uukanshu.com

    "Class 13, take care of the left side!"

    "Understand!"

    "Class 15, take care of the right side!"

    "Understand!"

    "Twenty classes, responsible for the rear inspection and filling of vacancies!"

    "Understand!"

    "Eleventh class, all attack with me, encounter Kakashi entangled with shurikens, remember, you must not look directly at his writing wheel!"

    "Yes, Captain!"

    The four teams in the Wuyin Village are still pestering Kakashi Hagi in this area. Their actions have delayed Kakashi¡¯s thoughts of escape, and Kakashi has to find a way to fight back and solve this group. Mist Shinobi.

    When Hagi Kakashi concealed the plan, Uehara Naraku had already rushed to this area, and quickly discovered their traces using the dance technique.

    The young ninja landed in front of the many Mizunas, and Uehara put a pure smile on the surprised and vigilant gazes of the Mizunas, and asked: "A few, are you interested in playing a game with me? ?"

    "¡­¡­"

    After hesitating for a second on Wuyin''s face on Shinobu, he squeezed the Shinobi sword in his hand and said loudly to the men present: "According to the original plan, don''t let this kid interfere with our affairs, kill him!"

    Killing decisively is the true color of Kiri Shinobu!

    Following the command of the Captain Uehara, the Mist Shinobi did not hesitate and threw a dozen shurikens at Uehara Naraku!

    "Wind Escape¡¤The Barrier of Wind!"

    A wind wall blocked all the shurikens that hit!

    Uehara Nairobi''s smile on her face was undiminished, she slowly closed her palms, and continued in a low voice: "Although you were unreasonable to me at first, I still choose to forgive you...because the dead are bigger!"

 Chapter 28ï¼š People following

    The dead are the greatest.

    After ¡¡¡¡ Uehara Naraku said these words, the faces of the mist ninjas were very wonderful. The little guy in front of him blocked the Shuriken''s wind ninjutsu is indeed weird, but he is only one person, and he is confident that he can kill the four teams?

    "...what an arrogant kid!"

    Whether it is Hagi Kakashi hiding in the dark or the mist ninjas, their first thought is that Uehara Naraku''s attitude is too arrogant!

    Even Kakashi, a long-established ninja, dare not enter the formed Mist Ninja unit head-on, but the talking kid is provoking face-to-face. Is he looking for death?

    Haaki Kakashi poked out his head slightly, and quietly watched Uehara Naraku who was closing his hands to seal the seal, his mind was instantly attracted.

    Uehara Naraku is slowly closing the seal, and he can see his movements clearly without using the writing wheel, but the sequence of the seal is not even seen by Kakashi, is it that the kid wants to use something he has never heard of The ninjutsu?

    Haaki Kakashi immediately concentrated, and carefully used the writing wheel to write down the order of Uehara Naraku''s knot printing, and wanted to secretly copy Uehara Naraku''s ninjutsu!

    Uehara Naraku didn''t know all of this, but he didn''t care. After making a mess of handprints casually, his palm suddenly stretched out to the sky, looking at a group of mists and shinning smiles: "Goodbye, if you can If you survive... Lei Dun¡¤Wan Lei Tianzhu!"

    A group of thundercloud storms floated around Uehara, and a series of lightning flashed out of the thundercloud storm, scattered on the heads of this group of Wuren!

    Several fog ninjas were instantly smashed into coke by lightning. After the other fog ninjas avoided the first lightning, the second lightning, the third lightning...

    Lightning fell one after another!

    One of the mists had no time to dodge and defend. He was struck by a bolt of lightning and fell to the ground. Then he had no chance to stand up again!

    Lightning''s attack frequency and speed are not easy for them to cope with. The Mist Shinobi finally realized the predicament under the thundercloud storm. It is difficult for them to escape, and even the time for the defense of India is not enough.

    Under the crisis, humanity suddenly appeared.

    Captain Shangnin jumped to the side of a subordinate, grabbed his body, threw him into the air, and stopped two lightning bolts. As a result, his subordinates turned into a coke; other Captains saw him. After this scene, they grabbed the bodies of their subordinates and companions one after another as a shield for their escape!

    If it were not for the high frequency of lightning attacks, the ninjas of the Mist Ninja might even start a cannibalistic civil war!

    Uehara Naraku stared at the ninja in the thundercloud storm, and the smile at the corner of her mouth was slightly reduced. In the face of the threat of life, the performance of the ninja was really bad enough, far worse than the ninjas in Yuyin Village. Up.

    Wuyin Village''s blood-fog policy of not prohibiting cannibalism and even encouragement for many years is finally showing its evil results. No one dares to trust their companions easily!

    Uehara Naraku fought one of the most comfortable battles. He didn''t want to use the second powerful skill, but just dropped cards at random to complete a unilateral massacre.

    Hagi Kakashi, who was watching all this, was sweating!

    The boy only used one move of ninjutsu and killed four Wujin squads, including an elite team led by Shangren!

    However, Haaki Kakashi was a little bit happy in his heart. Not only did he escape the entanglement of Mist Ninja, he also copied a powerful Thunder Dunjutsu. It just so happened that Haaki Kakashi himself was best at Thunder Dunnjutsu.

    Advanced task 3: Kill ten official Zhongnin (10/10), reward 1000 life energy, reward 1000 chakra energy, reward 1000 gold coins, reward life energy recovery increased by 100%, reward chakra energy recovery increased 100%.

    Advanced Mission 4: Kill ten official Shangnin (1/10), the reward is unknown.

    Uehara Naro observed in surprise that he had completed the advanced task 3 rewards. In addition to the regular life energy, chakra energy rewards and gold coin rewards, there were additional life energy recovery and chakra energy recovery.

    Life Energy: 2201 (Standard Ninja 1000~3000)

    Chakra energy: 3250 (standard film level 3000~10000)

    Life recovery: 4 points/sec

    Chakra recovery: 3 points/sec

    Remaining gold coins: 2070

    Equipment: Seraph''s Embrace, increase Chakra energy by 1400 points, increase skill cooling reduction by 20%, and reduce Chakra consumption by 20%.

    After observing her own attributes, Na Uehara breathed a sigh of relief. In addition to her body''s strength and physical stamina increased a lot, the Chakra energy exceeded 3,000 points, and she finally had a place to survive in this ninja world.

    In addition to these regular rewards, there are also life energy recovery and chakra energy recovery, especially the increase in chakra energy recovery, which allows Uehara to use the dance and the mayfly art without any restrictions, at least safe and worry-free.

    All that is left is to wait for the arrival of the dried persimmons.

    Uehara Naraku thought about several ways to solicit dried persimmon ghosts, but he was worried about the loyalty of dried persimmons to the mysterious mask man, Uehara didn''t want to expose it easily.

    In the end, Uehara Naraku decided to severely wound the dried persimmon ghost shark first, and then forcibly bring the ghost shark back to the country of rain. Is this the task completed?

    Outside the forest.

    A shark-faced youth led a group of more than twenty people in the misty ninja chasing troop appeared at the foot of the mountain. In addition to these people, a brown-haired woman also led three ninja squads, including a powerful investigative ninja. .

    Çà.

    Çà is the only white-eyed blood successor who is not of the Hyuga clan. Because of a coincidence during the war, he obtained a white-eyed ninja, and thus became the ninja with the strongest detection ability in the Hidden Fog Village. UU reading

    The high-end combat power of the misty upper level Terumi Ming and the dried persimmon ghost shark appear together here, we can know that they attach importance to Hagi Kakashi and the misty village''s desire for Konoha''s intelligence.

    The dried persimmon ghosts glanced at the mountain and whispered, "Senior Ao, let''s start! Our group of guys can only speak with ninja swords, and it will trouble seniors to search for enemies!"

    "Understand... Eyes open!"

    slammed his fingers together and opened his eyes, carefully searching for the traces in the mountains and forests, looking for the figures in them.

    After a while, Qing has searched for it, his face suddenly turned ugly, and he said in a deep voice, "All the ninjas at the northern sentinel have been killed! There are still two living people on this mountain, one of them is a little devil. , The other one is Hamu Kakashi, he is in the eastern forest!"

    "Ha, it seems we are lucky!"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark took off the shark muscle knife on his back and looked at Terumi Mei and said, "Then we will capture Haaki Kakashi, and Terumi Mei will assist us in the containment. Is this arrangement possible?"

    "Whatever."

    Terumi waved his hand indifferently, covering his lips and chuckling: "Our purpose is to catch the copy ninja. It doesn''t matter who is responsible for the offense and who is responsible for the containment."

    "Then please!"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark did not pretend, dragged the shark muscle sword in his hand and jumped into the forest, and the chasing troops rushed in afterwards.

    Terumi Mei led his subordinates to set up a blockade along the location of Kakashi in the forest, forcing Kakashi to move in the direction of the dried persimmon.

    As for Naraku Uehara in the forest, they didn''t care.

    There is only one person who really cares about Uehara''s strength.

 Chapter 29ï¼š Psychic

    A time space vortex appeared at the foot of the mountain, and the figure of the mysterious masked man appeared. After a while, a very cute girl jumped out of the time vortex and appeared beside him.

    The mysterious masked man glanced at the misty ninjas jumping in the forest, then turned to look at the girl next to him: "After a while, that kid will be severely injured. You must save him if you fight for your life. do you understand?"

    "Yes."

    The girl lowered her head and continued softly: "As long as I let him fall in love with me, you promised to let my hometown go and let me see Kakashi..."

    "of course."

    The mysterious mask man tapped his arm and said in a gloomy voice: "I never ruin my promise, but it is really incomprehensible. There are even women who like Kakashi''s kind of waste ninja."

    "Mr. Kakashi is not a waste!"

    The girl bit her lip with her teeth, she was obviously afraid of the masked man next to her, but she still mustered her courage to refute his words.

    The mysterious mask man snorted and ignored her.

    Of course, the mysterious mask man will not tell Hualing, Haaki Kakashi is also in this mountain forest, and is also chased by a group of Wuren, and this time the crisis is not like the past, someone will come to rescue him in time Up...

    In the forest.

    The fog-hidden chasing troops led by the dry persimmon ghost shark have just entered the forest, and they are still tracking his location in the direction of Hagi Kakashi.

    Click!

    A card is nailed to the tree!

    Just as many ninjas were vigilant and evaded, looking at the source of the card, another card flew in. The target of this card was the leader of the chasing troop, the Kakigiri.

    Even if the ghost dodges the attack of the card in time, it will inevitably be rubbed on the face by the card, a long and narrow wound is drawn, and a few drops of blood are slowly dripping out.

    The card''s lingering prestige was unexpectedly cut off a wild tree with the thickness of a bowl!

    The dry persimmon ghost shark''s face was still very calm, and he waved his hand at his subordinates and said, "Huh? Has anyone''s goal been placed on me? Tell your Excellency Terumi that there is something trivial to deal with here. Go and help. Terumi Ming captured the target."

    "Yes, Captain!"

    Fogy Hidden Pursuing and Forbearing troops accepted the order in a deep voice, and each jumped into the distance, not worrying that their captain would encounter the enemy.

    Since the dried persimmon ghost took over the watermelon mountain puffer fish ghost, they have become the subordinates of the ghost ghost, and they have also seen the terrible ghosts of the misty people with their own eyes. So far, the dried persimmon ghost ghost has never failed when leading them on missions!

    What they didn''t know was that the dried persimmon ghost shark had long been a subordinate of the mysterious masked man standing behind the water shadow.

    On the bright side, the dried persimmon ghost shark received a mission to capture Kakashi;

    In fact, what the dried persimmon ghost shark really wants to do is to severely wound Uehara Naruto. The harder he beats, the better, and then let a little girl save him.

    Although Gan Persimmon Guikun doesn''t understand why the mysterious mask man gave him such a weird task, as long as it is a task, he will perform it firmly.

    "Come out, kid!"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark showed a mouth full of shark teeth and put on a horrible smile: "Little devil, I haven''t been fighting with all my strength for a long time. If I can enjoy myself today, I can choose a comfortable way to die for you."

    "Dried persimmon ghosts."

    A figure of a young man appeared in front of the ghost shark, his body floating in the air, his fingertips dexterously turning a few cards.

    Uehara Naraku looked down at the dried persimmon ghost shark and whispered: "Well, although we all know the result, the process still has to go. I''m here to invite you to join a justice organization that maintains peace in the Ninja world. Are you interested?"

    "of course not."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark smiled contemptuously, put down the shark muscle knife in his hand, and said coldly: "Little devil, I am a ninja who likes to kill!"

    "That''s really unfortunate, I am a peace-loving person!"

    Uehara''s eyes narrowed slightly, and the cards in his hand suddenly shot at the dried persimmon ghosts on the ground. The speed of each card was so fast that it even swept through the air to draw waves of air!

    Because of the reward blessing of Advanced Task 3, Uehara''s body has been greatly strengthened, and the card throwing power and speed are much faster than before!

    The speed of dried persimmon ghost shark is faster!

    When he saw the card being shot, he dodged the attack of the card, but one of the cards exploded like a detonation talisman!

    The dried persimmon ghost shark was too late to guard, the whole person was blown out, not only the clothes were destroyed by the explosion, but also a few more wounds on his body, but the function of the shark muscle gave him super self-healing power, and the ghost shark soon The injury recovered as before.

    "Hey, how do you feel?"

    Uehara Naraku flew around in the air, whispering softly: "If you die, our organization will have to find a new way to find the right person again!"

    "...If you want to kill me, these are far from enough!"

    Dry persimmon ghost shark ghost shark responded in a cold voice, inserting a shark muscle knife in his hand into the ground, and he also thoroughly recognized the enemy''s troublesomeness!

    If Uehara has been flying in the air, it will undoubtedly make his attack much more difficult. At least his physical advantage and the characteristics of shark muscles to absorb Chakra are difficult to play.

    Then change the terrain!

    "Water escape, big water burst!"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark quickly closed his hands to make a seal, and a torrent of sea gushing out of his mouth. The waves on his feet were almost at the same height as Uehara fell in the air.

    Immediately after the ghost shark''s movements, he kept closing his hands and forming seals, and bit his finger: "Water escape¡¤Water shark bullet technique!"

    A water shark appeared next to the dried persimmon ghost shark, wrapped his body and jumped out of the water, and actually rushed into the air flexibly by Naraku Uehara!

    This guy actually came up with this method to make himself attack the enemy in the air, as long as he can shoot down Uehara Naruto from the air, he can immediately take advantage of his strong physical skills.

    When the dried persimmon ghost shark approached Uehara Naraku, he still saw Uehara¡¯s face panicked with fingerprints, even one of the fingerprints was not quite standard...

    "Huh, kid, your psychic mudra is wrong!"

    The dried persimmon ghost snorted, his wrist suddenly exerted force, and he was about to grab Uehara''s neck and lead him to the ground!

    "Forbearance¡¤Psychic Art!"

    However, with a low drink from the young ninja, a tall monster appeared among them. The monster suddenly threw out the iron anchor in his hand, and accurately hit the body of the dried persimmon ghost shark, dragging him back down. Go down!

    The dried persimmon ghost only felt an irresistible force. He fell from the sky and returned to the lake he made with the monster.

    After Gui Shao reacted, he finally saw what the monster that little ghost psyched up looked like...

    A monster almost three times his height. His whole body was tightly sealed by iron armor. Only two eyes were glowing with yellow light. It held a huge anchor in its hand, and the chain at the bottom of the anchor was tight. Earth is connected to it.

    What surprised the dried persimmon ghost is that this monster can also be like him, not only can breathe freely in the water, but even move without hindrance.

    Uehara Naruchi folded her hands, landed around the lake, and said with a chuckle: "Mr. Ghostfish, let me introduce you to this. This is the opponent I prepared for you in the water, the Deep Sea Titannotil. S..."

    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª

    New week, ask for recommendation tickets, ask for rewards!

 Chapter 30ï¼š Starting today, you are the dried persimmon ghost shark of Akatsuki

    Dry Persimmon Ghost Shark had never seen the weird psychic beast like the Deep Sea Titan. He could only stare at the huge anchor carefully and vigilantly, lest he be hit by the anchor again.

    After experiencing an anchor attack just now, the dried persimmon ghost shark has personally felt what terrible power is attached to it! As a member of the dry persimmon tribe, the physique of the ghost shark is far superior to ordinary people, but it is also far from the Deep Sea Titan!

    "The speed looks cumbersome..."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark grabbed the shark muscle knife and glanced at the deep sea Titan brandishing the anchor. A light flashed in the shark¡¯s eyes: "Good opportunity!"

    I saw the dried persimmon ghost shark in the water rushing towards the psychic beast of Uehara like an arrow from the string. The shark muscle sword in his hand protruded vigorously, and the handle of the knife suddenly extended into a chain and wrapped around the neck of the deep sea Titan!

    "The sea is boundless!"

    A dull voice came from underwater!

    Just as the dried persimmon ghost shark was still a little surprised, his eyes saw the deep-sea titan lift his foot, the iron nails on it were clearly visible, and then the huge foot slammed on the bottom of the water. .

    The dried persimmon ghost felt a tremor in the water instantly, as if it were an earthquake. Under the force of this shaking, the water waves surged outwards and shook him out with a knife!

    After seeing the frustration of the dried persimmon ghost shark, Naraku Uehara smiled and looked at him: "Hey, Mr. ghost shark, are you having fun? If you want to understand, you can tell me the answer directly, so you can survive! "

    "Huh, naive kid!"

    Dry Persimmon Guikun stubbornly wiped the blood from the corner of his mouth, but his face became extremely solemn.

    The blow of the Deep Sea Titan just now was uncomfortable, and his internal organs were also damaged.

    Originally, he thought that this mission was just teaching a kid, but he didn''t expect that after the battle, he had been seriously injured before he could fight the real enemy!

    The dried persimmon ghost shark never dared to hesitate anymore, and quickly closed his hands to form seals, and his palms suddenly slapped on the surface of the water: "Shui Dun¡¤Five food sharks!"

    Five water escape sharks quickly spawned in the water, swimming in the direction of the Deep Sea Titan, opening their mouths to bite the iron armor on its body!

    It''s just that their teeth are not sharp enough, but they were all smashed into spray by the anchor in a moment.

    Every time a water shark is smashed, a new shark will appear next to the dried persimmon ghost shark, swarming around the deep sea Titans!

    Repeatedly every week.

    One after another regenerated water sharks were killed one after another.

    Dry Persimmon Guikun''s face is getting more and more unsightly, and ninjutsu, which has always been disadvantageous, seems to have encountered a nemesis.

    This ninjutsu technique was originally intended to save Chakra from torturing the enemy, but now it seems to be wasting his Chakra!

    "Majima, it''s going to be on!"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark grabbed the shark muscle knife with one hand, leaned over and rushed towards the deep sea Titan, the barbs on the shark muscle came out in an instant, revealing its full picture.

    This is a Shinobi with a mouth.

    In the lake water, the steel monster was not afraid at all. The anchor in his hand suddenly pointed at the dried persimmon ghost shark, and a shock wave was driven into the ground by it. The underground lake water was like a volcanic eruption, and thick waves of water spewed out!

    There is no way to avoid this deep-sea impact!

    Whether it is the surrounding water shark or the dried persimmon ghost shark, they are all hit by the water waves brought by the shock wave!

    The dried persimmon ghost was shot out of the lake before he could even react, and he lay down on the ground in embarrassment!

    The shark-faced young man opened his mouth and spouted a stream of blood, and there was uncontrollable pain all over his body, but he just gritted his teeth and endured it.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark did not rest, just looked at an anchor flying towards him, if he resisted this blow again, he might lose his life!

    "You can only try that trick!"

    The dried persimmon ghost quickly closed his hands to form another seal. He glanced coldly at Naru Uehara on the tree, and said solemnly: "Boy, I pray you can find a stronger psychic beast in the future! Shui Dun ¡¤The art of shark bullets!"

    A huge shark spawned next to him. After rotating around the ghost shark for a week, the whole shark gradually became extremely large, larger than the size of the deep-sea titan. This huge shark opened its mouth full of blood and opened its mouth. Swim in the direction of the Deep Sea Titan.

    In order to allow the sharks to swallow the deep-sea titan, the dried persimmon ghost shark used its own chakra to feed it, allowing it to grow to a large enough body!

    I saw that water shark bit the Deep Sea Titan in one bite and swallowed it into its abdomen, but the whole water shark exploded in an instant, stirring up waves!

    A burst of smoke dispersed in the water.

    Uehara Naraku psychic came out of the tall deep-sea titan, disappeared without a trace, and its psychic time has reached its limit. Although it is very restrained in regular battles, it will be the strongest by the ghost. Ninjutsu restraint.

    Water Escape: The Art of Big Shark Ball is a kind of ninjutsu that continuously becomes stronger and bigger by devouring the enemy''s chakra, which can restrain almost any chakra''s abundant enemy.

    Even though the dried persimmon ghost shark defeated Uehara Naraku''s psychic beast, his own image is not very good.

    In order to destroy a psychic beast, the chakra of the ghost shark was almost exhausted, and his body was severely injured, and he had no idea how many bones he had broken.

    "Come on, come here!"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark pulled the handle of the shark muscle, greedily feeling the only chakra left in the shark muscle, trying to recover from his injury, but this chakra is far from enough!

    "Forbearance¡¤Psychic Art!"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark quickly closed his hands and sealed the seal, and the sharks were channeled out, and they ordered the shark muscles to swallow the sharks to replenish the chakra and heal the wound.

    Originally, at the beginning of the battle, the ghost shark still wanted to kill the psychic beast of Uehara Naraku, and taught the kid a deep lesson. He didn''t expect that now he would rely on the shark he raised to recover his body and chakra.

    Uehara Naraku did not stop him, just watched the action of the dried persimmon ghost shark with interest, and even said kindly: "Mr. Ghost shark, do you need help? I can help you bake the shark fin, but I got it from my teacher. I learned the best barbecue skills..."

    "¡­¡­"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark ignored his humiliation, just squeezed the shark muscle knife and slowly stood up. As the sharks were swallowed up by the shark muscle, the wound on his body was gradually healed.

    can at least support him to fight for a while.

    The battle is not over yet!

    "Shui Dun¡¤Thousand Food Shark!"

    The palm of the dried persimmon ghost shark quickly became imprinted, and a palm slapped on the water. Thousands of water sharks jumped out of the water and rushed in the direction of Uehara Naraku!

    "It''s a pity, I''m not good at fire ninjutsu..."

    The corners of the young ninja''s mouth still smiled, he just threw out a few detonating charms with his hand, slowly raised his fingers, and whispered: "Ninfa¡¤Multiplication detonating charm!"

    A string of explosions sounded in the air!

    Each detonating talisman is equivalent to the upper-level fire ninjutsu. Thousands of detonating talisman are detonated one after another, and the scorching fire wave instantly evaporates the Thousand-Eater Ninja into water vapor!

    The dried persimmon ghosts swallowed involuntarily: "..."

    This guy, is it because of more money...

    Tens of thousands of detonating charms, in a scarce place like Wuyin Village, can sell for hundreds of millions of dollars.

    The smoke and water vapor hadn''t dissipated, and the dried persimmon ghost felt a pain in his shoulder. A card penetrated the smoke and inserted it into his body!

    "Boy, do you think you can avoid my sight!"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark waved the shark muscle knife in his hand and slashed at the strange place in the smoke. He could tell at a glance that there was someone there!

    boom!

    The sword is like a hammer on a steel plate!

    The mouth of the dried persimmon ghost shark was shocked, and the shark muscle screamed in pain!

    A childish voice came from the smoke: "Mr. Ghost, it''s better not to be too arrogant in front of me, right?"

    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª

    Continue to ask for recommendation tickets, collections, and rewards!

 Chapter 31ï¼š Senior ALF, your name...

    Uehara Naraku''s body appeared from the smoke. A golden mask was wrapped around his body to block the attack of the shark muscle. It was the moment of the ultimate skill.

    A golden Chakra lightsaber hovered beside him, faintly reflecting the invincible posture of a young ninja.

    Uehara suddenly stretched out his palm, grabbed the barbs on the shark''s muscles and turned his body with force, kicked the ghost shark''s neck with a kick, and kicked him to the ground. The golden chakra lightsaber followed closely. Nail the dried persimmon to the ground!

    "How can this be¡­"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark fell on the ground, unable to move, looking up at the young man who had no wounds after being hit by the shark muscle, the surprise on his face could no longer conceal.

    "Nothing is impossible."

    Nairo Uehara kicked the shark muscle that was blocking the road, looked down at the shark''s face on the ground, and pinched a card on his misty forehead: "From now on, you are Akatsuki''s dried persimmon. Ghost shark, any comments?"

    Just at this time, the system has determined that the dried persimmon ghosts are no longer able to resist and issued skill rewards.

    Side Quest: Defeat the Seven Ninthosaurus (2/7), the reward is unknown.

    Side quest: Defeat the dried persimmon ghost shark (1/1), the quest has been completed, reward skill: Giant Shark Assault.

    Giant Shark Assault: Remotely summon a void giant shark to attack the target area from the ground. After 2 seconds, the shark will jump out of the ground and devour the souls of all enemies in the area. Chakra consumes 100 points and has a cooling time of 80 seconds.

    Uehara Naraku accepted the system reward, still forcing the dried persimmon to surrender. The mysterious masked man who has been observing the battle can''t sit still.

    How did that guy lose to Uehara Naraku inexplicably?

    Hana Ling stood beside the mysterious masked man, and watched the battle between dried persimmon ghost shark and Uehara Naraku in amazement. She had never thought that a ninja could be so powerful!

    Hualing opened her mouth slightly, and asked in a low voice: "That boy seems to have won...what shall we do now?"

    "¡­¡­"

    The mysterious mask man fell into silence. Since Uehara Naraku won, his plan was naturally bankrupt. Now the most important thing is to rescue the dried persimmon ghost from Uehara''s hands!

    If the dried persimmon ghosts refuse to surrender, Uehara Naraku will definitely not evade killing a misty ninja.

    Then he lost one of his carefully selected subordinates!

    The mysterious mask man didn¡¯t hesitate to think about this. The whole person turned into a space vortex and appeared beside Naraku Uehara and the dried persimmon ghost shark. Suddenly he appeared and grabbed Uehara¡¯s arm. He laughed and said, "Ahhhhhhhh, as if between you The battle is over!"

    The mysterious mask man who appeared suddenly made Uehara Naraku shocked!

    Is this guy stalking him secretly?

    "Senior Afei."

    Uehara Naraku hurriedly shook off his arm, and said in a deep voice, "If I remember correctly, your mission should be to find a partner for Senior Scorpion, shouldn''t you be here?"

    "Well..."

    The mysterious mask man scratched his head embarrassedly, and said shamelessly: "I am actually worried about your safety, so I plan to help you persuade you to drop the dried persimmons in advance. I didn''t expect that I came too late, ah, fortunately you didn''t. What happened..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku''s expression suddenly became a little subtle.

    I met an opponent, this guy has a thick face when he is behind the mask!

    If the dry persimmon ghost shark and his fight to the death just now did not come from the order of the mysterious mask man, Uehara Naraku made this shark muscle sashimi on the spot and fed it to the dry persimmon ghost shark!

    The mysterious mask man didn''t know what Uehara Naraku was thinking. After hurriedly explaining Uehara Naraku, he squatted down to investigate the injury of the dried persimmon ghost.

    After confirming that the body of the dried persimmon ghost is not serious, the mysterious mask man laughed and said: "Hehehe, Mr. Ghost, Uehara and I are both members of the Akatsuki organization. You must be willing to join our organization now?"

    "Huh, do I have another choice?"

    After hearing the name of Akatsuki, the dried persimmon ghost was surprised for a second. After a sudden sneer, he nodded slightly following the words of the masked man, and formally agreed to join Akatsuki.

    "No, you can still choose to die!"

    Uehara Naraku lowered his head with a smile, and shook his head at the dried persimmon ghost shark, choked with a word that made the shark''s face speechless, and even the masked man next to him was a little confused.

    Mysterious mask man said a few words that are more effective than his fight?

    This is too bad for him!

    Uehara turned his head to look at the mysterious mask man, and continued: "Senior, this is my task...I think I should kill the persimmon ghost shark here, invite another person to join the organization, and then go back to the teacher Xiaonan to deal with it, which is also me. Own business!"

    "Hey hey hey, this can''t be done, kid!"

    The mysterious mask man naturally objected: "Inviting the dried persimmon ghost to join the organization is a decision we made after secretly observing him for a long time! There is no more suitable candidate for the entire Wuyin Village than the ghost!"

    "There is no suitable person in Wuyin Village, it does not mean that there is no water country!"

    Uehara Naraku dissatisfiedly looked at the mysterious masked man, pointed to the depths of the mountain forest, and said loudly: "Konoha''s copy of Ninja Kakashi, Kakashi, has sneaked into the Land of Water. He is now surrounded by a group of misty ninjas. , We can save Kakashi and recruit him to join the organization..."

    Such remarks are purely joking.

    Judging from the facts, Kakashi Hagi¡¯s reputation is much larger than that of Kakashi. If Nairo Uehara really invites Kakashi to join the organization by way of rescue, then Akatsuki will definitely only harvest one more from the wood. Ye''s spy.

    The mysterious mask man didn¡¯t take Uehara¡¯s words as a joke. He was very determined and objected loudly: "The fellow Kakashi Hagi is not as good as waste Our organization cannot tolerate that kind of killing companions. The guy!"

    "Tolerant!"

    Uehara Nairobi spread his hands innocently and said, "Senior ALF, you forgot the senior horns in our organization. Every time you leave the base, you will be a duo. When he comes back, he will carry a box of money..."

    "I think Kakashi and Horn are different."

    The mysterious mask man feels that Naru Uehara is so annoying, he regrets the plan he rashly implemented. If this goes on, maybe this kid will really give up on the persimmon ghost shark and pull that **** Kakashi into the Akatsuki organization. !

    "Nothing is different, is it?"

    Uehara Naraku tilted his head and explained softly, "I heard that Hagi Kakashi still has a writing wheel, so he can partner with Itachi!"

    It¡¯s reasonable to say this. Naraku Uehara couldn¡¯t help but think of this devil himself. At this moment, he actually had the idea of ??recruiting Kakashi and letting him and Itachi work together!

    It''s a pity that if you really recruit Kakashi Hagi, who now knows the identity of the mysterious mask male, Akatsuki may explode on the spot and separate.

    "Bring soil!"

    Just at this moment, an unbelievable voice entered the ears of everyone, and it was Kakashi Hakaki that they had been discussing.

    Konoha''s copy of the ninja is full of scars, but he doesn''t care about his injuries, but rushes towards Uehara Naraku and the mask man excitedly!

    Hagi Kakashi staggered a few steps, fell to the side of the mysterious masked man, and murmured in a low voice, "Take soil... I finally... found you."

    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª

    Even though it is Tuesday, I continue to ask for recommendations!

 Chapter 32ï¼š Who is Akatsukis actor?

    Haaki Kakashi passed out.

    There is still a burn mark on the man''s arm, and his clothes are corroded. It should have been attacked by Boiling Escape and Melting Ninja.

    In the entire water country, there happens to be a woman who owns these two blood heirs.

    When ¡¡¡¡ Kakashi was evading the pursuit, he was found by Ao, and he was ambushed by Terumi Ming head-on. Even though he was at a huge disadvantage, Kakashi still managed to win back a city and even drew a tie.

    It is a pity that besides Terumi Mei he encountered, there are many Mishinin.

    In desperation, Hagi Kakashi thought of the Lei Dun¡¤Wan Lei Tianzhu he had just secretly copied, and wanted to use this trick to directly defeat all the Wujin!

    However, when Kakashi Kie''s hands were imprinted, he felt that something was not quite right. Fortunately, he had an idea and chose his own Raeche, which made a way out...

    Just after escaping from his birth, Kakashi met his target character who had come to the Land of Water. When he encountered a group of mists, he would definitely die. When he met his old teammate Uchiha, there might be hope of survival.

    Kakashi''s tense mood finally relaxed.

    Mysterious Mask Man''s mood is not very good, he looked at Hagi Kakashi at his feet in shock!

    ah ah ah!

    Who will tell him, how did Kakashi know his identity?

    And since he even called out his name, it must not have been guessed by Kakashi!

    Which **** has revealed his identity!

    Uchiha is going crazy with soil!

    Next to ¡¡¡¡ Uehara Naraku showed a hint of surprise in a timely manner, with some doubts in his eyes: "Senior ALF? This name Kakashi just said..."

    "¡­¡­"

    The mysterious masked man regained his sobriety in an instant, turning his head to look at Uhara Naraku''s eyes suddenly revealed a fierce light, but he still restrained himself: "I don''t know what he is talking about..."

    "He was talking about taking soil."

    Uehara Naruko spoke innocently and repeated it, even he added: "Senior ALF, are you old acquaintances with Konoha''s Kakashi?"

    After ¡¡¡¡ finished speaking, Uehara Naraku''s eyes brightened: "That''s right! You and Itachi have a very good relationship. It turns out that Senior Afei is also a ninja from Konoha..."

    "¡­¡­"

    The mysterious mask man''s mood is a little broken, the kid Uehara has analyzed his identity so seriously!

    Doesn¡¯t he know that if a person knows too many secrets, and even pokes at others¡¯ privacy, his life will become very short?

    Now the mysterious mask man knows that his identity cannot be revealed to others, especially Nagato and Xiaonan.

    They will recognize Uchiha Madara, not necessarily an ordinary Uchiha Ninja.

    Since Uehara Naraku seems to have noticed the secret, the mysterious mask man''s first thought was to block the news!

    A gloved palm suddenly protruded and grabbed Uehara Naraku''s neck. The mysterious masked man said in a gloomy voice: "Boy, I still liked you very much, but in order not to affect the judgment of Nagato and Konan, I can only kill you here!"

    "Senior..."

    Uehara Naraku tried his best to gasp, clutching the mysterious mask man''s wrist tightly, trying to break his shackles, and begged in a low voice: "Senior, I won''t reveal this secret!"

    "is it?"

    Mysterious mask man''s eyes gradually turned scarlet, and a trace of bloodthirsty madness flashed inside: "But I want to kill you now!"

    "no, do not want!"

    Uehara Naraku panicked and grabbed the detonation charms and put them on the mysterious mask man with all his strength. His expression was very firm and said: "Senior, if you don''t agree, then you will die with me!"

    At this moment, Uehara Naraku intends to give 100 points to his acting skills.

    The mysterious mask man didn''t notice any difference. Perhaps he was confident and powerful, and let Uehara Naruko stick the detonating talisman on his body.

    Is this guy not enough brains?

    Still a little too bloated?

    The mysterious masked man didn¡¯t notice the slightest difference, and sneered at Uehara Naraku: "Huh, are you worthy to die with me?"

    "Senior..."

    The pain on Uehara Naraku''s face suddenly disappeared, and a weird smile appeared: "Why do you feel that you are not worthy to die with me? You are just an intern in the organization!"

    After speaking, Uehara Naruko broke free from the **** of the soil and flew into the air. The young man coldly looked at the mysterious masked man on the ground, and said contemptuously: "If you don''t want to die together, then go to death!"

    "What a naive kid!"

    The mysterious mask man laughed instead of anger. Just as he wanted to continue to say something cruel, the sound of the explosion of the detonating talisman interrupted his words!

    Boom!

    The detonating symbols exploded suddenly!

    The unconscious Hagaki Kakashi and the dried persimmon ghosts were all blown out by the aftermath of the detonating symbol on the masked man!

    The face of the mysterious masked man was still calm, allowing the detonation talisman bombardment to penetrate his body, but he could not hurt him at all, but his right eye turned into a windmill-shaped kaleidoscope writing wheel, where there is a Weird supernatural space.

    Through the kaleidoscope''s ability to write round eyes, the mysterious mask man''s body can be virtualized at any time and hide in the space, thereby avoiding damage from outside attacks. This is also the reason why he can proudly face most ninjas in the ninja world.

    Within Shenwei Space.

    The body of the mysterious masked man has already hid in this space, intending to avoid the bombardment of the detonating talisman, and let Uehara Naraku recognize the gap in reality.

    Unexpectedly, when his body had just entered the divine power space, the detonating talisman followed his body one after another!

    Boom!

    The entire divine power space seems to be a Chinese New Year, and the bombing sound of detonating talisman is endless!

    And whether the mysterious masked man hides in the outside world or hides in the mighty space, there will always be a detonating talisman following him somehow, causing him to be scorched...

    "What the hell...what is going on! What kind of ninjutsu is this!"

    The mysterious masked man looked up at Uehara Naraku in the sky. UU reading showed a touch of anger in his eyes. He was actually played by a kid between applause!

    Uehara Naruto raised a finger and whispered: "Hush...senior, don''t worry, I only use 100 million detonating charms, and this firework feast will soon end."

    "Asshole kid!"

    Mysterious mask man squirted blood out, his clothes have been destroyed, the mask on his face has become tattered, and his body has also become dilapidated, but the bombardment of the detonation talisman continues...

    His divine power space, there is no way to get rid of those detonating charms!

    Uehara Naraku looked at the firelight of the explosion of detonating talisman in a leisurely manner. The technique of multiplying detonating talisman is actually a kind of temporal and spatial technique, and its invention principle is the simplest psychic technique.

    As long as there is a detonating talisman attached to the target''s body, a single detonating talisman can channel up to trillions of detonating talisman to bombard the target continuously until the target''s body is blown into pieces!

    Even if the mysterious masked man can hide in the divine power space, the detonating talisman will follow him into the divine power space and continue to channel a large amount of detonating talisman, which makes him uncomfortable...

    If he can use the magic pupil technique to evade, 100 million detonating charms are just a firework feast; now even if he can use the magic pupil technique, he cannot escape the explosion of the detonating charm.

    Then you can only use that trick!

    Uehara Naraku looked at the tragic situation of the mysterious masked man being bombarded by the detonating talisman, and whispered: "Well, if Senior dies here, please blame Senior for bad luck!

    If the seniors are lucky enough to survive my ninjutsu, then return to the organization as soon as possible and confess your identity to Teacher Xiaonan and Master Yahiko! "

 Chapter 33ï¼š Believe it or not, I chopped the shark muscle to feed the dog!

    "Asshole!"

    The mysterious mask man ignored the pain caused by the explosion, looked at Uehara Naraku in the air, and slowly closed his fingers: "Izanagi must be used... Must kill everyone present!"

    The mysterious mask man felt a little fortunate that he and Uchiha Itachi participated in the extermination operation. He collected enough three-gou jade chakras from the Uchiha clan, so that he had enough consumables to use Izanaki.

    As long as Izanagi is used, he can transform all the damage he has received into dreams, and he is a member of the Uchiha clan, Izanagi''s duration gain will be maximized.

    "When all of your 100 million detonating symbols are blown up, it is your death date, kid!"

    The flames and sounds of the explosion of the detonating talisman caught the attention of other people in the mountains, such as the girl Hualing, such as the mist ninjas who hunted down Kakashi.

    After seeing Hakaki Kakashi, Hualing rushed out of the dense forest, carrying the seriously injured Hakaki Kakashi and quickly fled the scene.

    Uehara Nairo glanced at the strange girl who was going away in surprise, picked up the dried persimmon and ghost shark''s neck and flew into the air, and left here with the shark face.

    The detonation talisman roared constantly.

    The mask on the mysterious mask man''s face was completely peeled off, revealing his true appearance. He didn''t care about the damage of the detonation charms, but stared at the distant shadows in the air, and said hoarsely: "Little devil, you can''t escape... "

    "¡­¡­"

    After the chasing troops from Wuyin Village rushed out, they looked at the man who stopped in place and was still bombarded by the detonation talisman.

    This man is a ruthless character!

    But now I can neither catch the traces of Hagi Kakashi nor save the Captain of the Dry Persimmon Ghost Shark. The chasing forces decided to stay and plan to wait until the bombing of the detonation talisman ends, and take Uchiha and bring the soil back to the village for torture. .

    After the repeated explosions of the mutual multiplication detonation talisman ended, the transplanted Sangou jade writing wheel eye that Uchiha took to the left eye of the soil turned completely gray.

    Even if it is a guiding psychic with a multiplicity of detonating charms, the bombing time of hundreds of millions of detonating charms is too short. Izanagi is enough to easily convert all the damage Uchiha brought to the soil during this time into dreams.

    It is with this in mind that Uehara Naraku disappeared in front of Uchiha''s belt soil. He is not absolutely sure that he can defeat this guy.

    Uchiha took the soil to glance at the Kiri Shinobi present, and his body gradually dissipated in place in the surprised gazes of these ninjas... Just as the Kiri Ninjas were puzzled, a hoarse shout awakened them!

    "Wooden escape¡¤The technique of cutting!"

    Uchiha''s figure with soil suddenly appeared behind a Kiri Shinobi, holding a wooden thorn in his hand and inserted it into Kiri Shino''s heart.

    Wooden thorns grew from Wunin''s body and pierced his body!

    Uchiha took the soil and pushed away the corpse of Mizuna in front of him, looked at the other Mizuna, and another wooden thorn came out of his palm... These guys, just let him temporarily vent his sullen anger!

    Uchiha took the soil and felt as if he had gone back to the past, back to the night when Rinlin died in battle. That night he was as angry as he is now, and he was bloody!

    The screams are endless...

    After Kiri Shinobu, the last chasing unit, was unscrewed, Uchiha Daido gradually recovered his calm and rethinked his next plan.

    First of all, the crisis of identity exposure is all because of Hagi Kakashi. If Kakashi had not confided his identity before he fell into a coma, Uehara Naraku would not have known that he was Uchiha.

    So where did Haaki Kakashi know that he is carrying soil?

    This problem must be found out.

    Daito did not believe that Heijue would confide his information to Hagi Kakashi, because it would not benefit their plan at all.

    This is even scarier.

    If someone had already understood his identity, wouldn''t they have been secretly understanding all his plans? This is the biggest trouble.

    Second, the crisis of identity exposure must be resolved as soon as possible.

    All the people present who knew his identity just now, Hana Bell and Uehara Naraku are on the kill list, but before killing Uehara Naraku, you must know from him why those detonating talisman will constantly psychic from his side. Come out, did Xiao Nan research out the ultimate move against him?

    As for how to crack the initiation talisman of those infinite psychics, Uchiha already has a plan. As long as the detonation talisman is not attached to his body to lock his body, there should be no more death situation like the one just now.

    In addition to Uehara and Hana bell, there are dried persimmon ghost sharks.

    However, Gui Shao always thinks he is Uchiha Madara. You can try it a little later. If the Kaki Gui Shao is still loyal to him, he can stay.

    As for the bad thing, Kakashi Hagi can''t be killed, because he still needs to ask who told him the news...

    The last question, if his identity is completely exposed, after Konan and Nagato learn that he is not Uchiha Madara, what should they do to regain their trust?

    A successor to Uchiha Madara?

    No, just a strong Uchiha is enough!

    Anyway, I brought the soil and didn''t want to be Uchiha Madara''s puppet and live in his place. That old man was already dead!

    Uchiha took the soil and squeezed his fist. After all, this ninja is still a powerful ninja to have the right to speak.

    If Nagato can''t crack his supernatural power, he can only continue to execute according to his plan.

    As long as he still has the magic kaleidoscope writing wheel eyes, he can still control everything in the dark.

    "Now go find Hagi Kakashi, take advantage of this opportunity to extract the most important information from him, and ask who is behind me!"

    Uchiha took the soil and grabbed the headscarf of a Kiri Shinobi, wiped the blood from his hands casually, and threw the **** headband on the corpse of Kiribu.

    Then he stepped over the corpse step by step, stepping on the blood plasma on the ground and walking forward, a time space vortex appeared beside him, and he was included in the divine mighty space, leaving only the terrifying mist ninjas all over the ground.

    When Uchiha brought the soil to slaughter Mizuna, Uehara Naraku flew to a secluded barren mountain with the dried persimmon, and threw the shark''s face on the ground with his hand. UU Reading www.uukanshu.cOM

    The dried persimmon ghosts didn¡¯t mind at all, staring at the young man standing in front of him, he even smiled and said, "Ha, I thought you would kill me..."

    "That would be a waste of resources."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the shark muscle sword that crawled on the ghost shark, and continued softly: "I advise you to give up the idea of ??resisting and tell me about the mysterious masked man."

    "You want to ask for information from my mouth?"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark threw away the hilt of the shark muscle and asked Uehara Naraku with a smile: "Obviously you are a member of an organization, but you want to ask me an insignificant person. Don''t you think it''s a bit unwise?"

    Uehara Naraku lowered his head in silence, looking at the small eyes of the dried persimmon on the ground, suddenly smiled on his face and said: "Mr. Ghost, when do you like to talk nonsense?"

    In the next second, Uehara¡¯s smile instantly diminished, and he said indifferently, ¡°Okay, don¡¯t waste our time with each other, do you think what you see is the truth of Ninja World?¡±

    Gan Persimmon Guikun looked calm and seemed to be accustomed to life and death. He asked softly, "What do you think is the truth? You are just an ignorant person. You want to get some inexplicable information from me!"

    When ¡¡¡¡ was talking, he actually took advantage of Uehara''s unpreparedness and unknowingly put his fingers together, trying to secretly seal the seal.

    Nairo Uehara kicked his palm away and stared straight into the eyes of the ghost shark, and said solemnly: "Dry persimmon ghost shark, don''t make these little moves in front of me... let me find out again, and I will take your The shark muscle is chopped up and feed the dog!"

    "¡­¡­"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark subconsciously released the handle of the knife after hearing the words, and the shark muscle moved his body with a shrunk, hiding to the other side.

 Chapter 34ï¼š Rewards from soliciting dried persimmons

    "Well, I don''t want to waste time."

    Nairo Uehara picked up the dried persimmon and sat up, looked at him directly, and said, "It is time to assassinate the fourth generation of Shuiying if Taodi is no longer cut, but he would never expect that the fourth generation of Shuiying from Wuyin Village has already been killed. Controlled with illusion, right?"

    Uehara Naraku refused to continue the nonsense, and directly pierced the biggest secret in the heart of the dried persimmon ghost. By the way, he also sold the peach land and will not cut it. Anyway, there are others around here, and no one knows what Tao land is going to do again.

    The whole misty village goes up and down, only the dried persimmon ghost shark himself knows the truth about the four generations of Yakura being controlled by illusions, and he even serves the person who controls the water shadow.

    Uehara Naraku looked at the dried persimmon ghost shark word by word, and continued in a low voice: "That guy claims to be Uchiha Madara... right?"

    "¡­¡­"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark had raised eyes and looked at Uehara Naraku almost incredulously. He could not imagine that Uehara Naraku knew so much. The person who controlled the four generations of water shadows indeed claimed to be Uchiha Madara to the dried persimmon ghost shark.

    Since Uehara said Madara¡¯s name, he was basically certain that he actually knew everything in Wuyin Village.

    The dried persimmon ghost shrouded his expression and calmly said: "Since you already know so much, what do you want from me? It sounds like you know the identity of that person?"

    "That''s right."

    Uehara Naraku raised his eyebrows, and said in a low voice: "He has been lying to you. You heard it just now. His real name is Uchiha Daido. He was just one of Konoha''s Nakanin!

    After awakening the kaleidoscope writing round eyes, he relied on the pupil technique to call himself Uchiha Madara, deceived everywhere in the Ninja world, and promoted his evil thoughts... such as the Moon Eye Project? "

    "¡­¡­"

    The heart of the dried persimmon ghost shark beat, and then fell a little bit.

    Since the true identity of the mysterious mask man has been exposed, the so-called Moon Eye Project cannot be hidden from others.

    Ghost''s heart was a little frightened.

    The first time he saw Uchiha''s "Bara" show up, it showed that he had been secretly controlling the water shadow for four generations, and Guiyu knew that he was the biggest black hand in Wuyin Village.

    However, Uehara Naraku in front of him knows all this well!

    This boy who seems to be only twelve years old seems more like the real man behind the scenes than the fake Mr. Madara.

    The dried persimmon ghosts feel that the world is not worth it. The world is always deceiving him.

    Every time he thinks he has learned part of the truth, another layer of fog will be lifted, allowing him to clearly realize his ignorance and weakness.

    But now, there is another chance to uncover the truth!

    Although Uehara''s so-called truth is behind, there must be countless things to hide!

    The dried persimmon ghost shark pondered for a while, raised his head and looked firmly at Naraku Uehara, and opened his mouth full of teeth: "Then you can tell me, what is the truth about the Moon Eye project?"

    "Do you really want to know?"

    After Uehara Naraku glanced at him with a faint smile, he bought a dark spear from the system store of his brain and threw it on the ground: "If you really want to know, pick up this dark spear. , Sign a soul contract with me!"

    Dark Spear: Use the Dark Spear to propose to others to sign a cooperation agreement. If they accept the agreement, the Dark Spear will enter their bodies and bind their souls. If they betray the contract, the soul of the betrayer will Will be included in the Spear of Darkness to strengthen its power. (Only one person can be bound, and it can be released automatically)

    "If I can see the true face of this world, death will be only a negligible price for me."

    The dried persimmon ghost shrew a low laugh, without hesitation, when he leaned over and held the dark spear on the ground, a gloomy green energy wrapped around his body, and the other end of the gloomy green energy was connected to Uehara Naraku''s body.

    After the two of them were wrapped in the green energy, a proud female voice came into their ears, like a **** sigh: "The vow has been signed."

    After the soul contract was completed, Uehara Naraku found that a status and a skill automatically appeared on his system panel.

    Dark Spear (contracted):

    Both sides'' life energy +10% (activated)

    Both sides Chakra energy +10% (activated)

    Call of Destiny: If the contract is near you, you can pull the contractor to your side. The contractor is invincible and cannot be selected for 4 seconds. The duration is related to the chakra consumption. After the skill ends, the contractor can be thrown towards In any direction, the skill consumes a minimum of 100 chakras and has a cooldown of 120 seconds.

    Whether it is the increase of life energy and chakra energy or the skill of summoning destiny, Uehara Nairo realizes that this wave has made a lot of money!

    Uehara Naraku feels that the call of fate is more like protecting the dried persimmon ghost shark. Now he somewhat wants to cancel the soul contract with the dried persimmon ghost shark, and wait for Xiaonan to bind the dark spear on the coming day.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark naturally doesn¡¯t know all of this. If he knows what Uehara Naraku thinks, he¡¯s afraid that he will tear the contract on the spot...

    In addition to this, there are several side missions.

    Side mission: Have your first subordinate (1/1), the mission has been completed, reward 100 gold coins.

    Side Quest: A subordinate with a shadow-level Chakra power (1/1), the quest has been completed, and 1000 gold coins will be awarded.

    After seeing the rewards of the mission, Naraku Uehara wanted to compliment the system. Not only did he let him get fat, but also let him know one thing.

    Ganshi Guiyu should firmly choose to be his subordinate before he is judged by the system as his subordinate. In this way, he can judge who is his true self only by relying on the system task panel people.

    After all, Bai Uehara, who thought he was closing up before, must have not regarded him as a boss in his heart. Perhaps Bai is still using him as a little friend to beg together!

    This feeling is kind of strange...

    Uehara Naraku glanced at his gold coin balance, suppressed the ecstasy in his heart, and quickly purchased a piece of equipment that he had liked for a long time: the fanatic armor worth 2850 gold coins.

    Fanatic armor:

    life energy +800

    Basic health regeneration +200%

    Skill cooldown reduction +10%

    Passive skills: When the life energy reaches 3000 points, the effect of the Heart of the Fanatic is automatically activated. If no damage is received within 6 seconds, 5% of the maximum life energy is restored every second. (activated)

    After getting this piece of equipment, Uehara Naraku breathed a sigh of relief. Although he has the invincible skill of the sacred decree, this skill has a cooling time, and the existence of the fanatic armor still makes him feel more secure.

    Uehara Naraku glanced at his attributes, feeling inexplicably that he had reached the pinnacle of life.

    life energy: 3301 (standard shadow level 3000~10000)

    Chakra energy: 3575 (standard film level 3000~10000)

    Life energy recovery: 6 points/sec

    Chakra energy recovery: 3 points/sec

    Remaining gold coins: 320

    After reading his attributes, Uehara Naraku was in a good mood, and his attitude towards the dried persimmon ghost shark became friendly. He looked at his first recruited subordinate with a gentle face: "Okay, what do you want to know? I can answer you!"

    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª

    Ask for a recommendation ticket!

 Chapter 35ï¼š Shall we assassinate Shuiying?

    At this moment.

    The face of the dried persimmon ghost was also shocked.

    He obviously just signed a contract, and he actually obtained a lot of chakra and body energy increase from that faint green energy!

    Therefore, the first question that Gan Shigui Shao asked was about his newly acquired power: "I want to know what kind of technique this is, it can increase my power and Chakra..."

    The first question raised by the dried persimmon ghost stalked Nairo Uehara.

    A touch of embarrassment appeared on the young ninja''s face, and he quickly waved his hand and explained casually: "This is a gift from the Spear of Darkness. Let''s talk about the Moon Eye project proposed by the liar Uchiha brought the soil! "

    Dry Persimmon Guikun nodded, and said seriously: "This is what I want to know the most. Can the Moon Eye Project achieve peace in the Ninja World..."

    "No."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and explained in a deep voice: "The Moon Eye Project is a huge conspiracy. Behind it are many conspirators who use this plan to deceive people. Kazuda used this plan to trick Uchiha Madara into using it. Uchiha Madara used this plan to deceive Uchiha Daito. Uchiha Daito is using this plan to deceive my teacher..."

    "¡­¡­"

    After hearing about it, I felt that my scalp was numb. Isn¡¯t the Eye of the Month Project just a nesting doll?

    sounds a bit like MLM...

    The Uchiha who deceived him was also a deceived object!

    Dry Persimmon Guikun widened his eyes and whispered: "Then what will happen to the Moon Eye project?"

    "Well¡­"

    Uehara Nana spread out her hands and said helplessly: "Maybe an old woman who lived more than a thousand years and gave birth to two sons but still looks a little cute!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Guiqi was completely incomprehensible. He finally realized a question. In fact, he shouldn''t ask so much, because there are too many things he can''t understand.

    The so-called truth of the Ninja World is too complicated, and it is not possible for Naraku Uehara and him to figure it out in a moment.

    Kiyu thought for a while, and asked aloud, "Then what can I do? Kill the Uchiha belt soil and stop this plan?"

    "Do not."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and said softly, "What you have to do is join the Akatsuki organization, stay lurking, and pretend to be a spy sent by Uchiha to spy on Uchiha Itachi. When I need it, I will ask you about Uchiha. Information from Tsuto and Uchiha Itachi."

    "¡­¡­"

    After a while, the dried persimmon ghost shark wanted to understand what Uehara Naraku meant. He laughed and said, "Actually, I am a spy sent by you, but I have to pretend to be the spy of the liar that Uchiha brought to monitor the extinct Itachi. Right?"

    "You are very wise."

    Uehara Naraku praised the dried persimmon ghost shark, and added: "After we return to the Akatsuki organization, don''t be too polite to me. For some reason, I am still just an intern in the organization."

    "How many interns does Akatsuki still have?"

    The dried persimmon ghost watched Uehara Naraku a little speechlessly: "When the guy named Motou found me and ordered me to severely wound you, he told me that he is only an intern of Akatsuki now."

    "I am different from him."

    Uehara Naruko waved his hand and explained softly: "Uchiha takes the soil to hide himself under the guise of an intern, and secretly monitor Akatsuki''s every move, and I am the real intern of Akatsuki, the kind of Masayoshi. "

    The dried persimmon ghost shark shook his head and said nothing.

    Of course he can''t tell his new boss bluntly, that this boss is much more hidden than Uchiha.

    I don¡¯t know why this Akatsuki organization has so many spies or conspirators with different minds, and it has not been disbanded until now...

    is really an organization whose vitality is tenacious like a miracle!

    Uehara Naluo thought secretly over there, except for the fact that Momoji will not cut and white, there is nothing else in the country of water. Thinking of this, Uehara asked the ghost shark aloud: "You still have What do you want to deal with?"

    "No, shall we leave the country of water now?"

    Dry Persimmon Guikun shook his head, he had no worries.

    After a while, the dried persimmon ghost shark seemed to have thought of something, and said with a smile: "I heard that Tao Ji is going to assassinate the four generations of Suikage without cutting it. It is better to give Uchiha a gift with the soil before we leave... kill How about the Master Shuiying under his control?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku was silent for a while, remembering the bloodthirsty nature of the dried persimmon, and couldn''t help saying: "Misty Village is your hometown..."

    "That''s why I helped them end the blood mist before defecting!"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark put a shark muscle knife on his back and whispered softly: "As a ninja who has killed many companions in the village, I know the pain of killing a companion... The fourth generation of Mizukage has issued so many orders to kill his companions. He''s already in pain, right?"

    Who can bear the pain of killing a companion?

    Even the numbness of the dried persimmon ghosts once felt this kind of pain. When he was the loneliest, he met a female ninja who was kind to him, but because of the order of his boss, he personally killed the female ninja. .

    If the four generations of Mizukage Yakura are disarmed from the illusion, knowing that the misty village has been killing each other because of his order, UU reading www. Uukanshu.com, Shui Ying-sama, must be grief-stricken, right?

    Uehara Naraku looked at the dried persimmon ghost shark with excitement, feeling that he could not beat the enthusiasm of his subordinates: "Okay, do what you want!"

    After killing the four generations of Mizukage Yakura, Uchiha, who secretly controlled Yakura, was going to vomit blood, which is actually quite good.

    However, the dried persimmon ghost shark shook his head, revealing his mouthful of shark teeth, and chuckled: "No, I can''t do this thing...because I still have to lurk to Uchiha''s camp with soil, if I kill The drop of Lord Shuiying will arouse his suspicion."

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku suddenly understood the meaning of the dried persimmon ghost shark. This is an opportunity to borrow his hand and borrow the peach land to stop killing Shui Ying and make some contribution to their hometown.

    If it weren¡¯t for what the Kakigaki said is a bit reasonable, Uehara Naraku feels it¡¯s not easy to tell who is the boss of him and the Kakigaki...

    Uehara Naraku frowned and said: "It is not that simple to assassinate the fourth generation of Water Shadow, especially since there is a head and tail beast in his body. Let''s find out his information first..."

    "Don''t worry, I know the whereabouts of Lord Shuiying."

    The dried persimmon ghost shook his head with a light smile, and provided information to his new boss: "Since Yakura was seriously injured by Uchiha Itachi and Loquat Juzo, he has been living in his original residence, which is the forbidden area of ??Wuyin Village. Only his confidant ninja can get close."

    "understood."

    Uehara Naraku sighed.

    Anyway, he went to assassinate the four generations of Suikage. In addition to adding a block to the guy Uchiha who brought the soil, he could also complete several side tasks.

    The reward for assassinating Shui Ying might be a bit richer, right?

    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª

    Ask for a recommendation ticket!

 Chapter 36ï¼š Dont hang up in front of me

    "Is this the place where the fourth generation Suikage lives?"

    Uehara Naraku and dried persimmon ghost shark rushed to the lakeside residence of the fourth generation of water shadows, only to see a bunch of Wunin''s corpses lying on the shore, the clear lake was also scarlet.

    The dried persimmon ghost nodded, looked at the surrounding environment, and exclaimed: "If you don''t kill that guy and kill so many Shuiying Guardian Shinobu, it seems that he has not been preparing for a short time!"

    Judging from the battle traces and blood temperature at the scene, it hasn''t been long before Momoji will assassinate the four generations of Mizukage Yakura. Maybe he is still hiding nearby.

    As for the result of the battle between them, whether it is Naraku Uehara or the dried persimmon ghost shark, they are not very optimistic that Momoji can kill Yakura without cutting it. Sanwei Renzhuli can''t be solved by those assassination methods.

    There was a wave of spray on the water!

    An ugly behemoth rushed out. The thorns and thorns on its back were dripping with water droplets. Three steel-like tails swayed behind it, and a pair of weird eyes stared at the two people on the shore.

    "Ah?"

    Instead of seeing the fear of the giant beast on the face of the dried persimmon ghost, a smile appeared on his face: "It was able to force Lord Shui Ying to become a beast. If you don''t cut that guy''s strength, you really can''t underestimate it! "

    This behemoth is Sanwei Isosuke of Wuyin Village.

    In the next moment, this behemoth like a tortoise glanced at the dried persimmon ghost shark, its figure turned into a cloud of smoke and dissipated in the sight of the two.

    A ninja who looked like a teenager suddenly walked out of the smoke, with a stitch-like scar on his face, but it did not look scary, but rather cute.

    is the fourth generation of Shuiying Kotachi Tachibana Yakura, his eyes are a little cold and cold: "Huh, if you don''t cut that guy is just a coward, you don''t need me to use the power of the stroke, I just let the rock stroke out to breathe..."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark spread out his palms, looked at Naraku Uehara, and said with a light smile: "If you are going to face Uehara-sama next, please don¡¯t use Mizuo Isosuke¡¯s power, otherwise, it¡¯s very difficult. It¡¯s hard to let Uehara-sama have fun!"

    "Is that so?"

    Kotachi Tachibana Yakura took a look at Uehara Naraku, nodded seriously, and said, "I know, I won''t keep my hands."

    "Hey, hey, don''t listen to ghosts!"

    Uehara Naraku glared at his new subordinates, then turned to look at Kotachi Tachibana Yakura and said, "After all, if you use Miiso Isosuke, you will die very painfully... It''s better to just use this form and let me kill you. It¡¯s more convenient for everyone."

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku made Kotachi Tachibana Yakura''s face difficult to look at with a single sentence. Why is this kid so arrogant?

    The fourth-generation Suikage did not look at him, but instead looked at the shark-faced ninja: "Dry persimmon ghost shark, do you also want to assassinate me? This kid is your helper?"

    "No, Master Shui Ying, don''t get me wrong."

    Dry persimmon ghost shark shook his head and denied Yakura''s accusation. He chuckled and continued: "I will not intervene in this battle, because now I am just an innocent person who is threatened to assassinate Lord Suikage! "

    According to his plan with Naraku Uehara, he will not participate in this battle.

    Because he also wanted to see Uehara''s power.

    Defeating or killing five shadow level characters is also a measure of strength.

    "Then wait for me to kill him, and then deal with you!"

    Yakura looked at Uehara Naraku, his palm suddenly turned over, and the green flower iron rod weapon on his back fell into his hand, unexpectedly attacking Uehara Naraku first!

    Uehara Naruko grabbed his weapon in one hand. Since his life energy increased to more than 3000 points, both his power and speed have been greatly enhanced. It is easy to block Yakura''s attack!

    "Is it powerful, not bad."

    Uehara Naraku sighed, not knowing whether he was boasting himself or boasting Yakura, but what he said undoubtedly angered the four generations of Mizukage in front of him.

    Yakura''s palm suddenly became blood-red, and he slapped Uehara''s chest with a palm, and a clump of coral quickly solidified Uehara''s body!

    This is the ability from Sano Isosuke, Coral Palm!

    Only the human pillar power that can borrow the power of the three tails can use the coral palm. Once hit, the body will quickly grow coral.

    Yakura, who is a perfect man, can enter half-tailed beasts at any time in all parts of his body. Borrowing the power of Sanwei Isosuke, this technique is almost caught off guard, and many ninjas are inexplicably planted in this style of ninjutsu. on.

    The fourth generation of Suikage did not break his promise. He promised not to keep his hands, and immediately used the power of Sanwei directly on Uehara Naruko!

    "It''s quite troublesome..."

    Uehara Naraku looked at the growing coral, covering his whole body almost instantaneously, and whispered: "I just had a face-to-face encounter, do you use this power?"

    The moment of the saint!

    The golden mask radiated from Uehara''s body, instantly dispelling the coral palms from his body, and a chakra lightsaber waved with Uehara''s palm, stabbing it all at Yakura!

    Yakura''s iron rod flipped, and a stream of water fell from his green flowers, turning into a mirror and suddenly siding in front of them!

    "Water escape¡¤The technique of water mirror!"

    A ninja who was exactly the same as Uehara Naraku appeared in the mirror, and the Chakra lightsaber pierced the other water incarnation Uehara almost instantly.

    Yakura turned over to avoid Uehara''s attack, frowned, and said with a frustrated expression: "Is the copy of the water mirror technique unsuccessful?"

    A ninja who looks exactly like the enemy will appear in the technique of water mirror can even use the enemy''s ninjutsu. The copy just now obviously failed.

    Uehara Naruko hit Yakura''s jaw with a fist and smashed his whole body out. Then he twisted his wrist and said, "Well, the reason why I can''t copy is probably because this world can only accommodate me. ?"

    "Boy, it''s so arrogant!"

    Yakura was smashed to the ground by Naruto Uehara. He suddenly stood up, and quickly began to close his hands and seal the seal: "Water escape¡¤Water dragon...!"

    Uehara Nara stomped on the ground, and the gravel splashed!

    Uehara''s speed was too fast, forcing Yakura to give up Jieyin. Who expected this fourth-generation Suikage to not be surprised, but a thick tail leaped out of his back!

    That is the tail of Mio!

    Yakura shook the tail behind his back suddenly, slammed Uehara''s body fiercely, and knocked him out. This guy was using Yuki to lure Uehara to attack!

    Uehara Nairo, who was flying upside down in the distance, patted the mud on her body and stood up again. He saw that his life energy had dropped by more than a thousand points, which means that Yakura¡¯s previous blow was so powerful that it was enough. Easily kill an ordinary Shinobu...

    The onlookers watching the battle shook his head and looked at Naruko Uehara and sighed: "Obviously there are more ways to break the knot, but I chose the most dangerous way, but it is so confident to be able to harden the power of the three tails... "

    "I wanted to fight you as an ordinary ninja, but you used the power of the tail beast..."

    Uehara Naruko squeezed her fingers, and calmly began to close her hands and knotted her handprints. He looked at Yakura and said softly, "Four generations of Mizukage, forgot to tell you that I hate others opening up in front of me..."

 Chapter 37ï¼š Another 7 Ninja swords appeared!

    The fourth generation of Mizukage Yakura couldn''t understand Uehara''s meaning, but he could see Uehara''s palm in Yuiyin, and Yakura couldn''t tell whether the boy in front of him was serious Yuyin or wanted to lure him to attack.

    After all, the order of Uehara Naraku¡¯s knots is messy, and some of the handprints are even out of place...

    But his expression at the time of knot printing was very serious.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark who stood watching the battle was a ninja who was extremely persistent with Yuiyin. He couldn''t bear Uehara''s Yuyin a little, and he corrected himself: "Uehara-sama, your handprint is wrong again, so Yuiyin is like this. Is invalid..."

    "shut up!"

    Uehara Naraku''s face flushed, and she retorted: "What is the effective and invalid seal of the sea, what is the use of the seal? It is enough to release ninjutsu..."

    After ¡¡¡¡ finished speaking, in order to verify his own words, Uehara Naraku raised his palm to the sky and sternly shouted: "Lei Dun¡¤Wan Lei Tian Prison!"

    Thundercloud storm covered the sky instantly!

    A series of lightnings wandered in the thundercloud storm, one of which suddenly burst out, and fell towards the fourth generation of Mizukage Yakura''s body!

    The thick tail behind Yakura blocked the lightning attack. He glanced at the somewhat scorched tail, slightly confused in his eyes.

    This... how do you release Thunder Ninjutsu?

    Yakura hasn''t figured out yet, why Uehara Nairo in front of him inexplicably released Thunder Dancing Ninjutsu, and another bolt of lightning fell down and struck him on his tail!

    "Ok?"

    Yakura slowed down, watching another lightning flash out of the thundercloud storm, his face finally became serious: "Does this technique attack twice in one second?"

    This time interval is too short!

    Not to mention letting Yakura release a ninjutsu, even if he rushed to Hara Naraku to interrupt his ninjutsu time with physique.

    "Boy, no wonder you dare to assassinate me..."

    Citrus Tachibana Yakura squeezed his palms, and a group of scarlet chakras emerged from him. The chakras were filled with evil and rage, covering his body almost instantly. It''s Sanwei''s Chakra!

    "But this power is far from enough!"

    In Yakura''s roar, the red chakra completely covered his face. At this moment, Yakura''s body formed a coat of tail beast, with a frightening aura.

    While watching the battle, the dried persimmon ghost shark also showed a slight dignity on his face, and his hand was already holding the shark muscle knife that wanted to jump out of his palm.

    This is the power of the tail beast!

    For thousands of years, the power of the nine-tailed beasts has symbolized destruction and rage, and the human pillar power that can use the power of the tailed beasts can easily become a strong shadow-level.

    The next moment, the ground under Yakura''s feet shattered instantly!

    The half-tailed Yakura almost ignored the lightning attack, and turned into a red monster, rushing in the direction of Uehara Naraku. His speed was so fast that Uehara could hardly see his movements!

    In the next second, Yakura rushed in front of Uehara, and the fist wrapped in the tail beast Chakra was about to hit Uehara''s chest!

    "Command¡¤Shockwave."

    A magic puppet appeared in Uehara''s hands, and the magic puppet suddenly opened, and the surrounding space was quickly pulled and distorted visible to the naked eye!

    Yakura was pulled by the distortion of the space and shrunk into a ball!

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes fell indifferently on Yakura''s body, a purple energy ray shot out of his eyes, and the Chakra coat on Yakura''s body was instantly burnt out!

    "Ah ah ah ah ah..."

    The intense pain and the pain of disappearing from the surface of the body made Yakura scream uncontrollably, his body slowly emerged with scales, using the power of the three tails to try to resist the attack of the energy rays.

    Finally, a huge monster suddenly appeared!

    The complete Sanwei Isosuke appeared in front of Uehara Naraku again, but his body was very miserable right now, with pitted wounds everywhere.

    "Roar!"

    The life form disintegration ray continues!

    Even if Mitsuo appeared, he was still enduring the pain that eroded the soul with great difficulty. There was an boundless wave of water under it, surging toward Uehara Naraku!

    The energy rays in Uehara''s eyes kept on, just casually stretched out his palms, summoning a huge wind wall: "Wind escape, wind barrier!"

    Chakra appeared on the wall of wind, and overturned Sanwei''s water escape ninjutsu, and the waves of water rolled and slapped on Sanwei!

    "¡­what?"

    The dry persimmon ghost shark who had always been calm, looked at this scene, the expression on his face completely collapsed: "It''s okay to release ninjutsu without Kaiyin... Uehara-sama can actually release two different kinds at the same time. Is it attribute ninjutsu?"

    The shark''s face is scratched and his head is broken, but I can''t figure out what this is!

    The only thing that can be determined for the dried persimmon ghost is that if Sanwei is still under the attack of the purple energy ray, its death is only a matter of time.

    The purple energy released in Uehara''s eyes is really overbearing!

    However, a splash of water at Sanwei''s feet suddenly turned into a huge water man, and he flew it with a punch, saving it from the attack of energy rays!

    Then the huge water man turned his head and stretched out a finger in the direction of Uehara, and a clear voice resounded in everyone''s ears: "Water escape¡¤Water iron cannon art!"

    A spouting torrent hits Uehara Naraku!

    Uehara Naraku was hit by a water iron cannon from the front, and his body flew upside down. Purple energy rays swept through everything around him uncontrollably. The weak creatures such as trees and weeds turned into nothingness!

    "When did this guy come?"

    The complexion of dried persimmon ghost shark changed, UU reading www.uukanshu. com picked up the shark muscle knife in his hand and stood up, slowly looking at the huge water man.

    The huge water people slowly gathered together and turned into a young ninja with sharp teeth and appeared in front of them.

    "Senior Ghost, what''s going on?"

    The young ninja glanced at the dried persimmon ghost shark who was standing by with folded arms, then looked at the other side of Uehara Naraku who was standing up again, frowned and said, "That guy...is here to assassinate Mizukage?"

    "Yes!"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark grasped the ninja in his hand, and looked at the young ninja in front of him with a chuckle, "Are you here to assassinate Lord Shuiying? As the future hope of Wuyin Village, defected. It¡¯s not so good...the ghost lantern full moon."

    is now able to perform the hydration technique and the family ninjutsu of the ghost lamp clan, with such a strong strength, it can only be another Ninja sword seven people ghost lamp full moon hidden in the mist.

    He is also one of the youngest in Wuyin Village and known as the most powerful Ninja Seven in history.

    Ninto swords seven people have always selected members based on their strength and the match to the nin swords, but the ghost lantern clan has always been able to easily get the favor of the seven nin swords.

    In addition, Ghost Lantern Manyue also possesses both extraordinary ninjutsu talents and a wealthy family of the Ghost Lantern family. It has always been considered by ordinary misty ninjas to be a man who can guide the revival of misty in the future.

    Guideng Manyue did not answer the words of the dried persimmon ghost shark, but frowned at the wound on the dried persimmon ghost shark, and asked aloud: "Senior ghost shark, please answer me first, why are you here? Otherwise, I will You list them together as enemies to be eliminated."

    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª

    Ask for a recommendation ticket!

 Chapter 38ï¼š There are 7 Ninja swords, who doesnt want to kill Suikage?

    "Then which side are you on?"

    Dry persimmon ghost shark laughed and looked at the ghost lantern full moon, and put the shark muscle big knife on his shoulder: "Little guy of the ghost lantern clan, I remember you were never allowed to approach here, right? You came to Master Shuiying¡¯s residence, Do you want to rescue Lord Shuiying, or kill both Shuiying and the assassin?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Ghost lantern full moon fell into silence.

    The dry persimmon ghost shattered the illusion of peace of the ghost lantern full moon.

    The ghost lanterns of Wuyin Village are the rich family in the village. The most prosperous period is undoubtedly when the Ghost Lantern Moon Moon became the second generation of water shadows. Since then, the ghost lanterns have established their status as the richest in Wuyin Village.

    However, since then, the Ghost Lantern clan has hardly matched the water shadows of the past, and their status is too detached.

    These ghost lantern ninjas who can use the technique of hydration are very talented. They have been in charge of the seven ninja swords, as the leader of the seven ninja swords, and are responsible for managing this powerful ninja team that is not very obedient to the water shadow.

    Ninja Swords Seven Ninja squad, who are not very convinced by Shui Ying, are very friendly to the Ghost Lantern Clan, because the Ghost Lantern Clan can freely psychically produce seven Ninja Swords.

    Isn''t this a crazy test on the verge of death?

    The status of the ¡¡¡¡ Ghost lantern clan is very similar to that of Konoha¡¯s Uchiha clan.

    No, the status of the Ghost Lantern clan is much stronger than that of Konoha''s Uchiha clan. At least their clan members have had a water shadow, but the patriarch of the Uchiha clan can''t even get a high-level Konoha position.

    In any case, the relationship between the Ghost Lantern Clan and the Ninja Seven, doomed them to be unable to get along with the high-level ninjas headed by Suikage.

    After many years of war, the people of the Ghost Lantern clan suffered heavy losses on the battlefield, and their talents gradually withered.

    Coincidentally, Konoha¡¯s Uchiha clan now only has Uchiha Itachi and his younger brother Uchiha Sasuke, and the ghost lantern clan in Wuyin Village now only has Ghost Lantern Mangyue and his brother Gui Lan Suizuki.

    Looking at the silent ghost lamp full moon, the dried persimmon ghost shrew lightly smiled and continued: "If you kill Lord Shuiying here, even if you are only thirteen years old this year, you are still very likely to be elected by many people to succeed the village. The Five Generations of Water Shadow..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Ghost Lantern Moon shook his head, reached out his hand to hold the Shinobi sword behind him, raised his head and looked at the dried persimmon ghost shark and said in a deep voice: "Then I will only disappoint senior ghost shark. I will not betray the village, let alone plan. Kill Master Shui Ying in reverse."

    "Then what are you talking about here!"

    Uehara Naraku''s voice came out, and his body turned into a black shadow and appeared in front of the ghost lamp full moon, and hit the ghost lamp full moon''s head with a punch, splashing a lot of water!

    The splashing water came together again, and turned into the head of the full moon of the ghost lamp. From the hydration technique of the ghost lamp family, this level of physical attack can be completely immune.

    Uehara Naraku received a heavy blow on the head looking at the ghost lantern full moon, but she seemed to see nothing, she couldn''t help but exclaimed, "Hey, is the technique of hydration? It''s really amazing..."

    "Your Excellency is even more daunting."

    Ghost Lantern Manyue''s face gradually became solemn, stretched out his hand to hold the Shinobi behind her, and whispered softly: "A person who suffered a blow from the front and who was unharmed by the art of a water iron cannon...Even I have never seen it. "

    "Here, you see it now."

    Uehara Naraku was a little grateful that he had purchased the Fanatic''s armor early, and his life energy was restored much faster than before. It was just that during the time when the ghost lantern full moon and the dried persimmon ghost shark were talking, his life energy had been restored seven or eight eight.

    just when they are facing each other.

    The three tails in the lake suddenly turned into smoke and dissipated. The fourth generation Mizukage Yakura climbed up, clutching his arm tightly, and blood dripped out of his fingers.

    As a three-tailed man, Yakura''s recovery ability is also very strong, but the wound left by the purple energy released by Uehara Naruto is surprisingly strange, and the tail beast Chakra can''t repair his wound at all.

    Everyone''s eyes wandered, slowly looking at the seriously injured fourth-generation water shadow, Yakura looked at the people present with cold eyes, and opened his mouth and said: "Ghost lantern full moon, I order you to kill this little devil and dried persimmon! "

    Ghost Lantern Moon lifted his eyes and glanced at the people present, suddenly pulled out the double-sword flounder behind him, and replied in a deep voice, "I see... Master Shuiying!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naruko quickly put his finger up, just when he was about to face the full moon of the ghost lamp, the dried persimmon ghost suddenly waved his muscle to stop him.

    While Uehara was shocked, the dried persimmon ghost shark chuckles and said, "Master Uehara, don¡¯t worry... the situation in Wuyin Village is much more complicated than what you have seen. In this village, the so-called companions are just dead souls under the butcher knife. ¡­"

    The dried persimmon ghost staring at the ghost lamp full moon slowly moving the ninja in his hand, the smile on his face grew stronger and stronger: "A seriously injured water shadow is a ninja for every ninja who wants to kill water shadow. What a huge temptation..."

    As the words of the dried persimmon ghost shark fell, the ghost lantern full moon really clenched the flounder in his hand, turned and slashed towards the Yakura behind!

    Uehara Naruko frowned, and looked at another Ninja Seven who betrayed Yakura, and couldn''t help but ask: "What''s the matter?"

    "If it is a full-fledged Shui Ying-sama, naturally no one dares to do it, and only Taodi will attack that crazy guy if he doesn''t kill..."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark grinned, looked at the fiercely fighting ghost lantern Manmotsu and Yakura, and continued with a smile: "But if it is a seriously injured water shadow, then it is a different matter... After all, every misty ninja There is a heroic dream to change the blood mist!

    Our four generations of Shui Ying have never paid attention to his subordinates. He can barely control the ninjas in the village by relying on the power of the three-tailed man.

    What''s more, the four generations of Shuiying adults who stood in front of us are really indispensable for the decline of the ghost lamp family of the fog hidden giants! "

    Since Wuyin Village became a place of **** mist, the four generations of Mizukage Yakura have long lost their hearts in the high level of Wuyin. What''s more, the rules set by him personally made the misty ninjas have lost their respect for him.

    And the gradual disappearance of the ghost lamp clan in the Wuyin Village is really inseparable from the four generations of water shadows who implemented the blood fog policy.

    Uehara Naraku looked at the ghost lantern full moon, with some doubts in his expression: "If his purpose is to kill the fourth generation of Suikage, why did he stop me from killing Yakura?"

    "Because he wants revenge too!"

    The dried persimmon ghost said with a light smile: "The relationship between the ghost lamp clan and the four generations of water shadows is like water and fire. Since I joined Anbe, I have seen many missions to clear the ghost lamp clan ninja!"

    "Hmm, that''s all Uchiha soil..."

    Uehara Naraku wanted to speak, shouldn''t all the black pots that happened in the village of Wuyin be placed on Uchiha''s head?

    But when you think about it, Ghost Lantern Manyue really doesn''t know anything about it.

    The dried persimmon ghost shook his head and whispered: "Master Uehara, it has long been a custom for the water shadow to suppress the ninja in Wuyin Village. It is just that the person behind the scenes who manipulated the four generations of water shadow has completely intensified the contradiction."

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara nodded, thoughtfully.

    Does every Ninja Village have such bad things?

    There are so many deep hatreds, it seems not surprising that the ghost lamp full moon wants to kill the water shadow!

    The patriarch Uchiha Tomitake who died not long ago, if one day he meets the seriously injured Shimura Danzo and Sarutobi Hisaki in private, I am afraid that he will help them lift their ashes, right?

 Chapter 39ï¼š Both sides want to hide the secret

    "But, this guy wants more."

    The expression on the dry persimmon ghost shark''s face gradually became a little dignified, and then suddenly stretched out: "Unless the ghost lantern full moon wants to defect, otherwise, he must want to kill the two of us insiders!"

    "One person can''t do two things at the same time...Hey, there are helpers."

    Uehara Naruto nodded, a card was active at his fingertips, and his body flew into the air with the help of dancing, floating in the air to observe the surrounding situation.

    "It seems you guessed it!"

    The ghost lantern smashed the four generations of Mizukage Yakura with a stab at the full moon, showing his sharp teeth, smiling and saying: "No matter who it is, you can''t escape!"

    The nature of the ghost lantern clan has always been bloodthirsty. If the ghost lantern is a gentle ninja, how can he be worthy of his sharp teeth!

    Now that Naraku Uehara and the dried persimmon ghost shark had guessed it, the ghost lantern full moon didn''t even think about hiding it, but just said loudly: "Come out, don''t kill seniors again!"

    "¡­¡­"

    There was a moment of silence in the air.

    Uehara Naraku''s expression was a little weird, and he even wanted to laugh.

    If he heard it right a moment ago, the name that Ghost Lantern Manyue called out sounds a bit familiar!

    Uehara Naraku twisted his neck stiffly, and looked at the dried persimmon ghost shark: "Are you ninjas in Wuyin Village doing things so sloppily? Why would he think that Taodi can stop the two of us without cutting it?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Dry Persimmon Guikun shook his head, saying that he didn''t know it, but he wouldn''t underestimate Tao and stop cutting it.

    Gui Hao said in a low voice: "If you don''t master the technique of mist hiding, it does have the ability to stop me, but I don''t think he can beat Uehara-sama."

    "Unable to understand."

    Uehara Naraku stared at the ghost lamp full moon that was still suppressing the fourth generation of Mizukage Yakura, frowning and asked: "Are you not going to find out about the helper''s fighting power before looking for a helper? Momoji will not kill that guy again..."

    "Hey, kid, don''t look down on people!"

    A figure suddenly rushed out, and after a curse, he jumped into the air with strength, waved the big knife in his hand and slashed at Uehara Naraku. It was the one who was despised not to cut.

    Uehara didn''t panic either. He was much more flexible in the air than if he didn''t cut it anymore, but he lowered his head slightly to avoid the decapitation knife, and suddenly exerted force with his wrist on his chest without cutting it!

    boom!

    Taodi will no longer fall to the ground in an embarrassing manner!

    Uehara Naraku looked at not cutting again, shook his head and sighed: "No more cutting, you won''t see you in three days, your strength is getting weaker and weaker!"

    "Bah!"

    I didn''t cut it again and spit out blood foam. Although there was also a reason for the serious injury in the previous assassination of Yakura, but I didn''t cut it but clearly felt that Uehara Naraku''s power had become stronger again.

    How long has it been since they met again? Uehara Naraku''s strength seems to have doubled. What is going on?

    Ghost Lantern Man Yue couldn''t help turning his head to look at Tao Di and then don''t cut it, and whispered: "Don''t cut senior again, do you know?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Taodi didn''t cut silence anymore.

    It was not a glorious thing that he was defeated by Naraku Uehara before.

    Uehara Naraku slowly fell to the side of no more cuts, seeming to understand the mind of no more cuts, and smiled lightly: "No more cuts, don¡¯t taboo our relationship... After all, many people have lost to me, but let me let it go. Very few people."

    "¡­¡­"

    Gui Deng Manyue heard these words, his expression could not help showing a touch of amazement, the current situation seemed a bit out of his control!

    Six hours ago.

    Momochi no longer thinks that the time to assassinate Yakura has come, and quietly came to Yakura''s residence and wanted to assassinate this fourth generation of water shadow.

    Unexpectedly, his strength was far from enough to match, and Yakura was beaten up and fled, and the news also leaked out.

    Ghost Lantern Manyue, who is in charge of defense in the village, was the first to get the news that Shui Ying had been assassinated again. He did not choose to send support directly. Instead, he killed the Ninja Shui Ying who had returned to the village for help and blocked the news for the first time.

    Ghost Lantern Manmoon found Momoji and didn''t cut it. After receiving information from Yakura, he planned to come here to find opportunities.

    If Yakura is still intact, Ghost Lantern Manyue is still the seven Ninja swords who are loyal to Mizukage; if Yakura is seriously injured, Gui Lan Manyue will not mind sending him a ride, they have never been pacifist. Thoughts!

    However, when the ghost lantern arrived here at the full moon, he didn''t know that he could kill Yakura directly by giving Naru Uehara a little time.

    Onitou Manmotsu only noticed the seriously injured Yakura.

    Therefore, the current young patriarch of the Ghost Lantern clan immediately decided to take action, planning to kill all Yakura and Uehara Naraku.

    is just the current situation, obviously out of control.

    "Okay, let''s sort out the current situation!"

    Uehara Naraku clapped her hands, pointed to the seriously injured Yakura in the distance, and whispered softly: "It seems that our goals are overlapping. Everyone wants to kill the fourth-generation Mizukage directly. You should have no objection to this. ?"

    "¡­¡­"

    The three Ninja Swordsmen glanced at each other, Taodi snorted coldly, the ghost lamp full moon nodded, and a smile appeared on the face of the dried persimmon ghost.

    is the sadness of the times...

    The strongest ninja squad in Wuyin Village, the second generation of Ninja Swordsmen now has only three people, and they all want to kill their immediate boss.

    The four generations of Mizukage Yakura''s eyes changed, and he looked at everyone present and smiled sadly: "I didn''t expect you guys..."

    "Sorry, I almost forgot, Shui Ying is still alive!"

    Uehara Naraku didn''t turn his head at all, but still looked at the two of Momoji Nozawa and Ghost Light Manmotsu He just snapped his fingers in the direction of Yakura!

    When everyone was still a little surprised, a strange shark suddenly sprang out of the ground at the foot of Yakura and swallowed him with his mouth open!

    After a while, the shark plunged into the ground again, leaving only the four generations of Mizukage Yakura¡¯s body lying alone on the ground...

    Giant Shark assaults this weird skill, if it can successfully sneak attack, the effect is unexpectedly powerful!

    Uehara Naraku just snapped his fingers and summoned a weird shark to kill the fourth generation of Mizukage Yakura. In this scene, there was a flash of horror on the faces of both Tao Ji and Gui Lan Man Yue!

    The dried persimmon ghost chuckled slightly: "Sure enough, Uehara-sama is best at Muji Ninjutsu, right?"

    Whenever the dried persimmon ghost shark sees Uehara Naruchi Yurin, he always feels something strange, because he will make some small mistakes from time to time.

    Now when I think about it, those are just the disguise of Uehara Naruto''s weakness?

    As an excellent Kiejin ninja and a loyal subordinate, the Kakigami Kakiguru was very empathetic and suggested: "If Uehara-sama is willing, I can help you assemble some beautiful Kiejin gestures."

    Dry persimmon ghosts are good at things like Jieyin.

    Uehara Naraku nodded slightly, and shook his head again. "Forget it, I''ll talk about it later... Let''s deal with the immediate matter first! I don''t want anyone to kill the fourth generation of Mizukage Yakura. Know that the ghost shark is involved!"

    "Then our idea is a coincidence."

    Ghost Lantern Manyue slowly grabbed the scroll on his body and whispered softly: "Apart from not killing seniors, I don''t want more people to know that I want to kill Yakura."

 Chapter 40ï¼š I want the detonation symbol in the blasting knifeÂ·drop!

    The scene is deadlocked again.

    The death of Yakura cannot change their opposition.

    In addition to Tao Ji not beheading this outsider, Uehara Naraku and Gui Lan Man Yue both want to keep their respective secrets.

    Uehara Naraku doesn''t want Uchiha to have any channels to learn about the betrayal of the dried persimmon ghost, he needs to let the dried persimmon ghost be a spy.

    Gui Lan Man Yue doesn''t want anyone to know that he is trying to kill Yakura, because he comes from the ghost light family and wants to inherit the position of Suikage.

    The dried persimmon ghost shoved the scorpion sword behind his back, chuckled and said, "Master Uehara, if I need to kill them, I should be able to do it, right?"

    "Not in a hurry."

    Uehara Naruko waved his hand, he wanted to see the reward for killing Yakura first.

    Hidden mission: Undo Uchiha''s conspiracy control over the four generations of Mizukage Yakura (1/1), the mission has been completed, reward skill purification.

    Purification: Remove all negative effects of oneself, cooling time 210 seconds, no consumption.

    Uehara was puzzled. He never noticed that there was a hidden mission. He felt that the completion was a bit inexplicable. Does killing Yakura also release control?

    But the skill reward of purification is really rich!

    From now on, he doesn''t have to worry about the illusion control of Shaluyan, and he won''t be killed in a flash like Oshemaru and Kakashi.

    In addition to this, there are two common side missions.

    Side Quest: Defeat Sanwei Isosuke (1/1), the quest has been completed, the reward skill spike defense.

    Spiked defense: When you enter a defensive posture, your life energy is doubled. During this time, if you are attacked by the enemy''s physical skills, half of the damage will be bounced back to the enemy. The defensive posture lasts for a minimum of 6 seconds. Related to chakra consumption, cool down for 4 seconds.

    Because I defeated a tortoise, so I gave a tortoise the skill?

    Why don''t you give him a psychic contract directly! However, the existence of spike defense greatly strengthened his physical combat strength!

    The skills given in the last task are the most wasteful skills, because the dried persimmon ghosts around Uehara Naraku also have similar ninjutsu skills.

    Side Quest: Defeat the fourth generation of Mizukage Yakura (1/1), the quest has been completed, and the reward skill Raging Wave Howl.

    Howl of Raging Waves: Summon a wave from under your feet, sweeping all enemies in front of you. The skill range is related to the chakra consumption. The minimum cost is 100 chakras and the cooling time is 100 seconds.

    Isn¡¯t this just a water escape ninjutsu?

    Uehara Naraku sighed, the dried persimmon ghost shark standing next to him could spit out the water ninjutsu that destroys the dam in one breath. This skill can only be said to be better than nothing.

    "Hey, ghost lantern full moon, what do you want to do?"

    Taodi no longer cut the beheading knife into the ground, whispered: "Only the dead can keep a secret, but these two guys in front of you are not easy to deal with!"

    "We must keep them."

    Gui Deng Manyue held a scroll in his hand and said, "Shuiyue is still in the village. I don''t want my brother to be a betrayal."

    "Shuiyue that kid..."

    When Tao Di did not mention Gui Deng Shui Yue, his face was a bit unsightly, because that kid was always clamoring to take the decapitation knife.

    Isn''t this directly picking out that he will kill him when he grows up?

    Had it not been for the guardian of the ghost lamp full moon, the unobstructed ghost lamp Shuiyue would have long been killed how many times!

    The dried persimmon ghost shark recognized the scroll in the hand of the ghost lantern full moon, and exclaimed, "Is it really the prodigy who is beloved by the seven ninja swords? Even the shark muscle in my hand recognizes you, the ghost lantern full moon!"

    "Is that a scroll capable of channeling seven ninja swords?"

    Uehara Naraku curiously looked at the scroll in Ghost Lantern Manmotsu''s hand, and curiously asked, "How many Shinobi swords can he use now?"

    "At present, it should be four."

    Dry persimmon ghost shark knows all about the seven Ninja swords, and replied: "The shark muscle is in my hand, the decapitator is in the hand that will not cut it, and the thunder sword is in the hands of the black **** Rayya who defected from the previous generation. The remaining four are in his hands. All can be used."

    "what¡­"

    Uehara Naraku suddenly became interested: "I heard that one of the ninja swords is called Bakuto¡¤Feimo, which can channel countless detonation symbols...Is this sword also in it?"

    Although Uehara didn''t know the mechanism of this Shinobi sword, there may be engraving or psychic detonation spells in it, but its ability alone is enough to attract people.

    This ninja sword can be used with the Mutual Multiply Detonation Talisman!

    Uehara Naraku has the ability to multiply the detonating talisman, no matter how many detonating talisman there are, it is actually not enough for him.

    If it doesn¡¯t work, can you give it to Xiao Nan as an ornament?

    Dry Persimmon Guikun didn¡¯t know the thoughts of Uehara Naraku, nodded and said: "Yes, the explosive power of the blasting knife and droplets is also very troublesome..."

    Uehara Naruko''s face immediately became serious, holding her arm, watching the ghost lamp full moon that was unwinding the scroll, and said coldly: "Then let him hand over the blasting knife and droplets! That Shinobu, I like very much!"

    "¡­¡­"

    The dry persimmon ghost shark''s face was a bit weird. It seemed to think of the fear of being dominated by Uehara Naruto''s detonating talisman formation, but now he is in Uehara''s camp, but he chuckled and nodded: "That ninja sword, indeed Suitable for Uehara-sama."

    "Unfortunately, he doesn''t seem to want to hand it over to me directly!"

    Uehara Naraku squeezed his wrist, UU reading www.uukanshu. Com walked to the position of the ghost lantern full moon step by step, and whispered to the ghost shark: "I''ll take the ghost lantern full moon, and Mr. Gui shark won''t kill the guy again. There is no problem, right?"

    "of course."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark smiled confidently, suddenly tore the bandage on the shark muscle knife, and continued with a smile: "Master Uehara is willing to deal with the ghost lantern full moon... After all, I am not sure that I can take down the village. A genius ninja!"

    Among the current three Ninja Swordsmen in Wuyin Village, although they have never discussed their true strength, they know more or less in their hearts that if it is in a frontal fight, the strength not to be cut should be the worst.

    As for the dried persimmon ghost shark and the ghost lamp full moon, there is little contact between the two of them, and the ghost lamp full moon, who is only 13 years old this year, has never had any failure so far.

    Because Ghost Lantern Manyue never really took the enemy seriously in every mission, but no matter how powerful the enemy was, he could easily win it.

    Therefore, the Ghost Lantern Full Moon is also known as the most mysterious genius in Wuyin Village, a child prodigy who can never know his strength!

    As for the opponent that Ghost Lantern Manmoon has to face, it is also very interesting.

    The dried persimmon ghost has never seen exactly how much power Uehara hides, because whether Uehara Naruko faces the Uchiha belt soil or the four generations of Mizukage Yakura, he is always so confident and calm.

    The dried persimmon ghost turned his head and looked at the opponent he was assigned: "There is a duel between two ninjas who have never been tested for true power. Who are you supporting? Don''t cut it?"

    "Huh, the person I support has always been me!"

    Taodi no longer cut the beheading knife and rushed towards the dried persimmon ghost shark, a civil war between the seven Ninja swords began!

 Chapter 41ï¼š A teenager who is so strong

    No longer chopping and fighting with the sword skills of the dried persimmon ghost shark, it is far less fierce than the battle between Uehara Naraku and the ghost light full moon, and it is not like a twelve or three-year-old boy.

    The flounder in the hands of Ghost Lantern Manyue slashed, killing a deep trench on the ground, but the blade was hitting a yellow circular defensive net!

    is Uehara''s defensive posture, it tightly wraps Uehara''s body, and even a spike is raised at the intersection of the grid!

    "Is there only this degree?"

    Uehara''s mouth twitched with a smile, and the defensive posture of the spiked defense, a bonus skill he had just defeated Mitsuo, was enough to make him resist the enemy''s swordsmanship in this battle.

    As long as it wasn''t for Metkai from Konoha Village, his physical skills could be as good as most ninjas now.

    Gui Tou Manmotsu looked at the smile on Uehara Naruko''s face and twisted his wrist. A gas from the eyes of the flounder Ninja sword enveloped the entire Ninja sword!

    "Hirame flounder¡¤Liberation!"

    The ghost lamp shouted coldly at the full moon, and the flounder shot at Uehara!

    As his voice fell, a chakra ball suddenly condensed from the flounder knife, hit the body of Uehara Naraku, and instantly knocked Uehara out!

    This type of swordsmanship alone is not enough!

    Gui Lan quickly retracted his palm during the full moon, pulled open the psychic scroll beside him, and raised his own fingers: "Psychic art, blunt knife and cut!"

    The blunt knife¡¤Pouch has a very peculiar appearance. One end is a Shinobi that looks quite like an axe, and the other is a hammer!

    Gui Deng Manyue Fei, grabbed the Shinobi with one hand and smashed Uehara Naruto''s body; with the other hand, he picked up the hammer and slammed it on the back of the knife!

    Blunt Knife¡¤Pouch is enough to break all defenses, precisely because it will have two powers superimposed when it falls on the enemy.

    ßÑßÑ!

    Blunt Knife¡¤Pouch cut once again to the yellow circular defensive grid!

    Only this time Uehara Naraku''s body flew upside down with the help of force, and the superposition of the double power made him a little unable to stand it!

    Gui Deng Manyue¡¯s body was also injured by the spike defensive back shock, and a mouthful of fresh blood pressure fell on the corner of his mouth, slowly flowing out from the gap in the corner of his mouth...

    "This Shinobi... is too noisy, right?"

    Uehara Naraku stood up, patted the dirt on his body, ignored his life energy consumption, and pointed his finger at the hand of the ghost lantern full moon: "Hammer and axe don''t match, it should be equipped with a sickle!"

    "what?"

    Gui Deng looked at Uehara suspiciously at the full moon, ignoring his crazy words, and was still shocked by the defense technique Uehara had just used.

    What the **** is that yellow round grid?

    Can''t blunt knives and pockets destroy his defenses?

    Ghost Lantern Manyue¡¯s pockets turned into smoke and dissipated, his palm quickly turned over the scroll, and the psychic produced another Shinobi!

    Long knife and stitch.

    "I don''t want this one!"

    Uehara Naraku''s voice came into the ears of Ghost Lantern Manmotsu, and he suddenly rushed to the enemy''s side, kicking the Shinobi in his hand with one kick.

    The long knife in the hand of Ghost Light Manyue suddenly raised, and after Uehara''s attack was flashed, the steel wire behind the long knife and the needle suddenly entangled Uehara''s ankle!

    "Hmph, this time, you can''t escape!"

    Ghost Lantern Manyue waved and threw the long knife and needle in his hand. The sharp and slender Shinobi pierced a large tree deeply. The steel wire on the handle of the knife was wrapped around Uehara''s body, tightening him tightly. Tied to the tree!

    is indeed a genius ninja who is proficient in seven ninja swords.

    Almost every kind of strangely shaped Shinobi, ghost lantern full moon can be played with flowers, and use the most suitable time.

    Ghost lantern full moon looked at the fettered Naraku Uehara, stretched out his left hand, and shouted in a low voice: "Water Escape¡¤The Art of Water Wrist!"

    Seeing the ghost lantern, Moon¡¯s arms became visibly thicker!

    This is the secret technique of the ghost lamp family, which can concentrate the body''s moisture on the arm, thereby enhancing the strength of the wrist.

    Gui Deng Manyue glanced at the battlefield on the other side, Tao Di no longer lurked in the fog and entangled the dried persimmon ghost shark, now it seems that there is no need to use the Shinobi.

    "Don''t kill senior again, let me use the beheaded sword!"

    After ¡¡¡¡ Ghost Lantern quickly closed his hands and sealed the seal, he spread out his palms: "Psychic art...broken sword¡¤decapitated sword!"

    "Asshole kid, take it first!"

    Momochi, hidden in the fog, did not curse again, but after all, he did not speak out. He also secretly observed the battlefield between Uehara and Ghost Lantern Full Moon.

    Although these two twelve or thirteen-year-old little ghosts did not use powerful ninjutsu, the physical battle between them was extremely tragic!

    Every time Momochi didn¡¯t cut it, I thought that Uehara Naraku was going to die, but every time Uehara used a defensive technique to resist, he patted his **** lightly and stood up again...

    , on the contrary, is the active offensive Ghost Lantern Manmoon, who has suffered a lot of internal injuries. The kid named Naraku Uehara has an outrageous defensive technique!

    How afraid of death is this kid?

    The offensive ninjutsu can''t pick out a few powerful ones, but the defensive ninjutsu is very skillful!

    Now that the Ghost Lantern Full Moon has once again caught the opportunity to win, Taodi must support him if he doesn''t cut it, let alone borrow him with a decapitation knife.

    Only by beheading the big sword, can you cut everything!

    But...

    Momochi no longer thought of the weird art of Uehara Naraku, and said loudly: "Be careful, this guy seems to be able to use a completely unharmed defensive ninjutsu, stronger than the yellow defensive art just now..."

    However, it is too late to remind you not to cut!

    After ¡¡¡¡ Ghost Lantern Manyue borrowed the beheading sword by using the psychic technique, he didn''t want to miss the rare opportunity, holding the beheading sword tightly and smashed it towards Uehara Naraku''s head!

    A dazzling golden mask emerged from Uehara''s body The golden light was reflected in the sight of the ghost lamp full moon, and was reflected by the sharp and smooth beheading knife to the sight of the ghost shark and no more within¡­

    As a ninja who fought with Naraku Uehara, the two of them know how strong the defense of this golden mask is...

    A thought came to mind involuntarily in the brains of the two of them: The ghost of the ghost lamp full moon is going to be bad, and the Ninja Swordsman will lose to Uehara?

    Uehara Naraku was bathed in golden light, and calmly greeted the beheading sword.

    Uehara placed a layer of yellow spiked defense outside the invincible mask of the moment of the sacred cut, and just like this, he directly faced the blade of the decapitating sword.

    boom!

    Countless blades fly randomly!

    Ghost Lantern Manmoon held the decapitating sword at the moment when it touched the first layer of defense of Uehara Naraku, it encountered a huge rebound force, and the entire decapitating sword was completely destroyed!

    The sharp beheading knife is even so, the body of the ghost lamp full moon is even more unhelpful, the whole person is injured by the force of the counter shock, the genius ninja in the foggy village suddenly sprayed out blood, and the bones on his body do not know how many broken...

    Uehara Naruto opened his eyes and looked down at the ghost lamp Manmoon who was lying on the ground and was seriously injured. He tilted his head and said: "Ha, I haven''t taken any action yet, why did you fall?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Gui Deng Manyue turned his head and looked down. The decapitator in his hand only had the hilt left, which made him wonder if he had fallen into a illusion.

    It''s just that the situation doesn''t allow him to hesitate.

    "Water escape ¡¤ hydration cure!"

    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª

    Ask for a recommendation ticket!

 Chapter 42ï¼š So you are also a brother

    After ¡¡¡¡ the ghost lamp is full of the moon and the fingers are printed, his body suddenly turned into a ball of spray, and he quickly blended into the lake next to him using the secret technique of family hydration!

    Only a short time, he walked out of the lake again.

    Within a few seconds before and after, the ghost lamp full moon had already restored its original appearance, and the wounds and blood stains on his body disappeared.

    Except that Chakra consumes a lot of money, at this moment, the body of the ghost lamp full moon has completely healed, and the secret technique of hydration healing is amazing!

    This secret technique turned out to be a ninjutsu similar to the Orochi Flow substitute technique. By consuming a large amount of chakras, it can directly recover all the injuries of his body.

    Uehara Naraku looked at the ghost lantern full moon and couldn''t help but exclaimed: "If you have the top bloodline of the ninja in your body, maybe you can become a genius ninja who can compete with Uchiha Itachi!"

    This sentence is Uehara''s true thoughts.

    Gui Deng Man Yue is only thirteen years old this year. He has already practiced the secret technique of hydration passed down by the ghost lantern family very well. He can use the hydration secretary to be immune to physical attacks, heal himself, and he is extremely good at sword art.

    Moreover, every ninja sword with special abilities in Wuyin Village is like an arm, and in terms of combat power alone, the ghost lantern full moon has surpassed the ordinary ninja in the ninja world.

    It should be said, is it really the eldest son of a wealthy ninja?

    In some respects, the ghost lantern full moon and Uchiha Itachi are very similar. They are both thirteen years old this year, and they are both heirs of the powerful Ninja village of a big country. In the future history of the ninja world, the ghost lantern full moon is the same as Uchiha Itachi. She died early due to a serious illness.

    "Konoha''s S-class rebel and genocide itachi?"

    Ghost lantern full moon gave Uehara a surprised look, and he didn''t quite understand why this guy suddenly mentioned the name of Uchiha Itachi. That Konoha S-class rebel was indeed powerful.

    Some time ago, when Uchiha Itachi and Loquat Juzo dived into the land of water, it is said that the four generations of water shadows that have severely damaged the half-tailed beasts caused an uproar in the village.

    It is for this reason that Yakura left the Wuyin Village to hide here to heal his wounds. It is because of this that Momochi will not kill Yakura anymore.

    Wuyin Village is also quietly collecting his information.

    Gui Deng Manyue remembered Konoha''s description of the wanted order circulating in the Shinobi world and some rumors he had heard, and shook his head and said: "I will not kill my own clan and torture my brother like him!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku chuckled lightly, and didn''t answer too much, just thought it was a bit funny. Are all ninjas with younger brothers in the ninja world that are heavily controlled by younger brothers?

    When Uehara Naraku thought of this, a smile appeared on his face, and he tentatively said: "If you are willing to surrender now, I will consider spare your brother''s life."

    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naro pressed her temple decently, and continued with a chuckle: "Well, let me think about it... His name is Gui Deng Shui Yue, he should be eight years old this year, right?"

    "¡­¡­"

    A flash of anger suddenly appeared on the face of the full moon of the ghost lamp!

    This misty genius who rarely moved, now makes his fists creak!

    Gui Lan Man Yue looked at Uehara Naraku with a serious face, and issued his own warning: "If anyone dares to mention hurting Suigetsu...I will do my best!"

    "I guess I was right!"

    Uehara Nairobi¡¯s smile is even thicker. He seems to have found a way to store the ghost lantern full moon. This guy is really a younger brother-controlled ninja!

    Such a genius ninja refused to let him join the Love and Peace Akatsuki organization, and let him stay in Wuyin Village and die sooner or later. Isn''t it a violent thing?

    It''s fun to think about it!

    During the meeting at Akatsuki''s organization base, Uehara Naa made a vow that he could also recruit Ganshigui to join the organization. Xiaonan also persuaded him not to care about the task. It is important to protect his own safety.

    Now if he pulls the three remaining seven Ninja swords back in Wuyin Village, this is almost the largest amount of the task completed, right?

    At the very least, you have to have a fight, right?

    How did Payne and Xiaonan recruit people when they re-started their businesses? It wasn''t just a fight and intimidation first, only then slowly established a ninja world group.

    The smile on Uehara''s face was even stronger, and it was full of provocative meaning: "But even if you work hard, it will not help. I will kill you first, and then kill your brother..."

    In order to increase his persuasive power, Uehara Naruko continued to analyze it for himself: "If the news of the death of the fourth generation of Mizukage Yakura goes out, the misty village should be very chaotic, right? In this case, I want to kill you. It doesn''t seem to be too difficult for my brother!"

    "Asshole!"

    Gui Deng Manyue knew that the young ninja in front of him wanted to provoke him, but when it came to the ghost Deng Shui Yue, he still showed his anger: "Give up your unrealistic ideas! I will kill you here!"

    After ¡¡¡¡Gui Deng Manyue said angrily, his body turned into a huge water man, and he slammed it down at the location of Uehara Naraku!

    boom!

    The waves splash!

    Shuiren¡¯s fist slammed into Uehara Naraku¡¯s body, and the huge force almost instantly collapsed the earth, and the monstrous water suddenly turned into a flood and flooded the ground!

    "Can hydration alone be able to achieve this level?"

    Uehara Naraku floated up from the water, floated in the air and looked directly at the huge water man, and slowly opened his arms: "Unfortunately, there is no unbreakable ninjutsu in the world, and every technique has its shortcomings, such as Your ghost lantern clan¡¯s hydration secret technique is very afraid of Thunder Ninjutsu..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Hearing Uehara¡¯s words, the incarnation of the ghost lantern full moon, the water man paused, his huge palms began to close his hands, and the water wave on the ground surged along the water man¡¯s body. Falling between his fingers, like a waterfall...

    The sound of the ghost lantern full moon came out of the water man, and he shouted coldly: "You have no chance to release the water escape ninjutsu... the water escape, the water burst!"

    A stream of water spouted from the water man¡¯s mouth and hit Uehara in the direction of Naraku. The waves rushed and splashed, forming a huge water ball-shaped lake, trapping Uehara!

    Uehara Naraku glanced at his drenched clothes. When he was about to emerge from the water polo, he suddenly felt that the density of the surrounding water suddenly became smaller, and he was squeezing his body!

    The guy with the full moon of the ghost lamp completely melted into the water!

    In ¡¡¡¡ Ninja world, every water escape ninja uses big water blasting waves, which can change the terrain, but extremely consumes Chakra''s ninjutsu, because they have coordinated attack methods.

    For example, after using a large burst of water to rush the waves, the dried persimmon ghost shark will use the large burst of water to rush the waves, and it will enter the fusion shark muscle form and hit the opponent in the water.

    Ghost Lantern uses a large explosion of water to rush the waves, and also wants to cooperate with the hydration technique. In the huge round water ball they are in, every drop of water is a part of his body!

    Every drop of water will be manipulated by him!

    Ghost Lantern Full Moon can fully develop his family''s hydration mystery, no wonder he dares to appear here, just in his current state, is it more than enough to defeat Renzhu Power?

    "Unfortunately...you found the wrong opponent."

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes suddenly turned cold, and he lifted his palm: "Then let you see my Thunder Run Ninjutsu! Lei Dun¡¤Wan Lei Tian Jiao!"

 Chapter 43ï¼š He actually aims not to be cut again, he is not promising!

    A thundercloud storm emerged!

    Uehara Naruto smiled lightly, the Chakra in his body quickly flowed into the thundercloud storm in his hand, and the volume of the thundercloud storm expanded almost instantly.

    "Let me see where you are!"

    As soon as Uehara Naraku''s voice fell, the area of ??the thundercloud storm covered a huge water ball, and lightning bolts drifted in it...

    A flash of lightning quickly broke away from the clouds and struck a certain position in the water, where the face of the ghost lantern full moon was looming!

    Gui Deng Man Yue can only bear the blow bluntly, his head slowly exposed, and his face is still a little weird: "I didn''t see any Jieyin gesture..."

    But time cannot tolerate ghosts, lights, and full moon!

    Outside the thundercloud storm caused by the ten thousand thunder sky, a layer of arc lightning is swimming outside, converging into an isolated cage, within this cage, lightning continues to fall!

    One after another lightning strikes the body of the ghost lantern full moon!

    "The power of ninjutsu is not very powerful."

    Ghost Lantern Passively bears the lightning attack, lowered his head and continued to analyze: "But is this technique continuous? And the frequency of attacks is very high..."

    In just a few seconds, the ghost lantern full moon was forced to exit the state of hydration.

    This is the defect of the hydration technique of the ghost lamp family. Once the body is unable to fully hydrate after encountering lightning, it will be forced to manifest itself.

    The huge round water ball completely lost the chakra of the ghost lamp full moon, and turned into waves of water into the lake, revealing the two figures of Uehara Naraku and ghost lamp full moon.

    "Water escape¡¤The technique of water prison!"

    When the huge water ball was about to dissipate, the ghost lantern full moon began to quickly seal, releasing his own defensive ninjutsu.

    The stagnant water on the ground surged up quickly, forming a hollow water prison just enough to envelop the full moon of the ghost lamp, and resisting the lightning falling in the thundercloud storm.

    A series of lightning bolts smashed into the water prison one after another!

    Uehara Nara walked towards the ghost lantern full moon step by step, watching his expression through the water prison, and finally decided to tentatively persuade him to surrender: "Do you want to save your brother''s life? As long as you surrender to me now and join our organization, I will Let you and your brother make a living."

    "¡­¡­"

    Gui Deng Moon raised his head, looking at the broad thundercloud storm in the sky, his mood gradually became immersed, and he fell into a long silence.

    If he died here, his brother Gui Deng Shuiyue, who is now only eight years old, would definitely not be able to live in this cannibalistic Wuyin Village.

    But he still bears the last wish of revitalizing the family!

    After a while, the ghost lantern full moon slowly raised her head and looked at Naraku Uehara: "The ghost lantern clan is the ninja clan who participated in the establishment of Wuyin Village. Our ancestor, the ghost lantern Huan Yue, has become the second generation water shadow of Wuyin Village. ¡­"

    "Oh, I know him."

    Uehara Nana said, "I heard that the second-generation Suikage led the fog hidden force to attack the land of fire and failed, and turned around to attack the land of the land, and ended up with the second-generation land..."

    Not only that, their bodies were buried together before they died.

    Later they were all dug up by a tomb thief named Yao Shidou.

    Uehara Naraku smiled suddenly and said softly, "Does your family background have anything to do with your surrender? There are ninjas from the Uchiha clan in our organization. The ghost lantern clan doesn''t seem to be particularly noble, right?"

    "Not noble."

    Gui Deng Manyue frowned, his face hesitantly said: "Ghost lamp clan only left me and Shuiyue, I also bear the responsibility of revitalizing the family, I can not become a traitor..."

    Not only cannot, but also dare not.

    Once his elder brother becomes rebellious, how can his younger brother Gui Deng Shui Yue live in Wuyin Village?

    will definitely be killed!

    When the ghost lantern was talking, he proposed another solution: "If I can, I am willing to reach a cooperative relationship with your superiors, and even send you some information about the village."

    Gui Deng Manyue is really worried about his brother, so he even violated his ninja rules and became the spy of Uehara Nalu in the misty village.

    Once the ghost lantern becomes a water shadow on the full moon, Uehara may replace the Uchiha belt soil as the new back-controller of Wuyin Village, but the ghost lantern will not survive the fate of seventeen years old. Will he stay in Wuyin Village and wait for death?

    Moreover, Uehara Naraku doesn''t know how to illusion, what can he use to restrain the ghost lantern full moon?

    This guy only has his brother and the Fuxing family in his heart. Other things, the full moon in the ghost lamp must be a little careless!

    Wait, brother?

    Uehara Naraku suddenly remembered another pair of strangely related brothers in Ninja, and looked at the ghost lantern full moon and smiled lightly: "Do you believe that your brother will become stronger than you? I have a way, do you want to hear it?"

    "any solution?"

    Gui Deng Moon raised his head subconsciously. As an older brother, he certainly believed that his younger brother would surpass him!

    "You feel like making your brother a ninja who will revenge against you..."

    Uehara Naraku showed a malicious smile on his face: "Will he become stronger at an unimaginable speed and become a person who revives the ghost lamp clan? Maybe he will have a chance to become a water shadow of the five generations in the future!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Ghost Lantern was confused for a moment after the full moon, and shook his head and said: "Shuiyue is the only one left to live in the **** fog. It is impossible for him to survive... There are many people in the village who are hostile to the Ghost Lantern clan."

    "Then entrust him to someone worthy of trust."

    Uehara Naraku thought of the brown-haired female ninja who gave him cookies, and softly suggested, "Now I kill Yakura, and the blood mist will end soon! Think of a way to entrust your brother to the village of Wuyin. That ninja named Terumi Mei, UU reading , do you think she will take care of your brother?"

    Terumi Mei, a woman with a bad look, seems to like to take care of the younger generation of Wuyin Village very much. The third-generation successor of the ninja flounder, Chojuro, is well taken care of by her.

    "Senior Terumi Mei?"

    Gui Deng Manyue¡¯s eyes suddenly lit up, but he hesitated: "Senior Terumi Ming does take care of the back in the village, but she is already 23 years old this year. She should be married soon..."

    "Oh, are you only twenty-three?"

    Uehara Naraku remembered that when Terumi gave him cookies, she looked a little youthful and beautiful, but this did not delay Uehara''s words: "Don''t worry about this! Don''t say she is only 23 years old, even if she is At thirty-two, she can''t get married!"

    Uehara Naraku, in order to increase his persuasive power, continued: "Terumi Ming¡¯s double blood succession boundary is very vicious, no one in Wuyin Village should dare to marry her, right?"

    "...Your Excellency makes sense."

    Ghost Lantern Manyue nodded unconsciously. Many ninjas who admired Terumimei gave up on her pursuit after seeing Terumimei''s fighting style.

    Now Terumi has no suitors.

    Some men with broken mouths in the village said that instead of expecting Terumi Mei to marry, it is better to expect her to become Suikage!

    Gui Deng Man Yue didn''t think too much about Terumi Ming, he paid more attention to his brother.

    Gui Deng Manyue solemnly looked at Uehara, and pleaded: "Now, please tell me how to make Shuiyue stronger! Now he is aiming not to kill seniors again, his vision is a bit short..."

    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª

    Ask for a recommendation ticket!

 Chapter 44ï¼š 1 person whose strength does not match his ambition

    Ghost Deng Manyue is most dissatisfied with his brother, Gui Deng Shui Yue, is that Gui Deng Shui Yue actually aims to surpass Tao Di and never cut it again.

    Gui Deng Manyue believes that as long as Ghost Deng Shui Yue inherits a Shinobi, his strength should be able to surpass Taodi and not cut.

    This goal is simply embarrassing.

    Although this is the truth, it is a bit inappropriate to say it on this occasion.

    Because the other party in the mouth of the ghost lamp full moon is still on the scene.

    Taodi no longer cuts still relying on the technique of fog hiding and the entanglement of dried persimmon ghost sharks. After hearing the words of the ghost lantern full moon, she finally couldn''t help saying: "Hey, ghost lantern full moon, what do you mean!"

    "caught you!"

    Before the ghost lamp full moon responded, the corners of the dry persimmon ghost shark''s mouth grinned, and the handle of the shark muscle sword in his hand stretched and flew to a position in the fog: "Sark muscle¡¤Flying chain cut!"

    "Asshole!"

    Taodi didn''t cut it anymore and didn''t have a decapitation knife in his hand. He could only be chopped out of the fog by a shark muscle knife, and fell to the ground embarrassedly, spouting blood foam!

    There was a hint of embarrassment in the air.

    Ghost Lantern Full Moon watched this scene, helplessly spread his hand and said: "Sorry, I don''t intend to offend if I don''t kill Senior again, but your strength is indeed a bit bad."

    "¡­¡­"

    Taodi gave him a vicious look, then looked at the decapitation knife with only the hilt on the ground, and said coldly: "It''s not that you kid borrowed my decapitation knife!"

    Gui Deng Manyue retorted: "Even if you don''t kill Senior with a beheading sword, the chance of defeating Senior Ghost Shark will not exceed 30%, right?"

    "Asshole!"

    "I''m just explaining the facts."

    "Little devil, do you think I can''t kill you!"

    "Even if I don''t have flounder, the chances of defeating me without cutting seniors are very low!"

    With a few words of effort, the fragile alliance and friendship between Ghost Lantern Man Yue and Tao Di No Slash broke, and the two quarreled impatiently.

    "stop fighting!"

    Uehara Naraku interrupted them impatiently, and looked at everyone present in a circle, his eyes stopped on the ghost lantern full moon and no more cuts: "You two have already lost, do you choose to join Akatsuki with me or let I buried your bodies in your hometown..."

    The people present all knew that Tao Di and Gui Deng Moon would no longer have the right to choose. The only thing they could choose was to surrender decently.

    Momoji no longer wiped the blood on the corner of her mouth, and snorted coldly: "My purpose is to kill Yakura and end the blood mist. Anyway, now that the purpose has been achieved, then I will follow you to the organization called Akatsuki. Look!"

    This is really euphemistic.

    Ghost Lantern Manyue is not like Taodi no longer cuts without worry, he directly put forward his own request: "If your Excellency can do as you said, let Shuiyue be able to revitalize the ghost lamp family, no matter what you ask me to do, I will promise. you!"

    "...Yes."

    Uehara Nairobi¡¯s smile at the corners of his mouth could hardly be restrained, and he didn¡¯t have a big deal, he just opened his mouth and said, ¡°If your brother is really the kind of waste that can¡¯t be helped...¡±

    "Shuiyue''s talent is stronger than mine."

    Ghost Lantern Manyue confidently promised: "As long as he can guide him, Shuiyue will surpass the ancestors of the past and become the strongest ninja among the ghost lamp clan!"

    It''s okay not to say this.

    When ¡¡¡¡ said it, Uehara felt a little confused.

    Because Uehara knew that there was no strong blood heir in the ghost lamp clan, the Ninja world was precisely a world that valued pedigree...except Konoha''s liver emperor.

    Uehara Naraku sighed and looked at the ghost lamp full moon and said: "Then try my method first, and the rest depends on fate... At least you can set a more ambitious goal for your brother and let him go desperately. Catch up with your brother!"

    "¡­I know."

    Gui Deng Moon''s teeth clenched, as if he had made up his mind.

    His younger brother Gui Deng Shui Yue is eight years old this year. He has performed well in the Ninja School in Wuyin Village and can even apply for graduation early.

    Gui Deng Manyue has always been very worried. If Shui Yue can''t be guided properly, it is estimated that he will not be enterprising, and will not cut the crooked road to Tao Di.

    I can''t say this now, otherwise I''m afraid it will kill people.

    Uehara Naruto turned up and sat on a tree trunk: "Since you have sincerely surrendered to me, then I will accept it with compassion!"

    Hearing Uehara''s words, Momoji No longer cut and Ghost Lantern Manyue''s face became visible to the naked eye. The guy they want to rely on is so strong that it is terrifying... IQ is also terrifyingly low!

    At this moment, Uehara Naraku''s face is not very good, he glanced at the Ghost Lantern Full Moon with some helplessness, because he received the worst defeat reward ever.

    Side Quest: Defeat the Ghost Lantern Full Moon (1/1), reward 100 gold coins.

    Mingming Ghost Lantern Full Moon is a powerful ninja. Uehara thinks that it is even more difficult for others to defeat the Ghost Lantern Full Moon than the four generations of Water Shadow!

    Perhaps it was because the ghost lantern full moon died young, and there were too few scenes in the ninja world that not many people paid attention to him. The system directly issued the minimum mission reward.

    Is this the real beggar?

    But the harvest of defeating the ghost lantern full moon is not only a hundred gold coins, because Uehara Naraku saw the completion of his other mission.

    Side Quest: Defeat the Seven Ninthosaurus (6/7), the reward is unknown.

    Uehara did not expect that the task of defeating the Seven Ninja Swords on the system panel, because the four-handed Ninja Sword in the hands of the ghost lantern full moon, it was directly counted as four heads.

    The last seven Ninjas that need to be defeated in this side quest should be the black **** thunder teeth mentioned by the dry persimmon ghost shark, UU reading , the first generation Ninja who defected with thunder knife and tooth. Seven swordsmen.

    When Uehara saw another mission by the way, his eyelids trembled and his expression was a bit unsightly.

    Side mission: Have three subordinates (2/3), the reward is unknown.

    Now the three Ninja Swordsmen in Wuyin Village are nominally Uehara''s subordinates. The dried persimmon ghost is the first ninja who chooses to be loyal to him, so what about the second?

    No, it should be said that the peach land in front of you will not be cut and the ghost lamp full moon, who doesn''t really want to take refuge in him?

    Uehara Naraku is not particularly concerned about who the second subordinate is who sincerely surrendered to him. What he really cares about is who is the one who refuses to sincerely surrender...

    This is actually easy to find.

    Because Uehara Naraku saw the last mission.

    Side mission: The subordinates with two shadow-level chakra powers have completed the mission and rewarded 1000 gold coins.

    This mission directly proved that the second person who chose to seek refuge in Uehara Naraku was a ninja with a shadow-level chakra.

    Do you still have to think about it?

    Who is the weakest here!

    Uehara Naraku''s gaze swept across the full moon of the ghost lamp, and she couldn''t help but exclaimed in her heart. As expected, he is someone who can''t even see through the dried persimmon ghost...

    At the age of thirteen, he has the ghost lamp of the shadow-level chakra full moon!

    No wonder he died so early, because alive must be too arrogant!

    Uehara Naraku''s gaze slowly stopped on Taodi''s body, who did not cut it. This man has always had his own ambitions.

    He also has a strength that does not match his ambition.

    Uehara tilted his head and looked at Taodi and didn''t cut it again. Now, should he take him back to make an addition, or just dig a hole on the spot and bury him?

 Chapter 45ï¼š When you surrender, you will have infighting!

    "Boy, your eyes are dangerous!"

    Momoji no longer saw Uehara Naraku''s gaze, the alarm bell in his heart, subconsciously reached out and touched the kunai on his waist.

    Why did Uehara Naraku somehow want to look at him with such a dangerous gaze, as if he wanted to bury him in the soil at any time!

    "No."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head, retracted his gaze, looked at the corpse of Yakura on the ground, and whispered: "I just want to kill the four generations of Suikage on whose head the trouble should be counted. Just now, your ideal was Kill Yakura, right?"

    "Are you still afraid of this?"

    Taodi looked at him contemptuously, and said coldly: "If you are worried about the chasing of Wuyin Village, I can tell others that I killed Yakura..."

    As expected by Uehara Naraku, Momoji chose to obey Uehara Naraku no longer. Naturally, he refused to convince a kid to become his new boss.

    As for the killing of the fourth generation of Shui Ying, it is not a problem for Tao Di not to be cut, and it is even very useful.

    Because Yakura governed the Hidden Fog Village into a place of blood fog, his reputation in Hidden Fog Village has always been not very good. Many ninjas are afraid of his water shadow identity and powerful strength, and hate his blood fog policy. It''s into the bone.

    In the eyes of these people, Tao Di will be a real hero if he doesn''t cut it.

    Uehara Naraku also thought of this, smiled and watched Momoji nodded and nodded: "This is not a pure trouble. When the story of you killing Yakura spreads, there will be many ninjas in Mistin Village. Secretly support you?"

    "Humph¡­"

    Momoji didn''t snorted and didn''t answer, he didn''t expect his thoughts to be pierced by Uehara Naruko so quickly.

    To tell the truth, he really intends to return to the Water Country with the hero title of "Kill Yakura, Eliminate the Blood Mist Sato" in the future, and may be able to secretly control the power of Wuyin Village.

    Uehara Naraku didn''t care about it.

    The dried persimmon ghosts didn¡¯t care. Among those present, only he and Uehara knew that Yakura was just a puppet controlled by others.

    "Master Uehara."

    Ghost Lantern Manyue frowned, looked at Taodi with a bit of discomfort, and said in a low voice: "If we don''t cut too much on her body, will it affect our plan? Shuiyue is looking forward to his beheading now. Broadsword..."

    Uehara Naruko asked with a puzzled face: "What do you mean?"

    "It''s better to kill Taodi without cutting it!"

    Ghost Deng Moon was full of murderous aura, and a fierce posture appeared on the sharp little teeth, and he said coldly: "It just so happens that I can also use the decapitation knife!"

    "Asshole, you thought you could kill me!"

    "If you don''t kill senior again, it won''t be difficult."

    "¡­¡­"

    The two loose former allies quarreled again.

    Uehara didn''t know whether Gui Deng Manyue was jealous of not cutting his position in Gui Deng Shui Yue''s heart, or he wanted the decapitation knife in his hand.

    But if you are so anxious, you have to attack your companions... The average moral lower limit of the Ninja Seven is a bit low!

    Only dried persimmons and ghosts are worthy of trust.

    "All right."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark kicked the decapitated big knife with only the hilt in front of it and said with a chuckle: "Don''t cut it again, go and fix your Shinobi, pick up the body of Lord Suikage... Uehara-sama, our next stop where to?"

    "Fog hidden village."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the crowd and said in a deep voice: "Don''t cut it off and declare to Wuyin Village. You killed the four generations of Water Shadow; the ghost lantern full moon will arrange your own affairs, and I will be in the fog tonight. Waiting for you outside the hidden village."

    "Got it."

    "Understand."

    Momoji No longer cut and Guideng Manyue each agreed, and disappeared in front of Uehara Naraku. Only the dried persimmon ghost was still standing behind him.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark looked at the back of Uehara Naraku and praised it loudly: "Today I saw Uehara-sama show that the power seems to have become stronger!"

    "Are you okay?"

    Uehara Naraku is embarrassed to admit that he is a plug-in party, and honest people like Kakigaki can¡¯t understand the existence of Gianbo.

    Of course, it is also difficult for him to understand the liver emperor in Ninja World.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark smiled, only when Uehara was humble, and continued to follow his words: "The age of the original adult will become stronger in the future, and may be able to surpass the ninja demigod in Yuyin Village in the future! "

    "Sansho Fish Hanzo?"

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but laughed and said, "Hey, ghost, take him as an example, it''s mocking my lack of strength!"

    The dried persimmon ghost shook his head with a smile, and then said with a serious face: "No, the power of an adult is beyond my knowledge. I don''t know what the guy named Uchiha takes the soil thinks, and he dares to fight Uehara. Your lord is the enemy."

    "him?"

    When Uehara Naraku heard the words of Onisha, he whispered, "Onishi, don¡¯t underestimate him just because he is not a real Uchiha Madara! To some extent, the guy Uchiha Daido is more difficult to deal with than Uchiha Madara. too much!"

    "Is that so?"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark pondered for a while, then suddenly smiled: "I probably know how to regain his trust... But how should I explain Uehara-sama willing to save my life?"

    "Well¡­"

    Uehara Naraku thought for a while, and found a reason: "Just consider me as an intern working hard to become a full member of Akatsuki. After all, my mission in the country of water is to recruit you to join Akatsuki."

    "Understand."

    The dried persimmon ghost grinned.

    "Let''s go, go and pick someone up with me first."

    Uehara Naraku remembered that he had arranged to wait for the response before not cutting the white, now since there is no need to respond to the peach ground, he will not cut the white again of course, take the white away.

    The trip to the country of water was fairly smooth, and everything I wanted to do was done, even a little too much.

    The only trouble is, where is the Uchiha belt soil?

    That guy won''t chase Hagi Kakashi all the time, right?

    Uehara Naraku guessed right, Uchiha Daido had indeed been chasing Haaki Kakashi and Hana Ling before.

    It''s getting late.

    Hakaki Kakashi and Hualing hid in the forest outside the misty village.

    Kakashi believed that Uchiha Daido must still be near the misty village and planned to avenge Lynn; Hanari thought that Uchiha Daido was a conspirator and definitely wanted to kill them, and kept persuading Kakashi to flee. The country of water.

    However, how could Haaki Kakashi who wanted to get the truth from Uchiha''s soil and bring people back to Konoha could give up? He analyzed the intelligence obtained from Hanabell and felt that his best friend''s IQ had improved a lot.

    People, will they really grow?

    Hualing pushed Kakashi''s shoulder, and pointed to the misty village where the fire was everywhere down the mountain and said loudly: "Kakashi, there seems to be something wrong with the misty village!"

    The sound of fighting in the village even reached the mountain!

    Hagi Kakashi''s expression suddenly became tense. Regardless of his injuries, he went to Wuyin Village to search for information: "Maybe it was made with soil! I must go and see!"

    "He will kill you!"

    Hualing grabbed his arm.

    Haaki Kakashi was silent for a while, and a little bit freed Hualing''s arm, lowered his head and said: "Even if you bring the soil to kill me, I will get the truth from him."

    Even if the soil was brought because of Lin¡¯s death, he refused to return to the village... Then why did he go and kill the Bo Feng Shuimen couple?

 Chapter 46ï¼š Overnight, 3 Ninja swords and 7 people defected!

    There is a fishy smell in the air.

    The fighting in Wuyin Village shocked many people.

    The four generations of Mizukage Yakura and the Ninja Seven were not in the village, which directly led to the fall of Wuyin Village. A group of ninjas holding bone spurs rushed in to kill!

    These ninjas come from the Huiye clan in the Water Country. They have bones and blood, and they have a cruel and bloodthirsty nature. They have always wanted to capture Wuyin Village.

    It is not accidental that the Huiye clan attacked Wuyin Village tonight.

    They had received the news that the four generations of Mizukage Yakura was seriously injured by Uchiha Itachi before, and tonight they received information about the assassination of the fourth generation of Mizukage Yakura. The patriarch of the Kaguya clan finally couldn¡¯t help it, and led the whole clan to initiate a confrontation. The attack on the hidden foggy village.

    However, the attack of the Huiye clan was quickly blocked, and Qing soon organized the ninjas in the village to strangle the Huiye clan.

    Facing the huge number of ninjas in Wuyin Village, the Huiye clan with only a few hundred people could not win at all, and even managed to break through in the end.

    The entire Kaguya clan was quickly killed by the misty ninjas, except for a little guy named Kaguya-kun Maro, the bodies of all the ninjas of the Kaguya clan were piled together.

    The misty ninjas finally breathed a sigh of relief.

    Just as the misty ninjas were about to bury these corpses, another short corpse fell on the pile like rags!

    The misty ninjas were still a little surprised. When they looked at the short corpse carefully, their expressions changed greatly and they screamed in panic!

    "Master Shui Ying!"

    "It''s the fourth generation sama!"

    "Someone killed Lord Shui Ying!"

    "Go and tell the elder Yuanshi that someone has killed Lord Shuiying!"

    Regardless of whether the misty ninjas support or resist the blood mist policy, whether they respect or dislike the four generations of water shadows, Yakura is ultimately the leader of the misty village.

    However, the corpse of the water shadow was thrown out and thrown in front of a group of misty ninjas, which undoubtedly made every misty ninja furious!

    Is this humiliating them?

    "Shut up, don''t be too noisy!"

    An indifferent voice interrupted the clamor of the ninja in the fog, Momoji did not cut off and jumped onto a pile, picked up the decapitation knife in his hand and picked up the body of Yakura, and said coldly: "I killed Yakura, you guys Any comments?"

    "Don''t kill adults again!"

    "Don''t kill Lord again, that''s Lord Shui Ying!"

    "If you don''t kill Master again, why are you killing Shui Ying?"

    Hearing the questioning of a group of Wunin, Momoji no longer glanced at the surrounding group, and took out her ears and said: "Because I hate this village full of blood mist, so I killed the waste Yakura..."

    "Don''t cut it again!"

    A blue-haired ninja broke through the crowd, looked up at the peach ground on the pile of corpses, and then gritted his teeth and said: "Do you want to defect?"

    "Yup¡­"

    Taodi no longer sneered, looking at the ninja who was questioning him, and suddenly asked: "Qing, Huiye clan group of brainless monsters attacked the village, who do you think leaked the news to them?"

    This news is really not sent out by Tao Di.

    Before Momochi would not assassinate the fourth generation of Mizukage Yakura, she leaked the news of Yakura''s assassination to the Kaguya clan, mainly to avoid the assassination failure, so that she could escape the pursuit of Wujinin smoothly.

    It doesn''t matter anymore. The attack of these ninjas from the Kaguya clan just brought Mizuna together, so that Momoji would no longer announce the success of assassinating Yakura.

    As for whether you can escape smoothly...

    There is also a defected Ninja Seven in the village about to explode, and there are also Uehara Naraku and the dried persimmon ghosts outside the village!

    "...you leaked the news?"

    Qing''s face suddenly changed. He clenched his fist and said loudly, "All ninjas, grab Taodi with me and don''t cut it. Never allow this guy to escape from the mist!"

    "Huh, just rely on you?"

    Taodi no longer looked at the people under him contemptuously, flew up to a tall building, and said loudly: "Qing, do you think I am the only one who defected?"

    As soon as he said that he would not cut again, the turbulent river water suddenly rushed in from a tall building, and instantly smashed a crowd of Wu Ren!

    Taking advantage of the opportunity created by someone, Tao Di quickly disappeared into the sight of many Wu Ren and fled his hometown without cutting.

    And the tall building that released water escape ninjutsu.

    Gui Deng Manyue stood by the window, retracted her finger from Jieyin, turned her head and whispered, "Senior Terumi Ming, after I left the village, Shuiyue was taken care of by you."

    "Does it have to be like this?"

    Terumi Ming looked down at the unconscious ghost Deng Shui Yue in her arms, and continued in a low voice:

    "If you do this, he will hate you forever?"

    Just now, Gui Deng Manyue suddenly pulled her here, and gave her the ghost Deng Shuiyue that she had stunned, and put forward her plan of defection and a spy.

    Now that all the plans have been made, and his brother has been ravaged again, Ghost Lantern Moon¡¯s defection is actually a foregone conclusion.

    "Things can''t go back."

    Ghost Lantern Moon shook his head and said in a low voice: "For the safety of Wuyin Village, I must join that evil organization to find out that Taodi will not kill the master messenger behind Water Shadow. I will have important information about Water Country in the future. I will find a way to deliver it to you."

    "I know."

    Terumi Mei sighed, and immediately said with a serious face: "Then tomorrow I will apply to Master Yuanshi to issue you and the S-Class Wanted Rebel who will not be killed. In that organization, you must pay attention to protect your own safety. ."

    "Yes."

    Ghost Lantern Manyue respectfully saluted and added: "By the way, Senior Terumi, and Senior S-class betrayal wanted by Kakigami Kai."

    Terumi Mei, who had a rather unsightly expression on her face, turned uglier at this moment. She raised her head in shock and said, "Wait, has that guy defected too?"

    What''s happening here?

    The second-generation Ninto Swordsman who was re-organized in Wuyin Village now has only three people, but now they all defected overnight?

    What the hell!

    Terumi Mei is not so good!

    Can the Seven Ninja Swords be disbanded?

    The ghost lamp full moon pondered for a while before organizing his own words: "I suspect that the dried persimmon ghost shark may have become a member of that evil organization long ago, and has been secretly instigating Lord Shuiying to slaughter the ninjas from the same village... I will also do this. Find a way to find out."

    "¡­¡­"

    Terumi Mei clenched her fists abruptly, her nails almost sinking into the flesh, her body stiffened for a while, and she reluctantly said: "I see, you should leave here first! The people in the village should want to Start chasing you...When we have the power to destroy that evil organization, I will find a way to resolve the matter between your brothers."

    "Yes."

    The ghost lantern disappeared in front of Terumi Mei instantly after the full moon.

    After leaving Wuyin Village, Guideng Manyue couldn''t help feeling a little bit emotional in his heart. The new boss he trusted really knew Terumi Mei!

    The brown-haired beauty heard the half-truth and half-fake plan he had compiled, and not only promised him to take care of Gui Deng Shui Yue, she would also find a way to mediate for him in the future.

    Gui Deng Moon¡¯s heart still has a little guilt...

    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª

    Ask for a recommendation ticket for a reward!

 Chapter 47ï¼š Kaguya-kun Maro, do you want to pick up trash at once!

    The sound of fighting in Wuyin Village disappeared.

    Haaki Kakashi didn''t have time to rush to search for the trail of Uchiha belt soil, because he and Hanari happened to meet another roadblocker.

    Haki Kakashi guarded Hana Bell behind him, held his ninja sword tightly, and watched vigilantly at the ninja who was blocking their way: "Oshemaru..."

    "What a coincidence, Kakashi-kun!"

    Oshemaru''s mouth couldn''t help but chuckle. Since he completed his reincarnation and defected to the Akatsuki organization, he began to search for a suitable container in the Ninja World.

    Therefore, he used Shimura Danzo to return the pharmacist to Konoha, and asked the pharmacist to find some young talented ninjas by constantly taking the Ninja test.

    In addition to this, Oshemaru himself also rushed to the Land of Water, hoping to find some teenagers with blood inheritance limits here.

    Today, the excitement of Wuyin Village, Dashemaru will naturally not be missed.

    It happened that Da She Wan also met a teenager who was suitable for being a reincarnation container, because that teenager''s eyes were pleasing, and he also had bones and blood.

    If this young man with bones can be killed out of Wuyin Village and come back alive, Dashemaru intends to bring him back to his base as an alternative container.

    As a result, when Dashemaru was waiting here eagerly, he unexpectedly saw Kakashi Hagiki near the Wuyin Village.

    This thing is making trouble...

    It¡¯s rare to see a ninja from my hometown when I¡¯m out, O Shemaru doesn¡¯t feel like saying hello, it seems impossible!

    O Shemaru looked at Hagi Kakashi and the Hana bell behind him, remembering that Kakashi had saved Yamato in front of him, and a smile flashed in his eyes: "Oh, Kakashi-kun, this is another rescue. Are you there?"

    Haki Kakashi ignored him, sweating on his face, and asked nervously, "Oshemaru...Why do you guys appear in Water Country now!"

    "This sentence should I ask Kakashi-kun, right?"

    Oshemaru spread out his hands and talked about: "This is the country of water, it shouldn''t be the place where Konoha Ninja should appear!"

    Haaki Kakashi watched his movements closely, his heart sank, and he reached out and pushed his ninja guard: "No matter which country this is, but I encountered the most dangerous rebel in the village, I can''t seem to let it go anymore. I''ve passed you!"

    This man is simply his demon!

    Since Oshemaru defected, Hagi Kakashi has been tracking his tracks, and encountered many things in the middle, which made Kakashi hate Oshemaru even more.

    "Ha, shouldn''t the most dangerous traitor in the village be Itachi-kun?"

    Oshemaru laughed out loud, staring at Hagi Kakashi and said, "If we fight here, it will attract Mizumaru. I don''t care, but the little girl behind Kakashi-kun will be very difficult. Survive?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Haaki Kakashi was silent.

    Because Hualing had rescued him before, he would definitely not be able to throw away Hualing''s desperate fight, so he could only passively throw a rat-catcher.

    Now in order for Hualing, Kakashi must find a way to escape first.

    Oshemaru seemed to be aware of Kakashi''s thoughts, and smiled and said, "Don''t worry, I won''t do it to you here. Before the container I want comes back, it''s better to chat with me here!"

    Haki Kakashi: "..."

    Dashewan is really that crazy!

    One of them is Konoha Ninja, and the other is Konoha Rebellion. How can they chat peacefully in such a dangerous place near Fog Village?

    Oshemaru glanced at Kakashi, and continued to look towards the misty hidden village below which was gradually calming down. The boy he wanted to take away seemed to have no chance of coming back.

    Dashemaru didn''t know that the container of his thoughts was here in Uehara.

    Uehara Naraku and the dried persimmon ghost first received Bai, and then outside the Wuyin Village, they met Taodi and then the ghost light full moon, but they also met another white-haired boy who escaped from Wuyin Village by the chaos.

    The young man held a bone spur tightly in his hand, and looked nervously at this large group of people.

    Uehara Naraku frowned, looked at the somewhat familiar young man in front of him, and asked in a low voice, "Is the Kaguya clan who attacked Wuyin Village just now?"

    "That''s right."

    Taodi nodded again, and looked at the white-haired boy with a sneer: "Is this kid a slippery fish from the Huiye clan? Let me kill him!"

    "¡­¡­"

    The white-haired boy heard Taodi''s words not to cut his face, his face changed color suddenly, instead, holding the bone spur in his hand, he rushed up first!

    It would be a lot worse if he wanted to defeat Taodi with his strength, not to mention that he had just been killed from the Wuyin Village, and his physical strength and Chakra were far from enough.

    Taodi no longer cuts off the white-haired boy''s bone spurs with a decapitating knife, and he is about to stab him on the head!

    "and many more¡­"

    Uehara Naraku stopped Taodi from cutting it again, walked to the white-haired boy, and asked aloud, "What is your name?"

    "Kaguya...Kimmaro."

    The white-haired boy seemed to seldom speak, and he spoke slowly.

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes brightened, and he unexpectedly met Kaguya-kun Maro when he was about to leave the country of water. He thought that Junmaro had been taken away by Oshemaru a long time ago!

    Uehara Naraku looked at the white-haired boy and whispered softly: "Now all of your people have died in Wuyin Village. Where are you going?"

    "I¡­"

    Kaguya-kun Maro lowered his head, hesitated for a while before repliing in a low voice: "I don''t know, I now...have nothing."

    Kaguya-kun Maro had always lived alone in his own clan and was imprisoned as a weapon by his clan members. However, Jun Maro always believed that the cage that imprisoned him was his home, and that the clan who guarded him belonged to him. family.

    Now all the Kaguya clan died in the war in Wuyin Village, UU Reading Kaguya-kun Maro gained freedom, but lost everything, even the meaning of living.

    Uehara Naruko thought of Kaguya-kun Maro''s short life and the hemorrhagic disease on his body, and subconsciously said: "You don''t have nothing, are you still sick?"

    As soon as he said this, Uehara Naraku regretted it.

    When everyone heard Uehara Naraku''s words, they cast doubtful glances at Uehara. What kind of devil''s words are this?

    Kaguya-kun Maro reacted differently from them. He looked at Uehara Naraku in astonishment: "You...how did you know?"

    "That one¡­"

    Uehara Naraku''s expression was slightly embarrassed.

    Fortunately, Shiro next to Uehara Naraku pulled his arm for fear that he would say something inappropriate.

    As a wanderer in the land of water, Bai understands Kaguya-kun Maro a little bit. He watched Kaguya-kun Maro and said, "Kunmaro, then you can join me and Uehara, and we can go to the trash together. Picking up food in the market, you can make money and live together..."

    The confusion in Kaguya-kun Maro''s eyes gradually faded, and his gaze looking at Bai gradually became a little enthusiastic: "Can I... stay with you?"

    is quite cute white, and it is really friendly.

    At least Junmaro will have a sense of trust in him when he sees Bai''s appearance.

    "of course¡­"

    , who was about to answer, Shiro stopped and turned to look at Uehara Naraku: "Uehara, we leave here, can we take Junmaro?"

    Fortunately, he still knows who is in charge of this team.

    Uehara Naraku was silent for a while, and sighed: "Of course, but we must not say that we live in a garbage dump..."

    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª

    Ask for a recommendation ticket for a reward!

 Chapter 48ï¼š The big snake pill appeared!

    Uehara Naraku glanced around his team. There were three ninjas and seven people, two oil bottles carrying blood, one of which was still a seriously ill patient.

    Uehara Naraku looked at Kaguya-kun Maro, and asked softly, "Did you see any strange people on the way here? For example, with a pair of snake eyes..."

    There is an unwritten law in the Ninja world.

    Around those talented young people who have been displaced, the No.1 trafficker in the Ninja world, Oshe Maru, will appear, and he will drive a big brown snake to abduct these children.

    "Have."

    After Kaguya-kun Maro gave the answer, he lowered his head to recollect for a while, and began to describe the person''s appearance in words that he lacked: "That person is very strong, stronger than many people I have seen, and grows well. It also looks good."

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku was in a trance.

    Is this really Osha Maru? Why use a good look to describe Dashewan? Has he changed from Uncle Snake to Aunt Snake?

    Kaguya-kun Maro continued to add: "I remember that person said before that if I can come back alive, he will take me out of here..."

    Uehara Naraku showed a smile at the corner of his mouth, nodded and said: "Then let''s go and see, I also know the meaning of life in his mouth!"

    If you can meet the Oshemaru, then take back the Oshemaru''s ring of air by the way, because that ring symbolizes the identity of the official member of Akatsuki organization, and can also use that empty ring to perform magic lantern body art.

    Uehara Naraku thought of returning to Akatsuki''s organization base with the three Ninja Swords and the Ring of the Sky, and she couldn''t help but rub her hands. After returning this time, she might be able to become a full member, mixed with Akatsuki''s red clouds and black. robe?

    As for the glamorous things like nail polish, don''t apply it.

    Uehara Naraku wanted to put on the red cloud and black robe, not only because it made him look more handsome, but also because there was a corresponding side mission.

    According to Uehara¡¯s understanding of the same kind, there are certainly not a few two-dimensional enthusiasts who want to wear red clouds and black robes, and they must be very rewarding if they want to come!

    It is a pity that Xiaonan hopes that Uehara¡¯s future will have a bright future, and he doesn¡¯t want Uehara to mix things with the current Akatsuki organization.

    Every time Uehara and Xiao Nan mentioned Xiao, Xiao Nan''s words mean to keep him away from Xiao''s members.

    This is the sequelae caused by excessive performance.

    Uehara Naraku¡¯s identity and demonstrated talent directly raised the mind of Xiaonan to cultivate him as a successor to dawn...

    However, Uehara Naraku only wanted to play the doll game secretly.

    In the forest outside the misty village.

    Thanks to the leading party of Kaguya-kun Maro, Uehara Naraku and his team quickly found Oshemaru, as well as Hagi Kakashi and Hana Ling who were still in a stalemate.

    Oshemaru turned his head and saw Kaguya-kun Maro, a smile appeared on his face: "It seems that the alternative container I wanted is back alive..."

    The next moment, the smile on O Shemaru''s face gradually stiffened.

    Because there were a few more people behind Kaguya-kun Maro, it was obvious that this kid was not here to rush to him, but to lead someone to clean him up!

    Three of the men stood at the end of the team, each carrying a strange-shaped ninja sword on their backs. It was the ninja sword from Wuyin Village, seven people and many peach fields, ghost lantern full moon, and dried persimmon ghost shark. I have also heard of the individual Oshe Maru.

    Just as Oshemaru wanted to complete a few sentences, a naive voice came out: "Look at our predecessors, this is one of Konoha Sannin¡¯s Oshemaru. Normally you can¡¯t even see it. of!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Oshemaru''s face couldn''t help being darkened.

    Who said this here?

    Does ¡¡¡¡ mean to treat him as a monkey?

    Momoji no longer cut and Gui Lan Manyue gave way to her position, and stood surrounded by Uehara Naraku. This scene made O Shemaru''s eyes tight.

    He has recognized Naraku Uehara!

    As one of the only two interns in Akatsuki''s organization, especially Naraku Uehara, who is the youngest member of Akatsuki''s organization, made Oshemaru a bit of an impression of him.

    Uehara Naruko walked in front of the crowd, his eyes fixed on Oshemaru, and the smile on his face was slightly reduced, turning into a fierce face: "After seeing the demeanor of the senior...The next step is to entertain this Ninja world. Senior!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Oshemaru''s eyes flashed with anger, and he looked at Uehara Naraku sarcastically: "A little devil, I think he is qualified..."

    "Senior Oshemaru!"

    Uehara Naruko interrupted Oshemaru''s words aloud: "You who were beaten by one eye, what right do you have to speak out in front of me, do you think I am better bully than others?"

    Uehara himself summed up the way to get along with a strong enemy, that is, to pierce his scars and reduce his compulsion!

    Thus¡­

    Uehara''s own momentum will rise relatively.

    "Damn boy!"

    Oshemaru was defeated by Uchiha Itachi with a single look, which was what he hated most during this time, so he became obsessed with the power of writing round eyes.

    Otherwise, he would not take the initiative to stop in front of Kakashi...

    However, as a ninja with many battles, Oshemaru''s mental quality is good. He just cursed with a sullen face and then regained the smile on his face: "Ho **** ho... forget it, after all, thank you I want someone to send back!"

    "Are you too old to see the situation clearly?"

    Uehara Nairobi looked at Oshemaru and Kakashi Hagi behind him and said, "It turns out that there is Mr. Kakashi of Konoha here..."

    Haaki Kakashi was a little nervous. When Onoshimaru and Uehara were fighting, he couldn''t distinguish the situation and would not speak easily.

    Kakashi has also seen Uehara with his own eyes that use the unique Raidun ninjutsu that cannot be replicated by the writing wheel to eliminate many ninjutsu. The young man surrounded by everyone is very strong!

    And this boy seems to have something to do with Daito...

    Hagi Kakashi finally couldn''t help but asked, "Who are you? What does it have to do with... that person wearing a mask?"

    Oshemaru is right next to him Kakashi doesn''t want to talk about soiling.

    Uehara Naraku is different, but he wants to forcefully expose the truth: "Mr. Kakashi is going to ask Senior ALFy... Now I should call him senior with soil, right?"

    "With soil?"

    Oshemaru''s face changed involuntarily after hearing the name, but he knew how Hagi Kakashi''s writing wheel was obtained!

    Oshemaru glanced at Haaki Kakashi with a non-smiling smile, then at Naruko Uehara and said, "So that funny Afei is the hero who died in the battle of Konoha..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Haaki Kakashi''s look is a bit unsightly. If someone else knows about Uchiha''s taking soil, it''s fine, but Oshemaru is a crazy guy who likes to get involved with everything!

    Uehara Naraku didn''t care what Kakashi thought, and said to himself: "I don''t know why the senior Taito conceal his identity, as for the relationship between me and him..."

    Uehara Naraku hesitated for a while, thinking about what should be done to bring trouble to Uchiha without revealing his own information.

    "Hua Ling has already told me that you two had a battle."

    Haaki Kakashi frowned, and continued to pass the topic of Uchiha''s soil, and continued softly: "Who are you?"

    "There are some secrets, it''s better not to go into them."

    Uehara Naraku took a deep look at Hagi Kakashi, and brought the topic to Uchiha Daido''s head again: "If I don¡¯t know the identity of Daido-senpai, maybe it won¡¯t happen between me and him. Conflict..."

 Chapter 49ï¼š Why do you talk so much?

    "So, who are you?"

    Haaki Kakashi reached out to touch his ninja bag, and continued softly: "Why do you know his identity, he must find a way to kill you?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku''s face is a bit unpleasant.

    This Hagi Kakashi must be mentally retarded, right?

    Why didn¡¯t you ask about bringing the soil, and kept asking about his identity? Didn¡¯t this make Uehara Nairoki grow a heart of making stories for nothing!

    The reason why Uehara Naraku didn¡¯t want to do anything with Hagi Kakashi was to hide behind the scenes. Through Hagi Kakashi, the person who knew Uchiha¡¯s identity with the soil, he would trouble Uchiha with the soil. Everyone knows that Tai Tu is still alive.

    If he can, he also wants to leak out his ability to carry soil...

    In this way, how can the guy Uchiha bring the soil to compete with him, and he can be a ghost behind the scenes, directly letting him out with Konoha''s identity!

    It''s a pity that Hagi Kakashi doesn''t cooperate!

    This white hair is really annoying when he talks. Doesn¡¯t he understand a truth, it¡¯s enough for a person to know a little, if he knows too much, he will be murdered!

    Oshemaru''s eyes flashed, and he looked at Naraku Uehara and Kakashi playfully, and suddenly an idea came up in his heart, and he said next to him, "Kakashi-kun, do you need me to introduce it?"

    "No one will treat you as dumb if you don''t speak!"

    Uehara Naraku interrupted Oshemaru with a cold voice, patted his palm, and told the people behind him: "You guys, please entertain Konoha''s Kakashi and save him!"

    "Understand!"

    "Yes, Uehara-sama!"

    "I see, kid!"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark and others flew out and drew out each other''s ninja swords, surrounded and attacked Oshemaru in the shape of a product!

    "The Seven Shinobi of Wuyin Village..."

    Oshemaru''s eyes turned around and looked at the three Ninja Swordsmen, and couldn''t help but sneered: "Your hands are so long!"

    "Oshamaru-senpai''s hands are longer."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Oshemaru, and told the others: "Don''t let him interrupt my communication with Mr. Kakashi."

    "Yes, I understand!"

    Dry Persimmon Ghost Shark and Ghost Deng Manyue each wielded Ninja swords and rushed forward first, and Taodi snorted and followed closely!

    After seeing Ono Maru being pushed back by the dried persimmon ghost shark and others, Uehara Naruko glanced at Kakashi and the girl next to him, and whispered, "Mr. Kakashi, we hope we can be honest."

    "This¡­"

    Hamu Kakashi was a little hesitant, he didn''t know anything, only that his friend was still alive.

    The only information he learned from Hualing''s mouth, Daito wanted to use Hualing to control the life of the boy in front of him, and this incident failed.

    Haaki Kakashi calmed his mind, restrained his somewhat cynical appearance, and put on a Konoha Anbe negotiating posture: "Sorry, I can''t divulge information about the ninjas in the village."

    After speaking, Kakashi Hagi continued: "But I can tell you that you are in extreme danger now. If you are willing to cooperate with Konoha, tell me all the information, and I will try to save you. Life."

    This is very official.

    Most of the time, Konoha ninjas will talk to people who ask them for help. After learning more about what happened, Konoha ninja will decide whether to help, and the results are often very smooth.

    It is a pity that Kakashi met Uehara today.

    Uehara Naruko couldn¡¯t help but curled his lips when he heard it. Does Kakashi Hagi want to gather information with him?

    Uehara Naraku raised his head to look at the fake Hagi Kakashi, and sneered: "But your power is not as good as me? Konoha''s copy ninja..."

    "Behind me is Konoha."

    Haki Kakashi''s face was calm, and he continued softly: "I know that there is a conspiracy against you in Taito. If we can cooperate, tell me about you, and I can help you defeat his conspiracy."

    "This way..."

    Uehara Naruko rubbed his forehead, took a peek at the fierce peach field on the other side and didn''t cut it again, always feeling that Kakashi''s routine was a little familiar.

    If Uehara really has no power to fight back against Uchiha''s soil...

    If Uehara really doesn¡¯t understand Hagi Kakashi¡¯s strength...

    Maybe Uehara really believed it.

    "It''s not sincere, Mr. Kakashi..."

    Uehara Naruko sighed in loss, he glanced suspiciously at the girl who came out behind Hagi Kakashi.

    Because she walked to Kakashi''s side and looked directly at Uehara.

    Hanarin''s eyes trembled slightly, and she looked at Uehara Naraku carefully, silently, she wanted to invade the memory of Uehara Naraku.

    This is her unique skill.

    Hualing can seal through her eyes, so she can use the mysterious technique to capture the intelligence in the target''s brain. She wants to help Kakashi Hagi in this way.

    Unfortunately, she picked the wrong person.

    The next moment, Uehara Naruto''s figure suddenly violent, and swiftly hit Hualing''s abdomen with a punch, and smashed the girl with eyesore into the air!

    Haaki Kakashi pulled out a kunai and stopped Uehara Naraku''s next move: "Hey, what do you mean?"

    "I have to ask her now."

    Uehara Naraku ignored Hagi Kakashi¡¯s kunai, fingered the flower bell lying on the ground, and said indifferently: "Mr. Kakashi, your companion''s eyes are wrong..."

    Hualing retorted: "I don''t have..."

    "To shut up!"

    Uehara Naraku interrupted Hanarin''s words, with a cold expression in his eyes: "Do you think I don''t know how to make seals with my eyes?"

    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naruko blinked her eyes sharply, her eyelashes moved slightly, and a huge wave floated from his feet out of thin air, rushing towards the location of Hagi Kakashi and Hana Ling!

    This is his water escape skill, the roar of the waves!

    "Tudidou¡¤Tuliubi!"

    Haaki Kakashi flew back to Hualing''s side Heshou Jieyin released an earthen wall to block them in front of them.

    There is a naive dog head carved on the wall.

    However, the waves at Uehara''s feet set off waves after waves, and tumbling quickly broke the earth wall, rushing Hagi Kakashi and Hualing into the distance!

    Uehara Nairobi looked at Haaki Kakashi and Hana Ling who were being swept away by the waves, and said coldly: "Did you see it? Do you think that the entire Ninja world is the only one who can seal with his eyes?"

    "¡­¡­"

    However, Hualing, who was swept away by the roar of the raging waves in the distance, had no time to answer his words. She and Hagi Kakashi were swept away by the waves!

    Waves of waves hit their bodies!

    It wasn''t until Haaki Kakashi and Hualing were washed into the forest by the waves and grabbed a big tree, and they barely secured their bodies.

    Uehara Naraku''s body floated out of thin air, and slowly flew to Kakashi and Hualing''s side, and said contemptuously: "Do you think I don''t know how to use my eyes to make seals?"

    Uehara dropped his body, pinched Hualing''s cheek with one hand, and continued coldly: "Idiot, dare to show off your skills in front of me, and want to explore my memory. Who do you think you are? "

    "Well¡­"

    Hua Ling was pouted by him, she looked a little cute.

    Haaki Kakashi was afraid of what would happen to Hana Ling, so he rushed forward, trying to rescue Hana Ling from Uehara.

    Uehara Naruko moved his palm down, and squeezed Hana Ling''s throat first, and looked at Hagi Kakashi coldly: "Mr. Kakashi, it seems that we don¡¯t need to continue talking..."

 Chapter 50ï¼š Are you Konoha also coveting our village baby?

    The hesitation in Kakashi''s eyes was fleeting, and he first persuaded him: "Don''t do anything wrong! You want to get information with soil because you are afraid of bringing soil and want to kill you, right?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku changed color suddenly.

    Hanaki Kakashi saw Uehara Naraku''s expression, his mood gradually calmed down, and put on a nice and leisurely attitude: "Then I persuade you to put the flower bell, because now only I can help you!"

    After speaking, in order to ensure the quality of her conversation, Hagi Kakashi even began to actively praise her old friend: "Taitu is the most talented ninja in Konoha''s history. Without my help, you will run away." But chase and kill with dirt!"

    "¡­¡­"

    The expression on Naruko Uehara¡¯s face collapsed again. He looked at Hagi Kakashi with a hard time saying: "Mr. Kakashi, do you think I look like a fool?"

    "Do not impulse!"

    Haaki Kakashi saw Uehara¡¯s fingers move slightly, for fear that he would kill Hua Ling on an impulse, and repeatedly persuaded: "You put the flowering bell first, we can negotiate slowly..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku hesitated for a while, but still tightly pinched Hana Bell''s neck, and asked in a deep voice, "If Senior A Fei is the soil of your Konoha Hidemura, he is a spy sent by Konoha, isn''t it? "

    "¡­¡­"

    Haaki Kakashi shook his head sharply, and said in a deep voice, "That''s not the case. Taitu is now in the village... Betrayal. He left the village twelve years ago."

    "I do not believe you."

    Uehara Naraku gritted his teeth and continued: "But whether he is Konoha''s spy or Konoha''s rebellion, Konoha must take him back!"

    "This is what I am doing."

    Haaki Kakashi immediately agreed, and asked aloud: "But you always have to tell me where he is active recently?"

    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and said in confusion: "I don''t know...Senior Bandit just wants me to perform a task to lure a ninja from a hidden mist village into rebellion. I suspect he may have been active in the Water Country."

    Kakashi Kakashi began to explore the information in a persuasive manner: "Why did the soil let you lure a misty ninja to rebel? Is it because he hates the misty village? Why did you come? What is your relationship?"

    And you obviously let you lure a misty ninja to rebel, but you seem to have lured three Ninja swords to rebel!

    "I am from a... small village."

    Uehara Naraku was silent for a while, cursed a few words of Kakashi, and whispered his own story: "Because I want to be a higher-level person in the village, I have to complete a difficult task."

    "¡­¡­"

    Haaki Kakashi was a little surprised. Listening to Uehara''s words, he probably guessed the identity of Uehara, which is the next leader of Ninja Village, right?

    Uehara Naraku checked that there were no loopholes in his words, and continued: "Senior Afei recommended me to the leader of the village for this kind of task. My teacher, a village elder did not want me to be in danger, but the leader did agreed¡­"

    "I understand."

    Haaki Kakashi nodded, and continued softly: "Why would the leader of your village agree with Taito''s dangerous opinion?"

    Uehara Naraku gritted her teeth, with a touch of grief and anger on her face: "It may be because the leader of the village does not want me to get that position... and Senior Afei has a very good relationship with the leader. He listened to everything the leader said, and we doubted it for a while. The leader is controlled by illusion, but there is no clue."

    Uehara Naraku slowly lowered his head, and said with a sad expression: "Actually, before me, only Senior Afei in the village could get that position, but then I..."

    This is very vague.

    In a sense, this is not wrong.

    After all, there are only two interns in Akatsuki''s organization, Naraku Uehara and Daido Uchiha, and both of them seem to want to become official members of Akatsuki.

    And even if Hagi Kakashi confronts Uchiha in the future, will it still leak Akatsuki''s information on its own initiative?

    "I have roughly understood what you mean."

    Hagi Kakashi sighed in his heart, combined with the information he knew in the concealed and mixed words of Uehara Naraku, began to analyze the information he had obtained.

    More than ten years ago, in the battle of Shinmubashi Bridge, Uchiha Daitu did not die in the battle, and I don¡¯t know how to escape from the predicament. Later, Daitu witnessed Lin''s death in his own hands, and then became angry with Wuren¡¯s pursuit. I have always been taking the opportunity to take revenge.

    Later, Daito joined a small Ninja village in order to hide, and controlled the leader of the Ninja village with illusion.

    This is not troublesome.

    If the pupil power of the writing wheel with soil is greatly increased, it will not be difficult to control the leader of a small Ninja Village, even the tail beast can be controlled!

    Haaki Kakashi remembered the first time he saw Tato take off his mask, and personally confessed to killing the Pofeng Mizumon couple...

    Maybe, that thing is true.

    Since Uchiha Itachi can kill his parents and the whole family for strength, why is it impossible for Uchiha to kill his teacher?

    Haaki Kakashi thought he had finished analyzing the information he had obtained, and wanted to get the last news: "Then, your excellency... which ninja from Ninja Village?"

    Since Uehara Naraku has been hiding his identity, Hagi Kakashi is still a little unwilling. He added from the side: "If I want to take him out of your Ninja Village, UU read . You still need your help."

    "Mr. Kakashi."

    Uehara Naraku stood up slowly and looked at Hagi Kakashi coldly and said: "You don''t have to ask me this question again. I can tell you so much is the limit... Even if you see me again in the future, I won''t Admit that I told you about Senior A Fei."

    When he said this, a scorn flashed across Uehara Naraku''s face: "I''ll be honest, let Konoha''s third generation Naruto Sect other people handle this matter. With Mr. Kakashi''s power, it''s a bit bad... "

    "¡­¡­"

    Hagi Kakashi''s eyes flashed.

    Their three generations of Konoha¡¯s Naruto Sarutobi don¡¯t know about Uchiha¡¯s taking soil, at least for now Kakashi doesn¡¯t want to tell Sarutobi Hitizan; and once Sarutobi Hitachi knows, he will only choose to block the news, send A character who is good at dealing with dark troubles comes out.

    such as Konoha root leader Shimura Danzo.

    Not long ago, the root leader Shimura Danzo was inexplicably imprisoned, and now if the soil-carrying matter is revealed, wouldn¡¯t Shimura Danzo come back again?

    "Let''s go."

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand, turned and walked towards the battlefield of Oshemaru, dried persimmon ghost shark, ghost light full moon and others: "I just met Oshemaru who stole the treasure of our village here. I want to take the treasure back from him."

    "and many more¡­"

    Haaki Kakashi glanced at Oshemaru and suddenly said, "Your Excellency, Oshemaru is Konoha''s betrayer..."

    "Hagi Kakashi!"

    Uehara Naraku turned his head abruptly, staring at Haaki Kakashi with cold eyes, and a murderous aura emanated from him: "Does Konoha''s ninja still want to covet the treasures of our Ninja Village? Go away! Don''t force me to kill. You guys!"

 Chapter 51ï¼š Secretly Spy

    If only Hagi Kakashi himself was here, he would definitely have to find a way to mix things up when he encountered Osha Maru, let alone treasures.

    But now there is Hualing who saved him by his side.

    After Uehara Naraku opened his mouth to drive people, he put on a look desperately to hide the protection of the village, and resolutely refused to let the Konoha ninja covet.

    Haaki Kakashi frowned, picked up the flower bells on the ground, and left the place step by step, seemingly not interested in the treasures Uehara Nairot had said.

    Undoubtedly, after Kaka Xianton is happy, he will not easily give up investigating Uehara and Oshemaru''s intelligence.

    Uehara Naraku also thought of this, and when he saw Haaki Kakashi disappeared, he immediately wanted to get rid of the Oshemaru.

    "what happened?"

    Uehara Naraku stopped beside the nearest ghost lantern Manmotsu, and asked in a deep voice, "Can''t the power of the three of you defeat Oshemaru?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Ghost Lantern Manmoon couldn''t help but glanced at Uehara Naraku. Is this new boss too farsighted? How despise Konoha Sannin!

    Oshemaru is not so easy to be solved!

    At the end of the third Ninja war that year, Oshemaru and Hafeng Mizuno led the misty ninja like a duck to drive them back to the land of water...

    Can''t this boss ask the dried persimmon next to him?

    That guy was the one who witnessed it.

    Even if the three of them are in the period of rising strength, they want to defeat Oshamaru, it is impossible to do it in such a short time, right?

    To be sensible, I¡¯m not sure I can win...

    Ghost Lantern Manmotsu sighed, Uehara Nairo¡¯s inexperienced world affairs, but he could only explain: "My lord, Konoha Sannin¡¯s power exceeds our foresight. Oshemaru¡¯s ninjutsu is strange, and the three of us haven¡¯t tried to cooperate. Fight..."

    The first generation of Ninja Swordsmen in Wuyin Village were fighting in groups, and they were later swept away by a single net; the second generation of Ninja Swordsmen, like Ghost Lantern Full Moon, basically fought alone, and never cooperated to attack the enemy.

    To tell the truth, not only did the combat power fail to achieve the effect of 1+1+1=3, it might not be as happy as fighting alone!

    Especially the ghost lantern full moon faintly felt that the dried persimmon ghost shark was paddling the water, and the other peach field was very hard to cut, but his strength was just like that...

    Uehara Naruko looked at the ghost lantern full moon with a puzzled face: "He is Oshemaru, can''t you even solve him?"

    Oshemaru has always been very strong in Konoha Sannin¡¯s civil war, but in the foreign war, he always became a background board to set off the strength of others...

    Gui Deng Manyue''s expression is even more incomprehensible than him, and even some can''t believe it: "My lord thinks that we should be able to easily defeat Oshemaru?"

    Onitou Manmotsu did see the power of Uehara Naraku with his own eyes. He killed the fourth generation of Mizukage Yakura with a snap of his fingers, but Oshemaru is not as easy to deal with as Yakura!

    To tell you the truth, Ghost Lantern Manmotsu doesn¡¯t think that Yakura can defeat Osaimaru...

    And compared to the four generations of Mizukage Yakura, Oh She Maru has really respected their ninjas for a long time.

    "Uehara-sama..."

    Seeing them discussing, Yomo guessed something. He took the opportunity to retreat and whispered to Uehara''s side: "There are other enemies hidden nearby... it may be him."

    Relying on the perception of ninjutsu, the dried persimmon ghost shark sensed the presence of other enemies near this battlefield, most likely Uchiha belt soil...

    Uehara Naraku''s face suddenly sank.

    No wonder the dried persimmon ghost shark has been paddling!

    However, just a few seconds after the dried persimmon ghost shark exited the battlefield, Da She Maru took the opportunity to release a group of snakes with their mouths holding swords!

    "The Array of Ten Thousand Snakes!"

    Peach Land, who was still fighting, was pierced by a Kusana sword in his shoulder...This guy is really an iron waste that can''t be supported!

    Seeing that the situation is not good, the dried persimmon ghost shark hastily rushed up again to stop the Ten Thousand Snake Luo formation, but because of the prying eyes of outsiders, he still paddled the water honestly.

    The person who spy is probably Uchiha''s soil.

    And the dried persimmon ghost knew in his heart that placing a spy next to Uchiha Daido is the most important thing.

    Uehara Naraku frowned subconsciously when he heard what the ghost said, and glanced at everything around him. He was not confident that he could defeat Otodo now.

    Of course, Uehara himself can easily escape, as long as the moment of the sacred judgment is turned on, and the mayfly technique can be used to hide in the ground and escape from the dirt track.

    However, the Seven Ninjas, whom he had worked so hard to draw in in the Land of Water, picked up Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro, how could this be easily abandoned by Uehara?

    Uehara Naraku rolled his eyes and looked at Oshemaru in the center of the battlefield, with a smile on her face: "Hey, Oshemaru, you are lucky this time..."

    battlefield center.

    Oshemaru was boring to deal with this group of seven Ninjas. His ninjutsu and illusion might not be good for Uchiha Itachi, but he consciously dealt with three Ninja Sevens more than enough.

    Just as Oshemaru was about to smash the dried persimmon ghost shark and others in front of him one by one, he suddenly felt anxious, and then he heard a shout: "Senior Oshemaru, as long as you give me the information of Senior Afei and the ring of the sky, I don''t mind letting you go..."

    "Does it depend on you?"

    Oshemaru gave a wicked smile, squinted at Uehara Naruko, and then at the ghost shark and others holding a strange-shaped ninja sword. He suddenly spit out a hundred-meter-long Kusanagi sword, sweeping everything around him. !

    Although Oshemaru didn''t know what danger Uehara Naraku and the others would bring, the feeling of palpitations just now made him decide to immediately solve Uehara and others and leave the place of Water Country to avoid any danger.

    Snake has always been very sensitive to crisis.

    "You guys stand back!"

    Uehara Naruko walked up, grabbed the hundred-meter-long Kusanaru sword in one hand, and said coldly: "I''ll have a good chat with Oshemaru-senpai."

    "Yes, my lord."

    Gui Deng Manyue and Dry Persimmon Guiyu looked at each other, Taodi no longer cut the wound on his body, and the three retreated from the battle group.

    "¡­¡­"

    Oshemaru¡¯s snake pupils solidified for a second, looking at the approaching Naruko Uehara With the sharpness of the Kusanaru sword, there is nothing in front of him!

    As expected, no ordinary ninja can join Akatsuki!

    Even though Uehara Naraku is just one of the trainees.

    "Senior Oshemaru, don''t be so impulsive..."

    Uehara Naraku approached Oshemaru, raised her head to look at the cold snake eyes, and said with a light smile: "Don''t think that I am Akatsuki''s intern and just underestimate me... As long as you tell me about Uchiha''s soil , Hand over the ring of emptiness, I don''t mind keeping you alive!"

    Oshemaru glanced at Uehara disdainfully, and snorted coldly: "Huh, if you want to threaten me, let Penn come!"

    There is one member of the Akatsuki organization.

    Except for Payne and Uchiha Itachi, Onamaru didn''t put any other members in his eyes, because he suffered a lot from those two.

    "Then follow the advice of Oshamaru-senpai!"

    Uehara Naraku chuckled, Oshamaru''s words were just what he wanted.

    Uehara¡¯s fingertips suddenly appeared with a black stick, and he pierced his arm with the black stick suddenly, with painful seals on his face: ¡°Ninfa¡¤Psychic!¡±

    A psychic spell was formed under his palm!

    After the black chakra rod entered his body, Uehara felt that a chakra of other people had entered his body in an instant, probing his location!

    Making six chakra sensors is extremely overbearing!

    As the abnormal chakra in Uehara gradually dissipated, the smoke of psychic art floated up, and a figure appeared in front of everyone from the psychic array!

    is the Heavenly Way Penn!

    Payne''s reincarnation eyes slowly lifted, and the cold voice fell into everyone''s ears: "Uehara, have you encountered any trouble?"

 Chapter 52ï¼š Is Daido a spy sent by Danzo?

    The moment he saw Payne, the smile on Dashemaru''s face suddenly stiffened!

    Obviously he just wanted to taunt Uehara Naraku, so why did he really summon Penn?

    How is this going?

    Oshemaru¡¯s first thought turned out to be why Penn was channeled out, whether it was the ability of the reincarnation eye or Penn was no longer a real human...

    If ninjas and ninjas can communicate with each other, how much influence will it have on the ninja¡¯s intelligence transmission and technology?

    O She Maru himself is really not sure that he can defeat Tiandao Payne, especially since he has just reincarnated without a corpse and abandoned his body...

    "Master Yahiko."

    Uehara Naraku''s words interrupted Oshemaru''s cranky thoughts. The boy raised his palm and pointed at Oshemaru, and said to Payne: "We met Akatsuki''s traitor."

    "Oshe Maru?"

    Payne raised his eyes and stretched out his palm towards Dashemaru: "Then solve it quickly, I don''t have much time to show up... Vientiane Tianyin!"

    A weird gravitational pull pulled Oshemaru to the position of Payne!

    Dashemaru refused to sit still, he spit out a long snake again from his mouth, and spit out a grass naginata sword from his mouth, stabbing it in the direction of Payne!

    "Shen Luo Tianzheng!"

    A repulsive force violently exploded, knocking the big snake pill away at a faster speed!

    This crushing battle ended, Da She Wan did not have any power to fight back, and was seriously injured by the two techniques of Heavenly Dao Penn!

    Whether it is the full moon of the ghost lantern, the dried persimmon ghost shark, or the peach ground no longer cut, the expressions are a bit horrified looking at the figure of Heavenly Dao Payne.

    The Dashemaru, which the three of them could not defeat just now, was defeated by this man wearing a red cloud and black robe in a few seconds, and there was even no room for resistance!

    "All right."

    Tiandao Payen Yun lightly retracted his palm, ignoring the tattered Dashewan in the distance, turning his head to look at the surrounding dry persimmon ghost shark and others, and finally looked down at the teenager beside him: "These are also enemies. ?"

    "..."

    The expressions of Ghost Lantern Man Yue and others suddenly became nervous.

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and explained softly: "They are all the Seven Ninja Swordsmen from Wuyin Village, and they are the people I recruited in the Land of Water."

    "..."

    It was Payne''s turn to be speechless.

    Obviously the task assigned to Uehara was only to recruit a dried persimmon ghost shark, why did he recruit other people as a reserve member after the death of the dried persimmon ghost shark?

    Xiao Nan''s disciple, unexpectedly very capable!

    Akatsuki¡¯s staff has been decimated, and Uehara has recruited so many candidates, which saves them the trouble of finding ways to recruit new members...

    "Apart from these..."

    Uehara Naraku considered his own remarks and continued softly, "Does Yahiko-sama know the true identity of Senior Afei?"

    "Uehara, what do you ask these for?"

    Payne''s expression changed, he actually didn''t want to leak out the fact that A Fei was Uchiha Madara, because there was a lot of involvement in it.

    But after thinking about it for a while, Payne spoke to appease Uehara: "Xiao Nan has returned to the base. After you come back, let your teacher tell you!"

    "and many more¡­"

    How can this work!

    If it is purely to deal with the Oshemaru, there is no need for psychic Heavenly Way Penn. Uehara''s main purpose is to deter the secretly prying Uchiha belt soil.

    In this way, as long as Uehara informs Payne of the information in advance, there is no need for the team to conceal the news if Daitu wants to assassinate them.

    Uehara Naraku hurriedly explained: "Master Yahiko, I ran into Konoha''s Kakashi Hagi by chance a few days ago. Kakashi had contact with Afei-senpai, and Kakashi called Afei-senpai..."

    After speaking, when Uehara Naraku saw that Payne was still disapproving, he continued to add: "Senior Afei wanted to kill me after hearing this name. Fortunately, Mr. Nan gave me 100 million detonation charms to escape... "

    "He is going to kill you?"

    Payne''s brows couldn''t help but frowned: "I want to kill you because his name leaked out?"

    This matter has become complicated.

    The past scenes appeared in Payne''s mind, when the mysterious masked man Kazuzu appeared in front of them, claiming to be Ninja Shura Uchiha Madara, the person who guided the eyes of the immortal.

    It happened to be in that period.

    Shimura Danzo and Sanjiao Hanzo conspired to encircle the growing Akatsuki organization, including its leader Yahiko, who died in battle. Only Nagato himself and Xiaonan survived.

    If the real name of the mysterious mask man is Daido and he is a Konoha ninja, then there must be some conspiracy hidden in it!

    Konoha''s Shimura Danzo joined forces with Hanzo to encircle them;

    Another Konoha ninja showed up to guide Nagato. If these two things are not related, no one would think it was possible, right?

    Especially just before the mysterious masked man and Zetsu appeared, Yahiko refused their proposal, and immediately after Akatsuki encountered the encirclement and suppression of Shimura Danzo and Yuyin Village!

    After Penn stood there thinking for a while, his face suddenly became gloomy, and he suddenly said, "That guy...maybe a spy sent by Danzang?"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku didn''t understand Payne''s brain circuit, his face was a little at a loss: "This is just information I got by accident..."

    After speaking, Naraku Uehara saw the Oshemaru on the ground, and suddenly added: "Wait, I remembered... Oshemaru mentioned that Motou is a Konoha hero who died in battle. Know his information!"

    "Good job!"

    Payne''s eyes lit up and he praised him approvingly. He stretched out his palm and stroked Uehara Naraku''s hair, and whispered: "Uehara, the country of water is too dangerous for you now, get out of here now!"

    "Then shall I take the Dashewan back?"

    Uehara Naruto nodded, and looked in the direction of Oshemaru, the originally tattered Oshemaru seemed to have a lot of body flat...

    Payne shook his head and stopped Uehara''s plan with a cold voice: "That guy just ran away while we were talking!"

    "I will chase him!"

    Uehara Naraku was about to rush out.

    Tiandao Payne grabbed his clothes and said solemnly: "Don''t worry, there is another member of Akatsuki who is also Konoha Ninja. He and Xiaonan have also returned to the base, so we can check if he is also Konoha spy. ¡­"

    Payne can''t use too many chakras in the water country.

    If he was in Akatsuki''s base, Penn would have nothing to fear. He only needed to control another Konoha-born rebel member of their organization and get information about the soil.

    "Mr. Itachi?"

    Uehara Naraku''s face showed a daze. UU reading www.uukanshu. com

    That guy is really a Konoha spy!

    If Uchiha Itachi wants to free himself from the suspicion of a spy, will he spit out the intelligence that Uchiha brought with him?

    Once Uchiha Itachi knew that the true identity of the mysterious masked man was Uchiha, how would he treat this ninja who helped him kill his fellow clan?

    Uehara Naraku really wants to see the two movie kings turn their faces!

    Uchiha Madara can be scary...

    As for Uchiha''s soil...If he had not become a Konoha hero because of his death in battle, he would probably be a shame to Uchiha!

    Still looking for "behind the scenes from Hokage" free novel?

    Baidu direct search: ""It''s easy to read novels!

    (=)

 Chapter 53ï¼š Uchiha Itachi who is good at telling stories

    "I will go back to the base first."

    After talking with Naraku Uehara, Penn said coldly: "Uehara, you also return to Akatsuki''s base immediately, don¡¯t worry your teacher."

    After speaking, Payne disbanded the channeling and turned into smoke.

    Because Tiandao Penn is too far away from the main body''s Nagato, the Chakra in Tiandao Penn''s body has been almost exhausted after releasing two pupil spells.

    If Nagato¡¯s Chakra transmission is not available, Heavenly Path Payne will not be of much use, and it¡¯s meaningless to stay here.

    It''s better to go back as soon as possible and get information from Itachi Uchiha.

    Uehara Naraku did not stay either. He psychically came out of Penn, only to let Uchiha, who was secretly spying, recognize the facts. His actor status has been stripped away.

    Uchiha belt soil should have recognized the facts now, right?

    The only pity is that Oshe Maru sneaked away.

    Now that the matter is over, Uehara Naraku left the country of water with the dried persimmon ghost shark, ghost light full moon, and white, and embarked on the way home.

    After everyone left.

    The shadow in the forest.

    The figure of the mysterious masked man appeared, and he muttered to himself in a melancholy voice: "It''s a miscalculation, can that kid be able to channel Penn..."

    ''S identity will be completely exposed!

    But the mysterious mask man had planned for the worst.

    If Nagato wanted to kick him away and start collecting tail beasts alone, it would be impossible, because only absolutely could gather information on Qi tail beasts.

    The exposure of his identity this time only affected his status and image, and did not prevent him from continuing the Moon Eye project.

    Mysterious mask man is not entirely unfounded.

    He suspected that Oshemaru had detected his identity and revealed it to Kakashi. Who made Oshemaru appear in the Water Country for no reason?

    Because of emotion and reason, Da She Wan is the most likely candidate.

    "Forget it, I can only give up blocking news..."

    The light in the eyes of the mysterious mask man flashed, and a temporal and spatial vortex appeared behind him, pulling him into the vortex.

    The country of rain.

    The base of the Xiaoxiao organization.

    Penn relieved Uehara''s psychic technique, and just returned here, I saw Xiao Nan who looked worried.

    Xiaonan, Kakuto and Uchiha Itachi had recruited the flying section, and only then returned to Akatsuki''s base in these two days.

    "Nagato, is there something wrong with your body?"

    "No, it''s Uehara."

    Payne shook his head and said with a gloomy expression: "Perhaps we can find out the truth twelve years ago. Let''s go and control Uchiha Itachi first. We must not let him escape!"

    "what happened?"

    "The man who calls himself Uchiha Madara is a ninja named Daido. He is very likely a Konoha spy who wants to use us!"

    Penn''s face was ugly, and he continued with a deep voice: "Uehara has discovered his true identity and is being chased by him!"

    "I will save Uehara!"

    The paper wings behind Xiao Nan opened, and he was about to leave here.

    Heavenly Dao Payne stopped her and explained in a low voice: "Don''t worry, Uehara happened to ran into Oshemaru, I have helped him solve it; there are three Ninja swords around him, and there should be no problem..."

    "Then go see Uchiha Itachi first!"

    Xiaonan''s origami pieces fluttered, and his voice said coldly: "From his mouth, ask for information!"

    Since Uehara has not returned yet, and Uchiha Itachi has no new teammates yet, so he can''t go out to perform tasks, just sit on the lake outside the base and think about life.

    A group of paper butterflies suddenly fell in front of him, and gathered into a blue-haired woman standing on the lake, rippling circles.

    Xiao Nan looked at him, frowned lightly and said: "Does it mean that there will be something bothering you, the famous Annihilated Itachi?"

    "Senior Minan, what''s the matter?"

    Uchiha Itachi was a little depressed, he just wanted to sit quietly for a while, and didn''t want to talk to the woman in front of him.

    Xiaonan didn''t care about his mood, but asked in a cold voice, "Itachi Uchiha, you are Konoha rebel, have you heard of the name Daido when you were in Konoha?"

    "With soil?"

    Uchiha Itachi remembered a funeral he had attended a long time ago, raised his head questioningly, and added the full name in Xiaonankou: "Uchiha takes soil?"

    Xiaonan''s brows were slightly furrowed, and he carefully observed Uchiha Itachi''s expression, and was a little surprised when he saw that he did not show any abnormalities.

    Itachi Uchiha, don¡¯t know the identity of the masked man?

    Xiaonan continued to ask in a deep voice: "You are all of the same race, you should know the person named Uchiha with soil?"

    "Ok?"

    Uchiha Itachi lowered his head, and just looked at the lake and replied softly, "Uchiha Daido was killed in the third Ninja War. Because he could not find his body, he was the only one who was not buried in Konoha Hero."

    "Oh?"

    Xiaonan nodded with interest: "Go on!"

    Judging from Uchiha Itachi alone, the probability that the mysterious mask man is Uchiha belt soil is at least 80 to 90%.

    But judging from Uchiha Itachi''s expression, he doesn''t seem to know the true identity of the mysterious mask man?

    If you think so, Uchiha Itachi may not be Konoha''s spy. After all, he killed the entire Uchiha clan.

    "¡­¡­"

    Uchiha Itachi looked at Xiaonan in a puzzled manner. Uchiha had already died with the natives, so what else do you want him to say?

    What else can I say!

    Could you tell me the life with soil?

    A person who died a long time ago, why would Xiao Nan be interested?

    Uchiha Itachi carefully observed Xiaonan¡¯s sensuality, and continued quietly: "It is said that Uchiha''s grades are not very good. Perhaps it is for this reason that when Konoha Ninja graduated and was assigned, it was arranged with the most The talented ninja Hagi Kakashi was divided into a team and became the disciples of the fourth generation of Naruto..."

    A story about the tail of a crane comes from Uchiha Itachi Uchiha Itachi heard from other people in his family, coupled with his own understanding and polishing, shaped a The tail of the crane eventually became the positive energy growth story of Heroes of Konoha.

    Xiaonan couldn''t help but look a little when she listened. She didn''t expect that Uchiha Itachi had a talent for telling stories.

    The story of the ninja told by Itachi Uchiha is much more pleasant than the one he also told.

    The book "The Legend of Strong Perseverance Ninja" written by Jiraiya is so obscure that people can''t stand it. It''s really not as good as Uchiha''s story.

    "...Finally, Uchiha brought the soil to become Konoha''s hero, resting in a foreign country, and the genius Ninja Hagi Kakashi, who carried the will of his comrades in arms, also made the Sharonyan Kakashi with the Sharonyan donated by old friends Honor."

    This story is not a leaked information. Many of the contents are well known, and it is a story that spreads the will of fire.

    After Uchiha Itachi told the story, he was even moved by the dirt in the story. He slowly turned his head and looked at the well-appointed female ninja, still a little puzzled...

    Is his story bad?

    Has the Will of Fire not spread to Xiao Nan''s heart?

    "Did you finish?"

    Xiaonan''s brows frowned. If she didn''t know that the mysterious mask man was Uchiha, she might really admire him.

    "Ok¡­"

    Uchiha Itachi''s expression is a bit unattractive, and she feels that this woman is a little incorrigible: "Senior Minami, why would you be interested in Uchiha''s taking soil?"

    Xiaonan did not answer his words, but opened the paper wings behind him, and said coldly: "Come with me, Payne wants to see you!"

    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª

    Asking for a recommendation ticket!

 Chapter 54ï¼š Its okay, the ghost is still willing to be my spy!

    In the cave of dawn.

    The Penn on the Outer Golem looked down at Uchiha Itachi who walked in, and said solemnly: "Uchiha Itachi, you are a member of A Fei, you should know the true identity of A Fei?"

    Payne didn''t conceal Uchiha Itachi, or that he didn''t care about Uchiha Itachi''s thoughts, because in the face of true strength, there was no need to play tricks.

    Uchiha Itachi''s expression hasn''t changed much, but he has already turned a huge wave in his heart. Combined with the conversation with Xiaonan just now, he has guessed what Payne is about to say.

    The mysterious masked man has always claimed to be Uchiha Madara, but Payne and Xiaonan now seem to have found some evidence that the masked man is Uchiha Masada!

    "He deceived me and claimed to be Uchiha Madara."

    Payne looked at Uchiha Itachi, and continued with a deep voice: "In fact, his true identity is Uchiha Daizu, a spy sent by Konoha''s Shimura Danzo..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Uchiha Itachi fell silent.

    Various past experiences surfaced in front of Uchiha Itachi. He began to use Payne''s words to analyze the true identity of Uchiha Daido in reverse.

    When he first saw the mysterious mask man, the mask man killed his teammates and induced him to open the writing wheel;

    Later, after Uchiha Itachi grew up, the mask man was willing to cooperate with him to kill the entire Uchiha clan and lead him to join Akatsuki.

    The mysterious mask man knew in his heart that he was a spy for the third generation of Hokage, but he still told him his plan and was willing to continue to cooperate with him.

    Whether it is Uchiha Itachi who sees the mysterious mask man in every step of the action, he can see a strong dark style, which is just like Shimura Danzo''s handwriting!

    Apart from Shimura Danzo, who else would want to destroy the Uchiha clan?

    After Uchiha Itachi''s reverse analysis, he couldn''t help but panic!

    If they can really determine that the mysterious mask man is not Uchiha Madara, and he is indeed Uchiha, then he is almost 100% of Danzo''s subordinate!

    Because Uchiha has a good reputation with the soil in Konoha, there are no other relatives except for a grandma, so the sense of existence is not particularly high;

    It is impossible for ¡¡¡¡ to do so many dark things in a subjective sense, it can only be controlled by Danzo''s command!

    This is also reasonable.

    There are not many ninjas from the Uchiha clan who have entered the Anbe. Uchiha Shisui and Uchiha Itachi have been assigned to Danzo''s men. There is also a ninja named Uchiha Ninja in the hands of Danzo, which is simply normal.

    Uchiha Itachi frowned slightly. He didn''t expect that every step he took now was under Shimura Danzo''s arrangement. Danzo is really lingering.

    "Uchiha Daido is a spy for Danzo."

    A yin and yang black rod emerged from Penn''s hand, staring at the young man underneath: "Uchiha Itachi, what is your true identity? You who killed all the Uchiha tribe of Konoha, are you also a spy? "

    Uchiha Itachi looked up at Payne and shook his head gently and said, "I just want to find a place to stay. He claims to be Uchiha Madara, and he blinded me...

    Now that I know that he is the spy sent by Konoha to monitor me, I will kill him next time. "

    Uchiha Itachi did not tell the truth that his cooperation with Uchiha brought the soil to destroy the Uchiha clan.

    Once he said something, he might wash away the suspicion on the soil, more likely to drag himself into the water.

    Now Uchiha Itachi doesn''t want to be used by Danzo, nor does he want to be in danger!

    As for Uchiha''s soil, when they meet again next time, Uchiha Itachi will definitely find a way to deal with it. He can''t bear Danzo still watching him!

    "Very good."

    Payne nodded and looked at Xiaonan Road next to him: "Xiaonan, the next step is to test out its true identity from Jue''s mouth, and kill it immediately if something goes wrong!"

    is definitely Akatsuki''s intelligence officer.

    Because Jue had always provided Akatsuki with a lot of information, Penn didn''t want to kill Jue directly, but wanted to try to find out the identity of Jue, and find out whether it was a spy or someone deceived by Uchiha.

    When Jue Jue got the news, whether it was Hei Jue or Bai Jue, they were half-faced ignorant. They couldn''t understand how the identity of the soil was discovered.

    And why do you say Taito is Danzo¡¯s spy?

    Who told Uchiha to bring the soil to contact Yahiko first, but Yahiko just refused them, and then Yahiko was killed by Shimura Danzo and Sansho Yu Hanzo...

    Both in terms of time and motivation, it is indeed very reasonable.

    After Xiaonan and Payne simply reasoned, they might have believed it if they hadn''t known the truth absolutely!

    Bai Jue''s mood was a little melancholy: "Although it is only Nagato and Xiaonan''s guess, but it sounds like it is conclusive evidence. If we defend it, it will attract Nagato''s suspicion..."

    "Ok."

    Heijue has a good mentality, and he is still thinking about a remedy: "Anyway, hold Nagato and Xiaonan firmly to ensure that they will not doubt the plan to collect the tail beasts."

    "Then shall we go to see Ototo to discuss countermeasures?"

    Bai Jue whispered: "I brought the soil back to our secret base just now, and asked a Bai Jue clone to help him replant a Sangou jade writing wheel eye..."

    "what happened?"

    Heijue asked with some doubts: "Did he use Izanagi? There are still people who can force the soil that has the kaleidoscope of time and space to use Izanagi?"

    "It''s Naraku Uehara."

    Hakujutsu¡¯s half of his face was incomprehensible: "The explanation with the dirt was that I was too careless. Naruto Uehara used the detonation talisman to calculate it, and had to use Izanaki to escape... and he is anxious to see us now."

    "¡­¡­"

    Heijue''s mood is not good anymore.

    Didn¡¯t Uchiha bring the soil to say to control Uehara Naraku? Turns over on that twelve-year-old kid?

    As expected, in addition to Uchiha Madara, UU read www.uukanshu. com''s other Uchiha are all waste!

    The secret base.

    This place used to be Uchiha Madara¡¯s hiding place in his later years, and there are still a few Shirasui inhabiting this place.

    Uchiha Daido transplanted a three-goed jade writing wheel with the help of a Baijue clone. He has already taken off the mask on his face.

    Starting from today, he doesn''t need to use Madara''s identity to trick him.

    Jue''s figure emerged from the ground.

    Hei Jue Jue gazed at him sadly and said: "Take the soil, because you refused to follow our advice at the beginning. Now Nagato has determined that you are a spy sent by Danzo."

    Bai Jue lightly blamed, "Moreover, we are also implicated in this matter. In order to make Nagato trust us again, we have to bother to help him collect information about Sansho Fish Hanzo."

    "Is there no way to save it?"

    Uchiha''s frown frowned. The news was a bit bad for him, and it was not good for him to be unable to control Akatsuki''s actions in real time.

    "At least there is no way now."

    Hei Jue shook his head, and said in a deep voice: "Now that Nagato has identified you, he can only wait until his anger dissipates in the future, and then slowly clear your suspicion."

    Bai Jue made his own suggestion softly: "We must find a way to put new people in Akatsuki as soon as possible to prevent Akatsuki''s actions from losing control... and to monitor Uchiha Itachi, who has just joined Akatsuki not long ago."

    "There is no problem with this."

    Uchiha stretched his soiled brows and smiled: "I have secretly communicated with the ghost shark while the kid Uehara is not paying attention. He also believes that the Moon Eye Project will continue to serve as my spy in Akatsuki, helping I monitor Uchiha Itachi."

 Chapter 55ï¼š After so many days of fighting, then just enjoy it!

    "Wait, Uehara Naraku is still alive?"

    Heizue''s face looked at Uchiha''s belt soil incomprehensibly, what the **** is going on with this thing, even a twelve-year-old kid hasn''t solved it?

    Uchiha took the soil and shook his head and said: "The kid Uehara can psychic out of the heavens, Penn, I can''t face Penn against Penn...The next thing I want to say is the most troublesome thing!"

    Uchiha''s face became extremely serious, and he coldly looked at Juhe and the surrounding Baijue clones, always seeing them a little confused and doubtful.

    "Someone leaked my news to Hagi Kakashi."

    Uchiha took the soil and burst into a big thunder as soon as he opened his mouth. He expressed his suspicion: "I guess these things were leaked by the Oshemaru, because he happened to appear in the water country with Kakashi."

    Bai Jue immediately grasped an important point: "Hagi Kakashi?"

    Kurozutsu also grasped another important point: "Oshemaru?"

    "That''s right."

    Uchiha Daito nodded earnestly, "After all, Kakashi has never shown any abnormality. Perhaps Oshemaru found some clues from some sources and told Kakashi of my information.

    If it wasn''t for Kakashi''s sudden exposure of my identity, I wouldn''t have hurriedly tried to kill Uehara Nairobi, but I was suddenly calculated by that kid.

    The kid Uehara psyched out of Penn again, and told Penn about it!

    Unfortunately, before I had time to prepare to communicate with Nagato, I was identified by Nagato as a spy for Danzo! "

    When talking about this, Uchiha took the soil and even hit his side bitterly with a fist. He still doesn''t understand how things could become like this!

    It is clear that everything is moving in a good direction. He is still conscientiously trying to help Akatsuki, but he was kicked out of the Akatsuki organization.

    is...

    quite suddenly.

    If you just think about it in another direction, maybe this time it¡¯s not a bad thing. Uchiha takes the soil to at least know that someone has monitored his information in secret, and it¡¯s better than being spotted after collecting the tail beasts in the future. many.

    Da She Wan didn''t know that he was carrying a black pot on his back.

    Oshemaru is also the first time to know the true identity of the mysterious mask man. He already has a plan in his heart, and this information can be used for trading.

    As for the transaction partner, he is naturally his close partner.

    Kinoha Village.

    in the root base.

    Since Shimura Danzo¡¯s methods were too rude and cruel in the handling of the Uchiha clan, his roots were banned by Sarutobi, and he was also imprisoned.

    Even if Shimura Danzo was dissatisfied, he was helpless to Sarutobi Hizaki''s resolute handling. Therefore, the old man could only hide here quietly, secretly contacting his old ministry to collect information, and by the way, train the young people he had hidden. Ninja.

    "Believe, be serious!"

    "Take the roots, good job."

    "Sai, you have just graduated this year. Next year, I will find a way to arrange for you to take the Zhongnin exam and work harder."

    Shimura Danzo looked at the group of young ninjas underneath, and judged their training one by one, as if he was really a teacher who was serious about training younger generations.

    It''s just that these young ninjas didn''t dare to look at him at all. Every time Danzo''s gaze fell on them, every young man shrank unconsciously.

    These young people are deeply afraid of the old man in front of them.

    A small white snake suddenly got out of a pipe, crawled to Shimura Danzo''s side with a snake core, and opened his mouth.

    "Huh? You go down first!"

    After seeing the little snake, Shimura Danzo changed his face and waved back to the group of teenagers. Only then did Shimura remove a scroll from the mouth of the white little snake.

    This little white snake is the communication tool of Dashemaru.

    Shimura Danzo has been in contact with Oshemaru since Oshemaru defected. He originally thought Oshemaru was asking him again this time, but he did not expect that Oshemaru only sent him a copy this time. intelligence.

    "Uchiha Daido is still alive..."

    Shimura Danzo''s eyes tightened sharply, staring at the information scroll that Osaimaru gave him, which wrote information about the mysterious mask man.

    Shimura Danzo did not know that because of the mysterious mask man, he carried a few more pots in the eyes of Payne and Uchiha Itachi.

    Now Danzo just wants to use this information to do a good job and regain the power he lost from Sarutobi Hizumi''s hands!

    "Hisaki, the teacher is right..."

    Shimura Danzo slowly closed the scroll in his hand, threw it into the brazier next to him, and whispered and continued: "The Uchiha clan are all born evil people... even the disciples of the four generations of Hokage. You will also fall!"

    Although he got information about the Uchiha belt soil, Shimura Danzo also had to wait for an opportunity for Haaki Kakashi to return to the village before he could face off in front of Sarutobi Hizen.

    This opportunity is not difficult.

    the other side.

    Uehara Naraku was lost in thought while observing his system panel.

    Main Quest: Realize the wish of the book stand boss and become the biggest BOSS in the ninja world. The progress is 3% and the quest has been completed.

    Uehara took his team to leave the Land of Water, and on the way back to the Land of Rain, the progress of the main task began to move forward inexplicably, and suddenly stopped when it jumped to 3%.

    According to Uehara''s judgment, this progress may be related to his revealing the identity of the mysterious masked man. More and more people know the true identity of the mysterious masked man, but ignore him as the real behind-the-scenes man.

    Because there is a side mission which is rather strange.

    Side quest: Debunking the true identity of the mysterious masked man in the public, the quest has been completed, rewarding skills to distort the space.

    Perhaps it was because Uehara Naraku first revealed the identity of Motou before, using the transformation of a natural magical charm, not to expose the identity of Motou in his true face, or it may be because Kakashi Hagi was not at that time. Believe Now some people believe it.

    As for the rewarding skills, Uehara was a little frustrated.

    Distorted space: After a 0.5 second delay, a distorted space that can last for 3 seconds can be released in the target area. The area will be isolated from the outside world. People who try to cross the space barrier will be stunned by the space barrier. Through time and space ninjutsu to escape.

    Distorted space maintenance time and area area are related to the chakra consumption coefficient, the cooling time is 15 seconds, and the minimum chakra consumption is 100 points.

    This skill has a trick!

    is not as powerful as the magic puppet command shock wave!

    Unless the space barrier happens to control Uchiha''s soil, he will not be able to obtain his magical pupil technique, and even the Thunder God technique can easily escape.

    What is this skill used for?

    Is it used as a space cage?

    seems to be good too.

    Although the twisting space is a spatial technique, it is not actually aimed at the space-time ninja. It is no disadvantage to use it against the regular ninja.

    In the entire ninja world, except for several ninjas who are good at time and space techniques, such as Uchiha Daido, the fourth generation of Naruto, and Otsuki Teruya, all other ninjas will basically be imprisoned in the twisted space.

    is a bit like the four red sun formations and the four purple inflammation formations.

    It''s just that the strength of the space barrier far exceeds these barriers.

    The voice of the dried persimmon ghost interrupted Uehara''s thoughts: "Master Uehara, we are already near the coast of Yunokuni."

    "Oh?"

    Uehara Naraku raised his head and watched their ship enter the harbor of the most peaceful country in Ninja World, and whispered softly: "After a fight for so many days, just enjoy it here!"

 Chapter 56ï¼š The fat sheep looks so good

    Since Uehara Naraku will take five people on the return journey this time, it is naturally impossible to borrow from the country of fire to avoid any trouble, so they chose a relatively stable route.

    After leaving the port.

    Uehara Nairo turned his head to look at the people present, and assigned tasks to them: "Ghost lantern full moon, go to Yunin Village to book a hot spring hotel; if you don¡¯t cut Mr. Sword, you take Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro to continue ninja training or go to San Francisco. Relax..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Ghost Lantern Manyue and Taodi will no longer be confused.

    The two of them, one is a genius ninja, who became a genius butler in the mouth of Uehara Nairobi; a murderous Mizuki Ninja seven people, Uehara became the enlightenment teacher and nanny.

    Kueya-kun Maro and Shiro couldn''t help turning their heads to look at Uehara, and whispered, "Uehara-kun, won''t you go with us?"

    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and whispered: "Well, I will practice Jieyu with Guiyu. In the afternoon, we will meet in Tangnin Village...the most lively place!"

    Yunin Village is the most famous tourist attraction in the Ninja world.

    Yunin Village is famous for their unique hot spring hot springs. It is the most comfortable place in the Ninja world and the best place for enjoyment.

    Even the Ninja War, it rarely spreads here.

    Uehara and his party took a boat across the sea all the way, just to have a day off here.

    After everyone else had left, Naraku Uehara and Kakigaki had a solitary space and began to discuss their plans.

    Uehara Naraku''s most concern is undoubtedly the last private meeting between the Kakigami and Uchiha before leaving the country of water: "How about? Have you got the trust of the soil?"

    "Ha, almost."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark grinned and said with a chuckle: "I told him that as long as his Moon Eye plan will continue to be implemented, after I become a teammate of Uchiha Itachi, I will continue to help monitor Uchiha Itachi and pass it on to him. Information from Itachi Uchiha."

    Before they left the country of water collectively, Uchiha took the soil to secretly communicated with the dried persimmon ghost shark, and the performance of the ghost shark once again won the trust of the soil.

    In other words, Uchiha Daido has always believed in ghosts.

    The dried persimmon ghosts originally prepared a bunch of Uehara''s information, but Uchiha Daido didn''t ask about these little things.

    After all, in the past few years, the dried persimmon ghosts have been serving the soil that controls the four generations of water shadows behind the scenes. The relationship between them is extraordinary.

    and the character of the dried persimmon is also trustworthy...

    As long as the Kakigami believes someone, he will give 100% loyalty, including his own life.

    "It seems that the plan is going well."

    Uehara Naraku didn''t know that due to the deterioration of the situation, the status of the dried persimmon ghost shark rose in the heart of the Uchiha belt, and soon the ghost shark would become an important source of intelligence.

    Uehara Naraku simply calmed down his subordinates: "After you and Uchiha Itachi become partners, you can enjoy a leisurely day."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark smiled heartily, nodded slightly and said: "Ha, it sounds like the character of the weasel who writes round eyes is pretty good."

    "I believe you can get along well with Itachi Uchiha."

    Uehara Naraku was quite confident about this. He turned his head to look at the ghost and said: "By the way, how many sets of knotting gestures did you prepare for me?"

    "Thirteen sets..."

    The dried persimmon ghost fish took out a scroll, smiled and handed it to Uehara: "The Jieyin gestures inside are half-true and half-fake, most of which are related to Shui Dun and Tu Dun."

    "Thank you."

    Uehara Naruko shook the scroll and put it in his ninja bag contentedly.

    Uehara¡¯s release skills certainly don¡¯t need Jieyin. He wants to practice Jieyin mainly for fun and to confuse his opponents and relax the enemy¡¯s vigilance...

    From now on, he will be a serious ninja who knows how to seal.

    Uehara Naraku was practicing Yuji while talking about Uchiha Itachi: "Uchiha Itachi is still very easy to get along with. As long as you don''t violate his bottom line, he will unconditionally tolerate anything you do..."

    "Bottom line?"

    "His younger brother Uchiha Sasuke."

    Because the two signed a contract, Uehara Naraku also believed in the Kakigami Kaki, and put together Uchiha Itachi''s information: "As long as he does not harm his brother, Uchiha Itachi is a ninja who can be easily exploited. "

    "...Are you another person whose eldest brother is like a father?"

    The dry persimmon ghost shark heard this and couldn''t help but chuckle and said: "The weakness of the extinct ferret and the ghost lamp full moon are exactly the same!"

    Uehara Naraku sighed faintly, "It''s the fault of this world. My brother''s love for his brother is always a little sick."

    Who let the person who created this world be a younger brother?

    Yunin Village.

    After ¡¡¡¡ Uehara Naraku and dried persimmon ghost shark stepped into this Ninja Village, they followed the agreement to find the most lively place here to see the local customs of Yunin Village.

    Tangnin Village today turned out to be the most lively place in a casino.

    Why is it a gambling shop!

    When Uehara Naraku received the news, his expression was faintly subtle: "Isn''t it such a coincidence? It always feels like we will meet an amazing character in the past!"

    "Does Uehara-sama think it is a great person?"

    The dry persimmon ghost suddenly became a little curious on his face, and the smile became stronger: "If it is not particularly dangerous, shouldn''t we go to see the big man?"

    Uehara Naraku nodded with difficulty: "What you said... also makes sense. The danger of that big man is indeed lower."

    If in this ninja world, once you talk about gambling, you will inevitably mention a woman.

    A woman who is famous in the Ninja world.

    One of Konoha Sannin, the strongest female ninja Tsunade.

    There is almost no ninja in the ninja world willing to take the initiative to hurt her.

    Tsunade was born in Konoha''s most noble Senju clan, and was the first to advocate medical ninja as a must-have member of the regular ninja squad. She was also respected by countless ninjas because of her proficiency in all medical ninjutsu in the ninja world.

    The ninjas all think that Tsunade is the most powerful medical ninja in the ninja world. However, they all know that Tsunade is also very powerful.

    Konoha Sannin''s prestige is not only about saving people by curing diseases!

    In the entire ninja world, except for the leaders of the major ninja villages, other ninjas are not enough to see in front of Tsunade.

    Regardless of appearance, family background, strength and fame, Tsunade can already be said to be excellent without any blind spots, but she has a well-known shortcoming.

    addicted to gambling like life.

    It''s a pity that her luck has never been so good.

    Since Tsunade left Konoha and began to travel in the Ninja world, a peculiar name has also begun to spread in the Ninja world.

    The legendary fat sheep.

    "Is the legendary fat sheep here?"

    "It''s already started!"

    "She has lost two hundred thousand taels!"

    "The Big Sheep shot is really extraordinary..."

    "She is also very big..."

    Today''s gambling shop is very lively. The gambling ghosts from the entire Tangren Village gather here, and there are some men trying to fish in troubled waters who want to take the opportunity to make a little money.

    Uehara Naraku took out his ears, subconsciously ignored the strange words, looked at the people around the gambling shop, and looked for his subordinates.

    "Uehara!"

    A crisp voice stopped him.

    Kaguya-kun Maro squeezed through the crowd and walked to Uehara Naraku''s side, and softly explained, "Mr. Ghost Lantern Manmotsu and Mr. Nozaki are already in the hot spring hotel... They said it was too dangerous, so they sent me here to wait for you. "

    "Uehara-sama, it is indeed dangerous here..."

    Dry Persimmon Ghost Shark''s small eyes blinked, his height can see the scene in the gambling house, and naturally he can see the blond female ninja sitting in the middle of the gambling table.

    As a ninja, how could you not know Konoha Sannin?

    Uehara Naraku looked at the exposed white body of the blonde female ninja, and exclaimed, "But this is interesting, isn''t it?"

    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª

    Ask for a recommendation ticket!

 Chapter 56ï¼š Encountered a fat sheep on the return trip

    Since Uehara Naraku had to take five people on the return journey this time, it was naturally impossible to borrow from the country of fire to avoid any trouble, so they chose a relatively stable route.

    After leaving the port.

    Uehara Nairo turned his head to look at the people present, and assigned tasks to them: "Ghost lantern full moon, go to Yunin Village to book a hot spring hotel; if you don¡¯t cut Mr. Sword, you take Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro to continue ninja training or go to San Francisco. Relax..."

    "..."

    Ghost Lantern Full Moon and Tao Di will no longer be confused.

    The two of them, one was a genius ninja, who became a genius butler in the mouth of Uehara Nairobi; a murderous Mizuki seven people, was regarded as a teacher and nanny by Uehara.

    Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro couldn''t help turning their heads to look at Uehara, and said softly, "Uehara-kun, won''t you go with us?"

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and said softly, "Well, I will practice knot printing with Guiyu. In the afternoon, we will meet in the most lively place in Tangnin Village...!"

    Tangren Village is the most famous tourist attraction in the world.

    Tangren Village is famous for their unique hot spring hot springs. It is the most comfortable place in the world of Shinobi and the most suitable place for enjoyment.

    Even the Ninja World War seldom spreads here.

    Uehara and his party took a boat across the sea along the way, just to have a day off here.

    After everyone else had left, Naraku Uehara and Kakigaki had a solitary space and began to discuss their plans.

    The thing that Naraku Uehara cares most about is undoubtedly the last private meeting with Uchiha before leaving the country of water. "How about? Have you got the trust of the land?"

    "Ha, almost."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark grinned and said with a chuckle: "I told him that as long as his Moon Eye plan will continue to be implemented, after I become a teammate of Uchiha Itachi, I will continue to help monitor Uchiha Itachi and pass it on to him. Information from Itachi Uchiha."

    Before they left the country of water collectively, Uchiha took the soil to secretly communicated with the dried persimmon ghost shark, and the performance of the ghost shark once again won the trust of the soil.

    In other words, Uchiha Daido has always believed in the ghost shark.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark originally prepared a bunch of Uehara''s information, but Uchiha Daido didn''t ask about these little things.

    After all, in the past few years, the dried persimmon ghost shark has been serving the soil that controls the four generations of water shadows behind the scenes, and the relationship between them is extraordinary.

    And the character of the dried persimmon is also very trustworthy...

    As long as the dried persimmon ghost believes someone, he will give 100% loyalty, including his own life.

    "It looks like the plan went well."

    Uehara Naraku didn''t know that due to the deterioration of the situation, the status of the dried persimmon ghost shark rose in the heart of the Uchiha belt, and soon the ghost shark would become an important source of intelligence.

    Uehara Naraku simply comforted his subordinates: "After you and Uchiha Itachi become partners, you can enjoy a leisurely day."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark smiled heartily, nodded slightly and said: "Ha, it sounds like the character of the weasel who writes round eyes is pretty good."

    "I believe you can get along well with Uchiha Itachi."

    Uehara Naraku was quite confident about this. He turned his head to look at the ghost shark and said, "By the way, how many sets of knot seal gestures did you prepare for me?"

    "Thirteen sets..."

    The dried persimmon ghost fish took out a scroll and handed it to Uehara with a light smile: "The Jieyin gestures inside are half-true and half-fake. Most of them are the Jieyin gestures related to Shui Dun and Tu Dun."

    "Thank you."

    Uehara Naruko shook the scroll and put it in his ninja bag contentedly.

    Of course, Uehara doesn¡¯t need Jieyin to release his skills. He wants to practice Jieyin mainly for fun and to confuse his opponents and relax the enemy¡¯s vigilance...

    In the future, he will also be a serious ninja who knows how to seal the seal.

    Uehara Naraku was practicing Yuji while talking about Uchiha Itachi: "Uchiha Itachi is still very easy to get along with. As long as you don''t violate his bottom line, he will unconditionally tolerate anything you do..."

    "Bottom line?"

    "His younger brother Uchiha Sasuke."

    Because the two had signed a contract, Uehara Naraku also trusted the Kakigaki Kaki, and put together Uchiha Itachi''s information: "As long as it doesn''t hurt his brother, Uchiha Itachi is a ninja who can be easily exploited. "

    "...Are you another person whose eldest brother is like a father?"

    When the dried persimmon ghost shark heard this, he couldn''t help but chuckle and said, "The weakness of the extinct ferret and Guideng Manyue are exactly the same!"

    Uehara Naraku sighed faintly, "It''s the fault of this world. My brother''s love for his brother is always sick."

    Who makes the person who created this world a younger brother?

    Tangren Village.

    After Uehara Naraku and the dried persimmon ghost shark stepped into this Ninja Village, they followed the agreement to find the most lively place here, to see the local customs of Yunin Village.

    The most lively place in Tangren Village today turned out to be a gambling shop.

    Why is it a casino!

    When Uehara Naraku got the news, his expression was faintly subtle: "Isn''t it such a coincidence? I always feel that if we go there, we will meet an amazing character!"

    "Does Uehara-sama think it is a great person?"

    The dried persimmon ghost suddenly became a little curious on his face, and the smile became stronger: "If it is not particularly dangerous, shouldn''t we go to see the big man?"

    Uehara Naraku nodded with difficulty: "What you said... also makes sense. The danger of that big man is indeed lower."

    If in this ninja world, once talked about gambling, a woman would inevitably be mentioned.

    A woman famous in the Ninja world.

    One of Konoha Sannin, the strongest female ninja Tsunade.

    Almost no ninja in the ninja world is willing to take the initiative to hurt her.

    Tsunade was born in Konoha''s most noble Senju clan, and was the first to advocate medical ninja as a must-have member of the regular ninja team, and because she was proficient in all medical ninjas in the ninja world, she was also respected by countless ninjas.

    The ninjas all believe that Tsunade is the most powerful medical ninja in the ninja world, but it must be mentioned that they also know that Tsunade is also very powerful.

    Konoha Sannin''s prestige is not only to save people by curing diseases!

    In the entire ninja world, except for the leaders of the major ninja villages, the other ninjas are not enough to see in front of Tsunade.

    Regardless of her appearance, family background, strength, and fame, Tsunade can already be said to be excellent without blind spots, but she has a well-known shortcoming.

    Addicted to gambling.

    It''s a pity that her luck has never been so good.

    Since Tsunade left Konoha and began to travel in the Ninja world, a peculiar name has also begun to spread in the Ninja world.

    The legendary fat sheep.

    "Is the legendary fat sheep here?"

    "It''s already started!"

    "She has lost two hundred thousand taels!"

    "The Big Sheep shot is really extraordinary..."

    "She is also very big..."

    Today''s gambling shop is extremely lively. Gambling ghosts from the entire Tangren Village gather here. There are also some men who try to fish in troubled waters and want to take the opportunity to make a little money.

    Nairo Uehara pulled out his ears, subconsciously ignored the strange words, looked at the people around the casino, and looked for his subordinates.

    "Uehara!"

    A crisp voice stopped him. UU reading www.uukanshu. com

    Kaguya-kun Maro squeezed through the crowd and walked to Uehara Naraku''s side, and softly explained, "Mr. Ghost Lantern Manmotsu and Mr. Zaibuzhang are already in the hot spring hotel... They said it was too dangerous, so they sent me here to wait for you. "

    "Master Uehara, it is indeed dangerous here..."

    Dry persimmon ghost shark blinked, his height could see the scene in the casino, and naturally he could see the blonde female ninja sitting in the middle of the gaming table.

    As a ninja, how could you not know Konoha Sannin?

    Uehara Naraku looked at the exposed white body of the blonde female ninja and exclaimed, "But this is interesting, isn''t it?"

    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª

    Ask for a recommendation ticket!

    Still looking for "behind the scenes from Hokage" free novel?

    Baidu direct search: ""It''s easy to read novels!

    (=)

 Chapter 57ï¼š fate

    "You go first!"

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand at the dried persimmon ghost shark and Kaguya-kun Maro, and suddenly said, "Wait, leave me a sum of money."

    "Uehara-sama is not an adult yet, right?"

    The dry persimmon ghost shark''s eyes were a bit subtle. Just when he wanted to continue to say something, he saw Uehara''s urging look, and he could only throw a seal scroll towards Uehara Naruto.

    What the **** is this boss?

    still asking employees for money!

    Uehara Naraku took the scroll and couldn''t help but glanced at the blond female ninja at the gaming table and her domineering figure.

    As a minor in the Ninja World, Uehara didn''t think about the mess, he only wanted to complete two relatively simple side tasks.

    Side mission: beat Tsunade at the gaming table (0/1), the reward is unknown.

    Side mission: Lost to Tsunade (0/1) at the gaming table, the reward is unknown.

    Two simple tasks, no matter what, one can always be completed, right?

    Although the task is relatively simple, the reward may not be considered rich.

    Just when Uehara was about to enter the gambling house, the two big janitors pushed him out, swearing and grinning: "Little devil, Mao is not growing up, come here to learn to be a prodigal? Don''t get out! "

    "¡­¡­"

    The customs and order of the Ninja world are a bit strange.

    The people here will ignore the underage ninjas going to the battlefield to kill and set fire to throw the detonation charms, but they absolutely prohibit underage ninjas from entering the casinos, taverns and custom places.

    Even bookstore owners will actively refuse to sell bad books to underage ninjas.

    Maybe this is the last discipline of the Ninja world.

    Of course, this is just the attitude of ordinary people in the Ninja world. There are always some exceptions to so many people in the Ninja world, such as the blonde female ninja Tsunade sitting at the gaming table.

    Tsunade learned gambling under the precepts and deeds taught by the ninja **** Senjujuma since he was a child, and eventually learned to go bankrupt in debt.

    at dusk.

    Tsunade lost all the money in his body, and danglingly led his disciple to leave the gambling shop in silence, planning to find a place to have a drink.

    Silent hugged a pink pig, frowned and blamed her: "Tsuna-sama, you lost too much today..."

    "Mute, I know you must still hide living expenses..."

    Tsunade waved her hand and was about to continue to say something, the corner of her eye noticed a card flying, her upper body suddenly leaned back and hid!

    Tsunade stood up straight and looked at a card that suddenly appeared on the wall.

    This card that flew out inexplicably cut off one of her hair and embedded it deeply on the wall beside her!

    "who!"

    Tsunade turned his head abruptly and looked in the direction where the cards were flying, but only saw the boy playing cards in the corner.

    The card in Uehara Naroko''s hand was beating dexterously at his fingertips. He slowly raised his head and looked at Tsunade, showing a pure smile: "Hey, are you coming to play? The legendary...Fat Sheep. "

    "¡­¡­"

    Tsunade''s face suddenly became furious, her forehead muscles bulged, she squeezed her fist hard, bit her teeth and said: "Where is the kid, dare to speak up in front of me! Silence, give me some money !"

    It''s fine if you lose all afternoon. Now even a teenage kid dares to taunt her. This kid is here to die!

    Konoha Sannin has always had no morals, bullying children or something is commonplace, and since then, he would secretly spend all Naruto''s money, and Osake Maru is honestly trying to seize Sasuke''s body.

    The gambling game between Tsunade and Naraku Uehara is simply pediatric.

    after an hour.

    In a hotel room.

    Tsunade wiped the corners of his mouth refreshingly, and looked at Naraku Uehara, with a little meaning on his face: "You have good skills, kid, but there is still a lot of room for improvement..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku looked at Tsunade who was satisfied with a bewildered look, then looked at the mute with a smile, feeling that something went wrong in the world.

    Tsunade proudly grabbed the dice cup and glanced provocatively at the boy across from the gaming table: "Boy, do you want to continue playing?"

    After ¡¡¡¡ finished speaking, Tsunade smiled heartily and continued: "I can allow you to be in debt! Silence, help him prepare some IOUs!"

    "Yes, Tsunade-sama!"

    Silent did not refute, smiled and put away the last stack of money in front of Uehara, turning around to look for paper and pen in the room.

    Uehara Naraku came to his senses, shook his head quickly, and waved at Tsunade: "No...no need...it¡¯s enough today..."

    After ¡¡¡¡ finished speaking, Uehara put on his shoes and left here.

    Because in the previous game, Uehara lost to Tsunade for an hour in a row, and completely lost the money that the dried persimmon ghosts gave him.

    Uehara lost so much that he had already begun to doubt his life.

    Is Tsunade¡¯s luck actually not as bad as the legend, or Uehara¡¯s own luck is actually worse?

    "and many more¡­"

    Just as Uehara was about to leave, Tsunade pinched a banknote between his fingers and threw it in front of Uehara. The banknote stuck in the wooden door in front of Uehara!

    Uehara Naraku looked at Tsunade at the table in confusion.

    Tsunade picked up the teacup on the table, took a sip of the tea, and slowly said, "You are a foreign ninja, kid? You have already lost all the money for staying in the hotel to me tonight, right?

    Take it, it¡¯s for you. That little money will at least allow you to choose the worst hotel in Tangren Village for one night. "

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku blushed.

    Is this woman pitying him or humiliating him?

    Isn''t Tsunade a little bit fluttering, just won him a little money and forgot his identity as the number one ninja man?

    "Hey, I won more than three million taels tonight!"

    Tsunade kissed the money on the table happily, and couldn''t stop laughing and laughing: "I won all the things I lost in a few days in one hour!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku grinds his teeth.

    A mere three million taels, but one tenth of the reward offered by Asma''s head, she just won this little money, she is proud of it!

    didn''t want to think about it, is this little money enough to pay her debts?

    And Uehara Naraku is just a little depressed, after all, losing to Tsunade in a gambling game is not a general shame to say such a thing.

    "Boy, welcome to come and play with me again in the future!"

    Tsunade blinked at Uehara Naraku and sent him a kiss: "Remember to prepare enough money! Hahahaha... I lost so much in the afternoon, I didn''t expect to win back at night, today Is it my lucky day?"

    "Idiot woman..."

    Uehara Naraku covered his forehead, took off the paper money, and opened the door, the gloom on his face gradually faded: "Today is obviously my lucky day!"

    Although he lost a lot of money, he also got more precious things.

    Side mission: Lost to Tsunade at the gaming table (1/1), the mission has been completed, reward skill destiny.

    Destiny: able to spy on the location of everyone within a 100km radius, including ninjas using hidden ninjutsu, transformation and avatar, for 6 seconds; after activating the destiny skill, the power of time and space can be teleported to 50 kilometers in the radius after 1.5 seconds Beside any person inside.

    The range of destiny skills is related to the use of the Chakra coefficient. The minimum cost is 100 Chakra points and the cooling time is 150 seconds.

    If you count it this way, as long as Uehara''s Chakra is enough, the destiny skill can spy on the entire Ninja continent!

    This skill is called the strongest escape skill Uehara has obtained, and it can also be used to hunt down enemies.

    No matter who it is, he can¡¯t escape the palm of his hand!

    Uehara Naraku showed a slight smile at the corner of his mouth, and the gloomy dissatisfaction of losing to Tsunade disappeared a lot. He turned his head and glanced at the hotel where he had left.

    Tsunade¡¯s laughter and joy continued to flow into the night sky from the window, and Uehara thought of Tsunade¡¯s bright and moving smiling face. This woman has never been so happy like today, right?

    "Cut, if it wasn''t for the task, who would want to gamble with that woman..."

    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª

    Ask for recommendation tickets, ask for rewards, ask for everything!

 Chapter 58ï¼š The omnipotent Uehara-sama is a big fat sheep...

    "Hey, kid!"

    Tsunade suddenly opened the window and looked at Naraku Uehara outside the hotel and asked loudly, "I almost forgot to ask, which village are you a ninja? What''s your name!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku''s face was difficult to look.

    Does this woman still want to catch him?

    Tsunade leaned over on the window, her chest was squeezed out of shape, and she smiled with interest: "I''m just a wandering ninja, and I won''t hinder your mission..."

    Uehara Naraku finally raised his head and looked at Tsunade softly: "Is Tsunade-senpai, one of the legendary three ninjas, also a wandering ninja... That Konoha''s third-generation Hokage is a little eyeless, right?"

    Tsunade was not angry at all, but rather nodded in agreement: "Yes, the old man is getting older. Not only does he have bad eyesight, but also his brain!"

    Tsunade has always had no respect for the three generations of Hokage.

    If the three generations of Naruto Sarutobi were right in front of Tsunade''s eyes, she could still say a few more ugly words.

    "So, Konoha will have a new Hokage soon?"

    Uehara Naruko looked up at Tsunade, showing a mysterious smile: "Should we take a gamble, I am very optimistic that Tsunade-senpai will become Konoha''s next Hokage!"

    "Ah¡­"

    Tsunade exhaled a breath, and looked down at Uehara Naraku with a chuckle: "Boy, at least you have to guess a reliable candidate. How could I be interested in things like Naruto... and do you have money?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku''s confident smile on her face froze, and she couldn''t speak hard without the money!

    "It is destiny to lose to you."

    Uehara sighed and raised his head to look at Tsunade who was full of spring breeze and said, "No matter, when fate comes, no one can resist its will."

    Of course, except for Uehara himself, who controls the fate.

    After saying these words, Uehara Naraku hurriedly waved goodbye to Tsunade, and his figure disappeared into the night.

    Tsunade''s face at the window went down, she just looked at the dark night outside the window, her body slipping to the ground little by little.

    "...fate?"

    Tsunade¡¯s eyes were filled with tears, and she pressed her chest hard, her face was a little bit depressed and sad: "Silent, pack things, we will leave here tomorrow."

    "Hey? Tsunade-sama?"

    Mutely walked over in surprise, and saw Tsunade sitting on the ground paralyzed, and stepped forward to help her up: "Tsunade-sama, what happened?"

    "No."

    Tsunade stretched out his palm, stroked the silent cheek, and said softly, "I''m worried that something bad will happen, go and pack things!"

    After learning to gamble since childhood, Tsunade always loses every gambling, even facing a gambler like Senjujuma, her luck is amazing.

    She also wins once in a while.

    Whenever she wins, bad things happen.

    However, in the gambling game just now, Tsunade almost won Lien Chan in succession, winning Uehara Naraku''s life in doubt.

    Who knows what will happen to her staying in Tangren Village?

    Uehara didn''t know that his words successfully wiped out Tsunade''s good mood. He only knew that fate was a magical skill.

    After he opened his destiny, a personal shadow turned into a small face and appeared in his brain, and the position of everyone within a hundred kilometers was under control.

    Uehara soon found the location of the dried persimmon ghost shark and ghost light full moon, and cards appeared at his feet...

    Destiny''s teleportation function is activated!

    The most luxurious hot spring hotel in Yunin Village.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark was sitting on the upper floor of the hotel, repairing the shark muscles. From time to time, he looked down at his companion in the hot spring bath. Suddenly, there was a sound of cutting cards in his ear.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark suddenly grabbed the shark muscle and turned his head, just to see the scene that made his small eyes almost fall off!

    A card appeared out of thin air on the floor of the room, and each card alternately overlapped to form a circular area of ??about half a meter.

    The next second, Uehara Naraku appeared on the card.

    This is the teleportation function attached to Uehara''s new skill Destiny. As long as the dried persimmon ghost is within the range of destiny, he can directly teleport it.

    The dried persimmon ghosts breathed a sigh of relief, with a little more curiosity on his face, and asked with a light smile: "Master Uehara, is this a temporal and spatial technique?"

    "Ok."

    Uehara Naraku didn''t deny it, and handed the dried persimmon ghost shark a piece of paper money, which Tsunade thought he had pitifully alms to him: "This is the rest of the money you gave me."

    "...only five hundred taels?"

    The face of the dried persimmon ghost is very wonderful.

    Even if the ghost hasn''t deliberately calculated the commission fee for completing the task, there is a rough figure, but it is a few million taels of money!

    The dried persimmon ghost couldn¡¯t help but said: ¡°Did Uehara-sama lost a few million taels today? It sounds more like a fat sheep in the legend...¡±

    "To shut up!"

    Hearing the title belonging to Tsunade, Uehara Naraku''s face went dark, and his mood was a little gloomy, and he asked in a muffled voice, "Which is my room?"

    "The biggest one next door."

    Dry persimmon ghost shark quickly skipped the topic of his own money, and said with a chuckle: "Sir Uehara, don''t you go to the hot spring for a while? This is the most luxurious hot spring hotel in Yunin Village. Normally Shinobu is not willing Come here to consume easily!"

    "No, I''m in a bad mood."

    Uehara Naraku''s body sank into the wall like diving. UU reading www. uukanshu.com

    After the astonishment on the ghost''s face subsided, Uehara had already used the art of mayfly through the heavy wall and arrived at his resting room.

    The magic of destiny teleportation and the art of the mayfly has completely subverted the cognition of ninjutsu by the persimmon and ghost, adding a little bit of awe in his heart.

    However, the dried persimmon ghost shark thought of Uehara Naraku''s gloomy expression and lost millions of taels, and couldn''t help but smile and mutter to himself: "Ha, it seems that our new boss is not so perfect!"

    The dried persimmon ghost was not angry because Nairo Uehara lost all his money. On the contrary, he felt that Uehara had a little more life, unlike when they were getting along, the mysterious sense of strangeness that made people a little scared.

    A wave of waves splashed and fell into the room. The ghost lamp full of moon looked at the smiling dried persimmon ghost shark, and said in doubt: "I just heard someone talking, did you come back?"

    "Well, I just went to rest."

    "Well¡­"

    Gui Deng Folded his brows involuntarily at the full moon, and his face was a little unsightly: "My lord went to rest so early, are you not satisfied with the hotel I booked?"

    "No, it''s just a simple bad mood."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark spread his hands and looked at the ghost lamp with a full moon and smiled lightly: "After all, no matter who it is, if you lose millions of taels a day, your mood will not be better, right?"

    Ghost lamp full moon: "..."

    Finally, the two people looked at each other at each other, each suppressing their own laughter, revealing an inscrutable smile.

    Damn, I still want to laugh!

    I thought that everything in the Ninja World was under the control of Uehara...

    I didn¡¯t expect Uehara himself to be a big fat sheep walking!

 Chapter 59ï¼š She is provoking me!

    Uehara Naruko tossed and turned all night.

    Lost millions of taels in one night, and no one can sleep.

    Obviously, he just wanted to complete two side missions by the way, but he lost all his money and embarrassed him. What''s more embarrassing is that Tsunade was the one who lost the money.

    Tell this thing to corrupt his character.

    In the future, he will become the big boss behind the first scene of Ninja. Tsunade opened his mouth when he knew it. Isn''t the guy named Uehara Naraku who lost me millions at the table?

    This...is there any image?

    "Forget it, no one is perfect."

    "Senjuzuma is still a brain-dead, Uchiha Madara and prostatitis, this is not a trivial matter, and Tsunade also has a few weird side missions. The rewards for the missions are not too low, and they look a little bit more. Feminine¡­"

    In the middle of the night, Nairo Uehara murmured a few words in a daze, dreaming of Xiao Nan in a red cloud and black robe inexplicably.

    In a dream.

    Xiaonan¡¯s face is no longer the gentleness it used to be, but a cold face, and he berated him with a dark face: "Naraku, have you learned to gamble?"

    Behind Xiao Nan stood the fanning Payne: "Teacher Jilaiya taught that we must never stay with money gamblers."

    "And this kid named Uehara still bet money with Tsunade. He was either seduced by Tsunade''s beauty, or he wanted to cheat Tsunade''s money... Don''t you wonder why Tsunade is so beautiful or single? Just because she is a Gambler!"

    It was the tall man standing behind Payne. Uehara couldn''t see his face. He could only judge from his voice and outline. It should be Jiraiya.

    "¡­¡­"

    The ending of this dream is the magic of the gods paper, the skyburst star, and the fairy **** Goemon collectively attack Uehara. In the end, the Great Demon King Uehara defeated Konan, Payne and Jiraiya with Tsunade¡¯s support. Justice combination.

    Really dreaming!

    is still a mess of dreams, mixed with the elements of nightmares, sweet dreams and spring dreams.

    early in the morning.

    Uehara Naraku got up from the bed and wiped his mouth and the cold sweat on his forehead unconsciously.

    "Master Uehara."

    Someone knocked on the door, and the sound of dried persimmon ghost shark came from outside the door: "Should we continue on the road today, or stay in Tangren Village for another day? I helped you prepare another five million taels..."

    "...hurry up today!"

    Uehara Naraku opened the door abruptly, and looked at the dried persimmon with an unhappy face: "I lost to Tsunade yesterday. No one else knows, right?"

    "...I know what I should know."

    The dried persimmon Guikun tilted his head, and stood a row of his own people beside him, the ghost lantern full of moon, Taodi no longer cut and Kaguya-kun Maro were among them.

    Bai covered his mouth in astonishment.

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku clenched his fists abruptly, and looked at everyone present: "What happened in Tangnin Village, can''t you let others know about it, do you understand?"

    "¡­Yes."

    The dried persimmon ghost nodded with a smile, and the others responded individually, failing to understand what was wrong with Uehara.

    Of course Uehara Naraku could not tell them.

    He must act as a perfect disciple in front of Xiao Nan teacher. He must not have any stains that make Xiao Nan displeased before he can become a full member of Xiao Nan.

    The entrance of Yunin Village.

    Uehara Naraku''s team had just walked over, and they happened to meet Tsunade, Silent and their pet little pink pig who were leaving Tangnin Village.

    Tsunade''s eyes narrowed slightly, and he looked at a group of strange-looking people behind Uehara, and suddenly smiled: "Morning, kid! Are you leaving Tangnin Village too?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Tsunade''s somewhat cool clothes, turned his head and passed Tsunade, ignoring the blonde ninja.

    The others followed Uehara and passed Tsunade tremblingly.

    "Hey, kid!"

    Tsunade wanted to call Uehara a little displeased, but when he saw that he didn''t respond, he chuckled, "When I was with me last night, I was as good as a cat. Why did you turn your face and refuse to recognize people after a night? ?"

    "Tsuna-sama!"

    Silent face was flushed and waved to stop Tsunade¡¯s tiger wolf words: "Don¡¯t say these misunderstandings! That little guy is still a minor!"

    "alright, alright¡­"

    Tsunade patted Silent''s shoulder and pushed her aside, but his eyes were slightly solemn: "If I was not mistaken just now, among the people behind that little devil, there are a few of the Ninja Seven from Wuyin Village. Everyone?"

    "Hey?"

    Mute is a little puzzled.

    Tsunade patted her head and smiled confidently: "That kid''s identity looks very difficult. Maybe we can win him another sum as travel expenses!"

    "What if we lose?"

    "That kid looks like a chick, how could I lose?"

    "Don''t say such a thing! And it''s too dangerous. Didn''t Tsunade-sama say that he was following the Ninja Swordsmen of Wuyin Village? In case they turn their faces..."

    "Don''t worry, I have absolute confidence."

    Ever since Tsunade was exposed to gambling, apart from winning a Senjujutsuma, she has never met someone who can make her win money. How can she let it go easily?

    Anyway, she has to leave Tangren Village today. If you don''t win, you won''t win!

    And Tsunade still has a word to tell Mute, she can feel that the kid who bet with her is very interesting, not like a normal gambler at all!

    That feeling is very similar to her own style...

    That little guy actually wants to win, as long as he can win once, no matter how many times he loses!

    Tsunade took out a banknote and continued to speak loudly towards Uehara Naraku: "Hey, kid, do I need to give you a few hundred taels for travel expenses?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku''s face was hard to look with the naked eye.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark next to him grasped the handle of the shark muscle. Uehara waved his hand to stop his movement: "...don''t care about her."

    "Boy!"

    Accompanied by Tsunade¡¯s light drink, a banknote was shot in the direction of Uehara Naraku, and it was easily clamped by his fingers!

    Uehara Naraku finally couldn''t help turning his head and looked at the beautiful blonde ninja standing at the entrance of Yunin Village.

    Tsunade¡¯s fist rested on his chin, and looked at Uehara Naraku with a smile: "Is there no money to play with me today? I don''t mind yelling IOU!"

    After ¡¡¡¡ finished speaking, Tsunade licked the corner of his mouth.

    The femininity is vividly shown in Tsunade''s body, and people are embarrassed to look directly at her.

    What the **** is this woman doing!

    He is just a twelve-year-old kid!

    "You guys wait for me for a while..."

    Uehara Naraku finally couldn''t bear it anymore, he was not a serious ninja, he only wanted to get the system''s side mission reward.

    "Uehara-sama!"

    The whole person is not good with the dried persimmon, and there is a big doubt in his small eyes!

    However, seeing the palm of Uehara''s stretched out hand, the dried persimmon ghost still put a seal scroll on Uehara''s hand.

    Uehara is a little bit suspicious that Tsunade cheated!

    According to common sense, beating Tsunade at the gambling table should be the easiest side task, how can it feel more difficult than killing her now!

    Ghost Lantern Manyue raised his head, hesitatingly said: "My lord, Tsunade-sama is the legendary Sannin, no matter her identity or strength, it is not suitable for conflict with her..."

    The ninjas respect Tsunade very much.

    In a sense, Tsunade promoted the establishment of a full-time medical ninja, which greatly reduced the casualties of the ninja, and she has surpassed the narrow identity of the Konoha ninja.

    "But she is provoking me!"

    Uehara Naraku squeezed the scroll in his hand abruptly, and looked at Tsunade in the distance coldly: "Kimmaro stays, you go first, don''t let this woman be too proud, I''m not a lucky boy!"

 Chapter 60ï¼š As a ninja from Xiaonin Village, what I long for most is peace!

    Kueya-kun, Maro and Bai, were a little ignorant.

    Ghost can¡¯t help but chuckle. It sounds like Uehara is still a boss who values ??his subordinates very much!

    It¡¯s a little hard to understand only not to cut and full moon.

    Did Uehara even bother to treat Kaguya-kun Maro, a young ninja who has not yet formed a fighting capacity, who is seriously ill?

    These ninjas from the water country have always been cold, and young people like Junmaro are seriously ill only to die...

    Four generations of Mizukage Yakura wish they were all dead!

    However, Ghost Lantern Manyue remembered a rumor and had to strike at Naraku Uehara''s mind. He whispered softly: "But I heard that Tsunade-sama, known as the strongest medical ninja, has retired. Since the end of the war, there has been no more I saved someone..."

    "Ok."

    Uehara Naruto nodded, looked at the blond female ninja laughing happily in the distance, and sighed: "Maybe it''s because of something wrong with her own psychology!"

    Tsunade, this woman is suffering from phobia!

    Who would have thought that a medical ninja would have panicemia, and she was recognized as the strongest medical ninja in the ninja world.

    Uehara Naraku instructed the other members to continue on their way, and he took Kaguya-kun Maro to Tsunade and Silence.

    Tsunade greeted them in their direction, stopped by Uehara''s side, bent down and exhaled blue on his shoulders, tilted his head and said, "How about it, kid? Still can''t forget me, let''s find it now. Places..."

    "Tsuna-sama!"

    Mute was nervously pulling Tsunade''s shoulder beside him: "Pay attention to your image! Don''t tease him like this, this is still a child!"

    Tsunade ignored Uehara''s heartbeat and listened quietly.

    Uehara Naraku helplessly stretched out his hand to pull Tsunade''s head to the side, and sighed, "...just tell me my money, don''t it? Senior Tsunade."

    "Cut, little kid!"

    "I have five million taels here..."

    Uehara Naraku raised the scroll in his hand and said softly: "I can bet with you, but I have a request."

    The carelessness on Tsunade''s face suddenly converged, just looking down at Uehara Naruko and frowning: "What''s the request?"

    "Help him check his body."

    Uehara Naraku pointed at Kaguya-kun Maro next to him, and whispered softly: "He is the last Kaguya clan. You should have heard of Tsunade-senpai?"

    "The Huiye Clan of the Water Country?"

    Tsunade has not only heard of the name of the Kaguya clan, but also some secrets about this ninja: "If I remember correctly, even in peaceful times, the Kaguya clan has never had a long-lived ninja. Their character Will become violent..."

    Tsunade didn''t pay much attention to Kaguya-kun Maro''s affairs. She was more interested in Uehara Naraku. She mentioned a few things about Kaguya''s clan and moved the topic to Uehara.

    "Little ghost."

    Tsunade¡¯s fingers picked up the scroll in Uehara¡¯s hand, and the corner of his mouth was outlined: "Obviously we are here to gamble, but you let me help with the treatment?"

    Uehara Naraku heard the dissatisfaction in her words, and helped her forehead and said, "If you want, someone will give you money... But at the gaming table, you haven''t won much money, right?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Tsunade¡¯s forehead visibly burst out of a cross, because what Uehara Naraku said was true.

    The anger on Tsunade''s face suddenly disappeared, and he whispered: "Silent, you go check that kid from the Kaguya clan, I''ll go play with this little guy!"

    "Yes, Tsunade-sama!"

    Silent heaved a sigh of relief and nodded respectfully.

    Tsunade and Naro Uehara followed them, and they found a seating area nearby. Tsunade took the dice out of his pocket, and Naro Uehara unlocked the scroll seal and took out a pile of money.

    while checking the body.

    opened a gambling game.

    Wow wow wow...

    The dice cup rang.

    "Single."

    "double."

    "I won."

    Tsunade¡¯s face suddenly glowed, and after reaching for the pile of money in front of Uehara, he asked, "Boy, what''s your name?"

    "Uehara Naraku."

    The boy was silent for a while, without hiding his name.

    Tsunade raised his eyebrows, and continued to shake the dice cup: "I don¡¯t seem to have heard of any ninja or big man surnamed Uehara in Wuyin Village..."

    "It''s normal."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head and sighed, "How can there be a ninja like me in a village as big as the Hidden Fog Village? Mr. Ghosts, they just help me complete the task..."

    This is not wrong.

    is only the task completed by Uehara, which is to bring the dried persimmon and the others into the Akatsuki organization.

    "Ah¡­"

    Tsunade suddenly held the dice cup and raised her head to look at Uehara Naraku. A hint of playfulness flashed across her face: "I can''t express the pride in my heart when I say this kind of thing in my mouth. You kid in your eyes..."

    "Tsunade-senpai."

    Uehara Naraku looked back at her unwillingly to be outdone: "I heard that Konoha¡¯s third generation of Hokage is very old, and you can succeed Naruto when you go back, but you are still traveling outside...The position of the strongest Ninja Village doesn¡¯t matter. Your Excellency is the proudest person, right?"

    But Tsunade does have proud capital!

    Regardless of her family background, looks, strength and abilities, every item in her appears on any other woman, making people proud.

    "Naruto?"

    A trace of confusion flashed in Tsunade''s eyes.

    The two stopped speaking and continued their gambling.

    Uehara Nana''s luck at the table seems to be worse than Tsunade.

    No matter what he guessed, he has never guessed it correctly. The side mission of betting Tsunade on the system panel looks like a long way off...

    Forget it, just assume that the task does not exist.

    Uehara Naraku forced self-comfort in his heart. According to the perception of Tsunade''s luck by the two-dimensional enthusiasts, the rewards for betting on Tsunade must not go far!

    Tsunade picked up a pile of money in front of Uehara again, and whispered, "Boy, I have never won a few times in my life. Every time I win a bet, bad things happen these two days Always winning your money..."

    "Oh?"

    Uehara Naraku knew this curse.

    He is also a little curious, now that Tsunade has beaten him so many times, will there be a big earthquake in Kimha Village...

    Or Jiraiya and Osha Maru are in danger?

    Uehara Naraku thought of his identity again.

    Maybe it was his dignified luck that suppressed Tsunade¡¯s curse?

    As an intern of Akatsuki, as the last doll of the black hand behind the Ninja world, perhaps the current Tsunade met him and did not clear his threat...

    is actually her greatest misfortune and regret!

    Of course the current Tsunade wants to kill him, it¡¯s impossible...

    Not even Tsunade would have thought that the young man sitting in front of her possessed shadow-level power in his body.

    Tsunade¡¯s brain is more active, and he suddenly laughed and said, "Hey, kid, will you become a member of some evil organization in the future? It seems that your identity is not so simple..."

    "how is this possible?"

    Uehara Narakuyaguchi denied Tsunade¡¯s accusation, and said softly: "A ninja from a small ninja village like me, wants peace in the ninja world more than anyone... I guess this one!"

    "Then I guess double!"

    Tsunade unlocked the dice cup with a confused expression, and then took away a pile of money from Uehara: "Peace is more precious than money and life..."

    "Tsuna-sama!"

    Wearing white gloves on Silent''s hands, she appeared in front of them, and her medical examination of Kaguya-kun Maro was over.

    Silent glanced at Junmaro standing next to him, his face full of apologize and exhaustion: "Sorry, his condition is very complicated, forgive me for nothing..."

 Chapter 61ï¼š Just pay back what my teacher owes!

    Hearing the silent words, Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but look at the woman sitting opposite him: "Tsunade-senpai is the most famous medical ninja in the Ninja world, can''t it be done?"

    "Silent medical skills are no different from mine."

    Tsuna shook his head, glanced at Kaguya-kun Maro, and whispered: "If you can''t do anything about silence, I won''t be able to propose an effective medical plan."

    Because of her current special situation, she cannot see a doctor.

    Uehara Naruto nodded, stood up and bowed seriously to Silent: "Although I have been mentally prepared, I still have to thank Miss Silent..."

    Uehara did not have too high expectations for Tsunade.

    Future Oshe Maru is a great scientist who integrates ninjutsu, forbidden art, medical treatment, physics, biology, theology, and chemistry. He is still at a loss for the hemorrhagic disease in Junmaro''s body.

    Tsunade, a ninja who specializes in medical ninjutsu, is unlikely to cure him.

    And now Tsunade is still a patient with panicemia.

    Sure enough, in case this probability is too low.

    Kueya-kun Maro, seeing Uehara''s actions, also bowed respectfully towards Silent: "Thank you, Ms Silent, I am very grateful..."

    There should be respect for the doctor who rescues the dead.

    The silent look awkwardly stopped their movements, and whispered: "Please don''t do this. It is our medical ninja''s negligence to fail to propose a treatment plan. I can only make one suggestion to let him supplement some necessary nutrients in the body. Right!"

    "Okay, I wrote it down."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head, pointed to the pile of money left in front of him, and whispered softly, "Leave these for the consultation fee for Ms. Silent!"

    Mute hurriedly pushed away: "How embarrassing is this..."

    Tsunade smashed his fist and said with some dissatisfaction on his face: "Hey, kid, this is the money we need to gamble!"

    Tsunade¡¯s brain circuit is really incomprehensible!

    In order to be able to enter the casino, he always borrowed money to hide from debts. Now Uehara gave the money to her, and she insisted on holding Uehara to continue gambling, and justly lose the money to her.

    "Sorry, Tsunade-senpai, we have to hurry."

    Uehara Naraku chuckled and looked at Silent, and said: "Tsunade-senpai always loses money, life will be very difficult, right? Miss Silent will leave it to cover the living expenses of the two!"

    Tsunade heard these words, her face was suddenly full of anger: "Hey, Uehara kid, do you think we came out to beg?!"

    Mute: "¡­¡­"

    "Do not."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head, looked at Tsunade with a sullen face, and explained earnestly: "Back then, my teacher had accepted the favor of Tsunade-senpai during the war, now it''s our feedback!"

    Tsunade''s expression was suddenly a bit wrong.

    She didn''t expect Uehara to have such remarks.

    Would you like to ask who the teacher of this little devil is and teaches such a disciple who knows how to repay him. One day, when I see the teacher of Uehara, can she borrow some money or something...

    Tsunade is sometimes more honest than anyone else.

    Sometimes there is really no discipline at all.

    "Farewell."

    Uehara Naraku greeted him politely, then turned and left with Kaguya-kun Maro.

    Tsunade looked at their distant figures with regret, and exclaimed: "Apart from grandpa, this is the first person who can have fun with me..."

    "Tsuna-sama, I''m not an adult yet!"

    Mute and put away the money left by Uehara with black lines.

    Mute really has a good impression of Uehara''s generosity: "That little guy is really nice. He should be repaying Tsunade-sensei for the kindness of the teacher who saved him before. He will deliberately lose to Tsunade-sama in two days. ?"

    "what?"

    Tsunade was immediately dissatisfied with Silent''s words, and hit Silent''s head with a punch: "What are you talking about, I''m dignifiedly winning from him!"

    Mute, clutching his head and echoing a few sentences: "Yes, yes..."

    "But that kid is really interesting..."

    Tsuna touched the corners of his lips, and chuckled, "Silent, do you think that all the people who give you money are good people? The Dashemaru guy used to lend me money, and he never took the initiative to ask for debt!"

    "¡­¡­"

    One and a half hours later.

    Uehara Naraku and Kaguya-kun Maro followed the team again.

    Everyone in the team knew the result of his and Tsunade''s gambling game just by looking at Uehara''s expressions. Kakigaki and Guitou Mangyue did not speak interestingly.

    It would be fatal not to cut Taodi again. He looked at Uehara and sneered, "Boy, have you lost all your money again?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku raised his eyes and glanced at Tao Di and then did not cut, secretly wrote down his name, so many people did not speak, but you talk a lot?

    However, seeing the eyes of everyone converging on him, Uehara explained: "I think that woman is really pitiful, so I gave her a little money. My teacher was also favored by her back then, sitting and watching her lead a poor life. It¡¯s not so good either."

    This is exactly the same.

    seems to be true.

    Regardless of the money lost to Tsunade or the living expenses left to mute, it can be regarded as repaying the favor of Xiao Nan for taking other people''s bread.

    Momochi had wanted to make a few more ridicules, but when he saw Uehara''s unkind eyes, he closed his mouth.

    His white face was a little nervous and uneasy. He glanced at the somewhat lost Kaguya-kun Maro, and asked softly, "Uehara, can Junmaro''s illness be cured?"

    "Tsunade can''t help it."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head, glanced at the lonely Kaguya-kun Maro, and whispered softly: "But I guess he may be lacking in calcium? Maybe he lacks calcium, iron, zinc, selenium, and vitamins?"

    "...lack...lack what?"

    Shiro and Kaguya-kun Maro''s eyes were very puzzled.

    "It''s just lack of nutrition anyway!"

    Naruto Uehara rubbed his forehead, remembering the weird advertisements in his previous life, and sighed: "There is nothing new in calcium here, let him drink more milk first! Wait until I think of a way... "

    The blood of the corpse bones is to gather calcium in the bones of the human body, so that the bones become hard and abnormal, and Uehara does not know the nature of the blood disease.

    But he didn''t panic.

    There are many things in the ninja world that cannot be solved by science. Then they can only be solved with Chakra. For things that cannot be solved by Chakra, let¡¯s see if the system can solve them!

    Maybe you will get some weird skills in the future?

    If even his plug-in can''t solve Junmaro''s condition, then Junmaro can only ask for his own blessings.

    Uehara Naraku sighed in his heart and glanced at the two side missions of his system, neither of which could be completed so quickly.

    Side mission: Let Bai survive (0/1), the reward is unknown.

    Side mission: Let Kaguya-kun Maro survive (0/1), the reward is unknown.

    According to Uehara¡¯s guess, as long as he allows Bai and Kaguya-kun Maro to survive the fifteen-year-old life catastrophe, Bai and Kaguya-kun Maro can only be completed this year, and Kaguya-kun Maro is only ten years old.

    Don''t worry about the white question.

    There is no need to worry about Junmaro.

    As long as Uehara Naraku carefully searches for the tasks in the system panel that may bring healing skills during this period, there should be hope to solve Junmaro''s condition, and it can also solve the diseases that may be contracted by the ghost lamp full moon.

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but glance at the full moon in front of the ghost lamp. The thirteen-year-old Ninja Seven, even this kind of side missions, is too popular in the second dimension, right?

    Compared with Tsunade, it¡¯s a far cry!

    If you return to your life with a group of seven Ninja swords around, Uehara Naraku really wants to stay with Tsunade and complete some side quests that are not straightforward...

    Maybe there are medical skills in it!

 Chapter 62ï¼š The straight male disciple brought a gift to the teacher

    The small countries that passed along the way didn''t have any trouble, and Uehara Naraku finally returned to Akatsuki''s base with a group of people he recruited.

    "Destiny..."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Akatsuki''s base and quietly turned on the Destiny skill. He planned to see who was inside the base.

    Unexpectedly, before Uehara Naraku went to see the characters in the base, he saw a woman close to her in the display of her destiny skills.

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help showing a smile, and said loudly, "Teacher, I have completed the task and returned. Can I become a full member of Akatsuki?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Just as the dried persimmon ghost shark, ghost light full moon and others saw Naraku Uehara talking to the air and felt that the boss''s brain was sick, the air suddenly set off a breeze.

    The hidden paper escape ninja can''t be detected by ordinary ninjas!

    "What do you think?"

    The indifferent voice of a woman suddenly reached everyone''s ears.

    Suddenly countless paper butterflies flew up in the sky, and they formed the figure of a woman sprawling, her eyebrows and eyes faintly serious: "Because I was fighting with Uchiha to carry out the task, I let myself go to the country of water and ended up in a dangerous situation ¡­How many times have I said, don¡¯t have anything to do with Akatsuki now!"

    "Hey, hey, teacher Xiaonan!"

    Uehara Naraku stretched out a palm, and sighed with his forehead: "Teacher Xiaonan, but I overfulfilled the task assigned by Master Yahiko!"

    Xiao Nan''s face suddenly became gloomy, and fell in front of Uehara from the air, staring at him coldly: "Don''t you think you should be proud?"

    "There is no pride at all."

    Uehara Naraku sighed, shook his head and said, "It is precisely because of the psychic thing and detonation talisman given to me by Yahiko-sama and Xiaonan teacher, I can be sure that I will return safely..."

    Just as Uehara Naraku wanted to say something, Xiao Nan''s palm suddenly covered his head and sighed, "Forget it, just come back safely."

    "Ok."

    Uehara Naraku smiled awkwardly. He said, "Didn''t Mr. Nan gave me 100 million detonating charms? And Yahiko-sama also gave me psychic things..."

    "But...still worried about you."

    Xiao Nan lowered his head and touched Uehara''s hair.

    Now she has a stronger power than before, and she can want to protect her cherished companions, but unfortunately she can no longer make up for the regrets that year.

    The dried persimmons and the ghost lights, Manyue, Taodi Nozhan and others next to ¡¡¡¡ listened to the exchanges between them, and the expressions of the crowd changed involuntarily.

    Is the boy who looks good at being the lawless Naraku Uehara really?

    The atmosphere became a little weird.

    Their new boss is clearly rampant in the water country, and even four generations of Water Shadow dare to kill, and even instigates all the three Ninja and seven people in Wuyin Village to defect. Now he looks like a child in front of that woman. Just as good and obedient...

    After hearing the conversation between them, the others looked at each other, the shock in their hearts could not be added.

    I seem to understand why Uehara is so behaved...

    This blue-haired woman in a red cloud and black robe is a character who gives his disciples 100 million detonating charms at hand. It doesn''t seem to be too annoying!

    No wonder this woman can be the teacher of Uehara.

    "By the way, I brought a gift for Teacher Xiao Nan."

    Uehara Naraku casually took out a seal scroll, and from the scroll he pulled out a ninja sword wrapped in a detonating talisman.

    On the way back, Uehara Naraku tried the detonation charms in the psychic explosive knife, but unfortunately the detonation charms in the blast knife droplets seemed to be sealed in another form. There was no way to multiply the detonation charms.

    But from the mouth of the ghost lamp full moon, Uehara knew the power of this explosive sword¡¤spray. When encountering the most danger, he can directly destroy this ninja. The detonation power is enough to destroy the strongest ninja in the ninja world!

    Xiaonan likes initiating amulet so much, should he like blasting knife¡¤spray?

    However, when Xiao Nan saw the blasting knife droplets, her expression gradually became a little stiff: "Naraku, what are you holding..."

    This thing looks so ugly!

    Why didn''t she find that her disciple was so straight?

    Didn¡¯t the kid Uehara know that his teacher actually cares about the beauty of art?

    Uehara Naraku grabbed the handle of the knife and explained softly: "This is a blasting knife and droplet that has been passed down from generation to generation in Wuyin Village. It is said that there are countless detonating charms hidden inside. I think Mr. Nan should like this ninja sword?

    "I don''t actually lack the detonation charm..."

    Xiaonan Chang sighed, stroked Uehara''s forehead, and whispered softly: "You don''t need to prepare a gift for me, as long as you can grow up peacefully."

    "is teacher."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Xiao Nan suspiciously, and threw the explosive knife droplets in his hand to Ghost Lantern Full Moon, which was regarded as returning to the original owner.

    This Shinobi is so ugly that it doesn¡¯t fit his image!

    Xiao''s base has not changed much.

    is that the membership change is a bit big.

    Except that the corner has an undead partner, Fei Duan, and there is no need to worry about him selling his teammates for money in the future, the mysterious masked male A Fei was kicked out of the Akatsuki organization.

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku has countless **** in his heart!

    Originally, he was still thinking about how to continue to slander Uchiha''s belt soil, but Payne and Xiaonan actually spurred Uchiha''s belt soil out of the Akatsuki organization!

    This TM...

    The creator and planner of Dark Dawn was fired!

    When Uehara heard the news, it felt like the general manager of a company fired the chairman of the group, and also pulled the person into the cooperation blacklist!

    Is it necessary for the ghost to be a spy?

    Since then, Uchiha has been unilaterally kicked out of the ranks of the four major actors with the soil. This person will not be eligible to compete with him for the position of the black hand!

    However, when Uehara Naraku saw the base of Absolutely Akatsuki, she immediately felt that it was necessary to be a spy.

    Uchiha''s man with the soil is gone, but his ghost is still active in the sky above Akatsuki...

    Perhaps because Jue¡¯s intelligence is very important, and Heijue¡¯s acting skills are more realistic. Payne and Xiaonan think that Jue is also a victim of being tricked by a pit.

    "Xiao Nan''s disciple is terrible!"

    Jue''s voice is still so cold.

    Seeing Uehara Naraku and a bunch of people behind him, he chuckled and continued: "The three Ninja Swordsmen and the two little ghosts in Wuyin Village...were so many people in one breath, there shouldn¡¯t be fog inside. A spy in Hidden Village, right?"

    After ¡¡¡¡ finished speaking, he said, "Uchiha Daido was the spy of Shimura Danzo, but it has just passed!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku''s expression turned a little unkind, what does this guy want to do?

    How come Uchiha brought the soil in front of him!

    What exactly is the identity of Uchiha''s belt soil, do you not know the initiator?

    "All right."

    Payne stopped the challenge, looked at Uehara Naraku and the group of people behind him, and said softly: "Uehara, introduce the newcomer you brought in!

    It seems that three of them should have mature combat capabilities. It just so happens that Scorpio and Uchiha Itachi have no partners of their own. After the introduction, you can help them to allocate them. "

    "I reject."

    The scorpion of the red sand hid in his puppet, and the urn sounded angrily and said: "These guys are so ugly, even if they were made puppets by me, they are unqualified! Only the two little ghosts behind Uehara look like Personally..."

 Chapter 63ï¼š Akatsukis team is assigned!

    The scorpion of the red sand is really a master.

    Although I have to admit that his body looks really handsome, but now he is dressed in an ugly crimson. Doesn''t this also insult his own aesthetics!

    Taodi no longer beheaded and immediately furious, grabbing the beheading knife and glaring at the Red Sand Scorpion: "Asshole, what are you talking about!"

    Red Sand Scorpion sneered: "I said you are too ugly..."

    "Scorpion!"

    Payne, standing on the fingers of the Outer Golem, interrupted the words of the Red Sand Scorpion loudly, and he continued coldly: "Every member must have his own partner. This is not something you can refuse!"

    "¡­¡­"

    The scorpion of the red sand heard what Payne said and stopped speaking.

    "Hum hum¡­"

    Jue said sadly next to him: "It doesn''t matter if Scorpion is really unwilling. I also found a new person who is suitable for his partner."

    During this period of time, I have never been idle.

    Even if Akatsuki expelled Uchiha for such a major event, it would not affect the level of absolute dedication.

    In order to be able to realize the Moon Eye Project, Akatsuki must supplement enough manpower, so Absolutely has always tried to find a powerful ninja.

    It just so happened that Jue found a genius ninja who was expelled from Yanyin Village. In addition to his temperament, he was really powerful.

    "Then send a team member to go with the scorpion after the team is assigned!"

    Payne nodded and agreed to the absolute suggestion, then looked at Uehara Naraku: "Uehara, let me introduce the newcomer to everyone!"

    "it is good."

    Uehara Naraku prevented the irritable Taodi from cutting it again, and said softly: "This is the Ninja Sword of Wuyin Village. The Seven Peach Grounds will not be cut again. The current holder of the decapitation sword, the previous holder of the decapitation sword is Itachi. Mr.''s partner, Senior Loquat Juzo."

    After hearing the name of Loquat Juzo, Uchiha Itachi slowly raised his gaze, looked at the beheading knife in Momochi''s hand, and lowered his head again.

    Only the two identities of the holder of the beheaded sword and the person who killed the four generations of water shadows, Uchiha Itachi would not repel not being his partner again.

    After all, the last bearer of the decapitated sword, Loquat Juzo, sacrificed himself and saved his life.

    Uehara Naraku stretched out his finger, pointed at the ghost lantern full moon behind him, and continued softly: "This is the ghost lantern full moon. At the age of thirteen this year, he became the Ninja Seven of Wuyin Village. He is as rare as Mr. Itachi. Genius Ninja..."

    After ¡¡¡¡ finished speaking, Uehara Naraku laughed wickedly: "Interestingly, there are only two clansmen left in the wealthy ghost lamp clan in Wuyin Village. Full Moon also has a younger brother who hates him deeply..."

    "Oh?"

    Everyone present suddenly became interested.

    Jiao Du even said without hesitation: "This little ghost named Ghost Lantern Manmoon also killed his whole family?"

    Uehara Naraku shook his head and said, "This is not the case. The demise of the ghost lamp clan is due to the persecution of the four generations of Mizukage Yakura."

    Payne asked a question that he cared most: "Uehara, can you be sure that he will not be a spy in the Hidden Fog Village?"

    "No."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the ghost lantern full moon. After seeing the ghost lantern full moon and nodded, Uehara smiled and said: "What Full Moon wants most is to revive the ghost lantern family. When his brother grows up, he will use his younger brother to His hatred, he became the whetstone on his brother''s growth..."

    While saying these words, Uehara looked at the faces of the people, and continued softly: "This secret is enough to make him afraid to betray us, and I don¡¯t think the seniors will hurt Gui Deng Shui Yue, and they don¡¯t want to miss a brother-in-law. Isn¡¯t it a good show?"

    "Huh, interesting."

    horned his arm and nodded.

    Other people also nodded. These people would not be interested in a declining Ninzu revival story.

    If one day they encounter Gui Deng Shui Yue, they will not choose to kill the killer.

    A scene where brothers cannibalized...

    is still worth seeing.

    Only Uchiha Itachi''s expression changed slightly, and then it returned to normal.

    If possible, Uchiha Itachi wants to scold people now, why does it sound like the story of the ghost lantern full moon is a bit like what he wants to do?

    Someone soon discovered this problem.

    Xiaonan walked over and looked at Itachi Uchiha and said, "How do I think the story of this newcomer is similar to that of Uchiha Itachi?"

    "Itachi is different."

    shook his head quickly, and explained on behalf of Uchiha Itachi: "He killed all his people with his own hands!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Uchiha Itachi was a little worried about being dismantled. He stretched out his palm and stroked his eye sockets, and said in a deep voice, "I am different from this Mr. Ghost Lamp. I just wait for my brother to grow up and use his life to test mine. power."

    Gui Deng Manyue originally had some good feelings for Uchiha Itachi. At this time, after hearing his words, he suddenly became dissatisfied: "Would anyone want to kill his brother?"

    Damn, this heresy!

    The cute creature like brother, he wants to kill!

    "It''s normal for us to think differently..."

    Uchiha Itachi raised his head coldly, staring at the ghost lantern full moon with scarlet eyes, and said: "I hope that I can have more powerful power, so even if I give everything I have, I will not hesitate."

    Uehara Naraku: "..."

    It''s almost the meaning. How come Uchiha Itachi is still acting?

    If someone really kills Uchiha Sasuke one day in the future, wouldn''t you guys fight to kill the crowd?

    Ghost lantern glanced at Uchiha Itachi with disgust, and said solemnly, "I don''t want to team up with this kind of person!"

    "I just don''t want to."

    Uchiha Itachi lowered his head, hiding his eyes.

    From the true feelings in his heart, Itachi Uchiha actually really prefers Manuki Manguki as his partner. The two brothers must have a lot of common language together.

    However, Uchiha Itachi was worried about getting along for a long time, and the ghost lantern full moon discovered his secret.

    After all, everyone is a brother-in-law, and even a look at his brother might reveal his true attitude.

    Just when Uehara Naraku wanted to introduce the dried persimmon ghost shark Suddenly he inserted a sentence in: "In this case, let the dried persimmon ghost shark be the partner of Uchiha Itachi?"

    This is the purpose of it and the soil.

    We must find a way to form a team with the dried persimmon ghost and Uchiha Itachi, so that the dried persimmon ghost can monitor Uchiha''s every move.

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Zutsu in surprise, and said softly: "Mr. Onigiri was originally a teammate that the traitor Uchiha brought to Uchiha Itachi was looking for a teammate for Uchiha Itachi. I have some doubts about his loyalty, so I want to suggest that he join me first. Be an intern for a period of time..."

    If Kurozutsu insists on partnering with Onizuka and Uchiha Itachi, then he will agree.

    "Ghost is the new person I am looking for for Akatsuki."

    Uehara immediately interrupted Naraku Uehara¡¯s words, and said in a deep voice, "Uchiha must have deceived the ghosts too. Now, the dried persimmons will never want to see the Uchiha guys again?"

    "That''s right!"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark revealed his mouth full of shark teeth, and said with a light smile: "If I meet that guy wearing a mask next time, I will let him know the cost of deceiving me!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku was silent for a while, raised his head to look at Payne, and suggested: "Then, according to the predecessor''s intention, directly arrange not to cut Mr. and the ghost light full moon team, and Mr. Kaki ghost shark and Uchiha Itachi team? ?"

    "Yes."

    Payne didn''t care, and glanced at Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro behind Uehara again, and whispered: "Uehara, as for the two little ghosts you brought..."

    Xiaonan put his palm on Naraku Uehara''s shoulder, and proposed: "It seems that these two little ghosts don''t have much combat power. Let them act with Naraku temporarily!"

 Chapter 64ï¼š Dont fool me with the detonator

    Uehara Naraku looked at Xiaonanxiang dried persimmon ghost shark and ghost lamp full moon, Taodi did not cut out red clouds and black robe, ring and nail polish, and couldn''t help but feel envy.

    He wants it too!

    Side quest: Put on Xiao''s uniform with red clouds and black robe, and bear Xiao''s name (0/1). The reward is unknown.

    How popular is ¡¡¡¡Ïþ?

    is known as the first day group in Ninja World!

    Such a high reward task is right in front of him. As long as Xiao Nan gives him a uniform and agrees to become a member of Akatsuki, Uehara will be rewarded.

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but moved to Xiaonan''s side and said, "Teacher Xiaonan, I have already recruited three new people for Xiao, can you give me a uniform?"

    "Don''t think about these messy things."

    Konan tapped Uehara Naraku on the forehead: "Penn told me that you used the detonation talisman to push back the Uchiha belt soil. Have you all used up the detonation talisman I gave you before?"

    Uehara Naraku didn''t realize what it meant, Xiao Nan took out a few scrolls and stuffed it into his arms, rubbing his head: "There are a billion detonating charms in it, which are used as rewards for completing the task... "

    Uehara Naraku: "..."

    Side mission: Collect one billion initiating symbols (1000000000/1000000000), the mission has been completed, reward 400 gold coins.

    How could his teacher be like this...

    This is trying to pick up the explosive charm to fool him!

    Dry persimmon ghost shark, ghost light full moon and others, saw Xiaonan lightly throwing a scroll containing a billion detonating charms to Uehara Naruto, and their jaws were scared off!

    What kind of fairy teacher is this!

    Send out the detonation symbol in 100 million units at will!

    Xiaonan doesn''t seem to care about her grandeur. In normal battles, she actually uses not many detonating talisman numbers. Generally, only when she uses the paper of the gods to hide the detonating talisman in ambush in advance, the number used will be larger.

    Uehara Naraku grievedly took the scroll, unblocked and pulled out a pile of detonating charms from it, and handed it to the dried persimmon ghost: "The money owed to you is paid off."

    "¡­¡­"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark received the detonation charm from Uehara Nairobi in confusion, and gave it to the ghost lantern full moon and peach ground without cutting a part.

    They really don''t care about Uehara''s repayment.

    If it''s money, it''s fine, but it''s a detonation symbol!

    Even if it is shot in the cheapest country, the detonation charm can be sold for two thousand taels, and it is not easy to buy.

    Relying on the teacher is rich!

    Xiaonan heard Uehara''s words and couldn''t help but frown, staring at Uehara and said, "Why would you owe them money?"

    "¡­This one¡­"

    Uehara Naraku began to think about a suitable excuse.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark was empathetic and immediately helped him out: "We met Konoha''s Tsunade-sama before, Uehara-sama and her bet twice and lost several million taels..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku''s head slowly turned, staring at the dried persimmon ghost shark closely, cast a desperate look at him, what''s the matter with the dried persimmon ghost shark?

    Mingming told him before that he shouldn¡¯t disclose the money he lost in Tangren Village, and didn¡¯t he already return the money to him?

    The next moment, Uehara felt a cold gaze fall on him.

    Xiaonan stretched out her palm, and slowly turned Uehara''s head to look at herself. Her face was gloomy, and she looked a little flustered.

    The woman''s palm slowly moved downward, stroking the cheek of the young ninja, her fingers resting on Uehara''s earlobe.

    Xiao Nan''s voice became extremely cold, a little angry with hatred for iron and steel: "Naraku, have you learned to gamble?"

    "I''m not, I don''t think about it..."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head repeatedly, and explained, "I just see Tsunade-senpai living in a difficult situation. After all, she is a teammate of Jiraiya-senpai, and my main purpose is to let Tsunade-senpai help Junmaro to see a doctor..."

    In fact, he is just to complete a task!

    Does he have any other thoughts?

    Xiao Nan''s death gaze lasted for a long time before finally softening: "You can''t gamble on money in the future, understand? And Jiraji... said... Tsunade-senpai is hopeless, no matter how much you give her. With money, she will become impoverished because of gambling."

    "¡­Yes, I understand."

    Uehara Naraku nodded seriously.

    I really didn''t expect that Jilaiya secretly hacked his old teammate more than ten years ago. What he said is also true.

    Is it useful for that woman Tsunade to win so much money?

    In the end, not everyone will lose everything!

    The dried persimmon ghost has already put on the red cloud and black robe. He glanced at Uehara''s embarrassment and chuckled, "Master Uehara, then I will go out to see my teammates first."

    "...Go!"

    Uehara Naraku bitterly squeezed two words from his teeth.

    Mingming, this guy is a spy that he is about to install, and the first thing he does when he joins Akatsuki is to "inadvertently" reveal his affairs to Xiaonan.

    This guy is not as honest as he thought!

    Keep your mouth shut, don¡¯t you understand!

    If it were not for Uehara''s own cleverness, and found a reason to barely stand, Xiao Nan would not show him a good face for several days!

    "Don''t blame me, Uehara-sama."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark spread his hands, and the smile on the corner of his mouth became more intense: "I just think Uehara-sama shouldn''t do things that he shouldn''t do at his age. Senior Xiao Nan should take care of his disciples!"

    "I see, thank you for your reminder."

    After Xiaonan nodded, the eyes that looked up at the dried persimmon and ghost suddenly became more friendly and trusting.

    After leaving the logistics base.

    Taodi can''t help but look at the dried persimmon ghost shark with a chuckle and said, "Huh, you guy has offended that kid from Uehara this time!"

    "is it?"

    The smile on the face of the dried persimmon ghost remains undiminished. He glanced at the peach land and did not cut it, as if looking at a mentally retarded person: "Then I really didn''t notice it!"

    Gui Deng Man Yue glanced at the dried persimmon and ghost shark thoughtfully, and said softly: "In fact, adults should respect their teachers very much? When we came back, he seemed to often mention his teachers inadvertently."

    "It seems that there are not too many idiots among us!"

    The dried persimmon ghost chuckled lightly at the corner of his mouth, and then he scorned his words and didn''t cut it again, so he separated from them and went to see his new partner.

    By the lake.

    Uchiha Itachi is here again thinking about life.

    Now Uchiha Itachi''s mood is a bit regretful and weird, there are people like Ghost Lantern Manyue in Ninja?

    If there is a chance, should he think of a way to understand how Ghost Lantern Manyue operates his brother?

    The sound of the shark muscle piercing the ground disrupted Uchiha Itachi''s thinking. The dried persimmon ghost shark stood behind him, and UU read the book softly and said, "What are you thinking? The famous Itachi... "

    "¡­¡­"

    Uchiha Itachi closed his eyes and didn''t want to answer.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark walked towards Uchiha Itachi step by step, and approached him and said, "Do you need me to help guess? For example, how should I prevent others from noticing... You are actually like the ghost of the ghost lantern, want to protect yourself. Little brother?"

    Uchiha Itachi''s face did not change, but he stretched out his hand and slowly brushed his hair tossed by the wind, and whispered softly, "If you are just talking about these meaningless words..."

    "meaningful."

    The smile on the face of the dry persimmon ghost is very kind: "I just make sure, if you really don¡¯t care about your brother, I can plan to kill him now, so that I have a pair of chakra eyes, my chakra is very abundant, write The consumption of wheel eyes should be minimal to me."

    "¡­¡­"

    Uchiha Itachi''s fingers trembled involuntarily.

    Perhaps this new teammate with a shark face is the hardest test for him since he came to Xiao.

    Akatsuki''s members are all extremely mentally ill, and Uchiha Itachi can''t judge the truth of what he said after listening to what he said.

    The dried persimmon Kakigaki vaguely noticed Uchiha Itachi''s fingers, and the smile on his face became stronger and stronger. It seemed that his boss Naraku Uehara''s judgment was fulfilled again!

    waited until Uchiha Itachi finally couldn''t help it, and wanted to say something, but the dried persimmon ghost stopped his words first.

    The smile on the shark''s face became a bit sullen: "Well, I''m joking...I want to watch a duel between brothers more than a mere pair of round eyes."

    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª

    ask for some recommended votes!

 Chapter 65ï¼š Ninja 3 forbidden 1, forbidden female sex!

    "boring."

    Uchiha Itachi gradually relaxed, skipped the topic about his younger brother, and said solemnly: "Tomorrow we will go to Yanyin Village with Scorpion. I hope you won''t die there."

    "Mr. Itachi is really dangerous..."

    Dry Persimmon Guikun grinned, and continued: "We are both members of Akatsuki who brought in Akatsuki before he defected. If I die, who will become Mr. Itachi''s next teammate?"

    "Bring soil...sir?"

    Uchiha Itachi''s eyes suddenly changed.

    This spy from Konoha''s Anbe immediately guessed the true identity of the dried persimmon ghost shark. This guy is the person Uchiha brought in Doan!

    Then it''s not easy to get black hands...

    "It doesn''t matter."

    Uchiha Itachi got up and left the lake.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark stopped in place and stared at his back. The smile on his face never stopped: "It''s really sad...Even if you have the Shalanyan, how far can you see?"

    Xiao''s base.

    After Uchiha Itachi returned to his room, Zutsu''s figure appeared: "Itachi, if you have any information you need to tell Daito during this period, I can pass it on."

    Uchiha Itachi frowned his brows, looked at Zutsu coldly, and asked, "Is this Shimura Danzo''s order?"

    "???"

    Hearing Uchiha Itachi''s words, Zue''s expression was very happy.

    During this period of time, they have really thought about making mistakes. Let Uchiha take the soil to contact Shimura Danzo to see if Danzo can be blamed.

    Only after Hagi Kakashi returned to Konoha, Shimura Danzo was busy chatting with Kakashi, probably not willing to take over the hot trouble of bringing soil.

    And Uchiha Daido does not bother to cooperate with Danzo.

    Damn, you know you''ve already gotten rid of by Nagato, so you still have to stand up and choose?

    Unfortunately, this person was chosen by Madara Uchiha.

    Hei could only smile with a sullen smile and open his mouth to speak to Itachi Uchiha''s thoughts: "Itachi, are you also affected by Payne and Konan? Dodo obeyed Madara''s will!"

    Bai Jue sighed quietly and said: "It''s just that the idiot that brought Tuo was so impatient at the beginning that they were mistaken for Danzo''s spy. We will clear up this misunderstanding soon, and bring Tu will return to master Akatsuki again. "

    "I know."

    After Uchiha Itachi nodded, his face suddenly became serious: "After we return from the mission in Iwakura Village, I want to see him."

    "Ho **** ho ho... okay."

    Kurozutsu agreed to Uchiha Itachi''s request.

    Uchiha Itachi''s eyes flashed, and he said in a low voice, "I''m very curious how Uchiha took the soil to clear the suspicion... If he can''t grasp Akatsuki again, my situation in Akatsuki will be very dangerous, and Payne and Xiaonan will doubt it sooner or later. To me."

    "Do not worry!"

    Bai Jue replied with a chuckle: "We got a message that Sansho Fish Hanzo has sent someone to contact Danzo in order to wipe out the resurgence of Akatsuki;

    It happened that Xiao Nan was taking her team to attack the Yuyin Ninja, as long as this incident was used to let Xiao Nan discover the truth inadvertently..."

    This is the advantage of intelligence.

    As long as they can take the lead in passing certain information to Xiao Nan.

    For example, Shimura Danzo is planning to assassinate Uchiha Daido, who reappears, and Uchiha Daido''s betrayal of Konoha''s "truth".

    When Xiaonan attacks Yunin and Konoha, he will get a part of the ¡®truth¡¯, and naturally the suspicion of being soiled is cleared.

    It has always been Uchiha who brought the soil to guide Nagato to develop the power of the reincarnation eye. As long as the suspicion on the soil is cleared, a little manipulation can return to Akatsuki.

    As for the information that Xiao Nan got when he arrived, it was naturally half-true and half-false, and it must have been added.

    However, the fact that Sanshoyu Hanzo contacted Shimura Danzo to meet is indeed true.

    Shimura Danzo has also used Uchiha''s intelligence to retrieve the root leader position from Sarutobi Hitoshi. He also wants to reconnect with Hanzo, trying to get Hanzo''s support and get the position of Naruto.

    After leaving Akatsuki''s base.

    Heijue asked in a gloomy voice, "When will Danzo and Hanzo meet?"

    "According to the situation we are monitoring, just in these two days."

    Bai Jue shook his head, his expression a little confused: "But this time Xiao Nan brought two little ghosts, they are very slow, should they be able to catch up?"

    "It doesn''t matter."

    Heijue snorted coldly: "As long as she discovers the meeting of Konoha Ninja and Urenin, she will definitely be unable to restrain them and attack them, and then she will get the truth."

    This time, the speed of Xiaonan and Naraku Uehara was indeed a bit slow.

    With the return of Uehara Naraku and Xiaonan, their mission to attack Uyin Ninjas restarted again, but this time there were two more people.

    Teruya-kun Maro and white.

    When they learned that they were going to perform the task together, Kaguya-kun Maro''s eyes were a little surprised and asked, "Can we also follow along to perform the task?"

    "I didn''t want to take you."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Xiao Nan helplessly, and sighed: "But Xiao Nan teacher thinks I should have two teammates..."

    This is the prejudice of the ninja world.

    In other words, this is the legacy of Jilaiya.

    Xiaonan is now teaching Uehara exactly in accordance with Jiraiya''s method.

    She is the leader of Shangnin, and a team is formed by Uehara Naraku, Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro.

    Xiaonan hopes that Naraku Uehara can become a normal ninja life, instead of thinking about becoming a full member of Akatsuki every day and ganging up with the group of neuropathic ninjas...

    "Uehara, are we dragging you down?"

    The white eyes were a little confused, and he asked a little seriously.

    is obviously a young boy, but he has a surprisingly high appearance, and looks more cute than a girl, especially Bai is very sensible, always giving Shangyuan the illusion that Bai is the''big sister'' in that kind of family.

    Ming understands that the age is not too old!

    This is how homeless children are headed early...

    "Oh, there is not actually."

    Uehara Naraku sighed, touched his white head, and whispered softly: "It is also very happy to be able to form teammates with you..."

    Even though his original intention was to recruit a few lovely subordinates, the rewards given to him by the system are really too rich!

    Who would have thought that this simplest task would actually reward a temporal and spatial skill?

    In other words, the essence of the system is to allow him to complete tasks from easy to difficult. It seems that the rewards for some simple tasks are also very high, allowing him to move to Long Aotian mode from the beginning.

    As a result, instead of joining Ninja Village, he joined the Akatsuki organization and started the **** mode and the little disciple mode.

    Side mission: Join a ninja squad (1/1), the mission has been completed, the reward skill Mystery¡¤Compassion Soulfall.

    Mystery and Compassion: After providing your teammates with a shield that can withstand a fatal blow, it ignores the distance of time and space and teleports to the teammates. The cooling time is 160 seconds and the Chakra consumes 100 points.

    This skill is kind of interesting whether it is supporting or escaping!

    However, Uehara had been defeated by Tsunade and received the teleportation function of fate. He didn''t care much about the teleportation function of the merciful soul. He preferred the shield that could resist the fatal blow.

    Xiao Nan, who was walking at the front of the team, turned his head to look at the three teenagers, especially the face of Uehara Naraku. This disciple didn''t seem to resist her arrangement very much.

    According to the description of Mr. Jilaiya, there are usually two men and one woman, which inspires the fighting instinct of the boys, and the girls will reconcile the relationship between the two teammates, thus forming a unique bond.

    It is a pity that there are no girls in this team.

    Now I can only improvise with a white who looks like a girl.

    Xiaonan fiddled with her blue hair, and looked at Uehara Naraku who was talking with Junmaro and Shiro, and a smile appeared on her face.

    The Three Ninjas are forbidden to have money, alcoholism and female sex.

    It doesn¡¯t seem to be a bad thing not to let Naraku contact girls now, right?

 Chapter 66ï¼š Both my parents were killed by Konoha Ninja!

    The rain began to fall again.

    Yunin people hide in a stronghold.

    Just as they heard the sound of footsteps outside the stronghold, a voice suddenly penetrated the sound of rain and passed into the ears of the rain.

    The voice sounded like a little guy, and there was something interesting in his words: "Have you hidden? If it is hidden, we will start looking."

    "¡­¡­"

    Just as the other ninjas were surprised, the expression of Captain Shangnin who had just been sent to garrison from Yuyin Village changed suddenly.

    The Kaminin captain is exactly Hattori Heiji, who has the title of Uyin''s thorn.

    Some time ago, the Sansho fish who was responsible for the care and protection of Hattori Heiji died in the hands of Xiaonan, and several ninja teams were also killed by Uehara.

    Because of this incident, Hattori Heiji was considered to have made a big mistake and was banished to this small stronghold by Sansho Fish Hanzo.

    "Outside is Akatsuki!"

    Hattori Heiji squeezed his Ninja sword abruptly, and when Uehara Naraku that kid appeared here, it meant that this stronghold was over.

    Since this time, the news of the resurgence of Akatsuki''s organization has spread in the country of rain.

    Although according to Yuyin Ninja''s news, there is only one woman and one boy present, but their strength is extremely strong.

    As a witness to Hattori Heiji, his feelings are more intuitive.

    It''s just that boy, not a character they can defeat!

    Hattori Heiji turned his head to look at his subordinates, and said in a deep voice, "We ran away separately and met in the east gorge at night!"

    "But this will be gradually broken, right?"

    One of them, Yuren, suggested: "Serving the captain, it''s better to stay here. As long as we can hold on for a day, Hanzo-sama''s right hand will come soon, and this group of guys can be wiped out at that time!"

    "moron!"

    Hattori Heiji opened his mouth and cursed: "If we stay here, it won''t last long. Don''t think about it, just retreat!"

    "Yes¡­"

    A few Yuren helplessly accepted Hattori Heiji''s order.

    Just when these Xia Ren just left the stronghold, bone bullets suddenly flew over, shot into their chests and abdomen, and blood splashed out!

    A few Yuren had no sound.

    Only Shinnin Hattori Heiji held the Shinobi in his hand and barely blocked the impact of a bone bullet. Even so, he was injured by the impact of the bone bullet.

    Hattori Heiji looked up and saw a blue-haired woman in a red cloud and black robe. Next to her were three little ghosts, one of whom was pointing her finger at him.

    Obviously, it was this finger attack that destroyed the Yunin team!

    "Let him live, Junmaro!"

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand to stop Kaguya-kun Maro''s movement, jumped down, looked at Hattori Heiji and chuckled, "Ha, this is an old friend of mine!"

    "Yes."

    Kaguya-kun Maro retracted his finger and humbly retreated to the side. It was he who directly killed several Yurenin with ten fingers through bullets.

    Xiao Nan frowned, looked at Yu Yin Shangren in doubt, and asked softly: "Na Luo, have you seen him?"

    "Well, the last time we met..."

    Uehara Naraku introduced a few words to Hattori Heiji.

    Last time, when he and Xiao Nan went to kill the sansho fish, they happened to meet the ninja troops led by Hattori Heiji, and they were easily defeated by Uehara.

    This Shangnin, who has the title of Yuyin''s thorn, exchanged the lives of himself and the two Xiarenin from Uehara''s hands with a loving heaven.

    "Did this man give you that dirty novel?"

    Xiaonan''s eyes flashed, she worked so hard to arrange a bright future for Uehara, but she didn''t want to see any stains on her disciple!

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but look up at Xiao Nan, and wanted to remind her that it was a book written by your teacher!

    Xiao Nan, who was full of anger, had obviously ignored this question, looked down at them and whispered, "Kill him, Naraku!"

    "Well¡­"

    Uehara Naraku sighed helplessly, crouched down and looked at Hattori Heiji and said, "Sorry, my teacher is here. This time, I''m afraid your luck..."

    Hattori Heiji interrupted Naraku Uehara''s conversation, and whispered: "I have a set of intimacy heaven here, and I have two volumes!"

    The atmosphere suddenly became a little weird.

    The Shinobu-sama from Yuyin Village wanted to use a set of intimacy paradise in exchange for Naruto Uehara to let him go.

    What a pity he was hasty this time!

    If it was only Uehara Naraku himself, Uehara Naraku would really spare his life and let him go back and continue to threaten Hanzo, regardless of the overall situation.

    But this time...

    There is Xiaonan staring at Yabi!

    Uehara Naraku is in a bad mood: "What do you mean? Who do you think I am?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Hattori Heiji gave Uehara Naraku a faint look. The "Intimate Paradise" series is a treasure that ninjas have, and they know everything!

    Uehara suddenly fell into a hesitation. There are still several side missions in the "Family Paradise" series, but the two volumes must be collected. It happens that Hattori Heiji has them here.

    If Hattori Heiji is killed, the book will be confiscated and destroyed by Xiaonan...

    Uehara Naraku took a deep look at Hattori Heiji, and said softly: "If you want to spare your life, this price is not enough. If you have information about Sansho Fish Hanzo..."

    "I will never betray Hanzo-sama..."

    Hattori Heiji firmly refused Uehara''s request with a full face, but the next moment he seemed to think of something, and he lowered his head and said solemnly: "If you are willing to do something, I can tell you Hanzo-sama¡¯s right and left hand Sansho Yumida. intelligence¡­"

    "We have no interest in small shrimps Uehara Naruko waved his hand. Except for the Sansho Fish Hanzo in Yuyin Village, the other ninjas are nothing to worry about. They are just small fish and shrimps.

    Hattori Heiji was silent for a while, and whispered: "What if this matter is related to the survival of your Akatsuki organization?"

    "what?"

    Uehara Naraku suddenly laughed: "It is related to Akatsuki''s survival? You think too much, and those who are capable of destroying Akatsuki are still attending ninja school!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Hattori Heiji didn''t understand what Uehara Naraku meant. After all, according to common sense, shouldn''t all those who can destroy Akatsuki have not been born yet?

    It''s just that Hattori Heiji didn''t have the intention to think about it. He just lowered his head and said, "What if I say, Hanzo-sama wants to unite with Konoha''s Shimura Danzo?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes tightened, he slowly lowered his head and looked at Hattori Heiji''s eyes, and said coldly: "I and my teacher are interested in this information... But I want to know why you leaked this information to me. ?"

    Up to now, the Yuyin Ninjas Uehara Naraku has seen have been loyal to their leader, Sansho Fish Hanzo, even if they sacrifice their lives.

    The information about the re-collusion between Shimura Danzo and Sansho Yu Hanzo should be top secret in Uyin Village, right?

    Hattori Heiji''s eyes were red, and he gritted his teeth and said: "Because my parents were killed by Konoha ninja during the Ninja World War! Obviously Hanzo-sama can easily kill you, but he wants to collude with Konoha!"

    "Sorry¡­"

    Uehara Naraku automatically ignored the second half of the sentence, and sighed: "But I want to know what evidence you have, can you prove it?"

 Chapter 67ï¼š This demigod has water!

    War will always leave some scars.

    In the past, the villages of Konoha, Iwakura, and Sagakura regarded the country of rain as their battlefield. I don¡¯t know how many innocent people died. Nagato¡¯s parents died at the hands of Konoha Ninja.

    After so many years, even after Jiraiya''s teachings, Nagato still can''t forget the hatred of his parents, let alone Hattori Hirakawa, an ordinary Yuyin Kamin.

    "If Hanzo-sama wants to eliminate Akatsuki, I will give my life for his orders; but he chose to unite Konoha Ninja!"

    Hattori Hirakawa clenched his fist bitterly, and continued in a deep voice: "When Hanzo-sama and Konoha''s Shimura Danzo jointly eliminated Akatsuki, I left the village and gave up to go with him because of me. Unable to accept cooperation with Konoha Ninja!"

    "Luckily you didn''t go there at that time..."

    Uehara Naraku sighed slowly.

    If Hattori Hirakawa participated in the eradication of the First Akatsuki organization, he wouldn''t be able to escape the fate of being slaughtered by the furious Nagato, right?

    "But..."

    Uehara Naraku suddenly looked at the furious Hattori Hirakawa and whispered: "You said so much, is there any evidence?"

    "Of course there is."

    Hattori Hirakawa nodded, and continued in a deep voice: "Sansho Yukida is known as Hanzo-sama''s right hand. That **** will arrive in the eastern valley tomorrow, where he will be in contact with Konoha''s ninja. I just wanted to attract Go there and get rid of them..."

    "Interesting..."

    Uehara Naraku hooked the corners of his mouth and patted Hattori Hirakawa on the shoulder and said, "I hope what you said is true! If there is any conspiracy... it''s no use."

    "I will meet them tomorrow."

    Hattori Hirakawa shook his head, and said in a deep voice, "This is not a special secret, but only the Shinnin team knows this news, because Hanzo-sama asked us to be responsible for protecting the **** who met with Konoha Ninja. Safety."

    "Ok¡­"

    Uehara Nana nodded, and said in a low voice: "Then wait until this matter is over, and then give me the intimacy paradise."

    "¡­I know!"

    Hattori Hirakawa suddenly showed a wretched smile.

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but curl his lips, you know what a fart!

    After Xiao Nan learned the news from Uehara Nairobi, although she was still a bit entangled, but under the persuasion of her disciples, she reluctantly agreed to leave Hattori Hirakawa with her life. After all, this was the first Yu Yinren they encountered willing to cooperate. By.

    No matter what Hattori Hirakawa said is true or false, there are things that can be manipulated.

    If what Hattori Hirakawa said is true, Konan and Nagato are still very interested in killing Shimura Danzo and Sansho Hanzo in one fell swoop;

    If what Hattori Hirakawa said is false, even if he hides some conspiracy, it is useless in the face of absolute strength.

    Konan and Uehara Naraku finalized the plan.

    Since Hattori Hirakawa''s subordinates have all been killed in the battle, their team will pretend to be Hattori''s subordinates to participate in this interview.

    The only problem is...

    Xiao Nan looked around at the members of his team, frowned and said, "Naraku, what do you think we should do?"

    Can this group of little puddings pretend to be adult ninjas?

    Uehara Naraku, 12 years old, 165cm tall.

    White, eleven years old, 150cm tall.

    Kueya-kun Maro, ten years old, 155cm tall.

    After all, maintaining the transformation technique for a long time is a technical job. Uehara Naraku''s size is good, but Kaguya-kun Maro and Shirawani show their stuff?

    "Then only my teacher and I can go..."

    Uehara Naraku smiled, looking at Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro, and whispered softly: "Moreover, if something goes wrong, the teacher and I can run away at any time."

    Eastern Canyon.

    This is the meeting place for Uyin Ninja and Konoha Ninja.

    One after another, Yuyin Ninjas arrived here soon. At noon, there were already more than thirty ninjas gathered here.

    There are seven or eight in Shinobu alone.

    Uehara Naraku and Xiaonan, wearing hoods and special gas masks made by Yuyin Village, followed behind Hattori Hirakawa and looked at the situation.

    Even if he didn''t inquire about the definitive news, but killed all these loyalty to the Sansho Fish Hanzo mission, it can be called a successful operation.

    As time gradually approached, the Yuren people gathered here began to make noise. The few leader Shangren captains were obviously a little anxious and impatient.

    "Why does that **** Mita come here?"

    "The trash must not arrive here until the last minute!"

    "Hmph, if it wasn''t because that **** was from Hanzo-sama''s tribe, I would definitely chop that **** into seven or eight pieces!"

    "Who makes Hanzo-sama trust him?"

    Most of these Yuyin Shinnin people directly cursed in anger, ignoring that the person they wanted to protect was a high-level person in Yuyin Village.

    Uehara Naraku heard that someone had begun to greet the wife named Sansho Fish Mita, and couldn''t help but ask: "Hirakawa, Sansho Fish Mitac is not Hanzo''s right hand? How do you feel that his reputation in Yuyin Village? Great?"

    "not too good?"

    A gloomy flash on Hattori Hirakawa¡¯s face, and he said coldly: ¡°They¡¯re so polite. The Mitac has great power, and he often raises up to kill innocent ninjas and civilians in the village in the name of Yuyin. Framed them as spies, the Captain Shangnin here basically has his relatives, friends and close friends who died under his butcher knife..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku blinked suspiciously. Isn''t this Sansho Fish Mitac just a "Shimura Danzo" character in Uyin Village?

    Hattori Hirakawa continued to add: "If that **** really does it for Uyin Village, but everything he does is actually to collect money for himself, so that he can enjoy the extravagant life..."

    Feelings, this guy is not as good as Shimura Danzo!

    Xiaonan asked curiously next to him: "Does that guy Hanzo just sit and watch his clan harm the interests of Yuyin Village?"

    "So what can I do?"

    Hattori Hirakawa shook his head and sighed softly, "Because he is the most outstanding ninja among Hanzo-sama''s family, he is the person Hanzo-san trusts most."

    This is also normal.

    After all, when the three generations of Hokage of Konoha, the country of fire, arrange personnel, they also first arrange their own people to the most critical positions.

    It is said that Konoha¡¯s Anbu leader is the eldest son and daughter-in-law of three generations of Naruto, and Naruto assistant and Naruto consultant are old friends who grew up together...

    Sanjiao Yu Hanzo probably couldn''t pick a suitable and trustworthy person to do some secret private affairs, so he could only raise one among the dwarves, and single out a Sanjiao Yu Mita from his own clan.

    Hattori Hirakawa continued bitterly: "It is said that this time to continue to unite with Konoha''s Shimura Danzo is the proposal of the idiot Mitac... Hanzo-sama is a ninja and demigod, so why not unite with Konoha''s bastards!"

    "¡­Uh¡­"

    Uehara Nana spread out her hands and said helplessly, "Maybe you are holding the Sansho Fish Hanzo too high, will Hanzo know it in his heart..."

    In order to prevent Hattori Hirakawa''s anger from disrupting the plan, Uehara Nara did not say that the demigod of Sansho Fish Hanzo actually has water!

    Because not many people in this era have really seen the strength of Senjujuma, everyone thinks that Sanshoyu Hanzo''s power is the closest ninja to Senjujuma. Sanshoyu Hanzo is called a ninja demigod.

    Because not many people in this era have really seen Uchiha Madara¡¯s Susano, so Raikage was also known as the strongest defense and strongest offense...

    Even Sarutobi Hisaki can mix with the strongest name of Naruto.

    While Uehara Naraku was still thinking about it, Xiao Nan suddenly stretched out his palm and grabbed his fingers, reminding him in a low voice: "Uehara, they are here!"

 Chapter 68ï¼š Dont be impulsive, teacher!

    After hearing Xiaonan''s reminder, Uehara Naraku lost his mind and raised his head to look at the two teams of ninjas that appeared in the canyon.

    One of the ninjas was wearing Yuyin''s forehead, and the headed ninja had a red mark on his face. It looked a little ferocious and fierce. It should be the so-called Hanzo''s right-handed Sansho Fish God.

    Another team of ninjas wear animal masks and standard equipment, which is more orderly than Yuyin ninjas.

    Is that the root of Konoha?

    Uehara Naraku quietly turned on the destiny skill, wanting to check if there is anyone he knows among these Konoha ninjas.

    When the destiny skill was turned on, Uehara Naraku''s expression suddenly changed.

    There is a familiar avatar in the Konoha root ninja, which seems to be called the mountain stroke?

    But why does this guy also appear in this area?

    This guy has a conspiracy...

    Under the ground of the negotiation area.

    Hei Jue Jue said in a gloomy voice: "Xiao Nan has taken the kid Uehara to ambush them. As long as they have a fierce battle, we will take this opportunity to secretly hide the information on a ninja..."

    "There will be no problems, right?"

    Bai Jue said hesitantly: "What if Xiao Nan can''t defeat them? Or we were accidentally discovered..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Black never wants to care about it.

    It''s a pity that the two of them share the same body. Even if the other half of the body is mentally handicapped, Hei Jue still has to calm his emotions: "Don''t worry, Xiao Nan''s strength is not too weak!"

    Besides, even Uehara Naraku can psychic Heavenly Way Penn, how could Xiaonan not learn how to psychic Penn?

    Hei Jue even had a faint feeling in his heart, Xiao Nan has always been indifferent to the other members of the Akatsuki organization. Perhaps it can be guessed that Xiao Nan thinks that his power exceeds these people!

    According to Hei Jue¡¯s own analysis of Xiaonan¡¯s intelligence, this blue-haired woman doesn¡¯t seem to be that kind of arrogant person!

    If she herself thinks that she can defeat the other members of Akatsuki, it means that she really has that kind of power.

    Heijue''s guess is good.

    Xiaonan is indeed very confident in his own strength.

    When Xiaonan saw that Uehara Naraku''s expression was different, he gently patted his arm and comforted him: "Uehara, what''s the matter? Don''t be afraid, everything is with me..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku shook his head speechlessly.

    Why does Xiao Nan think he is afraid?

    Anyway, he is a ninja with a little bit of strength!

    Does his teacher still think that he was able to retreat from the mission in the Hidden Fog Village because of those 100 million detonating charms?

    He, Naraku Uehara, is very strong now!

    However, watching Xiao Nan comfort him, Uehara Naraku reluctantly moved to Xiao Nan''s side and whispered: "Teacher, let''s take a look at the results of their negotiations! It feels like these ninjas are a bit weird..."

    "Ok."

    Xiaonan nodded.

    To be honest, Xiao Nan really thought Uehara was frightened by so many ninjas who came together. After all, the enemies they faced were different from the past.

    Compared with the fishing ninjas in these strongholds, these are mostly elite ninjas, and there are some upper ninja captains.

    Shangnin, happens to be the most vague concept in this world.

    Konoha Sannin, golden glitter, who dares to treat them as ordinary Shinnin?

    One dozen seven? One dozen ten?

    The golden glitter can defeat the Fifty Shinnins unharmed by one person!

    Hattori Hirakawa lowered his head and saw that the root ninja had arrived, he held the ninja in his hand and asked aloud, "Aren''t you guys not doing it now?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku and Xiaonan looked at Hattori Hirakawa as if they were mentally retarded.

    I am a bit sorry for Hattori Hirakawa. In fact, Xiaonan should be the one who wants Hanzo and Danzo to unite most among all the people present.

    So that she and Nagato can wipe out their enemies in the past.

    The development of things obviously did not go as Xiaonan wanted.

    As time goes by, the negotiation between Sanjiao Yu Mita and Konohagen''s troop Changshan Stroke seems to have reached a deadlock.

    After a while, the two actually quarreled.

    The dispute between the two people became louder and louder. Sanjiao Yu Mita and Sanzhongfeng retreated and said loudly: "All alert!"

    ïÏà¥!

    The sound of Shinobu''s scabbard is endless!

    Yurenin appeared one by one, standing on the canyon!

    However, a group of Konoha ninjas suddenly appeared on the opposite side of the canyon, watching this place vigilantly, facing each other with Yunin!

    Neither party particularly trusted the other party.

    Mountain Zhongfeng looked at Sanjiao Yu Shenda and sternly shouted: "Yuyin Village has lost its faith and righteousness. You simply don''t have any sincerity in the alliance!"

    "It is clear that you Konoha ninja should shirk responsibility!"

    Sanjiao Yu Mita did not show weakness, and loudly accused: "If it weren''t for Shimura Danzo and Konoha Ninja''s escape, now Akatsuki would have been wiped out!"

    "¡­¡­"

    The two quickly blamed themselves fiercely.

    In fact, this is just a basic routine for the two parties to negotiate. I want to hold the other party responsible for the last cooperation, so as to gain an advantage in this negotiation as a victim.

    Konoha Root Ninja''s condition is: Sansho Yu Hanzo must first support Shimura Danzo to become Konoha Naruto. Then he will send ninja troops as Konoha Naruto to support Sansho Yu Hanzo in destroying Akatsuki in the Land of Rain.

    Yuyin Ninja''s condition is: Shimura Danzo must send people to support the Sansho Fish Hanzo to suppress Akatsuki organization, and then discuss how to support Danzo to become Hokage.

    Everyone means a little empty glove white wolf.

    Konoha root ninja has suffered from the last cooperation, Shimura Danzo clearly led someone to help out, but Sansho Fish Hanzo did not admit it...

    Therefore, Danzo instructed his subordinates, the premise of this cooperation is that Sansho Yu Hanzo must first show his attitude to stand for himself.

    As long as Yuyin Village and Konoha reach a friendly alliance, use the influence of a ninja demigod to try to change the attitude of Konoha''s senior...

    Rain hidden ninja is naturally not happy.

    Who knows when Shimura Danzo will become Hokage?

    Isn¡¯t it just like the last collaboration?

    Konoha roots came forward to assist the Yuyin Village to eliminate the Xiao organization When the elimination of the Xiao organization succeeds, Hanzo-sama will naturally support Danzo!

    The first round of talks between the two sides will certainly not be reached in this simple way.

    Xiao Nan looked at the two parties who were verbally blaming and accusing each other, feeling a little uncomfortable, and asked, "Nara, what''s the matter? Are they...have their talk broken?"

    "obviously."

    Uehara Naruto nodded.

    Xiaonan''s brows wrinkled, his face faintly darkened and said, "Is Shimura Danzo coming?"

    "Isn''t it coming?"

    Uehara Naraku is also a little confused.

    According to his memory, it seems that Shimura Danzo and Sansho Hanzo only cooperated once, until Sansho Hanzo was killed by Payne, and Danzo was not seen.

    "What are you waiting for!"

    Xiao Nan''s face darkened, and he gritted his teeth and whispered: "Then we will kill everyone present and charge a little interest!"

    "what?"

    Uehara Naraku glanced at his teacher in confusion.

    But this did not affect Uehara''s judgment. Seeing Xiao Nan was about to rush out, Uehara Naraku quickly grabbed Xiao Nan''s wrist and pulled her back to her side!

    "Teacher, don''t be impulsive!"

    Uehara Naraku hurriedly held Xiaonan, watching her puzzled gaze, and softly explained: "Teacher, observe the situation first, maybe we can try other plans."

    Don¡¯t say anything else, at least not because of charging a little interest, letting the dark conspiracy lurking outside succeed!

    Although Uehara still doesn¡¯t know what Kurojutsu has intrigue...

    But!

    As a person who wants to seize the status of Akatsuki and behind the scenes, the most important thing is to disrupt competitors'' plans!

 Chapter 69ï¼š Mountain wind and root ninjas

    Two people who can''t be the masters, definitely can''t talk about the results.

    Sanjiao Yu Mita and Sanzhongfeng could not make decisions for the people behind them, and the two sides quickly decided to temporarily end the meeting.

    The meeting between Konoha Genbu and Yuyin Village seems to have collapsed.

    "Naraku, Konoha''s people are leaving."

    Xiaonan lowered his head and glanced at the Konoha ninja who was retreating in an orderly manner, his face a little uncontrollably anxious.

    Jue hiding under the ground is also a little impatient.

    Uehara Naraku secretly turned on the cool down destiny skills to observe the surrounding situation... the guy is still squatting!

    Try that insidious guy?

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the root ninja who was going away, and whispered: "Teacher, let''s go and kill Konoha''s root ninja first!"

    After he and Xiao Nan leave, if he is still following them, then there is a problem here!

    If there is no problem...

    Then complete a few missions for the root ninja by the way!

    As the darkest organization in the ninja world, Shimura Danzo and the root ninja obviously won''t have too little malice, so there are many tasks...

    This wave should not be too bad.

    "¡­it is good."

    Xiaonan agreed with Uehara''s opinion and told him: "When chasing them down, leave a living and see if you can get information about Danzo..."

    "But..."

    Uehara Naraku frowned, and hesitated to say: "These Konoha ninjas are all elites, and I don''t think they will betray their boss..."

    "Ok."

    Xiaonan nodded, and said softly: "But it doesn''t matter, I will explain to you after I catch them."

    She definitely wants to be channeled out of the world, Payne.

    Human Dao Penn¡¯s psychic hidden art can often collect all the information in the human brain, and the Human Dao is so useful...

    If it weren¡¯t for collecting information, it would only be like Shura Dao Payne, acting as a melee shield for the dead...

    "I will go with you!"

    Hattori Hirakawa quickly grabbed the Shinobi and followed them.

    If you attack the Yuyin Ninja, Hattori Hirakawa will definitely take a more deadly attitude; but for an ambush and hunt down Konoha Ninja, Hattori Hirakawa is willing to actively cooperate.

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku and Xiaonan couldn''t help but glance at him again. Does this guy think he is very strong and can be used in battle?

    Hattori Hirakawa understood their eyes and muttered dissatisfiedly: "Anyway, I am also a Shinobu!"

    "Shangnin..."

    Uehara Naraku murmured quietly, "I just recently wanted to take a few Uehara to test my strength..."

    Hattori Hirakawa: "¡­¡­"

    Xiaonan tapped his finger on the back of Uehara Naraku''s head, and chuckled, "Okay, then take him with you!"

    After all, it is rare to meet a Yuren who is willing to cooperate.

    Xiaonan and Nagato want to kill the Sansho Fish Hanzo. In addition to revenge, they also want to rule their hometown, Rain Country, and make their hometown better.

    Those ninjas who are loyal to Hanzo will therefore be a big trouble for them to govern the Kingdom of Rain.

    It is for this reason that Xiaonan has been attacking the Yuyin stronghold with Uehara, creating the horror of Akatsuki, forcing Hanzo to summon his cronies to protect himself, thereby destroying them all.

    Hattori Hirakawa is not very strong, but he is also suffering from pain, and there are signs of dissatisfaction with Hanzo...

    can save his life.

    After all, the Land of Rain is a small country, and Shinobu is not much.

    Both Xiaonan and Nagato are well aware that the national strength of the Rain Country is scarce, and the ninjas of other countries obviously look down on the Uyin Ninja even more.

    Such as Konoha Ninja who just evacuated the canyon.

    Shan Zhongfeng led his subordinates to hide in a stone cave. He himself was writing about the first contact with Yuyin Ninja, and he planned to send someone to Konoha in a while.

    "Huh, what do those Yuren think they are?"

    A root ninja finally couldn''t help it and cursed.

    Although the root has not been well-known, Konoha''s power is so great that even the Anbe ninjas dare to attack and kill.

    Yuyin Village is just a small country Ninja Village. In the war years, it was a place where big countries were used as battlefields. The group of Yu Ninjas wanted to cooperate with the roots, but they wanted to take a step back?

    "The leader of Yuyin Village is Sansho Fish Hanzo after all..."

    The wind in the mountain stopped the pen in his hand, and softly persuaded, "Master Danzang cannot leave the village for the time being. The task of meeting can only be done by us. For the time being, bear with it for a while. Everything is the most important task."

    "Yes, Captain."

    "Except for the necessary patrol and reconnaissance manpower, everyone else should avoid going out."

    The fingers of the mountain stroke lightly tapped on the desktop, and whispered: "We will wait here for the orders of Lord Danzo during this time. You should not provoke in the land of the rain. You must not make a big mistake..."

    "Enemy attack!"

    A panicked voice came in from the entrance of the cave!

    Mountain Stroke Before these Konoha ninjas had time to react, the deafening bombing sounded!

    Boom!

    The whole mountain seems to be destroyed by blasting!

    The wind in the mountains only felt a tremor in the ground under his feet, and the falling rocks rolled down, forcing them to have nowhere to hide!

    "Soil Escape¡¤Rock Pillar Prison!"

    A few root ninjas quickly formed the seal to release the soil escape ninjutsu, supporting the cave not to collapse.

    One of the perception ninjas observed for a while, and said in a deep voice: "Captain, the wall of this mountain is not thick, just open a gap to escape!"

    "Wind Escape¡¤Vacuum Chopping!"

    There are also several ninja Kaiyin who are good at Fengyun. The release of Fengyun Ninjutsu opened a gap to the outside world.

    After a group of root ninjas jumped out, the outside environment has changed drastically. The surprise on their faces can no longer conceal: "This...what the **** is going on?"

    "If I remember correctly..."

    The eyes of the wind in the mountain were slightly stagnant, he looked at the scattered gravel, and gradually dripped cold sweat on his forehead: "When we came just now, this should be a mountain, right?"

    Where is there any mountain now!

    Except that the cave they just settled in was turned into ruins, the whole hill was blew up inexplicably!

    "Captain, someone!"

    Several figures stood on a rock.

    A woman with blue hair is standing on the rock. Beside her are several teenagers of varying heights. On the very side, there is a shivering ordinary Yuren.

    is the likes of Xiaonan and Uehara Naraku.

    Looking at the appearance of the group of Konoha ninjas, Uehara Naruko sighed: "The bombing of a million detonating talisman, so many people survived... Is this the strength of Konoha ninja?"

    "Ahem..."

    Xiao Nan coughed a few times, his face flushed.

    Because she just laid a layer of detonating talisman at random, the coverage was too wide, the detonating talisman was too scattered, and she did not exert the power of the detonating talisman array at all.

    The whole mountain was indeed blown out... but the Konoha ninja hidden in the cave survived.

    But what they wanted was Konoha''s lively mouth.

    Xiaonan spread out her palms calmly, and the two paper wings slowly gathered behind her. The paper wings drove her into the air: "Alright, Naraku, let''s start!"

 Chapter 70ï¼š If the light is so fast, why cant you photograph the ninja?

    This is the first time Uehara Naraku has seen Konan take action.

    Xiao Nan in the sky is like a dancer on the battlefield, sheets of origami turned into paper rain, flying out from the paper wings behind her!

    A few of the root ninjas were unprepared, they were shot through the body by the rain of paper in an instant, and the blood splashed out instantly!

    "Tudidou¡¤Tuliubi!"

    An earthen wall rose from the ground, and hurriedly stopped before the paper rain.

    It¡¯s just that the thickness of this soil wall doesn¡¯t seem to be able to withstand the paper rain for too long, maybe it will be destroyed by the paper rain in just a few seconds.

    "Scatter!"

    screamed in the wind in the mountain, and ducked to the side!

    Other ninjas also followed his orders, each looking for a safe location, the next moment the defense of the Tuliu Wall was completely destroyed by the paper rain!

    "Fire escape¡¤The Art of Fireball!"

    "Wind Escape¡¤The Art of Breakthrough!"

    The two root ninjas took the lead to counterattack Xiao Nan!

    The combination of ¡¡¡¡ Fengdu Ninjutsu and Fire Ninjutsu set off a raging flame to the sky, forcing Xiao Nan to fly upward to avoid the fiery waves of fire.

    The mountain wind glanced at the rushing Uehara and others, and pointed to Xiao Nan in the air: "Squad 17, 18, 20, and I will be responsible for solving the enemy in the air, and the 15 and 16 will clean up the group. Kid!"

    The Konoha ninjas didn¡¯t hesitate when they heard the order, and instantly dispersed to meet their goals: "Yes, Captain!"

    "The wind escapes and the wind blows and cuts!"

    "Wind escape¡¤Vacuum jade!"

    "Wind escape¡¤Vacuum continuous cutting!"

    Root ninjas took turns to release ninjutsu. In just a few seconds, they relied on the numerical advantage of ninjutsu to briefly suppress Xiaonan''s offensive.

    Seeing that the time was right, he closed his palms and aimed at Xiao Nan''s figure little by little, planning to use the family secret technique of turning around her.

    When they were barely able to support it, the two teams of ninjas who were responsible for solving Uehara Naraku fell into a disaster!

    "Lei Dun¡¤Wan Lei Tian Prison!"

    Uehara Naraku spread a thundercloud storm in his hands, unlocked his most familiar skills, and crashed into the two teams of root ninjas head on!

    confronted Uehara''s 15th ninja and 16th ninja, and faced Uehara Naraku''s Raidun ninjutsu and dispersed.

    They didn''t care about it at first, they just used double or avatar to counter the attack of thunder and lightning, and even after a ninja who could not dodge was hit by thunder and lightning, he still had some disdain for the power of thunder and lightning.

    "Don''t worry, the power of the technique is very small..."

    This strong root ninja just spoke, and another lightning fell on him. He continued: "Don''t worry, the power of the technique is very small..."

    stab!

    The third thunder and lightning struck him!

    The tall ninja instantly fell to the ground, stiff and unable to move!

    The person who was still arrogant, now there is no resistance, can only let the thunder and lightning fall on him, a few seconds later, there is no sound...

    Everyone: "..."

    What''s the situation?

    arrogant but three seconds?

    If it hadn¡¯t been for the root ninja to know that his teammates would not betray, and they had also personally experienced Uehara Naraku¡¯s thunder-dance ninjutsu, at this moment they would suspect that the guy was a spy...

    Sending false information on the battlefield is to apologize for death!

    Especially this kind of terrible information!

    "Don''t underestimate any enemy!"

    Uehara Naraku stood under the thundercloud storm, looking down at the two teams of Konoha ninjas, and continued with a chuckle: "A powerful ninja like me never cares much when fighting with you. Why do you underestimate me?"

    What a wonderful speech!

    It¡¯s just that Konoha¡¯s root members have no time to care about with Uehara Naraku. They are still avoiding the attack of Ten Thousand Lei Tian, ??trying to get out of the situation.

    "Earth Escape¡¤Sky Cover!"

    "Earth Escape¡¤Rock Pillar Prison!"

    A huge weird pot lid appeared out of thin air on the heads of many rooted ninjas, and several strong rock pillars supported the pot lid to help them withstand the lightning attack!

    "As expected of Shimura Danzo''s subordinates, they are so proficient in carrying the pot..."

    A smile appeared at the corner of Uehara''s mouth. The next moment his smile disappeared, and he closed his palms and formed a beautiful set of handprints: "Water Escape¡¤Howl of Raging Waves!"

    The great waves are coming!

    "Tudidun¡¤Turiu Wall!"

    A heavy earth wall suddenly rises to stop the waves!

    The two root ninja teams and Uehara Naraku fought back and forth. Facing Uehara''s surprise attack, they finally felt that they had stabilized the situation.

    However, the immature but devilish voice resounded in their ears again: "There is no dog''s head on the wall of the soil stream... I must give a bad review."

    Boom!

    The sound of the detonation symbol exploding resounded in my ears!

    The original thick soil wall was cracked inch by inch!

    The surging waves swept all the root ninjas immediately, thunder and lightning fell on them one after another, and the two teams of root ninjas were wiped out instantly!

    After these root ninjas were silent, the huge lid of the heavenly cover technique fell to the ground, stirring up countless mud...

    After ¡¡¡¡ Uehara Naraku solved his enemy, he began to look at his system panel. Several mission progresses were updated.

    Advanced task: Kill ten official Shangnin (3/10), the reward is unknown.

    Side mission: Destroy a team of Konoha root members (1/1), the mission has been completed, and the reward skills are silent and fearless.

    Wordless Fear: Use Chakra to create a nightmare and implant it in the enemy''s brain, allowing an enemy to experience the worst nightmare in life in 2 seconds. It consumes 60 Chakra points and has a cooling time of 10 seconds.

    Uehara Naraku was a little astonished when he saw the Silent Fear skill. Did he get an illusion control skill?

    is a bit weird...

    From the looks of it alone, I feel that the mental damage of this skill to the enemy may be higher than Uchiha Itachi''s monthly reading, and the scope of application and personnel are wider!

    After all, Uchiha Itachi only knows what his brother is most afraid of, so his monthly reading apart from bullying his brother, let his brother experience the night of genocide again and again. When facing other people, Uchiha Itachi can only tie people to the cross. Stabbing the knife...

    But the speechless fear that Uehara Naraku had just got, but he took away the deepest wound in a person''s heart and sprinkled salt on it!

    No matter who it is, there will always be fears, right?

    For example, Uchiha brought soil, he feared the death of Lin Nohara most? For example, Heijue, what it fears most is that it cannot be saved from life and death, Datongmu Huiye...

    Uehara Naraku feels a little comfortable, and when he meets the Uchiha clan who dared to use the writing wheel to release illusions on him, he changed hands and gave them a nightmare!

    Silent Fear is a skill that does not really have much meaning in combat, but it is actually used to torture people...

    Next is the last mission that pops up suddenly. UU Reading

    The task font is even purple, indicating that the task is not easy.

    Hidden inheritance mission: If the light is so fast, why can''t the ninja be photographed? Say a correct name (0/1)

    Obviously this clue is related to the ninja.

    This is the first weird mission Uehara has ever seen.

    When Uehara Naraku saw that sentence, the first thought that came to mind was the similar sentence that Danzo said: [You are Konoha under the sun, and I am the root buried in the dark] .

    "Shimura Danzo!"

    Uehara Naraku said the name confidently.

    Even he is ready to accept the ninjutsu that Shimura Danzo is good at. Even if there is no Izanagi and his like, at least he has to get a set of ninjutsu, right?

    The system does not respond.

    Uehara Naraku was silent for a while, then changed his mind and opened his mouth: "The Lord of the Shadow Stream, the eyes of Twilight, the black sheep..."

    When he said the second name, the system panel gave a prompt.

    The mission is completed, and the legacy of heroes opens.

    Four skills appeared in the task list.

    Profound meaning! Twilight Blade: Summon a Chakra Soul Blade, and can manipulate it to attack. Chakra consumes 2 points per second.

    Profound meaning! Soul Blessing: Activate a defensive enchantment through the soul blade, and the teammates in the defensive enchantment will not be harmed for 2 seconds, consume 40% of the chakra, and cool down 15 seconds.

    Profound meaning! Shadowbound: Launch an unstoppable sprint in a certain direction, consumes 150 Chakra points, and cools down 15 seconds.

    Mystery! Compassionate Soulfall: Skill acquisition is repeated, collapsed.

    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª

    Ask for a recommendation ticket!

 Chapter 71ï¼š Who asked you to save me!

    "Uranus! Mu Blade..."

    Uehara Naraku slowly spread out his palm, and a broad purple chakra light blade appeared beside Uehara, looking crystal clear but unusually sharp.

    is kind of likable.

    A group of determined Konoha root ninjas died under the hands of Uehara Naraku, but they led to a rewarding inheritance mission for him.

    What is a surprise?

    This is a surprise!

    Just now is not the time to celebrate, because Xiaonan''s battle is not over yet, although Uehara thinks it is not far from the end of the battle.

    How can these Konoha root ninjas compete with Xiaonan?

    "Destiny..."

    Uehara Nairobi whispered, on the panel of destiny, the head of Zuzu appeared here.

    Sure enough, they are still following them!

    What conspiracy does this guy have?

    It''s a pity that this guy is still lurking underground. I don''t know what I want to do. Is it just to monitor them?

    Under the ground.

    Bai Jue sensed the battle above, and said quietly: "The little guy Uehara Naraku ended the battle too quickly. He killed two teams of ninjas in less than half a minute... If he gets out now, he will find out. Right?"

    "Not in a hurry."

    Heijue sighed: "Wait a little longer, when the battle is a little messy, he secretly stuffed the intelligence scroll into a corpse."

    Since Uehara never got out of her head, Uehara Naraku couldn''t directly penetrate the ground to lift them out, so she could only turn her head to watch Xiaonan''s battle.

    Xiaonan''s figure fluttered in the air, evading ninjutsu and remote ninjas one by one, and fell towards the Konoha Ninja!

    Uehara actually feels a bit pretty.

    No wonder Uchiha Madara shouts and dances every day...

    Some ninja fights are much better than dancing!

    "The art of turning the heart!"

    Just at this moment, the mountain wind hiding in the corner observing the battle suddenly found an opportunity. His hands were emptied, and he suddenly aimed at Xiao Nan who was flying down!

    Time seems to freeze at this moment!

    The next second, the situation reversed.

    There will always be some weird secrets in the Ninja World, which can complete the earth-shattering reversal in the desperate situation, and can complete the counter-kill on the lower level.

    Xiaonan in the sky suddenly fell straight down!

    The heart-turning technique of the mountain clan, as long as the enemy immediately deprives the enemy of control of the body after a hit, people with strong mental energy can also control the enemy''s body.

    "The teacher overturned the car..."

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t laugh or cry when he saw this scene, and his body leaped into the air and rushed in the direction of Xiao Nan, trying to get her out of the air.

    Who expected that when Uehara embraced Xiaonan, Xiaonan opened his eyes and looked straight at Uehara Naraku and shouted: "You guys, don''t underestimate Konoha''s ninja!"

    A paper spear suddenly sprang out of Xiaonan''s hand and pierced Uehara''s chest!

    Xiaonan was controlled by the technique of turning the heart!

    Uehara was shocked, and subconsciously wanted to start the invincible attack of the moment of the sacred judge, and then attacked the blue-haired woman next to him!

    He has too many skills to deal with this situation.

    However, I remembered Xiao Nan¡¯s attitude towards him...

    Uehara''s palm felt the warmth and softness of Xiaonan''s waist, gritted his teeth to avoid the deadly part of the paper spear, and let the paper spear pierce his shoulder.

    Even if he accidentally hurt him during the battle, under the guilt of a teacher, he would definitely not refuse the disciple''s request, right?

    Since ancient times, affection cannot be kept, only routines are popular.

    Uehara Naraku sighed, who made Xiaonan be so strict with him?

    Take the injury on the shoulder, to change into a red cloud and black robe?

    Or in exchange for the right to watch the intimate heaven freely?

    Only children do multiple-choice questions. Of course, Uehara Naraku needs all choices!

    The heart-turning technique of the mountain stroke did not last for too long, especially the Xiaonan power he chose to control far exceeded his expectations.

    Xiaonan soon wakes up.

    After the woman''s eyes were clear, her body did not move, and Uehara was allowed to embrace her and land on the ground.

    After the two landed safely, Xiao Nan''s gaze moved slowly, passing the strong smile on Uehara''s face, and falling on the wound made by the paper spear on Uehara''s shoulder.

    The blue-haired woman''s eyes gradually became complicated.

    is guilt?

    is distressed?

    No, it''s fear!

    The next moment!

    "Who let you take the risk to save me!"

    Xiaonan suddenly raised his palm!

    I was about to slap Uehara on the face when I saw her!

    "Teacher Xiaonan?"

    Uehara Naraku looked at Xiaonan''s movements with a confused and dazed expression. Why didn''t he understand the development of this plot?

    Clearly he risked his life to save her!

    Don''t talk about giving him a comforting possession, at the very least, let him comfort him with soft words!

    The next second, Xiao Nan stopped the movements in his hands again, and slowly squatted down and hugged Naruchi Uehara''s shoulders, tears from the corners of his eyes fell on his shoulders: "I''m sorry..."

    "The wind escapes and the wind blows and cuts!"

    "Wind Escape¡¤Zhang Kongbo!"

    Konoha ninja never gave up their chance, shuriken and ninjutsu flew in the direction of Uehara Naraku and Konan.

    Xiaonan''s body instantly turned into sheets of white paper, quickly forming a paper shield, blocking all the wind ninjutsu and shuriken that hit.

    The paper shield quickly spread out again!

    Countless pieces of white paper are flying as if they are being convoluted by the wind!

    Konoha''s root ninja was instantly surrounded by a circle of white paper!

    "Die!"

    Xiao Nan''s angry voice was looming in the white paper, and countless sheets of paper were folded and turned into paper shurikens, and they shot at the root ninjas densely.

    In the circle, every Konoha ninja tried to defend in horror but there were paper shurikens in all directions, and there was no room for evasion or defense.

    After every paper shuriken attack, it will return to the circle, and it will go back and forth again and again.

    A piece of paper shuriken pierced through the blood stained on the enemy''s body, and quickly turned the entire circle of paper into a blood red!

    After a while, these ninjas were silent.

    No, there is one more person alive.

    Mountain stroke.

    The leader of the Konoha root ninja, Shimura Danzo¡¯s pro-confidante, looked at the origami floating around him with horror.

    "How should I kill you?"

    Xiaonan appeared in front of Shanzhongfeng with a gloomy voice, and a paper spear reappeared in her hand, pinning Shanzhongfeng to the ground!

    The wind swept over the corpses of his surrounding companions in the mountain, a flash of fear and anger flashed across his face, his first thought was that he wanted to bite his tongue and kill himself.

    Click!

    The chin of a mountain stroke was shattered by Xiaonan''s kick!

    "Teacher... Information..."

    Uehara Naraku in the distance noticed this scene and stopped the angry Konan.

    Now Uehara is asking Bai to help him symbolically bandage the wound. If Bai''s speed is slower, maybe his injury will heal.

    After all, the life energy of the fanatic''s armor recovers quickly.

    After hearing Uehara''s words, Xiaonan''s movements stopped, and her sanity gradually began to recover.

    "I know."

    Xiaonan sighed with relief, fearing that the anger and worry in her heart would gradually dissipate, her palms quickly closed and began to seal: "Ninfa¡¤Psychic art...human world!"

    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª

    (The new week is coming, I ask for a recommendation!)

 Chapter 72ï¼š Wheres the umbrella?

    After the human world Penn came out, he looked around the surrounding environment, glanced at Xiao Nan, then at Uehara Naraku, first to confirm the safety of the two of them.

    "Huh? Uehara was injured?"

    Human Dao Payne saw the wound on Uehara''s shoulder, his brows suddenly wrinkled, and his voice was a little gloomy: "Xiao Nan, what happened? There are not many Chakras in this body. First bring Tian Dao to psychic Right..."

    "It''s okay."

    Xiaonan shook his head and pointed to the mountain wind on the ground: "The enemy has been cleaned up by us. Now we need to get information about Danzang from his brain."

    "okay, I get it."

    Renjiandao Payne nodded and picked up the mountain wind on the ground.

    Human Dao Payne extracted the memory of the mountain wind by using the technique of heart hidden, his face was a bit unsightly, so he took out the soul of the mountain wind and killed him directly.

    Xiaonan asked softly, "Is there any information about Danzo?"

    "Yes, Danzo... won''t come to Yuyin Village anymore."

    The human world Payne whispered the information he had received: "Huh, I am afraid that Sanjiao Hanzo does not know yet. Danzo does not intend to cooperate sincerely with him.

    Konoha''s three generations of Hokage forbid him to leave Konoha for half a step, Shimura Danzo can only send his subordinates.

    Shimura Danzo did want to unite with Sansho Fish Hanzo recently, but his actions were limited, so he left the negotiation and alliance to this man named Sanzhongfeng. "

    "It looks like it''s just empty joy."

    Xiaonan''s eyes flashed with frustration, and he whispered in a low voice: "I thought this time we could get rid of Sansho Fish Hanzo and Shimura Danzo at the same time."

    "No, there is something else."

    Human Tao Payne said in a deep voice: "In addition to uniting Hanzo, these ninjas are also responsible for searching for the trails of Uchiha Daido, trying to bring him back to Konoha... Although Uchiha Daido has hidden his identity, he is indeed A betrayal."

    "Then there is no need to recruit him again!"

    Xiaonan¡¯s face was a little annoyed. She turned her head and glanced at the approaching Uehara Naraku, and continued: ¡°I warned them to stay away from Naraku, but the guy Uchiha brought the soil wanted to kill Naraku just because his identity was revealed. Sooner or later I will kill him!"

    "Teacher, I don''t care."

    Uehara Naraku''s expression was a bit subtle. He looked down at the land at the feet of Xiaonan and Human Dao Payne, and whispered softly: "As long as the teacher and Yahiko-sama need to bring the soil to seniors, no matter what he does, I actually don''t care. ¡­"

    This is a bit of green tea.

    is hidden under this land because of Jue.

    The underground must be able to hear their conversation.

    After hearing Uehara''s words, the underground Tsutsumi felt a little relieved. In their opinion, Nagato and Xiaonan would follow the boat and accept Uchiha''s return with soil.

    Unexpectedly, Xiao Nan''s face changed in an instant, and his voice was somewhat indifferent: "Nagato, we should not accept the guy who tried to hurt Naraku... Naraku is our family!"

    Payne on Earth: "..."

    He didn''t say anything yet?

    And he didn''t even think about re-accepting Uchiha belt soil!

    However, in order to appease his irritable friend, Renrendao Payne sighed and said: "Forget it, after our mission is over, let us find a way to recruit Uchiha to take the soil, and then we secretly ambush him and kill him, okay? ?"

    "Yes."

    Xiao Nan''s expression eased a lot.

    Uehara Naraku secretly praised herself.

    Jue under the ground secretly scolded the three people above.

    Fortunately, they hid underground for a while more eavesdropping, otherwise how could they know that Nagato and Xiaonan had such a vicious mind?

    Are these still those two people who are easily deceived?

    I can¡¯t figure out exactly what went wrong.

    This must be Uchiha''s fault with the soil, he shouldn''t just shoot Uehara Nairo!

    Knowing that the little guy was Xiao Nan¡¯s disciple, he wanted to kill others, and was almost killed by the little guy in the end!

    is indeed a rare crane tail of the Uchiha clan...

    There is no need to stay here anymore. Hei Zetsu and Bai Zetsu spit out a few words about Nagato and Konan, and then went to Uchiha Daido to report the bad news.

    Above the ground.

    After solving the disagreement about Uchiha belt soil, Penn and Xiaonan mentioned another piece of information about the time of the next meeting with Sansho Fish Mita.

    Xiaonan intends to take advantage of this opportunity to eliminate Hanzo''s right-handed Sansho Fish Mita and the Yuyin Ninja he brought.

    Human Dao Payne nodded and looked at Xiaonan and Uehara Naruto and whispered softly: "If you encounter danger, directly summon the heavenly path, I will always be ready to promise your psychic."

    "I know."

    After Payne left, Xiaonan''s eyes slowly turned and stopped on Uehara Naraku''s body: "Naraku, come with me, I have something to say to you."

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku was confused.

    Kaguya-kun Maro, Hirakawa Hattori Hirakawa and others saw the master and disciple walking far away, and they stayed where they were blankly.

    This is a group of soy saucers.

    Xiao Nan seemed a little absent-minded when he walked.

    She walked in front of Uehara without saying a word, even when a new heavy rain came and the rain fell on her head, Xiao Nan did not respond.

    A bamboo umbrella appeared above Xiao Nan''s head.

    Uehara Naruto called her out, held the bamboo umbrella in her hand and pushed it, looked at her seriously and said: "Teacher, it''s raining."

    "Is it raining again?"

    Xiao Nan slowly raised her head and watched the increasingly heavier raindrops fall on the ground before she finally spoke: "Don''t go, just say it here."

    "it is good."

    Uehara was obedient.

    Xiao Nan¡¯s face was a little displeased, she hesitated to look at Uehara and said: "Today your fighting style is very problematic... When I am in danger, what you should do is not to save me, but to run away and save your life. ."

    "How is this possible?"

    Uehara Naraku shook his head quickly.

    Uehara probably understood Xiaonan¡¯s thoughts. It was Yahiko and Nagato who had tried to save her many years ago. As a result, Yahiko committed suicide and the tragedy of Nagato¡¯s legs was disabled.

    Is he doing too much today?

    So is Xiao Nan actually scared?

    Yes, Xiao Nan is indeed scared.

    The iris on Xiao Nan''s head trembles lightly, and his expression gradually becomes a little cold: "Nara, I am your teacher, and what I taught you is the most correct choice!"

    "This way..."

    Uehara Naraku''s mouth bends, and in this somewhat chilly rain, she puts on an innocent and warm smile: "I see, teacher."

    After seeing Xiaonan nodded Uehara Naraku smiled undiminished, and sent out a soul torture: "If one day I am in danger, and even lose my life, what will Xiaonan-Sensei do?"

    "I won''t let this happen again."

    Xiao Nan frowned, and did not answer the question directly.

    Uehara Naraku reluctantly continued to ask: "What if this kind of thing will happen? We can''t guarantee how dangerous the enemy will be."

    "¡­¡­"

    Xiao Nan''s face paled for a moment, and he stretched out his palm, taking away the umbrella from Uehara''s hand with little force.

    Xiaonan turned his head and left with a bamboo umbrella, leaving Uehara in the rain.

    This blue-haired woman walked in the rain with an umbrella, and said loudly: "If that happens, I will leave you behind and escape alone."

    Uehara Naraku stood in the rain, watching Xiaonan go away step by step.

    Uehara could understand that Xiao Nan was talking angry, but why did he take his bamboo umbrella and let him rain himself?

    The rain ran down Uehara''s hair and wet his clothes.

    Uehara slowly raised his head, his voice was a little low, and he was gradually submerged in the heavy rain: "If one day, I hope you can really escape by yourself... But teacher, do you really do this?"

    "¡­¡­"

    The rain is getting worse.

    Pieces of origami butterflies swiftly passed through the rain, and by Uehara''s side, they gathered into the figure of Xiaonan.

    The woman stretched out her arm in pain and hugged Uehara''s neck.

    Uehara Naraku sighed, the acting seemed to be too hard.

    Uehara could only obediently embrace Xiao Nan''s body, reached out his hand and patted her on the back, soothing her emotions: "Teacher Xiao Nan... where is our umbrella?"

 Chapter 73ï¼š Plan to ambush Hanzo

    Xiaonan removed her chin from Naraku Uehara''s shoulder, her eyes were a little confused and incomprehensible, and she didn''t quite understand the brain circuits of her disciple.

    Her eyes seemed to ask Uehara:

    Is it the umbrella thing that I should say now?

    Uehara Naruto stood on tiptoe and stretched out her palm on top of Xiaonan¡¯s head, covering her from the raindrops falling in the air: "Teacher, the rain is too heavy. Let¡¯s find a place to hide first?"

    "¡­it is good."

    Xiao Nan could only nodded.

    Ninja is a little bit magical.

    If a ninja appears in the wild, the chance of finding the cave is very high, especially in the country of rain, which often experiences wars.

    Kueya-kun Maro, Hirakawa Hattori Hirakawa and others hid in the cave. Naraku Uehara and Konan sat at the entrance of the cave and grilled fish, chatting about the story of the first Akatsuki organization.

    Xiaonan told Naraku Uehara the truth of the year for the first time.

    "...At the peak of Akatsuki''s organization, there were even more than a hundred ninjas. At that time, we just wanted to use Akatsuki''s power to eliminate the war in the rain country and the entire Ninja world, and let people understand the preciousness of peace.

    However, this power is too weak for the entire ninja world, and we are all unknown little ninjas, and few people are willing to listen to our persuasion.

    At that time, there was someone who was also working hard to eliminate the war among the five great nations of Ninja. In order to spread Akatsuki''s beliefs, we decided to join him. "

    When Xiaonan talked about this, there was a flame in her eyes, which made people confused whether it was anger or the reflection of the fire.

    Xiaonan kept talking, and gathered around the fire in front of him: "His name is Sanjiao Yu Hanzo, and he was also the most famous ninja at the time."

    "The name of the ninja demigod is indeed amazing."

    Uehara Naruto nodded and echoed Xiao Nan''s words softly: "If I didn''t meet Master Yahiko and Teacher Xiao Nan, I would probably join Yuyin Village?"

    "We don''t want you to be deceived by his illusion, so we force you to join Akatsuki."

    Xiaonan shook his head and continued to talk about the past story softly: "In the beginning, our negotiations with Sanjiao Hanzo went smoothly. The ninja demigod is a strong man who defeated Teacher Jiraiya, and we believed him without reservation.

    Until the negotiation, when I was patrolling the border with other people, I encountered a premeditated ambush, and the others died in a battle to protect me...

    , including your father. "

    Xiaonan turned his head slowly, and a touch of guilt and distress flashed in the eyes of Uehara Naraku.

    Uehara Naraku stopped turning the palm of the grilled fish, and looked directly at Xiao Nan''s gaze: "So Xiao Nan teacher doesn''t want me to risk saving you?"

    "Yes."

    Xiaonan nodded and continued softly: "But that battle was only the beginning... the beginning of the destruction of the first generation of Akatsuki."

    Xiaonan did not hide what happened next.

    It is precisely because Xiao Nan himself was captured by Sanjiao Hanzo that caused the Akatsuki organization and Sanjiao Hanzo to be restrained everywhere in the talks.

    Yahiko was forced to commit suicide on the spot in order to rescue Xiao Nan.

    In order to rescue Xiao Nan, Nagato used the power of the Outer Golem, and was almost drained of vitality and chakra, and his legs were blown up by the detonation charm of Sansho Fish Hanzo.

    "The one who should die there is me..."

    Xiaonan''s fingers tightly held the wooden stick in his hand, and the sound of wood chipping merged into the crackling sound of the flame burning.

    "No one should die."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head, slowly reached out and grabbed Xiao Nan''s palm, and whispered softly: "The evil deeds committed by the sinners are not the reason for us to be guilty of the catastrophe here."

    "¡­¡­"

    Xiaonan lowered his head in silence.

    Obviously, her spirit won''t improve because of Uehara''s comfort.

    Uehara Naraku sighed, rubbed his forehead, and whispered softly: "If Nagato-sama and Xiaonan-sensei are willing, we might try... Let Sansho Fish Hanzo experience the despair of being deceived?"

    "what?"

    Xiaonan raised her head and looked at Naraku Uehara. She didn''t quite understand what her disciple''s words meant.

    Uehara Naraku went on to explain in a soft voice: "Amagi and Sansho Yu Hanzo didn''t know that Shimura Danzo could not leave Konoha to come to talk... Then can we become Konoha ninjas and ask him in the name of Shimura Danzo meet?"

    After ¡¡¡¡ finished speaking, Uehara Naruko raised a hand-knife in the form: "If a big event like Shimura Danzo, Hanzo should come forward by himself? Let''s take advantage of this opportunity to besieged and killed Hanzo!"

    "How is this possible..."

    Xiaonan shook his head, disagreeing with Uehara Naraku''s plan: "Sansho Fish Hanzo is very suspicious. He won''t show up easily. If he finds a flaw..."

    "We have nothing to lose anyway."

    Uehara Nana spread out and looked at her teacher helplessly: "If he doesn''t come, we will just waste a little time."

    Xiaonan asked another question: "What if Sansho Fish Hanzo takes this opportunity to order a group of ninjas from Yuyin Village to besiege us?"

    "Teacher..."

    Uehara Naraku''s mood was a little broken, he still forced himself to explain: "We have arranged hundreds of millions of detonation charms in the negotiation place in advance, and it is okay to eliminate a group of enemies?"

    Xiao Nan''s eyes flashed a ray of light. She thought for a while and nodded: "In order to deal with Uchiha''s soil, I used 200 billion detonating talisman and 400 billion detonating talisman to test the gods twice. Papercraft..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku''s gaze was dull for a second Xiaonan''s expression gradually became a little serious: "This time I can just use them to experiment with 600 billion detonating talisman of God''s Paper Art. How long can the 600 billion detonating talisman explode..."

    Uehara Naruko looked up at Ko Nan, watching 600 billion detonating symbols in anime and seeing them in reality must be a completely different concept.

    Especially, he only saw Xiaonan use a million detonating charms today and he blew up a mountain directly.

    Uehara Naraku swallowed, and said in a somewhat obscure voice: "Teacher...wouldn''t so many detonating charms be too wasteful?"

    "No waste."

    Xiaonan touched Uehara Naraku''s head and said softly: "This time the purpose of the 600 billion detonation talisman experiment is to deal with Uchiha belt soil. After I confirm the results of the experiment, I can find a way to ambush that guy."

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku sighed inwardly. In the original history, the 600 billion detonation talisman did not actually kill Uchiha.

    "Nara, I am your teacher."

    Xiaonan stretched out his palm and stroked Uehara Naraku''s cheek: "So, I won''t allow anyone to want to hurt you."

    "Teacher Xiaonan..."

    Uehara Naraku grabbed Xiao Nan''s palm and whispered: "Those who have hurt the teacher, I will not let them go!"

    Hearing a twelve-year-old boy speaking in this tone, Xiao Nan couldn''t help but chuckled: "Well, we may not be able to ambush the Sansho Fish Hanzo..."

    "That can scare him too, let the teacher vent!"

    Uehara Naraku was a bit aggrieved, he was clearly speaking serious.

 Chapter 74ï¼š 6 Payneâ€™s first mission

    is the so-called one person is short of wisdom, three people are long.

    Xiaonan told Nagato that they tried to use the name of Shimura Danzo to lure Sanshoyu Hanzo out for a talk and then ambush him.

    Nagato not only approved their plan.

    He even plans to come forward.

    If the meeting and ambush plan proposed by Uehara Naraku can be successful, this would be their perfect revenge against Sansho Fish Hanzo.

    After all, Hanzo ambushed them in the name of the meeting.

    Because the plan this time was too dangerous, Xiaonan ordered Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro to take Hattori Hirakawa to another remote base for a mission.

    Xiaonan also didn''t want too many people to know the secret of Nagato.

    "Did Nagato-sama come like this?"

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Nagato who was sitting in a wheelchair with weird eyes. Tendo Payne stood beside Nagato, and the other five Payne stood behind them.

    This is the first time Uehara has seen Nagato.

    Nagato¡¯s red hair is a bit dull, his cheeks are deeply sunken, there is not much color on his lips, and his skinny body looks unusually thin.

    To the horror, there are a few black sticks stuck in the back of Nagato.

    That is what the Outer Golem left over from the Chakra and vitality extracted from his body in the past, and it is now used by him to manipulate Six Penn.

    Xiaonan looked at Nagato worriedly, and whispered to persuade him: "Nagato, you should keep your body in the base..."

    "Cough cough cough... don''t worry."

    Nagato coughed a few times, waved his hand to stop Xiao Nan who wanted to persuade him, raised his head and looked at Uehara and said: "Uehara, your teacher and I agree with your plan. This time I just come to make a supplement. helper."

    Nagato may be worried that Xiao Nan retorted, he continued softly: "After all, Akatsuki''s real members are only a few of us present. I don''t want to miss this."

    After Nagato finished speaking, he manipulated Heavenly Path Payne to stand up again: "This time, it will also be a battle for God to descend on the Land of Rain!"

    Uehara Naraku: "..."

    I said so well before, why did I get second in the back!

    Anyone who claims to be a **** in the second dimension has no good results... You can do things with a high profile, but you must remember to be a low profile!

    Uehara Naraku wondered whether he would persuade Nagato to turn around, so that he would not just give it to him when he met him in the future.

    Uehara Naraku patted her forehead, and whispered, "Nagato-sama, Mr. Nan, let¡¯s discuss the plan first!"

    According to the information obtained by Human Dao Payne, Shanzhongfeng did not reveal to Yuyin Village that Shimura Danzo was unable to leave Konoha. All negotiations were decided by Shanzhongfeng.

    Now that Shanzhongfeng and the root ninjas of several squads are all killed, the news channel has been temporarily blocked.

    "We don''t have much time."

    Uehara Naraku said solemnly: "We only have five days at most to complete this plan, maybe even three days, because Shimura Danzo can''t get news of the mountain wind, and the next group of people should be sent soon."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Xiaonan and Nagato and nodded, and continued: "Next, we will be able to become the Konoha ninja named Shanzhongfeng, and continue to negotiate with Sansho Fish Mita from Uyin Village to win Sansho Fish. The Hanzo meeting."

    Xiaonan hesitated to ask a question: "Ordinary transformation skills are difficult to hide from the ninja, and it is easy to be exposed by the opponent?"

    "Our plan is just to try it anyway."

    Even though he said so, Uehara himself was very confident.

    Uehara Naruko can transform into a mountain wind, and his natural magical skills are more powerful than Shirazu''s transformation technique.

    The natural magical skills are far more realistic than the transformation of the ninja world. As long as he does not use the skills or is attacked, it is impossible for the average ninja to see through his skills.

    The battle plan was determined very smoothly.

    The whole plan is divided into three parts.

    Nagato and Xiaonan go to the designated meeting place and arrange the sea of ??detonating amulets;

    Uehara Naraku went to meet Sansho Fish Mita;

    Kaguya-kun, Maro and Hakuya, went to the northern stronghold to make a surprise attack, making the people of Uyin Village think that Akatsuki''s members were not in the eastern valley, reducing their suspicion and increasing the probability of success.

    After they determined the steps of this plan, Xiao Nan was a little confused: "Our plan... is it a bit too sloppy?"

    "There is no other way."

    Uehara Naraku sighed, and after looking around the six pens, he continued quietly: "Our number is really too small. Fortunately, the six pens of Nagato-sama can help to impersonate the ninjas of the roots..."

    Xiaonan: "¡­¡­"

    Nagato: "¡­¡­"

    It is estimated that they have never thought that the first task of the collective appearance of the six penins is to pretend to be a ninja at the root.

    Is this pattern a bit low?

    However, if the plan proposed by Uehara Naraku succeeds, the blow to Sansho Fish Hanzo will definitely be fatal, and it will be a very pleasant process for Nagato and Konan.

    Use the enemy''s method to destroy the enemy.

    is simply the best way to explain revenge.

    Nagato sighed faintly, and could only manipulate Liudao Payne to put on the hidden uniform of the Konoha root ninja.

    the next day.

    Uehara Naraku transformed into the appearance of a mountain wind, and rushed to the negotiation place of Sansho Fish Mita with Liudao Payne, trying to induce Sansho Fish Hanzo to participate in a real meeting through Hanzo''s right hand.

    This is the agreed time between Konoha Ninja and Uyin Ninja.

    As for the location, it is still the eastern canyon they interviewed last time.

    It happened to be this place, and Uehara Naraku followed Hattori Hirakawa.

    "You guys are one minute late."

    Sanjiao Yu Mita glanced at the mountain wind on the opposite side, then glanced at the few Konoha ninjas wearing cloaks and cloaks behind the mountain wind, and snorted coldly: "We are adhering to the sincerity of uniting Konoha. Contact!"

    "Uh¡­"

    Uehara Nairobi got stuck in the mountain for a second and said: "This is because we just received a new order from Danzo-sama. He doesn''t think there will be any results in the negotiation between the two of us."

    "What does it mean?"

    Hearing what the other side said, Sanjiao Yu Mita''s face instantly furious: "Is Konoha here to play us? It''s obviously that you brought up the alliance first!"

    In front of Sansho Yu Hanzo, Sansho Yu Shenda urged Hanzo to promise Yuyin Village and Konoha''s roots to continue to unite and destroy the Akatsuki organization.

    Now Konoha suddenly tells him not to play?

    "Don''t be so excited."

    The Uehara version of the mountain wind shook his head, glanced at the Yuren men on the opposite side, and whispered: "We really sincerely want to unite Hanzo-sama, but the two of us cannot call the shots in this negotiation, right? "

    "What do you mean?"

    "It means literally."

    The eyes of the Uehara version of Shanzhongfeng inevitably glanced at Sanjiao Yu Shenda with some regrets, and continued in a low voice: "I respect your Excellency for not giving way to the interests of Yuyin Village, but I am not qualified to participate in the negotiation. Candidates."

    Sanjiao Yu Mita is somewhat satisfied with the words of mountain stroke.

    The right hand of Hanzo raised his brows, and there was a grinning smile on his face: "In that case, it seems that Konoha is going to send a big man!"

    "Yes Uehara''s version of the mountain wind nodded with consideration, and said in a deep voice: "Danzo-sama will rush to the country of rain the day after tomorrow. He hopes to meet with Hanzo-sama in person to discuss Konoha The alliance with Yunin and the number of ninjas we sent to assist you. "

    "I can''t promise this..."

    Sanjiao Yu Mita shook his head hesitantly, and said in a deep voice, "After the last time Hanzo-sama and Konoha''s Danzo, there were some controversies in the village... Some grudges."

    After considering his own words, Sanjiao Yu Mita continued: "This time our negotiation is secret. The people present are the confidants of Hanzo-sama... If more people know about this kind of thing, for Hanzo-sama The prestige is not very good."

    After the Sanjiao Yujinda finished speaking, the six Konoha root ninjas standing nearby obviously changed a little. Soon these actions aroused the vigilance of the Yunin.

    This is the Six Ways Penn controlled by Nagato can''t sit still!

    Since the plan cannot be successful, kill these people for a little interest!

    The Uehara version of the mountain wind quickly waved their hands to signal them to stop, looking at the Sansho Fish Mitac with an ugly look: "The reputation of the ninja demigod is important... but our Danzo-sama also took a huge risk to come to Yuzhi National!

    Your Excellency might as well go back and tell your demigods, if it weren''t because our Danzo-sama has been trying to advocate the Alliance Yuyin Village at the top of Konoha, Konoha''s Anbu has long been active in your rain country to steal information! "

    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª

    I wish you all a happy Chinese Valentine''s Day!

    Anyway, I am not happy, so ask for some recommendation tickets and tips to make single dog authors happy too?

 Chapter 75ï¼š Where is the real meaning for you?

    A group of Yu Ren suddenly furious.

    Shinobu''s scabbard sounded one after another.

    The Konoha Ninja across from ¡¡¡¡ actually humiliated them Yuyin Village so much. How could these Yureno who are loyal to Hanzo stand this kind of stimulation!

    The anger on Sanjiao Yu Shenda''s face flashed away, he waved his hand to stop the actions of other subordinates, and said coldly: "Your Excellency is humiliating our Yuyin Village?"

    "Come if you want to do it!"

    The original version of the mountain wind looked at the many Yuyin ninjas coldly, and said solemnly: "It doesn''t matter if I am personally humiliated, but I now represent Master Danzo!"

    As soon as ¡¡¡¡ spoke this sentence, the other Yurenin stopped their movements.

    Generally, people who die for the humiliation of their boss will be respected by them. This is also the culture of the Ninja world, especially in Yuyin Village, which also has some samurai atmosphere.

    In the mountains, he is not afraid of death, and he just wants to win a chance for his boss to meet Hanzo-sama, so that his boss will not return without success.

    is a bit admirable!

    Sanjiao Yu Mita didn¡¯t feel much, he frowned and asked in a deep voice, ¡°I¡¯d rather let Hanzo-sama and Danzo meet...but the time and place...¡±

    "We considered this matter."

    Ue¡¯s original version of the mountain wind immediately hit the snake on the stick, and put forward his own thoughts: "If Danzo-sama appears in Yuyin Village, it will be very detrimental to both Hanzo-sama¡¯s prestige and Danzo-sama¡¯s safety..."

    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku paused and continued: "So Danzo-sama plans to arrange the meeting place for this time to the place where we last cooperated to suppress Akatsuki, and discuss how to completely solve Akatsuki''s trouble."

    "¡­¡­"

    Sanjiao Yu Shenda was silent for a while, nodded and said: "I will find a way to facilitate this meeting, and I will reply to you as soon as possible tomorrow... If Hanzo-sama agrees, the meeting time will also be told to you tomorrow!"

    "Yes."

    The original version of Yamazaka Wind nodded.

    Now that the negotiations are over, there is no need for them to stay here.

    "and many more¡­"

    Just as Uehara Naraku and Liudao Penn turned around and were about to leave, Sansho Yukida suddenly said to them: "If you can''t meet Hanzo-sama''s conditions, this meeting may end up unhappy..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku stopped with a smile on his lips. He turned his back to Sansho Fish Godta and said softly, "Don''t worry! Since Danzo-sama is willing to come in person, he will definitely give Hanzo-sama a satisfactory answer. "

    A very satisfying answer.

    Okay, maybe some people will not be satisfied with the answer, but at least Xiaonan and Nagato are very satisfied, that''s enough.

    Uehara Naraku is willing to use his own moral guarantee.

    It¡¯s just that this sentence obviously gave Sansho Fish Mita a reassurance. He believed that Shimura Danzo¡¯s concession would definitely satisfy Sansho Fish Hanzo.

    Some idiots are really hopeless.

    In order to reach cooperation as soon as possible, Sanjiao Yu Mita hurriedly took people back to Yuyin Village, reported the results of their negotiations to Sanjiao Yu Hanzo, and demonstrated his ability by the way.

    It is precisely because of his reasoned struggle that Konoha Ninja backs down.

    Sanjiao Yu Hanzo was too lazy to pay attention to him, but frowned and thought: "Will that guy Shimura Danzo still be willing to cooperate with us?"

    After they cooperated last time, he released Tuanzang pigeons!

    Shimura Danzo sent someone to urge him every once in a while, but Sansho Fish Hanzo didn''t want to get involved in Konoha''s Naruto War, he just wanted to use Danzo.

    Sansho Fish Hanzo really expected Danzo to come to power.

    But if he is allowed to really publicly support Shimura Danzo, if it provokes the anger of Sarutobi Hisaki, it may not be able to hold it with the power of Uyin Village now.

    As the saying goes, camels are bigger than horses.

    Even if Konoha¡¯s Uchiha clan died shortly, it was when the vitality was severely injured, and it was not the Shinobu Village that Yuyin Village could contend.

    Sanjiao Yu Hanzo is getting older, a bit afraid of death.

    He just wants to maintain his name as a ninja demigod and protect his existing power and prestige.

    I am a little embarrassed to say that this time, if Hanzo and Shimura Danzo continue to cooperate, he also wants to release Danzo''s pigeon once more.

    Anyway, Danzo is over sixty this year, and he doesn¡¯t look like he can sit in the position of Naruto. If he lied to him, he wouldn¡¯t get Konoha¡¯s full revenge...

    And Shimura Danzo acts dark and dark, and will not die sooner or later.

    If it were not for Akatsuki''s resurgence, Sansho Fish Hanzo would really not want to continue colluding with Danzo, lest it cause any trouble.

    Sanjiao Yu Hanzo remembered what he was most concerned about, and asked in a deep voice, "Is there anything in the Akatsuki organization? Has any of the strongholds been attacked by their members?"

    "Have."

    Sanjiao Yu Shenda nodded and said in a low voice: "When I came back today, I also just got a news that the northern stronghold encountered a sneak attack, and two weak little ghosts suddenly attacked them and killed most of them. ."

    "¡­¡­"

    Sanjiao Yu Hanzo was silent for a while, then bowed his head and said, "Akatsuki has begun to recruit those talented ninja kids... Mio, promise Konoha Ninja! I want to meet Shimura Danzo."

    After seeing Sanjiao Yu Shenda nodded, Hanzo added: "On the day of the meeting, remember to bring more staff to make sure you are safe."

    "Yes."

    Sanjiao Yu Mita respectfully agreed.

    After Hanzo nodded in satisfaction, he continued to ask, "Where will we meet?"

    "The place where Hanzo-sama surrounded and suppressed dawn."

    Sansho Fish Mitac replied in a low voice: "This is also the position that Konoha Ninja and I proposed together, because they don''t want Shimura Danzo to enter the village, so as not to encounter any danger; I don''t want to let your Danzo come in, so as not to It hurts the prestige of adults."

    A trace of fear flashed in the eyes of Sanjiao Yu Hanzo, and then he was quietly hidden. The old man with a declining age clenched his fist and slammed it on the table: "Yes, just set it at that position! This time We must kill Xiao Xiao!"

    Naraku Uehara expected nothing.

    Sanjiao Yu Shenda agreed to their request, and sent someone to agree on the day after tomorrow and the official meeting place.

    That place, UU reading is the place where Yahiko committed suicide.

    Xiaonan was a little excited, her fingernails held her palms tightly: "With that said, has our plan succeeded?"

    "At least half of it succeeded."

    Nagato nodded, and continued in a deep voice: "Wait until the day after tomorrow if Sansho Fish Hanzo really appears there, this time I definitely can''t let him go!"

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the two of them, then chuckled lightly, "Probably the ninja demigod should be surprised, right?"

    "This time, he will be pleasantly surprised!"

    Nagato clenched his fists bitterly, and a moment later he looked at Uehara Naraku with some doubts: "Uehara, why do you think Hanzo would choose to contact Danzo there?"

    "Because Xiaonan-Sensei and Nagato-sama think that is a meaningful place."

    Uehara Naraku raised his head slowly, and continued softly: "Hanzo will also think that it is a place with unique significance for him to destroy Akatsuki in the next step, so he will definitely agree to choose to meet there."

    Maybe this is metaphysics, right?

    The people of Ninja World are actually very superstitious!

    After ¡¡¡¡ finished speaking, Uehara Naraku added: "Just like if I didn''t see Mr. Nanan one day, I would go to the cave where we first met to look for her, because I know that it is very meaningful to Mr. Nanan.

    "Is that right?"

    Xiaonan''s gaze was a little puzzled. After thinking about it, she thought that Uehara Naraku made sense.

    After thinking for a while, Xiao Nan asked, "Naraku, where is the meaning to you?"

    Uehara Nairobi watched Xiaonan''s curious eyes, looked at her and said: "I''m still looking for it, maybe Xiaonan teacher will find the answer before me, right?"

 Chapter 76ï¼š The young eagle has to learn to take off after all

    Xiaonan actually didn''t quite understand what Uehara Naraku meant.

    Just as a delicate woman, Xiao Nan could hear the loneliness and loneliness hidden in Uehara Naraku''s words. What''s wrong?

    That is a feeling of no support.

    Xiaonan slowly walked to Uehara Naraku''s side, stroked his head and hugged his chest, and said softly: "Naraku, you can tell me directly if you have any concerns in the future..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku thinks Akatsuki''s uniform is not very good, and the zipper is a bit ugly.

    Xiao Nan inserted his fingers into his hair and rubbed gently: "You can not just treat me as your teacher... Naraku, I am also your family member, understand?"

    "is teacher."

    Uehara Naraku broke away from Xiaonan''s arms, laughing and crying.

    Nagato, who was sitting next to him, covered his lips and coughed symbolically, and said softly, "Cough cough cough cough... Uehara, me too."

    Although Nagato doesn''t quite understand Xiao Nan''s actions, he probably understands that he should go along with Xiao Nan at this time. Nagato does regard Uehara Naraku as his junior.

    Because of the burden of the reincarnation eye, the six penins and the outer golems, Nagato knew that his life span would not be particularly long.

    If Xiao Nan is left alone, how could he be relieved?

    Now that Xiaonan has accepted the disciple Uehara Naraku, he is still a well-behaved boy, and should be suitable to become the leader of the Mirai Akatsuki organization.

    Do not.

    is not just Akatsuki.

    A light flashed in Nagato''s eyes. If they can successfully ambush Sansho Hanzo this time, they must carefully train Uehara to become the future leader of Yuyin Village.

    Whether it is the dawn generation or the will of the dark dawn...

    will be passed on to the little fellow Uehara Naraku.

    Uehara Naraku didn''t know their thoughts, but smiled helplessly: "How do you feel that Nagato-sama and Xiaonan-Sensei are weird? Let''s go and hide in that valley first, and wait for the Sansho Fish Hanzo!"

    "¡­it is good."

    Xiao Nan fiddled with his blue hair.

    They arrived at their destination very quickly.

    A valley that the Akatsuki organization almost wiped out.

    The majestic rain in the country of rain does not seem to have washed the terrain of this valley too much, and there are still traces of the fighting that year, which makes people a little embarrassed.

    Nagato controlled Tendo Payne and pushed his wheelchair to the open space below the valley. A touch of grief gradually emerged in his expression: "Yahiko, you said that your dream is to become the **** of this world... I will soon I did it for you."

    In the past, Nagato used Yahiko''s corpse to make Heavenly Way Penn, in order to kill the Sansho Fish Hanzo today and descend into the world in the name of God!

    Use God''s will to destroy all darkness in the world!

    With the power of God, execute the violent who does not cherish peace!

    Uehara Naraku was very confused.

    At this depressing time, Uehara felt a bit empathetic to Nagato. Realizing other people¡¯s dreams was a bit loyal, but it was a bit sad.

    These wishes should be realized by them themselves!

    Like the book stall owner who sold a book to Uehara...

    "There is the place where Yahiko committed suicide..."

    Xiaonan raised his head and stared at a damaged hill not far from them, with red eyes: "I was held there by Hanzo, and I watched Yahiko crash into Nagato''s hand."

    It was clear that the two of them had been here once before, and when they came here again, they still inevitably fell into sadness.

    "Teacher..."

    Uehara Naraku sighed faintly, and finally decided to wake them up: "After all, we have too few manpower. If we fight fiercely here, perhaps Hanzo may escape..."

    "There will never be such a possibility!"

    Xiaonan was the first to wake up from the memory, her palms floated slightly, and layers of small cracks suddenly appeared on the entire earth and rock walls!

    Xiaonan said indifferently, "I arranged 600 billion detonating charms here yesterday, and everything here was reconstructed by me using the Divine Paper Art..."

    At this point, Xiao Nan clenched his fist little by little: "At that time, neither Sanjiao Hanzo nor the trusted ninja under his hand could leave alive!"

    "That... teacher..."

    A little bit of cold sweat appeared on Uehara Naraku''s forehead: "If something goes wrong in the middle, we will be blown up here too, right?"

    "Don''t worry about this problem."

    Tiandao Payne pushed Nagato¡¯s wheelchair and walked over: ¡°This battle will mainly be carried out by the heavens. The Hungry Ghosts, the Human and the Asuras will be responsible for the support, and the Hell and the Beasts will use psychic techniques to meet us from a distance. retreat."

    On how to target the Sansho Fish Hanzo, Nagato and Xiaonan have already had a draft.

    Since it is a battle of revenge, it is natural that the Heavenly Dao Penn will fight, and the Hungry Ghost Dao, the Human World Dao and the Shura Dao are responsible for providing vision and support to the Heavenly Dao.

    In order to be foolproof, Nagato put the full-time psychic animal path and the **** path responsible for repairing Penn in a safe place to ensure that they can retreat safely.

    Whether this battle succeeds or not, they will blow up this place.

    Nagato looked at Uehara Naraku, and said seriously: "Uehara, Konan and I are both worried that the Sansho Fish Hanzo will jump over the wall when it is in danger. When the battle begins, you will leave the battlefield first, understand?"

    "Uh¡­"

    Uehara Naraku suddenly hesitated.

    Because there are several missions about Sansho Fish Hanzo in his system panel, some of them are definitely impossible to complete.

    Such as the task that was given the title by the ninja demigod.

    However, the task of killing the ninja demigod, Uehara Naraku still wanted to try.

    After all, the rewards given by the system have always been impossible to judge. It is possible to give a hundred gold coins as a beggar. It is possible to give a series of super high skill rewards like the previous two days. That is the real surprise. !

    "I can be in charge of coping with..."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Xiaonan and Nagato, and whispered, "If something goes wrong I can choose to fly away anytime."

    "No."

    Xiaonan rejected his proposal. She seemed to feel that her attitude was a little stiff, and then adjusted her attitude: "Nara, this is our revenge..."

    Uehara Naraku looked a little aggrieved, as if he had been hurt by Xiaonan¡¯s words: "But just now I said that we are family members... and I can protect myself. I can run away from such a tricky enemy Uchiha brought the soil."

    Uehara talked about the current affairs while smearing the dirt on his body.

    Uchiha Daido has become a must-kill red list in the lists of Xiaonan and Nagato, and there will be no chance to compete with him in the future.

    Xiaonan refused to agree, and still persuaded with all his heart: "It is precisely because we are your family that we don''t want to see you hurt..."

    "Let Uehara stay..."

    Nagato interrupted Xiao Nan''s words, and said solemnly: "Uehara will bear the burden of Akatsuki and Yuyin Village in the future. We can''t keep him under the wings forever. After all, the young eagle has to learn to take off by himself."

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku was confused when she listened.

    Nagato¡¯s first sentence is okay, what the **** are those behind who are carrying the burden of the Xiao organization and Yuyin village, and what do these two people want to arrange for him?

    "Good too."

    After hearing Nagato''s words, Xiao Nan nodded without regret: "Then let him stay. With our current strength, we can also protect our family."

    "Ok¡­"

    Nagato couldn''t help a long cough, his palms firmly grasped the wheelchair little by little: "Next, let that guy Hanzo experience the pain we endured at the beginning and let the world feel the pain!"

 Chapter 77ï¼š The people who should be there are already here (thanks to the cool head)

    Sansho Fish Hanzo is more cautious than expected.

    Even with Shimura Danzo¡¯s invitation, he led a large number of people.

    Immediately after arriving in the valley, the detective ninja team in Uyin Village became active, and Uehara Naraku quickly found their tracks and hurried forward to greet them.

    After all, I have to make a full set.

    Uehara Nara was led by a group of Yunin investigation teams and saw Sansho Fish Hanzo.

    This man who is known as the apex of the ninja in this world is known as the ninja closest to the original Naruto Senjujuma.

    "Hanzo-sama, I didn''t expect your Excellency to bring so many subordinates."

    The original version of the mountain wind greeted him, looked around the Yuyin Ninja, and whispered softly: "Our leader Shimura Danzo showed his sincerity, this time only a team of guard ninjas came to participate in the negotiation."

    This is also true.

    At least there are only four penns on the surface of the valley.

    Sansho Fish Godda retorted contemptuously next to him: "Humph, facing Hanzo-sama, no matter how many ninjas you bring, it won''t help!"

    "Well, Mio Mitac has a point."

    Ue¡¯s original version of the mountain wind showed an awkward and polite smile: "If the number of people is small, you can avoid being noticed by the third generation."

    Hearing Uehara Naraku¡¯s explanation, Sansho Fish Hanzo relaxed.

    The old man turned his head and chatted with the mountain wind in front of him with interest: "If Hokage III is strictly controlled, when we cooperate, how many Anbu can mobilize and attack Akatsuki with us?"

    "I am just a tool in the hands of Lord Danzo, and I don''t know about it."

    The original version of Shan Zhongfeng did not answer the promise directly, instead he said in a deep voice: "But please believe in the sincerity of Lord Danzo. After the two adults have discussed it, Hanzo-san will definitely have a satisfactory result."

    Sansho Yu Hanzo''s eyes were slightly frozen. After watching the mountain wind for a long time, he said, "You Konoha ninjas are really loyal to Shimura Danzo..."

    "Hanzo-sama is too good."

    The original version of Yamazaka-feng lowered his head modestly.

    Uehara Naraku¡¯s acting skills are good. Sansho Fish Hanzo looked at him with a hint of envy. Who doesn¡¯t want Shimura Danzo¡¯s ninjas who only obey him?

    Sanshoyu Hanzo asked casually about Shimura Danzo, and Uehara Naruko responded fluently, even faintly praised Hanzo.

    Sansho Fish Hanzo labelled the root ninja in front of him again.

    These ninjas also speak nicely.

    Sanjiao Yu Hanzo looked up at the four figures standing on the cliff, and couldn''t help frowning. Why didn''t Shimura Danzo come down to meet him?

    Uehara Naraku saw the ninja demigod a little displeased, and hurriedly said: "Hanzo-sama, I''m really sorry, there is no good communication process between us..."

    "What process?"

    Sanjiao Yu Hanzo is a little confused, his intuition is not right.

    The Uyin ninjas who were initially dissatisfied with Shimura Danzo''s rudeness also pricked their ears and listened to Uehara Naraku.

    "Our process..."

    Uehara Naraku blinked, and the whole person suddenly stood on tiptoes and flew into the air: "Just before you kill your Excellency, how should I perform a good show!"

    Uehara Naraku slowly ascended into the sky, his figure gradually changed, showing his original appearance, this scene made Yunin''s expressions greatly changed.

    Uehara looked down at the Yuyin people on the ground, and said helplessly, "Unfortunately, it seems that this process can only be omitted!"

    There is a saying, Uehara was disappointed.

    Sansho Fish Hanzo''s mood has changed a lot!

    He raised his head and looked at Uehara Naraku in the air, his eyes drenched, and thought of a few portraits: "That kid, is that Akatsuki kid who was very active some time ago!"

    "¡­It''s him!"

    Sanjiao Yu Mita nodded quickly.

    Sanjiao Yu Hanzo''s face became more and more ugly, and he said coldly: "Where is Shimura Dan hiding? Did he betray me? Or...this was originally Akatsuki''s conspiracy?"

    Either way, it is not good news for Hanzo.

    Naruto Uehara landed next to the four figures on the cliff, overlooking the Sansho Fish Hanzo and the many Yunin: "Yes, yesterday Konoha Ninja told us that you are going to meet here, I hope we kill Drop you guys."

    Uehara Naraku looked at the nervous expressions of the Urenin people, and continued with a chuckle: "Konoha''s Shimura Danzo has offered generous terms. As long as we can kill you, Konoha will support us as the leader of Uyin Village. !"

    Heavenly Way Payne: "..."

    Why does he feel a little proficient in listening to Uehara talking nonsense?

    But such an obvious lie, no one would believe it!

    "Akatsuki''s kid..."

    Sansho Fish Hanzo looked upset and looked up at Uehara Naraku and the four dark figures around him: "Does that **** Shimura Danzo think they can use them to kill me? Do you think the ninjas in the village will support you?"

    Others don''t believe it, but Sansho Fish Hanzo believes it.

    Because during the encirclement and suppression of the first Akatsuki organization, many Yuyin ninjas and Konoha root ninjas present were killed by outside golems, and Sansho Fish Hanzo was only spared.

    Obviously in that confrontation, Hanzo had fallen behind.

    Perhaps it is for this reason that Danzo wants to change partners?

    No, it is also possible that the **** Shimura Danzo wants to provoke the ninja demigod and the reincarnation-eyed ninja of Uyin village to kill each other!

    No matter who wins or loses, it is good for Konoha.

    Shimura Danzo is known as the darkness of the Ninja world. No matter what unbelievable actions he makes, it seems that it will not be surprising. While tempting Yuyin Village while tempting Akatsuki, Danzo will definitely be able to do such an unethical thing!

    Sansho Fish Hanzo suddenly raised his head to look at Naraku Uehara, and asked with an urn voice: "You Akatsuki organization has never guessed. Are these two organizations Konoha trying to provoke the most powerful organizations in the Rain Country to kill each other?"

    "This question is really interesting..."

    Uehara Naraku smiled and looked at the Sansho Fish Hanzo and asked, "Your Excellency Hanzo led people to besiege the three senior leaders of our Akatsuki. Didn''t UU reading think about the same problem?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Sansho Fish Hanzo suddenly choked.

    Uehara Nana spread her palms and whispered softly: "Well, Hanzo, we don''t need to say these high-sounding words... We just want you to know how the person who stood in your current position felt back then."

    "¡­¡­"

    Sanjiao Yu Hanzo''s face is even more ugly.

    Uehara Naraku''s mouth was drawn with a smile: "Almost I have said enough, it''s time for the real Avengers to come out and meet..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Sanjiao Yu Hanzo''s eyes showed a trace of trepidation. He remembered the Nagato and Outer Golems that almost killed him back then. If Nagato really ambushed him...

    Then how can I escape?

    At this moment, the voice of the wheelchair gradually rang.

    Nagato and Xiaonan appeared on the edge of the rock. They calmly watched the Sansho Fish Hanzo on the ground. Hanzo was shocked by the scene!

    "Long time no see, Sansho Fish Hanzo."

    What frightened him even more was that Heavenly Dao Payne walked over slowly, removed his disguise, and revealed his true face.

    That is a man who has been dead for many years!

    Sanjiao Yu Hanzo tightly pinched his fingers, staring at the orange-haired figure in a panic: "You were the...dead kid at that time..."

    "Except for Shimura Danzo, everyone who should be there is already here."

    Nagato coldly interrupted the words of Sansho Fish Hanzo, then turned to look at Konan and Uehara Naraku: "Konan, Uehara, can we start now?"

    Xiao Nan''s fingers spread apart and raised slightly: "...then let''s start!"

 Chapter 78ï¼š What you gave us back then will be returned to you 0 times today!

    A forbearing revenge for many years.

    hasn''t been a little hearty until today.

    The previous Sansho Fish Hanzo''s expressions of ignorance, anger, and fear from the discovery of being deceived were just the beginning of this revenge feast.

    A group of Yuyin ninjas obviously experienced too little. After their initial doubts and anger, they even wanted to laugh a little.

    "What a joke!"

    "A few people just want to attack Lord Hanzo!"

    "Hanzo-sama is a ninja and a demigod, the only ninja who can match the legendary ninja **** Senjujuma in decades!"

    "Let''s make a bet? How long can these Akatsuki guys last?"

    "Half an hour? One hour?"

    "A bit short, right?"

    "How long will it be? Do you think they can fight Hanzo-sama like Konoha Sannin for one day and one night?"

    Whenever he mentions the ninja demigod Sansho Fish Hanzo, he inevitably mentions the ninjas whom he bestowed the title of Konoha Sannin.

    As time goes by, Konoha Sannin''s power becomes stronger and stronger.

    Even if the current Konoha Sannin has long since parted ways, their legends still circulate in the Ninja world, which also highlights from the side how powerful the Sansho Fish Hanzo, who originally awarded the Sannin title, is.

    Actually, it was the peak of Hanzo''s life at that time.

    Listening to the exchanges of the surrounding subordinates, Sanjiao Yu Hanzo''s expression became more and more serious. He was not as confident as this group of Yunin.

    Hanzo himself is really old.

    He is already afraid of death.

    Sanjiao Yu Hanzo looked at the surrounding subordinates in a circle, and quietly put up his fingers, he wanted to quietly leave here with the technique of instantaneous body.

    As long as I return to Yuyin Village, there is hope for everything.

    If you stay here, who knows how powerful the red-haired ninja with reincarnation eyes will become, and the orange-haired boy who committed suicide long ago...

    Probably the most inconspicuous is the woman with blue hair.

    Sanjiao Yu Hanzo secretly figured out that if there is any chance, he might be able to hold Xiao Nan and continue to try to lure Yahiko into suicide.

    It''s a pity, this time I''m destined to disappoint him.

    "Don''t try to escape."

    Xiao Nan looked down at Sansho Fish Hanzo, as if he had understood Hanzo''s mind.

    Xiao Nan''s fingers slowly bent, and his expression solemnly said: "Back then, you ambushed the detonation talisman on the ground and blew up Nagato''s legs... Today I will return it to you thousands of times. All the land here is mine. Disguised as a detonator!"

    Following the movement of her palm, the earth cracked in an instant!

    Layers of detonation charms are exposed from the cracks in dense layers. It is obvious that the scalp of these Yunin people is numb, how many detonation charms are hidden here?

    The detonating symbols floated out instantly, and when the group of Yuyin Ninjas were frightened, they stuck them on the bodies of the Yuyin Ninjas!

    "I used 600 billion detonating symbols to disguise as the earth!"

    Xiao Nan pointed her fingers at the people on the ground like flowers, her eyes fixed on the Sansho Fish Hanzo: "Hanzo, you can''t escape today anyway!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Sanjiao Yu Hanzo couldn''t help gritting his teeth.

    Hanzo turned his head slowly, and quietly surveyed the surrounding environment. There were flying shadows of detonating talisman everywhere in his line of sight. It was not ordinary difficulty to escape with his instantaneous technique.

    Damn, is Akatsuki actually so rich?

    is really six reincarnations, retribution is unhappy.

    In the past, Sanjiao Yu Hanzo played the three leaders of Akatsuki''s organization between his palms, and now it is his turn to be driven to death by Xiaonan and Nagato.

    Nagato coughed a few times, manipulating Heavenly Dao Payne to fly into the air, and whispered in his mouth: "Xiao Nan, get rid of the fish first."

    "it is good."

    Xiao Nan nodded, a gloomy flash across her face.

    With the movement of her palm, countless detonating symbols exploded immediately!

    "Run away!"

    "Substitute technique!"

    "Asshole, hurry up!"

    A group of Yunin people want to escape in horror, but they can''t escape the coverage area of ??the detonation talisman at all, they can only be affixed to the body by the detonation talisman...

    One of them, Yuren, looked desperately at the detonation charm wrapped around her body, with a sorrowful smile on her face: "How could it be possible that there are so many detonation charms?"

    Boom!

    Uehara Naraku stood in the air, silently watching that Yuyin Ninja was completely submerged by the detonating charm, and then turned into a rain of blood.

    "Hanzo-sama, help me!"

    "Hanzo-sama!"

    "Hanzo-sama!"

    Explosion and cry for help one after another!

    The Yuyin ninjas who were still struggling flocked to the direction of the Sansho Fish Hanzo, because only the detonation talisman under Hanzo''s feet had not been revealed.

    Apparently, Xiaonan and Nagato want to leave Hanzo at the end.

    Sanjiao Yu Hanzo also guessed this. After thinking about it for a few seconds, he decided to save his life first. As for his men, it was only their luck.

    The only thing this ninja demigod can do is to put together a large-scale water escape ninjutsu: "Shui Dun¡¤Booming Water Rush!"

    The huge waves gush out from Hanzo''s mouth!

    is just the knowledge of water escape ninjutsu, and Uehara has to admit that the ghost lantern full moon and dried persimmon ghost shark are far behind the ninja demigod, not to mention that Momoji will no longer cut that only paddling stuff!

    I saw an oval lake appearing on this land!

    some Yuyin ninjas finally gave birth to a glimmer of hope of escape, and the remaining people rushed into the lake, evading the tracking of the detonating talisman.

    Sanjiao Hanzo standing in the water, just like standing in a clearing!

    As one of the masters of the Ninja Suzudun Ninjutsu, Sansho Fish Hanzo can also live and move freely in the water like some people.

    Hiding in the water and staring at Nagato, Xiaonan, and Payne for a while, his palms suddenly started to move, and he screamed: "Water escape¡¤Water dragon bullet technique!"

    A huge water dragon snakes out!

    Only on the body shape and the chakra contained in it, Hanzo''s water dragon bomb technique should be the strongest water escape Uehara has ever seen!

    Nagato looked at the water dragon swooping towards them, calmly stretched out his palm, and whispered: "Hungry ghost road The huge water dragon turned into chakra and entered Nagato''s body. !

    As the main body of the reincarnation eye, Nagato can release all the ninjutsu of the six penins, and he used it without any secret.

    After all, since the moment he appeared, in order to block the intelligence, except for Xiaonan and Uehara Naraku, it was impossible for anyone else present to escape.

    "This is a gift for you."

    Nagato''s finger points to Hanzo.

    The next moment, Heavenly Dao Payne suddenly appeared above the elliptical lake, and his palm suddenly stretched out: "Shen Luo Tianzheng!"

    Just when the Sansho Fish Hanzo was vigilant, the majestic repulsion rolled down!

    Within a few seconds, the entire lake was instantly destroyed by Shenluo Tianzheng!

    The rain ninjas hidden in the lake were all killed in an instant!

    "Forbearance¡¤Psychic Art!"

    A huge Sansho fish appeared beside Hanzo!

    This sansho fish is brown, completely different from the one Xiao Nan killed. There seems to be not a lot of this unique psychic beast living in the country of rain.

    Hanzo hurriedly hid under his psychic beast, and ordered the Sanshoyu''s body to withstand the repulsive attack. He did not dare to be seriously injured at the beginning of the battle!

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but frowned and said, "You''re too brave, right? In order to save your own life, do you damage a powerful combat force?"

    "Because he never thought of winning."

    Nagato looked at Hanzo, who had survived by chance, with contempt and disdain on his face: "He has abandoned his beliefs. He is no longer the ninja demigod who can shelter the country of rain... Now he can protect this country, only the real God!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku''s expression gradually became subtle.

 Chapter 79ï¼š Poisonous Sansho Fish

    Sanjiao Hanzo really just wanted to escape.

    Facing the weirdness of Tiandao Payne and the combination of Nagato and Xiaonan, this ninja demigod knew in his heart that his odds of winning were pitifully low.

    Instead of using Sansho fish to fight back, it is better to avoid injury, so as to keep yourself more stamina and Chakra to escape.

    Taking advantage of the chaos created by Shenluo Tianzheng, the figure of Sanjiao Yu Hanzo suddenly disappeared in place, and he alternately fleeing away from the place using substitute technique and instantaneous technique!

    It¡¯s just that every time Sanjiao Hanzo escapes, the horror in his heart increases.

    Because every inch of land he stepped on was transformed from a stack of detonating charms, how big is the area of ??this detonating charm!

    "Vientiane Sky Lead!"

    With a soft drink from Heavenly Way Payne, Hanzo suddenly realized that his body was out of control, and flew backwards in the direction of Heavenly Way Payne!

    Sansho Fish Hanzo quickly knotted his fingerprints, and opened his mouth a huge wave of water: "Water escape¡¤Water wave!"

    He wants to use the power of the water waves to repel Payne, at least to find a way to get rid of this inexplicable gravitational force.

    However, a fat orange-haired man appeared in the middle of them, and a white light appeared on his body. He just stretched out his palm and sucked out the chakra that was rushing through the water.

    is the hungry ghost Dao Payne.

    "Are ninjutsu attacks ineffective?"

    Sanjiao Yu Hanzo pulled off the sickle behind him, and flew into the air with the power of the Vientiane Sky Yin!

    Tiandao Payne ignored Hanzo''s sickle and looked at him blankly and said, "Hanzo, I will never forget Yahiko''s pain..."

    "...the resurrected dead...why have another pair of reincarnation eyes?"

    Sanjiao Yu Hanzo''s eyes flashed with a trace of terror, and he held the sickle in his hand and slashed at the Heavenly Way Payne in front of him in surprise!

    "He is indeed dead."

    Heavenly Dao Payne''s stature was short, and he avoided Hanzo''s sickle with strength, and his palm fell on Hanzo''s chest: "Now standing in front of you... is the real **** in this world!"

    Click!

    A black stick emerged from Payne''s palm!

    This yin and yang black rod pierced Hanzo''s body violently!

    Taking advantage of the moment when Sansho Fish Hanzo''s Chakra was stagnant, Tiandao Payne flew up and kicked Hanzo in the head, knocking him to the ground!

    àØ! Bang! Bang!

    Four black rods are shot one after another!

    Sanjiao Hanzo was nailed to the ground!

    The black rod of yin and yang not only restricted his chakra, but also restricted his movement. Now he was completely unable to move and could only be slaughtered.

    Heavenly Path Payne walked in front of him and stepped on the head of Sanjiao Yu Hanzo: "I thought I would enjoy a hearty revenge, but I didn''t expect that only boundless disappointment was left. You are really weak, Hanzo. ¡­"

    Sanjiao Yu Hanzo raised his head and glanced at the Heavenly Dao Payne, who insulted him, and a mouthful of blood spurted out of his mouth, not knowing whether it was hurt or angry.

    "Just kill him!"

    Xiaonan glanced at Sansho Fish Hanzo with some discomfort, and raised his palm: "There is no point in humiliating such a person!"

    Nagato was silent for a while, then turned to look at Uehara Naraku next to him: "Go, Uehara, kill this waste that has lost faith, he is not worthy of Penn."

    Uehara Naraku: "..."

    What do you mean by this?

    Isn''t it worth paying Penn''s shot to let him take it?

    I can humiliate two people with one sentence every time. It''s really you, Nagato!

    Not to mention Naraku Uehara, even Xiaonan thought Nagato''s words were a bit too much.

    Uehara really understands their feelings. This feeling is like working hard and planning for a long time to murder a big boss, but they threw a shuriken...

    Then the BOSS died.

    As early as when Sansho Fish Hanzo was bewitched by Shimura Danzo, in order to consolidate his power, he tried to murder Akatsuki and was almost killed, his heart died.

    Or, since then, Hanzo just wanted to live.

    Who can be blamed for this?

    can only blame Shimura Danzo.

    In this ninja world, few people who have been involved with Shimura Danzo, or who are brainwashed by Shimura Danzo, will not end well.

    Sansho fish Hanzo, Yakushi Nonou, Uchiha Shisui, Uchiha Itachi...

    Of course there are people who specifically restrain Shimura Danzo.

    That is Konoha''s three generations of Naruto Sarutobi. With the will of fire, he abruptly re-brained those who were almost crooked by Danzo.

    I have to praise Kakashi Hagi.

    This Konoha''s white hairs forbearance survived the dark boyhood abruptly, survived the brainwashing of Danzo, and survived the brainwashing of the will of fire...until Kakashi ran into a certain yellow-haired kid. Mouth escaped, and finally still couldn''t make it through.

    Uehara Naraku withdrew his brain circuit that was flying all over the sky, walked step by step to the Sansho Fish Hanzo, and took the black stick handed to him by Tiandao Payne.

    Sanjiao Hanzo''s gas mask came off, and he gritted his teeth at the approaching Uehara Naraku: "Boy, do you think you can kill me?"

    To be honest, Nagato and Xiaonan made him scared.

    Uehara Naraku, who has been deceiving him, looks disgusting!

    This kid deceived Sanjiao Yu Mita, deceived their feelings in Yuyin Village, and directly caused his death!

    Sanjiao Yu Hanzo has decided to accept the meeting with Shimura Danzo that day, and even got the news that Danzo might give in. He feels a little happy, thinking that he can use Konoha''s power to solve his threat again.

    Who would have thought that this turned out to be a total scam!

    Xiao''s bastard, led him to this place for execution!

    "Goodbye, Your Excellency Hanzo."

    Uehara Naraku held the black rod for the yin and yang escape, and stabbed the sansho fish Hanzo on the ground, and said softly, "If you have any grievances, go to Shimura Danzo!"

    After hearing Uehara''s words, Sansho Yu Hanzo''s brain was even a little slow.

    When life and death mattered, Hanzo finally reacted!

    "You go to death first! Kid!"

    Sanjiao Yu Hanzo spit out a violent breath of poisonous gas. This is the poisonous gas of the Sansho Fish venom sac in his body, which is extremely poisonous that even he himself cannot bear!

    It''s just that Hanzo secretly hides a small bottle of antidote between his teeth, and a casual bite can let him temporarily relieve the toxin.

    This is his real ultimate move.

    While Uehara Naruto was near Chichi, while Nagato and Xiaonanyuan were on the cliff, while Heavenly Way Payne stood by and had no time to react, the poison of the Sansho fish was instantly emitted!

    As long as these guys are hindered by the poison, he has a certain chance to escape!

    As long as we can live, everything is possible in the future!

    "Uehara!"

    "Naraku!"

    The expressions of Nagato and Xiaonan changed drastically.

    In their sight, the proud and innocent young ninja who had been following them, didn''t care about the poisonous attack of the Sansho fish, holding the Yin and Yang black stick in his hand, and slammed into Hanzo''s back!

    Side mission: The fall of a demigod (1/1), the mission has been completed, rewards the skill Star Infusion.

    Star Infusion: Consumes 10% of the current life energy and chakra energy to replenish the corresponding percentage of life energy and chakra energy for allies. The cooling time is 6 seconds.

    Side mission: Collect a new type of super poisonous (1/1), the mission has been completed, reward skills to plant mushrooms.

    Planting mushrooms: Use chakras to generate an invisible poisonous mushroom which can be placed in the target area, providing a small range of vision in the target area; when a target steps on the mushroom, the mushroom will explode and cause Human being poisoned, the size of each mushroom is related to the value of the chakra, and the minimum consumption is 100 chakra points.

    Uehara Naraku stood amidst the poisonous Sansho fish and glanced at the two abilities rewarded by the system. I felt that he had made a profit from participating in the assassination of the Sansho fish Hanzo. In the future, he can also become a medical ninja...

    is to think of a way to explain.

    It''s better to take some time to find a way to learn medical ninjutsu.

    Sansho fish is very poisonous, Uehara really didn''t care about it.

    He has a purification skill, as long as he leaves the poisonous area, he can use the purification to dispel.

    As for how to explain to Nagato and Xiaonan?

    There are so many Yuyin ninja bodies in this place, can''t they find a poisonous antidote for Sansho fish?

    Uehara Naraku is very accurate.

    Everything should not be what he expected.

    This time he still miscalculated one thing.

    Regardless of his own safety, Xiao Nan hurriedly flew into the poisonous mist of Sansho Fish, grabbed Uehara''s arm, and pulled him out!

    "Xiao Nan, don''t worry..."

    Shuradao Penn pushed Nagato''s wheelchair, and appeared nervously beside them: "I can let Penn Liudao go into the poisonous mist and rescue Uehara."

    "It''s okay, let''s find the antidote first."

    Xiaonan hugged Naraku Uehara tightly and urged in a low voice: "Nagato, hurry up... I said, protect Naraku!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara can only hide in her arms.

    was a little happy, and a little worried.

 Chapter 80ï¼š I have thought about the script for one and a half times. You wont let me act like this?

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t smile, he was a little restrained in Xiao Nan''s arms and said: "Teacher, don''t do such irrational things in the future."

    Xiaonan spoke calmly, her cheek pressed against Uehara''s forehead: "Don''t talk, save energy."

    "¡­it is good."

    Uehara Naraku''s face turned red.

    I feel a little hot in Xiao Nan''s arms.

    After a while, Nagato pushed the wheelchair and walked over. Tiandao Payne stood beside him, stretched out his palm, and put a potion on it.

    "Xiao Nan, this should be the antidote to the poisonous Sansho fish, but there is only one."

    This antidote is from Sanjiao Yu Mita.

    Even though Tiandao Payne searched all the corpses of Yuyin Ninjas, he did not find a second antidote that seemed to be able to detoxify Sansho.

    "Take Naraku quickly!"

    Xiao Nan''s face was happy, but the corner of his mouth couldn''t help but cough a few times, and his body suddenly became weak.

    Obviously, her impulse just now also made her body poisonous with Sansho fish.

    Two people are poisoned now, but there is only one antidote.

    Uehara Naraku flashed a light in his eyes. He looked at the antidote and shook his head and said, "Master Nagato, leave this antidote to Mr. Nan!"

    "Naraku, be more obedient!"

    "Teacher!"

    Uehara Naraku looked at Xiaonan who was dissatisfied, and said seriously: "Teacher, as long as I am still alive, I will not let Teacher Xiaonan suffer...If Teacher Xiaonan encounters misfortune, I cannot accept my fate of living alone! "

    "I''m your teacher¡­"

    At the moment of life and death, Xiao Nan would naturally not listen to him.

    The woman gently held Uehara''s face, and softly persuaded: "Nara, my dream is about to come true, and you still have a long way to go..."

    "Teacher Xiaonan!"

    Uehara Naraku interrupted Xiao Nan, and wanted to explode in acting.

    He intends to take advantage of the Sansho Fish Poisoning Incident to get out of suspended animation.

    This way, you can hide yourself better.

    Uehara even thought about when and how to return to Akatsuki.

    However, Tiandao Payne''s sentence interrupted all his calculations: "I suggest that none of you use it, and wait for the red sand scorpion to check if this medicine is the real antidote. He still has one in his hand. The real antidote."

    Uehara Naraku: "..."

    Xiaonan: "¡­¡­"

    Tiandao Payne turned the ring in his hand and continued softly: "Uchiha Itachi, dried persimmon ghost shark and scorpion successfully recruited Dedara and are turning toward the country of rain. I have asked them to speed up and come. "

    "That''s good."

    Xiaonan heard the name of the scorpion and breathed a sigh of relief: "After Dashewan left, the scorpion is the best at detoxification. He once researched the antidote to detoxify the Sansho fish in the organization."

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku felt a little depressed.

    If he weren''t still lying on Xiao Nan''s lap, he might not be able to conceal his loss.

    The mother-in-law of Chidai in Sagakura Village had confronted Sansho Fish and Hanzo, and she had studied the antidote to the poison of Sansho Fish.

    The scorpion of the red sand inherited his grandmother, whether it is a puppet or a highly venomous one, the blue is better than the blue, and the antidote that is researched out is simply common.

    Nagato slid over in a wheelchair, and said in a deep voice: "Tiandao Payne stays to guard you. My body will leave here first. After the toxins in your body are removed, I will take Hanzo''s body to receive Yuyin Village."

    "it is good."

    Xiaonan nodded.

    After Nagato finished speaking, except Heavenly Way Payne, the other Payne had fallen by Nagato''s side and left here with him.

    After a while.

    A big white bird landed on the ground.

    An arrogant voice came to everyone''s ears: "Ahahaha...How come there are poisoned rookies in this Akatsuki organization! Is it really waste?"

    Uehara Naraku and Xiaonan''s faces became dark at the same time.

    Both of them have guessed it out. The strange voice is Dedara, the new recruit from Akatsuki.

    "To shut up!"

    The Red Sand Scorpion manipulated Fei Liuhu to walk down from the big bird. After the urn reprimanded Deidara with an annoyance, he moved step by step.

    Scorpion threw out an antidote, and said coldly: "Sansho fish''s poisonous antidote, I just have one here, to prevent encountering the old fellow Sansho fish Hanzo..."

    As a member of Akatsuki, he often walks in the country of rain. The Scorpion of Red Sand is also more worried about encountering characters like Sansho Fish Hanzo.

    The name of a ninja demigod still has a certain ability to shock.

    Heavenly Dao Payne took the potion, and gave the potion in his hand to the Red Sand Scorpion to check it again, and said in a cold voice: "There is no need to prepare this antidote in the future."

    "Oh?"

    Red Sand Scorpion looked down at Konan and Uehara Naraku who were hugging each other, and curiously looked at a corpse not far from them and the many Yunin corpses.

    Heavenly Dao Payne said blankly: "From today onwards, Yuyin Village and Rain Country will belong to us."

    "Could it be that¡­"

    Red Sand Scorpion''s Fei Liuhu eyes suddenly widened, and he looked at Hanzo''s corpse with a hint of greed: "Is that the corpse of the ninja demigod Shanjiao Hanzo?"

    "Did the leader kill the legendary ninja demigod?"

    A slightly surprised voice came, and there were two more figures on the white bird, it was Uchiha Itachi and the dried persimmon ghost who went to assist the scorpion.

    Uchiha Itachi''s eyes turned scarlet. He stared at Hanzo''s corpse, a flash of horror flashed in his eyes, and then he quietly covered it.

    In the entire ninja world, who doesn¡¯t know the ninja demigod Shanjiao Hanzo?

    I didn''t expect Hanzo''s body to be here now!

    "Don''t let this matter out."

    Heavenly Path Payne coldly looked at the people present, and said in a deep voice: "Although Sansho Fish Hanzo is a waste, his reputation can also be used to deter and paralyze other big countries Shinnin Village, and buy enough time for us to complete our goals. "

    "¡­¡­"

    Everyone looked at each other and nodded each.

    Faced with a leader who can kill a ninja demigod, it seems that he obeyed his orders, and even Deidara curbed his arrogance briefly.

    Almost none of the ninjas living in the land of the earth, the land of the wind, and the land of the fire are not stunned by the reputation of Sansho Fish Hanzo!

    Now Hanzo''s body is lying not far away!

    The small eyes of the dried persimmon sharks turned, looking at the bitter face of Naruko Uehara who was taking the antidote, and smiled lightly: "Ha, it seems that the interns of our organization also appeared to kill the sansho fish. It¡¯s a bit of strength!"

    This sounds a bit sarcasm Uehara Naraku couldn''t help glaring bitterly at his number one spy.

    Since the dried persimmon ghosts became his subordinates, how do you feel that you have become more and more free? Doesn''t he know not to offend his boss easily!

    Even acting is not necessary!

    It was just a light movement of the finger of the dried persimmon ghost shark, which gave Uehara Naraku a signal, and he had important information to report to Uehara Naraku.

    Uehara Naraku barely suppressed the thoughts of rectifying the ghost.

    Tendo Payne glanced at Uehara Naraku, and said solemnly: "Uehara personally formulated the plan to assassinate Hanzo, and killed the Sansho Fish Hanzo himself."

    "Huh?"

    A hint of exclamation flashed across the dry persimmon ghost''s face: "I didn''t expect Senior Xiao Nan''s disciple to become stronger and stronger!"

    The dried persimmon ghost is not surprised at all.

    It''s just that he was curious about how much strength Uehara exposed this time.

    "Hmph, I knew I would let Xiaonan''s disciple be my partner."

    Red Sand Scorpion heard what Payne said and glanced at Deidara next to him with a little disgust: "This kid is so noisy!"

    Deidara exclaimed dissatisfiedly: "Hey, hey, Xie Dan, this sentence is too rude anyway! I respect you on the road!"

    "Don''t waste useless time here to make noise."

    Tiandao Payen stopped them with a cold voice: "Go back and clean up. Tomorrow, I will move Xiao''s base to the vicinity of Yuyin Village."

    After finishing speaking, Tendo Payne turned his head and glanced at Xiaonan and Uehara Naraku: "Xiaonan, Uehara, take Hanzo''s body, let''s take over Yuyin Village."

    "Ok¡­"

    "Ok?"

 Chapter 81ï¼š Im just an ordinary Konoha dark part~

    Yuyin village.

    People panic for a while.

    The body of their leader, Sanjiao Yu Hanzo, was hung on the tallest tower in the village. Many ninjas were horrified and uneasy for fear of the destruction of Yuyin Village.

    "From today, we will take over here."

    A young ninja sits on a high tower, Yuyin Upper Ninja Hattori Hirakawa and two little ghosts stand behind him separately, posing a posture of surrender.

    Sanjiao Yu Hanzo took away most of his cronies. The remaining cronies chose to flee after seeing Hanzo''s body, and the rest were ordinary ninjas in Yuyin Village.

    These ordinary Yuren looked at the young man on the tower in horror.

    Is this kid who killed Hanzo-sama?

    This¡­

    what is the problem?

    A blue-haired woman walked up to the young ninja and knocked him on the head: "Naraku, don''t get caught in the rain here, go and see the room I set up for you..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro couldn''t help laughing.

    Even Hattori Hirakawa next to him was covering his lips.

    Uehara Naraku helplessly rubbed his forehead, grabbed Xiao Nan''s palm and stood up: "Teacher, don''t always treat me as a child in need of care!"

    "Well, I have something to say to the ninja here."

    Xiao Nan unfolded the paper wings behind him, and flew into the air, looking down at the many Yuren in the ground: "That was my disciple Naraku. What he said is correct. Starting today, Yuyin Village Yuxiao Took over.

    From the Second Ninja World War until now, the Rain Country has always been the battlefield of great powers. Sansho Fish Hanzo has never changed this situation!

    But from today, Lord Payne decided to change the status of Yuyin Village. He will let the big country experience the pain of war and will not let any other ninja fight in the country of rain...

    Penn-sama is the real god...

    From then on, the country of rain will never be bullied again..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku listened to Xiao Nan''s speech for a while, glanced at Xiao Nan who seemed a little holy in the sky, turned his head and walked into the tower.

    After today, Xiao Nan will be an angel in Yuyin Village.

    Nagato is hiding in this high tower, and he is setting up six Penn¡¯s sleeping places to save his chakras.

    Except for the Heavenly Dao Penn who chased down Hanzo''s cronies and blocked the news, the other Penn was placed here.

    "Uehara, why are you here?"

    Nagato frowned, coughed a few times, and then whispered: "Didn''t I let you follow Xiao Nan and learn how to manage Yuyin Village in the future?"

    This person seems to really want Naruko Uehara to be the head of Uyin Village!

    Uehara Naraku felt that his acting skills were too strong, but he scratched his head and said: "Forget it, Lord Nagato, we are not sufficiently staffed now, I''ll go out to perform the task first!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Nagato watched Uehara Naraku about to leave, he suddenly thought of something, and stopped Uehara again: "Wait, take this!"

    Nagato suddenly threw a ring!

    An original word is clearly engraved on the ring.

    It seems that this ring has never appeared before, it seems that Nagato made it specially.

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes lit up, and he reached out and took the ring: "Isn''t this a formal member''s ring? Did Mr. Nan admit that I am a formal member? Where can I get the uniform? No more nail polish..."

    "Cough cough cough...Xiao Nan did not agree."

    Nagato coughed lightly, and said softly: "This is the ring Akatsuki uses to contact. As long as you enter chakra in the ring, I can sense your contact information through the eyes of reincarnation..."

    "It turned out to be just a ring!"

    Uehara Naraku was a little dissatisfied: "And I can also borrow Nagato-sama''s black stick to psychic six pens at any time, right? It feels useless..."

    "If you don''t want it, you can return it to me."

    "of course yes."

    Uehara Naraku flashed away and left.

    Nagato stretched out a salvaging hand and watched Uehara Narukae''s figure disappear like a lonely old man: "Wait, you haven''t learned the magic lantern body art..."

    "The Magic Lantern Body Art?"

    Uehara Naraku turned around.

    "Forget it, you don''t need to contact other members of Akatsuki."

    Nagato waved his hand at Uehara: "If you only need to contact me and Xiaonan, you don''t need the magic of the magic lantern body, go perform the task, and drive out those who invaded the country of rain!"

    The entire Yuyin Village is a waste of time.

    What they have to do now is to not only hunt down Sansho Fish Hanzo¡¯s cronies, but also block the news in Yuyin Village, expel and assassinate the enemy ninjas active in Yuzhi.

    But Uehara''s mission is just a reason.

    The most important thing is that when they left yesterday, the dried persimmon ghosts winked in private and passed on important information to him.

    After leaving Yuyin Village, Uehara Naraku used his destiny skills to directly teleport to the dried persimmon ghost shark, who happened to be waiting for his arrival.

    "what happened?"

    Uehara Naruko frowned.

    If there is no particularly important information, he will hammer the dried persimmon to death.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark was also unambiguous, and said solemnly: "Mr. Itachi is going to meet Uchiha Daido privately, Uehara-sama wants to ambush Uchiha Daido privately? You can follow Mr. Itachi secretly to find Uchiha Daido.

    "After a long time, I will call him Mr. Itachi..."

    Uehara Naraku spit out, he really didn''t intend to ambush Uchiha''s belt soil, he would not move Uchiha''s belt soil without absolute certainty.

    Of course, this information is not unimportant.

    can also make trouble for Uchiha with soil.

    "Okay, I see."

    Uehara Naruko waved his hand, and when he was about to leave, he suddenly added: "Usually when the two of us meet in Akatsuki, we can respect me a little bit, and at least treat others equally, right?"

    "Huh? Shouldn''t you talk about interns?"

    There was big doubt in the small eyes of the dried persimmon ghost, his expression made Uehara unable to distinguish his true thoughts.

    Uehara Naraku: "..."

    There is really no way to meet such a straight man.

    If it hadn¡¯t been for the rapid movement of Uchiha''s head on the destiny panel, Uehara Naraku would have to take care of the Kakiki Family...

    "Okay, I''m leaving now."

    Uehara Naraku gave sympathy to the dried persimmon ghost: "You are a spy, so learn to protect yourself."

    "it is good."

    The dried persimmon ghost nodded, and then asked, "Wait, Uehara-sama, I invented a beautiful set of knot printing gestures..."

    "If you don''t learn it, don''t learn it. If you practice knot printing, you will get cramps."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head quickly, and his whole body slowly dived into the earth like a diving, and followed Uchiha Itachi''s trajectory quickly.

    No matter how fast Uchiha Itachi moves, it can¡¯t compare to the Mayfly Art.

    In a small forest, Uehara Naraku succeeded in rushing to the front of Uchiha Itachi. After he lowered his head and meditated for a while, he turned into a masked Konoha Anbe.

    This time, Uehara is going to give another gift with soil.

    Uchiha Itachi''s perception is very keen. When he first stepped into the woods, he saw the birds flying out of the woods.

    A handle of Kuwu instantly fell into his palm.

    Just as a Konoha Anbe found the trail of Uchiha Itachi and was about to show up, crows suddenly appeared in front of him, forming a vague shape of Uchiha Itachi.

    "Uchiha Itachi!"

    "Are you the Anbe of Konoha Village?"

    Uchiha Itachi''s eyes flashed a red light, his body turned into a solid body, and the kunai in his hand fell on the shoulders of the person in front of him: "Did Konoha send you to chase me?"

    "Do not!"

    Konoha Anbe Ninja shook his head quickly and quickly clarified his identity: "Because Konoha has encountered a very urgent situation, Lord Sandaime hopes that you can collect some information about Uchiha''s soil. !"

    "¡­¡­"

    Uchiha Itachi''s heart shuddered.

    There are not many people in the entire ninja world who know that he is a Konoha spy.

    The only person who might believe that he was still working for Konoha, is Konoha''s three generations of Naruto Tobihiro, right? The old man thought he still believed in the will to fire...

    More importantly, Uchiha Sasuke is still in Konoha!

    But even if the Konoha Anbe in front of him claimed to be the Konoha Anbe sent by the Sarutobi Hitachi, Uchiha Itachi wanted to try it out with illusion.

    see if he can test out his true identity!

    What if it is from Shimura Danzo?

    Uehara Naraku''s version of Konoha Anbe suddenly felt a little anxious. Isn''t it too sloppy this time? I hurried over to add soil to Uchiha!

    Once he encounters Uchiha Itachi''s attack, he will definitely show his true shape. At that time, I guess he can only find a way to kill Uchiha Itachi...

    Or threatened with his brother?

    Just as the writing wheel eyes in Itachi Uchiha''s eyes began to turn, the Konoha Anbu suddenly lowered his head and said, "Please don''t release illusions on me, because my brain has a special curse imprint and cannot withstand any illusion attack.

    Before I die, please allow me to give you important information. "

    "¡­¡­"

    The writing wheel eyes in Uchiha Itachi''s eye sockets slowly stopped, and his voice was a little obscure, and said, "It sounds like...Is the senior a dead man?"

 Chapter 82ï¼š I have some information on the ability to carry soil to tell you

    "Are you dead?"

    Konoha Anbe smiled sorrowfully, and said softly: "This statement is correct, because my life is about to come to an end, three generations of Naruto masters will send me to perform this most dangerous and secret mission."

    After speaking, Konoha Anbu pointed to his head again, and added: "And I specially asked the third generation of Naruto Masters to implant a forbidden spell for me. If I want to, I can detonate my brain at any time. ."

    "Senior, really admirable."

    Uchiha Itachi sighed and put away his kunai.

    Although Uchiha Itachi had some doubts about Konoha''s dark part in front of him, he was also breaking up little by little.

    Whether it is Shimura Danzo or Sarutobi Hizen, there is no reason to tell an ordinary Anbe about the most important secrets in the village.

    So maybe Konoha''s Anbe in front of you is really dying?

    This Konoha Anbe listened to Uchiha Itachi, but shook his head, took a deep look at Uchiha Itachi, and exclaimed: "In fact, Uchiha Itachi is more admirable than me. "

    "¡­¡­"

    Uchiha Itachi lowered his head sadly.

    Obviously he thinks that the dying person in front of him knows all his secrets, and that genocide is naturally beneficial to the stability of Konoha Village.

    For him, a genocide, it is a nightmare that will last a lifetime.

    "Sorry, I said too much."

    The Konoha Anbe shook his head and said softly, "Now I have something important to tell Your Excellency Uchiha Itachi, because this may subvert some of your views."

    "please say."

    Uchiha Itachi reduced the sadness on his face.

    Konoha Anbe looked at Uchiha Itachi, suppressing his own voice, and said in a deep voice: "Your Excellency Sandaime Naruto suspects that the conflict between Uchiha and Uchiha in the village over the years has been intensified. It was Uchiha who brought the soil behind the scenes.

    It is reported that in the Kyuubi Rebellion that year, it was Uchiha who took the soil to control Kyuubi by using the writing wheel eyes and led to the death of the fourth generation of Hokage-sama and his wife. "

    "¡­¡­"

    Uchiha Itachi suddenly raised his head, and looked at Konoha Anbe incredulously: "Senior...what did you just say?"

    "Do I need to repeat it?"

    "No... I want to slow down."

    Uchiha Itachi rubbed his eyebrows with his fingers: "Uchiha brought dirt...Why did you kill the fourth generation of Naruto-sama? That was his teacher! And the age with dirt..."

    "The three generations of Naruto Masters have no way of knowing."

    The Konoha Anbe also reluctantly said: "This is the loss of Konoha. Master Naruto also learned the news from Uchiha''s former teammate Kakashi Hagi."

    Uchiha Itachi: "..."

    If the information from Konoha''s Anbe in front of you is true, then the contradictions between Konoha and Uchiha over the years have been controlled by the Uchiha belt...

    This person is terrible!

    Uchiha Itachi remembered that he went to find the Uchiha belt soil and invited him to destroy the Uchiha clan. This guy had been waiting at Nanga Shrine a long time ago. Originally from the Kyuubi Rebellion, Uchiha belt soil was waiting. That day!

    Uchiha Itachi clenched his fist, and his nail polished fingers plunged deeply into the flesh. He can only forcefully maintain his sanity now.

    If Uchiha brought soil in front of him, Uchiha Itachi would really wish to kill him immediately!

    Konoha¡¯s fourth-generation Hokage has been working hard to ease the relationship between Uchiha and Konoha, even his wife has a very good relationship with Uchiha Itachi¡¯s mother Mikoto. It¡¯s when there is a turning point.

    As a result, Uchiha took the soil and murdered his teacher. He also used the writing wheel to control Nine Tails under the public, making the rift between Uchiha and Konoha almost irreparable!

    That bastard!

    After a long time, Uchiha Itachi''s eyes slowly eased, and he continued in a deep voice: "Senior, please keep talking!"

    "Are you OK?"

    Konoha Anbe hesitantly looked at Uchiha Itachi, seemingly worried about his state: "Master Naruto ordered me to tell you, remember not to pass on information in a hurry."

    Uchiha Itachi nodded and said, "I understand."

    "That''s good."

    Konoha Anbe breathed a sigh of relief, and continued in a deep voice: "Naruto-sama has not found out the motives of Uchiha''s belt soil that killed the four generations of Naruto couples and provoked the conflict between Konoha and Uchiha. The village must catch him to find out. The truth...

    Some time ago, Naruto-sama ordered Shimura Danzo to send several groups of ninjas from the Anbe training class to search for traces of Uchiha belt soil in the country of rain, but then they had no more news.

    Now that he has no alternative, Naruto-sama can only pin his hopes on Uchiha Itachi. "

    "Yes."

    After being silent for a while, Uchiha Itachi looked at the Konoha Anbu in front of him and said, "I did find some information here... I also ask senior to go back and tell Hokage-sama. It''s best not to startle the snake because Uchiha''s power to bring the soil is very strange. "

    "We do have some information about taking soil..."

    Konoha Anbe hesitated for a while, and said in a deep voice: "This is what Naruto-sama worried that Your Excellency Itachi would be in danger, and asked me to tell you about Uchiha''s kaleidoscope of dirt!

    When Kakashi Hagi went to the Land of Water, he met Uchiha Zodiac and had some conflicts with him. Naruto-sama secretly inferred some of the pupil ability of Zodiac, and I hope it can be helpful to you .

    Uchiha''s kaleidoscope pupil technique with soil is very weird. It seems to be able to protect his body from any attack, but this technique should have a certain time limit, about five to eight minutes. "

    After ¡¡¡¡ finished speaking, the Konoha Anbe sighed faintly, "It''s a pity that Uchiha''s whereabouts with the soil is too weird, and the combat information is too short. The only abilities that Hokage-sama can infer are these..."

    "These are enough."

    Uchiha Itachi didn''t mind at all.

    For him, any information about Uchiha''s belt soil is very important, even if these are only speculations by Sarutobi Hisaki.

    Uchiha Itachi sighed softly: "Naruto-sama is worthy of being a ninjutsu professor. I just barely know his abilities, but for the time being, I can''t find out his duration."

    Itachi Uchiha really admires Sarutobi. UU reading www.uukanshu. com

    When he first met Uchiha Daido, he knew the strangeness of Uchiha Daido''s own art.

    However, Sarutobi Hizen can actually guess the specific time. As a ninjutsu professor, he can even calculate the duration of the kaleidoscope writing round eye technique.

    Konoha Anbe spoke again and continued: "Moreover, in addition to this, Naruto-sama also suspected that he might have stolen Izanagi."

    "Izanagi!"

    Itachi Uchiha was really shocked.

    This technique is a technique that can protect Uchiha''s tribe from any harm in a short period of time, but at the cost of an eternal blindness of the eye.

    Konoha Anbe looked at Uchiha Itachi, nodded, and continued in a deep voice: "Since the night of the genocide, all the ninjutsu of the Uchiha clan has been sealed in the forbidden room.

    Hokage-sama mentioned that he had been searching for information on the pupil technique that Uchiha brought soil, and found that the forbidden operation room had been manipulated.

    Hokage-sama speculated that the Konoha enchantment team had briefly reported an unknown intruder at a certain time, and it was possible that Uchiha took the soil to steal Izanagi''s art. "

    "I will pay attention to this."

    Uchiha Itachi frowned more and more tightly.

    The current Uchiha belt soil is only tricky enough to use the kaleidoscope to write the weird pupil technique of the round eyes. As a result, he still hides that he can use Izanagi.

    This is not so easy to solve.

    After saying this, Konoha Anbe whispered, "Your Excellency Uchiha Itachi has anything to pass on to Naruto-sama? Don''t worry, when I return, these will be buried along with my corpse in the memorial monument. "

    "¡­¡­"

    Uchiha Itachi''s palm gradually relaxed.

 Chapter 83ï¼š Im such a genius

    "I will definitely find a way to find out the truth about Uchiha''s murder of the fourth generation Naruto and his wife, and collect information on all Akatsuki members. Now I have a little clue here..."

    Uchiha Itachi frowned and talked about the problem of soil: "Uchiha soil is not the kind-hearted Konoha ninja in the past.

    After he had a kaleidoscope writing wheel, his power was very different from the past, please don''t send innocent people to sacrifice. "

    "¡­¡­"

    Konoha Anbe nodded dullly.

    Although it seems that the Konoha Anbe came to ask Uchiha Itachi for information and deliver orders, but Uchiha Itachi actually got more information.

    Perhaps it is for this reason, and Uchiha Itachi did not particularly doubt.

    But Uchiha Itachi did not particularly trust the Anbu in front of him.

    In other words, Uchiha Itachi doesn''t trust Konoha''s senior management.

    After all, his younger brother is still living in Konoha, Uchiha Itachi still understands the truth about self-respect.

    Therefore, Uchiha Itachi did not divulge the information about Akatsuki, but rather evasively said: "After I have collected important information, I will find a chance to return to Konoha and report it to Naruto-sama myself."

    "Ok."

    Konoha Anbu looked up at him and said softly, "Since I met His Excellency Uchiha Itachi, my mission is now complete, I must return to Konoha immediately!"

    "Senior cherishes it."

    Uchiha Itachi nodded respectfully.

    When Konoha Anbe was about to leave, he suddenly turned his head and looked at Uchiha Itachi and said: "Yes, Naruto-sama specially asked me to explain at the last time, Uchiha Sasuke''s score is still the first place in the ninja school. ."

    "¡­¡­"

    Uchiha Itachi was silent for a while, and a smile appeared at the corner of his mouth.

    The younger brother who is still at Konoha Ninja School is his only softness in this world, and the last warmth he left in this world.

    Uchiha Itachi smiled, but his eyes showed uncontrollable pain and sadness.

    Soon, the sadness on his face turned into anger.

    Uchiha Itachi squeezed the kunai in his hand abruptly, and pierced **** the tree trunk, the anger on his face no longer hidden: "Uchiha takes the soil!"

    Uchiha Itachi and their fathers Uchiha Tomitake and Uchiha Shisui worked so hard to resolve the contradiction between Uchiha and Konoha, and they even spent much time with the sinister villains like Shimura Danzo.

    As a result, Uchiha Daido ignored all their sacrifices!

    The news that Konoha Anbe just said came from Kakashi, and Itachi Uchiha believed in Kakashi Hagi''s judgment.

    If Hagi Kakashi can be sure that Uchiha made it with soil... then it must be made with soil!

    As Kakashi''s teammate in Anbe, Uchiha Itachi knows Kakashi''s **** to Uchiha''s soil. It is impossible for the white-haired Shinobu to damage his teammate''s reputation.

    After a long time.

    Uchiha Itachi''s sanity gradually recovered, and he leaned against the tree and fell into contemplation.

    He just talked with the senior Anbe from Konoha here for a while, and wasted too much time. It''s time to meet Uchiha Daido!

    It''s just that Uchiha Itachi''s mood has changed when he wants to meet.

    After Uchiha Itachi pulled out his kunai and left, a figure quietly emerged from the ground. It was Uehara Naraku.

    "I''m such a genius..."

    Uehara Naraku touched her chin.

    Through the known results, and then went to make up the process, Uehara felt that he was really a genius, and he was simply the best person to be behind the scenes.

    Originally, Konoha and Uchiha Itachi didn¡¯t know the identity of the mysterious mask man. Uehara Naraku used his natural magical skills to leak Uchiha¡¯s soil to Kakashi Hagi, and then to Akatsuki through Kakashi Hagi. Everyone.

    Now Konoha and Uchiha Itachi don''t know Uchiha''s ability to carry soil, and Uehara Naraku has made it out of nothing, and leaked the divine power of the soil to Uchiha Itachi.

    And Uchiha Itachi''s future will always be under the surveillance of the dried persimmon ghosts, and it is impossible for him to reveal any secrets.

    Even if Uchiha Itachi wants to find Haaki Kakashi in the future to verify whether Uchiha belt soil is the murderer who killed the four generations of Naruto couples and provoked the confrontation between Konoha and Uchiha, it is impossible to point out the wood he encountered today. Yeanbu.

    If this continues, Uchiha will sooner or later become enemies of the world.

    In other words, the Uchiha belt soil has already been beaten by everyone.

    And Uehara still admires his emergency wit a little bit.

    Had it not been for the nonsense that he had just made up a curse in his mind, he would now have a brain fight with Uchiha Itachi!

    Now Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha must become enemies with the soil...

    Uehara Naruko looked at the fate skill panel, Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Daido, the two avatars that are meeting together, showing a trace of unpredictable evil on their faces.

    But in addition to this, Uehara has some unexpected gains.

    Main task: To realize the wish of the book stand boss and become the largest BOSS in the ninja world. The progress is 5%, the task is not completed, and the reward is unknown.

    just leaked a part of the information with soil, and got a 2% progress. What exactly is the criterion for this task?

    "Forget it, go and see the excitement first."

    Uehara Naraku''s body gradually sank to the ground.

    If Uchiha Itachi has received the information he presented, and still refuses to give him a satisfactory result, then he must find a way to use Konoha.

    Two days ago, they killed the mountain wind and a group of root ninjas.

    According to Shimura Danzo''s temperament, he must find a way to send another group of people to investigate the situation. It is better to use this opportunity to secretly send the information about Uchiha''s soil to Konoha.

    As for identity...

    just can borrow the identity of Uchiha Itachi.

    Uehara Naraku felt that he was a little bloated, except for the unrealistic ideas that Xiaonan and Nagato had for him, he felt that everything in Ninja was about to be under control.

    on a barren mountain.

    Uchiha¡¯s encounter is happening as expected by Uehara Naraku.

    Uchiha took soil and took off his mask. Anyone who shouldn''t know now already knows his identity, and there is no point in hiding it.

    Half of his face is intact, and the other half is full of hideous scars.

    When Uchiha brought the soil to see Itachi Uchiha''s arrival a smile on his face: "Itachi, I thought you would never want to see me again!"

    Uchiha Itachi''s eyes gradually turned scarlet. He walked towards the Uchiha belt soil step by step, and asked in a cold voice, "Because I also want to know why the most enthusiastic senior in the clan has become what he is now..."

    "There is no special reason, just tired of this boring world."

    Uchiha spread the soil with his hands, smiled lightly and said: "Create a new world, where there is no fighting and no disputes, okay?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Uchiha Itachi frowned, a little bit unable to understand the thought of bringing dirt.

    However, this did not hinder the plan in his heart, Uchiha Itachi''s eyes flashed a red light, and a dark flame appeared on the soiled body!

    Kaleidoscope writing round eye pupil technique, the inflammation of Amaterasu!

    Unpredictable attack position, the strongest fire escape that will never be extinguished!

    Uchiha brought the soil but stood in the flames of Amaterasu, looking calmly at Uchiha Itachi: "Itachi, don''t you think I am not Uchiha Madara, so you think you can kill me? The kid is still too naive! "

    Uchiha''s mouth was hard with soil, but he was shocked!

    Fortunately, he had already been on his guard and turned on the penetration of the divine power in advance, otherwise he would be caught off guard by the sun, even if he hid in the divine space, it would be difficult to get rid of it!

    "No, I''m just testing whether you still have the qualifications to continue cooperating..."

    Uchiha Itachi didn''t care about his ridicule, but he did not take back Amaterasu, but quietly looked at Uchiha''s belt soil, and began to estimate the burning time of Amaterasu in his heart.

    According to the information provided by the Konoha Anbe senior, the penetration time that Uchiha belt soil can support is about five to eight minutes.

 Chapter 84ï¼š Sinister Genius Ninja

    Amaterasu is still burning.

    Uchiha took the soil and left the place, and walked forward half a step.

    It''s just that Uchiha Itachi also manipulated Amaterasu''s flame and followed Uchiha''s movement of taking soil, and began to spread the range of Amaterasu.

    Uchiha Itachi is sure that Amaterasu did not attack the Uchiha belt soil, but what he wants now is to find out the accurate information on the belt soil!

    "Itachi, will you continue to test me?"

    There was some dissatisfaction on his face with soil, and he looked at Uchiha Itachi and said, "If you continue to test, you might lose your life!"

    Uchiha Itachi stared closely at the dirt-carrying movement, and said in a cold voice: "Uchiha Madara and the dirt-senior powers are definitely not on the same level. I want to think about it carefully, right?"

    After judging the action of bringing soil based on the known results, we can find the reasonableness. This guy can''t maintain this state of virtual penetration for a long time!

    Uchiha didn¡¯t know what Uchiha Itachi was thinking, and even continued to chat with some leisurely thoughts: "Uchiha Madara is not as powerful as we thought. Time has passed too long, and the kaleidoscope''s ability to write round eyes is only touted by the clan. Too much..."

    "is it?"

    Uchiha Itachi followed his words and continued to delay time.

    But there is one thing Uchiha Itachi can already be sure of, there is still a problem with the IQ of the soil, or his mentality is problematic.

    A weak person who has only gained the power of a kaleidoscope to write a wheel, feels that he is truly invincible in the world?

    An idiot who claims to be an absolute strong!

    will be beaten up by other strong men sooner or later!

    Uehara Naraku is hidden in a corner, watching Uchiha Daido and Uchiha Itachi from a distance. The guy Daido hasn''t noticed Uchiha Itachi''s conspiracy, but he is still walking in the garden in Amaterasu.

    This is too confident, right?

    Did you forget that your supernatural power can only last for five minutes?

    Uchiha did not forget the soil of course, but he is now riding a tiger.

    In order to make Uchiha Itachi still willing to use it for him, Touto can only continue to assume a posture that is not afraid of the flames of the sky, so that Uchiha Itachi can see the power gap between them!

    "Itachi, put away your Amaterasu!

    The time for the emptiness of the divine power to penetrate less and less, Uchiha Daido finally couldn''t help but persuade: "Itachi, wasting the precious kaleidoscope of pupil power to test an enemy that you can''t guess is completely meaningless."

    "Maintaining Amaterasu will not waste too much pupil power."

    Uchiha Itachi knew in his heart that he did not follow the persuasion of the soil. A ray of blood and tears still flowed slowly from the corner of his eyes, and he continued to delay time: "Senior''s pupil technique is really magical. It is the first time I see Amaterasu. The hurt person."

    "¡­¡­"

    Uchiha''s face with soil gradually became hard to look at. Whenever he wanted to start to leave the range of Amaterasu, Amaterasu Heiyan would follow his footsteps and refuse to leave.

    Is this Uchiha Itachi incomprehensible?

    If this continues, his power penetration time will end.

    This hole card is also easy to be seen by Uchiha Itachi!

    Facing a ninjutsu genius like Uchiha Itachi, can Uchiha take the soil to believe that once Uchiha Itachi finds a flaw in his technique, will he not think of a way to crack the technique?

    Uchiha''s gaze with the soil gradually became bad: "Don''t consume my patience, even the ninja''s patience is limited...Uchiha Itachi!"

    However, this threat is for Uchiha Itachi...

    That''s Uchiha belt soil in a hurry!

    He is in a hurry, he is in a hurry, he is in a hurry!

    As expected by the information sent by Anbe-senpai, the void penetration state of the Uchiha belt soil should only last about five to eight minutes.

    The duration of ¡¡¡¡ with soil is about to reach its limit!

    Uchiha Itachi maintains the black flames of the sky to surround the Uchiha belt, counting the time in his heart, every second must be accurate.

    Uchiha Itachi''s fingers tapped on each other little by little, silently saying: "Four minutes and thirty-five seconds, thirty-six seconds, thirty-seven seconds..."

    "What a bad boy!"

    Uchiha''s figure with soil flickered, he floated into the earth little by little, and with the help of the virtual state of the divine power space, he could sink into any place and walk.

    It''s just a shame to do so.

    Especially leaving the range of Amaterasu in this way, it will also give Uchiha Itachi a signal that his divine power state cannot cope with continuous attacks for a long time.

    After Uchiha sank the soil into the ground, he began to think, he has to be more careful in the future, lest Uchiha Itachi secretly insults him.

    "Four minutes and forty-nine seconds..."

    Uchiha Itachi frowned, his target Uchiha belt soil had been lost in his line of sight, and it was meaningless to continue using Amaterasu.

    I didn''t expect that this guy with soil is more troublesome than expected!

    Suddenly Uchiha''s figure with soil floated out of the ground, and a wooden thorn sprang out of his palm, piercing it toward Uchiha''s face!

    "Itachi, don''t easily test those who are stronger than you..."

    "Water escape¡¤Water Front Wall!"

    Uchiha Itachi''s palm quickly formed seals, almost at a speed that made people see clearly, the next moment a stream of water spouted from his mouth, forming a defensive ninjutsu!

    However, the soil penetrated the water wall like nothing!

    Uchiha Itachi frowned and truly realized the tricky part of fighting with Uchiha''s dirt. The three goujas in his eye sockets turned wildly, looking directly at the rushing Uchiha''s dirt.

    Kaleidoscope writing round eye pupil technique...

    Monthly read and activate!

    The next moment, the two bodies stopped at the same time!

    Before the moon reading pupil technique of the left eye was reflected in Uchiha''s eyes, Uchiha Itachi quietly formed another handprint, leaving a clone.

    Uehara Naraku watched the battle here, and his vigilance for Uchiha Itachi was the highest: "Uchiha Itachi is so sinister..."

    That clone may become the key to victory!

    A second later, Uchiha Itachi covered his left eye, and a wisp of blood flowed from between his fingers: "It seems that senior''s pupil technique can''t stop illusion technique..."

    Just now they were clashing in the illusion space of Moon Reading, and no one took any advantage, Uchiha Itachi came to illusion.

    However, Uchiha Daido seems to know some information about the monthly reading, he can endure the endless pain in the monthly reading, and even looking for an opportunity to break through the monthly reading!

    Even so, the spirit of bringing the soil has been hit hard!

    Uchiha knelt down on one knee with the soil, and at the same time he covered his eyes. His voice gradually became more solemn: "Is this the illusion of Moonread just now? It seems that after Uchiha Shisui died, you are like this. The strongest ninja in the world..."

    It''s just that Uchiha''s words with soil have not yet finished, Uchiha Itachi''s crow clone suddenly appeared behind him, and easily pierced the soiled body with a kunai!

    Uchiha brought the soil and looked down at the kunai who had pierced his chest in an incredible way!

    "It seems that I guessed right Uchiha Itachi looked at the Uchiha belt soil, and whispered: "After experiencing the pain of illusion, Senpai didn''t seem to think about continuing to use his pupil..."

    "Asshole..."

    Uchiha Daido could only look at the calm and gentle junior opposite, gritted his teeth viciously, and hurriedly dragged his seriously injured body back!

    The two of them lost both in the illusion confrontation.

    Uchiha''s mental backlash with the soil is serious. How could he even think that after the illusion confrontation is over, he will continue to use the kaleidoscope to write the wheel to maintain his virtual state.

    Uchiha Itachi was also clearly mentally injured because of the deciphering of the moon reading. How could he casually release a crow clone to attack?

    Or is it arranged before using the moon reading technique?

    Genius ninjas are all sinister and cunning guys!

    Haaki Kakashi is like this, so is Uchiha Itachi.

    At any time, they will not give up opportunities for temptation and offense.

    Uchiha Itachi clearly has the advantage, but he dare not take it lightly. Facing a weird kaleidoscope eye writer, Uchiha Itachi is not absolutely sure.

    After all, Uchiha''s soil can still use Izanagi. If you want to crack Izanagi, Izanami is the only one. Uchiha Itachi thinks that it is too cost-effective.

    And he also needs to preserve his strength.

    You must preserve your strength before Sasuke grows up.

    Uchiha Daido didn''t know Uchiha Itachi''s plan, and only Izanagi was left in his hand.

    The dirty eyes looked at Uchiha Itachi fiercely, the previous attitude of superiority disappeared: "Uchiha Itachi, will you betray me too?"

 Chapter 85ï¼š Bondage bondage

    Uchiha Daido thought that he had guessed Uchiha Itachi''s thoughts, and sarcastically said: "It is indeed for Konoha to destroy his own family''s traitors! Betrayal is already a habit for you!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Uchiha Itachi''s fingers squeezed sharply, and he looked at Uchiha''s belt coldly and said, "Senior, when the outcome is still undecided, it is not a rational act to provoke your enemies."

    Even if Uchiha Itachi wanted to kill the dirt in front of him immediately, he still maintained his rationality and politeness.

    However, this attitude undoubtedly angered the soil!

    As a person behind the scenes who thinks he is a superior, Uchiha takes the soil and thinks he can play everything in his palm. How could he want to see Uchiha Itachi''s arrogance?

    After the end of the night of genocide, he led Uchiha Itachi to join Akatsuki!

    He gave Uchiha Itachi a place to stay!

    Uchiha covered his wound with soil, and blood leaked from his fingers.

    Even if he has the superb resilience provided by the inter-column cells in his body, he can''t stop the location where Uchiha Itachi penetrates too fatal!

    Uchiha''s expression with soil gradually turned sullen, and said coldly, "The only remaining **** for you guy now is Konoha and the younger brother who is still in school, right?"

    "Whatever."

    Uchiha Itachi¡¯s face was calm, he acted more calmly than Uchiha¡¯s take the soil: "Senior, your lurking spies in the Akatsuki organization are the only ones that are left behind. Yeah, I think you don¡¯t want your own. The chess piece was completely removed, right?"

    "Asshole..."

    The two poke at each other''s sore spots.

    Nagato in Akatsuki''s organization is the most important piece of Uchiha Daido.

    Even though this chess piece has been disobedient, and even wants to secretly harm him, Taito still does not want to give up, and wants to continue using Nagato through other methods.

    After all, the most important tail beast project has not yet started...

    "Senior, let''s talk about it!"

    Uchiha Itachi''s writing wheel gradually faded away, and he took the lead in proposing a settlement: "I hope my senior can tell me why you became the way you are now, why you want to replace Uchiha Madara''s name, and your true purpose...

    I once heard Mr. Kakashi mentioned that Senpai is the kindest person and the only Uchiha in the village who targets Naruto. "

    "Huh, Kakashi''s **** is so talkative!"

    Uchiha gave a sneer with the soil, his phalanx rattling, a metaphor for his angry emotions: "Because this world is hell, all the Konoha ninjas now are garbage that I can''t look at. You are satisfied with this answer. ?"

    "¡­¡­"

    The answer is pretty good.

    Uchiha took the soil and refused to be controlled by Itachi Uchiha, and he also had the handle of Itachi Uchiha. He just vented his anger and didn''t want to disclose any information.

    includes his own past.

    Uchiha Itachi was a little worried that he would go crazy with the soil, and if the soil invaded Konoha and killed Sasuke when he was unprepared, it would be too much of a loss.

    Uchiha Itachi can only propose to maintain the previous agreement.

    Uchiha Daido promises not to invade Konoha and harm Konoha Ninja, Uchiha Itachi will continue to stay in Akatsuki''s organization, help bring soil to collect intelligence, and help Akatsuki collect tail beasts.

    However, both of them knew in their hearts that their relationship would never return to the past, and maybe they would turn their faces because of a fuse.

    At least compared to the past, Uchiha Itachi finally has a handle with dirt.

    The two people stood on an equal footing.

    Just as Uchiha Itachi once threatened Shimura Danzo to harm Sasuke, he would leak Konoha information;

    As soon as Uchiha takes the soil to hurt Konoha ninja, Uchiha Itachi will leak all the information of the small group to Payne and Konan.

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku was stunned.

    Uehara couldn''t help but touched his chin.

    If he turns into Uchiha''s appearance now and goes to Konoha to bully Uchiha Sasuke, Uchiha Itachi will leak information to Konan?

    Wouldn¡¯t it be possible to drive out both Jue and Gui Shao directly?

    This matter seems to be a bit messy!

    It¡¯s just that it¡¯s easy to confront the truth about this kind of thing. At that time, they talked a little and they could find out that someone was acting like Uchiha with soil...

    What if he is found out of nothing?

    Could Uehara be able to dump Shimura Danzo himself?

    seems to be ok.

    "Forget it, if you perform the task too late, it will inevitably reveal flaws."

    Uehara Naraku looked at the back of Uchiha Itachi, and sighed: "Really, I have given you so much information in vain, and I can''t kill even a Uchiha belt."

    In fact, Uehara knew in his heart that even if Uchiha Itachi was fully equipped, he might not be able to win the seriously injured Uchiha belt.

    But I still want Uchiha Itachi to try it.

    After all, Uchiha Itachi was defeated by the future Uchiha Sasuke by suicide, and he seemed to have the power to fight against anyone.

    can even win by force.

    It''s not too outrageous.

    Perhaps it is for this reason. The enemies Uchiha Sasuke encountered are a bit incomprehensible. How did this little guy kill Uchiha Itachi...

    Uehara Naraku is on the way to carry out the task of expelling and destroying the enemy Anbe and ordinary ninjas. I don''t know that someone is starting to think of him.

    is the Uchiha belt soil that just reached a surface agreement with Uchiha Itachi.

    Uchiha brought the soil back to the underground base guarded by Bai Jue clone, wasted another Bai Jue clone, replaced the damaged organs, and repaired his own injuries.

    "How is this going?"

    Kurojue was a little surprised and asked, "Toutou, didn''t you meet Uchiha Itachi? Did you conflict?"

    "Ok¡­"

    Uchiha nodded with dirt, and continued: "Uchiha Itachi is no longer worthy of our trust. He is threatening me with his identity as an official member of Akatsuki. Once we have a conflict, he may inform Xiaonan at any time!"

    Bai Jue couldn''t help but said, "Then why not kill him?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Uchiha took the soil to be silent for a while, concealing the truth that he was almost conspired by Itachi Uchiha, and whispered: "After all, he is also a rare man."

    Hei Jue faintly expressed his dissatisfaction with him recently because of his identity leak.

    Now if he said that he had almost never beaten Uchiha Itachi, wouldn''t he be laughed at by Heizue and these stupid Shirasue again?

    Heijue feels that the situation is getting more and more difficult. He doesn''t think that it is time to be soft: "A person who may detonate a crisis at any time is not good for us!"

    "It''s ok."

    Uchiha knocked on the table with the soil and made his own request: "As long as we regain the trust of Nagato and Konan, UU reading will regain control of Akatsuki, and Uchiha Itachi''s threat is not worth mentioning."

    "¡­¡­"

    Heijue''s eyes were a little weird: "But what Nagato and Xiaonan want is to ambush you, not really draw you back to join Akatsuki."

    It is really sympathetic to say this.

    I knew long ago that I shouldn''t have trouble to provoke the kid named Naraku Uehara, so I wouldn''t fall into the situation where I can''t figure out the direction.

    "I heard that Xiao Nan is very fond of her little disciple..."

    Uchiha stopped tapping his fingers on the desktop with the soil, and slowly raised his head and said, "That little guy is a bit arrogant and domineering in front of outsiders. He looks like a brainless person. He doesn''t seem to care much about what I did to him. thing?

    That kid thought that I had been tricked by him and lost in his hands, and he didn''t dare to provoke Nagato, so he shouldn''t put me in the eyes? "

    Heijue''s eyes flashed: "You mean..."

    "If we can use the Moon Eye Project to persuade Uehara Naraku that kid, it should be possible for Konan and Nagato to accept me again into the project."

    Uchiha¡¯s gaze with soil was gloomy, and his face gradually showed a touch of arrogance that Zhizhu was holding: "Those ignorant people in the Ninja world always like to indulge in some useless feelings. Uehara Naraku is the bond between Konan and Nagato. ."

    "¡­¡­"

    can do what you can!

    Hei Jue and Bai Jue are a bit speechless.

    Didn''t you even think about scolding yourself when Taito said these things?

    Who is the guy who goes to the solace stele to sweep the grave every time he risks being discovered by Konoha, don¡¯t he count them?

    Can''t count on yourself?

    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª

    Ask for a recommendation ticket, a new week!

 Chapter 86ï¼š Do you know generation 0?

    Uehara Naraku didn''t know the plan to bring soil.

    Uehara just used some simple green tea words, and Uchiha brought the soil to believe that he didn¡¯t care about it. This emotional intelligence must have never been in love, right?

    Now Uehara Naraku stood in front of a group of ordinary sandy ninjas, and read out the order of Yuyin Village: "On the order of Hanzo-sama, all ninjas from neighboring countries must leave the country immediately, and we will start to eliminate the wandering ninjas in the rainy country. ."

    "But our mission..."

    The sand hidden ninjas were a little bit sad.

    Because there are fewer and fewer commissioned tasks in their villages, and now the finances of the village are all maintained by the four generations of Fengying Luosha alone, so after encountering external commissions, both Shayin Village and Sharenin are very Cherish.

    After all, customer resources are getting less and less.

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and behaved very politely: "Sorry, compared to your mission, I am worried that if you suffer a disaster and trigger a war between Uyin Village and Shayin Village, you may have greater losses. "

    "¡­¡­"

    Sand Shinobu looked at each other.

    If it hadn''t been for Na Uehara to step on one of their companions, they might have planned to bully others and refused to give in.

    What a pity, I can''t beat it!

    The most important thing now is to send back the news of the Civil War in Rain.

    This is exactly what Uehara wanted. In the face of ordinary ninjas who perform tasks, they are mainly expelled and let them spread the news of the rain country outside.

    If facing a spy like Anbe...

    Then we can only change to another way of getting along. The purpose of these spies is to detect the most secret information, and they must be killed when they encounter spies.

    When the situation in the country of rain stabilizes, all of Sansho Fish Hanzo''s cronies are eliminated, and the entire Yuyin Village will be sealed off by Payne''s Rain Tiger Freedom Technique.

    Uehara Naraku looked at a few sand ninjas and continued to ask, "Right, by the way, is there any upper ninja in you?"

    "¡­¡­"

    A few Sand Shinobu''s gazes flowed and stopped at the one that Uehara was stepping on.

    This guy on the ground who can''t do a few tricks in the hands of Uehara Nairobi is the captain of their team.

    "Are you sure this is Shangnin?"

    Uehara Naraku looked at the ninja stepping on her feet curiously, with a vague suspicion in her eyes: "Is the standard of Shangnin in Sagakura Village so low?"

    Sandyin Kamijin stubbornly raised his head and looked at Uehara Naraku: "Boy, do you want to humiliate me? I am the wind blade of Sandyin Village!"

    "This is it? This is it?"

    "Asshole boy, I played with you!"

    Sandakin Kaminin was irritated by Uehara Naraku''s words, gritted his teeth and pulled his fingers, and one of his subordinates rushed towards Uehara Naraku!

    No, that is not his subordinate.

    is the puppet of Shangnin, disguised as an ordinary sand hidden ninja.

    The leader of Shinnin in Sandyakura Village is a precious puppet master!

    No wonder he can become the captain of the upper ninja in Shayin Village. Puppet masters who can have excellent puppets are indeed much better than ordinary ninjas in Shayin Village.

    After the puppet master was approached, he basically had to wait to die...

    Just now after the battle between Uehara Uehara Uehara and Uehara Naruto, before he could use his puppet to fight, Uehara Uehara was knocked to the ground with three fists and two feet.

    Now, he will fight back for the reputation of Shayin Village!

    Click!

    Uehara Naraku casually summoned a purple chakra broadsword and chopped the puppet into a pile of parts!

    Uehara kicked the scattered parts: "Is it over?"

    "You kid..."

    Sajin on the ground saw this scene like a concubine, and looked at Uehara angrily: "This is the puppet that teacher Eilaozang gave me!"

    Hai Lao Zang is a consultant of Shayin Village and has always been respected.

    Of course not because of his power, but because of his mind, so Eilao Zang is again called the Old Man of Sand by the people of the Kingdom of Wind and Shayin Village.

    Actually, this is a character similar to Shimura Danzo.

    Eilao Zang once held all the spy information in Shayin Village. Even if he is now retired, there are still many hidden lines willing to obey his orders.

    It''s just that the four generations of Fengying Luosha in Shayin Village are now surging through gold mining skills. Not many people in the Ninja world have heard the name Eilaozang.

    This is also the pot of someone from Akatsuki.

    Red Sand Scorpion.

    As the red sand scorpion left Shayin Village, the scorpion''s grandmother Chiyo became disheartened and chose to retreat on her own.

    Hai Lao Zang is also in retreat in order to accompany his sister.

    Uehara Naraku blinked. He had heard of the title of Eilaoza, but he didn''t really have much impression of the old man who didn''t make many appearances in the original book.

    Uehara Naraku took the purple Chakra Broadsword in his hand and pointed to the sand hidden puppet master on the ground and said, "Then do you know where Eilao and Chiyo are?"

    Uehara was just a little moved by the news of Chi-dai mother-in-law.

    Because he has several side missions about the mother-in-law of the thousand generations, according to Uehara Naraku''s guess, the rewards of these missions will not be bad.

    The most important thing is that there is also a task of collecting reincarnations!

    This is a technique that can bring the dead back to life. Maybe the quest reward is a chance that Uehara Naruto can resurrect out of thin air.

    is preferably an ancient skill called rebirth.

    Of course, if the system rewards Uehara Naraku with a resurrection armor that is not displayed in the store, Uehara must be willing to accept it.

    As for how to collect the reincarnation, of course it is the news of selling the red sand scorpion, or directly pretending to be the red sand scorpion?

    Isn¡¯t this not so good...

    ÅÞ!

    He, Naraku Uehara, but how can he be a grandson if he wants to be the man behind the Ninja world!

    "How did you know Chiyo-sama?"

    There was a touch of surprise on the face of the puppet master Sand Ninja, and immediately he made up something in his own brain, and laughed to himself: "That''s right, Lord Chiyo has once repelled the Sansho fish Hanzo. You Yuyin Village is afraid of Lord Chiyo coming. Come here!"

    "Why are you so much nonsense?"

    Uehara Naraku looked at the smelly-mouthed Captain Sand Shinobu unhappy, a flash of rage flashed across his face in a timely manner: "No, how dare you humiliate Master Hanzo!"

    After speaking, Uehara Naruko flew his ninja guard with a sword: "When I ask questions it is best to concentrate on answering my questions!"

    "Hahahaha..."

    Captain Sand Shinobu laughed wildly and looked at Naraku Uehara with disdain: "Master Chiyo is behind our team, she will be here soon, take off Sanjiao Hanzo''s head, and kill everyone in Yuyin Village! "

    "Hey, the old lady Chiyo has not retired yet?"

    Uehara Naraku was surprised, he quietly opened the panel of fate.

    Uehara Naraku suddenly swung the purple Chakra Broadsword in his hand, inserted the Captain Sand Shinobi into the chest, and shouted, "You dare to lie to me? Do you know who I am?"

    In the entire Ninja Realm, only he can deceive others!

    The ninjas who had heard this remnant looked at him. Such a small ninja has such a strong strength, it seems to be a great character!

    One of the daring ninjas stared at the drop of blood falling from the Chakra Broadsword in Uehara''s hand and whispered: "Your Excellency, where is it sacred?"

    "I''m just an insignificant little person."

    "¡­¡­"

    How can Sand Shinobu believe his words!

    Uehara Naraku doesn''t care if they believe it or not, but there is a brutal look on his face: "Do you have anyone else who knows about Chiyo?"

    "we do not¡­"

    Sand Shinobu immediately shakes their heads.

    Uehara Naraku interrupted them, and raised the Chakra Broadsword in his hand: "A liar will swallow a thousand needles!"

    What kind of punishment is this!

    Sara Shinobu listened to Uehara''s threat, and their throats did not dare to swallow saliva.

    One of the Shinnins raised his palms and replied hoarsely, "Master Chiyo and Master Eilaozang live in seclusion in an oasis outside the village."

 Chapter 87ï¼š Rosa and Gaara

    deserves to be the sand hidden ninja.

    Sara Shinobu have won their high-level spirits, and surrender is always so fast.

    Throughout the past generations of Fengying and Shayin Village high-level officials, they seized the opportunity to gain profit and launched a war, but they knelt down and surrendered quickly.

    Uehara Naraku got the information she wanted, and waved to them with satisfaction: "Hurry up and pass the news to your Fengying-sama, and withdraw your manpower as soon as possible."

    After ¡¡¡¡ finished speaking, Uehara Naraku added: "Otherwise, when we destroy the wandering ninjas in the land of rain, we will treat all other ninjas still active in the land of rain as spies!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Several Sand Shinobu glanced at each other.

    Soon they watched Uehara Naraku warily, and stepped back slowly, and when they were getting farther away, they fled quickly into the distance.

    Uehara Naraku didn''t care about their escape.

    The sandy hidden village in the country of wind next door doesn''t know what the **** is going on. In addition to the ordinary ninjas expelled from Uehara, there are also a large number of Anbe lurking in the country of rain.

    He is still busy!

    The following time, Uehara Naraku was very hardworking.

    A small river.

    A sand hidden darkbe ninja stretched out his palm, and then an eagle descended from the sky, and carefully took a scroll of intelligence from the eagle''s claws.

    When this Anbu saw the information on the information, his face changed drastically: "Master Fengying has sent an order to let us leave the country of rain immediately."

    "Are you kidding me?"

    His companion immediately said with a displeased face: "Master Fengying can''t always make changes like this, but we only sneaked into the country of rain a few days ago!"

    "Yup!"

    Another Sand Shinobu spoke dissatisfiedly: "The village always calls for a war against the country of rain, and always gives up halfway..."

    "There is no way this can be done!"

    The Sand Ninja unit sighed and explained in a deep voice, "Maybe it was Konoha''s ghost who Shimura Danzo. In the past few years, whenever we act against Umune Country, Konoha will Delay our pace."

    After ¡¡¡¡ finished speaking, the dark squad leader slammed a fist on the nearby tree: "Konoha **** just want to prevent the rise of our Shayin Village!"

    Since Sandyuki Village was defeated in the Third Ninja War, it has reached an alliance treaty with Konoha, and is actually Konoha''s vassal ally.

    Almost every generation of Shayin Village ruled by Kazekage has been Konoha''s vassal ally, because they always lose in wars.

    It is impossible for Fengying to accept failure willingly.

    Especially the fourth generation of Fengying Luosha, who can also be called a talented and roughly leader. Relying on the gold mining technique of magnetic escape, he has mastered the real power in the village and started to make small moves.

    Not long ago, the news of Konoha''s Uchiha clan''s demise came out, which is equivalent to Konoha''s strength has dropped a lot, it was when they were weakest.

    Four generations of Fengying Luosha wanted to take this opportunity to get a piece of fertile land that can bring benefits to Shayin Village.

    Of course, let Luo Sha take the initiative to attack Konoha and **** the land of Fire Land. He must not dare to do so. What if Konoha''s backhand slaps them down again?

    Luo Sha stared at the Rain Country.

    Although Sarutobi Rizen is not satisfied with this, he is definitely not good at expressing his opinion. After all, a covenant can be established between a big country and a big country. Isn''t it because each other betrays the interests of small countries?

    However, Luo Sha''s actions against Rain Country for several consecutive times were not because of the strength of Yuyin Village¡¯s leader Sansho Yu Hanzo, or Shimura Danzo¡¯s resistance and had to give up.

    Now Luo Sha has finally taken advantage of Konoha''s vitality injury, intending to be tough on the country of rain, but the attitude of Yuyin Village seems to be tougher than them!

    "Yuyin Village has sent a powerful kid who is trying to expel our ordinary ninjas from Shayin Village. Perhaps it is he who is intercepting and killing our Anbu everywhere. The eleven Anbu squads are currently only available. The next three..."

    The border between the country of wind and the country of rain.

    At the forward command position of Shayin Village, Luo Sha¡¯s confidant, Maki Shangren, was diligently reporting what he had received, and reported his handling method: "I have sent someone to order all other Anbu teams to withdraw temporarily... "

    "A kid?"

    Luo Sha listened to Maki''s report, but he himself was very angry and laughed: "Has the strength of the ninjas in the village dropped to this level? I have not reduced my financial support for you!"

    "Master Fengying..."

    Maki lowered his head tremblingly, not daring to look at Luosha.

    The training of ninjas in Sandyakura Village is based on elite education, but now they have handed in an ugly answer.

    Several ninja captains who entered the country of rain to perform missions were killed, and ordinary ninjas were all expelled; the eleven Anbu squads that infiltrated, and now there may only be three left...

    "A bunch of waste..."

    Luo Sha cursed, and sighed: "Forget it, then take them all back! I''ll go and see for myself, what kind of genius ninja is out of Yuyin Village!"

    "Master Fengying, this is not a particularly sensible behavior."

    Maki frowned, and persuaded in a deep voice: "Your safety is more important than any action in the village. I don''t recommend Master Fengying take the initiative to take the risk..."

    "What is the danger of a little ghost?"

    Luo Sha waved his hand. He knew the situation in his Ninja Village. Since Konoha''s vitality was badly beaten during the Ninja World War, he couldn''t pick out many powerful ninjas.

    For this reason, in order to encourage the ninjas in the village to make progress, Luo Sha dropped the promotion standard of Shangnin several times. He has almost always supported some special Shangnin with the training funds of the above-mentioned treatment.

    Luo Sha looked back at Maji, and suddenly said, "Help me bring Gaara over. I just want to see if our ultimate weapon is qualified..."

    "¡­¡­"

    After Maji was silent for a second, there was a touch of panic and anxiety on his face. He took a deep look at Luo Sha and nodded at him.

    Gaara is a human pillar of Shayin Village.

    All along, due to Gaara¡¯s emotional instability, casualties in the village of Shayin are often caused by an outbreak, which makes the village''s attitude towards Renjuli more and more disgusting.

    It is for this reason that Gaara, a child who should enter the ninja school, can only be taught and taught ninjutsu by Luo Sha.

    Last year, Gaara was very irritable killed Nakanin Yasha Maru who had taken care of him since he was a child, and he started to control one tail.

    However, Mackey knows part of the truth.

    At least Makigami Ninja knew that Yasha Maru who assassinated Gaara and the follow-up Sand Ninja Anbe belonged to the Rasa faction.

    Now the one-tailed force in Shayin Village has finally become completely bloodthirsty, violent and cruel, like a beast that may be in a hunting state at any time.

    Even when Macky saw Gaara''s eyes, he couldn''t believe that it was what an eight-year-old child should have.

    Gaara looks like I might kill at any time.

    And he doesn''t seem to care who he killed.

    In these incidents of cultivating the strength of the human column, what made Makishang fear the most was not the power of one tail, but the relationship between Gaara and Losha.

    The two of them are father and son.

    "Gaara, Master Fengying wants to see you..."

    Maki Kaminino walked to a simple training ground and looked at the red-haired little boy sitting alone in the training ground, which made people feel a little reluctant.

    However, Gaara does not need sympathy.

    "I know."

    Gaara stood up slowly, and the yellow sand on the ground gradually began to gather, forming a sand gourd behind him.

    The yellow sand on the ground gradually dispersed, but a **** smell drifted out.

    Maki lowered his head and looked at the scarlet blood on the training ground, and couldn''t help but ask: "Is anyone here to assassinate you again? You kid is not injured, right?"

    "Are you releasing the monster after worrying about my injury?"

    Gaara slowly raised his head and chuckled, "Hahahahaha... in this village, how could anyone hurt me!"

 Chapter 88ï¼š A summary of Ueharaâ€™s skills and equipment!

    Uehara Naraku didn''t know that her actions attracted the attention of Sandyakura, let alone that the fourth generation Fengying wanted to use him to test Gaara''s combat effectiveness.

    If this matter is known by Nagato and Xiaonan...

    Probably they thought it was a tailed beast that delivered home.

    Now Uehara Naraku''s self-confidence has swelled to the extreme, because his advanced task has been completed again.

    Advanced task 4: Kill ten official Shangnin (10/10), the task has been completed, reward 3000 life energy, reward 3000 chakra energy, reward 3000 gold coins, reward life energy recovery by 100%, reward check Carat energy is restored by 100%, and passive skills are rewarded.

    Uehara Naraku took a look at his system panel. It was the mission to kill the Five Shadows, and perhaps the last advanced mission, which was completed in a short time.

    Just looking at the more than 4,000 gold coins on the system panel, Uehara Naraku was silent for a while, and then he tried to buy a second Seraph Embrace in the mall.

    Grass, can buy.

    There are no restrictions on this thing?

    It''s not right, and sure enough, the purchase is restricted.

    The next moment Uehara saw the Seraph Embrace directly off the shelf, it seemed that the same piece of equipment could only be bought two.

    But this is also normal.

    According to the attributes of Seraph¡¯s Embrace, the Chakra consumption is reduced by 25%, and the cooldown is reduced by 20%. If you save enough money to buy it five or six in one go, isn¡¯t it because you use one skill every time, and you have to owe his chakra ?

    However, after the purchase, Uehara Naruko''s brows frowned slightly, feeling that things were not simple, because the four thousand gold coins on the panel had disappeared.

    more than 4,800 gold coins, only 20 gold coins are left.

    Uehara Naraku''s face was a bit unsightly, because the shop clearly stated that the price of the equipment for Seraph''s Embrace was 3,200 gold coins.

    The garbage system will be finished sooner or later.

    deserves to be a gift from the profiteer of the book stall owner, everyone else is half the price of the second cup, and the price of the second piece of equipment here is increased by half.

    The advanced mission has reached its limit, and the gold coins that have been hard-earned have been spent, and it is impossible to improve much in a short time.

    For such a long time, you can double check what you have obtained.

    Name: Uehara Naraku

    Sex: Male

    Birthday: Konoha calendar April 4, 44

    ID number: (mosaic)

    life energy: 6601 (standard shadow level 3000~10000)

    Chakra energy: 8415 (standard film level 3000~10000)

    Life recovery: 9/sec.

    Chakra recovery: 4.5/sec.

    Skill cooldown reduction: 50%

    Remaining gold coins: 20

    Available skills:

    ¡¾Dancing in the sky¡¿: able to fly in the air with the help of chakras, consume 3 chakras per second, without cooling.

    ¡¾Command shockwave¡¿: By releasing a chakra magic puppet, a space-time gravitation is released to gather enemies around the magic puppet in the direction of the magic puppet. The minimum consumption is 100 chakra points and the cooling time is 55 seconds.

    [Wind Barrier]: By releasing the wind escape chakras, a wall of airflow is formed to block enemy attacks. The minimum cost is 50 chakras and the cooling time is 13 seconds.

    ¡¾Wan Lei Tian Lao Yin¡¿: By releasing thunder to escape chakras, a circular lightning storm is formed around you. The minimum consumption is 75 chakras and the cooling time is 60 seconds.

    ¡¾Card Deception¡¿: A powerful card throwing technique can be used. Whenever the fourth card is thrown, the card will explode without cooling down.

    [Life Form Disintegration Ray]: A powerful ray is released through the eyes to analyze the life characteristics of the enemy and disintegrate the enemy''s body. It lasts for 2.5 seconds, consumes 100 chakras at a minimum, and has a cooling time of 65 seconds.

    [Sacred Moment]: Add an invincible shield to yourself or other companions for 3 seconds; chakra purification blades will appear around people in an invincible state, and the purification blade will cause huge damage to the surroundings, and the minimum consumption of chakras 100 points, 80 seconds cooling time.

    [Mutual Multiplication Detonation Talisman Art]: Use one detonation talisman to infinitely channel innumerable detonation talisman, blast the target at a fixed point, consume 500 Chakra points, and cool down.

    [Natural Magical Charm]: It can disguise itself as a creature of all things, until it is damaged or the disguise is broken when the skill is used, it consumes 100 chakras and has a cooling time of 1 second.

    [The Art of Mayfly]: Integrate yourself with the earth and vegetation, so that you can move at high speed between the underground vegetation. During the activation of ninjutsu, you will cut off all breath and consume 3 chakras per second.

    ¡¾I''m out of meaning! Xia Zhen]: Release a smoke area, become invisible in the smoke and restore 40% of the chakras. The invisible state will not be hit by the enemy''s pointed ninjutsu for 5 seconds. It will appear when attacking or using skills. Consume, the cooling time is 10 seconds.

    ¡¾Great Shark Strike¡¿: Remotely summon a giant void shark to attack the target area from the ground. After 2 seconds, the shark will jump out of the ground and swallow the souls of all enemies in the area. Chakra consumes 100 points and cools down the skill for 50 seconds.

    [Call of Destiny]: If the Dark Spear contract object is near you, you can pull the contractor to your side. The contractor is invincible and cannot be selected for 4 seconds; after the skill ends, the contractor can be thrown to any one Direction, minimum consumption of 100 chakras, cooling time of 75 seconds.

    ¡¾Purification¡¿: Remove all negative effects of oneself, cooling time 105 seconds, no consumption.

    [Spiked defense]: When you enter a defensive posture, your life energy is doubled. During this time, if you are attacked by the enemy''s physical skills, it will bounce half of the damage to the enemy for 6 seconds. The minimum consumption of Chakra is 40 points and the cooling time is 3. second.

    ¡¾Raging Wave Roar¡¿: Summon a wave from under your feet, sweeping all enemies in front of you, with a minimum consumption of 100 chakras and a cooling time of 60 seconds.

    [Distorted Space]: After a 0.5 second delay, a distorted space that can last for 3 seconds can be released in the target area. The area will be isolated from the outside world. Those who try to cross the space barrier will be stopped and dizzy. Leaving through the time and space technique, the minimum cost of Chakra 100 points, the cooling time is 9 seconds.

    [Destiny]: able to spy on the location of everyone within 100 kilometers, including ninjas using hidden ninjutsu, transformation and avatar, for 6 seconds; after activating the destiny skill, you can use the power of time and space to teleport to At the side of any person within 50 kilometers, the minimum consumption of Chakra is 100 points and the skill cooldown is 90 seconds.

    ¡¾Silent Fear¡¿: Use Chakra to create a nightmare and implant it in the enemy''s brain, allowing an enemy to experience the worst nightmare in life within 2 seconds. It consumes 60 Chakra points and has a cooling time of 7.5 seconds.

    ¡¾Profound meaning! Twilight Blade]: Summon a Chakra Soul Blade, and can manipulate it to attack. Chakra consumes 2 points per second.

    ¡¾Profound meaning! Soul Blessing]: Activate a defensive enchantment through the soul blade, and the teammates in the defensive enchantment will not be harmed in 2 seconds, consume 40% of their own chakras, and have a cooling time of 9 seconds. UU reading

    ¡¾Profound meaning! Shadowbound: Initiate an unstoppable sprint in a certain direction, consumes 150 Chakra points, and has a cooling time of 9 seconds.

    ¡¾Secret mystery! Compassionate Soulfall]: After providing your teammates with a shield that can withstand the fatal blow, ignoring the distance of time and space, teleport to the teammates, Chakra consumes 100 points, and the cooling time is 100 seconds.

    ¡¾Star Infusion¡¿: Consume 10% of the current life energy and chakra energy to replenish the corresponding percentage of life energy and chakra energy for allies. The cooling time is 4 seconds.

    [Planting Mushrooms]: Use Chakra to generate an invisible highly poisonous mushroom that can be placed in the target area to provide a small range of vision in the target area; when a target steps on the mushroom, the mushroom will explode and cause poisoning. A mushroom consumes a minimum of 100 chakra points.

    ¡¾Heart of Fanatic¡¿: Passive skill, if no damage is received within 6 seconds, 5% of maximum life energy will be restored every second.

    [Qi Ding Shen Xian]: Passive skill, every time you kill an enemy unit, you will restore 20% of your maximum life energy and Chakra energy.

    Equipment:

    Seraph''s Embrace (two pieces):

    Chakra energy +1400 points, skill cooling reduction +20%, Chakra consumption reduced by 25%.

    Fanatic armor:

    life energy +800

    Basic health regeneration +200%

    Skill cooldown reduction +10%

    Passive skills: When the life energy reaches 3000 points, the effect of the Heart of the Fanatic is automatically activated.

    psychic contract:

    Gario, the colossus of justice, psychic consumes 3000 Chakra points.

    Deep-sea Titan Nottiers, psychic consumes 2000 Chakra points.

 Chapter 89ï¼š Howl of Raging Waves VS Quicksand Waterfall!

    Uehara Naraku was satisfied.

    Although he does not master thousands of ninjutsu like Haaki Kakashi, his skills are much stronger than Kakashi''s ninjutsu.

    "Next, let''s randomly check a team of cuties!"

    Uehara Naraku turned on the destiny skill, but only saw the surrounding three groups of sand hidden dark parts are quickly retreating towards the border.

    Apparently, Uehara''s crazy interception and killing of Shayin Anbu during this period has attracted the attention of Shayin Village. In order to avoid innocent losses, they began to order Shayin Anbu to retreat.

    "It''s really interesting!"

    Uehara Naraku was planning to turn off the display of his destiny skills. When reporting to Nagato and Konan, he saw the team of Shinobu enter his destiny display range.

    Uehara observed carefully for a while, and saw a few familiar people in it. Among them, the most familiar are the four generations of Fuying Luosha and his son Gaara!

    Sand Shinobu is not going to retreat!

    They are going to concentrate their efforts to invade the country of rain!

    Uehara Naraku''s face was a little unpleasant, and he shook his head and sighed, "I just upgraded and bought the equipment here, so will you come to give away the head?"

    Now is the time when Uehara''s confidence is strongest!

    As a result, the fourth generation of Fengying Luosha stretched out his head... By the way, she also kindly gifted Akatsuki a juvenile man Zhuli.

    Luo Sha only led dozens of Sand Ninja guards and Gaara into the Land of Rain. He simply wanted to test whether Gaara was the ultimate weapon of Sha hidden village.

    If Gaara can play a role in actual combat, Luo Sha doesn''t mind throwing her eight-year-old son on the battlefield to deter Yuyin Village.

    This is the courage of the four generations of Fengying.

    In order to protect the interests of Shayin Village, Luo Sha sacrificed everything he had.

    Rosa led his ninja squad to search for the missing Anbu while hunting down the kid who expelled them from the ordinary Ninja.

    Soon they found the trace.

    In other words, the body was found.

    Eight Sawa Ninbu squads, all died in the country of rain.

    Such a big loss is not unremarkable, it is almost one-third of the number of Anbu cultivated by the fourth generation of Fengying.

    Moreover, most of the injuries on these dark ninjas were caused by thunder or beheaded by a huge ninja, and they were obviously killed by the same person.

    Ma base station in front of Luo Sha, whispered: "Master Fengying, according to the information we got from some Shangnin corpses, these dark parts should have died in the hands of the Yunin boy."

    "Is it really him?"

    Luo Sha supported her forehead, glanced at the corpse on the ground, and a flash of anger flashed in her eyes: "Each team searched with all their strength, and once they found his trail, they immediately fired a flare!"

    "Master Fengying."

    Maki knelt on one knee, gritted his teeth and said, "There are so many people who have entered the Rain Country, and it is very likely that it will cause a war between Uyin Village and Shayin Village... Konoha may also intervene in the Rain Country."

    "do not worry."

    Rosa waved her hand confidently, and said solemnly: "After the Uchiha clan died, Konoha now has no deterrent."

    Maki: "¡­¡­"

    Their wind shadow is too floating, right?

    At that time, Shayin Village used all the power of the country, and as a result, it was beaten by Konoha ninjas in Kikyo Mountain. A large number of young ninjas were captured, which caused the decline of the follow-up talents in Shayin Village. Until now, they have not caught their breath. .

    "rest assured."

    Rosha seemed to perceive the disrespectful eyes of his subordinates, and explained in a cold voice: "The power of Shayin Village is not strong enough now. I don''t want to start a war with Konoha for the time being... But in the country of rain, we can exchange other aspects. ."

    "Yes."

    Maki can only nod.

    As the fourth generation of Fengying, Luo Shaken is willing to open his mouth and explain to him, he is considered to be enough respect for his confidant.

    Luo Sha twisted her wrist and whispered, "Didn''t anyone get the news of Oshemaru before? Go back and tell Konoha that we are willing to help them catch Oshemaru!"

    This news is enough.

    Oshemaru is Konoha''s S-rank rebel, and he has been in the top of Konoha for many years and knows a lot about Konoha.

    Konoha has been tracking him all these years.

    In exchange for Konoha''s concession in a small country with a rebel who mastered a lot of Konoha''s information, Konoha was not at a loss.

    Wow wow wow...

    Someone stepped on the river and walked over.

    That was a teenager.

    So the boy walked upright towards the sand ninja camp, and slowly stretched out his palm towards the sand ninja: "Water Escape¡¤The Roar of the Rage!"

    A wave appeared out of thin air!

    As more and more chakras were released by the young ninjas, the turbulent waves became bigger and bigger, almost hundreds of meters high, and quickly swept towards the group of sand ninjas!

    "who!"

    "Enemy attack!"

    At the moment of emergency, the two Sandyakami Ninjutsu next to the fourth generation Fukage Rasha stepped forward, and each released their own Fengdan Ninjutsu!

    "Wind Escape¡¤Hurricane Tornado!"

    "Wind escape¡¤Scythe Itachi!"

    The squally wind instantly convolved the waves toward the sky!

    However, this is only a temporary cure, it cannot cure the root cause at all, and even the waves are so large that these two Shangren can barely last for a few seconds.

    The other sand ninjas also began to release the wind ninjutsu, helping them to stop the waves that came after another!

    Obviously facing such a huge wave of hundreds of meters high, with their ninjutsu, they can barely break a wave of flowers, but they cannot stop the ensuing waves.

    Luo Sha slowly raised her head and looked at the boy Yuren who was flying above the waves.

    The boy Yuren stretched out his hands and stopped in the air. The boundless waves surged under him, setting off him as a god!

    Luo Sha frowned and thought for a second, then reached out and patted her son who was standing next to her leg: "Go, Gaara, use your power to solve all this."

    "¡­I know."

    The red-haired boy''s eyes gradually became fierce, and strands of yellow sand penetrated from the gourd on his back He walked towards the direction of the waves step by step.

    Following Gaara''s footsteps, the land under his feet gradually turned into yellow sand, and the area of ??yellow sand spread out little by little.

    When Gaara stopped in front of the waves, he finally released his ninjutsu by flipping his palm, but there was a hint of blood in the kid¡¯s immature voice: "Quick sand waterfall!"

    Boundless sand waves rise into the sky!

    Waves of yellow sand began to pile up and rushed towards the direction of the waves, and before the waves, they gathered together into a defensive wall built by yellow sand.

    A group of Sand Shinobu with ugly expressions backed away!

    When Gaara released Ninjutsu just now, I obviously didn''t care about their life and death. It seemed that I didn''t mind burying them under the yellow sand.

    "Is this trying to kill us?"

    "At least look at your companions, right?"

    "Retire your trash."

    Gaara glanced at them slightly and said with a fierce face: "Don''t hold me back, or you will kill you!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Many sand ninjas looked at each other.

    is obviously just an eight-year-old kid, but when he talks about killing his companion, it seems like trampling an ant to death. No wonder this kid has been unflattering.

    "Interesting."

    Uehara Naraku in the sky gave a chuckle, staring at Gaara underneath and said, "Using quicksand to withstand the impact of the sea, it really is a stupid kid!"

    Uehara¡¯s words just finished, a higher wave slammed the wall of yellow sand, and the boundless sea water flooded the sand ninjas again!

    This is the roar of a standard shadow-level Chakra, how could it be so easily blocked!

 Chapter 90ï¼š Be my son!

    The huge waves are rolling down.

    Gaara''s body looked extremely small, a trace of fear flashed in his eyes, and he quickly wanted to manipulate the yellow sand under his feet to escape.

    Luo Sha stood in the distance and stopped his thoughts loudly: "I Gaara, don''t run away. Use all the power in your body to summon the monster Shouhe!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Gaara''s attempt to escape stopped.

    Four generations of Fengying''s order was something he couldn''t violate, not because of Luosha''s identity, but because of Luosha''s power and accumulated prestige over the years.

    Gaara lifted up his head as hard as he could, looking at the waves coming, his eyes were surrounded by dark circles caused by long-term insomnia. He just bit his lip and said, "...I see, my father."

    "Master Fengying!"

    Makishang endured the four generations of Fengying next to him, gritted his teeth and persuaded: "The power of this ninjutsu may not be something Gaara can resist. Even if Master Fengying does not consider him to be your youngest son, at least consider it. He is a man in the village, right?"

    "Mackey, there is no such need!"

    Rosha waved his hand to interrupt Maji¡¯s persuasion, only looking at Gaara''s figure leaping from left to right in the waves, and said coldly: "If Gaara can''t use the power of Shouhe, then he is just a The failed experiment has no meaning at all."

    After finishing talking, Luo Sha added: ¡°He is first of all a human pillar in the village. He is the ultimate weapon that can be used for the village. He is a ninja who needs his life for Shayin Village. Finally, he is my son. "

    "¡­¡­"

    Mackey was not able to speak and continue to persuade.

    As a Fengying staff, he cannot make any decisions on behalf of the four generations of Fengying. He can only make appropriate suggestions at certain times for the four generations of Fengying to choose.

    "Quick sand burst!"

    Gaara is still desperately resisting the roar of the raging waves.

    Waves of yellow sand delayed the attack of the waves under his control, but were washed away by waves after another.

    boom boom!

    The billowing waves completely destroyed Gaara¡¯s defenses. The little red-haired boy drifted in the waves and even choked a few saliva.

    The waves continued to advance, and when they wanted to submerge the group of sand forbearance, Luosha couldn''t help but finally took the initiative: "Magnetic Escape¡¤Jinsha Wave!"

    The placer gold and yellow sand in the earth are all taken up!

    A golden sand wave slammed into the wave controlled by Uehara Naruto and smashed the wave''s momentum!

    These yellow sands mixed with placer gold quickly sank into the ground, forming an impenetrable golden cuboid dam, blocking the offensive of the roaring waves.

    Uehara Naraku could only stop his attack. The water spray on the ground lost Chakra''s support and slowly dispersed, and the water gradually fell.

    The four generations of Fengying¡¯s magnetic escape is a bit interesting.

    Gaara finally stood firm and re-manipulated the yellow sand to gather into a sand gourd.

    "Someone in the Ninja world once said that the fourth generation of Fengying likes his young son very much, so he has been taking him by his side. Why doesn''t it look like that!"

    Uehara Naruko leaned over and rushed down. He glanced at the fourth generation Kazekage Rasa, and then at Gaara, who was still a little prostrative, and couldn''t help but chuckle: "Tsk, your subordinates will take action when they encounter danger. The son is not saved. This is not like a father''s work!"

    After hearing this rumor, Uehara Naraku was almost speechless. He won''t travel into Gaara''s dream of reading infinite months?

    Uehara once thought that he had come to a fake ninja world. Now that he saw Luo Sha treating Gaara so cruelly, he was finally relieved.

    Gaara ignored Uehara''s words, and he didn''t care how his father treated him, he just raised his hand and manipulated the yellow sand into the sky!

    "Sand-bound haze!"

    The yellow sand swept towards Uehara Naraku!

    This is Gaara¡¯s best technique and one of his favorite techniques!

    Uehara Naraku dexterously passed through the strands of yellow sand with the help of air dance, and swooped down in the direction of Gaara: "Urii! Mublade!"

    A purple chakra broadsword appeared beside Uehara!

    A group of yellow sand also appeared beside Gaara, and quickly formed a shield wall to resist Uehara''s attack!

    These yellow sands were left by Gaara¡¯s mother, Gallura, who protected him all the time, keeping Gaara under the defense of the sand shield forever.

    Wow!

    The purple chakra broadsword smashed on the sand shield!

    Uehara Naraku broke the sand shield with one blow by the downward force!

    "How could someone break the defense of sand?"

    Gaara''s small mouth opened slightly, and his eyes looked at Uehara who fell in amazement. He stepped back nervously, but Luo Sha was dissatisfied.

    Four generations of Fengying stood in the distance, and scolded displeasedly: "Gaara, don''t go back, hurry up and force out the power of Shouhe in your body!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Gaara fell silent.

    The eight-year-old boy slowly lowered his head, making it hard to see his expression, but it made people feel a depression of loneliness and sadness.

    Especially Naraku Uehara understands Gaara''s information.

    Gaara lost his mother since he was a child. His father Luo Sha forbids everyone from contacting him and ordered Gaara¡¯s uncle Yasha Maru to assassinate him.

    Yasha Maru was the only one who took care and cared for Gaara, but eventually had to perform an assassination mission under Fengying''s order, and eventually died under Gaara''s attack.

    Now Gaara completely blackened...

    According to one of the laws of forbearance, blackening is three times stronger, and whitening is given for nothing.

    Since then, Gaara has become a powerful and bloodthirsty person.

    However, Gaara¡¯s father Luo Sha is still tirelessly sending people to assassinate Gaara, making this son not his own...

    Compared with Gaara of Sandyakura, Konoha''s nine-tailed man Zhuli had a pretty good life. At least Uzumaki Naruto will not be assassinated for no reason, and he has a few friends.

    "There is such a father in the world..."

    Uehara Naraku sighed, and a smile flashed across the corner of his mouth: "If it wasn''t for my age to be inappropriate I really want to say something to you."

    The yellow sand gathered quickly and blocked Gaara again!

    The little red-haired boy poked his head out from behind the defense of the sand shield, his fierce eyes converged, and a hint of curiosity: "What do you want to say?"

    "Hmm...be my son!"

    Uehara Naraku suddenly stretched out a hand!

    After Uehara finished this weird action, he touched his chin and said, "Little guy, do you think I have affinity when I say this?"

    "I''m going to kill you!"

    Gaara''s face was instantly furious, and Huang Sha under his control once again invaded Uehara Naruto: "Sand bound Hager!"

    The Yunin boy in front of him looks like those who have just graduated from the village, and he is probably about the same age as his sister Temari.

    This is deliberately mocking him!

    "Don''t worry, I can''t bear to kill you!"

    Uehara Naraku chuckled lightly, waved the purple chakra broadsword in his hand, and smashed the yellow sand with his sword and raised it high!

    Wow!

    The sand shield in front of Gaara was once again split apart by a sword!

    Uehara Naraku didn''t stop, before the yellow sand gathered again, holding the Chakra Broadsword in his hand, he slammed Gaara''s body.

    Gaara flew upside down, the cracks on his face were clearly visible.

    The armor of sand that was quietly condensed on his body, clinging to his body, was cleaved by Naruto Uehara into yellow sand everywhere!

    A burst of blood flew out of Gaara''s mouth.

    "Ahem...you irritated me!"

    Gaara suddenly raised his head, revealing a half-human, half-monster face!

 Chapter 91ï¼š Sand soldiers appeared

    Uehara Naraku looked at Gaara in surprise.

    Because Gaara entered a state of dependence.

    In this state, half of the body is Gaara, and the other half is a guard crane, which is equivalent to the half-tailed animalization of other tailed beasts.

    Gaara slowly raised his head and stared in the direction of Uehara Naraku. He suddenly lifted the paws of the other half of his body towards Uehara Naraku!

    "Sand is fastened!"

    With a loud shout, Uehara felt a cloud of shadow covering his back.

    A group of yellow sand gathered in the air, forming an extremely large claw, suddenly enclosing Uehara Naruto!

    This is the attack of the sand binding prison.

    It has a larger range of techniques than sand binding.

    "Don''t just irritate people you can''t afford..."

    Gaara and Shouhe¡¯s voices came out mixed, his claws tightened suddenly, and he shouted, "Sand waterfall funeral!"

    Huang Sha quickly began to squeeze under his control!

    Gaara likes to use the sand waterfall funeral.

    Under the pressure of the yellow sand, the bound ninja inside will be instantly shattered, turning into a cloud of blood and seeping into the yellow sand, turning the sand controlled by Gaara into blood.

    Gaara finally felt that he was winning, and a morbid smile appeared on his face: "Ahahahaha... die! Bastard!"

    At this moment, a golden light suddenly shined!

    The yellow sand restricting Uehara Naraku in the sky disintegrated everywhere, sprinkling from the sky to the ground, the gorgeous golden light dazzled people''s eyes.

    Uehara Naraku''s figure is standing in the air like a god, with a few golden chakra lightsabers hovering around him, and it''s exciting to watch!

    "Your sand is too dirty..."

    Uehara Naraku''s fingers moved slightly, and a golden lightsaber suddenly flew down from him, dexterously bypassing the defense of the sand shield.

    àÍ!

    The golden lightsaber shot through Gaara''s shoulder!

    The golden lightsaber around Uehara flew out immediately, stab Gaara''s body all over his body in an instant.

    "Asshole..."

    Gaara gritted his teeth and looked at Naruko Uehara. His face was half of Morizuru''s face, which looked terrifying.

    Gaara ignored the injury on his body, and held up his fingers firmly, and put them on his chest little by little: "The art of false sleep... Substitute!"

    When Gaara uttered the last two words, it seemed to be squeezed out of his throat, and his voice had all become the voice of Shouhe.

    The yellow sand completely wrapped Gaara!

    The next moment, a huge monster appeared!

    Ichio Morizuru!

    Makigami watched nervously at the one who appeared, and said in a deep voice: "Master Fengying, this is not the country of wind, if one takes this opportunity to escape..."

    "It can''t escape."

    Luo Sha looked at Shouhe calmly, his gaze stopped on Gaara who was dozing in front of Shouhe, and frowned his brow: "Gaara...Until now, he can¡¯t directly use a tail. Power?"

    He still dislikes Gaara''s progress a bit.

    Because the previous generation of the one-tailed human pillar of Shayin Village is a perfect human pillar of strength, he can fully exert the power of guarding the crane, and even suppress the violent one.

    People are more dead than people, and you have to shop around.

    When Luo Sha disliked Gaara, Shou He also disliked Shayin Village.

    Ichi-tailed Maurizuru, who just appeared on the stage, ignored him, shook his tail suddenly and slammed into Luosha''s position. In his eyes, he was an enemy!

    "Asshole!"

    Luo Sha''s face suddenly became sullen, and a cloud of dust wrapped in yellow sand quickly knocked off Shouhe''s body: "Now that I can''t tell the enemy and myself?"

    "Huh, huh...Wind escape¡¤air training!"

    Morizuru spewed out the wind ninjutsu regardless, and after dissipating the dust that continued to be wrapped, another air training bomb was ejected!

    Just when Shouhe wanted to fight Luosha, a purple chakra broadsword slammed on its head. Shouhe''s huge body suddenly fell to the ground, splashing countless yellow sand and flying. dust!

    "Look what I see?"

    Uehara Naruto stopped on top of Morizuru''s head, and even looked at the tall Morizuru on the ground with some playfulness, with a chuckle at the corner of his mouth: "A cute little civet cat!"

    Uehara Nara looked down at the flying Luosha and grinned and said: "Four generations of Fengying, I still like pets. Are you Shayin Village willing to sell me this little civet cat as a pet? Maybe I can spare your lives!"

    Today¡¯s harvest is really full.

    Unexpectedly, Gaara now uses the art of false sleep to summon the Shou Crane in his body.

    The one-tail task can''t be missed easily.

    If Rosa takes his mission, Uehara Naraku will definitely not cry, but he will have to wait a few more years before he has the chance to take the Konoha Nakanin exam!

    Luo Sha looked at Uehara angrily. He hadn''t spoken yet, but the underground Maori Tsuru was irritated by Uehara''s words.

    "what did you say?"

    Shouzuru stood up and got up. Its claws split instantly, and it slammed towards Uehara Naruto. Its speed was even as fast as its wind ninjutsu!

    Uehara swung his purple broadsword and defeated the flying claws. His current life energy was not weak at all.

    Uehara Naruko threw out his Chakra Broadsword, manipulated this wooden figure to droop down, and nailed it to Shouhe!

    Watching Shouzuru roar out in pain, Uehara put a finger on his mouth: "Hush, the unbehaved little civet cat will be abandoned..."

    "¡­¡­"

    The anger on Kazuo Morizuru''s face is even stronger!

    It was the first one to be thrown into the Kingdom of Wind by the Six Dao Immortals. When the Six Dao Immortals left the Kingdom of Wind, Nine Tails laughed at it; even though they laughed at the Nine Tails of Shouhe, they were soon thrown into the Fire by the Six Dao Immortals. China lives alone.

    "Boy... I want to tear you apart!"

    "As a pet, you must learn to be smart."

    When Uehara Naraku was talking his eyes changed, and his hands slammed out in the direction of Morikaru. Two chakras quickly gathered and entered Morikaru''s brain: "Illusory ¡¤Fear without words!"

    Wordless fear, able to condense a nightmare with the help of Chakra.

    Within two seconds, Kazuo Morizuru will experience the most feared thing in his life. This period of time is enough for Uehara to find a way to defeat it.

    Rosa looked at Uehara in surprise. After releasing her speechless fear, the Morizuru on the ground quickly fell into a deep sleep, and his eyes suddenly became fiery!

    This technique can easily suppress the tail beast!

    If they had this technique in Shayin Village, they would be able to easily suppress the violent Shouhe at no cost, and never have to worry about Renzhuli''s troubles.

    Two seconds later.

    Shouhe woke up from fear, and suddenly let out an earth-shattering roar towards the sky: "Nine Lama, you bastard, I will tear it sooner or later..."

    boom!

    Profound meaning! Shadow bound!

    Uehara Naraku''s body slammed into Morizuru''s body, and he was knocked to the ground by the blow without any resistance. Perhaps it was because Gaara''s head touched the ground and regained consciousness, Morizuru''s figure gradually Started to shrink into Gaara''s body.

    Uehara looked at Gaara on the ground, with a harmless smile on his face, and gently squeezed his wrist.

    Side Quest: Defeat Yiwei Morizuru (1/1), the quest has been completed, and the reward skill Sand Soldier appears.

    Sand soldiers appear: Summon a sand soldier in the target area. The sand soldier can charge freely to attack. Each sand soldier lasts for 9 seconds. The minimum cost of summoning a sand soldier is 40 chakra points. The duration and consumption of the sand soldier are checked. The carat value is related, and the skill has no cooling.

 Chapter 92ï¼š You cant be the leader of Yuyin Village!

    "Interesting."

    Four generations of Kazekage Rasa watched the battle of Uehara Naraku, bulging his palms, and exclaimed: "It is worthy of being the new generation of genius ninjas in Yuyin Village. It is just that the battle just now has the right to succeed Hanzo''s leader The place..."

    "What do you mean by opening your mouth?"

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Luo Sha speechlessly, and couldn''t help but sneered and said, "Hi Fengying, have you heard of my name?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Luo Sha heard the blood surge, and felt that Uehara could not speak.

    Luo Sha is very stingy and praises the enemy.

    Facing a genius ninja like Uehara, his praise just now is not without calculation.

    Because Luo Sha is very aware of the inheritance system of Xiaoren Village, which is a family hereditary system, and it is not as decent as a master-disciple inheritance like the Daguoren Village.

    Uehara Naraku did not wear the unique protective mask of the Sansho fish clan. He was obviously not a member of the Hanzo clan, and he definitely missed the position of Yuyin''s leader.

    As long as Uehara Naraku denies that he is not qualified to inherit Yuyin Village, Luo Sha will seize Uehara to tempt him to defect and join them in Shayin Village.

    After all, this kid has shown usable value.

    How can an ordinary ninja in a small country Ninja village compare to the position and training resources that can be obtained in a five big country Ninja village?

    The problem is that Luo Sha doesn''t know that Sansho Fish Hanzo is dead, let alone Uehara Naraku''s recent worries, Nagato and Xiaonan designated him as the sole heir of Uyin Village!

    Uehara is worried about this kind of thing!

    And even if he did defect, he would definitely not look down on Shayin Village

    I would like to ask which gangster has become a traitor, and would be willing to join a ninja who betrayed his village, and by the way, surrender faster than anyone else in the village of Shayin?

    "I haven''t heard of your name. Isn''t it because Your Excellency was so neat that he killed many dark parts in our village?"

    Luo Sha''s face gradually turned cold, he no longer concealed his coveting of Uehara, and said bluntly: "I''ll just say it, a genius ninja like you living in Yuyin Village is impossible for long. The sansho fish who wants to maintain their power is half hidden!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but glance at Luo Sha when he heard this. The fourth generation Fengying''s vision was sharp, and he could see through the essence of old Hanzo.

    However, as a Yuhide Ninja, Uehara Naraku certainly cannot allow others to insult Hanzo. This is the ethics of an Yuhide Ninja!

    Uehara looked at the four generations of Fengying, his face showed an anger in a timely manner: "How dare you insult Hanzo-sama!"

    "He was such a person!"

    Luo Sha waved his hand, as if treating an immature child, and said coldly: "If I now sign a five-year peace agreement with Yuyin Village, and the request is to kill you, Sanjiao Yu Hanzo will definitely not be merciful!"

    After ¡¡¡¡ finished speaking, Luo Sha continued to add: "Don''t refute me, you should know that the weight of Shayakura and the weight of an ordinary ninja is more important in the heart of Sanjiao Yu Hanzo."

    Four generations of Fengying are right.

    If you kill one person, you can exchange for the five-year peace covenant in Shayin Village. Sansho Fish Hanzo will never be merciless, and may even send someone to send that person''s head to the table of the fourth generation Fengying.

    It is a pity that he faced Naraku Uehara.

    A man who killed Hanzo of Sansho Fish.

    The current Uehara Naruto has no problem walking sideways in Uyin Village.

    Four generations of Fu Ying Luo Sha looked at Uehara¡¯s face, revealing his fox tail: "Leave this weak country and join Shayin Village! Only Shayin Village can accommodate your talents, and I will provide you with enough. Resources and money!"

    "...Just you?"

    Uehara Naraku showed a hint of sarcasm on his face.

    Who is the fourth generation Fengying Luosha?

    This guy is the one who has betrayed Zhuo Yun Ye Cang to vent to Wuyin Village in exchange for shame and peace!

    Uehara Naraku chuckled slightly, and a purple chakra broadsword floated beside him, he said: "And as long as I kill you now, you surely can''t make Hanzo-sama betray me, right?"

    "Do you not understand what I mean?"

    Luo Sha frowned again, and his face was ugly and said: "Even without my existence, sooner or later you will be hidden by the Sansho fish! Yuyin Village is not a place for geniuses!"

    "Do not!"

    Uehara Naraku looked at Risa mockingly, stretched out his hand to grasp the purple broadsword, and said every word: "Master Hanzo will believe in my loyalty..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Luo Sha looked at Uehara''s movements, feeling a little swearing in her heart.

    Grass, this kid is crazy!

    No, this kid is mentally retarded!

    "Wait until I catch you, and then find a way to get what I want!"

    Luo Sha manipulated the dust on the ground and flew up, coldly said: "Idiot, just rushed to fight with Shouhe, your Chakra and physical strength are running out?"

    "How about... Guess?"

    Uehara Naraku''s figure riots!

    The purple Chakra Broadsword drew an arc in his hand and slammed into the four generations of Fengying in front of him!

    A ball of gold dust quickly intercepted Uehara''s attack.

    Compared with the sand controlled by Gaara, the sand gold controlled by Luo Sha is heavier and stronger in defense.

    The overwhelming gold dust rushes toward Uehara!

    Whether it is attack, defense or action, Magneto Dust can have other unparalleled advantages in battle. This is also the source of confidence in the fourth generation of Fengying Luosha.

    "It''s kind of flexible!"

    Uehara Naruko dodged the attack of the gold dust, but saw the sky full of gold dust scattered and surrounded him.

    After ¡¡¡¡ had no time to escape, Uehara could only helplessly waved the Chakra Broadsword in his hand, and smashed the strands of dust!

    It¡¯s just that no matter how Uehara disperses the dust, they will eventually be manipulated by Losha¡¯s Chakra to chase again.

    Rosa stood proudly on the sand mat, looking at Uehara Naraku who was rushing from the left to the right: "Boy, you can''t escape the shackles of the gold dust, surrender!"

    Luo Sha is close to winning.

    He is the fourth generation of Fengying from Shayin Village, and he has a magnetic escape from the third generation of Fengying ~ www.novelhall.com~ How could he not be able to hold a teenage boy?

    "I have a profound meaning! Xia Zhen!"

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Luo Sha, a cloud of smoke suddenly appeared around him, hiding his figure in the smoke, and also making Dust Gold lose his goal.

    The chakra that Uehara had just consumed was also quickly filling up.

    "Thank you, Your Excellency Fengying, for talking to me just now..."

    Uehara Naraku''s gaze stopped on his skill panel. Whether it was the moment of the sacred judge or the roar of the raging waves, the two skills that had a long cooling time, they were all bright again now.

    If you encounter an enemy that is difficult to deal with, then chat with someone.

    There is always no harm in practicing a few words in this ninja world.

    "Did you hide in the smoke?"

    Rosa''s eyes flashed with doubts. The dust was surrounded by the smoke, but he could not accurately find the location of Uehara Naraku.

    Luo Sha discovered the weirdness of the smoke in an instant. The smoke array released by Uehara was even more exquisite than the fog hiding technique of the Mist Hidden Village, and it was able to perfectly hide the person''s position.

    "Huh, then I will just let the dust surround the entire smoke!"

    Alluvial gold quickly gathered around the smoke, forming a sphere under the manipulation of Luo Sha, and the gold dust quickly penetrated into the smoke.

    Just at this time.

    A beam of purple energy penetrated the dust!

    This purple energy ray cuts the aventurine ball into pieces like a cut!

    Fourth generation Fengying Luosha was also caught off guard, being swept across his body by purple energy rays, and a burning sensation appeared in the area touched by the energy rays.

    At this moment, a heart palpitation appeared in Luo Sha''s heart.

    Luosha planted in that second, and even felt that he would be obliterated!

 Chapter 93ï¼š Donâ€™t talk to a ninja casually, he may be replying secretly

    Uehara Naruko flew out of the gold dust sphere, the purple energy in his eyes slowly faded, as if he had just vented his anger.

    The next second, a purple broadsword appeared beside Uehara.

    Uehara Naraku suddenly rushed towards Luo Sha, raised the Mu Blade in his hand, and suddenly split the thin layer of gold defense in front of Luo Sha.

    ßÑßÑ!

    Luo Sha was hit by a purple broadsword and flew out!

    However, this fourth-generation Fengying disregarded his injuries, only wiped the blood from the corners of his mouth, and a trace of enthusiasm flashed in his eyes: "That is...pupil surgery?"

    I didn¡¯t expect there would be a windfall!

    Originally, Luo Sha just took a fancy to Uehara Naraku''s illusion that can control the tail beast, and now he found that this little guy seems to have a strange blood succession boundary such as the pupil technique on his body.

    The entire Ninja Realm does not have much blood succession.

    There is no doubt that the effect of the pupil technique is very powerful.

    The two great clans in Konoha Village used to be the blood heirs of the pupil technique. The shadows and leaders of the other Shinobu Village can only watch and drool, but they are not easy to do it.

    Now, a pupil ninja appeared in front of Luo Sha.

    "Boy, I want you more."

    Four generations of Fengying suddenly raised his palms, and the gold dust began to gather again, and he proclaimed: "Even if I can''t easily capture you now, I will let Sanjiao Hanzo send you to Shayin Village!"

    "Do not worry."

    Uehara Naraku stretched out his arms slowly, and looked at Luo Sha slightly sarcastically, "If I can''t even kill you, how am I embarrassed to gain a foothold in the ninja world?"

    Seeing the fourth generation Fengying Luo Sha steadily took him down, Uehara felt that he was too low-key?

    How can I feel that I can beat him?

    Fujiage, a person who is always killed, thinks he can beat him. He is a member of Akatsuki. There are many craftsmen who are good at killing Fengying!

    Three generations of Fengying died in the hands of Scorpion; the fourth generation of Fengying died in the hands of Dashemaru; the next five generations of Fengying died in Deidara''s hands.

    The above-mentioned murderers have all been in the organization.

    "Water escape, howl of angry waves!"

    Uehara Nao set up a wave of hundreds of meters high, and he poured his Chakra into his skills without reservation.

    If you face an enemy with a wide range of defensive ninjutsu and offensive ninjutsu, you must use a ninjutsu that is more powerful than the enemy if you want to defeat them!

    If you use the Ten Thousand Thunder Sky Prison, the power of hundreds of thunder and lightning will fall in batches, it may not be able to break the defense of gold dust, and it is far inferior to the power of the roar of the angry waves.

    The current roar of angry waves is enough to crush a Shinobu village!

    Even a high mountain will be destroyed by this wave of flowers!

    At this moment, Fu Ying Luo Sha''s face finally changed color!

    Luo Sha looked at the rising waves, and a drop of cold sweat broke out on his forehead: "You can actually use this level of water escape ninjutsu, even the water shadow of the misty village may not be able to do it!"

    "Huh, water shadow?"

    Uehara Naraku thought of the Yakura who had died under him, and laughed loudly: "This Ninja world''s strongest Mizudun ninja is not the water shadow of Wuyin Village!"

    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, both palms flipped suddenly!

    The waves hundreds of meters high suddenly roared towards Luosha''s location!

    Such a high wave can easily submerge a Shinobu Village, and its impact is enough to surpass the defense of gold dust and break through all obstacles!

    Unless Luo Sha can transform a Three Gorges Hydropower Station on the spot...

    Uehara Naraku hurriedly passed this thought, and focused on manipulating the waves to rush towards Rosa.

    "Magnetic Escape¡¤Sand Pad!"

    Luo Sha looked at the subordinates who were frantically trying to escape. With his palm shaking, the piles of dust turned into sand cushions, and he took his subordinates into flight.

    The placer gold that he can extract and manipulate now cannot be condensed into a dam to withstand waves hundreds of meters high, so he can only find a way to bring his subordinates to a high place.

    With their flying speed, it is impossible for them to fly over the top of the wave before the wave hits.

    "Magnetic Escape¡¤Gold Placer Burial!"

    The dust on the ground shone, and a deep hole appeared!

    The sea wave flooded the pit in an instant, and it seemed that it was not hindered at all. The wave rushed forward and swept the sands at the end.

    "Hey, hey, don''t run away so fast!"

    Uehara Naraku followed the waves and flew in the air, chasing Luosha and the others, trying to attract their attention: "Hey, hey, are you unhappy to see such a grand water escape ninjutsu?"

    It is also the first time that I have tried my best to release such a powerful ninjutsu. You are the first to see it. Wouldn''t you say a few words of praise?

    Hey, congratulate my ninjutsu!

    At least we should applaud, right? "

    "¡­¡­"

    Sara Shinobu listened to Uehara Naraku''s nagging words, and their brows jumped at the same time.

    Even if they are already mature ninjas, their emotions are a little irritable. If it weren''t for the water run ninjutsu to chase too quickly, they would like to turn around and curse.

    "Don''t pay attention to him."

    Luo Sha''s expression has gradually calmed down. He has some wisdom beads in his hands and said: "The chakra of that kid is exhausted. As long as we can defend against this attack, he can only let us kill..."

    After ¡¡¡¡ finished speaking, he shouted again: "Everyone takes a deep breath now, I want to build a gold dust defense tower!"

    "Yes!"

    All Shinobu immediately obeyed Luo Sha''s order, even Gaara knew that the situation was urgent, and took a deep breath.

    However, green rays of light rose from the waves and flowed into Uehara''s body. It was the sand hidden ninja who was killed by the howl of the raging waves that triggered the recovery effect of calmness and relaxation.

    In an instant, the large amount of Chakra consumed by Naruto Uehara''s full release of the howl of the raging waves has recovered 80%.

    This can also make Uehara more courageous. UU reading

    Even if in the future he will be besieged by tens of thousands of people like the three generations of Raikage, he can continue to fight instead of dying due to exhaustion.

    Of course Uehara can¡¯t be so unpromising...

    He is the man behind the scenes. If there are tens of thousands of ninjas besieging him, Uehara will at least dance in the circle of tens of thousands of ninjas like Uchiha Madara.

    "Magnetic Escape¡¤Dust Gold!"

    Countless placer gold flew in the sky under the control of Luo Sha.

    A triangular vacuum pyramid made of sand gold fell from the sky, covering a group of sand ninjas on the ground, and waves swept past!

    Luo Sha''s clumsy way is really good.

    These concentrated placer gold and yellow sand are more than ten meters thick, and the underwater impact is not particularly large, allowing them to withstand the waves of the raging waves.

    A group of sand ninjas squatted on the sealed pyramid, feeling the tremors of the earth and the waves passing by, waiting for the waves to flow by.

    After waves of waves passed by outside the placer gold, Luo Sha slowly evacuated the placer gold, and these ninjas buried deep under the placer gold could see the sun again.

    "saved¡­"

    "As expected of Master Fengying..."

    This group of sand ninjas escaped, and slowly breathed a sigh of relief.

    When they were admiring the four generations of Fengying''s power, Luo Sha''s eyes changed suddenly, and she quickly reminded him loudly: "Be careful!"

    However, after all, not all ninjas can maintain the original super vigilance after the catastrophe, and the yellow sand quietly gathered behind them into a human form.

    One by one, sand soldiers with long spears quietly emerged from the feet of these sand ninjas, and then slammed their long spears!

    stab!

    A sand gun pierced the chest of each Sand Shinobu!

 Chapter 94ï¼š Take Gaara away!

    The suddenly violent sand soldiers are too deadly!

    Except for the few sand ninjas who wandered on the edge of life and death for many years, most of the sand ninjas were killed on the spot by the sand soldiers who suddenly appeared and launched an attack.

    Gaara escaped another catastrophe due to Huang Sha''s defense. He looked at the emerging sand soldiers with a little surprise: "Is this a sand manipulation technique?"

    "Maybe it is also a puppet technique."

    Maji waved his ninja sword solemnly, and split a sand soldier apart. In his line of sight, there was a strand of yellow sand behind every sand soldier implicating them.

    The end of these implicated yellow sands is in the hands of Uehara Naraku.

    Uehara Naraku smiled and looked at the surviving people on the ground, and suddenly said, "Hey, what do you think of me as a desert emperor in the future?"

    "not so good!"

    Four generation Fengying Luosha''s face is very ugly. He spent Chakra to create a gold dust pyramid and saved his subordinates'' lives in the tsunami just now.

    Unexpectedly, they had just lifted the life-and-death crisis from the tsunami, and these men were easily attacked and killed by Uehara Naraku.

    "Hmm, is it because my name poke your pain?"

    Uehara Nasa hammered his own palm. Seeing Luo Sha suddenly realized, there was a trace of contempt and contempt at the corner of his mouth: "No, it''s because you people are too backward, don''t you know what the emperor means?"

    "What a hard-mouthed kid!"

    Luo Sha stepped on the sand pad to fly into the air, and a ball of dust turned into a golden spear under his control: "Magnetic Escape¡¤A dust spear!"

    That golden spear flies towards Uehara!

    Under the action of the magnetic escape chakra, the golden spear spins and accelerates like a drill, and shoots at Uehara''s body.

    The speed of the golden spear is so fast that Uehara can almost only see the afterimage!

    Uehara Naraku hurriedly stretched out his palm. In an emergency, he didn''t have time to Kaiyin, so he could only quickly release the defensive ninjutsu: "Wind Dun: Wind Barrier!"

    The golden spear was blocked by a wind wall in an instant!

    Luo Sha manipulated the countless gold dust immediately behind the golden spear, and was also easily stopped by the wind wall in front of Uehara.

    Four generations of Fengying looked at Fengqiang''s eyes with a hint of surprise: "Fengdan Ninjutsu of defensive nature?"

    This is really unheard of!

    No wonder Uehara Naraku is so proud, his ninjutsu skills seem to be very surprising, and he is very familiar with it.

    This does not delay Luo Sha''s previous plan.

    Now one-third of the dark part members and most of the guards in Sagakura Village have been killed in Uehara''s hands. Rosa thinks that if Uehara cannot be caught and stopped in time, wouldn''t these ninja sacrifices be in vain?

    Piles of gold dust poured up from the ground!

    Luo Sha''s momentum skyrocketed, and he actually wanted to do his best here: "Since you refuse to obediently leave with me, then I will break your hands and feet first!"

    "Is it still wishful thinking?"

    Uehara Naraku suddenly appeared next to a purple chakra broadsword, automatically helping him withstand the harassment of dust!

    Uehara looked at Luo Sha, and the smiles on his face gradually piled up: "Have you forgotten Feng Ying? I will kill you here!"

    "Boy, you don''t have much chakra left!"

    "rest assured."

    Uehara Naraku closed his eyes slightly, and a cloud of green energy rose from the sand ninja who was killed by the sand soldiers and entered his body.

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes opened, and he smiled slowly: "Compared with your lord Fengkage, my Chakra is more abundant than ever before!"

    "That is... some kind of forbidden technique?"

    Luo Sha''s brows suddenly wrinkled, watching the rising momentum of Uehara''s body, his heart sank little by little.

    He has made a mistake.

    This Yunin boy has too many strange powers.

    Rosa thought that Uehara''s chakras were about to be exhausted, but he didn''t expect Uehara to have such a forbidden technique to collect chakras from dead people.

    "You must save Chakra..."

    Since the start of the battle, Rosha has wasted a lot of Chakras to resist an attack by the howl of the raging waves.

    Just now, in order to save his subordinates, Luo Sha used a lot of chakra-consuming techniques such as the burial of gold dust, the defense of the pyramid and the sand waves of the golden wave.

    "Magnetic Escape¡¤Dust Gold!"

    Now Luo Sha did not dare to directly surround Uehara with the placer gold, but instead manipulated the placer gold to try to grab Uehara''s limbs little by little.

    However, the purple broadsword around Uehara Naraku flew around, defeating the small strands of dust that hit them, and it seemed a little easy to do.

    From beginning to end, Uehara''s face still has great confidence.

    "Hi Fengying, how long can your Chakra last?"

    Uehara Naraku slowly stuck out his palm, and a magic puppet stuck out from his hand: "I don''t think you can hold on for two seconds, command the shock wave!"

    The magic puppet suddenly opened!

    A distorted force appeared in everyone''s sight!

    Seeing that Luo Sha lost his immediate control over the placer gold, he was pulled by the command shock wave into a spiral golden ball.

    "not good!"

    Luo Sha looked up at the huge golden ball, her face suddenly became a little frightened, after losing the gold dust controlled by Magnetic Escape, the battle situation was not very good.

    The only thing that can give Luo Sha confidence is his magnetic ninjutsu.

    Fortunately, after just a second, Luo Sha felt that he had regained control of the placer gold, and he was barely relieved.

    However, a voice suddenly came into his ears: "One second is enough for everything, right?"

    Luo Sha turned her head abruptly, but saw an afterimage appeared in front of her, and then a purple broadsword hit him hard in the chest!

    Luo Sha fell from the sky!

    Even though he hurriedly used the sand cushion under his feet to turn into defensive dust to block his chest, he still received a heavy blow unstoppable.

    What frightened Luo Sha even more was that the cards flew down from Uehara Naraku''s palm one after another, and shot at his location!

    Boom!

    There was an explosion of fireworks in the sky!

    The few surviving people looked at the Fourth Generation Fengying falling from the sky in horror, Luo Sha''s body was covered with **** wounds.

    Mackey watched this scene incredulously his brows frowned tightly: "Your Excellency Fengying... unexpectedly defeated?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Luo Sha did not answer.

    Four generations of Fengying struggled to get up. Just now his magnetic dust was confiscated for a second inexplicably, and then he was knocked to the ground by Uehara''s sword in the second second.

    The battle is not over yet!

    Uehara Naraku slowly stretched out his palm, pointed it in the direction of Luosha, and the cards were shot out of his hand one after another.

    "Magnetic Escape¡¤Dust!"

    All cards were stopped by dust!

    From time to time, a card exploded and splashed with thick smoke, and after all, it was unable to break the defense of gold dust. Luo Sha immediately understood the danger of the situation in her heart.

    Lost control of the placer gold in that second, directly causing him to lose the battle.

    Coupled with the severe injury just now and the exhausted chakra, death may not be far away... The current Luosha is not the infinite chakra of the filthy reincarnated!

    Luo Sha manipulated the gold dust defense, while looking down at the sunken wound on her chest, she said coldly: "Maji, you take Gaara first!"

    "Master Fengying!"

    "To shut up!"

    In an instant, Luo Sha analyzed the most suitable method.

    Now that he is seriously injured, he may not be able to escape that far. If only a few Sand Shinobu guards are broken, it may not be able to stop Uehara Naraku for long.

    I didn¡¯t expect that just trying to test whether Gaara can successfully use one tail, they almost made them all wiped out here...

    Luo Sha turned her head to look at Gaara, and watched her son say without expression: "The last Fengying command, take Gaara back to the village!"

 Chapter 95ï¼š Ninja Uehara Ninja

    Rosa''s choice is not wrong.

    If Gaara fell into the hands of this Yunin boy, and there were enough ways to subdue him, the situation in Shayin Village would not be so good at that time.

    Before he died, Luo Sha, this guy seemed to finally see his destiny, and unexpectedly burst into unprecedented power.

    Everyone present knows that Luo Sha is already very difficult to survive. A piece of his chest is sunken, and blood has penetrated his clothes.

    "Magnetic Escape¡¤Placer Gold Realm! Hurry up!"

    The sharp gold dust snaked out from the ground.

    Under Rasa''s manipulation, these dust gold continued to extend one by one, trying to restrict Uehara Naraku''s movements.

    Four generations of Fengying are too naive!

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but chuckled, and dodged to avoid the sharp dust, and slowly fell down: "Hi Fengying, how long can you support it?"

    A gleam of light flashed in Luo Sha''s eyes, and the piles of dust became extremely small and sharp, and quickly shot towards Na Uehara: "Boy, don''t look down on people too much, I''m the fourth generation wind shadow of Shayin Village!"

    The purple broadsword floating beside Uehara easily repelled the dust!

    Uehara Naraku blinked and whispered, "Don¡¯t you know that Fengying is the easiest thing to kill in Ninja World?"

    After ¡¡¡¡ finished speaking, Uehara Naraku did not hesitate.

    The purple broadsword fell into his hand and rushed towards Luosha!

    In order to save the body, Luo Sha did not choose to respond to Uehara''s sarcasm, but focused on manipulating the gold dust defense.

    In order to persist even longer, Luo Sha attached a layer of gold dust armor to her body.

    Even so, Luo Sha still had a disadvantage in the battle with Uehara.

    In just a few seconds, Uehara Naraku had already sever several sharp aventurine spears one after another, and continued to rush toward Luosha.

    A Shinobu finally couldn''t help it, gritted his teeth and said: "I will support Master Fengying! Master Maji, Master Fengying''s orders can only rely on you!"

    "I''ll go as well!"

    "Let¡¯s go together!"

    A group of Sand Shinobu rushed towards Uehara Naraku frantically, perhaps because they wanted to delay time, or perhaps they wanted to get a chance.

    "Aren''t we going?"

    Gaara ran with Maji, his body trembled a little, and he couldn''t help but look back at Luo Sha who was still fighting Uehara Naruko.

    "We go back, it is the best choice!"

    Maki shook his head. His most important task now is to send Gaara, a man named Zhuli, back to Shayin Village safely.

    Lost one tail, Shayin Village is likely to fall completely among the five great nations.

    Ninja always sacrifices.

    Even if it is a shadow, it is no different from a normal ninja.

    If the fourth generation Fengying is not seriously injured, Maji will definitely choose to replace him and delay the time, but unfortunately the fourth generation Fengying''s injury will undoubtedly die.

    When Maki and Gaara escaped, the battlefield has come to an end.

    A few sand forbearances can''t affect the situation at all, but Luo Sha counterattacked a bit fiercely before he died, and even knocked out hundreds of life energy in Uehara.

    This level is indeed Fengying!

    Uehara Naraku had already chopped down a few Sand Shinobu to the ground, and he walked step by step towards the four generations of Fengkage who finally could not support it.

    Uehara stuck the purple broadsword in his hand on the ground, looked at Luo Sha who was lying on the ground, and whispered: "Do you think they can escape?"

    "What...what?"

    Luo Sha struggled to lift up, the corners of her mouth full of blood.

    "They can only escape if I want them to escape!"

    Uehara Naraku smiled slightly, the purple Chakra Broadsword suddenly bounced from the ground, and suddenly penetrated Luo Sha''s body from behind!

    Side mission: Defeat the fourth generation of Fengying Luosha (1/1), the mission has been completed, and the reward skills are stagnant.

    Golden body stagnation: The body is condensed into a gold body through chakras, ignoring any attacks and defenses, and at the same time unable to perform any actions. The duration is 2.5 seconds, the minimum skill consumption is 100 chakras, and the cooling time is 60 seconds.

    This skill has pros and cons.

    Once used well, it is invincible. If it is not used well, it is waiting to die.

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the skill rewarded by the system, frowned: "Forget it, at least I saved a sum of money for equipment..."

    Uehara put away the body of the four generations of Fengying.

    The corpse of a ninja must not be littered, ranging from being dug up for intelligence, to being stolen by Yakushi''s pocket and Oshawan.

    As for the scattered gold scattered all over the floor, Uehara did not waste it either.

    used the command shock wave to gather a large amount of placer gold, but there was some mud and yellow sand mixed in it, and he was not interested in handling it.

    Panning for gold is a delicate and troublesome job.

    How about waiting until you find a chance to give it to Jiao Du and let him pan for gold in it?

    This job is not too difficult for the elderly, right?

    After careful calculation, the horns are over eighty years old.

    Now that I have dealt with Luo Sha''s problem, I will proceed to deal with Gaara''s troubles. After catching them first, I will ask Nagato and Xiao Nan if they need to take them back.

    Uehara will also go to the oasis near the sandy hidden village by the way, trying to find a way to obtain the reincarnation art of Chiyo.

    According to Uehara¡¯s guess, Nagato and Xiaonan currently don¡¯t want to alarm the Five Great Ninja Village for the time being, so as to avoid causing the Five Great Ninja Village¡¯s vigilance. That is just right for Uehara to try and use Gaara¡¯s life to exchange for the reincarnation Surgery.

    is that this thing is not easy to manipulate.

    How good would it be to be able to fight when you were born with magical charm.

    Uehara can transform into a root ninja at any time, and throw it directly at Shimura Danzo when he encounters any trouble.

    "Let me see, does fate take care of you..."

    Uehara Naraku quietly turned on the destiny skill, glanced at the escape route of Maki and Gaara, a touch of regret appeared on his face: "Is luck so bad? Goddess of luck really wants you to die!"

    Although due to Luo Sha''s desperate resistance, Uehara wasted a little time to let them cross the border and return to the Kingdom of Wind.

    However, in the display panel of the Destiny skill, according to the escape route of Maki and Gaara, they are likely to run into a few people who are not easy to provoke.

    Red Sand Scorpion, Deidara.

    Dashewan, pharmacist pocket.

    It is supposed that Dashewan and Yakushidou appeared in the desert of the Kingdom of Wind and he was found by the Red Sand Scorpion, so Scorpion and Deidara chased them.

    The mission of the art duo is to eliminate Osha Maru.

    This is really a coincidence.

    Uehara Naraku opened the fate''s teleportation panel, and his figure quietly disappeared in place.

    In the desert.

    The two are facing each other.

    The Red Sand Scorpion took out the three generations of Fengying puppets, and Dashewan also took out his own experimental product, the three generations of Fengying reincarnated from the dirty soil.

    Just as they were about to start a big battle, Deidara, who was patrolling by a big bird in the air, found Gaara and Maki, and Uehara Naraku who was chasing them.

    Deidala immediately informed the Red Sand Scorpion: "Xie Dan, someone is coming!"

    "who?"

    The Red Sand Scorpion suddenly became a little unhappy.

    On the contrary, the Osamaru on the opposite side is slightly smiling. According to his guess, he is active in this generation and should be the Sandy Ninja. It is very likely that it is the fourth generation of Kazekage Rasa.

    If Luo Sha meets the Red Sand Scorpion, maybe he will still have the opportunity to fish in troubled waters, and even see the Red Sand Scorpion being besieged by Sand Ninja.

    "A Sand Shinobu and a red-haired child..."

    Didara put her forehead on her forehead, staring at the figure flying behind Gaara and Maki in the distance, and said loudly, "Wait...it seems like the intern kid in our organization is chasing them!"

    After finishing talking, Deidara even commented leisurely: "Hey, what a rookie ninja, it takes so long to chase and kill a child!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Oshemaru''s smile narrowed, but he had seen the little guy Uehara Naraku summon Penn directly when he didn''t agree with him.

    Why did that kid come here?

 Chapter 96ï¼š Converge

    Deidara is a bit ignorant.

    Uehara Naraku heard this guy despising herself from a distance, and subconsciously frowned her brow: "Don''t be too lively, it''s easy to die."

    "Are you intern''s attitude towards full members?"

    Deidara arrogantly stepped on the giant white clay bird, and slowly flew to Uehara''s side, holding his shoulders and saying: "If you guy is willing to beg me, maybe I will help you grab the ground. Two people, interns!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku tilted her head.

    Is this Deidara still awake?

    The last time they were next to the body of Sanjiao Yu Hanzo, Deidara offended him and Xiao Nan. If it weren¡¯t for the fact that Deidara was a newcomer, it is estimated that his grave grass should have sprouted.

    A man who was killed by Sasuke Uchiha in the future, dare to provoke him?

    "Shut up, Deidara!"

    Red Sand Scorpion stopped their conflict loudly. He knew the relationship between Uehara Naraku and Xiaonan. Scorpion knew how much that woman loved her little disciple...

    He didn''t want his new teammates to offend people.

    Although Dedala is a bit verbal, he is still very qualified as a teammate.

    The Red Sand Scorpion looked up at the two people in the sky, and asked softly: "Uehara, why is Xiao Nan willing to let you out to take a risk?"

    "...Hey, hey, I''m a ninja!"

    Uehara Nana glanced at the red sand scorpion with a black line all over her head, her eyes moved slowly, and she stayed on the bodies of the Oshe Pill and Yakushi''s pocket, as if she had seen a rare treasure.

    Maji on the ground looked a little desperate.

    I didn''t expect them to run away and encounter enemies again.

    Along the way, Uehara Naraku is like a cat and a mouse, trailing behind them and chasing after them. Maki can only take Gaara all the way in a hurry, always ready to fight to the death.

    When Maji saw people fighting in the desert, he thought they might have encountered the ninjas in the village, and immediately rushed over to get support.

    As a result, the ninja here is also an enemy.

    Is there anything more desperate than this?

    However, when Maji saw the filthy reincarnation standing next to Oshemaru, his face suddenly became surprised and happy: "That''s the three generations of Master Fengying!"

    Although I don¡¯t know why the three generations of Fengying adults who have been missing for many years appeared here, there is at least a trace of hope for Maji to escape. The three generations of Fengying are very likely to be his own!

    And if the three generations of Fengying can really return, whether it is for them to escape back, or for Shayin Village, it will be very lucky!

    Just after the fourth generation of Fengying died in the battle, Shayin Village will soon face an embarrassing situation where even Fengying has no suitable candidates.

    I didn''t expect the three generations of Fengying to show up.

    This is the ninja who is known as the strongest wind shadow, maybe the revival of Shayin Village is expected?

    After the fourth generation of Naruto of the neighboring country Konoha died in battle, the third generation of Naruto Sarutobi was a temporary replacement, and they must do the same in Sandyin Village.

    "Is it a ninja in the village?"

    Three generations of Fengying heard Maji''s voice, looked up and saw the ninja guard on Maji''s head, and saw the red-haired boy next to Maji, his dark face was a little weird.

    On the side of ¡¡¡¡ is the rebel ninja from the village.

    One side of ¡¡¡¡ is Osaki Maru, one of Konoha Sannin.

    Although I don''t know why they fought, but the reason why Chiyu was hit by the fire at the gate, Fengying still knew about it.

    Maybe Oshe Maru and the Red Sand Scorpion can''t tell the difference in a short time, but they can easily solve a passing Sand Ninja.

    "Orochimaru."

    Three generations of Fengying''s eyes turned slightly, looking at Oshemaru and said, "Let''s make a deal! I can''t get rid of your control for the time being, but you have to help cover this Sand Shinobu and his child to leave..."

    The original three generations of Fengying didn''t want to mix.

    As a result, now that Maji and the children in the village were chased and killed, he couldn''t stand idly by.

    "This difficulty is not low."

    Oshemaru looked at the three generations of Fengying, holding his mouth open and said: "But you must cover me and pocket, and take them out of here."

    When I saw Uehara Naraku, Oshemaru didn''t want to stay here at all. The experiment of reincarnating from the dirty soil was still out of control. What should I do if I met Penn?

    But the three generations of Fengying took the initiative to choose cooperation, then it can be manipulated.

    Oshemaru also wanted to see, what powerful fighting power can the three generations of Fengying after the reincarnation of the dirty soil display, what if there is a chance to fight Penn with the immortal body?

    Three generations of Fengying calmed down a little bit.

    Three generations of Fengying''s gaze moved, looking at Gaara next to Maji, and said in a deep voice, "Hey, why did you take a child with you when you came out to perform the task? After you fight for a while, you take the child with you. I will cover you!"

    "Three generations of Fengying adults!"

    Maki rushed over with Gaara flying over, hesitatingly did not answer Gaara¡¯s identity, but opened the mouth and said: "Don¡¯t the three generations of Fengying Master go back with us?"

    "I''m already dead."

    Three generations of Fengying shook his head with a low voice, and he continued: "Now I am the dead person resurrected by Oshemaru. I may be under his control. This time I can help you. Maybe next time I will be the enemy."

    Hearing three generations of Fengying''s explanation, Maki was a little desperate.

    Three generations of Fengying didn''t know what Ma Ji was thinking about, and just continued to ask: "How is the situation in the village now? Who is the fourth generation of Fengying?"

    "The situation in the village is okay now..."

    Maji''s face is a bit heavy, and the life in Shayin Village will last for a while, but with the death of the four generations of Fengying, the future will definitely not be better.

    However, when talking about the topic of Four Generations of Fengying, Maki finally gritted his teeth and said: "Four generations of Fengying is Lord Luosha...Two days ago, he died in the Kingdom of Rain in order to cover us."

    Three generations of Fengying: "¡­¡­"

    Orochimaru:"¡­¡­"

    Pharmacist pocket: "..."

    This news is super big news.

    may detonate the fourth Ninja War!

    "Hey, hey, don''t be so bitter."

    Uehara Naruto fell on the side of the Red Sand Scorpion, looking at the people on the opposite side, the smile in his eyes almost couldn''t stop: "I have Luosha''s body in my hand. Would you like to miss it again if you take it out?"

    How many side tasks can these people accomplish!

    Even if it¡¯s even Maki¡¯s body, UU reading has a side mission!

    Not to mention the important roles of Dashewan and Yakushidou. Every Konoha Sannin''s mission is only a lot more.

    Maki raised his finger at Naraku Uehara, and explained in a deep voice: "Three generations of Fengying-sama, it is this guy who killed Lord Luosha..."

    "No way, this intern can kill Fengying too?"

    Deidara fell from the sky, his face was a little surprised, and a smile appeared on the corner of his mouth after a while: "Ha, everyone shouldn''t underestimate it. It seems that everyone in Akatsuki is a monster! Someday I will too! Try..."

    Didara is a dog, right?

    Why does the face become so fast?

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Gaara pointedly, and said softly: "If you want to kill Fengying, it''s relatively simple. Sooner or later you will have a chance."

    "Uehara, did you really kill Luo Sha?"

    The Red Sand Scorpion was a little surprised. He slowly controlled Fei Liuhu to look at Uehara, and said in a deep voice, "After the battle is over, give me Luosha''s body."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head and said, "Give me a reason."

    Red Sand Scorpion snorted, feeling a little dissatisfied, but after thinking about the two people behind Uehara, he couldn''t beat either of them.

    Xie paused, and still explained: "His magnetic evacuated gold dust can provide us with a lot of money, and Xiao Nan will agree to it."

    "Hey..."

    Uehara Naruko screamed and threw the seal scroll to the scorpion.

    The reason for the scorpion of the red sand is really sufficient, even he is a bit difficult to refute, after all, apart from the rebirth of the dirty soil, only the puppet of the scorpion can be used to the greatest extent.

    The most important thing is that Scorpion took the things he gave, so did he dare to turn his face and prevent him from chasing Oshimaru?

 Chapter 97ï¼š I have a shark who specializes in reincarnating from dirty soil

    The scorpion of the red sand took the scroll contentedly and put it away. His attitude towards Naraku Uehara was much better, and he even cared about it: "Rosa died in the country of rain. Are you afraid of causing any trouble for Yuyin Village? ?"

    "No."

    Uehara Naraku suppressed the smile in his heart, and said, "Senior Scorpion was born in Shayin Village. Why don''t you tell me who is in charge in Shayin Village after Luosha''s death? Can I kill him again? "

    "Huh, that rotten village..."

    The Scorpion of Red Sand snorted contemptuously, expressing his dissatisfaction with his hometown, but when thinking, the image of an old man suddenly appeared in his heart.

    His grandma, Chiyo.

    Shayin Village has no successors and can only choose from the older generation.

    When it comes to identity, Chiyo is one of the founders of Shayin Village and has been serving as a high-level consultant for Shayin Village. She is also the wife of the original Fengying.

    In terms of strength, Chiyo should be the strongest ninja in Shayin Village now, and the ten puppets in Chiyo''s hand are not even he dare to underestimate him.

    No matter how you look at it, Chiyo might stand up at the most dangerous time in Shayin Village.

    However, facing a Uehara Naraku with the backing of Payne and Xiaonan, Chiyo''s strength is still not enough after all, and the probability of escaping the assassination is very low.

    After the Red Sand Scorpion pondered for a while, he coldly snorted: "Huh, you don''t need to deal with this matter, let me solve it for you! If you are so far away from the Kingdom of Rain, your teacher will worry about you if he knows it? "

    "It''s okay, I can do it."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Fei Liuhu, a little eager to laugh, really everyone wants to jump out to compete with Akatsuki!

    Is that to help him deal with the trouble?

    Uehara is embarrassed to break his mind!

    What''s more, the relationship between the scorpion of the red sand and the grandmother of the thousand generations is grandma and grandson. How can Uehara bear to watch them fight?

    The Red Sand Scorpion picked another reason: "The Sand Hide Village is after all the Five Ninja Village. If you are besieged by them, you may be in danger..."

    "What can be dangerous in places like Shayin Village?"

    Uehara Naraku chuckled and shook his head. Sandyakura is not Konoha, and there is no such super physical ninja as Metkai hidden.

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand to stop the scorpion, pointed to the people on the opposite side, and said: "Okay, senior scorpion, get rid of them first!"

    When they were communicating, the three generations of Fengying and Oshemaru had reached an agreement.

    The three generations of Feng Yinghui rely on the advantage of the foul earth reincarnation body that will not die, as the main fighting force, come forward to stop the red sand scorpion, Dedara and Uehara Naraku.

    Maki and Gaara will run away immediately.

    It doesn''t matter if Dashewan and Yakushi pocket, they have some ways to escape, and Dashewan also wants to see with their own eyes the combat advantages of the filthy reincarnated.

    "The filthy reincarnated person has unlimited chakras."

    Oshemaru stretched out his hand towards the three generations of Fengying, and smiled lightly: "Now let us see the power of the strongest Fengying in its heyday!"

    "I know."

    Three generations of Fengying nodded at Maji, indicating that they will run away after the battle begins, and he slowly raised his palm: "Sand iron world law!"

    Because of the support of unlimited chakras in his body, the three generations of Fengying unhesitatingly released his strongest ninjutsu.

    The sharp black sand iron rushed out!

    Countless sand and iron turned into sharp blades and spread in the direction of the enemy, far faster than the throwing of shurikens!

    "Is shooting the strongest killer move?"

    The Red Sand Scorpion manipulated the three generations of Fengying puppets to place a sand-iron shield, and said coldly: "Didara, Uehara, you two, be careful, the third generation of Fengying can move freely in the sand-iron enchantment. !"

    In an instant, a black sand-iron barrier has been laid out.

    Maki took advantage of this opportunity and took Gaara to sneak out of an empty space in the sand and iron barrier. After the two people left, a piece of sand iron spread and fell again, completely sealing the barrier.

    In this way, it is impossible for anyone to pursue them.

    "Magnetic Escape¡¤Sandiron Nowing!"

    Three generations of Fengying quickly flew over the barrier, and sand iron wings quickly condensed around his body, and dense black feathers shot out from the wings!

    It¡¯s amazing that these feathers actually bypassed the defense under the scorpion cloth, seeming to have a tracking function, and flew towards Uehara!

    The Red Sand Scorpion can only hurriedly set up a sand iron defense.

    However, the enemy''s attack is not over yet.

    A giant black triangular pyramid gathered in the air.

    Three generations of Fengying took a deep look at the Red Sand Scorpion and others, and shook his palm suddenly: "Magnetic Escape¡¤Sand Iron Top!"

    The triangular pyramid spun down quickly!

    Regardless of the size or the ninjutsu characteristics, it seems that it is extremely likely to destroy the sand iron defense arranged by the scorpion.

    "It''s endless."

    The Red Sand Scorpion glanced vaguely at Uehara Naraku and Deidara, and said coldly: "If it wasn''t for the two of you..."

    Deidara immediately waved his right hand violently: "Xie Dan, hurry up and withdraw your defenses, let me blow him up with art!"

    "Let me come!"

    Uehara Naraku quietly estimated the location of the three generations of Kazekage, and slowly began to form the mudra: "Speaking of which is the way the mudra of the psychic technique is formed?"

    Red Sand Scorpion: "..."

    Deidara: "..."

    What are the disciples of Xiaonanjiao?

    How can I feel that Uehara Naraku''s psychic seal is unskilled.

    On the edge of the sand-iron barrier, Osamaru saw Nairo Uehara¡¯s jiying gesture that was printed every second. This time he did not panic, but rather playfully: "If you psychic come out of Penn, maybe I still have a chance. A pair of reincarnation eyes..."

    "Forbearance¡¤Psychic Art!"

    Uehara Naraku''s palm slammed to the ground!

    It¡¯s just that the sky is empty on the ground and even the conspiracy seal does not appear.

    Deidara''s face suddenly darkened.

    Red Sand Scorpion glanced at Uehara a little speechlessly: "Boy, how did you kill the fourth generation of Fengying?"

    "Don''t worry..."

    As soon as Uehara Naraku''s words fell, a weird-looking giant shark suddenly jumped from the ground under Sandai Fengying, and opened his mouth to bite at Sandai Fengying.

    Sand iron quickly turned into a defensive armor, and appeared on the body of the third generation of Fengying, helping him to resist the shark''s giant teeth, he did not take the shark into his heart.

    The anticipation and tension on Dashemaru''s face suddenly disappeared, and she said boredly: "I thought he would summon Payne, but I didn''t expect to use an ordinary shark to deal with the three generations of Fengying. This level of psychic beast even adjusts the product. Can''t be called..."

    In the entire ninja world, Konoha Sannin is absolutely qualified to judge psychic beasts.

    Their psychic beasts come from the three holy places, far better than most psychic beasts in the Ninja world.

    However, in the next second, that giant shark actually bit through the sand iron defense in an instant, swallowed the three generations of Fengying''s dirty soil reincarnation in one bite, and then sank back to the ground.

    Click!

    The corpse of an ordinary ninja fell on the ground.

    Three generations of Fengying have long since disappeared, and the surrounding sand-iron barrier has lost his magnetic escape chakra support, and is quickly dissipating.

    Dashemaru raised his fingers nervously, cold sweat dripping from his forehead: "It''s not right, I instantly lost the connection with the three generations of Fengying, and his soul is gone! The shark was weird just now, it swallowed three generations of Fengying. soul!"

    He worked so hard to experiment successfully with the technique of reincarnation from the dirty soil, and he just happened to have a nemesis just now?

    Isn''t this cheating him!

 Chapter 98ï¼š You are still too young

    Uehara Naraku used a weird psychic technique to kill the three generations of Fengying in seconds. This wave of operations makes people hard to understand.

    Not only the Dashewan did not understand, but the Red Sand Scorpion and Dedara were also confused.

    Red Sand Scorpion asked directly: "What''s the matter?"

    "I do not know."

    Uehara Naraku also shook his head with a confused look: "The ghost shark gave me a psychic contract at the beginning, saying that his shark and psychic beast are very strong and can be summoned to kill any enemy, but it only attacks. It will disappear once."

    "Is this a psychic beast of a ghost?"

    The scorpion of the red sand suddenly thought.

    Deidara next to ¡¡¡¡ also had some lingering fears: "Isn''t that shark face Uchiha''s follower? He still has such a strong psychic beast?"

    "Yeah, I didn''t expect it either."

    Uehara Naraku nodded following Deidara''s words.

    Just now, he just wanted to use the giant shark assault to try to solve the dirty soil rebirth.

    After all, people who reincarnated from the filthy earth are immortal and possess unlimited chakras. Unless someone can seal him, there is nothing to do with him.

    Even a small fly buzzing around is annoying, let alone three generations of Fengying.

    Unexpectedly, after summoning the Void Giant Shark, it was like killing the fourth generation of Suikage Yakura, the Void Giant Shark directly swallowed the soul of the third generation of Fengying.

    As for why the black pot was thrown to the dried persimmon ghost shark...Who made the ghost shark grow a shark face and speak badly?

    Uehara Naraku took a peek at the system panel.

    Side mission: Defeat the three generations of Fengying (1/1), the mission has been completed, reward 100 gold coins.

    It was the three generations of Fengying who was clearly defeated, but the strongest Fengying, why only rewarded 100 gold coins? Three generations of Fengying are so unprepared?

    This is really shabby.

    The red sand scorpion, who is only fifteen years old, can kill three generations of Fengying, which is really nothing to mention.

    "The ugly guys in Wuyin Village can''t be underestimated..."

    The surprise of the red sand scorpion slowly subsided, and he looked up at the Dashewan and Pharmacist pockets opposite, and violently pulled the three generations of Fengying puppets in his hand and rushed up: "Huh, now there are no three generations of Fengying, what else do they have? Qualified to fight us!"

    "¡­go!"

    Dashewan dragged the pharmacist back quickly.

    A smoke bomb was thrown on the ground by the pharmacist, splashing a large amount of dust, and the two took this opportunity to quietly disappear from sight.

    "Did they escape?"

    Deidara rushed up to a giant white clay bird, staring at the deserted sand dune, trying to find the trace of the two.

    Uehara Nairo opened the display panel of Destiny, only to see Dashemaru and Yakushidou escaping quickly, he whispered analysis and said: "It should be the art of hiding the earth dragon?"

    "That''s not easy to find..."

    The Red Sand Scorpion frowned and looked at Uehara Nairobi and said, "Why don''t you and Deidara chase Oshimaru. I will go and kill that Shinobu and the red-haired kid, and help you solve the problem of Shayin Village. trouble."

    "I''ll go there myself!"

    Uehara Nairobi shook his head, and said with a stubborn look: "That red-haired kid is a man from Shayin Village. I want to take him back and give it to Mr. Nan as a gift."

    "One-tailed force?"

    The scorpion of the red sand waved away the three generations of Fengying''s puppets, and the sound persuaded: "If you rush to grab a tail of human force, it will easily arouse the coveting of other big countries Ninimura. Payne will not agree with you. of."

    After the Scorpion of Red Sand finished speaking, he continued: "No one in Xiao is more familiar with the high level of Shayin than I. Killing a Luosha will cause hostility in Shayin Village. If Shouhe is caught, Shayin Village will Tirelessly send people to harass the country of rain.

    In this situation, the information of Renzhuli from other big countries Ninja Village has not been fully obtained, and it will definitely hinder Akatsuki''s plan. "

    "Senior Scorpion."

    Uehara Naraku narrowed her eyes slightly, and said in a deep voice, "Senior should be asked for the affairs of Sandyakura, but Akatsuki''s official members must act in pairs. Let Dedara go with seniors! I''ll go. Go chasing the big snake pill!"

    "Are you going to hunt down the Osha Maru?"

    The Red Sand Scorpion slowly turned his head and looked at Naruto Uehara and said: "That guy even finds it tricky to me. If you die in his hands, I will be a little troublesome..."

    "Do not worry!"

    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and continued quietly: "I''m just going to try... and if the situation is unfavorable, I will immediately flee to the direction of Sandyin Village and join you."

    After ¡¡¡¡ finished speaking, Uehara Naraku added: "I got an information from Sand Shinobu. They are likely to ask a consultant named Chiyo from Sandyakura Village to come out.

    That Chiyo lives in an oasis outside Shayin Village. If Senior Scorpion wants to make peace in the name of the Land of Rain, he can first contact her. I guess the old man should be weaker, right? "

    Red Sand Scorpion tilted his head to look at Uehara Naraku, nodded suddenly and said: "I see, I hope you can survive from the hands of Oshemaru."

    His grandma has a weak leg!

    If they want to contact Chiyo about peace talks, it may not be long before the rain country is invaded by sand ninjas all over the country.

    They are going to use a human pillar to threaten Shayin Village to reach a peace agreement, forcing Shayin Village to abandon the trouble that Uehara Naraku killed the four generations of Fukage.

    It''s fine if it''s an average Sain high-level, but the grandmother Chidai is the most staunch ninja in Sain village!

    As one of the founders of Shayin Village, Chiyo has never been weak to the outside world. She has always implemented violence to control violence. The big deal is that Shayin Village is broken up by people, and it is amazing to eat sand and drink northwest wind in the country of wind. .

    Uehara is so young!

    The scorpion of the red sand already had a draft in his heart.

    The next thing he has to do is to hold down one of the human pillars in Shayin Village, and then with the help of the spies he has planted in Shayin Village, the spies suggest that the top leaders of Shayin should take the overall situation as the priority and give up the investigation of Yuyin Village to avoid causing more Loss.

    According to the understanding of the scorpion of the red sand, if his grandmother Chiyo comes out at such a crisis, his uncle and grandfather Hai Lao Zang will definitely follow.

    Eilao Zang would definitely agree to this more sensible proposal.

    The group separated, and Uehara Naraku left them to chase Oshemaru alone.

    The scorpion of the red sand looked at the figure that Uehara Naruko left in the sky, joined hands to form a handprint of the magic lantern body technique, and injected chakra into his ring.

    Tiandao Payne on the other side received the message.

    After a while, the illusory figures of Heavenly Dao Payne, Xiao Nan, Red Sand Scorpion, and Deidara appeared in a secret room.

    Xiaonan asked with some doubts: "Scorpion, what''s the matter?"

    "Something went wrong."

    The Red Sand Scorpion briefly reported the situation, including Uehara Naruko''s killing of four generations of Fengkage, attempting to capture a manjuli, and he is about to go to Sandyin Village to deal with the trouble left by Uehara.

    After the Scorpion of Red Sand had said everything, he added: "I am a little worried that he will hunt and kill Oshemaru alone, but the kid in Uehara decided to do so..."

    "do not worry."

    After listening to Heavenly Way Payne, he nodded and said: "You have worked hard to solve the trouble in Shayin Village. Before you get the information of all the tail beasts, it is indeed not the right time to catch one tail. You and Deidara first Go ahead!"

    After the exchange, Payne turned off the magic lantern body technique.

    Deidara looked at the Red Sand Scorpion in a puzzled manner: "Xie Dan, you are very worried about that intern!"

    "Huh, you are still too young."

    The Red Sand Scorpion shook his head, and manipulated Fei Liuhu to climb Dedara''s clay giant: "The kid finally gave me an expensive material.

    But that kid is a bit too strong, and he wants to become a full member of Akatsuki.

    But what he should do now is to return to the country of rain to ensure his safety.

    After all, Oshe Maru is not something he can easily solve. "

 Chapter 99ï¼š The child has grown up!

    While the red sand scorpion lamented that Naraku Uehara and Deidara were too young, Uehara was sighing that the red sand scorpion was too old, and his mind could not turn around.

    Originally, chasing the Oshe Maru belonged to the mission of the Red Sand Scorpion. He never wanted anyone to interfere, even his teammate Deidara.

    As a result, Uehara mentioned a few words about the problem of Sagakura Village, and briefly tested it.

    However, the red sand scorpion seems to have really taken the bait.

    Perhaps Scorpion was worried that his grandmother would provoke the Xiao organization, and took the initiative to take over the trouble of Shayin Village, and agreed to Uehara''s pursuit and killing of Oshomaru alone.

    Obviously to him, Chiyo is undoubtedly more important than Oshemaru.

    When his relatives might be in danger, the Scorpion of Red Sand was obviously a little uncomfortable. It was indeed the first member of the Akatsuki organization to release water on the enemy.

    After all, Chiyo raised him personally, and taught him puppetry. Even the Red Sand Scorpion, who is recognized as the strongest puppet master, has always called his grandma the strongest puppet master.

    Family affection, for Scorpion, is indeed more important than everything.

    "Maybe you can use Chiyo to gather the red sand scorpion."

    Uehara Naraku touched her chin, and sighed again: "But it feels a bit like digging in the corner of her teacher!

    Forget it, let¡¯s go chasing the Oshe Maru first. You must complete several tasks from him, get something, and make up for the loss! "

    At this moment, the ring on Uehara''s hand suddenly looked a little strange.

    Based on this situation, it seems that Nagato wants to contact him and needs him to input Chakra feedback into the ring.

    However, after the chakra of the ring connected with the ring of Nagato in Yuyin Village, Xiaonan''s voice came from inside.

    "Nara."

    Xiaonan''s first sentence was to blame: "Why don''t you pay attention to avoiding danger when you go out to perform the task? After you encounter the four generations of Fengying in Shayin Village, you should report to us immediately, not by yourself."

    Uehara Naraku patted her forehead, and said to the ring on her finger: "Teacher Xiaonan, I didn''t expect the Fourth Generation Fengying to be so weak."

    Xiaonan quite agrees: "Feng Ying is indeed very weak, even the scorpion guy can kill the three generations of Feng Ying who are known as the strongest..."

    After ¡¡¡¡ finished speaking, Xiao Nan added: "But that won''t be killed by you, right? Is your detonation talisman used up?"

    "...There is a lot left."

    Uehara Naraku''s expression is a bit subtle.

    The feeling he has on the phone with Xiao Nan now sounds a bit like a parent calling to ask if the child¡¯s living expenses are used up?

    "Be right back."

    Xiaonan was a little relieved, but she still said in a deep voice: "The problem of Dashewan can be left to the scorpion to solve. If you are active in Shayin Village, it is too dangerous."

    "Teacher Xiaonan, I can solve it."

    Uehara Naraku hurriedly promised: "And if I''m in danger, I can use the black stick to psychic and go out of Heaven Penn..."

    These words are just to comfort Xiao Nan.

    According to Uehara Naraku''s current strength, even if he encounters Uchiha belt soil, he doesn''t need to be psychic pene.

    He is alone, he fights when he wants to fight, he leaves when he wants to go.

    Ninja is so big that no one can stop Uehara Naraku who flees.

    "No way."

    Xiao Nan interrupted him, not wanting him to continue his risk: "You have been away for too long this time, and I am still a little worried about you. The Dashemaru guy is not so easy to deal with."

    Although Xiao Nan believes that Heavenly Dao Payne will definitely defeat Oshe Maru, according to the news she knows, O She Maru has been hiding her strength.

    You must know that when Xiao Nan listened to praise that Nagato learned ninjutsu quickly, he mentioned in a vague way that Nagato''s talent for learning ninjutsu is comparable to his friend Oshemaru.

    Who knows if Dashewan is a dangerous forbidden technique?

    "Hey hey hey... Teacher Xiaonan..."

    Uehara Naraku tapped on her ring, and whispered softly: "Can you hear it? Can you hear it? The signal here is not so good..."

    Xiao Nanlian said: "I can hear you, you say..."

    "Hey hey hey... can you hear it? Teacher? Can you hear it?"

    Uehara Naraku repeated a few more words, closed his mouth, and quickly cut off the chakra supply to the ring.

    This is Uehara''s magical skill in another world.

    The only problem is that Nagato may know the truth, but Uehara also has his own unique way to deal with it. He can say that he has been flying too long and Chakra has run out.

    is just a harmless little trick anyway.

    After a while, the ring trembled a few times dullly, and it seemed that it had not received enough chakras, and finally stopped.

    Yuyin village.

    Xiaonan''s expression is not very good, and he clenched his fist and said: "Uehara has lost contact with him, I am a little worried about him..."

    "Cough cough cough..."

    After a few coughs, Nagato suppressed the smile on his face, shook his head and sighed, "It may be that the child has grown up."

    Xiaonan doesn''t quite understand the meaning of Nagato.

    However, Nagato didn''t explain too much to her.

    Nagato, as the producer of the ring, and the link between the ring and Chakra, is there any problem with the ring, can he still know?

    "Okay, let''s contact him after a while!"

    Nagato slowly lowered his head, desperately suppressing the smile on his face, and continued: "Anyway, Uehara can psychic out of Heavenly Way Penn, I will wait for his psychic here."

    Wait until Xiao Nan leaves.

    Nagato quietly entered the chakra into the ring, and he whispered to the ring: "Uehara, if your chakra is exhausted, go find a safe place to rest.

    If your chakra is not exhausted, after waiting for your return, remember to tell your teacher, this time your own chakra is exhausted, do you understand?

    If you encounter any danger, immediately channelling out of the Heavenly Path Penn, you don¡¯t need to be too persistent to prove to us that your power has become stronger.

    If you want to become a full member of Akatsuki, I will find a way.

    Also, your teacher has been worried about yourself outside.

    If there is really no way to catch the Oshe Maru, UU reading www.uuk¨¡nshu. Com immediately returns to the country of rain, you still have a lot to learn.

    I have also experienced your age, and I feel a little rebellious and confused. I want to prove to my teacher that I have become very powerful.

    But, Uehara, remember that your safety is the most important thing to us. "

    The country of wind.

    Uehara Naraku was a little dazed when he heard Nagato''s words.

    It seemed that he had passively accepted an adolescent education talk?

    Can this ring on hand still leave a message unilaterally? It seems that when both the flying section and the corner were performing their tasks, Nagato had ordered them through Payne.

    It should be Nagato¡¯s own chakra that was wasted.

    Uehara Naraku moved a little while hearing what Nagato said.

    He had the idea to heal Nagato before, and after getting the skills of star infusion, there is basically the possibility of renewing Nagato''s life or reducing the burden of reincarnation.

    Now he must step up to obtain a scroll of palm fairy art, or find a way to explain the source of star infusion?

    Seems like you can throw the pot to Dashewan?

    "Then go and clean up the Dashewan first, and help them manage Yuyin Village when they go back! Being a village chief or something may not work, but being the village accountant shouldn''t be a problem, right?"

    Uehara Naraku quietly opened the destiny panel, and watched the direction of Oshamaru and Yakushi''s escape. Their destination should be a secret base.

    "Go to the base and wait for them!"

    Uehara Naraku''s figure quietly disappeared into the air, his voice gradually dissipated on the sand dunes: "When Dashewan and Yakushi go home, you will be pleasantly surprised to see me? Go and search for healing scrolls!"

 Chapter 100ï¼š Oshe Marus Mutual Multiplication Detonation Talisman

    In the Ninja World, Oshe Maru''s bases are everywhere.

    It may be that Dashe Maru has a unique economic approach. Every base he builds has relatively complete facilities, and many instruments alone seem to be very valuable.

    Uehara Naraku suddenly became interested.

    At this moment, Uehara seems to have returned to the time when he went to school.

    Although the Oshemaru laboratory looks a bit more advanced than the physical chemistry and biology laboratory of a middle school, it does not prevent Uehara from falling here and messing around.

    It''s a pity that there are no ninjutsu scrolls here. There are only a few experimental diaries of the Oshe Maru, which lists a bunch of messy things.

    Uehara Naraku also didn''t understand.

    After a while, it was a little boring to sit and wait for someone.

    Uehara Naruko turned out a bunch of test tubes and beakers, and started his first journey as a Ninja scientist, and it may be the last.

    As for whether there is any fatal danger, Uehara didn''t care.

    Anyway, Uehara may not be able to fight some people. As far as life-saving is concerned, it is estimated that Oshe Maru is not as good as him.

    After a while, the laboratory in the base opened.

    When Dashewan and Yakushi came in, they saw a scene in front of them that made them both brow at the same time.

    Uehara Naruko held a test tube in his hand, and was about to pour liquid into a beaker. There was an alcohol bottle under the beaker heating.

    The surprise and anger on Dashemaru''s face gradually faded, and he was a little happily said: "Ha, I didn''t expect that there are people who would be interested in these..."

    In the next second, when Onomaru saw the test tube in Uehara''s hand, his voice stopped abruptly, and his face changed involuntarily.

    Yakushi Dou quickly interrupted Uehara in a loud voice. He didn''t ask why Uehara Naraku was here, but first discouraged him in a deep voice: "Please put down the experimental equipment in your hands."

    "Shhh, don''t make a sound."

    Uehara Naruko put up a finger, and said cautiously: "I''m doing an experiment now, don''t disturb my interest, you will save your lives for a while."

    Orochimaru:"¡­¡­"

    This kid is crazy, right?

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around and said coldly: "I suggest you don''t do this. The thing in your hand will explode. With the speed and power of the explosion, none of the three of us can escape."

    "Don''t worry, it won''t kill me."

    Uehara Naraku was so angry that Oshe Maru and the pharmacist blew their foreheads, and poured all the contents of the test tube into the heated beaker without hesitation.

    Oshemaru cursed Uehara Naraku in his heart, and hurriedly closed his hands to Yuiyin: "Tudun¡¤Turiubi!"

    Originally, when Oshemaru saw Uehara Naraku, he was a little flustered.

    Later, when Oshemaru saw Nairo Uehara doing experiments in his laboratory, Oshemaru''s heart became more panic.

    When O She Maru was sure that Uehara Naruko was operating blindly, especially when he wasted the precious chemicals he refined with this messy and extremely simple experimental procedure, O She Maru was simply mad by Uehara.

    The rigor of a scientist never allows him to tolerate Uehara Naraku.

    This kid is really not afraid of death!

    Boom!

    The deafening explosion sounded instantly!

    The entire laboratory was collapsed by a huge explosion almost immediately!

    Yakushi Pocket didn''t deceive Uehara Naraku. The test tube he was playing with just now had an unstable liquid in it. It was strange that it didn''t explode when it encountered the beaker and the messy materials inside!

    It''s just that the power of the explosion is too great.

    only the effect is far stronger than the power of the C-level fireball technique.

    Oshemaru hurriedly used the art of earth-flow wall defense, and was inevitably affected. When they stood out from the ruins, Oshemaru and Yakushi were a little embarrassed and lost their image.

    Uehara Naraku was relieved from the stagnant state of the golden body. He didn''t even hurt a single strand of hair. He even commented on himself with some good time: "Well, a successful blasting experiment, it seems that I have the talent to become a scientist."

    "You think too much..."

    Oshemaru looked at Uehara Naraku with a grim and grumpy face, skipped the simple and childish little experiment that talked about Uehara, and said coldly: "You kid, you can find this place."

    "Yeah, let me experience the life of Senior Oshemaru."

    Nairo Uehara kicked a stone blocking the road, and chuckled, "As a result, I found out that the life of Dashemaru-senpai is quite interesting. Is there any other experimental base for Dashemaru-senpai? I still have a few interesting experiments to try. test¡­"

    "¡­¡­"

    Yakushi looked at Naraku Uehara speechlessly, then looked at the entire ruins.

    At first glance, it sounds like Uehara Naraku still likes science, but for the messy little experiment he just did, this guy has no scientific cells at all!

    Oshemaru stretched out his long tongue and licked his lips. After scanning around, he didn''t see anyone else.

    Oshemaru''s eyes gradually became a little cold: "I''m so courageous, I''m so courageous, to chase us down by myself...Do you really think you can summon Payne and do whatever you want?"

    "Sorry."

    Uehara Nairobi spread out her palms and looked at Oshemaru slightly sarcastically, "With Lord Payne, you can do whatever you want."

    It¡¯s just that Uehara Naraku added: "But I thought about it again, if I just face Oshamaru-senpai, there is actually no need to summon Penn-sama."

    "Boy!"

    Dashemaru gritted his teeth and slammed out his palms, one by one brown pythons opened their mouths and bite towards Uehara: "Who do you think you are? Hilarious shadows are more snake hands!"

    "Twilight Blade!"

    Uehara Naraku suddenly appeared next to a purple chakra broadsword, and cut off the heads of a group of pythons. He even waved and manipulated the purple broadsword to shoot at the Oshemaru!

    That purple broadsword slammed into Oshemaru''s body!

    In the next second, Oshemaru''s body shattered instantly, turning into pieces of mud and falling to the ground.

    soil escape ¡¤ soil stand-in.

    "Forbearance¡¤Psychic Art!"

    Oshemaru''s voice suddenly sounded on the other side, and a huge python crawled out of the psychic spell under his palm out of thin air, opened his blood basin and rushed towards Uehara Naruto!

    Uehara Naraku flew into the air With a head-on punch, this python fell to the ground!

    Uehara Naruto landed on the body of the python, and sighed: "Oshamaru-senpai, don''t play snakes in front of me. It''s not interesting... It''s hard for people to mention it without any advanced ninjutsu. What interest."

    After speaking, Uehara Naraku seemed to think of something, and a sneer appeared on his face: "Oh, I forgot, Osaimaru-senpai only plays with snakes."

    "¡­moron!"

    Oshemaru didn''t pay attention to Uehara''s ridicule. His psychological quality far surpassed most ninjas in the Ninja world, but Uehara''s mouth was too poisonous.

    Oshemaru is a rare all-attribute chakra physique in the ninja world, and he is determined to learn all the ninjutsu in the ninja world. Basically, he is good at the ordinary ninjutsu recorded in the five countries in the ninjutsu.

    What does it mean to only play with snakes!

    Just listening to Uehara Naraku''s sarcasm, the corners of O Shemaru''s eyes twitched: "I really don''t respect my senior... In this case, let you, such a frog at the bottom of the well, see how big the world is!"

    The voice fell, Oshemaru threw a shuriken with his hand!

    The shuriken flew towards Naraku Uehara with a detonating talisman under that shuriken.

    At the same time, a long snake appeared at the feet of Oshemaru, pulling the pharmacist back to his side, obviously he did not want the pharmacist to be affected.

    Just as Uehara Naraku was a little surprised, Oshemaru suddenly raised his head and stared at Uehara, his eyes suddenly became a bit solemn, and his palms suddenly closed to form a seal!

    Oshemaru Yuyin finished, a sneer flashed across the corner of his mouth: "Since you are looking for death by yourself, then I will use your master and apprentice''s favorite ninja to destroy you! Ninja... the technique of multiplying detonation talisman!"

 Chapter 101ï¼š The pharmacist is not a good person!

    Boom!

    The whole ruins set off a vigorous explosion!

    Dashewan and Yakushidou stood in the distance looking at the center of the explosion, with a smile on their mouths: "Using the serial psychic of the detonating talisman, you can psychically produce 10,000 detonating talisman in a flash, enough to directly kill any enemy."

    When Dashe Maru learned the art of reincarnation from the dirty earth, naturally he did not give up the research on the technique of multiplying initiation amulet used in combination with the reincarnation of the dirty earth.

    For a ninjutsu genius like Oshemaru, it is not difficult to learn the multiplication detonation talisman.

    The only trouble is that the price of the psychic detonation talisman is a bit expensive, and for Dashemaru, it costs tens or even hundreds of millions of dollars to fight a fight.

    This fight was too wasteful.

    Except when he was learning the detonating charms of mutual multiplication, Dashemaru deliberately left 10,000 detonating charms, and he never thought of using the technique of detonating mutual multiplications at other times.

    After all, the most important psychic condition of the Mutual Multiply Detonation Talisman is to stick the first detonation talisman on the enemy to trigger the psychic.

    If an enemy can be affixed by the detonation talisman, then the enemy is too weak to waste the detonation talisman; if an enemy is very powerful, then it is definitely impossible for him to be conspired by the detonation talisman.

    This is a false proposition in the research of Osha Maru.

    Therefore, Oshe Maru does not like the ninjutsu, which is a waste of money and not very effective.

    However, for Dashemaru, using the detonating talisman to kill Xiaonan''s disciple is of special significance.

    Oshemaru doesn''t mind giving this intern a funeral.

    By the way, when Xiao Nan found the body of Uehara Naraku, let her recognize the true use of the detonation charm, and by the way, recognize the gap between the strong and the strong.

    Oshemaru glanced at the fog of the explosion before it cleared. He did not choose to check the body of Uehara Naraku. He just said, "Okay, let''s go!"

    "Yes, Lord Oshemaru."

    Yakushi glanced at the explosion smoke before he left, and a trace of awe flashed in his eyes: "It''s worthy of the ninjutsu of Oshemaru-sama, even the detonation talisman can exert such a strong power."

    "I didn''t invent this."

    Oshemaru stopped, chuckled and shook his head and said, "This is researched by Konoha''s second-generation Hokage-sama."

    When Da She Maru mentioned the second generation of Hokage, there was a rare admiration on his face.

    Suddenly Uehara''s voice came from the huge exploding smoke: "Senior Oshemaru must have the practice method of multiplication initiation talisman in his hands?"

    "I do have it in my hands, but the disadvantage of this technique is too..."

    After Osha Maru subconsciously answered, hearing the sound a little bit wrong, he suddenly turned his head and looked into the smoke.

    Uehara Naraku was walking out of it step by step.

    Uehara patted the dust on his body, and said nonchalantly, "Since Oshemaru-senpai has what I want in his hands, then I can''t easily let you go."

    He said this as if he was talking about the commonplace.

    Uehara Naraku seemed a bit defiant.

    "àÒ!"

    Oshemaru''s mouth curled up, and said coldly: "The technique of multiplication detonation talisman didn''t kill you. It seems that even the forbidden technique researched by a genius like the second generation of Naruto is flawed!"

    "No, no...His technique is not flawed."

    Uehara Naraku hurriedly waved his hand and explained, "I believe that both myself and my teacher should like this technique very much... I think it should be Osamaru-senpai who is defective?"

    "How dare you speak rudely to Oshemaru-sama!"

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around and put down his hands abruptly.

    The palm of the pharmacist pocket suddenly flashed with a pale green light, and he added the blessing technique of the Chakra scalpel to himself.

    After ¡¡¡¡''s words fell, Yakushitou rushed up in the direction of Uehara Naruto, and the palm of the pale green Chakra was about to cut Uehara''s neck!

    This is how the medical ninja fights.

    Chakra scalpel can not only be used for treatment, but it is also unprofitable for fighting, and it is sharper than Kuwu!

    However, there are very few medical ninjas who really use the Chakra scalpel in battle. Only an almighty ninja like Yakushidou can be ingenious.

    After all, the job of the medical ninja is to save people.

    The job of the pharmacist is an almighty spy.

    "Twilight Blade!"

    Uehara Naraku calmly stretched out his palm, a purple chakra broadsword fell into his hand, and then he slashed into the oncoming pharmacist pocket!

    Click!

    Pharmacist stepped on the ground and jumped into the air. The next moment he appeared behind Uehara, and the Chakra scalpel with both hands was about to cut into Uehara''s body.

    Uehara Naraku just twisted and borrowed force, and the broad sword crossed and flew into the Yakushi pocket!

    Uehara looked at Pharmacist''s pocket with his fingers, and a card popped out, cutting the pocket''s body all over with bruises, and even two cards exploded, hitting the body of Pharmacist''s pocket head-on.

    Pharmacist tumbled and fell to the ground.

    Da She Wan didn''t seem to worry about his subordinates, but saw that the pharmacist slowly took off his clothes, and his injuries were quickly recovering on his own, and he didn''t even seem to have suffered any serious injuries at all.

    Pharmacist glanced at the other wounds on his body, and said solemnly: "Master Oshemaru, please be careful, my whole body is almost within his attack range.

    The strength of this kid surpasses any young man I have ever seen. Even if he uses the yin wound to heal in advance, some attacks are still too late to guard against. "

    Yin Injury Healing is to predict the enemy''s attack position, so as to heal the parts that may be injured in advance, so as to minimize the injury.

    It''s just that Uehara''s attack was too comprehensive.

    "Of course."

    Oshemaru licked his lips, and said with a solemn expression: "None of Akatsuki''s members are simple roles, and even just an intern can''t be underestimated..."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the pharmacist pocket, and beckoned him friendly: "Mr. Pocket Come here, don¡¯t worry, I will only kill you at best."

    "¡­¡­"

    The pharmacist is not doing well.

    Is this little guy still human?

    "Of course if you are willing to surrender now, I will not kill you."

    Uehara Naraku held his Chakra Broadsword and whispered softly: "If you kill you now, it would be a waste of talent, and we know what the organization has always valued most, talent!"

    "is it?"

    The glasses in Yakushi''s pocket flashed a bright light, and he stood up and walked towards Uehara Naraku: "If I take refuge in Your Excellency, what can I get?"

    Uehara Naraku looked at him and said, "You can survive."

    "The price seems pretty good?"

    Yakushitou nodded in agreement, and when he walked to Uehara Naraku''s side, he turned to look at Oshemaru: "Sorry, Oshemaru-sama, I must..."

    However, while Naraku Uehara was not paying attention, Yakushi pocket quietly took out a small scalpel from his hand and slammed it into the back of his neck!

    boom!

    Uehara Naraku suddenly shorted and hit the chest in the pocket of Pharmacist with an elbow, causing the spy genius to cough up blood.

    Uehara Naraku ignored the painful cry of Yakushi''s pocket, turned around and grabbed pocket''s wrist, took the scalpel from his hand, and forcefully inserted it around his shoulder!

    Under the control of Naraku Uehara''s power, Yakushi couldn''t help kneeling on the ground, staring at Uehara with his indifferent face!

    "Do you think I am a fool?"

    Uehara Nairo kicked the pharmacist to the ground, and snorted coldly, "I knew that a traitor like Oshemaru was really not a good person!"

 Chapter 102ï¼š Does the white phosphorus snake look down on people?

    You can scold two people in one sentence.

    Nagato will be very pleased that Uehara has really grown up.

    It¡¯s just that the scolded Oshe Maru didn¡¯t care, but instead raised his palms: ¡°Killing decisively, you deserve to be Xiao Nan¡¯s disciple...¡±

    "I haven''t killed him yet."

    Uehara Naraku glared at Oshemaru, and said in a cold voice: "Why, do you want to redeem your most loyal subordinates with the practice scroll of the multiplication detonation talisman?"

    "His value is not that high."

    Oshemaru shook his head, and rejected Uehara Naraku''s proposal.

    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and sighed, "Actually, I think this guy''s value is higher than the value of Oshemaru-senpai..."

    There are many types of ninjas in the entire ninja world.

    Two of them can be said to have risen from the bottom. They neither have the strong blood heirs passed down from the family nor the superb ninja talents, and rely on themselves only.

    The first one was Metkay, who was able to achieve the limit of one-for-one struggle; the other was the pharmacist, relying on his IQ to climb step by step to the peak of the ninja.

    The stories of these two people are very inspirational.

    "Sometimes I envy you for working hard and fighting..."

    Uehara Naraku''s short stature grabbed the hair of Pharmacist''s pocket, and shook his head with emotion: "It''s a pity that my talent is too bad, and I can only survive by becoming a gangster."

    Pharmacist pocket: "..."

    Although he didn''t understand what Uehara Naraku meant, but the medicine master could clearly feel the regret and pride in Uehara Naraku''s words.

    I regret to understand...

    But what does it mean to be a little proud?

    "Forget it, some things will only be available in the future. Let''s charge a little interest from you, rather than nothing!"

    Uehara Naraku shook his head self-consciously, punched Yakushidou in the face, and watched Yakushidou pass completely unconscious.

    After all, there is a series of side quests that need to be answered from Pharmacist Pocket, especially the cultivation methods of the three holy land fairy modes.

    But there is also a task completed.

    Side mission: See through the spy identity of Pharmacist Pocket (1/1), the mission has been completed, reward 300 gold coins.

    Side mission: Defeat the Medical Ninja Pharmacist Pocket (1/1), the mission has been completed, and the reward skill Cell Division.

    Cell division: After death, the body will directly divide into 4 cells. After 8 seconds, these dividing cells will regroup to resurrect the body. Each surviving cell will resurrect 10% of the life energy and chakra energy. The cooling time is 150 seconds. , Chakra consumes nothing.

    "This¡­"

    Uehara Naraku was surprised and delighted. He had never thought that he could get a rebirth skill, although this cell division might kill four Uehara Naraku in one blow.

    The possibility of using this skill should be very small, right?

    "Okay, I had a snack before the meal."

    Uehara Nairoki kicked the tool man Yakushitou aside, twisted his shoulder, and turned to look at Oshemaru: "Now you can eat dinner!"

    "I have always looked down upon you, Uehara-kun..."

    Oshemaru''s eyes gradually became serious, and his fingers gradually closed, and in the next second, he sprinkled a shuriken toward Uehara Naruto.

    Oshemaru''s palms quickly closed Jieyin to complete, and he shouted coldly: "Ninfa¡¤Shuriken Shadow Clone Technique!"

    The shuriken flying in the sky quickly split into a group of shurikens!

    Dashemaru did not stop at all, but continued to close his hands and seal the seal, violently spraying out a ball of flames: "Fire escape¡¤The Art of Phoenix Fire!"

    Every ball of flames quickly attached to that shuriken, and flew in the direction of Uehara Naraku.

    Even if the flame is extinguished, the shuriken can cause a cutting effect.

    "Isn''t this Uchiha Itachi''s impatiens claw red?"

    Uehara Naruko widened his eyes and looked at the flying shuriken flames, and quickly began to Kaiyin to release ninjutsu: "Wind Dun: Wind Barrier!"

    A wind wall blew up, stopping the shuriken flames.

    Oshemaru only regarded this combination of ninjutsu as a feint, and the real ultimate move was still underneath, and his eyes revealed a coldness: "Ninfa¡¤Daoyan Lujia!"

    Two pythons flew out of the ground on both sides of Uehara!

    Uehara Naraku summoned the purple chakra broadsword and waved and cut off the two pythons. His face was a little unhappy: "Osaimaru-senpai, shouldn''t you play snakes in front of you? This will reduce my favor for you. "

    "Boy, don''t talk about the nonsense."

    Oshemaru snorted coldly, and when he saw him, he started shouting and screaming, as if Uehara Naraku had a good impression of him.

    Oshemaru leaned over and lay on the ground, and numerous snakes spewed out from her mouth: "Ninfa¡¤The array of ten thousand snakes!"

    A group of long snakes rushed in the direction of Uehara Naraku!

    Just looking at the number of them made Uehara feel scalp numb!

    Ordinary people would subconsciously not want to touch a snake when they saw a snake, but now there are thousands of snakes hissing towards him.

    Every snake spit out a sharp sword in the middle of the way, but it made them look a lot pleasing to the eye...

    "Lei Dun¡¤Wan Lei Tian Prison!"

    Uehara Naraku raised his right hand, a group of wind and cloud storms gathered quickly, and a series of lightning smashed down quickly. In a few seconds, the snakes became a coke.

    Oshemaru did not worry that his ninjutsu was cracked by Uehara Naraku. He just looked at Uehara Naraku a little surprised: "That is... Muji Ninjutsu?"

    This is really amazing!

    Ninjutsu in the Ninja World is very rare, and the powerful Thunder Descent Ninjutsu like the one just now requires at least a dozen mudra.

    "Oh, did you forget the seal just now?"

    Uehara Naruko frowned her brows, closed her palms, and continued in a deep voice: "Now I have a beautiful handprint for you to see..."

    "Do you think I am an idiot?"

    Oshemaru cursed, his neck stretched out suddenly, and he whispered softly, "But now to me, you already have a different value..."

    A slender neck flew over with the head of Oshemaru!

    According to the Chakra theory of Ninja, the more chakras that ninjas can use, the more they can use ninjutsu when assisting Jieyin gestures to be reduced accordingly.

    Except for certain blood ninjas.

    A trace of madness flashed through the flying head of Da She MaruHis four teeth gradually became sharp: "Before I get the body I want, take you as a spare. ¡­If you can survive! Illusory Art¡¤Narakusee Art!"

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes suddenly fell into confusion.

    However, the next second purification was released from the control of the illusion, and Uehara Naruto kicked the Oshemaru!

    àØ!

    Oshemaru was kicked in the neck by Uehara!

    The soft neck presents an incredible angle, like a slingshot flying the head and body of Dashemaru at the same time!

    Uehara Naraku''s face was a bit unsightly, looking at Osamaru who had retracted her neck, she said coldly: "Don''t come near me, it''s dirty."

    "Ho **** ho **** ho..."

    Oshemaru smiled and twisted his neck, his body stretched quickly, his head gradually became a bit ferocious, small white snakes began to appear on his body, and the whole person slowly turned into a large white phosphorus snake. !

    Da She Wan''s voice was a bit rough, and he spit out a long snake core: "Little devil, don''t worry, we will be one in a while..."

    "Shut up, go to Mu Blade!"

    Uehara Naraku threw out the purple broadsword in his hand!

    The Chakra Broadsword drew an arc in the air, and while Oshemaru was still talking, it plunged into his neck and nailed the white phosphorus snake to the ground.

    Uehara Naruto stepped on Oshemaru''s body, and said coldly: "Oshemaru-senior, if you still use ninjutsu, maybe I will find it troublesome... But who do you look down on with the white phosphorus Orochi?"

    This snake can''t even be cleaned by Sasuke!

    is obviously insulting his power!

 Chapter 103ï¼š The hero...come on!

    The white phosphorus snake seems to have stopped moving.

    Uehara Naraku furrowed his brows, and his expression was a bit unsightly. He kicked the white phosphorus snake in the head: "Would you not just die like this?"

    In the next second, Uehara Naraku''s expression suddenly changed. He suddenly drew out the purple Chakra Broadsword. The white phosphorus snake turned out to be just an empty shell!

    What are you kidding?

    Dashewan turned into a white phosphorus serpent, leaving such an empty shell, is it to escape?

    Suddenly the underground stretched out a hand and tightly grasped Uehara Naraku''s ankle: "Grab you, kid! Soil escape, heart decapitation!"

    "Too insidious!"

    Uehara Naraku was caught off guard, and was pulled underground by such a C-level ninjutsu, leaving only one head on the ground.

    Damn, there is such a thing.

    He would actually be hit by the heart decapitation.

    Uehara Naraku almost squirted out a bit of blood. It was obvious that I saw the insidious genius ninja of Uchiha Itachi some time ago. Why did he forget it when he was fighting with Oshamaru?

    This guy is far more sinister than Uchiha Itachi.

    "I''m not willing to kill you, kid!"

    Oshemaru just chuckled, and after licking his lips, the whole person suddenly turned into countless small white snakes, swarming towards Uehara Naruko on the ground.

    Oshemaru wants to absorb Uehara Naraku.

    In the next second, I saw white snakes swarming up, and Uehara Naraku on the ground was no longer seen, and the white snakes could only gather again and become like Oshemaru.

    Oshemaru''s palm quickly slapped on the ground, sensing the chakra in the soil, his brow wrinkled: "...what''s going on? I can''t perceive that kid''s chakra?"

    A purple light suddenly appeared in Oshemaru''s eyes!

    A purple chakra broadsword slammed out of the ground and slashed into the neck of Dashemaru. After he was dangerously avoided, he also cut a thick and long wound on his chest, and blood was almost gushing. Out!

    A detonating talisman also reached out and put her hand on the Oshemaru''s wound. At first glance, she thought it was a large band-aid.

    "Boom!"

    Uehara Naraku reappeared in front of Oshemaru, and even opened his mouth to dub the explosion of the detonating symbol.

    Boom!

    The detonation symbol bursts instantly!

    Dashewan was blown out, blood and meat flying away!

    However, after one detonating talisman was detonated, the psychic produced ten detonating talisman.

    Oshemaru saw the appearance of ten detonating talisman, she almost opened her eyes in disbelief, and a trace of terror flashed in it: "This is... the technique of multiplying detonating talisman?"

    "I don''t know how to multiply the detonation talisman, but this is my own trick to play detonation talisman."

    Nairo Uehara spread out her palms, with a very generous appearance: "Oshamaru-senpai just gave me 10,000 detonating charms. Our people never owe favors for doing things. Now I give you back ten times, we The two are even."

    Ten detonating talisman and a hundred detonating talisman were channeled out. In an instant, this area was psyched up with one hundred thousand detonating talisman, which was tightly attached to the surrounding of Oshe Maru.

    Oshemaru sighed helplessly: "I thought I overestimated you enough, I didn''t expect..."

    At this moment, even the Orochi Flow Substitute Technique can''t protect him!

    Then there is only one last technique that can never die!

    "The Art of Eight Qi!"

    Oshemaru''s body instantly swelled and turned into a tens of meters high Yachi Orochi. Eight large heads were shaking constantly, and they were screaming back and forth on one body!

    This is the ultimate forbidden technique of Dashemaru!

    The power of the Eight Qi Art is comparable to that of the tail beast, as long as there is one head, it will not die. It is the confidence that Dashemaru wants to compete with the Mutual Multiplication Detonation Talisman.

    At this moment, Oshemaru is the Yachi Orochi.

    After the explosion of the detonation talisman resounded, each of the heads of the Yachi Orochi fell to the ground, and one of the heads spit out the body of Oshimaru.

    It¡¯s just that the current Oshe Maru looks a little weak. This life-saving ninjutsu has cost him a lot of Chakra and physical strength.

    Uehara Naraku was quite interested and said, "I thought Oshamaru-senpai would use such a powerful technique to attack me!"

    "Humph¡­"

    Oshemaru just gritted his teeth and did not answer, closed his palms and began to seal the psychic: "Ninfa¡¤Psychic art!"

    He is not yet able to use the Eight Qi Art proficiently, and it is easy to cause his body to be out of control and internal collapse. Instead of forcibly using the Eight Qi Art, he might as well summon another big guy!

    "Come out! Ten thousand snakes!"

    Oshemaru stared coldly at Uehara Naraku, slapped a palm on the ground, and a huge psychic curse appeared on the ground.

    A behemoth leaped out of the psychic spell!

    The huge ten thousand snake spit out a snake core and scanned the battlefield. Its eyes revealed a fierce and cruel look: "Oshemaru, is there anything wrong with calling me out? If I can''t be satisfied, I will kill now. Drop you!"

    Konoha Sannin and their psychic beasts, only Oshemaru and his psychic beast Wanshe have a very poor relationship.

    This is also related to the nature of snakes.

    They don¡¯t have much loyalty.

    "Hahahahaha..."

    Before Oshemaru could say anything, Uehara Naraku suddenly laughed loudly: "Oshemaru-senior, it looks like your psychic beast is not very obedient!"

    "Ok?"

    Ten thousand snakes lowered their heads slightly, saw the tiny Uehara Naraku, and said with his own snake core: "Boy, what are you? You dare to say such things in front of me..."

    Uehara Naruko slowly flew into the air, watching Wan She''s disdainful gaze, his palm slowly began to close his hands and seal: "What are you!"

    "This kid is going to summon Payne again?"

    Da She Maru''s face was a bit unsightly, he hurriedly sat on top of Wan She''s head, and began to recover his chakra, preparing for the battle in his best posture.

    Uehara Naruko raised her head and stared at the Oshemaru who was standing on the head of the ten thousand snakes, and the corner of her mouth twitched slightly. To satisfy your wish."

    Dashemaru frowned, and muttered in a low voice, "Is that the shark that can solve the soul again? Wanshe should be able to solve the shark..."

    "Forbearance¡¤Psychic Art!"

    Uehara Naraku completed his psychic seal.

    A ray of light appeared from his hand and shot into the air brilliantly.

    Uehara Naraku was a little bit dumbfounded: "Why does this guy come out with animation effects?"

    Just as Oshemaru was a little surprised, he suddenly saw an unimaginable spell appearing on the earth!

    The range of this spell is several kilometers, so what kind of monster Uehara Naraku wants to channel out?

    Is there really such a big psychic beast in the world?

    "Hero...come on stage!"

    A dull voice resounded like thunder in everyone''s ears!

    A tall figure flew over like a falling meteor It does not look particularly tall, but it makes people feel full of power!

    When it landed heavily on the center of the spell, the spell of several kilometers shattered in an instant!

    No, it is not the incantation that shatters, but the whole earth!

    A few kilometers of land, whether it is a mountain forest or a giant stone beast, all were thrown into the air by the force of this tall humanoid creature hitting the ground!

    The shattered earth was turned into countless clods and was shaken off!

    Wan Snake was not immune to being shaken out, even if it hadn''t made any movement at all, its body was already out of control.

    Wanshe''s eyes showed a trace of fear, and she said in a panic: "Oshemaru, what the **** is that guy? What kind of monster have you provoked!"

    "I do not know either¡­"

    Oshemaru shook his head solemnly, but when he saw that the body of Yao Shi Po was also shaken off, he still stretched out his arm and rescued Yao Shi Po.

    Fortunately, at this time, Yakushidou was awakened by the shock, but there was a sense of fear and horror in his expression: "Cough cough... Lord Oshemaru, what is going on?"

    Oshemaru did not answer, but just watched Uehara Naraku''s body fly to the tall figure that appeared on the ground, and said in a deep voice, "That little ghost psychic beast...what the **** is it?"

    The dust from the ground shaking gradually dispersed.

    Uehara Naraku''s psychic beast also showed its true colors.

    Uehara Naruko stood on the head of the psychic beast he had summoned. His smile was a bit bright, and he said loudly in the direction of Oshemaru and others and Wanshe: "Let me introduce it to everyone. Its name is Galio. "

 Chapter 104ï¼š The strongest psychic beast ever!

    Galio the Colossus of Justice.

    Uehara is the first time this psychic beast has been summoned.

    It''s really because Galio''s psychic consumes too many chakras, even now it takes nearly half of the chakras.

    Until now Uehara was able to recover Chakra freely, he chose to summon the justice colossus, Galio, in this battle against the ten thousand snakes.

    However, after Uehara summoned, he realized that he had summoned too late.

    Galio is such a handsome creature!

    Any adjective can hardly describe how powerful Galio was at the moment of his debut.

    At that moment, it gave people a sense of security, and even made Uehara feel that this is what the psychic beast should look like, and this should be the colossus that changed the situation of the battle with his own power.

    Go to the Deep Sea Titan or something!

    Just need Galio to protect his safety.

    When Uehara Naruto stood on it, Galio''s body slowly stood up, and the copper wings slowly opened behind him, as if he could hold everything under his wings!

    Oshemaru frowned, and stared at the tall giant stone statue: "It looks a bit like something made by the guys in Yanyin Village with soil escape..."

    "Then there is nothing to be afraid of!"

    Ten thousand snakes surging through their bodies, rushed towards the tall stone statue, and said contemptuously: "Oshimaru, solve this guy, remember to prepare a hundred living people for me..."

    "Be careful¡­"

    Da She Wan hurriedly interrupted Wan Snake''s words, looking nervously at the tall colossus, suddenly rushing towards them, far faster than Wan Snake.

    àØ!

    Wan Snake''s body flew instantly!

    No, it was the stone statue that knocked its body away!

    Da She Wan pulled over the body of Yao Shi''s pocket, and led him down from Wan She''s body, his eyes were a little frightened: "Uehara that little ghost psychic beast, so powerful!"

    This stone statue surpasses any psychic beast that Oshemaru recognizes!

    is nothing compared to the power of the tail beast!

    The battle was not over yet, while the snake was in the air with nowhere to take advantage of it, Galio''s wings slammed into two gusts of wind.

    Two violent winds swept over everything around them, leaving behind nothing but a vast expanse and gathered together. The wind suddenly increased and became a continuous circling wind!

    It''s just that the wind stays still, tearing Wan She''s body!

    A **** color gradually appeared in the wind. It was the blood flowing out of the wound that the scales of the snake had been torn out by the wind, and it was constantly being blown upward by the wind.

    "Asshole..."

    Ten thousand snakes roared painfully and crawled out of the gang wind, and opened their mouth to bite the head of the statue of Galio. Ten thousand snakes'' attacks were not limited to this. Its tail suddenly came out and circled Galio. body of!

    The huge stone statue stretched out his arm to grab Wan She''s body, slowly raised her head to reveal the dark eyes, and stared at Wan She''s head closely.

    Those dark eyes make it impossible to perceive his mind.

    But this kind of unknown makes people feel a touch of fear out of thin air.

    Wan Snake''s body trembled for a moment, and he used the body of the stone statue that began to squeeze Galio without showing any weakness, and yelled: "Asshole, I will turn you back into a pile of rubble!"

    Click!

    Galio slammed his fist, with a white light on his fist, hitting Wan Snake with a punch.

    In the next second, countless cracks appeared on Wanshe''s body!

    This psychic giant snake that had left many fierce names in the Ninja World War, was instantly beaten into countless pieces of meat, turned into a mountain of corpses, and fell on the ground.

    The fishy smell was pervasive, and people couldn''t help covering their noses.

    Whether it is Osnamaru or Uehara Naraku, his face couldn''t help but change color, and he was surprised by the strength that Galio showed!

    Ten thousand snakes were smashed with one punch.

    And it looked like a normal punch.

    "Wan Snake died a bit hastily..."

    Uehara Naraku''s face gradually became weird, and he couldn''t help but lower his head to look at the psychic beast at his feet: "This guy''s power...isn''t it a punch Galio?"

    The huge stone statue slowly retracted his fist, and a dull voice rang out: "Excuse me, I just woke up, am I fighting?"

    Uehara Naraku''s face was stagnant: "It''s over."

    What the **** is this psychic beast!

    Can you fight even when you sleep?

    It''s just that this Galio can still communicate, it couldn''t be better.

    Uehara Naraku pointed in the direction of Oshemaru, and saw the copper wings behind Galio flap slightly, leading it to fly slowly, and landed in front of Oshemaru.

    Gario lowered his head and looked down at the Oshe Pill and the pharmacist pocket, nodded the Oshe Pill with his finger, and said: "Can I hit him? Just one."

    "...No way."

    Uehara Naruto fell from its body in front of Oshemaru, only to see Oshemaru''s dark eyes, which made people feel a little bit cold.

    Uehara turned his head and added to Galio: "Wait a while if he doesn''t agree to my request, you will kill him, understand?"

    "Understand."

    Gario nodded.

    Uehara Naraku also nodded, and stroked his chin thoughtfully: "It seems that Galio should be quite honest..."

    àØ!

    Before Uehara had finished speaking, Galio slammed his punch down!

    The huge fist was glowing with white light, and it slammed into the side of the Oshe Maru, and the ground suddenly cracked!

    Osaimaru, who was looking down at Galio, stretched out his huge finger and pointed at Uehara Naraku: "Will you agree to his request? Or I will kill you now."

    Orochimaru:"¡­¡­"

    Watching Oshemaru fell into silence, Galio''s palm was clenched again, and it whispered softly: "Look, he didn''t promise you. I''m in a hurry. Let me kill him now? I''ll just hit him."

    "¡­To shut up."

    Uehara Naraku is all ill.

    Why does he think that the honest characters are not so honest?

    Oshemaru bit his own teeth, and said with a gloomy face: "Uehara Naraku, what do you want?"

    "Ninjutsu, forbidden."

    Uehara Nairo turned her head to look at Oshemaru, and stretched out her palm towards him: "I don''t dislike your poor technique, please hand it over!"

    Oshemaru''s expression was a bit subtle, he said coldly: "Ninjutsu is the essence of knowledge, I can''t just hand it to you innocently..."

    "Kill himUehara Naraku is unambiguous.

    In front of him, he seemed to be a small socialist.

    Standing behind Naruto Uehara, the tall Galio squeezed his fist sharply, and his short body was about to hit Osaimaru on the head!

    "and many more!"

    Oshemaru quickly raised his palm, and said solemnly: "I am good at thousands of ninjutsu. It is impossible to waste a lot of time telling you all the ninjutsu. At least you have to list a few important ninjutsu. ?"

    This is just a little bit careful.

    This kid in front of you knows what a fart!

    This ninja in the ninja world has learned a little bit of ninjutsu in his life. Many ninjutsu names have not been heard. Most of the popular ones are D-level or even C-level ninjutsu. This kid can name a few ninjutsu names. That''s pretty good.

    "I understand what you mean, and I won''t ask too much."

    Uehara Nairo spread out her fingers, and whispered softly: "First of all, the technique of multiplying detonation amulet, palm immortality, reincarnation of filthy earth, reincarnation of immortality, shuriken shadow avatar..."

    Every time Uehara Naraku mentioned a name, Oshemaru''s heart couldn''t help beating.

    How can the ninjutsu proposed by this little devil be handed over, and how can he gain a foothold in the ninjutsu world after losing those unique ninjutsu!

    "Wait... I can leave you with other techniques."

    Oshamaru interrupted Uehara Naraku''s words coldly, and explained: "I haven''t studied the rebirth of the foul soil and the rebirth of a dead body. When we meet again next time, if I finish it, I will turn these two techniques together. Here you are, how?"

    "...good."

    Uehara Naraku narrowed his eyes and looked at O ??Shemaru with an innocent smile.

 Chapter 105ï¼š Do you still want to resist?

    Oshemaru wanted to delay.

    Uehara Naraku will surely do as he wishes.

    Judging from this point in time, the two techniques of Oshe Maru are indeed not perfect, and there are still big loopholes. Uehara can wait for a while.

    He will go to the door to collect the debts after Da She Wan perfects the technique in the future.

    After a while, Dashemaru took out several scrolls and threw them to Uehara. They multiplied the detonation talisman technique, the shuriken shadow clone and the seal of the five elements; Yao Shidou also handed the scroll of the palm immortality technique beside him. Serious medical ninja.

    Oshemaru stared at Uehara Naraku coldly, watching Uehara pull the scrolls, and said in a deep voice: "Now we can go?"

    "Ok."

    Uehara Naruko slowly raised his head and looked at the ugly face of Oshemaru: "Oshemaru-senpai, don''t want this expression, be happy!

    Also, don¡¯t say anything that shouldn¡¯t be said to others in the future. You saw it before. I can find you at any time, Senior Oshemaru. "

    "¡­rest assured."

    Oshemaru gritted his teeth, took off the ring of empty from his finger, and threw it to Uehara Naraku: "I don''t want to see the people you know again!"

    "I won''t let you meet Lord Payne and Teacher Xiaonan."

    Uehara Naruko waved his hand nonchalantly, "But it doesn''t matter if you meet other people, you can escape from their hands."

    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku suddenly raised his head and asked again: "By the way, I heard that Oshemaru-senpai is good at Orochi current substitution technique and can use Chakra to recover his injuries. Is that right?"

    "Do you want to learn this technique too?"

    Oshemaru''s face turned gloomy again, but he seemed to think of something, and he showed a smile: "This technique requires..."

    "I am not a person who likes to take away the knowledge of others."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head, and said to Galio behind him: "Before leaving, break off the two legs of Osaimaru-senpai, this is the price of his betrayal of Akatsuki; I am Akatsuki''s intern, and I cannot ignore a traitor and slip away. ."

    "Boy, are you kidding me?"

    Oshemaru''s expression suddenly became furious.

    Oshemaru''s teeth were bitten tightly, and his fingers slowly stretched together, looking like Uehara Naraku might be desperate at any time.

    Uehara Nana retorted without looking up: "I didn''t want your life, let alone you can''t recover?"

    There is nothing wrong with these words.

    But for Dashemaru, it was too humiliating.

    boom!

    "The art of shadow clone!"

    Oshemaru''s fingers suddenly closed, and another shadow clone appeared beside him.

    There was a hint of fierceness and madness flashing in the eyes of the two big snake pills, and they each began to close their hands and make seals. The speed was dazzling.

    "Water escape¡¤Water Dragon Bomb!"

    "Lei Dun¡¤Boom Lei!"

    Oshemaru and his shadow avatar released two ninjutsu separately, and their expressions were slightly proud: "Thank you also for giving me enough time and opportunity to reply to Chakra...Go to hell, Thunderball!"

    Amidst a thundercloud storm, a huge water dragon sprang out of the storm. The water dragon was constantly drifting with lightning, making people afraid to approach!

    Thunder Water Dragon Bomb.

    This is the combined ninjutsu that Oshe Maru learned from three generations of Naruto.

    Although Oshemaru is not very good at the fire escape first-line ninjutsu, and cannot simultaneously release the level of ninjutsu of the five escape dalian bullets, but the dual-attribute combination ninjutsu of the thunder water dragon bullet is very skillful in using it.

    The thunder and lightning dragon jumped out boldly and rushed down in the direction of Galio!

    However, the tall stone statue suddenly spread its wings, and a violent wind radiated from its body, gradually extending its scope.

    Strangely, this gust of wind seems to move from outside to inside.

    The thunder water dragon bullet entered the range of the violent wind in an instant, and then it turned into a mass of water stains and fell on the ground, and the brewing Chakra followed the violent wind and entered Galio''s body.

    Uehara Naruko frowned, and glanced at the water stain on the ground: "Is it forbidden to use chakra?"

    "No, it''s forbidden."

    After the tall giant stone retorted, he smashed the legs of Oshemaru with a punch, and said: "Then my mission has been completed, can I go back to rest?"

    "Whatever."

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand.

    The tall giant statue turned into a cloud of smoke and dissipated.

    Yao Shidou saw that the giant stone statue disappeared, and he slowly breathed a sigh of relief in his heart, and hurriedly ran away further away with the big snake pill, at least their lives could be saved.

    Uehara Naraku doesn''t chase, sometimes cutting leeks can''t be uprooted in one go. They have to be cut according to the season. After all, Dashewan and Yakushidou now give too many rewards!

    is far beyond his imagination.

    If it wasn''t for the character of Oshemaru, Uehara Naraku would really like to make friends with him.

    Side Quest: Defeat the Ten Thousand Snake (1/1), the quest has been completed, reward Cassiopeia (Soul Lotus), the Embrace of the Psychic Contract Demon Snake.

    Psychic Contract: Cassiopeia, the Embrace of the Demon Snake (Soul Lotus), psychic consumes 3000 Chakra points.

    When will the psychic contract also be able to psychic snakes?

    Uehara Naraku remembers that the Embrace of the Demon Snake is a human mutation. It is said that his eyes can instantly petrify the person who sees her.

    Unfortunately, the Embrace of the Demon Snake can never petrify Galio.

    Originally, Uehara Naraku didn''t like this psychic contract, but if it is some Japanese-style soul lotus snake girl, it seems that it is not unacceptable?

    Side Quest: Defeat the Osha Maru (1/1), the quest has been completed, and the reward skill Petrification Gaze.

    Petrified Gaze: A petrified light is released through the eyes, and the enemy facing you will be directly petrified. The duration is 2 seconds, the minimum consumption of Chakra is 100 points, and the cooling time is 60 seconds.

    This skill is derived from Cassiopeia.

    But the control effect of this skill is powerful enough!

    Side Quest: Obtain the Shuriken Shadow Clone Technique (1/1), the quest has been completed, and the reward skills are my profound meaning! Cold shadow.

    I have a profound meaning! Cold Shadow: Shoots five sharp chakra kunai in a cone. After kunai hits, it will temporarily reduce the enemy''s ability to move, consumes 120 chakras and has a cooldown of 0.75 seconds.

    "This skill... seems useless?"

    Uehara Naruko frowned. In addition to throwing kunai, he looked like a serious ninja in the future. This skill is not particularly powerful.

    is barely counted as a group attack skill, the cooling time is also very small, almost infinitely instantaneous, but he also has card deception skills.

    can only say that chat is better than nothing.

    Side mission: Get the seal of the five elements (1/1), the mission has been completed, reward 100 gold coins.

    This five-element seal is so unpopular, can''t even get a high reward?

    Fortunately, there is one last task.

    Side mission: Obtain the palm fairy technique (1/1), the mission has been completed, and the reward skill healing technique.

    Healing: Immediately restore 15% of life energy for you and the surrounding allies, consume Chakra no, and cool down 120 seconds.

    This introduction is really simple and crude.

    Uehara Naraku overturned the scrolls in his hand and put them in his ninja bag. From then on, he can also call himself a medical ninja.

    In addition to these, he can also directly use the palm immortality, the shuriken shadow avatar, and the seal of the five elements, but he did not expect that the system has this hidden function!

    Maybe this function should be called compatible?

    If Uehara discovered this feature early, wouldn''t he still pretend to be a ninjutsu genius? It''s just that Uehara''s own power has taken shape, and ordinary ninjutsu can hardly bring improvement.

    As for the next trip, I will go to Shayin Village to meet the Red Sand Scorpion and Deidara, and ask him how he handled the things in Shayin Village.

    "After solving these troubles, I can go back!"

    Uehara Naraku touched his ninja bag with a look of triumph. He went back and gave the multiplicity initiation talisman to Xiaonan. This time his teacher will definitely like this gift, right?

 Chapter 106ï¼š Its time for 1 person to bear the blame

    The country of wind.

    The windy sand outside the sandy hidden village is still very big.

    The Scorpion of the Red Sand used the Mind Shao Sha to control the Shinobu of the two Sand Villages of Maki and Yura. From then on, the Scorpion almost knew the news of the Sand Village.

    And using the influence of Maki and Yura, it was proposed that after the death of the four generations of Fengying, there will be no successors in Shayin Village for the time being and give up the investigation of Yuyin Village, so as not to cause war.

    The most important thing is that Scorpion can also use Maji to control Gaara''s news.

    When Akatsuki collects all the information on the tail beast one day in the future, the scorpion will be able to directly use Maji to capture a tail of human force Gaara.

    "You guys go back!"

    The red sand scorpion''s fingers moved slightly, controlling Maki and Yura to turn to the direction of the sand hidden village, sealing the memory in their brains.

    "As expected of Xie Dan!"

    Deidara is full of praise for the red sand scorpion technology: "Although it is not as good as my explosive art, it has certain merits."

    "...shut up if you can''t speak."

    The Red Sand Scorpion gave Deidara a dissatisfaction.

    Now that the problem of the death of the four generations of Fengying in the Land of Rain has been perfectly solved, the Scorpion of Red Sand and Deidara do not hesitate to leave here and report back to Payne.

    By the way, let Payne pass the news to Uehara Naraku, and let the kid go back to the country of rain by himself, so he doesn''t have to come to Shayin Village to make trouble.

    "ok, ok, I got it."

    Deidara touched the back of his head embarrassedly, and blinked at the Red Sand Scorpion: "Respect the elderly and seniors, I still know it well."

    "¡­¡­"

    The red sand scorpion got stuffy in his stomach.

    Didara looks like a heartless guy. After choking the scorpion to death in one sentence, he threw out his big white bird: "Xie Dan, let''s go!"

    "¡­Humph!"

    The Red Sand Scorpion gave a cold snort and slowly climbed up Deidara''s big white bird. The two sat on the big white bird and flew into the air, slowly disappearing outside the Shayin Village.

    after they left.

    A figure quietly appeared from the ground.

    Uehara Nairobi watched the big white bird disappeared and frowned, "Why doesn''t this fellow Scorpion go to see his grandmother?"

    I didn''t expect the Red Sand Scorpion to be so capable.

    Uehara Nairo went to clean up the work of the Oshe Maru, and the Scorpion of Red Sand had already solved the trouble in the Shayin Village, which was a bit uncomfortable.

    This directly disrupted Uehara''s plan.

    "If this is the case, then someone can only be blamed."

    Uehara Naraku tapped his arm with a finger, looked up at Sandyakura, and sank back into the ground.

    late at night.

    Uehara Naraku surreptitiously found out the situation in Sagakura Village.

    With the death of the four generations of Kazekage, there was no ninja capable of carrying the beam in the entire Shayin Village. In addition, they suffered heavy losses in the Land of Rain, and the Shinobu people could only ask Chiyo and Ebina to come out again.

    The prestige of the mother-in-law of the thousand generations is still there. She will temporarily take charge of the Shayin Village as a consultant elder, and will select the Five Generations Fengying in the future.

    Eilao Zang, as the staff member who assisted Fengying to take charge of the Shayin Department, also got his original position and re-elected the top of Shayin.

    The night is getting deeper and deeper, and the moonlight is getting brighter.

    The moonlight entered Eilaozang¡¯s room, a palm of his hand floated quietly from the wall, and a note was placed on his desk.

    However, when the palm of his hand retracted to the wall, he threw out a pen and awakened the sleeping old man.

    Even if Eilao Zang is older, his mind is still very alert.

    In the next second, the old man stood up, a handle of kunai fell into his palm, and his eyes that had been narrowed slightly at this moment looked very energetic.

    "who!"

    After a while, Eilaozang looked at his room vigilantly, his eyes stopped on the note on the table, and his face changed instantly.

    Who is it that sneaked into his room?

    And without knowing it, he left a note on his desk. If it is a ninja in his own village, there is still room for discussion...

    If it''s an enemy...

    That would be too dangerous for the senior Sain!

    The world is not as good as people want.

    When Hai Laozang opened the note, his expression became extremely ugly, and a drop of cold sweat appeared on his forehead, because there was a simple swirling mark on the back of the note.

    That is the mark of Konoha Hidemura.

    Hai Laozang was silent for a while, and decided to follow the instructions on the note. He put on his clothes and decided to rush to the secret meeting place on the note.

    In the oasis outside the sandy hidden village.

    This was originally the retreat of Erazo and Chiyo.

    Since they returned to live in Shayin Village, this place will soon be sealed off, and they will return to live in seclusion after Chiyo and Eilao Zang retires in the future.

    An uninvited guest greeted here today.

    When Eilaozang came from the village, he saw an old man sitting in the room with half-length bandages.

    Konoha root leader Shimura Danzo.

    Shimura Danzo is Eilao Zang¡¯s biggest opponent in the past, and he also trapped the sand hidden village in the darkness of the Ninja World in crisis several times.

    Hai Lao Zang slowly sat at the table, and said in a gloomy voice: "It''s been a long time, Dan Zang, I didn''t expect you to have the courage to meet me privately."

    "Sahin Village is very weak."

    Shimura Danzo slowly poured a cup of tea and placed it in front of Erazo: "If it wasn''t for the death of the fourth generation of Fengying, even if the person I sent could send the invitation to you silently, I am afraid it will be here now. Will you be surrounded by Anbu?"

    Hai Laozang looked down at the tea, and did not choose to accept it.

    Shimura Danzo seemed to be aware of what he meant, and smiled: "Don''t doubt, this time I came to you to cooperate... Those young people in the Ninja world are too grumpy and always think that cooperation will harm their interests. In fact, Cooperation can achieve a win-win situation."

    "¡­¡­"

    Hai Lao Zang was silent for a while before he sighed and said: "If you have something to say, I can''t stay up all night often."

    "Very good."

    Shimura Danzo nodded, and said in a deep voice: "I want a reincarnation technique developed by Chiyohow do you know..."

    "What is impossible to know."

    Shimura Danzo raised his head and glanced at the surprised Eilao Zang, and said leisurely: "Well, the four generations of Fengying have been killed in the Land of Rain. I have confirmed this information. You from Shayin Village I know the amount of tasks very well. If you want to maintain Shayin Village, you can only rely on Konoha to give you the task of the Kingdom of Wind.

    Hai Lao Zang shook his head and rejected Shimura Danzo¡¯s suggestion: "Do you have this ability? The old man Sarutobi Risan is still there, Konoha is not your turn to call the shots!"

    "As long as Sarutobi is killed, Konoha will naturally be in charge of me."

    Shimura Danzo gave a secret smile, as if everything was under control: "Fujiage died in the country of rain. You must be at fault with the country of rain. Do you need me to help you make peace? That Hanzo-sama has a good relationship."

    "¡­¡­"

    Eilaozang''s fingers slowly tapped on the legs of the table.

    Today, Shayin Village has just passed a resolution, intending to make representations to Yuyin Village about the death of the four generations of Fengying in the Rain Country, by the way, try to threaten Hanzo and get some benefits.

    As for the war, it is definitely impossible to launch the Sandy Village.

    However, it depends on whether the Sansho Fish Hanzo agrees with their negotiations, and even Hanzo might even attack Shayin Village by taking advantage of Fengying''s death.

    After all, the current Shayin Village is weaker than ever before.

    "If you want to reincarnate yourself, I can give it to you."

    Ebinzo slowly raised his head to look at Shimura Danzo, saying every word: "Konoha wants to support our negotiations with the Kingdom of Rain, return the mission entrusted by Konoha to the Kingdom of Wind, and support the Kingdom of Wind. A certain amount of food..."

 Chapter 107ï¼š Danzos name is pretty good!

    Hai Lao Zang sparsely put forward a lot of conditions.

    Shimura Danzo still had a smile on his face. He waited until Eilao Zang finished talking and said, "Your asking price is too high. Why don''t we just make a difference and wait for Konoha to support Yuyin Village''s invasion of the Kingdom of Wind." Talk about it when you come?"

    "...you won''t make a counteroffer?"

    Hai Lao Zang finished speaking and his expression became very ugly.

    Had it not been for the death of the four generations of Fengying, he would not bother to pay attention to Shimura Danzo!

    really deserves to be the most insidious and despicable villain in the Ninja world, taking advantage of the fire to rob this set is simply too proficient, and Danzang will not die sooner or later.

    "First of all, help you talk to Yuyin Village."

    When Shimura Danzo said this, his face was slightly flushed, but it was not obvious in the night, he continued: "In Yuyin Village, there is a genius ninja who defeated the four generations of Fengying and his guards. They The war sentiment is very high, and it is not easy for you to get peace."

    Eilao Zang was a little dissatisfied: "Danzo, your Konoha is an ally of Shayin Village, so do you just sit on the sidelines?"

    Shimura Danzo coldly snorted: "When the four generations of Fengying invaded the Rain Country, did you think that Konoha was Shayin''s ally? In short, I can only guarantee that the war will not happen!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Hai Laozang fell into deep thought.

    After a while, he finally nodded helplessly.

    The Shayin Village experience at this time must not have any turbulence, as long as peace can be achieved, it is already satisfied.

    Since I can''t get any results, it''s better to take a rest for the time being. When Shayin Village becomes stronger again in the future, I can still use the excuse of four generations of Fengying to invade the country of rain.

    "As for the mission of the Kingdom of Wind..."

    Shimura Danzo obviously mentioned a topic that Eilao Zang is very concerned about. After all, without the gold rush of the four generations of Fengying, Shayin Village can only rely on task entrustment to exchange funds.

    Shimura Danzo took a glance at Eilao Zang, and continued: "You can still support the funds of Shayin Village for a while? After a while, when the time is right, after I become Konoha''s Hokage, I will return your mission. "

    "¡­¡­"

    Eilao Zang suddenly cast a strong look of distrust.

    This ninja dare to trust Shimura Danzo, almost none of them can end well. Eilaozou is his old opponent, and naturally he will not believe Danzo''s verbal promise.

    "Well, how about I give you some information first?"

    Shimura Danzo tapped his fingers on the table and whispered: "Yura Kaminin in your village is a spy controlled by someone. He should be controlled by the art of submerged brain manipulation. As for the person who controls Yura behind his back, I don¡¯t need me. Come on?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Hai Laozang''s face changed drastically.

    Yura is the upper Shinobu who is responsible for the perimeter defense in their sand hidden village. If Yura is controlled by someone, it is almost equivalent to the sand hidden village without defense.

    And the technique of manipulating the sand has always been the secret skill of the puppet master of the sand hidden village.

    It is impossible for ordinary genius puppet masters to come into contact with these. There are very few puppet masters who can learn the art of submerged brain manipulation, but Eilao Zang happens to know two people.

    One of them is his sister Chiyo.

    Obviously, it is impossible for Chiyo to use this ninjutsu to treat people in the village. It can only be the grandson of Chiyo, the scorpion of the red sand.

    "This news is treated as a bonus!"

    Shimura Danzo slowly stood up and said softly: "If you agree with our deal, you can put ninjutsu on the table tomorrow, and I will send someone to pick it up."

    Shimura Danzo walked to the door, opened the door, and added: "If you disagree with our transaction... No, I believe you will agree, because everything we do is for each other''s village."

    "I promised your deal."

    Hai Lao Zang turned his head, looked at Shimura Danzou''s somewhat old body, and asked curiously: "But when will you become Hokage?"

    "Do not worry."

    Shimura Danzo took his arm and said seriously: "I should be sixty-five years old this year, and it should be fine soon."

    Hai Lao Zang: "¡­¡­"

    This the **** is almost in the ground!

    What the **** are you going to do at this age!

    It''s just that the news he got from Shimura Danzo was enough to pay for his rebirth, and Eilaozou didn''t bother to care about the next task.

    Anyway, sooner or later I will negotiate with Konoha.

    It''s better to listen to how Tuan Zang is a Hokage, just listen to it for fun!

    Shimura Danzo didn''t care at all, and continued: "The martyr is in his twilight years and he is very strong. Even if I am over 70, I will definitely become Kokage''s Hokage!"

    Hai Lao Zang: "¡­¡­"

    How come you still have a whole set?

    How can this old thing like Shimura Danzo become Hokage!

    The negotiation was initially successful. Shimura Danzo seemed to be in a good mood. He continued softly: "Of course it is not easy to be accepted at my age, so I can only rely on my own strength."

    Hai Laozang shook his head.

    To be honest, he still doesn''t quite believe it.

    Shimura Danzo seemed to know the thoughts of Eilaozang, and suddenly said: "If your Excellency Chiyo is willing, she will now become the five-generation wind shadow of Shayin Village, right?"

    "I probably... understand what you mean."

    Hai Lao Zang''s voice suddenly fell a little low: "Even if the three generations of fire images and four generations of Fengying died in battle, Konoha is full of talents..."

    "I will kill those competitors."

    Shimura Danzo¡¯s words seemed extremely strong and powerful. He looked at Eirazo and said: ¡°If someone invites you to participate in a Konoha collapse plan one day, then participate; the day that the plan succeeds, the mission of Shagakura Village is entrusted. I will return it to you."

    "¡­¡­"

    Eilao Zang is a little unclear.

    "Okay, I''m leaving now."

    Shimura Danzo slowly stepped out of the room, and said coldly: "If someone deceives me, I will let him realize that Konoha''s power is not something a weak Shinobu can resist."

    "rest assured."

    Hai Laozang shook his head and said, "We are all ethical."

    This is how the two old people who control the dark side of the village separated. The negotiation between them seemed to be very successful, and they both got what each other wanted.

    When Eilao went back that night, he uncovered Yura. He asked his sister Chiyo to dispel the art of submerged brain manipulation, and learned about the scorpion from Yura''s mouth In addition, the power of Eilao and Shimura Danzo transaction.

    the next day.

    A retreat in this oasis.

    A young ninja stepped into the door, picked up a scroll from the table, and a mysterious smile appeared at the corner of his mouth: "I didn''t expect that Shimura Danzo''s identity is quite useful, and there is no psychological barrier to use. Anyway, he can''t wash it clean anyway, so it doesn''t matter if he carries a few more black pots!"

    Yes.

    The person who negotiated with Ezozo last night was Shimura Danzo, who was transformed into a natural magical charm by Uehara Naraku. He conquered Ezozo with his superb acting skills.

    "Sure enough, I am a genius."

    The smile on Uehara Naraku''s face grew stronger.

    Side mission: Obtain the reincarnation of oneself (1/1), the mission has been completed, reward skills to go back in time.

    Back in time: cast a time spell for protection on the target for 5 seconds; if the target dies within 5 seconds, the target¡¯s life state will be reversed and resurrected. The skill consumes 125 Chakra points and the skill cooldown time is 60 seconds.

    This skill is not a true step back in time, but a resurrection skill prepared in advance, which can be called a true magical skill.

    It is a pity that the dead cannot be resurrected.

    can only prepare for the resurrection of the living in advance.

    "The golden body is stagnant, the cells divide, go back in time..."

    Uehara Naraku himself couldn''t help but smiled bitterly: "With so many life-saving skills now, it''s really hard to die!"

    The most important thing is that this skill can be used to protect other people, so that when Konan and Nagato are in danger, Uehara Naro is helpless.

    Uehara Naraku touched the ring on her hand: "Well, I have gained enough this time. It''s time to go back to Yuyin Village and become my village accountant."

 ~ï¼š Shelf testimonials

    Send a testimonial in advance!

    Friday at 12 noon, which is tomorrow, the book will be on the shelves.

    This book has been polished for a while, I got an outline and saved some manuscripts, because I want to write Hokage doujin who can be accepted by everyone instinctively.

    For two months, I have been thanking everyone for your support.

    I am very grateful to all the book friends for their recommendation votes, and thank them for the rewards. This is also the motivation for me to write down.

    Tomorrow is the time for acceptance!

    I hope you will actively support you. If you subscribe to the whole wave, you can turn on automatic subscription.

    There will probably be more updates.

    First of all, let''s take a look at the ten watch.

    Then add three more changes to pay for the uninvited visits of our head, the cool tycoon and the rudder, Murong Tiedan, the rewards of Vonsklovsky, and the scattered fights of other book friends. reward!

    That means there will be 13 shifts in total tomorrow (I added another shift)!

    Now let''s talk about adding more rules.

    Shangben¡¯s grades are not very good, it is my own problem.

    This book is calculated from the first order. Set a goal. Within 24 hours of ordering on the first day, the previous book is about 2200. The score of this book should be better than the previous one. If the first order is over 300, it will directly add one more. , I can only ask you all.

    Followed by rewards plus more, 30,000 points plus one more, 100,000 points plus four more, I hope everyone will give it a hand, in case there is a big guy who loves this book!

    The author writes books mainly for subscribing, and book friends read books mainly to exchange comments, so I hope that book friends will also interact with each other in the chapter V comment area.

    Everyone is the old second element!

    I cried a few words by the way.

    In October last year, my life was basically in a phase of collapse, and I thought I couldn¡¯t resist, until I wrote a book and barely managed to survive.

    There are a few book friends who know my situation privately to encourage and support.

    This book will continue to be carefully polished, and strive to write a good book for everyone. I hope everyone will actively support and subscribe a lot to make its data look good!

    At present, our book collection is the highest in the homepage of this issue. I hope that it will be the highest when subscribed, and above!

    Thick ink pouring on the book, thank you bye, thank you bye!

    Or, I''ll give you all a year in advance?

    Happy New Year! Hahahahahahaha (Uchiha laughs wildly)!

 Chapter 108ï¼š The possibility of returning and healing Nagato

    Yuyin Village.

    The heavy rain in the village is still majestic.

    Since Xiaonan became an angel in the village, he began to reform Yuyin Village drastically and built an orphanage and a ninja school.

    Kaguya-kun Maro and Bai just caught up with the last train of age, even if they have gradually learned to develop blood ninjutsu, under the order of Xiaonan, the two had to enter the ninja school to set an example for the students.

    Today, Xiao Nan happened to be supervising in the Ninja School and instructed the students to practice. Xiao Nan discovered that one of the little girls had a talent for space.

    This little girl''s name is Hydrangea.

    A piece of paper with a seal engraved on Xiao Nan''s palm surfaced, and he handed it to Hydrangea: "Try to unlock the seal and take out the contents."

    "Yes, Lord Angel."

    Hydrangea''s voice sounded soft and waxy.

    It is clear that Hydrangea is speaking seriously and firmly, but it makes people feel like a little girl acting like a baby. Even when she releases ninjutsu, she sounds a little cute.

    "Opening technique¡¤Kunai!"

    Hydrangea stroked the white paper, and took out the kunai from the sealing spell of the white paper, which caused a burst of exclamation from the surrounding students.

    Xiao Nan raised his eyebrows, glanced at Hydrangea, nodded at her and praised: "Good job, you are very talented in psychic..."

    ßËßËßË!

    Someone knocked on the window of the ninja classroom.

    Many ninja students in the classroom and Xiao Nan couldn''t help turning their heads and looking at them at the same time, only to see a young ninja wearing a special black ninja uniform.

    "Nara!"

    Xiaonan''s mouth was filled with a smile, just when she was about to go out to meet her returning disciple, she saw Uehara Naruko open the window and jump in.

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the hydrangea inexplicably before looking at Xiaonan said: "Teacher, I actually have a talent for psychic practice too!"

    "you¡­"

    Xiaonan was about to speak, but thought of Uehara Naraku entering the dangerous situation alone again, the smile on her face suddenly reduced: "Do you still know that I am your teacher?"

    "Uh¡­"

    Uehara Naraku looked embarrassed, and quickly took out a scroll from his ninja bag and handed it to Xiao Nan: "When I come back, I prepared a gift for Xiao Nan teacher. You will love it, teacher."

    "This is... ninjutsu scroll, right?"

    Xiaonan''s eyes hesitated to look at his disciple.

    Uehara Naraku, does this little guy know what gift to give? Wherever someone gave a gift like a scroll of ninjutsu, the teacher Jiraiya couldn''t do such a thing that caused a cerebral hemorrhage!

    "Wait and then open it after I go back, it is not suitable here."

    Just as Xiao Nan was about to open it, Uehara Naraku grabbed her palm, shook her head slightly, and continued to smile: "But I believe that Xiao Nan teacher, you will like it!"

    Mutual multiplication detonation talisman is the most suitable ninjutsu for Xiaonan.

    As long as he learns the technique of the detonation talisman of mutual multiplication, if Uchiha wants to harm Xiaonan, he must first think about how to escape the detonation talisman.

    "Well, I won''t delay the teacher''s business."

    Uehara Naruko let go of Konan''s palm, flew out of the window, and left his voice: "I''m going to give gifts to... Payne-sama."

    The ninja students watched Uehara Naraku fly into the sky, and their eyes showed envy.

    Hydrangea was the only one who pondered for a while, and then suddenly said: "Angel, is the ninja your disciple just now?"

    "Yes, he is my only disciple."

    Xiaonan¡¯s eyes were a little warm. She put the ninjutsu scroll into her ninja bag with great importance. At least this time the gift looked more normal than the blasting knife droplets.

    is the aesthetic and emotional intelligence of this disciple, and he needs to study hard.

    Yuyin Tower.

    Nagato lives here.

    When Uehara came in quietly, Nagato was polishing a Chakra sensor. He turned his head and smiled if he noticed: "Your teacher wants to leave the village to catch you back. If I don''t come back, I will be nagged by her. crazy."

    "Ha, does Nagato-sama think that the teacher is nagging?"

    Uehara Naraku smiled, walked in front of Nagato, and looked down at this man who should be a mature man but could only sit in a wheelchair, living as a skinny image.

    Nagato''s mood seemed to be getting better. He heard Uehara Naraku''s words and shook his head quickly and said: "I dare not, by the way, how are your tasks outside?"

    "Oshemaru escaped."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head and sighed: "I had a fight with Oshemaru, and his body seemed a little wrong. Unfortunately, my chakra was exhausted and he could only let him escape."

    "¡­¡­"

    Nagato was silent for a while, and continued to polish the Chakra sensor in his hand: "That''s not bad, the Oshemaru guy is no longer useful. Using him to prove that you have become stronger is also his luck."

    "But it''s not without other gains."

    Uehara Naruto stretched out his palm and put it on Nagato''s back, and a warm chakra and life energy entered Nagato''s body.

    For a short while, Nagato''s face was flushed.

    Nagato turned his head in disbelief, looked at Uehara Naraku in amazement, and said, "What kind of ninjutsu is this? Is it healing ninjutsu? How can Chakra be restored?"

    "Hmm, almost!"

    Uehara Naraku explained softly: "I have collected several scrolls from Oshemaru, some of which involve medical ninjutsu. I have researched a ninjutsu from two techniques, which is barely a ninjutsu experiment."

    "What kind of ninjutsu are those two techniques?"

    Nagato''s gaze suddenly changed, and he could clearly feel the changes in the strength and life energy in his body, which is not what ordinary ninjutsu can do.

    Even if it is medical ninjutsu, it only accelerates the division of human cells to heal injuries!

    Like him, there is no way that Ninjutsu can cure him.

    "Hmm, two very useless techniques."

    Uehara Naraku patted her forehead, and whispered, "Anyway, I just use it superficially. How does Nagato-sama feel?"

    Nagato did not answer Uehara Naraku, but looked at him coldly and said, "Uehara, this is a forbidden technique for life transfer!"

    As a ninjutsu genius, Nagato just thought about it for a while, and immediately understood the essence of this technique. Life energy transfer must be a forbidden technique.

    One life, one death.

    "No."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head hurriedly, and explained aloud: "It can be done only with Chakra. I will recover soon."

    Nagato stretched out his palm, not believing his saying: "Give me the art you learned."

    "No."

    Uehara Naraku just shook his head.

    However, looking at Nagato''s stubborn face, Uehara Uehara reluctantly took out two scrolls and placed them on the table: "I have researched out a little superficial application. I can only heal others, but cannot bring back the dead. "

    "...Oneself reincarnated, palm fairy."

    Nagato looked at the scrolls for a while, waved to tear them to pieces.

    Nagato slowly turned his head to look at Uehara Naraku: "This is a lifespan shift. You must never use this technique in the futureI don''t need it."

    "But we need."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Nagato firmly, and said solemnly: "Master Nagato, we have many enemies, Uchiha belt soil, Shimura Danzo, Konoha, Iwagura, Sandy, misty, cloudy, Akatsuki''s ideal has not yet been realized!"

    Inside and outside of the words, Uehara Naraku secretly carried private goods again.

    When it was all right, he put some eye drops on Uchiha.

    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku added: "I tried it with someone on the road. What was wasted is my chakra. Even if my body is weak, I will regain my vitality the next day."

    Nagato frowned and asked, "Then how does your operation work?"

    "Um, it''s not easy to describe."

    Uehara raised his palms and covered Nagato¡¯s body: ¡°It¡¯s probably this, this, and that, and it can heal others, but there is a lot of wasted chakra, and even I can only use it a few times and it will run out. Chakra."

    "Speak slowly first."

    Nagato still did not agree, but said coldly: "You can no longer try these dangerous techniques in the future, and study with your teacher for a while."

    "Ok."

    Uehara Naraku stretched out his hands helplessly, and used the infusion of stars to send Chakra and life energy into Nagato''s body, making Nagato''s face a little angry, and waved him away.

    However, Nagato''s body does look better.

    at least is no longer a state that may become dying at any time.

    Uehara Naraku''s gaze suddenly became a little wandering. If his guess is good, from a numerical point of view, the Chakra in Nagato must have exceeded 10,000 points, right?

    The descendants of the whirlpool clan, are they so scary?

 Chapter 109ï¼š My name is Uehara, actor-level green tea

    Latest website: After returning to Uyin Village, Uehara Naraku''s life gradually became more regular.

    In addition to practicing with Xiao Nan every day, Uehara occasionally sneaked to Nagato to help him secretly infuse the stars a few times. The rest of the time was to work as an accountant in Yuyin Village.

    This kind of life is quite leisurely.

    From time to time, he would encounter a Hydrangea who wanted to challenge his status. Uehara could see that Hydrangea wanted to be Xiaonan''s disciple.

    Uehara is not good enough to dispel her enthusiasm.

    Since helping to manage the accounts of Yuyin Village, the people that Uehara Naraku has encountered the most are Kakuto and Red Sand Scorpion, because Kakuto always has a channel to get money, Red Sand Scorpion is successfully produced Luosha Man puppet.

    The red sand scorpion threw a seal scroll and looked at Naruko Uehara and said, "I''m here to pay the placer gold and extract my experimental funds."

    Kakuto walked into Naraku Uehara''s office and put a box of money on the table: "I''ll pay the money and receive the dust for selling the money."

    "Fine."

    Nairo Uehara took the money from Kakuto, and took out about half of it, and gave the rest to the Scorpion of Red Sand, and took over the reel of Scorpion''s gold dust: "Senior Scorpion, the experiment funding you want."

    Uehara Naraku took the scorpion''s gold dust scroll again and handed it to Kakuto: "Senior Kakuto, this is the dust you want. Remember to change more money."

    This job made Uehara Naraku feel like he was a middleman.

    The red sand scorpion and the horns looked at the operation of Uehara Naraku, really speechless, even if this guy is a middleman, doesn''t he know how to avoid it?

    Once these two people start trading privately, Uehara Naraku may be passively unemployed. Fortunately, they are still abiding by the rules.

    After Kakuto and the Red Sand Scorpion left, Uehara Naraku began to practice the Jieyin gesture again, and an unexpected guest came.

    Jue''s body emerged from the office.

    Kuro was desperate for Naraku Uehara, and said gloomily, "Uehara, it seems that Xiaonan trusts you very much!"

    "After all, I am a disciple of Teacher Xiaonan!"

    Uehara Naraku tilted his head, looked at Zutsu''s figure, and said, "Jue-senior, are you here to apply for funding?"

    "Do not."

    Kurozu shook his head and looked at Uehara Naraku with a grimly smile: "I want to talk to you about Akatsuki''s future."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku''s eyelids twitched, and he looked at Tsui silently: "I''m just an intern of Akatsuki, and the predecessor is only Akatsuki''s intelligence agent. We don''t need to care so much, right?"

    "No, it''s necessary."

    Kurozue slowly stood in front of Uehara Naraku, and said solemnly, "It seems that Xiaonan has something to hide from you. It''s time to tell you the truth about Akatsuki''s existence... Uehara, have you heard of the Moon Eye Project?"

    "..."

    There was a drop of cold sweat on Uehara Naraku''s forehead, and he felt something was wrong.

    If they remember correctly, what Nagato and Xiaonan did was to resurrect the super weapon Too. Only Kuro Zee, Daito, and Dry Persimmon Ghosts knew about the Moon Eyes plan after Togo.

    Is Heijue the small group that wants to lure him into Moon Eye?

    Now, how should he answer?

    ten minutes later.

    After half an hour.

    after an hour.

    After Uehara Naraku and Kurozutsu finished talking about the Moon Eye Project, they sighed intently: "I didn''t expect that the Moon Eye project that can create a new world is the essence of peace..."

    "Ho **** ho ho... peace maintained by force will not last long after all."

    Kurozuru looked like a child and nodded at Uehara Naruto: "Although Madara-sama has passed away, I will still inherit his will and let Ninja realize this kind of peace without any shortcomings..."

    "I will support the absolute predecessors."

    Uehara Naruko nodded firmly, and a frenzy flashed in his eyes: "After the Moon Eye project is completed, there will be no war in this ninja world. The dream of Akatsuki inherited from the time of Lord Yahiko will be ours. Realize in your hands!"

    This really tests acting skills.

    Because Uehara Naruto was afraid that he would burst out laughing if he was not careful.

    Jue''s mouth bends, revealing a smile: "Uchiha was also a participant in the Moon Eye Project before. He was too stupid to be liked by everyone."

    This is serious.

    Kurozutsu really doesn''t like Uchiha, who is always bad.

    These Uchiha clan people always like to be self-centered, thinking that the ninja world is under their control. What is the result now?

    You were kicked out!

    Heizue noticed Uehara''s surprised gaze, and continued: "But bringing dirt is also a powerful manpower that can help us collect tail beasts in the future.

    Recently, I checked his information and found that he didn''t seem to be going well. Akatsuki may be able to repurpose his understanding of the Moon Eye Project and the Reincarnation Eye. "

    "I think so."

    Naruto Uehara nodded, and said helplessly: "Although the predecessor with the soil is extreme, he is at least a strong ninja... but not everyone in Akatsuki''s members treats the senior with the same way as me."

    Uehara Naraku lowered his head to ponder for a while before continuing: "Senior, we can only wait for the moment for a while before we can talk to Mr. Nanan about the senior with soil."

    "Ok."

    Kurozutsu didn''t think that Uehara Naraku could do it right away.

    As long as it is subtle, it can regain Akatsuki in its own hands, at least now it has convinced Uehara Naraku, no matter how you look at it, it is a big progress.

    Since then, Uehara Naraku has one more item in his daily routine, which is to pick a suitable opportunity to give Uchiha eye drops in front of Konan and Nagato.

    Occasionally, Heijue secretly observed it.

    Unfortunately, without exception, Uehara Naraku''s green tea speech caused Xiaonan to be even more dissatisfied, making Heijue a little skeptical of life.

    Until one day, Heijue finally couldn''t help it, and took the initiative to ask: "Uehara, is the guy taking the soil really that annoying?"

    "how could be?"

    Uehara Naraku habitually gave a smile: "Although he attacked me as a companion because he revealed his identity before, I still think that the soil-senior is not bad, and I have forgiven him a long time ago.

    It doesn''t matter if he kills me by mistake at the time, as long as the Moon Eye project can be succeeded and the Shinobi world can enter a real peace, even if I sacrificed. "

    "..."

    Heizue''s expression was a little weird. He raised his head and glanced at Uehara Naraku, and sighed, "That idiot with soil is really annoying."

    "Nope!"

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and said with a smile: "In fact, except that he almost killed me by accident, he was a very lively senior at other times, and he felt that he should get along well."

    "No, that''s just talking."

    Heizue''s expression was a little cold, and he scolded Uchiha **** in his heart.

    Uehara Naraku was convinced by it so easily that he wanted to kill it directly without turning his brain with dirt. It really was an idiot.

    After Kurozutsu left, Uehara Naraku went to see the ghost lantern full moon.

    Uehara Naraku directly gave Guideng Manyue a task: "Find an opportunity to go to the Hidden Misty Village and tell Terumi that it is Uchiha that has controlled the four generations of water shadows to implement the blood fog policy."

    "Really him?"

    Ghost Lantern Man Yue''s face was a little surprised.

    So far, the ghost lamp full moon still does not know the truth.

    The news was only known by Naraku Uehara and the dried persimmon ghost.

    "It''s really himGuiyu also knows this..."

    Uehara Naruto nodded and said in a deep voice: "Uchiha Daido has the kaleidoscope writing wheel eyes that the legendary Uchiha Madara once owned, and it is very easy to control a person''s column power."

    After speaking, Uehara Naraku handed another piece of paper to Ghost Light Manmotsu: "This is the message of Uchiha''s belt soil, you can say that you spied it all by yourself."

    "understand."

    Ghost Lantern Manyue agreed, and a smile appeared in his mouth full of sharp teeth: "Then I can just take this opportunity to meet Shuiyue."

    He left Wuyin Village for a while, and he really missed his brother.

    However, Uehara Naraku glanced at him, and poured a scoop of cold water down: "Don''t forget your plan. After you go back this time, you can make your brother hate more."

    "¡­it is good."

    The ghost lantern full moon nodded dullly.

 Chapter 110ï¼š My name is Naruto Uzumaki, skip class party!

    Latest website: The wave of death of the four generations of Fengying in Shayin Village has not yet faded. Another news completely detonated the entire Ninja World. This news came from the Wuyin Village far overseas.

    Wuyin Village issued a wanted order for Uchiha belt soil.

    Not only that, Wuyin Village also announced Uchiha''s information about the soil, such as age and photos, as well as his kaleidoscope writing ability.

    In addition to these, Kuriken Village simply took the matter of Uchiha''s soil to the three generations of Hokage, and negotiated with Konoha.

    Wuyin Village believes that Uchiha''s soil should be ordered by Konoha. After the Third Ninja World War, he controlled the fourth generation of water shadows in Wuyin Village, mainly for the purpose of seizing the third generation of water shadows. .

    In Konoha Village, there was a burst of burnout.

    Sarutobi had no choice but to finally no longer support Hagi Kakashi, and announced the S-class wanted order for Uchiha.

    Suddenly, everyone in Daguonin Village was in danger.

    Since they learned about Uchiha''s ability to take soil, Zhuli alone could not fight back with Uchiha''s soil, and several Shinobu villages began to become alert.

    Uchiha belt soil truly became a ninja without a stand.

    Bai Jue''s small cave.

    Uchiha''s face with soil is very ugly. He had expected that he would have this day for a long time, but he did not expect that this day would come so soon.

    Originally, he still wanted to declare war aggressively on the entire Ninja World when everything was under his control in the future, but now he was listed as an enemy by the Ninja World.

    "How did Wuyin Village get the information?"

    Uchiha took the soil and grabbed his hair, thinking about where he had leaked the flaw: "Hakujutsu, could it be the dried persimmon ghost betrayed me?"

    After Uchiha took the soil and grabbed his hair, he looked at Zee next to him with cold eyes: "Or...you betrayed me too? Hee Zee."

    "..."

    Hei Jue''s face is a bit unsightly.

    Uchiha''s word "also" is very good.

    Is it really necessary for this guy to keep him working now? Suspicious at every turn, he deserves to be a ninja from Uchiha.

    The Uchiha belt soil is far worse than the Uchiha spot.

    Uchiha Madara completely believed that Kurozutu was his own will.

    But when things got to this point, Uchiha Daito was so angry that it was normal to suspect that one and the other, after all, his photos were printed on the wanted order.

    One with a mask and one without a mask.

    I don''t know which **** provided these two photos.

    "The problem of tracing the source of the information leak can only come slowly..."

    Kurozu sighed, then glanced at Uchiha''s belt soil and said, "Next, you can''t move a bit in the Ninja World, and you can only help me gather information in the future."

    "Humph!"

    He slammed a fist on the table with a bitterly bitter voice, and said in a deep voice, "This information came from Wuyin Village. All of Xiao''s three Ninja Swords and Seven were traitors. Put all to death!"

    "Take the soil, Akatsuki is no longer yours."

    Kurozue shook his head, looked at Uchiha who was not in a good mood, and sighed: "The five major nations are looking for your whereabouts, and your wanted orders are everywhere outside."

    "They can''t catch me."

    "But it is likely to hinder our plan."

    Hei Jue¡¯s words were a little dissatisfied, and he said in a hoarse voice: "Obviously this time the opponent is coming for you. They may not know the truth of the Moon Eye project. We must hide and slowly investigate the information, lest we all People are exposed."

    After Hei Jue scolded the soil, he finally decided to use his own assassin: "In case your activity implicates the Akatsuki organization, implicated my exposure... Bring the soil, don¡¯t do impulsive things, you must not undermine Madame Madame¡¯s plan. "

    "I know."

    Uchiha nodded gloomily with a muddy face.

    After Hei Jue left, his hand moved little by little to his chest, and there was a spell controlling him in this heart.

    This spell can only make the soil temporarily endure.

    Inside Konoha Village.

    In the Naruto office.

    Hagi Kakashi is in a worse mood than Uchiha.

    Sarutobi Hizen sat in his seat, smoking a pipe in his mouth, and his face was hidden by the mist, making it difficult to see his expression.

    "Kakashi, I understand what you think."

    The three generations of Hokage''s slightly older voices flowed through the Hokage office, and his tone was full of regrets: "After all, the soil is still on the wrong path. We can''t indulge him anymore."

    "I see, Master Naruto."

    Kakashi Hagi pushed his ninja forehead, and said softly, "I applied to track down the traces of dirt and catch him back..."

    "To investigate Uchiha''s takeover of soil, I have delegated it to someone else."

    Sarutobi shook his head and sipped his pipe: "You have a good rest for a while. I have arranged a new task for you. We can no longer indulge in the past, but should focus on Konoha''s future."

    "I¡­"

    Hagi Kakashi''s face hesitated.

    "Kakashi."

    Sarutobi Hizen interrupted Haaki Kakashi''s words, and whispered: "I have put you on the list of ninja guide for next year, don''t let me down."

    "¡­I know."

    Hagi Kakashi stood up helplessly and left the Hokage office. Before leaving, he suddenly turned around and said, "Master III, if the student does not meet the ninja standards..."

    Sarutobi Hizen raised his head and looked at him and said: "Kakashi, you are the guide to Shinobu, and you have the power to decide whether they graduate and become qualified ninjas."

    When Haaki Kakashi left the Hokage office, he ran into a bandaged one-eyed old man head-on, which made Kakashi''s mood even more annoying.

    Since Shimura Danzo was lifted from the confinement, he started to be active in Konoha again. According to Kakashi''s guess, Shimura Danzo should be the person in charge appointed by Sarutobi to investigate Daido.

    When Shimura Danzo and Hagi Kakashi passed by, he suddenly called to him: "Kakashi, don¡¯t regret your old friend, a traitor in the village, it¡¯s not worth catching a wooden Ye Shangren''s future."

    "What do you mean by Danzo-sama?"

    "I mean very simple."

    Shimura Danzo turned around slowly, looking at Kakashi''s back, and said, "I hope you haven''t had anything to do with Uchiha''s soil before."

    "..."

    Hagi Kakashi was silent for a while, and left the Hokage Tower without answering Shimura Danzo''s words. He needed to find a place to think about it.

    Kakashi has reason to suspect that Shimura Danzo might try to frame him because of the dirt in the future and try to seize the eyes of the writer.

    New darkness is about to come.

    It hasn''t been long before the peace of the entire Ninja World has begun, before it has fallen into chaos again, and no one can easily escape this whirlpool.

    Konoha Memorial Tablet.

    When Hagiki Kakashi walked here, he happened to see a few people digging up Uchiha''s soiled grave and removing his tombstone.

    Since he is not the hero of Konoha, he is naturally not qualified to be in the memorial monument.

    Hagi Kakashi sighed inwardly, placed a bunch of flowers in front of Ye Yuan Lin''s tombstone, squatted down and supported her forehead: "Lin...what should I do now?"

    Just as Kakashi wanted to be quiet here for a while, a loud noise interrupted his thinking, and it seemed that someone had a dispute.

    "roll!"

    "This is too much!"

    "roll!"

    "Everyone is dead!"

    I don''t know when, there suddenly appeared a little boy with yellow hair who was watching the excitement. He should have been playing around the comforting monument, and he was not afraid of the environment here.

    It''s a pity that the ninjas who were responsible for digging the earthen graves didn''t want to see him, and pushed the little boy away, still cursing.

    "Get away!"

    "Hey, how can you do this!"

    The little yellow-haired boy waved his arm vigorously, and said a little angrily: "How can you dig away someone else''s grave!"

    "roll!"

    The grave digger is concise and concise.

    Someone couldn''t help but pushed the yellow-haired boy to the ground.

    Hagi Kakashi frowned, walked to the little boy''s side, stopped the dispute between them, and finally calmed the land.

    The little yellow-haired boy sat beside Kakashi, and mumbled a little dissatisfiedly: "How can they dig the graves of the dead!"

    Hagi Kakashi did not answer, but looked at the little boy with yellow hair and said, "Should all the little ghosts of this age attend classes at the ninja school?"

    "I skipped class! Teacher Iluka''s class today is very boring!"

    The little yellow-haired boy seemed to be quite proud of skipping classes, and didn''t realize the seriousness of skipping classes. UU reading www.uukanshu. com

    Hagi Kakashi choked, patted his forehead, helplessly said: "You can escape from Iruka''s class...you are really amazing!"

    This little devil, apart from his appearance, is really nothing like his father. The yellow-haired little devil''s father is known as a perfect ninja.

    "You think I am amazing too!"

    The yellow-haired boy turned his head to look at Hagi Kakashi with a smile on his face and said, "Senior, my name is Naruto Uzumaki, what''s your name!"

    "...You will know later."

    "Oh."

    The young Naruto Uzumaki suddenly became a little embarrassed. He just watched intently at those people smashing the tombstone with soil, and couldn''t help but feel a little dissatisfied: "Senior, why are they digging here!"

    Hagi Kakashi touched the little boy with yellow hair, took a deep breath and said, "Because that person doesn''t deserve to be here."

 Chapter 111ï¼š 4 years later

    The latest website: Yuyin Village.

    Uehara Naraku didn''t know what happened to Konoha.

    As a qualified man behind the scenes, what Uehara Naraku has to do is to check his own results, which now seems to be pretty good.

    A wanted storm directed by him behind the scenes targeting Uchiha belt soil directly made his main task progress jump, reaching 12%.

    Unfortunately, it can only stop here.

    This is the last time Uehara Naraku targeted Uchiha belt soil this year.

    Moreover, Shinobu Village, the five major powers of the Ninja world, condemned the Uchiha belt soil vigorously, but after all, no trace of the belt soil was found. The storm gradually dissipated as time went on.

    Time is advancing little by little.

    Uehara Naraku also had two teammates, Kaguya-kun Maro and Bai, and the Yuyin team of the three of them gradually became active in the Ninja World.

    Uehara Naraku also grew up day by day and became an innocent and kind young ninja; Kaguya-kun Maro''s body also improved day by day; only the white in their team looked more and more delicate and lovely .

    Four years have passed in a blink of an eye.

    For four years, the Shinobi world was like a pool of stagnant water.

    It is normal for the Ninja world to be so peaceful. After all, Uehara Naraku was also trapped in Yuyin Village by his teacher.

    Except for Uehara Naraku, Uchiha is in charge of the chaos in Ninja World.

    It''s a pity that both Uchiha Daido and Uchiha Itachi seem to be staying in a certain corner very quietly, and they didn''t make much noise.

    But this year, a new Uchiha will become a ninja.

    It is Uchiha Sasuke from Konoha Village.

    Except for Uchiha Itachi, perhaps only Uehara Naraku will pay attention to Sasuke and the seventh class. After all, the seventh class will replace others as his first batch of leeks.

    Everything was staged as Uehara Naraku expected.

    When the seventh squad led by Hagi Kakashi performed the Nami country mission, the ninja they encountered was still a squad that did not cut Taodi.

    It is a pity that Tao Di''s partner has changed.

    This time, the partner who didn''t cut it again was the guy from Ghost Light Man Yue.

    Taodi no longer cut + ghost lamp full moon, two official members of Akatsuki, this is enough to make the seventh group desperate.

    Because Uyin Village¡¯s missions were scarce, Uehara Naraku couldn¡¯t find a suitable excuse to go out for a while. As he grew older, Xiaonan gradually began to strictly forbid him from contacting Akatsuki¡¯s members, on the grounds that he was worried that he would be led by those rebels. Bad.

    Fortunately, there are Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro.

    Xiao Nan didn''t care about the two members who contacted Akatsuki.

    Naruto Uehara sat on the concrete pipe in Yuyin Village, reached out to take a glass of frozen juice from Bai''s hand, and asked curiously: "Will the ghost lantern full moon and peach land be cut back? What is the situation of their mission in the Nami country? kind?"

    "From the results, it''s not bad."

    Kaguya-kun Maro nodded and said solemnly: "They killed Cardo and transported all of Cardo''s money to Akatsuki''s base, but there was a little problem in the middle. The two seniors met Konoha''s Hagi Kakashi, both lose out."

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but shook his head and sighed: "Hey, that guy is really 50-50 when you meet him!"

    Hagi Kakashi''s balance is really outrageous.

    Both Akatsuki''s official members were defeated by him. Could it be that Uchiha took the soil, Haaki Kakashi became stronger again?

    The incident in the country of Poland passed, and Bai survived his death.

    Naru Uehara completed a side mission while lying down.

    Side mission: Let Bai survive (1/1), the mission has been completed, and the skill ice barrier will be rewarded.

    Ice Barrier: Create a huge ice wall by freezing the air, lasting 5 seconds, the minimum consumption of Chakra is 75 points, and the cooling time is 10 seconds.

    Uehara didn''t care much about this skill.

    In the past four years, the hard work in cultivating in Yuyin Village has finally paid off, and Uehara finally made himself stronger through his own practice and time accumulation.

    Well, it''s mainly grown up.

    After all, Uehara Naraku is sixteen years old this year. There have been too many changes in both height and body shape. With the addition of several side mission rewards, the strength has increased slightly.

    Life energy: 8321 (standard shadow level 3000~10000)

    Chakra energy: 10045 (not within the conventional standard)

    Health regeneration: 9/sec

    Chakra recovery: 6/sec

    Skill cooldown reduction: 50%

    Gold coins remaining: 2730

    Just as Uehara Naraku finished listening to Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro''s report and was about to leave here, a young girl climbed onto the concrete pipe where they were.

    Her name is Ziyanghua, and she is Xiaren who just graduated from Yuyin Village this year.

    Hydrangea walked to the front of Naraku Uehara step by step, and whispered softly: "Master Uehara, Master Angel asked you to be responsible for receiving Konoha''s messenger."

    "Konoha messenger?"

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but raised his eyebrows.

    Yuyin Village has been in a closed state, and it was announced that they were still in a civil war. Normally neighboring countries have long been too lazy to take care of Yuyin''s affairs.

    However, the arrival of Konoha''s messenger is really important.

    Their purpose is to invite Yuyin ninjas to participate in the joint ninja test. According to the ninja theory, the ninja test is equivalent to an arms race in the ninja world.

    If Yuyin Village is willing to participate, you can directly send a team to lead Shangren and Xiaren to take the exam to the border of the country of fire.

    After passing the Konoha Ninja registration at the border, temporary passes for Konoha Village will be issued uniformly to avoid unnecessary conflicts.

    After Konoha''s messenger left, the origami butterflies appeared next to Uehara Naraku, converging to become Xiaonan''s appearance.

    Four years have passed.

    Xiao Nan didn''t change much, just a touch of mature charm.

    Xiao Nan raised his head and looked up at his tall disciple, frowning a little sadness between his brows, and asked softly: "Will Konoha have any conspiracy for the Zhongnin exam?"

    "Have a show of the talents of the Great Power Ninja Village?"

    Uehara Nairo smiled, and continued softly: "Teacher Xiaonan, help me prepare three registration certificates for Shinnin, and I and Bai will also go to take the Zhongnin exam."

    Hearing Uehara Naraku''s words, Xiaonan''s eyes were full of incomprehension: "Naraku, why would you want to take the Chunin exam?"

    Is this disciple unable to think about it?

    Uehara is the future leader of Yuyin Village!

    "I want to investigate the information of Shimura Danzo."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Xiaonan who was worried, and shook his head and said in a low voice: "Teacher, there is no need to worry about safety."

    The Zhongnin exam is also a big event, and Uehara actually plans to take the opportunity to sneak out and play around, and by the way, harvest the leeks cultivated many years ago and the newly grown leeks.

    If you can¡­

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes were a bit dark and bright, he really wanted to try, can he use this opportunity to lure Uzumaki Naruto into black, and even lead him to join Akatsuki''s organization.

    In the side missions, there are many missions for Naruto to blacken the thread!

    For example, on a side mission where Payne and Naruto Uzumaki sit side by side in the ruins of Konoha and smoke, the reward is absolutely beyond imagination!

    Only the difficulty of completion is very high.

    After all, minors in the Ninja world are forbidden to smoke or drink, and Nagato can''t manipulate Payne to smoke, right?

    This is very baldWhile Uehara was still thinking about it, Xiaonan was also thinking about the feasibility of taking the Zhongnin exam for his disciples. At the age of sixteen, taking the Zhongnin exam seems reasonable?

    If you ignore the statement that Uehara Naraku is investigating Shimura Danzo''s intelligence, it feels like Uehara Naraku is going to bully a group of children.

    As for the safety issue, there is no need to worry.

    Xiao Nan has been carefully nurturing her disciples, and the strength of her disciples is not much different from that of Akatsuki''s official members, and she can also summon Heavenly Way Payne.

    This disciple has also been raised, and it seems that he can be released to fly around?

    After thinking for a while, Xiao Nan asked a question: "You need someone to lead the team, but it is not convenient for me to come forward..."

    "This is simple."

    A smile appeared on Uehara Naraku''s face: "It''s better to let Hattori Hirakawa-senpai go with us. Anyway, it is also our old friend."

 Chapter 112ï¼š An old friend who arrived at Konoha

    The latest website: Hattori Hirakawa.

    A conscientious tool man.

    Since the death of Sansho Fish Hanzo, Hattori Hirakawa was the first to be surrendered, and gradually began to be entrusted with important tasks by Xiaonan and Uehara.

    Today, he got another special task, acting as a leader for Shinnin, leading Uehara Naraku, Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro to take the Zhongnin exam.

    This task made Hattori Hirakawa really want to understand.

    The future leader of Yuyin Village still needs to take the Zhongren exam?

    However, Hattori Hirakawa is only a tool man, he can only perform tasks.

    Except for Uehara Naraku''s team, there are no other ninjas in Uehara to take the Ninja test, because Uehara Naraku knows that the Ninja test will not be peaceful.

    Even if the four generations of Fukage were killed by him, Konoha''s collapse plan is likely to be staged as scheduled. After all, Uehara himself was the black hand who pushed Konoha''s collapse plan!

    When Naraku Uehara used the name of Shimura Danzo to trade with Eurazo, he reminded Eurazo that the Konoha collapse plan was an action to promote Danzo to become Hokage.

    Coupled with the hatred of Chi-dai mother-in-law towards Konoha...

    No matter who wants Konoha to collapse, the current Chiyo mother-in-law will definitely take Sand Shinobu to help the place. This is a debt left by Kakashi''s father.

    "This is your certificate of registration."

    Xiaonan handed Uehara Naraku a registration certificate and helped him sort out Yureno''s forehead: "How did you convince Nagato to agree to take the Zhongnin exam?"

    "Uh."

    Uehara Naruko patted her forehead and explained softly: "Master Nagato told me that he will put the Six Penn on standby at any time, and he can directly channel the Six Penn as long as he encounters an unsolvable danger."

    This is also related to the gradual recovery of Nagato''s body.

    Six Penn needs Nagato to provide chakras, but now Nagato can fully support Six Penn¡¯s actions for a long time under the treatment of Uehara Naruto. It is no longer necessary to put Six Penns into the secret room to reduce the chakra. Consumption.

    Hearing Uehara''s words, Xiao Nan nodded, feeling a little at ease.

    But she was still a bit dissatisfied: "Nagato has been more and more laissez-faire towards you recently. If you continue to do so, you will spoil you. Tsunade, one of Konoha Sannin, became infected because he was spoiled by his elders when he was young. Bad hobby..."

    "Teacher, I have grown up."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Konan a little speechlessly.

    Because in the past four years, as Naraku Uehara grew up, the relationship between him and Nagato gradually became better and better. Generally, if you have anything to go directly to Nagato, if you want to sneak out and play for a while, Nagato also needs cover.

    How should Uehara explain this to Xiaonan?

    Generally speaking, the younger boys are curious about women, and they prefer to play with girls; as boys get older, they will realize that they are more willing to play with boys.

    Nagato seldom disturbs Uehara Naraku. Only when something happy is worth sharing, he will call Uehara Naraku to find him.

    For example, the weapon modification of Shura Road. Every time Nagato succeeded in the modification, he liked to pull Uehara to test the actual combat effect. Guns and artillery were originally a man''s romance.

    So every time Uehara saw Nagato, he was very happy.

    Unfortunately, these cannot be shared with Xiao Nan.

    Xiaonan is a woman who likes to fold out different paper flowers and put them as decorations in Uehara Naraku''s room, but Uehara Naraku can''t even understand the flower language of each bouquet.

    Compared with the beautiful paper flowers, Uehara actually prefers Xiaonan to use the detonating talisman to make him a simple grenade to play with.

    It''s really impossible to make an explosive pack.

    This wish is of course impossible to realize.

    Uehara Naraku sighed and glanced at his ninja registration certificate. The picture in it shows him squinting and smiling. He looks very friendly and is really a good person.

    Career advancement task: Become a formal ninja (1/1), the task has been completed, rewards 100 points of life energy and 100 points of Chakra.

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku is not feeling very well. He is sixteen years old this year. Why does he still have an advanced mission? Isn''t it a big loss in the past few years?

    "Okay, the weather is getting cold soon, pay attention to it at night..."

    Xiao Nanxu asked Uehara Naraku about the precautions, and after walking with him to the meeting place, the gentle expression on the woman''s face disappeared.

    Xiaonan glanced at Kaguya-kun Maro and Shirakawa who were at the meeting point, leading the team to Shinobu Hattori Hirakawa, and said coldly: "In this kind of Nakanin test, protect Naraku, understand?"

    "Yes, Lord Angel!"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but patted his forehead. If something goes wrong during the Chunin test, he should protect these guys!

    The high tower in Yuyin Village.

    Tendo Payen pushed Nagato¡¯s wheelchair and appeared by the window, looking down at the back of Uehara and his group leaving Uyin Village. His eyes were a little heavy and hopeful: "Little guy, shoulders the future of Uyin Village and Akatsuki. , Fly out!"

    Heavenly Path Payne stood behind Nagato, and calmly began to close his hands to form seals, and released the magic lantern body art to summon Akatsuki''s two active members near the country of fire.

    Dried persimmon ghost shark and Uchiha Itachi.

    When the two men were summoned by Payne, they were still a little puzzled. Heavenly Dao Payne directly explained their next mission.

    "Uehara went to Zhongnin for an exam to collect information."

    Tendo Payne''s gaze slowly stayed on Uchiha Itachi, and he whispered softly: "Your mission is to lurch in the country of fire. If something happens in the Zhongnin exam, immediately respond to Uehara and leave the danger."

    If Uehara is in danger, Payne will be exposed to Konoha now.

    Then only one team member can be sent.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark is a bit speechless.

    If Uehara Naraku is in danger, what use will he and Uchiha Itachi have in the past?

    Are you going to give heads away?

    Ghost shark''s teeth are a bit sour, his boss is too latent, right? Four years have passed. Why does Payne think that the intern in the organization is too weak?

    "understand."

    Uchiha Itachi nodded indifferently, anyway he wanted to take the opportunity to return to Konoha to secretly meet Sasuke, who has become a ninja.

    Some time ago, Taodi was injured by Kakashi Hatake without cutting. The guy claimed to kill them the next time he met Kakashi Hatake and the seventh class.

    Uchiha Itachi was a little worried about his brother.

    After the dried persimmon ghost nodded, his eyes flowed slightly and fell on Uchiha Itachi. Obviously, he knew what Uchiha Itachi thought in his heart.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark will not pierce Uchiha Itachi.

    The Yuyin Village is in the light, and the Xiao organization is in the dark.

    Uehara Naraku crossed the border of the country of fire under the protection of light and dark, and arrived at the village of Konoha where the Chunin exam was held.

    This was also the first time he came to Konoha Village.

    Whether it is the environment or the scenery, Konohayin Village, which is located in the richest area of ??Ninja, is obviously much better than Shayin Village, Yuyin Village and Wuyin Village.

    "The air is not bad."

    Naruto Uehara landed on a boiler in a tall building, and he had an unobstructed view of Konoha. Below the Hokage Rock was a small red Hokage building.

    Side mission: Arrive at Konoha (1/1), the mission is completed, reward 100 gold coins.

    Side mission: Find the best view point of Konoha in Shippuden (1/1), the mission has been completed, reward 500 gold coins.

    "This kind of task is too intriguing!"

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but clenched his fingers It is indeed the most popular place in Naruto, how many treasures there are waiting for him to dig!

    Just when Uehara was in a good mood, Bai suddenly jumped up along Uehara''s footsteps, and whispered: "Uehara, the ninja from Sandyakura is here too!"

    "I know."

    Uehara Naraku lowered his head and glanced at the large number of sand hidden ninjas.

    The leader of the team is still Maji, and it seems that Maji''s status has not fallen too much after the mother-in-law of the thousand generations took office.

    Gaara, Temari, and Kankuro are still three little guys following Maki, and the rest are insignificant people.

    Uehara Naraku touched her chin and smiled lightly at the corner of her mouth: "Tsk, it seems that I have to say hello to my old friend, lest he say something wrong here, and delay my enjoyment of this peaceful journey! "

 Chapter 113ï¼š On the days when Konoha played a sad role

    The latest website: Konoha Street.

    The Sand Shinobu team who had come to take the Nakanin exam stopped.

    Maki''s face was unbelievable, and his eyes widened as he looked at Naraku Uehara who was standing on the side of the street, his eyes were full of unbelievable.

    Uehara¡¯s appearance has already changed a bit. Maji can still recognize his appearance from the outline on Uehara¡¯s face. The image of that incredible young man has already been carved into his mind because he killed four generations of Fengying, almost letting him Shayin Village collapsed.

    "It''s been a long time, Mr. Mackey."

    Uehara Naraku slowly walked towards Maki and whispered beside him: "What should be said and what should not be said, remember to be measured, understand? Otherwise, I can''t guarantee that I will let it go this time. You and Yiwei Renzhu force."

    Maki''s body was trembling slightly, and he asked in a deep voice, "You guy...what do you want to do with Konoha?"

    "Of course I took the Zhongnin exam."

    Uehara Naraku bypassed Maki, walked in front of Gaara, looked at the fierce red-haired boy, and touched Gaara''s hair.

    Kankuro''s face suddenly changed. For fear that Gaara would run away here, his sister started to stop in panic, "No!"

    In the past four years, Gaara''s temper has become more and more grumpy.

    Even if Kankuro and Temari are relatives of Gaara, they will inevitably be afraid of his brother for fear that Gaara will kill him.

    Gaara did not move at all.

    The yellow sand gradually leaked from the gourd behind Gaara, and slowly appeared to block the palm of Uehara Naraku''s hand.

    Bang!

    The yellow sand was scattered by Uehara and fell on Gaara''s body.

    Uehara Naraku gently slapped the yellow sand on Gaara''s body, and whispered: "Little guy, if you are also here to take the Zhongnin exam, then we are opponents. I hope you don''t run too fast this time... "

    Gaara raised her head with a gloomy expression, staring into the eyes of Uehara Naraku, and said coldly, "Let go of your dirty hands!"

    "Then why don''t you kill me now?"

    Uehara Naruko held his head and smiled lightly at the corner of his mouth: "Because you know that you are weak and cannot match me at all, right?"

    "Sooner or later I will kill you!"

    Gaara gritted his teeth.

    "Then you have to be careful."

    Uehara Naraku patted Gaara on the head, and continued with a smile: "Death is allowed in the Chunin exam, please come on, Gaara!"

    "..."

    Gaara looked at Naru Uehara leaving with a gloomy face.

    Although Gaara has become more bloodthirsty and cruel, I still have a little self-knowledge.

    Even the one-tailed Morizuru who was attacking with all his strength was hung up and beaten by Naruko Uehara, not to mention his current strength was not particularly strong.

    The Zhongnin exam has not started yet, it is overshadowed.

    "Is that guy a ninja from Yuyin Village?"

    Kankuro looked at Uehara''s departed back with a displeased face, and was about to untie the crow puppet behind him, but was stopped by Maki with a wave of his hand.

    Temari''s expression is also a bit solemn: "That guy is too arrogant, will his strength be very strong?"

    "That bastard..."

    Gaara''s body gradually began to tremble, and the veins on his face showed up little by little, and his eyes gradually revealed a madness: "Very...very strong!"

    A look of worry appeared on Maki''s face. He shook his head and said, "You guys go to the hotel first. I will discuss with others and report to Master Chiyo."

    Unexpectedly, this Ninja test would attract ninjas like Uehara Naraku to take part. The people of Konoha Hidemura, have their brains gone crazy?

    A character who can kill four generations of Fengying was actually put in to take the Zhongnin exam?

    It couldn''t be more absurd!

    However, when Maki reported to Chiyo and Eilao Zang in Sagakura Village, Eilao Zang thought that there was nothing wrong with this matter, and everything still prioritized the plan of the Zhongnin exam.

    As for the possible massacre of the guy named Uehara Naraku during the Ninja test, Ebinzo knew very well that Konoha would never allow this to happen. If it did happen, it would just turn Yuyin Village and Konoha into enemies.

    In addition to Maji, Konoha also discovered Naraku Uehara.

    In fact, apart from him, no one cares about a guy named Naraku Uehara on the list of ninjas sent by Yuyin Village to take the Zhongnin exam.

    It is the seventh class''s guide to Shinobu Kakashi.

    Yile Ramen.

    Uehara Naraku drank very cheerfully.

    Uehara is in a very good mood now. It is always so simple to do tasks in Konoha, and these tasks are so easy to complete. Drinking bowls of ramen all have task rewards.

    If he didn''t have Kakashi, he would be happier.

    Hagi Kakashi sat next to Uehara Naraku, holding a glass of white water, and asked aloud: "So you are a ninja from Yuyin Village... It seems that the guy Taito has been hiding in the rain after the Ninja War ended. Inside the hidden village, right?"

    They had met before in Wuyin Village.

    At that time, Haaki Kakashi learned from Nairo Uehara that Uchiha Daido had been hidden in a small Shinobu village, competing with Nairo Uehara for the position of heir to the leader.

    It''s a pity that Kakashi didn''t expect that Uchiha''s belt soil turned out to be hiding in Yuyin Village and still under the command of the ninja demigod Sansho Fish Hanzo.

    "He defected after his identity was revealed."

    Uehara Naruko put down the bowl, took the chopsticks and slowly picked the ramen in the bowl, and whispered softly: "I don''t know anything about what happened later, and Mr. Kakashi didn''t use it to ask me. Now I can''t wait to put you Konoha''s. The S-class rebels take a big deal.

    "Uh... we don''t mention this."

    Hagi Kakashi frowned, squeezed the cup in his hand, and turned to talk about another thing: "I met two people in the Namino mission..."

    When he said these words, Kakashi Hagi fixed his eyes firmly on the movements of Uehara Naraku, and his voice gradually became a little dignified: "Just before that, I also met them and saw them obey you. Order..."

    Hanaki Kakashi said that the ghost lantern full moon and peach ground will not be cut.

    Obviously in the Nami country mission, these two people caused a lot of trouble to him and the seventh class. If it weren¡¯t for the thunder-dance ninjutsu technique to restrain the ghost lantern full moon hydration, I am afraid that the seventh class would have to explain all in Nami. Country.

    "They are not our Yuyin Ninja!"

    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and said with a sullen expression: "It''s better to ask your S-rank rebel, and ask Uchiha to take the soil, what did he do!"

    "Did they take refuge in the soil?"

    Haaki Kakashi almost smashed his water glass. He probably guessed from Uehara Naraku''s words why Uehara Naraku lost his temper.

    "Well, Konoha''s Uchiha is really good at taking soil."

    Uehara Naraku turned his head to look at Hagi Kakashi, smiling rather than smiling: "Thanks to that Uchiha belt soil, our losses can be said to be very heavy, and the many years of hard work in Uyin Village were stolen by him. ."

    "..."

    Hagi Kakashi''s expression was a little embarrassed, and he was roughly certain of his thoughts, but just forcibly explained: "The two children you abducted in Wuyin Village back then have joined your Yuyin Village?"

    "Kimmaro and Shiro are not misty ninjas, they are wanderers in the land of water."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head. After explaining seriously, he looked at Hagi Kakashi a little sarcastically and said, "Uchiha Daido must be your Konoha spy. After all, if our Uyin Village becomes stronger, Mu Ye''s situation is not so good, right? Now he has caused us Yuyin Village to suffer heavy losses. You Konoha executives must be very satisfied, right?"

    "How come? Konoha and Yuyin villages have a peace agreement."

    Hagi Kakashi''s eyes were subtle, but he suddenly thought of something, staring at the face of Uehara Naraku, and said: "Your purpose to take this Zhongnin exam...is it to promote the strength of Uyin Village?"

    Hagi Kakashi had seen the strength of Uehara Naraku with his own eyes. When this guy was twelve years old, when he killed a group of Ninja Ninja in Water Country, it was like slaughtering a chicken and a dog.

    According to the power of Uehara Naraku, how could it be necessary to take the Chunin exam?

    "Yes."

    Uehara Naraku took this opportunity to directly explain his intention to take the Chunin exam: "Because the loss caused by the defect of the guy Uchiha brought the soil is too great, the situation in our village is not very good, Hanzo-san is worried about the neighboring country''s Coveted.

    Since I graduated, it has been the secret weapon for preparing for an arms race like the Chunin test, and now I can only come to participate in these little ghost games. "

    Listening to Uehara Naraku''s words, he was a little confused.

    A feeling of heroic frustration emerged spontaneously, and Hagi Kakashi couldn''t help but lament the difficulty of survival in the small and medium-sized Ninja Village.

    If Uehara Naraku were their Konoha Ninja, there was no need to prepare for the Ninja exam, and he would surely be able to sit as the leader of the dark section.

    It''s just that if Uehara Naraku takes the Zhongnin exam, this Zhongnin exam seems to be a little dangerous, and Kakashi Hagi wants to dispel the idea of ??letting the seventh class participate.

    Hagi Kakashi sighed and said: "If your Excellency comes to participate, the little ghosts in my class don''t need to participate, lest they are hit too much... I originally wanted them to experience the Zhongnin exam. Fan''s."

    "do not!"

    Uehara Naruko almost spit out a mouthful of water. If because of his reason, the seventh class does not take the Zhongnin exam, what should he do with those side tasks?

    Uehara Naraku''s strength has stagnated for a while, just waiting to harvest the leeks of Class 7 and Konoha 12 Xiaoqiang!

    "This is Konoha, and I can''t do anything too dangerous."

    Uehara Naruko put on Hagi Kakashi¡¯s shoulders and showed a hearty smile: "Why don¡¯t we do it, Mr. Kakashi, let¡¯s test my current strength and I will take care of it regardless of whether I win or lose. What about the little ghosts in your class how about a good show with them?"

    "Isn''t it necessary?"

    Hagi Kakashi was dumbfounded.

    "I''ve come from afar."

    Uehara Naraku was very resolute, and even he offered to offer: "Mr. Kakashi can also call your friends, let''s discuss it together.

    Whether it is Hanzo-sama or Konoha''s Hokage, they are already old. The tasks or exchanges between the two Ninja villages in the future will be performed by us, right? "

    "I think this proposal is good."

    The old voice suddenly fell into the ears of the two.

    Sarutobi Hijiki dangling his pipe and wearing a Hokage hat and walked into the ramen shop. When he looked at Uehara Naraku, an old gentle smile slowly appeared on his face: "Kakashi, don¡¯t May I introduce your friend?"

 Chapter 114ï¼š I am the hope of the whole village

    Latest URL: "Master Naruto!"

    When Haaki Kakashi saw the three generations of Naruto, his eyes were condensed, and his expression slowly eased, pointing to Uehara Naraku and said, "This is Mr. Uehara Naraku from Uyin Village. We met by chance when we were on a mission outside. Been there once."

    "Huh? So strange?"

    Uehara Naraku draped Hagi Kakashi''s shoulders, with a bit of dissatisfaction on his face: "I have told you a lot of information for free, do you treat my old friends like this?"

    "..."

    Hagi Kakashi couldn''t smile suddenly.

    Why is this ninja named Naraku Uehara so familiar?

    Sarutobi and Kakashi had different moods. He already knew that Naraku Uehara''s willingness to take the Ninja test, but a small Ninja village wanted to promote the genius in the lower village.

    Sarutobi Hizen''s heart felt a little calm.

    As long as there are no major disturbances in this joint Zhongnin exam, it doesn''t matter.

    What makes Sarutobi Hizumi even more rewarding is that Naraku Uehara and Kakashi Haaki seem to be eclectic.

    According to Sarutobi Hisaki''s observations, this Yuyin ninja named Naruto Uehara seemed to have a good impression of Konoha.

    A genius Yuyin Ninja who has a good affection for Konoha, if he can inherit the position of Yuyin''s leader in the future, it can''t be better for Konoha.

    When thinking of this, the smile on Sarutobi''s old face became stronger: "Welcome to Konoha, how do you feel about the scenery of our village?"

    "It''s beautiful, it''s a scenery I have never seen before."

    Uehara Naraku''s words are half true, because he is the first time he has seen the scenery that he has seen countless times in the animation, and watching the scenery can also complete side tasks.

    Sarutobi Hizumi knowingly asked: "Your Excellency is the leader of Yuyin Village who took the Zhongnin exam this time? I have long heard that Yuyin Village has a genius ninja..."

    "Uh, I''m just a ninja."

    Uehara Naraku showed an awkward expression in a timely manner: "Moreover, he will be promoted to Zhongnin after taking part in Konoha''s Nakanin exam."

    "The real strong are often not distinguishable by position."

    Sarutobi Rizen still smiled very kindly: "There are some very powerful Shinnins in our village. In fact, their strength is comparable to Shangren..."

    This sentence is indeed true.

    The name Konoha Shinobu is really not everyone can do.

    Aside from the fact that Maruxoshi Furusuke and the dead Matt Dai, but only Uzumaki Naruto and Uchiha Sasuke, the future achievements are simply not too scary.

    A smile appeared on Uehara Naraku''s face, and instead of answering the conversation, he whispered: "Yes, I just didn''t expect that the three generations of Naruto Lords are as approachable as the rumors."

    "Hahahaha..."

    Sarutobi Hizumi became more and more satisfied with Uehara Naraku, winked at Kakashi seriously, and whispered, "Kakashi, since your friend is here, then take him around in the village. Turn it around!"

    "Yes, Master Naruto."

    Haaki Kakashi nodded and watched the back of Sarutobi Hizen away.

    After the old man left, Kakashi Hagi made no mention of the proposal that Uehara Naraku had previously discussed, and quietly changed the topic.

    "You guy has changed so much. When you were in the Water Country a few years ago, you suspected that I coveted the treasures of your Ninja Village, so that I could get away from it?"

    "At that time, young and frivolous!"

    Uehara Naraku sighed and said with a little nostalgia: "Sometimes I have to experience too many things, and I have to become smoother, and I also really think that the friendship between Konoha and Uyin Village is beneficial to both our countries. ."

    Hagi Kakashi nodded, actually a little sympathetic to Uehara Naraku: "Peace is hard-won, and everyone really needs to cherish..."

    After all, when he was in the Nation of Water, Nairo Uehara was so arrogant that he unscrupulously commanded a group of rebels from the hidden mist village to besiege Onosimaru, and waved him to get out of Konoha Kaminin...

    I just didn''t expect that just a few years later, the years would smooth the edges and corners.

    But for Konoha, this is also a good thing.

    Only if you truly have the heart of a fearless strong man, and are not afraid of any difficulties, can you become stronger.

    From Hagi Kakashi''s point of view, Uehara Naraku was actually squandering his talent, and soon his strength would reach the upper limit, and he was among the many ordinary ninjas.

    "Beat the boss, the money is on the table."

    After Uehara Naraku yelled, he took out a detonating talisman and pressed it on the table. He was about to pull Hagi Kakashi and leave: "I heard that Konoha has a lot of delicious food, take me to see! "

    Such as three-color meatballs, sweet chestnut juice...

    These are general foods, but they can''t hold up the meaning of their existence.

    When Hagi Kakashi was about to leave obediently, he saw the detonation charm left by Uehara Naruto, and his eyelids jumped in fright: "What do you mean by leaving a detonation charm here? You want to destroy this. A store?"

    "Get used to it."

    Nairo Uehara took out her body and looked at Hagi Kakashi, with a look of innocence: "I don''t have any money when I go out. I spend my teammates'' money. Generally, I spend initiating charms, Kakashi. Does the husband bring money?"

    Because Xiaonan is very strict with his education.

    Uehara is absolutely not allowed to touch every item of Konoha''s Three Forbiddens, even if Uehara Naruko is the accountant of Uyin Village, she doesn''t have much pocket money.

    "hiss¡­"

    Hagi Kakashi glanced at Naru Uehara with a complicated expression. After dropping a banknote, he sighed and said, "I seriously suspect that you are here to eat..."

    "If I remember correctly, you took the initiative to deliver it, right?"

    Uehara Naruko said with a winking eyebrow: "I''m gone, take me to Shueisha to see, and by the way, help me pay for a set of books! Then let''s discuss it!"

    "what book?"

    "A set of sacred books spread among ninjas."

    Uehara Naraku sneaked up to Hagi Kakashi, suppressing his smile, and said next to Kakashi: "Have you heard of this set of books?"

    "..."

    Haaki Kakashi''s eyes became more and more weird, and he wanted to show off the signature collector''s edition he had, and then brought Hara Naraku to buy the regular edition.

    Just looking at Uehara Naraku''s still astringent face, Hagi Kakashi frowned and said, "Are you 18 years old this year?"

    "sixteen."

    "Minors are not allowed to read love books."

    Kakashi Hagi restrained Naraku Uehara''s thoughts in a modest manner, and gave himself an example: "On my eighteenth birthday, I received a gift from Lord Jiraiya."

    The limited signature collector''s edition of "In Love in Paradise" in Kakashi''s hand is a birthday gift from Jilaiya.

    Uehara Naraku sighed, "Is there really no way to discuss it? This book is very difficult to buy. If I can''t buy it from Konoha, I don''t know when I will get it..."

    "no way."

    Hagi Kakashi tugged at his face mask and whispered softly: "Maybe when you are eighteen, I can help you apply for a signed version of Lord Jilaiya."

    "Tsk..."

    Uehara Naraku sighed.

    If nothing unexpected happens, perhaps he really has a chance to meet Jiraiya this time in the Zhongnin exam.

    "Fine."

    Uehara Naruko patted Kakashi on the shoulder and touched his chin: "The scenery of Konoha is almost the same. Let''s meet a few guys in your class and let them know my opponent in advance? "

    Hearing Uehara Naraku¡¯s words, Haaki Kakashi looked a little unpleasant, shook his head and rejected Uehara Naraku: "I''ll wait for you to take the exam, so that they don¡¯t see you in advance and lose the chance to take the Chunin exam confidence."

    Uehara Naraku is too strong.

    What if Sasuke Uchiha, the strongest in the seventh class, sees Uehara Naraku and wants to challenge him, but is beaten to find teeth?

    It is estimated that the seventh class has no confidence in taking the Zhongnin exam.

    "Actually, I don''t have much confidence."

    Uehara Naraku stretched out his hand to hold the back of his head and sighed faintly: "This time the Nakanin exam should be the largest in these years, right? The hope of the whole village rests on me. I hope I can be in Nakanin. Good grades in the exam..."

    "Don''t sell it badly!"

    Hagi Kakashi couldn''t help supporting her forehead and said: "Although there may be many interesting newcomers in this Zhongnin exam, no matter how strong it is, it may not be able to defeat your monster!

    Four years ago, after Hualing and I left, I estimated the battle between myself and you, and even my own odds of defeating you were pitiful. "

    "Impossible Uehara Naraku shook his head quickly and analyzed it seriously: "You want to beat me at least 50% of the time, right? "

    "You guys are really welcome."

    The corner of Hagi Kakashi''s eyes trembled.

    I have to say that the liveliness of Uehara Naraku can easily give rise to a sense of intimacy, and Kakashi Hagi slowly reduced his vigilance towards Uehara Naraku.

    Facing a somewhat harmless opponent like Uehara Naraku, Hagi Kakashi''s undecided mind made a thorough decision, and let the three little guys in his class really see the horror of the Zhongnin exam.

    Only when the two of them talked for a day, after the two separated in the evening, Uehara Naraku looked at Hagi Kakashi''s leaving figure, and the corners of her mouth twitched slightly.

    "Kakashi is too vigilant. If you want to get in touch with Uzumaki Naruto, you really have to wait until the time for the Zhongnin exam..."

 Chapter 115ï¼š The Uehara Naraku you know, is it me?

    Latest website: The night is getting darker.

    The lights in the Naruto office are always bright.

    Sarutobi Hizen sat on a chair with a pipe in his mouth, and glanced at Hagi Kakashi, who was kneeling in front of him on one knee, and said, "Kakashi, how much information about that Yunin did you try?"

    "A lot, this person is still too young after all."

    Hagi Kakashi nodded and said in a deep voice: "According to the information I analyzed, the civil war in Yuyin Village must have caused a great weakening, and they had no choice but to send Uehara Naraku to take the Zhongnin exam. Arms race."

    After speaking, Kakashi added: "There is no doubt that Naraku Uehara is very strong. Four years ago, I saw him smash through a border post in a misty hidden village with his own eyes."

    "What about his personal inclinations?"

    Sarutobi hit a puff of smoke.

    The border of the country of rain is connected with the country of wind, the country of fire, and the country of earth.

    The attitude of Yuyin Village determines whether Konoha can maintain the defensive advantage of the northwest border. If there is a chance, Sarutobi Hisaki must not mind supporting a Yuyin village leader who tends to be in alliance with Konoha.

    Today, Sarutobi Hizen had secretly heard Uehara Naraku''s words, that the age of Sansho Fish Hanzo is indeed very old, and the next generation of leaders of Uyin Village is imminent.

    "Hard to say."

    Hagi Kakashi shook his head and explained aloud: "Although Naruko Uehara has good senses for Konoha from the current point of view, the Osaki Maru and...Zoo soil should have done indelible damage to Uyin Village before. ."

    Those two guys are both Konoha''s rebels.

    Sarutobi Hizhan glanced at Hatake Kakashi, and said slowly: "It doesn''t matter, we can fight Rebellion with Yuyin Village... Today he is right, our generation is old after all. It will be in the hands of your young people in the future."

    "..."

    Hagi Kakashi lowered his head and did not answer.

    Sarutobi has been in charge of Konoha for about forty years, and he is already sixty-nine years old this year, but the candidate for the fifth generation of Naruto has not yet been established.

    If the remaining two of Konoha Sannin come back, they are the most suitable candidates; if they refuse to come back, Konoha''s group of ninjas will not be able to pick out a few who can convince the crowd, even the big ninjas. Uneven.

    Unless the dwarf is taller, pull out a Saruto Asma directly.

    After all, Sarutobi Asma¡¯s disciples are the three ninja tribes of Zhuludie, which is also normal. During the Warring States period, the Sarutobi clan and Zhuludie were allies.

    "You go down first."

    Sarutobi Hizen turned around slowly, stood at the window of the Naruto office, and whispered softly, "By the way, Kakashi, help me find Shimoninmaru Soshikosuke in the village!"

    "Yes."

    Hagi Kakashi left the Hokage office.

    the next day.

    Uehara Naraku handed over all the mess to Hattori Hirakawa and Shirakawa Kaguya-kun Maro. He wandered around in the village of Konoha by himself, intending to meet a few decent people.

    Unexpectedly, after Naraku Uehara turned on the display of his destiny skills, he discovered that today''s Konoha''s guidance, Shinobu, seems to be having a small meeting.

    "I really don''t give a chance at all!"

    If this is the case, Uehara Naraku can only wait for the official start of the Chunin exam before he can start to reap his rewards.

    In just two days, Naraku Uehara''s gain was not small.

    Originally, he worked so hard in Yuyin Village to save two thousand and seven gold coins. In Konoha Village, he just looked at the scenery, drank some ramen, ate a few three-color meatballs and a series of common tasks, and he actually harvested it. Around 1,500 gold coins.

    Moreover, the mission of Yile Ramen is very outrageous. For example, the mission of the King of Stomach, Uehara Naraku tried his best to drink twelve bowls of ramen, and received 600 points of life energy from the system. This reward made Uehara¡¯s bowels regret. Green.

    I knew that the big stomach king challenged a bowl of ramen to reward 50 points of life energy, and Uehara Naraku had to eat a few more bowls!

    Damn, it really makes you stronger by eating noodles...

    Konoha is really outrageous.

    If calculated according to the degree of difficulty, Yuyin Village is a doomsday human-computer start, and Konoha is a simple human-computer daily.

    Worthy of being the home of the ninja.

    And as the host of the Ninja test, Konoha sent a total of 75 people to take the Ninja test, which is more than other Ninja villages combined.

    Uehara Naraku didn''t know that this number was one more team than the number of people who should have participated in Konoha Village.

    After Konoha confirmed the Ninja test list and all the Ninja villages who took the test arrived, the Ninja test officially kicked off.

    When Uehara Naraku brought Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro to the meeting point of the examination room, all the Shinnins who took part in the Nakanin exam gathered here.

    Unsurprisingly, Naru Uehara, nine new recruits from Konoha Village who graduated this year, Shimonin, also took the exam.

    Class 7: Naruto Uzumaki, Sasuke Uchiha, Sakura Haruno.

    Class 8: Inuzuka Toa, Yu Nishino, Hyuga Hinata.

    Tenth class: Nara Shikamaru, Autumn Road Dingci, Yamanaka Ino.

    Perhaps it was their first time to take the Zhongnin exam. These newcomers were talking around a senior, seemingly wanting to get some news from the senior.

    From their exclaims, it was obvious that they had received a lot of news.

    It happened that Uehara Naraku also knew the so-called senior, and he was also one of the leeks that Uehara was about to keep for harvest.

    The spy of Dashewan, the pharmacist pockets.

    After Osha Maru and Yakushidou escaped from Uehara Nairobi, they arranged for Yakushidou to sneak into Konoha, participate in the annual Ninja exam, and collect some talented ninjas.

    "Senior Dou."

    The pink-haired girl Haruno Sakura suddenly said, "I want to ask another person for information. He should be Shimonin from Yuyin Village and his name is Uehara Naraku."

    "..."

    Hearing Uehara Naraku''s name, the movement in Yakushi''s pocket involuntarily stopped, and he subconsciously pushed his own glasses.

    Yao Shidou hasn''t heard this name for a long time.

    Whether it was him or Oshemaru, they had not mentioned the name of Uehara Naraku tacitly, and the two of them were defeated too embarrassed that time.

    The pharmacist lowered his head, not wanting people to see the expression on his face: "How do you know this name?"

    "Ms. Kakashi mentioned..."

    Haruno Sakura squeezed her brows, the name of Yuyinxiarenin was specially told by Kakashi Hagi, especially for people who need to be treated with caution.

    Even if Hagi Kakashi thought that Uehara would not hurt the killer, it is inevitable that these little guys don''t know the heights of the world.

    Standing next to Haruno Sakura, Sasuke Uchiha said coldly: "It just so happens that I am also a little curious about this person''s intelligence. After all, Mr. Kakashi can think of it as the strongest opponent we will face in this Zhongnin exam. ."

    "Your guide is right."

    The voice of the pharmacist pocket was a little obscure and low, and his fingers gradually stiffened: "If it is the person I know, he should be enough to easily kill everyone in the room..."

    "What a joke!"

    Sasuke Uchiha suddenly looked upset.

    Even if the guy in Kakashi¡¯s mouth is stronger, can he kill hundreds of Ninjas with his own power?

    However, after listening to the words of the pharmacist Haruno Sakura, Uzumaki Naruto, Yamanaka Ino, and Nara Shikamaru, the faces of a bunch of newcomers became more solemn.

    "Don''t worry, maybe it''s just the same name..."

    After speaking, Yakushi Dou slowly raised his head, and looked at the Nakanin test assembly field to see if there were any traces of Uehara Naraku.

    When the pharmacist found out that there was no Uehara Naraku in the examination room, he was a little relieved, maybe it was really just the same name?

    Da da da¡­

    A sound of footsteps fell into the ears of the pharmacist''s pocket.

    This group of Konoha newcomers involuntarily raised their heads and stared blankly at a young ninja wearing a rain cover and standing behind the medicine master''s pocket.

    Uehara Naraku looked down at the pharmacist pocket on the ground, and said with a chuckle: "Pouch, turn around and look at the Uehara Naraku you know, is it me?"

 Chapter 116ï¼š 2 people who despised the examination room

    Latest website: Pharmacist pocket does not need to go to see.

    Because his body has a sense of crisis involuntarily, the Chakra in his body will not deceive, and the person behind is Uehara Naraku.

    A cold sweat broke out on Yakushidou''s face, and he whispered in a low voice: "Unexpectedly, Lord Naraku would also participate in this Zhongnin exam..."

    This guy!

    To this day, Yakushidou still remembers how terribly they were when they were defeated by Uehara Naraku''s psychic beasts, and in just half a minute, they instantly defeated them.

    Later, Osamaru-sama personally mentioned that Uehara Naraku was the hidden monster among the group of monsters in Akatsuki!

    Absolutely...absolutely...cannot be easily provoked!

    "Yuyin Village is too boring, so I wanted to come out and have a look."

    Uehara Naruko squatted down and uncovered a Ninfa post on the ground. He couldn''t help but chuckled slightly: "Why, don''t you have my information here? Isn''t I worthy of you to waste a Ninfa post? "

    "Do not."

    Pharmacist''s nervous mood slowly recovered. Years of spying career has made him very good mentally, and he has his own way of dealing with any crisis.

    Uehara Naraku came to Konoha to take part in the Nakanoha exam. It was definitely impossible to kill on the spot, which meant that the crisis had not yet come.

    Yakushidou breathed a sigh of relief and whispered: "Master Naraku''s strength is too strong, Ninfa Post is not worthy to record your information..."

    "You are still so funny."

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help laughing finally.

    When Uchiha Sasuke listened to their conversation, he felt a little uncomfortable, and his face simply showed: "You guy is Naraku Uehara? But it''s just the Shinnin of Ugin Village..."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku watched Uchiha Sasuke utterly utterly speaking, and secretly wrote a sum in his heart. Sooner or later, the debt owed by his brother would be paid by Uchiha Itachi.

    At the next moment, someone suddenly appeared behind Sasuke!

    Kaguya-kun Maro squeezed Sasuke''s throat with one hand. His movements were so fast that the people next to him could not see clearly.

    "So fast!"

    After Naruto Uzumaki exclaimed from the side, he realized that his teammate was being restrained, and immediately flew up and rushed forward: "Hurry up and let go of Sasuke! Hiss...it''s cold!"

    Naruto Uzumaki slowly lowered his head, but a cloud of ice appeared under his feet, freezing his feet, making him unable to support Sasuke at all.

    "Let go of them!"

    Uehara Naruko waved his hand and looked at the newcomers in Konoha Village. A smile was drawn at the corner of his mouth: "There is still a long time before the Chuninin exam. At that time, I will have fun with them, but when I see you next time, I won¡¯t If you are careful... you will lose your life!"

    "... asshole... asshole!"

    Uchiha Sasuke''s face suddenly burst into anger.

    Just as Sasuke wanted to continue rushing up, an old man with a good skill stopped Sasuke''s movements and softly discouraged him: "Okay, stop making trouble, the first Zhongnin exam is about to begin... if you make trouble again. , Will be expelled from the examination room."

    "Yes, yes, we know."

    Haruno Sakura hurried away from Sasuke, she was a little worried that Sasuke would suffer.

    Others also scattered one after another, so as not to cause any more troubles, in case they were expelled from the examination room without taking the first examination, it would be a waste of opportunity.

    It''s just that when they dispersed, Inuzukaga was still a little curious and asked, "Will that old grandfather also come to take the Zhongnin exam, right?"

    Naruto Uzumaki also took a peek at the old man who was facing off with Naraku Uehara, and said something hard to say: "Can grandpa come to take the Zhongnin exam? How difficult will it be if you fail the exam for so long? !"

    "..."

    The boy''s innocent and innocent words added an embarrassment to the air.

    The ninjas at the test assembly point heard Uzumaki Naruto''s words, looked at the old and short old man, and the whole test room burst into laughter.

    Only Uehara Naraku didn''t smile.

    There was not even the slightest happy expression on his face.

    Because this old man''s name is Maru Hoshi Kosuke, he is Konoha''s Ten Thousand Years Shinobi, and he is a character who should never be underestimated.

    According to common sense, Gusuke should not take the Zhongnin exam.

    Maruxoshi Kosuke definitely wants to be a ninja for a lifetime. If he wants to be promoted, he can be promoted directly to the ninja. Where can he take the Zhongnin exam?

    At least Sarutobi Hizen had once been promoted to him, but he refused.

    As a result, now Maru Xing Kosuke actually took the Nakanin exam as an old man, it''s strange that there is no problem in it! It must be Sarutobi Hizen who sent to protect them Konoha Shinobu, right?

    This is kind of shameless...

    Outside the assembly point.

    Hearing that Kakashi gradually calmed down inside, he relaxed a little: "Did Sandaime arrange Senior Kousuke for this exam? It shouldn''t be said whether the luck of these little guys is too good or not? so bad¡­"

    after awhile.

    As time gradually extended, when Xia Ren in the assembly point gradually began to lose control of his temper, a man with a hideous scar on his face walked in.

    "Have been waiting, everyone."

    The scarred man nodded slightly and said in a deep voice, "I am the chief examiner of the first Zhongnin exam, Morino Ibiki."

    The commotion of the Shinnins finally stopped.

    One by one, they walked into the examination room in accordance with the team.

    The first part of the Ninja exam is a written test, which is a nominal examination of the ninja¡¯s knowledge, but in fact it examines the ninja¡¯s ability to detect intelligence.

    Coincidentally, the person in the seat next to Uehara Naraku was Maruhoshi Kosuke, and Uehara felt that the old man seemed to have made a special trip to stare at him.

    Shiro walked to the seat of Uehara Naraku, holding a glass of juice and putting it on his table: "Naraku-sama, it''s frozen for you."

    Uehara Naruko took it up and pointed to the old man next to him and said, "White, give this old man a cup."

    "Yes."

    Another glass of juice was placed on the table of Marusoshi Kosuke.

    "Thank you."

    The old man tremblingly stretched out his hand and grabbed the juice, squinting his eyes to see after Bai left: "Is the Bing Dun Blood Successor? I haven''t seen it for a long time...If it''s just used for iced juice, it''s really a violent thing!"

    Uehara Naraku took a sip of the juice, and watched Kosuke danglingly grasping the cup, feeling a little uncomfortable.

    Wherever he goes, there are people vying for the actor?

    Maru Hoshi Kosuke is different from other people. He pretended to be forbearance all his life, and he was also a real old drama.

    The written test process did not have too many waves.

    A group of ninjas each showed their magical powers, trying their best to get answers from the answerers'' papers, and the examination room was full of cheaters.

    While the other ninjas were all writing and answering questions in a rustle, Uehara Naraku and Marusoshi Kosuke were drinking juice slowly, without taking a look at the paper.

    "Sucking..."

    "Sucking..."

    When some ninjas were disqualified from the exam because they were caught cheating, Uehara Naraku and Marusoshi Kosuke were still drinking the glass of juice.

    In fact, there is only a little bit of juice left, almost empty, but the two are still fighting there.

    "Sucking..."

    "Sucking..."

    After seeing this scene, Morino Ibuki kept twitching on the muscles on his face. He was about to be blown up by the two people''s style, and even dared to be scorned and endured the exam in front of him!

    Is this provoking him?

    Seeing that the others were affected by them, Morino Ibiki couldn''t help but threw two shurikens into the cups of Uehara Naraku and Marusoshi Kosuke.

    Whoosh!

    Uehara Naraku and Maruxoshi Kosuke stretched out their fingers almost at the same time, and caught Morino Ibiki''s shuriken, as if they had caught a ball of paper with ease.

    "..."

    Morinai was angry and anxious.

    Had it not been for the orders of the three generations of Hokage, he would have driven people out now!

    The final test of this written test lies in fearless courage. As long as the examiner insists on taking the test, he can pass the written test directly.

    Answering questions is actually not that important.

    Uehara Naraku and Marusoshi Kosuke, who sat firmly on the Diaoyutai, sat in their seats without saying a word, watching Morino Ibiki perform as if watching a monkey show.

    In this written test, two people passed a blank paper.

    They can actually answer questions and cheat, but that is not necessary.

    No, it should be said that the three of them passed the test in vain.

    In addition to Uehara Naraku and Maru Hoshi Furusuke who have been drinking juice slowly, there is also Naruto Uzumaki who wants to answer but can''t answer, and wants to cheat but won''t cheat.

    After the exam, Morino Ibiki''s temper was finally overwhelming. He said in a deep voice, "This time some people got lucky, but when you become Captain Zhongnin and steal information in the future, you will regret what you did today. thing!"

    Uehara Naraku slowly said, "As long as you kill all the enemies that protect the intelligence, you will naturally get the intelligence. I can fight ten enemies like the chief examiner."

    "This method is not necessarily right."

    Maruxing Furusuke nodded considering his head, UU reading added: "The method of the strong is not suitable for the weak. Everything must focus on the task and the safety of teammates, but for enemies like the chief examiner, I I''m getting older, I can only play nine."

    "..."

    Morino Ibixi really wanted to hit someone.

    Fortunately, he was only responsible for the first exam. Anyway, during the second exam, these two guys had no way to cheat by small means.

    Marusoshi Furusuke turned his head and looked at Uehara Naraku: "If I remember correctly, the second game of the Zhongnin exam should be a five-day battle of heaven and earth scrolls, which involves survival exercises. You have to act with me. Isn¡¯t it? My chef¡¯s skills are pretty good."

    "No, I don''t have that high demand for food."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head.

    Marusoshi Kosuke is indeed responsible for monitoring him.

    Now that he knew this, how could Naraku Uehara still be willing to act with Furusuke?

 Chapter 117ï¼š Red bean that idiot

    The latest website: "True fragrance."

    Uehara Naraku and Maruxoshi Kosuke sat around a large iron pot, each holding their bowls and chopsticks to eat the cooked vegetables in it, attracting the attention of the people around them.

    It is against common sense for a teacher and a young man to behave so arrogantly, apparently they seem to be incapable.

    Maruxing Furusuke was also helpless.

    Because of making mistakes many years ago, Kosuke only wanted to be forbearance for a lifetime, but this time from his old friend and head boss Sarutobi''s orders and requests, Marusei Kosuke had to be ordered to monitor Uehara.

    In addition, in the face of Uehara Naraku''s provocations from time to time, Marusoshi Kosuke can only show his strength, hoping that he can converge.

    "Really not teaming up with me?"

    After the two of them finished eating together, Maruxoshi Furusuke packed up the cooking utensils and explained softly: "Although temporary team formation is forbidden for the Chunin test, there are no special rules. After all, the final score depends on the scrolls obtained by each team. "

    The second rule of the Zhongnin exam is to grab the scroll of heaven and earth.

    Each squad will issue a scroll of heaven or earth, and if you want to clear the level, you must gather the two scrolls of heaven and earth, and then reach the tower of the death forest to allow clearance.

    Currently, about 20 teams have passed the Zhongnin exam, which means that at least half of the teams will be eliminated.

    Uehara Naraku shook his head firmly and said, "My teammate doesn''t want to be accompanied by an old man, besides, Bai''s craftsmanship is also very good."

    "is it?"

    Maruxoshi Kosuke could only leave here with a sigh.

    After a while, Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro received the scroll back, and Uehara Naraku didn''t care, but just let Shiro pack the scroll.

    "Master Naraku."

    The pharmacist suddenly walked over, pushed his glasses, and respectfully said: "What scroll do you need for Lord Naraku? We got the scroll of heaven."

    The reels were delivered before the game started.

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the pharmacist''s pocket speechlessly, waved his hand and said, "I prefer to get what I want."

    "Is that so?"

    The pharmacist sighed, shook his head and said, "That''s really a shame... These little guys are probably going through a nightmarish Zhongnin exam, right? I hope they won''t lose confidence from now on."

    "Hmph, they will definitely experience nightmares, after all, a guy who owes me something has been mixed in this examination room, right?"

    Uehara Naraku quietly opened the display panel of Destiny, and the head of the fellow Oshamaru was impressively nearby.

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around and said, "This...I don''t know."

    "Then you tell that person!"

    Uehara Naraku''s figure flickered, and suddenly appeared in front of Yakushi''s pocket, and tightly grasped his collar: "What you owe to others must be paid immediately, otherwise interest will be incurred!"

    "¡­Yes."

    The pharmacist''s forehead was covered with sweat.

    The murderous aura rushing on Uehara''s body just now scared him.

    Uehara Naruko frowned, unable to tell whether Yakushidou was acting or was really scared, after all, this guy is an old spy.

    Uehara thought for a while, and threw Pharmacist to the ground with his hand!

    "Hey, you two, private fights are forbidden here!"

    A female ninja hurried over when she saw the movement on their side, looked up at Uehara Naraku and said, "If you want to fight or even kill, you just need to enter the death forest and you can solve it yourself!"

    After speaking, a cruel smile slowly appeared on the female ninja''s face: "But if there is trouble with me, I will cut you off, understand? Shinobu kids!"

    This female ninja is the chief examiner of the second exam, Mitarashi Azuki.

    "understand!"

    Uehara Naraku looked at Mitarai Adzuki beans, who was still a child, nodded and bowed: "But this guy has been provoking me before, and I really didn''t hold back..."

    "Is that right?"

    Mitarai Adzuki bean looked at the pharmacist''s pocket with an unhappy expression.

    After taking a glance at Naraku Uehara, the pharmacist nodded and said, "That''s what he said."

    This is really full of grievances!

    If it weren''t for Uehara Naraku, Yakushi would want to screw off Uehara Naraku''s head to see why his brain is so shameless!

    "Hmph, if you want to provoke your opponent, save the time. When the battle begins, it doesn''t matter if you fight privately or even kill!"

    After Mitarai Adzuki snorted, he grinned, and showed a sweet smile to Uehara Naraku and Yakushi, "But don''t die in it easily, I really like you handsome boys!"

    "That''s a coincidence."

    The smile on Uehara Naraku''s face became a bit rich, and he looked at Mitarai Adzuki beans and said: "I also like the sweet and cute girl like the chief examiner..."

    "Then come on!"

    Mitarai Adzuki patted Naraku Uehara on the shoulder and turned to leave.

    But when Mitarai Adzuki bean leaves Naraku Uehara, the smile on her face gradually turned a little cruel: "It''s another idiot with a long life!"

    The most important thing for a ninja is patience.

    Uehara Naraku was provoked by the enemy just now. Isn''t he afraid of being disqualified from the Chunin exam?

    Yakushidou''s eyes gradually became a little weird. He stared at Mitarai Adzuki bean''s back, and his heart was full of doubts. Is that woman really a disciple of Oshemaru?

    Why does it look so stupid!

    She would actually believe in Naraku Uehara!

    Da She Maru was also hiding in the corner, always observing the movement here, he gently pressed his hat, and couldn''t help but cursed inwardly: "That idiot red bean!"

    Sure enough, he was right to give up Mitarai red beans.

    He didn''t see through Hara Naraku''s demonic nature!

    It¡¯s just that he has to be more careful about his plan for the Zhongnin exam this time. He has to find a way to let the pharmacist find out the purpose of Uehara NarakuMitarai Adzuki did not notice the two indisputable eyes. She looked at the watch on her wrist and said loudly: "All Shinobu, rush to your entrance immediately and wait for the exam to officially begin!"

    When Uehara Naraku led Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro to their entrance, she happened to meet the seventh class oncoming.

    When they passed by, Sasuke Uchiha suddenly said: "Hey, the one named Naraku Uehara, don''t die in it easily, I will challenge you!"

    Hagi Kakashi specifically reminded not to provoke Uehara Naraku for no reason, but Sasuke Uchiha planned to take Uehara Naraku as a challenge.

    Anyway, he has a lot of opponents to challenge.

    The stronger the opponent, the more help he is.

    Hearing Sasuke''s words, Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but bend the corners of her mouth, revealing a kind smile: "Oh? Welcome, if you can defeat me, as a reward for you, I can tell you part of Uchiha Itachi. intelligence."

 Chapter 118ï¼š The first crop of leeks has been harvested, and the dog cant let it go!

    Latest URL: "Wait..."

    Sasuke Uchiha called Naraku Uehara loudly.

    The original confidence and pride on Sasuke''s face gradually faded, and his face became dark: "Do you know Uchiha Itachi?"

    "I know."

    Uehara Naraku narrowed his eyes and smiled and said: "I escaped dangerously from his hands! So I have a lot of information about him in my hand. If I want to get his information, I will defeat me in the death forest. Right!"

    There is nothing wrong with this sentence.

    After all, when Uehara Naraku first joined the Akatsuki organization, he really fell under the eyes of Uchiha Itachi, but at that time, Uehara Naraku was a little softer, and his strength was only one-tenth or even less. .

    "well!"

    Sasuke Uchiha squeezed his fist, and there was a sense of fighting spirit in his chest. He sneered at Uehara Naraku and said, "Since you cooperate so well, after I defeat you, I can spare your life."

    "Then expect us to meet again."

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand in a friendly manner, and left with Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro.

    Immediately after separating from Class 7, Bai couldn''t help but ask: "Uehara, how do you feel that Senior Itachi and his younger brother are very different in character..."

    "Ok."

    Kaguya-kun Maro nodded in agreement.

    Junmaro almost didn''t disagree with anything that was proposed for nothing.

    After Kaguya-kun Maro nodded, he continued to add: "Senior Itachi is very humble, being polite to almost everyone he meets, but why does his younger brother always look so arrogant..."

    "Because I owe it!"

    Uehara Naruko waved his hand and said indifferently: "Smug geniuses are always a little arrogant. After hitting them, they will become much honest."

    in the afternoon.

    Half past two.

    The entrance to the death forest opened.

    Uehara Naraku raised his head to look at the forest under the sun, and walked slowly in step by step: "Kimmaro, Shiro, you go to the tower and lie in wait. Before I reach the tower, no one is allowed to enter the tower. Let you experience the pleasure of bullying children."

    "understand."

    Kaguya-kun Maro and Bai nodded seriously.

    No matter what the task is, Bai will carry out it seriously.

    As for Kaguya-kun Maro, he will do whatever he asks him to do.

    After the two left, Naraku Uehara rubbed her palms excitedly: "There are so many treasures here, which mine should I dig first? Then leave it to destiny to choose, let me see which team of cuties How close is it?"

    Destiny, start!

    Death forest.

    The eighth squad of Hinata, Inuzuka, and Yuzina, relying on their super perception abilities, used Yuzino¡¯s insect manipulation skills to set up a dangerous situation in advance, easily solved a group of enemies, and gathered them. Scroll of Heaven and Earth.

    Inuzukaga looked at the team of enemies they had defeated and said triumphantly: "We have a great advantage in survival exercises!"

    "..."

    Hyuga Hinata is not comfortable with saying arrogant words.

    Although her status is high enough, because of being reprimanded by her father since she was a child, she looks a little inferior, and now she just bows her head to her little finger.

    Yu Nushi Na stretched out her palm, and a small black bug on it trembled, causing his brows to wrinkle.

    "Ya, Hinata, let''s go to the tower!"

    Yuzina suddenly raised her head and looked at her two teammates: "My bug told me that staying here will be very dangerous. The bugs in the forest are very scared!"

    "Ah, didn''t we find other people?"

    Inuzuka-toa raised his head in surprise, and reached out and hugged his puppy in his arms: "Hey, what''s wrong with Akamaru?"

    "Wow!"

    Akamaru screamed nervously and drew back into Inuzuka''s arms.

    Hyuga Hinata''s face was a little nervous, and he whispered: "I also feel a sense of crisis. I will observe with a white-eyed vision... eyes-open!"

    The moment she opened Hinata''s white-eyed vision that day, her face changed suddenly, because there was a young ninja sitting on the big tree behind them.

    Hyuga Hinata suddenly turned his head and looked at the big tree behind him!

    "As expected of Konoha''s white eyes..."

    A young ninja flew down. He held a wild fruit in his hand, took a bite bored, and said hello to the three children in the eighth class: "Good afternoon, my name is Uehara Naraku. Three seconds, please advise."

    "Three seconds?"

    Inuzuka''s eyes were a little puzzled.

    The next moment, his eyes suddenly widened!

    A huge force hit Inuzukaya''s body, knocked him out, and slammed into a tree!

    Hyuga Hinata''s white eyes had already noticed Uehara Naraku''s movements, and he waved his palms and shouted loudly: "Soft fist¡¤Bagua..."

    Click!

    The white-eyed girl was also kicked!

    Yuenoshino Fei tried to avoid Uehara Naraku''s attack, but Uehara Naraku stretched out a palm to pinch his throat and threw him to the ground.

    "Three seconds, just right."

    Uehara Naraku threw away the half-eaten wild fruit and walked slowly to Inuzuka''s side, reaching out to take the scroll of heaven and earth from him.

    Akamaru bravely jumped off Inuzuka''s body, opened his mouth and barked at Uehara Naraku: "Wow, woof..."

    "Oh, I almost forgot to have you."

    Uehara Naruko reached out and grabbed the little puppy Akamaru, and when he held his fist, he was about to knock it out.

    "and many more!"

    Inuzuka tooth clutched his chest, and said solemnly: "Don''t hurt Akimaru, we are already defeated, I can give you whatever scroll you want!"

    "No way."

    Nairo Uehara knocked Akimaru fainted with a punch, and threw it on Inuzuka''s body. He pulled out two scrolls of heaven and earth from his bag: "Not only will I hit your puppy, I will also want your scrolls. Take it away!"

    After speaking, Naraku Uehara grabbed the scroll and turned and disappeared.

    The three little guys in the eighth class looked at each other ignorantly, their eyes full of blankness and confusion.

    After inspecting Akimaru''s injury, Inuzuka-ma sweared fiercely: "That **** is too bad! It''s fine to bully the girl Hinata, even Akimaru won''t let it go!"

    "..."

    Hyuga Hinata nodded subconsciously.

    Yuzina is very sensible. He whispered: "This is to make us lose our combat effectiveness, but at least he did not kill us. That means that in these five days, we still have the opportunity to collect the scrolls again. ."

    "It can only start again."

    Inuzukaya sighed, struggled to stand up, and said solemnly: "The next time you meet him again, you must be cautious. You can never fight back like just now!"

    "¡­Ok."

    Hyuga Hinata rubbed his belly and nodded cautiously.

    the other side.

    Uehara Naraku was in a good mood, and the reward for defeating the eighth class was much higher than the reward for defeating a wind shadow.

    If it wasn''t for Xiaonan and Nagato to treat him well, Uehara really regretted not having a choice to start Konoha now.

    Side mission: Collect the Zhongnin Exam World Scroll (1/1), the mission has been completed, reward 300 gold coins.

    Side quest: Defeat Inuzuka Toa (1/1), the quest has been completed, and rewards skill hunting rhythm.

    Hunting rhythm: It enters stealth stealth-acceleration state, and can directly perceive the precise position of all enemies within 2 kilometers around it. The duration is 20 seconds, the minimum chakra consumption is 20 points, and the cooling time is 55 seconds.

    This skill is simply a must for survival in the wild.

    Although the detection range of destiny is very high, chakras are also very expensive. Even if it only takes a few minutes to locate the enemy and observe the enemy''s movements, it will consume thousands of chakras, which is far inferior to the perception of hunting rhythm.

    After all, the hunting rhythm skill Chakra consumption is too low, and Uehara Naraku can unscrupulously continue to open the hunting rhythm perception.

    Not to mention that this skill will have its own stealth effect.

    Side quest: Defeat Akamaru (1/1), the quest has been completed, reward the magic cat Yumi, the psychic pendant.

    Psychic Contract: Summon the magic cat Yumi, which consumes 1000 Chakra points. You can continue to exist by consuming 1 Chakra every second.

    Side quest: Defeat Yu Nv Zhi Na (1/1), the quest has been completed, reward the skill Void Swarm.

    Void Swarm: You can summon a group of Void Worm Spirits. Each Void Worm Spirit will consume 40 Chakra points and the skill cooldown time is 4 seconds. When the Void Swarm kills a unit, it will sacrifice the corpse to summon one New Void Worm Spirit; Void Worm Swarm cannot be far away from the summoner by 10 kilometers.

    Uehara Naraku fell into deep thought.

    If he is stimulated to fall into madness in the future and becomes a world-destroying villain, he can directly summon the Nether Insect Swarm and try to kill all the lives in the Ninja World, but he doesn''t know if these Nether Insect Spirits resist beating...

    If it can be beaten to death by an ordinary ninja with three punches and two kicks it is pure fun.

    After all, no matter how many ordinary ninjas in the Ninja world, they can''t hold Uchiha Madara to summon a meteorite.

    Side mission: Defeat Hinata Hyuga (1/1), the mission has been completed, and 100 gold coins will be awarded.

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku was almost full of question marks.

    That¡¯s right, this is Hinata Hyuga, the super-popular heroine in Naruto, why is it rewarding 100 gold coins? 100 gold coins is the worst reward!

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but pulled the system panel again, and took a look at the tasks about Hinata Hinata in it. There was a lot of mess that made him look a little bit blind!

    "Aren''t there any serious tasks?"

    Uehara Naraku tapped on his forehead and sighed: "Forget it, let''s cut other leeks first!"

 Chapter 119ï¼š A tiring teammate, a favorite opponent

    Latest URL: Deep in the Dead Forest.

    Gaara, Kankuro, and Temari from Sandyakura are moving fast. The ordinary ninja is not their opponent, and Gaara is not willing to meet Naraku Uehara.

    Temari vaguely knew that Gaara might be afraid of the guy named Naraku Uehara, but she did not dare to ask carefully, for fear of causing Gaara''s anger.

    While searching along the death forest, they encountered a group of Takigakura ninjas. Gaara went directly to the killing ring: "Sand waterfall funeral!"

    Clouds of yellow sand mixed with blood and rain are flying!

    Once wrapped in the yellow sand of Gaara, there was absolutely no chance of counterattack, and this team of Takigakura Ninjas died.

    Bang bang bang...

    A burst of applause appeared in the forest.

    Uehara Naraku clapped his palms and appeared in the sight of Gaara''s trio. The corners of his mouth smiled lightly and said, "Ha, it''s still that weak, Gaara..."

    "What are you doing!"

    Gaara''s face suddenly became more and more indifferent, as he manipulated the yellow sand to appear at his feet, and said coldly: "Is it because you want to take the scroll in our hands?"

    Gaara knows very well in his heart that his own odds of winning against Uehara Naraku are very low. Even if he summons one tail, his chances of defeating Uehara Naraku are slim!

    Some enemies can''t be solved by bloodthirsty and rage.

    Gaara is sometimes very sensible. He knows who can provoke and who can¡¯t. Uehara is a ruthless man who killed four generations of Fengying!

    "I''ve got the scrolls."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head, his eyes flowed slowly, glanced at Kankuro, and then at Temari: "I''m just interested in your brother and sister... Why don''t I give you a chance, ten seconds later I will Launch an offense and see who you can protect?"

    "Hmph, you think they are free!"

    Gaara snorted coldly, and said nonchalantly: "Anyway, you have already killed Luosha. It doesn''t matter if you want to kill them."

    "what did you say?"

    Temari looked at her younger brother in disbelief, and pointed her finger at Naraku Uehara: "Gaara, is this man the murderer of his father?"

    "Huh, yeah!"

    Gaara glanced at Temari displeasedly and said: "Maki has never let me tell you, and now you have seen it too, if you want revenge, kill that man! Anyway, I have no interest in helping Luosha get revenge! "

    "It''s so ruthless!"

    Uehara Naraku sighed, and suddenly stretched his palm in the direction of Kaiju and Kankuro: "Come out, Sand Soldier!"

    A sand soldier suddenly appeared behind Temari!

    Just as the sand soldier¡¯s spear stretched out, Temari suddenly removed the three-star fan on his back, blocking the sand soldier¡¯s attack, and smashing the sand soldier with another blow!

    Unfortunately, Kankuro was not so lucky. A sand soldier''s spear pierced his crow puppet directly from behind, wounding his lower abdomen.

    Uehara Naraku''s figure instantly appeared behind Kankuro, and kicked him to the side with a whip kick. The speed of these Shinnins was pitifully slow!

    Kankuro did almost nothing, and fainted.

    "Kan Kuro!"

    Temari''s face suddenly became anxious, and she suddenly opened the huge three-star fan: "Feng Dun¡¤Scythe!"

    "The speed is too slow and the power is too small."

    Uehara Naluo jumped into the air and avoided Fengdun Ninjutsu. He looked down at the tense-looking Temari on the ground, and suddenly stretched out his palm: "Uranus! Twilight!"

    A purple chakra broadsword appeared in the hands of Uehara Naraku!

    Temari didn''t care about how strong Uehara Naraku was. He just looked up at Uehara Naraku in the air, a trace of madness flashed in his eyes, and once again raised the Samsung fan in his hand!

    boom!

    Uehara Naraku''s speed is significantly faster!

    The purple broadsword in Uehara''s hand slashed towards Temari''s three-star fan by the downward force, and flew the 15-year-old girl with one blow.

    Just as Uehara Naraku walked towards Temari step by step, a yellow sand suddenly wrapped around Uehara Naraku''s ankle!

    "It''s almost the end!"

    Gaara looked at Naraku Uehara coldly, and stopped Naraku Uehara''s plan to continue his opponent''s attack: "You can go and kill Kankuro, Temari is worth living!"

    Temari raised his head dazedly, suppressing his instinct to vomit blood after a serious injury, and looked at his brother with complicated eyes: "I Gaara..."

    Although Gaara is willing to protect her at the moment of life and death, it is kind of gratifying, but just so support the enemy to kill his brother Kankuro...

    Is it a bit too much?

    "I can understand it as, are you trying to stop me?"

    Uehara Naraku squinted his eyes with a smile, and his figure suddenly disappeared in the next second. He rushed to Gaara''s face using the shadow binding, and knocked Gaara away with a punch: "Who gave you the courage? Who do you think you are?"

    "¡­cough!"

    The armor of sand on Gaara shattered in an instant, and a mouthful of blood came out forcibly. A thought came to his mind that the guy Uehara Naraku''s power was stronger than before!

    Gaara has no memory, and I don''t know that Uehara''s charge can directly defeat Shouhe!

    After Uehara Naraku defeated Gaara, he picked up the Temari collar and knocked the woman out with a punch, then slowly turned and left the scene.

    Gaara stared at his back, gritted his teeth and manipulated Huang Sha to move himself to Temari''s side to check Temari''s injuries.

    It was found that his sister was not in serious danger. Gaara reluctantly breathed a sigh of relief. After a while, he pulled Kanjirou to his side again, and took the yellow sand left in his body after Kanjirou was pierced by sand soldiers. Cleaned up.

    Fortunately, none of their team died.

    It¡¯s just that Gaara doesn¡¯t quite understand. What does Uehara Naraku want to do, just to beat them to show off her strength?

    Unfortunately, Gaara will never think of this answer.

    Now Uehara Naraku is checking her own harvest again.

    Side mission: Defeat Temari (1/1), the mission has been completed, and the reward skill Hurricane Howl.

    Hurricane Howls: A hurricane is released by accumulating chakra energy, destroying everything on the way of the hurricane, the minimum skill consumption is 60 chakra points, and the cooling time is 6 seconds.

    Side mission: Defeat Kanjiuro (1/1), the mission has been completed, and 100 gold coins will be awarded.

    Uehara Naraku''s brows suddenly wrinkled. He defeated Gaara to reward the sand soldiers for showing up. It is a very useful group attack skill. Defeating Temari just now rewarded the hurricane howling. How come Kankuro''s turn is 100 gold coins?

    The difference between the three brothers and sisters is too big!

    "It seems normal, after all, Kankuro is too weak."

    Uehara Naraku sighed and started the newly acquired hunting rhythm, and the figure quietly disappeared in place: "The next team is also very weak, shouldn''t it be rewarded with a hundred gold coins?"

    In the bushes of the death forest.

    Nara Shikamaru, Yamanaka Ino, and Akimi Mitsuji are hiding here.

    Regardless of their attitude or the way of thinking, the three of them think that they should hide in advance, and after the dangerous people have left, they plan to find a team weaker than themselves.

    After a while, after Nara Shikamaru confirmed that he was safe outside, he turned his head to look at the distraught Akudo Dingji, wiped the sweat from his forehead, and nodded at him.

    Qiu Daodingci immediately relieved his heart, took his own potato chips contentedly, and ate happily, his stomach was hungry.

    A young ninja suddenly appeared from the air, standing next to Akio Dingci, and asked softly: "You potato chips, is it delicious?"

    "Uhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh...

    Qiu Dao Dingci nodded, while desperately stuffing potato chips into his mouth, the next moment he suddenly reacted, his voice was a little strange!

    "Shikamaru, there are enemies!"

    "Hey hey hey Got it, you be quiet!"

    Nara Shikamaru grabbed Akimaru Dingji, lest they lose one combat power before they formally fight, and patted the terrified Yamaaka Ino to make her sober.

    To be honest, Nara Shikamaru is a bit tired with such teammates.

    It''s a pity that the pig deer butterfly has always been separated from family. This is the inheritance that has been passed down during the Warring States Period, because their secret arts work together very well, and he can definitely not change it easily.

    Otherwise, Nara Shikamaru kind of wanted their good friend Naruto Uzumaki to take the place of the pig. After all, this woman Ino is very troublesome.

    "Compared to the other Xiannin I have encountered, your performance is very sensible."

    The young ninja stretched out his palm towards Nara Shikamaru, looking polite. He looked at Shikamaru with admiring eyes: "Introduce myself, my name is Uehara Naraku. I am your next opponent."

    Uehara Naraku likes opponents like the pig, deer and butterfly trio very much.

 Chapter 120ï¼š Class 7 spied by 2 people

    Latest website: Nara Shikamaru''s face is very calm.

    It''s just that his heart has already begun to analyze quickly based on the information Uehara Nairobi''s mouth, analyzing the information that can be used from those few words.

    Haruno Sakura mentioned before the exam, Uehara Naraku is an opponent that Hagi Kakashi must remind him not to provoke easily before the game.

    Moreover, the enemy named Naraku Uehara must have been in contact with other ninjas before. Judging from his state, he should have won easily.

    This guy was only alone, and the situation was very strange when he came out, proving that he can win by crushing against a small team alone...

    This is a very dangerous enemy.

    Nara Shikamaru grinned, and smiled confidently at Uehara Naraku: "What scroll do you need? Maybe we don''t need to fight?"

    "Just give up like this?"

    Uehara Naraku sighed with regret.

    Just when Nara Shikamaru thought they could negotiate, Uehara Naraku''s fist suddenly hit his lower abdomen!

    Uehara Naraku looked at Nara Shikamaru holding her lower abdomen and shook her head and said, "Unfortunately, what I need is not a scroll, but a battle."

    "Deerball! Meatball chariot!"

    The timidity of Akimaru''s face suddenly changed when he saw Nara Shikamaru fall, a flash of fighting spirit flashed in his eyes, and his whole body instantly shrank into a ball and charged towards Uehara Naraku!

    Bang!

    Qiu Dao Ding times was kicked!

    Uehara Naraku slowly lowered his head and looked at the trembling Yamaaka Ino, and saw a pleased smile on the face of this little blonde girl: "Our strength is very weak, there is no point in fighting with us, right?"

    "But it will give me some pleasure."

    Uehara Naruko squatted in front of Yamaaka Ino, and said softly: "You are a girl, I must be more modest, you have the right to choose..."

    "I choose to surrender!"

    Ino Yamanaka raised his hands.

    The Pig Deer Butterfly is too immature, they don''t realize the meaning of their fighting, and their strength is too weak.

    "Do not."

    Uehara Naruko clenched her fist and placed it in front of Yamanaka Ino: "I mean, you can choose to stun you with my fist or my foot."

    "..."

    Yamanaka Ino turned his head and glanced at Nara Shikamaru, who had fallen beside him, and Akima Dingji not far away. He bowed his head desperately and said, "Can you be lighter?"

    "of course!"

    Uehara Naraku showed a kind smile.

    In the next second, Yamanaka Ino''s eyes went dark and he suddenly lost consciousness.

    After a while, when the pig, the deer and the butterfly were lying here waiting to die, an old man finally found this place, and he set up his cauldron and started cooking.

    "What enemy did you meet?"

    The old man slowly stirred the cauldron with a spoon, and said softly, "Is it a ninja named Naraku Uehara?"

    "Yes."

    Nara Shikamaru took a meaningful look at the old man, and replied directly: "He didn''t kill us, nor did he take our scrolls, he just knocked us down."

    The old man nodded and said slowly: "It seems that after he grabs the scrolls, all that is left is to ravage the interest of you little guys."

    The old man had been tracking the trail of Uehara Naraku before, but he couldn''t find it. He just met the defeated squad 8 and the Sain Gaara team, and now he met the pig, deer and butterfly team, and finally he was able to confirm Uehara¡¯s. purpose.

    To put it simply, it means relying on your own strength to beat newcomers in exchange for pleasure.

    The nature is a bit bad!

    The old man sighed and greeted them, "After eating this pot of food together, you can continue to take the exam!"

    "Yes, senior."

    Nara Shikamaru nodded seriously.

    the other side.

    Uehara Naraku acquired three skills.

    Many people like the pig, deer and butterfly trio!

    Side mission: Defeat Qiu Dao Ding Ci (1/1), the mission has been completed, and rewards skill power sprint.

    Power sprint: Shrink your body into a ball-shaped rapid impact, greatly increasing your movement speed, duration 6 seconds, skill minimum consumption 60 chakras, skill cooling time 8 seconds.

    The moment he got this skill, Naraku Uehara decided to block it. After all, using this skill would be too bad for his image!

    Side mission: Defeat Yamanaka Ino (1/1), the mission has been completed, the bonus skill hypnotic bubble.

    Hypnotic bubble: kick out a hypnotic bubble. After hitting the enemy for 1.5 seconds, the enemy will fall into a deep sleep state for 3 seconds; if the force of the kicked hypnotic bubble is exhausted and it fails to hit anyone, a hypnotic zone will be formed in the target area ; The minimum skill consumption is 80 Chakra points, and the skill cooling time is 10 seconds.

    Uehara Naraku was numb, and the probability of using this skill was estimated to be very low. After all, the probability of his hit was too low.

    Then only the reward for defeating Nara Shikamaru is left!

    Side quest: Defeat Nara Shikamaru (1/1), the quest has been completed, reward the skill Shadow Prosperity! Avatar.

    Shadow Profound meaning! Clone: ??Release a shadow clone of your own. Every time the body releases a skill, the shadow clone will release the same skill. At the same time, the body can swap positions with the shadow clone. The skill consumes 40 Chakra points and has a cooling time of 10 seconds.

    Uehara Naraku frowned suddenly: "It feels a bit like ninjutsu that stops water in a flash, forget it, it doesn''t matter."

    If it is not possible to exchange positions with each other, this so-called shadow secret! The clone is not as good as the ordinary clone technique of Ninja World!

    A dark shadow stood there stupidly...

    Wouldn''t it be possible for this TM to graduate from Ninja School?

    "The next step is to find Neji Hyuga...huh?"

    After Uehara Naraku turned on the destiny skill, his face suddenly changed, because in his observation, the last meal that was left was about to be robbed!

    Uehara Nairobi bitterly hit the tree with a fist, and the whole person quietly disappeared in the same place: "Almost forgot the **** Oshemaru, don''t let him get it first... Then I want to keep the harvested leeks! "

    The two guys in Class 7 must not be coveted.

    If Uchiha Sasuke becomes blackened first under the operation of Osake Maru, the probability of Uzumaki Naruto blackening must be greatly reduced. According to Uehara Naraku''s guess, the reward for Naruto blackening becoming a betrayal is definitely very high. !

    The fetters of the Ninja world are very outrageous!

    In the outer circle of the Dead Forest.

    The seventh class only encountered a reconnaissance enemy along the way. After Sasuke Uchiha solved it easily, he was in a good mood, and his self-confidence was a little bit more.

    Sasuke Uchiha is looking everywhere for Naraku Uehara''s location. After all, Sasuke is willing to do whatever it takes to get Uchiha''s information.

    Besides, Uehara Naraku took the initiative to send it up!

    Sasuke Uchiha confidently said to the two teammates: "According to my guess and observation, we will search for the traces of Uehara Naraku all the way north, and try to intercept a copy of the scroll of earth..."

    "But Sasuke-kun..."

    Haruno Sakura''s face was a little worried: "Kakashi-sensei specially asked us not to provoke the man named Uehara Naraku for no reason!"

    Naruto Uzumaki waved his hand and said with a smile on his face: "Sakura, but it makes more sense to challenge a strong talent!"

    "Naruto is right."

    Sasuke Uchiha rarely agrees with the opinion of the tail of the crane in the team. He folded his fingers and said in a deep voice, "And if I want to kill the man Uchiha Itachi, I must get his information."

    That is the blood feud that he carries on his back!

    Since the night of the genocide four years ago, what Sasuke Uchiha thinks most every day and night is to kill the **** Uchiha Itachi!

    The worries on Haruno Sakura''s face did not disappear, but the two teammates agreed. She could only agree: "Then I hope we can find the person named Uehara Naraku as soon as possible... Sasuke-kun will definitely be able to defeat him and get what you want!"

    "Thank you."

    Sasuke nodded and thanked his teammates for the first time. Haruno Sakura''s face suddenly became blush.

    Just at this moment, a gloomy voice appeared around them: "Do you want to defeat Uehara Naraku even with the present you?"

    A tall and slender man emerged from the ground and appeared in front of the seventh class.

    The man pressed his hat, stretched out his long tongue, licked his lips, and looked at the three little guys in Class 7 and said, "What a group of innocent and cute little ghosts, they always like to say something innocent. daydream¡­"

    Uehara Naraku is a man who doesn''t even dare to defeat him lightly!

    These little guys who don''t know the height of the sky also dared to challenge Naraku Uehara, this kind of behavior is no different from death.

    Rather than let them die in the hands of Uehara Naraku, let him test the power of Uchiha''s orphan first to see if he is qualified to be a container.

    The long, narrow eyes under the man''s hat fell into the seventh class''s sight, making people look cold for a while, and the murderous aura from this man made Uzumaki Naruto and the others collapsed to the ground in fright!

    The thin and tall man frowned and looked at the performance of Class 7, his eyes revealed a little displeasure: "Is it only this level?"

    "Asshole, don''t underestimate Uchiha!"

    Sasuke Uchiha violently grabbed Kunai and stuck it on his lap. He stood up from his murderous fear, and rushed in the direction of the thin man!

    When the seventh squad and the thin tall man had just started fighting, another figure quietly landed near them.

    The second visitor was Uehara Naraku.

    Uehara watched the slender man who turned into Oshemaru ravaged Class 7, with an impatience on his face: "Oshemaru, if you dare to ruin my good deeds, I will kill you!"

    The current seventh class wants to defeat the Oshe Maru is simply a fantasy.

    It didn''t take long at all. Both Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto were easily defeated by OshemaruEven Sasuke''s desperate counterattack was just an adjustment.

    "Not bad, Shuanggouyu writes round eyes, looks very handsome, and dares to resist when he meets the real strong."

    After Oshamaru finished speaking, his neck suddenly stretched, driving his head to the direction of Uchiha Sasuke, and biting the back of Sasuke''s neck with his mouth open!

    Oshamaru¡¯s voice was a little crazy: "But in order to prevent you from going to Uehara Naruto to die, please accept my gift obediently! If you want to use this power in your body, go find me! Remember my name , My name is Dashewan!"

    Click!

    Da She Wan''s teeth suddenly bit on a person''s arm!

    Suddenly a young man appeared next to Uchiha Sasuke, who stretched out his arm to help him block the Shekou of Oshemaru.

    Oshamaru looked at the man''s face, with a hint of surprise and retreat in his eyes: "Uehara Naraku, how can this guy appear here, shouldn''t he be in the tower now with his strength and speed?"

 Chapter 121ï¼š Salvation Uehara Naraku!

    Latest URL: "Go wherever I want!"

    Uehara Naruko squeezed her arm, punched Oshemaru''s head back, and looked at Haruno Sakura and Uchiha Sasuke gently and said: "Fortunately, I arrived here in time. Are you all okay?"

    "It''s okay."

    Sasuke Uchiha shook his head, his body collapsed, but he stood firm and looked at Naraku Uehara: "Why are you guys here?"

    Haruno Sakura quickly helped Sasuke, and politely nodded to Naruto Uhara, "Thank you for saving Sasuke-kun just now."

    "It''s ok."

    Uehara Naraku squinted his eyes and looked at Sasuke with a smile: "I just heard that there was a fierce battle here, so I wanted to come and have a look. It turns out that you have encountered an enemy of this level. I don''t want one to help me. The little genius who killed Uchiha Itachi died here."

    Of course Uehara Naraku was not here for charity.

    It''s just that he didn''t expect that after he was bitten by the big snake pill on his arm, he also opened a new attribute template and completed a hidden task.

    He added a natural energy attribute.

    Hidden task: Obtain the power of the curse seal (11), the task has been completed, and reward the fairy mode status: ascending the gods.

    Ascend to the Gods: When the chakra energy is the same as the natural energy value, you can enter a new battle mode through the synthetic fairy chakra. It is currently the first form of fanaticism.

    Uehara feels that his fairy model is not very authentic, and is different from the Ninja fairy model. After all, the Ninja needs spiritual energy, physical energy and natural energy to be consistent before it can synthesize Xianshu Chakra and enter the fairy mode.

    The correct formula for Xianshu Chakra should be 1+1+1=3.

    His Xianshu Chakra formula is 2+1=3.

    It seems there is no difference?

    Forget it, anyway, he was just a hang-up.

    Uehara Naruko shook his head, and glanced down at the place where he was bitten by the Oshe Maru. It has turned into a winged sharp blade, where he stores natural energy, a bit like a Yin seal.

    Uehara took a peek at his attribute panel again. Now the natural energy is at full value, and he will slowly absorb it after using it.

    Life energy: 9091 (standard shadow level 3000~10000)

    Chakra energy: 10145 (not within the conventional standard)

    Natural energy: 10145 (not within the conventional standard)

    Health regeneration: 9 seconds

    Chakra recovery: 6 seconds

    Natural energy extraction: 6 seconds

    Skill cooldown reduction: 50%

    Remaining gold coins: 4430

    After becoming Shiminin, Uehara Naraku''s Chakra increased a bit, and after eating a few bowls of Yile Ramen. Life energy has also increased by several hundred points.

    As for the current high gold coin increase, it was rewarded by Konoha''s bunch of ordinary small tasks.

    Damn, I regret it again.

    Konoha''s start is the choice!

    Uehara Naraku sighed, and now the most important thing is to solve the troubles of Oshamaru and the seventh class.

    After Sasuke was rescued by Uehara Naraku, he felt ashamed and awkward, and couldn''t help but snorted coldly.

    Uehara Naraku didn''t care about Sasuke''s attitude. He just raised his head and glanced at Osaimaru, then smiled and said, "Uchiha Sasuke, if you can''t easily defeat Osaimaru, you are far from Uchiha Itachi!"

    "what did you say!"

    Of course Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t stand this kind of stimulation, and said coldly, "I will definitely kill that man!"

    Haruno Sakura raised her head and looked at Naruko Uehara suspiciously: "Wait, uh... do you know this person named Oshamaru?"

    "Well, the former Osnake Maru can be ranked among the legendary Konoha Sannin, and now it is also one of the three S-rank Konoha rebels in the world."

    The smile on Uehara Naruko''s face was even stronger, and he continued softly: "I have to mention that Osaimaru is Konoha''s weakest betrayer. This guy is a trash that was directly defeated by Uchiha Itachi..."

    "..."

    Hearing Uehara Naraku''s words, Sasuke Uchiha was shocked, and he turned his head to look at Oshemaru involuntarily. He couldn''t believe that Oshemaru, who had ravaged their seventh class just now, was defeated by Uchiha Itachi''s eyes. .

    The gap between them is too big...

    Ono Shemaru heard Uehara''s ridicule on him, and didn''t seem to care about it. It''s normal for ninjas like them to coexist and restrain each other. Onoshimaru felt that Uchiha Itachi seemed to restrain him.

    Oshemaru tore off his fake face little by little, revealing an angular face. He slowly said: "Narukun, do you want to disturb me?"

    "I''m just here to save people."

    Uehara Naraku guarded Sasuke and Haruno Sakura behind her, and smiled lightly: "It seems that I can still recover a foreign debt."

    Da She Maru raised his head with some doubts: "What do you mean?"

    Did this guy forget everything from four years ago!

    No, it was not forgotten.

    As for the character of Dashemaru, you don¡¯t remember who you owe anything. This **** must only remember what someone owes him!

    "Orochimaru!"

    Uehara Naraku slowly closed his palms, and said coldly, "Osaimaru, do you need me to remind you?"

    "Asshole!"

    Da She Wan''s face suddenly changed, and he continued with a deep voice: "I haven''t completely succeeded in my research. When we meet again next time, I will give you what you want!"

    After speaking, he turned and was about to slip away.

    Uehara Naraku stopped Oshemaru''s movements loudly, and reminded him behind his back: "If you dare to lie to me, I will let you swallow a thousand pieces!"

    "no problem."

    Da She Wan slipped away without looking back.

    I don''t know if Oshemaru said it was okay, whether it was okay to swallow a thousand copies, or whether it was okay to give Uehara Naraku the two art scrolls.

    Sasuke Uchiha raised his head and looked at Uehara Naraku and said, "You have a deal with that Oshemaru. Are you with him? He seems to be afraid of you..."

    "Oh, he was afraid of the ninja demigod Sansho Fish Hanzo behind me."

    Uehara Naraku casually slapped Hanzo''s body with another slapstick, and continued: "Moreover, this guy stole two art scrolls from our Ninja Village before. I have been tracking him to recover the art scrolls he took. ."

    This is not wrong.

    Oshemaru was the perfect reincarnation and reincarnation of the filthy soil during the Akatsuki period. If it is a bit of a rogue, the ownership of the reincarnation of the corpse and the filthy soil should belong to the Xiao organization.

    What''s more, Da She Wan promised him personally four years ago.

    Uchiha Sasuke frowned and said, "You have a lot of enemies! Uchiha Itachi is your enemy, and Oshamaru is also your enemy..."

    "Uchiha''s belt soil is also my enemy."

    After Uehara Naraku helped him to fill in, he chuckled and continued: "It''s a coincidence, you Konoha''s three S-rank rebels, all have a feast with me... I really look forward to you helping me kill Uchiha Itachi. With the two guys Uchiha brought the soil!"

    "Uchiha Itachi, I will definitely kill him!"

    Sasuke Uchiha was determined twice, and he raised his head curiously and asked, "Do you know the information about Uchiha''s soil? What kind of person is he?"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Uchiha Sasuke with a weird look. This little guy may have been lonely for too long, and he was even interested in a Uchiha who suddenly emerged from the Ninja world. Sasuke thought that his family belonged to him. Similar?

    Uehara Naraku made a decisive decision and cut off Uchiha''s fantasy: "I can tell you a piece of news. Uchiha brought Uchiha Itachi and killed all the villagers who defected to Konoha. What kind of person do you think he is? "

    "That''s a **** bastard!"

    Sasuke Uchiha lived up to the expectations of Uehara Naraku suddenly clenched his fists: "Whether it is Uchiha Itachi or Uchiha who brings the soil, I will never let them go!"

    "..."

    Uehara nodded, looking like a ruin.

    Although Uehara hadn''t heard the news of Uchiha taking soil for a long time, it did not prevent him from continuing to take eye drops.

    Uehara Naraku clearly saw that the progress of his main task has increased by 1%. It seems that as long as the two people, Sasuke Uchiha and Naruto Uzumaki are carefully fooled, it is very helpful for his main task.

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the comatose Uzumaki Naruto, and an unknown smile flashed across his mouth.

    If someone notices Uehara Naraku''s eyes, he will find that his eyes look like a miner dug a diamond mine.

    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª

    Thank you, don¡¯t you have a usable nickname?

 Chapter 122ï¼š What are you doing? I want to learn!

    Latest website: Uehara Naraku and the seventh class have a good relationship.

    Because Uehara rescued them under Oshemaru''s men, he also helped Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto in the treatment. Although Uehara was very arrogant before, but now the seventh class feels that Uehara Naraku is a very kind person.

    Sure enough, sometimes we have to look at the essence through the phenomenon!

    "I didn''t expect you to be able to perform medical ninjutsu..."

    Sasuke Uchiha looked at Naraku Uehara helping Naruto Uzumaki to heal, and couldn''t help but said: "I remember that the medical ninja will be protected by the fighting ninja? How about your two companions, why are they not by your side?"

    As he said these words, Sasuke''s heart suddenly became vigilant again. What if Uehara Naraku and his teammates act on their seventh class?

    "Don''t worry, I arranged for them to go elsewhere."

    Uehara Naruko waved his hand. He patted his ninja bag and whispered: "And I have collected all the scrolls of heaven and earth. I will not have any intentions against you, just because you are Kakashi''s disciples. Come and help."

    "Oh, do you have a scroll?"

    Sasuke Uchiha, who had just been cured, rekindled his fighting spirit in an instant: "It''s better to add one more item to our agreement. As long as I defeat you, in addition to Itachi''s information, you will also give us the scroll in your hand! "

    Haruno Sakura looked up puzzled: "Sasuke-kun..."

    Even if Haruno Sakura''s strength is very weak, she can still feel that Uehara Naraku''s strength is very strong based on the previous events! How can Sasuke be the opponent of a ninja who has to retreat from Oshemaru?

    "Not bad."

    Uehara Nara squinted his eyes and smiled and said, "I am very optimistic about you. Even if you know you are not an opponent, you must have a heart that will never give up. I believe you will defeat Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha to bring the soil sooner or later."

    Sasuke Uchiha heard Uehara''s appreciation and proudly said: "Huh, I actually know that I am not strong enough, but I also want you to tell me how much difference there is between I and Itachi Uchiha!"

    "Ok¡­"

    After Naruto Uehara treated Uzumaki Naruto, he stretched out **** and gestured: "Although we haven''t fought, how can the gap between the two of you have seven or eight kakashi?"

    "???"

    Sasuke Uchiha was full of question marks.

    Where did this unit of measurement come from!

    "Well, it''s too late today."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the sky, and said softly, "You guys can rest here! I''m going to catch some fish to prepare dinner."

    "Ah, you worked too hard, right?"

    Haruno Sakura raised her head in surprise and looked at Uehara Naruto and said, "It''s better for me to catch the fish. After all, I can''t do anything special, and you have helped us so much, and you also helped Sasuke and Naruto treat..."

    "..."

    Sasuke Uchiha''s eyes flickered, and he did not volunteer to take over the job of catching fish. After all, Naruto Uzumaki and Sakura Haruno have no fighting capacity, and he wants to stay to protect his teammates.

    In fact, the most suitable person to catch fish now is Naruto Uzumaki!

    "No need."

    Uehara Naruko waved his hand and said with a light smile: "I will be back soon. By the way, I will check if there are any enemies around. If a big snake pill is still nearby, you will be in danger if you meet him."

    He did not wait for Haruno Sakura to refuse, and left here.

    After Uehara Naraku left, Sasuke Uchiha slowly breathed a sigh of relief, and said solemnly: "I thought that guy was here to **** our scrolls or had some conspiracy, now it seems that he really wants to help us? "

    "Perhaps because of Mr. Kakashi?"

    Haruno Sakura thought for a while, and whispered: "My feeling tells that Mr. Kakashi and his relationship should be good. Maybe it is Mr. Kakashi that he will help us?"

    "There is such a possibility."

    After Uchiha Sasuke nodded, he continued, "But we must not let our guard down. In this forest, everyone is our enemy."

    The seventh class is reasonable.

    It was not that they had never thought that the current Uehara Nairobi had been madly acting against them, but some kindness was released and it was easy to slowly erode their attitude.

    Who would refuse a person''s kindness?

    Even Sasuke Uchiha was ashamed to refuse.

    As for the Uzumaki Naruto who was asleep on the ground, this guy is actually a passionate idiot. As long as someone shows kindness to him, Naruto now believes it almost 100%!

    After all, apart from the seventh class, Sarutobi Hizan, Shikamaru, Dingji, Hyuga Hinata, etc., Naruto Uzumaki has not seen many people give him a good face...

    Dusk is coming.

    The sun gradually set.

    As expected by Uehara Nairobi, Oshemaru was still lurking near the seventh class because he had already taken a fancy to Sasuke''s body.

    Although Uchiha Sasuke''s strength and talent are still somewhat different than Uchiha Itachi, it is the best chance for Oshemaru to get the best chance of success.

    However, when Osamaru saw that Uehara Naraku left, he didn''t even care about his face as Konoha Sannin, and wanted to secretly launch another raid on the seventh squad. Osamaru still wanted to plant the imprint of the heavenly curse on Sasuke.

    A long snake rushed out suddenly, and opened its mouth to bite the Oshe Maru, which also stopped Oshe Maru''s attempt to attack Sasuke!

    "Ok?"

    Da She Wan''s face changed slightly, and he grabbed the long snake with one hand, and also pulled out the man who was manipulating the long snake to attack him. After he saw the person, a smile appeared on his face: "Red beans, still using me Do you teach you ninjutsu?"

    "It really is you, Dashewan!"

    Mitarai Adzuki rushed to the side of Oshemaru, pushed him to the side of a tree, tightly restraining his movements: "No matter how far away, I can smell your smell..."

    At this moment, the smile on Hongdou''s face no longer exists.

    At this moment, this female ninja who likes to run around in Konoha with a three-color ball in his mouth, looking at her old teacher, her face is extremely complicated and painful.

    Just as Oshemaru was about to laugh and say a few words, Mitarai Adzuki slammed a handle of kunai on Oshemaru and her own palm: "Oshemaru, this time I will definitely not let you escape! Borrow you One use of his left hand!"

    "Do you want to use the ninjutsu I taught you to let the two of us die together? You are my disciple, why can''t you ever get rid of this impulsive habit?"

    The big snake pill in front of me suddenly turned into a mass of mud and disappeared.

    Another Oshemaru appeared quietly, looking at the somewhat horrified Mitarai Adzuki bean on her face, stretched out her palm and stroked her cheek: "Are you sad? Was it sad that I left you behind?"

    "..."

    Mitarai Azuki''s face was extremely gloomy and complicated.

    Hongdou really hated this teacher for defecting. She left her alone in Konoha and greeted other people''s pointing gazes, which made her live in pain.

    "Cough cough cough..."

    The figure of a young ninja stood above Oshemaru and Mitarai Adzuki beans, looking down at Oshemaru''s intimacy with Adzuki beans, and couldn''t help saying: "Master-disciple love? Is an S-rank rebel and his little apprentice a deep sadomasochistic relationship? Teach me, I want to learn too!"

    "Uehara Naraku!"

    Da She Maru''s face changed, how could this **** stay in his shadow!

    When she saw other people, the frustration on Mitarai Adzuki bean''s face instantly faded. She clutched the faintly painful curse mark on the back of her neck, and suddenly distanced herself from Da She Wan!

    She must have her own Konoha Ninja''s persistence!

    Besides, she is also the chief examiner of this Zhongnin exam. UU reading

    "Should I not be here?"

    Uehara Naraku looked at Mitarai Adzuki beans, and continued with a chuckle: "It turns out that our chief examiner and Konoha''s S-rank rebel Oshemaru still have this level of intimacy. No wonder he can sneak into this exam and attack us Shinnin. Yeah!"

    "Don''t talk nonsense!"

    Mitarai Adzuki looked up coldly at Uehara Naraku, and said coldly: "Idiot, this place is dangerous, you leave here quickly, I can''t protect you! Wait... You are just a rainy day, how can you know the snake? pill?"

    When Mitarai Adzuki beans remembered that Oshemaru called Uehara''s name again, she reacted thoroughly and turned to look at Oshemaru. She saw herself, the former teacher, with a gloomy and vigilant face looking at him. Endure the rain that comes out!

    Who is this passionate idiot who was at the meeting point just now!

 Chapter 123ï¼š Will anyone surrender between life and death?

    Latest website: Mitarai Adzuki raised his eyebrows.

    Obviously she should be the weakest party now, but first asked: "Oshemaru, do you know this guy?"

    "Still so stupid! Adzuki beans."

    Oshemaru answered the question, but just glanced at Uehara Naraku coldly, then looked at Mitarai Adzuki beans, a cruel smile flashed across his face.

    "I''m very fortunate to have abandoned you as an idiot. After so long, you haven''t changed a bit. I finally realized that some people''s stupidity is incurable..."

    "Asshole!"

    Mitarai Adzuki bean was furious immediately!

    Uehara Naraku fell on the side of Mitarai Adzuki beans, and slammed the movement of Mitarai Adzuki beans, pushing the woman behind him.

    Uehara Naraku felt that Osamaru''s words were a bit tricky.

    Throughout Oshemaru''s dealings with others, he rarely launches personal attacks on the weak. This kind of deliberately irritating Mitarai adzuki beans does not seem to happen.

    Uehara Naraku touched her chin, and chuckled softly: "Oshemaru, do you really hate our chief examiner? Such a cute girl is rare..."

    "But she is so stupid!"

    The smile on Dashemaru''s face became more and more cold: "You, me, and the old man Maruxing Kosuke were all put into the forest of death..."

    "Yeah, it shouldn''t be."

    Nairo Uehara nodded, patted Mitarai Adzuki beans, who was faintly exposed by the curse mark beside him and couldn''t resist, and whispered: "I don''t know, I''m the one who wants to be Zhongnin, but that old man and Oshemaru can They didn''t come to pass the Zhongnin exam, they had a conspiracy!"

    "..."

    Mitarai Adzuki bean''s forehead violently jumped, and he gritted his teeth at Uehara Naruko and said, "Who are you guys anyway!"

    "An ordinary Yuyin will endure it."

    After Uehara Naraku introduced himself, he narrowed his eyes and smiled and said: "Alright, examiner, you should leave here first! I will help you solve the Oshemaru!"

    Uehara Naraku looked at Mitarai Adzuki beans as if he didn''t want to leave. He glanced at Adzuki bean''s neck and said: "You have no fighting power here, and your strength is still so bad. Why don''t you help me apply to the three generations of Naruto and Kakashi. Reinforcement..."

    Whether it is the third generation of Hokage or Hagi Kakashi, they know the tip of the iceberg of Uehara Naraku and think that he is a Yuyin genius who has a good impression of Konoha.

    Mitarai Adzuki beans obviously didn''t believe it, but she really couldn''t exert any strength right now, and staying here was just waiting to die.

    Uehara Naruko patted Adzuki bean on the shoulder, and a green light entered Adzuki bean''s body from his palm.

    This is the healing of Star Infusion and Chakra Recovery.

    According to Uehara Naraku''s chakra amount and life energy, almost 10% of the amount filled Mitarai Azuki''s body.

    Uehara chose to treat adzuki beans, on the one hand to brush up on his good feelings, and on the other hand, to get Mitarai adzuki beans to help him say something nice.

    "This kind of chakra!"

    Mitarai Adzuki bean felt the Chakra inside her body. Her face was both surprised and happy, and with the help of Chakra, she suppressed the curse seal again.

    Mitarai''s eyes became firm in an instant, and he turned to look at Oshemaru and said, "Hey, I''m not leaving, I must kill Oshemaru..."

    Uehara Naraku: "..."

    Damn, this red bean is a passionate idiot, right?

    Oshemaru''s expression was a bit ugly, but his expression quickly became calm again. He quietly put up two fingers, and a yellow giant snake suddenly appeared, swimming in the distance with Mitarai red beans!

    The smile on Uehara Naraku''s face was a bit meaningful, staring at Oshemaru and said, "Oshemaru, are you afraid that I will kill her?"

    On the other hand, Da She Maru chuckled and asked, "Didn''t Naraku-kun also treat her just now? What if I wanted to kill her?"

    Only at this moment, Da She Wan felt that he was seen through his mind.

    Uehara Naraku touched her chin and skipped the topic of Mitarai Adzuki beans: "Well, we won''t mention that woman, I''m here to warn you, I won''t interfere with what you want to do in Konoha, but you don''t want to Come to disturb my Zhongnin exam."

    "Nairo-kun..."

    Dashemaru''s expression gradually became a little dangerous, his fingers clenched one by one: "You should know my desire for Shalunyan, you have interfered with my plan..."

    "Oh?"

    Uehara Naraku glanced suspiciously at Oshemaru and said, "I accidentally disrupted your plan just now, what do you want to do? Kill me?

    As a reminder, although I am not as restrained as Uchiha Itachi, I am very good at destroying my enemies directly from the soul level..."

    Orochimaru:"¡­¡­"

    This **** has restrained him than Uchiha Itachi!

    Dashemaru began to think about whether he should study some techniques that can protect the soul. For example, he remembered that Qianshoujian seemed to have left behind a forbidden technique that could confine the soul in the body even if the body died.

    Uehara Naraku leaned on the tree trunk and looked at Oshamaru and said, "Oshamaru, I have given you enough tolerance...As for the little guy Sasuke, when I finish using him, you can deal with him whatever you want."

    "How long is this time?"

    "Are you in a hurry?"

    When Uehara Naraku looked at Oshemaru, a smile suddenly appeared at the corner of his mouth: "Oh, I see, you want to change your body with Indestructible Reincarnation, right?"

    Akatsuki''s members basically know the non-corpse reincarnation studied by Da She Wan. After all, this is a forbidden technique that can extend people''s life just like the scorpion puppet.

    "Yes."

    Oshamaru did not deny it, and said solemnly: "I need a body that suits me and allows me to exert all my strength and even further. Sasuke Uchiha has the most top-notch in the Ninja world, Narukun, For you, will you miss this opportunity?"

    "I really won''t miss it."

    Uehara Naraku let out a laugh, and looked at Oshemaru and said, "Then what can you do? Stretch out your neck and let me chop it off? I believe you will definitely not reveal Akatsuki''s information, let me chase you down from all corners of the world. ?"

    Orochimaru:"¡­¡­"

    "Okay, so be it!"

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Oshemaru, then smiled lightly and said: "Pay attention to your own proportions. You are just a traitor I deliberately let go. Don''t think about defying Akatsuki''s will. I think you will not irritate anyone who is better than you. An enemy ten times more powerful, right?"

    "¡­I know."

    Seeing that Uehara Naraku seemed to have turned his face, Oshamaru admitted without hesitation, he didn''t want to be interrupted by Uehara Naraku.

    Konoha collapse plan is the core.

    If you want to get Uchiha Sasuke, you must continue to endure it. Oh Shemaru doesn''t believe that after the Zhongnin exam, Uehara Naraku can stay in Konoha.

    A ninja means being able to endure pain that ordinary people cannot bear.

    Uehara Naraku watched Oshemaru''s figure disappear quietly, a look of worry flashed across his face, he was really worried that Oshemaru would turn his face, and that might disrupt his plan at that time.

    Only in a moment Uehara Naraku thought of the dead forest, there seems to be someone who can use it.

    Pharmacist pocket.

    Uehara finally decided to take a gamble.

    The current pharmacist pocket is really an insignificant little chess piece. If he can make the pharmacist pocket his own, he can use the pharmacist pocket to guide the big snake pill, so as not to delay his plan, and by the way, he can plug a nail.

    If Pharmacist Duo refuses to agree, just kill him!

    Hey, there seems to be another way to try?

    Uehara Naraku thought of his two skills, and a smile appeared on the corners of his mouth. If he kills Yakushi''s pocket and resurrects him, repeating the cycle of reincarnation several times...

    Will the pharmacist agree to this guy?

    After experiencing the horror of death several times, maybe he will recognize himself?

 Chapter 124ï¼š The dead pharmacist pocket!

    Latest URL: It''s getting late.

    The pharmacist squatted to rest under a tree.

    Taking this kind of Zhongnin exam according to his ability is simply a pediatrics. He has taken the Zhongnin exam many times, but this one is suddenly more dangerous.

    Pharmacist''s mood was a little restless.

    The overlapping sound of the cards appeared next to Yakushi''s pocket. Just as the alarm bell in his heart was ringing, he saw Uehara Naraku appearing on the cards.

    This is time space technique!

    The pharmacist immediately took down this information, and the guy Uehara Naraku also hid a hand of space ninjutsu, so he must be careful of this guy''s surprise attacks in the future.

    "Pharmacist pocket, will you be my spy?"

    Uehara Naraku didn''t talk nonsense, and directly planned to dismiss him first: "Be loyal to me wholeheartedly and become the nail for me to ambush Oshemaru."

    "..."

    The pharmacist thought about it for a while, isn''t this approach of Uehara Naraku the same use as the red sand scorpion trying to manipulate him?

    Fortunately, the red sand scorpion''s brain manipulation sand technique was cracked by Master Dashewan, and now he does not need to be controlled by the scorpion.

    But now that Uehara Naraku asked, Yakushidou did not dare to refute him face to face. Instead, he thought that he could take the opportunity to be a double agent and collect information from Uehara Naraku.

    Thinking of this, a smile appeared on Yakushidou''s face: "Of course I am willing. It is my honor to be the spy of Lord Naraku."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku tilted his head and looked at the Pharmacist''s pocket, looked at his system panel, and suddenly threw a golden chakra light at the Pharmacist''s pocket.

    It''s just going back in time.

    The effect of turning back in time is that as long as the pharmacist dies within 5 seconds, he will be resurrected after death.

    Click!

    Just as the pharmacist looked at the golden halo on his body in surprise, Naruto Uehara broke his neck neatly!

    After a while.

    The pharmacist pocket lying on the ground quickly regained his vitality. He touched his neck and raised his head in disbelief. "This is... the rebirth of the dirty soil? No, my body is normal. This is resurrection!"

    A trace of enthusiasm flashed in Yakushidou''s eyes. He raised his head and looked at Naraku Uehara, with a trembling voice: "... Lord Naraku... This is really... Do you really master the ninjutsu that can bring people back to life? "

    "Roughly the same."

    Uehara Naraku frowned and interrupted Pharmacist''s words, waiting for her skills to cool down, and whispered softly: "You didn''t really want to be my subordinate just now. This is a warning to you. I can make you live and die. "

    "Yes."

    The pharmacist suddenly became more honest.

    Uehara Naraku stared at him tightly, and said coldly: "I know your respect for Oshemaru. I asked you to be my nail by Oshemaru, not to harm him, but to help him."

    "..."

    The pharmacist gave Uehara Naraku a confused look.

    Is there a problem with his ears?

    Is one person putting a nail next to another to help him?

    In particular, the relationship between Uehara Naraku and Oshemaru can¡¯t be said to be like fire and water, but at least it is also an enemy with hatred. How can Uehara Naraku help Oshemaru!

    Is this bullying his pharmacist''s mindlessness?

    However, the pharmacist thought about it for a while, and said firmly: "I believe Lord Naraku, I will become Lord Naraku''s most loyal subordinate."

    "Ok¡­"

    Looking at a certain task on his system panel, Uehara Naraku frowned slightly, and said softly, "You wait a moment."

    "???"

    The pharmacist was full of question marks.

    Let him wait a while, what is this to let him wait?

    Of course it is waiting for the cooling of the time back skills!

    After Nairo Uehara waited until the time went back and cooled down, he put a layer of golden chakra light on the medicine doctor''s pocket and broke the neck of the medicine doctor''s pocket again!

    After a while, Yao Shidou resurrected again.

    This time, Yao Shidou seemed to be psychologically prepared for the resurrection, and he had no fear of death, but felt that his neck hurts.

    The mood is also a bit bad.

    Yakushidou raised his head and looked at Uehara Naraku''s eyes, with a little more fear and amazement. He felt that if he really refused to take refuge in Uehara Naraku, he would not be tortured by Uehara Naraku forever?

    Uehara Nairo looked boredly at the pharmacist pocket, and whispered softly, "Did you figure it out? You can wait a little longer if you don''t think it through."

    "I figured it out clearly."

    Yakushi looked at Naraku Uehara seriously, and said solemnly: "I am willing to be the **** of Lord Naraku. I will monitor Osaimaru''s every move for you, and I will never betray."

    Wait a minute?

    What are you waiting for?

    Waiting to die!

    "Then you wait a while."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the task of soliciting his subordinates on the system panel again, and continued: "While waiting for a while, let''s talk a few words, Oshamaru is looking for a suitable container for the reincarnation, right?"

    "¡­Yes."

    Pharmacist did not retort, but subconsciously touched his neck. He didn''t understand why Uehara Naraku didn''t believe him.

    Uehara Naraku was also a little impatient looking at the movements of the Yakushi pocket, and directly explained what she meant: "According to the part of the research on Immortal Rebirth that I left from Akatsuki''s base, I suspect that Oshemaru has actually gone the wrong way. "

    This is not nonsense.

    Since Dashemaru hurriedly defected, all the materials he left in the Xiao base have been locked into the forbidden surgery room in Yuyin Village.

    And Xiao Nan and Nagato didn''t prohibit him from learning any art styles.

    Uehara Naraku did read it, but he didn''t understand it a bit.

    Pharmacist Dou suddenly couldn''t help but chuckle, and there was a faint suspicion in his eyes looking at Naraku Uehara. Can you understand the notes of Oshemaru when you bombed the laboratory back then?

    Some pharmacists can''t understand it by themselves!

    What''s more, the notes left by Oshe Maru must be some wrong ideas, O She Maru has long abandoned the ideas in the research notes.

    Thinking of this, Yao Shidou''s eyes flashed with respect for Dashewan, because Dashewan was sure to have perfected the technique of reincarnation!

    Moreover, Dashewan has been determined to be successful in reincarnation.

    While the Yakushitou was still admiring the Oshemaru, Uehara Naraku directly lost the golden light spin that went back in time, stretched out his hand again and broke the neck of the Yakushi pocket: "The time is up, we will continue to talk when you are resurrected. "

    After a while.

    The pharmacist is all ill.

    What time does this time mean!

    Why did Uehara Naraku still refuse to believe him, breaking his neck if he didn''t agree with him, and whether he could change his own way of death, it would be a psychological shadow!

    In just a few minutes, he has died three times!

    Click!

    When Yakushidou was resurrected again and got up from the ground, Naruko Uehara threw a scroll onto Yakushidou.

    Uehara Naraku looked at the pharmacist and said, "This is the corpse of Baijue. Baijue is a kind of magical creature in the Ninja World. They can simulate anyone''s chakra.

    I have conducted fusion experiments on Bai Jue¡¯s body in private. It should be able to perform fusion experiments with any blood relay, even some powerful blood relays..."

    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku stared at the pharmacist''s pocket tightly, and whispered softly: "This also means that it can fuse Mudun Blood Succession, do you understand what I mean?"

    "..."

    The breath of the pharmacist''s pocket suddenly became cramped.

    Although he doubted Uehara''s biological science skills, what if?

    What if Bai Jue in the scroll in his hand can really fuse any blood succession Wouldn''t it be possible to get any blood succession limit of the Ninja World through Bai Jue, or even blood succession elimination!

    "Don''t think too much."

    Uehara Naruko patted her palm and asked the pharmacist to come back to her mind: "There is a corpse of Baijue inside, but you and Oshemaru can go and study...

    If Da She Maru really wants to reincarnate without a dead body, he can catch a Bai Jue, and then reincarnate into Bai Jue''s body after successful training, and Bai Jue will not resist reincarnation! "

    This method is simply killing two birds with one stone.

    It can not only solve the coveted Uchiha Sasuke of Oshamaru, but also make Oshamaru fight with the monsters of Hei Jubaijue.

    As long as they fight, Uehara Naraku can quietly use the name of Oshemaru to create something out of nothing, push back from cause and effect, and expose the true face of Kizaru!

    Damn, he really is a genius behind the scenes!

 Chapter 125ï¼š Bullying newcomers is fun!

    Latest URL: Time has passed bit by bit.

    Yakushidou was thinking again, is he really going to take refuge in Naraku Uehara?

    Relying on a corpse of Shirazu and a thought of a blood succession experiment that has huge doubts, do you go to Uehara Naraku?

    No, Bai Jue''s body and experimental ideas were prepared for Da She Wan!

    Damn, he actually won''t get anything!

    If it weren¡¯t for the spy¡¯s good psychological quality, Yakushidou would have cursed Nairo Uehara to heaven. If this guy wanted to secretly control Oshemaru, he would go directly to the trouble of Oshemaru, why should he come to him!

    "Time is up."

    Uehara Naraku''s voice interrupted Yakushidou''s thoughts, and when Uehara was about to throw another chakra golden light spin, Yakushidou quickly stopped him.

    "Master Naraku!"

    The pharmacist raised his head and looked at Uehara Naraku steadily, and said in a deep voice: "When Master Oshamaru recruited me, he gave me some truth and a chance to see the truth of the world; if I take refuge in you, you can give me what?"

    "what do you want?"

    Uehara Naraku asked back and added: "I''m talking about what you really want in your heart, not what other people make you want."

    "of course."

    The pharmacist smiled and pushed his glasses, thinking that he had finally grasped the initiative, opened his mouth and raised his opinion: "I want... what do I want..."

    The pharmacist got stuck.

    Pharmacist Dou fell into silence suddenly.

    Today, he seems to have been working hard, but he doesn''t even know what he really wants!

    "Well, let me remember for you?"

    Uehara Naraku stretched out his palm, and the blue Chakra slowly entered the brain of the pharmacist''s pocket: "My illusion can let you see the most fearful thing in your heart, maybe you can get the answer from there."

    Silent fear.

    Can make people experience the most terrible nightmare in life in one second.

    A second later, the pharmacist suddenly woke up from his nightmare!

    Pharmacist knelt to the ground uncontrollably, tears wet his glasses, his pain suppressed in his voice: "The dean...don''t die, I will save you...I will definitely save you. ¡­The dean...I¡¯m the...Yakuza! Danzo cheated you, dean!"

    Uehara Naraku looked down at the embarrassed Pharmacist''s pocket, and asked with some dignity, "Do you know what you want now?"

    "¡­Ok, Ok¡­"

    Yakushidou''s face was unusually excited and said, "Can the Dean really be resurrected? Lord Naraku, I was resurrected just now, you can definitely do it!"

    The voice of Yakushi''s pocket grew louder and louder, and his throat was already roaring: "Master Naraku, you can definitely do it! You can definitely do it! Lord Naraku!"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku felt that he had lifted a rock and hit her in the foot. The resurrection back in time was actually just to avoid death.

    Uehara Naraku knew that the dean in Yakushi¡¯s pocket was Yakushi Ye Nao, but the orphanage¡¯s dean had been dead for many years. If he wanted to resurrect Yakushi Ye Nao, he had to reincarnate with the dirty soil and resurrect with reincarnation. resurrection¡­

    This is really not impossible.

    It''s just a little troublesome.

    Uehara Naraku sighed and looked at the pharmacist''s pocket and said, "Then you have to wait for a while. You can find her body and resurrect that person with dirty soil in advance. Anyway, we will resurrect her sooner or later, so don''t worry. Will blaspheme the soul..."

    "..."

    Pharmacist''s body suddenly stiffened.

    In the next second, Yao Shidou took a few steps backwards and fell to the ground: "The dean''s body was secretly handled by Danzo..."

    Pharmacist Nonoyu is Konoha''s most successful spy.

    How could Shimura Danzo let the corpse of Pharmacist Nonoyu be left outside, it is extremely likely to leak Konoha''s secrets!

    All hopes faded in a flash.

    Uehara Naraku looked at the frustrated pharmacist pocket and couldn''t help but ask: "Then would you consider killing Danzo to avenge her or fulfill her last wish?"

    "..."

    A gleam of light suddenly flashed in the eyes of Yao Shidou!

    At this moment, he seemed to have regained his hope in life!

    The pharmacist clenched his fist and slammed it against the tree: "I will definitely kill Danzo and return to the orphanage in the village to inherit the will of the dean!"

    Uehara Naruko narrowed her eyes and spread out her hands as if helplessly: "...If you don''t turn to me, then neither of your ideas can be completed."

    "..."

    Pharmacist glanced at Uehara Naraku speechlessly, and said solemnly, "If I take refuge in Naraku-sama, will you kill Danzo for me?"

    "Yes, yes..."

    Uehara Naraku patted his forehead and said, "But there are many people who want to kill Danzo, because he has done too much evil, you have to wait for a while."

    Xiaonan and Nagato are still waiting for Danzo''s information he collected!

    "I can wait."

    The pharmacist continued in a deep voice: "After I have completed your mission, can you let me leave Oshamaru-sama and return to Konoha''s orphanage? I want to safely adopt the orphans who were displaced during the Ninja War..."

    "Would you consider building an orphanage in Yuyin Village?"

    Uehara Naruko pressed her forehead with her finger, and said with a little embarrassment: "I believe that your dean must have the same deep love for all orphans in the Ninja world. Konoha is really capable of Can you accommodate the person with great love?"

    When it came to the end, Uehara Naraku couldn''t make up anymore: "Well, to tell you the truth, Konoha is not safe."

    "..."

    The pharmacist nodded silently: "In the future, I can go to Yuyin Village to open an orphanage, but I will accept all war-displaced children, whether it is a country of fire, a country of wind, a country of earth... This may require a lot of money. money."

    Because Yakushitou himself is a boy in the Land of Wind.

    I want to come to the pharmacist Ye Naiyu really has a loving heart, and has the same great love for all children.

    "money is not a problem."

    Uehara Naraku whispered: "My teacher also established an orphanage in Yuyin Village, trying to gather the war orphans of the Rain Country, so you can help her in the future."

    "I have no other objections."

    The pharmacist looked around at Uehara Naraku and put on a slaughter-in-the-neck look: "If you believe me, I will take care of everything and guide Osaimaru-sama to study this creature, but I hope the experiment is true. ¡­"

    "Relax, Bai Jue is definitely the most suitable non-corpse reincarnation container."

    Nairo Uehara glanced through the system panel, and found that a long-awaited task was finally completed, and there were even a few side tasks.

    Side mission: Have three subordinates (33), the mission has been completed, reward 1000 points of life energy, 1000 points of chakra energy, 1000 points of natural energy.

    This reward is not uncommon, and Uehara Naraku''s life energy, chakra energy and natural energy have all exceeded 10,000 points.

    Hidden task: Help the pharmacist to recognize himself (11), the task has been completed, and reward passive skills to be aloof.

    Transcendence: Get 10% skill cooldown reduction.

    This is barely useful, but it interrupts Uehara Naraku''s plan to purchase equipment. If there is a chance to reduce the skill cooling in the future, wouldn''t it be a waste of gold coins?

    Now Uehara¡¯s cooldown has been reduced by 60%. Sooner or later, all his skills will not need any cooldown time, just don¡¯t know if the system will limit...

    Side mission: recruit a pharmacist to become your spy (11), the mission has been completed, and the reward skills are overwhelming.

    Jinghua Shuiyue: After being invisible for a second, you can create an identical clone on the spot, making it impossible to distinguish the true from the false.

    Uehara Naraku was dumbfounded, isn''t this an advanced clone technique!

    This is too bad!

    But Nairo Uehara didn''t care anymore, anyway, he had just cut the pig deer butterfly and the eighth class of leeks, and now Konoha Twelve Xiaoqiang left half of the leeks.

    He has already got a lot from these Konoha little guys.

    Pharmacist''s pocket doesn''t matter here.

    "Okay I''ll go ahead."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the pharmacist''s pocket and said softly: "It is definitely Akatsuki''s intelligence chief. All the Shirasu in the Ninja world are their subordinates. Why do you not need my guidance to mention this to Oshamaru?"

    "of course."

    Pharmacist chuckled lightly: "Master Naraku don''t worry about this, I will take care of it, what are you going to do now?"

    "I''ll bully the newcomer."

    A happy smile appeared on Uehara Naraku''s face: "Let me tell you, bullying newcomers is fun!"

    Pharmacist pocket: "..."

    Is this new boss mentally retarded?

    What about the prestige that persecuted him just now? Turn around to bully the newcomer?

    Pharmacist is a little suspicious, is he on the wrong boat?

 Chapter 126ï¼š I accept your challenge on behalf of Teacher Kai!

    Latest URL: The night is getting late.

    The moon overlooks the ground in the sky.

    Uehara Naraku''s figure shuttled through the death forest. He did not choose to fish, but quietly appeared in a hidden corner, observing several figures under the moonlight.

    The third class.

    Hyuga Neji, Tian Tian, ??Li Luo.

    The plan of their ninja team is very interesting. They pretend not to do things during the day, but wait until night falls before they start to act.

    I don''t know what they think.

    Didn''t Matkay teach them some strategy in their guidance?

    The headed Hyuga Ningji threw a shuriken to the ground, and said in a deep voice: "Now all our opponents are resting. We are dispatched while it is dark. We will separate and investigate intelligence in various directions. We must meet here after daybreak and disband. !"

    "it is good!"

    "Yes!"

    The three chose a direction and left the place.

    The direction that Hyuga Neji chose was to face the high tower. The enemies that he might encounter in this direction were all moving at a fast speed, and the chance of encountering danger was relatively high.

    It''s just that Neji Hyuga thinks that he is the strongest in this team, and naturally assumes the responsibility of the strong, and he can also use his eyes to detect.

    What''s more, he is the strongest newcomer of the previous session!

    The nine newcomers of Konoha this year are really bad, even Uchiha Sasuke can''t do it, Sasuke was even hanged up and beaten by Li Rock.

    Therefore, among the candidates in the Chunin test, Hyuga Ningji didn''t think that anyone could beat him, and a team of Shinnin might not be able to beat him.

    While Neji Hyuga was rushing, he suddenly saw a figure on a big tree in front of him, and that figure seemed to be looking at his position.

    Neji Hyuga frowned, which meant he had been exposed!

    But Neji Hyuga himself estimated that he should be the strongest person in this Zhongnin exam, so he didn''t panic.

    In the next second, the figure on the big tree suddenly disappeared.

    "Grow your eyes open!"

    Neji Hyuga opened his eyes and watched a figure rushing toward him, but the huge chakra on that figure suddenly changed the expression of Neji Hyuga!

    That person''s Chakra strength is stronger than Neji has ever seen!

    When Neji Hyuga could see the man''s face clearly, his expression changed a bit: "It''s the guy named Naraku Uehara!"

    That guy who was very arrogant in the written test!

    Hyuga Neji also commented that the arrogant ninja of Naraku Uehara could not pass the second level of the death forest. He did not expect that the arrogance of others was due to the arrogant capital.

    "Hello!"

    While saying hello, Uehara Naraku slammed into the chest of Hyuga Neji with his arm head-on, and hit him directly with a heavy blow!

    The white-eyed genius spouted a mouthful of blood on his chest and watched the enemy approaching him feebly. He could only issue a desperate question: "Am I... lost? How could it be that the gap is so big that even one of the enemy''s I can''t resist even the blow..."

    "In the face of a strong person like me, if you can hold on to a move, doesn''t it mean that there is a problem with my strength."

    Uehara Naraku chuckled lightly, picked up Neji Hyuga''s collar, and threw Neji Hyuga back to the meeting point set by their third shift.

    Looking at the desperate gaze of the white-eyed genius boy, Uehara Naraku chuckled and comforted him: "Don''t worry, I will send your teammates to accompany you soon."

    The despair on Neji Hyuga''s face was deeper, and he gritted his teeth and said, "You guy... have you been watching us?"

    "Should, perhaps, as if?"

    Uehara Naraku tilted his head and disappeared before Neji''s eyes.

    After a while, Uehara Naraku turned back again, carrying the fainted Tian Tian to Hyuga Neji''s side, and then disappeared again.

    Hyuga Neji: "..."

    This is a bit shameless, right?

    Uehara Naruto is only going to beat him as a boy, so why do you bully even a little girl like Tiantian?

    Hyuga Ningji sighed in his heart. It is estimated that Li Roc will be brought over by Uehara Naruko in a short time!

    The third class hadn''t found any information before being split up!

    It''s a bit embarrassing...

    After waiting for a long time, Hyuga Neji did not wait for Li Rok to arrive.

    Uehara Naraku failed to catch Li Rok because Li Rok happened to meet Maru Xing Kosuke, and this old man Shinobu was inquiring about him everywhere.

    Even Gu Jie is still talking bad about him.

    "This is a guy with a very bad personality."

    When Maruxoshi Kosuke and Li Rok talked, he said that Uehara Naraku¡¯s stigma was somewhat subjective: "I suspect that he may have been eyeing you little guys, and he may simply want to gain spiritual pleasure by defeating you. ."

    Uehara Naraku: "..."

    How did Mr. Gu Jie come to the conclusion? Although bullying Konoha''s rookie is indeed very pleasant, but he is mainly for the task!

    "what?"

    Li Luoke quickly made a gesture: "Faced with any strong enemy, I must face the difficulties! Especially this kind of bad personality and powerful enemy, if I meet him, I will tell him something with my youth and passion. That''s the right way for ninjas!"

    "It''s so beautiful..."

    Maruxoshi Kosuke looked at Li Luoke''s tights and sighed softly: "Seeing you, this little guy, I think of another guy who has been a ninja like me for many years!"

    It''s a pity that the man named Matt Dai died in the war.

    It is said that he burst out of his own power before dying, and defeated the strongest squad of Ninosaur Seven in Wuyin Village in one fell swoop.

    "Youth, you have to be passionate and passionate!"

    Li Luoke suddenly squeezed his fist, and said solemnly: "Senior, I can''t continue to delay my youth!"

    "Are you leaving?"

    Maruxoshi Kosuke nodded with emotion and said, "Also, be careful on the road. If you encounter the ninja named Uehara Naraku, you can hit this flare..."

    After speaking, Maru Xing Kosuke handed Li Luo a flare.

    However, before Li Luoke took the flare, a card that came quickly cut the flare!

    "Senior, be careful!"

    There was a vigilance on Li Luoke''s face!

    Maruxoshi Kosuke''s expression also began to become serious. He suddenly drew out a shuriken and threw it in the direction where the cards were flying: "Shuriken Shadow Clone Technique!"

    Countless shurikens appeared in the air densely, almost covering a large area. If you stay in that area, absolutely no one will survive!

    Li Luoke looked at the countless shurikens that appeared in an instant, and couldn''t help but praised: "Senior''s ninjutsu is really amazing!"

    Before Maru Hoshi Kosuke could answer, a young man''s voice rang: "The Shuriken Shadow Clone Technique is the ninjutsu studied by Konoha III Naruto, of course you can''t underestimate it."

    A figure walked out from the depths of the forest, with a kind smile on his face, and reached out his hand to say hello to both of them: "Master, I''m so good to you, you just like to say bad things about me secretly. ?"

    Maruxoshi Kosuke shook his head and sighed: "Although I know your nature is not bad, but you are really not authentic... The nine newcomers from Konoha and the three newcomers from Sagakura, should Only one class 7 survived, right?"

    "They, I have other arrangements."

    Uehara Naraku smiled and shook his head. He stretched out his finger and pointed at Li Luoke, and said softly, "Senior Kosuke, can I fight this kid first?

    I have always heard that Konoha¡¯s Metkai is a master of individual skills. He is the strongest master of physical skills in the Ninja world, so I really want to challenge him.

    It''s a pity that I haven''t had this opportunity. I''m very lucky to be able to challenge his disciple now, Li Luoke, are you willing to accept my challenge? "

    Maruxoshi Kosuke frowned Shen said: "Uehara Naraku, go to the tower..."

    However, before Maru Xing Kosuke had finished speaking, he saw Li Rok, who was guarded by him, jumped up, turning 360 degrees in the air and falling in front of Uehara Naraku!

    Li Luoke suddenly stretched out his thumb, his eyes almost burst into flames, and a hearty smile appeared full of confidence, his teeth faintly glowing in the moonlight!

    "Okay, I will accept your challenge on behalf of Teacher Kai! Before you fight with Teacher Kai, let me feel your youth first!"

    After saying this, Li Luoke even extended a slap.

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t bear to look directly at this smile, his forehead couldn''t help but jump, patted Li Luoke''s slap, and reached a battle agreement.

    I think when he first joined the Xiao organization, just like Li Luoke smiled so heartily now, it¡¯s no wonder that none of Xiao¡¯s rebels liked him...

    Damn, it looks like a **** fool!

 Chapter 127ï¼š Uehara Naraku is not good at Jiejin!

    The latest website: "I really embarrass my old man..."

    Maruxoshi Kosuke patted his old waist, walked to the side staggeringly, and muttered: "It is really a troublesome task to ensure that the Zhongnin exam is held normally!"

    It''s just that Gusuke''s voice was a little bit squeaky, and neither Uehara Naraku nor Li Rok could hear what he was saying, and neither of them had time to care.

    "Konoha Whirlwind!"

    As a pure physical ninja, Li Luoke is much faster and stronger than Uehara''s new ninja who wants to resist him!

    His kick actually made a sound of wind!

    It''s just that it''s still not enough.

    Nairo Uehara kicked Li Rok on the waist, kicked Li Rok to the ground, and slapped him on the neck, knocking the little guy out in a flash.

    Uehara Naraku, with a life energy of more than 10,000 points, is not an enemy that Xiao Moexin like Li Luo can deal with!

    Maruxoshi Kosuke frowned, and glanced at Li Luo on the ground.

    Shouting so happily, did you lose so quickly?

    Just now he saw the gap between Uehara Naraku and Li Rok with his own eyes. This gap-like gap could not be made up by skills.

    In terms of physical skills alone, the enemy of Uehara Naraku is dangerous enough!

    Sarutobi Rishap, really arranged for him a big trouble!

    "Senior Gu Jie."

    After defeating Li Rok with two strokes, Nairo Uehara rubbed his wrist and showed a harmless smile at Maru Xing Kosuke: "I sent this little guy to their meeting point? Their two teammates returned. Waiting for him there!"

    "..."

    Maruxoshi Kosuke''s face was a little confused, and after a moment his eyes couldn''t help but twitched: "Those two little guys, have you knocked them down too?"

    "Hey, just learn from each other."

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand modestly.

    Uehara Naruko picked up Li Rok by the collar, brought the guy in the green tights, and threw him to the meeting point of Hyuga Neji and Tiantian.

    Hyuga Neji''s gaze is a little weird: "What do you want? Defeated us without taking our scroll..."

    "I don''t want anything"

    Uehara Naraku thought for a while, and he was a wicked person again. He was so angry that Neji Hyuga flew into a rage: "I just look at you because you are too weak to be bullied."

    Of course I can¡¯t say anything about system tasks!

    Side quest: Defeat Neji Hyuga (11), the quest has been completed, and reward Crane''s fluid art fighting skills.

    Side quest: Defeat Li Luoke (11), the quest has been completed, and reward the turtle fairy fluid art fighting skills.

    Uehara Naruko scratched his head a little, unable to understand the system''s routine.

    Neji Hyuga represents the soft boxing of the Sojutsu department, and Li Luok represents the rigid boxing of the Sojutsu department. A small team in the third squad area actually accommodates two major sports schools.

    The question is to defeat these two guys, why is the reward for fighting skills?

    With the strength of his life energy, can he not crush his opponents just by relying on pure strength? Where do you need any fighting skills?

    Are you worried that after defeating Li Rok and Hyuga Neji, Metkay will come directly to the door and kill him, so he has specially given some fighting skills?

    It''s really outrageous!

    However, these physical fighting skills may be a little bit unsightly in actual combat. It is nothing more than shouting da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da da are yelled.

    It''s just that the system''s side mission rewards still have this kind of fighting skills. Is it possible to look forward to the rewards of defeating Metkay in the future?

    Better to have a serious punch!

    The last task reward is left.

    When Uehara Naraku saw the reward for defeating Tiantian, his expression finally turned a little weird. This girl is truly Kishimoto''s favorite character!

    Side mission: Defeat Tiantian (11), the mission has been completed, and a hidden inheritance mission will be rewarded.

    Hidden inheritance mission: I have made my choice. Say a correct name (01)

    "Katarina, the Ominous Blade."

    Uehara Naraku sighed faintly, and then glanced at Tiantian who was in a coma, a blazing light flashed in his eyes, and there were many tasks about Tiantian in his system list!

    If the rewards for each mission are so generous... it really doesn''t matter if you sell your morals or something!

    The mission is completed, and the legacy of heroes opens.

    Catapult Blade: After throwing a Chakra dagger and hitting two enemies around the target in succession, it will fall behind the target with no skill cooling time and no skill consumption.

    Waiting for an opportunity: Throw a Chakra dagger, no skill cooling time, no skill consumption.

    Instant step: It can flash to the vicinity of friendly forces, enemies, and any dagger instantly, with no skill cooling time and no skill consumption.

    Death Lotus: Incarnate as a hurricane of blades, quickly shoot countless chakra daggers at the surrounding enemies, with no skill cooling time and no skill consumption.

    Uehara Naraku''s gaze flickered slightly. It just seemed that these skills were not very good, but in fact the combination was far more than that.

    At least one instant step can almost be regarded as a low-profile version of the Art of Thunder God!

    And in the battlefield, Shunbu can almost make Uehara Naraku appear next to any enemy, which is simply outrageous!

    Perhaps because of a specific reason, the system believes that this hero''s legacy is not strong?

    As expected to be the Great Demon King Tiantian!

    The set of skills rewarded after defeating her includes the offensive style of the dagger ninja and the space-time technique!

    These skills have no cooling time. Uehara Naraku can only use these four skills to cut from the east end of Konoha Village to the west end of the village without blinking!

    Well, it''s time to experiment with the results.

    Uehara Naraku turned his head to look at Maruxoshi Kosuke, who had been watching him nearby, and said in a deep voice, "Senior, now it¡¯s our turn to talk about our affairs... Since we are here, you might as well talk to me. Let''s have a fight!"

    "Is there no room for negotiation?"

    Maruxoshi Kosuke could only show up, grabbing the hilt of his Shinobi: "If you lose, you will rush to the tower immediately. Is this a good condition?"

    "of course can."

    Uehara Naraku appeared in the hand of a purple chakra broadsword, and smiled lightly and said: "If Senior loses, immediately give up this Zhongnin exam, is it okay?"

    Maruxoshi Gusuke sighed, shook his head and said, "This condition is not very equal...but I agree!"

    The voice falls!

    The old man suddenly raised his head and looked at Naraku Uehara, and suddenly formed three handprints with his hands together: "Water Escape¡¤Water Dragon Bomb Art!"

    Maruxoshi Kosuke is a big move directly.

    It was nothing more than why he chose to do this. After all, his age was really old, and only his speed and strength had a certain degree of aging, so the physical combat was definitely not as good as Uehara Naraku.

    In addition, Marusoshi Kosuke discovered the Chakra Broadsword in the hands of Uehara Naraku, and thought that Uehara''s sword skills might not be weak.

    Then you can only rely on ninjutsu!

    The water escape and water dragon bullet art generally have forty-four mudra, but Maru Xing Kosuke was taught by the second generation of Naruto Senjuka, and only four mudra can be formed.

    So caught off guard, Uehara Naraku must not be able to avoid it!

    Sure enough, Uehara Naraku''s expression was stagnant, and almost at the same time he started to close his hands quickly to form his handprints and even made some mistakes in panic.

    He wants to use water escape ninjutsu!

    It''s just a competition of water escape ninjutsu, who is afraid of whom!

    Maruxoshi Kosuke''s face was a little relaxed, he finally discovered the weakness of Uehara Naraku, that is, this little guy''s speed of knot printing is not fast!

    This is really good news.

    Maruxoshi Kosuke has a plan in his mind that he can use ninjutsu to fight, so that Uehara can make mistakes. This kid is not very old, and may not be particularly good at ninjutsu, which requires delicate control of Chakra!

    After all, Uehara Naraku''s physical skills are strong enough. If his ninjutsu is also strong, are there other ninjas who can live?

    In an instant, Maruxing Furusuke''s technique was completed.

    A huge water dragon soared into the sky from Maruxoshi Kosuke''s side, and opened his mouth to bite at the location of Uehara Naraku!

 Chapter 128ï¼š Uehara Naraku is a good person!

    The latest website: the water dragon is coming!

    Uehara Naruto was still in Jieyin, still cursing in his mouth: "Fuck! Why are there so many Jie-yin gestures invented by this guy? "

    After speaking, Uehara simply gave up and continued Jieyin, and closed his palms with a snap: "Water Escape¡¤Howl of Rage!"

    The huge waves soared into the sky, and instantly smashed the attacking water dragon!

    A hint of horror flashed in Maruxei Kosuke''s eyes. Although Uehara Naraku seemed to have a flaw in the ninjutsu seal, his technique was very powerful.

    Looking at the subducting tsunami, Maruxoshi Kosuke quickly closed his hands and sealed the seal again: "Shui Dun¡¤Water Front Wall!"

    The water wall of Furusuke is obviously different from that of other ninjas.

    His water wall is like the water wall of the second generation of Hokage Thousands of Hands, quickly turning into a hollow cylinder, firmly surrounding him!

    The waves gradually recede...

    After the water wall was lifted, Maruxoshi Kosuke coldly looked at Uehara Naraku not far away, and once again put his hands together in Yuki. He wanted to fight a ninjutsu battle and seized Uehara''s weakness to defeat him.

    "Water Escape¡¤Water Rushing Wave!"

    This time it was Maru Hoshi Kosuke''s turn to fight back!

    With the help of the surrounding waves that haven''t completely receded, Maruxoshi Kosuke completed the seal of the water wave technique, and a wave swept away toward Uehara Naraku!

    What''s more, this time, Furusuke took advantage of the opportunity of the water wall to fade, and immediately began to seal, avoiding Uehara Naraku''s sight.

    When Uehara reacted, the waves of the water had already swept over!

    Uehara Naraku continued to curse and symbolically form a few handprints: "Damn, sooner or later, make the sauerkraut muscle into sauerkraut fish! What kind of knots this guy invented, how troublesome to use!"

    Uehara hurriedly completed a few handprints symbolically, and released his skills before the waves approached: "Wind Escape¡¤Wind Barrier!"

    A wind wall appeared in front of Uehara Naraku instantly, directly blocking the waves of the water, and the sea water was even blown away by the wind wall!

    Gusuke strengthened his confidence.

    But his face is still a bit unsightly: "Although this guy''s Jieyin gestures are much worse than others, but his technique is very powerful... Maybe this is a fair exchange of gains and losses, right?"

    This should be confirmed.

    This is because when Maruxoshi Kosuke sees Uehara Naruki, his face is always a little impatient. It seems that he really doesn''t like Yuki.

    This is also normal.

    After all, Uehara Naraku''s own physical skills are already powerful enough, if you can use physical skills alone to blow up the enemy, why waste Chakra?

    Think about the bad behavior of Uehara Naruto bullying them Konoha...

    Obviously Uehara Naraku has been fighting against people who are weaker than him, and he has become accustomed to bullying people who are evenly matched or even stronger than him.

    Kousuke looked at Naraku Uehara and sighed: "What a great genius, it''s just because of his talent that he lost his mind..."

    Sigh back to sigh, regret back to regret!

    Taking advantage of this opportunity, Kosuke still continued to seal, his eyes tightened, looking at Uehara Naraku who finally rushed impatiently, and said coldly: "Shui Dun..."

    In the next second, Maruxoshi Kosuke suddenly saw Uehara Naraku disappearing into his field of vision, and he couldn''t help but feel terrified. He finally gave up Yurin and touched his own Shinobi!

    A palm suddenly grabbed Gu Jie''s wrist!

    This moment made Gu Jie''s heart cold suddenly!

    In the close physique confrontation, Marusoshi Furusuke thought that his odds of winning were horribly low, not to mention that he was also taken the lead by Uehara Naruto.

    Uehara Naraku''s voice appeared in Kousuke''s ear like a thunderstorm, and his voice sounded extremely gloomy: "Senior, you are not finished with ninjutsu, right?"

    "Just two ninjutsu..."

    Maruxoshi Kosuke slowly delayed the time, and quickly escaped from Uehara''s restraint, and quickly pulled out his Shinobi!

    Only in the next second he found Naraku Uehara disappearing before his eyes again.

    It was another palm that held his wrist tightly from behind, and even grabbed his Ninja sword directly!

    Maruxoshi Kosuke widened his eyes in disbelief, and slowly turned his head to look at Uehara Naruto and said, "Your instant instant technique is faster than you imagined!"

    "it''s common!"

    Uehara Naraku inserted Kosuke''s Shinobi sword back into his scabbard, and continued softly: "Our leader is a ninja demigod, and Hanzo-sama taught me the instant instant technique."

    Ninja demigod Sanjiao Hanzo''s instantaneous technique is indeed very fast.

    What else can Maruxei Kosuke say about the instantaneous technique taught by the ninja demigod himself?

    The old man''s body gradually relaxed, and his body creaked for a moment: "I admire it, it seems that the old man can only give up the opportunity to be promoted to Zhongnin..."

    "..."

    Na Uehara jumped on her forehead.

    How come this old man Gu Jie is still playing here!

    Uehara Naraku was also unambiguous, and said solemnly: "I just don''t think it is necessary for seniors to take the Zhongnin exam. It is estimated that seniors will be promoted to Konoha''s Shangnin soon! If no one in Konoha finds the strength of seniors, I will find An opportunity to mention to Mr. Kakashi the senior¡¯s wish to be promoted, so that he can help convey it upward."

    "No more."

    Gu Jie hurriedly waved his hand and knocked on his old waist: "When you get older, just do the ordinary commissioned tasks that Shinobi can do..."

    "Ok¡­"

    Uehara Naraku did not continue to taunt, after all, he won a grand prize!

    Hidden mission: Defeat a real Konoha Shinobu (11), the mission has been completed, reward 3000 points of life energy, 3000 points of Chakra energy, 3000 points of natural energy.

    This hidden task is not outrageous.

    After all, Furuhoshi and Metkai created the first-generation legend of Konoha Shinobu!

    From then on, Konoha Shinobu became more and more out of control, until Uzumaki Naruto and Uchiha Sasuke started a great era called Shishinin, which is actually the six ways.

    "By the way, one more thing."

    Uehara Naraku grabbed Maruxoshi Kosuke who wanted to leave, and whispered: "After you leave here, please report to the top of your village immediately. The S-class rebel Osaki Maru is haunting the Death Forest!"

    "Orochimaru?"

    Maruxoshi Kosuke''s face changed.

    This name is not something he can handle!

    "Yes, I have temporarily scared him away with the name of Hanzo-sama."

    Uehara Naraku opened his mouth to be nonsense, and he continued: "Oshemaru is trying to attack Mr. Kakashi''s seventh class, I scared him away!

    I met the chief examiner who wanted to assassinate Osha Maru before. I scared him away in the name of Hanzo-sama, but I can''t guarantee that he will show up again!

    I want to rush to the seventh class to join themBy the way, to protect them from being attacked by Oshemaru again, I hope that after Mr. Kosuke leaves, I will declare to the senior management of the Ninja test in this organization. No deliberate violations. "

    "I understand."

    Maru Hoshi Kosuke nodded seriously, Osha Maru attacked such a big incident, the Zhongnin exam is simply a pediatrics, maybe it will be suspended soon!

    Kosuke solemnly bowed to Uehara Naraku: "With my strength, I can''t cope with Oshemaru. The safety of many ninjas in the Death Forest is temporarily entrusted to you. I will immediately report to the third generation of Hokage!"

    Originally, based on Furusuke''s observations of Uehara Naraku, he thought that this was a ninja who was not too bad in character, but was a bit nasty and bullied.

    Now it seems that Uehara Naraku is still a good person.

    Only Uehara dared to protect the weak ninja, which shows that he still has some positive energy, and he seems to have a good impression of Konoha.

 Chapter 129ï¼š Caiji is a genius!

    The latest website: the camp of the seventh class.

    When Uehara returned, she fished a few fish.

    Perhaps the three little guys in Class 7 were so hungry that Naruto Uzumaki was awake from starvation. They took care of the food by themselves and left a portion for Naruto Uehara.

    When Uchiha saw Naraku Uehara, he raised his eyebrows and asked softly, "You are finally back. I went around and didn''t find you."

    "I met Dashemaru again."

    The expression on Uehara Naraku''s face suddenly became a little heavy. Seeing the expressions of the people in Class 7 suddenly changed, he smirked for a while before continuing: "Just now he was bullying our mid-level examiner... "

    Haruno Sakura''s face turned pale with fright, and she nervously swallowed her saliva: "...Didn''t the chief examiner beat him?"

    The faces of Naruto Uzumaki and Sasuke Uchiha next to them were not pretty.

    Obviously, the shadow of Dashewan is a little big.

    Naruto Uehara nodded, and continued in a deep voice: "Oshemaru is the legendary Sannin. He was once one of the few people standing at the top of Konoha. The chief examiner of our Zhongnin exam, Mitarai Azuki, is only his student. ."

    Uehara Naraku thought of Mitarai Adzuki bean''s performance, and added: "It is probably the student who is the least successful..."

    "..."

    The seventh class fell into silence collectively.

    Haruno Sakura and Uchiha Sasuke subconsciously turned their heads to look at Uzumaki Naruto. Obviously Uzumaki Naruto has always been the most ineffective student in their collective.

    Naruto Uzumaki immediately looked back furiously: "Hey, Sasuke, Sakura, what do you two mean!"

    "Means nothing."

    Sasuke Uchiha and Sakura Haruno slowly retracted their gazes, and after speaking in unison, they shook their heads slightly, their movements surprisingly consistent.

    "Alright, let''s rest first!"

    Uehara Naraku smiled, patted Naruto Uzumaki''s head, and whispered: "You will continue to **** the enemy''s scroll tomorrow! Who will be on the night tonight? I am in good spirits and can be with him tonight."

    As expected by Naru Uehara.

    Naruto Uzumaki slept for a whole afternoon, and volunteered to raise his hand: "I, I, I... I will come! I have had a long rest, and I can stay up for a long time!"

    Just as Uehara Naraku''s mouth turned into a smile, Haruno Sakura next to him shook his head and rejected his proposal: "Naruto, you and Sasuke-kun may have to fight tomorrow, let me come!"

    After speaking, Haruno Sakura still held her fist somewhat restrained: "And I didn''t do anything for you when I was fighting today..."

    The smile on Uehara Naraku''s face gradually stiffened.

    What''s the matter with Haruno Sakura, now she has learned to think about her teammates?

    Uchiha Sasuke patted Naruto on the shoulder, winked at him, and whispered, "Naruto, let Sakura stay at night..."

    Sasuke is a little worried about Haruno Sakura¡¯s guilt, anyway, instead of letting Sakura hold the guilt to form a team, it is better to let her do something within her power to be at ease; after Naruto Uzumaki nagging for a while, he can only agree to Haruno Sakura¡¯s request. .

    Uehara Naruko looked at Haruno Sakura with a puzzling face.

    Don''t come out when you should be, and come out when you shouldn''t.

    What''s the use of spending the night with Haruno Sakura?

    Uehara Naraku really wanted to talk about life with Naruto Uzumaki, but he was disrupted by Haruno Sakura who wanted to take on some responsibilities!

    The night is a little quiet.

    Haruno Sakura wanted to talk a little more with Uehara Naraku. After all, as a rookie ninja, Haruno Sakura was quite willing to get some experience from her senior.

    Uehara didn''t think much about her, because she broke her good deeds.

    Besides, what is there to chat with a little pink-haired girl? It would be great if you could talk to Naruto Uzumaki, even Uchiha Sasuke!

    Haruno Sakura may have a problem with EQ. She didn''t notice Uehara Naraku''s indifference, but thought that powerful ninjas are a bit arrogant. Sasuke is the strongest newcomer in this class, and she usually ignores her classmates. .

    "Senior Uehara, what does your Yuyin Village look like?"

    "It''s raining every day..."

    "I like rainy days!"

    Haruno Sakura''s face flushed slightly, and her eyes looked forward to: "If you can walk in the rain with Sasuke-kun under the same umbrella every day, it will be romantic, right?"

    Uehara Naraku replied feebly: "I looked at your Konoha''s drainage, and it is estimated that Konoha will be flooded by the rain in the next week..."

    "..."

    Haruno Sakura''s expression suddenly stagnated.

    However, she was not discouraged, and soon changed to another topic: "Does Uehara-senpai have someone you like? I saw that your team also has a cute-looking senior..."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku slowly raised his eyelids and stared at Haruno Sakura, scared the little girl''s body subconsciously shrank back.

    Uehara Naraku looked at Haruno Sakura, and his tone gradually became a little weird: "Although he looks more beautiful than you, he is a man. Are your brain circuits in a different dimension?"

    "Hug... sorry."

    Haruno Sakura hurriedly wiped the sweat from her forehead and continued in a low voice: "Then where are the two teammates of Senior Uehara?"

    Hearing Haruno Sakura''s words, Uehara Naraku''s gaze gradually became weird, as if she could see through Haruno Sakura''s mind: "When you three get the scrolls and rush to the central tower, you will see them."

    "Yes... Is it?"

    Haruno Sakura nodded cautiously.

    There was a rare smile on Uehara Naraku''s face, and he narrowed his eyes friendly: "Do you want to inquire about my information? It seems like a ninja, Miss Haruno Sakura!"

    "No...No."

    Haruno Sakura quickly shook her head and explained nervously: "I just think if the teammates are not around, Senior will be a little uncomfortable? And Senior also saved us, how could I doubt Senior!"

    "Is that right?"

    Uehara Naraku looked down at Haruno Sakura, moving his fingers lightly.

    It seems that he can try it from Haruno Sakura?

    After Uehara Naraku thought for a while, he immediately decided to start the topic: "Hey, Ms. Haruno Sakura, when I saw Uzumaki Naruto and Oshamaru fighting today, his condition was a bit wrong.

    "Ok."

    A look of worry appeared on Haruno Sakura''s face, she lowered her head and continued, "I don''t know what happened to Naruto."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku''s topic immediately got stuck.

    He vaguely felt that Haruno Sakura''s current state of inexperienced and ninjas seemed to be able to disrupt his rhythm perfectly.

    I worked hard to come up with a bunch of routines, but when someone came to me, I didn¡¯t know anything, and I was beaten by a sentence!

    Damn, what a genius of rookie!

    He is a genius ninja who meets Haruno Sakura who asks three questions. Unless she directly reveals the information, this pink-haired girl will not think about other directions at all.

    Uehara Naraku felt like he was going to be mad!

    "Senior, what''s wrong with you?"

    Haruno Sakura saw that Uehara Naraku''s mood was a little uncomfortable, and she continued softly, "Is it because I said something wrong?"

    Uehara Naraku suppressed the urge to curse, turned his head and showed an elegant and polite smile: "No, I want to be quiet now."

    Uehara Naraku felt a little worried in her heart.

    According to the IQ of this group of people in Class 7, if you want to use some routines with them, I''m afraid it''s not easy.

    Except for Uchiha Sasuke who is easy to be routine, Uzumaki Naruto and Haruno Sakura are likely not to be hooked.

    It''s not because their IQ is too high.

    But because they are too stupid now.

    Fortunately, there are other adjustments tonight.

    Uehara Naraku quietly turned on the display function of fate, Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro had no problems with them, and no one had broken through their defenses yet.

    Even the strongest Gaara retreated and took his brother and sister to rest outside the tower, seemingly waiting for the opportunity.

    Da She Wan and the pharmacist are in a private meeting.

    Otherwise.

    Sarutobi Hizen personally led a large number of Anbe ninjas and upper ninjas stationed outside the death forest, almost gathered most of Konoha''s elite ninjas.

    The fleeing Mitarai Azuki and Marusoshi Kosuke reported the situation to Sarutobi Hizen successively, and praised Uehara Naraku, which made Sarutobi Hizen feel a little relaxed.

    "It looks like this kid from Yuyin Village has helped us a lot!"

    When Sarutobi Hitoshi came, he had already taken off his Naruto costume and put on a jersey. His expression was still a bit solemn: "There are so many allies participating in the Zhongnin exam, and it cannot be stopped now. Anbe and the enchantment team. Always monitor the abnormal conditions of the death forest and report to me every hour!"

    Mitarai Adzuki bean said solemnly, "But Hokage-sama, if we don''t round up the Oshemaru at this time, he will run away soon!"

    "Compared to Oshe Maru, maintaining the stability of the allies is the most important."

    Sarutobi Hitori frowned, glanced at Mitarai Adzuki beans, and said solemnly: "After the Chunin test is over, I will send someone to continue searching for him."

    "Master Naruto."

    Morino Ibiki also followed, and he also asked: "What about Uehara Naraku? He is the disturbing factor that interferes with the Nakanin exam!"

    Sarutobi shook his head and said softly: "According to Kakashi¡¯s news, that little guy should be the future leader of Yuyin Village, and also the genius Yuyin Village wants to promote in this Zhongnin exam. To deal with him."

    What''s more, this was the only one who took the initiative to radiate kindness to Konoha. Not only was his identity important, but his strength was also very powerful.

    For Konoha, as long as they wait until Uehara Naruto takes power, Uyin Village will become Konoha''s natural ally. How can they easily offend him? Konoha also counts on Yuyin Village to help withstand the pressure of Yanyin Village in the northwest!

    Morino Ibiki turned to look at Hagi Kakashi, and said in a deep voice, "Kakashi, do you think that guy is reliable?"

    Because Ibizi was once pitted by a Konoha who defected to Yuyin Village, he really didn''t like Yuyin Village.

    "It''s not very reliable in character."

    Hagi Kakashi thought for a while, thought about Uehara Naruto''s every move in Konoha, and whispered, "You should be reliable in character, right?"

    "Cough cough cough..."

    After coughing a few times, Maruxei Kosuke responded loudly: "This little guy has a very bad personality, but he is still okay."

    "Is a good person. UU reads "

    Mitarai Adzuki took the words: "If it weren''t for him, maybe I might have died in the hands of Oshemaru."

    What Mitarai Adzuki didn''t know was that in the Death Forest, Oshemaru and Yakushito had just exchanged their plans, and then secretly scolded her.

    Before leaving, Dashemaru left and told the pharmacist''s pocket carefully: "Doo, stay away from the fellow Uehara Naruko, don''t be like the idiot of Hongdou. If you get too close to him, that fellow depends on his strength and his mood is uncertain. , You will die if you are not careful..."

    "Yes, I made a note, Lord Oshemaru."

    After the pharmacist smiled and nodded, watching the Dashewan gradually disappear, he pushed his glasses, the smile on his face became stronger.

    Your new boss, don¡¯t you know?

    Pharmacist pocket now thinks of Naraku Uehara, feeling a faint pain in his neck.

 Chapter 130ï¼š Do you think Im as easy to deal with like Dashewan 1?

    Latest URL: Early Morning.

    Three days passed.

    Uehara Naraku and Uzumaki Naruto chatted many times.

    It''s just that every time the chat goes to interruption, Uehara Naruko encountered the same dilemma as Haruno Sakura again and again here in Uzumaki Naruto.

    Because Naruto Uzumaki is the purest passionate idiot, the difficulty of blackening him is really not that high, after all, Uehara can''t easily reveal too much information.

    Uzumaki Naruto now only cares about two things.

    He must become Naruto and how to surpass Uchiha Sasuke.

    To this end, Naruto Uzumaki also gave an impromptu speech to Uehara.

    Uehara Naraku sometimes even feels that he is about to be persuaded by Uzumaki Naruto. Since he has a strong power, why should he take the Zhongnin exam here?

    Go to the **** actor, go to the **** side quest, simply incarnate directly to destroy the great demon king of the Ninja World, and rush towards a goal!

    Regardless of him, Uchiha Madara Otsuki Kaguya, if he can''t beat him, he will fight hard, and if he can''t beat him desperately, he will continue to fight!

    Fortunately, he still remembers Xiaonan and Nagato in Yuyin Village.

    So Uehara Naraku secretly ordered the pharmacist to search for a female ninja named Phosphorus in the Death Forest and take it away when Uehara returned to Yuyin Village.

    Nagato should be happier if you see Phosphorus?

    After all, Fragrant Phosphorus is also a descendant of Uzumaki.

    As for what gift to bring to Xiaonan, Uehara Naraku hasn''t figured out yet. If it doesn''t work, he will take Shimura Danzo, if it doesn''t work, he will kill Danzo and take his body back to Yuyin Village.

    Xiaonan and Nagato will definitely like this gift.

    But this matter is not in a hurry.

    There is still some time before the Zhongnin exam is over.

    This time is the time for Naruto Uehara to lure Naruto into black, or to lure Naruto into a traitor.

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but glanced at Uzumaki Naruto not far away, the expression on his face became more and more incomprehensible: "Damn, how do you feel that the task of blackening a protagonist is as difficult as betting to win Tsunade?"

    This task seems very easy. After all, Naruto Uzumaki¡¯s life has been in a trough before defeating Payne, but the actual operation is much more difficult than imagined.

    To tell the truth, Sasuke Uchiha is quite cheating.

    The current Uchiha Sasuke is very interested in Uehara Naraku, and from time to time he wants to get some information about Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha belt soil from him.

    If Uehara Naraku is willing, he can quietly denigrate Kakashi''s weakness, and then induce Sasuke to defect.

    Damn, what''s all this!

    Now that the entire Death Forest is under the supervision of Konoha Anbe, Uehara Naraku does not want to ruin his personal settings.

    If you want to lure Naruto into black, you can only find another chance.

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the giggling Naruto Uzumaki in the distance. It seemed that he had to wait until the end of the second exam to see if he could use Shimura Danzo''s identity to confide the truth to Naruto Uzumaki.

    You can also use Uchiha''s identity as the soil.

    Or you can try it with the identity of Sarutobi Hizen, or you can try it with the identity of Umino Iluka, but it is easy to leave flaws.

    "It''s really troublesome!"

    Uehara Naraku sighed quietly: "If it doesn''t work, it seems that I have to find an opportunity to change my character to a little villain."

    Just a little villain, should not be noticed.

    Moreover, a small villain can easily be washed away, for example, he has accepted the order of Sanjiao Yu Hanzo or something.

    As a performance artist, Uehara Naraku felt that it was actually quite simple to wash himself off.

    On the way to the deep forest.

    After Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto defeated a hostile ninja together, they found a whole set of scrolls from the ninjas.

    Sasuke Uchiha asked slightly in surprise: "You obviously got the scrolls, why didn''t you go to the tower?"

    "Hmph, you''ll know when you arrive."

    This team didn''t care, but looked at the seventh group with a sneer: "Good luck to you! I hope you can break through the defense of those two guys!"

    After speaking, they left.

    Sasuke Uchiha frowned, and the doubts on his face had not disappeared, but Naruto Uzumaki happily put away the scroll of heaven and earth.

    Every step of Naruto is moving in the direction of Hokage.

    Naruto¡¯s happiness is that simple.

    Naruto Uzumaki patted Sasuke on the shoulder and said with a smile, "Okay, don''t worry, Sasuke! Don¡¯t we know if we rush to the tower now? Anyway, no matter what enemies are in front of us, we can never stop us from completing the exam! "

    "Ok."

    Uchiha Sasuke''s brows suddenly stretched out, but he didn''t mention rushing to the tower. Instead, he turned his head and looked at Naraku Uehara: "Hey, the agreement between us, is it time to complete it?"

    "Ok?"

    Uehara Naraku narrowed his eyes and squeezed his wrist: "It seems that Sasuke thinks he has become stronger enough to challenge me?"

    Why every time Uchiha Sasuke becomes stronger, he likes to challenge an enemy that he can''t defeat at all. This is really a big mystery in the Ninja world.

    "If you can''t beat you..."

    Uchiha Sasuke slowly took out a kunai from his ninja bag, and rushed towards Uehara: "How can I be able to kill that man!"

    One palm easily grabbed Sasuke''s wrist!

    Uehara Naraku took the opportunity to hit Sasuke¡¯s chin with a knee, and instantly knocked the person out of the air, looking up at the sky slowly and said: "Oh? What should I say now? The sky is fine and the rain stops. Now, Sasuke thinks he can do it again?"

    "Asshole!"

    After Uchiha''s help, he was furious.

    Uehara Naraku''s attack was not too heavy, Sasuke Hida got up, his eyes instantly became scarlet, and his pupils were set against two black gouaches!

    "Art fire escape **** fireball!"

    A ball of flames is coming!

    Uehara Naraku looked at the flames, stretched out his hand to grab the air, and whispered in his mouth: "Uiyi! Mu Blade!"

    The purple chakra broadsword appeared in Uehara''s hands.

    The next moment, this Chakra Broadsword slammed forward, splitting the flames of the Fireball into two, and Uehara Naruto stood in the flames as if nothing was left!

    "It''s just fire escape ninjutsu, you''re far behind Uchiha Itachi."

    Uehara Naraku casually slid the purple broadsword and watched Sasuke speak and continued: "Uchiha Itachi''s powerful fireball technique, I need to use defensive ninjutsu to resist."

    Sasuke Uchiha was not discouraged either.

    Obviously he knew the gap between himself and Uchiha Itachi. How could it be so easy to catch up with Uchiha Itachi after four years of hard work?

    Even if Uchiha Sasuke gritted his teeth with hatred every night, he must admit that he has been chasing Uchiha Itachi since he was a child, and even his father Uchiha Tomitake never thought he could catch up with Uchiha Itachi.

    "I will prove that I will not catch up with him, but will definitely surpass him!"

    The veins on Sasuke Uchiha¡¯s forehead were all exposed, and his face flashed with the ferocity of a young man, and **** were placed on his lips: "No, I will definitely kill him! Huo Dun. The Art of Phoenix Fire!"

    Piles of flames spit out from Sasuke''s mouth, and shot at Naru Uehara. The temperature of the Phoenix Fire was obviously lower than that of the giant fireball, but it was fierce depending on the number!

    Sasuke Uchiha anticipated the shortcomings of this technique, he was just using this technique to feint!

    While Uehara Naraku picked up the purple broadsword and smashed the fireball, Sasuke threw a few kunai with his hand.

    Each kunai is wrapped with a slender thread.

    People can''t detect the existence of these threads, and they will fall into Sasuke''s trap if they are not careful!

    Uehara Naraku raised his eyebrows, and glanced at Uchiha Sasuke: "Oh? Is this trying to deal with me with the way of dealing with Oshamaru?"

    During the battle a few days ago, Oshemaru was attracted by Sasuke, who is so rich in fighting wisdom, and focused on Sasuke''s body.

    Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly disappeared in place, Shunjo appeared behind Sasuke, kicked Sasuke''s calf, and instantly knocked him to the ground!

    Uehara Naraku stretched out the purple broadsword in his hand and put it on Sasuke''s body: "You used the tactics of dealing with Oshemaru to deal with me, didn''t you look down on me too much?"

    "Then you guessed wrong!"

    Sasuke Uchiha made an upside down on the ground and kicked Uehara Naraku. He wanted to use his strength to kick Uehara Naraku into the air!

    It is Li Rok''s physical skills that Sasuke copied, Shadow Dance Leaf.

    They fought each other before the Nakanin exam. Although Sasuke was very embarrassed, he still learned something.

    Uehara Naruko''s body was motionless like Tarzan, and even his face was slightly confused: "What are you doing?"

    "..."

    Sasuke Uchiha''s face changed Subconsciously, he flew away.

    Only in the next second, Uehara Naraku disappeared in front of him, appeared behind him again, and slammed his palm to knock Sasuke down!

    "you lose."

    Uehara Naraku announced the ending blankly.

    Side quest: Defeat Uchiha Sasuke (11), the quest has been completed, and the skill Shattering Fire will be rewarded.

    Shattering Fire: Release a ball of directional fireball, the skill consumes 40 Chakra points, and the skill cooldown time is 1.6 seconds.

    Side quest: Tucao Uchiha Sasuke (11), the quest has been completed, reward a hidden inheritance quest.

    Hidden inheritance mission: Rebirth in pain! Say a correct name (01).

 Chapter 131ï¼š Unbreakable tower

    Latest URL: Rebirth in pain!

    I have to say that this sentence really fits Sasuke''s life.

    Uehara Naraku hasn''t recovered from this generous reward. The first thought was which hero said this sentence?

    He hadn''t heard it at all.

    Uehara Naraku sank his heart to think. According to the previous rewards, Uchiha Sasuke''s current mission rewards should be related to fire escape ninjutsu, that is, a hero with a fire attribute.

    If it doesn''t work, then it is a hero with thunder attributes.

    Uehara Naraku tentatively pronounced two names: "Annie, Daughter of Darkness, Vengeful Flame Soul Brand..."

    The mission is completed, and the legacy of heroes opens.

    Uehara Naraku has long been accustomed to all this, but when he saw the four skills, his face was still a little bit happy.

    Flame Brand: Shoots a group of fast fireballs forward. The fireball will detonate the enemy and the surrounding area. The minimum cost of the skill is 50 Chakra, and the skill cooling time is 3 seconds.

    Pillar of Flame: After a delay of 0.6 seconds, a pillar of flame in the target area will burn everything in the area. The minimum skill consumption is 60 Chakra points and the skill cooldown time is 4 seconds.

    Burning Fire: It can trigger a strong burst of flame from the enemy''s body out of thin air, burning the enemy''s body, the minimum skill consumption is 70 Chakra, and the skill cooling time is 4 seconds.

    Flame Storm: After releasing a very destructive flame seed to attack the target, it will bounce attacks on the enemies around the target, with a minimum of 5 bounces, the minimum cost of the skill is 100 Chakra points, and the skill cooling time is 40 seconds.

    Starting today, Naraku Uehara can call herself the Fire Run Ninja.

    The hero inheritance he just got, every fire escape skill is very powerful, especially the burning fire in it, it can produce flames out of thin air, and there is a kind of attack method like the sky!

    Of course the most terrifying thing is the flame storm. As long as there are enough chakras in Uehara Naraku, the flame storm can spread across the battlefield!

    The only problem is...

    This technique is likely to be blocked by the water wall.

    "Forget it, look back and experiment with dried persimmon ghost sharks."

    Uehara Naraku looked down at Uchiha Sasuke who had been defeated by him, his face became kind again, and he waved his hand to heal Sasuke''s injuries.

    Haruno Sakura next to Uehara healed all of Sasuke''s injuries with a wave of her hand, and bit her lip: "Medical ninjutsu should be easy to learn, and it can also help Sasuke-kun and Naruto..."

    It''s just that Haruno Sakura didn''t know that not all medical ninjutsu can be as easy and effective as Uehara Naraku, even the current Tsunade is even worse.

    Uehara Naraku did not pay attention to Haruno Sakura, he just looked at Sasuke with a smile, his attitude obviously changed from the coldness in the battle to warmth: "Sasuke, although your strength is still a little worse, you are not lacking in talent and hard work, I I believe you will surpass Uchiha Itachi soon."

    Anyway, it¡¯s nice to say something without spending money!

    As for the mess of Uchiha Itachi immortality, Sasuke can only be a younger brother in this life, so there is no need to say these things, so as not to cause another life.

    Uchiha Sasuke is a leek seedling that Uehara really wants to keep, and he can cut a few more crops in the future.

    "..."

    Sasuke obviously didn''t adapt to the speed of Uehara Naraku''s face change. His emotions faded quickly, and he even said inferiority: "But I can''t even beat you..."

    "Isn''t it normal for me not to win?"

    Uehara Naraku chuckled, patted Sasuke on the shoulder and said, "Ha, actually I was only twelve years old when I lost to Uchiha Itachi. Now even if Uchiha Itachi stands in front of me, he can''t easily say Fight with me!"

    "You are sixteen years old..."

    Although Sasuke Uchiha knew that Naraku Uehara was motivating him, Sasuke began to lower his head to estimate, and he said solemnly: "It is absolutely impossible for me to defeat Uchiha Itachi in four years. I can''t wait that long!"

    "..."

    The expression on Uehara Naraku''s face suddenly stagnated.

    Four years later, whether Sasuke could beat Uchiha Itachi, it was still a question. He opened his mouth and taunted Uehara Naraku. This guy Uchiha Sasuke was even worse than Uehara expected!

    "Okay, let''s not talk about it."

    Naruto Uehara turned his head to look at Uzumaki Naruto, with a more kind smile on his face: "Naruto, do you need me to point you?"

    "Hey, really?"

    The expression on Uzumaki Naruto''s face was a little joyful for an instant.

    It¡¯s just that after Naruto Uzumaki just agreed, Haruno Sakura next to him hit Naruto¡¯s head with a punch: "Naruto, we are still taking the exam! The Chunin test will be over in a short time, and challenge Uehara. You can wait until after the exam is over!"

    Naruto Uzumaki suddenly felt aggrieved: "But Sasuke..."

    Haruno Sakura slammed another punch violently: "Sasuke-kun asked Uehara-senpai about important things! Don''t waste time!"

    Haruno Sakura is really an old double standard.

    Under the pressure of this pink-haired girl, Naruto Uzumaki temporarily gave up the idea of ??discussing with Naruko Uehara, and rushed to the central tower to complete the second exam.

    Uehara Naraku''s expression gradually became a little weird. If we get along these days, Haruno Sakura has broken a lot of him. Sooner or later this account will have to be settled...

    Of course, Haruno Sakura must not be able to bear him after he settles the bill, or should it be counted as Haruno Sakura¡¯s future teacher?

    Death forest.

    Center tower.

    Now there are a lot of teams gathered here, and battles are happening all the time, because the team that gets the scroll can''t enter the tower, and the team that doesn''t get the scroll directly starts the fight!

    Even though this test prohibits random team formation to form allies, the ninjas in the same village can only stay together temporarily to avoid being besieged by others.

    Perhaps it was because Konoha Ninja teamed up the most alliances, and it happened that they could be tempered, and no one from Konoha sent to stop it.

    As newcomers of similar ages, Konoha''s third, eighth and tenth classes naturally gathered together and became one of the two most powerful forces near the death forest tower.

    As for another powerful force, it is naturally the Gaara squad in Shayin Village, because Gaara''s yellow sand defense is a little bit, and it has also become the most recognized by the ninjas.

    No, Gaara is not the strongest yet.

    The strongest Xia Ren should be the white-haired boy who forbids them to enter the tower. His speed and strength are so strong that even Gaara''s sand armor cannot defend it!

    That boy is the Yuyin genius named Kaguya-kun Maro!

    How to defeat Kaguya-kun Maro and enter the central tower to complete the exam. This question has been bothering Gaara for the past few days, and it has also plagued a group of Konoha Shinobu, such as Hyuga Neji, Nara Shikamaru, and Yuzino.

    "Is that Kaguya-kun Maro a natural fighter machine?"

    Inuzuka''s expression was very incomprehensible, and he slammed a fist on the ground, and said coldly: "It''s the last day, and his spirit hasn''t relaxed!"

    "His speed is also very fast."

    Neji Hyuga glanced at Hinata Hinata sitting in the corner, and continued in a low voice: "Even if I can see through his movements with white eyes, it is difficult to keep up with his movements... and there is another guy who has an ice escape Companion."

    ¡®This is not the most troublesome. ¡¯

    Nara Shikamaru covered his face with a wry smile at the corner of his mouth: "If we remember correctly, the Uehara Naraku who defeated us on the first day of the exam was also their companion, right?"

    "Ok."

    Li Luoke nodded with a serious expression, a thin layer of sweat appeared on his forehead, and he said in a deep voice, "Facing the white-haired guy, I still have the confidence to fight him...but facing the Uehara Naraku, I can hardly fight back!"

    Yuzina slowly said from the corner: "My opinion is the same, but I set up a trap with poisonous insects outside, hoping to prevent Uehara Naraku from meeting with them."

    Yamanaka Ino made a rare and serious voice: "Why don''t you wait for the seventh class to come over! With the strengths of Sasuke-kun and Neiji''s seniors, the two strongest newcomers should be able to defeat the white-haired handsome guy?"

    "..."

    Neji Hyuga was silent for a while, then shook his head lightly and said, "Even Shalun Yanxueji can see through his movements, but at Sasuke''s speed..."

    The meaning in this sentence is still unfinished.

    After all, Li Luk had beaten Sasuke while hanging, and Hyuga Neji often beat Li Luk while hanging up during training sessions!

    Li Luoke glanced at Ning Ci next to him, then hesitated and said, "Actually, there is no hope of breaking through. I still have a move specifically reserved for Ning Ci, which should defeat him..."

    "Lee!"

    Tian Tian suddenly interrupted Li Luoke''s words.

    "That trick will cause a lot of damage to your body, right?"

    The girl next to you watched this scene thoughtfully. After exposing Li Luk¡¯s thoughts, he scanned everyone present and said softly: ¡°Everyone seems to cooperate, but in fact, it¡¯s just fighting each other and using opponents. Practice each other''s skills?"

    This is half true.

    Bai''s Bing Dun Xue Ji is simply a long-range attack weapon.

    Kaguya-kun Maro''s bones and blood continued to show unrivaled power in physical combat, and it is not inferior in ranged attacks!

    Their inability to easily break through the defenses of Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro is not all fake, but it is indeed true that they can improve their strength by fighting against the Shinnin team near the tower.

    "Let me remind everyone."

    Yu Noshino pushed her little sunglasses, and whispered: "Standing across from us are two blood ninjas, and an enemy who may attack us from the front at any time."

    Inuzukaga sighed and said, "But if there is no new increase in combat power, we may not be able to really break the defenses of these two guys! Can''t contact the three guys in Shayin Village, right?"

    "If you can use them, I wouldn''t object."

    Nara Shikamaru chuckled lightly and leaned under a tree: "If I can easily pass the Nakanin exam and can use Sand Ninja, why not do it?"

    Nara Shikamaru is a lazy person.

    The key is that Yamanaka Ino and Akiu Dingci beside him nodded his mother!

    This generation of Pig Deer Butterfly is not going to end!

    It''s a pity that these newcomers seem humble, but in fact they are not convinced by anyone now.

    They discussed that for a long time there was no result. Instead, two teams of other Shinobu squads were attacked. These Konoha Shinobu were used to it, and easily defeated the enemy.

    They plan to rest for a while to regain their strength and then go to face Kaguya-kun Maro.

    It''s just that the eighth squad, who was in charge of peripheral investigations during the battle, came back. They brought back two pieces of news. One was not particularly good news, and the other was very bad news.

    Inuzuka''s face had a bit of joyous smile, just like his mood: "Ha, we brought two news, which one do you want to hear first?"

    "Then listen to the good news first!"

    Nara Shikamaru chuckled and said, "It won''t be Sasuke Naruto from the seventh class, right?"

    "Yes."

    The smile on Inuzukatoga''s face gradually faded, but she continued, "Hey, Shikamaru, do you want to guess the second news?"

    "Even you guy is scared."

    The smile on Nara Shikamaru''s face suddenly changed into a wry smile: "Hey, isn''t it the guy Uehara Naraku here, too?"

 Chapter 132ï¼š The encounter of pharmacist pocket and fragrant phosphorus

    Latest website: Uehara Naraku is coming to the center tower!

    The news brought by Inuzuka tooth made everyone present feel a little nervous. It was a man who calculated their fighting time in seconds.

    All of them present, after encountering Uehara Naraku, none of them could resist Uehara Uehara for a round, and all of them were directly defeated in an instant.

    Only Li Luoke, who had a trace of fighting enthusiasm, was also affected by the dull atmosphere of everyone, and squatted in the corner by himself.

    After staying in frustration for a while, Li Luk suddenly looked excited: "Wait...If the seventh class encounters Uehara Naraku, wouldn''t Sakura be very dangerous!"

    "Hey?"

    A group of people looked at Li Luoke who was suddenly excited in surprise.

    Li Luoke stood up abruptly, clenched his fist tightly, and said loudly: "I have figured it out clearly! I''m going to save Sakura!"

    "Don''t be impulsive, Lee!"

    A group of people had no time to stop Li Luoke.

    the other side.

    The seventh squad and Naruko Uehara rushed to the vicinity of the tower. There were too many small groups gathered here, and the traps were almost impossible to guard against.

    "Konoha Rigid Tornado!"

    A strong wind suddenly kicked Uehara Naraku''s head, and a passionate voice fell in everyone''s ears: "I won''t let anyone hurt Kozakura!"

    Bang!

    The incoming person flew back at a faster speed!

    Uehara Naraku slowly retracted his fist, and silently glanced at Li Rok who attacked him: "What''s the matter with you guy?"

    Other Shinnin also rushed over.

    Seeing this scene, Sasuke Uchiha couldn''t help but raised his eyebrows: "Have you not collected the complete scroll? Why don''t you go to the tower?"

    Uzumaki Naruto scratched his head and said happily, "Hahahaha, it seems that only our team can pass this exam!"

    "..."

    The nine people ignored them, but turned to look at the young man Yuren next to them. Everyone swallowed their saliva involuntarily.

    Uehara Naraku squinted his eyes, waved at them kindly, and greeted them friendly: "Long time no see, have you missed me?"

    "..."

    There was still silence in the air.

    Only Akimaru in Inuzuka''s arms whimpered a few times.

    The figure of Naraku Uehara appeared beside Inuzuka-ga!

    Everyone''s face couldn''t help but a flash of shock, Hyuga Neji''s fist tightened instantly, Uehara Naraku''s speed was so fast, even he didn''t see it clearly!

    Uehara Naraku touched Akamaru''s head affectionately, looked at the trembling puppy, and said with a chuckle: "I took the initiative to say hello to you. If I''m a little bit happy, I think it''s giving me face!"

    "...You...hello!"

    Inuzuka Yashin smiled and took his dog back a few steps without a smile.

    The expressions of other people were very ugly. On the first day of the exam, the guy Uehara repeatedly beat them to the ground. How could they make them happy?

    "Well, I won''t tease you anymore."

    Uehara Naraku twisted his wrist and looked at the people present: "Now you can go to the tower to complete the exam. I hope we will have a lucky cutie meet me in the third exam."

    Speaking of the last time, the smile on Uehara Naruko''s face became more kind, but in the eyes of others it was like a demon''s evil smile.

    Nara Shikamaru slowly lowered his head, hiding the expression on his face: "Is this guy in charge behind the scenes of all the Nakanin exams?"

    Li Luoke was the most straightforward. He directly asked: "Hey, can I ask, why are you doing this?"

    "Because it was fun at the time!"

    Uehara Naraku turned his head and glanced at Li Rok. What he said was very straightforward: "It''s rare that you find it interesting to defeat geniuses through your own efforts?"

    Li Luoke''s expression stagnated, suddenly a thumbs up, and a hearty smile appeared on his face: "You are right, trying to surpass genius or something is the most interesting!"

    "Yes!"

    The smile on Uehara Naraku''s face became stronger.

    It''s just that the people next to him looked at Li Luoke as if they were idiots. No, this guy really seems to be an idiot!

    After Uehara Naraku left in the direction of the tower, the minds of the Konoha people slowly relaxed, and each breathed a sigh of relief.

    This stalk of leeks was harvested long ago by Uehara Naraku, so he did not stay long, so Uehara did not know that the seventh class was desperately washing him...

    Yes, the seventh class is helping him whitewash.

    Whether it was Uchiha Sasuke or Haruno Sakura, they knew that Uehara Naraku had beaten all but them in the same period. They believed that Uehara Naraku was not malicious, but wanted to make them more vigilant so that they would not die after encountering Oshemaru.

    Otherwise, why didn''t Uehara kill them?

    As for Uzumaki Naruto, he still couldn''t tell who was right and who was wrong. In the end, he chose a teammate who believed in himself and joined the ranks of Naruto Uehara.

    I don¡¯t know if the three little guys in Class 7 will actually see part of the true face of Naraku Uehara in the future, will their young hearts be hurt...

    In short, as Uehara Naraku took away Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro, the second session of the Nakanin exam finally ended smoothly.

    The Konoha high-level outside the Death Forest also breathed a sigh of relief.

    In the past few days, the Anbu and the examiner responsible for monitoring the Death Forest examination room are probably the most nervous. In addition to being wary of Dashewan, they have to worry about the outcome of the Scroll of Heaven and Earth.

    After all, the existence of Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro greatly reduces the possibility of other Shinin to complete the exam. In case of waiting for the third Nakanin promotion performance battle that needs to face the big names of various countries and the leader of Shinnin village, there are only three Yunin. Konoha has no face anymore!

    Fortunately, these guys are still a little measured.

    After Naraku Uehara entered the tower, teams entered the tower one after another, completed the exam, and advanced to the next individual battle.

    Just because there were too many fierce battles in the past few days, only six teams finally entered the next round.

    Yuyin Village, Uehara Naraku, Kaguya-kun Maro, white.

    Konoha Village, Hyuga Neji, Li Rok, Tiantian; Uzumaki Naruto, Uchiha Sasuke, Haruno Sakura; Nara Shikamaru, Yamanaka Ino, Akimi Dinji; Hyuga Hinata, Inuzuka tooth, Yunyoshino.

    Sagakura, Gaara, Temari, Kankuro.

    Among them, only Shayin Village and Yuyin Village were promoted purely by strength. Gaara almost blasted all the enemies who coveted them with his single power.

    Kaguya-kun Maro and Bai of Yuyin Village directly blocked the tower for four days, restricting all ninjas who wanted to enter the tower, and their combat power was stronger than that of Shayin Village.

    Not to mention that they also have a guy who is half-stretching and half-scrolling Uehara Naraku.

    Konoha''s new recruits rely on their excellent team cooperation to resist the coveting of many enemies.

    Pharmacist Dou did not advance.

    Since the pharmacist has multiple jobs, he not only has to help Oshemaru to transmit information, but also help Naruto Uehara to take away the incense phosphorus, his own time is not enough, how could he waste time on the Zhongnin exam?

    Outside Konoha Village.

    The Kusakura ninjas who were eliminated in the second exam left this sad place cursingly. They shirked each other''s responsibilities, and they all blamed Xianglin in the end.

    Who makes Aromatic Phosphorus the lowest?

    "Asshole, I blame you for this trash!"

    "Keeping her is a waste of food in the village!"

    "We didn''t pass the Zhongnin exam, because this woman is a trash, and the village must execute her as the culprit!"

    A Cao Ren grabbed Xiang Pho''s hair, slapped it on her face, and said coldly: "You are dead when you go back. If you lose you here, maybe you woman can still get her life back. Yeah!"

    "Hey hey, do you really want to lose her? How about us..."

    Suddenly a shuriken shot out, hitting this somewhat wretched Kushinin!

    A white-haired ninja with a hood walked out of the grass. He pushed the glasses on the bridge of his nose and looked at the scarred incense phosphorus, revealing a trace of regret: "What a violent thing!"

    It was Pharmacist Pocket who intercepted this group of Kushinin.

    As a graduate student under the hands of Dashewan, the pharmacist knows the value of the descendants of Uzumaki very well. Their chakras are very abundant and their physical fitness is very strong. After they grow up, they can easily learn the art of sealing.

    Especially the ninja with its own super medical attributes like Aromatic Phosphorus is especially precious!

    "who are you¡­"

    The ninjas asked in a panic about the origin of the Yakushitou, but before they could say a complete sentence, the figure of the Yakushitou had already passed through their team, and the turquoise chakra crossed the throat of the yakiniku!

    After killing everyone, the pharmacist walked in front of Xianglin and stretched out his palm: "Follow me, an adult orders me to pick you up. From now on, no one will dare to bully you. "

    "..."

    Xianglin''s body was trembling slightly, and slowly raised her head to look at Pharmacist''s pocket, as if she saw a beam of light behind the Pharmacist''s pocket.

    Xianglin''s face was a little red, looking at the warm smile on Yao Shidou''s face, she slowly stretched out her hand and put it on the palm of Yao Shidou.

    "Thank you."

    "It''s okay, I''m just following orders."

    The pharmacist smiled and patted the red hair on Xianglin''s head, and said softly, "Don''t worry, we are not malicious."

    "I know¡­"

    Xianglin nodded and wiped the tears from his cheeks.

    Xianglin didn''t tell the pharmacist. In fact, this moment was the first time in her life that she had received goodwill from others.

    Although many people later said that Yao Shidou was a spy and performing artist ~ www.novelhall.com~, Xianglin still stubbornly believed that Yao Shidou gave her the warmth at this moment.

    "You...Where is the adult in your mouth?"

    Xianglin carefully wiped off the dirty marks on his face, and whispered: "Are you going to take me to see him now?"

    "not needed for now."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around, and the lens flashed a bright light: "He is about to participate in the third qualifier of the Zhongnin exam now!"

    "Take the Zhongnin exam?"

    Xianglin''s gaze was slightly surprised, and her teeth bit her lips gently. In other words, was it just a forbearance that arranged for someone to rescue her from the devil''s claws?

    Pharmacist Pocket seemed to see through the mind of Xianglin, with a trace of longing on his face.

    "Don''t underestimate that lord, he is the one who can bring down the world by himself!"

 Chapter 133ï¼š 1 set of intimacy heaven, come and help!

    The latest website: Yakushidou is very familiar with the process of the Zhongnin exam.

    He used to be the undercover agent of Dashewan, and took the Zhongnin exam for three consecutive years, looking for suitable container candidates for Dashewan. The rules of the Zhongnin exam were simply backtracked.

    Regardless of how many of these Shinnins pass the second world scroll battle, Konoha will streamline the candidates who take the exam in the third exam, choose powerful Shinnins, and find ways to make the battle exciting.

    After all, there will be many famous and powerful people watching the third test race.

    If the race is to be held in a drag, there will be a little bit of hair pulling, face and mouth twisting on the scene, I am afraid that the audience will have some prejudice against the profession of ninja.

    "Cough cough cough cough..."

    A Konoha ninja with a pale face and a little vain eyes holding a notebook, and after a few coughs, he said: "I''ll announce the rules of the qualifiers...cough cough cough... everyone will be divided into one to one. Team for actual combat."

    After speaking, the guy coughed a few more times, looking dyingly ill.

    This Konoha ninja is the chief examiner of the third test, Moonlight Hayate.

    After the moonlight and gust of wind had eased, he continued: "The battle will not prohibit you from using any means. A battle will only end if one party falls, dies, or concedes defeat; but I think the victory or defeat is already divided. Circumstances, it will actively intervene in the battlefield to avoid innocent casualties."

    However, the ninjas underneath had a sense of distrust of Moonlight Hayate.

    The chief examiner obviously looked like he was so sick that he might fall down at any time, and he would die before them!

    Bai took a surprised look at Naraku Uehara''s playful gaze, and asked softly, "Uehara, you seem to be interested in him. Is this chief examiner very strong?"

    "maybe."

    Uehara Naraku laughed and shook his head.

    No one can tell whether Moonlight Gale is strong or not, but there is one thing that everyone agrees that his girlfriend Uzuki Yuyan is very beautiful.

    Uehara Naraku didn''t care about Uzuki Yuyan''s looks.

    What Uehara is more concerned about is that Moonlight Hayate''s girlfriend Uzuki Yuyan knows the truth about Uchiha''s soil, but she doesn''t seem to reveal any secrets.

    For example, Uchiha brought the soil to the death of the fourth generation Naruto couple.

    At the time, Uehara Naraku personally faked Uchiha and blew himself up, but the most crucial murder case was not detonated.

    This secret was hidden by Konoha or Kakashi.

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes passed the crowd slightly, and he snorted, quietly creating a new plan in his heart.

    However, before Nairo Uehara secretly planned how to do Konoha, Konoha Ninja first gave him a shameful hand!

    Moonlight Hayate glanced at the match screen, and read aloud the contestants of the first Nakanin test: "The first game, Kaguya-kun Maro vs. Uehara Naraku!"

    "..."

    Everyone''s eyes stopped involuntarily on Kaguya-kun Maro and Uehara Naraku. These two Yurenin were undoubtedly the two with the strongest single-player combat effectiveness among all the candidates in this Zhongnin exam!

    Does this make them directly start to kill each other?

    The leader of Yinyin Village, Shang Ren watching all this, a scorn flashed from the corner of his mouth: "Huh, I haven''t done it yet, you will do it first!"

    The gazes of the other Shinnin were also slightly surprised.

    The strongest two started fighting in the qualifiers. If this is a pure coincidence, the probability is too low, right?

    "I surrender!"

    Kaguya-kun Maro directly announced his defeat without being surprised.

    If it was to face Naraku Uehara, no matter in terms of identity or strength, Junmaro could not participate in this battle.

    As for Naraku Uehara himself.

    From the time Moonlight Hayate announced the battle between the two sides, Uehara''s body remained motionless. Obviously he had already known Kaguya-kun Maro''s choice.

    Yu Dubai expressed regret and comforted the teammates around him: "It''s a pity, if Junmaro didn''t meet Uehara, he would definitely be able to advance."

    "It doesn''t matter."

    Kaguya-kun Maro didn''t care.

    The qualifiers for the Zhongnin exam were proceeding in an orderly manner. Except for the first game, the other sides seemed to become normal.

    "In the second game, Temari fights Tiantian."

    There was almost no suspense in this battle. Every day, the ninjas accumulated by the rich man in the ninja world were blown away by Temari''s wind escape ninjutsu. There was almost no power to fight back. Temari won easily, and even a few words of leisurely ridicule Konoha .

    Unfortunately, the face of Temari suddenly changed in the next battle.

    "In the third game, Kankuro vs. Uchiha Sasuke!"

    This battle was a lot more exciting, but it was a pity that Uchiha Sasuke directly used fire escape ninjutsu to burn the puppet line, and Kankuro was unable to fight back.

    "In the fourth game, Yu Nvzhi is against Ino Yamanaka."

    In this game, you don''t even need to do anything, every insect forced Ino Yamanaka to abstain from voting.

    "In the fifth game, Aki Mito Dingci played against Nara Shikamaru!"

    The two sides of this duel had just come out, and before Nara Shikamaru was the first to raise his hand to concede defeat, Akio Dingci took the lead to sacrifice himself and shouted: "I surrender!"

    "In the sixth game, Naruto Uzumaki fights Inuzukaya."

    This is a flavourful battle.

    When Inuzuka had the advantage, because of his too sensitive sense of smell, he smelled a stinky odor and was easily defeated by Naruto Uzumaki.

    "In the seventh game, Neji Hyuga faced Hinata Hyuga."

    Perhaps they had teamed up together in the Death Forest, Hyuga Ningji didn''t do anything cruel to Hyuga Hinata, but he still ruthlessly defeated his little cousin.

    Uehara Naraku watched Hyuga Hinata being carried down, and then looked at Hyuga Ningji and sighed regretfully. How many people who beat Hinata can survive?

    Uehara suddenly remembered what he had done in the Death Forest.

    Anyone who defeated the other Konoha twelve Xiaoqiangs will undoubtedly be rewarded very richly. Only when they beat Hinata, the system only gave one hundred gold coins.

    It''s okay, he won''t die.

    Even if he is dead, he still has resurrection skills.

    "The eighth game, Haruno Sakura vs. Bai!"

    The sound of the moonlight hurricane interrupted Uehara''s thoughts. He glanced at Shira next to him, nodded at him meaningfully, and said: "Don''t waste time, solve it faster, I want to watch the next game. "

    "understand."

    Bai turned over and jumped onto the field.

    The flexibility of the physical skills alone made it possible to see his skills, coupled with the white and lovely appearance and the icy blood, caused someone in the corner of the field to lick his lips.

    Pretending to be Otonin Shinobu, he licked his lips and looked at the young ninja with envy: "Whether it is this little devil named Bai or that little fellow named Kaguya-kun Maro, it is Great container!"

    Bing Dun Xue Ji and Corpse Bone Blood Ji, both have the qualifications to be his container.

    It is a pity that it is more difficult to seize the body of Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro than to seize the body of Sasuke Uchiha.

    Haruno Sakura was a little less confident after taking the stage, even if two teammates desperately motivated her, but still sadly defeated by Bai''s.

    This qualifier for the Zhongnin exam has finally come to the final highlight!

    Uehara Naraku''s gaze slowly flowed, looking at the two ninjas he had beaten, Gaara and Li Rok, and couldn''t help grinning.

    The last battle is the most exciting!

    Perhaps only the battle between Uehara Naraku and Kaguya-kun Maro could not be matched by this battle.

    Li Luoke, who opened the door, pierced Gaara''s sand armor forcibly, and finally failed because of his physical fitness unable to keep up.

    From then on, Li Luoke should be banned.

    No one thought that when Uehara Naraku returned to the hotel with Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro, and planned to discuss how to send the Chunin test one month before the start of the competition, the two came to the door.

    Hagi Kakashi knocked on the door and leaned at the door to look at Uehara Naraku: "Uehara, just heard those little guys talk to Adzuki beans, your medical ninjutsu is very good, can you help treat the one in our village? child?"

    If it weren''t for it, Kakashi wouldn''t find it if Mitarai Adzuki beans and the little guys in Class 7 praised Uehara''s medical ninjutsu.

    "please!"

    Metkay quickly emerged from behind Hagi Kakashi, bowed deeply at Uehara Naraku, and pleaded with tears, "Please save Li that child, please, we are grateful! "

    "but¡­"

    Uehara Naraku hesitated.

    He was a little unsure whether his treatment was useful.

    After all, what Li Luk hurt was bones It is said that even the woman Tsunade is helpless. What role can he play?

    Although Uehara does have a side mission to help with treatment.

    And the most troublesome thing is that Nairo Uehara is a little worried that he will cure a Li Roc here, and an eight-door Li will fly out in the future and kick him back.

    Fortunately, he has several resurrection and invincibility skills...

    Anyway, just make sure that you have a high number of floors.

    Kakashi Hagi looked at Naraku Uehara and sighed, helped her forehead, and whispered, "As long as you are willing to help try, a set of the signature collection of Intimacy Paradise, and the latest series of Intimacy released by Shinobi. violence¡­"

    "Who do you think I am?"

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Hagi Kakashi, frowned and said, "Well, take me to see the situation first, I can''t guarantee that he can be cured..."

 Chapter 134ï¼š Kakashi, you read it once to me, love heaven!

    Uehara Naraku accepted Kakashi''s gift first.

    Because there is no guarantee in his heart whether Li Rok can be cured, Uehara Naraku himself is a ruthless medical ninja who can only instill life energy.

    After they arrived at Konoha Hospital, Nairo Uehara frowned at Li Rok on the hospital bed, and said solemnly: "I can only promise to keep his life. In case of any sequelae, I cannot temporarily determine."

    The sequelae of the Bamen Dunjia state act on the inside of the body, which cannot be solved by simple treatment. It requires surgery.

    But Naraku Uehara understands a fart operation!

    It''s just that if he wants to make Lee Rok heal, Uehara Naraku is really not helpless.

    Just set Xiao Li back in time and hack him to death with a single knife. Maybe he will be healed after he is resurrected.

    Of course, this treatment cannot be used now.

    If it''s just to complete the task, you can sneak in sneakily and try. If it is really successful, the credit must go to himself who is currently treating Xiao Li.

    After all, Uehara Naraku saved Konoha, a genius ninja.

    Apart from other things, let Metkay use the normal state, the six-door king-door state, the seven-door shock-door state, and the eight-door dead-door state to compete with him. This requirement is not excessive, right?

    These are four tasks!

    Uehara Naraku thought of this, and looked at Hagi Kakashi seriously and said: "Well, I will try to use a medical ninja to temporarily rejuvenate his body. After tomorrow, I will come back to see the result..."

    "understand."

    Hamu Kaka nodded, patted the frustrated Metkay, and sighed: "Kay, the burden of Bamen Dunjia is too great. In fact, it is a good result that Li''s life can be saved now. "

    "I know."

    Metkay nodded in frustration and squatted aside.

    As Konoha''s rare ninja who specializes in physiques, Metkay has a deep affection for Lee Rock, who has the same aspirations, almost as a parent-child.

    Now he is in a bad mood.

    Uehara Naraku raised his eyebrows and glanced at Hagi Kakashi, who was still standing next to him. He understood that this guy didn''t believe in his skills and wanted to monitor his every move while treating Xiao Li, and he might even want to write. Round eyes steal the teacher.

    Isn''t this **** of Kakashi a lesson?

    Uehara Naraku threw the intimacy paradise to Hagi Kakashi from her ninja bag, and whispered, "Since you are free, please help me read out the contents of the book!"

    "What...what?"

    Hagi Kakashi couldn''t help but his eyes widened, and he held the intimate heaven in his arms at a loss. He stared at Uehara Naraku closely, with doubts in his eyes.

    An ordinary eye, a red writing wheel eye.

    Kakashi''s eyes seemed to be asking Naraku Uehara, are you crazy? Where can someone read out the content of intimacy in heaven in the public!

    Ordinary people can blush by just watching the intimacy heaven, who can be ashamed to read the contents of the intimacy heaven!

    Is this a **** man''s job!

    Uehara Naraku gestured to him with a serious look and said softly, "This is a request from a medical ninja. Is there a problem?"

    Hagi Kakashi: "..."

    What a weird request!

    Wherever a medical ninja would make such a request, Uehara Naraku was obviously here to humiliate him deliberately.

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes were very firm.

    Originally, he didn''t plan to complete a certain task, but Hagi Kakashi took the initiative to send it to the door. Wouldn''t it be a waste to let him go?

    Side quest: Listen to Hamu Kakashi to read Love to Heaven (01), the quest is not completed, and the reward is unknown.

    Hagi Kakashi regretted his attempt to monitor Naraku Uehara. This person is still in Konoha, what can he do in the process of treating Li Luo?

    Even if his medical ninjutsu is really extraordinary, is it something ordinary people can learn?

    In the country of Water, I wanted to replicate and use that large-scale Raidun ninjutsu, and almost died in the hands of Terumi Mei. Isn''t the lesson profound enough?

    Metkay noticed that the atmosphere between the two was a bit tangled, and suddenly looked at his friend with a pleading expression: "Kakashi..."

    "I read!"

    Kakashi Hagaki gritted his teeth and opened the book, a blush suddenly appeared on his face, and he stubbornly began to read: "...her...her...her toes are dripping with water...a little bit The earth moved to my body...breathing...lips...groans mixed with teeth..."

    Hagi Kakashi read it red.

    Naruto Uehara was flushed with ears, and his palm finally landed on Xiao Li''s forehead. Star Infusion poured part of his life energy and Chakra energy into Xiao Li''s body.

    "Aha¡­"

    Li Luoke groaned comfortably in bed.

    After the eight-door Dunjia Dumen state ended, Li Luoke had never felt so comfortable as it is now. The pure and huge life energy entered his body, quickly repairing his external injuries and restoring his vitality.

    Such treatment can only cure the root cause.

    If you want to really heal Li Luke and continue to be a ninja, you must operate on the bones in his body.

    Uehara Naraku endured his impatience. He finished listening to Hagi Kakashi''s complete set of intimacy paradise before announcing the end of his treatment.

    "Okay, let''s see it tomorrow!"

    "..."

    After Hamu Kakashi finished listening, he immediately put the book away.

    Uehara Naraku slowly stretched out his palm: "Kakashi, return my book to me. This book is mine now."

    "..."

    A trace of dismay flashed in the eyes of Kakashi Hagi, and he gritted his teeth and handed the two intimacy paradise to Uehara Naraku. This is a present for his eighteenth birthday from Lord Jilaiya!

    Uehara Naraku was about to take it with a smile.

    At the next moment, a handful of Bingqianben suddenly pierced the intimate paradise, nailing them to the wall in an instant!

    Bai''s figure instantly appeared by the wall, brushing his palms across the two intimate heavens, turning them into a string of ice scum, he said in a deep voice: "Uehara, your lord has told me that you are absolutely not allowed to touch the ninja three forbidden This kind of vulgarity."

    "..."

    The smile on Uehara Naraku''s face instantly froze.

    After so many years of getting along, Bai and Kaguya-kun Maro, instead of choosing to be his subordinate, became a spy for Xiao Nan teacher to plant next to him.

    Even Hattori Hirakawa did not dare to help him buy books, for fear that something went wrong.

    It''s really uncomfortable!

    As a man who aspires to be behind the Ninja world, Uehara has always planted spies by others, when is it his turn for others to plant spies by his side!

    It''s a pity that he didn''t dare to provoke the spy person.

    Fortunately, Uehara Naraku once got this set of books.

    Side mission: Have a set of intimacy heaven (11), the mission has been completed, reward 300 gold coins.

    Side quest: Listen to Hamu Kakashi to read Love to Heaven (11), the quest has been completed, reward passive skill enlightenment.

    Enlightenment: Give you 270 additional life energy.

    This mission actually rewards basic attributes!

    The basic attributes have always been the most important thing for Naraku Uehara. Unexpectedly, just letting Kakashi read the love paradise would increase more than two hundred life energy.

    Uehara Naraku''s gaze slowly turned to Hagi Kakashi, as the seventh class of the protagonist of the Ninja World, everyone is actually a treasure!

    As long as you dig, you will be able to dig out treasures!

    late at night.

    The moonlight is round.

    A figure quietly emerged from the ground on the hospital bed, and slowly stood beside Li Luo, putting a chakra spin on him.

    Back in time!

    Immediately afterwards, this figure broke Li Luoke''s neck instantly!

    After a while, Li Luoke was resurrected.

    Just as Li Luoke was awake, a palm of both hands was suddenly pressed on his head, two blue chakras entered his brain, endless fear surfaced in Li Luoke''s mind, he experienced a life The scariest nightmare.

    The next day, early morning.

    Uehara Naraku rushed to the hospital early, and after observing Li Rok''s condition, he used Star Infusion for him again, and asked softly, "How do you feel?"

    "It feels like I had a terrible nightmare last night..."

    There was a big drop of cold sweat on Li Luoke''s forehead, and he said in a deep voice, "That nightmare was something I had experienced before. By the way, I felt like my neck was broken, but after waking up, I was sweating and my body was also Nothing unusual, it feels like youth can be burned again!"

    "Then congratulations on your recovery."

    Uehara Naraku patted him on the shoulder.

    This time, the treatment plan that uses the back of time is still very successful.

    According to the collected data, Uehara Nana turned his head back and could try to plan a treatment plan for Nagato. After all, the star infusion treats the symptoms but not the root cause.

    The only problem is that after the treatment of Nagato, the reincarnation eyes that did not belong to him are not clear, and I don''t know if they no longer exist.

    Uehara Naraku chatted with Li Rok for a while, and completely washed the matter of last night into a nightmare, and waited until Metkai and Hagi Kakashi arrived.

    In addition to them, there are all the members of Konoha 12 Xiaoqiang.

    After Naruto Uzumaki learned that it was Uehara Naraku who had treated Li Rok, he spoke to his classmates triumphantly: "I have already said that Senior Uehara is a good person!"

    "Ok."

    Neji Hyuga walked in front of Uehara Naraku and bowed gratefully to Uehara Naraku: "Thank you Senpai for saving Lee! As long as Senpai needs help, we are willing to do our best for Senpai."

    "That''s it, Neji!"

    Metkay walked over, patted Neji Hyuga on the shoulder, and smiled boldly: "It should be this attitude when facing the savior of his teammates! Kitahara Naraku, as long as you have any trouble in Konoha, Konoha''s blue beasts and blue precious beasts are here at all costs!"

    Healing Li Luoke''s injury brought many benefits.

    In addition to the collective gratitude of the third class, other Konoha ninjas also respected Uehara Naraku''s eyes a lot, and Uehara Naraku received a bunch of good people cards.

    A ninja with superb medical ninjutsu is so respected, just like the woman Tsunade walks through the ninja world, no ninja village dares to offend her easily.

    Respect for medical ninjas means Tsunade''s ideas spread throughout the ninja world.

    As a result, the woman Tsunade herself is the biggest beneficiary of this idea.

    However, Uehara Naraku did not use the promise made to him by the third class, everyone just talked about it.

    What kind of favor is the most precious?

    A human feeling that will never be used and can keep people grateful.

    Uehara Naraku just made an appointment with Metkai just jokingly, and before the Chunin test competition started, the two of them would find an opportunity to discuss physical skills.

    There is still a month to go before the Zhongnin exam race.

    During this time, Uehara Naraku still has a lot of work to do. It is rare to put a good human skin on Konoha, and of course to do something that is not human.

 Chapter 135ï¼š 0 points 0 successful Naruto blackening plan

    In the middle of the night, Konoha barbecue restaurant.

    The party celebrating Li Luoke''s recovery is over.

    These little guys agreed to work hard with each other, and a month later, they had a showdown in the third test match, and a few bold ones even challenged Uehara Naraku.

    After Uehara Naraku kindly bid farewell to them, he returned to the hotel where he lived. After pouring a cup of tea slowly, he turned his head and looked at a figure in the dark corner: "Pouch, how is the matter handled? Find the one named Xianglin Is there a woman?"

    "Yes."

    Pharmacist walked out of the darkness and replied: "I temporarily placed her in a small town near Konoha."

    "Protect her, that''s a gift I want to give to the elders."

    After Uehara Naraku whispered to the pharmacist, he continued: "When the Chunin exam is about to end, you and I will go capture Shimura Danzo. If we can''t capture him, we will kill him on the spot."

    "Yes."

    Pharmacist chuckles and pushes his glasses and said: "Master Naraku, I have been in charge of the connection between Lord Oshemaru and Danzo Shimura. At that time, I could invite him to meet in the name of discussing Konoha¡¯s collapse plan. ."

    "It doesn''t matter, he can''t escape anyway."

    Uehara Naraku clenched his fists, and said, "Shimura Danzo is a gift carefully prepared for the teacher when I returned to Ugin Village. Even if I see his body, the teacher will be happy. of."

    "..."

    Pharmacist felt that his new boss was unreliable again.

    When I was working as Dashewan''s assistant in the Xiao organization, Yao Shidou once met Xiao Nan. He didn''t think that cold blue-haired woman would be happy when she saw Shimura Danzo''s body!

    No, any woman will not be happy to see a corpse as her gift!

    It''s a pity that Uehara Naraku looked vowed, and Yakushidou was not good at changing his decision without authorization.

    Besides, killing Shimura Danzo was also what Yakushi wanted to do.

    "Okay, so be it!"

    After Uehara Naraku waved his hand, he finally commanded a few words: "The next thing you have to do is to monitor the movements of Onoshimaru, monitor the smooth progress of his Konoha collapse plan, and guide him to study Shiraze by the way."

    "understand."

    The pharmacist put on his hood and disappeared into the night.

    After Yakushi''s pocket left, Uehara Naraku began to plan his own plan. He must continue to find ways to make Naruto black and defect.

    This task is too difficult!

    To be honest, it''s easy to make Sasuke defect.

    Today Uehara Naraku felt that as long as he hooked his fingers, Sasuke, the little guy, would follow him to leave Konoha and become a traitor.

    Damn, Sasuke is so cheating!

    As long as he has hatred with Uchiha Itachi, and can help him become stronger, so that he can kill Uchiha Itachi, Uchiha Sasuke is willing to join.

    Unfortunately, Uehara Naraku didn''t want it at all.

    In comparison, Naruto Uzumaki is a tough guy like Naruto Uehara a headache. He really has no way to guide Naruto to blacken it unless he uses someone''s identity to leak information.

    Within a month or so, Uehara Naraku must have killed Shimura Danzo. Then use Danzo''s identity based on the principle of using and cherishing?

    After all, after Uehara Naraku killed Danzo himself, the Ninja world would be missing a pot-back man.

    No, there is another person who is approaching death.

    Three generations of Naruto Sarutobi.

    The corners of Uehara Naraku''s mouth slowly twitched. Instead of using Shimura Danzo''s face to show flaws in Konoha, it''s better to use Sarutobi!

    After all, the market of the third generation of Hokage conspiracy theory is going well in the second dimension world, and the black pot on your body is also stained with a lot of it.

    Uehara Naraku confirmed the plan almost immediately.

    Waiting until the night before the Zhongnin exam, pretending to be Sarutobi Hisaki, Naruto Uzumaki discovered that his respected Grandpa Naruto has always been a conspirator, and a dark Naruto will surely collapse Naruto Uzumaki¡¯s faith!

    What a mistake!

    With such a simple and straightforward plan, why bother to think hard and look forward and backward.

    Naruto Uzumaki wants to become Hokage, once he sees Konoha''s three generations of Hokage''s psychology so dark, he will definitely abandon Konoha completely!

    All the dreams have collapsed. What are you still insisting on?

    The only trouble is that the flaws cannot be exposed.

    Uehara Naraku needs to find a way to find someone to act in a scene, so that Naruto Uzumaki inadvertently discovers that "Three Generations of Naruto" is a dark person, so he will definitely believe it.

    And after the start of the race, when Ono Shemaru launched Konoha¡¯s collapse plan, he would let people throw dirty water on Sarutobi Rischi''s body to completely make sure that Sarutobi Rischi is a conspirator. Naruto Uzumaki still How can you doubt it?

    After Osha Maru kills Sarutobi Rizen, isn''t this kind of thing unfounded?

    After all, Sarutobi Hizen does have a lot of darkness on his body. As the leader of a big country, how can he not touch anything at all!

    Uehara Naraku rubbed his hands in excitement, and directly drew up this plan: "As long as the plan is successful, Naruto can be blackened almost 100%, I really am a genius!"

    Now that this plan has been determined, all that remains is how to pour dirty water on the three generations of Hokage. By the way, think about the black material of Sarutobi Hizen...

    First, start with Naruto Uzumaki¡¯s life experience.

    In fact, at the time of the Kyuubi Rebellion, Anbe first reported to Sarutobi Hiichi instead of reporting to Hafengmizumen, which meant that Anbe might still be in the hands of Sarutobi Hiichi.

    This seems a bit greedy for power.

    After thinking about it for a while, Uehara Naraku decided to adapt this matter into Sarutobi to be greedy for power, instructing Uchiha to take the soil to launch the Nine Tails Rebellion, assaulting the fourth generation of Naruto and his wife, and regaining Konoha''s power.

    Second, start with the growth of Uzumaki Naruto.

    It has to be said that Sarutobi Rischi has been following the growth of Uzumaki Naruto, for fear that he will be affected by the Nine-tailed Chakra, so he has been instilling the will of fire into him.

    Moreover, Sarutobi Hizaki nominally forbids others to talk about Uzumaki Naruto, which is a matter of Kyuubi Ren Zhuli, but it does not forbid villagers to reject Uzumaki Naruto.

    This is a blatant PUA.

    This is mental brainwashing.

    Uehara Naraku thought for a while, intending to adapt this matter into Sarutobi Hitoshi. In order to cultivate a war weapon loyal to him, he secretly ordered other people to reject Naruto, but he went to guide Naruto to accept the will of fire. In fact, I just want to make the column power available to me.

    Third, start with Naruto Uzumaki¡¯s fetters.

    Sarutobi Hisaki personally arranged Hagi Kakashi as the guidance of the seventh class. She should have taken a fancy to the fit between Kakashi and the seventh class. After all, Kakashi has both the writing wheel and the fourth generation of Hokage. His disciple, he can definitely protect the teacher¡¯s son and educate Uchiha¡¯s orphans.

    This is restrained by fetters.

    Uehara Naraku thought for a while again, intending to adapt this matter into the Sarutobi sect Kakashili Sharonyan, who can monitor and control Naruto at any time, so as not to run away with Kakashi; then bring Kakashi and Uchiha into the soil. Teammate relations leaked out.

    In addition to these, Sarutobi Hisaki must be secretly guided Uchiha Itachi to rebel clan and order him to slaughter Uchiha clan.

    After all, Danzo has helped Sarutobi to cut back so many times It should be the other way around!

    After thinking about it all night, Naraku Uehara barely perfected his plan.

    Now that he has achieved this level of plan, he will definitely be able to guide Naruto''s black defection. If he still fails, then he will not do this **** task in the future!

    Hehe, how could it fail?

    After I went back, I applied to Teacher Xiaonan for two sets of Xiao''s uniform.

    One set for the twelve-year-old Naruto Uzumaki and one set for the sixteen-year-old self.

    He will be able to take the Kyuubi Ren Zhuli back soon, isn''t it worthy of a uniform and full membership?

    However, when Uehara Naraku finished Naruto''s defection plan, a variable appeared in his plan.

    An old man returned to Konoha.

    One of Konoha''s three ninjas, toad immortal comes.

 Chapter 136ï¼š First encounter with Ji Laiya

    Konoha Village.

    Yile ramen shop.

    When Uehara Naruko sat here snorting and eating ramen, someone patted him on the shoulder and smiled heartily at him, "What a coincidence, Uehara, I didn''t expect to meet you here!"

    "Naruto?"

    When Naruto Uehara saw the little yellow hair of Uzumaki Naruto, thinking of his plan, a smile appeared on his face.

    Just when Uehara Naraku wanted to say something to Naruto by the way, he saw another tall figure opened the curtain and walked in.

    This tall man was wearing a red robe, his long white hair was tied behind him, and he glanced at Uehara Naraku threateningly: "Huh? Is it rain forbearance?"

    "Yes! Uehara is a genius ninja from Yuyin Village!"

    After Naruto Uzumaki introduced a sentence to the tall man with a smile on his face, Naruto Uehara introduced the tall man: "This is a lecherous immortal who likes to peep. Recently he is guiding my practice..."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes were suddenly strange.

    Ever since he worked out Naruto''s blackening defect plan, he hasn''t paid much attention to Konoha''s every move, and he forgot that Jiraiya will return to Konoha during the Zhongnin exam!

    And now Jilai has also begun to instruct Naruto Uzumaki to practice, which shows that he has been back for a few days.

    It''s a pity that Uehara Naraku saw Jiraiya for the first time, and didn''t expect any changes to his Naruto defection plan.

    Uehara Naraku was only aware of one problem, and it was time for his disciple to pay off the debts for Konan-Sensei and Nagato... By the way, he could also complete a few small tasks.

    The only question is, how do you hook up with Jiraiya?

    At this time, you must not use the name of Xiaonan disciple, then you can only use the well-known identity of another Konoha ninja!

    "Master Jilaiya!"

    Uehara Naraku stood up quickly, looking at the tall Jiraiya with excitement on his face, and said: "Jiraiya-sama, I am your fan! The Love in Heaven series is super beautiful!"

    "Huh?"

    Jilaiya looked at the excited Uehara Naraku with a dumbfounded expression, and touched his face awkwardly, "That...does you need an autograph?"

    Uehara Naraku''s face suddenly collapsed: "The intimate heaven and the intimate violence series in my hands have been confiscated."

    "Then wait for you to buy it after you are eighteen!"

    Jiraiya patted Uehara Naraku on the shoulder friendly, and laughed and told him, "Although I know that the book sells well, it is an 18th ban after all!"

    This person Jilaiya knew well about the book he wrote.

    However, it seems that Jilai also seems to have some natural liking for people with the same enthusiasts. After all, the hobbies between men are easy to understand each other.

    The guests and the host enjoyed this meal.

    Jiraiya even took the initiative to ask Naruto Uzumaki to pay to help Naruto Uehara settle the money for a ramen meal, which he famously said was a benefit he gave to fans.

    This operation made Hara Naraku dumbfounded.

    However, Naruto Uzumaki did not resist paying, and even twittered to praise Uehara Naraku''s medical ninjutsu. Even the doctors at Konoha Hospital were helpless with injuries, and Uehara Naraku could easily help treat them.

    "Oh, still a great medical ninja?"

    Listening to Uzumaki Naruto''s praise, Jiraji also became more and more interested in Uehara Naraku. He slowly drank a glass of water, with a little nostalgia on his face: "I also know a very powerful medical ninja! "

    Uehara Naraku immediately thought of a certain woman, and her face was a little ugly: "Hehehehe... Isn''t it a Tsunade-sama who is one of Konoha Sannin?"

    "Yes."

    Jiraiya also nodded, his expression was quite emotional, but he noticed that Uehara Naraku''s expression was different, and couldn''t help saying: "Huh? Little guy, do you know Tsunade too?"

    "Ha ha ha ha... of course."

    Uehara Naraku squeezed his finger, his face gradually became gloomy: "If you lose to her a few million taels, how can you forget her?"

    The woman Tsunade had an angelic face, but her voice was like a devil, her temperament was particularly arrogant, and her character was extremely bad.

    "puff!"

    Jiraiya also spouted a sip of water, pointing at Naraku Uehara and couldn''t help laughing: "Hahahahahahahahaha...you can lose to Tsunade!"

    Jilaiya patted the table wildly and laughed, not caring about his own image at all: "Hahahahaha, there are still people in the Ninja world who will lose to Tsunade!"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes gradually became strange.

    Is it unusual to lose to Tsunade now?

    What''s more, Uehara only lost a few million taels. If Uehara did not show up, Jiraiya would lose to Tsunade in a few years, but he would lose his life.

    I have to say that Jilaiya''s personality is also very bad.

    Konoha Sannin, none of them are serious people.

    "Okay, okay, I won''t laugh anymore."

    Jiraiya suddenly stretched out his arm and hooked Uehara Naraku''s shoulder: "Since you are a medical ninja, why don''t you come and do me a favor? I''m your idol, you will definitely help me?"

    "Please let me order."

    Uehara Naraku sighed and nodded seriously.

    In response to Jiraiya''s request, Uehara Naraku was not only embarrassed to refuse, he even asked if there was anything he could do. Who made this the debt owed by Mr. Konan and Nagato?

    Uehara Naraku''s face was extremely solemn: "No matter what Jiraiya-sama makes any request, I will seriously help Jiraiya-sama to complete it!"

    Now Uehara does have this confidence.

    As long as Jilai didn''t mention those unscrupulous things, and other things like killing a big snake pill and finding a Tsunade, it was quite easy to do.

    "Oh?"

    Jiraiya also touched his chin, and looked at Naraku Uehara curiously, feeling that he, a fan, seemed to admire him.

    Jilai also thought for a while, made a solemn expression, and said solemnly: "Then I want peace in the Ninja world!"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku slowly raised her head. Is this request serious?

    If you really want the Ninja World to become peaceful forever, unless you only have unlimited monthly reading, let everyone enter the illusion, and make the entire Ninja World lifeless.

    "Okay, okay, I''m joking."

    Jilai also patted Uehara Naraku on the shoulder, and whispered, "I only need you to do me a little favor, because Naruto is going to practice a very dangerous technique in a while. If by any chance he is seriously injured, Can you help save him back?"

    "very simple."

    Uehara Naraku immediately agreed.

    What Jilai also wants to do is let Uzumaki Naruto learn to use Nine-Tailed Chakra to perform psychic skills, so he plans to throw Uzumaki Naruto into the most dangerous situation, so that Uzumaki Naruto can be at the limit of life and death. The toad Wentai of Miaomu Mountain was born through the nine-tailed chakra.

    The issue is¡­

    Everything is in case.

    Now that they knew a powerful and simple medical ninja, Jilai didn''t mind secretly providing insurance for this practice.

    No matter when, there is always a shortage of medical ninjas in the ninja world.

    Especially those medical ninjas who are strong and loving.

    According to Uzumaki Naruto''s description, coupled with Jiraiya''s senses, it seems that Uehara Naraku should be such a person.

    Konoha back mountain.

    Jilai also dragged Naruto Uzumaki to the edge of a valley. The valley was full of stone guns, making people dizzy.

    "Just here!"

    Jilai also lowered his head and stared at the somewhat stunned Uzumaki Naruto, and his voice gradually became a little cold: "I have given you the technique you want to practice. If you don''t want to die, I will try my best to survive. !"

    After speaking, his fingers flicked on Uzumaki Naruto''s forehead!

    The next moment, Naruto Uzumaki''s body flew upside down like a cannonball, and fell into the valley with a scream, a series of frightened sounds came out from the valley!

    "Is it really okay to do this?"

    Uehara Naraku walked over slowly. His existence was the insurance for Naruto Uzumaki¡¯s practice this time. The problem is that in such a deep valley, what if Naruto Uzumaki falls to death?

    "This is his fate."

    The expression on Jiraiya¡¯s face was still indifferent, but when he saw Uehara Naraku¡¯s worries, he slowly showed a smile: ¡°Don¡¯t worry, there is a small river deep in the valley. Even if he fails, he can still use it. The carat slipped to the bottom."

    "Psychic art!"

    A struggling and extremely firm voice came from the valley!

    A huge chakra instantly appeared within the perception range of Jiraiya and Uehara Naruto, and Uzumaki Naruto really psyched out a huge monster!

    Toad Wentai of Miaomu Mountain!

    "Well, it seems that Naruto has succeeded."

    Jilai also hooked the corner of his own mouth, turned and left here, greeted Uehara: "Let''s go, I will take you to enjoy the most beautiful scenery in Ninja World."

 Chapter 137ï¼š Let me beat the psychic beast for you, and it will be obedient!

    On the cliff.

    Jiraiya and Naruko Uehara were sitting on it, and there happened to be a big tree blocking their figure, allowing them to hide themselves and observe everything around them.

    Jiraiya and Naru Uehara looked down at a few swimsuit girls playing in the stream below. They were observing the daily life of ordinary people in Konoha.

    In the stream, one of the girls was laughing, and suddenly rubbed the other girl''s chest, and a sound of silver bell-like laughter came up.

    "Oh, roar, roar~"

    Listening to the sound coming from the stream, Jiraiya''s eyes and voice gradually became a little abnormal. He even took out a telescope from his ninja bag: "Tear off the clothes a little bit more, come on, come on... Roar roar!"

    "..."

    Uehara Nairobi was expressionless like a saint. He slowly turned his head and looked at the other side of the cliff. There was a huge toad jumping around, trying to throw something down. The towering tree was easily touched by its body. run down!

    That toad is the toad Wentai of Miaomu Mountain.

    Since Uzumaki Naruto psychic came out of Toad Wentai, and refused to get off Toad Wentai''s back, the two guys started arguing, seemingly still there in anger.

    This is very dangerous!

    In case Naruto Uzumaki is thrown off by the toad...

    Of course Uehara Naraku is not worried about this, he is just trying his best to maintain his personality: "Jiraiya-sama, do you really need to go to Naruto for help?"

    "No need to."

    Jilaiya held the binoculars in his hand, but the smile on the corner of his mouth grew bigger and bigger: "After the two guys Toad Wentai and Naruto finish tossing, you can help Naruto for treatment. Talk about these horrible topics at this time."

    After answering Uehara Naraku¡¯s question, Jiraiya even took out a telescope from his ninja bag and handed it to Uehara Naraku friendly: ¡°Look, look, they seem to be taking off each other¡¯s swimsuits!¡±

    What a mess this is!

    Jiraiya really thought Uehara was his book fan?

    Uehara Naruko frowned, and took the telescope in Jiraiya''s hand impatiently, and lowered his head to see what was underneath.

    Side mission: Participate in a collection of materials from Jiraiya (11), the mission has been completed, and the excessive growth of passive skills will be rewarded.

    Overgrowth: Life energy increases by 300 points.

    Until the sun goes down.

    Jiraiya and Naraku Uehara retracted the telescope endlessly.

    As it was getting late, the girls put on their clothes and went home, and their collection of materials this time was over.

    "Well, Naruto is probably about the same, right?"

    Jiraiya also took a scroll from her body and handed it to Naraku Uehara. He touched the back of his head, and said a little embarrassed: "Help me take this scroll to Bunta, and take Naruto from Bunta. Take it back!"

    "it is good."

    After Uehara Naruto nodded, he glanced in surprise at Jiraiya, who was suddenly far away, and couldn''t help but ask loudly, "Jiraiya-sama, where shall we meet later?"

    "Then it depends on whether we have a chance!"

    Jira also waved to Uehara Naraku. He has helped Naruto sign a psychic contract with Miaokiyama and taught Naruto Chakra control and psychic skills.

    Moreover, during this period of time, Jilai did not find a trace of Oshemaru, so he decided to leave Konoha temporarily and search around for the trace of Oshemaru.

    After Ji Lai Ye left.

    Uehara Nara looked down at the wide scroll in his hand, and couldn''t help but raised his eyebrows. Is this the scroll of Miaogishan''s psychic contract?

    Forget it, this scroll is useless.

    Uehara Naraku sighed, and flew to the position of Toad Bunta, and suddenly threw the scroll in his hand at it: "Master Jiraiya asked me to transfer it to you."

    "Oh?"

    After Toadbun took the scroll too slowly, he took down Naruto Uzumaki who had just fainted on him, and handed it to Uehara Naraku: "Where is Jiraiya?"

    "I don''t know that."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head, took Uzumaki Naruto''s body, waved his hand at Uzumaki Naruto and used Star Infusion once.

    According to Uzumaki Naruto''s super huge physique, the one-time treatment of Star Infusion is definitely not enough, and this will only wake him up.

    Naruto Uzumaki slowly opened his eyes. After seeing Uehara Naraku, he flaunted happily: "Uehara, I just got a super powerful psychic beast. I will wait until the Ninja test match. It will definitely defeat you!"

    Just the size of Toad Bunta alone has overwhelming strength!

    If Naruto Uzumaki can really channelling out toad Wentai at all times, he can really get a good result in this Zhongnin exam.

    However, it is only good.

    Uzumaki Naruto turned his head and saw the Toad Wentai next to them. He immediately waved his hands at the behemoth in excitement: "Hey, Toad boss, I won! I will come out when I call you in the future! "

    "Smelly kid!"

    Toad Wentai dangling his pipe and blowing a huge smoke ring, slowly put away Miaomushan''s psychic scroll: "Okay, take this kid back, let me accompany a kid to toss for a day, sooner or later Find that fellow Jilaiya afterwards!"

    After speaking, Toad Wentai is about to leave.

    "and many more¡­"

    Uehara Naraku called to Toad Fumata, and slowly raised his head, revealing a kind smile: "Before leaving, I have a word to ask you."

    "Huh? Ask me something?"

    Toad Wen was too slow to lower his head and looked down at Naraku Uehara, looking at the young ninja on the ground, and expelled a huge smoke ring: "Little thing, who do you think you are?"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku narrowed his eyes.

    Originally for the task, he wanted to provoke Toad Wenta.

    If you don''t beat it this time, I don''t know when the next time.

    It doesn''t matter if Jiraji is not there, it doesn''t matter if you have a toad. Besides, many Konoha ninjas know that Uehara Naruko has a strong real fighting strength besides medical ninjutsu.

    It is estimated that only Zi Lai would consider him just a book fan.

    Unexpectedly, Toadbun was so cooperative, and just as Uehara Naraku said a word, Toadbun¡¯s irritable temper broke out.

    Isn''t this just being sent to the door to be beaten?

    Uehara Naraku slowly raised his head, and showed a kind smile at Toad Wen Tai: "Who am I, you will know soon!"

    The voice fell, and Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly disappeared in place!

    In the next second, Uehara kicked the toad Wenta, and kicked the huge toad out, and countless towering trees were blocked by it!

    "Uehara, you...what are you doing?"

    Naruto Uzumaki looked at this scene in shock.

    After Uehara Naraku finished all this, he turned to look at the sluggish Uzumaki Naruto with a smile: "It was despising me just now! Have you seen it, Naruto, even if you have this psychic beast, Don¡¯t be arrogant and think you¡¯ve become stronger, understand?"

    "but¡­"

    Naruto Uzumaki looked at the toad Wentai with all four feet upside down in the distance. Is this still the domineering Toad boss just now?

    He just thought that he had acquired a powerful psychic beast. Since then, his strength has skyrocketed and his strength has skyrocketed. Sasuke wins and marries Sakura and embarks on the road of Naruto...

    As a result, all fantasies were photographed by Uehara Naraku slapped.

    "Okay, but its strength is okay."

    Naruto Uehara squeezed his wrist and glanced at the toad Bunta who was getting up again, and walked towards him step by step: "Naruto, I will help you teach your psychic beast, and let it be obedient. Okay?"

    "There is no need..."

    Naruto Uzumaki hurried forward and stopped Uehara.

    "It''s necessary. If you don''t believe it, let''s ask it."

    Uehara Naraku watched Toad Bunta rushing towards them, and shouted at it loudly: "Hey, that ugly monster, if Naruto needs you to join the battle, will you follow his call?"

    "Hmph, that kind of kid is not enough for me to be a kid!"

    Hearing Uehara''s words, Toad Wen couldn''t help but cursed loudly, touched the huge short knife on his waist, his hind limbs leaped into the air and rushed to Uehara Naraku!

    How can it be subdued!

    As the most powerful giant psychic beast in Miaomu Mountain, the pride of Toad Wentai is one of the most powerful subordinates of UU Reading .

    Uehara Naraku took advantage of the trend to push Naruto Uzumaki aside, and looked like a dry cloud: "Naruto, then there is no way. If Jiraiya-sama is not here, let me help you train the little pet!"

    "Who do you think is a little pet!"

    Toad Fumata slashed at the position of Uehara Naraku!

    Uehara Naraku crossed his arms and stood in front of him, his spiked defensive posture opened, and a group of orange grid defenses wrapped his body.

    The moment the huge short knife fell, it was blocked by the grid defense!

    A huge counter-shock force followed Toad Wentai''s palm into his body, and the counter-shock damage defended by the spikes could fully be used to fight against it.

    Half of the power used by Toad Wentai will shock its body, especially when it soars into the sky and strengthens its own strength by falling.

    For Uehara, Toad Man is looking for death too!

    The next moment, Toad Wentai''s body flew upside down, and his whole body was shaken by tremendous force, and countless wounds broke out, and his mouth could not help but squirt a mouthful of blood.

    Uehara Naraku appeared above Toad Bunta, kicked down from the air, and completely knocked down the huge psychic beast to the ground!

    When Toad Wen was too scarred, Uehara Naraku slowly fell to his side: "Ugly guy, remember your identity, you are just a psychic beast, and you will listen to Naruto in the future. ,Right?"

    "..."

    Toad Wen too refused to answer.

    At this moment, it thought that Uehara Naraku was mentally retarded.

    Where can anyone subdue the psychic beast in this way. Isn''t he afraid that his psychic beast will become a **** like ten thousand snakes and betray his master at any time?

 Chapter 138ï¼š On the eve of the exam, Naruto Uzumaki who heard the news

    "Boy, don''t let me fight for you in the future!"

    Toad Wen was too afraid to look at Uehara Naraku, but after angrily yelled at Uzumaki Naruto, he disbanded his psychic directly.

    "Hey?"

    Naruto Uzumaki scratched his head with a dazed expression, then turned his head and glanced at Uehara Naraku: "Boss Toad, what''s the situation with it?"

    Uehara Naruko frowned, and said with some shame: "Could it be that I was so embarrassed that I lost it? Did I do something wrong?"

    "No, how could it be!"

    Uzumaki Naruto hurriedly waved his hand and said: "Anyway, you wanted to help me, maybe it feels that its strength is too bad!"

    Although Naruto feels something is wrong...

    But thinking about it carefully, Uehara Naraku did nothing wrong.

    It''s just that the result is a bit unsatisfactory. What is wrong?

    Naruto Uehara was rewarded with his own mission. This time he defeated Toad Bunta, and Uehara got a psychic contract.

    Side quest: Defeat Toad Wentai (11), the quest has been completed, and reward Tam, the king of the psychic contract.

    Psychic Contract: Summon Tam, the king of the river, and consume 1000 Chakra points.

    This contract is a bit hard to explain in a word.

    In any case, it is better than nothing.

    Konoha''s days gradually calmed down.

    It was only in this calm that a deeper wave was conceived, especially after the strange death of the invigilator of the third exam, Moonlight Gale.

    In order to investigate the conspiracy of the major allies and Oshe Maru, Konoha sent a large number of Anbu to various countries to investigate.

    Yuyin Village has become Konoha''s only trusted ally.

    According to Kakashi''s intelligence, Oshe Maru once stolen the treasures of Yuyin Village, which caused Yuyin Village to be chased and killed. Moreover, Uehara Naraku and Oshemaru have been tit-for-tat, disrupting Oshemaru''s plans many times.

    The night before the Zhongnin exam race.

    In the hotel room of Uehara Naraku, he was wearing an imitation robes and hats. Although he can use the natural magical transformation, this is to prevent people from discovering his true face when encountering battles.

    The dress and the Hokage hat were bought by Pharmacist.

    Naruto Uehara stood in front of the mirror and turned over the collar of the **** robe: "I like the small collar of Hokage''s **** robe. It is worthy of the clothes worn by the leader of Konoha Village, compared to the uniforms of ordinary members of the Akatsuki organization. , And be free and comfortable."

    "Yes."

    Yakushi pocket dressed in Anbe clothes and stood beside Naraku Uehara and helped him drag the fake Hokage hats.

    Due to the shortage of staff that Uehara can be 100% trusted, Pharmacist can only be used as a supporting role tonight.

    "Have you remembered all the lines?"

    Uehara Naraku took the Hokage Hat and asked in passing.

    Pharmacist pushed his glasses around and laughed in a low voice: "I have already remembered all of them. I''m just curious why Lord Naraku has targeted Naruto Uzumaki so aggressively. It''s better to take him directly when Lord Naraku leaves Konoha..."

    "No, I have to let him take the initiative to follow us."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head and chuckled: "Naruto Uzumaki''s power is far beyond your imagination. Wait and see, he will surprise you!"

    "Master Naraku means..."

    "It''s just that."

    After Uehara Naraku put on the Naruto hat, he whispered softly: "After he leaves Konoha, I will take him to Akatsuki''s base. The gift of Kuo Ren Zhuli will definitely be liked by Mr. Nan!"

    "understood."

    The pharmacist nodded and put on a black hood.

    Inexplicably feel that his new boss''s mind is flooded again!

    In the past few days, Naraku Uehara has been investigating, and there is no dark part to watch around Uzumaki Naruto''s house, perhaps because he has become a ninja, and Konoha has not continued to waste power to protect him.

    late at night.

    When the moon is bright.

    Naruto Uzumaki rarely suffers from insomnia, because tomorrow he wants to defeat his opponent in the public and gain the approval of the villagers.

    Just as Uzumaki Naruto was insomnia, a voice suddenly came into his ears: "Three generations of Naruto Naruto, Uzumaki Naruto is already asleep, are you here to check his seal?"

    "No, I just came to have a look."

    An old voice came into Naruto''s ears, this voice has always been familiar, it was the voice of the third generation of Naruto Tobihiro.

    However, Naruto Uzumaki''s words were a little uncomfortable the next moment Naruto Uzumaki said: "What''s the situation with Naruto Uzumaki? Tomorrow will be the Zhongnin exam that many famous and powerful people will come to watch. There is absolutely nothing wrong with him."

    Naruto Uzumaki bit his quilt stubbornly. Was he always a troublemaker in the impression of Sarutobi Rischi?

    Obviously he has already started to learn to be a real ninja.

    In the next second, the unfamiliar dark voice continued to be heard in Naruto''s ears: "Hokage-sama, don¡¯t worry, if his Chakra leaks, I will report it immediately; but if his Chakra is abnormal enough that I think I can¡¯t handle it. ¡­"

    "You have the right to kill him on the spot."

    Sarutobi Hitoshi¡¯s old voice sounded a little indifferent: "Years ago, when I ordered Uchiha to bring the soil to undermine Hafeng Mizumon and Uzumaki Kushina, Uchiha made a mistake with the soil and unblocked Uzumaki Kushina. The nine tails in the body caused heavy losses in the village."

    Anbe couldn''t help but rejoiced and said: "Fortunately, the fourth generation of Naruto-sama didn''t notice it at that time, and sealed Kyuubi in his son''s body, so Konoha was spared..."

    "That''s why I sent you to watch Naruto."

    Sarutobi Rischi said slowly with emotion: "Twelve years have passed, and Naruto Uzumaki has not been able to use the power of Nine Tails. It''s worse than his mother Uzumaki Kushina. It''s really true. Little waste without deduction..."

    "..."

    Anbe ninja was silent for a while before he replied: "But Naruto Uzumaki will be loyal to Naruto-sama, and his mother is only loyal to his husband Bofeng Mizumon."

    The two outside the door fell silent for a while.

    Naruto Uzumaki who was eavesdropping in the room tightly covered his nose, not daring to make any noise, his tears fell drop by drop and wet the bedding.

    Naruto Uzumaki never thought that the first time he got the news of his father and mother, he heard it from the people he had always respected!

    Uzumaki Kushina, this name is his mother.

    Bo Feng Shuimen, this name is his father.

    But both of them were killed by Sarutobi!

    Naruto Uzumaki''s throat was suppressed, and he dared not make any noise, for fear of being noticed by people outside, but his emotions were gradually becoming a little angry!

    But now Naruto Uzumaki is very clear that he forcibly endures his grief, because as long as there is any movement in him, even if there is any change in Chakra, Sarutobi and the stranger outside will immediately appear and kill him.

    After being quiet outside for a while, Sarutobi Hisaki''s voice rang again: "You persuaded me to keep Naruto Uzumaki''s life. Have you been watching him for so many years, so your heart is softened?"

    "Do not."

    Anbe Ninja whispered: "I just think Uzumaki Naruto is the most suitable container for the nine tails. If you kill it rashly, it will be difficult to find a new container..."

    "Yes, the descendants of the whirlpool clan are not easy to find."

    Sarutobi Rizhan said in a low voice, and sighed softly: "There was a little girl descended from the whirlpool in the team that took the Zhongnin exam in Caoyin Village. Unfortunately, I heard that the girl defected to Caoyin Village and went to join Yuyin Village. Up."

    After saying this, Sarutobi Hisaki said with emotion: "I knew that. When Uzumaki Kushina asked us to save her hometown, I should send someone over and take a few little guys from the Uzumaki clan. An alternative to the nine-tailed container."

    "..."

    The Anbu outside the door was silent for a while, as if he didn''t know what to say.

    After a while, he opened his mouth and said: "During this time, it seems that some people in the village have recognized Naruto Uzumaki. There may be obstacles to your plan. Do you need to get rid of them?"

    "It''s not necessary."

    Sarutobi shook his head, and his voice was indescribably gloomy: "Back then, I prohibited other people from contacting Uzumaki Naruto to allow him to be loyal to me wholeheartedly. Now he is very dependent on me. This command doesn''t matter anymore. ."

    "What about Kakashi?"

    The Anbe continued to ask: "The Hokage-sama asked Kakashi to leave the Anbe to monitor Naruto Uzumaki''s every move. Now he seems to care about Naruto."

    "do not worry."

    Sarutobi Hisaki''s old voice was full of confidence: "Haaki Kakashi and Uchiha Daido are teammates, he is just ashamed of Uzumaki Naruto."

    A smile suddenly appeared in the voice of the Anbe Ninja: "Naruto-sama said that after all, Kakashi knew about killing Naruto''s parents with soil, but has been quietly hiding..."

    "Well¡­"

    Just as the Anbe finished speaking, Naruto Uzumaki in the room could no longer be suppressed, tears couldn''t stop flowing on his face, and a syllable came out in his throat.

    When Naruto Uzumaki realized that he was at a loss, he immediately yawned, took away his tears, and hid in his quilt.

    The voice outside suddenly became silent.

    After a while, the window in the room was quietly opened, and then quietly closed again. Obviously someone came to check his situation.

    After a while, Sarutobi''s voice rang again: "Since there is nothing wrong here, you are here to monitor him. Tomorrow is the Zhongnin exam competition. All the famous and powerful will be present. We must not let Naruto Uzumaki appear at all. Faulty."

    "Yes, Master Naruto."

    Anbu outside the door agreed in a low voice.

    Soon, the outside suddenly became quiet.

    Naruto Uzumaki in the room was biting his quilt tightly, tears streaming down but he didn''t dare to make a sound, because he knew there were ninjas watching him outside.

    Twelve years of dreams.

    Tonight was completely destroyed.

    Uzumaki Naruto''s fingers pinched his thigh fiercely, and there were wounds everywhere on his leg. He wanted to suppress his emotions and prevent him from experiencing any abnormalities.

    Over the years, it is no wonder that he desperately wanted to be recognized by the villagers, but in exchange he was alienated; whenever he was hurt in his heart, Sarutobi Hizaki would appear in front of him, teaching him how to endure pain.

    All the light and darkness in life.

    It turned out that it was just the old man in the Hokage Tower controlling it.

    Uzumaki Naruto''s body trembled slightly, recalling the scene where he psyched out Toad Wenta, his mind suddenly sank into the boundless sealed water prison.

    Uzumaki Naruto''s eyes were full of pitch black, and he walked slowly to the edge of the dungeon, raised his head and looked at the huge figure in the dungeon, and said in a gloomy voice: "Smelly fox, you are called Nine Tails, right? You figure it out, Right?"

    "Roar!"

    Kyuubi opened his mouth in the blood basin and looked at the young figure next to the dungeon. He suddenly laughed loudly: "Hahahahaha...little devil, if you let me out now, I will help you take that old thing and the whole wood The leaves are torn to pieces!"

    Obviously, Kyuubi heard everything that Naruto Uzumaki had heard just now.

    Some of the secrets are not even clear to Kyuubi.

    But this is a good opportunity for Kyuubi. The darker Naruto is, the easier it is to manipulate Naruto!

    Kyuubi didn''t expect a village like Konoha to be so dark. It deserves to be the Shinobu village created by the two wicked **** Chijuma Senju and Uchiha Madara!

    Konoha''s people are always so good at killing each other!

    "No, it''s not enough for them to repay."

    Naruto Uzumaki looked at Nine Tails and slowly shook his head. The black energy on his body became more and more intense: "Tomorrow is an important day, let me make a big fight!"

    A grinning smile appeared on Kyuubi''s face: "Boy I didn''t expect that you would get awake when we met for the second time! Boy, you are much smarter than the woman Uzumaki Kusina!"

    That stinky woman, obviously possessing such a powerful force, not only didn''t want to use it, but only wanted to suppress it.

    Even when he encounters something angry outside, he finds it to lose his temper!

    Damn, karma, retribution is unhappy!

    Now it''s her son''s turn to suffer. As Uzumaki Kushina''s tenant, Kyuubi thinks it should guide Uzumaki Naruto!

    Tomorrow, it will be the gate time!

    "Naruto."

    Someone knocked on the window of the room.

    Naruto Uzumaki turned his head and saw Haruno Sakura standing by his window.

    The pink-haired girl said nervously, "I haven''t seen Sasuke-kun these days. He will have an exam tomorrow. There is still no one at Sasuke-kun''s house. Can you accompany me to find him?"

    "it is good."

    Hearing Haruno Sakura''s request, Uzumaki Naruto immediately let go of his thoughts and crawled out of the window: "Sakura, why would you go to Sasuke''s house at night?"

    "Because I think he should go home anyway at this time."

    Haruno Sakura frowned, and said nervously, "But he still hasn''t appeared until now... Well, Naruto, your face, you were just..."

    Naruto Uzumaki covered Haruno Sakura''s mouth, and raised his fingers nervously, for fear that the so-called Anbu who had been monitoring him would know the situation.

    Naruto Uzumaki grinned, wiped his face, and said with a strong smile: "Well, I will accompany you to find Sasuke first! Maybe that guy is hiding somewhere to cultivate secretly!"

    Some people, even though their hearts have already become riddled with holes, they still hide their wounds in front of the people they like.

 Chapter 139ï¼š The night before the exam, Danzo was killed

    The night is getting darker.

    Uzumaki Naruto followed Haruno Sakura and left the residence.

    In fact, no Anbu was watching Naruto Uzumaki at all, and the person who pretended Anbu was going to another place with his new boss.

    The pharmacist took off his dark attire and said softly, "As expected of Lord Naraku, he is very thoughtful. The news that a person overheard is always more credible than the news that others tell him."

    To be honest, the pharmacist was a little frightened while accompanying the show.

    He always thought that Uehara Naraku was a pro-Konoha sect, but he didn''t expect Uehara Naruto to use his hand so simply to directly lure Konoha''s nine-tailed man Zhuli away!

    This new boss, apart from his low EQ, is truly top-notch in resourcefulness and tolerance.

    If the entire Ninja world undergoes drastic changes in the future, Yao Shidou has no doubt that his new boss is the black hand behind the scenes!

    "Haha...Basic operation."

    Uehara Naraku chuckled lightly, took off the Hokage hat from his head, and took off his imperial robes. He didn''t know how Uzumaki Naruto and Haruno Sakura left later.

    Because they still have one big thing to do.

    Uehara Naraku rubbed his fingers and said softly, "How about it, pocket, did you make an appointment to Shimura Danzo tonight?"

    "of course."

    Yakushidou smiled and nodded, and explained in a low voice: "Now Shimura Danzo is still waiting for tomorrow, after Lord Oshemaru kills the third generation of Hokage, and sits in the position of Konoha''s fifth generation of Hokage! He is more right than anyone else. Konoha''s plan to collapse!"

    "interesting¡­"

    Uehara Naraku smiled, and raised the corners of his mouth: "Then let''s see this Konoha''s fifth-generation semi-Naruto!"

    Konoha Village.

    The secret base of the root organization.

    This place is far away from the hustle and bustle of Konoha, and has always been hidden at the edge of Konoha, so that Shimura Danzo can carry out some scandals in the dark.

    Tonight, Shimura Danzo is a little nervous.

    Not because of other reasons, but because if Konoha''s collapse plan succeeds tomorrow, that will be the time when he is most likely to aspire to the position of Hokage.

    So tonight, the pharmacist invited him to come to discuss temporarily, and Shimura Danzo came here specially, for fear of any changes to tomorrow''s plan.

    Today he is sixty-nine!

    If he still can''t sit in the position of Hokage, as he grows older, this opportunity will become increasingly slim.

    Click!

    The sound of heavy objects falling to the ground came from the empty base.

    This sound sounds a bit like a dead body falling to the ground!

    Shimura Danzo suddenly raised his head, glanced at his trusted subordinates around him, and said coldly: "Take the roots and see what happened!"

    "Yes, my lord!"

    The oil girl took the root and ran towards the direction of the sound, and then his body flew back in the next second, and someone knocked him off!

    The body of the girl who took the roots suddenly slammed into the stone pillars in the base, spitting out a mouthful of blood, and there was no sound after a while.

    The visitor raised his head indifferently and looked at Shimura Danzo: "Long admiring your name! Konoha''s Shimura Danzo!"

    "Rainbow!"

    Shimura Danzo frowned, and after looking at the visitor, he instantly recognized his identity: "You are Uehara Naraku who came to take the Chunin exam this time!"

    "This identity is right."

    Uehara Naraku took out a ring from her ninja bag and put it on her hand, and whispered, "Now allow me to introduce another identity of myself! I am Akatsuki''s intern, Uehara Naraku! "

    After the words fell, Uehara Naraku''s figure appeared behind Danzo in an instant, waving his hand to break Shimura Danzo''s head.

    Shimura Danzo slammed up his Shinobi sword to block Uehara''s attack. His voice was a little low and said, "What a quick instant technique...no wonder he dared to assassinate me."

    "Your movements are not slow, Master Danzo!"

    Uehara Naruko''s knees suddenly lifted and hit Danzo''s chest. Watching the aging old man suddenly spit out a mouthful of blood, his defense instantly collapsed.

    Uehara Nairo volleyed him to the ground!

    "Are you still a master of individual skills?"

    Shimura Danzo''s face became extremely ugly, and he felt that his bones didn''t know how many were interrupted by Uehara Naraku, and there was no way to fight this way.

    Shimura Danzo drew a sharp knife, and cut off the sealing iron tool of his arm with a single knife, and a white arm densely inlaid with writing wheels appeared.

    A writing wheel eye on his arm quietly closed his eyes.

    "Is this started?"

    Uehara Naraku raised the corners of his mouth, watching Shimura Danzo on the ground turned into a phantom, he whispered: "Then let me feel it again, what it''s like to kill one person in a row!"

    Shimura Danzo uses Uchiha''s forbidden technique Izanaki.

    This forbidden technique can be called a magical skill, which allows the caster to transform the unfavorable reality into an illusion, thereby avoiding any harm.

    Even death.

    The price is naturally the blindness of Zhuanyan.

    However, Shimura Danzo is full of writing wheels!

    The next moment, the figure of Shimura Danzo suddenly came out of the air and slashed at the throat of Uehara Naraku!

    Click!

    Shinobu was interrupted by Naruko Uehara!

    The broken piece of Shinobu was instantly grasped by Uehara Naraku, and he threw his hand into Shimura Danzo''s throat, trying to solve Danzo''s life again!

    It is a pity that Danzo seems to be still in Izanagi''s duration, this move did not cause any harm, Uehara Naraku can only fly back a few steps.

    "Wind Escape¡¤Wind Blade."

    Shimura Danzo also stepped back at the same time, drew out a kunai, and used his own wind to escape the chakra to recreate a sharp blade.

    Originally, he wanted to use the duration of Izanaki to kill Uehara Naraku, but it was a pity that Uehara Naraku directly cracked it by relying on hard power.

    Uehara Naraku slowly said, "Can I still be protected from any damage for the duration? What a coincidence, I also have a similar skill!"

    In the next second, Uehara''s figure appeared immediately behind Danzo again, his voice was gloomy and he said, "But we are different!"

    A huge force hit the back of Danzo, almost making Shimura Danzo''s body present a curved state that is impossible for a human body!

    Apparently his spine was broken!

    Shimura Danzo gritted his teeth, and closed the writing wheel eye on his arm again.

    Uehara Naraku smiled lightly and said, "There are nine writing wheels left on your arm, plus the one hidden in your eye socket is ten. I just think about how I should kill you or take you away. ."

    "go to hell!"

    The figure of Shimura Danzo emerged from the air again, and the wind blade in his hand was only a minute away from Uehara Naraku. He wanted to use Izanagi''s remaining time to kill Uehara!

    However, a figure blocked Danzo''s movement.

    It was the pharmacist who appeared.

    Uehara Naraku looked at the pharmacist pocket that appeared, and whispered, "Shimura Danzo has ten writing round eyes left, and Izanagi, which lasts at most ten minutes. I can start an invincible technique that lasts ten minutes. I''ll leave it to you."

    After speaking, Nairo Uehara raised his hand to add a mask of the engraving of the holy decree to the body of the medicine master pocket, and then Uehara himself released a smoke screen and disappeared without a trace.

    The invincibility of the moment of the sacred can last for 3 seconds, and the minimum cost is 100 chakras. However, the two Seraph Embraces can reduce the chakra cost to 50.

    Uehara Naraku spent 10,000 points at the moment when Chakra released the sacred judge, which just happened to provide the Pharmacist with ten minutes of invincibility.

    "Thank you, sir."

    Pharmacist gratefully watched Uehara Naraku disappear into the smoke screen.

    Shimura Danzo''s face suddenly became extremely ugly. He watched the pharmacist gritted his teeth and said, "Are you trying to kill me, or the fellow Oshamaru trying to kill me?"

    "No one in the Ninja World wants to kill Master Danzo, right?"

    Yakushidou lowered his head and pushed his glasses, his smile gradually turned a bit horrible: "I just want to kill Master Danzo to pay homage to the dean..."

    "Are you for Pharmacist Ye Naiyu?"

    Shimura Danzo coldly looked at the pharmacist''s pocket, and then at the golden mask that could not be broken through anyway, flew back and released a group of wind escape ninjutsu: "Wind escape¡¤Great breakthrough!"

    He wants to use the wind ninjutsu to blow away the smoke screen and find the location of Uehara Naraku!

    As long as you kill Uehara Naraku, the invincible technique on Pharmacist''s pocket will naturally be dissolved.

    However, after the smoke dissipated, the expression on Uehara Naruto''s face became a little unsightly: "Pocket, don''t wait for me for too long, and don''t let him disturb me."

    "understand."

    The pharmacist nodded, and the green chakra scalpel appeared at his fingertips.

    Although Yakushidou does not have strong strength, it is difficult to kill Shimura Danzo, but he has turned to a powerful boss!

    Sometimes, a person¡¯s vision is very important.

    Shimura Danzo''s vision was a bit narrow, Konoha opened his mouth and closed his mouth, Hokage, he hadn''t really recognized the changes in Shinobi in his entire life.

    Pharmacist got the promise from Uehara Naraku and naturally dared to work hard, not to mention that even if he died, he thought he could be resurrected.

    Shimura Danzo is different...

    Write the wheel eye is to use one less!

    Ten minutes later.

    It wasn''t until the pharmacist was around for ten minutes, and he used a life-threatening style of play, so that the remaining nine writing wheels on Shimura Danzo''s arm were closed.

    As a last resort, Shimura Danzo looked at the inter-pillar cells bursting out of his body, and could only survive with a knife and a broken arm!

    At this moment, Shimura Danzo was left with only one other **** that he had snatched from Uchiha Shisui. This was his last chance.

    "Hoo...hoo...hoo..."

    Shimura Danzo panted heavily and tore off his bandage, revealing the other gods kaleidoscope writing wheel eyes. Now he must make a choice.

    Who will use the other gods'' technique on?

    However, the next sentence from the Yakushi pocket made Shimura Danzo''s complexion drastically changed: "Naraku-sama, I suspect that the writing wheel eye is the writing wheel eye of the other **** of Uchiha Shisui. After all, Shimura Danzo will not just transplant the three-goed jade... "

    "How do you know..."

    Shimura Danzo''s face was very ugly.

    Pharmacist Dou lightly smiled and continued to speak: "This is the news that Master Oshemaru made me pay attention to. We are here to kill you to **** this other god!"

    "Did Oshe Maru make you do this?"

    Shimura Danzo''s face suddenly calmed down. He slowly unbuttoned his clothes and sighed softly, "If you conspire with a snake, you will surely be backlashed!"

    "Want to activate the Li Sixiang Sealing Technique?"

    Uehara Naraku looked at Shimura Danzo and slowly said, "Fortunately, Lord Oshemaru has studied this forbidden technique, and he taught us a way to break the seal of the four elephants, so that the other gods will not be destroyed by you."

    "..."

    Shimura Danzo''s eyes changed.

    At the next moment, the old man''s face was stern, and he gritted his teeth abruptly, reached out and grabbed his eye sockets, and stubbornly buckled down the other gods writing wheel eye!

    Immediately afterwards, Shimura Danzo squeezed the shalunyan into pieces.

    For a ninjutsu genius like Oshemaru, it is not surprising that he has developed a way to break the seal of the four elephants. Shimura Danzo does not want other gods to fall into the hands of Oshemaru!

    Uehara Naraku hurriedly stretched out his hand, watching Shimura Danzo''s movements nervously, and said, "Hey, no!"

    However, after Shimura Danzo crushed the other god''s writing round eyes, Uehara Naraku slowly said, "Oh, I lied to you just now. Actually, I am not Osamaru''s subordinate."

    "..."

    Shimura''s hidden teeth were cracking, so he opened his mouth to curse.

    How could this **** Yunin do this? Then why does he know so much information, as if he is really a subordinate of Dashemaru!

    Shimura Danzo, who destroyed his grave, almost wanted to vomit blood.

    Damn, how painful he just snapped his eyes down just now, do these two **** know?

    The most important thing is that these two guys combined are much stronger than him, and they lie to him!

    They are not serious ninjas, they have no heart.

    Shimura Danzo gritted his teeth bitterly, and comforted himself: "Forget it, as long as other gods will not harm Konoha, the old man will die without regret."

    "Hey?"

    Uehara Naraku suddenly smiled and said, "Then you don''t know whose hand the other **** writing wheel is in? That person is very dangerous for Konoha!"

    "..."

    Shimura Danzo suddenly raised his head and stared at Uehara Naraku. After a while, he shook his head again and said, "You two guys have tried so hard to assassinate the old man, even if I know the news, what can I do?"

    "Master Danzo is wrong."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head. Seeing that there was a glimmer of hope in Shimura Danzo''s eyes, he chuckled and said, "In fact, we didn''t take much effort to assassinate you..."

    The pharmacist nodded, and there was a smile on his face: "Yes... Danzo, we just wanted to kill you, and then we came."

    This is true.

    To formulate a plan to assassinate Shimura Danzo, the two of them said a total of two sentences.

    The first sentence is, I want to kill Danzo.

    The second sentence is to lure Tuan into a private meeting.

    This is the disadvantage of hiding in the Dark Element. If the strength is not enough, they may be assassinated at any time.

    Nairo Uehara turned around and suddenly said, "But it''s not easy. Outside of Konoha Village, I don''t know how many people line up to kill you without our chance!"

    "You...you..."

    Shimura Danzo was so angry that he spouted blood.

    Originally, his mental quality was very high, just because life and death are now in the hands of other people, plus Uehara Naraku and Yakushi poked his painful spot...

    Uehara Naraku played with the ring on her hand, and a flash of light flashed in her eyes: "Don''t worry, tomorrow your old friend, the three generations of Naruto Lord, will go to accompany you."

    The next moment, Naru Uehara appeared behind Tuan Hideo and whispered in his ear: "Tell your secret, since four years ago, I have been promoting your Konoha collapse plan."

    "what?"

    Shimura Danzo tried to turn his head hard.

    However, a purple broadsword emerged from his chest!

    With countless resentments hidden in Shimura Danzo''s eyes, he slowly fell to the ground.

    Uehara Naraku looked at the old man who was already close to dying. He slowly squatted down and sighed: "Oh, yes, we can''t actually crack the seal of the four elephants... I just want you. The whole corpse of him, as a gift to others."

    "..."

    The only thing Shimura Danzo can move is his one-eyed.

    That eye looked like Uehara Naraku fiercely as if bloodshot.

    Uehara Naraku shook his head helplessly and said, "Don''t look at me like that. I''m a timid person. Or look at your pocket. This guy always smiles, but his heart is darkest..."

    "..."

    The pharmacist narrowed his face and said nothing.

    If it wasn''t for this boss who just made him cool, killing Shimura Danzo nine times in a row, and the strength is too strong, Yao Shidou really wants to tell him who has the darkest heart.

 Chapter 140ï¼š Dont forget to take the pot after you die!

    Shimura Danzo is dead.

    The death was very humiliating.

    Originally he could die vigorously, but Shimura Danzo''s mentality completely collapsed in the teasing of two unfamiliar lie Uehara Naraku and Yakushidou.

    Uehara Naraku and Yakushidou were too irritating.

    Forget it, Ninja is not worth it, it''s their life.

    Even if Shimura Danzo wanted to activate the Lisixiang seal to destroy his body before he died, he just lost energy later.

    Uehara Naraku opened a seal scroll and sealed Shimura Danzo''s body: "It''s a bit difficult to bring back the live Danzo. I can only take his body back. I hope Xiaonan-teacher will not care about this. !"

    "..."

    Pharmacist watched Uehara Naraku''s movements in silence, and after considering it for a while, he said: "Lord Naraku, why don''t you give me another bouquet of flowers when you go back?"

    Where would a woman like a corpse!

    Uehara Naraku thought for a while, shook his head, and sighed: "If ordinary women, such as Konoha''s Haruno Sakura or Yamanaka Ino and others, might like flowers, but Mr. Xiaonan is different, she doesn''t like these things. "

    Xiaonan can fold paper flowers with secret techniques, how could he like flowers?

    In the past four years, when Xiaonan helped Nairo Uehara clean up the room, every time she left a paper flower that she made by herself, and there were all kinds of them.

    Uehara himself was a little tired of seeing flowers.

    Yakushidou could only look at Naruto Uehara, who was content to put away the scroll, with a full face, feeling whether his new boss had already begun to imagine how happy Xiaonan would be when he received Danzo''s body...

    What else did the pharmacist say?

    It¡¯s good for the new boss to be happy!

    Of course Uehara Naraku was very happy. He did not expect that the progress of the main quest would increase. Was this because of killing Shimura Danzo or replacing him as a reward for the Konoha collapse plan?

    The main task: to realize the wish of the book stand boss and become the biggest boss in the ninja world with a progress of 17%.

    It is estimated that after Konoha collapse plan is completed, this progress will rise again.

    In addition to this, there is one other reward.

    Side mission: Defeat Shimura Danzo (11), the mission has been completed, and the reward skills are broken in time and space.

    Time and Space Break: Use time and space techniques to break the timeline of the body, enter a state where it cannot be hurt by anyone, return to the position and state 4 seconds ago, so that you can be more advantageous in the battle, when you return to the established position, you will Let the space around the location burst and damage the enemy. The skill requires at least 100 Chakra points and the skill cooldown is 55 seconds.

    This skill is considered a life-saving skill.

    Strictly speaking, this is also a skill that can kill the enemy instantly, as long as you calculate the time and your position.

    You can even develop some Sao operations.

    For example, use the destiny skill to teleport to a distant place to fight, and then the time and space will break back to the original position in an instant. Think about it and feel cool.

    This skill is much easier to use than Izanagi.

    Side mission: Completely kill Shimura Danzo (11), the mission has been completed, reward the passive skill Dark Harvest.

    Dark Harvest: Passive skill. Every time you defeat a ninja, you will get a part of the power from the enemy. Each time you increase your life energy by 10 points, Chakra energy by 10 points, and natural energy by 10 points.

    Uehara Naraku immediately felt that Shimura Danzo was a good person.

    Now that he has the dark harvest, what skills will he need?

    As long as the number of people defeated is large enough, his power will grow rapidly. Who else is his opponent in the entire Ninja World? The opportunity to become stronger has arrived!

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help turning his head to look at his subordinate with the highest IQ: "Doo, you said that I am launching a war in the Ninja World now. Is it reliable to declare war on the five great nations of Ninja Village?"

    "...How could Lord Naraku think so?"

    Yakushidou¡¯s face suddenly changed, he subconsciously wiped the cold sweat on his forehead, and explained softly, ¡°Even if you can mobilize Akatsuki¡¯s power, it¡¯s easy to conquer a small country, but you don¡¯t even imagine that you want to destroy a big country. It¡¯s that simple, not to mention the five great nations Shinobu Village..."

    After speaking, Yakushidou added: "However, I will continue to improve and study the technique of reincarnation from the dirty soil as soon as possible with Master Dashemaru during this time. As long as we have enough troops for the reincarnation of the dirty soil, we will have the power to compete with the five great nations !"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the pharmacist silently.

    He really just said casually, why did the pharmacist take it seriously?

    No, Yakushidou seems to be one of the culprits in the fourth Ninja War!

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and sighed: "Okay, then I will bear with it for a while, but you have to work harder!"

    "Yes, my lord."

    Pharmacist responded respectfully, but he asked again: "I really want to know why the lord wants to start the Ninja World War?"

    Uehara Naraku raised an eyebrow, intending to find an excuse for herself: "Wait a moment, let me think of a reason... Forget it, I will tell you when I think about it!"

    Pharmacist pocket: "..."

    Damn, the new boss is really crazy!

    It''s just that as a qualified subordinate, Yakushi Tu can''t embarrass his boss. He chuckled and said, "Master Naraku is to destroy the old order and take the opportunity to solve all the oppressive conflicts and wars in the Ninja world. Is that right?"

    This statement is not wrong.

    If you want to establish a new order, you must defeat the five great nations Shinobu Village.

    "Yes, yes, yes, yes."

    Uehara Naraku nodded hastily, and after giving the pharmacist a glance of appreciation, he continued: "Okay, first clean up this scene and destroy it with fire escape ninjutsu, making people think it is Uchiha Itachi or Uchiha Made with soil."

    "Yes."

    Yakushidou also looked at Naraku Uehara with approval.

    How can you not deal with the aftermath of killing Shimura Danzo?

    Uchiha Daido and Uchiha Itachi are undoubtedly the most motivated candidates.

    If it weren''t for Uchiha Sasuke''s too young age, Yakushidou even thought that it would be more appropriate to let Uchiha Sasuke carry the black pot, so that he could force Sasuke to defect.

    Because of inherent prejudice, Yakushidou believes that a genius ninja like Uchiha Sasuke is the best candidate to join Akatsuki.

    After Uehara Naraku and Yakushi left the base, a huge flame shot from the hands of Uehara Naraku, instantly detonating the base of the root organization!

    There are very few ninjas who are good at fire escape ninjutsu.

    Since Uchiha Madara''s death, the Sarutobi clan and Uchiha clan have been competing for the title of the strongest fire escape ninja.

    Certainly it was impossible for someone from the Sarutobi clan to kill Shimura Danzo, it would only be a member of the Uchiha clan.

    Uehara Naraku beckoned: "Well, let''s leave here first. Someone will come to investigate soon. I hope it won''t affect tomorrow''s plan definitely not."

    Yakushidou was very confident about this, and he explained softly: "If it is the third generation of Naruto who died tonight, the Zhongnin exam may be postponed; but it is Shimura Danzo who died, and Konoha does not know many people from the root organization. leader."

    This is another disadvantage of hiding your identity.

    Not many people remember Shimura Danzo at all. No one in Konoha knew what he had done. How could he be in the position of Hokage?

    "By the way, help me prepare a covenant letter and give it to me during the exam tomorrow."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Yakushi''s pocket and continued softly: "The content of the covenant is the alliance treaty between Konoha and Uyin Village, including Konoha''s support for Uyin Village''s Sansho Fish Hanzo to become Ukage, and the country of Rain to annex the grass country¡­"

    After talking for a while, Uehara Naraku patted his forehead troublesomely and said: "Look at and write, always write something that is beneficial to the country of rain, but don''t be outrageous... If you sign the money, write Shimura Danzo!"

    "I understand what you mean."

    The pharmacist nodded earnestly. This is to make Shimura Danzo take another scapegoat. Doesn''t it mean that Tenkamihara Naraku will also take part in the Konoha collapse plan?

    "Well, that''s it tonight!"

    Uehara Naraku quietly turned on his destiny skills and was about to return to his hotel room. However, when he saw the heads of Uzumaki Naruto and Haruno Sakura strolling in Konoha, his whole face couldn''t help but change!

    Damn, Haruno Sakura has a problem, right?

    How many times is this?

    Why do you spoil his good every time!

    This little girl, wouldn''t it be bad for him again?

    Uehara Naruko returned to his residence with a gloomy face, even if it was just to avenge Haruno Sakura, he would take Uchiha Sasuke away after the Zhongnin exam!

 Chapter 141ï¼š The villain has to wait until the last appearance

    The next day, the sun rose as usual.

    Because something happened last night, many people stayed up all night.

    After the root organization base exploded, Sarutobi Hizaki and Anbe Ninja went to investigate, but did not find any trace of Shimura Danzo, but only saw Danzo''s broken ninja sword.

    A big living person, can''t it just be gone?

    According to preliminary judgment, Shimura Danzo should have had a fierce conflict with a fire escape ninja. I don''t know if he escaped, disappeared, or was killed.

    It''s a pity that I didn''t have a clue all night.

    After Shimura Danzo''s disappearance, Sarutobi Hisaki''s heart was empty, and he could only temporarily assume that it was Uchiha Itachi or Uchiha who did it with the soil. This means that this time the Chunin test, it is difficult to be three Konoha S grades. Will rebels appear?

    It''s a pity that today the big names and the leaders of Xiaonin Village will arrive at Konoha, and today''s Zhongnin exam race must go on.

    Sarutobi Hizen could only conquer his complicated mood, put aside Danzo''s affairs, and set off for the Nakanin exam arena, waiting for the high-level personnel from Shayin Village to come to watch the game.

    On the high platform of the Zhongnin exam race.

    Sarutobi Hizhan watched as two sand hidden guards came to protect an old woman, his eyes couldn''t help but change a little: "Your Excellency Chiyo, it''s been a long time, I didn''t expect to see old friends one day."

    It really is this old woman!

    With no successors in Shayin Village, the mother-in-law of the thousand generations had to come forward.

    The mother-in-law of the thousand generations slowly sat down in her place before Nuonuo said, "Your Hukage looks much older..."

    "is it?"

    Sarutobi Rizen chuckled slightly, and said with a smile: "Our generation has grown old, and we wanted to retire a few years ago, but seeing Your Excellency Chiyo take control of Shayin Village again, I suddenly felt excited again. Get up!"

    After saying that, Sarutobi turned his head and continued: "If Chiyo-sho can be promoted to the five generations of Fengkage in Sagakura at the age of sixty-nine, I will personally rush to congratulate Chiyo-sho''s succession ceremony. "

    "..."

    The mother-in-law of the thousand generations pondered for a while before she said: "My age is already old, and unlike Her Excellency Hokage, who is so greedy for power, the position of the Five Dynasties Fengying should be given to young people!"

    "I can recommend a candidate for your Excellency..."

    Sarutobi Hitoshi didn''t care about the secret irony of Chiyo''s mother-in-law, and continued with a smile: "I used to have an ineffective disciple called Oshemaru, who is good at wind escape ninjutsu. Do you think he is suitable to become the wind shadow of your village?"

    "Has the game not started yet?"

    The mother-in-law of the thousand generations gritted her teeth and changed the subject. She suddenly understood why the outside world has been hating this **** named Sarutobi Hizaki after so many years!

    The mouth can really speak!

    Sarutobi Hizen looked at the several players who had arrived underneath, and whispered, "It should start soon! This time there are many good little guys!"

    Uein Village, Uehara Naraku, white.

    Sandyin Village, Gaara, Temari.

    In the village of Konoha, Yuzina, Neji Hyuga, and Naruto Uzumaki.

    The other is Uchiha Sasuke who doesn''t know the reason. He hasn''t arrived at the scene yet. Uzumaki Naruto and Haruno Sakura have looked for him and haven''t found him overnight.

    Uehara Naraku stood next to Uzumaki Naruto. Seeing his face looked bad, he asked eagerly, "What''s the matter, Naruto, did you get nervous and didn''t sleep last night?"

    "Hey, isn''t it?"

    Nara Shikamaru also looked at Uzumaki Naruto with a grin: "Naruto, in fact, this is just a small scene, don''t be nervous to show it later!"

    "I''m fine."

    Naruto Uzumaki was a little unexpected. He just shook his head gently, looking at Uehara Naraku and Nara Shikamaru, the smiles on their faces were a little strange and calm: "Kamaru, Uehara, this time my performance will definitely surprise you all. ."

    "That''s good."

    Uehara Naraku patted him on the shoulder friendly.

    Just when he wanted to continue to say something, the chief examiner of their third exam walked up to them.

    "Uchiha Sasuke has not rushed over yet, but our exams must be conducted first, and the others return to the preparation zone. The two of the first exams stay."

    With a thousand books in the Shiranui Genma, he read the name of his opponent aloud: "Chinin test personal battle first... Naruto Uzumaki, Neji Hyuga!"

    This opponent has long been determined.

    Others stepped aside, leaving the main stage to Naruto Uzumaki and Neji Hyuga, waiting for their results.

    Naruto Uzumaki slowly raised his head and looked at Neji Hyuga: "I said during the qualifiers, I will definitely win this one."

    "is it?"

    Hyuga Ningji didn''t care about Uzumaki Naruto''s attitude, and said arrogantly: "When you see the reality, you will know how downhearted you are..."

    "You have too much nonsense!"

    The figure of Uzumaki Naruto appeared in front of Neji Hyuga at a speed that was difficult to capture, swinging his fist and hitting Neji''s lower abdomen!

    This scene almost shocked the jaw!

    No one would have thought that he would be successful in the beginning!

    Bai looked at this scene in astonishment: "Uehara, that little yellow-haired guy for a month... it feels like he''s reborn!"

    "Isn''t this normal?"

    Uehara Naraku tickled the corner of his mouth and said with a light smile: "Hehe, the blackening is three times stronger, where is this going! Wait and see, the show will begin soon!"

    On the field.

    Uzumaki Naruto suppressed Neji Hyuga almost completely.

    "Grow your eyes open!"

    Neji Hyuga opened his eyes and looked at the chakras in Uzumaki Naruto with horror. He even saw a touch of red chakras flowing from Uzumaki Naruto''s body. What kind of power is that? what¡­

    Looking at the Uzumaki Naruto who flew again, Neji Hyuga opened the technique that he mastered in advance: "Bagua Palm: Huitian!"

    Uzumaki Naruto''s body was instantly knocked out by Huitian!

    The battle becomes more intense!

    Naruto Uzumaki looked like a stubborn beast, and he continued to attack Hyuga Neji, even if he was repeatedly repelled, he kept moving forward!

    With the fierce battle, Naruto Uzumaki''s mood gradually became irritable!

    Uzumaki Naruto''s eyes suddenly turned red!

    A group of red chakra jackets appeared on his body in an instant, and a group of red chakra tails appeared behind Naruto. This scene changed the expressions of all the seniors present!

    On the high platform.

    The grandmother Chiyo looked at Uzumaki Naruto wearing a red chakra coat, with a little gloat on her face: "Is that Konoha''s Nine-tailed Juri? I didn¡¯t expect that Konoha, who first mastered the technology of Human Juri, would also have someone Juri. Risk!"

    After speaking, the mother-in-law of the thousand generations continued self-consciously: "That''s right, after all, the Kineubi Rebellion back then made Konoha a heavy loss..."

    Sarutobi Hizaki ignored Chiyo''s ridicule, but immediately called the Anbu behind him, and said in a deep voice: "Go, let the seal squad dispatch to prevent this battle from continuing! Find out why the seal of Kyuubi was affected Give way!"

    Sarutobi Rizen believes that if Naruto is not sure whether he can use the power of Kyuubi, he can''t make any accidents.

    If it was only the power of a tail, Sarutobi Rizen thought that he did not need to be dispatched, and only a few Shinobi should be able to suppress Naruto Uzumaki.

    What made Sarutobi Hitoshi never thought was that the dark ninja he sent out completely angered Naruto Uzumaki!

    When several Anbes had just stopped the fight and were about to step forward to grab Uzumaki Naruto, the yellow-haired young man suddenly raised his head, his eyes turned gloomy!

    "Grandpa Naruto finally couldn''t bear it, did he want to kill me? But don''t I use the power of the nine tails as he wishes now?"

    "Naruto Uzumaki, calm down!"

    "Why calm down?"

    Naruto Uzumaki stretched out his palm little by little, looked at the red coat on the palm, and revealed a fierce smile: "Isn''t this power exactly what Hokage Grandpa wants? Now I''m showing it to him. what!"

    The next moment, the tail behind him suddenly forked!

    The second red chakra tail appears!

    Article three!

    Article 4...

    Uzumaki Naruto''s body was completely covered by nine-tailed chakras, and his crimson tail beast coat made him no different from half-tailed beasts, and even his voice had become the roar of a beast!

    "Roar!"

    The four-tailed Naruto Uzumaki disappeared instantly!

    Several Anbu ninjas who tried to control him were easily beaten by him with his claws!

    There was a commotion on the audience stage throughout the arena.

    The survivors of the Nine-Tailed Rebellion are still vividly remembered. Now even if Naruto Uzumaki does not reveal the complete state of Nine-Tailed, the only four-tailed transformation makes them feel the evil and terror of Chakra!

    "not good!"

    Sarutobi Hizen saw the state of Uzumaki Naruto, the old man finally couldn''t hold back in the stands, and he was about to rush towards the game field in a hurry.

    However, at this moment, a guard behind Qiandai''s mother-in-law suddenly appeared behind Sarutobi Rizen!

    The guard stretched out a handle of kunai on the throat of Sarutobi Hizen, revealing a long tongue that licked his kunai, and said with a hoarse voice: "Your Excellency Chiyo, I didn''t expect the timing to be better than we thought. More perfect, Konoha collapse plan can be launched!"

    "Orochimaru!"

    Sarutobi Rizen immediately heard the voice of the person behind him. A trace of anger flashed in his eyes, but he suppressed his emotions forcibly, and looked at the grandmother Chiyo: "Your Excellency Chiyo, as a human being The host of the project should understand the danger of Renzhuli¡¯s runaway, and you ninjas in Shayin Village will not be spared..."

    Sarutobi Hizen continued in a deep voice: "It is very dangerous to start a war rashly before the negotiations, especially in this situation..."

    "Your Excellency Hokage, I know what you said."

    The mother-in-law of Qiandai slowly stood up, looked at the violent Uzumaki Naruto, and said softly: "Although we may die if we start a war... But if we don''t start a war now, Shayin Village will die!"

    A group of puppets suddenly appeared around Chiyo, and she coldly said to her subordinates: "Tell them the signal flare and tell them that the plan is to start ahead of schedule, and the war has begun!"

    "Yes, Lord Chiyo!"

    A group of red flare flew into the air!

    Chiyo turned around to look at the Oshemaru who was holding Sarutobi Hizen, and said in a deep voice: "According to our agreement, Your Excellency Oshemaru, you are responsible for solving Konoha''s highest combat power, right?"

    "of course."

    Da She Wan chuckles: "My most important purpose is to give my teacher the last ride!"

    The bleachers on the heights suddenly became a mess!

    With the launch of Chiyo and Oshomaru, the ninjas of Sandyakura Village also immediately began to attack the ninjas of Konoha Village. Unprepared, Konoha ninja suffered severe damage for a while.

    On the ground, the four-tailed Uzumaki Naruto was still raging, and for a while, Konoha really showed a tendency to collapse!

    Bai hiding in a corner, watching the fighting erupting everywhere, couldn''t help asking: "Uehara, what should we do now, who should we help?"

    "Let''s watch the play first!"

    Uehara Naraku looked at the chaotic arena, then saw that his main line progress had increased from 17% to 20%, and whispered softly: "As a real villain, you have to wait until the end to play!"

 Chapter 142ï¼š For the greater good

    The situation of war often changes quickly.

    Originally, the sand hidden ninja had the advantage at the moment of launching the raid. The Konoha ninja on the field was once at a disadvantage. Even the sand hidden ninjas ambush outside the village also broke through the Konoha defense line and attacked the Konoha village.

    Konoha''s highest combat power Sarutobi Rizhan and Oshemaru were imprisoned by the infiltrated Otonin and the four Ziyan formations, and the battle between the master and apprentice also broke out!

    However, as the strongest Shinobu village in the ninja world, Konoha''s profound background is not something these people can contend with. Under the leadership of a group of Shinobu, the Konoha ninjas successfully launched a counterattack.

    On the field, the arrival of two people also changed the situation.

    Kakashi Hagi and Sasuke Uchiha finally ended their training and rushed to the Nakanin test arena. They also saw the raging Kyuubi.

    And the thousand-generation mother-in-law who assisted in the killing of the sandy ninja, saw Hagi Kakashi, immediately abandoned her enemy, and manipulated her puppet to rush towards Hagi Kakashi!

    Konoha White Fang, but the enemy she hates most!

    The face of Hagi Kakashi remained unchanged, and while facing the thousand-generation mother-in-law, he deployed his combat power: "Kay, don''t waste time fighting Hokage-sama, immediately control Naruto!

    Li Luoke, Sasuke, the two of you are going to rescue the people below the arena and fight against the sandy kid in Shayin Village!

    Everyday, Sakura, go to organize the companion door in the audience to arrange rescue, and ask Patriarch Hyuga to protect the audience!

    Genma, the same, Aoba, don''t waste time trying to crack the four purple flame formations, immediately lead other guard ninjas to launch a counterattack, and send people to the Anbu base to dispatch reinforcements! "

    "Yes!"

    "understand!"

    "Leave it to me! Eight Door Dunjia, Jingmen Open!"

    Since the arrival of Hagi Kakashi, everything has been proceeding in an orderly manner. When he is willing to take responsibility, he seems to have a convincing power.

    This also surprised Uehara Naraku.

    This situation, which was originally more severe and dangerous than in history, was actually stabilized under the command of Hagi Kakashi, and it only took a while to solve the crisis.

    After Konoha''s reinforcements arrive, everyone can almost foresee the end of Shayin Village and Oshemaru.

    The only difference is.

    The third generation of Naruto is really unable to save this time.

    Within the Four Purple Flame Formations, Oshen Maru''s Dirty Earth Psychic emerged from the first generation of Naruto Senshu Zhuma and the second generation of Naruto Senjuma, which directly put Sarutobi Hizen at a disadvantage.

    However, outside of the four purple flame formations, the Konoha ninjas have gradually begun to take advantage. The battle between Hagi Kakashi and Chiyo''s mother-in-law was in a battle against each other, and the winner could not be distinguished for a while, and the others had achieved good results. .

    The only trouble is the battle between Metkai and Naruto Yotsuka Uzumaki.

    Seriously¡­

    Metkay was really difficult. He estimated that it would be easier for him to kill Kyuubi, but it was a bit difficult to control it.

    But soon Metkay won''t have to make trouble.

    Because Sasuke Uchiha and Rock Lee were both hitting together, Gaara was blown by a hammer, and was finally stimulated by blood, forcing the power of a guard in his body!

    "The art of false sleep!"

    Gaara''s eyes closed instantly.

    A behemoth slowly sprang out from his body, and a tail of Shouzuru revealed his true body: "Roar, my uncle has finally come out!"

    Just as the ninjas of Sagakura Village thought that Morizuru was their reinforcement, the first thing this fat-tailed beast came out to do was to open his mouth with an air-training bullet and hit the four-tailed Uzumaki Naruto: "Just came out. I can smell the stink of the fox!"

    "..."

    Metkay was a little confused for a while. He didn''t know which tail beast should be attacked: "Hey, Kakashi, which one is his own!"

    "Neither!"

    Hagi Kakashi avoided the attack of the puppet in Chiyo''s hand, and said loudly: "No, Naruto is a companion in our village. As long as you don''t kill Naruto, you can attack whatever you want, I believe you can solve it, Kay! "

    To be honest, Konoha seems to be lucky.

    Who could have imagined that the first thing that happened to help Konoha attack the out-of-control Nine-Tailed Manzhuli after the emergence of the ultimate weapon of Shayin Village, Morizuru?

    "This kind of luck really has no place to reason!"

    Uehara Naraku sighed faintly, and Fei appeared in the audience, stretched out his palm, and whispered, "It''s time to get out!"

    Haruno Sakura, Tenten, Yamanaka Ino, and Hyuga Hinata, and other orderly girls, looked at Naraku Uehara in surprise.

    Haruno Sakura showed a trace of joy, and couldn''t help but ask: "Hey? Senior Uehara, are you here to help too? We have many wounded here..."

    "..."

    Help your sister!

    I am angry when I see you!

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Haruno Sakura speechlessly.

    When Uehara just appeared in the audience, a figure in a hood walked up to him and handed him a scroll.

    With this scroll, Uehara Naraku has the possibility of doing things in the Chunin exam.

    Uehara Naraku looked at the pharmacist pocket hidden under his hood, and whispered softly: "You send Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro out of Konoha, and I will solve the problem here."

    "Yes, my lord."

    The pharmacist jumped out of the auditorium.

    As the man with the hood left, Konoha''s newcomers Shinnins gradually looked at Naraku Uehara''s eyes. Haruno Sakura, Tiantian, and Hyuga Hinata could not help showing a trace of worry in their eyes. They were afraid This friendly predecessor is also an enemy.

    As an elder, Hyuga Nizu had already recognized the facts. He quickly solved the attacking sand hidden ninjas and flew in front of these newcomers.

    Hyuga Nizu waved his hand and signaled these little guys to leave immediately, then slowly raised his head to look at Uehara Naraku and said, "It''s not a friend or an enemy who appears here."

    "I am a friend and an enemy."

    Uehara Naraku chuckled and raised the scroll in his hand, Shunjo appeared behind Hyuga Hizu, and whispered: "I want to be a kind person, too, but the others in Konoha have given too much. !"

    "Bagua Palm¡¤Return to Heaven!"

    Hyuga Nizu''s movements are extremely fast!

    A group of high-speed rotating chakra airflow shields appeared beside him, and Uehara Naruko flew out with one blow!

    Uehara Naruko paid no attention at all, and slowly put away her scroll, patted the dust on her body, and slowly said: "Well, as expected to be the patriarch of the Hyuga clan, the speed of the palm is really fast... But you Ever heard of da da da da da da da?"

    "what?"

    Hyuga Hizu frowned his brows.

    Uehara Naraku''s figure disappeared in an instant, Shunbu appeared behind Hyuga Hizu, and said loudly, "That''s it!"

    Countless shadows flew up!

    Hyuga Hizu was still horrified by the disappearance of Uehara Naraku. When he used the instantaneous technique, which is similar to the ninjutsu, countless fists fell on him!

    The contemporary patriarch of the Hyuga clan can only barely stretch out two palms to try to resist one or two, and then he was knocked to the ground by the countless shadows of Uehara Naruto''s punches.

    "My Father!"

    Hyuga Hinata and his sister, Hyuga Hanao, watched this scene in a panic. Just when they wanted to rush over, a figure stopped them.

    It was Hyuga Neji who was nearly killed by Uzumaki Naruto just now.

    "You guys go."

    Neji Hyuga looked at the lying Hyuga Hyuga with a complicated expression, but he yelled at Sister Hinata Hyuga in a cold voice: "That guy is not something you two can handle!"

    "Brother Ningci..."

    "hurry up!"

    Neji Hyuga was obviously impatient.

    Uehara Naraku didn''t chase it, but looked at Neji Hyuga slowly, and asked, "I heard your rumor, but I didn''t expect you to protect the two of them. Why? No longer hate your clan?"

    "Huh, what''s up with you!"

    Neji Hyuga frowned displeasedly.

    Bang!

    Uehara Naruto kicked Neji Hyuga!

    However, the Hyuga on the ground suddenly got up, flying body blocked in front of Uehara Naraku, and it happened to be kicked on his lower abdomen.

    Hinata Hyuga hugged Naraku Uehara''s calf tightly, took out a letter with one hand and threw it to Neji Hyuga, saying loudly: "This is the letter your father left for you, hurry! Go and protect Hinata Kazuo. Fire them!"

    "..."

    Neji Hyuga gritted his teeth.

    The genius who was born in the branch of Hyuga grabbed the letter with doubts and chased in the direction of Hinata and Huahuo.

    "Do you want me to perfect you?"

    Uehara Naraku stared at the Hyuga Sunsoo who stood in front of him, shook his head and sighed regretfully. He stepped on the Hyuga Sunzu and took advantage of his strength to jump into the air. The other kicked the Hyuga Sunzu. On his neck!

    Hyuga Hizu''s body was kicked by Naru Uehara, and fell to the ground from the high auditorium!

    Click!

    The sisters Hyuga Neji and Hinata Hinata, who happened to leave the audience, were startled by the falling from the sky.

    Neji Hyuga gritted his teeth, pushed them to another position, and said in a deep voice: "You two, go quickly, I will take the patriarch to the hospital!"

    "but¡­"

    "No but."

    Neji Hyuga interrupted Hinata Hyuga, and shook his head gently at her and said, "Hayahuo is still young, Hinata-sama, you are my sister, you must calm her, the patriarch he..."

    "I seeHinata Hinata covered her eyes and took her out of here.

    Hyuga Ningci leaned over against the dying Hyuga Hizu, and ran to Konoha Hospital with him quickly!

    Hyuga Nizu firmly grasped Hyuga Neji''s shoulder, and whispered: "... Neji, the prestige of the Hyuga clan, the future depends on you!"

    "My patriarch."

    Neji Hyuga lowered his head slowly.

    Hyuga Hizuzu lowered his head and said in a low voice, "Neji, I know my injury. Even if I am still alive, I cannot fight as a ninja."

    Hyuga Neji only rushed towards the hospital: "Please don''t say such frustrated words, Hinata and Hanaho are still very young!"

    "..."

    Hyuga Hizu was silent for a while, and whispered, "If I can survive, I will engrave myself with the curse of the bird in the cage."

    The patriarch of the Hyuga clan was very aware of his injuries, and he didn''t know how many bones he had broken, even if he survived, he would not have any fighting ability.

    In this way, the Zong family''s eyes and blood will continue to be taken away.

    As a father, he can live for the sake of Hinata and Huahuo; as the head of the clan, he must also engrave himself with a protective cage bird curse in order to protect the blood of the Hyuga clan.

    Is this karma?

    In the auditorium.

    Many people have seen all this with their own eyes.

    Loke Lee, who had just left a fighting area, stood in front of Naraku Uehara. The Chakra on him began to explode little by little: "Senior Uehara, why are you doing this? Are you not our friend?"

    "Sorry, Lee."

    Uehara Naraku sighed and slowly clenched his fist: "For the greater benefit, I must kill the three generations of Naruto Lords. After all this is over, you will understand me."

 Chapter 143ï¼š Kill Danzo yesterday, kill Sun today!

    Li Luoke''s IQ is obviously incomprehensible.

    Just when Uehara Naraku thought there was another hearty battle, Li Luk suddenly gritted his teeth and fell to the ground: "Senior Uehara, I don''t want to hurt you, please stop!"

    This guy kowtows when they meet?

    Uehara Naraku was silent for a while, then suddenly said: "We are all in our own villages, Li, you should know that I have no retreat."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Li, who bowed his head and sobbed, and softly persuaded: "Lee, stand up! I know that you have been able to reopen the forbidden technique and fight to the death for our village, so that we can be worthy of our original intention of becoming a ninja."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at one of his side missions and said loudly: "Lee, if you keep your hands, I will think you are looking down on me! Stand up! Stand up now, if you dare to keep your hands, I will I look down on you!"

    Li Luoke slowly raised his head and gritted his teeth. Chakra burst out like a substance on his body, and his momentum instantly blew away the seats in the audience: "Sorry, Uehara-senior, I will do as you wish... the fifth door, Dumen, open!"

    After Li Luoke opened the Eight Door Dunjia this time, he obviously had sufficient preparation and training, which was much better than a month ago.

    At least now, his body has been able to withstand Dumen''s strength.

    It''s a pity that Li Luoke can only open the fifth door. If he can open the sixth door, he may be able to make a gesture with Nairo Uehara. Now it''s not enough!

    "Konoha Rigid Tornado!"

    A strong wind suddenly hit Uehara!

    Uehara Naruko suddenly closed his arms and turned on the spiked defense. An orange grid-shaped dome covered him, allowing Li Rok to kick it over!

    The huge counter-shock force caused Li Luoke to fly out involuntarily!

    Nairo Uehara hooked up the corner of her mouth, flew up and rushed, slammed her arm against Li Luo, and took advantage of the force to knock the person back further. Li Luo flew upside down and hit half of the auditorium. Under the ground.

    Li Rok in the Dumen state only has the strength of the upper level, facing Uehara Nao, there is no room for resistance...

    "Sorry, Lee."

    After Nairo Uehara defeated Li Rok with two strokes, he rushed to the direction of the four purple flame formations. If he does not rush past, the three generations of Hokage and Oshemaru will die together!

    Side quest: Defeat Dumen Liluoke (11), the quest has been completed, and the reward skills are tough.

    Tough wrist: You can increase the power and attack speed of your right hand through the accumulation of Chakra. The skill cooldown is 1 second, and the minimum consumption of Chakra is 100 points.

    Uehara Naraku really didn''t know how to complain.

    This skill is really called toughness instead of being single for twenty years? What''s more, he could already use Chakra to improve his power!

    It''s just not as precise as skill control.

    Uehara Naruto fell into the sky above the Four Purple Flame Formation, waved his right arm, and slammed down towards the Four Purple Flame Formation with a white light on his fist!

    Click!

    A crack clearly appeared on the Four Purple Flame Array!

    The next moment, the entire Four Purple Flame Array burst open!

    The four of Yin Ren vomited blood because of the broken four purple flame formation!

    Oshemaru raised his head vacillatingly, looking at the young man Yuren who had broken the four purple flames with a punch, gritted his teeth bitterly: "Nairo Uehara, bastard!"

    The first-generation Naruto Senjuma and the second-generation Naruto Senjuka, which are controlled by Oshemaru, are still beating Sarutobihan, and when the third-generation Naruto Narutobihan is about to be unable to support it, Uehara Naraku again Come to disrupt his plan!

    "Oshe Maru, I''m here to help you!"

    Uehara Naraku slowly lowered his head and looked at Oshemaru and said: "Someone paid a very high price, let me help you kill the third generation of Hokage."

    "I do not need."

    Da She Maru shook his head, pointed at Sarutobi Rischi who could not fight back, and said coldly, "Don''t you see that I am about to kill him?"

    "This is not a question you want or not."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Oshemaru and calmly said: "Oshemaru, you should understand what I mean, no one dares to refuse my help."

    Orochimaru:"¡­¡­"

    If it weren''t for the critical juncture, Oshemaru really wanted to use the dirty puppets of the first and second generations of Naruto to teach Uehara Naraku a lesson!

    It''s a pity that he is afraid of encountering the same thing four years ago...If Uehara Naraku psychically produces the giant shark that can devour the soul, wouldn''t he be at a loss again?

    Oshemaru bit her lip bitterly, and said coldly, "Uehara Naraku, let''s be honest, what do you want to do?"

    "You can''t understand what I''m saying?"

    After Uehara Naruko frowned, he looked down at Sarutobi Hizen who was trying to desperately in the distance, and his figure disappeared into the air instantly.

    In the next moment, Uehara Naraku''s figure appeared behind Sarutobi Hizen, and a Chakra Broadsword appeared in his hand, and a sword suddenly penetrated Sarutobi''s chest!

    However, this old man who was in his twilight years was actually very sensitive!

    No, he just dodged his short body, and the King Kong Wishful Rod holding the Saru Demon incarnation blocked Uehara Naraku''s attack!

    "Your Excellency does not seem to make any sense..."

    Sarutobi Hitoshi looked at Naraku Uehara, frowned tightly, and said in a deep voice: "These days, I thought you would be Konoha''s friend."

    "Sorry, Lord Naruto."

    Uehara Naraku sighed and said in a low voice: "For the sake of your Hokage''s dying, let me tell you, because Mr. Shimura Danzo from your village has given us some conditions that Yuyin Village cannot refuse! "

    "Danzo!"

    Sarutobi Hizen''s face suddenly turned dark, thinking of his old friend''s style.

    Many years ago, Shimura Danzo began to covet Hokage''s location. Now that shameless thing, in order to get Shayin Village, Oshemaru, and Uyin Village to jointly take action, launched Konoha''s collapse plan to assassinate him, Hokage, and finally betrayed Mu Ye how much benefit!

    But now is not the time to think about this.

    Sarutobi Hizen must first stabilize the enemy. He dodges the double-team of the first and second generations of Naruto and persuades Uehara Naraku: "Don''t you know that Danzo was missing or even killed last night?"

    While talking, Sarutobi Hizen stretched out the Diamond Wishful Stick to sweep, and temporarily forced the two of Senjujuma and Senjumonma back!

    However, taking advantage of this opportunity, Uehara Naraku once again appeared behind Sarutobi Hizen, the Chakra Broadsword in his hand pierced his chest suddenly!

    The Four Purple Flame Array has been broken, and Uehara Naraku has no time to waste!

    "Of course I know that Shimura Danzo was killed."

    Uehara Naraku leaned over Sarutobi''s head and whispered, "Hush, don''t tell anyone, because I killed him last night!"

    Sarutobi Hizen turned his head to look at Naraku Uehara with a full face, and the blood in his mouth flowed down the corner of his mouth.

    Sarutobi Hitoshi''s eyes were a little puzzled, and he asked word by word: "Then what is your purpose in doing this now..."

    "I just want to kill you."

    Uehara Naraku stood behind Sarutobi Hisaki, smiling lightly and said: "For the greater goal, Uyin Village cannot be an enemy of Konoha for the time being, so I have to find a way to kill you without killing you. So Konoha will hold me accountable."

    "you¡­"

    "Okay, Shimura Danzo is not leaving fast, so go find him with peace of mind!"

    Uehara Naraku drew out her purple broadsword suddenly, looked at the large **** water on Sarutobi''s chest, and whispered: "By the way, don''t say any stupid things about the will of fire, I also specially prepared for you. A big gift!"

    "..."

    Sarutobi Hizen protruding his eyes, looked at Uehara Naraku fiercely.

    However, in such a severely injured situation, Sarutobi Hizen could no longer fight back, even unable to speak, so he could only stare at Uehara with this hatred.

    After a while, his palm gradually loosened, and there was no sound anymore.

    This person held the power of Konoha for more than 40 years. He took Konoha to the peak with one hand, and watched Konoha fall from the peak of the three generations of Hokage, and died here.

    The Ape Demon King King Kong''s stick trembled on the ground, and one eye was revealed and he glanced fiercely at the murderer Hara Naraku, before it turned into a cloud of smoke and dissipated...

    Others didn''t know what Uehara Naraku said, but he heard it clearly!

    However, a fist with white light slammed on the King Kong wishful stick!

    This King Kong Wishful Stick, which was claimed to be never destroyed, broke into pieces in an instant, turned into a piece of debris, and was already dead to death.

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the broken King Kong Wishful Stick and snorted coldly: "Sometimes I won''t let go of even a dog, let alone a monkey..."

    Advanced task 5: Kill Five Shadows (25), the task is not completed, the reward is unknown.

    Side Quest: Defeat the third generation of Naruto Sarutobi (11), the quest has been completed, and the reward is to open the synthetic furnace function.

    This is a bit messy!

    The skill synthesis function is simply a lottery!

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the system panel roughly. The synthesis furnace is the fusion of three skills or psychic contracts, and then a random skill comes out?

    Side quest: Defeat the Ape Demon King and Psychic Beast (11), the quest has been completed, and reward the psychic contract Qitian Great Sage Monkey King (Sanmai True Fire).

    Psychic Contract: Psychic summons Monkey King Monkey King (Sanmai True Fire), which consumes 3000 Chakra points.

    Uehara Naruko frowned, somewhat unable to understand, this is still a psychic contract with skin? So is it strong? Maybe you can try this when you capture the four-tailed Monkey King of Ninja in the future?

    "Uehara Naraku, what is your purpose?"

    Oshomaru controlled Senjujuzuma and Senjujuma to stand in two positions respectively, beware of Uehara Naraku summoning the shark to swallow their souls, and if something goes wrong, he can at least retain a combat power.

    "Do you really do not understand human words? I am not here to target you."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head, how could he target Oshamaru now?

    He has already inserted the nail of the medicine master''s pocket to Dashewan''s side, waiting for Dashewan to start fighting against Heijue in order to obtain Baijue. How can he weaken the battle strength of Dashewan?

    One of the reasons why Uehara killed the three generations of Naruto was also worried that Dashemaru would be hit by the three generations of Naruto''s dying counterattack.

    After all, after pitting Dashewan for so long, he can be a good man now!

    Uehara Nairo turned his head and looked at Osamaru and said, "Leave here! Or, do you want to take the corpse of the third generation of Naruto and reincarnate?"

    "Ho **** ho ho... how come?"

    Da She Wan Yin smiled and licked his lips, and said softly: "This is my teacher, why should I be disrespectful to him? I just wanted to kill him and let Danzo succeed..."

    Originally, the purpose of Konoha''s collapse plan was to kill three generations of Hokage while Konoha''s other suitable candidates were away, so that Shimura Danzo could succeed in succession.

    In this way, Shimura Danzo can use all Konoha''s resources to secretly support Oshemaru''s research.

    Now this goal has been achieved Oshemaru really has no reason to stay here, he intends to directly betray the ally of Shayin Village and leave Konoha.

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Oshemaru weirdly, and said softly, "Did you not hear what I said to Hokage Sandai?"

    "what?"

    "It''s nothing!"

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Oshemaru with a weird look. This guy has a very strong psychological quality, and he should not collapse when he learns about Danzo''s disappearance.

    The Konoha ninjas in the distance gathered around, obviously not planning to let go of the two murderers who killed Naruto.

    There was a cold light in O Shemaru''s eyes, directing the four people of Otonin and the Senjujutsuma and Senjukuma to fly into the air and fled the scene.

    Uehara Naraku seemed to have thought of something, and said loudly, "Wait, Oshamaru, you haven''t given me what you owe me!"

    Uehara Nana almost forgot, Oshemaru, this guy has not given him the scrolls for reincarnation and rebirth!

    "Nairo-kun..."

    Da She Maru chuckled in the air and shook his head, and replied: "Next time I can show you how to swallow a thousand pieces of books...As for now, you should ask for more luck!"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku sighed, Oshemaru didn''t even know that he and Shimura Danzo would be blamed for killing the third generation of Naruto.

    As for Uehara Naraku himself, he was just an innocent and deceived Yunin good person.

    Even if Konoha Village wants to blame, he still has to see if they have this strength!

    Therefore, even if Uehara wants to play a celebrity-level acting, he must first fight.

    If not, after Naruko Uehara defeated everyone, he could in turn investigate the root leader of Konoha Village for deceiving Uyin Village from the top Konoha!

    Whoever has a big fist makes sense!

    Whoever has good acting skills will have a reason!

 Chapter 144ï¼š Konoha has fallen into darkness!

    "I don''t intend to be an enemy of Konoha..."

    After Uehara Naraku said this, he faintly felt that something was wrong. The body of the third generation of Hokage was still lying next to him, and he felt embarrassed to say this.

    One of them, wearing a mask, cursed coldly: "Joint Oshemaru to kill three generations of Naruto Masters, do you still want to deceive us?"

    "Kill him, avenge Naruto-sama!"

    The Konoha ninjas suddenly became angry.

    Uehara Naraku could only make a helpless move, punching a Konoha ninja, on the one hand for the benefits of the dark harvest, on the other hand, quietly waiting for a turnaround.

    In fact, it is waiting for the opportunity to explode acting.

    After all, this is just a group of Anbu and ordinary ninjas, and they were snatched from the hidden alliance book scroll as soon as they met, which is really a bit fake.

    After waiting for a while, find a chance to sell a flaw, and it is logical that someone snatches the scroll, that is when his acting breaks out.

    This opportunity was hard-won.

    Soon someone raided Uehara Naraku''s side, kicked Uehara Uehara, and a scroll fell down as Uehara Uehara flew out.

    Uehara Naraku''s face changed drastically, and she was about to rush over as soon as she stood up!

    However, it was too late. An Anbu had already snatched the scroll and saw the words of the alliance book on it.

    "not good!"

    Uehara Naraku rushed to the Anbe, but with his power, it seemed that he couldn''t break through the large number of defense lines. He could only watch the Anbe with a scroll to find his boss.

    The Anbe who was in charge of besieging Uehara Naraku commanded loudly, "Stop him, what this guy desperately wants to **** must be important information!"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku showed helplessness, and finally began to desperately try to be tough.

    At the same time, the overall situation on the field has gradually changed.

    Although the three generations of Naruto Sarutobi had been killed in battle, Konoha had completely taken advantage of it, and the hope of Shayin Village was not reliable.

    Ichi-tailed Morizuru and the four-tailed Uzumaki Naruto were in a violent fight, and Metkay also added chaos by the side from time to time.

    The ninjas of Shayin Village could not get the support of the tail beasts, and their ambush and reinforcements were repelled one after another, and the retreat of Oshemaru, the sand ninjas could no longer support.

    The mother-in-law of the thousand generations had no choice but couldn''t get the flag Kakashi for a while, so she could only give an order to find a way to recover one tail and retreat immediately.

    As for the grandmother Qiandai herself, she has no plans to leave alive, she plans to spare her life to stay here and kill Hamu Kakashi!

    It is a pity that the presence of one person made the Sand Shinobu present completely desperate.

    Jirai, one of Konoha''s three ninjas, also rushed back to Konoha. After he defeated the sand ninja from the outer source, he surrounded the entire arena with reinforcements.

    "Seal the nine tails first!"

    The first thing Jilaiya did was to seal the runaway Kyuubi first.

    After all, the sand ninjas are just turtles in the urn, and once the Kyuubi makes a mistake, it will be a devastating disaster for Konoha.

    Of course, before sealing the nine tails, one must first be suppressed.

    "Psychic art¡¤The art of collapse of houses!"

    After Jilaiya quickly closed his hands and knotted the seal, a toad carrying a huge ninja sword fell from the sky, sitting on a tail of Shouzuru, and crushing one tail to the ground!

    It is the toad of Miaomu Mountain!

    Even if Shouhe screamed and wanted to escape, he couldn''t escape Toad Guang''s restraint for the time being. This temporarily stabilized the situation and gave Ji Lai time to control Kyuubi.

    "Tudun¡¤Huangquan Marsh!"

    Jiraiya quickly closed his hands and sealed the seal, and a huge swamp appeared beside the four-tailed Uzumaki Naruto. The hair around him slammed out and entangled Uzumaki Naruto¡¯s body: ¡°Ninjutsu¡¤Lion Hair Art !"

    The four-tailed Uzumaki Naruto couldn''t move immediately!

    Just when Jilai was also cautiously planning to step forward to impose a seal, the art of chaotic lion hair fell apart in an instant!

    There is another tail behind the original four-tailed Uzumaki Naruto!

    And this tail is becoming more and more!

    Goto...

    Six tails...

    Nanao...

    eight-tail¡­

    "Is it too late?"

    Jiraiya''s eyes changed slightly, now that there are more and more nine-tailed chakras in Uzumaki Naruto''s body, there is no way to simply apply the seal if this continues.

    Just when Jilai was also a little desperate, planning to seal it with death, the Nine-Tailed Chakra on Uzumaki Naruto suddenly began to fade away.

    It''s incredible!

    It was like Kyuubi wanted to come out, and suddenly he was sealed again!

    Within the sealed space.

    When Naruto Uzumaki groggyly wanted to tear off the seal, one arm grabbed his palm, and a gentle voice fell into Naruto¡¯s ears: "Naruto, you really want to untie this. Seal it?"

    "Then what can I do..."

    Naruto Uzumaki slowly turned his head, and saw a warm blond ninja, his eyes flashed: "You are..."

    The blonde ninja''s eyes curled with a smile, like a little sun: "If there is nothing wrong, I should be your father."

    It is the fourth generation of Hokage Wave Fengshuimen.

    After seeing Uzumaki Naruto, Bo Feng Shuimen didn¡¯t hide anything, but simply talked about the Kyuubi Rebellion before Uzumaki Naruto¡¯s birth: ¡°When you were born, a mysterious masked man attacked your mother. ¡­"

    "The mysterious mask man is Uchiha with soil."

    Naruto Uzumaki directly revealed the secret, and even he added: "It was Konoha''s three generations of Naruto grandfather who instructed Uchiha to take the soil to attack his parents. He was to regain his power..."

    "..."

    Bo Feng Shuimen was stupid.

    After a while, Bo Feng Shuimen frowned his brows immediately and said: "Impossible, the three generations of Naruto Masters are not greedy for power, wait, they attacked us with soil, which is even more impossible, with soil is the most kind person... "

    "At the beginning I also thought that the three generations of grandpas were very kind."

    Naruto Uzumaki interrupted Bo Feng Shuimen''s words, and whispered: "The container of the previous generation Nine Tails is the mother, right? The third generation of Hokage Grandpa wants to use the power of Nine Tails, but you can''t do this, so he ordered Uchiha took the soil and harmed you."

    Uzumaki Naruto opened his mouth again and continued to add: "One more thing, Uchiha''s soil is already an S-rank traitor in the village."

    "but¡­"

    Bo Feng Shuimen''s brows were frowning tighter and tighter, his eyebrows wanted to be twisted, and he couldn''t say anything anymore.

    Now it seems that if Uchiha belt soil has become an S-rank rebel, it means that he is strong and has serious harm. This fact cannot be shaken off.

    Sarutobi Hizen does not seem to be a greedy person.

    but¡­

    The facts are very obvious when you think about it carefully.

    Bo Feng Shuimen suddenly remembered the reason why he had ascended the position of Naruto that year. It was because the third generation of Naruto Sarutobi was forced to abdicate due to a misstep in the third Ninja World War.

    However, Sarutobi Hizen did not choose Oshamaru near Shimura Danzo, but chose his disciple, Jilaiya.

    Since then, the three generations of Hokage have still assisted Konoha as a consultant, and Hafeng Mizuno has been following his guidance.

    "I also always think that Grandpa Naruto is the only person in the village who takes care of me..."

    Uzumaki Naruto''s face was ugly, and he whispered: "But he kept everyone in the village from contacting me, so he took care of me and visited me from time to time because he wanted me to rely on him."

    "Four generations."

    The nine tails in the cage showed their sharp teeth Looking at the father and son outside the door, the urn laughed loudly and said: "These are all this kid secretly heard, the fourth generation of eyes, please don''t treat this The dark village has kindness..."

    "..."

    Bo Feng Shuimen was too lazy to pay attention to Kyuubi, but he held his son¡¯s shoulders and quickly told his son: "Naruto, go find Teacher Jiraiya! He is my teacher and the only person I trust. Go find He, tell him your life experience, he will find out the truth! If Konoha falls into the darkness, Teacher Jilaiya will definitely not sit idly by!"

    "Is it a lecherous fairy?"

    The darkness in Uzumaki Naruto''s body gradually faded, and he thought of the white-haired old man: "Isn''t that a super old pervert?"

    "Uh... don''t pay attention to these."

    Bo Feng Shuimen''s face was a little embarrassed. He touched his son''s head and whispered: "Your name comes from his book! Teacher Jilaiya is the most just ninja. After leaving here, he immediately went to find him. !"

    "Yes, I understand!"

    Uzumaki Naruto''s figure quietly disappeared.

    When Uzumaki Naruto left this sealed space, the figure of Bofeng Water Gate slowly disappeared.

    He is dead, so he can only hope in his teacher.

    The fact is always so coincidental.

    When Naruto Uzumaki woke up, the first thing he saw was Jiraiya, the white-haired man tore open his clothes with a worried expression, checking the seal of Kyuubi.

    "Laughter fairy!"

    Uzumaki Naruto suddenly hugged Jiraiya, and tears slowly flowed down his cheeks: "Dad asked me to come to you. He said Konoha has fallen into the darkness. Only by finding you can you change this! "

    "what?"

    Jilaiya was also stupid.

    When did Konoha fall into darkness?

    And what happened to Uzumaki Naruto''s father?

 Chapter 145ï¼š Call me Uehara Actor

    Konoha really fell into the darkness.

    When Naruto Uzumaki had finished saying everything as if pouring beans in a bamboo tube, Jilaiya''s face became more solemn, and even Jilaiya himself had seen a lot of darkness.

    However, the Kyuubi Rebellion was instigated by Sarutobi.

    This news is too shocking. If you don''t pay attention to it, it will cause Konoha to mess up. Jilai also waved to Konoha Anbe, and asked in a deep voice, "Where is the old man now?"

    "Master Naruto has been killed!"

    A dark squad leader rushed over quickly. The first sentence made Jilaiya''s face change again. What is the situation today?

    After the dark squadron finished speaking, he handed over a scroll: "Master Jilaiya, the murderer of Hokage has been surrounded by us. We grabbed this from the murderer. Please take care of it!"

    Fortunately, Jiraiya''s prestige is high enough, otherwise the dark squadron doesn''t know what to do, after all, the news on the scroll is too shocking.

    Jilai also took a look at the situation that the situation had stabilized, and then he slowly opened the scroll with the words "Book of Alliance" and looked at it carefully.

    The amount of information today is a bit big.

    Shimura Danzo secretly reached this kind of power-defeating alliance with Yuyin Village, even including the recognition of Sanjiao Hanzo as a rain shadow, supporting the war of the rain country against the land country, and supporting the rain country¡¯s invasion and occupation of the land of the grass country. Support the Yuyin Village Encirclement and Suppression Organization...

    As for why he did this...

    This reason is readily available, and it has already happened.

    If Danzo did not sign this alliance letter, why would a Yuren risk the war to assassinate the three generations of Naruto Tobihiro?

    "But this really fits Danzo''s temperament? Didn''t that guy keep his mouth shut just for Konoha? How could he sign this kind of alliance letter..."

    Jilai also frowned. When he was a little skeptical, Hagi Kakashi finally tried his best to defeat the mother-in-law of Qiandai and came to Jilaiya.

    After coming over, Hagi Kakashi nailed Danzo¡¯s guilt in one sentence: "Sara Shinobu high-level staff Maki has confessed that it was Shimura Danzo and Osamaru who invited them to participate in the Konoha collapse plan. The task of the Kingdom of Wind is returned to Sandyin Village..."

    After speaking, Hagi Kakashi added: "By the way, Lord Jiraiya, there is another news that there was fierce fighting at the root base last night. Shimura Danzo is suspected to be missing or killed. The murderer may be Uchiha. Itachi or Uchiha bring soil..."

    "I also have a message here."

    Jiraiya''s expression was a little ugly and raised his head and said: "Twelve years ago, Uchiha Daido was probably instigated by our Naruto-sama to start the Nine Tails Rebellion... Kakashi, it is said that you are also one of the insiders? "

    Hagi Kakashi: "..."

    Why would Jilai know this?

    This news was also told by Naruto Uzumaki to Jiraiya.

    The information Naruto Uzumaki overheard last night was a bit too much, and he told Jiraiya all in his head.

    In the face of a person whom his father promised to be trusted, Naruto Uzumaki would not be suspicious.

    Jilaiya just heard the news that Naruto was brought in and he didn''t believe it, but seeing Hagi Kakashi''s expression, it was obvious that Jilaiya had an answer in his heart.

    "The position of Hokage is really a big trouble..."

    Jilai also rubbed his forehead, and said in a deep voice, "I didn''t say anything in advance. Now the two old men are dead, but they have left us with so many problems."

    Kakashi Hagi nodded, then said softly: "But now the sand ninjas who attacked the village have been controlled, and the leading Chiyo has also been arrested, and the violent walking of Yiju Renzhuli has also been stopped..."

    "It seems that only the rain who assassinated the old man is left?"

    Jiraiya also stood up slowly, and looked at Uehara Naraku who was still killing all around in the distance, and said in a deep voice, "I remember that kid had a good relationship with Konoha before? Send someone to tell him, Shimura Danzo Already dead, his battle has lost its meaning."

    "Then let me and Kai go!"

    Hagi Kakashi waved out a kunai, and whispered, "I have a good relationship with Uehara. Please try to persuade him to surrender him, but he killed three generations of Naruto-sama, what should we do with him?"

    "First control the people and contact Yuyin Village for negotiation!"

    Jiraiya also gave a deep voice, he hadn''t taken Uehara Naruto to his heart.

    On the high stage of the Ninja test arena.

    Uehara Naraku has already defeated wave after wave of Konoha Ninjas, his dark reaping is so fast, and in a blink of an eye his measurements have increased by four to five hundred points.

    Hagi Kakashi and Metkai flew to the high platform, waved back and repelled the Anbe ninja who had besieged Uehara Naraku, lest they were innocently affected.

    After everyone had retreated, Haaki Kakashi persuaded, "Let''s put down your weapons, Uehara, you have already lost!

    And we saw the alliance book privately made by Yuyin Village and Shicun Danzo, but Shicun Danzo was dead last night, and your alliance book is invalid..."

    "Dead? Shimura Danzo is dead?"

    Uehara Naruko''s face instantly turned a little gloomy, he suddenly grasped the purple Chakra Broadsword in his hand and aimed it at Hagi Kakashi!

    Uehara Naraku''s lips trembled, and his voice gradually became agitated: "I have reported this good news to Master Hanzo in advance. You are now telling me that the alliance book is invalid. How can I explain to Master Hanzo!"

    Uehara Naruko''s arm was squeezed tightly, and his arm gradually became trembling: "Hagi Kakashi, I came to Konoha to take the Zhongnin exam, just to tell everyone that Yuyin Village cannot be bullied. !

    In order to make Yuyin Village stronger, and in order for the Kingdom of Rain to survive among your great nations, I did not hesitate to betray my conscience and made an agreement with Shimura Danzo. Now you tell me that the alliance book is invalid!

    I will never accept it!

    I will never accept it!

    Flagwood Kakashi! That is the letter of alliance signed by Shimura Danzo! Your Excellency Shimura Danzo promised that he will support us and Konoha will support us!

    He promised me! "

    The words and expressions she made in the past few minutes made Uehara Naraku think that she might never have such a realistic performance in her life.

    He, a Yuyin genius ninja.

    In these few minutes, the image of Yuren who expects his hometown to become strong is on the verge of collapse.

    Uehara Naraku felt that he might not be able to suppress the laughter in his throat, so he looked up to the sky and laughed wildly: "Hahahahahaha...Kakashi, how can the alliance letter signed by your Konoha executives be invalid? You are here Are you kidding me?"

    The smile on Uehara Naraku''s face gradually became a little horrible: "Kakashi, we are friends, Kay, and we are also friends. Are you kidding me? The alliance book I just got today. For this reason, I violated my conscience and assassinated an elder. , You told me that the alliance book is invalid!"

    "..."

    Hagi Kakashi and Metkai fell silent.

    They fully understood the collapse of Uehara Naraku, and even felt a little regretful. This is a genius ninja, not only powerful, but also good at medical ninjutsu.

    During the month when Uehara Naroko was in Konoha, they saw Uehara Naroko always polite and kind to everyone.

    Now Uehara''s face is full of crazy smiles!

    "Uehara, calm down."

    For a while, Haaki Kakashi was even a little ashamed that he suspected that Uehara Naraku was a kind of disguise. He slowly stretched out his palm to signal Uehara Naraku to calm down for the time being.

    Hagi Kakashi continued to persuade: "You calm down first, this matter is impossible to reverse, and you are very likely to be deceived by Danzo!"

    "Yes, Lord Naraku Kitahara!"

    Metkay''s face was a bit serious, following Kakashi''s persuasion, "Calm down first, everything is still discussed. Although the alliance letter is invalid, Konoha and Yuyin Village are still friendly allies!"

    "Ha ha ha ha ha¡­"

    Uehara Naraku flipped his palms and smiled coolly: "Did your Shimura Danzo deceive me? What am I? Do you know what it is for a Uenin to deceive Hanzo-sama? That''s not my death. To counteract the anger of Hanzo-sama!"

    When Uehara Naraku said these words, he even felt that the Sansho Fish Hanzo was still alive. He gritted his teeth and continued: "My teacher and my elders will all be implicated because of this incident. You know they treat me Does it make sense!"

    "I can understand how you feel."

    Hagi Kakashi sighed.

    Shimura Danzo is really a big pit, whoever jumps will die.

    When Kakashi was still young, when Shimura Danzo lured him to assassinate Sarutobi Hizen, Sarutobi Hizen should be executed.

    Otherwise, such a big tragedy would not happen today.

    Even Sarutobi Hizen himself was killed by the enemy who was lured by Danzo.

    Uehara Naraku squeezed the purple chakra broadsword in his hand, and UU reading gradually revealed a touch of madness: "Mr. Kakashi, Mr. Kay, the alliance book must not be invalidated, I will definitely not accept!"

    Uehara Naraku slammed the chakra broadsword in his hand: "If Konoha doesn''t admit it, then I will use my own power to get the things from the alliance book!"

    "..."

    Hagi Kakashi reluctantly pulled out her own kunai, and sighed softly, "Forget it, grab him first! Kay, be careful, Uehara is not easy to deal with!"

    "Kakashi, don''t we have room for relaxation?"

    Metkay tightened the bandage on his hand little by little, and said solemnly: "It would be a shame to let me fight Li''s savior!"

    "After we catch him, let''s find a way for him!"

    Hagi Kakashi rushed towards Naruko Uehara: "Uehara''s mental state is not right, we can only take him down first. For Konoha, calming the chaos is the most important thing!"

    "Kakashi, do you think you can defeat me?"

    Uehara Naruko swung the purple broadsword and fought with Kakashi, and his voice gradually became a little hoarse: "Now I will take your life and exchange for Konoha to admit our alliance book!"

    "..."

    Hagi Kakashi looked helpless.

    Does this mentally breakdown guy look at the situation?

    The whole Konoha has returned to calm. All the enemies either fled, surrendered or were captured, and only one Yuren was left. What storm could it cause?

    However, there are real people who have expectations of Uehara Naraku.

    In a corner.

    After the pharmacist sent away Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro, he quietly returned here. He looked at the crazy Uehara Naraku on the roof of the high platform and couldn''t help sighing quietly.

    "It''s really hard acting... Lord Naraku."

 Chapter 146ï¼š The way of man!

    At the moment when Haaki Kakashi and Uehara Naraku met, he immediately found the flaw of Uehara Naraku: "This guy''s swordsmanship is very poor... it''s a chance!"

    Hagiki Kakashi was waving Kunai and was about to take advantage of the flaw revealed by Uehara''s sword, and directly stepped forward to try to control Naraku Uehara with one move.

    However, Uehara Naraku slammed the purple broadsword into the ground, and began to close the seal quickly with both hands, releasing an enchantment defense: "Uranus! Soul!"

    This barrier directly protected Naraku Uehara.

    Even if Kakashi and Metkai tried desperately to attack, they were blocked from outside the barrier, and they could only helplessly look at Uehara, who was continuing the seal in the barrier.

    After two seconds, the barrier collapsed.

    Two seconds later, Naruto Uehara was completed.

    "Lei Dun¡¤Wan Lei Tian Prison!"

    With a stern cry, a group of thundercloud storms formed on top of Uehara Naraku''s head, and thunder and lightning swam in it, attacking Hagi Kakashi and Maitkai!

    Hagi Kakashi and Metka are faster!

    Compared with the other ninjas Uehara encountered, their fighting instinct drove them to easily avoid the first lightning strike.

    It''s just that Hagi Kakashi was even a little daunted.

    What''s the matter with the Thunder Dunn Jutsu of Uehara Naraku? He remembers that this Thunder ninjutsu is not printed like this, right?

    As a ninja who had personally seen Uehara Narakurai''s ninjutsu, Kakashi clearly remembered the messy Kiejin gestures.

    It is a pity that it is too late to think about this. Hagi Kakashi hurriedly taught Metkay how to guard against this kind of attack speed-intensive Thunder Dune: "Kay, don''t stay in a position for more than 0.5 seconds!"

    "understand!"

    Metkay nodded quickly.

    Many ninjas were caught off guard. After evading the first lightning attack, they would be hit by the second lightning. Once hit by a lightning, the remaining countless lightnings would never escape.

    So every lightning strike must be avoided!

    Soon, Uehara Naraku ended the Lei Duntian prison released by Chakra with a few hundred points. He originally wanted to use this to test Kakashi and Metkai.

    "Power Prelude!"

    While he was moving fast, Metkai took advantage of his strength to smash a piece of concrete ground, and made a kick at Uehara Naruto!

    Uehara Naraku raised his arms in front of him, turned on the spiked defense state, and an orange-yellow grid-shaped defensive cover appeared around him.

    Obviously, this is the most suitable move in the face of ninja.

    However, at the next moment, Metkai suddenly turned around, passing by Uehara Naraku, and forcibly interrupted his attack.

    Metkay flew to the ground and said in a deep voice, "I have been watching your fight with Li just now. This move will rebound our physical attacks, right?"

    "Ok?"

    Nairo Uehara''s expression changed, and he suddenly turned to look at Kakashi Hagi on the other side. Under the cover of Metkai''s feint, Kakashi had already completed the seal!

    "Art fire escape **** fireball!"

    A ball of flames rushed toward Uehara, especially when Kakashi was very close to Uehara Naraku. This ball of fire was almost inevitable, and it was too late for Jiejin to resist.

    Uehara Naraku gritted her teeth, closed her palms abruptly, and shouted in a low voice: "Water escape¡¤Raging Waves!"

    The huge waves rise to the sky!

    Suddenly, the art of fireball was submerged by the waves!

    "Tudun¡¤Tuliubi!"

    The waves rushed towards Hamu Kakashi with plenty of energy, but were blocked by the earth flow wall technique he had prepared in advance.

    There was a layer of sweat slowly oozing out of Hagi Kakashi¡¯s nose, and he couldn''t help but feel a little alarmed: "The last time he met Uehara, he used his eyes to seal, and he could use a powerful water. Ninjutsu... can it be done with only one mudra now?"

    Fortunately, he still has teammates.

    After Uehara Naraku and Hagi Kakashi''s ninjutsu duel ended, Metkai''s physical attack came again!

    And when Metkay''s physical skills were unable to make contributions, Hagi Kakashi would use Matkay''s cover to release ninjutsu.

    There is no gap between the two of them.

    "Then there''s no way."

    Uehara Naraku slammed his palms up, and after closing the seal quickly, he looked at Metkai and whispered, "Distorted space!"

    Five weird pillars rose from the ground!

    A space cage quickly relied on five pillars to form around Metkai, restraining him in it and unable to move!

    The time of this cage was set by Naraku Uehara to 20 seconds.

    This time is enough for him to defeat Kakashi first!

    Uehara Naraku himself appeared behind Kakashi in a flash, and hit him with a punch!

    Click...

    A piece of rock was torn apart.

    Hagi Kakashi is still ready to stand in place.

    Uehara Naraku''s figure was erratic and appeared behind Kakashi again. Just as he wanted to continue to attack, Kakashi Hagi turned around and grabbed Kunai!

    Uehara Naraku didn''t want to open the invincible defense at the moment of the saint, because he still had invincible skills to face Metkai in six, seven or even eight-door states.

    Blood spattered on Uehara!

    But his recovery ability is very strong, this point of injury does not matter.

    Just when Hagiki Kakashi thought he was successful, Uehara Naruko grabbed his hair and hit his face with a knee!

    Stabbed!

    A burst of lightning entered Naraku Uehara''s body.

    I don''t know when, Hagi Kakashi actually condensed a group of thunder clones. These ninja geniuses are always so insidious when they use various clones. This time, Uehara Naraku was caught off guard and suffered a little loss.

    "You genius ninjas always have some strange tactics."

    Uehara Naruko frowned, and inexplicably thought that Uchiha Itachi had a handful of Uchiha''s soil, and it was his turn to get Kakashi''s hand.

    Can this be tolerated?

    Uehara Naruko quickly closed his hands to seal the seal, and a small hurricane appeared beside him. The hurricane began to swell in an instant, covering the entire high platform in an instant!

    "Wind Escape¡¤Hurricane Howl!"

    This is not enough!

    Uehara Naraku suddenly spread his hands, and a wave of waves rolled out from under his feet, and the surging waves flowed into the hurricane.

    The hurricane engulfed the waves and instantly sucked in Hamu Kakashi!

    This group of hurricane waves moved along a straight line on the playing field, instantly destroying a large number of buildings underneath, and everything passing by was completely destroyed!

    Uehara Naraku breathed a sigh of relief as he watched Hagi Kakashi''s figure drifting back and forth in the hurricane waves, seeming to have lost any resistance.

    However, the next moment, Hagi Kakashi unlocked the writing wheel eyes under his mask, and the three gou jade on it turned crazily into a kaleidoscope. He actually slowly sucked the hurricane waves into an inexplicable mystery. space!

    "I can hold on, Kakashi..."

    Uehara Naraku sighed, Hagi Kakashi always gave his enemies a little surprise when he was on the verge of the limit.

    "Huhuhuhuhu..."

    Hagi Kakashi panted heavily and landed on the ground. He had almost exhausted the Chakra in his body just now in order to prevent the hurricane and waves from destroying the arena.

    Even rarely used this ability to write round eyes.

    I have to mention this. When Hagi Kakashi met the Uehara version of Uchiha belt soil, he mentioned a question about writing round eyes. Hagi Kakashi submissively studied it. Finally, Turns on the ability to absorb.

    "There is almost no chakra in my body..."

    Hagi Kakashi knelt on one knee and half-kneeled on the ground, pushing up on the ground and looking at Uehara Naraku. He was still very energetic.

    At this time, Kakashi would envy the enemy''s Chakra.

    One by one, the cards were shot in the direction of Kakashi!

    "Shenwei!"

    Haaki Kakashi approached the limit and overdrawn Chakra in his body, trying to absorb the cards shot at him.

    "Kakashi, I said you never finished?"

    However, at this moment, Nairo Uehara appeared and hit Kakashi''s head with a punch, knocking him to the ground.

    Side quest: Defeat Hagi Kakashi (11), the quest has been completed, and a reward of hidden inheritance quest.

    Hidden inheritance tasks: use the way of the other, return the body to the other, seize power, nothing more than that. Say a correct name.

    Hamu Kakashi is worthy of being the teacher of Class 7, and his reward is huge enough.

    It''s this terrible line...

    Uehara Naruko frowned and said coldly, "Gusu Murongfu...Forget it, Silas the Liberator."

    mission completed.

    The legacy of heroes opens.

    Energizing Chain: A new type of chakra weapon that consumes 3 chakras per second for its existence time. Whenever the energetic chain is used to contact or restrain the enemy, it can absorb the chakra from the enemy for its own use.

    The way of man: stretch out a chain of energetic energy in the direction of an enemy, steal the enemy''s ultimate ninjutsu for your own use, use this ultimate ninjutsu once without consumption, and the skill cooldown time is 40 seconds.

    Earned money!

    Although two skills have been reduced due to the attack method of the hero inheritance, these two skills are undoubtedly very powerful.

    The Energizing Chain can steal the enemy''s Chakra, and its human way can steal the enemy''s ultimate ninjutsu, and it can even be used once without consumption.

    Uehara Naraku''s gaze slowly turned to Metkay, waved to disband the twisted space cage, and said with excitement on her face: "Next is Metkay!"

    "Your Excellency Kitahara Naraku can you release Kakashi first?"

    Metkay pointed to Kakashi Hagi who was in a coma next to Uehara Naraku, and said in a deep voice: "In this case, the battle between the two of us is likely to affect him..."

    Uehara Naraku: "..."

    Is his image of a good person too deep?

    Why doesn''t even Metkay think he is a good talker?

    Uehara Naraku sighed and kicked Hagi Kakashi in the direction of Metkai: "Sorry, Kay, I was forced to be helpless..."

    "Yes, I understand."

    Metkai handed Kakashi Hagi to an Anbu before turning around to look at Uehara Nairobi and said, "Since I heard Lee, Tiantian and Neji''s comments on you, I actually really want to fight you very much. , But I never thought it was in this situation..."

    "I haven''t thought about it either."

    Uehara Naraku''s face was a little sad.

    Metkay squeezed his fist sharply, and said solemnly: "We always need to know why we fight, at least I want to know your wishes..."

    "I just want Konoha to agree to all the agreements in that alliance letter!"

    Uehara Naraku''s expression was unusually firm, as if it would do anything for the benefit of Uyin Village.

    "Then there is no way..."

    Metkay shook his head, his feet suddenly crushed the slate, and his voice solemnly said: "Then please advise me, this is my trick to defeat Kakashi...Eight Dunjia¡¤Seventh Door, open the door!"

    Metkay directly opened the seventh door!

    The surging blue chakra instantly caused a wave of air!

    How strong is Metkay in the seventh state? At least he has no problem hitting a dried persimmon ghost shark!

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but twitched: "This is your trick to defeat Hagi Kakashi... You want him to die!"

 Chapter 147ï¼š Day Tiger VS Day Tiger!

    Latest website: Metkay and his disciple Li Luo have a character.

    Metkay prepared the seventh gate for Kakashi Hagaki, the shock gate, and Rock Lee prepared the fifth gate, Domon for Hyuga Neji, which he claimed was to defeat his destined opponent.

    In fact, after one move, it is estimated that people are gone...

    At least now the battle of Metkay is not something ordinary people can intervene, and the Konoha ninjas have retreated from the high platform.

    Faced with the opening of the seventh door, the shocking door, the surging momentum erupted directly from Matkai, and their stay here would only get in the way.

    Shiranui Genma was holding his thousand books in his mouth, looking up at Metkai and Naraku Uehara who were fighting on the high platform on the roof, a white wave of fists struck by Metkai suddenly brushed past him, and a stone pillar instantly turned into fragments. !

    Qianben at the corner of Shiranuigen''s mouth fell to the ground...

    He slowly sat upright and began to doubt life.

    As a ninja of Metkay, Shiranui Genma has never seen Metkay in such a state of appearance. For a long time, everyone thought that this guy could only use physical skills.

    Thinking about it now, it was a big misunderstanding.

    What is Metkay''s physical skills?

    Obviously Konoha can only perform physical exercises with Metkai!

    Ignorance Huo Xuanjian thought of Matt Dai who had rescued their team at the time, and her brows wrinkled: "If you remember correctly, there is still the last one in Eight Door Dunjia... Now the seventh door has such a powerful force, Kay This guy has surpassed Senior Dai!"

    Unexpectedly, Huoxuanjian thought of Metkai¡¯s opponent again, and couldn¡¯t help but said, ¡°But the little Yuren can actually stop Kai¡¯s attack?¡±

    Some people always worry too much.

    Uehara Naraku could not only resist Metkai''s attack, but even launch a counterattack. He had never experienced such a hearty battle.

    One punch and one kick is extremely exciting!

    Unarmed combat can be called a blood romance!

    Uehara Naraku''s fighting skills are novels that Metkay has never seen before. Uehara''s punching speed is extremely fast!

    Even if Metkay was facing countless fists flying, he could only fight and block in accordance with Uehara''s attack rhythm.

    boom!

    Nairo Uehara slammed his right fist on Kai''s lower abdomen, and hit him in the air with a punch. The whole body suddenly jumped into the air with his strength, and his knee hit Kai''s lower abdomen again!

    This is a pure physical showdown!

    Uehara Naraku relied on his extraordinary life energy, plus two genres of fighting skills, to confront Metkai in a shocking state!

    The seventh door, shocking door, not enough to see!

    At most, it is just barely hitting one of Uehara''s subordinates!

    "Konoha bad rock rise!"

    Metkai hit Uehara''s chest with an elbow, and after barely getting out of the predicament, a whip kick knocked Uehara Naraku down from the air!

    The entire high platform was completely collapsed by the falling Uehara!

    A huge dust flew up, and everyone was stunned to watch their fight from a distance. In just a few minutes, the two had switched offense and defense for several rounds!

    "too strong¡­"

    "Is this the power of Kaishangnin?"

    "Now I finally defeated that Yunin..."

    Just as the group of Konoha finally breathed a sigh of relief, they suddenly saw a figure flying out of the smoke and dust after the high platform collapsed!

    Uehara Naraku flew out like a cannonball, taking advantage of Matkai''s nowhere to borrow in the air, he threw a punch and knocked Matkai to the ground!

    Not to be outdone, Metkay stood up, resisting the pain, closed his fists suddenly, and looked at the air Uehara Naraku and said loudly, "This is my strongest move. I hope you can survive... Day Tiger!"

    A group of air cannons compressed by Metkay''s fist attacked in the direction of Uehara Naraku instantly. The air cannon surging in the air wave was like a white and transparent tiger, and it opened its mouth toward Uehara Naraku!

    Uehara Naraku does not retreat but advances!

    A group of golden chains suddenly disappeared between him and Metkai. Uehara Kage used his own way to steal the strongest art that Metkai could release.

    next moment.

    Uehara Naraku clenched his fists and made the same gesture toward Metkai!

    A group of white tiger-shaped air cannons were pushed out of his hand at the same time!

    Two white tigers collided in an instant, and a violent shock wave instantly swept the surrounding land for several kilometers, and countless buildings were destroyed by this shock wave.

    The people nearby could not withstand the impact of the air wave at all. They were only affected by the air wave, and their bodies could not maintain their standing position, and there were even people blowing away from the air wave.

    The entire field of the Zhongnin exam was instantly razed to the ground!

    Uehara Naraku stood in the air and looked down at everything on the ground. He frowned and glanced at his fist: "Could it be that the current Metkay hasn''t cultivated the eighth door yet? He can only steal the enemy''s strongest one. Surgery?"

    It seems that this is also normal.

    If an Indra arrow was stolen from the current Uchiha Sasuke directly using his own way, it would be abnormal!

    After all, Uchiha Sasuke may not be able to learn the arrow of Indra 100%. What if, because of Uehara Naraku''s guidance, Sasuke learned Uchiha Madara''s sword?

    Just being able to steal the current strongest technique is amazing enough!

    Metkay faced the huge shock wave, looked up at the man in the air, and said incredibly: "How is it possible? This is a physical technique that can only be used when the door is opened. How can he use it?"

    "Nothing is impossible!"

    Uehara Naruko leaned forward and rushed down, hitting Metke''s blocked arms with a punch. Even if he blocked him in time, the huge power still smashed him into the rubble!

    Anyone with a discerning eye could see that Naraku Uehara gradually gained an advantage.

    The duel between the two day tigers caused a huge consumption of Matkai, but Uehara Naraku seemed to be nothing, still maintaining a very high physical strength and Chakra!

    This is also related to Uehara''s strong resilience.

    Metkay violently overturned the ruins, and his momentum skyrocketed again: "A **** battle, this is the taste of youth! Your Excellency Kitahara Naraku, I approve of you!"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku''s mouth twitched. Does he follow the process now and learn from Uchiha Madara to boast that Metkay is the strongest in physical skills?

    Forget it, this guy can''t even remember his name!

    Moreover, Metkay didn''t give him time to brew his emotions. After he recovered, he immediately rushed to Uehara''s position!

    Seeing that these two human body magic monsters began to fight on the ground, several dark squad commanders finally couldn''t sit and watch, each shouting to let their subordinates leave.

    "Everyone quit here!"

    "Retreat temporarily! Don''t disturb their battlefield!"

    "Especially Shangren stay nearby, ready to support Kai at any time!"

    The Konoha ninjas had to retreat again and again, a wave of air tumbling in the ruins, and the dust brought up by the two moving at high speed everywhere, it was impossible to approach them.

    Jiraiya and Uzumaki Naruto were also observing this battlefield. He patted Uzumaki Naruto''s head, and after calming the little guy¡¯s emotions, he looked at the battlefield with some worry and said, "It looks like this guy Kay. I may not be able to win, let me come!"

    "Laughter fairy?"

    "Look up, little guy!"

    Jilai also knocked on Naruto Uzumaki¡¯s forehead, closed his palms abruptly, and said in a low voice, ¡°I¡¯m going to use the fairy mode later, you have to learn it in the future, have you written it down?¡±

    "Is it the new ninjutsu again?"

    "Much stronger than ninjutsu."

    A touch of color appeared on the corner of Jilaiya''s mouth, and he chuckles: "The power of Xianju is much stronger than ninjutsu! When we solve the problem here, I will take you out to practice!"

    Taking advantage of the time when Metkai and Naraku Uehara were fighting, Jiraiya wanted to simply accumulate natural energy directly and solve the problem of falling into Uehara Naraku.

    In case his Konoha Sannin comes on the court later, and his performance is not as good as Metkay, I am afraid it will be difficult to solve Uehara!

    No matter what, Konoha can never end in defeat.

    "I didn''t expect that my little book fan would be so strong..."

    Jiraiya¡¯s expression became more solemn, even he had already analyzed a certain skill of Uehara Naraku: "When the little guy and Kai used the same move just now, it should be a copy or extraction technique? Similar to the water mirror. The nature of the technique?"

    This ninja world is nothing strange.

    Some weird techniques are not uncommon.

    However, whenever they see this technique, people are still surprised, after all, it is too weird and hard to detect.

    During the fierce battle between Uehara Naraku and Metkai, Jiraiya was extracting natural energy while observing their fighting style. Within a few minutes, Jiraiya saw a chain-like thing between Uehara Naraku and Metkai. Kay is fleeting!

    Jiraiya''s eyes suddenly lit up, and he felt that he had collected Uehara''s intelligence: "Is that a technique to replicate enemy ninjutsu? After using this technique, he should use Kai''s ability again!"

    Jiraiya''s guess is not wrong.

    Uehara Naraku and Metkai fought nervously for a while.

    Uehara looked for opportunities to steal Sun Tiger again, and blasted out directly: "Out of respect for a strong physical skill, then let me use your art to defeat you... Sun Tiger!"

    Uehara Naraku''s fists blasted out!

    A group of white air cannons turned into a white tiger, roaring towards Metkay, and completely defeated Metkay, who was already on the verge of a limit!

    Side mission: Defeat Metkay (1/1), the mission has been completed, the reward skills are endless rage.

    Endless Fury: If a person is eager to fight, he should not fall in the battle, and is immune to any lethal damage within 5 seconds, no consumption, and a cooldown of 55 seconds.

    Side mission: Defeat Maitkay (1/1) in the state of King Gate, the mission has been completed, and the reward skill Sky Thunder Break.

    Thunder Break: The palm slaps the ground, creating a super shock wave on the ground, the skill consumes 50 Chakra points, and the skill cooldown time is 5 seconds.

    Side quest: Defeat McKay (1/1), the task has been completed, reward skill deliberate punch.

    Deliberate blasting fist: Throw a punch in one direction, and enemies within the range will be hurt by the fist. The skill consumption chakra is related to the range. The minimum consumption is 100 chakra points and the skill cooldown time is 9 seconds.

    What kind of reward is this!

    Except for one endless rage that can be kept, the remaining two skills can really be entered into the skill furnace.

    After this incident was over, Uehara Naraku planned to organize his skills and only keep some useful ones.

    When Uehara Naraku received his reward for defeating Metkay in the shocking state, she saw the terrible Metkay vomiting blood, but still stood firm!

    Is there no limit to this guy Matt Kai?

    Can the rewards of the system not completely determine his victory?

    Can you stand up and fight even though you have already lost?

    Metkay clenched his fist and raised a thumbs up toward Uehara Naruto: "Your Excellency Kitahara Naruto, you are really strong! But I don''t know if my body can withstand that move, but I I want to give it a try, let you see..."

    "Kay, you have done it, leave it to me next!"

    Jilaiya suddenly appeared next to Metkay and patted his shoulder gently It was just this bit of force that Metkay almost fell down staggeringly, obviously this blue beast It has really reached its limit.

    "Then please, Lord Jiraiya!"

    Metkay let out a sigh of relief and relieved his eight-door retreat. He collapsed to the ground, and the others rushed over and took him away from the scene.

    After watching Metkay being taken away, Jiraiya turned to look at Naraku Uehara, and said loudly, "Boy, I didn''t expect that I would fight you one day..."

    "Master Jilaiya, I don''t want to..."

    Uehara Naraku''s expression gradually became serious.

    Now Jilai is full of immortal oil paint, and his shoulders are also sitting on the two small toad immortals of Miaomu Mountain. These two immortals provide him with natural energy.

    This is the fairy model of Miaomu Mountain.

    Jiraiya in this state is his strongest posture.

 Chapter 148ï¼š 2 traces of rebels

    Latest URL: Jilai is also very strong in the fairy mode.

    If he wants to, he can escape under the siege and suppression of the top combat power of Six Penn, and with sufficient intelligence, he can even kill a few Penns.

    The Immortals Shen Zuo and Immortals Zhi Ma sitting on the shoulders of Jilaiya seem to be short in stature, but they are actually the highest combat power that Miao Mu Shan can channelize. In addition to providing him with natural energy to maintain long-term immortal mode, it can also help He fights together.

    It''s just that after defeating Matkay in a shocked state, Uehara Naruto''s self-confidence has been greatly improved, and he is sure that he can win.

    If Uehara Naraku is willing to work hard, Jilai is also not his opponent without intelligence?

    After all, if it doesn''t work, Uehara can channel Galio.

    It''s just that Jiraiya''s relationship with Akatsuki is complicated.

    Uehara Naraku didn''t want to fight too fiercely, he just wanted to take away the rewards for defeating Jiraiya, after all, these rewards would certainly not be too bad.

    Uehara Naraku looked at Jiraiya and shook his head, and sighed softly, "I respect you very much. My teacher and elders respect Jiraiya''s personality very much. If they knew that I was against you, they would be very upset. of."

    This sentence is true.

    Even though the masters and apprentices parted ways, Xiao Nan always respected Jiraiya in his heart.

    "Oh?"

    Jilai also raised his eyebrows, and seemed to have some interest: "Unfortunately, I didn¡¯t know a few friends in Yuyin Village... Many years ago, I received three disciples in the country of rain. Unfortunately, they All have died in the third Ninja World War."

    "Little Jiraiya."

    Immortal Shen Zuo suddenly interrupted the communication between them, and said solemnly: "Don''t waste psychic time, Wen Tai is still lying in the hospital bed! Let''s solve it quickly, and the old lady and I have to take care of him!"

    "Ha, is Wen too hurt? What''s the matter?"

    Jilai also has some old friends who care about him.

    Shen Zuo Xianren nodded, and explained in a low voice: "Well, Wen Tai said that a friend of Xiao Naruto injured it, as if it was called...what..."

    "Uehara Naraku."

    Uehara Naraku said his name and explained aloud: "Actually, I just want to help Naruto subdue his psychic beast. After all, Lord Jiraiya asked me to help at the time. I happened to look at the big toad named Wenta. It''s too smelly, a bit unobedient."

    The eyes of one person and two toads immediately stared at Uehara.

    Jilai couldn''t help but patted his forehead and said, "Hey, hey, kid, I didn''t mean that..."

    Shen Zuo Xianren suddenly became a little dissatisfied: "This kid is really troublesome! The psychic beast is a ninja''s partner, not a ninja''s servant..."

    Immortal Zhi Ma couldn''t help but began to roll up his little sleeves and echoed: "Little Zi Laiya, this kind of kid should really teach a lesson... Don''t waste psychic time, solve this battle right away!"

    "understand."

    This battle is impossible to avoid.

    The Konoha chaos must be put down immediately.

    "Tudun¡¤Huangquan Marsh!"

    Jiraiya quickly closed his hands to seal the seal, and instantly turned Uehara Naraku''s feet into a swamp, trying to limit the speed of Uehara Naraku.

    However, when this technique was over, Jiraiya looked at Na Uehara''s feet in amazement with a bit of surprise. There was no muddy stain at all...

    This guy has been keeping flying!

    "Can the enemy fly in the air?"

    Immortal Shima frowned immediately, and opened his mouth to spit out a slender tongue toward Uehara Naruto, trying to restrain his actions: "Tongue warfare!"

    "Uranus! Mu Blade!"

    A purple chakra broadsword appeared in Uehara''s hand for an instant, trying to cut off the slender tongue with a single sword, but the tongue attached to the chakra was extremely tough and tightly entangled his purple broadsword.

    "Shui Dun¡¤Shui Zhan!"

    A long, slender, high-pressure stream of water spewed out from the Shensakusen population, and crossed towards Uehara Naraku''s body, seeming to want a move to divide him into two parts!

    Uehara Naraku simply let go of the purple broadsword in his hand, Shunbu appeared behind Jiraiya, and blasted Shensuo Xianren''s head with a punch!

    "Already beware of this trick!"

    Ji Lai also turned abruptly and clenched Uehara''s fist, only to feel a huge force coming. If it hadn''t been for Ji Lai to start the fairy mode now, he even felt that this fist would be a little difficult next.

    But this still does not hinder Jiraiya and praised: "It''s just your instantaneous technique, which is faster than Sansho Fish Hanzo, and it is not inferior even to the little guy in Water Gate!"

    Yes.

    Uehara Naraku''s instant body was very fast.

    If it weren''t for knowing that Uehara Naraku didn''t leave any mark of Thunder God, Jiraiya would even suspect that Uehara Naraku had learned Flying Thunder God.

    However, since he caught Uehara Naraku''s breaking formation, Jiraji would certainly not give up. The other palm opened quickly, and one palm was about to slap Uehara Naraku''s body: "Senfa¡¤Helix Maru!"

    Snapped!

    Uehara Naraku also grabbed his palm with his other hand, feeling the waves of Helix Maru rubbing against the air, he slowly raised his head and looked at the tall Jiraiya, and whispered, "Mujin Shinobu Surgery? It''s amazing, Lord Jilaiya!"

    However, the next moment, the spiral pill suddenly disappeared!

    An invisible attack sent Uehara Naraku flying away!

    Miaomushan''s body skill secret frog team hand, this ability can mobilize natural energy to attack the enemy, it is impossible to be noticed.

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the damage caused to him by the frog team''s hands. His brows wrinkled, his palms quickly formed handprints, and a huge hurricane vortex appeared beside him: "Wind escape¡¤hurricane whistling !"

    This group of hurricanes moved quickly in the direction of Jilaiya, wrapping Jilaiya and others in the hurricane.

    Jilai also frowned, and could only attach Chakra under his feet to hold his body so as not to be involved in the hurricane.

    In this way, they could only face the attack of Uehara Naraku.

    as expected.

    Uehara Naraku did not let go of this opportunity, a cloud of waves appeared under his feet, and the waves rushed in the direction of Jiraiya instantly!

    "not good!"

    Jilai also looked at the huge waves, his complexion suddenly changed, and he could only use his hands to form a defense: "Tudun¡¤Tuliuchengbi!"

    A tall earth wall appeared in front of him!

    With chakras underneath his feet, Jilai climbed up along the dirt wall, looking down at the monstrous waves swept in, and quickly submerged the area around the dirt wall.

    After a while.

    The hurricane gradually dissipated, and the waves gradually faded.

    Shen Zuo Xianren persuaded in a deep voice: "Xiao Zilai, I understand that you may want to keep this kid alive, but you can''t make tricks like this, it will waste our psychic time!"

    "Yes."

    Immortal Zhima also persuaded: "Use powerful fairy skills right away! This kid is not easy to deal with!"

    "understand!"

    Jiraiya flew down and lay down, and her long hair spread out in an instant, turning into a hard Qianben, shooting in the direction of Uehara Naraku: "Senfa¡¤Maozhen Qianben!"

    "Wind Escape¡¤The Barrier of Wind!"

    Uehara Naraku immediately formed a wall of wind, blocking the attack of Mao Zhen Chibon, and the two of them began a ninjutsu competition across the wide ruined land!

    For Jilaiya, this obviously entered his rhythm!

    After the wind wall disappeared, Jilai quickly launched his own attack: "Ninfa¡¤Lion Hair Technique!"

    A group of white hair instantly extended, and after tightly restraining the body of Uehara Naraku in the sky, Jiraiya opened his mouth and gushed out a burst of fire oil: "Senfa¡¤Goemon...Toad bomb!"

    Following Jiraiya''s actions, the Shen Zuo immortal next to him opened his mouth and expelled a wave of wind escape ninjutsu, and the Shima immortal expelled a wave of fire escape ninjutsu!

    The flame quickly burned the kerosene!

    Wind helps the fire, oil helps the fire!

    An overwhelming flame rushed towards Naru Uehara in an instant, and the land was also burned by this monstrous fire wave, and even the fire oil caused an explosion!

    The speed of the fire waves is so fast that you can''t even find a chance to avoid it!

    And this is a completely irresistible technique!

    Unless foam chaos is used, it is impossible to extinguish these flames.

    Uehara Naruko frowned, and a golden mask appeared on his body. At the same time, his body rose rapidly and escaped from the flame burning area.

    It is the invincibility of the moment of the saint.

    This is the first enemy who can force him to use invincibility since his life energy and Chakra energy broke 10,000 points!

    Sure enough, you can''t underestimate Jilai!

    If you don''t pay attention, you may overturn the car!

    Jiraiya''s expression suddenly changed, looking at Uehara Naraku who was unharmed in the air: "What kind of technique is that? Is it similar to the defensive technique of the water prison technique?"

    "Sorry, Lord Jilaiya."

    Uehara Naro raised his palm, and a golden Chakra lightsaber floated around the mask. He looked down at Jiraiya on the ground and said in a deep voice, "I must tell you that you lost this time. "

    A golden lightsaber flew towards the ground!

    Jilai also hurriedly turned over to evade, only to see a golden lightsaber shot into the ground, causing cracks in the ground, obviously not small.

    However, after all, two lightsabers passed through the bodies of Shenzuo Xianren and Zhima Xianren dangerously, almost killing the two toad immortals!

    In other words, these Chakra lightsabers were originally directed at them!

    Bang!

    The two toads dissipated in smoke!

    The natural energy in Jilaiya''s body gradually became insufficient, and he had to retreat from the fairy mode. This battle was a bit difficult for him.

    Now that he has cracked the fairy mode, Uehara Naraku does not hesitate, he has already occupied the victory, and the reward for defeating the fairy mode Jiraiya has been obtained!

    The next step is to defeat Jiraiya with the fiery momentum of the battle with Metkai just now!

    Uehara Naraku fell in front of Jiraiya, clenched his fist, and slammed into Jiraiya!

    Bang!

    This punch went down, but only hit a shadow clone!

    Then Uehara Naraku was kicked by another Jiraiya who emerged!

    Uehara Naraku slowly got up, patted the dust on her body, and began to curse in her heart, why is she always operated by the enemy''s shadow show recently?

    Ever since Uehara saw Uchiha Itachi show a wave of Uchiha''s soil with a crow clone, he seems to have been unlucky. Today he himself was overshadowed by Kakashi''s Thunder clone and Jiraiya''s shadow clone twice. .

    Jiraiya also looked at Uehara Naruko who was getting up in the distance, and the corners of his mouth twitched slightly, and he whispered: "Little devil, I am a little curious. You were able to copy Kai''s ability just now. Why didn''t that technique be used for me? There are a lot of chakras, right?"

    Uehara Naraku patted it and glanced at Jiraiya speechlessly, and replied softly, "Because Jiraiya-sama''s ability is not worth wasting my precious skills."

    This is of course nonsense.

    Uehara Naraku believes that Jiraiya''s power lies in the psychic beast. What if he steals a psychic technique?

    Jiraiya''s expression suddenly choked, he squeezed his wrist, his expression gradually became a little serious: "What a troublesome little guy..."

    After losing the fairy mode, Jilai did not actually feel that his strength would be reduced. As an orthodox ninja, his fighting was not limited to a certain method.

    The means of fighting are far more important than strength.

    The immortal mode is indeed very powerful, but because the psychic has produced two toad immortals, Shen Zuo and Zhi Ma, it also restricts Jilai¡¯s various fighting methods and prevents him from summoning other psychic beasts.

    Even if Zi Lai is in the physical skill match, he must ensure that no one can harm the two immortals who help him absorb natural energy.

    In the face of Naraku Uehara, a genius ninja who possesses many rare ninjutsu and unconventional skills, Jiraiya also believes that he must use some unconventional combat methods.

    "Ninfa¡¤Psychic..."

    "Master Jilaiya!"

    Just as Jilai tried to seal a psychic toad, several Anbu appeared around them and interrupted the battle between them: "The consultant wants you to see him immediately. We will take over here. !"

    Dozens of Anbe ninjas jumped around them densely, instantly surrounding Uehara Naraku!

    Obviously this time it was Konoha''s Anbe who made a big move!

    The head of the dark troop came to Jilaiya''s side and explained in a low voice: "The three generations of Naruto Masters have been killed in battle. In order to calm the people in the village, the consultants believe that Konoha''s next generation of Hokage can no longer be defeated. Will take over things here... I''m sorry, but for the sake of the overall situation, let us handle it here."

    This matter was just decided by two senior Konoha consultants.

    Because Jiraji was unable to defeat Uehara Naraku for a long time, the two senior advisers, Koharu and Mito Menyan, could no longer let Konoha''s top combat power appear defeat in order to soothe people.

    Strictly speaking, after Konoha died of Sarutobi Rizen, there was only Jiraiya, a top powerhouse with both prestige and strength.

    Now Jiraji and Naraku Uehara have not been fighting for a short time. If Jiraji also overturned the boat in the gutter, it would be a serious blow to Konoha''s prestige.

    Therefore, turning to sleep, Xiaochun and Mito Menyan decided to interrupt this battle, and no longer pitted against the powerful enemy alone.

    I have to say that for Konoha''s consideration, the two senior consultants'' approach is understandable. They are just a little cautious, but they can be said to be reasonable.

    After the death of the three generations of Naruto, they desperately needed a top combat power that would make the villagers confident and fear the enemy.

    In case the fifth-generation Hokage Jiraj they believed was also defeated by a Yunin, wouldn''t Konoha be ruinous?

    How can this maintain the dignity of the first Ninja Village?

    Especially Konoha now has other troubles.

    "I will never do something like Hokage!"

    Jilai also shook his head. He didn''t like the position of Hokage before, and he hated it even more after today.

    Jilai also solemnly rejected Anbu''s proposal: "Go back and tell them that I will help them find a suitable Hokage candidate!"

    "Sorry."

    The commander of the dark unit rejected Jiraiya''s order and continued: "Master Jiraiya, for Konoha''s consideration, please abide by the high-level orders."

    "Get out!"

    Jiraiya looked at Naraku Uehara who was surrounded by a group of dark parts, and said solemnly: "Wait until I solve this kid, he is not something you can easily deal with, step back!"

    However, how could the dark captain''s arrival be unprepared.

    The dark troop commander threw a scroll towards Uehara Naraku Shen said: "The consultant has heard that you want to reach an alliance between Konoha and Uyin Village at all costs, Konoha decided Promised to sign the alliance letter of Yuyin Village..."

    After speaking, the dark captain added: "As long as you agree, we will immediately send someone to contact Yuyin Village to sign the offensive and defensive alliance..."

    "..."

    Konoha would make such a concession?

    Why would they give in to themselves so much!

    Uehara Naraku was a little confused, and didn''t understand why things had progressed to this point.

    He felt as if he had shot himself in the foot!

    Jilai was also a little unbelievable about these concessions: "What the **** is going on?"

    The dark squad leader leaned into Jilaiya''s ear and whispered: "Master Jilaiya, the perception team found traces of two S-class rebels around the village, one of them is Uchiha Itachi!"

 Chapter 149ï¼š How does this alliance book look like a wish list for a pharmacist!

    The latest website: Konoha is an unprecedented period of weakness.

    With the death of three generations of Naruto and the disappearance of Shimura Danzo, Hagi Kakashi and Metkai were hospitalized one after another. Konoha could not even pick out a few people who could contend with the S-class rebels, and even couldn''t deal with the S-class. Rebellious sneak in.

    The last S-rank rebel Osnaru just made a mess of Konoha, and two new S-rank rebels appeared around Konoha, which was simply a straw that overwhelmed the camel.

    Compelled to do so.

    Konoha''s senior management can only temporarily sign an alliance under the city.

    As for whether this covenant will be complied with, we still have to discuss in the future!

    And according to Zhuan Xiaochun and Mito Menyan''s speculation on the Sansho Hanzo, let Sansho Hanzo sell Naruko Uehara in exchange for a covenant between Konoha and Uyin Village. The ninja demigod will definitely agree to exchange.

    "Konoha is sure to sign that alliance letter?"

    Uehara Naraku showed surprise and joy on his face, but in fact he hadn''t had time to read the content on it himself, who knew what the pharmacist had written on it!

    As a result, Konoha agreed completely?

    Even a big Ninja Village can''t agree!

    The dark force leader nodded, and said coldly: "Advisor Konoha is waiting to meet you in the Hokage Building."

    "unfortunately¡­"

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Jiraiya regretfully.

    If according to the popularity of this person, it is almost the same as the seventh class, at least there will be a hero inheritance mission for the reward.

    However, Konoha has already claimed to agree to his terms. If he continues to turn his face at this time, it is equivalent to standing up and exposing himself as the villain!

    He was obviously just a good person for Yuren in Yuyin Village.

    Fortunately, the reward for breaking the fairy model of Miaomu Mountain has arrived.

    Side task: Defeat the fairy mode of Miaomu Mountain (1/1), the task has been completed, and upgrade the fairy mode to the long rank.

    Immortal mode ascends the long stage of the gods: When the natural energy and the chakra energy value are the same, you can enter a new battle mode by synthesizing the fairy magic chakra, which is currently the second form of ascent.

    Jiraiya also looked at Naraku Uehara, who was under the surveillance of a group of Anbu escorts, faintly felt that he was a little uneasy: "Well, let me go and see them with this little guy!"

    "...Don''t worry, Jiraiya-sama."

    There is no sadness or joy on Uehara Naraku''s face: "Everything I do is for Uglyin Village and Rain Country, I won''t have any changes."

    Even if Konoha set up traps, he would not be afraid.

    If Konoha really wants to harm him, let the pain come in advance?

    When the ruins here were finally quiet, the Konoha Rebellion was completely calmed down, and a man with a hood twitched his mouth: "I hope Mr. Naraku won''t blame me too much! After all, I also wanted a decent ending. Ah! But I didn''t expect Konoha to completely agree to the conditions in the alliance book."

    It is the pharmacist pocket.

    According to Yakushidou¡¯s guess, if the battle continues like this, Uehara Naraku and Konoha will tear their skins, and eventually even a catastrophic battle will be triggered.

    So Pharmacist forged two traces of S-class rebellion, which attracted Konoha''s attention, and by the way, he pursued a decent and peaceful ending. He had lived in Konoha for so long, and he was still somewhat soft here.

    Naruto upstairs.

    When Uehara Naraku saw the book of the alliance, his head was big: "Well, support Hanzo-sama to become a rain shadow, support the country of rain and swallow the land of the country of grass..."

    There is nothing wrong with the first two.

    Anyway, the first two guessed that they would not realize it in Yuyin Village themselves. The bones of Sansho Fish Hanzo had already been cold, so Uehara had done it himself!

    Only when I saw the back, Uehara Nana almost exploded!

    "Support the Xiao organization in Yuyin Village to eliminate civil strife? Support Yuyin Village to build a large orphanage? Support Yuyin Village to build a biological science laboratory?"

    What the **** is this!

    Damn, sometimes you should check the work of your subordinates in advance, otherwise you will always know what trouble he will cause you...

    Especially Uehara''s subordinates have their own ideas!

    Forget about the thoughtless and messy thoughts of the dried persimmon ghosts. Why is it that the medicine master has the brain?

    This is the **** league book?

    This is clearly a wish list for the pharmacist!

    Now looking at this alliance book, Uehara Naraku feels that he has been used.

    Uehara Naraku suddenly remembered that after the last time he solicited the dried persimmon ghost shark, the ghost shark persuaded him to kill the four generations of water shadows. Now thinking about it, he should have been used too...

    "These are all agreements signed between your Excellency and Danzo."

    Turning to bed, Koharu slowly poured a cup of tea, and whispered, "You don¡¯t need to look at the minutiae behind Uehara, Konoha will support it...As for the three in front..."

    Menyan Mito accepted the stubborn words softly: "We Konoha have also agreed, but when you are in Yuyin Village, you must always be alert to the possible invasion of the land of the earth. Konoha does not want to worry about the northern border issue for the time being."

    Turning to bed, Xiaochun waited until his partner had finished speaking, and continued: "And when Konoha settles down, we will help send troops to help destroy the Akatsuki organization that is entrenched in your country."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku''s face was faintly speechless.

    What the **** are all the conditions!

    Some even if Konoha agreed, he was unwilling to agree. What Konoha sent troops to help destroy the Akatsuki organization, the Kingdom of Rain is now the territory of Akatsuki! And Konoha ninja enters the country of rain, it''s hard to guarantee that they can''t find any tricks...

    Yakushidou is unreliable at all, he wants to use this kind of thing to fetter Akatsuki, lest they go to the trouble of Dashewan!

    Can he change one of them?

    No, all the above must be replaced!

    Uehara Naraku squeezed the teacup in his hand, and Shen Sheng planned to turn his face: "No, this is not my contract with Danzo, he deceived me!"

    Turning to bed, Xiaochun put the two scrolls with the book of alliance on the table and whispered: "This is the original book of the alliance, do you intend to blackmail? Do you still want Konoha to bow down to Yuyin Village? "

    After speaking, Zhuan Xiaochun even introduced: "The one on the left is the alliance book we found from your body, and the one on the right is the original alliance book we found at the root organization base. The two copies are exactly the same, and there is no mistake. ."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku squeezed his water glass abruptly.

    The pharmacist''s handling of this **** is really perfect!

    In order to make Shimura Dan hide a scapegoat, he even prepared two copies and took the matter directly!

    Turning to sleep, Koharu sighed and said in a low voice: "Although Shimura Danzo has been listed as a criminal of Konoha in private, this is a document he signed while serving as a senior Konoha, and we will still recognize it. "

    Ji Lai also said solemnly: "However, the previous ones are not easy for Konoha to realize, and it can easily affect Konoha''s reputation..."

    "Fine."

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand and picked up a pen. He raised his head and looked at the people present, and said in a deep voice: "Today, for the benefit of the village, against my conscience, I killed an elder and injured several friends, even I''m still an enemy of Jiraiya-sama..."

    "Ok?"

    Ji Lai also faintly surprised. UU reading

    Even Turning to bed, Koharu and Mito Menyan are a little confused, wanting to see what this stubborn Yuren wants to do.

    "I''m sorry, I am willing to apologize to Master Jilaiya for this."

    Uehara Naraku picked up the strokes and drew down the first few, and said in a deep voice: "Please delete the ones that cause trouble for Konoha, because I have the right to decide on my own in the alliance book. As for the consequences of this matter, I will Take the initiative."

    Jiraiya''s fingers tapped gently on the desktop, and his voice solemnly asked: "This alliance book was bought after you fought for your life..."

    Click!

    Turning to bed, Xiaochun slapped Jilaiya on the shoulder!

    Uehara Naraku ignored all of this and said softly: "I respect Hanzo-sama, but I respect the peace of Rain Country even more. I know that certain terms will bring continuous battles to Uyin Village. We have suffered too much from these wounds. Up..."

 Chapter 150ï¼š Cant there be a reliable subordinate?

    Latest website: Konoha executives feel that Uehara Naraku is not mentally retarded.

    The clauses in the alliance book of Konoha and Uyin villages can be done with money in the back. Those Konoha admits that Hanzo is Ukage and supports the annexation of neighboring countries¡¯ land, but they can¡¯t do it no matter how much money is spent. Arrived.

    In essence, the name of a rain shadow means that Konoha recognizes that the country of rain is one of the big countries. Whether it is prestige or diplomacy, the country of rain already has the same status as Konoha.

    Approximately this is the same as the five great gangsters in later generations.

    If a country is admitted by the five gangsters that it can join the gangster club, I am afraid that it will rack its brains and jump up and down to join it.

    If Sansho Fish Hanzo knew that he had a chance to be admitted by Konoha Village to Yukage, and was disturbed by the ninja in their village, he would definitely take this ninja out of it!

    Turning to bed, Koharu and Mito Menyan showed a weird smile behind their backs, and the two old people playing politics secretly scolded Uehara Naraku for an idiot who wanted to die.

    After Naraku Uehara leaves Konoha, they will find a way to make the Uyin Village abandon the title of Rain Shadow spread throughout the five countries, and sit and watch Sansho Fish Hanzo kill Uehara Naraku, a rising star in Uehara Village.

    "Okay, let''s follow your instructions!"

    Turning to bed, Koharu slowly accepted the alliance book in Uehara Naruko''s hand, and whispered to the Anbe next to him: "Go and prepare a new agreement. Just follow the above."

    "Yes."

    Anbu turned and left.

    "You can take back the funds of the orphanage first."

    Turning to bed, Xiaochun slowly sat down again, and whispered, "As for the equipment for the establishment of a biological science research laboratory, we will prepare in the near future. We will deliver the agreement when the envoys of Yuyin bring back the agreement signed by His Excellency Sanjiao Yu Hanzo. ."

    Ha ha¡­

    At that time, the head of the **** named Naraku Uehara will be sent by Hanzo as a gift!

    After Nairo Uehara nodded, she looked like a new little white negotiating, and even said a little stiffly: "Sorry, it''s really troublesome."

    "you are welcome."

    Turning to bed, Xiaochun played with his teacup slowly: "It has always been Konoha''s responsibility to support the small and medium-sized Shinobu Village."

    Obviously, this is a fake rhetoric.

    After a while, the agreement was sent back, and after turning to Koharu and Mito Menyan and letting Jiraiya sign it, they obviously wanted to treat him as Konoha''s fifth-generation Hokage.

    Nairo Uehara took the agreement, brought a sum of money for poverty alleviation to establish an orphanage and left directly, he was going to the pharmacist to settle the accounts!

    This **** actually took the opportunity to make personal gains for himself, although the orphanage and the biological science research laboratory are indeed needed by Yuyin Village...

    After Naraku Uehara left the Hokage Tower.

    The smiles on the faces of Koharu and Mito Menyan after turning to bed suddenly deepened.

    Mito Menyan pressed his glasses and whispered: "It seems that we will receive this kid''s head soon..."

    "Sanjiao Hanzo was taken away by the name of a ninja and a demigod. He has wanted the title of Yukage for decades. This kid is still too young!"

    Turning to bed, Xiaochun sighed quietly, and whispered softly, "Let him taste the taste of being betrayed by his own Shinobu Village before he died..."

    The life of a ninja in the village is exchanged for peace. This kind of thing is not uncommon in large countries, let alone small countries.

    Obviously Jilai also realized this.

    So Jiraiya also took the initiative to leave the Hokage Tower, and when Uehara Naraku left Konoha, he whispered: "Boy, take care!"

    "Thank you, Master Jilaiya."

    Uehara Naruto nodded, turned and left.

    Naruto Uzumaki suddenly got out of the corner of the Hokage Tower and said loudly: "Lecherous fairy, I will say goodbye to the plaintiff!"

    "..."

    Jilai was silent for a while, then nodded.

    On the way to leave Konoha.

    Many people cast hatred toward Uehara Naraku and Uzumaki Naruto. Some people hated Uehara Naraku for killing three generations of Hokage. They couldn''t understand why the higher-ups let him go. Some people hated Uehara Naruto and almost ran away.

    Uehara Naraku looked down at the yellow-haired boy next to him, and sighed: "Naruto, are there still so many people who are hostile to you Konoha?"

    "no problem."

    Naruto Uzumaki scratched his head, with some awkward smiles on his face: "I already know why this problem occurs, and I will let them recognize me."

    This time the nine-tailed runaway incident made Konoha even more hatred of him.

    However, Naruto Uzumaki no longer cares about this kind of thing, anyway, the root problem Sarutobi Hizaki has been killed, he believes these things will change in the future.

    Even if there are many people who hate Uzumaki Naruto, he may not betray him in the future. As long as Uzumaki Naruto still has a little fetters and warmth in the village, he will desperately move toward that point of warmth to get warm and let himself go toward the light.

    Uehara Naraku faintly looked at Uzumaki Naruto, who turned a blind eye to everyone''s hatred. This time it was the Chakra rescue field of Hafeng Shuimen... He wanted to see who came out next time!

    Forget it, enough gains this time.

    After leaving Konoha.

    Uehara Naraku appeared in front of Yakushi''s pocket for the first time, and took out the agreement and threw it on him: "Do you know how much trouble it caused me? Forget the rest, let Konoha support the rain civil war and assist Encircle Xiaoxiao Organization!"

    "Let me explain, Lord Naraku."

    The pharmacist sighed, lowered his head and explained, "I thought this kind of agreement would be impossible. Konoha generally wouldn''t bow to a small Shinobu village who proposed this condition..."

    "Then why this time?"

    "I don''t know, but I will stay near Konoha for the time being to investigate."

    The pharmacist pushed his eyes around and whispered, "If Konoha really has any serious trouble...maybe we have a chance to seize the strength of the nine-tailed man named Uzumaki Naruto."

    "Don''t think about it, this task is temporarily abandoned."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and whispered: "Why don''t you do this, you go to induce Osha Maru to let Uchiha Sasuke defect, and I will cut Sasuke on the way."

    Pharmacist pocket: "..."

    Why does this new boss always want to cheat his old boss!

    The pharmacist lowered his head and pondered: "If I remember correctly, Uchiha Itachi is also organizing Akatsuki? Wouldn''t it cause any trouble?"

    "rest assured."

    Uehara Naruko squeezed his wrist and whispered: "What''s next, I''ll talk about it later, and it would be good for me to take Sasuke away, so as to avoid Osaimaru staring at Sasuke''s body every day and drooling, it can also force him to actively study. Absolutely."

    The Zhongnin exam came to an end.

    The next main task is to provoke Heijue and Oshamaru to fight with each other.

    Uehara Naraku would use the name of Oshemaru to poke out the news of Heizue, so that everyone in this ninja world called out.

    "I understand."

    The pharmacist sighed and nodded.

    Uehara Naraku looked at the pharmacist''s pocket and said in a deep voice: "This can be done a little slower, because Uchiha Itachi and the dried persimmon are near Konoha, wait until they leave Konoha before starting to act."

    "Yes."

    "Let Shiraito and Junmaro return to the Rainy Land with the fragrant phosphorus. It is too troublesome for them to stay here. Please help me prepare a hidden place!"

    Uehara Naraku whispered: "During this time, I was in the country of fire waiting for news of Sasuke''s defection. By the way, you helped me sign the name of Sansho Fish Hanzo on the agreement. I am also waiting to ask Konoha for a bioscience laboratory. Bring the equipment back to Yuyin Village together."

    A smile finally appeared on the face of Pharmacist Pocket, and he pushed his glasses, and said unceremoniously: "Master Naraku has been working hard."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help glaring at him.

    These men are really better than a bastard!

    If the pharmacist hadn''t mentioned these messy conditions, why should he be so troublesome!

    Yakushidou took out a scroll indifferently, and said empathetically, "Does Lord Naraku need money? I heard that the adults have been spending money with detonators in Konoha. Occasionally, Kakashi pays for them when they go out and lives outside. After all, it¡¯s a little inconvenient..."

    "No need to."

    Uehara Naruko frowned and said, "I just got Konoha''s funds to support the construction of the orphanageIt should be no problem to spend a little..."

    "Public funds should not be moved lightly."

    Pharmacist shook his head solemnly, and even took the initiative to use his scroll to replace the scroll of Uehara Naruto''s money: "I should give these to the leucorrhea quietly and give it to Your Excellency Xiaonan! This is my personal savings and should be enough for Lord Naraku to spend. Up."

    Uehara Naraku opened the seal scroll in the Yakushi Pocket, and her eyebrows were twisted up with anger: "Your personal storage? Five hundred taels? Is it worth sealing with a scroll? Pocket, you let me drink northwest wind, eat Guanyin soil and sleep in the land of fire. Straw mat..."

    "Cough cough cough..."

    The pharmacist coughed a few times and explained: "I have been an orphan in Zhou Ji recently. I have spent all the funds that Master Dashewan gave me. I feel a little tight on hand."

    "Forget it."

    Uehara Naraku sighed and said in a low voice, "I''ll find an opportunity to borrow some money from someone else! I hope the guy who is the persimmon ghost will have more money!"

 Chapter 151ï¼š Money is a little tight, Gui Shao!

    The latest website: the country of fire, undercurrent surging.

    After Konoha''s senior management temporarily resolved all foreign enemies by peaceful means, they immediately vacated their hands to clean up the civil strife. On the face of it, it was the spy who traced the Oshe Maru.

    Secretly Jilai also went out personally and began to supervise and investigate the henchmen of the third generation of Naruto Tobihara, looking for the dark part that claims to have been monitoring Naruto Uzumaki, to avoid the dark privacy of the third generation of Naruto being used by others.

    These news must not be leaked out!

    If it is the thick-skinned guys like Fengying, Tuying and Raiying, they don''t care if they can see people, they will do it as long as it is beneficial to the village.

    However, Sarutobi''s human settings are different.

    It''s just that no matter how Jilai tracked down those Anbu who had been responsible for protecting Uzumaki Naruto, he had never been found, and Jilai could only temporarily define him as missing.

    Unfortunately, Jilai also found out many of the darkness of Sarutobi Hitoshi, such as secretly supporting Dashemaru and Shimura Danzo in conducting experiments on Konoha.

    These dark secrets directly disintegrated the image of Sarutobi Hisaki''s good old man. At the same time, there is also an Anbu material dedicated to the dark things of Sarutobi Hisaki.

    These materials are very detailed.

    Curiously, the code name of this Anbe is Orphan.

    The senior officials of Jiraiya and Konoha believed that this Anbe, code-named Orphan, might belong to Sarutobi Hizen himself, and had been acting alone without any partner.

    After all, the code name is the orphan!

    By the small river in the wild.

    The pharmacist handed the grilled fish in his hand to Naraku Uehara: "Master Naraku, during this time Konoha was tracing the Anbu who reported it to Naruto Uzumaki that night. It seems that the little gift I left for them when I left should be soon Will be discovered."

    "what gift?"

    "Some dark history of the three generations of Hokage-sama."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses meaningfully, and said softly: "I always think that as a qualified spy, we must not let people notice that there are two more people who shouldn''t appear in one thing.

    Otherwise, it is easy to suspect us, even if it is a trace of doubt, it will bring hatred in front of those who do not need to tell the evidence.

    Whether it is Oshamaru-sama or Naraku-sama, they have attracted too much hatred in Konoha''s collapse plan, and I can just use this to make Konoha fall into greater chaos. "

    Yakushidou wanted to use a series of factual evidence. The person who blew himself up at Naruto Uzumaki''s window that night must be Sarutobi Hizumi and an Anbe ninja.

    Pharmacist did not hide his plan.

    Now that Konoha has begun investigating this matter, he will soon arrange for a Konoha Anbe code-named Orphan to defect, and direct the dead Sarutobi to direct the Nine-tail Rebellion and murder the fourth generation of Hokage. The couple¡¯s news tells more people.

    After the pharmacist talked about his plan, he added a very philosophical saying: "Since you are going to do a show, you must do it all."

    "You are really a talent!"

    Uehara Naraku sighed. Yakushidou, this guy deserves to be the real behind-the-scenes in the Ninja world in history, and will arrange everything carefully.

    Uehara Naraku raised her eyebrows suddenly, and asked curiously, "Does the three generations of Hokage really have such a dark history?"

    "It''s more complied than Lord Naraku."

    After the pharmacist nodded his head, he whispered: "How can Hokage, who has been in charge of Konoha for nearly 40 years, be a kind old man? Some people are old, and they will whitewash peace with compassion."

    As a spy, Pharmacist knows a lot.

    It''s just that a subordinate with a high intelligence quotient can faintly set off Uehara''s unqualified behind-the-scenes man. With so much information, Uehara is not as careful as a pharmacist!

    Uehara Naraku thought for a while, the grilled fish in his hand became a little boring, he couldn''t help but frowned and said, "I don''t want to eat it anymore. Teacher Xiaonan in the village makes grilled fish every day, here you also make grilled fish for me!"

    "Uh¡­"

    Yao Shidou''s face suddenly became a little embarrassed: "It''s too late at this time. I will go to the nearby town to buy some **** tomorrow?"

    "No, I know a place for sale."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and said softly, "I''ll go directly to the guy that is dry persimmon ghost shark. Do your own thing and don''t let me down."

    "Yes."

    Pharmacist Duo bowed his head respectfully, watching a pile of cards slowly appearing at the feet of Uehara Naruto, and then disappearing in front of him instantly.

    After a long time, Yakushidou slowly raised his head, holding the grilled fish in his hand, and said regretfully, "Master Naraku seems to be a little bit ignorant of world affairs... The stray children in the country of fire can only stay in the garbage dump because they can¡¯t fish. Pick it up here!"

    However, the pharmacist touched the scroll of his ninja bag, and Uehara Naraku really did not take the funds used to build the orphanage.

    Yakushidou couldn''t help sighing and said, "It''s just that compared with Lord Oshemaru, Lord Naraku seems more pure!"

    In the silent jungle.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark and Uchiha Itachi marched in the direction of Konoha.

    They heard the news about the Nakanin exam chaos in the Fire Country, and also learned about the death of Sarutobi Hizen, but Uchiha Itachi did not know about Danzo''s death.

    Therefore, Uchiha Itachi plans to return to Konoha Warning Danzo, and by the way, he also wants to see if his brother Uchiha Sasuke is safe.

    When passing by a roadside shop, Gan Persimmon Guikun saw a young man gorging on the steps of the shop with a ball in his mouth.

    "Mr. Itachi."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark grinned and looked at the young man with a chuckle: "Do you think that down-and-out guy looks like the intern of our organization..."

    "It''s really similar."

    Uchiha Itachi raised his head and looked at it carefully for a while, his face suddenly looked a little unsightly: "Huh? Uehara Naraku, right? Why is he here?"

    This seems inappropriate.

    It is said that this guy had just assassinated Konoha''s three generations of Hokage in Konoha, and even used the reputation of the ninja demigod Sansho Fish Hanzo to force Konoha to sign an alliance agreement that recognized Hanzo as Ukage.

    Konoha is really not a good thing.

    The real agreement is only known to Uyin Village and Konoha Village.

    After the news came out, if the Sansho Fish Hanzo were really alive, it is estimated that the head of the person who signed the agreement, Naru Uehara, would be screwed off.

    Whoosh!

    A bamboo stick was stuck at the feet of the dried persimmon ghost shark.

    Uehara Naruko looked at the dried persimmon ghost shark with a black face, and stretched out his palm: "Senior ghost shark, Mr. Itachi, I''m a little tight lately, borrow some money."

    "To be honest, I dare not borrow."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark shook his head quickly, ignoring that he was actually Naraku Uehara''s spy status, and explained in a low voice: "If anything goes wrong with you, Senior Nanan asks me, I can''t bear this responsibility."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark grinned and continued: "I heard that Tsunade, one of Konoha Sannin, is very active in the country of fire recently, so I don''t dare to let my money go..."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku murmured a coward, and turned to look at Uchiha Itachi. If it weren''t for Uchiha Itachi, he would definitely cook a grilled shark fin for the ghost shark.

    However, once in private, the dried persimmon ghost shark would be extremely respectful to Uehara Naraku, and perfectly interpreted the life of a spy.

    But when they met on the surface, the **** of Guiyu always liked to engage in his mentality, pretending to be unfamiliar.

    Uchiha Itachi directly avoided borrowing money, and instead asked, "Uehara, why are you still here and haven''t returned to Yuyin Village?"

    "I have no travel expenses!"

    Uehara Naraku chuckled at the corner of his mouth.

    What the **** is that you have no travel expenses!

    After being silent for a while, Uchiha Itachi untied his collar, took out his wallet, and changed the subject abruptly: "You just said to borrow money, how much do you need to borrow?"

    "One million taels?"

    After Uehara Naraku opened his mouth and said a big number, he continued: "Next time I can grant you an extra 1.5 million taels of activity funds."

    "not that much."

    Uchiha Itachi took out a stack of money and handed it to Uehara Naraku: "I only have one hundred thousand taels here. Don''t tell Senior Xiaonan I lent you."

    "I understand."

    Uehara Naraku took away the money in good faith: "What about you, does Mr. Payne have any responsibilities? Is there a place I can help both of you?"

    "As expected to be the financial officer of the organization, I really can talk with the money!"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark glanced at Itachi Uchiha intentionally, and laughed in a low voice: "Hoho **** ho...We want to take the opportunity of Konoha''s chaos to investigate Konoha''s Kuki, see if we can Take him away."

    "This task is simple..."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at these two people and lowered his voice and said, "The whole Konoha is now a mess. If you expose Akatsuki''s existence, you can''t bring back the Kyuubijin Zhuli for Akatsuki. Does it mean that there is no existing value?"

    "..."

    Uchiha Itachi''s eyes moved slightly, and he sighed: "This is the command of the leader. We can only do it with our lives."

    "Akatsuki will not accommodate the incompetent."

    Uehara Naraku blinked his eyes and said softly: "If you fail, the organization should submit a new candidate intern to compete, but don''t worry, this person is much weaker than you."

    Uehara Naraku chuckled and continued: "If Mr. Itachi wants to, he can kill the new member at any time. I believe the people in the organization will not blame you."

    "Thanks a lot."

    Uchiha Itachi nodded.

 Chapter 152ï¼š Hyuga Hinata who succeeded the clan head

    Latest URL: Itachi Uchiha was fooled.

    If he knew who the new intern was about to join Akatsuki, he would definitely regret having loaned Nairo Uehara today.

    In the days to come, Uehara Naraku will continue to instigate Uchiha Itachi to kill the new intern in the name of being a good green tea actor.

    The current Uchiha Itachi does not know anything. After he and the dried persimmon ghost shark sneaked into Konoha, they only felt that Konoha''s guard was a little tight. Uchiha Itachi did not find information about Shimura Danzo, and even he was even waited by Hagi Kakashi. People noticed.

    After a fierce battle, the two had to choose to retreat.

    In this battle, Hagi Kakashi suffered another disaster. Faced with an unseen moon-reading illusion, Hagi Kakashi, who had just been discharged from the hospital, was admitted to the hospital again.

    But Konoha also learned that Akatsuki wanted to take Konoha Kyuubi.

    After Uchiha Sasuke knew about this, his first thought was to look for Uzumaki Naruto in order to avoid any danger for him.

    As a result, Sasuke went too late and learned that Naruto Uzumaki had been taken away by Jiraiya.

    Because Ji Lai also wanted to find Tsunade and come back to serve as the hot potato of the fifth generation of Naruto. As for Uzumaki Naruto with him, it was also for the convenience of protecting Naruto and teaching him to practice.

    That''s great.

    Sasuke Uchiha hurried to chase after him, hoping that Naruto Uzumaki could escape the tracking of Itachi Uchiha and the dried persimmon, but he was caught by Itachi Uchiha.

    Itachi Uchiha sent his brother a monthly reading to understand, and Sasuke was also hospitalized.

    It was just that Jiraiya also pushed back Uchiha Itachi and Dried Persimmon Ghost Shark by one person, and the two had to give up the task of conquering the nine tails.

    Uehara Naraku watched all this happen, and the corners of her mouth couldn''t help but twitched slightly: "You are really there, Uchiha Itachi! Without doing anything, she rashly leaked Akatsuki''s information to Konoha. The spy will be punished. of¡­"

    "..."

    Pharmacist pushed his own glasses speechlessly, and walked out from behind Uehara Naraku: "So this is why Naraku-sama wanted to get Uchiha Sasuke? Is it because he hopes that Uchiha Sasuke can defeat Uchiha Itachi? ?"

    After speaking, Yakushito did not wait for Uehara Naraku''s answer, and took the initiative to continue: "I am forgiving, I don''t think Uchiha Sasuke can defeat his brother... According to my understanding, Uchiha Itachi is the most talented Uchiha clan. The ninja, his talent is only below that instantaneous stop."

    "Relax, I have full confidence."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and continued softly, "Are you ready? What is Oshamaru doing now?"

    Yakushi Dou bowed his head respectfully and said: "Master Oshemaru is studying Bai Jue''s corpse, but his body will soon be unable to support it. The four members of Otonin have accepted the order and will soon arrive in the country of fire. , Take away Uchiha Sasuke."

    "It looks like our plan is going well."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Uchiha Itachi, clutching his eyes and fleeing with the support of the dried persimmon ghost shark, and whispered: "Kakashi Hagi was seriously injured and hospitalized, and I will re-enter Konoha tomorrow. Use the equipment of the biological science laboratory to avoid any trouble."

    "thank you very much."

    The pharmacist nodded and said with a chuckle: "After I finish my mission on Master Oshemaru, I will rush to Yuyin Village to give back to Uehara-sama sufficient experimental results."

    "That''s good."

    Uehara Naraku patted the shoulder of Yakushi''s pocket, looking very optimistic about him: "You can rush to the side of Oshemaru now and help me stare at him. I will visit you secretly regularly."

    "..."

    The pharmacist nodded helplessly.

    Is this visit a serious visit?

    Uehara Naraku did not hesitate to go to Konoha this time to take away the biological science laboratory equipment required by the agreement. Konoha is now weaker than a while ago, and the only strong Kage-I level in the village who can still fight Metkay was left alone.

    Turning to bed, Koharu and Mito Menyan saw Uehara Naraku coming to exchange the alliance book, and they were a little surprised at why Uehara Naraku could still come back alive, even as the Ugula envoy.

    Is Sanjiao Hanzo too old to lift the knife?

    "Your advisor seems surprised that I am still alive?"

    Uehara Naraku showed a smile on his face, and said softly: "Sanshoyu-sama Hanzo was really angry when he learned that I gave up his condition to become Ukage. Unfortunately, the civil war in Uehara has not yet been resolved, so Hanzo-sama allowed me to commit crimes and meritorious service. ."

    "is it?"

    Menyan Mito rubbed his forehead and said, "We are glad to see such a genius ninja..."

    Happy ghost!

    The two Konoha consultants are afraid that they are thinking about the messenger of Yuyin Village who is responsible for exchanging the alliance book. Bring his head back by the way!

    "I''m here to exchange league books."

    Uehara Naraku was too lazy to pay attention to them, put aside the alliance book in his hand, and whispered softly: "And take away Konoha''s biological science experiment equipment that supports Uyin Village."

    "There are some problems with Konoha."

    After turning to bed, Koharu took over the letter of alliance, and whispered: "We may still need the signature of the newly appointed Hokage Fifth Daime to ensure the long-term validity. It is just that she has something outside of the country and has not returned to the village of Konoha for the time being. You may need yours. Wait a while."

    Uehara Naraku immediately frowned and said, "Are the signatures of the two Naruto advisors and Jiraiya-sama uncounted?"

    There is no need to turn to Koharu to say, Uehara Naraku has already guessed that Konoha''s fifth generation Hokage must be the woman Tsunade!

    He doesn''t want to see the woman Tsunade!

    What if Tsuna pulls him in hand and doesn''t let him leave Konoha?

    What''s more, at that time, Konoha would have two Sannin members, maybe they would dare to turn their faces and not admit it, so the sooner Konoha''s matter is resolved, the better.

    "No, we just think that the agreement between us can be longer after the signing of the letter of alliance by Hokage Five."

    Turning to bed, Koharu spoke slowly, and put on a look that was very considerate of Yuyin Village and Konoha: "In case we both retire in the future, Wudaime Hokage thinks that our alliance between us is unreasonable... "

    "I believe this will not happen."

    Uehara Naraku interrupted Koharu when he was going to bed, and said in a deep voice: "Your advisor, Ye Changmeng, who knows what will happen in the future? If Konoha''s fifth-generation Hokage refuses to sign the contract, how should I explain to Hanzo-Master !"

    Uehara Naruko clenched her fist and continued to speak: "And recently I heard that there is a rebel, codenamed Orphan, who is hyping the deeds of the three generations of Naruto in your village. I don¡¯t think many ninjas dare to believe in Naruto. Credibility? I would rather believe in Lord Jilaiya than that."

    "..."

    Turning to sleep, Xiaochun''s face suddenly changed.

    That Anbu, codenamed Orphan, is the confidant of Sarutobi Rizen, and the person they have been investigating secretly. How could Yuyin Village know about this?

    Did that guy defect?

    Sarutobi Hisaki this guy really left a big trouble!

    Turning to bed, Xiaochun instantly calmed down, and whispered: "How did your Excellency hear these news... Those are all slanders on Hokage III!"

    "I don''t know if it''s slander..."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and continued: "But this will greatly reduce our trust in your village, and I must also go back to participate in the civil war in the Rain Country as soon as possible. I can''t delay a day here!"

    "I know."

    Turning to sleep, Xiaochun sighed and whispered: "If Yuyin Village encounters that traitor, please help us to arrest it or pass on the corresponding information, and we will give Yuyin Village enough generous feedback and support."

    Konoha cannot be regenerated anymore.

    First of all, the Anbe traitor called the orphan must not be allowed to run around or take refuge in the hostile Ninja Village. If Konoha''s dark secrets are exposed, the blow to Konoha will be greater than the death of the three generations of Naruto!

    I''m afraid that Konoha will have a big problem inside.

    While the news has not been completely spread, the Anbu must be dispatched to search and capture the Rennin, who is more threatening than an S-rank Rennin!

    Because Koharu and Mito Menyan had more important issues, he stopped entanglement with Uehara Naraku and directly gave him a set of biological science laboratory equipment.

    Yakushidou knows too much about Konoha. It''s just a rebellious forbearance created out of nothing, which made the two high-level Konoha panic...

    Who knows if there is such a person?

    When Naraku Uehara left Konoha, a news made him raise his eyebrows. This is a weird hidden mission...

    Hidden mission: Hinata Hyuga becomes the clan head of the Hyuga clan (1/1). The mission is completed and the skill Golden Bell is rewarded.

    Golden Bell: Quickly rush to the side of the friendly army and bless the body and the friendly army with a layer of shield. The skill consumes 50 Chakra points and the skill cooldown time is 7 seconds.

    Compared with this reward, Naraku Uehara was even more amazed at Hinata Hyuga''s successor to the clan head. The world is really getting more and more exciting...

    Hyuga Sect''s family.

    As today''s protagonist, Hyuga Hinata dressed up, this white-eyed girl was very calm in this succession ceremony.

    There was less cowardice on her face, and more tenacity.

    If you hadn''t seen the appearance of Hyuga Hinata with your own eyes I guess everyone would not be able to tell, she was still a cowardly **** more than half a month ago.

    Sitting next to her is the paralyzed Hyuga Sunfoot on the chair, but the former head of the clan has a caged bird curse on his forehead.

    What I have to say is that because Hyuga was unable to protect his white-eyed blood, he took the initiative to carve the caged bird on his head as the last protective barrier, gathering the loyalty of many ninjas for his daughter.

    Hyuga Hinata tucked his robe, sat upright, and waited for the last step of the succession ceremony.

    Lines of divided white-eyed ninjas knelt on the ground respectfully, saluting the 12-year-old girl patriarch, and their voices echoed in the entire family''s huge residence.

    "See Lord Hinata!"

    "Please...please get up."

    The white-eyed girl Nuonuo''s voice is obviously inconsistent with her identity, not particularly majestic, and it makes people feel a little bit cute.

 Chapter 153ï¼š About to welcome new members

    Latest website: When Hyuga Hinata''s successor clan leader accepted the worship of many branched ninjas, Uehara Naraku hid in a small cave and sneezed loudly.

    "Many people have offended recently..."

    Uehara Naruko wrapped her body in a black ninja suit and sighed in a low voice: "After cutting a stubble of Konoha leeks, I will act a little more low-key in the future. I can''t stand scolding every day."

    Uehara Naraku''s guess was correct, someone was indeed scolding him.

    The country of fire, short books on the street.

    Jiraiya and Uzumaki Naruto finally found Tsunade, and told her about the deaths of Konoha no Ran and Sarutobi Hizen, as well as inviting her to serve as the fifth generation of Hokage.

    Tsunade¡¯s attention was quickly placed on the murderer who killed Sarutobi Hisaki. She smashed her glass suddenly: "Wait... United Osha Maru to create the Konoha Rebellion. The guy who killed the old man is called Is it Uehara Naraku?"

    This name is still fresh in her memory!

    In the past few years, whenever Tsunade lost cleanly, he would miss the boy Yunin who gave her money. How happy they were at that time!

    Unexpectedly, when I heard the name again, the shy little devil had already become an accomplice in the Konoha chaos created by O She Maru!

    Tsunade hit the table with a punch, and Ginga gritted: "I should have killed him! No wonder I kept winning when I was at the table with him. At that time, fate reminded me that I should kill that. Damn it!"

    Judging from Jiraiya''s words, the little guy named Naraku Uehara grew up at an amazing speed, and he was already able to fight the Sannin level Jiraiya.

    If she had killed Naraku Uehara in the first place, Konoha might not have suffered such a large loss now, and Sarutobi might not have died either.

    "Uh¡­"

    Jiraiya also sighed and explained to Uehara Naraku: "In fact, he was out of helplessness! After all, that little guy also got Hanzo''s instruction..."

    This occasion is not suitable to elaborate.

    When the two of them were getting along in private, Jiraiya told Tsunade about the nasty things about the two old men Shimura Danzo and Sarutobi.

    The blonde ninja was so angry that she flew off with a punch: "The current Konoha is a mess. Let me be the fifth generation of Naruto?"

    "There is no better candidate than you."

    Jiraiya sighed faintly, rubbed his chest, and explained in a deep voice, "Even if I am Hokage, Konoha is in danger of falling apart... Tsunade, only you are the most suitable person."

    Because Tsunade is the granddaughter of the first and second generations of Naruto, and a well-known medical ninja in the entire ninja world, she is very respected, except for the person who is a little bit not serious, is undoubtedly the most suitable person to become Naruto.

    "Okay!"

    Tsunade suddenly rolled two dice and chuckled lightly: "As long as you lose to me, I will grant your request!"

    "..."

    Jilai didn''t take her voice either.

    Tsunade''s brows frowned, and he squeezed the two dice into pieces, and muttered displeasedly: "It''s not as courageous as that kid from Uehara Naraku... It''s a pity that a gambler will be an enemy when I see you again. !"

    "Don''t think so much."

    Jilai also interrupted Tsunade''s words, and said solemnly, "If nothing else, you will never see each other again!"

    Uehara Naraku didn''t know that Tsunade and Jira were also talking about him.

    Uehara Naraku was hiding in a small cave and lamenting that when life is difficult, a communication came from his ring, and Nagato sent him an alert: "Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro are back. Konan wants to talk to you. She is now She looks so angry, I can''t stop her."

    "Master Nagato, I''m in a cave."

    Uehara Naraku stroked the ring in her hand and entered Chakra into the ring, then whispered: "The signal here is not very good, can Chakra transmit it?"

    However, Nagato soon received no response.

    After a while, Xiao Nan''s suppressed angry voice came from the ring: "Naruto, where are you now? Go back to the village immediately!"

    "Teacher, I still have something to deal with..."

    "Don''t talk about those useless perfunctory words. After you grow up, you have become more and more courageous. You dare to join forces with Osha Maru to assassinate Konoha''s three generations of Hokage!"

    Xiao Nan didn''t listen to his explanation at all. Even at a long distance, Uehara Naraku could imagine that Xiao Nan''s face must be very cold now, as if he was indifferent to everything.

    And this is precisely her most angry state.

    "teacher¡­"

    Uehara Naraku lowered his head, sighed and lied: "If I don¡¯t assassinate the third generation of Hokage, I won¡¯t be able to see Shimura Danzo, who is behind the Nakanin exam chaos. I saw Shimura Danzo just before. Kill him."

    Shimura Danzo is missing in Konoha''s definition.

    This kind of thing can be fabricated by Uehara Naraku.

    After hearing these words on the other side of the ring, he fell silent. Obviously, both Nagato and Xiao Nan were somewhat shocked by the news.

    Xiao Nan''s voice seemed to have eased a lot, and she whispered: "Naraku, come back first! Now the outside is too dangerous for you, although Konoha is temporarily in trouble and has no time to hunt you, but when they recover, Will not easily let go of the murderer who killed Hokage."

    "Teacher, but there is a problem on my side."

    Uehara Naraku explained in a deep voice: "Uchiha Itachi and the dried persimmon ghost shark went to Konoha to **** the nine tails. Akatsuki''s information may have leaked in Konoha...

    Xiaonan heard the weight of Uehara Naraku''s words, and calmed down his disciples in a low voice: "There can be no organization hiding behind the scenes forever, let alone Akatsuki''s affairs are handled by us, what you have to do now is to return to the country of rain immediately. "

    "Xiao Nan, Uehara has grown up."

    After Nagato persuaded Xiao Nan on the other side, he opened his mouth and said: "Don''t worry, Uehara, you can do whatever you want. Six Penn is your backing. If you encounter danger, immediately call Six Penn, I will be in heaven. There are plenty of chakras in the body."

    "Nagato, don''t spoil him too much."

    After Xiao Nan scolded Nagato, his voice suddenly became a little cold: "I heard that Konoha''s Kakashi Hagi gave you a few books?"

    Uehara Naraku: "..."

    Why is that white guy''s mouth so broken?

    Can this kind of thing be reported to Xiaonan?

    "Be careful to observe the Three Ninja prohibitions."

    After a cold warning, Xiao Nan continued: "Remember to be cautious when you make friends. The Kakashi Hagi who tried to damage you, I won''t let him go when we go to Konoha to capture the nine tails. "

    Uehara Naraku: "..."

    What else can he say?

    Of course it''s to make Hagi Kakashi ask for more blessings!

    "Okay, I wrote it down."

    After Uehara Naraku nodded seriously, he promised softly: "I found a kid who is suitable to be an intern. I will take him back after I find him in a few days."

    "Pay attention to your own safety."

    After Nagato exhorted, he suddenly said in a low voice, "Uehara, thank you for helping me find the tribe."

    After saying this, Nagato severed Chakra''s connection.

    On the high tower in Yuyin Village, Xiao Nan frowned, his face cold and frosty, and he looked at Nagato with a little dissatisfaction: "I have a lot to tell him..."

    Nagato shook his head and whispered to persuade him: "Uehara is at an adolescent age. If you talk too much, he will have a rebellious mentality."

    Seeing Xiaonan''s suspicious gaze, Nagato continued to explain: "In fact, Uehara is willing to take the initiative to do something. This is also a kind of training for him. At least we can not worry about the future of Yuyin Village and Akatsuki."

    After Xiaonan lowered his head and pondered for a while, he suddenly raised his head and said: "Then let him be the leader of Yuyin Village and rule the entire Yuyin Village and the Kingdom of Yuyin after Nairo comes back, lest he always leave us."

    "..."

    Nagato didn''t want to communicate with Xiaonan anymore.

    Xiaonan always wanted to tie Uehara Naro to him as if he were a child, for fear that he would have some problems, but how can a man know that life is difficult if he doesn''t go out and go through some hardships, and how can he know that home is the warmest harbor?

    Of course, Nagato wouldn''t really put Uehara Naraku in danger.

    After Xiaonan left, Nagato immediately asked Tendo Payne to use the magic lantern body technique to issue an order to let the dried persimmon ghost shark and Uchiha Itachi go to assist Uehara Naraku and complete a task of recruiting new members. In fact, it is to protect the safety of Uehara Naraku.

    This is simply outrageous.

    Unfortunately, this order could not be refused.

    Within a few days.

    Uehara Naraku saw the dried persimmon ghost shark and Uchiha Itachi who came to him, and the three of them were lying in this small cave, staring at them.

    Uchiha Itachi said, "Is the new member we recruited Konoha Ninja? Is it the orphan Konoha Rebellion?"

    These days, the orphan Konoha Rebellion made a lot of noise. Even Uchiha Itachi and Kaki Kakigaki heard about him. Many people in the Ninja world are paying attention to this matter.

    "No."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and explained softly, "But it''s the same. The ninja we recruited this time was an orphan whose parents died just a few hours ago..."

    And your big eyebrows are the murderer who made him an orphan!

    Uchiha Itachi nodded, and began to figure out who was recruiting. After all, Akatsuki always prioritizes strength, and Konoha can meet the conditions very few.

    "Is it Mr. Kay? Or Mr. Kakashi?"

    Konoha''s orphans are a bit too many, and Uchiha Itachi came up with these two at a time. After all, only these two people are still capable of meeting Akatsuki''s standards.

    This is not so good.

    If it was Metkay, it was okay, but if Hagi Kakashi betrayed Konoha, the blow to Konoha would be fatal.

    It''s a pity that Uehara Naraku kept keeping secret and insisted on not divulging the news, which made Uchiha Itachi feel a little uneasy.

    "Do not worry."

    Uehara Naraku chuckled and said, "Mr. Itachi, if you have any conflicts with the new members, I will help you."

    "Thank you."

    Uchiha Itachi started thinking again.

    If this betrayal is harmful enough to Konoha, kill him directly under the title of contradiction!

    Uehara Naraku quietly turned on the destiny skill and tickled the corner of his mouth: "Well, let''s go to the Valley of the End! Just wait there for our new members!"

    The valley of the end.

    Everything is happening as expected.

    When Uehara Naraku, Uchiha Itachi, and the dried persimmon ghost shark arrived in the Valley of End, the valley was still very calm. The huge statue between Uchiha Madara and Senjuju stood in this end, looking majestic and majestic.

    Just arrived here, Uehara Naraku has five hundred gold coins in the account, and it turns out that Fire Country or Konoha is the correct way to open it!

    "What''s the point of our coming to End Valley?"

    "Because this is the place where old friends break!"

    Uehara Naraku pointed to a figure who was flying in the distance, who was still chasing him behind, and chuckled: "Did you see it? That is our new member."

    The one fleeing ahead is Uchiha Sasuke.

    The person chasing him behind was Naruto Uzumaki.

    History was forced into the established track by him. Soon after the woman Tsunade returned to Konoha to succeed the fifth generation of Naruto, the Otonin group showed up late at night and took away Uchiha Sasuke, and a group of Konoha was chased by Shinobu. Came out.

    In order to cover Sasuke''s escape, the Otonin group is fighting fiercely with Konoha Shinobu, and Uzumaki Naruto also catches up with Sasuke under the cover of friends.

    In the End Valley, a scene where the old scene broke.

    Uchiha Itachi looked at the two teenagers fighting underneath End Valley, and his face suddenly became difficult to look. Whether it was his brother Uchiha Sasuke or Konoha''s Kyuubi, no matter which one was captured by Akatsuki. What a good thing!

    "how about it?"

    Uehara Naraku looked down at Uzumaki Naruto and Uchiha Sasuke in the fierce battle on the lake, and chuckled lightly: "Mr. Itachi, you can pick one! Should we take your brother or Konoha''s Kunio Where is the human pillar?"

    Ganshi Guiyu grinned and put forward different opinions: "Oh? Little intern, is there any special order from the leader? Can''t both of them be taken away?"

    "of course can."

    Uehara Naraku smiled very happily: "This way your team can complete the task of capturing the nine-tailed man Juli!"

    Uehara Naraku and dried persimmon ghost shark sang here, disturbing Uchiha Itachi He felt that he had encountered the biggest test since joining Akatsuki.

    Uchiha Itachi gritted his teeth, his eyes suddenly turned scarlet, he said in a deep voice: "Uchiha Sasuke''s strength is too weak, he still has a deep hatred with me..."

    "Then kill him."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Uchiha Itachi with a half-smile, and continued softly: "Senior Oni, kill Sasuke, and grab Konoha''s Kuo Ren Juli...Is it okay for you to do this?"

    "I am glad to."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark carried his shark muscle knife, laughed very freely, and acted very realistically: "This kid was not respectful to Mr. Itachi before, so I just let me use his head to vent his breath for Mr. Itachi!"

    Uchiha Itachi: "..."

    Damn, need your shark face troublesome?

    Are the two people, Naraku Uehara and the dried persimmon ghost, trying to force him to death on the spot?

 Chapter 154ï¼š Uchiha who is psychologically tortured

    Latest URL: Itachi Uchiha was not forced to death.

    On the contrary, he was really going crazy.

    Since Uchiha Itachi solved Uchiha¡¯s threat of bringing soil, he thought he could safely wait for his younger brother to grow up and become stronger. Who would have thought that his younger brother would be targeted by Akatsuki before he grew up. Up?

    Now when the dried persimmon ghost shark was about to rush down to solve Uchiha Sasuke with the shark muscle sword, Uchiha Itachi finally couldn''t hold it back, and called his teammates.

    "Ghost shark."

    Uchiha Itachi stopped the ghost shark''s movements and whispered softly: "Wait until their battle is over, then go and clean them up!"

    "..."

    The corners of the dried persimmon ghost shark''s mouth immediately hooked, and he turned his head slightly and glanced at the next Naruto Uehara: "Hey, intern, what''s your opinion?"

    "Then take a look!"

    Uehara Naraku looked down at Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto who were fighting on the ground, with a mysterious smile on their faces: "I heard that the more intense the emotions of the Uchiha clan, the more intense the mood of the writing wheel will evolve. The eye level is the highest, isn''t it?"

    Uchiha Itachi was silent for a while before responding: "Yes, the highest level in Shalunyan is Sangouyu Shalunyan."

    "Hahahaha..."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark stood beside Naraku Uehara with a shark muscle sword, and praised it, "That''s just a conventional way of saying that Mr. Itachi''s writing wheel eyes are the legendary kaleidoscope writing wheel eyes, which is the Ninja Shura at our feet. The eyes that Uchiha Madara has!"

    "Oh?"

    Uehara Naraku was quite curious, but he still shook his head slightly and said, "I don''t dare to ask for a kaleidoscope to write round eyes, but I am very interested in a pair of three-gou jade round eyes.

    Since Sasuke Uchiha and Mr. Itachi have a life-and-death feud, after killing Sasuke in a while, Senior Oniyu will cut out his eyes by the way!

    How do you say that? This should be called waste utilization? "

    While Uehara Naraku was talking, he looked at Uchiha Itachi with a smile at the corner of his mouth: "Mr. Itachi doesn''t mind this kind of thing, right? After all, Uchiha Daido and Mr. Itachi are both characters I dare not offend during the internship. .

    If I want to get a pair of Shalunyan as a gift for Xiaonan-Sensei, I can only go and dig out Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s eyes..."

    "..."

    Uchiha Itachi squeezed his fingers tightly, the next moment he slowly relaxed again, and said softly: "I don''t think a woman would like this **** and evil gift. If you want to please your teacher, you might as well go. Buy a bunch of flowers."

    "To be honest, I think so too."

    Gan Persimmon Guikun took the stubbornly, and nodded with approval: "After all, the last time you gave Xiao Nan the explosive knife droplets, it is really difficult to say..."

    "This is what you are wrong!"

    Uehara Naraku chuckled and shook his head, and softly explained, "The gift I gave to Xiaonan teacher last time, she actually liked it in private, after all, Xiaonan teacher and other women in the Ninja world have different personalities."

    "as long as you are happy."

    The dried persimmon ghost nodded silently.

    Time is passing a little bit.

    The night is getting deeper and deeper, and the moonlight is getting brighter.

    Under the shining of the moonlight, the battle between Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto was completely over, and Sasuke, blessed by the three-gou jade writing round eyes, finally won.

    It''s a pity that he lost the energy of the curse in history. Sasuke Uchiha fought extremely hard in this battle. Not only did it take longer than in history, he even almost lost.

    Even after winning, Sasuke''s body was almost collapsed.

    As the loser of the battle, Naruto Uzumaki went into a coma directly.

    Naru Uehara, who was spying on the statue of Endgame Valley, stretched his waist and whispered, "Alright, Senior Ghostfish, you can act!"

    "well!"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark showed its mouth full of shark teeth, and when he was about to rush down while holding the shark muscle knife, he was stopped by a palm!

    The vigilance in the Ganshi Guiyu''s heart rose, but his secret boss Naru Uehara was beside him, and Guiyu didn''t panic in his heart. He just chuckled and said: "Does Mr. Itachi have different opinions?"

    "someone is coming."

    Uchiha Itachi looked at several black figures rushing in the distance, and said solemnly: "It looks like it should be Konoha Ninja, maybe our actions will stop temporarily."

    The two teenagers in the end of the valley, one is his only relative, Uchiha Sasuke, and the other is Konoha''s most important nine-tailed man Zhuli, so there can be no mistakes!

    Fortunately, when Uchiha Itachi was at a loss to plan a sneak attack and tried to kill the dried persimmon ghost shark and Uehara Naraku, the Konoha ninjas who chased the end valley finally let Uchiha Itachi breathe a sigh of relief, at least he did not need to be exposed.

    In the face of the combination of Uehara Naraku and the dried persimmon ghost shark, even if Uchiha Itachi wants to choose a sneak attack, he cannot guarantee that he has a 100% chance of winning.

    Especially Uehara Naraku.

    As an intern who has been hiding in the Uyin Village, no one can find out the true information of Uehara Naraku, only knows that this guy has a brilliant record in the Zhongnin exam.

    As expected, Uehara Naraku did not live up to Uchiha Itachi''s expectations, and he was extremely self-confident: "Don''t worry, the leaders are just Kakashi Hagi and Metkai. Even if Konoha Sannin is chasing, we must continue to act and catch Take the nine-tailed man Zhu Li!"

    "Then I will kill Uchiha Sasuke?"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark asked in a timely manner.

    Uehara Naraku looked at the dried persimmon ghost shark as if looking at an idiot: "Since Mr. Itachi disagrees with Sasuke becoming a member of Akatsuki, this kid has chosen to defect and can''t stay in Konoha anyway, so of course he must be killed! "

    "..."

    Uchiha Itachi finally couldn''t bear it anymore. He took back the kunai from his sleeve little by little. Uehara Naraku was right. After Sasuke defected, if he returned to Konoha, only punishment and prison were waiting for him.

    The methods used by the people in the Anbe torture class, Itachi Uchiha has seen it with his own eyes, especially the Morino Ibiki who has been tortured by the rebels. It is said that he likes to torture the Konoha rebels who was captured.

    "Forget it, let Sasuke Uchiha join Akatsuki!"

    Uchiha Itachi slowly closed his eyes, as if he had made an extremely difficult decision. He continued to add: "Only the power of the ninja can fight illusion, and it happens that I can use his ninja to temper me. According to what Uehara said, treat his pupil technique as a waste with useful value!"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku and the dried persimmon ghost shark looked at each other.

    The two of them know the truth about the relationship between Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke''s brothers, and everything is silent.

    "well."

    Uehara Naraku raised his head and stared at several figures chasing from a distance, and said softly: "Senior Ghostfish, Mr. Itachi, go entertain the ninja who hunts Sasuke! I''ll clean up the mess!"

    "Well, it''s really the rare beast from Metkay!"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark smiled and held the shark muscle in his hand, jumped down from the tall statue, and rushed in the direction of Hagi Kakashi and Metkai.

    "I''ll stop Hamu Kakashi."

    Uchiha Itachi frowned. He had already figured out the situation of Uchiha Sasuke, and in desperation he could only swoop down in the direction of Hagi Kakashi.

    Obviously Uchiha Itachi didn''t seem to make a full shot this time, but after he rushed up, he entangled with Hagi Kakashi for a while, and deliberately let off a masked Anbe ninja and rushed under the end of the valley~www. novelhall.com~ Konoha has every powerful Anbe ninja, Uchiha Itachi knows in his heart, the Anbe code seems to be Yamato.

    It is said that Yamato''s mission completion rate in Anbe is very high.

    As a Konoha spy, Uchiha Itachi can''t do much.

    If too much Anbe is put in the past, perhaps Uehara Naraku can only be massacred. I hope that the Anbe named Yamato can live up to his expectations, and at least he must **** back Konoha''s Kuki.

    Uehara Naraku has been paying attention to the battlefield. He glanced at an Anbu who rushed over and couldn''t help but chuckled, "Spy is a spy, sure enough, he will release water!"

    After Uehara Naraku laughed a few times, he suddenly stretched out his palm and shouted in a low voice: "Kage Ouyi! Clone!"

    As Uehara Naraku''s voice fell, his body suddenly separated a pitch black shadow, dashing down the statue, and landed beside Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto.

 Chapter 155ï¼š Meet brothers

    Latest URL: Under the Moonlight.

    Uchiha Sasuke barely supported himself to stand up, looking at the black shadow falling beside him, Sasuke could not see that the shadow was a ninja at all.

    However, Oshemaru has a lot of talents under his hands, and each of them has a little bit of unique skills, Uchiha Sasuke simply and neatly asked directly: "Are you Oshemaru sent to pick me up?"

    "Does it matter who sent you to pick you up?"

    This black shadow doesn''t seem to have a mouth, but the urn inside the body speaks with an annoyance: "As long as it can be made stronger, it''s enough, right?"

    "Ok?"

    Uchiha Sasuke suddenly became suspicious, and a cruel smile flashed across his face after a while: "That''s right, as long as it makes me stronger, it''s enough."

    "Then follow me!"

    The black shadow nodded slowly, then looked at the unconscious Uzumaki Naruto not far away, and walked over step by step: "This kid seems to have unusual power in his body, but it can be used by us."

    "Don''t touch him!"

    However, Sasuke suddenly took out a handle of kunai, flying body pierced into the heart of this group of dark shadows, but Sasuke felt that his kunai was pierced into the air!

    This made Sasuke''s heart tremble!

    The body of this guy in front of him is really a dead body without any sense of existence. How could there be such a person?

    The black shadow slowly turned around, stretched out his arm, pinched Uchiha Sasuke''s neck, and lifted the boy up: "You want to kill me?"

    "No...not..."

    Uchiha Sasuke desperately tried to tear off the arm of the black shadow, but only grabbed a hole. The ninja who came to greet him really seemed to be made of pure shadows!

    What exactly is going on?

    Obviously this guy can stretch out his arm to grab his neck, but his palm can''t touch this guy''s body anyway!

    In the next second, this group of black shadows threw Sasuke to the ground!

    Sasuke Uchiha reluctantly breathed a sigh of relief, and then coughed and explained: "Cough cough cough... I just want to test if you are qualified to let me join..."

    "is it?"

    The voice of this group of dark shadows suddenly became a little unpredictable, with a little higher majesty: "Our two current powers are like clouds in the sky and mud on the ground. Don''t use your life to test the temper of a strong man, remember Yet?"

    "I know."

    Sasuke Uchiha nodded bitterly.

    It¡¯s just that even though his current strength is weaker than the person in front of him, Sasuke Uchiha still wants to talk about terms: "The person you need is me, not this yellow-haired boy? Leave him here and I will go with you. !"

    "..."

    After the black shadow was silent for a while, he suddenly laughed and said, "It seems that even if you betray Konoha for strength, your feelings are still inclined..."

    "No!"

    Sasuke Uchiha turned his head and looked at the unconscious Uzumaki Naruto and said coldly: "I will kill him in the future. Now I will save his life, just use him to test the power I can get from your side. I know that joining you is not a wrong choice."

    After Sombra was silent for a while, he looked at Uchiha Sasuke and nodded and said, "Ho **** ho ho... I hope you kid can do this in the future."

    "Humph!"

    Sasuke snorted coldly, and urged in a low voice: "Let''s go! It will not take long before Konoha will be chased by someone!"

    The black shadow raised his head and looked at a figure rushing towards their position, and chuckled lightly: "They have chased you..."

    "Mu Dun¡¤Tree Boundary Wall!"

    Just as they left here, wooden vines suddenly blocked their way, and a masked Konoha Anbu stopped in front of them!

    It is Yamato.

    Yamato looked at the group of shadows and Uchiha Sasuke, and said in a deep voice: "Uchiha Sasuke, immediately return to Konoha with me, don''t go further and further on the wrong path!"

    "Mu Dun?"

    After Uchiha Sasuke took a surprised look at the tree boundary wall blocking them, he turned his head to look at the dark part blocking the way, his face gradually turning cold, he pointed at the black shadow and said: "Okay, as long as you kill this Guy, I will return to Konoha with you."

    "The kid is trouble..."

    After Yamato frowned, he suddenly stretched out his palm towards the group of black shadows, and shouted in a deep voice: "Wooden Dun¡¤Great Forest Art!"

    His arm turned into countless wooden boards in an instant, rushing towards that group of black shadows!

    However, those wooden boards passed through the group of dark shadows in an instant, but did not cause any damage. This scene was shocking to Yamato''s heart. He had never encountered such an enemy before!

    The next moment, the group of dark shadows slowly stretched out their palms to grab the planks, and whispered: "We shouldn''t stop a man''s choice, are you right? Huo Dun¡¤Flame Storm!"

    A scorching flame quickly ignited the planks and spewed in the direction of Yamato, forcing Yamato to dodge!

    However, the flames were like tarsal bones, closely chasing Yamato''s back. The scorching fire wave was almost at hand, forcing Yamato to retreat irrevocably!

    "Mu Dun¡¤Mu Ding Bi!"

    A thick curved wooden pillar emerged from the ground, and Yamato was tightly wrapped in it. The flame storm directly hit the wooden ingot wall, and the flame splashed!

    "Is there too little chakra used?"

    The black shadow turned over his palm, slammed out his palm at the defensive Yamato, and shouted in a low voice: "Fire escape ¡¤ Pillar of Flame!"

    A ball of flame spewed from the ground!

    Yamato, hiding under the defense of the wooden pillars, never thought that there would be this kind of fire escape ninjutsu, and the flames gushing from the ground directly hit his body!

    Yamato was scorched all over with burn marks, lying on the side of the road with an ugly expression, watching the group of dark shadows leading Sasuke to leave.

    "This guy... is so strong!"

    Yamato gritted his teeth. Fortunately, the Mu Dun blood in his body continued to bring a powerful recovery ability and ability to resist damage, otherwise he would have been killed directly.

    It''s just that it''s impossible to take Uchiha Sasuke back now.

    Yamato turned his head slowly and looked at the comatose Naruto Uzumaki. He barely breathed a sigh of relief. At least he could rescue Naruto Uzumaki.

    Compared to Uchiha Sasuke, Uzumaki Naruto''s identity is more important.

    After Uchiha Sasuke followed the shadow for a long time, he finally couldn''t help but asked, "Who are you guys? Is it Osamaru''s subordinates or other people from Shinobu?"

    "Really..."

    The black shadow suddenly turned into a young ninja. He slowly turned his head to look at Uchiha Sasuke, with a smile on his face: "You are still so anxious, Sasuke!"

    "Uehara Naraku!"

    Uchiha Sasuke''s expression changed drastically, and his face suddenly became extremely ugly: "How could it be you?"

    If I remember correctly, Uehara Naraku is from Ugin Village.

    Although Uehara Naraku''s strength is indeed strong, after the assassination of three generations of Naruto, he can even reach the powerful Konoha ninjas such as Kakashi, Maitreya, and Jiraiya, but his name is not as loud as Osake Maru!

    "Why can''t it be me?"

    Uehara Naraku looked at Uchiha Sasuke with a very kind smile: "Sasuke, only by joining us can I hope to kill Uchiha Itachi!"

    After speaking, Uehara Naraku tilted her head and chuckled softly: "Hey, do you think I''m right? Mr. Itachi?"

    "what?"

    When Uchiha Sasuke had some doubts, two more figures suddenly appeared in the darkness, it was Uchiha Itachi and the dried persimmon ghost who had just left the battle.

    Uchiha Itachi slowly raised his head, looked at his brother and said in a low voice, "We meet again, Sasuke."

    "Uchiha Itachi!"

    Even if Uchiha Sasuke is exhausted, he still mustered the courage to support his body and attacked Uchiha Itachi: "I will kill you!"

    Bang!

    Uchiha Itachi punched Uchiha Sasuke in the lower abdomen with a short punch, kicked him to the ground again, and said in a cold voice: "I still haven''t grown a little bit. I really don''t understand why the leader wants to invite you to join this kind of waste. We know."

    "Asshole!"

    Sasuke Uchiha can only hold his belly in an incompetent rage!

    "As expected of Mr. Itachi, he is so cruel to his brother!"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark standing beside spread out his palms and said with a chuckle: "Since Mr. Itachi thinks this kid is useless, let''s kill him now!"

    After speaking, the dried persimmon ghost shark also explained with some triumph: "It just so happened that Mr. Itachi died a formidable enemy. My shark muscle can taste fresh blood, and the intern Uehara Naraku can get a gift for Senior Xiaonan. ¡­"

    Uehara Naraku touched her chin and nodded at the dried persimmon ghost shark, "I think what the ghost shark said makes sense, what do you think? Mr. Itachi?"

    "not so good."

    Uchiha Itachi just stared at Uchiha Sasuke on the ground, frowned his brow and said, "Okay, let''s take him back to the base first!"

    To tell the truth, Uchiha Itachi really doesn''t want to stay with the two bastards, Naraku Uehara and Kakigaki Kaki any longer!

    These two people opened their mouths for your good looks... but do you know what I think?

    Too annoying!

    Uchiha Itachi was afraid that he could not bear it!

    "Tsk..."

    After Uehara Naruko sighed, he squatted down and patted Uchiha Sasuke on the shoulder, and chuckled, "How? I''m right? Just join us, you have a chance to kill Uchiha Itachi!"

 Chapter 156ï¼š Sasuke is so delicious and superfluous

    Latest URL: "Uehara Naraku, what the **** is going on!"

    Sasuke Uchiha looked at everyone present, and finally decided to focus on Uehara Naraku, because he thought that Uehara Naraku should be the weakest of the three.

    "Let me introduce it to you."

    Uehara Naraku amicably extended his palm to Uchiha Sasuke, and cordially explained: "Uchiha Sasuke, on behalf of the Akatsuki organization dedicated to maintaining peace in the Ninja world, I formally invite you to invite you to become one of us. An intern."

    "You guys don''t look like a good thing!"

    Sasuke Uchiha stared at Nairo Uehara with a sullen face and said, "I thought you were a good person in vain, so you and Itachi Uchiha are partners!"

    "I have always been a good person."

    The smile on Uehara Naruko''s face is undiminished, and even a little stunned: "When you get along with me for a long time, you will know... Now tell me, are you willing to join? Although Akatsuki prohibits internal fighting, doesn''t it prohibit brotherhood !"

    "..."

    Sasuke Uchiha was silent for a while, then turned to look at Uchiha Itachi: "What status is Uchiha Itachi in your organization!"

    "Mr. Itachi is Akatsuki''s official member!"

    Uehara Naraku chuckled and pointed at herself, and then at Uchiha Sasuke: "We are just interns in the organization. When we are strong enough, the leader will allow us to become full members."

    This explanation is very easy to understand.

    Sasuke Uchiha instantly understood the status of his identity. He couldn''t help but snorted to Uehara Naraku, "You were so arrogant during the Chunin exam. I thought you were a great guy. I didn''t expect you to be just an intern. ."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku''s smile instantly froze on his face.

    Obviously Uchiha Sasuke''s words hurt his sadness.

    Over the years, Uehara Naraku has applied to become a full-fledged member quite a few times, and every time he was rejected by Xiaonan, even Nagato asked for pity.

    Whenever Uehara Naraku saw the school uniform in red clouds and black robes, he couldn''t help but think of that rewarding side mission.

    However, the side quest to become a full member of Akatsuki was as difficult as the quest to win Tsunade and let Naruto blacken it, and it became Uehara''s heart disease.

    This is too nonsense!

    Where is the problem!

    Obviously Uehara himself has worked very hard. In order to make Xiaonan see that his strength is getting stronger, Uehara Naraku will make an effort to cultivate almost every day.

    No matter what Xiao Nan asks him to do, he will do his best to accomplish it.

    As a result, every time he mentioned becoming a full member of Xiao Nan, Xiao Nan would only coax him to practice obediently in the village and learn to govern Yuyin Village with her.

    It''s just like coaxing a child.

    The smile on Uehara Naruko''s face reappeared, but he turned his head to look at Uchiha Itachi, and asked softly: "Itachi, can I discipline your brother for you? I won¡¯t let him be in the organization. Offended other seniors."

    "random."

    Uchiha Itachi turned his head carelessly.

    Click!

    There was a crisp sound of cracking bones!

    Uehara Naraku violently twisted Sasuke''s arm!

    "Uh..."

    Sasuke Uchiha couldn''t help but exhale miserably.

    Uchiha Sasuke''s cry was so painful that Uchiha Itachi turned around involuntarily and frowned slightly as he watched Sasuke''s wound.

    Uehara Naraku''s palm was green, and while he was treating Uchiha Sasuke''s wounds, he smiled and persuaded, "Although I am also an intern, you are Akatsuki who joined after me. Remember to call me senior. understand?"

    "..."

    Sasuke Uchiha just gritted his teeth and said nothing.

    Just as Uehara Naraku wanted to continue to do it, a bandaged sword fell beside him, preventing his movement.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark smiled softly, and said softly: "After all, I have to give Mr. Itachi a bit of face. Although the two of them are enemies of life and death, they are still brothers..."

    "..."

    Uchiha Itachi suddenly felt a hint of gratitude in his eyes looking at the dried persimmon ghost shark.

    Uehara Naraku looked at the dried persimmon ghost shark''s eyes suddenly a little more dangerous, what''s the matter with this spy? Is it too far away, a little floating in my heart?

    Sasuke Uchiha didn''t appreciate it at all, and even said coldly, "Who is a brother with him? Since he killed his parents and all the people, he is the enemy I wish to chop him into slack!"

    "Mr. Itachi, look..."

    The dried persimmon ghost suddenly showed a helpless look.

    Uchiha Itachi shook his head and said in a low voice: "Don''t pay attention to him, Sasuke Uchiha was vulnerable since he was a child, and only used his mouth to be arrogant, I said..."

    Uchiha Itachi''s words suddenly stopped, because he felt that if Uchiha Sasuke is not suitable to become Akatsuki''s member, it is estimated that Kaki Oni and Uehara Naraku will say something like Sasuke is not suitable, then kill him.

    This is really sad.

    Uchiha Itachi didn''t know what to say.

    Uchiha Itachi gathered up his collar little by little, and said softly: "Forget it, let''s go, hurry up and return to the organization''s base, so as not to encounter Konoha''s pursuit again!"

    Up to now, Uchiha Itachi can only have fun.

    After Uchiha Sasuke joined the Akatsuki organization, he was able to see Sasuke often and personally protect Sasuke''s safety. Things didn''t seem to be particularly bad.

    The only pain is Sasuke''s hateful eyes.

    But this time will not be too long. When Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto broke and fought just now, they had evolved from double gou jade writing round eyes to three gou jade writing round eyes.

    Uchiha Itachi began to calculate in his heart, what opportunity he should pick for Sasuke to open the kaleidoscope to write the wheel, then he can die safely.

    Even Uchiha Itachi didn''t mind using his own death to let Sasuke get rid of the knot.

    It¡¯s just that before death, Sasuke¡¯s life must be arranged. If Sasuke was still in the organization at that time, he would be bullied.

    Unfortunately, this was only wishful thinking by Uchiha Itachi.

    When passing by a dessert shop, dried persimmon ghosts suggested to have lunch in this shop. Sasuke Uchiha immediately expressed dissatisfaction: "I hate natto and sweets."

    "But Mr. Itachi likes sweets very much."

    The dried persimmon ghost hooked his mouth, and looked at Uchiha Sasuke with a bad smile. He seemed to be helping Uchiha Itachi, so he especially liked to bully Sasuke.

    Uchiha Itachi looked helplessly beside him, and could only turn his head to look at an outsider: "What do you want for lunch Uehara?"

    Uehara Naraku casually glanced at the dried persimmon ghost shark: "The taste is a bit strange recently, I want to eat shark fin."

    "..."

    Hearing Uehara Naraku''s words, the expression on the face of the dried persimmon ghost shark suddenly became unsightly, and obviously became much more honest.

    After a group of people ate and drank enough.

    When Uchiha Sasuke saw the opportunity of Uchiha Itachi to drink water, a flash of lightning flashed in his palm and rushed in the direction of Uchiha Itachi: "Chidori!"

    Bang!

    Sasuke Uchiha was kicked to the ground by Itachi Uchiha!

    After Uchiha Itachi stomped Sasuke''s wrist tightly again, he slowly said, "Uehara, this injury should be okay? I don''t want to drain Sasuke''s remaining utilization value. Let him become a complete trash."

    "rest assured."

    Uehara Naraku chuckled and waved his hand to heal Sasuke''s wound: "As long as you don''t screw off Sasuke''s head, I can heal him."

    On their way back to the country of rain, before they even left the border of the country of fire, Sasuke Uchiha sneaked and assassinate Uchiha Itachi at a frequency of more than three times a day, each time he was easily defeated by Uchiha Itachi.

    Along the way, Sasuke Uchiha did not succeed in the assassination, but in exchange for the alienation of the dried persimmon ghost shark and the anxiety of Uchiha Itachi.

    Uchiha Itachi felt that Sasuke didn''t know how to forbearance.

    The ghost thinks that Sasuke is really a lot of food.

    When Akatsuki was here to dislike Uchiha Sasuke, another ninja in the ninja world who liked to adopt orphans was furious.

    Yinyin Village.

    Having sacrificed the four people of Otonin, but has not heard from Sasuke, Oshamaru''s temper is obviously a lot more irritable: "What is going on? My body is about to be on the verge of being at its limit. Guitongmaru and others have not yet Sasuke brings it back!"

    "Perhaps our plan has some deviations."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around, and reluctantly persuaded: "Oshemaru-sama, why not reincarnate a dead body first! And Uchiha Sasuke''s writing wheel eye blood follower may not be the best choice for Oshemaru-sama..."

    "But now he is the most suitable!"

    Da She Wan slammed a punch on the experiment platform. Due to excessive force, he could only tremble and lay down on the chair beside him: "Go and help me prepare for this reincarnation! A new body will still work. It lasted for three years. Just in these three years, I was able to arrest and study Bai Jue..."

    After speaking, Da She Wan slowly turned her head, and a pair of snake pupils was mixed with a trace of danger and gratitude: "Pouch, thank you for bringing back a corpse of Bai Jue, let me find a new kind of body. may."

    When Yakushi turned around and was about to leave, he suddenly stopped, his face looked more respectful: "No, I want to thank Lord Oshemaru, because of your presence, I saw the most suitable path for a ninja."

    "Ho **** ho ho..."

    Da She Maru slowly smiled and held his forehead, and said in a low voice: "Yes, I have found a new path, as long as we can catch enough Baijue, reincarnated from the filthy soil...not reincarnated... Can be further improved!"

    Da She Maru slowly turned his head and looked at a coffin with the first characters engraved beside him, and a trace of obsession flashed in his eyes: "As long as I get Baijue, I will soon have the power of the first generation of Hokage!"

    Since Onomaru began to study Bai Jue''s body, he quickly discovered the wonderful structure of this creature. This creature is not like a ninja at all. Their bodies seem to be compatible with any Chakra existence.

    This is very magical. UU Reading

    As long as it can be compatible with Chakra, it means that it can accommodate any blood inheritance boundary. For Da She Wan, the blood inheritance he hopes can be integrated into Bai Jue''s body.

    As long as he gets a living Baijue, and as long as that Baijue can hold Mu Dun''s blood heir, Oshemaru believes that he can rely on Mu Dun''s power to gain a foothold in the Ninja Realm!

    Most importantly, Bai Jue''s body structure is very unique.

    Dashemaru discovered that Baijue might be able to serve as a sacrificial vessel for the rebirth of the filthy soil, and perhaps enable the dead to exert a powerful force. The only problem is that the powerful filthy reincarnator is not easy to control.

    And where should I look for Bai Jue?

    Da She Maru tapped his finger lightly, his cold pupils tightened slightly, and he slowly muttered: "I remember that guy has always been Akatsuki''s intelligence officer. These Bai Jue should be its clones, but Jue¡¯s whereabouts are uncertain on weekdays, and it seems that he has to find a way to get his information from a member of Akatsuki..."

 Chapter 157ï¼š Are you kidding me?

    Latest website: Akatsuki''s base.

    Because Xiaonan managed too broadly, Uehara Naraku hadn''t been to Akatsuki''s base for a long time, and he still had a faint feeling for this place in his heart.

    This dangerous idea was immediately pressed down by Uehara.

    Could it be that he has been a villain for a long time recently and is a little addicted in his heart?

    After entering the base, Naraku Uehara and his party found that there were a lot of people today, and it seemed that all the relevant members had gathered here.

    Official members: Payne, Xiaonan, Red Sand Scorpion, Deidara, Ghost Lantern Full Moon, Peach Land Never Cuts, Horn Du, Flying Duan, Absolute, plus the dried persimmon ghost shark and Uchiha Itachi who just arrived, the official members are quite Yu is all here.

    The intern is only Naraku Uehara, and perhaps Sasuke Uchiha will become an intern of Akatsuki from today on.

    As for the non-staff liaison staff, Kaguya-kun Maro and Bai are also here, and today their team has an extra fragrant phosphorus.

    Wait, it''s not right!

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but glanced at Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro''s clothes. Why did they both wear Akatsuki''s uniform?

    In terms of strength, apart from Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro, it shouldn''t be possible to qualify as Akatsuki''s full members, right?

    Could it be that Akatsuki''s uniform is going to be released, and the official membership is open?

    Uehara Naruko couldn''t help showing a hint of joy. Even Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro were able to join. Doesn''t this mean that he is also qualified to become Akatsuki''s official member?

    Uehara slowly moved towards his position and couldn''t help but chuckled and said: "Why, is the organization going to build a team today?"

    The Red Sand Scorpion raised Fei Liuhu''s head, and said coldly, "What team building? Didn''t it mean that a new member is welcome to join today?"

    "Isn''t it this kid?"

    Deidara looked at the unfamiliar Uchiha Sasuke with a smirk: "It seems that this kid doesn''t seem to be very strong, is he qualified to stand with us?"

    Kakuto glanced at Uchiha Sasuke with a dissatisfaction: "Akatsuki can''t be a little cat or puppy to join in! Don''t always attract these teenage kids, is it to turn us into a kindergarten for kids? ?"

    When he heard this, Dedala immediately became unhappy, and opened his mouth to retort him: "That''s better than becoming an activity center for the elderly!"

    After all, Deidara joined Akatsuki at the age of twelve, and this year he is only about fifteen or sixteen. The generation gap with the old man like Jiao Du is too big to get along with.

    After speaking, Deidara even kindly attracted another of his own age: "Hey, Uehara, am I right?"

    "...Cough cough cough cough..."

    Nairo Uehara coughed a few times, and when he was about to say something, he glanced up at Xiao Nan next to him, and saw Xiao Nan''s cold face getting colder and colder, making him close his mouth subconsciously.

    Since Uehara entered Akatsuki''s base, Xiao Nan has not spoken a word, which is a bit different from her attitude towards Uehara.

    Moreover, silence is generally a precursor to Xiao Nan''s anger.

    This is also normal, after all, Xiaonan has always disliked Uehara''s participation in Akatsuki, but Nagato''s opinions are completely opposite to her.

    Seeing Xiaonan so angry, Uehara Naraku felt a little abnormally happy, because he was going to become a full member of Akatsuki today?

    "All right."

    Payne interrupted everyone''s noise and turned his attention to Uehara Naraku, and said in a deep voice, "Uehara, introduce the new members you recruited for Akatsuki?"

    "Rather than let me introduce it, let Mr. Itachi introduce you?"

    Uehara Naraku suppressed the smile at the corner of his mouth, for fear of arousing Konan''s anger, he slowly raised his head to look at Uchiha Itachi, and whispered, "Perhaps no one in the Ninja World knows our new members better than Mr. Itachi?"

    Uchiha Itachi was silent for a while, then turned to look at Sasuke, and said softly, "This is Uchiha..."

    "I am Uchiha Sasuke!"

    Sasuke interrupted Uchiha Itachi with a cold voice and said loudly: "The only member of the Uchiha clan, I joined Akatsuki to kill Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Daido!"

    "..."

    Deidara immediately dissatisfied: "What! It''s another Uchiha! Are you Uchiha all going to Akatsuki here!"

    As the defeated player of Uchiha Itachi, Deidara is undoubtedly the one who hates Uchiha the most. It just so happens that Akatsuki has a fate with Uchiha.

    Just a few years ago, a man named Uchiha brought the soil and was forced to defect. I heard that he still wanted to join in; now I have added a Uchiha Sasuke. In this way, there are only a few Uchiha in the ninja world. Both have a close relationship with Akatsuki.

    Akatsuki''s members turned their gazes to Sasuke one after another, and everyone frowned involuntarily, and fell on Uchiha Itachi after a while, seeming to want to see his reaction.

    However, Uchiha Itachi''s face was calm, and he didn''t seem to care what Uchiha Sasuke was talking about. This was the confidence of the absolute strong.

    The enthusiasm of Akatsuki''s members who wanted to watch a good show suddenly faded, before turning their heads to look at Uehara Naraku.

    The scorpion of the red sand couldn''t help but ask first: "Uehara, what the **** are you guys, soliciting the enemies of the full members to join Akatsuki?"

    "Hey hey, Senior Scorpion, this is not my idea."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head hurriedly, with a smile on his face: "This was mentioned by Mr. Itachi himself. He took the initiative to recruit Sasuke Uchiha, who has just become a rebel, and I strongly oppose it with Senior Onigiri!"

    "Ok."

    Uchiha Itachi nodded and responded: "My illusion needs to use a person with a lot of spiritual energy to practice. It happened that Uchiha Sasuke opened the three-goed jade writing wheel, and it has a certain value."

    "Oh? It seems like a little genius!"

    The Red Sand Scorpion immediately changed his attitude and slowly educates Sasuke in the tone of his predecessors: "Hey, kid, remember not to be too arrogant in front of people in the future. If you are like Deidara next to me, you will live soon. of!"

    "..."

    Sasuke Uchiha was too lazy to talk to him.

    On the contrary, Deidara was furious with anger: "Hey, hey, hey, Xie Dan, I have always respected you!"

    "But you guy also blew up many puppets of me!"

    "This proves that my art is one level higher than Xie Dan''s art!"

    "Do you want to die?"

    "Didala, scorpion, stop arguing."

    Payne interrupted their quarrel with a cold voice, and said solemnly: "I''ll announce the new team members of the organization! Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro will become official members of Akatsuki from today, code-named Guhe Xue! "

    "Yes."

    Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro seriously agreed.

    After Penn nodded in satisfaction, he turned to look at Naraku Uehara, but when Penn saw the expression on Xiaonan''s face next to him, he fell silent and seemed a little stuck.

    After a long time, Payne seemed to have made up his mind, and said in a deep voice: "I originally wanted to delay for a while. Since Uehara has recruited Sasuke Uchiha, I will act with Sasuke Uchiha as a full member in the future! "

    "I don''t agree."

    Xiao Nan slowly raised his head, looked directly at Payne, and said, "Nara has more important tasks, and he almost caused a disaster when he went out this time..."

    "I object too."

    Uchiha Itachi said in a deep voice: "Although Uehara Naraku''s strength is very strong, I suspect that he may have some connection with Oshamaru in this Zhongnin exam, and he should still need to be under the supervision of Xiaonan-senpai."

    After saying this, Uchiha Itachi added: "And I need to bring Sasuke Uchiha with me during this period of time. On the one hand, I can use him for training, and on the other hand, it is also convenient to monitor him, so that this guy and Uchiha defected as if with soil."

    These words can hardly be more reasonable.

    The corner of the mouth is hooked, and he chuckles, "Actually, I also oppose this, but I am not opposed to Uehara Naraku becoming a full member, but I think Sasuke Uchiha is not qualified to form a team with him."

    "I think so."

    "I don''t agree!"

    Kakuto glanced at Uehara Naraku coldly, and said in a deep voice, "I think this kid, Uehara Naraku, will work as an accountant in Yuyin Village from now on! Akatsuki has enough manpower!"

    To be honest, after Naraku Uehara left, Kakuno still missed him a little bit.

    Although Uehara Naraku always collects money quickly, she is also very refreshed every time he allocates funds for activities. This is far more than his teacher Xiao Nanqiang...

    "I agree with Senior Jiao Du''s opinion!"

    "I also think what Senior Jiao Du said makes sense!"

    "I also agree with Senior Jiao Du''s opinion!"

    At a time, several teams expressed their agreement with Jiao Du''s opinions. It seems that there are many victims who have been tortured by Xiao Nan''s allocation of funds for activities.

    After all, Xiao Nan, who has had a difficult life since childhood, naturally doesn''t like other people spending money lavishly.

    Xiao Nan naturally doesn''t care what they think Hearing a group of people supporting her from the side, Xiao Nan''s cold face showed a little smile, and her palm softly fell on Uehara''s shoulder Go up, grabbed his disciple, and whispered softly: "Then let Naraku study with me for a while!"

    Tendo Payne was silent for a while, looked at the people present, and nodded slowly: "Then let Uehara continue to learn from you, and for the time being, let Uchiha Sasuke follow Uchiha Itachi and the dried persimmon ghost team!

    "???"

    Uehara Naraku slowly raised his head, and there was a little more doubt in his eyes looking at Tiandao Payne. You said so much today, but you are playing me again?

    Xiao Nan took the palm of Uehara Naraku''s hand, the smile on her face slowly subsided, and she returned to a cold look.

    "Nara, come with me, I want to talk to you about something."

    Xiao Nan was still angry.

 Chapter 158ï¼š The task of destroying Caoyin Village

    Latest website: Lakeshore.

    Xiao Nan raised his head and looked at Uehara Naraku. This disciple was already taller than her, and he couldn''t help but reminded Xiao Nan again of Nagato''s persuasion and Ji Laiya''s teaching.

    The anger in Xiaonan''s chest slowly subsided, and he reached out to help Uehara Naraku tidy up his clothes: "Naraku, tomorrow I will arrange for you to become the succession ceremony of the leader of Yuyin Village. You are a ninja in the country of rain, so slowly learn to shoulder it The responsibility of a leader!"

    Uehara Naraku''s face suddenly drooped, and he shook his head weakly and said, "Teacher Xiaonan, Payne is the most suitable leader of Yuyin Village."

    Uehara Naraku knew it for a long time.

    Xiaonan doesn''t want Uehara Naraku to mix with the current Akatsuki, but to become the leader of Uyin Village according to the established route she set. This is also the difference between Uehara Naraku and Xiaonan, and also the difference between Nagato and Xiaonan.

    Perhaps it was because of too much suffering, Xiao Nan always wanted to arrange a bright and smooth journey for him, but what Uehara Naraku wanted was not this!

    The future is tied to a small Shinobu village every day, and is guarded by Xiaonan and Nagato under the wings. Is this what he should do as a man behind the scenes?

    Uehara Naraku grabbed the palm of Xiaonan''s hand, and said solemnly: "Teacher, I have been practicing in the village for four years, and I have researched a lot of ninjutsu. This time, I didn''t fall into a disadvantage even when I fought against Jiraiya."

    "I know, you have too much guts."

    Xiao Nan slowly raised his head to look at Uehara Naraku, and said solemnly: "And you actually assassinated three generations of Hokage in Konoha this time, in case something happens to you..."

    "Isn''t there no problem..."

    Uehara Naraku helplessly patted his forehead, and said solemnly: "Anyway, I refuse to take over as the leader of Yuyin Village."

    Xiao Nan slowly stretched out her palm and stroked his cheek, her hot breath fell on Uehara Naruto¡¯s neck, her voice getting lower and lower: "Naruko, we want to give you the best. Why do you always refuse?"

    "Maybe there is a generation gap in our concept?"

    Uehara Naraku blinked and stared at Xiaonan¡¯s close eyes. The orange pupils were a bit beautiful. He softly changed the subject: "That... teacher, I brought you a gift. You will love it. !"

    "Ok?"

    Xiao Nan''s eyes suddenly had some doubts.

    Uehara Naraku quickly took out a scroll from his ninja bag and placed it in the palm of Xiao Nan''s hand. He chuckled and said, "Didn''t I tell you before? After the assassination of three generations of Naruto, I got in touch. Danzo..."

    Of course this is a lie.

    In fact, the assassination of Danzo was even further.

    Except for the pharmacist''s pocket, no one else knows the truth.

    Xiao Nan''s gaze suddenly hesitated, her expression was a little hard to say, and she looked at the scroll in her hand: "So what''s inside is..."

    Uehara Naruko nodded, with a smug smile on her face: "Yes, it''s the corpse of Shimura Danzo."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and sighed, and continued to explain: "Shimura Danzo seems to have mastered a door control technique. He has transplanted a bunch of writing wheel eyes on his body. Every time I close one writing wheel eyes, he can be protected from anything for a period of time. Hurt, it took a lot of hands and feet..."

    This is also to get a vaccination.

    In the future, when Konan or Nagato meet Uchiha belt soil, they must be clear that having the Shaluyan means a period of invincible time for Izanagi.

    Uehara Nairobi had some regrets on his face and said: "Because of this, I didn''t bring him back alive, only his corpse."

    "..."

    Xiao Nan''s expression was a little dazed.

    Her mood was especially complicated at this moment, and she didn''t know what to do.

    Every time this disciple went out, he would bring her some weird gifts after coming back. Although these gifts were all in line with the heart, they always felt a little weird.

    Yes, she does hate Zhicun Danzo.

    But more important than Shimura Danzo is Uehara''s emotional intelligence.

    Anyway, Uehara Naraku brought a corpse over as a gift. Is her EQ a little bit lower? Is her education going wrong?

    "Okay, I''m going to treat Nagato-sama first."

    After Uehara Naraku waved his hand, he took this opportunity to interrupt the chat with Xiaonan and turned and left here.

    Xiao Nan nodded hesitantly, her eyes fell on the scroll in her hand again.

    A trace of hatred flashed in Xiao Nan''s eyes, and there was an additional detonation talisman on the scroll.

    Xiao Nan threw the scroll with the detonating talisman into the lake, and quickly closed her palms: "Psychic ¡¤ Mutual Multiplication Detonation Talisman!"

    Countless detonating symbols exploded the scroll to pieces instantly!

    Obviously, both the scroll and the corpses inside are all turned into pieces!

    After finishing all this, Xiao Nan''s eyes slowly flashed with relief, and a pair of wings spread out and landed behind her, driving her slowly to the sky.

    Yuyin Village.

    Above the tower.

    Nagato was still polishing Shura Dao Payne. After hearing the sound of opening the door, he turned his head with a smile on his face and said, "How is it? Is Xiao Nan still angry?"

    "What''s going on today?"

    After Uehara Nairobi waved his hand helplessly, his gaze immediately fell on Shura Dao''s body: "Oh? Does Shura Dao have any new ideas?"

    "Well, didn''t you persuade me before? I have now made Shura Dao into a one-time puppet that can explode in a crisis, and can directly destroy everything in a radius of tens of kilometers through self-detonation as Penn''s last resort. "

    Nagato casually put away Shura Dao Payne, and whispered softly: "From now on, when you go out, take Shura Dao! If there is no chakra in Shura Dao, you can also use your own healing methods to input and check in its body. carat."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head speechlessly, and then provoked the previous topic: "What''s the matter today? How can Junmaro and Shiro become official members of Akatsuki? Hey hey, Nagato-sama, you promised before. Mine, I want to wear a uniform too!"

    "The two children were brought up by Xiao Nan. They naturally listened to Xiao Nan''s orders. Didn''t I happen to help you with the two people who spied on you?"

    Nagato glanced at him and sighed: "Uehara, if you hadn''t assassinated three generations of Hokage this time, you would have become an official member of Akatsuki when you come back..."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but twitched: "But I assassinated three generations of Hokage, doesn''t it mean that I have become stronger?"

    "But you have too much guts!"

    Nagato shook his head and said in a deep voice: "The Five Ninja Village is not as simple as we imagined. Don''t do such dangerous things in the future. Even if you do, you must pass the six penins in advance!"

    "Got it."

    Uehara Naruko waved his hand and said, "Why are you now the same as Mr. Xiaonan, Lord Nagato, we are in the same camp!"

    "It''s too dangerous to be with you."

    Nagato glanced at Uehara Naraku, and continued to shake his head dullly: "I knew you were so bold now, I just..."

    "Hey, it''s done, it''s almost done."

    Uehara Naraku hurriedly interrupted Nagato''s words and said loudly, "Anyway, you promised me when you were communicating with Chakra, let me put on Akatsuki''s uniform and become a full member of Akatsuki!"

    "It''s just a small matter."

    Nagato patted Uehara Naraku''s arm, and said in a deep voice, "After I take care of everything, you will be Akatsuki''s new generation leader..."

    Uehara Naraku: "..."

    The minds of Xiaonan and Nagato are outrageous. One wants him to be the leader of Yuyin Village, and the other wants him to be the leader of Xiao, so he wants to complete a task in a uniform!

    "Hurry up and give a task."

    Uehara Naro patted Nagato''s arm and urged anxiously: "I worry that Mr. Nan will force me to succeed the village leader tomorrow. If it succeeds, it may be difficult to leave the village in the future. I will go out today. Hide for a while."

    To be honest, Uehara felt a little afraid to come back. Xiaonan and Nagato placed too much hope on him, but he just wanted to be a man behind the scenes.

    Of course Nagato refused to agree, shook his head and rejected him: "If Xiao Nan can''t find you, she will trouble me..."

    "Are you helping?"

    Uehara Narakusiu folded her shoulders.

    Nagato helped his forehead and whispered: "Okay, I just have a task here. You are going to attack and destroy Cao Yin Village. This task was originally intended to be completed by Scorpion and Deidara. It¡¯s your test..."

    "Is there a reason?"

    "Yes, for good reason."

    Nagato nodded and explained in a deep voice: "The area of ??the country of grass is just connected to the country of soil and the country of fire. After the village of Caoyin is destroyed, the two countries will definitely have disputes over the ownership of the land of the country of grass. £»

    Moreover, after the country of grass has no armed forces, the manpower of Konoha and Yanyin villages who sneak into the country of rain will also be sent to the country of grass, reducing our chances of exposure. "

    Nagato slowly closed his palms, and continued with a deep voice: "The last reason, Tiandao Payne heard something from Xianglin. Her mother was also a descendant of the whirlpool, but died in Cao Yin. Under the abuse of the village..."

    Perhaps this reason is the most important.

    As the relationship between Uehara Naraku and Nagato got better and better, Nagato gradually became more and more human. He gradually learned to be gentle and angry again.

    Xianglin and her mother are descendants of Uzumaki in a sense, they are also members of the Nagato clan, and he naturally has some thoughts to recover this debt.

    "Fine!"

    Uehara Nairo nodded solemnly, and he glanced at the Shura Dao in the room again, and said softly, "After I pass, I will bring the Shura Dao out to act together!"

    "it is good."

    After Nagato nodded earnestly, he added: "I heard that Caoyin Village has been in a foreign war recently. Maybe you can find evidence that they are trying to start a war against Yuyin Village. You can also make Xiaonan think you are doing it. Business..."

    "I see, come back and bring you gifts!"

    Uehara Naruko left Nagato''s room instantaneously, only to see that his face had become serious!

    If he remembers correctly, there should be a hidden base in the Uchiha belt soil in Kusano, where Uchiha Madara lives, I wonder if there are still some vain entrants?

 Chapter 159ï¼š How versatile is the fairy mode?

    After Uehara Naraku left.

    Pieces of origami flew into the high towers of Yuyin Village, and Xiaonan''s figure appeared in front of Nagato''s room. After she opened the door and walked in, she frowned and said, "Nagato, why? Only you, where is Naraku?"

    "Ahem, ahem..."

    After Nagato coughed violently for a few times, he whispered: "Didn''t you get news of the change in Kusage Village some time ago? I asked Uehara to deal with it."

    "..."

    Xiao Nan frowned and frowned.

    Just as Xiao Nan was about to turn around and leave, Nagato began to persuade him: "Xiao Nan, don''t push him too hard. Uehara at this age wants to do something big by himself."

    "Yes, I understand."

    Xiao Nan nodded and said softly: "I just came here to tell him that I allow him to be a member of Akatsuki, but he must cover his identity, because the future leader of Yuyin Village cannot be contaminated with darkness."

    After speaking, Xiao Nan added: "Forget it, since he has left, let him tell him when he comes back!"

    Nagato''s face was wonderful, his eyes faintly pity: "It seems that Uehara''s luck is not very good, I hope that little guy Uehara won''t cause any more trouble."

    Fate will always be magical.

    Uehara Naraku didn''t know anything about Ugin Village.

    He was still looking for the secret base where Uchiha took the soil and Zee hidden away, but soon after he left Uyin Village, he met Zee who was waiting for him.

    Kurojutsu stopped Naruko Uehara in a gloomy manner, and asked, "Uehara, after going to Konoha, did you find any information about Konoha''s Nine Tails?"

    "Well, I already have information about Nine-Tailed Renzhuli and Yiwei Renzhuli."

    Naruto Uehara nodded, and his face slowly became serious: "But I also got another piece of information. I believe that the predecessor should have also received the news that the codename is Orphan Betrayal, right? Isn''t it a Konoha spy?"

    "how is this possible?"

    Hei Jue shook his head, and said with a smile: "Bring soil is very concerned about the Moon Eye project. How could he be a Konoha spy?"

    "I can rest assured that."

    Uehara Naruto nodded. Of course, he didn''t say a word of nonsense seriously, but took precautions in advance in Heizae''s heart.

    Although Uchiha Daido is not yet Konoha''s spy.

    But when Uehara Naraku returns from Kusakin Village, it is estimated that Kurozutsu will believe that Uchiha Daido will become a "Konoha spy", and maybe Uchiha Daido will be a spy for Oshemaru!

    At that time, Uchiha Daido, Kuro Zetsu and Oshemaru will soon start a big fight. Uehara Naraku dare not say anything else, but Kuro Zetsu must be a loser.

    Kuro never knew that Naraku Uehara wanted to sell its intelligence, but instead nodded with admiration: "Very well, as long as we collect enough information, we are one step closer to the plan to obtain Moon Eye."

    "Ok."

    Uehara Naruko nodded seriously, and continued softly: "Senior, we are doing the Moon Eye Project behind the scenes. Don''t disclose it to others."

    "Don''t worry, I will pay attention."

    Jue''s body slowly retracted to the ground.

    The corners of Uehara Naraku''s mouth twitched slightly. If we don''t disclose the news, then Uchiha Daido will only reveal the news!

    It''s just that this matter needs to be handled carefully.

    It is best to schedule the time earlier.

    According to Uehara Naraku''s last experiment of the shadow secret clone skills and his natural magical skills, he can find ways to reveal the information cryptically.

    It''s just a pity that Uchiha brought soil.

    Uehara Naraku always felt that Uchiha took the soil under pressure he shouldn''t have.

    Now on the side of Konoha Ninja, Uchiha Daido is a black hand rebel who assassinated four generations of Naruto couples and created the Kyuubi Rebellion for Sarutobi.

    On the side of Nagato and Konan, Uchiha Daido is a murderer who murdered his own junior, and there are certain Konoha spies suspected of being uncleared.

    In the future, when he is on the side of Kurojutsu, Uchiha will become a whistleblower, a despicable Uchiha, a traitor of Moon Eye, and so on.

    "Go and do business first!"

    Uehara Naraku''s body slowly floated in the air, flying slowly in the direction of the country of grass, and by the way, check his previous reward for defeating Yamato.

    Side quest: Defeat Yamato (11), the quest has been completed, and the hidden inheritance quest will be rewarded once.

    Hidden inheritance mission: There are many surprises in the forest. Say a correct name.

    Uehara Naraku did not hesitate too much, after all, there are very few heroes with similar wood attributes: "Jyra of Thorns..."

    The task has been completed.

    The legacy of heroes opens.

    Deadly Bloom: After dropping a bunch of thick vines in the target area, the vines will explode and release countless wooden thorns in the area. The minimum skill cost is 70 Chakra points and the skill cooldown time is 3 seconds.

    Root of Entangling: Release the vines in the front to quickly restrain the enemy''s actions. The minimum skill consumption is 70 chakras and the skill cooling time is 5 seconds.

    Strangulation Vine: Summon the wrath of nature, release dense vines in a wide area, the vines will automatically attack the target in the area, the minimum skill consumption is 100 chakras, and the skill cooling time is 45 seconds.

    These all belong to the category of Mu Dun.

    Uehara Naraku is actually looking forward to the genuine Mudun.

    After going to the country of grass this time, if you have the opportunity, you can find the trouble of Oshamaru, and see if you can get a more powerful Mudun skill after defeating the Senjue Zhuma who reincarnated from the dirty soil of Oshamaru.

    In addition to Senjujuma, there is also the second-generation Naruto Senjuma, who is known as the strongest water escape, plus the two powerful forbidden techniques of Dirty Reincarnation and Immortal Reincarnation that Oshemaru needs to turn in. These are all Precious leeks!

    How long has it passed before the leeks in Dashewan can be cut again!

    Of course, you can''t just know the harvest, but also learn to cultivate, and by the way, see if you can let the pharmacist find a way to learn the fairy mode of Longdidong.

    According to Uehara''s guess, the way to advance his fairy mode ascending the gods'' long steps should be to defeat the fairy mode of the three holy places.

    "Fairy Mode¡¤Open!"

    Uehara Naraku''s fingers landed on the curse of the winged sword on his arm, and the natural energy contained in it almost poured into his body quickly, making him feel the power in his body expand rapidly in a flash Come!

    Behind it seems to be suppressing something, it''s a little itchy!

    After a while, Uehara Naraku suddenly grew two pairs of white wings!

    In an instant, Naruto Uehara felt a qualitative change in the power in his body, and all the chakras in his body had been converted into celestial chakras!

    Fairy Mode¡¤The Second Form of Ascending God''s Long Stage Ascends!

    When the fairy mode state was turned on, Uehara Naraku was a little surprised. After the fairy mode was turned on, his status improved beyond belief.

    The second form of ascent (opened): Chakra automatically converts Xianshu Chakra, the cooling time of all skills is reduced by +100%, the life energy is increased by 400%, the life energy recovery effect is increased by 400%, and the fairy energy recovery effect is increased by 400%

    Life energy: 57124 points (fairy mode)

    Xianshu Chakra Energy: 14765 points (Fairy Mode)

    Life energy recovery: 36 points per second (fairy mode)

    Xianshu Chakra recovery 24 o''clock second (Fairy mode)

    The lowest chakra consumption in fairy mode: 10 points per second

    Uehara Naruko frowned and glanced at his skill panel. Except for the cooling time disappeared, the skill consumption did not change. This means that if he uses some powerful skills to bombard wildly, it is estimated that the fairy mode will be supported. It will not be too long.

    "It seems to be used for flying? Can also be used for physical combat?"

    Uehara Naraku controlled the two pairs of white wings behind him and flew up The speed has almost increased by about four times, which makes him feel as if he has been strengthened.

    It would be great if the two pairs of wings on the back could be put away...

    Wouldn''t he be able to maintain the state of the fairy mode?

    However, these two pairs of white wings are the symbol of Uehara Naraku''s opening of the fairy mode, just like the toad eye pupils of the Miaomu Mountain fairy mode, they can''t be retracted at all, so it''s a little pity!

    In addition to being handsome, these two pairs of wings are useless...

    Things like wings are actually human dreams!

    Because of the earth standing underfoot, humans are always eager to fly.

    Uehara Naraku sighed, and flew towards Kushin Village at a super high speed, almost passing through an afterimage in the air!

    After flying for a while, Naruto Uehara suddenly realized a problem. He seemed to think too narrowly.

    In the state of fairy mode, his skills have no time at all, not only can be used to bombard the enemy wildly, but also can be used to speed up the journey. For example, the destiny that has a cooldown time has no cooldown now. Time...

    "fate!"

    An elusive smile suddenly appeared on Uehara Naraku''s face, and then his body suddenly disappeared in the air, and a series of ultra-long distance travels and investigations finally began.

    A few minutes later.

    Uehara Naraku completed the investigation of the entire border between the country of grass and the country of grass, and finally locked the position of a person and a group of Shirasu.

    Uehara Naraku stood on a big tree, looking down at a closed cave.

    Uehara''s eyes faintly glowed with a touch of gold, which was precisely the ability to perceive hunting rhythm. He looked at the ground under the cave carefully, and the smile at the corner of his mouth could hardly be concealed: "It''s been a long time since I saw you, Senior Uchiha. ¡­"

 Chapter 160ï¼š Donâ€™t you just pour dirty water on people?

    Uehara Naraku is very busy.

    Now Uehara Naraku is squatting on the outskirts of this secret base, eagerly waiting for Bai Jue''s clone to emerge and be caught by him. By the way, he used his very crude drawing skills to draw the map of the base.

    Uehara Naraku drew a map more abstract than the maps he bought in some small shops. Basically, he wrote a rough azimuth data and drew a few iconic hillsides.

    When mapping the geographic location, Uehara Naraku would alternately turn on hunting rhythm and destiny from time to time, to investigate whether Shirazue appeared.

    After a long time, a avatar of Bai Jue appeared under the secret base. It used the art of mayfly to swim far away. According to observations, the destination of this Bai Jue should be to a nearby town.

    When this Bai Jue just got out of the ground and turned into an ordinary person, someone patted it on the shoulder and placed a scribbled map in front of it: "Friend, you take this Can the map find my home?"

    "Ok?"

    Bai Jue''s brows suddenly wrinkled, but it turned to look at a strange face, so he lowered his head to look at the map with peace of mind.

    "What is this painting?"

    "Map!"

    "I''m asking where is this sign painted?"

    Bai Jue glared displeasedly at the strange man behind him, and started spraying at the scribbled map: "What are you? A mountain? What is this? A lake? What is this, a forest? What kind of mess is this map drawn? Who can find a hillside location from the forest? It also says about a few kilometers..."

    As Bai Jue said, his voice gradually lowered. It seemed to have thought of where this place was. This was the secret base where they and Uchiha had hidden the soil!

    Bai Jue turned his head to look at the stranger in an instant, only to see a mysterious smile on the stranger''s face, and his heart felt a little chilly!

    Bai Jue suddenly felt bad in his heart. The next moment he planned to escape and rush back to the base to report the letter, his body was **** by vines!

    Bai Jue''s face suddenly changed, and he asked in a deep voice, "Mu Dun? Who are you guys? How come Mu Dun between Qianshou Zhu?"

    "Oh, I''m just a painter."

    The stranger''s face changed again, and Uehara Naraku''s original appearance was restored. He chuckled and said, "Well, it seems that there is nothing wrong with the map I drew..."

    "Uehara Naraku!"

    This Shiraizu immediately recognized this person who was often circulated in the base, and even he had secretly monitored Uehara Naruko in Uyin Village for a period of time. It is said that Kurozutsu and Uchiha Daido quarrel every time because of this guy .

    This person should be their ally!

    A few years ago, this Shirazu saw Uehara Naruto in front of Xiaonan and Nagato to help Uchiha take the soil, but Xiaonan and Nagato were very stubborn and refused to accept the soil again.

    This Bai Jue reluctantly comforted himself, and asked in a low voice, "Uehara Naraku, what do you mean? Why do you catch me and write down the location of our secret base? Are you guys Nagato and Konanya intervening around us? Spy?"

    "Is Bai Jue nagging as annoying as you?"

    Two pairs of white wings suddenly spread out behind Uehara Naraku. He carried the white vines in his hands and flew into the sky.

    This Bai Jue seemed to be a little afraid of heights because he had been living under the ground, and he kept cursing in the air.

    Nairo Uehara thought that he was of high quality, and he knew that this Baijue wouldn''t live long, and he didn''t care about Baijue''s cursing.

    This Bai Jue was sent to the pharmacist''s pocket.

    Uehara Naraku spread these wings and flew all the way to the vicinity of Otoyin Village. By the way, Shirazu cursed all the way.

    After landing, this Bai Jue said solemnly: "This is Otoyin Village, Uehara Naraku, what are you bringing me here?"

    "You''ve been to quite a few places."

    Uehara Naraku chuckled lightly and began to use the Destiny skill, and soon found the position of the Medicine Master''s pocket, but the Oshe Maru was not in the village now.

    Since the Konoha collapse plan, Oshemaru seems to be less concerned about the existence of Otoyin Village. The number of ninjas in this village is also decreasing, and even the guards are not sound.

    This is also normal.

    After all, Konoha has been tracking Oshemaru, and they have only recently been caught by the so-called orphan Anbu Rebellion. When they are relieved, they will definitely find a way to send someone to suppress the Mie Yin Yin Village.

    At least in name, Yinyin Village should be eliminated.

    Oshemaru also doesn''t care about Konoha''s actions. The foundation of Otoyin Village is Otoyin himself. As long as Otoyin is still alive, he can build a new Otoyin Village in the future.

    Uehara Naraku found the pharmacist pocket with little effort, and it happened that pharmacist pocket was carefully experimenting in the laboratory.

    When Yakushidou saw Naraku Uehara, he didn''t feel particularly surprised. He had seen the magic of this new boss many times.

    But what does it mean that Uehara Naraku''s curious baby staring at the experimental platform? Is he still planning an explosion experiment?

    "Cough cough cough cough... Lord Naraku."

    Pharmacist hurriedly interrupted Uehara Naraku''s thoughts. He lowered his head and looked at Shiraizu next to Uehara Naraku. His eyes lit up: "Is this Shiraizu?"

    "Well, it''s alive, it''s caught now."

    When Uehara Naraku talked about Bai Jue, he seemed to be talking about a fish. He took out a map from his ninja bag and handed it to the Yakushi pocket: "This is the map I drew, and it is the base where Shirazu is occupied. , You have to find a way to guide Dashewan to catch them."

    "understand."

    The pharmacist looked around the map for a while. He had seen any scribbled map from a spy, but the map that Uehara Naraku gave him was really hard to describe.

    Fortunately, Yakushidou knew most of the terrain in the Ninja World. He accepted the map obediently, without saying anything rude, instead focusing more on the living Baijue.

    After researching these days, Yakushidou and Dashewan have become more and more eager for Bai Jue. Bai Jue''s biological energy has played a huge role!

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around, and a hunger for knowledge flashed in his eyes: "I will now use this Bai Jue for human experiments on intercolumn cell transplantation!"

    "There are inter-pillar cells here?"

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes suddenly lit up: "You help me prepare an inter-column cell, I want to transplant inter-column cells for a descendant of Uzumaki!"

    Originally, Naraku Uehara wanted to get a copy of intercolumnar cells for Nagato. Since there are intercolumnar cells here, let''s take a copy from here!

    "Is it fragrant phosphorus?"

    Pharmacist¡¯s brows suddenly wrinkled, and his brain seemed to have figured out something: ¡°Yes, the whirlpool family is born with strong vitality, and they are also the easiest carriers to carry the inter-pillar cells, and it is even possible to awaken Mu Dunxue. It¡¯s a pity that the descendants of Uzumaki are scattered all over the Ninja World. It is too difficult to find, and it is too wasteful to use for experiments..."

    "Don''t mention these theories."

    Uehara Naraku gave a dissatisfied look at Pharmacist, and said softly: "This Shiraizu has already seen my true face. You can''t let this guy survive. After you finish the experiment on the intercolumnar cells, you can turn its head off. !"

    "Nara Uehara, you bastard, you despicable bastard!"

    Bai Jue immediately began a series of scolding. Within half a minute, Bai Jue used all the curse words he knew in his life to describe Uehara Naraku.

    The pharmacist was ashamed of hearing.

    In fact, Osamaru occasionally scolded Uehara Naraku secretly.

    However, compared to this Bai Jue, Oshemaru''s cursing words appear to be very qualified, and back and forth are a few words of villain who take advantage of others and Akatsuki''s inhuman monster...

    Naruto Uehara listened all the way, took out her own ears, ignored Bai Jue, just looked at the pharmacist who was going to help him get the interpillar cells and asked: "Pouch, where is the Oshemaru guy, is he again? What is the conspiracy?"

    "No."

    The pharmacist took a closed bottle and sealed the bottle with a scroll before handing it to Uehara Naraku: "Osaimaru-sama and Kusagemura have a deal to deal with..."

    Over the past few years, many of the experimental funds earned by Dashe Maru are derived from transactions with Xiaonin Village, small country names, and rich and powerful people.

    Caoyin Village is also one of his partners.

    "Oh, I hope he ends soon."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and said with emotion: "I will go to destroy Kusakin Village after I leave in a while. If Oshemaru fails to get enough money from the transaction, he will have a forever payment in the future. The debt is not coming back."

    Pharmacist pocket: "..."

    Oh, isn''t this going to be pitted again?

    A few days ago, Oshe Maru occasionally developed a tool that seems to be used in warfare. In order to make a fortune from Cao Yin Village, O She Maru is going to talk about prices and collect data by the way. However, it is estimated that this transaction will be direct Yellow off!

    Dashemaru didn''t even take the advance payment from Caoyin Village this time, because he was too confident of his own strength, and Xiaonincun didn''t dare to repay Dashemaru''s debt.

    But if this little Shinobu village is destroyed by Uehara Naraku, it is a real force majeure factor, even Oshamaru has nothing to do...

    Yakushidou glanced at Naraku Uehara speechlessly. He didn''t know what to say. Why did the new boss of Naraku Uehara always cheat his old boss?

    Uehara Naraku put away the seal scroll and kicked the still-living Shiraizu, and whispered softly, "As for how to lure Oshemaru into attacking Uchiha''s entrenched base of Daido and Shiraitsu, I don''t need me to help you think about the reasons. Right?"

    "Of course not."

    Pharmacist Duo quickly chuckled and shook his head: "I can easily solve this little thing by myself, after all, I have enough reasons."

    After finishing talking, Yakushidou glanced at the Baijue with regret: "It''s a pity this Baijue, if Lord Oshemaru is here, you can use it more..."

    "Okay, I will catch more later."

    Uehara Nairo patted the shoulder of the Yakushi pocket, and looked like I looked very good at you: "You are lurking in Oshemaru. He is a tool man, and your potential is endless. Try to reincarnate the dirty soil and dragon ground cave. Learned the fairy model, do you understand?"

    Throughout the entire history of the Ninja world, only Pharmacist Dou has learned the Ryuji-dong fairy model. Nairo Uehara wants to evolve her own fairy model, so she can only temporarily pin her hopes on Pharmacist Dou, otherwise he has to try to kill him. White snake fairy...

    Moreover, the Yakushidou can master the skillful rebirth of the dirty soil, which is a potential stock. The Yakushidou is also the highest achievement among the three subordinates of Uehara in the future. It is much stronger than the dried persimmon ghost shark and the ghost lamp full moon.

    "understand."

    Pharmacist nodded hesitantly. To tell the truth, Naraku Uehara had high hopes for him, and Pharmacist couldn''t even think about it!

    "Oh, yes, there are a few more things."

    Uehara Naraku suddenly turned his head, grabbed the shoulders of Yakushitou, and asked softly, "I want to plant the leaks of Shirajue base on Uchiha''s soil. Anyway, he is lonely now, as long as he is planted on him. No one will believe him, can you do anything about this?"

    "¡­can."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around and whispered, "I will take care of this, and Master Naraku can rest assured."

    "In addition to these, there is information about Jue..."

    Uehara Naraku patted the shoulder of Yakushi''s pocket, and continued to ask: "There are absolutely black and white, and white is just a bunch of waste, with low combat effectiveness;

    But Kurojutsu claims to be Uchiha Madara''s will. It exists for a huge plan. As for this plan, I will tell you after I figure out how to make it up.

    But you can find a way to leak it to Oshemaru in advance. This was also leaked by Uchiha with soil. I will leave this to you. Is there a problem? "

    Uehara Naraku found that it was really good for a spy to be next to Oshe Maru In this way, he could directly pass the information to the pharmacist''s pocket, and let the pharmacist find a way to leak it to Oshemaru.

    In this way, there is no need for him to rashly use the identity of Oshemaru to make trouble, lest any flaws appear in the middle.

    Yakushi pocket glanced at Naraku Uehara speechlessly, and I still need to think about how to make it up, aren''t you just trying to pour dirty water on Kurojutsu?

    However, the quality of a subordinate allows the pharmacist to know when to ask and when not to ask, when to answer and when to shut up.

    After the pharmacist was silent for a while, his gaze slowly turned to the Bai Zetsu who was about to die on the experimental platform beside him: "Master Naraku, I want to know more about Bai Zetsu, whether they have human thoughts or belong What about the attached creatures of Heijue?"

    "You mean to ask, is this Shiraizu and Uchiha have a good relationship with the soil, or is it better to have a relationship with Kurozu?"

    Uehara Naraku touched her chin, looked at the more irritable Bai Zetsu, and said softly: "Bai Zetsu should have no brains. They do what they want, maybe their brains are filled with water. What?"

    "You **** have no brains!"

    Shirazue, who insisted on cursing beside him, was irritated again: "Uehara Naraku, you despicable villain, shameless and indecent, your brain is full of water!"

    Pharmacist pushed his glasses slowly, and said softly: "It seems that we can use this Shirazu as a messenger sent by Uchiha to cooperate with Osamaru-sama. If they really cooperate, they will Is there a threat to Naraku-sama?"

    "rest assured."

    Uehara Naraku smiled confidently and spread out her palms: "The entire Ninja world can''t pick out a few people as my opponents, I can have any countermeasures..."

    This is the confidence after the fairy mode!

    Stronger is stronger, stronger when stronger!

 Chapter 161ï¼š This is Godâ€™s will... to destroy you!

    Dashemaru has not returned yet.

    Uehara Naraku simply sat in the corner of the laboratory to rest, watching the pharmacist carry out the human experiment of transplanting intercolumn cells to Bai Zetsu by the way.

    If Oshemaru came back, Uehara Naraku would definitely have to slip away directly. Now is not his chance to meet Oshemaru, because the main purpose now is to plant Uchiha with soil and pour dirty water on Kurozu.

    This ninja world is always so magical.

    The creditor Uehara Naraku couldn''t wait for the debt collection at Oshemaru''s house. Thinking about it, she felt uncomfortable. Then we can only wait until we meet Oshemaru again and add more interest to his debt.

    In addition to the previously agreed to take away the Undead Reincarnation Art and the Immortal Reincarnation Art, but also a psychic Rashomon and the Ghoul Sealing Art...

    "Nara Uehara, you bastard! You''re a bird shit! Sooner or later, you won''t die! When I leave here, I will suffocate in the desert..."

    Bai Jue was still cursing on the experimental platform, and a series of curses from various countries in the Ninja world sprayed out of his mouth. It seemed that this guy had stayed a lot.

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the busy pharmacist pocket on the laboratory bench, and took out his ears: "Can you plug its mouth..."

    "Sorry, let me figure out a solution."

    After the pharmacist nodded in his pocket, he hurriedly grabbed the plastic gloves on the test bench and put it into Bai Jue''s mouth, blocking the broken mouth.

    Pharmacist¡¯s time is actually very urgent, because according to Uehara Naraku¡¯s instructions, he must kill the white lore before the arrival of the Oshe Maru. However, in line with the principle of waste utilization, Pharmacist¡¯s bag will have to do another round of experiments and simply collect it. Click on the data.

    The pharmacist carefully took out a bottle of intercolumnar cells, while chatting softly: "By the way, Lord Naraku needs me to help with the transplantation of intercolumnar cells?"

    "Don''t worry, some people can operate on themselves."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head, remembering Nagato and Rokudo Payne, and whispered: "It should be possible? After all, he has done a good job in machinery and human puppets..."

    However, Uehara Naraku was still a little worried, and added: "I will ask again when I go back! Before that, find an opportunity to perform a transplantation of Phosphorus, which should increase her strength a lot."

    "understand."

    The pharmacist nodded, took a scalpel and cut off Bai Jue''s arm, stuffed the inter-column cells into Bai Jue''s body and began to stitch.

    Time is urgent, and he has too much time to do too many operations.

    In fact, as expected by Uehara Nairo, Bai Zetsu was the most suitable organism for cell transplantation between the columns, and Bai Zetsu''s wounds quickly merged.

    In the next second, this Bai Jue''s body suddenly grew countless wooden thorns!

    A flash of madness flashed across the eyes of Pharmacist Pocket: "Even the most troublesome Mu Dunxueji can awaken, maybe we can try to transplant the Shalanyan for it?"

    "Forget it."

    Uehara Naraku broke Bai Zetsu''s neck with one hand, and saw that Bai Zetsu''s body instantly turned into a large tree, which made the druggist''s face full of surprise!

    Uehara Naraku added softly: "Except for the kaleidoscope writing wheel, the other writing wheel eyes are of no value. Okay, so be it. You guys prepare well. After you break the base, be careful of those who escape!"

    After all, the art of mayfly is very troublesome.

    Before Uehara Naraku left, he took another shot to prevent it: "By the way, Uchiha''s ability to carry soil has been spread throughout the Ninja World, right?

    In case you encounter Uchiha who is fighting back, you can try to let the second-generation Naruto Lord who reincarnated from the dirty soil try to crack his ability.

    Anyway, the entire ninja world can''t single out anyone who hates Uchiha more than Senjukaima. Maybe Senjukaima of the filthy reincarnation body will take the initiative to cooperate? "

    "Yes, thank you Nairo-sama."

    The pharmacist nodded respectfully.

    Uehara Naraku lightly smiled and patted the shoulder of Yakushi''s pocket and said, "Well, I can''t come into contact with Dashemaru now to avoid revealing any flaws.

    After Dashewan came back from Caoyin Village, you just told him the good news that he was able to catch Bai Jue and made Dashewan happy for a few more days.

    After all, when I meet the fellow Oshemaru next time, his mood may become very bad. "

    "¡­Yes."

    Pharmacist''s expression was very helpless.

    Why does his mood become very bad after you meet Dashewan? Isn''t this a clear plan to bully him?

    Isn¡¯t it good to be a good individual?

    Yakushidou really hopes that Uehara Naraku can cooperate sincerely with Oshomaru once, so he doesn''t need to be particularly entangled.

    Neither of them seemed to be able to subdue to others.

    And there can only be one person behind the entire Ninja World.

    The country of grass.

    Cao Yin Village.

    Da She Maru is not just here to talk about transactions, he also wants to get information about Jue from Cao Yin Village, because Jue Zai Xiao''s identity is a traitor from Cao Yin Village.

    Except for Xiaonan, Nagato, and Uchiha who brought the soil, the other members thought it was definitely a rebel from Kusakin Village. After all, all Akatsuki members are S-rank rebels, so naturally they also made up such a rebel. Identity.

    Unfortunately, nothing was achieved.

    According to the information that Dashe Maru got from the leader of Caoyin Village, it was only after joining Caoyin Village halfway, that he quickly quit Caoyin Village and became a traitor.

    It definitely seemed to be putting a layer of renunciation on himself.

    Then its true origin is very worthy of scrutiny.

    After Dashemaru left Caoyin Village, she couldn''t help but frowned: "It looks like we can only find a way to get the best information from the members of the Akatsuki organization. This body can support up to three years, and one must be caught as soon as possible Bai Jue conducts an experiment..."

    The question is, which team member can he easily handle?

    The members of Akatsuki''s organization are not weak, each member has its own unique ability, and even their own information is well hidden.

    "Forget it."

    Da She Maru sighed faintly, and shook his head on his own: "Although I didn''t get absolute information here, I also got an order from Cao Yin Village to replenish funds and scarce resources."

    Dashemaru didn''t know that someone under the ground was watching him. After he left the Cao Yin village, a figure slowly emerged, it was Uehara Naraku.

    After Uehara Naruko left the ground, he sighed while looking in the direction of Oshamaru''s departure: "The creditor is hiding from someone who owes money. Is it still a human being without any interest?"

    After speaking, Naraku Uehara slowly spread two pairs of wings behind him, slowly driving him into the air of Kushin Village.

    Nairo Uehara looked down at the brightly lit grassy village below, and slowly spread out his palm, and a fireball appeared in his palm!

    Just as the ninjas of Cao Yin Village raised their heads and looked up into the sky in surprise, yelling at the enemy attack, a dull voice rang in their ears!

    "Sucking the blood of a little girl for your own life will make your lives come to an end early. This is God''s will... to destroy you!"

    Uehara Naraku threw the huge fireball down with one hand. After watching the fireball detonate a tall building, he touched his chin: "It feels too shameful, how did Mr. Nan endure it..."

    Boom!

    The fireball detonated the tall buildings, and the fire was bright!

    This group of fire started a prelude to the destruction of Ninja Village!

    The Kusagi ninjas and villagers screamed and ran around. Some Kushinin captains commanded their subordinates to put out the fire and attacked Uehara Naraku in the air.

    "Attack the winged birdman above!"

    "It''s just right! Get out the weapon Osha Maru just sold to us just now, just to test his weapon!"

    A weird-shaped cart was pushed out by the Kushinoba. On the cart was a bunch of weird warhead weapons, and Uehara''s eyelids trembled.

    Funny?

    Is this guy a missile or a bazooka?

    This kind of thing can''t bear the world at all!

    Uehara Naraku raised his eyebrows, thinking of Shurado Payne, who was nestling in the room every day, as if Shurado was also equipped with a pile of missiles. He almost installed modern individual weapons all over, and it seemed that he had installed one Laser weapons These things are indeed in line with the common sense of Ninja world.

    After all, the technology tree in the Ninja world has always been crooked.

    The advanced modern weapons on the ground use the most primitive carts in the Ninja world.

    Uehara Naraku slowly stretched out his arm, looking at the grassy village on the ground, and his voice gradually became low: "Fire escape ¡¤ Pillar of Flame!"

    The underground flames burst out suddenly!

    The skills of Uehara Naraku in the fairy mode did not have any cooling at all, one after another underground flames spewed out, and in just a few seconds, the entire Cao Yin village turned into a sea of ??fire!

    Both the so-called weapons and the ninjutsu resistance of the Kusaka ninjutsu were completely defeated under the advantages of air supremacy and fire ninjutsu!

    Uehara Naraku looked at the Kusakura Ninja running under the light of the fire. A larger flame appeared in front of him. It suddenly fell downward, completely detonating the entire Kusakura village, and the Chakra in his body also tended towards him. To run out.

    Side mission: Destroy a Shinobu Village (11), the mission has been completed, reward skill Arcane Comet.

    Arcane Comet: When attacking, you can summon a comet in the target area. The skill consumes at least 100 Chakra points and the skill cooldown time is 15 seconds.

    Uehara Naraku glanced at this skill, which was about the equivalent of Uchiha Madara''s Obstacle, but to reach the level of Obstacle, it seemed to waste a lot of Chakra.

    However, compared with the gains of this mission, Uehara Naraku values ??the huge benefits brought by the dark harvest after the destruction of Kushin Village.

    Dark Harvest: Passive skills. After defeating a ninja, you will get a part of the power from the enemy. Each time you will increase life energy by 10 points, chakra energy by 10 points, and natural energy by 10 points, providing a total of 13420 points of life energy and 13420 points of chakra energy. Points, 13420 natural energy points.

 Chapter 162ï¼š Bring soil, are you going to help Uehara?

    The flames skyrocketed.

    Naruto Uehara stood on top of the flames and casually took out a ring and put it on her hand. After entering the chakra in the ring, he whispered: "My task is completed, and there will be no grass in the future. Hidden village."

    "Then come back!"

    Nagato''s voice sounded a little relaxed, and he whispered over there, "After we came back, Xiaonan and I arranged a surprise for you."

    "Haha...surprise..."

    Uehara Naruko smiled coolly and whispered into the ring: "I found some collusion between them and Oshemaru in Kusage Village. I want to see if we can find the trace of Oshemaru again. I am here to chakra fast. Exhausted, go back and talk again!"

    What is a surprise?

    Do Nagato and Xiaonan know what a surprise is!

    According to his knowledge of Nagato and Xiaonan, after returning home, he might be the leader of Yuyin Village as well as the leader of Xiao.

    Now it''s hard for him to figure out, isn''t it fun to plan honestly about Oshemaru, Kurozutsu, and Uchiha''s soil?

    What''s more, now Caoyin Village is destroyed.

    It won¡¯t be long before Iwakura Village and Konoha get the news, they should all send a large number of ninjas into the country of grass, Uehara Naruko can still cause trouble here, doing something is better than going back to Yuyin Village and sitting every day. Funding for human development activities is much more interesting.

    Uehara Naraku retracted the wings behind him and reopened his attribute bar. Dark Harvest increased his basic attributes by over 10,000 points this time, which was far more than what he got during Konoha''s collapse plan.

    Life energy: 27101 (normal state, not within the conventional standard)

    Chakra energy: 27585 (normal state is not within the conventional standard)

    Natural energy: 27585 (normal state, not within the conventional standard)

    Life energy recovery: 9 seconds (normal state)

    Chakra recovery: 6 seconds (normal state)

    Natural energy recovery: 6 seconds (normal state)

    Skill cooldown: 60%

    Gold coins remaining: 4830

    Although the power and the chakra have become stronger, the basic recovery seems a little less than enough. According to the current speed, it will take at least an hour for Naruto Uehara to slowly recover his chakra.

    "I''m in deep meaning! Xia Zhen!"

    A cloud of mist instantly covered Uehara''s surroundings, and the Chakra of Uehara Naraku quickly recovered.

    Uehara Naraku quietly turned on the Destiny skill, watching the whereabouts of Oshemaru above, and the corner of her mouth hooked: "Oshemaru is so fast, then prepare to receive the good news from me!"

    Yinyin Village.

    After Dashewan rushed back, he immediately announced a piece of good news to Pharmacist Dou: "Dou, I have negotiated with Cao Yin Village. Recently we can make some weapons in exchange for the resources and money we need."

    "..."

    Pharmacist''s face is a bit unsightly.

    If the pharmacist did not make a mistake in his time calculation, it is estimated that Uehara Naraku has already arrived at the Kusage Village, and that Shinnin Village should be gone.

    Lord Oshemaru is really miserable!

    A big deal had just been negotiated, and before he could make a deal, his party A was completely destroyed by Uehara Naruko.

    Pharmacist sighed quietly in his heart, and did not answer Dashewan''s words directly. Instead, he led him to the experimental stage and shifted the topic of Caoyin Village: "Master Dashewan, come and see what this is..."

    "this is?

    "Bai Jue."

    The pharmacist slowly raised his head, looking directly at the Dashewan and said in a deep voice: "A person named Heijue suddenly sent a Baijue, and asked me to use this live Baijue to perform an intercolumnar cell. Transplantation experiment.

    I fought it once, and I couldn''t do anything with it.

    That Heizue seemed to know what experiment we were doing. It invited us to kill the Uchiha belt soil and gave me a map, telling me that there are a lot of Heizue hidden here for us to use. "

    The pharmacist pointed to the corpse of Bai Jue on the experimental platform, and said in a low voice: "So I can only perform an inter-column cell transplantation experiment in advance when it is invited..."

    "The results of it?"

    Dashemaru''s expression was a bit anxious, but when he saw the wooden thorns on the experiment table, a cold-blooded smile appeared in the snake pupils: "It looks like the experiment should be a success, right?"

    "Yes."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around and untied his sleeve. There was a sharp wooden thorn on it. He whispered: "Mu Dun''s recovery ability is very powerful, and ninjutsu is also very strange and terrifying..."

    "Ha ha ha ha ha¡­"

    The smile on Dashemaru''s face is very strong: "Just after awakening Mu Dun, do you have the power to rival you? It seems that our research has made no mistakes... It is a pity that we lost a living Baijue."

    "That Hei Jue has already given us information."

    The pharmacist slowly took out a scribbled map and a precise map. The former was left to him by Naru Uehara, and the latter was redrawn by the pharmacist. It was probably the rigor of a scientist.

    The pharmacist put the two maps on the table and whispered: "This is the place where Kurozutsu invited Oshamaru-sama to attack Uchiha belt soil. As long as we solve Uchiha belt soil, we should be able to get Bai Zezu intelligence."

    After speaking, Yakushidou added: "It''s just that I can''t judge whether there is any conspiracy in it. After all, we don''t know who Heijue is, whether he wants to cooperate or borrow. The machine ambushes you... After all, the location above is a bit secretive."

    Oshemaru suddenly smiled and said, "Do, how many people in the entire Ninja world have defeated me now?"

    "nobody."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around and agreed: "Since the Konoha collapse plan is over, every powerful ninja in the ninja world should know that Lord Oshemaru has perfected the art of reincarnating from the dirty land. It is only the first generation Naruto and the second generation Naruto. The existence of Osha Maru will be able to place the combat power of Oshe Maru at the top of the Ninja World."

    "Now I can even go to attack the country of rain, kill Xiao''s Payne, and seize his reincarnation eye! Let''s go to this location and see if we know it!"

    Oshemaru licked his lips and chuckled, "Even if someone wants to cooperate with me to kill Uchiha belt soil, I happen to want to ambush him and seize his kaleidoscope writing wheel eyes! In addition, there are people there. With Bai Jue, what we need..."

    "understand."

    Yakushi nodded solemnly, "However, Uchiha''s ability to carry soil is too weird. We may be able to reveal Kurojee. On the one hand, we try to obtain Kurojee''s intelligence from Uchiha''s soil, and on the other hand we find a chance to attack him. !"

    "Hehe, maybe I guessed who Heijue was."

    Oshemaru touched his arm and thought of Akatsuki''s Zuzu. He lowered his head and chuckled, "But this proposal is good. If you want to fight against space ninjutsu, only space ninjutsu can work."

    Bai Jue''s attraction is not too big for Da She Wan. Whether it is reincarnating from the dirty soil or reincarnating without a corpse, these require the use of Bai Jue.

    After Dashemaru knew the location of Bai Jue, she couldn''t bear it immediately, and planned to go to the marked location on the map with the pharmacist.

    Although Uchiha''s ability to bring the soil is weird, but Oshemaru has some forbidden techniques on hand, plus the first and second generations of Naruto, it is not at all in his heart.

    Such creatures as Bai Jue are related to immortality and science, but Dashewan dares to fight for their lives in order to get them!

    He has many lives anyway.

    Da She Wan and Yak Shi Po did not need to do too much preparation. They only brought two coffins that sealed the first and second generations of Hokage, and went directly to the marked locations on the map.

    Bai Jue''s base.

    Uchiha belt soil still lives here in seclusion.

    Except for the occasional visit to Rin Nohara during the festival, Uchiha took the soil and didn''t bother to worry about the troubles. All he had to do was wait.

    Just wait.

    Waiting for the Moon Eye project to start capturing the tail beast, Uchiha will take the soil to leave here, and find a way to cooperate with Kurozu to let Akatsuki catch the tail beast.

    Uchiha turned over with soil in his hands and looked at a pair of scrolls. Next to him was a flowerpot with a thorn planted in it, and on the thorn was a blooming white flower.

    How could there be white flowers in a base buried deep underground?

    This was cultivated when Uchiha brought the soil to practice Mudun Ninjutsu. It has to be said that the reclusive life of the past few years is not without benefits, and the strength of Uchiha''s soil has become stronger.

    "With soil, something went wrong."

    A Bai Jue got into Uchiha''s room with soil and whispered: "We just sensed two chakras approaching here, and one of them is Osamaru!"

    "Ok?"

    Uchiha Daito slowly raised his head, and curiously asked, "How did he find here? Are you sure he didn''t pass by here?"

    "No, because his direction is our base."

    Bai Jue shook his head immediately, because there were still many Bai Jue who were sleeping and not awakened. The fighting power on the bright side of this base was only Uchiha.

    Uchiha raised his eyebrows and slowly put down the scroll: "It''s okay, I will solve him, but you guys will find a way to find out why Osaimaru discovered our base."

    Just as Uchiha brought the soil to get up and leave the base to go out to fight, another Bai Zetsu came in: "Wait, someone sent information just now. It seems that someone behind Osamaru is tracking him, like Uehara Naraku. Kid!"

    "Uehara Naraku?"

    Uchiha''s muddy face suddenly became more complicated.

    Back then, because he wanted to kill Uehara Naraku, he was expelled from the Akatsuki organization by Nagato and Xiaonan, and even Heijue couldn''t stand his brainlessness.

    Later, I heard that the little fellow Uehara Naraku often praised him, and said many times that for the purpose of the Moon Eye project, he had forgiven Taito for murdering him back then.

    Judging from the various actions of Uehara Naraku, this kid seems to be easily persuaded, and judging from his performance, it seems that he has no own opinions.

    So for Uchiha Daido, he has no hatred for Uehara Naraku.

    Of course Uchiha Daido doesn''t like Uehara Naraku, because he thinks Uehara Naraku is an idiot kid with no brains and good luck.

    Well, even with a little cleverness and ninjutsu talent.

    After all, even Hei Jue has praised Uehara Naraku''s talent many times. You must know that a little guy without any blood succession and secret skills can actually kill the shadow of a village!

    Moreover, when he killed the fourth generation of Fukage that year, Uehara Naraku was only twelve years old; now at the age of sixteen, he dared to assassinate the third generation of Naruto and succeeded!

    These things don''t matter to Uchiha belt soil.

    As long as he is willing to do it, he can do it too.

    After all, the fourth generation of Fukage has always been a waste of iron, and the third generation of Hokage is also old, and it is said that after the fierce battle between Osaki Maru and the third generation of Naruto, Uehara Naraku picked up a leak.

    Uchiha Daido suddenly turned his head and said, "Uehara Naraku, that kid is ours, right? Why is he following Osaimaru?"

    "He is indeed ours."

    A Bai Jue thought for a while, and seriously responded: "Will it be Akatsuki''s mission? After all, Osha Maru is Akatsuki''s traitor!"

    "It is indeed possible."

    The other Shirazu nodded, and accepted the stubborn words: "It should be after Konoha Nakanobu test, Uehara Naruko found the trail of Oshemaru, so he followed him in secret."

    "The Dashewan is not easy to handle now."

    The previous Bai Jue shook his head, and said in a deep voice, "I heard that Oshemaru has completed the technique of reincarnating from the dirty soil and resurrected the first and second generations of Naruto. It is probably for this reason that Uehara didn''t dare to make a move?

    "that¡­"

    The two Bai Zetsu turned their heads and looked at Uchiha''s soil: "With soil, will you help him?"

    "They happen to be around here."

    Uchiha sighed quietly, slowly putting on a light black coat.

    Uchiha took care of his clothes and sighed: "Then I will help him once! After all, he has been explaining to me in front of Nagato and Xiaonan before, and I haven''t seen this luck for a long time. The kid..."

    Above the ground.

    Uehara Naraku did not hide her whereabouts.

    Uehara Naraku not only deliberately let Bai Zetsu find him, he even greeted him kindly as if they were old friends.

    "where is this place?"

    Uehara Naraku looked lost, and asked softly, "Why is Osaimaru coming to this place?"

    This Bai Jue thought for a while, but decided to speak stupidly: "This is our secret base! Uchiha is here with the soil, do you want to see him? He almost killed you before, you Do you still hate him?"

    "At first I was scared and hated him again."

    Uehara Naraku smiled and shook his head, and continued: "But the predecessors mentioned that we are also people who are working together for the Moon Eye peace plan. For the Moon Eye to succeed, it doesn''t matter if he kills me."

    "..."

    The Bai Jue was stunned for a while, and then sighed: "You are really... so good, unlike the guy with the soil, his eyes are too small."

    In fact, this Shirazu wanted to say that Uehara Naraku was really stupid.

    The guy Uchiha Daito wanted to kill Uehara Naraku for his own selfish desires. What does it matter if his identity is exposed? As long as the Reincarnation Eye is still there, there will be no problems with the Moon Eye Project~www.novelhall. com~ Just at this moment, another Shirazue came up, patted Uehara Naraku''s shoulder and said, "The guy with the soil wants to see you, he seems to want to help you..."

    "is it?"

    Uehara Naraku had some surprises in his eyes. He looked at the previous Baijue and chuckled, "Actually, the predecessor with soil is not what you said. He is the same as when he was codenamed Afei in Akatsuki before. He is still very enthusiastic. what!"

    "..."

    The two Bai Jue didn''t know what to say.

    Is this Uehara Naraku a fool?

    Forget it, as long as they are happy.

    Human beings are indeed too stupid.

    In the underground base.

    When Uehara Naruto fell in, Uchiha was picking his weapon on the wall. He hadn''t fought for a long time, so he planned to take this opportunity to test his strength.

    Uehara Naraku said hello with a smile on his face: "Senior Takeshi, it''s been a long time since I saw you. I didn''t expect you to live here forever.

    "Are you here?"

    After Uchiha frowned, he took off the fan on the wall, and said loudly, "Are you chasing the fellow Osaimaru? It just happened that this fellow came to my site, and now I''ll go out and kill you. Him!"

    "Thank you senior."

    Uehara Naraku hurriedly nodded, and barely breathed a sigh of relief: "Oshemaru has reincarnated from the first generation of Naruto and the second generation of Naruto, and I am really helpless."

    "rest assured."

    Uchiha''s mouth hooked with dirt, showing a confident smile: "In this world, no one can beat the power of Shalulanyan."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku looked at the confident Uchiha with the soil, and didn''t know what to say. The first generation of Naruto Senju Zhuma, who reincarnated from the dirty soil of Osnamaru, was the one who blasted you Uchiha clan?

 Chapter 163ï¼š The black hand named Naraku Uehara!

    The plan went smoother than imagined.

    Since Uchiha takes the soil to choose to take the initiative to play, of course Uehara Naraku will not stop him, and even looks quite grateful.

    Before leaving the underground base, Uehara Naraku''s face showed a look of worry in a timely manner: "Senior, is there really nothing wrong with it? The first and second generations of Naruto and Hokage reincarnated from the dirty soil of Osamaru. I saw them suppress the third generation of Naruto. !"

    "This is normal."

    Uchiha brought the soil to open the stone gate slowly, and softly explained: "The first generation of Naruto and the second generation of Naruto may be the two strongest in history. The third generation of Naruto is old and weak, and even you can sneak and kill him. Hokage''s suppression is also normal."

    Uehara Naraku''s eyelids trembled, and he felt that the shame he had always dealt with Uchiha''s soil disappeared immediately. This guy really can''t speak!

    Uehara Naruko squeezed his fingers and whispered: "No wonder I think it''s easy to kill the third generation of Hokage. His power is indeed much weaker. It even feels that it is not as troublesome to fight with Mr. Kakashi. I can actually put away my ninjutsu..."

    "..."

    Uchiha''s body with the soil stiffened for a second. After taking a step forward, the cold voice interrupted Uehara Naraku''s words: "Okay, I''ll go out first, you wait for me here, so as not to drag my hind legs! "

    Uchiha Daido feels that the guy Naraku Uehara really can¡¯t speak. Didn¡¯t he know Hagi Kakashi¡¯s eye was given by him?

    Since Kakashi learned to use the kaleidoscope to write the round eyes, that eye has brought him a lot of trouble, and there will always be more inexplicable things in the divine space.

    The last time Uchiha brought soil into the divine space, he unexpectedly showed a few cards with Bai Fei, and even some of them exploded!

    Damn, send all the messy things inside!

    Uehara Naraku didn''t seem to care about Uchiha''s irritable temper, his face showed a smile, and he calmly watched Uchiha step out of the stone gate, and whispered: "Then please senior..."

    Above the ground.

    Da She Wan and Yao Shi slowly watched the stone door in the cave open, and a figure walked out of the stone door. This scene made Da She Wan a little bit embarrassed.

    Because the person who came out was Uchiha with soil.

    Seeing the fan in Uchiha''s hand, the corner of her mouth showed a faint smile: "Pouch, go and talk to him! Although I don''t care, Uchiha''s space-time ninjutsu with soil is still very good. Troublesome!"

    "Yes."

    Pharmacist pocket stiffened for a second.

    Obviously the attitude of Oshemaru was to let him go to death.

    This is the nature of Dashemaru. When encountering danger, he will stand in the safest position and push those who are willing to give his life into danger.

    Until no one was willing to give his life for him.

    Suddenly there was a detonating talisman in Yao Shidou''s hand. He could not help but slowly turned his head to look at the Oshe Maru who handed him a detonating talisman, and saw Oshe Maru smiling mysteriously at him.

    Obviously, Oshe Maru also thought of using the multiplying detonating talisman to restrain the supernatural space. As long as it can be infinitely channeled, the multiplying detonating talisman is still very useful.

    Hundreds of psychic detonating charms were enough to make Uchiha nowhere to escape.

    Yakushidou sighed in his heart, stepped forward to meet Uchiha Daido, and said softly, "Mr. Uchiha Daido, we are here to seek cooperation, not to seek war. I believe that cooperation will always be It is more advantageous than war..."

    "Does it depend on you?"

    Uchiha took the soil and grabbed the neck of the Yakushitou with one hand. Since he got the kaleidoscope to write round eyes, except for Uchiha, who is also a kaleidoscope, Uchiha has no respect for anyone in the Ninja world.

    However, the pharmacist did not dodge or hide, and he whispered a word to make Uchiha''s figure with soil froze: "Mr. Uchiha Daido, are you not curious about who revealed your identity since four years ago? And intelligence?"

    After finishing speaking, Yao Shidou added in a low voice: "And this time we got your hiding place, aren''t you curious who gave us the news?"

    "..."

    Uchiha''s gaze with soil gradually revealed a fierce look, and a sentence was squeezed between his teeth: "Isn''t it you?"

    "Where can we get the news?"

    Pharmacist took a sentence to silence Uchiha Daido. He continued to add, "I don¡¯t know if Daido-san has ever heard of a person. It claims to be Madara¡¯s will and has been guiding us. This time it Is here to guide us to work with you..."

    "..."

    Uchiha''s first thought of bringing the soil was that the pharmacist was deceiving people, how could Kurojutsu betray him?

    Wait, why can''t Hei Jue betray him?

    Since four years ago, no, even earlier, Kurozutsu has complained about his actions too reckless, such as directly claiming to be Uchiha Madara to Konan and Nagato, instead of hiding their identities and joining Akatsuki to guide them.

    But what is the reason for Heijue betraying him?

    "Forget it, grab you first, and then go to Hei Jue to question!"

    Just when Uchiha was bringing the soil to bring the medicine master into the divine power space, he saw that the medicine master was not evasive, and suddenly took out a detonation talisman and stuck it on his body.

    This scene made Uchiha''s eyes with the soil couldn''t help but twitch!

    The next moment, Uchiha brought the soil to a sudden stop of the power absorption ability, he seemed to think of some bad things, such as a firework four years ago...

    "Master Oshemaru!"

    The pharmacist flew around and backed away, saying loudly: "The mission is complete!"

    This plan is also in line with the mind of the pharmacist, but I feel a little uncomfortable. After all, the biggest hobby of spies is to deceive people before revealing the truth, watching the enemy feel the despair of betrayal, so that people can get double happiness.

    It''s a pity that Dashewan wanted to do it directly.

    The Dashewan outside the cave was also unambiguous, and quickly closed his palms and completed the mudra: "Ninfa¡¤Mutual Multiplication Detonation Talisman!"

    The bombing of the detonation talisman sounded again!

    It''s just that this time the ending is different from the past.

    Uchiha took the soil to take a lesson, and was fed up with the pain of being treated as hundreds of millions of fireworks. He had been mentally prepared for a long time. When he saw an ordinary three-goed jade writing wheel in his eye socket, he immediately faintly lit up. I just launched Izanagi neatly.

    Uchiha Daido rushed in the direction of Oshemaru by taking advantage of the unharmed time brought by Izanagi. Anyway, this is a secret base, and the writing wheel can be replaced at any time.

    "Don''t think about running away!"

    Uchiha took his soil body and glanced at the Oshemaru with his hands closed. The space vortex appeared next to Oshemaru, and wanted to solve his threat first!

    However, Oshemaru''s arm looked like a mollusk, and the arm fell softly to the ground and escaped this trick, which made Uchiha''s face with soil a little hard to say.

    Damn, how could there be such a creature as Oshemaru in the Ninja World?

    Although Uchiha''s sneak attack with soil was not hit, he didn''t panic in his heart. After all, Izanagi was able to provide him with invincible time for five minutes!

    This time, no matter it is enough to kill anyone!

    However, the next moment, a coffin appeared beside Dashemaru, and a trembling person walked out of the coffin!

    It is the second generation of Naruto Qianshoujian.

    This is also the trump card that Oshamaru dares to deal with Uchiha''s belt soil.

    Senshoukaima slowly raised his head to look at Uchiha Daido, his eyes faintly sluggish, and he unconsciously said, "Well, is this... Uchiha''s evil guys?"

    "Yes."

    Oshemaru''s smile was very proud: "This is Konoha''s rebellious forbearance. It is said that he killed Konoha''s fourth generation of Hokage, the culprit who caused Konoha''s weakness!"

    "Huh, Qianshoujian!"

    Uchiha glanced at Senshoukan with disdain, just as Senshoukan couldn''t understand Uchiha, not many people in Uchiha were used to seeing Senshoukan!

    Even though Uchiha Daido had already betrayed Uchiha, he had been nurtured in the clan for so many years and was taught by Madara Uchiha, so naturally he had no good impressions of Senjukaima!

    In the next moment, bringing the soil will reach out and grab the Qianshoujian into his own supernatural space!

    However, Qianshoujian''s body shape disappeared, and he used the technique of Thunder God to escape, causing Uchiha''s soiled palm to fall in the empty space.

    A war between Uchiha and Senju is here again!

    On the one hand, Uchiha Ozoni possesses the five-minute invincibility time of the god-powered pupil technique and Izanagi, and the other is the immortal body and infinite chakra possessing the technique of flying thunder **** and reincarnating from the filthy earth.

    If the battle continues like this, I don¡¯t know when there will be results. However, Oshemaru added: "Second-generation Hokage-sama, I have a lot of information about Uchiha''s soil!"

    "¡­give me!"

    Qianshou paused for a while, and immediately accepted it all.

    Of course, after receiving Uchiha''s information about the soil, Senshou Jian still cursed Oshemaru: "You evil kid is not a good thing!"

    "Ha ha ha ha ha¡­"

    Oshemaru''s mentality is very good. He didn''t care about the cursing of Qianshoujian, but just looked at Uchiha with the soil and said: "Bring the soil, let me remind you that even if the caster is killed, the dirty soil will be reincarnated. It keeps on working!"

    "Don''t worry, I will solve this old thing first!"

    Uchiha took the soil and looked at Oshemaru coldly. He knew what Oshemaru meant, but said coldly, "I will come to you after I solve him!"

    Five minutes later.

    Izanagi''s invincible time was over, Uchiha Daido still didn''t touch Senshoukan''s body, and cold sweat began to appear on his forehead.

    Uchiha Daito finally realized a problem. It''s not unreasonable that Uchiha Madara and Uchiha clan always scold Qianshoujianma, this guy is really disgusting!

    Especially after the rebirth of the dirty soil, Qianshoujian is estimated to be a hundred times more difficult than when he was alive!

    Ten seconds later.

    Uchiha brought the soil finally found an opportunity, grabbed the shoulder of Qianshoujian at a foothold of the **** of thunder, and the divine mighty kaleidoscope was launched frantically, trying to put the Qianshoujian into the space!

    "Boy, do you know why the old man developed Dirt Reincarnation?"

    Qianshou Feijian was awe-inspiring, and a detonating talisman fell from his body: "Because only the undead body reincarnated from the dirty soil can cooperate with the use of the mutual multiplication detonating talisman!"

    Boom!

    An explosion resounded in everyone''s ears!

    Even the Oshe Maru was a little evasive, even if he had been wary of it, he was injured by the aftermath of the detonating talisman.

    The pharmacist watched in horror when the shock wave of the explosion hit, a golden mask appeared on his body, which made him feel a little at ease. It seemed that his real boss did not intend to abandon him.

    How could Uehara Naraku abandon such an easy-to-use chess piece that Yakushi carried.

    As for the frontal Uchiha belt soil, even if he interrupted the divine power space in time and put himself in a state of blur, half of his body was blown up by the first wave of detonating amulet.

    The most troublesome thing is that this time he doesn''t have Izanagi!

    After a long time.

    The whole land was exploded into a big pit by the inter-multiplying detonation talisman between the thousand hands, revealing the densely sleeping Bai Jue, and even some Bai Jue''s corpses.

    After all, under such a powerful explosion, even if Naraku Uehara used a life-saving skill, how could some of the lively Shizue survive?

    Senjukuma''s body is slowly recovering, Uchiha fell to the ground with dirt and scars. It seems that defeat has been settled. Even if he can barely use the power of God, he cannot launch any attacks and can only stay where he is. dead.

    The badly injured Oshemaru also opened her mouth to spit out another self, and recovered all her injuries with the Orochi Flow substitute technique.

    Now that the victory has been established, Oshe Maru inevitably smiled triumphantly: "It seems that everything is not beyond my control..."

    "What a fight that exceeded expectations!"

    A familiar voice made Da She Wan''s eyes tighten!

    Ono Shemaru''s gaze suddenly looked at a ruin, the pride just faded away, and the expression on his face gradually became a little serious: "Uehara Naraku, why are you here!"

    "If it weren''t for me, how could you appear here?"

    Uehara Naraku pushed away the collapsed gravel in the cave, slowly climbed up, and looked at the deserted battlefield, his eyes slowly stopped on Uchiha''s body: "On the order of senior, kill Konoha spy Uchiha belt soil..."

    This sentence was chilly, UU reading surprised everyone present!

    "What Konoha spy!"

    Lying on the ground, Uchiha''s eyes changed. He looked at Uehara Naraku and asked in a deep voice, "Uehara Naraku, is this really a plot by Kurozu? Why is Kurozu betraying me!"

    That''s it!

    Uchiha''s heart with soil fell down!

    The reason why he didn''t choose to launch Izanagi with his divine power kaleidoscope just now was because he knew that Uehara Naraku was nearby, and perhaps Uehara Naraku would come forward to rescue him!

    Unexpectedly, Uehara Naraku was here to kill him!

    "Maybe it''s because you always fail to achieve more than success?"

    Uehara Naraku tilted his head, grinning at the corner of his mouth and chuckles: "Senior with soil, the times have changed, and you have no use value."

    Uehara¡¯s main mission progress never progresses because of the Uchiha belt soil, which means that Uchiha belt soil is no longer useful.

    The person Uchiha brought the soil can die.

    However, the identity of Uchiha belt soil can be kept and used.

    A kunai suddenly shot at Uehara Naraku!

    "Flying Thunder God Slash!"

    The figure of Senjukamina appeared next to Uehara Naraku following Kuunai, and he was about to pierce Uehara Naraku''s body while holding it!

    Although the second generation of Naruto did not know the specific identity of Uehara Naraku, but he once saw Uehara Naraku assassinating Sarutobi Hitoshi, it must be Konoha''s enemy!

    Click!

    Qianshoujian''s head was shattered by Uehara''s punch and turned into countless dust and debris!

    "Don''t use this trick in front of me, right?"

    Nairo Uehara patted the ashes on her hand, and looked at Oshamaru with a chuckle, and said, "Mr. Oshamaru, take care of your things. After all, we still have an outstanding balance, so don¡¯t add too much to yourself. Interest!"

 Chapter 164ï¼š The death of Uchiha Daido

    too fast!

    Uehara Naraku''s speed is too fast!

    Even Oshemaru clearly saw Uehara Naruko''s speed just now, it seemed to be twice as fast as before, and even he couldn''t even catch the afterimage, and saw that Senshoutouma''s head was beaten to dust. !

    Oshemaru slowly backed away step by step. Just when he was about to leave here, Uehara Naraku suddenly called him: "Mr. Oshemaru, don¡¯t run away, you go underground to recover a few Shirasu to make your own experimental materials. Right!"

    After a while, these Baijue will be cleaned up by Uehara. What is needed for the future battle of Ninja World, Baijue, he can fight one hundred thousand!

    However, these Baijue will not perish, as long as Baijue''s body can still use the spore technique, it can split into a new Baijue.

    "..."

    After Da She Wan nodded, he glanced at the still alive Pharmacist''s pocket in surprise, and was slightly surprised as to why this fellow survived the explosion.

    But Uehara Naraku suddenly said: "By the way, Oshemaru, I like your pharmacist, so why not treat him as interest on my debt, after all, I saved his life just now!"

    "Ho **** ho ho..."

    After Dashewan chuckled lightly, he did not give a meaningful look at the pharmacist''s pocket, only to see the pharmacist nodded at the faintly, and signaled his loyalty to Dashewan.

    After finishing this action, the pharmacist pushed his glasses around and replied aloud: "If you are loyal to Lord Naraku, I have always been very willing..."

    "Ha ha¡­!"

    Uehara Naraku gave a noncommittal laugh and waved to signal them to go to their own affairs. Oshamaru was also very affectionate, and directly put away the filthy reincarnation body in the thousand hands.

    After all, Naraku Uehara typically eats soft but not hard.

    Oshamaru thinks that he has already seen the essence of Uehara Naraku. Now he has to learn from Uehara and knows how to forbearance like an idiot. When he becomes stronger in the future, he will discuss all the hardships he suffered from Uehara Naraku. come back!

    Uehara Naraku also didn''t bother to pay attention to Oshemaru, Feishen landed next to Uchiha''s soil, and checked his injury. It seemed that his soiled body had been destroyed for the second time, and it would not be possible to recover if he couldn''t replant Shirazue.

    Uehara Naraku stretched out his palm and grabbed the writing wheel eyes in Uchiha''s muddy eye sockets, but saw that his palm fell in the empty space!

    Tai Tu is still trying to maintain the illusion of divine power.

    Uehara Naraku looked at Uchiha''s unyielding gaze, and a smile appeared at the corner of his mouth: "You don''t need to resist, senior with soil, you won''t be able to sustain this kind of injury for too long, so it''s better to obediently give me your writing wheel. ¡­"

    "Uehara Naraku!"

    Uchiha''s mouth with soil oozes blood, and gritted his teeth at Uehara Naraku: "Did Kurozutsu choose you?"

    Uehara Naraku touched his chin, and after thinking for a while, he decided that it was absolutely impossible for Uchiha to take the soil out of his palm.

    After all, he has the skill of destiny, and he can survey the location of Uchiha belt soil at any time. Now even if the fourth generation of Naruto Hakodate rebirth, Uchiha belt soil cannot be saved!

    "You are wrong, seniors with soil."

    After Uehara Naruko shook his head, he whispered softly: "Kurozutsu did not choose me, but I chose it!"

    "What do you mean?"

    A hint of doubt appeared in Uchiha''s eyes with soil.

    Uehara Nara frowned her brows, and looked at Uchiha''s gaze with dirt, and suddenly said with disgust, "You have a bad IQ, senior with dirt!"

    "Asshole!"

    Uchiha took the soil immediately and furious.

    He was always insulted by his IQ in his life, but he didn''t expect to be insulted by a kid before he died!

    "I actually found out everything a long time ago."

    Uehara Naruko squatted down and asked word by word: "But why should I tell you? If I tell you Kazuki''s real plan, will you take the initiative to hand over the power to me?"

    "Do you think I have another choice?"

    "Yes!"

    Nairo Uehara nodded and chuckled lightly: "You can start Izanagi to escape, and then I will chase and kill you, so your eyes will be gone."

    "Tell me the truth!"

    Uchiha took the soil and slammed the ground violently, and gradually there was a trace of madness in his only one eye: "Even if I start Izanaki, it is impossible to escape too far... I want to know the so-called truth!"

    "The truth is... everything is false."

    Uehara Naraku slowly approached the Uchiha belt soil and said with a chuckle: "Kurozutsu said everything is fake, and Uchiha Madara¡¯s story is also fake... The Moon Eye Project is not used to create the world, but will be thorough. Destroy this world, erase everything in this world.

    Do you see the Bai Jue underground? That''s what a human was once! The Moon Eye Project will turn everyone into Bai Jue, let them forget all their past, and degenerate into this kind of brainless war weapon.

    There is no such thing as sleeping forever in a dream world, but it will gradually die in a dream and turn into a soulless white jue. "

    After speaking, Uehara Naraku added: "Oh, there will be an old woman who looks a little smelly."

    "..."

    Uchiha took the soil into silence, what kind of mess this was, he could barely understand some of it, but the last sentence was somewhat incomprehensible.

    There is no doubt that both Kurozutsu and Uchiha Madara lied to him.

    In other words, Kurozutsu lied to him and Uchiha Madara.

    In any case, the Moon Eye Project is an illusory dream, and it is impossible to bring permanent peace to the Ninja World, but permanent annihilation.

    What''s the point of everything he did?

    Then why should he stay in this world!

    Uehara Naraku looked at Uchiha''s expression on Daido, and didn''t care, just let him think about it, anyway, he had already told the truth about Daido.

    In order to be afraid of Uchiha''s repentance with the soil, Uehara Naraku threatened again: "By the way, senior with the soil, don''t lie to me, otherwise I will let Osamaru reincarnate Nohara Lin''s dirty soil, so you go to the pure land of the underworld Didn''t you meet her? Da She Maru is a very well-behaved guy, he will definitely listen to what I say."

    "what?"

    Uchiha''s face with soil changed suddenly, and Lin Nohara was his inverse scale, and Uehara Naraku hit his death hole with a word.

    After a long time, Uchiha brought the soil and slowly said, "Kurozutsu trusts you very much. Did you tell you everything?"

    "No."

    Uehara Naraku fiddled with his fingers and whispered: "Kuro will never trust anyone. Whether it''s you, Uchiha Madara, or me, we are all the same. Even if we squeeze in, we are just outsiders. "

    "Then where did you know the truth?"

    Uchiha Daido raised his head again, and there was a hint of hope in his eyes: "Is your purpose to destroy Kurozu''s plan?"

    "If it is the ultimate goal, you can understand it this way."

    Uehara Naraku nodded with a smile, and continued: "Senior with soil, we don''t need to waste time anymore, right?"

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Uchiha''s eyes with soil, and whispered: "Your eyes are very beautiful, I will let people make good use of them, and will not shame your reputation."

    This eye may be handed to the pharmacist''s pocket.

    As long as the pharmacist performs the inter-column cell surgery and the Sharonyan transplantation on himself, he can also use the power of the Kaleidoscope Sharonyan to impersonate Uchiha''s identity.

    Uchiha brought soil slowly and asked, "I have one last condition..."

    "Don''t mention too many conditions."

    Uehara Naruko put up a finger and shook it, and said softly, "I don''t care about your Shapingan, and I don''t even need to care about your opinions. If you refuse to give me your Shapingan. , I don¡¯t care."

    "This condition is very simple..."

    Uchiha looked at Naraku Uehara with the soil, and his voice gradually weakened. He even had to get closer to him before he could hear: "That is...you go to die!"

    Uchiha''s remaining palm of the soil slammed close to Uehara Naraku''s body, and he was about to be included in the divine space!

    Before he died, Uchiha had already figured out about the soil.

    Uehara Naraku, the guy who allows Kazuki to act, obviously has a bigger conspiracy hidden than Kazuki. This kid''s acting skills have always been very good and he has deceived everyone!

    Uehara Naraku can bring more harm than Kurozutsu!

    Before dying, he wants to eliminate the little devil Uehara Naraku. Even if it is for the threat of Nohara Lin being controlled by the unclean rebirth, he must use his last strength to solve the fall Uehara Naraku!

    Click!

    Uehara Naraku slowly looked at the crazy smile on Uchiha Taito''s face, and let Uchiha take the soil to bring him into the divine space.

    In the divine space.

    Uehara Naraku raised his eyebrows and launched his own space-time ninjutsu: "Time and space break!"

    This is the reward he received when he defeated Shimura Danzo. The function is to return to the position and state four seconds ago, and form a space explosion.

    The next moment, his body turned into a light blue light, which suddenly flashed out of the divine space, and returned to the previous position.

    Uchiha Daido looked at the reappearing Naraku Uehara in disbelief. His body was almost shattered into a mass of rotten flesh by the explosion of time and space!

    Uchiha brought the soil to support his spirit, and his face slowly became gloomy: "Even the gods can''t limit your power, you kid can really hide your power!"

    "I never thought about hiding myself, but I didn''t expect you to be so useless, you can''t even beat a thousand hands..."

    Uehara Naraku reached out and pinched Uchiha Daido''s neck, ignoring Uchiha Daido''s furious eyes, broke his neck with one hand, and shook the blood on his palm.

    After doing all this, Uehara Naraku looked at the soiled corpse and smiled: "I almost forgot to tell him that although I promised not to resurrect Nohara Lin, I did not promise not to use the dirty soil to reincarnate and resurrect you. There are many in the underworld. Enjoy some time! When I start the Ninja World War, I cannot do without the help of seniors!"

 Chapter 165ï¼š Dashemaru, I know your secret!

    Latest URL: Uchiha Daido is dead.

    Although his body is dead, his spirit will always live in the land of Shinobi, and continue to make trouble in the Shinobi world and ruin his reputation by the way.

    Uchiha Daido will continue to be active in the Ninja world like a ghost, coming out from time to time to carry a scapegoat.

    This is causal reincarnation, right?

    Uchiha Daido once stood up to the reputation of Uchiha Madara and did everything badly.

    Now it is the turn of others to do bad things in his name.

    Naru Uehara sealed the body of Uchiha''s soil, planning to hand it to the pharmacist''s pocket later, and let the pharmacist choose whether to transplant his kaleidoscope.

    Now it¡¯s time to receive rewards!

    Uchiha takes soil as a villain more often than the last two villains Uchiha Madara and Otsuki Teruya!

    The only four Uchihas left in the Ninja World are not low in popularity, and the mission rewards should be very generous.

    Side quest: Defeat Uchiha belt soil (1/1), the quest has been completed, the reward skill is Reincarnation Despair.

    Reincarnation of Despair: Create an absolutely closed space domain, exile the target and yourself into the space domain, engage in one-on-one battles, which can be actively dismissed, the skill consumes 100 Chakra points, and the skill cooldown time is 56 seconds.

    This skill is a bit like Kaguya Ji''s Heavenly Yuzhong, it seems that it is specifically aimed at those who use time and space art, and in the future he will finally have a ninja who can limit the thunder **** art.

    It''s a pity that the ninjas who are good at Flying Thor are dead.

    This feels very subtle.

    If one day Oshemaru gathers the second-generation Naruto and the fourth-generation Raiders of the Thunder Gods to attack Uehara, he will surely give Oshemaru a big surprise!

    However, compared with this reward, the next reward obviously made Uehara Naraku''s eyelids tremble. How hate Uchiha takes the soil...

    Side quest: Kill Uchiha Daido (1/1), the quest has been completed, and the hidden inheritance quest will be rewarded once.

    Hidden inheritance mission: justice will be done. Say a correct name.

    Uehara Naraku''s mood gradually became agitated, and his palms even faintly trembled. After seeing this line, he had guessed what the reward he was going to get.

    "Kassadin the Voidwalker!"

    Uehara Naraku said the name almost without hesitation, because he already knew how handsome he would be rewarded!

    The task has been completed.

    The legacy of heroes opens, Kassadin the Voidwalker.

    Void Serve: Launch a Void Serve at the target, prohibit the target from using any ninjutsu within 3 seconds, the skill consumes 70 Chakra points, and the skill cooldown time is 4 seconds.

    Void Blade: Obtain a Chakra Condensed Void Blade. Each time you use the Void Blade to attack the target, it will absorb 20% of the existing Chakra energy in the enemy. The skill cooldown time is no, and the skill consumption Chakra is nothing.

    Void Walk: Instantly teleport to the target area through space. The longer the teleport distance, the higher the chakra consumption. The minimum skill consumption is 50 chakra points and the skill cooldown time is 2 seconds.

    From now on, throw away other skills that should be lost, such as Profound meaning! All the waste skills of Twilight Blade and his like will be put into the trash can!

    What kind of fairy inheritance is this!

    Damn, from today, no one will want to speak loudly to him!

    Now that the Uchiha belt soil is solved, it is natural to deal with the other person present. As long as Oshemaru is willing to surrender a few ninjutsu of her own, I will ask Yaoshidou if he can obtain the power of Oshemaru...

    If possible, Uehara Naraku will get rid of Osamaru on the spot!

    From then on, Yakushi Duo was left alone to take on the position of the head of the Orochi Ryuu and Uchiha''s responsibility for bringing soil.

    Before that, there is another problem that needs to be solved.

    One hundred thousand Baijue sleeping underground.

    Uehara Naraku fell next to Oshe Maru and Yakushi Pocket. The two had already obtained a few Baijue, but still felt that he hadn''t got enough, and he obviously showed some unusual greed.

    This is also normal.

    When a scientist discovers a treasure that can change the world''s scientific progress, he naturally wants to put it all in his own bag and use it to do all kinds of messy experiments.

    "Okay, don''t pick it."

    Uehara Naruto fell into the middle of them, and said with a light smile: "It''s not that there is no chance in the future. You can bring a few of them. After you go back and activate them with chakras, they will recover from their sleep."

    "is it?"

    O She Maru''s palm suddenly couldn''t bear it, and a light blue chakra appeared in his palm, looking a little addicted.

    After speaking, Naraku Uehara looked at Oshemaru''s uncontrollable temptation, and continued to add: "Don''t let them resuscitate now, otherwise I will have to work hard to deal with them, in case it is too easy to kill. Maybe we will get rid of you..."

    "¡­Ok."

    Oshemaru stopped her palm, turned her head and looked at Uehara Naraku with a smile: "Naraku-kun, it seems that both of our goals have been achieved. You killed the Uchiha belt soil. I got Shirazu. Happy cooperation. Say goodbye."

    "what are you thinking?"

    Uehara Nairo slapped Oshemaru''s shoulder, her palms suddenly squeezed Oshemaru''s shoulder, and chuckled, "Have you forgotten what you owe me?"

    Naruto Uehara continued to increase his strength little by little with the palm of his hand, and his smile gradually began to be a little horrible: "No one in this ninja world can owe me what I don''t pay! If you still want to default, I will kill you now, Six Way Immortals I can''t keep your life!"

    "Master Naraku, please let go of Master Oshamaru immediately. We can discuss any questions!"

    Yakushidou stretched out his palm nervously, the light green of Chakra''s scalpel floated in his palm, and he seemed to be eager to save the Oshe Pill.

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the Pharmacist Pouch next to him, and chuckled: "Pouch, your little strength can''t save your Oshemaru-sama. If you want to save him, hand over all his techniques. Otherwise, today You two will die here!"

    "Pocket, stop it!"

    Da She Wan waved his hand to stop the action of the medicine master pocket.

    Dashemaru knew very well in his heart that trying to compete against Naruu Uehara with the power of the pharmacist''s pocket was almost like a dream.

    But Da She Wan was still faintly relieved.

    At least the pharmacist is still willing to work hard for him.

    The smile on Oshamaru''s face remained unchanged, and he let a trace of blood on Uehara''s shoulder pinched by Naruto Uehara, and looked at Uehara softly, "But when I came out, I was a little anxious. You didn''t bring the technique you wanted..."

    "Then you can start writing now!"

    Uehara Naruko released her palm and slowly said, "Didn''t I prepare the materials for you? Just start writing with your own blood!"

    "..."

    No matter how well-trained Oshemaru is, his eyes will faintly become a little unkind, forcing him to write ninjutsu scrolls with his own blood...

    Can Uehara Naraku be an individual?

    He is Konoha Sannin, how could he be so bullied!

    The most important thing is that reincarnation of the dead body and the rebirth of the filthy soil are the roots of Oshemaru''s foothold in the ninja world, how can it be taken away so easily!

    Oshamaru didn''t expect to write a fake scroll to fool Uehara Naraku.

    Oshemaru''s fingers quietly closed in the wide sleeves, intending to directly summon the first and second generations of Naruto and Uehara to fight.

    "Want to work hard?"

    Uehara Naruko twisted her fingers, rubbed her wrists, and pressed her palms on Oshemaru''s head. His voice was a bit gloomy: "Hey, don''t make trouble, or I will pull your head out and then Mitarai killed the red beans..."

    Orochimaru:"¡­¡­"

    What is the logic?

    The previous sentence of Naraku Uehara is still very easy to understand. What does the latter sentence mean, what is the matter between them, this person is going to kill the red bean?

    Unless Naraku Uehara, the **** knows the secret...

    "Heaven''s Curse Seal."

    Uehara Naruko approached Oshemaru a little bit, and said with a chuckle: "The last time I met her, I discovered a very interesting secret. There is a fragment of your soul in her curse seal. Am I right? "

    "..."

    Da She Wan slowly closed his eyes.

    Although Oshemaru has always been showing little care for the disciple of Mitarai Adzuki beans, this is just his disguise. No one wants Adzuki to live for a long time than Oshemaru.

    Because the red bean has the imprint of his heavenly curse.

    The power of the curse of the sky cannot be completely sealed by the sealing technique.

    In addition to allowing him to reincarnate without a corpse, the imprint of the heavenly curse can also allow him to slowly accumulate enough chakras through the imprint of the heavenly curse after death to resurrect him.

    This time may be long, but it is the safest way.

    Everyone thinks that the imprint of the curse of the sky is a symbol of the evil power of Dashemaru, but in fact it is his proud method of resurrection.

    When Mitarai Adzuki beans saw Oshemaru, she couldn''t wait to take off her former teacher. In fact, she didn''t know that she was carrying the key to Oshemaru''s resurrection.

    This is the biggest secret of Dashemaru.

    The next moment, Osaki Maru slowly opened his eyes and looked at Uehara Naraku next to him, his eyes gradually becoming a little cold: "Uehara Naraku, you know too much..."

    A person who knows too many secrets cannot live long!

    Uehara Naro spread out her palms, hooked the corners of her mouth, and chuckled, "Yes, but what can you do with me?"

    "..."

    Oshemaru clenched his teeth, thinking about the possibility of him killing the **** Uehara Naraku. Although the strength of the first and second generations of Naruto is strong, but their strength has not reached the peak, they want to kill Uehara directly here. The possibility is slim.

    Even if the second generation of Hokage possesses the Art of Flying Thunder God, it can chase Uehara, but his performance just now is a bit hard to describe...

    As for the suicidal method of inter-multiplying detonation talisman, Uehara Naraku has personally proved that it is ineffective against him.

    Moreover, this little **** Uehara is much more proficient than them in using the Mutual Detonation Talisman In addition, Nairo Uehara also has a soul-devouring psychic beast, especially to restrain the reincarnation of the dirty soil, a little careless , Maybe the first and second generations of Hokage will be swallowed...

    Da She Maru''s expression gradually relaxed.

    Even if there was a slight possibility of escape in battle or even a chance to fight back, he could not choose to turn his face.

    Of course, if Oshemaru really tried it, maybe he would find that the possibility of the current Senjujuma and Senjujuma defeating Uehara Naraku is very slim.

    After a while, Oshemaru''s face squeezed another smile: "Narukun, what ninjutsu did you say before?"

    "Tsk, Dashemaru, do you know what I like best about you?"

    Uehara Naraku knew that Oshemaru had agreed to a compromise. He slowly stretched out his palm and patted Oshemaru on the cheek, like a bully, and smiled and praised: "It''s just knowledge, more interesting than anyone."

 Chapter 166ï¼š Dashewan, you are not a actor!

    Latest website: Dashemaru has lived for more than fifty years.

    Over the years, he has endured a lot of humiliation.

    At one time when Oshomaru thought it was the most humiliating, it was when they were awarded the defeated title of Konoha Sannin by Sansho Fish Hanzo. However, compared to the little **** of Nairo Uehara, Sansho Fish Hanzo is too gentle.

    But now that I have made a choice in my heart, all the shame I have suffered now doesn¡¯t matter. Osha Maru Kwon is a child who is not sensible and owes discipline...

    endure.

    Must endure.

    Da She Wan slowly stretched out his palm towards the pharmacist''s pocket, letting the pharmacist''s pocket tore off his clothes and used it as the material for making the scroll.

    "You owe me three ninjutsu and two contracts in total."

    Uehara Naraku slowly watched the blank scroll made by Oshemaru, and whispered: "These five forbidden techniques are clearly the art of reincarnation from the unclean soil, the art of reincarnation without a corpse, the psychic contract of Rashomon, the art of eight Qi and the dragon ground cave. Psychic contract."

    "Wait, Naraku-kun."

    Dashemaru''s movements suddenly stopped, and the expression on his face was a little unpleasant: "I remember that I promised you, the only things I promised to be reincarnated from dirty soil and reincarnated without a corpse, right?"

    "Oh, you remember it clearly!"

    Uehara Naruto squatted in front of Osamaru and chuckled softly, "Then why don''t you know to give it to me? Osamaru, you are Tsunade¡¯s friend. Haven¡¯t you heard from her that you don¡¯t pay your debts? Do you pay interest?"

    Da She Maru slowly said: "Our nature should be a gift? Not to mention the psychic contract scroll you want, I can''t make it..."

    These techniques and psychic contracts are basically all his family background.

    If all these techniques were handed over to Uehara Naraku, wouldn''t it be equivalent to that all his combat weaknesses would be controlled by Uehara Naraku?

    Is there any room for him to stand up in the future?

    Is it possible to wait for a few more decades to develop a new powerful forbidden technique?

    Even if you can choose to forbearance, if the **** Uehara Naraku comes to the door to blackmail this secret, it is personally unbearable!

    After returning home, Dashemaru decided to find a way to put the Heavenly Curse Seal on more people, absolutely no longer accepting blackmail like this!

    Moreover, he must continue to study the soul forbidden technique, and try to avoid the rebirth of the foul soil being restrained by the fellow Uehara Naraku.

    Oshemaru slowly said, "I can give you the art of reincarnation from the filthy soil, the art of reincarnation without a corpse, and the art of eight Qi...As for the psychic contract, I really can''t do anything. I can only tell you how to obtain the psychic contract."

    Oshamaru promised so easily, even Uehara Naraku was a little surprised.

    These ninjutsus are all his housekeeping skills, so he gave them so easily?

    Surprised is surprised, of course things are still needed.

    "can."

    Nairo Uehara nodded, speaking in a very good manner, and said gently: "Of course, I hope that the difficulty of obtaining the psychic contract is not too high, otherwise, I may turn my face at any time..."

    "The psychic contract in Longdidong can''t be without difficulty. The scroll of the psychic contract is right next to the fairy white snake."

    Da She Maru shook his head, and said in a deep voice, "Furthermore, Long Di Cave is one of the three holy places in the Ninja World. To obtain the Long Di Cave psychic contract, you must accept the test of the White Snake Immortal."

    Uehara Naraku touched his chin and asked a question: "Do you think that after I win the White Snake Immortal, will it give me a psychic contract?"

    "..."

    Oshemaru choked immediately, and a moment later he replied in an angry voice: "At that time, if you opened your mouth to be its master, it would not object!"

    Damn, what a wishful thinking!

    Just a little bit of strength, what kind of arrogance!

    Da She Maru claims to be powerful, and dare not rashly challenge the authority of the White Snake Immortal, it means to be an enemy of a holy land!

    Does Uehara Naraku know what immortals mean? Do you know what immortal means? Ever heard of Xianshu Chakra? Have you seen how strong the fairy mode is?

    Uehara Naraku nodded indifferently, with a simple appearance: "Okay, you can tell me the location of Ryuji Cave. You are welcome to visit Ryuji Cave in the future. Maybe it will be my place in the future."

    "Okay."

    O She Maru smiled fluently.

    Dashemaru just likes these arrogant little ghosts to be indifferent, and then challenges those unpredictable enemies, wait a while, add something to the scroll, and send it directly to Hara Naraku to the underworld.

    Dashemaru didn''t know, but Uehara Naraku really planned to challenge the authority of Ryuji Cave.

    The three holy places of immortals in the Ninja World, except for Miaomu Mountain, the others have always been mysteries in the Ninja World, and even his side missions have several exploring the holy places of immortals.

    "As for Rashomon''s psychic contract..."

    Oshemaru''s brows suddenly wrinkled, and he slowly explained: "This contract scroll should be in Konoha''s forbidden surgery room. It was left by the first generation of Hokage. If you want to get it, you can only go to Konoha. ."

    Uehara Naraku stared at the Oshemaru, and a smile slowly appeared on his face: "I don''t care about those, I just do what you want. Since you know the place, then help me get it back."

    "..."

    Oshemaru glanced at Uehara Naraku somewhat inexplicably: "With your strength, it should be no problem to take out the psychic contract scroll from Konoha?"

    "I don''t know the way!"

    Of course, Uehara Naraku spread his hands.

    Although there are many forbidden techniques in the Konoha Forbidden Surgery Room, there is no doubt that those forbidden techniques should be flawed, even if it is better than the rebirth of the dirty soil and the rebirth of the dead, it is perfected little by little.

    Uehara Naraku was not curious.

    He also doesn''t like those messy forbidden techniques.

    No matter how strong the forbidden technique is, can it be stronger than his skills?

    "Okay, I will find a way to get it for you!"

    Oshemaru gritted his teeth and thought of Konoha''s new fifth-generation Hokage Tsunade. This is his old friend.

    Since Tsunade¡¯s old friend came to power, he has been aiming at him, sending people to investigate Otoyin Village, as if attacking at any time;

    In addition, Tsunade''s strength is not weak, it is not easy to get the psychic contract scroll from Konoha under Tsunade''s protection!

    When Uehara Naruko saw the promise of Oshimaru, he made an even more exaggerated request: "By the way, Oshimaru, I heard that Konoha has a book of seals, and Naruto will write their ninjutsu in it. Do you want to By the way..."

    "Don''t go too far."

    Oshemaru squeezed his fingers, and said in a deep voice: "The difficulty of stealing the book of seals is probably equivalent to the difficulty of destroying Konoha. In fact, that book is Konoha''s powerful foundation, not some ridiculous fire. will."

    Among them, the second generation of Naruto Senjutsu has researched countless ninjutsu, and the third generation of Naruto Sarutobi is also known as the professor of ninjutsu and the doctor of ninjutsu. The two Naruto¡¯s filling, supplementation and improvement of the book of seals have made wood Ye has a huge reserve of ninjutsu.

    Every ninja can find the ninjutsu he is good at as long as he sees the book of seals, and powerful ninjutsu happens to be the fastest way to change the combat power of an ordinary ninja.

    It is precisely because of the existence of the sealed book that Konoha can stand tall.

    "Fine."

    Uehara Naraku blinked and nodded slowly: "When you go to get the psychic contract scroll, I will go with you to protect your safety."

    "Hmph, if you want to die, do whatever you want!"

    O Shemaru snorted coldly, apparently he saw through Uehara Naraku''s mind.

    This kid really doesn''t know how serious it is. Konoha is very different when Tsunha is in power and Sarutobi is in power, but it doesn''t matter, this escaped kid won''t live long!

    Uehara Naraku didn''t care either.

    This sealed book must be stolen.

    When Uehara fell on Konoha, she had not been able to find the location of the Sealed Book. Moreover, the Hokage Tower was very tightly protected, and she couldn''t move anything at all.

    Since Dashemaru is going to steal something from the forbidden surgery room, then you can just sell him a wave, carefully search for the location of the seal book...Anyway, no matter whether you can get it, the black pot must be thrown on the head of Dashemaru. !

    Of course, Oshemaru didn¡¯t know that Uehara Naraku was so shameless. He put down his bloodied fingers and handed scrolls one by one to Uehara Naraku: "Okay, these are the three forbidden techniques you want. I hope your Excellency will never stop. Don¡¯t show up in front of me from now on..."

    "okokokok¡­"

    Uehara Naraku nodded perfunctorily, and put away the three scrolls, waiting for the system to respond to him.

    The system did not disappoint him.

    After Uehara Naraku got the scroll, he directly gave him a hint.

    Side quest: Obtain the art of two snakes cannibalism (1/1), the quest has been completed, reward 100 gold coins.

    Side mission: Obtain the seal of the four elephants (1/1), the mission has been completed, reward 300 gold coins.

    Side quest: Obtain the ghoul sealing technique (1/1), the quest has been completed, reward the warlord''s Thresh of the psychic contract soul lock.

    Psychic Contract: Summon the Warlord''s Thresh of the Soul Lock Code, which consumes 3000 Chakra points.

    very good.

    Worthy of being a big snake pill.

    Sure enough, there was no fraud on the scroll.

    These are all genuine forbidden techniques, but there is no doubt that they are not what Uehara Naraku wanted.

    That¡¯s all there is to it...

    What''s more cheating is that each one is a suicide skill!

    In other words, no matter which Naraku Uehara wants to experiment rashly, using any of the forbidden techniques on the scroll, he may die!

    The two snakes crippled each other, and died directly with their opponents.

    The Lisixiang Sealing Technique, Shimura Danzo''s Deyi Ninjutsu, directly sealed everything with his body, which was almost like a self-destruction.

    The ghoul sealing technique, not to mention this, as long as you dare to use it, death will dare to come out and harvest your soul.

    With the exception of Oshemaru, a ninja who can card the BUG of Death, others who dare to use this ninjutsu can basically declare that the Unholy Land will not be saved...

    If you want to get it back, you still have to rely on Dashewan.

    Damn, the **** Dashewan really wants him to die!

    Every forbidden technique is killing oneself!

    "Come on, Mr. Oshamaru."

    Uehara Naraku held three scrolls, beckoned to Oshemaru in a friendly manner, and whispered, "I don''t know these well, can you tell me..."

    Oshemaru pointed to the first scroll where the two snakes were ramming each other, and said with a serious expression: "Narukun, this is the art of the eight-qi, you can directly incarnate the eight-qi Orochi that is immortal, and I have always been proud of it. Forbidden."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the serious Oshemaru, and couldn''t help but compliment, Damn, talent, this can also be made up!

    "What about this one?"

    "This is the technique of reincarnation without a corpse."

    Oshemaru pointed to the second scroll of the four-image seal technique, and continued to explain with a serious look: "Nairo-kun, immortal rebirth is also the basis for me to be able to eternally. I need to write a curse seal on my body in advance, and then prepare With a suitable container, directly use the chakra to activate the enchantment. After success, your body will disintegrate and your soul will enter the container."

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but glanced at Oshemaru, saying that he was really a talent, which was really underestimated. This is obviously a genius!

    Such a cheating ninjutsu, Dashemaru can be very attractive, and it is a decent introduction to the spells of the seal of the four elephants.

    The smile on Uehara Naraku''s face grew stronger, and his eyes slowly narrowed: "It looks like the last one is the rebirth of the dirty soil?"

    "Not bad."

    Dashemaru''s face suddenly became serious, pointing to the **** of death in the ghoul sealing technique, and said in a deep voice: "This is the technique of reincarnating from the unclean earth. The surgeon uses his chakra to communicate with the **** of death in the underworld, and let the **** of death lead him. When the dead return to this world, they can resurrect the dead."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Oshemaru''s expression, and couldn''t help but applaud for him. Unexpectedly, Oshemaru would be able to justify himself!

    Under his explanation, the ghoul sealing technique really seemed to be reincarnated from the dirty soil!

    If you come to someone who is uneducated, you might really believe it, after all, no one knows how to use these forbidden techniques.

    "okokokok¡­"

    After Uehara nodded with satisfaction, he handed the three scrolls to the pharmacist pocket, and smiled lightly at the corner of her mouth: "Pouch, come and see if there are any omissions..."

    After hearing Uehara Naraku''s words, the smile on Oshamaru''s face broke for a moment, but he looked at Yakushi''s pocket with trust.

    The pharmacist slowly looked at the three scrolls, and the expression on his face gradually became a little surprised, because he had touched some of them.

    At least the two snakes and the seal of the four elephants are bound to die!

    After a while, the pharmacist looked at Naraku Uehara¡¯s smile, slowly pushed his glasses, and said in a deep voice: "Sorry, I haven¡¯t been exposed to these forbidden techniques, but I believe Master Osaimaru will never lie to you. of!"

    Oshemaru nodded with satisfaction.

    Naruto Uehara nodded and understood the subtext of Yakushidou, because everyone in this world can believe it, but he absolutely can''t believe Oshemaru!

    What a pity!

    In such a small place, there are actually three celebrities in the show.

    Osamaru looked at Uehara Naraku and chuckled lightly: "Naraku-kun, didn''t you kill the Uchiha belt soil just now? It just so happens that there is the most suitable material for the reincarnation sacrifice of the dirty soil. How about you experiment here? "

    Even now, Oshe Maru is still acting!

    If Uehara Naraku is really greedy directly treats the ghoul as a filthy rebirth, then it would be really fun to see...

    Uehara Naruko tilted his head to look at him and said, "Mr. Oshamaru, can''t you demonstrate it?"

    "..."

    The smile on Oshemaru''s face remained unchanged, and continued: "Does Naraku-kun really want me to get another powerful Defiler? You must know that the dead from the Defiler''s resurrection are controlled by the caster..."

    "You, you like to make me some new tricks..."

    Uehara Naraku sighed, turned his head to look at the smiling Oshemaru, and looked at the serious-faced Pharmacist''s pocket, and swept them both away with a sharp kick!

    Uehara Naraku''s figure appeared next to Oshemaru in an instant, suddenly pinched his throat, and swayed in front of him with the scroll with the written ghoul!

    "Come on, you show me, let me see how the **** you let the soul-harvesting death extradite your soul!"

 Chapter 167ï¼š What kind of love to talk about, isnt it good to be behind the scenes?

    Latest URL: It was found out.

    This was Da She Maru''s first thought.

    This is a bit unreasonable. After all, these forbidden techniques have been sealed in Konoha''s forbidden operation room. No one has ever seen it. Uehara Naraku is just a little ninja from the Land of Rain. How did he see through?

    Just as Oshemaru began to doubt the pharmacist''s pocket, she saw that the pharmacist''s pocket suddenly said: "Lord Naraku, Osheramaru-sama has given you the forbidden technique. If you doubt us, you should not make this transaction..."

    "I have no doubts!"

    Uehara Naraku looked at Oshemaru with a chuckle and said, "I just asked Mr. Oshemaru to help me experiment. Is there any problem?"

    "Forget it."

    After a trace of hideousness appeared in the pupils of Oshemaru, he slowly raised his head to look at Uehara Naraku: "However, there is a problem with the reincarnations of the dirty land. Some powerful ninjas reincarnated from the dirty land will show their stronger combat power. Chakra can''t control them."

    The expression on Uehara Naruko''s face was stunned, and suddenly smiled: "It''s okay, I can kill the pocket now and let you use the technique of reincarnating from the dirty soil at him. Until now, you are still stiff, let me show it. Right!"

    "I can do it myself!"

    The pharmacist glanced at Uehara Nairo, pushed his glasses, and held his Chakra scalpel, ready to cut his throat at any time.

    "Stop it, pocket!"

    Da She Wan''s face was extremely ugly to stop the medicine master.

    Because the scrolls were originally fake, once he really used the ghoul-sealed seal gesture to reincarnate from the dirty soil, he would eventually show up.

    If Da She Maru chooses to turn his face at the final moment, it would still waste his life in vain and make him lose a talented medical ninja.

    "Play, then play!"

    Uehara Naraku smiled lightly and looked at Oshemaru, and continued, "Didn''t you tell me this is the reincarnation of the dirty soil?"

    As he spoke, the smile on Uehara Nairobi''s face instantly converged, and he slammed a fist against Oshemaru, smashing the ground under him!

    Uehara Naraku''s face was like the ice that couldn''t change, and he said coldly: "Oshemaru, the most important thing for a person is credibility! How can you gain a foothold in the Ninja world without the spirit of contract! Even a young man like me, are you still a human! "

    "..."

    Oshamaru glanced at Uehara Naraku silently.

    Why does this little **** have the face to say such things?

    Obviously it is the **** Uehara Naraku who is going to kill him as an old man!

    Oshamaru looked at Uehara Naraku coldly and said, "If you hadn''t forcibly asked for my research results, I would not choose to lie to you."

    The expression on Uehara Naraku''s face stiffened for a second, then he said in a deep voice, "I can kill you at any time and prevent your resurrection!"

    This sentence directly choked Oshe Wan.

    After a while, Oshemaru shook his head, and said sentimentally: "Narukun, a proud ninjutsu for a ninja exceeds his life..."

    Da She Maru''s voice even trembled at the end.

    At this time, Dashewan unexpectedly some old people were helpless.

    Uehara Naraku even felt that if he had been pressing Oshemaru too tightly, would it be a bit too much...

    After a long time.

    Uehara Naraku stretched out his palm, pulled Oshemaru to his feet, and helped him slap the dirt on his body: "Okay, okay, isn''t it just three forbidden arts and two psychic scrolls? Whether you want to hand in Give it to me, I can kill you anytime."

    Orochimaru:"¡­¡­"

    Can this guy really say something human?

    But it sounds like things are turning around...

    Just as Oshemaru was a little grateful that he had said something in his heart for a time, and even made Uehara Naraku feel soft, Uehara Naraku continued: "It''s just that you give me the scroll now. If you are obedient and obedient, you can live and continue. Study; if you don¡¯t give me the scroll of ninjutsu, you will die now, and die miserably."

    "..."

    Dashemaru doesn''t know what to say anymore. Is this little **** like Uehara Naraku a heart of stone?

    Now it looks like there is no more to talk about.

    If you fight, you have to take risks.

    After all, Na Uehara had a card under her hand, and even psychic Penn could fight together, and there was a psychic beast that could kill ten thousand snakes with one punch.

    Da She Wan sighed faintly, looked at the pharmacist pocket, and whispered: "Pouch, help me prepare three scrolls again!"

    "Yes, Lord Oshemaru."

    Pharmacist''s face was also helpless.

    Dashemaru''s fingertips slammed hard and cut his finger again. One day, he must recover the humiliation he suffered today!

    after an hour.

    The three scrolls fell into the hands of Uehara Naraku.

    Side mission: Obtain the Art of Eight Qi (11), the mission has been completed, reward 100 gold coins.

    Side quest: Obtain the technique of reincarnation (11), the quest has been completed, reward 100 gold coins.

    Side quest: Obtain the technique of reincarnation from the filthy soil (11), the quest has been completed, and reward the skill of the son of death.

    Son of Death: Put a death mark on the head of the target, slowly harvest the life energy of the target, until the target dies; after the death of the target, the soul and body of the enslaved target continue to fight for 45 seconds, the skill consumes 100 Chakra points, and the skill cools down Time is 60 seconds.

    Oshemaru''s own ninjutsu seems to be really unpopular, and the system only gives a minimal reward.

    As for the Son of Death, this skill looks a bit tasteless.

    But if the target''s body and soul are enslaved, it is possible that the target can fight with all strength!

    However, Uehara Naraku has reincarnated from the dirty soil, so this skill looks really tasteless!

    Uehara Naraku drew out a Bai Zetsu casually, and the Chakra in his hand entered into Bai Zetsu''s body to wake this Bai Zetsu.

    Immediately afterwards, Uehara Naraku took out the remains of Uchiha''s soil, and took off the divine mighty kaleidoscope from the soil.

    Obviously, what he wants to do is self-evident.

    There was a trace of envy in Osaimaru''s eyes. He likes to collect any powerful ninja. Although Uchiha''s performance is not very good, no one will deny that Uchiha has a kaleidoscope of writing wheels.

    "Oh, right."

    Uehara Nairo turned his head and looked at Oshemaru and said, "Mr. Oshemaru, can you support me with a coffin? By the way, give me an inter-pillar cell?"

    "..."

    Oshamaru''s expression suddenly became even more unsightly. What did Naruko Uehara take him for, always taking him like this?

    After half a minute.

    After Uehara Naraku''s resurrected Baijue''s body was injected with the inter-column cells by the Oshe Maru, he immediately successfully awakened Mu Dun. This scene made O Shemaru''s heart ecstatic!

    It''s a pity that this awakened Mu Dun Bai Jue can''t live long.

    Ono Shemaru knew in his heart that Uehara Naraku wanted to use this Shiraizu as a sacrifice for the rebirth of the dirty land, and his face was a little regretful: "A Mudun ninja used as a sacrifice for the rebirth of the dirty land, isn''t it a pity?"

    "Only in this way can we maximize the power of the filthy people!"

    Uehara Naruko shook her head, slowly closed her palms, and continued softly: "If the power of the dirty soil is too strong, it will easily lose control. Of course I don¡¯t care, but Mr. Osaimaru, your strength ¡­"

    Orochimaru:"¡­¡­"

    This issue does require attention.

    But Uehara Naraku obviously attacked others verbally. He would give him whatever he wanted. Why did he humiliate him so much?

    "Ninfa, the art of reincarnating from the dirty earth!"

    Uehara Naraku''s palm suddenly fell to the ground, and a string of spells quickly formed and appeared on the ground, and Uchiha''s soiled body quickly turned into a mass of ashes, enveloping the body of Shirazu!

    In the pure land of the underworld.

    While Uchiha''s soul was still confessing his mistake with the short girl Rin Nohara, his soul suddenly flew and returned to the Yang world!

    After a while, Uchiha brought the soil back to life with the help of this Shiraizu!

    It¡¯s just that there are still a few cracks on his face, which are a little different from the first and second generations of Hokage and the second generation of Hokage who were reincarnated from the dirty soil before the Oshe Maru...

    Pharmacist Dou softly uttered his own question: "Is Bai Jue still not qualified as a sacrifice for reincarnating from dirty soil?"

    "No, it''s qualified enough."

    A trace of enthusiasm flashed in Da She Maru''s eyes.

    Because the previous sacrifices were not qualified enough, the first and second generations of Hokage were not able to exert their full power, and their power was limited by the rebirth of the dirty soil.

    However, Bai definitely allowed them to exert enough power. If they could use too much power, some cracks would appear on their faces.

    These cracks show that their power is large enough that even the most qualified materials cannot restore their heyday!

    Obviously, Uchiha is not weak in belt soil.

    The emotions on Uchiha Daitu''s face after the resurrection of Unholy Land were obviously irritable. Perhaps it was because he had never had a double goddess kaleidoscope writing wheel. He still only had the one goddess writing wheel and an ordinary three-gou jade writing wheel. eye.

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help feeling a little regretful.

    Uchiha took the soil and looked at the people present coldly, and suddenly clenched his fists: "Asshole, how dare you disturb my reunion with Lin with dirty soil! You promised me!"

    Uehara Naraku raised his eyebrows, and the will of Uchiha brought the soil is so amazing has almost broken free from the shackles of rebirth from the dirty soil!

    Worthy of being the ten-tailed man Zhuli in history!

    Even with the unrequited love of a little girl alone, he can make his will so strong!

    Uehara Naraku slammed his fingers up and concentrated on using his powerful chakra to control Uchiha and walked into the coffin with dirt, ignoring the angry expression of dirt.

    If the filthy person wants to break free of control, he must be strong enough to break free, or strong enough to break free of control.

    However, these premises are that the performer does not compete with the filthy for physical control.

    If he were to switch to Oshemaru now, perhaps Uchiha Daido could break free from the restraints by his own will and strength, but it was Uehara Naraku who controlled him.

    Uehara Naraku covered the coffin board, causing Uchiha to fall into a deep sleep with the soil. He patted the coffin and sighed, "What kind of love do we people have in love? Isn''t it okay to concentrate on being the man behind the ninja world? ?"

 Chapter 168ï¼š Uehara Naraku, designated partner of the Moon Eye Project!

    Latest website: "Well, a very successful experiment on the rebirth of dirty soil."

    Uehara Naruko waved his hand to put the coffin away, showing a playful smile, and stretched out his palm towards Oshemaru: "It seems that Mr. Oshemaru didn''t lie to me, then I wish us a happy cooperation."

    "Huh, it''s not that pleasant."

    Oshemaru''s expression is not good again. Although he has gained a bit this time, he has obviously lost a lot. It seems that only Uehara Naraku made the most.

    Uehara Naraku looked at Oshemaru and smiled: "Don''t say that, isn''t your life saved? Come on, be happy and laugh?"

    "..."

    Laugh at you!

    Da She Wan didn''t bother to care about him, turned around and left here.

    Anyway, his main purpose has been achieved. After getting Baijue, Dashewan still needs to start many experiments to speed up the perfection of his reincarnation and rebirth.

    Now Dashewan has a belly draft.

    That is to use Bai Jue''s characteristics to cultivate a powerful body, and then use this body as a blueprint, and try to clone or copy it.

    Just as Oshemaru was about to take the pharmacist away, Uehara Naraku suddenly spoke and stopped him: "Mr. Oshemaru, don¡¯t go in a hurry, have we forgotten what we said before? Don¡¯t you go help me get Rashomon? Psychic contract?"

    "Now is not a good time."

    Da She Maru shook his head and said in a deep voice, "Konoha''s chaos has not passed for long, and Konoha''s vigilance will be very high!"

    "Don''t worry, they will soon have to relax their vigilance."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Osamaru''s serious expression, and couldn''t help looking at him with a squinting smile: "During this time, Konoha and Iwakura may confront and conflict in the country of grass, so there may be emptiness in defense. We can take advantage of this. Some time passed..."

    "If Tsunade took over as Naruto, they might have a conflict, but after Tsunade took over, Ohnoki would not be so unwise..."

    Oshemaru spoke in a low voice, and after thinking for a few seconds, looking at Uehara Naraku''s mischievous smile, he seemed to think of something, and the whole person was not well.

    Oshemaru said with a sullen face: "Uehara Naraku, you guy will not destroy Kushin Village, will you?"

    "You guessed it!"

    Uehara Nara squinted her eyes and smiled very kindly: "That village is full of sins, why should Mr. Oshamaru cooperate with them? A high-quality partner like me is the most suitable!"

    Good quality ghost!

    You **** **** the blood of your partners!

    Oshemaru couldn''t help but want to swear. After the Konoha Rebellion ended, various countries were worried about Konoha''s revenge, and they did not dare to have anything to do with him.

    In this situation, only Kuoyin Village has been in a state of border war and has no choice but to cooperate with him. Dashemaru rarely found a new resource and source of funds, and was thus destroyed by Uehara.

    Damn, I really want to kill!

    Oshamaru almost made no secret of his murderous intent and disgusting gaze towards Uehara Naraku. Today, except for a few Shizue, he received bad news!

    "Oshemaru, look at your eyes..."

    Uehara Naraku paused, walked slowly to the front of Oshemaru, chuckled and continued provocatively: "I really like the way you hate me but can''t kill me..."

    "Pocket, gone."

    Da She Maru really didn''t want to talk to him.

    Uehara Naraku shouted again: "What about the psychic contract of Ryuji-dong and the psychic contract of Rashomon? If I can''t do what I promised, I will still charge interest!"

    Dashemaru''s footsteps paused, and he said without looking back: "Three days later, we will gather in the southern town on the border of the country of Tian and the country of fire. I will take you to Longdi Cave first, if you can survive. , We will go to Konoha together."

    "very good."

    Uehara Naraku nodded in satisfaction, and when the pharmacist walked up to him, he suddenly stretched out his arm and stopped the footsteps of the pharmacist.

    After seeing Pharmacist''s somewhat surprised gaze, Uehara Naraku''s eyes drooped slightly, and he whispered: "This mission is completed beautifully. After returning, you can guide Osake Maru to study the death of ghouls and death. But there is a powerful soul!"

    "understand."

    The pharmacist nodded calmly, his expression unchanged.

    After the two exchanged a few words, Yao Shidou strode forward and caught up with Da She Wan.

    After Dashewan and the pharmacist walked some distance.

    Da She Wan suddenly looked at the pharmacist''s pocket and asked, "I seemed to have seen you stop just now. What did Uehara Naraku tell you?"

    "Ha ha¡­"

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around, and a false smile appeared on his face for an instant: "Master Naraku wants me to monitor Master Onemaru. Once you have the power to threaten him, let me report to him immediately."

    Da She Wan also showed a smile: "Then you will?"

    "Of course I will report to Lord Naraku."

    After the pharmacist nodded his head, he smiled and continued: "But I will take Master Da She Wan to find him, and then kill him with you."

    This answer made Oshemaru extremely satisfied.

    Pharmacist pockets are always covered with spy coats one after another. Everyone thinks that Pharmacist pockets will become their spies.

    Da She Wan believes that Yao Shi Dou is the most loyal to him.

    At least compared to others.

    Dashemaru nodded in satisfaction and continued to move forward: "Let''s go, we still have a lot of work to do."

    "Yes."

    The pharmacist nodded respectfully.

    After the two of them left, only Uehara Naraku himself was left in the same place. He was doing a new experiment, which was to kill Shirazu to see if he could trigger the Dark Harvest.

    Unfortunately, the system does not seem to have this bug.

    Only people called ninjas can trigger the dark harvest. Obviously Baijue is not in the category of ninjas. After all, ordinary people will become Baijue through the cultivation of the sacred tree. This should be a monster!

    Uehara Naraku looked down at the 100,000 sleeping Shiraizu below, and slowly spread out his palms: "Wooden Dun, Strangulation Vine!"

    Countless vines with spikes spread from the ground!

    Each vine quickly penetrated Bai Jue''s body, killing them completely!

    "Fairy Mode¡¤Open!"

    A pair of white wings spread directly behind Uehara Naraku, and vines appeared under the ground one after another!

    With the support of Nairo Uehara''s huge chakra, within a few moments, the hundred thousand white vines under the ground were completely covered by vines, allowing them to die completely in their sleep!

    These monsters created by Otsuki Kaguya thousands of years ago were destroyed by Uehara Naraku overnight!

    But this does not mean that Bai Jue is extinct.

    Because Hei Jue and Bai Jue share the same body, the one that moves with Hei Jue is the body of Bai Jue, which is also the strongest one.

    It can plant the art of spores on powerful ninjas, and the spores will absorb chakras and re-incarnate as Baijue.

    After Uehara Naruko ruined a hundred thousand Shirasuke, he looked at the thorns on the ground and patted his palm with satisfaction: "It looks like Uchiha and Osamaru did it... I hope that Kurozutsu Don''t go crazy!"

    There are not many wooden ninjas in the entire ninja world.

    There are only four known Mudun ninjas, Akatsuki''s Tsutsumi, Senjujutsuma who reincarnated from the unclean soil, Uchiha belt soil, Konoha''s ninja Yamato.

    As long as Kurozu saw this scene, he would lock the murderer on Uchiha Daido and Onemaru, right?

    This ninja world is unreliable.

    Ninjutsu alone will not deceive people.

    Who can believe that the Mu Dun used to kill Shiwan Shiraze was actually used by Uehara Naraku, a ninja with no blood on his body?

    Under this ironclad evidence, nothing can work.

    Uehara Naraku used the wood escape skills and fire escape skills to create some traces of combat on this land, trying to make the battlefield more realistic.

    This is also no way.

    After all, he still needs to continue to deceive Kazuki to monitor Renju''s whereabouts. By the way, he also wants Kazuki to help find Uchiha Madara''s body. Otherwise, who will make the body of Otsuki Kaguya''s resurrection?

    After doing all this, Uehara Naraku quietly disappeared, hiding his merit and fame.

    early morning.

    The sun broke through the fog.

    A pitcher plant got out of the ground, revealing Jue''s face. It scanned the cleanly dead Bai Jue under the ground, and a sudden anger rose in its heart.

    These Bai Jue were saved by Datongmu Huiye a little bit!

    Whether you want these Bai Jue to serve as intelligence investigators or make them combat effectiveness, they are all excellent materials!

    After drilling out of the ground, Jue looked at the traces of thorns and vines underneath. It took a few steps to look at the wounds on Bai Jue''s body.

    no doubt.

    These deadly wounds on Bai Jue''s body were all caused by Mu Dun, and there were no other wounds except Mu Dun Ninjutsu.

    after awhile.

    Heijue slowly raised his head.

    The degree of secrecy of this base will never be discovered by others.

    Even if someone notices it, the Baijue near the base will report early to avoid the arrival of outsiders as much as possible.

    Uchiha took the soil and betrayed them!

    This question is elusive. It is very likely that he thinks he can''t control the initiative of the Moon Eye Project. After all, the Uchiha clan is a group of two or five boys.

    It is also possible that Uchiha has led the way to get back from the land, and is going to be a Konoha ninja again?

    In short, the death of Hundred Thousand Shiraizu is absolutely inseparable from the Uchiha belt!

    Kurozutsu spoke in a gloomy voice: "Uchiha Daido has betrayed us. Over the years, we have only seen his Mu Dun ninjutsu progress rapidly. I didn''t expect it to use Mu Dun to deal with us..."

    "Not necessarily?"

    Bai Zuijiu Uchiha had some good feelings about the soil, and he explained softly, "Perhaps it is the Senjujuma that was reborn from the dirty soil of the Osnake Maru? It can kill our 100,000 companions in a short period of time, and Senjujuma also has this. ability."

    "Do you think it is possible for Dashemaru to discover this base!"

    The IQ of Black Absolute and White Jue is somewhat hate iron but not steel: "How many of your kind are entrenched around this base, who can hide their perception and kill all Bai Jue, except for the soil they trust. Who else can do it!"

    This is from the confidence of Bai Jue.

    After all, unless someone arranged or even found out everything in advance, it would be impossible to kill all the Bai Jue lurking near this secret base anyway.

    Except for Uchiha belt soil, who can do this?

    "What shall we do now?"

    Bai Jue was a little confused, and seemed to lose faith in the Moon Eye project a bit.

    "Relax, none of this exceeded my expectations."

    Kurozutsu''s mood gradually calmed down, and there was more confidence in Zhizhu''s voice in his voice: "Didn''t we plan to give up Uchiha''s soil?

    Apart from Madara, the Uchiha clan are mostly unreliable people.

    The same goes for Uchiha''s belt soil, and Uchiha Itachi is the same, because they are all descendants of Uchiha who betrayed Madara in a despicable way.

    When we chose Uchiha Daido as a companion, we thought that he wanted to change the Ninja World just like us. Now it seems that Uchiha Daido cannot be used by us at all.

    His betrayal will not disrupt any of our plans. The only trouble is that the Moon Eye plan may be leaked out. The action to catch the tail beast must be prepared in advance! "

    Bai Jue raised his own question: "But the information has not been collected yet. If you start collecting the tail beasts rashly, it is likely to arouse the vigilance of other Ninja villages... If Renzhuli deliberately hides, it is difficult for us to find their tracks. what!"

    "Then gather information first!"

    Hei Jue said in a gloomy voice: "But the Bai Jue here has been killed. You can only rely on your spore art to make Bai Jue..."

    After saying this sentence, UU read www. uukanshu.com Heijue suddenly realized one thing: "In this way, it seems that our ally is only the kid Naruko Uehara!"

    After Uchiha''s betrayal with the soil, Uehara Naraku has become the only person in the ninja world who still believes in them...and also the person with the highest use value!

    Before finding out the truth, this little guy must be protected!

    In case he made a mistake and no one else secretly pushed Akatsuki to implement the Moon Eye Project, the possibility of death would increase greatly.

    This chess piece is very important.

    Bai Jue''s voice suddenly added a hint of tension: "Uehara is an important figure in our influence on Xiaonan and Nagato. We must remind him of Uchiha''s betrayal of us with soil, and Uehara will not defend Uchiha with soil at all! "

    "Yes¡­"

    There was also some complexity in Kazuki''s voice, and it said solemnly: "Uehara has always thought that Uchiha is a companion with the soil for several years. If the soil sneaks on him, he will almost 100% succeed!"

 Chapter 169ï¼š How the Uchiha brothers get along

    The latest website: Uehara Naraku thought a lot.

    The only thing he never thought was that after he judged Uchiha''s betrayal, the first thing he did was to find his trace and remind him of Uchiha''s betrayal.

    Uehara, the spy, was considered successful.

    Kurozutsu, a man behind the scenes who has been hidden in the Ninja for thousands of years, regards him as the only person he is now, and I don¡¯t know if Uchiha Daido in the coffin hears Kuzuda¡¯s criticism. Tears...

    The border between the country of Tian and the country of fire.

    It was here that Kurozu found Naraku Uehara, and told him that Uchiha Daido had betrayed them and reminded Uehara Naraku to beware of attacks with soil.

    Uehara Naraku looked down at the yin and yang face of Zuzu in the pitcher plant on the ground, suppressing his smile, and after listening to Zuzu reminded him.

    "I know."

    Uehara Naraku''s face showed a little hesitation and confusion: "Senior, I never thought that senior with soil would abandon us, he has always been an enthusiastic person!"

    "This is not abandoning!"

    Kurozuru sullen his voice and reminded him again: "This is a betrayal! Uehara, you must be careful with soil. Uchiha is generally a narrow-minded person. You made him suffer a big loss before, and he is sure I won''t let you go!"

    Uehara Naraku''s face was even more suspicious: "Senior Taketu wanted to kill me, but didn''t kill me. Would he hate me for it? What''s the reason!"

    "This is normal."

    Hei Jue¡¯s voice was full of contempt, and he sneered: "Uehara, the Uchiha clan is originally a group of narrow, selfish, arrogant and arrogant guys. We will find out the location of Uchiha¡¯s soil as soon as possible and solve his problem. Hidden danger."

    "Ok."

    Naruto Uehara nodded, and thanked Kurozutsu very respectfully: "Thank you for the news from senior, I will be careful."

    "That''s good."

    Kurojue looked at Naraku Uehara with satisfaction, and whispered, "Uehara, our companions are running out. You will have a lot of responsibilities when implementing the Moon Eye Project in the future."

    After speaking, Hei Jue said, "I''m going to look for dried persimmon ghost shark and Uchiha Itachi to find out who they are loyal to. If they choose Uchiha to bring the soil, then expel them from the Akatsuki organization! "

    "Senior!"

    After Uehara Naraku stopped Kurozuzu, he hesitated and reminded: "I previously vaguely discovered that Uchiha Itachi may not particularly hate his brother. His situation seems to be similar to that of the ghost light full moon..."

    "Ho **** ho ho... then you are wrong."

    Kurozutsu chuckled lightly and looked at Naraku Uehara and said, "You thought you discovered that Uchiha Itachi was protecting Uchiha Sasuke in secret, right? In fact, Uchiha Itachi just wanted Sasuke to open the kaleidoscope to write the wheel. Sasuke¡¯s writing round eyes enhances his pupil power. This is the truth about the Uchiha brothers."

    For a while, Kurozu Uehara Naraku''s trust increased a lot.

    It could also be that Heijue really couldn''t understand the Uchiha clan, so he simply told the **** truth.

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku didn''t know what to say.

    Hasn''t the Uchiha brothers been found to be brother-in-law and brother-in-law? How did Uchiha Itachi make Kuro absolutely convinced?

    Damn, you deserve to be the Pacific actor!

    It is estimated that Uchiha Itachi used this as a reason to protect his brother! This method is really good.

    It¡¯s just that if Hei Jue wants to meet the dried persimmon ghost shark, he must be wary in advance. Nairo Uehara is faintly envious of the reincarnation eye, at least the reincarnation eye can achieve super long-distance communication, unlike he has to run by himself every time he sends a message go with.

    Fortunately, the distance between dried persimmon and ghost shark is not far.

    By the way, I also went to take a quiet look at the relationship between Uchiha Sasuke and Uchiha Itachi. These two brothers must be very interesting together.

    Now the dried persimmon ghost shark, Uchiha Itachi, and Uchiha Sasuke are helping a nobleman in a small town to solve the invasion of a wandering ninja. This is almost equivalent to a war mission, which is generally a lot of money.

    The current dried persimmon ghost shark is drinking tea.

    Since Uchiha Sasuke temporarily joined their team, Uchiha Itachi has obviously become more diligent, often taking the initiative to take Sasuke to fight, thinking of coming to temper his brother on the battlefield.

    If a ninja wants to become stronger, fighting is the most training.

    After taking a sip of the tea slowly, the sound of familiar cards suddenly rang in his ears. The next moment he turned his head and saw his boss.

    Uehara Naraku raised her eyebrows and looked at the dried persimmon with a bit of discomfort and said, "Your little life is going well!"

    "This is not what I want."

    The dried persimmon ghost shook his head and chuckled: "It''s just that Mr. Itachi wants to create a cultivation opportunity for his younger brother. How am I embarrassed to intervene?"

    "Hey? How about Sasuke?"

    Uehara Naraku was really curious.

    Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke, a pair of brothers who nominally have a deep hatred, are now getting along day and night. Thinking about it, their lives must be very interesting.

    "Very hard."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark softly praised, and then sighed: "Unfortunately, hard work is the most indispensable thing for a ninja. If the kid in Sasuke wants to chase Mr. Itachi, it is too difficult..."

    Yes.

    For a powerful ninja, the most important thing is hard work.

    Sasuke Uchiha''s efforts cannot fill the gap between him and Itachi Uchiha, especially Uchiha Itachi is a harder and more talented person than him.

    The battlefield outside the town.

    Under the supervision and protection of Itachi Uchiha, Sasuke Uchiha finally killed all the wandering ninjas, panting and half kneeling on the ground holding the ninja in his hand.

    Bang!

    Sasuke, who had just rested for a while, was kicked by Uchiha Itachi!

    Uchiha Itachi looked down at Sasuke who was full of hatred, and said in a cold voice: "Sasuke, it takes so long to solve a group of garbage. As always, it is a dragging waste..."

    "Asshole, kill you sooner or later!"

    Sasuke Uchiha clenched his fist sharply.

    In this battle, Sasuke was not without gain. He just relied on his copying ability to secretly copy the swordsmanship used by Uchiha Itachi and a fire escape ninjutsu.

    Even so far, Sasuke Uchiha has to admit that the **** Uchiha Itachi is an all-rounder.

    Regardless of any ninjutsu, any physique, and illusion, he is able to grasp it at his fingertips. For this period of time, Sasuke has been secretly learning Uchiha Itachi''s physique, ninjutsu and swordsmanship with the writing round eyes. He did this easily.

    but¡­

    The corners of Uchiha Sasuke''s mouth bend slightly, except for those so-called kaleidoscope writing wheels, Uchiha Itachi is nothing more than that!

    As long as he has learned all the swordsmanship, physique, and ninjutsu, and then finds a way to find the flaws in the kaleidoscope writing round eyes, he will immediately kill Uchiha Itachi and replace him in Akatsuki''s place!

    The tall buildings in the town.

    Here you can see the grievances and grievances of the Uchiha brothers, Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but chuckled: "Does Itachi always treat his brother like this?"

    "Mr. Itachi is very gentle today."

    Dry persimmon ghost shark grinned, showing sharp teeth: "Mr. Itachi rarely used swordsmanship today. It was an eye-opener! Of course, if he really wants to kill the trash, he doesn''t use any ninjutsu. , It should only take thirteen seconds to seventeen seconds."

    When the dried persimmon ghost shark said this, he put on a meaningful smile: "Today he just killed a few of them, but it took fifteen minutes."

    "interesting."

    Uehara Nara nodded and smiled.

    In fifteen minutes, even a pig can replicate Uchiha Itachi''s swordsmanship with the writing wheel eyes!

    The brother Uchiha Itachi was really hard work. Under the supervision of the dried persimmon ghost and the hatred of Sasuke Uchiha, he could only use this little trick to teach his younger brother.

    The issue is¡­

    Uchiha Itachi is not afraid that one day, based on his observations on weekdays, Sasuke will think that Uchiha Itachi is nothing more than this, and will he think that he will soon surpass Uchiha Itachi?

    "Not to mention that there was something wrong with their brother."

    Uehara Naraku was stern, and said softly to the dried persimmon ghost shark: "Okay, let''s talk about it! After a long time, the black will come to you, because Uchiha has betrayed, and it will probably hope that you are no longer loyal to Uchiha. , So have you figured out how to answer it?"

    "Oh?"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark showed a hint of surprise in a timely manner. After a while, he blinked his small eyes suddenly: "I take the liberty to ask, why would Uchiha bring the soil to betray?"

    "Oh, he didn''t betray, he was just killed by me."

    Faced with such a clear-cut subordinate, Naraku Uehara would not doubt his loyalty.

    Dry Persimmon Guiyu nodded, and said solemnly: "Understand, I will continue to lurch by Hei Jue''s side and investigate his intelligence."

    Isn''t it just to let him be a spy?

    What a simple thing!

    However, after Uehara Naraku left, when Kurozutsu really arrived, Kakigami felt that his thinking was too simple.

    Kurozutsu showed Uchiha''s betrayal with the soil.

    Gan Persimmon Guiyu said that he is only loyal to the Moon Eye project.

    Kurozutsu said that he was satisfied with the attitude of Kakigami and told him that he was not alone: ??"Don''t worry, Akatsuki''s intern Uehara Naraku is also our companion. You must unconditionally support his actions in the future."

    "..."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark is stupid.

    What kind of magic operation is Uehara Naraku?

    The only two people in the Ninja world who support the Black Zee Moon Eye Project one is named Naraku Uehara, and the other is Kakigaki. Does this still require him to continue to do spies?

    The entire Moon Eye headquarters has been emptied, right?

    "Don''t think that Uehara despise him when he is young."

    Heijue looked at the somewhat astonished dried persimmon ghost shark, and softly persuaded him: "In the organization, don''t always bully Uehara. He is a simple-minded little guy. In the past few years, he has only learned to study ninjutsu. He has far more power. Beyond your imagination."

    "Oh, I see."

    The dry persimmon ghost grinned his mouth full of teeth. How strong is his boss? Can he not know how to be a subordinate?

    Gan Persimmon Guikun sighed in his heart and mourned for Heijue for a few seconds, then nodded calmly and said, "Then I will cooperate with him well in the future."

    Uehara-sama, it''s really outrageous!

 Chapter 170ï¼š The white snake fairy who refuses to show up

    Latest URL: Uehara Naraku doesn''t care what the Kakigami thinks, a man behind the scenes, why care about his subordinates making complaints to him?

    Uehara Naraku pays more attention to the actions of Konoha and Iwakura.

    Not surprisingly.

    The destruction of Caoyin Village broke out after two days of brewing. Konoha Ninja and Rocky Ninja, like wolves that smelled the smell, were frantically operating in the country of Cao Yin, trying to seize more territory.

    After losing the middle ground between the village of Cao Yin and the country of grass, the two superpowers, the country of soil and the country of fire, are directly bordered, and there may be a war at any time.

    Even if the three generations of Tukage and the two Libra Ohnoki and the fifth generation of Hokage Tsunade desperately contained the atmosphere of war, they still inevitably had to place too many ninja troops in the country to **** a share of the interests of their respective countries.

    In this situation, the most suitable opportunity to sneak into Konoha came.

    The border town of Tanokuni.

    Uehara Naraku sat in the most prosperous restaurant in this town, ordered a large table of dishes, and ate here slowly, as if he was the last meal of his life.

    After a while, after drinking the juice and having a full stomach, the restaurant owner came to collect the money with a nervous look.

    Uehara Naruko held up three fingers and chuckled softly, "Don''t worry, someone will pay the bill in three seconds... Three, two, one!"

    Uehara Naraku had long used his destiny skills to observe everything around him, and the head of the nearest Oshemaru was walking towards the restaurant, just enough to help him pay the bill.

    After counting the numbers, Naruko Uehara turned to look at a man wearing a hat who walked in outside the restaurant, and said loudly, "Hey, help me pay for this meal?"

    "..."

    Oshemaru, who was disguised as an ordinary person, cursed a few words in his heart, probably knowing that Uehara Naraku had recognized his identity, and could only helplessly pull out a few notes.

    After the two people converged, the first destination was Longdidong.

    Oshamaru''s idea was to let Uehara Naruko meet the White Snake Immortal. With this kid''s arrogant attitude, she would surely be killed by the White Snake Immortal, and then Oshemaru naturally didn''t have to accompany Uehara Naruto to Konoha on an adventure.

    Anyway, Konoha''s Forbidden Surgery Oshemaru should learn everything that should be learned, and he can learn as much as possible. He personally has no need for the drop of the Konoha Forbidden Surgery Room copy.

    Uehara Naraku also did not object.

    "Mr. Oshemaru, it seems that you have confidence in the White Snake Immortal!"

    Of course Uehara Naraku also saw through Oshemaru''s thoughts, just chuckled and said, "Is so confident that the White Snake Immortal can kill me?"

    Oshemaru was also tacitly aware of this, with a mysterious smile in his expression: "Nara-kun wants to find a grave, and I will naturally do my best."

    The two partners looked like they were turning their faces at any time.

    It''s just that the location of Longdi Cave is indeed a bit weird.

    Uehara Naraku followed Oshemaru for a long time. Two or three days later, they finally saw a weird little ruined temple.

    This is a temple arranged by illusion.

    When Uehara Naraku and Oshemaru entered it, the system panel prompts Uehara Naraku to have discovered Ryuji Cave, one of the three holy places.

    Side mission: Found the location of Longdi Cave (1/1), the mission has been completed, reward 1000 life energy, 1000 chakra energy, 1000 natural energy.

    As the three unknowable holy places in the Ninja World, Longdi Cave has always been mysterious, and it is estimated that many people are also curious about its location.

    Such generous rewards are also normal.

    After Naraku Uehara entered, he suddenly received a new reward.

    Side quest: Enter the Longdi Cave of the Immortal Holy Land (1/1), the quest has been completed, and the natural energy extraction recovery effect is rewarded +100%.

    Uehara Naraku glanced at his natural energy extraction rate, which had become 12 points per second, which had exceeded the life energy recovery rate.

    Kind of interesting.

    It is indeed a treasure trove.

    Merely signing and punching a card, the rewards have already made him very satisfied. After he defeated the White Snake Immortal, what would he be rewarded?

    Uehara Naraku watched the small snakes on the ground circling the ground, and then drilled into the cave one by one. These should be the animals on the periphery of Ryuji Cave.

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but become curious: "Hey, Oshamaru, is there a kind of snake in it that suddenly turns into an ancient beauty who sings a song?"

    "Hmph, you think too much."

    Oshamaru glanced at Uehara Naruko contemptuously, then smiled and said, "Now there is still time to regret it. After seeing the white snake fairy in a while, you will not have time!"

    "Tsk..."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head.

    Now, he will not shrink back.

    In case it is really as horrible as Oshe Maru said, it''s a big deal that he can just leave invincible!

    However, this Longdi Cave didn''t seem to have a specific length until they saw another ruined temple after walking for a long time!

    Uehara Naraku slowly turned his head and looked at Oshemaru: "What''s the situation? Or is it disguised by illusion?"

    "I am not sure as well."

    Oshemaru shook his head inexplicably.

    It shouldn¡¯t be like this in the past!

    Before he came, he saw the White Snake Immortal after entering the ruined temple, and occasionally passed through the long Longdi Cave.

    However, judging from the current situation, they seem to have come to the next level of the Longdi Cave. Does the White Snake Fairy refuse to see them?

    Osha Maru thought of this, and softly explained: "The White Snake Immortal probably thinks that Naraku-kun is not qualified to sign the contract, so he refuses to meet you..."

    After speaking, Oshemaru gently shook his head and said: "The psychic contract qualification of the Immortal Holy Land is not so easy to obtain, Nairo-kun, let''s go!"

    "Are you serious?"

    Uehara Naruko stared at Oshemaru tightly and raised her eyebrows: "This is what you promised me. If I didn''t get the psychic contract from Ryuji-dong, you guys have been in debt for this It pays very high interest!"

    "..."

    Da She Wan wanted to curse again.

    The white snake immortal in Longdidong didn''t want to see you. They made it clear that they didn''t want to sign a blood contract with you. Why are you bothering me?

    Is it just because he is bullying?

    Damn, catch a person and bully, do you have any brains?

    The rabbit bites when he is anxious!

    Besides, he was originally a sinister and cruel snake!

    Da She Wan''s body stiffened for a while, and she wanted to blame the White Snake Immortal again. I brought everyone here, so why didn''t you come out and do it!

    If Uehara Naraku is unqualified, he will send out a powerful snake to swallow the person. Perhaps the sent out snake may be a bit weak and will be killed by Uehara Naruko, but somehow express the attitude of Ryuji Cave!

    "Let''s go, let''s go deep underground!"

    Uehara Naraku was not idle either, but quietly turned on the destiny skill and looked at the trail of the white snake fairy. However, a huge white snake head was close at hand, but there was no snake here!

    "Huo Dun¡¤Flame Storm!"

    Uehara Naraku waved his palm and summoned a blazing storm, trying to destroy the weird and shabby temple in front of him. However, after the blazing storm passed through the temple, it only turned into a cloud of smoke and dissipated.

    "Unexpectedly, Naraku-kun is also good at fire escape ninjutsu!"

    The corners of Oshemaru''s eyes solidified for a second. This was the first time he had seen the powerful fire escape ninjutsu, and even Jiraiya and Sarutobi might be inferior!

    The fire escape in the ninja world only has B-level ninjutsu at most.

    No one has ever seen a forbidden technique at the fire escape level.

    Even if it is Ji Lai, it only relies on the combination of fire, oil and wind to make Huo Dun''s power far superior to others.

    "Let''s go!"

    Uehara Naraku didn''t explain too much either.

    Longdidong.

    In a temple in the depths.

    A sturdy giant snake occupies a seat in the main temple of the temple, and a psychic blood contract scroll hung above its head. A group of thick and long snakes hovered on the floor, spitting out a snake core from time to time.

    A cloud of smoke floats above the main hall of the temple, revealing the presence of two people, Naraku Uehara and Oshamaru.

    Obviously the White Snake Immortal has been monitoring everything here.

    "Why haven''t they left yet?"

    The White Snake Immortal slowly coiled up his body Hesitantly looking at the Uehara Naraku displayed in the smoke, the urn voice said: "Obviously, there are other powerful natural energy in his body, why would I want dragons? The psychic contract in the cave?"

    That young ninja is a bit weird.

    Fairy White Snake was a little reluctant to see him.

    Moreover, immortals like it, who have been active for thousands of years, have long been able to infer some unknown possibilities based on current events.

    That young ninja is also very dangerous.

    It would be dangerous to see him rashly.

    This is the keen intuition of the white snake fairy for thousands of years!

    The White Snake Immortal spit out a snake core, and said coldly: "Dashewan, what on earth do you want to bring this person over? Doesn''t he know the rules of the three holy places!"

 Chapter 171ï¼š Its so beautiful, its useless for a little bit!

    Latest URL: Things are a little bit strange.

    Immortal White Snake has always avoided Uehara Naraku.

    As the two of them traveled all the way, there were only small white snakes in the empty cave, not even a long snake that was big enough to make snake soup.

    Uehara Naraku suddenly shot out a ball of fire, slammed forward to illuminate the road, and pushed back a group of small white snakes spying on them.

    "What does Immortal White Snake mean?"

    Uehara Naraku''s expression became more and more unsightly, and a touch of gold appeared in his eyes, instantly turning on the hunting rhythm to observe everything nearby.

    Uehara Naraku looked at the little white snakes swimming into the cave and stretched out, and said coldly: "Even if Ryuji Cave does not welcome me, at least send a snake to say something? If there is no reason, how can I turn my face directly!"

    "..."

    Da She Wan''s brows also frowned slightly.

    To be honest, Dashemaru is also very curious about this issue.

    However, at this moment, a small white snake suddenly emerged from the ground and crawled onto his shoulder along Dashemaru''s legs. The snake core continued to spit out as if to say something.

    Da She Wan looked at the little white snake on his body with a puzzling expression, the expression on his face was a bit unsightly, obviously he understood the snake language said by the little white snake.

    "Let me drive this kid out of Longdi Cave?"

    O Shemaru slowly turned his head to look at Naru Uehara next to him, and the corners of his eyes twitched slightly. If he had this ability, would he still bring in Uehara Naruto!

    Immortal White Snake is clearly incomprehensible!

    Click!

    Uehara Naraku suddenly stretched out his hand to pinch the little white snake on the shoulder of Oshemaru, looked at the shivering little thing coldly, and said softly: "Tell the white snake fairy that it didn''t come out to greet me. I don''t respect me much. I want Burn it here!"

    "hiss!"

    In the next moment, this trembling little white snake grew up instantly!

    Just in the blink of an eye, the white snake with the length of chopsticks just turned into a giant python tens of meters long and swallowed it towards Uehara Nairo.

    This is really unscientific!

    Bang!

    Uehara slammed its head with a punch, smashing the head of this white giant python out of a huge pit, killing him instantly!

    Uehara Naruko shook off the blood on his hand and raised the corners of his mouth: "Mr. Oshamaru, you see, this is the member of Ryuji Cave who attacked me first."

    Orochimaru:"¡­¡­"

    Where the **** is this!

    A guy who talks so arrogantly, humiliating the White Snake Immortal, and saying that he will burn the Longdi Cave, why don''t people attack you?

    After Uehara Naraku''s words were over, a cloud of mist suddenly rose from the cave, in the direction of Uehara Naraku and Osaimaru.

    "You go and kill him."

    An old voice came into Uehara''s ears from the mist.

    In the next moment, three sturdy pythons rushed out of the fog, rushing towards Uehara Naruto, almost every python has a size no less than ten thousand snakes!

    The figure of each python is like a fragment, disappearing from time to time and appearing from time to time, making people look a little dumbfounded!

    Obviously, the identities of these three pythons are not very general. They should be thugs similar to the three brothers of Toad Wentai in Longdi Cave, right?

    "It''s invisibility... Blade of the Void!"

    A mysterious smile appeared at the corner of Uehara Naraku''s mouth, and slowly stretched out his palm, a blade of nothingness appeared in his hand with an extremely irregular shape.

    "Walk in the void!"

    Uehara Naraku disappeared, and suddenly appeared on the head of one of the giant pythons, slamming the blade of the void in her hand, and piercing the giant python''s head!

    I saw that the scales on the head of this giant python were extremely hard, and even the blade of the void could only penetrate a little, which made Uehara Naraku a little surprised.

    The other two giant pythons found his trail, and after disappearing instantly, one of the giant pythons appeared next to Uehara, and opened his mouth to swallow Uehara in his belly!

    "I''m fascinating! Smoke screen! Fairy Mode¡¤Open!"

    After the cloud of smoke dissipated, Uehara Naraku quickly replenished her chakra. When the chakra energy was consistent with the natural energy, the fairy mode was instantly activated!

    Two pairs of white wings appeared from behind Naruto Uehara, his life energy was directly bursting, both power and speed were far beyond what these giant pythons could catch!

    boom!

    The rain of blood is falling!

    A python was hit in the head with a punch by Nairo Uehara!

    Juli caused the giant python''s body to collapse directly, and cracks were exposed in the whole body''s scales. The blood flowed out of the cracks and enveloped its whole body, turning it into a blood python.

    "hiss!"

    The remaining two giant pythons almost went crazy and rushed towards Uehara Naraku again, but their bodies were still invisible and visible from time to time!

    "Stop it."

    The old voice came from the fog again.

    The two giant pythons looked reluctantly and looked back at the mist, and then looked at the four-winged Uehara Naraku. After all, they wandered unwillingly.

    Dashemaru saw this scene and chuckled lightly: "I thought Naraku-kun would kill them all! When I was in Longdidong, I didn''t suffer from them..."

    "Tsk, these are my future men."

    Uehara Naraku''s wings hung beside him, and he chuckled softly: "Mr. Oshamaru, didn''t you say that as long as I defeat the Immortal White Snake, he will recognize me as the master?"

    "..."

    Da She Wan''s face suddenly stiffened.

    However, the mist in the cave suddenly changed sharply, and everyone knew that the owner of the cave must be very angry now.

    I just don''t know who it is aimed at.

    After a while, the fog finally stabilized and gradually spread outward, slowly enveloping the surroundings of Uehara Naraku and Osaimaru.

    Immediately afterwards, the mist slowly dissipated.

    Uehara Naraku raised his eyes and looked around, only to see that they were already in an old and tall temple, and on the seat above the temple was a huge white phosphorus snake.

    The body of this big white phosphorus snake is so big that the huge seat can only put down a small amount of its body, and its entire body spreads throughout the temple, and even extends beyond the temple. It is impossible to see what its real body is. how long.

    On top of this big white phosphorus snake was a terrifying huge beast face with a huge scroll in its mouth.

    The name of Longdidong is written on the scroll.

    The white snake immortal on the seat glared at Uehara Naraku, slowly crawling towards him, and said in a sigh, "New immortal? A new generation of immortal clan? Do you want to challenge the power of Ryuji-dong?"

    For thousands of years, the three holy sites have fought from time to time.

    Strictly speaking, the wet bone forest is listed separately. It is estimated that no one dares to go to the wet bone forest of the slug fairy, except for the white snake fairy in Longdidong and the big toad fairy in Miaomu Mountain.

    Only the toads of Miaomu Mountain and the snakes of Longdidong often fight.

    They are mainly for grabbing strong natural energy sites. For example, Toad Wentai once killed a snake that entered Miaomu Mountain.

    The white snake fairy saw the fairy pattern of Uehara Naraku, and he probably thought that Uehara Naraku was here to **** Ryuji Cave, a blessed place with rich natural energy.

    The White Phosphorus Oshe Maru who was sitting on the seat slowly stood up again and looked down at the O She Maru on the ground and said, "O She Maru, I gave you the opportunity to sign the Dragon Di Hole Blood Contract when you were young. But it attracted other immortals to attack Longdi Cave..."

    "Let me explain."

    Oshamaru smiled and spread out his palms, concealing the shock in his eyes.

    Originally, he thought he had overestimated Uehara Naraku''s strength enough, but he still underestimated it far, unexpectedly, this kid had cultivated into the fairy mode!

    Even some ethnic group outside the three holy places!

    This seems normal, after all, Uehara Naraku has many powerful psychic beasts in his hands!

    Oshamaru calmed down his emotions and continued the plan to bring troubles to the east: "The White Snake Immortal, that is just a joke. The Uehara Naraku next to me is a genius ninja who wants to challenge the White Snake Immortal very much, so I brought him here. to here."

    "No, I just want the psychic contract of Longdidong."

    After Uehara Naraku chuckled, he slowly raised his head and looked at the psychic blood contract on the top of the white snake fairy. The reward for the psychic contract is certainly not low!

    "???"

    Da She Wan''s smile froze on his face.

    What does Uehara Naraku mean? Is it because I can''t beat the Immortal White Snake consciously and want to cheat him again when the matter comes?

    Is it interesting to always cheat him?

    Uehara Naraku saw Oshemaru''s expression a little disintegrated, and after a chuckle, the expression on her face gradually became serious: "Well, I''m joking, I want the contract scroll of Ryuji-dong, a psychic like the white snake fairy Beast, I want it too!"

    "The newborn kid always speaks so loudly... well..."

    The White Snake fairy slowly returned to his seat, its voice gradually lowered, and it seemed that there was no response.

    In the next second, the terrain of the entire area changed drastically!

    Uehara Naraku suddenly raised his head, only to see that the temple had produced countless sharp thorns, rushing towards them at a rapid speed. The most important thing was that this small area could not accommodate the original footholds. point!

    this is¡­

    Nairo Uehara instantly appeared in the hand of a void blade, violently cut off a sharp thorn, but still could not stop the formation of these sharp thorns!

    Even the big snake pill was completely controlled by the sharp thorn.

    Even the white snake fairy himself is surrounded by dense thorns.

    It''s just that its body can change at any time, sometimes getting bigger and sometimes getting smaller, traveling through the death jungle created by this sharp thorn!

    "Xianfa¡¤Inorganic Reincarnation."

    The White Snake Immortal urn said, opened his eyes again, and slowly said: "Everything here is under my control. You have no advantage in fighting here, kid, tell your race!"

    This sentence is not without basis.

    Longdidong was originally the residence of the white snake fairy.

    This is the most suitable area for it to fight. No one can defeat it here, even the slug fairy who restrains it can''t do it!

    "Huo Dun¡¤Flame Storm!"

    A blaze appeared in Uehara Naraku''s hand, burning with sharp thorns, but these sharp thorns couldn''t burn, and they still couldn''t change the battle!

    It''s kind of careless!

    If I remember correctly, the historical Chinese pharmacist can also use the immortal method¡¤inorganic reincarnation, but it does not seem to show how powerful it is. Now it seems that the pharmacist¡¯s self is too much, and it is too different from the inorganic reincarnation of the white snake fairy. too much.

    The inorganic reincarnation used by the White Snake immortal made Uehara Naraku unable to find even a foothold. Even if the sharp thorns made by these inorganic substances were destroyed, they would regenerate at a faster rate.

    Uehara Naraku quickly opened the moment of the saint, the golden mask instantly blocked a group of dense thorns, and couldn''t help frowning.

    Uehara Naraku suddenly stretched out his palm towards the White Snake Immortal, and a chain disappeared from one person to the other snake. Uehara Naraku simply used his own way to steal the White Snake Immortal''s art to see if there is a way to crack it. .

    However, after Uehara Naraku saw the stolen technique, he would simply curse the skill nonsense, why he stole the White Snake Immortal, unexpectedly stole a skill to observe the history of the Ninja World in the past thousand years.

    This is a **** thing!

    In the thousand-year history of Ninja World, Hara Naraku doesn''t say the door, but the most important thing about the Otsuki family, Uehara is still clear.

    Walk in the void!

    Uehara Naraku''s body disappeared instantly, and the next moment he appeared in the cave outside the temple, but the entire cave was also covered by dense thorns!

    Uehara Naraku could only wield the blade of the void to find a foothold for himself, and he finally got a glimpse of the white snake fairy.

    A white phosphorus snake with no end in sight!

    Moreover, the body of this white snake swiftly swam between the sharp thorns, and its body swelled and shrunk from time to time, and when it could not even pass the sharp thorns, it would turn into a cloud of mist!

    How to fight this?

    Uehara Naraku is all ill.

    The battlefield was inherently unfavorable to him. The White Snake Immortal could walk through the jungle made up of the sharp thorns of the Longdi Cave without obstacles. However, Uehara Naraku needed to use the Void Blade to create a foothold for himself.

    Even he can''t cancel the invincibility of the moment of the sacred judgment, otherwise he will be penetrated by countless sharp thorns instantly!

    Immortal White Snake didn''t use his full strength at all. He just used a trick of inorganic reincarnation to give life to inorganic things, manipulated them to attack, and Uehara Naraku was directly at a disadvantage.

    Damn, this trick to change the battlefield is too annoying.

    "Surrender, kid."

    The white snake fairy slowly wrapped around a sharp thorn, and the urn voice persuaded: "Little devil, tell me the name of your ethnic group. I can forgive your life for the sake of a new ethnic group."

    "Haha... it''s just a long worm."

    Uehara Naraku suddenly raised his head and looked at the White Snake Immortal, closed his palms and shouted in a low voice: "Ninfa¡¤Psychic!"

    This time he still tried to channel out Galio.

    The White Snake Immortal shook his head and sighed softly: "The natural energy of Longdi Cave is too rich, and there is a psychic restriction enchantment I set up. Except for snake creatures, no other ninja beast can reach here through psychic..."

    as expected.

    Uehara Nairo couldn''t help frowning, and wasting Chakra for nothing, but he didn''t see Galio. How strong is this thing like the White Snake Fairy, and even connected spirit beasts can''t get through here!

    Fortunately, he really has a snake-like psychic beast.

    Well, if snake people can also be considered snakes.

    "Ninfa¡¤Psychic Art!"

    Uehara Naraku was not in a hurry, but quickly used his spiritism again: "Then let me see how beautiful the skin of Soul Lianhua is!"

    A blast of smoke sounded.

    A beautiful white tail slammed into a sharp sting, and a charming female voice suddenly appeared in Longdi Cave: "The environment here is really suitable for me!"

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but look up, only to see a lavender graceful robe greeted with a delicate and attractive body.

    A woman hooked her mouth with a wicked smile. Her face made people want to find a word that could describe it, sexy, sultry, seductive?

    It''s a pity that her lower body is a snake tail!

    Cassiopeia, Embrace of the Demon Snake (Soul Lotus)!

    Uehara Naraku looked at her body and couldn''t help feeling regretful, but couldn''t help but think of two men in her mind, one surnamed Xu and the other surnamed Li.

    How can someone blame this kind of thing?

    But it''s good to be able to channel out now.

    Uehara Naraku breathed a sigh of relief at last. It seems that Cassiopeia, a psychic beast, shouldn''t be too weak. After all, it is only a chakra with the same high consumption as Galio to be able to psychic.

    In the next second, Uehara Naraku''s expression collapsed!

    Fairy White Snake only glanced at the psychic beast of Uehara Naraku, and instantly manipulated countless barbs to penetrate through Cassiopeia''s body, and directly turned the snake girl who had just emerged from the psychic into a cloud of smoke and dissipated.

    Uehara Naraku looked at the attractive appearance of the snake woman disappearing, and her face suddenly became dark: "So many Chakra psychics come out without any decent resistance. Nothing can help you in the battle. What can you do?"

 Chapter 172ï¼š Da She Wan: 1 Didnt you **** trouble me?

    Latest URL: Damn, it''s outrageous!

    Uehara Naraku scolded the snake girl **** in his heart. He vowed that he would never use the snake girl''s psychic contract again, and now he could only rely on himself.

    The golden mask surrounded Nairo Uehara''s body, resisting the attack of sharp thorns for him, and barely allowed him to survive in Ryuji Cave.

    Walk in the void!

    Uehara Naraku''s body suddenly appeared beside the White Snake Immortal, holding the Void Blade and slashing towards the White Snake Immortal''s body!

    In fact, there was no expectation of physical attacks to be effective at all. The White Snake Immortal, who can manipulate all terrain in the Dragon Cavern, had too many countermeasures.

    However, the White Snake Immortal may be to show off his strength, and even let Uehara Naraku chop it down, only to see that the part where the Void Blade attacked turned into a cloud of smoke.

    What the hell!

    Is the physical attack actually ineffective against the White Snake Fairy?

    Uehara Naraku stayed for a while, her mood gradually heavy, and endless ninjutsu began to release towards the White Snake Immortal: "Fire escape¡¤Flame Storm! Fire escape¡¤Flame Pillar! Wind escape¡¤Hurricane whistling! Thunder escape¡¤Wan Lei Tian prison !"

    In the blink of an eye, almost all of Uehara''s attack skills were released towards the White Snake Immortal, and endless flames, thunder and lightning, explosions and hurricanes enveloped the White Snake Immortal''s body!

    However, at this moment, the attacked body of the White Snake Immortal still turned into a cloud of smoke, avoiding all ninjutsu attacks, causing Uehara Naraku''s brow to jump.

    Even the giant shark attack was used by Uehara Naraku.

    A giant void shark opened its mouth and bit a section of the white snake fairy and disappeared, but it still had no effect on the white snake fairy.

    It seemed to be unharmed, reappearing its own figure.

    "Is the soul attack also ineffective?"

    Uehara Naraku''s face suddenly became extremely ugly.

    Is there something wrong with this white snake fairy?

    Uehara Naraku quietly used his purification skills. He thought that he had fallen into illusion, but everything in front of him remained unchanged.

    Damn, the white snake fairy is too strong!

    Why does the Immortal Toad in Miaomu Mountain seem to feel very weak, and he can make a roast frog at any time? How come the Immortal White Snake is so strong!

    Uehara Naraku felt that he really kicked the iron plate!

    "If you just use the moment of the sacred decree, Chakra can still hold on for a while, and if you don¡¯t see a turnaround in another five minutes, the Chakra can recover, and the natural energy recovery speed cannot keep up, so you must disarm the immortal. The mode is in the normal state..."

    Uehara Naraku thought about his physical state in his heart, and his eyes became more and more dignified as he stared at the White Snake Immortal, his brain began to rotate rapidly.

    However, Uehara Naraku couldn''t figure out this problem anyway.

    Why wouldn''t the white snake fairy suffer any harm?

    Unexpectedly, Oshemaru, who had been trapped by the White Snake Immortal, suddenly laughed out loud, "Ho **** ho ho... Naro-kun, I seem to understand it!"

    "what?"

    Uehara Naruko frowned, looked at Oshemaru and said, "Hey, Oshemaru, what do you guys understand?"

    "..."

    Ono Shemaru''s smile suddenly became a little stiff. He did understand a bit, but he really didn''t want to tell Uehara Naraku. It is estimated that he alone in the entire Ninja World can understand the fighting style of the White Snake Immortal, right?

    No, or to understand the true body of the White Snake Immortal!

    Oshamaru turned to look at Uehara Naraku, and said with a chuckle: "Naraku-kun, do you want to know? But I just won''t tell you..."

    Da She Maru even said with some triumph: "I just want to see this picture you want to know and want to ask me but know that I won''t tell..."

    Dashewan feels so good!

    Damn, this feeling is so cool!

    Uehara Naraku, the bastard, has always humiliated him so much before, and the Karma Wheel should be unhappy, but now it''s his turn to humiliate Uehara Naraku!

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but frowned, Oshamaru''s expression of revenge for the villain, which really made him a little uncomfortable...

    After a while, Uehara Naraku suddenly said: "Senren White Snake, I think Oshamaru may really know your secret. After a while, I might force him to tell me. Will you say he will tell me?"

    "..."

    The white snake fairy did not answer.

    Obviously it has considered this issue long ago.

    In the next moment, sharp thorns penetrated Dashewan''s body instantly!

    Whether or not Da She Pill really sees through its secrets, it can never leave any trouble. This is the character of a snake, which harms others for self-interest, is vicious and cunning!

    On the other hand, Oshemaru reacted quickly. He felt bad after hearing what Uehara Naraku said. He hated himself for talking. In an instant, he spit out another human snake head himself, and fled along the gap between sharp thorns. !

    However, the White Snake Immortal did not intend to let him go, one after another sharp thorns quickly blocked the way of Dashewan!

    Uehara Naruko narrowed her eyes and looked at Oshemaru with a chuckle, "Mr. Oshemaru, remember not to be mean, don¡¯t say anything that shouldn¡¯t be said..."

    "Asshole!"

    Oshamaru glanced bitterly at Uehara Naraku!

    Now he was also chased by the White Snake Immortal, although part of the reason was that he was too proud, but it was not because the little **** Naraku Uehara spurred him.

    It''s better now, the two are on the same front.

    At least in the eyes of Uehara Naraku, Oshamaru was in the same camp as him, so Uehara Naraku was not vague, and asked directly: "Mr. Oshamaru, obediently tell me the information about the White Snake, maybe you still have a chance to escape... "

    "Boy!"

    Osamaru stared at Uehara Naraku with a fierce gaze, gritted his teeth and said: "Uehara Naraku, are you asking for help now?"

    "I gave you a face!"

    Uehara Naraku''s expression instantly faded: "I can leave here at any time, but you may not be Osamaru-san? When I leave here, I will go to Konoha to give Tsunade a small report, saying that you left something on the neck of the Mitarashi red bean! "

    "..."

    Oshemaru suppressed his urge to curse, glanced at the golden mask on Uehara Naruto''s body, and couldn''t help showing a trace of envy in his eyes.

    After thinking for a while, Dashewan gritted his teeth again and said: "Yes, I can tell you, but you must promise me one condition!"

    Damn, what kind of development is this?

    Obviously he should have the initiative right now, but he has become the victim of Naraku Uehara and Immortal White Snake. Both guys are bullying him!

    Now I''m going to be threatened by Uehara Naraku again. Oshemaru is a bit unwilling. I want to see if I can get Uehara Naraku''s lure...

    "You talk about the conditions first."

    Uehara Naraku smashed a sharp thorn with a punch, and rescued Oshemaru from a dangerous situation, and even kindly helped him pat the dust on his body: "Everyone is old friends, and the most important thing is fairness. transaction."

    "..."

    O She Maru cast a puzzled look at him.

    Maybe Uehara Naraku didn''t believe this, right?

    This guy always traded his life with him, as if I spared your life and you owed me a lot of favor.

    Isn''t it blackmail?

    However, seeing that Uehara Naraku did not explicitly object, Osaimaru also planned to temporarily forget the past, and said softly: "Then my condition is..."

    "Xianfa¡¤White Excitation Technique!"

    The White Snake fairy suddenly opened his mouth and spit out a imaginary beaded giant snake, and saw the white snake spinning wildly in the air, bursting out a dazzling light!

    Suddenly, Uehara Naraku and Oshemaru couldn''t see anything clearly, and could not even hear anything that each other said!

    Uehara Naraku thought of the various effects of the Baiji technique, and saw the painful Oshemaru around him, and stretched out his palm helplessly: "Reincarnation is desperate!"

    Only the reincarnation desperate situation can temporarily escape from the present dilemma!

    By creating an absolute space domain, Uehara Naraku and Oshemaru can have a space to talk, and it also allows them to escape the attack of the White Gem.

    It just so happened that Uehara Naraku saved Chakra a little.

    At the next moment, an absolute spatial realm pulled Uehara Naraku and Oshemaru into it, and this scene could not help but shocked Oshemaru slightly.

    In this space domain, there is nothingness!

    As far as the eye can see, there is almost no hope, and the area where the eyes are caught is a lifeless color!

    "Is this the Pure Land of the Underworld?"

    "Yeah, we are all in the underworld."

    Uehara Naraku held her arm and looked at Oshemaru and said, "Oshemaru, we have all been killed, can you tell me the secret of the white snake immortal now?"

    "..."

    Oshemaru suddenly turned to look at Uehara Naraku, and laughed happily: "Naraku-kun, do you want to get information from me in this way? This is not in line with the fair trade you advocate. !"

    Uehara Naraku''s face turned dark, and he said in a cold voice, "Hey, Oshemaru, but I saved your life in the attack of the white excitement technique. At the very least, I must know how to be grateful?"

    "Ok."

    Oshemaru slowly looked at Uehara Naraku, and said softly: "My condition is that if one day Naraku-kun cultivates non-corpse reincarnation, please allow us to exchange our bodies for three years, so that we may both Can achieve longevity in cycles!"

    This condition simply cannot be more lenient.

    It''s just that when Dashewan said it was tender.

    This is also normal, the Oshe Maru is indeed greedy for Uehara Naraku''s body. Although there is no blood inheritance, it can actually practice the fairy mode!

    But Dashemaru knows a little bit in his heart.

    No matter what method he uses, it is impossible to get Uehara Naraku''s body, so it is better to lure Uehara Naraku into practicing non-corpse reincarnation.

    When the three-year period is over, the two of them can try to use each other''s fallen bodies. In this way, wouldn''t it be possible to live forever without any effort?

    Uehara Naruko''s body trembled, feeling a little disgusted, and subconsciously rubbing her arm, shook her head in a hurry.

    "Change the conditions! I will not practice Immortal Reincarnations, and I will not reincarnate too many times. My soul will become fragile and I will be afraid of the weakness of illusion and tell other irrelevant people. Now I can tell the white snake fairy. Is it a secret?"

    "Ok?"

    The corner of Da She Wan''s eyes twitched. This little **** is really a ninjutsu genius, and he judged his physical condition without even passing any experiments.

    Dashewan coughed softly after covering her lips for a few times and then whispered: "Forget it, at least we are in the same camp. The biggest secret of the White Snake Immortal is that its body is also composed of inorganic substances. What we see is not the true face of the White Snake Immortal. "

    "What do you mean?"

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but drew out her ears: "Sorry, I''m not very good at school. Can you say something I can understand..."

    "Do you understand inorganic matter?"

    Da She Maru''s forehead jumped, suppressing his anger.

    Uehara Naraku shook his head obediently and honestly: "I don''t understand, I have only heard of organics, organic vegetables, etc..."

    "Then I will say something different."

    Dashewan rubbed his forehead, and said in a deep voice: "The body of the White Snake Immortal is covered with a layer of material that can change its shape at any time using Xianshu Chakra. It can be scales, air, or mud. , Do you understand what I mean?"

    Uehara Naraku barely understood the meaning of Oshemaru: "Isn''t this just adding a layer of armor to the outside? The real white snake immortal is wrapped in its body? That is to say, the white snake immortal is always using immortality and inorganic reincarnation to maintain its appearance. body?"

    "perhaps."

    Da She Maru shook his head dullly: "The White Snake Immortal is the most mysterious immortal in the Ninja World. Who knows where it will hide itself?"

    Uehara Naraku nodded along the way: "Yes, snakes should be as afraid of death as Mr. Oshemaru, and they can escape from danger at any time and even have a chance to resurrect."

    "..."

    Da She Maru''s face is not good.

    Although he is indeed very sorry for his life, he always feels a little ashamed when he speaks out from Uehara Naruko''s mouth. Isn''t this **** to speak well?

    "All right."

    Nairo Uehara stretched out a void blade in his hand, and said solemnly: "Since you know its information, if you want to deal with it, it won''t be that difficult..."

    After finishing talking Uehara Naraku glanced at Oshemaru again, this guy''s wisdom is indeed a bit surprising.

    Uehara Naraku turned his head and spoke seriously: "Mr. Oshamaru, I hope we can cooperate sincerely in the future. You can see how good the two of us are when we cooperate. Why do you have to fight me?

    "...I''m against you!"

    Oshemaru gritted his teeth and looked at Uehara Naraku fiercely: "Isn''t it because you kid has been making trouble for me!"

    "Okay, okay, I forgive you!"

    "But I will never forgive you!"

    Oshemaru turned her head angrily, and every time she talked with Uehara Naraku, Oshemaru felt that he would be half to death by him.

    Uehara Naruko waved his hand away from the reincarnation desperation, and Oshen Maru reappeared in the Dragon Di cave again, slowly turning his gaze on the White Snake Immortal, and hooked the corner of his mouth: "Very well, the next step is to close it. It''s time for spirit beasts!"

 Chapter 173ï¼š Are you disappointed that I was not killed?

    The latest website: Dashemaru guessed right.

    The White Snake Immortal possesses a huge celestial chakra, coupled with the rich natural energy of Ryuji Cave, enough to make up its body with inorganic substances at all times, which means that Uehara Naraku has not attacked the White Snake Immortal''s real body. .

    Da She Maru smiled lightly and said: "The inorganic matter on the body of the White Snake Immortal is both a matter and a pure life. Fire escape ninjutsu has no effect..."

    "Understand, then destroy all its body!"

    Uehara Naraku took a deep breath and looked at the snake body of the White Snake Immortal. Even now, I can¡¯t even see the end of the White Snake Immortal¡¯s body length. Is it true that Longdi Cave is long? How long is the White Snake Immortal¡¯s body. ?

    Life form energy rays!

    Uehara Naruko quickly closed his palms, and a purple energy ray ejected from his eyes. This skill that hadn''t been used for a long time had exerted tremendous power this time!

    Inorganic rebirth can give life to inorganic matter, and the energy rays of Uehara Naraku can directly decompose all life!

    When the purple energy shot into the body of the White Snake Immortal, it directly began to decompose the fog on it. This scene made the White Snake Immortal stiff!

    "What a great kid!"

    In the next quarter of an hour, the White Snake Immortal turned into countless tiny white snakes and swam into the depths of the Longdi Cave. No matter how powerful the purple energy ray is, it cannot kill all the white snakes, let alone find the White Snake Immortal. Really.

    Just as Uehara Naraku planned to destroy the entire Ryuji cave with life-form energy rays and dig out the traces of the white snake fairy, all the sharp thorns in the Ryuji cave disappeared!

    A scroll suddenly rolled out.

    Obviously that is the psychic contract scroll of Longdidong.

    This scene saw Hara Naraku and Oshemaru''s eyelids jump.

    What the **** is this, when he saw a chance to defeat the White Snake Immortal, he actually admitted it? How can it recognize counseling!

    The pants are taken off here!

    No, here, Naraku Uehara was about to start preparing for a protracted battle, but the white snake fairy gave up like that?

    The majesty of one of your three holy places!

    "The psychic contract scroll you want."

    An old voice came from the cave.

    After Uehara Naraku opened the scroll of the psychic contract, he raised his eyebrows and suddenly asked, "The psychic beast I want is not the kind of waste of ten thousand snakes!"

    "I know."

    The white snake fairy urn hidden deep in the cave responded: "If it is your psychic, I can use my real body to help you fight."

    Uehara Naraku: "..."

    Orochimaru:"¡­¡­"

    This is too ridiculous!

    One of the three great immortals in the Ninja world, just so choose to agree to be the psychic beast of Uehara Naraku, do you lose all your dignity?

    "Ho **** ho ho..."

    The ghostly laughter of the White Snake fairy came out: "Don''t snake creatures always seek advantages and avoid disadvantages? Since you kid has the means to hurt me, I don''t need to waste my energy to continue fighting with you."

    Obviously, the White Snake Fairy doesn''t care about dignity and the like.

    Since it was unable to defeat Uehara Naraku, and even Uehara Naraku had the means to fight back against it, it chose not to resist.

    As long as it doesn''t endanger its life, it doesn''t care about becoming Uehara''s psychic beast. This is very similar to Oshemaru, should it be said to be of the same kind?

    The most important reason is that the body of the White Snake Immortal is so large that it has been cultivated for thousands of years before being wrapped with inorganic matter. It is just for a psychic contract, it does not need to waste its own fairy magic chakra.

    In case the crisis of the end of the Ninja world comes, a little bit of power may help it escape.

    This is the thinking instinct of snakes.

    "interesting."

    Uehara Naraku bit his fingertips, wrote his name on the psychic contract scroll, and continued with a chuckle: "Okay, don''t turn away when I have something to do with you in the future."

    This matter, of course, is the matter of the pharmacist coming to Longdidong to learn the fairy model.

    Side mission: Obtain the Longdidong psychic contract (11), the task has been completed, reward the ancient dragon of the psychic contract.

    Psychic Contract: Summon ancient dragons, consume 10,000 Xianshu Chakra points.

    This reward made Na Uehara''s brow jump. Is this ancient dragon the ancient dragon he understands? Is it the kind that can fly a few times with wings?

    This is the first time Uehara Naraku has seen a psychic beast that can be psyched by using the celestial technique Chakra. Besides, there is at least one psychic beast that is more handsome than Galio in the future!

    The strength is definitely too strong to imagine!

    In the future, when the tail beast is captured, the people from Akatsuki''s organization are directly pulled up, and everyone sits on the ancient dragon, and directly destroys the five nations of Ninja Village.

    The only regret is that Naraku Uehara''s fairy model has not been promoted, but this is not anxious, waiting for the medicine master to successfully practice the dragon land cave fairy model.

    Uehara Naruko turned his head to look at Oshemaru contentedly: "Mr. Oshemaru, now that the matter is settled, let''s go!"

    "¡­it is good!"

    Da She Wan glanced at the depths of Longdi Cave with a puzzling expression.

    Although he was worried that the White Snake Immortal would kill him before, but now that the White Snake Immortal is so confessing, Da She Wan is really a bit uncomfortable.

    Because he remembered that his purpose of bringing Hara Naraku to Longji Cave was for the White Snake Immortal to kill Uehara Naraku!

    Why does the White Snake Fairy want to persuade!

    You are a thousand-year-old python, can''t you just be reckless?

    Da She Maru faintly is a little uncomfortable, why the White Snake Immortal is even more persuaded than him? Anyway, he still wanted to resist...

    Damn, the snake creatures in the Ninja world have such a counseling fairy, when will the snake creatures stand up!

    Da She Wan was so angry that she was cold and trembling!

    Uehara Naraku saw that Oshemaru''s expression was wrong, and smiled faintly in her heart, but he said, "Mr. Oshemaru, if you don''t want to leave, it is better to stay and reminisce with the white snake fairy. You two should have not seen each other for a long time Got it..."

    "No need."

    Dashemaru''s expression is very ugly.

    He stayed to recount the old things! If he stays, it is estimated that he will be swallowed up by the White Snake Fairy Life!

    This is done.

    Anticlimactic, a little uncomfortable.

    O She Maru thinks about the White Snake Immortal in Longdidong, and feels a little panicked. If even the White Snake Immortal can''t solve Uehara Naraku, what can he do with this little guy?

    Should he be threatened and blackmailed all the time?

    "What''s wrong, Mr. Oshemaru?"

    Uehara Naraku looked at Oshemaru''s volatile face and joked, "Are you disappointed that I was not killed by the White Snake Immortal?"

    "how could be?"

    Oshe Maruguchi said something that he didn''t believe him. He changed the subject softly: "Well, during this time, all the ninjas that Konoha tuned to the country of grass should have been transferred. We just went to Wood Ye, I helped you get Rashomon¡¯s psychic contract. From then on, the two will not owe each other or communicate with each other!"

    Uehara Naraku smiled and hooked the corners of his mouth, looked at O ??Shemaru with a serious expression, and nodded gently: "You can say anything."

    It''s his business anyway!

    Obviously, Oshemaru also understood what Uehara Naraku meant, and his face suddenly became even darker. When he met such a bastard, he was strong and shameless and a little clingy...

    Is this too much in the first half of your life?

    Does this ninja really have karma?

 Chapter 174ï¼š The woman in the Konoha forbidden room

    Latest website: Konoha Village.

    During this time, many things happened to Konoha.

    The aftermath of the Konoha Rebellion has just passed. The fifth generation of Hokage Tsunade hurriedly took the position. Before he even settled on Hokage''s position, he was caught off guard by an Anbe rebellion codenamed Orphan, and it finally gradually progressed over time. calm.

    However, not long ago, news of the destruction of Kusage Village came again. Tsunade had to urgently dispatch Anbe to the country of Kusas to investigate the news, and dispatched a group of ninjas to the country of Kusage to confront the Iwanin people, and he had to find a way to fight with Iwaguru. The village reached a partition agreement.

    Because the terrain of the country of grass is somewhat condescending to the country of fire, Konoha and Iwagaki villages are pending negotiations on some strategic points, bridges and other controlled areas, and they look like a war in the Ninja world may start at any time.

    Tsunade has been so busy recently that even her new disciple Haruno Sakura has been pulled in to kick her off.

    Comparing these things, the news of Sasuke Uchiha''s defection is equivalent to a wave in the ocean, and it dissipates as soon as a bubble is raised.

    Except for Konoha Twelve Xiaoqiang and others who are still paying attention to Sasuke''s news, the others in the village have long since cared about a traitor.

    However, because of Uzumaki Naruto''s insistence, the fifth generation of Naruto Tsunade did not issue a wanted order for Sasuke. She also recognized Uzumaki Naruto''s concept and waited for Konoha to destroy the Oshe Maru before taking Sasuke back to Konoha.

    However, what he never expected was that when Konoha got news from Sasuke again by accident, he discovered that Sasuke had joined the Akatsuki organization and was with Itachi Uchiha.

    This is kind of magical.

    Fortunately, Naruto Uzumaki was taken by Zilai to leave Konoha to go out for practice. I don''t know the news yet.

    Konoha barbecue restaurant.

    Yamanaka Ino held the chopsticks in confusion: "Why is Sasuke with his brother? Obviously they should be the biggest enemy!"

    "Who knows!"

    Nara Shikamaru sighed and shook his head.

    There have been too many changes in Konoha recently, Nara Shikamaru can only analyze from some clues he knows, maybe Uchiha''s demise is tricky.

    It is a pity that this darkness cannot be told to Ino.

    The conversation between the tenth class was not too secretive. At the table near them, two people also heard the news.

    They are the Osamaru and Uehara Naraku who sneaked into Konoha.

    As a former Konoha high-level, and planted some spies in Konoha, Oshimaru knows the Konoha enchantment very well, so the two of them entered Konoha quietly.

    After coming in, the two changed their faces.

    After hearing the conversation between Nara Shikamaru and Yamanaka Ino, Osamaru''s expression was very ugly. He suddenly stopped his chopsticks and looked at Uehara Naraku with a fierce face.

    It''s just that there are so many people in the Konoha barbecue restaurant, O Shemaru lowered his voice: "Narukun! Sasuke has nothing to do with you, right?"

    "Hehe, how could it have anything to do with me?"

    Uehara Naraku chuckled and shook his head. He even raised his chopsticks and eagerly put a piece of grilled meat for Osaki Maru: "Mr. Itachi said very strongly that Sasuke Uchiha would join the Akatsuki organization, but everyone else disliked Sasuke''s strength. So Mr. Itachi brought Sasuke by his side, saying that it was used to temper his illusion..."

    Uehara Naraku was telling the truth.

    Even Uchiha Itachi couldn''t fault it.

    Of course, if Uchiha Sasuke does not join Akatsuki, Uehara Naraku or Kakigami will twist Sasuke''s head off and kick the ball.

    Such things belong to Akatsuki''s organizational secrets, so there is no need to talk to Oshamaru.

    What if a big snake pill is ill?

    After the two had eaten, they rushed to the Konoha Forbidden Surgery Room. Da Shewan was a little surprised: "Nairo-kun, you already have a powerful psychic beast like the White Snake Immortal. Do you still need Rashomon¡¯s psychic contract? "

    "Hehe, the more such things are the better."

    Uehara Naraku chuckled and said, "Hasn''t Mr. Oshamaru mastered a lot of ninjutsu? Even now, he is still learning new ninjutsu!"

    "This is my ideal."

    Da She Maru''s expression is serious.

    Uehara Naraku smiled, and said with a frivolous expression: "Similarly, my dream is to collect some strange psychic beasts..."

    Due to the emptiness inside Konoha Ninja.

    There were no dark ninjas around the entire forbidden surgery room, only a few ordinary ninjas were guarding it, and Uehara Naraku and Oshemaru sneaked in easily.

    However, when Dashemaru opened the door of the Konoha forbidden surgery room, he suddenly smelled a smell of wine from inside, which was also mixed with the fragrance of women.

    This is the forbidden room!

    How could there be a wine taste and aroma?

    Did that woman Tsunade drank too much last night and slept in the forbidden surgery room?

    Dashemaru''s expression changed. When the door was slowly closed again, a white palm suddenly got stuck in the crack of the door and opened the door of the forbidden surgery room!

    The rich smell of wine is coming!

    "Didn''t you tell me yesterday, don''t you bother me today?"

    A woman with a beautiful face and plump body appeared from behind the door. Her voice was faintly dissatisfied, and there was a little sleepiness in it. Obviously, her attitude was to be tough, but she seemed a little soft because of sleepiness.

    It sounds a bit like a command at first.

    It sounds a bit like coquetry again.

    Uehara Naraku and Oshemaru looked at each other, and then at the woman inside the door together. Both of them really knew each other.

    Konoha''s five generations of Hokage, Tsunade.

    Why does Tsunade appear in the forbidden surgery room!

    According to Oshamaru''s understanding of her, this woman shouldn''t be here no matter what. After all, Tsunade has always had no interest in the messy things in the Konoha Forbidden Operation Room. She only likes to study some medical ninjutsu.

    In fact, Oshe Maru is the blame for this incident.

    If it weren''t for Oshemaru to master the rebirth of the dirty soil, and the dirty soil resurrected the first and second generations of Naruto, Tsunade would not have time to soak in the forbidden surgery room to find a way to crack the rebirth of the dirty soil.

    And it is necessary to find a technique other than the ghoul seal. After all, Tsunade has just succeeded to the fifth generation of Hokage. If she sacrifices to capture Osaimaru again, Konoha may just collapse.

    So every night or in his free time, Tsunade would show up in the Konoha Forbidden Surgery Room with a bottle of wine in his arms, looking for a way to release the filthy soil reincarnation in Senjumana.

    Suddenly seeing the two strange ninjas now, Tsunade''s brows wrinkled, and his drunkenness suddenly dropped a bit, and he asked in a cold voice, "Which class are you in!"

    "Master Tsunade."

    Oshamaru is worthy of being a master of role-playing. The next moment his face was solemn, and he replied in a deep voice with a fake face: "The consultant, please go to the meeting, we are here to inform you!"

    The current appearance of Osnamaru and Uehara Naraku is no different from Konoha''s normal Shinobu, and at first glance they look like Konoha''s subordinates.

    Tsunade raised his eyebrows, looked at the two suspiciously, and suddenly hooked the corners of his mouth: "I see, you two will clean up here."

    "Yes!"

    Da She Wan bowed his head and agreed.

    Uehara Naraku looked at Tsunade''s playful expression and sighed faintly, "Oshamaru-sama, Tsunade-sama has already seen our flaws."

    The next moment, Uehara Naraku flew back, his face slowly changed to the shape of a medicine master''s pocket, and people would know that he was just a small attendant of Osamaru.

    One is Dashewan.

    One is a small attendant.

    Who would Tsunade this woman choose to attack first?

    Even if you use Metkay, Tsunade definitely likes to entertain old friends!

    Sure enough, at the moment Tsunade lowered his head, his knees slammed into the face of Oshemaru. One hit caused Oshemaru to fly out, and the mask on his face shattered!

    After seeing Oshemaru''s face, Tsunade''s expression suddenly became fierce: "Oshemaru, you **** dare to come to Konoha!"

    "Why don''t you dare to come?"

    Oshemaru slowly wiped the blood from the corners of his mouth, and looked at Tsunade with a light smile: "The temper is still so grumpy, Tsunade..."

    Oshemaru slowly spread out his palms, looked at the ugly expressions of his old friend, and continued with a smile: "Tsunade, we just sneaked into Konoha because we didn''t want to cause trouble. You thought I didn''t destroy Konoha a second time. Power?"

    Oshemaru''s expression instantly became savage and cruel, and he was full of confidence: "Since you have discovered it, then kill you directly and take things away from the forbidden room... It''s a pity, Konoha''s prestige needs again. It''s sweeping!"

    "Don''t be ashamed!"

    Tsunade squeezed his fist hard.

    "It''s a pity that your opponent is not me."

    Oshamaru smiled and shook his head, then turned to look at Uehara Naraku: "This woman is left to you, I will look for..."

    Oshe Maru''s voice suddenly stuck, and the whole figure froze!

    Wait, how about people?

    In just a few words, Naraku Uehara is gone?

    Why did Uehara Naraku want to run? Although they are in Konoha, with the strength of the two of them, the possibility of wanting to grab the scroll is high!

    Da She Wan''s heart gradually sank.

    They rushed to Konoha The **** was still full of sincere cooperation, and Dashemaru even wondered if he would trust Uehara Naraku.

    After all, Uehara''s strength is very strong, and he can help to do a lot of things privately, and it can also save him from being chased by Akatsuki.

    Before stealing Rashomon''s psychic contract, Oshamaru even wondered if Uehara Naruko would secretly attack Uchiha Itachi!

    It turns out that Dashemaru thought too much too far.

    Oshemaru once again believed the wrong person, and the little **** Nairo Uehara pitted him again.

    Tsunade didn¡¯t care so much, Feishen rushed in the direction of Oshemaru, and shouted for support: "Transmit my order, let the elite team come quickly and surround Oshemaru, absolutely can¡¯t let him escape. !"

    Tsunade''s voice was very loud, and soon the Konoha ninjas outside came to support him.

    After seeing the support, Tsunade added: "Arrange other teams to search for the whereabouts of Pharmacist''s pocket, and never allow the spy to escape from Konoha!"

 Chapter 175ï¼š Tsunades movements

    Latest URL: "Nothing is beyond my expectations."

    Uehara Naraku''s figure was in a certain street and alley of Konoha, watching a group of Konoha ninjas rushing to the forbidden room, a mysterious smile appeared on the corner of her mouth.

    Just now, after Uehara Naraku turned into a druggist''s pocket and showed his face in front of Tsunade, he immediately hid it and used Void Walk to change its position.

    Now Konoha must be taking the rounding up of Osha Maru as an important task, should the Hokage Tower be empty?

    Obviously Uehara Naraku thought too much.

    The Naruto Building has an dark defense at all times.

    Uehara Naraku quietly turned on the Destiny skill, and the whole person appeared on the Hokage Rock, looking down at the Hokage Tower below.

    After Uehara Naruko slowly closed her palms to form a seal, he shouted in a deep voice: "Ninfa¡¤Psychic!"

    A bottle of coffin slowly emerged from the ground.

    Uchiha''s figure with soil appeared from it.

    Uehara Naraku smiled at Uchiha who was reincarnated from the dirty soil, raised his finger and said: "Go, bring me the book of seal!"

    "Asshole!"

    After Uchiha cursed with the soil, the whole person turned into a temporal and spatial vortex uncontrollably, and the next moment he appeared on the top of the Hokage Tower on the ground.

    With Uchiha''s power to bring the soil, it is very simple to solve a few Anbe.

    Even if these Anbu knew his abilities, they still couldn''t change their ending.

    Daito''s heart also knew that the several Anbes guarding the Hokage Tower would definitely die, but he still leaked Uehara Naraku''s information to them. Obviously, he hoped that Konoha''s mountain clan could use secret techniques to obtain the information he secretly disclosed.

    At this moment, his IQ has improved a lot.

    Uehara Naraku looked at Uchiha''s movements with soil, and raised the corners of his mouth: "IQ has become a lot higher, Mr. Daido, it seems that death is still good for you..."

    Next second.

    Under the control of Uehara Naraku, Uchiha''s dirt-carrying god-sounding wheel eyes frantically absorbed several dark parts of the corpses on the ground, and his eyes suddenly revealed a touch of despair.

    The body is lost, how can the information be leaked!

    After a while, Uchiha brought the soil and appeared next to Uehara Naraku with the scroll of the Book of Seal, and handed the scroll to Uehara Naraku.

    Uchiha gritted his teeth at Uehara Naraku with soil gritted his teeth: "Uehara Naraku, you **** hides so deeply, no one has insight into your ambitions! Before I killed them, these Anbu didn''t believe what I said!"

    "Ha ha¡­"

    Uehara Naraku smiled and shook his head, and whispered: "Konoha''s ninjas love, hate and deplore me. This is the charm of personality... If it weren''t for the three generations of Naruto Sarutobi, they would hate me. It will be a little more."

    Nairo Uehara scanned the entire Konoha, and the smile on her face gradually became richer: "It''s a pity that the three generations of Naruto Lords are ruined. Some Konoha ninjas might be glad that I killed him? After all, this can be regarded as Konoha''s Qingming!"

    "Asshole!"

    Uchiha gritted his teeth and clenched his fists.

    However, under the control of Reincarnated Dirt, his movements were forced to stop again.

    Uehara Naraku turned her head and looked at Uchiha with a smile, and said softly: "Well, senior with soil, do you want to take this opportunity to see Rin Nohara? If you want her, I can help you get her The dirty soil reincarnated!"

    "No!"

    Uchiha brought the soil and shook his head suddenly, and said in a deep voice, "Don''t disturb Lin''s peace, this is what you promised me at the beginning!"

    "Hey? Don''t you want to be with her?"

    Uehara Naraku touched her chin and said with a smile: "I can still put the two of you in the same coffin!"

    "Do not!"

    Uchiha Daito quickly shook his head.

    Because his soul hurriedly left the underworld, he still doesn''t know if Lin forgave him for the wrong things. Maybe she would never forgive him, right?

    If Ye Yuan Lin didn''t forgive him...

    Doesn''t it mean that you have to see her disgusting expression every day?

    What''s more, if Lin Nohara is under the control of Naraku Uehara, she may be used by Naraku Uehara to attack Kakashi...

    That angel-like girl, her heart will be broken, right?

    "Okay, I get it now."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Uchiha with the soil and nodded, and her voice suddenly became indifferent: "Now you go and rescue the Oshemaru! Remember not to disclose my information in the future, otherwise I will not guarantee that I will make any impulses. thing¡­"

    Uehara Naraku''s voice suddenly became a little illusory: "Maybe I will resurrect Nohara Lin''s dirty soil, and then dissolve your dirty soil reincarnation, and let her do things for me?"

    "..."

    Uchiha took the soil and raised his head suddenly, looked at Uehara Naraku with scarlet eyes, spitting lightly: "Uehara Naraku, you **** are really mean!"

    "To each other."

    Uehara Naraku looked at the appearance of Uchiha Sado who was inconsistent with him. He smiled and said: "Senior Sado has done a lot of bad things over the years? Compared to the actions of seniors, I am actually quite worse. Far away!"

    Uehara Naraku approached the Uchiha belt soil, and said coldly: "For example, killing the previous generation members of our Akatsuki, luring Lord Nagato and Mr. Nanan to create a dark Akatsuki!"

    "..."

    A shock flashed across Uchiha''s face with dirt: "Did that guy Kurozue tell you this kind of thing?"

    "Stop talking about it."

    Uehara Naraku looked at the expression on Uchiha Daido¡¯s face, and the corners of her mouth made a beautiful arc: "Go, senior! Let the entire ninja world know that Konoha¡¯s S-class rebel Uchiha Daido has renewed after four years. It¡¯s here!"

    "Asshole!"

    Uchiha took the soil and clenched his fist, his figure once again turned into a temporal vortex and disappeared, appearing near Osaimaru.

    The battle in the Konoha forbidden room has heated up.

    In the face of Tsunade and a group of Konoha ninjas, Oshemaru had no choice but to foul the earth and psychic once again to produce the first and second generations of Naruto.

    When the two sides fought hard, Uchiha''s figure with soil quietly appeared behind Oshemaru, and her voice said in a cold voice: "Mr. Oshemaru, we no longer need to fight Konoha, retreat."

    In the next moment, Da She Wan''s body was brought into the divine space with soil.

    The foul reincarnations of the first generation of Hokage and the second generation of Hokage also followed his movements into the divine space.

    Uchiha took the soil and scanned a group of Konoha ninjas who looked at him with hatred, and slowly included himself in the divine power space.

    Because Uchiha brought the soil to be the first ninja in the ninja world who reincarnated from the filthy soil and resurrected from its heyday, other people did not realize that he was a filthy body.

    After Uchiha took the soil and Oshemaru to leave, Tsunade looked at the tragic battlefield with an ugly expression. He squeezed his fist and slammed it on the ground, and said in a deep voice, "Did these two guys join forces?"

    The combination of two Konoha S-class rebels is not so easy to deal with.

    Especially Uchiha''s magical pupil technique with soil and a bunch of forbidden techniques mastered by Oshemaru, their cooperation may be a disaster for the Ninja World.

    "Send someone to clean the battlefield immediately."

    After Tsunade gave a loud command, he turned to the Hokage Tower while instructing the people around him to mute: "Send someone to inform the other Shinnins. I will hold a Shinnin meeting to discuss the covenant between Konoha and Mizuno Kuriken Village. Wuyin Village is going to help us suppress the pressure in Yanyin Village. I will deploy people to encircle Dashewan!"

    "Yes!"

    Mute quickly lowered his head in response.

    During the recent period of time, Water Country has been very quiet in the Ninja World.

    However, this does not mean that their strength is weak, after all, they have the foundation of the big country Shinobu Village, and it is said that the woman named Terumi Ming who has recently been in power in the water country is said to have two rare blood inheritance boundaries.

    What''s more, Wuyin Village was closed for too long, and I have always wanted to cooperate with Konoha, and want to have contact with the Ninja World. When Terumi Mei selected allies for Wuyin Village, he was the first to think of Tsunade of the newly promoted five generations of Hokage. .

    Maybe Terumi Ming thinks women are better to talk?

    This is the woman thinking too much.

    Both Wuyin Village and Konoha have some willingness to reach an agreement, but Tsunade has been stubbornly trying to seek greater benefits, and now she obviously doesn''t want to delay it.

    When Tsunade returned to the Hokage Tower, she saw the messed up Hokage office and the empty cabinets. She knew in her heart that the book of seal had been stolen!

    This is a shock!

    No, this is also turning the tiger away from the mountain!

    In short, the purpose of Dashemaru is not a Konoha forbidden surgery room at all, what the **** wants to steal is actually Konoha''s sealed book!

    Tsuna was so angry that he grabbed the desk and threw it down through the window. His voice became more violent: "Send someone to contact the old lady in Shayin Village! Let her do her ally''s duties and force Yanyin to the north. Withdraw the village from the country of grass!"

    Tsunade turned around murderously and said loudly, "Tell Chiyo that old lady! As long as Konoha takes over the entire country of grass, I will give them the task of Daimyo in the country of wind!"

    "¡­Yes."

    Silent was trembling with terror by Tsunade, and even the dolphins at her feet were so frightened that they pressed against Silent''s calves and did not dare to move.

    Even in the midst of anger, Tsunade still had enough sense.

    This Konoha''s first female Hokage in history shows her superior political literacy and a temper that makes people afraid to provoke her.

    Although Tsunade is a big loser, and even she herself can''t count how much she owes, but Konoha is really not short of funds now.

    Because Tsunade has a good relationship with Daimyo of the Fire Country, and there are still relatives that can be beaten by a few strokes, the Daimyo of the Fire Country naturally supports her.

    Konoha is not short of money.

    There are even too many delegated tasks and not enough manpower.

    Now using the tasks entrusted by the name of the country of the wind to exchange the land of the country of grass, how is it for Konoha to earn.

    Tsunade slammed a fist against the window, and she smashed a crack on the wall without paying attention, and said in a deep voice, "Silent, can I contact Jiraiya?"

    "I... think of a way Silence shivering and dare not refuse.

    Tsunade waved his hand somewhat boredly again, "Forget it, don''t go looking for him, Jiraiya is not reliable at all."

    After a short pause, Tsunade spoke again: "I heard Hagi Kakashi said that Yuyin Village and Oshemaru seem to have some old grudges, see if we can get some information about Oshemaru from them."

    After speaking, Tsunade added: "Send someone to contact Yuyin Village! Also see if they are willing to help us target Yanyin Village. After all, this is good for them."

    "Yes¡­"

    Silent nodded weakly.

    Tsunade clenched his fists, and whispered: "I hope Yuyin Village will send the kid Uehara Naraku over! I haven''t seen you in a few years, let me see how courage the kid grows up!"

 Chapter 176ï¼š From the first time I bullied Oshe Maru, I have no way out...

    Uehara Naraku was really bold.

    Who in the Ninja Realm would dare to play a big snake pill like a monkey?

    Not only did Uehara Naraku dare to do this, he played it again and again, and Oshemaru had been wronged so many times without turning his face, it was because of his high quality.

    It may also be because the strength is not as good as Uehara.

    Maybe Da She Wan will jump out and desperately in the next moment.

    Uehara Naraku was still a little worried that Oshemaru would be driven crazy by him, and manipulated Uchiha to bring soil into the coffin, and sighed: "Let''s take a look at the book of the seal first. As for Oshemaru, let''s shut down in the divine space and calm down! "

    Uehara Naraku was a little happy looking at the Sealed Book, and couldn''t help her smile: "Tsk, the Sealed Book! This gift, Xiaonan-Sensei will definitely like it very much, and when he goes back, he said that he had taken it from Oshemaru. !"

    Side quest: Obtain the Book of Seal (11), the quest has been completed, and the reward will be redeemed for a limited time.

    Limited-time exchange function: After any ninjutsu, skills, and psychic contracts are exchanged, the system will be rated and recovered, and the corresponding gold coins, life energy, chakra energy, natural energy and various recovery effects will be returned.

    Uehara Naraku''s eyelids twitched.

    What''s going on with this system? Last time there was a skill furnace, but Uehara Naraku has not used it. Now the system is going to engage in this exchange?

    Could it be...the system memory is insufficient?

    "Then exchange the ninjutsu in the Book of Seal first!"

    Uehara Naraku was also unambiguous, and directly opened the thick seal book, and began to browse the ninjutsu in the entire seal book.

    The book of seal seems to cover all the techniques of Konoha Ninja, except for some absolutely forbidden techniques such as reincarnation of the dirty soil, almost all of them.

    It even includes the second generation of Hokage and the fourth generation of Hokage''s Flying Thunder God technique.

    Uehara Naraku didn''t care about that much either, he also stuffed the Art of Thunder God into the exchange function, lest the system crash directly.

    Among them, he also got two skills.

    Side quest: Obtain the Art of Flying Thunder God (11), the quest has been completed, and the bonus skills will flash.

    This skill was put into the redemption list by Nairo Uehara without even looking at it. After all, he walks in the void, why a flash with an extremely long cooling time?

    Side mission: Obtain the spiral pill (11), the mission has been completed, and the reward skills galaxy surge.

    Galaxia: Create a chakra star core. The star core will quickly absorb the surrounding natural energy and move forward. With the absorbed natural energy, it will continue to expand in size and skill power, and can be detonated at any time. The minimum skill consumption is Chakra 60 Point, the skill cooling time is 5 seconds.

    This is a skill similar to the spiral pill.

    It''s just that the power is a little different from the spiral pill. In short, it is equivalent to a skill that wants to keep moving forward and absorb natural energy to become stronger.

    Uehara Naraku deliberated for a long time, and began to slowly choose his skills, the first of course is the life-saving skills to stay.

    Life-saving skills: the moment of the sacred judge, endless anger, stagnation of the golden body, cell division, I flow mystery! Smoke screen and group invincible skills profound meaning! Soul blessing.

    Passive skills: Dark harvest, overgrowth, enlightenment, transcendence, and calmness must be kept. These are the foundations of Uehara Naraku.

    Wind escape skills: hurricane whistling, wind barrier.

    Fire escape skills: Pillar of Flame, Flame Storm.

    Water Escape Skills: The Howl of the Raging Waves, and the Water Escape¡¤Water Dragon Bullet in the Book of Seals, the water evacuation bursts into waves.

    Lei Dun skill: This only left Wan Lei Tian prison, after all, it took a long time, and the relationship was deep.

    Earth Escape Skills: Earth Escape¡¤Duliu Wall, he will carve a cat on the wall later.

    Wood escape skills: Root of Entangling, Vine of Strangulation.

    Functional skills: psychic art (summoning), mayfly art (escape), dance air art (flying), natural magical charm (transfiguration), human way (stealing skill), life form energy ray, Void Blade (swordsmanship for stealing Chakra), Void Ball (silence), Mutual Multiplication Detonation Talisman (bombing), Reincarnation of Dirty Earth, Shadow Profound Ability and Clone, Purification.

    Time and space skills: Reincarnation desperation, walking in the void, breaking time and space, destiny, mystery and compassion.

    Illusion skills: silent fear, hypnotic bubbles.

    Physical skills: spike defense, turtle fairy fighting skills, crane fairy fighting skills.

    Perception skills: hunting rhythm.

    Healing skills: Healing, Palm Fairy and Star Infusion.

    Throwing skills: card deception (card shuriken, card detonation)

    Xianshu skills: galaxy surge.

    Immortal mode: ascend to the gods and ascend.

    Psychic Contract: Deep Sea Titan (sea), Galio (land), ancient dragon (empty), magic cat (hang up), warden of the soul lock code (soul), Longdidong (local account).

    Uehara Naraku unexpectedly did not expect that even if he eliminated many seldom used skills, he would still be an almighty ninja. Ninjutsu, physique, illusion, immortality, and swordsmanship could be said to be all-rounders. ?

    As for the remaining skills, ninjutsu and psychic contracts, they were naturally listed on the exchange list by Uehara Naruto. Even if it was Embrace of the Demon Snake with the soul lotus pose a few days ago, it was also lost by Uehara Naruto. .

    As a player, the speed of progress will of course be fast.

    And there is no need to keep some skills and ninjutsu.

    The system panel clearly listed all the things that Uehara Naraku exchanged, and after a while, all the things were given corresponding values.

    Among them, the gold coins alone gave a full 6,000 to 7,000, which was enough for Uehara Naraku to change his own outfit.

    As for the three-dimensional attributes such as life energy, chakra energy, and natural energy, there has been a substantial increase, almost every item has increased by tens of thousands of points. As for the recovery effect, almost all have shown a multiple increase.

    Damn, the Sealed Book is really a treasure!

    After all, Uehara''s own skills are so many!

    The first thing Uehara Naraku did was to choose to buy a Frost Heart, and then choose to buy a Black Light Cutter.

    Heart of Frost: Increase 800 life energy, 400 chakra energy, 400 natural energy, 20% cooling reduction.

    Fist of Frost: Increases life energy by 600 points, increases Chakra energy by 750 points, increases natural energy by 750 points, and increases cooling reduction by 20%.

    As a result, his skill cooling reduction has finally reached 100%, and it is estimated that no one will continue to criticize this matter in the future.

    When a ninja becomes stronger, he has to work hard step by step!

    Uehara Naraku''s original attributes are already far more than 10,000, plus more than 10,000 points of dark harvest after the elimination of Kushin Village, and today''s exchange of so many skills, ninjutsu, and psychic contracts that took so much effort.

    Name: Uehara Naraku.

    Life energy: 52311 (normal state)

    Chakra Energy: 51980 (normal state)

    Natural energy: 51980 (normal state)

    Life energy recovery: 32 points per second

    Chakra energy recovery: 48 points per second

    Natural energy recovery: 96 points per second

    Skill cooldown reduction: 100%

    Remaining gold coins: 6430

    Uehara Naraku looked at his three-dimensional attributes contentedly, wondering how it compares to Nagato¡¯s life energy and Chakra energy...

    After all, the chakras of these bloodline descendants are not too outrageous!

    According to Uehara Naraku¡¯s speculation, the total amount of Chakras in Hagi Kakashi should probably exceed the threshold of shadow-level chakras. It must be more than 3000 points. It is a pity that he cannot refine and restore chakras at all times. Drain.

    And that Uzumaki Naruto, who used most of the chakras to suppress Nine Tails, a small part of his body is four times that of Kakashi Hagi, which directly exceeds the standard of the conventional movie...

    It''s just that having so many chakras in the body is one thing, and being able to use them is another.

    After all, they still need to learn to control and guide Chakra.

    Uehara Naraku is a pure gangster, he doesn''t need to learn to control Chakra.

    "A gift to Nagato, the cells between the pillars; a gift to Teacher Xiaonan, the book of sealing; a gift to the pharmacist''s pocket, the supernatural power writing round eyes..."

    Nairo Uehara thought about what she had recently obtained, and simply took advantage of the opportunity of Oshawan being locked into the divine space, and went directly to the medicine master''s pocket.

    The base of Yinyin Village.

    Pharmacist''s heart is under great pressure.

    During the day, the pharmacist would work at the base of Otoyin Village to work for the Otamaru. In the middle of the night, the pharmacist would think of Uehara''s instructions, and it would be more reasonable to think about how he should work the next day.

    Recently, Dashewan is not in the base. Pharmacist is slowly learning. By the way, he is also thinking about how he should induce Dashewan to crack the ghoul seal after Dashewan returns.

    Pharmacist''s pocket flipped through a scroll about the seal of ghouls, and sighed lightly, "I hope that Lord Naraku''s arrangements can be normal! The ghouls seal this forbidden technique involving the **** of death, why? It might be so easy to crack!"

    "Oshe Maru can definitely crack it."

    Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly appeared next to Yakushi''s pocket out of thin air, sat on his table, and smiled lightly: "As long as you find a way to guide him to find the death mask of the Uzumaki clan''s ancestral hall, you can unlock the ghoul seal. But death will reap a person¡¯s soul."

    "Master Naraku!"

    "Alright, let me continue."

    Uehara Naraku patted the shoulder of the medicine master''s pocket, motioned him to sit down, smiled and continued: "When the **** of death reaps the soul of the surgeon who summoned it, Oshemaru can use the Orochi Flow Substitute Technique and Reincarnation to directly make himself The soul escaped."

    After speaking, Uehara Naraku smiled lightly and tapped his fingers on the tabletop: "Of course, when Oshemaru unlocked the ghoul seal, he was the weakest person. Do you understand what I mean, pocket?"

    "¡­understand."

    The expression on the pharmacist pocket is a bit unsightly.

    Isn''t this just taking advantage of others?

    Obviously Uehara Naraku''s strength is so strong, why is she always pitted on the big snake pill?

    "All right."

    Uehara Naraku looked like I was very optimistic about you, and slapped the shoulder of Yakushi''s pocket with a chuckle: "After the big snake pill breaks the ghoul seal, let''s improve your strength! I will arrange for you to learn about the fairy of Ryuji Cave Mode, give you Uchiha¡¯s divine mighty kaleidoscope to write round eyes. If you have a kaleidoscope to write round eyes, maybe you can also try to transplant intercolumn cells..."

    "¡­Yes."

    The pharmacist nodded his head, and said curiously: "Didn''t Mr. Oshemaru go with you to Konoha to capture Rashomon''s psychic scroll?"

    "Ok."

    Uehara Naruko''s face showed a rare embarrassment: "I lied to him again, and now I am afraid that he will fight me desperately, let him calm down in the supernatural space!"

    After speaking, Naraku Uehara told the pharmacist of his action this time, and asked the pharmacist to check the missing pieces by the way.

    After all, Pharmacist Dou is the highest IQ under his command.

    "..."

    The pharmacist didn''t say anything, but the whole person was a bit unwell.

    It turns out that Naraku Uehara also knew that it was so cheating that others would kill you. This new boss is really on the verge of death every day. He is really not afraid of death!

    "Okay, let''s not say so much."

    Uehara Naruko waved his hand and said softly, "I''ll go and ransack his base first to see if there are any ninjutsu I haven''t seen before."

    "what?"

    The pharmacist subconsciously helped his glasses: "But if this is the case, will you and Dashemaru-sama have a chance to reconcile in the future?"

    The front foot just lied to Dashewan, and the back foot ransacked the base of Dashewan.

    Don''t say it''s a person like Dashemaru who wants to repay him, even a selfless saint like Liudao Immortal will be forced to death by him alive!

    "He can''t live that long, let alone I have no turning back."

    Uehara Naraku sighed, patted the shoulder of Yakushi''s pocket, looked at him helplessly and said, "And you think about it, when did Oshamaru and I have a better relationship?

    When I first joined the Xiao organization as an intern, he said that I was a human experiment material. Is this reason enough to bully him?

    Man, there are some things you must think clearly. "

    Please remember the domain name of the book¡¯s first publication: 4Fiction Network Mobile Edition Reading URL:

 Chapter 177ï¼š I can not only do Akatsukiâ€™s task, but also participate in the alliance talks

    Uehara Naraku didn''t care about so much, and under the guidance of the pharmacist''s pocket, he searched a bunch of snake ninjutsu researched by Oshe Maru, and threw them all into the exchange list while taking advantage of the limited exchange time.

    In addition, the pharmacist''s pocket was not idle.

    Pharmacist Tou also asked Uehara Naraku to dispose of a batch of experimental equipment that Dashewan didn''t use very much, which he will use in the future to open a biological science laboratory in Yuyin Village.

    This guy always likes to put his own personal affairs in his boss''s affairs.

    Uehara Naraku didn''t care, and even wanted to take it one step further: "You said or else I will take it away! Anyway, this time Oshemaru has attacked Konoha again, Tsunade estimates that he will send someone to encircle Otoyuki Village soon!"

    "..."

    The pharmacist glanced at Uehara Naraku speechlessly, and pushed his own glasses. He was a little suspicious that Uehara Naraku had been planning to hit this base long ago!

    First, he took the attention of stealing the Rashomon psychic contract scroll and attacked Konoha with Oshemaru. Then, in the process, he let Oshemaru take the blame, and now he quickly attacked the Oshemaru base under the name of Konoha. Empty the base of Oshe Maru.

    After all, in the past few years, the main energy of Dashewan has been in this base.

    Some of the scientific experiment instruments here are made by Oshe Maru, and the Ninja cannot buy a suitable one, and there is no one who can even reproduce it.

    "Okay, then I will take it all away."

    Uehara Naraku took a lot of seal scrolls and emptied the experimental base of Oshe Maru, then waved goodbye to Pharmacist.

    Before leaving, Uehara Naraku psyched out of the Uchiha belt soil, and asked him to release all the dirty soil reincarnations of Osaimaru, the first generation of Naruto, and the second generation of Naruto.

    "Asshole!"

    Oshamaru gritted his teeth at the back of Uehara Naraku, and suddenly clenched his fist: "Uehara Naraku, I haven''t settled accounts with you yet!"

    "Let''s do it together next time!"

    Nairo Uehara turned back and squinted at Oshemaru. After showing a friendly smile, she disappeared in front of Oshemaru.

    "It''s time space ninjutsu again!"

    Da She Maru frowned, and his expression was ugly, "No wonder this guy always appears suddenly, so he can just leave!"

    "Master Oshamaru..."

    The pharmacist lifted the Dashewan and said with an awkward expression: "Master Naraku has completely emptied this experimental base."

    Da She Maru noticed that the secret base of Yinyin Village was empty, and a burst of flames surged up, and he was almost unable to suppress his anger!

    It''s a pity that he can''t get angry at the pharmacist.

    After all, Yakushi Pocket did not have the strength to stop Naraku Uehara.

    "I... forget it."

    Oshemaru clenched her fist and gradually loosened it, and said in a deep voice, "This time I went to Konoha and exposed my whereabouts. It is estimated that Tsunade will send people to encircle the Yinyin Village soon. This base cannot be kept anyway. Let''s go. Northern base!"

    Da She Maru has foreseen the coming of the crisis.

    In order to mobilize enough manpower to encircle Dashemaru, Konoha Village has decided to end the confrontation with Yanyin Village in the country of grass at any cost.

    In order to avoid the outbreak of the Ninja War, Tsunade began to use political and diplomatic means to solve it, and decided to initiate an alliance meeting.

    In addition to the country of wind and the country of water, the two small countries near the country of soil, the country of Rain and the country of Taki, also received Tsunade''s invitation.

    The methods of this fifth-generation Hokage are stronger than her teacher Sarutobi Hizen, and all the methods of coercion and temptation are used. Tsunade, this woman is really shameless, and there is really nothing to do in these countries, but to be ashamed. Promised her request.

    The leader of Mu Yeyin Village, the most powerful nation in the Ninja world, is shameless, and there is really no place to reason about this kind of thing.

    Yuyin Village.

    It was still pouring rain.

    When Uehara Naro returned to the village, Xiaonan was looking at an invitation letter sent by the Konoha messenger in her hand, her face was a little complicated and hesitant.

    When Xiao Nan heard Uehara''s movement and raised his head, the hesitation on his face stopped, his eyebrows couldn''t help but bend, and he chuckled, "Naraku, you just came back."

    "teacher?"

    Uehara Naraku''s expression was slightly puzzled. He was still a little uncomfortable. This was the first time Konan was not angry when he returned to the village.

    Isn''t this time to strike while the iron is hot?

    Uehara Naraku drew out the Sealed Book neatly, squinted her eyes and handed it to Xiao Nan with a smile: "Teacher, this time I bring you a gift!"

    The smile on Xiao Nan''s face gradually faded, leaving only a trace of doubt and confusion: "Is this... whose corpse is this?"

    "No!"

    Uehara Naraku slapped the sealed book and explained softly, "This is the sealed book of Konoha Village. Didn¡¯t the Oshemaru attack Konoha a few days ago? That guy should have snatched the sealed book at that time. It happened to me. He sneaked into his base and found this."

    "Huh? Did you secretly track Oshemaru again?"

    Xiao Nan''s brows suddenly frowned, and when he was about to educate Naruto Uehara, he closed his mouth subconsciously.

    After a while, the expression on Xiao Nan''s face eased slightly, and he sighed softly, "Since Da She Maru mastered the art of reincarnating from the dirty soil, he attacked Konoha twice unharmed. The strength is different than in the past. Don''t Put yourself in danger easily."

    "Ok."

    Uehara Naraku nodded obediently.

    Xiaonan slowly stood on tiptoe, stretched out his palm to help Uehara Naraku tidy his forehead hair, and continued softly, "Didn''t you say you want to become a full member of Akatsuki? Nagato and I have agreed. Just recently there was a busy task that required manpower, but you must wear a hood when you go out to perform the task to hide your identity."

    "Good. What task?"

    "Assault Konoha Anbe in the country of grass."

    Xiao Nan put down the scroll in his hand, took out another one, and whispered softly: "Three generations of Tokage Ohnoki asked Akatsuki at a high price to ask our members to help them attack Konoha''s Anbe and destroy the alliance and parliament talks initiated by the fifth generation of Hokage. ."

    This is the biggest single task that Akatsuki has received.

    However, this task requires a lot of manpower. After all, a full-scale attack on Konoha Anbe will be launched in all parts of the country of grass. Konoha Anbe must be driven out of the country of grass within one day. Not a small team can easily Completed.

    What''s more, the follow-up will have to find ways to destroy the alliance meeting composed of five generations of Hokage Tsunade, the senior and actual power holder Terumi Ming of the Wuyin Village, the consultant elder Chiyo of the Sagakura Village, and the leader of the Takigak Village Shibuki.

    In the simplest way, Akatsuki''s staff would need to be scattered to various places to attack Tsunade, Terumi Mei, and Chiyo''s teams, killing or repelling them.

    The danger is also much higher than the past mission.

    "Talk to the Alliance Congress?"

    After Uehara Naraku was finally happy that he could become Akatsuki''s member, he became a little curious. He really hadn''t received any news recently.

    "This was initiated by the five generations of Hokage Tsunade."

    Xiaonan picked up the scroll that had been on the table and handed it to Uehara Naraku: "The location is in the Daimyo Mansion, the country of grass. Two weeks later, Konoha also invited us, Yuyin Village, not to mention them. I want you or Sansho Fish Hanzo to participate, but you have to perform Akatsuki¡¯s mission..."

    Xiaonan slowly raised his head to look at Uehara Naraku, and said softly, "To be honest, I would be willing to let you participate in this meeting, just to make Ninja recognize that you are the future leader of Yuyin Village, but Nagato said that you should let you make a choice¡­"

    "..."

    Uehara Naruko held the scroll subconsciously.

    After a while, Uehara Naraku suddenly raised his head and chuckled: "I''m going to participate in this alliance meeting. By the way, let''s also go on the mission!"

    "Ok?"

    "If you just look at the map, whether it is Yanyin Village or Konoha, all the land in the country of grass is very dangerous for us who are close to the country of grass, so we have almost half of the border with us. They are linked together."

    Uehara Nara touched her chin, thought for a while, and slowly raised her head and said: "The members of the Yu Akatsuki organization will attack Konoha Anbe first and drive all the Anbe of Konoha village out of the country of grass. Konoha village is sure It''s impossible to give up, will the alliance talks with the Congress continue?"

    Uehara Naruko squeezed his finger and chuckled lightly: "Then I will go to the alliance meeting to see if I can reach some terms with Konoha, such as getting a part of the defense."

    This is equivalent to eating at both ends.

    On the one hand, Konoha is at a disadvantage in the battle for the country of grass by using the task entrustment of the Akatsuki organization and the village of Iwayin; using the identity of the Yuyin ninja, he helps Konoha to seize the land of the country of grass and counterattack Iwayin by the way. village.

    Uehara Naraku knew it well.

    The area of ??the country of grass is not less than that of the country of rain. It is good that Yuyin Village can get a part from it, and it is impossible to get too much.

    "..."

    After Xiao Nan was silent for a while, he suddenly took his palm and stroked his cheek with the other hand. The corners of his lips were curved, and he smiled and said, "Nagato is right. Naraku is really long. It''s big!"

    "Uh, okay!"

    Uehara suddenly felt a bit hot on his face, and rubbed Xiao Nan''s fingers lightly with his fingertips, only feeling that Xiao Nan''s fingers were a little slippery.

    The rain outside the window is getting heavier.

    A girl with a bun on her head suddenly said loudly outside the window: "Angel Lord, we just patrolled here and found someone invaded..."

    "Huh? Hydrangea?"

    Xiao Nan retracted her palm subconsciously, turned her head slowly to look at the girl who came in, and explained softly, "No one invaded, it was Naraku who came back."

    "Has Senior Naraku come back?"

    Ziyanghua stopped outside the window for a while. After squeezing her small fist, she bowed at Xiao Nan and walked away.

    "Well, do you have to patrol in such heavy rain?"

    Uehara Naraku looked at the figure of Hydrangea with some curiosity and stepped into the rain: "Isn''t the rain tiger''s freedom technique always used for perception and defense?"

    Xiao Nan shook his head and whispered: "Always cultivate the habit of ninjas in the village. Sooner or later, Yuyin Village will depend on you young people."

    "how could be?"

    Uehara Naraku raised her eyebrows, chuckled and shook her head and said, "Teacher Xiaonan is just thirty-two years old this year! He''s still young!"

    This is the truth.

    Around thirty years old is the most mature time for women.

    Xiao Nan''s face instantly turned cold, and he whispered, "Well, since I''m back, let''s go and see Nagato. He must miss you very much."

    "Ok."

    Naruto Uehara nodded and said softly, "I also brought him a gift. It just so happened that I should be able to help him."

    "and many more¡­"

    Seeing Uehara Naraku pushing the door to leave, Xiao Nan''s palm suddenly moved, and the sheets of origami paper turned into paper umbrellas, and he handed them to Uehara Naraku: "The rain outside is so heavy, don''t get wet clothes anymore. "

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the paper umbrella with some inexplicable words, saying that it was really useful for such a heavy rain outside?

    Moreover, given his physique, how could he be afraid of rain!

    After leaving Xiaonan''s office, Uehara Naruko looked around and glanced at a group of Yuyin Shinobu team patrolling in the rain.

    Three people are holding two oil umbrellas.

    Among them, the hydrangea walks in the middle, looking a little pitiful.

    Well, since he left, has Yuyin Village''s funding become so tight?

    "Here, take it!"

    Uehara Naraku handed his paper umbrella to the hydrangea in the middle, and whispered softly: "You guys will continue to patrol. I will go to the central tower to see Lord Payne. I don''t really need an umbrella."

    "Yes."

    Hydrangea stretched out her palm restraintly, and said: "I don''t want your things, but I know this umbrella is made by Lord Angel, so I will take it."

    Uehara Naraku: "..."

    So you like Xiaonan and don''t like me?

    What''s wrong with the little girls in Ninja World!

    Only when Hydrangea stretched out her palm to take the paper umbrella in Uehara''s hand I saw the chakra on the simple paper umbrella suddenly disappeared, and the whole paper umbrella fell apart and turned into sheets. The white paper fell into the water.

    Hydrangea slowly raised her head, her eyes gradually showing a trace of grief and anger: "Senior Naraku, did you do it on purpose?"

    In the entire Yuyin Village, no one knows Hydrangea''s worship of Xiaonan!

    Uehara destroyed the paper umbrella made by Xiaonan!

    Uehara Naraku slowly turned his head and looked at the window of Xiaonan''s office, where a tall figure stood watching here, except for Xiaonan.

    Uehara Naraku looked at the grieving little girl, shook his head and sighed: "To be honest, you may not believe it, I also want to ask my teacher."

    Please remember the domain name of the book¡¯s first publication:. 4Fiction Net mobile version reading URL:

 Chapter 178ï¼š Join the new members of Akatsuki!

    The central tower.

    In Nagato''s laboratory.

    Uehara Naraku''s ninja bag is like a treasure chest, from which a series of cells between pillars were successively taken out, one by one, scrolls full of experimental equipment.

    "This is the inter-column cells, and the rest are experimental equipment."

    Uehara Nairo patted her palm and said softly, "I emptied the Otoshimaru guy¡¯s base in Otogyo Village. I brought them back from there to build a biological science laboratory in the village. ."

    "Don''t talk about it yet."

    Nagato shook his head, lowered his head and thought for a while, hesitatingly asked, "Um... Naraku, have you had a girl you like recently?"

    "Ok?"

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Nagato in surprise, and raised his eyebrow suspiciously: "Why did you suddenly ask? What do you know?"

    "Cough cough cough..."

    Nagato covered his lips and coughed a few times, lowered his head and said, "I saw through Payne''s eyes that you handed you an umbrella to a girl, but that girl seems to be very young. This kind of thing is wrong... "

    "Hey hey hey, what do you mean!"

    Nara Uehara hugged her shoulders and leaned against the table, dissatisfied: "I worked so hard to find materials that can heal you. Are you asking me about this? Don''t care about your body, care about some messy things?"

    "I am not, I am not."

    Nagato shook his head and quickly skipped the topic: "Okay, okay, let''s not talk about this, first congratulations on becoming a full member of Akatsuki!"

    "Ha ha ha ha..."

    Uehara Naraku laughed from ear to ear, and waved his hand: "I didn''t expect that Mr. Nan would suddenly agree to leave here to do the task in half a month. I will be here with you for half a month. Experiment."

    "it is good."

    Nagato nodded and blinked.

    The reason why Xiao Nan agreed is not because he has been persuading from behind?

    The little guy has grown up, and now he doesn''t even tell him who he likes. Have you forgotten that they belong to the same camp?

    Nagato and Naraku Uehara have a unique way of getting along with each other. They are fifteen years apart. They are like elders and juniors, but also like good friends that they have made in the past year.

    At that time, Nagato was still manipulating Tendo Payne to point fingers at Uehara Naruto, and was extremely dissatisfied. Since killing Sansho Fish Hanzo a few years ago, his heart knot seemed to be untied, and he started to care about this little guy silently.

    Half a month''s time.

    The cell culture between the columns is fast.

    Of course, this kind of thing can''t be transplanted directly on Nagato''s body, so Aromatic Phosphorus became the first beneficiary.

    According to the well-known conclusions in the Ninja world, the Uzumaki and the Qianshou clan are distant relatives, and there is a certain connection in their blood. The chakras and physical strength of the two clans are very abundant.

    Therefore, the vortex family is also the most suitable for transplanting cells between columns.

    Fragrant phosphorus has long been absorbed by the ninjas of the grass, and transplanting cells between the pillars for her is also beneficial. It can also increase her strength, lest she really can only be used as a mobile blood pack in Akatsuki''s organization.

    On the experimental platform in Yuyin Village.

    The transplantation of the inter-column cells was presided over by Payne, and Uehara was watching by the side, planning to cut off a piece of the incense phosphorus body, and then use the star infusion to save her life.

    Fortunately, the surgical transplantation was considered successful.

    It is a pity that Mu Dun has not been able to awaken yet.

    And a face grew on her shoulders.

    "What''s happening here?"

    Payne''s reincarnation eyes were a little dazed. He stared at the face that grew on the arm of the incense phosphor. There should be no mistakes in his operation!

    Uehara Naruko rubbed his forehead and whispered, "Maybe the intercolumnar cells are too pure. Otherwise, wait a while for another operation?"

    "No need to."

    Payne shook his head and said in a deep voice: "Since the experiment is successful, it proves that it works. How do you feel?"

    "Nothing..."

    Xianglin slowly sat up, clenched his fists, and whispered softly: "No, the chakra in the body has increased a lot, and the strength of the body has also increased a lot."

    After speaking, Xianglin glanced at his left arm subconsciously: "It''s just that this face feels a little weird..."

    "This is the face of the original Hokage Senjuzuma."

    Uehara Naruko knocked on that face and spread his hand indifferently: "It''s okay, this is a normal reaction of transplanting inter-pillar cells. After all, other people''s cells are used. Isn''t they allowed to leave a mark on the body?"

    Aroma Phosphorus: "..."

    Payne: "..."

    What a mess of this.

    Now that the operation is successful, the transplant operation of Nagato''s body can also be performed, still performed by Tiandao Payne.

    Essentially, you operate on yourself.

    I don''t know what it feels like.

    Uehara Naraku intends to go back and ask the pharmacist, anyway, the pharmacist will transplant the Shenweishuanyan and the inter-column cells, the operation will be on his own.

    Nagato''s surgery is more troublesome.

    His operation requires the use of inter-column cells to grow the shape of two legs in advance, and then transplant these inter-column cells into his legs.

    Nagato was lying on the operating table, feeling the weight brought by the cells between the columns. His body gradually became a little full. Obviously, the effect of his transplantation was far better than that of phosphorus.

    "I want to transplant more."

    Nagato frowned and manipulated Tiandao Payne to prepare inter-column cells. Obviously he thought he might need more inter-column cells.

    If there is too much, he can even fully exert the power of the reincarnation eye.

    "No way."

    Nairo Uehara stopped Penn, looked at Nagato on the operating table, and said solemnly: "You can''t transplant too much, you can only follow the amount of phosphorus transplantation."

    Nagato is not clear about the truth, but Uehara Naraku is clearer.

    The reason why Nagato can accommodate enough interpillar cells is because he has the existence of reincarnation eyes, which can suppress all power.

    However, these reincarnation eyes were not owned by Nagato, but belonged to Uchiha Madara.

    What''s more, Uchiha Madara is almost certain to be resurrected in the Ninja World under the control of the two dark hands behind Uehara Naraku and Kurozutsu.

    Heijue is for its mother.

    Uehara is for the main task progress.

    At this time, if Nagato is rushed to transplant too many inter-column cells, it will be very detrimental to the future of Nagato.

    Nagato has one advantage, that is, being able to listen to others.

    This is also his shortcoming. When someone persuaded him, he listened.

    Uehara Naraku tilted her head and watched Nagato sitting back in the wheelchair. He shook his head slightly and said, "You are always accustomed to listening to persuasion. If you want to change it in the future, you can''t always be persuaded by others. Sentence, you changed your plan."

    Nagato frowned and thought for a while, and then climbed back to the operating table again: "Then I will transplant the intercolumn cells now..."

    "Wait, I didn''t mean that!"

    Uehara Naraku shook his head hurriedly, and forced him into the wheelchair: "From now on, you can only listen to what I and Mr. Nan said, and don¡¯t listen to what other people say, especially the little yellow hair like Deidara. ¡­"

    "..."

    Nagato couldn''t help but glared at him. After a while, he suddenly pushed Naraku Uehara away and tried to stand up step by step.

    Although Nagato walked a bit staggering, he was still walking step by step after all.

    Nagato walked step by step with some surprises. He raised his head and looked at Uehara Naraku and said, "Uehara, I can stand up again..."

    With the help of the energy of the cells between the pillars, Nagato could finally stand up again, but his calf had a face between the pillars.

    The original Hokage was too shameless!

    This is where I want my face to grow!

    Uehara Naraku sat down with a trembling Nagato and gave him a silent look: "Okay, I see, I see, I put my pants on!"

    Nagato: "..."

    What weird words are you!

    If Xiao Nan heard it, I don''t know what he would think of them!

    But it is indeed good news that Nagato can stand up and walk. After a simple exercise, he will soon be able to resume normal actions again.

    Just as Nagato was about to tell Konan in person, Uehara Naraku suddenly grabbed Nagato, muttered something, and the two concealed the news again.

    Ten days later.

    Uehara Naraku finally put on Akatsuki''s formal uniform, and also received a hood and hat by the way to hide his identity, and Xiaonan also restricted him from using his ninjutsu in battle.

    Because the future leader of Yuyin Village, before Xiao''s plan is successful, he must not have anything to do with the Xiao organization.

    This is what Uehara Naraku thinks too.

    Uehara Naruto touched the auspicious clouds and black robe on her body, feeling a little happy.

    Side quest: Put on the red cloud and black robe and become a full member of the Xiaozhitian group (11). The quest has been completed, rewarding the S-level traitor certification.

    S-Class Rebel Certification: Increases life energy by 10,000 points, increases Chakra energy by 10,000 points, increases natural energy by 10,000 points, increases life recovery effect by 50%, increases Chakra energy recovery effect by 50%, and increases natural energy extraction effect by 50%.

    After seeing the rewards on the system panel, Uehara Naraku''s eyes were obviously a little bit resentful. If he was recognized as a full member by Xiao Nan after joining Akatsuki, he would have become a shadow-level powerhouse!

    Before Uehara Naraku was harvested in darkness, the attribute points of Uehara Naraku were only equal to the reward for wearing this red cloud and black robe!

    Now that Uehara Naraku''s various attribute points have exceeded 50,000 points, it is obviously impossible to have too much excitement.

    "All right."

    Xiao Nan stretched out his palm to help Uehara Naraku tidy up his clothes, and smiled at him and said: "Naraku, this time I will be your teammate and go out with you on missions. We haven''t performed missions together for a long time. Are you unhappy? "

    "happy¡­"

    Uehara Naraku twitched the corners of his eyes, glanced at the person behind them, and said solemnly: "But, teacher, I have found a new teammate for myself..."

    "what?"

    Xiao Nan couldn''t help but raised his head and glanced at him with some surprise: "Do you want the kid Uchiha Sasuke to be your teammate?"

    Xiao Nan shook his head quickly and said: "I can''t agree to this matter. This mission is very dangerous. Someone must protect you."

    "No, his new teammate is an old senior of the organization."

    Nagato wore the same black robe of auspicious clouds, lifted the hat on his head, and stood beside them: "Senior, I should be his teammate, right?"

    "Nagato..."

    Xiao Nan looked at the Nagato who came to her with a shocked face, and couldn''t help covering her lips. There were faint tears in her eyes: "You... can you stand up?"

    There were many things that Xiaonan was guilty of back then.

    In addition to many members who died in battle, Nagato''s legs were disabled.

    Suddenly seeing Nagato walking in front of her, Xiao Nan stepped back subconsciously, somewhat not believing everything in front of her.

    "Cough cough cough..."

    Uehara Naraku reached out to help Xiaonan wipe the tears from the corners of her eyes, holding her cheeks and comforting her softly, "Okay, sir, in fact, ten days ago, Lord Nagato was able to stand up after the operation was successful, but I think it should I will give you a surprise!"

    "Asshole!"

    "Okay, okay, teacher..."

    Nagato watched them snicker by the side. After Uehara Naraku calmed down for a while, Konan''s mood calmed down.

    After a while, Xiao Nan suddenly said, "So, you two have discussed it a long time ago. Let me stay in the village. Do you go out and perform the task together?"

    "Yes!"

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Nagato, and the two nodded their heads for granted: "Ten days ago, the two of us made a decision. This time we will go out on the mission together."

    "Go away."

    Naro Uehara grabbed Nagato''s shoulders, and waved at Xiaonan, "Teacher, I and Nagato-sama are leaving first! We have to go to the organization base to gather!"

    After speaking, the two of them didn''t dare to look at Xiao Nan''s dumbfounded expression, and walked out of Yuyin Village side by side, talking about something, Xiao''s novice membership was undoubtedly exposed.

    After all, the members of any group will not maintain a friendly relationship on the surface like Uehara Naraku and Nagato.

    Nagato looked at Uehara Naraku and suddenly said curiously: "By the way, have you thought about the code names of the two of us in the organization?"

    "Not ready yet."

    Uehara Naruko shook her head and stroked her chin: "What do you think of the red-haired and black-haired Reaper?"

    "not very good¡­"

    Nagato glanced at Uehara Naraku inexplicably.

    Uehara Naraku scratched his chin and made a new suggestion: "Where are the red hair and the night demon?"

    "Not so much..."

    "Where are Red Hair and Night Angel?"

    "What''s the mess, can''t you pass the threshold with Hongmao?"

    "Then Little Red Riding Hood and Black Emperor?"

    "Can''t it be normal?"

    "Hey hey hey, such a domineering person will not work, should I be called Black Dog by the code name?"

    "..."

    The two murmured all the way to Akatsuki''s base. Obviously, these two guys wearing hats attracted the attention of all the members, and looked at them curiously.

    Nagato naturally needs to hide his identity.

    Uehara Naraku didn''t have this need at all. He just lifted up his hat, showing a smirk: "From today on, seniors, please give me your advice. By the way, please call me my code name."

    "Oh, right."

    Uehara Naraku slowly looked at everyone present, and his voice gradually became a little cold: "When you are away, just call me Bailian. Remember not to call the wrong name, otherwise, kill you!"

    "Ho **** ho ho..."

    The others didn''t say anything. After the dried persimmon ghost shark suddenly laughed a few times, he whispered softly: "Our first-generation Shuiying lord''s name seems to be Bailian?"

    Uehara Naraku''s expression disintegrated in an instant, and then he spread out his hand indifferently, "Then you can call me green tea in the future. Standing next to me, call him black tea!"

    Nagato: "..."

    Don''t give him such a random code name at will!

    Sure enough, Uehara Naraku''s actions immediately aroused Deidara''s dissatisfaction: "Hey, kid, so casual, do you think you are going to have afternoon tea for the mission?"

    "With our strength..."

    Uehara Nana clasped Nagato''s shoulders and squinted at the people present: "Actually, there is no difference between performing a mission and having afternoon tea. Are you right, black tea?"

    "Correct¡­"

    Nagato nodded subconsciously.

    The next moment Nagato''s expression hidden under the hat changed instantly. It''s a ghost! Why does he want Uehara Naruto to have a code name!

    It''s not that he himself is not good at naming names!

    After all, he personally picked up all Akatsuki''s member codes!

    Jiao frowned and said coldly, "Little devil, being a full member does not mean that you are also qualified to be so arrogant!"

    Uehara Naruko rubbed his forehead and said softly, "Quick, black tea, show them a hand!"

    "..."

    Nagato glanced at Uehara Naraku speechlessly. Of course, Nagato wouldn''t choose to show it to everyone because he had a better solution.

    "Okay, don''t argue."

    Under the control of Nagato, Tendo Payne said, "They are Akatsuki''s new members, one is Uehara Naraku, codenamed Higashi-kun, and the other new member, codenamed Guiyi..."

    Uehara Naraku immediately raised his hand and said loudly, "Master Payne, I think my teammates don''t like this code very much!"

    Numerous members cast a surprised look at Uehara Naraku Apparently it was the first time they saw someone daring to oppose Payne''s opinion.

    What lessons will Uehara Naraku learn?

    Instead of teaching Penn, he retorted, "No, he likes it very much. I told him about this before."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku closed her mouth in surprise.

    Nagato and Payne''s fingers were clenching subconsciously. He really regretted supporting Uehara as a full member all the time. Now he wants to expel Uehara.

    This is too naughty!

    It''s just that there are some things to be said before.

    Payne looked at everyone present, and continued in a deep voice: "In addition, if anyone dared to disclose the identity information of the organization members to the outside world, they will be hunted and killed endlessly!"

    Obviously, this point is emphasized for the sake of Uehara Naraku.

    Payne looked at the expressions of everyone present, nodded seriously, and said: "This time, the specific actions of the mission will be taken care of by Uehara Naraku!

    After all, Uehara single-handedly destroyed the people in Caoyin Village, and he also provoked the confrontation between Yanyin Village and Konoha. "

    After hearing what Payne said, the faces of everyone were different.

    There are indeed many people present who have attacked a country and destroyed a town, but the medium-sized Ninja Village of Cao Yin Village, in addition to the five major countries, can also rank in the forefront of combat power.

    If you want to destroy Caoyin Village, it''s not that simple.

    The intern kid has always been strong, but no one has ever known how strong he is. This time, maybe you can see...

    Uehara Naraku twisted his wrist, looked at the different expressions of everyone present, and raised the corners of his mouth: "Then on this road, please take care of seniors!"

 Chapter 179ï¼š I donâ€™t even know how to lose this battle!

    When the members of the entire Akatsuki team were determined, Naraku Uehara really didn''t know how to do this mission to fail.

    With this lineup, it is possible to eliminate Konoha.

    Uchiha Itachi, dried persimmon ghost shark, red sand scorpion, Deidara, Jiaodu, flying section, peach field no longer cut, ghost lamp full moon, white, Kaguya-kun Maro, absolutely.

    And Uehara Naraku and Nagato.

    Oh, there is another addition named Uchiha Sasuke.

    After all, Uchiha Itachi didn''t worry about his brother staying alone in Akatsuki.

    It also comes with countless troubles.

    The members of the Akatsuki organization are basically not convinced by anyone. The few who came out of Wuyin Village knew about Uehara''s strength, and basically followed Uehara, especially the strongest dry persimmon ghost shark and ghost light full moon are even more iron rods. Confidant.

    Deidara, Red Sand Scorpion, Horn Du and Fei Duan, the two teams will quarrel when they stay together, and they will have to make a fuss about each other.

    Just as Dedara and Hidana were about to start their hands, Naraku Uehara suddenly said in a loud voice: "Hello, seniors, come and see, the volcano has erupted!"

    "what?"

    Everyone looked at Naraku Uehara in surprise, and then followed his direction. Where is the volcanic eruption?

    Deidara glared at Uehara Naraku dissatisfiedly: "Where is it! Hey, Uehara, you bastard, don''t lie!"

    "I didn''t, see clearly! Change!"

    Uehara Naraku suddenly snapped his fingers and released his Pillar of Flame skill.

    Just as everyone was a little confused, a powerful flame suddenly erupted from an area several kilometers in the distance!

    The flames almost rushed into the sky thousands of meters high, and even stained the blue sky with a touch of red, and the fiery waves of fire almost hit your face!

    Even if everyone in Xiao was still some distance away from the center of the flames, they still felt the burning sensation from the air.

    "..."

    Everyone''s jaws were almost scared off!

    No one at the scene underestimated the strength of Uehara Naraku, but just so casually released a fire escape ninjutsu capable of destroying the world, which still made people feel a little frightened.

    Regardless of the distance or range of the release of ninjutsu, and the extremely fast release speed, everyone''s hearts shuddered.

    Can this level of ninjutsu be avoided?

    Of course you can''t hide.

    No wonder Uehara Naraku can easily destroy Kushin Village.

    Even the most detached Deidara and Hidana, after seeing Uehara Naraku''s ninjutsu, both of them are quite honest.

    Uehara Naraku slowly turned around, looked at everyone present and suddenly closed her palms, smiling at the corner of her mouth: "I believe everyone will cooperate sincerely for this task, right?"

    Everyone glanced at Uehara Naraku, then at the back of Uehara Naraku slowly falling from a height of several kilometers, subconsciously frowned their brows.

    Uchiha Itachi lowered his head, suppressing the horror in his heart, this level of fire escape ninjutsu clearly surpassed his cognition.

    None of the Uchiha clan has had such a powerful fire escape ninja!

    Sasuke Uchiha''s eyes faintly gleamed. He glanced at his brother and couldn''t help but chuckle. Is this brother scared?

    Humph, they Uchiha have a genius.

    As long as he finds an opportunity, Sasuke Uchiha is confident to copy Uehara Naraku''s ninjutsu with the writing wheel. This is a powerful ninjutsu that can destroy the world, and even Uchiha Itachi is afraid of it!

    "It''s getting stronger again!"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark grinned.

    He had already been surprised by the power of Uehara Naraku.

    Uehara Naraku is good at even the most mysterious time and space skills. What is the simplest fire escape skills?

    Nagato pressed the hat on his forehead and raised the corners of his mouth: "Uehara, this little guy is really much stronger than before!"

    "Huh, Xiao Nan really taught a good disciple!"

    The scorpion of the red sand snorted coldly. In fact, he hated this kind of super large-scale ninjutsu the most, because this kind of powerful ninjutsu was too restraining his kind of puppet master.

    "As a teacher''s disciple, of course she can''t be embarrassed!"

    Uehara Naraku fell on Nagato''s side and asked in a low voice, "How did I behave just now? Are they scared?"

    "..."

    Nagato nodded silently.

    Obviously, the effect of Uehara Naraku''s hand was very significant, and everyone present looked at his words squarely, and the road to the country of grass went much smoother.

    The intelligence personnel definitely sent a piece of information.

    There is a Konoha ninja squad active on the border of the rain country and the grass country, and there are about five ordinary Konoha ninja squads stationed, obviously beware of Yuyin Village.

    "Enclose them, leave a living, and kill the others."

    Uehara Naraku''s strategy is very simple and rude.

    The Akatsuki organization is almost full of staff. Isn''t this how to fight and how to win?

    Akatsuki''s members are also very satisfied with Uehara''s strategy.

    After all, most of the members of the Akatsuki organization like to rely on their own strength to go straight up, and they don''t worry about the enemies they encounter. Anyway, they can''t beat them.

    Canyon at the border of the country of grass.

    The members of Konoha''s Anbe squad gathered and exchanged information with each other, confirming that the ninjas of Uyin Village were not concentrated in the country of grass.

    "Hello, friends of Konoha, how are you?"

    A voice suddenly fell into the ears of the members of the Anbe team, and the four ninjas reacted quickly, each grasping the weapon in their hands and looking around vigilantly.

    I saw a ninja dressed in auspicious clouds and black robe appeared on a rock.

    Since Uchiha Itachi and dried persimmon ghost shark once invaded Konoha, these Anbes also received orders from Hokage Tower, and immediately retreated after meeting Akatsuki''s members to gather information.

    After all, a mercenary organization composed of a group of S-class rebels, each group of members is not something an Anbu ninja can handle.

    According to Tsunade''s assessment of the combat power of Shinobu.

    Konoha needs at least three Anbu teams to contend.

    "People from Akatsuki?"

    The head of the dark squadron changed his face and immediately assigned the task: "Toyokawa, the fastest of us, brings the intelligence back. The others will cover him with me. Everyone will concentrate on retreating temporarily!"

    However, the face of this dark troop leader suddenly became very ugly in the next moment, because ninjas wearing auspicious clouds and black robes appeared around them.

    At least ten members of Akatsuki.

    Among them are Uchiha Itachi, who once invaded Konoha, and dried persimmon ghost shark.

    Now let alone the Konoha squad trying to escape, it would be nice to leave a whole body, even the head is not enough.

    "I''m commanding well, right?"

    Uehara Naruko turned his head and smiled at Nagato beside him. Relying on his destiny skills, he calculated the direction of movement of the Konoha Anbe and successfully surrounded the team.

    Nagato nodded helplessly.

    Konoha Anbe squad rushed towards the weakest direction somewhat tragically. In their opinion, it should be Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro who are the easiest to deal with!

    Kaguya-kun Maro slowly rushed to meet the charging Anbu team, and bones drilled out of his body: "Bone Vein¡¤Tang Song Dance!"

    The other members watched Junmaro''s performance as if they were watching a monkey show.

    five minutes later.

    Kaguya-kun Maro carried a half-dead Anbe, threw it in front of Uehara Naraku, and whispered, "Uehara, this guy is the strongest, and should be their captain."

    "Then I can only ask you to find out the information in his brain."

    Uehara Nana spread her hands and looked at Nagato next to her.

    Nagato nodded, stretched out his palm to pat the head of Konoha An, and shouted in a low voice: "Human Dao¡¤Heart Substance Technique!"

    After checking the information, Nagato suddenly pulled out the soul of the dark troop leader, and whispered: "Konoha sent a total of 13 dark teams to the country of grass, scattered in various places in the country of grass. There are about 300 ordinary ninja troops."

    "Our mission is to clear the Anbu, right?"

    "Yes."

    Nagato nodded and said, "Perhaps Ohnoki doesn''t think we can handle the huge number of ninja forces, so he only entrusted us to clear the Konoha Anbe. It may be because these Anbes have been attacking and killing the investigative ninjas in Iwagaki Village. Right!"

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but sighed: "Hey, it''s not easy to find the remaining twelve Anbe teams from a place as big as Grassland!"

    Feudan came over with his sickle and licked his lips: "Don''t you finish the mission by killing all the Konoha Ninjas?"

    "I still think I should do as much money as possible."

    Jiao Du glanced at Hida scornfully, and said in a deep voice, "If we help them kill all Konoha ninjas stationed in the country of grass for free, how can we do business in the future?"

    Jiao Du snorted coldly and continued: "Huh, if we want to kill the Konoha ninja who is entrenched in the country of grass by the way, we must let Ohnoki add money!"

    The word add money is used very well.

    It can be seen that Jiao Du is indeed a businessman.

    Among other things, one yard into one yard is quite accurate.

    "I also agree with Senior Jiao Du''s opinion."

    After Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, he said softly: "I thought Konoha''s Fifth-Meme Hokage only sent a bunch of Anbu investigations, but she didn''t expect that she had sent so many ninja troops..."

    The scorpion of the red sand knocked on his ring, and said: "Would you like to ask Xiaonan, and see if Ohnoki is willing to add money, or if I just find some Konoha''s dark parts, the road is very boring. of!"

    "Yes!"

    Deidara raised his head and glanced at the corpse on the ground: "This task is not worthy of all our members. I and Senior Scorpion will solve it!"

    I thought it was an epic level of difficulty, but I didn''t expect it to be a normal level task. If you act carefully, it will probably not take long to complete.

    "It may not be that easy."

    After Nagato covered his lips and coughed a few times, he added: "According to the information I got, the person in charge of the operation of Kus no Kuni is Konoha''s copy of Ninja Hagi Kakashi, and there is a big man who can support at any time. he."

    Sasuke Uchiha frowned subconsciously. He heard the name of his teacher: "Hagi Kakashi?"

    "Big guy?"

    Uehara Naraku shook his head and said, "I guess it''s Jiraiya, one of Konoha Sannin! I will first ask Mr. Nanan to see if I am willing to add money to Yanyin Village."

    Soon, news came from Xiaonan.

    Libra Ohnoki is willing to add a sum of money to expel or kill all Konoha ninjas in the country of grass.

    If Iwakura and Konoha had a head-on conflict, Iwanin''s loss would definitely not be low, and it might even trigger a war in the Ninja world. It would be cheaper to use the Akatsuki organization.

    "Pity¡­"

    Kokaku frowned and sighed: "If we have the cooperation channels of Thunder Country, we can still get another money for cleaning up these Konoha Ninjas."

    Uehara Naraku: "..."

    Everyone of Xiao: "..."

    This guy in Jiaodu is really losing money!

    One task to collect money from two big countries Shinobu Village, see if you can!

    "Let''s go! Let''s meet Konoha''s copy ninja!"

    Uehara Naraku turned his head to look at Uchiha Sasuke and Uchiha Itachi, and said with a chuckle, "Mr. Kakashi is one of our old friends!"

 Chapter 180ï¼š Akatsukis team battle

    The country of grass.

    Konoha Ninja Command.

    In order to train Hagi Kakashi, Tsunade specially arranged him in the position of commander, and sent the previous generation of pig-deer butterfly as his assistant, such as the Hyuga clan, the oil girl clan, the Inuzuka clan and the Sarutoi clan. And so have joined.

    Although the number of this ninja army is not large, it can be said that it is a pocket version of the Konoha ninja army, with perception units, assault units, combat units, and medical units.

    late at night.

    The senior members of this force are in a meeting.

    There was a hint of worry in Hagi Kakashi''s eyes: "Tonight, three Anbu squads and 15 squads stationed in the fort have lost contact, but according to our spy report in Yanyin Village, Yanyin''s troops still did nothing. "

    "This loss is not small."

    Nara Luji played with the pen in his hand and whispered in a low voice: "Almost one-fifth of the manpower was directly lost, and even the enemy''s intelligence was not obtained."

    "I''ll report it to Tsunade-sama first!"

    Yamanaka Haiyi shook his head and sighed, and raised his finger: "Obviously it is the most important juncture of the alliance talks. We encountered a surprise attack in the country of grass. The matter is of great importance. Obviously, we have targeted this time. Talk to the Alliance Congress."

    "Will it be the country of rain?"

    "No, there is news from Yuyin Village. They will send people to participate in this alliance meeting, so we will send people to meet them when that time comes."

    "That would be terrible!"

    Nara Luji slowly circled the location of the attack with a pen on the map, and whispered: "From the trajectory of these activities, it looks like the actions of the raid troops in Iwagaki Village, because they happen to be able to move forward as a whole. The two sides did not cooperate at all..."

    While Nara Luji was analyzing it, a series of loud flare flares suddenly came to mind outside the camp. It was a signal of an enemy attack from a nearby ninja patrolling!

    "All alert!"

    Hagi Kakashi immediately aborted the meeting, and shouted to the captains of each class: "Each class returns to its own position, and all the dark parts gather and dispatch with me!"

    Not far from Konoha Camp.

    The members of the Akatsuki organization spread out, the dried persimmon ghost shark was standing next to him carrying the shark muscle knife, Uchiha Itachi frowned his brows, and Uchiha Sasuke''s face was displeased.

    Just now, their team took the initiative to take on the task of killing Konoha Patrol Ninja, but it was a pity that there was a problem with the live mouth that was supposed to be reserved.

    Before the man could be spied on intelligence, he desperately released an enemy attack flare, even if Uchiha Itachi killed him in time.

    Uchiha Itachi frowned and looked at the corpse on the ground and said, "Is there anyone who can break away from the illusion of the writing wheel?"

    "It''s ok."

    Uehara Naraku took a deep look at Uchiha Itachi, and a smile appeared at the corner of his mouth: "Anyway, we have already rushed under the nose of Konoha camp. The possibility of launching a raid without being caught is actually very low..."

    Uehara Naraku looked at everyone present, then glanced at the slightly lively King Konoha in the distance, and said loudly: "If that''s the case, let''s attack directly! Tonight, drive all Konoha ninjas out of the country of grass. !"

    As long as Konoha is expelled from this camp, the Konoha ninja squads stationed in other fortresses are not worth mentioning, and they will definitely withdraw after losing support.

    Bang!

    A clay bird appeared under Deidara''s feet.

    The scorpion of the red sand slowly took out the puppets of the third generation and the fourth generation of Fengying, and the two generations of the magnetic ninjas of Shayin Village fell into his hands. It is indeed Shayin''s betrayal, just like it. Use the corpse of the leader of his hometown.

    Jiao Du''s body swelled rapidly, and slowly split the three grievances. Obviously, he was also a good at attacking. As for Fei Duan, he could only rush to death.

    The three Ninja swords and seven people in Wuyin Village pulled out their own Ninja swords. Kaguya-kun Maro slowly grew several bone spurs on his body, and Shira and Uchiha Itachi were in charge of side support.

    As for Sasuke Uchiha, he is mainly responsible for collecting leaks...

    "Then come and say hello to them first!"

    Uehara Naruto stretched out his palm, and a star core appeared in his palm. The surrounding natural energy and his chakra continued to flow into it, and the star ring around the star core quickly expanded!

    Sasuke Uchiha glanced at Naraku Uehara''s ninjutsu in surprise. "Is that Naruto''s Helix Maru?"

    At first glance, the galaxy rush is indeed like a spiral pill.

    Uehara Naraku slowly threw out the star core, and saw the galaxy rushing to absorb natural energy from outside, and the scope of the technique became larger and larger!

    After the star core quickly entered Konoha Ninja''s field of vision, its outer coverage area had reached hundreds of meters!

    A few Konoha Shinnin rushed out quickly, and at the same time they closed their hands to seal the seal, and shouted in a deep voice: "Tudun¡¤Turiuchengbi!"

    A tall city wall quickly rose from the ground!

    Just when that cluster of star cores touched the city wall, it exploded a gap in the defenses of Tuliu City Bi, and countless gravel and mud flew around!

    A whistle suddenly came.

    A white clay giant bird flew in the air, and a string of clay bombs dropped. Deidara excitedly stood on the clay giant bird and raised her finger: "Drink!"

    boom!

    Konoha Ninja panicked by the continuous explosion!

    Just as Qimu Kakashi was trying to target Dedara in the air, one after another, figures wearing auspicious clouds and black robes came out of the gap in the Tuli City Bi.

    "dawn!"

    Hagi Kakashi''s eyes tightened suddenly!

    More than ten members of the Xiao organization, which also means more than ten S-rank rebels attacked!

    At this moment, Kakashi Hagi figured out why so many teams would disappear because they met Akatsuki.

    There are more than fifty ninja squads and nine dark ninjas around their camp. Faced with these rebellious ninjas, they may not be without a fight.

    Hagi Kakashi was even somewhat fortunate.

    If these Akatsuki guys keep harassing the Konoha Ninja camp, maybe they will have to dock their tails to survive, but now they dare to attack this camp. Wouldn''t they give Konoha a chance?

    Uehara Naraku, who was in charge of the battle, knew this mistake, but the surprise attack was obviously not enough for Konoha''s memory, and the use of a strong attack could quickly defeat the Konoha ninja''s mind.

    What''s more, they collected the big wild wood money!

    Since the money is collected, of course you have to work harder!

    Tonight they drove Konoha ninjas out of the country of grass. The headline of the Ninja world news tomorrow is that their Akira organization accepted the hire of Yanyin Village to attack Konoha camp!

    Uehara Naraku found a stone and sat down, and raised her Jiro''s legs: "I can''t show any flaws, so this battle can only rely on seniors."

    Uehara''s sitting position really looks like a straw bale commander.

    "whispering sound!"

    Feidan was carrying his sickle and holding a straw in his mouth dissatisfiedly: "Hey, Uehara, can''t you kill them all?"

    "Of course they can if they are looking for death."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Hida, then chuckled and continued: "If Konoha loses too much, if they dare not fight in the country of grass and Iwagaki village in the future, will Ohnoki still hire us?"

    "You kid is really evil!"

    Feiduan spit out the straw from his mouth, waved the sickle in his hand and rushed towards Konoha camp: "Then make a big fuss!"

    He was going to die anyway.

    Other people''s movements were not slow, and they followed quickly!

    Kakuto stood outside the camp, standing beside him one by one, squirting ninjutsu frantically toward the Konoha camp!

    "Huo Dun¡¤Head work hard!"

    "Wind escape, crush!"

    "Lei Dun¡¤False Darkness!"

    The violent wind swept through the flames and opened a breakthrough from Konoha Ninja¡¯s line of defense. Hida, dried persimmon ghost shark, peach ground no longer cut, ghost lantern full moon and Kaguya-kun Maro rushed in along the gap and began to kill !

    Brothers Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke were beside them, releasing a powerful fireball technique. It seemed that the momentum was not small, but it always felt like they were paddling.

    Bai''s Bing Dun''s blood continued in this fire-dun-based attack, and he really could only paddle the water to help sprinkle the ice.

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Nagato next to him, and whispered, "Don''t you want to play? It''s hard to fight!"

    "It''s okay here, Shura Dao!"

    Nagato stood next to Uehara Naraku, and slowly stretched out his arm, only to see his arm flipped quickly and turned into an exquisite mechanical gun!

    A group of dazzling lasers shot into the Konoha camp, causing a huge explosion, and a figure was blown out by the explosion!

    Under the collective attack of a group of Akatsuki members, even if Hagiki Kakashi and Nara Lukuhisa have outstanding combat experience and command capabilities, they cannot hold back the decline. Today they fully understand why some people are defined as S-rank rebels!

    Yamanaka stood beside Lujiu Nara, and conveyed Lujiu''s order: "Shui Dun team gathers, and seals are formed at the same time, and the water is defended!"

    "Water Escape¡¤Water Front Wall!"

    A dozen water escape ninjas quickly closed their hands to make seals, releasing a tall water wall, blocking the continuous flames.

    However, some people are stronger than their water escape ninjutsu!

    "Leave it to us next!"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark and Taodi no longer cut and the ghost lamp full moon joined hands to seal the seal at the same time, and suddenly sprayed a huge water wave: "Water escape¡¤Water dragon bullet technique!"

    The three water dragons quickly smashed the defenses of the water wall and hit a group of Konoha ninjas!

    Nara Shika frowned for a long time, and quickly adjusted his tactics again: "Dudun Ninja released Duriu wall to surround them, and other ninjas continued to release Water Dun and Thunder Ninja!"

    "Tudun¡¤Tuliubi!"

    "Lei Dun¡¤Lee Thunder!"

    "Water Escape¡¤Water Rushing Wave!"

    "Lei Dun¡¤Go!"

    "Shui Dun¡¤Shui Yi Nayuan!"

    With Yamanaka freely delivering everyone''s information, the Konoha ninjas quickly began to change their tactics according to orders.

    An earth wall quickly appeared on the battlefield, which quickly surrounded the members of Akatsuki who had rushed in. Waves of water rushed into the earth wall, and lightning flashed in the spray!

    Ninja troops have this kind of advantage, and they can rely on their number advantages to let some small ninjutsu exert extraordinary power.

    Haaki Kakashi was also staring at the battlefield next to him, to see if he could find a flaw and kill a member of Akatsuki. He knew very well that these people could only be defeated each!

    "Opportunity... Lei Dun Raeche!"

    Sure enough, Hagi Kakashi found the opportunity and rushed to the front of the Fei Duan to go deep, and was already out of touch with the people behind. A string of lightning was active in Kakashi''s hands, piercing the Fei Duan''s heart!

    Just as Hagi Kakashi breathed a sigh of relief, a weird smile appeared on the face of the enemy who had been pierced by him suddenly!

    "Ahahahahahahaha..."

    Feiduan laughed wildly and waved the sickle in his hand, ignoring the big hole in his chest, he was going to cut off Kakashi''s head directly!

    "Shenwei!"

    The face of Kakashi Hagi suddenly changed, and the writing wheel eyes instantly turned into a kaleidoscope, and he wanted to **** Feida''s head into the space first!

    However, a string of clay bombs falling in the air interrupted Kakashi''s pupil technique, as if he wanted Kakashi and the flying segment to die together.

    Hagi Kakashi was also unambiguous immediately decided to retreat, leaving only the flying section to be ravaged by clay bombs dropped by Deidara.

    "Hey, do you want to kill Lao Tzu too!"

    Even after experiencing the blasting of the clay bomb, Feiduan slowly stood up again, cursing at Dedara, unaware that Dedara had saved his life.

    After Haaki Kakashi retreated quickly, a shuriken flew towards him, and Sasuke Uchiha rushed towards his teacher with a short knife!

    This pair of former masters and apprentices finally met!

    Hagiki Kakashi was surprised to find that this disciple was making rapid progress, but still made him feel very heavy: "Uchiha Sasuke, did you join Akatsuki with Uchiha Itachi?"

    "Shut up, I just wanted to kill that man before joining them!"

    Sasuke Uchiha brandished a ninja sword and approached Hagi Kakashi, and said in a cold voice, "Akatsuki accepted the employment commission of Iwagaku Village to expel all the Konoha ninjas in the country of grass. This is the last time, so be it yourself. !"

 Chapter 181ï¼š Your Excellency, we are our own!

    The fetters of Ninja world are always strange.

    Sasuke Uchiha joined the Akatsuki organization, but did not learn the truth about the genocide, and still has a trace of fetters to Konoha Hidden Village.

    However, he didn''t think he still had a chance to go back, so he just casually said to Hagi Kakashi with unnecessary information.

    After Sasuke finished talking about the information, he and his former teacher were touched off, and then he moved to other battlefield locations.

    This scene fell in the eyes of Uchiha Itachi.

    Uchiha Itachi looked at his younger brother in a complicated manner. He probably knew what Sasuke and Kakashi had said, but he was slightly nervous.

    Although this is a battlefield, everything is under the surveillance of Naraku Uehara in the distance. Sasuke doesn''t know how to be a spy, right?

    Does he really think that a symbolic battle can get rid of suspicion?

    Fortunately, besides Uchiha Itachi, there are other sensible people on the battlefield.

    Haaki Kakashi glanced at Sasuke who was about to go away, and a group of electric light quickly condensed in his hand, piercing Sasuke''s shoulder violently.

    This idiot disciple!

    Haaki Kakashi looked at Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s incredible eyes, slowly approached him, and said in a low voice: "Sasuke, don¡¯t let others out of information casually. Remember, protect yourself in Akatsuki, Naruto. Still waiting for you!"

    "..."

    Sasuke Uchiha immediately realized his mistake.

    Seeing that Sasuke was injured, Uchiha Itachi jumped over, grabbed Sasuke''s guard behind him, and kicked Kakashi Hakoki away!

    Akatsuki completely occupied the advantage.

    Haaki Kakashi couldn''t start the situation, and he couldn''t fight head-on combat. The surprise attack in the air couldn''t handle it, leaving Konoha ninjas no way to resist.

    Nara Lujiu finally reluctantly issued an order to retreat: "Tell everyone to retreat to the border to regroup, leaving the three secret teams behind!"

    Seeing the Konoha ninjas retreat one after another, the people of Akatsuki''s organization were not ambiguous. After quickly solving Konoha''s Anbe, they chased and killed Konoha''s troops.

    The Konoha ninjas were completely defeated.

    Nagato pressed the hat on his head, and whispered: "The big man in Konoha didn''t choose to dispatch until he completely collapsed?"

    The information obtained by Nagato''s psychic technique of the human world shows that Konoha has arranged a big figure here, and that big figure has not appeared now.

    Uehara Naraku raised his eyebrows, and chuckled, "Of course the big guys can''t be dispatched casually, probably on the border!"

    The border between the country of fire and the country of grass.

    There is indeed a great figure nearby.

    Uehara Naraku''s guess was not wrong. The big man was Jiraiya, one of Konoha Sannin, but it was a coincidence.

    After Jilaiya and Naruto Uzumaki heard about the destruction of Caoyin Village, they hurriedly changed their travel direction and rushed to the vicinity of the country of grass. They planned to wait until the Alliance Congress concluded their talks before continuing eastward to Tangren Village.

    It''s a pity that this alliance conference talks are destined not to be held on schedule.

    The original meeting place was the Daimyo Prefecture of the Country of Grass, but now that the Konoha Ninjas have been driven out of the Country of Grass by Akatsuki, how can this meeting be held?

    Jiraiya and Naruto Uzumaki soon saw the ninja squads that were defeated to the border of the Fire Country, and they also saw Hagi Kakashi and Nara Shikuhisa.

    "Kakashi, what is going on?"

    "The Yanyin Village hired Akatsuki organization."

    Hagi Kakashi wrapped the wound on his palm, and said solemnly: "The Akatsuki organization has assembled more than a dozen S-level rebels to attack us as never before. With insufficient combat power, it is impossible to form resistance."

    "Ok?"

    A hint of surprise flashed across Jiraiya''s face, and she said with some doubts: "Akatsuki''s members should all act in pairs? Are they sure?"

    "determine."

    Hagi Kakashi lowered his forehead and said softly: "The most troublesome thing is the Alliance Congress talks that Master Naruto is going to hold. We have lost the country of grass, and the meeting that will be held soon can''t proceed as usual..."

    "that¡­"

    Naruto Uzumaki frowned and asked aloud, "Kakashi-sensei, since there are so many Akatsuki members, have you seen Sasuke?"

    "..."

    Hagi Kakashi fell into silence.

    Is this time to ask Sasuke?

    Well, it is indeed time to ask Sasuke.

    Kakashi Hagi nodded and looked at Uzumaki Naruto and said, "Sasuke is getting stronger and stronger, Naruto, it should be much better than you now..."

    "Well, I got it."

    Uzumaki Naruto clenched his fist.

    Haaki Kakashi watched this scene, wondering whether he should tell Sasuke''s information about him. After all, if Naruto Uzumaki rushed back to persuade Sasuke to come back, he would kill Sasuke.

    This matter can only be buried in my heart.

    Nara Shikahisa suddenly came over and explained softly, "Kakashi, Jiraiya, if Iwagaki Village hires Akatsuki only to drive us out of the country of fire, it¡¯s okay, if they hire Akatsuki to attack the talks. What about the members?"

    "what?"

    "Will Akatsuki have so much guts to attack high-level leaders in various countries?"

    "As long as they are given enough money, they even dare to attack a country. If they just attack and assassinate high-level people, it seems that they are best at the task."

    "If i remember correctly."

    Hagi Kakashi rubbed his temples and whispered: "This afternoon, Lord Chiyo and Lord Terumi will arrive in the country of grass! I will send people along the route to support and remind them!"

    "it is good."

    Nara Shika nodded for a long time and continued: "Naruto-sama has already learned the news of our withdrawal from the country of grass. Let''s stay there and wait for her next order."

    "What about the Confederate Congress?"

    "Hokage-sama meant that it must be held in the Daiming Mansion of the Country of Grass! Even if time passes, it must be held there, otherwise it will be easy to disintegrate the loose alliance!"

    Nara Lujiu shook his head and sighed softly: "In addition to the Naruto Guards this time, the Naruto-sama trip also brought us a group of support troops. I thought it was also to prepare for the long-term garrison, but I did not expect it. Let¡¯s counterattack first."

    "Akatsuki is not so easy to deal with..."

    Hagi Kakashi sighed quietly.

    If the members of Akatsuki''s organization were not scattered and defeated, the strength of their gathering would be terrible!

    However, Hagi Kakashi''s worries are unnecessary.

    Because according to the agreement between Akatsuki and Iwakura, they only need to drive Konoha ninja out of the country of grass, and let the Iwanin take the opportunity to occupy the entire country of grass.

    This task was completed very quickly.

    From the time Akatsuki''s members entered the country of grass, until they left, not even more than a day, the Konoha Ninja was completely wiped out.

    Since the country of grass is occupied by Yanyin Village, Tsunade must be unable to hold an alliance meeting in the Daiming Mansion of the country of grass today.

    Onoki of Yanyin Village thinks that hiring Akatsuki really saves money than fighting on his own. After paying the balance readily, he sincerely invited Akatsuki to leave the country of grass.

    After all, these S-rank rebels captured the country of grass in one day and defeated hundreds of Konoha ninja army overnight, and Ohnoki was a little uneasy.

    After Jiao Du earnestly counted the money, he sighed: "Did you finish the mission so soon? It''s really easy to make this money."

    If it were him and Hidan, it really might not be able to repel Konoha Ninja.

    However, the members of the entire Akatsuki organization gathered, and even Uehara Naraku and Nagato were wearing hats, and they didn''t do much.

    After relaxing, Jiao Du even faintly regretted: "It would be great if I could get a few more orders like this."

    "Don''t worry, there will be opportunities in the future."

    Uehara Naraku took out her rain-ninja forehead from the ninja bag and put it on her head: "I went to participate in the alliance meeting held by Konoha Fifthime Hokage, maybe she would invite me to watch Konoha counterattack grass. The country!"

    "..."

    Many members of Akatsuki looked at Naraku Uehara inexplicably.

    How good is this person''s mentality? Yesterday he ordered them to drive Konoha Ninja out of the country of grass, and today he watched Konoha Ninja attack.

    On one side are the dark members of Akatsuki.

    On one side is the messenger of Yuyin Village.

    What kind of brain circuit does Uehara Naraku have to look like in order to play two roles?

    Can''t you be a good individual?

    Want to mess up your life?

    Akatsuki''s members watched the departure of Uehara Naraku with high mountains, each with a different mind, especially Uchiha Sasuke and Uchiha Itachi, whose expressions were very complicated.

    At noon.

    A border town in the land of fire.

    Tsunade arrived here with a large number of reinforcements.

    Under the command of the two veterans of the war, Tsunade and Jiraiya, Konoha Anbe took the lead in a sneak attack, followed by ordinary ninja troops, re-invaded the territory of the country of grass, and occupied the Daimyo mansion of the country of grass.

    Although there are still several fortresses where Iwanin were stationed around this daimyo mansion, the daimyo mansion has at least returned to Konoha''s control.

    Most of the high-level leaders of Ninja Village have received the news. Originally, after Konoha was expelled from the country of grass, everyone thought that Konoha was going to face sweeping. The two Konoha Sannin fought a beautiful counterattack. Retaken the territory of the country of grass.

    In the afternoon.

    All the Konoha allies rushed to the meeting place.

    Misty Village, Terumi Ming.

    Sand hidden village, Chiyo.

    Takiin Village, Forwood.

    Uein Village, Uehara Naraku.

    Life is always full of surprises and surprises, and the ninja responsible for welcoming Uehara Naraku happens to be his old friend Kakashi Hagi.

    Under the guidance of Kakashi, Nairo Uehara entered the gate of the Daimyo Palace in the Country of Grass with lingering fear: "It''s terrible! I didn''t expect Konoha to have such a powerful force. In a day, he captured one from the hands of Yanyin Village. Small country!"

    "Well¡­"

    Hagi Kakashi didn''t know how to answer.

    Konoha is indeed proud of having such a powerful military force, but the reason why he lost the country of grass is purely because of his negligence, and the country of grass was captured by the Akatsuki organization.

    However, Hagi Kakashi just has something to ask: "Hey, Uehara, where was Kaguya-kun Maro Kazuhiro who took Konoha to take the Nakanin exam last time?"

    During the battle last night, Hagi Kakashi felt that the two guys were familiar with each other, and he deliberately took it to heart. Today, he wanted to take the opportunity to search for information from Uehara.

    "Defected."

    Uehara Naraku''s face suddenly collapsed, and he said coldly, "Mr. Kakashi, your friend is really amazing! Taking advantage of the time I went to Konoha to sign the treaty, I lured two of my companions to defect and join Akatsuki!"

    "Ok?"

    Hagi Kakashi twiddled his fingers.

    Haaki Kakashi pressed his forehead again, and asked aloud, "Why, do you know the news of Akatsuki?"

    "Hehe, are you here to ask me?"

    Uehara Naraku''s expression is very ugly, and there is even some sarcasm in his eyes. Obviously he is really angry: "Create the Akatsuki organization and gather the S-rank rebels, isn''t it your friend Uchiha who brought the soil?"

    "Ok?"

    Suddenly hearing the news of bringing the soil made Hamu Kakashi a little stunned, after all, he had not received the information of bringing the soil for a while.

    "Is Akatsuki created with soil?"

    "Yes."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at him and said solemnly: "Back then, he proposed to use the Akatsuki organization to collect money for Yuyin Village. Lord Hanzo approved his proposal and sent many people to help him, but he betrayed Hanzo. Your lord, took everyone in his own hands and left Yuyin Village."

    A woman stood in front of Uehara Naraku and said coldly: "No wonder I saw you carrying three Ninja Swords from the Misty Village at the first time. Didn''t you lure people to defect? You take the blame and trust others too much!"

    The voice sounds very tough.

    Such a tough attitude must be the woman Tsunade.

    Before Uehara Naraku responded, another woman''s voice fell in her ears: "Huh? Did you lure those three traitors in our village to defect?"

    "Ok?"

    Uehara Naruko slowly raised her head, and her eyes were on Tsunade''s chest, and then there was a sullen face. It was obvious that she was very upset.

    Standing beside Tsunade was another brown-haired woman.

    This woman Uehara Naraku has also seen her.

    It is Terumi Ming from Wuyin Village.

    Terumi Ming¡¯s face originally meant to be questioning, but when she saw Uehara Naraku¡¯s appearance, her face changed suddenly: ¡°It¡¯s you kid! If you don¡¯t cut it again, Gui Sha, the full moon¡¯s defection was all you tempted?¡±

    Although Uehara Naraku has grown up, she can still see the outline!

    Isn''t this the little guy who she thought was picking up garbage and eating in the land of water?

    It turns out that this little guy didn''t pick up trash and eat it. He was originally to lure the Seven Ninjamen in their village to defect?

    In vain, she gave Uehara Naraku a packet of biscuits!

    Terumi Ming said vowedly that if Uehara cannot survive in the Water Country, he can go to Wuyin Village to find her!

    And she told him her name.

    Fuck, I feel ashamed when I think about it, and there is a hint of anger up!

    Terumi Ming¡¯s eyes became murderous in an instant. She raised her head and looked at Uehara Naraku, who was about the same height, and stretched out her fingers to pinch his chin: "Little devil, you have done such an excessive thing to Wuyin Village. Dare to appear in front of me?"

    "That was all caused by the soil damage in the Uchiha belt."

    Uehara Naraku frowned, looked down at Terumi Ming¡¯s collarbone, and hurriedly moved his eyes away, and explained softly: "Uchiha Daido controlled the four generations of your country¡¯s Lord Suikage, and he used the fourth generation of Suikage to force it back three times. There are seven Ninja swords, I know all these things."

    This is also true anyway.

    What''s more, Uchiha has died with the soil, and now even the body and the coffin are in his hands. Isn''t it all right?

    Terumi gave a vicious look at Naraku Uehara, somewhat resented that he exposed the shame of Wuyin Village directly to the public.

    In the next second, Terumi Ming suddenly turned his head and looked at Tsunade: "Hokage-sir, I have something to talk to this alone, okay?"

    "Please."

    Tsunade nodded casually, and turned around to take Hagi Kakashi away. After a while, she turned her head and looked at Uehara Naraku emphatically: "This is the messenger of Uyin Village, Terumi Mei, please don''t kill him. Just fine."

    "rest assured."

    The brown-haired beauty chuckled her lips softly: "Our Wuyin Village just has an old account with him to settle."

    After seeing Tsunade leave, Terumi Mei pulled over Uehara Naraku''s body and pressed him to the wall on the street!

    The beautiful brown-haired girl slowly pressed Naruto Narahara, lips pressed to his ears, and exhaled a hot stream: "Little devil, do you think you are a victim? You lied to me in the country of water..."

    "The bag of biscuits you gave me was snatched away."

    Uehara Naraku looked a little innocent, and the bag of cookies was indeed snatched by Shiro.

    Terumi Ming asked coldly, "Who stole it?"

    Uehara Nana stalled and said, "A homeless kid looking for food in the garbage dump."

    "and many more¡­"

    Terumi Mei subconsciously rubbed her eyebrows, and said coldly, "Asshole, do you think I''m here to settle the bag of cookies with you?"

    "At least wait..."

    Uehara Naraku also slowly approached Terumi Ming¡¯s ear, and said in her ear as if affectionately: ¡°Don¡¯t move lightly, we are our own people. I and Mr. Guideng Manzuki are friends. You definitely don¡¯t want him to be exposed. Think of a way to cover and meet him?"

    "..."

    Terumi was silent immediately.

    I have to say that the ghost lantern lurked very successfully in the full moon.

    For Terumi Mei, the ghost lantern full moon is a necessary spy lurking in the Akatsuki organization to detect the blood and fog chaos, and even the hope for the future reconstruction of the Seven Ninthos.

    His safety is indeed very important.

    And since the ghost light full moon has informed Uehara Naraku''s identity and became friends with him, obviously he also thinks Uehara Naraku is a trustworthy person.

    But it needs to be tested.

    After all, the only person in Wuyin Village who knew the identity of Ghost Lantern Moon was Terumi Mei. She didn''t feel that Ghost Lantern Moon would reveal her information.

    "Ah¡­"

    Terumiyuki''s red lips gradually came close to Uehara''s ears.

    Just as Uehara felt that Terumi Ming¡¯s breathing was getting closer, the woman suddenly stretched out her tongue gently and licked Uehara¡¯s earlobe. Her voice turned into hot air and entered Uehara Naraku¡¯s ears: "Boy, what do you mean? , Does the traitor of Ghost Lantern Moon want to return to the village?"

    Uehara Naruko frowned and pressed the back of Terumi Ming''s head like a silly white sweet, and asked in a low voice, "Hey, aren''t you his senior? Didn''t he entrust his brother to you to take care of it? ?"

    "..."

    Terumi Mei was a little silly.

    Well, the docking is successful, Uehara is his own.

    But who can tell her what is going on with the ghost lantern full moon? As a spy, why would he tell a rainyin ninja all about him!

 Chapter 182ï¼š How do you feel that every Ninja Village has enemies with me?

    Uehara Naraku and Terumi Mei left the corner.

    After walking to the street, the two subconsciously arranged their clothes, then subconsciously glanced at each other, and the corners of their mouths twitched at the same time.

    Uehara Naraku finally spoke first: "Hey hey, Terumi Mei, don''t make it seem like we have done something shameful!"

    "..."

    Terumi gritted her teeth bitterly, and suddenly smiled: "I''m really grown up! Boy, if you feel good just now, you must contact me!"

    After speaking, Terumi Ming ignored the gazes of the people around him, blinked at Uehara Naraku, turned and walked towards the venue of this negotiation.

    Obviously, Terumi Mei really wanted Uehara Naraku to contact her.

    It''s not very convenient here, she wants to have a good talk with Uehara Naraku.

    Because the ghost lantern full moon matter is very important, and even related to the future of Wuyin Village, after all, that guy took four Ninja swords and defected to become a spy!

    Even if he left a handful at that time!

    No, at least two will be left!

    In Wuyin Village, in addition to Gui Deng Man Yue¡¯s younger brother, Gui Deng Shui Yue, there is also a good seedling that can serve as the position of the Seven Ninja Swordsmen.

    "Tsk..."

    Uehara Naraku took out her ears, followed Terumi Ming boredly, and walked into the negotiation venue.

    After a while, the thousand-generation mother-in-law of Shayin Village also rushed to the daimyofu, and walked into the meeting place tremblingly. The leader of Takiin Village had arrived early.

    Now all the members of the five Ninja villages who participated in the negotiation have arrived.

    Uehara Naraku looked at everyone present, and the three big countries Shinobu Village seemed to have a bit of grudges with him, and even Takigakura Village was a bit grudge.

    After all, Xiaonan once planted a Takiin Rebel to **** the position of the leader of Takiin Village in order to investigate Nanao''s intelligence. It was only because of Konoha''s support that he fell short, but it is estimated that the leader of Shemu did not dare to hold grudges.

    As for the three great Ninja villages, it goes without saying that the leader of these great Ninja villages, Uehara Naraku killed them all.

    The four generations of Fengying in Shayin Village were murdered.

    The fourth generation of Shuiying in Wuyin Village was murdered.

    The three generations of Hokage in Konoha village were murdered.

    Uehara Naraku admired his boldness a bit.

    With so many enemies gathered here, he even dared to come to the meeting.

    This is why Terumi Ming did not know that he had killed four generations of Suikage.

    Tsunade might not be embarrassed to mention his assassination of three generations of Naruto in person, after all, it was involved in Shimura Danzo''s plot to seize the position of Naruto.

    Once it is said, Konoha Village will definitely lose face.

    Chiyo doesn''t have so much scruples.

    Since the death of the four generations of Fukage Luosha in battle, the village of Shayin has become increasingly poor and declining. Uehara Naraku, who killed the fourth generation of Fuyue, was the murderer of the decline of the village.

    Chiyo glanced at Naraku Uehara diagonally, and closed his palms: "Your Excellency Tsunade, this is a talk of the Great Diet. I don''t think Uyin Village is qualified to participate, and what role it can play in our next plans..."

    "No one can insult our Yuyin Village!"

    Uehara Naruko squinted his eyes and said softly, "Hehe, a village where the leaders of the village are killed as dogs, are they eligible to sit on the same table with us? Our leader Yuyin But the ninja demigod Sansho fish Hanzo-sama!"

    After speaking, Naraku Uehara looked at Chiyo again and said, "Hey, old lady, when the fifth generation Fengying of your village succeeded to the throne, tell me, I will kill him!"

    "what did you say!"

    Chiyo''s palm flipped, and a scroll fell on her palm: "Asshole boy, I will kill you now!"

    "Then come!"

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Chiyo and sneered: "Hehe, your grandson Akasha Scorpion was beaten by my teacher to beg for mercy and surrender. The kid cried and begged the four generations of Fengying''s corpse from me, you guys. This is what the puppet master has!"

    What Uehara Naraku said was a bit vicious.

    I don''t know if the Red Sand Scorpion will fight him desperately after hearing it.

    Anyway, even if the scorpion worked hard, he would definitely not be able to beat Uehara.

    Tsunade slammed a punch on the table and said coldly: "We arrived here for the same goal. This is not a place for quarrels. Only by letting go of our past grievances can we sincerely cooperate."

    "Yes."

    Terumi Ming stroked her cheek and glanced at Uehara Naraku, then gently nodded and said, "We are willing to sit here because we already have the willingness to cooperate, so why bother to care about the brutality left over from past wars?"

    The country of fire, water, wind, and rain, after the three wars of Ninja, the grievances and grievances were entangled to find out, and the numbers were too numerous to count.

    Only the leader of Takino Kuni, Shibuki, was better.

    This somewhat immature young man smiled awkwardly and rounded it off: "Yeah, yeah... His Excellency Naruto is right, Terumi Ming is right!"

    Chiyo and Naraku Uehara snorted each other coldly, and turned their heads, but they followed Tsunade and Terumi''s advice, and the two stopped arguing in court.

    Tsunade finally breathed a sigh of relief in her heart. Unlike her grandfather, she would kowtow to the other leaders of Shinobu Village when she met!

    To be honest, Tsunade kind of hates Chiyo.

    Obviously Shayin Village is as weak as anything else, and he took the initiative to provoke Uehara Naraku. Isn''t it afraid that Yuyin Village will invade you another day?

    "Okay, let''s start talking about business now!"

    Tsunade slowly stood up, walked to a wall where a map of Ninja was hung, and whispered: "The main topic today is the distribution of benefits after the destruction of Caoyin Village.

    About a month ago, Kusage Village was destroyed by the powerful fire ninjutsu. We think it might be Konoha¡¯s S-class rebel Uchiha Daido or Uchiha Itachi. The purpose is to instigate and trigger a new ninjutsu war. .

    In order to avoid wars and disputes caused by the land of the country of grass, we decided to place the country of grass under the jurisdiction of the land of the country of fire, under the jurisdiction of the country of fire and the protection of Konoha.

    The daimyo of the original country has agreed to be canonized as a noble of the country of fire. "

    "..."

    Everyone present couldn''t help but look up at Tsunade.

    How thick-skinned this woman is to say that above!

    In order to avoid wars and disputes over a piece of land, we took that piece of land as our own. Why are we so shameless!

    It is a pity that the country of wind and the country of water are beyond the reach, and the only people present who have objections to the country of the grass are the people of the country of Taki and the country of rain.

    The leader of Takigin Village, Shemu, naturally did not dare to say anything.

    Uehara Naraku raised his palm and spoke softly: "Then what about the disputed land between the country of rain and the country of grass?"

    Tsunade frowned, and said in a deep voice: "At this point, Konoha will decide whether to divide it based on the investigation. As for the return, we still need to wait for our arbitration."

    "Please feel free."

    Uehara Naruto nodded, and did not argue for any reason: "If the result is not satisfactory to us, we will neither support nor oppose it."

    "Please listen to me."

    Tsunade did not go to see him, and continued to speak: "Konoha has always advocated the balanced development of the Ninja countries. It is for this reason that the first generation of Hokage allocated the tail beasts to the major Ninja villages, and allowed the war between Ninja villages The scale of the war was restrained.

    So this time Konoha will only get the land of the country of grass, and will cede his own other interests to the countries, and achieve a balance between the big countries. "

    Tsunade stood by the table again, propping up the table with his hands down, exposing a large swath of snow on his chest, which made people dizzy.

    "Of course this is not simply given to all countries."

    Tsunade looked at the people present, and slowly said: "Nin-mura of all countries must cooperate in trying to suppress Ianyin, and force Ianyin to give up his attempt to the country of grass.

    Once Iwayin Village retreats and the country of fire and the country of grass are successfully merged, Konoha will reach an economic and political alliance and cooperation treaty with Wuyin Village to open markets and ports to each other; at the same time, Konoha will meet the mission of the country of the wind Return it to Shayin Village. "

    These have already been said.

    Both Chiyo and Terumi nodded implicitly. The purpose of the two of them was precisely for this, which was what they urgently needed in Shinobu Village.

    Tsunade turned his head to look at the bored Uehara Naraku, and slowly said, "If Takigakura and Amagimura are willing to contribute to this, Konoha will not spare the interests of allies..."

    "Well, we only hope to have long-term peace."

    Shibuki looked at Tsunade and shook his head gently and said, "Although we and Konoha have been allies for a long time, we are not allowed to participate in this cooperation."

    Taki no Kuni is a small country.

    Takigakura dare not offend Konoha nor Iwagakura.

    Shibuki''s consideration was also reasonable, Tsunade nodded slightly to agree, and then looked at Uehara Naraku: "What about Amagi''s idea?"

    Uehara Naraku stood up slowly, walked to the side of the map, and whispered softly: "We need to use the original site of Caoyin Village as the demarcation line, and all the land to the south will be included in the border of the Rain Country."

    "wishful thinking."

    Chiyo couldn''t help but shook his head.

    "Ha ha¡­"

    Tsunade smirked, "That''s more than half of the land, and even the west is mountainous. It is not easy to invade Yanyin Village. It is the richest place in the country of grass!"

    "Neither Konoha nor Fire Country lacks rich land."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head gently, and continued softly: "What Konoha lacks is the strategic key that can form an absolute advantage over Iwagaki Village. Obviously, the land north of Kusakin Village is mostly bridges, fortresses, and canyons, which are the most suitable. The land of Konoha."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Tsunade who was still a bit disdainful and whispered: "If Konoha agrees to this division, Uyin Village can launch a raid on Iwanin in conjunction with Konoha to wipe out the domestic entrenchment of grass. The Rocky Ninja."

    "Sorry, Konoha can do it himself."

    Tsunade shook his head and turned to look at the people present: "If your Chiyo and Terumi Ming agree, please return to your country and start mobilizing manpower to initiate the suppression of Iwagaki Village and force them to leave the country of grass!"

    Seeing Chiyo and Terumi nodding their heads, Tsunade looked at Naraku Uehara again and chuckled softly: "If you want, you might as well take a gamble with me. If you win, I might be able to give it to Rainy Country. A village?"

    "Don''t shame me anymore."

    Uehara Naruko waved his hand and turned around to leave the venue, but before leaving he suddenly turned his head to look at Tsunade, squinted his eyes and smiled slightly.

    "We in Yuyin Village have been tracking down Xiao''s traitors who have betrayed the Kingdom of Rain and Hanzo-sama. Those traitors will not easily let go of the opportunity to instigate the war between Konoha and Iwayin Village. Please cherish this peaceful time. Right!"

 Chapter 183ï¼š If the negotiation fails, let Uchiha take the soil!

    Tsunade didn''t care about the threats Uehara Nairobi said.

    She believes that as long as Shayin Village, Konoha Village and Wuyin Village simultaneously force and suppress Yanyin Village, it will surely be able to force the concession of the three generations of Tokage Onoki.

    Akatsuki is just a mercenary hired by Onoki.

    As long as the three generations of Tokage Onoki took the initiative to abandon the country of grass, Konoha could occupy this land morally, so why bother about Akatsuki''s attack?

    "Uehara Naraku, wait."

    Seeing Uehara Naraku about to leave, Tsunade stopped his movement.

    The woman stood up in front of Uehara, with a smile at the corner of her mouth: "In addition to the affairs of the country of grass, we have a lot of things to discuss, such as information about the Osaimaru and Akatsuki organization. I am very interested in these."

    "Oh, we are not interested in these."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head quickly, and whispered: "Uyin Village is guarded by the ninja demigod Hanzo-sama. Akatsuki and Osaimaru dare not be active in our Rain Country."

    The name of Sansho Fish Hanzo is really easy to use.

    Although the Sansho Fish Hanzo has been dead in the hands of Uehara Naro for four or five years, it is thought that Hanzo is still alive and kicking in Uehara Village.

    Tsunade looked at Naraku Uehara and suddenly smiled, "Sansho Hanzo is already very old, right? Do you think he can protect you forever?"

    After speaking, Tsunade slowly approached Uehara, and whispered, "If Sansho Fish Hanzo''s strength is still at its peak, why would he let you kid out? I''m curious why that old guy would let a kid do for him. Any decision..."

    As the ninja that Tsunade had fought against, she admitted that the Sansho Fish Hanzo was powerful, after all, that guy defeated them Konoha Sannin and a large number of Konoha elite ninjas by herself.

    However, human life has an end.

    Even powerful ninjas are no exception.

    Even if Sanjiao Hanzo is a ninja demigod, his body will age, and his strength will also decline, which is irreversible.

    Over the years, Sanjiao Hanzo has never left Yuyin Village.

    Even from four or five years ago, Hanzo began to entrust the diplomatic attendance of Uehara Village to the little guy Uehara Naraku.

    Tsunade has reason to suspect that the strength of Sansho Fish Hanzo is no longer able to maintain the reputation of a ninja demigod, and even the body may be suffering from the toxin disease of Sansho Fish, otherwise Uehara will not be allowed to attend meetings of this level for him.

    Although Chiyo is not the wind shadow of Shayin Village, Terumi is not the water shadow of Wuyin Village, but their actual status and power are no different.

    This is the equivalent of the Five Shadows Conference level meeting!

    "Don''t doubt Hanzo-sama''s reputation."

    Uehara Naraku slowly lowered his head, looked down at Tsunade¡¯s cheeks, and said earnestly every word: "Hokage, don¡¯t forget, the name Konoha Sannin is Hanzo-sama¡¯s reward to you. You should be strong. Know it well."

    Uehara Naraku looked into Tsunade''s eyes, and continued in a deep voice: "Everything I do is at the instruction of Hanzo-sama. What Yuyin Village wants is peace, but we will never be afraid of any war provocation."

    "Hehe, if he really can..."

    Tsunade looked up at Uehara Naraku, her smile on her face did not change, and the conversation turned suddenly: "Why did Konoha be asked to assist Hanzo to encircle Akatsuki in the draft treaty between Konoha and Uyin Village? ?"

    The first draft is still in Konoha''s Hokage office.

    It is said that it was a treaty signed by Shimura Danzo inviting Yuyin Ninja to assassinate three generations of Naruto, causing Konoha to lose a lot of money. One of them was to assist Yuyin Village to eliminate Akatsuki.

    At that time, Konoha really should pay attention.

    "Oh, that kind of thing doesn''t matter what you think."

    Of course Uehara Naraku couldn''t say that it was written by a pharmacist.

    Uehara Naraku tapped on his forehead and said, "Under the command of Hanzo-sama, we have driven out all Uchiha and the soil and destroyed their secret base in the Land of Rain."

    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he looked at Tsunade and smiled: "I heard a news that Akatsuki has started cooperation with Oshamaru again... I hope you ask for your own blessings! Those guys are very annoying!"

    "..."

    Tsunade''s expression was slightly ugly.

    The next moment, Tsunade slowly put down his arm that blocked Uehara, and let Uehara Naraku walk out of the venue.

    Seeing that young man Yurenbu step by step down the steps, Tsunade suddenly spoke again: "Uehara kid, your changes are really big!"

    "..."

    Hearing Tsunade''s words, Uehara Naraku stopped and turned to look at Tsunade with a chuckle, "Humans are always changing."

    "It''s bigger than I thought."

    Tsunade sighed faintly and said in a low voice, "From your body, I can''t see the boy I met at the beginning!"

    "..."

    Everyone cast doubtful glances at Tsunade and Uehara Naraku.

    Uehara Naraku awkwardly clutched his forehead, turned and left the meeting.

    After seeing Uehara Naraku leave, Silent walked to Tsunade''s side and whispered, "Tsuna-sama, is this negotiation over?"

    "if not?"

    Tsunade twisted his eyebrows and sneered: "Now that the power of the three great powers is gathered, does the old fellow Ohnogi still dare not to give up?"

    Through a series of diplomatic methods, Tsunade allowed the three powers to form a short-lived alliance. This force is the strongest alliance in the history of Ninja.

    Even Oh Nogi dare not take risks!

    Unless someone gives him enough courage.

    After Uehara Naraku left the daimyo mansion in the country of grass, he closed his palms and shouted in a low voice, "Ninfa¡¤Psychic!"

    A coffin came out of the ground.

    Uchiha lay in the coffin blankly with soil, and looked at it coldly, then Uehara Naraku who psyched him out.

    What the **** does this **** want to do?

    "There is a task to give you."

    Uehara Naraku watched Uchiha bring the soil, and the smile on his face became a little evil: "Help me attack the Daimyo Palace in the country of grass, and let Konoha lose the bigger the better. By the way, remember to wear Iwaguru Ninja clothes."

    Uehara Naraku chuckled and continued to add: "In this case, you are like a shameless villain instigating the war between Konoha and Iwakura."

    "Asshole!"

    Uchiha took the soil and furious instantly, and suddenly clenched his fists: "Uehara Naraku, who do you think you are? Do you think you can really control everything!"

    "Of course I can''t control everything."

    Uehara Naraku slowly approached Uchiha''s belt soil, and chuckled softly: "Senior belt soil, as long as I can control you!

    It seems that I need to warn you again!

    By the way, the one who is still in the underworld is Lin Ye Yuan, right?

    I know she definitely doesn''t want you to do too much to hurt Konoha, so if you secretly leak my information to other people, maybe Lin Nohara will forgive you? "

    When Uehara Naraku talked about this, he saw Uchiha''s face moved slightly with the soil, and his words turned suddenly and continued: "But in this case, the woman Rin Nohara will be resurrected by me. My control..."

    Uehara Naraku watched Uchiha''s face change with dirt, and smiled slowly: "Now there are two options before you. One is to bring Nohara Rin back to life and to attack Konoha under my control. Go and attack Konoha yourself.

    Senior Caotu, as a man, I guess you don¡¯t want the poor girl¡¯s soul to be tortured any more, right? "

    This remark was a little bit heartbreaking.

    If Uchiha''s dirty soil reincarnation chooses to leak Uehara''s information, he may feel a little relief in his heart, but he will have to return to Nohara Lin to be tortured.

    How would he choose?

    Do you have to think about it?

    Uchiha took the soil out of the coffin and looked at Uehara Naraku seriously: "Uehara Naraku, my soul is already dirty. I will let you drive me and there will be no more will to resist, but you have to promise absolutely It won¡¯t disturb Lin¡¯s tranquility..."

    "rest assured."

    Uehara Naraku interrupted Uchiha''s words with the soil, and said with a chuckle: "A little ninja of Rin Nohara, a strong man with a kaleidoscope writing wheel, everyone knows whom to choose?"

    "it is good."

    From this moment on the transaction between them is established.

    From now on, Uchiha Daido will be under the control of Uehara Naraku and become the black hand who disrupted the Ninja World again, without a trace of resistance.

    After Uehara Naraku reminded him this time, Uchiha brought the soil to recognize his heart, and his pursuit was no longer Lin Lin''s forgiveness, but the peace of Lin Lin''s soul.

    The Uchiha belt soil during his lifetime did not hesitate to recreate a new world; the current Uchiha belt soil, in order to allow Rin Nohara to be underground, has to fall into the darkness once again.

    Uchiha brought the soil to look at Uehara Naraku''s smile, gritted his teeth bitterly: "Uehara Naraku, you are really a devil, more terrifying than Kurozu..."

    "thank you."

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand at Uchiha Souchi and said, "Alright, go! Go and attack the Konoha Ninja in the Country of Grass!"

    After watching Uchiha take the soil into the space vortex disappear, Uehara Naraku raised the corners of his mouth and chuckled, "It just so happens that you can also meet your friends... I hope this time, I won''t be disappointed, Ka Mr. Casey, bring the soil senior!"

 ~ï¼š , Ask for monthly ticket, set up a flag

    Since the book was released on the shelves, I have worked hard and diligent every day.

    Therefore, I apply for the monthly pass in the hands of the readers.

    Okay, let me talk a little bit.

    The double monthly pass event is here.

    Ask for a monthly pass!

    Because this month is a new book on the shelves, there will be a reward for the new book monthly pass. Now our book is ranked 15th. Let¡¯s see if we can make it to the top ten on the new book shelf when we settle at the end of the month.

    If you can¡­

    Ten chapters will be added during the eleventh period.

    Thank you readers for your support!

    By the way, I ask for a subscription. Recently, I have lost a lot of subscriptions...

    Seeking subscription, seeking full order!

    There is another chapter in the afternoon, old time, half past five, I want to polish it.

 Chapter 184ï¼š Take a black pot and leave

    The famous mansion of the country of grass.

    Although the high-level alliance talks in Shinobu Village have ended, Terumi Mei, Chiyo and others have returned to the village, but Konoha''s fifth-generation Hokage Tsunade stayed temporarily.

    There are still many things that need her to deal with in the country of grass.

    For example, Konoha''s strategy in the country of grass in the future needs to be decided by Tsunade, the struggle between Konoha ninja and Iwanin, and the possibility of the outbreak of the Ninja war.

    These are troublesome questions.

    And Tsunade is also responsible for calming the emotions of his men.

    "Kakashi."

    Tsunade sat in the position of Daimyo in Kusano-kuni, glanced at Hagi Kakashi, who was kneeling on one knee, and said softly: "The only one in the village is you who have no subordinates for the time being, and only you have served as the captain of the Anbe. Position, it''s up to you to be stationed in the country of grass during this time!"

    Since the three little guys in the seventh class were on their own, only Hagi Kakashi was more leisurely, and with his previous resume, Tsunade did not replace his position.

    After speaking, Tsunade added: "Last night the country of grass is out of bounds is Akatsuki''s raid. Lujiu mentioned it to me. All your handling is beyond blame."

    After all, whoever encounters more than ten S-rank rebels can''t help.

    Haaki Kakashi, Nara Shikuji and others have reduced Konoha''s loss as much as possible, and he has done very well.

    Hagi Kakashi lowered his head, still a little self-blame in his heart: "But I don''t think I can do the job..."

    "Kakashi, take responsibility!"

    Tsunade glanced at Hagi Kakashi, and said solemnly: "Naruto is still in the country of grass! You don''t want to be a deserter in front of your disciples! At least you have to survive this time!"

    "Yes, Master Naruto."

    Hagi Kakashi had no choice but to agree.

    Tsunade nodded in satisfaction and said, "After I am hidden in the village retires, I will transfer you back to Konoha to take part in an important mission..."

    "Yes¡­"

    Hagi Kakashi finally felt a little relief in his heart.

    Just as he wanted to continue to report, a few hurried shouts suddenly came from outside the room, and the atmosphere suddenly became tense.

    "Enemy attack! Enemy attack!"

    "All alert! It''s an Iwanin spy who has come in!"

    "Class 16, Class 19, protect Master Naruto, and the others will round up him!"

    After a brief panic around Naruto''s temporary office, it quickly calmed down. Obviously, the Konoha ninjas stationed outside were sure to deal with the enemy.

    It is a pity that the enemies of this invasion are not ordinary people.

    five minutes later.

    The fighting screams of the ninjas and the screams before death broke the silence again. Tsunade and Hagi Kakashi finally couldn''t talk anymore. After the two flew out of the room, they were attracted by the enemy in front of them. look.

    A Shinobu wearing a uniform and a mask, wielding a Shinobi sword in his hand, slammed into the neck of the last Konoha ninja!

    In just a few minutes, more than a dozen Konoha ninjas stationed outside this temporary office were slaughtered by the enemy!

    This Iwanin drew out the ninja sword in his hand again, threw off a string of blood beads, pointed at Tsunade and Hagi Kakashi, and said: "Five generations of Naruto Tsunade, copy ninja Hagi Kakashi, it seems that the gain this time is not small..."

    "court death!"

    Tsunade squeezed his fist and slammed it down at the famous Iwanin, only to see a large gap in the ground instantly, and countless bricks flew randomly under the impact of the fist!

    It''s just that Iwanin didn''t seem to be affected at all. After flying away, Kieyin put his hands together and slapped his palm on the ground: "Soil escape, crack the soil and turn his palm!"

    A crack clearly appeared from the ground, and the crack gradually expanded, rushing towards Tsunade and Hagi Kakashi!

    Hagi Kakashi frowned, and at the same time he closed his hands to form seals, and even his technique was completed faster: "Earth Escape¡¤Split Earth and Turn Palm!"

    The cracks in the two earths collided together, causing an explosion in an instant!

    "Hokage-sama, leave it to me here! Please go and command everywhere! I suspect that he is not the only one who sneaked into the Daming Mansion of the Country of Grass!"

    Hagi Kakashi stopped Tsunade who wanted to rush up, and after a deep persuasion, he pulled out his kunai and rushed up.

    Tsunade nodded without hesitation and ran away.

    Anyway, it''s just a spy for Iwanin, she believes Hagi Kakashi can easily deal with the enemy.

    This time Tsunade was wrong.

    The enemy Kakashi encountered this time is not weak!

    For a while, he was able to compete with Hagi Kakashi on a par, until Hagi Kakashi used a little trick to pierce the enemy''s defense with kunai!

    Haaki Kakashi flipped over in his hand, hit the enemy''s chest with a fist, and untied his Shinobi!

    "you lose!"

    Haaki Kakashi''s kakashi pierced the enemy''s throat violently, but was kicked in the lower abdomen by the enemy''s short foot, kicked him out, and quickly resolved the predicament.

    "Sure enough, I''m still not good at swordsmanship!"

    This Yan Ren slowly shook his head, and after closing his palms to form a seal, he opened his mouth and spouted a burst of flames: "Fire escape¡¤Howl of Fireball!"

    "Tudun¡¤Tuliuwall!"

    A hint of surprise flashed in Hagi Kakashi''s eyes, and he closed his hands almost at the same time, releasing an earth wall to resist the flames!

    Soon the earth wall became dilapidated by the flames!

    "Tu Dun¡¤Tulong Yin!"

    Haaki Kakashi''s figure instantly disappeared under the dirt wall, and the next moment he drilled out of the ground under the enemy''s feet and hit the enemy''s jaw with a punch.

    boom!

    Ninja Yanyin never thought of this move. After a heavy blow on his face, his body involuntarily flew out!

    Hagi Kakashi flew to the rocky ninja, reaching out to try to take off the mask on his face: "The fireball technique is so skillfully used, you won''t be..."

    "You guessed it, Kakashi!"

    The scarlet writing wheel eyes suddenly appeared in the mask of this Yan Shinobu. While he was horrified in Kakashi''s eyes, he seized the opportunity to grab Kakashi''s shoulder and hit Kakashi with a knee. Chest!

    The situation reversed almost instantaneously.

    This Iwanin slowly took off his mask, revealing Uchiha''s somewhat broken face: "Kakashi, your sword skills are really getting stronger!"

    "Bring soil!"

    Hagi Kakashi''s face suddenly changed.

    This is the third time Kakashi and Uchiha have met.

    To be precise, it was the Uchiha belt soil that was resurrected ten years ago.

    No. Strictly speaking, this is the second meeting. After all, the first time Hagi Kakashi learned that Uchiha Daido was still alive, he met someone who was fake.

    Four or five years ago, Hagi Kakashi finally saw Uchiha Daido or a mysterious mask man. Kakashi was completely unconscious after only one word.

    Now, it is the real old friend meeting.

    It''s just that they have already stood in different positions, even life and death are separated.

    Hagi Kakashi slowly stood up, his face no longer had the joy of seeing his old friend, instead, his eyes were full of vigilance and alert: "With the soil, why did you appear here to attack the ninja in the village!"

    "..."

    Uchiha took the soil into silence.

    A moment later, a bright light flashed in Uchiha¡¯s eyes with soil, as if he had been instructed by someone. The corners of his mouth were grinned, and there was a light smile: "The group of my men did not kill you yesterday. Today I will come. Make up for this mistake!"

    Kakashi Hagi''s expression changed again, and he clenched his fingers one by one, "Uehara Naraku is right. The person behind the Akatsuki organization is really you!"

    "..."

    A bitterness flashed in Uchiha''s heart with the soil, how much arrogance the **** Nairo Uehara had given him!

    This thought was fleeting.

    In the next second, a smile appeared on Uchiha''s face with dirt, and he said softly: "No, those people are my companions! After all, they won''t kill their teammates!"

    This is pure nonsense.

    Horn didn''t know how many teammates he killed.

    Uchiha brought the soil just to sprinkle a handful of salt on the wound in Kakashi¡¯s heart, and add a handful of chili by the way: "How can a ninja like you who only know how to complete tasks know how valuable a companion is? Don¡¯t use that Look at me with an expression, Kakashi!"

    "Bring soil..."

    A drop of cold sweat gradually appeared on Hagi Kakashi''s forehead.

    At this moment, he didn''t know what to say.

    Even if he said something, Kakashi felt all wrong.

    Because Ye Yuan Lin died on his Ray Che, this is indisputable, even his hands were covered with Lin''s blood.

    As long as you make a mistake, everything you say is sophistry.

    However, this time is definitely not a time for silence!

    Hagi Kakashi slowly squeezed Kunai in his hand, and whispered: "Take the soil, what do you want to do? Kill me, and take revenge for Lin?"

    "Do not."

    Uchiha took the soil and slowly put his finger up, and looked at Hagi Kakashi coldly: "I just want to revive Lin..."

    "resurrection¡­"

    Haaki Kakashi''s eyes tightened in an instant, and his voice gradually became a little bitter: "Is it resurrected like Oshemaru?"

    Uchiha took the soil and shook his head and spread out his palms: "No, it''s a real resurrection. Live freely and enjoy the fresh air!"

    Uchiha Daito slowly stretched out his palm, and said with a light smile: "Kakashi, are you willing to join my organization?"

    Obviously Uchiha brought the soil to know the answer.

    Obviously Uehara Naraku, who manipulated the soil behind the scenes, also knew the answer.

    Obviously Kakashi Hagi knew his answer.

    "Resurrection..."

    Hagi Kakashi sighed faintly, and put his own suffering on his chest a little bit: "Then can you resurrect everyone who died because of you? Ms. Watergate! Senior Kushina! and Countless people who died because of you!"

    Namikaze Mizumon and Uzumaki Kushina are undoubtedly the reason for Kakashi to refute Uchiha''s dirt, after all, those two are also the most important members of the Mizumon class.

    "All I need is Lin!"

    A trace of guilt flashed in Uchiha''s eyes with soil. After a while, he regained his anger and laughed wildly: "Hahahahahahahaha...Sure enough, I am the only one in this world who still loves Lin!"

    "Do you know Lynn?"

    Hanaki Kakashi looked at Uchiha who looked like crazy, and said word by word: "If Lyn knew what you were doing now, she would only want to kill you more than I am now!"

    "It''s okay, I don''t care."

    Uchiha took the soil and slowly took off the clothes of Iwaguru Ninja, his voice gradually became emotional: "It just so happens that we all want to kill each other..."

    Uchiha Daido raised his head again, looked at Haaki Kakashi in front of him, and slowly formed a handprint: "Then let''s fight for life and death here! Kill you first, then kill Konoha. The fifth generation of Hokage will make Yanyin Village and Konoha never peaceful!"

    That is the seal of opposition of Konoha Ninja!

    Hagi Kakashi''s face became extremely ugly. He slowly raised his fingers and gritted his teeth and said: "With soil, you guys are crazy!"

    "Oh, then you will be my lunatic!"

    Uchiha''s hands with soil suddenly closed, and the kaleidoscope writing wheel eyes in his eye sockets shot out an air flow quickly, and a flame entered the air flow, rushing towards Hagi Kakashi!

    "Fire escape¡¤Blast wind dance!"

    "Shui Dun¡¤Water Front Wall!"

    Kakashi Hagi closed his hands together, and the water wall was evaporated by the flame in an instant, and the smoke formed by the water vapor instantly surrounded the two of them!

    A fight between old friends broke out!

    When this fierce battle broke out, Uehara Nairo, who was spying on the battle with the help of foul soil rebirth, hooked the corner of his mouth: "About ten minutes later, Konoha''s reinforcements will arrive at your battlefield, and you can retreat. Up."

    Uchiha took the soil while fighting, and asked, "What''s your purpose? I thought you would let me kill Kakashi Hagi..."

    "If you want, if you can, do whatever you want."

    Uehara Naraku reached out his hand and touched a wild fruit, and said softly, "As for the purpose? I just want to give Tsunade the impression that Uchiha belt soil led Akatsuki''s organization to try to provoke Konoha and Iwaguro''s war."

    "Is it useful? The people of Akatsuki will not cooperate with my actions!"

    "Of course it works."

    Uehara Naraku hooked the corner of her mouth, drew out a ring, and smiled kindly: "They will cooperate with your actions. Who makes Tsunade woman not agree to my terms? She will pay a heavy price. of!"

    ten minutes later.

    The famous mansion of the country of grass.

    The battle between Uchiha Daido and Haaki Kakashi is coming to an end, and each of them has a powerful writing wheel eye, but Uchiha Daido is even better!

    What''s more, he still has infinite chakras who reincarnated from dirty soil!

    This time, Hagiki Kakashi was beaten so badly that he even touched Uchiha''s body with soil, and was cleaned up by the soil.

    Because the divine power of the two would cause a spatial reaction, Uchiha did not dare to use the divine power to put Kakashi into the space.

    Finally, after Konoha''s reinforcements arrived, the soil could only retreat.

    Tsunade''s hand brewed a green chakra and fell on Kakashi''s body, helping him heal the wound, while asking, "Kakashi, what''s the matter? Who is that enemy just now..."

    "He is bringing dirt."

    Hagi Kakashi looked at the sky with a blank look, with a bit of pain and loss in his eyes: "Last night, it was the commander of Akatsuki who attacked us with the soil."

    This fact is hammered.

    Uchiha Daido has become very different from the past. He has unprecedented power and does not bother to lie to him.

    "That rascal!"

    Tsunade clenched his fist, and asked in a deep voice, "He came to instigate Konoha and Iwagaki''s war, right?"

    "Ok."

    Kakashi Hagi closed his eyes and whispered: "The guy with the soil is completely crazy... Lord Naruto, I will stay in the country of grass and continue fighting with him. I will catch him next time. Live him!"

    It seems that Uchiha took the natives and escaped, still carrying a black pot.

    "..."

    Tsunade could only silently nod his head, and continued: "After we force Iwagaki Village to retreat, we will begin to encircle the Osaimaru and Uchiha belt soil!"

    "Yes."

    Hagi Kakashi sighed.

    How could his old friend become like this?

    If Uchiha brought the soil to know what Kakashi was thinking, he would definitely feel wronged. Fortunately, Uehara Naraku didn''t control him to kill Kakashi Hagi.

    The soil was obviously released in the battle just now, which left the life of Hamu Kakashi.

    When Uehara Naraku saw Uchiha returning with soil, he was sitting on a coffin with soil and eating wild fruits. UU reading seemed very rude.

    "Bring soil, how do you feel when seeing old friends?"

    "Huh, it''s still the same, that guy is still that stupid."

    Uchiha frowned with the soil and got into the coffin on his own. At this time, he was in a very bad mood and didn''t want to talk to Uehara Naraku.

    Uehara Naraku sighed and helped Uchiha to cover the coffin lid with soil, and said with a chuckle: "Then you have to adapt, there are still many opportunities for you to meet in the future!"

    "..."

    Uchiha lay dullly in the coffin with soil and closed his eyes.

    Haha, let him deal with Hagaki Kakashi?

    Damn it, can''t the **** Naro Uehara do a little bit of human affairs!

    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª

    Ask for monthly pass!

 Chapter 185ï¼š Did I take the script with soil?

    Uehara Naraku''s plan succeeded.

    In half a month, the country of grass turned back and forth seven or eight times.

    Faced with the possibility that Iwayin Village may hire Akatsuki to attack the country of grass at all times, Tsunade believes that it is very irrational to entangle a group of S-rank rebels in this land.

    After many considerations, Tsunade urged Wuyin Village and Shayin Village to collectively threaten the safety of Yanyin Village, while contacting Yuyin Village to discuss their joint attack on Akatsuki.

    Tsunade finally realized the difficulty.

    After all, Wuyin Village and Shayin Village will not mix things up.

    Only Yuyin Village can become their ally for those who have the willingness to attack Akatsuki and can fight with Konoha.

    After all, in Tsunade''s cognition, Akatsuki''s group of guys had taken refuge in Sansho Fish Hanzo, and then they betrayed Hanzo under the instigation of Uchiha''s soil.

    So Xiao Nan was shocked when he received Tsunade''s invitation in Yuyin Village!

    How did her disciple operate?

    Why did Yuyin Village and Konoha Village jointly crack down on Akatsuki?

    So Xiao Nan quickly contacted Nagato and asked what her good disciple was doing! This has just become an official member of Akatsuki, so why did he do some bells and whistles!

    "It''s just a scene."

    Uehara Naruko sat among a group of Akatsuki members and said with a chuckle: "It just so happens that we can receive commissions from three generations of Dokage Onoki, and we can also take this opportunity to let Konoha give up part of the land of the country of grass."

    All Konoha wanted was to contain Yanyin Village.

    Even if Yanyin Village faces the threat of Wuyin Village and Shayin Village, Ohnoki doesn''t care about Konoha''s troubles. As long as they have money to hire Akatsuki, they don''t have to worry about the war in the country of grass.

    As long as Ohnoki is willing to pay, he can occupy the country of grass at any time.

    "Boy, you are really evil!"

    Jiao Du snorted and frowned his brows: "I didn''t expect that there is such a way to make money. Can we provoke the war between Konoha and Shayin village next time?"

    Who would have thought that in just half a month, the money received from Onoki alone exceeded the funds that could only be collected in the past year.

    It''s just that the money is a bit hot to earn.

    Jiao doesn''t care whether the money is hot or not, whether it conforms to the ninja rules, this old man only wants money, and he can be happy by counting the money.

    Therefore, Kakuto immediately diverged his thoughts, thinking of the country of Kawano between Konoha and Sagakura, but that country did not have Shinobu Village, and not many people wanted it.

    The scorpion of the red sand shook his head, and the urn said: "The terrain of the country of the river is not good, and after the fourth generation of Fengying was killed by Uehara, the village of Shayin is very poor!"

    "Does Konoha refuse to pay to hire us?"

    Jiaodu''s mood is a bit unbeautiful. For a money-savvy person like him, Konoha is really an ideal big customer!

    After all, Konoha is the richest ninja village in the ninja world.

    "Konoha is very proud."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and chuckled, "And I heard that the predecessors with the soil... No, it is Uchiha who seems to be attacking the Konoha ninja. Naruto Uehara probably used our organization as a rebel organization against them. Got it!"

    He did this behind the scenes.

    In Tsunade''s eyes, the Akatsuki organization is an evil organization led by the S-class rebel Uchiha in the village. It has always been aimed at instigating a great power war.

    If this Akatsuki organization only takes money to do things, Tsunade might really consider hiring them.

    But this Akatsuki organization was instigating war, and Tsunade would definitely not believe them.

    "This easy and refreshing task is probably gone soon."

    Deidara sighed and looked in the direction of the land of the earth: "If this continues, the stingy guy, the old man, can''t give up any money!"

    Deidara is a disciple of Onoki.

    Deidara still knows his teacher very well.

    Three generations of Tokage Onoki is both distressed for people and money. This time he is vying for land in the country of grass, Onoki is estimated to be unable to support Akatsuki''s expenses.

    Maybe Iwagin Village will negotiate with Konoha soon.

    "Then it depends on who can''t hold it first."

    Uehara Naraku slowly played with the ring in her hand, and chuckled: "Tomorrow I will transfer to the country of Rain to negotiate with Wudaime Hokage. If it still fails, then please seniors!"

    "..."

    Akatsuki''s members nodded one after another.

    The faces of Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke are still complicated.

    Obviously this time Uehara Naraku and Tsunade negotiated better.

    When Konoha''s fifth-generation Hokage-sama saw Uehara Naraku, he straightforwardly put forward his conditions.

    "The first thing, I agreed to give up part of the land of the country of grass, but Yuyin Village must form a military alliance with Konoha to counter the second invasion of Yanyin Village at any time. Of course, this alliance is limited to the affairs of the country of grass. "

    Tsunade still behaved very sensibly.

    The Land of Fire does not lack rich land. Konoha only needs those lands that can resist the invasion of Yanyin Village and invade Yanyin Village at any time.

    Naruto Uehara nodded. He didn''t think Tsunade would only make one condition: "I agree to this condition, Naruto, please continue to say other conditions!"

    Tsunade nodded and continued: "The second thing, Yuyin Village and Konoha must jointly fight against Akatsuki''s actions, and both parties share the information they have about Akatsuki."

    "no problem."

    Uehara Naraku hooked the corner of her mouth, smiled and said, "Hanzo-sama is also very happy that someone can help eliminate Akatsuki."

    After Tsunade finished speaking, he hesitated to say his third condition: "The third thing, you need to assist Konoha with information on Osake Maru."

    "This is even more okay."

    The smile on Uehara Naruko''s face was even brighter, and he really didn''t have any burden in his heart for betraying the information of Oshemaru in exchange for the benefit of Yuyin Village.

    However, Uehara Naraku still made his own request: "If Konoha encircles and suppresses Oshemaru, a treasure of our Yuyin Village will also be stolen by Oshemaru, and I hope it will return to the original owner."

    This matter is pure nonsense.

    The main reason for mentioning this is to win Tsunade''s trust.

    Because Uehara Naruko knew in his heart that if Konoha encircled Oshamaru, he would at most encircle an evacuated base in Otonin Village.

    And he emptied the base.

    The Oshe Maru guy had already escaped.

    "can."

    Tsunade naturally didn''t know this, she nodded gently and agreed, and carried a debt for the future Konoha.

    After talking about these business matters, the smile on Tsunade¡¯s face suddenly piled up, and she slowly took out two dice from her chest: "The last request is to play with me a few. This request is not excessive. Right!"

    "...Not too much."

    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly.

    How much does this woman love to gamble!

    ten minutes later.

    Tsunade slowly grabbed the dice on the table, squeezed them into pieces with a little bit of force, and chuckled softly, "You won again!"

    Then she slowly raised her head to look at Uehara Naraku, and the smile on her face became a little bit cold: "The last time I beat you a lot, the three generations of Hokage were assassinated by you! This time I won again, right? Does it mean that Konoha''s fifth-generation Hokage will also die in your hands?"

    "Sorry, I don''t want to either."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and sighed.

    If you are a woman who messes around in the future, let alone Konoha''s fifth-generation Hokage, even Konoha''s sixth-generation and seventh-generation Hokage may die in his hands!

    Tsunade suppressed the smile on his face and stopped mentioning the bad things in the past. He reached out and patted Uehara Naraku on the shoulder: "Let''s go, kid! I don''t believe in fate anymore!"

    Since she met Naruto Uzumaki, she would no longer believe this.

    What fate is there in the Ninja World, it''s just an excuse!

    "Then wish us a happy cooperation."

    "hope so!"

    Although she won a lot of Uehara''s IOUs, Tsunade''s face was still a little unpleasant, perhaps because she was accustomed to being domineering, and it was the first time that she brought others to share the fruits of victory.

    The land of the country of grass is finally divided into three.

    The Land of Rain has acquired a relatively rich land, and Konoha has achieved some strategic points. For example, in the area of ??the Shenwubi Bridge, Yanyin Village has obtained some scraps, which is barely leaving some face for himself.

    For Konoha, they have got what they want.

    Moreover, after Konoha encircled and suppressed the Onyin Village of Onyin Maru, although they did not find the trace of Onyin Maru, they successfully destroyed the Onyin Village.

    Tanokuni returned to Konoha''s embrace.

    Although it is not the territory of the Fire Country, it is also part of Konoha''s jurisdiction.

    For Yuyin Village, their harvest is greater than that of Konoha. In addition to the land, there is also a large commission from the Xiao organization''s employment.

    Only Ohnoki almost died.

    The countries divided the country of grass, and after the border was reset, although there were occasional frictions among the three parties, the Ninja World believed that the country of grass incident was completely over.

    When the Ninja world gradually became calm.

    Kurozu quietly found Naraku Uehara.

    Hei Jue couldn''t help it, and wanted to start the Moon Eye plan in advance: "Some tail beasts can already be captured in advance."

    "and many more¡­"

    Uehara Naruko frowned, and asked in a deep voice: "If you rashly attack the five great nation people, Zhuli, there is a high probability that it will cause a backlash? And it''s not the news that was investigated not long ago. Has the three tails of the water country been reborn?"

    Hei Jue nodded and said in a deep voice, "But some guys don¡¯t stay in place. We can catch the less well-behaved guys, such as the four-tailed man Zhuli and the six-tailed man Zhuli, their whereabouts. Not many people know."

    "Didn''t it start from the end?"

    "That''s right."

    There are some worries in Kurozuru¡¯s eyes: "But Uchiha is very active in the country of grass. I suspect that he may be eyeing Konoha''s Kyuubi. I am worried that he might catch a certain tail beast and threaten us in advance. The Moon Eye Project..."

    Uehara Naraku: "..."

    How do you say this?

    Okay, this is his pot too.

    Uchiha took the soil and ran around in the country of grass, but did nothing. It seemed that he was really trying to get the Konoha nine-tailed man who just practiced in the country of grass...

    "rest assured."

    Kurozutsu seemed to feel a little worried about Uehara Naraku and whispered, "Except for the three tails, everyone Zhuli is under my supervision."

    "Ok¡­"

    Uehara Naruko nodded gravely: "I remember that the black rod of Yin and Yang can imprison the tail beast, and it is also possible to capture some unrecognized people in advance...but I don''t seem to suggest it well."

    "of course."

    Hei Jueyin smiled and nodded and said: "I will propose at Akatsuki''s meeting that you and the team will go to investigate the intelligence of Siwei. If the time is right, you will directly channel out Penn, and we will catch it directly. he!"

    "it is good."

    Uehara Naruto nodded.

    Wait, why does he team up with Hei Jue?

    Uehara Naraku rubbed his forehead. If he teamed up with Kurozutsu, did he take the behind-the-scenes script of Uchiha?

    txt download address:

    phone-reading:

 ~ï¼š Force majeure, change in the afternoon, ask for monthly pass

    There was a power outage at home.

    has not yet found the reason.

    People go to Internet cafes.

    Updated at 5:30pm.

    There are four changes today.

    I''m extremely sorry.

    The reward list is written in the afternoon.

    Please forgive me, it''s really force majeure.

    It will not fall even today.

    Ask for a monthly pass.

    Friends who are rewarding can wait for the event at 8 o¡¯clock in the evening, please?

    Please remember the domain name of the book¡¯s first publication:. The fastest mobile version update URL:

 Chapter 186ï¼š Uchiha belt soil is so easy to use!

    Heijue is very pleased.

    Fortunately, it lured Uehara Naraku early. Compared with Uchiha''s belt map, who has always refused to be obedient, arrogant and even defected, Uehara is simply a good baby.

    And every time Shiraizu reports secretly monitoring Uehara Naraku''s intelligence, this little guy is always focusing on ninjutsu, trying to make himself stronger.

    the most important is.

    Kurozutsu doesn''t have to worry about Uehara Naraku standing on his own.

    After all, this kid doesn''t have any blood heirs or some high-level bloodlines, but an ordinary civilian genius ninja, who can be replaced by others at any time.

    will not fight Uchiha Madara for control of Togo in the future.

    If Uehara Naraku knew what Kazuki thought, he would probably lament that the life script he got was not as good as Uchiha''s take the soil!

    Uehara Naraku didn¡¯t have the time to think so much. He thought of the Kazuki brain circuit. This old guy was worried that Uchiha belt soil wanted to collect the tail beasts first, so he simply made it a fact. Anyway, Uchiha belt The soil is pinched in his own hands.

    If Uchiha can take the soil to catch a few tail beasts and lock them in the divine space, how and when the ten tails will be resurrected in the future, Uehara can precisely control this time.

    as predicted.

    After Kurozu left, Uehara Naraku psychic summoned Uchiha''s belt soil. After he threatened Uchiha''s belt soil successfully, Uehara suddenly discovered a problem.

    This person with soil is really easy to use!

    Apart from anything else, it''s superb to carry a scapegoat.

    And Uehara doesn''t have to worry about Uchiha''s belt soil being caught or seen through, because of the existence of the divine power kaleidoscope writing wheel eyes, no one should try to grab the belt soil.

    Uehara Naraku knocked on Uchiha''s coffin board with soil: "Senior with soil, do you know the whereabouts of Yotsuno Jouri?"

    "do not know."

    Uchiha brought the soil and shook his head, and said softly: "Renjuli''s whereabouts are difficult to grasp, but the identity of Renjuli is almost checked by Heijue."

    "Hei Jue must have lied to you."

    Uehara Naraku touched her chin, and continued softly: "Kurojue just told me that it has mastered a part of Renjuli''s whereabouts. This guy used to hide Renjuli''s whereabouts from you, probably because he is worried that you will catch them early."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Uchiha with the soil, and smiled: "Hehe, it seems that Kurojue has never trusted you. This guy is not a good thing!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Uchiha took the soil and didn''t want to talk to him.

    said as if Uehara is a good thing himself!

    From Daito''s point of view, the guy Heizue was sinister enough, and how sinister his character was to be able to fool Naruto Uehara.

    Uehara Naraku leaned against the coffin board with soil, and asked aloud, "Do you want revenge? Do you want to steal the four-tailed man in front of Kurozu?"

    "Is there any chance?"

    "Of course there is."

    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly and said: "You go to the border of the country of soil and lurking, when we move tomorrow, I can tell you the location of the four-tailed man Zhuli at any time through the control of the reincarnation of the dirty soil."

    Uehara Naraku held the palm of his hand and slammed it down suddenly: "Wait until I first go and beat the four-tailed man to half death, and then you will show up in front of me with supernatural power and take the four-tailed straight away!"

    "Are you sure he would never doubt it?"

    Uchiha Daido suddenly had deep doubts, and said coldly: "Only you and it know the whereabouts of the four-tailed man Juli. In case of leakage..."

    "Where is your IQ?"

    Uehara Naraku interrupted Uchiha''s words and frowned her brows: "At that time, you were a bit arrogant? And you wouldn''t say that you were quietly following the location we found?"

    "¡­alright."

    Uchiha nodded with dirt.

    Uehara Naraku was also a little worried that Uchiha''s soil was exposed to flaws, and continued to instruct him softly: "Remember to put on your patterned mask, lest the dirty soil reincarnates to reveal flaws..."

    "Ok."

    Uchiha''s expression on the soil was a little unhappy.

    You still have to explain this trivial matter? In any case, he is also a man behind the scenes who has concealed the Ninja world for many years!

    Uehara Naraku whispered and confessed that Uchiha brought a lot of soil, and then he let him leave with supernatural power and went to the border of the country to hide and hide.

    This time he can only use Uchiha to bring soil.

    After the ghoul seal on the Oshe Maru was over, Uehara Naraku planned to kill Oshe Maru, and immediately supported the pharmacist on the stage, letting the pharmacist transplant the inter-column cells and the Shenwei Shulanyan to cooperate with his actions.

    After Uehara Naraku secretly controlled the Uchiha belt until the border of the country, he felt relieved and flew to Akatsuki''s base.

    Because today is a plenary meeting.

    This is a triumphant meeting.

    This is a summary meeting.

    This is also the next stage of Akatsuki''s work.

    As the nominal leader of Akatsuki''s organization, Tiandao Payen was the first to speak: "The conflict between Konoha and Iwagaki Village during this period of time has allowed us to gain enough for Akatsuki''s future expenses. Then we can use this time. Dormant, Xiao Nan, some insignificant commissions can be temporarily turned off."

    "Yes."

    After Xiaonan nodded, he whispered: "Whoever needs funds to practice or study ninjutsu can come to me to apply. We will have about two years to practice meditation."

    "This time does not seem to be the time to practice."

    shook his head gloomily, and said in a deep voice: "The defector that Uchiha brought the soil is very active in the country of grass. I am worried that he is the person who wants to secretly capture Konoha.

    I think we should grab the people from outside the five countries before Uchiha can take the soil to react. "

    "But it''s a big trouble for the tail beast to run wild!"

    Deidara frowned and said in a low voice: "I have seen Ren Zhuli run away with my own eyes. There is no reason at all, and their strength should not be underestimated..."

    It¡¯s not that difficult to solve if one person goes violently. With so many powerful people in the Akatsuki organization, most of them can easily solve this problem.

    The trouble is that it is very likely to reveal the news.

    After all, it''s hard to hide Renzhuli''s runaway. If someone lurks near Akatsuki''s base, he can use his powerful perception ninjutsu to discover Renzhuli''s whereabouts.

    "I will solve this problem."

    Heavenly Dao Payne hooked his finger, and said in a deep voice: "I will temporarily seal Renzhuli''s Chakra with a sealing technique."

    This problem is a problem for others.

    It is really not a big trouble for Nagato who is manipulating Penn behind, because the book of seals brought by Uehara Naraku contains some sealing techniques about their Uzumaki family.

    Xianglin has recently cultivated two diamond blockades. Nagato is stronger than her talent and strength, and learning is even more effortless.

    Tail beast or something...

    The whirlpool clan is simply too weak.

    "However, the arrest of Ren Zhuli in advance must not be revealed."

    Heavenly Dao Payne took a look at the people present, and whispered: "It is best to be able to secretly capture Renzhuli in other big countries without realizing the possibility of Ninja Village..."

    "Cut!"

    Deidara puffed out dissatisfiedly.

    Deidara feels God Payne is targeting him.

    What''s wrong with his technique?

    Isn''t it a bit more lively?

    Except for Deidara, the scorpion of the red sand, the full moon of the ghost lantern, the horns and the flying section are not suitable for catching, not to mention the Taodi, the Kaguya-kun Maro and the Bai, these three people are in the Akatsuki organization It''s kind of like making up the numbers.

    "Then go and investigate first."

    Kurozutsu turned his head and scanned the people present. When his gaze fell on Uehara Naruto, he paused insignificantly, and then continued to look at other people: "If there is a chance, we will arrest again, so we must have A combatant accompany me."

    "Let me go!"

    Uchiha Itachi''s eyes became scarlet, and he proactively asked: "The illusion of writing round eyes is also very restrained from the tail beast, and it should not make too much noise."

    This person has the same mind as Uehara Naraku.

    Since Akatsuki''s process of catching the Tailcatcher cannot be stopped, he must control the progress within his range, or act accordingly.

    "Let me go!"

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Payne, then at Xiao Nan, and said softly: "After all, this is the first time that Renjuli has taken the lead. If there is any mistake and be surrounded by others, I can still fly away. Mr. Itachi will be more troublesome. Right?"

    "It doesn''t matter."

    Uchiha Itachi slowly turned his head and looked at Uehara Naraku, the blood in his eyes was a bit heavy: "If I am surrounded by people, I can just kill all the people who surrounded me."

    This is really domineering.

    Kurojutsu glanced at Itachi Uchiha gloomily, and said in a dark voice: "But this time we are mainly investigating. We will only do it if we have the opportunity. So I must bring a hand that is convenient to move. So I can fly."

    Only a few people in the entire Akatsuki organization can fly.

    Deidara is definitely not allowed to participate because he always bluffs, and at first glance, he is not reliable; Xiaonan will definitely not go. This woman has been in Yuyin Village recently. Do not participate in any tasks.

    "Then let Uehara accompany you!"

    Tendo Payne nodded at Uehara Naruto, and continued: "Anyway, no matter what enemy you encounter, Uehara can easily solve it."

    Because Uehara Naraku can psychically come out of six penins, he can even infuse chakras into six penins through his own medical ninjutsu.

    At least in the Ninja World of this era, no matter what enemy Uehara Naraku encounters, the Six Way Penn can solve it.

    "As for other people."

    Payne looked around at the different people around him, and continued quietly: "During this time, you should rest or practice at Akatsuki''s base for a while! Konoha is still tracking Akatsuki''s news, so anyone can''t go out easily to avoid leaking it. Xiao''s information!"

    After seeing everyone present nodding their heads and agreeing, Payne looked at Uehara Naraku again and told him: "If you are in danger, don''t hesitate..."

    Don¡¯t hesitate...

    is to make Uehara summon Six Penn immediately when encountering danger.

    Uehara Naraku nodded strangely.

    If it is not a human being, Uehara''s strength should be difficult to encounter danger.

    Please remember the domain name of the book¡¯s first publication:. The fastest mobile version update URL:

 Chapter 187ï¼š 1 arrogant ninja who bought grilled fish with detonating talisman

    On the way to search for Yotsuo.

    It is estimated that Uchiha''s betrayal against Shirazu is a bit big.

    Shirazutsu''s main body always speaks ill of Uchiha belt soil, which is the exact opposite of Uehara Naraku who has always said that Uchiha belt soil is friendly.

    "If it weren''t for the traitor Uchiha brought the soil, we would not act in advance. The safest way is to wait until Mio is completely reborn, and then dispatch manpower to capture all the people in one fell swoop."

    Bai Jue sighed faintly, rather helplessly: "I really don''t know why the guy Tai Tu betrayed us..."

    "Well, let''s not mention the traitor."

    The black urn interrupted Bai Zetsu¡¯s words, and he said solemnly: ¡°The most important thing now is to grab the four and six who are active in the Ninja world first, so that they won¡¯t fall into Uchiha¡¯s soil. Hands."

    "Ok."

    Uehara Naruto nodded her head, her face looked a little solemn: "Although the ability of the soil-carrying senior has been known to most people, not many people can easily crack it, and Renzhuli may not be his opponent."

    "That''s right."

    After Kurozutsu nodded, he smiled and calmed Uehara Naraku: "But Uchiha Daido doesn''t know the whereabouts of Renjuli, he can only wait slowly for the opportunity.

    Without intelligence, the traitor wanted to take away the strength of the human pillar from the five powers, but the chance was very slim. "

    "Ok."

    Uehara Naraku responded casually.

    Uehara Naraku dealt with Kuzzu with his mouth, while secretly controlling Uchiha belt soil in his heart, so that he immediately set off from the border of the soil country to follow their footsteps.

    Because they had sufficient intelligence support, Uehara Naraku did not encounter any enemies along the way, and easily reached the current position of the four-tailed man Zhuli.

    It is said that the four-tailed man Zhuli''s name is Lao Zi. This guy has an extremely grumpy temper and his character is as stubborn as the rocks of Yanyin Village. Lao Zi left the village directly because of his discord with the three generations of Tu Ying Onoki and became a wanderer. Monk.

    The life of a wandering monk...

    is actually a bit bitter.

    Now Lao Zi is sitting by a stream, cautiously grilling a few fishes, because he doesn''t have much money in his hands, these fishes are his lunch.

    "Sun Wukong, don''t you like grilled fish?"

    "Don''t you like it? There is no way."

    "I can''t find any peaches in the barren hills here, and that kind of stuff can''t fill my stomach, so I can only talk about it."

    Lao Zi whispered to the four tails in his stomach while grilling the fish. Although he was wandering outside, he did not delay his practice.

    In addition to practicing ninjutsu, he is also communicating with the four tails in his body.

    Over the years, the relationship between Lao Zi and Monkey King is getting closer and closer, and he can already mobilize part of Siwei''s power to fight.

    É³É³É³...

    É³É³É³...

    A young ninja stepped on the stream and walked towards Lao Zi. He looked at Lao Zi¡¯s grilled fish with a fierce expression on his face: "Hey, old fellow, your grilled fish tastes good. I like it very much. Give it to you. Zhang Qiming Fu, give me your grilled fish!"

    The young ninja flicked a detonating talisman, but it threw out a few million auras, a pretentious look, as if to give a gift.

    This young ninja is Uehara Naraku.

    Lao Zi didn¡¯t know Uehara Naraku, and didn¡¯t put him in his eyes. He just turned the grill unhurriedly, and slowly said, ¡°This is the wilderness, the detonation talisman is useless...¡±

    According to Lao Zi''s observation, this young ninja should have come out of a small Ninja village to perform a mission. After all, the five great Ninja villages basically recorded his character.

    Lao Zi only regarded this young ninja as a dumb and rude guy.

    According to the laws of the Ninja World, the stronger the ninja, the more patience it is. Obviously, such a rude guy will not live long.

    If it were on the battlefield, Lao Zi thought that he could kill dozens or even hundreds of ninjas who looked aggressive but extremely low in strength.

    Now, Lao Zi doesn''t bother to talk to him.

    "I''m an adult ninja!"

    The young ninja slowly leaned down, staring at Lao Zi in front of him, and said angrily: "Hey, do you dare to resist the will of Master Ninja?"

    Lao Zi shook his head calmly, and said calmly, "Ninjas are nothing great, and you don¡¯t look like a serious ninja..."

    Where is the serious ninja so arrogant?

    A ninja sees a person in the wilderness. What he should do is to carefully investigate whether it is an enemy, and then decide whether to fight, instead of rushing out so rashly and arrogantly grabbing grilled fish from others!

    "Do you dare to insult me?"

    The young ninja was furious and hit Lao Zi with a punch!

    Lao Zi stretched out his palm, trying to grab the fist of the young ninja, even with some regrets on his face: "Has the young people now become like this?"

    The next moment, the fist of the young ninja suddenly accelerated!

    When a touch of surprise flashed in Lao Zi''s eyes, that fist dodged his defense and hit his face with a punch!

    boom!

    Lao Zi was beaten out!

    The young ninja twisted his wrist, looked at Lao Zi with disdain, and said, "Huh, this is the fate of offending Master Ninja! For your good grilling fish skills, I will spare you today. !"

    Lao Zi stood up, patted the dirt on her body, touched the scar on her face, and saw the young ninja''s eyes gradually become serious: "The power is so strong, it''s no wonder you dare to be so arrogant... But strength can''t decide the outcome! "

    After ¡¡¡¡ finished speaking, Lao Zi suddenly rushed in the direction of the young ninja!

    After a fierce punching and kicking physique battle, Lao Zi was knocked to the ground by the young ninja again, lying on the ground embarrassed!

    The young ninja kicked him on the waist, and said grinningly, "Why? You dare to fight with me? I''m a ninja!"

    It sounds like he is very proud of his identity as a ninja.

    If it weren''t for Lao Zi to be an ordinary person, he would probably treat this young ninja as someone who relied on his identity as a ninja to oppress civilians everywhere.

    However, Lao Zi himself is a four-tailed man.

    This time Lao Zi finally realized something was wrong.

    How could an ordinary young ninja''s physical skills be so strong!

    And physique must be practiced for years and months to master, a ninja who can spend a long time honing the seemingly useless physique, how could he be a fisherman?

    This young ninja has a problem!

    Damn, and there is a big problem!

    A touch of dignity gradually appeared on Lao Zi''s face. He flew to escape the beating of the young ninja. He looked at the frivolous young man seriously, and his voice gradually became gloomy: "Little devil, which village are you from? "

    "Want to ask my village to file a complaint?"

    The young ninja took out his ears and said casually: "It doesn''t matter if you go to file a complaint. My teacher is the powerful senior in the village, and I will soon become the next leader of the village!"

    After ¡¡¡¡ finished speaking, the young ninja looked at Lao Zi contemptuously and said, "Before I was kind enough to buy your grilled fish with a detonation talisman, but I even dared to refuse me. A wandering monk, dare to do something with this ninja?"

    "Stop pretending!"

    Lao Zi''s whole person is not good.

    If it hadn''t been for the physique clash just now, Lao Zi hadn''t taken any advantage at all, maybe now he really believes that the young ninja in front of him is just a passing by, rude and arrogant little guy.

    A young man who seems to be only a teenager can beat him in physical skills, Iwain Shinobu, who has been tempered for many years!

    Stop nonsense!

    Lao Zi slowly closed his palms, and said in a deep voice, "Who the **** did you send? Is it the old Onoki? Or from another village..."

    "Onoki... this name is familiar..."

    The young ninja touched his chin. In the next second, his face changed drastically, and he stammered and said: "That''s not... Isn''t that the name of the three generations of Tukage-sama from Yanyin Village in the legendary Five Ninja Village? Are you? Who... how dare you call Lord Ohnogi''s name!"

    After hearing Ohnogi''s name, the young ninja became obviously timid, as if he was afraid of the name.

    This performance is normal.

    The Five Ninja Villages are huge monsters for the little ninja.

    Lao Zi gritted his teeth, and only felt that the young ninja in front of him was all traces of the performance, and he was so angry that he cursed loudly: "Little devil, stop acting! If you don''t say it now, you may be killed in a while. !"

    The next moment, Lao Zi suddenly closed his palms, and opened his mouth to spout lava balls: "The technique of melting river rock!"

    "Fire escape¡¤Flame Storm!"

    A ball of flame spouted from the young ninja''s hand.

    The endless flame storm instantly swallowed lava balls, a violent explosion resounded in the ears of the two, and the shock wave swept everything around!

    In the thick gray smoke.

    The figure of the young ninja slowly walked out, his face still has that arrogant expression, but a little more surprised: "Huh? No wonder you guy dare to resist me, you are also a ninja!"

    The young ninja sneered, folded his palms, disdainfully said: "Then remember, there is a difference between a ninja and a ninja!"

    "and many more¡­"

    Lao Zi hurriedly stretched out his palm, stopping the young ninja¡¯s next move, looking at him with a strange expression: "Don''t you know me?"

    "Who do you think you are, why should I know you?"

    The young ninja grinned his mouth and sneered: "No matter who you are, you dare to fight me, huh, do you know who I am?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Lao Zi''s expression is a little broken.

    Damn, is he really thinking too much?

    Why do you feel that the young ninja in front of you is actually an idiot!

    Lao Zi''s mind instantly began to recall what happened between him and the young ninja, obviously the young ninja really didn''t care who he was.

    may be a genius in a small Shinobu village.

    And it still seems to be spoiled by the elders.

    This is also normal.

    After all, it is not easy for some genius ninjas to come out of Xiaonin Village. The leader of the village must be afraid of turning in his mouth, holding it in his hand for fear of flying.

    "Isn''t it the enemy..."

    Lao Zi breathed a sigh of relief, and slowly clenched his fists, looking at the young ninja and said solemnly: "It seems that I want to educate the elders in your village to teach you a little devil who doesn''t know the heights!"

    Just as Lao Zi''s vigilance just dropped, the Monkey King inside him reminded: "Hey, Lao Zi, don''t relax! The chakra in that kid is beyond your imagination, I feel his chakra is dangerous!"

    "Well, don''t worry."

    Lao Zi agreed.

    Please remember the domain name of the book¡¯s first publication:. The fastest mobile version update URL:

 Chapter 188ï¼š Is this the tail beast? Kind of funny

    There are some things that I really can¡¯t say too much.

    One second, Lao Zi told the four-tailed Monkey King to let him rest assured, and in the next second, he was beaten by a series of terrestrial skills.

    is simply the live version of the face-slapped scene.

    àØ!

    The young ninja hit Lao Zi in the chest with a punch, and after he kicked the person out of the air, he slowly shook his wrist: "Hey, when you get older, you should take care of your care, understand?"

    "Asshole!"

    Lao Zi wiped the blood on the corners of his mouth, suddenly closed his palms, and a scorching breath emerged from his body: "Melt escape Chakra mode!"

    This is his unique ninjutsu.

    The ¡¡¡¡ melting chakra mode turns the chakra into lava and blesses it on the body, which can increase Lao Zi¡¯s defense, but its defense is so strong that it can almost ignore some ninjutsu attacks.

    Moreover, the hot lava on the surface of Lao Zi''s body will also burn the attacker''s skin, preventing Lao Zi from falling into a disadvantage in physical combat.

    When the chakra mode was completed, Lao Zi had already transformed into a hot lava man. He threw himself at the young ninja: "The kid should stay at home honestly, not at home. Make trouble outside!"

    "Hey...it looks terrible!"

    The young ninja stuck out his palm, a blade of the void appeared in his palm, and slashed at Old Zi''s body!

    To treat this kind of Chakra strong enough to bless the enemy of Chakra mode, Void Blade is the best choice.

    The blade of the void can absorb the chakra from the enemy for its own use. In this respect, it has the same effect and the same effect as the scorpion sword in the hands of the dried persimmon ghost.

    Compared to the Shaggy Muscle, the Void Blade is also very obedient.

    Regardless of whether it is lava in front of you or something else, the blade of the void can only be hacked!

    Wow!

    The young ninja was short and avoided Lao Zi''s attack. The Void Blade in his hand made a hole in his lava body, and he felt a chakra entering his body instantly!

    "this is¡­"

    Old Zi''s face changed drastically!

    The next moment, the blade of the void in the hands of the young ninja fell on him one after another, and after a while, the original indestructible lava body was cut open with seven or eight wounds!

    What shocked Lao Zi even more was that his Chakra quickly decayed under the attack of that strange Shinobi, and now he can¡¯t even maintain the Fused Chakra mode...

    "It looks right."

    The young ninja slowly raised the Void Blade in his hand, and a smile appeared at the corner of his mouth: "No matter how many enemies Chakra encounters in the future, don''t worry..."

    It is a pity that the Void Blade drew the chakra of the human pillar power, not the chakra of the tail beast.

    Lao Zi was holding his wound weakly, and with the help of the Chakra given to him by the Four-tailed Monkey King, he slowly passed away, and a tail appeared behind him!

    This is the state of borrowing the tail beast Chakra.

    The same tail is equivalent to Lao Zi''s body, and he can also use this tail to fight!

    It''s just that Lao Zi''s face didn''t relax at all. Instead, she looked at the ninja sword in the hands of the young ninja with some anxiety, that ninja sword can absorb his chakra!

    That Shinobi sword is very restrained for Ren Zhuli!

    The young ninja looked at the tail growing from behind Lao Zi, with a look of horror on his face: "Weird...monster...you...you are not a human!"

    Lao Zi''s face was hard to look immediately. He remembered the time he had experienced in Yanyin Village, and slowly clenched his fists.

    "I am not a monster."

    Lao Zi looked at the young ninja, spoke word by word and explained in a deep voice: "Little devil, I am not a monster!"

    "¡­¡­"

    The young ninja did not answer.

    In the next second, the young ninja suddenly disappeared from Lao Zi''s sight!

    A figure suddenly appeared behind Lao Zi, and at the same time, a sharp blade pierced Lao Zi''s abdomen suddenly!

    The young ninja pushed Lao Zi''s body, pushed him to the ground, and slowly pulled out the Void Blade from Lao Zi''s belly.

    The young ninja looked at Lao Zi''s wagging tail and sighed, "Hey, is it finally revealed?"

    The next moment, the young ninja slammed the Shinobi in his hand, cutting off the tail behind Lao Zi!

    "Who are you guys!"

    Lao Zi slammed a fist on the ground, and the red chakra gradually spread all over his body, and now he was going to enter the half-tailed animalization.

    However, the young ninja still waved the Void Blade in his hand expressionlessly, and after a few consecutive strokes, he absorbed most of the Chakra from Lao Zi.

    The Shinobi that can absorb Chakra makes Lao Zi unable to enter the half-tailed beastification state at all, and even his physical injuries cannot be recovered with the help of the four-tailed Chakra!

    "My ninjutsu experiment is complete."

    The young ninja knelt down with the sharp blade in his hand, looking at the weak Lao Zi, his face became gentle, just like two people just now!

    "Introduce yourself."

    The young ninja looked at Lao Zi¡¯s face, squinted his eyes, and smiled: "My name is Uehara Naraku, a ninja dedicated to peace in the Ninja world. This is the first time I have met. Please give me more advice in the future. ."

    "Asshole!"

    Lao Zi moved her chin little by little, looked up at the appearance of the young ninja, and said fiercely: "Boy, you already knew that I was Human Zhuli, so did you deliberately lower my vigilance?"

    "I''m just doing a ninjutsu experiment, by the way I find it interesting."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head, and calmly explained: "Now it seems that my ninjutsu experiment is very successful. Let me remind you that even if I directly expose my purpose, you cannot defeat me."

    After speaking, Uehara Naraku glanced at the ground next to him, and said softly: "Senior, can you say that you have successfully captured the four-tailed man Zhuli?"

    "Hmm...Of course."

    A pitcher plant emerged from the ground, revealing an absolutely yin and yang face.

    Kurozutsu glanced at Uehara Naraku, then at Lao Zi, and smiled gloomily, "According to our information, the four-tailed man, Zhuli Lao Zi, cannot enter the complete tail beastization... Now he cannot continue to borrow four-tailed ones. Chakra, it should be considered a success."

    "¡­¡­"

    Lao Zi clenched his fists, looked at the two people present, and suddenly grinned: "Huh, it''s finally revealed! Then your information is out of date!"

    The next moment, the Chakra on Lao Zi swelled rapidly!

    His body turned into a huge red ape almost instantly, and the rich chakra on the ape showed its identity!

    Four tails, Monkey King.

    No one thought about it. In the years when Lao Zi left Yanyin Village, he had reached a tacit understanding with Siwei through spiritual communication. They may not be 100% trustworthy, but they are also friends who can rely on each other in crisis!

    Lao Zi obviously believed in the four-tailed Monkey King, so he surrendered control of his body to it, and directly released the complete body of the tail beast!

    "It turned into a four-tailed straight!"

    Heijue''s voice was a little unhappy, and he said in a deep voice: "Uehara, if this happens, the movement will be very small..."

    Bai Jue nodded, and continued to add: "If this is the case, it will make it easy for the ninjas of Iwagaku Village to detect the disappearance of the four-tailed man Zhuli. It will be very troublesome for our future plans to collect the five-tails."

    "I didn''t expect him to become a perfect body."

    Uehara Naraku raised his eyebrows, glanced at the next to Zutsu, and whispered: "Senior, don''t worry, it''s just a head and tail beast, I will find a way to deal with it, you should stay away!"

    "Okay nodded, and slowly got into the ground.

    After a short while, Jue''s figure disappeared in place.

    As an intelligence officer, it does not want to be hit by fierce fighting.

    Uehara Nairo raised her head, looking at the huge four-tailed tail, and curled up the corners of her mouth: "My psychic Monkey King was replaced by Chakra... I hope that after defeating you this time, I can get a new Monkey King. !"

    "Boy, then you are drawn to sign!"

    The four-tailed Monkey King looked down at Uehara Naraku, slammed his fist, and slammed his fist towards the area of ??Uehara Naraku!

    Uehara Nairobi disappeared instantly, and the next moment he appeared in the distance of Monkey King, and suddenly closed his palms: "No, you are the one who got the lottery! Shuifu¡¤Howl of Rage!"

    A wave emerged from the feet of Uehara Naraku, pushing Uehara Naraku higher and higher, and the height instantly surpassed the surrounding mountains, which was a thousand meters high...

    After a while, a huge wave swept away, instantly submerging the body of the four-tailed Monkey King, and a wave knocked it directly into the sea!

    "Is this the tail beast?"

    Uehara Naraku watched the four-tailed Monkey go up and down in the waves, constantly being knocked over by the waves, and frowned, "It''s so funny!"

    Please remember the domain name of the book¡¯s first publication: The fastest mobile version update URL:

 Chapter 189ï¼š Sorry, senior, I could not stop him

    Four-tailed Monkey King is a bit weak.

    Uehara Naraku felt that he could hang it up and hit it.

    Uehara Naraku is a little puzzled, are all monkeys afraid of water?

    Since I am sure that I can easily defeat the four-tailed Monkey King, it is time for a wave of acting skills. It is understandable that a four-tailed man can easily win...

    But if hitting a four-tailed body is like hitting a child, it¡¯s a bit hard for Heijue to understand!

    Now just a water escape ninjutsu strengthened with Chakra, it has already made the four-tailed Monkey King exhausted.

    In the past, Naraku Uehara relied on skills, recovery capabilities, and relied on intelligence that has never been detected. Now Uehara can completely rely on his chakra to strengthen those ordinary ninjutsu to fight.

    The four-tailed Monkey King couldn''t maintain his balance in the waves that swept through, so he got up in embarrassment and was knocked over again.

    Until the waves of the roar of the raging waves are completely over, after the sea slowly subsides, the four-tailed Monkey finally got up again, and opened his mouth to begin to gather his strongest ninjutsu!

    Yin attribute chakra and yang attribute chakra converge quickly!

    This is the ultimate ninjutsu unique to the tail beast, tail beast jade!

    Uehara Naraku slowly raised his arm, reached out to the four-tailed Sun Wukong, and yelled in a low voice: "No ball!"

    A group of black and purple spheres first hit the four-tailed Monkey King, directly interrupting its tail beast jade, and even blocked the flow of chakras in its body!

    Four-tailed Monkey King perceives the chakra in his body, desperately trying to make the chakra work, but in the end it is just useless.

    Fortunately, this time is only 3 seconds.

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the four-tailed Monkey King with some playfulness: "It looks like this technique is also good, can it even be interrupted by the tail beast jade? Then in the future Uzumaki Naruto''s spiral pills can also be interrupted?"

    In this way, the four-tailed Monkey would no longer dare to use the tail beast jade.

    After all, the strength of the four tails is limited. It can''t achieve the same speed as the nine-tailed condensed tail beast jade. The fox almost opened its mouth!

    If the four tails use the tail beast jade again, they will be directly interrupted in the process of cohesion. How can it be beaten?

    Rely on melting ninjutsu? But the water escape ninjutsu released by that kid is much stronger than its melting ninjutsu!

    "Then blow you away with one punch!"

    The four-tailed Monkey King took advantage of his hind limbs and hit Uehara Naraku with a punch!

    Uehara Naraku dodges to avoid the flying fist, and sighs: "Others can defeat you in just a few seconds. Should I take a few more minutes? But in a few minutes, it seems that I have a problem. ¡­"

    Uehara Naraku suddenly understood the actor''s pain.

    Uchiha Madara defeated Nine-Tailed Beast in a few seconds because his strength was too strong; Uehara Nara defeated Four-Tailed in a few seconds, and it is probably a human problem.

    The most important thing is that Uehara Naraku must make herself look extremely weak in order to create opportunities for Uchiha to take the soil and take away the four-tailed power.

    When the battle first started, Uehara Naraku saw that Lao Zi was such a dish, he only used a blade of nothingness to beat Lao Zi with no resistance.

    At that moment, Uehara Naraku had already thought about the script for a final ¡®lost¡¯ battle between himself and Uchiha.

    Now it is estimated that Lao Zi is really doing his best.

    After all the four-tailed Monkey King has come out, he doesn''t have much stronger ninjutsu.

    "Trouble..."

    The dull voice of the four-tailed Monkey King echoed in the mental space between it and Lao Zi: "This time seems to be a terrific enemy!"

    The two sides started a game again!

    It¡¯s just that this time Uehara Naraku¡¯s Chakra seemed to be inadequate, and he could no longer release any powerful ninjutsu, and he was hit by the four-tailed Monkey King.

    Fortunately, Uehara Naraku hurriedly found an opportunity to fly into the sky.

    "Water escape¡¤Water dragon bullet technique!"

    Uehara Nana fell into the air and closed his palms. There were obviously a few mudra to complete the technique, he was stunned forty-four mudra!

    It wasn''t until a huge water dragon with a length of more than a few hundred meters hit the four-tailed Monkey King with a twisting and whistling, before the head and tail beast was subdued.

    Uehara Naraku also collapsed and fell to the ground.

    Above the ground.

    Nepenthes came out again, and Hei Jue sighed faintly, "No matter how talented it is, it is rare to develop or learn a few powerful ninjutsu, the civilian ninja is still far inferior to those descendants... "

    After all, Kurozutsu has seen Uchiha Madara''s uniform Nine Tails, and he has also seen Senju Zhushi manipulating thousands of hands to pinch Nine Tails like a chick, and also seen Uzumaki Kushina directly using countless diamonds to blockade. Nine tails are bound by his chain and cannot move...

    Now Uehara Naraku is hitting the four-tailed Monkey King, it seems like he''s fighting his old life, and it looks a bit distressing.

    Bai Jue sighed softly: "However, this little guy Uehara has a lot of ninjutsu power, but it''s a pity that his chakra is far from enough to support his battle... Even so, the current Uehara is already good at water ninjutsu. It''s over the second generation of Hokage, right?"

    "Ok."

    Hei Jue nodded and praised: "There is no shortage of talent and hard work. For thousands of years, everyone who can leave his name in the Ninja World is like Uehara, but it is a pity that he lacks a suitable blood. Following..."

    "Senior!"

    Uehara Naraku struggled to stand up, sat on a rock, and looked at the old purple who was re-emerging in the distance, and whispered, "It''s finally solved."

    "It¡¯s done beautifully, and the four tails are captured completely."

    Hei Jue and Bai Jue¡¯s yin and yang faces tucked into a smile, they didn''t spare their compliments against their will, and it didn''t cost money to say a few good things anyway.

    Now the only ones willing to obey their orders are Naraku Uehara and the dried persimmon ghosts, so naturally they have to calm down.

    But the next moment Heijue''s smile froze on his face.

    A temporal and spatial vortex suddenly appeared beside the four-tailed man Zhuli!

    That is Uchiha''s iconic ninjutsu, whether it is Kurozutsu or Uehara Naraku, there is a little panic on his face.

    as predicted.

    Uchiha''s figure with soil appeared from the divine power space, with his own patterned mask on his face, he looked at the surrounding battlefield, and said with a light smile: "Just to solve a four-tailed figure, Uehara Naraku, yours The strength is really weak!"

    "Senior with soil..."

    Uehara Nairobi¡¯s face was full of disbelief. After a while, his face became a little expectant: "Now you, what are you here to do with us? I once attacked me with Osha Maru, now are you here to apologize?"

    "Boy, you really are so naive!"

    Uchiha brought the soil and stroked his mask, with a long smile: "Hahahahahaha... Kazure, have you seen it? Such a naive kid, even if he treats someone who has attacked you, he still has such expectation!"

    "Uehara, there is no need to hope for the soil."

    Black Zetsuku yelled at Uehara Naraku, and looked at Uchiha with a somber voice, and said coldly: "Uchiha with the soil, what are you doing here? Why on earth are you guys betraying the Moon Eye project!"

    "Because I want to get the power of the tail beast by myself."

    Uchiha Daido slowly raised his head to look at Kuro Zee, and put his hand on his heart: "Kuro Zee, I don¡¯t want to be Uchiha Madara¡¯s **** forever, so I asked Oshemaru to help me lift the spell of my heart. , As for why you came here..."

    After saying this, Uchiha stretched out his hand with dirt and pressed it on Lao Zi''s body, and laughed wildly: "Hahahahahaha... Since I want to gather the power of the tail beast, how could I let it go? Opportunity to capture Renzhuli."

    Lao Zi''s figure was quickly brought into the divine space by Uchiha!

    This scene made Kurozutsu and Naraku Uehara startled and angry!

    Except for Uchiha''s own soil, no one else has the possibility of entering the divine space, even it has not yet figured out the specific ability of the soil kaleidoscope to write round eyes!

    It''s just that Kurojutsu himself is a non-combatant. The real combatant Naraku Uehara just collapsed in order to catch the four tails. They could only watch the soil put away the four tails.

    Uchiha took the soil with a chuckle and continued: "By the way, I also want to thank you for helping me defeat the four-tailed man Zhuli, although I can easily do it myself."

    "Uchiha...with soil!"

    Black Jue''s face gradually became filthy.

    Obviously at this moment, it has become extremely angry.

    "Speaking of which, collecting tail beasts from your hands is really easy!"

    Uchiha scratched the back of his head with soil, and said with a chuckle: "Kurojutsu, although I can''t find your location, I can track other people..."

    Uchiha brought the soil and beckoned, the whole person turned into a temporal space vortex and disappeared, leaving only an arrogant laughter: "Hahahahahaha...bye next time, I hope that when we meet next time, you will help me prepare An other tail beast!"

    "... asshole!"

    As a black hand with a thousand years of yin, he was even taken advantage of by Uchiha. Hei Jue''s anger can hardly be contained!

    When Kurozutsu was thinking about how to solve Uchiha''s problem with soil, the space vortex with soil appeared again!

    This scene made Uehara Naraku''s eyelids twitch, and the next moment he couldn''t help but put his fingers up, controlling the escaped guy Uchiha Daido and get out.

    However, Uchiha brought the soil just to appear in front of them again laughed and said: "Oh, oh, I almost forgot to tell you one thing...Remember to look after your outgoing golem!"

    After ¡¡¡¡ finished speaking, Uchiha belt soil disappeared again.

    At this moment, the image of Uchiha Daido has become extremely bad in Kurozutsu''s heart, and he can''t wait to kill it immediately and then quickly.

    "This idiot!"

    Heijue cursed in a gloomy voice, and said: "Except for the Nagato who has the eyes of reincarnation, no one else can manipulate the outside golem..."

    "Oh My God¡­"

    space vortex appears for the third time.

    Just when Uchiha''s figure was just revealed, Uehara Narakusasou threw a card and shot him in the body!

    Damn, this idiot, Uehara can''t stand it anymore!

    Uehara¡¯s attack is always to make Uchiha take the soil to recognize one thing, his appearance can be over, and sure enough, Uchiha¡¯s take the soil and the lesson never reappears.

    Uehara Naraku scolded Uchiha several times in his heart, and turned his head to look at Kuro Zetsu apologetically: "Sorry, senior, I couldn''t stop him..."

    After ¡¡¡¡ finished speaking, Uehara Naraku slowly clenched her fist again: "If I hadn''t wasted too many chakras in a hurry to solve the four tails, I would definitely not let the predecessor take the soil so presumptuous..."

    Please remember the domain name of the book¡¯s first publication:. The fastest mobile version update URL:

 Chapter 190ï¼š At the age of 18, I am almost the boss!

    Uehara Naraku tried his best.

    Even Heijue couldn''t fault it.

    In order to catch the four tails and exhausted Chakra, facing Uchiha''s cynicism with soil, he tried his best to throw a sharp card.

    In the face of Uchiha''s tracing of the soil, Heijue really has nothing to do.

    After all, not everyone has the art of mayfly, can avoid Uchiha belt soil tracking, other people of Akatsuki organization will become Uchiha belt soil tracking targets.

    "Uehara, it''s not your fault."

    Hei Zetsu shook his head, and said in a voice: "Let''s go back and report this matter first. We must find a way to solve the Uchiha belt soil. This guy is the hidden danger of our Moon Eye Project!"

    There are so many S-rank rebels in Akatsuki''s organization. If you brainstorm, you can always find a solution to Uchiha''s soil. After all, the ability to carry soil is on the bright side, and it was spread everywhere by Wuyin Village a few years ago. .

    Within the divine space.

    Uchiha takes soil a bit uncomfortable.

    is not because of anything else, but because of Uehara Naraku''s speech.

    Uehara Naraku, how thick-skinned the **** is. It was Uehara Naraku who attacked him in conjunction with Osaki Maru, and even took the opportunity to kill him, using the fetters of Reincarnation and Nohara Lin to control him for evil!

    However, in front of Kurozutsu, Uehara Naraku looked innocent and generous, and even revealed the appearance that even if you attack me, I will forgive you...

    As a result, Black Zetsu starts to persuade Uehara Naraku...

    Fuck, where did Uehara Naraku learn this acting?

    It doesn¡¯t matter if you just reverse the black and white, it¡¯s obviously a damaging bastard, and he puts on the face of a victim...

    Uchiha Daido finally understands.

    Why Nagato and Xiaonan have not forgiven him in the past few years!

    Uehara Naraku has been saying ¡®good things¡¯ to him for many years. It¡¯s only strange that Nagato and Xiaonan can accept him!

    The four-tailed man in the divine power space, Zhuli Lao Zi, also woke up in a trance, and said with an ugly expression: "Who are you guys?"

    "You don''t need to know much."

    Uchiha didn¡¯t dare to provoke Uehara Naraku, but he could still handle Yotsuo¡¯s strength. His voice was very arrogant: ¡°All you need to know is that I¡¯m a person who can dominate you. ."

    The future four-tailed man, Zhuli Lao Zi, will stay in his supernatural space for the time being. It is estimated that during this period of time, he will have to take care of his eating and drinking.

    But it happened that Uchiha brought some soil to get some freedom...

    at least is much better than sleeping in a coffin in the past.

    Moreover, Uchiha brought a hint of joy with the soil. Just now I took the opportunity to scold Uehara Naraku, and I felt a little refreshed.

    No, it is very cool!

    Even if it''s acting, let Tuo Tu vent his depression.

    Uchiha Daido unexpectedly looks forward to the next encounter.

    Uehara Naruko was too lazy to talk to him, watching his reward.

    Side mission: Defeat the four-tailed man Zhuli Lao Zi, the mission has been completed, reward 100 gold coins.

    Ha ha, no accident.

    After all, in the world of Naruto, appearance and strength are the most important, Lao Zi, this guy has nothing to show for strong strength, even the persimmon ghosts can''t beat...

    Side mission: Defeat the four-tailed Monkey King, the mission has been completed, the bonus skill King Kong is not bad.

    King Kong is not bad: passive skills, increase life energy by 1800 points, all life energy recovery effect is increased by 50%.

    is another passive skill.

    Uehara Naraku raised his eyebrows. He now has more than 60,000 life energy, which is no shortage of these 1,800 life energy, but what he lacks is the life energy recovery effect.

    A life restoration effect of at least 72 seconds.

    In just a few minutes, the damage caused by the attack on the four-tailed Monkey King by Uehara Naraku was restored.

    Because the four-tailed Monkey Goku was captured by Uchiha with soil, Kurozue was in a bad mood. He was thinking about how to deal with Uchiha''s soil...

    To be honest, Heijue really has no clue.

    If you want to deal with Uchiha belt soil, you must catch the traces of Uchiha belt soil, but the belt soil with the supernatural power writing wheel wants to hide, no one wants to find him.

    No, there is still someone who can find him.

    "Senior, I remember Hagi Kakashi has a writing wheel eye."

    "I remember Hagi Kakashi has a writing wheel eye..."

    The two spoke almost in unison.

    Uehara Naraku and Kurozui couldn''t help but glance at each other.

    Heijue''s eyes flashed with a light, that writing wheel eye was their opportunity, maybe that eye was the way to restrain the soil.

    Kuro Juetsu said sadly: "Unfortunately, Hagi Kakashi is not a ninja of the Uchiha clan, so he can''t exert his true power..."

    It is a pity that the Uchiha left in the Ninja world is a group of two or five boys, even if it gets Kakashi''s writing wheel eyes, it will not help!

    Can this ninja world work?

    Kurozuzu took a peek at Naraku Uehara next to him, but he didn''t say the next thing he wanted to say, which is to revive Uchiha Madara, and it is a real revival!

    must be Uchiha Madara at the peak!

    At this point, I must find a way to reincarnate in the dirty soil.

    Kurozutsu intends to find an opportunity to see the progress of the research on Oshamaru, and see if Oshamaru can resurrect the body of Uchiha Madara at his peak.

    Now I still need to go back and report to Payne.

    Since the four-tailed beast cannot be captured, and even the members of Akatsuki are at risk of being monitored and tracked by Uchiha, they can only temporarily give up collecting the human post to prevent more tail beasts from falling into the Uchiha belt. Hands.

    Losing a four tail is no different from losing all tail beasts.

    The ¡¡¡¡ Xiao organization has entered a dormant stage.

    Other people basically stayed in the base to rest or practice, Uchiha Sasuke''s progress during this period is simply rapid.

    Boys will gradually develop faster after the age of thirteen. Sasuke''s progress is also very normal, and he is also stimulated by Uchiha Itachi.

    Only the intelligence officer Heijue is still active outside.

    It''s just that Heijue didn''t pay attention to Renzhuli''s intelligence. He focused more on monitoring the body of Dashemaru, trying to see to what extent Dashemaru had perfected the reincarnation of the dirty soil.

    It is a pity that, for some reason, Da She Maru is currently studying to crack the ghoul seal, and has no interest in continuing the experiment of reincarnating from the dirty soil.

    Because Dashemaru wants to get the dirty soil of the fourth generation of Naruto Wave Fengshuimen.

    Only when he obtains the fast and fast wave of Thunder God''s art, and possesses both the Thousand Hands Shunjian and the Wave of Thunder God Spellmen, Oshemaru believes that he has the possibility of resisting Uehara Naraku.

    Since Oshe Maru has been obsessed with cracking the ghoul for a long time, collecting the powerful ninja corpse is left to the pharmacist to deal with.

    And Dashemaru also realized that his control is not strong enough, so he simply asked the pharmacist to learn the reincarnation of the dirty soil to help him control some powerful ninjas.

    Anyway, he has enough for himself!

    The first generation of Naruto Senjutsu, the second generation of Naruto Senshu, and after breaking the ghoul seal, you can get the fourth generation of Naruto Wave Fengshui Gate.

    These are the truly powerful ninjas!

    The shadows of other villages are all trash.

    Yakushidou did not dislike the trouble left by Oshe Maru. While studying the rebirth of the filthy soil, he digs graves everywhere to collect powerful ninja corpses.

    Ninja time passed slowly in peace.

    More than a year, it flows slowly like flowing water.

    Akatsuki organization is still dormant, because they only take on big business, and generally do not show up in Shinobi. Everyone is waiting for the resurrection of Mitsuo and Kurozutsu promises to solve Uchiha''s belt soil and bring Shiwei back again.

    During this time, several major events happened in the Ninja World.

    The first thing is that the fifth generation Fengying of Shayin Village has been selected. Only his strength is the most suitable for the strength of a human column and Gaara of the sand waterfall.

    Actually, the mother-in-law Chiyo originally wanted to choose Kankurang as a puppet master, but unfortunately Kankurang is a little weak. She only repairs and cleans up the puppets she left before, and never thinks about making any puppets...

    Damn, can a puppet master rely on others for equipment every day? Will there be equipment out of thin air in this world?

    The real puppet master must learn to be a puppet by himself!

    Even if the mother-in-law of Chiyo urged Kankuro to make a few puppets, it was really horrible to look at, and she couldn¡¯t get it...

    If Kankuro gives a little more strength, Chiyo will really make Kankuro the fifth-generation Fukage, but this guy is still too timid and weak. If she just became the fifth-generation Fukage, she would What if the grandson Red Sand Scorpion is killed for insulting the puppet master?

    In desperation, Chiyo can only pinch his nose to make Gaara the fifth-generation Fengying, which is also the youngest shadow in the history of Ninja.

    A fourteen-year-old Fengying.

    Since Kazekage succeeded to the throne, he naturally wanted to show the Ninja World.

    Gaara, the fifth generation Fengying of Sandyin Village, sent invitations to the entire Ninja world, inviting them to take part in the Zhongnin exam hosted by Sandyin Village. Yuyin Village, a village that has a feud with Sandyin Village, also received the Zhongnin exam. Invitation letter.

    This is truly not afraid of death The invitation letter naturally fell into the hands of Uehara Naraku. He was looking at the very polite wording in the invitation letter of Sa Yin, and there is an attitude that the past has been renewed. .

    Sagakura Village doesn''t care about Uehara Naraku''s killing four generations of Fukage.

    In other words, Gaara, the new five-generation Kazekage, doesn¡¯t care about Uehara Naruko¡¯s killing of the fourth-generation Kazekage. After all, the relationship between Gaara and Rasha is deep, but it can almost be described as a feud. deep.

    "It''s a pity that I''m going to take the Zhongnin exam again.

    Uehara Naraku touched his chin. This year he is eighteen years old and has become a new generation of pillars in Yuyin Village. According to the custom of Ninja world, he can get married at this age.

    Unfortunately he is still single.

    If the love aspect is not going well, the career will develop more vigorously.

    Every Uehara thought in his heart that Uehara Naraku must be the next generation leader of Uyin Village after Penn-sama, because there is no more suitable person than him.

    And now Uehara Naraku is slowly taking the place of Konan to deal with the affairs of Yuyin Village, and even starting to replace Payne frequently at Akatsuki¡¯s base to dispatch tasks. The identities of Nagato and Konan gradually resemble Konoha¡¯s two old consultants. .

    Uehara Naraku tapped the tabletop lightly, and turned to look at Xiao Nan, who was drinking tea with the old god, her brows couldn''t help but jump, how do you feel that his teacher''s life is getting more and more leisurely!

    "Teacher, do you have nothing to say?"

    "No."

    Xiaonan sipped the tea, with a slight smile between his eyebrows: "No matter what decision you choose to make, I will support you unconditionally."

 Chapter 191ï¼š You deserve it, even the **** of death dare to use it!

    Xiaonan has not changed much.

    No, there are still some changes.

    Xiaonan''s feminine charm is more mature.

    It''s just that Xiao Nan still feels the same as before. Even when she smiles at Uehara Naraku, she always frowns inadvertently, hiding a touch of sadness.

    "A little comment!"

    Uehara Naraku slowly approached Xiao Nan, held out the palm of her hand to take the tea cup in her hand, and handed her a glass of wolfberry water: "Teacher is old, and I will learn to drink more of this in the future. It is good for your health."

    "¡­¡­"

    Xiao Nan''s forehead jumped.

    Xiaonan watched Naruko Uehara sit down on his own, and almost smashed the water glass in his hand. This disciple who brought him up with his own hands is really getting less and less cute...

    Xiaonan held the cup with wolfberry water in his hand, and whispered about the business: "Let Hydrangea and the others go! By the way, let them collect information on Ren Zhuli."

    Uehara Naraku''s expression suddenly hesitated: "Uh, Hydrangea''s ability to collect information about Renjuli, in case something goes wrong..."

    This is really not Uehara Naraku underestimating the hydrangea.

    But the strength of that little girl is really weak.

    Uehara Naraku was lucky to once instructed Hydrangea''s practice. He was responsible for a battle with the little girl. As a result, without using any ninjutsu, he beat Hydrangea to the ground with only physical skills...

    Mingming Hydrangea has a powerful space-time ninjutsu talent, but it is just a psychic break, a pile of psychic papers used to block Uehara''s sight!

    What a mess that little girl has learned!

    "Have you finally learned to love the little girl?"

    Xiaonan raised his eyebrows, and glanced at Naraku Uehara meaninglessly: "Don''t think that all Shinnins are as powerful as you used to be..."

    Yuyin Village really couldn''t pick any suitable candidates, and besides the Hydrangea Team, no one else was suitable to participate.

    If Uehara Naraku is shameless, of course he can also participate, but I don¡¯t know if Sagakura dare to let him participate...

    "Then follow the teacher''s opinion!"

    Uehara Naraku sighed, then turned to look at Xiaonan and said, "Oh, by the way, I am leaving the village tomorrow."

    "What to do?"

    Xiaonan frowned immediately, as if Uehara Naraku was going to do something bad.

    But this time Uehara Naraku was going to do good deeds, so he was also a little confident: "Above some time ago talked about the Uzumaki family. Lord Nagato hopes that I will accompany him to the Uzumaki country, the home of the Uzumaki family. ."

    This sentence is also half true.

    After all, the reason why Xianglin mentioned the whirlpool family was entirely because of Uehara Naraku''s instruction to her, and this little girl could be regarded as his subordinate.

    Yakushidou finally sent a message to Xianglin. After more than a year, Dashewan finally succeeded in finding a way to break the seal of ghouls. Among them, the necessary props were the death masks in the ancestral hall of the Maelstrom family.

    Therefore, in the near future, Oshe Maru intends to rush to the old land of the Uzumaki Kingdom to directly crack the ghoul sealing technique, so as to reincarnate and resurrect the four generations of Hokage Wave Fengshuimen in the belly of death.

    Uehara Naraku intends to join in the fun.

    This reason is hard to find.

    Xiaonan looked at Naraku Uehara for a while, then lowered his head and said, "Nagato has never asked for anything, then you can go with Xianglin!"

    "okay!"

    Uehara Naraku nodded hastily.

    From Yuyin Village to the old place of Wuchao Village, the nearest road also needs to span most of the country of fire. This distance is not too short.

    Uehara Naraku and Xianglin took four or five days to reach the Uzumaki family''s former country, Uzumaki Country, Uzashio Village.

    Because this country once lived with the ninjas of the Uzumaki clan, it is said that Uzumaki Ashina, the village chief of Uzushio Village, was the founder of Konoha Sealing. Later Uzushio Village was destroyed by the war, and now it has become deserted.

    Xianglin didn''t care much about everything in front of her, because she was mostly born and raised in that sinful Cao Yin village, and only when she was rescued by a pharmacist did she think she was saved.

    and the pharmacist pocket looks a little handsome...

    Fragrant phosphorus slowly sorted out his hair style that was a little messy because of his journey: "Master Naraku, when will Master Dou come over?"

    "According to their schedule, about a day or so!"

    Uehara Naraku touched her chin, and whispered, "According to your perception of Chakra, you can easily find them after they arrive, right?"

    "Ok."

    Xianglin nodded, his face serious: "I have a very keen perception of Master Dou''s Chakra. If they arrive around us, I will immediately find their location."

    Uehara Naruto nodded, and said softly: "Don''t be impulsive, we will do it directly after Dashewan breaks the ghoul sealing technique!"

    "¡­it is good."

    Xianglin glanced at Uehara Naraku with a strange expression.

    Xianglin is not a girl who knows nothing about the world, she is far more intelligent than most female ninjas in the ninja world, especially good at analyzing intelligence.

    Regarding the affair between Uehara Naraku and Oshemaru, not only the incense phosphorus is clear, but it can also be analyzed.

    Uehara Naraku can obviously press the Oshe Maru on the ground and beat him up, but he has instead placed the Pharmacist''s pocket next to Osher Maru as a spy, and uses the Pharmacist''s pocket to secretly guide and control Oshemaru''s every move.

    This boss is really sinister.

    When everyone mentioned Oshemaru, that guy was a sinister and cunning guy, but Oshemaru was played in the palm of her hand by Naraku Uehara...

    The water in the Ninja World is too deep.

    Because of the related interests, Phosphorus dare not continue to think about it.

    No one came from places like Uzumaki Country, so after spending the night quietly, they also waited for the arrival of Dashewan and Yaoshitou.

    In more than a year, Dashemaru became more confident than before, perhaps because of the confidence he brought from his own cracking of the ghoul art.

    "Ho **** ho ho..."

    Dashemaru was the first to see the ancestral hall of the Uzumaki clan and licked his lips: "As long as it is proved that I can use the avatar technique and the reincarnation technique to break the ghoul sealing technique, this also means that I can use the power of death at any time. Next time I meet that kid Uehara...huh..."

    As long as Da She Maru is sure that the method of breaking the ghoul seal is feasible this time, he can use the ghoul seal technique to fight without limit from now on if he has a living Bai Jue as a substitute body.

    This is almost equivalent to a BUG stuck in the Reaper.

    As long as the **** of death cannot harvest his soul, Oshemaru can use his soul to summon the **** of death infinitely to fight.

    Death is an untouchable **** in the legend!

    Oshemaru believes that as long as he can manipulate the **** of death, he can kill all enemies in the entire Ninja World, whether it is Naraku Uehara, the Scorpion of Red Sand or Penn!

    Those who he could not afford to offend, after today, he wants to claim their lives one by one!

    Oshemaru stretched out his tongue, looking for the mask of the **** of death in the ancestral hall of the whirlpool clan, and quickly rolled down a terrifying-looking mask with his tongue.

    "Are you ready? Pocket."

    Oshemaru turned his head and looked at his cronies.

    Yakushi nodded his head, and took out two Baijue from his pocket. One of them was used as the body used by Osaimaru after summoning the **** of death, and the other Baijue was used as a sacrifice for the reincarnation and resurrection of the fourth generation of Naruto.

    Now these two Bai Jue have undergone inter-column cell transplantation experiments, and both Bai Jue have awakened to Mu Dun Xue Ji.

    "very good."

    Oshemaru''s tongue slowly stretched out, wrapped in a mask on his face, and a weird grin emanated from his throat: "Ho **** ho ho... From today onwards, it will make everyone the most terrifying **** Use it for me!"

    In the next moment, Oshemaru jumped up with teeth and claws!

    A tall phantom floated out from the back of the Oshe Maru. This phantom had a huge short knife biting in its mouth, with a pair of sharp horns on its head, which looked terrifying!

    This is the Shinigami of Ninja!

    Even if it only appeared in a phantom, it would make people feel a little scared involuntarily, because its appearance meant that someone was doomed to die.

    But today is different.

    Not only will no one die, there will even be resurrection.

    Dashewan cut open his lower abdomen suddenly, and the wound was dripping with blood!

    The phantom of death floating behind the big snake pill also cut open his lower abdomen suddenly, and a soul suddenly emerged from the wound on his lower abdomen!

    That is the soul of the fourth generation of Hokage Wave Fengshuimen!

    In order to seal the nine tails Bofeng Shuimen used the power of death sealed by ghouls to divide the nine tails into two halves, half of which was sealed in his body by him, and the other in Naruto Uzumaki. Of the body.

    In the end, the water gate and half of the nine tails were also swallowed by the **** of death, as sacrifices to display the ghoul seal!

    Seeing that the death **** phantom was about to dissipate after cutting open the lower abdomen and releasing the soul, its claws volleyed towards the soul of Oshemaru, and it was about to swallow the soul of Oshemaru as a sacrifice to summon it to appear!

    "Pocket, hurry!"

    Oshemaru''s body suddenly languished!

    I saw Oshemaru suddenly opened her mouth. When the death god¡¯s paws arrived, a small white snake rushed out of his mouth and rushed to the mouth of Bai Jue beside the medicine master¡¯s pocket. Occupy that Bai Jue''s body.

    This is the magical effect of the Orochi Flow substitute technique.

    As long as he can jump out in time, death can''t catch him.

    From then on, he can not only get the foul earth reincarnation of Bofeng Shuimen, he can even control the entrance and exit of the **** of death.

    This is Oshemaru, someone who even the **** of death dares to use.

    This is really fatal!

    Sure enough, the next moment something happens suddenly!

    Before the little white snake had time to break into Bai Jue''s mouth, he was nailed to the ground by a shuriken!

    Papa Papa Papa...

    A burst of applause sounded in the ancestral hall.

    A young ninja clapped his hands and walked in and said softly, "As expected of Mr. Oshemaru, even the **** of death can use..."

 Chapter 192ï¼š Help the 4th generation of Hokage to prepare a good coffin!

    Uehara Naraku really admires Oshemaru.

    If in the fourth Ninja War in the future, Oshemaru is not whitewashed, but instead uses Reaper to fight, it will be at least three times stronger.

    Uehara Naraku gently bulged his palms, looked at the big snake pill that had turned into a skin, and glanced at the pinned white snake.

    "Mr. Oshamaru, don''t you know me?"

    Uehara Naraku touched the little white snake''s head, watched the furious little white snake open her mouth and bit him, and quickly retracted her palm: "Hey, how can you bite someone!"

    "His hiss..."

    This little white snake is the main body of Dashewan.

    Obviously it has recognized Naraku Uehara, and naturally it will not be any better, especially now when it is at its weakest.

    Then, how do you feel when you encounter your worst enemy when you are the weakest and helpless?

    probably means that life is better than death!

    Throughout the second half of Oshemaru''s life, he has been bullied by Naruko Uehara almost all the time.

    At the time after betraying Akatsuki''s organization, Oshemaru was grabbed by Uehara Naraku when he slept, and blackmailed a bunch of ninjutsu.

    When the Konoha Rebellion just ended, Oshemaru held the first-generation Naruto and the second-generation Naruto. It was at the most powerful time when Uehara was forced to surrender the Proud Ninjutsu Reincarnation and Non-Scorpion Reincarnation.

    Now Oshemaru has just figured out how to effectively use the door control technique of ghoul sealing to fight. By the way, when he wants to resurrect Hafeng Shuimen, and to replace himself with a body with Mu Dun blood succession, Uehara Naraku again Came out.

    Fuck!

    Did Uehara Naraku come to restrain him?

    How can this guy always bully him?

    "His hiss..."

    The little white snake roared and broke free of the shuriken.

    It suddenly crawled to Bai Jue who was in the pocket of the medicine master, Da She Wan knew that he had to get a body before he could change the situation!

    However, just as Oshemaru was about to rush into Bai Jue''s body, Uehara Naruko grabbed his body with one hand, and threw him to the ground with one hand.

    "His hiss..."

    "I don''t understand snake language."

    Uehara Naraku rubbed his forehead, glanced at the little white snake on the ground, a smile appeared on his face: "But I know, you definitely want this, right?"

    After ¡¡¡¡ finished speaking, Uehara Naraku pointed to Shiraizu who was in control of Yakushi Pocket.

    Little White Snake nodded hurriedly: "His hiss..."

    "Okay, I get it now."

    Uehara Naruko''s palm violently twisted off the head of Shiraizu, and this scene made Little White suddenly crazy!

    It''s just that it obviously has a hint of reason.

    In order to be able to reincarnate in the dirty soil and resurrect the fourth generation of Hokage, they brought two Baijue, and the other Baijue could make it occupy the body and recover!

    Obviously Uehara Naraku would not give it this opportunity.

    Uehara Naruko flew a kick and kicked the little white snake away!

    Immediately Uehara stretched out his palm again, took a Kunai from Xianglin''s hand, and hurled the small white snake, which is the main body of the Oshe Maru, to the wall!

    Oshemaru suddenly became angry!

    The Chakra inside that little white snake is about to swell rapidly. In fact, he can use the Eight Qi Art desperately, but this is the final ultimate move, and it is obviously not enough to deal with Uehara Naraku!

    "Wordless fear..."

    Uehara Naraku stretched out his palm, two light blue chakras landed on the little white snake, and the little white snake was unable to hang his head instantly.

    In the face of powerful illusion, it is difficult for Oshemaru to resist.

    This is the sequelae caused by the reincarnation of a dead body.

    Within two seconds, Oshe Maru experienced the worst nightmare of his life.

    That nightmare was that he had just escaped from the claws of death, and when he was about to change his body, he was hit with a shuriken by a **** named Naraku Uehara!

    I just had a nightmare...

    The main body of ¡¡¡¡ Oshemaru, the little white snake mentally struggled to wake up, slowly looking at everything around him, the man headed by him was so familiar, he seemed to be Naraku Uehara...

    Damn, that''s not a nightmare!

    That is reality!

    Oshemaru was furious again, and wanted to re-activate the Eight Qi Art, once again Uehara Naraku imposed a super illusion of speechless fear!

    "Lord Naraku."

    Yakushidou hesitated and asked, "Is this some kind of illusion?"

    "Ok."

    Uehara Nairobi nodded, glanced at the Oshemaru who had just experienced the illusion nightmare, only to see that it became angry again after waking up.

    Uehara Naraku had to apply illusion to Oshemaru over and over again, and she was a little curious: "The function of this illusion is to let people experience the most terrible things in life within two seconds. What do you think Oshemaru is afraid of?"

    "¡­¡­"

    The pharmacist dared not say anything.

    Actually, the pharmacist is thinking in his heart, I guess Dashewan is afraid of you, right?

    Until the main body of the Oshemaru, the little white snake had no resistance. It seemed that when he finally resigned, Naruto Uehara put down his arm and gave up to continue torturing the Oshemaru with magic techniques.

    Uehara Nairo turned his head and looked at the pharmacist''s pocket beside him: "Where are the body materials of the fourth generation of Hokage and the other Baijue?"

    "it''s here."

    The pharmacist respectfully handed the things to Uehara Naraku and said softly, "Master Naraku, Master Oshemaru has an advantage in scientific research that no one in the ninja world can match, even the tail beast Chakra can do it. Nurtured..."

    The pharmacist wants to intercede for Oshawan.

    In any case, Oshemaru is also his guide and benefactor who has rescued him and rescued him from Danzo.

    And the pharmacist pocket is not a mistake.

    Almost no one can match Dashewan in scientific research. This guy even bred the eight-tailed chakra using only the organs once obtained from Yao.

    If Oshe Maru is given enough time, he may even breed a whole tail beast, maybe there is no tail beast soul, but the chakra of the tail beast is definitely possible!

    "Shut him up first!"

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand, and motioned to the pharmacist to deal with it at will: "Now you are the successor of the Oshe Maru, you just have to decide how to deal with him."

    "Yes, I understand."

    The pharmacist nodded seriously.

    Yakushi opened a small pocket, took the little white snake from the wall, and softly persuaded, "Master Dashemaru, please come in! After we leave here, I will prepare a new body for you."

    "His hiss..."

    The little white snake shook his head and flicked at the pharmacist''s pocket. It was estimated that he was cursing the pharmacist''s pocket as a traitor, and eventually it got into the pocket of the pharmacist''s pocket.

    Da She Wan''s mentality is really a little broken.

    Fortunately, Yao Shidou is still a grateful person.

    Uehara Naraku watched this scene and sighed: "Hey, if you kill a snake, you will be bitten by it!"

    "His hiss..."

    The little white snake spit out his own snake core.

    Is this **** for fear of not dying?

    At this time, you still want to lure the pharmacist to kill him?

    Everyone, even if they don¡¯t understand snake language, now knows that Da She Wan must be spitting fragrant mouth and talking a lot of dirty language.

    Uehara Naruko guessed that Oshemaru''s body, Xiaobai Snake, should be scolding him. After all, he was about to kill Oshemaru. Could Oshemaru be able to say goodbye to him next time friendly?

    Click!

    Uehara Naraku slapped the little white snake into the small pocket of the pharmacist''s pocket, and slowly raised her head and said: "Pocket, put your pet away."

    "¡­¡­"

    The little white snake shrank into his pocket, not daring to say anything.

    Although Xiaobai She did not dare to say anything on her mouth, Da Shemaru had already cursed Uehara Naruko from head to toe.

    Pharmacist nodded with a complicated expression.

    Although Yakushidou also knows that Uehara Naruko made sense, he still wants to save the life of Oshemaru. Only when the time is right, Oshemaru can be restored to his original appearance.

    After all, even if Oshemaru is recovered now, it will only be squeezed and used by Uehara Naruto, and maybe even be mad...

    Uehara Naraku looked at the materials on the ground and a living Shiraze, and slowly rubbed her palms: "Just let me reincarnate with the dirty soil and resurrect the fourth generation of Hokage, and then let Uchiha take the soil and the wind water as a disciple. Let the two get along well!"

    Pharmacist pocket: "..."

    Hehe, his boss is not a good person again!

    How complicated is the relationship between ¡¡¡¡ Fengshuimen and Uchiha Daito? How deep is the grudge and hatred? Does this new boss really know?

    It''s really not too big to watch the excitement!

    It is a pity that Pharmacist did not dare to refute, but he can only say that he is his new boss? How others resolve disputes, Uehara Naraku creates disputes...

    "All right."

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes flashed with determination, and she closed her palms, quickly formed a handprint of reincarnating from dirty soil, and slammed her palm on the ground!

    Uehara Naraku watched as a series of runes were born in his hands, UU Reading mouth showed an inexplicable smile: "Let me see how powerful the legendary golden flash is, forbearance and filth. The art of reincarnation!"

    Countless smoke and dust debris wrapped Bai Jue''s body!

    The next moment, a blond man wearing a Konoha protector and a white imperial robe emerged from the dust and debris, the golden glitter of the Ninja world, the water gate...

    is resurrected!

    After ¡¡¡¡ Bo Feng Shuimen was resurrected, he immediately frowned his brows, slowly raised his head and looked at the people present, and asked in confusion, "Where is this..."

    "Welcome His Excellency Fourth Generation Hokage to return to the world."

    Uehara Naraku patted his palm, and expressed his warm welcome to the resurrection of Hafeng Mizumon. Yakushitou and Xianglin helplessly lifted their palms and patted them.

    Encountering such a boss, they really can''t help it.

    Even if Uehara Naraku is a secondary second, they have to follow.

    Feng Shuimen looked at Uehara Naraku, and fell on the pharmacist''s pocket and incense phosphorus behind him, and his face suddenly became a little curious: "You are..."

    "We are all peace-loving people."

    Uehara Naraku moved her palm, and ordered the pharmacist around him to pocket: "Pouch, quickly prepare a sleeping coffin for the fourth generation of Hokage-lord. Use good materials. Only luxurious coffins are worthy of Hokage-sama. Identity!"

    Wave Feng Shui Men: "¡­¡­"

    Pharmacist pocket: "..."

    Fragrant phosphorus: "¡­¡­"

    This person is really sick!

 Chapter 193ï¼š Make this place look like Osai Maru invaded

    People who have lost nerves usually get along well.

    Bo Feng Shuimen, who had just been reincarnated from the foul soil, thought so too. A gentle smile appeared on his face: "Well... can you tell me what''s going on first?"

    "Stop it!"

    Uehara Naraku''s face suddenly hesitated, "After all, even if I tell you what''s going on, you can''t solve the problem!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Bo Feng Mizumen almost choked to death with a single sentence. After a long time, he recovered his gentle appearance: "Perhaps I still have some methods. I still have some research on some ninjutsu. It is Konoha who suffered a crisis. ?"

    "Yes!"

    Nairo Uehara nodded sadly, and explained softly: "I used the forbidden technique developed by the second-generation Naruto to resurrect the fourth-generation Naruto Lord. The purpose is to control you to endanger the Ninja World and destroy Konoha. I have told you the facts. Can you change everything in front of you?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Bo Feng Shuimen''s expression instantly turned cold.

    So the guy in front of you is the enemy!

    Feng Mizuno just saw Uehara Naraku talking nicely, he really thought it was Konoha''s friend!

    obviously uses the most gentle attitude, but it happens to say the coldest things. This way of speaking is really familiar...

    The figure of ¡¡¡¡Feng Shuimon disappeared instantly. The next moment he appeared in the hands of Uehara Naraku. A spiral pill was formed in his palm, and it was about to fall on Uehara Naraku''s body!

    Uehara Naraku raised one of his fingers almost at the same time, controlled the wave of the water gate to stop the movement, his face was full of admiration for the golden flash: "Even if the flying thunder **** is not used, your speed is Soon!"

    "How is this going¡­"

    Bo Feng Shuimen''s body couldn''t move, and he could only watch his palm pressing the spiral pill against the wall with his palm!

    Uehara Naraku turned around and looked at the Haofeng Water Gate with a puzzling face: "What should I say? If I am not sure about controlling you, then why should I resurrect you? Pocket, take the coffin Put it up!"

    "¡­Yes."

    Pharmacist pushed his glasses calmly.

    Phosphorus, standing next to the pharmacist''s pocket, also subconsciously pushed his own glasses.

    Xianglin felt pretty good in her heart. Both she and the pharmacist''s pockets were wearing glasses, and at first glance they looked very good!

    However, the next moment a flash of surprise flashed across Xianglin¡¯s face. She suddenly raised her head to look at Naraku Uehara and Yakushidou: "Master Naraku, Master Dou, someone came in this direction. It is a team of four. !"

    "Ok?"

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes flashed with golden light, he instantly turned on the hunting rhythm, and he saw the signs of four people appearing in his field of vision.

    This team should be Konoha''s daily patrol team.

    is not a problem for them at all, even if the fifth generation of Hokage Tsunade rushed here in person, there was no big problem.

    "Pocket, stop!"

    Uehara Naraku looked at the pharmacist''s pocket that had just unsealed a coffin, then turned to look at the immovable Bofeng Water Gate, and hooked the corner of his mouth: "The four generations of Naruto Lords have just been resurrected, and someone will help us. Can you test his fighting ability?"

    Uehara Naraku raised his fingers again, and controlled the wave Fengshuimen to walk outside, chuckling: "Then let me watch the battle of golden glitter!"

    A kunai with the sword of forbearance was pierced on the wall by the Bo Feng Shui Gate, and then the Bo Feng Shui Gate disappeared in front of everyone!

    Three seconds later.

    Bo Feng Shuimen once again appeared on the boundlessness of the sword of forbearance, with a little pain on his face obviously, in these three seconds, he easily killed the ninja team that came to investigate.

    The ninja squad didn¡¯t even have time to observe his figure, and was immediately defeated by Bofeng Shuimen, and all the players were killed!

    "So fast!"

    A flash of shock flashed in Xianglin''s eyes, and when she felt again, a drop of cold sweat was left on her cheek: "The enemy''s Chakra has disappeared..."

    "Huh, it''s terrible..."

    Yakushi Pocket also subconsciously pushed the glasses on the bridge of his nose, and his mouth showed a relaxed, horrified smile: "It''s only a few seconds, and even before I blink, the members of a ninja team are easily killed!"

    Uehara Naraku nodded at Hafeng Mizuno with satisfaction.

    Well, this wave is not a loss, since then he has one more hole card.

    Papa...

    Uehara Naraku slapped her slap and exclaimed, "Come on, applaud! Celebrate our fourth generation of Naruto Lords!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Yakushitou and Xianglin clapped their palms awkwardly.

    Feng Shuimen looked at Naraku Uehara coldly, gritted his teeth and said, "Who are you guys..."

    This is an extremely dangerous enemy!

    Although the time between Hafeng Mizuno and Uehara Naraku was very short, the fourth generation of Naruto Uehara has realized the danger of Uehara Naraku.

    is not only dangerous in strength, his mental state is even more dangerous.

    Where would anyone applaud after the death of an enemy, shouldn''t they all lament the death of innocent people?

    "Oh, strictly speaking, we still have a relationship."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head and sighed softly, "My teacher is also a disciple of Lord Jiraiya, so we are still our own!"

    If you count according to time, Xiao Nan and the others are still the first batch of disciples accepted by Zi Lai Ya! Even the Bo Feng Shui Gate was closed later.

    "Who on earth are you!"

    Bo Feng Shuimen shook his head, with a very ugly expression: "If your teacher is a disciple of Teacher Jiraiya, he can''t teach an evil person like you!"

    "Oh?"

    Uehara Naraku''s face suddenly showed a playful smile. He looked at Hafeng Mizuno and smiled: "In this way, the fourth generation of Naruto Master knows what a disciple taught by a disciple of Jiraiya should be. What?"

    Uehara Naraku slowly closed his palms, and continued to smile: "I remember that the fourth generation of Naruto Lord is also a disciple of Lord Jiraiya! Let''s take a look at what kind of disciples you taught! "

    Uehara Naruko quickly closed his palms, slapped a palm on the ground, and a coffin came out of his psychic array: "Ninja, psychic art, rebirth of the filthy earth!"

    The coffin lid slowly opened.

    Uchiha''s voice with soil came out first: "Hey, Uehara Naraku, if you don''t let me go out, the four-tailed man Zhuli who is locked in the divine space will starve to death!"

    "this is¡­"

    Bo Feng Shuimen looked at the coffin suspiciously.

    I saw that the coffin lid slowly fell, revealing Uchiha''s figure with soil.

    Uchiha Daido did not see Uehara Naraku at first glance, but instead saw a familiar blond figure, his cynical attitude instantly converged.

    "Teacher? Teacher Watergate?"

    Uchiha brought the soil in his heart immediately furious.

    Hey hey hey, what the **** is going on!

    Why is the **** Nairo Uehara reviving Mizumon!

    Doesn''t this guy know that he has no face to meet this teacher?

    The shock on ¡¡¡¡ Fengmizumon¡¯s face flashed away. He looked at Uchiha''s dirt in disbelief, and he hesitated for a moment before recognizing it: "Are you... carrying dirt?"

    "¡­is teacher."

    Uchiha lowered his head in embarrassment with a muddy face.

    Uehara Naraku knocked on the board of Uchiha''s earthen coffin, and chuckled softly: "How about it, Hokage, this is the disciple you taught. What kind of person is he? I won''t introduce it. You can Chat!"

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand and pulled down Uchiha''s coffin board with soil, patted his forehead and said, "Don''t worry, I believe you will have a lot of topics to talk about!"

    "Hey hey hey, Naraku Uehara, let me out!"

    Uchiha took the soil and slapped the coffin desperately, his emotions were obviously a little furious: "I have promised to work for you, why do you **** disturb the soul of Teacher Watergate!"

    "what happened?"

    Uehara Naraku''s smile remained undiminished: "Didn''t you who created the Kyuubi Chaos and killed your teacher? I just resurrected him... shouldn''t you thank me!"

    "Asshole! Asshole!"

    "Mr. Watergate, I''m sorry!"

    "Teacher! Teacher! Teacher..."

    Uchiha patted the coffin board and cursed, and apologized with a sad cry. However, his will was unable to resist Uehara Naraku, so he could only let his coffin sink into the psychic array on the ground.

    "see it?"

    Uehara Naraku stretched out his palms toward the Hakatami gate: "That''s the disciple taught by the Honourable Naruto himself. We should all be regarded as Jiraiya-sama. Do you think he is evil? Or am I evil? "

    "¡­¡­"

    Bo Feng Shuimen was still digesting the news he had received.

    The Kyuubi Rebellion is a key word. He immediately thought of Konoha who suffered a heavy loss that night, and that his family was ruined that night...

    Why would Naraku Uehara say that it was the Kyuubi Rebellion made by Uchiha belt soil?

    And Uchiha has not denied it just now?

    "Well, you can think about these questions slowly."

    Naruko Uehara stepped into the coffin step by step under the control of the Haofeng Water Gate, and he covered the coffin board for him himself, and tapped the coffin with his fingers with a chuckle: "Don''t worry, what you see today is only the first one, and you will see you in the future. To many old people!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Yakushidou and Xianglin dare not speak.

    These two people inexplicably understood Uehara''s way of controlling others, no, or a way to torture others.

    That''s emotional fetters.

    This happens to be completely different from Konoha.

    Konoha cultivates the feelings of the ninjas little by little, allowing them to establish friendship or love bonds, so that they can not abandon their friends, teammates and hometown ~ www.novelhall.com ~ Uehara Nara is also taking advantage of this bond.

    It''s just that he would use this kind of **** to torture the enemy.

    Fragrant phosphorus subconsciously wiped the sweat on his face, using the enemy''s feelings to torture and defeat the enemy, this method is too cruel, right?

    If in the future Uehara Naraku controls the Hafumi Gate to fight Jiraiya, will it be a nightmare for the master and the disciple...

    This boss is a real devil!

    If Uehara Naraku knew about the idea of ??Aromatic Phosphorus, he would definitely dismiss it. How could a subordinate of the level of Hafeng Mizumon be used to deal with Jiraji!

    Can''t it be used against Naruto Uzumaki?

    In the future, Naruto Uzumaki will play the Nine Lama mode to participate in the Ninja World War, but when he meets his father head-on, he will also open the Nine Lama mode to fight...

    hiss, the picture is there.

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and turned to look at the pharmacist''s pocket: "Okay, clean up here, and then throw the snake skins that Mr. Osaimaru has shed on the corpses of the Konoha ninjas, and make Mr. Osaimaru again It¡¯s like sneaking into Konoha once..."

    Pharmacist pocket: "..."

    Is his new boss really unable to be a good individual?

    Oshemaru is now being forced by you, only the little white snake is lingering and panting. It''s all like this, do you want to pour dirty water on him?

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the stiff pharmacist''s pocket, raised her eyebrows, and urged dissatisfiedly: "Hurry up! What are you doing in a daze! After the matter here is solved, I have other tasks. I will tell you!"

    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª

    asked for a monthly pass!

 Chapter 194ï¼š How much benefit can be gained by standing right

    Late at night, Konoha Tavern.

    Tsunade is rarely free for a while, and when she was drunk here, an Anbe appeared next to her and whispered.

    "Hokage-sama, Anbe has just received a report that all patrol teams have been killed, and there is only the human skin left by Oshemaru..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Tsunade smashed his glass with force.

    The evidence for this kind of thing is conclusive, and I can''t deny it anyway.

    After hearing Anbe''s report, Tsunade''s drunkenness immediately awoke, and his face was gloomy and gritted his teeth and said: "It''s the **** Oshemaru again...Send two teams of Anbe over and chase him with me!"

    "Yes!"

    After the Anbe agreed, he hesitated and said: "But the intelligence department''s Captain Yamanaka Keiichi reported that the four ninjas who were killed died in an instant. Squad leader Shikuji Nara guessed that Oshemaru might resurrect the fourth generation of Hokage. grown ups¡­"

    "¡­¡­"

    Tsunade hit the table with a punch.

    The table obviously couldn''t bear her distance at all, and it instantly turned into a pile of pieces, scaring the drinking guests to fools!

    Tsunade quickly put a smile on his face, a little embarrassed: "Ahahahaha... it''s okay, everyone keep drinking, I''m just so happy..."

    "Oh roar!"

    The atmosphere of the tavern suddenly became warm again.

    After ¡¡¡¡ Tsunade borrowed money from Anbe to compensate for the loss, she left the tavern, and her face immediately became gloomy: "Can you be sure that the fourth generation of Hokage was reincarnated in the dirty soil?"

    "No."

    Anbe shook his head and said in a low voice: "But according to the analysis of Nara squad leader, only the fourth generation of Hokage should have that kind of strength. Without revealing their identities, they killed four ninjas, Nara squad leader and Yamanaka. The captain is waiting for you in the Hokage office."

    "...that bastard!"

    Tsunade gritted his teeth bitterly.

    At this moment, she has hated Oshamaru to the extreme.

    In fact, the Oshe Maru, who was inexplicably backed up, is now gritted his teeth with hatred, but he hates Yakushitou and Uehara Naraku.

    Through the gossip exchange between Uehara Naraku and Yakushidou, Oshamaru finally knew that Yakushidou had always been a spy arranged by Uehara Naraku.

    Even Da She Maru went to find Bai Jue and cracked the ghoul seal. It was Uehara Nasuo behind the scenes and instructing Pharmacist to guide him to do so.

    This... isn''t it just playing with his life?

    The main body of ¡¡¡¡ Oshemaru, the white snake hid in the small bag in the pharmacist''s pocket, and fell into deep thought. Was he actually controlled by Uehara Naraku?

    I originally thought that I was a person who really pursued the truth in Ninja, but I did not expect that the truth I worked for was under the control of others...

    originally thought he had become strong enough.

    Unexpectedly, he was just a **** secretly controlled by Uehara Naraku.

    Is this Ninja world not worthy of his survival, or fight with Uehara Naraku?

    This thought flashed past Oshemaru''s mind.

    Forget it, it''s better to die than to live.

    As long as people are still alive, they can still chase their dreams.

    As for the guy Yakushidou, although he has always been a spy for Naraku Uehara, he secretly helped him and even interceded for him...

    Oshemaru''s mind gradually became complicated.

    Uehara Naraku, Yakushidou, and Xianglin did not pay attention to Oshemaru. After they left Konoha, they found a secluded place.

    Uehara Naraku was also unambiguous, and took out a scroll from his ninja bag and handed it to the Pharmacist''s pocket: "This is Uchiha''s divine power kaleidoscope writing wheel eyes with soil. You can transplant yourself with the intercolumnar cells. "

    "Understand."

    Yakushi nodded earnestly, and took the scroll in Uehara''s hand.

    The Uchiha clan¡¯s writing wheel eyes and inter-column cells can restrain each other, and Yakushidou has also participated in research in this area. Even Shimura Danzo¡¯s arm full of writing wheel eyes was sent by him himself.

    The only thing that Pharmacist did not expect was that Uehara Naraku was willing to give him a kaleidoscope to write round eyes. This precious material is hard to find!

    Nairo Uehara watched the pharmacist and put away the scroll, and continued to speak: "I met the White Snake Immortal in Longdidong before, and when you look back, you go to Longdidong to report my name and let it teach you the Longdidong Fairy Mode. "

    "Yes."

    Yakushidou nodded again.

    Although the face of Yakushitou is still extremely calm, his heart has already caused an uproar. Is this the benefit of standing in line?

    The power of kaleidoscope writing round eyes, these people know all about it.

    Especially Uchiha''s divine power kaleidoscope with soil, its strange ability almost makes most people in the Ninja world have nothing to do with him!

    And after following Dashewan for so long, Yao Shidou has also heard of the Longdidong Immortal mode. It is said that Dashewan has been seeking for so many years and has been unable to obtain the teaching of the White Snake Immortal...

    Unexpectedly, Uehara Naraku arranged this for him.

    This new boss is much more generous than expected.

    Not to mention that the pharmacist is carrying himself, even if it is the big snake pill in his pocket, at this moment, he is too envious!

    Why can''t people trust each other and cooperate sincerely?

    If Uehara Naraku uses this method to trade with Oehara, Oehara will definitely agree 100% to cooperate with Uehara!

    The harvest of the pharmacist pocket is too rich!

    The big snake pill in the pharmacist''s pocket is so envious that he wants to drool, but what the pharmacist can get is the treasure of his dreams!

    Uehara Naraku was a little worried that there was a problem with the Immortal Mode of the Pharmacist''s Pocket, and patted the shoulder of the Pharmacist''s Pocket, and whispered: "Tell the White Snake, you are my most trusted subordinate now. Don''t let you practice the Immortal Mode. Chazi turns into a snake."

    "Yes."

    Yakushi nodded hurriedly, his face gradually increased with excitement: "I won''t let Lord Naraku disappointed!"

    "Ok."

    Uehara Naraku was very satisfied with his attitude, and continued to ask: "From now on, I will arrange for you to use two identities, one is the heir of Osamaru, and the other is Uchiha with the soil. I have been working hard for you for a while."

    Since the subordinates are ordered to do tasks, rewards are also indispensable.

    After Uehara Naraku finished the task, he opened his mouth to appease the pharmacist: "The orphanage in Yuyin Village has started to run smoothly. Now it is Xianglin who is assisting Teacher Xiaonan to do this. The orphans in the country of Rain have been gathered by the orphanage. Up.

    Moreover, the biological science laboratory you want has been set up. It is usually handled by phosphorous, and the equipment is even more complete than you think. "

    "Yes, thank you Lord Naraku."

    After ¡¡¡¡ Yakushi listened to it, he raised his head and said, "Yes, there is one more thing... Previously, Lord Oshemaru had been worried that he could not control the first and second generations of Naruto and Hokage in their heyday, so he has not reinvented them."

    Yakushi pushed his glasses around and looked at Uehara Naraku with a feverish look: "If Naraku-sama is reincarnating from the dirty soil, he will definitely be able to control the two adults of the first and second generations of Naruto in their heyday!"

    "Collect Naruto?"

    Uehara Naraku touched her chin, and she suddenly became interested: "Is the materials of the first generation, second generation and third generation of Naruto available in the base of Oshemaru?"

    Yakushi nodded his head and chuckled softly: "Yes, and the collection of Lord Oshemaru is more abundant than Lord Naraku thought."

    "Go and take a look!"

    Uehara Naraku was a little excited, and continued to speak: "Besides those, are there other dirty materials?"

    "Have."

    The pharmacist nodded and said softly: "Some time ago I got the materials of the second generation water shadow, the second generation earth shadow, and the third generation Raikage. It was only because Dashemaru-sama was worried about his lack of control and was still letting them sleep. "

    "Keep those for yourself!"

    Uehara Naraku indifferently waved his hand and said, "I am only interested in collecting Naruto If you have learned how to reincarnated from the dirty soil, then resurrect and control them!

    As the character who will take over from Oshemaru and Uchiha in the future, you can''t fight alone, you always have some combat power in your hands! "

    In the fourth Ninja World War in history, Yakushidou has resurrected many shadow-level powerhouses one after another. It can be seen that he already has the power to control these shadow-level figures.

    If the souls of the first and second generations of Naruto were still there at that time, maybe Yakushidou would also reincarnated on them.

    However, the pharmacist pocket may not be able to control them!

    After all, the strength of the first generation of Hokage is enough to use one person''s power to suppress all other movie-level characters, even without much effort!

    The strength of the second generation of Naruto is only below the first generation of Naruto!

    Even if Uehara Naraku herself, he can only confirm that he can control the second generation of Naruto. Regarding the first generation of Naruto at its peak, Uehara is still a little uncertain.

    The strength of the first generation Naruto Senjujuma and the reincarnation eye Uchiha Madara are only below the six-level combat power.

    Uehara Naraku suddenly felt that he was not strong enough...

    Unless there is a battle in the Ninja world, Uehara Naraku will have a battle with ten thousand enemies, and the harvest of darkness will speed up his three-dimensional attribute stacking.

    "correct."

    After Uehara Naraku remembered Uchiha Madara, he grabbed the shoulder of Yakushi Po, and said in a deep voice, "If you find Uchiha Madara''s body one day, you should never try to resurrect that guy without my permission. !"

 Chapter 195ï¼š Me, Naraku Uehara, a Naruto collector!

    Running around for several days.

    Uehara Naraku and they finally arrived at the northern base of Oshe Maru, which is also the largest base in Oshe Maru, with complete facilities and advanced equipment.

    After the Yakushi pocket placed the main body of the Oshe Maru, the white snake, found a pile of collections of O She Maru and placed it in front of Uehara Naraku.

    The pharmacist pointed to a piece of meat that moved back and forth, and whispered softly: "This is cultivated from the cells of the first generation of Hokage. It can be directly used as a material for rebirth from the dirty soil, and even as a sacrifice for the rebirth of the dirty soil."

    "Well¡­"

    Uehara Naraku and Xianglin frowned at the same time.

    How can Uehara Naraku complain about this?

    The cells of the first generation Naruto Senjutsu column are almost the same as cancer cells. As long as they have chakra and nutrition, they will proliferate indefinitely. His cells are still useful. As long as people are willing to start their brain research, they can study the cells of the column. Many uses.

    "This is the material of the second generation of Hokage-sama."

    Yao Shidou pointed to a bone again, and whispered: "Even if it''s just this, it''s enough to reincarnate in the dirty soil and resurrect the second generation of Hokage-sama."

    Uehara Naraku: "..."

    originally thought he hadn''t done much personal affairs.

    Now think about it, there is still a long way to go between him and Oshemaru!

    Oshemaru, this guy actually dug out the bones of the second generation of Hokage, and kept the materials for reincarnation from the dirty soil piece by piece. Is this still a person!

    "Let me try to control the second generation of Naruto!"

    Uehara Naraku pointed to the bone, then pointed to the pile of meat, and whispered: "Help me collect the cells of the first generation of Hokage, and when I feel that I have enough strength, let him reincarnate in the dirty soil. "

    "Yes."

    Five minutes.

    Yakushidou quickly arranged everything for Naraku Uehara, except for a part of the second-generation Hokage''s corpse, who was alive, and even prepared a beautiful coffin.

    Uehara Naruchi closed her palms, and quickly Kieyin shouted in a deep voice: "Ninfa, the art of reincarnating from the filthy soil!"

    The next moment, the bones of the second generation Hokage turned into ashes, tightly surrounding the living Baijue, turning it into a resurrection sacrifice!

    Uehara Naraku quickly closed his fingers, for fear that the second-generation Naruto Senshou, who was close to the peak, violently smashed the base.

    I have to say that the Chakra in a thousand hands is indeed huge.

    Uehara Naraku is even a little troublesome to manipulate, and can only barely manipulate.

    "Little ghost..."

    After ¡¡¡¡ Senshou recovered from time to time, he looked at Uehara Naraku with an ugly expression: "This time it was you kid who brought the old man back to life?"

    Senju still had an impression of Uehara Naraku.

    After all, the last time they met, Uehara Naraku was able to blast his head with one blow at the speed of his Thunder God!

    That kind of speed and power is not an ordinary ninja!

    "Do you still know me?"

    Uehara Naraku chuckled lightly and patted the luxurious coffin: "Well, the purpose of my resurrection is different from that of Oshemaru. I am trying to deal with Uchiha Madara, who is very likely to be resurrected from the dead. Resurrected!"

    "Huh, Uchiha Madara?"

    Senshou gave a cold snort and looked at Uehara Naraku: "Boy, then tell me all the information about Uchiha Madara! I''ll go and solve that guy!"

    "So confident?"

    Uehara Nairobi rubbed his forehead with a headache, and sighed, "Second-generation Hokage, shouldn''t you count your own strength?"

    "Don''t worry, the power of my resurrection this time is very close to my life."

    Senshou may be due to the rebirth of the dirty soil, and there is a little more confidence: "Although the strength of the guy Uchiha is far better than my strength, I have a set of tactics specifically to match the rebirth of the dirty soil..."

    After ¡¡¡¡ Senshou talked about it, he continued to add: "What''s more, that set of tactics was originally designed for Uchiha Madara''s Susano!"

    Uehara Naraku: "..."

    Although Senshou said that he was extremely confident, Uehara Naraku still didn''t believe him at all...

    This guy in Senshou''s mouth is so loud that he can''t even beat a Uchiha Madara without any eyes!

    Uehara Naraku was too lazy to continue talking to him, but slowly controlled the Qianshoujian into the coffin and fell asleep.

    When the Ninja World War in the future, if the father-son battle between Uzumaki Naruto and Nami Fung Mizumon leads to the explosion of Naruto''s nine-tailed man, Uehara can also arrange Senju Koujian to cooperate with Nami Fung Mizumon.

    In addition to the second generation of Naruto, there are also three generations of Naruto Sarutobi.

    The pharmacist directly took out a corpse and said softly: "Oh Shemaru-sama has collected the remains of the three generations of Hokage-sama, and has been thinking about whether to reincarnate from the dirty soil. Maybe he hasn''t figured out how to face the old teacher. ."

    "Oh, I don''t have that much burden."

    Uehara Naraku chuckled and slowly said, "I have a reason to control this third-generation Naruto in my hands. After all, he knows my true face!"

    The next moment, Uehara Naruko suddenly closed his palms, and shouted sharply: "Ninfa, the art of reincarnating from the filthy soil!"

    Compared to controlling the second generation of Naruto Chishou, it is much simpler to control the third generation of Naruto Tobihiri, and even simpler than controlling the wave of the sea!

    "Ok?"

    After the three generations of Naruto Sarutobi awakened, he slowly opened his eyes, with a lifeless expression on his face: "Oshemaru, are you desecrating the soul of the dead again?"

    "Yes, besides Osha Maru, who else would do this!"

    Uehara Naruko put his fingers up, and after a chuckle, he was about to manipulate Sarutobi Hitoshi into the coffin.

    Who would have thought that Naraku Uehara''s voice stimulated Sarutobi Hitoshi, and the old man''s will immediately began to struggle: "It''s you kid! You kid cheated Konoha..."

    "Don''t be so irritable, lie in the coffin obediently!"

    After Uehara Naraku beckoned to Sarutobi, he chuckled and covered the coffin cover for the third generation of Naruto: "The third generation of Naruto! In fact, you don''t even know that your reputation in the Ninja world is already stinking. Come on! Hypocritical and treacherous old man!"

    This is real.

    Because Yakushidou pretends to use the orphan code name Anbu Rebellion to preach that the third generation of Hokage manipulated the village''s people in the village, and the fourth generation of Hokage was murdered for power.

    As for whether it is true or not, no one can find out.

    After all, the third generation of Naruto and the fourth generation of Naruto were dead, and later even the Uchiha belt soil was dead, and the Anbe Rebel named Orphan also disappeared.

    How can I check this?

    Of course there is no way to check it!

    Sarutobi Hizen''s old friendly image completely collapsed, and he became a sinister, despicable, hypocritical guy with a gracious old man on the face of Konoha.

    After all, what everyone hates most is such hypocrites.

    "¡­¡­"

    Yakushi walked around watching Uehara Naraku manipulating Sarutobi Hitoshi, and he secretly complained, why did the three generations of Naruto-sama''s reputation become foul, isn''t it because of you?

    Now the main mission of Naraku Uehara''s Osemaru base has ended.

    Except for Senjujushima, who is not easily controlled by him, the other three Naruto have successfully reincarnated from the dirty soil and become Uehara Naraku''s collection!

    Uehara Naraku is still faintly regretful.

    To be honest, the Naruto Uehara most wants to collect is the fifth-generation Naruto Tsunade. If possible, the fifth-generation Naruto Tsunade must be alive...

    Uehara Naraku put away the two coffins with satisfaction, and glanced at the pharmacist pocket: "By the way, can you control the second-generation Tukage and the third-generation Raikage with your power? I want to fight them!"

    After all, his advanced mission is only about Raikage and Tukage!

    If it can be done here, the three-dimensional attributes such as Chakra are still the next thing. The most important thing is that the recovery effect will definitely be greatly improved.

    And defeating the Five Shadows may be the final advanced task. The rewards that the system can give him must be very generous, but I don¡¯t know if the shadow-level characters who defeated the reincarnated filthy earth will also be included in it...

    "I''m not sure."

    The pharmacist was silent for a while, and said softly: "But I can use the charm to annihilate their wits and let them be driven by me temporarily."

    "That''s enough."

    Uehara Naruko twisted his wrist and chuckled: "Don''t worry, I''m sure I can defeat them anyway! When it''s over, I will seal them up for you, and let them fall asleep in the coffin! "

    "Yes, Lord Naraku!"

    Pharmacist Dou respectfully agreed to it Since the boss did not seize his control of other movie-class figures, if he just wants to fight, of course, Pharmacist Dou must agree to it!

    Any request of Naraku Uehara, Yakushipo will do his best to satisfy!

    Yakushidou has gradually discovered a way to get along with Uehara Naraku. As long as he can agree to any request of Uehara and accomplish any task Uehara confessed, Uehara Naraku is still very generous to his subordinates.

    The most important thing is that Uehara Naraku seems to have a certain bottom line.

    Because the pharmacist discovered that all the requirements and tasks proposed by Uehara Naraku were within his ability, occasionally it only took a little effort.

    If you compare Osamaru, Uehara Naraku is too human.

    "Let''s start then!"

    Uehara Nara pinched his fingers one by one: "The legendary Raikage, the strongest Raikage capable of 10,000 enemies, and the legendary second generation who was able to survive Konoha''s ally when he was full, but forced to surrender to Uchiha Madara. Dokage... I''ve really been looking up for a long time!"

    "Yes, then I will revive them now!"

    Pharmacist¡¯s pocket immediately cleared the field, and slowly closed his fingers: "Is it necessary to resurrect the two directly, or should I resurrect only one to let Naraku-sama play?"

    Uehara Naraku hesitated for a while, frowned and said, "Let¡¯s make the easiest one first! I want to experiment first..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Yakushitou and Xianglin''s face suddenly relaxed.

    Originally, the two of them thought the boss was too arrogant, but now it seems that the boss is still very sensible...

 Chapter 196ï¼š I am a hanger

    Uehara Naraku is purely for the advancement task reward.

    Uehara Naraku doesn''t actually like fighting at all. He has no interest in fighting. The most annoying in his life is the battles he has experienced.

    Uehara Naraku¡¯s favorite life is actually sitting in Yuyin Village and waiting to send money to the members of the Akatsuki organization every day; although the distribution is all organizational funds, Uehara will have a trace of pride in his heart.

    "Master Naraku, you are ready."

    The pharmacist closed his palms, and quickly finished the handprints of reincarnating from the dirty soil, a plume of smoke rose and gradually wrapped a Bai Jue as a sacrifice.

    The next moment, a figure covered in bandages appeared.

    It is the second generation Tuyingwu.

    After the resurrection, the second generation of Tukage Lord seems to be a little confused, still observing the surrounding environment, this is a ninja instinct in the age of war.

    "Hey, hey, don''t look at Master Tuying, behind, behind!"

    Uehara Naraku patted the second generation Dokage on the shoulder, as if he was an old second generation Dokage acquaintance, and greeted affectionately.

    However, when the Lord Tukage turned his head to look, Uehara slammed a punch, smashing his head into confetti!

    The confetti gradually floated in the wind.

    The head of the second generation Tuyingwu reunited.

    In the body of the trait of reincarnating from the dirty earth, no matter how fatal the damage is received, it will be fully recovered, unless it is hit by a magical technique of the jade level.

    After the second generation of Tuyingwu returned to his original appearance, watching Uehara Naraku''s eyes a little more vigilant and hostile, his palms suddenly closed, and a white light appeared in his hands: "Dust escape: The technique of the original world peeling! "

    It''s just that the second-generation Dokage has just condensed, and Uehara Naraku''s body disappeared in place, leaving the second-generation Dokage''s attack on the empty space!

    The white light of the dust in the hand penetrated the ground, and instantly penetrated the ground into a large hole, and the soil in the hole was directly decomposed into atoms!

    "This is too terrible..."

    After Uehara Naraku sighed softly, his body quietly appeared behind Wu''s, and her palm suddenly pierced Wu''s chest!

    His speed is too fast, far exceeding Wu''s reaction speed!

    "When¡­"

    The second-generation Tukage-sama looked at the fist emerging from his chest in disbelief, and whispered: "It turns out that it is the same as Konoha''s second-generation Hokage, is it a temporal and spatial instantaneous technique?"

    "Tsk, well informed!"

    Uehara Naraku slowly retracted his fist, and kicked him to the ground with a kick while the second generation Tukage was recovering!

    The next moment, Wu''s body had just returned to completeness, and he was immediately knocked to the ground by Naru Uehara. He didn''t even have a chance to react!

    As a powerful ninja who has developed a **** succession, he has no power to fight back in the hands of a young ninja, even if he wants to simply defend himself once!

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around and watched Uehara Naraku and Wu''s unilateral battle, and couldn''t help but exclaimed softly, "As expected of Lord Naraku!"

    "Indeed, the gap is too big."

    Xianglin pushed his glasses like a pharmacist, and said in a low voice: "In my perception, the chakras of the two people are completely inconsistent. No matter what, Lord Naraku has an absolute advantage. .

    If it''s just physical combat, this second-generation earth shadow seems to be too far behind, almost completely not an opponent of Naraku-sama, and even the corners of Naraku-sama''s clothes can''t be touched! "

    "There is no other way..."

    A smile appeared on Yakushidou¡¯s lips, and continued: "I have seen Lord Naraku defeat the second-generation Naruto-sama with one hand! Konoha''s second-generation Naruto-sama is second only to the first Naruto and Hokage among the contemporaries. Character of Madara Uchiha."

    After saying this, the pharmacist''s words turned around and he said: "But the second generation of Tuying is not useless. The dust and blood in his body have not been shown after the elimination!"

    In fact, it is not that the second generation Tuying does not want to use his own dust and blood to succeed.

    It was that Naraku Uehara was so fast that Chen Dun couldn''t keep up with his speed. Now the only thing the second generation Tuying can do is to let himself out of his disadvantages and find an opportunity to counter Uehara!

    The second generation Tuyingwu, who was born in the age of war, is quite knowledgeable about how to save the situation in such a disadvantaged battle. He didn''t want to find a chance to escape, but split his body instantly after his dirty soil reincarnation body recovered. !

    "The technique of splitting!"

    Wu''s body splits in two instantly!

    This is his unique doppelganger technique. You can release the doppelganger technique without seals. The most important thing is that each clone is an entity and can exert his power!

    The only weakness is the inability to use the dust attack.

    But this is harmless, anyway, he couldn''t use Chen Dun to fight back, so he might as well give up Chen Dun temporarily in exchange for a chance to fight.

    One of the entities with nothing was kicked to pieces by Nairo Uehara, and then disappeared without a trace. Obviously this entity was only to resist Uehara''s blow!

    This second is enough to prepare for another entity to avoid it.

    The other Wu entity turned into a transparent color, and quietly disappeared in the field of vision of Uehara Naraku: "No dust is lost!"

    Wuchen Misi is one of the strongest invisibility abilities in the Ninja world, and even Wu Chakra can''t be perceived by people!

    Therefore, Wu is also called ¡®no one¡¯.

    It is precisely because his invisibility is too terrifying!

    "Ok?"

    Uehara Nairo glanced around and slowly started his hunting rhythm. A golden light flashed in his eyes and chuckled lightly: "I caught you!"

    It''s just that this little time is not enough to launch an attack!

    "Dust Escape¡¤Primary Realm Stripping Technique!"

    A cube of dusty white light shot out from Wu''s hand, completely covering Uehara Naruto''s body, obviously wanting to disintegrate Uehara directly!

    "Life form disintegrates the rays!"

    Uehara Naraku turned his head abruptly, a burst of purple energy shot out from his eye sockets, greeted the cloud of dusty white light!

    At this moment, two techniques that can also disintegrate the enemy collided!

    The purple ray and the white light of Chen Dun did not show any weakness to each other, they were directly stalemate in mid-air, and they could not advance or retreat!

    "how is this possible¡­"

    The second generation Tuying frowned his brows and stared at the Uehara Naraku below: "Is there any technique that can counter the dust escape?"

    No, not to contend!

    It disintegrates completely!

    The white light of Chendun was continuously being disintegrated by the purple rays, and after the purple rays completely cleared the essence of the dust, the white light of Chendun instantly penetrated.

    Unsurprisingly, he moved up in the air, avoiding the purple ray!

    Click!

    Uehara Naraku''s body appeared in front of Wu in an instant by walking in the void, waved his hand to pinch his neck, and said with a chuckle: "Second generation Dokage, it seems that if this is the case, you have no value to fight against!"

    "Who is your excellency?"

    The second generation Dokage looked ugly, and subconsciously grasped Uehara Naraku''s wrist tightly, trying to break free of his restraint.

    However, Uehara Naraku''s power is so great that Wu Wu has nothing to do!

    "I am the future leader of the rain country, neighbor of the country of the earth."

    Uehara Naraku chuckled, and suddenly exerted force, shaking the hand to press the second-generation earth shadow from the sky to the ground, a blade of void was born in the hands of Uehara Naraku, and suddenly nailed the second-generation earth shadow Do not move on the ground!

    The Void Blade can absorb the enemy''s Chakra.

    Even if the Rebirth of Dirty Earth is unlimited chakras, the total amount of chakras they can use at the same time is only a limited value, which is limited by their talents.

    Uehara Naruko leaned over and pressed the blade of the void that was inserted into the second generation of Earth Shadow''s body deeper, which is far more suitable for restraining the enemy than the Yin Yang Black Rod!

    "Well, the experiment is almost successful."

    Uehara Naraku patted her palm, and looked in the direction of Yakushi''s pocket and Xianglin: "I didn''t expect that the dust and blood would not even be able to compete with my ninjutsu. This second-generation Tukage lord is not as strong as we thought. , Help me prepare for the next one!"

    "Chen Dun Blood Successor is eliminated, but the current highest blood succession in the Ninja world, was it actually defeated by Lord Naraku''s technique?"

    Pharmacist touched his glasses, a smile appeared on his face: "It seems that in terms of ninjutsu, Lord Naraku is really no enemy!"

    Pharmacist glanced at Uehara Naraku in the air, and raised his fingers: "But the next enemy is the three-generation Raikage known as the strongest defense and strongest offense. It can fight against Kaminari with one person. People!"

    "Thousands?"

    "Yes."

    A dignified expression appeared on the face of Yakushi Pocket, and he said solemnly: "This one is known as the strongest Thunder Shadow! It is said that he can shake Bawei with his bare hands!"

    "Hurry up!"

    Uehara Naraku glanced down at the reward she had obtained after defeating Wu, and saw the murmur of Yakushi Pocket and Xianglin, and couldn''t help but urge.

    Side mission: Defeat the second generation of Tuyingwu, the mission has been completed, reward skill Qigong Cannon.

    Qigong Cannon: Directly launch a powerful attack on the target area by consuming chakra energy and life energy, instantly destroying everything in the area, the minimum consumption of life energy and chakra energy is 1000 points, and the skill cooling time is no.

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku scratched his head a little. U U Reading www.uukanshu.c¨®m

    This is the first time I have encountered this kind of magical skill, and the skill that consumes life energy and chakra energy at the same time seems to be quite powerful.

    But why is this skill rewarded!

    Because the second-generation Tu Yingwu''s Chen Dun initiate gesture is similar to the gesture of Qigong Cannon? It''s a pity that the limited-time skill exchange is gone, so you can only keep this skill!

    Compared with those, the most important thing is the advanced task.

    Advanced task: Kill the five shadows, the task is not completed, the reward is unknown.

    This advanced task was completed after Uehara Naruko punched Wu''s head. Obviously, Reincarnation would also be listed in the advanced task.

    After all, not everyone can easily get close to the second generation Tuying, and then beat him to death with a single punch. This requires a lot of conditions to do...

    The first condition is...

    I am a hanger.

 Chapter 197ï¼š The enemy who was blown by a punch!

    Yakushidou was more cautious than Uehara Naraku imagined.

    The pharmacist pocketed the second generation of Tuyingwu in the coffin before he was reincarnated into the third generation of Raikage, and sealed it, controlling him into a deep sleep.

    The subordinates work fine.

    After finishing the second generation of Earth Shadow, Yao Shidou began to reincarnate the third generation of Raikage: "Ninfa¡¤The Art of Rebirth!"

    The confetti dust quickly wrapped the sacrifice Bai Jue, and a sturdy man emerged from Bai Jue''s body and appeared in their sight!

    Three generations of Raikage Ai!

    The three generations of Raikage mastered the consistent hand with the title of the strongest spear and the Lei Dun Chakra mode with the title of the strongest shield. Both offensive and defense are invincible. Even in that era, he should be the strongest. Ninja!

    Back then, the second generation of Naruto Qianshoujian and the second generation of Raikage Ai had just reached an agreement, they were attacked by the elite ninjas led by the Golden Horn and Silver Horn brothers of Yunyin Village. The second generation Raikage died on the spot, and Qianshoujian tried to cover his own. The disciples retreated and died...

    Simply outrageous.

    Qianshoujian who really doesn''t know **** those two goods...

    What''s even more outrageous is that the three generations of Raikage succeeded to the throne at the most dangerous moment in Yunyin Village. The first thing he did was to kill the golden horn and silver horn, and personally sent the body of Qianshoujianma back to Konoha. , Let Yunyin Village pass the most dangerous moment.

    Since then, Yunyin Village has soared into the sky.

    "enemy!"

    The third generation of Raikage was more decisive than the second generation of Tuying. The first thing he did after the resurrection was to fly and rush to the position of the medicine master!

    As long as they are not their own, they are all enemies!

    This is how Yunyin Ninja thinks.

    Just as the third generation of Raikage was about to rush to the front of the medicine master''s pocket to capture him, the fragrant phosphorus standing beside the medicine master''s pocket was in front of the pocket!

    At this moment, the girl of the descendant of Uzumaki mustered up the courage, and the speed was so fast that even the pharmacist''s pocket had no time to react, and she saw the fragrant phosphorus appear in front of her!

    But how could she stop the three generations of Raikage!

    Fortunately, Uehara Naraku appeared by Xianglin''s side in time, picked up Xianglin''s collar, and threw the girl aside with his hand. He cursed a few words: "You don''t want your life, the third generation of Raikage can also be blocked by you. living?"

    While talking, Uehara Naraku kicked forward suddenly!

    This foot hit the chest of the third generation of Raikage, and the huge force almost made the third generation of Raikage unable to compete, causing him to fly back at a faster speed!

    Uehara Naraku slowly retracted her leg, frowned and said: "I don''t know what you women think, do you want to fall in love?"

    "But Master Dou..."

    "You two stay away!"

    Uehara Naraku interrupted Xianglin''s words, watching the three generations of Raikage who had been kicked by him had stood up again, Uehara squeezed his fist: "Physique fighting or something, but I am best at it now. Up!"

    To this day, Uehara Naraku still misses the battle between himself and Metkai. That physical showdown is the real romance of men!

    Of course, if Naraku Uehara could beat this.

    If Uehara can''t beat him, he doesn''t like this kind of romance.

    People, it''s so realistic.

    "Lei Dun Chakra Mode!"

    Three generations of Lei Ying''s body flashed with a large amount of lightning, and the whole person seemed to be bathed in thunder and lightning. This is a ninjutsu that only Lei Ying can practice in Yunyin Village.

    The Lei Dun Chakra mode can not only greatly activate cells, enhance the body''s defenses, but also increase the speed blessing it brings to the ninja!

    In the next moment, three generations of Raikage''s figure disappeared in a flash!

    "It''s so fast..."

    This scene made Uehara Naraku a shock. He slammed his arm out and blocked the three generations of Raikage who suddenly appeared beside him!

    In the sight of Uehara Naraku just now, the speed of this third-generation Raikage was almost as fast as the movement speed of the fourth-generation Naruto Wave Fengshuimen.

    Thunder Shadow in Yunyin Village...

    Can''t underestimate it!

    Uehara Naruko shook his fist, and instantly fought with the three generations of Raikage, and the speed of the two fists was faster than once!

    It''s just that according to the battle situation, this third-generation Raikage is almost as good as the shocking door Metkay who opened the seventh door!

    "But I have already surpassed the standard of a regular movie..."

    Uehara Naraku hooked the corner of his mouth, spread his fist, grabbed the arm of the third generation of Raikage with one hand, and threw him into the air!

    Uehara Naraku''s figure rushed up quickly, and again thumped the three generations of Raikage in the air to the ground!

    Just when Uehara Naraku was about to descend from the sky, directly planning to break this third-generation Raikage''s body with great force, a series of black thunder appeared beside the third-generation Raikage!

    Countless black thunders gathered in the direction of Uehara Naraku!

    "Haha...you used ninjutsu first!"

    Uehara Naraku''s figure used the void to walk in a flash, and the next moment he appeared in front of the third generation Raikage, and stepped on it!

    Three generations of Raikage Ai hurriedly turned to avoid!

    The area he was in was smashed by Uehara Naruto in just an instant!

    In this scene, three generations of Raikage Ai¡¯s eyes twitched. He stretched out his fingers, concentrated the whole body of Chakra on his own finger, and shouted coldly: "Hell stab, a consistent hand!"

    "I heard that this is the strongest technique of Your Excellency Raikage?"

    Uehara Naraku raised his eyebrows, and chuckled: "Apart from this technique, no technique in the entire Ninja world can leave any wounds on your body. Even the eight-tailed bull ghost dare not contend with you..."

    "Boy, you know a lot..."

    Three generations of Raikage looked at the sound of Uehara Naruko and said.

    In fact, it is enough to be proud of the ordinary ninja to be able to shake the tail beast of the level of eight tails.

    Not every ninja can be like the two geniuses of the first generation of Naruto and Uchiha Madara, using the bully to set off his strength.

    "Then I want to try... see if I can leave a wound on your body!"

    Nairo Uehara hooked the corners of her mouth, slowly closing her palms, and a flash of madness flashed across her face: "Fairy Mode¡¤Central Step¡¤Open!"

    Two pairs of wings suddenly appeared behind Naraku Uehara!

    The next moment his whole person''s momentum skyrocketed, and an invisible shock wave instantly swept everything around him, almost making the people around him unable to support it!

    Even though the three generations of Raikage Ai who had completed the chakra in one hand were condensing, a touch of horror flashed through Uehara''s body at this moment!

    Uehara Naraku twisted his shoulders, and the two pairs of wings moved lightly. At the same time, Uehara Naraku also saw his status bar.

    Since the destruction of the Kushin Village, coupled with Akatsuki''s Rebellion Certification Award, Uehara Naraku''s life energy has been strengthened by almost a mile, and under the 400% blessing of the fairy mode, the life energy has reached almost 250,000 points!

    This is a powerful force that Uehara Naraku has never experienced!

    The three generations of Raikage Ai attacked first, his body was like a flash of lightning, and his whole body rushed to the position of Uehara Naraku: "Hell stab, a kanji!"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku is faster!

    In a short moment, the two were at war!

    Boom!

    A loud noise rang in everyone''s ears!

    Uehara Naraku''s figure stopped abruptly, turned his head slowly to look at his fist, and hooked the corners of his mouth: "Is this a Kanshou? Haha..."

    "..."

    However, the entire battlefield did not see the three generations of Lei Ying.

    Xianglin pushed his glasses, and looked at the entire battlefield with a shocked face: "Master Dou, what''s the matter? What about the third-generation Raikage Chakra? How could it disappear in an instant!"

    "Because..."

    Pharmacist''s gaze was looking at the battlefield, watching the dust and debris slowly gathering in a corner of the battlefield, his eyes showed a wry smile: "In just a moment, the three generations of Raikage Ai, known as the strongest shield and strongest spear, , Was blown by Master Naraku''s punch!"

    Yes, a punch!

    It makes the pharmacist doubt life!

    How could this happen!

    Known as the strongest Raikage ever, he was smashed to pieces by Uehara Naraku in a close confrontation!

    "Well, seal him up!"

    Uehara Naraku slowly landed beside them The two pairs of wings behind him gathered back at the moment he landed, and he yawned slowly.

    250,000 points of life energy!

    When there were only 10,000 or 20,000 points, Uehara Naraku was able to contend with Jingmen Metkai. Now it is almost ten times more than that at that time. Who can stop a punch in the entire Ninja World...

    The first is the most important reward...

    Advanced task 5: Kill the five shadows (5/5), the task has been completed, rewards 10,000 life energy, 10,000 chakra energy, 10,000 natural energy, rewards 10,000 gold coins, rewards full attribute restoration effect increased by 50%, The reward fairy mode is advanced to the third form.

    Advanced task 6: Kill a six-path ninja (0/1), the task is not completed, the reward is unknown.

    Uehara Naraku began to tilt his head. Does this broken system look down on him too much? The entire ninja world can''t reveal a six-level ninja now!

    Junk system, nothing!

 Chapter 198ï¼š The white coat made by the pharmacist

    Uehara Naraku''s life reached a short peak.

    According to Uehara Naraku''s understanding of the system''s advanced missions, the entire Ninja world below the level of six enemies should not be his opponents, except for the uncertain liver emperor Matkai.

    Who knows if Metkay will work hard for more than a year, opening the eight-door Dunjia directly and kicking Uehara Naraku can only save his life invincible...

    After a short period of time, the third generation of Raiking regained his body.

    The pharmacist put his fingers up in his pocket, tried his best to control the body of the third generation of Raikage, and asked with sweat, "Master Naraku, do you still need this Master Raikage to continue to be your sparring partner?"

    "no need."

    Uehara Naraku waved at the pharmacist.

    The pharmacist took out a shuriken with a spell and inserted it into the back of the head of the third generation of Raikage, temporarily extinguishing his consciousness.

    The pharmacist eagerly pushed out a coffin and stuffed the third-generation Raikage in. He thought his boss had defeated the strongest third-generation Raikage, so there was no need to keep him anymore.

    This is a qualified subordinate.

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the pharmacist pocket with satisfaction, then looked at the system panel, defeating the rewards given by the third generation of Raikage and the state of the fairy mode advanced third form.

    Side mission: Defeat the three generations of Raikage Ai (1/1), the mission has been completed, and the reward skill is Slash.

    Step forward and cut: Charge forward, to death without life! Launch a rush towards a nearby enemy at an extremely fast speed, with no cooling time!

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku was stupid.

    This is the **** skill to kill you!

    This system is neurotic!

    Why would he be rewarded for this skill!

    Is it because the three generations of Raikage used their own power to charge tens of thousands of ninjas and eventually died, so they would reward such a death-death skill?

    Uehara Naraku suppressed his spitting mind and went to see the effect of the fairy mode that had been advanced to the third form.

    Fairy Mode: Ascend the gods, the third form is hot.

    Chakra is automatically converted to Xianshu Chakra, all skills cooldown is reduced by +100%, life energy is increased to 600%, health recovery effect is increased to 600%, and the energy recovery effect of Xianshu Chakra is increased to 600%. The cost will be reduced by 50% when the skill is released, and it will have a flame wave attack when using the physical attack.

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku slowly reopened his fairy mode, only to see that the original four wings behind him had become six wings, and a slight fan made him float.

    According to the fierce blessing of the third form, he can even use the fairy mode to fight forever, greatly reducing the consumption of fairy magic chakra, and greatly increasing the recovery of fairy magic chakra.

    If he releases a few hundred points of magic chakra skills per second on average, he will basically not consume any chakras at all!

    The third form of fairy mode is so strong!

    If it enters the fourth form, how strong it will become!

    Uehara Naraku slammed a punch, and saw that his fist fell in the air and set off a heat wave. The heat wave quickly hit and destroyed a big tree in the distance!

    Uehara Naraku shook his fist with satisfaction, and suddenly turned to look at the medicine doctor''s pocket next to him, with a touch of enthusiasm on his face: "Pouch, learn the Ryujidong fairy mode as soon as possible, and then the two of us will compete!"

    Uehara can''t wait to see the fairy mode in its final form!

    Maybe that fairy mode is the hole card he can use to fight against six-level enemies in the future. If you want to evolve the fairy mode, you must defeat another fairy mode!

    Although Uehara Naraku could also resurrect the original Naruto Senjujuma, but she was still a little unsure... Senjujuma was too strong.

    "..."

    The smile on Pharmacist''s face froze.

    His boss must be joking, right? The boss who hit the strongest Raikage with one punch must be joking to him...

    Or is there an auditory hallucination in his own ears?

    It just seemed that Naraku Uehara was looking for him to learn from him. He must have heard it wrong!

    The fragrant phosphorus beside the pharmacist''s pocket is also confused. Although the girl thinks that the pharmacist''s pocket must be very powerful, she is still a little weaker than Uehara Naraku...

    After all, in the perception of Xianglin, Naru Uehara''s aura radiated far surpassed anyone that Xianglin had seen, and even surpassed the leader Payne including Akatsuki!

    If there is a **** in the Ninja World, it must be Uehara Naraku in front of him.

    "Don''t worry, we are just practicing."

    Naraku Uehara saw the stiff smile of Yakushi''s pocket, slowly fell to his side, patted his shoulder, and chuckled, "Okay, these wings are the effect of my opening fairy mode, maybe your fairy mode will Stronger!"

    Pharmacist pocket: "..."

    Although Yakushidou hasn''t practiced any fairy mode yet, the boss of Uehara Naraku can''t lie to him!

    Even if Longdidong Fairy Mode is stronger, can it still blow three generations of Raikage with one punch?

    Although the pharmacist has never seen pork or pigs running, have you ever heard of pigs? The curse imprint developed by Dashemaru is a weakened version of the fairy mode!

    And if I remember correctly.

    More than a year ago, Dashemaru bitterly told Yakushito about something, that the little **** Nairo Uehara couldn''t even take him to the White Snake Immortal...

    The strongest white snake immortal in Ryuji-dong can''t beat Uehara Naraku!

    "Well, don''t think too much, let me accompany you to do experiments!"

    Uehara Naraku put away her wings and smiled and said, "If you are here, even if your experiment fails, I can save you."

    "Yes, thank you Nairo-sama!"

    The pharmacist nodded earnestly, and said in a deep voice: "Then allow me to prepare some materials for myself. After all, I have already figured out how to transplant myself the cells of Shenwei Shalunyan and the original Hokage-sama on the road."

    "Oh?"

    Uehara Naraku suddenly became curious.

    As an orthodox scientist disciple, the method of transplanting inter-column cells by the pharmacist is safer and safer than the experiments of Nagato and Xianglin.

    Moreover, the pharmacist does not need to awaken Mu Dun. In fact, he also believes that he does not have the qualifications. He only needs the chakra of the inter-column cells to reduce the consumption of the writing wheel.

    The pharmacist skillfully cultivated the inter-column cells into the shape of a human face, and put the Shenwei Shaolin Eyes into the eye sockets of the human face, waiting for their fusion and stability, and then began to supplement the human face. Various messy things like optic nerves.

    Perhaps because Uehara Naraku can give him a lot, Yakushidou didn''t intend to replace his eyes with writing round eyes. He likes to add things to his body, but does not like to take off his own things.

    "Can this work?"

    Uehara Naraku raised his eyebrows and said, "If the most powerful evasive evasion attack of the gods cannot be used, it will greatly reduce its usefulness... No, it seems that it can''t be used now, and there is a four-tailed human pillar inside. !"

    Yakushi Tou chuckled and shook his head. He looked at Uehara Naraku and said: "Naraku-sama, please don''t worry, I will make arrangements. I will find a way to imprison him..."

    "alright!"

    Uehara Naraku still believed in the IQ of Pharmacist.

    The problem is that this experiment seems to be going on for a long time. In order to ensure that it is foolproof, the pharmacist is constantly adjusting it to maximize the strength of Shenwei Shalunyan.

    The assistant Xianglin didn''t understand it a bit.

    Not to mention the scientific scumbag Uehara Naraku.

    Half a month''s time.

    Uehara Naruko watched that the human face made up of interpillar cells was still being cultivated. He finally couldn''t wait: "Give me a quasi-trust, how long will it take you to complete this?"

    "About ten years or so."

    After the pharmacist finished talking, he saw Uehara Naraku''s somewhat ugly expression, and subconsciously changed his words: "It will take at least five years to train..."

    Uehara Naruko knocked on the experimental platform: "Can you tell me about the experimental principle? Can''t you directly fuse the inter-column cells on your body and then transplant the writing ring? Anyway, I can help you solve the problem!"

    "..."

    The pharmacist glanced at Uehara inexplicably.

    The problem is that he now talks to Naraku Uehara about the experimental principle. Does this boss understand?

    However, as a qualified subordinate, no matter whether the boss can understand or not, the pharmacist must also explain: "The chakra needed for writing round eyes far exceeds what I have, and after my constitution is transplanted with intercolumn cells , It may not be able to match the consumption of writing round eyes, so it is easy to copy Konoha''s ninja Kakashi..."

    Everyone knows the problem of Hagi Kakashi.

    Because he doesn''t have Uchiha''s physique, he can''t close the writing wheel.

    Therefore, Kakashi¡¯s chakra has not been very sufficient, so Kakashi often has to plan a battle carefully to consume chakra at the most suitable time to use a C-level ninjutsu...

    Pharmacist does not want that!

    Uehara Naraku knocked **** the test bench, and asked in a deep voice, "Is there no other way? After you finish the experiment, I guess Uchiha Madara has been wiped out..."

    Fuck!

    How did he wait for four to five years!

    The three tails of Mishin Village will be reborn in at most two years. Even if Uehara Naraku can control Akatsuki''s movement and speed in collecting tail beasts, his patience cannot wait!

    Instead of waiting for the pharmacist''s pocket to completely become the Uchiha belt soil, it is better to directly manipulate the Uchiha belt soil reincarnated from the dirty soil and continue to work!

    "Can you do this?"

    Uehara Naraku raised his eyebrows and mobilized his only scientific knowledge: "You find a way to make a white armor and wear it on your body, and then transplant the Sharanyan to Bai Zetsu, and you can control this white. Absolute consciousness..."

    "..."

    The pharmacist was silent for a while, and after pushing his glasses, he slowly raised his head and looked at Naraku Uehara: "Have you ever been exposed to biological experiments?"

    "Are you laughing at me?"

    Uehara Naruko stood with her shoulders folded and looked at the pharmacist''s pocket with a half-smile, "Could it be that the method I said is not feasible?"

    "No, a very genius idea."

    After the pharmacist nodded earnestly, he explained in a deep voice: "Although the principle sounds very naive...no, it is very concise, but I do have a similar approach."

    Uehara Naraku: "..."

    Did Pharmacist taunt him just now?

    Yakushidou didn¡¯t know what Uehara Naruko was thinking, but slowly clenched his fist: ¡°That¡¯s the method I plan to use for the transplantation of Oshimaru-sama¡¯s cells... Maybe it can be used on Baijue¡¯s body first. This method is analogous. ."

    Yakushidou tried to seal all the cells of Dashewan, Guitongwan and others on his body. Those cells and chakras were even enough for a new Dashewan to appear in his body, so it also allowed Yaoshidou to use Dashewan. Of all ninjutsu.

    In the fourth Ninja World War in history.

    The half-bodies of many people appeared on the body of Yao Shidou, and they also released the ninjutsu mastered by those people. Obviously, he had already moved this mind.

    Perhaps because of this thought, Yao Shidou''s experiment progressed very smoothly. He erased the consciousness of a Bai Jue and sealed its body in his own body.

    When the pharmacist pocket needs to use Bai Jue, he will release this Bai Jue and wrap his body like an armor.

    On that Bai Jue''s body, there were Mu Dun and Shenwei Writer''s Eye with the awakened inter-pillar cells.

    Yao Shi¡¯s pocket was draped with a body of Bai Jue. The body was hidden within Bai Jue. He slowly clenched his fist: "Mu Dun, Kaleidoscope Writing Round Eye... The experiment seems to be going more smoothly than I thought. ."

    "Can your body use divine power?"

    Uehara Naruko frowned and said, "What if someone attacked, but penetrated Shirazu''s body but stabbed your body?"

    "This Bai Jue is a part of my body After the pharmacist shook his head, I saw Bai Jue on his body like a liquid flowing quickly on his body. These are the cells in Bai Jue''s body. On the move!

    As these cells moved quickly, they gradually revealed the true face of the medicine doctor''s pocket, and those white blood cells quickly poured into the medicine''s chest and abdomen.

    It''s just that there is a piece of white on the chest and abdomen of the pocket, with a writing wheel eye on it.

    It feels a little scary to look at.

    After Uehara Nara touched his chin, he nodded and said, "If it wasn''t for the eye on the chest that was too scary, and the experiment was too bad, I would like to make one for you, Baijue coat."

    "I can prepare a stronger one for Naraku-sama..."

    "do not."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head quickly and sighed: "If you have the opportunity, you can help me make a mecha or something!"

 Chapter 199ï¼š Wait, why is Ghost Deng Shuiyue here!

    Pharmacist''s experiment was very successful.

    Only the divine power kaleidoscope writing round eyes and the wood escape blood succession ability have allowed his strength to grow by leaps and bounds, and he can even control the filthy earth reincarnation of the shadow-level powerhouses.

    From then on, Yakushito will hold multiple roles, and follow the will of Uehara Naraku to replace Uchiha Taido and Oshemaru as heirs to work in the Ninja World.

    "Then start!"

    Uehara Naraku found a map of the Ninja world from the base of Oshemaru, tapped his finger, and landed on Konoha: "I will go to Konoha from time to time, and there will be a Rin Nohara at the monument. Put a few bunches of flowers on the tombstone of the female ninja, and brush the presence of Uchiha''s soil."

    Pharmacist pocket: "..."

    What kind of ghost mission is this!

    Is there something wrong with this boss?

    Want to brush up on his presence, shouldn''t he directly attack Konoha or something? Why only put a few flowers on Nohara Lin''s tombstone?

    However, as a qualified subordinate, Pharmacist instantly activated his brain and remembered the relationship between Uchiha Daido, Hagi Kakashi, and Nohara Lin.

    Konoha team of two men and one woman.

    This kind of team is Konoha''s basic configuration, and there is usually a problem. The love triangle is already a relatively common one.

    The pharmacist nodded his head, pushed his glasses on the bridge of his nose, and said with a light smile: "Yes, Lord Naraku, I remember it, and I will choose the right time. For example, Kakashi Hagi may be comforted. While visiting the Lingbei."

    "Tsk..."

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but look at Yakushi''s pocket. As expected, he is the most satisfied subordinate now, and he can think about everything very well.

    As long as Yakushi puts a few bunches of flowers in front of Rin Nohara¡¯s tombstone from time to time, it happens that Kakashi Hagi discovered this, and Kakashi will focus on Uchiha¡¯s body, and something bad will definitely happen in the future. Thinking of my old friend.

    "The second thing."

    Nairo Uehara knocked on the map drawn by Oshemaru, randomly selected a base, and continued to order: "Let the entire Ninja world know that Oshemaru is dead, and let them know that Yakushito is the successor of Oshemaru, and even you He is stronger."

    "understand."

    A smile appeared on Yakushidou''s face, and he whispered: "Master Naraku, is this so that some people in the Ninth world can attract me for the power left behind by Oshomaru? It seems that if you can be put in the eyes of Lord Naraku Only dawn!"

    "Yes."

    Naruto Uehara nodded and glanced at the Pharmacist''s pocket with admiration: "But it is not Akatsuki''s organization, but some insidious villain in Akatsuki. It is focusing on the power of reincarnating from the filthy land. You must have this power in the entire Ninja world. ."

    This is mainly for the black jue.

    If the opportunity is right, maybe the Pharmacist can be pulled into the Akatsuki organization, and then further into the small circle of the Black Moon Project.

    by that time¡­

    Hehehehehehe...

    When Uehara Naraku thought that the people around Kuro Zetsu were undercover, when Kuro Zetsu found out about it in the future, he couldn''t help but feel a little happy.

    "Insidious villain?"

    The pharmacist glanced at Naraku Uehara subconsciously.

    Oh, is there anything more sinister in the Ninja World than Lord Naraku?

    To be honest, it¡¯s hard for Yakushito to imagine why a super power like Uehara Naraku has been desperately targeting Oshemaru and Uchiha.

    Could it be said that the stronger the strength, the darker the heart?

    Uehara Naraku looked at Pharmacist''s pocket, knocked on the table, and asked aloud, "Pouch, what are you thinking? His eyes are a bit rude!"

    The pharmacist hurriedly lowered his head, concealing the impolite look in Uehara Naraku''s eyes, and hurriedly changed the subject: "Lord Naraku, do you have any other tasks?"

    "do not have much left."

    Uehara Naruko rubbed his forehead and said softly, "When I''m free from now on, I can use Uchiha''s identity as the soil to do more bad things!"

    "¡­it is good."

    The pharmacist blinked and nodded.

    Seeing that the matter here is resolved, Xianglin pulled Hara Naraku''s sleeve and whispered: "Lord Naraku, I''m worried that Lord Dou will be deceived by Oshemaru..."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku suddenly fell into thought.

    He couldn''t be more satisfied with the subordinate Yao Shidou. The only thing he worried about was that Yao Shidou was too soft-hearted to Da She Wan.

    After all, those idioms about snakes that Uehara Naraku knows are not good words, but those idioms have allusions!

    What if the Farmer and Snake Pharmacist''s pockets happen again in the Ninja World?

    Aroma Phosphorus''s concerns are not unreasonable.

    Pharmacist Duo is good at everything, but his personality is very similar to that of Xianglin. If others give him a little warmth like sunshine, he wants to give him a sun.

    The problem is Oshemaru...

    If others tried their best to create a sun for him, he would still want to take away the abilities of others and build his own solar system or even the Milky Way.

    This person cannot stay.

    But be mindful of the feelings of the pharmacist.

    "I got it!"

    After thinking about it for a while, Nairo Uehara suddenly hammered his palm, looked at the puzzled Pharmacist''s pocket, and whispered, "I can understand your feelings for Osamaru, but at this critical juncture, let him be taken care of by someone else. Right!"

    "I can¡­"

    "No, this person is more suitable than you."

    Uehara Naraku pressed the fingers of his right hand against the palm of his left hand and made a small wound with a slight force. A drop of blood leaked from the wound.

    Uehara Naruko quickly closed her hands and explained in a low voice, "I just let you see your next teacher in advance... Ninja, psychic art, white snake fairy!"

    A huge psychic curse appeared at the feet of Uehara Naraku and others!

    The smoke screen of the psychic array sounded, and a huge white phosphorus snake appeared in front of everyone, it was the white snake fairy in Longdidong.

    It''s just that its current size is smaller than when it was in Longdi Cave, and it seems that it can change its body at any time according to the environment.

    The White Snake Immortal took a look at the surrounding environment, and slightly moved forward toward Uehara Naraku, bowing his head and spitting out the snake core: "Your Excellency Naraku, is there anything wrong with calling me here?"

    "Help me temporarily lock the Dashewan in Longdi Cave."

    Uehara Naraku pointed to a location where the small white snake, the main body of the big snake pill, was stored in the medicine master''s pocket.

    After the White Snake Immortal''s huge head was clicked, its tail slowly turned to that position, and the small white snake that was the main body of the Dashewan was rolled up.

    Even though the little white snake madly resisted and tried to incarnate as a big snake, it was still easily trapped by the white snake fairy and quickly fell into a disadvantage.

    As a fairy of snakes, the white snake fairy has nothing to do with snakes.

    After a while, the little white snake slowly lost its resistance.

    "there''s one more thing."

    After seeing the White Snake Immortal resolved, Nairo Uehara pointed to the pharmacist and said, "If this person has time, he will go to Longdidong to learn the Immortal Mode. There is no problem, right?"

    "The fairy mode is not easy..."

    The fairy white snake shook his huge head and explained: "The fairy model is different from the conventional art. The requirements for scholars are not too low, and it is very dangerous..."

    "It''s okay, just teach him, don''t let him have any problems."

    Nairo Uehara spread out her palms and looked at the white snake immortal in front of her with a chuckle and said, "I am more than ten times stronger than before. If something goes wrong and I am assimilated into a snake, I will tear down the dragon cave. Yes! This is my most powerful subordinate!"

    "Master Naraku..."

    The pharmacist seems to think that this is not good.

    Obviously he didn''t know that facing the powerful and extremely fearful creature like White Snake Immortal, threatening it was the best choice.

    really.

    After being silent for a while, Immortal White Snake nodded and said: "I will teach him to practice the Immortal Mode in a safer way, but the progress may not be too fast..."

    "Then what if I want speed and safety?"

    Uehara Naruchi closed his fingers, smiled and continued: "Of course I am also a reasonable person. If he learns the fairy mode within two years, this matter... won''t it be too difficult for you, right?"

    When Uehara Naraku talked about the last time, he slowly released the Chakra in his body, and there was a faint golden light in his eyes!

    Fairy White Snake slowly leaned down, the strength of this little devil was really much stronger!

    This ninja world actually has humans more like monsters than them!

    How did Uehara Naraku cultivate?

    "will not."

    Immortal White Snake nodded slowly, then continued softly: "But if his aptitude is really dull, I can''t do anything. Your Excellency Naraku is also an immortal, so I should understand how strict the threshold of cultivation of the immortal mode is..."

    "Hehe, of course I know."

    Uehara Naruko waved his hand, and continued with a smile: "It is precisely because I know the difficulties that I gave you a two-year deadline..."

    "Do your best."

    The white snake fairy opened his mouth and spit out the contract scroll of Longdidong toward the position of the medicine master''s pocket, and gradually increased a little majesty in his mouth: "Sign your name on the psychic blood contract! Look at the face of Lord Naraku, I will teach it well. your."

    "Yes, Lord White Snake!"

    The pharmacist clenched his fists, opened the scroll of the psychic contract in Longdidong, bit his fingertips and wrote his name.

    From then on, the pharmacist can psychic other psychic beasts besides the White Snake Fairy, and even use snakes to transmit information.

    The psychic beasts of the three holy places are more useful than imagined.

    Pharmacist Dou had never thought that after signing the psychic contract, the main psychic beast he used to fight would be a big snake.

    Now that the pharmacist''s problem is resolved, Uehara Naraku and Xianglin don''t need to stay here, they still have a mission to find the descendants of Uzumaki.

    When Naruto Uehara asked this question, Yakushi bluntly mentioned a well-known name: "Except for the incense phosphorus, there are very few descendants of the Uzumaki family. All I know is Konoha''s Uzumaki Naruto..."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku gave him a speechless look.

    You tell me the name of the protagonist in the Ninja world?

    Xianglin frowned and said softly, "Master Dou, I have seen Uzumaki Naruto. He doesn''t have the red-haired characteristics of our clan..."

    "It is estimated that his father Bo Feng Shuimen''s genes are too strong, is there anyone else?"

    Uehara Naraku skipped this topic. He wanted to take Uzumaki Naruto back, but this was obviously not realistic, especially his broken mouth...

    Uehara Naraku didn''t dare to take risks.

    "There was indeed one."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around and explained: "There is a psychic island in the country of the sea. When Lord Oshemaru established a base in the country of the sea, he did see a descendant of the whirlpool clan, but she was already dead. , Only the soul is left..."

    "There is no need to disturb the peace of the dead."

    After Uehara Nara frowned, he whispered, "In this case, are we going to leave us empty-handed?"

    "There is no other way."

    The pharmacist shook his head and sighed.

    "Payne''s mission is not completed."

    Uehara Naruko helped her forehead and had a headache: "What''s the clue of Xiaonan-sensei''s gift!"

    Xianglin also understood the close relationship between Uehara Naraku and Konan, and immediately suggested: "We can buy a beautiful piece of jewelry..."

    "Ms. Xiao Nan has never worn jewelry."

    Uehara Naraku immediately interrupted the fragrant phosphorus: "So far, her only decoration is the paper flowers on her hair. She doesn''t like jewelry, so prepare to be practical!"

    "..."

    Yakushidou and Xianglin glanced at each other, each fell silent.

    To be honest, Yakushidou didn''t understand why Uehara Naraku had to carefully select some messy gifts every time he went back.

    To be honest, if Naru Uehara picks a few flowers from the side of the road, it is probably more pleasing to Xiao Nan than the gift he prepared carefully.

    Uehara Naraku knocked on the table stroked the ring on his finger, and whispered softly: "Forget it, go home! Take me around here, let me pick two gifts by the way!"

    "Yes, Lord Naraku."

    The pharmacist nodded respectfully.

    What I never expected was that this time Uehara Naraku''s visit also found a little trouble in the northern base.

    In the petri dish of the northern base.

    Uehara Naraku was surprised to point at the person in the petri dish, and slowly turned his head to look at the pharmacist''s pocket, and couldn''t help but say, "Why is this guy here?"

    Who can tell him!

    Why does the ghost lamp water moon still appear in the northern base!

    Obviously he and Gui Deng Manyue had already arranged that year, let Terumi take care of Gui Deng Shui Yue, why this guy was still caught in the base of Oshe Maru!

    Please remember the domain name of the book¡¯s first publication:. 4Fiction Net mobile version reading URL:

 Chapter 200ï¼š Tell the ghost lantern full moon, his brothers hatred is not deep enough!

    It is really strange that the ghost lamp Shuiyue appears here.

    At the time, Guideng Suizuki¡¯s older brother, Guitou Manyue, took refuge in Uehara Naraku. Before he defected to the Haze Village, Terumi Ming confessed that he was going to be Akatsuki¡¯s spy, so he entrusted his younger brother Guitou Suizuki to Terumi Ming¡¯s care.

    Over the past few years, the Ghost Lantern Full Moon has also delivered some important news. Although it was all under the orders of Uehara Naraku, after all, it also gave Wuyin Village a taste of benefits.

    In Terumi Ming¡¯s heart, the identity and importance of Guideng Manyue should be very high, and she will definitely take good care of Guideng Manyue¡¯s brother.

    As long as the misty seniors who have a bit of political intelligence will not let the ghost lamp Shuiyue be dangerous, let alone Terumi Ming, a woman who is very likely to succeed the fifth generation of Shuiying.

    Ghost Lantern Shuiyue is the hostage and fetters that involve the Ghost Lantern Full Moon.

    If Guideng Shuiyue had an accident, it would directly mean that Wuyin Village would completely lose a powerful upper ninja and four ninja swords. The most important thing is that Terumi will completely lose the source of intelligence, Ghost Lantern Fullyue.

    Just when Uehara Nairobi was surprised, Yakushito¡¯s answer made him bewildered: "Gui Deng Shuiyue took the initiative to seek refuge in Osemaru-sama not long ago. He wants to get power from Osemaru-sama, and then go to kill his brother. ¡­"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku was a little dazed.

    Ghost lantern Manmotsu got his brother Uchiha Itachi''s script, so Ghost lantern Mizuki also got his brother Uchiha Sasuke''s script?

    Could it be that this ninja world is destined to have a pair of brothers and Dashemaru involved?

    Simply outrageous.

    The pharmacist glanced at Gui Deng Shui Yue who was sleeping in the petri dish, and explained in a low voice: "In addition, Gui Deng Shui Yue also ranted a condition that he wanted Da She Wan to rescue a man named Ringo Yu Yuri. Female ninja."

    "So Ghost Deng Shuiyue is in love?"

    Uehara Naraku raised his eyebrows, his smile suddenly stopped, and his eyebrows frowned and said, "Wait, how come this Ringo Yu Yuri sounds familiar to me?"

    The pharmacist nodded and said softly, "She is a genius ninja who recently appeared in Wuyin Village, because she recovered the lost Thunder Knife Tooth from Wuyin Village last year and was recognized by Thunder Knife, so Ringo Yu Yuri also Became a new generation of Ninja Seven."

    After the pharmacist explained the origins of Ringo Yu Yuri, he looked at Gui Deng Shui Yue and continued softly: "According to Gui Deng Shui Yue¡¯s account, Ringo Yu Yuri is now suffering from a rare disease. No one can save the entire Wuyin Village. she was."

    "A lot of people died of illness in Water Country!"

    Uehara Naraku touched her chin, turned her head to look at the pharmacist and asked, "Where is Ringo Yu Yuri now? Not at this base, right!"

    "Do not."

    The pharmacist shook his head and glanced at Gui Deng Shui Yue with emotion: "Lingo Yu Yuri should be in the hospital in Wuyin Village! Gui Deng Shui Yue seems to be very loyal. He has a good relationship with Ringo Yu Yuri, and has never I thought about taking Ringo Yu Yuri''s Shinobi sword."

    The pharmacist looked at Gui Deng Shuiyue and sighed: "I talked to Gui Deng Shuiyue several times. He once mentioned that if Ringo Yu Yuri died, Gui Deng Shuiyue would not take her forbearance. Knife, he will use the only ninja sword Thunder Tooth in Wuyin Village as her funerary object, perhaps to inspire Ringo Yu Yuri''s desire to survive!"

    Gui Deng Shui Yue''s courage is actually not high, and his intelligence is not high.

    Even this little devil''s character is a bit greedy, but he is able to give up a Shinobi at the level of Thunder Blade and Tooth for his friends.

    If Ringo Yu Yuri dies, and as the only ninja Ghost Deng Suizuki in Wuyin Village who can use this ninja sword, give up inheriting the ninja sword, then Thunder Blade Tooth may be dusted.

    This ghost lamp Shuiyue, who doesn''t seem to have high intelligence, should be trying to motivate his friends to live in his own way.

    "What a silly boy..."

    Uehara Naraku stroked the petri dish, observing the sleeping ghost Suigetsu inside, and whispered, "How could that guy Oshemaru cure your friend?"

    "¡­Yes."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses in embarrassment, and said with some embarrassment: "Instead of agreeing to his request, Master Dashemaru instead imprisoned him here as a material for studying the secret technique of hydration."

    "What a crime!"

    Uehara Naraku''s face became a little bit angry, and a hint of anger was obviously mixed in his voice: "Huh, that guy Oshemaru, even an honest child like Gui Deng Shui Yue will cheat!"

    "..."

    The pharmacist fell silent.

    Pharmacist did not want to take the topic of Uehara Naraku.

    If it wasn''t for the new boss Uehara Naraku to deceive Oshemaru too many times, causing Oshemaru to learn too badly, and too lazy to maintain her credibility, how could Gui Deng Shuiyue become the next victim of being deceived?

    Who is the root of Dashewan''s deception...

    Uehara Naraku-sama didn''t know anything in his heart? It is estimated that even Uehara Naraku can''t find out how many times have she cheated Ono Shewan!

    The pharmacist sighed, and finally asked helplessly: "What does Lord Naraku want to do?"

    "Let him go first!"

    Uehara Nairo hit the petri dish with a punch, and said in a deep voice: "Gui Deng Shui Yue is a reserve member under my hands after all. He cannot be locked in a secret base in the dark. He must go back and experience it!"

    Wow!

    When the petri dish was instantly broken, the sleeping ghost Deng Shuiyue had already awakened, his eyes suddenly opened, revealing his own smile full of shark teeth!

    The next moment, the water in the petri dish splashed out!

    Ghost Deng Shuiyue instantly used the Splash Secret Technique, his figure instantly turned into a wave of water, diving into the splash of water, and taking the opportunity to hide and escape from here!

    "Too rude?"

    Xianglin snorted, and two golden chains stretched out from behind, it is the talent of the whirlpool family to seal the diamond blockade!

    Two golden chains penetrated into the water, rolling the ghost lantern full moon out of the water waves, and slamming him in front of Uehara Naraku!

    Xianglin stood behind Naraku Uehara and Yakushi''s pocket, pushed his high-power glasses, with a different kind of handsomeness: "Before you leave, at least you should pay a visit to Lord Naraku who saved you!"

    "..."

    Gui Deng Shui Yue''s eyes rolled, and he looked at the three people in front of him, and finally his gaze stayed on Uehara Naraku in the middle: "Who are you?"

    "I''m just the one who drove the Oshe Maru away."

    Uehara Naruko lowered her body with a smile on her face, eagerly lifted Gui Deng Suizuki, and gently patted him on the shoulder: "Little guy, my subordinates are too rude, if I knew you were imprisoned in Oshemaru. The base will definitely come to rescue you early."

    "you¡­"

    Gui Deng Shui Yue was a little uncomfortable with Uehara Naraku''s enthusiasm, and his expression was a little surprised: "Who are you? Do you know me?"

    "I am an old friend of Terumi Mei."

    Uehara Naraku smiled at the ghost lamp Shuiyue, with an attitude that everyone is one''s own. Obviously, at this time, you can''t carry the ghost lamp full moon, so you can only mention Terumi.

    Uehara Naraku looked at Gui Deng Shui Yue with a somewhat vigilant gaze, and chuckled, "Forget it, you go back to Wuyin Village! Don''t doubt my identity, if you are in doubt, you can ask Terumi Mei for verification."

    "Are you really that woman''s friend?"

    Gui Deng Shui Yue''s eyes were still full of doubts.

    But since the guy named Naraku in front of him is willing to let him go, of course this opportunity cannot be missed!

    Gui Deng Shui Yue didn''t want to stay in this gloomy place at all. Seeing that Uehara Naraku didn''t stop her mouth, she immediately turned around and jumped a few times and left the base.

    Uehara Naraku watched the ghost light Suizuki leave, but the smile on the corner of his mouth became more and more weird: "This is leaving? It''s really rude..."

    The pharmacist bowed his head respectfully next to him and asked softly: "Master Naraku, do you need me to chase him back?"

    There was a suspicious blush on Xianglin''s face The big bag said in a big way: "You don''t need to be an adult, I can go!"

    "No need to."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head, stopped their thoughts, and just continued: "Tell Guideng Manyue, his brother Guideng Shuiyue is not deep enough, and his strength is not strong enough..."

    Uehara Nairo hooked the corner of his own mouth: "Let the ghost lantern full moon return to the Misty Village, go to teach his brother, and then bring back Ringo Yu Yuri and Lei Dao!"

    Pharmacist pocket: "..."

    Aroma Phosphorus: "..."

    The bullying ghost Deng Shuiyue did not say in advance.

    If the two of them remember correctly, Ringo Yu Yuri, the owner of the second generation of Thunder Swords, should be the last Ninja Seven in Wuyin Village, right?

    You are trying to drain the blood of Wuyin Village!

    Please remember the domain name of the book¡¯s first publication:. 4Fiction Net mobile version reading URL:

 Chapter 201ï¼š Isnt Uehara-sama also an undercover agent?

    In Wuyin Village, there are only four people in the second-generation Ninba Ninja Seven. They are dried persimmons, ghosts, peach fields, ghost lanterns, full moon, and Ringo Yu Yuri.

    Among them, Ringo Yu Yuri happened to be the last person to become the Seven Ninja Swords. The thunder sword in her hand was also the last one that Uehara Naraku needed to defeat.

    Now that I got her news here, Uehara naturally couldn''t miss it. In addition to completing the task, he also wanted to win over Ringo Yu Yuri to join Akatsuki''s organization.

    Besides, this is also mutual benefit.

    Except for Uehara Naraku, it is estimated that no one can cure Ringo Yu Yuri''s disease.

    After Uehara Naraku and Xianglin visited the northern base of Dashemaru under the leadership of Yakushitou, they did not stay long and returned to Yuyin Village.

    Originally Uehara Naraku wanted to bring back Shigego, who was imprisoned in the northern base, but Pharmacist Pocket still needed Shigego''s natural energy to increase his probability of practicing fairy mode, so he had to give up.

    After returning to Yuyin Village.

    Xianglin rushed to Akatsuki''s base immediately, and conveyed Uehara Naraku''s order to Guideng Manmotsu and the rescue of Guideng Suizuki. After receiving the news from his younger brother, Guideng Manmoue was unambiguous and hurried back to Wuyin Village.

    The night is dark and windy.

    There is still a mist in Wuyin Village.

    Terumiyuki sat in Shuiying''s office, and after temporarily taking over the position of Shuiying, her work and rest gradually became a little irregular.

    Terumi Mei is a little upset recently.

    Not long ago, Gui Deng Shuiyue''s brother Gui Deng Shui Yue left the village privately for two months and was almost sent to the Wanted Betrayal List. She took pains to settle the matter.

    A few days ago, Gui Deng Shui Yue finally came back.

    It''s just that the first thing after this kid came back was Terumi Ming furious, and he even asked her if she knew an old friend named Naraku!

    This kid is really harder to discipline the more he grows up!

    Just as Terumiming was rubbing her temples with a headache, a bunch of splashes suddenly slipped in from the crack in the door of Shuikage''s office, and appeared upstream on Terumiyuki''s desk. This precise operation was absolutely extraordinary. What the water escape ninja can do!

    So far, only Ghost Lantern Manmoon will use this method to deliver messages.

    Terumi Ming looked down at the water spray and gradually formed a thumb-sized figure on the desk. The little water man spoke to Terumi Ming and said, "Senior, I got the latest situation of Suizuki from your Lord Naraku, and also learned about it. Ringo Yu Yuri is seriously ill, so I rushed back to take her away for treatment. I will send it to a powerful medical ninja and let her come back when she is cured."

    After the little water man finished speaking, he immediately turned into a ball of splashes, and obviously the chakras in it had been exhausted.

    Just as Terumi Ming was about to rush to the Wuyin Hospital immediately after listening to it, a screaming cry resounded throughout the Wuyin Village!

    "Ghost lantern full moon, sooner or later I will kill you!"

    That voice sounds like Gui Deng Shui Yue, the younger brother of Gui Deng Man Yue!

    Terumi Ming''s face suddenly changed, and he hurried to the direction of the sound, but only saw the scarred Ghost Deng Shuiyue. The fourteen-year-old boy was desperately shouting at a tall building!

    just now.

    Gui Deng Manyue sneaked into the Wuyin Hospital, attacked the seriously ill Ringo Yu Yuri and captured her, defeating his brother Gui Deng Shui Yue.

    After all this was done, the full moon of the ghost lantern did not leave.

    Now the ghost lamp full moon is still standing on the tall building.

    Carrying the seriously ill Ringo Yu Yuri in his hand, he looked down at his desperate brother on the ground, and said with a cold face: "It''s still so stupid, Shuiyue, there have never been only seven Shinobi swords in the eyes of the ghost lanterns. I thought you would kill this woman. , Take her Thunder Knife, come to me for revenge, I didn¡¯t expect that you idiot would still be by her side..."

    "Asshole! It''s your shit!"

    Ghost Deng Shuiyue drew a Shinobi sword from a comatose ninja, and was about to rush to the tall building, but he was weak and fell to the ground weakly before taking a few steps. He could only use Shinobi. The knife supports itself and will not fall down!

    Even if he can''t fight, Gui Deng Shuiyue still refuses to be weaker than his brother. His face is full of madness: "Ghost Lantern Moon, I say you **** put her down!"

    "rest assured."

    Ghost Lantern Manmoon watched Shuiyue''s movements and snorted coldly.

    Ghost Lantern Manyue looked down at Ringo Yu Yuri who was carrying in his hand: "This woman, as a master recognized by the Thunder Knife, I will give her enough respect, but I will also let her recognize the facts, no matter which one. Ninja swords will only be loyal to the ghost lamp clan!"

    "I said you put her down for me!"

    The Chakra on Ghost Lantern Shuiyue finally broke out completely, and the whole person turned into a huge hydration giant, grabbing the Ghost Lantern Full Moon on the tall building with one hand!

    However, the ghost lantern full moon standing on the tall building just inadvertently raised his arm, and shook his fist towards the attacking giant: "Water Escape¡¤The Art of Water Wrist!"

    Bang!

    Wow!

    There was a splash of water!

    The huge hydration giant was knocked to the ground with a punch and turned into a ghost lamp Shuiyue again, his physical strength was finally completely drained.

    The last scene that Gui Deng Shui Yue saw before he fell into a coma was his brother Gui Deng Man Yue''s disdainful smile and Terumi Mei who came to support him. At least, if Terumi Mei is here, safety is not a problem.

    Ghost Deng Shuiyue was completely unconscious.

    Terumi Mei flew onto the side of Gui Deng Shui Yue, and after checking his health, he raised his head to look at the Ghost Lantern Manmoon in the sky: "Hey, you guys always bully him every time, even if I choose Knowing the truth, his careful eyes will also hate you!"

    "I do not mind."

    Gui Deng Moon shook his head, flew down beside them, and whispered: "If he can, I hope he never knows the truth."

    "Your brother really does his duty!"

    Terumi Ming rubbed her forehead, glanced at Ringo Yu Yuri who was carrying in the hands of Ghost Lantern Manyue, and said in a low voice, "I planned to send Ringo Yu Yuri to Konoha some time later, and let the Fifth-Meme Hokage Lord help me treat. But after hearing about her condition, Tsunade-san has nothing to cure her..."

    Due to the covenant between Konoha and Wuyin Village, it is still possible for Terumi Meditation to ask Tsunade to help, but Tsunade is indeed helpless against Ringo Yu Yuri''s disease.

    After Guideng Manmotsu nodded, he looked at his younger brother on the ground: "After I heard about this from Naraku-san, I asked him to help. Naraku-san himself is a medical ninjutsu no less than Tsunade-san. people¡­"

    "Uehara Naraku?"

    Terumi Ming frowned and said softly, "I saw him last time when I was in the Alliance Congress. Did you tell him everything?"

    "Ok."

    Gui Deng Moon nodded: "Your Excellency Naraku is a trusted friend. Although his personality is a bit bad, as long as he treats him honestly and gets his approval, he will be a very easy friend to get along with."

    Terumi gave a silent glance at the ghost lantern full moon, and shook her head: "But I can''t see that he has the qualities of being a friend...Will you be fooled by him?"

    "There is absolutely no such possibility."

    Ghost Lantern Moon''s face suddenly turned dark.

    After the two talked about it, Guideng Manyue routinely leaked some news about Akatsuki, but this time it was good news for Terumi Mei.

    Akatsuki''s internal structure is relatively simple.

    Uchiha Daido is the leader behind Akatsuki''s organization. All the members are just people he has attracted with strength or money, and they don''t have any loyalty at all.

    All the members were tempted by the ghost lantern full moon, and they didn''t care much about Uchiha''s order to bring soil.

    After such a long lapse, Terumi Mei received good news: "So if we kill the Uchiha belt, Akatsuki will be in danger of dissolution immediately?"

    "Theoretically, this is the caseGhost Lantern Manyue nodded hesitantly.

    Although Ghost Lantern Manyue didn''t understand why Uehara Naraku wanted him to say such things, he had to obey the command of his boss.

    "there''s one more thing."

    Ghost Lantern Manmotsu slowly raised his head, looking at Terumi Mei in front of him, and said in a deep voice: "If Sanwei Isosuke is reborn in Water Country, Senior must send all the ninjas in the village to guard near Sanwei, otherwise Akatsuki will secretly arrest him. If you lose three tails, the consequences will be disastrous!"

    This sentence is also specifically explained by Xianglin.

    Logically speaking, shouldn''t it be that the fewer enemies, the easier it is to capture the three tails? Why did Uehara Naraku let him suggest that all the ninjas in Haze Village be dispatched?

    Could it be that Uehara-sama is also an undercover agent in a certain village?

    Please remember the domain name of the book¡¯s first publication:. 4Fiction Net mobile version reading URL:

 Chapter 202ï¼š You talk too much!

    Intelligence members are always easy to be trusted.

    After all, Terumi Ming¡¯s method of obtaining information is relatively simple, and Guideng Mangyue¡¯s brother Guideng Shuiyue is still under her protection, she still believes in Guideng Manyue very much.

    Ghost Lantern Manyue is the descendant of the second generation of Shuiying, how could he betray Wuyin Village and pass false information to her?

    After Guideng Manyue hurriedly passed a bunch of information to Terumi Mei, the seriously ill Ringo Yu Yuri returned to Uhara Naraku.

    On their way back, Ringo Yu Yuri, the last of the Seven Ninja Swords who did not take refuge in Akatsuki, gradually became a little curious about the ghost lantern full moon.

    The two brothers really look alike.

    Ringo Yu Yuri heard from his friend Gui Deng Shui Yue that his brother Gui Deng Man Yue had always been a bastard, and a traitor he wished to kill soon afterwards.

    It now appears that Gui Deng Shui Yue''s attitude is inevitably biased.

    Ghost Lantern Full Moon was not as bad as his brother said.

    Compared to the naive friend of Gui Deng Shui Yue, Ringo Yu Yuri still wants to know Gui Deng Man Yue, a genius senior who claims to be able to channel seven ninja swords.

    The ghost lantern full moon does not seem to be a simple betrayal.

    This man is like a mystery, and one can''t help but want to know more.

    It''s a pity that Gui Deng Manyue''s mouth is very strict, and he barely confides any news along the way. The only thing to tell Ringo Yu Yuri is that he can help her treat her illness.

    "Why should someone help me heal?"

    Ringo Yu Yuri raised her eyebrows, and a sharp small tooth appeared at the corner of her mouth: "Senior is it because I am the first female Ninja Seven in Wuyin Village. Is it your junior, or because I am Shuiyue''s friend?"

    "...Because someone needs your strength."

    Guideng Manyue¡¯s answer is very straightforward, even inferior to his boss, and he added: "But I want to kill you directly, after all, your strength is not strong, and you can''t even hold the adults. One blow, I don¡¯t think it is necessary for you to join us."

    "grown ups?"

    Ringo Yu Yuri''s face is obviously even more curious. She stared at the expression of Man Yue Lu, wanting to see something from him: "What lord? Is Senpai''s current master? Really curious, someone who can conquer Man Yue Sen ¡­"

    "..."

    The ghost lantern full moon is too lazy to care about her.

    Because Ringo Yu Yuri soon saw the adult in the mouth of the ghost lamp full moon.

    early morning.

    Weiming Lake in the Land of Rain.

    This is near Akatsuki''s organization base.

    When Ghost Lantern Manyue and Ringo Yu Yuri arrived here, they saw a young ninja standing by the lake practicing. He was just practicing simple knot printing.

    This is the speed of the printing...

    When other ninjas in the Ninja world Kieyin, they were afraid that their speed was not fast enough, so that people could not see the gestures or even the movements at all.

    However, when this young ninja was practicing Jieyin, his speed was so slow that he was doing yoga, which made people look at him.

    "Don''t disturb the adults'' cultivation."

    The ghost lantern full moon stopped Ringo Yu Yuri''s footsteps, and looked at the young ninja cultivating by the lake intently.

    "Senior, it''s not this person we want to meet, right?"

    Ringo Yu Yuri looked at the young ninja practicing knot printing by the lake, her face suddenly became weird, and her look ugly said: "If I read it correctly, he is learning the knot printing gestures of Shuidun¡¤Water Dragon Bomb. ?"

    "Yes."

    The ghost lamp full moon nodded.

    Ringo Yu Yuri glanced at Ghost Lantern Full Moon again, hesitated and said: "He made a mistake in his handprint just now? Seniors are sure this is cultivating?"

    "Well, I saw it."

    The ghost lantern full moon nodded again.

    Ringo Yu Yuri''s eyes are even more strange, her face is even a little incomprehensible, maybe the ghost lantern full moon senior does not care about this so-called adult?

    According to Ringo Yu Yuri''s observation, the young ninja didn''t have the slightest aura of a strong man, even a bit like a crappy ninja.

    Why does the ghost lantern have to take refuge in him?

    next moment.

    The young ninja by the lake completed his misleading gesture of Jieyin, and shouted at the lake: "Water Escape¡¤Water Dragon Bomb Technique!"

    In an instant, the wind is surging!

    A water dragon several hundred meters or even thousands of meters long condenses from the side of the young ninja. The water dragon is not only huge in size, but also lifelike in appearance, even a strand of scales can be clearly seen!

    Ringo Yu Yuri''s eyes narrowed slightly!

    The power of the water dragon bullet technique released by the young ninja is definitely more than ten times stronger than the power of other ninjas! Even by taking advantage of the lake''s water, this is surprising enough!

    Just in terms of the power of the water escape ninja, Ringo Yu Yuri has never seen any ninja that can rival the young ninja''s water dragon bomb technique.

    Bang bang bang...

    While Ringo Yu Yuri was still amazed, Ghost Lantern Manyue had already bulged his palms, and exclaimed softly: "It''s terrible... you deserve to be Lord Uehara!"

    "Hey, too much reputation."

    The young ninja humbled his face and waved his hand at the Ghost Lantern Moon, turning his head to look at Ringo Yu Yuri: "I heard it all just now. It seems that my Jieyin gesture is indeed wrong..."

    After saying this, the young ninja patted Ringo Yu Yuri''s shoulder, and a light shone on Ringo Yu Yuri''s body.

    Just as Linoyu Yuri wondered what the light shrouded in her body, the young ninja suddenly stretched out and pinched her throat!

    "Huh?"

    Ringo Yu Yuri was shocked.

    The young ninja murmured: "You talk too much! I don''t know if the mudra is knotted wrong? Do I have to re-knit the seal? Forty-four seals!"

    After speaking, the young ninja broke Ringo Yu Yuri''s neck neatly.

    Until the complete loss of consciousness, Ringo Yu Yuri couldn''t believe it. She just made a mistake and was about to be killed directly?

    How sacred is this young ninja!

    How bloodthirsty than their misty ninja!

    Ringo Yu Yuli''s body slammed to the ground.

    In the next second, Ringo Yu Yuri''s consciousness returned, blankly raising her head and looking around, as if she had just had a nightmare.

    No, it''s not a nightmare.

    Ringo Yu Yuri touched her neck in fear. At that moment, she felt that she was really dead, and her soul was about to leave her body.

    But don''t know why, she came back to life again.

    The young ninja leaned down and looked at the female ninja lying on the ground: "How is your body? Are you feeling well?"

    "..."

    Ringo Yu Yuri subconsciously thought of the torment of the illness, but she never felt the pain anymore, just felt a little pain in her neck.

    What exactly is going on?

    It was a cure just now...

    Or was it killed by the person in front of him and resurrected by him?

    "It looks like I''m getting better."

    The young ninja chuckled lightly and squatted in front of Ringo Yu Yuri: "Since I am now cured, are you willing to become my subordinate?"

    "What if I don''t agree?"

    Ringo Yu Yuri raised his head and asked.

    There was a playful smile on the young ninja''s face: "Then I have been repeating the process, killing you and resurrecting you, killing you and resurrecting you, anyway, I have a lot of chakras, just see who of us has more Be patient..."

    The young ninja casually continued: "The end result is either you completely give up surrendering to me, or I completely give up and kill you directly."

    "..."

    Ringo Yu Yuri''s heart tightened.

    However, at the next moment, the young ninja continued: "Of course, even if you die, it will not be too good. I can control your soul."

    Ringo Yu Yuri glanced at the young ninja speechlessly, and slowly clenched her fist. What else could she choose!

    Ringoyu thought about it for a while, then suddenly smiled: "Even if I want to take refuge in someone, I must know who my new boss is, right?"

    "Well, my name is Naraku Uehara."

    The young ninja stretched out his hand and dragged Ringo Yu Yuri up, and praised: "Congratulations on your choice."

    Ringo Yu Yuri: "..."

    After seeing Ringo Yu Yuri join Uehara Naraku''s subordinates, Ghost Lantern Manyue said, "My lord, then I will take her to meet Nan-sama and Payne now."

    "Ok."

    Uehara Nairo nodded, and casually beckoned: "She is not strong enough, let her act with you for the time being!"

    "understand."

    After the ghost lantern full moon took Ringo Yu Yuri away.

    Uehara Naraku quietly opened his system panel and took a look at his mission reward for defeating Ringo Yu Yuri. This was the last seven Ninja swords he defeated.

    Side mission: Obtain 40 of your own subordinates (4/40), the mission is not completed, the reward is unknown.

    Side quest: Defeat the Seven Ninja Swordsmen (7/7), the quest has been completed, and reward the hidden inheritance quest once.

    Hidden inheritance mission: I will dance on your grave! Say a correct name.

    This is a hero who likes to dance!

    Uchiha Madara must have a common language.

    After a while, Uehara Naraku thought about the name that was always being chopped off: "Blade Dancer Irelia!"

    The mission has been completed and the legacy of heroes is open.

    Blade: Obtain the chakra weapon blade, which can freely manipulate the blade attack. During the existence of each chakra blade, it consumes 1 chakra point per second.

    Blade Impact: Charge to an enemy. This skill will be refreshed every time an enemy is killed. The skill consumes 20 Chakra points and the skill cooldown time is no.

    Distance Break Dance: Manipulate all the blades to appear around him for defense, reduce his own damage by 50%, skill consumes 70 Chakra points, and has no skill cooling time.

    Vanguard Blade: Shoot all Chakra blades in a straight line, and finally form an iron curtain surrounded by blades. The skill consumes 100 Chakra points and the skill cooldown time is no.

    Uehara Naruko slowly raised his palm, and a strangely shaped Chakra blade appeared behind him. These blades looked a bit like Ninja shurikens.

    This heritage is too weak.

    To tell the truth is really useless.

    No, it''s still useful.

    Uehara Naraku manipulated a sharp blade to slam into the trees, and then the blades flew back under his control and re-suspended behind him.

    At least this thing is very handsome.

    On this day, Akatsuki joined a new member in a low-key manner.

    Wuyin Village lost their last Ninja sword and the last Seven Ninja swords on this day.

    However, Terumi Mei in the misty village in the distance didn''t realize it. The whole misty village encountered new trouble, that is, the harassment of Uchiha''s soil.

    The entire ninja world began to suffer from Uchiha''s harassment.

    And no one knows what Uchiha wants to do with the soil. This guy seems to simply attack the major Shinobu villages from time to time to brush up on his sense of existence.

    Of course, no one would think that Uchiha''s taking soil is just a sense of existence.

    It is a pity that, in the face of Uchiha''s harassment of the soil, the major Shinobu villages have nothing to do, unless they ambush in advance, it is impossible to catch him.

    But who can find out where Uchiha took the soil?

    Time passed by Uchiha''s reputation for belt soil is getting worse and worse.

    He also couldn''t figure out what Uchiha''s purpose was to bring the soil, but he definitely wanted to destroy the Moon Eye project, so he became more and more anxious.

    Uehara Naruko was as stable as Mount Tai, because he knew that Uchiha''s soil was disguised by the pharmacist in a white coat.

    After practising in Longdidong for a period of time, the pharmacist successfully mastered the fairy mode and began to perform tasks according to Uehara''s orders.

    Uehara Naraku estimated the time when the three tails were reborn, and it was also the time when Akatsuki''s plan to collect the tail beasts began, so that Yao Shidou temporarily stopped his actions and asked him to spread the news that Oshemaru had died in the experiment.

    In addition, Uehara still ordered Yakushidou to continue digging the graves of those strong in the Ninja World, and slowly attracted Heijue''s attention.

    In this way, the black has no choice.

 Chapter 203ï¼š I will look at you

    Hei Jue is actually a very cautious guy.

    After various investigations, Heijue finally determined that the Dashewan had disappeared completely. At the same time, it also noticed that Yaoshidou continued to dig graves.

    Kurojue still didn''t act, until it had witnessed the rebirth of a dead ninja with his own eyes by using the foul soil to resurrect a dead ninja to a state of heyday, and then he personally made the decision to let the medicine master find the remains of Uchiha Madara.

    What only made Kurojutsu faintly speechless was that Yakushitou actually resisted the temptation to control Uchiha Madara. Instead of resurrecting Uchiha Madara, Yakushitou took Uchiha Madara''s corpse for research.

    Hei Jue could only continue to observe the pharmacist''s pocket in secret, because it is not the most suitable time yet, Hei Jue is actually not very impatient.

    However, this is not enough time.

    Two years passed in a flash.

    The gears of fate are also turning slowly.

    Many things happened in two years.

    For example, Naraku Uehara is already twenty years old and still single.

    For example, the Ghost Lantern Shuiyue in Wuyin Village was successful in cultivation, carrying a broken knife to look for news of the Ghost Lantern Full Moon, but he could not find it.

    For example, Uchiha Sasuke tried to assassinate Uchiha Itachi time and time again, only to be beaten to the ground by the dried persimmon ghost.

    For example, Naruto Uzumaki and Zilai finally ended their training and returned to Konoha Village, led by Hagi Kakashi, supplemented a ninja named Sai, and rebuilt a new seventh class.

    For example, Oshemaru died in his own laboratory, which aroused the enthusiasm of many Konoha ninjas, but still did not dispel the high-level suspicions. They could not determine the truth of the news, but Oshemaru had indeed disappeared.

    The most important thing is undoubtedly the rebirth of Sano Isosuke in a country of water.

    This also means that all the nine-tailed beasts in the Ninja World are already alive.

    Akatsuki will soon start collecting the tail beasts. The only trouble is that the four-tailed man Zhuli Lao Zi is still in the hands of Uchiha.

    This is the most troublesome for Kurojue, after all, no one knows the location of Uchiha''s soil.

    What''s more, what if the members of the Akatsuki organization capture the tail beast, Uchiha takes the soil and continues to follow and **** the tail beast?

    The only thing that can solve Uchiha''s belt soil is Uchiha Madara.

    However, Uchiha Madara''s resurrection must be solved by the pharmacist.

    In desperation, Kurojue finally decided to temporarily conceal the information about the rebirth of Mio from Akatsuki, and hurriedly found the twenty-year-old Uehara Naraku who was still a single dog.

    After all, this is also the only one who can be sure of trust.

    Of course, Kuro is definitely not introducing him to Naraku Uehara, but asking him to recruit Pharmacist pockets: "Uehara, we need a man to assist the Moon Eye Project, the former assistant of Oshemaru, Pharmacist pockets."

    "The pharmacist pocket?"

    Uehara Naraku showed a hint of curiosity and surprise in a timely manner: "Does that guy have any special abilities? I remember his strength seems to be poor..."

    Hei Jue said in a gloomy voice: "Yao Shidou has now learned how to reincarnate from the dirty soil and can provide us with some powerful combat power, such as some of the dead who were once powerful."

    "Is the dirty earth reincarnated?"

    Uehara Naruko frowned, holding his temple and said: "If Yakushidou has learned the art of reincarnating from the dirty soil like Oshemaru, then he already has enough ambitions like Oshemaru, and may not be willing to help. we."

    Uehara Naruko talked with Kurozutsu on his lips, but he was already cursing in his heart.

    Heizie, an old yin guy who refused to tell him, wanted to hide from him to revive Uchiha Madara!

    After the guy in Yakushidou found Uchiha Madara''s body somehow, he immediately notified Uehara Naraku of the news, and Uehara Naraku knew exactly what happened.

    Damn, what about trust?

    What about the trust between them?

    Hei Jue doesn''t trust him anymore!

    That''s right. After two years have passed, it is normal for feelings to fade.

    That''s right, after all, Uchiha Madara and Kurozutsu have an unusual relationship, and it''s normal for Kurozu to want to hide from Uehara Naraku.

    But if Kurozutsu told Uehara, would he still stop him?

    On the bright side, Uehara Naraku would definitely not stop him, and even strongly support Kurozu''s actions, but secretly, he must instruct the pharmacist not to do anything.

    Uehara Naraku sighed slightly as he watched Kurozutsu. When it comes to Uchiha Madara, does Kurozutsu want to hide it subconsciously?

    Ha ha, also conceal it!

    You old fellow can''t hide anyone!

    To be objective, the villains of the entire Ninja world, except for Kurozu himself, are basically Uehara Naraku!

    Kurozu looked at Uehara Naraku with a regretful expression. He didn¡¯t know Uehara¡¯s complicated mood, but smiled lightly to appease Uehara. ¡°You don¡¯t have to worry about the ambition of the pharmacist. You just have to try it and find ways to push the pharmacist into desperation. That''s it, I believe he will choose to join us."

    As long as Uehara Naraku can push the pharmacist into desperation, the pharmacist will definitely choose the Uchiha Madara at the peak of the rebirth of the dirty land!

    As long as Uchiha Madara is resurrected, he will be able to get rid of his control with his power. At that time, the ninja world can only let it and Uchiha Madara call the shots!

    The appearance of the Unreliable Reincarnation Art is simply the savior of the Moon Eye Project. If Uchiha Madara can be resurrected in a peak state, then no one in the entire ninja world can stop him!

    Obviously Uehara Naraku also knew.

    If Yakushi Tou is really his enemy, he might be forced to resurrect Uchiha Madara as a last resort...

    but¡­

    The pharmacist pocket is a pure one.

    Uehara Naraku looked at Kurozu faintly, nodded calmly and said, "Yes, I''m going to ask Xiaonan teacher for leave now."

    Kurojue nodded with satisfaction and said, "The speed must be fast, because Sanwei Isosuke has been reborn in the Land of Water, and the Moon Eye Project is about to begin!"

    Before the plan begins, the hidden danger of Uchiha''s soil must be resolved.

    No, if Uchiha Madara can really come back to life, any hidden dangers related to the Moon Eye Project can be solved by Uchiha Madara.

    Uehara Naraku raised his eyebrows and asked suspiciously, "Has Mioi Isosuke resurrected in the country of water?"

    "Ok."

    Hei Jue nodded, his voice getting a little gloomy: "One tail, two tails, and three tails are all tail beasts that can be easily caught, but the four tails are still in the hands of Uchiha''s soil. We need the power of Yakushi to solve it. Uchiha takes soil!"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but blinked.

    He probably knew why Kazure wanted to resurrect Uchiha Madara.

    If there were no four-tailed Monkey King, it would be useless for Akatsuki to catch eight-tailed beasts, and even the outer golem could only absorb the one-tailed, two-tailed, and three-tailed chakras, and the plan would have to be aborted. As time goes by , May also face enemies from crusade.

    After Hei Jue left.

    Uehara Naraku lightly hooked his finger, and sighed, "Hey, let me go to the medicine master''s pocket...Is it this way to do it? Is it too flawed?"

    To be honest, a little worried.

    After Uehara Naraku thought for a long time, he decided to contact Yakushidou in advance and ask him about his idea.

    After all, the several subordinates in Akatsuki''s organization, Dried Persimmon Guiyu, Ringo Yu Yuri, and Gui Deng Man Yue were unreliable, and almost all had no brain outside of the battle.

    "Ninfa¡¤Psychic Art!"

    Uehara Naraku psychic produced two coffins. One of the coffins was filled with Uchiha''s soil, and the other was filled with Hafeng water gate.

    After the coffin lid was opened, two figures came out.

    When Hafeng Mizuno faced Naraku Uehara, his face still had that solemn look, and Uchiha''s face with soil still had that embarrassed look.

    Uehara Naruko waved his hand, and ignored the complicated relationship between them: "Senior Takeshi, can you please quietly throw the four-tailed man Juli at Akatsuki''s base tomorrow morning, and write a word on the ground by the way..."

    "What?"

    The focus of Uchiha belt soil is a bit different.

    Normal ninjas generally pay attention to the more important thing, such as why he would let him leave the four-tailed man Zhuli at the door of Akatsuki''s organization base instead of asking him what to write...

    Uehara Naraku hooked the corner of his own mouth and looked at Uchiha with the dirt and said: "Just write one sentence... I will always look at you!"

    "Asshole! This is Lin before..."

    A flash of anger flashed across Uchiha Daido''s face.

    [I will always look at you] This sentence is a sentence that Lin Nohara said to him since he was a child. Naraku Uehara asked him to write this sentence. He must be threatening him with Lin.

    Uehara Naraku smiled on his face and said, "I just think that this sentence is appropriate. I believe that the predecessor with the soil will complete this task well, right?"

    "I know."

    Uchiha gritted his teeth with the soil and was about to transform into a temporal vortex and disappear in front of Uehara Naraku.

    "Bring soil..."

    Bo Feng Shuimen subconsciously pulled his arm, as if he wanted to stop his disciple, and didn''t want him to continue doing wrong things.

    Uchiha clenched his fist with the soil and broke free of the teacher''s palm whispered: "Sorry, teacher, I have a reason to do this."

    "His 4th generation Hokage, don''t worry about that much."

    After Uehara Naraku smiled and watched Uchiha''s dirt disappear, he turned to look at Hafengmizumen: "I heard that your instantaneous spell is very fast, so I will work hard for the four generations of Hokage-sama to find a pocket and ask him Convey my orders."

    "..."

    Under the control of Reincarnated Dirt, Bo Feng Shuimen couldn''t refuse.

    In the next second, his figure disappeared in front of Uehara Naraku. The infinite chakra of the filthy reincarnation means that he can always use the Thunder God to drive on, and it will not take long to reach the base where the Medicine Master is located.

    Uehara Naruko put away the two coffins, touched his chin, and said to himself: "From now on, it seems that I can leave the Bofeng Water Gate by my pocket... In addition to helping him, I can also pass on information to each other at any time."

    As the caster of the reincarnation of the foul soil, Uehara Naraku can completely cast his will on Hafeng Mizumon''s body and speak with his body.

 Chapter 204ï¼š Of course, Hayate will resurrect Hayate!

    Late at night.

    Within the northern base.

    A sword of forbearance Kuwuwu fell on the floor, and a blond man wearing a white imperial robes appeared on Kuwuwei instantly, holding the handle of Kuwuwu.

    The pharmacist who was still in the laboratory suddenly heard the movement in the base, and quickly closed his palms to psychic the dirty soil reincarnation unit.

    "Don''t be nervous, it''s me."

    A familiar voice entered the ear of the pharmacist pocket.

    Yakushi Dou suddenly breathed a sigh of relief. He understood Uehara Naraku''s style of work, and immediately opened the door of the laboratory. Looking at the fourth generation of Hokage standing at the main entrance of the base, he knew that Uehara Naraku was controlling this Hokage.

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around, tidied his hood, and asked respectfully, "Yes, Lord Naraku, send the fourth generation of Hokage over late at night, what''s the order?"

    "There is one thing you need to look at for me."

    Uehara Naraku touched her chin, and controlled the Hafeng water gate in the distance, and said, "Maybe it¡¯s because I controlled Uchiha to do things with soil too much, or because you pretended to be Uchiha and did things with soil. Too much, Kazuki is now so scared that the Moon Eye project dare not proceed. He wants you to resurrect Uchiha Madara and eliminate the Uchiha belt soil..."

    "my fault."

    The pharmacist directly put the responsibility on himself.

    Uehara Naraku chuckled lightly, and was very satisfied with what the pharmacist did: "You are following my order, isn''t it my fault? "

    After speaking, Naraku Uehara continued to talk about the business: "I will rush to your position in the next few days and draw you into the Akatsuki organization and the Moon Eye project. What about your attitude?"

    "It depends on what Mr. Naraku needs."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around and put forward two opinions: "If I join Akatsuki, I can better serve Naraku-sama; if I am outside, I can attract firepower for Naraku-sama at any time."

    "It''s really hard to choose..."

    Uehara Naraku sighed quietly.

    Pharmacist laughed and continued: "In fact, it won''t be particularly troublesome. If Kurozutsu asks me to join Akatsuki, he definitely wants me to help him resurrect Uchiha Madara."

    Yakushidou slowly raised his head and looked at Hafeng Mizuno. It seemed that through him, he could see Uehara Naraku who was controlling everything behind him: "It depends on whether Naraku-sama is willing to revive Uchiha Madara. This right? In the hands of Lord Naraku.

    If you are willing to resurrect Uchiha Madara now, then I will join Akatsuki in the name of Admiring Akatsuki; if you do not want Uchiha Madara to resurrect now, then I will refuse as Uchiha''s ally.

    In this case, Lord Naraku would not arouse others'' suspicion. "

    It is indeed a pharmacist pocket.

    No matter how complicated the problem is, he has a solution here.

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but twitched his eyes, and exclaimed, "Talent! It''s really not time for Uchiha Madara to resurrect..."

    "understand."

    After Yakushitou chuckled and nodded, Bai Jue''s coat covered his body like a liquid. The next moment his voice had changed to Uchiha''s voice.

    "Master Naraku, I will take care of it."

    "That''s good."

    After Nairo Uehara nodded, he continued softly: "You prepare a ninja suit for Lord Naruto 4th generation, and let him stay with you in the future, besides protecting you, you can keep in touch with us at any time."

    "Yes."

    The pharmacist nodded.

    Uehara Naraku pondered for a while, and continued: "There is one more thing, tomorrow you will reincarnate in the dirty soil and resurrect Moonlight Storm!"

    "what?"

    The pharmacist is a bit ignorant.

    Even though he thought he knew enough about the boss, he couldn''t understand what Uehara Naraku meant at this moment.

    Isn¡¯t Moonlight Storm just a special kind of forbearance?

    Or is he also hiding some power that he can''t detect?

    "Nothing special."

    Uehara Naruchi closed her palms and whispered, "Tomorrow will be a brand new day, and the Ninja world will undergo overwhelming changes from tomorrow."

    Tomorrow is the beginning of the story of Naraku Uehara!

    Early in the morning.

    The sky is getting brighter.

    At the entrance of Akatsuki''s organization base, a temporal and spatial vortex appeared, and after dropping a four-tailed man, Zhuli Lao Zi, he dropped a note.

    Soon members of the Xiao organization discovered the incident, and some people recognized that this was the four-tailed man Zhuli Laozi who had long been missing from the Ninja World, and they also found the note.

    This matter was not a trivial matter, so Akatsuki held a morning meeting.

    As the leader, Tendo Payne frowned, and took the lead to speak: "The four-tailed man Zhuli has long been in the hands of Uchiha''s soil. Now why did he return the four-tailed man Zhuli, and he left such a sentence... I will always look at you? What does this mean?"

    "Maybe he has been staring at us in secret!"

    Deidara scratched the back of his head, and whispered softly: "How does this sentence feel a bit like a love word from a girl to a boy!"

    "Do you still know this?"

    The scorpion of the red sand shrank in the blood amber, and the urn asked.

    Deidara hugged her shoulders and snorted disdainfully: "Who doesn''t understand! When I was a child, I received love letters every day!"

    "enough!"

    Tendo Payne coldly interrupted their non-adjustable words, and turned to look at Zetsu: "Jesus, you have been tracing Uchiha¡¯s information on the soil for the past two years. Once you were a companion with Uchiha¡¯s soil, do you think How is this going?"

    "Uchiha takes soil... is eyeing our plan!"

    Hei Jue¡¯s voice is extremely slow and gloomy: ¡°Because we need to collect the tail beasts in order, if the four tails are missing, the other tail beasts will be of no value, so he returned the four tails in order to use us to continue to complete. The plan to revive the ultimate weapon."

    Kurozutsu continued, "Uchiha wants to use us as pawns. After we resurrect the ultimate weapon of the Outer Golem, we can seize the Outer Golem!"

    Kurojee looked at the expressions of the people present, and summed up in a deep voice: "No matter what Uchiha wants to do with the soil, we must first collect the tail beasts. After we resurrect the outer golem, Uchiha''s soil will no longer be Our threat!"

    Although Heijue speaks methodically and very accurately.

    But Hei Jue''s heart was actually still swearing at Dai Tu.

    This is Uchiha belt soil provoking it, right?

    Mitsuo Isosuke just resurrected not long ago, Uchiha brought the soil to send the Yotsuo Renju back, so that Akatsuki could collect the tail beasts more smoothly...

    He even left a sentence [I will always look at you].

    Damn, I want to curse!

    No matter how high the quality of a thousand years is, there will be a desire to curse!

    According to Kurozutsu''s cognition, he knew that Uchiha''s words about the soil must be telling him, after all, only he understood the past of Uchiha''s soil!

    But it doesn''t matter.

    The plan to collect tail beasts must not stop.

    The return of the four tails is good news for Kurozutsu and Akatsuki. Kurozu decided to temporarily let go of Uchiha''s soil and try to collect the tail beasts.

    Heijue immediately reported the resurrection of the three-tailed man Zhuli to Payne, and by the way also brought out the information that a large number of ninjas stationed near the three-tailed village from Wuyin Village.

    "Let¡¯s capture one-tailed human column power and two-tailed human column power!"

    Payne immediately made a decision and announced Akatsuki''s plan to capture Renjuli: "Because Uchiha''s soil may disrupt our actions, this time the plan to capture Renjuli must be cautious and foolproof.

    The manpower responsible for capturing the power of a tail: the red sand scorpion, Dedara, Uehara Naraku, and Guiyi (Nagato).

    The manpower responsible for capturing the strength of the two tails: dried persimmon ghost shark, Uchiha Itachi, Uchiha Sasuke, ghost lantern full moon, peach ground no more cut, horns, flying section.

    Left-behind personnel: Xiao Nan, Hui Yejun Maro, Bai, Ringo Yu Yuri.

    Information transmission personnel: Absolutely.

    Remember, UU reading www.uuk¨¡nshu.com must not make mistakes this time! "

    This list of catch-tailed beasts seems to have far fewer hands to catch one tail than to catch two.

    And it¡¯s the fifth-generation Fengying Gaara of Shayin Village. This identity is more important than the identity of the two-tailed man Zhuli Yumu, so the difficulty of capturing the one-tailed man¡¯s column force is definitely more difficult than that of the two-tailed man¡¯s column force. Big.

    However, it is Nagato who is responsible for capturing Gaara. He and Uehara Naraku can mobilize Penn Six Ways to help at any time.

    This force can almost destroy the country.

    The members of the second team didn''t know this well. For example, Jiao Du and Fei Duan had some opinions, but they were quickly stopped by Tian Dao Payne.

    Heavenly Path Payne stood on the head of the Golem of Outer Path, looking down at the silhouettes of auspicious clouds and black robes, and said coldly: "Go, let this world feel pain!"

    The new revision and upgrade address of the mobile station: https://, data and bookmarks are synchronized with the computer station, and fresh reading without ads!

 Chapter 205ï¼š Let them see the horror of Xiaoxiao!

    Outside Akatsuki¡¯s base.

    After Deidara and Feiduan had a fight with two stinky mouths, the members of the two teams rushed to their destinations.

    Deidara was a little bit aggrieved. He looked at the members of the second team on foot, grinning and taunting: "Huh, a bunch of trash, when they arrive in the kingdom of thunder, we will have caught one tail long ago!"

    After speaking, he threw down an ugly clay doll, patted his palm, and laughed: "Oh! C2¡¤Dragon! Hey, take a look at my masterpiece of art, we flew directly to Shayin Village Go!"

    "..."

    The three of them glanced at the ugly clay dragon with difficulty.

    After Uehara Naraku was silent for a while, he spoke softly: "I also found a psychic contract at the base of Oshemaru two years ago. Let me come!"

    The red sand scorpion and Nagato cast their expectant eyes.

    Only Didara became irritable and waved her fist: "Hey, hey, Uehara, do you look down on my art? This is a masterpiece that I spent a long time..."

    Uehara Naraku also ignored Dedara, but closed his palms, and 10,000 natural energy and Chakra energy were instantly deducted!

    Uehara Naraku earnestly formed a set of psychic seals: "Psychic art!"

    A huge psychic spell appeared under the palm of Uehara Naraku!

    Just as the red sand scorpion and Nagato eagerly hope that Uehara Naraku can channelize some domineering psychic beast, but nothing appears on the spell...

    "Hahahahaha!"

    Deidara slapped his thigh and laughed wildly: "What! Hearing the name so powerful, I thought it was something amazing..."

    A huge shadow suddenly covered them.

    Deidara''s smile suddenly stagnated, and he slowly raised his head to look at a terrifying-looking dragon that suddenly flew into the air for unknown time!

    The body of this ancient dragon was like a beast with limbs, but a pair of wings gave it the ability to fly in the air.

    Just its size, the ancient dragon is even larger than the outer golem.

    What''s more frightening is that the huge chakra on it...

    In the perception of everyone, the imposing momentum of the ancient dragon was so majestic that people did not dare to give birth to a little provoke. This was the first time they had seen such an abundant psychic beast in Chakra.

    On the head of the ancient dragon, a pair of hideous horns grow strangely, and the blue light in the mouth seems to spit out a blue flame at any time...

    If this ancient dragon can play a role in actual battles, it probably won''t have any psychic beasts in this ninja world as its opponent.

    The red sand scorpion slowly turned his head to look at Uehara Naraku, and slowly said, "Uehara, is that your psychic beast?"

    To be honest, at this moment, the Red Sand Scorpion really has the urge to make Uehara Naraku''s psychic beast its own puppet!

    Unfortunately, this is easier to turn a face.

    The scorpion of the red sand owes the favor of Naru Uehara!

    "It should be my psychic beast, right?"

    Uehara Naraku raised his eyebrows, looked at the ancient dragon flying above his head, and waved his palm at it.

    The ancient dragon seemed to have noticed Uehara''s movements, spread its wings and glided in the air for a while, and stopped quickly in front of Uehara Naraku!

    At the moment when the ancient dragon fell, the violent winds brought by the high-speed movement blew everyone''s bodies, so that they had to absorb the soles of their feet with chakras to stand.

    "Roar!"

    The ancient dragon stood on all fours and roared into the sky!

    The huge sound wave overturned the surrounding woods almost instantly!

    Immediately after that, the thick and powerful tail behind it shook, and the tail slammed Deidara''s clay dragon to pieces!

    That''s it!

    Uehara Naraku: "..."

    Red Sand Scorpion: "..."

    Nagato: "..."

    The three people trembled at the same time. After seeing the clay dragon being smashed by a tail, they subconsciously turned their heads to look at Dedara, the owner of the clay dragon.

    According to what they knew about Deidara, if someone dared to destroy his artwork, this little golden retriever would go crazy!

    Especially for the Red Sand Scorpion, he knows how good Deidara is to his clay dragon. It was handcrafted by Deidara, and he will repair and add to the clay dragon from time to time. It can be said that this is Di Dara. One of Dara''s favorite artwork.

    Now this hand-made clay dragon is smashed to pieces by the ancient dragon''s tail... Deidara''s mood can be imagined.

    The Red Sand Scorpion looked at his dull-faced companion, and the urn voice persuaded: "Didala, the task is important, everything will be there..."

    Deidara laughed in anger, a terrifying smile appeared on his face, and finally he laughed like irrational: "Hahahahahahahaha... the **** dares to destroy my art ah ah ah ah Ahhh!"

    Deidara rushed to the ancient dragon in front of him frantically, rushed to its toes, and hit it with a punch and kick!

    This is simply tickling the ancient dragon.

    After a farce, everyone still jumped onto the ancient dragon one after another. Deidara seemed to have given a lot of face, stepping on the dragon''s legs with closed eyes and sleeves and climbed onto the ancient dragon.

    Deidara sat on the ancient dragon and pursed his mouth nonchalantly: "Huh, Uehara, this doesn''t mean that I forgive you. It is unforgivable to destroy my artwork! I just do it for the **** of Bifei Duan. Complete our mission faster!"

    "alright¡­"

    Uehara Nairo turned his head and glanced at the red sand scorpion and Nagato, then reached out and knocked on the head of the ancient dragon: "Let''s go!"

    "Roar!"

    After the ancient dragon roared, it jumped directly into the air!

    Just as its huge body fell, a pair of huge wings spread out, slowly flapped, and flew in the air with it!

    This is still a bounce takeoff!

    Fortunately, all the people present were ninjas, and they could use the chakra to stick to the ancient dragon, so they were not thrown down by the ancient dragon.

    After the takeoff was successful, the ancient dragon began to flap its wings and soar, flying quickly across the mountains and rivers, towards Shayin Village.

    Deidara stood on the head of the ancient dragon, spread his arms and laughed wildly against the wind: "Hahahahaha...Sooner or later I will squeeze such a big art!"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku, Red Sand Scorpion, and Nagato looked at each other, too lazy to bother about the golden retriever neuropathy standing on top of the dragon''s head!

    The scorpion of the red sand was silent for a while, and then suddenly asked, "Uehara, where does such a psychic beast live? I want to grab one and be a puppet..."

    Such a handsome psychic beast, who doesn''t want to have one?

    The Red Sand Scorpion really wanted to be such a giant puppet, and there would be no need to ride Dedara''s clay giant bird every time.

    "Cough cough cough..."

    Nagato coughed violently, and said embarrassedly: "Well, I can modify it to make it stronger."

    The group of psychic beasts in the animal road were all transformed by Nagato himself.

    Nagato also has a unique interest in biotechnology.

    Uehara Naraku glanced at them, and shook his head speechlessly: "No, I don¡¯t know where the psychic contract I found in the base of Oshemaru was lost. After all, I usually don¡¯t use psychic beasts to fight. ."

    Anyway, Dashewan was half dead long ago.

    It doesn''t matter even if you throw the black pot on him.

    Listening to Uehara Naraku''s words, the red sand scorpion and Nagato shook their heads regretfully.

    Although the ancient dragon hasn''t experienced a battle yet, even just hand-to-hand combat is enough to exert tremendous power, let alone its fast flying speed.

    In the early morning, they set off from the Xiao organization base.

    In the evening, they had already arrived at a height of 10,000 meters outside Shayin Village.

    The scorpion of the red sand looked down at the sand hidden village in the distance, and said: "I remember that a few spies were arranged in the sand hidden village. Their status should not be considered low. I will summon them now and let them take us in directly. !"

    The Red Sand Scorpion deployed two spies in Shayin Village, one of them was Yura, the other was Maki, both of them were Shinnin, even Maki became a high-level man.

    However, after the Red Sand Scorpion operated for a while, he suddenly said in embarrassment, "Huh? Has the technique of Mind Shao Shao been removed? Sure enough, how could the mother-in-law not notice Mind Shao Sha..."

    "..."

    Uehara Nana fell aside and looked at the sky speechlessly.

    If I remember correctly, when he used the identity of Shimura Danzo to trade with Ebinzo, he betrayed a red sand scorpion spy.

    Obviously, Chiyo and Eilao Zang attached great importance to this, and should have carried out a test on all the Shinnins in the village, and helped both Maki and Yura to release the control of the Shaosha.

    Deidara immediately suggested, "Why don''t we fly in! Anyway, there are no powerful ninjas in Sandyakura..."

    The Red Sand Scorpion shook his head and said: "The outer defenses are all equipped with crossbows. If there is something in the air, it will cause the village to be wary..."

    "Uh, it doesn''t matter!"

    Nai Uehara spread her hands and looked at the ancient dragon under her and said: "It should be completely immune to those little things. We might as well attack directly and defeat Shayin Village and capture the little guy Gaara."

    "Not bad."

    Nagato also nodded nearby Uehara Naraku and Nagato are powerful, and even possess the ability to defeat Sandyuki Village with one person, so naturally they don''t want to waste time here.

    What''s more, they also have powerful psychic beasts like ancient dragons!

    Nagato did not continue to ask for opinions, but looked at Uehara Naraku and said softly, "Uehara, act directly!"

    "it is good!"

    Uehara Naraku looked at the small sandy hidden village on the ground in the distance, patted the body of the ancient dragon, and said in a deep voice: "Go, let me see your power, let the guys see it, Xiao terror!"

    "Roar!"

    The ancient dragon fiercely roared to the sky!

    The next moment, the giant dragon flapped its wings and flew towards Shayin Village, crossed the outer defense line of Shayin Village, and cast a shadow in Shayin Village!

 Chapter 206ï¼š Akatsukis Terror

    , The fastest update starts with Naruto to do the latest chapters behind the scenes!

    Shayin Village in the evening is a bit lively.

    At this time, it happened to be the end of a busy day at work. All the ninjas and villagers were waiting leisurely for dinner, and everyone was in a good mood.

    Until a huge shadow fell on them, everyone in Shayin Village involuntarily stopped talking, raised their heads and looked at the sky-shielding figure.

    "What it is?"

    A sand ninja stared at the ancient dragon in the sky blankly.

    In the world of the sand ninjas, they have seen the largest creature, a Shou crane, and they have never seen such a huge creature as the ancient dragon.

    "What kind of monster is that?"

    "Is there that kind of monster in the country of wind?"

    "How does it look bigger than the tail beast?"

    "Hurry up and report to Master Fengying!"

    The expressions of the sands gradually changed, and after a period of noisy, they hurried towards Fengying''s office.

    The sentry set up in Shayin Village had also seen the ancient dragon, they were obviously more sensible, and immediately reported to their superiors.

    In the Fengying office in Shayin Village.

    Gaara, the fifth-generation Fengying, is still working overtime to handle government affairs. Although the management scope of Shayin Village is a bit small, there are a lot of shit.

    A shadow suddenly fell by the window, and the room was suddenly dark for a few seconds, making Gaara put down the pen in his hand in surprise, and slowly walked to the window.

    "what happened?"

    Gaara raised his head and looked out the window.

    In Gaara''s field of vision, a huge monster slowly soared over the sandy village. After a while, it suddenly sprayed a huge fireball toward the location of Fengying Office!

    Boom!

    Gaara was in a panic, hurriedly manipulating his yellow sand defense, but the scribbled sand wall was instantly blown through by that huge fireball!

    next moment.

    The entire Fengying office instantly turned into ruins!

    Gaara, the fifth generation Fengying, was hit by the shock wave of the explosion. There were already several wounds on his body, and blood was leaking downward...

    "Enemy attack!"

    Finally, the first Sand Shinobu shouted.

    One after another screams resounded throughout the Shayin Village.

    In just a few seconds, the alarm sounded throughout the village, civilians rushed to the shelter, and the ninjas returned to their fighting posts.

    "Roar!"

    The ancient dragon in the sky opened its blood basin and roared again, and another huge fireball fell on the ground!

    Boom!

    More than a dozen ninjas gathered together were blown away by fireballs instantly!

    Facing a group of ninjas on the ground, the ancient dragon flying in the air is too easy for them to suppress them. It only needs a casual blow to solve a group of enemies!

    The ancient dragon raised his head and roared, and another huge fireball fell in Shayin Village. In a blink of an eye, this quiet village was full of wolf smoke!

    Because Uehara Naraku and the others drove the ancient dragon to fly high, and the speed of arrival was too fast, Shayin Village had no time to find it, so they encountered this raid.

    Faced with such a flying behemoth, ordinary ninjas have no effect at all.

    "Roar!"

    A Shayin Shangren who barely jumped to the heights, just about to launch an attack, was shaken to death on the spot with a roar from the ancient dragon!

    Maki from the sand hidden village watched all this and hurriedly issued an order: "Quickly, organize a remote force to counterattack. Everyone will attack the monster in the sky. The Anbe Ninja go to the Fukage office to rescue Fukage!"

    In fact Gaara is fine.

    When he was hit by the first fireball explosion, he only wounded the position of his arms and chest. After regaining consciousness, Gaara hurriedly manipulated the yellow sand and swept up!

    As Fengying, he wants to protect the village when the crisis comes.

    "The giant hand of sand!"

    Under the control of Gaara, a group of yellow sand densely formed a giant hand of sand, and grabbed it toward the ancient dragon in the air!

    However, the ancient dragon just glanced at the giant hand that struck, and shook his tail unhurriedly, smashing the giant hand of sand.

    Wow!

    A cloud of yellow sand fell on the ground, splashing a large amount of sand!

    "Roar!"

    The ancient dragon opened its mouth again and spewed a huge fireball!

    The fireball fell like a meteorite!

    Gaara quickly moved a large piece of yellow sand to cover the top of Shayin Village, blocking the fireball''s attack for the villagers below.

    The yellow sand was blown all over the sky by the shock wave of the explosion!

    Fortunately, the explosive power of the fireball could be blocked by the aerial shield wall composed of yellow sand.

    Gaara barely breathed a sigh of relief in my heart, manipulating this group of yellow sand flying in the air, intercepting fireballs ejected by the ancient dragon everywhere.

    Even if some distant fireballs cannot be stopped, the core of the sand hidden village close at hand will not encounter any more attacks.

    that''s enough.

    The next step is to fight back!

    "Sand pad!"

    Gaara relaxed a little, stepped on the sand pad and flew into the air. Facing the flying enemy, he could only find a way to relieve the threat to Shayin Village with his own power!

    To be honest, confidence is not great.

    But such creatures also have certain weaknesses.

    Because of their large size, they will become living targets for attack.

    If the fight continues, Gaara will surely expel this ancient dragon even if he can''t kill it.

    However, just after Gaara flew into the sky, he finally saw the real enemy. On the body of the ancient dragon, standing four people wearing auspicious clouds and black robes!

    Yanyin rebels on Ninda Deidara, and Shayin rebels on Ninja Red Sand Scorpion.

    And two unknown enemies wearing hoods.

    "dawn!"

    Gaara''s face suddenly changed.

    As the fifth generation Kazekage of Sagakura Village, Gaara has already obtained some information about Akatsuki from Konoha''s allies, and each enemy has extraordinary strength.

    Just one of Xiao''s team can make Shayin Village exhausted, and now the Xiao organization has sent two teams to attack Shayin Village!

    They even have such a huge monster!

    This ancient dragon can be regarded as the ultimate weapon to destroy a country. I didn''t expect Xiao organization to bring such a monster to attack Shayin Village!

    The Akatsuki organization has been hiding since the end of the Grassland Incident.

    Unexpectedly, the Akatsuki organization had been accumulating strength. Perhaps this dragon was discovered by the Akatsuki organization in the past few years.

    Gaara''s face became extremely ugly, facing the four Akatsuki members and a terrifying dragon monster, his odds of winning were simply poor.

    On the ancient dragon, a man with a hood slowly walked forward, looking at Gaara with a light smile, and said: "Hey, I didn''t expect that the target would come to the door by himself..."

    "It''s amazing!"

    The red sand scorpion looked at Gaara who was flying up, and the urn said: "A wind shadow dare to appear alone in front of us..."

    There were a total of four people present, and two of them killed Feng Ying alone.

    Uehara Naraku and the Red Sand Scorpion are both veterans who have killed Feng Ying!

    What''s more, the Red Sand Scorpion still holds the third-generation Fengying and the fourth-generation Fengying puppets in its hands, and it is completely possible to exert almost peak strength in this desert environment.

    To be honest, Gaara is a bit unwise.

    If all four members were present at the same time, Shayin Village could now elect the sixth generation Fengying...

    However, the one present was more proud than the other.

    Especially Deidara, has been proud to the point of arrogant.

    "Then leave it to me!"

    Deidara was playing with a clay bird in his hand and grinned: "Just let him feel my art!"

    Deidara was a little depressed just now.

    After all, he had been driving a giant beast in the sky before, and dropping a bunch of bombs was his favorite thing to do, but now he has been robbed of the limelight by the ancient dragon.

    How can this be?

    Doesn''t this become a winner?

    Deidara can''t accept it!

    It just so happened that Gaara, the fifth-generation Fengying, flew into the air by himself. It was a punching bag to the door, and Deidara was just able to vent his sullenness with him.

    The red sand scorpion stood beside Deidara, looking at Deidara with a confident face, and couldn''t help saying: "Didara, are you sure you can? Although the wind and shadow are all rubbish, this one does not look Too the same..."

    "Let him go!"

    Uehara Naraku chuckled lightly and waved his hand boredly: "Anyway, as long as Deidara can''t die, I can save it!"

    "You bastard!"

    Deidara turned his head back and cursed. He also knew the meaning of Uehara Naraku''s words. If the medical ninja Uehara Naraku existed, it meant he could let go and fight.

    A giant clay bird appeared at Deidara''s feet and flew to Gaara''s direction with him, and the two instantly launched a wonderful aerial duel!

    The only difference is...

    There are teammates behind Deidara, who can let go and fight, but Gaara must find a way to deal with the ancient dragon soaring in the air.

    After all, the ninjas of Shayin Village were not able to provide any assistance to Gaara, they became a drag on him.

    How the **** did Gaara fight me?

    Of course it was fateful!

    "Bowmen!"

    Near a group of crossbow troops, Majima commanded a group of ninjas to manipulate the defensive weapons of the sandy hidden village, and said in an obscure voice: "Aim, shoot all the enemies in the air!"

    To be honest, Mackey was a little desperate.

    The ancient dragon looked like they could not be hit by ordinary bows and crossbows. Even if it could cause wounds, it was estimated to be similar to a needle stick for the ancient dragon.

    But his disciple Gaara is still fighting!

    Do you just give up like this?

    There is always something to do!

    "Sand Shinobu, look at the despair on your faces!"

    Uehara Naraku stood on the head of the ancient dragon, and shouted coldly: "Since I have lost the will to fight, do you still want to resist Akatsuki''s arrival?"

    "Don''t pay attention to him! Attack immediately!"

    Macky urged all the crossbowmen to aim at the ancient dragon at the same time. From Macky''s point of view, this dragon is much more troublesome than Deidara''s clay giant bird!

    One after another crossbow arrows shot at the ancient dragon!

    However, their attacks couldn''t even penetrate the dragon''s body, and were blocked by its own scale armor.

    The huge crossbow arrows fell on the ground, causing the hearts of the sand hidden ninjas to sink little by little.

    Maki quickly adjusted his thoughts and ordered loudly, "Change the target, attack the big white bird first, and help Master Fengying!"

    "Roar!"

    Uehara Naraku was too lazy to bother, manipulating the ancient dragon to spray fireballs towards the crossbow troops in Shayin Village, destroying these long-range troops that could threaten Deidara!

    The ancient dragon swept away all the crossbow troops, and flew onto the open space, screaming fiercely towards the sandy hidden village!

    "Roar!"

    Thrilling sound waves swept the entire Shayin Village!

    Countless sand hidden ninjas who tried to rush to the ancient dragon were all shaken out by the ancient dragon!

    "Wind Escape¡¤Big Breakthrough!"

    "Feng Dun¡¤Scythe Weasel!"

    Even if some sand ninjas rushed over depending on their position and released a bunch of ninjutsu on the ancient dragon, it has no effect on it the ancient dragon slowly opened its mouth A huge fireball spouted from his mouth, leaving a deep gully on the ground of Shayin Village, just like the scars carved on the body of this big country Ninja Village!

    "It''s so easy."

    Uehara Nairo sat on the ancient dragon, watching this psychic beast raging in the sand hidden village, and watching his own darkness harvesting crazily superimposed.

    This will all become the capital for his future confrontation with the six-level ninja.

    "Next is Dedara and the Wind Shadow Imp."

    The Red Sand Scorpion raised his head, looked at Gaara and Deidara who were fighting in the air, and slowly said, "I hope Deidara will not play too long..."

    "We still have plenty of time."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the sand ninjas who rushed again and were fanned by the wings of the ancient dragon, and whispered: "It seems that there is nothing in the sand hidden village that can threaten us, so let Senior Deidara have fun. Right!"

 Chapter 207ï¼š My hand is broken!

    , The fastest update starts with Naruto to do the latest chapters behind the scenes!

    "drink!"

    Deidara stood in the air and shouted.

    A group of clay bomb birds around Gaara flapped their wings a few times, and then exploded at Gaara''s side.

    It is a pity that the explosive power of the clay birds is not enough to penetrate Gaara''s sand shield defense, so Gaara can only barely make Gaara pay attention to the threat of these little birds.

    Deidara joked and blew up a bunch of things. Instead of hurting Gaara, he was chased by Gaara''s giant sand hand.

    This guy is really having fun!

    The Uehara Naraku, Nagato, and the Red Sand Scorpion standing in the sand hidden village are a bit boring. They can only watch the sand ninjas attack the ancient dragon again and again, and then be easily defeated again and again.

    Nagato frowned, looking at the group of knocked-out Sun Shinobu around, couldn''t help but ask: "Has Sunakura Village always been so weak?"

    "Uh¡­"

    The scorpion of the red sand suddenly became speechless.

    After silent thinking for a while, the Scorpion of Red Sand finally found a reason: "These little guys have not experienced a real war. If the mother-in-law is in power, they should be able to organize an effective counterattack!"

    The words Xie said really put gold on his grandma''s face.

    According to the current situation in Sagakura Village, it was encountered by two teams organized by Akatsuki, especially the two guys, Naraku Uehara and Nagato. Let alone let his grandma come, even if it was the first generation Fengkage and the second generation Feng. It''s useless if Ying, the third generation Fengying and the fourth generation Fengying are here!

    Sometimes face slaps come quickly.

    Just after the scorpion of the red sand said these words, two old figures appeared in the village of Shayin, it was the mother-in-law of the thousand generations and Eilao Zang.

    As a few years ago, after the death of the four generations of Fengying, the mother-in-law and Eilao Zang who came out of the mountain to stabilize the sandyin village during the crisis were regarded as saviors by the sand ninjas.

    Now Shayin Village has been attacked by Akatsuki and once again fell into the crisis of annihilation of the country. The Shayin people finally couldn''t help but sent someone to let the two retired old men come forward.

    The mother-in-law of the thousand generations and He Lao Zang are not ambiguous.

    After seeing the ninja who was asking for help, the two old men rushed to Shayin Village immediately. They witnessed the rise and fall of Shayin Village with their own hands. How could they let the village fall into crisis?

    The thousand-generation mother-in-law flew and landed on a high tower.

    This old woman with a dying wind stared solemnly at the red sand scorpion on the back of the ancient dragon, and said in a deep voice, "It''s been a long time since I saw you...good grandson..."

    Red Sand Scorpion: "..."

    Obviously it should feel that they know the organization has an advantage.

    But after hearing the words of the thousand-generation mother-in-law, both Uehara Naraku and the Red Sand Scorpion felt that their aura was much weaker.

    Damn, a teammate was called grandson by the enemy...

    They couldn''t even refute it!

    Naraku Uehara glanced silently at the red sand scorpion next to him, then turned to look at the thousand generations of mother-in-law and the group of sand hidden ninjas behind her: "Okay, now that the thousand generations of mother-in-law are here, let us see how they organize a counterattack. Right!"

    "Let me come!"

    The scorpion of the red sand stopped the maneuvering of the ancient dragon, Naraku Uehara, and said in a gloomy voice: "When dealing with mother-in-law, this dragon alone is not enough."

    After speaking, the Scorpion of Red Sand took out two scrolls from his body, one of which had three on it, and the other with four on it.

    A burst of smoke sounded.

    The puppets of the third generation of Fengying and the fourth generation of Fengying appeared beside the red sand scorpion, and rushed to the mother-in-law of the thousand generations quickly under the chakra line in his hand!

    "The third generation and the fourth generation!"

    "It''s the fourth generation of Hokage!"

    Every sand hidden ninja involuntarily looked at the two puppets!

    Unexpectedly, the two Fengying adults who protected the village would one day become weapons in the hands of the enemy and used to attack Shayin Village!

    "Seal Technique¡¤Open!"

    Chiyo also refused to show weakness, and opened two scrolls with his hand.

    Father is written on one of the scrolls, and mother is written on the other.

    These two puppets that looked obviously poor in color appeared beside Chiyo, and she was manipulated to meet the puppets of the third and fourth generations of Hokage!

    "cut!"

    The scorpion of the red sand snorted coldly, and the dust by the fourth generation Fengying and the magnet by the third generation Fengying quickly turned into a thousand books!

    The black and gold Senbon densely covered the sky, and the next moment these Senbon shot in the direction of Chiyo.

    "Machine light shield seal!"

    The mother-in-law of the thousand generations instantly manipulated the puppets of the father and mother and fell in front of her, turning into a shield, blocking the densely packed Qianben.

    "Humph!"

    The scorpion of the red sand stared at the shield coldly and moved his fingers slightly, only to see the third and fourth generations of Fengying flying into the sky in an instant, and the dust and magnets gathered around them again!

    In the next moment, the densely packed magnets and gold dust turned into a huge black and gold wave, sweeping towards the sand Ninja troops and Chi-dai mother-in-law on the ground!

    It has to be said that after possessing the two puppets of the third generation of Fengying and the fourth generation of Fengying, the strength of the red sand scorpion is greatly improved.

    Both of the wind shadow puppets with the ability of magnetic escape and blood succession, they can play a role far more than 1+1=2!

    Even the thousand-generation mother-in-law and Sand Shinobu couldn''t survive in this wave of black and golden waves. They could only retreat quickly so as not to drown them.

    "Chakra consumes a lot..."

    After the red sand scorpion sighed, he turned to look at Uehara Naraku: "Hey, Uehara, go and urge Dedara to hurry up, I don''t want to waste time here!"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the red sand scorpion silently.

    Brother, you face your grandmother''s desire to release water, we understand, but can it be leveled?

    You have two tricks with Chiyo!

    If you didn''t know, you thought you attacked two countries!

    "Senior Scorpion."

    Uehara Nairo rolled up his sleeves, walked slowly to his side, and closed his palms: "You first step back and rest, let me come..."

    The scorpion of the red sand stubbornly shook his head, and said coldly: "Are you looking down on me? I just waited impatiently! If you deal with the mother-in-law, you are a little worse, the puppet master is not as simple as you think. !"

    Even if he wants to release water, there is a supervisor next to him!

    The red sand scorpion gritted his teeth, flew up, and the puppets who had manipulated the third and fourth generations of Fengying rushed up and fought with the thousand-generation mother-in-law.

    The mother-in-law of the thousand generations could not show any weakness, even though she could slightly stabilize the situation in the battle with the puppets of the father and mother and the red sand scorpion, but it did not help the situation in Shayin Village.

    After all, she came to save Shayin Village, not to attract the Scarlet Scorpion, a terrorist member of Akatsuki!

    "White Secret Skill¡¤ Ten people near Song!"

    The mother-in-law of the thousand generations waved and summoned ten people from Jinsong. These are the ten most powerful puppets in her hand, and each puppet has their unique skills!

    "It''s still the same!"

    The Scorpion of Red Sand raised his head and glanced at the crowd of ten people close to Songxian, and suddenly lifted the Fei Liuhu on his body, revealing his true face!

    A young scorpion.

    In terms of age, the Scorpion of Red Sand should be in his thirties this year, but he is still no different from when he was a teenager.

    The mother-in-law of the thousand generations revealed the truth in one sentence, and her body trembled slightly: "You... made yourself a puppet!"

    "Only in this way can eternal art be realized."

    The red sand scorpion slowly opened a scroll.

    Yes, the Red Sand Scorpion made himself a puppet.

    It is precisely because he has become a puppet that he can become immortal and immortal.

    However, this is something that the puppet master absolutely prohibits. Even if someone else''s corpse is made into a human puppet, it has already touched the forbidden technique, let alone the red sand scorpion made himself a puppet.

    Anyone present could tell that the mother-in-law of Qiandai was very angry.

    Uehara Naraku sat on the head of the ancient dragon, touched his chin, turned to look at Nagato, and asked, "Hey, then Scorpion will not be able to marry a wife and have children. The family is inherited! No wonder the old woman is so angry... "

    "..."

    Nagato gave Uehara a silent look. Is it time for them to discuss this? Whether the scorpion of the red sand can marry a wife and have children is what matters to us!

    But speaking...

    The reason why the mother-in-law of the thousand generations is so angry may really be what Naraku Uehara said, because the only grandson became a puppet, and the family has been cut off since then?

    Nagato rubbed his forehead, why should he think about the mess!

    No, it''s not a mess.

    Nagato patted Uehara''s shoulder seriously, and said solemnly: "Don''t learn those messy forbidden techniques, don''t be like a scorpion, Akatsuki''s future needs you to pass it on.

    Uehara, apart from realizing Yahiko''s dream, Xiaonan and I actually have the remaining wish to see that you can marry a wife and have children. You are already 20 years old this year, right? "

    "Don''t talk about it."

    Uehara Naraku''s face was stubborn, and he slowly pushed his palm away: "We are still catching a human pillar in the sand hidden villageBe serious and put away your dangerous thoughts."

    Nagato: "..."

    It seems that only the two of them are the most leisurely in the entire battlefield!

    The battle between the scorpion of the red sand and the mother-in-law of the thousand generations has completely entered white-hot, and hundreds of puppets in red clothes were unblocked and flew out by him: "Red Secret Skill¡¤Hundred Machines!"

    As if to prove his hard work, the Scorpion of Red Sand directly used his proud forbidden technique, and hundreds of puppets instantly defeated the sand Shinobi who was next to the mother-in-law of the thousand generations, and battled with the ten people of Jin Song into a group!

    After a while, hundreds of red puppets suffered heavy losses.

    Scorpion''s hundred-machine exercises and the ten people of Jinsong fought a defeat.

    While the Red Sand Scorpion was planning to continue to control the third generation of Fengying and the fourth generation of Fengying puppets to fight, Deidara in the air finally completed the task.

    Deidara drove the clay bird and landed on the ancient dragon''s back, and hurriedly shouted: "Hey, come and heal me, my hand is broken!"

 Chapter 208ï¼š This is indeed Danzos pot!

    , The fastest update starts with Naruto to do the latest chapters behind the scenes!

    Deidara''s hand still broke.

    This man lived happily like a mentally retarded person.

    Even if his arm was broken, Deidara still smiled happily. Why does this guy have such a good attitude!

    In order to defeat Gaara this time, Deidara could only use a small technique, paying the price of an arm, and exploding Gaara to the point of death.

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Gaara behind the clay giant bird. Fortunately, this guy was not dead, and then he looked at Deidara''s mental retardation.

    The blond young man¡¯s left arm was torn off by Gaara¡¯s yellow sand, so now Dedara¡¯s right hand is holding her broken left hand and waving happily at Uehara...

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes twitched, Mom''s mentally retarded!

    My hands are broken, and I laughed!

    Uehara Naruto fell on Deidara''s side, took Deidara''s arm, and was silent for a while and said: "Let me tell you first, I haven''t learned to connect a severed limb..."

    "..."

    Deidara''s smile instantly froze on his face.

    The next moment Deidara suddenly stretched out his right hand to grab Uehara''s collar, and tremblingly cursed: "Asshole, don''t you say that as long as I am not dead, you can save me?

    The **** in Ghost Lantern Full Moon is so sick that you can save it. Now you tell me you will not do this kind of minor surgery to take over! "

    Damn, what the hell!

    A medical ninja can''t get limbs!

    Is this **** playing him?

    Uehara Naraku pointed to the red sand scorpion in the distance. He didn¡¯t care about it. He just explained, ¡°Senior Scorpion should be able to do it, and Senior Kakuto should be able to do it. The two of them are still very good at this kind of small operation. It really doesn''t work, I have panic attacks..."

    "You give me a better excuse!"

    Deidara cursed and loosened Uehara''s collar, and looked at the red sand scorpion and Qiandai mother-in-law who were fiercely fighting in the distance, and said softly, "Is that the real body of Xie Dan? How does he look like that? Young? Uehara, why don''t you help?"

    "No way to help."

    Nairo Uehara spread out her palms and whispered: "Senior Scorpion made herself a puppet. His grandmother, Chi-dai-wife, saw that her grandson could not inherit his family by marrying wives and children, so this is a family matter..."

    Uehara Naraku said nonsense seriously.

    Dedala nodded solemnly, before he believed: "This kind of thing... we really shouldn''t get involved... Hey, Xie Dan, the task is complete, come back soon!"

    "Shut up, I see!"

    The scorpion of the red sand hurriedly controlled the third and fourth generations of Fengying to fly above him, and rolled up a wave of black and gold magnetic gold to cover a defensive wall.

    This block of defense is extremely strong, no matter it is Ninjutsu of Sand Ninja or weapon of puppet, it can''t break through.

    Taking this opportunity, the Red Sand Scorpion jumped onto the ancient dragon, and opened his mouth to scold Dedala: "You kid, but I have been waiting for a long time!"

    "Xie Dan, don''t be so old-fashioned!"

    Deidara looked at the young and handsome faces of the scorpion, walked to the side of the red sand scorpion with a smile, took off his auspicious clouds and black robe and put it on him.

    Deidara even reached out his fingers curiously and touched the hair of the scorpion: "Obviously looks younger than me! I used to look old-fashioned..."

    Scorpion''s real body looks too deceptive!

    Even if Deidara wanted to treat him with his respectful attitude before, he always felt a bit of a sense of contradiction. After all, this is too young, he looks only a teenager!

    The Red Sand Scorpion put on his clothes and gave Deidara a cold look, his eyes full of murderousness: "Let go, get out!"

    "Hey, hey, be polite!"

    Deidara hugged his shoulders and bulged his lips: "You are so young, do you know if you call me Big Brother Deidara in the future?"

    "To shut up!"

    "Why are you so impolite!"

    "Shut up, otherwise I will kill you!"

    "Why are you doing this!"

    Deidara pursed his mouth in dissatisfaction, and said plausibly: "I have called Dana for so many years, can''t you call me Big Brother?"

    "..."

    The scorpion of the red sand suddenly didn''t want to fight anymore.

    This guy Dedara is simply a mentally retarded teaser.

    If it wasn''t for this little devil who had always respected him in the past, and would protect him everywhere, the Scorpion of Red Sand really wanted to sew Deidara''s mouth...

    But right now Deidara still needs more sewing.

    The Red Sand Scorpion glanced at the location where Deidara''s arm was broken, and said coldly, "Uehara, let''s go, find a place to connect this kid''s arm!"

    "Can''t you call me Big Brother Dedara?"

    Deidara pursed his mouth and sat on the ancient dragon with his one-armed face unhappy: "If you call me, can you be wronged?"

    "..."

    The Red Sand Scorpion was silent for a while.

    The next moment, the Chakra thread in his hand suddenly popped out, tying Dedara''s mouth round and round firmly, and he could only whine.

    The art duo finally stopped.

    The red sand scorpion turned his head to look at Uehara Naraku and Nagato: "Alright, let''s go, maybe there will be some chasing soldiers, just leave it to you!"

    "Yes, I won''t let Shayin Village have chasers."

    Uehara Naraku smiled lightly and nodded at the red sand scorpion, knocked the ancient dragon on the head, smiled and said: "Okay, now take us away! Before you leave, you can finally be arrogant. !"

    "Roar!"

    The ancient dragon let out an earth-shaking roar!

    In the next moment, this psychic beast, which can be said to be the strongest in the Ninja world, rose from the ground, leaped into the air, flapping its wings and soaring over the sandy hidden village!

    The grandmother Qiandai saw the dark shadow of the ancient dragon in the sky, and pulled her puppet line, trying to grab the limbs of the ancient dragon.

    However, this ancient dragon didn''t care at all, it broke the puppet''s line with force, and even turned his head to eject a huge fireball, forcing the thousand-generation mother-in-law to fly to avoid it.

    "Don''t want to go!"

    "Master Fengying is on that monster!"

    "Taking back Master Fengying!"

    "Hurry up and chase it!"

    A group of sand ninjas clamored around and gathered to form a ninja squad, and they were about to converge towards the exit of the sand hidden village.

    It''s just that the ancient dragon didn''t choose to leave. Instead, it slowly climbed to its height. After climbing to a high point in the sky, it raised its head and threw a huge fireball!

    A huge fireball was suddenly smashed at a height of several kilometers, and it happened to fall in the center of Shayin Village. The earth shook in an instant, followed by a violent explosion!

    The majestic shock wave swept everything in Shayin Village!

    A solid house was swept away by air waves in an instant, but these buildings that were strong enough to resist wind and sand could not withstand the impact of the fireball and the impact caused by the explosion!

    No matter what level of ninja, they were all flying upside down!

    Even the high defensive wall outside Shayin Village collapsed after the air wave, and the ninjas who were stationed here fell into the ruins.

    After Uehara Naraku glanced at the ancient dragon defeating most of the ninjas in Shayin Village, his own harvest of darkness has tripled his three-dimensional attributes.

    This is so cool!

    Don''t be too cool.

    Overnight, Uehara Naraku originally had only more than 70,000 three-dimensional attributes, but through the dark harvest, it directly exceeded 200,000.

    I have to say that Uehara Naraku can harvest so much in Shayin Village, and this black pot has to be carried by Konoha, Shayin Village and Uehara Naraku.

    After the Third Ninja World War ended, the economy of Shayin Village had to reduce the ninja organization because of poverty, and began to develop an elite ninja model.

    Of course, they have not cultivated anything through elite training...

    Therefore, the military strength of Shayin Village has been at the bottom even among the five major countries.

    By the time of the Grassland Incident, Shayin Village stood on Konoha''s side with a clear-cut stand, and regained the mission and funding from the Daimyofu of the Wind Country.

    In order to maintain the reputation of the five major nations, and to deal with the threat of Uehara, the newly emerging genius of Uyin Village, Shayin Village began to slowly restore its ninja organization.

    At present, there are tens of thousands of ninjas in Shayin Village, and through the dark harvest, Uehara Naraku directly provided hundreds of thousands of three-dimensional attributes.

    Life energy: 210921

    Chakra Energy: 209790

    Natural energy: 208790

    Life energy recovery: 108 points/sec

    Chakra energy recovery: 108 points/sec

    Natural energy recovery: 216 points/sec

    Skill cooldown reduction: 100%

    Gold coins remaining: 6430

    Dark Harvest: Every time you defeat a ninja , you will get a part of the power from the enemy, each time you increase the life energy by 10 points, the chakra energy by 10 points, and the natural energy by 10 points. The current cumulative increase of life energy 149630, chakra energy 149630, natural energy 149630 points.

    This is ridiculous!

    The gains of defeating a five-power Ninja Village are simply too high.

    The destruction of Caoyin Village was only over 10,000, but now Shayin Village is over 100,000!

    Uehara Naraku touched her heart, beating a little faster, but there are at least 80,000 ninjas in the ninja world!

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but want to thank someone.

    That person was Shimura Danzo who was killed by him early.

    If it hadn''t been for Uehara Naraku to kill Shimura Danzo early, he wouldn''t get the god-level passive skill of Dark Harvest.

    Uehara Naraku is embarking on an increasingly stronger path, and the future of the five-power Ninja Village will also become dim. As expected, this is Shimura Danzo¡¯s pot...

 Chapter 209ï¼š Go find the original to join the Fengyingduo fight!

    , The fastest update starts with Naruto to do the latest chapters behind the scenes!

    Sorrows are everywhere in Shayin Village.

    After the ancient dragon in the sky circled around Shayin Village, it slowly floated above Shayin Village. This scene made everyone in Shayin Village feel tight.

    Is it possible that the people of Akatsuki are going to completely destroy Shayin Village?

    It''s just that the members of Akatsuki''s organization didn''t seem to intend to do so.

    Uehara Naraku stood on the head of the ancient dragon, pulled his hood, and looked down at the terrible situation of the sand hidden ninjas on the ground. The urn said, "Hey, the people of Sha hidden village, can still breathe and squeak... "

    "What else do you want to do?"

    The grandmother thousand generations gritted her teeth and looked at the murderer who destroyed Shayin Village. If she could, she really wanted to rush to kill that guy now!

    However, the reality is that under such circumstances, it is obviously irrational to anger the enemy. In case the enemy has another attack, Shayin Village will almost foresee its immediate destruction.

    "Be gentle!"

    Uehara Naraku spoke slowly and continued: "I just want to make sure that you won''t send someone to chase us down, right? It seems impossible!"

    After Nairo Uehara drove the ancient dragon around the sandy hidden village for a week, after a loud whistle, he walked away on his own!

    This time, Uehara has gained a lot from capturing a man''s strength.

    In addition to the dark harvest, he also received another very powerful reward.

    Side mission: successfully defeated the hidden sand village (1/1), the mission has been completed, and the passive talent wind power will be rewarded.

    Wind power: You can freely drive the chakra of wind attributes, and use creative wind escape ninjutsu at will. It is one of the components of the jade for seeking Taoism.

    When Uehara Naraku left Sandyuki Village, he was in a good mood.

    But the mood of the people in Shayin Village must be very bad.

    "Asshole!"

    The grandmother thousand generations looked at the dragon going away and clenched her fists.

    The village was full of injured or killed ninjas, who had completely lost the ability to resist, and it was impossible to pursue the ancient dragon.

    After seeing the monster leaving, the Chidai mother-in-law, Eilao Zang and others hurriedly commanded the actionable Anbe and organized the ninja rescue.

    She even acted as a medical ninja by herself.

    Even though Chiyo has always advocated the self-improvement of Shayin Village, under this circumstance, they would definitely not be able to take Gaara back.

    This stubborn old man had to surrender to reality. Chiyo was treating the wounded in the village, and he said: "Eilao Zang, ask Konoha for help!"

    "¡­Yes."

    Eilao Zang nodded slowly.

    Fortunately, his sister has recognized the cruelty of reality.

    According to the current situation in Shayin Village, let alone rescuing Feng Ying from the Akatsuki organization, it would be very difficult even to deal with the invasion of neighboring countries.

    If there is no support, if the three generations of the earth shadow Ohnoki of Yanyin Village invade, it can basically declare the destruction of Shayin Village.

    They may not even be able to cope with the attack on the Yuyin Village next door.

    Fortunately, since the alliance between Konoha and Sandyakura, the two ninja villages have never had any friction, and many cooperations have been launched, even including military alliances.

    For example, Gaara of the five generations of Fengying who was just taken abducted, his sister Temari is still in Sagakura Village to discuss with Konoha to jointly organize the next Zhongnin exam.

    And Konoha has been tracking Akatsuki''s intelligence.

    Therefore, when the Sagakura village was attacked by the Akatsuki organization and the news that the fifth generation Fukage Gaara was captured by the Akatsuki organization reached Konoha, the fifth generation of Meme Hokage Tsunade did not hesitate, and immediately dispatched the third and seventh squads. The class rushed to Shayin Village to support.

    To be honest, Tsunade is kind of nursed.

    But these two teams should be Konoha''s strongest teams.

    The strength of Haaki Kakashi of the seventh class has improved, and Naruto Uzumaki¡¯s strength after returning from practice has also greatly improved, barely able to control the power of the four tails; Haruno Sakura also practiced the technique of the Hundred Heroes, and they added another Sai is an almighty ninja.

    Needless to say, the strength of Metkay in the third class is of course astonishing strength in his body; Neji Hyuga has been successfully promoted to Shangnin in just a few years, and he is even supported by the patriarch Hinata Hyuga. Next, obtained the secret body technique of many clan families.

    As for Li Luoke, it may be because he had no injuries on his body and was extremely diligent in his cultivation, making him incarnate as Konoha''s second liver emperor.

    Now Li Luoke can easily open the sixth door of the eight-door Dunjia, and even open the seventh door in the extreme state. This strength is no less than Konoha''s majority.

    If it was a life-and-death battle between Konoha''s twelve Xiaoqiangs, and without considering Naruto''s release of Kyuubi, Li Luoke was still the most powerful of Konoha''s twelve Xiaoqiangs.

    The reality is always so magical.

    In the same period of the year, the two strongest people, one was Hengbi and the other was the liver emperor.

    As for Tiantian in the third class, she just had better luck, and it seemed that there was nothing special about it.

    In addition to the third and seventh classes, Tsunade also dispatched a team of Anbe accompanied by Yamato and Uzuki Yuga.

    In Tsunade''s view, this lineup is strong enough.

    However, after Konoha''s reinforcements arrived at Shayin Village, they were still stunned by the sight before them, and they couldn''t even imagine that this was the Shayin Village after Akatsuki''s invasion.

    Shayin Village was devastated.

    The original Hexiang village has long ceased to exist, the outer line of defense is in ruins, the village is full of broken walls, and even a few complete houses cannot be found.

    The warehouse after emergency repairs was temporarily listed as a hospital by Chiyo and others, because there were too many injured people, and medical ninjas were not enough.

    The streets of Shayin Village are full of wounded in bandages.

    No, strictly speaking, everyone is bandaged.

    The mother-in-law of Qiandai didn''t close her eyes for several days and nights. She used medical ninjutsu if she had a chakra, and if she didn''t have a chakra, she forced an operation and put on a splint.

    Haruno Sakura''s arrival has really helped a lot. As Tsunade''s disciple, her medical ninjutsu is much better than most medical ninjas in Sandyakura.

    "Is it all caused by Akatsuki?"

    Naruto Uzumaki stroked the broken earth wall outside the hospital, looked at this ruined Ninja Village, looked at this village full of wounded people, and squeezed his palm.

    Kankuro tied his arm, walked to Uzumaki Naruto''s side, and nodded painfully: "That''s right, after Akura''s members caught Gaara, they used a monster they raised to destroy Shayin Village. "

    Hagi Kakashi tugged at his forehead, and asked in a low voice, "Is the purpose of their attack on Shayin Village to take away the lord Fengying who is a human force?"

    "It looks like this now."

    Kankuro looked at Kakashi and nodded.

    Metkay slammed a fist on the dirt wall and cursed coldly: "That group of bastards! Do you want to destroy a village directly!"

    "Do not¡­"

    Kankuro shook his head, his face becoming more ugly: "According to our guess, apart from taking Gaara, they attacked Sain Village just casually. Maybe they just used attacking Sain Village as a game... "

    Kankuro slowly raised his head, looked at the destroyed home, wiped the tears that were involuntarily flowing from the corners of his eyes, and continued: "Because that day, there were four members of Akatsuki driving a monster, and two of them did not take action from beginning to end. ."

    This is the most terrifying place.

    The enemy just took it easy, and even hid at least half of its strength, Shayin Village was completely unable to resist.

    "four people¡­"

    Hagi Kakashi rubbed his forehead and asked softly: "Apart from Dedara and the Red Sand Scorpion, do the remaining two people have no information?"

    "Not only there is no intelligence, even their true colors are unknown."

    Kankuro shook his head and continued to answer: "Perhaps because they don''t need to take action, because it''s just the monster that we can''t fight against."

    After speaking, Kankuro explained in detail the battle that night.

    The more and more Konoha ninjas heard, the more they were frightened, especially when they heard that the members of Akatsuki ordered the monster to drop a huge fireball and destroy the village of Shayin before they left. Everyone couldn¡¯t help themselves. Sweat dripped from the ground.

    Sai felt a little bit out of breath: "A big country Ninimura can''t resist the attack of four members... Is this Akatsuki''s strength?"

    "Ok."

    Hagi Kakashi nodded, stroked his forehead, and said in a low voice: "I still remember the feeling of fighting against Akatsuki in Kusano Kuni. There was almost no resistance at all, and they seemed to be enjoying it too. Game..."

    "..."

    Tian Tian shivered involuntarily, and stammered: "If the enemy is so strong, do we really have any chance of winning?"

    "Not necessarily."

    Hagi Kakashi lowered his head and said in a low voice: "At least we know that Akatsuki''s members have left north. Maybe we can track them north, and we can ask Yuyin Village for support and invite them to fight against Akatsuki together. "

    Sai also nodded next to him and said, "Captain Kakashi is right. Konoha and Amagi have always had an agreement to attack Akatsuki..."

    "Ok."

    Hagi Kakashi agreed and continued: "A group of rebels of the Akatsuki organization had taken refuge in the ninja demi-god Shanjiao Hanzo, and later they betrayed Hanzo again. Yuyin Village has always been bitter towards these rebels, and they are sure I also have a lot of Akatsuki''s information."

    "Yuyin Village..."

    Uzumaki Naruto stroked the destroyed earth wall, thinking of a person who smiled very kindly, so he couldn''t help but smile: "It shouldn''t be too late, then let''s go to Uehara Naraku immediately! He! The current strength should also become very strong!"

    Perhaps it was because Naruto Uzumaki only remembered Naruto Uehara.

    After all, Na Uehara was very kind when she fell on Konoha, but it was a pity that she finally assassinated three generations of Hokage under the pressure of Uyin Village, and there was a slight gap between Konoha.

    Of course Naruto Uzumaki didn''t care about this.

    He had forgiven Uehara for assassinating three generations of Naruto.

    To be honest, if it were not for Uehara Naraku to assassinate the third generation of Hokage, Uzumaki Naruto himself would not know how to stay in Konoha.

    After all, the common understanding of the ninja world is that the three generations of Naruto are fighting for power behind the scenes, murdering the fourth generation of Naruto couples, and trying to control the nine-tailed man Zhuli as Konoha''s war weapon.

    Naruto Uzumaki really didn''t want to face Sarutobi Hiji.

    Maybe he will betray Konoha like Sasuke?

    Is it even possible to join Xiao?

    Thanks to Uehara Naraku''s assassination of three generations of Naruto, Tsunade was able to succeed the fifth generation of Naruto, and Uzumaki Naruto could continue to be in the mood to stay in Konoha, and he could pick up the fetters of the past and continue to get along with teachers and friends.

    I don¡¯t know if Naraku Uehara will regret...

    In fact, at that time, if Sarutobi Hizen was still alive he really had a very good chance to induce Uzumaki Naruto to rebel against Konoha.

    Of course, flaws may also be exposed.

    Naruto Uzumaki proposed to send someone to Yuyin Village to find Naraku Uehara immediately, and asked him to help join the Battle of the Wind and Shadows. This proposal quickly won the approval of most people.

    After all, the Konoha ninjas present can understand Uehara''s helplessness for the benefit of Uehara Village. They have also enjoyed the life with Uehara Naraku.

    Only Hagi Kakashi, who had seen Uehara Naraku later, sighed faintly, remembering that when Uehara Naraku was talking with the Alliance Congress, he would not let go for the benefit of Uein Village.

    At that time, Naraku Uehara was almost unrecognizable.

    As a ninja in the small and medium-sized Ninja Village, perhaps it was really too much pressure. So Uehara Naraku, who could maintain his innocent heart and was very popular, put on his most hated mask step by step.

    Hagi Kakashi still remembered the innocent appearance of Uehara Naraku. He took a breath and said, "I hope that guy Uehara... will not become too fast!"

 Chapter 210ï¼š Sagakura will be your loyal friend of Uehara

    , The fastest update starts with Naruto to do the latest chapters behind the scenes!

    Konoha ninjas really dare to think.

    No, not only did they dare to think, they dare to do it.

    After all, in the face of the terrifying strength of the Akatsuki organization, the first thing they did was to seek more help. It was understandable that the most suitable one was Uehara Naraku.

    First of all, Naru Uehara was born in the Uyin Village. He himself has no good liking for Akatsuki. He is also the person who targets Akatsuki most in the entire Ninja world, because Akatsuki not only betrayed the country of Rain, but also seduced his companion Kaguya-kun Maro. He Bai defected.

    Secondly, Naraku Uehara¡¯s strength is good. Behind him is the ninja demigod Sansho Yu Hanzo. In the Kusano Kuni incident, it is said that Akatsuki and Sansho Yu Hanzo and Naraku Uehara fought at the border of the rain country for two generations. He personally expelled the members who chased Akatsuki.

    In the end, Uehara Naraku was friends with them.

    For a long time, Uehara Naraku and the Konoha ninjas present have had a good relationship, and most of them are friends.

    Especially Metkay and Rock Lee, even if they were beaten to the ground by Uehara Naraku, they still recognized Uehara Naraku''s actions for the benefit of their village.

    Akatsuki''s base.

    Because Uehara Naraku had a relationship with an ancient dragon, they didn''t look for a suitable seal location outside, and went straight back to Akatsuki''s base.

    The completion of this task is too fast!

    Judging by this time, there is not even enough time for the ninjas of Yuyin Village to visit Shayin Village!

    When Uehara Naraku and their first team caught one tail and returned to Akatsuki''s base, the second team still had several days to reach the destination Thunder Country.

    This is very embarrassing.

    Originally, they had the idea to seal the first tail and the second tail together. It is estimated that the second tail will have to wait another day, so they can only seal the first tail Shou crane.

    When Tiandao Payne used the magic of the magic lamp body to convene Akatsuki''s members for a meeting, Deidara looked at Fei Duan very arrogantly: "Tsk tsk, it''s really a waste that can''t be helped...So many people are going to perform the task, but I haven''t seen Niwei. Human column strength!"

    "..."

    Feidan looked at Deidara angrily, and cursed fiercely: "Asshole, I will cut you off when I get back!"

    "I''m waiting for you!"

    Deidara made a grimace at Fei Duan, and said happily, "Perhaps we have caught three tails when you come back! Trash trash trash! Stupid idiot idiot!"

    "I want to kill you!"

    The two people suddenly quarreled together.

    After Feidan finished scolding Deidara, he looked at the members of their second team with an ugly expression. Apart from him, how could the second team be a bunch of rubbish!

    The speed of their second team is indeed not fast, and it is not to blame for Dida''s ridicule, the gap between the two sides is too big.

    The members of the first team who caught the first tail have already made a round trip. Their second team has not yet arrived in the kingdom of thunder. This is indeed a bit of a gap.

    "..."

    The scorpion of the red sand cast a silent glance at the happy Deidara. Why could they catch a human pillar so quickly? Does this guy have no idea in his heart?

    Although Dedara is the main force in capturing Gaara, the Red Sand Scorpion still feels that Deidara is actually winning...

    After all, it might be easier if Uehara Naraku or the scorpion came to catch a human posture, and he didn''t have to bother to sew Deidara''s arms.

    I can break a hand by grabbing a man¡¯s strength...

    Now I am embarrassed to mock others and feel that I am not embarrassing enough!

    Deidara noticed the gaze of the Red Sand Scorpion, and frowned, "Hey, Xie Dan, why are you looking at me like that? Your eyes are very rude!"

    "..."

    The scorpion of the red sand shook his head with pity, as if looking at a mentally retarded child.

    After seeing the scorpion''s eyes, Deidara''s mood suddenly became more irritable: "Hey, hey, your eyes are even more rude!"

    "All right."

    Heavenly Dao Payne''s cold voice stopped everyone''s communication, and he said in a deep voice: "Since you have not yet carried out the task of capturing the second tail, please help seal the first tail first!"

    Akatsuki''s magic lantern body technique can also allow members who are thousands of miles away to help seal the first Chakra.

    Payne summoned the ten most powerful members, used the magic dragon nine seals to extract a Shou Crane from Gaara''s body, and then sealed it into the outer golem.

    The first tail beast was successfully enclosed in the Outer Golem.

    Akatsuki took their first step in their great cause.

    When Akatsuki successfully sealed the first tail beast, the Chakras in the members of the members who participated in the seal were exhausted, and they were all out of breath.

    Xiaonan found Naraku Uehara and sent a message to him: "Nairo, the messengers from Konoha and Sain Village have come to Uein Village. They invite you to follow Akatsuki together and regain the five generations of Fengying Gaara from Sain Village. ¡­"

    "..."

    All the members of Akatsuki''s organization cast doubtful glances.

    In this second, all members thought that there was a problem with their ears.

    Kakuto slowly raised his head, glanced at Xiaonan, and then at Uehara Naraku: "If I heard it right, it seems that the people from Konoha and Sagakura want to invite the kid Uehara to chase us? "

    "Ok."

    Xiao Nan''s expression was also a little hard to say.

    Things in the Ninja world are too magical!

    The enemy of the Akatsuki organization even invited the future leader of the Akatsuki organization to fight against the Akatsuki organization, and the Sandyakura village, which was captured by Naruto Uehara just now, sent someone to ask Uehara Naraku to recapture the captured Fengying.

    Deidara rubbed her ears and turned to look at Xiao Nan: "Hey, Senior Xiao Nan, are there really no problems with my ears?"

    "should not."

    Xiao Nan rubbed his forehead.

    "Hahahahahaha, is this making me laugh?"

    Deidara clutched her stomach and laughed wildly: "The group of idiots in Shayin Village and Konoha would let Uehara go to help them regain Fengying. This guy Uehara directly destroyed the murderer of Shayin Village! "

    "Shut up, idiot!"

    The scorpion of the red sand couldn''t help covering his forehead. There were such a bunch of idiots in his hometown, which really made him feel a little embarrassed.

    "It''s really a disciple of Senior Xiao Nan!"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark grinned, revealing his teeth, and said with a light smile: "It was able to penetrate into the five big countries and even gain the trust of the five big countries."

    "Yes."

    Ghost Lantern Manyue also added compliments and said: "It''s terrible! Next year I will be only one year younger than me, but I can be so good..."

    "Yeah yeah!"

    Ringo Yu Yuri also echoed.

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the three of them speechlessly. All three of them were his loyal subordinates, and they seized the opportunity to boast at every turn.

    Boast! Boast!

    Who do you consider him?

    Do you want to praise this little thing?

    Xiaonan didn¡¯t pay attention to the others either, but just opened the mouth to Uehara Naraku: ¡°Naraku, Konoha¡¯s copy of Ninja Hagaki Kakashi and Temari from Sandyuki Village are still waiting to see you outside Uyin Village. They can see them. It seems to be anxious."

    Definitely.

    Five generations of Fengying have all been arrested. It''s strange that they don''t worry? If one day Uehara Naraku is arrested, Konan and Nagato must be going crazy!

    Uehara Naraku stood up slowly and sighed: "Well, Master Payne, help me clean up the body of Gaara from the Five Dynasties Fengying. Maybe we will use it in a few days!"

    Gaara''s body is still worthy of use.

    It just happened to allow Uehara Naraku to set out what is a serious Fengying seizure battle. This time, the Red Sand Scorpion must not be allowed to participate.

    The scorpion is too serious.

    The last time he was in Shayin Village, the puppet controlled by Baiji''s performance was beaten down by the ten people near Songsong. Later, he had to add funds to make a new puppet.

    Fighting is better than anyone else.

    It is more expensive than anyone else to fund the experiment.

    After seeing Naraku Uehara leave, Sasuke Uchiha couldn''t help holding his fist, and secretly bowed his head and cursed: "That idiot Kakashi!"

    Uchiha Itachi, who had been following Sasuke all the time, couldn''t help but frowned. He was really worried.

    Although Uchiha Itachi himself penetrated into the Akatsuki organization, Uehara Naraku also penetrated into the five major countries.

    This wave...

    This wave is a spy swap.

    The problem is that Uchiha Itachi''s online releases have all been broken, and even Shimura Danzo and Sarutobi Hisaki who know the truth are dead.

    As for Naraku Uehara.

    He himself is a spy on the line.

    Outside the village of Yuyin Village.

    Hydrangea, who was in charge of patrolling, stood at the entrance of the village, prohibiting Kakashi and Temari from entering, but just to help them prepare a place to rest.

    When Uehara Naruko arrived at the entrance of the village, Hagiki Kakashi and Temari each held a cup of hot water and stared at the pouring rain in Uyin Village in a daze.

    Uehara Nairo walked to Kakashi¡¯s side and stretched out his palm towards him, with an awkward smile on his face: "Sorry, Mr. Kakashi, Hanzo-sama has been frequently harassed by assassins recently, so he issued an order to prohibit him. Others have entered Yuyin Village..."

    "..."

    Hydrangea glanced at Naraku Uehara blankly.

    How could this guy lie to others nonchalantly!

    According to the environment of Yuyin Village, the bones of Sansho Fish Hanzo are probably melted. How can Uehara Naraku still open and close the mouth of Sansho Fish Hanzo...

    "Uh, we can understand."

    Hagi Kakashi nodded to express understanding.

    Sansho Fish Hanzo is a ninja demigod who has been famous for a long time. Didn''t he give any orders before he wanted to give orders in his own village?

    Uehara Naraku turned his head and glanced at Teju again, with a sad look on his face: "We Uyin Village has been looking for Akatsuki''s trace, so we got news from Shayin Village. Regarding the tragedy that your country has encountered, We express our sincere condolences.

    The Akatsuki organization is the enemy of the entire Ninja World. We will not join forces with the Akatsuki organization. Therefore, we will never start a war when people are in danger. Even if possible, I am willing to go to Shayin Village to assist you in your reconstruction work. "

    "Thank you, thank you so much."

    Temari shook the palm of Uehara Naraku, her face finally relaxed.

    Temari doesn''t really want to come to Yuyin Village.

    After all, Uyin Village is the neighbor of Shayin Village, and is the most likely enemy to take advantage of the opportunity to invade the Kingdom of Wind, and Uehara Naraku is the murderer who killed her father...

    Now Uehara Naraku admits in front of Hagi Kakashi that at least Sagakura can be relieved, and there is no need to worry about additional wars.

    Hagi Kakashi was also relieved.

    If they want to track the Xiao organization and find the location of Fengying Gaara, they need the Yuyin Village, which knows the Xiao organization best. The problem is that there are many contradictions between Yuyin and Shayin...

    Now that Yuyin Village can put aside the grudges with Shayin Village and even unite with them, it is indeed good news.

    "I probably know your intentions. In the face of fighting against the evil mercenary group of Xiao Organization, it is our duty in Yuyin Village, because we were deceived by the soil that gave birth to this terrorist organization step by step."

    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he turned to look at Hagi Kakashi, and sighed: "But Mr. Kakashi, it is true that there are very few ninjas in Yuyin Village who can deal with Akatsuki. After all, all their members are ninjas. The fierce S-class rebel.

    Except for our leader Hanzo-sama who can easily defeat the Akatsuki organization, the only thing left is I can barely contend with Akatsuki''s members. After all, we are a small country. When we encircled Akatsuki last time, our ordinary ninjas suffered heavy losses. "

    "I understand your idea."

    Hagi Kakashi sighed quietly, looked at the worried Uehara Naraku, patted him on the shoulder, and said, "Don''t worry, we''ve known it a long time ago. Your Excellency Hanzo must guard Yuyin Village, lest you encounter Akatsuki. The revenge of Uehara, we mainly want your help."

    "That''s good."

    Nairo Uehara nodded and breathed a sigh of relief: "Because we Yuyin Village initiated a unilateral encirclement and suppression in the Country of Grass in the past few years, which caused the Akatsuki organization to suffer heavy losses, so they probably hate us deeply, Hanzo-sama. Can''t move lightly."

    After speaking, Naraku Uehara looked at Kakashi again and smiled and said: "I have no tasks during this period. I can leave Yuyin Village at any time to support you. It just happened that I haven''t seen Konoha''s friends for a long time. "

    "Great."

    A smile appeared in Hagi Kakashi''s eyes. Although this guy has experienced some life''s devastation, he still seems to have not changed much!

    Temari also breathed a sigh of relief and respectfully bowed his head at Uehara Naraku: "If you can help us rescue Gaara, we are grateful."

    "Gaara is my friend anyway!"

    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he saw that Temari''s expression was not right. He used to bully Gaara when he met, and he seemed to have never been friendly!

    Uehara Naraku quickly changed his words: "If you don''t fight, you won''t know each other! What''s more, the battle between Uyin Village and Shayin Village also left a lot of pain for both of us. I have done a lot to Shayin Village... "

    Uehara Naraku sighed and continued: "I will also do my best to make up for the wrong things I did to Shayin Village before. I hope that after our cooperation this time, we can forgive each other and let Peace will always remain between Shayin Village and Yuyin Village."

    Uehara Naraku has a complete set of words.

    It''s just that when Uehara spoke, his expression was very sincere. He sighed and mourned from time to time, and coupled with a few physical movements, he looked really sincere.

    Not to mention the woman Temari, even the cold-hearted ninja in Kakashi Hagi, after listening to Uehara Naraku''s words, her heart was moved.

    Temari looked at Uehara Naraku, nodded vigorously at him, and promised: "From today on, I am willing to represent Gaara who is still in the unknown and promise that Sagakura will be a loyal friend of Uehara Naraku..."

    "Well, but I hope it is the promise of Gaara."

    Uehara Naruko rubbed his forehead, and a smile appeared on his face: "So, in order to get Gaara''s promise, let''s first discuss how to find his position and save him from Akatsuki''s hands! "

 Chapter 211ï¼š Fortunately, Hanzo-sama supported me

    , The fastest update starts with Naruto to do the latest chapters behind the scenes!

    The situation is more urgent.

    Uehara Naraku could only enter Yuyin Village in a hurry, and explained his plan to Xiaonan.

    On the side of the Akatsuki organization in the Fengying''s return battle, only Dedara, the Scorpion of Red Sand, and Nagato were in Akatsuki''s base, unless they used the art of turning the elephant to create more puppets.

    But that is too much trouble.

    So this time, Deidara is still in charge of transporting Gaara¡¯s body, looking for a chance to return Fengying¡¯s body to them. As for intercepting other reinforcements, Nagato and the Red Sand Scorpion can only do it. .

    Before leaving, Nairo Uehara specifically explained that the scorpion was never allowed to act alone, lest this guy would die on impulse.

    Because Hagiki Kakashi and Temari were anxious to save Gaara, they hurriedly brought the reinforcements Uehara Naraku back to the meeting point of a group of ninjas who were in charge of chasing Akatsuki.

    Uehara Naraku really wanted to persuade them not to worry.

    Really, there is no need to worry so much.

    The Morizuru in Gaara was taken out a long time ago, and the body was completely cold. This was what Uehara Naraku saw with his own eyes; and the Akatsuki organization would definitely return the body to them, which would also be an action directed by Uehara Naraku himself. .

    When the three of them arrived at the meeting point, Uehara Naraku took a look at everyone. They were basically his old friends, except for Sai who was a little bit stunned.

    Oh, and a thousand-generation mother-in-law.

    This old woman probably had a battle with her grandson Chisha Scorpion. She thought she could still be useful, so she followed.

    "Uehara, long time no see!"

    Naruto Uzumaki stretched out his fist towards Uehara Naraku with a smile, and greeted him affectionately.

    "Ha, Naruto has grown up!"

    Uehara Naraku chuckled and touched his fist with him.

    Naruto Uzumaki stretched out his fingers and smiled confidently: "Now my strength has also become very strong! If we have a chance, we can have a good fight!"

    "Extremely looking forward to it."

    Uehara Nara''s eyes narrowed slightly, and a kind smile appeared, like a senior who saw his younger generation grow up.

    Haruno Sakura, who is standing next to Uzumaki Naruto, has also grown up a lot more than a few years ago. He nodded politely and greeted: "Senior Uehara, long time no see."

    "Sakura is also much more beautiful than before."

    Uehara Naraku nodded somewhat casually. It is really difficult for him to have a good impression of Haruno Sakura, who undermined his plan several times in the past.

    Seeing this woman is still angry!

    Haruno Sakura''s face had just turned blush, and when she was about to say something humble, she saw Uehara Naraku''s gaze towards Sai.

    Haruno Sakura: "..."

    It is absolutely perfunctory to praise her as beautiful just now!

    "This is Sai."

    Sai stretched out his palm, squinted his eyes and smiled at Uehara Naraku: "I just joined Class 7 not long ago."

    Uehara Naraku also squinted his eyes. At this moment, he felt that he had encountered the same kind, so he ruthlessly pierced Sai: "I can''t tell that you are a member of Class 7, because your smile is too fake. "

    Sai: "..."

    "Hey, hey, they are your junior!"

    Hagi Kakashi couldn''t help knocking on the shoulder of Uehara Naraku, stretched out his hand and said: "Go to Genkai and they say hello!"

    The next moment Uehara Nairo turned his head and looked at Metkay''s third class, showing a hearty smile: "Mr. Kai, Lee, it''s been a long time!"

    "Mr. Uehara!"

    Li Luoke gave a thumbs up, revealing his eight teeth, glowing in the sun: "It''s been a long time!"

    Metkay also put his thumb up, smiled boldly, and called Uehara''s name wrong as always: "Long time no see, Sir Kitahara! I really want to have another passionate battle!"

    "Ok¡­"

    The smile on Uehara Naraku''s face gradually became subtle.

    It would be fine if Metkay was by his side every time he fought. In this way, he could steal the eight magical skills of Metka infinitely. Now Kai should be able to open the eighth gate and use Yekai and Xi Elephant?

    Infinite Yekai, thinking about it, I think the picture is simply not too beautiful.

    Even Uchiha Madara can''t stand up to catch Yekai and Yuxiang!

    Tiantian''s mind was relatively simple. After seeing Uehara Naraku, he waved his hand and handed him a glass of juice friendly: "Senior, I remember you like to drink iced juice! This is specially prepared for you!"

    "Thank you, every day is so cute!"

    After Uehara Naraku received the juice, after a heartfelt admiration, he looked at Tiantian and greeted him: "I remember that two years ago, during the Nakanobu Nakagakura exam, the hydrangea in our village was taken care of by you."

    "It''s okay, it should be!"

    Tian Tian touched the back of her head embarrassedly, smiled and said, "I also learned a lot from her..."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Tian Tian suspiciously: "Huh? Is there anything worth learning about Hydrangea? I didn''t find out...you don''t be fooled by her!"

    day by day:"¡­¡­"

    You would seem stupid to say that!

    Neji Hyuga''s thoughts were more complicated. After seeing Uehara Naraku, he just nodded slightly at Uehara Naraku as a greeting.

    After all, Naru Uehara injured the patriarch Hyuga Hinata of the previous generation of the Hyuga Sect family, and now the Hyuga Hina can only rely on a wheelchair to move, and the Hyuga clan can only let the young Hyuga Hinata succeed as the patriarch.

    Because Hinata''s strength has always been weak, the burden of the entire Hyuga clan for the next few decades will fall on the patriarch''s cousin.

    To be honest, Neji Hyuga should probably also thank Uehara, after all, because of Hinata''s leadership, his cousin who was parting family had a bright future.

    "Okay, no time wasting."

    Hagi Kakashi took out a map, placed it on the ground, and said in a deep voice, "Let¡¯s start discussing business now! How should we search for the location of Akatsuki and Fifthime Fuikage! Uehara, what do you have? Intelligence?"

    "There are some."

    Uehara Naraku nodded solemnly, and introduced Akatsuki''s message: "In the past few years, Akatsuki members have often sneaked into Yuyin Village, but without exception, they will all be repelled by Hanzo-sama.

    Occasionally, when I chased them under the orders of Hanzo-sama, I summarized the rules of their escape. They would retreat in two directions very frequently. "

    Uehara Naraku stretched out his finger and drew a direction on Hagi Kakashi¡¯s map: "One of the directions is to flee to the country of soil. This is also normal. After all, the three generations of Iwagakura in the Kusaka country incident a few years ago Dokage Onoki once colluded with Akatsuki."

    Uehara Naraku stretched out his finger and drew another direction on the map: "The other direction is to enter the bird country in the west of our rain country. According to speculation, they may have a base in the bird country."

    "And based on the information I got..."

    Uehara Naraku slowly turned his head to look at the mother-in-law of the thousand generations, and asked in a deep voice: "May I ask if Shayin Village was attacked by a strange-looking monster with limbs under its body and wings on its back?"

    "Yes."

    The grandmother Qiandai nodded her head with an ugly expression, and responded in a low voice: "The members of the Akatsuki organization drove the giant beast into the Shayin Village, causing us a heavy loss."

    "Then they might very well be in the country of birds."

    Uehara Naraku touched his finger and whispered: "At least they also passed through the bird country. A few days ago, we had an intelligence unit directly under Hanzo-sama and found such a giant beast landing in the mountain of the bird country. There are several Akatsuki members on it...

    Later, after the news of Akatsuki¡¯s organization of Shayin Village came, I think it should be Akatsuki¡¯s members who attacked Shayin Village. It is very likely that they returned to the country of birds on that giant flying beast. They can have such a fast speed. "

    "In the mountains of the bird country?"

    A ray of light flashed in Temari''s eyes, as if she had found hope: "Then let''s go to the bird country to find Akatsuki''s base, and find the whereabouts of Gaara!"

    The mother-in-law Chiyo looked at Naraku Uehara in confusion: "Where is the location that your intelligence forces discovered, and why did they go to the bird country?"

    "Uh¡­"

    Uehara Naraku smiled awkwardly: "It''s not embarrassing to say that, anyway, we have given up on this idea, after all, the rain country is a small country, Hanzo-sama also hopes that we can become a big country, so in terms of land..."

    "So you want to invade the country of birds?"

    Mother-in-law''s voice suddenly rose an octave.

    Uehara Naraku''s face also became extremely ugly. He looked at the mother-in-law of the thousand generations coldly and said: "What is the difference between Sandyak Village and us? You haven''t invaded other countries at will for a piece of land, but you have happened many times in history. !

    From the first Ninja World War to the third Ninja World War, Shayin Village almost always invades Konoha or invades the country of rain. If it weren¡¯t for the four generations of your village, Fengying wanted to invade us. The land of the country, I will not kill him!

    What''s more, we want to occupy the country of birds to save the civilians there from the battle between your sandy hidden village and rocky hidden village! Not long ago, Hanzo-sama also gave up this idea and concentrated on defending the country of rain. What qualifications do you have to blame us?

    Oh, yes, because you are a big country, you can invade other small countries at will, right? Even your own village cannot be protected, and even the leader of your own village has been captured. Do you still want to seize the land of a neighboring country? "

    Uehara Naraku''s repeated questioning stunned the thousand generation mother-in-law.

    Obviously, after hearing the accusation from the mother-in-law of the thousand generations, Naraku Uehara''s emotions became very agitated, which made people hear his emotional outrage.

    The expressions of everyone present became a little dignified, and the faces of Kakashi Hagi and Temari were a little embarrassed.

    After all, they invited Uehara Naraku, but before the official action began, Uehara Naraku quarreled with Chiyo.

    "All right."

    Uehara Naraku coldly looked at the mother-in-law of the thousand generations, and said solemnly: "Okay, then you ninjas from the big country Ninja Village go to save people! We little ninjas dare not have anything to do with you..."

    "Uehara!"

    "Senior Uehara!"

    "Your Excellency Uehara!"

    The group hurriedly stopped Naraku Uehara who wanted to leave.

    Hagi Kakashi''s expression was even more embarrassing, and he explained softly: "Uehara, Chiyo, now is not the time for everyone to have conflicts. The most important thing is to fight against Akatsuki and save the Five Generations of Fengying, right?"

    What the hell!

    Why do we become a big country discriminating against a small country?

    When did they talk about discriminating against small countries? Why did the topic become this way? A few minutes ago, I was still discussing the information of Akatsuki in a friendly and harmonious manner?

    Hagi Kakashi felt a headache.

    Not only Haaki Kakashi, but even other people have some headaches, and they don''t quite understand why the topic is completely strayed and such a big contradiction is directly caused.

    "Sorry, it''s not necessary."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Hagi Kakashi, looking like he was about to turn his face: "You can do it yourself. I''m going back to our own village first!"

    After speaking, he turned around and left.

    "Sorry!"

    The mother-in-law of the thousand generations suddenly stopped Naraku Uehara with a loud voice, and slowly bowed to salute him: "I am too sensitive. I shouldn''t doubt your Excellency."

    "Senior Uehara!"

    "Uehara!"

    A group of people also hurriedly stopped Naraku Uehara.

    Naruto Uzumaki even directly persuaded: "Uehara, we have never thought about it that way, we have always regarded you as a friend!"

    "Yes, Uehara-senpai."

    "Your Excellency Uehara."

    Temari bowed respectfully, and pleaded with his face: "No matter what conflicts we have had, haven''t we all chosen to forgive each other?"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku was silent for a while, nodded and said: "I am willing to forgive and make my efforts for peace. I also hope that you can forgive my emotions, perhaps because my emotions are not good enough!

    To say that it was a leak of secrets, the day before I left Yuyin Village with Ms. Temari and Mr. Kakashi, because I chose to continue to track down the Xiaoxiao organization and oppose Yuyin Village to take the opportunity to attack the Kingdom of Wind. To the insults of the radical fighters. "

    Uehara Naraku sighed and said: "If Hanzo-sama hadn''t realized that a dangerous organization like Akatsuki would bring a lot of harm maybe I might have been forced to resign by those radicals now."

    "..."

    Granny Chiyo and Temari looked at Naraku Uehara in disbelief.

    Sweat dripped slowly on the cheeks of two women, one old and one young in Shayin Village. Obviously they didn''t expect that someone in Yuyin Village actually wanted to attack the Kingdom of Wind!

    But this is also normal...

    Such a good expansion opportunity, is an ordinary Yuren will not let it go, right?

    The mother-in-law of the thousand generations slowly lowered her head, and said seriously: "I''m very sorry, Sir Uehara Naraku, I don''t know your situation in Yuyin Village."

    "Sorry, I didn''t control my emotions."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and sighed: "Fortunately, my teacher still has some status in Yuyin Village, plus his previous contributions in the country of grass. Alas, each family has its difficulties. Fortunately, Hanzo-sama is standing there. our side¡­"

 Chapter 212ï¼š I just havent experienced such an interesting battle in a long time

    , The fastest update starts with Naruto to do the latest chapters behind the scenes!

    After some quarrel and reconciliation.

    Everyone obviously felt that the atmosphere had eased a lot.

    At least the thousand-generation mother-in-law has chosen not to look at Naraku Ubara with hostile eyes, and even has some respect and appreciation faintly.

    This young Yuren has the unwillingness of being a ninja of a small country, and he can recognize the value of peace. It is said that he is also very powerful.

    No wonder Maji once said that the fourth generation Fengying wanted to surrender him, but it was a pity that the fourth generation Fengying was not strong enough. Instead of catching this Uehara Naraku, he died under his hands.

    "Then let''s move on to the country of birds to search now!"

    According to the terrain of the bird country, Kakashi Hagi started to divide the search area for everyone present, and at the same time, he was also responsible for taking into account the combat power: "We are now divided into two teams, one for me, Naruto, Sai, Sakura, and His Excellency. The first team of Temari; Kai, Li, Ningci, Tiantian, and Naruko Uehara formed the second team."

    According to Hagi Kakashi''s perception of everyone, his distribution of strength is extremely reasonable, ensuring that every team will have a certain resistance ability after meeting Akatsuki''s members.

    After Hamu Kakashi planned all the action routes of the two teams, he said in a deep voice: "We will meet here after searching along this route for a day;

    If the first team encounters an enemy, it immediately moves towards the second team¡¯s search route, and the second team encounters the same situation;

    If the first team did not show up that night, the second team immediately followed the previous course of action to support. "

    "understand."

    Everyone nodded in unison.

    There is nothing wrong with the plan made by Hagi Kakashi.

    After following the team, Uehara Naraku followed Metkai''s team to the south of the country of grass and began searching for Akatsuki''s members.

    As for whether it can be found...

    This is of course nonsense, how can it be found!

    According to the plan made by Uehara Naraku and Konan, Deidara, Akasada Scorpion, and Nagato who were responsible for Fengying''s return to the villain should have not been dispatched.

    Uehara Naraku will find an opportunity to report the course of action of Hagi Kakashi''s team to Nagato.

    After all, they were Metkai. According to Uehara Naraku''s estimation, if Metkai broke out in the eighth gate, he would be able to kick Nagato to death.

    What Shenluo Tianzheng, the earth bursting into the sky...

    Those techniques are really useless when facing Ye Kai.

    The third class of Metkay and Li Rock worked very hard during the search, but they still relied mainly on Neji''s eyes.

    As for Uehara Naraku from time to time, she would fly into the air to sell her strength to investigate, and she would return to receive a glass of iced juice from Tiantian.

    What''s more, he speaks very nicely every day, he looks very cute, and he has no love minds in his personality. It seems that he can talk to anyone.

    To be honest, this kind of life is a bit laid back.

    At night.

    The third and seventh teams who had finished the search met in a small town. Everyone was in a bad mood, because they found nothing this time.

    Naruto Uehara comforted them, saying that they would definitely gain something the next day, after all, the entire bird country is not big.

    If Akatsuki really has a base in the Bird Country, they will definitely find that two powerful ninjas are active in the Bird Country, and they will definitely start to stun the snakes and force the Akatsuki organization to appear directly.

    The facts are really as Uehara Naraku said.

    The next day, Metkay and his team searched along the established route, and Kakashi Hagi and his team finally found the trace of the Akatsuki member Deidara.

    The mother-in-law of the thousand generations recognized Deidara who had invaded Shayin Village at a glance, and said in a deep voice, "It was that guy who took away the Fifth Generation Eye Fengying!"

    "understand!"

    After Hagi Kakashi nodded, Shen Sheng assigned work: "Sai, you are responsible for tracking, we will follow your trail, Temari, you go find Kai''s team, let them move closer to our position!"

    "understand!"

    "Yes, Captain!"

    Sai waved his hand and drew a flying bird on the scroll, and he shook his hands together to seal: "Super beast pseudo-painting, bird in the clouds!"

    In the next moment, Sai rode that bird and rushed in the direction of Deidara!

    The seventh class and the mother-in-law of the thousand generations leaped vertically and horizontally to chase Deidara''s position under the Asuka of Sai and Deidara.

    A chase battle started.

    Deidara stood on top of his clay giant bird, looking at his flying bird regretfully: "Unfortunately there is not enough time, otherwise I will be able to squeeze out a giant dragon as big as Uehara''s psychic beast! "

    Although Konoha and Sandyuki ninjas were chasing behind him, Deidara did not panic at all, because he would soon arrive at their meeting point, where he would have two reinforcements.

    Soon, Deidara''s speed dropped sharply.

    Sitting on the bird in the picture, Sai slowed down at the same time, and fired a flare at Hagi Kakashi to signal that he had caught up with the enemy.

    "Shenwei..."

    Hagi Kakashi finally found a chance, taking advantage of Dedara''s speed to drop sharply, he must use the Shenwei Shulanyan to absorb Deidara''s body!

    However, a dazzling light interrupted his movements!

    A laser cannon shot out from the depths of the forest, and hit their feet directly, and everyone involuntarily flew out!

    at the same time.

    A black magnetic wave and a golden sand wave surrounded them from both sides, and wanted to bury the team that was chasing Deidara directly in the magnetic gold!

    "There is an ambush!"

    Hagi Kakashi''s face changed, and he immediately changed his position under the control of Shenwei, absorbing a large amount of magnetic gold, and striving for a breakthrough.

    Hagi Kakashi, Naruto Uzumaki, Sakura Haruno, and Granny Chiyo hurriedly jumped out of the gap and escaped the round up of Magnet.

    The face of the grandmother thousand generations was extremely ugly, she slowly took out her puppet scroll, and said in a deep voice: "One of them is a scorpion..."

    "The identity of the other person is unknown."

    Hagi Kakashi talked about his ninja guard and whispered: "But I have seen him make a shot in the country of grass. Although he has only shot once, his strength should not be underestimated, because he may be ¡­Partner with soil!"

    Kakashi is not to blame for thinking about this.

    After all, Nagato usually appeared wearing a hood, and they followed another person wearing a hood.

    The few times we met, Kakashi Hagi found that the two hooded ninjas rarely took action, just like the top of the Akatsuki organization, overseeing the battle of other members.

    Hooded identities are not ordinary.

    The strength is definitely stronger than the average member.

    as predicted.

    "Sura Road!"

    Nagato slowly walked out of the forest, and an arm grew out of his back inexplicably, and this arm gradually turned into a string of missiles, launched toward the Konoha people!

    "Tudun¡¤Tuliuwall!"

    Hagi Kakashi quickly closed his palms!

    A tall wall carved with a dog''s head appeared in front of the missile, instantly blocking all the missile attacks, and the entire wall instantly became ragged.

    However, Nagato''s attack did not stop at all, and the mechanical arm continued to transform, once again transformed into a laser cannon, directly shooting through the defense of the earth flow wall!

    Hagi Kakashi was directly hit by a laser cannon!

    "Ms. Kakashi!"

    When everyone was panicking, I saw that Kakashi turned into a cloud of smoke and dissipated, just an ordinary shadow clone!

    In the next moment, Hagaki Kakashi''s figure suddenly emerged from the feet of Nagato, and this white-haired ninja waved Kuunai towards Nagato''s neck!

    "interesting¡­"

    Hidden under the hood, Nagato hooked the corner of his mouth. His palm quickly opened Kakashi''s kunai, and hit Kakashi''s arm with a punch!

    In just a few seconds, Nagato directly smashed Kakashi''s defenses with physical skills, and directly grabbed Hagi Kakashi''s neck with one hand!

    Although Nagato has only recovered for a few years, this does not mean that he is lagging behind in physical skills. After all, he is a genius that Jiraiya has personally admitted!

    No, or rather, an all-rounder!

    Hagaki Kakashi was short to avoid Nagato''s palm, and when he was about to attack again, he was kicked in the abdomen by Nagato, and directly kicked Kakashi out!

    "This flaw is too bad."

    In the next second, Nagato retracted his feet abruptly, and chuckled softly: "Is it the Thunder clone? Where is the real you? It doesn''t matter..."

    "Of course it''s behind!"

    Hagi Kakashi jumped out of the ground again, flashing an electric light in his hand and about to pierce Nagato''s chest: "Lei Dun Raeche!"

    There was no panic on Nagato¡¯s face, but the whole body shook suddenly, and a majestic repulsion directly knocked Kakashi Hagi into the air. Whether it was Kakashi¡¯s Thunder clone or real body, Nagato Hit it directly with one move!

    Nagato looked at Hagi Kakashi who was flying upside down, suddenly stretched out his palm, a gravitational force appeared from his palm, directly attracted Hagi Kakashi and flew towards him involuntarily!

    "What exactly is going on?"

    Hagi Kakashi''s forehead was sweaty!

    Last second, UU read www. uukanshu.com was directly knocked into the air by an inexplicable force, and his body seemed to fall apart; the next second, he was directly pulled back inexplicably!

    His body is completely out of his control!

    Hagi Kakashi''s heart was shaken, but he could only watch his neck be captured by the enemy!

    After seeing this scene, Sai relied on his own air superiority and swooped directly toward the position of Nagato and Kakashi, trying to save Kakashi directly.

    However, the black magnets Senbon shot directly through the giant bird under Sai, forcing Sai to turn over to avoid Senbon''s attack!

    The Red Sand Scorpion walked out slowly and stood by Nagato''s side: "Although it''s not the first time I saw you make a move, but every time I see you make a move, I will be a little surprised. I am worthy of being a person who is valued by the leader. ¡­"

    Nagato squeezed Kakashi''s neck, threw him to the ground, and slowly sighed, "I just haven''t experienced such an interesting battle in a long time."

 Chapter 213ï¼š Eat your puppet if you cant get any results!

    , The fastest update starts with Naruto to do the latest chapters behind the scenes!

    This is the first time Nagato has treated the battle seriously.

    In the past, when Akatsuki organized collective missions, Nagato always put a few laser cannons to support him at will. Everyone thought that Nagato was a long-range assisted ninja.

    Today, Nagato took the initiative to show his hand. He showed a fighting power far surpassing others. In just a few seconds, he beat Kakashi, who had a lot of tactics, without fighting back. Now Kakashi can only Lying on the ground vomiting blood like a dead dog.

    Nagato looked down at Kakashi Hagi on the ground, and said coldly: "Someone said that Konoha''s copy of Ninja Kakashi Hagi is a ninja who can be equal to any enemy... Now it seems that I will be disappointed. Expectations."

    Hagi Kakashi, Konoha''s balanced ninja.

    No matter how powerful the enemy is, Haaki Kakashi will not be particularly ugly, and even find a chance to win; No matter how weak the enemy is, Haaki Kakashi will not be particularly good-looking. It may even capsize in the gutter.

    These were all Uehara Naraku told Nagato.

    When I heard this at first, Nagato thought it was too nonsense?

    However, Naruto Uehara vowed to say so, and Nagato could only unconditionally choose to believe in Naruto Uehara. He really had a little expectation for Kakashi Hagi, and wanted to see how wonderful this enemy was praised by Naraku Uehara.

    Now it seems that Hagi Kakashi has nothing to pay attention to.

    "Ms. Kakashi!"

    In the distance, Naruto Uzumaki took the lead to rush towards Hagi Kakashi''s position, and began to seal with his fingers: "The technique of multiple shadow clones!"

    Numerous shadow clones of Uzumaki Naruto appeared densely in the forest, rushing in the direction of Nagato and the Red Sand Scorpion!

    "Sura Road!"

    Nagato quickly channeled out two mechanical arms, and saw that the two arms instantly turned into two horrible-looking multi-barrel machine guns, shooting a bunch of bullets at the shadow of Uzumaki Naruto!

    Da Da Da Da Da Da Da Da!

    The shadow avatars were shot into smoke by that machine gun!

    No shadow clone can forcefully approach Nagato and the Red Sand Scorpion on the fire blockade composed of two machine guns, and even survival becomes extremely difficult.

    "..."

    Naruto Uzumaki looked at his shadow clone as if being wiped out by mowing, and he was stupid: "Hey, Sakura, what kind of weapon is that thing?"

    "Naruto, come back first!"

    Haruno Sakura was also evading stray bullets in a panic.

    Fortunately, the mother-in-law of the thousand generations set up the machine and light shield in time, and barely created a safe respite for them.

    According to Qiandai mother-in-law''s cognition, it was probably a rather peculiar mechanical weapon, and the power of the hidden weapon shot was similar to that of Qianben.

    The entire forest was riddled with machine guns.

    After Naruto Uzumaki¡¯s thousands of shadow clones were wiped out one by one, Nagato slowly let the two machine guns disappear: "It looks like this technique works well."

    "..."

    The Red Sand Scorpion stood beside Nagato dumbfounded.

    Ever since Nagato''s psychic released two machine guns, the Red Sand Scorpion stared blankly at Nagato controlling the machine gun to kill the Quartet. The whole person was dumbfounded.

    What kind of weapon is this?

    No, what hidden weapon is this?

    Damn, have the times changed again?

    The red sand scorpion recalled that when they acted with the duo of Nagato and Uehara, it seemed that these two guys could always come up with something new.

    If Nagato¡¯s two machine guns can be mounted on his puppet...

    It will definitely be interesting.

    "Spiral pill!"

    Suddenly a figure appeared in the lawn on the ground, holding a spiral pill in his hand and pressing it on Nagato''s body, it was the Uzumaki Naruto who secretly used the shadow clone to cover the lurking Uzumaki!

    Nagato frowned, stretched out his palm slowly, grabbed the spiral pill in Uzumaki Naruto''s hand, and whispered, "Hungry ghost!"

    The next moment, the chakra of the spiral pill was directly absorbed by Nagato!

    Naruto Uzumaki lowered his head and looked at his empty wrist in astonishment: "Wait... how is this possible?"

    "In this world, nothing is impossible."

    Nagato turned over and kicked Naruto Uzumaki away, and said calmly, "It''s not a good habit to be distracted in battle!"

    "Naruto!"

    Haruno Sakura hurried forward, hugged Naruto Uzumaki, rescued her teammates, and said in a deep voice, "Naruto, don''t be too impulsive!"

    At the side, Sai took advantage of this opportunity to break free of his restraint, and instantly appeared next to Kakashi using a substitute technique, and rescued their captain.

    Akatsuki''s members did not stop them from doing all this.

    It''s just that Akatsuki''s members themselves brought enough pressure.

    Now the strongest Hagi Kakashi in this team has directly lost combat effectiveness, leaving only the young generation and the old man of a thousand generations.

    "The guy in the hood is very strong!"

    Naruto Uzumaki looked at Nagato in the distance, and said solemnly: "It''s beyond imagination. In my opinion, the pressure he brings is not worse than the pressure Uehara once brought us. Where to go..."

    During the fight just now, Naruto felt that he did not have any power to fight back, but the enemy was just an understatement.

    Naruto Uzumaki frowned, and seemed to be looking for words: "The feeling that I played against him...It''s like we met a powerful opponent like Uehara four years ago when we were in the Zhongnin exam."

    "..."

    Haruno Sakura''s face suddenly became extremely ugly.

    Four years later, they have become stronger, have they encountered another enemy who can hang them up and fight?

    "This is not so good..."

    The mother-in-law of the thousand generations moved her fingers slightly, manipulating her two puppets, and said in a deep voice: "Let''s fight and retreat. Let''s move closer to the other team! After I break, you guys will move faster!"

    "Mother-in-law!"

    "How can this be done, let me break it!"

    "Don''t argue."

    The mother-in-law of the thousand generations looked coldly at the two figures in auspicious clouds and black robes in the distance, then glanced at Dedara in the air, and whispered: "We can only make plans after meeting with another team. These enemies It doesn''t seem to put us in the eyes..."

    "Ok."

    Sai also nodded next to him, and said softly: "Perhaps the only gain is that we have definitely found Akatsuki''s trail, but since we have found it, we must not let go easily. We must join the third class as soon as possible!"

    "No."

    Uzumaki Naruto squeezed his fist sharply, and his face was unusually firm and said: "If Akatsuki''s trace is not lost this time, we don''t know when we will find them next time, so when we can rescue Gaara!"

    Haruno Sakura nervously looked at her teammate next to her: "Naruto..."

    "Don''t worry, Sakura, I won''t let myself be in danger."

    Naruto Uzumaki waved his palm and whispered softly: "You guys step back a little, and the next battlefield will be handed over to me!"

    "Ok?"

    Mother-in-law Qiandai gave him a surprised look, and couldn''t help but say: "Although I don''t know what technique you are going to use, let me assist you in the attack!"

    "Mother-in-law!"

    Naruto Uzumaki shook his head and stopped the thousand generations of mother-in-law''s thoughts: "Next, I may use the power of Nine Tails, it is very likely that there will be trouble. It is better to stay away from me. After all, I am not skilled in this trick. ."

    "understood."

    After the grandmother Qiandai nodded, she still manipulated her two puppets, and whispered softly: "Then I will figure out a way to get the scorpion kid away, lest his puppet cause any trouble for you!"

    "Leave the enemy in the air to me!"

    Sai glanced at Dedara, who was still flying slowly around the area in the air, took out a thick brush, and drew a flying bird on his scroll with thick ink: "Super Beast Pseudo Painting¡¤Cloud Bird !"

    A giant bird lifted Sai into the air, he just turned his head and said coldly: "Next, I will entangle the blonde ninja in the sky for a while, and the ground will be handed over to you, Naruto!"

    "Ok!"

    Naruto Uzumaki nodded heavily.

    Haruno Sakura stretched out his hand to treat Kakashi Hagi, and whispered: "Ms. Kakashi''s injury is very troublesome, I will protect him..."

    While speaking, Haruno Sakura suddenly raised her head and said, "But Naruto, is there really a reason to do this?"

    "Have!"

    After Naruto Uzumaki nodded, a group of red chakra coat appeared on his body, and a tail appeared behind him!

    This scene instantly aroused the vigilance of Nagato and Scorpion.

    That is the Chakra of Kyuubi!

    "So violent Chakra..."

    Nagato moved his fingers, and said in a low voice, "It seems that I can use the power of the tail beast. If it is not for fear of delaying the plan of that little guy, I really want to catch the nine tails now. After all, this is the most difficult to capture. The tail beast..."

    "Ah¡­"

    The red sand scorpion smiled lightly at the corner of his mouth: "You people, up to the leader, down to you, you really love him one by one!"

    "We can only decide now, and he is the one who will lead the future."

    "Tsk, I''m not interested in hearing about raising children!"

    The Red Sand Scorpion manipulated the puppets of the third and fourth generations of Fengying to float by his side. He glanced at Chiyo, who was staring at him, and said coldly: "It seems that a battle with her mother-in-law is about to start."

    "No, you and Deidara swap opponents."

    Nagato interrupted the Red Sand Scorpion with a cold voice, and continued: "Xiao Nan has explained that the puppets created by wasting the money allocated to you by the organization, if you can''t play any role, then you will scrap everything. Eat all the puppets."

    "..."

    The red sand scorpion''s figure stagnated, and he snorted coldly, "No problem!"

    I don¡¯t know if this guy said that this battle was okay, or that it¡¯s okay to swallow the scrapped puppet after the battle...

    The next moment Scorpion manipulated the four generations of Fengying to create a sand pad and appeared under his feet, taking his body and the puppets into the air!

    Scorpion agreed to Nagato and immediately went to exchange opponents with Deidara.

    After seeing the red sand scorpion in the air, Deidara was a little dissatisfied, and opened his mouth and began to mumble: "Hey, hey, I don''t want to deal with such troublesome opponents as the puppet master, can I directly use the 18th and Garou Did Luo blow up that mother-in-law?"

    "Don''t try hard."

    The Scorpion of the Red Sand is worthy of being the senior water release manager of Akatsuki. The water release skills are simply open: "You only need to delay the time!"

    Anyway, what the three of them have to do now is to delay the time until Naraku Uehara and another team of Konoha Ninjas arrive It just so happens that what Konoha has to do is to delay as much as possible. Another team came.

    "Fine."

    Deidara nodded reluctantly, and the mother-in-law who flew to the ground with the clay giant bird, threw a bunch of clay spider bombs!

    Deidara¡¯s cheerful voice echoed throughout the air: "Ahahahahahaha... Art, it¡¯s an explosion! Drink!"

    "moron¡­"

    After the Red Sand Scorpion cursed, he couldn''t help frowning, and he felt that something was wrong.

    Deidara is his cherished teammate, and his mother-in-law is his relative. Is the battle between the two really okay?

    It''s a pity that time can''t tolerate Red Sand Scorpion thinking!

    Except for Haruno Sakura who is helping Hagaki Kakashi to heal, the others have each chosen their own opponents and battled with each other!

 Chapter 214ï¼š Why did they believe in Uehara Naraku!

    When the seventh class was fighting with a thousand-generation mother-in-law.

    On the third shift and Uehara Naraku''s side, Hyuga Neji is in charge of investigating. Li Rok and Metkai are awake, they are walking upside down beside them.

    Only Uehara Naraku and Tian Tian drank juice, ate snacks and chat. Uehara also knew Tian Tian''s preferences. He knew Tian Tian liked female ninjas like Tsunade, and he also knew Tian Tian liked ninjas. The two had a very pleasant chat.

    "Does Uehara-senpai like Tsunade-sama too?"

    He drank a sip of juice every day, with a look of longing on his face: "Yes, how could anyone in the entire ninja world dislike Tsunade-sama! Besides, Uehara-senpai is also a medical ninja like Tsunade-sama... "

    "Hmm..."

    Uehara Naraku nodded solemnly.

    The woman Tsunade has a very bad personality, and she often offends people when she speaks. She always looks like the best woman in the world. She is addicted to gambling and drinking. The shortcomings of that woman are almost countless.

    but¡­

    But Tsunade is so beautiful!

    But Tsunade''s beautiful skin is good too!

    But Tsunade has beautiful skin and plump body!

    Of all the female ninjas in the ninja world, there is hardly anyone who can stand with Tsunade and be compared by her. That woman is so seductive.

    Tian Tian lowered his head and sighed, muttering: "Unfortunately, I don''t have the talent of a medical ninja, so I can''t learn from Tsunade-sama..."

    "Um, don''t care."

    Uehara Naraku grabbed the small ball on Tenten''s head and whispered softly: "Anyway, her medical ninjutsu is just like that. It''s better to study by yourself instead of following her!"

    "Not at all!"

    After puffing up his mouth every day to refute a few sentences, he said with a little frustration: "But I don''t care anymore, I have also found the right way for me!"

    "Yeah yeah¡­"

    Uehara Naruko rubbed her head and chuckled comfortingly: "If you get the right endurance, maybe your strength will surprise everyone in the future!"

    Well, this is a very outrageous little girl.

    Tiantian''s outrageous is the kind of outrageous beyond the cognition of the Ninja World.

    In the Ninja world, some people like to open, some like life, some people like krypton gold, and there is another kind of so-called European Emperor...

    "Mr. Kay! Mr. Uehara!"

    A sharp female voice disturbed the silence of the forest.

    A young female ninja suddenly emerged from the thick bushes, appeared in front of the third class and Uehara Naraku, panting and said: "Mr. Kai, Mr. Uehara, we have met Akatsuki''s enemy, and we need everyone''s support! "

    It was Temari who rushed to ask for help.

    Everyone had a look of surprise on their faces, and Metkay quickly gathered all the members and moved closer to the route of the seventh class.

    After a flash of surprise on Uehara Naraku''s face, he solemnly asked Temari: "Which members of Akatsuki have you met?"

    "There are three members!"

    Temari''s face was very ugly in response: "These three Akatsuki members participated in the attack on our village and the abduction of Gaara."

    After speaking, Temari introduced the Akatsuki members: "In addition to the rebel from Deidara¡¯s former Yanyin village blasting unit, there are also the S-class rebel Red Sand Scorpion in our village, and a Dai A ninja who can''t see his face in a hood!"

    "not good!"

    Uehara Naraku''s expression changed instantly, and he said solemnly: "Didara and the Red Sand Scorpion are okay, but among all the members of Akatsuki''s organization, the one who wears a hood and hides his identity is the most powerful and can even do it. Contended with Hanzo-sama for a while!"

    The title of Ninja Demigod Sansho Fish Hanzo is enough to bluff people.

    After all, not everyone has seen how strong a ninja demigod is. People''s concept of a ninja demigod still stays at the time of the second ninja world war.

    At that time, Sansho Fish Hanzo kindly let go of Tsunade, Oshomaru, and Jiraiya, and bestowed them the title of Konoha Sannin.

    It must be very strong anyway!

    "Then hurry over!"

    Metkay''s face also became a little dignified, and turned his head to look at Uehara Naraku: "His name, Kitahara Naraku, only your ninjutsu can fly here. Please rush to support Kakashi first, we will be there soon!"

    "Ok."

    After Uehara Nodded, he flew into the air and moved closer to the route of the seventh squad, looking for their fighting position.

    Because the country of birds is not big.

    Uehara Naraku relied on her air superiority to quickly find the place where the seventh squad and the Nagato trio were fighting fiercely. The battle between them has entered a fierce battle.

    In other words, it is unilaterally entered into a fever.

    Because the mother-in-law of the thousand generations is powerless with Dedara, even if she secretly puts a seal and shackles the chakra formation, she will be directly destroyed by the clay bombs that Dedara throws everywhere.

    Dedala possesses such a powerful air superiority, and can still be so entangled with a thousand-generation mother-in-law, it is not said that he is not playing hard.

    As for the Scorpion of the Red Sand, he was simply playing with Sai in the palm of his hand, and the third and fourth generations of Fengying randomly pulled out one, leaving Sai with no power to fight back.

    The most intense one is undoubtedly the brothers Nagato and Naruto Uzumaki.

    The blood-red chakra coat on Uzumaki Naruto''s body has been solidified, and the four chakra tails are swaying back and forth behind his back. Now he has entered his strongest four-tailed form, even Nagato is vaguely aware of the tricky !

    Nagato''s face was a little dignified, looking at Uzumaki Naruto, who is moving fast and has a powerful attacking power, he couldn''t help but exclaimed: "Nine-tailed beast is worthy of being the strongest tailed beast. Compared with all the tailed beasts, Chakra is absolutely far more powerful. Far beyond an order of magnitude!"

    Nagato inexplicably remembered that Naraku Uehara once said that when Konoha took the test, Naraku Uehara saw the power displayed by Kyuubi''s runaway.

    That''s why Uehara Naraku has always advised him not to try to capture the nine tails, but that is the most powerful tail beast in the Ninja world, and it is no less powerful than all other tail beasts combined!

    It turns out that Naraku Uehara was right.

    Nagato faintly feels a little troublesome even if the current Kyuubi only unleashes the power of four tails, its movement speed and attack ability are too powerful!

    Nagato didn''t know.

    Uzumaki Naruto''s body is actually only the true nine-tailed chakra...Who makes the legendary six immortals so partial?

    Boom!

    An energy cannon fell directly around Nagato, forcing him to fly and avoid it. The energy cannon of Nine Tails was not something ordinary people could bear.

    Even Nagato''s body cannot withstand this power.

    However, Nagato is really unable to cope.

    Just wait for a suitable opportunity...

    This opportunity will come soon.

    A figure flies slowly from a distance!

    Deidara and the Red Sand Scorpion flying in the air almost reminded Nagato in unison, and gave out the secret signals they had prepared in advance.

    "Hey, their reinforcements are here!"

    "The **** Nairo Uehara from Uein Village is here!"

    I don''t know if he deliberately wanted to scold Uehara.

    In short, the news reached Nagato''s ears immediately.

    This is the signal that Nagato is about to take action to suppress Naruto Uzumaki!

    Nagato watched Naruto Uzumaki with scarlet evil chakras in the distance, and suddenly stretched out his palm, a gravitational force directly pulled Nine Tails towards him!

    Nagato was short, avoiding the claws of Kyuubi, his arm directly hit Kyuubi''s abdomen, and he whispered, "Hungry ghost!"

    I saw that the chakra coat on Uzumaki Naruto gradually melted away, and the chakra on the nine-tail coat was quickly absorbed by Nagato into his body!

    At the same time, Naruto Uzumaki''s sanity gradually became sober.

    Uzumaki Naruto''s first thought still wanted to continue to attack Nagato, and he wanted to hit Nagato''s face with a punch, but the next moment he was kicked by Nagato!

    Nagato closed his palms abruptly, the Chakra on his body rose instantly, and he sternly shouted, "Wind Dun, Gale Palm!"

    A powerful hurricane blows in the direction of Uzumaki Naruto!

    The hurricanes cut open holes in Uzumaki Naruto''s body like a sharp blade!

    As a genius ninja who can master various chakra nature changes at the age of fifteen, Nagato has a deep knowledge of wind ninjutsu. A C-grade wind ninjutsu in his hands seems to be compared to some fierce B-grade or even A Ninjutsu is more powerful!

    Not only was Uzumaki Naruto being attacked by the palm of the gale, the grandmother Chiyo and Sai in the air were caught off guard, but they were all affected by the powerful hurricane released by Nagato. The three combatants were immediately blown away by the wind!

    Even Haruno Sakura, who was hiding behind, could only hold Hagii Kakashi tightly to maintain her body balance.

    Just when a group of people couldn''t hold on, a voice rescued them like a spring of thirst.

    "Wind Escape¡¤The Barrier of Wind!"

    A wall of wind fell on the ground, blocking all the violent winds.

    Haruno Sakura breathed a sigh of relief, with a hint of joy on her face: "This is the ninjutsu of Uehara-sen! Our companion is here!"

    "Hey, Naruto, Sakura, Kakashi, are you all okay!"

    "It''s okay!"

    After Haruno Sakura and Uzumaki Naruto each responded, they hurriedly waved to Uehara Naraku: "We are here!"

    "Ok!"

    After Uehara Naraku responded, he landed solemnly between them and the members of Akatsuki''s organization, and looked at the opposite Akatsuki who was wearing auspicious clouds and black robes.

    Deidara jokingly drove the clay giant bird down, with a very enjoyable look, chuckled and provocatively said: "Ahahahaha! Isn''t this the kid from Uehara? We have three people here now!"

    The red sand scorpion''s figure also slowly fell from the air. After he saw Uehara Naraku, he asked with ease: "Uehara kid, our relationship was very good, why not join us!"

    "Yes."

    The hooded Nagato slowly closed his palms, and persuaded him in a deep voice, "Uehara Naraku, that shameless villain Hanzo is not worthy of your allegiance. It is better to join our organization. The leader has always been very Like you!"

    "Hmph, shut up, I won''t be with you rebels!"

    Uehara Naraku squeezed her fist and snorted disdainfully, but turned her head to Haruno Sakura and the others behind him and said: "You guys protect yourself, we can wait for Mr. Kai''s support as long as we stay on for a while! "

    "¡­Yes!"

    The seventh class and His Excellency Chiyo were very convinced by what he said.

    At least from the conversation between Uehara Naraku and these Akatsuki members, Uzumaki Naruto, Chiyo, Sai, and Haruno Sakura could hear their meaning.

    Uehara Naraku is obviously a ninja who even Akatsuki must take seriously.

    This is also normal.

    After all, everyone present had collected information about Akatsuki.

    The Akatsuki organization was founded because Sansho Fish Hanzo listened to Uchiha¡¯s enchantment and gathered a bunch of rebels. Among them, Uehara Naraku also helped to win rebels. As a result, these rebels betrayed Hanzo and turned to Uchiha. Bring soil...

    Thinking about it, I feel sad for Sansho Fish Hanzo.

    Konoha Ninja and Chiyo thought they could understand the feelings of Yuyin ninjas like Hanzo and Naru Uehara. After all, they worked so hard to recruit, but they were picked by others.

    As for Deidara, Scorpion, and Nagato, this is a bit confusing.

    They also heard Naruto Uzumaki, Chiyo, and Sakura Haruno respond unanimously to Uehara Naraku''s words. Obviously these people trust Uehara Naraku very much.

    It''s really incomprehensible!

    Is the intelligence of these five-power ninjas really all right now?

    These people actually believe that Akatsuki''s future leader is their companion?

    Uehara Narakuyoshi looked at Akatsuki''s members and said bluntly, "Hey, Dedara, where is the Lord Fudaime Fengkage? Say it, otherwise you don¡¯t want to leave today. Here!"

    "Hahahahaha... is it up to you?"

    After Deidara laughed arrogantly, he patted the clay giant underneath himself, and shook his head provocatively at Uehara Naruto: "The Lord Kazekage is in my hands, if you have the skills. , Just grab it!"

    "Don''t talk nonsense with him!"

    The scorpion of the red sand glared at Deidara, and said in a cold voice: "Uehara Naraku, now you are the only one. If you let go, we can spare your life..."

    "Uehara Naraku, as long as you let go."

    Nagato slowly stood between the two of them, spreading out his palms and said, "Let''s take the Nine-tailed Man Zhuli away, and we can forget our past grievances."

    "That''s really unfortunate."

    Uehara Naraku stopped her body, and the chakra and momentum on her body climbed up little by little: "Nu-tailed man Zhuli Uzumaki Naruto is my friend. If you want to catch him, you have to pass me first! "

    "Uehara..."

    Naruto Uzumaki was a little moved.

    "Don''t talk, Naruto!"

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes gradually tightened, staring at the giant clay bird under Deidara, and whispered: "That idiot Deidara used to be very proud and disdain to deceive people. Maybe the fifth generation Kazekage is in Deidala. Inside the clay bird below!"

    "Your Excellency Uehara is right."

    The grandmother Chiyo also responded loudly: "When Gaara was taken away, it was put into the clay bird by that guy..."

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 215ï¼š Uehara Naraku, our Akatsuki organization is very concerned about you

    "Naruto, Sakura, Chiyo-san, Sai, if they want to siege us and take Naruto away, we will stand by or move closer to Mr. Kai and their position..."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the positions of Akatsuki members. His eyes became more serious, and even his voice became slightly louder: "If they want to retreat, I will be responsible for entanglement of the strongest ninja. You find a way to bring the five generations of Fengying Your Excellency rescued from Deidara''s hands, or haunt them too!"

    "understand!"

    Uzumaki Naruto and others nodded one after another.

    Uehara Naraku is indeed a very strategic ninja.

    Both the Akatsuki members and Konoha Ninja believed this, so they would follow Uehara Naraku''s plan.

    Maybe this is the pinnacle of life, right?

    One''s wisdom controls the battle between the two sides.

    Uehara Naraku secretly gave herself a thumbs up.

    Sure enough, Nagato immediately understood the message of Uehara Naraku. He lowered his head and glanced at Dedara and the Red Sand Scorpion beside him, and said in a deep voice: "Since Uehara Naraku is here, maybe there are other reinforcements behind him, we Withdraw first!"

    "okay!"

    "understand!"

    The Red Sand Scorpion and Deidara were about to turn around and leave.

    Their actions immediately caught the attention of others, and Uehara Naruto rushed towards Nagato, and shouted in a deep voice, "Action now!"

    "Yes!"

    Uzumaki Naruto, Sai, and Haruno Sakura rushed towards Deidara almost at the same time, but Deidara seemed to be alert and flew into the air with the giant clay bird underneath him.

    "Super Beast Pseudo Painting, Bird Between Clouds!"

    Sai could only draw a bird quickly.

    It''s a pity that Uzumaki Naruto and Haruno Sakura can only look at the direction where Deidara flies away from Thousand Shuriken, the two of them have almost no long-range attack ability.

    Fortunately, when Uehara Naraku rushed to Nagato''s side, he noticed the movement here and raised his hand toward Deidara to release a flame!

    "Don''t be too presumptuous, Naraku Uehara!"

    Nagato watched the flame knocking Deidara''s Asuka from the sky, and couldn''t help but sipped, and fought with Uehara Naraku!

    It seems that the two have never officially met.

    Nagato''s heart became more and more surprised, and the corners of his mouth could not help but quietly twitched out a smile: "Hehe... It seems that after I laughed at your physical skills, you spent a long time practicing physical skills. !"

    "Of course."

    Uehara Naruko almost couldn''t hold his smile, but he still forced a touch of anger and said: "I don''t want the teacher to disappoint me, so I have worked harder than anyone over the years!"

    After Uehara Naraku blocked Nagato''s fingers, he slammed his chest with a punch: "Everyone is boasting that I am a genius who has crawled out of the common people, but I did my best to get the teacher''s approval. Don''t Use the word genius to obliterate my efforts!"

    "..."

    Nagato was stunned.

    At this moment, he couldn''t tell whether what Naraku Uehara said was true or false.

    After all, over the years, many people have seen Uehara''s efforts in Yuyin Village. He has been practicing diligently from morning to night, and when he is free, he will practice Jie Yin alone.

    As long as Akatsuki''s members or Uyin ninjas occasionally met Naraku Uehara, he almost practiced Yuyin alone, or Uehara was studying his own ninjutsu.

    Seriously¡­

    Uehara Naraku''s speed of knot printing is really sorry for his efforts.

    Fortunately, Uehara Naraku chose another path, even if his knot printing speed is not fast, but his ninjutsu power is very powerful.

    Uehara Naraku followed them from the age of twelve.

    At that time, they had not occupied the Land of Rain. Xiao Nan loved him very much and was almost reluctant to leave him alone in a strange base. Every time Xiao Nan went out to perform a mission, he had to train Uehara Naruto and take Uehara out together. task.

    Uehara Naraku did not live up to Xiaonan''s expectations. Every mission was executed beautifully, and even regardless of the danger of his life, he desperately wanted Xiaonan''s approval and wanted to become a member of Xiaonan.

    In fact, Xiao Nan recognized his power a long time ago.

    It¡¯s just that Akatsuki¡¯s path is too dangerous, and the road ahead is also very slim. At that time, Nagato was also precarious. Every time he uses the eyes of reincarnation, his vitality will be reduced...

    The appearance of Uehara Naraku added a new light to their lives.

    Later, they killed all the enemies of the year, occupied the Rain Country and Yuyin Village, and made the entire Rain Country no more stray orphans.

    Akatsuki''s plan was on the right track, Yuyin Village gradually became stronger, and Nagato''s life was temporarily relieved.

    Most of them were done by Uehara Naraku.

    Did he make every effort just not to disappoint the teacher?

    Nagato couldn''t help but quietly looked at Naraku Uehara''s face, and couldn''t help sighing in his heart. The twelve-year-old child was now twenty!

    In eight years, who knows how much effort Uehara Naruto had in the dark?

    Not only Nagato has this feeling.

    Even Naruto Uzumaki and Sakura Haruno who were still fighting next to him, after hearing what Uehara Naraku said, they couldn''t help but looked at Uehara Naraku.

    They also had an impression because of what Uehara Naraku said.

    When Uchiha Sasuke was once called a genius, he also said that to other people dismissively, but he did so desperately, how could he use the term genius to obliterate one¡¯s efforts What?

    this moment.

    Uzumaki Naruto''s favorability for Naraku Uehara rose rapidly.

    Haruno Sakura''s affection for Naraku Uehara soared.

    "..."

    Uehara Naruto hit Nagato''s shoulder with a punch, which made Nagato wake up from the daze, and he waved his hand and subconsciously released a repulsive force!

    Shenluo Tianzheng.

    Uehara Naruko slammed his arms across his chest, and at the same time he shed all his strength and did not resist.

    Because Shenluo Tianzheng has a weakness.

    If the opponent''s power is stronger than the caster, it will knock the caster away!

    Uehara Naraku is really unsure, if Nagato is pushed out by the reaction of Shinra Tianzheng, it would be really fun...

    Sure enough, Nairo Uehara flew out!

    It''s just that he didn''t give up his resistance ability in the slightest, and his hands together Jie Yin released a super large-scale water escape ninjutsu: "Water escape ¡¤ Howl of raging waves!"

    A huge tsunami rose from the ground of Uehara Naraku, and swept towards Nagato and others. The first to suffer was the Chidai mother-in-law and the red sand scorpion. The two had to give up the fight and follow the tide.

    Until Nagato slowly stretched out his palm, stroking the oncoming tsunami and whispered: "Hungry ghost!"

    The huge tsunami was instantly absorbed by him!

    Uehara Naruto said loudly towards Uehara Naraku: "Uehara, ninjutsu has no effect on him, I suspect that he also has the ability to absorb Chakra!"

    "I know he has this ability! But without powerful ninjutsu, how can it attract his attention!"

    Uehara Naraku responded in a loud voice, and after looking at Chakra who had absorbed the roar of the raging waves by Nagato, Feibei rushed toward his position again!

    Even if Nagato and Naraku Uehara kept their hands on their own, the fighting was far more exciting than others had imagined.

    It''s just a physical showdown, let everyone marvel at it!

    Hagi Kakashi was unable to fight back in Nagato''s hands, but Uehara Naraku and Nagato were almost evenly matched!

    It''s a pity that Uehara Naraku is still helpless with Nagato, and even exhausted at the end of the battle, it can''t stop Nagato from supporting the Red Sand Scorpion and Deidara...

    But Konoha Ninja and Chiyo may not have no results!

    At least Uzumaki Naruto, Sai, and Haruno Sakura have broken through Deidara''s bomb blockade, and found Gaara from the clay giant bird shot down by Uehara Naruto!

    but¡­

    Gaara of the Five Dynasties Fengying has become a corpse. This Fengying fight back, I don''t know whether it should be called a success or a failure.

    "Humph!"

    Nagato swept everyone away with a palm, and said coldly: "Since you want a corpse, take it back!"

    "Asshole!"

    Naruto Uzumaki looked at Nagato and others with a grim look.

    The faces of Haruno Sakura and Granny Chidai were also a little ugly.

    The scorpion of the red sand snorted coldly, and looked at the stolen corpse displeased: "The fifth generation Fengying, that is the material I want to use as a puppet, and it is the third collection I want. ...Mother-in-law, you shouldn''t have come."

    "scorpion."

    Chiyo slowly squeezed his fists and looked at the red sand scorpion saying every word: "Shayin Village is my home. I will not let anyone hurt Shayin Village. I will sacrifice for the village. Everything about myself, even killing my relatives!"

    "This is the darkness of Shinobu Village."

    The scorpion of the red sand looked at the thousand-generation mother-in-law with a cold snort, and said with disdain: "You sacrificed your relatives for the village. Have you forgotten your original intention of setting up the village to protect them?"

    "..."

    Chiyo¡¯s face was struck by lightning However, Chiyo reacted in the next moment. She shook her head, held Gaara¡¯s body in her arms, and said coldly, ¡°Your Excellency Uehara, People, Sakura, Mr. Sai, let''s go!"

    "Don''t go..."

    Deidara pulled out a handful of clay bombs roughly!

    Uehara Naruko lay in front of them, blocking Deidara''s intention to pursue. He looked at Nagato, Akasago Scorpion and Deidara, step by step protecting Chiyo, Naruto and others and slowly backed away.

    Nagato opened the mouth to stop Deidara, and said in a deep voice: "Deidara, stand back! Since Uehara Naraku is here, he will definitely not easily take risks, and there must be his reinforcements behind!"

    This sentence is both a reminder of Dedara and Uehara Naraku.

    Uehara Naraku twitched the corners of his mouth. It seemed that Nagato was still worried that he was in danger. As a spy, he naturally wanted to respond to intelligence.

    Uehara Naraku snorted coldly: "You really know me!"

    "of course."

    Nagato squeezed the ring in his hand, and said in a deep voice, "Uehara Naraku, we know that we are very concerned about you, so we will never miss any information about you as a kid."

    "Humph!"

    Uehara Naruko jumped, jumped onto a big tree, clenched her fist and looked at Nagato and said, "Don''t worry, Akatsuki guys, when I return to Yuyin Village to mobilize people, we will soon have a chance. Goodbye!"

    This sentence of goodbye, said a bit of hatred.

    After Nagato watched Uehara Naraku and the others farther and farther, he beckoned and said, "Okay, go back and report to Xiaonan! Uehara will be back soon!"

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 216ï¼š Sasuke is promising!

    The plan is complete.

    This ending can be described as a happy ending.

    At least for the members of Akatsuki''s organization, the arduous task of acting is finally completed. Returning Gaara''s body is much more difficult than capturing Gaara.

    The red sand scorpion asked inexplicably, "I don''t quite understand the power of the guy Uehara. He wants to mix with the ninjas of the Five Great Nations, and even make friends with them. They are our prey. ,is this necessary?"

    "Then look at Uehara''s thoughts."

    Nagato hid his smile under his hood, and shook his head calmly, saying, "What Uehara wants to do, let him do it himself!"

    When Nagato fought against Uehara Naraku this time, he was quite moved. Since Uehara Naraku has grown up, he will always have his own ideas.

    If Uehara Naraku can gain the trust of the nine-tailed people, it might be helpful for them to capture the nine-tailed beast in the future. As the strongest tail beast in the Ninja world, the power of the nine-tailed beast is definitely not as simple as seen today.

    It doesn''t matter if Uehara Naraku makes a mistake, Nagato thinks that with his current strength, Uehara can help him.

    When Nagato still had a little feeling in his heart, Deidara was a little dissatisfied with Nagato, and shouted: "Hey, you guy! Obviously just a two-year rookie, don''t use the leader in front of us seniors. Speak in a tone, who do you think you are?"

    "Uh¡­"

    Nagato thought about it for a while, and suddenly felt that Dedara would die sooner or later, and the deceased would be the biggest one, so there was no need to caress about this kind of pleasure.

    After thinking about it for a second, Nagato nodded politely at Dedara and said, "Yes, senior, I remember."

    Red Sand Scorpion: "..."

    Deidara: "..."

    Obviously this newcomer looks very polite, but it makes the two of them feel that they are offended by characters who shouldn''t be offended!

    "OK OK."

    As the most qualified senior, Red Sand Scorpion feels that he should be a peacemaker: "Since Uehara has done what we have done for us, let''s go eat Oden fried eggs!"

    This is Deidara''s favorite food.

    Sure enough, Deidara was immediately attracted by the words of the Red Sand Scorpion, and threw it on the shoulders of the Red Sand Scorpion excitedly: "Ahahaha... As expected of Xie Danna, I really understand me! Then let''s go quickly. Right!"

    "¡­Ok."

    The Red Sand Scorpion nodded, but felt a strange shoulder.

    Obviously it was the tongue long on Dedara''s palm licking his clothes, and the Scorpion of Red Sand immediately glared at Deidara with an ugly look: "Idiot, release my shoulder!"

    "Don''t mind, senior!"

    Deidara happily released his palm, and soon re-squeezed out a new clay giant bird as a mount: "Now let''s go!"

    Deidara will be active.

    Where this guy is, the air is always full of cheerfulness.

    When Akatsuki organized a group of people to go to eat food, the sand hidden ninja and Konoha ninja ushered in a sad parting.

    After everyone converged, everyone agreed that the rescue had failed. After all, Shayin Village needed a living shadow, not a corpse of Gaara.

    Temari cried bitterly while holding his brother''s body on the spot.

    As an older sister, she even saw her younger brother''s body. In any case, Temari could not accept this reality, especially her biggest wish was to be able to take good care of the two younger brothers.

    Naruto Uzumaki didn''t know how to speak. The group could only watch Temari crying on Gaara''s body in silence.

    "Temari, get out first!"

    The mother-in-law of the thousand generations sighed, removed Temari''s shoulders, and sat down beside Gaara on her own. She folded her palms, and her body trembled slightly and said, "Shayin Village, you can''t lose another one. A qualified Fengying..."

    "Mother-in-law?"

    Temari was pulled up suspiciously, and she looked at the mother-in-law of Qiandai in a little surprise, and some of them couldn''t understand what she meant.

    Uehara Naraku sighed faintly in his heart, and watched Chiyo slowly knot the fingerprints. He already recognized what those knot printing gestures were.

    Prohibition, reincarnation.

    Able to transfer one''s own life to others.

    After all, this old man still embarked on her own old path and sacrificed herself for the future of Shayin Village. Perhaps this was what she really was willing to do.

    The mother-in-law of Qiandai slowly formed her handprints, and whispered her own story: "Back when my son and his wife died in the Ninja World War, Scorpion could not bear the pain of losing his parents, so I learned One access control.

    This access control technique is called self-reincarnated reincarnation. It can transfer one''s own life to others, and can also exchange all of their chakras for their soul recovery.

    Originally, I wanted to use this access control technique to reverse the life and death of Scorpion''s parents, so that he would not fall into the obsession of chasing his parents. Unfortunately, before I had time, Scorpion had killed Sandaimu and defected to the village.

    Now it seems that it¡¯s time to use it..."

    "Mother-in-law!"

    Temari suddenly stretched out his palm and wanted to rush towards Chiyo. After all, this old man has been taking care of and raising them after the death of the four generations of Fengying. The relationship between the three siblings and Chiyo is also like grandparents. general!

    "Don''t stop me."

    Chiyo''s arms are particularly strong. She looked down at Gaara''s face next to her, and even smiled: "Although I did not train the little guy Kankuro to be a qualified puppet master, I took Gaara like this. The little guy has become a qualified Fengying..."

    "Mother-in-law!"

    Temari watched Chiyo''s tears raining down, and subconsciously echoed: "Kankuro is not smart enough!"

    "It''s ok."

    A smile appeared on the mother-in-law of the thousand generations. She calmed the kick with her eyes and said softly: "In my old age, being able to raise and take care of your three brothers and sisters grew up. This is the bond between us. My death is sad."

    The grandmother Qiandai slowly finished her last handprint, and slowly stretched out her hand to cover Gaara''s chest, and whispered: "Gaara has a lot to do with, and there is no more suitable Fengying in the village than him..."

    No one in Shayin Village can replace Gaara.

    Because the current Shayin Village is too weak, Gaara is the only one who can single out a ninja that can be called a movie class in the whole village, and there is really no successor.

    The mother-in-law of a thousand generations replaced Gaara''s life with her own life. It is a necessity. She must leave a future for Shayin Village.

    Otherwise, Shayin Village is afraid that it will not be able to support the next generation of Fengying, and it is very likely that other Shinobu villages will replace the name of the five countries!

    Especially the genius of Yuyin Village next door is by their side!

    "Before I leave, I have two more words, you help me pass them to Gaara."

    The grandmother Qiandai slowly turned her head to look at Temari, and confessed her last words softly: "The covenant between Shayin Village and Konoha and Uyin Village cannot be abandoned; those ninjas with different intentions, let Gaara not be merciless; you, Let Shayin Village become stronger again, and the future peace of the Ninja World will depend on you young people...

    The grandmother Chiyo raised her head and looked at the sad-faced Konoha Ninjas. Her vitality gradually began to decline rapidly, and the Chakra in her body quickly decayed...

    Rebirth, launch!

    Uehara Naraku stretched out a palm and landed on her body, star infusion injected a huge chakra and life energy into the body of the thousand-generation mother-in-law.

    However, this did not change her death.

    Once the reincarnation starts, it will uninterruptedly extract her chakras and life, even if Uehara Uehara instills more chakras and life energy into her, it is useless.

    The only thing that can be done is to delay her death.

    The mother-in-law of the thousand generations felt the energy that Uehara Uehara had put into her body, and there was a trace of incredible in her eyes. She glanced at Uehara tremblingly: "Unexpectedly, Uehara''s medical ninjutsu could be so powerful, compared to Tsunade. Your Excellency will not be inferior in the slightest, you can almost bring a person back to life, but don''t waste precious power on my old man who is about to die..."

    "I just want to give you some time to say some last words."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head, laughed at himself, and said, "Anyway, I am also a friend of Sagakura Village. Although I didn''t play any role in the Battle of the Wind and Shadows, the one who saved Feng Kage in the end was His Excellency. ¡­"

    "No, if it weren''t for your lord, perhaps we would not be able to regain the body of this little guy Gaara. This time, thanks to your lord and Konoha."

    The grandmother Chiyo looked straight at the sad and sorrowful Uehara Naraku, then turned to look at the many Konoha ninjas present, and suddenly smiled: "I will feel the ninja world when I see you young people before leaving. Has new hope in the future..."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku quietly listened to the praise of the thousand generation mother-in-law.

    I don''t know if this old woman knows that not only will he not become a hope in the future, but will become the despair of the Ninja World, will she be unstable in the Spirit of Heaven!

    No, or it was unstable.

    According to the nature of Pharmacist''s pocket, almost digging at the grave, the ninja who can use puppets and poison like the mother-in-law of the thousand generations may not be willing to let go.

    Uehara Naraku raised her head and glanced at the mother-in-law of the thousand generations, and sighed faintly in her heart, really looking forward to the next meeting. I wonder if the mother-in-law of the thousand generations hates herself for not being able to see people...

    The mother-in-law of the thousand generations didn¡¯t know what Uehara Naraku was thinking, and she was still eagerly telling her to start the ball: "...The future of Sagakura Village depends on you... The future of Ninja World depends on you young people..."

    After speaking, the body of the mother-in-law of the thousand generations gradually disappeared.

    Teju stared blankly at the thousand-generation mother-in-law leaving with a smile. For a while, she didn''t react. After a while, she cried suddenly, "Mother-in-law!"

    "..."

    Many Konoha ninjas felt uncomfortable.

    Unexpectedly, they rescued a Fengying, but let a ninja who had devoted his life to Shayin Village to sacrifice.

    While everyone was sentimental, Gaara gradually gained a bit of life on the ground. He slowly opened his eyes, and subconsciously stroked his belly: "What''s the matter? I''m already..."

    "It''s Lord Chiyo."

    Uehara Naraku looked down at Gaara, and after seeing this Fengkage resurrected, he frowned and responded: "It is the Lord Chiyo who rescued you from the underworld with his own life."

    "Uehara Naraku!"

    Gaara''s face suddenly changed: "What do you guys want to do here?"

    Just as Uehara Naraku wondered if his identity had been leaked somewhere, was it to silence everyone present? Or take a look at their shock when they knew their identity?

    Shouldn''t...

    Gaara was in a coma when one tail was pulled out and sealed.

    While Uehara Naraku was thinking about it, Temari hurriedly grabbed his brother''s arm and whispered, "I Gaara, this time it was Uehara Naraku who rescued you from Akatsuki. Don¡¯t be blinded by the hatred and fear of the past. eye!"

    Gaara: "..."

    Gaara''s mind can''t turn around for a while.

    At this time, he didn''t know what expression he should use to treat Naraku Uehara. After all, this guy had been taking a Nakanin exam when he was young, and he started to bully him when he met him.

    Naruto Uzumaki seemed to be able to understand Gaara''s mood, and stepped forward to pat his shoulder and said: "Although Uehara has a very bad personality, he always bullies us before, but his nature is not bad. what!"

    Naruto Uzumaki took Gaara¡¯s shoulders and continued to explain: "I guess this guy may be afraid that we will be too strong when we grow up, so he can only bully and bully us when we were young... Gaara, don¡¯t mind those things when we were young, we But they are all grown-ups!"

    Gaara: "..."

    Uehara Naraku: "..."

    Konoha ninjas: "..."

    Although Uehara also felt that Naruto Uzumaki had some truth, he still faintly felt that something was wrong.

    However, Temari quickly told Gaara the ins and outs of the matter, and this young man Fengying put down the grudge from the past and took the initiative to stretch out his palm towards Uehara.

    Uehara Naraku is also unambiguous squinting her eyes, smiling and holding Gaara''s palm, this time shaking hands, Shayin Village and Uyin Village regained the hope of peace!

    Simply outrageous.

    Just when everyone thought that this mission ended perfectly.

    Uzumaki Naruto squeezed his fist sharply, and said solemnly: "It''s a pity that we are at a disadvantage this time. We didn''t catch a member of Akatsuki. We got Sasuke''s information!"

    Sure enough, the Konoha Ninja came to support not only to save Gaara, they also wanted to take the opportunity to get information from Sasuke.

    Sasuke is also a member of Akatsuki!

    It is unceremonious to say that Sasuke Uchiha is very strong now, perhaps because of Uchiha Itachi''s inadvertent guidance and teaching, Uehara Naraku even thinks that Sasuke is now stronger than Sasuke in this period in history!

    "I really have some information about Uchiha Sasuke..."

    Uehara Naraku thought of the Sasuke who was still working tirelessly to assassinate Uchiha Itachi, and whispered: "Maybe you don''t know, but Uchiha Sasuke is not the proud boy I once knew. It is said that he single-handedly captured a country six months ago. ¡­"

    "what?"

    Everyone''s face is full of unbelievable.

    Logically speaking, shouldn''t all such things as conquering a country be done by the S-level rebels? When will their little friends be able to achieve this level?

    Sasuke is promising...

    No, it has become too evil!

    Uehara Naraku''s face showed a lingering fear, he whispered softly: "If you meet Sasuke, you must be careful, because the last time I met him, I felt that I was far from his opponent. I am worthy of writing. It is the first blood follower in the Ninja World..."

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 217ï¼š We can unite and ask Ohnogi to hand over Akatsukis list!

    What Uehara Naraku said was a bit scary.

    Uehara Naraku, as a person who defeated Metkai and Hagi Kakashi in the past and defeated the immortal model Jiraiya, actually said that he is not Sasuke¡¯s opponent...

    What does this kind of thing mean?

    The hooded Akatsuki member who hung Kakashi Hagiki and Naruto Uzumaki in the tail state just now, and only Uehara Naraku could barely compete with him. As a result, Uehara Naraku now thinks that he is not Sasuke. Opponent?

    Hagi Kakashi clutched his eye sockets, as if thinking of something, and whispered: "Sasuke... still opened the kaleidoscope?"

    Unless Uchiha Sasuke gets a kaleidoscope writing wheel, it is impossible to increase his strength to the level that even Uehara Naraku is afraid.

    Of course¡­

    Because Hagi Kakashi never thought that Uehara would lie.

    Maybe Kakashi Hagi felt that Uehara would not lie to them about Sasuke...

    Uehara Naraku slowly lowered his head, and said in a low voice, "Sasuke''s eyes are very scary, just like I once met Oiji and Uchiha Itachi..."

    "Now, it''s okay."

    Naruto Uzumaki clenched his fist abruptly, believing in his face: "No matter what Sasuke becomes, I will bring him back!"

    "Ha, really motivated!"

    Uehara Naraku patted Uzumaki Naruto on the shoulder, but sighed, and softly persuaded, "Naruto, I''m just worried that Sasuke may not be willing to admit you. I also wanted to get back to Junmaro and Shiro, but they But he did it mercilessly to me..."

    "Sasuke won''t!"

    After Naruto Uzumaki vowed to say it, he suddenly felt that it seemed inappropriate to say it now, a bit like criticizing Uehara Naraku''s former teammate.

    But Uehara Naraku didn''t care, and sighed softly, "I hope so! Naruto, maybe you are different..."

    "a ha ha ha¡­"

    Uzumaki Naruto scratched the back of his head awkwardly, and promised earnestly: "If I meet Junmaro Kazuhiro, I will help you persuade them. I will tell them, Uehara, you have been waiting. Watching them!"

    Uehara Naraku suppressed his impulse and slowly lowered his head, his voice sounded a little sad: "It''s okay, don''t care, we have already parted ways..."

    If Naruto Uzumaki saw Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro and asked them to look back, I guess those two little guys would look dumbfounded!

    Nairo Uehara''s status in Akatsuki and her status in Yuyin Village are not low, and even Payne dared to refute what he said. Few people except Xiaonan dared to provoke him.

    After talking about the defection of each other''s teammates, the atmosphere suddenly became a little depressed, and everyone seemed to be in a bad mood.

    "Uehara, do you have any detailed information about Akatsuki? It''s better to have information about Sasuke."

    Uzumaki Naruto''s face was a little serious and said, "We may come to the Bird Country again soon, and we must wipe out this evil organization next time!"

    "Ok¡­"

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but lowered his head, and said solemnly: "Recently we have also found it difficult to find Akatsuki''s trace, but the only thing we know is that if Uchiha Sasuke is dispatched, his brother Uchiha Itachi will definitely be dispatched together. The power of Uchiha is terrifying!"

    "Is that so?"

    Uzumaki Naruto began to lower his head in thought.

    The people in Class 7 unified their heads and started thinking. After all, the Uchiha Sasuke they knew almost wanted to chop Uchiha Itachi into seven or eight stages. How could it be possible that after so many years, the relationship with Uchiha Itachi has improved?

    "Don''t think so much."

    Uehara Naraku patted Naruto on the shoulder and said softly, "If our people find information about Sasuke or Uchiha Itachi, I will pass it on to you immediately!"

    "Okay, thanks a lot!"

    "Thank you Uehara-senpai!"

    "Thank you."

    After the people in Class 7 thanked everyone, Gaara, Fengying from Shayin Village, also made a promise, and he wanted to help.

    At this point, Fengyingduo''s battle is over.

    The people buried the thousand-generation mother-in-law in the tomb of the Sand Heroes. Because they regained the fifth generation of Kazekage, they also received a grand welcome from the Sandy Ninjas.

    To be honest, Uehara Naraku''s mood was a little subtle.

    I really want to see what expressions they will show after they know that he is the culprit who destroyed Shayin Village!

    There is no doubt that that expression must be funny.

    But now, they are very grateful to Uehara Naraku.

    A murderer who killed four generations of Fengying, but helped to recover the five generations of Fengying in Shayin Village. At this moment, it can be said that the grievances between them have been wiped out.

    Even some Sand Shinobu thinks that Uehara Naraku''s style is also very noble, after all, it was the four generations of Fukage who invaded the Rain Country.

    Kankuro embraced his bandaged arm and bowed earnestly and thanked Uhara Naraku, "Thank you, if it were not for your help to recover Gaara, it would be unthinkable for a sand hidden village where the wind and shadow have been lost. loss."

    He learned what happened here from Temari.

    If it hadn''t been for Uehara Naraku to provide them with information about Akatsuki, it would be impossible for them to find the place where Akatsuki members occupies.

    If it were not for Uehara Naraku to entangle Akatsuki''s strongest opponent, they would not be able to take back Gaara''s body from Deidara, and there would be no chance for a thousand generations of mother-in-law to reincarnate.

    Strictly speaking, Uehara Naraku is really the great benefactor of Sandyuki Village.

    Maki also took the initiative to step forward and bowed respectfully: "We apologize for our hostility to Your Excellency in the past... Thank you for saving Master Feng Ying."

    "It doesn''t matter."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head, and said solemnly: "After all, we mistakenly believed in Uchiha to bring the soil, so that he spawned the evil monster organization Akatsuki.

    Now the Akatsuki organization has become a cancer of the entire Ninja world. Every time they make a move, they will cause great harm to the peace of the Ninja world. After just dormant for a few years, they began to make waves in the Ninja world. Unexpectedly, this time they would threaten Lord Fengying.

    We have been cracking down on Akatsuki in the past few years, just to make up for the mistakes we made in Uyin Village. We underestimated Uchiha''s ambition to take soil. "

    After speaking, Naruko Uehara turned to look at the awkward-looking Hagi Kakashi and Konoha ninjas, and continued softly: "Mr. Kakashi, we think Uchiha will not give up easily. He is sure We will continue to send Xiao''s members to make greater waves in the Ninja World."

    When I say this, I always shirk responsibility.

    Hagi Kakashi was a little embarrassed when he heard it. After listening to Uehara Naraku''s words, instead of thinking that Yuyin Village had made any major mistakes, he thought that Konoha was more responsible.

    Who told Uchiha to bring soil to Konoha Rebellion?

    And he was a former teammate of Hagiki Kakashi, and even Uchiha took the soil to become the most dangerous person in the ninja world because Kakashi did not protect Lin well...

    Hagi Kakashi blamed himself.

    Of course, on the surface, Kakashi still wants to maintain Konoha¡¯s image, and speaks softly: "Your Fifth Daime has been sending people to track down Daido and Akatsuki¡¯s intelligence. Unfortunately, most of our Anbe¡¯s active areas are in our own country. I dare not involve the area of ??Yanyin Village in the north, lest it cause conflict between the two countries..."

    The black pot was pushed directly on Ohyemu''s body.

    After all, Ohnoki was indeed in the Grassland incident. In order to give Yanyin Village an advantage, the members who had hired Akatsuki must have paid a lot of money.

    In the battle for the country of grass, more than a dozen S-rank rebels were dispatched together, and there was no reason to have less money!

    Uehara Naraku also followed Hagi Kakashi¡¯s words, and directly threw the black pot on Ohnoki''s body: "We have also guessed that after Uchiha belt soil was expelled by us, perhaps it was supported by three generations of Dokage Ohnoki... "

    "Ok."

    Hagi Kakashi continued along with the conversation: "Konoha has similar speculations, or there is sufficient evidence. In the Kusano Country incident, Ohnoki almost unabashedly used Akatsuki to achieve his goals. "

    In the grassland incident that year.

    Akatsuki swept and expelled the Konoha ninja troops, and the ninjas of Iwakura village took over the country of grass. Konoha could only fight the Iwagyu ninjas to regain the land and so on. .

    Had it not been for Konoha to distribute most of the country of grass to the country of rain, in exchange for the ninja demigod Sansho Fish Hanzo''s shock to Akatsuki, perhaps Konoha was still trapped in the quagmire of the country of grass.

    Gaara held his arm, looked at this and that, and said solemnly: "Perhaps our three Shinobu villages can unite to test pressure and ask the three generations of Dokage Onoki to hand over Akatsuki''s list of members and all their information."

    This is purely taken for granted.

    How could the three generations of Dokage Onoki succumb so easily? Wouldn''t it make him less majestic?

    Gaara, the wind shadow, is too young!

    Taking a step back, even if Onoki is willing to give in Akatsuki''s list for the benefit of Iwaguru, where does he get the list from? In the end, don¡¯t you still have to carry yourself and Akatsuki without colluding?

    Hagi Kakashi''s expression was a bit complicated, he whispered softly: "I still need to report this matter to Hokage-sama. After all, it matters a lot, and if we really unite to encircle Xiaoxiao, Wuyin Village can also help."

    This is serious.

    Wuyin Village''s hatred towards Akatsuki is almost undisguised.

    After all, the four generations of water shadows were controlled by Uchiha''s soil and implemented the brutal blood fog policy, which greatly hurt Wuyin Village.

    "Ok."

    Uehara Naruko nodded solemnly, looking at Hagi Kakashi and Gaara and said, "The same is true for me. I must go back and report the matter to Hanzo-sama before making a decision..."

    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he sighed and said: "After all, we will face the threat of Yanyin Village. In case of angering the three generations of Tokage Onoki, even if Hanzo-sama is strong, it is impossible to defeat the tens of thousands of Yanyin Village. Ninja troops!"

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 218ï¼š Let me see your power, Uchiha Sasuke!

    Gaara is really young.

    After seeing Haaki Kakashi and Uehara Naraku said they would report the matter to the senior leaders in their respective villages, Gaara was even a little bit eager.

    Hagi Kakashi thought that Gaara''s proposal might be feasible to some extent, so he decided to immediately report the matter to Konoha.

    Uehara Naraku thinks Gaara''s proposal is impossible to realize, which is simply nonsense, but he will also return to the village in the name of reporting work to Sansho Fish Hanzo.

    They can only make a difference.

    Naruto Uzumaki smiled at the time of parting and waved eagerly at Uehara Naraku, looking forward to the time when they could see each other again: "The next time we see each other, maybe it will be when I bring back Sasuke. At that time, we used to participate together. Friends of Zhongnin exam can be reunited!"

    "Yes!"

    Uehara Naraku also returned with a friendly smile.

    Uehara''s face smiled very freely. As for what he thought in his heart, it is estimated that the Konoha ninjas on the opposite side would never think of it.

    Even if their brains break through the sky, they can''t guess Uehara''s thoughts.

    Ok¡­

    What Uehara thought was that when the seven-tailed beasts were collected by the Akatsuki group, they would ask Sasuke to catch Kyuubi when they turned around, and Yao would not let Sasuke catch him, so as not to be deceived and beaten again. It''s not worth it.

    Before that, the problem of Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke has to be solved, and the battle between these two brothers may be imminent.

    Uchiha Sasuke has grown a lot recently. He now thinks that his chances of winning are very low, so he wants to bear with him for a while... But sensible people like Uehara Naraku and Kaki Kaki Kaki know that Sasuke¡¯s chance of winning is 100%. .

    Besides, Uchiha Itachi''s body is not very good either.

    If Uchiha Sasuke wants to endure for a while, he might have to kill his own brother alive.

    This is also because Uchiha Itachi doesn''t want anyone to be able to heal him. In name, he is worried that someone will explore his secrets. In fact, he should be afraid that he will become alive and well. What if he accidentally kills his brother Sasuke?

    Uchiha Itachi wanted to die long ago.

    Perhaps Uchiha Itachi had already wanted to die on the night of the genocide, but his brother hadn''t grown up yet, so he suppressed his will.

    Uehara Naraku has already calculated it. After Uchiha Itachi died in battle, he threatened Sasuke with Uchiha¡¯s eyes to catch Kyuubi, otherwise he would just sit and watch Sasuke¡¯s eyes become blind...

    However, before that, there is still a hidden danger that needs to be figured out. Itachi Uchiha has a crow transplanted with another god''s kaleidoscope writing wheel eyes.

    That crow is a big problem.

    Uehara Naraku must find a way to get rid of the crow, and it is best to actively induce Uchiha Itachi to expose the crow.

    According to Uehara Naraku¡¯s knowledge, Uchiha Itachi was moved by Uzumaki Naruto¡¯s will to recover Sasuke and hid the crow in Uzumaki Naruto¡¯s belly. As Uzumaki Naruto could not persuade Sasuke to turn back. .

    Of course, the crow didn''t use Sasuke''s body later, but instead let Uchiha Itachi get out of control after reincarnation.

    That crow didn''t have any good results...

    In order to prevent other gods from falling into the hands of others, Uchiha Itachi used Amaterasu to burn the crow into nothingness.

    "Before these two brothers fight, they must think of a way to destroy the Kaleidoscope of other gods that Uchiha Itachi kept privately..."

    Uehara Naraku touched his chin, but was still thinking, what should he do to let Uchiha Itachi hand over that other god''s kaleidoscope writing round eyes?

    Did he become like Naruto?

    It is not very reliable.

    Although the transformation technique of the natural phantom is powerful, ordinary ninjas are very ugly, but once they are attacked, they will show their own body. Is it necessary to find a way to let Uzumaki Naruto come forward and write Uchiha Itachi''s other gods? Are you seduced?

    "It seems to be okay."

    Uehara Naraku raised his eyebrows, tapped his finger little by little on his arm, thinking about his plan: "Just point out all of this directly, first threaten Uchiha Itachi with Sasuke Uchiha''s life, or deceive him once. Let him divulge any information about me.

    In the name of Uyin Village, he leaked Uchiha Itachi and Sasuke''s information to Konoha, let Konoha send Naruto Uzumaki to hunt down Sasuke and Itachi, and revealed the whereabouts of Uchiha Itachi to Naruto, so that they could meet each other.

    If Uchiha Itachi entrusts the crow with other gods to Uzumaki Naruto, then Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke brothers are allowed to face off, otherwise, Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s life can only be used to directly threaten Uchiha. Itachi took a gamble!

    The eyes of other gods were too threatening. "

    Uehara Naraku quickly finalized his plan.

    Be sure to get rid of the other gods writing round eyes hidden by Itachi Uchiha, otherwise, if the guy Uchiha keeps refusing to use them, who knows who would use illusion techniques for that other **** writing round eyes !

    Wouldn''t it be fatal if that other **** used Uehara?

    Although it is estimated that Uchiha Itachi will not pay attention to small people like Uehara Naraku, but just in case!

    After Uehara Naraku easily solved Uchiha Itachi''s private possession of the other gods writing round eyes, Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke can be played in the palm of the hand, and the two brothers can be used at will.

    After all, Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke, these two people must be related to the progress of Uehara Naraku''s main mission.

    In order to ensure foolproof.

    Uehara Naraku must arrange all those involved in the main line properly, so as to meet the identity of the master behind the scenes.

    Uchiha Sasuke is actually very easy to use. It is enough to pour dirty water on the top of Konoha during the night of Uchiha''s genocide.

    When Uehara Naruko returned to the Akatsuki organization base, it happened that Kakuto, Hidan, and Uchiha Itachi and others had already captured the Erwei Juliyumu in Yunyin Village.

    I have to say that the collective dispatch is really comfortable.

    A group of them went to catch a two-tailed person, it was as simple as catching a kitten, and they completed the task easily and comfortably.

    Everyone performed their duties along the way and did not encounter any troubles. It was too easy to capture Erwei Renzhuli, a little uncomfortable. Everyone felt that the task of capturing Renzhuli was better than attacking Konoha camp. The task is more exciting!

    The members of the Akatsuki organization gathered together and included the two tail brigade into the Outer Golem.

    at the same time.

    Kurozutsu also reported the information about Mitsuo Isosuke in time, and he paid more attention to the progress of the tail beast collection plan than any member of Akatsuki''s organization.

    After Ichio Morizuru and Niu Yuri were sealed and entered the Golem of the Outer Dao, Kurozutsu directly hoped that Akatsuki would capture Sanwei Isosuke like a model worker.

    "This is the place where Mioi Isofu is reborn."

    Heijue¡¯s voice handed over a map of the Land of Water, and he gloomily spoke: ¡°Mist Village¡¯s protection of the Three Tails¡¯ Rebirth Land is very tight. At least a thousand ninjas are guarding nearby. Mist has been blocked. The surrounding area of ??Sanwei is forbidden to all irrelevant personnel."

    "Hahahaha, do they think they can keep the three tails this way?"

    Deidara just helped to seal the second tail, and his body is still a little weak. This still does not delay his lively character: "Then let us go there again! In a few days, we can catch the third tail directly. , Are you right, Uehara?"

    "Uh, what?"

    Uehara Naraku''s mind was a bit impure.

    It may be because his brain has been thinking about how to operate it to start the fight between the Uchiha brothers, so he didn''t listen carefully to Dedara''s greeting.

    Deidara''s hot temper suddenly couldn''t bear it, and she said loudly: "I said, let''s go to the country of water to catch Sanwei Isosuke, and eat seafood by the way!"

    To be honest, Deidara really likes to go out on missions with Uehara Naraku''s team, because Uehara Naraku and Nagato are not noisy.

    Basically what Deidara wanted to say along the way, Uehara Naraku even made do with a few words, they also like to explode this thing...

    They are also of the same age, and there are quite a few common topics.

    Most importantly, the psychic beast ancient dragon of Uehara Naraku is very cool!

    "Yes, the timing is waiting for no one."

    Nairo Uehara nodded, and then glanced at Deidara a little disgustingly: "But this time I don¡¯t want to take you with you. The last time you caught a manjuki in Sandyakura, the action was too slow. !"

    "Asshole, what are you talking about!"

    Deidara''s expression stagnated, and then he waved his hands violently: "I only helped you. How can you dislike your companion like this! I have been exerting a lot of effort!"

    "Okay, okay, take you to fly, take you to fly."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Tendo Payne, who was sitting on the head of the Outer Golem, and said softly: "This time I want to work with the team of Kakigaki and Uchiha Itachi. After all, Mr. Itachi''s writing wheel eyes are for us to catch the tail beast. It is very helpful."

    "can."

    After Tiandao Payne nodded, he said in a deep voice: "After you capture Sanwei Isao, you don''t need to bring it back directly. Find a suitable location to perform the magic lantern body technique. We work together to seal Sanwei Isao and enter. Inside the outer golem."

    "Actually, it''s okay to bring it back?"

    Deidara scratched his head, turned his head and glanced at Uehara Naraku: "I think it is safer to bring the seal back."

    "Anything."

    Uehara Naraku responded very perfunctory.

    Deidara watched Uehara Naraku''s mouth puffed up with anger again. This person could still do it. In vain, he thought the relationship between them had improved!

    Now there is still a half-dead four-tailed man Zhuli Laozi in the Xiao organization base. After the third is captured, it is time to capture the fifth...

    This collection is really fast!

    In fact, the most wasted time for Xiao¡¯s organization was to seal the tail beast. It would take a few days for the tail beast to be enclosed in the outer golem by using the magic dragon nine seals.

    After the seal is over, most people''s physical strength and Chakra exhaustion are very huge, and they need a period of rest.

    Jiao Du slowly stood up, and the urn said: "Since we don''t need us for this mission to capture the three tails, then I will kill a few people and supplement the organization''s funds. This time, we are on the way. It¡¯s a lot of money to spend, it¡¯s not enough to sit and eat!"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku''s brows jumped, and he looked up at Corner Du. He remembered the story of Kakudu and Hidan, and asked softly, "Does Kakudu-senpai have any goals?"

    "Look everywhere!"

    Kakuto looked at Naraku Uehara, and said casually: "Whether it is a bounty of tens of thousands of taels, hundreds of thousands of taels or tens of millions of taels, I will not miss it!"

    This guy is really good at home!

    Even Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but admire him a little. Kakuno is worthy of being the head of Akatsuki¡¯s finances. I am embarrassed that he occupied the position of other people¡¯s Kakuto a few years ago...

    After all, when Uehara Naraku was an accountant back then, he only knew to collect money, but the corners were all earning money outside!

    Jiao Du touched the bounty manual in his hand, and whispered softly: "This time I got the news that the land where the bounty amounted to 30 million taels is in the Temple of Fire..."

    "Ok."

    Uehara Naraku raised his eyebrows and turned to look at the ghost lantern full moon: "You don''t seem to have any tasks lately, right? Then take a trip with the predecessor?"

    To be honest, if Ghost Lantern Manmotsu and Momoji do not cut, Uehara Naraku will still feel a little worried, feeling that they two can''t protect the corners.

    Kaguya-kun, Maro and Bai, are even less good.

    The Temple of Fire is not a place to be entangled, especially since it is very likely to attract a large number of Konoha Anbe rounds up, but Konoha is as curious about Akatsuki''s intelligence as a cat smelling fish!

    Before the ghost lantern full moon could speak with Uehara Naraku to continue thinking, Kakuto suddenly became a little unhappy: "What are they going to do with me? If they go, it will cost more money!"

    Uehara Naraku: "..."

    This is really the **** money!

    "Money is important or life is important?"

    Uehara Naraku looked at Kakuto displeasedly and said, "The country of fire is very dangerous. Konoha has been looking for us!"

    "But didn''t you kid only dealt with Konoha Ninja the other day?"

    Jiao Du snorted coldly, and said plausibly: "Of course money is the most important thing in this world. I have many lives, but it is very difficult for me to make money."

    Uehara Naraku closed her eyes and sighed, "Your old man makes sense! Then let Mr. Itachi, Ghost Shark, Ghost Lantern Full Moon and Ringo Yu Yuri run with you!"

    "Hey hey hey, didn''t you hear what I said? This group of guys is useless if they go, I can solve the guy called Dilu by myself!"

    Kakuto glanced at Uehara Naraku, and said dissatisfied: "And you just asked the ghost shark and Itachi to catch the three tails together?"

    "I think new people in the organization should exercise."

    Uehara Naraku''s fingers stiffened, she looked at Uchiha Sasuke, and said softly, "Uchiha Sasuke, can your writing wheel eyes control the tail beast?"

    "..."

    Sasuke Uchiha slowly lowered his head, and said solemnly: "I can''t confirm, but with my own strength, I can easily defeat a tail beast."

    "Sasuke can''t do it yet!"

    Uchiha Itachi spoke coldly, and gave Sasuke Uchiha a faceless face.

    Ignoring Sasuke''s ugly expression, Uchiha Itachi continued, "So let Sasuke Uchiha go with me to assist Kato-senpai!"

    Clang!

    Sasuke Uchiha drew his Shinobi on the spot!

    However, the next moment Uehara Naraku appeared next to Sasuke, pushed his Shinobi back, and said with a light smile: "It''s okay, anyway, we are watching. Even if Sasuke is in danger, I can save him. ."

    Uehara Naraku patted Sasuke on the shoulder and continued with a smile: "The last time I acted with Naruto Uzumaki, he has become very strong now!

    I also have to check the talents of our Akatsuki in the future. After all, Sasuke has been studying in our Akatsuki organization for three or four years, right? Can''t it be worse than the ninja who grew up in Konoha like Uzumaki Naruto?

    Otherwise, why did I work so hard to bring you back? Mr. Itachi really hated you to join the Akatsuki organization back then. He thought that your talent was too weak and it was useless in the Akatsuki organization. Now do you think you can play a role in the Akatsuki organization? "

    Uehara Naraku squinted his eyes while talking, and looked at Uchiha Sasuke with a kind smile: "Back then, I tried my best to get you to join Akatsuki. This time, I will also be your examiner in the three-tail capture operation. £»

    If you can pass the exam, I will apply to Lord Payne and let the idle Ringo Yuri become your teammate. UU Reading www. Uukanshu.com allows you to become a full member of Akatsuki. "

    Uehara Naraku¡¯s palm rested on Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s back again, and continued with a chuckle: "If you don¡¯t have any effect in capturing the three tails this time, and you are not as good as Uzumaki Naruto in my eyes, then I can only let Mr. Itachi kills you and makes him sulky."

    Uchiha Itachi: "..."

    "Don''t worry, I will grab Mioi Isao with my own hands and let you recognize my power."

    Sasuke Uchiha gritted his teeth bitterly, his first thought at this moment turned out to be that he must exert enough strength for Uehara Naraku to recognize.

    In the next second, Sasuke Uchiha continued in a deep voice: "When I capture Nine Tails in the future, I will personally take action to bring Naruto Uzumaki back! After the seal of Nine Tails is over, Uchiha Itachi and I will start a life and death battle. War, let you see my revenge with your own eyes, and kill Uchiha Itachi, a genocide!"

    "very good."

    Uehara Naraku applauded lightly, glanced at Uchiha Itachi next to him, and said with a chuckle: "You don''t need to wait until the nine tails are captured. You just need to show enough strength when you capture the three tails. Master Payne Will agree to the brotherly duel between you!"

    Uehara Naraku stared at Uchiha''s face, stared at Uchiha''s clenched palm, and chuckled softly: "Mr. Itachi, do you have any comments?"

    "No."

    Uchiha Itachi slowly closed his eyes and shook his head.

    This time is not wise now, but Uehara Naraku relied on Payne to take the initiative as a backer, and Uchiha Itachi could only agree temporarily.

    Uehara Naraku glanced over Uchiha Itachi, and slowly stopped on the body of the dried persimmon ghost shark, the shark grinned his mouth impenetrably.

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 219ï¼š How deep is your guy hiding!

    The dried persimmon ghost shark was the first subordinate of Uehara Naraku.

    Uehara Naraku has never doubted the loyalty of the dried persimmon ghost shark. This guy will never make any mistakes in serious matters, and he is still closely monitoring Uchiha Itachi.

    Moreover, the ghost shark hides well. It was Uchiha who brought the soil before, but now it is Kazuki. Everyone thinks the ghost shark is loyal to them.

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the people present, and chuckled lightly: "Since it seems that everyone has no opinion on this allocation, let the four official members go to assist the corner, Mr. Itachi, Ringo Yu Yuri, and Gui Deng Manyue. Seniors and Fei Duan are going to collect funds!"

    Uehara Naraku was the one who gave orders.

    Tiandao Payne didn''t seem to care about his actions at all, and even nodded approvingly at Uehara Naruto, and added softly: "Then the member who captured the three tails is Uehara, Kaiichi (Nagato), and Momoji will not cut again, Di Darla, Scorpion and Sasuke Uchiha!"

    "no problem!"

    Deidara is very satisfied with this arrangement.

    The Red Sand Scorpion also nodded dullly.

    The art duo may find it very comfortable to perform tasks with Uehara Naraku. After all, Uehara Naraku¡¯s personality is actually quite easy to get along with. Even if he is strong, he will not express contempt or contempt for other companions.

    Jiao Du put forward different opinions, and said unhappily: "I said, just kill a few people to exchange for the bounty at the gold exchange. You don''t need so many people!"

    "It''s better to be careful."

    Tiandao Payne glanced at Corner Du and said coldly: "When did Uehara''s plan go wrong, Jiao Du, do what he said!"

    Jiao frowned, sighed, and said helplessly: "Really, the kid has grown up, is it finally about to start pressing on the head of the old employee?"

    He is really qualified to say such things.

    Both Jiao Du and Xie were early members of the Xiao organization.

    Uehara Naraku and Uchiha Itachi joined Akatsuki at the same time, and when Uehara was a teenager, they almost grew up a little bit. For this little guy, the corners really liked it.

    Uehara Naraku killed the four generations of Fengying, and let the red sand scorpion use the four generations of Fengying to extract dust. Then he made a hand in the country of grass and directly made Akatsuki directly rich.

    Kakuto''s attitude towards Uehara can be imagined.

    Whoever can make Lord Jiaodu make money is the friend of Lord Jiaodu; whoever can make Lord Jiaodu make big money is the benefactor of Lord Jiaodu.

    So the relationship between the two is pretty good.

    And when Uehara Naraku worked as an accountant before, he didn''t show any mercy when he allocated Kakuto''s activity funds. Basically, it was high standards, high welfare and high treatment.

    Mr. Jiaodu is just such a bargain.

    What''s more, Uehara Naraku is also a very easy person to get along with. He has no genius or arrogant attitude. It is only this year that he started to take up the burden. When Akatsuki''s members meet Uehara, he treats almost every member. Very kind.

    To be honest, if possible, Kokaku really wanted to kill the idiot with low IQ at all times if he could, and let Uehara Naraku be his teammate. Unfortunately, he couldn''t kill the Feidan...

    Xiao Nan would not agree with Uehara and Kakuto partner.

    It''s just that the relationship between two people is really OK.

    So after hearing Kakuto¡¯s complaint, Naruto Uehara rubbed her forehead and whispered, "Hey, Kakuto-senior, I was worried about your safety. I spied on Konoha Ninja¡¯s news before, they were crazy. Hunt us down!"

    "Hmph, I won''t be afraid of them either."

    "It''s always better to be careful."

    Uehara Naraku sighed and softly persuaded: "Mr. Itachi, Guiyu, and others will cooperate with you in secret. With so many helpers, they can also collect more activity funds for the organization. We have been dormant for a long time. Yes, money is indeed lacking."

    "I know."

    After Jiao Du Weng finished speaking, he whispered and complained: "I clearly know that there is not much money in the organization, and there is so much extravagance and waste to let so many act together. Young people just don''t know about frugality..."

    Uehara Naraku: "..."

    This is really like the old man in the family... but this old guy is really enough! You really want to die for money, right?

    But you can do it!

    When Konoha''s five generations of Hokage Tsunade wanted to send people to chase and kill them, he knew the value of his arrangement.

    And the most important thing this time is...

    Let Uchiha Itachi take the opportunity to meet Naruto Uzumaki.

    "Then take a few days off."

    Tiandao Payne looked at everyone present, and whispered softly: "After everyone''s rest is over, they will perform each other''s tasks."

    "Yes."

    Sealing the tail beast is a hard work, and everyone did not oppose the opinions of Heavenly Dao Payne, and they went back to each other''s residence.

    When Uehara Naraku looked at the Red Sand Scorpion, he suddenly called to him: "Senior Scorpion, I have something to tell you."

    "Ok?"

    Scorpion slowly turned his head and looked at Naraku Uehara.

    When everyone else left and only Dedara was left, Naraku Uehara''s expression gradually became complicated. He whispered to Scorpion, "Your Excellency Chiyo has sacrificed."

    It''s better to tell Scorpion earlier this news.

    The scorpion of the red sand will know it sooner or later. At that time, there may be a grudge in his heart. After all, the members of the Akatsuki organization basically know that the grandmother Qiandai is his grandmother.

    "..."

    Scorpion fell silent.

    After a long time, he said: "I know."

    "Ok?"

    Deidara was the first to put forward his confusion. He asked inexplicably: "We are just acting, and we didn''t act too hard, right?"

    "It''s a forbidden technique where life is exchanged for life."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head and explained in a low voice: "Your Excellency Chiyo used her life in exchange for the resurrection of Gaara, the fifth generation Kazekage of Sandyakura Village."

    "It really fits her character!"

    The Scorpion of Red Sand shook his head gently, and sighed in a low voice, "Is it worth it for the rotten village? It was the same when I was a child, and it was the same when I grew up. Her vision was still so narrow, and she always valued the ruined village more. the future of.

    Forget it, it doesn¡¯t matter. Anyway, it¡¯s just me moving towards eternal art. If we meet again, for the sake of each other¡¯s standpoints, as a member of Akatsuki, I might kill her. As a consultant to Sara, she might kill me. "

    Scorpion didn''t show much sadness.

    After becoming a puppet, Scorpion''s emotions are rarely exposed.

    Hearing the news of the death of a thousand-generation mother-in-law today, the Red Sand Scorpion was able to stop and say a few words, which is already a rare thing for him.

    Family affection, after all, occupies a very large weight in the heart of the scorpion.

    The Scorpion of Red Sand had finished talking about his attitude towards the sacrifice of a thousand-generation mother-in-law, and the atmosphere among them was a bit heavy for a while.

    "Hey, Xie Dan, eternity is not art!"

    Deidara suddenly grabbed the shoulders of the red sand scorpion and said loudly: "Explosion is the real art. Even if life is short, as long as life does not live up to its existence, it proves its existence. Meaning! This is the so-called art of explosion!"

    "To shut up."

    The Red Sand Scorpion glared at Deidara.

    Only this time he didn''t push his teammate away.

    Akatsuki''s member partner system seems to be quite successful. Although everyone has always disliked his teammates, they always appear at the most appropriate time.

    Occasionally there will be some pits...

    Most of the members are actually very serious.

    Uehara Naraku looked at the red sand scorpion, who was in a slightly better mood, and said softly: "If Senior Scorpion wants to go to the tombstone of Lord Chiyo to see, this time the person who captured the three tails does not need to participate;

    I will explain to Master Payne that although we and Chiyo-chi are opponents, I have to say that I still admire her will and this is a respectable opponent. "

    This sentence is persuading, in fact, it is also testing.

    In case the red sand scorpion is so heartbroken again, then Uehara Naraku will have to give him a good psychological counseling.

    After Scorpion was silent for a while, he suddenly took out a scroll and handed it to Uehara Naraku, and said softly, "I heard that she had been teaching a new generation of puppet masters a few years ago, but it is a pity that she is not as old as before. The puppet is definitely not precise enough, otherwise I wouldn''t fight the puppet I made when I was a kid.

    Uehara, you are a spy who sneaked into the big Ninja Village camp. If you have a chance, help me give this scroll to the new-generation little guy, lest the puppet inheritance of Shayin Village disappear. This is the last thing I did for her. Matter! "

    "can."

    Naruto Uehara nodded, and just handed a scroll to Kankuro. It really wasn''t a big deal.

    Uehara Naraku asked curiously: "What''s in it, isn''t it a puppet from the fourth generation of Fengying?"

    "Not..."

    The scorpion of the red sand shook his head gently and said, "You gave it to me. I can''t give other people the gift that someone else gave me... It was actually taught to me by my mother-in-law. Got it, now it''s just the return of the original owner."

    After speaking, the scorpion of the red sand added softly: "If you have a chance, you can help me get the two puppets left by my mother-in-law. Although they were made when I was ten years old, they belong to My stuff."

    The scorpion of the red sand is talking about the two puppets of the father and the mother.

    Obviously, Scorpion would never allow the two puppets he made to be used by people outside of their clan, even Kankuro.

    "Alright, let me see!"

    Uehara Naraku sighed and said in a low voice, "Perhaps you will have a chance to get those two puppets back."

    "it is good."

    Scorpion nodded, glanced at Dedara who was bulging beside him, frowned his brows and said, "Okay, let''s go!"

    "Hmm..."

    Deidara nodded hastily.

    Uehara Naraku watched the red sand scorpion leave with Deidara, sighed slightly, and glanced at his system panel.

    Side quest: Survive the Red Sand Scorpion (1/1), the quest has been completed, reward the puppet clockwork demon.

    Clockwork Demon: Unblock a puppet girl Olianna who has been manipulating a magic puppet to fight. She has her own fighting wisdom and skills. The user can instill chakras on it to drive the puppet girl. The minimum need to instill chakras 10,000 points.

    This task is very cruel and demanding.

    After the mother-in-law of the thousand generations died, the system prompts Uehara to complete the mission. Perhaps the system defaults that the mother-in-law of the thousand generations must be the murderer of the scorpion.

    As for the rewards Uehara Naraku received, it can be said to be generous.

    This puppet can completely replace him to perform some things that are not suitable for showing up. An unknown puppet is always safer, and its combat effectiveness is not low.

    Just driving alone requires at least 10,000 chakras, which means that this is a puppet that can play the shadow standard, and it is enough in this ninja world.

    Most importantly, this puppet does not need to use the chakra thread...

    The clockwork demon is not so much a puppet as it is a robot.

    After Naruto Uehara returned to his residence, he didn''t waste any time. He tapped his finger on his table, and simply summoned Uchiha''s rebirth state.

    Since Uchiha returned the Shizuru power last time, it has been stuffed into the coffin by Naraku Uehara again. After seeing the sun again this time, he brought the soil and even a little dissatisfied: "Do you have any dirty work for me to do?"

    "No, I asked you to meet an old friend."

    After Uehara Naraku chuckled a few times, he told him, "Go find the dried persimmon ghost shark, and let me use your body to give him orders."

    "Dried persimmon ghost shark?"

    After Uchiha frowned, his face instantly became extremely ugly: "Wait, is the ghost ghost yours? When is this?"

    "It''s very early Uehara Naraku glanced at Uchiha Daido weirdly: "Don''t you know about this? Why do you think the ghost can join Akatsuki? And after I killed you, why did he survive, and live well? "

    This is justified.

    It made people listen to him and couldn''t help but beat him to death.

    Uchiha took the soil and couldn''t help but want to kill himself again!

    With soil, he couldn''t help clenching his fists, feeling mixed in his heart, what the **** is this called!

    Damn, it''s no wonder he will be played to death by Naraku Uehara!

    The dried persimmon ghost shark was cultivated by Uchiha himself. Since bringing the soil to control the four generations of water shadows, he has been using the ghost shark carefully, even using him as the team of the Moon Eye Project.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark did not live up to his expectations. Ever since Uchiha Daizu was still alive, he has been secretly passing on information about Uchiha Itachi.

    Unexpectedly, this spy who was brought to the ground and thought to be inserted in Akatsuki''s organization had always been loyal to him, but he did not expect that it was the little **** Uehara Naraku!

    Uchiha gritted his teeth bitterly, and stared at Naraku Uehara angrily: "How many things have you hidden all these years..."

    "Well, how should I describe it?"

    Uehara Nairo spread out her palms and chuckled softly: "If one day, when the Ninja under the well opens the lid I placed at the mouth of the well, I see the sun and the moon in the sky, thinking I have seen the whole world... "

    Uehara Naraku confidently held his palm again: "In fact, they don''t know that the world outside the well is mine, and the sun and moon are mine."

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 220ï¼š Dry persimmon ghost shark: Mr. Itachi, I know all your cuts!

    Too arrogant.

    Even if Uchiha took the soil, Akatsuki was behind the scenes, and he was not as arrogant as Uehara Naraku. Why didn''t this guy fly to the sky and be side by side with the moon?

    Uehara Naraku looked at Uchiha''s expression of soil, and chuckled lightly: "Tsk, look at your expression, it''s just a frog at the bottom of the Ninja well, go do something!"

    "..."

    Uchiha''s curse in his heart turned into a temporal vortex and disappeared. After a while, his figure appeared in the residence of the dried persimmon ghost.

    Oni Ma was a little surprised when he saw Uchiha wearing a mask.

    Wasn''t this guy killed by Uehara, why did he appear again?

    "Ghost, it''s me."

    Uehara Naraku¡¯s voice appeared in Uchiha Daido¡¯s mouth, and whispered: ¡°In order to avoid waste, after I killed Uchiha Daido, I brought his soul back from the underworld and reincarnated from the dirty soil. Now this guy is me. Puppet."

    "..."

    After being startled for a while, the dried persimmon ghost shark grinned and said: "As expected of Lord Uehara, even the dead can''t escape your control!"

    "There is no need to talk about these nonsense."

    Uehara Naraku manipulated Uchiha Daito and continued, "This time when you go to the country of fire, I will let Uchiha Daido follow you quietly. If Uchiha Itachi turns his face, you, Yu Yuri, and Mangyue San Individuals may not be able to win Uchiha Itachi!"

    "Mr. Itachi should not dare, right?"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark frowned and responded softly: "After getting along for several years, Mr. Itachi has not concealed his secret care for Sasuke Uchiha in front of me. Besides, will Konoha trust him?"

    "What if he secretly leaked my information?"

    Uehara Narakuurn said with a voice: "After all, what I have done recently is too harmful to peace. Even if Uchiha dared not directly defect for Sasuke, I would not want to see it secretly leaking information!"

    Dry persimmon ghost shark: "..."

    Finally, one day, Uehara-sama also knew that what he had been doing was not human affairs, so he could easily drive people on the road?

    Uehara-sama really grew up!

    Now that you know that you are not doing personnel affairs, let''s converge a little bit!

    Looking at the meeting today, it was clear that Uchiha Itachi was a younger brother, and he was forcing his younger brother in front of Uchiha Itachi. This clearly wanted to kill their brother alive!

    "Before you set off, go and threaten Uchiha Itachi!"

    Uehara Naraku didn''t care about that, he just continued: "If my information is leaked out by anyone deliberately or inadvertently, I will feed Sasuke directly to Isosuke Mio!"

    "..."

    After the dried persimmon ghost nodded, he asked inexplicably: "Uehara-sama, in this case, it will only force Mr. Itachi to target us even more, right?"

    "No, he won''t."

    After Uehara Naraku chuckled lightly, he explained: "Because Uchiha Sasuke''s life is in our hands, that guy will not be willing to take risks. He must make his brother stronger to protect himself, because He knows the password that makes Sasuke stronger!"

    Kaleidoscope writing round eyes is far from enough.

    So how can the eternal kaleidoscope write round eyes, such as the eye of the wheel, never blind, and even open the pupil technique of the complete body? This is the power that Uchiha Madara used to conquer the ninja world and compete with the ninja **** Senjujutsu!

    Uchiha Itachi did not dare to risk Uchiha Sasuke.

    After all, as long as Uchiha Sasuke opens the kaleidoscope writing round eyes, and then transplants Uchiha Itachi''s eyes, you can get the legendary eternal kaleidoscope writing round eyes. At that time, Sasuke was definitely a figure above the apex of the ninja world!

    Uchiha Itachi has already arranged a path for his younger brother, how could it be possible to take Uchiha Sasuke''s adventure?

    Dry persimmon ghost sighed faintly: "Just to worry about leaking information, it takes so much time and effort. Why don''t you just kill Mr. Itachi? Or just not let him go to the country of fire to perform the task together?"

    "He must go!"

    If Uehara Naraku categorically interrupted the dried persimmon ghost shark, if Uchiha Itachi did not go to the country of fire, how could it be possible to reveal the whereabouts of the other **** Shurawanyan?

    This is the main purpose of Uehara Naraku who sent Uchiha Itachi to the country of fire.

    As long as the other gods'' writing round eyes are resolved, Uchiha Itachi will no longer be threatened from now on, and he only needs to walk quietly to the end of his life.

    "As for why not kill him..."

    Uehara Naraku used Uchiha''s body with soil, and said in a deep voice: "We haven''t squeezed out his final value yet. I still need to make him the last bit of nourishment for Uchiha Sasuke to become stronger. Anyway, we all know that this is also his own. Whatever you want, right?"

    "Well, I got it."

    The dried persimmon ghost nodded helplessly.

    What else could he do if the boss ordered this?

    "Do you know why you were asked to challenge Itachi Uchiha?"

    Uehara Naraku chuckled and spoke contemptuously: "Because he will soon be a dead person. A person who is about to reach the end of his life does not need to be too afraid. His life and death are in my hands. !"

    Dry persimmon ghost shark: "..."

    It''s so sad!

    The dried persimmon ghost shark couldn''t help but glance at the Uchiha belt soil in front of him. After careful calculation, Uchiha belt soil, Uchiha Itachi, and Uchiha Sasuke have always been played by Uehara Naraku.

    I really don¡¯t know why Uehara-sama likes to use to deceive Uchiha... Is it because their family is very powerful and has value that can be used?

    Late at night.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark knocked on Uchiha Itachi''s door.

    After entering, the first sentence of the dry persimmon ghost shark made Uchiha Itachi''s heart tense: "Sorry, Mr. Itachi, I''m really sorry to interrupt you late at night, but someone wants to use my mouth to threaten you. If there is any leakage of information from our organization, Sasuke Uchiha will be torn to pieces."

    "..."

    Uchiha Itachi slowly released his palm, and said calmly, "Killing Sasuke, does it have anything to do with me? Anyway, I will kill him sooner or later..."

    "No need to pretend."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark sat in front of Uchiha Itachi and struck Uchiha''s heart word by word: "Mr. Itachi killed the whole clan just to save Uchiha''s life, so why bother to speak up? There are very few people in the Akatsuki organization who know about this. Unfortunately, I am one of them."

    "Who told you? Uchiha brought the soil?"

    Uchiha Itachi''s palm was clenched again, as if it might burst at any time.

    This feeling of being grasped by others is very uncomfortable.

    What Uchiha Itachi prefers is to take one step and plan three steps, hide behind the scenes with his own wisdom, do everything flawlessly, so that those who think they can control him will not find them until the final moment comes. Has lost control.

    Now others don''t care about the mess, and threaten Uchiha Sasuke''s life directly, which makes it difficult for Uchiha Itachi to operate.

    When things came to an end, Uchiha Itachi wanted to try to make a comeback. For this reason, he did not hesitate to reveal one of the biggest secrets in his mind: "But I left Sasuke''s life back, just because my writing wheel eye pupil power is about to be exhausted. Exhausted, so I need Sasuke¡¯s eyes so that I can regain the power of kaleidoscope writing round eyes..."

    "Puff..."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark couldn''t help laughing, he waved his hand and apologized: "I''m sorry, I''m sorry, I really didn''t hold back..."

    Uchiha Itachi''s face suddenly looked ugly.

    Was it seen through? Or what reason?

    Inexplicably, he felt like a clown.

    Obviously, the dried persimmon ghost shark in front of him has always behaved like a very standard ninja, only rigidly executing the orders above.

    However, at this moment, Uchiha Itachi had a faint feeling that this guy, the persimmon ghost, saw through everything about him!

    Uchiha Itachi looked at the dried persimmon ghost shark with an ugly expression. After he was sure of this idea, he asked, "Do you know all of them? Or do you always know?"

    Two sentences have two meanings.

    One sentence means that the dried persimmon ghost shark was only discovered recently, and the other sentence is that the dried persimmon ghost shark saw through his mind long ago.

    If it¡¯s the first one...

    If it is the second type, then Uchiha Itachi really feels that he has always been the clown in the eyes of the dried persimmon ghost.

    "Sorry, I always knew."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark grinned, revealing his teeth.

    Uchiha Itachi''s heart trembled, and his face became more and more ugly. At this moment, he finally stopped hiding his expression, and said solemnly: "It turns out that you have been secretly watching everything between me and Sasuke. Are you actually laughing at me?"

    Damn, I''m so angry!

    Uchiha Itachi thought about every time he tried to avoid the dried persimmon ghost shark, trying to secretly let Sasuke Uchiha copy his ninjutsu, suddenly felt that he was a joke.

    Every time Uchiha Itachi himself provokes Sasuke, he beats and abuses Sasuke as a trash, which inspires Sasuke''s hatred and unyielding will. The **** of Kakigaki must be hiding nearby and laughing!

    I really don''t want to bear it anymore!

    Uchiha Itachi feels that his life in the past few years is like a clown in a circus, performing jokes for dried persimmon ghosts every day, non-stop every day!

    How could this happen!

    Uchiha Itachi''s whole person is not good, he even faintly cannot suppress his anger, he is a Uchiha, a very proud person!

    All the ninjas in the ninja world should be the people they Uchiha played in the palm of their hands, why he has become a laughing stock!

    And every time Uchiha Itachi secretly teaches ninjutsu to Sasuke under the watchful eyes of the dried persimmon ghost shark, he still feels a little bit of contempt for the ghost shark...

    Unexpectedly, he was a big joke in the eyes of Guiyu!

    Shame...shame...angry...

    These words are far from enough to describe Uchiha Itachi''s mood. He felt like he was stripped naked, thrown under the light and tried by a dried persimmon.

    Uchiha Itachi squeezed his fist, looked at the dried persimmon ghost shark, and asked each word: "So you know all this, and you always bully Sasuke in front of me. Are you deliberately provoking and testing me?"

    "what?"

    This question was asked unexpectedly. Why did you ask this question? Shouldn''t Mr. Itachi feel too ashamed at this time?

    Dry persimmon ghost shark''s heart is refreshing!

    In the past, every time Uchiha Itachi secretly tried to get Sasuke to learn ninjutsu, he was probably despised in his heart. This shark man was useless, and he couldn''t even find such things...

    Do you know now?

    He knows everything!

    But he didn''t say anything, just quietly watching your brothers make fun of you!

    Don''t feel too happy!

    It''s like on a hot day, suddenly soaking in cold water and taking a cold shower, the comfort is beyond description.

    As a result, when the dried persimmon ghost was secretly happy, Uchiha Itachi asked this question, so he didn''t know how to answer it?

    This¡­

    What should I say?

    Tell the truth?

    "in case¡­"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark looked at Uchiha Itachi, and said calmly: "What if I just complain about Itachi?"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark looked straight into Uchiha Itachi''s eyes, did not fear the scarlet writing wheel eyes, and said solemnly: "Mr. Itachi, are you really going to sacrifice yourself for a kid? Your talent and strength are very high, yes. One of the two strongest people I have ever met.

    You should have had a bigger stage in this ninja world. As long as you are willing to kill Sasuke, the disease is just a small trouble that can be easily solved. You will have the opportunity to truly see the truth in this world! "

    Dry persimmon ghost shark is telling the truth.

    He really wanted to persuade Uchiha Itachi.

    Uchiha Itachi is the most recognized ninja in the heart of the dried persimmon ghost shark, and Uehara Naraku is his most recognized boss If Uchiha Itachi is willing to join Uehara Naraku, then Uchiha Itachi must have a bigger stage!

    Uehara Naraku''s subordinates are equal, and he will also give them expensive rewards, including a long life span, so that his subordinates will have no worries.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark learned the truth and gained strong power; the ghost lantern full moon gained a new life, able to secretly protect and guide his younger brother; Ringo Yu Yuri was also cured of the disease.

    If Uchiha Itachi takes refuge in Uehara, according to Uehara Naraku''s importance to Uchiha Itachi, Uchiha Itachi estimates that he will gain more. The safety of his brother Uchiha Sasuke is absolutely nothing to worry about!

    For example, Guideng Shuiyue, the younger brother of Guideng Manyue, is so arrogant in the Ninja World, why is it okay to find his brother''s trouble everywhere? Isn''t it all because a guy named Yao Shidou is secretly escorting him?

    "As long as you are willing to take refuge in my boss..."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark looked at Uchiha Itachi, and his face became extremely serious: "Mr. Itachi, although the adults sometimes have a bad taste, they will treat this world as a game!

    But adults treat their own people very generously, adults will heal your body and protect your younger brother. No adult in this world can''t do it, he is the **** of this world! "

    "There is no **** in this world."

    After Uchiha Itachi shook his head calmly, he suddenly tentatively said calmly: "Kiji, your boss is not Uchiha who brought soil... right?"

    "..."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark curled up the corners of his mouth and looked at Uchiha Itachi with a playful smile: "Mr. Itachi, you already know enough today. After your hole card is mastered, you are sure to continue to ask. Go down?"

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 221ï¼š Uchiha Itachi: Help me take care of Sasuke

    Ninja is generally the more people they know, the more dangerous they are.

    Uchiha Itachi would not think so. He thought that he had to know enough to perfect his next plan. It was too dangerous for someone to spy on him and Sasuke in secret.

    Especially this one has insight into his mind and uses his feelings for Sasuke to threaten him. How can you not beware of this kind of thing!

    ask.

    Of course ask.

    Must ask.

    Uchiha Itachi looked at the dried persimmon ghost shark, he wanted to continue to ask, wanting to ask from the words of the dried persimmon ghost shark who is the messenger behind him.

    "I should have met that person, right?"

    "What you have seen, it will never be all of him."

    After the dried persimmon ghost shark finished speaking, he added with a chuckle: "Mr. Itachi, if you know enough, you and your brother will be very dangerous."

    "If I don''t know this, isn''t Sasuke more dangerous? At least I can avoid the visible threat, right?"

    After Uchiha Itachi finished speaking, he began to think about analyzing the words of the dried persimmon ghost shark, and at least he could determine the goal, because he had seen the person behind the ghost shark.

    No, it''s not right.

    This is a bit difficult to analyze.

    Because there are too many standards.

    Everyone may have another side of their own. It is very difficult to analyze it purely. The person hiding behind the ghost must be very deep.

    A person who has never been exposed.

    Instead of analyzing the final black hand, it is better to analyze the companion of the ghost shark, so there may be a chance to find a suitable person.

    Return one.

    Uchiha Itachi subconsciously remembered the teammate of Naraku Uehara in the organization, the guy who spoke very little but didn''t make a lot of shots, he was given the title of Kaiyi by Payne.

    Because that guy always wore a hood, never showed his true face, and never really shot!

    Undoubtedly, this person''s suspicion is the highest.

    If you just ask, will Guiyu admit it?

    Maybe, maybe not, maybe there is only one false answer.

    The most difficult thing for Uchiha Itachi is that he doesn''t know the person named Kaiyi at all, only knowing that it is Uehara Naraku''s teammate.

    Uchiha Itachi thought for a while, then glanced at the dried persimmon ghost shark, and whispered a name: "Uehara Naraku..."

    "..."

    The dry persimmon ghost shark subconsciously tightened his heart.

    Is the performance between them obvious? Uchiha Itachi had directly guessed the identity of Uehara Naraku!

    To be honest, the dried persimmon ghost shark did not expect it.

    Unexpectedly, Uchiha Itachi suddenly opened his mouth and continued: "Uehara Naraku... In fact, he has also become your pawn, right?"

    No matter who you suspect, Uchiha Itachi will not think that Uehara Naraku will be the messenger behind the scenes, after all, this is too unreliable!

    Uehara Naraku relies on the love of Xiaonan and Payne, and almost everyone knows that Uehara Naraku will become the leader of the next generation of Akatsuki.

    And Uehara Naraku is also quite arrogant...

    Looking at Nairo Uehara''s performance at the meeting, she showed respect for the elderly of the organization, and directly suppressed the newcomers in the organization.

    Such bullying and weak bullying...

    No matter how you look at it, it doesn''t look like a man behind the scenes.

    What''s more, how could a man behind the scenes get along with the ninjas from the Five Ninja Ninja Village and take the naive ninja exam?

    Therefore, Uchiha Itachi believes that Uehara Naraku is also a pawn.

    Perhaps Uehara Naraku didn''t know the truth at all, or Uehara Naraku might know part of the truth, but Uehara Naraku was only a **** at best.

    After all, when Uchiha Itachi joined the Akatsuki organization, Naraku Uehara was his co-ordinator and joined the Akatsuki organization on the same day as him. At that time...

    Uchiha Itachi, thirteen years old.

    Uehara Naraku is twelve years old.

    The two fought a battle under the provocation of Uchiha''s soil. Uchiha Itachi took advantage of the illusion of writing round eyes to sell a flaw and directly defeated Uehara.

    To be honest, at that time Uehara Naruto was working.

    Facing a member of Uchiha, he didn''t even know how to avoid the line of sight. It is estimated that Uehara didn''t know the function of Shao Lun Yan at that time, only knew that Sha Lun Yan had a big name.

    Over the years, Uehara has made rapid progress, and perhaps has the qualifications to become a chess piece, and his personality has changed somewhat as his strength has grown.

    Uchiha Itachi thinks it is very possible that Uehara Naraku is a pawn.

    It''s not to blame Uchiha Itachi thinking about it.

    After all, a person who saw through the reason for creating the night of genocide, how could it not be a little guy who was only twelve years old?

    The heart of the dried persimmon ghost suddenly relaxed, and the corners of his mouth grinned, revealing a look of wonder: "It''s Mr. Itachi... Uehara Naraku is too naive, and it is always easy to be used."

    After the Kakigami had finished speaking, he wanted to splash something dirty on Uehara Naraku''s body: "How should I describe Uehara? We didn''t regard him as a qualified pawn.

    When Akatsuki was organizing, Naraku Uehara was an unscrupulous member to organize tasks; when he was in Uein Village, Uehara Naraku was a guy who colluded with Konoha for Uein Village; even he himself didn''t know how to choose.

    As long as someone convinces him, he will violate his previous promise.

    This is a genius who does not have his own way of forbearance. He will be used by others in a moment, and he will betray his promise in the next moment. He cannot be called our **** at all. "

    "I understand."

    Uchiha Itachi nodded slowly.

    Uehara Naraku is a guy who can be used.

    If possible, maybe you can consider using Naruto Uehara to pass on the information of Akatsuki to Konoha. As long as Naruto Uehara and Konoha''s group of ninjas get more involved, he might reveal flaws himself.

    "Lingo Yu Yuri and Gui Deng Man Yue are your companions."

    Uchiha Itachi immediately proposed two names. After all, there were a total of four Ninja Sevens in the Wuyin Village who went to the Akatsuki organization. Three of them were in a good relationship, but they were subconsciously excluded by Taoisti.

    and many more¡­

    Does that mean that Tao Di may be the main messenger behind the scenes without cutting it?

    Because Tao Di is their boss no longer, they are unwilling to talk to Tao Di Never again, so as not to reveal any flaws, and Tao Di is still bandaged on his body, and he can''t see his true face...

    Uchiha Itachi subconsciously began to suffer a headache.

    If you want to find the person behind him who really understands and sees through him, you can''t find it out in one or two sentences, you must find a way to find out as soon as possible.

    Uchiha Itachi knocked on his desk and whispered, "I will pay attention to protecting the secrets of Akatsuki members. Will you help me protect Sasuke?"

    This is also a temptation and an inquiry.

    Uchiha Itachi wants to use this to test the hands of the people who capture the three-tailed man''s strength, maybe there are the companions and superiors of the dried persimmon ghost shark.

    If the dried persimmon ghost shark promised to protect Sasuke, then the person who captured Sanwei Renzhuli must have the dried persimmon ghost shark¡¯s accomplices and even the boss...

    For example, the peach field that Uchiha Itachi suspects will not be cut again.

    "Don''t worry."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark grinned at Uchiha Itachi, and chuckled lightly: "It seems that we can only make this deal. Does Mr. Itachi really refuse to invest in us?"

    "To be honest, I''m very excited."

    Uchiha Itachi looked at the dried persimmon ghost shark and whispered softly, "But before joining an unknown group, I must at least know your purpose, leader and existing members, right?"

    "...Then there is no way."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark looked at Uchiha Itachi with regret, and sighed in a low voice: "Actually, it is my selfish intention to recruit Mr. Itachi. I can''t bear to see Mr. Itachi disappear. I only got the consent of Mr. Itachi. You can report to your boss.

    After all, in the sight of my boss, Mr. Itachi is a very troublesome figure! He may not like Mr. Itachi to join us, and it takes a lot of effort for me to persuade him to agree to accept Mr. Itachi and your brother. "

    Dry persimmon ghosts say this as if their small group is quite remarkable, and there is a VIP threshold system.

    However, it is really amazing.

    Uchiha Itachi looked at the dried persimmon ghost shark with some surprise. It seemed that he couldn''t react for a while. It turned out that the dried persimmon ghost shark had been soliciting him. Is it the ghost of the ghost?

    In fact, his boss did not agree or even knew?

    What does this mean?

    Uchiha Itachi''s brain turned quickly, and he immediately realized a terrible fact, that is, the people behind the ghost shark, it is very likely that Uchiha Itachi had no value at all, or he had predicted that he was about to die.

    Yup¡­

    Since that person could see through his extermination to protect his younger brother and doing a series of things for his younger brother, how could he fail to see the possibility of Uchiha Itachi''s death?

    The latter did not leave his place at all!

    It''s not that Uchiha Itachi is bragging, but that he knows his strength and can definitely be among the best in the entire Akatsuki organization.

    Uchiha Itachi himself is not a worthless person.

    It was only because the latter knew that Uchiha Itachi wanted to die, so the latter simply gave up on him.

    but¡­

    Uchiha Itachi slowly raised his head, watching the dried persimmon ghost shark sitting in front of him, watching this teammate who had been with him for many years.

    but¡­

    But the dried persimmon ghost shark didn''t want to see the death of Uchiha Itachi, so he came to recruit Uchiha Itachi to join them!

    This is extremely dangerous.

    Either the dried persimmon ghost shark knows that these things do not matter and will not have any effect on the people behind him, or the dried persimmon ghost shark risks being executed by his boss.

    Uchiha Itachi is unclear.

    Uchiha Itachi knows that his teammates want to save him!

    According to what Uehara Naro said at the meeting, when Sasuke and them return to capture Mitsuo, the Uchiha brothers will have a life and death duel.

    Uchiha Itachi was actually ready to die.

    It was just before he died, the dried persimmon ghost shark saw through all this early, so he wanted to give him a hand.

    "Thank you, ghost shark."

    Uchiha Itachi stared at the dried persimmon ghost shark, and after being silent for a while, he continued: "I have seen my destiny, I have seen through what kind of person I am, and I have found my way."

    Uchiha Itachi simply rejected the ghost shark.

    On the night of the genocide, Uchiha Itachi had already prepared an ending for himself in advance, and would never change it for anything.

    Even he admired the teammate Guiyu very much.

    "Mr. Itachi..."

    The face of the dried persimmon ghost suddenly turned ugly, grinning with an ugly smile: "I took a big risk, can''t you think about it? After all, I don''t want to lose my partner."

    "Sorry, ghost shark."

    Uchiha Itachi stretched his hand on the shoulder of the dried persimmon ghost shark, and said in a low voice: "Actually, you should be aware of it? The person standing behind you has not reserved my place at all of the dried persimmon ghost shark. The figure stiffened for a moment.

    Uchiha Itachi looked at the dried persimmon ghost shark, and continued to speak: "You have to forget the extra words that you said to me tonight, I will also forget these words, understand? Don''t put yourself in danger..."

    "I know."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark stood up and showed its teeth full of shark teeth: "Then let''s do it! Remember, Mr. Itachi, you must never disclose the information of the organization to anyone. This is the price for us to protect Sasuke, if it is you. If there are clues, we can find out the source of intelligence. We are not without spies among the five major countries."

    "I remember."

    Uchiha Itachi nodded, and when he looked at the tall figure of the dried persimmon ghost shark about to leave, he suddenly said: "Wait, ghost shark, if the person standing behind you wants to win over Sasuke, I hope you can Take care of Sasuke."

    "..."

    After being silent for a while, the dried persimmon ghost nodded and said: "Even if Sasuke is not Mr. Itachi''s favorite brother, but has been teammates with me for a few years, I will not sit idly by.

    "I can rest assured that."

    Uchiha Itachi nodded.

    After the dried persimmon ghost shark left, Uchiha Itachi slammed his mouth, and a drop of blood leaked out between his fingers.

    His body is almost unable to hold it.

    So when I returned to the country of fire this time, I must find a way to plan Sasuke''s future.

    Sarutobi died, Shimura Danzo disappeared, and no one knew Uchiha Itachi''s passing.

    If Konoha did not find Sasuke''s position, perhaps entrusting him to this friend may not be a good way.

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 222ï¼š Heijue: There are some things you donâ€™t need to know

    Dry persimmon ghost shark completed his task.

    When the ghost shark returned to his room, he reported to Uchiha Naraku through the dirty soil reincarnation of Uchiha''s soil as a channel, and conveyed the conversation between him and Uchiha Itachi to Uehara Naraku in detail.

    Speaking of the last time, there is a faint regret on the face of the dried persimmon ghost: "Mr. Itachi is really a good teammate! Uehara-sama, can we only watch him step by step to death?"

    "Ghost shark, this time it did a good job."

    Uehara Naraku wouldn''t begrudge the praise of his subordinates, and he didn''t blame the Kaki Kaki for helping him to solicit Uchiha Itachi.

    Uehara looked at the sad ghost on his face and sighed: "But you don''t have to care too much. Under my control, there is no boundary between life and death.

    Even if Uchiha Itachi is dead, you two will still have a chance to meet again. Otherwise, if you look at the example of Uchiha taking soil, even if he is dead, I can bring him back from the underworld..."

    Uchiha belt soil: "..."

    Dry persimmon ghost shark: "..."

    Uehara-sama, can''t you be a serious individual?

    A big living person and a dead person, can this be the same?

    It''s just that Naraku Uehara''s original intention was to appease him, and there was nothing to do with the persimmon ghosts, so he nodded to express his comfort.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark was still a little curious. When Uchiha Itachi was reincarnated by Uehara Naraku in the future, he discovered that the man behind the scenes was actually Uehara Naraku... which was the first answer he ruled out. What was Mr. Itachi at that time?

    It''s so curious...

    Na Uehara tilted her head in her room and controlled Uchiha to take the soil and continued: "But Uchiha Itachi rejected your solicitation. This is not to give me face. His courage is bigger than his brain. Did you teach him a lesson before he died?"

    "Uh¡­"

    The dried persimmon ghost was stunned, and with an embarrassed expression on his face, he persuaded: "Master Uehara, Mr. Itachi''s life has been very pitiful..."

    Uchiha Itachi is about to be driven to death by Uehara-sama. If you don''t give him a way to survive, can''t you let him take a good journey?

    Although Uchiha Itachi will soon be resurrected as a tool in Uehara''s hands...

    What a sad life!

    The dried persimmon ghost shark felt a little sad.

    Even if Mr. Itachi possesses the legendary kaleidoscope writing round eyes, he has not really seen his destiny.

    "I taught him for his own good."

    Uehara Naraku tilted his head and issued his command to Uchiha Itachi: "Wait until you return from the country of fire, whether Uchiha takes the soil or the ghost shark, go and tell Uchiha Itachi some truth! "

    "What''s the truth?"

    The dried persimmon ghost suddenly asked in surprise, "Is it possible that Uehara-sama finally couldn''t help but walk to the front of the stage?"

    "Of course not, not yet that time."

    Uehara Naraku chuckled and looked at the dried persimmon ghost shark and said: "The truth I want to tell him is of course the truth under our control, the truth of a dark Konoha!

    I guess Uchiha Itachi will definitely try to get in touch with Konoha Ninja this time in the country of fire. He will definitely try and send his brother back to Konoha. After Uchiha Itachi returns, let him experience despair. Right!

    Let Uchiha Itachi know that there is actually only one way Uchiha Sasuke can go, and that is to join us and become our future pawn! "

    "what?"

    The dried persimmon ghost said with interest, "Isn''t it supposed to let Uchiha Sasuke be our companion?"

    "Why do you have this idea?"

    Uehara Naraku''s voice was more disgusting, and he was extremely displeased: "Do you think Uchiha Sasuke would be willing to be someone else''s subordinate? Although his strength is not very good, but he just feels that he is amazing, he will be willing to be me His subordinates?"

    "...It seems to be."

    The dried persimmon ghost shoved his forehead with a headache.

    Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s little devil always has his eyes above the top. Even if he has eaten enough lessons, Uchiha¡¯s birthplace pride still makes him a little humble...

    "Okay, so be it."

    Uehara Naraku''s will disappeared on Uchiha''s body with the soil, leaving only the last sentence: "Ghost shark, then you can wait a few days to go to the land of fire to assist the task of Kakuto-senpai! You are responsible for bringing the soil. Go and watch Uchiha Itachi in secret!"

    "it is good."

    "I know."

    There are only two people left in the room, the dried persimmon ghost shark and the Uchiha belt soil. These two former subordinates and bosses will meet again in this way of separating yin and yang...

    Dry persimmon ghost shark grinned and said with a chuckle: "Your Excellency Taketu, it''s been a long time since I saw you! I didn''t expect us to be partners now!"

    "Dried persimmon ghost shark, what are you..."

    Uchiha gritted his teeth and looked at the dried persimmon ghost shark: "When did you join the kid under the command of Uehara Naraku!"

    "It''s early!"

    The answer of the dried persimmon ghost shark was exactly the same as that of Uehara Naraku.

    It''s just that the dried persimmon ghost shark added: "About eight years ago, when Lord Taito still called himself Uchiha Madara, he gave me an order to find Uehara-sama and teach him a profound lesson;

    As a result, I saw that Uehara-sama was talented and possessed great power at the age of twelve, and he was not like those who hide his head and tail. So I decided to show my loyalty to Uehara-sama on the spot, and then I became a spy for Uehara-sama. "

    Uchiha belt soil: "..."

    What the **** you said is the same!

    What about the ninja character of this guy? Are you loyal to me? After seeing Uehara Naraku, did he feed his loyalty to his former boss?

    "Those are long gone, and I don''t want to mention it."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark looked at Uchiha with a smile, and slowly continued: "Now we are all companions of Uehara-sama, we should get along well..."

    Uchiha''s taking the soil is almost to death. He sullenly turns into a temporal vortex and disappears: "I will monitor Uchiha Itachi."

    In fact, it''s better for him to get angry while doing it.

    If Uchiha brought the soil to Naraku Uehara''s room, he would find that the guy Uehara Naraku was really not a human being, and it would be too wrong for him to be a human being.

    Because Kurozu also happened to find Naraku Uehara.

    Therefore, Uehara, who had just temporarily left his will from Uchiha''s body with soil, could only start to pour dirty water on his body with soil again.

    "Senior."

    Uehara Naraku was also unambiguous, and directly splashed dirty water on the belt soil: "Although Uchiha belt soil did not show up when we collected the first and second tails, we still have to be more careful with him..."

    "Yes."

    Heijue''s voice was very solemn.

    Originally, Kuro Zetsu had been worried about the mysterious Uchiha belt soil, so he also said directly: "So this time when you go to the country of water to capture Sanwei, you can look at the trail of Yakushi''s pocket and see if you can take him. come back!"

    After speaking, Hei Jue''s voice hesitated again: "Some time ago, when you were going to capture a human Zhuli, I placed next to the pharmacist''s pocket to monitor that Bai Jue was missing. I suspect that he might be taken away for an experiment. The materials are available, so I can¡¯t find him for the time being..."

    Uehara Naraku: "..."

    Well, all of my subordinates are quite promising.

    It is estimated that Pharmacist Pocket was also using Bai Jue''s coat he controlled, and found a Bai Jue who was monitoring him in the reverse direction, so he simply used the Bai Jue who was monitoring him as experimental material...

    Uehara Naraku nodded at random and agreed. As for whether he could find the pharmacist''s pocket, it is not an easy task. After all, the pharmacist''s pocket is the heir of the Oshemaru, but it is not slippery and Qiu can''t catch it!

    After talking about Uchiha''s troubles with taking soil and Yakushi''s pocket, Kurozu looked at Uehara Naraku and continued, "In addition, there is one more thing, that is about the two brothers Uchiha Sasuke and Uchiha Itachi..."

    "Huh? What''s wrong with this?"

    Uehara Naraku raised his eyebrows and looked at Kurozuzu curiously: "Don''t Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke wait until we seal the three tails and start a duel?"

    "I think you shouldn''t get too rigid in your relationship with them."

    Kurozu looked at the curious expression of Uehara Naraku, and smiled gloomily: "After all, after the life and death duel between their brothers, the strength of the victor will quickly surpass, and they can also become our pawns..."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku was a bit speechless.

    There are so many **** people who stare at Uchiha Sasuke and Uchiha Itachi!

    However, it is normal for Heijue to follow them. After all, Heijue knows the difference between Kaleidoscope and Eternal Kaleidoscope Writer, so Heijue has always been paying close attention to those Uchiha who have brothers.

    In history, the battle of the Pacific Ocean between the Uchiha brothers has been wonderfully ups and downs in the explanation of the two gold medal commentaries of Hei Zetsu and Bai Zetsu.

    Maybe, this time the Uchiha brothers'' battle will still be explained by Hei Zetsu and Bai Zetsu, but this time there may be more audiences.

    "Senior."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Kazuki and asked this question curiously: "Why is the strength of the winner among the Uchiha brothers soaring?"

    "This is the secret of the Uchiha clan..."

    A smirk appeared on Bai Jue''s face, and he said coldly, "Maybe Itachi or Sasuke in the future may be stronger than you!"

    "It''s too long, we won''t talk about it."

    Hei Zetsu interrupted Bai Zetsu, and whispered: "There are only a few people who know about this. People other than the Uchiha clan are useless if they know it, so there is no need for you to know about this..."

    Uehara Naraku: "..."

    Damn, feelings faded again!

    Hei Jue''s attitude toward his own people, who wants to work with him?

    No wonder the only two people left in the Moon Eye project are spies undercover by its side!

    Sure enough, even if he lived for a thousand years, Hei Jue still hadn''t learned the art of imperialism. He could only be an ordinary think tank in his life, and would always be a vassal of others.

    Uehara Naraku watched Heizue and Bai Zetsu disappear in front of him as Nepenthes disappear, and couldn''t help but hook the corner of his mouth. Because he was not Uchiha, he refused to tell him the truth?

    This guy really thought he was in control?

    In the next few days of rest, Akatsuki''s members like to connect privately and go everywhere, and those who like to stay at home will rest, waiting until the official mission.

    Capture Sanwei Isosuke: Uehara Naraku, Deidara, Red Sand Scorpion, Peach Ground Never Cut, Uchiha Sasuke.

    Earn organizational funds: Jiaodu, Feiduan, Dry Persimmon Ghost Shark, Uchiha Itachi, Ghost Lantern Full Moon, Ringo Yu Yuri.

    Intelligence personnel: Absolutely.

    Stay at the base: Nagato, Payne, Kaguya-kun Maro, Bai.

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 223ï¼š Chief Examiner of Sasuke

    Before leaving.

    Deidara used to quarrel with Feidan.

    Deidara is half mentally retarded + funny, Fei Duan is a pure idiot + fool, so of course Deidara is not noisy Fei Duan, because Fei Duan will reduce Deidara''s IQ, and then use rich experience to win he.

    After losing the quarrel this time, Dedara''s gaze slowly moved to look at Uehara Naraku, making Uehara Naraku''s heart burst.

    "Hey, Uehara, where is your psychic beast?"

    Deidara puffed up his mouth, widened his eyes and gesticulated to describe the ancient dragon of Uehara: "It''s the one who screamed... the **** Fei Duan was almost killed!"

    Deidara also tried to use his voice to simulate the call of the ancient dragon. He didn''t simulate it at all, but it seemed a bit funny.

    Everyone looked sideways at Dedala.

    What psychic beast is so cute?

    Uehara Naraku also glared at Dedara a little speechlessly, your psychic beast screamed!

    "Hey, Uehara, hurry up!"

    Deidara stretched out his arms and urged loudly: "Hurry up and summon your psychic beast. This time you do me a favor, and next time I can create a super large C2 dragon. Let you play!"

    "No, there is a problem with your aesthetics,"

    Uehara Naruko shook his head, slowly closed his palms, formed a psychic mudra, and whispered: "Ninfa¡¤Psychic art!"

    After a huge psychic curse was formed, an ancient dragon flew in the air moments later, and some people who had never seen an ancient dragon involuntarily frowned.

    That psychic beast is really huge.

    And the momentum is amazing!

    Even those who didn''t care about the psychic beasts like flying sections and horns could not help but watch the ancient dragon fall in front of Uehara Naraku.

    "It''s really surprising..."

    The dry persimmon ghost shark grinned his mouth and showed sharp teeth: "Uehara... every psychic beast''s combat power is beyond recognition!"

    When they met for the first time, the deep-sea titan that Uehara Naraku psyched up exhausted all the chakras of the dried persimmon ghost shark...but now this psychic beast is undoubtedly more powerful than the deep-sea titan!

    Deidara quickly climbed to the top of the ancient dragon, occupying a position with the best scenery, and pointed to the flying section on the ground, and murmured and urged: "Quickly, quickly, just blow that guy to death! "

    It''s a pity that the ancient dragon didn''t follow Deidara''s orders, but looked around slowly, waiting for Uehara Naraku''s orders.

    "Let''s go up!"

    Uehara Nairobi rose into the air and landed beside Deidara, and the Red Sand Scorpion also flew directly with the help of the puppet thread.

    It was the first time that Momoji and Sasuke Uchiha rode this mount, they jumped up a few steps with strength, and their bodies were still a little shaky.

    Deidara is like the master of the ancient dragon, greeted them enthusiastically: "Hahahahaha... Hurry up and stick your chakras to it, otherwise you may be thrown off the road, but the road will be very Cool!"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku gave him a speechless look.

    The reason why Deidara is arguing to perform missions with him is really to ride his ancient dragon mount for a ride!

    Momochi glanced at Naraku Uehara again and couldn''t help but curiously asked, "Where is this psychic beast? It seems that such a ninja has never appeared in the Ninja world?"

    "The Ninja World is huge..."

    Uehara Naraku chuckled and continued: "This is the psychic scroll I got from Oshamaru before. Who knew it would be such a big guy, so it could be used as our flying tool so as not to waste time on the road... "

    "The scroll in Osha Maru?"

    Sasuke Uchiha frowned.

    If he hadn''t been forcibly brought to Akatsuki by Naruko Uehara, Itachi Uchiha, and Dried Persimmon Ghost Shark, would he have taken refuge in Onomaru, would he have a chance to get such a flying psychic beast?

    To be honest, Sasuke is really envious.

    Sasuke is only sixteen years old this year. It is the time of youth and passion, how could he not like such a powerful and flying psychic beast?

    Uchiha Sasuke found another reason to hate Uchiha Itachi...

    If it hadn''t been for Uchiha Itachi to force him to join Akatsuki''s organization back then, maybe he also had such an ancient dragon now!

    Of course Sasuke wouldn¡¯t know. The reason why Uchiha Itachi forced him to join Akatsuki¡¯s organization back then was because the two guys, Naru Uehara and Kaki Kaki, who were not good people, were arguing that Sasuke would kill him if he didn¡¯t join Akatsu...

    "Let''s go!"

    Uehara Naraku looked down at the behemoth under him.

    "Roar!"

    The ancient dragon rose from the ground, hovered for a while with flapping wings in the air, and flew towards the water country according to the order of Uehara Naraku!

    Wait until Uehara Naraku and the others leave.

    Everyone''s eyes were involuntarily placed on Jiao Du''s body.

    Fei Duan even bluntly said: "Hey, Jiaodu, your psychic beast, let everyone sit down too!"

    "To shut up."

    When Jiao Du''s urn interrupted the flight section, he looked up at the dragon going away in the air and muttered in a low voice: "If the mission is performed in this way, the travel speed is very fast, and it can save time and save a lot of trouble. For the necessary expenses, it seems that if you choose a helping hand for future tasks, you can give priority to the kid that Uehara Naraku..."

    "Hey, hey, you guy only think of money!"

    Fei Duan yelled at his partner grumpily, "I hate money the most. Money is a blasphemy against Lord Cthulhu!"

    Dry persimmon ghost shark: "..."

    Uchiha Itachi: "..."

    Ghost lantern full moon: "..."

    Ringo Yu Yuri: "..."

    What kind of ghost teammates are these!

    Dry persimmon ghost shark, ghost light full moon, and Ringo Yu Yuri exchanged glances vaguely. Obviously, all three of them understood that this time assisting the corner to perform the task is secondary, and monitoring or supervising the Uchiha Itachi operation is the main one.

    After the pedestrian left, a temporal and spatial vortex appeared behind them, revealing the figure of Uchiha''s soil. The next second, Uchiha''s soil was transformed into a temporal and spatial vortex again, following the group of people in the corner.

    Uchiha Itachi got super generous treatment for this mission.

    There are a total of four ninjas in charge of supervising him in secret, plus the threat of the dried persimmon ghost shark, I believe he will be very behaving.

    Kakuno didn''t know that the undercurrents of Kakigaki, Uchiha Itachi and others who assisted their team in their missions were surging. He wanted to make money.

    Jiao Du is such a pure person.

    Jiao Du looked at the map in his hand and the reward manual of the gold exchange, and said in a deep voice: "We will first kill this fellow called Dilu, and then go to the gold exchange to get 30 million taels of bounty. Let¡¯s see if there is a chance to kill a few Konoha ninjas and earn more bounty..."

    Dry persimmon ghost shark chuckled and objected to Jiaodu''s opinion: "If I remember correctly, in order to avoid casualties, without Payne''s permission, we are forbidden to attack Ninja Village, right? There are even at least four people to capture the tail beast The above teams..."

    "It''s just getting some Konoha ninja corpse in exchange for money."

    Jiao Du glanced at the dried persimmon ghost shark, and said gloomily: "If you are afraid of death, I can go with Fei Duan. You can go back now!"

    They are an undead duo.

    I really can¡¯t understand why the guy Uehara Naraku has to let this group of guys follow them to make money. Since they are all here, then they can¡¯t just make soy sauce.

    Akatsuki dispatched six people. Can''t just kill one land, right?

    Jiaotou flipped through the bounty book in his hand, frowning and asked, "This guy named Sarutobi Asma was also the guardian of the country of fire. It is five million more expensive than the dead body of the land. Uchiha Itachi, do you have any information about him?"

    Uchiha Itachi shook his head and said, "I only remember that Mr. Asma was the second son of Konoha III and Hokage, and other information is not clear..."

    "Mr. Itachi, are you serious?"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark grinned and said with a light smile: "We met that guy when we dived into Konoha. He seemed to be good at using a chakra knife and fire ninjutsu..."

    Uchiha Itachi frowned and said, "Is there such a thing?"

    "Of course there is such a thing."

    The dried persimmon ghost continued to reply with a light smile: "Did you not hurt Kakashi in that battle? Uehara Naraku was an intern at that time. He was waiting for us outside Konoha. I remember we sneaked in. Before Konoha, you lent him a sum of money..."

    "forgotten."

    Uchiha Itachi raised his eyebrows.

    "Huh, can you even forget about money?"

    Kakuto snorted coldly, and glanced at Uchiha Itachi with contempt: "You can forget such an important thing as the money you lend to others. Your memory really doesn''t fit your age!"

    "maybe¡­"

    Uchiha Itachi shook his head indifferently.

    A gust of breeze moved his hair head on.

    While the team here is still working hard towards the direction of the Fire Temple, Uehara Naraku and others on the other side have arrived in the Water Country sitting on the ancient dragon.

    After all, flying is always faster than walking.

    The situation in Water Country is a bit tense.

    Because of the news brought by the ghost lantern full moon, coupled with the fact that Akatsuki''s movement to catch the tail beast was very large, Terumi had to be careful.

    It''s a pity that Wuyin Village did not select a suitable person, so he could only temporarily rush Miiso Iso to a defensive place.

    Terumi Mei dispatched thousands of Mizuhide Ninjas to station near Sanwei Isosuke. The densely packed strongholds almost surrounded the location of Mizuhide, even if a bird flew in, he needed permission from Mizuhide Ninjas.

    According to the news she got from KonohaThe members of Akatsuki''s organization caught the tail beast very quickly.

    Before he found the right manjuli, and before there was no guarantee of the sealing technique, Terumi could only take this stupid way to protect Mio Isosuke.

    After a night of flying.

    Early in the morning.

    When Uehara Naraku and others arrived here, they were also surprised by the number of misty ninjas. Unexpectedly, the ninja would have a day to protect the tail beast...

    "It''s really stupid..."

    Deidara used his small telescope to look at the dense misty ninjas on the ground, revealing a pure and flawless smile: "The entire Sandy hidden village was completely destroyed by Uehara. How do they think these people can stop us? ?"

    "To shut up."

    The scorpion of the red sand looked at Deidara displeasedly. What''s wrong with his teammates? After all, Shayin Village is his hometown. Doesn''t this guy know to hide?

    What the **** always comes up to say things?

    I really want to sew Deidara''s broken mouth!

    Uehara Naraku ordered the ancient dragon to fall on a barren mountain, knocked on his arm, and said: "Okay, let''s find a place to discuss tactics first!"

    "Does this still need tactics?"

    Deidara looked at Uehara Naraku with a dead fish eye: "You let this big guy fly over, I stand on him and drop a C3¡¤18 number, and blow everyone up directly, and then let the little devil Sasuke Go and catch the three tails, isn''t it over?"

    "That won''t work."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Uchiha Sasuke''s solemn expression, and chuckled: "After all, I''m the chief examiner of Sasuke. I have to clear a suitable examination room for students taking the exam!"

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 224ï¼š Uehara, your puppet is very artistic!

    Sasuke Uchiha attaches great importance to the examination of capturing Mio Isao.

    Uehara Nara mentioned at Akatsuki''s meeting that only after he successfully captures the three tails, he will be given a fair chance to fight Uchiha Itachi.

    To be honest, this kind of life is really uncomfortable to be manipulated by other people in every move, but this is the only way to revenge.

    Sasuke''s heart is actually very confused.

    Except for killing Uchiha Itachi, he can only throw away all other distracting thoughts.

    For example, Naruto Uzumaki, Kakashi Hagi, Sakura Haruno, and Class 7, all have to be thrown away. There is nothing more important than killing Itachi Uchiha.

    As for the others, only wait until he kills Itachi.

    Sasuke thinks he can try to return to Konoha, take Akatsuki''s information back, and then continue to play a ninja game with Class 7 to restore the reputation of the Uchiha clan in Konoha.

    However, sometimes, Sasuke also thinks that he should replace Itachi Uchiha in Akatsuki''s position, become a full member of Akatsuki, make waves like these members of Akatsuki, become a strong man everyone is afraid of, and get someone similar to Itachi Uchiha. title.

    Write round eyes Sasuke, or Sasuke the Avengers.

    If you want to kill Uchiha Itachi, you must exchange for a duel opportunity allowed by Akatsuki; if you want to get this opportunity, you must capture Mioi Isosuke alone.

    It''s really unhappy!

    Why does his revenge have to be allowed by Xiao!

    After Sasuke was angry for a while, he suddenly felt a little bit lucky. If he didn''t join the Akatsuki organization, he wasn''t an intern of Akatsuki, and wanted to kill Uchiha Itachi, wouldn''t he be an enemy of the entire Akatsuki group of monsters?

    "Exam rules are as follows."

    Uehara Naraku''s voice interrupted Sasuke Uchiha''s cranky thoughts, he hurriedly listened, hoping to find something beneficial to him.

    The test rules formulated by Uehara Naraku also included this tactic of capturing the three tails, which was also for his own mission by the way.

    "In an hour, I will go to attack the Hidden Fog Village. If nothing happens, this group of fog ninjas will choose to return to defense. After they return to defense, it is your time to act. From that moment on, you will be captured within three hours. Sanwei Isosuke."

    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he turned his head and glanced at Deidara, the Red Sand Scorpion and others: "Three hours is enough, right?"

    "Ha, for me, half an hour is enough!"

    "enough."

    Deidara and the Red Sand Scorpion nodded each, as for the peach ground beside him, he was a little hesitant to stop cutting, but he also nodded.

    Damn, did these lunatics of Akatsuki really only let Sasuke Uchiha catch Mitsuo alone? This Uchiha kid will be beaten to death by Mio!

    Sasuke Uchiha frowned and asked in a low voice, "What if the misty ninjas stationed near Sanwei didn''t leave?"

    What if Uehara Naraku attacked the misty hidden village and was seen through his strategy?

    Does he continue to perform the assessment of capturing the three tails?

    Isn''t this bullshit?

    There are thousands of misty ninjas near Sanwei Isosuke, even if Sasuke thinks he is strong, he cannot survive the siege of thousands of ninjas!

    "Do not worry!"

    Uehara Naraku chuckled lightly and suddenly spread out her palms: "They will definitely transfer the ninja here!"

    If Wuyin Village was on the verge of extinction, even if he knew it was Akatsuki''s attacking Yangmou, Terumi Ming would definitely transfer back the reinforcements stationed near Sanwei Isosuke.

    The safety of the village is more important than a tailed beast.

    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking confidently, he looked at Sasuke and added: "Remember, you only have three hours, because I will send a number of people to this time..."

    "understand."

    Sasuke Uchiha nodded seriously.

    If Uehara Naraku really creates a suitable environment for him, three hours should be enough for him to get rid of Sano Isosuke.

    The last time Sasuke Uchiha was fortunate enough to participate in the capture of Nishiro''s strength, he barely learned some experience.

    As long as you beware of not letting the tail beast release the tail beast jade, Sasuke really has enough confidence to be able to capture Sanwei Isosuke. After all, he still has some information about the three tails...

    However, thinking of the way he obtained information, Sasuke felt a little uncomfortable!

    Uchiha Itachi that bastard!

    When I met at the base a few days ago, Uchiha Itachi said to Sasuke very contemptuously that Sasuke is absolutely impossible to be Mitsuo Isosuke¡¯s opponent, because Uchiha Itachi had already fought against the previous generation of three-tailed man Zhuli Kotachi Tachibana Yakura. And suffered a lot.

    Uchiha Itachi believes that Sasuke will never survive the attack of Mioi Isosuke.

    First of all, Sanwei Isosuke''s defense is very strong, and Sasuke''s physical skills can''t play any role at all; and Uchiha Sasuke''s mastery of fire escape ninjutsu can hardly cause any substantial damage to Mio. Will be restrained by Sanwei''s water escape.

    Uchiha Itachi tells Sasuke without hesitation that in this world, the ninjutsu that can break the defense of the three tails, only his kaleidoscope writing round eyes Amaterasu, the endless black flame that can burn even flames can defeat the three tails. !

    It''s just that Uchiha Itachi contemptuously stated that he didn''t need to use Amaterasu at all, only the illusion of kaleidoscope writing round eyes could easily control the three tails.

    Sasuke Uchiha, who does not have a kaleidoscope to write round eyes, relies on the trivial Sangoyu writing round eyes, even if he is proficient in the use of illusion, it is impossible to directly control Sanwei Isosuke with illusion, at most he can only control it for a few seconds.

    Sasuke Uchiha couldn''t help but remembered Uchiha Itachi''s last words.

    "Stupid brother, you don¡¯t have a kaleidoscope to write a wheel, you are a waste that is not worth mentioning. I can easily use a kaleidoscope to write a wheel to defeat the three tails, but your power can''t even break its scales...

    If you want to stand in front of me and challenge me after capturing the three tails, then desperately remember the pain I gave you! Only pain and hatred can make you have the same eyes as mine, and make you this trash qualified to stand in front of me. "

    "That bastard..."

    After Uchiha Sasuke recalled Uchiha Itachi''s words, he couldn''t help but cursed secretly. He slowly stroked his eyes, and said contemptuously, "Huh, Uchiha Itachi, thank you for your arrogance to make me Get information from Sanwei..."

    That demon-like brother is too arrogant!

    Uchiha Itachi treats his younger brother like an aloof **** treats an ant, but he does not know that an ant has spent several years secretly collecting his information through every action and every word of him!

    Sasuke Uchiha is very confident. With his knowledge of Uchiha Itachi over the years, he has trained himself in a targeted manner. As long as he is given a chance to fight, he can definitely defeat and kill Uchiha Itachi head-on!

    "What are you thinking?"

    Uehara Naraku brought Sasuke Uchiha back to reality with a single sentence.

    Sasuke Uchiha shook his head, stroked his eye sockets, and whispered: "It''s nothing, I''m just thinking about when I can officially start to act. After all, I can''t wait to catch the three tails, and then go back and kill the Itachi. Guys!"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Sasuke weirdly, and nodded: "Okay, you have this confidence. After all, we were once comrades in the Ninja test. If you can really kill Uchiha Itachi, I will admit it. Your strength allows you to take his place."

    "Oh?"

    Sasuke Uchiha''s eyes lit up suddenly.

    If he remembers correctly, Uchiha Itachi once defeated Uehara Naraku; if he can defeat Uchiha Itachi, wouldn''t his power have surpassed Uehara Naraku?

    No, things can''t be counted like that!

    Sasuke Uchiha looked at Naraku Uehara and made a request of his own: "Hey, Uehara, if I can defeat Sano Isosuke, come and fight with me! I want to use you to test my strength! "

    "what?"

    Before Uehara Naraku could say anything, Deidara looked at Uchiha Sasuke first and asked, "Hey, kid, are you crazy? You want to challenge Uehara!"

    After a while, Deidara stroked his chin with his fingers again, retorting his words, "It seems to be okay. Uehara''s brain and psychic beasts are very powerful, but apart from creating a super volcano that time, We have never seen him actually make a move! Perhaps he is not strong in his own right?"

    "moron!"

    The Red Sand Scorpion couldn''t help but glared at Deidara, and said solemnly: "Even if you haven''t seen Uehara make a move, you should still remember that the ninja demigod Shanjiao Hanzo, the fourth generation of wind and the third generation of Hokage are all murders. Drop it!"

    Tao Di no longer cut the urn and added angrily: "The fourth generation of water shadow citrusyakura in our Wuyin Village was also killed by him!"

    "Hey? Is there anything else?"

    Uehara Naraku turned his head curiously and looked at Momoji no longer cut, scratching the back of his head and said, "That fellow Yakura''s strength is average, I really forgot that I did this kind of thing!"

    Momochi no longer felt that Uehara was targeting him.

    When he didn¡¯t cut himself to assassinate Yakura, he saved most of his life and failed to solve Yakura, but Yakura was easily solved by Uehara Naraku...

    If Momoji didn''t cut it, he really felt that Uehara Naraku was taking the opportunity to insult him.

    It''s a pity that I don''t know myself, knowing I can''t beat Uehara.

    Taodi snorted coldly, and said dissatisfied: "I remember, you were only twelve years old at that time! It''s normal to forget it after so many years..."

    "Tsk, who will remember the little things!"

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand indifferently, he really didn''t want to remember those opponents who could not pose a threat at all.

    What''s more, with his current strength, the entire Ninja world can''t pick one person to be his opponent. It is estimated that only the two guys Uchiha Madara and Senjujuma are resurrected to have the desire to challenge him.

    Uehara Naraku turned to look at Uchiha Sasuke, looked at him seriously, and said word by word: "After you successfully capture the three tails, I will fight with you..."

    Uehara Naraku spoke, slowly spreading out her palms and holding them again, adding: "I can understand your thoughts very well. I want to challenge an opponent who can test his strength before fighting Uchiha Itachi...

    Therefore, I will try to simulate Uchiha Itachi''s fighting style as much as possible. Illusions, physical skills, and ninjutsu can all be simulated as much as possible, except for the pupil technique of the kaleidoscope writing round eyes. "

    Sasuke Uchiha frowned and refused: "No need, what I want is that you can show all your power..."

    "Huh? All power?"

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but chuckled as Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t help but put one of his fingers up, his face gradually showed unparalleled confidence: "Sasuke, don''t be too confident... I promised to fight you, yes. Give you a reward for defeating the three tails."

    "..."

    Uchiha Sasuke''s face turned ugly again, as if he was back when he was ravaged by Uehara in the mid-term Ninja exam. He gritted his teeth and said: "Then wait for me to catch the three tails and talk about it! Hurry up, I''m already. Can''t wait!"

    Uehara Naraku satisfactorily looked at Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s expression, and whispered softly: "We will set out now to attack the Wuyin Village. The Wuyin Village will soon send reinforcements here. They are about four hours away from here, which means you There are four additional hours of rest time..."

    "understand."

    Sasuke Uchiha nodded.

    Uehara Naraku looked at Sasuke who was checking his equipment and supplies, and smiled: "But since it''s an exam, of course someone must be responsible for monitoring you...psychic art!"

    A puff of smoke appeared in front of everyone Just as everyone was surprised, a very beautiful female mechanical puppet appeared next to Uehara Naraku. Her body was made of small pieces of alloy. A precise puppet was formed closely.

    It''s just that this puppet doesn''t seem to be connected to the Chakra line, standing on the spot with its head down, without any movement around her body, and she can''t see the principle of her operation.

    However, the appearance of this puppet alone is enough to make people surprised, even the mechanical cheeks are quite beautiful, as if they were a teenage girl.

    It was Oriana, the puppet winding demon of Naraku Uehara.

    The eyes of the red sand scorpion tightened, and he couldn''t help but look at the puppet and exclaimed: "It''s an unimaginable art to make such a sophisticated puppet... Uehara, you made this puppet. Is it a gift from the leader?"

    "Actually, it was made by Dashewan."

    Nai Uehara spread out her hands, and slammed the black pot on Oshemaru''s body. His palm fell on the body of the clockwork demon. After instilling 50,000 chakras into her body, he whispered: "Wake up , Oriana!"

    Click, click...

    Click, click...

    The mechanical sound gradually rang...

    The clockwork behind this puppet gradually turned...

    Pieces of alloy began to rotate, and gradually formed a round magic puppet in the hand of this puppet, floating in the center of her palm.

    The next moment, the puppet''s body suddenly emitted a blue light, and a bright light flashed in her eyes, and a somewhat gentle mechanical female voice came out of her mouth: "We...will help you kill the enemy...this It must be interesting."

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 225ï¼š good morning everyoneâ€¦

    "Are there any puppets of will?"

    A flash of astonishment flashed across the face of the Red Sand Scorpion, and immediately the astonishment was a little bit of joy: "What a funny puppet..."

    Yes, the puppet owned by Uehara Naraku is too amazing.

    In addition to the beauty of the clockwork demon, the puppet''s body model, the powerful aura exuding from the body also surprised the scorpion.

    And after the Clockwork Demon was awakened by Chakra by Naraku Uehara, her aura exploded, not inferior to Akatsuki''s official members!

    What shocked the Red Sand Scorpion most was that this puppet was different from those lifeless puppets. She seemed to be a living creature. She could freely manipulate her body and even communicate.

    Scorpion has a feeling...

    This clockwork demon puppet is similar to him.

    It''s not wrong to say that.

    Because the clockwork demon Oriana is also in order to extend her life, little by little, she replaced her body with gears and clockwork, and abruptly made herself a machine.

    "Hey hey, can you still talk?"

    Deidara was just curious. He looked at the puppet girl next to Uehara Naraku in amazement, and couldn''t help but stretched out his palm to touch her cheek: "Let me see what kind of puppet this is. The puppet is really super beautiful and cute..."

    "Don''t be rude!"

    The Red Sand Scorpion grabbed Dedala''s palm with one hand, and he didn''t even care about Dedala insulting his puppet.

    Scorpion stared straight at the body of the clockwork demon with his own eyes, and asked word by word: "Did you...make your body a puppet?"

    "..."

    The clockwork demon Oriana slowly raised her head, the eyes in her sockets were like two luminous gems, and she looked at the Red Sand Scorpion curiously.

    It''s just that after watching for a while, she didn''t say anything to answer. Instead, she turned her head and looked at Uehara Naraku again: "What are we...what are we doing?"

    "Ahem..."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the scorching gaze of the red sand scorpion, coughed a few symbolically, and said, "Your task is very simple. Follow this kid named Uchiha Sasuke and supervise him to complete his assessment."

    "I understand."

    Oriana nodded gently.

    Because she has the Chakra of Uehara Naraku in her body, her will is also controlled by Uehara Naraku, so that she can easily understand the meaning of Uehara Naraku.

    After Oriana got the order, she turned her head to look at Uchiha Sasuke, and a mechanical female voice floated from her lips: "I wish you... successful assessment... I hope you... not overtime... otherwise... the magic puppet will be angry. ."

    "Thank you."

    Sasuke Uchiha glanced at the puppet slantingly, and nodded at her without caring.

    "Sasuke, be polite."

    Scorpion watched Sasuke''s sloppy movements, and couldn''t help but frown his brows: "This is a puppet with autonomous consciousness...or a person...her power is not weak, at least I can feel the power in her body. ."

    "Okay, well, Oriana is just a puppet supervising Sasuke."

    Uehara Naruko waved his hand and said softly, "Let''s go to Wuyin Village, and let Oriana stay and supervise Sasuke''s assessment!"

    "I''ll stay too!"

    The red sand scorpion glanced at the clockwork demon, then at Uchiha Sasuke, and slowly said, "Our main task should be to catch Mitsuo Isosuke, in case this Uchiha kid can''t defeat Mitsuo. , I can also help add."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the red sand scorpion silently. You **** want to stay, is that to help catch the three tails?

    Uehara was embarrassed to break him!

    Since seeing Oriana, the gaze of the Red Sand Scorpion has basically never looked away, perhaps full of longing for this puppet''s secret machinery manufacturing process.

    Maybe he also found his own kind.

    Especially, this kind is still a female.

    "It''s not necessary."

    Uehara Naraku raised his eyebrows and said softly: "I believe Sasuke can complete the assessment. Oriana is mainly to supervise him. Taking a step back, even if Sasuke can''t defeat the three tails, my puppet should be able to easily defeat the three tails. "

    "Don''t worry, I won''t miss it."

    Sasuke Uchiha snorted coldly and frowned.

    The scorpion of the red sand stretched out his palm and slowly said: "It doesn''t matter, Uehara should be able to break the hidden mist village by himself... I will stay and help!"

    Uehara Naraku touched his chin and said, "Then Senior Scorpion will supervise Sasuke''s assessment, and I will take Oriana to Wuyin Village."

    "Forget it, let me help you!"

    The Red Sand Scorpion shook his head, his face a little dark.

    Is this Uehara Naraku unable to understand human words?

    To be honest, the Scorpion of Red Sand is a bit regretful now, knowing that he shouldn''t give up when he chased and killed Dashewan.

    Look at the trophies Uehara Nairo got from Osake Maru. It''s just a psychic contract with an ancient dragon, and there is such a sophisticated puppet!

    The scorpion of the red sand felt that if he thoroughly studied the mechanical principles of the clockwork demon, and understood by analogy, he could make his puppetry further.

    "Then go!"

    After Uehara Naraku nodded hurriedly, after leaving Sasuke Uchiha and Oriana down, he drove the ancient dragon into the air and flew towards the misty village.

    Foggy Village.

    This village is always hidden in the fog.

    Especially in the early morning, when the fog is the most pervasive, it is difficult to see people, which is a test of the misty ninja''s perception.

    "Is this Wuyin Village?"

    Dedara tilted her head and pursed her mouth in dissatisfaction: "This terrible weather is really annoying. My eyes can only see a few meters away..."

    As a ninja who likes to attack enemies in the air, Deidara naturally prefers sunny weather, because on sunny days, the line of sight from the sky will be better. Now they can''t see the situation of the hidden village under the mist at all.

    The red sand scorpion was also in a bad mood, looking at Uehara Naraku and said: "Now let your psychic beast attack directly?"

    Uehara Naraku shook his head and whispered: "What we have to do now is to attract the misty ninjas stationed at Sanwei to come and support. If the misty village is directly destroyed, will anyone go to them for help?"

    The Red Sand Scorpion raised his eyebrows: "So..."

    Uehara Naraku slowly lowered the height of the ancient dragon, and said solemnly: "So we will directly attack the Hidden Fog Village, and by defeating the troops in Hidden Fog Village again and again, forcing them to send people to dispatch troops stationed in the Sanwei Rebirth Area to support."

    "Do you think they will be fooled?"

    "This is an upright plan."

    Uehara Naruko clenched his fists and chuckled lightly: "A village and a three-tailed tail, which is lighter and the heavier, will be understood by the senior management of Wuyin Village!"

    Taodi no longer held her arm and said coldly: "I can sneak into the village first... This kind of weather is my favorite!"

    "It''s okay... I''ll take care of it!"

    Uehara Naruto fell into the misty village, slowly closed his palms, and shouted in a low voice: "Wind escape, typhoon has passed!"

    A violent gust of wind suddenly rolled up!

    In the next second, this gust of wind turned into a super violent hurricane, which instantly blew through the entire misty village, blowing the fog that permeated the misty village clean!

    Click, click...

    Wow, wow...

    The countless buildings in Wuyin Village trembled in the wind-dance ninjutsu of Uehara Naraku, and the sound of strings of glass shattered by the wind-dance ninjutsu reverberated in Wuyin Village!

    This is how Uehara Naruto was rewarded with the power of wind after breaking through the sand hidden village, and was able to freely manipulate the wind to escape the chakra, or manipulate the natural wind.

    Now Uehara Naraku is coming to attack the hidden mist village, because according to his estimation, the reward he can get after breaking the hidden mist village should be the power of water, and he can freely control the water escape ninjutsu.

    These are the necessary powers to synthesize jade for seeking Taoism.

    "This kid!"

    Taodi no longer watched the surrounding dense fog suddenly dissipate, and also saw Uehara Naruko standing in the misty village, he also flew and jumped off the ancient dragon.

    Deidara and the Red Sand Scorpion did not continue to stay either, and the two also fell to the ground and stood beside Uehara Naraku.

    Momoji No. No. No.''s face is a bit unsightly, and her eyes tightened slightly: "It can directly blow away the dense fog over the entire village...This level of wind escape ninjutsu power, UU reading compared to Ya The Cang guy is much stronger!"

    "..."

    The look of the red sand scorpion is inexplicable.

    Because he was born in the sand hidden village, Scorpion has seen many strong people who are good at wind ninjutsu, but it is undoubtedly worse than Uehara Naruko by more than one level.

    There was a touch of delight on Deidara''s face, looking at the hidden misty village, and couldn''t help but smile: "Hahahahahaha...that''s it! It is really refreshing to follow Uehara to perform the task!"

    This kind of weather is best for Dedala!

    In the early morning, the silence of the Hidden Fog Village was completely broken by this powerful hurricane, and the ninjas began to gather one after another, either looking for problems or looking for their boss.

    Because of the loss of the thick fog, the hidden fog village became transparent, and the hidden fog ninjas quickly found the problem of the fog disappearing in the village.

    no way.

    This is impossible to find.

    After all, a huge object is above their village, and even a ninja can see its location, but its hugeness is a bit alarming and worrying.

    However, it was a scene they saw on the quiet main street that changed the mood of these Wu Renin from panic to panic.

    A hideous-looking ancient dragon floats above their misty village, slowly flapping its wings, and on the ground below the dragon, standing four ninjas wearing auspicious clouds and black robes, they come from Ninja The most terrifying organization in the world right now!

    dawn!

    Uehara Naraku watched as the mists appeared around them, waved his palm at them, and greeted them affectionately.

    "Good morning, everyone."

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 226ï¼š Dont let your blood dirty my uniform!

    Uehara Naraku greeted eagerly.

    It''s just that no one in the entire Wuyin Village dared to respond to his greetings, and no one dared to relax. Everyone looked at their figures nervously.

    Only four people from the Akatsuki organization came.

    However, it was these four people, facing the more and more mist that came out around them, they didn''t lose sight of anything.

    The mist ninjas have an advantage in number, but they dare not move lightly in the face of this group of Akatsuki members, because some time ago, this group of mist ninjas had heard that another big country, Shayin Village was attacked by Akatsuki''s organization. Shayin Village became a ruin.

    Every Wu Ren''s breath began to converge involuntarily, staring at the four figures wearing auspicious clouds and black robes, and he didn''t even dare to come out.

    As the high-level of Wuyin Village, Qing rushed to the scene first.

    His gaze swept across Akatsuki''s four members slightly, and his face became increasingly ugly, recalling the information about Akatsuki he had obtained from Konoha.

    "Ianyin S-rank rebel Deidara!"

    Qing looked at the blond ninja who laughed the most wildly among the four members sent by Akatsuki''s organization, and his expression became more solemn: "Didara, participated in Akatsuki''s attack on the sand hidden village incident, and personally took away the five generations of Fengying Gaara. "

    Just being the first person is not easy to deal with.

    Qing moved his gaze away from Deidara again, and slowly turned his head to look at the red-haired boy ninja: "Sajin S-class rebellious ninja, participated in the incident of Akatsuki''s attack on the sand village, and once broke through it with a single person. Through a country..."

    This guy is even more difficult to deal with.

    As Qing who had participated in the battle of the Ninja World, he knew very well how huge a puppet master of the level of the Red Sand Scorpion could cause in the battlefield.

    Qing''s eyes moved from the body of the scorpion to the body that Taodi did not cut again, and his face was a bit more ugly: "Fogyin S-class rebellious Taodi does not cut again, the murderer who killed the four generations of Shuiying adults and ended the blood fog era Hero..."

    To be honest.

    Wuyin Village still has a good impression of not cutting the peach field.

    Although Taodi didn''t kill the fourth generation of Shuiying Gol Orange Yakura, it ended the **** fog era in Wuyin Village, thus opening a new chapter in Wuyin Village.

    As a result, Tao Di refused to cut and defected.

    Not only that, the only three Ninja swords and seven people in Wuyin Village at that time all defected. Except for Terumi Mei, they could not find any powerful combat power.

    on¡­

    Quite surprising.

    Qing''s eyes finally stayed on the last Akatsuki member, and saw that member wears a hood on his face. This is recognized as one of Akatsuki''s strongest members in the Ninja world.

    Those who wear hoods are undoubtedly the strongest.

    "Grow your eyes open!"

    Qing''s eyes suddenly changed, his white eyes suddenly opened, staring at the figure: "Let me see who you are...this is..."

    "kill him."

    An indifferent voice appeared in everyone''s ears.

    I saw that ninja wearing a hood slowly stretched out his finger and pointed at the blue eyes that opened his eyes.

    It was Naraku Uehara.

    He almost forgot that there is also a hidden white-eyed ninja in Wuyin Village.

    If Qing can see through his travels, wouldn''t it make his lurking meaningless, and Uehara Naraku simply stretched out his hand to direct the ancient dragon to launch an attack!

    "Roar!"

    The next moment, the ancient dragon in the sky opened its mouth and spewed a huge fireball towards the blue position, and it landed directly in a group of Mist Ninja!

    One by one, Mistura tried to avoid the huge fireball in a panic!

    As the fireball in the sky gradually grew bigger in the field of vision, several Shangren screamed frantically to make his subordinates react: "Everyone, immediately release water rushing ninjutsu above them!"

    "Water Escape¡¤Water Rushing Wave!"

    Every Wu Ren who had time to react immediately closed his palms, and opened his mouth to spout a huge stream of water into the air, and each stream of water quickly rose into the air to form an oversized waterfall!

    At this moment they no longer care how much damage the waterfall above their heads will cause, they only care about being able to withstand the huge fireball falling in the air!

    Obviously, at this moment, the collective release of ninjutsu by hundreds of Wujin had been successful, and the huge sky waterfall formed a barrier to block the fireball from the air!

    The fireball gushing out of the ancient dragon in the sky is surrounded by endless water splashes. The fireball is gradually evaporated and turned into a cloud of steam in the air...

    All the ninjas finally breathed a sigh of relief.

    They blocked the attack of Akatsuki''s monster.

    If the fireball falls, there will be a handful of people who can survive, and this area will definitely be reduced to ashes.

    Naruto Uehara watched this scene, a meaningful smile appeared on his face under his hood, and the corners of his mouth raised slightly: "Heh... is it blocked?"

    "Ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha¡­"

    Deidara looked at the group of misty ninjas whose expressions were gradually relaxing, and couldn''t help but laugh wildly: "What a group of innocent guys! You thought your psychic beast could only spray a fireball?"

    "Can''t be too harsh."

    Uehara Naraku smiled, and continued: "After all, this is a remote and backward misty village. It is inevitable that the information will be a little behind. They are just some frogs trapped in the bottom of the well..."

    "Humph!"

    Tao Di could not help but snorted coldly.

    This is where Akatsuki is embarrassed. Whenever they laugh at a village, there is a companion next to him who is a ninja from the village.

    But Taodi didn¡¯t say anything anymore, because according to his understanding of Akatsuki, they organized the action very cautiously. The two teams were enough to pose a powerful threat to a big country Ninja Village. This is definitely not Wuyin Village. It can be blocked!

    "Roar!"

    The ancient dragon in the sky suddenly descended towards the ground and began to glide along the hidden village of fog. Balls of flames spewed out from its mouth, which made all the fog-nin hearts burst into despair!

    Those huge fireballs fell in the misty village, and in a blink of an eye this Shinobu village, known for its water escape ninjutsu, turned into a sea of ??fire!

    The mist ninjutsu evaded each in a panic, or released those simple water escape ninjutsu to resist, but the ninjutsu they released was completely useless and could not stop the fireballs falling in the air!

    "Water Escape¡¤The Art of Water Dragon Ball!"

    A crisp female shout sounded!

    I saw a water dragon suddenly jumped into the air from somewhere in the Hidden Fog Village, opening its mouth towards the ancient dragon in the air, allowing the ancient dragon to subconsciously vacate and evade, and gave up continuing to attack!

    That is the fifth generation of Suikage Terumimei''s water escape ninjutsu!

    Even if the ancient dragon has strong vitality, one cannot ignore the impact of the water dragon bullet technique, especially the woman Terumi Mei has a double blood limit in her body!

    Each can pose a certain threat to the ancient dragon...

    Acid is much stronger than those physical attacks!

    This is Uehara Naraku''s most beloved mount, and I have to leave with Mitsui in a while. How can I hurt it!

    Uehara Naraku raised his eyebrows, looking at the **** Mizuna and the blue who was fleeing everywhere, and whispered: "Tsk, it''s really troublesome. If you leak my secrets, it will make me very troubled! "

    "So it was Qing?"

    Taodi grinned her mouth again and couldn''t help but sneered: "Can you be scared like this with a blank eye?"

    "Yes."

    Uehara Naraku did not deny it, but the words in his mouth the next moment changed Momoji¡¯s face if he didn¡¯t cut my whereabouts: "If he reveals my whereabouts, I can only destroy the entire misty village and kill the whole misty village. The ninja, lest they leak my secret...If you don¡¯t kill Mr. Behead, will you help me kill Qing and keep this secret?"

    Uehara Naraku knew very well that Momoji would not be cut again.

    In fact, this guy has been reluctant to subdue.

    Of the four Ninja swords of Akatsuki''s seven-member crowd, only Momoji refused to take refuge in Uehara Naraku, because he still had ambitions that did not match his strength.

    It''s just that the strength of Akatsuki''s organization is too strong now that Taodi can no longer cut her mind of betrayal.

    If Akatsuki''s organization goes to extinction, Uehara Nairo has no doubt that Momoji will immediately betray Akatsuki without cutting it, and return to Wuyin Village to be his misty hero.

    "I''ll kill him!"

    Deidara waved his clay giant bird, and must set foot on the giant bird to chase after him, lest the guy leak the news!

    Taodi gritted his teeth again and said in a deep voice, "I''ll go too!"

    If Wuyin Village is destroyed by Uehara Naraku, then he has been suppressing his ambition to master the power of Wuyin, how can it be realized!

    Uehara Naraku watched Momoji no longer cut the decapitation knife behind him, and smiled lightly: "If you don''t cut him anymore, it''s good, but that guy can''t escape!"

    Uehara Naraku suddenly closed his palms, and whispered: "In this village suitable for water escape, of course, let the water escape psychic beasts come! Shinobi¡¤psychic art!"

    I saw a tall figure appearing in the psychic spell seal beside Uehara Naraku. It was another psychic beast of Uehara, the Deep Sea Titan!

    "as you wish."

    A huge anchor hook suddenly popped out, and almost no limit, it smashed towards Qing''s position. This unexpected attack made Qing unable to evade at all, but was surprised to watch his body hooked by an anchor. !

    In the next second, Qing''s body was dragged back extremely quickly!

    Qing''s body is generally out of control, and there is no way to make any measures. Even if he wants to release a substitute technique, it is too late, dragged by that huge force, causing his body to be hit hard in an instant!

    The detective captain of this fog hidden village was hooked back by the anchor in this way. After Qing reacted, he had landed at the feet of the Deep Sea Titan, with blood stains on his chest and abdomen that had been hit by the anchor hook.

    Uehara Naruko slowly squatted down, looked down at Qing under her feet, smiled and said, "Your eyes have found my identity, haven''t you?"

    "¡­Yes."

    Qing''s body trembled slightly, and his face looked ugly at Uehara Naraku who was wearing the hood, and slowly nodded.

    Uehara Naraku applauded softly and whispered, "If you reveal my identity, the entire Haze Village will be destroyed by me, and all the Haze Hidden Ninjas and villagers who know it will be killed by me. What will you do now?"

    "you¡­"

    Qing''s face turned pale in an instant.

    Uehara Naraku pointed to the ancient dragon soaring in the sky, and continued with a smile: "Don''t think that what I''m telling is a lie, it destroys the entire sand hidden village, let us guess, it can destroy the mist hidden village ?"

    "..."

    Sweat broke out on Qing''s forehead.

    There is no doubt that the ancient dragon in the sky is too powerful. If it continuously spews huge fireballs, the entire misty village may be destroyed.

    This guy didn''t lie to him.

    Qing gritted his teeth, Urn Sheng directly asked: "I want to know why you joined Xiao, if I remember correctly, your identity is also famous in the entire Ninja world.

    Even the Five Ninja Ninja Village dare not ignore your existence. Some people even say that you are very likely to become the next ninja demigod. Now it seems that they are underestimating you..."

    "We are not talking about one thing."

    Uehara Naraku''s voice suddenly became low, and he said coldly: "What you need to do now is to prove to me that you won''t reveal your secrets. Let me be a little more kind and let go of the entire misty hidden village."

    "..."

    Qing fell silent again.

    After a long period of silence, he slowly raised his head, and suddenly there was a touch of death on his face: "You kill me!"

    "not enough."

    Uehara Naruko put up a finger and shook it, and said with a chuckle: "Give me your blank eyes, and then prove how to keep the secret, I can forgive your prying eyes."

    "..."

    Qing was silent again.

    Only the dead can keep a secret.

    This Akatsuki member asked too much.

    Originally he was a talkative elder in Wuyin Village, but in front of Uehara Naraku, he was silent for two or three times.

    Deidara held his forehead and smiled, and said to Naraku Uehara: "I finally understand why the chief takes you so much. You guys are destined to be Akatsuki''s person! Even if it''s the **** of Hida, it''s not as good as that. Your methods are cruel and bloody!"

    "Oh, too much reputation."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head, looked down at Ao and said, "Now, tell me your choice!"

    "Let go of Qing!"

    While Uehara Naraku was still persecuting Ao, a tall female ninja brought a group of misty shadows to support!

    It is Terumi Ming, the most powerful ninja in Wuyin Village today.

    Obviously she had listened to Anbe next to her to tell her everything on the way there. At this moment, she saw Qing awkwardly lying next to Naraku Uehara and immediately stopped.

    Uehara Naraku ignored Terumi Mei who rushed to support him, but lowered his head and continued to look at Qing: "Before she rushes to us, it is your last time. Make your choice. I will be softer because of your active cooperation. ¡­"

    "I understand."

    Qing slowly closed her palms and formed a handprint.

    When Deidara and the Red Sand Scorpion wanted to kill Ao directly, they were stopped by Uehara Naruto: "Senior Scorpion, Deidara, I believe he will make the most correct choice, a ninja for himself The sacrifice of the village is an honor for them."

    Uehara Naraku was right.

    After Qingjie finished her mudra, she slowly removed her blindfold, because the blindfold had a protective formation against the white eyes.

    After all, his white eyes are the only one outside of the Hyuga ethnic group in the entire Ninja world, and it is also the most difficult blood inheritance boundary for outsiders in the Ninja world. In terms of strategic significance, it is extraordinary for the five countries of Ninja Village, and Wuyin Village is also accidental. Just got a blank eye.

    All the Wunin who tried to follow Terumi Mei to rush to rescue Qing involuntarily stopped, because they saw the scene that made the entire Wuyin village grief.

    The elders in that village...

    The nagging detective captain in that village...

    The most respected senior in that village gave in to the enemy.

    Qing slowly took off his blindfold, and violently closed his transplanted white eyes The pilgrimage usually handed him to the hooded Akatsuki member.

    No, to be precise, it should be a sacrifice to the devil, right?

    After all, Akatsuki is so evil...

    Regardless of the blood flowing in the eye sockets that he forcibly dug out the white eyes, Qing handed the white eyes in his hands to Naraku Uehara little by little, and softly pleaded: "If I do what you said, you promised me and I will let go of the fog. Hidden Village, right?"

    "Correct."

    Uehara Naraku stretched out and took that blank eye, and said softly, "There is another thing, help me keep my secret..."

    "Ha ha¡­"

    Qing laughed miserably, stood up slowly, stretched out his hand to grab the kunai behind him, and whispered: "I know, I will keep the secret like this..."

    At the next moment, when Akatsuki''s members thought that the Youth Club was forced to commit suicide by Uehara Naraku, Ayo leaped out of Kunai and pierced Uehara Naraku''s heart!

    His movements are too fast!

    Even Dedala and the Red Sand Scorpion who were close at hand had no time to react!

    I have to say that after getting the white eyes, Qing practiced ninjutsu related to it, and this assassination almost reached the fastest speed in his life!

    However, Uehara Naraku is faster!

    With a life energy of more than two hundred thousand, Uehara reacted almost instantaneously, breaking Qing''s wrist with his split hand, and taking away Kuunai in his hand!

    Wow!

    Uehara Naruko grasped Kumo and swung fiercely. After cutting Ao¡¯s throat, before his blood had time to squirt out, he kicked him out: "This is my favorite uniform. Don¡¯t let yours. Blood stained it, treachery villain."

    At this moment, the villain has a bit of evil temperament.

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 227ï¼š Akatsukis monster!

    Gulugulu...

    Qing''s body rolled on the ground...

    In the end, his corpse stopped in front of Terumi Mei, and the blood gushing from his throat ran on the ground, and Terumi Mei''s shoes were stained with blood red.

    "Senior Young..."

    There was a touch of grief in Terumi Ming''s eyes.

    Ever since she became the top of Wuyin Village, Qing has been by her side, guiding her growth like a predecessor, and respecting her orders.

    Because Qing knows that ninjas like Terumi Mei are the hope of Wuyin Village in the future, and the double blood succession limit is enough to make Wuyin Village a strong person who can rival the shadow level.

    Now, Qing''s corpse was in front of Terumi Mei, his stiff face was still a little surprised, obviously he hadn''t thought that his sneak attack would be seen through.

    After all, he paid the price of his own eyes and assassinated the hooded Akatsuki member!

    "Hahahahaha..."

    Deidara couldn''t help holding his stomach and laughing wildly: "What kind of village is this? There is such an idiot, who does he think he assassinated?"

    To be honest, Deidara was a little scared at first.

    After all, if Uehara Naraku is really assassinated, it is estimated that the woman Xiaonan will go crazy, right? According to her love for Uehara, maybe the whole water country may be blown into ruins by Xiao Nan, and he and the scorpion may also be worn by that woman.

    Now that Uehara Naraku is okay, of course it''s time to be arrogant!

    Dedala grinned, and took out a lump of clay from his package. The mouth in his palm swallowed the clay and chewed little by little.

    Qing unilaterally broke the agreement, then it''s time to make a big fuss!

    "I really can''t help myself..."

    The Red Sand Scorpion''s mood gradually calmed down, and he glanced at Naraku Uehara next to him in a little amazement. After all, the blue violent just now, even he did not react!

    And Nobuyuki Uehara cut off Qing''s throat, leaving no trace of blood on his body.

    It should be said, are they worthy of both Payne and Xiaonan''s optimistic people?

    "Senior Scorpion, lend me a scroll."

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand and threw the blue kunai to the ground, slowly borrowing a seal scroll from the scorpion''s hand, and sealing the white eyes in his hand.

    This is the most important.

    In the future, maybe you can put this white eye in the pharmacist pocket and let him install it on that white jue coat, which will definitely increase the strength of the pharmacist pocket again.

    Mist Shinobu looked at Naraku Uehara with a touch of fear on their faces.

    This Akatsuki monster didn''t seem to care about the assassination just now.

    Terumi Ming clenched her teeth, and told Anbu beside her: "Help me condense Qing''s body, and I will help him take revenge."

    Her voice was calm.

    It''s just that Anbu around her can hear a touch of anger in her calm voice, like the calm before the eruption of a volcano.

    A Mizuno Anbu involuntarily swallowed a mouthful of water, recalling Terumi Mei''s horror, and hurriedly responded in a low voice, "Yes, Master Terumi Mei."

    Da da¡­

    Da Da Da Da...

    The sound of high-heeled clogs stepping on the floor is a bit crisp.

    Terumi Mei walked towards Akatsuki''s members step by step, and each of them whispered to each other and gathered around again, ready to support her at any time.

    Uehara Naraku put away the scroll with white eyes, looked at Terumi Mei who was walking by, turned his head to look at Momoji and no longer cut: "No longer cut, has she always been so brave?"

    "¡­Yes."

    Momoji nodded with an ugly expression.

    At the moment just now, there was a faint expectation in the heart of No.

    He hopes that Uehara Naraku will be successfully assassinated, so that he can turn back on the spot, attack Scorpion and Deidara directly, and return to the misty hidden village as a hero undercover.

    Unfortunately.

    Qing failed, and he failed miserably.

    The scorpion of the red sand looked at Taodi and then did not cut it, then glanced at the decapitating knife in his hand, frowning slightly: "Do not cut Taodi again, is the murderous aura that emerged from you just now aimed at me? ?"

    "..."

    A drop of cold sweat appeared on Tao Di''s forehead.

    Uehara Naraku smiled, and said that Momoji would not cut off the siege: "There are still enemies, we will calculate some things later, after all, we are going to fight now, it is likely to be the next five generations of the water shadow of Wuyin Village!"

    Tao Di reluctantly breathed a sigh of relief if he didn''t cut it.

    He wanted to wait until the battle was over before making plans.

    If Akatsuki failed to attack Wuyin Village this time, he would immediately return to Wuyin Village, and with the information he knew, Akatsuki would definitely be able to occupy a high position in the village.

    If Akatsuki succeeds in attacking Wuyin Village this time, then he will immediately re-become a loyal member to Akatsuki. After all, Akatsuki''s number is small, but the combat effectiveness is very strong, and he may really be able to rule the Ninja World. !

    Just as Momoji no longer felt a little relaxed, Uehara Naraku suddenly said, "Now let Mr. Nokuji kill this woman named Terumi, and prove his loyalty!"

    Uehara Naraku''s voice added a smile: "In this case, if he wins, then it proves that he has use value; if he loses, death has nothing to do with us, indicating that we do not need a traitor like him and waste¡­"

    Bastard!

    Taodi no longer cursed in his heart.

    How much did Uehara Naraku look down on him, his people are still with them, so Uehara arranged for him like this?

    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he watched Momoji Nozhan and smiled lightly: "No longer Mr. Zan, I believe you will prove yourself, right?"

    "Huh, don''t worry."

    After Momochi no longer snorted coldly, he picked up the beheading knife in his hand and rushed in the direction of Terumi Ming!

    Terumi Ming saw that the first person to rush out from Akatsuki''s side turned out to be Tao Ji no longer cut, and her brows couldn''t help but frowned.

    According to the news she has received from Ghost Lantern Man Yue over the years, it is not a good thing for Tao Di to stop cutting this guy!

    The scorpion of the red sand looked at Tao Di''s back and whispered softly: "Uehara, Tao Di is a very disobedient guy..."

    "So he is dead."

    Naruko Uehara watched Momoji no longer cut his head and rushed towards Terumi Ming with his decapitation knife, and said with a chuckle: "Among Akatsuki''s members, there is no place no longer no longer cut. He just temporarily occupied another person for a while."

    "Huh? Another person?"

    Deidara immediately became a little curious: "Will anyone else in our organization join in?"

    "Yes."

    Naruto Uehara nodded and whispered, "After all, the strength of the Ghost Lantern Moon and the Tao Ji will not be a teammate, it would be too wronged...it just so happens that a little guy has grown up, and he is also eager to get the decapitation sword. To see the full moon."

    Uehara was talking about Gui Deng Man Yue¡¯s younger brother, Gui Deng Shui Yue.

    Taodi''s strength without cutting has never been able to keep up with his ambitions, always thinking about the opportunity to return to Wuyin Village and master the power of Wuyin Village.

    During this time, the members of Akatsuki''s organization were very active, and the threat to the Ninja world increased greatly. Every Ninja village was trying to collect Akatsuki''s intelligence.

    Tao Di will definitely not let go of this opportunity if he doesn''t cut it.

    Xie''s expression is a bit subtle: "Then you recruited this kind of guy to join Xiao, you are really ashamed of Xiao!"

    "I thought he would change."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head, and sighed softly, "I just didn''t expect that this guy is still hard to change, and he is not even as loyal to his companions as the previous generation of beheading swordsmen, Loquat Juzo, to Akatsuki!"

    Uehara Naraku looked at the distant peach field that fell into the lower wind in the beginning and didn''t cut it again, and said softly, "With the power of the peach field without cutting it, it is absolutely impossible to defeat the woman Terumi Mei, so let him be buried in his own. Hometown!"

    There was a touch of sarcasm on Deidara''s face, and he sneered: "Tsk, you guys are really cruel!"

    After Deidara finished speaking, she spread out her palms, and a more cruel smile appeared on her face: "But Taodi will not kill this guy. This guy actually wanted to attack Xie Dan when you were assassinated. This guy is really incredible. Forgive...Even if he did not die in the hands of the enemy, I will kill him regardless of the organization''s rules!"

    "rest assured."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Terumi Mei who started to puff his mouth, and whispered, "This guy... is dead!"

    as predicted.

    Terumi Ming¡¯s combat experience is not as good as Tao Ji''s fighting experience, but her blood is enough to make up for all defects, and even her will far exceeds Tao Ji''s fighting will!

    After all, how can a woman like Terumi Ming be defeated by a woman who is not strong enough and wants to stealthily **** and speculate.

    Especially this woman is still in a state of extreme anger!

    "Solving Escape¡¤Demonstration Technique!"

    Terumi Mei opened her mouth and gushed out a burst of acid, which directly corroded Taodi¡¯s body without cutting it. This acid actually corroded his body into a big hole, and even through the hole, we could see the organs in the body without cutting it. !

    Momochi no longer looked at the big hole in his chest and abdomen unbelievably, he turned his head and looked at Uehara Naraku for the first time, trying to rush to Uehara Naraku''s side!

    Because it''s clear if you don''t cut it again, Uehara Naraku''s medical ninjutsu is very strong.

    As long as the person is not dead, Uehara Naraku can be saved.

    However, when Momoji no longer saw despair in his eyes, none of the three Akatsuki members in the distance seemed to rush over to support him.

    The scorpion of the red sand even slowly stretched out a chakra line, dragged away Taodi no longer cut the decapitation knife in his hand before he died: "If I remember correctly, the guy in the ghost lantern full moon seems to be able to use any one. Shinobi sword?"

    "Yes."

    Naruto Uehara nodded, and after watching Momoji no longer cut her sound completely, she slowly bulged her palms amidst a group of cheering mists.

    Bang bang bang...

    Happiness...

    Uehara Naraku looked at Terumi Mei who was panting slightly, and suddenly said, "Thank you, Your Excellency Terumi Mei, who helped us clear Akatsuki¡¯s traitors. After Momoji joined Akatsuki that year, she has always wanted to collect Akatsuki¡¯s information and plans to find a chance to come back with He ended the blood fog policy and Akatsuki''s intelligence came back to serve as the fifth-generation water shadow of Wuyin Village!"

    "..."

    There was an uproar in the entire Wuyin Village!

    Every Mist Ninja looked at the miserable peach land before cutting it, and their expressions changed in an instant. They subconsciously remembered the merits of Mist Ghosts.

    Terumi Ming''s face remained the same.

    Because she believes very much in the judgment of the ghost lantern full moon.

    Guideng Manyue believes that there is still room for remedy for the dried persimmon ghost shark. If he has to fight in the future, Terumi can be merciful to the dried persimmon ghost shark''s subordinates; as for Taodi not to cut this guy, there is no need to keep his hand.

    Therefore, Terumi Ming blatantly killed Tao Ji and never cut it.

    "Tsk, what I said may be true..."

    Uehara Naruko shook her head and sighed, then slowly stopped her slap, and said in a long voice, "Congratulations, Terumi Mei, congratulations for killing one of our Akatsuki members, and you will receive the reward Akatsuki bestows on Wuyin Village. ."

    "what?"

    Terumi Ming frowned, she didn''t think Akatsuki''s reward was anything good Besides, this sentence was clearly insulting Wuyin Village!

    Uehara Naraku''s voice changed abruptly, faintly depressed before descending: "The reward is to let you see the sun rise today!"

    When Uehara Naraku''s voice fell, a red sun slowly rose, and the first ray of sunlight in the morning fell and shone on the stone slabs in the misty village.

    This is the first time to see the sunrise in Wuyin Village.

    The village was always covered by fog, and basically all they saw was the noon sun. If it hadn''t been for Uehara Naruto used a strong wind to blow away all the fog in the village today, they would not have seen such a scenery today.

    The sunrise is really beautiful.

    However, Terumi Ming''s face suddenly changed!

    If she heard correctly, now that the sun is falling down, then this group of lunatics will definitely attack the village next!

    "Time is up."

    Uehara Naraku said four words calmly, and immediately his body squatted down suddenly, slapped a palm on the ground, and shouted in a cold voice: "Fire escape ¡¤ Pillar of Flame!"

    In the next moment, the ground of the entire Wuyin Village had soaring fire pillars, and even one would appear at a regular rate of tens of meters!

    However, it was these pillars of flames that suddenly emerged that turned the entire hidden village into a sea of ??flames in a short moment, and some bad luck hidden village ninjas were directly burned to ashes by the sudden flame!

    Just the number of these pillars of flame, just a rough calculation, their numbers are even more than the current ninjas in the entire misty village!

    Even Terumi Mei, the strongest person in Wuyin Village right now, had some despair in his eyes: "In Akatsuki...what kind of monsters are there..."

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 228ï¼š Just one point, you can hurt my finger

    The misty village turned into a sea of ??fire in an instant.

    The flames burned the air, describing a wave of air, explosions and screams everywhere in the whole village, it was the first time that the mist ninjas saw someone release this powerful fire escape ninjutsu, and the scope of the technique covered the whole Foggy Village.

    A desperate mood emerged in the heart of every Wu Ren.

    A mister endured the gushing fire pillars, backed up a few steps in a daze, and collapsed to the ground: "Is this... Akatsuki''s power?"

    "Shui Dun¡¤Water Array Pillar!"

    A huge ball of water suddenly rushed into the sky, and then scattered and wiped out the surrounding pillars of flame, and water vapor suddenly began to appear in this area.

    Terumi Ming was the one who put out the fire.

    It is a pity that even if she extinguishes the flames here, she cannot extinguish the pillars of flame in the entire hidden mist village. There are thousands of pillars of fire in the entire hidden mist village!

    "stand up!"

    Terumi Mei had already recovered from the initial consternation, and shouted: "Everyone, immediately organize the civilians in the village to evacuate and put out the fire!"

    At this moment, Terumi Mei, just like in the past, became the backbone of the Wuren. She waved and summoned the surrounding Wuren and issued orders to them, asking them to form a small team to go to various areas of Wuyin Village to rescue.

    It''s just that this time the scope of the entire Mizuhide Village was too great, and the Mizunos who had besieged Uehara Naraku and others had to retreat to rescue each.

    After Terumi Ming gave her orders, there was only one Anbe team left beside her, and this Anbe team was also waiting for her orders.

    Perhaps because of talking too much, Terumi Ming¡¯s voice sounded a little tired: "Harunai, immediately send out the carrier pigeon to convey the order, so that the troops stationed at Sanwei Isosuke will leave a small team, and the others will come to support it quickly. Be sure to let them rush back to the village within four hours!"

    "Yes, Terumi Ming-sama!"

    The Anbe ninja didn''t hesitate at all, turned around and jumped a few times before disappearing in front of Terumi Mei and others.

    Another Anbe ninja finally couldn''t help it, and asked in a deep voice, "Master Terumi Mei, according to the information we have received, Akatsuki''s purpose has always been tail beasts, in case they want to attack Wuyin Village... "

    "I know, Chojuro."

    Terumi Ming shook his head with an ugly expression, staring at the lightly auspicious black robe figures in the distance, and whispered: "If there were not enough people in the village, I would never have thought of mobilizing the ninja troops there. Only when we protect the village first can we have a chance to protect the three tails from falling into the enemy''s hands."

    Terumi Ming did not say one more thing.

    That is she didn''t have the confidence to repel Akatsuki''s invasion at all.

    In the face of a situation strong enough to make people afraid to reverse, the will to fight becomes a little trivial.

    Terumi did not think that Wuyin Village was sure to repel Akatsuki''s members.

    Then there is only another shortcut. If the information from Konoha is correct and Akatsuki''s purpose is only to collect Sanwei, maybe after he transfers to help from outside the village, Akatsuki''s manpower may not retreat.

    Sanwei Isao is just a beast.

    Terumi looked at the last two Anbes next to her, and continued to order: "Kawamae, Chojuro, you guys go to various places to rescue too! Just leave it to me!"

    "Master Terumi Ming!"

    "Master Terumi Ming!"

    The two Anbes raised their heads involuntarily and looked at Terumi Mei in disbelief. There were thousands of ninjas stationed in the entire Wuyin Village. How could Terumi meet the enemy alone?

    "It doesn''t matter."

    Terumi shook her head and said in a low voice, "You can''t play a role here. If you go to other places, you might be able to save more people..."

    "but¡­"

    Mistinbu Anbu looked at the distant Uehara Naraku and others, gritted his teeth and said: "There are still three people on the other side, even if it''s just a check, we can also hold the two enemies for Terumi Mei!"

    "Yes!"

    Another Mizuno Anbe firmly said, "I have been working hard to become Terumi-sama''s future guardian Shinobu!"

    The two Mizuno Anbe resolutely refused to leave.

    Perhaps because they knew the threat Terumi Mei was about to face, the two Mizumi Ninbu Anbu tried to refuse Terumi Mei''s order and insisted on staying and fighting together.

    "Hey, I think you have some disputes."

    Uehara Naraku smiled at this scene, and suddenly interrupted Terumi Ming and Kiri Shinobu, which caught their attention.

    Uehara Naraku hid in his hood and let out a dark smile, slowly spreading out his palms, and said with a light smile: "Your Excellency Terumi Mei, why don''t you kill both of you? No need to fight?"

    "Retreat!"

    Terumi Ming yelled coldly and kicked the two Mist Ninbu''s Anbu away with one foot one by one. The next moment, where the two Mist Ninbu''s Anbu stood, a pillar of fire suddenly appeared!

    The two Wunin Anbu had some lingering fears.

    If it weren''t for Terumi Ming to act quickly, the two of them would definitely be directly burned to ashes by the flames spewing from the ground just now.

    Terumi Ming waved his hand and shouted, "Now you two have seen it. You will only get in the way if you stay here. Leave here immediately!"

    "Yes!"

    In desperation, the two Wu Ninbu Anbu could only fly away.

    Uehara Naraku looked at Terumi Mei who was alone, shook her head, and exclaimed, "Your Excellency Terumi Mei, you are the only one left. It looks so lonely and pathetic..."

    "Hehe... Do you think you''ll eat me?"

    Terumi Mei hooked the corners of her mouth, and after showing an unexplained smile, suddenly opened her mouth and sprayed out a cloud of acid mist: "Boiling Escape¡¤ Skillful Mist Technique!"

    This cloud of mist rushed toward Naraku Uehara and others!

    The buildings on the street were gradually eroded by the acid mist, and Deidara and the Red Sand Scorpion frowned involuntarily.

    This kind of boiled escape, but a troublesome blood succession!

    Especially for the red sand scorpion, if it is him who fights Terumi Mei, it may not be good. After all, the attack area of ??Boiling Dun is too large, and his puppet and even the puppet line may be corroded. .

    "Tsk, don''t have a poisonous mouth..."

    Uehara Naraku just waved his hand gently, and a violent strong wind blew the boiling acid mist completely. He slowly raised his head and looked at Terumi Mei and said, "If your mouth is sweeter, I believe There will be many people who like you."

    "Hehe, I will learn."

    Terumi Ming put on a smile, and his eyebrows were slightly bent, as if they were not fighting but chatting.

    As for her mood, it was not so good.

    If the member of Akatsuki on the opposite side is very good at Feng Dian Ninjutsu, then it would be equivalent to directly letting her Boiling Descent Succession not work.

    This battle is very tricky.

    No, I don¡¯t even see any chance of winning.

    Terumi Mei has never encountered an enemy as powerful as Uehara Naraku. In the battle, he used the most understatement to show his strength.

    Uehara Naraku slowly stretched out his palm in the direction of Terumi Mei, and whispered softly: "Wind escape, breakthrough!"

    A gust of wind blows straight in the direction of Terumi Mei!

    The buildings on the streets and roads along the way were swept and destroyed by the wind, and the ground was plowed into a deep gully!

    "Water Escape¡¤Water Front Wall!"

    Terumi Ming gritted her teeth, and a powerful stream of water spouted from her mouth, resisting the violent wind. Her expression was extremely tense: "Can just an ordinary C-class wind ninjutsu be able to exert such a powerful force?"

    "Feng Dun¡¤Feng Qi!"

    A hurricane directly cut open the water wall, revealing a huge hole!

    "You woman is still very good..."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Terumi Hei hiding in the water wall and said something unclear. In fact, he was talking about Terumi Hei thinking that he was picking up food in the garbage dump many years ago. He thought he was pitiful and gave him one. Biscuits.

    Who expected Terumi Ming to smile suddenly at the next moment, stretched out lazily and said, "Where do you think is the best?"

    "..."

    Just as Uehara Naraku was looking at her, Terumi Ming''s face suddenly changed, and an overwhelming orange acid was gushing out of her mouth: "Melting Escape¡¤Demonstration of Melting!"

    This acid directly covered the tops of the three of them!

    If this acid falls, the Red Sand Scorpion and Deidara will definitely not be able to escape, and the two of them may even be severely injured!

    It''s no wonder that this woman can make Wuyin Murakami leaned over and become a minister, definitely not because she is beautiful!

    Her strength is also very strong.

    At least her double blood succession, almost all restrained them very much.

    Whether it was Deidara or the Red Sand Scorpion, a flash of astonishment flashed across their faces. The Red Sand Scorpion hurriedly manipulated the puppets of the third and fourth generations of Fengying, intending to release their magnetic shield defense ninjutsu.

    "Don''t panic."

    Nairo Uehara calmed their emotions, and slowly raised his fingers: "Ubiquitous! Soul blessing!"

    A purple energy mask appeared around them and wrapped them in it. This is a group invincible skill.

    Clouds of orange acid fell under the energy mask, but could not corrode at all. These acid liquids could only flow down the mask, and gradually fell on the ground and corroded the floor.

    Just as Uehara Naraku lifted the energy defense, Terumi Mei in the distance rushed towards them, with a touch of determination on his face: "Do you think you can get out of trouble? Go and die! Akatsuki monsters! Huo Dun ¡¤The Art of Phoenix Fire!"

    A ball of flame spewed out of her mouth! This woman can actually release Fire Descent Ninjutsu, or Uchiha''s Fire Descent Ninjutsu!

    No, it doesn¡¯t seem to be surprising. After all, Terumi Ming¡¯s body has a variety of Chakra attributes, one of which is the composition of water and fire...

    I saw that the flying flames did not fall on Uehara Naraku and others, but fell in the acid around Uehara Naraku and others!

    After a while, when the flame fell on the acid liquid, it immediately caused a violent explosion. The entire street was affected, and the buildings on the street were instantly destroyed!

    That group of acid can be exploded by flames!

    Terumi Ming suddenly launched her hidden move This is her real ultimate move, after all, she never expected that group of acid to kill Akatsuki''s members.

    Even Terumi Mei himself was repelled by the shock wave of the explosion!

    Just as Terumiming was panting, he let out a sigh of relief while looking at the quiet street after the violent explosion.

    The timing she just picked was very good, it happened to be the moment that the weird purple energy mask disappeared, and it was definitely time that Akatsuki''s members could not defend.

    According to Terumi Ming¡¯s judgment, even if Akatsuki¡¯s ninjutsu is weird, it is impossible for Akatsuki to be unharmed in this explosion. There should be two deaths and one serious injury...

    If you are more optimistic, all three may be killed!

    However, when the smoke and dust of the explosion dissipated, Terumi Ming looked at the three figures wearing auspicious clouds and black robes with astonishment. They didn''t even move at all.

    "Hey!"

    Deidara grinned at Terumi Mei, and chuckled lightly: "Your woman''s methods are really tough! I recognize your art!"

    The red sand scorpion looked blankly at the surrounding environment destroyed by the explosion, and whispered: "Judging from the power of the explosion, it seems that this woman vomited something called nitric acid, and then detonated it with flames..."

    "It''s really amazing."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Terumi Mei in the distance, softly praised: "The weak of the Ninja world always find opportunities to defeat the strong through various novel tactics. I have to say that Terumi Mei''s tactics are indeed worthy of praise just now. ."

    Uehara Naruko flipped her palm and continued with a smile: "It''s really worthy of praise, just a little bit, you could hurt my finger..."

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 229ï¼š Destroy the monsters of Mist and save the gods of Mist

    The original point is arrogant.

    Well, maybe more than a little.

    The gazes of the red sand scorpion and Deidara couldn''t help but look at Naru Uehara. How could it be said from such a person''s mouth that he could almost hurt his finger?

    But to be honest, Uehara Naraku is really qualified to say that.

    When Terumi Mei just used flames to detonate the acid, Uehara Naraku just placed another defensive mask on her hand to block the explosion.

    This kind of battle is really hopeless.

    Terumi Ming, who had obviously launched the attack, was blown upside down by the shock wave brought by the explosion, and there were a lot of injuries in his body; instead, Uehara and others at the center of the explosion did not even hurt a finger.

    Terumi Mei''s long brown hair trembled slightly, and her aquamarine eyes flashed with horror and anxiety. Even her surprise attack of ninjutsu couldn''t hurt them. Then what should she do to stop Akatsuki''s group of guys!

    If she loses too, no one in Wuyin Village can stop them!

    Terumi Mei strongly supported the wall and stood up, looking nervously at the three people wearing auspicious clouds and black robes, and gradually extracted the Chakra from her body.

    "Don''t show this expression, Terumi Mei!"

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but smile, and slowly walked towards Terumi Mei, and said little by little: "Ninjas are not only able to fight and kill, but also learn to be human. You are much better than others at this point. Up..."

    Uehara Naraku tilted her head and raised her hand with an example: "For example, we Akatsuki wants to capture Sano Isosuke. Just now I heard you mentioned it and took the initiative to transfer back to the ninja troops stationed near Misou Isosuke in Wuyin Village. This is not Is it interesting?"

    "Asshole!"

    Terumi Ming gritted her teeth, a stream of water gushing out of her own water, converging into a water whip: "Water escape¡¤Water whip!"

    The water whip suddenly struck towards Uehara Naraku!

    Uehara Naraku casually stretched out his palm and grabbed the water whip, using the water whip to drag Terumi Mei to his side!

    Uehara Naruko suddenly let go of the whip, pinched Terumi Ming''s chin with one hand, and gently stroked her long hair with the other hand, revealing her whole picture.

    Uehara Naraku chuckled lightly and rubbed her cheek: "Really... this face is totally indistinguishable from a thirty-year-old woman!"

    "Asshole!"

    Terumi Mei was furious immediately!

    Terumi Mei shook his head abruptly and broke free of Uehara Naraku''s restraint, as if opening his mouth to spray a corrosive acid liquid at Uehara Naraku!

    Bang!

    Uehara Naruko turned over and kicked Terumi Mei on the neck, and kicked Terumi Mei directly away. The strongest ninja in the misty village flew upside down and fell into a ruin, groggy. The ground fainted.

    The Red Sand Scorpion closed his eyes silently, shook his head and sighed, "You guys are really bad!"

    "I have been merciful."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Terumi Mei who had fainted, and chuckled lightly: "Back then, this woman thought I was a wanderer in the Land of Water and gave me a bag of biscuits. Otherwise, I wouldn''t let her go so easily."

    "What do you want?"

    Deidara couldn''t help supporting her forehead, and looked at Naraku Uehara speechlessly: "Your way of being merciful is really special... I feel that your arrogant attitude just now is obviously more cruel than killing her!"

    "Okay, let''s go!"

    Uehara Naraku beckoned in the air, and saw the ancient dragon flying in the sky descend from the sky and land in front of them.

    Uehara Naraku jumped onto the head of the ancient dragon first, stroking its scales: "Let¡¯s go, Senior Scorpion, Deidara, let¡¯s see how Sasuke¡¯s side is!"

    The red sand scorpion flew onto the dragon''s back and looked at Nairo Uehara suspiciously: "Why, don''t you do anything before you leave?"

    "Of course we do."

    After Nairo Uehara nodded, she slowly stretched out her palm, and the Chakra inside her body gathered little by little: "Feng Dun¡¤Kong Kong bullet!"

    The power of the wind is so powerful that it is enough for Uehara Naraku to use any wind ninjutsu, even the wind ninjutsu of Ichio Morizuru without any pressure.

    The scorpion of the red sand looked at the wind ball that had gathered in Naruko Uehara''s hand slightly in surprise: "Can you even use the wind ninjutsu of a guarding crane?"

    "Yeah, I''m a genius of Fengdu Ninjutsu!"

    Uehara Naraku threw the typhoon ball in her hand towards the center of the misty village, chuckled, "Then let the wind destroy this place!"

    The ball of wind suddenly fell to the ground!

    In the next moment, the violent wind gathered in the typhoon swept everything around instantly, and it expanded the sea of ??flames created by the pillar of flame before!

    "Unexpectedly more powerful than Kazuru''s air drill..."

    The scorpion of the red sand stared solemnly at the violent wind that swept and spread from the center of the misty village. He couldn''t help but glance at Uehara Naraku: "Every time I destroy a Shinobu Village, you guy is spreading Akatsuki''s horror. ?"

    Deidara chuckled and said, "Last time it was Shayin Village, this time it was Wuyin Village. What kind of village will it be next time? What a hope..."

    "moron!"

    The scorpion of the red sand could not help holding his forehead, and said coldly: "We caught the third tail, and the four tailed people are at the base of the organization. Which village do you think will be destroyed next?"

    "..."

    Deidara''s expression changed, she looked at Naraku Uehara suddenly, and muttered, "Isn''t the next one going to face the old man Ohnoki? That old man is not easy to deal with! The task of capturing the five-tailed man''s strength is just Just a few of us may not be enough."

    As a former disciple of Ohnoki, two Libras, Deidara still knows how terrifying Ohyeki''s dust is. If you say it seriously, the three generations of earth shadow Ohyeki may be the strongest among the five shadows today.

    "Let''s talk about it then!"

    Naruto Uehara sat on the ancient dragon, looking down at the village ravaged by the violent wind and flames, and lightly patted the scales of the ancient dragon: "Well, there is nothing worth seeing, let''s go!"

    The reward for this attack on Wuyin Village has been obtained.

    It''s a pity that this time there were not many ninjas who were defeated or killed by his last move in Wuyin Village, only about three or four thousand.

    The situation in Shayin Village is hard to come by.

    After all, at that time, Shayin Village was still reorganizing and expanding the ninja forces, so most of the ninjas gathered in the village.

    The ninjas in Wuyin Village are divided into many groups, and many people perform tasks outside, because the ocean of the Ninja World is basically dominated by the Wuyin Village.

    Uehara Naruko glanced at the benefits of the Dark Harvest. If it doesn''t work, wait until the Ninja Wars to come again!

    Dark Harvest: Every time a ninja is defeated, a part of the power will be gained from the enemy, each time increasing by 10 points of life energy, 10 points of chakra energy, and 10 points of natural energy. The current cumulative increase of life energy is 189750 life energy, 189750 chakra energy, and 189750 natural energy.

    This battle also increased the three-dimensional attributes of Uehara Naraku by almost a quarter, directly increasing to 250,000 points.

    In addition, there are several other gains.

    Side mission: Defeat Qing (1/1), the mission has been completed, the reward skill is keen perception.

    Acute perception: When you turn on Acute perception, everything 1 km away will appear in your field of vision, with no skill cooling time and no skill consumption.

    This skill is okay.

    Although Uehara Naraku can use fate to spy at any time, this skill does not require any chakra consumption and can be turned on permanently. The only uncomfortable place may be that it is a little dazzling.

    Side mission: Defeat Terumi Ming (1/1), the mission has been completed, reward 100 gold coins.

    Appeared again.

    Is this woman free of black spots?

    No one wants to defeat her?

    Fortunately, there is another reward that Uehara Naraku wants most.

    Side mission: successfully defeated the hidden mist village (1/1), the mission has been completed, reward the passive talent skill Water Power.

    Water power: You can freely drive the water attribute chakra, and use it to create water escape ninjutsu at will. It is one of the components of the jade for seeking Taoism.

    Well, from today, Uehara can say that he is the strongest water escape ninja!

    Even if Qianshoujian is alive, it is impossible to be stronger than his water escape ninjutsu, the power of water is the ultimate water attribute chakra nature change.

    The most important thing is that as long as Uehara Naraku can figure out the way to obtain the power of Yin and Yang, he should be able to obtain the skills of seeking Taoism!

    Unexpectedly, a new talent skill will be added to the system panel next moment.

    Ice power (activated): You can freely drive the ice escape chakra composed of wind power + water power, and create ice escape ninjutsu at will.

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku started to touch her chin.

    If he could freely create and use ice ninjutsu, he inexplicably remembered a lot of messy moves, it seemed a bit interesting!

    "Thank you for your reward, let''s put out the snow and put out the fire for you!"

    Naruto Uehara snapped his fingers, driving the ancient dragon and taking Deidara and the scorpion of the red sand towards the position of Sanwei Isosuke.

    After they left, the air temperature in Wuyin Village quickly dropped, and the originally clear sky gradually began to have more clouds.

    Then the temperature became lower and lower. After a while, it started to rain, followed by snow, and finally hail.

    Obviously Uehara Naraku is not used to it.

    This severe weather of rain, snow and hail might have caused huge losses, but at this moment it has become a life-saving weather for the hidden mist village.

    When Terumi Ming, who was lying in the ruins, was awakened from the cold, she looked at the hail crackling in the air with some astonishment, and walked back to the widest place in the village.

    A group of civilians were kneeling on one knee and worshiping the gifts of the gods. It was the mighty power of the gods that put out the fire and gave them a new life in the hands of the Xiao group.

    This is the miracle of coming.

    The gods didn''t want to see Wuyin Village burned to a white ground, so heavy rain and snow fell in the sky and saved their village; even if it was hail in the sky, it would not delay these people kneeling on the ground to worship the gods.

    This is of course because the gods don''t want to see the mist concealed and destroyed, and the force that has rushed down is excessive, directly changing from rain to snow to hail.

    "What are you doing?"

    Terumi Mei gave a light cough, and looked at the surrounding dark parts. Among them was a little fellow, Chojuro, whom she had always been optimistic about.

    "Master Terumi Ming!"

    Chojuro looked at Terumi Mei in surprise, and said softly: "Everyone is saying that the gods in the sky are protecting our village and saving us from this fire..."

    "..."

    After Terumi was silent for a while, he did not respond to Chojuro''s words, but dragged his injured body away from here.

    Is there really a **** to bless you?

    Terumi Ming did not feel well in her heart. If the ninjas in the village could be stronger, how could it be possible for everyone to believe in gods in this situation!

    Terumi Mei slowly walked to a place to avoid hail, squatted down and hugged her body tightly, just like an ordinary woman, wanting to give her body a touch of warmth.

    At this moment, she has no previous image of herself.

    This woman who has been supporting Wuyin Village to move forward, feels her fatigue today, she has worked hard enough, but has not protected her village.

    Until the end, it was a weather that saved the Shinobu Village.

    After a while, Terumi Mei suddenly turned to look at the Anbu around her, and whispered: "You guys will go and direct the reconstruction of the village. Chojuro will stay. I have something to explain to him. "

    "Yes, Terumi-sama."

    Several Anbu jumped and left here.

    Terumi took a look at the only remaining Mishinin Anbu, UU reading lowered his head again and said: "Cangjuro, you go to Konoha now and tell our allies about our situation..."

    "Yes."

    After Changjuro nodded slightly, he suddenly asked, "Master Terumi Mei, the troops stationed near Sanwei are back, let them go back and continue to monitor Sanwei?"

    Terumi Ming raised her head and looked at Chojuro, as if she was looking at an ignorant child, with a slight smile on her face.

    Only at this moment, the smile on her face was a little bleak: "There are no more three tails. Akatsuki''s purpose of attacking us is just to let us know their horror... They didn''t hide their purpose at all, they just wanted to catch Sanweiji. Caress."

    After Terumi Ming finished speaking, she seemed to think of something. She slowly clenched her fists, stood up again, and became the dignified and solemn woman again.

    Terumi Mei looked at Chojuro, and whispered: "Also, go to the Anbe to bring up the information of the six-tailed man Zhu Li Yu Gao, and invite Konoha to ambush Akatsuki in Yu Gao''s hiding place!"

    Since Akatsuki''s purpose is to capture the tail beast and the human pillar power, there is a great possibility that Liu Wei Yu Gao will encounter a poisonous hand.

    Simply take this opportunity to ambush Akatsuki!

    "By the way, tell Konoha by the way."

    Terumi Mei regained her powerful aura, looked at Chojuro next to him, and said in a deep voice: "If you ambush Akatsu this time, you can pull the people from Yuyin Village to act together. Are they the village that knows Akatsuki best? "

    the most important is¡­

    Terumi Mei desperately wanted to see Uehara Naraku again.

    Because only Uehara Naraku has a chance of contacting Ghost Lantern Full Moon.

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 230ï¼š Congratulations, you passed the exam, Sasuke

    Uehara Naraku didn''t know Terumi Mei''s thoughts.

    Now Uehara, Deidara and Scorpion have arrived at the rebirth place of Mioi Isosuke, Uchiha Sasuke is still fighting fiercely with Mioi Isosuke, and Oriana is overseeing the battle.

    Deidara curled his lips unhappily and looked at the scarlet Uchiha Sasuke. It was obvious that Sasuke did not dare to be careless in this battle, and had already opened his eyes.

    This caused Deidara''s disgust.

    After all, when Deidara joined Akatsuki, it was Uchiha Itachi who controlled Deidara with illusions and almost made Deidara kill himself with a clay bomb.

    "Uchiha, these guys are really annoying..."

    Deidara raised her head proudly, and said loudly, "Hey, Uehara, can''t I really blow up that kid and Mitsuo Isosuke? I have prepared them specially for this group of Uchiha. Art!"

    After speaking, Deidara added: "Look at these Uchiha, none of them are good people! I suspect that the Uchiha brothers in our organization have a conspiracy and want to use Akatsuki to realize their ambitions..."

    "No..."

    Uehara Naraku''s face turned dark, and he slowly shook his head. All the members of the Akatsuki organization, which one didn''t want to use Akatsuki to achieve their ambitions?

    Dedara is a bit right...

    Uchiha is really not a good thing...

    They are too arrogant, and they always treat a gentleman like a villain, and they have a little persecution delusion, thinking that there are always people who want to murder them.

    Well, they might guess right.

    Uchiha Sasuke is Uehara Naraku''s favorite chess piece. With a little inducement, he can make this self-confessed smart person think more and use it for him.

    The scorpion of the red sand glanced at Dedara with a displeased face, and softly calmed his emotions: "When we return to the base, we can see the Uchiha brothers fighting each other. Isn''t it more fun than killing them? ?"

    "But I still want to kill them for revenge!"

    Dedara squirmed over with her mouth bulging, and she was like a kid and played with her temper. As Dedara''s peer, Uehara Naraku was a little embarrassed.

    Fortunately, the battle between Sasuke Uchiha and Mio caused a little bit of Uehara Naraku. He opened his mouth and began to explain: "This guy Sasuke seems to understand Mio''s information..."

    Deidara glanced at Sasuke''s battle and snorted disdainfully: "Hmph, I can get rid of the three tails without intelligence!"

    "..."

    The scorpion of the red sand looked at Deidara silently, and when it came to Uchiha''s problem, he felt Deidara had become a master!

    The battle on the lake became more intense.

    Uchiha Sasuke finally realized a problem, even if he knew information about Sanwei, unless he used a wide range of attack ninjutsu, it would be difficult to completely knock Sanwei down with his painless techniques.

    "Fortunately, the weather in the country of water is always good..."

    Sasuke Uchiha raised his head and looked at the sky, with a smile on his face: "If you use that trick, you don''t need to waste too many chakras, probably only one is enough...Fire Escape¡¤The Art of Dragon Fire! "

    A dragon head fireball attacked towards the cloud!

    Deidara took a look and couldn''t help but cursed: "Idiot, it''s okay to attack the three tails with fire ninjutsu, and shoot to the sky. Isn''t this a waste of your own Chakra?"

    The scorpion of the red sand shook his head and said softly, "Don''t worry, keep watching...Even if his IQ is low, it is impossible to escape by fire."

    "Hehe, I guess I want to use that trick!"

    Uehara Naraku looked at it for a while, and chuckled lightly: "Did you still develop that trick? It seems that Sasuke''s luck is indeed good. The weather in the country of water is the best place to perform that trick of ninjutsu."

    What Uchiha Sasuke wants to use is undoubtedly Raidun Kirin.

    This S-class ninjutsu was even the strongest move of ordinary thunder ninjutsu. The only trouble is that it needs to take advantage of the weather, and it can only be released with the help of natural lightning.

    The country of water is near the sea and is somewhat humid, which also creates a rainy environment in this country. Therefore, you can see the floating clouds almost everywhere in the sky.

    This is very conducive to the release of Thunder Dun Qilin environment.

    As Uchiha Sasuke''s fire escape ninjutsu lifted into the sky, clouds of clouds gradually gathered over the battlefield. Sasuke stared closely at the lightning currents in the sky, and slowly closed his palms.

    "Lei Dun¡¤Kirin!"

    The thunder and lightning in the clouds in the sky gathered quickly, and in a blink of an eye, these lightning formed a huge thunder beast, and it roared and rushed towards Sanweiji on the lake!

    Sanwei Io glanced at the thunder beast rushing in the air, and instantly wanted to start condensing its tail beast jade, but a red light flashed in the eyes of Sasuke Uchiha¡¯s writing wheel, and the next second Mitsuo felt that he was huge Subway nails bound the body!

    Obviously, Sasuke Uchiha had long expected that whenever Sanwei tried to use the tail beast jade, he would use his illusion to force the three tails into a deep sleep for a few seconds, interrupting its move to condense the tail beast jade.

    Deidara''s face changed, gritted her teeth and said, "Uchiha Sasuke, this kid, really can''t be underestimated!"

    This Lei Dun Qilin is so powerful that even he feels a little threatened!

    "After all, it''s the Uchiha clan..."

    The scorpion of the red sand shook his head, and after a light sigh, he turned to look at Naraku Uehara: "Withstanding such a powerful thunder ninjutsu, Sanwei won''t be killed by him, right?"

    "probably not."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head, and felt a little uneasy. He suddenly put his finger up, pointed at the thunder beast in the sky, and whispered: "Forget it, just take it as his pass! Mitsuo can''t There was an accident! Wind escape¡¤Tornado!"

    A small hurricane rushed from the fingers of Nairo Uehara to the location of Thunder Beast. This hurricane became bigger and bigger. When the hurricane and Thunder Beast met, they had completely wrapped this terrifying Thunder Beast inside!

    With the rotation of the hurricane, this thunder beast was instantly decomposed into countless small thunder and lightning, and was dissipated invisible in an instant, and the clouds in the sky were also blown away by the hurricane.

    Wind ninjutsu was originally extremely restrained from thunder ninjutsu, not to mention the wind power of Uehara Naraku is the most extreme wind escape chakra.

    Uchiha Sasuke tried his best to release the S-class Thunder Dunge, which was directly destroyed by the Kaze Dunjutsu released by Uehara Naraku''s finger...

    "You fellow, you are really welcome!"

    The red sand scorpion looked at Naraku Uehara and couldn''t help but shook his head: "A little guy worked so hard to study and practice Thunder Dunn Jutsu, but you can directly solve it with one trick... it will make the little guy lose his confidence!"

    Deidara didn''t care about that much. Seeing Sasuke Uchiha who was bewildered on the lake, he couldn''t help but throw a thumbs up at Uehara Naruto: "Uehara, great work!"

    Uehara Naruko''s hand is much better than the Raidun Ninjutsu that Sasuke Uchiha is even more prepared!

    After the Thunder Dunge and Kirin disappeared in the sky, Sanwei Isosuke seemed to have found a chance and rushed in the direction of Uchiha Sasuke!

    Although I don''t know why someone will crack the technique that threatens it, but now it is a chance to kill the kid in front of me!

    The Chakra in Uchiha Sasuke''s body consumes a lot of money. At this moment, he can only step on the lake to avoid Sanwei''s pursuit. His face is full of discomfort and puzzlement, as well as a trace of fear suppressed in his eyes.

    Does Uehara Naraku want to kill him with the help of Mio?

    How strong this guy is, the Thunder Run Ninjutsu he released with all his might was easily resolved by Uehara...

    "Good job."

    Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly appeared beside Uchiha Sasuke, chuckled and praised: "If it weren''t for worrying that Sanwei would be killed by you, I would not try to crack your technique. I have to say, you are better than before. It became a lot stronger when I was, Sasuke..."

    Sasuke Uchiha''s figure stiffened, and his face suddenly turned cold: "Huh, Mitsuo''s defense is amazing. It may not be impossible to resist this trick. In this way, I can''t count that I didn''t catch Mitsuo?"

    After hearing Sasuke''s words, Uehara Naraku chuckled lightly: "Well, if you pass the assessment, I will tell Master Payne when I go back, you have the qualifications to become a full member of Akatsuki and challenge Uchiha Itachi."

    Sasuke, this is a bet on Mio''s life!

    However, as one of the most honest beasts, Sanwei Isosuke neither bullies the ninja nor actively seeks out things, and prefers to sleep quietly in a comfortable place.

    Unfortunately, the three tailed beasts have died the most.

    More than ten years ago, it was inexplicably enclosed in Nohara Lin''s body, and then killed together with Nohara Lin; a few years ago, it was inexplicably enclosed in the body of the Citrus Tachibana Yakura, and then the Citrus Tachibana Yakura was also inexplicably sealed by Nairo Uehara. kill.

    It''s really nonsense to think about it, a harmless tail beast has been killed the most times by ninjas, and it is now being used by Sasuke Uchiha as an assessment tool.

    Maybe this is bullying the honest tail beast!

    Now Mioi Isosuke was also angered by Uchiha Sasuke, and now it rushed forward regardless, but when it rushed over and saw Uehara Naraku, the huge body suddenly braked.

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the rushing Mioi Isosuke, and squinted at it and said hello: "It''s been a long time, Isosuke."

    "..."

    Mioi Isosuke looked at Naraku Uehara, and the memory of the last time he met Naraku Uehara seemed to gradually come to his mind, as if he had been beaten badly.

    This person is not an opponent.

    "It''s you!"

    There was a hint of trepidation in Sanwei''s voice, and his whole body was about to be entangled in an instant, and he was about to sink to the bottom to escape.

    Uehara Naraku chuckled, and the figure appeared under Mitsui''s head instantly, leaning over and kicking the huge tail beast out of the water!

    Then he kicked Sanwei''s lower abdomen and kicked Sanwei Isao directly to the shore!

    Sanwei Isosuke is like a tortoise that has been flipped over, unable to turn over...

    "..."

    At this scene, the corners of Uchiha''s eyes suddenly tightened.

    Is this guy Uehara Naraku actually so powerful?

    As a person who fought with Sano Isosuke personally, Sasuke Uchiha knows exactly how strong Mio is and how tough his defense is.

    Unexpectedly, Uehara Naraku just kicked this super-sized monster into the air with no resistance!

    It''s kind of scary...

    No, it should be said that Uehara has always been very scary!

    "Okay, don''t worry, the three tail capture is complete."

    Uehara Naraku patted Sasuke on the shoulder, looking very optimistic about him: "After we seal the three tails, I will give you some advice and teach you how to defeat Uchiha Itachi. I believe you will definitely win."

    "..."

    Seeing Uehara Naraku''s violent way of capturing Mio, Sasuke Uchiha suddenly became a little worried that he would not be able to fight Uchiha Itachi.

    Uehara Naraku seemed to see through Sasuke''s thoughts, and chuckled: "Don''t worry, I said, I will simulate Uchiha Itachi''s fighting style as much as possible... Except for his pupil technique, I can simulate almost everything else. from."

    Sasuke Uchiha looked at the smile on Uehara Naraku''s face and suddenly lowered his head and said, "Thank you, Uehara."

    "it does not matter!"

    Uehara Naraku patted him on the shoulder, narrowed his eyes, and showed a kind and friendly smile: "Go hard, Sasuke, and surpass Uchiha Itachi. I look forward to your growth!"

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 231ï¼š How to respond to the meeting invitation organized by Akatsuki

    After Uehara Naraku and Sasuke returned to shore.

    Deidara greeted him first, hugging Uehara Naraku''s shoulders happily, and opened her mouth to exaggerate: "Hahahaha...Uehara, as expected it is you, who defeated Mitsuo easily, compared to what Uchiha is strong. Too much!"

    Sasuke Uchiha''s face went dark.

    Uehara Naraku was also a little bit dumbfounded and broke away Dedara''s arm. This guy took the opportunity to praise him, clearly taking the opportunity to black out Uchiha!

    Sasuke Uchiha turned his head and looked around, and suddenly said with some curiosity: "Well, what about Mr. Cut?"

    "Well, don''t you cut it again..."

    Uehara Naraku''s face suddenly showed a meaningful smile: "Because Mr. Nozawa wants to betray Akatsuki, we buried him in our hometown. This is a reward for his lack of credit and hard work for many years. ."

    "..."

    Sasuke Uchiha''s heart suddenly burst.

    This group of guys is really decisive.

    Sasuke Uchiha remembered how he had leaked the news to Kakashi Hagi when he was in the country. How would Akatsuki know how to treat him?

    No way.

    Before the strength is not strong enough, he must not have anything to do with Konoha.

    "Alright, let''s take Sanwei back to seal it!"

    Uehara Naruko patted Sasuke on the shoulder and scanned the surrounding environment. Just when he wanted to call down the ancient dragon, he saw the red sand scorpion somehow approaching Oriana again.

    Xie talked a little happily.

    Let¡¯s talk about it, do you want to exchange your body oil with her...

    Naraku Uehara watched this scene speechlessly, raised his fingers and dismissed the clockwork demon Oriana, who was his puppet!

    The scorpion of the red sand came over and looked at Uehara Naruko, with some hesitation on his face, and said softly: "Uehara..."

    "Senior Scorpion, let''s go first!"

    Uehara Naraku interrupted Scorpion''s words, lest he make any unreasonable request and wave his hand to summon the ancient dragon to fall by their side.

    Even if there is an ancient dragon, it seems that it is not easy to leave with Sanwei Jifu. After all, this is a living tail beast. What if you resist halfway?

    Dedara frowned and looked at the giant Sanwei and said, "Are we really going to leave with such a big guy? Why don''t we find a safe place directly on the spot, and let Payne summon people to use the magic lantern body technique? Seal it?"

    "Forget it, we destroyed the Wuyin Village. The Water Country is not safe for us."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head, glanced at his skill panel, and found an illusion skill hypnotic bubble. This skill is still a reward for defeating Yamanaka Ino during the Zhongnin exam, and has never been used much.

    The illusion effect of the hypnotic bubble is to make people fall asleep, but it consumes 80 chakras every 3 seconds. This requires careful calculation by Uehara Naraku.

    "You wait for me for a while."

    Uehara Naruko took a branch and wrote and drew on the ground. It seemed that the few people present were a little baffling. Why did this guy suddenly count?

    Uehara Naruko sighed faintly, if he uses hypnotic bubbles, his consumption seems a bit big!

    If you just hypnotize Sanwei Isso for an hour, even if you remove the two pieces of Seraph''s Embrace and reduce the consumption of chakras by 50%, you will need forty to fifty thousand chakras.

    According to Nairo Uehara''s current two hundred and fifty thousand chakras, he can only control Isosuke for more than five hours.

    "I first hypnotize Sanwei with illusion."

    Uehara Naraku gave a sharp kick, and a cute bubble flew from his toes and landed on Mioi Isosuke.

    Several people were stunned to watch this scene.

    What is this operation?

    Is this also called illusion?

    I saw that after the hypnotic bubble hit the three tails, it turned into countless cute birds and appeared around Jifu. The huge tailed beast slowly closed its eyes and fell into a deep sleep.

    Uehara Naraku patted the palm of her hand, summoned the ancient dragon to grab Sanwei Isosuke, and whispered: "Remind me in five hours and I will apply illusion again to it."

    "¡­it is good."

    The Scorpion of Red Sand nodded.

    Fortunately, the speed of the ancient dragon was so fast, after one night, in the early morning, they rushed back to the base of the Xiao organization.

    This time the speed of catching the tail beast is not unpleasant.

    At noon the day before yesterday, Naraku Uehara and the others set off for the country of water; the Kakuto team also set off to the temple of fire.

    Yesterday morning, Naraku Uehara destroyed the village of fog hidden and arrested Mioi Isosuke; the Kakuto team was on the way to the temple of fire.

    Early this morning, Uehara Naraku and the others returned to Akatsuki¡¯s base with the captured Mio Isosuke; the Kakuto team was still on their way to the Fire Temple...

    This efficiency comparison is simply not too obvious.

    Therefore, when Penn used the magic lantern body technique to convene the assembly, Deidara learned that they were still on the way to the Temple of Fire, and provoke the flying section of the Hornets team on the spot.

    "Trash, trash, idiot, idiot, idiot! But we''ve all captured Sanwei back, you haven''t reached your destination yet!"

    "Asshole! Sooner or later I will dedicate you to Lord Cthulhu!"

    Fei Duan was furious with anger. After arguing for a while, he turned his head to look at Jiaodu: "Hey, Jiaodu, we must move faster, can you summon your psychic beast too!"

    "The right psychic beast is hard to find..."

    Jiao didn''t shook his head in a hurry, and said in a deep voice, "How can we worry about making money? After we have sealed the tail beast, we have to rest for another day and continue to act."

    "Hahahahahaha..."

    Deidara couldn''t help laughing wildly.

    "To shut up!"

    The scorpion of the red sand could not help holding his forehead, and there was really nothing to do with his teammates: "Whether it is capturing the three tails or destroying the village of fog, it was all done by Uehara Naraku and Uchiha Sasuke. The two of us were just traveling. One trip..."

    "..."

    Deidara''s smile suddenly stiffened on his face.

    He really didn''t seem to have done anything this time, no wonder he felt so relaxed when he came back from this mission.

    When it comes to contribution, not only is it inferior to Uchiha Sasuke, it is even inferior to the red sand scorpion. After all, the scorpion gave Uehara a scroll that sealed his eyes and reminded Uehara to perform illusion on Miiso Isosuke at night!

    "Hahahahahaha!"

    Fei Duan immediately caught the painful foot and looked at Deidara mockingly: "Really, I can go! That only means that the idiot Jiaodu is not as good as Uehara..."

    "To shut up!"

    Horn couldn''t help but his forehead jumped.

    If possible, Jiao really wants to change his teammate.

    It''s a pity that the other members of the Xiao organization basically have a super high bounty, and they don''t have any immortality. The corner can''t control his desire to kill his teammates for money, and can only endure the flying section.

    "All right."

    Tiandao Payne frowned, interrupted their dispute, and said softly: "This time we are going to seal the two tail beasts, and save your body!"

    Because Akatsuki¡¯s base still has the four-tailed man Zhuli Lao Zi, it will take a lot of time for Akatsuki to seal Sanwei Isosuke and the fourth Monkey King this time.

    Just as the members of the Xiao organization sealed the tail beast, Xiao Nan was a little leisurely and confused in Yuyin Village, faintly feeling that something was not right.

    Why does it feel that since her disciple became a full member of Akatsuki, she has been integrated into the Akatsuki organization like a fish in water, but one of the founders of her organization, it seems that she has not performed any tasks for a long time...

    But soon Xiao Nan was no longer confused.

    Because she was directly confused.

    Hydrangea appeared in Xiaonan''s office, and said respectfully: "Lord Xiaonan, people from Konoha and Wuyin Village sent letters respectively."

    "Huh? Misty Village?"

    Xiao Nan raised his eyebrows, and after opening the two letters, the expression on his face became more and more confused, a little suspicious of life.

    These two letters were actually addressed to Sansho Fish Hanzo. They mainly wanted to invite Sansho Fish Hanzo or Uehara Naruto to participate in the alliance talks in Konoha, Sagakura and Wugakura. The theme of the meeting was about how Akatsuki threatened the Ninja world. response.

    After all, these two letters are confidential letters, and they should attract the attention of Sansho Fish Hanzo, and they should not reveal Konoha and Wuyin Village''s plan to ambush Akatsuki.

    Xiao Nan sat on her desk and fell into a long silence.

    The last time Uehara Naraku destroyed Shayin Village and brought back a man from Shayin Village, I Gaara. Konoha and Shayin Village sent people to apply for help from Yuyin Village, hoping they could help regain my love. Luo.

    This time Uehara Naraku destroyed the village of Kiriken, and captured Mioi Isofu of the Water Country. Konoha and the village of Kiriken sent letters inviting them to participate in an alliance meeting on how to deal with the threat of Akatsuki.

    To be honest, Xiao Nan doesn''t quite understand this.

    "Is it my age?"

    Xiao Nan once again picked up the two letters on the table and watched each line on it. In the end, her eyes fell on the line on the letter from Wuyin Village.

    Please be sure to invite Naraku-kun to attend. Recently, I often miss Naraku-kun¡¯s face and can¡¯t sleep, and I look forward to the close meeting with Naraku-kun again.

    The signature is Terumi Ming.

    This woman, something!

    Xiaonan raised his eyebrows, remembering that the last time Uehara Naraku seemed to be participating in the grass meeting, he met Terumi Mei. What happened to them at that time?

    Xiao Nan''s gaze was faint, and he rubbed his forehead: "I remember in the intelligence, this woman named Terumi Ming is thirty years old this year, right? Naraku is only twenty years old this year!"

    However, she must be unable to think of sitting in Yuyin Village by herself Therefore, after Xiao Nan organized the people to seal the tail beast, Xiao Nan appeared in Xiao¡¯s base with the help of the magic lantern body technique, and looked towards Own disciple: "Uehara, Wuyin Village and Konoha sent a letter, inviting you to participate in the alliance talks..."

    "..."

    Just after sealing the three-tailed and four-tailed beasts, all Akatsuki members felt a little collapsed.

    However, after hearing Xiao Nan''s words, everyone had a hint of spirit.

    Is something wrong with Ninja World?

    Didn''t Uehara just destroy the hidden mist village? Wuyin Village also invited him to participate in the alliance talks? What kind of fairy spy is this!

    Uehara Naruko rubbed her forehead and asked softly, "Teacher, did they mention the purpose of the meeting?"

    "Have."

    Xiao Nan slowly said: "How to deal with Akatsuki''s threat to the Ninja World, that is, our organization''s threat to the Ninja World."

    "..."

    Everyone in the Akatsuki organization, look at me and I look at you. Everyone''s expressions are a bit subtle, and even a little speechless.

    Let Uehara Naraku participate in a talk on how to respond to Akatsuki''s threat to the Ninja world? Deidara and Feiduan burst into tears on the spot!

    How the **** can this be dealt with?

    You have all pulled the core members and future leaders of Akatsuki to participate in the conference. What else can you do? How do you want to respond?

    "ok, I get it."

    Uehara Naruko turned over and stood up, quite a bit of a model worker, and said softly: "If time is urgent, I will rush over now..."

    "Not in a hurry."

    Xiao Nan shook his head and looked at Naraku Uehara and said: "You go back to the village to find me first. I have other questions to ask you."

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 232ï¼š This is the perfect ninja you have carefully cultivated!

    Yuyin Village.

    Xiao Nan sat quietly in Uehara''s room.

    Since Uehara Naraku grew up and was able to deal with tasks and manage the village independently, Xiao Nan hasn''t been upset for a long time, and today she has some restlessness.

    A palm suddenly fell on Xiao Nan''s shoulder, and a familiar voice fell in Xiao Nan''s ears: "Teacher, what happened?"

    "Huh? Naraku?"

    The irritable origami on Xiao Nan''s body was taken back again, frowned and said, "When did you come back?"

    "just."

    Uehara Naruko squatted down slightly and glanced at the vase on the bedside table in her room. There was a bunch of new paper flowers in it. He couldn''t help but chuckle and said, "Teacher, have you folded a new flower? Um, this Is it a morning glory? Finally there is a flower I know..."

    It is not easy for Uehara to recognize the paper flowers made by Xiaonan.

    Because Xiaonan likes to fold all kinds of weird words out of white paper, Uehara Naraku is rarely able to call them by their names. Wild flowers like morning glory are relatively easy to recognize.

    Xiao Nan glanced at the paper flowers in the vase, and then at Uehara Naraku. After hesitating for a while, his face gradually became cold and serious: "Well, it''s morning glory, and its flower language is illusory and transient love..."

    "interesting."

    Uehara Naruko fiddled with the paper flowers casually, then turned his head and said, "The teacher asked me to come back. Is there anything you want to tell me in private?"

    "Have."

    Xiaonan watched Uehara Naraku''s face, until she saw that her disciple was a little confused, she asked out aloud, "Do you... think Terumi Mei from Wuyin Village is beautiful?"

    Xiaonan''s heart was a little nervous, she was a little nervous that Uehara Naraku would directly announce what had happened between him and Terumi Mei, so she wanted to try it out first.

    "Well, it''s pretty."

    Naruto Uehara nodded. This sentence cannot be refuted. After all, he really saw the whole picture of Terumi Mei, and his aquamarine eyes were very moving.

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but chuckled, "If you just look at Mimei''s appearance, you don''t look like a thirty-year-old woman at all!"

    "..."

    Xiao Nan''s face turned dark, and she couldn''t help but think of her own age. She is already thirty-five years old this year. Does this disciple think she is older?

    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he immediately remembered that there was a woman in her thirties next to her, and quickly remedied: "The teacher looks very young too! There is no change like when we first met..."

    Xiao Nan did not continue this topic either.

    Xiaonan didn''t forget what was going on. She took advantage of Uehara Naraku''s wrong words and apologized, and she immediately asked, "Did you have anything to do with Terumi? What contact did you two have when you were in the country of grass." ?"

    "Uh¡­"

    Nairo Uehara thought for a while, and whispered: "It shouldn''t be called it! After all, we only talked about Akatsuki in private. I took that opportunity to let Terumi think that I was a friend of Wuyin Village."

    "Is that so?"

    Xiao Nan''s frowning brows eased a bit. She took out a letter and handed it to Uehara Naraku: "This is her letter. This woman seems to like you, but I think the two of you are destined to become enemies in the future. She is ten years older than you..."

    "Ok."

    Uehara Naraku reached out and looked at the letter, nodded indifferently, and responded unconsciously: "Don''t worry, sir, I won''t like any women."

    "That''s good."

    After Xiaonan breathed a sigh of relief, he felt that something was wrong, and quickly persuaded him: "Naraku, it''s not possible. What we hope is that you can live happily in the future, instead of living alone..."

    "I''m only twenty years old this year!"

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Xiaonan helplessly, and continued to look down at Terumi Ming¡¯s letter. After retorting a sentence, he directly changed the subject: "No wonder Xiaonan-teacher misunderstood. Your Excellency Terumi Ming should have gotten some information from me. Information!

    If Terumi Ming urges me to attend the conference, she will feel that she is not respectful to Sansho Hanzo, so she deliberately said this to reduce Sansho Hanzo''s dislike. "

    After speaking, Uehara Naraku smiled again and added: "Even if she really likes me, I can''t be with her. Yesterday, when I destroyed Wuyin Village, I almost killed her!"

    "..."

    Xiao Nan looked at Naraku Uehara silently.

    After a long time, Xiao Nan asked curiously: "Why haven''t they suspected that Hanzo has had an accident so far? After all, after so many years, Hanzo has never appeared in the world of Shinobi..."

    "I''m not so sure either."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and guessed for himself: "Perhaps because they think that ninja demigods are not so easy to be killed! And I always mention Hanzo''s name from time to time, saying that Hanzo is still alive and strong. No decline..."

    Ninja hadn''t found the death of Sansho Fish Hanzo for so many years, and he should really throw this black pot on Uehara Naraku.

    In fact, no one guessed that Sansho Fish Hanzo was too old to move or was dead, but Uehara Naraku always used Sansho Fish Hanzo in front of everyone in the Ninja World to gain a sense of existence.

    If a genius ninja with great talents and great strength, every time he mentions Sansho Fish Hanzo, he looks respectful, and there will never be any surprises.

    And every time I meet, I will show the name of Sansho Fish Hanzo and brush up on Hanzo''s sense of existence from time to time. Who would suspect that Sansho Fish Hanzo is dead?

    Who would have thought that a murderer who killed Sansho Hanzo would calmly express his respect for Sansho Hanzo?

    "Time is actually very tight."

    After reading Terumi Ming¡¯s letter, Uehara Naraku knocked on his arm and said, ¡°A meeting will be held in a week. This time the meeting will be held in Konoha. It seems that it may be necessary to go to the meeting and see them. What conspiracy..."

    A member of Akatsuki went to a meeting with Akatsuki hosted by the Great Power Shinobu Village. During the meeting, he heard what these big countries wanted to deal with the Fu Xiao organization...

    Really...

    The capital is outrageous.

    Xiao Nan looked a little serious and said, "But it will be very dangerous for you. Maybe we can abandon this meeting. Anyway, there are only five tail beasts left..."

    "No, it will be dangerous if we don''t go."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and said softly, "When I was promoting outside, I mentioned that Yuyin Village always advocates cracking down on Akatsuki. Our absence will definitely arouse their suspicion."

    "Nara, I am more and more worried about you."

    Xiao Nan stretched out the palm of his hand and habitually helped Naraku Uehara tidy up his clothes. His voice gradually became softer: "Since you became an official member of Akatsuki, you have been performing extremely dangerous tasks in the organization every time. I regret that I promised you. Oh..."

    "teacher."

    Uehara Naraku looked down at Xiaonan, stretched out her palms to stroke her hair, and whispered softly: "The dreams of Xiaonan teacher, Nagato-sama, and Yahiko that Akatsuki carried, and my father''s ideals, I can''t be absent."

    "Different."

    "Nothing is different."

    Naru Uehara grabbed Xiao Nan''s neck and asked her to raise her head, but she slowly lowered her head, and gently pressed her forehead to her forehead.

    Uehara Nairobi smiled at the corner of his mouth and said, "What Xiaonan-Sensei wants is what I want. I am your disciple. What I inherit now is your will. We will not fail. Trust me, teacher."

    "..."

    Xiao Nan''s eyes widened, staring at Uehara Naraku who was right in front of him.

    After a while, Xiao Nan closed his eyes lightly, and slowly stretched out his palms, wrapping around the back of Uehara''s neck, making the two foreheads tighter.

    This disciple was brought up by her.

    This disciple has devoted her eight years of hard work.

    This disciple is one of her most important people and the support of her feelings.

    Xiaonan smelled the smell of Uehara Naraku''s body, and his voice was a little undetectable: "Actually...you can like something older than you."

    Uehara Naraku smelled Xiaonan''s eye color, and his voice hesitated and said, "Actually...the cosmetics used by our Akatsuki members are a bit strong The two people almost spoke in unison.

    It''s just that Naraku Uehara''s voice is a little louder, and what he said is not nice, obviously disgusting that Xiao Nan''s makeup today is too thick.

    Xiao Nan''s face gradually turned dark. She slowly loosened the back of Naruto Uehara, stepped back, and said coldly, "You don''t like things like eye color and nail polish, it doesn''t mean that other people don''t like it. , Kadoto, Itachi Uchiha, Oniji, and Hidan, they all like it."

    "Yes Yes Yes¡­"

    Uehara Naraku nodded tiredly.

    In fact, these big men definitely don''t like them at all. They just saw the people who joined Akatsuki put on nail polish. They are all qualified ninjas, and they won''t cause disputes over this little thing or organization!

    "Okay, let''s not talk about it."

    Uehara Naraku witty changed the subject, and said softly: "I''ll go to Nagato-sama first, and discuss with him. Just before this meeting, I can use Kakuto-senpai to act. Akatsuki also has to unify the caliber internally so that I won¡¯t be there. What troubles are encountered in this alliance meeting!"

    "¡­it is good."

    Xiao Nan nodded hastily.

    After Uehara Naraku left, Xiao Nan breathed a sigh of relief and slowly stretched out his palm toward the morning glory in the vase.

    The bunch of paper flowers instantly turned into a piece of white paper and fell on Xiao Nan''s hand.

    After Xiao Nan frowned, he suddenly turned the bunch of roses into a bunch of confetti, and the bunch of confetti flew in her palm, and finally turned into a bunch of dog''s tail grass on the side of the road.

    Xiao Nan slowly inserted the bunch of grass into the vase, the expression on his face became cold again, and his voice was a little low: "This is the most perfect ninja you cultivated carefully..."

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 233ï¼š Mr. Itachi, we are lucky!

    The high tower of Yuyin Village.

    Just after sealing the two tail beasts, Nagato was also tired, and Uehara Naruko waved at him with a stroke of star infusion, which slightly restored him.

    Nagato frowned and said softly, "Uehara, you are also very hard today. Don''t waste your chakra."

    "It''s ok."

    Uehara Naruko sat on the table and talked about serious things: "I will go to Konoha''s alliance talks. We may be able to make some special arrangements before then."

    Nagato''s finger tapped on the chair, and after thinking for a while, he asked softly, "Uehara, do you have any ideas?"

    "Let me first talk about the information collected from the Five Great Nations Ninja Village."

    Uehara Naruko frowned, and said in a deep voice, "First of all, the culprit behind the Akatsuki organization is Uchiha Daido, who is instructing Akatsuki to act."

    "In a sense..."

    Nagato seemed to think of something unhappy, and said in a low voice: "It was indeed Uchiha Daiji leading us before."

    "It''s the same now."

    Uehara Naro spread out her palms and whispered: "When I mention Akatsuki¡¯s behind-the-scenes leader from the outside world, I always inevitably mention Uchiha¡¯s belt soil, so that the eyes of the five major nations are on him. Those people estimate They all think that as long as the Uchiha belt is killed, the entire Akatsuki organization will fall apart."

    Nagato was a little confused.

    Can there be such an operation?

    Nagato looked at Naraku Uehara, his face faintly puzzled: "Do those people believe you that way?"

    Uehara Naruko shook his head, nodded again, and continued softly: "This incident is a bit long to talk about. It dates back to eight years ago, when I was assassinated with soil...

    At that time, it happened that I recruited dried persimmon ghost sharks and was discovered by Hamu Kakashi, and the identity of the soil was pierced by Hamu Kakashi, which caused the Yuyin Village and Akatsuki organization to be unable to separate.

    This could easily arouse the enemy''s suspicion. At that time, Hagi Kakashi kept asking about my information, but after helpless, I could only tell him part of the truth in secret.

    Later, the whole truth became what it is now.

    In order to strengthen the Yuyin Village, Sanshoyu Hanzo, the leader of the Uyin Village, was lured by the incognito Uchiha belt soil in order to gain the title of Uyin Village, and sent ninjas under his command to recruit S-class rebels from various countries to form a mercenary organization and save money. Own power.

    Later, Uchiha took the soil to betray the Sansho Fish Hanzo for his own ambitions, and attracted the rebels in the mercenary organization to become independent, and formed an organization called Akatsuki. They participated in the war everywhere in the ninja world, and even now began to catch the tail. beast.

    The betrayed Sansho fish Hanzo was very angry and encountered betrayal. After years of hard work, it completely turned into nothingness. Therefore, Hanzo led Yuren and Uchiha led Akatsuki to fight everywhere, and Yuyin ninjas were also searching everywhere. A member of Akatsuki.

    In their view, we Yuyin Ninja and the so-called Yuyin leader Sansho Yu Hanzo should be the ones who hate Akatsuki the most. "

    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he rubbed his forehead and whispered, "I don''t know why this happened. In short, it is almost like this in the Uyin Village and Akatsuki organization. I am always worried that flaws will be revealed. ."

    In fact, there are many things hidden in Uehara Naraku''s words.

    For example, how many black pots did Sansho Fish Hanzo carry for the current Uyin Village, and how many black pots Uchiha brought soil for Akatsuki? It is estimated that Uehara Naraku can''t even count it.

    Since there are too many to count, there is no need to mention it.

    Not to mention the fact that Uehara Naraku didn''t mention it. He just gave a rough idea and left Nagato alone.

    Actually... can this kind of operation be possible?

    I have to say that this matter is very beneficial to both Xiao organization and Yuyin Village, allowing them to act in a more concealed manner and avoiding Yuyin Village being implicated.

    It''s just that such things must be handled with intelligence.

    This is also fortunate that Yuyin Village is closed to the outside world so that no one can detect the truth. If someone sneaks in one day, a little bit of news from inside Yuyin Village will probably be stupid on the spot.

    Nagato made a decision on the spot, and said in a deep voice: "From now on, Heavenly Dao Payne will be placed in Yuyin Village, and will cover the entire village with Rain Tiger''s Freedom Technique for a long time to prevent anyone from sneaking in and destroying what is extremely beneficial to us now. situation."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but think of the only ninja who sneaked into Uyin Village, that was Jiraiya, one of Konoha Sannin, and the teacher of Xiaonan and Nagato.

    Uehara Naraku sighed faintly, if Xiaonan and Nagato killed Jiraiya again, wouldn''t they regret it again?

    After all, the plans currently implemented by Xiaonan and Nagato are all false.

    The real Moon Eye Project is actually only known by Kuro Zetsu, Naraku Uehara, Kakigami Kaki, and Yakushidou.

    It seems that I have to find a way to stay behind.

    It''s just that according to the current situation, Jiraiya really may not sneak in. After all, the information they want, Naraku Uehara can make up a copy for them!

    And Jilai also sneaked in. If it was discovered, it would cause a dispute between Konoha and Uyin Village, and it would be detrimental to the overall situation of Ninja''s joint attack on Akatsuki.

    "As for Xiao, this is more troublesome..."

    Nagato frowned and thought of the group of disobedient guys: "Well, let''s do it, if you want the members of the organization to cooperate with you, you can directly use the magic lantern body technique to order them, or tell me, I will give the order ."

    "Ok."

    Uehara Naraku tapped his fingers and said in a low voice: "I will change into a normal ninja uniform and prepare to participate in the alliance talks. As for what cooperation is needed, I will directly tell Senior Kakuto that it is fine. The relationship between the two of us not bad."

    "it is good."

    Nagato nodded with a smile.

    Uehara Naraku continued to add: "By the way, the last thing, if Gokuto Juli, wait until I come back to catch it! lest you show any flaws!"

    After all, the five-tailed human column power needs to attack the Yanyin village, and Uehara also needs to break through the five-tailed human column to gain soil power in the name of capturing the five-tailed human column power!

    "it is good."

    Nagato continued nodding.

    After talking thoroughly, Uehara Naraku left the tower.

    Nagato looked thoughtfully at the back of Uehara Naraku. After a while he summoned Tendo Payne, he spoke to his puppet on his own: "In fact, we can give him both Uein Village and Akatsuki. Right?"

    Even Uehara Naraku''s treatment was only a drop in the bucket, after all, it was a monster like an outside golem that drew his power from behind.

    Nagato knew that his life could not last too long, even if the Chakra Uehara instilled in him was too large, it would only be delayed.

    Can it be delayed, how many years can it be delayed?

    According to Nagato''s judgment, he was able to postpone until Uehara Naraku grew up to 30 years old. Perhaps he was quite lucky.

    "Are these eyes the eyes of the fairy or the curse of the fairy?"

    Nagato''s palm subconsciously stroked his eye sockets, and slowly lowered his head: "At least Uehara must be able to enjoy the peaceful world created with these eyes!"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku stood outside the door, and stopped with the palm of his hand that wanted to push in. He actually had one more thing to say, but he didn''t want to go in now.

    Forget it, he had arranged for Nagato anyway.

    Now Nagato is still thinking about being moved by himself.

    After Uehara Naraku packed his things, he slowly left Yuyin Village. This meeting may be his last trip to Konoha; if there is another chance, it means that he may have been involved in the Ninja Alliance.

    Gee, will there be a chance?

    When Uehara Naraku entered the country of fire.

    A major event that disturbed Konoha occurred in the fire country.

    The entire Temple of Fire was turned into ruins. The monk Lu, the host of the Temple of Fire, was killed by two guys from Xiao''s organization, and the body was taken away by them.

    Yes, Jiao Du and Fei Duan shot.

    After sealing the three tails and four tails, Jiao couldn''t restrain his desire for money. Relying on his immortal body, he took Fei Duan to the Temple of Fire and killed Dilu.

    Even if Dilu thought he was powerful, he couldn''t defeat the flying stage that started the Cthulhu ritual, and was directly killed on the spot.

    Inside Konoha Village.

    After Tsunade got the news, he announced on the spot that he would capture the two Akatsuki members and send a full twenty ninja teams!

    If the members of the two Akatsuki organizations can be captured, then the following alliance talks against Akatsuki will be able to occupy more political advantages.

    This is the consideration of the five generations of Hokage.

    It''s a pity that Tsunade didn''t expect that Akatsuki''s active staff in the Land of Fire are not the only two people, Kakuto and Hidan.

    The country of fire, the gold exchange near the temple of fire.

    This money exchange is located in a toilet, and the corner is still counting money seriously After all, money is not a trivial matter, it must be counted clearly.

    Fei Duan couldn''t bear the stench at all, so he evaded cursely. Jiao thought that Fei Duan had nothing to do with Qian.

    It''s just that the corner guessed wrong this time.

    Flying segment and money are still very fate.

    While Hida was waiting outside the gold exchange for Koto, a Konoha named Sarutobi Asma Kaminonobu and his team appeared in front of him.

    Sarutobi Asma just happened to be a ninja on the list of must-do kills, and it was also five million more expensive than the corpse of the land, which can be called a large amount of money in the ninja world.

    Sarutobi Asma didn¡¯t know her crisis in the slightest, and holding two Chakra knives appeared in front of Feidan, and said coldly: ¡°Shikamaru, Izumo, Gangzitee, it looks like we¡¯re lucky, we just found it. The murderer who killed Dilu..."

    "No, Teacher Asma."

    Nara Shikamaru shook his head, turned to look at the figure walking out from another place, and said with an ugly expression: "Our luck doesn''t seem to be very good."

    From the direction Nara Shikamaru was looking at, four figures in auspicious clouds and black robes came out.

    According to Konoha''s intelligence, except when attacking the big country Shinobu Village, Akatsuki is usually dispatched in pairs.

    The information they got was the same. After all, the monk who reported the news from the Temple of Fire only saw Jiao Du and Feidan.

    Originally, Nara Shikamaru thought it was their four Konoha ninjas who surrounded a member of Akatsuki. When they solved one first and then ambushed the other, four members of Akatsuki''s organization appeared and surrounded them.

    The headed dried persimmon ghost shark grinned, and said with a light smile: "Mr. Itachi, it seems that we are lucky. We directly helped Senior Jiao Du catch the big fish he wanted!"

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 234ï¼š Uchiha Itachi, this is the last time you have appeared in the Fire Country...

    "Hey, why are you here at this time!"

    Feiduan glanced displeasedly at the dried persimmon ghost shark and others, reached out his hand and grabbed his sickle and turned to look at Sarutobi Asma and others, and said coldly: "Huh, I just wanted to kill them and sacrifice. To the evil god!"

    "Please."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark extended his palm very politely and chuckled lightly: "We will not interfere with your battle. We only need to ensure that the 35 million bounty of senior Jiao Du will not escape. Up."

    They chatted very happily here, and the Konoha ninjas were sweating profusely, especially the young man Nara Shikamaru, who met a group of members of Akatsuki''s organization as soon as he started the mission!

    Even when it is the most dangerous time, Nara Shikamaru has not forgotten to carefully inspect the people present: "Uchiha Itachi, the murderer who destroyed the Uchiha clan, Konoha S-class rebel; dried persimmon ghost shark, ghost light full moon , Did the woman Ringo Yu Yuri also betrayed the village? The three former Wuyin Village Shinobi seven people..."

    To be honest, it''s really a bit embarrassing.

    Sarutobi Asma''s expression is also very ugly, because he has fought with Itachi Uchiha and Kakaki Kakashi, but with the support of Haaki Kakashi, Yurihong, and Maitkai, he reluctantly defeated Itachi Uchiha. And the dried persimmon ghost shark forced back.

    Even so, at that time Kakashi Hagi paid the price of serious injuries.

    Looking around now, Sarutobi Asma''s face has a faint despair, and she even feels out of breath. There are no three Zhongnin friends around him, and now there are only three Zhongnin teammates around him...

    Where is the opposite?

    Dry persimmon ghost shark, Uchiha Itachi, Ringo Yu Yuri, ghost lantern full moon, flying section, plus Jiaodu who just came out of the gold exchange with the cash box.

    Six Akatsuki members.

    This team is enough to attack a big country Shinobu! And the only Shinobu village in the fire country is Konoha. Is the purpose of this team to attack Konoha?

    Sarutobi Asma looked at the surrounding environment, glanced at her disciple Nara Shikamaru, and gritted her teeth: "No, you must send out the information to make the people in the village be vigilant. Members of Akatsuki who are active in the country of fire There are six people!"

    The biggest problem now is how to send out the information. Six Akatsuki members, not even an intelligence bird will give them a chance to fly!

    Kokaku looked around at his comrades, stretched out his fingers, and pointed to the leader Konoha leader Sarutobi Asma and said: "Who is going to do it, hurry up and solve these guys, just let me take that guy''s corpse in. Change money!"

    "Of course it''s me!"

    Feiduan yelled dissatisfiedly, drew a strange symbol to himself, holding his church equipment in his hand, and said loudly: "Have you not seen me doing church ceremonies? This is for Lord Cthulhu Sacrifice, absolutely not sloppy!"

    A group of people just stood there watching Hida draw a circle and prepared to curse people. The members of Akatsuki were too lazy to move, but the Konoha ninjas didn''t dare to move.

    This creates a strange balance.

    However, Sarutobi Asma saw this opportunity and said in a deep voice, "Shikamaru, Izumo, and Kotetsu, I will cover you to leave here. I must send the information to the village. Konoha may face Akatsuki. Attacked!"

    "No, Teacher Asma!"

    Nara Shikamaru shook his head quickly, and said softly, "The probability of my escape is very low. Your strength is the strongest. Let''s cover you!"

    "Yes."

    The other two Konoha Nakanin are named Shinyuki Izumo and Gangzite.

    The two of them were already prepared to sacrifice. Both of them had always been Zhong Ren in the village. Basically, they could not play a big role except to watch the gate of the village.

    Whether it is Sarutobi Asma or Nara Shikamaru, it will be able to play a greater role for Konoha in the future. It is a fluke for the two to escape, and the most promising one is undoubtedly Sarutobi Asma. .

    "Your strength is not enough, you can''t hold it for too long!"

    Sarutobi Asma shook her head and persuaded in a deep voice, "They want my corpse now, so they will definitely not let me go!"

    "but¡­"

    "Not so many but!"

    Sarutobi Asma whispered to Nara Shikamaru: "Shikamaru, I already have a child, my way is here, and your future is promising!"

    "This¡­"

    A look of surprise appeared on Nara Shikamaru''s face. Why didn''t he hear about it? Why didn''t he meet Asma''s child?

    At the next moment, Nara Shikamaru immediately reacted and whispered: "It seems that we have never noticed! Is Mrs. Hong pregnant?"

    It''s fast enough!

    The confidentiality is also great!

    As a disciple of Sarutobi Asma, their generation of Zhuludie never knew the news.

    Sarutobi Asma''s eyes showed a touch of relief, he nodded calmly, and after entrusting his unborn child to his disciples, he no longer had any worries about it, and he could do his best!

    Sarutobi Asma clenched the chakra knife in his hand, and two sharp blades composed of chakra appeared on the knife, violently attacking the nearest dried persimmon ghost shark!

    His purpose is only to open a gap for Nara Shikamaru!

    "go!"

    Sarutobi Asma shouted loudly!

    Nara Shikamaru, Kamizuki Izumo, and Gangzite gritted their teeth and fled toward the gap opened by Asma!

    However, it is strange that the members of this group of Akatsuki did not choose to pursue them, but rather leisurely watching Sarutobi Asma''s desperate actions.

    As for the member who fought against Sarutobi Asma, it happened to be Sarutobi Asma''s former opponent, the dry persimmon ghost shark!

    After Nara Shikamaru escaped, he looked back and found that the members of the Akatsuki organization were not pursuing him. There was a glimmer of hope in his eyes. Obviously, he also hoped that his teacher could escape!

    indeed.

    Sarutobi Asma also flashed a glimmer of hope. His girlfriend, Yurihong, was already pregnant, and of course he wanted to break through the siege and return to the village.

    It is a pity that the dried persimmon ghost shark dispelled the impulse of Asma Sarutobi.

    An evil smile appeared on the fierce face of the dried persimmon ghost shark. He calmly waved his shark muscle knife and said with a smile: "If you dare to escape, we will run away those few. People catch them and kill them in front of you!"

    At this moment, the dried persimmon ghost shark is like a demon!

    Probably this is the sequelae of the dried persimmon ghost shark becoming Uehara''s subordinate. He always likes to use this feeling to force the ninjas to voluntarily give in or die.

    However, this threat is very effective.

    At least before Nara Shikamaru and the others were sure to escape to safety, Sarutobi Asma absolutely did not dare to escape. This time would take at least five minutes.

    If the other Akatsuki members stand still and do not take action, Sarutobi Asma only needs to make sure that she can last for five minutes and that she won''t get too many injuries. This seems to be no problem for him.

    It''s a pity that things often do not go as expected.

    Fei Duan drew the circle, and after completing the sacrifices, he saw the dried persimmon ghost shark and the Sarutobi Asma fighting together. He instantly became irritable: "Hey, dried persimmon ghost shark, it''s not that this guy wants to stay Is it for me? Stop it, or I will kill you too!"

    "Hehe... Don''t worry, you won''t let your ceremony go to waste."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark violently swung the shark muscle knife in his hand and cut it towards Asma Sarutobi''s shoulder. The sharp thorns on the shark muscle knife swelled instantly, and each sharp thorn instantly pierced the Asma Sarutobi. shoulder!

    The dried persimmon ghost shark threw the blood from the shark muscle knife onto Fei Duan''s body with his hand, and said with a light smile: "Then I will leave it to you!"

    After doing all this, the dried persimmon ghost shark looked at Sarutobi Asma and smiled: "Well, now you can run away, we will not chase you, please trust our reputation..."

    "what''s the situation?"

    Sarutobi Asma''s face became more solemn.

    He still doesn''t understand what the situation is, but in order to be cautious, he plans to observe here for a while. After all, five minutes is not a particularly long time...

    And his current position has the chance to escape at any time.

    "Escape, escape to your heart''s content!"

    Fei Duan stroked the blood of Sarutobi Asma, a terrifying smile appeared on his face, and bones floated from his face and body. He looked at Sarutobi Asma who was a little surprised and said: "Ritual It''s ready, are you ready?"

    "this is¡­"

    Sarutobi Asma looked at Hiduan suspiciously.

    To be honest, Fei Duan is a bit scary except for its physical condition, and there seems to be nothing particularly surprising. Is this also a member of Akatsuki?

    I don''t quite understand what is going on.

    It''s just that Sarutobi Asma quickly understood!

    Because Fei Duan suddenly drew out a long thorn and slammed it in his shoulder. At the same time, Sarutobi Asma''s shoulder immediately spewed blood!

    "When he is injured, my body will also be injured..."

    Sarutobi Asma''s face changed drastically, she looked at the wound on her shoulder in disbelief, and glanced at the wickedly smiling Fei Duan, as if she wanted to confirm.

    as expected.

    Fei Duan stabbed his thigh in the next moment!

    Sarutobi Asma''s legs are also covered with blood!

    This is the horror of the Cthulhu ritual, as long as the enemy''s blood is drawn, the enemy can be hurt in a fixed position in a way that hurts oneself.

    It just so happened that Feiduan was a Cthulhu who would never die no matter how many injuries he suffered; other people did not have his terrifying physique.

    Sarutobi Asma was clutching her wound in pain and looking at the flying segment that happily pulled out the long thorns: "No wonder the dried persimmon ghost shark is not worried that I will run away. It turns out that I can''t escape... That guy, aren''t you afraid of pain? ?"

    "Hehehehe...Of course I am not afraid of pain!"

    While Fei Duan was watching a group of people performing the Cthulhu ritual, Ringo Yu Yuri, who was the most irritable, was a little impatient. He pulled out his ninja knife and pierced Fei Duan¡¯s chest: "Chirp, it doesn¡¯t look like a bit A man..."

    Fei Duan suddenly fell to the ground, still swearing at Ringo Yu Yuri, "You **** womanYour Shinobi hurts!"

    Even if Fei Duan received a fatal injury, he was still fine, Sarutobi Asma was different, he slowly fell on his back, clutching his chest.

    Jiao Du nodded in satisfaction, and carried the body of Asma Sarutobi in, in exchange for a 35 million bounty.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark glanced at the gold exchange in front of him, and whispered: "Go and steal the bodies of Dilu and Sarutobi Asma..."

    This sentence is for Uchiha Daido.

    No one knows, there is another person who has been hiding under their ground.

    Hidden under the ground, Uchiha Daido showed a hint of resentment on his face, but his body still entered the gold exchange very well. After finding the corpses of Sarutobi Asma and Jilu, they quietly removed their corpses. Put away.

    the other side.

    Uehara Naraku, who had just stepped into the country of fire, was asked by Konoha''s border guard to wait at the border temporarily. After a while, they would send someone to **** Uehara Naraku to Konoha village.

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but shook his head while looking at the border guards. He had just received the news of Sarutobi Asma''s sacrifice from Uchiha''s consciousness of bringing the soil.

    "The speed of these guys is too fast!"

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and sighed, quietly controlling Uchiha''s belt soil, and passing his own order to him: "Let the dried persimmon ghost shark tell Uchiha Itachi, this is the last time he appeared in the country of fire before the duel with Uchiha Sasuke. , Be sure to let him see Uzumaki Naruto, you have to monitor Uchiha Itachi''s every move!"

    Only in this way can we draw out the kaleidoscope of other gods hidden by Uchiha Itachi, and completely solve the threat of Uchiha Itachi!

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 235ï¼š We Hanzo-sama cannot be defeated!

    The situation in the country of fire is very tense.

    Na Uehara waited at the border for a long time, and he did not have any anxiety. After all, he caused the current situation.

    The homing pigeons of Konoha Watch flew around, communicating very frequently, and finally someone came to the border to greet Uehara Naraku, who was still his old acquaintance.

    Yes, it is still Konoha''s seventh class.

    The seventh squad led by Hagi Kakashi was ordered to assist and assist the Encirclement and Suppression Organization, but they learned from Nara Shikamaru that the organization sent six members.

    In order to avoid innocent loss, Tsunade had to shrink his defenses, and all the squads were withdrawn around Konoha to avoid Akatsuki''s attack.

    The seventh squad is strong and inevitably a little worried. It happened that Hagi Kakashi learned that Uehara Naraku had rushed to the border of the Fire Country, so he stopped by the border to meet Uehara Naraku and returned to Konoha with Uehara Naraku.

    After all, the strong support of Naraku Uehara is a powerful force for them, and they can support each other and rush back to Konoha Village.

    "Uehara, you came at a coincidence."

    Hagi Kakashi''s face was not pretty. He glanced at the surrounding guard posts and whispered: "The country of fire has infiltrated six Akatsuki members. Asma has been killed in Akatsuki''s encounter, even his The remains were stolen."

    Kakashi still believes in Naraku Uehara.

    No, or in terms of the Akatsuki organization, Hagi Kakashi still believes in Uyin Village very much. After all, Uehara Naraku was the first ninja to target Akatsuki.

    Yuyin Village was also the first village to go to war with the Xiao organization.

    "Six members?"

    Uehara Naraku was very worthy of Kakashi¡¯s trust. His face instantly changed color, his eyes widened, and his voice was suppressed. "Kakashi, you know what it means for Akatsuki to dispatch six members. Do you dare to show up here with Naruto Uzumaki!"

    "I know."

    Hagi Kakashi nodded and looked at Uehara and said, "But it is too unsafe if we retreat alone, so I came to meet you, just in time for you to accompany us back to Konoha."

    "I don''t think this is an appropriate move."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head with an unusually ugly expression: "The Akatsuki organization is usually organized in pairs of two, so as to reduce the rebels'' dissatisfaction and internal fighting;

    They dispatched six members, which is equivalent to dispatching three groups, which means that there must be a strong person in them who can make all members recognize his orders and be able to give up their grievances. "

    After all, Nairo Uehara¡¯s character set is a Yuyin Village ninja who knows Akatsuki well and has a grudge against Akatsuki. He doesn¡¯t mind talking about useless nonsense.

    "I know."

    Hagi Kakashi tugged at his face mask, and whispered: "But we have already got the information of the six Akatsuki. There is no such hooded guy we saw last time. Perhaps the trickiest one is Uchi. Bo Weret."

    "Should I praise you?"

    Uehara Naraku glared at Hagiki Kakashi, then looked at Sai, Uzumaki Naruto, and Haruno Sakura who were following them behind him, and whispered: "If there are no hooded members, I suspect that this time they are in charge. It¡¯s very likely that Uchiha brought soil..."

    "..."

    Haaki Kakashi''s motion to pull the mask stopped, his face became even more ugly than before: "Can this information be confirmed?"

    "Of course I can''t confirm it!"

    Uehara Naraku looked at Hagi Kakashi like an idiot, and said, "I''m just a little ninja in Yuyin Village, how can I guess the mind of those monsters!"

    "..."

    Hagi Kakashi glanced at Nairo Uehara speechlessly. When this guy made his move, Akatsuki''s people attached great importance to it. Are you embarrassed to say that he is a little ninja?

    Uehara Naruko rubbed his temples and explained softly: "When Akatsuki and our Yuyin Village fight, they usually send at least four members. Maybe they are worried about being attacked and killed by Hanzo-sama.

    I remember that when Akatsuki took the initiative to fight Hanzo-sama, they usually dispatched more than six members, and Akatsuki¡¯s chief would usually command behind the scenes, and might even come out to fight in person when necessary. "

    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, a scornful smile appeared on his face: "Hehe, those innocent guys actually think that they can fight Hanzo-sama with superior numbers. Who do they think they are?"

    When Uehara Naraku talked about this, there was a moment of enthusiasm on his face: "The Akatsuki guys are just a few S-rank rebels, so they want to challenge the undefeated myth of the ninja demigod!"

    "..."

    Hagi Kakashi couldn''t help turning his head to look at Uehara Naraku''s expression, and sighed faintly, "If Yuyin Village comes to participate in the alliance talks this time, it is not you, but the ninja demigod Sansho fish Hanzo. Your Excellency will come here in person."

    This is the truth from Hagi Kakashi.

    It should be said that the leader of Yuyin Village is worthy of the legendary ninja demigod, who is only under the ninja **** Senjujuyama? Faced with six Akatsuki members and Uchiha¡¯s attack on the soil, he was able to fight without pressure...

    And this time, among the six members of Akatsuki organization, three of them are former Mizuki Ninjutsu and swordsmanship. To be honest, these seven Ninja swords happened to be caught by Sansho Fish Hanzo. Tianke.

    Because Sanjiao Hanzo is also very good at water escape ninjutsu and swordsmanship, his strength can definitely crush several Ninja Seven.

    "Don''t dislike me so much!"

    Uehara Nairo looked at Hagi Kakashi, shook his head and explained softly: "Hanzo-sama is cautious, not to mention Yuyin Village and Akatsuki''s feud, if the news of his leaving the village is known by Akatsuki, the village We will definitely be attacked by Akatsuki."

    "I know."

    Hagi Kakashi nodded and sighed, "Actually, if we gather all the people in Ninja Village who can fight Akatsuki, and there is a suitable opportunity, we can definitely destroy Akatsuki organization."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Kakashi silently.

    You know what a shit!

    Of course Uehara Naraku refused to agree to this kind of thing. After all, Hanzo''s bones were melted. Where could he make a Sansho fish Hanzo?

    Even the reincarnation of filthy soil is not reliable.

    After all these years, Uehara Naraku has boasted that the Sansho Fish Hanzo''s power is too strong. Facing the S-level rebellious group of Akatsuki, Hanzo-sama is always one dozen four, one six, one seven, a ninja demigod. Looks invincible in the world.

    If after waiting for the reincarnation of Hanzo''s dirty soil to come, Tsunade and Jira also discovered that this old guy was not as powerful as theirs, wouldn''t it show a flaw?

    "do not think too much about it."

    Uehara Nairo patted Kakashi on the shoulder, and sighed softly: "Hanzo-sama is cautious all his life. He was troubled by the war in the Ninja world. He can ignore the predecessors and send me to give you information and support your information. I should thank Master Hanzo for his generosity."

    Hagi Kakashi: "..."

    There seems to be some truth in this statement.

    But they Konoha also cooperated with you guys regardless of the predecessors!

    Otherwise, relying on the fact that Uehara assassinated the third generation of Hokage, how could Konoha easily let him go, even if he let him go, he would secretly assassinate Uehara at other times.

    It is a pity that Konoha has let go of this thought now.

    Now facing the threat of Akatsuki is the most important thing in the entire ninja world.

    Uehara Naraku and Hagi Kakashi had almost talked, and turned to look at Naruto Uzumaki: "Naruto, how are you doing?"

    "Ok!"

    Naruto Uzumaki nodded very enthusiastically, holding his arm, and replied earnestly: "Uehara, I have just developed a very powerful technique recently. I won''t be dragged down in the next battle."

    Yes, Uzumaki Naruto deeply felt his lack of strength.

    So after returning from Sandyin Village, Naruto worked hard to practice and finally developed the ninjutsu of Wind Dun¡¤Spiral Shuriken. Unfortunately, this technique is not perfect now, and it will hurt his own body.

    Click!

    Uehara Naraku suddenly stretched out his palm and grabbed Uzumaki Naruto''s arm, causing Sai and Haruno Sakura next to him to immediately become alert!

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Sai and Haruno Sakura speechlessly, and pointed to the bandage on Naruto Uzumaki¡¯s arm: "I just looked at Naruto¡¯s injury."

    "...Hug... sorry, Uehara-senpai."

    Haruno Sakura hurriedly lowered her head to apologize.

    Hagi Kakashi also looked at the bandage on Uzumaki Naruto''s hand, and pulled his ninja guard''s forehead and said, "Do you have any idea?"

    "Tsk, the old way."

    Uehara Naruto¡¯s life energy entered Uzumaki Naruto¡¯s body, and he whispered: ¡°According to my observations, the epidermis and even some signs of necrosis, it should be that the cells inside have been directly destroyed and can only provide him with life energy. Try, who caused the injury? It was a bit too harsh to start."

    "Uh¡­"

    Naruto Uzumaki choked for a while, and then awkwardly replied, "This is caused by my technique, hahahahaha, because that technique is not perfect yet..."

    "Then you have to be careful."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and sighed: "If you get hurt again, sooner or later your cells will be destroyed, and one day you will probably never be able to refine Chakra."

    Haruno Sakura hurriedly nodded next to him, looking forward with a look of expectation: "Tsunade-sama judges Naruto''s injury the same way, is there any good way for Uehara-senpai!"

    "There is no good way can only prohibit injuries."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and sighed softly, "I can temporarily instill life energy into him with my unique medical ninjutsu, so that it can increase the strength and lifespan of his other cells out of thin air, so that his cells can be used many times. Split, but what happens after I leave Konoha?"

    Naruto Uzumaki shook his head and said in a deep voice, "Sorry, Uehara, I can''t stop, because Sasuke is still in Akatsuki waiting for me to bring him back!"

    "..."

    The others lowered their heads involuntarily.

    Uehara Naraku looked at the determined Uzumaki Naruto, and whispered softly: "I admire your ideas, but I have to remind you that Sasuke Uchiha may have changed, but now he has joined the evil Akatsuki!"

    "I will bring him back!"

    Uzumaki Naruto remained firm, unmoved, and even smiled: "And Sasuke is not one of those cruel guys, I believe he will come back!"

    Uehara Naruko frowned: "In order to bring him back, don''t you worry that you can''t continue to be a ninja, and you will never have the chance to become Naruto?"

    "If you can''t bring your companions back to the village..."

    Uzumaki Naruto clenched his fists sharply, and shouted sharply: "So...what''s the point even if I can become Hokage?"

    "good luck."

    Uehara Naraku patted Naruto on the shoulder.

    Hey, stop dreaming, Sasuke won''t be back.

    He, Naraku Uehara, the man behind the scenes, has arranged a new path for Sasuke, and Sasuke Uchiha will only become even more hating Konoha.

    Moreover, it will continue to hate.

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 236ï¼š Eliminating Akatsuki is my purpose in coming to Konoha!

    When Naraku Uehara entered Konoha with the seventh squad, there were detection teams everywhere around the village, patrolling the area a few kilometers outside Konoha.

    This is because the Akatsuki organization has destroyed two great Ninja villages in succession recently, making Konoha¡¯s atmosphere suddenly tense, for fear that Akatsuki directly rushes into Konoha, and even Uehara saw the erection on the Konoha fence. Anti-aircraft weapons.

    The lessons of Wuyin Village and Shayin Village being directly attacked by ancient dragons are a bit profound. Konoha also took precautions in advance to avoid being caught off guard.

    Uehara Naraku looked at the weird defensive weapons and couldn''t help but praised: "Konoha has done a perfect defense against Akatsuki''s invasion!"

    "After all, Akatsuki has destroyed the two great nations Shinobu Village..."

    Hagi Kakashi followed his gaze and sighed softly, "Now the enchantment class in the village is on duty 24 hours a day, and any fluctuations that enter Konoha Village will be transmitted to Hokage Tower within ten seconds. ."

    "It''s amazing."

    Uehara Naruto nodded, not hesitating his praise: "Only in this aspect, it is much better than our Yuyin Village, and it is indeed the strongest Shinobu Village in the Ninja world."

    Well, these information will be sent back later.

    As a member of the evil organization that will attack Konoha Village in the future, it is amazing to be able to watch Konoha''s defense measures swaggeringly.

    In addition to these defensive and vigilance policies, Konoha did not relax his vigilance in the high-level combat power. After going out to find the son of destiny, Jiraji also rushed back after being summoned by Tsunade.

    Also, Metkai and Li Luoke who were performing tasks outside were also summoned back to the village, waiting to meet the tasks of the Xiao Organization or the Encirclement and Suppression Organization.

    Everyone believed that Konoha and Akatsuki''s decisive battle was about to begin.

    Six Akatsuki members are active in the territory of Fire Country. They can''t just kill the land and Sarutobi Asma in exchange for bounty, right?

    Inside the Naruto Building.

    When Naru Uehara came in, he realized that everyone who was supposed to come had already arrived. Even the farthest Terumi Mei had arrived at Konoha early.

    And Terumi Mei also wore a hat symbolizing the position of the water shadow on her head. This woman was promoted inexplicably after Akatsuki''s attack.

    After the attack on Wuyin Village, the people''s minds became distracted, and the senior officials in Wuyin Village finally granted the position of the fifth generation of Hokage to Terumi Mei. This was also to ensure Terumi Mei''s position in this meeting.

    After all, this meeting is a real three-shadow meeting.

    Shayin Village, the fifth generation of Fengying, Gaara.

    Wuyin Village, the fifth generation of water shadow, Zhaomeiming.

    Konoha Village, the fifth generation of Hokage, Tsunade.

    When Uehara Naruko walked in, he was still a little uncomfortable, because he didn''t seem to have any position.

    If you want these three shadows to shock him directly, you can just put on the black robe of Xiangyun, put on your own small ring, and put on the identity of the second generation of Xiao...

    Now it feels like three shadows'' men.

    Sure enough, as soon as Uehara Naraku came in, Tsunade, who was sitting on the top, frowned, and said displeasedly: "Why are you kid again? I thought Sansho Yu Hanzo would accept this invitation. !"

    "Hanzo-sama still has to guard against Akatsuki''s attack."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head, then took a chair and sat down: "If Tsunade-san does not welcome me, I can leave now."

    "No, it doesn''t mean it at all."

    Tsunade shook his head and sighed, "I just think a ninja demigod can play a bigger role in our next plan."

    "Actually, Sir Naraku can do too!"

    Terumi Ming turned her head to look at Uehara Naraku, and blinked her eyes at him: "I''m still very happy to meet Naraku-san at this meeting."

    "Well, me too..."

    Gaara gave a humble hum.

    It would be awkward to ask Gaara to adopt a warm attitude, after all, Nairo Uehara always bullied him in the past; but it is still awkward to ask Gaara to adopt a cold attitude, after all, Nairo Uehara rescued him some time ago.

    "Well, since everyone is here, let me talk about the current situation first!"

    Tsunade leaned on his chair and whispered: "Your Excellency Mizukage suggested that we should launch an ambush against Akatsuki to capture one or more Akatsuki members and obtain more information about Akatsuki, but now we seem to have appeared. A more suitable opportunity."

    After Tsunade finished speaking, he turned his head to look at Nara Shikahisa and Nara Shikamaru and his son standing at the door, and said in a deep voice: "There are more than six Akatsuki members in the fire country. This incident is the middle of our village. Shinobu Nara Shikamaru saw with his own eyes that he is an excellent intelligence ninja. Let him introduce the intelligence of those people first."

    "Yes, Master Naruto."

    Nara Shikamaru nodded, and stood beside Tsunade, with a heart-like silence on his face: "About three days ago, the two members of Akatsuki''s organization should be named the evil people of Kakuto and Hidana. , Attacked the Temple of Fire and killed Lord Dilu, the presiding officer of the Temple of Fire.

    After we got the news, we immediately rounded up the two members of Akatsuki, hoping to obtain information about Akatsuki after capturing them.

    However, just after we found their traces, we discovered that Akatsuki had infiltrated the Fire Land not only with two people, but six rebels. "

    When Nara Shikamaru said this, he paused for a moment and continued quietly: "My captain Sarutobi Asma was surrounded by Akatsuki members in order to cover us. Maybe it was Akatsuki''s members. Slaughtered.

    The information obtained after Konoha raided the gold exchange confirmed that the body of Teacher Asma had been exchanged for the bounty at the gold exchange by Akatsuki.

    The person in charge of the money exchange said that there were many wounds on Mr. Asma¡¯s corpse. Only his face was able to recognize his face. It was to facilitate the identification of the corpse to receive the bounty, but we did not find it in the money exchange. The corpse of Teacher Sima and Dilu. "

    Nara Shikamaru''s fingers trembled a bit. He suppressed his emotions again and continued: "After we have confirmed many times, the murderer who attacked Fire Temple and killed Asma was done by Akatsuki''s members. Number of people.

    One is Uchiha Itachi, Konoha Village''s S-rank rebel.

    Second, the corner capital, the S-level rebel of Takiin Village.

    Third, the Fei section, Tang Rencun murdered the devil.

    Fourth, dry persimmon ghost shark, S-level rebel in Wuyin Village.

    Fifth, the ghost lamp is full of the moon, and the S-level rebel of the fog hidden village.

    Sixth, Ringo Yu Yuri, one of the seven people of Wuyin Village Shinobi.

    Above, the report is complete. "

    After Nara Shikamaru finished speaking, he took a step back and signaled that his task had been completed. The next thing was these high-level discussions.

    Terumi Ming glanced at Uehara Naraku, but saw Uehara Naraku also watching. Her heart suddenly jumped and explained: "The dried persimmon ghost shark and the ghost lamp full moon have defected for a long time. As for Ringo Yu Yuri, she was under the ghost lamp. When the full moon abducted or solicited to leave the Wuyin Village, I will issue a wanted order for Ringo Yu Yuri when I return."

    This matter must first be fooled.

    After the meeting is over, Terumi plans to talk to Uehara Naraku again, what is wrong with the guy that Ghost Lantern Manyue, that guy will not really defect!

    "Ok¡­"

    Tsunade held his finger, nodded vaguely, and continued softly: "This time six Akatsuki members are active in the fire country. We guess that this time the enemy is likely to attack Konoha and seize the Konoha''s nine-tailed man Zhuli."

    "There is only this reason."

    Gaara nodded calmly.

    Akatsuki''s ambition for the tail beast is obvious. The one-tailed Shou crane in his body was stripped off by Akatsuki''s members. If it weren''t for Chiyo, Gaara would have been buried in the soil.

    Naruto Uehara nodded and continued: "Your Excellency Tsunade, do you want us to be stationed in Konoha Village to guard against Akatsuki''s raid?"

    "No, not so."

    Tsunade slowly shook his palm and shouted in a deep voice, "We intend to take the opportunity of Akatsuki''s members to sneak into the country of fire, and send a team of people to take the initiative!"

    Everyone looked up at Tsunade in a little surprised. Obviously they didn''t think Tsunade''s behavior would be successful. Now it''s difficult to even hold Konoha, and they take the initiative to attack?

    Isn''t this crazy?

    Gaara shook his head and retorted loudly, "Your Excellency Tsunade, maybe I need to remind that when Akatsuki''s personnel appear to attack the Great Power Shinobu Village, they will drive a terrifying psychic beast that can fly in the air..."

    "Yes."

    Terumi Ming''s face was not good, and he spoke to Tsunade earnestly: "Your Excellency Tsunate, Your Fukage is right. Akatsuki''s people come and go without a trace. It is very difficult even to catch them. ."

    "..."

    Tsunade''s expression drooped suddenly.

    After all, what she wants is to fend off the enemy outside the village. If the Konoha and Akatsuki organize a war, the loss will definitely be incalculable.

    However, if Konoha''s ninja can be used on the battlefield with the Akatsuki organization in the wild, it will be able to take advantage of Konoha''s large number of ninjas, and use the number advantage to cut Akatsuki''s members separately and let the powerful ninja fight.

    Now Terumi Ming and Gaara refuse to support her decision, Tsunade¡¯s heart is inevitably uncomfortable, but she has already decided on this plan herself, and the reason why she proposed it at the meeting was to get two images and Uehara Naraku. Support of the fighting force.

    Uehara Naruko rubbed his forehead, UU reading whispered: "In fact, Tsunade-san''s plan is not impossible. If Konoha''s intelligence is correct, it seems that it appears to be in the country of fire. The six members are not difficult to deal with, right?"

    This is true.

    After all, there are three Ninja Swords, an immortal duo, and the half-blind and half-sick guy Uchiha Itachi. If you plan well, the chances of winning are very high.

    Uehara Naraku tapped his fingers on the table, and continued softly: "If we move fast enough, there is a high chance that the attack will succeed. If we can catch one or two members or more, it will help us a lot. ."

    Uehara Naraku sighed and said softly, "It''s just that I need to remind that in addition to these six people, there may also be the appearance of the Uchiha belt soil. Generally these configurations are Akatsuki''s action plan;

    If Konoha is determined to plan, I suggest to consider other factors, such as the Uchiha belt soil that is always unconscious! "

    "Lord Naraku''s suggestion is remembered."

    Tsunade''s face finally showed a smile. She didn''t hide her gratitude for Uehara Naraku, and whispered softly: "Thank you! For our next actions, I want to ask, can you all participate in coordinated operations? ?"

    After all, Gaara, Terumi Ming and Uehara Naraku are very strong!

    Aside from other things, at least a few Akatsuki members can be involved!

    Especially Uehara Naraku and Gaara, both guys can fly.

    Before Gaara and Terumi could speak, Uehara Naruko nodded first, and agreed: "I am very interested in this. How to eliminate Akatsuki''s rebellious ninjas that endanger the Ninja World is also the purpose of my coming to Konoha. what¡­"

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 237ï¼š You Yuyin Village want a corner capital for Hanzo to live longer!

    Tsunade''s will is very firm.

    The current situation is both a crisis and a huge opportunity for Konoha. Once they can successfully eliminate the Akatsuki organization, Konoha''s position will definitely surpass the destroyed Shayin Village and Wuyin Village.

    Tsunade is a qualified politician. Compared with her political wisdom, Gaara, Sagakura Village is too young.

    Even if Terumi Ming of Wuyin Village can think of this level, he can''t do anything about it, because uniting to encircle the Akatsuki organization is now a political correctness in the Ninja World.

    Of course, the woman Tsunade also has a few brushes.

    If they want their allies to obey Konoha''s will, in addition to these righteous reputations, they need some relatively generous rewards. Konoha''s interests must not be sold, and they can only sell the interests of another country.

    "Some time ago, we once proposed to question the third generation of Tokage Onoki in Yanyin Village and ask him to surrender Akatsuki''s information. Unfortunately, this matter has not been implemented."

    Tsunade tightened his palm, and said solemnly, "Especially after Akatsuki destroys Shayin Village and Wuyin Village one after another, it will be more difficult for us to initiate sanctions against Yanyin Village. After all, if Xiao is really Yanyin The village is hidden outside the black hand who secretly started the Ninja war, we must cut the claws of Yanyin Village!"

    This is a bit domineering.

    After saying some awe-inspiring words, Tsunade will naturally say something that everyone likes to hear: "Wait until we eliminate Akatsuki, and find conclusive evidence, use this as a reason to fight against the terror-ridden Yanyin Village, and I must ask Yanyin. The village compensates all countries!"

    "This may cause war..."

    Uehara Nairobi frowned subconsciously: "If I want to do this, I must report to Hanzo-sama. Hanzo-sama has always been committed to peace in the Ninja world."

    Tsunade turned his head to look at Gaara and Terumi, and said in a deep voice, "Peace is not achieved by winning! Only with a strong enough attitude and strong enough strength can we embrace peace!"

    "Ok¡­"

    Gaara hesitated for a while, and then softly spoke to ease the topic: "Now what matters most to us is to round up the members of Akatsuki in Fire Country? Let''s talk about our battle plan first!"

    "it is good."

    Tsunade waved to Nara Shikuji, and softly introduced, "This is our Konoha squad leader Nara Shikuji, and he will explain this action to everyone!"

    "Yes, Master Naruto."

    Nara Shikahisa stood at the place where Nara Shikamaru just now, and took out a map of the country of fire and spread it out on the table.

    "Because Akatsuki has a small number of members, but the strength is very strong, so we plan to carry out the task of collecting intelligence and establishing a blockade network during the round up of Akatsuki this time. The main force involved in the battle will be the upper ninja in the village. Squad and Anbe Squad.

    First, fully enclose.

    According to the information we finally got, the members of Akatsuki''s organization will be in this area at present, so a large number of Sensing Ninja squads will start dragnet searches from this area. The main battle squad will follow closely to support Akatsuki at any time. Members are encircled.

    Second, split operations.

    Based on our judgments about fighting with Akatsu over the years, the members of the Akatsuki organization have a very high co-operation in collective combat. This is the result of their years of fighting experience.

    But there seems to be a difference between them, that is, everyone is very proud, so we may be able to gradually disrupt Akatsuki''s coordination with the use of fueling tactics, and cut and enclose Akatsuki''s six members.

    Third, fight less and encircle more.

    According to our intelligence, although these members who invaded the country of fire may be slightly inferior, they are still very powerful, so if you want to round up them, you need a powerful ninja to suppress them.

    Therefore, the main battle squad headed by Naruto-sama and Jiraiya-sama will attack, kill one or two members of Akatsuki, and send the Shinnin and Anbe squads to encircle and entangle other members, defeat them one by one, and attack them one by one. Hunt and kill.

    The members of the encircled team and the main battle team have been listed. They can maximize the advantages of each team, but it is inevitable that there will be accidents on the battlefield, and a decision is needed.

    the above. "

    Nara Shikajiu speaks slowly, without any sense of urgency when a war comes, but his strategy makes people scalp numb.

    Even Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but feel a little agitated.

    Fortunately, he came to Konoha this time, otherwise, just six people from the corners would really be destroyed here because of Nara Shikahisa''s plan.

    I didn''t expect that the commander of the ninja coalition forces in the future war of ninjas would have an IQ too high to be underestimated!

    Not to mention that there are six people in the horns. As long as Konoha Ninja obeys his remote command and fights in the wild, even Penn¡¯s Six Paths may be destroyed by each...

    Seeing Nara Lukisa smiling, he talked about his strategy like a nice guy... This guy is actually quite poisonous!

    Bang bang bang...

    Uehara Naraku gently bulged his palms and couldn''t help but praised: "I have never seen such a wonderful strategy..."

    "Hehehehe..."

    Nara Shikahisa rubbed his forehead with embarrassment. This strategy actually took a lot of energy. After all, Tsunade asked him to come up with an adaptive strategic plan in such a short time. It''s a bit hard.

    Tsunade looked at the people present and said softly, "So, do you have any different opinions? If there are no opinions, we can consider starting implementation..."

    "Wuyin Village has no opinion."

    "Shayin Village has no opinion."

    "Yuyin Village has no opinion."

    Everyone present nodded their heads.

    After this strategy was taken out, Konoha didn''t seem to need their help much, just to add a layer of insurance.

    Everyone is allies anyway.

    After nodding, Terumi Ming asked a question: "After this operation is over, we hope that the three Ninja Swordsmen in the village can be handed over to us..."

    "This is natural."

    Tsunade nodded calmly.

    Uehara Naraku also spoke directly: "Then after the operation is over, we in Yuyin Village hope to hand over all the corners to us."

    Tsunade frowned, but did not immediately agree: "We must consider this matter. After all, the corners belong to the rebels of Takigakura..."

    Konoha also collected information about Kakuto.

    The leader of Takigakura gave Konoha a piece of information about Kakuto, and at that time Tsunade was frightened by the information.

    Kakuto, this guy has become the upper ninja of Takiin Village decades ago. After killing all Takiin''s high-level leaders, he took the location of Takiin Village and escaped!

    What is this concept?

    How long did this fellow Jiaodu live!

    "This can''t work."

    Uehara Naraku smiled and shook his head, and whispered softly, "Kakuto stole a treasure from our Yuyin Village, and Master Hanzo specified that I should bring him back."

    "Ah¡­"

    Tsunade couldn''t help but let out a sneer, and watched Uehara Nairo tick the corner of his mouth: "Is that really the treasure of your Ugin village? He stole the treasure from Takigakura..."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku''s expression changed. He slowly stood up, lay on the table and looked directly at Tsunade opposite, and said softly, "It seems that you already know the secret of Kakuto. The reason why we want Kakuto, Konoha should I''m very clear, Hanzo-sama..."

    "Uehara!"

    Tsunade interrupted Uehara Naraku''s words neatly, and flew over to hold Uehara Naraku''s arm and hugged him and left the office.

    While holding Uehara Naraku''s arm, Tsunade beckoned at Gaara and Terumi Mei: "I have something to talk to this kid, please feel free to both of you..."

    "Uh¡­"

    Terumi Ming and Gaara looked at each other.

    After a while, the two people began to think about why a corner would cause a dispute between Konoha and Uyincun. What secret did that guy hide?

    In the corridor of the Naruto Tower.

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Tsunade who came out with a smile, feeling the softness and warmth from his arms, and thought of Konan inexplicably.

    If I remember correctly, it seems that when I was chatting with Xiaonan teacher some time ago, I heard it faintly... Xiaonan teacher didn''t seem to care about Uehara finding a woman older than him to marry.

    At the time, Uehara Naraku thought that Xiaonan was talking about agreeing with him and Terumi Mei. This was a mere illusion, so Uehara didn''t care.

    Now, it seems, as if...

    Sometimes, you should listen more to the teacher!

    After Tsunade smiled and entered a small dark room with Uehara Naraku''s arm, he closed the door abruptly and pressed Uehara Naraku against the wall!

    "Hey, kid!"

    The smile on Tsunade¡¯s face disappeared without a trace. At this moment, her face was full of hostility: "The Sanshoyu Hanzo wants Kakuto''s body for longevity, right?"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku looked down at Tsunade and her chest.

    After being silent for a while, Uehara Naraku lowered his head again.

    Because he didn''t know how to answer, he could only bow his head and express his acquiescence. Anyway, they almost leaked in the Hokage office just now!

    Tsunade also knows this fact. She looked at Naraku Uehara''s expression and snorted: "If this operation is successful, Konoha will definitely not give all the horns to Uyincun and let the old guy die. This heart!"

    Fortunately, Uehara Naraku still remembered his duties, immediately raised his head and glared at Tsunade, and said coldly: "This is our bottom line. You are nothing more than worrying that Hanzo-sama will continue to live and Uyin Village will become stronger under his leadership. ¡­"

    "Almost there."

    Tsunade shook his head contemptuously, stretched out a finger across Naruko Uehara''s face, and said coldly: "If it''s only strength, I might admire him very much. After all, Sansho Fish Hanzo defeated Shizuo with his own power. Of the ten Konoha elite squads, only me and the two idiots Jilaiya and Dashemaru survived.

    But speaking of his leadership ability, that old guy has led Yuyin Village for so many years, do you think Yuyin Village has become stronger? Even you kid did more than Hanzo''s This sentence is a little provocative.

    Uehara Naraku wanted to nod subconsciously, of course he himself felt that he had done more for Uyin Village than Sansho Fish Hanzo! The land of the Land of Rain has nearly doubled, isn''t it all his credit?

    Uehara Naraku lowered his head, and his breathing gradually became a little bit quicker. After a struggle, he said in a deep voice, "Needless to say, Hokage, when we act, we will rely on our methods. Who can kill Kakuto? Then whoever owns the horns!"

    "Okay, let''s take a gamble!"

    Tsunade hooked the corners of his mouth and stretched out his palms: "Make a bet! If you can kill Jiaodu, then give you Yuyin Village!"

    "..."

    Something seems to be wrong.

    After thinking about it for a while, Nairo Uehara slowly stretched out his hand and grasped Tsunade''s small palm, as if he was about to lose to Tsunade in this bet.

    Although it is a losing bet, it is still necessary to make a bet, mainly for fear of causing Tsunade''s suspicion.

    You can''t kill Jiaodu for a bet!

    The old man Kakuto is a diligent and earnest person for Akatsuki''s organization, and that is a ninja that even Uehara Naraku admires!

    "come!"

    Tsunade grabbed Uehara Naraku''s clothes, grabbed Uehara and lowered his head involuntarily, and sighed in his ear: "Oh, kid, you have never won the bet between us! "

    "..."

    After thinking about it for a while, Naraku Uehara clenched his fist and pressed her lips to Tsunade''s ear: "Don''t worry, for Hanzo-sama, I will definitely win this time!"

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 238ï¼š 1 big show to open soon!

    After Tsunade and Naraku Uehara left the black room, they returned to Hokage''s office and chatted for a while. Now that the alliance plan was determined, the next step was to implement the plan.

    Uehara Naraku, Gaara, and Terumi will act together with Tsunade, and this will also bring together a powerful main battle team.

    As for the other main battle team, Jilai also personally led the team, directly leading the previous generation of Pig Deer Butterfly.

    This configuration...

    It''s kind of scary.

    It''s just the power of these two main battle squads. It is absolutely enough to defeat the six Akatsuki members such as Jiao Du and Gan Shi Gui Yu!

    Even the combat effectiveness of the encircling squads cannot be underestimated. Among them are the third squad led by Matkay and the seventh squad led by Hagi Kakashi. These two extraordinary squads are also performing encirclement tasks. .

    The six members of Akatsuki''s organization are really not enough.

    After the meeting was over, the Konoha ninjas began to prepare in advance, and hundreds of perception ninjas had already set off to the area where Akatsuki was active.

    Uehara Naraku began to think about how to arrange it.

    The cards in Konoha''s hand are really great. Even if they have a spy, this lineup cannot be solved by the six members including Kakigami and Kakuto.

    to be frank.

    Konoha''s lineup, if he is not there, it is probably enough to eliminate the entire Akatsuki organization.

    In addition to Jiraiya and Tsunade, they also dispatched a guy named Metkai, as well as Uzumaki Naruto, who could use the power of the tail beast and use the wind escape spiral shuriken, which made Uehara Naruto bald.

    Nai Uehara has no choice but to call someone.

    Uehara Naraku quietly controlled a filthy reincarnation body that had not been communicated for a long time, and was accompanied by the fourth generation of Naruto Fengshuimen by the side of the medicine master.

    A base a thousand miles away.

    While Yakushidou was still diligently experimenting, he saw a coffin quietly opened, and the fourth generation of Naruto Wave Fengshui Gate suddenly walked out, and the voice of Uehara Naraku came out of his mouth.

    "There is one thing you need to do."

    After Uehara Naraku pondered for a while, he spoke softly, "I am a little inconvenient now, so I need someone to help Uchiha bring the soil and attract the attention of two powerful teams."

    "very simple."

    The pharmacist pondered for a while, chuckled and pushed his glasses, and whispered: "Master Naraku tells me who these two teams are! I will send the appropriate Dirty Reincarnation Body, which can be used for four generations. Hokage used Flying Thunder to take him."

    Uehara Nara nodded and said: "The first team, Jiraiya, Nara Kajiu, Yamazaka Keiichi, Akudo Dingza."

    "I understand."

    The pharmacist nodded and said softly: "Is one of Konoha''s Jiraiya, and the previous generation of pig deer butterfly? It seems we can just let the fourth generation of Naruto Lord pass by himself, he and those people are old Friends!"

    "It makes sense."

    Uehara Naruko frowned and continued softly, "It''s just that I am worried that he will leak information, but if the will of the fourth generation of Hokage is eliminated, will he be sealed because of the disadvantage of the battle?"

    "Master Naraku can send one more person!"

    The pharmacist chuckled lightly and offered his own advice: "Probably there is no more suitable candidate than the third generation of Hokage!"

    "It''s wonderful, we can help them choose their opponents."

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but want to praise Yakushidou this guy, this guy always likes to fight against those who are bound.

    So the final result...

    It is the pharmacist who became the master of dreams

    Uehara Naraku slowly raised his fingers and chuckled lightly: "Then I will let the second-generation Hokage fight against Tsunade and our team; let the third-generation Naruto and fourth-generation Naruto fight against Jiraiya''s team. ."

    "Ok."

    The pharmacist nodded, his face gradually becoming more serious: "I will also follow the fourth generation of Hokage to rush over, so as not to make any mistakes in Lord Naraku''s plan."

    "Well, you can."

    Uehara Naruto nodded.

    After Uehara Naraku arranged his opponents and teammates for him, he urgently contacted Uchiha Daido, asking him to pass on information to the Kakigami, and give his orders by the way.

    "I have solved the two most troublesome teams for you, let Kakuto, Hidan, Uyuri, and Ghost Light Manmotsu retreat now, leaving only you and Uchiha Itachi.

    After a while, you will contact Master Payne to create Deidara and Junmaro''s elephant-turning puppets, which will be used to cover your retreat to avoid any accidents in the middle. "

    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he was still a little uneasy, and added: "If Metkay is too troublesome, I will let Uchiha take the action if necessary. Remember, we must ensure that Uchiha Itachi and Uzumaki Naruto Human battle!"

    Elephant turning puppet is one of the abilities of the reincarnation eye. It can be used as a sacrifice by an ordinary ninja, so that a ninja far away can control the sacrifice. At the same time, the sacrifice has 30% of the chakra controlled by it, but it can Use their equipment and blood to follow the boundaries.

    It''s just that when the chakra runs out, the elephant will die.

    In this big drama, Uehara Naraku was struggling, and it really made him use many of his relationships.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark was also unambiguous, and conveyed the information sent by Uehara Naruto, and immediately let Kakuto, Hidan, Ringo Yu Yuri, and Ghost Light Full Moon retreat, and he and Uchiha Itachi were cut off.

    Fei Duan was still a little unwilling, holding his sect''s instrument and complaining: "It''s rare that I want to kill a few more people and offer enough sacrifices for Lord Cthulhu..."

    Dry persimmon ghost shark looked at the flying section coldly, and said solemnly: "The leader has ordered us, we must follow Uehara''s command. The enemy is very powerful, and you will die if you are not careful."

    Feiduan curled his lips and murmured dissatisfiedly: "Then tell the leader, I don''t want to follow his orders, this opportunity..."

    Click!

    Fei Duan''s head was cut off directly!

    Ringo Yu Yuri slowly bit a lollipop, put away his Shinobi nonchalantly, knelt down and grabbed the flying section of his hair, then turned and left with his head.

    Ringo Yu Yuri works straightforwardly.

    Fei Duan stared blankly at his body falling to the ground, and cursed: "Are you crazy? How dare you chop off my head...it hurts, it hurts, don''t grab my hair! , Jiaodu, take my body!"

    "moron."

    Jiao Duan glanced at Fei Duan, leaned over and carried Fei Duan''s body, and caught up with Ringo Yu Yuri''s footsteps. Gui Deng Man Yue couldn''t help but smile and followed their team.

    After watching them leave, the dried persimmon ghost shark looked at Uchiha Itachi with a chuckle: "Because our team is the strongest, so we are allowed to cut off, Mr. Itachi, should you have no opinion?"

    "No."

    Uchiha Itachi shook his head.

    After a while, Uchiha Itachi said softly, "This is the last time I have seen my deceased. Haven''t you already arranged my destiny?"

    After returning, Uchiha Itachi will fight Uchiha Sasuke.

    As for the result of the duel, both Uchiha Itachi and Kaki Kazuki knew very well in their hearts, and they had already figured it out.

    "You still have a chance to change."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark looked at Uchiha Itachi and persuaded him: "If you still want to change your own destiny, you''d better tell me in advance, otherwise, if you disrupt the adult''s plan, I will be in trouble."

    "My destiny is doomed."

    Uchiha Itachi stretched out his palm and watched the sun shine on him through the leaves, leaving a shadow area.

    Yes, his fate is doomed.

    but¡­

    Sasuke''s fate can be changed.

    In the future, whether Uchiha Sasuke will return to Konoha, or be sheltered by the dried persimmon ghost shark and his behind-the-scenes people, it depends on their fight with Konoha Ninja this time.

    It is a pity that Uchiha Itachi didn''t know that this match was specially arranged for him, so he did not hesitate to fight for it.

    Inside Konoha Village.

    Uehara Nana landed in a hidden corner and quietly released the second-generation and third-generation Hokage reincarnated from the dirty soil, watching their state with great satisfaction.

    "It''s a pity, if it wasn''t for worrying about leaking information from you, I really want you to see your old friends!"

    "Evil kid!"

    Senshouka suddenly mobilized Chakra in his body to try to get rid of Uehara Naraku''s control, but his strength was not enough.

    Sarutobi Hizumi looked at Uehara Naraku dullly, and sighed sadly: "Uehara Naraku, are you finally going to take action on Konoha? The villain hidden in the dark can never defeat justice under the sun. The man of..."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Sarutobi Hisaki speechlessly, shook his head and said, "Hey, Sandaime, don''t you know how bad your reputation in the Ninja World is now? Forget it, wait for me to take Sarutobi Asi After Ma Huitu reincarnated, let him tell you!"

    "Asma?"

    Sarutobi''s face changed, and he gradually calmed down again: "So did Asma also get a bad hand? That kid..."

    "Let¡¯s talk about it here!"

    Uehara Naruko made a few handprints on his fingers, and after a short time annihilated their will, he chuckled lightly: "Time is running out..."

    After doing all this.

    Thousands of hands stretched out his palms and placed them on Sarutobi Hizen''s body, leading him to leave Konoha directly with the technique of the Thunder God.

    The country of rain.

    Akatsuki''s base.

    After Penn got the information and request from Uehara Naraku immediately remotely used the technique of the transformation to create Kaguya-kun Maro, Uchiha Sasuke, Shiro, Red Sand Scorpion, and Deidara. The elephant waiting for people turns into a puppet.

    The members of Akatsuki are more important.

    It doesn''t matter if these created puppets die.

    Deidara sat in the base, his face was a little unhappy when he controlled his elephant to turn into a puppet: "Transfer all my chakras to the past, only 30% of the chakras can be left, and the utilization rate is too low. Well, how about I just have a super explosion!"

    Payne shook his head indifferently and said, "Whatever you do, as long as you can cover the ghost shark and Uchiha Itachi to escape back."

    "Of course you have to cover the **** Itachi to escape back!"

    Sasuke Uchiha clenched his fist and whispered, "If he doesn''t come back, how can I kill him!"

    Now everyone is ready.

    Uehara Naraku satisfactorily glanced at the main line progress, which had increased a few percentage points, and then looked at the comparison between the two camps.

    Konoha Party: Jiraiya and the previous generation of Pig Deer Butterfly Team, Tsunade, Terumi Mei, Gaara and Uehara Naraku (spy), Metkai and his third class, Hagi Kakashi and his second team Class 7 and a group of encircled teams, and a group of perception ninjas.

    Akatsuki Party: Uchiha Itachi, Dried Persimmon Ghost Shark, Red Sand Scorpion (elephant to puppet), Didara (elephant to puppet), White (elephant to puppet), Kaguya-kun Maro (elephant to puppet), Uchi Bo Sasuke (like a puppet).

    Hidden members of the participating parties: Yakushitou, Uchiha Daito, Hokage 2nd, Hokage 3rd, Hokage 4th.

    Who could have imagined that Naraku Uehara''s meticulously arranged drama was actually just to elicit a crow from another **** raised by Uchiha Itachi?

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 239ï¼š First encounter

    Tension gradually increased in the air.

    A team of Konoha ninjas left the village, and the two main combat teams, Tsunade and Jiraiya, also set off from one direction to the active area of ??Akatsuki.

    As Uehara Naraku and Tsunade are on the way, from time to time there will be news from ninjas, detective ninjas, carrier pigeons, and reports on the positions of each team.

    Tsunade just listened rather casually.

    Uehara Naraku just casually leaked the medicine doctor''s pocket, the dried persimmon ghost shark, and several Hokage who reincarnated from the dirty soil, and arranged them to move their positions at any time.

    "The Jilaiya squad has rushed to the northwest and is expected to arrive at the encircled stronghold where they are dispatched. Before that, the third and fourth generations of Hokage will immediately intercept and pocket, you are responsible for monitoring the battle between them!"

    "understand!"

    "Tsunade and my team are rushing to the northeast. They are expected to arrive at the enclosing location where we are dispatched. The second generation of Hokage will immediately intercept us, pocket, is there any suitable manpower on your side? I am afraid that I will be too heavy... "

    "understand."

    Pharmacist hurriedly summoned a coffin and whispered: "Second-generation Naruto and Second-generation Suikage, two ninjas who are good at water escape. If Naraku-sama can hide his power, they should be able to talk to Tsunade-sama. ''S team struggled a bit."

    "Good job."

    Uehara Naraku really has to admire the brains of the medicine master, the combination of the second generation of Naruto + the second generation of water shadow, two ninjas who are very good at water escape, can definitely fight with Tsunade, Terumi and Gaara. Framed!

    After Uehara Naraku solved the two main battle teams, he immediately began to pass on the information of the other teams to the Kakigami and Uchiha Itachi: "The two classes of Metkai and Kakashi are not separated. They are rushing in your direction. Passed."

    "I know."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark grinned, nodded with a light smile.

    Uehara Naraku was a little uneasy, and said in a deep voice, "I remember that the elephant-turning puppets of Deidara and the Red Sand Scorpion are nearby. Let them attract the eyes of other Konoha ninjas; Ghosts, you and Uchiha Itachi, Shiro, Junmaro, and Sasuke are ready to face Kakashi and Metkai!"

    Uehara Naraku is really busy.

    The situation on several battlefields needs him to worry about.

    It feels really bad to play chess with myself.

    Fortunately, the only interesting thing is that you can control the situation on the battlefield. You can add a piece at any time and remove a piece at any time.

    Also, it''s fun to scare Tsunade.

    For example, after Konoha''s Sensing Ninja detected the red sand scorpion and Deidara, he immediately reported to Tsunade that there were two more members of the Akatsuki organization who were not within the scope of the encirclement and suppression. Can''t you fight?

    "Of course we must fight!"

    Tsunade gritted his teeth, and said coldly, "I and Jilaiya can split into four teams at any time, and it doesn''t matter if there are two more people!"

    "Yes, Master Naruto!"

    The perception ninja hurriedly left.

    Tsunade glanced at his team members, Terumi Ming and Gaara looked a little anxious, and Uehara Naraku seemed to be more anxious than them.

    Is this kid scared?

    Just as Tsunade turned his head, a kunai suddenly shot at her from the dense forest, and everyone could not help being surprised!

    Uehara Naraku reminded loudly: "Be careful!"

    "Don''t be so fussy..."

    Tsunade tilted her head lightly, avoiding the kunai that struck, and just as she was about to say something more, she saw a familiar family crest in the corner of her eye.

    This is the mark of the Thousand Hands Clan!

    This kunai is owned by the Senju Clan ninja!

    In the next second, Tsunade suddenly remembered that not many ninjas like to leave their mark on kuma, because kuma is too easy to lose.

    Except for the second generation of Naruto and the fourth generation of the God of Thunder, no one else seems to have the habit of leaving a mark on the karma, even if it is between the Senjue Zhuma!

    Whoosh!

    A ninja wearing leather armor showed up out of thin air, grabbed the imprinted kunai, and slammed kunai towards Tsunade''s neck! This attack came so suddenly that no one else in the room could even imagine it!

    Tsunade waved her arm to block Kunai, her eyes were staring at the ninja who appeared suddenly, and she whispered, "Is it... Grandpa?"

    Even Tsunade never expected that Senju Kuma would appear here!

    If I remember correctly, they should be encircling Xiaoxiao organization, how come they feel they are encircling Dashewan again now?

    Thousands of hands appeared here...

    It''s so **** weird!

    It''s a pity that this second-generation Hokage didn''t have his own will at all, but just launched an attack freely, and opened his mouth a group of water needles: "Water escape¡¤Heaven cry!"

    The speed of these water needles was too fast, and when Tsunade had no time to evade and defend, they directly hit Tsunade''s arm and shoulder!

    "Ah ah ah ah ah!"

    Tsunade waved his fist angrily, and slammed a fist towards Senshouma, but what greeted her was a kick!

    Tsunade raised his head and was kicked out!

    Even if the will is annihilated, those familiar combat experiences can crush Tsunade. At the beginning, a thousand-handed man who came out of the soil of Nakanobu was able to suppress the sword of Sarutobi, let alone the one that came out of Baijuemu. Thousands of hands close to the peak!

    Fortunately, at this moment, Terumi Ming, Gaara, and Uehara Naraku reacted, and quickly stopped Senjumon''s attack and saved Tsunade who was attacked.

    "What exactly is going on!"

    Terumi looked at the Qianshouzun who was standing opposite them, with an unusually ugly expression: "Your Excellency Fifth-Generation Hokage, why does your country''s second-generation Hokage appear here? Didn''t we say that the Encirclement and Suppression Organization was organized?"

    "..."

    Tsunade nestled in the arms of Uehara Naraku, letting Uehara Naraku reach out to help her pull out a water needle to heal her wound.

    Tsunade''s expression was so gloomy that she could drip water. She thought of her old friend: "Perhaps the fellow Oshamaru did not die and became Akatsuki again..."

    "All right."

    After Uehara Naraku''s palm glowed with a green light, after stroking Tsunade''s arm and healed her wound, he said softly: "What should we do now, if we have the second generation of Hokage..."

    "It''s not just the second generation of Hokage."

    A voice suddenly interrupted Naraku Uehara.

    Terumi Ming watched another figure appear next to the second generation Naruto Senshouma, her face also became a little gloomy: "And the second generation water shadow of our misty hidden village..."

    "..."

    Everyone present suddenly became silent.

    Uehara Naraku slowly lowered his head, and said solemnly: "Your Excellency Tsunade, it seems unlikely that our team will participate in the battle of encirclement and suppression of Akatsuki. We must find out what happened on the battlefield!"

    "Ok."

    Tsunade nodded slowly and stood up: "We encountered the second grandfather and the second generation Shuiying''s obstruction here. Jiraiya won''t meet the grandfather over there, right?"

    If the Jiraiya team encountered the first generation of Naruto, they would definitely not be the first generation of Naruto opponents, and even one hand could hang them up and fight!

    But Tsunade was worried.

    Jiraiya did not meet the first generation of Hokage.

    But if Jilai also chooses, maybe he still thinks that the first generation of Hokage is pretty good, anyway, he doesn''t want to face the two enemies that are now around their team...

    "Master III!"

    Nara Lujiu had a slight cold sweat on his face. He watched the little old man who suddenly appeared and ambushed them, and he began to feel a little worried.

    After all, his strategy is based on the situation of intelligence equivalence!

    Now that this main combat force is actually entangled by people, who will be in charge of the battle?

    If it were only three generations of Naruto Sarutobi, it would be okay, but a blond man wearing a royal robe stood beside Sarutobi.

    Qiu Dao Dingzuo squinted his eyes and sighed faintly: "It''s been a long time since I saw you... Watergate."

    "Tsk, what a trouble!"

    Jilai also touched his chin, looking impatiently at the third and fourth generations of Hokage in the distance: "These two guys are here to prevent us from besieging Akatsuki?"

    "Probably!"

    Nara Shika nodded for a long time, and then said in a deep voice: "If the information does not appear before new changes The entire ninja world can use the art of reincarnating from the dirty soil, only one of the Konoha three ninjas. pill."

    "Ah, that''s about it."

    Jilai also stretched, slowly clenched his fists, and said a messy tongue twister: "It''s really interesting! My friend controlled my teacher and my disciple to besiege me..."

    This is a bit witty.

    All the pigs, deer and butterflies present can hear that they have a sad heart with that optimistic attitude. Perhaps this is the most painful thing in life, right?

    Dashemaru is Jilaiya''s friend, Sarutobi Hizaki is Jilaiya''s teacher, and Hafengmizumen is Jilaiya''s disciple, and now they are all standing on the opposite side of Jilaiya!

    "Well, let''s talk about tactics!"

    Jilaiya''s face gradually became serious. He glanced at the Zhuludie and others around him, and said solemnly: "The old man and the water gate''s ninjutsu are also very clear to you...

    So we have to find a way to separate them and fight, otherwise, under the skill of the Thunder God of Watergate, we are not sure that we can block the old man''s ninjutsu. "

    "Yes."

    Nara Shika nodded for a long time, and suddenly said, "Master Jiraiya, if we meet the third and fourth generations here, then Tsunade-sama¡¯s team will most likely also encounter an attack. The enemy they encountered It may be the first generation Me Naruto and the second generation Me Naruto..."

    "...Do not rule out this possibility."

    Jilai also nodded, looked at Sarutobi Hizaki and Nami Fengshuimen in the distance, and rubbed his wrists: "There is no way, then we must solve them as soon as possible and go to support Tsunade. We must protect the living!"

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 240ï¼š Choosing the succumbing wave Fengshuimen and the unrelenting Jiraiya

    After losing his will, the combat power of the Dirt Reincarnation Body can be described as fluctuating high and low, fighting purely by relying on its own instinct.

    But there is no doubt that after the three generations of old and frail Naruto Tobihiro obtained the dirty earth reincarnation, his combat power has improved a lot.

    "The Shuriken Shadow Clone Technique!"

    Sarutobi Hizhan threw a huge shuriken with his hand, closed his fingers and quickly formed a seal. The shuriken instantly separated a bunch of shadow clones densely, and turned towards Jilaiya and Zhuludie. Shoot in the direction!

    "Tudun¡¤Tuliu City Wall!"

    Zi Lai also closed his hands to seal the seal at the same time, releasing an earth flow city wall that stood in front of the giant shuriken, and even the thick walls were cut into cracks by the shuriken!

    Jilai couldn''t help but frowned, and said with lingering fear: "The old man is really ruthless!"

    However, just as Jilai breathed a sigh of relief, the clear voice of the fourth generation of Hokage Wave Fengshui Gate appeared in his ears: "The Shuriken Shadow Clone Technique!"

    This made Ji Lai almost forget!

    Like Sarutobi and Sarutobi, both of them are actually good at shuriken shadow avatar, but they focus on different directions!

    After Bo Feng Shuimen reached out his hand and threw a shuriken into the air, his hands quickly closed the seal, and the speed was more than one point faster than Sarutobi!

    In the next second, that small shuriken suddenly split into countless clones!

    Just like those densely twinkling stars in the dark night sky, these stars fell from the sky immediately!

    Those dense and uncountable meteors are masterpieces of the Shuriken Shadow Clone''s technique released by Bofeng Shuimen. Every ninjutsu in the hands of Bofeng Shuimen will be researched by him to be extremely powerful!

    "Huo Dun¡¤Haolong Flame Bullet!"

    Jilaiya quickly closed his palms, and opened his mouth towards the falling shurikens, bursting out a powerful flame and burning the dense shurikens in the air!

    The sky full of shurikens dissipated into smoke under the attack of flames.

    Even the shadow clone of the shuriken is still the shadow clone after all, as long as it encounters a strong enough attack, it will disappear.

    "Huh, is it finally solved?"

    Qiu Dao Dingza stood up, shook his head and looked at the Bofeng Water Gate in the distance, and whispered softly, "Shuimen is still so terrible..."

    "After all, he is the most perfect ninja..."

    Nara Luji slowly closed his palms, and said in a low voice: "Try to control them first, shadow bondage!"

    A group of shadows quickly extended from under his feet, spreading towards the position of the fourth generation of Hokage, although it was only a tentative move, but Nara Luji will do his best!

    After all, once the Bo Feng Shui Gate runs rampant on the battlefield, it will be a huge trouble for them.

    Obviously this is of no use at all.

    The speed of Bofeng Shuimen will never be able to catch up with the shadow, but Nara Lujiu did not stop, just watching Bofeng Shuimen''s action to avoid the shadow, whispered to his teammates around him: "Stop him, Dingza!"

    "Understand! The technique of partial doubling!"

    Qiu Dao Dingzuo''s fist suddenly became huge, and he slammed his punch into the area of ??Bofeng Shuimen, forcing Bofeng Shuimen to disappear instantly!

    But no one expected that Bo Feng Shui Gate jumped into the hands of Qiu Dao Ding Zuo, leaving a mark of Flying Thunder God on his body!

    "Are you finished?"

    The first thought of Qiu Dao Ding Zuo was this sentence.

    Once the imprint of God of Thunder is left by Bofeng Shuimen, it is almost impossible to escape his chase!

    "No, just right!"

    Nara Shikahisa chuckled lightly, glanced at the Yamaaka Koichi next to her, and whispered: "Then I will leave it to you, Koichi!"

    "Ok¡­"

    Yamanaka Hiichi stretched out his palm and landed on Nara Lukisa''s body, using the technique of turning his heart to control Nara Lukisa''s body, and perceiving the position of Hafeng Mizuno.

    "coming!"

    Yamanaka Hiichi found Bofeng Shuimen in his own range of perception, and whispered: "But I can''t tell when he will appear next to Ding Zuo..."

    "It''s now!"

    The shadow of Lujiu Nara instantly expanded, covering all the surrounding areas, and it happened to envelop the Bofeng Water Gate that had just landed!

    The next second, just when they thought they were controlling Bo Feng Shui Men, they saw a golden chakra gradually emerging from Bo Feng Shui Men''s body, which gathered into a golden chakra coat on his body.

    Nine tails mode!

    Hao Feng Mizumen instantly got rid of the shackles of the shadow, swept across and kicked out, kicking the three of Nara Lukisa, Yamanaka Uiichi, and Akimi Mizuza away!

    "..."

    Jilaiya''s chin was almost scared off, and the whole person stared at the golden light-bathed Bofeng Water Gate, and murmured: "This is... Nine-tailed Chakra!"

    What the hell!

    Even if it is difficult enough for the three of Nara Lukisa to deal with an ordinary water gate, it turns out that this water gate still has a nine-tailed chakra!

    No, not only that, he can even call Nine-Tailed Chakra perfectly!

    It''s just the current momentum of the wave wind water gate, compared with Uzumaki Naruto when he showed eight tails in the high school ninja exam, it is obviously more powerful than that!

    What the **** is this!

    However, it is not a bad thing after the Nine-Tailed Chakra erupted by Bofeng Water Gate.

    Because his will has been restored, although he can''t get rid of the control of Uehara Naraku, but at least he can report a lot of information to Jiraiya...

    A hint of relaxation flashed across Bo Feng Shuimen''s face. He turned his head to look at Jilaiya, a bit of an afterthought: "Long time no see, teacher Jilaiya..."

    "Watergate¡­"

    Jilaiya''s face was still on his golden chakra coat, and he asked in a low voice: "What the **** is going on?"

    "this matter¡­"

    "Your Excellency Four Daime!"

    When Hafeng Mizumon was still waiting to explain, he suddenly felt Uehara Naraku''s will come back to his mind!

    Within the spiritual world.

    Bofeng Water Gate stands in a lake.

    Uehara Naraku''s face appeared above him like a god, and he said in a gloomy voice: "Four generations, don''t say something that shouldn''t be said. Originally, my task was to entangle them. If you say too much, Too many, then I can only let you kill them."

    "..."

    Bo Feng Shuimen raised his head, looking at the huge face above his spiritual world, and asked with an ugly expression: "At least, you have to tell me what your purpose is!"

    "Don''t ask too much."

    Uehara Naruko looked at the golden villain in the spiritual world with a gloomy face, and said in a low voice: "I thought it would be the second generation of Hokage to regain sanity first. I didn''t expect it to be you, but it doesn''t matter. As long as you dare to disclose information, it''s a big deal. Control your body and kill them!"

    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he added: "A friendly reminder, Konoha''s current fifth-generation Hokage Tsunade is by my side. I can kill her at any time and clean up all the Konoha seniors!"

    Uehara Naraku felt unsafe, and continued to add: "Since you used the Kyuubi Chakra, you can sense the location of your son! Uchiha''s soil is near him, and I can kill it at any time. Uzumaki Naruto and Hagi Kakashi!"

    Wave wind water gate: "..."

    This man...a bit vicious!

    Hao Feng Mizumon finally recovered his mind, and wanted to use this to confess some information to Jiraiya, but Uehara Naraku immediately threatened him with Jiraiya''s life.

    I have to say that this threat is very effective.

    Because Hafeng Mizumon is very clear, with the power of Kyuubi that he can use now, it is absolutely impossible for Jiraiya and Nara Shikahisa to be his opponent.

    If the entire Konoha executives would be cleaned up after Jiraiya also got the information, then what''s the point of getting the information?

    No, it seems that other methods can be used?

    For example, code words?

    "Don''t think about leaking information with code words or gestures."

    Uehara Naraku said in a cold voice, and wrote the ending directly for Hafeng Shuimen: "I never look at the process, I only look at the results, maybe I will get rid of them immediately if I think something is wrong, so you''d better think clearly that you should stand. where is it!"

    Uehara Naraku looked at the silent wave of the water gate, and said in a cold voice: "Don''t think that there is only you as a chess piece, you and me are just a microphone, you can be replaced at any time, if you want to do more with this body in the future It¡¯s better to follow my orders."

    Uehara Naruto fell into the huge face in the spiritual world, and then added: "If the entire Konoha high-level is killed, you should know what the ending Konoha will meet?"

    "I understand."

    Bo Feng Shuimen slowly lowered his head.

    This threat is very simple and rude, yet very effective.

    Compared with those spells, Uehara Naraku''s use of his feelings and fetters is undoubtedly a more effective method, and it can even be exchanged for the surrender of the wave.

    After all, Bofeng Watergate wants to leak information for Konoha''s safety. If Konoha is gone, what is the point of his leaking information?

    But without revealing information...

    Isn''t it the chronic death that will usher in Konoha?

    Bo Feng Shuimen felt that he had to think of a perfect solution.

    Uehara Naraku slowly looked at the water gate under the spiritual world, and suddenly showed a grim smile: "Just in case, I would like to warn you in advance. In addition to what I threatened you before, I seem to need to add more. Others."

    The huge smiling face of Naru Uehara in the spiritual world is the smile of the devil in the eyes of Hafeng Mizuno. He gently said: "If Jiraiya and they know my true identity, I will be reincarnated from the filthy soil and resurrected. Sinna, control her to fight your son Naruto Uzumaki, in order to avoid this human tragedy, so you will be obedient, right?"

    "..."

    Bo Feng Shuimen couldn''t help gritting his teeth.

    If Uzumaki Naruto, who has never seen his mother, and Uzumaki Kushina, who has never seen his son, fight each other, is this a **** thing that can be done by one person!

    The demon took almost every aspect of him into consideration.

    Teacher, wife, son, disciple, companion.

    Almost every threat is fatal to Bofeng Watergate, and this is the first time such an evil guy has been seen in the world of Bofeng Watergate!

    Such a demon!

    Especially his strength is also very strong.

    Hao Feng Mizuno gritted his teeth, raised his head and looked at Uehara Naraku''s face and asked, "I always want to know why you do this, right?"

    "Sooner or later you will know."

    Uehara Naraku''s voice gradually became a little vain: "Don''t worry, all this I did is not a bad thing for Konoha. I have to hide myself to solve a black hand hiding behind the scenes."

    "that¡­"

    Bo Feng Shuimen raised his head and said coldly: "I will work with you temporarily, but I don''t want to hurt Teacher Ji Laiya!"

    "Well, very good, I don''t want to hurt him either."

    Uehara Naraku in the spiritual world slowly nodded, and said softly, "I will leave that battlefield to you, as long as they help me hold Jiraji."

    The projection of Uehara Naraku''s will dissipated from the spiritual world of Hafeng Shuimen, leaving only one sentence: "I am also a kind person, and I will not do such a cruel thing to force a disciple to kill his teacher."

    Wait until Uehara Naraku''s will dissipated.

    Bo Feng Mizumon returned to reality, his face faintly unsightly, carefully examining his body, he was still in the **** of Uehara Naraku.

    The only thing free is his mouth.

    Thinking of Uehara Naraku¡¯s threat, Hafeng Mizuno slowly clenched his fist, looked at Jilaiya, and said in a deep voice, "Sorry, Mr. Jilaiya, I must stop what you are doing now. This is The choice I had to make."

    "Hahahaha..."

    Instead of being angry, Jilai gave a bold laugh. He slowly closed his fingers and formed a mark of opposition: "Shuimen, if I remember correctly, you wanted to challenge me very much. Right?"

    "Yes."

    Bo Feng Shuimen also slowly formed a mark of opposition, and the golden chakra coat in his body gradually faded and returned to a normal state.

    Bo Feng Shuimen looked directly at Zi Lai''s gradually dignified look, and there was a little more seriousness on his face: "Then...Teacher, please advise."

    "You go against the old man!"

    Jiraiya also instructed Nara Shikuhisa and others to attack the third generation of Hokage, but he slowly closed his palms and continued to chat, "Is there any rules to be made?"

    "No rules are needed."

    Bo Feng Shuimen shook his head and said in a low voice, "Even Teacher Jilaiya can kill me, because I will not die when I reincarnated from the dirty soil!"

    "Can the seal technique be used?"

    Jilai also looked at Bofeng Shuimen, and continued to ask, "I am very good at using sealing techniques... I wonder if I can seal the current you?"

    A little embarrassment appeared on Bo Feng Shuimen¡¯s face suddenly: "This may be possible, but I am also very good at sealing. Even if the teacher spends his life using ghouls to seal it, it is useless, because I was just..."

    The voice of Hafeng Mizuno suddenly stopped. He could not disclose any information about Uehara Naraku. He almost missed his mouth just now!

    "Then, can you use fairy magic?"

    There was a meaningful smile on Jilaiya''s face. He slowly applied toad oil, formed a psychic mudra, and shouted in a deep voice: "Ninfa¡¤Psychic!"

    "Teacher... still the same!"

    Bo Feng Shuimen shook his head helplessly, and said softly: "The teacher has been chatting with me, just to prepare enough time for the two immortals, Shensuo and Zhima, to enter the fairy mode, right?"

    A psychic smoke sounded.

    Jilaiya''s image has changed drastically at this moment. There are more oil paint on his face and two small toads on his shoulders, but his aura has become much stronger!

    Jilaiya waved his palm triumphantly and laughed heartily: "Hahahaha...you kid guessed right!"

    "Who is the enemy this time?"

    Immortal Zhima looked at everything around suddenly looked at Bofeng Shuimen in disbelief and said, "Wait, Xiaozilaiye, isn''t this Xiaoshuimen?"

    Bo Feng Shuimen nodded friendly and said softly, "It''s been a long time! Immortal Zhima, Immortal Shen Zuo."

    "In short, Watergate was controlled by the resurrection."

    Jilai also succinctly stated the current situation in one sentence, and said solemnly: "We must defeat him now and rush over to support Naruto and Kakashi. Maybe they are being surrounded by Akatsuki! "

    "So..."

    After Shen Zuo Xianren nodded solemnly, he said in a deep voice, "This is not easy, if I remember correctly... Watergate seems to have also learned the fairy mode, right?"

    "Yes, fairy mode¡¤open!"

    After Bo Feng Shuimen nodded calmly, the immortal mode oil flashed in his eyes: "Because of the help of the nine tails in his body, it can also help me extract natural energy, so that I can enter the fairy mode at any time..."

    Jiraiya: "..."

    Shen Zuo Xianren: "..."

    Immortal Zhima: "..."

    "Sorry, teacher Jilaiya."

    Bo Feng Shuimen shook his head, a trace of apology flashed across his face, he said seriously, "I can only tell you, I must prohibit your passage."

    "Come on then!"

    Jilai also closed his palms, and his face also became solemn: "Watergate, don¡¯t feel sorry. I once told you that in the world of ninjas, no disciple must obey the teacher¡¯s statement, not to mention that you are just accepting others. control!"

    After speaking, Jilai said in a deep voice: "What we have to do is not to defeat Watergate, but to break through his defenses and get to the position of Naruto and Kakashi!"

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 241ï¼š Uchiha Brothers and Konoha Class 7

    "Good fight, four generations!"

    After Uehara Naraku praised Watergate in his heart, he began to concentrate on dealing with the battlefield on their side.

    Tsunade, Terumi Ming, and Gaara, together with his undercover agent, want to defeat the combination of the second-generation Hokage and the second-generation Suikage, it is really difficult.

    What Uehara Naraku has to do is very simple, that is, when the second-generation Naruto or the second-generation Suikage releases water ninjutsu, he uses the same water ninjutsu to offset it.

    It is only for this purpose.

    Tsunade and others relaxed a lot.

    Everyone present knew the power of the water escape technique of the second generation of Hokage and the second generation of Shuiying, and Uehara Naraku could not be said to be indifferent.

    If an undercover can paddle, why should he work?

    Uehara Naraku''s thoughts immediately flew to the Uchiha belt soil. After all, that place was the core area of ??the entire battlefield and the center stage of the drama.

    The red sand scorpion and Deidara''s elephant-turning puppets greeted the other encircled teams, reducing the pressure between them.

    The seventh class of Hagi Kakashi and the third class of Metkay finally ran into the members of Akatsuki, and also met their opponents Uchiha Itachi, Kakigaki, Sasuke Uchiha (the elephant turned puppet), Bai (The elephant turns a puppet), Kaguya-kun Maro (the elephant turns a puppet).

    "Leave that precious beast to me!"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark grinned, took his shark muscle knife and rushed over, and said coldly: "As for the group of little ghosts under his command, I will leave it to you, Junmaro."

    "Yes, Senior Guiyu."

    Kaguya-kun Maro nodded, and countless bone spurs sprang out of his body, rushing towards Li Luoke, Hyuga Ningji and others!

    "I''ll cover you!"

    Standing at the back of the team, Bai looked at the rushing Konoha ninjas, closed his palms, and whispered: "Bing Dun¡¤Bing Chibon!"

    Countless ice needles flew past!

    Tiantian opened a scroll, closed his fingers, and said in a deep voice: "Seal technique¡¤Open!"

    A square stone was unsealed by her and stood up, blocking the countless ice needles that came. This time the confrontation also opened the third squad against their destined opponent!

    As for Hagi Kakashi and Class 7...

    Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke watched them.

    Sasuke Uchiha looked at the seventh class who rushed contemptuously, without going to see his brother, and said coldly, "Leave it to me here!"

    "..."

    Uchiha Itachi was silent for a while, and then he reminded him: "Your body is only 30% of your own Chakra."

    "Is it 30%?"

    Sasuke Uchiha slowly drew out his Shinobi sword, and looked at Hagi Kakashi and the seventh class with contempt: "Thirty percent of Chakra is enough to solve them!"

    Sasuke Uchiha rushed directly to the seventh class team!

    After seeing Uchiha Sasuke, Uzumaki Naruto and Haruno Sakura were originally a little surprised. They didn''t expect to see Sasuke''s figure here, but after they saw Sasuke''s movements, both of them couldn''t laugh.

    Hagi Kakashi looked around and whispered: "If I remember correctly, there should be four Akatsuki members missing. Be careful!"

    "Ms. Kakashi..."

    Uzumaki Naruto clenched his fists and said solemnly: "You are here to meet other enemies, I will bring Sasuke back!"

    After speaking, Naruto Uzumaki didn''t wait for Hagi Kakashi to object, and Fei body greeted Sasuke Uchiha!

    Haruno Sakura looked nervously at the confrontation between the two teammates of the past, and he looked at Hagi Kakashi hesitantly: "Teacher Kakashi, can''t you stop them?"

    "Itachi Uchiha hasn''t dispatched yet..."

    Hagiki Kakashi shook his head in thought, and looked at Uchiha Itachi who was watching all this not far away. He turned his head and said to Sai: "Sai, you are the fastest here. Go and see what it is. Circumstances, why haven''t Jiraiya-sama and Tsunade rushed over yet!"

    "Yes!"

    Sai had a great view of the overall situation. He paid more attention to the task, and immediately drew a bird among the clouds and flew into the air to the planned route of the main battle team.

    Only Haaki Kakashi was watching Uchiha Itachi, who hadn''t made any movements, Haruno Sakura also stared at the clashing Uzumaki Naruto and Uchiha Sasuke...

    "Still so weak, Naruto!"

    Uchiha Sasuke''s sword skills are very fast. After many years, the Shinobi in his hand is so fast that it is almost impossible for Uzumaki Naruto to keep up with his movements!

    Not long after the fight, Sasuke Uchiha easily broke through Naruto''s defenses and made several wounds on Uzumaki Naruto''s body.

    "Come back with me, Sasuke!"

    Naruto Uzumaki gritted his teeth, squeezed the Kunai in his hand, staring straight at his gloomy old friend, and said solemnly: "Sasuke, I don''t want to kill you."

    "After so many years, your mouth is still so sharp!"

    Sasuke slowly turned his Shinobi sword over, pointed at Uchiha Itachi in the distance, and said with a chuckle: "Did you see? My enemy is there, and I will be able to kill him soon!"

    When Uchiha Itachi returns to the country of rain, there will be a life and death duel between their brothers, and Uchiha Sasuke will be able to challenge Uchiha Itachi with integrity.

    Sasuke Uchiha grinned, with a crazy smile on his face: "I have worked hard for so many years, and I will realize my dream soon. Are you still preaching to me? Uzumaki Naruto, you only have one mouth left. ?"

    "..."

    After Naruto Uzumaki was silent for a while, he shook his head calmly and said: "Sasuke, I don''t want to preach, I understand everything about you, I know what you want to do... But in any case, you shouldn''t join Akatsuki, then It is a group of monsters destroying peace!"

    "No, you don''t understand."

    Sasuke Uchiha raised his Shinobi sword again and hooked the corner of his mouth: "Join Akatsuki is what I want. Staying with you weak guys, I have had enough. Beasts won''t Walking on the same road with sheep."

    Sasuke Uchiha''s eyes gradually revealed three Gouyu writing round eyes, and he slowly said: "Naruto, Akatsuki is not a monster, a real monster, isn''t it a guy with monsters in your body like you? "

    Haruno Sakura looked at Uchiha Sasuke incredulously, and could hardly believe what he said: "Sasuke-kun, what are you talking about! Naruto is our friend!"

    "I have no friends."

    Sasuke frowned his brows, and looked at Haruno Sakura and Uzumaki Naruto with a murderous look: "You are just a stumbling block in my growth. Now I just want to remove your stones."

    "So you always think this way?"

    Uzumaki Naruto clenched his fist, and the Chakra on his body gradually became irritable. The next moment he rushed towards Uchiha Sasuke like a lion: "But I don''t care so much, no matter what you say, this I will keep you here once!"

    If Sasuke is let go this time, I don''t know when we can bring Sasuke back next time. Both Tsunade and Kakashi have talked about Akatsuki''s harm. Who knows if Sasuke will cause a catastrophe in the future!

    "..."

    Sasuke Uchiha frowned, looked at the rushing Naruto Uzumaki, kicked him in the chest, and cursed softly: "Idiot."

    What he never expected was that Naruto Uzumaki held his feet tightly and refused to let go, and threw him to the ground with one face up!

    "moron!"

    After Uchiha Sasuke cursed again, he released waves of thunder and lightning all over his body, directly knocking Naruto Uzumaki to the ground, and he knelt on one knee with his hand!

    Sasuke Uchiha checked his puppet''s body, and frowned his brows: "You can''t use ninjutsu casually...otherwise, if Chakra isn''t enough, the puppet''s body will soon be unable to hold it."

    Even if it is a body puppet of 30% of Chakra, Sasuke does not want to lose to Uzumaki Naruto, this is his inherent pride.

    The issue is¡­

    His opponent is Naruto Uzumaki who has been chakra since childhood.

    "Shadow clone technique!"

    Naruto Uzumaki immediately separated hundreds of shadow avatars, and hundreds of shadow avatars rushed towards Sasuke''s position: "Sasuke, I am completely different from the past!"

    "Huh, it makes no difference!"

    Sasuke Uchiha shook his Shinobi sword and said contemptuously: "No matter how many sheep, it is impossible to bite a tiger..."

    Sasuke is very confident.

    Even if he only relied on his own sword skills, he thought he could kill Naruto Uzumaki''s shadow clone cleanly.

    However, just as Sasuke rushed towards the shadow avatars, a Uzumaki Naruto suddenly appeared behind him, holding a spiral pill and hitting his waist!

    With just one blow, Sasuke was directly knocked to the ground!

    Uchiha Sasuke looked at countless Uzumaki Naruto''s shadow clones with an ugly expression, and began to think in his heart when the Uzumaki Naruto who attacked him was arranged.

    "Just after you just used Thunder Ninjutsu, I secretly separated a shadow clone, turned into a grass and hid it..."

    There is a hint of triumph in Uzumaki Naruto''s voice: "I have said that I am different from the past. I am now stronger than you think!"

    "Idiots are always idiots!"

    The assistant Uchiha on the ground listened to Uzumaki Naruto''s triumphant voice and couldn''t help but cursed. He was waiting for Helix Maru''s chakra disorder effect to end. What is Uzumaki Naruto waiting for?

    Is it waiting for him to surrender?

    Uchiha Sasuke, who was controlled by a group of shadow clones underground, suddenly became a shadow clone of Uzumaki Naruto. He used Uzumaki Naruto''s clone to release a substitute technique, and the whole person was instantly out of the predicament.

    The next moment, Sasuke Uchiha unceremoniously raised the Shinobi in his hand: "Thunder Dunk Chidori Chibon!"

    Thousands of thunder and lightning shot through Naruto Uzumaki''s shadow clone, killing his shadow clone completely, leaving only the body of Naruto Uzumaki standing alone in place.

    Sasuke Uchiha casually raised his ninja sword towards Uzumaki Naruto again: "Raidun¡¤Chidori Sharp Spear!"

    A long lightning pierced Naruto Uzumaki''s arm!

    Just as Uzumaki Naruto was holding his arm, Uchiha Sasuke''s figure suddenly appeared beside Uzumaki Naruto, waved his ninja and pierced Uzumaki Naruto''s shoulder, nailing him to the ground!

    "Thunder Dunk Thousand Bird Blade!"

    Sasuke Uchiha didn''t care about Naruto Uzumaki who was involuntarily frowned by the attack of Raidun Ninjutsu. He just whispered: "If it weren''t for Akatsuki''s restrictions, I would take your life now!"

    A kunai suddenly fell between Sasuke''s neck.

    Haruno Sakura squeezed the kunai tightly, and her voice still trembled: "Sasuke-kun, let go of Naruto!"

    "Do you want to be my enemy too?"

    Sasuke Uchiha raised his eyes and glanced at Haruno Sakura, suddenly pulled out his Shinobi, and said in a cold voice, "Sakura, you have become very bold!"

    Haruno Sakura bit her lip and said indifferently, "If it is to save Naruto''s life, I don''t care about attacking any rebel in the village!"

    "Huh, it''s almost here!"

    Sasuke Uchiha hooked his lips, and suddenly kicked Haruno Sakura in the belly and kicked her away: "This time you are lucky, but next time, you will not have such good luck. Up..."

    After speaking, Sasuke Uchiha''s appearance gradually disappeared.

    Because Sasuke''s Thunder Dunjutsu is basically not a low consumption of Chakra, the Chakra in this puppet is exhausted so quickly.

    A strange corpse fell on the ground After Uchiha Sasuke''s body disappeared, Uchiha Itachi''s figure immediately moved. He did not appear by Hagi Kakashi''s side, but fell. At the side of Naruto Uzumaki.

    Just as Hagiki Kakashi was about to rush to support, Uchiha Itachi and Uzumaki Naruto suddenly set off a blazing black flame around them, surrounding them both!

    It is the Amaterasu in kaleidoscope pupil surgery!

    Haaki Kakashi watched this scene in astonishment. He could only stare at the black flame encirclement. Uchiha Itachi reached out and pinched Uzumaki Naruto¡¯s neck. He seemed to have released some kind of illusion, because Uzumaki Naruto Almost immediately became a little dull.

    Amaterasu Heiyan burned quickly, blocking Kakashi''s vision.

    Hagi Kakashi was distraught, so he could only use his kaleidoscope pupil technique to extract Amaterasu Black Flame, trying to open a passage.

    Within the Shenwei space.

    Uchiha hidden soil in it, and was ordered to monitor the actions of Uchiha Itachi and Uzumaki Naruto outside, suddenly feeling a scorching sensation in the divine power space.

    A blossoming skylight black flame descended from the sky and landed in the divine space.

    Uchiha brought the soil and slowly raised his head, looking at the divine power space at some point when suddenly a temporal space vortex was falling with black flames, making his face dark.

    How come everything is sent to Shenwei Space!

    Haggaki Kakashi, bastard, before you **** attack with the gods, can you first consider whether there are people living in the gods!

    "Asshole..."

    Uchiha squeezed his fist with the soil, and clenched his teeth: "Kakashi, wait for me to discover the secret of Uchiha Itachi... sooner or later... sooner or later... wait for me!"

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 242ï¼š Uehara, this is the new pharmacist who joined the Moon Eye Project!

    Inside the encircled circle of Tian Zhao Hei Yan.

    Uchiha Itachi could only choose this place to meet with Uzumaki Naruto, because only in this way would he not be noticed what he did. This was his back hand for Sasuke Uchiha.

    Originally, when Uchiha Itachi saw Sasuke treating his former friends, he had already planned to give up Sasuke''s return to Konoha. As a result, Uchiha Naruto''s approach made Uchiha Itachi believe that Sasuke''s future still has hope.

    As long as Sasuke''s friends are still willing to accept Sasuke, Uchiha Itachi thinks that it is better for Sasuke Uchiha to return to his hometown.

    Since Naruto Uzumaki wanted Sasuke to go back so persistently, Uchiha Itachi wanted to put this layer of insurance on Naruto Uzumaki.

    Unfortunately, Uchiha Itachi had just circled him and Uzumaki Naruto, and Uzumaki Naruto suddenly separated two shadow clones, and quickly condensed the ninjutsu he had just learned!

    "Wind Escape¡¤Spiral Shuriken!"

    "..."

    Uchiha Itachi''s face changed.

    This distinction is too bad, right?

    Is there such a big difference in treatment between brother and brother?

    When Naruto Uzumaki saw Sasuke, he only used a shadow clone and Helix Pill, and when he saw him, he shot the Helix Shuriken directly!

    Uchiha Itachi''s face is a bit unsightly, staring at the wind escape spiral shuriken in Uzumaki Naruto''s hand, he pretends to calmly praised his face and said: "Very terrible wind escape ninjutsu, even if I was caught It will also be dangerous after being hit."

    "This is what I researched hard..."

    A confident smile appeared on Naruto Uzumaki¡¯s face, and he said seriously: "Ninjutsu specially prepared for the people you know..."

    "unfortunately."

    Uchiha Itachi shook his head, and a red light flashed in his eyes: "Then why didn''t you use this ninjutsu to attack Sasuke? In that case, he just wanted to kill you!"

    "I use Sasuke as my brother."

    Uzumaki Naruto''s face suddenly became solemn, and he said solemnly: "I am different from a guy like you. No matter what, I will never hurt Sasuke..."

    "Then let''s talk somewhere else!"

    Uchiha Itachi''s complexion also became solemn, the three-gou jade writing wheel eyes in his eyes had become a kaleidoscope, and the kaleidoscope writing wheel eye pupil technique was activated!

    Uchiha Itachi''s voice gradually became a little low: "Moonread..."

    After the next second, Naruto Uzumaki felt that the surrounding environment had suddenly changed, and he unexpectedly appeared in a blood-red world.

    This is the spiritual space of Uchiha Itachi''s monthly reading!

    "I already know that you want to take Sasuke back to Konoha."

    Uchiha Itachi floats in the air, and slowly asks: "Naruto Uzumaki, you have seen it just now. Sasuke has already tried to kill you. If he and Akatsuki attack Konoha in the future, you will How to choose?"

    Uchiha Itachi''s voice seemed to be full of bewitching, his voice was somewhat vague and unpredictable: "Which would you choose between Konoha and Sasuke? In order to protect Konoha, choose to kill Uchiha Sasuke? As a ninja, Sometimes I have to face certain situations and make some cruel choices..."

    "Ha, is this choice? I won''t!"

    Naruto Uzumaki looked at Uchiha Itachi coldly, clenched his fist and said, "I will protect Konoha, and I won''t kill Sasuke!"

    Uchiha Itachi slowly lowered his eyelids and sighed faintly, "Huh? What a naive..."

    "Hey!"

    Uzumaki Naruto suddenly interrupted Uchiha Itachi, grinned at the corner of his mouth, fiddled with his ninja, and said loudly: "Actually, I have always hated the person you know, but last time I thought that was called Chi The sand scorpion guy is right..."

    Naruto Uzumaki stared closely at each word and said: "How can a ninja kill his companions for the village? Then this is not to forget the existence of the village, but to protect his companions?"

    Uzumaki Naruto suddenly raised his fist and said in a loud voice, "So I will guard Konoha, and I will definitely rescue Sasuke from Akatsuki! If you can speak straight, if you say it, this is my forbearance. !"

    "..."

    Uchiha Itachi looked at Uzumaki Naruto in shock.

    At this moment, Uchiha Itachi couldn''t help but want to believe him in his heart.

    This little ghost named Uzumaki Naruto is really not easy. Sasuke is really lucky to be able to meet such a friend.

    In the sky of the moon reading space, countless crows began to fly, and Uchiha Itachi''s voice gradually became more and more hollow, but it seemed to be everywhere.

    "I will distribute my power to you, just as a guarantee that one day you will not kill each other, I hope this power will never be used!"

    In the next moment, Naruto Uzumaki''s eyes condensed, because a crow entered his mouth out of thin air, and was even swallowed by him!

    What the **** is this!

    It''s a pity that in the moon reading space, Uzumaki Naruto was unable to resist at all, so he could only let Uchiha Itachi stuff the crow into his mouth.

    After doing all this, Uchiha Itachi actually showed a faint smile on his face, the blood in the sky gradually began to dissipate, and the moon reading space collapsed in an instant.

    After the monthly reading is over.

    Naruto Uzumaki knelt on the ground involuntarily, trying to open his mouth to spit out the crow that was swallowed in the lower abdomen: "What the **** is going on?"

    "Hey, Naruto, are you okay!"

    Hagi Kakashi finally absorbed the fire of the Amaterasu into the divine space with the divine mighty writing wheel, and rushed over with some worry.

    Hagi Kakashi lowered his head and stroked Naruto Uzumaki''s forehead, and said in a deep voice, "Itachi Uchiha, did you use your own kaleidoscope pupil technique on Naruto?"

    "Well, well, so be it."

    Uchiha Itachi slowly closed his eyes, as if he didn''t care about Hagi Kakashi at all, he turned into countless crows flying around.

    at the same time.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark also saw this scene. He withdrew from the battlefield and said loudly: "Mr. Itachi, then let''s retreat now!"

    "can."

    Uchiha Itachi nodded.

    After the news that the dried persimmon ghost sharks ensured the retreat reached Uehara Naraku, he stroked his ring and whispered: "Master Payne, they have already withdrawn to a safe area for almost all of them, right? Our cover force can also retreat. ?"

    Payne hasn''t answered yet.

    On the contrary, Deidara, who was manipulating the elephant to turn the puppets, responded: "You can withdraw! The follow-up Konoha ninja chase is left to me to solve! I want you to see what is the real art!"

    "can."

    After Penn nodded, he said in a deep voice: "Then you two will withdraw, and the rest of the task of blocking the pursuit will be handed over to Deidara and Scorpion!"

    This battle ended here.

    The Akatsuki organization expended a lot of power like turning puppets. The six members finally successfully withdrew to the territory of the Rain Country. It seems that everyone has a careful thought, and it seems that they have achieved their goals in this battle.

    After Deidara¡¯s elephant-turning puppet blew himself up, it directly blocked Konoha¡¯s possibility of chasing Akatsuki; Kaguya-kun Maro¡¯s elephant-turning puppet was defeated by the combined attack of Li Rok and Hyuga; the white puppet was also because of the investigation. The carat runs out and dissipates.

    Konoha''s battlefield.

    Kakashi and Metkay looked at the strange corpses, their faces were a bit unsightly, they seemed to be tricked by the Akatsuki!

    "Captain Kakashi!"

    At exactly this time, Sai came to deliver emergency information, and said in a hurried voice: "Master Jilaiya they were intercepted, so they could not make it to the battlefield!"

    "Intercept?"

    "Yes."

    Sai Fei jumped off Asuka, and said nervously: "The third generation of fire eyes, the fourth generation of eyes and the fourth generation of Hokage stopped Jiraiya''s team; the second generation of eyes, the second generation of water shadow, and the second generation of water shadow, stopped the fifth generation of eyes of the Naruto team!"

    "Reincarnated from dirty soil?"

    Hagi Kakashi reacted immediately.

    After Sai nodded, he said in a deep voice, "Yes, maybe it''s Oshemaru''s masterpiece. Jiraiya-sama is still supporting it, but Tsunade-sama''s team... they are almost on the verge of collapse now!"

    Sai''s report was not wrong.

    The three of Jilaiya and Zhuludie were able to sustain it. It was purely because the fourth generation of Naruto Wave Fengshui Gate simply used Xianshu, otherwise they opened the Wave Fengshui Gate of the Nine Tails Mode, which could not be easily delayed.

    Well known.

    The battle of Bofeng Shuimen has never been delayed.

    After all, he is the fastest man in the ninja world.

    As for the team of Tsunade, Terumi Mei, Gaara, and Uehara Naraku, they really can¡¯t support it because Uehara Naraku personally controls the second-generation Hokage to fight!

    This is very embarrassing for their situation.

    Especially in the current situation, the second-generation Hokage played their team almost by one person, and the second-generation Shuikage only put a few water iron cannons nearby to fight and support.

    Gaara stood on the sand mat, frantically spurring the Chakra in the body, manipulating the ground to turn into yellow sand, and swept towards the second-generation Hokage''s position: "Quicksand waterfall!"

    However, what greeted Gaara was only the ninjutsu released by the second generation of Naruto Senshou by forming a few handprints at random: "Water escape, water burst!"

    In an instant, countless yellow sands were washed away by water waves!

    If it were not for Uehara Naraku to release the water wall to block the attack, the four of them would be swept away by the waves.

    When Uehara Naraku was having a great time, he received news from other places. After Uchiha took the soil to confirm, Uchiha Itachi used moon reading on Uzumaki Naruto, but Uzumaki Naruto seemed to be in good condition.

    Maybe Uchiha Itachi handed over that other god''s crow?

    After thinking about it for a while, Nairo Uehara raised his finger and asked the ninja under his control to prepare to retreat, ending the show for a crow.

    As for the next thing, it was to test Uchiha Itachi.

    Several Hokage who reincarnated from the filthy soil retreated one after another, and Tsunade and Jira finally joined together, and they also got the losses in this battle.

    Because they were inexplicably intercepted by the Reincarnation of the Dirty Land, the biggest contributions of the Konoha Ninjas turned out to be the two squads of Metkai and Kakashi. Their greatest achievement turned out to be the killing of several Akatsuki puppets.

    Since they could not capture Akatsuki''s members, Uehara Naraku, Terumi Ming and Gaara did not stay, and soon left the country of fire.

    Tsunade was almost exploded by Qi!

    This time, it made her lose face among the allies.

    "Check out the traces of Dashewan immediately!"

    After returning to Konoha, Tsunade was furious at Konoha Anbe: "If he is a living person, I want to see his person; if he is a dead person, I want to see his body!"

    "What if you find it?"

    Jilai also rubbed his forehead and asked the question: "Oshemaru''s hands may control more than five shadow-level figures of the dirty soil reincarnation. Are we capable of solving him? Besides, why did he help Akatsuki?"

    "At least get his information first!"

    Tsunade squeezed his fist and said coldly, "Whether it is Oshemaru or Akatsuki''s information, it must be collected as soon as possible."

    "Ok¡­"

    Jilai also sighed and said: "This time I saw Water Gate, and it was not all bad news. I also discovered a new way of cultivating Naruto. Naruto must learn the fairy mode, and let him Slowly try to communicate with Kyuubi."

    Bo Feng Shuimen has been using the fairy mode in battle, but he has already stated that he has cancelled the Nine Tails mode because the power of the Nine Tails mode is too strong.

    This gave Ji Lai a new mind.

    This disciple of Naruto Uzumaki might be Konoha''s new hope.

    "Ok."

    Tsunade glanced at Jiraiya, and said in a low voice: "If you want to eliminate Akatsuki, our strength alone is not enough. In addition to letting the younger generations in the village strengthen exercise, you may need to find a way to win over some other helpers. ."

    "What helper?"

    "Sansho Fish Hanzo."

    Tsunade closed his palms, and said in a deep voice, "If there is information about Akatsuki again next time, we must gather all the forces that can be assembled before we have the opportunity to kill them all. Originally, I didn''t want to use that old guy''s power. ¡­"

    "That guy Hanzo..."

    Jilaida also remembered that they almost died when they met Hanzo when they were young, and couldn¡¯t help but sigh, ¡°That guy is indeed very strong. If he can unite with us and take part in an encirclement and suppression of Akatsuki, it will surely kill Akatsuki more. Give out a powerful force."

    "The problem is that Hanzo refuses to come out..."

    Tsunade pressed his eyebrows with a headache, and softly explained, "Before the kid Uehara Naraku left, I asked him to make this request to Sanshoyu Hanzo. The kid only said that he would report to Hanzo, but the result is not certain."

    "Then there is no way."

    Jilai also waved his hand and said with a chuckle: "Instead of trusting that guy Hanzo, it is better to believe that Naruto will create miracles! I will send Naruto to Miaomu Mountain first!"

    Konoha Village is a little depressed here.

    Xiao''s side is a bit lively.

    Uehara Naraku thought that since Yakushito had already come forward to help, it was better to take this opportunity to show up to accept the solicitation of Kazuki and join the Akatsuki organization and the small team of Moon Eye.

    Therefore, when Uehara Naraku returned to the Akatsuki organization base, Kurojue eagerly introduced Uehara Naraku to the Pharmacist Pocket: "This is the Pharmacist Pocket, a newcomer who joined our Moon Eye Project, should you know Uehara? "

    "We have seen it before."

    Uehara Naraku stretched out his palm toward the pharmacist''s pocket, looked at him coldly and said, "I didn''t expect to see you here one day...Oshemaru''s lackey."

    At this moment, he seemed to have a deep hatred with Yao Shidou.

    Just as Kurozutsu wanted to persuade him to make peace, Uehara looked at Yakushidou and continued to warn him: "Yakushidou, since the predecessor invited you to join the Moon Eye Project, I hope you can live up to the expectations of the predecessor."

    "I just want to see how interesting the Moon Eye project will be."

    The pharmacist hooked the corner of his mouth and slowly pushed his eyes, staring at Uehara Naraku like a snake.

    "Ho **** ho ho... it will definitely be very interesting. This is the Moon Eye project that can bring peace and hope to the entire Ninja World. Your arrival makes us stronger!"

    After Kurozutsu laughed grimly, he was satisfied with what Uehara Naraku had done earlier, and said softly, "Then in the future, you will follow Uehara''s will in Akatsuki. He is now our Moon Eye Project. Person in charge."

    "Yes."

    The pharmacist nodded humbly.

    As for Pharmacist Dou''s heart, he began to think about how Hei Jue was formed. This creature has a very problematic IQ, isn''t it similar to Bai Jue''s creature?

    A total of three people were left before the entire Moon Eye Project. Except for Kuro Zetsu, they were Naraku Uehara and Kaki Guiyu, both of whom were undercover.

    The new pharmacist''s pocket...

    It is still Uehara Naraku''s undercover The Eye of the Month project has become an absolute leaky sieve. Whether it is progress or other things, every link has been thoroughly controlled by Uehara Naraku.

    How could something like Heizie laugh happily?

    Damn mentally retarded!

    Hei never knew that the pharmacist was questioning its IQ.

    Kurozutsu is really happy, it is indeed sincerely eager to join the Yakushitou, so he can ask the Yakushito about the progress of resurrecting Uchiha Madara.

    It''s a pity that Pharmacist Dou is an old spy.

    Faced with Kazuki¡¯s side attack, Yakushidou directly responded with the qualities of a scientist: ¡°According to my judgment, Uchiha Madara¡¯s current resurrection is far from his heyday, and the current resurrection is a bit too wasteful for this Ninja Shura. The body is gone!"

    "it is good."

    Hei Jue nodded, and said solemnly: "If you need any help, if you need any materials, you can come to me directly."

    "Ok."

    The pharmacist hooked the corner of his mouth.

    After Heijue sneaked into the ground and left.

    The pharmacist lowered his head at Uehara Naraku, and said respectfully: "Naruto-sama, Uchiha Madara''s resurrection is ready."

    "Wait for my notice!"

    Uehara Naraku raised her eyebrows, and took the medicine master to Akatsuki''s base, and asked, "Do you know the trail of Guideng Shuiyue? Bring him too!"

    "Yes."

    The pharmacist nodded.

    Uehara Naraku looked at the wooden torii gate at the entrance of Akatsuki''s organization base, and squinted his eyes: "Then let the ghost lantern full moon and the ghost lantern water moon brothers, give them a sample before the battle between Uchiha and the brothers Right!"

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 243ï¼š Xiao organized a group to eat melons

    Akatsuki''s base.

    Everyone was happy as if they were Chinese New Year.

    Akatsuki''s members have eaten melon seeds for several years and watched Uchiha brothers'' family ethics drama for several years. Now it is finally time to see the finale between the brothers.

    Deidara is undoubtedly the happiest one.

    As one of the victims of Uchiha Itachi, Deidara really wished to release a bunch of clay bombs immediately to celebrate the end of the killing of brothers Uchiha Itachi and Sasuke Uchiha.

    "I really want to start soon!"

    Deidara held her small face and looked at the two brothers Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke, with longing in their eyes slowly: "I must detonate a Garuda. I congratulate that there is less in this world. One Uchiha!"

    "..."

    The scorpion of the red sand looked at his companion speechlessly, and couldn''t help reaching out his fingers and tapping his head: "Didara, be rational, their duel hasn''t been scheduled yet!"

    "It should be in these days!"

    Jiao shook his head and muttered a few words in a low voice.

    In fact, Kakudo really doesn''t like the two Uchiha brothers. Both Uchiha in the organization spend a lot of money.

    Especially for this duel, Itachi Uchiha went to Konoha''s cat mother-in-law ninja shop and spent four million taels to buy a double ninja.

    Four million taels, just to let the people of the organization watch a scene?

    Damn, it''s kind of wasteful!

    Can''t you watch a free movie?

    Tendo Payne stood on the finger of the Golem, and asked, "Uchiha Itachi, when are you going to deal with the matter between you and Sasuke Uchiha?

    You and Sasuke can negotiate freely, and I will ensure that the duel between you will not be disturbed by anyone. "

    "thank you very much."

    Uchiha Itachi slowly closed his eyes, and after thinking for a while, he said softly: "Then the duel will be scheduled for the day after tomorrow! The location is in a stronghold before our Uchiha clan."

    "well."

    Sasuke Uchiha grinned and revealed a crazy smile: "Then arrange for the day after tomorrow. When I and I kill you, I will be there to pay homage to our dead people!"

    "Really, don''t be too impatient!"

    A figure suddenly appeared next to Uchiha Sasuke, and patted Sasuke on the shoulder. It was Uehara Naraku.

    Uehara Naraku raised his head to look at the people present, and said with a chuckle: "Then, in order to set off the atmosphere between Mr. Itachi and Sasuke-kun, why don''t we take a look at another battle between brothers first and help them heat up the field?"

    Two figures walked in slowly.

    One of them was wearing a hood, it was the pharmacist''s pocket.

    The other person, who was a little sloppy and looked familiar, was the younger brother of Gui Deng Man Yue, Gui Deng Shui Yue.

    After Deidara saw the ghost lamp Shuiyue appear, both eyes were shining: "Oh oh oh oh, will another brother drama also begin?"

    Ghost Lantern Shuiyue murmured: "Hey, didn''t you say that you can bring me here to kill that **** Ghost Lantern Full Moon! Where are the others now..."

    Bang!

    The ghost lamp Shuiyue who was still talking was kicked on the face, and a large splash of water was instantly stirred up. It was the hydration technique that could defend against physical attacks!

    Ghost Deng Shuiyue''s face gradually returned to its original state, grabbing the leg that attacked him with one hand, looking at the man who attacked him, and chuckled: "Hey, brother, our family''s hydration technique is not you, only you can Cultivation, is it too irrational to attack me so hastily?"

    "Still not grown up yet, Shuiyue!"

    Ghost Lantern Manmoon sighed, and slowly shook his head: "Don''t you know what it means to be here alone? Psychic technique¡¤Thunder knife¡¤tooth!"

    In the next moment, Ringo Yu Yuli''s thunder knife appeared in the hands of Gui Deng Man Yue, and it smashed directly on Gui Deng Shui Yue''s body!

    A string of electric lights surrounds the ghost lamp water moon!

    In the next second, Ghost Deng Shuiyue lay down on the ground in embarrassment.

    In an instant, the battle between the brothers was over, and it still ended with the brother beating the younger brother.

    This is really no way.

    The technique of hydration was defeated by Lei Duntian.

    "This is too unfair!"

    Uehara Naraku looked at Ringo Yu Yuri, who had loaned the ninja sword, and sympathetically glanced at the ghost lamp Suigetsu that was overturned on the ground, and chuckled softly: "Suiyue is a newcomer to our organization, Senior Scorpion, Give me that ninja sword!"

    "I know."

    After the red sand scorpion nodded, he took out the decapitation broadsword he had never cut before, and threw it to Uehara Naraku.

    "This is too dangerous!"

    Uehara Naraku reached out and took the Shinobi sword, walked to Gui Deng Shuiyue''s side, squatted down, and inserted the decapitating sword in front of him: "I promised you, it will definitely come true... But you kid, don''t let it happen. I''m so disappointed!"

    After Uehara Naruko put down his decapitating sword, he looked at the ghost light full moon and said: "Since the battle between the Uchiha brothers is the day after tomorrow, the matter between the two of you will be completely resolved tomorrow, how about?"

    "This¡­"

    The ghost lantern full moon hesitated.

    Since the Ghost Lantern Full Moon brought Ringo Yu Yuri back to the Xiao organization, in fact, she hadn''t seen Shuiyue for a long time.

    However, Guideng Manyue knew that his brother had been protected by others in the endurance world, so it was obviously Uehara Naraku''s arrangement.

    At the moment of the fight just now, Guideng Manyue found that his younger brother did not seem to have grown much, making Guideng Manyue a little uncomfortable.

    Uehara Naraku patted Ghost Lantern Manmotsu on the shoulder, and chuckled: "You have to be serious, lest you accidentally kill your brother and teach him a lesson?"

    "Yes."

    The ghost lamp full moon nodded and agreed.

    the next day.

    All members of the Akatsuki organization are watching the Civil War of the Ghost Lantern Brothers.

    Uehara Naraku originally thought that the ghost lantern full moon should be severely released. After fighting hard, he lost to his brother. He planned to save people at any time.

    Unexpectedly, this guy, Gui Deng Manyue, did not keep his hands at all, and beat his brother Gui Deng Shuiyue miserably, even if Gui Deng Shuiyue held a decapitating knife in his hand, he was easily defeated by Gui Deng Manyue holding a flounder.

    It was originally a scene of brother''s revenge, but it was acted as a funny comedy by the two brothers of Ghost Lantern Full Moon.

    Uehara Naraku looked confused.

    Why doesn''t this person let go of the ghost lantern full moon!

    It seems to be right. There is no need to release the water in the full moon of the ghost lamp, and there is no serious illness on his body, and he has no eyes to show his brother''s blood.

    "Is this his brother?"

    "Didn''t it mean that Ghost Lantern Manyue sacrificed a lot for his brother?"

    "What the **** is this? Why do you treat his brother so cruelly?"

    "Did the ghost lantern full moon lie to us!"

    The members of Akatsuki were also at a loss.

    When Gui Deng Moon joined the Akatsuki organization that year, he mentioned that he was trying to temper his younger brother, and I hope that everyone will hold their hands high when meeting his younger brother.

    Ringo Yu Yuri was also a member of the truth, and explained: "Maybe Shuiyue''s strength is too bad, you can''t satisfy Brother Manmoon!"

    The dried persimmon ghost said with a grin: "It seems that the first brotherhood battle in our organization was won by the elder brother!"

    After the dried persimmon ghost shark finished speaking, he glanced at Uchiha Itachi meaningfully, and continued with a light smile: "The second scene, will it still be like this?"

    It should be like this, right?

    Akatsuki''s members have long recognized Uchiha Itachi''s strength, and they all believe that Uchiha Itachi should also win in a life and death duel.

    After all, Gui Lan Man Yue, the brother who loves his brother in his mouth, beat his brother miserably. Uchiha Itachi, who uses his brother to practice illusion all day long, would he chop Sasuke directly into seven or eight segments?

    After thinking about it for a while, Jiao Du suddenly proposed: "Tomorrow I am going to open a bet. I will sit at the bank. Is there anyone who wants to place a bet?"

    The corner is a little bit trying to take the opportunity to make some money.

    Unfortunately, Akatsuki bans gambling within the organization.

    The immediate result after the Battle of the Ghost Lantern Brothers was that Uehara Naraku received an invitation from Uchiha Sasuke. This kid was a little bit unconfident.

    Sasuke Uchiha knocked on the door of Naraku Uehara: "Hey, Uehara, didn''t you say to fight with me last time and test my strength?"

    "Ok."

    Uehara Naruto nodded.

    Who doesn''t like cutting leeks!

    Now Sasuke has grown another stalk of leeks, which can be cut!

    Sasuke Uchiha clenched his fists, and said solemnly, "Then this afternoon, let''s go find a place now so that no one else will find out."

    "it is good."

    Uehara Naraku agreed very readily.

    Even in order not to delay the duel between Uchiha Sasuke and Uchiha Itachi, Uehara Naraku also kindly stated that he would provide medical services and promise not to delay the duel between them.

    After the forefoot agreed to Sasuke, Na Uehara immediately told the story about it after the foot, and let the ghost to tell Uchiha Itachi secretly.

    Weiming Lake outside the Akatsuki organization base.

    In addition to the two contestants of Uehara Naraku and Uchiha Sasuke, there are also Kaki Kaki and Uchiha Itachi who are secretly watching.

    Uehara Naraku stood by the lake and sat down slowly, and a hydrated seat appeared under him and dragged his body.

    Among other things, the accomplishments of this hand Shui Dunjutsu are indeed amazing.

    Sasuke Uchiha looked at this scene with some surprise on his face.

    Naro Uehara tilted his head back on the chair and said softly, "Except for the kaleidoscope writing round eye pupil technique I can''t simulate, I will simulate any ninjutsu, physique, and illusion arts as much as possible."

    "very good."

    Sasuke Uchiha nodded, and said solemnly, "Anyway, I have now figured out a way to decipher that fellow Itachi''s monthly reading..."

    "Then let me check it out!"

    Uehara Naraku slowly raised his head to stare at Uchiha Sasuke. The two blue chakras in his hand flew towards Uchiha Sasuke like silk threads, and entered his brain in Sasuke''s slightly startled gaze!

    Uehara Naraku slowly mobilized his fingers, manipulating the two blue chakras, and his voice gradually became a little illusory: "Sasuke, this illusion will make people experience the worst nightmare of their lives in two seconds. You can really Crack it?"

    "Ah ah ah ah ah..."

    Sasuke Uchiha screamed in pain. UU Reading www.uukanshu.cOM

    The next moment, Sasuke fell on one knee!

    The boundless blood stained his mind, and the nightmare that will never be forgotten in a lifetime struck Uchiha Sasuke''s brain again!

    Uchiha Sasuke never expected that when the battle just started, he would be hit by Uehara Naraku''s illusion, and the scene was still the night of genocide that night!

    What the **** is this unfolding!

    Wherever someone will zoom in as soon as they come up!

    Two seconds later.

    Sasuke Uchiha gasped and glared at Uehara Naraku. The anger in his eyes could almost overflow his eyes: "Uehara Naraku, what kind of illusion is this?"

    "The wordless fear is just a trivial illusion. It is countless times weaker than Uchiha''s monthly reading."

    Uehara Naruko sat on the water chair and slowly waved her finger, dispelling the Chakra, staring at Uchiha Sasuke with cold eyes, and hooked the corner of her mouth: "Now, you really think you can break the moon. Read it?"

    "One thing you are right."

    Sasuke Uchiha stood up slowly and pulled up his ninja again: "Your illusion is indeed a lot worse than Yuedu, but I am no longer the me who used to be. This level of illusion attacked me long ago. I''m used to it!"

    Sasuke Uchiha¡¯s eyes gradually turned into a pair of scarlet blood pupils, and he stared at Naraku Uehara and said: "Stop using this trick, let¡¯s do something else! The fear of that night, I almost always I can dream it all day!"

    "well."

    Uehara Naraku patted the palm of her hand and said softly, "It''s this kind of unyielding fighting spirit, Sasuke, I''m starting to like you a little bit."

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 244ï¼š Shameless, even dead people like Uchiha Itachi have to count

    Uehara Naraku waved his palm, and the countless water droplets in the lake turned into a shuriken, slowly floating in the air.

    "Water Shuriken!"

    In the next moment, these shurikens shot at Uchiha Sasuke quickly!

    Sasuke Uchiha was awe-inspiring, his writing wheel eyes could see all the trails of shurikens, Sasuke couldn''t help but hooked the corners of his mouth: "Hehe, do you want to compete with the Uchiha clan with shuriken throwing? "

    Countless shurikens flew out of Sasuke''s hands, and in a flash, Uchiha Sasuke smashed all the water shurikens made by Uehara Naraku!

    After all the water shurikens were defeated, Sasuke Uchiha''s figure suddenly rushed towards Naraku Uehara, and the ninja sword in his hand traversed an arc.

    Only Uehara Naraku''s figure flashed, and suddenly slammed into Uchiha Sasuke, grabbed his wrist, kicked him in the abdomen, and kicked him out!

    Uehara Naruchi closed her palms and began to seal.

    This scene couldn''t help but make Sasuke''s heart smile a little. He threw a huge shuriken with his hand, and laughed wildly: "Your Kyojin is so slow, it''s almost the same as that of Uchiha Itachi. Fight it!"

    "Ok?"

    Uehara Naraku could only give up Yujin. After he turned over to avoid the shuriken, he raised his eyebrows suddenly and said, "Is Uchiha Itachi''s speed of Yujin also very slow?"

    "Huh, almost!"

    Sasuke Uchiha nodded, a thread suddenly appeared in his hand, and he pulled the shuriken and attacked Uehara Naraku: "I have carefully observed over the years, his seal speed is not fast, it can be formed in a second. Two handprints are good!"

    Naruto Uehara let the organ shuriken hit her thigh, and pulled out the shuriken with force, waving her hand to heal her wound.

    To be honest, a bit curious.

    Uchiha Itachi is too aggressive too!

    Hasn''t Sasuke discovered it for such a long time?

    Didn¡¯t Haaki Kakashi tell Sasuke Uchiha that his brother can make six mudra in one second?

    Sasuke Uchiha grinned contemptuously, watching with satisfaction that he interrupted Uehara Naraku''s ninjutsu, and a ball of lightning appeared on his fingertips: "Akatsuki''s ninjas are very slow to seal, and I am a little grateful. Cassie, because I have seen him fight before, let me know that the ninja''s Jieyin speed can be as fast as him!"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku didn''t know what to say.

    In fact, it is understandable that the printing speed of the dried persimmon ghost shark is slow. After all, the ninjutsu power released by the ghost shark is very powerful, and the chakra in the body needs to be mobilized.

    This guy Uchiha Itachi... really enough to act!

    the other side.

    The peeping dried persimmon ghost shark looked at Uchiha Itachi, and asked in a low voice: "Mr. Itachi, how long has Sasuke''s symptoms lasted? Didn''t he notice that your seal is fast?"

    "..."

    Uchiha Itachi glanced at the dried persimmon ghost shark silently, and shook his head calmly, "Don''t you know it all? If I get too fast, Sasuke will not be able to copy with the writing wheel. I want to teach him. Ninjutsu..."

    After speaking, Uchiha Itachi added: "If my knot printing speed is fast and slow, it is easy for Sasuke to detect the flaw..."

    "You deserve it, Mr. Itachi."

    The dried persimmon ghost stared at Uchiha Itachi with admiration. He shook his head gently and sighed: "One or two fingerprints are formed in a second. I can''t do such a thing."

    "Ahem..."

    Uchiha Itachi coughed a few times before changing to another topic: "Uehara''s Kiejin is not fast, is he hiding it too?"

    "Hehe, that''s not hiding."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark looked at the movement of Uehara Naruchi''s hand knot, and couldn''t help but twitched: "That guy is very slow at first, so he is not very good at using ninjutsu."

    After the dry persimmon ghost shark finished speaking, he grinned and said: "Forget it, don''t mention him, that guy is just lucky, he has been favored by Payne and Xiaonan, as long as he can make the handprints of spiritism. enough."

    "Just good at psychic art?"

    Uchiha Itachi nodded secretly: "It doesn''t feel like it... His water escape ninjutsu should be very strong."

    Tomorrow is actually his death date, and Uchiha Itachi doesn''t care so much anymore, at least it is certain that Uehara Naraku poses no threat to Uchiha Sasuke.

    In the lake.

    The battle between Uehara Naraku and Uchiha Sasuke has heated up.

    Sasuke Uchiha opened his mouth and gushed out a fireball, and swept towards Uehara Naruto: "Fire Escape¡¤How Fireball Art!"

    "Huo Dun¡¤Flame Storm!"

    Uehara Naruchi closed his palms and released a fiery flame, but this time the fire escape ninjutsu obviously lost to Uchiha Sasuke''s fierce fireball, and he was faintly defeated.

    In a hurry, Uehara Naraku could only close Kyuyin again, and shouted in a low voice, "Water escape¡¤Water dragon bullet technique!"

    A water dragon attacked from the lake and extinguished Sasuke''s flames.

    "This environment is too good for you guy to fight."

    Seeing this scene, Sasuke Uchiha couldn''t help but shook his head and sighed: "But your water escape ninjutsu doesn''t seem to be too powerful!"

    "is it?"

    Uehara Naraku suddenly closed his palms, looked at Uchiha Sasuke in his eyes, and whispered: "This trick is my strongest water escape ninjutsu, but it takes a long time to prepare. I think you should give This time?"

    "of course."

    Sasuke Uchiha smiled and said, "We are practicing fighting. If you really fight, you won''t have the opportunity to use it...Of course, if it is a real life-and-death duel, I''m not sure I can beat you!"

    After all, Uehara Naraku broke his Lei Dun Qilin with one finger!

    Sasuke Uchiha knew that Naraku Uehara was helping him with training, so he quietly watched Naraku Uehara start to seal.

    It¡¯s this time...

    It''s a little long...

    Uchiha Sasuke''s face became darker and darker, because Uehara Naraku had already made forty or fifty handprints, and it was almost a minute!

    What the **** is this ninjutsu!

    Just as Sasuke was finally impatient, Uehara Naraku finally finished fifty-six mudra, and shouted in a low voice: "Water escape, the giant of water!"

    In the next moment, countless water waves poured out from the ground!

    Streams of water meandered at the feet of Uehara Naraku, slowly dragging the package of Uehara Naraku into the air, and the water in the lake continued to flow.

    These water currents gradually began to flow in strange directions in the air, as if there was an established pipe in the air for them to flow.

    It looks weird.

    However, Sasuke quickly saw the full picture of the current!

    These water currents have formed a human form in the air, and they are about to converge into a giant in a trance. These water currents have actually formed a water giant who is taller than the hydration technique of the ghost lamp clan!

    When it was even more amazing, the water giant was so lifelike, he was also covered with layers of armor pieces, and he was holding a thick sword in his hand.

    Just look quite powerful!

    After getting the power of water, Naruto Uehara was very relaxed and comfortable to control the water flow. This was just an application of the power of water.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark who watched the battle from a distance showed a touch of surprise, and couldn''t help but said: "Does this little devil Uehara Naruko still have this kind of ninjutsu?"

    Uchiha Itachi nodded calmly on his face and said: "This is normal. Uehara''s manipulation of the water flow just now shows that Uehara is actually very good at water ninjutsu, but his attainments are indeed surprising. "

    "I didn''t feel any surprise from Mr. Itachi..."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark shook his head and whispered: "I don''t even know that Uehara Naraku has mastered the water ninjutsu to this extent!"

    "It''s easy to see through some small details."

    Uchiha Itachi also shook his head, and sighed softly: "But this trick requires the help of the geographical position, and Uehara''s speed is not fast enough. If it is a real battle, others will take advantage of his technique before it is completed. Will launch an attack, and maybe even before he can finish the mudra, the enemy will directly attack him."

    Everything did not surprise Uchiha Itachi.

    Uchiha Itachi guessed right, and Uehara Naraku was indeed very good at water escape ninjutsu.

    "Yes¡­"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark sighed faintly, "This technique actually has more than fifty handprints has exceeded the record of the water dragon bullet technique, right?"

    "Ok¡­"

    Uchiha Itachi nodded, and continued softly: "But it''s also very common. After all, this is an art that can change the battlefield."

    Although this giant of water hasn''t shown how powerful it is yet, its size alone is already comparable to Suzuo Nenghu!

    The shortcomings are a bit too many.

    Uchiha Itachi had already figured out a bunch of messy ways to crack the giant of water in his heart, and there were not too many ways to crack this technique.

    If Uehara Naraku stood in front of him, Uchiha Itachi could guarantee that Uehara Naraku could not succeed in the operation.

    Underground.

    Uchiha took soil and hid in the divine space.

    Uchiha Daido is continuously passing on the conversation between Uchiha Itachi and the dried persimmon ghost shark to Uehara Naraku, so Uehara Naraku just adjusted his fighting style.

    Now he touched his chin and was thinking about a question, why does Uehara Naraku want to act for Uchiha Itachi?

    Tomorrow, after the battle between Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke is over, Uchiha Itachi should die on the spot, right?

    After Uchiha Itachi is dead, Uehara Naraku should be able to reincarnate and control Uchiha Itachi using dirty soil?

    Why does Uehara Naraku treat Uchiha Itachi as an enemy?

    Although it doesn''t seem to make sense, it''s a pity that Uchiha took the soil to figure it out.

    "Forget it, I don''t want to if I don''t understand it."

    Uchiha took the soil and shook his head, and gropingly observed Uehara Naraku who was fighting Uchiha Sasuke in the distance: "What a shameless guy, does it count even Uchiha Itachi as a mortal person?"

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 245ï¼š 1 group of people who are not too big to watch the excitement

    Uchiha Itachi had already known from the mouth of the dried persimmon ghost shark that someone had begun plotting his life with Sasuke after he joined the Akatsuki organization.

    Uchiha Itachi never thought that some people would continue to calculate his and Sasuke''s lives after his death, and some people would have to resurrect a dead person whose life was miserable, and it would be a bit inappropriate to be a human being.

    "It looks like this battle is almost over."

    Uchiha Itachi looked at the giant of water summoned by Uehara Naraku. Sasuke burned the joints of the giant dragon fire technique, directly cracking this seemingly powerful technique.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark also nodded and chuckled: "Uehara Naraku''s art has always been based on geographical advantages. It seems that if you want to solve this kid in the future, you need to find a suitable battle location..."

    "Yes."

    Uchiha Itachi nodded slowly.

    Perhaps it is because there is no strong blood inheritance boundary in the body, some ninjas will try their best to make use of geographical advantages in order to strengthen the power of ninjutsu.

    Ninja...

    In order to fight, you must do everything possible.

    Unnamed on the lake.

    Sasuke Uchiha almost exhausted his chakra in order to solve the water giant that fell to Uehara, and could only watch Uehara Naruko rushing over and knocking him down weakly.

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the defeated Sasuke, and then at the reward of defeating Sasuke again, with a look of surprise on his face.

    Side mission: Defeat Sasuke Uchiha [Akatsuki Organization] (1/1), the mission has been completed, and the passive skill will be rewarded with perseverance.

    Tough Will: Passive skills, the life energy recovery effect is increased by 100%.

    This reward is kind of ghost!

    And it shouldn¡¯t be here anyway, right? What does Sasuke have in this period?

    It seems that there are no shortcomings, of course he has no advantages.

    No, there are, he has absolute confidence.

    So the system rewards these things?

    Uehara Naraku shook his head helplessly, and slapped his hand on Uchiha Sasuke''s body. A majestic life energy and chakra energy were injected into Uchiha Sasuke''s body. This chakra instantly restored Sasuke to his peak strength!

    "This healing power..."

    A look of surprise flashed across Uchiha Sasuke''s face.

    He had also received treatment in the past, but that was just an ordinary treatment technique. Unexpectedly, Uehara Naraku could directly put him into peak state with his hand...

    This is also normal.

    The above-mentioned Hara Naraku now uses the healing effect brought by the Star Infusion, which can directly restore more than 20,000 points of life energy and chakra energy, except for the one who is not fed by Nagato, in fact, this is almost overflowing for ordinary ninjas. .

    With such a medical ninja, what opponent can''t win it!

    In addition, Uehara Naraku also has psychic beasts like ancient dragons, and his physical skills are also very powerful. Sasuke Uchiha thought about it and suddenly felt a little unconfident...

    Damn, who doesn''t want such a teammate?

    Why do people become your teammates?

    To be honest, Sasuke Uchiha is really a bit greedy. This kind of teammate is really helpful for Sasuke, who is more profit-oriented now.

    Uehara Naraku didn''t expect Uchiha Sasuke to be greedy in his heart. He just patted Sasuke on the shoulder like a senior and said: "Okay, take a break, and prepare for the battle tomorrow! I believe you will defeat Itachi!"

    "Ok¡­"

    Sasuke Uchiha nodded thoughtfully.

    After their battle was over, the dried persimmon ghost shark and Uchiha Itachi who secretly watched in the distance naturally withdrew from this area and returned to Akatsuki''s base.

    After one night.

    Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke woke up early in the morning. The two brothers tacitly put on their clothes in different rooms, packed each other''s ninja, and walked out of Akatsuki''s base.

    Obviously, they intend to leave early before the members of the Akatsuki organization wake up, so as not to be watched by a group of people like yesterday''s duel of the Ghost Lamp Brothers.

    And based on their travel time, they can only arrive at Uchiha''s secret stronghold at noon after starting at this time.

    Unfortunately.

    All members of the Akatsuki organization got up early.

    Because of today''s day when the Uchiha brothers are duel, Nagato will be stationed at the base of Akatsuki and Uyin Village, but Penn is sent to preside over and watch.

    Even Xiao Nan came to be an audience!

    The life-and-death duel between the Uchiha brothers seems to be a big event organized by Akatsuki. It seems to be more important than catching the tail beast...

    "what''s going on?"

    Uchiha Itachi frowned, looked at the auspicious clouds and black robes waiting for them at the door of the organization base, his forehead jumped: "Is there any task today?"

    These people shouldn''t watch their brothers fight, right?

    Isn''t it? Isn''t it? Isn''t it?

    How could one like to watch the tragedy of other brothers being mutilated?

    "No special mission."

    Nairo Uehara spread out his fingers, looked at the people present in a circle, and said softly: "Everyone came here to help you voluntarily and help you expel any ninjas close to the fighting zone so as not to be disturbed."

    "Nairo is right."

    Xiaonan stood beside Naraku Uehara and helped her disciple hold an umbrella. This woman seemed to be more and more pampering with her disciple.

    "Yeah, that''s right."

    Deidara''s eyes narrowed with a smile beside him.

    Those who don''t know really think this **** is helpful!

    Jiao embraced his arm and snorted boredly: "Huh, it''s okay to be idle anyway..."

    "Yes indeed!"

    Fei Duan nodded, reached out and grabbed the weird religious decoration on his chest, slowly closed his eyes, and said piously: "I will pray to Lord Cthulhu for you, and wish you brothers will die together."

    Fei Duan is really a cruel person.

    There is such a miraculous prayer.

    The scorpion of the red sand glanced at Uchiha Itachi, then at Uchiha Sasuke, and said softly: "If you two are interested, you can sign a voluntary donation agreement with me in advance. After one of them is killed, I It can help you become puppets and let you gain eternal life."

    It can be seen that Scorpion is also a ruthless person.

    The pharmacist who had just joined Akatsuki¡¯s organization two days ago was quite normal. He just pushed his eyes and whispered: "Master Oshamaru never forgets Uchiha before he died. I will take the place of Master Oshamaru to send home. A trip to Konoha¡¯s deceased..."

    Why Oshemaru is so obsessed with Uchiha...who doesn''t know?

    Pharmacist pockets this guy, he should usually open his eyes and talk nonsense!

    Bai''s answer was somewhat euphemistic. He just looked at Uchiha Sasuke and Uchiha Itachi and said: "Everyone occasionally drinks iced juice together. In fact, we will feel sad for every companion who may pass away."

    "I''m with Bai."

    The words of Hui Yejun Maru are concise and concise.

    A smile appeared on the half of Bai Jue''s face, and he whispered: "Kaleidoscope writing round eyes battle, no one wants to miss it, right?"

    Hei Jue''s half of his face showed a gloomy touch, and he chuckled, "After all, you might see Amaterasu''s technique!"

    Just joined in two days ago. The ghost Suizuki who was beaten up just now grinned and looked at Uchiha Sasuke and said: "Hey, that guy named Sasuke, I bet you will win! You must kill yourself! brother!"

    "Uchiha Itachi..."

    Ghost Lantern Manmoon took a meaningful look at Itachi Uchiha, and said softly, "Don''t embarrass us as brothers, and kill your brother without mercy!"

    "Tsk..."

    Ringo Yu Yuri shook his head and stopped talking.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark carried his shark muscle knife, grinning with teeth full of sharks: "If Itachi lives first, then I will bring Mr. Itachi back to take care of it; if Mr. Itachi is killed in battle, I will help you consolidate the remains. !"

    Uchiha Itachi: "..."

    Sasuke Uchiha:"¡­¡­"

    The Uchiha brothers glanced at each other. At this moment, the two of them suddenly didn''t want to fight, they wanted to kill these guys who were afraid of chaos!

    The group of Akatsuki guys are indeed very curious.

    After Uchiha Sasuke joined the Akatsuki organization, they began to look forward to today''s events, and they have been waiting for when Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke will fight.

    Now it''s finally time to wait!

    This **** it is a lifetime series!

    It would be a shame if the peach field didn''t cut it again After waiting for so many years, before this drama was about to end, he didn''t cut it but died in the task of catching the three tails.

    "All right."

    Payne finally stood up and said something fair, watching Itachi Uchiha and Sasuke Uchiha: "Itachi, Sasuke, in addition to helping you expel possible enemies around you, we also want to send the loser away. After all, we are in the name. Shang is also a companion."

    The nominal companion is also a companion!

    Nairo Uehara nodded, closed her palms, and whispered: "With so many of us, it seems that we need to summon the ancient dragon as a mount. This will not delay your duel time..."

    "Ok, Ok."

    Deidara nodded quickly.

    "..."

    Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke looked at each other. It seemed that they could not refuse the prying eyes of these guys. The two brothers actually felt a little sympathy for each other before the battle of life and death came.

    An ancient dragon fell in the sky facing the heavy rain.

    All Xiao''s members lined up and boarded the ancient dragon one by one, sitting on the back of the ancient dragon, and no one disrupted the formation.

    The best position is naturally reserved for today''s protagonist.

    Two brothers Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke sat among Akatsuki''s crowd, and a group of them spied on them, making them feel like thorns on their backs.

    Uehara Naruto fell on Xiao Nan''s side, knocked on the scales of the ancient dragon, and chuckled softly: "Okay, let''s go!"

    "Roar!"

    The ancient dragon roars up to the sky!

    In the next moment, this ancient dragon leaped into the air with its wings spread, slowly flapping its wings, and flying to the duel site with a dozen members of Akatsuki!

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 246ï¼š Uchiha Sasuke: Fortunately, you havent changed, so if I kill you...

    The speed of the ancient dragon is very fast.

    In the morning, they arrived at the target location.

    Uehara Naraku looked at the desert below, watching the brothers Uchiha Itachi and Sasuke Uchiha and said, "Mr. Itachi, Sasuke-kun, do you need our help to turn this place into a flat land? It would be fairer."

    "No need."

    Uchiha Itachi shook his head, stood up from the ancient dragon, and said in a depressed voice: "This used to be a stronghold built by the Uchiha clan, now let it witness the final fate of our clan!"

    "Then we can help to reinforce it? So as not to be damaged by you?"

    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he turned to look at everyone present, and said loudly: "Which senior in the room is good at ninjutsu..."

    "No more."

    Uchiha Itachi hurriedly interrupted Naraku Uehara''s words. He felt that there was a problem with Naraku Uehara''s brain. Why did he mean to intervene in everything?

    Uchiha Itachi sighed in his heart, looked at Uehara Naraku''s suspicious gaze, and explained softly: "Today, Sasuke and I are destined to fight and die here. Let this stronghold be his burial site!"

    "¡­can."

    Uchiha Sasuke also nodded quickly.

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand, controlling the ancient dragon to fall down, and whispered to Akatsuki''s audience: "Then let''s go in and find a suitable location!"

    Uchiha Itachi: "..."

    Sasuke Uchiha:"¡­¡­"

    In the speechless eyes of the Uchiha brothers, this group of Akatsuki members filed in and walked into Uchiha''s stronghold, each choosing a suitable place to watch.

    Payne sat on the stone chair of Uchiha''s base, and after watching Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke come in, he remembered his responsibilities as a host.

    Hum...

    Huh...huh...

    Penn''s fingers tapped the stone chair lightly, watching Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke''s footsteps stop, his voice suddenly became cold.

    "You can start..."

    Before Penn''s voice fell, Sasuke Uchiha pulled out his Shinobi sword and slashed at the Uchiha Itachi beside him!

    With just one knife, Uchiha Itachi''s chest and abdomen were cut open!

    Uchiha Sasuke''s mouth twitched, watching Uchiha Itachi who was lying on the ground, and when he was about to say something, an exclamation interrupted his thoughts.

    "Wow¡­"

    Deidara exclaimed for the knife, he never concealed himself.

    Others immediately looked at Deidara with dissatisfaction, thinking that this guy was really destroying the atmosphere of the scene.

    But there is another person who destroys the atmosphere even more.

    Bang bang bang...

    Uehara Naraku slowly stretched out his hands, and in the silent eyes of a group of people, he bulged his palms and praised: "Whether it is Sasuke''s sharp knife or Mr. Itachi''s crow stand-in, it is worth our applause for them. ?"

    "..."

    Everyone at the scene looked at each other for a while.

    It seems that there is some truth in what Uehara Naraku said? Sasuke''s knife alone is enough to be called a master swordsman in the Ninja world!

    A wave of applause resounded throughout the Uchiha stronghold.

    "..."

    Uchiha Sasuke''s face went dark.

    Applause when others are fighting for life and death, Akatsuki really dares to do this!

    The Uchiha Itachi on the ground turned into crows and dissipated, re-condensing the appearance of Uchiha Itachi on the other side. His face was very calm. Obviously Uchiha Itachi''s psychological quality is excellent, even if he is embarrassed, he will not show it.

    The next moment, Uchiha Itachi closed his fingers!

    Sasuke Uchiha also ignored the embarrassment, and threw a huge shuriken with his hand, covering the Chidori on the shuriken, about to break Itachi''s knot.

    Unexpectedly, Uchiha Itachi''s eyes were spinning wildly!

    "Monthly reading!"

    In the next second, the moon reading illusion hit Uchiha Sasuke, and the will of the Uchiha brothers entered the moon reading space at the same time!

    The illusion contest is no longer a way for those present to see the outcome.

    Everyone immediately began to discuss one sentence without a sentence, but unfortunately, the people present were basically not very good at illusion, and they didn''t even understand the principle of monthly reading.

    Unexpectedly, the next moment Uchiha Sasuke fell on one knee!

    Obviously this illusion contest in the moon-reading space is over. Nairo Uehara hooked the corner of her mouth. In the moon-reading space, all the kaleidoscope writing information that Uchiha Itachi wanted to leak has been leaked to his younger brother. Right?

    "Sasuke, I really grew up!"

    On the other side, Uchiha Itachi fell to the ground, stroking his eye sockets tightly: "Can you even decode my monthly reading?"

    "I originally found a way to crack the monthly reading, but this time the monthly reading is too rough, right?"

    Sasuke wielded his ninja sword and stood up, pointing to the group of people wearing auspicious clouds and black robes, and said: "Itachi, your illusion is so realistic that it is hard to tell, but you forgot that in the moon reading space The guys created are too quiet!

    Whether it''s the Uchiha belt soil you are talking about, the legendary Uchiha Madara, or our family of cursed kaleidoscope writing round eyes, how could the guys in the moon reading space sit there casually! "

    "It turns out that their existence reveals a flaw..."

    Uchiha Itachi slowly nodded, stood up, and whispered: "I didn''t expect that it was because there were too many audiences today that the illusion was exposed. There is no other way!"

    "However, thank you for your notification."

    Sasuke Uchiha reached out his ninja sword and rushed towards Uchiha Itachi with a violent ninja: "I took your eyes unceremoniously!"

    A flash of lightning suddenly wrapped Uchiha Sasuke''s Shinobi!

    It is his proud ninjutsu, Thunder Dunge¡¤Chidori Blade!

    Uchiha Itachi frowned, reached out his hand and grabbed Sasuke''s wrist, and the two of them had a wonderful physical battle!

    Hida watched the battle between the Uchiha brothers, scratched his head, looked at other people and asked aloud, "What are they talking about? Why don''t I understand? Is there anyone who understands? ?"

    "Just shut up."

    Jiao Du glanced at his teammate with disgust.

    Deidara also glanced at Hida with disgust, but he still explained: "It was just when Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke were fighting in the illusion, they seemed to say something terrific, but Uchiha Itachi was here. The people created by the illusion were too quiet, so Uchiha Itachi exposed the flaws, understand? Idiot!"

    "Asshole! I killed you!"

    "Shut up all!"

    The quality of Akatsuki''s audience is really not high.

    Uchiha Sasuke and Uchiha Itachi didn''t care about them anymore. The two brothers also played real fire, and the fire escape ninjutsu began to be released in this area!

    "Art fire escape **** fireball!"

    The two men''s arrogant fireball technique instantly increased the temperature of this space!

    Everyone in the Xiao organization in the audience finally faintly felt that there was something unsafe here, after all, these two desperate guys could not care about reducing the power of their art!

    Under the leadership of Uehara Naraku, everyone began to file out again, withdrew from this stronghold, and re-boarded the VIP auditorium of the ancient dragon in the sky.

    This move is very wise.

    After a while, Uchiha Itachi was beaten out of the stronghold!

    The entire stronghold was soon tottering in their fire escape clash!

    Deidara looked at the arrogant fireball technique on the ground with some surprise: "Is Uchiha Sasuke so good? The fire escape ninjutsu surpassed that of Itachi?"

    "Ha ha¡­"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark smiled without answering.

    If Deidara goes to experience it in person, Uchiha Itachi will definitely let Deidara know what is a six-second seal and what is the father of the fire escape world.

    "Amaterasu!"

    There was a sharp shout on the ground!

    The whole land was surrounded by a black flame in an instant, it was Uchiha Itachi''s kaleidoscope writing round eye pupil technique Amaterasu, this kind of dark flame that can burn everything!

    It''s a pity that Sasuke Uchiha seemed to be prepared for Amaterasu early. He suddenly took out a scroll, closed his palm, and whispered: "The seal of fire!"

    The countless black flames rushing around were absorbed by him with a seal!

    A look of surprise appeared on Bai Jue''s face: "How is this possible? Is Sasuke already prepared for Amaterasu''s cracking method?"

    Kurozuru said in a gloomy voice: "Even the Kaleidoscope pupil technique is essentially just a chakra with fire and yin attributes. Sasuke Uchiha should have used this. After all, Sasuke is also a genius of the Uchiha clan. If you have been prepared for a while, it is indeed possible to work out a method against Amaterasu..."

    "..."

    When Uehara Naraku watched Sasuke seal Amaterasu with the sealing method, he couldn''t help but looked at the dried persimmon ghost shark. What''s the matter?

    This technique should be self-made, right?

    Someone soon told the truth in the next moment.

    After Sasuke Uchiha completed the seal on Amaterasu, a crazy smile appeared on his face: "Itachi, when you found out that your fire escape technique was not as powerful as my fire escape last year, you secretly studied this trick. seal¡­

    Originally, this trick should be the fire escape ninjutsu you used to seal me, but I didn¡¯t expect that I would learn to use it against you today, right? "

    "I really didn''t think about it."

    Uchiha Itachi slowly shook his head and whispered, "Sasuke, you have indeed grown a lot in the past few years! It''s beyond my imagination..."

    On the ancient dragon.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark shook his head slightly, and a meaningful smile appeared on his face: "When we met Jiraiya, one of Konoha Sannin, Mr. Itachi''s Amaterasu seemed to be sealed by the adult. Mr. Itachi himself developed this seal technique, but he did not expect that this technique was secretly learned by Sasuke Uchiha..."

    Deidara gazed at the battle on the ground happily: "Is this a cocoon? Itachi Uchiha only took care of his own brother to practice, but he didn''t expect that his technique was also secretly learned by the little guy Sasuke who waits for revenge?

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku was speechless.

    Originally Uehara Naraku thought that Uchiha Itachi might release some water, but he didn''t expect that he didn''t release the water anymore, it just released the four oceans!

    Because Uchiha Sasuke has always been by his side, Uchiha Itachi can secretly copy any ninjutsu by Uchiha Sasuke.

    Uchiha Itachi actually worked out a technique for Amaterasu secretly trying to teach Sasuke, is this for fear that his brother can''t kill him?

    Uehara Naraku and dried persimmon ghost shark can tell.

    Others only felt that the battle was twists and turns. Every time Uchiha Itachi had the upper hand, Sasuke Uchiha would reverse the situation again.

    Uchiha Itachi suppresses Sasuke by virtue of his own strength and weird pupil skills, but Uchiha Sasuke always succeeds in making a comeback with his skills aimed at Uchiha Itachi.

    The scorpion of the red sand could not help but sighed in a low voice: "Is Uchiha Sasuke''s will to revenge so strong? The intelligence of Uchiha Itachi has been collected so complete?"

    "Yes!"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark chuckled and grinned with an unusually ugly smile: "I have seen it in the past few years! Sasuke, the kid, has never let up in order to kill Mr. Itachi!"

    The battle on the ground is about to tell the result.

    Uchiha Itachi''s strongest kaleidoscope writing wheel eye pupil technique, Amaterasu and Moon Reading, had no results, and fire escape ninjutsu couldn''t match Uchiha Sasuke, his defeat was set.

    Uchiha Sasuke stood on a high place, looking down at Uchiha Itachi, who had no cards for a long time, and said in a cold voice: "Uchiha Itachi, I see everything about you in the eyes of these writing wheels. This is where you are buried. Land!"

    Now, he is going to bury this sinful brother in this place to pay tribute to the people who were slaughtered by him!

    It started to rain in the sky.

    Sasuke Uchiha looked up at the rain in the sky, allowing them to wash his face, and slowly stretched out his palm to welcome the rain.

    Uchiha Itachi covered his lips, wiped the blood from the corners of his mouth, stood up and looked at Sasuke from a high place, with his eyebrows slightly bent.

    "Uchiha Itachi, your chakras are running out, right?"

    Sasuke looked down at Uchiha Itachi, and said softly: "I have clearly calculated that I have been practicing the battle between us for countless days and nights, but you never put me in your eyes. Now I am dying. Before, did you have any last words?"

    "Sasuke."

    The smile on Uchiha Itachi''s face grew stronger, and his voice was as gentle as ever: "It''s too early to say these things now... Do you know why I never care about your revenge?"

    "what?"

    Sasuke Uchiha raised his eyebrows.

    "Because in front of this ninjutsu, everything you work for is meaningless."

    Uchiha Itachi stretched out his palms and stroked his eye sockets, and said in a low voice: "Kaleidoscope writing round eyes is not as simple as you think. When you get a kaleidoscope writing round eyes, you only need to cultivate and guide the pupil power inside. ¡­

    When you guide the power of the kaleidoscope to write round eyes is strong enough, you will awaken an ultimate pupil technique that can turn the invisible pupil power into a tangible thing...

    And this kind of tangible thing, our Uchiha clan has a very scary name in the record about the kaleidoscope writing round eye pupil technique, its name is...

    Suzano! "

    In the next moment, a red skeleton floated from Uchiha Itachi''s body, and gradually formed a red giant, slowly covering Uchiha Itachi''s body!

    At the moment when Uchiha Sasuke and the Akatsuki organization watched Susao Noji''s appearance, they involuntarily showed a stunned look, Uchiha Itachi looked at Uchiha Sasuke through Susao, his face Still very calm.

    "It is precisely because I awakened the ultimate pupil technique of the kaleidoscope writing wheel, Susanoh, that is why I have not been wary of you all these years. Why do you, who have a three-goed jade writing wheel, escaped the kaleidoscope writing wheel? Where is the sight of the eye?"

    Uchiha Itachi''s mouth twitched slightly and smiled like a winning ticket: "Even if you secretly learned countless ninjutsu from me, it doesn''t matter, because in front of Susao, everything All meaningless..."

    "..."

    Sasuke Uchiha fell silent.

    His face began to drip with sweat from the rain.

    Sasuke Uchiha looked at Itachi Uchiha, who was in the red Susa, and suddenly a smile appeared on his face at the same time: "In fact, I have been thinking about one thing over the years, that is, you will die on my purpose. My man..."

    Uchiha Sasuke slowly let go of his ninjutsu, and continued with a chuckle: "So every time I secretly copy your ninjutsu, I feel a little guilty, because I can''t tell what I killed by then What kind of brother, maybe I won''t even be able to make it, because victory may come too easy."

    Uchiha Sasuke''s palms slowly closed, he calmly knotted his handprints, and continued quietly: "Now I won''t have this burden anymore. You are still the arrogant Uchiha Itachi, thinking that everything is there. Under your control."

    Sasuke Uchiha raised his head again and looked up at the thunder and lightning flying in the clouds in the sky, letting rain and sweat flow on his face: "Itachi Uchiha, this is also very good, because in this case, when I kill you, I don¡¯t actually need it. I care."

    Thunder and lightning are flying in the sky.

    In the next moment, a huge thunder beast leaped out of the clouds!

    Sasuke Uchiha pointed his finger at the red Suzana on the ground, and guided the thunder beast in the mid-air to crash down, and shouted coldly: "Disappear with thunder! Uchiha Itachi, take your arrogance and arrogance! "

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 247ï¼š What are you playing? Refund!

    The body of the ancient dragon.

    After Susano appeared, the onlookers were silent.

    Those who were suspicious of Uchiha Itachi gradually dispelled their suspicion, and some even held certain conspiracy theories about Uchiha Itachi.

    Dedara touched her chin, her face a little unpleasant: "This guy Uchiha Itachi is really sinister... This guy secretly gave Uchiha Sasuke the hope of revenge in the past few years, and now he personally destroyed Sasuke. The hope of this kid?"

    "The outcome has not been decided yet!"

    The Red Sand Scorpion shook his head coldly.

    Deidara hesitated for a while, and then said firmly: "In front of the legendary Suzuo Nohu, no one can defeat Itachi, right?"

    "Didara, have you heard of Susano?"

    "Ok¡­"

    Deidara nodded slowly, her face a little heavy: "The old fellow Ohnoki mentioned that when he and the second generation Tukage went to Konoha to request an alliance, Uchiha Madara''s Susao could do it. Destroyed all their pride..."

    Although Deidara has always been very proud, Deidara doesn''t think that Ohnoki and the second generation Dokage are weaker than himself.

    Two ninjas who are good at dust escape are easily defeated by Susano. How can Uchiha Sasuke win in front of Susano?

    as expected.

    The Qilin Thunder Beast in the sky crashed down!

    The red Suzano Nohu raised his hand and raised a mirror to withstand the frontal attack of Leidun Kirin, but the tyrannical landmine Dun Chakra still spread unscrupulously on Suzano Nohu''s body, destroying Suzano Nohu''s body. Armor!

    However, no matter how frantically attacked, Lei Dun Kirin still couldn''t hurt the Uchiha Itachi in Susanoh, and could only disappear into the air with a trace of sorrow.

    "cough¡­"

    Uchiha Itachi covered his mouth and spouted blood.

    The use of Susao Nohu puts a heavy burden on him.

    Sasuke Uchiha looked at Susano in disbelief, and stared blankly at the Raidun Kirin being blocked by Susano. He couldn''t help muttering in his mouth: "How is this... possible?"

    How can this be impossible?

    Susuo can care about this kind of existence, completely refreshing Sasuke''s cognition.

    Even the spectators on the ancient dragon in the sky were shocked by the power of Susano. Not many of them were sure to take over Uchiha Sasuke''s Raidun Kirin.

    Jiao Du Urn said with an annoyance, "Even if he has been forbearing for several years, he still hasn''t escaped from his brother''s control? Sasuke, this little guy is really pitiful..."

    "The battle is not over yet."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark shook his head and whispered to himself: "Even if it is Susano, how long can Mr. Itachi last?"

    It won¡¯t last long.

    The physical condition of Uchiha Itachi can''t be better understood.

    The eyesight of the kaleidoscope writing wheel eyes has dropped very badly, the pupils are exhausted, and the body is still suffering from serious illness, and Chakra is almost exhausted...

    Everyone stared at the underground battle, and saw Uchiha Sasuke furiously attacking Uchiha Itachi, but was blocked by Susao Noshi...

    Ninja sword cut Suzu...

    I don''t know what Sasuke thought.

    It''s just that Uchiha Itachi slowly approached Uchiha Sasuke and stretched out his fingers. Just as he was about to dig out Sasuke''s eyes, he saw Uchiha Itachi''s fingers weakly resting on Sasuke''s forehead.

    In the next moment, the huge Suzuoneng disappeared.

    Uchiha Itachi fell to the ground in a panic.

    What''s the situation?

    Everyone in Akatsuki''s face showed a touch of surprise, and everyone subconsciously flew onto the ground, watching Uchiha Itachi who fell on the ground.

    The Uchiha Itachi on the ground has no life.

    Uchiha Itachi, who used Susano at the last moment of his life to complete a Jedi comeback, died here?

    Sasuke Uchiha leaned blankly against the ruined wall.

    "Hey, Sasuke kid, what did Uchiha Itachi tell you before he died?"

    Deidara pursed his lips immediately and shouted dissatisfiedly: "How could this be the result! How can we accept this!"

    The twists and turns in the middle were surprising enough, whether it was Sasuke Uchiha who cracked the monthly reading or cracked Amaterasu, it was also worthy of Dida''s early look.

    But it ends so strangely...

    This is too unbearable, right?

    Shouldn''t the ending be Uchiha Itachi, who manipulates Susao Nohu, and smashes Uchiha Sasuke with a fist, demonstrating that itachi is worthy of its name!

    Feiduan interrupted Deidara with a cold voice, and shouted contemptuously: "Hey, Deidara! Do you think you are watching a drama performance, can you call for a refund?"

    Dry persimmon ghost shark softly explained: "In fact, Mr. Itachi''s pupil power is exhausted, right? Kaleidoscope writing round eyes need to consume pupil power very much..."

    This explanation barely makes sense.

    At least everyone also understands the power of kaleidoscope writing round eyes and some of the weaknesses of kaleidoscope writing round eyes.

    "Okay, let''s go first!"

    Payne glanced at the people around him and whispered, "Itachi Uchiha is a member of the organization, so help him build a tombstone!"

    "Leave this to me!"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark looked up at the heavy rain in the sky, and whispered: "Everyone, let''s go first! This is an agreement between Mr. Itachi and I. If he dies, I will help him clean up his body."

    "Let me help you!"

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around, his voice had some regrets: "After all, Itachi-kun and I are also ninjas from Konoha, so I should give him a ride."

    "so be it!"

    After Uehara Nara nodded, he turned to look at Uchiha Sasuke: "Hey, Sasuke, you go back with us, or here..."

    "I stay here."

    Sasuke Uchiha shook his head.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark glanced at the ruins and exclaimed: "It will take a long time to make a big grave for Mr. Itachi!"

    "I know."

    Nairo Uehara nodded, and said softly: "That''s it. I will let the ancient dragon send everyone back, and then send it psychic back to pick us up."

    "it is good."

    Heavenly Way Payne nodded.

    Xiaonan stepped forward, stretched out his paper umbrella, and handed it to Uehara Naraku''s hand, and said softly, "Then come back early."

    "..."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head, but after smiling at her, suddenly took off his hat and put his hat on Xiao Nan''s head.

    The ancient dragon roared down in the sky.

    Xiao''s group set foot on the ancient dragon and left here.

    In the ruins after the fierce battle, only Uchiha Sasuke, dried persimmon ghost shark, Yakushitou and Uehara Naraku were left, and everyone seemed to be in a different mood.

    "Hey, Senior Guiyu."

    Sasuke Uchiha stared at the body of Uchiha Itachi on the ground in a daze, and said in a low voice, "Itachi this guy lost to me on purpose? Do you know this? What does he mean?"

    "No, you are actually too strong."

    After grinning an unusually ugly smile, the dried persimmon ghost shark slowly nodded and said, "Well, since you know all about it, then I need to tell you now, does Uchiha Itachi arrange the two paths for you? "

    "What does it mean?"

    "Because Mr. Itachi was already seriously ill, I kept asking him to seek medical treatment in Uehara, but Mr. Itachi gave up treatment early."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark leaned down, slowly straightened Uchiha''s body, and said in a low voice: "Since I saw him and I for the first time, I knew that he actually didn''t want to live in this world for a long time. Yeah!"

    "he¡­"

    Sasuke Uchiha fell to the ground.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark shook his head and interrupted Sasuke''s words, and softly explained: "Mr. Itachi could not bear the pain of killing the tribe, nor could he bear the torture from Konoha, and finally chose to die."

    "Konoha?"

    "Yes."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark stretched out his hand to cover Uchiha Itachi''s eye sockets, and said in a low voice, "Do you want to know the truth of the extinction back then? The Uchiha clan is the most powerful clan in the Ninja world, so it suffers from the fear of the Konoha high-level leaders headed by the third generation of Meme Hokage. ."

    "This is what Mr. Guiyu said wrong!"

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around and added with a chuckle: "In fact, since the second generation of Hokage, the Uchiha clan has been dreaded by the Konoha executives, but Uchiha at that time has always been useful."

    After Yakushi finished talking, he smiled and continued: "After the end of the Third Ninja War, the Ninja became peaceful, and the Uchiha clan naturally became useless. No wonder Mr. Oshemaru asked me to go to Shimura Danzo. Ask for the writing wheel eye."

    Sasuke Uchiha suddenly raised his head: "What Danzo?"

    "Shimura Danzo."

    Pharmacist looked at Uchiha Sasuke, and continued to respond softly: "But Shimura Danzo would have died a long time ago, otherwise you might see how many Uchiha''s writing wheel eyes were captured by Shimura Danzo..."

    "I don''t know this."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark shook his head and looked up at Uchiha Sasuke: "In short, when the relationship between Konoha and Uchiha was the most tense, the Konoha executives used a condition to instigate Mr. Itachi..."

    "..."

    Sasuke Uchiha''s heart burst.

    Dry persimmon ghost shark grinned and said with a light smile: "It seems that you guessed it too? That is to save your life and kill all other Uchiha! Otherwise, do you think he will keep you on purpose? ?"

    "This is impossible!"

    "Nothing is impossible."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark spread out his palms and said in a cold voice: "Mr. Itachi has been threatening them to protect you with Konoha''s intelligence. Do you remember that you defected to Konoha? Do you know why Mr. Itachi let you join Akatsuki? "

    The dried persimmon ghost stared at Uchiha Sasuke, and said solemnly: "Because you are under Osamaru, he is very worried about your safety! But only I know that when you appear in Akatsuki, it means that Mr. Itachi''s death is approaching. , I really want to kill you kid!"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark grabbed Uchiha Sasuke''s shoulder and pressed him in front of Uchiha Itachi, his face turned a little sullen and said, "Looking at your brother, everything he does is for you! Now listen to me, the two paths he arranged for you before he died!"

    Sasuke Uchiha:"¡­¡­"

    "The first one!"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark glanced at Naraku Uehara next to him, and saw the boss carelessly looking into the distance, he continued: "Continue to follow us and take revenge on Konoha. Only our strength is the strongest in the entire Ninja world, so you You can join us!"

    "..."

    Sasuke Uchiha glanced at the dried persimmon and asked in a cold voice, "Huh, who does he think he is and does he think he can arrange for me?"

    "To shut up!"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark grabbed Uchiha Sasuke''s neck and said coldly, "The second way is to go back to Konoha and be your ninja!

    Don''t worry, the three generations of Hokage are already dead, and Konoha''s senior management will definitely not embarrass you, this little guy. They still need you to leave Konoha''s blood succession.

    Akatsuki has a lot of ninjas, and he doesn''t care if he lacks such a little devil like you. Naraku Uehara is a friend of Itachi. As long as you don''t reveal Akatsuki''s information, he won''t let the leader pursue you for betraying Akatsuki. "

    "Ha ha¡­"

    Sasuke Uchiha sneered, and looked at the dried persimmon with contempt. "It looks like you told me two ways, but you told me that the senior Konoha forced Itachi to kill my parents. Let me choose to follow you?"

    "This is indeed our selfishness."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head and looked at Uchiha Sasuke and said: "Mr. Itachi believes that you are free to choose. It is best to return to Konoha''s hometown to continue living a peaceful life. At that time, we will hide the truth about Uchiha''s extermination.

    But we think you shouldn''t go back to the forbearance village that forced the destruction of Uchiha''s clan and brothers cruel, so we told you the truth about Uchiha''s annihilation.

    But it doesn''t matter, because Mr. Itachi has already prepared a second hand.

    Mr. Itachi believes that your friend Naruto Uzumaki will persuade you to let go of your hatred. "

    "Naruto?"

    Uchiha Sasuke''s eyes solidified slightly.

    "Yes."

    Uehara Naraku came over, patted Uchiha Sasuke on the shoulder, and whispered softly, "Your brother Uchiha Itachi is a great person. I have to say that he is really accurate in seeing people."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Uchiha Itachi on the ground with a faint look, and raised the corners of his mouth: "Itachi Uchiha did not misread Naruto Uzumaki that is indeed a very charming person."

    "There is no evidence for what you said..."

    "evidence?"

    Uehara Naraku looked down at Uchiha''s body on the ground and patted Sasuke on the shoulder. His voice gradually became a little low: "We don''t need any evidence, because we don''t need you either, a little devil who has caused Mr. Itachi to suffer half a lifetime. My poor power!

    If it wasn''t for Mr. Itachi who asked us to wait for you to open the kaleidoscope writing wheel, and then help you transplant his kaleidoscope writing wheel, so that you can gain eternal pupil power, do you think we will stay here? "

    "Do you know this too?"

    Uchiha Sasuke''s eyes suddenly softened.

    Because Uehara Naraku was very angry when he talked about these things, and looked like he didn''t need him, but Sasuke added some credibility out of thin air.

    And Uehara Naraku also mentioned the secret of Kaleidoscope writing round eyes.

    Obviously, most people would not know this secret.

    "What do you think?"

    Uehara Naraku looked at Uchiha Sasuke, and said angrily: "Konoha will definitely not let you get this kind of power. You have no other friends in the Ninja world. Mr. Itachi will naturally arrange everything for you before he dies. ."

    After saying this, Uehara Naraku seemed to be looking at an unpromising junior, and continued coldly: "When you return to the village of Konoha, don''t show the power of kaleidoscope writing round eyes, do you understand what I mean?"

    "Understand, this may cause Konoha''s fear..."

    Sasuke Uchiha nodded, and suddenly reacted, retorting loudly, "Who told you that I want to return to Konoha! I will destroy Konoha and take revenge for Itachi!"

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 248ï¼š Sasuke: Why did my brother get such a good friend as Uehara Naraku...

    Sasuke Uchiha is very firm.

    No, it should be said that Sasuke Uchiha was fooled and lame.

    Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s character is so easy to be interpreted by others. Once you arrange a peaceful life in the name of ignorance for his good, the inherent pride of the Uchiha clan will make him unwilling and embark on another path. .

    So Uehara Naraku persuaded Sasuke''s core to be good for him.

    A person who has been persuading Sasuke to keep him away from danger is much more trustworthy than those who persuaded Sasuke to let him collect the tail beasts to destroy Konoha, right?

    This is the sophistication of Naraku Uehara.

    Even Uchiha Itachi couldn''t think that there are people who would induce Sasuke like this!

    This method is really a bit scary.

    Who would have thought that someone who said he was good for Sasuke would deliberately take advantage of Sasuke''s rebellious psychology?

    This is Uchiha Sasuke''s temperament is too arrogant, can not bear the slightest stimulation, a little guidance will directly blow up!

    After hearing Sasuke¡¯s words, Naraku Uehara blinked his eyes, and then softly persuaded: ¡°Sasuke, don¡¯t be arrogant, Mr. Itachi has arranged everything for you a long time ago. He left a kaleidoscope for you, just to make You have the power to protect yourself."

    "I think very clearly."

    Uchiha Sasuke gritted his teeth, and said with a sullen face: "I will not live a mediocre life according to his will. I will take up the hatred of him and the whole Uchiha and destroy Konoha to revenge for them!"

    "No need to."

    Uehara Naraku patted Sasuke on the shoulder, and continued to persuade him softly: "In fact, Mr. Itachi has already forgiven Konoha in his heart. He thinks that Konoha''s high-level executives did keep their promise and let you grow up in Konoha safely..."

    "Who wants to play a ninja game with those guys!"

    Uchiha Sasuke''s eyes were scarlet, and he stared at Uehara Naraku, and interrupted Uehara Naraku''s words coldly: "The years I hate the most are the years I lived in Konoha!

    Itachi should have told me the truth at the beginning, instead of letting me spend that dark time in Konoha. Now that I think about it, I hate Konoha''s hypocritical group! "

    "no need."

    Uehara Naraku sighed and calmed Sasuke''s emotions: "Konoha is the strongest Shinobu village in the ninja world, and Mr. Itachi thinks that it can protect your safety..."

    "I never needed protection!"

    Sasuke Uchiha slammed a fist against the wall, and a string of blood slowly flowed from his eyes: "All I need is strength! The power that can support my revenge!"

    The blood in Sasuke Uchiha¡¯s eye sockets slowly flowed over his face, and the three-gou jade writing wheel eyes were spinning frantically, gradually turning into a pair of strange kaleidoscope writing wheel eyes!

    At this moment, the anger reached its extreme!

    Sasuke Uchiha finally thinks that he has found the way to the future, which allows him to open the cursed eyes of the kaleidoscope writing wheel!

    Uehara Naraku looked at Sasuke''s eyes in astonishment. Is there any unexpected gain?

    He just chatted with Sasuke a few words, and let him open the kaleidoscope?

    A hint of astonishment gradually appeared on Uehara''s face: "Your eyes...Kaleidoscope writing round eyes... Is this the fate of your brother?"

    "what?"

    Sasuke Uchiha slowly stretched out his palm, and subconsciously touched his eye sockets, but he found a hand of blood, his expression instantly changed.

    "Kaleidoscope writes round eyes!"

    The next moment, Sasuke Uchiha slowly clenched his fist, looked down at Uchiha Itachi''s body on the ground, and knelt beside him on one knee.

    Sasuke Uchiha stroked his eye sockets and promised word by word: "I will carry your hatred together... Let Konoha pay for us Uchiha!"

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but shook his head and sighed, "Sasuke, if you do this, it doesn''t meet Mr. Itachi''s expectations. He just hopes you can live in peace..."

    "Uehara!"

    Sasuke Uchiha interrupted Naraku Uehara with a deep voice, and continued, "Didn¡¯t the ghost sharks tell me just now? Itachi also arranged for me the first way, that is to join you and let me inherit Itachi Zaiaki s position!"

    "This road will be dangerous."

    Uehara Naruko frowned and seemed to have to make the last persuasion: "Sasuke, if you return to Konoha or live in seclusion, you can live safely, and perhaps you will never encounter ninja fighting again. No longer see the cruelty of war..."

    This is really painstaking.

    Uehara Naraku was even moved by himself.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark next to him had even more complicated eyes. Had it not been for the dried persimmon ghost shark who knew his boss, he would have believed that Uehara Naraku was a good friend of Uchiha Itachi!

    Even the kind that depends on life and death!

    If not a good friend, why did Uehara Naraku persuade Sasuke to stay away from danger?

    Anyone who knows the identity of Naraku Uehara almost believed it, let alone a rookie like Sasuke Uchiha!

    "Don''t persuade me anymore!"

    Sasuke Uchiha turned his head slowly, and a pair of scarlet kaleidoscope eyes stared at Uehara Naraku: "Uehara, I know what I am doing, and I also know what I should say. No nonsense from you!"

    "Ha ha¡­"

    Uehara Naraku squinted his eyes, and suddenly kicked a kick to hook Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s neck and fell to the ground. Just as Sasuke stood up again angrily, Uehara Naraku knocked him down with another punch. On the ground!

    Just when the dried persimmon ghost shark and Yao Shidou were a little surprised, they didn''t understand...

    Obviously, when Sasuke''s situation is getting better now, why does Uehara suddenly shake his fist?

    Uehara Naraku slowly wiped the blood on his fist, and said coldly, "What an annoying kid! Can''t you just listen to your brother''s arrangements?"

    "..."

    Sasuke, who was initially irritable, suddenly calmed down.

    The sixteen-year-old Uchiha youth was not as sullen as he imagined. He just looked at Uehara stubbornly, his face full of reluctance.

    Uehara Nara grabbed Sasuke''s collar, and his eyes became a little cold: "Uchiha Sasuke, let me know clearly. We are Mr. Itachi''s friends. It doesn''t mean that we will love you like him!"

    Uehara Naraku looked at Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s expression and whispered softly: "In fact, we hate you so I want you to go! Because Mr. Itachi once wanted to fulfill that great dream with us, but for you, he chose Give up your life."

    "I know this."

    Sasuke Uchiha raised his head and still looked stubbornly at Naraku Uehara, and said solemnly: "Relax, I will inherit everything from Itachi! His dream is also my dream! His hatred is also my hatred! His will is also my will. !"

    It was clear that Uehara Naraku had just beaten him, but Sasuke did not show any particular anger, not even the slightest anger on his face.

    Uchiha Sasuke himself had already determined that the reason Uehara Naraku in front of him said he hated him must be because he killed Itachi!

    On this point, their two ideas are almost the same.

    Just when he learned the truth, Uchiha Sasuke also hated his ignorance. Because of the duel with Uchiha Itachi, he indirectly killed his brother!

    Now in this world, as long as Uchiha Itachi wants to do, Uchiha Sasuke has decided to do it for him!

    "Mr. Itachi really left a big trouble..."

    Uehara Naruko frowned and slowly loosened the collar of Uchiha Sasuke. He waved his hand at the pharmacist and whispered, "Pouch, take out Mr. Itachi''s eyes, and wait until Sasuke has mastered the kaleidoscope pupil technique. After that, change Mr. Itachi''s eyes for him."

    "Yes."

    The pharmacist nodded quickly.

    As for the dried persimmon ghost shark standing next to the pharmacist''s pocket, he no longer knew what his expression was at this time.

    Kaki Kakigama couldn''t think of it. Uehara Naraku made Uchiha Sasuke stand in their camp so quickly. How the **** did this happen?

    Looks very determined...

    Can''t figure it out!

    Especially after Uchiha Sasuke was kicked and punched, it seemed that his will was firmer, and his face was even more relieved.

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Sasuke, waved his hand to infuse him with Chakra and life energy, and whispered: "If you really want to follow us and want to take the place of Mr. Itachi, just put away your appearance!"

    "Huh, I see."

    Sasuke Uchiha snorted coldly, and looked down at the eyes of the Yakushi Po who slowly removed Uchiha Itachi. There was a little mist in his eye sockets.

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Sasuke and calmed Sasuke¡¯s emotions and said, ¡°Don¡¯t be too sad. In fact, in Mr. Itachi, you have always been his pride. In fact, we don¡¯t believe it, but he always likes to say that you have something beyond him. the power of."

    "is it?"

    There was a tremor in Uchiha Sasuke''s voice.

    Uehara Naraku patted Sasuke on the shoulder and sighed softly, "Actually, from the mouth of Tao Ji No Slash and Ghost Light Full Moon, when Mr. Itachi knew that you became a ninja and completed a C-level mission, he smiled very happily."

    "Why didn''t he tell me the truth!"

    Sasuke Uchiha gritted his teeth and squatted down again to help Uchiha Itachi tidy up his body. There was a hint of indignation in his voice: "If I knew the truth a long time ago, I would not hate him so much..."

    "Does it make sense?"

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and replied softly: "Mr. Itachi has always hoped that you can use the hatred of him to open a kaleidoscope to write round eyes, so that you have the power to protect yourself, and you don''t have to worry about someone hurting you."

    After speaking, Naraku Uehara lowered his head and sighed again: "Unexpectedly, hate can''t let you open the kaleidoscope and write round eyes. In the end, it was his love that made you open the kaleidoscope..."

    After saying this, Uehara Naraku himself was a little moved.

    Itachi Uchiha tried his best to get his brother to use hatred to open the kaleidoscope to write the wheel, but he never thought that his brother would open the kaleidoscope to write the wheel because he understood the hidden Qin Qing.

    "..."

    Sasuke Uchiha shed tears in silence.

    All the people present were ninjas, and it was not particularly troublesome for them to set up a grave. They soon buried Uchiha Itachi''s body here.

    In order to avoid being found by others, Uehara Naraku even released the water escape ninjutsu, which led to the underground river and turned it into a large lake.

    After Uehara Naraku finished all this, he took a sigh of relief and said, "Sasuke, I heard that there is a lake near your family land. Mr. Itachi would like this place, right?"

    "Ok."

    Sasuke Uchiha nodded, wiped away his tears, and whispered, "There is a lake near the former clan land. Nissan liked to go there in the past, thank you."

    "It''s nothing."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head, then looked at Sasuke with a frown, and said in a low voice, "Remember, put on a forbearance in front of Akatsuki. Don''t lose the face of Mr. Itachi. His upbringing and behavior have always been the same. Akatsuki¡¯s members are the most perfect."

    "Yes."

    Sasuke Uchiha nodded in a deep voice.

    Now Sasuke has become a little obedient.

    Sasuke almost regarded Naraku Uehara, a former friend of Itachi Uchiha, as his elder.

    The pharmacist watched this scene, lowered his head and pushed his glasses.

    The dry persimmon ghost shark''s face was quite emotional.

    To be honest, I never expected that in less than a day, Uehara Naluo''s status in Uchiha Sasuke''s heart would have undergone an earth-shaking change.

    I can''t imagine it!

    In case... one day Uchiha Sasuke discovers the truth, afraid that he will have to kill Uehara Naruto a thousand times before he is willing!

    "Sorry, Itachi."

    Uehara Naraku looked at the big lake in front of him, with a touch of nostalgia on his face: "We don''t know how to choose, so we can act according to your last words, but I believe that Sasuke''s own choice is the most suitable for him, don''t we?"

    Uehara Naraku said this as if he was Uchiha''s life and death friend.

    Standing behind Uehara Naraku, Uchiha Sasuke softly calmed Uehara and said, "Senior Uehara, this is my choice. If Nissan wants to blame in the underworld, let him blame me!"

    Sasuke Uchiha is still comforting Naraku Uehara!

    The dried persimmon ghost shark stood beside them, looking at all this in disbelief!

    Is this world fake?

    Where is the problem?

    In his heart, he couldn''t help but doubt his own memory He and Naraku Uehara, who is the teammate who gets along with Uchiha Itachi day and night?

    The pharmacist couldn''t help but pushed his glasses again.

    "Let''s go!"

    After speaking, Uehara Naruchi made a mudra and said softly, "Sasuke, it''s a pity that the psychic contract of this giant dragon is broken. I will look back for you to find a Ninja beast flying in the sky so that you can visit Itachi from time to time. Mr."

    "Yes, Uehara-senpai."

    Sasuke Uchiha nodded hastily.

    If in order to enhance his strength, Sasuke Uchiha would not be too grateful;

    But if you find a flying ninja to visit the place where Uchiha Itachi is buried, Sasuke Uchiha is very grateful to Uehara Naraku.

    This also proves that Uchiha Itachi has indeed made a good friend.

    Sasuke Uchiha was even a little bit envious and disgusted in his heart. Why could his brother be able to make friends like Uehara Naraku who can take care of the funeral, but he can only make friends like Uzumaki Naruto?

    To be honest, Sasuke is a bit envious.

    An ancient dragon fell in the sky and fell in front of them.

    Uehara Naraku, Uchiha Sasuke, Yakushito, and dried persimmon ghost shark set foot on the burial place where the ancient dragon left Uchiha Itachi.

    Under the lake.

    Uchiha dug up a grave with soil, and slowly dropped his palm on the coffin, putting the coffin in his supernatural space.

    Uchiha took the soil and entered the divine space himself. He suddenly opened the coffin, revealing the body of Uchiha Itachi.

    "It''s so pathetic!"

    Uchiha looked at the corpse with the soil, with a touch of helplessness on his face: "Itachi, even you haven''t seen the truth of this world..."

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 249ï¼š Sasuke: Uehara-senpai, please dont drive me away!

    Be a person to stay a line, give people the right to choose.

    Uehara Naraku is well versed in this truth, so Uehara and Uchiha Sasuke always give Sasuke the right to choose when they chat, so Sasuke directly obeys his words.

    Of course, the most important thing is to gather Sasuke''s heart with grace.

    And still in the name of Uchiha Itachi.

    "Right, one more thing."

    Naruto Uehara sat on the back of the ancient dragon and whispered softly: "Mr. Itachi heard that Naruto Uzumaki had obtained the psychic contract of the three holy places, so he specially entrusted me to help you receive one of the three holy places, Longdidong. Psychic contract."

    "Longdidong?"

    Sasuke Uchiha frowned.

    Obviously he had never heard of the name of this place.

    But it doesn''t matter, because someone introduced it to him soon.

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around and watched Uchiha Sasuke smiled and said, "The psychic beasts of Konoha Sannin originated from the three holy places. The three holy places have at least a thousand years of history in the Ninja world. There are many powerful Ninja beasts under the nourishment of energy."

    "Konoha Sannin?"

    Uchiha Sasuke''s face was suddenly surprised.

    After all, in this era, Konoha Sannin''s name is still resounding, and Sasuke has been in the Akatsuki organization for so many years, and he is very clear about Konoha Sannin''s reputation.

    And Naruto Uzumaki¡¯s teacher seems to be one of them...

    "Yes."

    The pharmacist nodded and continued softly: "Among them, Konoha''s psychic contract of the fifth generation of Hokage Tsunade is the slug immortal of the Wet Bone Forest, and the psychic contract of Jiraiya is the toad immortal of Miaomu Mountain and the master of Dashemaru. The spirit contract is the white snake fairy from Longdidong."

    "Ok."

    Uehara Naraku followed the words of the pharmacist, and continued: "Although the Oshe Maru can''t match Mr. Itachi at all, his psychic beast strength is still good;

    Mr. Itachi may be worried that you will see Naruto possessing a powerful psychic beast, and feel wronged in his heart. He also asked us to help you find a psychic contract in a holy land. "

    "...Who is wronged!"

    Uchiha Sasuke suddenly turned his head and said: "Huh, I don''t care so much! My strength does not need any psychic beasts!"

    "Okay, well, let''s not talk about it."

    Uehara Naraku also patted Sasuke on the shoulder, soothing the young man, with a sad expression on his face: "In fact, I just want to tell you that he has always wanted to give you the best. He just doesn''t want to see his brother feel wronged. "

    Anyway, according to Sasuke Uchiha''s ability to open a kaleidoscope to write round eyes, it doesn''t really matter whether or not a psychic beast is needed, just use it out as a favor.

    Since Uchiha Sasuke didn''t want it, Uehara Naraku waved his hand for granted, only to see Yakushito put away the psychic scroll again.

    "I know."

    Sasuke Uchiha shook his head and slowly closed his eyes. After a while, Sasuke comforted Uehara Naraku: "It doesn''t matter, thank you seniors for your help. I have received my most precious gift."

    Sasuke Uchiha turned his head to look at the distant scenery, and whispered: "Senior Uehara, I hope I can inherit Itachi''s will, live in this world instead of him, and watch this world become what he dreams of."

    "Okay!"

    Uehara Naraku patted Uchiha Sasuke on the shoulder, and chuckled lightly: "Then two years later, when you are 18 years old, you will get ready to get married right away! Itachi wanted to see you get married a long time ago. That day!"

    "senior!"

    Uchiha Sasuke''s face suddenly turned black.

    This joke is really not funny at all.

    Although in the view of Uchiha Sasuke, his brother Uchiha Itachi must have mentioned this to Uehara Naraku, otherwise a ninja would never think of getting married.

    "Let me talk about our story first!"

    Uehara Naraku looked into the distance and told the old story: "At the beginning I joined Akatsuki with Mr. Itachi. I was one year younger than him! At that time, I was not strong enough, and I was defeated by his writing round... "

    The image of a young man who was unconvinced with Uchiha Itachi emerged, and gradually became a younger generation who was convinced by Uchiha Itachi, and eventually became a good friend of Uchiha Itachi.

    They started to work hard for their dreams, but Uehara Naraku made progress faster and faster, but Uchiha Itachi missed his brother from afar and hesitated, so in the end Uchiha Itachi decided to entrust their dream to Uehara Naraku alone to realize it.

    Until Uchiha''s younger brother entered the Akatsuki organization, the two people completely cut off contact, Uchiha Itachi focused on taking care of his younger brother, and stopped contacting Uehara;

    Uehara Naraku was worried that Uchiha Itachi would be secretly assassinated by his younger brother, so he commissioned another friend of theirs to take care of Uchiha Itachi.

    However, the eve of the duel.

    Uchiha Itachi finally decided to open his heart, explained all his arrangements to his best friend Naraku Uehara, and entrusted the funeral to Uehara.

    This story is really moving.

    The dried persimmon ghosts sounded a little doubtful of life.

    If I remember correctly, Kakigaki himself should have been a teammate with Itachi Uchiha for eight years. Why didn''t he know that Uchiha Itachi could still make friends?

    Could it be Uchiha Itachi can''t believe him?

    This story is a little hard to distinguish between true and false.

    Uehara Naraku slowly stretched out his palm, as if catching a light breeze: "Sasuke, Itachi and I once dreamed to completely overthrow this decadent Ninja World and kill all those jealous and jealous..."

    After speaking, Naraku Uehara turned his head abruptly and said coldly: "My teacher Xiaonan, who was once murdered by Sansho Fish Hanzo, almost died, because Sansho Fish Hanzo was worried that the talents of Lord Payne and Xiaonan teacher would surpass him!

    Your brother Uchiha Itachi, who was once forced and slaughtered by the Konoha leaders, the entire Uchiha clan can only save your younger brother, because the Konoha executives are worried that the Uchiha clan is getting stronger and stronger, and finally a Uchiha Hokage appears.

    Why does the Ninja world become like this?

    Because the uppermost level of this ninja world has decayed and fallen, they cannot tolerate the appearance of any genius, even if this genius just wants to protect his family!

    Several kaleidoscopes of the Uchiha clan write round eyes, Uchiha Madara is forced to leave because his strength is too strong, the second generation of Naruto Senjuku thinks Uchiha clan is inherently evil, and uses political means to humiliate and expel Madara!

    Uchiha Daito is an idiot. In order to survive Konoha''s three generations of Naruto Sarutobi, he first murdered his teacher and his wife''s family, and then he and Mr. Itachi killed all his fellow clan.

    Mr. Uchiha Shisui is somewhat sensible. In order to prevent Uchiha from being targeted, Mr. Shisui chose to act as a double agent for Konoha and Uchiha. He was eventually discovered by a senior Konoha, and the Kaleidoscope writing wheel was dug up. go with!

    His Excellency Uchiha Tomitake is your father, and he also opened a kaleidoscope to write round eyes, but His Excellency Tomitake never dared to show it in front of people. If it were not for the night of genocide, even Mr. Itachi had not discovered this secret! "

    These words are too shocking.

    Which can be regarded as true and false.

    Uehara Naraku estimated the information, but Sasuke Uchiha could not find out the truth, even if he knew just a little bit of it, it would fit these things.

    Damn, anyone who knows the truth is dead!

    Even the dead are mostly in the hands of Uehara Naraku!

    When Uehara Naraku finished talking about Uchiha Fudake, Uchiha Sasuke looked at Uehara incredulously: "Father... does he have a kaleidoscope to write round eyes? Then why did he die? He is Uchiha''s patriarch. ¡­"

    "Yes, this is also the most painful thing in Mr. Itachi!"

    Uehara Naraku stroked her forehead, suppressing her emotions, and said in a deep voice: "Your Excellency Futake thinks that Mr. Itachi can protect your brother, so he chose to kill him by pulling the neck. Otherwise, do you think Mr. Itachi can defeat the Lord Futake ?"

    "..."

    Sasuke Uchiha shook his head subconsciously.

    Uchiha Tomitake is the head of the Uchiha clan. In Sasuke''s impression, his father is the most powerful person in the Uchiha clan!

    It seems that this is also normal.

    Both sons can open the kaleidoscope to write round eyes, how could Uchiha Fudake, a father, be a weak person?

    "Because Lord Fuyue and Mr. Itachi, your mother Mikoto, should have bet their will and even the future of the whole family on you!"

    Uehara Naraku looked at Uchiha Sasuke, then patted his shoulder sadly and said, "These Uchiha past events were what Mr. Itachi told me during his most painful time. I don¡¯t know if I should tell you. Because these are too dark..."

    "No, you should tell me very much."

    Sasuke Uchiha shook his head, clenched his fist, and said in a deep voice: "If Uehara-senpai didn''t tell me, I wouldn''t know... how much hatred I should bear on my own body!

    I will inherit Itachi''s will!

    No, I will do more thoroughly than him!

    What I have on my back is the regret of my father, the wailing of all Uchiha''s deaths, so let Konoha feel the pain! "

    Uchiha Sasuke''s eyes gradually turned into a pair of kaleidoscope writing round eyes. His pupil power was almost getting stronger and stronger. He hadn''t even used his pupil technique proficiently, and a pair of purple skeletons were looming on his body.

    A black flame suddenly appeared in front of Sasuke Uchiha, and a grinning smile appeared on his face: "Is this Itachi''s pupil technique Amaterasu? Then let me use his pupil technique to burn the corrupted one. Konoha!"

    "Should it be transcribing the seal?"

    Nai Uehara fell by his side and interrupted Sasuke¡¯s wild laugh: "I remember Mr. Itachi told me on the eve of the duel that even if you did not open the kaleidoscope to write the wheel, he would seal the ability of Amaterasu in your eye sockets. Let you protect yourself."

    Uchiha Sasuke''s smile suddenly subsided. He gritted his teeth bitterly, revealing pain and regrets on his face: "That guy...has all this been arranged for me again?"

    "Yes¡­"

    Uehara Naruko patted him on the shoulder and said with some regrets on his face: "That''s why I hope you don''t let down his painstaking efforts, don''t let down his sacrifices, and find a quiet place to live a peaceful life in the future. Fighting and suffering..."

    "Senior Uehara."

    Sasuke Uchiha glanced at Naraku Uehara with unprecedented determination. He suddenly bowed his head and said, "From now on, be sure not to drive me away again! I have completely made up my mind!"

    "Ugh¡­"

    Uehara Naraku sighed faintly, turned his head to look at the dried persimmon ghost shark and the pharmacist''s pocket next to him, and whispered: "We people are working hard, why do you come to this muddy water?

    In fact, I just want you to understand Itachi''s painstaking efforts and the hardships you have eaten, and then return to your hometown Konoha or find another place to get married and have children quietly. That must be the thing Itachi wants to see most now..."

    "senior."

    Sasuke Uchiha stroked his eye sockets and whispered: "Even if I am Sangou Yushulunyan, I will not give up. Besides, I have opened the kaleidoscope now...So what you and Itachi have done before, I don''t want to miss it! "

    "Let''s go back to the organization base first!"

    Uehara Naruko shook her head to avoid answering, instead she talked about another thing: "You can think about your teammates, whether it''s Guiyu, me or Tou. Tou is the person I brought in, Guiyu. Both I and I are friends of Mr. Itachi..."

    "Ok."

    Sasuke Uchiha nodded, and fell into choice disorder again.

    First of all, this guy in Pharmacist''s pocket must be eliminated.

    A dried persimmon ghost shark has been a teammate of Uchiha Itachi for many years. The relationship between them is also seen by Sasuke Uchiha, which is really a bit envious.

    A Uehara Naraku is a friend of Uchiha Itachi who has been hiding for many years, and the relationship between them can also be roughly analyzed by Sasuke Uchiha. This is even more enviable!

    It seems two people, which one is good?

    This kind of thing is not in a hurry, and it can be decided when the task is executed next time.

    Anyway, Uehara Naraku and Payne had a very good relationship, and Sasuke suddenly realized a problem.

    He is really a little more comfortable with the organization in Akatsuki now, because there are friends of his brother here, and there are strong teammates everywhere.

    After returning to Akatsuki''s base Uehara Naraku arranged for Sasuke to return to his room to rest. The reason was that Sasuke received too much impact on this day and felt very sad, and he must have a rest.

    Sasuke Uchiha naturally chose to follow his arrangements.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark finally couldn''t help but asked: "Master Uehara, why did Sasuke choose to join us? Could it be Mr. Itachi and your lord..."

    "Everyone is dead, who knows whether it''s true or not!"

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the dried persimmon ghost shark, shook his head and said, "Of course Sasuke joined us because of love! With his character, after knowing Itachi''s sacrifice, how could he give up his brother''s dream? "

    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he handed a scroll to the pharmacist''s pocket: "Here are the white eyes I got from the blue hands of Wuyin Village. You can figure it out!"

    "That lost eye?"

    Yakushidou''s face was slightly surprised, and after a while, he nodded respectfully and said, "We will certainly not disappoint Lord Naraku''s hope."

    "All right."

    Uehara Naruko waved her hand to herself, and turned and flew towards the direction of Yuyin Village: "You two, don''t expose your flaws in front of Sasuke."

    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he looked at the dried persimmon ghost shark again: "Especially the ghost shark, remember to put on the pair that hates him and killed Uchiha Itachi, but because he is Itachi''s younger brother who needs to take care of him, you treat him Your emotions will be very complicated, understand?"

    "..."

    The dried persimmon ghost nodded silently.

    But after Uehara Naraku left, an ugly smile appeared on the face of the dried persimmon ghost: "Ha, really... Mr. Itachi, whether it is you or your brother, after all, you haven''t escaped the false reality!"

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 250ï¼š You said, can the 5 Shadows Conference be held in the Rain Country?

    Yuyin Village.

    After Uehara Nara came back, he went straight to the tower in the village.

    Not surprisingly, Nagato is still repairing his Shura Dao, and this person is really in love with reforming Shura Dao Penn.

    "are you back?"

    Nagato dropped the tool in his hand, looked up at Uehara Naraku who entered the door, and coughed a few times: "Since the Uchiha brothers have settled the matter, then we are going to capture the five and six. Come with Nanao!"

    Today, after seeing Uchiha Itachi''s death in battle, Nagato also foresaw his own destiny soon, and planned to take this opportunity to speed up the progress of resurrecting the Golem.

    "Catch the three-tailed beast directly?"

    Uehara Naraku raised her eyebrows and couldn''t help but glanced at Nagato: "How come you are suddenly so anxious? It would be very dangerous..."

    "do not worry."

    Nagato waved his hand, and said with a smile: "The five tails are the most difficult. This time I will take Penn''s Sixth Path together..."

    "No, go and catch the six-tailed man Zhuli!"

    Uehara Naraku interrupted Nagato''s words, and said in a deep voice, "Didara and I are going to capture the five-tailed power of Iwakura Village. It happened that Uchiha Sasuke also opened the same kaleidoscope writing wheel eye as Uchiha Itachi. It can come in handy."

    "Ok?"

    Nagato''s face suddenly raised his head in surprise: "Has Uchiha Sasuke also opened the kaleidoscope?"

    "Yes."

    Uehara Naraku''s face was a bit complicated, and she explained softly: "Itachi Uchiha hides very deeply. Everything he does is to protect his brother. This is what the dried persimmon ghost shark told us in front of Itachi Uchiha''s grave."

    Uehara Naraku sighed faintly, "But it is precisely because of this that Sasuke Uchiha also opened the kaleidoscope to write the wheel, which also gave us a powerful combat power."

    "just."

    Nagato nodded and said, "If it is a kaleidoscope writing round eyes, it should be able to help a lot, then you guys will go to capture the five-tailed pillar power, and Kakuto and Hida will go to catch the seven-tailed pillar in Takigakura Village. Power, I¡¯ll catch the six-tailed man¡¯s strength."

    Nagato coughed a few more times before continuing: "After capturing these, then only the strongest Yao and Kyuubi are left..."

    "I will figure out these things."

    Uehara Naruko frowned, waved to Nagato and used Star Infusion twice: "You can stay in the village and protect your body!"

    "It''s ok."

    Nagato shook his head, smiled and patted the palm of his hand, and explained, "I also want to see the day when the outgoing golem is resurrected sooner."

    "..."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and said nothing.

    After a brief discussion between Uehara Naraku and Nagato, they left the tower and walked on the streets of Uyin Village on their own, regardless of the pouring rain falling on him.

    The tail beast caught more and more, and it couldn''t be delayed any longer.

    Naruto Uehara wiped the sweat on his face and looked up at the tower of Nagato. He must get Nagato and Konan away from the Moon Eye plan as soon as possible.

    Not only must Xiao Nan and the others get out and leave, they must also be picked out, otherwise it will be too late for the two of them to leave after the Ninja World War is over.

    The reincarnation eye must be left temporarily.

    Because these reincarnation eyes are to be kept to resurrect Uchiha Madara, and then to resurrect Otsuki Teruya, and then transplant it for Nagato after the war is over.

    Ok?

    Not quite right.

    The burden of the reincarnation eye is too great.

    Uehara Naruko frowned, thinking about how to solve Nagato''s problem, and simply waited until he gained the power of yang to create another pair of eyes for him?

    "Forget it."

    Nairo Uehara looked up at the all-encompassing pipelines of Yuyin Village, and squeezed his finger: "Anyway, let''s get Nagato and Xiaonan-Sensei out as soon as possible! It''s really troublesome, what should I do to solve it!"

    Once Uchiha Madara was resurrected, Uehara Naraku could not fully grasp the situation, and Akatsuki was not that easy to control at that time.

    So before that, Nagato and Xiaonan must be kicked out.

    Naruto Uehara glanced at the progress of his main mission, raised his eyebrows, and was about to go back to his room when an umbrella fell on his head, helping him cover the heavy rain.

    "What are you doing here in the rain?"

    A young girl''s voice entered Uehara''s ears.

    When Uehara Nairo turned his head, he saw three guys, Hydrangea, Water Lily, and Hibiscus standing behind him.

    Compared with Hydrangea''s lack of respect, water lily and hibiscus are more aware of reality. The two bowed their heads respectfully and saluted: "Master Uehara."

    "Why are you here?"

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the rare pedestrians on the street, and whispered, "Is it your turn to patrol again?"

    "No, we just came back from a mission outside."

    Ziyanghua said without expression on her face, "Uehara Naraku, now we are going to report to Lord Angel, do you want to go together?"

    "not going."

    When Uehara Naraku shook his head and was about to turn and leave, he suddenly stopped and asked, "Wait, what mission are you going to perform? If I remember correctly, the ninjas in the village should be forbidden to go out, right? ?"

    "We are the messengers who went to the border to contact Konoha..."

    "Konoha''s messenger?"

    "Ok."

    "What are they doing here?"

    "They sent a new letter."

    Ziyanghua nodded and replied in a low voice, "We are about to send this letter to Lord Angel."

    "Why are you talking so much nonsense?"

    Uehara Naraku''s face turned dark, watching the little girl suppressing her anger: "Can''t I finish what I said just now? What should I ask you to answer? Where is the letter, leave it to me!"

    "I''m going to Lord Angel..."

    "The same goes for me!"

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but stretched out her finger and tapped her forehead, and said dissatisfiedly: "In the end, if Konoha has any invitation, I''ll go on the mission!"

    "..."

    Hydrangea sullenly covered her forehead, slowly pulled out a scroll and handed it to Uehara Naraku.

    There is no other way...

    The entire Yuyin Village knows that Uehara Naraku is actually the hidden leader of Yuyin Village, and everyone must absolutely obey his orders.

    Even the Lord Angel will never hinder any of his behavior, and even all the things in Uyin Village must be reported to Uehara Naraku.

    "Let you be an intelligence ninja, you will surely die!"

    After Uehara Naruko took the scroll, he knocked Hydrangea''s head again, and said coldly: "The umbrella is higher, I want to see the scroll."

    "Well¡­"

    The young girl stood on her toes, and she really didn''t understand why Uehara Naraku would become the disciple of Lord Angel!

    After Uehara Naraku opened the scroll in his hand, he glanced at the content on it, and his face couldn''t help but become a bit wonderful.

    Nairo Uehara thought for a while, grabbed the umbrella in Hydrangea''s hand, and put the scroll in her hand back into her hand: "You go and rest! I''ll deliver the letter!"

    "..."

    The hydrangea that fell in the heavy rain looked at what was empty in her hand, and at the place where Uehara Naraku disappeared, her face was full of doubts.

    What''s the situation?

    In Xiaonan''s office, there is a glass of wolfberry water on the table.

    Xiaonan was sitting at her desk carefully reviewing every document. When Uehara Naruko came in with an umbrella, her face couldn¡¯t help showing a smile: ¡°It¡¯s raining heavily today, and Naraku has finally learned. Have you opened your umbrella?"

    "Uh¡­"

    Uehara Naraku shook his head speechlessly, reached out and put the scroll in his hand on Xiaonan''s desk, spreading out his palm and said: "Teacher, the letter from Konoha...Look at what is written on it! "

    "what happened?"

    Xiao Nan slowly opened the scroll, and after looking at the content on it, her brows slowly wrinkled.

    After a while, Xiao Nan looked at Uehara Naraku with a very incomprehensible expression: "Konoha''s fifth generation Hokage, want to visit Sansho Fish Hanzo?"

    "...It should be correct."

    Uehara Naraku closed his palms.

    Xiao Nan''s expression was still incomprehensible, she glanced at the scroll again, and continued to ask: "Then she also wants to convene a five-shadow meeting to fight against Xiao together. The meeting place is also in the country of rain?"

    "...Should be correct?"

    Uehara Naruko rubbed his forehead.

    Why did the woman Tsunade come to visit Hanzo!

    Is this forgotten the humiliation of being awarded the Sannin name by Hanzo many years ago?

    Tsunade''s letter is still more determined, which makes people feel big, where should this change into a Hanzo!

    Besides, how could Yuyin Village allow other ninjas to enter?

    Isn''t this nonsense?

    As long as one person comes in, as long as he can ask the name of Uehara Naraku or Sansho Fish Hanzo, the outlook on life will be almost 100% impacted!

    Xiao Nan sighed quietly and whispered: "Forget it, let me prepare a severely worded rejection letter!"

    "I hope that woman can dispel this idea immediately!"

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help shaking his head. Has he done too much in the past few years? Has this ninja world been crooked to such an extent?

    A five-shadow convention against the Akatsuki organization actually wanted to be held in the country of rain, the base camp of the Akatsuki organization. This is truly not afraid of death!

    When Xiaonan was preparing to write Tsunade''s reply, Uehara Naraku asked intentionally or unintentionally: "Teacher, have you thought about the future?"

    "What''s next?"

    "What will we be like in the future."

    Uehara Naruko squeezed his finger and asked softly: "For example, after the resurrection of the Outer Golem and the Ninja World becomes peaceful, do you want to do something?"

    "..."

    The pen in Xiao Nan''s hand suddenly stopped.

    After a while, Xiao Nan held the pen again and began to write, and whispered in his mouth: "That...should continue to watch you become the leader of Yuyin Village in this village, and watch you succeed us as the master of the entire world..."

    "Teacher Xiao Nan doesn''t want to travel to the Shinobi world or something?"

    Uehara Naraku looked at Xiaonan¡¯s Juanxiu''s handwriting and couldn¡¯t help but reminded: ¡°Just to this fifth-generation Naruto Tsunade who sent us a letter, I heard that she has traveled in the Ninja world for many years. There are few interesting things..."

    Uehara Naraku was tapping on Xiaonan''s mind from the side.

    It''s a pity that Xiao Nan responded without raising his head: "I remember Konoha''s five generations of Hokage seem to have a title of the legendary fat sheep. Do you think traveling is interesting?"

    After speaking, Xiaonan suddenly stopped his movements and looked at Uehara Naraku calmly: "Naraku, what do you want to say to me? Do you think I have been restraining you, making you tired?"

    "No."

    Uehara Naraku immediately denied it, rubbing her eyebrows, and said, "I discussed with Lord Nagato for a while and thought that our plan would be successful soon. It seems that we should think about whether we will do something else... "

    Xiao Nan was silent for a while, then held the pen in his hand again, and whispered: "You can do whatever you want, and I will always be with you."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku slowly squeezed his fingers.

    What if I don¡¯t want you to stay by my side now?

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 251ï¼š If you are in a bad mood, the dead cannot live in peace

    Uehara Naraku was in a bad mood.

    Even if Xiao Nan still calmed his emotions as softly as before, he still didn''t make Uehara Naraku''s mood any better, but got worse.

    If the mood of the ultimate black hand behind the Ninja future is not too good, his bad mood will most likely spread to other people.

    So after Uehara Naruko left Konan¡¯s office, he instantly appeared outside Uyin Village, standing in the distance of the village, quietly looking at the village with flashing lights, as if he could see the village clearly through the night. Everyone.

    Uehara Naraku slowly raised his finger and occupied the will of Uchiha''s rebirth from the dirty soil, and said in a cold voice: "Take the soil, let the Yakushi Tou and the ghost shark come to see me, take Uchiha Itachi and one Living sacrifice."

    "..."

    Uchiha belt soil can only helplessly obey orders.

    Not long after, a temporal and spatial vortex appeared around, and Uchiha brought soil, Yakushi''s pocket, and dried persimmon ghost shark appeared next to Uehara Naraku.

    "Master Naraku."

    "Where is Uchiha Itachi''s body?"

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand and looked at Uchiha''s soil. Then he turned his head and looked at Yakushi''s pocket: "Have you brought the sacrifice you brought?"

    "Yes."

    The pharmacist nodded, and a temporal space vortex appeared on his chest, placing a coffin and a living Bai Jue on the ground.

    The rebirth of Uchiha''s divine power and the living divine power kaleidoscope written by the pharmacist pocket are essentially the same, so the divine power space of the two of them is interoperable.

    Uehara Nara opened the coffin and saw the body of Uchiha Itachi inside. He nodded calmly and said, "Let''s start!"

    "Yes, Lord Naraku."

    After the pharmacist nodded his head, while closing his palm, he asked softly, "Lord Naraku, why is the foul soil reincarnated into Uchiha Itachi at this time? Do we need strong hands?"

    "No."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head and whispered, "Because I am in a bad mood."

    Pharmacist pocket: "..."

    Dry persimmon ghost shark: "..."

    Uchiha belt soil: "..."

    This reason is very powerful.

    Because you are in a bad mood, so the dead also live uneasy lives?

    When will this boss be able to do some human affairs seriously!

    After careful calculations, Uchiha Itachi has only been dead for a day. I don¡¯t know if I have seen his parents in the Pure Land of the Underworld!

    As a result, Uehara was pulled back to the Ninja World...

    Uehara Naraku looked at these people''s gazes and couldn''t help but frown and said, "What are you thinking about?"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark shook his head and even grinned and said: "I haven''t seen Mr. Itachi in one day, I miss him very much too!"

    "okay."

    Naruto Uehara raised his eyebrows, and said softly: "The first torture Uchiha Shisui''s other **** kaleidoscope is in Uzumaki Naruto''s belly, whether the operation is aimed at his kaleidoscope pupil power, and whether the effect of the operation People are loyal to Konoha."

    After speaking, Uehara Naraku continued to add: "If he refuses to answer, then use Sasuke Uchiha to threaten him!"

    "understand."

    The pharmacist suddenly closed his palms and stared at the Baijue sacrifice.

    "Ninfa, the art of reincarnating from the dirty earth!"

    In the next moment, Uchiha Itachi''s body turned into countless dust and debris!

    Immediately afterwards, these dust and debris gradually enveloped Bai Zetsu, turning it into the appearance of Uchiha Itachi, as the carrier of Uchiha Itachi''s soul descending!

    The scarlet writing wheel slowly opened.

    Uchiha Itachi subconsciously looked at the surrounding environment, with some unstoppable doubts in his eyes, but when he felt his body, there was a faint enlightenment. This is the art of reincarnating from the filthy earth studied by Oshemaru!

    Uchiha Itachi slowly raised his head, his eyes swept over everyone present, Yakushi pocket, Uchiha brought soil, dried persimmon ghost shark, Uehara Naraku...

    The identity of each of these four people does not seem simple.

    According to Uchiha Itachi''s judgment, Yakushitou should be the one who performs the technique of rebirth from the dirty soil. After all, only Yakushitou and Oshemaru are closely related, and it is possible to learn how to reincarnate from the dirty soil.

    As for the appearance of the dried persimmon ghost shark, Uchiha Itachi was not surprised.

    Uchiha Itachi did not feel too surprised by the appearance of Uchiha belt soil.

    Uchiha Itachi was not particularly surprised by the appearance of Uehara Naraku. After all, he seemed to be a very easy to use person.

    This behind-the-scenes team doesn''t seem to be as mysterious as imagined. Itachi Uchiha also guessed their identities, and now they can almost match up.

    While Uchiha Itachi was still thinking, the pharmacist spread out his palms: "Uchiha Itachi, welcome you back to this world."

    "The pharmacist..."

    Uchiha Itachi stared at Yakushi''s pocket carefully, and asked in a low voice, "So you guys are the darkness hidden in the deepest part of Ninja World?"

    "No, or you can say the same."

    The pharmacist chuckled lightly and said casually: "Uchiha Itachi, shouldn''t you be grateful to us at this time?

    If you meet your tribe in the pure land of the underworld, you will probably face them facelessly, so I will help you summon your soul back to avoid embarrassment in your underworld. "

    "..."

    Uchiha Itachi fell silent.

    The pharmacist glanced at Itachi Uchiha, and continued to speak: "Well, for a dead person who is in our hands, we don''t seem to need to keep a secret."

    At the next moment, the eyes of Yakushi Pocket became extremely sharp, and he whispered: "Uchiha Shisui¡¯s other Kaleidoscope of other gods, writing wheel eyes, is in your hand? Tell me, that one of Kaleidoscope of other gods writing wheel eyes. Where?"

    "..."

    Uchiha Itachi showed a look of Mingwu on his face for an instant. He looked at the medicine master and asked softly: "So your purpose of reincarnating from the dirty soil and resurrecting me is for the other gods of Shishui to write round eyes?"

    Uchiha Itachi thought for a while, and then asked in a deep voice, "Could it be that the missing Shimura Danzo is also yours?"

    Because Shimura Danzo also has an other **** to write round eyes.

    The entire ninja world knows that Uchiha Shisui''s Kaleidoscope of other gods has only a handful of writing round eyes, and there is no doubt that Shimura Danzo is the most likely leaker.

    "No, he is not qualified."

    Pharmacist shook his head with a smile, and looked at Uchiha Itachi and continued: "Don''t lie in front of us, because we still hold the life of your brother Uchiha Sasuke."

    When the pharmacist said these words, a mysterious smile appeared on his face: "I don''t think you will want to have a life and death battle with your brother again! Under my control, you want It might be difficult to lose to your brother on purpose!"

    "Sasuke..."

    After hearing Uchiha Sasuke''s name, Uchiha Itachi looked up at the dried persimmon ghost shark. In his impression, the ghost shark was a friendly person.

    After noticed Uchiha Itachi''s gaze, Onisha couldn''t help sighing, "Don''t worry, Mr. Itachi, as long as you are willing to cooperate, we will protect Sasuke''s safety."

    "Let me do it!"

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand to let the dried persimmon ghost shark retreat He took out his ears carelessly, and whispered: "Mr. Itachi, what should I say? Your brother Uchiha Sasuke really can¡¯t make it. Go, can¡¯t wait to join us!"

    Uehara Naraku hooked the corner of his own mouth, looked at Uchiha Itachi''s still calm look, and chuckled lightly: "In order to protect the members of our organization, Sasuke Uchiha from betrayal, so we must solve everything that may cause him to betray. factor."

    "Oh, it seems that you have won Sasuke..."

    Uchiha Itachi sighed faintly, and said softly, "Then you are looking for other gods to control Sasuke, right?"

    "Yes."

    After Uehara Naruto nodded, he suddenly showed a meaningful smile: "There is no better way than other gods, right?"

    "So..."

    Uchiha Itachi also nodded and sighed softly: "There is indeed no easier way to control other people than other gods. If I am not mistaken, Shimura Danzo has been killed by you, then the other gods kaleidoscope writing wheel His eyes were ruined before he died, right?"

    Uchiha Itachi''s face gradually showed a sense of confidence: "According to Shimura Danzo''s personality, he will never allow others to master other gods, so he must have set up his own body in advance to destroy the technique..."

    Uchiha Itachi looked at Naraku Uehara and the others, and said in a low voice, "You didn''t get the other gods of Danzo, but finally found me..."

    "It''s really Mr. Itachi!"

    Uehara Naraku chuckled and applauded, and said in praise: "I have to say that Mr. Itachi''s analytical ability is still so powerful... It''s really admirable!"

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 252ï¼š Mr. Itachi, let me tell you a story too!

    Uchiha Itachi analyzed it without any problems.

    The only thing that hasn''t been analyzed clearly is that the purpose of Uehara Naraku is not to obtain the other gods, but to completely destroy the two other gods kaleidoscope writing wheel eyes.

    Uehara Naraku''s strength will definitely become stronger and stronger, and sooner or later no one in the entire Ninja World will be his opponent, so Uehara does not want the Ninja World to have such a dangerous ability.

    What''s more, Uehara Naraku wants to use Sasuke Uchiha as a tool to provide the progress of the main task. Anyway, he should use Sasuke for a while? How could Sasuke be arranged by Itachi Uchiha!

    Only the real behind-the-scenes can arrange fate in Ninja world.

    This black hand can only be done by Naraku Uehara himself.

    Uchiha Itachi glanced at Uehara Naraku who applauded lightly, and his eyes were slightly dim: "I have to say, I''m very curious about your intelligence channels, but it''s a pity that I have already ruined the God Kaleidoscope Writing Wheel Eye..."

    "Then there''s no way."

    Uehara Naraku patted his palms at the crowd and chuckled softly: "Hey, a few, since Mr. Itachi has already ruined the other gods writing wheel eyes, do you think we have any sense in keeping Sasuke Uchiha? ?"

    "Ho **** ho ho..."

    Uchiha''s sullen laughter fell into the ears of everyone, and he said coldly: "Of course it doesn''t make sense! We are not an orphanage or a shelter here!"

    "Isn''t it good to insult the orphanage?"

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around and refuted Uchiha''s dirt, then raised his head and looked at Uchiha Itachi and chuckled, "Perhaps there is something you don''t know yet. Your kaleidoscope writing wheel is also mine. Sasuke is still waiting for me to help him transplant it!"

    After speaking, the pharmacist took out a small bottle with two eyes from his pocket, and shook it slowly at Uchiha Itachi.

    The action of the pharmacist''s pocket was like shaking a potion.

    A potion that can penetrate Uchiha''s heart defense.

    Uchiha Itachi''s face suddenly became a little unsightly, but inside it was the kaleidoscope that he left behind, and it is also the power that Uchiha Sasuke will be able to stand at the apex of the ninja world in the future!

    What is going on with his brother?

    Uchiha Itachi frowned, and said solemnly, "It seems that you took away my writing wheel eyes and lured Sasuke to join you?"

    "No, what should I say?"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark rubbed his brows and looked up at Uchiha Itachi: "Mr. Itachi''s younger brother''s brain is a bit abnormal. After Mr. Itachi died, Sasuke actually entrusted us with everything about his future. ."

    "And this time..."

    Yakushidou¡¯s face is very shallow, but with a touch of extreme confidence: "It''s just a few hours before Mr. Itachi''s death. We didn''t even persuade him too much. Sasuke Uchiha decided to join us to destroy Konoha."

    "Hey, pocket, I persuaded for a few hours!"

    Uehara Naraku frowned and refuted the pharmacist''s words, then looked at Uchiha Itachi and chuckled lightly: "Unfortunately, I have been persuading him to return to Konoha to be a ninja, but Sasuke insisted on joining us... "

    The smile that bloomed on Uehara Naruko''s face gradually became a bit proud: "He is like an orphan who is homeless looking for a place to live. He can''t be driven away. He has to follow us and inherit your so-called last wish. , Join us to destroy this decadent world."

    Pharmacist pocket: "..."

    Dry persimmon ghost shark: "..."

    Why did the little fellow Uchiha Sasuke refuse to leave? Don''t you have any idea in your heart, Lord Naraku?

    With your means, no one can escape in the Ninja World, right?

    Uehara Naraku persuaded Sasuke to say that even a sensible person like the dried persimmon ghost almost doubted life, and even the pharmacist carried a magical operation that the well-known spy had never seen before.

    When Uchiha Itachi heard Uehara Naraku''s words, his face became even more ugly, what is going on with his brother, why should he believe these guys!

    And why should you leave your vital eyes to others for safekeeping!

    If possible, Uchiha Itachi really wanted to rush over and grab his eyes back, but it was a pity that his body was controlled by the pharmacist and could not move.

    At this time, Uchiha Itachi couldn''t help but start to doubt the other gods he hid in Naruto''s stomach. If there are other gods that can modify his will now, maybe he can break free now and start a fight.

    Unfortunately, that other **** is not here!

    Uehara Naraku looked at Uchiha Itachi''s face and suddenly said, "Mr. Itachi, don''t hold your mind in your heart. If you are unhappy, just say anything. Maybe other people''s encounters are worse than yours?"

    Uehara Naraku stretched out her finger, pointed to herself and chuckled: "It''s like I was in a bad mood on the way here, but after seeing you, I feel much better..."

    "..."

    Uchiha was very calm.

    When compared to other people''s expressions of helplessness and surprise, Uchiha Itachi''s face still had that calm look.

    In the face of Naraku Uehara''s ridicule, it doesn''t make any sense to care about him.

    Information must be collected now!

    As long as enough information is collected, Uchiha Itachi thinks that he will find a turning point. Maybe he can persuade these guys to accept Sasuke sincerely?

    As long as they believe that Sasuke''s power can bring them benefits, it may not be a chance to comeback, so Uchiha believes that he must first find a way to get Sasuke to get the pupil power of the eternal kaleidoscope writing wheel.

    "Forget it, let''s talk frankly!"

    Uchiha Itachi''s expression gradually calmed down, and he whispered: "I am a little curious, why did Sasuke choose to join you?"

    "what?"

    Uehara Naraku rubbed his forehead and looked at Uchiha Itachi and said, "What is the problem? Why did Sasuke join us?"

    Uehara Naraku seemed to have seen something happy, and squinted and said, "Of course this is because...we are Mr. Itachi''s friends! We are Mr. Itachi''s best friends, even a friend who is enough for Mr. Itachi to entrust the funeral and last words. Yeah!"

    Uchiha Itachi: "..."

    What a mess this is!

    How could he have such a bad group of friends!

    Besides, how could a person like him have friends!

    Had Sasuke never thought of it? As a person who has slaughtered all his family members, how can he have any friends?

    Unless... this group of guys fabricated evidence that is the same as the facts!

    "Mr. Itachi, don''t you always like to tell stories the most?"

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand to create an ice seat, sat on it leisurely, and smiled relaxedly: "Then let me tell you a story today! Come and hear if this story is qualified. kind?"

    "..."

    Uchiha Itachi''s heart sank little by little.

    Uehara Naraku tilted his head, propped his face with his fists, and narrowed his eyes slightly: "Where should I start this story? It is better to start from eight years ago, because that is the destiny of your brothers changed. Point of origin.

    Eight years ago, the Uchiha clan was still the strongest ninja in the ninja world.

    It is a pity that the Ninja World War has ended, and the strength of the Uchiha clan has become a hidden danger in the village. Their existence has aroused the fear of the high-level villagers.

    Although the Uchiha clan has always lived an uncontested life, their clan of geniuses have emerged in large numbers, and the writing round eyes are the first blood in the Ninja world. Their existence is the original sin. "

    When Uehara Naraku''s story ends here, he looks at Uchiha Itachi, who is still expressionless on his face, and continues to smile: "How about? Is the role played by the Uchiha clan in this story very innocent?"

    "...That''s it."

    Uchiha Itachi nodded slowly.

    If it is Uchiha Sasuke, who does not understand the truth, hearing the story of Uehara Naraku, the idea that Uchiha is indeed innocent will indeed be born in his heart.

    In this way, the inherent concepts fall behind.

    Once Uehara Naraku talked about the persecution of Uchiha by the senior Konoha, it would easily arouse Uchiha''s indignation.

    as expected.

    The next story of Uehara Naraku is even more indignant.

    "The senior leaders in the village realize that the Uchiha clan is so powerful that they will take their place sooner or later. Therefore, the senior leaders decided to use the villagers to use some dirty means to humiliate these dignified Uchiha groups.

    The high level in the village wanted to use this method to force these proud Uchiha to fight with the villagers, and even to resist the village''s orders, so that they could have a legitimate reason to suppress and completely destroy the entire Uchiha clan. "

    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he looked at Uchiha Itachi with a smile and said, "How about it? After listening to this, does Mr. Itachi feel that the high-level Konoha is extremely sinful?"

    "Your words are indeed very deceptive."

    Uchiha Itachi nodded silently, then said in a low voice, "Even after I heard it, I couldn''t help but believe that what you said might be the truth."

    "Because it is a fact."

    Uehara Naraku chuckled lightly and looked at Uchiha Itachi and said, "The second-generation Naruto Senjuka personally formulated the policy to prevent you from being able to integrate into Konoha. He hates you Uchiha!"

    "..."

    Uchiha Itachi fell silent again.

    Uehara Naraku looked at the silent Uchiha Itachi, and suddenly smiled and said, "Don''t say this, the next step is the most exciting part of this story, because Mr. Itachi and your father and mother will play a very important role in it.

    Just as the conflict between Konoha and Uchiha became more and more tense, then Naruto¡¯s Hizen Saruto and Shimura Danzo found a genius ninja from Uchiha. It happened that this ninja had a weakness in his heart, that is, he personally brought it up. His younger brother Uchiha Sasuke.

    Sarutobi Hizumi and Shimura Danzo, at the expense of protecting his younger brother, asked this genius ninja named Uchiha Itachi to kill the Uchiha clan, otherwise the entire Uchiha clan would be destroyed.

    The moment the **** moon shone, the entire Uchiha clan was bloody, screaming endlessly, and a corpse with scarlet eyes fell scattered on the ground...

    After Sarutohi Hitoshi''s confidant Uchiha Daido and the newly surrendered Uchiha Itachi killed all their kinsmen, Uchiha Itachi entered his own home and confronted his parents Uchiha Tomitake and Uchiha Mikoto. "

    "..."

    Uchiha Itachi''s face changed.

    Because next is what he hates most in his heart.

    This is also the hardest scar to erase in Uchiha Itachi''s heart!

    Uehara Naraku didn''t hesitate at all, and continued: "Uchiha Itachi suddenly discovered one thing, that is, his father Uchiha Tomitake also has a kaleidoscope writing wheel. He thought a father-son battle was about to begin.

    Unexpectedly, after they learned the truth, Uchiha Fudake and Uchiha Mikoto and his wife were determined to slay their necks in front of their son, betting their lives on the future of their youngest son Uchiha Sasuke. "

    "¡­Yes."

    After Uchiha was silent for a while, he slowly raised his head and said in a low voice, "I didn''t expect you people to even find out what happened that night."

    "Nothing we can''t find out."

    Uehara Naraku squinted his eyes and looked at Uchiha Itachi and continued to smile: "Next, the wonderful story has just begun, because we soon really saw a brother''s great love for his younger brother.

    Uchiha Itachi learned about the weaknesses and evolutionary methods of writing wheel eyes and decided to use his own methods to force his younger brother Sasuke Uchiha to become stronger, so he chose to persecute and humiliate his younger brother against his will, just to make himself His younger brother opened a kaleidoscope to write round eyes.

    Obviously we are all very clear about this matter, and Mr. Itachi does not need to argue, because the more exciting story is still to come. "

    Uchiha Itachi: "..."

    These are enough ups and downs...

    How exciting can other stories be?

    Uehara Naraku looked at Uchiha Itachi, and slowly raised the corners of his mouth, revealing a kind smile: "Because Uchiha has nowhere to stay after slaughtering a clan, and it threatens high-level protection with village secrets. After the younger brother, he and a boy named Naraku Uehara joined an organization called Akatsuki."

    "..."

    Uchiha Itachi suddenly felt something wrong.

    Why did Uehara Naraku mention herself inexplicably?

    If Uchiha Itachi thinks he guessed right, his story should have taken a big turn after this, right? How crooked will the rest of the story be!

    Uehara Naraku did not disappoint Uchiha Itachi.

    "Although Uchiha Itachi and Uehara Naraku are of the same age, Uchiha Itachi has a higher strength and experience. Therefore, Uehara Naraku has always wanted to be his friend and receive his education because he respected him.

    It¡¯s a pity that Uchiha Itachi has been refusing to contact anyone, even refusing to agree with Akatsuki¡¯s goals, until he discovered that the members of Akatsuki¡¯s organization also had some similar people who were undermined by the jealousy of the village leaders. He finally started to learn. Communicate with people and gradually become friends.

    Just as these friends were planning to work hard to change this ninja world, Uchiha Itachi''s younger brother Sasuke Uchiha defected to Konoha. In order to protect his brother, Uchiha Itachi went to pull his defected brother into the organization.

    Also in order to be able to protect his younger brother, Uchiha Itachi decided to abandon those dangerous ideas and chose to distance himself from his friends.

    Until before he died, Uchiha Itachi chose to reconcile with his friends again, and entrusted them with his funeral, his friends agreed with tears.

    Therefore, after Uchiha Itachi died in battle, his best friend Uehara Naraku told Uchiha Sasuke all the truth, and would choose to help him transplant Uchiha Itachi''s kaleidoscope writing wheel, so that Sasuke has the power to protect himself. Consider the pains of his brother.

    Moreover, Uehara Naraku hopes that Sasuke can follow Uchiha Itachi''s last wish and return to Konoha to be an ordinary ninja to marry and have children. "

    "..."

    Uchiha Itachi''s expression is very ugly.

    To be honest, Uchiha Itachi''s mood is a little broken Fuck, why does the ending of the story become like this!

    Uehara Naraku has made up the story like this, and Sasuke Uchiha, who has a strong personality, will promise to return to Konoha to hell!

    Uehara Naraku looked at Uchiha Itachi''s expression, his mood gradually improved, and his face showed a touch of regret: "Unfortunately, Uchiha Sasuke decided to inherit the dream of his brother and change this with his friends. In the world, no matter how Uehara Naraku persuaded him, he would not change his mind..."

    There was also a symbolic sadness on Uehara Naraku''s face.

    Uchiha Itachi could hear that, he really couldn''t help but want to hit someone, how could there be someone like Uehara Naraku in this world!

    This is clearly a half-truth story tampering with other people''s lives!

    To tell the truth, except for the last chaotic Naraku Uehara, this story is indeed beautiful, even most of his real life.

    However, it was the Uehara Naraku who entered his story indiscriminately, and completely ruined the story and all his plans.

    For so many years...

    Uchiha Itachi never took Naruto Uehara in his eyes.

    Unexpectedly, Uehara Naraku was so brazen that he would put himself in his life story and deceive Sasuke''s feelings by this.

    Uchiha Itachi''s face became darker and darker. He slowly closed his eyes and said solemnly, "So is this the story you made up for Sasuke?"

    "Yes~"

    Uehara Naraku nodded faintly, with a bright sadness on his face: "Mr. Itachi, this is the life I made up for you, do you like it?"

    "..."

    Uchiha Itachi didn''t want to answer.

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 253ï¼š Why are you unhappy when someone else arranges your life (3rd...

    Uehara Naraku was in a good mood.

    Uchiha Itachi was in a bad mood.

    According to the story made up by Uehara Naraku, Uchiha Itachi can basically be sure that Uchiha Sasuke should follow these guys with all their heart.

    Now if Naruto Uzumaki persuades Uchiha Sasuke to return to Konoha, the difficulty is almost more than one level higher, and Uchiha Itachi is even a little grateful that he put the other gods kaleidoscope writing wheel on Uzumaki Naruto''s body.

    "My story is over."

    Uehara Naraku watched Uchiha Itachi''s expression gradually calmed down, and he smiled and continued, "Itachi, now it''s your turn to decide whether to hand over Uchiha Shisui''s Kaleidoscope of other gods to write round eyes."

    "No need."

    Uchiha Itachi closed his eyes and whispered, "Even if there is no other **** to write round eyes, Sasuke will not betray you. Moreover, that other **** has already been ruined because of my lack of rigorous protection."

    "Ugh¡­"

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and sighed, watching everyone present and saying: "Um, do you think what he said is funny?"

    The people present fell into a moment of silence.

    What is funny about what Uchiha Itachi said?

    It was just because of Uehara Naraku''s majesty that Uchiha could only hesitate a few times with the soil, but the dried persimmon ghost shark smiled face-to-face.

    The pharmacist slowly pushed his glasses, and looked at Uchiha Itachi with a sneer: "This kind of words is enough to deceive others, not to deceive us... You must know that your brother Uchiha Sasuke still In our hands!"

    Uehara Naraku tilted his head and said in a cold voice: "We always look at the results, never at the process. If the results you say do not satisfy us, we will let Uchiha Sasuke die for a long time. the process of."

    "..."

    Uchiha Itachi frowned slightly.

    This Uehara Naraku seems a bit unreasonable!

    How could this guy not play cards according to common sense? At the very least, you should also show some disbelief or questioning!

    However, Uchiha Itachi calmed his mind and decided to start making up: "Before Shishui committed suicide in front of me, I did get his other gods writing wheel eyes, but I opened my own kaleidoscope writing wheel eyes after he died. ¡­"

    "Hmm... please continue editing."

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand, and looked at the Yakushi pocket with a chuckle: "Pouch, I think we don''t need to leave Sasuke Uchiha''s Kaleidoscope of Itachi..."

    "I think so."

    After the pharmacist smiled and nodded, he slowly raised the small bottle in his hand, and then slowly released his palm: "Then let Sasuke''s kaleidoscope writing wheel run out of eyes and blindness! Anyway, we Is enough..."

    "and many more!"

    Uchiha Itachi''s face changed, and he hurriedly stopped the movement of Yakushi''s pocket.

    Originally, he didn''t take the threats of Yakushito and Naraku Uehara seriously, but now it seems that they really don''t care about it!

    Then you can only use the second set of programs!

    Uchiha Itachi fixed his gaze on the pharmacist''s pocket, and said in a deep voice: "I hid the other gods kaleidoscope writing wheel eyes on someone''s body, and that person can only see the pupil power of my kaleidoscope writing wheel eyes. Will show up."

    "Which person?"

    Nairo Uehara hooked the corner of his mouth and chuckled lightly: "Now tell us the name of the person, we will take you to find him now..."

    "..."

    Uchiha Itachi was silent for a while.

    Although his face was still silent and hesitating, Uchiha Itachi had made up his mind in his heart, because Uchiha Itachi had cleared the pros and cons at the beginning.

    Now he tells the truth about Uzumaki Naruto, and if these people take him to see Uzumaki Naruto, the crow with the other gods writing round eyes will pop up, and the other gods will rewrite his will, so he You can get free.

    After he was free, the first thing was to burn the crow to death with Amaterasu, and then take his kaleidoscope from these people back.

    This plan seems to work.

    At this moment, Uehara Naraku suddenly raised his finger, Uchiha brought the soil and suddenly said: "If we take Itachi to find another god, I am a little worried about what he will plot...

    How about we transplant Itachi''s kaleidoscope to Sasuke, and then take Sasuke to find that person. If we don''t find another god, how about letting Itachi kill Sasuke? "

    "..."

    Yakushito and dried persimmon ghost shark glanced at Uchiha with a surprise, and then at Uehara Naraku. Obviously they knew that this was what Uehara Naraku said while controlling the soil.

    Uchiha Itachi couldn''t help but look up at Uchiha''s soil.

    To be honest, Uchiha''s proposal with soil seems to be good?

    Uchiha Itachi started to think again. The suggestion Uchiha brought to him was also in line with his plan. As long as Sasuke got his pupil power and opened the eternal kaleidoscope, he would be rejected when he went to see Naruto Uzumaki. The gods change their will.

    Sasuke Uchiha, who is an eternal kaleidoscope writing round eyes, is stronger, and will have a greater certainty to clean up everyone present. Even if they can''t be solved, Sasuke will definitely be able to get out and take this opportunity to return to Konoha!

    Uchiha Itachi''s expression calmed down slightly. I didn''t expect that the guy Uchiha with soil seemed so stupid. According to his suggestions, it seemed to be more beneficial to him!

    After thinking about this, Uchiha Itachi didn''t hesitate anymore, and said in a deep voice: "If you get the eyes of another god, then please take care of Sasuke. This is also the condition I want to offer you."

    After speaking, Uchiha Itachi was still afraid that flaws would be revealed, and continued to add: "I believe that Sasuke has the potential to surpass Uchiha in the past, and his power is also of great benefit to your plan!"

    In fact, Uchiha Itachi was anxious to tell them the location.

    It is a pity that I am worried that these people may be suspicious, so I have to use the art of negotiation to hide it, lest these people doubt his intentions because he is too straightforward.

    "and¡­"

    Uchiha Itachi looked at the people present, and added: "The Kaleidoscope of other gods has a long cooling time, and you only have one chance to use it once in more than ten years, so you''d better choose a suitable person... "

    It doesn''t matter if the weakness of this individual **** technique is said.

    Anyway, it was just to deepen the trust of these people in him.

    Nairo Uehara hooked the corner of her own mouth and chuckled, "We have agreed to your terms. After all, we are friends of Mr. Itachi. Sasuke''s power is also very important to us. Now we are talking about other gods writing round eyes. On whose body it is!"

    Uchiha Itachi took a deep breath, glanced at the people present, and said solemnly: "The last time we went to the country of fire to perform a mission, I put it on Naruto Uzumaki."

    Uchiha Itachi continued: "The other gods writing round eyes are the trump cards I intend to leave to Sasuke, because he knows what it means to write round eyes by other gods."

    "sure?"

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes narrowed slightly, and he looked at Uchiha Itachi and said, "I''m sure this is the answer. I won''t change it anymore, right?"

    Pharmacist pocket: "..."

    Dry persimmon ghost shark: "..."

    Uchiha belt soil: "..."

    What the **** is it called, thinking you put it here as a problem?

    Uchiha Itachi nodded indifferently, and said in a low voice: "Because hiding in Uzumaki Naruto will not arouse people''s suspicion, and I know that Sasuke will definitely go to see Naruto, and he will get what I leave him. The last force."

    Bang bang bang...

    Uehara Naraku narrowed his eyes tighter, smiled and looked at Uchiha Itachi. Suddenly he slowly swelled his palms: "It''s Mr. Itachi! If it weren''t for what you said, perhaps we would never have guessed that one. Where is the other **** hiding?"

    "..."

    Uchiha Itachi shook his head, and replied with a deep voice, "I didn''t expect that you would even look at that power, or even plan so deeply..."

    "very good."

    Uehara Naraku took a long breath, and a very indifferent smile appeared on his face again: "Then Mr. Itachi, please answer my last question. Does that other **** kaleidoscope write round eyes seal loyalty to Konoha? formula?"

    "..."

    Uchiha Itachi''s heart suddenly burst.

    How could they know this?

    Or is this group of guys so keen that they can even guess what technique he will seal in the other gods in advance?

    Uchiha Itachi''s heart surged, but his face still shook his head calmly and said, "That other **** kaleidoscope can only be used once in ten years. It is the enemy I intend to keep for Sasuke to be the most difficult to deal with in the future. in use.

    According to my estimation, Naruto Uzumaki¡¯s strength of the nine-tailed man should be the strongest in the future, and it is also the most likely to harm Naruto¡¯s enemies. "

    "very very good!"

    Uehara Naraku stretched his waist and waved his hand and said, "Pouch, seal Mr. Itachi! In the future, take him to find the other **** to write round eyes!"

    After speaking, Naraku Uehara stopped the action of Yakushi''s pocket again and asked, "By the way, Mr. Itachi, I forgot to tell you one thing. The last time you went to the country of fire to meet Naruto Uzumaki during your lifetime, actually I control it."

    "what?"

    Uchiha Itachi''s face showed a touch of surprise.

    In the next moment, Uchiha Itachi wanted to understand all this. Could it be that they had guessed that the other **** crow was hiding in Uzumaki Naruto?

    And Uehara Naraku just mentioned, whether the other god¡¯s writing wheel was sealed with the technique of loyalty to Konoha, indicating that they had guessed it for a long time, at least they would be prepared when they went to capture the other god. !

    Still, Naruto Uzumaki is also theirs!

    Uehara Naraku is also very good at communication. For example, he easily convinced Uchiha Sasuke; Uzumaki Naruto also has the same characteristics, for example, he easily convinced himself.

    Maybe Naruto Uzumaki was probably the spy of these guys in Konoha!

    Uchiha Itachi''s expression was finally unsustainable. He looked straight at Naruto Uehara and said, "You guessed that I would put another **** on his body after I saw Naruto Uzumaki? Or Naruto Uzumaki. Is it yours too?"

    "Ha ha¡­"

    Uehara Naraku looked at Uchiha Itachi with a smile and said, "If you went to the country of fire for the last time in your lifetime, wouldn''t you want to seek a safer home for your brother?

    So I specially arranged for you to meet Naruto Uzumaki, making you think Konoha still has friends looking forward to letting Sasuke go back. "

    The smile on Uehara Naruko''s face was even stronger. He watched with satisfaction the progress of the main task on the system panel, which was increasing, and continued with a chuckle: "From the moment you set foot on the land of the Land of Fire, I have arranged it. Your life."

    "Uehara Naraku!"

    Uchiha Itachi''s face suddenly changed.

    He never thought that he would be so calculated! Even Uchiha with soil, even Shimura Danzo, can''t calculate him like this!

    How terrible are these guys?

    What is the purpose of these people?

    Uchiha Itachi is unknown about this He has only seen their true colors twice in total, and each time he was surprised and even faintly terrified!

    "Uehara Naraku!"

    Uchiha Itachi''s expression was so ugly, he just asked, "Naruto Uzumaki is yours? Is that nine-tailed man Zhuli your spy!"

    It''s no wonder Uchiha Itachi thinks too much, after all, these guys are so terrible, they hide so deeply, who knows if Uzumaki Naruto, who is always upright, pretends!

    After all, Uchiha Itachi didn''t know before, and he never looked at Naraku Uehara still has such a terrible side today!

    if it is like this¡­

    There is nowhere for Uchiha Sasuke in the ninja world!

    "Ha ha¡­"

    Uehara Naraku hooked the corner of her mouth, smiled and waved at Uchiha Itachi, "Okay, don''t be angry, you can guess carefully!"

    To be honest, Uehara dreams that Naruto Uzumaki is his person.

    It''s a pity that idiots restrain genius, Uzumaki Naruto is not fooled!

    A naruto Uzumaki who was naive and stupid was much harder to cheat than Sasuke Uchiha, a guy with a high IQ.

    Until the time when Pharmacist put it in a coffin, Uchiha Itachi, his face was still very ugly, staring at the people present: "I didn''t expect it, you guys have been hiding behind the scenes, arranging the lives of others. ¡­"

    "Shhh, don''t say that..."

    Uehara Naraku stretched out a finger to her lips, and said with a smile: "Mr. Itachi, aren''t you also arranging Sasuke''s life? How do you feel so unhappy when someone else arranges your life? "

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 254ï¼š The more ninjas in Yanyin Village, the better

    Inside the dark coffin.

    Uchiha Itachi felt a trace of despair in his heart.

    But until the last moment, Uchiha Itachi still refused to give up.

    Uchiha Itachi''s eyes gradually became more determined, and he said solemnly: "Although I failed, there will eventually be others in the Ninja world who can push through your mist and dispel the darkness you brought to this world..."

    "You think too much."

    Uehara Naraku chuckled and watched Uchiha Itachi standing in the coffin, squinted and smiled: "Mr. Itachi, since I am the one who brought darkness to the Ninja world, why can''t it be the one who brought light to the Ninja world? And me!"

    "..."

    Uchiha Itachi was speechless.

    The pharmacist waved his palm, the dark coffin lid fell down, sealed Uchiha Itachi inside, and plunged him into a deep sleep.

    "All right."

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand at the people present, and whispered: "Now I am in a better mood, you guys are going! Tomorrow I will be going to capture the Gokuman Zhuli, Tou, Guiyu, and rest early when I go back. !"

    Pharmacist pocket: "..."

    Dry persimmon ghost shark: "..."

    Uchiha belt soil: "..."

    Could it be that you resurrected Uchiha Itachi in the middle of the night, just to get a sense of accomplishment and pleasure behind the scenes?

    As a villain.

    No, as a man behind the scenes.

    When telling the people who are being manipulated behind the scenes about their plans, looking at their shocked or panic expressions, it is inevitable that there will be some sense of accomplishment in my heart.

    You deserve it, Uehara Naraku-sama!

    Exposing the truth about how you control everything in front of desperate people, looking at the shock on their faces, this kind of thing can be done!

    However, according to Uehara Naraku''s layout, there may be more such things happening in the future. Thinking about it, I feel desperate for those who are manipulated.

    Of course Uehara Naraku was not as superficial as they thought.

    This time, Uchiha Itachi was arranged, which not only made Uehara Naraku''s mood a little more happy, but also increased the progress of the main task by seven percentage points.

    This shows one thing.

    The main task progress can also be improved in another way.

    As a qualified behind-the-scenes player, you must learn to confide the truth about how you control everything, otherwise, is it interesting to steal fun behind your back?

    Everyone is really happy when they are happy.

    When Uehara Naruko came out of Yuyin Village, his face was so gloomy that almost water dripped from his face, even if the confidants of the dried persimmon ghost shark and Yao Shi dared not touch his mold.

    Now Uehara Naraku seemed to be happy.

    At least he can sleep happily tonight, and he won''t worry about how to kick Nagato and Xiaonan out of Akatsuki.

    the next day.

    Akatsuki''s base.

    Just as a new meeting was about to begin, Sasuke Uchiha found Naraku Uehara and said softly: "Senior Uehara, can I be with you?"

    Sasuke Uchiha did not know what happened last night.

    Sasuke Uchiha himself spent a whole night thinking in the room, and decided to choose a partner who would be most helpful to him. Naraku Uehara is a medical ninja and powerful. No matter how you look at it, he is Akatsuki''s favorite teammate.

    What''s more, Uehara Naraku and his brother Uchiha Itachi knew the first time, had the deepest friendship, and had the best relationship. This is why Uchiha Sasuke wanted to choose Uehara Naraku.

    Sasuke Uchiha also wants to have a loyal friend like Uehara Naraku, just like his brother.

    "of course can."

    Uehara Naraku stretched out his **** and tapped Sasuke''s forehead. Like a kind brother, he smiled and said: "After that, I will have to trouble him for advice."

    "senior¡­"

    Sasuke Uchiha nodded with shame on his face, and said softly: "I will prove the power I have to my predecessors, and I won''t lose face to Itachi!"

    "But you must first learn to protect yourself."

    After Uehara Naruko shook his head, he touched his chin and said, "It doesn''t seem to matter, my medical ninjutsu is still very strong."

    "Ok¡­"

    Sasuke nodded.

    No one can refute this.

    According to the discussions between Nagato and Uehara Naraku, what they really decided today is a plan to capture the five-tailed manju, the six-tailed manju, and the seven-tailed manju.

    Tiandao Payne looked at the people present, and announced his order in a deep voice: "Jiaodu, Feiduan, Ringo Yuyuri, Dry Persimmon Ghost Shark, Ghost Lantern Shuiyue, Ghost Lantern Full Moon, you go and catch the Seven-tailed Man Zhuli."

    "understand."

    Jiao Du Weng nodded in anger.

    Kakuto is a ninja from Takigakura, who knows well the terrain of Takino Country and Takigakura. If you want to capture Nanao there, other people don''t have Kakuto''s command, so it''s really impossible.

    Tiandao Payne turned his head to look at Uehara Naraku again, and whispered, "Uehara Naraku, Uchiha Sasuke, Scorpio, Deidara, Yakushitou, are you going to Iwagin Village to capture the five-tailed human pillar power, is there any problem?"

    This is based on strength.

    Although the strength of Uehara Naraku''s team is one less than that of Kakuto''s team, there is no doubt that the strength is definitely sufficient.

    "no problem."

    Uehara Naraku also nodded hastily.

    Deidara leaned on Uehara Naraku¡¯s shoulders with excitement, and said with a smile, ¡°This time I¡¯m going to Iwagaki Village to find the old man¡¯s trouble. Hey, Uehara, help me arrange a grand appearance. I want the old man to see. !"

    "what?"

    A question mark appeared on Uehara Naraku''s face.

    "That super handsome way to play!"

    Deidara spread out her palm and explained with a smile: "Just let the old man Ohnogi take a closer look..."

    "I see what you mean."

    Uehara Naraku interrupted Dedara, looked at him weirdly and nodded: "Well, I will find a way to help you arrange it."

    A rebel who returns to his hometown still wants to be so arrogant...

    I''m really afraid that Deidara will be beaten to death by Onoki!

    "All right."

    Tiandao Payne looked down at the people present, and continued in a deep voice: "No more information, I will personally capture Liuwei, Junmaro, Bai, you are stationed at the base."

    This time, the Six Ways of Penn all dispatched to catch Liuwei!

    Uehara Naruko didn''t worry too much, after all, the strength of Penn''s Six Ways should be stronger than in history, especially the Shura Way that was modified by Nagato many times.

    Now that the rough allocation has been set, everyone doesn''t have so much nonsense, and the teams set out to catch the tail beast.

    Although collective action is slower, the victory lies in safety.

    During this period of time, Akatsuki has caught so many tail beasts, and the loss is almost only a moment when Peach Land, which is planning to defect for a moment, will not be cut again, with an internal friction Uchiha Itachi.

    An ancient dragon flies on the way to Yanyin Village.

    I have to say that being a teammate of Uehara Naraku is very relaxing, especially Deidara and Red Sand Scorpion, who have performed several missions with Uehara Naraku, and I like the feeling of flying in the wind more and more.

    "Didara."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Dedara, who was joking and stretching her arms in the wind. How could this teaser always be so happy?

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but twitched his eyes, he still asked about the business: "Hey, Deidara, come and discuss the strategy! Apart from the three generations of Tokage Onoki, are there anyone who needs our special attention in Iwagaki Village? What unnecessary loss."

    "Yes!"

    Deidara nodded, her face gradually becoming serious: "The first one is our goal this time, the Five-Tailed Steam Ninja Man, this guy is definitely different from when we captured other people''s Zhu Li."

    After Deidara finished speaking, just as the others were getting more serious, he suddenly waved his hand and said, "But don''t worry, I can easily get rid of that guy!"

    "..."

    Just when everyone else was speechless, UU reading Didala''s expression finally became solemn: "You need to be careful about the old man Oh Yemu and the uncle Huang Tu!"

    Three generations of soil shadows, two Libra Ohnogi.

    The son of three generations of earth shadows, loess.

    One is the ninja who can use the dust and blood to follow the elimination, and the other is the ninja who can use the soil ninjutsu to the extreme. These two people are the most troublesome.

    Except for these two people, Deidara didn''t seem to put the other messy guys in his eyes, and occasionally mentioned a little girl named Black Earth.

    "Well, Hei Tu is Uncle Huang Tu''s daughter, right?"

    Deidara continued to analyze with a bulging mouth: "The talent of the black soil seems to be okay. I have mastered the limits of the fusion blood inheritance since I was a child, but this kind of blood inheritance is actually very common in Yanyin Village, and you can find a lot of them casually. A..."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Dedara speechlessly, and did not seem to be able to tell from Dedara''s face that he was interested in black soil.

    "There is one more trouble."

    Deidara continued with a bulging mouth and an unhappy face: "There are so many ninjas in Yanyin Village. If I threw a bomb upstairs in my house when I was a child, I could definitely blow up four or five ninjas."

    "Yes."

    The pharmacist nodded and said in a deep voice: "If I remember correctly, the number of ninjas dispatched by Iwagaki Village in previous Ninja World Wars is the sum of other ninja villages. This is also what they can often fight on both sides and on three sides. Emboldened."

    "It''s ok."

    Uehara Naraku stood on the back of the ancient dragon, looking down at the land of the deserted mountains and Gobi deserts, and smiled and said, "The more ninjas in Iwayin Village, the better."

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 255ï¼š Pocket, you come to help Your Excellency Dokage relax

    Inside the Yanyin Village.

    Three generations of Tukage Onoki sat on the desk, with a sad look on his face, looking up at the group of Iwanin Anbe standing at the desk.

    "Hasn''t the trace of Lao Zi been found yet?"

    "not yet."

    The commander of Iwanobuya shook his head, with some hesitation in his voice: "Recently, Konoha Anbe has often crossed the border and is active in the territory of the country of soil. In order to expel these enemies, our manpower is now a little insufficient."

    Hearing the information about Konoha, the wrinkles on Ohnoki''s brows couldn''t help but wrinkle: "Did you find out the purpose of Konoha''s infiltration into the land of the earth?"

    "Uh¡­"

    The dark squad leader was silent for a while, and whispered: "According to the news we got from the spies in the Fire Country, Konoha seems to be investigating Akatsuki''s trail."

    "..."

    Onoki was lost in thought.

    After a while, Onoki slowly raised his head and looked at the dark troop leader and said, "Then can we still contact Akatsuki?"

    Recently, the members of Akatsuki''s organization have been much more active than in the past. They have destroyed Shayin Village and Wuyin Village one after another, and some other ideas have emerged in Ohnoki''s heart.

    On the one hand, Onoki was worried that Akatsuki might invade Yanyin Village, causing immeasurable losses to the village.

    On the other hand, Onoki kinda hopes that Akatsuki can continue to invade other big countries, and it is best to destroy all the other four big countries Ninimura.

    Unfortunately, they haven''t cooperated with Akatsuki for a long time.

    The leader of Yanyin''s troop hesitated for a while, then shook his head and said, "Master Tukage, our previous contact point with Akatsuki seems to have been abandoned."

    "Is that so?"

    Onoki slowly lowered his head. After thinking about it for a while, he raised his head again and said, "Don¡¯t let go of this time. In addition to expelling Konoha ninjas, you must also keep an eye on Akatsuki¡¯s trail. I suspect they are very likely. Will invade us..."

    Boom!

    The earth began to tremble suddenly!

    A deafening explosion came in!

    The expressions of the commanders of Oyeki and Iwakishin changed, and after looking at each other, they planned to leave here and quickly explore the location of the explosion.

    Before they could take any action, the investigative ninja who first discovered the problem sent a message: "Master Tukage, the outer defense line of the village has encountered an enemy invasion!"

    "Immediately organize defense!"

    After Ohnoki gave a loud command, he put on his own earth shadow hat, and his short body flew out from the window: "I will rush to the outer defense line of the village now!"

    Outside the Yanyin Village.

    An ancient dragon standing outside the village, overlooking the hugely populated Ninja Village, a huge fireball gushing out of its mouth, blasted a gap in the outer wall of this huge Ninja Village, and stepped on its head. Entered this village.

    Because the enemy fell from the sky, the Yanyin Ninja who was stationed on the city wall had no time to react, and was directly blown to the ground by a huge fireball from the ancient dragon!

    The ancient dragon walked forward step by step into Yanyin Village, with a pair of huge wings on its back slightly protruding, slowly brushing past the sentry built on the wall, and then knocking down buildings.

    The sound of rows of buildings collapsing one after another.

    This huge ancient dragon entered the entire Yanyin Village on foot. For the ninjas in Yanyin Village, it was a real doomsday natural disaster.

    Where the ancient dragon passed by, countless smoke and dust rose, and people shouted and wailed everywhere. After seeing the body of the ancient dragon, everyone began to walk in panic in the direction of the central street of Yanyin Village. flee.

    It was not the third generation of Tokage Ohnoki who arrived here first, but his granddaughter Kuroto, a young female ninja who had only recently become the captain of the fusion troop in Yanyin Village.

    The black soil jumped onto the roof of a bungalow and commanded the nearby people to evacuate, while summoning his ninjas to prepare for defense and counterattack: "The fifth shift, you are responsible for organizing the nearby civilians to evacuate! Others follow me!"

    "Yes!"

    "understand!"

    "Captain Black!"

    A Yannin suddenly pointed to a figure on the head of the ancient dragon, and said loudly: "Captain, there seems to be a person standing on that monster''s head!"

    "Someone?"

    Hei Tu subconsciously raised her head and looked at the top of the ancient dragon. When she saw the familiar blond hair, her face was surprised: "That''s... Big Brother Dedara?"

    "Didara?"

    "Isn''t that the rebel of the blasting troops?"

    "Shut up all!"

    After the black soil yelled at him, he gritted his teeth and said, "Immediately go with me to stop this monster from raging in the village and protect the people in the village!"

    When the Rongdong troops rushed over, Deidara stood on the head of the ancient dragon, looking at the scenery of his hometown: "Ha, it seems that this place is still the same! It hasn''t changed for so many years, the old man is really useless! "

    "There seems to be nothing pretty..."

    Nairo Uehara yawned boredly, and glanced at his system panel, which showed the hundred gold coins rewarded by Iwagaki Village.

    This little reward is really a beggar.

    "Then I will show you something nice!"

    Deidara suddenly spread out his palms, and released a two-winged clay bird from his hand, these clay birds hovering around Dedara.

    Deidara pointed at the tallest building in Yanyin Village, and laughed loudly: "Go, let the people in the village take a good look, Master Deidara''s art is back!"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku, Scorpion, Sasuke, and Yakushi looked at each other, and their faces coincidentally showed a touch of disgust towards Deidara at the same time.

    Damn, this guy is just so promising!

    "Melting and Lime Condensation Technique!"

    Suddenly bursts of sharp shouts sounded, and a row of rock ninjas stood on a tall building, spitting out a cloud of cement at the feet of the ancient dragon!

    It was the Yanyin Melting Force commanded by Black Earth.

    The black soil closed his palms, and while releasing ninjutsu, he urged loudly: "Concentrate the target area of ??the technique at its feet and stop it from moving forward!"

    Piles of cement fell quickly!

    Quantitative changes caused qualitative changes. These cements quickly sealed one foot of the ancient dragon and tried to seal one of its legs!

    It''s a pity that the ancient dragon just stirred its wings, broke free with a slight force, and slowly shook the cement under its feet to move on.

    "Hahahaha... Xiao Hei Tu has grown up!"

    Deidara noticed this scene. He stood on the head of the ancient dragon looking at the black earth''s angry and anxious face, and shouted at the black earth like a horn with his hands open: "Come on! Black earth! Don''t give up! "

    "..."

    After hearing Deidara''s shout, the little black girl''s brain short-circuited for a second, and her face became more anxious and angry.

    The black soil mentality is a bit broken.

    If it wasn''t for these subordinates in front of her, she couldn''t lose the face of the captain, and the black soil felt a little wronged.

    The enemy is cheering on himself, what is this all about!

    Don''t say it''s a little girl like Hei Tu, everyone in Akatsuki''s expressions are also very wonderful, the Red Sand Scorpion covered his forehead and cursed, "Is this guy really an idiot?"

    "It should be just to anger the enemy!"

    Sasuke Uchiha raised his eyebrows and explained softly.

    The scorpion of the red sand shook his head helplessly and said, "No, Dedara should just be purely cheering for that little girl!"

    Yes, Deidara''s mind is so pure.

    Therefore, when Iwa Shinobu was full of anger that Deidara was humiliating their captain, the little black girl shook her head weakly and said: "No need to do this, Big Brother Deidara should just simply encourage me... "

    "Black soil, step back!"

    A tall figure appeared next to Hei Tu and ordered Hei Tu and Rong Dun troops to leave here: "You immediately lead the Rong Dun troops and organize the civilians in the village to take refuge. Leave it to me next here!"

    "Master Loess!"

    The faces of many Iwa Shinobu were surprised and happy.

    The person who rushed here was Hei Tu''s father Huang Tu.

    In addition to the three generations of Tokage Onoki, the strength of Loess is undoubtedly the strongest in the entire Yanyin Village, and has always been known as the strongest ninja.

    After the black soil hesitated for a second, he nodded at his father, flew towards the ground, and led his men to prevent civilians from taking refuge.

    Huang Tu''s momentum increased rapidly, he suddenly leaned over and slapped his palms on the ground, looked directly at Dedala on the head of the ancient dragon, and said in a deep voice: "Don''t be too arrogant in your hometown... Dedala! Escape¡¤The Art of the Soil!"

    "Tsk, it''s troublesome!"

    Deidara shook his head as he watched the emergence of the loess, turned his head and said loudly: "Hey, are you ready! Uncle Loess can easily suppress the violent tail beast!"

    The next moment, two semicircular soil slopes suddenly uplifted!

    No, in the strict sense, these are two tall, semi-circular earth mountains!

    I saw the two earthen mountains suddenly closed, and they doubled towards the position of the ancient dragon, and the ancient dragon was to be clamped directly inside!

    This behemoth roared loudly and vigorously stirred its wings, even if the ancient dragon''s wings desperately pushed outwards, it couldn''t stop the two semicircular earth mountains from closing together!

    "troublesome."

    Uehara Naruko frowned, and slowly stood up and clenched her fist. The Chakra gathered on her body condensed on the fist.

    The next moment, Uehara''s figure appeared next to a dirt mountain and suddenly raised his fist!

    Boom!

    The earth shook instantly!

    An earth mountain was blasted out with a punch by Nairo Uehara in an instant. The earth mountain was shattered by a huge force, and countless huge clods rolled and knocked down the houses in a large schist hidden village!

    Uehara Naraku calmly adjusted his hood, looked at the sweaty loess on his forehead, and said coldly, "Hey, don''t hurt my pet. If there is any problem, you can come to me..."

    "Sure enough, is it Akatsuki?"

    Huang Tu stood up slowly, watching the appearance of the figures in auspicious clouds and black robes, and said in a deep voice, "What is the purpose of your group of guys attacking Yanyin Village?"

    "This question is meaningless."

    Uehara Naraku looked at the black soil and smiled and said, "No matter what our purpose is, since we are here, should we go empty-handed?"

    Uehara Naraku looked at the somewhat speechless loess, waved his hand and said, "Well, if we say that we want the five-tailed pillar power, will you Yanyin Village hand it over?"

    "Sure enough, is it for the tail beast?"

    Huang Tu slowly squeezed his fist, his expression gradually became more solemn, and he whispered: "Of course it won''t be handed over. It is absolutely impossible for the companions in the village to hand over to the enemy!"

    "Hmm, understand."

    Uehara Naraku nodded carelessly: "In fact, when we meet other Shinobu villages, they always say the same. This is to show your attitude to protect your companions, although in the end your ending will not be too good."

    "Yanyin Village is different from other villages!"

    "Aren''t these all the same?"

    Nairo Uehara spread out her palm and chuckled: "Anyway, everyone has nothing to talk about. Fortunately, we have no plans to negotiate with you. We are just here to grab the five-tailed man from Iwagaki Village. , By the way..."

    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku looked at the loess, her voice gradually became a little cold: "Destroy this village."

    "The young people nowadays are really young and energetic!"

    An old voice fell into everyone''s ears.

    Three generations of Earth Shadow Onoki flew over from the air. When he saw the damage caused by the ancient dragon, his eyes tightened slightly: "How dare you do this, it seems that you are going to stay here..."

    Uehara Naraku stared at the flying Dokage, and whispered softly, "Then you have to look at the strength of Tukage."

    "rest assured."

    Three generations of Tu Ying Onoki closed his palms, and a cloud of white light appeared in the hollow of his palm: "The old man will definitely not let you guys succeed!"

    If it is to fight alone, Ohnogi really dare not use this trick.

    After all, this is Yanyin Village, if the dust escapes the air, the innocent will be harmed.

    It''s just that the ancient dragon on the ground is a very easy target to hit, and it is simply the best target to release the dust escape technique!

    "Asshole, it''s the technique of stripping the original world!"

    There was a look of shock on Dedala''s face, and gritted his teeth and said: "The old man is still so cruel! Hey, you guys, be careful, don''t touch his art, otherwise it will be broken! "

    "do not worry."

    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he turned his head and glanced at the pharmacist''s pocket, and whispered: "Pouch, then let''s help this third-generation Tukage Lord to loosen his muscles!"

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 256ï¼š Facing a ninja like me, dare to show mercy?

    "Yes."

    After hearing Uehara Naraku''s instructions, the pharmacist stood up, pushed his glasses, and quickly closed his hands!

    "Ninfa¡¤Psychic Art!"

    A bottle of coffin instantly emerged from the psychic spell mark in the medicine master''s pocket. The coffin was slowly uncovered, and a bandaged ninja walked out, the inventor of the blood and blood...

    The second generation of soil shadow, no!

    After seeing the second-generation Tuyingwu''s appearance, the third-generation Tuying Ohnoki''s expression changed, and the technique in his hands was even faintly unstable: "Wait...this is Wu-sama! You guys dare to desecrate the dead! "

    No wonder this group of Xiaoyin can destroy the hidden fog village and hidden sand village!

    In addition to their powerful maneuverability and concealment capabilities, there is also this ability to resurrect the dead powerful ninja for their own use.

    The pharmacist held up his fingers, controlled Wu''s body and flew into the air, and said with a chuckle: "If you want to solve the three generations of Tuying, who has the dust and blood, there should be no better than your teacher, the second generation of Tuying. Is it a more suitable candidate?"

    "Because of the rebirth of the dirty soil, can Senior Dou join Xiao..."

    Sasuke Uchiha''s eyes changed, as if he had thought of some possibility, but he put away his thought in the next moment.

    Uehara Naraku noticed Sasuke¡¯s face, as if seeing through Sasuke¡¯s thoughts, patted him on the shoulder and said, ¡°Reincarnation is a technique to blaspheme the dead. It doesn¡¯t matter if it is an enemy, but our friends and relatives should still let them. Rest in the Pure Land of the Underworld!"

    "Yes¡­"

    Sasuke Uchiha was relieved and nodded seriously.

    Uehara Naraku looked at Sasuke''s expression and smiled and said, "Itachi has worked so hard for so many years, let him reunite with your parents in the underworld!"

    "Yes, senior."

    Sasuke Uchiha nodded quickly again.

    "All right."

    Uehara Naraku slowly spread his palms, and said in a deep voice: "Pouch, you will solve the three generations of Tu Ying; Senior Scorpion and Deidara take the ancient dragon to support in the air, and are responsible for defeating our Yanyin troops at any time. !"

    After speaking, Uehara Naraku glanced at Uchiha Sasuke again, and continued: "Sasuke and I will go to find the Gokujo in Iwakura Village!"

    "it is good."

    Everyone nodded one after another.

    After Uehara Naraku and Uchiha Sasuke flew off the ancient dragon, this huge monster rose from the ground and soared above Iwakura Village.

    "Can''t let them be presumptuous!"

    Da Yemu shook his head calmly, and slowly aimed the dust in his hand at the ancient dragon flying in the air. He knew that the existence of this ancient dragon was the greatest threat to Yanyin Village!

    When Oh Yemu was about to raise his hand to release ninjutsu, he saw that the second generation Tuying, who was reincarnated from the filthy soil, was the first to release the original world stripping technique on him, and a white light flew toward him!

    The second generation Tuying, who was reincarnated from the foul soil, heard the voice of the pharmacist pocket, and his voice was mixed with a smile: "The third generation Tuying, facing your teacher, it is better not to be distracted!"

    "Asshole!"

    Oh Yemu hurriedly avoided the white light and watched the movements of the second generation Tu Ying. His expression gradually became ugly. He could only exhort him loudly: "Huang Tu, you lead someone to solve those two guys, I will solve it. Your lord and the monster in the sky!"

    "understand!"

    After nodding in response, Huang Tu waved his hands and summoned his subordinates, chasing in the direction of Uchiha Sasuke and Uehara Naraku.

    However, their troops hadn''t chased for a long distance, and the ancient dragon in the air ejected a huge fireball, disrupting their pursuit route.

    Deidara laughed and smiled from the ancient dragon''s body: "Hahahaha...Uncle Loess, you just stay here obediently!"

    "Didara, bastard!"

    Huang Tu gritted his teeth and hit the ground with a bitter fist, and said in a deep voice: "Go down the notice, let all those who can use the earth moving core release this technique, create pillars on the open ground to block the monster from flying. route!"

    The battle IQ of Loess is indeed not low.

    On the ground, a famous Yanyin ninja performed the seal, and tall pillars rose from the ground. The entire Yanyin village was densely packed with pillars, trying to restrict the movement of the ancient dragon.

    Even if the ancient dragons can easily break a few or even dozens of them, Iwanin will soon release a new earth moving nuclear technique to supplement them.

    Even after seeing this scene, the fusion ninja troops led by the black soil began to use the lime condensate technique to make sharp pillars, forcing the ancient dragon to dare not fall.

    Rock Shinobu didn''t expect it.

    Their actions brought a greater crisis to Yanyin Village.

    The ancient dragon spread its wings and slowly landed on the high mountains surrounding Yanyin Village. He raised his head and roared towards the sky: "Roar!"

    The next moment, the ancient dragon¡¯s mouth flashed light, and huge fireballs spewed out toward the village on the ground. The entire Yanyin Village was blasted with fireballs, burning flames and collapsed everywhere. building!

    "No, I can''t count on the old man!"

    Huang Tu looked up at the sky.

    There is nothing new in the battle between the third generation of Tuying Ohnoki and the second generation of Tuyingwu. It is purely a competition between them who has the stronger dust and better skills and the higher the hit power of the art.

    Obviously, the battle between these two soil shadows could not tell the winner for a while.

    What''s more, the second generation of Tuyingwu can fail countless times, because he is a reincarnated body from the dirty soil, even if he is dead, he can be resurrected; but the third generation of Tuying Onoki is different, as long as he fails once, he will completely die.

    Therefore, the expression of the third generation of Earth Shadow Onoki is very solemn, and he refuses to easily release the original world peeling technique, so as to avoid being caught by the second generation of soil shadow.

    Huang Tu sighed helplessly, watching from a distance the ancient dragon standing on the mountain and spraying fireballs unscrupulously downwards. Someone must stop the ancient dragon from raging!

    Huang Tu said in a deep voice: "People who are good at the art of mountain and soil stand up and follow me to release the art of mountain and soil and restrict the guy''s actions!"

    After watching the ninjas stand up, Huang Tu said in a deep voice: "Others will go after the two Akatsuki guys immediately. After you meet Han, you will all obey his orders. Do you understand?"

    "Yes, Lord Loess!"

    This Iwanin force immediately divided into two, one of which followed the loess to restrain the ancient dragon, and the other continued to hunt down Uehara Naraku and Uchiha Sasuke, as well as to protect the five-tailed man Zhu Lihan.

    Above a tall building.

    The five-tailed man Zhu Lihan stood here.

    Han''s gaze watched closely at Uehara Naraku and Uchiha Sasuke, who rushed towards him, and the Chakras on his body began to gather: "Although Dokage-san does not allow me to fight in the village, there is nothing else. Is there a way?"

    As a five-tailed man Zhuli, Han''s abilities are somewhat special.

    Han''s body is wearing a bright red special steam armor, which can use the propelling effect of steam to maximize his own strange power, thus allowing Han to become an extremely powerful physical ninja as a single person.

    The most important thing is not Han''s power, but his will.

    Compared with the other person in the village, Zhuli Lao Zi, Han believes in the reign of Da Yemu very much, and has given countless credits to Yanyin Village.

    Obviously he is a steam ninja, but Han''s personality is as calm as ice. He is good at restraining himself, and has also been recognized by King Five-tailed Mu. He can easily borrow the power of King Five-tailed Mu and Chakra.

    Uehara Naraku took Sasuke Uchiha and flew onto the tall building, and they also saw the five-tailed man Jouri standing here in bright red armor.

    Uehara couldn''t help showing a smile on his face, and said with a light smile: "Ha, facing the members of Akatsuki, it''s really rare to see a ninja who is so calm!"

    "Humph."

    Sasuke Uchiha snorted coldly, and looked at the five-tailed man, Ju Lihan, who couldn''t help speaking with contempt: "There are always some stupid guys who think they are powerful..."

    After getting the kaleidoscope writing wheel, Sasuke Uchiha has great confidence in his own strength, especially he knows the restraint of the kaleidoscope writing wheel against the tail beast, so his attitude towards the five-tailed man column power is not counted. Pay attention.

    "Sasuke!"

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and smiled and persuaded: "Sasuke, although you may be telling the truth, you still have to learn this merit, and you must learn to be calm in the face of any crisis. Itachi is such a ninja, understand? "

    "Yes, senior."

    Sasuke Uchiha made a serious face and nodded.

    Once Uehara Naraku mentioned the advantages of Uchiha Itachi, Uchiha Sasuke''s heart would soften involuntarily, and he would follow Uehara''s advice.

    The five-tailed man Zhu Lihan looked at the two casual people who appeared in front of him, his eyes flowed slightly, and he began to think about his own tactics.

    The momentum on both enemies is very strong.

    Especially when the enemy they faced was a human being, they didn''t seem to show much pressure, but rather leisurely like a vacation trip.

    Akatsuki''s members, as in recent rumors, regard Renzhuli as their prey, and are very good at fighting tail beasts.

    "Resolve one first..."

    Han''s eyes suddenly became fierce, and the boiling chakra on his body quickly rose to the top, and a burst of steam was ejected from the back of the red armor, pushing Han''s body quickly to Uchiha Sasuke!

    "Boiling Escape, Unparalleled Power!"

    Han''s body appeared in front of Sasuke almost in a blink of an eye, and he slammed a punch at Uchiha Sasuke''s chest, sending Sasuke directly away!

    Uchiha Sasuke looked at Han''s figure inconceivably, his chest was exposed to an unimaginable force, which directly caused Sasuke to fly upside down involuntarily!

    Sasuke Uchiha only felt that his chest bones had been shattered, and even his chest was a little sunken, and the severe pain instantly spread throughout his body!

    "Aha¡­"

    Sasuke Uchiha finally couldn''t help it, and a stream of blood gushed out of his mouth, and he drew an arc in the air and fell down from a tall building.

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but twitching when watching this scene.

    Uehara Naraku was glad that he followed.

    Otherwise, wouldn''t Uchiha Sasuke die suddenly on the spot?

    To be honest, Uehara Naraku felt like Sasuke Uchiha was playing him, and he was seriously injured just after meeting with Goto Jouri.

    It''s ridiculous.

    "It seems Akatsuki is not as strong as she imagined."

    The five-tailed man Zhu Lihan slowly retracted his fist, looked at Naraku Uehara next to him, and whispered: "The first one is solved, then the second..."

    "Don''t worry."

    Uehara Naraku quickly waved his palm, a cloud of life energy and chakra energy entered Uchiha Sasuke''s body through the air, quickly healed his injury.

    Despise Sasuke to despise, people still have to save.

    This is also a lesson for Sasuke. I hope he can remember that, don''t talk harshly when you see someone in the future, or you will be beaten.

    Sasuke Uchiha, who had not yet landed, felt that the injury in his body recovered quickly, and Sasuke immediately realized that this was the effect of Uehara Naraku''s treatment, and this point of air treatment refreshed Sasuke''s knowledge.

    Unexpectedly, at such a distance, Uehara Naraku could heal his injury in the air, which made Sasuke Uchiha a little relieved.

    Sasuke did not hesitate at all, throwing a shuriken with his hand, and jumped onto the tall building again, but his face was slightly embarrassed.

    "senior¡­"

    "Haha, don''t care."

    Uehara Naraku chuckled lightly, looked at Sasuke who was wiping the blood on the corners of his mouth, and persuaded, "Humanzhuli is originally stronger than the tail beast, because they know how to use the tail beast''s chakra to fight~www.novelhall .com~ so don''t care about it..."

    "Yes, senior."

    Sasuke Uchiha''s face remained awkward.

    It¡¯s just that this embarrassment quickly turned into anger, Uchiha Sasuke pulled out the Shinobi in his hand, his eyes became scarlet, and he said in a deep voice: "Senior, then let me defeat the five-tailed man Jouri. He brings me the shame!"

    "Well, let me teach you how to fight Renzhuli!"

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the five-tailed man Zhu Li, rubbed his wrist and said, "If it is other human Zhu Li, you can give it to you, but seeing a powerful ninja with physical skills, there is always some impulse that cannot be suppressed. !"

    While Uehara Naraku was discussing with Uchiha Sasuke, Gotoman Zhurihan was also watching the two in front of him: "One is Uchiha''s ninja, the other is a medical ninja..."

    Han looked at Naraku Uehara, his eyes dimmed slightly: "Although it is a pity to kill the medical ninja, but there is no way to face the enemy, just restrain him from hurting him, and then wait for reinforcements to catch him!"

    In the next moment, a cloud of steam burst out of Han''s armor, and his body suddenly appeared next to Uehara Naraku, kicking him towards Uehara Naraku''s lower abdomen!

    However, when Han rushed to Uehara Naraku, his heart flashed with surprise, because Uehara Naraku moved faster!

    Uehara Naruko twisted and kicked Han, kicking the tall five-tailed man to the ground directly, and even his armor was kicked to pieces!

    "Does Yanyin Village look down on people so much?"

    Uehara Naraku casually squeezed his palm: "Your speed is twice as fast as you attacked Sasuke just now. In the face of a ninja like me, dare to show mercy?"

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 257ï¼š Are you too low on my enemy?

    Uehara Naraku''s strength is very strong.

    After the five-tailed man Zhu Lihan was easily brought down by Nairo Uehara, he immediately realized the mistake he had made.

    This hooded medical ninja is a tougher and tougher enemy than the Uchiha kid just now!

    To say bluntly...

    Just now Uehara Naraku showed the speed when he attacked, and the five-tailed man Zhu Lihan couldn''t even see clearly, let alone his next attack!

    "I thought I valued you enough."

    The five-tailed man Zhu Lihan stood up with his body supported, his armor clashed on his body, and he slowly raised his head to look at Uehara Naruto and said: "It seems that I still underestimate your power too much."

    The next moment, Han quickly gathered the Chakra on his body, some of the broken armor still burst out with surging steam, and rushed towards the position of Uehara Naraku: "Next, please forgive me for my all-out effort! "

    The figure of Han suddenly rushed to Uehara Naraku''s side, and slammed his fist on Uehara Naraku''s head!

    The armor on Han''s arm is also using the advancement of steam to speed up his attacks, making him faster and making his strange power stronger!

    This five-tailed man Zhuli was just an ordinary punch, which brought up a strong wind of punch, which made people dare not look at his fist!

    Click!

    Uehara Naruko suddenly stretched out his palm and directly grabbed Han''s fist. This scene made the two people Juuri Goku and Sasuke Uchiha surprised at the same time!

    Can you even keep up with this level of speed?

    No, I caught Han''s fist so easily. To be precise, it should have completely crushed Han''s speed, right?

    "you''re funny."

    Uehara Naraku''s palm gradually tightened, pinching the five-tailed fist, nodding lightly and smiling: "Yes, it''s this kind of power, this kind of speed! Use the most peak physical skill in your life, let Let me give birth to a little joy!"

    When the voice fell, Nairo Uehara grabbed Han''s fist, and his knee slammed directly into the chest of the five-tailed man Zhuli, knocking him out with one blow!

    Bang!

    Click!

    The five-tailed man Zhu Lihan flew and smashed a stone pillar, and fell to the ground in embarrassment. Fortunately, the recovery ability of Ren Zhuli made his chest pain gradually spread!

    This guy is terrible!

    Han lowered his head and glanced at his fist. There were five fingerprints on the outside of his iron armor gloves. Is this the enemy''s power? This is a glove that can carry the strength of the human column, and it has been easily pinched out of five fingerprints!

    The five-tailed man Zhuli''s heart became more and more shocked, and a layer of sweat gradually oozes on his forehead: "Your Excellency...It''s really scary! Xiao is as scary as a rumor..."

    "We are a peaceful organization."

    Uehara Naraku slowly rubbed his wrist, and said casually that even Uchiha Sasuke next to him couldn''t help but blush.

    Uehara Naraku slowly looked at Han and whispered, "You kicked me and punched me just now, is it my turn to attack?"

    Chinese:"¡­¡­"

    What nonsense are you talking about!

    Isn''t every attack easily resolved by you?

    The next moment, a flash of horror flashed in Han''s eyes, because Uehara Naraku disappeared in front of his eyes almost instantly, which made Han couldn''t help but think of a man who had been dead for many years: "This speed, the technique of Thunder God?"

    "guessed wrong."

    Uehara Naraku sighed while standing behind Han.

    The five-tailed man swiftly urged Chakra on his body, and a hot steam rushed out from behind him: "Boiling escape, steam burning!"

    The five-tailed man Zhu Lihan released water vapor far more than one hundred degrees, no matter what kind of enemy it is, it will definitely be scalded by this steam!

    The next moment, Uehara Naraku''s figure appeared in front of Han, almost avoiding the steam''s attack for the limit time!

    "We are physical ninjas."

    Uehara Naruko hit Han''s lower abdomen with a fist. The huge force penetrated the armor and caused severe pain, which almost made it difficult for Han to stand upright.

    Uehara Naraku said slowly: "How can you use ninjutsu at will in the battle of ninjas in the physical arts!"

    Uehara Naraku punched Han''s jaw again!

    In spite of the pain in his lower abdomen, the five-tailed person Zhuli instantly seized this opportunity, and almost simultaneously blocked Uehara''s attack with both arms: "You can block..."

    Bang!

    When Han''s arms blocked Uehara''s fist, he barely breathed a sigh of relief, but soon his arms felt the power of Uehara''s fist!

    The five-tailed man Zhuli was hit by Uehara against the wall!

    "Oh, don''t you just let me get a punch?"

    Uehara Naraku helplessly spread out his palms: "I generally reduce my strength when I slap my face. If I don''t slap my face, I can''t guarantee that I will control my strength..."

    While speaking, Uehara Naraku''s voice became extremely gloomy: "Maybe, it might blow you up abruptly!"

    When the voice fell, Naruto Uehara turned over and kicked!

    Just looking at the speed of Uehara, the eyes of the five-tailed man Zhuli suddenly changed. He immediately called his partner in his heart: "Mu Wang, I may not be able to support it!"

    The blood red chakra coat instantly wrapped Han''s body!

    In the next second, the half-tailed beastly man turned over and escaped this foot, and the wall behind him was knocked out by the wind from Uehara''s leg!

    After Uehara Naraku didn''t hit him, he didn''t hesitate at all, turning his body one after another, kicking to Han''s position one foot after another!

    The half-tailed man can only rise up to resist, but unfortunately he can only defend or continue to evade, but Nairo Uehara slams his foot on his chest. This five-tailed man''s column force is penetrated directly from the top floor by Nairo Uehara. A tall building!

    Boom!

    The entire tall building was completely destroyed by their battle!

    A group of Iwanin people who came to support looked at the ruins, and when they were about to step forward to help, a voice interrupted them: "Feng Dun¡¤King Kong Dan!"

    Nairo Uehara flew out of the ruins with Uchiha Sasuke, flung a typhoon, and knocked a group of Iwanin into the air: "Hey, the luck of Iwakura Village is really good. Both people in the village can do it thoroughly. Tail beastization."

    "what?"

    Sasuke Uchiha was still a little puzzled.

    But Sasuke quickly understood what Uehara meant.

    I saw a white horse-shaped creature stood up from the ruins and stared at Naraku Uehara with wide-eyed eyes. This creature was the five-tailed Mu King!

    Compared with other tail beasts, King Mu with five tails is actually not ugly, with huge horns on top of his head, and two big eyes, but it is a pity that his mouth is a bit fierce.

    Sasuke Uchiha looked at the astonishing Chakra emanating from King Mu Wang''s body, and said solemnly, "Is this the Goku?"

    "Yes."

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand to put Sasuke down, twisted his neck and looked at King Mu with five tails and said: "Five tails are just an ordinary tailed beast, far from being powerful. Among the nine tailed beasts, there are only eight tails. And Kyuubi can be interesting."

    Uehara Naraku squeezed his wrist and sighed: "Sasuke, if you catch Kyuubi in the future, you can try it. Forget it, Naruto is your friend after all, let you fight your friend. It''s too cruel, and then..."

    This is a bit of green tea.

    No matter who heard what Uehara Naraku said, the first thought should be a warmth, and the next thing was to prove himself with a firm attitude.

    as expected.

    Sasuke Uchiha shook his head quickly, and promised in a deep voice, "No, if you want to catch Kyuubi, then let me go. I''ll deal with Naruto, his accident is very high! I I can get him back 100%!"

    "Grab the five tails in front of you first!"

    Uehara Naruko shook his head, but did not agree.

    "Really an arrogant fellow!"

    Five-tailed Mu Wang heard their conversation, a touch of anger appeared on his face, and he rushed towards Uehara Naraku with his head high!

    The huge horns on the head of the five tails pressed against Uehara Naraku''s body!

    Perhaps it was because Wuwei Renzhulihan was afraid of destroying Yanyin Village, so he specifically instructed Wuwei King Mu. This tail beast did not choose to use tail beast jade, but wanted to kill Uehara with his huge body and power!

    According to the speed and strength of Goto, it firmly believes that its horns can directly pierce Uehara Naraku''s body!

    This is really hard to think about.

    Uehara Naraku slowly squeezed his fist, Chakra slowly covered his fist, driving Uehara Naraku''s momentum to become higher and higher!

    Uehara Naraku faced the direction where King Five-tailed Mu rushed, and slammed his fist on the horns of King Five-tailed Mu, only to hear a clear click, something seemed to be broken...

    Click!

    Wuwei Mu Wang''s head hurts!

    I saw that the strongest and sharpest horn on top of its head split directly from the root, and fell to the ground with a clatter, splashing a large amount of dust!

    Uehara directly interrupted a horn of King Mu directly from the top of his head!

    The expressions of Yan Shinobu who were watching from afar showed shocked expressions!

    "How is this possible?"

    A middle-aged Iwanin looked at this scene with some trepidation: "That''s a strong horn that can smash a small mountain! That guy can actually interrupt with his bare hands..."

    The face of another middle-aged Yannin from the same period was also a little heavy: "I remember that during the third Ninja World War, Han adults controlled King Mu with five tails and smashed a city wall with that horn, so that we could use the smallest one. The price has broken through the defenses of Yunyin Village..."

    "But that horn was interrupted like that!"

    The faces of Yan Shinobu could not help but feel a little uneasy. This time the five-tailed King Mu faced an enemy that was beyond their imagination!

    Uehara Naraku chuckled slightly: "Sasuke, it seems that we have one more trophy. Help me put this horn away with the seal scroll."

    "Yes, senior."

    Sasuke Uchiha flew into the ground like a kind, took out a seal scroll and put the horn into the seal scroll.

    Five-tailed Mu Wang watched this scene happen, his eyes full of incredible ~ www.novelhall.com~ He thought of when he was chatting in the tail beast spiritual space, it seems that the eight-tailed bull ghost was once beaten by a human with bare hands. Broken off.

    Is this human with a hood and a black robe of auspicious clouds also a ninja fighting with a tailed beast with his bare hands?

    Five-tailed Mu Wang''s face gradually became serious.

    How many people can subdue the tail beast with their fists in this ninja world?

    Why did it encounter such a guy itself? This battle seems to be solved not as simple as imagined!

    No, it''s even dangerous!

    At least King Mu of Five Tails has realized that he must not use his body to fight anymore and must use other methods.

    "Sorry, Han, we have to use tail beast jade..."

    King Mu suddenly opened his mouth. Yin Chakra and Yang Chakra began to converge, forming a black and purple tail beast jade!

    "what the hell!"

    Uehara Naraku''s figure instantly appeared next to King Mu Wang''s head, and kicked it in the head, kicking this behemoth away!

    I saw the huge body of the tail beast flew out, and instantly rolled and crushed a large building, and also caused a group of Iwanin to back up quickly, for fear of being affected by the battle between them!

    This blow completely lost five-tailed Mu Wang''s ability to resist.

    The tail beast was lying on the ground in pain, eyes tightly closed, enduring the pain of being kicked on the head by a huge force.

    Uehara Naraku''s body floated on the head of King Mu Wang with five tails, watching the tail beast gradually wilting, and said displeasedly: "Condensing tail beast jade in front of me, is there something wrong with your mind? This is too bad. Is my enemy in the eye?"

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 258ï¼š Uehara: I cant keep a low profile anymore

    The way Muwang Wuwei was defeated scared the Yannin people.

    With the defeat of the Five-tailed Mu King, its Chakra gradually shrank, and finally returned to Han''s body, revealing the figure of Ren Zhuli wearing a bright red armor.

    Han''s face is also not pretty.

    I really didn''t expect that, apart from the Thunder Shadows in Yunyin Village, there are other people in the Ninja World who can shake the tail beast with their bare hands.

    Uehara Naraku didn''t wait for him to fight back, grabbing Han''s shoulders, and hitting his chest with a knee. The five-tailed man spit out a mouthful of blood, and was about to fall on his back in embarrassment!

    "Can you be obedient now?"

    Uehara Naruko let go of her palm and watched the five-tailed man Juli fell to the ground, before smiling lightly and continuing: "It seems that after education, she seems to have become well-behaved!"

    Because the system panel also gave Uehara Naraku tips.

    Obviously the five-tailed man Zhu Lihan and the five-tailed Mu King in his body have lost their combat effectiveness and can no longer pose a threat to him.

    Side mission: Defeat Lihan, the five-tailed man, the mission has been completed, reward 100 gold coins.

    The five-tailed man Zhuli is really a character with a very low sense of existence!

    Except for the one-tailed man Zhuli Gaara, the eight-tailed man Zhu Liqi Rabbi, and the nine-tail man Zhu Li Uzumaki Naruto, the others seem to be poor...

    Of course, this is also because the other tail beasts are not so good.

    After all, a group of tailed beasts were crushed and beaten by half of the nine tails, which directly became the background board to set off the powerful strength of the nine tails. Until the appearance of Senju Zhuma and Uchiha Madara, almost everyone felt that the power of nine tails was forbearable. The strongest in the world.

    Side mission: Defeat the five-tailed King Mu, the mission has been completed, and the reward skill destroys charge.

    Destructive Charge: During the duration of 4 seconds, gain a large movement speed bonus. When launching a charge, the super high speed will bring a powerful force, enough to make you hit any target. The cooling time is no, the lowest Consumes 60 Chakra points.

    This is a physical skill.

    One day you can try to collide with Metkay.

    Uehara Naruko pulled up the five-tailed man who fell on the ground and waved at Uchiha Sasuke, "Sasuke, let''s go!"

    "Senior, we seem to be surrounded..."

    A red light flashed in Uchiha''s eyes.

    When the battle between Uehara Naraku and Gototo Juuri ended, a group of Iwanin people gathered hundreds of meters away from them, and surrounded them.

    These rock ninjas seem to have at least hundreds or even thousands of people, and the area is densely packed, and each rock ninja stares at them with solemn expression.

    Originally, Deidara was supposed to bring the ancient dragon to defeat the Iwanin who besieged Uehara Naraku and Uchiha Sasuke, but unfortunately, Deidara and the ancient dragon were restricted by the loess people using the art of mountain and soil for a while. Can''t make it.

    The ninjas of Iwakura Village didn¡¯t feel much crisis at all, so they could still come in groups to support the battle of the five-tailed people. Even if Uehara was defeated by a wave before, they couldn¡¯t stop these ninjas from continuing to rush. come.

    "Tudun¡¤Tuliu City Wall!"

    One by one Iwanin quickly released ninjutsu, and tall walls rose from the ground to surround Uehara Naraku and Uchiha Sasuke.

    A group of Iwanin people stepped on the city wall, looking down at the two members of Akatsuki who were surrounded inside. The leader of Iwanin captain gritted his teeth, waved his arms, and said loudly: "Kill them," Save Master Han!"

    "Yes!"

    "Go!"

    "Rush over and rescue Master Han!"

    Standing on the Doryu Castle Wall, the Iwanin people took the lead to charge, jumped down from the Doryu Castle Wall, and besieged Uehara Naraku and Uchiha Sasuke!

    The other Iwanin quickly jumped up from behind the Turyu city wall to replenish their positions, following their footsteps to follow them. The best way of fighting for the Iwanin people is to defeat the enemy with absolute numbers. !

    "Earth Dun¡¤Earth Stone Dragon!"

    More than a dozen Iwagami Kaminin quickly joined hands to form seals, and a dozen earthen stone dragons emerged from the ground, biting in the direction of Uehara Naraku and Uchiha Sasuke!

    "Amaterasu!"

    Sasuke Uchiha opened his own kaleidoscope to write round eyes, and a group of jet-black flames instantly appeared around them, laying a jet-black defensive circle!

    After Uchiha Sasuke arranged the defensive circle of Amaterasu Heiyan, he looked at Uehara Naraku and said in a loud voice, "Senior, use the wind to escape!"

    Uehara Naraku raised an eyebrow and couldn''t help but glance at Sasuke.

    Sasuke this guy... let him do things when he can''t do things, but when he doesn''t need him, he jumps out to show his strength.

    Uehara Naraku could only sigh helplessly, closed her palms, and whispered: "Wind escape¡¤Tornado!"

    More than a dozen hurricanes flew from Uehara Naraku''s side, blowing Amaterasu to the periphery quickly. With the blessing of Fengdan Ninjutsu, Amaterasu''s power has almost been strengthened the most, with a dozen earth-rock dragons. Instantly burned by the sky and fell to the ground!

    The Iwanin who came to charge first quickly tasted the bitter fruit, lying on the ground rolling under the burning of the black flames of the sky, trying to extinguish the flames, but these black flames could not be extinguished at all, but they burned them firmly. body of!

    The first wave of Iwa Shinobu was defeated.

    It''s just that the remaining Iwanin people seem to have noticed the terrible black flames, and they start to stand in the distance towards Uehara Naraku and Uchiha Sasuke to release the ninjutsu.

    Sasuke waved his Shinobi sword, shot down the falling stones in the sky, and said with a chuckle: "Senior, it seems that we are still very suitable to be teammates. With the blessing of the wind, the burning area of ??Amaterasu will become Bigger..."

    "Ok¡­"

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and watched this scene silently. After continuing to close her palms, she stretched her palms to the wall surrounding them, and shouted in a low voice: "Fire escape¡¤Flame storm! Wind escape¡¤Hurricane spiral!"

    A group of majestic flame storms spewed out from the hands of Uehara Naraku, a rampant spiral hurricane wrapped the huge group of flames, under the blessings of the wind ninjutsu and fire ninjutsu, it quickly rushed into the air. Rock Shinobi also broke their encirclement!

    "Go, rush out!"

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand and picked up the body of the five-tailed man Zhuli, and rushed through the gap in the encircling circle with Sasuke Uchiha, trying to stop their Iwanin all the way, and Sasuke used Chidori to solve them easily!

    At this moment, Uchiha Sasuke finally felt his own strength, and the superposition of the writing wheel eyes and the chidori made him easy to defeat any enemy blocking him.

    Sasuke killed dozens of treacherous Iwanin people along the way!

    The two brazenly rushed out of the encirclement of Yanyin Village!

    Uehara Naraku hurriedly handed the five-tailed man to Sasuke Uchiha, softly praised: "Good job, you first go and bring the five-tailed man to the ancient dragon, I will solve this group of chasing soldiers... "

    "Senior, let me come!"

    "No, let me come."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and explained softly: "If I am in danger and can fly away at any time, you should go and take Renjuli back first, and focus on our mission!"

    "Yes."

    Wait until Uchiha Sasuke leaves.

    Uehara Naraku turned and looked at a group of Iwanin who were chasing after him. His body slowly flew into the air, calmly spreading his palms toward the sky.

    Uehara Naraku casually looked down at the Iwanin people on the ground, and sighed softly: "The kid who got in the way has finally gone. Who can survive the next battle depends on your luck..."

    "what?"

    The Yannin on the ground raised their heads in surprise.

    But they quickly understood what Uehara Naraku meant.

    The clouds in the sky suddenly began to converge. Almost someone was using Fengdu Ninjutsu to force these clouds together, forming a cumulonimbus.

    A drop of rain fell first...

    When a Yan Ren curiously stretched out his finger to catch the drop of rain, who had expected that the rain would turn into a small water dragon bomb, and rushed towards his throat!

    This Yan Shinobu''s throat was instantly knocked into a hole by that young water dragon bomb, spraying blood continuously!

    "All defense!"

    Captain Iwa Shinobu immediately noticed this moment, and shouted loudly and said: "Everyone beware of the rain in the sky, and be alert to any raindrops that fall on your side!"

    "team leader!"

    A Yan Ren raised his head and pointed at the cumulonimbus cloud covering the entire Yanyin Village in the sky, with a touch of despair on his face and said, "But what about other places in the village?"

    The entire Yanyin Village is very large.

    Cumulonimbus clouds in the sky covered the whole village.

    Captain Iwanin gritted his teeth and said in a deep voice: "Immediately remind others to be careful of the heavy rain today. This is the enemy''s technique!"

    After speaking, Captain Iwanin''s expression was a little gloomy and said: "If there is no time, then just as the enemy said, I wish them good luck!"

    "This¡­"

    The Yan Shinobu present took a deep breath.

    "We have to prepare for the worst."

    Captain Iwanin raised his head to look at Uehara Naraku in the air, gritted his teeth and said: "Immediately dispatch manpower to inform everywhere. The other teams on the scene find ways to attack the enemy and must stop the enemy''s ninjutsu!"

    In fact, in the heart of Captain Iwanin, the technique released by Naraku Uehara was unstoppable. Their only hope was to kill the enemy and end his ninjutsu!

    Above the sky.

    Uehara Naraku''s figure appears insignificant in the cumulonimbus cloud, but the cumulonimbus cloud above his head is exactly the ninjutsu he created by combining the power of wind and water.

    This is the first time Uehara Naraku has experimented with this technique. It can be regarded as a technique for large-scale ninja troops. The most important thing is that the coverage is large enough.

    If this technique can be successful, it means that Uehara Naraku can achieve other ninjutsu, such as great fire and justice...

    "Come and try it."

    Naruto Uehara looked down at the Yanyin Village under the dark cloud, slowly spreading out her palms, and slightly squinted her eyes: "Let me see how many ninjas do you have now and what can I do to stop my ninjutsu? ¡­"

    Uehara Naraku suddenly waved his palm towards the ground, and shouted coldly: "Shui Dun¡¤Heaven Rain Water Dragon Ball!"

    Pouring rain fell from the cumulonimbus in the sky!

    In an instant, these raindrops fell from the sky, and the dense raindrops turned into water dragon bombs, rushing towards the rock ninjas on the ground!

    The effect of these tiny water dragon bombs is no different from that of real water dragon bombs, except that the chakras are much smaller and the impact is also insufficient.

    However, these tiny water dragon bullets do not fall on the ground, but roar towards every enemy near them, every enemy with Chakra!

    It hits the target accurately, and the effect of the operation is good.

    An Iwa Shinobu waved his hand and raised his Shinobi sword, splitting raindrops one by one: "What a joke, how can it hurt me just with this level of ninjutsu?"

    Only the next moment, he was suddenly hit by a small water dragon bomb on his knee, knocking him to the ground directly, and the other water dragon bombs instantly rushed up, and soon this Iwanin had to give up resistance...

    "I''m fascinated! Smoke screen!"

    Nairo Uehara rubbed her palm and released a smoke screen to restore her chakra. This technique is very expensive during the existence of this technique. Counting the reduction of chakra consumption, every raindrop that falls will cost 5 points. Around carats.

    Now there are tens of thousands of tiny water dragon bombs in the entire Yanyin Village, and this number is still increasing by over 10,000 per second.

    After half a minute, the entire Yanyin Village fell into chaos.

    Thousands of ninjas were forced to deal with the water dragon bomb attack, and there were severely wounded groaning or falling down to the ground.

    Uehara Naraku looked at the rapidly rising three-dimensional attributes and the rapidly consuming Chakra. After taking a deep breath, he flew to the location of the Tu Yinglou: "Compared to these, there is the most important reward!"

    For Uehara Naraku , the most important reward is the power to break through the Iwagami Village, which allows him to use the earthen ninjutsu as he wants.

    Under the attack of Tianyu Water Dragon Ball, the entire Yanyin Village no longer had the energy to stop Naraku Uehara. They could only hide shudderingly or try to destroy all the small water dragon bombs that attacked them.

    Even the two Libras, Ohnoki and Loess, were caught by these tiny water dragon bullets that fell from the sky. Ohnoki could only escape under the attack of the second generation Dokagemo. Loess also gave up the technique of maintaining the mountains and made Deidara and Chi The sand scorpion was able to take the ancient dragon to fly out of the shackles of the mountain art.

    Iwakura Village barely managed to maintain a close match before Naraku Uehara actually took the shot, but now they are completely defeated by the technique of the rain and water dragon bullet!

    No one in the entire Yanyin Village could have the energy to care what the people of Akatsuki did.

    Uehara Naraku stood on the earth shadow tower and waved his palm slowly. The tall building was instantly crushed and destroyed by a hurricane: "Let me see what kind of power earth, water, and wind can combine!"

    Side mission: Successfully defeated Yanyin Village (1/1), the mission has been completed, and the passive talent skill Earth Power will be rewarded.

    The power of the earth: you can freely drive the chakra of the earth attribute, and create and use the earth escape ninjutsu at will, which is one of the components of the jade for seeking Taoism.

    Power of Wood (Activated): You can freely drive the Mudun Chakra composed of the power of Earth + Water, and create and use Mudun Ninjutsu at will.

    Magnetic force (activated): You can freely drive the magnetic escape chakra composed of the force of wind + the force of earth, and create and use magnetic escape ninjutsu at will.

    Uehara Naraku looked at the rewards on the system panel, and suddenly felt that he could no longer be so low-key.

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 259ï¼š Potential information

    An ancient dragon roared in the air.

    The ancient dragon slowly landed on the ruins of the earth shadow building. Deidara stood on the head of the ancient dragon, pouting his mouth in dissatisfaction: "I wanted to smash this building when I was a child, why not leave it to I''ll smash it!"

    "You are too slow."

    Uehara Naruko frowned and glanced at the people on the ancient dragon. Sasuke Uchiha also brought the five-tailed human pillar power on it. Now that the goal has been achieved, there is no need to stay here in Iwaken Village.

    "Let''s go!"

    Uehara Naruto landed on the ancient dragon, and whispered: "Pouch, recall the second generation of Tu Ying, we can go."

    "Yes."

    The pharmacist raised his fingers in his pocket.

    The second generation of Earth Shadow, who was still entangled with the third generation of Earth Shadow Oyemu, immediately flew towards the ancient dragon and landed on the ancient dragon''s back.

    After seeing this scene, the three generations of Earth Shadow Onoki turned back and rushed to the ancient dragon, flying above the ancient dragon, and his expression was a little gloomy: "You guys invaded Yanyin Village and want to leave here. ?"

    To be honest, the situation in Yanyin Village is much better than after Shayin Village and Wuyin Village were invaded, but this behavior is also a slap in the face of the three generations of Tuying!

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around and flew into the air while controlling the second-generation Tuyingwu. He chuckled and said, "Why, did you not have enough lessons?"

    "Humph!"

    Deidara snorted coldly: "Old man, I saw you fleeing embarrassed by the second generation of soil shadows before! Is it a waste of your life to be older?"

    "To shut up!"

    Onoki glared at the little traitor Deidara, and said in a deep voice: "The old man was not afraid of death before, but couldn''t die... Now, if you guys are here, it doesn''t matter!"

    Before the members of Akatsuki''s organization dispersed, Ohnogi didn''t dare to do his best, lest he would be defeated or even died, and no one would be able to eliminate Akatsuki''s members.

    Now that these people gather together, don''t they give him a chance?

    After speaking, Oh Yemu slowly closed his palms, spurring Chen Eun Chakra inside his body, gritted his teeth and said: "You guys will stay here!"

    "I''ll stop him, you go!"

    Dedara took out the clay giant bird in his pocket.

    I really don¡¯t know where Deidara is confident!

    Uehara felt that Dedara wanted to give a head away, how could this be?

    Uehara Naraku stretched out his palm, and a stream of water instantly smashed the clay giant bird in Deidara''s hand. He shouted: "Pouch, stop him with the dirty soil of the second generation of earth shadows, let''s go first!"

    Deidara sat on the ancient dragon with her cheeks puffed up, and looked at Naraku Uehara dissatisfiedly: "You guys don''t always destroy other people''s art casually!"

    "To shut up!"

    The red sand scorpion rubbed his forehead.

    Under the command of Uehara, the ancient dragon whizzed and flew away, leaving the sky of Yanyin Village, leaving only the devastated ground.

    The third generation Dokage Ohnogi looked at the ancient dragon flying away with an ugly expression, and looked at the second generation Dokage who was also floating in the air to warn him, and could only accept this reality reluctantly.

    This time Akatsuki''s invasion was a huge humiliation to Yanyin Village.

    After a dusty duel, the second generation Tuyingwu left Yanyin Village under the control of Yakushidou, and the third generation Tuying Ohnoki did not choose to pursue it.

    Akatsuki''s members have all left. Faced with a puppet that reincarnated from the dirty soil, the three generations of earth shadow Ohnoki will naturally not go all out, which is a bit uneconomical.

    Now Ohnoki must preserve his useful body, find a way to regain the strength of the man who was taken away by Akatsuki, and to comfort the ninjas in the village for reconstruction.

    This invasion can be described as a heavy loss.

    Even if Ohnogi only got a rough data, at least thousands of ninjas were seriously injured or killed, but not many civilians were affected.

    The biggest loss is undoubtedly the loss of the five-tailed man Zhu Lihan.

    Coupled with the fact that Lao Zi left before, in this way, the entire Yanyin Village will not have any tail beast as a strategic weapon.

    "Perhaps, that fellow Lao Zi has been captured by Xiao."

    Huang Tu was holding the wound on his arm hit by the water dragon bomb, standing in front of Ohnoki, and said in a deep voice: "According to the order of Akatsuki attacking the big Shinnin villages and capturing Renzhuli, they should catch Lao Zi before catching Five tails!"

    "Who let that **** Lao Zi run out by himself!"

    Onoki held his small fist and cursed in a low voice.

    This is the temper of the third generation of Tokage Onoki, it is stinky and hard.

    Huang Tu slandered his father for a while, and asked, "Should we unite with other Shinobu villages to find Akatsuki? Now Akatsuki is not our friend, but our enemy."

    "Let me think..."

    After Ohnogi shook his head, clutching his painful old waist, he said: "We were in the Kusano Kuni incident a few years ago, but we cooperated with Akatsuki''s members to attack Konoha, how could they believe us so easily? ¡­"

    "Ok¡­"

    Huang Tu''s complexion was not good, and he sighed, "Even without these, there is still the hatred left over from the Ninja World War."

    After speaking, Huang Tu added: "As a shadow, Konoha''s Tsunade should not be so short-sighted."

    "Women are very vengeful."

    Three generations of Tokage Ohnogi shook his head and asked softly, "Remember the Akatsuki member who contacted us?"

    "Ok."

    Huang Tu nodded, and said angrily: "I''m a woman with blue hair. She seems to be very good at fighting with paper. When one of my men tried to test her, she was almost killed..."

    Three generations of Tokage Ohnoki immediately patted the table in front of him and scolded his son: "Since you still remember this, you guys shouldn''t always think about so many messy things, and send someone to investigate Xiao''s information. !"

    "and many more¡­"

    A hint of hesitation appeared on Huang Tu''s face and he whispered: "If I remember correctly, that woman seems to have never appeared among Akatsuki''s active members. Maybe we can use this information to test Konoha."

    As the son of three generations of Tokage Onoki, as well as the high-level leaders of the entire Yanyin Village, Huangtu has as much information as Onoki''s hands.

    A light flashed in the eyes of the three generations of Tokage Onoki, and he said solemnly: "Then send someone to Konoha for an envoy. Don''t expect us to achieve cooperation in combating Akatsuki, but you can conduct some intelligence with them. Aspect exchange."

    Information exchange is normal.

    The big country Ninja Village often exchanges information, and Yanyin Village and Konoha often like to exchange information about Sandy Village in each other''s hands.

    "Hmm..."

    After Huang Tu nodded hurriedly, he continued: "In fact, we can also try to deepen cooperation with Konoha, maybe..."

    "Get out!"

    Three generations of Tuying Onoki patted the table and scolded his son away.

    This son has a simple face, but he always refuses to be obedient. Instead, he likes to make some self-righteous suggestions.

    For the third generation of Tokage Onoki, he would never easily cooperate with Konoha before seeing Konoha''s sincerity.

    the other side.

    Uehara Naraku is also watching her own harvest.

    In this attack on Yanyin Village, in addition to the rewards for defeating the Five-Tailed Human Pillar, the talented supernatural powers of the earth, wood, and magnetic powers after destroying the Yanyin Village, as well as the rich rewards brought by the Dark Harvest.

    The casualty data that was not available on the third generation of Tokage Onoki can be easily calculated by Uehara Naraku based on the superimposition of his dark harvest.

    Dark Harvest: Every time a ninja is defeated, a part of the power will be gained from the enemy, each time increasing by 10 points of life energy, 10 points of chakra energy, and 10 points of natural energy. The current cumulative increase in life energy 249610 points, chakra energy 249610 points, natural energy 249610 points.

    Name: Uehara Naraku.

    Life energy: 323731

    Chakra Energy: 321590

    Natural energy: 321590

    Life energy recovery: 216 points/sec

    Chakra energy recovery: 108 points/sec

    Natural energy recovery: 216 points/sec

    Skill cooldown reduction: 100%

    Gold coins remaining: 6630

    Uehara Naraku tapped his finger and nodded slowly. This value might be comparable to Uzumaki Naruto''s value.

    After all, according to Haaki Kakashi¡¯s highest chakra is the lowest threshold of 3,000 points, if Uzumaki Naruto suppressed Kakashi, it was four times that of Kakashi; if Uzumaki Naruto did not suppress Kakashi, it would be a card. One hundred times as much as Cassie Chakra This protagonist is simply terrifying!

    After Uehara Naraku worked so hard for so long, she might be able to barely match the Chakra in her body.

    Fortunately, Uehara Naraku has already received three extreme changes of Chakra attributes and three blood inheritance limits, which is not too shameful.

    Akatsuki''s base.

    Uehara Naraku''s team came back the fastest.

    The team led by Kakuto has entered the country of Taki, and is still on the way to find Zhuli of Nanaoren. He should be able to grasp Zhuli of Nanaoren soon.

    Nagato took Payne Liudao to capture the Liuliuman Zhuli. He drove the psychic Archaeopteryx to reach the destination very quickly, and has captured the Liuliuman Zhuliyugao. It is estimated that he will be back soon.

    It''s just that Nagato ran into trouble in capturing Liuwei this time.

    "Someone saw Heavenly Way Payne."

    When Nagato was in contact with Uehara Naraku, he spoke softly: "Mistyuki Village and Konoha scattered and ambushed hundreds of ninjas near the six-tailed manjuli. Even if I kill some of them, there are still many missing. The fish."

    Nagato didn''t care, and continued softly, "However, it doesn''t matter if they find out. We are only behind Yatsuo and Kyuubi."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but sink.

    If Konoha and Wuyin Village find out, this information should soon be sent to Tsunade''s desk, and it will also fall into Jiraiya''s hands. The two of them will definitely know what the existence of the reincarnation eye means!

    "It should be okay?"

    Uehara Naraku rubbed his forehead: "I have already praised Hanzo-sama so much in front of them. Would Jiraiya still doubt me?"

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 260ï¼š Tsunade: These two Akatsuki members look familiar

    Payne exposure is a necessity.

    After the new fifth-generation Suikage Terumimei encountered an attack in Wuyin Village, he attempted to launch a plan to use the force of the six-tailed human column to ambush Akatsuki''s organization. Unfortunately, Konoha encountered the accident caused by the invasion of Kakuto and others. The plan came to an end.

    It''s just that Terumi Ming did not abandon the six-tailed man Zhu Liyu Gao, and even sent someone to persuade him to return to the village.

    It was just that the disheartened six-tailed man Zhuli rejected Terumi Ming''s proposal. Yu Gao believed that he was capable of protecting himself. It was even more dangerous to return to the Wuyin Village to face those who discriminated against or tried to deprive the tail beast.

    Terumi was really helpless.

    The entire Wuyin Village was breached by Xiao''s organization. What can a small six-tailed man Zhuli do? Isn''t it still a gift for Xiao to stay outside at this time?

    Unfortunately, Terumi Ming''s authority is really not enough.

    Moreover, Terumi Ming¡¯s methods are relatively mild, except that some ninjas are assigned to monitor and protect Liuwei Renjuli, and continue to persuade him to return to the village.

    It''s a pity that, in the face of enemies at the level of Penn Liudao, it is not easy for the mist ninjas who are responsible for protection and surveillance to escape and send a few letters. At least they brought back information about a newly exposed member of the Akatsuki organization.

    Strictly speaking, this black pot should be divided between Uehara Naraku and Shimura Danzo, and even Danzo should take up more.

    If it hadn''t been for killing Shimura Danzo and rewarding him with Dark Harvest, Uehara Naraku would not destroy Wuhide Village for the power of Dark Harvest.

    If Uehara Naraku didn''t destroy the Haze Village, Terumi would not be so deliberately hostile to the Akatsuki organization, nor would he deliberately protect and monitor the situation of Liuwei Renju.

    Now Terumi got the information that Akatsuki¡¯s newly-emerged members of the reincarnation eye and the six-tailed man Juli had disappeared, he sent the two pieces of information to his ally Konoha, because in Akatsuki¡¯s report, Shayakura It is shared with Wuyin Village and Konoha.

    Inside Konoha Village.

    The fifth generation of Naruto Tsunade is in class at the Ninja School, which is very rare for Tsunade, but she is a stamped type of Naruto who takes time to deal with government affairs for leisure.

    "Aha!"

    Tsunade suddenly twisted his body and stepped on the ground. The huge force on his feet directly destroyed the floor, and the entire empty site instantly turned into ruins!

    A group of ungraded ninja students watched this scene in a trance. They did not realize the warmth of the will of fire, but felt the violence of Hokage.

    "Hey, what are you doing in a daze, applause!"

    Tsunade looked at a group of little ghosts with dissatisfaction.

    The pupils of the Ninja School were scared to silence for a second by her words, and applause sparsely rang, which was even more embarrassing than the previous scene.

    Most of the boys were scared and at a loss.

    Most of the girls are small fans of the fifth generation of Hokage.

    Tsunade looked at the excited little girls in a circle with satisfaction, and stretched out his palm to rub the white-eyed girl at the front: "Kahuo is eleven this year, right? He will graduate next year and become a ninja. You have to work harder!"

    "Yes, Tsunade-sama!"

    After Hyuga Hanahu nodded seriously, he suddenly said, "Tsado-sama, can I be your disciple?"

    "what?"

    A question mark appeared on Tsunade''s forehead, and he squatted down and looked at the white-eyed girl in doubt, and said with a chuckle: "When I saw you practice Rouquan, I was already a genius Hyuga Ninja! I have to follow me. Are you a medical ninja?"

    "Do not."

    Hyuga Huahuo shook her head calmly, her hair fluttering slightly, even if she was only eleven this year, she could tell that she would definitely become a beautiful female ninja in the future.

    Hyuga Hanahuo''s expression became a little firm, and his eyes became a bit firm: "I want to learn Tsunade-sama''s strange power technique, kill Uehara Naraku, and avenge my father!"

    Three or four years ago, during the Konoha Rebellion that broke out in the Nakanin exams, the Hyuga clan at that time, Hiuga Hizu, was beaten disabled by Uehara Naraku in order to protect a group of Nina who escaped.

    Therefore, the entire Hyuga clan was forced to elect another ninja, Hyuga Hinata, as the head of the clan. At that time, she was still a ninja.

    After that, the Hyuga clan gradually began to keep a low profile.

    Hyuga Kahuo grew up in the pride of the Baiyan family. In fact, her father and sister were very fond of her. She is also a small genius herself, and it can be said that she had a good childhood.

    After the civil turmoil in the Zhongnin exam, all this changed.

    Because of his disability, Hyuga Hinata became debilitated and pinned his hopes on his two daughters. Hinata Hyuga has a tough attitude when he is outside on weekdays, but he shed tears secretly in the middle of the night.

    After all, all the members of the entire Hyuga clan clan branch hope that Hinata, the patriarch, can carry the burden of the family and the prestige of the white-eyed!

    Hyuga Huahuo has been watching all this, and deeply remembered the name of the enemy and her practice dummy.

    Uehara Naraku!

    Uehara Naraku!

    Tsunade heard the words of Hyuga Kanazawa and looked at the perseverance and hatred on the white-eyed girl''s face, Tsunade''s smile gradually reduced.

    "I won''t promise you."

    Tsunade shook his head.

    This sentence made Hyuga Kahuo''s face look ugly.

    After a while, Tsunade slowly stroked Huahuo''s head and said softly, "If one day you are not for revenge, but to protect your family better, and to prevent Konoha''s tragedy from repeating, come back then. Find me!"

    "..."

    Hyuga Kahuo was silent for a while.

    After a while, the little girl nodded and said, "Yes, Lord Hokage."

    After leaving the ninja school.

    Tsunade looked up bored and sighed, "Really, you shouldn''t be bound by hatred at a young age! Wouldn''t it be the same as that of Sasuke, who is unscrupulous for power?"

    "This is the remnants of the war..."

    Mute, who followed Tsunade, hugged a little pink pig, and sighed softly: "The last time Uehara Naraku came, I saw the little guy Sarutobi Konohamaru secretly hiding on the side trying to assassinate Uehara. Is arguing to avenge the third generation of Hokage!"

    Haruno Sakura, who was walking on the other side, tucked her hair and whispered: "Obviously at that time I always felt that Uehara-senpai was not a bad person!"

    "Hey, are there pure good people and bad people in this world!"

    Tsunade snorted coldly, and said dissatisfiedly: "That kid is also for his own village. There is nothing wrong with this kind of thing. After all, he is just a ninja who accepts orders from his superiors. Don''t mention this topic again."

    It''s okay not to mention it.

    When he mentioned this, Tsunade couldn''t help but want to scold Shimura Danzo.

    It is a pity that the root leader Shimura Danzo had long been suspected of being killed in battle, and he added a big block to Konoha before he died.

    "Master Naruto!"

    An Anbe ninja flew down in front of Tsunade, and said respectfully: "The messenger from Wuyin Village is here, and they bring the latest information from Akatsuki!"

    Another Anbe ninja flew in front of Tsunade, and said in a deep voice, "Naruto-sama, the information of the land of the country has just arrived. The village of Yanyin was destroyed by Akatsuki, and the five-tailed person Zhuli was captured by Akatsuki Up!"

    Another Anbe ninja fell in front of Tsunade, and said softly: "Naruto-sama, the messenger from Iwagaki Village negotiates. They hope to exchange information about Akatsuki from a member of Akatsuki who has not yet appeared. !"

    "..."

    Tsunade''s forehead couldn''t help but jump.

    Just as Tsunade was about to rush to the Naruto Tower, another Anbe ninja appeared in front of her, and said in a deep voice: "Naruto-sama, the leader of Takigami Village, Shibuki has sent news, and it is also about Akatsuki!"

    "..."

    Tsunade''s mood gradually became irritable, he clenched his fists suddenly, and knocked down the wall next to him!

    After finishing all this, Tsunade gritted his teeth and squeezed out a few words between his teeth: "I will rush to Hokage Tower right now to see what is going on! How could the group of Akatsuki guys suddenly appear like this? A wide range of actions!"

    The country of soil, the country of Taki, the country of water.

    Tsunade''s psychology cast a shadow. If her guess is good, perhaps the news from Wuyin Village and Takigide Village should also be the news of the theft of Renjuli.

    The facts are as expected by Tsunade.

    In the Hokage Tower, after Tsunade met the messenger from Wuyin Village, he immediately learned that the six-tailed man Zhuli was captured by Akatsuki and an enemy with the legendary fairy eye had appeared.

    The information sent by the messenger from Takigakura village was rather miserable. Before the whole village had time for a decent resistance, several members of the Akatsuki organization drove straight in and captured the Nanao Renzhu Lifu.

    This is not beyond Tsunade''s expectations.

    After all, Takigide Village does not have the strength to protect Nanao Renzhuli. Tsunade once mentioned protecting it on his behalf, but it is a pity that Shibuki from Takigide Village dare not agree.

    It''s fine now, and was taken away by Xiao organization.

    The messenger from Yanyin Village is more interesting.

    The messenger from Iwagaki Village may have been instructed by Ohnoki, and they wanted to negotiate the location of Akatsuki''s stronghold.

    "..."

    Tsunade was speechless.

    Who the **** knows where Akatsuki''s stronghold is?

    If Tsunade knew where Akatsuki''s stronghold was, she would still sit in the Naruto office and listen to the bad news, and she would have organized a coalition of ninjas against Akatsuki long ago.

    The ninja in Yanyin Village hesitated a little, and Ai Ai said, "But according to the news we got, Konoha and Sandyin Village jointly regained the fifth-generation Kazekage Gaara who was captured by Akatsuki..."

    "that is because¡­"

    Tsunade wanted to tell the credit of Uehara Naraku and Amagi. Fortunately, she was still politically sensitive and immediately swallowed Uehara Naraku''s name again.

    After all, once Yanyin Village takes this opportunity to establish a friendly relationship with Yuyin Village, it will be very detrimental to Konoha''s situation.

    "All right!"

    Tsunade slapped a slap on the table and said in a cold voice, "If you are willing to negotiate, then bring the information on your hand! Maybe the member of Akatsuki you learned has already been in our information. It''s on the list!"

    "This¡­"

    The Envoy of Iwakura is not very good at negotiation.

    After a while, he remembered the instructions of the third generation of Tokage Onoki, and said in a deep voice: "In addition to the information Konoha can give us now, we also ask Konoha to notify our village immediately after finding Akatsuki''s base in the future!"

    "rest assured."

    Tsunade glanced at the Envoy of Iwakura dissatisfiedly, and said contemptuously: "The more things like teammates, the better. If you want to encircle Akatsuki, you can''t succeed in a Shinobu!"

    "...Hope Naruto Lord can keep his promise."

    The Yanyin messenger gritted his teeth, placed the scroll in his hand on the Hokage desk, and whispered: "This is the information of Akatsuki and our contact in Yanyin Village."

    "what?"

    Tsunade couldn''t help but hooked the corners of his mouth, sneered and said, "We still thought that you Yanyin Village and Akatsuki are close partners!"

    In the beginning of the Grassland Incident, Yanyin Village used the Akatsuki organization to add a lot of casualties to Konoha. This Qiu Gangshou can remember very clearly.

    Seeing that Iwakura Village was also destroyed by Akatsuki''s organization, Tsunade couldn¡¯t feel more comfortable, especially since these guys are still seeking Konoha; if it wasn¡¯t for the overall situation, Tsunade really wanted to take this rock hermit. Get out.

    "Ok?"

    After Tsunade opened the scroll, his brows frowned, "Is this woman a traitor from Yuyin Village?"

    Tsunade rubbed his eyebrows and looked at the sketch portrait on the scroll: "How I look at it is a little familiar, I seem to have seen it somewhere."

    "Has Master Naruto seen her?"

    The Envoy of Yanyin also just got the information Konoha gave him.

    To be honest, the envoy of Iwakura was a little bit agitated. If Tsunade knew the woman on the scroll, wouldn''t their information be meaningless?

    "rest assured."

    Tsunade glanced at the Envoy of Iwakura, and said softly, "This member is not yet included on our most wanted list. Your information is very valuable, and our agreement is still valid."

    The Yan Yin messenger turned around and left with confidence.

    Tsunade continued to stare at the scroll, frowning tighter and tighter.

    Above the reels.

    It shows a female ninja with a cold face.

    This female ninja wore Yuyin''s forehead and was dressed in Akatsuki''s black robe uniform, which seemed to be difficult to get close to.

    Part of the information about her is written under the scroll such as light blue hair, light orange pupils, and often wears a bunch of paper flowers on her head. She is especially good at some kind of secret paper escape, able to ignore physical attacks, etc. Wait.

    While Tsunade was still thinking, a tall white-haired old man walked into the Hokage office with a yellow-haired young ninja, and said with some excitement: "Hey, Tsunade, we are back!"

    "Jiraiya? Naruto?"

    Tsunade subconsciously put down the scroll in his hand, and looked up at them with a little surprise: "Why are you back? Did you succeed in practicing Naruto''s fairy mode? You didn''t spend many years..."

    "Hush hush hush!"

    Jilaiya quickly put a finger on his lips, walked slowly to Hokage''s desk, and sighed: "Anyway, his fairy mode is a successful practice! It''s just that the duration of the fairy mode is a bit troublesome..."

    The nine tails in Naruto Uzumaki did not allow other psychic beasts to share the body of Naruto Uzumaki. This caused Naruto Uzumaki¡¯s fairy mode to practice successfully, but it could not last too long in battle.

    Fortunately, this little guy took another shortcut.

    After talking about the fairy mode, Jilai also glanced at the scroll in front of Tsunade, and asked in surprise: "Well, what are you looking at? Why is the expression so ugly just now?"

    "Oh."

    Tsunade''s brows suddenly subconsciously wrinkled again. First, he handed the intelligence scroll sent from Nakaiwakura Village to Jiraiya, and then pulled out a pair of intelligence scrolls from Wuyin Village and handed it to Jiraiya. .

    Tsunade''s expression was a bit unsightly, and she whispered, "This is the information we just got. Akatsuki has two hidden members. I seem to have seen it before..."

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 261ï¼š Jiraiya: I have fans in Yuyin Village, so feel free to sneak in

    Tsunade has indeed seen them.

    After Jilai got the scroll, his eyes widened involuntarily, and he stared at the portrait on the scroll closely: "Is this... Xiao Nan?"

    The first time he saw Xiao Nan''s portrait, Jilai immediately recognized Xiao Nan''s outline, which should be one of the three disciples he had accepted in the Land of Rain.

    and¡­

    Xiao Nan is good at the secret technique of paper escape.

    I just don''t know why Xiao Nan, who was thought to have been killed in the battle, is still alive and has joined the notorious Akatsuki organization.

    After the change of Jilaiya''s expression, he suddenly revealed a hearty smile: "Although Xiao Nan has grown into a very beautiful woman, he can still see the past, but his personality seems to have become very different!"

    After all, Xiao Nan in the portrait is not gentle at all, only eyes are full of coldness, and his expression is just like the other Akatsuki members they have seen.

    indifferent.

    ruthless.

    Pick someone and eat.

    "Huh? Xiaonan...that wasn''t you in Yuyin Village..."

    Tsunade''s expression also changed, and he suddenly raised his head to look at Jiraiya: "If I remember correctly, they should have died in the chaos of war!"

    Tsunade also mentioned it.

    Jilai also spent three years in the Land of Rain and taught and took care of three street children. To be precise, those three children were the first batch of disciples accepted by Jilaiya.

    Unfortunately, during the Third Ninja World War, Jilai also received a message from a toad who delivered a letter. All three children had died on the battlefield. This also made Jilai also depressed for a long time.

    "I do not know either¡­"

    Jilai also sighed and shook his head.

    In addition to the three-year relationship between master and apprentice, it is also because Zilai also believes that one of the children with reincarnation eyes may be the son of destiny he is looking for in fate.

    The reincarnation eye is the legendary eye of the fairy.

    Only the next moment he got the news of the Eye of Reincarnation, when he slowly opened the scroll sent from Wuyin Village, his face suddenly became more ugly.

    "It turned out to be Yahiko..."

    Jilai also subconsciously squeezed the scroll in his hand, and he recognized Yahiko''s appearance at a glance, as well as the reincarnation eye in his eye socket.

    Jiraiya''s fingers slowly relaxed, and slowly put the scroll in his hand on the table, his face suddenly became extremely ugly: "How can Yahiko get the eyes of Nagato''s reincarnation... If he and Xiaonan are both alive, what about Nagato? "

    The first thought in Jiraiya''s mind was that Yahiko killed Nagato and took away his reincarnation eye.

    No, it may be another situation.

    After Nagato''s death, Yahiko transplanted Nagato''s reincarnation eyes. After all, Yahiko and Uzumaki Naruto had similar personalities, and they weren''t the kind of person who could hurt their companions.

    Only in this case can it be close to the truth.

    If it was after Nagato was killed, Yahiko transplanted Nagato¡¯s eyes of reincarnation for revenge, and joined the Akatsuki organization to try to destroy this ninja world.

    This is the most credible situation.

    "Lecherous Immortal, Tsunade Grandma, do you know these two?"

    Naruto Uzumaki walked over, looked at the two portraits on the scroll curiously, touched his chin and said, "Is it the former ninja in our village?"

    "Do not."

    Jilai also shook his head, glanced at the portraits of Payne and Xiao Nan, and said solemnly: "They are the ninjas of the Rain Country. During the Second Ninja World War, I was after the end of the war. The disciples accepted by the country..."

    After speaking, Jira also suddenly raised his head to look at Tsunade, and said in a low voice: "When Oshimaru invaded Konoha a few years ago, when Shimura Danzo forced Uehara Naruko to assassinate the old man, he seemed to have promised several conditions. ¡­"

    "One of them."

    Tsunade''s expression also darkened, and he said solemnly, "That is to ask Konoha to assist and support the Amagi Village to eliminate Akatsuki. But later, Uehara Naraku should be to maintain the independence of Amoyin Village and prevent the war from spreading. Advocates cross this out."

    "Ha ha¡­"

    Jiraiya also chuckled and shook his head, and said in a low voice, "According to the intelligence analysis proposed by Uehara Naraku and the intelligence analysis we have obtained, after Akatsuki and Uyin Village broke, Umune Kingdom fell into civil strife until Hanzo led Yuyin Village completely expelled Xiao;

    Before they broke up, Akatsuki was founded with the support of Yuyin Village. At the beginning, Uehara Naraku even took the initiative to recruit several members for Akatsuki, so he would definitely know Xiaonan and Yahiko! After all, they are the ninjas of the Rain Country. "

    After taking a long breath, Jiraiya slowly raised his head to look at Tsunade, his face gradually gloomy: "The kid in Uehara has been hiding the information of Konan and Yahiko. He has never shared the information of these two people with us. Have exchanged!"

    This also means that Yuyin Village has never sincerely cooperated with them Konoha. Uehara Nasa has left for Konoha several times and often participates in the alliance meeting talks, but never mentioned that Akatsuki has two hidden members.

    "Do you think Yuyin Village hides their purpose?"

    Tsunade''s fingers tapped the tabletop lightly, frowning slightly and said, "Among the several Shinobu villages that participated in the encirclement and suppression of Akatsuki, Uyin Village has always been the hardest worker. Thanks to Uehara Naraku, he was rescued. Five Dynasties Fengying."

    Tsunade lowered his head and glanced at the scroll again, and continued softly, "Before we encircled Kakuto last time, Uehara Naraku mentioned that I wanted the treasures of Kakuto, so that the Sansho fish Hanzo had a long lifespan. Will it be? Does the eye of reincarnation have a similar function?"

    "It may not be impossible."

    Jilai also stretched his waist, with a hearty smile on his face: "If they really want to win the reincarnation eye, it doesn''t seem strange to hide the news... I''m just curious about how much news they still hide about Akatsuki. "

    After Jilai finished saying this sentence, he touched his chin and said: "It just so happens that I go to Yuyin Village to do a secret check this time. It is best to get some complete information about Xiao. After all, there is no organization from Bixiao. The origin of Yuyin Village has a more accurate source of intelligence..."

    "No, it''s too dangerous!"

    Tsunade immediately stopped Jiraiya''s thoughts, and Shen Sheng explained: "What''s more, Yuyin Village is still our ally. If we sneak in and be discovered rashly, it is likely to cause misunderstanding between the two sides!"

    After Tsunade finished speaking, he immediately took out a scroll and whispered: "I will now send someone to Yuyin Village to send a diplomatic statement, asking them to hand over all the information about Akatsuki!

    That guy from Sansho Fish Hanzo secretly concealed Akatsuki''s information!

    In addition to the secrets of longevity and the blood succession of the members of Yuyin Village who want to take away from the members of Akatsuki, they may still intend to take the opportunity to attack our great country Ninja Village and realize Hanzo¡¯s old man¡¯s daydream of dominating the Ninja world. ! "

    "This is normal."

    Jilai also stretched out his palm and pressed it on the blank scroll, stopping Tsunade''s movements. He slowly shook his head and said, "Even if you write a letter, it won''t help. What they want to hide will never be announced. "

    "..."

    Tsunade fell silent immediately.

    In fact, she knew in her heart that she was right.

    What can''t be obtained from the negotiating table, how could it be obtained from a diplomatic rhetoric; Sanjiao Hanzo has always been an ambitious guy, how could he change his attitude just because of a diplomatic rhetoric!

    Maybe after Hanzo expelled Akatsuki from the Rain Country, he was worried about the threat of Akatsuki at first, and Uehara Naraku leaked a lot of information about Akatsuki.

    Later, Hanzo discovered that the Akatsuki organization had captured the big country Ninja Village one after another, causing these Ninja villages to suffer heavy losses, which might help him dominate the Ninja world, so he restarted passively attacking Akatsuki organization and even deliberately concealed Akatsuki''s information.

    "The old man Sansho Hanzo!"

    Tsunade squeezed the pen in his hand abruptly, and smashed the pen into pieces: "Now Akatsuki will endanger the entire Ninja World. He is still taking the opportunity to gain privacy for himself, making a dream of becoming an immortal Yukage. !"

    "alright, alright."

    Jilaiya looked at Tsunade who was in silence, and continued with a chuckle: ¡°Don¡¯t worry, although Yuyin Village has been closed to the outside world over the years, there are occasional exchanges. Besides, we and Yuyin Village are also allies. If they are discovered, they might not kill me because of your face!"

    In fact, this probability is not high.

    In general, sending spies to allies to steal intelligence will not only harm the alliance relationship, but also give allies a reason to kill spies. After all, spies have no right to survive.

    If Jilai was found to be able to escape, it would be nothing more than Konoha wrangling with Yuyin Village, and even Konoha could accuse Yuyin Village with the intelligence stolen by Jilai.

    If Jiraiya was caught or killed by mistake, the relationship between Konoha and Yuyin Village would be complicated!

    "Well, I won''t be in danger."

    Jilai also stood up, chuckled and said, "What''s more, if I''m in danger, then you can immediately issue diplomatic remarks! Maybe you can use Yuyin Village to conceal Yahiko and Xiaonan''s affairs and let them send me back. Yeah!"

    After speaking, Jilai took out a set of intimacy heaven from his ninja bag, and continued to add with a chuckle: "Besides, I have fans in Yuyin Village!

    If Uehara Naraku knew, as long as he bribed him with this set of books, maybe he would take the face of this set of books and let me survive! "

    To be honest, Ji Lai also had no idea about sneaking into Yuyin Village.

    That''s where the ninja demigod Sansho Fish Hanzo has been guarding.

    Even now Jiraiya has become a ninja as well-known as Hanzo, but when he was young, he faced the ferocity of the Sansho Fish Hanzo, which made Jiraiya still feel shocked now.

    "Stupid!"

    Tsunade couldn''t help but patted his forehead, and opened his mouth to curse: "You guys don''t take that fragile relationship too seriously! Uehara Naruko is very loyal to Sansho Yu Hanzo, he is Sansho Yu. The number one running dog Han Hidden away!"

    "Hahahaha, you don''t understand the friendship of men!"

    Jilaiya smiled and shook his head, put away the book in his ninja bag, turned to look at the hesitant Uzumaki Naruto next to him, rubbed his forehead and said, "Naruto, there seems to be nothing to teach. It''s for you, then I''ll pass on your last trick!"

    "Laughter fairy?"

    Uzumaki Naruto raised his head, looked at Jiraiya with a worried look, and said in a deep voice: "I heard it all just now, you are going to a very dangerous place, I now learn the fairy mode, I can go instead of you!"

    "For children, it is better to stay at home and do tasks obediently..."

    Jilai also took out a note from his ninja bag, knocked on Naruto Uzumaki¡¯s head, and handed the note to his hand: "This is some treasure I passed by when I was carefully practicing in the Ninja World. They are all strategies for each trick..."

    "Give me enough!"

    Tsunade smashed his desk with a punch!

    Obviously at this time, why are you so rude!

    Jilai was so scared that his palm froze in place. After slowing down, he slowly handed the notes in his hand to Naruto Uzumaki: "Um...this is mainly my manuscript..."

    "Laughter fairy!"

    Naruto Uzumaki shook his head, not picking up his notes: "I will steal information for you, or I will go with you!"

    "Absolutely not."

    Zi Lai also shook his head quickly, and explained in a deep voice: "Yuyin Village is extremely closed, and the guards have always been tightly guarded. If you go, you little devil can only hold back..."

    "Laughter fairy!"

    "All right!"

    Jilai also patted Naruto Uzumaki¡¯s forehead, and said in a deep voice: ¡°I will be back soon after I get the information. When I¡¯m not in Konoha, you have to protect the village instead of me. Ye Luo fell to the end of other Shinobu villages."

    "..."

    Naruto Uzumaki gritted his teeth and slowly lowered his head.

    "Tsunade¡­"

    Jilai also rubbed his palms, and a blush slowly appeared on his face. He said softly, "I mean if I can... wait for me to come back..."

    "Ok?"

    Tsunade raised his head questioningly.

    "It''s okay."

    Jilai also patted his forehead and said softly, "If possible, help me take care of Naruto!"

    Tsunade:"¡­¡­"

    In any case, Jiraiya''s determination has been made.

    Besides, this trip is actually not that dangerous.

    There are not many powerful ninjas in places like Uyin Village Except for a Sansho Fish Hanzo, it is probably the genius ninja Uehara Naraku.

    In the Yuyin Village guarded by these two men, even if Zi Lai couldn''t defeat them, it was easier to escape.

    Akatsuki''s base.

    Uehara Naraku had just sealed the five-tailed Muwang, six-tailed Rhino and Nanao Shigeaki with the people of Akatsuki''s organization. He did not know that the news of Xiaonan and Payne had appeared in front of Tsunade and Jiraiya.

    In any case, Shimura Danzo is to blame for world cause and effect.

    If it weren''t for Danzo''s collusion to lure Hanzo to ambush Akatsuki''s organization, it wouldn''t make Akatsuki become such a deformed evil organization.

    Now that the information of Xiaonan and Payne is leaked, it is also because of the rewards for killing Danzo. When Uehara is caught catching the tail beast, he always likes to brazenly break through a big ninja village, and also lead to several big ninja villages Unite to exchange information about Akatsuki.

    With this calculation, Shimura Danzo was actually committing a crime.

    After sealing the three-tailed beasts, Dedala collapsed to the ground: "I sealed the three-tailed beasts in one go, and I must rest for a few days!"

    "Ok."

    Payne nodded and said in a deep voice: "Next, only the two most powerful tail beasts, Yao and Jiuwei. After a few days of rest, we collectively arrested the eight-tailed man Zhuli and Konoha''s Jiu. Suddenly!"

    Payne slowly looked at the seven bright eyes of the Outer Golem, and a ray of light flashed in his eyes. Next, the speed of collecting tail beasts must be faster!

    Uehara Naraku also looked at the seven eyes of the outside golem, and a light flashed in his eyes. The plan to kick Nagato and Konan out of the game must be faster...

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 262ï¼š Im still suitable to be the man behind the scenes

    Yuyin Village.

    Uehara Naraku lay in her room dormantly.

    Now that the Outer Golem has absorbed the seven-tailed beasts, he must find a way to remove Xiaonan and Nagato and wash them white before the ten-tails are resurrected.

    This is not easy to operate.

    Because Uehara Naraku must find a way to resurrect Uchiha Madara, play with Uchiha Madara''s life, and complete his main missions and advanced tasks.

    "Also use the eyes of reincarnation to bring back the monster Uchiha Madara..."

    Uehara Naruko rubbed his forehead: "Master Nagato has suffered so much in this life. Can''t he make him sad again? Maybe he will be mentally broken!"

    Nagato will definitely not give up his reincarnation eyes.

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t tell everything together, otherwise it would disrupt the plan, so he could only do what he wanted to do first.

    Uehara Naraku tapped his finger, and whispered: "Forget it, let him go to the underworld first, and then bring him back to life! As for who will resurrect Penn with the eyes of reincarnation, there are many choices, Oshemaru. You should be obedient, right?"

    This can be regarded as a kind of recycling.

    Dashemaru has long wanted to reincarnate.

    Uehara Naraku began to think in his heart, it¡¯s better to give Oshemaru a body to resurrect him, and let Kurozutsu control Oshemaru¡¯s consciousness, and then see if these two guys who like to control and seize other people¡¯s bodies are better...

    "I really am a genius behind the scenes!"

    Uehara Naraku clenched his fist abruptly, feeling a little excited in his heart. He could come up with such a trick to get Oshamaru to get the reincarnation eye, and then go to resurrect Uchiha Madara.

    By the way, you can also try to see if Oshe Maru can escape the fate of death after casting reincarnation.

    The only problem is...

    Na Uehara has fallen into the pit of Oshe Maru so many times, and now O She Maru has finally spent a few years in Ryuji Cave in a stable life, and then temporarily pulled the person out to replace the dead ghost...

    To be honest, I feel a little ashamed.

    After being ashamed, I suddenly felt good.

    What is the real behind-the-scenes black hand? Any chess piece is valuable. Everyone may be dominated by Uehara Naruko on the board at any time.

    Uehara Naruko rolled over and got up from the bed, looking down at the tallest tower in Uyin Village, where Nagato lived.

    Uehara Naraku sighed softly: "Then let you vent your pain again! After experiencing painful release, you will also have a very bright future."

    All the time.

    Nagato and Xiaonan must arrange a bright future and future for him, and now it is Uehara Naraku''s turn to arrange them.

    The only trouble is...

    Payne Six is ??very, very strong now.

    Especially the Asura Payne, not only is armed to the teeth, but also has a trick of ultimate art.

    It only needs to explode once, and it is estimated that it can directly destroy the entire Konoha Village. Compared with the use of Shenluo Tianzheng, it saves trouble and does not need to waste too much chakra and life.

    "call¡­"

    Naruto Uehara rubbed his forehead and muttered, "If Jiraiya hasn''t died in Yuyin Village now, he and Naruto Uzumaki should be able to deal with Payne?

    Do you want to find a way in advance to send someone information to let Konoha know that Akatsuki will attack them soon? After being prepared, you should not lose!

    After the battle between them is over, I will pretend to be the villain and bring back the reincarnation eye. It¡¯s just that Teacher Xiaonan is a little troublesome. I can only make her sad and desperate first, and then find a way to let her know that everything I do is for She and Nagato..."

    When Uehara Naraku thought of this, his face couldn''t help but change. How did this script feel so familiar?

    Isn''t this the **** script of Itachi Uchiha!

    Could it be that at the last time, Akatsuki''s per capita Uchiha Itachi?

    Uehara Naraku suddenly understood Uchiha Itachi''s feelings inexplicably, and couldn''t help but patted her cheek to sober up: "Konan-sensei and Nagato must be the same as Sasuke...They will definitely understand me."

    Thought for a while.

    Uehara Naraku still intends to have a chat with the pharmacist and ask the pharmacist to help prepare for the lure of the Oshawan resurrection, and by the way, let him help fill in the gaps in the plan.

    "fate!"

    When Uehara Naraku quietly turned on the Destiny skill, he was about to leave Yuyin Village with infinite teleportation. On the display panel of the Destiny skill, he saw the head of a white-haired old man, and this head was still close at hand.

    Uehara Naraku''s expression turned gloomy in an instant, and he just finished talking and didn''t come here to die. Konoha''s strength will be balanced with Penn''s strength.

    By the way, he can also take a side mission.

    As a result, now this fellow Jilaiya appeared in Yuyin Village!

    "Konoha... don''t you believe me?"

    The corners of Uehara Naraku''s eyes were slightly frozen, and he flew out of his room: "It took me so long to praise Hanzo-sama! Konoha didn''t believe what I said?"

    This is purely Uehara Naraku thought too much.

    Jiraya and Tsunade actually believed in Uehara Naraku, at least they knew that Uehara Naraku had always been very friendly to Konoha.

    They simply don''t believe in Sansho Fish Hanzo.

    The night was getting darker.

    The rainstorm in Yuyin Village has not stopped, the stagnant water on the ground has not yet faded, a frog poked its head out of the water and looked at everything around vigilantly.

    The rain fell sparsely on the toad.

    The toad opened its mouth, a hand drilled out of thin air in its mouth, and the owner of that hand slowly got out of the toad''s mouth.

    It is the secret technique of Miaomu Mountain, the technique of toad hiding.

    After Jilai got out of the toad, he waved his hand to return the toad back to Miaomu Mountain, with a touch of determination on his face: "At least I have successfully sneaked in..."

    The rain in the sky slowly fell.

    These raindrops fell on Jilaiya''s body, and the white-haired ninja walked into the streets of Yuyin Village without even noticing it.

    Yuyin Village.

    The highest point.

    Tiandao Payne is standing here, feeling the message from the Yuhu Freedom Technique, and is about to summon Konan and Uehara Naraku in the village softly: "Someone has sneaked in. The enemy should be Teacher Jiraiya. He is very powerful. And will not be our companion; now he hides in the village and waits until the rain stops to find him..."

    "I have found it!"

    Uehara Naraku interrupted Payne and said softly: "I and Master Jilaiya are old friends. Mr. Nan''s paper escape is too easy to be restrained by Master Jilaiya''s fire escape and oil escape. Let me come. Right."

    "Uehara."

    Xiao Nan''s voice rang, and her voice was a little low and said: "This is between us and Teacher Jilaiya. You shouldn''t be involved..."

    "Is there any difference?"

    Uehara Naraku stroked her ring, sat in a small tea room, and said slowly: "Teacher, it is not easy to solve Jiraiya-sama. I have fought with him once and possessed a strange monster. If he wants to escape, it¡¯s very simple. It seems that our secret cannot be kept from him..."

    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he slowly turned his head through the glass of the tea room, UU reading looked at the sneaky white-haired old man, and sighed quietly: "I hope that from Yuyin Village Does the secret scare him too much?"

    Probably not?

    Uehara Naraku watched Jiraiya sitting next to a villager selling buns, and watched Jiraiya chatting with the villager with great interest.

    Jilai also bought a steamed bun, and after chatting for a while, he seemed to have mentioned something intentionally or unintentionally: "Sure enough, it is said that the half **** Shanjiao Yu Hanzang from Yuyin Village is ruling this place, so this village It seems so peaceful..."

    "..."

    The footsteps on the street stopped.

    The eyes of all the villagers focused on Jilaiya''s body, making him instantly realize that something was not right, and Jilaiya hurriedly ate buns to hide himself.

    With a bun stuffed in his mouth, Jilai looked up and found a custom shop. After a smile flashed on his face, she turned and walked into the custom shop.

    This kind of place is the most suitable place to inquire about intelligence.

    "Really..."

    Uehara Naruko sat in the tea room and shook his head slowly. Although there are a few custom shops in Yuyin Village, he has never been there.

    Uehara Naraku sighed, looked up at the sunny doll folded with paper by the window, glanced at the paper cranes on his desk, and shook his head with a smile.

    the other side.

    Jilai, who walked into the custom shop, was also familiar with the place of wine, and ordered another elder sister to accompany the wine, intending to inquire about Yuyin Village through Jiujin.

    Originally, he just wanted to enter the hinterland of Sanjiao Hanzo to steal some information about Akatsuki, but he didn''t expect to find some unexpected gains now.

    although¡­

    These gains may be amazing.

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 263ï¼š Hanzo died 78 years ago!

    Custom shop in Yuyin Village.

    Jilaiya''s spirit was a bit tired.

    Just after Jiraiya arrived at the custom shop, he ordered a plump woman named Tezuna, but this woman has been boasting about Uehara Naraku since she came.

    "If it weren''t for Uehara-sama, the village would not be what it is now. Since Uehara-sama came, more and more ninjas have joined Yuyin Village, and the village has gradually become more and more prosperous!"

    "¡­Oh."

    At this moment, the sorrows and joys of human beings are not interlinked, and Jiraiya now only feels that the girl who pours the wine next to him is a bit noisy. It is not that he does not know Uehara Naraku.

    The plump woman named Tezuna saw Jiraiya''s sleepiness, and smiled lightly: "Guest, what''s wrong with you, do you feel sleepy?"

    "I''m actually fine."

    Jiraiya shook the glass in his hand and asked nonchalantly, "The leader of this village is Sansho Fish Hanzo, right? Does he trust Uehara Naraku?"

    "what did you say?"

    "I said the leader of this village seems to be called Sansho Fish Hanzo..."

    "Hush!"

    Tetsuna suddenly raised a finger and said in a deep voice, "Guest, this name is not mentioned here, in case it is reported to Lord Angel by others..."

    "Lord Angel?"

    "Yes, Lord Angel is Uehara-sama''s teacher."

    Tezuna waved his hand hurriedly, and said softly, "If you talk about that name here, after being known by... the Angel, I will never let you go!"

    "Oh, can''t you mention Hanzo..."

    Jilai also touched his chin, and started thinking again.

    If I remember correctly, Haaki Kakashi seems to have mentioned vaguely that there is a teacher at the top of Konoha in Uehara Naruto, who can influence the decision of Sansho Yu Hanzo.

    I didn''t expect it.

    Jilai also lowered his head and frowned in contemplation. Yuyin Village forbids anyone to talk about Sansho Hanzo, and gradually worships a ninja named Angel and Naraku Uehara, which makes people feel very strange... Isn''t Sansho Hanzo too cautious? ?

    "In fact, it''s also so-called, Sansho Fish Hanzo was killed anyway."

    The plump woman named Tezuna suddenly approached Jiraiya, covering her lips and whispered: "My husband is a ninja in the village. I heard my husband mentioned that Sansho Fish Hanzo was killed by Master Uehara. The corpse was also hung on the tower by Uehara-sama for public display!"

    "puff!"

    Originally, Jiraiya was drinking slowly, but after hearing what the woman in Tezuna said, he spouted a sip of wine!

    "What did you say? Do you already have a husband?"

    After Jiraiya finished saying this, he shook his head abruptly, and said something more important: "Wait... You just said that Sansho Fish Hanzo was killed by Uehara Naruko? The body was also killed. Uehara hangs up to show the public?"

    really?

    I do not believe!

    How is this possible?

    What exactly is going on?

    How can this happen?

    Uehara Naraku has always been the most loyal ninja to Sansho Hanzo. He did not hesitate to violate his own conscience. He always respected Sansho Hanzo''s orders with a tragic face and even helped Sansho Hanzo to find longevity treasures.

    If Uehara Naraku killed the Sansho Fish Hanzo, the news is as amazing as Konoha''s direct disciple who killed Hokage!

    And Sansho Fish Hanzo is a ninja demigod!

    No, is it an illusion?

    Jilaiya''s face suddenly changed, and he subconsciously raised his fingers, slowly mobilizing Chakra in his body to become disordered. This was a way to break the illusion.

    This is not an illusion, there was no auditory hallucination just now.

    After Jilai breathed a sigh of relief, his expression gradually became extremely ugly. He didn''t expect that after entering Yuyin Village, he would get such a secret to subvert the outlook on life!

    If it hadn''t been for sneaking into Yuyin Village today, Jilaida wouldn''t know how the man who had been outside all the time claiming to be Hanzo-sama, Uehara Naraku, who was loyal to Sansho Hanzo, would have killed Sansho Hanzo!

    "When did this happen?"

    Jilaiya''s face gradually calmed down, suppressing the shock in his heart, he will continue to inquire about the news, hoping that the Sansho Fish Hanzo was murdered during this time.

    Could it be...

    Uehara Naraku felt that Hanzo''s rule was rotten, so did he kill him?

    Or is it to seize power?

    The little guy Uehara Naraku didn''t look like this at all. After all, Konoha had expressed his support for him to become the leader of Uyin Village on many occasions, but Uehara Naraku had never been moved by it.

    However, this plump woman named Sezuna shook her head, lowered her head and thought for a while and said: "It seems to be seven or eight years ago? At that time, Yuyin Village was actually very strict. There was a war every day. It was Uehara-sama that killed the Sansho fish. Hanzo brought the current peace!"

    "..."

    Bastard...

    Seven or eight years ago...

    Jilaiya''s palm trembled slightly.

    He had the urge to crush the wine glass just now.

    Uehara Naraku killed the Sansho Fish Hanzo seven or eight years ago!

    Jiraiya''s admiration for Naraku Uehara disappeared, and a conspiracy theory of Uehara Naraku instantly spread all over Jiraiya''s body.

    That kid... it''s so good to hide!

    To be honest, Jiraiya''s mood was a little broken.

    At this moment, Jiraiya''s three views all felt like they were going to collapse.

    How did the fellow Uehara Naraku tell them his loyalty to Sansho Fish Hanzo in front of them without changing his face, even for so many years!

    Killed Sansho Fish Hanzo seven or eight years ago!

    This also means that everything Uehara Naraku said is false!

    In the past few years, Uehara Naraku''s actions have generally acted under the name of Sansho Fish Hanzo, a confidant face of Master Hanzo.

    Once in the negotiation, Uehara must be a ninja demigod who opened his mouth and shut up Hanzo-sama, and looked rather silly.

    Tsunade has expressed envy more than once, that Sansho Fish Hanzo has such a loyal and powerful genius ninja, especially Uehara Naraku who is also good at medical ninjutsu.

    Oh shit¡­

    This guy is too good at acting!

    If Intimacy Paradise is made into a movie or TV drama, Uehara Naraku can definitely play a leading actor!

    Jiraiya also involuntarily thought of Sansho Fish Hanzo.

    In the past few years, Tsunade''s cursing mention of Sanshoyu Hanzo has increased a lot. Before he set out, Tsunade was still accusing Sanshoyu Hanzo of acting only for personal gain and disregarding the overall situation.

    What Hanzo does is always unsatisfactory, and Konoha actually feels that if Uehara Naruko is the leader of Yuyin Village...

    Think now...

    I''m so **** sorry Hanzo!

    Uein Village is a scam, a scam presided over by Uehara Naraku. No wonder the messenger of Uein Village has always been Uehara Naraku. He is worried that others will leak Hanzo''s information?

    These are indeed shocking.

    No, it should be said to be shocking!

    Jilaiya started to remember again, why hasn''t anyone discovered the killing of Sansho Fish Hanzo?

    Obviously Uehara Naraku mentioned so many times, without revealing any flaws, is it the name of the ninja demigod that makes them think that this kind of thing will never happen?

    When this guy was still taking the Zhongnin exam, he talked innocently about how tricky the civil war organized by Yuyin Village and Akatsuki was, and said with a tragic face that he could not violate the command of the leader, Sanjiao Yu Hanzo!

    Jiraiya also remembered the scenes of Nairo Uehara''s past...

    "I''m someone Hanzo-sama trusts very much!"

    "I will never violate Hanzo-sama''s orders!"

    "Without this agreement, how can I be worthy of Master Hanzo!"

    "Our leader is the ninja demi-god Sanshoyu Hanzo-sama!"

    "No one can defeat Hanzo-sama, he can defeat the Akatsuki organization with one person and drive them out of the country of rain!"

    No...

    Still a bit wanting to curse.

    If the Sansho Fish Hanzo was killed seven or eight years ago, everything that happened afterwards, such as the assassination of the three generations of Hokage, the looting of the land in the country of grass, and the attack on the Akatsuki organization, etc., these Uyin village actions were actually all by Uehara Naraku and the angel Make the next decision.

    It''s terrible... Uehara Naraku!

    Jiraiya also slowly controlled the shock on his face, and there was another admiration and shock in his heart. After all, when the most dangerous time in the battle, Uehara Naraku could still say that he can¡¯t be sorry for Hanzo-sama...

    Uehara Naraku is really a talent.

    The water in the Ninja World is deep.

    Many secrets have been hidden.

    But Uehara Naraku kept opening and closing his mouth and was mentioning the Sansho Fish Hanzo, and he didn''t show any flaws.

    It''s really good... Naraku Uehara!

    Others sneaked in in disguise to steal information or something, and the kid stole a Yuyin village without everyone paying attention.

    But Yuyin Village must have been invaded more than once in so many years. Why has no one discovered this secret all the time?

    Ji Lai also began to ponder this question.

    Because all the other ninjas who sneaked into Yuyin Village were killed?

    If he leaves now, will he be the first person to successfully escape from Yuyin Village? If you don''t leave, what danger will you encounter?

    But all came...

    Jiraiya also faintly felt that if he continued to investigate, he would definitely gain more, and Uehara Naraku would definitely not only hide this thing!

    That kid...

    The scheme must be very big.

    After all, Yuyin Village has concealed the fact that Sanjiao Yu Hanzang had long died for so many years, and it can also use many methods to hide this secret.

    "Tezuna, news from your husband!"

    The plump woman sitting next to Jilaiya heard someone shouting outside and couldn''t help frowning and saying: "What? My husband has a letter? Didn''t he say that he is going to patrol the bottom of the village today?"

    "..."

    After hearing Tezuna''s nagging, Jilai left the custom shop. The news he inquired was still too little, so it was better to catch a ninja for interrogation.

    By the way, make sure what Tezuna said is true or false.

    In any case, the information provided by a woman in a custom shop is too lacking, or should a ninja be caught to ask more about the truth?

    Inside the tea room.

    Uehara Naraku slowly drank the tea, watching Jiraiya walk out of the custom shop with an ugly face, and quickly sneaked into the underground pipeline area of ??Yuyin Village.

    "It seems to know part of the truth!"

    Nairo Uehara put down the teacup in her hand with a smile, and said softly, "But how much truth do you know? Even if you think you have found a lot of information, you actually only saw the tip of the iceberg..."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head slowly, and said loudly, "Write down today''s tea money and send the bill to Lord Angel''s office."

    "Yes, Uehara-sama."

    The waiter at the teahouse nodded hastily.

    Most of the villagers in Yuyin Village are accustomed to this, and all the consumption of Lord Uehara in the village will be paid by Lord Angel.

    After Uehara Nara nodded, he took an umbrella from the waiter, walked into Yuyin Village under the pouring rain, and walked towards the underground pipeline area.

    While Uehara Naraku was walking on the street, a paper crane fell on his shoulder, and Xiaonan''s voice came out: "Uehara, I have been able to determine the position of Teacher Jiraiya. ?"

    "Ok."

    Nairo Uehara nodded and said softly: "Master Jilaiya just came out of the custom shop in the village and is rushing to the underground pipeline area. There are no villagers there. We can get rid of him there."

    "..."

    Qianzhihe was silent for a while.

    After a while, a group of origami paper cranes flew over, appeared next to Uehara Naraku, and quickly formed the appearance of Xiaonan.

    Xiao Nan looked up at the sign of the custom shop, frowned, and hid under Uehara Naraku''s umbrella.

    "These places in the village must be banned."

    "Uh¡­"

    Uehara Naraku shook his head helplessly, pressed close to Xiaonan''s shoulders to prevent the rain from getting wet, and whispered softly: "Let''s go and see Master Jiraiya first! Xiaonan-teacher hasn''t seen him for a long time, right?"

    "Ok¡­"

    A trace of sorrow flashed across Xiao Nan''s face.

    In the three years of studying under Jiraiya, they were actually very happy and relaxed, because they didn''t have to worry about being hungry, and they didn''t have to worry about too much danger.

    And Ji Lai is also a very kind person to his disciples.

    If it wasn''t for keeping the secrets of Yuyin Village and Xiao Organization, Xiaonan really didn''t want to confront his teacher.

    "Okay, let''s go!"

    Uehara Naruko stretched out her palm and wiped the water droplets on Konan''s hair, then smiled lightly and said, "If you want to get rid of Jiraiya-sama, it''s not that easy!"

    And with him here, it''s even more difficult.

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 264ï¼š Boy, I wont believe a word you said!

    Yuyin Village.

    Underground pipeline area.

    Jilai also gradually calmed his mood.

    As a professionally trained ninja, no matter what happens in front of Jilaiya, Jilaiya feels that he can hide his emotions.

    The only trouble is...

    Uehara Nara told too many lies outside, and for a while, Jiraji felt that he couldn''t count them.

    After Jilai also discovered that the death of Sansho Fish Hanzo was one of the loopholes, he soon discovered that other things Uehara Naraku said were lies.

    How can there be people like Uehara Naraku in the Ninja World!

    Generally, ninjas lie and deceive people are occasionally cheating someone, or occasionally leaking a false information, why would a guy like Uehara Naraku come out!

    Uehara Naraku has always pretended that the Sansho Fish Hanzo is still alive, and made up a bunch of lies based on the fact that the Sansho Fish Hanzo is still alive. Kazuki also just thought that one of the things Uehara said may be false, so he thought of another It may also be fake.

    Everything is fake.

    Everything is a lie.

    The question is what is the truth?

    Even if Jiraiya tried hard to guess and analyze, he couldn''t guess it now, because Uehara Naraku''s words were completely disintegrated, leaving him with no clue.

    It was just a Sansho fish Hanzo''s name, which was taken out by Naru Uehara for a long time. Who knows which of these may have happened, but it was only under Hanzo''s name; which did not happen, but was pushed On Hanzo''s head?

    Damn, how come Uehara Naraku appears in Ninja World!

    Jilai also felt that he had traveled in the Ninja world for so long. He hadn''t experienced anything in his fifties and hadn''t seen anyone?

    But the kind of people like Uehara Naraku is really a peculiar style!

    After sighing for a while, Jiraiya realized that he seemed to have entered a certain misunderstanding. He came to Yuyin Village to get Akatsuki''s information, not to think about how much Uehara Naruko did under the name of Sansho Fish Hanzo!

    Maybe, Uehara Naraku and his teacher just thought that Sansho Fish Hanzo''s ninja demigod was famous, but they just used it to scare others from entering the country of rain?

    Jiraiya also rubbed his wrist, looked at the two Yuyin ninjas patrolling the underground pipe area, gritted his teeth and said, "Then I will check if the kid Naruko Uehara has anything to do with Akatsuki, then look for it. Find information about Akatsuki..."

    At this moment, Jiraiya also very much hoped that Uehara Naraku and his teacher simply wanted to occupy this Umune Village, even if Uehara and his teacher had cooperated with Akatsuki before.

    For example, Uehara Naraku might have cooperated with Akatsuki to kill Hanzo or something, but it didn''t matter, as long as he didn''t collude with Akatsuki now.

    Even if Uehara Naraku colluded with Shimura Danzo and Oshemaru to start the Konoha rebellion, and assassinated three generations of Hokage, this is not a big deal.

    First, for Konoha, the best situation is that Yuyin Village promoted the creation of the Akatsuki organization, and they eventually parted ways as Uehara said, and became enemies of life and death.

    In this way, Konoha and Yuyin Village can continue to be allies.

    Second, for Konoha, the worst case is that Naraku Uehara is still a core member of Akatsuki and has been providing information about Konoha to the Akatsuki organization.

    Looking at it this way, Konoha seems to have been played with by others.

    "It shouldn''t be that bad, right?"

    Jiraiya also rubbed his temples, Fei body landed on a certain area of ??the underground pipe, followed the two Yuyin ninjas, and said in a low voice: "Uehara Naraku will save people, and his personality won''t be that bad, right? ?"

    Unfortunately.

    When Jiraiya also used the toad mouth restraint technique to catch two patrolling Urenin and tortured information from them, Jiraiya realized that Uehara Naraku was worse than expected.

    In the stomach wall of the toad.

    Jilaida also touched his chin, looked at the two Yuren who were very stubborn in front of him, and said with a light smile: "Who is Uehara Naraku? Is it the leader of Uein Village? You can see this. The people in the village respect him!"

    "Uehara-sama is the most perfect ninja ever!"

    An older patrol Yuren gritted his teeth and said in a deep voice, "If you want to assassinate Uehara-sama, then you are dead!"

    "Ha, the most perfect ninja?"

    Jiraji couldn''t help but smile, his eyes gradually became more evil: "Well, you and your wife Tezuna-san said the same thing!"

    "Asshole, how do you know my wife is Tezuna!"

    The middle-aged patrol Yuren''s face gradually became furious, and immediately looked at Jiraiya with some helplessness: "I didn''t expect your enemy to investigate a small character like me?"

    "Hahahahahaha..."

    After laughing a few times, Jilai looked at the middle-aged patrol Yuren in front of him with a serious face, and said solemnly: "If you want to go back to see your wife safely, then tell me what you know! Sansho! What''s the matter with Yu Hanzo? What''s the change of the leader of Uyin Village now? Who is Uehara Naraku?"

    "..."

    The middle-aged Yuren fell into silence.

    After a while, the middle-aged Yuren slowly shook his head, and responded in a deep voice: "Eight years ago, it is said that Uehara-sama killed the Sansho fish Hanzo and hung Hanzo''s body under the order of Mr. Payne. On the tower, Yuyin Village has been sheltered by them ever since."

    "Penn?"

    "Yes, the leader of Yuyin Village is Lord Payne. He is the real **** in this village. Lord Uehara and his teacher Angel Lord are all messengers sent by God!"

    "God? Payne? Angel?"

    Jilai also rubbed his forehead, feeling his heart beating. Why did the secrets of Yuyin Village seem to be getting more and more?

    Penn and Angel sounded difficult to deal with. One called himself a **** and the other called himself an angel; and this so-called angel was still Uehara Naraku''s teacher, so the strength of this angel can be imagined.

    Looking at it this way, Uehara Naraku''s status is still at the bottom?

    Jiraji couldn''t help but touched his chin. "It sounds like Uehara Naraku''s status is not as high as he thought..."

    "Do not."

    The middle-aged Yuren shook his head and said in a deep voice: "Master Uehara is the leader of the next generation of Yuyin Village. He is the leader who can truly bring happiness to Yuyin Village!"

    "Oh~"

    Jiraiya nodded suddenly, and suddenly asked, "So Uehara Naraku, Angel, and Payne are Akatsuki members?"

    "..."

    Middle-aged Yuren slowly lowered his head.

    After a while, the middle-aged Yuren shook his head, gritted his teeth and said: "We don''t know this kind of thing."

    "Your pulse has accelerated."

    Jilaiya''s face gradually became a little ugly, and he sighed: "It seems that they may all be Akatsuki members, the situation is really worse than I thought..."

    Jilai also lived more than fifty years old.

    This was the first time he saw this situation.

    While standing in their Ninja Village camp, they screamed and killed the members of Akatsuki''s organization, and even personally guided the two sides to fight;

    While standing in the camp of Akatsuki''s organization, he directly and brazenly attacked the Great Ninja Village, taking away the tail beasts and the strength of the people in Ninja Village.

    Jiraiya also suddenly realized a problem, that is why there are often a few hooded ninjas among the members of Akatsuki''s organization. That is because they want to hide their identities. Uehara Naraku is very likely to have participated in the siege of a big country. Shinobu!

    "Unable to understand..."

    Jiraji also rubbed his forehead, recalling Uehara Naraku¡¯s step-by-step actions: "Why did he do this? While leaking Akatsuki¡¯s information, he even helped rescue the Five Generation Kazekage in Sagakura Village, while attacking and destroying it. To the Great Ninja Village..."

    No matter what I thought, Jiraiya couldn''t understand it.

    So far, this kind of thing has never happened in the Ninja World. Who has seen such a jumpy guy Uehara Naruto, jumping back and forth in two hostile camps!

    Jiraiya¡¯s face changed, and he assumed a direction: "Is it to steal information so that they can capture Renjuli? Anyway, we must first find a way to continue to investigate Uehara Naraku, Angel and Payne. intelligence¡­"

    Underground pipeline area.

    The pouring rain gradually stopped.

    A middle-aged Yuren showed his figure, tidyed up his clothes, and walked into the depths of the pipeline area of ??Yuyin Village step by step.

    When the middle-aged Yuren walked into the depths of the pipe, two figures appeared where he was just now. It was Konan and Uehara Naraku who had been following them.

    Uehara Naraku slowly put away her umbrella, and asked softly, "Teacher, is Lord Jiraiya in Shimonin''s body in that village?"

    "Well, that is toad flat shadow manipulation."

    Xiao Nan nodded, stretched out his hand to pat the water drop on Uehara Naraku''s shoulder, and explained in a low voice, "Teacher Jilaiya''s toad flat shadow manipulation technique can hide his body in the shadow of Shimonin, thus Manipulate the action of Shinobu."

    "It''s an amazing dive technique."

    Uehara Naraku looked into the depths of the underground pipe curiously, and said with a chuckle: "It looks like he has got our information. Now he should go and say hello to Lord Jiraiya."

    "..."

    Xiao Nan nodded hesitantly.

    At the same time, Nagato¡¯s voice rang in their ears: "I have sent the animal Dao Payne to help. If you deal with Teacher Ji Laiya, the most important thing is to be able to deal with his psychic beast, other wearers. You can be there anytime."

    "It doesn''t matter!"

    Uehara Naruko rubbed his palm and said softly, "I once came into contact with a psychic beast called Toad Bunta, and his strength is not very good. Let me get rid of him!"

    "Uehara, don''t underestimate the power of Teacher Jiraiya."

    Nagato''s voice was faintly missed, and he continued quietly: "Even if it is me, I can''t guarantee that it can be easily solved by Mr. Jilaiya."

    "Anyway, let''s say hello first!"

    Uehara Naraku walked into the depths of the underground pipe with a smile on his face: "Anyway, Master Jiraiya also took care of Mr. Nan and Master Nagato who had educated.

    Now that Master Jilaiya came to our village as a guest, it would be too rude if he rashly attacked! "

    Xiaonan: "..."

    Nagato: "..."

    Uehara Naraku seems to be right.

    Faced with the teachers of the past, at the very least, we should say hello. Now, should we also tell Jiraiya why they have come to this point?

    The depths of underground pipes.

    The middle-aged Yuren, who was also controlled by the toad flat shadow manipulation technique, had just passed an entrance. He carefully observed whether there were any enemies around him. At this moment, he heard a familiar voice in his ear.

    "It''s actually very boring in the shadow, right?"

    Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly appeared, grabbing the shoulder of the middle-aged Yurenbu, and squinting at the middle-aged Yurenin.

    Uehara Naraku smiled and said, "Come out of the shadows underground to breathe, Jiraiya-sama, we have been watching you!"

    "..."

    Jiraiya, who was hiding in the shadow of Yunin, was also nervous.

    Now that it has been discovered, there is no need to hide, right?

    The next moment, Jiraiya slowly emerged from Yunin''s shadow, recovered his body little by little, raised his head to look at Uehara Naraku, his eyes gradually becoming complicated.

    The Akatsuki uniform wearing a black robe of auspicious clouds on Uehara Naraku in front of him also shows the identity of Uehara Naraku and his attitude.

    Uehara Naraku no longer hides that he is a member of Akatsuki.

    Jiraiya''s expression gradually became ugly, his eyes tightened slightly to stare at Uehara Naruto and said: "Uehara kid, I never thought that you would be Akatsuki''s member?"

    "So..."

    Naro Uehara spread out her palms, as if showing her clothes to Jiraiya, and said with a chuckle, "Master Jiraiya, do you think this dress looks good? This is comparable to the Akatsuki 20 years ago. His uniform is much more beautiful."

    "..."

    Jilaiya''s mouth couldn''t help but twitched.

    Is it time to discuss whether Akatsuki¡¯s clothes look good!

    It''s just that Naraku Uehara''s words revealed the news, that is, the Akatsuki organization was established twenty years ago?

    This time can be long enough!

    This also means that one thing is that there must be people behind Akatsuki who are hiding more deeply, because the so-called Uchiha Daido who founded the Akatsuki organization at this time is only a Konoha ninja, far from qualified!

    "Hey?"

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Jiraiya curiously, and continued with a chuckle: "Jiraiya-sama, why are you not curious? Shouldn''t you ask me the same way? You should ask me the Akatsuki organization twenty years ago What''s the situation?"

    "..."

    The corners of Jiraiya''s mouth twitched, and he glanced at Naraku Uehara speechlessly, and said angrily, "Will you tell me the truth if I ask? Could you tell me, a guy full of lies? The truth? Little devil, in your mouth, Sansho Fish Hanzo has been working overtime for seven or eight years!"

    "Hahahaha..."

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help laughing. Obviously, he could have imagined that Jiraiya had been stunned when he learned that Hanzo had been dead for seven or eight years.

    After just laughing, Uehara Naraku''s expression gradually became serious. He looked at Jiraji and said softly: "I may conceal other things, but about the Akatsuki organization 20 years ago, I don''t know anything about it. Concealed."

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand and signaled the frightened Urenin to leave before he continued softly, "After all, the Akatsuki organization was born twenty years ago because of Lord Jilaiya!"

    "what?"

    "Unfortunately."

    A wry smile appeared on Uehara Naraku''s face, and he shook his head and said, "Because a Konoha ninja has trained three disciples, an organization named Akatsuki was born; because of another Konoha ninja, this one is named Akatsuki. The organization has gone to destruction and extremes."

    Jiraiya also looked at Uehara Naraku, his face gradually becoming more and more complicated It seemed that he thought of the three disciples Yahiko, Konan and Nagato.

    Just when Uehara Naro thought that Jiraiya would continue to ask him according to the routine, Jiraiya slowly shook his head and said, "Boy, although I don¡¯t know what you will say, I know you don¡¯t say a word. Believe it!"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku fell silent.

    Why did Jilai refuse to play his cards according to his routine?

    Didn''t it just hide Hanzo''s early death?

    Has his credibility really dropped to such a low level?

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Jiraiya speechlessly, and sighed faintly, "If my words are not worthy of trust, then would you believe what Xiaonan-Sensei said?"

    Suddenly heard a familiar name.

    Jilaiya''s face changed. He also noticed what Uehara Nairobi said to Xiaonan and couldn''t help but whispered: "Xiaonan... is your teacher?"

    The next moment, Zi Lai also whispered: "Xiao Nan, is that the so-called angel in Yuyin Village?"

    "Yes."

    Naruto Uehara nodded, and said with a chuckle: "It seems that I don''t know much about it!"

    Jiraiya also looked at Uehara Naraku¡¯s smile and couldn¡¯t help but speak: ¡°Who knows if what you kid said is true or false! Xiao Nan is the gentlest person among my disciples, how could she teach you like this... "

    "Nara is right."

    A cold female voice appeared in this empty area.

    White papers fell from the air, suspended in the air and gradually formed the appearance of a person, it was Xiao Nan.

    Xiao Nan looked at Zi Lai Ye with complicated eyes, took a deep breath, and said in a deep voice, "It''s been a long time, teacher Zi Lai Ye."

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 265ï¼š I just conceal a little thing, why dont you believe me?

    After seeing Xiao Nan, Zi Lai was also a little dazed.

    It¡¯s just that Jilai quickly regained his sanity, and gradually became more alert in his eyes, staring closely at Xiao Nan in the sky: "I really grew up, and I have become an increasingly beautiful woman, Xiao Nan. ¡­"

    After saying this, Jiraiya''s expression sank sharply, and he sternly asked, "I just didn''t expect you to join Akatsuki. What is going on?"

    "That''s what Naraku said."

    Xiao Nan slowly manipulated the white paper to form a pair of paper wings behind him, and said in a low voice: "Anyway, the world has become like this. It is useless to say anything now, Naraku, needless to say, step back a bit. ."

    "Teacher, don''t worry too much!"

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and said softly, "It''s impossible for Jiraiya-sama to escape from here anyway. At least let him know the truth before he dies?"

    Hearing Uehara Naraku''s words, Jiraji couldn''t help but look at him and opened his own eyes: "You kid...you really look down on you!"

    Xiao Nan looked at his disciple and his teacher hesitantly, and gently shook his head and said: "Naraku, no matter how much it is, it is useless to talk about it now. It will only waste your rest time here..."

    "Ha, I really dote on my disciple!"

    Jilai couldn''t help but touched his chin, and a smile appeared at the corner of his mouth: "I didn''t expect the little girl to become a teacher! It''s a pity that the disciple you taught is really not the same, Xiao Nan! "

    Uehara Naraku: "..."

    This sentence expressly satirizes Xiao Nan, is it also attacking him?

    "Teacher Jilaiya."

    Xiao Nan''s eyes tightened slightly, his eyes fixed on Jiraiya, with a strong stubborn voice in his voice: "Nara is the most perfect ninja in this world."

    "is it?"

    Jiraiya glanced at Uehara Naraku with a chuckle, then raised his head to look at Xiao Nan, and said seriously: "But I always think that my disciple is the most perfect ninja in the world, whether it is you, Yahiko and Nagato. ¡­But, that¡¯s just you who used to be."

    Jiraiya''s voice gradually calmed down, and he whispered: "I always thought you were dead in the chaos of war. I never thought that you were still alive and became the way you are now. You became the murderer who destroyed Shinobu and killed innocent people. ¡­"

    "Then you have misunderstood Teacher Xiaonan."

    Uehara Naraku interrupted Jiraiya''s words, stretched out her finger to point at herself, squinted her eyes and smiled and said, "Master Jiraiya, since I joined Akatsuki, Xiaonan-Sensei has rarely paid attention to Akatsuki''s affairs. ."

    Uehara Naraku smiled and continued to speak: "I have always been the one who destroyed Shayin Village, me who destroyed Wuyin Village, and I who destroyed Yanyin Village..."

    After saying this, Uehara Naraku''s smile deepened a bit, and he smiled and continued: "I will destroy Yunyin Village in the future, and I will destroy Konoha..."

    "..."

    Ji Lai also suddenly changed in color.

    Uehara Naraku was the first kid to be in front of him. Speaking of him trying to destroy Konoha, it sounded nothing like a lie, more like a real declaration of war!

    "Why, don''t you believe it?"

    Uehara Naruko rubbed his forehead and couldn''t help but whispered: "I just concealed a little bit, why don''t you think you can continue to believe me!"

    "Asshole kid!"

    Jilai also clenched his fists abruptly, and his eyes gradually became fierce: "Is it all about you kid again? Is it all because of you kid that made Xiao Nan look like this? !"

    "Do not."

    The corners of Uehara Naraku''s mouth curled up slightly, and a smile appeared: "Now Akatsuki will become like this, so thank you Konoha!"

    "..."

    Jiraiya''s eyes gradually increased sharply.

    It seemed that something he didn''t know had happened.

    Uehara Naraku looked at Jiraiya and said with a chuckle: "Let me tell a very long story. I hope this story will not disappoint Jiraiya. Twenty years ago, I was born at this time. How long is it?

    At that time, an organization named Akatsuki appeared in Rainy Country. The leader of Akatsuki was one of the three disciples of Konoha Sannin, Jiraiya, and their dream was to mediate all wars in the Ninja world. This dream seemed naive. Great again, isn''t it? "

    "..."

    Jiraiya''s expression moved slightly.

    At this moment, he also remembered the affiliation of Yahiko, the leader among the three little guys. It was indeed a great and naive idea. How could Shinobu, the five great nations of the Ninja world, value the mediation of a small organization?

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Jiraiya, then chuckled and continued: "But many people believed in them, even a man who abandoned his wife and son. More and more people joined Akatsuki, giving Akatsuki the power of the organization. stronger.

    This power quickly attracted the attention of two people, one of whom was named Sanjiao Yu Hanzo, because this power threatened his status in the Land of Rain;

    The other person¡¯s name is Shimura Danzo, because Akatsuki wants to mediate the war, and unfortunately, Konoha needs war. "

    "Danzo!"

    Jilaiya''s face sank slightly.

    After hearing this name, Jiraiya felt a little uncomfortable in her heart. Is this guy Shimura Danzo a **** stick?

    Bastard!

    If Konoha has any trouble, there must be Shimura Danzo!

    "It seems you should know the result!"

    Looking at Jiraiya¡¯s expression, Naraku Uehara smiled and said, "Lord Jiraiya used three years to heal someone¡¯s hatred of Konoha. Shimura Danzo only took one day to let the hatred. It has recovered again."

    "...Is that so?"

    Jilaiya looked up complicatedly and looked at Xiao Nan: "So Shimura Danzo and Sansho Yu Hanzo joined forces to attack you... Who died in their hands, was it Nagato?"

    After speaking, Jiraiya seemed to be sure about the matter, and he said in a deep voice: "So Yahiko transplanted Nagato''s reincarnation eye and re-established a terrorist mercenary organization that accommodates rebels and captures tail beasts, is that true?"

    "..."

    Xiao Nan shook his head in silence.

    After seeing Xiaonan shaking his head, Jira also glanced at Uehara Naraku: "Little devil, what is your purpose? Even if you harbor hatred, you shouldn''t control your hatred..."

    "If it was just for revenge, the hatred should have ended long ago."

    Uehara Naraku interrupted Jiraiya''s words, and said with a chuckle: "Eight years ago, we ambushed Sansho Fish Hanzo at the same place. Four years ago, Shimura Dan hidden in Konoha and disappeared strangely. Konoha should have been Curious about the whereabouts of Shimura Danzo?"

    "..."

    Jilaiya''s face gradually showed a touch of shock. He remembered the time before and after Shimura Danzo''s disappearance, and immediately guessed the truth.

    "You killed Shimura Danzo?"

    "Yes."

    Uehara Naruko rubbed his forehead and said softly, "I used to kill the third generation of Hokage as a temptation, so that Shimura Danzo appeared in front of me obediently, and his corpse was treated as Konoha. A hand-held gift for the teacher after traveling."

    "..."

    Xiao Nan''s face was a bit unsightly, as if thinking of some bad experience, she thought of the strange gifts that Uehara Naruko had brought him.

    Explosive knife ¡¤ droplets.

    The technique of multiplying detonating amulet.

    The body of Shimura Danzo.

    Konoha''s seal reel.

    Jilaiya''s face was obviously more ugly, and he also thought of another not-so-good thing: "You kid was really good at disguising back then! It''s impossible for us to even suspect you at all!"

    A cheerful smile appeared on Uehara Naruto''s face: "Who would suspect that a person who signed an agreement with Danzo and fulfilled the agreement... Would it be the murderer who killed Danzo? If it weren''t for Mr. Xiaonan, I would be too lazy. Pay attention to that dirty guy."

    In fact, the move to kill Danzo is not too good.

    Even Uehara Naraku has to admit that the reward given to him after killing Shimura Danzo is really rich. The dark harvest alone has allowed him to obtain extremely huge benefits. Otherwise, he is still trying to find skills. .

    From a personal point of view, Uehara Naraku should keep Shimura Danzo for thousands of times; but from a moral point of view, Uehara Naraku should burn more paper money for Danzo...

    You also have to cook more Sansho Fish Hanzo.

    After all, these two people have helped a lot of scapegoats.

    Counting this up, I also need to bring Uchiha soil and Oshemaru to burn a little. These two guys have a lot of black pots on their backs, and they have been pitted by Uehara for a long time.

    However, Uchiha''s belt soil has been reincarnated from the dirty soil, and the soul of Oshemaru is still working as a Yachi Orochi in Ryuji-dong, so there is no need for this.

    Jiraiya stared at Naraku Uehara closely, and said with a sullen face: "Boy, you can hide so deeply, how terrible you are!"

    "Have it?"

    Uehara Naraku still squinted his eyes, smiling and continuing to ask: "Master Jiraiya, then guess why I didn''t keep hiding in front of you?"

    "Because you want to kill me."

    Jilai also squeezed his fist, and an inexplicable smile flashed on his face: "It''s really ironic to say that a member of Akatsuki actually guided Ninja''s action against Akatsuki;

    A person who wanted to destroy Konoha actually saved Konoha Ninja, a murderer who destroyed Sandyin village turned out to be the benefactor of Sandyin village, and a murderer who destroyed Wuyin village turned out to sit on the table of Wuyin''s alliance~www .novelhall.com~Jilai also slowly raised his head to look at Xiao Nan in the air, and sighed faintly, "It is even more ironic that a teacher who should be the most gentle teacher in the world has actually taught an intention to destroy The ninja of the world."

    Obviously, this sentence of Zi Lai Ye refers to Xiao Nan.

    In Jiraiya''s impression, Xiao Nan has always been the little girl who silently supported her friends behind her back, but now she has gone astray because of hatred, and also brought out the disciple Uehara Naraku who has worked so hard to destroy the Five Great Nations Shinobu Village.

    This world is really distorted.

    It''s just that Jiraiya''s mood has changed now, and the only thing that makes him feel pity is that he doesn''t know whether the person who died that year was Yahiko or Nagato.

    Because Xiaonan just shook his head and denied that Yahiko had transplanted the reincarnation eye...

    Or are both of them dead?

    Now apart from finding out the identity of Payne, there is no need to continue to explore other truths, because he already knows enough.

    As long as Penn''s identity is found, he must immediately escape from Yuyin Village.

    Originally, Jilaida had thought of killing his own lives on the road and solving the misguided Xiaonan and Yahiko. Now he learned about their tragedy, his mind has faded a lot, especially after finding so much information. after that.

    The most important thing now is to bring the news back to Konoha.

    Every news is very important, and every news will change the situation of Shinobi.

    It''s a pity that just as Jilai started to plan tactics, another figure quietly appeared on a high place, bowed his head and looked down at the people present, frowning and asked: "Uehara, Xiaonan, haven''t they solved it yet?"

    Beast Dao Payne, arrived.

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 266ï¼š Uehara Naraku is quite innocent

    When Nagato controlled the animal Dao Payne, he had already learned that they were chatting here, and he was a little unhappy in his heart.

    Because Nagato believes that saying too much will make his heart easy.

    Nagato''s mood is a little better now, because judging from the expressions of Jilaiya and Xiaonan, they should have had a bad chat.

    Only Uehara Naraku''s face still had a faint smile.

    Because Uehara Naraku used the opportunity of venting his emotions to leak information to Jiraiya, Jiraiya¡¯s goal has almost been achieved, and now that he has the information he wants, Jiraiya should also find a way to retreat, rather than try to solve it. Payne, right?

    Unfortunately, the beast Payne rushed over.

    Originally, Jiraji only wanted to see if he could test Penn''s intelligence. If possible, it would be best to test Penn''s abilities. If it doesn''t work, he would leave here immediately and bring back Uehara Naraku''s intelligence.

    After all, the existence of Uehara Naraku is more dangerous in a sense.

    Even if Penn had the ability to reincarnate, it was not as harmful as Uehara Naraku, a spy lurking in the alliance.

    Jilaiya slightly raised his head and looked at Heavenly Dao Payne in the sky, and began to silently formulate his own battle plan in his heart.

    The first goal is to bring all the information back.

    The second goal is to try to kill the spy Uehara Naraku.

    The third goal is to tentatively see if we can get information about Payne.

    If Uehara Naraku knew, he would definitely be cursing.

    Uehara tried everything possible to save Jiraiya¡¯s life, so that Jiraiya would return to provide a strength for Penn¡¯s attack on Konoha in the future; however, Jiraiya wanted to kill Uehara¡¯s spy. .

    This shows that if you want to be good to a person, you must find a way to let him know, instead of silently guarding the side.

    "Is it Nagato?"

    Jilai also looked at the beast Dao Payne, with a little doubt on his face, because this person''s appearance was a bit different from Nagato, but he looked familiar.

    But since it looks familiar and has reincarnation eyes, it should be Nagato, right?

    However, Jiraiya also looked at Beast Dao Payne familiar, it was because this was a person he had met during the journey, but after his death, Nagato obtained the body of that person and made the Beast Dao.

    Not only that.

    The six Penns were all people Jilai had seen before.

    Because of these people''s magical abilities, their corpses entered Nagato''s hands through various channels, and they were made puppets by him, forming the Six Ways of Payne.

    Jilai didn¡¯t realize it yet. He just looked up at the beast Dao Payne above and frowned: ¡°The person drawn on the information scroll from Wuyin Village is indeed Yahiko... so now this is long Door? What is going on?"

    Then another disciple who is alive now...

    Is it Nagato or Yahiko?

    Based on what Uehara Naruko said earlier and Konan¡¯s reaction, it should be Nagato who had reincarnation eyes that survived at that time?

    After all, Jiraiya once believed that Nagato was also the son of destiny.

    Thinking of this, Jiraiya opened his mouth and asked directly: "The one who is alive now is Nagato? Did you make Yahiko''s body a puppet?"

    "..."

    The animal Dao Payne frowned slightly. He thought that Jilai had also obtained the truth by mistake, and he sighed softly, "As expected of Mr. Jilaiya, did you even guess this kind of thing?"

    "It really is..."

    Jilai also sighed, raised his head and said, "Have you been behind the scenes manipulating Akatsuki to attack the various Shinobu villages? You did all this because of hatred, right? Nagato?"

    After speaking, Jira also glanced at Uehara Naraku again: "After all, those who hurt you back then have been revenge by the kid Uehara."

    "Hate?"

    Animal Dao Payne looked down at Jiraiya and sighed: "Teacher, after so long, your eyes are still so narrow...In this world, hatred is not the only thing that can lead to war, it may be for greater goals. For example, put a stop to this world full of wars and bring real peace."

    Animal Dao Payne slowly spread out his palms and whispered: "But this is also normal. There will always be many mortals in the world, and not everyone can rise to God... I also experienced infinite pain, Will become a god."

    Animal Dao Payne lowered his head and stared at Jiraiya, and his voice was calm and calm: "Once you become a god, you will consider everything you say and think from the point of view of the gods. Teacher, you are just a mortal, so naturally you cannot understand me. Consider."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku was slightly embarrassed.

    Unexpectedly, after so many years, Nagato, who was finally a little grounded, once met other people, he returned to the second picture.

    God...

    God...

    God...

    Jiraiya''s expression changed slightly.

    Because he realized that his disciple had chosen another wrong path, this has become a war between ninja beliefs, which means that Nagato is not easy to convince!

    When Oshemaru defected, Jiraiya did not persuade Oshemaru to succeed. He realized that when the ideas of two ninjas conflicted, it was difficult to persuade the other to succeed.

    Unless, can understand each other.

    Unfortunately, it''s easy to say, but hard to do!

    Jiraiya''s expression gradually lost his composure, and he was even a little depressed and sad: "I didn''t expect that Yahiko''s change would make you paranoid to such an extent..."

    "teacher."

    Animal Dao Payne shook his head slightly, and sighed softly: "As long as God can easily see through things that mortals cannot recognize from a mere angle; because I have become a god, I must do what mortals can''t do."

    "So what do you want to do now?"

    Jilai also slowly squeezed his fingers, his knuckles creaked, and asked in a deep voice: "Collect the tail beasts and manipulate and destroy the Great Ninja Village. Your purpose is not at all to bring Ali peace to the Ninja world. It brings war and destruction."

    "teacher."

    Beast Dao Payne sighed quietly, "Anyway, you are destined to die here, so it doesn''t hurt to tell you now..."

    Animal Dao Payne slowly closed his eyes, and slowly opened them again: "Using those sealed tail beasts, you can create powerful techniques that can destroy a big country with just one blow."

    "Is this your method?"

    Jilaiya''s expression changed, and he said solemnly, "How can that kind of thing bring peace to the Ninja World? It will only bring greater war chaos!"

    After saying this, Jiraji frowned and looked at Naraku Uehara next to him: "Besides, haven''t you already done it? This kid has already destroyed the three great Ninja Villages with Akatsuki''s power!"

    "..."

    There was a hint of embarrassment in the air.

    To be honest, Jilai also seems to have asked a good question.

    Animal Dao Payne shook his head and spoke softly: "Uehara''s power will always be easily deciphered, but the power of the tail beast is different. No one can resist it, and the power will be even stronger, directly destroying a big country. Those people can only passively bear the pain they should bear."

    Animal Dao Payne looked down at Jiraiya and spread out his palms: "When hundreds of millions of people die in front of them, people will fear the pain of war, and they will naturally realize the value of peace, and war will naturally Will disappear."

    Animal Dao Payne glanced at Uehara Naraku and Xiao Nan, and said softly: "This world is still too young, and it needs God''s help to make them understand the truth."

    "..."

    Uehara Naruto nodded secretly beside her.

    To be honest, if the ten-tailed role is really to act as a nuclear weapon-like deterrence, it will indeed enable people in this world to greatly reduce the possibility of war because of fear.

    At least the probability of the Ninja World War breaking out will become very low.

    It is a pity that the role of the ten tails is another way to eliminate war, that is, to directly destroy all human beings, which is more nonsense.

    "It''s ridiculous, Nagato!"

    Jilai also lowered his head with a sullen face: "I didn''t expect that after experiencing a pain, did you realize such a ridiculous truth?"

    After Jiraido finished accusing Nagato, he saw Uehara Naraku who secretly nodded next to him: "What are you nodding? Nagato, did this kid lead you to do this?"

    Xiaonan: "..."

    Payne: "..."

    Uehara: "..."

    It''s his **** thing!

    Uehara Naraku was a little speechless.

    Didn¡¯t you just cheated Konoha?

    Why is Jiraiya so angry?

    No matter how you look at it, he is just a harmless person, right?

    "Teacher Jilaiya, your eyes are really getting narrower and narrower, even hindering your thinking?"

    The animal Dao Payne shook his head and sighed softly, "Uehara met us when he was twelve years old and chose to follow us because we are his predecessors. His father was born by Shimura Danzo and Sansho fish. A member of Hanzo''s murder."

    "..."

    Jiraiya''s expression suddenly seemed a little unsightly.

    With that said, Uehara Naraku seems quite innocent Is this caused by his two disciples?

    This guy''s spy status is really too dangerous!

    Jiraji couldn''t help but think of another person, and looked at them coldly and said, "Wait, where is Uchiha taking the soil? I remember he is Akatsuki''s leader?"

    "Uchiha Daido was never Akatsuki''s leader..."

    Animal Dao Payne opened his mouth calmly, "Because we tried to murder Uehara Naraku, we had expelled him from Akatsuki a long time ago. There will only be two people in this world who can become Akatsuki''s leader. The next generation leader is Uehara. The current leader is Payne!"

    After the voice falls...

    The figures in auspicious clouds and black robes jumped out of a passage at high speed, and Penn filed out six times, enveloping Zi Lai in a blink of an eye!

    "Uehara, Xiaonan."

    Heavenly Dao Payne slowly stepped forward and said softly: "You leave first, let me take care of it here!"

    "..."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and stepped back a few steps, looking at the gradually powerful aura of Six Penn, especially the Shura Dao that was transformed into a devilish person.

    If nothing unexpected happens, Shura Dao Payne should be the closest to modern war weapon in this world. In addition to nuclear bomb-level self-detonation, laser weapons, cruise tracking missiles, and machine guns are all indispensable, and they can be transformed if necessary. Defensive shield armor.

    These weapons are deadly for ninjas...

    This lineup is stronger than the Payne Six in history.

    Jilai would not choose to fight hard, but would choose to escape, right?

    If it doesn¡¯t work, then Uchiha has to take the soil and take Jira away. Anyway, Uchiha has carried the soil so many times...

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 267ï¼š The power of Asura Payne!

    Click, click...

    Asura Payne was the first to do it.

    Uehara Naraku stood on a high place, looking down at Shura Dao Payne''s hands and turned into two heavy machine guns, shooting non-stop, countless bullets spurted out of the muzzle with fire!

    Under the cross line of firepower formed by the two heavy machine guns of the Shura Dao, Jilai could only roll on the ground in an embarrassing manner, quickly applying the seal.

    "Tudun¡¤Tuchengbi!"

    A solid earth wall appeared in front of Jilaiya, and he was barely relieved, but in the next second, the solid earth wall that had just been laid out was blasted to pieces!

    However, with the opportunity of one second, Jilaiya quickly completed a technique-style seal: "Huo Dun¡¤Fire Dragon Ball!"

    A raging flame spewed from his mouth!

    The hungry ghost Dao Penn flew to the front, blocking Jiraiya''s fire dragon flame bomb, his arms opened slightly to absorb all the chakras of the fire dragon flame bomb!

    Payne six ways.

    These are the six puppets that can cooperate with each other, not only to complement each other''s abilities, but also to share their eyesight.

    Jilaiya looked at Penn Liudao with a solemn expression. He also knew from the information just now that these Penn were just puppets manipulated by Nagato, but he didn''t expect that these puppets had various magical abilities!

    Just two of them made his hopes a little bleak. These two guys are too strong, so what about the other penns?

    Jiraiya¡¯s gaze shifted slightly, and he stopped on Heavenly Dao Payne, who had been standing in the same place and had not taken any action. Obviously, Jiraiya never thought that the puppet made by Nagato¡¯s body from Yahiko¡¯s body would not be strong enough. There must be more Strange ability!

    as expected.

    Heavenly Dao Payne flew towards Ji Lai and rushed down, condensing a yin and yang black rod in his hand that directly pierced Ji Lai Ye''s body, and the old masters and disciples instantly launched a group of magic wars!

    Shura Dao Payne¡¯s arm turned into a sniper rifle, and a cold shot was shot next to it. Because of the shared vision of Six Dao Payne, Shura Dao Payne hardly needed to aim, so he fired a shot directly at Jilaiya. !

    Jilai only had time to turn around!

    In an instant, a pitch-black bullet grazed Jiraiya''s body, hitting a blood on his shoulder!

    Only a few minutes after the battle started, Zi Lai was directly injured by a cold shot from Shura Dao!

    The next moment, Zi Lai quickly pressed his shoulders, his eyes flashed slightly, and he used his strength to climb and sneak into a tunnel!

    According to Ji Laiya''s experience, he doesn''t think there is any point in staying.

    The cooperation of two or three Penn made him a little helpless, and he must first find a way to separate Penn''s six paths!

    If there is really no way, just run away.

    Jilai also fully understands why anyone who has never infiltrated Yuyin Village has left Yuyin Village. Under the siege of such a strange enemy, it is indeed a luxury to want to escape.

    "But I am Immortal Toad from Miaomu Mountain!"

    Jilaida smiled and hid in the tunnel, rushing to another exit along the tunnel.

    "Teacher Jilaiya, there is no point in running away."

    Shuradao Payne''s face gradually began to change, and soon turned into a strange instrument, scanning the direction of Jilaiya''s escape back and forth. Obviously, this was a radar scanning tool similar to Chakra imaging.

    Naruto Uehara stood in the sky and looked at all of this. The corners of his eyes couldn''t help but twitch. He originally induced Nagato to transform Asura Penn, but now it seems to fill in the last loophole of Penn''s Six Paths, which is the super-distance perception ninjutsu. Short board.

    The next moment, the radar panel on Shura Dao Payne''s face locked Jiraiya''s position, and suddenly raised his palm, one after another strange missiles appeared under his palm, and slammed at Jiraiya. Also escape from the tunnel entrance.

    These missiles carried strange trajectories that made people unable to feel the direction at all, so they flew into the tunnel without any explosion.

    Obviously these are cruise missiles, all of which are under the control of Shura Dao Payne, and they will only attack when they find a target.

    Ji Lai in the tunnel also watched the flying missiles, trying to dodge to avoid the attack of these missiles. Unexpectedly, all these missiles flew towards him!

    This is the characteristic of cruise missiles.

    Obviously, Jilaida did not understand the difference between this missile.

    "It''s too late to finish printing!"

    Jiraiya''s face changed, and she hurriedly draped her hair over her body: "Ninfa¡¤ Needle Jizo!"

    The first missile directly blew up Jiraiya!

    Jilai could only reluctantly resist this blow, but fortunately, he bought him some time after being blown up by this missile!

    "Huo Dun¡¤Da Yan Bo!"

    Jilaiya''s mouth suddenly ejected a strong flame. After all the remaining cruise missiles were detonated, his expression barely breathed a sigh of relief: "Can you actively track the target?"

    "The technique of toad hiding!"

    Jilai quickly closed his palms, and a toad quickly appeared in the passage, slowly swallowing him into his abdomen to hide.

    Jilai also hid in Toad''s belly, stretched out his hand to cover his wound, a wry smile appeared on his face, he did not expect that he would have been severely injured by Payne at the beginning of the war.

    What should I fight now?

    Underground pipeline area.

    A loud explosion broke the silence!

    This is the missile of Shura Dao Payne that exploded just now!

    The radar scanning tool on Payne''s face gradually retracted, and he said softly: "The Chakra reaction disappeared in an instant. It looks like it should be hiding in an unknown space. It should be a toad''s belly. ."

    "what happened?"

    Uehara Naruto fell down, frowned and asked, "Is it impossible to trace Jiraiya-sama?"

    "Do not."

    Shura Dao Payne shook his head, and said angrily: "He has been injured by a missile before hiding. It is absolutely impossible to escape. It should be hidden in Toad''s belly.

    I''m going to look for the toad that hides the figure of Teacher Jilaiya. Its size is too small and there shouldn''t be any Chakra reaction. "

    Uehara Naraku: "..."

    Shura Dao Payne is really a bit too ferocious.

    The corner of Uehara Naraku''s eyes trembled.

    If it continues like this, there is no need for Six Penn to exert effort, and the long-range pursuit of Shura Penn is not something that you can easily get rid of!

    Who can tell him, why just mention a concept, Nagato can modify the Shura Road into a cruise missile?

    This is one of the indispensable weapons for modern warfare. It has high speed and precise strike targets. It is used to fight against traditional ninjas of this standard, which is nothing to lose.

    "How to find?"

    Uehara Naraku was a little curious.

    It is not easy to find a little toad in such a big place, especially this toad will hide in some very hidden corners.

    "The easiest way."

    In the next moment, Shura Dao Payne''s body quickly turned into small flying vehicles, flying densely into the tunnel entrance: "spraying flames in this tunnel should soon force out the hidden toad."

    Uehara Naraku: "..."

    This method can be imagined.

    Moreover, the drones on the Shura Road Penn have been made and fully equipped, which is completely mechanized!

    Several other Payne also hurriedly jumped up and followed the drones into the tunnel, blocking the entire tunnel so as not to escape.

    The combat power that should have been Tiandao Penn as the core, but now Nagato probably wants Uehara Naraku to see the results of their efforts over the past few years.

    So Asura Payne made a strong debut.

    What I have to say is that Shura Road is indeed a bit scary.

    If you are facing strange ninjas such as Oshemaru or Uchiha Daito, perhaps the combat effectiveness of Shura Dao Payne will not be particularly effective. After all, he is just a very ordinary war weapon, facing the strange things in the ninja world. Strange techniques are difficult to limit.

    However, Jiraiya is also an extremely standard ninja. He has received the most orthodox and formal ninjutsu education. He has almost no shortcomings and no distinctive art styles. At first glance, every one of his ninjutsu and others are You can learn.

    This is more embarrassing.

    Shura Road Payne is simply perfect restraint.

    Uehara Naraku shook his head silently, and his fingers stood up in his sleeves. It is estimated that if this continues, Jira will be killed soon.

    Unexpectedly, Zilai also didn''t even have a chance to start the fairy mode.

    To be honest, this black pot Uehara Naa was a little bit behind. If he didn¡¯t chat with Jiraiya but directly fight, it is estimated that Jiraiya would soon recognize the reality, and Penn¡¯s six ways would not be able to catch up. Come and surround Zi Lai Ya directly.

    Now Penn¡¯s Six Paths gather, unless Ji Lai also summons Shen Zuo Xian Ren and Zhi Ma Xian Ren to use the fairy mode, summoning any other psychic beasts is useless.

    Perhaps it was precisely because he understood this, so Jilai didn''t summon the large psychic beasts of Toad Wentai, because it was simply Penn''s living target.

    Just as Jilai was also hiding in the belly of the toad thinking about tactics, he was determined to find a way to delay the opening of the fairy mode, and suddenly felt the toad on the ground jumping violently, and his body was constantly twitching!

    Is this the toad being attacked?

    Those Payne couldn''t even let go of a little toad!

    No, those Penn actually sink their hearts to find such a harmless little toad, this is really going to drive him to a dead end!

    In desperation, Jilai could only hurriedly tore off his clothes to wrap around his wounds, and after swallowing another morsel of rations, he sprang out of Toad''s mouth.

    Just rushing out of the toad''s mouth, Zi Lai also saw small aircraft spraying flames everywhere in the tunnel. Obviously, Payne used this kind of thing to force the little toad out.

    As soon as I saw Jiraiya, the flying vehicles quickly gathered to re-form the appearance of Shura Road, and Penn, who was surrounded by both sides of the tunnel opening, rushed over!

    Shura Dao Payne watched Jiraiya, who was close at hand, his arms quickly turned into two flamethrowers, and the muzzle adjusted to his body!

    "Target locked."

    "What the **** is this again!"

    Jilaiya hurriedly avoided the flames gushing from the muzzle, and suddenly a spiral pill appeared in his palm, tearing a hole in the tunnel, and tumbling to escape into another passage!

    Shura Dao Payne rushed over afterwards!

    Just as Shura Dao Payne had just entered the entrance of the cave, he suddenly saw that Jilai, who had just rushed through the other end of the tunnel, was near the entrance of the cave!

    Originally, when Nagato manipulated the Asura Path to pursue and pursued, he thought that Jira also wanted to escape, but he did not expect that he actually wanted to take the opportunity to kill Asura Path Penn!

    This teacher has too much guts!

    No, in other words, this is the style of a ninja!

    In the most dangerous time, you will not forget the possibility of the Jedi counterattack!

    "Spiral pill!"

    After seeing Shura Dao Payne approaching with a solemn expression, Jiraiya condensed a spiral pill in his hand and slammed it on Shura Dao Payne''s body!

    Click, click...

    The parts of Asura Payne''s body that were hit by the spiral pill flashed with electricity, but Asura did not seem to care at all, the reincarnation eyes in his eyes were staring at Jiraiya closely.

    "Teacher Jilaiya..."

    Asura Payne watched Jiraiya, Urn said, "You made an unwise choice, because this Payne is too dangerous so it protects his core when making it. Also the strictest."

    Shuradao Payne''s chest and abdomen slowly opened, and pieces of broken parts fell to the ground, and his body recovered after a while.

    This is the result of Nagato who has been transforming Shura Do Payne for so many years. As long as there is no problem with Shura Do Payne¡¯s self-destructive core, he must remove the damaged parts to continue the fight.

    Even if there is only one core left in the Asura Dao in the end, he can explode it.

    "..."

    A layer of cold sweat broke out on Jiraiya''s forehead. He never thought that puppets could achieve this level of precision. Even Shayin Village, who is good at puppets, doesn''t have this kind of technology, right?

    Shuradao Payne slowly stuck out a tail, and that tail gradually turned into a light machine gun, aimed at Jiraiya''s body.

    "Is this another trick?"

    Jilaiya''s face changed, and he slammed into Shura Dao Payne!

    When hitting Shura Road, Ji Lai also felt that he had hit a steel pillar!

    How did this puppet do it!

    Jilaida did not dare to hesitate in his heart. After another spiral pill smashed the machine gun on the tail of Shura Dao Payne, the short body began to flee in this passage!

    Because Jilai also knows...

    Even if you delay with Shura Dao Penn for a second, the other Penn will arrive soon!

    Now that Ji Lai also smashed the weapon that threatened him from the Asura Dao, he immediately continued his escape road, but this road seemed extremely long and difficult!

    as expected.

    The Six Ways of Payne rejoined quickly.

    For the first day, Payne frowned and said softly: "Where does this pipeline lead to?"

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 268ï¼š Winged

    Rainstorms occur all year round in Yuyin Village.

    There are so many drainage pipes in the village to ensure that the village will not be submerged at any time. The number of these pipes is so large that it is difficult for ordinary Yuren to remember where each pipe leads.

    Just to prevent the enemy from sneaking into Yuyin Village through drainage pipes, these pipes will eventually be classified as several main drainage tunnels, most of which are stationed by Yuren.

    Except for one of the channels.

    Because this passage connects with the tower where Nagato lives on one side, and the lake near the Akatsuki organization base on the other side, this is the secret route of Nagato and Tendo Payne.

    Unfortunately, Zilai also chose to leave Yuyin Village.

    Tiandao Penn led a group of Penn to follow in the passage, Shuradao Penn turned on the radar capable of tracking Chakra, and followed Jiraiya''s position closely!

    Tiandao Payne chased and killed Jiraiya while thinking about the current situation.

    Jiraiya has no idea of ??fighting head-on at all now, he must only want to send back the information he got from Yuyin Village.

    It would be very troublesome if Jiraiya escaped, and maybe it would hinder Akatsuki''s plan to capture Konoha Kyuubi.

    In particular, it might expose the true identity of Uehara Naraku.

    Fortunately, Jiraiya was seriously injured now, and it is estimated that he had injured his internal organs. During the investigation of Shura Dao Payne, Jiraiya¡¯s Chakra reacted more and more slowly.

    Will catch up soon.

    Even Ji Lai played some tricks midway, after escaping from Yuyin Village, he would find himself escaping to a large lake.

    And that lake.

    This is where Akatsuki''s other members like to go most for practice.

    at the same time.

    Uehara Naraku was also spying on the positions of Tendo Payne and Jiraiya with fate, and couldn''t help but frown: "How do you feel that something is wrong with the situation? If you look at this situation, Jiraiya also wants to follow Did Yuyin Village escape to Xiao''s base?"

    The situation is indeed a bit wrong.

    Inside the underground tunnel.

    The speed of Jilaiya is fast and slow.

    Tiandao Payne led a group of Payne at a very constant speed.

    Only occasionally when Shura Dao was about to launch a missile, Jiraiya seemed to be inductive, and would speed up and escape regardless of his injuries!

    "It''s really tricky... Teacher Jiraiya!"

    Heavenly Dao Payne frowned and said in a low voice: "But if you run away regardless of your physical strength, it is impossible to escape Payne''s pursuit... and your luck is really bad. You chose the wrong direction to escape. what!"

    Once Jilai thought he had escaped from Yuyin Village, he would never realize that he was close to another base camp of the enemy.

    While both Uehara Naraku and Tendo Payne were speculating about Jiraiya, Jiraiya''s face was covered with oil paint, he was closing his palms and counting numbers in a low voice.

    "Fives¡­"

    "four¡­"

    "three¡­"

    "two¡­"

    "One¡­"

    "Psychic Art! Fairy Mode¡¤Open!"

    Jilaiya suddenly exploded with a powerful aura, the toad oil on his face was full of red, and two short toads suddenly appeared on his shoulders!

    The next moment, Jilai took off his boots without hesitation, his legs and hands turned into frog-like fins, and he continued to run away in the distance!

    At this moment, Jiraiya''s speed has accelerated a lot!

    "Hey, Xiao Jilaiya, what the **** is going on?"

    "It''s too late to explain!"

    Jilaiya was on all fours and escaped quickly in the underground passage. He said in a deep voice, "Shenzuo Xianren, Zhima Xianren, one person perceives the road ahead, and the other side perceives the chasing soldiers behind, escape here first!"

    Even in the fairy mode, you must never turn back to fight.

    Because Jiraiya knows very well that Uehara Naraku in Yuyin Village has the ability to steal other people''s spells. He has cracked his fairy mode abruptly, so the fairy mode is not used for combat, just for more convenience. Just flee!

    "Ah...good, good!"

    Immortal Shen Zuo and Immortal Zhi Ma nodded hastily.

    The Immortal Shen Zuo even had some spare energy, and opened his mouth to use water escape ninjutsu to prevent Penn''s pursuit from behind, so that it could at least delay their pursuit.

    Even if the hungry ghost Dao Payne jumped out to help absorb ninjutsu, Liu Dao Payne would have to stop for a while.

    This gap is the distance that Jilai has gradually opened!

    Immortal Zhima is in charge of observing the road and perceiving the chakras around him. When it sees a light in front of him, his spirit is obviously a little excited: "Wait, we will be at the exit of this tunnel soon!"

    Shen Zuo Xianren looked at the Jilai beside him speechlessly and said, "I didn''t expect that one day someone would use the fairy mode to escape for his life!"

    The fairy mode of Miaomu Mountain has always been used for combat.

    Xianshu Chakra can provide a super-high increase in the power of ninjutsu. It has always been a hole card to face a powerful enemy, but today it was unexpectedly used by Jilaiya to escape.

    "a ha ha ha¡­"

    There was a hearty smile on Jilaiya''s face, and he said: "After all, I have got too much information in Yuyin Village this time. This information is more important than my dignity!"

    "Yuyin Village?"

    Immortal Shen Zuo raised his head in surprise: "Hey? Yuyin Village? Isn''t this the village where the little ghost named Uehara Naraku is located?"

    Immortal Zhima also started a little surprised: "Isn''t that the kid who cracked our fairy pattern last time?"

    "Yes!"

    Zi Lai also nodded, his face a little ugly and said: "Let''s leave here and talk, that little devil has a relationship with us!"

    The movement speed of the fairy mode is indeed very fast.

    Tiandao Payne frowned and found that the distance between them and Zi Lai Ye seemed to have grown further: "He turned on the fairy mode, just to escape from Yuyin Village? Even if the distance to release Vientiane Tianyin is not enough... "

    After finishing speaking, Tiandao Payne spoke to himself: "It seems normal, after all, his purpose is to steal information, not to kill us, but if this is the case, it will be difficult to catch him... "

    Unfortunately, he went the wrong way.

    Tiandao Payne slowly stretched out his palm, entered Chakra in his ring, and said softly: "Now all the members of the base, quickly rushed to the unnamed lake outside the organization base to search for and kill a person. !"

    This sentence can be reflected to any member of Akatsuki who holds the ring through Chakra and Nagato''s reincarnation eyes in the ring.

    The next second, there was silence in Akatsuki''s channel.

    Tiandao Payne frowned subconsciously, what the hell, why didn''t one of these members answer?

    Tiandao Payne''s tone suddenly became cold, and he said in a deep voice: "What are you doing? Has no one heard my order?"

    "no!"

    Deidara''s voice sounded a little puzzled, and even mixed with some surprises: "It seems that except for the three of you today, everyone is here at Weiming Lake this morning!"

    Heavenly Way Payne: "..."

    Is it such a coincidence?

    What are these people doing together in Weiming Lake when they are idle?

    The people of Akatsuki''s organization are really not idle.

    In the early hours of the morning, Guideng Manyue and the Guideng Shuiyue brothers quarreled again, and the two met again on Weiming Lake. How could other people miss this good thing?

    Unnamed lake.

    The two giant water men are still tearing together.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark waved its own shark muscle, leaped into the air and leaped into the air to separate the ghost lamp brothers who were fighting in a ball. He chuckled and said: "Okay, don''t fight anymore, the leader came from a mission, let us Contain the enemy in this area!"

    The scorpion of the red sand looked in the direction of Yuyin Village with some surprise: "It shouldn''t be a simple character that Payne can explain in person?"

    "No matter who it is, he is dead today."

    Sasuke Uchiha raised his eyebrows, a red light flashed in his eyes, and he said in a cold voice: "If it is a powerful guy, just let me experiment with my new technique!"

    "The enemy will definitely satisfy people."

    The pharmacist pushed his eyes around, and two brilliant lights flashed in his pupils. The Chakra in his body felt as excited as the prey he wanted.

    This feeling... really unprecedented!

    In the underground tunnel.

    Ji Lai in the fairy mode is still running desperately.

    From time to time, Shen Zuo Xian Ren made some trouble for Penn Six Dao, who was chasing in the rear, but its expression was slightly surprised: "Xiao Zi Laiya, it seems that there is only one person left to pursue our enemy? Do you want to solve him? "

    "Ok?"

    Jilai also shook his head while running away, "No, the most important thing now is to send the information back. This time I got a lot of information, and the information is amazing enough. I always have some bad feelings..."

    Immortal Zhi Ma couldn''t help laughing, pointing to the light at the entrance of the passage ahead, and said: "Okay, Xiao Zilai, don''t worry, we are about to escape soon..."

    As Immortal Zhima spoke, his voice suddenly became a little sharp: "Little Jilaiya, stop! There may be danger ahead. I seem to perceive a disgusting smell, and there are several other groups of very powerful investigations. carat!"

    "what?"

    Jiraiya''s palm suddenly grabbed the rock wall at the entrance of the passage, and stopped quickly, and the condensed Chakra sensed the location of the entrance.

    One by one, illusory figures appeared in the sight of the immortals of Zi Lai Ye. These were super perceptions obtained through natural energy feedback in the state of the immortal mode.

    "No wonder only one enemy is left behind chasing us..."

    Immortal Shen Zuo also sensed the danger at the entrance of the passage, and said solemnly: "It turns out that the enemy has already set up an ambush at the exit of this passage."

    "Then also rush out!"

    Jilai also gritted his teeth, his expression was a little more solemn, and he said seriously: "If I die here, before I die, I will release the two immortals and send them back to Miaomu Mountain. Please help. Bring the information back to Konoha!

    Uehara Naraku is the future leader of Akatsuki''s organization. Now the leader of Akatsuki''s organization is just a puppet. The person who really controls Akatsuki is Nagato who has the eyes of reincarnation! "

    "Jilai too!"

    Shen Zuo Xianren looked at Jilaiya~www.novelhall.com with shocked face. Both Jilaiya''s pessimistic attitude and the intelligence brought by Jilaiya were surprising enough.

    Because Shensaku Shensaku has also heard of the names of Uehara Naraku and Nagato, and knows what it means to be the leader of the Akatsuki organization!

    There will be a drastic change in the entire Ninja World!

    It''s just that Shen Zuo Xianren was stunned for a while, then suddenly shook his head and said: "If it''s really the last moment, then let the child go back!"

    After speaking, Immortal Shen Zuo suddenly turned his head and looked at Immortal Zhi Ma: "Hey, did you hear that? I must send the information back to Konoha at that time!"

    "...Shut up, old man!"

    After Immortal Zhima interrupted Shen Zuo Immortal, he smiled and said: "We haven''t fought yet! How can we easily give up our lives! Xiao Zilai also..."

    "Hahahaha... yes."

    Jilaiya nodded happily, and a hearty smile appeared on his face again: "I am the famous white-haired boy from Miaomu Mountain, Immortal Jilaida! How can I be worse than Naruto!"

    After speaking, his feet slammed on the rock wall, jumped out of the hole in the passage, and landed on the lake outside!

    The next moment, Jilai slowly raised his head and looked at the enemy who was welcoming him outside the entrance of the cave. The smile on his face became richer: "Hahahahaha...It looks like there are a lot of enemies to meet me! "

    Really a lot.

    Above the lake, a dozen members of Akatsuki dressed in auspicious clouds and black robes stood.

    Tiandao Payne also chased it out quickly, and Uehara Naraku and Xiaonan also flew here from Yuyin Village.

    This lineup.

    People will involuntarily give birth to despair that cannot escape.

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 269ï¼š The promise of teachers and disciples!

    "What a big battle!"

    Jilaiya looked around at all the enemies present, and the smile on his face remained undiminished: "As it seems, all the members of Akatsuki are here, right?"

    Jiraiya''s face was still smiling very freely, but his heart sank little by little. It was a different experience to face all the members of Akatsuki and observe Akatsuki''s information book.

    Jiraiya couldn''t help but start thinking about a question, if all Akatsuki''s members invade Konoha, can Konoha really stop it?

    The answer is definitely unstoppable!

    The strengths of Shayin Village and Wuyin Village are not mentioned for the time being. The Yanyin Village that was destroyed not long ago is actually the same as Konoha''s strength. At that time, there seemed to be only four or five ninjas who invaded Yanyin Village. ?

    Jilai also secretly squeezed his fist, so today he must be here today, desperately eliminating some of Akatsuki''s manpower and reducing the strength of Akatsuki''s invasion of Konoha in the future!

    "I didn''t expect it!"

    The pharmacist raised his head and stared at Jilaiya, slowly pushed his glasses, stretched out his tongue and licked his lips: "I will meet Master Jilaiya here..."

    "this is¡­"

    Shen Zuo Immortal''s expression changed, and his face was ugly and he said, "Have someone finally succeeded in the Longdidong Immortal Mode?"

    "how is this possible?"

    Immortal Zhi Ma''s expression couldn''t help but change.

    Snakes are the natural enemies of toads.

    Between the three holy places, mutual restraint has always been.

    It just so happens that the Longdidong Immortal Mode just restrains the Miaomushan Immortal Mode, but the Longdidong Immortal Mode is very difficult to practice, and I have never heard of anyone who can practice successfully.

    Immortal Shen Zuo and Immortal Zhi Ma never expected that among the members of the Xiao organization, there was actually a ninja who had successfully practiced the Longdidong Immortal Mode.

    "So this little guy..."

    Jilai also recognized the appearance of Yakushi''s pocket, and said in a deep voice, "In your body, I perceive the existence of Dashemaru Chakra."

    "Yes."

    The pharmacist licked his lips as if he was learning Oshemaru, and said with a chuckle: "If it weren''t for Oshemaru-sama, maybe it would be difficult for me to learn such a powerful technique as the fairy mode! I can just be here, but I will be here. Long-cherished wish..."

    "Is it Naruto''s teacher who is going to be besieged?"

    Sasuke Uchiha stood next to the pharmacist''s pocket, his brows frowned slightly, and a skeleton gradually emerged from his body, and he said in a cold voice: "Anyway, he can''t escape, just leave it to me! I just used him to experiment with my technique!"

    "this is¡­"

    When Jiraiya saw Uchiha Sasuke, the smile on his face slowly converged, and he only looked carefully at the purple skeleton on Sasuke''s body: "Is the legendary Uchiha clan''s ultimate pupil technique Susano?"

    "Huh, it seems that you Konoha haven''t forgotten Uchiha''s reputation!"

    Sasuke Uchiha glanced at Jiraiya contemptuously. The Suzano skeleton on his body gradually solidified, and he continued with a cold voice: "Just today I will take Konoha Sannin to take revenge on Uchiha who was destroyed by you! "

    "Sasuke Uchiha¡­"

    After hearing Sasuke''s words, Jiraiya remembered the people in the seventh class far away in Konoha, and sighed: "Is this another little guy who went the wrong way?"

    What I have to say is that Uchiha Sasuke really got stronger!

    If the ultimate pupil technique of the kaleidoscope writing round eyes can be opened, it is really qualified to be Konoha''s enemy, and it will even bring great harm to Konoha.

    Only Uchiha Sasuke and Yakushidou, who were born in Konoha, made Jilaiya and the two toad immortals feel a little serious.

    As for the others...

    All the Seven Ninjamen in Wuyin Village are organized by Xiao, making people feel like a collector freak, so they are collected.

    Deidara, the scorpion of the red sand, the corner capital, the flying section, the Kaguya-kun Maro, white.

    Konoha has collected some information about these people. There is no doubt that everyone is a tricky existence for Konoha, especially when they put on the black robe of Xiangyun, they will always subconsciously think that their strength is enough. powerful.

    Among them, there is also a yin and yang face of Nepenthes, absolutely.

    This weird-looking guy seems to have not been noticed much, but none of Akatsuki''s members can''t be underestimated.

    There are also Tendo Payne, Konan and Uehara Naraku standing behind.

    Faced with such a strong lineup, it is absolutely impossible for Ji Lai to escape, unless there is some strong support beside him...

    "This day is finally here!"

    Jilaiya slowly raised his fingers, and his body suddenly climbed down, and said coldly: "But the story of Jilaiya Heroes is far from over! Xianfa¡¤Maozhen Qianben!"

    The white hairs turned into sharp ones, and they shot at the Akatsuki group in front of them densely, covering it almost like a cloud!

    "Bing Dun¡¤Ice Wall!"

    Bai raised his finger instantly.

    An ice wall appeared in front of everyone in an instant!

    It''s a pity that this ice wall couldn''t withstand the strong impact. After just a few seconds, the ice wall was shot through by Mao Zhen Qianbon!

    In the next moment, a figure stood out!

    Sasuke Uchiha opened his Suzano, blocked the dense hair needles Chimoto, and said with a sneer: "Huh, Konoha Sannin, it doesn''t look very good!"

    "I was underestimated! Senfa¡¤Goemon!"

    Jilaiya and the two Toad Immortals simultaneously released the technique, and a turbulent flame rushed out. This is a combination of Fire Dunjutsu, Toad Oil, and Fengdu Ninjutsu, sweeping towards the Akatsuki group in front of them. !

    However, on the opposite side stood four Ninja Swordsmen from the hidden village of fog!

    As the misty ninjas who have been hostile to Konoha''s Uchiha clan for a long time, most of them are good at dealing with fire ninjutsu, and naturally they won''t get confused.

    Especially the Ghost Lantern Full Moon, Ghost Lantern Suigetsu, Ringo Yu Yuri and Dry Persimmon Ghost Shark, all of them are the best in Mizudun Ninjutsu in Wuyin Village!

    At the next moment, the four Ninja swords and seven people closed their palms to make a seal at the same time, and opened their mouths to spout waves of water toward the overwhelming oil fire: "Water escape¡¤Water Front Wall!"

    Even the Huo Dian Ninjutsu, which had gathered kerosene, was blocked by the water wall technique released by the four people, and the steam instantly spread over the lake.

    Jilai almost subconsciously thought that he had caught the opportunity, and the figure suddenly appeared next to the water wall, and pressed it down with one hand: "Xianfa¡¤Super Jade Helix Pill!"

    One person can be killed!

    Now is the time to desperately!

    In any case, kill an Akatsuki ninja here, and if Akatsuki may invade Konoha in the future, Konoha will die a lot less.

    Facing the defense of the water wall, the spiral pill happened to be its nemesis!

    Just taking advantage of the sight of the water wall and the fog, use the super large jade spiral pill to solve one of the enemies!

    "Bing Dun¡¤Ice Wall!"

    Bai suddenly raised his palm.

    The tall water wall was instantly turned into an ice wall.

    It''s a pity that this ice wall couldn''t stop Jiraiya''s technique. The super-large jade spiral pill broke through the ice wall''s defense almost instantly.

    However, a shark muscle knife stopped this spiral pill!

    The dried persimmon ghost shark grinned, looked at Zi Lai and chuckled: "It''s not delicious at all. It seems that these things with peculiar smell make the shark muscles irritable!"

    This is another scary thing about Akatsuki.

    No matter what the technique is, there will always be a ninja who can crack it.

    Jilai couldn''t help but frowning his brows, but the killing intent in his heart became stronger. These people gathered together as if they had no weakness at all.

    "Ghost, step back."

    Tiandao Payne stepped on the surface of the water and walked towards Jilaiya. A dark yin and yang black rod slowly appeared in his hand. Seeing Jilaiya, he said softly, "Teacher Jilaiya, don¡¯t think about continuing to resist. , Let me see you off!"

    "Tsk, it''s okay, your subordinates are really troublesome!"

    Ji Lai also nodded slowly, a trace of melancholy flashed across his face, and a trace of heroic sorrow was born in his heart.

    The new generation replaces the old.

    Even if it is his Konoha Sannin, he feels a little powerless in this situation. It seems that it is impossible to make some bargains in front of such a powerful Akatsuki organization?

    Will it be entrusted to Naruto in the future?

    "Then get rid of the strongest Penn for him!"

    Jilai also squeezed his fist and rushed in the direction of Heavenly Dao Payne, but it was a pity that a cold voice greeted him.

    Tiandao Payen tilted his head, staring at the position of Jiraiya, and stretched out his palm blankly: "Shenluo Tianzheng!"

    The next moment, Ji Lai was caught off guard and flew out!

    The members of the Akatsuki organization saw Penn''s move, and separated and retreated to make room for the battle between them.

    "It was just knocked into the air in an instant."

    Jilaiya stood up with an ugly expression, spouted a stream of blood, and whispered: "I didn''t see exactly what the technique was..."

    Shen Zuo Xianren and Zhi Ma Xianren were also knocked off their shoulders by Payne''s Shen Luo Tianzheng, and the two toad immortals could not help but vomit a mouthful of blood.

    The fairy mode was also broken in an instant!

    A black stick shot out sharply, hitting Jiraiya''s shoulder!

    Jilai also saw this scene and whispered: "Hey, Shen Zuo Xian Ren, Zhi Ma Xian Ren, I count on you!"

    "Hey, Xiaojilai!"

    When Immortal Shen Zuo and Immortal Zhi Ma wanted to say something, two black rods came from behind and they had to nail them to the ground!

    Jilaiya suddenly exploded with great strength, stepped on the surface of the water, and stretched out his two arms to help them block two black rods for yin and yang escape!

    Now he has three Yin-Yang escape black rods inserted in his body, blocking the flow of Chakra on his shoulders and two arms, and even connecting the seal is unable to do it, and now Ji Lai has almost no resistance!

    A touch of horror flashed across the faces of Immortals Shen Zuo and Zhi Ma.

    "Old lady, you go first!"

    After Immortal Shen Zuo waved his hand to indicate that Immortal Zhi Ma retreat, he jumped onto Jilaiya''s body and tried his best to help him pull out the black stick that yin and yang escaped.

    Unfortunately, no one is willing to give it a chance.

    Tiandao Payne once again condensed a yin and yang black rod in his palm, aimed at the position of Jiraiya, and whispered: "Goodbye, teacher Jiraiya..."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Xiao Nan, who turned his head in a complicated mood, and slowly stretched out his palm, gently held Xiao Nan''s fingers, patted her palm, and calmed Xiao Nan''s emotions.

    In this somewhat tragic atmosphere, after Xiaonan was silent for a while, he suddenly looked at Naraku Uehara with a complicated smile: "Naraku, in fact, I really don¡¯t want Jiraiya teacher...When you become my disciple, I have gradually understood the feelings of Teacher Jilaiya...I am also worried that one day we will..."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku fell into deep thought.

    Xiao Nan''s words sounded a bit ignorant.

    Uehara Naraku''s heart gradually became tense, and slowly squeezed the fingers in his palm, slowly lowered his head and said softly: "The teacher is worried, one day we will become Nagato-sama and Jiraiya-sama? "

    Uehara Naraku slowly closed his eyes and said word by word: "Teacher Xiaonan, how could I hurt you?"

    "Do not."

    Xiaonan raised his head and stared at Uehara Naraku. There was a bit of firmness in his orange pupils: "I will protect your life. I will not let you experience any pain or let you lose the direction we are going together."

    Whoosh!

    The yin and yang black stick in Penn''s hand suddenly shot at Jilaiya!

    Just when everyone thought that Jilai would die in this battle, even Xiao Nan closed his eyes and hid behind Xiao Nan...

    Suddenly a temporal and spatial vortex appeared beside Zi Lai Ye, a figure wearing a mask suddenly flashed beside Zi Lai Ye, reaching out and grabbing Zi Lai Ye''s body.

    The next moment, Zi Lai was also taken away by the time and space vortex.

    The masked man watched that the Yin-Yang escape black rod fell into the water, and he laughed and said, "Hey, hey, anyway, killing his own teacher is too much, right?"

    "Uchiha takes soil!"

    Many of the people present changed their faces!

    The people present, Jue, Uchiha Sasuke, Payne, and Xiaonan almost all have an insoluble hatred with Uchiha.

    No one thought that Uchiha''s belt soil would suddenly appear in this situation and saved Jiraiya!

    Xiao Nan''s face also changed, frowned, and said in a low voice: "Why did Uchiha bring soil here? Why did he save Teacher Jiraiya!"

    "It should be to deal with us!"

    Uehara Naraku''s face also became extremely ugly, and he said solemnly, "Our tail beasts are about to be collected. Is this guy Uchiha taking soil really unable to sit still?"

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 270ï¼š Absolutely, in fact, I always belong to me!

    "Start from Naruto Behind the Scenes ( Find the latest chapter!

    "Boy, you really guessed it!"

    Uchiha looked at Naraku Uehara with the soil and spread out his palms happily, laughing presumptuously: "Hahahaha... But what I didn''t expect is that I can see such a good show today!"

    After saying this, Uchiha¡¯s voice with the soil suddenly became gloomy as if he was nervous again: "Huh, Uehara Naraku, you are right. If you kill too many powerful ninjas, in the future Am I going to face your monsters alone?"

    Uchiha belt soil is simply a neurosis.

    The members of Akatsuki''s unknowingly frowned involuntarily, especially Tiandao Payne and Hei Jue, who hated these unplanned guys very much.

    The members of Akatsuki''s knowledge also frowned, because they saw Uehara Naruko frowning, and it was necessary to follow the crowd.

    Those in Akatsuki who were half-knowing and half-unaware also frowned because his name was Uchiha Sasuke.

    "Uchiha takes soil!"

    Uchiha Sasuke Kaleidoscope writing wheel eyes are extremely weird. He stared at Uchiha belt soil, manipulating his own Suzano, and set up a purple bow and arrow toward Uchiha belt soil!

    Uchiha Sasuke gritted his teeth and said, "You Konoha running dog, traitor of the Uchiha clan... I will kill you now!"

    "Ahahahaha, are you making a mistake?"

    Uchiha scratched his head with the soil, and said happily, "Hahahaha, but it doesn''t matter! Anyway, I have become dirty. If you want to kill me, you have to be careful of your own life. Yo!"

    This sentence is really the truth.

    When Uchiha took the soil to say this, it was true.

    Since he first calculated Uehara Naraku eight years ago, he began to carry a scapegoat, and his people have died, and his body is still being splashed with dirty water.

    Naturally, Uchiha Sasuke did not know.

    After aiming at the Uchiha belt soil, the purple Suzano''s giant arrow suddenly shot towards the belt soil, the momentum is like Changhong, it seems that he wants to directly penetrate the Uchiha belt soil!

    It''s a pity that Uchiha''s body with soil was in a virtual state, and the huge arrow passed through his body and fell under the lake.

    "Hehehehe, really..."

    Uchiha touched his mask with his soiled palm, and said with a gloomy smile: "Sasuke, compared to your brother Uchiha Itachi''s kaleidoscope writing wheel eyes are so bad!

    Sasuke, instead of participating in these battles, it is better to hide and protect your life! If you die, the Uchiha clan will truly be annihilated! "

    This sentence is also a sincere exhortation.

    Because Uchiha who is really alive in this world is indeed only Uchiha Sasuke left.

    Faced with the advice of such a genocide enemy, Sasuke naturally refused to listen, and even a little angrily wanted to continue to manipulate Susano to attack.

    Fortunately, the pharmacist next to him couldn''t stand it, and he persuaded him: "Sasuke, now your strength is not enough to kill him! Don''t waste Chakra..."

    "Yes, Senior Tou."

    Sasuke Uchiha nodded obediently. Facing his own person like Yakushidou, Sasuke Uchiha still has to listen to his advice.

    Uchiha took a deep look at Sasuke, and after another look at Tendo Payne, he took a final look at Heizue and said, "Okay, I see all of your efforts to collect the tail beasts. I will wait for me in the future. I will give you a happy one when I kill you!"

    After speaking, Uchiha''s whole person with the soil will turn into a vortex of time and space.

    Tiandao Payne suddenly stretched out his palm, and a gravitational force radiated from his body. The target was Uchiha''s belt soil: "Vientiane Tianyin!"

    He wants to stop Uchiha from taking soil!

    Only after feeling the gravitational force, Uchiha took the soil and instantly canceled and returned to the divine power space, turning into nothingness and evading the Vientiane Tianyin.

    This is the trouble with Uchiha''s ability to bring soil.

    It''s hard for anyone in this world to really hurt him.

    Uchiha chuckled with the soil, watching Tiandao Payne chuckled: "We all understand each other''s abilities, so we don''t need to waste our efforts... Protect your eyes during this time, I might get it at any time, ha Hahahaha!"

    After a burst of frantic laughter, Uchiha brought the soil to disappear before everyone''s eyes again.

    This time, Tiandao Payne did not stop him.

    When there is no real way to harm Uchiha''s belt soil, if you rush to make a move, it will easily arouse Uchiha''s belt soil''s alertness.

    Sasuke Uchiha gritted his teeth bitterly.

    Now that Uchiha has taken the soil away, this hatred can only be temporarily suppressed.

    Everyone in the room looked at each other a little bit. No one thought that the entire Akatsuki organization would be dispatched collectively, but they couldn''t keep Uchiha with the soil!

    He was even taken away by him!

    "Well, let''s go back and prepare separately!"

    Tiandao Payne took a look at the people present, and whispered: "I want to rethink the plan of capturing the eight-tailed man Zhuli and the nine-tailed man Zhuli."

    "..."

    Everyone in Akatsuki''s organization looked at each other, and each decided to return to Akatsuki''s base.

    After they all left, Tiandao Payne slowly raised his head and looked at the clouded sky, and said in a deep voice, "I don''t know when Jilaiya teacher will return to Konoha with our information, so I capture Nine Tails. Renzhuli¡¯s plan can¡¯t be delayed..."

    "In this case¡­"

    Uehara Naruko frowned her brows, and said softly, "Then we should capture the Hachio Renzhuli and the Kyuubi Renzhuli at the same time?"

    To be honest, Uehara didn''t like this plan.

    Because of this, his schedule will become very rushed.

    Whether it was the power of thunder that broke through Yunyin Village or the power of fire that broke through Konoha Village, Uehara Naraku easily didn''t want to give up.

    "Well, that''s right."

    After Tiandao Payne finished speaking, he whispered: "There is also something about Uchiha''s taking soil. Wait until Kyuubi is caught, and then find a way to solve his hidden danger! Face the mysterious time and space technique, except for time and space. Other than surgical procedures, it is difficult to deal with others..."

    "Nagato."

    Xiaonan stood by Uehara''s side, glanced at Uehara Naraku, and said softly: "If Uchiha takes the soil, I have prepared a technique that can defeat him, and I am sure I can get rid of him."

    "Okay, then go back and prepare first."

    Tiandao Payne slowly turned and walked towards Yuyin Village, and said in a deep voice: "We must capture the eight-tailed and nine-tailed force as soon as possible to complete the plan to resurrect the Golem...Otherwise, it is easy to cause other changes. "

    "Ok¡­"

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but rubbed his forehead.

    It''s a pity that Uehara now has to let the plan produce some other changes. The original plan to resurrect the Golem of the Outsider was a pure lie!

    After seeing Tiandao Payne leaving, Uehara Naraku and Xiaonan also returned to Yuyin Village. He also looked at the rewards he had received on the road.

    Side quest: Let Zilai also successfully escape from the Yuyin invasion event (11). The quest has been completed. Reward a consumable jade for seeking Taoism.

    Taoist jade (consumable): Ninjutsu derived from the extreme changes in the power of the five elements of Yin and Yang. Only those with the power of the six realms can control contact. Any enemy will be turned into nothingness by the jade of the Tao in an instant. This jade can only be used once .

    Damn, it¡¯s a bit big.

    This was Uehara Naraku''s first thought.

    How can the system still seek rewards like Daoyu?

    Is this still a normal reward?

    At this stage, this is clearly a plug-in!

    A jade for seeking the truth means that Naraku Uehara can destroy any ninja at any time, even Uchiha Madara and Senjujutsuma!

    Sure enough... For people who like the second dimension, in fact, there have always been many people who hope that Jilai can survive?

    Originally Uehara Naraku wanted to keep Jiraiya''s life, mainly because he felt that Nagato and Xiaonan owed a favor that was difficult to pay off. Besides, after Nagato killed Jiraiya, sooner or later he would regret what he did. Something is wrong.

    The ultimate weapon itself is a lie.

    Nagato''s claim that he had to kill Jiraiya for the sake of his ideals and roads would only become his biggest mistake in his life.

    It might as well let Uehara Naraku take advantage of this wave.

    After all, there is a high probability that this side task reward that leaves a person with his own life will receive the highest value reward in the two-dimensional wishing system.

    In fact, this task reward did not disappoint Uehara Naraku.

    It even far exceeded the expectations of Uehara Naraku.

    the other side.

    Within the Shenwei space.

    Jilai was also looking at the layout of the entire Shenwei space.

    At this moment, a temporal and spatial vortex appeared in the divine power space, and the figure of Uchiha with soil fell down, and Jiraji couldn''t help frowning his brow.

    The Uchiha belt soil was the murderer of Konoha''s later decline. If it hadn''t been for the Uchiha belt soil to kill the Mizumon couple, Konoha would be stronger than now.

    At least it won¡¯t be so difficult to face Akatsuki...

    "Master Jiraiya..."

    Uchiha took the soil and spread out his palms carelessly, and said with a light smile: "I saved you from the kind of death crisis just now, shouldn''t I be grateful for my benefactor?"

    "Then you are really kind..."

    Jiraiya¡¯s face gradually became heavier. He remembered the information about Uchiha Daido when he was in Ugin Village. Uchiha Daido had been expelled from the Akatsuki organization, so he wanted to borrow Konoha¡¯s power. Revenge?

    Jilai also panted heavily, pulled out several black sticks from his shoulders, and said in a deep voice, "You have been removed from the Akatsuki organization a long time ago, so you guy wants revenge or wants to control the future Akatsuki collection. Did the power of the tail beast save my enemy''s enemy?"

    "As expected, Mr. Jiraiya."

    Uchiha took the soil and patted his palm lightly, and exclaimed, "Actually, I want to say, now I really want to save Jilaiya!"

    This is also the truth.

    Jilai is also the teacher of Hafeng Mizumen, and is also one of Konoha''s strongest combat power; after saving Jiraiya, Uchiha with soil can also make up for the guilt in his heart.

    Unfortunately, he is now controlled by Uehara Naraku.

    Otherwise, Uchiha really wants to regret it.

    Jiraiya slowly bandaged his wounds, glanced at Uchiha''s dirt, and whispered: "Do you think I would believe it? Really, obviously they should all be well-behaved little ghosts... Trouble!"

    Jiraiya¡¯s disciples, Nagato, Konan.

    A disciple of Hafeng Mizumon, Uchiha takes soil.

    The disciple of Hagi Kakashi, Uchiha Sasuke.

    After these little guys grow up, one is more troublesome, and they all have the power to shake the world.

    "Okay, Lord Jilaiya."

    Uchiha rubbed his mask with soil and said softly, "I will send you back to Konoha soon, because you have stolen too much information. The time for Nagato and the others to invade Konoha may be much earlier!"

    "Although I want to kill someone with a knife..."

    There was a slight smile on Jiraiya¡¯s face, but there was a trace of melancholy in his smile: "But after all, it helped me go back to protect Konoha..."

    "Ha ha¡­"

    Uchiha smiled with a smile and said, "Anyway, Konoha is also my hometown!"

    Jilai also looked at Uchiha''s soil, shook his head and said, "You created the Nine-tailed Rebellion and almost destroyed Konoha''s murderer. You don''t need to put this in front of me..."

    "¡­Yes."

    Uchiha''s body with the soil gradually stiffened, and the next moment he said something like this: "Now we can talk about business, right? Lord Jilaiya, should you consider cooperating with me to solve Xiaoxiao?"

    "Cooperation?"

    Jiraiya also watched Uchiha take the dirt, and the corners of his eyes tightened slightly: "If you cooperate with someone like you against Akatsuki, isn''t it just for the tiger''s skin?"

    "Yes."

    After Uchiha nodded with the soil, he continued in a deep voice: "But if you want to solve Xiaoxiao, you are just talking about dreams! In this world, no one except me can help you solve Xiaoxiao!"

    After Uchiha finished talking about it, he turned his head and looked at Jiraji and said, "As long as we cooperate to solve Nagato, Konan, and Naraku Uehara, these three are the core members of Akatsuki, it means that Akatsuki will soon fall apart. "

    "...This sounds familiar."

    After a gleam of doubt flashed across Jiraiya¡¯s face, he was immediately covered with black lines: "I remember that the kid Naraku Uehara once said that as long as you get rid of the Uchiha band soil, Akatsuki will collapse..."

    "He is lying to you!"

    Uchiha looked at Jiraiya with the soil, and said in a deep voice, "Nara Uehara is lying to you, he has been lying to you, even..."

    Even now, I still lie to you.

    This sentence can''t be said anyhow.

    Jiraiya also looked at Uchiha''s take soil and said: "That kid has been lying to us, don''t you lie to me now?"

    "So what?"

    Uchiha brought the soil a little closer to Jiraiya, and whispered: "Even if I''m lying to you now, after hearing what I said, you still can''t help being fooled, right?"

    "What are you talking about?"

    "There are my people in Akatsuki."

    Uchiha Daido looked at Jiraiya, and spoke word by word: "As long as we cooperate, I can pass on wrong information to Akatsuki at any time."

    Uchiha brought the soil a little closer, and there was even a hint of bewilderment in his voice: "Akatsuki''s intelligence personnel must be, in fact, they have always been mine!"

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 271 is absolutely my person!) Read the record, and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 271ï¼š Uchihas self-destruction with soil

    "Starting from Naruto (

    Ji Lai was also a little surprised.

    Uchiha''s words about taking soil are really shocking.

    If Akatsuki''s intelligence personnel were Uchiha''s undercover agents, then it means that Akatsuki''s actions have been under the surveillance of Uchiha''s soil. It''s no wonder that this guy can arrive at such a crisis today.

    I didn''t expect it!

    Naraku Uehara of the Akatsuki organization has been deceiving them, the big country Shinobu Village. He must have never thought of that when the kid Naru Uehara deceived others, Uchiha Daido has also been deceiving Akatsuki behind them, right?

    What is going on in this world?

    Is this world a big doll game?

    Jilaiya¡¯s face gradually returned to calm. After lowering his head and thinking for a while, he raised his head again to look at Uchiha Daido, grinning and saying, "You little ghosts like hiding in the dark one by one. Are you planning everything..."

    Jiraiya slowly spread out his palms, and whispered, "Uehara Naruto is deceiving us, and you are deceiving them, how do you know if anyone is behind you controlling everything?"

    "Not bad."

    Uchiha took the soil and lowered his head slowly, and his voice gradually calmed down: "Someone is indeed manipulating me from behind, but what does it matter?"

    Uchiha took the soil and stroked his mask, whispering: "When I used to manipulate Nagato, Konan, and Uehara Naraku behind the scenes, who could have imagined that they would outrageously drive me out of Akatsuki. What?"

    When Uchiha brought the soil to say this, his voice gradually became gloomy: "As long as you have enough power and sophisticated plans, even the chess pieces may not be impossible to turn over. How can you be sure that you are not the one that turned over. What?"

    This incident is really miserable.

    Who would have thought that the kid Naraku Uehara did not become a useful pawn, but instead directly became a chess player.

    Obviously that kid can''t dance too!

    Why did he make a comeback?

    Almost Uehara Naraku is involved in everything in the Ninja World, but it is never noticed that there is a huge conspiracy hidden under his simple smiling face. Is it because he has always been too young?

    Even if Jira discovered that Uehara was a member of Akatsuki, it was useless.

    On the contrary, because of this incident, Jiraiya jumped into Uehara''s chessboard and began to be used by Uehara Naraku.

    Uchiha sighed faintly in his heart, but continued to forcefully continue: "Of course, some people can never escape the fate of becoming chess pieces, such as your two disciples Nagato and Xiaonan."

    When talking about this, Uchiha Daido seemed to think of something.

    A red light flashed in the eyes of the writing wheel under the mask, and he chuckled: "Master Jilaiya, you found a disciple missing in Yuyin Village this time? Actually, I also destroyed the Xiao organization led by Yahiko. Copies!"

    "..."

    Jilai also raised his head suddenly.

    The next moment, Jilaiya''s face slowly returned to calm.

    There are too many things to experience today, and Jiraiya also feels that his heart has been stimulated enough, what Uchiha said about it does not seem unusual.

    If someone hadn''t led Nagato and Xiaonan on the wrong path, how could those two disciples become so extreme as they are now?

    Uchiha casually continued with the soil: "The rumors of the Ninja world are correct. The formation of Akatsuki''s monster organization is my masterpiece. I personally made Nagato and Xiaonan into despair, and guided them to make tail beast weapons."

    "..."

    Jilai was also silent.

    Uchiha stretched out his palms with the soil, and there was a little madness in his voice: "In fact, they don''t even know that the so-called tail beast weapon is just a lie...Unfortunately, they never look back."

    Uchiha Daido slowly turned his head to look at Jiraiya, and said with a light smile: "Speaking of which, we are really destined! Mr. Jiraiya should have five disciples now, right?

    When talking about this, Uchiha''s hand with soil slowly covered his writing wheel eyes: "Yeah, yeah... It''s really interesting. The life tragedy of the five disciples of Jilaiyasama seems to share with me. The close relationship!"

    "..."

    Jilai also slowly clenched his fists.

    Yes, that''s right!

    Yahiko, Nagato, Xiaonan, Hafengmizumon, Uzumaki Naruto.

    Uchiha brought the soil is indeed the murderer of his five disciples'' life tragedies, even Uzumaki Naruto was orphaned because of the soil.

    Jilaiya''s face gradually turned gloomy, he slowly stood up, stared at Uchiha closely and said: "Boy, are you irritating a teacher!"

    "Do not."

    Uchiha took the soil to support his mask, and said softly: "I am giving you a chance, Lord Jilaiya, give a chance to save the disciple."

    Uchiha stretched out his palms and said with a chuckle: "You didn''t show up when Yahiko died in battle, and you didn''t show up when Ms. Mizumon sacrificed..."

    When he said these words, Uchiha¡¯s voice with the soil added a smile: "Now Naruto Uzumaki, Nagato and Konan, these three last disciples are about to fight life and death, but you can be there. Shouldn''t you be grateful to me?"

    Uchiha Daito looked directly at Jiraiya, and said softly: "Akatsuki''s last step must be to capture the nine tails in Uzumaki Naruto. The battle between them is absolutely inevitable..."

    "..."

    Jilai fell silent again.

    If he said the previous words, he would definitely choose to stand beside Naruto Uzumaki; but after listening to Uchiha''s words, his face also hesitated.

    To be honest, now Jilai wants to return to Yuyin Village again to see if he can persuade Nagato and Xiaonan to let go of their unrealistic plan...

    However, Uchiha Daido seemed to have thought of this, and continued with a smile: "Master Jiraiya, do you know why I am willing to tell you so much today? Because I am very sure that this is an unchangeable fact."

    Uchiha Daito continued, "And the most important thing is time, Mr. Jiraiya, you only have one chance to return to Konoha and tell them that Akatsuki is about to invade Konoha;

    Or you can return to Yuyin Village and choose to change Nagato and Xiaonan, but you don''t have the evidence to persuade them. If you go, you can only die. "

    Uchiha took the soil and stretched out his palm, and whispered, "You have only one way, and that is to cooperate with me obediently, and you can save the life of your last disciple Naruto Uzumaki."

    After Uchiha finished talking with the soil, he scratched his head again, and became nervous and giggled: "After all, Naruto is the son of Ms. Mizumon. Actually, I want him to survive too hahahahaha..."

    "..."

    Jiraiya looked at the Uchiha belt soil with a complicated expression, and said in a deep voice, "How could that simple Uchiha belt soil become what it is now!"

    "I used to yearn for the light too!"

    Uchiha''s hands with soil slowly covered his mask, and his voice said in a gloomy voice: "Back then, I also wanted to be Hokage, but I discovered the darkness of Konoha. Only power can I have the power to choose my dream."

    Uchiha raised his head and looked at Jiraiya and said, "Have you figured it out clearly? Jiraiya-sama, now let me send you back to Konoha, or let me throw you down and die?"

    "..."

    Jilai also fell into a long silence.

    Uchiha Daido didn''t know why, but he seemed to be very patient, and he just stood there, waiting quietly for Jiraiya''s answer.

    After a long period of time, Zi Lai slowly raised his head and whispered: "What you said today is a bit confusing. From the beginning of the cooperation, the truth about the so-called tail beast weapon was revealed, and even gave me the right to choose. It¡¯s kind of incomprehensible..."

    Jiraiya also watched Uchiha bring the soil with a smile on his face and said, "Let me as a teacher choose to save Nagato or Naruto, there is really an interesting question..."

    The smile on Jilaiya¡¯s face grew a few more layers, and he smiled and said, ¡°Actually, you are Nagato¡¯s subordinate? Nagato is the one who controls you? Hahahaha all this is a lie to me... How could he and Xiaonan bear the heart to kill his own teacher!"

    "..."

    Guessed wrong!

    Why can''t I guess Naraku Uehara!

    Uchiha brought the soil to his heart, almost roaring in the hope that Jira would also analyze the name Uehara Naraku, but it was a pity that Jira had already digressed.

    It even sounds a little ridiculous.

    Uehara Naraku, who was manipulating the Uchiha belt soil in Ugin Village, was silent for a while, and continued to put his fingers up blankly.

    Within the Shenwei space.

    After Uchiha was silent for a few seconds, his voice became gloomy again: "You guessed it wrong, Lord Jiraiya, this was originally a game I created for both of you, and let you see yourself. A game of carnage."

    Uchiha¡¯s voice with soil echoed in this empty divine space: "I just want to make this game more interesting. I want to see how your teacher would treat a disciple who wants to destroy the world..."

    After Uchiha finished talking with the soil, he continued softly: "Because Ms. Watergate is also good to me, I also want to see what a teacher who was killed by a disciple would do... Everything I said is true. It is true that I want to cooperate with Konoha."

    "...Send me back to Konoha!"

    Jiraiya also rubbed his forehead and looked at Uchiha with the soil and said, "You tell me so much, don''t you worry that we will kill you after we solve Nagato in the future?"

    "will not."

    Uchiha looked at Jiraiya, and his voice gradually became serious: "Because after solving the Nagato and Konan who betrayed me, we still have an enemy to deal with together, the one behind the scenes who manipulated me to do all this. people."

    "who?"

    "Uchiha..."

    When he said this surname, Uchiha''s voice with soil gradually became obscure, and finally he spit out a terrifying name from his mouth: "Maara."

    "Uchiha Madara... Isn''t it already dead?"

    "Do not."

    Uchiha took the soil and shook his head, and said softly: "For some powerful ninjas, life and death are no longer barriers that are difficult to break through. Even guys who only sell teammates for money can live a long life~www. novelhall.com~What is impossible?"

    After finishing talking, Uchiha Daido opened his mouth again and added: "The Zutsu lurking in Akatsuki, like me, is Uchiha Madara''s subordinates. Unlike me, Zutsu is loyal to Uchiha Madara. "

    Uchiha looked at Jiraiya and said in a deep voice, "Wait and see! Uchiha Madara has planned everything, and he will return soon.

    This ninja world has never been so peaceful.

    Now that you have chosen to return to Konoha to rescue Uzumaki Naruto, then I will send you to a safe place and the closest place to Konoha. "

    After speaking, Uchiha''s figure with soil disappeared in the divine space.

    Inside the empty divine space.

    Jiraiya sat down slowly, clenching his fists little by little and then loosened it again: "I am Konoha''s white-haired hero Jiraiya, how could I give up anyone who can be saved!

    The matter of Uchiha Madara and Uchiha''s taking soil can be put aside first, now we must find a way to solve Nagato''s paranoia and Akatsuki''s invasion of Konoha!

    Ha, as a teacher, you should educate your disciples and help them correct their mistakes. Isn''t it what the teacher should do? "

    Jilai also raised his head to stare at the empty divine power space, and whispered: "I was always a little bit in the past, and my life was always full of tragedies and regrets.

    But this time, I will never miss anything again, Naruto, Nagato, Konan, none of them will be missing. "

    Yuyin Village.

    Uehara Naraku slowly lowered his finger.

    "This time I saved your life, and gave Konoha the opportunity to resist fate. One of the people''s kindness has returned to you; the other''s kindness, when Konoha invades, he will return it to you by himself! "

 Chapter 272ï¼š Dashemaru should be very happy!

    "Starting from Naruto (

    Yuyin Village.

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and sighed.

    Just now Uehara remotely manipulated the Uchiha belt soil, and broke all the news about Kuro Zetsu and Uchiha Madara, and with the help of Jiraiya, he uncovered the two hidden hands behind the scenes.

    As long as the true colors of the other behind-the-scenes are slowly exposed, the entire Ninja World will soon be the only real behind-the-scenes.

    Since I want to go the way of others.

    Then let others have nowhere to go.

    When Uehara Naraku was about to take a rest, within his range of perception, a Shiraizu was rushing to his room, which made Uehara Uehara frowned. Obviously the guy Kurozusu saw Uchiha bring the soil. Then I couldn''t sit still.

    Forget it, go and comfort me first.

    Sure enough, the purpose of this Shirazu was to convene all the members of the Moon Eye Project to discuss how to solve the problem of Uchiha belt soil.

    Uehara Naraku is also not vague.

    Everyone in the Moon Eye team gathered together, Kuro Zetsu, Naraku Uehara, Yakushi Tou, and Dry Persimmon Guiyu, and everyone''s faces were more or less anxious.

    Hei Jue''s mood is really not very good.

    As for the mood of other people, it is probably really complicated!

    "Senior, my identity will be revealed."

    Uehara Naraku took the lead to speak after seeing Kurozutsu. His face was very ugly and said, "Uchiha will surely put Jiraiya back into Konoha, and they will know that I am Akatsuki''s member. The nine-tailed man is strong."

    Uehara Naruko clenched her fist, and said solemnly, "But Kyuubi and Konoha are not so easy to deal with. They were foolproof and concealed their identity, and they could even easily capture the strength of the Kyuubi man. As a result, they were disturbed by Uchiha. Huang..."

    "It''s ok."

    Kurozuru shook his head with a sullen face, and said to appease Uehara Naraku: "Uehara, you have done well enough, these are all Uchiha''s faults."

    "..."

    Yakushidou and the dried persimmon ghost shark did not intervene with interest.

    Because they know the truth, they don''t know how to speak.

    Hei Jue sighed faintly and said: "I had guessed that Uchiha''s dirt will come out during this time. We collected the tail beasts very quickly, and the traitor who brought dirt would definitely not be able to sit still. "

    After Kurozu finished speaking, he turned his head to look at Yakushidou and said, "Todou, are you ready to reincarnate in the dirty soil and resurrect Madame Madara? As the strongest person in the Uchiha clan, Madame Madara can easily subdue Uchiha''s dust."

    "Not bad."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around and whispered: "If Uchiha Madara is resurrected rashly, his power may be greatly reduced. I want to resurrect him with the combat power of his peak period."

    Uehara, Naraku glanced at the pharmacist''s pocket with dissatisfaction, and said coldly: "Can you bring back the legendary Madara Madara before the resurrection of the Golem? Just those characters who were reincarnated from the dirty land, solve Uchiha. Bringing soil is useless!"

    "..."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses again. After thinking for a while, he chuckled and said, "By then, it should be okay? Who knows?"

    This ambiguity is a bit headstrong.

    The people present frowned involuntarily.

    But the entire Ninja world knows that there is only one person who masters the technique of reincarnation of the dirty soil, and only the pharmacist is the one who can only say that the person who engages in the technique can be willful.

    Uehara Naraku praised her work well, but she also criticized him: "Then I hope you can do it as soon as possible! The sooner the better, don''t wait until we get everything done before reviving Uchiha Madara!"

    Hei Jue''s mood is also a bit unsightly, he said solemnly: "Speed ??as fast as possible! Revive Lord Madara as soon as possible, and our plan will be realized soon."

    "rest assured."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around.

    It''s just that now Yakushidou also understands what his boss meant, and that is to wait until everything is ready before releasing the guy Uchiha Madara.

    Hei Jue glanced at the dried persimmon ghost shark and nodded at him: "Ghost shark, you are responsible for protecting the pocket and helping him collect materials."

    This means that the dried persimmon ghost shark is always staring at the pharmacist pocket.

    Hei Jue had originally sent many Bai Jue avatars to monitor the Pharmacist''s pocket, but unfortunately those Bai Jue had been put away by the Pharmacist''s pocket as experimental materials, which made Hei Jue very embarrassed.

    It is a pity that it needs the reincarnation technique of the filthy earth that a pharmacist has to offer.

    Now that the situation is still under control, Heijue can still suppress his emotions, and let the dry persimmon ghost shark monitor the pharmacist''s pocket; if it takes a little longer, Heijue might take the initiative to control the pharmacist''s surgery.

    But who knows if Yakushi Tu is fully confident of resurrecting Uchiha Madara, in case this person is really not finished?

    But Heijue also knew that the pharmacist was a little cautious.

    It doesn''t matter.

    As long as Yakushito can resurrect Uchiha Madara, things will never get out of control. No matter how careful Yakushido is, the result is destined to be broken by Uchiha Madara''s power!

    After hearing Hei Jue''s instructions, the dried persimmon ghost shark looked at the pharmacist''s pocket with a grin, revealing his mouthful of shark teeth: "Then, I would like to ask seniors for advice in the future!"

    "To each other."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around, his smile looked kind.

    As for what it means to hide under these kind smiles, Heijue blindly guessed that the medicine master should be angry and mocking in his heart.

    After all, how can a pharmacist be happy if he is alone to monitor himself?

    It''s a pity that the smile of Yakushi''s pocket is no different from that of dried persimmon ghost shark. They are probably just a kind smile between colleagues.

    "And one more thing."

    Kurozu turned his head to look at Uehara Naraku, and whispered, "I saw that Sasuke Uchiha has been able to turn on Susana. We can also recruit him to join us. The potential of that kid is far more than that! "

    Hei Jue-in smiled and said, "If Sasuke Uchiha transplants Uchiha Itachi''s writing wheel eyes, he will be able to gain a higher level of power, even compared to Master Madara in the Sengoku period!"

    "..."

    Uehara Naruko frowned her brow.

    As expected, Kurozutsu still likes to control Uchiha? Still look down on him, a ninja who has no blood succession?

    After seeing this scene, Pharmacist pushed his glasses, put out his tongue and licked his lips: "Hehe, I have already recruited him for you, because he needs me to help him transplant Uchiha Itachi''s writing. Round eyes."

    "Uchiha Itachi''s kaleidoscope writing round eyes..."

    Hei Jue''s voice suddenly became gloomy, and he didn''t want Yakushi to take this guy who was not the hard-core direct line of the Moon Eye Project to get the powerful combat power of Uchiha Sasuke.

    Unfortunately, the pharmacist''s pocket has already spoken.

    Hei Jue could only helplessly shook his head and said, "Since you have recruited Sasuke, then forget it, I hope he can be our help!"

    "of course."

    The pharmacist squinted his eyes and nodded with a smile.

    Kurozutsu talked a few more about capturing the eight-tailed man Juli and the nine-tailed man Juli, and asked everyone to guard against Uchiha''s attack with soil, and then left here.

    After Hei Jue left.

    After watching the disappearance of Heizue, Naruko Uehara frowned and said, "You two tell me that I have deceived an old man who has worked so hard for thousands of years, just trying to save his mother, isn''t it a bit bad?"

    "..."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark glanced at Naraku Uehara silently.

    On the contrary, the pharmacist pushed his glasses and said with a light smile: "Let me do it? I think this feeling is still good...Anyway, we are not bad people."

    "What you said makes sense."

    Uehara Naraku nodded thoughtfully.

    After a while, Uehara Naraku suddenly turned his head to look at the medicine master''s pocket, and whispered: "By the way, pocket, if you take the time, help me make a powerful body for Mr. Oshemaru, enough to carry the power of the reincarnation eye!"

    After the pharmacist nodded subconsciously, he said with some surprise on his face: "Lord Naraku finally releases Lord Oshemaru? His true body of Yachi Orochi has been suppressed by the white snake immortal at the bottom of Longdi Cave..."

    The pharmacist still respects Dashe Wan.

    Mainly because Oshemaru taught him a lot of things, and the high level of knowledge of Oshemaru really deserves the admiration of any ninja who likes to study.

    Only the next moment, Yakushidou looked at Uehara Naraku with some doubts: "Master Naraku, if I heard you correctly, that body must have the power to withstand the eyes of rebirth?"

    "Yes."

    "Does Lord Naraku plan to let Lord Oshemaru get the reincarnation eye?"

    The expression on Yakushi''s pocket is not very good, and his face is even a little incomprehensible: "If Oshe Maru-sama gets the reincarnation eye, he might do something bad..."

    "It doesn''t matter."

    Uehara Naruko squeezed his wrist, smiled lightly and said: "It won''t be long for Oshemaru to get the reincarnation eye anyway. He has worked so hard for so many years to get a strong blood and let him Happy with the eyes of reincarnation for a few minutes!"

    "A few minutes?"

    The face of Yao Shidou was full of doubts.

    Uehara Naraku tilted his head, squinted at the pharmacist and said with a smile: "In the future, I will only let Oshemaru resurrect Uchiha Madara with the reincarnation eye, so that Uchiha Madara has a truly vivid body, so that he can become the so-called ten. The tail force...

    As for Uchiha Madara''s resurrection, whether Oshemaru can escape the mortal ending after using reincarnation, it depends on his own luck! Oshemaru can escape death and survive! "

    "..."

    The expression on Yakushi''s pocket suddenly became a little complicated, isn''t this a person who uses Dashe Wan as a tool? It''s still the kind that will die immediately after taking the reincarnation for a while.

    "Master Naraku."

    Pharmacist pushed his eyes around, with a helpless smile on his face: "Isn''t it a bit bad to bully Lord Oshemaru like this? I am worried that Lord Oshemaru may not be able to bear this gap..."

    "Don''t worry about this problem."

    Uehara Naruko waved his hand and said casually: "I have done so much to Oshamaru. He is still willing to live in this world, hiding in Longjidong and waiting for a chance. Obviously he has a good psychological quality."

    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he smiled again on his face and said, "Pouch, maybe Oshemaru will have a chance to become the Ten-tailed person by that time!

    Dashemaru has been chasing a powerful blood heir all his life. Ten-tailed human column strength can obtain the power of the six immortals, and he will definitely be very happy then! "

    "..."

    The pharmacist was speechless.

    Da She Wan will definitely be happy...

    But what about after being happy?

    After being happy, I just died!

 Chapter 273ï¼š We may be able to see Uzumaki Narutoâ€™s goodbye Jiraiya eyes...

    "Starting from Naruto (

    The pharmacist thought that Dashe Wan would not be too happy.

    But Naraku Uehara thought that Oshemaru would be very happy then.

    After all, even Uchiha Madara didn''t use the six-level power for too long, so he was directly cut into his heart by Heijue.

    That fellow Oshemaru was really lucky to have the opportunity to feel it.

    After Uehara Naraku finished talking about Oshemaru, he raised his head and glanced in the direction of Yuyin Village, and said softly: "This time we should capture the eight-tailed man and the nine-tailed force separately, and I should catch the eight-tailed man. "

    Uehara Naraku''s gaze gradually became a little deeper: "If I''m not mistaken, the people who went to Konoha to capture the Nagato Juli, maybe only Mr. Nan and Lord Nagato.

    In order to keep everything in our hands and pockets, I will send Ha Feng Mizumon and Uchiha Daito to lurking there together, and contact me at any time if anything happens. "

    "Yes."

    The pharmacist nodded respectfully.

    After Uehara Naraku was silent for a while, he continued to speak: "I am a little worried that something uncontrollable might happen in the middle. If something happens, I must be notified immediately, and I will immediately use time and space techniques to rush to support."

    "understand."

    After the pharmacist nodded, he said, "Master Naraku is worried about their failure or danger?"

    "Well, there are other reasons."

    After Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, he said in a deep voice, "Although many things in the Ninja world are under our control, there are still some things that may easily lead to changes. I hope everything will go well by then!"

    If everything goes well...

    It should all go smoothly, right?

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the pharmacist''s pocket again, and continued: "Before I tell you, you must never act, because what you have to do is very important..."

    "Yes."

    The pharmacist just bowed his head and agreed.

    Two days later.

    When the entire Akatsuki organization was preparing intensively.

    Uehara Naraku saw that a strange task was suddenly completed on the system panel, and the reward for this task was simply amazing!

    Hidden mission: If one day, we might know what kind of eyes Uzumaki Naruto will show when he has a chance to see Jiraiya again.

    The hidden task has been completed, rewarding the inheritance of talent skills and will.

    Inheritance of will: life energy increased by 100,000 points, chakra energy increased by 100,000 points, natural energy increased by 100,000 points, life energy restoration effect increased by 100%, chakra energy restoration effect increased by 100%, natural energy extraction effect increased by 100%.

    The reward for this hidden task is very high.

    Uehara Naraku glanced at his attribute value.

    Name: Uehara Naraku.

    Life energy: 423731

    Chakra Energy: 421590

    Natural energy: 421590

    Life energy recovery: 432 points per second

    Chakra energy recovery: 216 points per second

    Natural energy recovery: 432 points per second

    Skill cooldown reduction: 100%

    Gold coins remaining: 6630

    This task reward directly adds 100,000 points of three-dimensional attributes, and 100% full attribute restoration!

    It¡¯s just that this task is a bit strange!

    If I remember correctly, this is in the original history. After his death in Yuyin Village, the body entered the sea, and has never appeared in the Ninja World ever since.

    Fans of the two-dimensional element hope to make Zilai also appear in front of Uzumaki Naruto in the form of rebirth. After all, so many people will meet the people they want to meet in the future war of Ninja.

    Only Uzumaki Naruto did not see Jiraiya.

    It is said that because the person who created the Ninja World didn¡¯t know what kind of eyes Uzumaki Naruto would show when he saw Jiraiya again after he grew up...

    Since then, this matter has become a regret forever.

    The source of this task should be from this matter.

    Uehara Naraku raised her eyebrows, and received a message from Uchiha Daito: "Didn''t Uchiha Daito already send Jira to Konoha? How can we complete this task?"

    Didn''t Jilai go back alive?

    So what is the situation with this rewarding hidden mission?

    If it is under normal circumstances, perhaps this hidden task is indeed impossible to complete, but due to time constraints, it just happened that something went wrong in the middle.

    Konoha''s people thought that Jira also died in the battle.

    After returning to Miaomu Mountain, Immortal Shensaku rushed to Konoha through the underground waterway and issued a warning to the fifth generation of Hokage Tsunade that Akatsuki might invade, as well as the intelligence that Jilai also collected from Yuyin Village.

    Inside Konoha Village.

    In the Naruto office.

    Immortal Shen Zuo will inevitably mention the situation of Jiraiya: "What should I say, if there is no accident, Xiao Jilai should have died in the battle..."

    There was silence in the Naruto office.

    Everyone''s face couldn''t help but pale a little.

    Everyone''s eyes seemed to lose their color instantly.

    "what?"

    Naruto Uzumaki¡¯s brain went blank for an instant, and there was almost a roar in his ears, and his body trembled subconsciously: "You...what did you say?"

    Tsunade reacted quickly, clenching his fists abruptly, and said in a deep voice, "If there is no accident, Jiraiya would have died?"

    "It happened too suddenly."

    Shen Zuo Xianren slowly closed his eyes, and a trace of regret flashed on his face: "I don''t want this to be true... But before we lifted the psychic, Xiao Zilai was already seriously injured and was All the members of Akatsuki were surrounded."

    "So, he''s not dead yet, right?"

    Naruto Uzumaki slowly loosened his fist, and put his hand into his fist, with a somewhat ugly smile on his face.

    There was a hint of tension in his voice, and he even spoke incoherently: "Since I haven''t seen the lecherous immortal fight to death, maybe he has escaped..."

    "Naruto¡­"

    Haruno Sakura looked worriedly at Uzumaki Naruto.

    After taking a deep breath, Tsunade slowly closed his palms and put them to his mouth, and said in a low voice, "Shen Zuo Xian Ren, please keep talking!"

    "Mother-in-law, the lecherous fairy is not dead yet!"

    Uzumaki Naruto''s gaze suddenly turned to Tsunade, a violent flash flashed across his face, and his Chakra would riot almost instantly!

    Tsunade''s fingers trembled slightly, and she repeated her words again, and her voice came from the gap in her palm: "Shen Zuo Xian Ren, please keep talking!"

    "Naruto¡­"

    Shen Zuo Xianren shook his head and sighed: "I know the relationship between you and Xiao Jilaiya very well, but surrounded by the monsters of Xiao, according to Xiao Jilaiya''s physical condition, he is It is absolutely impossible to escape."

    "..."

    There was still silence in the Naruto office.

    Everyone looked at Naruto Uzumaki involuntarily.

    Tsunade''s palms were closing tighter and tighter, she was still suppressing her emotions forcibly, and she repeated her words in a low voice: "Shen Zuo Xian Ren, please continue."

    "Ms. Tsunade?"

    Naruto Uzumaki glanced at Tsunade incredulously.

    At this moment, he even couldn''t believe Tsunade''s indifference, or apart from silence, no one had noticed Tsunade''s abnormality.

    If we talk about the deep feelings with Jiraiya, no matter who is present, Tsunade¡¯s feelings cannot be deeper. Her grief will only be greater than that of everyone present, and her emotions will only be greater than those present. Everyone is more excited.

    It''s just that many years of ninja career forced her to calm down.

    In the past, Tsunade experienced too many deaths of relatives and friends. Among them were her most beloved brother, Yuuki, and her lover Kato Den... Until now, Tsunade¡¯s only old friend, Jira, also died. News.

    However, the current Tsunade is Konoha''s fifth-generation Hokage.

    Hokage is the spiritual support of Konoha. No matter how much sadness she suppresses in her heart, she must endure it now. This is Hokage''s duty.

    Tsunade''s fingers were still closed to his lips, and he spoke word by word: "Time is precious now, I won''t waste the time and intelligence that I have won with my life."

    "..."

    After the astonishment flashed on Uzumaki Naruto''s face, his face gradually became indifferent, and he slowly took his palm out of his pocket.

    "I know."

    Naruto Uzumaki slowly turned around, walked to the door of the Hokage office, and lowered his head and said: "At that time, if it wasn''t for Mrs. Tsunade to give the information to the lecherous fairy, he would never go to Yuyin Village. !"

    Tsunade still closed his palms sat in Hokage''s seat and nodded calmly, confessing indifferently.

    "What you said...that''s right."

    "Is this Hokage''s attitude?"

    The fist in Uzumaki Naruto''s hand clenched sharply, and when he was about to continue speaking, he saw Tsunade''s trembling fingers.

    Naruto Uzumaki remembered everything in Jiraiya''s mind little by little, and gradually recalled the situation that day, and remembered Tsunade''s various obstacles to Jiraiya''s adventure.

    At this moment, he has no right to blame Tsunade.

    Because that day was Jiraiya''s own choice.

    When Jilai also clamored to go to Yuyin Village, Uzumaki Naruto and Tsunade were by his side, and both of them kept admonishing him.

    However, Jilai did not follow the advice at all.

    The anger on Uzumaki Naruto''s face suddenly dissipated. He slowly held the doorknob, lowered his head, and said with a sorrowful voice: "It''s my fault, I shouldn''t have promised the lecherous fairy to take risks! Sorry, please continue here!"

    "Naruto¡­"

    "Naruto."

    "Naruto!"

    Everyone''s eyes were watching Uzumaki Naruto tightly, looking at this Uzumaki Naruto who was always unbeatable, but at this moment, there was a visible decadence.

    Naruto Uzumaki suppressed the tears in his eyes, sadly opened the door of the Hokage office, bowed his head and walked out of the Hokage office.

    Bang!

    A huge fist hit Uzumaki Naruto''s head!

    A tall figure stood beside Naruto Uzumaki, and a familiar voice appeared in Naruto Uzumaki¡¯s ears: "Idiot! The woman Tsunade has a big chest, but her heart is very small. You idiot is not afraid of being caught in the future. Does Hokage wear small shoes?"

 Chapter 274ï¼š Shock! Uehara Naraku turned out to be a member of Akatsuki!

    "Starting from Naruto (

    "Hey, lecherous fairy, don''t always hit me on the head!"

    Naruto Uzumaki habitually covered his head, and when he was about to mutter a few words with a displeased face, he suddenly realized something.

    "Laughter fairy?"

    Naruto Uzumaki''s body froze in place, and slowly raised his head to look at the tall white-haired man beside him. The red-marked face still had an unruly smile.

    It was Jiraiya who just returned to Konoha.

    Naruto Uzumaki¡¯s tears slowly fell from his eyes...

    Jilai also looked down at Uzumaki Naruto extending his arm to wipe his tears, couldn''t help but stretched out his hand to cover his head, messed up his hair, chuckled and said, "Naruto, did you forget what I said? A man must not cry!"

    "I don''t care!"

    Uzumaki Naruto rushed into Jilaiya''s arms.

    If it were other times, Naruto Uzumaki would have wiped away his tears long ago, stubbornly to Zi Laiya, proving that he had become a qualified ninja.

    Now, Naruto Uzumaki had nothing but rejoicing in his heart.

    Jilai has never seen Naruto Uzumaki so cowardly, he just gently rubbed his disciple''s head with his palm: "It''s really disobedient...If I leave, who will take care of you kid in the future!"

    "¡­what is this?"

    Uzumaki Naruto grumbled in his mouth, only smelling a **** smell, and he felt something touched on his palm, which wet his palm.

    That is blood oozing from the wound.

    Naruto Uzumaki glanced at Jiraiya with a painful expression on his face, his face changed drastically, and he turned to open the door: "Hey, Mrs. Tsunade, the lecherous fairy..."

    Click!

    The door of the entire Hokage office was torn down directly.

    Tsunade threw the door panel in her hand to the ground without changing her face. When she raised her head and saw Jiraiya, her face was relieved with a sigh of relief.

    "Hey..."

    A smile appeared on Jilaiya''s face, and he gestured to Tsunade about his wound: "If you confess, tell me later!"

    "moron¡­"

    Tsunade didn''t care about Jiraiya''s words, but slowly stretched out his palm, and a green chakra attached to her palm and landed on Jiraiya''s body.

    The next moment, after Tsunade examined Jiraiya''s body, his face changed: "Kakashi, Naruto, immediately send it to Jiraiya Hospital!"

    "no, I''m fine¡­"

    Jilai also waved his hand, stopped their movements, and whispered softly: "My injury is actually not a major problem, just a simple treatment first, don''t waste too much time, because our time is not rich enough. "

    "No!"

    "Hey, Tsunade."

    Jilaiya looked at Tsunade seriously, and said softly, "Hurry up and help me treat me! Akatsuki knows that I am not dead, and will invade Konoha soon. We must immediately make a plan for Akatsuki. ¡­"

    "¡­it is good."

    Tsunade nodded dullly.

    As a person who has experienced many wars, Ji Lai is also very aware of his injuries. At the beginning, his injuries were really serious, but now there are only some traumas left.

    Immortal Shen Zuo also watched here, it suddenly jumped onto Jilaiya''s shoulder, his face was full of surprises: "Little Jilaiya, you are back!"

    "Really, your information is still so imprecise after so long!"

    Jilai couldn''t help but dig out his ears, and glanced at Shen Zuo Xianren with a face full of words: "Last time you gave me information about Nagato and Xiaonan who died in battle, now they are sent again. Did I die in the war?"

    "Uh...hehehehe."

    An awkward smile appeared on Shen Zuo Xianren''s face.

    In the Naruto office.

    Jilai also sat on the chair, simply treated his wounds, and began to talk about serious things: "First of all, after I entered Yuyin Village, I got the first news that we always wanted to invite Sanjiao Yu Hanzo. It''s already dead."

    "Did Akatsuki do it?"

    Tsunade frowned her brows and her face suddenly became a little unsightly. Obviously she thought it was Akatsuki who infiltrated Yuyin Village collectively and killed the Sansho Fish Hanzo.

    Tsunade looked up and looked at Jiraji and continued, "If Sansho Fish Hanzo dies, what about the kid Naru Uehara? Will he be killed too?"

    "Do not."

    Jiraiya also shook his head, with a solemn expression on his face: "According to the information I got, in fact, just eight years ago, Uehara Naraku personally killed the Sansho Fish Hanzo."

    When Jiraiya said this, he laughed self-deprecatingly: "In any case, we can¡¯t think that Uehara Naraku often yells at Yunin who will give his life for the guy in Hanzo. Sanjiao Hanzo is hanging in Yuyin Village for public display!"

    "what?"

    Everyone in the Naruto office showed a touch of surprise.

    Even Haaki Kakashi widened his eyes in disbelief, and the expressions of Uzumaki Naruto and Haruno Sakura were very surprised.

    Because they have a good relationship with Naraku Uehara.

    So the seventh class undoubtedly thinks that they are the people who know Uehara Naraku best and are also Uehara''s friends.

    Hagi Kakashi slowly pulled on his forehead, and whispered: "If what Jiraiya-sama said is true, then Uehara Naraku will hide it for eight years... Everything he once said was for Sansho Fish Hanzo all fake."

    "and many more!"

    At the next moment, a layer of sweat appeared on Hagi Kakashi¡¯s forehead: "If this is the case, did he use the assassination of III and Shimura Danzo to cooperate with Danzo when he took the exam a few years ago? Said that he has never been our friend..."

    Hagi Kakashi''s expression is really not pretty.

    Because whenever Haaki Kakashi recalled Uehara Naraku, he felt a little regretful. After all, the despair and pain on Uehara Naraku¡¯s face during the mid-ninja exam, the kind of despair and pain on Uehara¡¯s face when the little Ninja village was trying to gain a bit Crazy...

    To be honest, it''s a bit distressing.

    After all, a genius ninja so powerful, with a gentle personality and very easy to get along with, went astray for the orders of Sansho Fish Hanzo.

    Think now...

    Hagi Kakashi suddenly felt so slapped.

    Damn, Naru Uehara had already chopped Sansho Hanzo himself. How did that guy go crazy by shouting the name of Sansho Hanzo with a face of despair?

    At that time, everyone felt sorry for him.

    There are even Konoha Ninjas who disdainfully think that Yuyin Village is just so prosperous, and for such a small benefit, they will assassinate their third generation.

    I never expected that at that time, Uehara Naraku had always treated Konoha Ninja as a clown, right?

    Jilai also glanced at Hagi Kakashi, the expression on his face hesitated, because he didn''t know what he should say.

    But the truth still needs to be revealed.

    "Yes, he has been lying to us."

    Jiraiya also rubbed his temples, remembering what Xiaonan and Naraku Uehara had said, and slowly shook his head and sighed, "What should I say? The reason why Uehara Naraku assassinated the old man Sandaime was actually to cover up his killing Shimura Danzo.

    Presumably because we were worried that we suspected Shimura Danzo¡¯s disappearance on his head, he should have forged a copy of the alliance book about Shimura Danzo and Uyin Village. This shows that Shimura Danzo is alive, and Uyin Village can Obtain huge benefits.

    In this way, Shimura Danzo was killed, we will never doubt Ugin Village and Uehara Naraku. "

    "..."

    The people present have different minds.

    Everyone lowered their heads involuntarily.

    Sai couldn''t help but laughed at himself: "I didn''t expect it, we always thought that others were clowns, and we would be teased by that guy like a clown..."

    "The reason?"

    Hagi Kakashi suddenly raised his head to look at Jiraiya, and said in a deep voice, "Why did Uehara Naruko kill Shimura Danzo? It would never be to steal Konoha''s secrets!"

    "No."

    Jilaiya¡¯s face showed a little incomprehension, he lowered his head and said, ¡°Because Shimura Danzo and Sansho Hanzo almost killed Uehara¡¯s teacher, so he killed Shimura Danzo and took his body. Treated as a gift to my teacher."

    "..."

    Everyone present was a little speechless but it sounds understandable.

    Tsunade shook his head and sighed, and said softly: "That little guy really respected his teacher back then! When I met him seven or eight years ago, that little devil was like that, as if he was paying off favors for his teacher. ¡­"

    Seven or eight years ago.

    Uehara Naraku ran into Tsunade when he landed from Yunin Village. The two met twice and gambled twice. Uehara Naraku lost a lot of money to Tsunade. Later he simply threw the money directly to Tsunade. It is his teacher who is very grateful for the kindness of those years.

    "Ha ha¡­"

    A smile appeared on Jilaiya¡¯s face. He rubbed his cheeks and eyes vigorously, and said in a low voice, ¡°That¡¯s also true. After all, we stopped Oshemaru from killing them back then, and you gave it back. They have a few pieces of dry bread..."

    "Ok?"

    Tsunade raised his head in surprise.

    Jiraji also rubbed his temples, and said with a strong spirit: "Because Uehara Naraku''s teacher is...Konan."

    "Xiao Nan?"

    After a flash of surprise flashed across Tsunade''s face, her face suddenly became full of shock. She looked at Jiraiya incredulously: "Jiraiya, you mean... Uehara Naraku is connected with Akatsuki... Is it?"

    The information sent by Xiaonan from Yanyin Village is still on her desk!

    If the relationship between Xiaonan and Naraku Uehara is true, it is difficult for people not to link Naraku Uehara and the Akatsuki organization, and Naraku Uehara has always been an important member of the attack against Akatsuki.

    "Yes, this is something we will never guess."

    Jiraiya sat on the chair with a pale face, as if remembering the shock he had learned about this incident: "The kid Uehara Naraku has always been a member of Akatsuki, and he is also the leader of the next generation of Akatsuki!"

 Chapter 275ï¼š Damn, how many are there behind the scenes?

    "Starting from Naruto (

    This news is a bit scary.

    After Naruto Uzumaki heard what Jiraiya said, he almost couldn''t stand up: "Lecherous fairy, this joke is not funny at all! If Uehara is a member of Akatsuki, then what have we been doing!"

    What a joke!

    How could Uehara Naraku be a member of Akatsuki!

    Not to mention that Naruto Uzumaki didn¡¯t want to believe it. Anyone present couldn¡¯t believe it, even Tsunade¡¯s face was a little surprised: "Jiraiya, can this matter be certain? You know what it means. What are you doing?"

    This kind of thing is best to be fake!

    Uehara Naraku is the member who knows Akatsuki best in their alliance, and even has been providing them with information about Akatsuki, but it has helped them a lot... If Uehara Naraku is a member of Akatsuki, then the ninja world has become too absurd. Right!

    "I don''t want to believe that there will be such a thing in the Ninja World."

    A wry smile appeared on Jiraiya''s face. He shook his head helplessly and said, "But there are people like Uehara Naraku in the Ninja World!"

    Jilai also raised his head to look at the faces of everyone present, and said softly: "Uehara Naraku has always been hiding his identity, and it seems that he is hiding well. If I hadn''t sneaked into Yuyin Village, under his control, we Never know this secret."

    "If it''s true..."

    Tsunade''s expression gradually calmed down, and he whispered: "Then we allied Shinobu Village''s intelligence, he almost knows it all."

    "Yes."

    Ji Lai also nodded, and continued in a deep voice: "This identity is extremely beneficial to him, and he can even use us quietly, such as arranging us to step into a trap, so that Naruto can be easily captured. The purpose has always been tail beast..."

    "Really..."

    Tsunade rubbed his eyebrows, and said in a low voice, "That kid lurks too deep, right? Such a long time won''t arouse our suspicion, even if I hear the news from you now, I still dare not dare. Believe it."

    After all, Uehara Naraku was so perfect.

    His disguise has always been so good.

    Hagi Kakashi also nodded slowly, and said in a low voice: "If I hadn''t heard this news from the large population of Jilai, even if someone else said such things, it would be hard for me to believe it. After all, Uehara did help us a lot..."

    "Senior Uehara..."

    Haruno Sakura''s brows also frowned slightly.

    Naruto Uzumaki tugged his hair, thinking of Uehara Naraku''s always squinting and smiling face, and couldn''t help but said, "But why should he join Akatsuki! He is obviously strong and good at many medical ninjutsu, and He also helped save Gaara..."

    Jilai also shook his head and sighed softly: "If their purpose is to get Kyuubi, it seems that his actions are not difficult to guess, it''s nothing more than to gain our trust."

    Jilai also looked at the people present, and continued: "Now it seems that his goal has almost been achieved."

    After speaking, Jiraiya looked at the still depressed Naruto Uzumaki, and whispered softly: "Don¡¯t think that the kid Uehara is really a good guy... Hey, he is the one who rescued the fifth generation Fengying from Shayin Village, but destroyed He is also the murderer of the entire Shayin Village!"

    "..."

    The people present fell into silence again.

    They all know the several actions of Akatsuki''s organization. Whenever the tail beast is captured, they almost directly invade the big country Ninja Village, destroying a Ninja Village seven or eighty eight.

    Jiraiya slowly raised his head and said in a low voice: "Uehara Naraku has presided over the destruction of Sandyin Village, Wuyin Village, and Yanyin Village. The next Yunyin Village and our village will never be merciless. Local!"

    "..."

    After a long time.

    The talent of Wuxi Ming nodded slowly.

    After all, he had felt betrayal at the level of the three generations of Naruto before, and Naruto Uehara''s betrayal of friendship didn''t seem to have much impact.

    "All right."

    Tsunade patted the table and saw that the expressions of all the people present were a little unpleasant, and said loudly to Jiraiya, "Okay, Jiraiya, did you receive any other information? Just now. Didn¡¯t mention Uehara Naraku¡¯s teacher?"

    "Yes."

    Jilai also slowly clenched his fists, and said in a low voice: "The three orphans we saved in Yuyin Village were also the three disciples I accepted back then. One of them is dead, and the other two. It''s Akatsuki''s senior, Xiaonan is Uehara''s teacher, and Nagato is the leader who controls Akatsuki behind the scenes."

    "Where to bring dirt?"

    Hagi Kakashi suddenly raised his head, staring at Jilai and asked, "If I remember correctly, the rumor of the Ninja world has always been that Akatsuki is the leader of the soil..."

    After talking about this, Hagi Kakashi slowly lowered his head and said with a wry smile: "Ha, yes, Uehara Naraku told us about the leader of Akatsuki."

    Really...

    A clever way.

    Uehara Naraku shirks everything Akatsuki has done to the so-called leader of the Akatsuki organization, Uchiha belt soil. How can Konoha suspect this because he is easily hostile to Konoha?

    "This sentence is not a mistake."

    Jilai also glanced at Hagi Kakashi, and said in a deep voice, "Uchiha Daido is indeed controlling Akatsuki further behind the scenes. Even Akatsuki''s establishment and all actions are under his control. His purpose is I want to get the tail monster power that Nagato and the others have collected in secret."

    After speaking, Jiraiya also continued: "Originally, Uchiha Daido and Nagato should be both of Akatsuki''s high-level. Because Uchiha Daido tried to kill Uehara Naraku, he was expelled, but Uchiha brought soil. He is still controlling Akatsuki undercover."

    "..."

    The complexion of everyone present was a little broken.

    Can you still play like this?

    What kind of operation is this?

    Is there a spy inside the spy?

    Jiraiya also sighed faintly, and said in a low voice: "After Uchiha was driven out of Akatsuki with the soil, he has been trying to return to Akatsuki''s power to control the tail beast, so he wants to solve Nagato with our hands, Konan With the three of Uehara Naraku."

    "Do you want to kill someone with a knife?"

    Tsunade frowned.

    "Yes."

    Jiraiya also nodded and looked at Tsunade and said, "Uchiha does not have enough power to deal with them. He wants us to deal with Nagato... If we solve Nagato, he will reopen. Take control of Akatsuki."

    "this means¡­"

    Hagi Kakashi talked about his forehead, and whispered: "That is to say, after we have solved the current leader Akatsuki, we must find a way to solve the Uchiha belt soil. This war is over. Huh?"

    "Do not."

    Jiraiya also shook his head, his face gradually becoming more dignified: "After we solve the Uchiha belt soil, we have to solve the Uchiha Madara who is behind the scenes..."

    "..."

    Everyone present fell silent again, and everyone''s mood a little collapsed. Is this Akatsuki organization endless?

    Are these behind-the-scenes playing doll games here?

    Layer by layer, ring by ring, how can you play so well?

    Aren¡¯t these people playing a level-breaking game. After finally defeating an opponent in the future, the next opponent will immediately fill in...

    If this continues, who can stand it?

    Tsunade''s face changed abruptly, and he looked at Jiraiya suddenly and said, "Wait... Uchiha Madara, wasn''t he killed by Grandpa in the Valley of End a long time ago?"

    "So this news is suspicious."

    After Jiraiya nodded, the dignity of his expression still did not ease: "But according to my feelings, Uchiha Daido should not lie...like the legendary character like Uchiha Madara, no matter how careful you deal with it. Ever."

    "Ok¡­"

    Tsunade nodded slowly.

    The corners of Uzumaki Naruto''s eyes trembled slightly, and he said with a strange expression: "After we defeated that Nagato, defeated Uchiha Daido, and defeated Uchiha Madara, there should be no new enemies, right? "

    "Probably not?"

    Jiraiya¡¯s face was also slightly puzzled, but he still said in a deep voice: "Uchiha Madara was once one of the two people standing at the top of the Ninja World. There should be no more powerful enemy than him. Up."

    After Jiraiya finished speaking, his face regained his solemn expression: "It''s just that it is very difficult for us to get rid of Nagato, because Nagato was once the most talented disciple I have ever seen in my life, fifteen years old. Can grasp all the attribute changes, and even possess the legendary pupil technique blood succession like the reincarnation eye..."

    Jiraiya¡¯s fist gradually tightened, and he continued in a deep voice: ¡°Now that he doesn¡¯t mention his power alone, even the few puppets he manipulates can use part of the power of the reincarnation eye, and I only get two or three of them. The ability of the puppet..."

    After talking about this, Jiraiya spoke slowly again: "Also, Akatsuki seems to have more members, and our information should be changed again, and it is difficult for them to cope.

    A pharmacist pocket that can use Ryuji-dong fairy mode, a Uchiha Sasuke who has got a kaleidoscope writing wheel and even opened SusanohSasuke? "

    Naruto Uzumaki slowly lowered his head.

    After a while, Naruto Uzumaki rekindled his fighting spirit: "Ha, I have successfully practiced the fairy mode, this time I will definitely bring Sasuke back!"

    "..."

    Jilai also tickled the corner of his own mouth, and said nothing.

    This war will be very difficult.

    If you want to use Konoha''s power to deal with Akatsuki, it is tantamount to idiotic dreams. Even if it is Jiraji, he has always been confident and not optimistic about himself.

    Even if you don''t mention the hidden Uchiha Madara and Uchiha''s soil, or Nagato, who has never been shot, just the dozen S-class rebels can upset the earth.

    There are also the six puppets controlled by Nagato, each of which can display weird abilities beyond imagination.

    After all, no one has seen the power of the reincarnation eye.

    Those eyes are the eyes of the six immortals in the legend!

    "All right."

    Jilai also raised his head to look at Tsunade, and said in a low voice: "Tsunade, now I have brought back Akatsuki''s information from Yuyin Village. Nagato will never give up, he should soon launch an invasion of Konoha to capture nine. The end plan!"

    "Ok."

    Tsunade nodded hurriedly, and said in a deep voice, "Now let''s make a plan to make sure that we are safe from Akatsuki''s invasion! As for you, go to the hospital to recover from the injury!"

    Just as everyone in Konoha Village was nervously preparing to deal with Akatsuki''s upcoming invasion and face their first opponent.

    Yuyin Village.

    Uehara Naraku lay on her bed, with a wry smile on her face: "Oh, others are reunited, but I can only hang around here to become stronger..."

 Chapter 276ï¼š There is no Uehara Uehara from Uehara in the alliance talks...

    "Starting from Naruto (

    A big battle is about to break out.

    Konoha began to summon people urgently to prepare for the battle, and Tsunade sent people to Shayin Village and Wuyin Village to seek allied reinforcements, and even planned to unite with the five powers of Shinobu Village.

    According to Tsunade''s idea, the five powers of Shinobu Village can even directly initiate encirclement and suppression of Yuyin Village from all directions, and even a large number of troops can be assembled and even the Five Shadows can jointly attack and destroy the Akatsuki organization.

    Unfortunately, only Shayin Village and Wuyin Village responded.

    Because Yanyin Village suffered heavy damage, the three generations of earth shadow Onoki didn''t want to see Konoha safe and sound. This is the so-called not worrying about the small and the unevenness?

    The fourth generation of Raikage Ai in Yunyin Village may be out of confidence in his own strength. After receiving the information from Konoha, he was only worried about Akatsuki¡¯s organization. Layers of protection.

    alliance?

    Yunyin Village never needs allies!

    Tsunade was almost annoyed by Yanyin Village and Yunyin Village. When she got the reply, she was so angry that she threw her table from the Hokage Tower.

    "Two bastards!"

    Tsunade clenched his fists, and gritted his teeth and cursed: "Two short-sighted guys, until now, only care about their own village. Don''t you know that once Akatsuki''s plan is successful, the entire Ninja world will be in crisis?"

    "This is normal too."

    Jiraiya''s injury is getting better, but his mood is getting heavier day by day, because Akatsuki has not yet dispatched, and those monsters are like a sword of Damocles hanging over his head.

    This sword will fall sooner or later, but the waiting time will be the most disturbing.

    Jiraiya looked at Tsunade''s grumpy and calmed his emotions aloud: "Even if they have seen Akatsuki''s horror with their own eyes, Konoha will suffer huge losses before they choose to join us in an alliance!"

    Jilai also sighed and continued: "After all, this is the first alliance between the five major powers of Shinobu, and it has never happened in the past..."

    "Huh, it will be too late by then!"

    Tsunade squeezed his fist and said coldly, "Forget it, I never expected their reinforcements anyway. After we defeat Nagato, we will ask them to hold the Five Shadows Conference!"

    "Ok."

    Ji Lai also nodded slowly.

    During this time, reinforcements began to gather at Konoha.

    Gaara, the fifth-generation Kazekage of Sagakura Village, is Konoha''s solid ally. After receiving Tsunade''s letter for help, he immediately led the elite ninjas from the village.

    The fifth generation of Shuiying Terumiming from Wuyin Village came to support her because she knew that Akatsuki¡¯s threat was too great. Wuyin Village is now extremely weak and it is impossible to defeat Akatsuki. It can only be achieved by uniting with other Shinnin villages. hope.

    It''s just that when they held an alliance meeting in the Hokage Building, Terumi Ming and Gaara had a little surprise in their eyes. Why didn''t Yuyin Village be called this time?

    Gaara raised his head and glanced at Tsunade, and asked directly, "Why haven''t I seen Senior Naruko Uehara? Uyin Village is also a force that cannot be underestimated?"

    "No, the reason why Yuyin Village was not called..."

    Tsunade''s brows frowned involuntarily, and she thought about every alliance meeting against Akatsuki, Uehara Naraku would be there as if watching a monkey show, watching the three shadows discussing how to encircle Akatsuki.

    It''s really good!

    Thinking about it, I feel aggrieved!

    Tsunade looked at Terumi Mei and Gaara''s suspicious eyes, gritted his teeth and said, "Because Yuyin Village was occupied by Akatsuki a long time ago, and the ninja demigod Sanshoyu was also killed by the kid Uehara Naraku. He was also Akira. member!"

    "Oh?"

    Terumi Ming''s expression moved slightly.

    As someone who can often get information from Ghost Lantern Manyue, Terumi had guessed about this kind of thing, and now she was very surprised, but it was not unacceptable.

    Maybe Uehara Naraku is also an undercover agent?

    When Gaara heard what Tsunade said, his expression was a little broken on the spot: "Your Naruto is joking, right? How is this possible?"

    "I''m not joking."

    Tsunade slowly closed his palms, and whispered: "I know that because of that kid''s help, the five generations of Fukage have survived, but Shayin Village, Wuyin Village, and Iwayin Village are all the guys who were killed by Nairo Uehara. Destroyed!"

    After speaking, Tsunade ignored the shocked gazes of the two people, and continued with a deep voice: "This is the information that Jiraiya from our village got from Uyin Village, and the guy Uehara Naraku is still the next leader of the Akatsuki organization!"

    "..."

    Tsunade''s words seemed like a potent medicine.

    Gaara pressed his forehead for the first time, and his face became extremely ugly: "In other words, have we always regarded our enemies as friends?"

    Sagakura has always been grateful to Naraku Uehara...

    Because Nai Uehara chose to disregard the past when she was in the most difficult time in Shayin Village, and helped Shayin Village to regain their five-generation wind shadow, so that Shayin Village could support it.

    As a result, the culprit who destroyed Sagakura was Uehara Naraku himself.

    Did that guy always play with the whole Shayin village like a monkey?

    When Sagakura Village invaded the Land of Rain, Uehara Naraku killed his father Fukage four generations and chased him and Maki all the way. Later, during the Nakanin exam, Uehara Naraku bullied him, Temari and Kankuro. The three siblings were extremely arrogant.

    It wasn''t until Gaara Uehara came to rescue him when Gaara was most dangerous. First, he helped find the so-called Akatsuki organization base, and then gave up her life when confronted with several Akatsuki members, and then Gaara''s body was recovered.

    Since then, Gaara forgave Uehara Naraku.

    Not only that, but Gaara almost always showed respect and friendliness towards Uehara Naraku during the next few goodbyes.

    Gaara thinks that their relationship has changed.

    Change a ghost! That **** is worse than ever!

    Gaara remembered how I greeted Naraku Uehara cordially every time, and even often mentioned that if he encounters troubles, Sagakura will take the initiative to help.

    What about that bastard''s expression on Uehara Naraku?

    Well, always a kindly squinted smiling face.

    Did that guy actually laugh at their stupidity?

    Gaara really is going to be blown up with anger. The yellow sand behind him is floating around him a little bit, and his face becomes gloomy a little bit: "That guy... really is the same as when I saw him when I was young. Bastard!"

    "It''s amazing..."

    Terumi Ming also rubbed her eyebrows.

    To be honest, Terumi Ming thought was more complicated.

    If Uehara Naraku will really become the next leader of Akatsuki''s organization, then what is the relationship between him and Manuki Manuki?

    Had the ghost lantern full moon been deceiving her?

    Terumi originally thought that Ghost Lantern Manyue was an undercover agent planted in Akatsuki''s organization in Wuyin Village. Who would have thought Gui Lanman Manyue was a double agent who had been using intelligence to hypnotize her, but he actually didn''t know how to laugh at her in his heart!

    This is too much!

    Terumi Ming slowly bit her lip with her teeth, pinched her fingers into her palm little by little, and her face became cold: "Assholes...you must kill them!"

    "..."

    Tsunade glanced at the expressions of Wudai Fengying and Wudai Suijing, and sighed helplessly. Uehara Naraku had done too many bad things.

    "All right."

    Tsunade slowly waited for them to calm down before speaking softly, "Now let¡¯s discuss the specific battle plan! We have already sent Anbe and reconnaissance troops to investigate the border of the Rain Country. What''s happening in the country..."

    "useless."

    Terumi Ming and Gaara shook their heads at the same time.

    After the two looked at each other, Gaara lightly coughed a few times and explained, "If Akatsuki attacks Konoha, they will definitely choose to attack, because Akatsuki has a terrifying psychic beast in his hands, which can be seen from high above. Break through any defenses and land directly in Konoha Village..."

    When talking about this, Gaara frowned again, and continued: "And that psychic beast can even use a terrifying technique to destroy a Shinobu village with a single blow, so it must first attack the civilians in the village. Evacuate with ordinary ninjas."

    "Ok."

    After Tsunade nodded, he said in a deep voice: "We have allocated refuge areas for the villagers as much as possible. If there is a fighting in the village, we will immediately organize them to rush to their respective designated refuge areas."

    After speaking, Tsunade frowned and continued: "As for high-altitude defense, we have also considered adding anti-aircraft weapons recently..."

    "The ground also needs to be guarded..."

    Terumi Ming gritted her teeth and continued in a deep voice: "The Hidden-Fog Village was almost destroyed by a hooded Akatsuki member because he released a group of blazing flames erupting from the ground. We were caught off guard."

    "Ok."

    Tsunade nodded again, and continued softly: "In addition to this, we have assembled more than five thousand ninjas. These are enough for ground combat..."

    "The more people, the better..."

    Terumi Ming frowned and continued to offer her own suggestion: "As long as enough people are gathered, we can be sure of responding to Akatsuki''s actions to destroy Shinobu Village."

    This is Terumi Ming¡¯s experience.

    Because there was a big fire on the ground in Wuyin Village, there were not enough rescue ninjas in the whole village. If it hadn''t been for heavy snow and hail, Wuyin Village would have been burnt clean.

    "No, the fewer people, the better..."

    Gaara shook his head and said in a deep voice: "Because of the large number of people, not only is the powerful ninja unable to perform powerful techniques due to the crowded hands and feet, but also because of the need to rescue his own strength. Weak ninja, waste Chakra..."

    Gaara is really tired of Shayin Village.

    When Shayin Village gathered to rebuild the ninja army, tens of thousands of ninjas gathered here, but they did not play any role, and even suffered heavy casualties and wasted resources.

    Tsunade looked at the expressions of both sides and decided to adopt a compromise plan: "Then I will arrange an elite team to fight in the village, and other ninjas will be arranged outside the village, and they will be transferred in to help or transfer out to take refuge at any time."

    "can."

    "can."

    Gaara and Terumi Mei nodded each.

    The two were not hypocritical, and took the initiative to lead their subordinates to participate in the Konoha defense battle. They can be regarded as two strong aids. An additional point of strength is a chance for Konoha.

    The only disagreement was about the Kyuubi Ren Zhuli.

    Tsunade believes that Naruto Uzumaki is a rare and powerful ninja in the village of Konoha. He has also practiced the fairy mode and should participate in the battle. This is also Naruto''s own expectations.

    Gaara and Terumi did not think so.

    The two of them thought that Uzumaki Naruto should be protected so that if he failed to defend Konoha in time, he would be able to get the Kyuubi Renzhuli in.

    Unfortunately, Tsunade did not agree with this opinion.

    "Uzumaki Naruto is Konoha''s ninja first. In this respect, he is no different from a Konoha''s Hokage. He will survive to protect Konoha. Moreover, this is also Naruto''s own wish. He must participate in the battle. ."

    Tsunade clenched his fist, glanced at Gaara, and said solemnly, "Isn''t it the same for the five generations of Fu Ying? Stand up to protect the village at the most dangerous time..."

    "..."

    Gaara can only smile bitterly about this.

    No one in Shayin Village can stand up!

 Chapter 277ï¼š Dont be rude to Uehara

    "Starting from Naruto (

    Nagato has plenty of confidence.

    In the face of the power of the Six Paths of Payne, the number of advantages does not make much sense, even if there are more ninjas, it is just some embellishment used to show power.

    Leaving aside the strongest Heavenly Dao Penn, the final explosion of Shura Dao alone can also destroy the entire Konoha Village.

    "Is the leader finally going to take the shot himself?"

    Deidara said with a chuckle, "If the elite forces of Wuyin Village, Sandy Village and Konoha gather, this force won''t even be good for us to rush in!"

    "Hahahaha¡­"

    Feiduan looked at Tiandao Payne happily, stroking the sickle in his hand: "Then this time we can finally see the leader take action? In this case, I really look forward to seeing the leader''s victory!"

    After Feidan finished speaking, the smile on his face suddenly became a little sinister: "If a leader''s strength is too bad, I might take the leader''s life and sacrifice it to Lord Cthulhu to wash away my shame of joining Akatsuki. of!"

    Click!

    Click!

    Fei Duan''s head suddenly fell to the ground!

    Ringo Yu Yuli cut off Fei Duan''s head directly with a sharp knife. She put away her thunder knife and took a bite of the apple without changing her face.

    "Too noisy."

    "Hey, you **** woman!"

    Feiduan''s head was on the ground looking up at Ringo Yu Yuri, and he cursed: "If you have the ability, don''t sneak attack! Sooner or later, I will dedicate your **** woman to Lord Cthulhu!"

    "To shut up!"

    The horns frowned, his arms stretched out suddenly to grab Fei Duan''s head, and he suture Fei Duan''s head to the corpse again.

    Jiao Du was stitching Fei Duan''s neck while turning his head to look at Ringo Yu Yuri: "Next time if you can kill him, you''d better kill him on the spot. I''m tired of stitching up the wound for this bastard!"

    "Hey, Jiaodu!"

    Hearing the words of his teammates, Fei Duan immediately stared at Jiao Du with dissatisfaction: "What do you mean! We are teammates!"

    "What I want is a teammate who can help me make money."

    When Kakuto talked about this, he glanced at Uehara Naraku, then turned his head and looked at Hiduan disgustedly: "Not a teammate who causes me trouble at any time!"

    Damn, Fei Duan is mentally retarded!

    Can Payne swear casually?

    Many people in Akatsuki''s organization are somewhat lawless, but Jiao is an old man who has lived for more than ninety years. He knows who can provoke and who can''t.

    Ghost Deng Shuiyue smiled and glanced at Ringo Yu Yuri, and praised: "Yu Yuri, your sword is getting faster and faster!"

    "It''s Thunder Knife after all!"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark grinned, revealing his teeth.

    "Not fast enough."

    Ringo Yu Yuli, like a rodent, gnawed away the apple in his hand little by little, bit the apple core and swallowed it in his stomach, then turned his head and looked at the full moon of the ghost lamp: "If it is Senior Full Moon, Thunder Blade should be able to Do it faster!"

    "Well¡­"

    Ghost Lantern Manyue glanced at his younger brother, shook his head and said: "Swordsmanship is just the basic skill of using swordsmanship. There is nothing to show off."

    "cut¡­"

    Sasuke Uchiha glanced at the Seven Ninja Swordsmen who were exchanging sword skills with disdain. Except for the dried persimmon ghost shark, he ignored everyone.

    After all, Sasuke himself is very good at swordsmanship, and Uchiha Ryuu''s swordsmanship is more than a little bit stronger than those of the Ninto Seven.

    The pharmacist glanced around at Uchiha Sasuke, did not say anything, just pushed his glasses slowly and lowered his head.

    Xianglin also put on a black robe of auspicious clouds, and stood beside the pharmacist''s pocket, learning the appearance of the pharmacist''s pocket, pushing his glasses with a cold face.

    Kaguya-kun Maro and Bai looked like little transparent, but turned their heads and looked at Heavenly Way Payne, waiting for Payne''s instructions.

    Tiandao Payne looked at the members below, and said in a cold voice: "Tell me about the next plan. Xiaonan and I will go to Konoha to take the Nine-Tailed Pillar; the others will follow Uehara and go to Yunyin Village to take the Eight-Tailed Pillar. force."

    "what?"

    There was a fryer suddenly underneath.

    Everyone looked at Tiandao Payne in disbelief. They thought their leader might choose an ordinary team to attack Konoha.

    Unexpectedly, Payne only brought his teammates.

    This courage is too big!

    In any case, it is also the strongest Shinobu Village in the Shinobi world!

    What''s more, Konoha has gathered the five generations of Naruto, the Five Generations of Water Shadow and the Five Generations of Wind Shadow, as well as the high-end combat power of the Three Ninja Villages!

    Isn''t the leader really going to give the head away?

    The powerful lineup assembled by the three great powers of Shinobu, even if it is Dedara''s art master, even if he is able to control the ancient dragon of Uehara Naraku...

    "Master Payne."

    Uehara Naruko raised his head and looked at Tiandao Payne, and said in a deep voice: "I still recommend that we first catch the eight-tailed man Zhuli, or I will go to Konoha with you..."

    During this time, Uehara Naraku persuaded many times.

    After all, he really wants to collect the two extreme chakra properties changes of the power of thunder and the power of fire, so that he will only have the power of Yin and the power of Yang.

    At that time, you can use Naruto Uzumaki and Senjue Zhuma to do experiments, and you can find ways to obtain them.

    Ugh¡­

    If Nagato insisted on going to Konoha by himself, wouldn''t Uehara Naruko turn around and destroy Konoha himself?

    Uehara Naraku doesn''t care about herself...

    I just don''t know whether the Konoha ninjas have high psychological quality.

    "Uehara."

    Tiandao Payne''s gaze fell on Uehara, and he retorted softly: "Don''t worry, I have full confidence. Perhaps when you catch Yao and come back, we have already returned with the strength of the nine-tailed man."

    Heavenly Path Penn interrupted what Uehara Naraku wanted to persuade next, and the urn said: "If there is nothing wrong, you can get ready to go!"

    After speaking, Tiandao Payne dissipated into a cloud of smoke.

    Uehara Naruko frowned and turned to look at Xiao Nan next to him: "Teacher, don''t you need to be so worried?"

    "I have persuaded."

    A worrisome expression appeared on Xiao Nan''s face, and he whispered softly: "But he insists on doing this, perhaps because he has been waiting for too long and he can''t help it!"

    "I thought he would at least go there with the other members."

    "There is no such need."

    Xiao Nan shook his head and whispered beside Uehara Naraku: "Except for bringing you, Payne is not at ease with anyone else; if you are brought with you, there will be someone who will supervise and capture the eight-tailed man Juli. Payne is worried There is Uchiha''s eyeliner with soil in the organization..."

    "I know."

    Naruto Uehara nodded, and slowly closed her palms and said, "I will set out now to capture the eight-tailed man Zhu Li, and I will meet you as soon as possible."

    "it is good."

    Xiao Nan nodded seriously.

    After speaking, Xiaonan left Akatsuki''s base and went to meet Nagato, because the signal from the Chakra sensor was too weak for ultra-long-distance operations.

    Therefore, Nagato must start with Payne Six.

    It''s just that this time the two of them shouldn''t need to be disguised. After all, Nagato''s legs are intact and they have a fairly strong combat effectiveness.

    When Xiao Nan left.

    Kurozue''s figure stood next to Uehara Naraku, and said gloomily: "Don''t worry about them, the power of the reincarnation eye is more powerful than you think... Besides, even if there are any problems, the Moon Eye Project can make this The world becomes what we want."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku was a little speechless.

    Hei Jue, the bastard, was telling the truth, but only half of the truth.

    Although he was very contemptuous in his heart, Uehara Naraku''s face finally relieved his worries a little: "Then I have to trouble the seniors to help the teachers and them to investigate the information, I and others will first go to capture the Yaojin Zhuli! "

    "rest assured."

    Hei Jueyin smiled and nodded.

    The task of capturing the Yatsuri-to-juli was not a hassle, and Uehara Naraku did not set off with all his hands like Nagato Uehara Naraku glanced at everyone present and said in a deep voice: " This time, I want to take Sasuke Uchiha alone to capture the Yaojin Zhuli, and quickly solve the Yaojin Zhuli, so as not to have accidents, the others will stay at the base temporarily!"

    "..."

    Sasuke Uchiha''s face suddenly showed a satisfied smile.

    "what?"

    Deidara pursed his mouth in dissatisfaction. He held a dragon clay in his hand and retorted loudly: "I finally squeezed out a huge dragon. Isn''t this a waste of my art!"

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Deidara wordlessly, and helped her forehead and said, "Then add you and Senior Scorpion..."

    Okay, they are also old friends.

    Moreover, Uehara Naraku got along well with Deidara and the Red Sand Scorpion.

    "Hey, Uehara!"

    Hiduan brandished his sickle and stood in front of Uehara Naraku: "If I can''t offer sacrifices for the Cthulhu Lord, what is the point of staying in this organization?"

    Click!

    Feiduan''s head was cut off again!

    Sasuke Uchiha played a dagger indifferently, inserted his ninja sword into the scabbard, and said calmly, "If you dare to be rude to Uehara-senpai, I will use the sky. Burn your body to ashes..."

    Meimei Uchiha Sasuke talked about the strongest fire escape ninjutsu in the ninjutsu world, but the voice was as cold as ice and snow, making people involuntarily chill.

    Ringo Yu Yuri watched Sasuke retract the Shinobi, a bright light flashed in his eyes, and said softly, "Hey, this knife is really handsome!"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku patted her forehead.

    Why do you feel that Sasuke was taken crooked by him!

 Chapter 278ï¼š Deidara, are you reliable?

    "Starting from Naruto (

    Fei Duan stopped talking.

    Fei Duan is actually an interesting guy.

    Because Fei Duan had seen Amaterasu so terrible, perhaps Amaterasu pupil technique might be the only technique that could threaten him, and it could burn his body clean.

    "Okay, let''s go!"

    Uehara Naraku rubbed her eyebrows and said softly, "Senior Kakuto, please help your team clean up!"

    "Well, don''t worry."

    After Jiao Du nodded, he looked down at Fei Duan''s head, and said angrily: "Since he is rude to you, let him reflect on it here!"

    Flying segment: "..."

    Damn, Feidan feels that everyone in the Xiao organization is targeting him!

    Outside the base.

    When Uehara Naruchi summoned the ancient dragon, Deidara hurriedly stopped him and threw the dragon he had squeezed out on the ground happily: "Hey, Uehara, it took me a long time to squeeze it out. !"

    Before the words fell, a cloud of smoke rose on the ground, and an ugly super-large clay dragon appeared in front of them, just looking at the size of the ancient dragon.

    Deidara pointed to his new work triumphantly, and said, "How about it, is it similar to your psychic beast?"

    "So ugly."

    The Red Sand Scorpion shook his head in disgust.

    Deidara turned her head away dissatisfiedly, her face gloomy and said, "Hey, Xie Dan, give me a little compliment, this is a work of art that I worked so hard to produce day and night!"

    "Then give you face!"

    The red sand scorpion glanced at Deidara speechlessly, and flew helplessly on the back of the ancient dragon. Sasuke Uchiha and Naraku Uehara did not refuse either.

    Dedalla watched this scene with a beaming eyebrow, flying onto the clay dragon''s back, and raised his fingers and said: "Then let you see, my new artwork!"

    The clay dragon flapped its wings a few times, and flew into the air with all its strength, staggering towards Yunyin Village.

    It¡¯s just that the giant clay dragon made by Deidara seems to have just been completed and has not yet been tested. Along the way, clay of various sizes fell, making people a little worried that the giant clay dragon would suddenly fly in the air. fall apart.

    Deidara scratched the back of his head sweating profusely, and began to drive a giant clay bird next to the giant clay dragon, constantly supplementing the place where the dragon dropped the clay.

    To be honest, it makes people look a little distressed.

    Deidara did his best to make the journey of his friends on this clay dragon enjoyable.

    Uehara Naraku was embarrassed and offered to change the mount.

    After a long time, Deidara landed on the ancient dragon''s back again, and said happily, "Well, it should be no problem to rush to Yunyin Village!"

    "Is it really okay?"

    The Red Sand Scorpion glanced at his teammate silently, and cautiously persuaded: "If it doesn''t work, let''s transfer to Uehara Naraku''s psychic beast!"

    "Ok¡­"

    Uchiha Sasuke''s expression was a little hard to describe.

    To be honest, this clay dragon is full of problems, but this dragon is really ugly, not as domineering as the ancient dragon of Uehara Naraku...

    How embarrassed did Deidara say this is art!

    "Don''t worry, it will be fine!"

    Deidara narrowed her mouth, glanced at the red sand scorpion and Uchiha Sasuke dissatisfied, then turned to look at Uehara Naraku: "Uehara, do you want to change your ride too?"

    "..."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and sighed: "Didara has worked so hard, Senior Scorpion, Sasuke, let''s go now!"

    "This is my friend!"

    Deidara patted Uehara Naraku on the shoulder with a smile, and when he was about to continue to say something, he suddenly felt a tremor under his feet.

    Apparently the parts of the clay dragon are missing again...

    "..."

    Dedala''s smile slowly receded, and he took out his clay giant bird again, stepped on it, and whispered, "Sit down slowly, I''ll fix it..."

    "¡­it is good."

    The three of them looked helpless.

    Can this clay dragon really fly to Yunyin Village?

    It''s just a **** dream! I haven''t left the country of rain yet, maybe it may fall apart. It''s really frightening to sit!

    Dedara...

    It''s really unreliable!

    It is a pity that Naraku Uehara has agreed to Deidara.

    And Deidara is also very enthusiastic in replenishing his clay dragon. Seeing Deidara working so hard, the three of them are really embarrassed to hit him.

    The Red Sand Scorpion watched Deidara fly up and down and stuffed clay into the clay dragon, his face was a little gloomy and said, "Next time he can''t meet his requirements."

    "Ok¡­"

    Uehara Naruto nodded.

    Sasuke Uchiha sighed faintly, and looked at the clay dragon and said, "I wish this dragon could fall apart soon... so that we can board Uehara-senpai''s psychic beast."

    Although this clay dragon looks unreliable.

    But Deidara who made the clay dragon is very reliable.

    Because Deidara repaired all the way and filled with clay everywhere, this clay mount could still continue to ride, slowly carrying them forward.

    If nothing else, with Deidara''s enthusiasm, this giant dragon should be able to support them to reach Yunyin Village.

    "I knew I shouldn''t have promised him."

    Uehara Naruko rubbed his eyebrows, quietly raised his fingers, and manipulated the fourth generation of Naruto, who was near the base of Akatsuki to wake up.

    Akatsuki organization base.

    The pharmacist was sitting in his laboratory, tapping his table with his fingers. He was waiting for the order sent by Naraku Uehara and the helper sent by Uehara.

    The dried persimmon ghost was sitting next to the pharmacist''s pocket. Hei Jue sent him to monitor the pharmacist''s pocket, and he was chatting with the pharmacist.

    "Mr. Dou, Mr. Ghost, help you make good tea!"

    Xianglin rushed in in a violent storm, put the tea tray in his hand on the table, and hummed an unknown little song to help them two pour tea.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark glanced at fragrant phosphorus, then glanced at the pharmacist''s pocket, with a faint smile at the corner of his mouth.

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around and whispered, "Aromaphos, I''m going out in a while and help me sort out my notes from yesterday."

    "Yes!"

    Xianglin nodded seriously, and after pulling back his glasses like a pharmacist, he walked into a laboratory.

    Ever since she was rescued by the pharmacist from a group of grass ninjas, Aromatic Phosphorus has always been good to the pharmacist''s senses, and now she has become an assistant of the pharmacist.

    Xianglin feels that his life is going well.

    There are a group of Akatsuki members outside, and she doesn''t need her to fight and kill, as long as she occasionally helps with chores and organizes notes in the laboratory.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark slowly picked up the tea cup, and said boredly, "Hey, monitoring Mr. Dou is really not suitable for me!"

    "It''s okay."

    The pharmacist smiled and shook his head, and said softly: "I specially invented an enchantment for Bai Jue. If Bai Jue invades this laboratory, it will be fine for Guiyu to get rid of it immediately."

    "Tsk."

    The dried persimmon ghosts sighed.

    It''s really boring to let your own people monitor your own affairs. I really miss the days when I was ordered to monitor Uchiha Itachi!

    Just as the dried persimmon ghosts still wanted to say something, a figure wearing an imperial robe appeared in front of them, it was the fourth generation of Hokage Wave Fengshuimen.

    Uehara Naraku manipulated the Hafeng Mizuno gate and said, "Pouch, you can set off. The fourth generation of Hokage will take you to Konoha, to meet Uchiha belt soil, and Konoha''s affairs will be left to you. is you."

    "Yes, Lord Naraku."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around and asked in a soft voice, "Should we take this opportunity to destroy or seize the other gods writing wheel eye?"

    Obviously, Yakushidou wanted to release Uchiha Itachi, and used Uchiha Itachi to seduce the other **** crow hidden in Uzumaki Naruto''s belly.

    Uehara, Naraku, the fourth generation of Hokage, who was manipulating the reincarnation of the dirty soil, was silent for a while, and then said softly: "If I haven''t rushed to Konoha, don''t let Uchiha Itachi easily. Wait until I get to Konoha."

    Once Uchiha Itachi is released, Uchiha Itachi will be 100% out of control after seeing other gods So at that time, Uchiha Itachi must be solved immediately, lest he cause any trouble to the plan.

    Uehara Naraku was a little worried that Pharmacist would fall into Uchiha Itachi''s trap. After all, Uchiha Itachi is very good at fighting, so he must be defeated with absolute strength!

    "Yes, Lord Naraku."

    The pharmacist nodded seriously.

    Yakushidou just wanted to experiment, if the gods changed their will to let Uchiha Itachi get out of the control of the reincarnation of the dirty soil, if Yakushidou was willing to ask, Uehara Naraku would definitely answer him with the correct answer.

    Unfortunately, the pharmacist just wants to try it by himself.

    After Uehara Naraku''s will left, Haofeng Mizuno, who was reincarnated from the foul soil, grabbed the figure of Yakushitou and disappeared into this laboratory with him.

    Yakushitou, Uchiha who reincarnated from the filthy soil, and Haofengmizumon where the filthy soil was reincarnated, the three of them will be responsible for monitoring all the details of Penn''s invasion of Konoha, and even the winners and losers who control Penn''s invasion of Konoha.

    In a sense.

    They are the last protagonists of Penn''s invasion of Konoha.

    If Uehara Naraku didn''t have time to be there.

    Yuyin Village.

    The torrential rain in the sky stopped, because today the person responsible for the rain all year round has to leave the village temporarily.

    Nagato stepped out of the tower where he lived, took off the hood on his head, and looked up at the sun falling in the sky.

    Six Penn walked out of the shadow one by one and stood behind him. The beast Penn closed his palms, and a huge Archaeopteryx psychic beast stopped by the tower.

    Nagato took Six Penn step by step to the head of the Archaeopteryx psychic beast, turned to look at Xiao Nan floating in the air, and whispered: "Xiao Nan, let''s go!"

    "¡­Ok."

 Chapter 279ï¼š Lets get started!

    "Starting from Naruto (

    Konoha Village.

    When Nagato and Xiaonan rushed to Konoha with Payne Six Roads, the village had been on guard for a long time, and the village was full of tension before the war.

    Only one place is quiet.

    The memorial monument in the back mountain.

    Uchiha, who was reincarnated from filthy soil, took the soil to sit in front of Nohara Rin''s tombstone, carefully wiped the dust from the tombstone, and placed a bunch of flowers on the tombstone.

    "Well, do you remember her favorite bellflower?"

    The voice of Hagi Kakashi came from a distance, and he slowly walked in from outside, and stopped in front of Nohara Lin''s tombstone.

    Kakashi walked every step evenly.

    It''s like he has walked countless times in this area of ??comforting tablets.

    "I never forget everything Lin likes."

    Uchiha took the soil and slowly stroked his mask, lowered his head and said, "Kakashi, why are you here? Shouldn''t you all be waiting for Akatsuki''s invasion at this time?"

    "It doesn''t matter, I will leave soon."

    Kakashi Hagi slowly squatted down and sat in front of Rin Nohara¡¯s tombstone. He watched Uchiha bring the soil and said, "I just happened to come here and take another look at Rin. If I don¡¯t say anything, I might die here In the war!"

    Hagi Kakashi looked up at the sky and said softly: "If I can die, I will often see Lin in the underworld in the future..."

    "Don''t even think about it."

    Uchiha brought the soil to interrupt Haaki Kakashi immediately, and said in a cold voice: "If you die in the war with Penn, I will send your body to the pharmacist''s pocket or Osnawa pill, and let them filth you. Reincarnated."

    "Well, let''s not talk about that."

    Kakashi Hagi stood up again, bowed to Nohara Lin''s tombstone, turned and left here, and walked to another grave.

    After a while, Hagi Kakashi seemed to have thought of something, and suddenly turned around and asked: "Take the soil, I''m going to see Teacher Watergate and my father, do you want to stay here?"

    "..."

    Uchiha took the soil in silence for a while, then slowly turned his head to look at Hagi Kakashi: "I thought that when you saw me here, you would ask me for information about Penn or Nagato, or if I would like to Willing to turn around and help you resist the invasion..."

    "Then will you help us?"

    Hagi Kakashi immediately asked.

    Uchiha took the soil to stand up, left the tomb of Nohara Lin, shook his head and said, "No, I have helped you to rescue Jiraiya back, that''s enough."

    Hagi Kakashi tilted his head and continued to ask, "Then, would you tell us about Penn or Nagato?"

    "Huh, it''s the same! Kakashi!"

    Uchiha snorted coldly, and the writing wheel eyes under the mask stared at Hagi Kakashi tightly, and said coldly, "Sure enough, you are the most qualified ninja in the Watergate. You will always be so unscrupulous. ."

    After speaking, Uchiha opened his palm with the soil and chuckled lightly: "For your sake of helping me solve the traitor, let me tell you a secret!"

    There was a strange red light in Uchiha¡¯s scarlet writing wheel with soil, and his laughter was a little more gloomy: "This time the people who came to invade Konoha are only Nagato, Konan and Payne. I believe You should be able to seize this opportunity."

    "what?"

    Hagi Kakashi frowned and said softly, "Then all other Akatsuki members went to attack Yunyin Village to capture the power of the eight tails?"

    "Yes."

    Uchiha took the soil and slowly lowered his arms, and the urn sound continued: "Because the power of the reincarnation eye is strong enough, Nagato has absolute certainty to solve Konoha. This information will help you a lot, right?"

    "..."

    Hagi Kakashi nodded silently.

    Indeed, this information comes from the mouth of Uchiha belt soil, and it still has a high degree of credibility. It can help them to resist Konoha''s upcoming invasion.

    In this way, Konoha can target ninja troops.

    Just as Hagi Kakashi no longer wanted to pay homage to the tombstones of Haofeng Shuimen and Hagi Sakumo, he planned to turn around and report this unclear information.

    Uchiha Daito stopped him again: "Kakashi, you really want to come and get information from me by any means!"

    After Uchiha sneered with the soil, he looked at Hagi Kakashi and continued: "By the way, if you are willing to help me put a bunch of flowers on the tombstone in front of Ms. Mizumon, then I can give another piece of information. ."

    "¡­it is good."

    Hagi Kakashi pulled his mask slowly.

    After a while, Hagi Kakashi took two bunches of sunflowers and placed them in front of Bo Feng Shuimen''s grave, and said softly, "Can you tell me?"

    "of course."

    Uchiha Daido turned his back to Hagi Kakashi, and said coldly: "If you win this battle, then prepare to meet Uehara Naraku''s revenge!

    That kid is not like us, he is a guy who can do whatever it takes to avenge his teacher.

    And that kid is a very diligent genius ninja, and possesses a ninjutsu talent no less than Nagato.

    If my guess is correct, perhaps his own body has already merged with the Blood Succession Boundary through the change of Chakra nature, but it is just secret.

    Moreover, there is more than one blood inheritance boundary in his body. "

    "and many more¡­"

    Haaki Kakashi''s eyes were slightly surprised, and he asked aloud, "Do you mean that Uehara Naraku is actually a tougher enemy than Nagato?"

    "Yes."

    Uchiha Satoru shook his head coldly, and continued with a deep voice: "Uehara Naraku began to follow Nagato and Konan when he was twelve years old. They also regarded Uehara as the successor of Akatsuki and Ugin village. The feelings are very deep."

    After Uchiha brought the soil to this, he slowly clenched his fist: "Konan''s words, Uehara Naraku has always been the most reasonable, so when you defeat Nagato Konan, it is best not to be careless and prepare in advance. To deal with the attack on Konoha by Uehara Naraku.

    "Is that so?"

    Hagi Kakashi tugged at his face mask and whispered softly: "I know, but you just want to use our hand to kill Uehara Naraku?"

    "Yeah, I want to kill him too."

    Uchiha nodded with soil, and loosened his palm little by little. His voice sounded a little illusory, saying, "I want to dream."

    This sentence is the real truth.

    It''s a pity that Kakashi Hagi didn''t hear anything. He just waved his hand and turned around and left to report the information he had obtained from Daitu.

    It''s just that after Haaki Kakashi walked a few steps, he suddenly turned to look at Uchiha''s belt soil: "Hey, belt soil, are you really planning to come back?"

    "..."

    Uchiha''s figure with soil turned into a temporal vortex and disappeared.

    Hagi Kakashi glanced at the clearing with a disappointed look, then turned and left the area of ??the comforting monument, not knowing how much he had remembered.

    the other side.

    The clay dragon was still flying in a bumpy manner.

    Deidara is still tinkering with his art.

    To be honest, if it weren''t for the fear of Dedara being so angry that he would directly detonate the clay dragon, the Scorpion of the Red Sand and Sasuke Uchiha would have called him bloody.

    Yes, the situation has changed a bit.

    Sasuke Uchiha finally couldn''t bear it. After ridiculing Deidara for a few words, Deidara threatened to detonate the clay dragon and let Sasuke Uchiha taste the art.

    How the **** do you taste this?

    This is a taste of life!

    Isn''t this asking everyone to die together!

    Of course, Sasuke Uchiha would definitely not admit counsel, because he consciously was just good at Thunder Drift Ninjutsu, which happened to restrain Deidara''s clay bomb.

    The question is, is there time?

    Once this huge clay dragon exploded, even Susano would be unable to withstand its power, and the puppet core of the Red Sand Scorpion would definitely have to be blown up.

    Damn, why is this business trip so exciting!

    The scorpion of the red sand finally relied on the majesty of his predecessors to calm the two of them, and finally shut up.

    Only Uehara Naraku sat quietly on his back.

    Uehara Naraku finished his manipulation of Uchiha''s belt soil, quietly let go of his finger, and sighed lightly: "It''s a shame to praise her for being strong..."

    Yes.

    Just now when Uchiha Sasuke and Deidara quarreled, Uehara Naruto was remotely controlling Uchiha belt soil to leak secrets to Haaki Kakashi.

    Even Uehara Naraku made Uchiha bring soil to show up on the memorial monument because it happened to observe the trail of Hagi Kakashi.

    All this is again the design of Uehara Naraku.

    Logically and emotionally, this encounter between Uchiha Daido and Hagi Kakashi was an old friend encounter without flaws.

    Uehara Naruko did all this just to let Hagiki Kakashi know one thing, that is, his relationship with Nagato and Konan is very deep.

    What Xiaonan and Nagato said, Uehara Nana could hear everything.

    As long as Xiaonan and Nagato choose to understand Konoha during the war, Uehara Naraku can easily understand Konoha, and can even help deal with Uchiha Daido and Uchiha Madara.

    After a night.

    Deidara''s voice awakened everyone: "Hahahahahaha...we are almost in the land of thunder!"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but open his eyes and glanced at Dedara.

    Deidara''s face was full of exhaustion. Obviously, in order to ensure that his clay dragon continued to fly, he worked hard to make up for another night.

    It seems that Deidara really loves his art.

    Although Dedara is an art-loving and mentally retarded The clay dragon he made does not fly too slowly. It is slightly slower than the ancient dragon, and compared to other psychic beasts. Not too slow.

    It''s just that there is a problem with security.

    Cultivating while flying is a bit scary...

    According to Uehara''s information, Nagato and Konan departed a little later than them, but with the distance between Uyin Village and Konoha, if they took the Archaeopteryx psychic beast, they almost arrived near Konoha, right?

    There was no error in Uehara Naraku''s estimate.

    Just as Hagi Kakashi rushed to the Naruto office to report that he had encountered Uchiha belt soil and obtained information from him, Nagato and Konan had already infiltrated the outer defense area outside the village of Konoha.

    "God''s Paper Art!"

    Xiao Nan slowly spread out his palms, manipulating sheets of white paper to form a thick and sturdy tree hidden in the forest. This tree has no flaws at all.

    This will be a hidden place in Nagato.

    Because this time he invaded Konoha and captured Nine Tails, he faced a lot of enemies. Penn''s Six Paths were the real main combat force, and they were more suitable for appearing on the battlefield than Nagato.

    Nagato walked slowly into the cave, and asked in a soft voice, "Xiaonan, do you want to participate in the attack on Konoha? If you do, you should use a paper clone to act with Penn Liudao!"

    "can."

    Xiao Nan nodded.

    It just so happened that she also wanted to meet a few people in Konoha.

    In the next moment, countless pieces of white paper split from Xiao Nan''s body, forming a paper clone that is difficult to distinguish between true and false, and entered the ranks of Penn''s Six Paths.

    Nagato slowly sat cross-legged in the tree hole, slowly raised his fingers, and the reincarnation eyes flashed with a bright light in his eyes.

    "Then start!"

 Chapter 280ï¼š A mammoth war

    "Starting from Naruto (

    Inside Konoha Village.

    Naruto Office.

    After seeing Tsunade, Haaki Kakashi reported in detail all the incidents of his encounter with Uchiha Daido at the solitary monument, and told Tsunade about Akatsuki''s invasion of Konoha.

    Unfortunately, Uchiha''s belt soil has already gone.

    Tsunade sighed faintly, and now there is no point in sending people out to contain the Uchiha belt, let alone Akatsuki may invade at any time.

    "Does Uchiha take the soil to say that only two people invaded Konoha?"

    Tsunade closed his palms, looked up at Hagi Kakashi, and whispered, "Do you think what he said is credible?"

    "Strictly speaking, according to Master Jilaiya''s intelligence, it should be an intrusion of eight people. After all, the power of the Six Ways of Payne is also very powerful."

    After Hagi Kakashi finished speaking, he frowned and continued: "There should be a certain degree of credibility if you take soil. After all, he needs our help to solve Nagato now. There shouldn''t be any in this matter Will lie."

    "If what he said is accurate enough..."

    Tsunade slowly squeezed his palm, and looked at Konoha outside the window and said, "After we solve the invasion of Nagato and Konan, do we continue to prepare for the invasion of Uehara Naraku?"

    "Ok."

    Haaki Kakashi nodded, and said in a low voice: "Naruto-sama, if Uehara Naraku''s strength is really as strong as Uchiha Daido said, we must be prepared in advance. After all, Uehara''s strength is also ours. Look in the eyes."

    "Yes¡­"

    Tsunade sighed faintly, and said softly, "Uehara Naraku can defeat you and Kai, and even defeat the enemies of Jiraiya in the fairy mode. He was originally a powerful ninja, but he didn''t expect that even so, he still hasn''t used up. Do you try your best?"

    "Yes."

    Haaki Kakashi slowly pulled on his ninja guard''s forehead, with a low tone in his voice: "Because Uehara Naraku is the kind of ninja who sees a powerful ninja, his strength will become stronger accordingly..."

    Don''t say anything else.

    Only when he was in trouble during the Ninja exam, Uehara was able to steal Matkai''s art at will, thus defeating Matkai head-on in a state of shock.

    That ability is too powerful.

    If anyone''s art can be stolen by him, who knows how powerful Uehara Naraku will be? What''s more, his own strength is very tough, and he may also hide the blood inheritance boundary he developed.

    "Forget it."

    Tsunade frowned his eyebrows, glanced at Hagi Kakashi, and said softly: "Now what we need most is to solve the troubles of Nagato and Konan, Uehara Naraku, and wait until this war is over... "

    Tsunade slowly squeezed his palms and squeezed his palms, and whispered, "I''m just worried, when will Akatsuki guys attack..."

    The defense area outside Konoha Village.

    A rustle of footsteps came over.

    The Konoha ninjas raised their ears in surprise, and each ninja involuntarily raised his own vigilance, and their gazes gradually moved to the forest, watching the dark shadows come out of the forest.

    The sun gradually fell.

    Six orange-haired men wearing auspicious clouds and black robes and a woman with light blue hair also appeared in front of these Konoha ninjas step by step, standing outside their defense.

    It is the paper avatar of Payne Liudao and Xiaonan.

    "That''s... Xiao!"

    The two teams of Konoha Ninjas in charge of the defense of this area looked at Payne Six Dao with horror. They immediately separated one team to block, and the other team went to the village to report.

    Shura Dao Payne stretched out his palm, and cruise missiles flew out of his arm, blowing up all the Konoha ninjas!

    It''s just that this movement also aroused the vigilance around!

    One of the Konoha ninjas even launched the signal flares in his hand before the missile came. The red warning signal flares flickered in the air for a few seconds!

    There must be someone in Konoha Village who can see this red warning flare, and they will definitely be prepared.

    There is also a lucky Konoha ninja, who quickly fled into the forest and fled in the direction of Konoha!

    The Six Ways of Payne didn''t seem to care about all this.

    Originally, their plan was to directly attack Konoha.

    Xiao Nan frowned, glanced at the red flare in the air, and whispered: "In this case, Konoha will definitely be vigilant."

    "It doesn''t matter."

    Heavenly Way Payne shook his head gently, and said softly: "When they find that they can''t beat me with all their best, they will realize what the real terror is."

    "..."

    Xiao Nan shook his head slowly.

    Tiandao Payne saw that her expression was not pretty, and then explained: "Konoha has always been very vigilant, and the internal defenses are already in wartime, very strict.

    I am here to launch an offensive with great fanfare. When their elite forces leave Konoha to intercept us, I will sneak into Konoha with the animal path, channeling us into Konoha, and then move the tiger away from the mountain. "

    This explanation is barely qualified.

    Xiao Nan frowned and glanced at Heavenly Dao Payne. Did you really have this plan?

    Human Dao Payne slowly walked up, stretched out his palm and pressed the head of a badly injured Konoha ninja, launching the psychic technique.

    After drew out the soul of the Konoha ninja, Payne slowly turned his head and looked at Xiao Nan: "Nine-tailed man Zhuli Uzumaki Naruto is now in Konoha Village. It seems that this trip will definitely be rewarding. ."

    "That''s good."

    Xiao Nan nodded, and said with some worry in his eyes: "I don''t know what''s going on in Uehara? Maybe they''re going to Yunyin Village soon, right?"

    "They will be faster."

    Tiandao Payne said softly: "Perhaps they have captured Yunyin Village now."

    Rush to a fart, capture a ghost.

    On the side of Konoha Village, the boss of Akatsuki''s organization has started.

    On the side of Thunder Country, Uehara Naraku and his party are still entangled with Dedara''s clay dragon.

    Because after the giant clay dragon flew over the border of the kingdom of thunder, a huge wing fell on the ground. The entire giant dragon directly began to disintegrate, and countless clays fell from the sky.

    If it weren''t for Uehara Naruko''s hand to quickly grab the red sand scorpion and Uchiha Sasuke, both of them would have to be buried directly by Dedara''s clay dragon.

    "Hey, do you want to kill us?"

    Sasuke Uchiha glanced at Deidara with an angry face, and then watched the scattered clay dragon pile up a white hill on the ground. If they were accidentally buried in, they might be gone. !

    "do not talk to me¡­"

    Deidara rode the clay giant bird to the ground with a sad face, and looked at the clay giant that had fallen apart, with some unspeakable grievances on her face.

    This is what he worked so hard to figure out!

    Moreover, he was diligently adding supplements to the clay dragon along the way, how could he just fall apart immediately after crossing the border!

    How sorry he is!

    Uehara Naruko rubbed his eyebrows. According to the news from the pharmacist, Penn Six Ways had already started in the Konoha defensive area. They were still accompanied by a mentally retarded person on the border of Thunder Country. His art.

    Damn, what a nonsense!

    Uehara Naraku rubbed his forehead, looked at Dedara with a sad face, and asked him softly: "Or, let''s hear it?"

    "..."

    Sasuke Uchiha and the Scorpion of the Red Sand cast inexplicable glances.

    "Okay!"

    Deidara''s eyes lit up, and after nodding quickly, she put her finger on her lips: "Then you can only look at the true blooming charm of my art! Art... just explosion!"

    "Wait for us to go further!"

    The red sand scorpion grabbed Dedala''s clothes and turned to look at Uehara Naraku: "Uehara, summon your psychic beast, let''s get ready for the mission."

    "Ok!"

    Uehara Naraku nodded hurriedly.

    The next moment, a huge ancient dragon fell beside them, and after taking them into the air, it dropped a huge fireball and exploded the clay mountain.

    After sitting on the ancient dragon.

    Uehara Naraku finally settled down, and raised his fingers little by little. His will fell on Uchiha''s body, watching the war of Penn''s invasion of Konoha on the other side.

    At this moment.

    The whole village of Konoha is in order.

    Konoha ninjas immediately began to act according to the original plan after getting the information of Penn''s Six Ways of invasion. Those who should organize civilian refuges should organize civilian refuges, and those who should go to meet the enemy should go to meet the enemy.

    After receiving the news, Jilai frowned subconsciously and said, "Are there only Penn Liudao and Xiaonan? Didn''t you see Nagato?"

    "No."

    Tsunade shook his head and said in a low voice: "According to the information from the front, there are only six reincarnation-eyed ninjas with orange hair and one female ninja with light blue hair."

    "Tsk, I''m hiding!"

    Ji Lai also tightened his attire and said softly: "Let''s meet Penn Liudao and Xiao Nan first, and the other ninjas will search for the location of Nagato to see if he is nearby."

    Jilai also slowly took off his oil-inspired forehead protection, took a bunch of whirlpool forehead protection symbolizing Konoha from Tsunade''s hand, and put it on his forehead.

    Immortal Shen Zuo and Immortal Zhi Ma on the ground jumped on Jilaiya''s shoulders, and they have also stayed in Konoha, always ready to take part in the battle.

    Standing behind Jilaiya.

    All of them are Konoha''s strongest single combat power.

    Hagaki Kakashi, Uzumaki Naruto, MetkayLi Luo, and two foreign aids, Gaara and Shuiying Zhao Meiming.

    What they have to do is to disperse and attack Penn six times.

    The other Konoha ninjas, sand hidden ninjas, and misty hidden ninjas are divided into seven battle groups, and they are mainly nearby to help them fight a certain Penn puppet at any time.

    "Let''s go!"

    Jilai also sorted out the ninja uniforms he hadn''t worn for a long time, and took everyone flying out of the Hokage Tower one by one, and headed to the area where Penn had invaded.

    Jilai also jumped sideways, glanced at the Uzumaki Naruto who was behind him, and asked softly, "Hey, Naruto, how are your preparations?"

    "Well, more than a dozen shadow clones are drawing natural energy from Miaomu Mountain."

    Naruto Uzumaki nodded slowly, and replied loudly, "It''s probably a fairy mode that can last a long time! There should be no problem!"

    "Then go!"

    Jilaiya''s figure jumped onto Konoha''s city wall, looking down at the gun smoke coming from a distance, and the others stood beside him side by side.

    Behind them, there are seven huge battle groups, each with at least hundreds of ninjas, ready to support them separately.

    Another area.

    The head of the Hyuga clan, Hyuga Hinata, led a sensory force formed by ninjas from the Hyuga, Inuzuka, and Yume tribes, searching for the location of Nagato.

    On the Naruto Rock.

    The pharmacist carried Hafeng Mizumon and Uchiha, who were reincarnated in the dirty soil, and watched the ninja troop, led by the seven of Jiraiya and others, flooding out of the village like a tide.

    "It''s really a huge battle!"

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around and said with a chuckle: "Konoha, Sandyuki, and Wuyin combined forces, Akatsuki''s leader, who will win?"

 Chapter 281ï¼š The first person to die

    "Starting from Naruto (

    "We must follow our plan."

    Jilai also watched the beacon smoke coming out of the distance, and said in a deep voice: "Everyone should not be aggressive. Be sure to disperse Penn Sixth Road and Xiao Nan to defeat them!"

    "understand."

    The others nodded solemnly.

    The ninja battle group under the wall is also listening to the instructions of their captain, because the ninja of each unit will be responsible for supporting and assisting a certain ninja on the wall.

    Seven ninjas with the strongest individual combat power.

    Seven fighting units responsible for cooperating with these seven ninjas.

    The killing atmosphere before the war was faintly appalling.

    The seven people present all participated in the pre-war meeting, and they all knew exactly how strong their opponents were. They were the ones standing on top of Xiao''s group of monsters!

    Gaara, Li Luo, and Uzumaki Naruto had never experienced such a big battle before, and the chakras on the three of them slowly began to erupt uncontrollably, attracting other people''s attention.

    "What a few young and energetic little guys!"

    Terumi Ming''s palm covered her red lips and chuckled a few times, then praised, "Do you all have a girlfriend?"

    Li Luoke: "..."

    Gaara: "..."

    Uzumaki Naruto: "..."

    Is it time to talk about girlfriends?

    Not to mention the three young imps, Haaki Kakashi, Jilaiya, and Metkai next to them are still three single dogs?

    It''s just that Terumi Ming''s teasing made the tension on the faces of Li Luoke and the three young men slowly dissipated a lot.

    "Well, this is the end of our small talk!"

    Zilai also suddenly closed his palms, Shen Zuo Xianren and Zhima Xianren closed their palms while sitting on his shoulders, and the three voices shouted in unison: "Xianren Mode¡¤Open!"

    The next moment, Jilaiya''s momentum suddenly rose!

    Everyone was slightly surprised to look at Jiraiya, who had completely changed his appearance, but Naruto Uzumaki frowned and said in a low voice: "The natural energy of the first shadow clone has been absorbed, and the second shadow clone Get ready to absorb natural energy!"

    "Fairy Mode¡¤Open!"

    Uzumaki Naruto''s body exploded with the same aura in an instant, his eyes were filled with orange pupils, and his eyes gradually became somewhat similar to frogs.

    This can only choose this stupid way.

    Because Uzumaki Naruto has nine tails in his body, he can only transform into the fairy mode independently, but it is obviously impossible to take this into consideration in the battle, so they discussed two plans.

    The first solution: Uzumaki Naruto starts to absorb and store natural energy in advance by condensing two shadow clones, so that he can directly dissolve the shadow clones, so that the natural energy in the shadow clones can return to the body and directly turn on the fairy mode.

    The second solution: Uzumaki Naruto split into a dozen shadow clones in one breath, carefully calculating how much natural energy each shadow clone needs to fuse with his body when it returns to his body. When the first shadow clone disbands, the first The two shadow clones began to slowly extract natural energy.

    Every shadow avatar must keep in mind the amount of natural energy that they draw, because the amount of natural energy they draw is different.

    This is more troublesome.

    Once too little, natural energy is wasted.

    Once there are too many words, the phenomenon of frog transformation will appear directly.

    Fortunately, there are still a few toads on Miaomu Mountain watching the natural energy extraction of Uzumaki Naruto''s shadow clones. Once there is a problem in any link, they will immediately kill those idle shadow clones and notify Uzumaki Naruto.

    This battle.

    Konoha is struggling.

    "Lee, we can''t fall behind either!"

    Metkay gave a thumbs up at Li Luk, and then suddenly clenched his fist, the Chakra breath on his body began to riot!

    Li Luoke also gritted his teeth, and his momentum gradually began to synchronize with Metkay: "Yes, Teacher Kay! Eight-door Dunjia... The sixth door¡¤Jingmen¡¤Open!"

    Li Luoke can easily open the sixth door, if he wants to desperately can open the seventh door, but the probability of death is relatively high.

    Metkay can easily open the sixth door, even the seventh door is very simple, but the seventh door is too expensive.

    "It''s terrible..."

    Gaara stretched out his palm, wiped the cold sweat on his forehead, looked down at Li Rok and Metkai who opened the Eight Door Dunjia state, and glanced at Jiraiya and Uzumaki Naruto who opened the fairy mode. .

    Gaara and Terumi Mei''s eyes gradually began to converge, and finally settled slowly on Hagi Kakashi. They also think Hagi Kakashi should have a similar technique, right?

    "Ahem..."

    Hagi Kakashi tugged at his forehead and coughed a few times: "I don''t have a similar technique. I only have a kaleidoscope to write round eyes, which disappointed the two."

    "¡­Oh."

    Terumi Ming and Gaara slowly retracted their sights.

    "Okay, let''s go!"

    Jilai also took the lead in jumping off the city wall, leading everyone to rush towards Penn¡¯s position, and said in a loud voice: "Your Excellency Terumi Ming attacked Xiaonan! I will attack the strongest Penn, and Kai will attack the one that can absorb Penn of Chakra! Kakashi go to deal with Penn who can be transformed into a weapon! You three little guys go and pester the other three Penns!"

    "understand!"

    The silhouettes of the crowd swiftly shuttled through the forest. Behind them, thousands of ninjas also entered the forest, chasing their direction!

    The other side.

    Payne Liudao was still slowly advancing in the direction of Konoha.

    Shuradao Payne¡¯s body turned into a radar capable of sensing Chakra, and he spoke softly: ¡°Xiao Nan, someone rushed over, and seven of them had a very violent Chakra reaction. There are thousands of people behind. Kra''s reaction..."

    "Oh."

    After Xiao Nan frowned, he waved away the sheets of origami, and said in a cold voice: "Then do you want to fight them head-on?"

    "The body is behind."

    Heavenly Dao Payne slowly raised his palm, and said softly: "It doesn''t matter if the battle is like this. As long as the main body is still there, even if all six Paynes are damaged, they can be repaired, so they can experience what it means... despair."

    "Clean out the battlefield first!"

    After Tiandao Payne said this sentence, a majestic repulsive force was suddenly vented from his palm, and the forest in front of him was overturned almost instantly!

    The big dirt tree engulfed in the sand, pushed by the repulsive force, and rushed in the direction of Konoha everyone!

    "Then say hello..."

    Shuradao Payne''s urn opened his mouth and opened his chest.

    Under his Chakra radar, cruise missiles were drilled out, and they suddenly flew into the air. Under his precise control, they shot at the seven people waiting for Zi Lai Ya!

    "Tudun¡¤Tuliu City Wall!"

    Jilai also took the lead in closing his palms, Shen Sheng Jieyin released a large wall, blocking the rushing gravel trees!

    "Quick sand waterfall!"

    Gaara stepped on the sand pad and looked at the missiles that were flying. He raised his hand to turn the ground into yellow sand and swept into the air, swallowing the missiles into the yellow sand.

    Payne''s first attack was stopped by the two of them.

    "Is this Penn''s power?"

    There was a faint cold sweat on Terumi Ming''s forehead, and he whispered: "In just a short moment, all the obstacles in front of our sight have been straightened out..."

    "It''s just this blow..."

    Li Luoke also spoke solemnly on his face: "You already have the destructive power of the day tiger comparable to Teacher Kai!"

    Jilaiya nodded solemnly, and said solemnly, "This is the ability that Penn made by Yahiko...repulsion! The bomb that flew just now is the ability of a hideous-looking Penn..."

    After speaking, Jiraiya also spoke again: "Maybe that guy in Nagato just wants to clear a suitable battlefield and say hello to us..."

    "..."

    Everyone fell silent.

    "All right."

    The dignity on Jilai Yee''s face faded away, revealing a smile: "Since the enemy has greeted us, then we naturally have to respond! Let''s go!"

    The crowd climbed rapidly along the walls of Tuli City Bi.

    When they were standing on the city wall, they also saw Penn Liudao and Xiao Nan waiting for them. This time they were going to face powerful enemies!

    And these are just puppets manipulated by the enemy.

    "Teacher Jilaiya."

    Tiandao Payne slowly raised his head, the reincarnation eyes were motionless in his eye sockets, he just spread his palms calmly: "Although a group of mortals challenged God is a stupid act, but your courage is worth me for you Build a suitable burial site."

    Tiandao Payne''s eyes moved slightly, looking at Uzumaki Naruto next to Jilaiya, and whispered: "It seems that that is our youngest junior brother Naruto Uzumaki, then treat him as the winner of this battle. ."

    "..."

    Naruto Uzumaki gritted his teeth dullly and looked at Heavenly Dao Payne: "I can''t understand your actions. I have heard the **** fairy say that if your so-called purpose is to bring peace to the Ninja World, why should you let Uehara Naraku destroyed the sand hidden villages and mist hidden villages!"

    "Naruto!"

    Jilai also frowned and glanced at Uzumaki Naruto.

    Uzumaki Naruto did not pay attention to Jiraiya, but clenched his fist, looked at Tiandao Payne and said: "This war is obviously unnecessary! If it is for peace..."

    "shut up."

    Heavenly Way Payne interrupted Naruto Uzumaki¡¯s words, and slowly lifted his palms towards Naruto Uzumaki, a cold voice came from his mouth: "I don¡¯t like to hear other people tell me something that I don¡¯t know. What you have to do next is to accept your fate and enjoy the punishment God has given you courage!"

    Is every person with yellow hair in the Ninja Realm talkative?

    Akatsuki''s Deidara is already annoying enough, and Konoha''s Naruto Uzumaki likes to nag, too much of these yellow hairs.

    Jilai also patted Naruto Uzumaki on the shoulder, and whispered: "Alright, Naruto, let''s get rid of all Penn who was present! I didn''t see the power displayed by a person who could change this ninja world in Nagato. He won''t believe you."

    "Yes, lecherous fairy."

    Naruto Uzumaki nodded slowly.

    "So... are you ready? Everyone!"

    Jilai also clenched the fist of his left hand, hit the palm of his right hand, and said loudly, "If you are ready... we can go!"

    "Yes!"

    After everyone responded loudly, they each jumped off the city wall and rushed towards Penn Liudao and Xiao Nan!

    "Aha!"

    Metkay and Li Locke were the fastest. When the two opened six doors, they were the first to find their respective targets and rushed towards the position of the target Penn!

    "Huh? Are you going to defeat them individually?"

    Tiandao Payne''s gaze wandered slightly, watching the seven enemies, and sighed softly: "It''s still so naive! Teacher Jilaiya..."

    Click, click...

    The Asura Dao standing in front of Tiandao Payne quickly changed its shape, and thick barrels appeared on Asura Dao''s body!

    The next moment, the gunshots were loud!

    Countless bullets ejected from the muzzle!

    A series of bullets converged into a line of fire, blocking all the positions where the seven ninjas could rush over, forcing them to avoid or resist each!

    Immediately after that, a particularly strong sniper barrel appeared on the chest of Shura Dao, and a huge bullet flew out from it, and it flew directly to the front Li Luoke!

    This shot is too insidious!

    "Shenwei!"

    Hagi Kakashi instantly opened the kaleidoscope to write round eyes used pupil technique to absorb the powerful bullet into the divine space, he turned his head and reminded loudly: "Be careful! The weapon on that Penn..."

    Bang!

    The second bullet flew over!

    A blood flower bloomed on Hagi Kakashi''s chest!

    Because Hagi Kakashi had just used the pupil technique to save Li Luoke''s life, he had no time to use pupil technique, so he was directly hit in the chest by the second shot hidden by Shura Dao!

    The battle has just begun...

    The first person to sacrifice has appeared!

    On the Hokage Rock in the distance.

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around and said with a chuckle: "I didn''t expect that the first person to die in the battle was Mr. Hagi Kakashi..."

    "what?"

    Uchiha turned his head to look at Pharmacist''s pocket with the soil inconceivably, and asked coldly, "How is it possible? Kakashi is the most sinister and cunning, how could he die!"

    I don''t know the true feelings of the soil.

    Maybe he didn''t want to see Hagi Kakashi died in battle, maybe he also wanted to slander Hagi Kakashi''s character?

    Bo Feng Shuimen clenched his fists, slammed weakly on the ground, and said in a low voice: "No, Kakashi has indeed died in battle, in order to save a young guy, to remind his companion..."

    At this moment.

    Uehara Naraku and others are still on the way to Yunyin Village.

    Uehara Naruko''s brows frowned slightly, and he rubbed his temples. While watching Konoha''s battle remotely, he also received first-hand news.

    Did Kakashi die to save people after all?

 Chapter 282ï¼š Go and dig out the body of Shumo Hagaki

    "Starting from Naruto (

    After Uehara Naraku received the news of Hagi Kakashi''s death, he felt a little responsible. After all, Hagi Kakashi had a good relationship with him.

    Uehara Naruko sighed inwardly, and gave the first order to Pharmacist Pocket: "Doo, you can go and find the body of Sakumo Hagi. If possible, we should be able to get one or two rebirths from the filthy soil. The master of it."

    Wave wind water gate: "..."

    Uchiha belt soil: "..."

    Sakumo Hagi is the father of Kakashi Hagi.

    When Hagi Kakashi was very young, he committed suicide, which left a huge shadow on Kakashi''s childhood and even affected his future ninja path.

    Now the two of their masters and disciples are still immersed in the sorrow of Hagi Kakashi''s death in the battle, but Uehara Naraku gave them an order to find the body of Hagi Kakashi''s father Sakumo Hagi?

    Is this going to let the pharmacist reincarnate in the dirty soil and reincarnating Hagi Shumo?

    Damn, are you still a human asshole, Naru Uehara!

    Perhaps the soul of Hagi Kakashi is looking forward to meeting his father in the Pure Land, but you directly summon Hagi Sakumo¡¯s soul back to rebirth...

    How can people be reunited even if they die!

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around, frowned, and said softly, "Master Naraku, I tried to reincarnating from the filthy soil, Sakumo Hagi, but it didn''t succeed at all..."

    "rest assured."

    Uehara Naruko rubbed his forehead and said softly, "After this war is over, he should be able to successfully reincarnate him from the dirty soil."

    If I remember correctly, Hagi Sakumo''s soul has always been on the road leading to the pure land of the underworld. Once the soul is not in the pure land, even the reincarnated filthy land will not be able to find his soul, so Shumo Hagi can''t carry on the filthy land at all. Reincarnated.

    If Hagi Kakashi died in battle, he should first see Sakumo Hagi who was waiting for him on the road, right?

    After the father and son have crossed their hearts, will they liberate the shackles and head to the pure land of the underworld?

    At that time, you will be able to reincarnate Hamu Shumao Huitu!

    Although the pharmacist didn''t quite understand it, he still followed the order of Uehara Naraku and sneaked out of the coffin of Sakumo Hagiki from the memorial monument.

    Outside Konoha Village.

    The battle continues.

    No one thought of it.

    Hagi Kakashi will be the first person to die in battle.

    In other words, no matter who is the first to die in battle, it is not acceptable to everyone.

    However, the power of Shura Dao''s sniper bullets penetrated Kakashi''s chest directly, knocking his body upside down and flying out, and fell heavily to the ground!

    "Kakashi!"

    Metkay watched Hanaki Kakashi fall in disbelief, and his body was soon covered with blood. Metkay never thought that his best friend would fall here.

    "Mr. Kakashi!"

    "Ms. Kakashi!"

    "Senior Kakashi!"

    The others also watched with astonishment at Hagi Kakashi''s fall. Naruto Uzumaki almost fell into a daze watching this scene, and Li Luoke''s eyes widened.

    A trace of grief flashed across Jiraiya''s face, and he reminded him in a cold voice, "Hey, don''t be in a daze, the battle is still going on! Boy, don''t be sorry for Kakashi''s sacrifice!"

    "..."

    Hagi Kakashi slowly closed his eyes.

    If you can, it seems good to die like this?

    At least in this case, he can see many people, no matter how many bonds he has around him, sometimes it makes Kakashi feel that the world is too lonely.

    Only after Hagi Kakashi¡¯s soul ascended to heaven, the first person he saw was his father Sakumo Hagi, the strong man with the title of Konoha and White Fang used his own power to bind himself here. This road to the underworld is waiting to see his son.

    The two of them had never thought about it.

    Someone will count these two dead men.

    Outside Konoha Village.

    Everyone was suppressing the sadness of Kakashi''s death in battle.

    "Shock the door open!"

    Only Metkay suddenly exploded with the power of the seventh gate and the shocking gate, and blasted his fist in the direction of Payne: "Day Tiger!"

    A huge air bomb was blasted out by Metkay''s fist!

    Under the suppression of the fist, this air bomb turned into a white tiger and rushed in the direction of Payne Liudao, screaming and opening his mouth wide!

    The countless bullets fired by Shura Dao were shattered by Sunhu''s power and turned into Chakra and disappeared. This scene made Tiandao Payne frowning his brow.

    The moment this white day tiger turned into a bomb of air appeared, the figure of Hungry Ghost Dao appeared in front of the white tiger, spreading out his palms: "Seal of Seal!"

    In the next moment, Hungry Ghost Road was directly defeated by Zhouhu!

    "How is it possible? This is not ninjutsu!"

    Tiandao Payne''s expression changed slightly. He hurriedly stretched out his palm, and a huge repulsive force burst out: "Shen Luo Tianzheng!"

    It is a pity that Shenluo Tianzheng''s power is not enough.

    The next moment, Tiandao Payne''s body couldn''t help but fly out!

    The power of the Shenluo Tianzheng that Tiandao Payen hurriedly used was too small to defeat the air bomb of the day tiger. The animal road immediately psyched up a huge psychic beast, trying to help them resist the power of the day tiger!

    One psychic beast turned into smoke to dissipate!

    The white tiger gradually converged into a white ball, and the vigor in the ball began to destroy everything around it!

    "It''s really troublesome."

    Tiandao Payne frowned, and suddenly stretched out his palm toward the broken body of Hungry Ghost Road: "Vientiane Tianyin!"

    I saw Hungry Ghost Dao''s body caught in his hands.

    In the next moment, the remaining paper avatars of Payne and Xiaonan all turned into smoke and disappeared on the battlefield. Nagato didn''t want to be destroyed by a single blow to all his puppets!

    Inside the huge tree hole in the distance.

    Nagato slowly put his palms away, staring at the broken body of Hungry Ghost Road with an ugly look, then glanced at the few Penns he had brought back with his psychic skills, and said in a deep voice: "I didn''t expect Konoha There are even such masters of physical skills..."

    "Ok¡­"

    Xiao Nan also nodded with some lingering fears.

    The power and speed of the Sun Tiger''s eruption just now were so amazing that they didn''t have any reaction time at all, and they were almost destroyed by a single blow!

    It is indeed the strongest Shinobu Village in the Shinobi world.

    Even if it''s physique, it is absolutely different from other ninjas of ninja village!

    No, it should be said that those people in other Ninja villages cannot be called ninjas at all!

    Nagato slowly lowered his head, his long red hair drooped, and his voice gradually became a little gloomy: "In this case, you can''t force the attack...you must find a way to solve the powerful physical ninja, no, or say one Get rid of them all in one tone."

    Nagato''s gaze slowly turned to look at Shura Dao, and made a certain decision: "Make a good plan, and let Shura Dao go and die with those people!"

    On the battlefield.

    When the air bomb dissipated, a huge pit appeared on the ground, but Payne in the field was all gone, and everyone couldn''t help but frown.

    Metkay''s face is a bit unsightly, and the power of the outburst of the tiger is also very expensive to him. Does this move have no results?

    "How is this going?"

    "What about people?"

    "Could it be directly destroyed by Mr. Kai''s day tiger?"

    "Do not."

    Jilai also shook his head, and he instantly analyzed the situation just now: "It should be Nagato who saw that Payne might be damaged under the attack of the day tiger, and all the Penn psychics were gone in advance."

    After speaking, Jilai also saw other people''s expressions a little frustrated, and said softly: "But this is not without results. I just saw that Penn who can absorb the spell has been directly destroyed by Kai''s spell! "

    "call¡­"

    Metkay took a breath and hurriedly nodded: "This is just right. Our personnel comparison is still the same. Now there are six people against six people... Then next, Kakashi will face the opponent. Solve it for me!"

    "Can you hold it?"

    "Absolutely no problem!"

    Metkay gave his thumbs up, and said in an annoying voice: "Kakashi''s will, let me inherit it!"

    "it is good!"

    Jilai closed his palms and nodded with a gloomy expression: "Let''s find them now!"

    The memorial monument of Konoha Oyama.

    Yakushi pocket, Uchiha brought soil and Hafengsuimen to excavate Hagaki Sakumo''s grave, and carefully put his coffin in the seal scroll.

    Although I don''t know why Uehara Naraku thinks that Haaki Sakumo can reincarnate from the dirty soil, it has been proved to be unfeasible, but Yakushidou decided to execute Uehara Naraku''s order and reported Uehara Naraku about the matter here.

    "Master Naraku, I have followed your instructions and dug up the body of Konoha Whitetooth Hagaki Sakumo."

    After the pharmacist finished talking , he continued softly: "Mitkay almost destroyed all Payne in one blow. Lord Nagato seemed to interrupt his retreat. Now Konoha''s people are full of mountains and plains. Search for their whereabouts."

    After the pharmacist said this, he didn''t hear any reply from Uehara Naraku, and added: "After the outbreak of Metkay, the situation seems to be unfavorable for Nagato-sama!"

    "..."

    Uchiha Daito was surprised to hear what Yakushi said: "That guy Kay...has he become so strong now?"

    Originally Uchiha Daido and Metkay were the two crane tails in the class.

    It''s a pity that Matt Kai seems to be a little different, and every time he takes the Nakanin exam, Uchiha can beat Uchiha to find teeth.

    Later, after Uchiha took the soil and got the kaleidoscope writing wheel, he didn''t care much about Metkay. I didn''t expect that Metkay didn''t leave them too much...

    Bofeng Water Gate shook his head and sighed softly: "Ninjas who have found their own path and followed this path unswervingly, they will definitely become very powerful."

    "All right."

    As soon as Hafeng Mizuno finished speaking, Uehara Naraku''s will immediately fell on him, and he whispered: "Dou, I know everything you said. When they meet again, there is no need to report some small things to me. ."

    Thunder Country.

    The sky above Yunyin Village.

    The village is scattered among the towering mountains.

    Both concealment and defensiveness far surpass other villages. It is difficult for idle ninjas to invade this ninja village, which also makes Yunyin village powerful.

    Nairo Uehara sat on the ancient dragon, slowly erected his fingers, and whispered: "Alright, get ready to attack Yunyin Village!"

 Chapter 283ï¼š Yunyin Village, go to war!

    "Starting from Naruto (

    The fighting in Konoha village temporarily stalled.

    The battle in Yunyin Village has just begun.

    While Nagato and Xiaonan were planning to deal with Jiraiya, Metkai and others, Uehara Naraku and Deidara and others rushed to Yunyin Village.

    Due to the special environment of Yunyin Village, there are bursts of thunder in the sky, and waves of electric lights jump in the clouds from time to time, which makes people feel awkward.

    Deidara hated the thunder and lightning weather environment the most. He couldn''t help but dig out his ears and pout his own mouth: "The sound of thunder is so loud, the group of Yunyin Village brains are full of muscular idiots, why? Endure?"

    "Here is very suitable for using Lei Dun¡¤Kirin."

    Sasuke Uchiha raised his head and glanced at the sound of thunder from time to time in the sky above Yunyin Village. His writing wheel eyes can easily capture the traces of thunder and lightning in the sky, and he only needs to guide him to release the S-class Thunder Ninjutsu. .

    Sasuke Uchiha turned his head and glanced at Uehara Naraku, and asked softly, "Senior Uehara, let me say hello to Yunyin Village with the Thunder Dun Kirin?"

    say hi.

    Ever since Uehara Naraku led everyone on several missions, Akatsuki began to popularize this sentence. When meeting, he threw a powerful S-level technique to the enemy...

    This is how to say hello.

    At the beginning, Nagato at Konoha Village also manipulated Tiandao Payne to say hello with Shinra Tensei, and Sasuke Uchiha at Yunyin Village wanted to say hello with Thunder Dunk Kirin.

    Say hello, say hello...

    Can you make it through? Let me say hello!

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Uchiha Sasuke speechlessly, and sighed, "All right, then you can try it!"

    "Well, senior."

    Uchiha Sasuke''s palm suddenly closed Kiejin, his five fingers stretched out to the sky, and the thunderclouds in the sky began to converge under Sasuke''s guidance.

    next moment.

    A huge thunder beast jumped out of the thundercloud in the sky!

    And the target that this Thunder Beast is about to attack is the Thunder Shadow Building in Yunyin Village!

    Above the ground.

    Leiying Office, Yunyin Village.

    The fourth generation of Lei Ying Ai leaned on the sofa in the office, frowning and flipping through the documents sent from the village, looking nothing like a person who likes to correct documents.

    This is the Raikage feature.

    Each generation of Raiking is a rough man. They never like to sit on the chair of the desk, but like to find a spacious place casually.

    Their character does not like to be restrained.

    It¡¯s just that there is another person in Raikage¡¯s office today, that is Raikage¡¯s fourth-generation Raikage¡¯s bereavement brother, Rabbi Yawei, who is worried that Raikage will be attacked by Akatsuki. Kirabi has always been by his side.

    To be honest, the fourth generation of Raikage regretted it a bit.

    Kiraby was walking around in the office, jumping up and down, and suddenly came to stand on the table in front of the sofa, gesticulating with his fingers: "Big brother, I will dance and you will sing. This is us, AB Combination! Oh yeah!"

    "..."

    The face of the fourth generation of Raiking went black.

    The next moment, the Lei Ying raised his head in silence to look at Kirabi, took out an apple from the tray with a gloomy face, and squeezed the apple into scum!

    "..."

    Kiraby watched the movements of the fourth generation of Raikage, a drop of cold sweat slowly dripped on his forehead, and immediately he waved his palm and changed a posture: "I''m here to dance, you can sing, and the BA group is okay. !Oh yeah!"

    "ratio."

    The fourth generation of Raikage''s forehead violently jumped, and he looked at the brother Yi Yi in front of him coldly, his fists clenched and the joints creaked: "If you say another word, I will crush you into scraps!"

    After speaking, the fourth generation of Raikage threw the apple pomace in his hand onto Kirabi¡¯s face and kicked Kirabi off the table!

    To be honest, the fourth generation of Raikage Ai feels that he lives less than ten years since he had such a fascinating and mentally retarded brother!

    of course.

    Without such a brother as Kirabi, the fourth generation of Raikage Ai might not even survive the Ninja War ten years ago.

    According to the tradition of Yunyin Village, every generation of Raikage will have their partner, that is, the eight-tailed people in the village, Zhuli, and only then can they inherit Ai''s name.

    same.

    The eight-tailed man Zhuli is also able to inherit the name of the eight-tailed man Zhuli because he can become the most suitable partner with contemporary Raikage.

    This is the AB combination of Yunyin Village.

    It is also the top combat power in Yunyin Village.

    To be honest, when the fourth generation of Raikage Ai was able to find Kirabi, the right brother, was still very happy. Facts have proved that Kirabi did not live up to Yunyin Village''s expectations. The combination of the two is also a good one. Strong strength, almost never invincible.

    Except for losing in the hands of Bo Feng Shuimen...

    It is a pity that Kirabi''s character is too detached.

    Kirabi, the eight-tailed man, is different from the past. He has been very fond of singing and dancing RAP since he was a child. As a result, he now likes to bring rhythm even when he is speaking. From time to time, he has a headache impromptu performance.

    Because Kirabi has been discriminated against in the village since he was a young man, he has been discriminated against in the village since he was a child, so he relies on this way to laugh at those who discriminate, humiliate and even hurt him in the village.

    The fourth generation of Raikage therefore has a high tolerance for Kirabi.

    However, even if it is a Buddha, there is a limit to the patience of a joke. Kirabi, an idiot brother, always inadvertently teases the nerves of the fourth generation of Raiking.

    Damn, did you forget the temper of each generation of Raikage?

    Now the fourth generation of Raikage just kindly crushed an apple and kicked Kirabi off the table. In fact, this is already a very gentle approach...

    If anything else, Kirabi would probably be hospitalized now.

    Just as the fourth generation of Raikage Ai was about to scold Kirabi for a few more minutes, he suddenly heard the thunder in Yunyin Village and became a little wrong.

    The thunder in the air is a bit wrong!

    There was a roar of beasts in the sky!

    A beautiful, dark-skinned ninja quickly pushed open the door of Raikage''s office, and said in a hurried voice: "Master Raikage, the perception class has reported that there is an abnormality in the sky. Someone seems to be releasing the powerful Thunder Ninjutsu over the village. !"

    "I know!"

    The fourth generation of Raikage waved impatiently, and smashed through the glass of Raikage''s office and rushed out: "Assemble the fighting troops in the village, let me see who is so bold!"

    This is how the fourth generation of Raiking went out.

    The four generations of Raiking Ai have no bad habits in his life. The biggest expenditure each year is to repair the glass wall in his office.

    "Brother, wait for me!"

    Kiraby turned over and crawled out of the corner, rushing out along the glass gap broken by the fourth generation of Raikage, screaming in his mouth: "AB combination, invincible! Yo!"

    After the two left.

    The beautiful ninja who had just rushed into the office also gave orders to others, requesting that all combat troops assemble quickly to face possible enemies.

    Above the sky.

    A huge thunder beast appeared.

    Sasuke Uchiha stood on the body of the ancient dragon, manipulating his chakra and guiding the Thunder Dune Kirin to the Yunyin Village on the ground!

    Sasuke Uchiha watched his Lei Dun unicorn fall, and smiled triumphantly at the corner of his mouth and said: "Huh, Yunyin Village, born in thunder, will disappear in thunder!"

    In addition to Uchiha Itachi, can anyone else contend against Raidun Kirin''s attack?

    Even if there is, it is absolutely impossible to appear in Yunyin Village. Sasuke Uchiha believes that he is the strongest Thunder Ninja!

    The fourth generation of Lei Ying raised his head and looked at the Qilin Thunder Beast rushing down in the air. His temper suddenly became irritable, and his whole body instantly burst out a thick chakra: "Are you looking for death? Actually dared to aim at Leiying Tower !"

    The whole body of the four generations of Lei Ying burst out with electric lights in an instant, and he entered the Lei Dun Chakra mode the moment he saw the Lei Beast appear!

    Kiraby, who was standing next to the fourth generation of Raikage, spread out tails. The chakras on these tails quickly gathered to form a black and purple tail beast jade, which slammed out towards the thunder beast in the air. !

    The black-purple tail beast jade ran into the Thunder Beast Kylin almost instantly, and directly smashed this art that could destroy the Thunder Shadow Tower!

    The eight-tailed human column Rabbi looked at the Thunder Beast being destroyed by the tail beast jade, and pushed his little sunglasses. This somewhat inattentive action seemed very compelling.

    Especially after he has just resolved the crisis easily.

    Just when the four generations of Raikage thought that his righteous brother was finally reliable, Kirabi suddenly twisted his body and made a self-confidently handsome dance: "Sure enough, in the end, it''s still up to me, Uncle Kirabi Yawei, Yay!"

    "To shut up!"

    The face of the fourth generation of Raiking turned black again.

    Damn, this idiot is really handsome in three seconds!

    Fortunately, the fourth generation of Lei Ying had no intention to continue reprimanding him now, just looking up at the huge monster flying slowly around Yunyin Village in the sky.

    "dawn!"

    The fourth generation of Raikage Ai immediately recognized the monster.

    The ancient dragon has become a signal for Akatsuki to organize a foreign war.

    As Akatsuki¡¯s signature psychic beast, every time the ancient dragon appeared in a village, it meant that there was a Shinobu village to be destroyed by Akatsuki.

    There have been no exceptions so far.

    The fourth generation of Raikage squeezed his fists, looked at the ancient dragon that was slowly soaring in the air, and shouted towards the people who rushed in the distance: "Go and prepare the Chakra Cannon, let Xiao that group of **** know If you dare to enter Yunyin Village, you don''t have to leave here!"

    "Yes, Lord Raikage!"

    Several leading Shangren nodded hurriedly.

    The Chakra Cannon is the secret weapon of Yunyin Village. Its power is absolutely beyond the imagination of any ninja Unfortunately, it cannot be transported due to its size, weight, and energy-supplement method. It has always been placed in Yunyin Village as a defense. Use of **** weapons.

    The ancient dragon in the sky suddenly flew down!

    Uehara Naraku also knew the secret weapon of Yunyin Village very well. He was not going to use his mount as a target, so he immediately controlled the ancient dragon and fell down.

    Uehara Naraku slowly disbanded the ancient dragon, and flew onto the top of Raikage Tower. Sasuke Uchiha, Deidara and others also stood by his side. Four people in auspicious black robes watched and stood. A group of Yunyin Ninjas opposite them.

    "It seems we are lucky."

    A smile appeared on Uehara Naraku''s face, looking at the fourth generation Raikage Ai and the eight-tailed man who stood in front of a group of Yunyin ninjas, and continued with a smile: "The famous AB group in Yunyin Village You can barely bring me a little bit of fun here, right?"

    "Ok¡­"

    The red sand scorpion shook his head helplessly: "Uehara, are you so confident every time you see an enemy? When can you show your confidence in front of your teacher..."

    Uehara Naraku: "..."

    "Hahahaha..."

    Deidara smiled very cheerfully, and continued with a light smile: "Leave them to me, I will use my own art to solve these big people in Yunyin Village!"

    "Hmph, your clay bomb shouldn''t be able to show any strength, right?"

    Sasuke Uchiha snorted disdainfully, and continued contemptuously: "This village is full of ninjas who restrain you, let me come!"

    Sasuke Uchiha looked arrogantly at the fourth generation of Raikage Ai and Kirabi, a red light flashed in the scarlet writing wheel, and he said coldly: "I want them to see what is real Thunder ninjutsu!"

 Chapter 284ï¼š Kirabi who provoked Naraku Uehara

    "Starting from Naruto (

    Since getting the kaleidoscope writing wheel, Uchiha Sasuke''s self-confidence has been improving rapidly, and sometimes Uehara Naraku can''t persuade him.

    This person...

    Too much self-confidence is not a good thing.

    However, Uchiha Sasuke likes to fight in the strongest domain of the opponent. He likes to compete with Uchiha Itachi with fire escape ninjutsu. This is pure death!

    Now Sasuke is clamoring to compete with Raikage four generations of Raidun Ninjutsu. After a while, it is estimated that after seeing Kirabi¡¯s swordsmanship, he will compete with swordsman Kirabi...

    Who makes Sasuke an all-rounder!

    Seeing Uehara Naruko nodded, the corner of Uchiha Sasuke''s mouth raised a smile, and he drew out his ninja sword and rushed towards the fourth generation Raikage!

    "Asshole, asshole!"

    After Kiraby jumped a few steps, his body was instantly covered with seven Shinobi swords, and he greeted the rushing Sasuke, chirped and said: "Challenge big brother, I want to do it too! Just think about it. I dare not do it!"

    "Long-winded!"

    A red light flashed in Sasuke Uchiha¡¯s writing wheel, and he dodged Kirabi¡¯s charge, wielding a ninja sword in his hand and fought with Kirabi, and said contemptuously: "There are still people who dare to fight. Does Uchiha compete with swordsmanship?"

    Clang Clang...

    The sound of knives fighting is a bit crisp!

    There were seven Shinobi swords in various parts of Kirabi''s body, but he manipulated them extremely flexibly, as if every Shinobi was in his hand.

    No, every Shinobi can be held in his hand!

    This guy''s swordsmanship is like a hedgehog!

    Sasuke Uchiha was a little surprised by Kirabi''s swordsmanship, and when a pair of writing wheels turned back and forth and stared at Kirabi''s Shinobi flying, he suddenly felt a pain in his shoulder!

    A blood spattered out!

    After Uchiha Sasuke''s expression changed, he ignored the wound on his shoulder, and a smile appeared at the corner of his mouth: "Heh, interesting..."

    "..."

    Kirabi did not answer.

    In this kind of swordsmanship battle, Kirabi seems to have forgotten his vocal cords at home, just immersed himself in manipulating his seven-handed ninja swords to continuously launch a storm!

    Sasuke Uchiha can only resist intently!

    In the camp of Yunyin Village.

    The fourth generation of Raikage watched the battle with his arm in his arms, and snorted coldly: "It''s getting faster and faster than the wild heron cutting the sword..."

    "After all, Lord Kirabi!"

    The eyebrows of the beautiful ninja Azbuyi curled up with a smile.

    After the fourth generation of Raikage nodded slowly, he said: "It looks like Akatsuki can solve this group of guys, Kiraby alone..."

    Akatsuki has a different style of painting here.

    Everyone dislikes Sasuke more or less.

    The red sand scorpion watched Uchiha Sasuke fall into the wind with a full face, and whispered: "Hey, Uehara, is this Sasuke you''ve always been optimistic about? It seems that his supplementation cannot make up for the loss of Uchiha Itachi''s death. !"

    For Uchiha Itachi, the red sand scorpion is still recognized.

    For Sasuke Uchiha, the scorpion of the red sand is really a bit invisible.

    All this is fighting, knowing that the opponent is a master of swordsmanship, and he is still fighting with swordsmanship here. Isn''t he really looking for death on purpose?

    Dedala puffed up his mouth and spoke without shyness: "Is this idiot Sasuke who doesn''t even understand his strengths and avoid weaknesses?"

    Uehara Naraku didn''t know what to say.

    But nothing seems right now.

    After thinking about it for a while, Uehara said softly, "It doesn''t matter, I am very good at medical ninjutsu. Even if Sasuke suffers a serious injury, I can save him..."

    Yunyin Village and Akatsuki''s organization seemed to be fighting a fair duel. Both sides believed that they had a great advantage, so Sasuke Uchiha and Kirabi were allowed to fight alone.

    Unfortunately, Sasuke Uchiha is obviously a little bit too powerful.

    Even if he learned the swordsmanship passed down from Uchiha Itachi, he couldn''t resist the left-hand thrust of Kirabi''s seven-handed ninja sword, and Kirabi soon found the flaw!

    In the next moment, Uchiha Sasuke had a few more wounds on his body!

    In an instant, Kirabi immediately grasped the victory, flew directly and kicked Sasuke''s chest, kicking Sasuke and tumbling to the ground!

    "Chidori Blade!"

    A flash of lightning flashed in Uchiha Sasuke''s hand, and Lei Dun Chakra instantly blessed him on the Shinobi, and rushed in the direction of Kirabi again.

    However, Kirabi was born in Yunyin Village since he was a child. How could he not be good at the technique of attaching thunder to escape?

    "Super sound shock... Thunder Blade!"

    A Lei Dun Chakra also flew out of Kirabi¡¯s hands, covering the Shinobi in his hand, facing Sasuke¡¯s attack!

    boom!

    The speed of the two people was equally fast, and when they met again, a wave of air spread from their side to the surrounding!

    Sasuke Uchiha and Kirabi clenched their ninja swords unwillingly, waiting for the other to support them, but it was a pity that both sides seemed to be able to persist!

    A smile appeared at the corner of Kirabi''s mouth. He slowly lifted a Shinobi sword between his inner knees, and whispered in his mouth: "Flying... Huadiefei..."

    Uchiha Sasuke''s writing wheel eyes noticed all this, and a bright light flashed in his eyes, which immediately plunged Kirabi into illusion!

    Magic¡¤Songhang Art!

    As Uchiha Itachi personally taught, Uchiha Sasuke''s illusion is so powerful that Kirabi fell into the illusion silently.

    "Humph¡­"

    Sasuke Uchiha snorted coldly, stroked his eye sockets, and watched Kirabi fell to the ground because of the illusion.

    Sasuke Uchiha looked up at the panicked Yunyin ninjas, his eyes moved to the calm face of the fourth generation Raikage Ai, and slowly raised his ninja: "Raikage, come to compare with me... !"

    The next moment, Kirabi on the ground suddenly stood up!

    A red chakra coat instantly covered his whole body!

    Kirabi¡¯s arm slammed into Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s body, and the terrifying force brought about by the high-speed movement almost broke Sasuke''s waist: "Thunder plow hot knife!"

    "..."

    A bunch of blood sprinkled in the air!

    Uchiha Sasuke''s body flew back upside down, and was grasped by Naruto Uehara''s extended palm to prevent him from falling directly from the roof of Raikage Building.

    Uehara Naraku looked down at Sasuke''s injury, and saw that Uchiha Sasuke''s chest collapsed, his chest was completely red with blood, and even some pieces of meat...

    Obviously Sasuke''s body could not withstand the power of Lei Li''s hot knife.

    "What a shame..."

    The Red Sand Scorpion and Deidara covered their foreheads at the same time.

    I thought that Sasuke Uchiha could get a good start, but he was hung up and beaten directly by Yatsuo Ren Zhuli, and even the kaleidoscope writing wheel did not have time to use it.

    "Ugh¡­"

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Uchiha Sasuke speechlessly, and after reaching out to help him treat the wound with Star Infusion, Uchiha Sasuke was about to get up again to fight.

    Uehara Naraku reached out his hand to stop him, and whispered softly: "Okay, let me come next! You will rest next to you..."

    "Senior, my injury has healed."

    Uchiha Sasuke''s face was pleading: "Please give me another chance, I will definitely catch it back!"

    "Well, I believe you."

    Uehara Naraku patted Uchiha Sasuke on the shoulder, and said with a chuckle, "It''s just that since the Yaojin Zhuli seems to be a ninja, let me try it!"

    "..."

    Everyone present watched Uehara Naraku and stood up.

    Just now everyone saw Sasuke Uehara treating severe injuries and dying. For a while, he thought Uehara was a powerful medical ninja, but he didn''t expect him to stand up.

    "Do medical ninjas also fight?"

    The fourth generation of Raikage looked displeased as Uehara Naruko walked out. He seemed to think of another medical ninja who had a bad temper and was very powerful in the Ninja world.

    Can''t these medical ninjas stay behind and help people heal their injuries?

    Have to stand up and fight?

    The four generations of Raikage have been envious of powerful medical ninjas for many years. He just saw the medical ninjutsu level of Uehara Naraku.

    To be honest, the fourth generation of Raikage Ai is a little bit heartwarming.

    "Looks like a nice person..."

    The beautiful ninja Asabuyi slowly covered her lips.

    The Akatsuki member who came out seemed to have a mild temper, because even in such a tense situation, there was still a warm smile on his face.

    Especially looks a bit handsome.

    To be honest, Mabuyi was also a little excited.

    After all, Yunyin Village is a group of grumpy rough guys, or they are lazy guys like Darui and Omoyi, it is really difficult for Ma Buyi to find a man who can almost match his personality.

    Mabuyi frowned slightly, glanced at the fourth-generation Raikage next to him, and sighed softly: "Unfortunately, it''s the enemy..."

    "Humph¡­"

    The fourth generation of Raikage Ai couldn''t help but glanced at Mabuyi, and said loudly to Kirabi: "Bi, this medical ninja has good abilities and can be captured alive."

    "..."

    Kirabi fell silent.

    After a while, Kiraby¡¯s red chakra coat fluttered slightly, and there was a little deepness in his voice, and he slowly responded, ¡°Okay, brother, no problem, if I can live in his battle. If you come down..."

    If possible, Kirabi would like to continue to escape.

    However, the voice of the eight-tailed bull ghost in Kirabi''s body solemnly reminded him that he must be careful of the coming Uehara Naraku, because it felt a palpitation and panic.

    "The battlefield is too small."

    Naruto Uehara looked at the top space of the Raikage Building, frowned and slowly closed her palms, forming an incomprehensible handprint.

    When everyone was wondering what handprints Uehara Nairo had made, the ground around the Thunder Shadow Tower suddenly rose. The entire hinterland of Yunyin Village built a square and square ring with the Thunder Shadow Tower as the center.

    The width of this ring is far more than a thousand meters!

    This turned out to be an ultra-large-scale earth escape and earth moving core!

    Especially in Yunyin Village''s environment of soil ninjutsu and its restraint, almost no one can use soil ninjutsu to change the environment here.

    Even the three generations of Earth Shadow Onoki, it is difficult to say that this huge ring can be created in this almost suspended land.

    It''s just that after Uehara Naraku got the power of the earth, there was no difficulty in using the power of the earth to create such a wide arena area.

    The fourth generation Raikage''s expression changed slightly, and he suddenly raised his head and stared at Uehara Naraku: "This level of soil escape ninjutsu...than, be careful, this guy is not easy!"

    ''"do not worry."

    Uehara Naraku slowly lowered his palm, watching the other people''s faces with a trace of tension and panic, and their vigilance slowly rose.

    Uehara Naraku squinted her eyes and revealed a soft smile: "I like physique fighting very much. This is the arena for us to fight, and don¡¯t leave until all of us die. Are you in the ring?"

    This sentence was said with a smile.

    It''s just that this sentence seems to directly raise the battle to a **** level, whether it is the eight-tailed man Zhu Liqi Rabbi or the fourth generation of Raikage Ai''s face is a bit unsightly.

    Even if the two of them had witnessed the cruelty of the Ninja World War, and some of the people who were palpitating in front of them were calm when they said these words, is he playing the battle of life and death as a game!

    The guy Uehara Naraku made Kirabi feel a little uneasy.

    It was obvious that Uehara Naraku was just talking softly, but he couldn''t help but feel a heart palpitations. He didn''t ridicule or yell like Uchiha Sasuke, but just talked about the next battle like usual...

    This kind of gentle attitude has greatly increased Kirabi''s heart pressure.

    Kirabi slowly raised his head and looked at Naraku Uehara. The young man in a black robe of auspicious clouds still squinted and smiled, but his anxiety grew bigger...

    Obviously he has the strength that even cow ghosts are a little scared of, but he still speaks to them Yunyin Village ninjas so gently, like everyone is a ninja with similar strengths...

    "Okay, I have set up the venue."

    Uehara Naraku smiled and squinted his eyes, looking at Kirabi, whose face became more dignified, UU reading continued, "There will be no more rules in the battle between us, whether it is you A group of people can come up or you can."

    After speaking, Nairo Uehara spread out his palm and continued: "Remind, although I have created a large enough battlefield, it is inevitable that someone will accidentally fall down. This ring is built on the top of the mountain. If they fall from this kind of arena, then they can only expect him to die a little more complete."

    "..."

    Kirabi also glanced at this wide arena.

    This area is larger than the original center of Yunyin Village, which also means that there must be cliffs around the ring.

    Kirabi took a deep breath, slowly loosened his fist, and watched Uehara Naraku suddenly stretched out his finger to make a gesture, and came out an impromptu rap: "Your strength, looks so handsome! Your people , Really delicious!"

    This is how Kirabi relieves stress.

    No matter how strong the enemy is, Kirabi will defeat him!

    After Uehara Naraku heard Kirabi¡¯s rap, his smile gradually froze on his face, and his eyes gradually became a little dangerous: "Your Excellency Kirabi, my temper is actually very good, but I don¡¯t like other provocations. I''m..."

    "Stupid fool, **** bastard!"

    Kirabi breathed a sigh of relief, and performed a more exaggerated impromptu rap with a more exaggerated dance: "I love this stage very much. Solve you, the concert is here!"

    "Asshole, who do you think you are!"

    Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly disappeared in place, the next moment his figure suddenly appeared beside Kirabi, kicked Kirabi''s chest, and kicked the eight-tailed man Zhuli directly out!

 Chapter 285ï¼š Look at me, mine? Lang Quedun? Zhuo?/a>

    "Starting from Naruto (

    "So fast!"

    At the moment Uehara Naraku started his hand, Kirabi just saw Uehara Naraku appear in front of him, and he felt a sharp pain in his chest!

    Kirabi was kicked and rolled and flew out!

    The fourth generation of Raikage Ai suddenly blocked Kirabi''s body, so Kirabi did not directly smash into the crowd: "Hey, Bi, how is it?"

    "It feels... still alive."

    Kirabi stretched out his palm and stroked his chest, a trace of blood slowly oozing from the corner of his mouth: "Big brother, the speed of that guy..."

    As he said these words, Kirabi opened his mouth and spewed a big mouthful of blood!

    Just when the fourth generation of Raikage Ai wanted to call for a medical ninja, Kirabi shook his head suddenly, looked at the distant Uehara Naruto and said solemnly: "Big brother, I''m fine, that guy should need us. Join hands to deal with it!"

    "Well, I have seen it."

    Raikage Ai nodded solemnly.

    Just now when Uehara Naruko suddenly violently attacked Kirabi, the speed was so fast that even his known as the fastest Thunder Dunn ninja could not see his movements clearly.

    The instantaneous technique used by Uehara Naraku just now seemed to be the same as that of the Thunder God of the year, except that Uehara''s figure disappeared, and the next moment he saw Uehara''s figure appearing beside Kirabi!

    "Similar to the Art of Flying Thunder God?"

    The fourth generation of Raikage Ai squeezed his fist sharply, watching the enemy who was slowly retracting his legs, his eyes tightened a little bit: "No, that''s right! Faster than the Flying Thunder God Art, or better than Flying Thunder God The technique is more secret!"

    Even when Hafeng Shuimen releases the Art of Flying Thunder God, he will use the characteristic of Flying Thunder God''s Mark as a medium, and Uehara Naraku is almost completely instantaneous!

    Mabuyi, a beautiful ninja from Yunyin Village, stood beside them, her lips slightly opened in surprise: "Does the strength of that enemy really need the AB combination of Raikage-sama and Kirabi to join forces?"

    "Ok."

    The fourth generation of Raikage squeezed his fists, looked at Naraku Uehara in the center of the ring, and explained in a low voice, "Azabu Yi, because that guy just beat him at the best speed than this guy!"

    Kirabi has practiced the Lei Dun Chakra pattern since childhood.

    When it comes to speed, the AB group has always been on the same level.

    In addition, Kirabi also opened the blessed tail beast Chakra coat in the state just now, but Kirab in this state was unable to withstand the attack of Uehara Naraku.

    "Big brother, come to fist!"

    Kiraby clenched his fists and stretched out towards the fourth generation of Raikage, with a nostalgic smile on his face: "It''s been a long time since we fought together! It''s really exciting to think about it!"

    "is it?"

    The fourth generation Raikage stretched out his fist, touched his fist with Kirabi, frowned his brow and said, "Last time it was the time to deal with the guy from Bo Feng Shui Men!"

    "Yes..."

    Kirabi nodded hastily.

    The last time they joined forces to fight the enemy was Konoha''s golden glittering wave Fengshuimen, but it was a pity that they got a disappointing outcome that time.

    This time, there will be no more failures!

    While the righteous brothers and righteous brothers were talking about this, Uehara Nara walked over to them step by step, tilted his head and asked, "Well, is the chatting over? Both of you can be ready to accept you. Is your fate?"

    "What a shame!"

    The fourth generation of Raikage suddenly burst into a group of chakras in real form, and the electric light kept flickering beside him, and his hair stood up a little bit!

    In the next moment, his figure suddenly disappeared in place!

    A blue lightning flashed in the field!

    This is the full speed of the four generations of Raikage, and the result of his hard work for so many years, and it is also the confidence he wants to fight against the past Bofeng Shuimen again!

    His speed alone has surpassed most people in the ninja world.

    No, or the current Ninja World, really can''t find a few ninjas that can match the speed of the fourth generation of Raikage, even if the resurrection of the wave wind water gate, it may not be absolutely sure to beat the fourth generation of Raikage, the old opponent!

    "So fast!"

    Sasuke Uchiha could only see a black shadow disappearing into blue lightning, and a flash of horror flashed across his face: "The fourth-generation Raikage is so fast that even the kaleidoscope writing wheel can''t be seen clearly. Is it?"

    "..."

    Uchiha Sasuke''s writing wheel couldn''t see Raikage''s speed, so let alone the Red Sand Scorpion and Dedara.

    Deidara squinted one of his eyes, using the other eye to use the instrument to see the figure of the fourth generation of Raikage, but he couldn''t catch it anyway.

    Above this huge ring.

    Everyone only saw a black shadow of a fourth-generation Raikage that hadn''t disappeared instantly, and another black shadow of a fourth-generation Raikage appeared instantaneously again, as fast as a teleportation!

    Even Kirabi, who has also practiced the Lei Dun Chakra mode, has a slight look on his face. After all, he is an eight-tailed person who can occasionally practice swordsmanship, and he can''t be as purely loyal to speed as his brother!

    "Yi Lei Shen... Furious Thunder Axe!"

    The fourth generation Raikage suddenly rushed to Uehara Naraku''s side and kicked Uehara Naraku''s chin since childhood: "Boy, don''t be so arrogant from now on!"

    Click!

    Uehara Naraku stretched out his palm and grabbed the fourth generation Raikage''s calf. He only felt a huge speed and force hitting his palm. Even Uehara Naraku was a little surprised at this moment!

    "Some people''s efforts are indeed commendable."

    Uehara Narakuman took a step back carelessly, and after avoiding Raikage¡¯s blow, he spoke softly and praised: "It''s only in terms of speed. Maybe except for Konoha''s ninja named Metkai, your The speed should be the fastest in this ninja world!"

    "..."

    The fourth generation of Raikage waved his fist and chased after him, and whispered softly in the air: "When is it your turn to be a kid who is qualified to comment on me!"

    Click!

    Uehara Naraku''s palm fell on his fist, and his voice gradually became a little cold: "As long as it is faster than you and stronger, of course I am qualified to comment on you."

    "what?"

    The eyes of the fourth generation of Raiking became worse.

    What made the fourth generation of Raikage even more horrified was that Uehara Naraku easily blocked his fist, which meant that every speed of Uehara Naraku was comparable to him, and even surpassed him!

    Uehara Naruko twisted the arm of the fourth generation of Raikage with one hand, bullied himself close to the fourth generation of Raikage''s body, quickly bent a finger and landed on the fourth generation of Raikage''s forehead!

    "Asshole!"

    When the fourth generation of Raikage saw this humiliating gesture, his face suddenly changed, and said angrily: "Boy, what do you mean, you are insulting me..."

    This is a bombshell!

    When the adults in the village bullied the little guy, they liked to flick the child''s head with their fingers, indicating that they only need one finger to defeat the little guy.

    Now the **** in front of him dared to insult him so much!

    Bang!

    Uehara Naraku''s finger suddenly popped out!

    There was a sound from the fourth generation of Raikage¡¯s forehead, and the next moment this Raikage¡¯s whole person was flicked upside down by this finger!

    An octopus''s tail quickly appeared and wrapped the fourth generation of Raikage''s body, saving the Raikage who was hit by a finger by Naru Uehara!

    With a smile on Kiraby''s face, he stared at the fourth generation Raikage''s forehead, and asked softly: "Big brother, are you okay?"

    "To shut up!"

    The fourth generation of Raikage rubbed his brows.

    The defensive power brought by the Lei Dun Chakra mode is very strong, and the physical damage Uehara Naruko caused to him is minimal, but the psychological damage to him is a bit serious.

    The fourth generation of Raikage never thought that he would be flicked with a finger!

    If this incident were to be reported today, his Raikage would really have no face to mix in the Shinobi world!

    It''s a pity that this kind of thing cannot be concealed, because not far behind them, many ninjas in Yunyin Village are watching the battle.

    Bang bang bang bang...

    "As expected of your Excellency Raikage!"

    Uehara Naraku retracted his fingers, clapped lightly, and praised: "Compared to the five generations of Shuiying in Wuyin Village, your strength is indeed better, at least you made my fingers hurt... "

    "Shut up, kid!"

    The four generations of Raikage looked at Uehara Naraku in anger, then glanced at Kirabi who was trying to snicker beside him, and said angrily: "Bi, the two of us use thunder plow knives at the same time, I want that guy''s head to be cut off. !"

    "Okay, brother! No problem, brother!"

    After Kirabi nodded hurriedly, the chakra coat on his body gradually became fuller, and he had entered a half-tailed animalized state.

    Now if he wants to keep up with the peak speed of the fourth generation of Raikage as much as possible, Kirabi can only do it if he enters the half-tailed animalization!

    "Are you going to make a big move?"

    Uehara Naruko stared at them with squinted eyes, and the corners of his mouth twitched slightly in response to the surprised gazes of Raikage and Kirabi.

    Uehara Naraku stretched out his palm in the direction of Raikage, and said with a serious face: "In order to show respect for the two, then I will use the two best techniques... to defeat you."

    A trace of a chain flashed from his hand, and Uehara Naraku had used his own way to steal the strongest technique of the four generations of Raikage.

    next moment.

    Three people in the field moved at the same time!

    If the fourth generation of Raikage''s speed is a lightning bolt then Kirabi''s speed is a red lightning bolt, and the two rushed towards Uehara Naraku!

    "Appeared¡­"

    Among the Yun Ren watching the battle, a rather lazy Yun Ren, at this moment, is looking at the battle situation in the field with a serious face, and whispered: "The stunt of Aihebi combination, the best-in-class Thundercutter. Absolutely cut the enemy''s body in half..."

    This trick can only be used with the AB combination!

    Just when everyone thought that the head and body of Uehara Naraku would soon be divided into two by the four-generation Raikage and Kirabi¡¯s tricks, the fourth-generation Raikage and Kirabi¡¯s bodies flew out first!

    On the way the four generations of Raikage and Kiraby were charging, even when the two of them had not chosen a good direction, the figure of Uehara Naruto suddenly appeared in the middle of the two, spreading his arms and hitting each other. Human chest!

    A substantial Chakra flashed on Uehara Naraku''s arms, and directly and fiercely used his arms to knock the charging two people upside down and fly back!

    "Jeuniu Leili Hot Knife."

    Uehara Naraku lightly spit out the name of this ninjutsu technique, watching the four generations of Raikage and Kirabi who fell to the ground!

    The four generations of Raikage Ai and Kirabi each spit out a mouthful of blood, even with the support and defense of the Thunder Escape Chakra mode, their chests are a little faint, and even getting up is a luxury.

    Originally, this trick was to deal with the enemy.

    Unexpectedly, someone would use this trick to attack them today, and used this trick to defeat them both by one person!

    There was a smile on Uehara Naraku''s face, and she spread her arms and said, "Your Excellency Raikage, do you think the thunder plow hot knife I used is authentic?"

 Chapter 286ï¼š A game of luck in Yunyin Village

    "Starting from Naruto (

    There was silence on the battlefield.

    No one in Yun Ren thought that one day, the four generations of Raikage Ai and Kirabi would be defeated so quickly in the hands of the enemy, or even defeated by their own fame technique.

    "Master Raikage and Master Kirabi..."

    "Smashed by the enemy..."

    Yunren''s throats swallowed subconsciously. It was the first time they saw the fourth generation of Raikage Ai and Kira in such embarrassment, they couldn''t even do decent defense and counterattack.

    Uehara Naraku stood in front of the fourth generation of Raikage Ai, twisted his wrist, and said softly, "Well, since you have already lost, then the eight-tailed man next to you Zhuli, I will accept it unceremoniously. Up!"

    After speaking, Uehara Naraku reached out and grabbed Kirabi on the ground, but a huge octopus tentacles suddenly sprang out of Kirabi''s body, and suddenly wrapped up Uehara Naraku''s body!

    Kiraby¡¯s lower body instantly turned into huge tentacles, supporting him to stand up. The eight-tailed man Zhuli made a grimace at Uehara Naraku, and jokingly provocatively said: "Idiot fellow, this uncle has not yet failed what!"

    Kirabi''s upper body was also rapidly changing, and in a blink of an eye, he was directly transformed into a beast. The huge eight-tailed bull ghost stared at the Uehara Naraku who was caught by his tentacles!

    "It''s really troublesome..."

    Uehara Naruko rubbed his forehead, and the whole person disappeared in his tentacles and appeared on the head of the eight-tailed bull ghost: "Can''t you lie on the ground honestly and be snatched by me?"

    When the words fell, Nairo Uehara kicked the eight-tailed bull ghost in the head!

    This huge tail beast was kicked in the head by Uehara, the bull ghost''s head was a little twisted, and the next moment its body flew upside down and fell out!

    Uehara Naraku''s figure disappeared again, and appeared in the position where the bull ghost flew out, raising his fist, and hitting the bull ghost on the head again!

    The eight-tailed bull ghost was knocked to the ground with a punch!

    It''s just that the eight-tailed bull ghost''s body seemed to be tougher than Uehara Naraku had imagined. Even after suffering two heavy blows in succession, he regained his feet firmly.

    Uehara Naraku slowly twisted her fist, chuckled and praised: "Compared to King Mu, your body is really tough..."

    This is real.

    Basically none of the other tailed beasts could hold his three or two punches. The eight-tailed ox ghost''s body looked pretty good, but it was still able to hold it down.

    "Asshole!"

    The eight-tailed bull ghost gritted his teeth and stared at Uehara Naraku.

    The fighting style of the smiling enemy in front of him reminded it of the three generations of Raiking who died in the early battle in Yunyin Village. The power of that Raiking made people not rebellious...

    No, it''s not right.

    The strength of this enemy is stronger than the third generation of Raikage!

    "If I change to the previous one, maybe I might want to have a good fight with you and enjoy the pleasure of using the tail beast as a sandbag."

    Naruto Uehara rubbed his fingers, slowly walked towards the eight-tailed bull ghost, and continued softly: "Unfortunately, I don''t like octopuses..."

    "Asshole!"

    The eight-tailed bull ghost opened his mouth and cursed angrily, and the eight octopus tails under him drove it towards Uehara Naraku!

    Yao''s mouth seemed to be retching, and after a few violent coughs, he suddenly ejected energy bombs at Uehara Naraku!

    "Are you crazy?"

    Uehara Naruko frowned, stretched out his palm, and quickly blasted the energy bullets that came from him!

    Taking advantage of Yao''s astonishment, Uehara Naraku rushed to Yao''s side, squeezed his fist, and slammed his fist on Yao''s body!

    This tail beast flew upside down again!

    "Earth Escape¡¤Stone Hand!"

    Uehara Naruko suddenly spread out his palms. Under the control of his soil power, huge yellowish-brown stone hands suddenly rushed out of the ground, directly grabbing the head of the eight-tailed bull ghost and all the tails under him.

    Whenever the eight-tailed ox-ghost struggled to break free from the shackles of one stone hand, the other stone hand would rush out, and in the cycle, soon the eight-tailed ox-ghost was completely pressed to the ground by the giant stone hands.

    Anyone present can see it.

    The eight-tailed bull ghost could not fight back in the hands of Uehara Naraku.

    The fourth generation of Lei Ying Ai looked at all this with a grim expression. He was trying his best to get up from the ground, but the serious injury on his chest made him spit out a mouthful of blood.

    Yun Ren among the crowd.

    Ma Buyi, the female secretary of the fourth generation of Raikage, gradually became nervous, and her gaze slowly stayed on a certain Yun Ren: "Darui, now we..."

    "We have no choice but to continue fighting."

    Darui''s dead fish eyes slowly stared at Naraku Uehara in the distance, and said casually: "In the past, Raikage-sama and Kirabi-sama were protecting us with their lives, but now it''s our turn to protect us with life. It''s their time..."

    Darui was a little less serious when he spoke.

    This is his own character, his laziness is comparable to Konoha''s Kakashi, but this does not affect his strength in the least.

    Just as the other Yunren nodded, all expressing that they were persuaded by Darui, they saw that Darui''s figure was fleeting!

    At the next moment, Darui, the ninja who was given high hopes by the fourth generation of Raikage, rushed out quickly, and suddenly stretched out his palm and shot laser waves in the direction of Yao: "Landun¡¤Lizuosuosu !"

    The laser waves directly penetrated the giant hand of the stone!

    After a giant stone hand was broken, the other ninjas rushed up directly like Darui. Under the attack of a group of sacred ninjas, a giant stone hand was directly broken, and the eight-tailed ox ghost quickly freed. Out!

    Now that the four generations of Raikage Ai and Kirabi were defeated, the next battle will be their entire Yunyin Village!

    Darui is insufficient compared to the four generations of Raikage Ai.

    It¡¯s just that his mobilization ability is obviously stronger, because he is not Raikage yet, so he doesn¡¯t need to care about too many face problems at all. Thousands of Yun Ren stood on this large arena closely, facing the Akatsuki organization. Group of four.

    "Hey, Darui!"

    The fourth generation of Raikage was supported by people and walked to Darui''s side, frowning and commanding: "You will take people to evacuate here now, I will entangle the enemy, and then you will directly blast this place to the ground with the Chakra cannon!"

    This is where Raikage is more rigid.

    If they encounter an invincible enemy on the battlefield, they don''t mind using their lives to die with the enemy.

    In order to cover the retreat of his subordinates, the three generations of Raikage Ai fiercely fought with tens of thousands of Iwanin, until they finally ran out of strength and died.

    The four generations of Raikage Ai are not much better as the successor. Every time the war is bound to charge forward and retreat, and even some dangerous tasks have always been performed by him personally. Now the fourth generation Raikage wants to and Uehara Naraku etc. It is normal for everyone to die together.

    After Darui was silent for a while, he suddenly persuaded him: "Master Raikage, please give us the battlefield, and believe that our strength can defeat the enemy!"

    "Yes, Lord Raikage."

    Azabuyi supported the arm of the fourth generation of Raikage, and softly persuaded, "Master Raikage, what you need now is rest and treatment..."

    "¡­it is good."

    The fourth generation of Raikage took a deep look at Darui, and said softly: "Then everything here is left to you now, Darui!"

    Darui was originally the successor to the fourth generation of Raikage.

    Now it seems that it is not wrong to hand over the responsibility to him in advance?

    After speaking, the fourth generation Raikage turned his head and shouted at Yao: "Hey, Bi, follow Darui''s order in the next battle, understand?"

    "rest assured."

    The eight-tailed cow ghost urn nodded angrily.

    The Yunren were swiftly acting under Darui¡¯s orders. Thousands of Yunren were divided into battle squads. From the periphery of this ring, the four people of Xiao were surrounded. If a single hard power cannot break through, Then take advantage of the number of groups!

    Just as Uehara Naruko watched the Yunnin moving in a leisurely manner, he hooked the corners of his mouth and folded his palms carelessly: "I understand your ignorance, just as I would forgive the ignorant ants who crawled over their feet... "

    Looking at the anger on the faces of the Yunnins Uehara Naraku chuckled and continued: "It''s just that I can''t forgive you that you just sent more than a thousand people to besiege me. Are you here to humiliate me?"

    Uehara Naraku''s face instantly became difficult to look at. He stared at Darui in front of him, and said in a gloomy voice: "Fengdun Lanqie!"

    Eight winds of hundreds of meters high emanated from the surroundings of Uehara Naraku. Each gust of wind was like a sword aura, leaving deep ravines on the ring, quickly piercing through the formation of Yunnin!

    In a twinkling of an eye, thousands of Yunren who surrounded him were directly torn apart by the huge wind released by Uehara Naruto!

    No matter what defensive ninjutsu it is, there is almost no use in the face of these hundreds of meters of wind.

    Especially the wind escape ninjutsu restrains thunder escape.

    "All right."

    Uehara Naraku raised his head and looked up at the sky, and said softly: "My time is running out, there is no need to continue teasing you..."

    "What do you mean?"

    Darui and the fourth generation of Raikage Ai frowned at the same time. This guy beat the leader of their Yunyin Village all over the floor looking for teeth. Does he just want to leave like this?

    "Meaning, this is it!"

    Uehara Naraku slammed his finger up, and a cloud of ice crystal-colored Chakra was shot into the air by him. Uehara Naraku said softly: "Whether the people present can survive when I destroy Yunyin Village. It depends on his luck..."

    Patter...

    A drop of rain fell on the ground.

    Then came the dense hail.

    Just when the Yunren frowned and looked into the sky, they saw the size of the hail falling in the sky. A hail of hundreds of meters slammed on the ring, and a piece of Yunren was beaten out!

 Chapter 287ï¼š News from Konoha Battlefield

    "Starting from Naruto (

    Uehara Naraku was right.

    When huge hailstones fell in the sky, whoever wanted to survive on the battlefield became a game of luck.

    These hailstones are all made by ice ninjutsu in the air. Although the power that falls is not as powerful as the meteorites in outer space, it is worse than the huge number.

    When the disaster strikes, the Yunren can only get away from each other quickly, and the Shangren trying to destroy the hail with Thunder ninjutsu is only a drop in the bucket, even Darui can''t help showing a trace of despair on his face.

    No matter how many chakras he has, it is impossible to destroy all the huge hail that falls like raindrops. This is a devastating disaster!

    Darui glanced at the fallen companions around him, and his eyes slowly became a little bit depressed, as if they had no power to fight back in this war. In the face of this natural disaster, what can these ninjas do...

    "That rascal¡­"

    Darui glanced at the enemy wearing auspicious clouds and black robes. The guy was walking towards the eight-tailed bull ghost like a stroll in the garden, his actions were like a spring outing.

    Darui looked up again at a huge hail that fell on him in the air, and sighed: "Our power... is really not in the same dimension!"

    "What''s not in one dimension!"

    The fourth generation of Raiking suddenly appeared next to Darui, enduring his injuries and knocking down the huge hail, saving his proud subordinates.

    The fourth generation of Raikage looked at Darui and rebuked: "Don''t just give up, Darui! This is just a ninjutsu released by the weather! Let the Chakra cannon break the sky!"

    "Master Raikage..."

    Darui''s eyes trembled slightly.

    The four generations of Raikage¡¯s guess was not wrong. He had already ordered his secretary Azabuyi to write an order when the hailstones were hundreds of meters high, and he quickly sent it to the area where the Chakra cannons were arranged using the technique of heaven. .

    They just need to stay here for a while!

    The Chakra Cannon will be able to blast away the clouds in the sky.

    Just for a while...

    Four generations of Raikage and Darui persisted.

    However, the eight-tailed bull ghost did not persevere. It was easily knocked down by Uehara Naruto, and became a Kirabi who had already lost strength.

    Uehara Naraku carefully checked, and found that this Kirabi was not an eight-tailed bull ghost with tentacles, and threw him to Uchiha Sasuke: "Alright, take Yao back!"

    "Yes, senior."

    Sasuke Uchiha nodded.

    Just as the Yunyin Ninja here was dead and wounded, Uehara Naraku planned to summon the ancient dragon to leave, waiting for Yunyin Village to be destroyed by his ice ninjutsu, when a dazzling light suddenly emitted from the distance!

    The dark clouds in the sky were blasted out a big hole by that energy in a blink of an eye!

    One after another, the energy shot through the clouds in the sky!

    The sun soon gradually fell down, and finally no hail fell in the air. The ice escape technique released by the enemy that was enough to destroy Yunyin Village was finally resolved.

    Not only that.

    Moreover, Mabuyi gave orders for other troops to come and support, and soon a team of Yunyin Ninjas climbed onto the ring.

    Even the number of them seems to be more before?

    "Is this... come to die?"

    Uehara Naraku''s eyelids jumped, waved his hand to summon his ancient dragon, and said softly: "Senior Scorpion, Sasuke, Deidara, you bring back the eight-tailed man Zhuli! I will deal with them."

    "Senior, I will stay and help you!"

    "no need."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head and looked at Sasuke and said, "The most important thing now is to bring Yao back. Do you understand?"

    "Yes, senior."

    Sasuke Uchiha nodded and looked at the ancient dragon falling in the sky.

    After Deidara jumped onto the ancient dragon with Kirabi''s body, he suddenly said, "Hey, Uehara, be careful!"

    "Be careful."

    The red sand scorpion nodded at Uehara politely.

    In fact, the red sand scorpion nodded politely. After all, Uehara Naraku is powerful, and it''s okay to destroy so many Ninja Village...Plus, even if you can''t beat it, you can escape at any time!

    For these ninjas who are able to fly, the choice and innate advantages in war are not too great.

    Uehara Naraku watched them leave with Kirabi driving the ancient dragon. This time was just the window of the Chakra Cannon, and no one could threaten them.

    After they left, Uehara Naraku turned and looked at thousands of Yun Ren, who surrounded him under the leadership of the Fourth Generation Raikage and Darui.

    "I thought you would run away."

    The fourth generation of Raikage looked at Uehara Naraku''s eyes slightly narrowed, and he coldly ordered to his subordinates: "Attention, this kid is fast, don''t let him escape! And be careful of his weather ninjutsu!"

    The fourth generation of Raikage squeezed his fists, and walked towards Naraku Uehara step by step: "I have to admit that Akatsuki''s ninja is indeed weird, but it can''t stop the Wanjun Thunder of Yunyin Village! Then grab you first. Then torture you to find out where you are!

    "It''s really whimsical..."

    Uehara Naraku looked at the fourth generation of Raikage, spread his arms and smiled: "If Yunyin Village is destroyed by me, maybe I will indeed run away... But now it seems that you haven''t realized Akatsuki''s horror!"

    Uehara Naraku smiled and squinted her eyes, and her palms closed suddenly: "It was enough to simply destroy Yunyin Village, but now it seems that Lord Raikage wants me to do something worse to Yunyin Village. thing¡­"

    "What do you want to do?"

    The fourth generation of Raikage closely watched Uehara Naraku''s movements.

    This time, no matter what ninjutsu Uehara Naraku wanted to release, he would spare his life to interrupt his Yuyin and let the surrounding subordinates capture him.

    "I don''t want to do anything..."

    Uehara Naraku stared at the fourth generation of Raikage, and the smile on the corner of his mouth gradually became more and more weird: "I just want you to see... Akatsuki''s horror!"

    Uehara Naraku''s palm suddenly raised to the sky, and he directly released the technique without even the slightest movement of the seal: "Since you were born with the sound of thunder, then disappear with the thunder! Lei Dun¡¤Wan Lei Tian Cite firmly!"

    A thundercloud storm suddenly appeared in the sky!

    In just a few seconds, this thundercloud storm enveloped the entire area of ??Yunyin Village, even the idle peaks at the outermost periphery of Yunyin Village.

    Countless lightnings drifted in thunderclouds and storms.

    Every Yun Ren involuntarily looked at the thundercloud storm in the air, and the power contained in it even faintly horrified them. This technique has surpassed all the thunderbolt ninjutsu they knew!

    The eyes of the fourth generation of Raikage Ai almost burst out of their sockets. He stared tightly at the thousands of lightning bolts that suddenly fell in the air, and whispered: "Everyone be careful..."

    "...Run away!"

    Uehara Naraku watched the endless waves of thunder and lightning falling, falling on the Yunnins, and constantly knocking them to the ground.

    Uehara Naraku looked down at the enemies who tried to use ninjutsu or physique to avoid lightning attacks. His voice whispered on the battlefield: "Try to escape..." Anyway, you can''t escape. "

    Uehara Naraku slowly stroked his hair, watching the four generations of Raikage Ai standing unyielding in the lightning, but Yunnin around him was knocked down by the lightning, even if the upper ninjas tried their best. Save a few colleagues.

    ten minutes later.

    Wailing sounds were everywhere in Yunyin Village.

    Fortunately, the people in the village have been living here. Almost every household is equipped with lightning protection facilities, so many people can survive.

    The ninja in the ring created by Naraku Uehara was not so lucky.

    In this area, they have no shelter, and can only wait quietly for the lightning to fall, even if they are good at attracting lightning, they cannot withstand the attack of thousands of lightning.

    Only the four generations of Raiking remained standing.

    The powerful defense of Lei Dun Chakra mode, with his speed, can almost completely avoid the lightning that falls in 0.5 seconds, and it doesn''t matter even the attack of hard-carrying the lightning.

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the superposition of the Dark Harvest, and then took a deep look at the four generations of Raikage: "Your Excellency Raikage, good luck."

    "What else do you **** want to do!"

    The face of the fourth generation of Raikage was almost irrepressible anger.

    At this moment, he didn''t care about the gap between his own strength and Uehara Naraku, Feishi was about to rush towards Uehara Naraku to fight for his life!

    It is a pity that Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly disappeared. The fourth generation Raikage only caught a cloud of air, and the next moment he felt his feet tremble.

    This ring is shaking!

    No, this ring is about to collapse!

    The fourth generation of Raikage Ai immediately remembered that this ring was a masterpiece made by Naruto Uehara using soil escape ninjutsu, and a trace of anxiety flashed across his face!

    The central mountain of Yunyin Village was directly crushed by this collapsed arena. Even the fourth generation of Raiking couldn''t do anything about it, and could only shout loudly for the surviving subordinates to immediately avoid and exit this collapsed mountain.

    Uehara Naraku stood at the foot of the mountain, listening to the rumbling sound of the mountain, and looked at his system panel. There were a series of completed tasks on it.

    Side mission: watch a section of Kiraby¡¯s impromptu performance, the mission has been completed, reward 150 gold coins.

    This kind of task is relatively common and very easy to complete.

    Uehara Naraku touched his chin. He was a little curious about another mission for Raikage Ai to sing. It seems that the reward shouldn''t be low, right?

    Side mission: Defeat Rabbi Rabbi of the eight-tailed man, the mission has been completed, rewarding the passive talent skill and swordsmanship.

    Swordsmanship: Can fully replicate any swordsmanship seen.

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help scratching his head.

    Why is it rewarded after defeating Kirabi?

    Sword Mastery is a passive talent skill, which is obviously different from ordinary passive skills, and the explanation is very simple.

    If a talent is added in front of a passive skill, then this reward is definitely extraordinary, and the description of swordsmanship seems to be no exception.

    Can any swordsmanship be copied...

    Uehara Naraku silently looked at the next reward.

    Side mission: Defeat the four generations of Raikage Ai (11), the mission has been completed, and reward the passive talent skill Plateau blood.

    Plateau blood: Acting with extremely fast stamina to increase your movement speed and attack speed, and is immune to the slowing effect in certain areas.

    It''s so simple and rude!

    It doesn''t matter to increase the movement speed and attack speed. Uehara''s own life energy blessing speed is amazing enough, but immunity to deceleration means that he can move at super high speed in any position.

    Whether on the water, on the ice, or even in the swamp.

    Uehara Naraku looked at his last reward, the only reward he needed.

    Side Quest: Successfully break through Yunyin Village, the quest has been completed, reward the passive talent skill Thunder Power.

    The power of thunder: you can freely drive the chakra of thunder attribute, and create and use thunder ninjutsu at will, which is one of the components of the jade seeking Taoism.

    Power of Arashi (activated): Arashidan Chakra, which can drive the power of thunder + the power of water, can create and use Arashidan Ninjutsu at will.

    In addition to these.

    Dark Harvest has also increased more than 40,000 three-dimensional attributes, but these effects are not too big, but it only increased his full attributes to about 460,000.

    This number... of course, it is tyrannical compared to ordinary ninjas.

    However, according to Uehara Naraku''s own estimation, if Naruto Uzumaki lifted the restriction on the nine tails, his own Chakra would be more than 300,000, so the value of half of the nine tails in his body must also be more than 300,000.

    This ninja world is really outrageous Once these forces can liberate all their strength, it can''t be outrageous.

    "The power of wind, water, earth, and thunder have all been obtained."

    Uehara Naraku slowly raised his fingers, slowly descending his will on the fourth generation of Hokage, and said softly, "How is Konoha''s situation now?"

    Outside Konoha Village.

    After hearing the voice of Uehara Naraku, Yakushidou immediately said, "Narachi-sama? Nagato-sama''s position has been found by the Konoha ninjas!"

    The voice of Yakushi''s pocket sounded a bit nervous beyond imagination, and he continued to reply in a deep voice: "Master Naraku, Master Jiraiya, Naruto Uzumaki, and Metkai are very powerful. Master Nagato¡¯s action is very powerful. It may fail..."

    The voice of the pharmacist''s pocket gradually trembled, and he whispered: "Just now... three Penn was solved by Master Jilaiya and them at the same time!"

    "This is also normal."

    Uehara Naraku''s fingers gradually tightened, and he whispered: "I guessed it a long time ago. Except for the Shura Dao and the Heavenly Dao, the other Penn powers are actually not strong... You are there waiting for me, I will rush over now! "

    "Yes, Lord Naraku."

    Pharmacist is still a little nervous about this pre-war reporter.

    Obviously he should have seen something that shocked him.

    It''s just that this battle between Konoha and Akatsuki is really worth shocking. The power that everyone bursts out is rare, especially Konoha''s current three major powers!

    "Mystery! Compassion saves the soul."

    Na Uehara fell at the foot of Yunyin Village and closed her palms, and circles gradually appeared under her feet, and a light gradually enveloped his body.

    The next moment, Uehara Naraku suddenly appeared next to Yakushi''s pocket.

 Chapter 288ï¼š Strong physical skills, right? IQ for it!

    "Starting from Naruto (

    Outside Konoha Village.

    When Uehara Naraku teleported here, a light flashed in Yakushi Po''s eyes, as if he had found the backbone, and immediately pushed his glasses.

    "Master Naraku!"

    After yelling respectfully, Yakushidou praised Uehara Naraku''s technique: "As expected, Mr. Naraku, he can still use this temporal and spatial technique of teleportation across Yunyin Village and Kinaba Village. !"

    "Don''t exaggerate, basic operation."

    After Uehara Naraku waved his hand, he raised his head and looked at the distant battlefield. After turning on the hunting perception, his brows frowned subconsciously: "Is the battle just beginning?"

    "Yes, it should be less than half a minute!"

    Yakushidou''s face gradually became serious, and he said in a deep voice: "The fairy modes of Jiraiya and Uzumaki Naruto broke out, and the two of them solved a Penn in an instant, and Matkai also defeated the ability to absorb Cha Carat¡¯s hungry ghost!"

    In half a minute...

    Even before the off-site audience like Pharmacist Duo could not react, the human world pay, **** pay and the hungry ghost pay have already been dealt with.

    Hungry Ghost Dao Penn has been killed once before, but it was repaired by Nagato using the power of Hell Dao to resurrect it, and it was only resolved after half a minute of playing...

    It was the Matkay who was only good at physical skills.

    The physique of this watermelon head is simply outrageous!

    "I guessed it a long time ago."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head, watching the blue chakra steam erupting in the distance, and gradually said in a low voice: "That guy Metkai is far from his limit. Once it really breaks out, he has the ability to defeat Nagato. The grown-up possibility..."

    Metkay really broke out.

    The power of the eighth gate, the dead gate, is not something Nagato can contend.

    On the battlefield.

    The Six Paths of Payne are only left with Heaven, Shura, and Animal Dao still persisting.

    However, they were faced with the siege of Jiraiya, Naruto Uzumaki, Metkai, Rock Lee, Gaara, and Terumi Mei. Behind these people there is a ninja team standing nearby, always ready to support.

    No matter how strong the remaining three Payne were, they could only temporarily insist on not falling under the siege of Jilaiya and others. With the passage of time, it would be almost a matter of time before they lost.

    Jilai suddenly closed his palms, and the Immortal Shensi and Immortal Zhima standing on his shoulders joined hands at the same time, and they worked together to release the combined ninjutsu!

    "Senfa Goemon!"

    A sharp light flashed in Jilai''s eyes!

    When the hungry ghost Dao Payne was killed, no Payne could absorb Chakra, and Jilai could finally start full fire!

    With the blessing of Fengdan Ninjutsu, the flames burned with kerosene and swept towards the remaining three penns, the majestic flames almost obscured the sky!

    "Shen Luo Tianzheng!"

    Heavenly Dao Payne stretched out his palm, and after repelling the flying fire escape ninjutsu, he flew back behind the animal Dao.

    "Teacher Jilaiya."

    Tiandao Payne slowly raised his head, looked at the people present, and said softly: "Your strength is really not to be underestimated!"

    "Give up, Nagato!"

    Jilai also slowly stepped forward, and persuaded in a deep voice, "Now that the position of your body has been discovered by our people, there are only three of Penn¡¯s Six Paths. In fact, you should know that you don¡¯t have any. Winning chance..."

    "Teacher Jilaiya!"

    Tiandao Payne interrupted Jiraiya''s words in a cold voice, and her voice was still very calm: "A mortal asks the gods to surrender, is it too naive? The white-eyed female ninja who detected our position is called Hinata. Right?"

    "Ok?"

    After Naruto Uzumaki nodded, just as he was about to say something, he suddenly realized one thing: "Wait, how do you know her name is Hinata!"

    "Because she is in my hands."

    Heavenly Dao Payne spoke slowly: "After a mortal has spied on God''s whereabouts, after being discovered by God, how do you think she will end up?"

    Tiandao Payne''s voice was a little indifferent and said: "Just when you killed the Hungry Ghost Road, the Human World Road, and the Hell Road, the female ninja spied our tracks. I have to say that her battle was very brave."

    "Hinata let go!"

    Uzumaki Naruto stared at Tiandao Payne with an ugly face, as if he wanted to see his position through those reincarnation eyes!

    "Naruto Uzumaki, don''t always be so naive."

    Tiandao Payne watched Naruto Uzumaki, and said coldly: "If you want to save her back, then defeat Payne and stand in front of me!"

    "it is good!"

    Naruto Uzumaki immediately agreed, and squeezed his fist suddenly and said, "I will definitely kill these guys anyway!"

    "Really motivated..."

    After Heavenly Path Payne stared at Uzumaki Naruto coldly, he glanced at everyone present, and the next second, the three Payne suddenly went away!

    This scene made everyone on the scene frown. At the beginning, they really wanted to separate the Six Ways of Penn, so as to prevent them from fighting together.

    However, now that there are only three Penn left, there is no need to continue to divide Penn, because the remaining three Penn are very strong, even if it is two to one, there is a possibility of being killed.

    Now that they have the advantage, they definitely want to avoid casualties, because the death of Hagi Kakashi is a great loss for Konoha.

    Now that the three Penns are acting separately, how they should be distributed has become a big problem, because each Penn¡¯s abilities are very powerful, even the weakest animal Dao, you can regroup the other two Penns at any time. !

    "Naruto, let''s hunt down the strongest heaven!"

    After thinking about it for a second, Jilai immediately selected the strongest Heavenly Dao Payne, and then he continued to order: "Your Excellency Shuiying, Your Excellency Fengying, you are responsible for chasing the animal road; Kai, Li, you go Chase Shura Dao!"

    After Jiraiya finished speaking, his voice was a little solemn: "If there is an accident in the middle, seek support immediately; if the chasing Penn is channeled away, you must immediately signal and support other companions..."

    "understand!"

    The six people split into three teams and left.

    I have to say that their distribution is reasonable.

    Among them, the weakest individual strength is undoubtedly the Animal Dao, but he can immediately channel the Heavenly Dao and the Shura Dao, and it seems that the Animal Dao is particularly dangerous, but at least if he encounters the Animal Dao psychic seal, he can prepare to escape in advance.

    If you go to hunt down the Heavenly Dao and the Asura Dao, you will basically be dead.

    Therefore, Jilai also gave himself and Naruto Uzumaki the most dangerous task of chasing and killing the Dao of Heaven; he handed the goal of chasing and killing the Shura Dao, which belongs to Hagi Kakashi, to Metkai; and put the boundary between danger and safety. The beast way in between was handed over to Gaara and Terumi Mei.

    Just when they just separated.

    Nagato was sitting in another tree hole made by Konan, and because their position was discovered by Konoha Ninja, they had to change their position.

    At this moment there is an extra person in this tree hole.

    That was Hyuga Hinata who had just been captured by Nagato and Xiaonan.

    Speaking of it, the perception of the troops is wrong. When they finally found Payne''s traces, they should leave. Unfortunately, they decided to stay and monitor the positions of Nagato and Xiaonan for the sake of the overall situation.

    Unfortunately, Xiaonan noticed the abnormality. A group of perception ninjas were easily killed by Nagato. Only the female ninja Hinata Hinata was brought back.

    A light flashed across Nagato''s reincarnation eyes.

    The next moment, Nagato''s expression became a little serious: "The plan was successful. They were divided into three teams, chasing and killing three Penns respectively."

    "Do you need me to take action?"

    Xiao Nan frowned and said.

    "Ok."

    Nagato nodded, and continued in a deep voice: "Use Shura Dao to solve those two weird physical ninjas! Then use Brute Dao to summon you to solve those two shadows...Finally, solve the Jiraiya teacher and catch Uzumaki Naruto. people!"

    "¡­Ok."

    Xiao Nan nodded.

    Nagato looked at Xiaonan''s face not so good, and he reached out to stroke the ring on his finger, and whispered softly: "Well, yes, Uehara and Scorpion have caught the eight-tailed man Zhuli and are on their way back to the organization base..."

    "Really? Naraku has become a reliable ninja too!"

    Xiao Nan sighed, and a touch of surprise flashed across his face, and then the surprise slowly turned into a wistful smileNagato couldn''t help showing a smile on his face, low. Said: "I didn''t expect to be beaten by juniors... We can''t let Uehara wait too long!"

    In the forest outside Konoha Village.

    Metkay and Li Luoke speeded up frantically, and the two competed to chase the Asura Payne in front. The two of them didn''t know it, and what was waiting for them was a trap.

    Strictly speaking, no one can think of it. Asura Dao Penn even has a terrifying self-destruct function, because Asura Dao Penn is a puppet that can exert an unparalleled advantage in conventional battles!

    "Lee, let''s have a match!"

    Metkay suddenly exploded at a faster speed. He motivated his disciples loudly: "If one of us kicks Penn first, we will run a hundred laps in the forest behind our back!"

    "Yes, Teacher Kai!"

    Li Luoke gritted his teeth and nodded, his body suddenly exploded at a faster speed.

    Rock Lee didn''t feel anything wrong with his bet with Metkay.

    Perhaps this is the world of the strong!

    Be strong!

    In exchange for IQ.

    This sentence is joking, because Li Luoke relies purely on his own efforts.

    In this world, in addition to those genius ninjas, some characters who used to quietly try to catch up with geniuses are now behind.

    For example, this time against Payne.

    The candidate that Metkay recommended to Tsunade was not the genius Hyuga Neji in the team, but Li Rock, who was able to easily open the sixth gate and managed to open the seventh gate.

    Shura Road Payne stopped in a gorge and mountain stream.

    The reincarnation in the eyes of Shura Dao looked at the two figures who were rushing quickly, and the voice was somewhat mechanized: "Are you here?"

 Chapter 290ï¼š Metkay, a man who used his life to stop a nuclear explosion

    "Starting from Naruto (

    The bright light is blooming.

    It was the precursor of that bomb was about to explode.

    Uehara Naruko watched the light blooming over there, and said softly, "I should have asked Dedara to come over and take a look. His art is just clay..."

    "Shura Dao Payne blew himself up?"

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around and said in a low voice, "If you just feel it, the Chakra over there is really terrifying. If it breaks out..."

    "Enough to destroy everything here easily!"

    Uehara Naraku told the pharmacist''s speculation. He shook his head and continued: "Guess how many people will survive this explosion?"

    "..."

    The pharmacist shook his head and did not answer.

    The area where Shura Road blew up.

    Metkay and Li Luk, who had just left the Asura Way, realized that something was wrong, and they suddenly realized where the light came from. The round ninja just now was very dangerous!

    Metkay passed Li Luoke with one hand, blocking his disciple behind him, his face suddenly changed: "Lee, step back!"

    "Ms. Kay?"

    "very dangerous!"

    The sweat on Metkay¡¯s forehead was evaporated, and he closed his fists abruptly, instantly compressed the air in front of him, and slammed into the place where the light burst, launching a super air bomb!

    "Day Tiger!"

    The air pressure in Metkay''s hand turned into a group of white tigers and rushed forward, but the day tiger was useless at all, instead it was defeated by a greater force!

    That super bomb exploded completely!

    The earth began to vibrate violently in an instant!

    A very strong shock wave blasted from the center and quickly spread out. In a blink of an eye, this mountain stream was directly destroyed by the shock wave brought by the explosion!

    "This power..."

    Metkay''s fists clenched again, watching the shock wave spreading everywhere, and snapped his teeth: "This force is enough to destroy the entire forest, and it may even damage Konoha... No!"

    The entire forest of ninjas may be swept by the shock wave brought by this explosion. Thousands of ninjas will be killed, Konoha will also suffer heavy losses. Both Metkay and Rock Lee will never escape. !

    "Teacher Kay!"

    Anxiety flashed across Li Luoke''s face.

    However, the shock wave of that super bomb exploded was about to swept to their side, even if Li Luoke kicked out his energy, he couldn''t stop the huge shock wave!

    "give it to me!"

    Within a few seconds, Metkay immediately thought of the consequences, and he thought of a solution in an instant: "Lee, step back, leave it to me here!"

    "but¡­"

    "The eighth door..."

    Metkay looked at the shock wave that was about to sweep, and the blood on his body gradually began to evaporate, and the blue steam was quickly replaced by blood red steam. It was the appearance of Bamen Dunjia burning his own blood after opening the dead door!

    "Dead Door Open!"

    A decisive aura suddenly broke out on Metkay''s body, his body smashed the ground with one foot, twisted and blasted his own punch toward the violent explosion!

    "Xianxiang!"

    Just the first punch immediately hit the white air cannon, blocking the location of the shock wave for a second!

    The next moment, Metkay''s body renewed its strength, ran around the shock wave of the explosion, and blasted out his own fists uninterrupted!

    Metkay''s speed swept faster than the shock wave of the explosion!

    Less than ten seconds have passed since the explosion began, and Metkay used a punch-by-punch air cannon to confine the shock wave of the explosion in place!

    After each air cannon dissipates, then add another punch!

    If the speed is not enough, then continue to increase the speed!

    Even Uehara Naraku couldn''t think of it, but Metkai still had this kind of operation. How could anyone stop Shura Dao''s self-destruction!

    The earth trembled violently.

    A mushroom cloud rose slowly.

    It was just that the shock wave of the explosion could not spread out anyway, because the big explosion that was powerful enough to destroy everything around and even Konoha was blocked by a man covered in blood with his fist!

    "Can you still do this?"

    Uehara Naraku felt the vibration of the ground under her feet, and there was a look of surprise on her face: "That guy, Kay, unexpectedly used an air cannon blasted out of eight fists of extreme speed to prevent Shuradao from exploding?

    This world is too outrageous!

    How powerful is the explosion brought about, but Metkay just bombarded his fist uninterruptedly, restraining all the shock waves trying to spread out!

    The air cannons exploded from fists, like a railing, formed a cage, trapping the mushroom cloud produced by the self-detonation of Shura Dao in place!

    "It''s terrible..."

    Yakushidou''s gaze was faintly solemn, his palm stroked the violently trembling ground, and he whispered: "Master Naraku, this self-destructive force is enough to kill hundreds of thousands of people, and can even easily destroy any Shinobu village. Right?"

    However, this explosion was blocked by Metkay!

    Is this really what a ninja can do?

    No matter how you think, it is absolutely impossible!

    Uehara Naruko watched the blood-colored man who was constantly firing air cannons at the mushroom cloud, and a smile suddenly appeared on his face: "Is the Eight Doors Dunjia Art finally reached its limit by you? It''s amazing, Metkai! "

    "Master Naraku?"

    A faint doubt appeared on the face of Pharmacist Pocket.

    Uehara Naraku smiled and patted the shoulder of Yakushi''s pocket, and said softly: "I just thought of something happy, maybe I have found a way to deal with Uchiha Madara!"

    Inside Konoha Village.

    The whole village was like an earthquake, with collapsed telephone poles and houses everywhere, and all the glass was shattered, but everyone still survived.

    Tsunade looked at the violently shaking ground and said loudly, "Go and check, what happened!"

    "Yes, Master Naruto!"

    However, no one in Konoha knew what happened.

    Seeing all this up close, the person who knew what was going on was called Li Luoke. This seventeen or eighteen-year-old young ninja knelt weakly on the ground, crying bitterly at the blood-stained figure running: " Teacher Kay..."

    "Don''t despair for me, Li!"

    Metkay''s figure suddenly stepped on the air and appeared above the mushroom cloud, and his voice even screamed hoarsely: "See clearly, Li, in order to protect the most important thing of himself, he is the appearance of a ninja youth!"

    Metka slammed a kick out of the air, and his **** steam instantly flowed in the direction of the kicked airflow and dived toward the ground!

    This is the ultimate meaning of the Eight Doors Dunjia Art!

    It is also the result of the practice of Matkay for more than 20 years since childhood!

    "Yekai!"

    The red steam slowly converged and became a huge dragon head. Under the lead of Metkay, it roared towards the mushroom and broke the mushroom cloud instantly!

    No matter how huge the shock wave, it was kicked directly into the earth by the ultimate physical skills kicked out by Metkai!

    A bottomless pit appeared on the ground instantly.

    The super explosion that was enough to destroy Konoha and easily kill thousands of ninjas was completely resolved by this blood-stained man.

    Perhaps only Uehara Naraku knows how amazing Metkai has done.

    This guy used his own speed and strength to stop a big explosion that was no less powerful than a nuclear explosion, although the cost was his life.

    Just when Metkay lifted the threat of the super bomb explosion within tens of seconds, a loud noise fell on everyone''s ears!

    Boom!

    This sound seemed like a thunderstorm!

    It''s just that when this sound made everyone''s eardrums sore, they didn''t know that someone had solved the crisis that would kill them this time.

    Bang bang bang bang...

    Uehara Naraku clapped slowly and sighed softly, "Although I know that Metkay is very powerful, I just watched him do all this with my own eyes, I still can''t help but want to praise him for being amazing!"

    "Ok¡­"

    After the pharmacist nodded slowly, he suddenly said, "Master Naraku, Metkai''s life seems to be exhausted..."

    "Definitely."

    Uehara Naraku slowly closed his palms, and whispered softly: "Lest he also turn into fly ashes, go steal part of his corpse, and reincarnate him first!"

    If Metkay''s corpse turns into fly ash, that would be a real loss!

    It doesn''t matter if Kakashi Hagi is dead, but Matt Kai must let him live, no matter how he lives!

    "Yes."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around, and suddenly chuckled, "Even if he can''t use the destructive strength just now, it is a very powerful combat force for us."

    "Ok."

    A ray of light flashed in Uehara Naraku''s eyes, and he whispered: "Matekai''s role is more than that. If he is by my side, I can steal his art at any time, and use his previous night without consumption. Kay..."

    Yes.

    Metkay must be there.

    If this is the case, Uehara Naraku can again have a hole card against Uchiha Madara. If he can kick out Yekai among the eight-door physical skills at any time, even the six-level Uchiha Madara cannot ignore his threat.

    At this moment.

    Matkai''s eight-door Dunjia time is finally over.

    Now Metkay was almost covered in charcoal, without any strength, and even lifeless in his body, Li Luoke choked and knelt beside him.

    One by one Konoha ninja emerged from the forest.

    They are all ninja troops who are in charge of assisting Metkai and Lee Rock.

    Just now, these Konoha ninjas also felt the threat of the super explosion, and saw the outbreak of Metkay solve the crisis with their own eyes. Hyuga Neji and Tiantian walked out of it. They were also among the two forces. member.

    The two of them walked up to Li Luo''s side in disbelief, slowly untied their ninja guards, and knelt in front of Metkay: "Teacher Kay..."

    "Mr. Kay..."

    Li Luoke''s eyes were a little dull, and tears were still flowing down his cheeks unconsciously. He murmured, "I have sacrificed."

    To protect him.

    Also to protect the ninja forces behind them.

    Also to protect the Konoha village behind them.

    Metkay resolved a major crisis by himself, but the price was too painful for their third class!

    "Lee."

    Hyuga Neji suppressed the tears he wanted to dazzle, looked at Li Rok who was in a trance state, and whispered: "The enemy has not been resolved, we have more important things!"

    "..."

    Li Luoke nodded silently.

    The next moment, Li Luoke hit the ground with a fist, watching the body of the turned coke, his voice was tough and powerful: "Mr. Kai, I won''t let you down!"

    Li Luo turned his head slowly, his eyes revealed a sense of determination: "Ning Ci, tell me...Where is Penn''s body?"

    Payne¡¯s body is still in the tree holeNagato is sitting in the tree hole, his face faintly unsightly, and even some can¡¯t believe it: "What a joke, Shura Road¡¯s blew up Is it solved..."

    This is the result of his hard work for so many years, and it was solved by Metkai, who opened the Eight Doors Dunjia!

    but¡­

    That guy is too strong!

    Is that watermelon head really a ninja?

    "Nagato?"

    Xiao Nan''s eyes were slightly confused.

    Nagato shook his head and sighed in a low voice: "Konan, I underestimated that physique ninja, his physique is stronger than Uehara''s physique, and Konoha''s physique is serious, and it''s an out-and-out one. monster!"

    Shura Dao¡¯s self-destruction, but even Nagato himself couldn¡¯t come up with a suitable solution to solve it, even if it was an earth-blasting star, it was absolutely impossible to do it!

    However, the watermelon-headed physique ninja, with his own physique, abruptly solved the super bomb explosion of Shura Road!

    Really...

    It''s a monster!

    Nagato couldn''t help feeling a little fortunate in his heart. If it weren''t for Shura Dao''s self-destruction to force the Konoha Ninja to explode, he himself might be killed by that guy!

    Fortunately, that guy and Shura Dao Payne died together!

    "Xiao Nan, I will manipulate Tiandao Payne to deal with Teacher Jilaiya and Naruto Uzumaki."

    Nagato looked at Xiao Nan, and whispered: "As for the battle between the Five Dynasties Fengying and the Five Dynasties Shuiying, I will leave it to you and the animal Dao."

    "Ok."

    Xiao Nan nodded calmly.

    "Then start!"

    Nagato suddenly closed his fingers, and the eyes of Samsara flashed: "Teacher Jilaiya, Naruto Uzumaki, let me see your power!"

 Chapter 291ï¼š The son of destiny that only death can find

    "Starting from Naruto (

    "Kay sacrificed."

    Jiraiya''s voice was a little heavy, he sensed the sudden eruption of Metkai Chakra, and completely disappeared within the range of perception.

    "how come¡­"

    Naruto Uzumaki raised his head in disbelief and looked at Jilaiya. After a while, he slowly let out a sigh of relief and lowered his head and said, "I see."

    The next moment, Naruto Uzumaki''s pupils appeared on his eye sockets again, and the aura of Xianshu Chakra exploded on his body again.

    Uzumaki Naruto bent his fingers and said in a low voice: "The fourth shadow clone has absorbed natural energy, and the fifth shadow clone begins to absorb natural energy."

    Jilai also put away his sentimentality, and said in a deep voice: "Then take advantage of this period of time to solve the strongest Penn first! According to our previous contact battles, the cooling time of the repulsive attack is About 5 seconds..."

    "Yes."

    Naruto Uzumaki nodded slowly.

    exactly.

    Heavenly Penn is also waiting for them.

    This battle, which was destined to be even more tragic, also broke out.

    Outside Konoha Village.

    Watching area.

    Pharmacist Pocket had already secretly obtained a part of Metkai''s body, and reincarnated him from the dirty soil. This speed was simply speechless.

    Metkay, who had just arrived in the Pure Land of the Underworld, did not respond yet, and immediately returned to the present world, and was immediately put in a coffin by the pharmacist.

    After Uehara Naraku secretly used his own way to steal Metkay¡¯s tricks, his face changed involuntarily: "He can only steal Hiruto? Is it because he is not strong enough now? Or is it restricted by the reincarnation of the dirty earth? ?"

    This is not good news anyway!

    Uehara Naraku stared at the coffin with complicated eyes. If it was because the dead door of the Eight Doors Dunjia was to burn flesh and blood, would it be impossible for Metkai to open the Eight Doors?

    Is it a problem with his human skills, or a problem with Metkay?

    After the pharmacist put away Metkay''s coffin with great importance, he rushed to Uehara Naraku''s side and saw that Uehara Naraku''s expression was different.

    "What''s wrong, Lord Naraku?"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head and said in a low voice: "Pouch, find a way to revive Metkay! I want to see a live Metkay."

    If it''s just a day tiger, it''s useless.

    Only if Ye Kai can be stolen, can he exert enough power.

    "..."

    The pharmacist glanced at Uehara Naraku silently.

    To be honest, at this moment, Pharmacist felt that Uehara was embarrassed by him.

    It is a pity that as a loyal subordinate, the pharmacist has to find a way to solve the problems mentioned above.

    "it is good."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around and said with a wry smile at the corner of his mouth: "I... think of a way."

    This one¡­

    I really have to think of a way.

    On the battlefield.

    Jilaiya and Uzumaki Naruto caught up with Tiandao Payne.

    "Have you finally arrived?"

    Tiandao Payne watched their figures and slowly spread out his palms: "Then let me see if you can come to me in the end!"

    "I will get rid of you."

    A spiral pill emerged from Naruto Uzumaki''s palm, staring coldly at Heavenly Dao Payne, repeating word by word: "It will definitely solve you...absolutely! Absolutely!"

    "Nagato."

    A spiral pill also appeared in Jilaiya''s hand. He also looked at Tiandao Payne and whispered: "I won''t let you make mistakes again... I will... correct your mistakes!"

    The next moment, Jilai also rushed up first!

    A fight between the master and the apprentice began!

    This is a battle between a truly orthodox ninja, the most unexpected and top-notch blood following the eyes of reincarnation, even Uehara Naraku dare not decide the outcome!

    have to say.

    After Jilaiya and Uzumaki Naruto obtained information about Shenluo Tianzheng, they cooperated with each other to suppress Tiandao Penn for a while!

    The transfer of ninjutsu between the ninjutsu, beat Tiandao Payne a little embarrassed!

    Except for occasional use of Shenluo Tianzheng to get a counterattack, other times Tiandao Payne can only allow two ninjas in fairy mode to attack!

    No him, because both Uzumaki Naruto and Jilai are good at attacking from a distance!

    "Xianfa¡¤Maozhen Qianben!"

    Countless white hair Qianben shot out from Jilaiya''s hair, densely covering all positions of Tiandao Payne''s body.

    However, when Tiandao Payne was about to use the Shenluo Tianzheng, the distant Naruto Uzumaki was ready to release his spiral shuriken at the Shenluo Tianzheng during the cooldown time of Shenluo Tianzheng!

    This pair of mentors and apprentices are really in harmony.

    After Tiandao Payne was silent for a while, he finally realized his troubles. The next moment he rushed to Jilaiya and stretched out his two palms: "Vientiane Tianyin!"

    A gravitational force started suddenly!

    Tiandao Payne interrupted Jiraiya''s technique in an instant!

    Unfortunately, it is limited to this.

    Tiandao Payne frowned slightly, and threw a black stick with his hand, which was about to penetrate Ji Laiya''s body, but it was pushed away by Ji Laiya with the frog group''s hands!

    Before being able to ensure that they can solve the two, Tiandao Payne must not easily use Shenluo Tianzheng, unless using super-level surgery...

    Inside the tree hole.

    Nagato was still remotely manipulating Tendo Payne, his brows looked at Hyuga Hinata next to him, and his brows wrinkled slightly.

    To be honest, the fighting situation is a bit bad.

    Nagato faintly felt that Heavenly Way Payne faced the attack of the two immortal modes of Jiraiya and Naruto Uzumaki, the odds of winning were not too high.

    The next moment, Nagato waved his hand and knocked out Hinata Hyuga.

    Before this young and beautiful female ninja could react, she fainted with her white eyes.

    Hinata Hyuga never expected... this powerful enemy in front of her would surprise her with such a sneak attack!

    After seeing Hyuga Hinata fainted, Nagato slowly closed his palms, and whispered, "Dot Escape¡¤Toryu Hidden Technique!"

    Nagato''s figure instantly dived beneath the ground.

    This technique allows him to sneak into the vicinity of the battlefield.

    On the battlefield.

    Jilai also relied on the frog team to force back Tiandao Payne.

    Perhaps it was because Jilai also thought that he and Uzumaki Naruto had the advantage, and he said in a deep voice to persuade him to surrender: "Nagato, for this war, enough people have died in battle, don''t be obsessed with it! Now it''s really what you want Is it..."

    "Teacher Jilaiya."

    Tiandao Payne interrupted Jiraiya''s words.

    The next moment, Tiandao Payne''s body gradually floated, and continued in a deep voice: "There is no need for too much nonsense between us, I will not give you a chance again, and I will not waste my time anymore. "

    Uehara Naraku has already caught the Yaojin Juli.

    Now everyone in Akatsuki''s organization is waiting for his nine tails.

    Heavenly Path Payne looked down at Jiraiya, and continued in a cold voice: "Now Uehara has breached Yunyin Village and captured the power of the eight tails. As long as I capture Uzumaki Naruto, that ideal world without war will soon be appear."

    "..."

    Jilaiya''s brows suddenly frowned.

    This news is undoubtedly worse for them, if this is the case, then they Konoha absolutely can''t cause Uzumaki Naruto''s problems!

    Otherwise, once Nagato gathers the nine-tailed beasts...

    The entire Ninja world will be shrouded in terror, no matter whether the person who rules with this terror is Nagato or Uchiha.

    "Teacher Jilaiya."

    The voice of Tiandao Payne fell from the sky, his palms slowly spread towards the ground, and he said coldly: "If you can''t understand my thoughts, please feel the pain of war from now on!"

    Tiandao Payne¡¯s face gradually fell into a shadow under the sun, only the reincarnation eyes on his face could be seen, and his voice became higher and higher: "When you really feel the pain, you will realize mine What a correct approach!"

    "Your Chakra..."

    Jilai also raised his head and watched the Chakra aura in Tiandao''s body getting bigger and bigger, and his face gradually changed: "He wants to prepare for a more powerful repulsion..."

    "Xianfa¡¤Wind Escape¡¤Spiral Shuriken!"

    Naruto Uzumaki finally moved towards Penn in the air, raised his hand and threw his spiral shuriken, forcing Tiandao Penn to use Shenluo Tianzheng in advance!

    "As expected of Jiraiya teacher''s disciple..."

    Tiandao Payne hurriedly stretched out his palm, expending the chakras he had just gathered, and released a huge repulsion: "Although the power of the technique is far from my expectations, it is more than enough to solve you...Shenluo Tianzheng !"

    A majestic repulsion fell from the sky!

    Jilai quickly closed his palms and shouted in a low voice: "Psychic art!"

    The pink stomach wall of the toad quickly attached to him and Naruto Uzumaki, and the soft stomach wall of the toad wrapped the bodies of the two of them with the repulsive force!

    Although the soft stomach wall of the toad is far inferior to the body of the immortal slug, it also greatly slows down their injuries.

    After the repulsive power of Shenluo Tianzheng ended, Jiraiya quickly disarmed the psychic, and did not dare to waste his time: "The power of the technique is the strongest. The longer the recovery time is needed for Nagato, this is the opportunity now!"

    The next moment, Jiraiya''s soles of feet were tightly grasped on the ground, ignoring the damage of his own body, and jumping up with the help of the frog palms under his feet.

    Unprepared, Tiandao Payne was slammed into the air by Jilaiya!

    "Xianfa¡¤Super Jade Spiral Pill!"

    A spiral pill was pressed on Tiandao Payne''s body!

    The actions of Jiraiya and Uzumaki Naruto are almost fluent, just like the tactics he and Uzumaki Naruto secretly discussed, first find a way to force the enemy to use a powerful repulsive attack and increase his spell cooling time.

    In this case, they will have enough time to launch an attack.

    Jilaiya and Naruto Uzumaki watched Tiandao Payen slowly fall down after being hit, and the two of them finally breathed a sigh of relief.

    Jiraiya slowly pulled out a black rod from Tiandao Payne''s body, and whispered: "This kid Yahiko won''t become like this anyway! Nagato, you have defiled your friend''s body! "

    Jilai also grabbed the black rod and inserted it into his body, resisting the pain and whispered: "Next, it''s the final body...Let me feel this distance..."

    Jilaiya''s face changed drastically!

    Just as Uzumaki Naruto was a little confused, UU Reading Jilai suddenly slammed into his disciple, pushing Uzumaki Naruto aside!

    A black rod suddenly flew from the ground!

    Seven or eight black rods were inserted behind Jilaiya, and the sudden attack on the ground made no one react at all!

    "Teacher Jilaiya..."

    A red-haired figure slowly emerged from the ground. He watched as Jilai''s tall body fell to the ground, and whispered, "You once said that you can''t let your guard down anyway!"

    It is the Nagato who controls the Six Ways of Payne from behind.

    No one thought that Nagato would be lurking under the ground of this battlefield!

    Jilai also clenched his teeth, controlled his neck, slowly turned his head to look at Nagato, and then at the stunned Uzumaki Naruto.

    In this life, he will accept the son of destiny predicted by Immortal Toad as his disciple, and teach this disciple to grow.

    Nagato.

    Watergate.

    Naruto.

    Or somebody else?

    Who is the son of destiny?

    Jilaiya had been thinking about this question in his heart, because he felt that he could live a long time, so he suspected that he might still meet new disciples.

    Until now he was dying.

    Only after he dies, and there will be no other disciples in the future, can he be sure who is the son of destiny!

    Jilai also suddenly realized all this. For the few people he believed to be the sons of destiny in his life, Bo Feng Shuimen had already sacrificed, and Nagato had gone the wrong way.

    Then only Naruto Uzumaki is left...

    A smile of relief appeared on Jilaiya¡¯s face. He raised his head with his last strength and looked at Uzumaki Naruto and said, "There is no doubt...you...Naruto...then your brother... is you."

 Chapter 292ï¼š Tail 9: Your eyes are kind and disgusting

    "Start from Naruto Behind the Scenes ( Find the latest chapter!

    The viewing area in the distance.

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around and glanced at the expressionless Naraku Uehara: "Lord Naraku, Lord Jiraiya is also dead!"

    "..."

    Bo Feng Shuimen''s complexion was a little gloomy.

    This time Konoha''s loss was too painful, too! Hagi Kakashi died in the beginning of the battle, and Metkai died soon afterwards. Now it is Jiraiya¡¯s turn again...

    The pharmacist looked at Naraku Uehara and continued softly: "Do we need to reincarnate Jiraiya-sama from the dirty soil?"

    "No need."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and there was a touch of complexity in his voice: "Someone will give his life back to him. This is the Ninja World. If you die, you can still be resurrected.

    After speaking, Uehara Naraku glanced at Bo Feng Shui Men and said: "But it depends on whether the son of the fourth generation of Hokage can do what others expect... If Uzumaki Naruto''s strength is not enough, then you Just ask yourself!"

    "..."

    Everyone present fell silent.

    On the battlefield.

    Naruto Uzumaki''s brain was still blank, and he couldn''t believe that Jilaida died in front of his eyes like this: "Lecherous fairy...Lecherous fairy?"

    Naruto Uzumaki staggered a few steps subconsciously, fell on one knee next to Jiraiya, and pushed his body with his hand: "Lecherous fairy?"

    No matter how Naruto Uzumaki called, Jilai couldn''t respond to him.

    There was a smile of relief on the corner of Jilaiya''s mouth, and after entrusting all the future to Naruto Uzumaki, he completely lost his breath.

    Naruto Uzumaki still couldn''t believe everything in front of him.

    "Little Jilai..."

    Immortal Zhi Ma''s face was full of grief.

    "Naruto!"

    Immortal Shen Zuo stared at the Nagato next to him, and hurriedly reminded: "Naruto, old lady, the enemy is still here, this is not the time to mourn Xiao Jiraiya!"

    "..."

    Nagato did not do anything, but looked down at the stunned Uzumaki Naruto and Jiraiya''s corpses, his face was full of complexity.

    At this moment, no one knew what Nagato was thinking.

    The next moment, Nagato''s face became completely indifferent again.

    Nagato suddenly stretched out a kick and kicked Naruto Uzumaki directly, condensing a black rod, nailing Naruto Uzumaki''s shoulder, and nailing the junior to the ground!

    "Teacher Jilaiya is dead."

    Nagato watched Uzumaki Naruto whose face gradually became angry, and said indifferently: "Uzumaki Naruto, come with me now!"

    "Asshole!"

    Shen Zuo Xianren''s tongue suddenly stretched out and he was about to tie Nagato''s body, but Nagato easily nailed it to the ground with a black rod!

    Immortal Zhima opened his mouth and burst out a flame: "Huo Dun..."

    "Shen Luo Tianzheng."

    Nagato stretched out his palm carelessly, and Shen Luo Tianzheng directly defeated Immortal Zhima!

    As the main body, Nagato can use all the abilities of the reincarnation eye, and is even better in the power of the surgical technique!

    Nagato just debuted, and directly used various means to eliminate everyone present, and it was a simple and neat start.

    Just as Nagato approached Naruto Uzumaki and was about to pick him up and take him away, a harsh shout from a distance interrupted his movements.

    "Let go of Naruto!"

    A ninja team appeared around.

    Due to Jilaiya''s previous orders, in order to avoid greater losses, these supporting troops did not appear on this battlefield.

    However, when the sensing troops noticed that Jiraiya died in battle, these support troops finally couldn''t help but swarmed toward this battlefield. Thousands of ninjas densely surrounded this battlefield!

    Nagato frowned slightly, looked up at a group of Konoha ninjas who charged, and shouted in a low voice: "Sura!"

    The next moment, behind Nagato suddenly psychic two mechanical arms, both arms turned into a rocket launcher, countless dense rockets flew out quickly, covering a large battlefield in an instant!

    Countless ninjas were blown out!

    Nagato moved towards the group of ninjas who rushed to the front, slowly stretched out his palms, and whispered: "Shinra Tianzheng!"

    A majestic repulsion burst out!

    All the ninjas rushing in front of him were repelled by Nagato!

    A look of fear flashed across the faces of a team of Konoha ninjas. They had never thought that the enemy would be so powerful, and they looked like nothing in the face of thousands of people attacking!

    "In front of God, no matter how many mortals are, they are mortals after all."

    Nagato watched the enemies who were panting and frightened and stopped in place, and slowly closed his palms: "Since you are Konoha ninjas, let you feel the power you most want to see. Right!"

    Nagato''s voice faintly became a little low, his palms suddenly closed, and vines quickly grew from under his feet: "Mu Dun¡¤The sea of ??trees descends!"

    Numerous vines and thorns began to spread out densely!

    The vines and wood thorns spread out, quickly piercing the Konoha ninjas who wanted to cross the vines, forcing them to finally leave the battlefield with no other choice!

    Konoha Ninja''s face was just more afraid of Nagato.

    However, Uehara Nana, who was watching from a distance, was almost crazy!

    "Isn''t it funny?"

    Uehara Naruko hit the ground with a punch, watching the vines and wood thorns that gradually grew taller in the distance, his face was extremely complicated: "When will Nagato-sama awakened Mu Dun! Why did he hide this from me? "

    Damn, trust between people!

    Between the two of them, there is something that can''t be said face to face, why does Nagato hide that he has awakened Mu Dun? Did Nagato doubt him?

    Why does Nagato doubt him!

    Uehara Naraku squeezed her fist sharply, and said sternly: "Pouch, help me write down this account, and settle the account with him later!"

    "..."

    Pharmacist glanced at Naraku Uehara speechlessly. Before saying these words, Lord Naraku couldn''t think about it. How many things did you hide from them?

    To be honest, Nagato''s awakening Mu Dun is still accidental.

    Just when Akatsuki organized their efforts to prepare for the Yatsuo Ren Zhuli and the Kyuu Man Zhuli, to ensure the smooth progress of his plan, Nagato performed an interpillar cell transplantation without telling Uehara Naraku.

    Because Nagato has the reincarnation eye, he feels that he can transplant more inter-pillar cells, so that he can get more life energy, chakra and recovery ability.

    It¡¯s just that Naraku Uehara never agrees...

    Although Nagato didn''t know why Uehara Naraku firmly disagreed with him transplanting more intercolumn cells, Nagato, who wanted to gain more strength, no longer cares.

    As long as the eight-tailed and nine-tailed columns are captured, the plan will be successful, even if the inter-column cells are transplanted.

    Besides, Nagato feels pretty good.

    Especially he also awakened Mu Dunxue Jijie.

    And now it has been proved that Nagato did nothing wrong, and Mudun Ninjutsu is indeed very useful. The effect of the technique continues to exist, forcing the enemy not to approach.

    Just as Nagato''s firepower was fully launched, a sharp claw suddenly flew out, suddenly tearing the psychic arm behind him!

    That paw... is Kyuubi!

    Nagato turned his head abruptly, only to see a blood-red nine tails, but six tails wagging behind it!

    do not know when¡­

    Uzumaki Naruto unexpectedly released the nine tails in his body!

    Or it was because of Ji Laiya''s death that Naruto Uzumaki was completely angered, so that he finally stopped hiding his violence and let the nine tails in his body directly open the cage!

    But now that Kyuubi is released, maybe it won''t be so easy to shut Kyuubi in a while?

    Nine tails flew to the ground!

    Nine-tailed scarlet mouth suddenly opened, and one energy bomb after another quickly covered the surrounding vines, destroying the large vines directly!

    "Nine-tailed?"

    Nagato''s brows frowned slightly, and he stretched out his palms toward Kyuubi, and a surge of repulsive force gushed out: "Shen Luo Tianzheng!"

    In an instant, the originally violent Nine Tails were directly overturned by the huge repulsion!

    Nagato waved his hand and threw a black rod, which nailed the tails of Nine Tails, but when he had just nailed the sixth tail, the seventh blood-red chase appeared on the back of Nagato again. Carat tail!

    "Still getting stronger?"

    Nagato''s brows couldn''t help but frowned, and another black rod pinned the seventh tail to the ground, but while he was waiting for the eighth tail of the nine tails to come out...

    The violent Kyuubi suddenly spouted an energy bomb at him!

    What made Nagato''s expression even more ugly was that the black rods nailed to Kyuubi''s body were slowly broken away by it at this moment!

    "This chakra..."

    Nagato''s eyes tightened subconsciously, and he looked at Kyuubi with eight tails out of his disbelief and broke free of his yin and yang black rod!

    Nagato stared fiercely at the giant tail beast lying on the ground in an offensive posture, with a touch of surprise on his face: "Only Chakra... even in its current state, it has far surpassed the other tails. beast!"

    How did the tail beast come into being!

    This ninja world is too unfair!

    Is there such a big gap in the power of the tail beast?

    Nagato has participated in the capture of one tail and presided over the capture of six tails, but has never seen a chakra as large as the nine tails, and even in terms of momentum, it far exceeds any head and tail beast with one to seven tails.

    At this moment, Nagato''s brain actually thought of a very magical question: "If the nine-tailed chakra is to be absorbed into the outer golem, it will take several times as long as other tail beasts, right?"

    In the next moment, Nagato stopped thinking about this issue.

    Therefore, the Chakra in the nine tails suddenly swelled, nine bright red tails fluttering freely behind it, and a huge fox stood in front of Nagato!

    The complete body of Nine Tails has completely appeared in the world!

    Even the Konoha ninjas stared at the huge nine-tailed mana one by one involuntarily backing away, they remembered the fierce night of nine-tailed tail!

    The Kyuubi Rebellion that night...

    Konoha suffered heavy losses, and has been devastated since then.

    Kyuubi did not go to see those Konoha ninjas, because there were people who attracted him more.

    Kyuubi slowly lowered his head, and there was a brutal look in his scarlet eyes. It stared at Nagato''s eyes, and opened his mouth slightly, revealing its sharp teeth!

    "Although your eyes look very kind..."

    Kyuubi''s eyes tightened slightly, and his voice was even mild. In the next second, his voice suddenly became cruel: "Huh, but it just looks alike, but the breath inside makes me feel sick!"

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 293 Nine Tails: Your Eyes Are Kind and Disgusting (Fourth!)) to read the record, and you can open the bookshelf next time. To!

    Like "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 293ï¼š Psychic ArtÂ·Outside Golem!

    "Start from Naruto Behind the Scenes ( Find the latest chapter!

    "Nine tails!"

    Nagato slowly raised his finger.

    When Kyuubi said that his reincarnation eyes were both cordial and disgusting, Nagato frowned and said, "The reincarnation eyes are the eyes of the six immortals in the legend... Has this guy in Jiuwei been punished by the six immortals? "

    Of course Nagato couldn''t think of it.

    The person who created the nine-tailed beasts in the Ninja World was the Six Dao Immortals.

    For Jiuwei, the immortal of the Six Ways is comparable to the existence of his father. Just after he appeared, he suddenly saw a person with the eyes of the immortal of the Six Ways, and Jiuwei was even slightly surprised.

    However, after carefully perceiving the breath of those eyes, Kyuubi''s intuition was something wrong, and the breath of Samsara''s eyes actually made it a little mad!

    "Huh, it''s obviously the same pupil technique as the old man..."

    Kyuubi''s mouth grinned, looking at Nagato''s reincarnation eyes, his eyes gradually filled with fierce fierceness: "Those eyes make me feel ominous!"

    At the next moment, Nine Tails suddenly opened his mouth to condense a huge tail beast jade, anyway, it didn''t care who killed the tail beast jade!

    "So fast!"

    Nagato''s face suddenly changed, watching the tail beast jade flying out, and a solemn expression flashed in his eyes: "What a joke, how can the speed of the nine-tailed beast jade be so fast!"

    This is not scientific at all!

    And not a ninja at all!

    Nagato has also seen the six-tailed human column force condensed tail beast jade, but the speed of the six-tailed beast cannot be compared with the nine tails. Why is the nine-tailed condensed tail beast jade so fast!

    Nagato could only stretch out his palm in a hurry, stretched out his palm quickly into the air, and shouted coldly: "Shen Luo Tianzheng!"

    The huge repulsion burst out instantly!

    In the next moment, this repulsive force stopped the tail beast jade from advancing!

    Nagato''s brows frowned closer and closer, he just stared at the tail beast jade slowly pushed to a hillside by the repulsive force he released. After the explosion, he whispered: "Even if it is to absorb the tail with hungry ghosts. Beast jade, it will take a long time to absorb..."

    The power of Nine Tails is stronger than he thought!

    Especially when Nine Tails started spraying Tail Beast Jade directly, as if it didn''t care about its own Chakra. Doesn''t it know that this should be the most dangerous technique for Tail Beast?

    Now it''s very tricky.

    Nagato finally realized the trouble he was facing.

    It is possible to defeat Nine Tails unless you use the Earth-Blasting Star. Other abilities seem not enough to face Nine Tails!

    But Kyuubi did not give Nagato time to think. After watching Shenluo Tianzheng pushing the tail beast jade, it grinned with a huge mouth, and rushed towards Nagato. It was possessed by the eyes of reincarnation. The battle between the hero and the strongest tail beast in history kicked off!

    The viewing area in the distance.

    "Did the nine tails come out?"

    Naruto Uehara stared at the behemoth in the distance, rubbed his wrist, and smiled at the corner of his mouth: "Tsk, I really want to try the fineness of the nine tails... The most powerful tail beast in the Ninja world, it must feel good if you fight it? "

    This sentence is really a bit arrogant.

    Nagato is still fighting with Kyuubi in the distance!

    As the strongest tail beast in the Ninja world, Nine Tails are not in the same order of magnitude as other tail beasts. After Nine Tails only broke the seal that year, Konoha was helpless!

    Especially, there is a murderer who created the Kyuubi Rebellion next to them, his name is Uchiha Daido.

    There is also a victim of the Nine Tails Rebellion, his name is Bo Feng Shui Men.

    These two people still know the power of Kyuubi very well.

    It''s just that the two of them didn''t object to what Uehara Naraku said, because the two of them knew that the guy in front of them really had the ability to challenge Kyuubi.

    Pharmacist pushed his glasses around and laughed in a low voice: "Compared with Lord Naraku''s power, Kyuubi is indeed a bit unsightly. Only the Ten-tails mentioned by Lord Uehara are worthy of being an opponent of Lord Naraku. Right!"

    "do not."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head, waved his hand and said, "Blowing too much, I may really not be able to beat Ten Tails now."

    Uehara Naraku thought that he was a little too inadequate.

    Although Uehara Naraku possesses countless life-saving skills, Too can''t do anything with him, but Uehara''s desire to get rid of Too feels unrealistic.

    The corner of Yakushidou''s mouth was slightly bent, and he praised softly: "Obviously, the strength has been at the top of the Ninja World, but Lord Naraku is still so humble!"

    "..."

    A series of question marks flashed in the minds of Hafeng Mizumon and Uchiha. Where did Yakushidou see that Uehara Naraku was humble?

    "All right."

    Uehara Nairo turned his head to look at Yakushi''s pocket, and said softly: "Although Kyuubi is strong now, it is unlikely to defeat Nagato-sama. If you are in a while, you can go and help!"

    Yakushidou frowned slightly, looked up at Uehara Naraku and said, "Naraku-sama, does this mean that I betrayed Akatsuki? What is the purpose of this?"

    "Ok."

    After Nairo Uehara nodded, he suddenly spoke again: "This is not only a betrayal of Akatsuki, it is also a betrayal of our Moon Eye plan."

    After speaking, Naruko Uehara patted the shoulder of Yakushi''s pocket with a light smile, and said softly: "From now on, everything you do is for the sake of Oshamaru, so that Oshamaru can get the eyes of Nagato-sama!"

    Uehara Naruko shook his head, and corrected her statement: "No, it should be said that you have always been for Oshemaru. You endured the humiliation and just wanted to take the blood heir of the reincarnation eye for Oshemaru, so you joined Akatsuki, so you Only then will you join Moon Eye, so you will attack Nagato!"

    Pharmacist pocket: "..."

    Uehara Naraku''s script does not sound very friendly to Oshemaru!

    Uehara Naraku wanted to recast him as a loyal person who endured humiliation for Oshamaru.

    And Uehara Naraku personally designed the Oshemaru... Obviously, the fate of Oshemaru will be very miserable, right?

    If you follow the script written by Uehara Naraku, it is estimated that after Oshemaru is resurrected, he will find that he is full of enemies in the Ninja World... Whether it is Konoha or Akatsuki, there is even a gloomy black hiding next to him. Absolutely.

    Uehara Naruko''s mouth hooked, and smiled and continued: "I really want to see what expression Kurozutsu will show after he learns that you have also betrayed the Moon Eye Project... pocket, it has always put Uchiha Madara''s hope of resurrection What about you!"

    Uehara Naraku sighed faintly, "I hope our Kurozutsu-san realizes a problem! Only I have been committed to the Moon Eye Project..."

    "..."

    The pharmacist nodded silently.

    To be honest, Yakushidou feels that Dashemaru and Kurojutsu are going to be played to death or driven crazy by Uehara Naruto sooner or later. This date is getting closer.

    Do not.

    It should be said that it is the entire Ninja world.

    According to these operations of Uehara Naraku, if Ninkai knows what he has done in the future, it is estimated that all of them will go crazy!

    "Don''t be too anxious to play."

    Uehara Naraku slowly closed his palms, and whispered softly: "We must prepare in advance, so that other people or even Oshemaru will not find out, and we must never let Oshemaru find out that you betrayed Akatsuki and rejoin him this time. I controlled it behind the scenes. "

    "Master Oshamaru is very suspicious..."

    There was some hesitation in Pharmacist''s heart.

    "It''s ok."

    Uehara Nana spread out her palms, and squeezed little by little, "It''s fine to do my best, anyway, Oshemaru can''t escape from my palm."

    Pharmacist pocket: "..."

    "Get ready!"

    Uehara Naraku showed solemnity on his face. He stared at the battlefield between Nagato and Kyuubi in the distance, and said in a low voice, "Their battle has just begun!"

    On the battlefield.

    Nagato felt a little frustrated facing Kyuubi.

    Nagato couldn''t bring out the full power of the eyes of reincarnation. His ability could indeed form a crushing situation against ordinary ninjas, but in the face of Kyuubi, other than the power of the sky burst, other spells were not enough.

    Human world.

    Hungry ghost said.

    Hell Road.

    Animal road.

    These abilities are basically useless when facing the nine tails. Even if you want to use the Hungry Ghost Dao to extract a chakra from the tail beast jade, it is very difficult, let alone restrain the chakra from the nine tails to extract it.

    What stood in front of him now was not a half-tailed beast-shaped human Zhuli, but the strongest tailed beast in the Ninja World, Nine Tails!

    Taking advantage of the interval between fierce battles, Nagato finally bought himself a little time, and a small black hole slowly appeared in his palm. The black hole floated towards the sky like a star.

    Nagato''s palm suddenly closed, watching Kyuubi rushing towards him not far away, and whispered: "Earth bursts into the sky!"

    The next moment, Kyuubi''s body was sucked up by the black hole out of thin air!

    The countless broken rocks and cracked soil on the ground were also attracted by the gravitational force of the earth-explosive star and flew into the sky, slowly wrapping the body of Kyuubi. These rubbles firmly trapped the nine tails in the huge stone ball made by the earth-explosive star. within!

    The ninja who was watching all this nearby couldn''t help showing a touch of shock!

    Even the Yakushi Tou looked at the stone ball made by Nagato''s Earth-Blasting Sky Star with some surprise, and he even looked at Uehara Naraku with some doubts.

    Is Nagato so strong?

    Kyuubi was sealed so easily!

    Since Nagato is so strong, wouldn''t he be a little bit dead if he waits for a shot?

    It''s just that the shock of these people did not last long.

    It hadn''t been too long before, the guy Nine Tails rushed directly out of the **** of the skyburst star with a fierce attitude, and a tail beast jade blasted the skyburst star!

    "This is the strongest tail beast."

    Naruko Uehara watched Kyuubi''s great power, and said softly: "Even if Kyuubi now has only half the chakras in its peak period."

    Because at the time of the Nine-tailed Rebellion, Nine-tailed Chakra was sealed by Bofeng Shuimen with ghouls, and the nine-tailed chakra was divided into two, and half of the nine-tailed was sealed in his stomach, and the other half was The fierce beast raging now!

    Uehara Naraku slowly tilted his head and whispered: "Facing such a powerful tail beast, Nagato-sama, what else can you do?"

    On the battlefield.

    Nagato¡¯s face slowly revealed a gloomy look. Now that Kyuubi is completely out of the cage, it is really a big trouble for him, especially after fighting for so long, Kyuubi seems to have no consumption at all...

    The head and tail beast still looked so lively.

    "Then try this trick again..."

    Nagato slowly began to close his palms, and calmly began to form his handprints, not looking at the Kyuubi who rushed towards him frantically!

    Nagato finished his handprints, looked up at the charging Kyuubi, and slammed his palm on the ground, his voice was a little bit harsh: "Psychic Art¡¤Outdoor Golem!"

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 294 Psychic Art¡¤Outer Golem!) Reading record, and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 294ï¼š Where Konoha dances, the fire is endless, and the fire will bring the village...

    "Start with Naruto ( to find the latest chapter!

    Bang.

    A cloud of smoke floated on the battlefield.

    While the Konoha ninjas who were watching the battle thought that Nagato was about to be torn to pieces by Kyuubi, when they were about to find a way to seal Kyuubi, they saw a tall body.

    Outer Golem!

    This ugly and huge monster body appeared in front of Nagato, not only blocking the blow of the nine tails, but also slapped the nine tails directly!

    At this moment, everyone involuntarily looked at the outgoing golem that suddenly appeared!

    I have to say that Kyuubi''s body is a bit smaller in front of the Outer Golem.

    However, Kyuubi didn¡¯t care that he was hit by a blow. Instead, he raised his head and stared at the outgoing golem that suddenly appeared in front of him, and the seven eyes lit up on the outgoing golem¡¯s head, as well as those familiar inside it. Chakra!

    Inside the Outer Golem...

    There are already seven-tailed chakras inside!

    Kyuubi''s gaze slowly changed. He stared at Nagato''s reincarnation eyes, and finally realized what Nagato wanted to do!

    "You have a lot of guts..."

    Kyuubi''s eyes gradually began to regain his senses.

    At this moment, it fully understood what Nagato was going to do. This guy wanted to gather all the chakras of their tail beasts and resurrect the outgoing golem in front of them!

    At that time, the Outer Golem in front of you will be transformed into Ten Tails!

    Nagato Hida floated and landed on the head of the Outer Golem, looking down at Kyuubi, slowly spreading out his palm, and said softly: "What God wants to do is naturally different from mortals."

    At this moment, when the Outer Golem came, confidence returned to Nagato, because in Nagato¡¯s cognition, the Outer Golem would never fail!

    When the Outer Golem was just an empty shell, relying on extracting the vitality and Chakra from his body, it exerted a power beyond imagination.

    Now the outer golem''s body contains the seven-tailed chakra. There is no need to use Nagato''s chakra. Even the outer golem''s huge size and powerful strength can suppress the nine tails!

    The only trouble is...

    Every time Nagato uses the power of the Golem and Samsara Eye, it is actually consuming his own life energy.

    After hearing Nagato''s words, Kyuubi seemed to have heard something funny, and grinned, "Huh, idiot, you don''t really think that you can stand shoulder to shoulder with him if you get the eyes of the six immortals?"

    Kyuubi''s gaze became dangerous again. It stared at the Nagato above the outer golem, and the corners of its eyes tightened slightly: "It''s really interesting... Human creatures have become more and more ignorant!"

    The next moment, Kyuubi rushed towards Nagato!

    However, the Outer Golem held its head firmly, and the huge Outer Golem and the fierce Nine Tails started a fight!

    Although the body of the Outer Golem is huge, the movements on the palms are slightly stiff. Although the Kyuubi is a little smaller, his body is extremely flexible. After a few vertical jumps, he got rid of the restraint of the Outer Golem, and his mouth began to condense and spout A tail beast jade!

    "Shen Luo Tianzheng!"

    Nagato stood on the head of the Golem of Outer Dao, raised his hand at the tail beast jade to release the Shenluo Tianzheng, and the majestic repulsion pushed the tail beast jade far away and detonated.

    Boom!

    A large forest was instantly overwhelmed by the sound of explosions!

    This fierce battle is impossible for others to intervene. The tail beast jade and the Shenluo Tianzheng may explode at any time. No one knows when a tail beast jade will suddenly fall. The Konoha ninja who is in charge of investigating the battle recently It is also watching fate.

    Teams of Konoha ninjas, under the command of their captain, began to retreat one by one. After they withdrew to the periphery, they arranged several layers of encirclement to prevent the enemy from escaping after the battle.

    It feels a bit like self-deception.

    Unfortunately, the source of this order is the fifth generation of Naruto Tsunade.

    Inside Konoha Village.

    In the Naruto office.

    Tsunade listened to all the battle reports sent on the battlefield, including the death of Hagi Kakashi, the sacrifice of Metkai, and the death of Jiraiya.

    After Tsunade frowned and issued a few orders, he told everyone else to leave the Hokage office and return to their posts.

    Now there is no one else in the entire Hokage office.

    Tsunade stood in front of her desk and looked calmly at the office door that the last ninja to leave closed from the outside. Her body was weakly limp on the ground, her back leaning tightly on the desk.

    Just now, the fifth-generation Hokage, who issued orders with an extremely strong attitude in front of others, slowly stretched out his palm and covered his eye sockets.

    Tears began to flow down her face little by little along the gap...

    After receiving the clear news that Jiraiya had died from the intelligence ninjas, Tsunade finally couldn''t bear his emotions.

    Her body was trembling slightly, even if she was crying, she did not dare to make a sound, but slowly opened her mouth and breathed hard. This woman wanted to vent her grief from her chest like breathing air. !

    Tsunade''s palms held her chest tightly, suppressing the suffocation and pain in her chest. After many years, she once again experienced what it meant to be a deep grief.

    From today onwards, Konoha Sannin was left alone with her.

    "Jilai..."

    After a long time.

    Tsunade took a few long breaths, then quickly wiped the tears from the corners of his eyes with his palms, slowly stood up, and walked out the door of the Hokage office.

    Tsunade glanced at the stationed Anbe, and whispered, "Immediately call Nara Lukuhisa to guard the village and guard against Uchiha''s sneak attack!"

    "Yes, Master Naruto!"

    The Anbe ninja flew away and left here.

    Just as Tsunade was about to leave step by step, Zhuan Xiaochun and Mito Menyan suddenly showed up and stopped her way: "Tsunade, where are you going?"

    "I''m going to take over the battle of Jiraiya!"

    Tsunade stared at the two old men and said in a deep voice: "Now the village has reached the most dangerous juncture, I don''t have to stay here and continue to wait for a Uchiha belt soil that may emerge!"

    This is their original manpower allocation.

    Tsunade will stay in the village to avoid surprise attacks by Uchiha and others; Jiraji will also lead the most powerful ninjas to fight Penn Rokudo and Nagato.

    The current battle has reached the most dangerous stage.

    The Six Paths of Penn have all been eliminated, and the corresponding price is that Kakashi Hagi, Metkai, and Jiraiya died in battle; the five generations of Shuiying Terumi and the five generations of Fengying Gaara are still on the battlefield and entangled with Xiaonan .

    On the most important battlefield, the liberated Kyuubi and Nagato, the psychic outgoing golem, are still fighting, and now their battle has reached a fever pitch.

    Except for the strong at the shadow level, other ninjas are not even qualified to intervene.

    Turning to bed, Xiaochun slowly retreated a road. She watched Tsunade pass by them and walked down from the back of the Hokage Tower. She couldn''t help but said, "Tsunade, you must come back alive."

    "Windy."

    Tsunade frowned and waved.

    After a while, Tsunade suddenly stopped his footsteps, turned his back to Shunji Koharu and Mito Menyan, and said softly: "If there is any accident, I nominate Nara Shikahisa as Konoha''s sixth-generation Hokage. ."

    "Tsunade!"

    Mito Menyan''s face changed suddenly.

    After turning to bed, Xiaochun looked at Tsunade''s back and nodded silently.

    Just as Tsunade left Konoha and rushed to the frontline battlefield, Uehara Naraku also watched all this, he just stretched carelessly.

    "Okay, Mr. Taketu."

    Uehara Naraku looked at the Uchiha belt soil beside him, and whispered: "It seems that Konoha has sent all the ninjas to deal with Lord Nagato! Then let these Konoha ninjas fight fiercely in front of you. Burn Konoha into a piece of white ground at the back!"

    "what?"

    Uchiha Daido and Hafengmizumon looked at Uehara Naraku in disbelief.

    What the **** did this guy think? He was just talking about letting the Pharmacist go to help Konoha resist Nagato when he was in the most dangerous time, but now he was suddenly destroying Konoha!

    "Don''t look at me like that."

    Uehara Nana drew her palms together, and her voice gradually became more gloomy and said, "Now, immediately execute the order I gave you!"

    After talking about this, Uehara Naraku stared at the Uchiha belt soil tightly, and the urn said: "You should know where we are! Konoha''s monument to the soul is not far from here!"

    "Yes, I understand."

    Uchiha touched his mask with his soiled palm.

    Whenever he showed a trace of hesitation, the **** would take out Rinpoche to threaten him. Is this interesting?

    "very good."

    Uehara Naraku nodded at Uchiha Sato with satisfaction, and said solemnly: "Then go and burn this Konoha full of so-called will of fire!"

    "¡­Yes."

    When Uchiha''s figure of the soil turned into a space vortex disappeared Just as Uchiha took the soil away, Hafeng Mizuno frowned his brows and asked: "I don''t understand, you really want What are you doing..."

    "I just want to destroy Konoha!"

    Uehara Naraku casually explained, and whispered: "And now all the Konoha Kage level 1 powerhouses are going to deal with Lord Nagato, I don''t have to worry about losing Konoha''s combat power when I destroy Konoha..."

    "Unable to understand..."

    Bo Feng Shuimen frowned very tightly.

    To be honest, Bofeng Water Gate is really hard to understand.

    On the one hand, Uehara Naraku hoped that all the shadow-level powerhouses of Konoha would fight against Nagato, and even be able to defeat Nagato; on the other hand, after all the shadow-level powerhouses had left Konoha, he sent someone to destroy Konoha!

    What does this guy want to do?

    Pharmacist pushed his glasses, and said in a cold voice: "All the orders that Lord Naraku gave were never to protect Konoha. How could the fourth generation of Naruto Lord have this illusion? Lord Naraku just needs to use Konoha. Nagato-sama quit!"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku nodded dullly.

    Originally, his plan included the destruction of Konoha, because destroying Konoha this time is a rare opportunity, and destroying Konoha can bring him the last extreme change of mainstream Chakra.

    Uehara Naraku slowly raised his fingers and manipulated Uchiha''s soil to appear on Hokage Rock. His face gradually became a little serious, and his eyes became more and more serious.

    "Tell them the result of the Will of Fire!"

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes narrowed slightly, and he said solemnly: "Go, tell them, where Konoha dances, fire will continue to grow, and the fire will illuminate the village until it burns the whole village into ashes!"

 Chapter 295ï¼š Isnâ€™t it right that the human pillar mobilizes the chakra of the tail beast?

    "Start from Naruto Behind the Scenes ( Find the latest chapter!

    Konoha''s unprecedented emptiness.

    A large number of Konoha ninjas were dispatched to the outside of the village to be responsible for building the encirclement that surrounded Nagato and Kyuubi, because Konoha didn''t want to let them go no matter who won or lost.

    If Nagato wins, then these Konoha ninjas will desperately protect Kyuubi; if Kyuubi wins, these Konoha ninjas will also desperately suppress Kyuubi.

    It is too early, and the fighting is fierce.

    No one can judge who wins or loses.

    In order to be able to control the situation of the war and solve the crisis that Konoha is facing now, Konoha''s last strongman, the fifth generation of Hokage Tsunade, rushed to the battlefield.

    Apart from Tsunade, Konoha could not pick out who could intervene in the war between Kyuou and the Golem. Even Tsunade''s power could only find a way to make himself a straw that overwhelmed the situation.

    When Tsunade left.

    The entire Konoha Village no longer has any value for the battlefield situation.

    Uchiha stood on the Hokage Rock with soil, and slowly closed his fingers, the divine power in his eye sockets exuding gusts of tornadoes!

    "Fire escape¡¤Blast wind dance!"

    The flames quickly swelled under the blessing of the tornado!

    This group of flames hovered over the Hokage Tower that fell on the ground, and the Hokage Tower was completely ignited in an instant, and the overwhelming flames were like torches!

    Turning to bed, Koharu and Mito Menyan were still in the Hokage Tower. The two consultants only had time to rescue some emergency information, so they flew out. The ninjas who were still stationed in the village couldn''t help but swarm after seeing the flames!

    "Advisor!"

    A Konoha ninja frowned. He looked up and saw the Uchiha belt soil on Naruto Rock. He couldn''t help but whispered: "Are we going to inform Naruto-sama? Uchiha belt soil has come..."

    "Do not."

    Turning to bed, Xiaochun shook his head, and said in a deep voice, "Send someone to tell Tsunade that we will protect Konoha. Let Tsunade fight with peace of mind!"

    "Yes¡­"

    The ninja can only follow orders.

    "Uchiha takes soil!"

    Menyan Mito looked up at the Uchiha belt soil above, and said loudly: "What are you doing here! Isn''t your purpose to kill the Nagato outside!"

    "Yes."

    Uchiha brought Tufei down and stood on the ruins of the Hokage Tower burned by the fire, ignoring the flames under his feet, and looking down at the Konoha ninja on the ground: "But I have another purpose here, that is Practice Konoha''s will of fire!"

    "What do you mean?"

    "it means¡­"

    A red light flashed in the eyes of Uchiha''s writing wheel, and his voice was mixed with a horrible smile: "Burn this village to ashes! Hahahahahaha..."

    When the voice fell, his figure disappeared above the ruins.

    While the Konoha Ninja who was rightly down was still wondering, Uchiha''s belt soil appeared in another location, and opened his mouth to spew out a burst of flames toward a tall building!

    "Go and stop him!"

    Mito Menyan directed the ninjas around him to put out the fire.

    However, Lujiu Nara couldn''t help but frowned, and said in a low voice: "Go and let the civilians in the village spread out in the safe zone first, don''t let them suffer..."

    Because there are almost only some ninjas in the village who are responsible for maintaining the evacuation of the masses, and there are even few ninjas who can be a little threat to Uchiha''s soil.

    In just a few minutes, Konoha was completely ignited by the mysterious Uchiha soil.

    Nara Luji was helpless, and could only avoid losses as much as possible and rescue some precious documents and equipment.

    Fortunately, Uchiha brought the soil and did not kill anyone.

    That crazy guy seems to just vent his anger...

    "I didn''t expect Konoha to thank the enemy for his kindness one day?"

    Nara Shiga looked at Konoha who had fallen into a sea of ??fire and Uchiha who had left the village, with a wry smile on his face: "Fortunately, the civilians and students in the village have retreated early..."

    This is probably the most correct thing they did before the war.

    Compared with the financial losses that Konoha has suffered, it is more precious to Konoha''s villagers and students who have not yet grown up.

    Watching area.

    Uehara Naraku tilted his head, looked at the system tasks he had completed, and rubbed his forehead, his mood was a bit subtle.

    I thought I wanted to go out on my own.

    I didn''t expect that someone under my control would be counted as completing the task.

    Side Quest: Successfully defeated Konoha Village (11), the quest has been completed, and rewards the passive talent skill Fire Power.

    Power of Fire: You can freely drive chakras with fire attributes, and create and use fire escape ninjutsu at will. It is one of the components of the jade seeking Taoism.

    Burning (active): You can freely drive the Burning Chakra composed of the power of fire + the power of Wind, and create and use Burning Ninjutsu at will.

    Boiling escape (activation): You can freely drive the boiling escape chakra composed of the power of fire + water power, and create and use boiling escape ninjutsu at will.

    Meltdown (active): You can freely drive the Meltdown Chakra composed of the power of fire + the power of Earth, and create and use Meltdown Ninjutsu at will.

    Melting (activation): Branch Blood Succession, can freely drive the Melting Chakra composed of the power of fire + the power of Earth, and create and use Melting Ninjutsu at will

    Explosion (activation): Branch blood succession, you can freely drive the Explosion Chakra composed of the power of fire + the power of Earth, and create and use Explosion Ninjutsu at will.

    Dust escape (active): You can freely drive the dust escape chakra composed of wind power + fire power + earth power, and create and use dust escape ninjutsu at will.

    Can you still play like this?

    Uehara Naraku also never thought that the chakra fusion of the fire attribute and the earth attribute, in addition to two different melting and escape, can also be derived from explosion?

    It seems to be quite normal.

    If I remember correctly, Dedara''s secret technique of Explosive Escape is actually about to touch the threshold of the dust. One of his techniques seems to be able to turn people into ashes, but it cannot be split into atoms.

    "What''s wrong, Lord Naraku?"

    Yakushidou instantly noticed that Uehara Naraku''s expression was different.

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and sighed: "I just thought of something unhappy. The Konoha ninjas are fighting desperately in front, but we are collecting benefits for ourselves and ruining their village. Sorry..."

    Pharmacist pocket: "..."

    Wave wind water gate: "..."

    Damn, how is this person embarrassed to say it!

    Isn''t it you the one who was determined to send Uchiha to bring soil to destroy Konoha?

    Who is showing this picture now!

    the other side.

    When Tsunade rushed to the battlefield of Kyuubi and the Golem, he also got news that Uchiha had attacked Konoha with soil, but she also knew very well that the most important thing was the battlefield outside the village.

    It doesn''t matter as long as the people in the village are not hurt too much.

    Even so, Tsunade issued a Hokage order to transfer two ninjas with hundreds of people back to Konoha to take charge of protecting civilians.

    In addition, Tsunade even took the time to inquire about the battle situation in other places: "How is the battle between Kazekage and Suikage? With their strength, haven''t they won Xiaonan?"

    "Ok¡­"

    Konoha Anbu lowered her head and said in a low voice, "The blue-haired woman is very good at fighting with detonating charms. Her detonating charms seem to be endless. Now Lord Fengying and Lord Shuiying have to hold her as much as possible... "

    To be honest.

    Anbe thinks the battlefield on the other side may be even more outrageous.

    This is not what Konoha Anbe thinks, even the five generations of Fengying Gaara and the five generations of Shuiying Terumimei are somewhat helpless when Xiaonan''s ninjutsu is too outrageous.

    Now on their battlefield, only Xiao Nan, Gaara and Terumi Mei were left. The beast Dao Penn had already been dealt with by them.

    The only troublesome person is Xiao Nan.

    "That woman..."

    Terumi Ming gritted her teeth and looked at Xiao Nan flying in the sky, and breathed a rough breath: "Is she the teacher of that nasty kid Uehara?"

    "According to the information Konoha gave us, that''s right."

    Gaara''s face is still very dignified, and piles of yellow sand are floating in the air. These yellow sands suddenly formed a giant hand of sand, and suddenly grabbed it in the direction of Xiao Nan!

    However, Xiao Nan just stretched out his hand blankly and mixed a detonating talisman in the paper plane, manipulating the paper plane and detonating talisman into the range of the giant hand of sand!

    After watching this scene, Xiao Nan slowly closed his fingers, and shouted in a low voice: "Ninfa¡¤Mutual Multiplication Detonation Talisman!"

    The next moment, a roar of detonating talisman sounded!

    In an instant, the giant hand of sand was directly blown up by dozens of hundreds of detonating charms led by the technique of multiplication of detonating charms.

    Xiao Nan''s fighting method is so simple and rude, no matter what ninjutsu Terumi Ming and Gaara use, she will directly use the detonation talisman to solve it.

    to be frank.

    Terumi Mei and Gaara are a little speechless.

    "I''m curious."

    Gaara watched as his offensive was once again resolved, and frowned at Xiaonan and said: "As an enemy of Uehara Naraku, I know his strength very well; you are his teacher, so you shouldn''t have only these methods. Right?"

    "..."

    After Xiao Nan was silent for a while, he stretched out his palm and moved the hair on his temple, but his face was still so cold and unforgiving.

    Xiao Nan watched Gaara and Terumi Ming slowly, and said in a cold voice, "If you solve your problems, these means are enough."

    The reason why they have not flooded them with a large number of detonating charms is because Xiao Nan must save her Chakra, she will be the last line of defense to protect Nagato.

    While this side is still entangled.

    Tsunade has already arrived on the battlefield. She looked at the fierce fighting Kyuubi and the Golem, and said in a deep voice, "The most important battlefield is on the side of Kyuubi. Send someone to call a sealing team to follow me!"

    "Yes, Master Naruto."

    The Anbe ninja nodded and hurriedly called for the sealing class.

    Teams of sealed ninjas rushed to Tsunade''s side. They were here waiting for the time to attack, but the time never came.

    Above the center battlefield.

    The earth is constantly shaking.

    The Outer Golem hit the ground with a fist, and then flipped its palms to overturn the nine tails to the ground. Just as its palm was trying to restrain the nine tails, an energy bomb spurted out!

    When Kyuubi used the Outer Golem to evade the energy bomb, he leaped forward again, and looked at the Outer Golem with a grin: "Huh, really difficult guy..."

    "It''s really troublesome..."

    Nagato''s face was also not pretty.

    Because Kyuubi is too difficult to catch.

    In addition to the attacks of the outer golem, other methods are simply tickling to Kyuubi, and even if you use the Shinra Heavenly Attack to attack Kyuubi, you may be injured by the repulsive force coming from the shock!

    Nagato faintly regretted at this moment.

    If he was willing to follow Uehara Naraku''s suggestion, first catch the eight-tailed bull ghost, and then take the outside golem to capture Kyuubi, then it would definitely not be so troublesome.

    Now Nagato is truly riding a tiger.

    Little did he know that Kyuubi on the other side was also very anxious.

    Because it is very aware of the tricks of the Outer Golem, this huge monster used to be the body shared by their tail beast Chakra, and its strength is very powerful.

    It is very easy for Kyuubi alone to win a tie with the Outer Golem; but to defeat the Outer Golem, it is really a little difficult.

    Well, more than a little.

    Because there is a Nagato who threatens equally huge on the head of the Outer Golem.

    If you don¡¯t pay attention, you are likely to be caught by the two of them. At that time, if you were included in the Golem, Kyuubi knew he would really disappear!

    "We still need to use the body of Naruto Uzumaki to fuse our two chakras..."

    Kyuubi stared at the huge outside golem and couldn''t help but snap his nose: "Why is that kid so verbose, haven''t you finished talking with the woman Jiu Xinnai?"

    Inside the spiritual world.

    Uzumaki Kushina and Uzumaki Naruto met.

    Because it happened to be in time for Jilaiya''s death in battle, when Naruto Uzumaki was in the most irritable mood, in order to avenge Jilaiya, he completely opened the seal under the bewitching of Kyuubi.

    This time, there was no blockage from the wave wind gate, but after completely opening the seal, Uzumaki Naruto also saw his mother Uzumaki Kuzina''s Chakra.

    Therefore, Uzumaki Naruto reported to his mother everything that had happened in the Ninja World. Among them, Uchiha brought the soil to create the Nine Tails Rebellion, the Akatsuki organization was raging in the Ninja World to catch the tail beasts, and Jiraiya had just died in battle news.

    Just when they had just finished talking, Uzumaki Kushina was sad, both mother and son heard Kyuubi''s words and couldn''t help but curiously pulled Kyuubi into the spiritual space.

    Uzumaki Kushina and Uzumaki Naruto, mother and son stood together, and the two of them stared at the huge Nine Tails. The expressions of the mother and the son were exactly the same, full of curiosity.

    Uzumaki Kushina looked at the huge Kyuubi and stretched out his palm: "Hey, Kyuubi, we can talk for as long as we want, what''s up with you! Do you want to be **** by me!"

    "..."

    Oh shit!

    Kyuubi looked down at the mother and son.

    There was a hint of disgust in Kyuubi''s huge eyes.

    This pair of mother and son is really annoying as they look at it!

    No matter how many times I watch it again, I still think this is really annoying for mother and child!

    Kyuubi couldn''t help but glanced at Uzumaki Kushina, and said, "Huh, let''s keep talking! After I was drawn from the body of Naruto Uzumaki, this little demon will die and go to the underworld to reunite with you. At that time you can talk as long as you want!

    "..."

    Xinnai Uzumaki was silent for a moment Now Naruto Uzumaki''s safety is the most important, but there are strong enemies outside.

    If you want to defeat the outside Golem and Nagato, Kyuubi and Naruto Uzumaki must work together to exert greater strength!

    Naruto Uzumaki scratched the back of his head and asked, "What happened outside? Then my mother and I will seal you up again now, and I will continue fighting!"

    Damn, why do you want to seal it!

    Kyuubi glanced at the Uzumaki Naruto who had spoken half a human word, and the urn said: "The enemy outside is someone that even my heyday strength finds tricky, kid, do you think you can do it?"

    "..."

    Uzumaki Naruto was silent immediately.

    Nine Tails snorted coldly, and said arrogantly: "Well, I need your body to fight now, and then I will lend all my chakras to you..."

    "What to borrow!"

    Uzumaki Kushina grumbled dissatisfiedly: "Isn''t it right that the human column power mobilizes the chakra of the tail beast? Kyuubi, what do you mean by your gifted appearance!"

    "Asshole!"

    Kyuubi couldn''t help but bared his teeth towards the whirlpool Kushina: "Do you think this kid is you! As long as I don''t lend him, he won''t want to get a strength from me!"

    "..."

    Uzumaki Jiuxinai suddenly pouted.

    As a predecessor of Kyuubi''s Zhuli, Uzumaki Kushina really managed to kill Kyuubi.

    Unexpectedly, after she died, Kyuubi, who had always been restrained by her, turned over.

    Kyuubi looked at Uzumaki Kushina''s expression of regret and dissatisfaction, and couldn''t help but bared his teeth: "Asshole woman, if you want your son to survive, let him get out and fight!"

 Chapter 296ï¼š No, the leader, it was Naraku Uehara who got you wrong.

    "Start from Naruto Behind the Scenes ( Find the latest chapter!

    When Kushina was in Uzumaki, Kyuubi was also thinking.

    In fact, it is also a good choice to die at the same time, because it can be reborn, but it is only a period of time to enjoy the blessing and commit evil.

    It''s a pity that it couldn''t do it at that time.

    Uzumaki Jiuxina, a pure-blooded Uzumaki clan princess, has a huge Chakra in his body, and he is also proficient in all kinds of messy sealing techniques. He can easily tie up the complete nine tails in his body.

    Now that Kyuubi has changed his landlord, he can do it all.

    However, now there is an outside golem that can absorb its Chakra. If it dies, there will be no chance to be reborn in the future!

    Kyuubi could only pinch his nose to recognize it, intending to temporarily help Uzumaki Naruto this little ghost, at least so that he can learn to borrow his own Chakra.

    "Then I will go out!"

    Uzumaki Naruto slammed his fists together.

    In the next moment, Uzumaki Naruto''s figure disappeared in this spiritual world, leaving Uzumaki Kushina and Nine Tails still facing each other in this space.

    After seeing Uzumaki Naruto disappear, the gentleness on Uzumaki Kushina''s face gradually disappeared, and she became a mother who wanted to protect her child again in front of Kyuubi.

    "Nine tails."

    Uzumaki Jiuxina stared at Nine Tails, her eyes darkened and said: "I saw it, the hatred in you seems to be getting deeper and deeper!"

    Kyuubi''s eyes were also a little gloomy and said, "If it weren''t for you guys, why would you think hatred would swell!"

    How happy it was in the country of fire back then!

    Because there is a huge chakra inside Kyuubi, no one in the entire Ninja world dares to provoke it. They eat whatever they want and play whatever they want.

    Until one day, a guy named Uchiha Madara appeared in the Ninja World.

    This guy named Uchiha Madara used illusion to control it and had a fight with a **** named Senjujuma. As a result, Uchiha Madara lost his own person and gave it to him before he died. Ooh started his career as a tenant.

    How could Kyuubi''s hatred not swell!

    Uzumaki Kuzina obviously understands this, she sighed faintly, "Forget it, these are old things, let''s get along with Naruto in the future! It just so happens that I have Chakra left, and help you solve it. Get rid of these hateful chakras!"

    "Are you still human?"

    Nine Tails gritted their teeth fiercely, staring at the whirlpool in front of them, Kushina and shouted: "You **** woman, don''t you know that the stronger the hatred of the tail beast, the stronger our power will become? ?"

    "You went the wrong way."

    Uzumaki Jiuxina''s eyes were cold.

    At this moment she is a determined mother.

    Uzumaki Kushina coldly watched the blood-like chakra bubbles that gradually emerged from Kyuubi, and said coldly: "These hateful and evil chakras will affect Naruto and will plunge Naruto into darkness... "

    "The darkness in that kid''s heart has been born!"

    Kyuubi''s eyes gradually widened, staring at Uzumaki Kushina closely, and said in a gloomy voice: "Uzumaki Kushina, do you think your son has experienced the same life as you?

    The kid has been isolated and brainwashed since he was a child. He didn''t discover his life experience and the truth of the world until he was twelve years old. If it weren''t for the **** of Bo Feng Shuimen, he would have become one with me a long time ago! "

    "..."

    Uzumaki Kushina was silent for a while.

    After a while, Uzumaki Kuzina suddenly shook his head and said, "No matter what you say, my decision will not change! Naruto¡¯s darkness, I believe he will break it by himself, but your hatred and evil, absolutely Can''t stay and grow! King Kong blockade!"

    After speaking, Uzumaki Kushina closed her palms, and countless golden chains spread out from her body and inserted tightly into Kyuubi''s body!

    The next moment, these golden chains abruptly pulled out another nine-tailed horror-looking nine-tailed body, which was full of blood-red bubbles!

    Uzumaki Jiuxinai suddenly put his palm on the body of the nine tails, and said in a deep voice: "Nine tails, let me use the last chakra to die with your hatred!"

    Uzumaki Kushina tried his best, slammed his fist, and slammed the hatred Nine Tails, smashing it to pieces with one punch!

    As for the real Nine Tails in the spiritual space, watching his hatred and Uzumaki Kushina die together, his mouth began to curse, "Uzumaki Kushina, you are still such an idiot!

    As long as the tail beast has not recognized Renzhuli, even if our hatred is now dissipated, sooner or later, it will regenerate! "

    It is a pity that Uzumaki Kushina can''t hear anymore.

    In this space, only the lonely Nine Tails remained.

    After a long time, Kyuubi slowly closed his paws and lowered his head and said, "Forget it, just take it as the price I paid for killing you back then. I will forgive you this time."

    Beyond the battlefield.

    The huge nine-tailed body began to shrink gradually.

    Just as everyone watched in amazement as Kyuubi''s body was shrinking rapidly, until he finally turned into a Uzumaki Naruto wearing a golden chakra coat!

    "That is¡­"

    Tsunade stared at this scene in disbelief, staring at the reappearing Uzumaki Naruto, this reappearing kid is too amazing!

    The surging Chakra momentum swept everything around almost instantly!

    No matter who saw the current state of Uzumaki Naruto, he couldn''t help feeling a little frightened. The golden chakra coat was completely different from the blood red tail beast coat of the past, and it was more terrifying than the chakra coat.

    Especially Uzumaki Naruto''s current state is very reasonable.

    When Uzumaki Naruto saw Tsunade''s figure, he waved his palm at her: "Ms. Tsunade! It''s me!"

    "..."

    Tsunade felt the breath of Uzumaki Naruto, and relaxed a little bit: "Naruto... Has he finally managed to control Kyuubi?"

    Now Konoha has hope of victory again.

    No, at least, Konoha can also control the situation on either side.

    Because of the enemy Nagato standing in front of them, Lina still had that unbeatable appearance. It seemed that Uzumaki Naruto could successfully transform into a tail beast mode, and it made no difference to him.

    Nagato looked down at the golden chakra Naruto Uzumaki, and said in a low voice: "If you are a tail beast, maybe I really think it will be a bit troublesome, but if you are in a state of strength, then I am not polite. Nine-tailed Chakra was accepted!"

    Nagato suddenly stretched out his palm in the direction of Uzumaki Naruto, and shouted in a deep voice, "Vientiane Tianyin!"

    A majestic gravitational force is emitted from Nagato''s palm!

    Uzumaki Naruto''s body involuntarily flew towards them, but this time he did not panic at all. Golden palms were drilled out of the golden chakra coat, and spiral pills were quickly condensed!

    When these golden palms approached Nagato, they suddenly wanted to press the spiral pill in their hands on Nagato!

    "Shen Luo Tianzheng!"

    Nagato had no choice but to change his technique, and the repulsive force was suddenly launched from his hand, and he was about to blow Naruto Uzumaki away!

    Only this time, the power of Shenluo Tianzheng he used was too small!

    Uzumaki Naruto''s giant Chakra hand gripped tightly on the body of the outer golem, resolutely contending with the Shenluo Tianzheng released by Nagato!

    The next moment, Shenluo Tianzheng''s repulsive force bounced back, and it actually bounced Nagato out first!

    However, Nagato didn''t give up easily, controlling the outer golem to slap Naruto Uzumaki who was holding onto it directly!

    "Is this the power you get?"

    Nagato stood up slowly, staring at the Uzumaki Naruto who stood up at the same time in the distance, and said calmly: "It''s really interesting power... But this power is only interesting."

    "is it?"

    Naruto Uzumaki patted his palm indifferently, waved his finger to the distance, and suddenly said, "I can feel that there are other people spying on this battlefield...Are those people also Akatsuki''s members? Are they here? Spying on you, or spying on us?"

    "Ok?"

    Nagato''s eyes couldn''t help but follow the direction he pointed.

    The location they were looking at was exactly where Uehara and others were hiding.

    Watching area.

    Uehara Naraku''s palm instantly rested on Hafeng Mizumon''s body, and the two of them suddenly disappeared on the battlefield, leaving only two people, Yakushitou and Uchiha.

    "I almost forgot, the Nine-Tailed Chakra mode can perceive maliciousness."

    Before Nairo Uehara left, he left only one sentence, and whispered: "Whoever has malicious intent towards Naruto Uzumaki, let''s solve it! Anyway, I am a kind person and there is no malicious in me!"

    The pharmacist who was left behind: "..."

    The left Uchiha belt soil: "..."

    Obviously you are full of malice to everyone in the Ninja World!

    Just when Yakushitou and Uchiha Daido felt helpless, Uchiha Daido''s mouth sent a new order from Uehara Naraku.

    "Well, since it was discovered, it''s your turn to appear!"

    Now that they have been discovered, just take this opportunity to join the battlefield, anyway, this battle is almost coming to an end.

    "Yes, Lord Naraku."

    After the pharmacist replied, he slowly pushed the glasses on the bridge of his nose, and slowly stood up, revealing himself; while Uchiha, who was hiding in the pharmacist¡¯s pocket, also slowly stood up. Revealed his own figure.

    The two people who had been hiding here and spying since the Battle of Konoha started, finally revealed their figures.

    next moment.

    Uchiha took the soil and stretched out his palm, grabbed the body of Yakushi''s pocket, and led him into the divine space with him.

    On the battlefield.

    A time space vortex slowly opened.

    Uchiha Daito and Yakushi Po appear one after another.

    Nagato''s brows were slightly frowned when I saw this scene. He didn''t look at Uchiha Daido, his old enemy, but stared at Yakushitou, and said in a deep voice, "Yakshitou, you were sent by Uchiha to join Akatsuki spy!"

    "Really..."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around and said with a chuckle: "I didn''t expect to be discovered by the leader at this time!"

    Pharmacist''s smile bloomed bigger and bigger He smiled and continued: "However, I''m not a spy for Mr. Taito, I''m just going to be an undercover agent for Dashewan."

    "Orochimaru¡­"

    After the name appeared, everyone frowned involuntarily. Whether it was Konoha or Nagato, they obviously disliked the name.

    Tsunade slowly squeezed his fist, walked up, and said in a deep voice, "It seems that the rumors that Dashemaru died in the experiment have always been your lies!

    A scourge can be a disaster for thousands of years, and sure enough, how could the **** guy in Dashewan die so easily! "

    "Ha ha¡­"

    The pharmacist hooked the corners of his mouth, smiled and spread out his palms and said, "But if I don''t do this, how can I successfully join Akatsuki?"

    After talking about this, the pharmacist smiled and looked at Nagato and said, "Do you want to recall, who is the person who introduced me to Akatsuki?"

    "Uehara misunderstood you..."

    Nagato''s face is a bit unsightly.

    If he remembers correctly, Uehara Naruko recruited many people for Akatsuki. These guys who are not loyal enough will surely have problems!

    Yakushidou couldn''t help but push his glasses, and continued with a smile: "No, it should be said that Naru Uehara misunderstood you... He often promotes your strength and your dreams, and has worked so hard to attract a lot. people!"

    When Yakushi said this, he couldn''t help but look around and continued: "Unfortunately, Uehara Naraku recruited so many people to join Akatsuki for the leader, but the leader didn''t seem to bring anyone else. Coming?"

    Pharmacist looked around at the ugly face of Nagato, and continued with a smile: "I''m so lucky... If it wasn''t for the leader himself, I wouldn''t dare to appear here!"

 Chapter 297ï¼š The enemy carefully prepared for you!

    "Start with Naruto ( to find the latest chapter!

    What the pharmacist said was half true.

    Nagato couldn''t help but frowned, and he now had to admit that this time he acted too rashly, but as a result, he was fighting alone now.

    The Six Paths of Penn were all destroyed, and while the main body was still entangled with the power of the nine-tailed man, the enemy Uchiha Daido appeared.

    There was even a pharmacist who was carrying this spy lurking in Akatsuki.

    The situation seems faintly uncomfortable...

    Uchiha''s writing wheel under the mud mask stared at Nagato, and said in a gloomy voice: "Nagato, I have always had high hopes for you... When you betrayed me because of the kid Uehara, you should think of it. Today is it!"

    "To shut up."

    Nagato frowned and watched Uchiha take the soil and spoke without hesitation: "Uehara is Akatsuki''s successor. When you wanted to kill Uehara, we were already enemies. !"

    "Don''t be so impatient!"

    The pharmacist smiled and folded his palms, and said softly, "Leader, otherwise you will continue to capture the nine-tailed man Zhuli? We will talk about the matter later?"

    "..."

    This is too false!

    How could there be such a person as a pharmacist!

    Whether it was Tsunade, Naruto Uzumaki, or Nagato, the faces of the three of them couldn''t help but become ugly. Even if a new enemy appeared, the hostile relationship between them remained unchanged.

    The situation on the battlefield suddenly became more delicate.

    Tsunade squeezed his fist abruptly, stared at Yakushitou and Uchiha''s soil, and said solemnly, "Are you here for Naruto?"

    "Do not."

    Uchiha Satoru shook his head and nodded again: "The Nine Tails in Uzumaki Naruto is only part of the reason. I don''t care about temporarily storing Nine Tails'' Chakra on this kid..."

    A red glow flashed in the eyes of Uchiha''s scribbling wheel, his gaze looked at Nagato, stared at Nagato''s reincarnation eye, and said: "I am here to take back the eyes that had been given to Nagato! "

    Uchiha''s dirt-carrying figure suddenly rushed towards Nagato, reached out his hand to catch the reincarnation eye on Nagato, and said coldly: "Thank you Konoha for helping me solve the six ways of Payne. Otherwise, I will not Dare to shoot him rashly!"

    "Shen Luo Tianzheng!"

    Nagato''s palm subconsciously protruded, and a repulsive force burst out from his side, but Uchiha''s figure with soil easily passed through the repulsive force and continued to grab his body!

    Nagato''s face changed.

    The next moment, after Nagato turned over to avoid Uchiha''s attack with soil, his figure suddenly floated out of thin air and appeared above the head of the outer golem.

    Uchiha gave a cold snort with the soil. He turned over and walked along the outer golem''s body. A few vertical jumps appeared on the outer golem''s shoulders. No matter what attack the outer golem launched, he could not hurt him!

    Uchiha stood on Nagato''s shoulders with soil, and looked at Nagato contemptuously and said, "Do you think you can escape?"

    "..."

    A robotic arm slowly emerged from behind Nagato, which turned into a machine gun in the blink of an eye. Nagato''s voice gradually calmed down: "Uchiha takes the soil, do you think you can challenge me? In front of the eyes, no one is the opponent of the eyes of the immortal!"

    "Hahahahaha..."

    Uchiha smiled gloomily, and snorted coldly, "I don''t know what to say, the eyes of the immortals you think are just the end of the evolution of the Uchiha clan!"

    Uchiha looked at Nagato in a cold voice and said, "Now it looks like you are still occupying it, but in fact you have reached a dead end! Every time you use the power of the reincarnation eye, it is consuming your life, right?"

    "..."

    Nagato''s heart tightened.

    This matter has always been his biggest headache.

    Even if Uehara Naraku has been treating him, he can only gradually restore his body to its peak, and cannot replenish the life he has consumed.

    Even after transplanting the cells between the Thousand Hands Pillars, he just feels that every time he uses the reincarnation eye, the burden on his body is indeed reduced, and the consumption of Chakra is also decreasing, but the lifespan has been continuously consumed.

    "Because those eyes belong to Uchiha Madara."

    Uchiha brought out the secret indifferently, and he calmly continued: "The eyes are placed on your body and stored, just to preserve his vitality, and by the way, to let you resurrect Uchiha Madara with reincarnation. That''s it!"

    "..."

    Nagato''s face changed.

    At this moment, his face was extremely ugly.

    Because of the eyes of these immortals, he has always believed that he is the true choice of heaven, that he must be a true god, and that he will definitely bear greater responsibilities.

    Everything he does now is because of the self-confidence brought by these reincarnation eyes. Without these eyes, he would be just an ordinary Yuyin boy!

    Nagato suppressed the shock in his heart, staring coldly at Uchiha''s belt soil, trying to calm his own voice: "Nonsense..."

    Nagato guessed that what Uchiha Taido said was true.

    The art of reincarnation is the biggest secret.

    Except for the users of reincarnation eyes, there will definitely not be more people who know this forbidden technique that can bring the dead back to life, unless someone tells him this technique.

    Moreover, when Uchiha Daido was active in Akatsuki as a mysterious mask man, he also claimed to be Uchiha Madara, and seemed to be familiar with the power of the reincarnation eye more than once.

    "Nagato..."

    Uchiha Daido didn''t care about Nagato''s words, but spoke calmly: "What I said is true or false, you should be very clear in your own heart!"

    After Uchiha took the soil to say this, a red light flashed in his eyes: "For the sake of your dying, let me tell you! The plan for the ultimate weapon is fake, and the real plan is for success. God..."

    Uchiha kicked the outside golem under his feet with soil, and his voice gradually became a little cold and said: "Only the Uchiha clan can load the eyes of reincarnation without pressure, bear the power of all the tail beasts, and become the ruler of this ninja world. God!"

    "..."

    The long face is still calm.

    Even though there is a huge wave in his heart now, his heart is still very calm at this moment, perhaps because the news received today is too shocking.

    For so many years.

    Nagato has been insisting on the ultimate weapon plan.

    Even Konan and Uehara Naraku have been supporting him. This is the dream in the hearts of their true members. By creating the ultimate weapon, this ninja world becomes peaceful under the deterrence of the ultimate weapon.

    Someone rejected their plan.

    Someone suddenly told him that they were just pawns for other people to become gods.

    If all of this is false... then what are they all working hard for? Those who sacrificed for this, those who were killed by them, and the wars they started for this, are all wrong!

    Especially in these two years, they have never stopped the war.

    Almost every big country in the Ninja world has been destroyed by the Akatsuki organization led by Uehara Naraku. The purpose is to collect the tail beasts and spread Akatsuki''s deterrence...

    Just today, Uehara Naraku also sent him a message that he had just destroyed a Yunyin Village and caught the eight-tailed man Zhuli of Yunyin Village...

    Nagato''s fingers squeezed slightly.

    He suddenly remembered that Xiaonan had hoped that Uehara Naraku would never have any association with Akatsuki, but simply wanted to be the leader of a Yuyin village, and let Uehara Naraku replace them to go to the light.

    As a result, because he was too indulging in Uehara Naraku, he not only persuaded Uehara many times, and even often assigned Uehara Naraku some commanding tasks, he also caused Uehara Naraku to completely wipe out the village of Caoyin, and almost lifted Konoha and Iwa The war in the hidden village...

    The darkness involved in Uehara Naraku is too deep!

    No matter how you wash it now, it won''t be clean!

    While Nagato was thinking wildly on top of the Golem''s head, Uchiha seemed to want to see his pain and struggle, but instead of making a move, he stroked his mask in time.

    When they are communicating on it.

    The battle below has already begun.

    Tsunade waved his fist and rushed up towards Yakushi''s pocket, and asked in a cold voice, "Yakashito, where is that **** Oshemaru!"

    "How can I tell you such a secret!"

    Yakushi flew around and avoided Tsunade''s fist, watching the earth smashed into a huge crack with Tsunade''s punch, his eyes twitched.

    Fortunately, Yakushitou now has some trump cards, and some are competitive with Tsunade¡¯s strength. After avoiding Tsunade¡¯s attack, he pushed his glasses and chuckled: "Master Oshemaru is in a very safe place, no matter who it is. Can''t find his place!"

    You can''t kill it even if you kill it.

    Because Oshemaru''s current Yaqi Orochi is his soul body, unless someone is good at soul art or seal art, it is possible to solve Oshemaru.

    Moreover, the place in Longdidong is also very secretive.

    Tsunade slowly squeezed his fist, and sternly said, "When I hit you with only one breath, I''m sure you will say it!"

    "is it?"

    The pharmacist slowly closed his palms, and said with a light smile: "Then let me try the fineness of the five generations of Mehukage Lord! Ninja and psychic art!"

    A coffin floated from the hands of the pharmacist pocket!

    A watermelon-headed ninja in a green tights walked out of the coffin. He slowly opened his eyes and looked at everyone present and scratched his head: "Aha So I am. Not dead yet?"

    It is Metkay who has just been reincarnated from the dirty soil!

    "Yes!"

    The pharmacist slammed his fingers up and said with a light smile: "Because of a kind person like me, you can be resurrected!"

    "Kay..."

    Tsunade clenched his fists subconsciously, and looked at Pharmacist''s pocket with angrily: "He just died, do you **** disturb his soul!"

    "Senior with thick eyebrows!"

    Naruto Uzumaki also watched all this in amazement, his gaze slowly moved to Yao Shi¡¯s pocket, and a spiral pill appeared in his hand: "Ms. Tsunade, you come to help me stop the thick eyebrows, I will come Get rid of this guy!"

    "..."

    Tsunade nodded slowly.

    Naruto Uzumaki looked at Pharmacist pocket, his eyes were a little unconcealed with anger: "Desecrate these heroes who died for the village...I will never let you go!"

    "Don''t be too anxious..."

    The pharmacist put his finger on his lips, and said with a chuckle: "Naruto Uzumaki, you are in a state that I don''t want to face easily, so I have specially invited Master Oshemaru to prepare for you An enemy!"

    Facing Naruto Uzumaki in Nine Tails mode, Pharmacist was indeed a little strenuous.

    After Yakushidou''s words were finished, Kuwu, a symbol of the sword of forbearance, suddenly fell between Yakushidou and Naruto Uzumaki...

    In the next moment, a figure wearing a golden-tailed chakra coat like Naruto Uzumaki suddenly appeared in front of everyone!

    It is the fourth generation of Hokage Wave Feng Shui Men!

    "Sorry, Naruto."

    Bo Feng Shuimen''s short stature held his Fei Lei Shen Kuwu, raised his head and looked at Uzumaki Naruto, his face flashed with apologetics: "Unexpectedly, we would meet in this situation..."

 Chapter 298ï¼š Yang 9 tail, the power of Yang, is the correct way to open

    "Start with Naruto ( to find the latest chapter!

    When Bo Feng Shuimen appeared again, everyone''s expressions changed slightly, and Uzumaki Naruto''s face was a little surprised.

    Tsunade''s brows frowned slightly. In fact, she had already guessed that there would be a possibility of Haofeng Mizumon showing up because Mizuno had appeared once.

    "That **** Dashewan!"

    Tsunade slammed a fist to the ground, and looked at the medicine master''s pocket with a cold face: "If the father and son who have never met each other can be mutilated, is he doing this kind of thing personally?"

    "You can''t say that."

    Yakushidou''s mouth smiled slightly and spread out his palms and said, "This is the kindness of Lord Oshemaru. If it weren''t Lord Oshemaru, would Naruto-kun have a chance to meet his father? Lord Tsunade would have Have a chance to meet the second generation of Naruto-sama?"

    Tsunade''s expression became more and more ugly, and her face was almost so ugly that water dripped: "You **** who blaspheme the souls of the dead, are still full of horror..."

    "What we said always makes sense."

    Yakushi closed his palms and said with a chuckle: "If Tsunade-sama wants to see Jiraiya-sama resurrected, I can help..."

    "..."

    Tsunade gritted his teeth.

    Her heart beat a few minutes.

    After only hesitating for a second, Tsunade raised his fist and rushed to the pharmacist pocket, but was stopped by Metkai next to him!

    Metkay flew up and stopped Tsunade who rushed up. He continued to launch his own attacks and explained: "Naruto-sama...sorry...I am not...I can''t control my actions..."

    "I know."

    Tsunade raised his arm to block Kay''s attack, and said loudly, "Hey, come here from the seal team!"

    "Yes, Master Naruto!"

    Konoha ninjas holding the seal scroll rushed up.

    However, before they rushed to this side, I saw a kunai suddenly appearing around them, and a golden light flashed in an instant!

    Before others could react, these ninjas from the Sealed Class covered their throats and fell down one by one... In just two or three seconds, these ninjas from the Sealed Class were completely killed, even No one else ever reacted.

    There is only one ninja who can have this speed.

    Bo Feng Shuimen''s palm trembled slightly, Fei Lei Shen Kuwu in his hand was dripping with blood, his face showed a touch of grief and bitterness: "Sorry...I..."

    "Dad, it''s not your fault."

    After Naruto Uzumaki took a long breath, he stood in front of Bofeng Shuimen. He slowly clenched his fists, and said in a deep voice, "All this is Oshemaru''s fault! I won''t let that **** off. ¡­"

    "..."

    Bo Feng Shuimen smiled bitterly and shook his head.

    At this moment, he has no way to explain all this.

    Because the person who manipulates all of this behind the scenes will not allow him to say any word at all, as long as he dares to make any changes, the three of them can be reunited in the ninja world.

    Reuniting a family of three sounds great.

    It''s just that at that time it was supposed to be the father and mother who beat the son together.

    After Bo Feng Shuimen sighed, his face gradually became serious. He looked at his son and said softly: "Naruto...Come on! Let me tell you, the nine-tailed chakra pattern and nine The difference between the lama model..."

    A small black tail beast jade appeared in Bofeng Shuimen''s hand. His figure disappeared in place instantly, and suddenly appeared beside Naruto Uzumaki: "When you can understand each other with the nine lamas in your body, you can Truly merge with the nine lamas!"

    The tail beast jade in Bo Feng Shuimen''s hand suddenly pressed down!

    Uzumaki Naruto''s body suddenly drilled a golden chakra giant hand, about to block the rushing wave wind gate!

    However, the tail beast jade easily defeated the giant Chakra hand, and an explosion sounded, and it blasted Naruto Uzumaki cleanly!

    "This is...tail beast jade?"

    A look of surprise flashed across Naruto Uzumaki''s face.

    Hafeng Mizumon nodded calmly, he was still a little surprised, why Uehara Naraku didn''t stop him from teaching Uzumaki Naruto how to become a perfect person.

    It¡¯s just that since Uehara Naraku didn¡¯t stop him, Bo Feng Shuimen simply took this opportunity to give his son a remedial lesson: "The nine tails are the name of the nine lama. When you truly understand each other with him, you will have a heart-to-heart connection. Use each other¡¯s power..."

    Bo Feng Shuimen''s arm suddenly stretched out, turning into a golden demon fox giant claw, and directly grabbed at Uzumaki Naruto: "The human column power in this state is the so-called perfect human column power!"

    Uzumaki Naruto was hit and flew out!

    far away.

    Uehara Naraku was remotely controlling Hafeng Suzumon and Uchiha Daido. He tilted his head, and personally descended his will into the spiritual world of Hafeng Suzumon: "Four generations of Meme Hokage, pay attention to your own scale. Your biological son..."

    "..."

    Bo Feng Shuimen was at a loss.

    What the **** is this? Isn''t the person controlling him fighting Naruto Uzumaki right now, isn''t Naraku Uehara, a non-personnel bastard?

    It''s just that Naruto Uzumaki is indeed not his father''s opponent.

    The wave wind water gate in the perfect human column power state can use any power of the nine tails, including the tail beast jade, and the nine tails mode of Uzumaki Naruto can only simply borrow the nine tails chakra at will.

    Naruto Uzumaki, who was still a bit ambitious at this moment, was a little bit shocked. Fortunately, Naruto Uzumaki already knew from his father the way he was going in the future.

    However, when Naruto Uzumaki was lifted off again by Bofeng Shuimen, Yang Jiuwei who was hidden in Naruto Uzumaki finally couldn''t hold back: "Boy, you are not an opponent if you go on like this, lend me your body temporarily! Let me Come against him!"

    Uzumaki Naruto: "..."

    To be honest, Uzumaki Naruto felt that Kyuubi wanted to take the opportunity to retaliate.

    More than a decade ago, during the Kyuubi Rebellion, the entire nine-tail was cut into two halves by the Bofeng Shuimen. One half was Yin Jiuwei, which was sealed in his body by the Bofeng Shuimen; the other half was Yang Jiuwei. Was sealed in his son''s body by Bo Feng Shuimen.

    Kyuubi definitely wanted revenge.

    But now Naruto Uzumaki really has no power to fight back against his father. In the face of a crisis that may lead to Konoha''s destruction... Naruto Uzumaki lent his body to Jiu without hesitation. tail.

    Spiritual space.

    "Leave it to you, nine lama, right?"

    Naruto Uzumaki scratched the back of his head.

    Kyuubi''s mouth couldn''t help but twitched, and he snorted coldly, "Huh, that guy Bo Feng Shuimen is really talking!"

    Because Bo Feng Shui''s goalkeeper told Uzumaki Naruto its name, Kyuubi couldn''t help but hate that guy''s talkativeness.

    After saying this, Kyuubi looked at Uzumaki Naruto with some curiosity: "You believe me so, are you afraid that I will take your body?"

    "Not afraid."

    Naruto Uzumaki shook his head and whispered: "Because Dad just said, I want you to trust and understand each other..."

    After talking about this, Naruto Uzumaki added: "Even if you take my body away, I can take it back from your hands... Nine Lama, I am very strong now!"

    Nine Tails: "..."

    It was really moved just now for a second in vain!

    This Uzumaki Naruto is just as annoying as his mother!

    On the battlefield.

    Uzumaki Naruto''s Chakra changed again, and the huge red body of Nine Tails appeared again, and this behemoth appeared on the battlefield again!

    Nine tails and one claw hit the Bofeng Water Gate on the ground, grinned and said with a grin: "Huh, Water Gate, it will be replaced from now on!"

    "So..."

    Bo Feng Shuimen nodded calmly.

    In the next moment, Bo Feng Shuimen''s body suddenly turned into a golden nine tails, and rushed to face the attack of the red nine tails. The two huge nine tails suddenly fought into a ball!

    This battle is getting more intense!

    Even though the situation on the battlefield was fierce, he still did not escape the control of Uehara Naraku. He was still watching the theater and monitoring the situation of the battle.

    Uchiha Daido and Nagato are still facing each other.

    Tsunade and Matkay, who were reincarnated from the filthy soil, had each stopped, and the two watched vigilantly at the two huge nine-tailed battles together.

    Perhaps because of the perfect human column power, Bofeng Shuimen seemed to be better at controlling Yin Jiuwei. With the help of a trick to fly Thunder God, he released a tricky tail beast jade, directly knocking Yang Jiuwei to the ground!

    After the defeat of the Yang Jiuwei, he had no choice but to retract Naruto Uzumaki''s body, cursing and re-providing the chakra for Naruto Uzumaki.

    While Uehara Naraku was monitoring everything on the battlefield and was very happy watching the battle of Nine Tails, the system panel suddenly prompted him to complete a task.

    Side mission: Defeat Yang Jiuwei (11), the mission has been completed, reward the passive talent skill Yang Power.

    Yang Power: You can freely drive the Yang attribute chakra to create and use Yang Fu Ninjutsu at will, and give life to it, which is one of the components of the jade for seeking Tao.

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku''s expression gradually changed.

    The next moment, Uehara Naraku''s mouth twitched.

    Who can tell him why the system will reward him with Yang Power after Bofeng Shuimen defeated Yang Jiuwei!

    Wait, this situation seems quite normal!

    In this world, the nine tails in Naruto Uzumaki¡¯s belly have always been the protagonist!

    Uehara Naraku slowly rubbed his forehead, what Uchiha Madara, what Senju Zhuma, even if their popularity is high, can it still be as good as Kyuubi?

    What Uchiha Madara Senjuzuma, what Ashura Indra reincarnated, in addition to their ability to hang up and fight Nine Tails, what can they compare to Nine Tails?

    Uehara Naraku was still guessing before it was wasted...

    Whether to defeat Sasuke Uchiha in the peak state or to defeat Madara Uchiha, whether to defeat Naruto Uzumaki in the peak state or defeating Senjujuma, will you gain the power of Yin and Yang...

    I didn''t expect the answer to be so close!

    After defeating Yang Jiuwei, it is not surprising that he will gain the power of Yang!

    Originally, Naraku Uehara just wanted to watch a father-son showdown between Nami Feng Minzuo and Uzumaki Naruto. By the way, he watched another battle between Yang Jiuwei and Yin Jiuwei.

    As a result, I didn''t expect that what I got turned out to be Yang Power!

    So how do you get the power of Yin?

    Wave wind water gate.

    No, it should be said that it is Yin Kiuwei in Bofeng Shuimen.

    Naruto Uehara rubbed his forehead. When he was about to immediately adjust the wave of the water gate, Nagato''s voice suddenly came from the ring on his hand: "Uehara, Xiaonan will leave it to you. I will protect yours in the future. Teacher..."

 Chapter 299ï¼š Hello, are you okay!

    "Start with Naruto ( to find the latest chapter!

    Nagato finally chose to accept the reality and all the truth. He wanted to exhaust his life and solve the hidden danger of Uchiha''s soil.

    But before the final battle with Uchiha Daido, Nagato had to arrange his own affairs. Fortunately, he was already prepared to face this day.

    Moreover, Uehara Naraku has always lived up to her expectations.

    Therefore, Nagato chose to entrust Konan to Uehara Naraku before his death.

    "Master Nagato."

    Uehara Naraku¡¯s Chakra injected the ring, and his voice hesitated: "Why do you say that, what happened to you?"

    "..."

    There was no echo in the ring.

    Nagato didn''t say much to Naraku Uehara, because he had to arrange for Konan who was still fighting on the other side to evacuate immediately.

    On the battlefield.

    Nagato''s fingers were on his lips, and through the ring on his hand, he contacted Xiao Nan who was still entangled with the Five Generations Fengying and the Five Generations of Water Shadow.

    "Xiao Nan."

    Nagato''s fingers trembled slightly, and then slowly recovered calm: "Xiao Nan, now you immediately leave the battlefield here and go back to Yuyin Village."

    "what?"

    After thinking about it for a second, Xiao Nan frowned, then suddenly said, "Nagato, what''s wrong with you, I will solve these two people immediately and rush over to join you."

    "There is no need for that."

    After thinking about it for a while, Nagato said in a deep voice: "Xiao Nan, follow my orders, now leave this battlefield immediately and return to Yuyin Village."

    "..."

    Xiao Nan on the other side of the ring was silent.

    Obviously, Xiao Nan''s intuition is more acute than Nagato imagined.

    After a while, Xiao Nan suddenly said, "Nagato, these are meaningless words. We will never leave our companions until we die... Tell me, what happened, you never treated us. lie."

    "..."

    After pondering for a while, Nagato spoke softly, "Yes, because I am going to use a powerful technique that I have never used. If you stay on the battlefield, I will be more worried that you may be harmed..."

    Since he has never lied, let him lie once!

    Once the truth is said, Xiao Nan will definitely not agree to his request.

    It''s just that before Nagato''s words were finished, a piece of origami turned into a paper butterfly and appeared on his shoulder. At this moment, Nagato''s face changed involuntarily.

    "Nagato, the way you lie is really full of loopholes..."

    Xiao Nan''s voice came from the paper butterfly: "Because you never lie to us, you will tell us every reincarnation eye technique, Nagato, there is no need to say so much. Bring me to psychic together. Fight!"

    "..."

    Nagato shook his head and said softly, "Konan, and Uehara..."

    Xiao Nan''s voice was with an unprecedented determination: "Nairo is the fire of Akatsuki and Yuyin Village. It is because of him that we can fight for our lives."

    Nagato fell silent.

    At this moment, he vaguely thought that Xiao Nan was right. They already had a successor, so there would be no more worries!

    Xiao Nan''s voice gradually calmed down, and his voice was cold and cold: "Nagato, don''t be too pessimistic... Now immediately channel me to your side. As for the truth, I have already figured out a way to pass it to Uehara."

    "¡­Yes."

    Nagato was persuaded again.

    This person is always persuaded so easily.

    Nagato''s gaze fixed on Uchiha belt soil, and after looking at the battlefield again, he said loudly: "Fifth generation Naruto, I now declare that Akatsuki and Konoha''s war is over... Now I want to cleanse this Shinobu The hidden dangers of the world!"

    "..."

    Tsunade gritted his teeth.

    To be honest, she really didn''t want to end it like this!

    This **** killed Kakashi, killed Metkai, attacked Jiraiya, and many Konoha ninjas also died in Nagato''s hands.

    It''s a pity that the current situation is bad for Konoha.

    Therefore Tsunade did not answer Nagato.

    Naruto Uzumaki''s brows frowned slightly.

    And on the other side of the battlefield.

    After Xiaonan''s figure suddenly disappeared, Gaara of the Five Dynasties Fengying and Terumiming of the Five Dynasties Shuiying looked at each other in confusion. Has this war failed or succeeded?

    Terumi Ming and Gaara didn''t hesitate for too long. After thinking for a while, they rushed towards the final battlefield.

    The final battlefield.

    Xiaonan''s figure appeared next to Nagato with a burst of smoke. When she saw Uchiha''s dirt, she attacked Uchiha''s dirt without hesitation!

    Xiaonan''s palms overlapped sheets of origami papers. These origami papers were mixed with initiating symbols, and they swept toward Uchiha with soil!

    "Uchiha takes soil!"

    Xiao Nan''s palm slowly raised, and countless origami papers wrapped around the figure of Uchiha''s soil: "Eight years ago, when you attacked Naraku, you had already predetermined your fate today!"

    "Really..."

    Uchiha took Tuxu and supported his mask, turning his body into nothingness, and said coldly: "What a troublesome woman!"

    In the next moment, Uchiha''s figure with soil flickered through the white paper and rushed in the direction of Xiaonan and Nagato: "Obviously, only one person will die. I didn''t expect two people to die together!"

    A big battle begins!

    Compared with the long-door reincarnation eye and Konan''s secret technique of paper escape, Uchiha''s supernatural power with soil seems to be invincible!

    Nagato instantly relieved the psychic of the Golem of the Outsider!

    He and Xiao Nan were able to float into the air, watching Uchiha take the soil to fall on the ground, briefly taking advantage of the geographical advantage.

    But this advantage is not too long.

    Because Uchiha belt soil can also temporarily appear in the air with his own time and space art, and he can even call for support at any time.

    In the next moment, a temporal and spatial vortex appeared beside Nagato!

    Whether it''s Konan or Nagato, the eyes of the two of them showed a glint at the same time: "When Uchiha takes the soil to use the spatial technique, his body must be a physical..."

    The opportunity is here!

    It''s a pity that what appeared in the time and space vortex was not Uchiha''s belt soil, but the second generation of Hokage Sensuma who reincarnated from the dirty soil, another enemy who is good at flying thunder god!

    There are a lot of manpower stored in the Shenwei Space!

    This trick is really hard to guard against using Shenwei to send a thousand hands to the door!

    The second generation of Naruto Qianshoujian ignored Xiao Nan and stacked a bunch of detonating charms on his body, but appeared behind Nagato, reaching out to grab Nagato''s shoulder!

    "Shen Luo Tianzheng!"

    Nagato''s palm, the majestic repulsive force burst out, instantly knocked the Thousand-Handed Farewell away, and at the same time, Xiaonan Tongling¡¯s numerous detonating symbols exploded the Thousand-Handed Farewell to pieces!

    The next moment, Qianshoujian''s body began to gather again.

    The characteristic of Reincarnated Dirt will never die, so that he doesn''t need to fear the power of the detonation talisman, because these two techniques are originally used in combination!

    "Can''t it be killed?"

    Nagato''s hand is condensed with a yin and yang black rod, and it is about to shoot at Qianshoujian who is temporarily recovering his body!

    However, an arm suddenly appeared and grabbed Nagato''s arm!

    It is Uchiha''s soil!

    "Asshole..."

    Nagato could only dodge helplessly.

    The fierce confrontation between them can only temporarily put a stop.

    The melee on the ground is also breaking out, the impure reincarnating body''s Bofeng water gate is almost invincible and ravages all ninjas, whether it is Uzumaki Naruto who has just turned on the Nine Tails mode, or other seal squads who want to seal him up!

    "Trouble..."

    Tsunade glanced at Senjukusuma and Uchiha Tatsumoto who appeared, then glanced at the super-explosive Hafengsumigate on the ground battlefield, frowning increasingly tight.

    The war has entered a fever pitch.

    Konoha Village: Tsunade, Uzumaki Naruto, and Konoha Ninja who keep coming in.

    Akatsuki: Nagato, Xiaonan.

    Behind the scenes: Yakushi pocket, Uchiha takes the soil, the filthy soil is reincarnated in Metkai, the filthy soil is reincarnated in Thousands of hands, and the filthy soil is reincarnated as Fengshuimen.

    What Tsunade didn''t expect was.

    The second wave of enemies they need to face is stronger than they imagined, and they use the dirty reincarnation to outrageously suppress both Konoha and Nagato!

    It''s just that the pharmacist felt that he was not intense enough.

    "Mr. Taito."

    The pharmacist watched Uchiha take the soil in his spare time, slowly closed his palms, and said with a light smile: "If the enemy in the air is difficult to solve, I can help you arrange a companion who is good at flying!"

    "Humph¡­"

    Uchiha took the soil to look at the pharmacist''s pocket, and snorted coldly, "Then hurry up! Dashewan made you obey my orders all the way!"

    "Ok."

    The next moment, the pharmacist formed a handprint of spiritism, and a smile gradually piled on his face: "Ninfa¡¤Psychicism!"

    Another coffin emerged from the ground.

    A ninja who is good at flying, the second generation Tukage, nothing.

    This war will become even more chaotic. When the second generation of Tuying joins the battlefield, the air superiority of Xiaonan and Nagato disappears.

    "Dust Escape¡¤Primary Realm Stripping Technique!"

    A white ray of light bloomed in the hands of the second generation of Tuying and flew away in the direction of Nagato. This ray of light was so gorgeous that people did not dare to open their eyes and look straight!

    "Hungry ghost!"

    Nagato waved his palm and used the ability of the Hungry Ghost Road to absorb Chakra to absorb the dusty Chakra. This threat did not need to be too much for him.

    The second generation Tu Yingwu frowned suddenly and disappeared into their sight.

    Just as Nagato and Xiaonan''s expressions changed slightly, the second generation Tuying hidden behind them, and the second generation Tuyingwu also carried the second-generation Naruto Thousands of Thunder God''s mark!

    These two guys are not as simple as 1+1.

    The next moment, a kunai shot at Nagato, and with a sharp shout, the figure of Qianshou Jianma suddenly appeared beside Nagato!

    "Flying Thunder God Slash!"

    "Shen Luo Tianzheng!"

    Nagato waved his hand to release a repulsive force, and he was about to knock the figure of Senjumanuma into the air. However, before the repulsive force hit him, the figure of Senjumanuma could not let go again using the **** of thunder and disappeared in Nagato. before!

    Just as Nagato and Xiaonan looked alert, Wu''s figure quietly appeared behind Nagato, and Qianshou Jianma also appeared beside him.

    These two guys appeared too suddenly!

    "Be careful!"

    The origami in Xiaonan''s hand is flying!

    It''s a pity that Nagato was kicked away with a single blow from the thousand hands after all!

    Nagato suddenly fell from the air, and Qianshou Jianjian pursued his position!

    Just as the kunai in the hands of Senshoujian was about to fall on Nagato, a figure wearing a golden chakra appeared quickly in the air, suddenly grabbing Nagato''s shoulder, and taking him away from Senshou. Attack between the fronts!

    "Hey, are you okay?"

 Chapter 300ï¼š Let them wait for my savior!

    "Start with Naruto ( to find the latest chapter!

    On the battlefield.

    No one thought of it.

    When Nagato was most dangerous, the person who saved him turned out to be Naruto Uzumaki. This should obviously be the person who hated Nagato the most.

    Even Tsunade is a little weird.

    "Why save me?"

    Nagato¡¯s palm trembled slightly, and his gaze slowly stopped on Naruto Uzumaki who had rescued him in front of him: "Naruto Uzumaki, I killed Hagi Kakashi and Teacher Jilaiya, you should treat me Hate it!"

    In any case, the person who saved him shouldn''t be Naruto Uzumaki!

    Because Nagato knows information about Uzumaki Naruto, Kakashi Hagi is the leader of Uzumaki Naruto''s Shinnin, and Jiraiya is like a master to Uzumaki Naruto...

    Both of them died in his hands...

    No matter what he thinks, Naruto Uzumaki has no reason to save him.

    Even if they need to face the same people now, can Uzumaki Naruto overcome the hatred in his heart?

    "Didn''t you say that hatred is the most useless?"

    After Naruto Uzumaki shook his head indifferently, a trace of complexity gradually appeared on his face. He slowly spread his palms and said, "Although you have killed many people, I actually want to kill you more than anyone else. I really want to kill you..."

    When Naruto Uzumaki talked about this, he even gritted his teeth subconsciously, but the next moment he sighed and said, "However, the lecherous fairy hopes you can survive."

    "Teacher Jilaiya?"

    Nagato''s expression slightly solidified.

    Naruto Uzumaki nodded, and continued in a deep voice: "The lecherous fairy told me that he originally wanted to kill you and kill you who tried to destroy the world."

    While speaking, Naruto Uzumaki turned his head and whispered: "But then the lecherous fairy learned the truth. You are just a poor fellow who was lured by others into the wrong path."

    "So you feel sorry for me?"

    Nagato''s eyes froze slightly, staring at the person in front of him.

    When Jilaiya and Naruto Uzumaki learned the truth, they were actually laughing at him secretly! Laughing at him for calling himself a god, but he is actually just another pawn!

    Unexpectedly, Naruto Uzumaki shook his head and said softly: "I never thought you were pitiful, nor did the lecherous immortal think so. He just thinks that he should correct his disciple''s mistakes. This is what a teacher should do, even if he died. Should also do..."

    Speaking of this, Naruto Uzumaki suddenly raised his head and said: "My first teacher, Umino Iluka, I didn''t pass the Shinnin exam, and was lured by a traitor to steal the most important seal book in the village.

    Later, Umino Iruka-Sensei learned about this. Not only did he not hurt the disciple who had made a big mistake, but he was also desperately protecting me... We are really lucky that we both have the same teacher. "

    After talking about this, Uzumaki Naruto suddenly clenched his fists, his expression gradually becoming a little difficult to look like: "The only thing I didn''t expect is that the lecherous immortal really died in your hands... but he will definitely die. I won''t blame you."

    "..."

    Nagato fell silent suddenly.

    After a long time, Nagato nodded slowly, glanced at everyone present, and whispered: "Is that so...I know."

    "That''s good."

    Naruto Uzumaki nodded and said in a deep voice: "Now you know the truth? We are facing a common enemy. Since you have survived, don''t die easily and live with the will of a lustful fairy. Go down!"

    "..."

    Nagato remained silent.

    In the next moment, Nagato glanced at the Hafeng Shuimen and Senshousuma who gathered towards them, and stretched out his palm.

    "Even if I am no longer a god, I will eliminate all the enemies in front of me and correct the world''s mistakes!"

    A majestic repulsion suddenly exploded from his hands!

    A more fierce battle broke out, Nagato seemed to be lifeless, releasing the power in the eyes of Samsara!

    Bofeng Shuimen and Qianshoujian instantly escaped from the attack range of the repulsive force with the technique of Flying Thunder God. If you want to avoid the attack of Shenluo Tianzheng, it is not too easy for the two of them!

    However, with the outbreak of Nagato, the battle finally reached a climax!

    far away.

    Uehara Naraku is still controlling all of this remotely, and it is he who is controlling Senshou Kenma and Hafeng Shuimen that deliberately creates an opportunity for Uzumaki Naruto to save people.

    "It really didn''t disappoint... Naruto Uzumaki."

    Uehara Naraku rubbed his eyebrows with his fingers, and said in a low voice: "I asked Uchiha to bring the soil to confess the truth to Jiraiya. I deliberately wanted to arouse Jiraiya¡¯s sympathy and let him re-lead Nagato-sama. Thinking that Jilai would be killed...

    Forget it, but it doesn''t matter now, everything is proceeding according to plan, it seems that even Jilai is dead, his will is still passed on to you after all!

    Uzumaki Naruto, you did not disappoint! "

    All of this was manipulated by Uehara Nana behind the scenes.

    As a behind-the-scenes man, you can''t always use powerful strength and intelligence to induce and persecute others, and use deep feelings to control all of this, which is truly outstanding.

    Originally Uehara Naruko rescued Jiraiya, just to use Jiraiya to make Nagato clean up, but he didn''t expect things to happen, and it was Naruto Uzumaki who ultimately assumed the responsibility.

    "Let the battle become fiercer!"

    Uehara Naraku''s will instantly descended on Uchiha Daido, Hafeng Mizumon, and Senjukaima. His will appeared extremely powerful in the spiritual world of these people, making it impossible to raise the power of resistance!

    Uehara Naraku tilted his head, dragged his head with the palm of his hand, and said in a cold voice: "When you force them to the point where they cannot resist, then they will welcome their savior!"

    Wave wind water gate: "..."

    Thousands of hands: "..."

    Uchiha belt soil: "..."

    The three people controlled by Uehara Naraku didn''t know what to say.

    Now Konoha Ninja, Nagato, and Xiaonan are completely at a disadvantage in the face of these filthy people. Will there be any reinforcements in the entire Ninja world to save them?

    "Don''t think about it, I am their savior."

    Uehara Nairobi hooked the corner of her mouth, showing a kind smile: "So this time I will give you a suitable opportunity, so that you have the opportunity to use your full strength to fight against me!"

    Uehara Naraku smiled and continued: "For this period of time, all the anger you have controlled by me can be vented. If anyone can defeat me, maybe I will give him a chance to relieve his dirty rebirth."

    His smile made the three people shudder.

    The minds of Hafeng Mizumon, Senjuma, and Uchiha Daido were all surprised. They didn''t expect Uehara Naraku to be so bold!

    According to their three understandings of each other, all three of them are good at time and space art, coupled with the invincible characteristics of reincarnation from the dirty earth, if they are allowed to do their best, even if they encounter a thousand hands pillars, they will have the power to fight. , Even the odds of winning are not too low!

    Is this guy having too much confidence?

    However, Naraku Uehara hooked up the corner of his mouth again, and continued with a smile: "Whoever of you will inform the Pharmacist''s pocket so that he can also use the fairy mode with all his strength, let me test his combat effectiveness!"

    "..."

    After the pharmacist got the news, the whole person was a little surprised.

    As the subordinate who knows Uehara Naraku best, Pharmacist Toko is not at all like others, who thinks Uehara Naraku is crazy and arrogant.

    Therefore, when the pharmacist returned the news, the voice of the pharmacist even asked with some trepidation: "Sir, is there anything that I am not satisfied with?"

    "No, I am very satisfied."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head and smiled and said, "Don''t you find it interesting? These people are trying to hurt their old friends and companions, but I, the person who manipulates everything behind the scenes, is trying to save them..."

    Nairo Uehara held her chin and tapped her finger on her cheek: "I''m really curious. If they knew about these things in the future, what would they be like?"

    Pharmacist pocket: "..."

    The pharmacist felt that their mood would definitely not be too good. Thinking about this world, it is really surprisingly ironic!

    Back then Uehara Naraku opened mouth, Hanzo-sama, closed-mouthed Hanzo Who would have thought that this guy was a murderer who killed Sansho Hanzo by himself...

    Back then, Uehara Naraku opened his mouth and suppressed Akatsuki''s organization and arrested the members who were besieging Akatsuki. Who would have thought that this guy turned out to be the next generation leader of Akatsuki...

    Now it seems to be another reincarnation!

    It is impossible for anyone to think of it, right?

    A guy who is about to start following Nagato to re-behave and try to save people, is he still a black hand behind the scenes?

    "Apart from these..."

    Uehara Naraku opened the mouth softly and continued to explain: "I still need to let Kurozutsu continue to trust me. It happens to have a **** battle with you, a traitor who betrayed the Eyes of Akatsuki and Moon. Kurozutsu will definitely continue and can only trust me!"

    "..."

    The pharmacist did not know how to complain.

    In this way, Naraku-sama seemed to be calculating Konoha and Nagato at the same time, and Kurozue at the same time, and by the way, was he still calculating Oshemaru?

    How did this boss''s brain grow!

    Then I can only hope that Lord Naraku will wait a while and act lightly!

    Yakushido never thinks that he is qualified to challenge Uehara Naraku, because he knows exactly who gave him everything he has now, and he has seen Uehara Naraku easily defeat the third generation Raikage, the second generation Naruto and others.

    The strength of these people is definitely not weak.

    But they didn''t seem to be qualified to fight in the hands of Uehara Naraku. Except for the legendary Uchiha Madara and Senjujuma, no one could be Uehara Naraku''s opponent.

    "Forget it..."

    Pharmacist slowly pushed his glasses, controlled the second-generation Tukagewu and Metkai, and continued to attack. A smile appeared on the corner of his mouth: "I just want to see how powerful Naraku-sama is. !"

 Chapter 301ï¼š Teacher, dont be afraid

    "Start with Naruto ( to find the latest chapter!

    The battle is getting fiercer.

    The entire battlefield has been completely chaotic.

    Konoha ninjas continue to join the battlefield, and they are constantly being killed by the dirty ninjas. The infinite chakras and infinite resurrection characteristics of the dirty land reincarnations allow them to attack unscrupulously.

    Even if the two powerful ninjas of Nagato and Uzumaki Naruto joined forces, they still couldn''t stop their decline.

    The three ninjas who are good at time and space art, Hafeng Mizumon, Uchiha Daido, and Senjukan, are all out of sight, and almost every time they make a move, they force everyone to turn back to defense.

    This battle couldn''t help making people desperate.

    "Day Tiger!"

    Metkay''s filthy reincarnation body could not open the ultimate secret of the Eight Doors of Dunjia Art, but he could easily open the Seven Doors, and the seventh door of mysticism, Zhouhu, was pushed out by him!

    A bomb of air turned into a white tiger, swept in the direction of Nagato and others, looking like choosing someone and devouring it!

    This scene makes the scalp numb!

    Nagato¡¯s face is a bit unsightly. When he was fighting Konoha Ninjas before, he had to retreat in the face of Hiruto¡¯s attack. He didn¡¯t expect that now he and Konoha Ninjas would face each other. To the day tiger!

    This world is too nonsense!

    "Shen Luo Tianzheng!"

    Nagato''s hands suddenly pushed out a majestic repulsion, and he almost desperately used the power of his reincarnation eye to knock back the huge white tiger air!

    After Nagato had repelled Suntora, he turned his head and looked at Naruto Uzumaki next to him: "Naruto, now I need to cool down for a long time when I use Shinra Tianzheng..."

    "understand."

    Uzumaki Naruto nodded solemnly, staring at Hafengmizumen, Uchiha Daido, Senjukan Kazuno, these guys will definitely not let this time go!

    Xiao Nan''s figure floated down from the sky, and detonating talismans hovered around her, possibly swept toward the enemy at any time!

    It''s a pity that her technique is too powerful if it is completely released, and she can only temporarily restrain her impulse, so as not to accidentally injure the friendly army by setting off the detonation.

    "You have to find a way to get rid of Yakushitou and Uchiha''s soil."

    Xiao Nan stared at the enemies present, and continued with a deep voice: "If this continues, the battle between us and these ninjas who reincarnated from the dirty soil will sooner or later be defeated because the chakra is exhausted!"

    "Then break through them!"

    Uzumaki Naruto suddenly slammed a spiral pill up, and after pushing back the Bofeng Shuimen and Qianshoujian, he rushed up in the direction of Yao Shi''s pocket!

    It is a pity that not long after the talent of Wuxi Ming rushed out, he was stopped by his father Bo Feng Shui again!

    "Even if the pharmacist pocket is solved, there is no way..."

    Tsunade shook his head, looked at everyone present, and said in a deep voice: "Because it is very likely that some of these filthy reincarnations are controlled by Oshemaru, we can only seal these ninjas first..."

    "but¡­"

    Naruto Uzumaki turned his head to look at a group of Sealed Ninjas who had fallen to the ground, his face was ugly and said: "But those companions of the Sealed Class have been killed by their father!"

    Because every time the ninja from the Sealed Class rushed over, they would be killed by Hafengmizumon and Senjukaima. The speed of the two of them was so fast that the others had no time to prevent this from happening!

    Tsunade shook his head and said in a deep voice: "It doesn''t matter, I have also studied the sealing technique and the method of breaking the reincarnation of the dirty soil. You can try to seal the enemy. The only problem is to control them..."

    This is the most troublesome.

    So far, the only time they have broken the foul soil reincarnation was when Nagato''s Shenluo Tianzheng defeated the Qianshoujianma, and since then there has been no such opportunity.

    It seems that Pharmacist Tou knows this secret well, and has been just fighting with them all the time.

    Just as a group of people were at a loss, a voice also appeared in their ears: "If a sealing technique is needed, I have also studied some sealing techniques in the sand hidden village. Maybe I can also try to help restrict their actions... "

    It was the fifth generation Fengying Gaara and the fifth generation Shuiying Terumiming who rushed to the battlefield, and Li Luoke also appeared by their side.

    After they rushed to the battlefield, they got the general situation of the battle from the ignorant Konoha ninjas outside, and at the same time knew that Nagato and Xiaonan were their allies for the time being.

    To be honest, it was a little unacceptable at first.

    It''s a pity that when I saw Uchiha belt soil and a group of dirty soil ninjas suppressing Uzumaki Naruto, Nagato and others, I also knew that this is not the time to care.

    Company Nagato, a ninja who can suppress them all by one person, has fallen into a disadvantage in this battle, and has even been dangerous several times. Obviously these enemies are a little too strong!

    They must defeat their common enemy now!

    Those are the filthy reincarnation team in Yakushi''s pocket and the cunning black hand behind Uchiha Daido.

    After seeing the arrival of the reinforcements, Naruto Uzumaki finally breathed a sigh of relief: "Now we finally don''t have to be at a disadvantage in terms of numbers..."

    "Do not."

    Tsunade''s expression became ugly again.

    I saw Tsunade staring at Yakushi''s pocket tightly, and said solemnly: "Over the years, Oshemaru must have never let go of collecting the bones of those powerful ninjas. That guy has almost 100% room left!"

    To be honest, there seems to be no hope in this battle.

    At least now they have not seen the hope come.

    Even if they can seal a ninja who reincarnated from the filthy soil, and can see the feasibility of cracking the ninja who reincarnated from the filthy soil, their morale may be even higher!

    Now it seems to be purely waiting for death!

    Especially since there are too many cards in Yakushidou''s hand, this guy can summon powerful ninjas at any time. At least Tsunade knows that there are at least two powerful ninjas in Yakushidou''s hand...

    as expected.

    When the pharmacist saw the five generations of Fengying Gaara and the five generations of Shuiying Terumi Ming, a smile appeared on his face: "Really...Is there anyone who wants to compete with the reincarnated ninja for the number of reinforcements?"

    In this world, regardless of the number of the living, it is far less than the number of the dead, especially in terms of the number of powerful ninjas. The treasures that pharmacists have been carrying over the years are definitely beyond imagination.

    The next moment, the eyes of the pharmacist''s pocket suddenly tightened!

    The hands of the pharmacist''s pocket quickly closed Jieyin, and his palms slapped on the ground almost at the same time, and he whispered: "Ninfa¡¤Psychic!"

    Two coffins floated out of the hands of the pharmacist pocket!

    In one of the coffins came out of the second-generation Water Shadow Ghost Lantern Huanyue that once appeared, and in the other coffin came out the fourth-generation Fengying Luosha!

    When the Red Sand Scorpion made the fourth generation of Fengying Luosha into human puppets, a part of the remains was also taken by the pharmacist.

    The second generation water shadow ghost lamp full moon, against the fifth generation water shadow Zhao Meiming.

    The fourth generation Fengying Luosha, against the fifth generation Fengying Gaara.

    It was another confrontation of the old age and the fratricidal situation of father and son. Everyone present couldn''t help but look ugly.

    Tsunade slowly frowned her brows, and looked at the two shadow-level powerhouses who appeared in the distance. Her fists couldn''t help but squeeze: "The Oshemaru guy... is it playing us?"

    Whenever their reinforcements arrive, the enemy will send new reinforcements. This is obviously playing them!

    That fellow Oshemaru is really arrogant!

    However, the current Oshemaru, after mastering so many ninjas who reincarnated from the filthy land, does have the qualifications to be arrogant!

    "Ms. Tsunade."

    Naruto Uzumaki stood up and stood in front of everyone step by step. The golden chakra coat was draped on him, and the giant chakra hands sprang out of him, and spiral pills appeared in Chakra. Carat''s hands.

    Naruto Uzumaki stared at the ninjas who were reincarnated from the opposite side, and said in a deep voice, "We have no retreat now!"

    Naruto Uzumaki looked at the faces of every ninja, perceiving the chakras in them, and continued word by word: "We have no choice but to defeat them and defeat their conspiracy!"

    Unless they handed over Nagato who had reincarnation eyes and Naruto Uzumaki, the Nine-Tailed person, Zhuli, but that would be tantamount to waiting for death.

    Even the Ninja World will fall into a crisis of destruction.

    If the enemy''s conspiracy were to succeed, the entire Ninja World would be forever, and even Konoha who escaped by chance would not survive.

    It''s really ironic!

    Enemies that could have been called the enemies of life and death have now become allies, and even indispensable allies, as their companions who must protect each other.

    "¡­Ok."

    After taking a complicated look at Nagato and Konan, Tsunade nodded slowly, and said in a deep voice: "These guys must not get reincarnation eyes and Kyuubi, if they really use this to revive Uchiha Madara... The consequences are truly unimaginable!

    To be honest, compared to these guys, Uchiha Madara¡¯s legendary character is more threatening...because I grew up listening to his legend, who was once truly able to destroy a country by one person. !

    If it hadn''t been for the grandfather at that time who had peace in mind and refused to provoke a war, the entire ninja world would have been crushed by Uchiha Madara! "

    A breeze blew.

    Uchiha took the soil to stand in front of the many ninjas who reincarnated from the dirty soil, raised his palms, and said coldly: "Get ready to go! Take it, quickly solve them, take the eyes of reincarnation and take away the Kyuubi''s strength!"

    "rest assured."

    The pharmacist stood at the back of the team, pushed his glasses, and said with a light smile: "Then start... let''s make a big fuss!"

    next moment!

    Bofeng Shuimen and Qianshoujian rushed up from the two wings first!

    Metkai and Uchiha brought the soil directly from the front, followed by Ghost Lantern Huan Yue and Luo Sha, and the second generation Dokage was standing above them in charge of assistance!

    The pharmacist stood at the back of the team, watching all this with a smile from the corner of his mouth: "Go! Try our best to get the...sir''s favor!"

    The battle started to become fierce again!

    There is no doubt that Konoha and Nagato can no longer win, and can only barely rely on Nagato¡¯s reincarnation eyes and the threat of Yin-Yang escape black rod to make these ninjas who reincarnated from the dirty land dare not rush too crazy. !

    However, this can only allow them to successfully defend it. Wanting to break through the blockade and solve a dirty ninja, even grabbing the medicine master''s pocket is simply wishful thinking!

    Nagato hardly spared his life and Chakra. He tried his best to get rid of Uchiha¡¯s dirt, but was always blocked by two Thunder Gods. Under the time and space technique, his attacks were almost non-existent. Little effect!

    "Shen Luo Tianzheng!"

    Nagato''s Shenluo Tianzheng landed in the empty space again, only to knock out the two flying thunder gods Kuwuwu, his forehead was dripping with big beads of sweat, and he took a breath.

    This time, he again defended the enemy''s attack.

    Unfortunately, his life energy is almost exhausted.

    If he had another powerful technique, perhaps his life would come to an end.

    Uchiha Daido seemed to have guessed this too. His figure floated from the ground, and a light flashed in the writing wheel''s eyes: "Nagato, today you have used the power of the Samsara eye too many times, and your life span is almost exhausted. Do it all!"

    Uchiha took the soil and slowly spread out his palms, and softly persuaded, "It''s useless, you can''t defeat us at all... As early as when you started to study the eye of reincarnation, I had already studied how to deal with reincarnation. Eye approach!"

    "Asshole!"

    Nagato gritted his teeth bitterly.

    Sheets of origami flew out of Xiao Nan''s body. These origami papers slowly penetrated Uchiha''s body with soil, and could not cause any harm to him. He could only float around Uchiha''s soil, waiting for him to remove the blur. time¡­

    It is a pity that Uchiha brought the soil to them without any chance at all!

    Under Uchiha''s mask of dirt, a smile of conspiracy was revealed: "Actually, I was just using it to lure the enemy... The real killer move is behind me!"

    The next moment Uchiha''s figure with soil sank back to the ground.

    And behind Uchiha''s belt soil, Hafeng Mizumon''s figure appeared, holding a tail beast jade in his hand, and pushing toward Nagato!

    Nagato''s brain quickly searched for a solution to the tail beast jade: "Shenluo Tianzheng is still in the cooling down period, the Hungry Ghost Dao is too slow to absorb Chakra, and the Animal Dao is too late for psychic..."

    "Nagato!"

    Xiao Nan''s figure suddenly stood in front of Nagato!

    It''s just that her body is like her origami, and it can''t stand any shocks. As long as the tail beast jade of the Bofeng Shuimen falls on her, it will directly cause Xiaonan to be severely injured and even more likely to die in battle. !

    "Xiao Nan!"

    Nagato looked at this scene in disbelief!

    Is it true that after many years, he will witness the death of another close friend of his own? It''s a pity that everyone on the scene has fallen into a bitter battle, and it seems that no one can save Xiao Nan under the tail beast jade of Bo Feng Shui Men!

    Just as the tail beast jade was about to fall on Xiao Nan, a purple mask appeared beside Xiao Nan, blocking the attack of the tail beast jade for her!

    next moment.

    A young ninja wearing a black robe of auspicious clouds suddenly appeared beside Xiao Nan!

    This young ninja grabbed Bo Feng Shuimen''s wrist with one hand, kicked him on Bo Feng Shuimen''s body, kicked him out with one kick, and solved the crisis!

    "what happened?"

    After the young ninja finished speaking, he slowly turned around and stretched out his palm, stroking Xiao Nan''s hair, who was full of surprise, a touch of complexity flashed across his face.

    "Teacher, don''t be afraid..."

 Chapter 302ï¼š Whenever we overestimate him enough, we actually underestimate him

    "Start from Naruto Behind the Scenes ( Find the latest chapter!

    "Teacher, don''t be afraid..."

    The sound was like a ray of warm sunlight breaking through the darkness.

    Xiao Nan heard this familiar voice in her ears, and she slowly raised her head, seeing the face of Uehara Naruko from Xiangyun black robe.

    "Nara..."

    Xiao Nan whispered a name on her lips.

    "Ok."

    Uehara Naraku''s palm stroked Xiaonan''s hair, comforting his teacher softly: "Teacher Xiaonan, it''s me."

    The young ninja suddenly appeared to repel the enemy, stretched out his palm to gently stroke the woman''s light blue hair, soothing her frightened emotion.

    This picture is very warm on the fierce battlefield.

    When Xiaonan saw that Naraku Uehara''s astonishment faded, a little distress and worry suddenly appeared between his eyebrows: "Naraku, why are you here?"

    "I worked out a temporal and spatial technique in private."

    Uehara Naraku naturally uses compassion to save souls. The effect of this skill is very simple and rude. You only need to find your teammates, and you can directly provide them with a shield that can protect the fatal blow, and transfer the body.

    Of course, at this time you must change your rhetoric.

    After all, the effect of this skill is too overbearing anyway.

    Uehara looked down on Xiao Nan''s expression, slowly lowered his palm, and told a white lie: "This time space technique is similar to the spirit technique. It takes a long time to find the chakra that locks you. After finding your chakra, I will send my chakra to protect you and provide me with a coordinate."

    After speaking of this, Uehara glanced at the somewhat sluggish Nagato, and sighed lightly: "After I received the news from Lord Nagato, I started preparing for this temporal and spatial technique in Leizhidom. Fortunately Caught up in time."

    "fortunately¡­"

    Nagato slowly lowered his head.

    His face is also full of rejoicing for the rest of his life.

    Nagato and Konan''s faces were both rejoicing and a little headache, because they didn''t want Uehara Naraku to get involved with these things, and it was best to hide.

    It''s just that Naraku Uehara has rushed here desperately, and with his character, it is naturally unlikely that he will abandon the two of them and leave.

    "How is this going?"

    Uehara Naruko frowned, looked at the ninja who was reincarnated everywhere, and whispered: "Forget it, Lord Nagato, I will take you out of this place first. Kyuubi Juli can only wait until the future to find opportunities! "

    "Do not."

    Nagato shook his head, and said in a deep voice, "We will not capture the strength of the human column anymore. We will tell you these things after this battle is over. Now we and Konoha are facing the same enemy. We will fight back Uchiha first. Bring the earth and the pharmacist to carry their dirty ninja!"

    "The pharmacist pocket?"

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes changed slightly. After a while, he disappeared the astonishment. He sighed quietly and said, "It seems that Yakushitou still betrayed Akatsuki like Oshemaru!"

    Xiaonan shook his head, and a touch of sadness appeared in his eyebrows: "Yakushitou is a spy sent by Oshemaru... They and Uchiha Daito are allies, in order to seize Nagato''s reincarnation eyes and Konoha''s nine-tailed man''s strength.

    "Cough cough cough..."

    Nagato coughed violently, then raised his head to look at Uehara Naruko and said, "Sorry, Uehara, I didn''t expect to involve you... we wanted to do it for you..."

    "Master Nagato."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head, his eyes resolutely said: "I am no longer the boy of the past, and you have protected me long enough, now is the time for me to protect you."

    At this moment, Uehara Naraku''s face was extremely solemn.

    The next moment, Uehara Naraku suddenly turned around, facing all the enemies present, and suddenly clenched his fists, a burst of chakra aura burst out!

    Everyone felt this surging momentum!

    Everyone on the battlefield involuntarily turned his head and glanced at Uehara Naraku. Almost everyone bit his teeth involuntarily when they saw him!

    "Uehara Naraku..."

    For the people on Konoha''s side, it is this **** who has been deceiving them, making them passive when facing Akatsuki. If it weren''t for Jilai and desperately to exchange for intelligence, they would have been blinded by him. In the dark.

    It is a pity that this guy has now become their comrade-in-arms, at least it is now their comrade-in-arms, it is still a powerful force who came to support the battle, and can barely continue to support the battle that is now on the verge of collapse.

    For the ninjas who were reincarnated from the dirty land, this **** has been secretly controlling them, and used their emotional bond to force them to do a lot of unethical things, and even now they are still controlling them.

    This guy controls people''s hearts!

    There is no doubt that if there is a list in the hearts of these reincarnated ninjas, Uehara Naraku has become the most hated person in their hearts!

    Uehara Naraku!

    Uehara Naraku! Uehara Naraku!

    The Chakra on Bofeng Shuimen also burst out suddenly, and the golden Chakra''s coat shook back and forth like a cloak. That was a sign that Chakra broke into extreme instability!

    Kunai, who was holding the imprint of Fei Lei Shen in the right hand of Hafeng Mizuno, a black tail beast jade appeared in his left hand, and he attacked Uehara Naraku first!

    "It''s really murderous!"

    Uehara Naraku''s palm came out suddenly, grabbed Bo Feng Shuimen''s wrist, twisted and kicked Bo Feng Shuimen''s chest!

    "Flying Thunder God!"

    The Kuma of Hafeng Mizuno was thrown behind Uehara Naraku. His figure instantly disappeared in front of Uehara Naraku. With the help of the imprint of the **** of thunder, Kuma appeared behind Uehara Naraku. He twisted to take the tail beast. Yu patted on Uehara Naraku!

    Unexpectedly, the next moment will happen suddenly!

    Uehara Naraku''s body speed seems to be a step faster!

    The next moment, Uehara Naraku''s upper body suddenly raised his head and lowered his head. His foot crossed the sky and hit Bo Feng Shuimen''s head at an incredible angle, kicking the fourth-generation Hokage away!

    Bo Feng Shuimen''s body flew out, splashing a large amount of dust, and the tail beast jade in his hand also lost control and exploded beside him!

    This wave of water gate that has been ravaging the Konoha Ninja side with the help of the Flying Thunder God Technique and the Nine Lama Mode on the battlefield was defeated by Naru Uehara within a second!

    "Good... so strong..."

    A flash of astonishment flashed across Naruto Uzumaki¡¯s face, staring at the movements of Uehara Naraku, and a flash of shock flashed in his eyes: "It was just a blow, did you solve Dad?"

    "Do not."

    Tsunade punched the rushing Metkai, shook his head and said, "It should be said that it was only temporarily repelled! After all, the guy at Watergate is a reincarnation of the dirty soil, and the kid Uehara Naruko only temporarily repelled his offensive. ."

    It''s just that after Tsunade finished saying this, she barely breathed a sigh of relief in her heart: "But this kid is really strong!"

    at least¡­

    They ushered in a strong aid!

    In the distance, the filthy reincarnation body that was destroyed by the tail beast jade exploded and collapsed, and his face became solemn and serious. Obviously, he was defeated by Uehara in an instant, making the heart of Hafeng Mizuno to Uehara. Vigilance is even higher.

    "Don''t be careless, teacher..."

    Uchiha turned the soil into a time-space vortex and appeared beside Hafeng Mizuno, and said in a low voice, "Uehara Naraku is stronger than we thought!"

    "Ok."

    Bo Feng Shuimen nodded, and there was a hint of heaviness in his voice: "This guy knows the Art of Flying Thunder God very well and can keep up with my speed... Then I can only try it in other ways!"

    The palm of Bofeng Shuimen suddenly closed, his Chakra swelled in an instant, his body instantly transformed into a huge golden demon fox, his tail beast-like form!

    Bo Feng Shuimen''s voice came out of the golden demon fox''s body, and he said in a condensed voice: "Then let me test his power again!"

    In the next moment, this huge nine-tailed demon fox rushed towards Uehara Naruto;

    And Uehara Naraku didn''t retreat but moved forward, and even greeted the golden nine tails rushing up!

    The huge nine-tailed claws pierced through the air and were about to fall on Uehara Naraku''s body, causing everyone to take a breath of air involuntarily!

    Just the next second.

    Uehara Naraku''s body rose from the ground, and after avoiding the attack of the nine tails, he slammed a punch on the head of the golden nine tails, smashing the golden nine tails directly into the air!

    "This guy¡­"

    Tsunade''s expression couldn''t help but change, watching Uehara Naraku who flew the golden nine tails with a punch, and whispered, "Does it have the corresponding strange power?"

    "No, it''s pure physical skills."

    The filthy reincarnated Metkai shook his head. As he continued to fight, he commented on Uehara Naraku¡¯s battle: "During the Nakanin exam, I once fought against Kitahara Naraku. His power was completely comparable to that of me and opened the seventh door. status!"

    After saying this, Metkay suddenly pushed Tsunade and Lee Rok back with a kick, Fei body rushed in the direction of Uehara Naraku: "It really makes people want to burn when encountering an enemy like Kitahara Naraku. The blood in the body!"

    The Chakra on Metkay also burst out!

    It''s a pity that there is no blood in the body of Dirt Reincarnation, and he can only helplessly open the door in a state of shock, and kick it towards Uehara Naraku!

    It''s just that Metkay flew back at a faster speed!

    In his current state, he is far from Uehara Naraku''s opponent.

    "Thank you, Mr. Kay, UU Read ."

    Uehara Naraku stretched out his palm in the direction of Metkai, and a chain of chains passed between the two of them in a flash. At this moment, Uehara Naraku had already stolen Metkai¡¯s physical skills in his own way. Upright.

    Many people on the battlefield have seen this trick.

    After Uchiha saw this scene, he loudly reminded: "Be careful! Uehara used the ability to steal other people''s spells, he stole Metkai''s spells!"

    Uchiha''s reminder of taking soil is too late.

    Uehara Naraku looked at the golden nine tails in the distance, suddenly stretched out his fist, and slammed his fist up: "Hitora!"

    An air bomb turned into a white tiger, roaring in the direction of Nine Tails, the power of this white tiger''s air bomb far surpassed Matkai''s day tiger!

    The shock wave of Hiruto swept everything in front of him instantly!

    No one would have thought that the day tiger used by Uehara Naraku would be far more than Metkay''s genuine physical skills!

    The next moment, this day tiger violently bit the golden nine tails, and directly flew the nine tails out again, even the tail beastization was somewhat unsustainable!

    Finally, this golden nine-tailed chakra was completely broken up!

    Bo Feng Shuimen looked at this scene in disbelief, a shock flashed across his face, his face looked ugly like never before.

    Pharmacist stood beside Bofeng Shuimen, slowly pushed his glasses, and looked at Naruko Uehara in the distance, a gleam of light flashed in his eyes.

    "Whether it is power, speed or chakra, whether it is ninjutsu, illusion, or physique, there is absolutely no shortcoming in his body."

    The pharmacist watched Uehara Naraku and sighed softly: "Whenever we think we overestimate him enough, we actually underestimate him..."

 Chapter 303ï¼š The man who kicked the flying tail beast jade!

    "Start from Naruto Behind the Scenes ( Find the latest chapter!

    Bo Feng Shui Men was blown up!

    Nagato, Naruto Uzumaki, and Tsunade, who showed an invincible posture on the battlefield just now, have nothing to do with him...

    Now he was outrageously blown up by Uehara Naraku!

    Everyone on the scene originally thought that the arrival of Uehara Naraku, in fact, was only able to allow Uzumaki Naruto and Nagato and others to support the battle without collapsing, and to have more time to find the enemy''s weaknesses and weaknesses.

    Only unexpectedly, when Uehara Naraku just appeared on the stage, he directly defeated the Nine Lama Mode''s Bofeng Water Gate, even relying only on his own physical skills.

    "The guy Uehara is still that strong..."

    Naruto Uzumaki looked shocked at Naruto Uehara hitting the Golden Nine Tails, and then directly defeated Bofeng Shuimen''s Nine Lama mode with a surging day tiger air bomb.

    "Because Uehara worked hard enough."

    A bright light flashed in Nagato''s reincarnation eyes, and he gradually lowered his head, and said in a low voice: "As long as a person works hard enough, he will definitely be rewarded, and now he can take responsibility."

    At this moment, Nagato made a decision secretly in his heart.

    If I said before, he still felt a little uneasy about Xiaonan and Naraku Uehara, but now he was completely relieved.

    Xiao Nan watched the chakra surging on Uehara''s body and the powerful power displayed, and his eyebrows gradually eased.

    These people barely breathed a sigh of relief after seeing Uehara Naraku''s strength.

    However, the faces of Uchiha Daido and Hafeng Mizumon were faintly unsightly. Just as Uehara Naruko rushed towards them again, the figure of Senjumanama suddenly appeared beside Hafeng Mizumon!

    At the next moment, the second-generation Naruto suddenly closed his fingers, and quickly completed a few simple handprints!

    "Water escape¡¤Water Dragon Bomb!"

    A torrent of water swept in and turned into a water dragon blocking the path of Uehara Naraku. The water dragon roared violently and rushed towards Uehara with its mouth open!

    "Want to use water escape ninjutsu on me?"

    Uehara Naraku''s fingers suddenly stretched out, and he quickly closed his hands to form a messy handprint, and saw another larger water dragon emerge from the ground!

    The two water dragons collided together instantly!

    The chakra in the water dragon is gradually exhausted, and water splashes all over the sky, like a rainstorm falling from the sky!

    However, Uehara Naraku raised his fingers again, and saw the water droplets that fell floating out of thin air, turning into water needles!

    Regarding the control of Shuidan Ninjutsu, the entire Ninja world may not be able to find someone stronger than him, even if it is the second generation of Naruto Senjutsu!

    In the next moment, countless water needles covered Bofeng Shuimen and others!

    The water needles were shot down densely as if they were real Chiben!

    "Shui Dun¡¤Water Array Pillar!"

    Senshoujian suddenly closed his palms, and a wave of water rolled out from under his feet, forming a circular water curtain around him, Hafeng Mizumon, and Uchiha with soil, blocking the attack. Water needle!

    Bo Feng Mizumon looked at the water escape barrier surrounding them, and a flash of admiration flashed across his face: "As expected of the second generation of Hokage, the knowledge of water escape ninjutsu is really terrifying, and it can release this unique water. The art of formation..."

    "No, his water escape ninjutsu is stronger."

    Qianshoujian shook his head with a gloomy expression, and said in a low voice: "That kid is far better at Water Dunjutsu than ordinary people, and even I have to admit that he is a very talented Water Dunn. He is sure I am also better at cracking the water escape ninjutsu!"

    as predicted.

    The next moment, Uehara Naraku''s palm flipped!

    A huge red fireball appeared in his palm, and it shot quickly in the direction of the water column!

    Just when everyone was surprised that the fireballs would be stopped by the water column, who would have expected that the water column art created by a thousand hands in the next moment suddenly turned into a mass of steam, which was quickly evaporated!

    This is not fire escape ninjutsu!

    This is another terrible technique at all!

    Bofeng Shuimen watched as the water column technique dissipated into a cloud of steam, a flash of surprise flashed on his face, and he involuntarily frowned: "Shiu Dun...Is this the blood of Shao Dun Ye Cang in Shayin Village? ?"

    As a ninja who fought against in the Ninja World War, Hafeng Mizuno had also seen the power of Shiroya Yecang. Unfortunately, Yekura died in the third Ninja World War. Since then, he has burned blood. After that, it disappeared.

    Unexpectedly, Uehara Naraku could still get the lost blood succession of Shao Dun. This blood succession was completely restrained for the water Dunjutsu!

    Just when they thought it was over, they saw Naraku Uehara''s fingers slowly raised, and the steam turned into a whirlpool, instantly surrounding the three of them!

    "This is... boiling escape?"

    Uchiha''s figure with the soil quietly entered a state of blur, watching the body of Hafeng Mizuno and Senjumama being gradually destroyed by the high-temperature steam, a red glow flashed in his eyes!

    The next moment, Uchiha took the soil and stretched out his palm, sucking countless water vapor into his supernatural space!

    "Yes!"

    Bo Feng Shuimen''s body slowly recovered, and his gaze was even more shocked: "He should have synthesized two types of blood...This guy is more terrifying than he thought!"

    "Well, even more."

    Uchiha took the soil and nodded slowly, glanced at the well-kept Uehara Naraku in the distance, and lowered his own voice: "This guy used to manipulate me to leak information about his successful blood succession synthesis and mentioned that he already has Without the limits of his own blood succession, obviously ordinary blood succession will never satisfy him."

    "No matter how many types of blood he has in his body..."

    Senshoujian quickly closed his palms, and whispered: "In front of him, conventional ninjutsu is useless...whatever, anyway, we didn''t expect to be able to defeat him by relying on these ordinary techniques."

    The three ninjas who are good at time and space art glanced at each other.

    Just now Senjuka just used two water ninjutsu, which was completely suppressed by Uehara Naraku, which has proved the invalidity of water ninjutsu.

    As for the fire escape ninjutsu...

    It must be of little use.

    Because Uehara Naraku himself is very good at using water escape ninjutsu to restrain fire escape.

    "Let''s go together!"

    Hafeng Mizuno once again held a kunai in his hand. After looking at the two people on the left and right, he nodded towards them, and the three of them rushed up in the direction of Uehara Naraku!

    So far, as long as the three ninjas who are good at time and space art work together, no one will be their opponent, so no one can detect which person will use time and space art to attack!

    "I''ll do it first!"

    Bo Feng Shuimen raised his hand and threw a shuriken, quickly closed his palms, and shouted in a low voice: "First, interfere with the enemy''s sight! Shuriken shadow clone art!"

    In the next moment, countless stars appeared in front of Uehara Naraku, and shot at him densely!

    "Wind Escape¡¤Big Breakthrough!"

    Uehara Naruko put his fingers up, and a gust of wind blew crazily from his side, directly blowing the shadow clones of countless shurikens into a bubble!

    Haofeng Mizumen and Senjusuma rushed up against the gust of wind, and appeared on both sides of Uehara Naraku almost at the same time, holding their two handles respectively, and stabs at his side!

    Uehara Naruko grabbed the arm of Qianshoujian with one hand, and with a hand, he was about to smash him on Bofeng Shuimen''s body, and he was about to smash the two away!

    "Get caught!"

    Qianshoujian glanced at the Bofeng Shui Gate, a bright light flashed in front of the two people''s eyes at the same time, and they said in unison: "Use that trick!"

    "Fei Lei Shen''s mutual whirling technique!"

    Two figures move at the same time!

    Senshoukan looked at the arm he was grasped by Uehara Naraku, and suddenly activated the flying thunder **** technique, and brought Uehara Naraku to appear behind Hafeng Mizuno!

    Bofeng Water Gate also appeared in the position before Qianshoujian!

    At this moment, they formed an excellent angle of attack. Bofeng Water Gate held a tail beast jade in his hand and smashed it towards Uehara Naraku''s back!

    This time, it is definitely the crisis of Uehara Naraku!

    They believe that no matter how fast Uehara Naraku is, it is impossible for Uehara Naraku to react at this moment to escape their carefully planned attack!

    It is a pity that the next moment Uehara Naraku stared at the tail beast jade, slightly raised the corner of his mouth, and suddenly kicked the tail beast jade away!

    I saw that after being kicked to the ground by Uehara Naruko, the tail beast jade instantly detonated a large area of ??land around it, leaving a deep hole on the ground!

    "What a joke!"

    The expressions of everyone present changed almost simultaneously.

    How can anyone in this world kick the flying tail beast jade? Can something that will explode when touched, can it be kicked directly by someone?

    So far, the solution to the tail beast jade has always been to use a powerful barrier defense ninjutsu to resist or to use the tail beast jade to collide.

    How could anyone kick the flying tail beast jade?

    Uehara Naruko took advantage of the shocked faces of Hafengmizumen and Senjumama, and elbows them to fly away!

    After Uehara Naraku casually yawned, a mysterious smile appeared on his face: "It''s really an interesting battle... You two almost succeeded!"

    "..."

    This is too false!

    I can''t believe what Uehara Naraku said!

    Just watching him easily kick the tail beast jade away, and his gestures are still so casual, it shows that he has long been certain that he will be fine.

    Bo Feng Shuimen''s body gradually began to recover under the influence of the rebirth of the dirty soil, and a touch of horror flashed on his face: "Kick the flying tail beast jade directly with your foot, it is an amazing solution..."

    "Do not¡­"

    Uehara Naraku slowly spread out her palms, and said with a deep voice: "Compared to what I really want to kick, the tail beast jade is really not so powerful..."

    Yes, it''s really not powerful.

 Chapter 304ï¼š Should we be thankful that Uehara Naraku has become our teammate again...

    "Start from Naruto Behind the Scenes ( Find the latest chapter!

    "Unimaginable power."

    There was a faint light in the lens of the pharmacist''s pocket.

    When Yakushidou saw that Uehara Naraku handsomely kicked the tail beast jade, he easily defeated the Senjukan and Hafengshuimen, and looked at the enemy on the court carelessly like a game **** to recover...

    Pharmacist''s mood was so excited that it couldn''t be more excited!

    Can anyone in this ninja world be stronger than Uehara Naraku?

    The more powerful Uehara Naraku showed, wouldn''t it just prove that he chose to join Uehara Naraku correct?

    The only pitfall is that this boss is playing too fancy.

    As a loyal subordinate, Yakushidou wants to stand by Uehara Naraku more than standing on the opposite side of Uehara Naraku. This is too much psychological pressure for him!

    "Let''s go ahead!"

    After Hafeng Mizumon recovered, he glanced at Senjukan next to him, and then at Uchiha, who had been afraid to make a move just now.

    "Ok."

    After Senshoujian nodded, he glanced at Bo Feng Shui Men, and said in a deep voice: "Next, let me be the main attacker! Four generations, the evil little ghosts of the Uchiha clan, you two are here to support me!"

    Senjuka also knows what Uchiha Daido does, so he is rude to Uchiha Daido in his name. If it weren''t for the current enemy of Uehara Naraku, Senjuka might even want to kill Uchi. Corrugated soil.

    "it is good."

    Bo Feng Shuimen nodded.

    "¡­it is good."

    Under the mask, Uchiha''s face turned black with dirt, but Uehara Naraku''s threat was even greater, so that he barely suppressed his dissatisfaction with Senjukan.

    At this moment, Uchiha brought the soil to understand why the Uchiha clan always can''t get along with Konoha, the root of the disease lies in the **** of Senjumuma!

    After the three of them simply worked out their plans for each other, they rushed in the direction of Uehara Naraku again!

    "Really..."

    Uehara Naraku twisted his wrist and looked at the three figures rushing towards him quickly. He sighed faintly, and his voice was inaudible: "You prisoners bound by chains, forget the chains. Is it in whose hand?"

    He is the latter who controls the three people of Bo Feng Shui Men!

    No matter what plan the three of them want to make, they can''t hide from Uehara Naraku who controls them! But they seem to know this too, so most of their plans are rather sloppy, depending on how they perform on the spot during the war!

    "come on!"

    Uehara Naraku also rushed up in their direction, his body dashed across the ground, and he immediately jumped into the air, and slammed it down from the air with a punch!

    The three figures on the ground each used each other''s art to retreat, but they had seen Uehara Uehara hit the Nine Tails with a punch, and they didn''t dare to force Uehara Naraku''s fist!

    The earth was punched into a huge pit by Uehara Naraku!

    Uchiha''s body with soil turned into nothingness. After watching the impact of his fist penetrate his body, he snorted and plunged into the ground with a wooden thorn!

    The next moment, Uchiha looked at Naraku Uehara with the soil coldly, and suddenly put his fingers up: "Huh... Mu Dun¡¤cutting technique!"

    Wooden thorns rose from the ground one by one!

    This time the sneak attack was too sudden, no one can escape the attack of these wood thorns, even if the physical skills of Uehara Naraku are strong, they will be unable to avoid it due to the strong inertia after landing!

    However, Uehara Naraku did not change his face and suddenly released a circular fire ring from the position of his fist with the power of fire, instantly burning all the thorns to ashes!

    "Is it still the only trick?"

    After Uehara Naraku said in a cold voice, after ignoring the threat of Uchiha''s belt soil, he still faced Hafeng Mizumon and Senjumon.

    As long as Uchiha takes the soil and dared to lift the imaginary state and launch an attack, he will definitely become a target for Uehara''s attack, not to mention he dare not put Uehara Naraku into the divine space...

    "Asshole..."

    Uchiha gritted his teeth with the soil, watching Naruko Uehara walk out of the pit, he suddenly found that he seemed to be unable to do anything in front of this battle...

    This feeling... is really uncomfortable.

    the other side.

    After Bofeng Shuimen and Qianshoujia faced off again, the cooperation between the two people was obviously a tacit understanding, and the marks of the God of Thunder they left on each other allowed them to change their positions at will.

    Even so, the battle with Naraku Uehara is still dangerous!

    Because whether it''s Senshou Kenma or Hafeng Shuimen, no matter how fast their instantaneous spells are, they can''t match Uehara Naraku''s ability to seize opportunities!

    Uehara''s physique is too strong!

    The figure of Hafeng Mizuno flew around, from time to time around Uehara Naraku waving kunai or a tail beast jade, but it was only used to threaten Uehara Naraku, forcing Uehara Naraku to kick his tail beast jade or kuji. No, relax your offensive.

    "are you joking?"

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand and grabbed the neck of Bo Feng Shuimen, but he landed in the empty space, but he didn''t care at all, just turned over and kicked it again!

    This kick directly hit Bo Feng Shuimen''s neck, and the fourth generation of Hokage directly hit the ground, Uehara Nairo took the opportunity to step on his chest!

    "It''s now!"

    A bright light flashed in Qianshoujian''s eyes.

    Fei Lei Shen''s mutual whirling technique!

    In the next moment, the figures of Senjue Ma and Hafeng Mizuno changed their positions at the same time, and the figure of Senjue Ma appeared at the feet of Uehara Naraku!

    Senshou Kenma stretched out his hand and grabbed Uehara Naraku''s ankle, and the detonating talisman floated out of Senshou Kenma''s body and pressed tightly to Uehara Naraku''s body!

    "Want to use the technique of multiplication initiating amulet?"

    Uehara Nara looked down at the detonation charms that appeared on her legs, and a thought-provoking smile appeared on her face: "I thought you would have something new..."

    "No, just simple."

    Qianshoujian''s eyes tightened slightly, and he whispered in a low voice: "Since you have learned this technique, you should know the power of this technique! And this technique is the most suitable tactic for reincarnating from the dirty soil!"

    "Really..."

    Uehara Naruko rubbed his forehead, and a ball of lightning burst out of his body, destroying all the detonating talisman techniques attached to his leg!

    "Well, your battle is meaningless."

    Uehara Naruko''s short body hit Qianshoujian with a punch, and he was smashed into sky debris with a punch. The next moment his figure reappeared next to Hafeng Shuimen!

    Just when the fourth generation of Hokage condensed a tail beast jade and wanted to continue the battle, Uehara Naruko held his palm in twos and threes!

    This tail beast jade was directly pressed by Uehara Naruto on Bo Feng Mizumon''s body!

    Boom!

    A shocking sound resounded above the earth!

    Uehara Naraku slowly walked out of the smoke. Behind him, the bodies of Nami Fengshuimen and Senjumanami were still slowly recovering, and it was obvious that the two of them had lost again.

    "Should we be lucky?"

    Tsunade watched as Senjukuma and Hafengmizumen were easily defeated by Uehara Naraku again, showing everyone his fighting power that can definitely be called a monster!

    A touch of complexity flashed across Tsunade''s face: "Should we...should we be thankful that Uehara Naraku is now our comrade-in-arms again?"

    "maybe¡­"

    Gaara manipulated the sand pad and floated to Tsunade¡¯s side. His expression was hardly beautiful: "This **** guy¡¯s acting skills are really good! Two months ago, when this guy played with us against the second generation of Naruto , Still looks overwhelmed!"

    To be honest, Gaara is really speechless!

    Now Uehara Naraku faced the siege of the second and fourth generations of Naruto, and directly defeated the two of them with a powerful posture, and even seemed a little easy to do.

    What about a few months ago?

    Damn, what was this **** doing a few months ago!

    A few months ago, the **** Uehara Naraku was working with several of their movie-class figures to formulate and execute the plan to encircle and suppress the members of the Akatsuki organization. Together, they encountered the second generation of Hokage and the second generation of water.

    What was Uehara Naraku''s performance at that time?

    In the face of the powerful water escape in the second-generation Naruto Senshou, Uehara Naruko fought very desperately, making them a little embarrassed...

    At that time, everyone''s hearts were pure.

    Whether it''s Tsunade, Terumi Mei or Gaara, they all think that Uehara Naraku is doing his best, and he will not stop without breaking through the second generation of Naruto''s obstacles.

    Even though Uehara Naraku was a ninja from Uein Village, the three of them were a little touched by the desperate resistance of Uehara Naraku.

    Now it seems that the acting of Uehara Naraku was really good.

    So paddling, they can''t see the flaw!

    "Sorry."

    After Nagato coughed slightly, he covered his lips and said, "Everything Uehara did to you at the time was because of us..."

    "Forget it."

    Tsunade waved his hand and sighed, "If we leave behind those things he was doing as a member of the Akatsuki organization, we really just hope that he is a ninja from Yuyin Village. After all, he is playing Yuyin Ninja. He is indeed a good person when he is active..."

    "..."

    Gaara was silent for a while.

    After a while, Gaara also nodded and sighed: "If you don''t know that that guy destroyed Shayin Village, maybe I really want to be his friend."

    Although Uehara Naraku is very venomous and always criticizes the actions of their great power Shinobu Village, after removing those politics, Uehara Naraku also likes to help others.

    In a sense, if Uehara Naraku was not a member of Akatsuki''s organization, they would sincerely treat him as a friend.

    Even Uzumaki Naruto couldn''t help but lowered his head and whispered: "Uehara was our friend at the beginning. It is indeed a happy thing..."

    After talking about this, Uzumaki Naruto paused, scratched the back of his head, and raised his head: "But it''s not bad now! At least Uehara Naraku has become our comrade-in-arms again. Sooner or later, we will return to the past. ¡­"

    Gaara shook his head dissatisfiedly. He had a deep hatred for Uehara Naraku: "Even if we are facing a common enemy now, I still suspect that these Akatsuki guys are deliberately deceiving us."

    After Gaara said this, he continued in a deep voice: "Maybe they will deliberately act to deceive our trust, and in the future they will take away the nine tails from Naruto..."

    "Don''t worry."

    After Nagato shook his head, he looked at Naraku Uehara in the distance, and said softly: "After this battle is over, I will give you a suitable answer I hope so!"

    Gaara frowned and glanced at Nagato.

    After speaking, Gaara urged the sand pad under his feet to float in the air, and drove him to fly to another battlefield, where the yellow sand broke away from him and pursued the four generations of wind again. Shadow Luo Sha.

    Although Uehara Naraku''s combat effectiveness is very strong, there is still no progress for their current battle situation, because they have not found a way to crack the reincarnation of the dirty soil.

    They just saw at least a glimmer of hope.

    Tsunade watched the recovery process of Senjukauma and Hafeng Mizumon, and said in a deep voice: "The more severe the body of the ninja who reincarnated from the filthy land is damaged, the longer their recovery time will become. We can take advantage of this. To seal them for a while..."

    "Ok."

    After Nagato nodded, his Chakra slowly condensed two black rods for yin and yang escape, and threw them at Tsunade''s side: "Hokage, go and give these to Uehara, the black rod for yin and yang escape. It can stop Chakra''s actions, and maybe it can help them..."

    "..."

    Tsunade turned his head and glanced at Nagato, then frowned his brows and said, "Can your body support it? I feel your breath seems a little weak..."

    "It''s ok."

    Nagato shook his head, then glanced at Xiao Nan who was standing next to him, with a forcibly smiled on his face: "Don''t worry, I will hold on until I finish what I should do... "

    "..."

    Tsunade fell silent.

    On the battlefield.

    Uehara Naraku no longer paid attention to the still recovering Hafong Gate and Senshouka, his gaze moved slowly, and finally slowly stopped on the body of the medicine master.

    At this moment, his meaning is very clear.

    "Pharmacy, it''s your turn."

 ~ï¼š Just got home now, letâ€™s talk about todayâ€™s update plan

    "Start with Naruto ( to find the latest chapter!

    I just got home here, and it''s too late at 11:30 today.

    Everyone, wait till the afternoon!

    There will be at least five shifts today, and possibly six shifts.

    Because I''m still waiting for rewards from backstage statistics guys.

    Okay, let me go to the codeword first.

    I feel that today I have to write until twelve o''clock tonight.

    The reward list will be written in the afternoon.

    Anyway, a single chapter has been opened, so why don''t we ask for a monthly pass by the way, maybe we have a chance to rush to the top six categories this month!

    The new November has begun!

    I wish you all the best in November and the money is in place!

 Chapter 305ï¼š Tsunade who accepted Naraku Uehara again

    "Start from Naruto Behind the Scenes ( Find the latest chapter!

    When Uehara Naraku rushed to the pharmacist''s pocket, two breaking sounds came over!

    Two yin and yang black rods instantly fell on Bofeng Shuimen and Qianshoujian''s body, temporarily confining the actions of the two of them!

    "Hey, kid, I''m here to help you!"

    Tsunade stood next to Uehara Naraku, and said in a deep voice: "The two black rods were synthesized by Nagato using Yin and Yang to escape the chakras. It should be able to temporarily imprison them..."

    "..."

    This woman really deserves to be Haruno Sakura''s teacher!

    Whenever Uehara Naraku wanted to do something in his heart, they would kindly come to help with bad things...

    Uehara Naraku just wanted to fight for a good fight, and let the pharmacist take this subordinate to see his own strength, but Tsunade came to him to compete with acting skills.

    Unfortunately, I can''t care about it now.

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Tsunade, then glanced at the temporarily imprisoned Hafeng Mizumon and Senjukan, and sighed, "Master Nagato can only condense two black rods for yin and yang. ?"

    "Ok¡­"

    Tsunade nodded, and his face was a little complicated. "His breath is getting weaker...this is his last strength now."

    Although Nagato hurt Konoha too much, this guy is also the victim of their Konoha''s rebellion, not to mention that he is still working hard to repay the mistake.

    Speaking of Nagato, Tsunade''s mood is really complicated.

    Of course, facing the guy Uehara Naraku, Tsunade''s mood was even more complicated.

    "understood."

    After looking at Tsunade and nodding, Uehara Naraku said in a deep voice, "Then please leave this place for Hokage, and help me protect Lord Nagato! Leave it to me!"

    Uehara Naraku paused after talking about this, and continued in a low voice: "If you are here, I must be distracted to protect you, they will use you as a breakthrough!

    It seems that I have the advantage now, that is because they rely on the undead reincarnated from the dirty soil, and they will inevitably have more impulses in the battle..."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Hafeng Mizumon and Senshoukan, who were temporarily imprisoned by black rods, and said solemnly: "What''s more, it''s hard to control them if there are only two Yin and Yang black rods..."

    "what?"

    Tsunade turned his head abruptly!

    Sure enough, the Bofeng Shuimen and Thousands of Hands, who had regained their filthy soil, broke through the barrier of the black rods. If you want to imprison them, the number of black rods is far from enough!

    If you want to control the Bofeng Shuimen and Chakra''s powerful Qianshoujian in the perfect human column force mode, at least seven or eight black rods must restrain all their chakra flow points!

    Sure enough, the next moment, Senju Kenma and Hafeng Mizuno appeared next to Tsunade, each pinching kunai to cut her body!

    "Be careful!"

    Before Uehara Naruto, he pulled Tsunade''s arm with one hand, and after pulling her out of the danger, kicked the Senjumon and Hafeng Mizuno one by one!

    Fortunately, Uehara Naraku shot in time and saved Tsunade.

    After the fifth generation of Hokage resolved the crisis, he barely breathed a sigh of relief, lowered his head and said: "Little devil, thank you very much."

    "There is no need to say this."

    Uehara Naraku''s face suddenly became serious, and he urged Tsunade in a low voice, "Hokage-honor, get out of here quickly..."

    "Then what should you do?"

    Tsunade frowned and asked aloud, "Although you can defeat them now, the reincarnated person will not die...If this continues..."

    "I do not know."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Konan and Nagato in the distance, then turned to look at the medicine master''s pocket, and whispered: "Maybe I can solve the problem of the medicine master''s pocket, maybe I can get these people out of the control of the filthy land reincarnation..."

    "will not."

    Tsunade shook his head, looked at all the dirty ninjas present, and whispered softly: "Yakushitou is just a chess piece pushed out from the surface, and the guy in Oshemaru is the one who controls everything behind the scenes!"

    "Someone has to try it!"

    After talking about this, Uehara Naraku''s face showed a smile again: "This is the trouble we caused, let us solve it! Whether it''s Dashewan or Yaoshitou, please try it first!"

    "..."

    Tsunade''s face suddenly became extremely complicated.

    On the huge battlefield, I couldn''t pick out a few people who could help.

    In fact, these people have been fighting for too long, and it is not easy to be able to reluctantly delay a few filthy reincarnations.

    Especially Uzumaki Naruto, Gaara, and Terumi Mei, who have fought with Payne, Xiaonan, and Nagato one after another, and they are facing the ninjas who reincarnated from the dirty land.

    They worked **** the other side of the battlefield, so Hafengmizumon, Uchiha Daido, Yakushitou and others could only be left to Uehara Naraku to delay.

    Tsunade''s mood is extremely complicated.

    These Akatsuki members are really hateful and pitiful!

    These guys were manipulated behind the scenes to deceive and made big mistakes, and they have to start over with their lives to make up for these mistakes.

    Nagato is like this, and so is Uehara Naraku.

    Under the continuous urging of Uehara Naraku, Tsunade could only choose to leave this generation area, so as not to delay the battle of Uehara Naraku, she had to help everywhere to support treatment.

    "By the way, Your Excellency Tsunade."

    Uehara Naraku confronted Hafengmizumon and Senjukuma, and after repelling these two guys again, he called Tsunade loudly: "In a while, I will launch a fierce attack on the Yakushi pocket, attracting him to send the dirty land reincarnated ninja to protect Myself..."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Tsunade and continued, "If Hokage-sama still has room to spare, treat Suikage, Fukage, and Naruto as soon as possible, and let them take a break... At least this way we can rotate, so as not to end up with everyone. No fight back."

    "..."

    Tsunade was silent again.

    In this case, it means that Uehara Naraku has put all the pressure on him.

    After a while, Tsunade nodded.

    Because what Uehara Naraku said was also an issue that Tsunade was worried about.

    Once they lose their combat effectiveness across the board, they will only be slaughtered at that time.

    Now Uehara Naraku proposed this plan, which is undoubtedly very beneficial to the entire battle, but it is very dangerous for him.

    In the face of the attack of so many shadow-level figures, Uehara Naraku might be killed if he neglected.

    Unfortunately, there is no other way. At least compared to other people, Uehara''s physical strength and combat power are still the most complete. The only thing Tsunade can do is to help others resume the battle to replace Uehara as soon as possible.

    "okay, I get it."

    After Tsunade said this, he stared at Naraku Uehara and said in a deep voice: "Hey, kid, never die here easily... After this battle is over, let''s count how you lied to me. those things!"

    "..."

    A smile appeared on Uehara Naraku''s face in good time.

    Sure enough, his plan is still advancing according to the established track.

    Although Tsunade was still talking about what Uehara Naraku was concealing, she actually hoped that Uehara would survive, and it could be seen that this woman had accepted Uehara again.

    "it is good."

    Uehara Naraku took a deep look at Tsunade and nodded seriously.

    Uehara Naraku and Tsunade looked at each other at each other. On this battlefield, they completely eliminated all their past grievances.

    At least, Tsunade thought so in his heart.

    Therefore, when Tsunade went back, his attitude towards Nagato was obviously softened. After all, the successors of Akatsuki''s organization will be desperate here...

    A green chakra appeared on Tsunade''s palm and landed on Nagato''s shoulder, helping him heal, trying to restore Nagato''s physical strength.

    "Your Excellency Tsunade."

    When Nagato watched Tsunade¡¯s treatment for him, he coughed a few times and shook his head vigorously, ¡°Don¡¯t waste Chakra on me. The burden of the reincarnation eye is too great. My life has reached its limit. , I can only recover my chakra slowly...please leave the medical technique on someone more precious!"

    "¡­I know."

    Tsunade was silent for a moment, his palm fell from Nagato''s shoulder, and continued in a low voice: "By the way, the little guy Uehara intends to launch an onslaught to attract attention, and liberate Mizikage and others temporarily to rest and take turns. Resist these filthy reincarnated enemies..."

    "Does Uehara take up our responsibilities again..."

    Nagato lowered his head and coughed a few times: "We still can''t solve these ninjas who reincarnated from the dirty land?"

    "There is no better way yet After Tsunade sighed, he continued quietly: "The ninjas in the sealing class in the village have been killed by the second grandfather and the fourth generation. Your Yin and Yang escape The black stick is effective, but it can only control them for a few seconds..."

    "So..."

    Nagato slowly lowered his head.

    The arrival of Uehara Naraku eased their crisis, but has not really solved the troubles of the filthy reincarnators, which means that this war will continue.

    The fifth-generation Shuiying Terumiming was completely suppressed by the second-generation Shuiying Ghost Lantern Huanyue. Even if Terumiming is a double blood succession limit, it does not have the upper hand in the Shuiying civil war;

    Gaara, the fifth generation of Fengying, has the upper hand. In the face of Luosha''s father, Gaara can even suppress one or two!

    However, Gaara¡¯s chakras are on the verge of exhaustion, but Luosha possesses infinite chakras, so Gaara can barely delay;

    Uzumaki Naruto is still fighting the second generation Tuyingwu;

    Rock Lee is still pestering the reincarnated Metkay;

    Xiao Nan is still wary of the mysterious Uchiha soil;

    Throughout the entire battlefield, there are disadvantages almost everywhere, perhaps because Uehara Naraku has just participated in the battle, there are still a lot of physical strength and Chakra, and he still maintains his own strength!

    Uehara Naraku once again blasted Senjusuma and Hafengshuimen, step by step towards the direction of Yakushito: "The battle between us can begin...to!"

    "..."

    The expression on Pharmacist Pocket changed slightly.

    At the next moment, the expression in Yakushi Pocket returned to his calmness. He slowly pushed his glasses, glanced at Uehara Naraku''s actions, and moved his lips faintly.

    "Yes, my lord."

 Chapter 306ï¼š No one knows water escape better than me

    "Start with Naruto ( to find the latest chapter!

    Facing Naraku Uehara''s invitation to fight, Yakushidou certainly did not dare to refuse.

    Even if the pharmacist knows that he is invincible, at least he has to resist and show his strength and value to his boss.

    The gaze of the Yakushi Pocket was staring at the movements of Uehara Naruko, and slowly closed his fingers. The next moment a splendid light appeared on his eyes, indicating that he had entered the Ryuji-dong fairy mode, and he was completely ready. ready.

    It''s a pity, in the sight of the pharmacist pocket.

    Uehara Naraku''s palm once again caught the rushing Bofeng Shuimen, and slammed his punches on Bofeng Shuimen''s body, smashing the fourth-generation Hokage of the perfect nine-tailed man into the sky. !

    Pharmacist''s pocket was still a little panicked after seeing this scene.

    The tongue in Yakushi''s pocket couldn''t help licking his lips. Looking at the distance, Naraku Uehara stepped towards him, his voice was a little more depressed.

    "I hope it won''t be too ugly..."

    Just after Yao Shidou finished this sentence, he saw Uehara Naraku''s palm suddenly protruded, and captured the Thousands of Hands who had raided with Thunder God''s technique!

    Uehara Naraku buckled Senshoujian''s throat, and a knee bump directly hit Senshoujian''s chest, instantly smashing this second-generation Hokage''s dirty body!

    "Ha ha¡­"

    After seeing this scene, a wry smile appeared on Yao Shidou''s face: "Why does it feel a little bit bad? Is it because I haven''t done it well..."

    Uehara Naraku, the boss, don''t treat him as a reincarnation of the dirty soil, he is now a flesh and blood body.

    Unless you use the power to write the wheel...

    However, Shenwei Shurenyan is not a threat to Uehara Naraku. What he still has is a way to break the magic; what''s more, now Uchiha has soil, and Yakushidou is not easy to expose his own magical power in front of Konoha and others. .

    Just at this moment, a time-space vortex appeared next to Yakushi''s pocket. Uchiha''s figure with soil quietly appeared. He brought Uehara Naraku''s instructions: "Pouch, I''m looking forward to your fairy model, don''t it disappointed me."

    "..."

    The pharmacist shook his head speechlessly.

    The word anticipation sounds really scary.

    Even the White Snake Immortal in Longdidong has now admitted that he is not an opponent of Lord Naraku. What can his immortal mode do?

    It''s really incomprehensible!

    If Yakushi''s memory is correct, Uehara Naraku is also very good at fairy mode, but it is the new fairy mode that even the White Snake fairy has personally praised, is it to defeat the Ryujidong fairy mode to prove that he is powerful?

    of course not.

    Well, there are some reasons.

    Uehara Naraku was mainly to improve the advancement of the fairy mode. After he got the curse of Oshemaru, he opened the first form of the fairy mode ascending the gods;

    During the Zhongnin exam, Uehara Naraku got the second form of the fairy model by breaking the Miaogishan fairy model of Jiraiya;

    Later, Naraku Uehara received an upgrade reward in the advanced task of defeating the Five Shadows and opened the third form of the fairy mode.

    However, there are four forms of fairy mode.

    According to the situation, you only need to defeat the pharmacist pocket in the fairy mode of Longdidong, and you should get the ultimate form of the fairy mode!

    According to Uehara Naraku¡¯s judgment on the fairy mode, after opening the fairy mode, in addition to the all-round enhancement of his physical fitness, he can also obtain a new ability... This ability is very likely to be another one of his future victory over six-level enemies. Hole cards!

    There seems to be a lot of cards...

    But apart from Qianshouzhujian, who would think he has too many cards?

    "It''s really the most troublesome battle..."

    The pharmacist watched as Uehara Naruko was getting closer, his fingers slowly erected on his chest, he was re-controlling the ninjas he controlled!

    In the next moment, those ugly ninjas such as Maitreya, the second-generation water shadow ghost lamp Huan Yue, the second-generation Tukage-no, and the fourth-generation Fukage Rosa, who were under his control, quickly withdrew and returned!

    These dirty ninjas stood in front of Pharmacist pocket one by one.

    A bright light flashed in the lens of the Pharmacist¡¯s pocket, and the corners of his mouth slowly curled up, and his voice was indistinctly low: "Since I appear in front of these people as a savior, let me help you...become a real one. Savior!"

    As a qualified subordinate, how can it be unsatisfactory!

    What''s more, the pharmacist himself wants to see how strong Uehara Naraku can be!

    "Everyone..."

    A dignity flashed across the face of Yakushi Pocket. He watched Naruko Uehara walking and whispered: "Stop him as much as possible! I hope your power will show me the apex of the Ninja World!"

    "Then let me do it first!"

    The second-generation water shadow ghost lamp Huan Yue who was reincarnated from the dirty soil put up his fingers, and circulated the Chakra in his body, and took the lead in attacking Uehara Naraku who was approaching step by step!

    The pharmacist nodded secretly.

    It seems that among the dirty land reincarnations he controlled, only the second generation of water shadow ghost lamp Huan Yue did not seem to be defeated by Uehara Naruto. Should he be able to persist until the dirty land reincarnation of the second and fourth generations of Naruto recover?

    "Water Escape¡¤The Art of Water Iron Cannon!"

    The fingers of the ghost lamp and the moon are like a pistol, and a splash of water flies from the fingertips, like a bullet, flying towards the head of Uehara Naraku!

    Ghost Lantern Huanyue''s moustache trembled, showing a wicked smile: "Hmph, just one blow is enough to penetrate the enemy''s head..."

    Wow!

    A wave of waves suddenly swept out of the ground, submerging the art of water iron cannon, and the speed of this wave of waves appeared too fast!

    Even the Ghost Lantern Huanyue was a little surprised, and her eyebrows couldn''t help but twisted: "Will the water iron cannon art at this distance be stopped..."

    "Really..."

    Uehara Naruko held her forehead with one hand, and put her finger up in the same posture toward the ghost lantern Huan Yue: "There are always people who refuse to give up. When will you understand that using water escape ninjutsu in front of me is invalid. ¡­"

    At the next moment, the waves suddenly began to split into droplets of water, Uehara Naraku''s palm flipped again, and small electric lights appeared in the water drops, and then these electric lights disappeared invisible!

    Uehara Nairoki made a shooting gesture, countless drops of water were like bullets, and under the blessing of Lei Dun Chakra, they flew towards the second-generation water shadow at high speed!

    Uehara Naruko watched countless drops of water shooting towards the second-generation water shadow, and casually waved his palm: "The grace of dripping water will return to the spring... Don''t be too polite!"

    "Asshole, is this word used like that?"

    Ghost Lantern Huan Yue almost wanted to pull off his moustache.

    He just shot a splash bullet at Uehara Nairobi, and Uehara Nairobi directly gave back thousands of water iron cannon techniques. This guy''s water escape ninjutsu is indeed terrifying!

    "Humph¡­"

    The body of the second-generation Shuiying Ghost Lantern Huanyue instantly turned into liquid. The hydration technique of their Ghost Lantern clan can withstand all physical attacks!

    After Ghost Lantern Huanyue allowed the water bombs to enter his body, he suddenly felt that his body was a little wrong!

    "Wait...your water iron cannon art..."

    The second-generation Shuiying Ghost Lantern Huanyue hadn''t finished speaking yet, countless tiny thunder and lightning appeared on his body, making him unable to maintain his hydration state at all!

    A feeling of electric shock spread all over his body!

    "Oh, forgot to tell you."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the ghost lantern and shook her fingers and said, "I have added a thunder and lightning chakra in it. This shouldn''t be too difficult for you, right?"

    "¡­Humph!"

    Ghost Lantern Huayue''s beard trembled. He stared at the figure of Uehara Naraku and showed a confident smile: "Of course...no! Water escape ¡¤ Oily!"

    In the next moment, all the body of Ghost Lantern Huanyue turned into oil!

    This second-generation water shadow, by his own means, found the restraint of hydration that could avoid Thunder Ninjutsu, and after all turned into oil, he became more flexible!

    "Shui Dun¡¤Dangerous and Violent!"

    A chubby clone appeared on the battlefield!

    This fat clone is made of water and oil in the second generation of Water Shadow. The outside is oil, and the inside is water. This clone can be used for battle, or the water inside can be blasted by heating it up!

    Once the steam bursts, it will be a disaster!

    For example, the second generation of Tu Yingwu was covered with bandages because of his injuries.

    "The technique of the water prison!"

    As soon as this clone appeared, it was directly imprisoned by Uehara Naraku using the technique of water jail!

    The next moment, Uehara Naruko clenched his fist abruptly, and saw that the water in the dungeon was directly tightened by him, squeezing the greasy body of the ghost lamp and moon!

    "Water Escape¡¤The Art of Water Polo!"

    Ghost Lantern Huan Yue snapped his fingers. At this moment, he seemed to be more comfortable than Uehara Naraku, as if he was the one who controlled the battle!

    I have to say that except for the ghost lantern full moon, the other ninjas seem to be quite proud... Maybe the ghost lantern full moon also has this problem, but it has not been shown in front of Uehara Naraku.

    After the Ghost Lantern Magic Moon snapped his fingers, many bubbles appeared around the Ghost Lantern Magic Moon. These bubbles floated in the air and slowly flew towards Uehara Naruto!

    All of these bubbles may explode at any time!

    "How many times do you want me to say..."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the ghost lantern and shook his fingers, learning what he looked like, and snapped his fingers: "No one in the entire ninja world is better at water escape ninjutsu than me! Whether you are the second-generation Hokage or the second-generation Suikage~www.novelhall .com~It makes no difference in front of me..."

    Densely dense bubbles descended from the sky, and instantly flooded the ghost lantern and magic moon, and a continuous burst of explosions resounded on the battlefield!

    Ghost Lantern Huanyue''s body was directly exploded into a piece of debris!

    Even the newly recovered second-generation Naruto Senjuma and fourth-generation Naruto Wave Fengshui were affected by this!

    "Who else?"

    Uehara Naraku''s gaze looked at the pharmacist''s pocket, and at the ninjas in front of the pharmacist''s pocket, Maitkai, the second generation Tukage-no, and the fourth generation Fuekage Rasha...

    Well, all of them are defeated by his men.

    "Let''s go together!"

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around.

    At the next moment, Metkay, the second generation Tukage Wu and the fourth generation Fuekage Rasa dispersed separately, attacking Uehara Naraku from different directions!

    The four generations of Kazekage Rasa manipulated his own gold dust to surge up from the ground, sweeping in the direction of Uehara Naraku, and the sky dust was pressed down like a big mountain!

    Metkay slammed his right fist towards Naru Uehara from the flank, and hit a super air bomb, which turned into a white tiger, which is the strongest day tiger he has now!

    The second generation Dokagemo appeared in the sky above Uehara Naraku, and gathered his hands together and shot a white light towards Uehara Naraku. The dust escape bound stripping technique was fully activated in his hands!

    The gathering of these attacks is enough to form a lore!

    No matter who it is, he absolutely dare not despise it in the face of such a siege!

    Uehara Naraku watched the attack that swept, and stared at the serious face of the Pharmacist''s pocket, and slowly raised the corners of her mouth: "Pouch, if this is the case, but there is no way to stop me..."

 Chapter 307ï¼š Is it finally over?

    "Start with Naruto ( to find the latest chapter!

    The ray of dust arrived first!

    It''s just that this light that is enough to split anyone into atoms, after falling on Uehara Naruto''s body, it did not cause Uehara''s body to split at all!

    No, it''s not that there is no division.

    Uehara Naraku stretched out the palm of his hand, and a more brilliant white light emitted from his hand, directly defeating the white light of the dust that penetrated the second generation Tuyingwu, shattering the dirty body of the second generation Tuyingwu!

    The next moment, Nairo Uehara kicked the rushing white tiger into the air, twisting and punching to smash the sky full of dust controlled by Rosa!

    In an instant, this lore that threatened anyone was resolved by Uehara Naraku. Uehara was able to resolve the crisis so quickly that even the initiator of Yakushidou felt a little shocked!

    "Did you steal the dust with your own technique?"

    Yakushi Pocket¡¯s eyes have been staring at all the movements of Uehara Naraku. After he shook his head, he muttered to himself in a low voice, ¡°No, it¡¯s not that I stole the dust, because I didn¡¯t see him using that stole. The ability of surgical style, that means..."

    Yakushidou''s face suddenly relaxed. He looked at Naraku Uehara with an inexplicable smile on his face: "Sure enough...I used the three attributes of wind, earth, and fire to synthesize dust and blood. Continue?"

    Pharmacist drew another breath slowly, watching Nairo Uehara''s face and lightly fighting against Metkai, and whispered: "Not only that, but also directly defeated Kai with his physical skills. Mr. Niuhu...Compared to these, the magnetic dust of four generations of Fengying with a punch is really not worth mentioning."

    "clever."

    After Uehara Naraku praised the pharmacist''s pocket, he grabbed Metkay''s throat with one hand, slammed Metkay at Luosha, and the two flew out together!

    The next moment, Uehara Naraku rushed to the pharmacist pocket without hesitation!

    "Xianfa¡¤Inorganic Reincarnation!"

    The pharmacist closes his hands without hesitation!

    I saw a stone wall instantly appeared on the ground, and small sharp thorns surfaced on the wall, used to stop Uehara Naruto''s charge, and even surrounded him!

    However, the next moment, Uehara Naruko smashed the stone wall in front of him with a punch, and rushed to the position of Pharmacist''s pocket again!

    "This is too determined!"

    After the pharmacist gritted his teeth, he opened his mouth and spouted a white light towards Uehara Naruto: "Fairy Magic¡¤White Shock Technique!"

    This light is so dazzling that people close their eyes involuntarily!

    Suddenly there was a shock in the air, and the shock became stronger and stronger, and it even kept rubbing against human bones!

    However, Uehara Naraku ignored all the damage of the white squeeze technique, rushed to the side of the medicine master pocket, rubbed his wrist: "It''s getting stronger! Your technique can actually hurt my body, pocket, I''ve been a long time. No more injuries..."

    "..."

    Yakushidou''s face changed.

    Although you are the boss, are you talking about human words?

    This is the celestial technique that he has worked so hard to cultivate. The White Snake Fairy once praised this technique for bringing the sound of Ninjutsu to the extreme!

    The pharmacist sighed quietly, looking at Naraku Uehara standing in front of him. This ninja with the strongest physical skills stood in front of him, only a few tens of centimeters away...

    What can we say at this time?

    The pharmacist stretched out his fingers, gently pushed the glasses on the bridge of his nose, and whispered: "Can you start with a lighter hand? Don''t break my glasses. After all, this is what the dean left me... "

    "of course."

    Uehara Naraku slammed a punch to the lower abdomen of Yakushi''s pocket!

    Pharmacist Duo only felt a huge force spread from his lower abdomen, and a mouthful of blood spurted out of his mouth involuntarily!

    This blow, even the fairy mode cannot resist!

    At the next moment, the figure of Yao Shi''s pocket flew out involuntarily, his figure traversed an arc in the air and fell heavily to the ground.

    "Sure."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at his system panel, and finally heaved a sigh of relief. This time, his harvest in Konoha was not small, enough to give him enough strength to deal with future events.

    Side quest: Defeat the fairy mode of Longdidong (11), the task has been completed, reward the fairy mode to advance to the gods.

    Immortal mode ascends the long order: When the natural energy and the value of the chakra are the same, you can enter a new battle mode by synthesizing the immortal chakra. Currently, the fourth form of the ascends the long order is transcendent (ultimate form).

    Fairy Mode (Ultimate Form): Chakra automatically converts to Celestial Chakra, all skills cooldown reduced by +100%, life energy increased by 1000%, life energy recovery effect increased by 1000%, and fairy chakra energy recovery effect increased by 1000%, When using Xianshu Chakra to release skills, the skill cost is reduced by 70%.

    Note: In the fairy mode, the physical damage will be accompanied by a flame wave attack. After hitting the enemy, the enemy is absolutely unable to defend the true damage.

    Is this the fairy mode of the ultimate form?

    Uehara Naraku slowly breathed a sigh of relief, and directly increased ten times the life energy and various recovery effects, should he be able to face the six-level enemy, right?

    At least it shouldn''t be too disadvantaged in physical skills...

    Of course, Uehara Naraku has another hole card.

    Because after Uehara Naraku defeated the Golden Nine Tails after his debut, he got the last kind of jade-seeking component.

    Side mission: defeat Yin Jiuwei (11), the mission has been completed, reward the passive talent skill Yin Power.

    The power of Yin: You can freely drive the Yin attribute Chakra, create and use Yin Dian Ninjutsu at will, and turn the emptiness into reality. It is one of the components of seeking Taoism.

    Yin and Yang escape (activation): You can freely drive the Yin and Yang escape of the force of Yin + Yang, create everything from nothing, and give life to it, and you can also use the Yin and Yang escape to restrict the enemy''s chakra and the flow of life force.

    Seeking Dao Jade (Activation): A technique composed of Yin and Yang escape + full-attribute chakra power + fairy chakra, which can destroy and resist ninjutsu style, and it will become nothingness when touched by people with non-six ways of power .

    Only ninjas with six powers can touch Taoist Jade. Each generation of Taoist Jade consumes 100,000 Xianshu Chakras. There is no skill cooling time, and there are up to six at the same time.

    Only one hundred thousand points of Xianshu Chakra can generate a jade for seeking Tao...

    If it''s just Chakra, it''s good to say, after all, there is a way to recover; but the natural energy extraction is fixed, and the synthetic extraction of Xianshu Chakra is limited, and can only rely on its own recovery speed.

    According to Uehara Naraku''s current chakra amount, it can only barely condense four jade for seeking truth. There is no way to solve this...

    However, after Naraku Uehara turned on the fairy mode, his Xianshu Chakra recovery speed was about two thousand points per second, and it took less than a minute to condense a jade for seeking Taoism.

    The next moment, Naraku Uehara put up his fingers, manipulated Uchiha to bring the soil and appeared next to the pharmacist''s pocket, and whispered: "Next, after we have a life-and-death fight, then you just retreat. ¡­"

    "..."

    The pharmacist raised his head silently.

    He was defeated by one punch!

    How can this be done to make a life and death fight?

    "All right."

    Uehara Naraku still held his fingers, and continued to speak in a low voice with Uchiha''s soiled body: "Don''t worry, I guess Nagato-sama will definitely cast reincarnation;

    Let''s have another fight, and find a way to keep Metkay here, you can use your own serious injury to withdraw first. "

    Nagato''s release of reincarnation is almost absolute.

    Because according to Uehara Naraku¡¯s arrangement, Nagato must have planned to use his own life to make up for the mistakes, especially since Jiraiya died in his hands...

    fair enough.

    Let Nagato use his life to pay off the favor he owed.

    After Nagato died, Uehara Naraku was about to prepare to deal with stronger enemies.

    Now Uehara Naraku has not only obtained the jade for seeking Taoism, but also the final form of the fairy mode, and the strength is almost reaching the limit, it is time to bring the Oshemaru back to life.

    Moreover, Uehara will personally control Oshemaru to become the first six-level ninja, and then try to hammer Oshemaru half-dead to complete his advanced mission...

    Oshemaru, this guy always wants to be a coward for a lifetime, in exchange for his own longevity, which is too inconsistent with Konoha Sannin!

    It''s better to let him be a hero for a while and die when he feels good.

    "¡­Yes."

    Facing Naraku Uehara''s order, Yakushidou had no choice but to agree.

    Uehara Naraku looked at the Yakushi pocket and continued softly, "After Nagato-sama casts reincarnation, I will send Hafengmizumon and Uchiha Daido to show up again and take away the body of Nagato-sama. After you take off the reincarnation eye, Help me save his body, or help me reincarnate him from the dirty soil.

    When Oshemaru gets the eyes of reincarnation in the future, I will go to coax Kizue to help, and see if Oshemaru can resurrect Uchiha Madara and let him resurrect Nagato-sama. "

    "¡­understand."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around.

    The arrangement of this boss is really intertwined!

    Counting it down like this, everything seems to have no loopholes, it just feels that Lord Oshamaru is a bit pitiful.

    Dashemaru has not been resurrected yet...

    Uehara Naraku had already arranged for him how to die.

    "It''s time to start."

    Uehara Naruto slowly loosened her finger and clenched her fist again. Chakra gradually began to riot!

    In the next moment, countless resurrected filthy reincarnated ninjas swarmed towards Uehara Naraku!

    Everyone on the battlefield saw Uehara Naraku''s figure rushing from left to right, constantly avoiding the art and attacks flying everywhere, and still working hard to persevere under the siege of a group of filthy reincarnated enemies!

    No, or he is still looking for opportunities to fight back!

    "I will help Uehara!"

    After Naruto Uzumaki entered the Nine Tails mode again, he was about to rush to the center of the battlefield to meet the enemy with Uehara Naraku, because he was the only one present to recover the fastest, and he was not tired.

    "Wait, Naruto..."

    After Nagato coughed a few times, he condensed a yin and yang black rod and gave it to Uzumaki Naruto: "Take this, at least I can help..."

    "it is good!"

    Naruto Uzumaki nodded, took the black stick that Nagato handed over, and immediately flew into the direction of the battlefield. The appearance of Naruto Uzumaki also created an opportunity for Yakushito and Naraku Uehara''s plan.

    Metkay, who was born from the foul soil, rushed towards Uzumaki Naruto under the control of the pharmacist''s pocket, and the two started a confrontation almost head-on!

    "Super big jade spiral pill!"

    Uzumaki Naruto manipulated Chakra to create a super-large jade spiral pill to defeat Metkay, and inserted the black rod in his hand into Metkay''s body!

    At the same time, Uehara Naraku also opened a gap.

    Uehara Naraku almost broke through all the defenses head-on, and slammed a punch in the pocket of Yakushi: "If you dare to betray Akatsuki, you have to pay the price you deserve..."

    Pharmacist pocket: "..."

    The next moment, just as Uehara Naraku was about to continue his attack and kill Yakushidou, Uchiha''s figure with soil appeared next to Yakushidou!

    A vortex of time and space suddenly appeared, bringing the pharmacist pocket into his divine power space, saving the life of pharmacist pocket!

    "All retreat."

    Uchiha took the soil and scanned everyone around him coldly, and then glanced at Uehara Naraku and Uehara Naruto and said coldly, "Uehara Naruto, Uehara Naraku, next time you will It won¡¯t be so lucky... next time I will show you the most terrifying enemy in the world!"

    A red glow flashed in the eyes of Uchiha''s writing wheel with soil: "When you see the real power, you will see that the world is somewhat different, just like the moon in the sky and the rocks on the ground..."

    "next time¡­"

    Uzumaki Naruto''s eyes narrowed slightly, and he said in a cold voice, "Next time, Uchiha Madara, who is standing behind you, will do it!"

    Uzumaki Naruto had known for a long time.

    Uchiha Madara is hidden behind the Uchiha belt soil.

    Uchiha Daito did not answer, but sneered: "Huh, I just said there will be the next time. As for you, you haven''t had the next chance, so you can see your own luck!"

    Uchiha''s voice just fell.

    Suddenly, Bofeng Shuimen moved in the direction of Uzumaki Naruto, and suddenly threw a black and purple tail beast jade!

    "Be careful!"

    Uehara Naruto appeared in front of Uzumaki Naruto instantly, and smashed the tail beast jade with a punch, watching the tail beast jade explode in the distance and splashed a large amount of dust!

    When they came back to their senses, the other ninjas on the battlefield had already slipped clean under the leadership of Uchiha Daido...

    No, there is one more.

    That was Metkai who had been suppressed by Naruto Uzumaki with a black rod.

    "Huh... is it finally over?"

    After taking a lap of the battlefield, Uehara Naraku breathed a sigh of relief, and she was about to fall to the ground as if she was losing strength.

    Naruto Uzumaki hurriedly stretched out his arms to support Uehara Naraku''s body, and hurriedly said: "Hey, Uehara, are you all right! Those guys have already withdrawn..."

    "It''s okay."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head.

 Chapter 308ï¼š Uehara Naraku with a bit of a grumpy temper

    "Start with Naruto ( to find the latest chapter!

    Naruto Uzumaki stared at Naruto Uehara''s trembling fingers, which was obviously a symptom of high mental tension.

    A look of surprise appeared on Uzumaki Naruto''s face: "I was still fighting hard just now, but I didn''t see your tension at all..."

    "I have a reason to stick to it."

    Uehara Naruko squeezed his fingers into fists, and said tiredly: "If I don''t hold on, what will Nagato-sama and Xiaonan-Sensei do? Just like you are protecting Konoha, I must protect them. "

    "..."

    A touch of admiration flashed through Naruto Uzumaki''s eyes.

    After Naruto Uzumaki sighed, he looked at the devastated battlefield: "This war is finally over..."

    "Ok."

    Uehara Naruto nodded.

    For others, this war is over.

    For Uehara Naraku, the real war has just begun.

    Now that Uchiha took the soil and the Yakushi to retreat, the comrade-in-arms relationship between Konoha, Sandyin Village, and Wuyin Village and Akatsuki''s organization collapsed. Therefore, Konoha Ninja, Sawakura, and Hagakura did not retreat. The tide came over.

    Because Akatsuki previously captured the tail beasts in Shayin Village and Wuyin Village, destroyed Shayin Village and Wuyin Village, and caused heavy losses to the two great powers, Ninja Village; not to mention the death of a large number of woods by Penn Liudao in Nagato. Ye Ninja.

    These are scars.

    It''s impossible to erase it easily.

    They were still enemies a few hours ago!

    "We have some information to inquire."

    Tsunade stood up slowly, staring at Nagato, Konan, and Uehara Sannin, and said in a deep voice: "These are likely to be related to the safety of the Ninja world, and the destruction of Shayin Village and Wuyin Village by you. ,we must¡­"

    "Want to judge us?"

    Uehara Naraku stood in front of Nagato, slowly squeezed her fist, looked at Tsunade''s eyes, and said solemnly: "In this world, no one has the right to judge us! Since I can destroy Sandyuki Village , Can destroy the hidden mist village, and can also destroy Konoha!"

    "Uehara Naraku, don''t be so excited, I didn''t mean it!"

    Tsunade frowned and said solemnly, "If we kill each other, it is only Osamaru and Uchiha who are proud of the soil!"

    "Then leave the way!"

    Uehara Naraku stretched out her left hand, squeezed her fist, and said in a deep voice: "My strength is stronger than you, so let me make a way!"

    "Don''t be too arrogant, you guy!"

    A Konoha ninja cursed loudly, "You Akatsuki killed so many of our companions, how could we stop here!"

    "Yes!"

    "We must pay our lives for our companions!"

    "I think it''s easier to send you to accompany them!"

    Uehara Naraku stared at the Konoha ninjas, scared them back a few steps pale, his face showed a sullen smile: "Why don''t I send you all to accompany them now!"

    "Uehara!"

    Uzumaki Naruto''s face couldn''t help but a look of worry appeared. He hurriedly blocked Uehara Naraku''s sight, then looked at Tsunade and whispered: "Ms. Tsunade, this is not the time to argue..."

    To be honest, now Naruto Uzumaki most hopes to be resolved peacefully.

    Because Naruto Uzumaki thinks that since the matter has been resolved, Akatsuki will not destroy the Ninja world from now on, so he should temporarily face the crisis of Uchiha Daido and Uchiha Madara. After all, Nagato and Konan are also both A disciple of Jiraiya.

    The most important thing now is to resolve disputes peacefully.

    Gaara shook his head and stood beside them and said in a low voice: "Although I don''t want to care too much at this time, I must explain to the ninjas in the village about the destruction of Shayin Village by Akatsuki... "

    "The same goes for Wuyin Village."

    Terumi Ming stared at Naraku Uehara closely, and said solemnly, "Although I don''t want to care about it, whether it is the destruction of the Wuyin Village, the capture of Sanwei, the defection of the ghost lantern full moon and all the Ninto swords..."

    Terumi Mei is really unable to do it.

    The village of Wuyin is simply green and yellow without reaching the extreme.

    "Do you also have water in your mind?"

    Uehara Naraku directly made Terumi Ming and Gaara a little embarrassed with a single sentence. The next moment Uehara Naraku directly provoked their anger with a sentence: "With a little bit of power, come and find a strong man to reason. Don''t be afraid of being beaten by me. Dead?

    I destroyed Shayin Village and returned the body of the five generations of Fengying in Shayin Village. Isn''t this a blessing to Shayin Village? I knew I should destroy the entire Shayin Village directly and kill everyone in Shayin Village..."

    "Uehara..."

    Xiao Nan couldn''t help but tugged Uehara''s sleeve.

    Nagato''s face was also a little pale while looking at Uehara Naraku, and coughed slightly, "Uehara, don''t be so violent..."

    Nagato does not want another war.

    As a person dedicated to eliminating his past mistakes, Nagato really doesn''t want to see any more disputes between Uehara Naraku and other villages. Now he only hopes that Uehara Naraku can protect himself and Konan.

    Uehara Naruko stood in front of Nagato, waved Konan who wanted to come forward and blocked him behind, with a cold expression: "I did the destruction of Shayin Village and Wuyin Village. If you want to make trouble, , Then come on! Recognize your strength!"

    Uehara Naraku stared at Terumi Mei and Gaara, and whispered: "In order to protect Nagato-sama and Konan-sensei, I don''t care at all costs, even if I am an enemy of this world, and I am very strong now! "

    His declaration was loud and loud.

    Uehara Naraku slammed his palms together, his eyes swept over the ninjas who were full of hatred towards them, and whispered: "Some things have been done the first time, so I don¡¯t care about doing them the second time, even my fingers. It won¡¯t hurt, and you won¡¯t be able to deal with Uchiha¡¯s soil..."

    "..."

    When Terumi Ming heard this, he was almost mad at him!

    To be honest, at this moment Terumi Mei really wants to fight Uehara Naraku, this guy is really insulting!

    "That''s good."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Terumi Mei and whispered softly, "But if you want it, as long as you are willing to beg me, I will rush back the seven Ninja Swordsmen in Akatsuki organization. They are quite strong. It should be able to kill all the misty high-levels now..."

    "Asshole!"

    Terumi Ming''s face was extremely ugly.

    If those seven Ninja swords who had defected returned to the Land of Water, it would really be possible to kill all the misty high-levels. Why is the character of the **** Naraku Uehara so bad!

    It was fine when we met before...

    Now this guy has completely revealed his true colors!

    Was this **** guy an out-and-out villain?

    Fortunately, at this time, someone came forward to help Terumi Ming.

    Tsunade stood beside Terumi Mei, and said in a deep voice, "If power can determine everything, you are now weaker than ever before! And Nagato has already admitted your mistakes made by Akatsuki, so why are you unwilling to accept mistakes? The consequences!"

    "If you think we are weak, let''s try!"

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes narrowed slightly, staring at the people who had become vigilant, and whispered: "What''s more, even if the Nagato-sama made a mistake, I will be able to correct the mistake he made sooner or later!"

    The Chakra on Uehara Naraku gradually rioted. He stared at Tsunade Urn and said, "If you dare to humiliate us now, then I will let you remember... what the real horror of Akatsuki is like!"

    "Uehara..."

    Xiao Nan stretched out her palm and pulled Uehara''s sleeve, with a worrisome expression on her face. Looking at the gloomy disciple, she whispered: "Let¡¯s...don¡¯t be like this...okay? The war is over, you Looks, it makes people feel uncomfortable..."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku fell silent.

    Anyone''s persuasion can be refuted by Uehara Naraku.

    Only Xiaonan''s plea was something that Uehara Naraku could not refuse.

    The woman who used to protect him with a strong and fortitude attitude now begged him with weak eyebrows to stop her temper temporarily.

    After Tsunade noticed this scene, he sighed faintly, "We still don''t fight at this time. The most important thing now is to discuss how to deal with the threats of Uchiha Daido and Uchiha Madara. I will not interrogate you. ¡­"

    Tsunade looked at Uehara Naraku and softly persuaded him, "But what we need most is Uchiha Madara and Uchiha Madara''s intelligence. I think you are also very worried about the threats Uchiha Madara and Uchiha Madara are threatening you... "

    "That guy!"

    Uehara Naruko frowned her brows and said solemnly, "Yes, but I have to take Master Nagato and Mr. Nanami home first...

    If you want to know Uchiha''s information about them, go to Uyin Village to find me! Don''t come to people with bad temper, because my temper is not that good either! "

    "..."

    Tsunade fell silent.

    No one moved on the entire battlefield.

    Naruto Uzumaki looked at this and that hesitantly, not knowing what to say, because everyone present didn''t seem to want to leave here. They neither had the guts to challenge Uehara Naraku''s power alone, nor did they want to retreat.

    "Ah¡­"

    Uehara Naraku gave a cool laugh, gradually raised his fingers, and said in a low voice: "It seems that the world still needs to speak with a fist..."

    "Uehara..."

    Nagato interrupted Uehara Naraku''s words, he coughed a few times, and forcibly said: "Needless to say, it was my own mistake. I will make up for it...it was me who killed Mr. Jilaiya. I can never forgive myself."

    "Master Nagato!"

    "Nagato..."

    Uehara Naraku and Xiaonan couldn''t help turning their heads to look at Nagato at the same time Xiaonan frowned very tightly, her expression was very nervous, obviously she didn''t want to see what happened next.

    Nagato shook his head, waved his hand to stop the persuasion they wanted to carry out, and said in a low voice: "This is my own decision, at least I also want to correct my mistake."

    After Nagato finished speaking, he raised his head to look at Tsunade and said, "Hokage, please find a way to gather all the people who died in this war!

    If the ninjas who died in Wuyin Village and Shayin Village should also be sent here, including those killed by those dirty ninjas, I can resurrect them with the eyes of reincarnation..."

    For those killed by Penn''s Six Ways, Nagato can use Hell Way to find the soul.

    However, those ninjas killed by enemies who reincarnated from the filthy soil must ensure that their bodies are intact and that they can communicate with their souls by seeing their faces.

    "what?"

    Tsunade''s brows suddenly frowned, and he shook his head and said, "If it''s the resurrection of the foul soil, then..."

    "No, it''s a real resurrection."

    Nagato interrupted Tsunade''s words, and continued in a deep voice: "The power of the reincarnation eye can communicate with the underworld, bring the souls of the dead back from the underworld, and give them life power."

    "How is this possible¡­"

    Tsunade''s face was full of disbelief.

    Only the next moment, Tsunade seemed to think of something, she looked at Nagato hesitantly and said, "If you bring them back to life, then your life..."

    "Please do it soon!"

    Nagato glanced at Tsunade, urged in a low voice, and continued: "This is a life exchange in itself. My life can''t last too long, so let me use my last strength to correct myself. Make the mistake!"

 Chapter 309ï¼š Bastard, its Dashewan again!

    "Start with Naruto ( to find the latest chapter!

    Konoha ninja moves very fast.

    The bodies of all the people who died in the battle were moved.

    Since Penn¡¯s invasion, those investigative ninjas who died in battle, to the sealed ninja who were finally killed by the unclean ninjas, were all sent to Nagato.

    These corpses were densely spread on the ground. From a rough look, there were more than a thousand people. It made people feel a little scalp numb, and Ji Lai Ye was among the corpses of Kakashi Hagi.

    "Almost all here."

    Tsunade stood beside Nagato, and said in a low voice: "There are still some people whose bodies are not completed, and they can''t even find parts of their bodies..."

    Those people may be directly broken into fragments due to powerful techniques or violent explosions. If the corpse is not completed, naturally they will not be resurrected by reincarnation.

    Unless someone helps them reincarnate from the dirty soil and repair their bodies...

    It''s a pity that this kind of thing is obviously impossible. Only the lucky one of Metkay, who was just reincarnated from the dirty soil, caught up with someone using reincarnation to resurrect him.

    Xiaonan stood behind Nagato and whispered: "Nagato...Did you really decide to do this? Uehara seemed a little uncomfortable..."

    "¡­I know."

    After Nagato nodded, he turned his head and glanced at Xiao Nan, then lowered his head and said: "It doesn''t matter, I have arranged everything... Xiao Nan, I have something to say to Uehara in private, can you help me get him Call here?"

    "it is good."

    Xiao Nan nodded softly.

    This is the last period of Nagato''s life, and what he will say next must be the last word of his life, at least for Nagato himself.

    When Uehara Naraku came, after Xiaonan left.

    Nagato looked at Naraku Uehara, and sighed: "It seems that the twelve-year-old kid has grown up a lot and can protect us..."

    "Just know."

    Uehara Naraku''s expression was a bit unsightly.

    Nagato looked at Naraku Uehara''s expression, his face gradually became serious, he suddenly said: "Uehara, after I die, don''t let me come back to life again..."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku''s heart trembled.

    At this moment, he involuntarily looked at Nagato, as if he felt that everything he had arranged had been seen through by Nagato.

    "Do you really think so?"

    Nagato frowned. He was just testing Uehara Naraku. He didn''t expect that this little guy really wanted to resurrect him!

    Nagato came over, patted Uehara Naraku on the shoulder, and said in a low voice, "Uehara, my death was not only to resurrect Jiraiya-sensei, but also to correct me when I was deceived by Uchiha and the others. fault¡­

    Do you want to bring me back to life with the eyes of reincarnation? I understand your emotions, but don''t kill another innocent person just because I am alone. It may even kill your own life. That is what I don''t want to see. "

    Because Nagato had thought about reviving Yahiko.

    It is a pity that he understood that this idea was wrong at that time. Even if Yahiko was resurrected, he would not be able to change this wrong world. In the end, Yahiko and Xiaonan might not be able to live safely in this world.

    "Oh, it''s an atonement to die once."

    Uehara Nara nodded seriously.

    Uehara agrees very much with Nagato''s words. He must not kill one person just because he resurrected another person. Fortunately, the person responsible for resurrecting Nagato with the eye of reincarnation in the future is not innocent.

    In this world, who would say that Dashewan is innocent?

    Oshemaru is stained with innocent blood. If anyone dares to say that Oshemaru is innocent, Uehara Naraku will make him die very innocent.

    What''s more, it''s one thing whether the life of Oshe Maru will be lost because of this!

    "All right."

    Nagato stood on tiptoe and wanted to rub Uehara Naraku''s hair as he did in the past, but it was a pity that Uehara Naraku had grown so much taller these days that Nagato could only pat his shoulder.

    Nagato watched Uehara Naraku and whispered softly: "I have said before, now only you and Xiao Nan are left. As a man, don''t worry about your teacher too much. You must protect Xiao Nan. Remember Yet?"

    "rest assured."

    Uehara Naruko nodded solemnly.

    Even if Nagato didn''t mention this matter, Uehara Naraku would definitely protect Xiao Nan, and he had prepared enough protection facilities for Xiao Nan.

    In the future, even if Uchiha Madara is resurrected, it is absolutely impossible to harm Konan!

    "I believe you will do it."

    Looking at Naraku Uehara, Nagato''s voice gradually became a little low and said, "Then, in the future, Xiaonan, Uyincun and Akatsuki will all be handed to you."

    "¡­Ok."

    Uehara Naraku''s face turned dark.

    The two of them didn''t say much, or said what should have been said before. They have said a lot in the past few years. Before the parting of life and death, the topic was too heavy and not suitable for the two of them to get along.

    After Nagato confessed his last words, he slowly closed his palms, closed his eyes with his fists, and slowly lowered his voice...

    "Waidao¡¤Reincarnation innate art."

    The next moment, a light flashed in his reincarnation eyes.

    A huge Hell¡¯s head appeared on the ground. The Hell slowly opened his mouth, and countless green rays of light spurted out of his mouth!

    Those are the souls of the dead!

    The souls of these dead were thrown into their own bodies one by one, their injuries were almost healed quickly, and their bodies gradually returned to life.

    The first person to be resurrected appeared!

    It turned out to be Metkay with both body and soul!

    When he was resurrected by reincarnation by the way, the broken markings on his face disappeared without a trace, and the control of the reincarnation of the dirty soil was also lifted.

    The second person to be resurrected was Kakashi Hagi.

    Kakashi Hagi slowly opened his eyes, and he couldn''t believe that he had returned to the Yang world again, because he was chatting with his father Shumo Haaki on the road to the underworld last moment...

    This time through life and death, Hagi Kakashi''s heart became clear, and his complaints about his father since childhood disappeared without a trace. He will never blame his father again.

    "From then on, will you never see each other again?"

    Hagi Kakashi''s heart was still a little lost, because he missed his father a little after he separated from his father''s soul.

    Someone heard his wish to meet his father.

    After seeing Hagi Kakashi sitting up, Naruto Uehara slowly raised her finger, and quietly informed the pharmacist pocket: "Hagi Kakashi is resurrected... You go try it and reincarnate Hagi Kakashi. Come on! Let them meet again, father and son!"

    "..."

    Pharmacist Duo had no choice but to accept the order.

    To be honest, the pharmacist feels that they have made up a lot of father and son bonds, such as the father and son Naruto and Naruto Uzumaki, Kakashi Hagi and Sakumo Hagi, the fourth generation Kakinada Rasa and the fifth generation Kakinami I love Luo father and son...

    This is really a villain!

    As the dead were resurrected, every ninja couldn''t help rushing over to hug his resurrected friends and relatives, thanking them for seeing each other again.

    The most important one also slowly opened his eyes.

    Jilaiya.

    Everyone involuntarily watched the tall figure of Jiraiya stand up again, Uzumaki Naruto and Tsunade accumulated their tears and refused to let them fall.

    "How is this going?"

    After Jilai also gradually awakened, his gaze moved slowly, looking at the noisy surroundings, and finally his gaze stayed on Uzumaki Naruto and Nagato.

    "Laughter fairy!"

    Naruto Uzumaki stood beside him and explained in a low voice: "Brother Nagato used his life and the power of the reincarnation eye to resurrect you..."

    "..."

    Jiraiya''s face became difficult to look.

    As a teacher, he would never want to see his disciple pay the price of his life in order to bring him back to life. What he would like to see is the safety of this disciple.

    The next moment, Jiraiya walked in front of Nagato in a few steps, squatted down and looked at his weak-faced disciple, his originally ugly expression suddenly became a little bitter.

    "Nagato..."

    "teacher."

    Nagato shook his head calmly, and said weakly, "It''s actually not too late for a person to correct one''s mistakes before dying?"

    "this is not your fault."

    Ji Lai also looked into Nagato''s eyes and said solemnly: "Hurry up and tell me, is there any other way to reverse this?"

    "..."

    It''s a pity that Nagato no longer has the strength to answer.

    After releasing the art of reincarnation, Nagato is already bound to die, not to mention that he himself is already very weak, and reincarnation has completely exhausted his life.

    "The art of reincarnation is irreversible."

    Xiao Nan slowly lowered his eyebrows, looked at Nagato whose head was slowly hanging down, suppressing his sorrow, and lowered his head and said, "Teacher, all of this is Nagato''s willingness. Killing the teacher has always been his last regret. ¡­"

    "But I never blamed him..."

    Jiraiya''s eyes twitched, suppressing his sadness.

    This man in his fifties slowly stretched out his palm, watching Nagato''s hair turn white, the sadness in his eyes could hardly be suppressed.

    If he can, he hopes to die by himself and his disciples can survive. This is the true inheritance.

    Jilai also stretched out his palm slowly put his disciple on the ground little by little, sorting his clothes.

    Konoha ninjas slowly gathered around, lowered their heads quietly, and prayed for the ninja who gave his life.

    Wait until this short ceremony is over.

    Jilaiya slowly raised his head, looked at his other disciple, and whispered: "Xiao Nan, what are you going to do next?"

    Xiaonan glanced at the lonely Uehara Naraku in the distance, and said softly: "Uehara and I will return to Yuyin Village with the bodies of Nagato and Yahiko..."

    "How about Xiao?"

    "Uehara and I will quit Akatsuki."

    After Xiaonan was silent for a while, he continued: "It''s just that this matter depends on Uehara''s decision. Maybe we will re-make Akatsuki into a war mediation organization..."

    "Those rebels may not agree?"

    "If they refuse to agree..."

    Xiao Nan lowered his head and spoke softly: "It should be possible to drive them out. Uehara and I have enough strength... The only trouble is Nagato''s reincarnation eye."

    "..."

    Jilai also fell silent.

    To be honest, he really wanted to destroy these reincarnation eyes.

    No matter who the reincarnation eye falls into, it will cause a big trouble, because the power of the reincarnation eye is seen by everyone; whether it is the various magical abilities or the reincarnation in it, they are amazing enough.

    While they were still thinking, a gloomy voice suddenly came into their ears: "The matter of the reincarnation eye, let me handle it for you!"

    A God of Thunder was inserted beside Nagato''s body.

    The next moment, Bo Feng Shui Men''s figure suddenly appeared, his palm immediately grabbed Nagato''s corpse, and disappeared in front of everyone with the technique of Flying Thunder God!

    "Asshole, it''s Dashewan again!"

 Chapter 310ï¼š Kurozutsu is the undercover agent of Uchiha

    "Start from Naruto Behind the Scenes ( Find the latest chapter!

    No one thought about it.

    Under everyone''s eyes, Oshemaru was really brave, manipulating Bo Feng Shui Gate to steal Nagato''s body.

    Everyone''s eyes were a little surprised.

    Undoubtedly, the first to react was Uehara Naraku.

    "Let go of Lord Nagato!"

    After seeing the golden light flashing, Uehara Naraku immediately chased after him like a madman, his speed almost passed a shadow in the air!

    The others did not dare to be stunned, and followed them up!

    Everyone was a little panicked, once Oshe Maru got the reincarnation eye or Nagato''s corpse, what terrible consequences he would have!

    After all, that is the Oshe Maru who has always feared that the world will not be chaotic. He will definitely not just treat the Reincarnation Eye and Nagato as his collection!

    If Da She Maru gets the reincarnation eye, that **** guy will definitely use the reincarnation eye to make the whole Ninja world restless.

    Unfortunately¡­

    When it comes to speed, who can catch up with the so-called golden flash of wave wind water gate?

    Uehara Nana fell under the trail of completely missing Hafeng Watergate, and slammed a fist on the ground bitterly, looking at Tsunade and Jiraiya behind him, "Hokage-sir, Jiraiya, will this be too much? Coincidentally, every time it was Konoha''s betrayal..."

    Uehara Naraku slowly squeezed her fist, and walked towards Tsunade and Jiraiya, her voice gradually becoming gloomy: "What Uchiha Madara, Uchiha Daido, Osamaru, Yakushito... these are Konoha people. , This is your Konoha conspiracy!"

    That''s not good enough to make people unable to refute.

    The ninjas in the entire ninja world who are involved in the storm behind the scenes, without exception, are ninjas from Konoha, which seems rather strange.

    After all, the ninjas who defected from the major ninja villages can at most be a member of Akatsuki. On the other hand, the ninjas of Konoha, if you don¡¯t engage in a major incident, you are simply sorry for their traitor status...

    How did Tsunade refute this kind of thing?

    The traitor who went out from the village is too strong, is she the Naruto to blame?

    Tsunade is just a Hokage who took over Konoha for four years!

    Uehara Naraku''s body chakra rioted almost as if it were true: "Now! Right now! Right now! Let the **** of Oshamaru return the body of Nagato-sama!"

    "Uehara Naraku, calm down!"

    Jiraiya also stopped in front of Uehara Naraku, and said in a deep voice: "This kind of thing happened, everyone didn''t want it, we have been chasing Oshemaru..."

    "Konoha has chased him for more than ten years, it is better for me to chase him for a few years!"

    Uehara Naraku clenched her fist, staring coldly at Jiraiya and Tsunade, and said sharply: "You and Oshemaru are friends. You secretly instructed him to steal the body of Nagato-sama behind the scenes!"

    "Nara..."

    Xiaonan interrupted Uehara''s words and walked slowly to Uehara Naraku''s side. She stretched out an arm to stop Uehara Naraku, and hugged her disciple into her arms.

    Xiao Nan slowly lowered his head, her voice trembling to comfort him: "Nara, be rational, don''t be like this... Nagato wouldn''t want to see you like this."

    Just now, Xiao Nan''s brain also became blank.

    Only after seeing that Uehara Naraku almost lost his mind, Xiao Nan re-arranged his emotions and calmed down his irritable disciple softly.

    "I see, teacher."

    Uehara Naraku hugged Konan''s shoulders, and whispered: "I will definitely find a way to find Snake Maru and bring back Lord Nagato!"

    When Uehara Naraku said this, his face was heavy.

    This is a man''s promise, not to mention that he originally planned to do this, but he didn''t know how Dashewan would feel at that time.

    However, Tsunade and Jiraiya next to him were in a subtle mood. Tsunade sighed and promised: "We will also increase our efforts to search for the traces of Oshemaru... As soon as there is any information, we will tell immediately. you guys."

    That **** Dashewan really doesn''t do a little bit of human affairs!

    This guy manipulated Bofeng Shuimen and stole Nagato''s corpse directly. He did a neat job, but left them such a big trouble.

    This guy Uehara Naraku is like a lunatic!

    But for any problem, this guy may directly kill his life!

    Fortunately, Xiao Nan appeared to be sensible, or she had to maintain her own sensibility, keeping her emotions from breaking down, because her disciple Uehara Naraku could erupt at any time like an active volcano.

    Xiao Nan must calm down his disciple''s emotions.

    Tsunade''s gaze shifted slightly, staying on Konan and Uehara Naraku. The relationship between the master and apprentice was really good, at least it was the first time Tsunade saw someone who could control the emotional Uehara Naraku.

    The fetters of the Ninja world are indeed the most complicated relationship.

    Even Uehara Naraku, the guy who once destroyed several big countries Shinobu Village, can''t escape this fetter now!

    Now that Nagato''s body is stolen by Osamaru, Uehara Naraku''s mood is not very good, just sitting dullly next to Xiaonan, so when Tsunade wants to communicate information, he can only temporarily communicate with Xiaonan.

    To be honest, Tsunade really likes communicating with Xiaonan.

    At least Tsunade''s heart could be calmer.

    If you exchange information with Uehara Naraku, even if Tsunade knows that what Uehara Naraku is saying is true, based on the way Uehara Naraku used to open his mouth and close his mouth, Tsunade would still be unable to help discounting the information.

    After all, when Uehara Naraku was carrying out strategic deception before, playing the loyal subordinate of Sansho Fish Hanzo was too popular...

    If we stay together now, Tsunade is really worried that she can''t help but ask if the body of Sansho Fish Hanzo is okay...

    Damn, it''s outrageous!

    Fortunately, Xiao Nan is an honest man.

    When Tsunade asked about Uchiha''s taking soil, Xiaonan did not deliberately conceal it, but frowned a little bit to tell what happened in those years.

    "When Uchiha Daido first appeared in front of us, he claimed to be Uchiha Madara. After Yahiko''s death in battle, Uchiha Daido began to guide us to create the so-called ultimate weapon to achieve peace in the Ninja world.

    Whether it was recruiting members or other things, Uchiha Daido would advise Nagato behind the scenes until we met Naraku. "

    Xiao Nan turned her head and glanced at Naraku, her eyes gradually showing a softness, she continued softly: "Naraku is the son of our first Akatsuki member Uehara Uehara. His father Uehara Uehara was in order to protect me from the Shimura regiment. The people of Zang and Sanjiao Hanzo were killed.

    We met Naraku who grew up and decided to take him to take care of him. It is a pity that Nagato hopes that Naraku can become stronger quickly. Perhaps it is because of this that Naraku has become harder than anyone else and started to act Akatsuki''s intern accepts the task of the organization.

    It''s just that when Naraku went to perform the task of soliciting dried persimmon ghost sharks for the first time, he happened to encounter the Uchiha belt soil who was going to murder him;

    Because of the issue of identity leakage, Uchiha Daido wanted to murder Naraku. From then on, Akatsuki and Uchiha Daido parted ways. "

    "That''s it..."

    Tsunade sighed faintly, remembering the encounter between her and Uehara Naraku many years ago, and sighed softly: "When I met the little guy Uehara in Yunin Village, he should have just finished recruiting dry persimmon ghosts. The task of the shark!"

    No wonder Uehara Naraku listened to Xiaonan so much.

    Because this little guy Uehara Naraku has always been taken care of by Xiaonan.

    There is a trace of what Xiaonan said. When Tsunade first Uehara Naraku that year, he was surrounded by three S-class rebels in the misty village, as well as Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro two little devil heads.

    Xiao Nan raised his eyebrows, glanced at Tsunade, and then at Naruto Uehara and said, "If he had lost a few million taels to your Hokage...it should be at that time."

    If Xiao Nan remembered correctly, he mentioned it once when he received his uniform. Since then, the pocket money in Uehara''s hand has been directly controlled.

    Tsunade¡¯s palm propped his chin, and he said softly, ¡°It¡¯s not completely lost to me. This kid directly left me several million taels, saying that his teacher had received my favor during the war. , The money is in return..."

    Tsunade looked at Naraku Uehara, then looked at Xiaonan, and asked curiously, "But I remember I haven''t done anything? It was Jilaiya who stopped Oshemaru from killing you, and it was Jilaiya who raised and took care of you. ¡­"

    "Ms. Xiao Nan mentioned it."

    Naruto Uehara suddenly interrupted Tsunade''s words and whispered: "The first time Konan-sensei and the others met you, you gave them some dry bread."

    "..."

    Tsunade was silent for a moment.

    Those things have been so long, she doesn''t remember them very much.

    Jilai also sat next to Tsunade, patted his forehead, glanced at Xiao Nan, and sighed slightly: "Xiao Nan, I take back what I said before, you really taught a good disciple!"

    "Yes, teacher Jilaiya."

    Xiao Nan nodded calmly, then shook his head and said, "Unfortunately, we still took Uehara on the wrong path..."

    "Nothing."

    Uehara Naruko shook her head and interrupted Xiao Nan, and said softly, "For me, the only correct way is to protect you."

    "..."

    Xiao Nan slowly lowered his head.

    All the people present were silent for a while.

    Tsunade was the first to break the silence and asked, "Let''s talk about Oshemaru. He and Uchiha are allies now, and it is very dangerous to control many dirty ninjas.

    The last time we received the exact information of Oshemaru, we saw his sloughed body in the whirlpool noodle hall in the village. Then the news that Oshemaru died in the laboratory began to circulate in the ninja world. "

    "Let me talk about this!"

    Uehara Naruko rubbed his forehead and said in a low voice: "I have been responsible for hunting down the traitor Oshemaru in the organization, driving him into desperation several times, but in the end it all fell short..."

    "It''s not a loss."

    Xiao Nan stretched out her palm to soothe the emotions of her disciple: "Nagato said, you destroyed many Oshemaru''s bases and hiding nests..."

    "Unfortunately, I couldn''t solve him."

    After Uehara Naraku said this, Shen Sheng continued: "It seems that Oshemaru''s suspended animation should be the eyes of the reincarnation coveting Lord Nagato. The purpose of the intentional suspended animation is to get Yakushi to join Akatsuki and investigate our intelligence."

    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, his face became ugly again: "When I went to invite the pharmacist to join Akatsuki, I took a closer look. Like you, I found the body of Oshamaru...that bastard!"

    "..."

    Everyone''s expressions are unsightly. UU Reading www.uukahnshu.com

    They have reached a consensus on the area of ??Osaimaru and Uchiha belt soil.

    Unfortunately, there has been no substantial progress in the exchange of information between them.

    After all, these pieces of information were from a few years ago, and Tsunade and Jira had only found out the origins of Uehara Naraku, and the others hadn''t gained much at all.

    Until Jilai pondered for a while, he mentioned a member of Akatsuki: "Perhaps we can find a way to catch someone. I remember that Uchiha Daido once leaked that there was a person named Kurojutsu who was inserted in Akatsuki. Undercover."

    "It''s definitely not an undercover agent, right?"

    Xiaonan''s face was a little hesitant, and she whispered: "Although Jue and Uchiha had a close relationship before, I have been waiting for Uchiha to kill Uchiha..."

    "That''s not necessarily..."

    After Jiraiya said this, he glanced at Uehara Naraku.

    Isn''t Uehara Naraku a good performance artist and super spy?

    This guy had been very loyal to Sansho Hanzo before, but he was actually the murderer who killed Sansho Hanzo; he also wanted to wait for Akatsuki before and then hurry up, but turned out to be the next generation leader of Akatsuki.

    Jiraiya''s eyes did not hide from everyone.

    Everyone''s faces showed a trace of embarrassment.

    Jilai also looked at Xiaonan, and continued with a deep voice: "At least try it out first! After we catch Heizue, maybe we can use it to get information about Uchiha Daido and Osaimaru..."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku hooked his finger without leaving a trace.

    It was really not wasted that he had secretly manipulated Uchiha to leak information before, and they finally remembered that it was black.

    Now, it was time to drive Heizue out of Akatsuki''s organization.

 Chapter 311ï¼š How can I go to the 5th Film Festival!

    "Start with Naruto ( to find the latest chapter!

    Jilaiya''s thinking is fine.

    Just wanting to ask Uchiha Taido and Osamaru for information from Kurozutsu''s mouth is just wishful thinking that they can''t catch Kurozu.

    And even if he caught it, Heijue couldn''t compile information.

    Hei Jue really doesn''t know!

    Although it has a lot of information about the Ninja world, it can''t find the location of Uchiha belt soil and Oshamaru at all. It can''t find it no matter how to find it!

    At this point, I have to mention the delicate operation of Uehara Naraku. Although Uehara did not have all the information of Ninja, he had the source of the information.

    Every move of all the dangerous figures in the Ninja World, even their life and death, are held in the hands of Uehara Naraku. Only if they want them to survive can they survive.

    Hei Jue didn''t have any intelligence at all.

    But the plan proposed by Ji Lai is also the only way now, so Xiao Nan also agreed to find a way to control Hei Jue first, and see if he can get information from it.

    However, Xiao Nan still mentioned a trouble in advance.

    "It has always been Akatsuki''s intelligence member."

    Xiao Nan frowned and said worriedly: "Its information has always been very accurate. If it is really an undercover agent of Uchiha''s soil and knows what happened to Konoha, now maybe it has escaped Akatsuki. ¡­"

    "Not maybe, but sure."

    Uehara Nairo looked up with an ugly expression and looked at Xiaonandao: "Teacher, Kurozutsu''s purpose has always been for us to collect tail beasts. Now that Lord Nagato has sacrificed, we have also given up the plan to collect tail beasts. It must be I won''t stay at Xiao..."

    "If you can''t find Heijue..."

    Jiraiya slowly lowered his head and said in a low voice, "Then we can only continue to send more people to search for the whereabouts of Uchiha Daido and Oshemaru!"

    "Then please take care of it."

    Uehara Naruko squeezed her fist, and said solemnly: "I will be notified immediately after I find them. I will never let the two **** go!"

    Now I must go back to appease Heijue as soon as possible.

    According to Kuro¡¯s sensitivity to intelligence, it will soon know what happened to Konoha, it will know that Nagato¡¯s sacrifice, the pharmacist¡¯s collusion with Uchiha to betray the Moon Eye, the reincarnation eye being snatched by Oshemaru, etc. Series information...

    I don''t know if Hei Jue is desperate!

    After all, this is the closest success to Heijue¡¯s next Moon Eye project in a thousand years, but he has been betrayed again and again...Even if Heijue¡¯s heart is big, it¡¯s hard to say that he can bear this. Blow.

    Uehara Naraku sighed inwardly.

    Even now, he is the only one who will accompany Heijue. He wants to let Heijue know that there is no one in the entire Ninja World to be trusted except him.

    Except for him, no one in the entire Ninja World is worthy of Heijue!

    After all, in the future, controlling Osake Maru to resurrect Uchiha Madara, and Gasser to resurrect Nagato by the way, all need the help of Kazuke!

    In fact, it is exactly the same.

    "Well, these topics are temporarily skipped. Next, I will send Anbe to search for the whereabouts of Osamaru and Uchiha. They will definitely not hide after they get the eyes of reincarnation."

    After Tsunade finished speaking, he looked at Naraku Uehara and Xiaonan Shen Sheng and continued: "When will you return the tail beasts of other big countries...This way, they can also reduce their hostility to Yuyin Village."

    "There is no way to return it."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and said in a low voice: "The outer golem that imprisoned the tail beast is only controlled by the reincarnation eye. Now the body and the reincarnation eye of Lord Nagato are in the hands of Oshemaru, the outer golem is expected to soon To fall into his hands, we must first find the reincarnation eye."

    "Where is the outside golem that imprisoned the tail beast now?"

    "After Nagato-sama disarmed the psychic of the Outer Dao Golem, he may still be in Akatsuki¡¯s base, but he should be taken away by the Oshemaru¡¯s psychic soon... The reincarnation eye is not the purpose. Use the reincarnation eye to control the resurrection of the outer demon Likeness is the purpose."

    Uehara Naraku continued to shook his head, and said solemnly, "Unfortunately, no matter how strong our strength is, there is nothing we can do with the Golem from the outside world..."

    However, a sentence from Tsunade reminded Naraku Uehara.

    The Outer Golem may still be known to the organization''s base now, but it is necessary to find a way to move the Outer Golem away so as not to leave any handle.

    After all, he has been washed white.

    Now that it has been washed white, there must be no more stains left.

    "Is that so?"

    Tsunade''s brows frowned again. She shook her head and temporarily ignored the issue of the Golem. She glanced at Naraku Uehara and said, "I will hold a Five Shadows Conference soon. Come and join me at that time!"

    "Five Shadows Conference?"

    After Uehara Naraku pondered for a while, he whispered softly: "It sounds like a meeting of the Five Great Nations Shinobu Village. Can our small country also participate?"

    "Of course you can participate."

    After Tsunade nodded, he continued quietly: "If possible, I plan to hold the Five Shadows Conference in Ugin Village or Iron Country. On the one hand, it is to discuss how to deal with the crisis of Uchiha Daido and Oshemaru. , On the other hand, it helps you mediate with Yuyin Village so that the hatred will not continue to spread."

    Tsunade was purely kind.

    After all, as a member of Akatsuki''s organization, Naruko Uehara destroyed the four great Ninja villages. Even if Sandyin Village and Wuyin Village have temporarily abandoned the investigation under the pressure of Konoha, Unyin Village and Iwagin Village will not give up easily. .

    Tsunade wanted to eliminate all hatred and hostility in this five-kage conference, so as to form a ninja coalition to search for Uchiha Daido and Oshemaru together.

    The power of a Shinobu village is limited.

    If the five powers of Shinobu can unite, no matter where Oshemaru and Uchiha hide in the soil, it will be difficult for them to escape from the five powers.

    And once there is a real battle with Oshemaru and Uchiha, a ninja with powerful combat capabilities like Uehara Naraku is indispensable.

    Uehara Naraku...

    Can be called a new generation of ninja demigods!

    How could such power be rejected by them.

    Uehara Naruko frowned and was silent for a while, probably because he felt that the world was a bit magical. He was going to participate in the Five Shadows Conference?

    how¡­

    How could he, the man behind the scenes, be invited to participate in the Five Shadows Conference?

    It''s amazing!

    After a while, Uehara Naraku seemed to have finished thinking, and slowly nodded and said, "Thank you, Hokage, I will participate in that time. If the third generation Tukage and the fourth generation Raikage conflict with me..."

    After talking about this, Uehara Naraku''s eyes flashed with firmness: "I will never give in! I''m just worried that it will disrupt the Five Shadows Conference that Naruto had worked so hard to prepare..."

    "It''s ok."

    Tsunade slowly closed his palms and lowered his head and said, "I still hope that everyone can understand each other... After all, the threat of Oshamaru and Uchiha''s soil is currently, and it is better not to conflict at that time."

    "Ok."

    Uehara Naraku agreed.

    Now that they have talked about it, future matters will be resolved at the Five Shadows Conference. Uehara Naraku and Xiaonan did not stay here either, planning to leave Konoha.

    Quite a few people came to see them off.

    This is also due to Uehara Naraku''s re-whitewashing. Many ninjas who used to get along well with Konoha also rushed over to bid farewell, such as Metkai and Class 3.

    "Finally...Finally..."

    Li Luoke almost wanted to cry, emotionally intermittently a little speechless: "We are no longer enemies, and finally we can be friends with Senior Uehara!"

    "Yes! How can a man''s friendship stop here!"

    Metkay was also full of emotion. He was probably the luckiest ninja in this war.

    After his sacrifice, Metkay almost turned to ashes. First, he was reincarnated by the pharmacist from the dirty soil and got the whole body, then he was reincarnated and came back to life.

    They just came to bid farewell and went back to work. Konoha had just been burned to white ground by the fire brought by Uchiha, and there was still a lot of work to do.

    Only Naruto Uzumaki, Kakashi Hagi, Sakura Haruno, and Jilai have been sending them a long distance, and obviously they still have something to ask in private.

    Uehara Naraku guessed it.

    Before Naruto Uzumaki could ask questions, Uehara Naraku took the lead and said: "Naruto, do you want to ask about Sasuke?"

    "okokokok!"

    Naruto Uzumaki nodded immediately and looked expectantly at Naraku Uehara: "Will Sasuke come back?"

    "I do not know."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head and sighed lightly, "Akatsuki and Konoha are no longer enemies, but what Sasuke has always wanted to do is destroy Konoha..."

    After Uehara Naraku said this, he whispered: "I guess Sasuke will quit Akatsuki once he learns about Konoha. Since he got the kaleidoscope, his current strength has been growing rapidly~www.novelhall. com~Maybe I am not even his opponent anymore."

    "Sasuke... is he stronger again?"

    Naruto Uzumaki slowly squeezed his fist.

    The power of Naraku Uehara is obvious to all, and even Uehara personally admits that he is inferior. How powerful Sasuke should be now!

    Haruno Sakura opened her mouth in surprise next to her and asked curiously: "Wait...Is the kaleidoscope''s ability to write round eyes so exaggerated? I remember Mr. Kakashi..."

    "No, this is true."

    Xiaonan glanced at Haruno Sakura, and added: "Uchiha Itachi relied on the power of the kaleidoscope to write round eyes, and even the leaders dare not ignore..."

    Hagi Kakashi also nodded and continued: "Indeed, the pupil technique of Kaleidoscope Writing Round Eye is very special, it can almost make a person''s strength change qualitatively, and every pupil technique has magical abilities beyond imagination... "

    After talking about this, Hagi Kakashi whispered: "It''s just that the Kaleidoscope Chakra Eye is also defective. Every time you use pupil surgery, it will consume the pupil power and reduce the vision of the Kaleidoscope Chakra eye until you become blind..."

    "That will take a while!"

    Uehara Naruko shook his head, and said in a deep voice, "At least I have a very low chance of defeating Sasuke. According to Kakigaki, Sasuke has gained power to surpass Itachi!

    After I go back, if Sasuke is still in Akatsuki''s base, I will try to persuade him to let go of his hatred of Konoha; if he leaves Akatsuki''s base, I will send someone to send you information about Sasuke. "

    "Thank you, Uehara."

    Naruto Uzumaki pushed his ninja guard forehead, and said firmly with a full face: "I will bring him back in the future!"

    "I believe you can do it."

    Uehara Naraku nodded sincerely.

 Chapter 312ï¼š Sakumo Hagaki, Mizumon Nami and Uchiha belt soil

    "Start from Naruto Behind the Scenes ( Find the latest chapter!

    Naruto Uehara patted Uzumaki Naruto on the shoulder and told him that he would be able to save his friend, and then bid farewell to the people in Konoha Village with Xiaonan and hurried back to Yuyin Village.

    Just when Uehara Naraku and Konan rushed back to Uyin Village, his subordinate pharmacist hid in a dark laboratory, Hafeng Mizuno and Uchiha Daido stood beside him, and the three of them surrounded the experiment platform. .

    After inspecting Nagato''s body, the pharmacist shook his head and sighed: "The body energy in Nagato-sama is almost exhausted. It seems that he can only restore his body to its peak state for rebirth!"

    "Humph¡­"

    Uchiha took the soil to hold his arm, and said contemptuously, "The luck of the traitor Nagato is really good!"

    "Ha ha¡­"

    Pharmacist pushed his glasses around, glanced at Uchiha with dirt, and chuckled: "Master Nagato has a very good relationship with Lord Naraku. He has been protecting Lord Naraku. This is only what he deserves."

    Bo Feng Mizuno looked at the body of Nagato on the experimental platform, and said with emotion: "It''s just this return, which may not be what Nagato wants..."

    Hafeng Mizumon and Nagato are brothers.

    Therefore, when Nagato saw that Nagato was willing to correct the mistake he had committed, he still admired him quite a bit. In Nagato, he used his own life to resurrect the people who died in this war, and it is to let Nagato resurrect the people who died in this war. There is more admiration for him.

    Not everyone dares to face their own mistakes.

    It is a pity that Nagato Shinobu was the wrong person.

    That Naraku Uehara is really not a good thing!

    Hafeng Mizumon sighed faintly in his heart, and he subconsciously began to think about what his expression would look like when Nagato was reincarnated from the dirty soil...especially now that everything is still controlled by Uehara after the curtain has ended.

    The pharmacist stretched out his clip and slowly removed the reincarnation eyes from Nagato, looking at the reincarnation eyes as if he was peeking at a treasure.

    After a long time, the pharmacist reluctantly put the pair of reincarnation eyes into a small bottle. This is the legendary reincarnation eye. Which ninja who likes scientific experiments would miss the study of these eyes?

    "Next, it will be Lord Nagato."

    Yakushi watched Nagato''s body and slowly closed his palms, Uchiha brought a cursing Shizuzu with soil and placed it next to Nagato.

    "Pocket, this is the sacrifice you want."

    "Thank you, Mr. Taitu."

    A light flashed on the lens of the pharmacist''s pocket, and he lowered his head and slowly began to make his own seal: "Ninfa, the art of reincarnating from the dirty earth!"

    A psychic spell appeared beside Nagato, the next moment his body turned into countless debris and dust, covering the sacrifice of Bai Jue!

    The next moment, Nagato''s appearance slowly emerged.

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around, hooked the corners of his mouth, and politely nodded at the newly resurrected Nagato.

    "Welcome back, Lord Nagato."

    "So it''s the rebirth of the dirty soil?"

    Nagato glanced at his body, then raised his head to look at the pharmacist pocket: "It seems that if you resurrect me, who would you like to use me against? Uehara Naraku?"

    In addition to wanting to use him to deal with Uehara Naraku, Nagato really couldn''t think of any reason why Yakushi would bring him back to life.

    "how could be?"

    The pharmacist squinted his eyes and smiled. He pushed his glasses and chuckled softly: "Wait until you see Master Da She Wan in the future."

    "Oshe Maru?"

    Nagato''s brows frowned, and when he was about to say something, his vision suddenly went dark, and his consciousness fell into a deep sleep involuntarily.

    Yakushidou had prepared a beautiful coffin in advance, and condensed Nagato''s dirty soil reincarnation body: "It''s a pity... Nagato-sama is an extremely powerful dirty soil reincarnation body!"

    "Nagato is very nice to the kid Uehara Naraku."

    Uchiha snorted coldly, watching the movements of the Yakushi pocket, and said contemptuously: "Huh, it seems that Uehara still has a little conscience..."

    "is it?"

    The pharmacist asked with a smile, he slowly pushed his glasses, and took out a scroll from his body.

    Pharmacist pocket let Uchiha take the soil and grab a Baijue again.

    A red light flashed in the eyes of Uchiha''s earthy writing wheel, and he couldn''t help but ask: "Huh? Whose body is there? Who are you going to resurrect?"

    "Hagi Sakuma."

    The resurrection of Sakumo Hagiki was personally appointed by Uehara Naraku.

    When Kakashi Hagi was resurrected, Naraku Uehara instructed the pharmacist to try to rebirth from the dirty soil and resurrect Sakumo Hagi, and he was also very curious about this Konoha white tooth.

    "Huh, it seems that I have praised it too early."

    Uchiha''s soiled knuckles creaked, and said coldly, "This **** is cold-blooded and ruthless, he has no heart in his body!"

    "Who knows..."

    A smile appeared at the corner of Yakushi¡¯s mouth, he pushed his glasses, and continued softly: "What makes Naruko-sama truly powerful is not his hard and steel-like will that allows him to treat anything mercilessly. The enemy?"

    It''s a pity that there is only Yakushito in this room who is a loyal loyal to Uehara Naraku. If no one is willing to go with Yakushito, Nami Fengmizumon and Uchiha Daido don''t think that Uehara Naraku is a good thing.

    The pharmacist sighed faintly, closed his palms and began to seal, once again released the reincarnation technique of the dirty soil, and successfully resurrected Hamu Shuomao dirty soil.

    "The resurrection of the dirty soil actually succeeded..."

    The pharmacist glanced at the Konoha white tooth who had returned from the underworld, and his eyes narrowed slightly: "Sure enough, everything did not exceed the expectations of Lord Naraku..."

    The pharmacist originally had some doubts.

    After all, they had experimented at the beginning and had not summoned the soul of Konoha White Fang, so they did not succeed in reincarnating him from the dirty soil.

    As a result, Uehara Naraku insisted that they dig out the body of Konoha White Tooth, and after Hagi Kakashi was resurrected, he ordered Yakushi Duo to start to filth the soil Sakumo Hagi.

    Nothing was unexpected.

    This Konoha with white eyes was indeed resurrected successfully.

    Yakushi''s gaze swept across Hafengshuimen and Uchiha Daido, and a sneer appeared on his face: "If anyone is an enemy of Naraku-sama, his soul will definitely not escape the control of Naraku-sama!"

    Wave wind water gate: "..."

    Uchiha belt soil: "..."

    Damn, no one is there, so stop licking it!

    Moreover, these words are still used by the fellow Pharmacist Tou, and now their two souls have been controlled by Uehara Naraku!

    They are typical of being played with their soul by Naraku Uehara...

    "Huh? What''s the matter?"

    After Sakumo Hagaki regained his consciousness, he looked at his body, then turned to look at Uchiha Daido and Yakushito, Hafengmizumon...

    None of these people know.

    Only Bo Feng Shui Men looked a bit familiar.

    After all, Sakumo Hagi died too early. When he committed suicide, the oldest Bofeng Shuimen here was only fifteen or six years old at the time, and he looked like he didn''t know each other...

    It''s just that when Hatake Shumao saw that Bofeng Shuimen was still wearing an imperial robe, with a swirling Konoha forehead on his head, he couldn''t help but feel a little complicated.

    "Your Excellency...Which generation of Hokage is it?"

    "This is Konoha''s fourth-generation Hokage."

    Yakushidou stood beside Sakumo Hagiki, and introduced to him with a light smile: "Furthermore, the fourth generation of Hokage was the teacher of Mr. Haaki Kakashi when he was alive! The one standing next to him is Hamu Kaka. Nishi¡¯s teammate, Mr. Uchiha Taito!"

    The several ninjas present had an inexplicable bond with Hagi Kakashi. Soon they used Hagi Kakashi as an opportunity to reluctantly talk.

    Sakumo Hagi quickly learned part of the truth.

    There was a hint of unbearable expression in Sakumo Hagiki''s eyes: "That means we are all dead? Kakashi would feel very lonely..."

    "Don''t worry, you will see you again."

    A mysterious smile appeared on Yakushidou''s face, softly soothing Haaki Sakumo''s emotions: "And this time will not be too long...I believe Mr. Kakashi will be very happy when he sees his father. "

    Sakumo Hagi: "..."

    Wave wind water gate: "..."

    Uchiha belt soil: "..."

    "Don''t look at me like that..."

    The pharmacist glanced around at the few people present and continued with a smile: "Mr. Hagi Kakashi''s wish is definitely to see his father again."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around and continued softly: "If there are some people who want to see, I can also help resurrect them."

    "..."

    The three ninjas fell silent.

    Pharmacist, did this **** stay with Naraku Uehara for too long? Doesn''t this guy even speak human words?

    It''s true that once anyone gets involved with Uehara Naraku, they won''t become a good thing!

    "Well, let''s stop talking nonsense."

    The pharmacist looked towards Bofeng Shuimen, his face gradually became serious: "Now, please contact Lord Naraku, and report to him about our work!"

    "¡­I know."

    Bo Feng Shuimen nodded slowly.

    Hafeng Mizumon slowly raised his fingers, and used his own will to attract Uehara Naraku''s will.

    The next moment, Uehara Naraku''s voice came from Bo Feng Shuimen''s mouth, and his voice was a little depressed: "Foo, Mr. Nan''s mood is not very good, I must be with her at all times now, and I can''t get out for the time being."

    After speaking, Naraku Uehara said indifferently: "So I will command you remotely. Now there is an urgent task for you to handle."

    "Yes."

    The pharmacist bowed his head respectfully.

    Uehara Naraku said indifferently, "Before Xiaonan-Sensei and I return to Akatsuki''s base, you go and take away the Golem and Uchiha Sasuke...By the way, who else wants to betray us and be with you? Leave the Akatsuki organization!"

 Chapter 313ï¼š 1 failed fishing plan

    "Start from Naruto Behind the Scenes ( Find the latest chapter!

    Uehara''s order is not surprising.

    In addition to asking Yakushi Duo to immediately go to Akatsuki''s base to take away the Golem and Uchiha Sasuke, they also asked them to take away people who were willing to leave Akatsuki together.

    The Akatsuki organization was cleansed directly after the Battle of Konoha. If some of the members could not accept this kind of thing, instead of waiting for them to defect in the future, it would be better to be taken away by the pharmacist and used as cannon fodder in the war of Ninja world.

    Well, it''s actually fishing.

    Anyone who is unwilling to leave the Akatsuki organization will definitely be protected by Naraku Uehara. They are all precious legacy left by Nagato!

    Those who are willing to leave Akatsuki''s organization are nothing more than jumping from one of the vortexes to another more dangerous vortex.

    In fact, he couldn''t escape the control of Uehara Naraku.

    Because Uehara Naraku and Konan were on their way back to the Land of Rain, and there was not much time left in the pharmacist''s pocket, he immediately sealed up Sakumo Hagi, and rushed to Akatsuki¡¯s organization with Hafeng Mizumon and Uchiha with soil. base.

    Akatsuki''s base.

    Scorpion, Deidara, and Uchiha Sasuke have already rushed back to the base with the eight-tailed man Zhuli. The members of the Akatsuki organization are still waiting for their leader to return to the nine-tailed man Zhuli, looking forward to including Yao and Nine tails into the outer golem , And then implement the war weapon plan.

    As we all know, the waiting time is undoubtedly very long.

    Akatsuki''s members are more laid-back, what can their group of self-esteem guys do together? Of course it can only be a quarrel!

    "A fool who gets chopped off his head every day!"

    After Deidara scorned the flying section, she made a grimace at the flying section, and chuckles out her tongue: "Stupid, idiot, idiot... Slightly!"

    "Asshole, I killed you!"

    Fei Duan squeezed his sickle tightly with a furious face, and just as Fei Duan was about to rush over, several Chakra threads tightly wrapped his arms.

    The Red Sand Scorpion manipulated the Chakra Line to constrain the action of the Fei segment, and warned in a cold voice: "You can quarrel, but don''t do it in the base."

    Hearing the words of the Red Sand Scorpion, Fei Duan''s face became more angry.

    If he can beat Deidara in a quarrel, will he still do it?

    Feiduan held his sickle angrily and turned to look at Jiao Du: "Hey, Jiao Du, I can''t scold him! Come help me!"

    "moron!"

    The horns helped his forehead.

    How could he have such a stupid teammate as Feiduan!

    Feiduan''s IQ is so low that it is hopeless!

    Fortunately, when the Fei section couldn''t suppress his anger and wanted to tear down Akatsuki''s base with Deidara, the appearance of the Pharmacist''s Pocket attracted their attention.

    "Pharmacy pocket, where have you been?"

    The Red Sand Scorpion frowned and looked at the pharmacist''s pocket and said, "If I remember correctly, you should be in your own laboratory? If you leave the base without permission, you violated the leader''s order. ?"

    "What if Akatsuki no longer has a leader?"

    Yakushidou slowly raised his head and looked at everyone present, with a smile on his face and said: "I went to Konoha, Nagato... No, Penn is dead."

    "what?"

    Everyone''s eyes involuntarily looked at the pharmacist pocket!

    Everyone''s eyes were filled with disbelief, how could they believe that the leader who claimed to be a **** would die in Konoha!

    The eyes of the Red Sand Scorpion moved slightly. He shook his head and immediately said: "It is impossible, but Payne has the power of reincarnation eyes..."

    "Nothing is impossible."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around, and a smile appeared on his face: "I took the advantage of Penn and Konoha''s defeat and forced him into a desperate situation, so he died..."

    "Asshole, how dare you betray Lord Payne!"

    When Kaguya-kun Maro and Bai heard this, they rushed out quickly!

    When it comes to loyalty to Akatsuki''s organization, no one can surpass the two of them, because they were brought up by Xiaonan with Uehara Naraku.

    "Bone Vein¡¤Tsubaki Dance!"

    Bone spurs suddenly appeared on Kaguya-kun Maro''s body, and he rushed in the direction of the medicine master''s pocket!

    However, a figure wearing a golden chakra coat suddenly appeared, fell in front of Kaguya-kun Maro, and stretched out a spiral pill to press on Junmaro''s body!

    It is the Bofeng Water Gate that reincarnated from the dirty soil!

    The next moment, Kaguya-kun Maro flew upside down!

    "Bing Dun..."

    Bai jerked his fingers up.

    Just as Bai wanted to release Bing Dun, Bo Feng Shuimen''s figure turned into a golden light and suddenly appeared beside Bai, kicking him out!

    "That''s... golden glitter!"

    Dedala''s face suddenly changed.

    For the ninjas of Iwakura Village, the golden glitter is undoubtedly a terrifying character, even Deidara grew up listening to the story of Konoha''s golden glitter.

    The Scorpion of Red Sand was watching this scene, and a dignified look flashed in his eyes: "It turns out that you, this fellow, reincarnated from the filthy soil and reincarnated with a golden glitter wave Feng Shui gate... Now it seems that it is not nonsense that you, this fellow, solved Penn. "

    "Yes."

    The pharmacist nodded, smiled and spread out his palms: "Now Penn is dead, and Xiaonan and Naraku Uehara have given up their plans to collect tail beasts... Do you still want to stay in this dying organization? "

    Pharmacist''s eyes moved little by little, and slowly looked at everyone present, his smile gradually became deeper and deeper: "Akatsuki is about to go to destruction, why not follow me to continue the plan of collecting tail beasts..."

    "No."

    Deidara glanced at the pharmacist''s pocket with disdain, and snorted: "What are you guys? Relying on the power of others to be fierce, just a coward hiding in the gutter, wants to be a new leader?"

    After Deidara finished speaking, he turned to look at the Red Sand Scorpion, and said: "Instead of letting you be the new leader, it is better to let Xie Dan inherit the position of Akatsuki''s leader!"

    "Why!"

    Fei Duan immediately jumped out and opened his mouth and said: "I am the most suitable candidate! Why don''t you all join my Cthulhu..."

    "To shut up!"

    When Jiao Du interrupted Fei Duan with a word, he turned his head to look at the pharmacist''s pocket, and the urn said: "You said that you solved Penn, but you didn''t solve the fall of Uehara Naraku and Xiaonan? Penn seems to have mentioned it. , I want Uehara to become Akatsuki''s next leader, that kid is quite suitable."

    "Yes."

    The scorpion of the red sand looked at the pharmacist''s pocket, and his eyes faintly became cold: "If I''m not mistaken, you actually want to solve Uehara Naruto but you almost got it out of him! Uehara''s strength It''s not weak at all!"

    "Really... I guessed it!"

    A helpless smile appeared on Yakushidou''s face. He raised his head and continued: "But it doesn''t matter, anyway, Uehara Naraku and Xiaonan have already given up on the tail beast plan.

    They should only stay in a small place like the Kingdom of Rain in the future. With your strength, should they continue to stay here? "

    "..."

    Everyone fell silent involuntarily.

    If Akatsuki does not continue to collect tail beasts, what should they do? Do you just stay here and waste time?

    "It''s up to you where we are going!"

    Deidara glanced at the Pharmacist''s pocket with a dissatisfaction, and then at the Red Sand Scorpion: "Hey, Xie Dan, when Uehara comes back, let''s make a decision together. Anyway, as long as it doesn''t delay my art. ¡­"

    "Ok."

    The Red Sand Scorpion also nodded: "I also think we should wait for Uehara to come back to discuss this matter. As for the pharmacist, this guy..."

    "Hey, pharmacist pocket!"

    Feiduan suddenly interrupted Chisha Scorpion''s words loudly, and looked at the pharmacist with a grin: "If you guy can help me spread the Cthulhu cult, I can be with you..."

    "To shut up!"

    Jiao Du waved his arm and knocked Fei Duan to the ground with a fist. He opened his mouth with an urn voice, "Close your mouth when something shouldn''t be said!"

    "Asshole!"

    Fei Duan jumped up, looking at Jiao Du with a displeased face, and said, "I don''t want to stay in this kind of place, I just want to spread the will of Lord Cthulhu!"

    "No, you don''t want to."

    Jiaodu''s grievances stretched out and spread one after another, binding Feudan firmly, his gaze glanced vaguely at the Seven Ninja Swordsmen who had never moved.

    Since the seven Ninja swords appeared in the Medicine Master''s pocket, after expressing their astonishment at Penn''s death in battle, there was no more movement, or even the slightest words, just repairing their Ninja swords.

    Jiao Du glanced at Fei Duan, and continued in a cold voice: "Sometimes your life is really worthless, but sometimes, your life is only once. The two most painful things in life are that people pay back. Living money is gone and people are dead but money is still there."

    "..."

    Fei Duan couldn''t understand what he said, so he just closed his mouth obediently, because what he said when the corners were serious is usually correct.

    "No one wants to leave?"

    After the pharmacist frowned, he raised his head to look at Uchiha Sasuke, and whispered, "Sasuke, are you not willing to leave? Uehara Naraku and Konan have settled with Konoha. If you want revenge..."

    "To shut up."

    Sasuke Uchiha looked down at the pharmacist''s pocket with a gloomy face, and said displeasedly: "I will naturally ask him when Uehara-senpai returns!"

    "So...you really have feelings for this organization!"

    Pharmacist pushed his glasses around, with a smile on his face, looked up at the huge alien golem, and whispered: "Okay, but Akatsuki will no longer need to collect tail beasts in the future. Then I will Take it away first..."

    "..."

    Everyone''s eyes slowly turned to the pharmacist pocket.

    The weapons in everyone''s hands began to slowly withdraw.

    The scorpion of the red sand summoned two of his own puppets, staring at the pharmacist and said: "You guy is really exactly the same as the **** Oshemaru! Traitor, don''t be too arrogant in front of us..."

    after an hour.

    The entire Akatsuki organization was knocked to the ground.

    No one in Akatsuki''s organization can stop the ravages of Bofeng Shuimen. Facing Bofeng Shuimen in the Nine Lama mode, none of the members are opponents of Yao Shidou.

    The person who persisted for the longest time turned out to be Sasuke Uchiha.

    It''s a pity that he couldn''t defeat Bo Feng Shuimen with his strength.

    Bofeng Shuimen easily arranged a Flying Thunder God barrier, and took away the Outer Dao Golem and the Eight-tailed Rabbi Rabbi. At this moment, no one could stop him.

    After the pharmacist finished all this, his eyes slowly stopped on Sasuke, and he chuckled, "Sasuke, don¡¯t forget, your brother Uchiha Itachi¡¯s writing wheel eyes are still in my hands. Only I can help you. Enemy Konoha..."

    "Asshole!"

    Sasuke Uchiha squeezed his palm.

    After a while, Uchiha Sasuke''s face changed, and he struggled to stand up and walked to Yakushitou.

    Although Uchiha Sasuke prefers to stay with his brother''s friend Naru Uehara, but now he must first bring back Uchiha Itachi''s eyes, otherwise, it is not so easy to solve the blindness of the pupils of the kaleidoscope writing wheel!

    Sasuke Uchiha was still thinking secretly in his heart. After solving the problem of Kaleidoscope writing round eyes, he simply killed the Pharmacist''s pocket, and then took the head of the Pharmacist''s pocket, and then came back to join the Akatsuki organization!

    Of course, if Akatsuki still wanted to destroy Konoha at that time...In Sasuke''s heart, revenge on Konoha would undoubtedly be the first.

    "very good."

    After the pharmacist glanced at Sasuke approvingly, he turned to look at the fallen Akatsuki member, and chuckled: "Then you guys, we will leave first. If you regret it in the future, you can still Find me..."

    Things were a bit unexpected.

    None of Akatsuki''s members were willing to follow the pharmacist to leave. Finally, one of the Fei Duan wanted to defect, but was stopped by the fellow Jiao Du.

    Therefore, when the pharmacist reported to Naraku Naraku, his expression was still a little weird: "They seem to have confidence in Naraku-sama. Except for Feidan, no one wants to defect and leave..."

    "Hey, these guys..."

    There was a hint of helplessness in Uehara Naraku''s voice: "Is there really no way for people to take them? Is this a golden nest and silver nest not as good as your own kennel?"

    "what?"

    The pharmacist didn''t quite understand it.

    Uehara Naraku''s voice faintly said: "Tou, the relationship between Akatsuki''s members is always very realistic and cold, and they seem to be very affectionate to their companions.

    But in these very real cold relationships, there are also some rare warmths. Some people have been wandering lonely for too long, seeming to disregard these warmths, but their bodies are honestly **** for these warmths..."

    "Approximately understand."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around and sighed with emotion: "We used to be the same as Lord Oshemaru. When we used each other without shy, every gentleness of Lord Oshemaru was a kind of kindness to us. Luxury. After we taste tenderness once in a cold relationship, we will crave his gift more and more..."

    "Ok."

    After Nairo Uehara nodded, he whispered softly, "Well, you can concentrate on preparing his body for Oshamaru. Let me take care of Akatsuki''s affairs!"

    "

 Chapter 314ï¼š Xiao Nan crying in the rainy night

    "Start with Naruto ( to find the latest chapter!

    late at night.

    Yuyin Village.

    Uehara Naraku and Xiaonan finally returned.

    "Teacher, go and rest first!"

    Uehara Naraku immediately arranged for Xiao Nan to go back to rest. He looked at Xiao Nan who was exhausted in his eyes, and continued softly: "I will go to the organization base and tell them the news of Lord Nagato''s sacrifice."

    Naraku Uehara planned to go to Akatsuki''s base alone, by the way, to consolidate the confidence of those members. Those members believed in him so much, and Uehara didn''t want to disappoint them.

    In fact, the Akatsuki organization is like a dilapidated home. The relationship between the members of the family is highly strained. Now after Nagato''s sacrifice, the family is on the verge of disbanding.

    It is a pity that these members seem to like to find their own warmth in this highly tense relationship, and they don''t really want this organization to disband.

    Of course, they don''t want this home to be too different.

    So Uehara Naraku intends to appease those people. In fact, the main ones are Dedara, Red Sand Scorpion, and Horn. After all, they are also old friends.

    The remaining people are basically Uehara Naraku''s subordinates or relatives of his subordinates. There is no need to worry at all. They trust the boss of Uehara Naraku very much.

    Oh, there is another flying segment on the verge of rebellion.

    Hidan is not very honest, if it doesn''t work, Uehara Naraku will simply give him a dead end and let him go by himself.

    Xiao Nan rubbed his forehead and said with worry on his face: "I will go with you! After those rebels know the news of Nagato''s sacrifice, they don''t know what it will be like... Let''s let them all leave! "

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t laugh or cry.

    The point is that those guys refuse to leave at all!

    Even if it was the Fei segment that was likely to defect all the time, it was temporarily appeased by the Horns, and Deidara and the Red Sand Scorpion were even thinking about staying in the Xiao organization until it was disbanded.

    "I''ll go by myself!"

    Uehara Naruko shook his head, put his hand on Xiaonan''s forehead, and whispered, "How long have you not rested? Go and rest soon."

    "..."

    Xiao Nan bit his lip hesitantly and slowly lowered his head and said, "I''ll go with you, I''m a little worried..."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku was silent for a moment.

    To be honest, Xiao Nan''s current state is not quite right.

    Since Nagato''s sacrifice, Xiao Nan''s condition has just begun to be OK.

    Even at the time of Nagato''s sacrifice, Xiaonan did not go too far, letting Uehara Naraku think that she might have been used to the grief of losing relatives and friends.

    As time got longer and longer, on their way back from Konoha to Yuyin Village, Xiao Nan''s condition gradually became a little unwell, and she spent more and more time in a daze.

    Xiao Nan is not without sadness.

    But her heart was too painful to suppress all this.

    Uehara Naraku believes that what Xiao Nan needs more now is rest. If Xiao Nan can secretly cry out of his grief under the covers, it might be better.

    "Then we all go to rest now."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Xiao Nan, who was full of doubts, stretched out her palms around her shoulders, and whispered: "Wait until we rest, then go to the organization''s base, okay?"

    "¡­it is good."

    Xiao Nan nodded hesitantly.

    Uehara Naraku finally breathed a sigh of relief, and under Xiao Nan''s personal gaze, he slowly walked into his room and lay on the bed.

    Perhaps it was because of Nagato''s sacrifice that made Xiao Nan feel terrified?

    Just when Uehara Naraku wanted to leave Yuyin Village quietly with his fate, he saw Xiaonan''s head appearing on a high tower in Yuyin Village. Uehara Naraku changed his expression and flew out of his room.

    Xiao Nan didn''t know when she stood alone on the high tower in the village, looking up at the night starry sky, her face was still so calm.

    At this moment, Xiao Nan''s figure appeared extremely thin on the tower.

    At this moment, a lonely atmosphere surrounded her.

    "teacher?"

    Uehara Naraku''s figure floated down beside Xiao Nan, frowned slightly, and asked softly: "You should go to rest now, why can''t you still sleep?"

    "..."

    Xiao Nan nodded, then shook his head.

    After a while, Xiao Nan slowly lowered his head, scanned the somewhat silent Yuyin Village, feeling a little depressed, and said, "This village will not rain in the middle of the night...I am not quite used to it."

    In the past.

    Whenever it is getting late, in order to avoid loopholes in the patrol ninjas of Yuyin Village due to dark, Nagato will control Heavenly Way Payne to make a heavy rain, and use Yuhu''s free technique to judge some strangers who sneak into the village enemy.

    For so many years, Nagato has never stopped this habit.

    Even Uehara Naraku has become accustomed to the fact that it will rain when it gets dark, and will fall asleep with the sound of rain every time it gets darker.

    However, the long night rain in Yuyin Village disappeared overnight, causing Xiao Nan''s heart to reappear with speechless grief.

    "Nara, it''s weird..."

    Xiao Nan¡¯s tears gradually crossed her face, and slowly dripped: "When Ming Nagato sacrificed his life, although I felt sad and painful in my heart, I didn¡¯t even cry. Now it¡¯s just not Hear the sound of rain he made..."

    There was a trace of sorrow in Xiao Nan''s voice. She could no longer hide the grief of losing her best friend, and looked desperately at the quiet village and howled.

    Uehara Naraku slowly lowered his head.

    At this moment, he can understand the grief hidden by Xiao Nan.

    When a close person dies, people may not cry or even behave normally. This does not mean that people are not in pain.

    Because when people really realize that there is a missing person in their lives, they see the traces of that person''s existence gradually disappear...

    At that time, people finally realized that there was one missing person in their lives, and when the thoughts began to spread, the sadness and despair would surge.

    Naruto Uehara watched the crying Ko Nan, and slowly stretched out his finger. A bright chakra appeared on his fingertips, and he shot it towards the sky with his fingers.

    The next moment, a dark cloud gradually appeared in the sky.

    Thunder and lightning gathered in the dark clouds, the rain fell steadily, and a few seconds later there was a heavy rain in the village.

    The rain became louder, hiding Xiao Nan''s cry.

    Uehara Naraku stood beside Xiao Nan, and slowly stretched out his palm, holding Xiao Nan, who was crying into tears, in his arms, and blocked her from the downpour.

    Above the high tower of Yuyin Village.

    Xiao Nan just stood here, clutching Uehara Naraku''s clothes, crying bitterly in Uehara Naraku''s arms, suffering the torment of the loss of a close friend.

    Even if Uehara Naraku personally caused a heavy rain, he still couldn''t ease Xiao Nan from Nagato''s death. He slowly tightened his right arm and stretched out his left hand to cover Xiao Nan''s head. , Sheltering the rain from falling on her head.

    After a long time, Xiao Nan''s cries gradually became quieter.

    Uehara Naraku barely breathed a sigh of relief, he silently sent Xiao Nan to his room, took out a towel to help her wipe the rain and tears on her face.

    Xiao Nan was also watching Uehara Naraku''s movements in silence. She suddenly stretched out her hand, took the towel in Uehara''s hand, and helped him wipe the rain off his cheeks.

    "Nara."

    Xiao Nan''s wrist suddenly wrapped around Uehara Naruto''s neck, and her forehead touched his forehead. There was a hint of weakness in her voice after crying: "Don''t sacrifice yourself in the future...Okay...or wait for me to die..."

    "..."

    Uehara Naruto stretched out her palm and took Xiaonan¡¯s hair tightly against her forehead, as if this would allow them to communicate with each other and make Xiaonan¡¯s emotions feel better. .

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes slowly opened, staring at the wet teardrops under Xiao Nan''s eyelashes. He just said a word in a low voice, for fear of disturbing Xiao Nan.

    "¡­it is good."

    Because the desperation of the people around you leaving one by one is actually suffocating, that''s why people cherish the people now.

    After a long time, Uehara Naraku felt that Xiao Nan''s breathing gradually stabilized, and then moved her forehead away, let her lie on the bed, and covered her with a quilt.

    A gentle touch appeared on Uehara Naraku''s face, and he whispered softly: "Go to sleep, from today onwards, I will rain in the village every night and weekend..."

    "it is good."

    Xiao Nan turned to look at the raindrops on the window.

    After a long time, the sense of exhaustion finally came up completely. Xiao Nan took the palm of Uehara''s hand and slowly closed his eyes, his breathing gradually calmed down, and the sound of rain outside the window became steady.

    After Xiao Nan was asleep, Uehara Nairo gently drew her palm out of her hand.

    Uehara Naraku carefully watched Xiaonan''s face, as if he was afraid that she would wake up, he just felt relieved that her breathing was still steady.

    after awhile.

    Uehara Naraku quietly sensed a wave of Chakra entering the rain.

    Uehara Naraku opened the destiny''s skill display panel, his face couldn''t help but turned dark, Akatsuki''s guys seemed to be more anxious than he thought!

    A bunch of Akatsuki members are running towards his room!

    Uehara Naraku has a faint illusion that these guys are actually a group of children looking for parents!

 Chapter 315ï¼š Prove to this world that no one can resist Akatsukis will!

    "Start with Naruto ( to find the latest chapter!

    The members of this group of Xiao organizations are simply funny.

    If they are all villains, these guys are also pitiful; if they are good people, most of them don''t do much human affairs.

    Of course, Naraku Uehara was not qualified to talk about them.

    Now that the news of Payne''s death reached their ears, these guys are probably also Liushen Wuzhu. Perhaps they just learned that Uehara Naraku and Xiaonan returned to Yuyin Village and rushed over overnight.

    Uehara Naraku comforted Xiao Nan from falling asleep, and didn''t want them to disturb Xiao Nan, so he left Xiao Nan''s room in the next moment, facing the direction of many auspicious clouds and black robes.

    "Uehara!"

    "Uehara!"

    "Nara!"

    "Uehara Naraku!"

    "Master Uehara!"

    "Master Naraku!"

    After seeing Uehara Naraku, a group of people wearing auspicious clouds and black robes seemed to have seen the mainstay, chirping and wanting to start asking about the situation.

    "alright, alright."

    Uehara Naraku hurriedly waved at them and said softly: "Mr. Xiaonan just fell asleep, let''s go find a quiet place to chat first!"

    The group came to the office in Yuyin Village.

    On the way, Uehara Naraku also encountered Hydrangea who was patrolling in the rain again in the village. This little girl seemed to be patrolling in the rain forever.

    This girl''s ninja career is really outrageous.

    Uehara Naraku didn''t have time to talk to her this time, but waved her hand to let her leave with her team immediately, and no one was allowed to approach this office.

    In the office.

    After a group of S-class rebels wearing auspicious clouds and black robes found a place to sit, they did not stop at all, and immediately began to ask questions.

    "Will our organization disband?"

    "Did Penn really die in Konoha?"

    "The Yakushitou betrayed Akatsuki and took away the Golem from the base..."

    "Uehara, are we really going to abandon our plan to collect tail beasts?"

    "Is the Akatsuki organization going to disband soon?"

    "..."

    Each of these guys has their own concerns, but what they care about most is without a doubt Akatsuki''s future, and even Payne''s death in the battle will be a row back.

    This can''t really blame them.

    Because of these years, Payne has been aloof.

    The relationship between these Akatsuki members and Payne is not close, and some even hate more. To be honest, their relationship with Naraku Uehara is better.

    After all, Uehara Naraku had taken them out on missions many times, and sometimes helped, and even rescued people when they were in danger.

    When I usually meet, Naraku Uehara will not express incomprehension and dislike for their weird hobbies, and even they can occasionally talk a few words. These Akatsuki members are certainly not low in favor of Uehara.

    "Stop it first!"

    Uehara Naraku tapped on his forehead and interrupted all the messy and long-winded questioning before he continued in a deep voice: "Your questions will come one by one! Don''t worry, it doesn''t matter if we talk all night long tonight!"

    "I''ll come first!"

    Deidara was particularly active in this regard. He took the lead in raising his palm, and asked questions: "Uehara, we..."

    "Why let you come first!"

    Hidan also raised his sickle and said loudly, "Let me ask first, Uehara Naraku, if we can''t do it again..."

    "Asshole!"

    Deidara interrupted the flying segment angrily.

    Seeing that these guys were about to quarrel again, Uehara Nairo slapped the table with a slap, and said displeasedly: "In the order of joining Akatsuki, let Kakuto-senpai or Scorpion-senpai come first!"

    "..."

    The group finally calmed down.

    Jiao Du vaguely glanced at the seven Ninja Swords who were still quiet, slowly stood up, and asked his first question in a deep voice: "Did Penn died in the Konoha battle?"

    "Yes, but not killed in battle."

    Uehara Naruto nodded and continued softly, "Master Payne is actually Nagato-sama. After fighting with Konoha''s many ninjas, he was besieged by Uchiha''s Uchiha and Yakushito and led by the Unholy Ninja troops. Nagato-sama and Mu The Ye Ninjas repelled them.

    After the war, Lord Nagato worried that the future of Ninja World would be controlled by shameless people like Uchiha and Yakushito. When his life was about to run out, he decided to resurrect all with the power of his reincarnation eye. Konoha ninja who died in battle. "

    After talking about this, Uehara Naraku continued to add: "Uchiha''s belt soil and Yakushi pocket are not behind the scenes. The Oshemaru hidden behind the Yakushi pocket is the real black hand. Oshemaru has been in suspended animation and thus reduced our alert."

    These words can be regarded as an explanation to them.

    After all, Nagato has indeed been killed in the battle, so I can''t keep them in the dark. I don''t know who his leader is, or how his leader died in the battle, right?

    This is also a frank step.

    Since Uehara Naraku was honest, Kakuno would not hide it.

    "I know."

    Kakuto glanced at Uehara Naraku, his face gradually becoming serious, and the urn asked angrily: "Uehara, if this is the case, if I stay at dawn in the future, do I still have a chance to make more money?"

    "..."

    The members of the Akatsuki organization glanced at the corner dumbly.

    When is this, why is this old fellow Jiaodu still talking about money? Damn, is this time to talk about money?

    "There will definitely be many opportunities."

    Looking at the corner, Naraku Uehara nodded seriously, and said sincerely, "No matter whether the future of Ninja World is war or peace, money is always indispensable. We will have many opportunities to discuss making money in the future. ."

    "Good point."

    After Kakuno heard this, he nodded seriously and sat in a strange position again: "Uehara Naraku, I recognize you as the leader of Akatsuki. No matter what you are going to do in the future, as long as I can make money. it is good!"

    Uehara Naraku: "..."

    This guy in Jiaodu is really straightforward!

    Jiao Du''s attitude is very clear, no matter what Xiao organization will do in the future, as long as it doesn''t delay him making money, this is really his character.

    The red sand scorpion raised his head and stared at Uehara Naraku, and said softly, "Uehara, have you reached a peace agreement with Konoha, Sandyin Village, and Wuyin Village? Will Akatsuki be forced to disband in the future?"

    "There is no agreement."

    Uehara Naraku slowly lowered his head. He seemed to understand the concerns of the Red Sand Scorpion. If the Akatsuki organization became a vassal of the Great Ninja Village, it meant that their S-rank rebels would no longer have any place.

    Uehara Naraku raised his head again and snorted coldly: "Senior Scorpion, the group of ninjas that we easily destroyed the village, are there any qualifications for us to disband? If it wasn''t for Nagato-sama''s last wish, I wouldn''t mind destroying it again. Once Konoha!"

    The Red Sand Scorpion nodded slowly, and his face suddenly showed a creepy smile: "That''s right, those cowardly and rotten guys are not qualified to intervene in our lives. Only we can decide what to do. "

    After speaking, the Red Sand Scorpion whispered: "When Payne mentioned that you would become Akatsuki''s next leader, I didn''t have any opinion at that time."

    "..."

    Everyone''s eyes began to meet each other.

    In the end, their gazes gradually stopped on the dried persimmon ghost shark, and it was obvious that the dried persimmon ghost shark had also become the old senior of the Akatsuki organization.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark grinned and showed his mouthful of shark teeth: "We guys have always had no opinion... As long as the leader can give us homeless guys a place to stay."

    The seven Ninja swords in Wuyin Village are basically their own.

    After the dry persimmon ghost shark finished speaking, the others also nodded. Jiao Du''s gaze still did not relax. He just said coldly: "Since Payne died in the battle, you guys have been quiet, nothing. A spy sent by someone?"

    Uehara Naraku: "..."

    The corner is really right!

    It''s just that these seven Ninja swords are all spies for his new leader of Akatsuki. How could there be any movement?

    Dry persimmon ghost shark grinned, and said with a chuckle: "Senior Jiaodu saw the four Ninja Swords and seven people acting as spies together? What kind of stupid is it...No, it should be said that how powerful a person can be We four Ninja Seven as spies?"

    Gan Shi Gui Yao glanced at the people around him, and said softly: "I and Full Moon left our hometown because of the pain of the blood fog policy...

    As for Ghost Deng Shuiyue, you should understand why he joined us; Yu Yuri, this little fellow, you also understand why she joined us during this time, right? "

    "Well, I accept your statement for the time being."

    Kakuto nodded slowly, and these seven Ninja swords were made as if by Amway, and one by one joined the Akatsuki organization.

    Although a bit outrageous.

    But it seems acceptable?

    Deidara hurriedly raised his palm, and said happily, "It''s my turn! It''s my turn! Hey, Uehara, what are we going to do in the future? Do we want to start a Ninja war or something?"

    "No."

    Uehara Naraku''s words made Dedara''s face collapse.

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Dedara, rubbed his forehead and said, "Anyway, we must first find a way to get rid of these guys like Osaimaru, Uchiha Daido, and Yakushito. Konoha will promise to help us. Collected information."

    "Ok, Ok!"

    Deidara nodded his head like a pecking rice: "By the way, Sasuke Uchiha also betrayed Akatsuki like Yakushi Tou. If this is the case, there are only two Akatsuki members left in the Ninja world. We can Kill them all!"

    After saying this, Deidara took another look at the Red Sand Scorpion next to him, and continued happily, "It just so happens that Xie Dan also hates the two guys Dashewan and Yaoshidou, we can also solve them together! "

    "Ok."

    Naruto Uehara nodded and continued: "After we solve them, Akatsuki may become an organization that mediates war..."

    "what?"

    Everyone looked at Naraku Uehara involuntarily.

    Are you kidding me? Didn''t the members of them know that it was their responsibility to instigate war? Why did you start mediating the war suddenly?

    "Don''t be so surprised."

    Uehara Naraku looked at the people present and continued softly: "I will inherit the will of Lord Nagato. Although there is no tail beast and outgoing golem, we can think of ways to become stronger, or absorb members, or Create stronger war weapons, so that the world can''t resist our will!

    In the future, once a victory occurs in which two places, we can directly wipe out all the ninjas they are fighting with with our strength This can be regarded as annihilation of the war?

    In the future, no matter what war will occur in the Ninja World, even if the five major nations want to launch a Ninja World War, we must obtain our permission. Any war without our permission is absolutely not allowed! "

    "..."

    Everyone present was stunned. At first glance, it sounds like Uehara Naraku is quite reliable, and it seems to be in line with their wishes?

    Only the look of the dried persimmon ghost shark is strange.

    Gan Shigui Yu thinks that these words may be half-truths, maybe his boss really wants to do this in the future, or is it simply to appease these guys?

    In any case, at least all Akatsuki members present have recognized Naraku Uehara, and even members who are not in the average IQ of Hidan no longer object.

    "Now, let''s go and rest first!"

    Uehara Naraku narrowed his eyes slightly, and said in a low voice: "After a while, I will go to the Five Shadows Conference to get information about Oshamaru and others..."

    Dry persimmon ghost shark: "..."

    You deserve it, Uehara-sama!

    Every time I can get into some weird meetings!

    Everyone in Akatsuki''s expression gradually became a little weird. Did this guy who was still arguing that the Five Great Powers also be under their supervision, sneaked into the Five Great Powers meeting?

    Still a familiar taste...

    As expected, Uehara is still that familiar guy...

    "Don''t look at me with this expression!"

    Uehara Naraku slowly turned his head to look at the crowd, and continued with a deep voice: "When we eliminate the Oshemaru guys in the future, we have to prove to the world that no one can resist Akatsuki''s will, and no traitor can escape Akatsuki. Sanctions!"

 Chapter 316ï¼š You cant always let Heijue doubt me

    "Start with Naruto ( to find the latest chapter!

    Uehara Naraku''s ideals are very domineering.

    The members of this group of Akatsuki were a little excited, especially Deidara, who likes to make troubles, even the coward like Gui Deng Shui Yue was full of excitement.

    They were originally the strongest group of people in this ninja world! How could you be willing to hide, otherwise, why do you work so hard to become stronger?

    of course.

    Except for Jiao Du, who is all about making money.

    Yes, Jiao Du immediately thought of a way to make money from it.

    After Jiao Du was silent for a while, he took the lead to speak: "If we can do this at that time, we can go to various countries to charge high fees every year, and this fee is used as the organization''s activity expenses."

    "..."

    Most people glanced at the corner silently.

    Jiao Du noticed their gazes and reprimanded angrily: "A bunch of **** don''t know the value of money!"

    Uehara Naraku''s progress is very smooth.

    All members of Akatsuki''s organization have recognized him.

    From this moment on, Uehara Naraku formally took over the first day group of Akatsuki organization, the ninja world, and became Akatsuki''s new generation leader.

    Side Quest: Become the leader of an organization (11), the quest has been completed, reward the phone worm population psychic contract scroll.

    This reward is quite appropriate.

    Uehara Nana almost forgot, because of Nagato''s death in battle, the current Akatsuki organization has no way of remote communication.

    Originally, the contact method of their Xiao organization was to use Nagato''s reincarnation eye as a transit point, and use the ring as a medium to release the magic of the ghost lamp body to communicate with each other.

    After Nagato''s sacrifice, Akatsuki''s remote communication is probably going to be a problem. At this time, the system rewarded the remote communication method.

    Oh shit¡­

    Is this really going to be the leader of Akatsuki seriously?

    Uehara Naraku always felt that something was wrong in his heart. It seemed that only by becoming Akatsuki''s leader would he be the one behind the scenes?

    Uehara Naraku shook his head helplessly, took out the Telephone Worm Psychic Scroll from his ninja bag and placed it in front of them.

    Uehara Naruko rubbed his forehead and said softly, "This is the psychic scroll I found when I searched the base of Oshemaru. It seems to be a kind of ninja beast that can be used for remote communication.

    However, we had the ghost lamp body art created by Lord Nagato at that time, so I kept it away. Now after Lord Nagato sacrificed, the ghost lamp body art is invalid. We can only use this kind of beast in the future. I communicated remotely..."

    Oshemaru''s name is really easy to use, just like Shimura Danzo, it can be used to pick up a black pot at any time, and clatter it on his head.

    After each member of the Xiao organization signed a psychic contract, the psychic produced a phone worm that looked quite similar to his own, and every phone worm was sleeping.

    Perhaps it was because the phone worm was too weak, and it seemed that it had no combat effectiveness other than communication, at least it was much more acceptable than the ancient dragon.

    No one at Akatsuki would doubt this kind of thing.

    Even the Red Sand Scorpion had to admit that Oshe Maru was a real genius in some respects.

    Feiduan looked at his phone worm who looked a little similar to him, and said happily, "Ha, look at the corners, this little thing looks very chic!"

    "moron!"

    The horn couldn''t help rubbing his forehead.

    Every time after the flying segment spoke, Jiao was worried about his teammate''s IQ. If possible, he really wanted to change a teammate!

    "All right."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the people present, stretched his waist, and whispered: "If there is nothing wrong, everyone should go back to the base and rest soon!"

    "Ok."

    The scorpion of the red sand nodded first, and said softly: "Uehara, you should rest early too! If you receive information about Dashewan, notify me immediately."

    "Ok."

    Uehara Naraku also nodded seriously.

    For the members of the Akatsuki organization, the traitor Oshamaru was undoubtedly a very annoying guy, and everyone present didn''t mind taking Oshamaru as the current target.

    The use of Dashe Maru strangely overlaps with Danzo.

    In addition to the phone worm''s psychic scroll reward, Uehara Naraku also received another generous reward for the mission, which is the reward for becoming the leader of Akatsuki!

    Side mission: Become the leader of Akatsuki organization (11), the mission has been completed, reward the evolution of the passive skill God.

    God''s evolution: increase 100,000 life energy, increase 100,000 chakra energy, increase 100,000 natural energy, increase 50% life energy recovery effect, increase 50% chakra recovery effect, increase 50% natural energy extraction effect.

    Now that he has obtained one hundred thousand points of three-dimensional attributes, in the future, in the process of fighting, Uehara Naraku will be able to add another jade for seeking truth...

    Xiao''s members left one by one.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark quietly stopped his steps, glanced at Nairo Uehara suspiciously, and whispered: "I have locked up the fragrant phosphorus, but did Mr. Dou really betrayed Uehara?"

    "What do you think?"

    Uehara Naraku narrowed his eyes slightly and showed a kind smile: "If you betray me, then the pocket is equivalent to betraying me..."

    "I can never betray your lord."

    Dry persimmon ghost shark grinned, showing his sharp teeth. He signed a soul contract with Uehara Naraku, and he could not betray Uehara Naraku in any case.

    The grin on the face of the Ganshi Guiyu is a bit sullen: "Really, everything in this Ninja World, no matter who it is, absolutely cannot escape the control of Uehara-sama..."

    "There are still many people who can escape."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head, tapped his fingers on the desk lightly, and sighed: "After a while, maybe it will be tonight. Hei Zee might come and find me secretly, or there is a greater possibility of going secretly. I''m looking for you."

    After talking about this, Uehara Naraku''s eyes narrowed slightly again, and he said in a low voice, "Anyway, I have to find a way to let Kurozutsu know that there is no one in this Ninja World except me or the two of us. You can rely on it!"

    "understand."

    The expression of the dried persimmon ghost shark is a bit subtle, in fact, Heijue is miserable enough now, will Uehara-sama continue to play with it?

    Uehara Naraku smiled and looked at the dried persimmon ghost shark, slowly closed her palms, supported her chin, and said softly: "If my perception technique is correct, it should already be waiting for you in your room. Up!"

    Sure enough, Heijue first found the dried persimmon ghost shark.

    This kind of thing must be something Heijue would do.

    After all, according to Kurozutsu, after Nagato and Konoha reached a reconciliation, Uehara Uehara, who has always been close to Nagato, might also change his mind.

    Compared to Uehara Naraku, the seemingly honest guy, Oniyu, is relatively safe and easy to control.

    "It used to trust me the most!"

    Uehara Naraku''s smile became faintly dangerous: "It seems that Kurozuzu thinks that my thoughts may have changed with Lord Nagato...Kurozutsu, why doesn''t this guy know that trust is the most important thing in getting along with people! "

    "Ha ha¡­"

    There was a touch of helplessness on the face of the dried persimmon ghost. Naraku Uehara is indeed talking human words, but you do what you say!

    While talking about trust, he continued to deceive Heijue...

    The persimmon ghost shark felt that Heijue was really a bit miserable. It was obviously a posture of manipulating Uehara, but he had been secretly counter-controlled by Uehara Naraku.

    Until Uchiha took the soil under the control of Uehara Naraku, Kurozu almost was led by the nose by Uehara Naraku, and now he was betrayed by Uehara Naraku again...

    Dry Persimmon Guikun sighed faintly: "Then your lord should prepare a reason for Heizue that you are willing to continue the Moon Eye project? After all, after such a big change, your previous reason seems to need to be changed..."

    "What you said makes sense."

    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, and said in a low voice: "Then reveal my purpose to Kurozu! In addition to wanting revenge on Uchiha''s belt soil and Osamaru, I also want to revive Nagato-sama, I To recreate a world with Lord Nagato!"

    "This¡­"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark couldn''t help scratching his head and looked up at Naruko Uehara: "These words...are they a bit nonsense?"

    The previous reason is plausible...

    What the **** is it to create a peaceful world with Nagato behind! Such a weird reason is too nonsense!

    "It doesn''t matter."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and looked at the dried persimmon ghost shark and whispered in a low voice: "Trust me, no matter how nonsense your dreams are, Kurozutsu will definitely tell you that the Moon Eye Project will definitely come true!"

    After the dried persimmon ghost nodded his head, he grinned again: "Then I say something out of place in front of it, will you care about it in the future?"

    "Don''t mind Uehara Naraku casually waved his hand and whispered softly: "We have been together for so long, don''t you know my temper? Am I the kind of scrupulous person? "

    "..."

    The smile on the dry persimmon ghost shark''s face stiffened for a second.

    Haha, is there anyone in this ninja world who is smaller than yours?

    The dried persimmon ghost shark has been mentioned by the pharmacist. It is said that you have been targeting Dashewan because when the Dashewan guy first met, he said that you were an experimental material!

    It is a pity that, facing his immediate boss, the dried persimmon ghost shark can only helplessly restore his smile: "Indeed, the entire ninja world cannot find a ninja with a broader mind than Uehara-sama."

    "Alright, let''s go!"

    Uehara Naraku hurriedly waved his hand and whispered softly, "I''m going to accompany Mr. Nan! If the plan fails, I will make your mackerel muscle into sauerkraut fish!"

    Dry persimmon ghost shark: "..."

    What devil boss is this!

    Just as the dried persimmon ghost shark was about to leave, Uehara Naraku suddenly continued to speak: "There is another piece of information. Uchiha Daido leaked a piece of information to Konoha. Uchiha Daido claimed that Kurozu is his undercover agent in Akatsuki..."

    When Uehara Naraku said this, he chuckled and continued: "You can try to take advantage of this, and let Kurozutsu know that I want to continue participating in the Moon Eye project, and I am worried that it is Uchiha''s undercover agent...

    You can¡¯t always let Heijue always doubt me, but also let it know. I may actually doubt it. He must be inspired to find a way to regain my trust, so that he knows to cherish the only thing I can rely on. people.

    After all, what people get easily will never be satisfied, and only after hard work will they know how to cherish. "

 Chapter 317ï¼š Is this the feeling that the house leaks in the night rain?

    "Start with Naruto ( to find the latest chapter!

    What Uehara Naraku said is not wrong.

    Some things can only be cherished after they are lost.

    For a long time, Uehara Naraku has shown that he trusts Kazuki so much that Kazuki doesn''t care enough. In short, Kazuki had too much trust before...

    From now on, the way they get along will change a bit. He must find a way to get Kurojutsu to come and do everything possible to gain Uehara''s trust, and no longer be able to take Uehara Naraku.

    If Kurozutsu wants to get back to the way he used to control Naraku Uehara, then continue to work harder! Efforts to regain the trust of Uehara Naraku, and work hard to get Uehara Naraku to re-approve its Moon Eye project...

    of course.

    This method is also dangerous.

    What if Heijue turns his head and sullen his face, humbled to cooperate with others?

    This danger is not a trouble for Uehara Naraku. After all, the entire Ninja world who can cooperate with Kurozutsu has been controlled by Uehara Naraku.

    Uehara Naraku slowly leaned on the chair, looking at the raindrops falling outside the window, he just sat there calmly, but his momentum was gradually different: "Think of the human heart as a chess game, so that the chess player can achieve it. Feeling higher."

    While the rest of the Ninja world were using tough methods to control others, Uehara Naraku used human emotions to conquer the world step by step.

    Until now, he wants to successfully control Heijue.

    "As expected... it''s an adult!"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark looked at Uehara Naraku with a grin, showing a mouthful of shark teeth, and his small eyes also showed some admiration in time.

    This is when Uehara Naraku has the highest sense of accomplishment.

    As a qualified subordinate, the dried persimmon ghost shark naturally did not want to lose the scene.

    "Okay, go!"

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the ghost shark approvingly, nodded and said, "Wait until you and Kurozu are finished discussing, please report to me the details of your meeting!"

    "Yes, my lord."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark bowed its head respectfully.

    Dry persimmon ghost shark lowered his head and slowly exited the office.

    All the members of the Akatsuki organization got the answers they wanted from Naraku Uehara. After returning to Akatsuki''s base from Yuyin Village, Naraku Uehara had gathered these powerful and eccentric guys again.

    Although these Akatsuki members will not be as arrogant as in the Penn era, they seem to be able to live a little safer than in Penn''s era.

    At least, there should be no need for the precarious life.

    When all the members of Akatsuki''s organization had left Yuyin Village, and when Uehara Naraku planned to leave the office and go back to sleep with Xiao Nan, a little girl quietly opened the door of the office and sneaked in.

    "Uehara Naraku."

    Hydrangea walked to Uehara Naraku''s side and looked at Uehara Naraku seriously and asked, "Is something wrong in the village? Is it dangerous?"

    "will not."

    Uehara Naraku reached out her finger and tapped her forehead, and whispered, "Don''t worry! With me, nothing will happen to this village."

    "I saw."

    Hydrangea covered her forehead, her face still full of seriousness: "I saw it before, Lord Angel is crying..."

    "Oh, you read that wrong."

    Uehara Naraku casually said something.

    He really thought that the girl Hydrangea is quite keen.

    Uehara Naraku''s perfunctory attitude did not satisfy Hydrangea. She just raised her head stubbornly and asked in a deep voice: "I am sure that I am not mistaken, Uehara Naraku, tell me, what is going on in the village?"

    "..."

    After Uehara Naraku was silent for a while, she stretched out her palm to mess up her hair, and whispered: "Our leader... Payne-sama sacrificed."

    "..."

    Hydrangea''s figure froze.

    For Yuyin Village, Payne''s significance is extraordinary.

    It is precisely because of the existence of Penn that the war of the Rain Country has ceased. Since then, the whole country has gradually become no more orphans, no more wandering ninjas, no more riots and killings.

    The members of Akatsuki''s organization don''t particularly care about the cold leader, they care about the entire Akatsuki organization; the ninjas of Yuyin Village are very concerned about Penn who rules them because they know what Penn''s existence means.

    Payne didn''t show up much in recent years, but Uehara Naraku and Konan, who acted according to his will, did a lot for Uyin Village!

    Now Penn is dead...

    Hydrangea slowly raised her head and stared at Naraku Uehara.

    The girl¡¯s personality was very calm, and in just a moment, the panic on Ziyanghua¡¯s face gradually faded, and her face became firm: "Uehara Naraku, you will definitely succeed as the leader of the village, right?"

    "I don''t know... Maybe..."

    Looking at the heavy rain outside the window, Naraku Uehara whispered: "Perhaps...I will stay in this village anyway, and I will protect you in place of Master Payne."

    At this moment, Uehara Naraku also realized Konan''s pain.

    Before Nagato was sacrificed, it seemed that there was no need to worry about Akatsuki or Ugin Village, because Uehara Naraku knew that Nagato was the one who supported it.

    Now Nagato is sacrificed.

    Whether it was Yuyin Village or Akatsuki, all the burdens seemed to fall on Uehara Naraku overnight, and he finally realized the feeling of losing Nagato.

    It''s just that Naraku Uehara and Xiaonan have different personalities...

    Xiao Nan would be sad and cry when he thinks of Nagato.

    Uehara Naraku thought of Nagato, but only wanted to let the pharmacist hurry up and speed up the creation of a body that adapts to the power of the reincarnation eye, and after the resurrection of Oshemaru, let Oshemaru immediately resurrect Nagato completely with reincarnation!

    Uehara Naraku lowered his head, patted Hydrangea''s head, and whispered: "Well, if you are tired of patrolling now, go and rest! This heavy rain will continue until dawn, and you will find the intruder instead of you."

    "Uehara."

    Hydrangea did not pay attention to what Uehara said, but grabbed the palm of Uehara Naraku''s hand and pleaded word by word: "You must become the leader of the village!"

    "I know."

    Uehara Naraku looked at hydrangea helplessly, and whispered: "Don''t you always hate me? Why would you want me to be the leader?"

    "There is no other way."

    Ziyanghua shook her head calmly, and said in a low voice: "If the news of Lord Payne''s death in the battle spreads, there may be civil strife in the Kingdom of Rain. There must be some people who want to seize power in the village, instead of letting those guys seize power. Power, it¡¯s better to let you, who have been following Lord Payne and Lord Angel, become the leader."

    "You really like cranky thinking!"

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help tapping Hydrangea on the forehead again, smiled and calmed her and said, "Don''t worry, Mr. Nan and I won''t let this happen!"

    Uehara Naraku suddenly realized that the little girl Hydrangea actually represents the current ninjas in Uyin Village. In addition to pacifying Akatsuki''s members, he seems to have to pacify the ninjas in Hidden Village?

    It''s getting more and more troublesome!

    After Nagato''s sacrifice, a bunch of troubles suddenly appeared and needed to be dealt with by Naraku Uehara. These things are trivial things!

    Sure enough, it is a serious matter to hurry up and revive Nagato!

    "Hydrangea."

    Uehara Naraku stared into Hydrangea''s eyes, and whispered: "Temporarily conceal the news of Lord Payne''s death in the battle! It won''t be long before Lord Payne will return."

    Nairo Uehara hooked the corner of her mouth, stretched out her palm and rubbed Hydrangea''s hair: "This is the Ninja World! People who die may not be able to resurrect!"

    Akatsuki''s base.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark also returned with the mission of Uehara Naraku. If nothing goes wrong, Kurozuzu should hide in his room and wait for his return.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark was still on the way, thinking about Uehara Naraku''s instructions and guidance. He slowly pushed open the door of his own room, and saw the Heizue sitting in his room, ghost shark could not help but sighed faintly. Tone.

    In the past few years, the intelligence given to them by Uehara Naraku has basically not been accidental, and the guy Kuro Zetsu really hides in his room The dried persimmon ghost shark looks at Kuroza with a touch of his face. Smiled: "Hehe... I thought Jusama would go to Uehara Naraku after Master Payne died in battle!

    After all, he has just become Akatsuki''s leader, and he is much more useful than the unknown **** in this month''s eye project! "

    Such remarks should be in line with Uehara Naraku''s guidance. He should not trust Kuro Zetsu indefinitely, but should let Kuro Zetsu find a way to gain their trust...

    The words of dried persimmon ghost shark are very familiar. Obviously this guy has stayed with the brothers Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke for a long time, and he is also an old emotion controller...

    as expected.

    As the dried persimmon ghost shark said something disgusting, a dark smile appeared on Heijue''s face: "Hoho **** ho ho...Ghost shark, compared to that kid from Uehara Naraku, I have always trusted you more. !"

    "Ok?"

    The expression on the face of the dried persimmon ghost suddenly changed, and he looked at Kurozu with a look of surprise: "Does the Jue-sama already know that Uehara Naraku is also the same as the traitor that Yakushidou... intends to betray the Moon Eye plan?"

    "what?"

    Kurozuru''s smirk froze instantly, watching the dried persimmon ghost shark, and hurriedly asked, "Where did you know this? Uehara Naraku...will you betray us?"

    Hei Jue hurried over to the dried persimmon ghost shark, just to comfort the honest person, the dried persimmon ghost shark, and by the way, he also wanted the dried persimmon ghost shark to try Uehara Naraku.

    After all, there are only two people left beside it: Oniji and Naraku Uehara.

    Especially after the betrayal of Yakushi, the reincarnation eye and the outer golem were taken away, the current Moon Eye plan is at the most dangerous time, and Kurozue is really anxious, and finally he heard the news that Uehara might betrayed...

    Is this the feeling that the house leaks in the night rain?

 Chapter 318ï¼š Well, after the chat, it is still lying to me

    "Start from Naruto Behind the Scenes ( Find the latest chapter!

    Hei Jue''s psychological pressure is great.

    Because now it is facing the most tormenting moment in a thousand years.

    Originally Akatsuki was about to collect all the tailed beasts to resurrect the ten tails, and Yakushito was also telling it that he would soon be able to resurrect Uchiha Madara in its heyday from the dirt.

    At that time, only Uchiha Madara really needs to be resurrected, and after he becomes the Ten-tailed man, he will launch the Infinite Moon Reading Collection Chakra to rescue Otsuki Teruya.

    Dawn is just before our eyes.

    Someone suddenly caught a shady scene.

    Overnight, Nagato suddenly died in battle;

    Suddenly, the pharmacist colluded with Uchiha and took the soil and snatched the corpses of the reincarnation eye, the golem, the eight-tailed manjuli, and Uchiha Madara. By the way, he defected with Uchiha Sasuke, and now he can¡¯t even find the shadow of Yakushi To

    Overnight, Heijue deeply realized the darkness of people''s hearts.

    In vain, it has always had great trust in the pharmacist, and even told the pharmacist the secret of Uchiha Madara''s reincarnation eye!

    It turns out that the pharmacist''s pocket treats it this way?

    There can be people like Pharmacists in this world!

    The ninja''s routine is too deep and the human heart is too complicated. Hei Jue never thought that someone would be able to deceive it, and even deceive it to succeed!

    Hei Jue''s anger could not be suppressed by the restraint for a thousand years.

    The most deceptive thing is that the Uchiha clan is left with Uchiha Daido and Uchiha Sasuke. Uchiha is on the verge of extinction at any time. This means that Kurozu wants to repeat the story of Uchiha Madara and wants to get reincarnation. The chance of eye is very slim...

    This is the closest chance to the resurrection of Datongmu Huiye in a thousand years, and it may become the only chance!

    As a result, everything is not under its control.

    This feeling is really uncomfortable.

    Who knows how Yakushitou and Uchiha take soil?

    If they still want to become Ten-tailed people and start Unlimited Moon Reading, it¡¯s okay. What if Pharmacist and his big snake pills behind the scenes are full, just slice the eyes of reincarnation?

    Unfortunately, Hei Jue couldn''t find their place at all.

    Once Bai Jue approaches the pharmacist''s pocket, there is basically no return, and he will all be used as experimental materials or sacrifices for the rebirth of the dirty soil.

    Therefore, Kurojue hurried back to the base of the Akatsuki organization. The only pawns it could use were Naraku Uehara and Kaki Kakigaki. He wanted them to mobilize Akatsuki to help hunt and kill Osaimaru, Yakushidou and Uchiha brought a group of people.

    Among them, Naraku Uehara is undoubtedly the most important piece.

    The only trouble is that the kid in Nagato gave up his plan to collect tail beasts. Will Uehara Naraku change his mind and give up collecting tail beasts or something?

    However, after hearing that at Akatsuki¡¯s base, Kurozuru Uehara had succeeded as the leader of Akatsuki¡¯s organization, he barely got a little comfort in his heart. He also luckily thought that Uehara, who had always trusted it, should have hope of continuing to control it. ¡­

    As a result, after seeing Kurojutsu, the dried persimmon ghost shark gave it a head on the spot, saying that Uehara Naraku would also betray the Moon Eye plan.

    How to let it play!

    Uehara Naraku is the only power Kurozutsu can rely on!

    Because Kurozutsu heard that Uehara Naruto was killing the Quartet in Konoha, it can only rely on Uehara Naruto to defeat the Yakushitou, Osnamaru and Uchiha, and hope to regain control of the reincarnation eye and the outer golem.

    "Ghost, can you confirm that Uehara Naraku betrayed us?"

    Hei Jueman looked at the dried persimmon ghost shark gloomily, his voice as if he was about to choose someone and eat it: "Or, you actually betrayed the Moon Eye plan?"

    To be honest, Heijue really didn''t want this to happen.

    Once this is the case, basically it can only wait and die.

    The dried persimmon ghost glanced at Heizae in surprise, then shook his head and said, "No, this is what I personally talked with Uehara Naraku. Don''t you know what happened?"

    "what''s up?"

    "Payne...no, Nagato should have sacrificed!"

    The dried persimmon ghost grinned, and said with a light smile: "I saw Uehara Naruko and his teacher Xiaonan feel so sad that I don¡¯t want to give birth. After I chatted with him a few words, he doesn¡¯t want to plan for Eye of the Moon now, he I just want to resurrect Nagato."

    After talking about this, the dried persimmon ghost continued grinning and continued: "Uehara Naraku may be crazy... Why do you want to create a world where Nagato will be regained!"

    "Oh?"

    Kurojue glanced at the dried persimmon ghost shark in surprise, and suddenly smiled sullenly, "Then he shouldn''t give up our Moon Eye plan! Why would you say that Uehara Naraku is going to betray us?"

    "because¡­"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark slowly drew the shark muscle knife on his back, and his eyes gradually became a little cold: "Junior has always been a spy sent by Mr. Uchiha Taito! Do not deny that this is Uchiha belt Tu personally revealed it to others!"

    This kind of intelligence can be nonsense.

    After all, Uchiha belt soil was under the control of Uehara Naraku.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark learned a somber voice and said coldly: "Uehara Naraku is very hostile to you now. He thinks you killed Nagato and thinks you have been playing with us!

    In vain, Nairo Uehara has always wanted to help you in the past, but he never thought that you were a spy sent by Uchiha to bring the soil. You have been deceiving us! "

    These words really blushed.

    Gan Shi Gui Yu always thought that he was an honest person, but he did not expect to cheat Heijue so much today. Thinking about it, it really is...

    A little fun?

    It''s just that these are the truth.

    After all, Hei Jue has been deceiving them.

    "How could I be that bastard''s spy!"

    Hearing the words of the dried persimmon ghost, Kurozu felt as if he had been trampled on. He didn''t know how to organize it, and he didn''t know what Naruko Uehara and the dried persimmon ghost thought.

    Why do they think it is the spy of Uchiha!

    Kurozue looked at the vigilant dried persimmon ghost shark, and said with a gloomy expression: "Don''t trust Uchiha to bring the soil, this is because he wants to provoke our relationship..."

    "Is not it?"

    Dry Persimmon Guikun sneered, and continued in a loud voice, "Then please explain to you, Master Jue, why you will recruit the pharmacist to join the Akatsuki organization, and it is at the critical stage of the Moon Eye project that such a dangerous person joins. Get in!

    Our tail beasts are about to be collected, and when the so-called Moon Eye Project is about to succeed, the medicine master''s pocket is wrapped in the outer golem and the reincarnation eye and betrayed Akatsuki. Jue-sama, do you use us as tools? "

    When talking about this, the dried persimmon ghost continued grinning: "Although I know the reality very well, we ninjas have always been tools, but I really want to understand the truth of this world, instead of being deceived by your lies!

    Whether it is me or Uehara Naraku, we have always believed in you, but you have been playing around with our trust!

    Master, do you have anything to say now? "

    "..."

    Hei Jue is hard to argue with.

    At this moment, if it weren''t for the fact that he knew everything about the past in his heart, Heijue would even really think that he was a spy. If it were really a spy for Uchiha!

    In that case, there is no need to spend time here...

    It''s a pity that it and Uchiha have already turned their faces.

    Now Heijue can only find a way to restore trust from the dried persimmon ghost shark. At this moment, Heijue suddenly remembered one thing. The corner of his mouth suddenly bends, and he laughed in a low voice: "It''s just because of Uchiha''s provocation with soil, you Don¡¯t both Uehara and Naraku trust me anymore?"

    Hei Jue slowly raised his head and looked at the dried persimmon ghost shark, his voice gradually became solemn: "Ghost shark, then I will tell you everything completely!"

    "Oh?"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark put down his shark muscles, grinned and revealed his mouthful of shark teeth, and chuckled: "Then let me listen again, how do you want to deceive me! If I find a trace of loopholes, It will immediately cut off your head with the mackerel muscle!"

    After talking about this, the smile on the dry persimmon ghost shark''s face gradually became a bit hideous: "Ha ha ha ha ha... Jue lord, I am still very easily persuaded.

    I¡¯m very kind to remind you that before you convince me, don¡¯t try the guy Uehara Naraku. He is going crazy because you are the spy of Uchiha, the betrayal of Yakushito and the death of Lord Nagato. Too! "

    "Ho **** ho ho... don''t worry."

    Kurozue looked up at the dried persimmon ghost shark, confidently returning to it: "Let me start from the story of Madara Madara back then, and you will know why I and Uchiha are absolutely incompatible with the soil, I am Master Madara''s will token..."

    "..."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark wants to curse.

    Originally, he really thought Heizue was going to be honest with him. He didn''t expect that the guy Heizue opened his mouth to mention Uchiha Madara, and the ghost knew Heizue wanted to continue to lie to him!

    Heijue didn''t know all this, it was still telling its own story.

    "...When Lord Madara left Konoha, none of Uchiha was willing to follow him. They betrayed their patriarch. Those Uchiha who was born and raised in Konoha were born of inferior products that betrayed Lord Madara...

    ¡­They just want to stay safe, so they are doomed to endure the fate of destruction because of their short-sightedness. This is the case with Uchiha Daido, and the same is true for Uchiha Sasuke...

    ¡­How could their wastes be worthy of Madame Madame¡¯s lofty dream? In this world, no one has ever been able to match Madame¡¯s open-mindedness, even including the dreams of the Samsara Eye and Moon Eye Project. He is willing Pin it on others. "

    When Kurozu said this, his voice paused, and he looked up at the dried persimmon ghost shark and continued: "Master Madara has been in hiding for a long time, and he thinks that Nagato will be the son of fate to realize the Moon Eye plan, so he will reincarnate. Transplanted to Nagato.

    It''s a pity that I thought that Nagato was cowardly, and it was easy to be not firm enough to implement the plan in the future, so I always refused to give Nagato the Moon Eye plan.

    After Uchiha found out about this, he arrogantly wanted to seize the reincarnation eye of Nagato and seize control of the Moon Eye project. In the end, he chose to defect and stand on his own.

    In order to prevent Uchiha from destroying the Moon Eye Project, I had to prepare a second set of more dangerous plans. That is to let you secretly prepare for Madara Madara¡¯s resurrection, but unfortunately it was used by the pharmacist to resurrect Madara in his heyday. Deceived by adults.

    Now it seems we are a miss.

    However, we may not have no chance to fight back. As long as we defeat Uchiha Daido and Oshemaru, Pharmacist will take those guys, regain the Outer Golem and Reincarnation Eye, and then choose someone to continue the Moon Eye Project! "

    These things Heizue said were more nonsense than before.

    In its story, Uchiha Madara is portrayed as a great person, which shows that Uchiha Madara¡¯s will is also very great.

    These stories also contained some private goods.

    For example, Heizue took the opportunity to secretly hack Konoha''s Uchiha group once again.

    Of course, Kurozutsu mentioned these things not without a target, but to leave an impression on the dried persimmon ghost shark. These stories were mainly prepared for the trust of Uehara Naraku.

    So Kurozu added a lot of kindness to Nagato in the story.

    "Oh? Is that so?"

    Dry Persimmon Ghost Shark glanced at Heijue calmly, his small eyes rolled, and suddenly he said, "But Lord Nagato is dead, and Lord Madara''s remains are still in the hands of the enemy. Wait until we **** the reincarnation eye and the outer path. After the golem, who should preside over the Moon Eye Project?"

    "Then see who is stronger..."

    Hei Jue''s mouth slowly twitched, looking at the hopeful face of the dried persimmon ghost shark, he said with a straight face: "The reincarnation eye needs a huge chakra to push it, so if you want to use the reincarnation eye to activate the moon eye plan, you must It takes a huge chakra to..."

    "Oh¡­"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark slowly nodded, grinning and revealing his mouthful of shark teeth: "That''s a coincidence. The Chakras in Nairo Uehara and I seem to be very abundant..."

    Hei Jue''s eyes narrowed, and he whispered: "Ghost shark, don''t be too greedy like your shark, but first find a way to get back the eyes of reincarnation and the outer golem before discussing this matter! I will now think of a way. Persuade Uehara Naraku..."

    "Sir, Uehara Naraku is not easy to convince..."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark spread out his palms and said with a chuckle; "Instead of wasting time to regain the trust of Uehara Naraku, it is better to give up the guy who fell Uehara Naraku, and let me help you implement the Moon Eye plan!"

    "..."

    Heijue glanced at the dried persimmon ghost shark silently. U U Reading

    Damn, is this guy greedy to be mad at seeing the opportunity to master the eye of reincarnation? Do you think you can use reincarnation eyes with Chakrado?

    Hei Jue glanced at the dried persimmon ghost shark, and smiled grimly: "Then it depends on your abilities. If you can capture the external golem... But I heard that you can''t even defeat the filthy reincarnation of Yakushitou. Ninja..."

    "..."

    The look of the dried persimmon ghost shark changed.

    The next moment, the dry persimmon ghost shark''s voice said indifferently: "Forget it, it doesn''t matter who comes, as long as you can see the world after Moon Eye."

    "Most definitely."

    Hei Jue''s voice was full of bewitching: "There will never be war in that world, and no one will deliberately deceive anymore. There is only peace and tranquility in that world..."

    He waited until Heijue finished describing Moon Eye''s plan to leave.

    After watching Kurozu departed indifferently, the dried persimmon ghost shark took out his own phone bug and dialed the phone bug of Uehara Naraku.

    "Sorry..."

    After a while, the phone worm in the hands of the ghost shark changed into Naraku Uehara''s costume. This was a sign of connection, and it squinted its eyes and started talking.

    "Ghost, have you finished talking with Heijue?"

    "Well, it''s over, it''s still lying to me."

    The dried persimmon ghost nodded, grinned his mouth, and continued: "What it deceived me this time was a lie prepared in advance to deceive Uehara-sama¡¯s trust, because the Moon Eye inside began to surround Focus on Nagato-sama!"

    "I know."

    Uehara Naraku''s voice is more elegant: "Then let it come and deceive my trust in it! All my trust can''t be gained by it so easily..."

 Chapter 319ï¼š Absolutely senior, you only have one last chance to try to convince me

    "Start from Naruto Behind the Scenes ( Find the latest chapter!

    Early in the morning.

    Uehara Naraku listened to the report of the dried persimmon ghost shark.

    As a qualified boss, the subordinates are qualified to complete the task, Uehara Naruko still does not hesitate to appreciate her.

    After Uehara Naraku heard that the ghost shark said that he deliberately showed the meaning of coveting reincarnation in front of Kuzue, Uehara Naraku softly praised: "You are right. After all, not everyone can let the moon eye dominate a world within Temptation."

    At this moment, Uehara Naraku spoke like a qualified boss.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark grinned, revealing his mouth full of teeth: "It''s just learning from Uhara-sama."

    In the next second, Uehara Naraku''s voice suddenly became a little gloomy again: "In your mouth, have I become a lunatic with no reason?"

    "Uh¡­"

    The dried persimmon ghost shrouded in a dumb laugh, and explained in a low voice: "It''s just to convince that Heijue, Lord Uehara shouldn''t mind it!"

    "It sounds like there are no flaws..."

    Uehara Naruko rubbed his forehead and said softly, "If everything doesn''t deviate from my plan, then I won''t care about you."

    "Yes."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark responded with a low smile, "Then the next thing will depend on Uehara-sama again."

    "Haha... don''t worry."

    Uehara Naraku chuckled lightly and glanced at the movement of Heizue on the destiny display panel. He continued: "It looks like our Heizue lord is still in a hurry. After I got my news from you, immediately Want to see me."

    "It''s really interesting!"

    The dried persimmon ghost can''t help but chuckle: "If it knows that all this is controlled by adults behind the scenes, it would be more interesting."

    "There will be such a day."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and said in a low voice: "Then I will deliberately let it dry for a while, let it be anxious for a while before seeing me!"

    "what?"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark was a little surprised.

    Uehara Naraku shook his head, stood on the balcony and turned his head to look inside the room, and whispered: "It''s nothing, but Mr. Nan just happened to wake up."

    After speaking, Naraku Uehara continued: "In the future, remember to tell me the code in advance, I don''t want my teacher to know."

    "..."

    Gan Shi Guiyu paused and grinned: "I understand, but if Master Xiao Nan knows in the future, the disciples she taught are actually behind the scenes of a world secretly, that kind of scene must be very interesting!"

    "Means nothing."

    Uehara Naruko frowned and put away his phone worm.

    Last night, the group of Uehara Naraku and Akatsuki organized to discuss the future of Akatsuki, and then gently calmed the fearful little girl Hydrangea, and stayed by Xiao Nan''s side.

    early morning.

    Xiao Yu was still lingering on the ground.

    Under the nourishment of rain, the air in Yuyin Village is somewhat fresh.

    Xiao Nan sat up from the bed and looked at the empty room blankly. She didn''t seem to find the person she expected, and her face was a little surprised.

    It wasn''t until Xiaonan''s eyes flowed and saw Uehara Naraku''s figure on the balcony that the light in her pupils slowly recovered, and her lips were relieved.

    Xiao Nan walked out of the room step by step, walked slowly to Uehara Naraku''s side, stretched out his arms around his waist, and pressed his cheeks tightly on his back.

    "Nara..."

    "Wake up? I''m here."

    Uehara Naraku patted Konan''s palm.

    After a long time, Uehara Naraku slowly broke away from the soft palm of her waist, turned and lowered her head to look at Xiao Nan, then slowly moved her gaze away.

    Uehara Naraku watched Xiaonan''s puzzled gaze and sighed, "Let''s go, go eat something in the morning, I have something to tell the teacher."

    Light rain was floating in the sky.

    The streets of Yuyin Village are still quiet.

    Uehara Naraku helped Xiaonan hold an umbrella, and said softly: "The Akatsuki guys learned about the death of Lord Nagato. They came to me last night..."

    "what?"

    A look of surprise flashed across Xiao Nan''s face, and her expression turned slightly ugly: "Those rebellious guys, are you embarrassed?"

    Last night, Xiaonan thought that Uehara Naraku was by his side, and there was still the noise of rainy days. He slept peacefully throughout the night and did not know what happened in Yuyin Village.

    "No."

    Uehara Naraku''s face remained calm, and he continued softly: "Senior Scorpion and Senior Kakuto... probably don''t want to leave Akatsuki. To them, this is like a group of weird people who cannot be understood by the Ninja world. Like a home leaning together for warmth..."

    "What do they want to do?"

    "Don''t want to do anything..."

    Uehara Naruto moved the umbrella in his hand, and said in a deep voice, "Anyway, except for Sasuke Uchiha and Yakushi who defected, they should all stay in Akatsuki for the time being."

    "So..."

    After Xiao Nan frowned, she whispered: "Konoha''s group of betrayers are really the favorite betrayers in the Ninja world..."

    This wave cannot be wrong.

    Konoha''s rebellious forbearance mostly has no morals.

    Whether it''s Osamaru or Uchiha Daido, Yakushito, Uchiha Sasuke, Uchiha Madara, these guys have very low professional ethics.

    These guys directly lowered the moral standard of Ninja world.

    Uehara Naraku opened his destiny display panel, which clearly showed that there was a black zue head portrait active near them.

    It seemed that the Heijue who was hanging by him was really anxious.

    After Uehara Naraku paused, he watched Xiaonan continue to speak softly: "I discussed with them last night and decided to take revenge on Uchiha''s soil, Yakushitou, and Osaimaru for the time being, and take back the body and reincarnation of Lord Nagato. eye."

    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku''s eyes narrowed slightly, and then he said: "But it is difficult to find Uchiha Taido and Osaimaru''s traces. I thought about it last night, and I plan to try to hunt down Kuruze. Trails..."

    Uehara Naraku squeezed the umbrella with her fingers, and continued softly, "Kurozue is the spy of Uchiha. Today I want to discuss with them to hunt down Kurozu..."

    "but¡­"

    After hesitating for a while, Xiaonan said in a low voice, "Although Mr. Jilaiya said so, I feel a little bit like Uchiha brought the soil deliberately...After all, we all know that Kuro and Uchiha have turned his face with the soil. "

    "Maybe it''s possible."

    After Uehara said this, he stopped his steps, looked at Xiao Nan next to him, and looked at her seriously: "However, any method that may obtain clues to Lord Nagato''s remains will never be missed."

    "¡­it is good."

    Xiaonan looked at Uehara Naruko''s firm face, and finally nodded: "No matter what you are going to do in the future, you must be careful..."

    "Ok."

    Uehara Naraku slowly stretched out his palm and landed on Xiaonan''s hair: "Yes, because I promised Lord Nagato, I will definitely protect Xiaonan teacher."

    At this warm moment.

    Suddenly a pitcher plant slowly emerged from the ground.

    Kurozuzu thinks that this time is the best time. It just so happens that Xiaonan thinks that it may still be his own, at least he will not shout and kill after meeting Uehara Naraku...

    Black Jue and White Jue emerged from the pitcher plant.

    Hei Jue raised his head and said in a hoarse voice: "Uehara, what your teacher said was right, don''t believe those traitors..."

    "You dare to appear in front of me!"

    Uehara Naraku''s palm squeezed tightly, and the next moment he stepped on the ground. The rain on the ground was under his control, forming a circular dungeon in an instant, directly enclosing the figure of Zuzu!

    At this moment, the anger on Uehara''s face was almost unconcealed!

    Just like a man who sees an enemy of life and death, full of anger!

    Uehara Naraku slowly stretched out his palm, placed the umbrella in Konan''s hand, and raised her head step by step towards Heuze.

    After Uehara Naruko walked to Kurozuzu''s side, he turned his head slightly, suppressing his anger, trying to calm his tone, and whispered: "Teacher, you go back first, I still have a lot to ask about it. I don¡¯t want you to see the next thing!"

    "..."

    Xiaonan stood there hesitantly.

    After a while, Xiao Nan nodded gently, and softly persuaded, "Uehara, calm down, don''t be dazzled by anger..."

    "is teacher."

    After hearing the sound of Xiaonan''s footsteps, Naruto Uehara looked at Kurojue, and said in a cold and gloomy voice: "Senior, you are bolder than I thought. Under such circumstances, you dare to appear in In front of me..."

    "Ho **** ho ho..."

    Hei Jueyin laughed a few times, and said: "If I don''t show up in front of you to explain, won''t you never know the truth?"

    "if not you!"

    Uehara Naraku''s palm suddenly squeezed into a fist, and he said indifferently, "If it wasn''t for you to leak the information... If it weren''t for you to recruit a pharmacist to join Akatsuki he wouldn''t be able to bring Uchiha. Tu has the opportunity to ambush Lord Nagato!"

    "And no matter what the truth is..."

    Uehara Naraku narrowed his eyes slightly, and his eyes revealed danger, like a beast that might riot at any time: "Senior, tell me where Uchiha takes the soil and the position of the Yakushi pocket. This should be for you. It''s not difficult!"

    "..."

    Hei Jue''s words suddenly stopped.

    It is really not easy for him to find the location of Yakushi''s pocket and Uchiha''s belt soil, after all, there are no 100,000 Baijue by his side.

    Originally, I wanted to cultivate Bai Jue with the Spore Art, but the chakra of ordinary people is not enough for the Spore Art to absorb. Only the powerful ninja can have enough chakra.

    Which ninja would be willing to be absorbed by people using spore art to absorb Chakra!

    In addition, the recently dispatched Bai Jue always disappears from time to time...

    To be honest, the job of an intelligence officer is really difficult.

    Uehara Nara frowned and watched Heuze, his fingers slowly erected, and he said in a cold voice, "Senior, it seems that we have to talk in another way..."

    The next moment, the dungeon gradually solidified!

    Hei Jue suddenly felt the pressure in the dungeon. Although this pressure wouldn''t be too threatening to him, it wouldn''t seem like a way of talking if it goes on like this!

    Hei Jue said in a deep voice to stop Uehara''s movements: "Wait, Uehara, don''t you want to resurrect Nagato? He has always protected the person who grew up taking care of you..."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku''s expression changed slightly, and he acted a little moved.

    After a while, Uehara quietly put down his fingers, and his voice was a little depressed: "Senior, now you only have the last chance to try to convince me..."

 Chapter 320ï¼š Akatsukis last 2 actor

    "Start with Naruto ( to find the latest chapter!

    Hei Jue is actually quite confident.

    As long as Uehara Naraku is still willing to communicate, it will surely persuade him.

    Kurozutsu moved out what he said about the dried persimmon ghost shark again, and slowly said that Uchiha Madara entrusted his dream to a destiny son named Nagato.

    Even if Uehara Naraku had heard this story, her eyelids trembled.

    In Kazuki''s description, Uchiha Madara has become a very delicate and kind old man. After he finally got the eyes of reincarnation, he was guided by the six immortals and found the right way to save the Ninja world.

    It''s a pity that Uchiha Madara''s life has come to an end.

    "Before dying..."

    When Kurozutsu talked about Uchiha Madara¡¯s death, he slowly lowered his head. There was even a hint of sadness in his voice, and he became resolute again: "Master Madara finally made up his mind. He decided to take what he got. Reincarnation eye, bet on the new era!"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku was dumbfounded.

    Fuck, it sounds really moving!

    Hei Jue''s words, how come he sounds familiar!

    I have to mention that the acting and lines of this guy Kuro Zetsu are really lifelike, much more realistic than the two eliminated guys Uchiha Daido and Uchiha Itachi...

    To be honest, if it wasn''t for Uehara Naraku to control all this secretly, he really thought he had come to a fake ninja world...

    Hei Jue...

    Sure enough, it is his biggest rival to compete with the actor!

    After Uehara Naraku was silent for a while, he continued: "Senior, but unfortunately you seem to have abandoned the last wish of the legendary Uchiha Madara..."

    "Strictly speaking, it''s not a betrayal."

    Hei Jue shook his head, and continued in a deep voice: "Master Madara''s real wish is for the peace of the entire Ninja world. As long as the Ninja world can be made peaceful, the light of the Moon Eye can cover the earth, so that the entire Ninja world will never be there. Disputes!"

    After Kurozu said this, he watched Uehara Naraku and continued, "Uehara, Nagato inherited Madara''s eyes and last wishes, and you inherited Nagato''s will... This is the so-called inheritance of the will of Ninja."

    "Uchiha Madara..."

    Uehara Naruko frowned inexplicably, and said in a low voice, "Is it really that noble? But I''m from Konoha Ninja..."

    "They are all weak."

    Hearing Uehara Naraku talking about Konoha, Kurozuzu hurriedly continued to argue: "The weak can only see the crisis in front of him, and only the strong can see through time the essence of the war in the Ninja world."

    After speaking, Kurozutsu seemed to be afraid that Uehara Naraku would doubt Uchiha Madara¡¯s character, so he gave a sharp dose: "And why Madara thought about the Moon Eye Project is because he got the stone monument left by the six immortals..."

    When Hei Jue talked about the Six Dao Immortals, his voice was a little more hoarse: "The legendary Six Dao immortals a thousand years ago hoped that the Ninja world would be peaceful forever. Under his powerful strength, naturally no one dared to trespass his will..."

    Having said this, Heijue''s voice gradually lowered: "The Six Dao Immortals thought very far-reaching. If the Ninja World is still peaceful, then naturally it doesn''t matter; but he guessed that there might be war in the entire Ninja World after his death, so he stayed A solution to the war has been laid."

    "It''s the Moon Eye Project?"

    Uehara Naraku suppressed his emotions forcibly.

    To be honest, I really want to laugh.

    Hei Jue didn''t know how much he hated Six Dao Immortals, but at this moment he wanted to use the name of Six Dao Immortals to fool him. This guy is really not easy!

    And Hei Jue can really act!

    The reason why there have been so many wars in the Ninja World for thousands of years, isn''t it all thanks to its old man!

    Unfortunately, Kuro never knew what Uehara was thinking.

    After watching Uehara Naraku''s expression slightly shifted, Kurozu continued in a deep voice, "Yes, it was the Moon Eye Project. After Master Madara got the stone tablet, he used his own kaleidoscope to write and read the stone. Secret, so what he inherited is the will of the six immortals!"

    "Where is that stone tablet?"

    "Naga Shrine of the Uchiha clan."

    Kurozu looked at Uehara Naraku and whispered bewildered: "If you get the reincarnation eye, you can also interpret the stone tablet, then you will understand that I have never deceived you, and I will also understand the six ways of immortal and Madame Madara. will¡­"

    "I know."

    Uehara Naraku was somewhat moved.

    As for what he thinks in his heart, of course he cannot deny it.

    Both of them should know a little bit about what happened to that stone tablet.

    Uehara Naraku was silent for a while, and then suddenly said, "Then you told me that you can resurrect Nagato-sama, is this true?"

    This matter is the most important thing.

    He had to think of a way to get Kurojutsu to agree to revive Nagato.

    The only troublesome thing is that the **** Hei Jue wants him to transplant the Reincarnation Eye to host the Moon Eye Project...

    This is really sad.

    Does it mean that once he becomes the leader of Akatsuki''s organization, he must have the reincarnation eye standard on his body?

    How well, Hei Jue wants him to transplant the reincarnation eye!

    This is a doll set on him!

    I''m really curious, how did Hei Jue''s brain grow, so that a doll set on the head of the black hand behind the scenes!

    When Uehara Naraku saw that Kurozu was still silent, he continued softly: "Jue-senior, if I remember correctly, after Nagato-sama used the reincarnation technique, his life has been exhausted, even if it is to kill him. After the resurrection, it won¡¯t last long, right?

    "Then there is only another way."

    Hei Jue was no longer silent, and his mouth grinned with a smile: "Once Maru and Yakushi got the body of Nagato, they will definitely not give up using the dirty soil to control Nagato to become their combat power, so they will definitely Make Nagato the power of its heyday..."

    Kurozu looked at Uehara Naraku and continued in a low voice: "At that time, as long as he used the reincarnation technique on Nagato, he would be able to resurrect in his heyday state..."

    "Oh?"

    Uehara Naraku slowly tilted his head, staring at Kuzuzuki and suddenly said, "At the beginning, you recruited Yakushi to join our Moon Eye project and asked him to resurrect Uchiha Madara in his heyday. Will this also be the idea? I want Nagato-sama to revive him..."

    "No."

    Kurozutsu shook his head hurriedly, and explained softly, "It''s just that the Uchiha belt soil has been added to the Moon Eye Project. Only Madara can deal with Uchiha belt soil..."

    "Well, I admit that I did have this idea."

    Looking at Uehara Naraku''s playful gaze, Kurozuzu laughed out of his voice, "I am Madara''s will. It doesn''t seem strange to see Madara have a chance to resurrect!"

    When he said this, Heijue suddenly paused, and there was a hint of excitement in his voice: "It''s just that Lord Madara has given the future to the people of the new era. He may not be willing to resurrect...

    In fact, I just want him to see that after the light of the Moon Eye shrouded the earth, this world, like his last wish before his death, has become the world of his dreams. "

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku is really speechless.

    Whenever you encounter a problem that cannot be resolved, you can touch others with words that can move people. Uehara Nara feels that you have learned something from Kurozu...

    Just through Hei Jue''s words, if you change to another person, maybe you really can''t bear to continue to doubt him...

    After all, they seem to be telling the truth!

    No matter who it is, wouldn''t he be moved by the most important person who has the opportunity to resurrect himself? With such a frank remark, the matter is over. Are you embarrassed to continue to investigate?

    What''s more, there is a supplement to Uchiha Madara later.

    It''s just that Kurozutsu is more **** than him. In Kurozu''s mouth, Uchiha Madara has been thoroughly described as a saint.

    If the Ninja world had a actor award, the people in the Ninja world would not give Kurozu a actor, and Uehara Naraku would not agree!

    Of course, if he doesn''t give Uehara a actor, Uehara Naraku will not agree!

    Uehara Naraku sighed, lowered his head slowly, and whispered: "Senior, I can understand your feelings. Before the death of Lord Nagato, he actually told me that he had no regrets when he died... "

    Uehara Naraku''s emotions gradually became a little agitated. He looked at Kurozutsu and continued: "But I couldn''t bear the pain of his leaving... So when I heard that there was a chance to resurrect him, I knew it would go against his wishes and would still stop. Constantly moving!"

    Speaking of excitement, there was even some mist in Uehara''s eyes.

    Kurozuru looked at Uehara Naraku who was full of excitement and wanted to cry, and shook his head with a sigh, suddenly feeling a little guilty in his heart.

    It deceived Uehara Naraku so much, and finally moved Uehara Naraku?

    Human...

    Always so easy to be deceived by emotions.

    Uehara Naraku also wiped his eyes Moisten the eye sockets with the power of water, this guy Kurozu is really not that easy to be deceived...

    The last two actors of Akatsuki''s organization, after a wave of lines and acting skills, converged their emotions, and finally talked about their serious business.

    "Actually, I have already planned to abandon the Moon Eye project."

    Naruto Uehara rubbed her eye sockets and held her temples. The first words he uttered made Kurozutsu''s heart tremble. His feelings were wasted?

    Damn, it''s been a thousand years!

    Hei Jue has never been so affectionate before!

    Even when Hei Jue missed Datongmu Huiye every time he looked up at the moon, he couldn''t say the affectionate words just now!

    "but¡­"

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Heizue, the corners of her mouth bends without leaving a trace and disappeared invisibly: "After getting the whole story from the mouth of the predecessor, I will find a way to continue the Moon Eye project, the six immortals, The wish of Madara-san and Nagato-sama..."

    Uehara Naraku slowly squeezed his fist, and said firmly with his eyes: "These wishes will definitely be realized in our hands! This is our unshirkable responsibility...Senior, join me in carrying out the Moon Eye Project. Right!"

    At this moment, there seemed to be a light shining on him.

    No, there is really a light shining on Uehara Naraku.

    The light rain in Yuyin Village didn''t know when it stopped. A ray of sunlight passed through the thick clouds and fell on Uehara Naraku, like a choice of fate.

    "Ho **** ho ho... of course."

    Kurozuru nodded at Naruto Uehara. The joy in the hoarse laughter was almost overwhelming: "Uehara, it is precisely because I saw you have the possibility of inheriting their will that I would be willing to come to you."

 Chapter 321ï¼š Will the 5th Film Festival be held in Yuyin Village?

    "Start from Naruto Behind the Scenes ( Find the latest chapter!

    To be honest, it''s pretty tiring to be acting all the time.

    Now that everyone has agreed, it will definitely not be changed easily.

    Whether it was Uehara Naraku or Kurozutsu, the two of them were actually relieved, they were really fed up with this kind of thing!

    Both of them secretly made up their minds. When their respective plans are successful in the future, they must see the expression of the other person knowing the truth, and must see how surprised they will be when they know the truth!

    At that time, they must feel that they will be more happy.

    After all, a man behind the scenes successfully completed his plan by relying on the performance. If he does not share the joy of his success with his enemies, is he still a serious man behind the scenes?

    A true man behind the scenes must learn to get rid of the low-level interest of calculating people all day long, and sharing successful experiences is the man behind the noble character.

    Uehara Naruko rubbed her temples and looked at Kurozue and whispered, "Then what we need most now is to search for information on Osaimaru, Yakushito, and Uchiha, and take all the things they snatched from them. come back!"

    After seeing Kuro Zetsu nodded, Naruto Uehara nodded, and continued to add: "On this point, I reached some superficial discussions with Konoha''s fifth-generation Naruto Tsunade, and Konoha will also share with us about them. Information..."

    "Not bad."

    Hei Jue nodded, his voice hoarse and praised: "I really didn''t expect that after going around, we still returned to the original point, and can use Konoha to continue to collect information for us and help us fight Uchiha''s soil... "

    "No, maybe better than before."

    Nairo Uehara hooked the corner of her own mouth, and continued with a smile: "The Lord Naruto plans to contact all the shadows of the big country Shinobu Village immediately and invite me to participate in the Five Shadows Conference to resolve our previous grievances, and by the way, join forces to fight the Osamaru Uchiha takes soil."

    "..."

    After being silent for a while, Hei Jue suddenly smiled and said, "But the leaders of these great nations Shinobu Village would never think that Uehara, you just want to use them to regain control of the Moon Eye Project."

    "Not bad."

    Uehara Naraku looked at the sky and sighed faintly: "I once thought of really resolving hatred with them, but unfortunately it is a mistake. Just as the predecessor said, those weak people stand at the bottom of the valley and cannot understand. Those of us who stand on the mountain."

    "Hehe, you are not just standing on a mountain..."

    Hei Jue''s mouth grinned with a grinning smile, and it pointedly said: "We have transcended the limits of this world. We should be standing on the moon, overlooking this sickly world of Ninja..."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku was a bit speechless.

    This black jue is too arrogant!

    Isn''t this alluding to Datongmu Kaguya?

    Heijue is here secretly using the moon as a metaphor for Datongmu Huiye, but he must be very happy in his heart! It seems that he really doesn''t know anything!

    It¡¯s just that the role played by Uehara Naraku really doesn¡¯t know anything, so he shook his head and sighed: "No matter how high we stand, we are only the legacy of our predecessors. We are not great, just because we Inherit the dreams of those great people."

    "Good point."

    To be honest, Hei Jue couldn''t help but applaud.

    Uehara Naraku said the meaning expressed by these words, it is not too much in line with the image of Uehara Naraku in Kazuda''s heart!

    What a good kid...

    It was finally completely fooled by it!

    Kurozu nodded looking at Uehara Naruto: "Okay, then I will continue to find ways to investigate their intelligence..."

    "Okay, I will ask seniors for intelligence."

    After Uehara nodded, he said in a deep voice: "After finding their location, I will personally lead everyone from Akatsuki to kill them! Last time, Yakushi took the golem away while I was away, next time I will never let him go!"

    "Ok."

    Hei Jue nodded and slowly dived into the ground.

    After watching Kurozu leave, Uehara Naraku showed a smile at the corner of her mouth, bowed her head and sighed, shook her head and said, "Oh, that''s true... The two of us have said so much to each other, and there is a truth. Huh?"

    While Uehara Naraku was still standing still thinking, sheets of origami butterflies flew to his side precariously, converging into the appearance of Xiaonan.

    Xiao Nan looked up at Uehara Naraku, with a worrisome expression on his face: "Naraku, absolutely already gone, why are you still standing here? What happened? Didn''t you have a pleasant chat?"

    "No, it was a very pleasant chat."

    Uehara Naruko shook her head, pressed her fingers on Xiao Nan''s forehead, smoothed her frowning eyebrows, and spoke softly to soothe Xiao Nan''s emotions.

    "After I talked with the best, I can be sure that it is not the spy of Uchiha''s belt soil, and it will help us continue to collect information on Uchiha''s belt soil."

    "That''s good."

    Xiao Nan breathed a sigh of relief.

    Now Uehara Naraku has completely stabilized the situation after Nagato''s death. He calmed the Akatsuki organization, temporarily calmed the Yuyin Village, and now calmed the Kazuki of the Moon Eye team.

    The only problem may be Xiao Nan''s emotions.

    Because Uehara Naraku became the last companion to depend on each other, Xiaonan has been like to follow him recently, and Uehara Naraku can only let it go.

    Uehara Naraku also secretly urged the movement of Yakushi''s pocket, asking him to speed up, and get the body of Oshawan as quickly as possible.

    Since this time, the Shinobi world has not been peaceful.

    The news that Akatsuki¡¯s organization¡¯s base was in the Land of Rain quickly spread throughout the Ninja World, and Yanyin Village and Yunyin Village had been holding fire and wanted to come and settle accounts!

    If it were not for the news that Yakushito and Uchiha took the soil and took all the tail beasts of the Akatsuki organization and spread throughout the Ninja World, and Tsunade sent people to notify the five shadows meeting when the five shadows meeting was held, the Uyin village would be resolved. Maybe the two Ninja villages have already invaded the country of rain!

    If this is the case, maybe they will also perish...

    After all, along with the news of Akatsuki''s organization, it was Naru Uehara who killed the Quartet in the Battle of Konoha and defeated the reincarnated second-generation Hokage, second-generation soil shadow, second-generation water shadow, and fourth-generation with one person. News from Fengying and the fourth generation of Naruto!

    This news is not surprising!

    Under the turbulent situation in the Ninja world, Uehara Naraku, the unappointed leader of Yuyin Village, received several titles, which was barely used by the Great Ninja Village to hide their shame.

    Of course, this title is not only a new generation of ninja demigod, after all, the title of a new generation of ninja demigod cannot be a fig leaf for the great Ninja Village.

    Uehara Naraku felt a little ashamed.

    Yuyin Village.

    Above the tower.

    Uehara Naraku and Konan are sitting here.

    Uehara was holding a scroll in his hand, his eyes fixed on the scroll, his expression gloomy as if dripping water: "What kind of titles are these!"

    "Let me take a look."

    Xiao Nan''s brows and eyes were a little soft, she gently took the scroll from Uehara Naraku''s hand, and murmured, "The Terminator of the old generation, is this title because Naraku defeated the shadows that were reincarnated by the dirty soil?"

    "maybe¡­"

    Uehara Naraku slowly lay on the high tower, holding the back of his head with his palm, looking up at the sky, and whispered: "This is pretty normal..."

    "indeed."

    Xiao Nan nodded, her brows frowned slightly, and she continued softly: "The first generation of eyes Yuying, this should be the guy from Sanjiao Yu Hanzo thinking about it!"

    "It''s all those small country ninjas who shouted casually!"

    Uehara Naraku looked at the clouds in the sky, and casually explained: "The foundation of Yuyin Village is too weak. It is impossible for the five major countries to recognize the title of Yukage, so that this Ninja world has an additional village that divides interests, not to mention that I have not succeeded Yuyin. The position of the leader of the hidden village."

    To be honest, the land of the Land of Rain is not small.

    If there were more ninjas in Yuyin Village, and another battle in the Ninja world, the five great nations might hold their noses and recognize the title of the first generation of Yuying.

    "Huh? This is okay..."

    Xiao Nan''s finger fell on the scroll, and she whispered the title she loved very much: "The man standing on top of the ninja..."

    "Too shameful!"

    Uehara Naraku shook his head speechlessly, and sighed: "Rather than this title, I would rather they call me the Hexagon Warrior!"

    Ninja does exist in the ninja world with polygons.

    For example, Yakushidou once produced this ninja post during the Zhongnin exam, in which polygons are used to represent the areas where ninjas are good at.

    Uehara Naraku should be able to take a perfect hexagon.

    Xiao Nan shook her head slowly, her voice gradually becoming low, because she saw the extremely humiliating title on the scroll.

    "The crime of Yuyin..."

    Xiao Nan''s face became a little ugly.

    Uehara Naruko spread out her palms indifferently, and whispered softly: "They are right. I destroyed so many big country Shinobu Villages. For them, I should be the source of Ugin Village''s evil. ¡­"

    "Nara..."

    Xiao Nan''s body lay on Uehara''s body, his forehead pressed against his forehead, and he whispered to appease his negative energy: "Don''t say that..."

    "¡­it is good."

    Just as the two of them were staying quietly together, a voice interrupted them: "Angel Sir, Uehara Naraku, someone sent a letter!"

    Under the tower.

    Hydrangea raised her palm and said loudly to the tower: "Angel Sir, Uehara Naraku, someone sent a letter!"

    "I know."

    The person who came to deliver the letter was Konoha Ninja.

    This is a handwritten letter from Tsunade, mainly to consult Uehara Naraku''s opinion, asking him whether he agrees to use Uyin Village as the meeting point for the Five Shadows Conference.

    Yes, the Five Shadows Conference is finally on the agenda.

    This is also the reason for Uehara Naraku In order to make Konoha deeply aware of the great threats posed by the Dashemaru, Yakushito, and Uchiha Daido, Uehara Naraku secretly manipulated the reincarnation Mizumon and Uchiha attacked Naruto Uzumaki with soil.

    Although Naruto Uzumaki did nothing under the protection of Hagi Kakashi and Jiraiya, he still made Tsunade aware of the seriousness of the problem.

    Because of the time and space technique, Hafeng Mizuno and Uchiha belt soil can attack Uzumaki Naruto at any time, and it is obviously impossible for everyone in Konoha to protect Uzumaki Naruto 24 hours a day.

    Thousand days to guard against thieves will eventually lose.

    After finally contacting the other leaders of Shinobu Village, Tsunade initiated a five-kage meeting with them and began to find a place for the meeting.

    The country of iron, the country of samurai who upholds absolute neutrality is also very suitable; from the distance, Yuyin Village is located in the center of the Ninja Continent, and it is also a very suitable village.

    It''s just that Akatsuki is entrenched here, which is a little troublesome.

    However, Tsunade''s willingness to hold the Five Shadows Conference is also to take this opportunity to solve the enmity between the Great Ninja Village and Yuyin Village, and hope that all forces in the Ninja world can unite and jointly fight the threatening Oshemaru group that has been hidden in the dark.

    Anyway, the relationship between Yuyin Village and Akatsuki''s organization and the major Shinobu villages was messy, so Tsunade simply put it in Yuyin Village and solved it in one go!

    Since Tsunade wanted to put the meeting place in Uyin Village, he must communicate in advance with Uehara Naraku, the current leader of Uyin Village.

    therefore¡­

    Uehara Naraku received a letter from Tsunade.

    After Uehara Naraku finished reading the letter, his expression gradually became a little subtle: "Tsunade, this woman, doesn''t she really want to hold the Five Shadows Conference in Ugin Village, right?"

 Chapter 322ï¼š In the name of Oshe Maru, lets declare war!

    "Start with Naruto ( to find the latest chapter!

    Every time Uehara Naraku thought that the changes in this ninja world were magical enough, something new and strange would pop up to refresh his knowledge.

    Originally, he thought it was magical enough that he was behind the scenes to participate in the Five Shadows Conference, but now he has received a letter from Tsunade that this fifth generation Hokage actually wants to hold the Five Shadows Conference in Yuyin Village?

    Is he the problem?

    Or is this world broken by him!

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Xiaonan who flew down next to him, with a wry smile on his face, and handed the letter in his hand to Xiaonan: "Konoha''s Tsunade-san wants to hold the Five Shadows Conference in Yuyin Village..."

    "..."

    Xiao Nan''s expression is also full of incomprehension.

    After a while, Xiaonan finished reading Tsunade''s handwritten letter. In addition to asking whether the Five Shadows Conference could be held in Yuyin Village, Xiaonan also asked about Akatsuki''s advice on the handling of those S-rank rebels.

    "Nara, what do you think?"

    Xiaonan looked at Naraku Uehara and asked softly, "Do you think we have to agree to Tsunade''s opinion?"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku was silent for a while, shook his head, and whispered: "First write her a letter to deny her! If the shadows of the big country Shinobu Village dare to come to Yuyin Village, then we don''t mind putting the Five Shadows Conference in Held in the village, just..."

    Speaking of this, Uehara Naraku sighed and said: "It''s just that the Ninja world is at the most dangerous time. No one knows what will happen tomorrow. The traitors in Oshamaru will not let the Five Shadows Conference go smoothly. I''m just worried. What trouble will it cause..."

    Because Naraku Uehara wanted to send Uchiha to take soil and pharmacist to the Five Shadows Tournament to do something, so the Five Shadows Tournament could not be placed in Uyin Village...

    Otherwise, it is easy to cause a chain reaction.

    After Uehara Naraku mentioned the trouble, he continued: "Now Akatsuki is also very calm, so don''t let them feel crisis..."

    The members of the Akatsuki organization trust Naraku Uehara so much. If they see people in their hometown, they will definitely be a little embarrassed and uncomfortable. Who knows if these big country Shinobu villages will wantonly hunt down the rebels in their villages!

    The group of teasers organized by Akatsuki are so happy now, why let the outsiders like Five Shadows disturb their lives!

    "¡­it is good."

    Xiao Nan nodded and said softly, "Then I will reply to Tsunade-honor now, and I can only refuse her kindness."

    After Xiaonan¡¯s reply arrived at Konoha, Tsunade also realized that she was not thinking well. She just wanted to cut the mess with a sharp knife and solve the enmity between Yuyin Village and other big countries Ninja Village as soon as possible. Instead, she forgot to Conflicts in Yuyin Village are more likely to cause trouble.

    In this case, it can only be placed in the country of iron.

    After Tsunade and Mifune of Tetsu no Kuni made contact, they began to frequently contact the major Ninja villages to determine the time and location of the Gokage Convention.

    Uehara Naraku also received an invitation letter.

    It is a pity that when Uehara Naraku received the invitation letter, he was having afternoon tea with the members of the Akatsuki organization, so Akatsuki''s members seemed to be celebrating the new year, celebrating Uehara Naraku''s infiltrating the five major countries.

    "It''s amazing, Uehara!"

    Deidara happily hugged Naraku Uehara''s shoulders and waved her small fist: "I really want to be your guard, to see the face of Old Man Onoki!"

    "Uh¡­"

    Uehara Naraku''s expression was slightly embarrassed.

    Dedara is so funny!

    Of course, if Deidara doesn''t defect and honestly inherits the dust of Onogi, it is estimated that he will be able to participate in the Five Shadows Convention as the fourth generation of Tu Ying.

    It''s really funny, I don''t want to be a soil shadow, I like to eat soil every day!

    "Well, you guys have a good rest here!"

    Nairo Uehara put down a glass of juice, glanced at Xiao Nan who was sitting between Ringo Yu Yuri and Phosphorus, and beckoned at her: "Teacher, let''s go first! Go back and prepare and explain the affairs of the village."

    "¡­Ok."

    Xiao Nan nodded, patted Xianglin''s head, and finally calmed her: "Xianfeng, live a good life in the base, don''t take the druggist''s defection to heart. Uehara said that the pharmacist''s defecting It won''t involve you..."

    "Yes, Master Xiao Nan."

    Xianglin pushed the glasses on the bridge of his nose, and after nodding seriously, his eyes moved slightly to look at Uehara Naraku.

    The water in Ninja World is too deep.

    After Yakushi had defected, when he came to Akatsuki''s base to take away the Golem from the outside world, he specifically told Xianglin so that she should not think too much about Uehara''s orders.

    To be honest, Phosphorus really doesn''t think that Yakushito dare to betray Uehara Naraku, because for a long time, Phosphorus knows that Yakushido actually shows incomprehensible respect and fear to Uehara Naraku in private.

    It is said that Yakushidou once personally said to Phosphorus that in this world, any ninja who dared to defy Lord Naraku¡¯s will cannot control life and death in his own hands, and he will never be able to get rid of his bondage, and even his soul cannot be saved...

    All the enemies of Lord Naraku will endure spiritual torture forever, which is more terrifying than physical torture.

    How could a person who feared and respected Uehara Naraku privately suddenly betrayed Uehara Naraku?

    What''s more, isn''t Oshemaru saying that it has been played by Uehara Naraku all the time?

    Why do people say that there is a big snake pill behind the pharmacist pocket? Hasn''t Yakushidou always been a spy for Uehara Naraku?

    And since Yakushi had betrayed Uehara Naraku, why should she especially warn her not to let her go against Uehara Naraku''s will?

    Fragrant Phosphorus clearly remembered what Yakushidou told her at the end: "No matter what happens, never think of betraying Naraku-sama, otherwise I, the person closest to you, will deal with you."

    After the betrayal, the pharmacist specially warned Phosphorus to never betray Uehara Naraku, otherwise, it is very likely that his friend of Phosphorus will execute Phosphorus.

    Xianglin couldn''t help but glanced at Naraku Uehara.

    The young man who squinted his eyes and smiled very kindly, he was gently reaching out his hand to help Xiao Nan wipe the tea stains on his lips, his face was always smiling...

    The guy Uehara Naraku, in this way, looks really good-tempered and easy to get along with. He seems to always be so kind.

    However, Xianglin has seen the scariest side of Uehara Naraku...

    At that time, when Onomaru was most proud of it, Uehara Nairo appeared in front of Onomaru and threw a sinful shuriken!

    From then on, one of Konoha Sannin''s Osha Maru disappeared.

    The pharmacist who had been following Da She Wan replaced him.

    Xianglin looked at the kind-faced Naraku Uehara and the shadow underneath Uehara Naruto''s feet. She seemed to see that the shadow gradually turned into a hideous monster, gradually becoming so huge that it covered the entire Ninja World...

    As Xianglin looked at Naraku Uehara''s eyes, she gradually became a little scared, and her head gradually sweated, which caused her to hurriedly lower her head because of the behavior of others.

    Ringo Yu Yuri, who was sitting near Fragrant Phosphorus, noticed Fragrant Phosphorus''s actions, drank a cup of tea slowly, and whispered: "Some thoughts that shouldn''t have appeared should be forgotten immediately. Don''t let yourself and those closest to you fall into danger what¡­"

    "..."

    Xianglin''s heart shuddered.

    This Ringo Yu Yuri... did not appease her who was frightened like Xiao Nan, but threatened her with intention!

    Yakushito''s betrayal...is it also under the control of Uehara Naraku?

    The water in Ninja World is too deep, right?

    This time, everyone who really should understand.

    Moreover, this is a life-threatening matter, and Fragrant Phosphorus doesn''t dare to think about it anymore. There are some things that I know in my heart that I feel dangerous, let alone those things.

    Fragrant phosphorus slowly lowered his head.

    Uehara Naraku didn''t pay attention to what happened here. He seldom cares about some small things. He and Xiao Nan left Akatsuki''s base, and the two returned to Yuyin Village.

    Even if Uehara Naraku attends the Five Shadows Conference as the leader of a small Shinobu Village, she is also eligible to bring a guard. In addition to Xiaonan''s recent situation, she insists on going to the Five Shadows Conference with Uehara Naraku...

    Which of the two of them will go to the meeting and who will be the guard next to it is really a questionable question. In fact, Uehara Naruto still prefers their old toolman Hattori Hirakawa Kaminbu.

    Sure enough, getting older...

    I am more willing to play with men.

    It is a pity that Xiao Nan''s will is very firm.

    Naruto Uehara stood on the balcony and glanced at Ko Nan who was helping to pack his luggage in his room. A light flashed in his eyes and his fingers were slowly raised.

    next moment.

    Uehara''s will spread thousands of miles away.

    In a secret underground base laboratory in the Snow Country in the north covered by ice and snow, Pharmacist is still conducting compatibility experiments with reincarnation eyes and interpillar cells. He even started to increase the curse of natural energy, hoping to complete the experiment as soon as possible.

    For this reason, Yao Shidou also brought Shigego, who had been captured by Da She Wan, as his experimental assistant and a source of natural energy.

    To be honest, this clumsy man may become violent at any time, and Yao Shidou really misses the assistant of Xianglin...

    Just as the pharmacist completed an experiment and obtained a key piece of data, and planned to rest for a while, Shigego rushed over!

    "Pocket! The few dead underground are resurrected!"

    "..."

    The pharmacist glanced at the horrified Junggo with a full face. Is this Junggo probably the so-called contrast cuteness?

    Under normal conditions, Shigeo is very courageous;

    Once he became violent, Shigego dared to join Sasuke Uchiha!

    The pharmacist looked at Shigego and sighed: "I see, it should be our adult who sent the order... By the way, where''s Sasuke?"

    "Sasuke is still practicing outside..."

    Shigego breathed a sigh of relief, and asked curiously, "You said that Sasuke Uchiha wears so little... Isn''t he afraid of the cold?"

    "Of course I''m not afraid..."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses firmly with a full face.

    What magical questions are this guy Zhongwu asking!

    Ninjas need to be able to tolerate things that ordinary people can''t. Are they talking about whether they are afraid of cold or not?

    Just at this time.

    A golden light flickered in front of them, and the figure of Hafeng Mizumon stood in front of Yakushito and Shigeo, and Uehara Naraku''s order came from his mouth.

    "Pouch, let''s make a big fuss at the Five Shadows Conference!"

    Uehara Naraku''s voice was full of gloom and evil, and he continued in a deep voice: "In the name of Oshemaru, announce to the world that the Fourth Ninja War will begin!"

 Chapter 323ï¼š Let go, I want to Jieyin...

    "Start with Naruto ( to find the latest chapter!

    Uehara Naraku is really a sinkhole!

    Now that Oshe Maru has not been resurrected from Ryuji Cave, Uehara Naraku has prepared everything for O She Maru in advance, and even the death of O She Maru has been arranged in advance.

    Uehara Naraku is really careful.

    He arranged everything in Oshomaru properly.

    From the resurrection of Oshemaru in Ryuji Cave, he obtained the strongest blood in the ninja world, stepped onto the pinnacle of life, launched the ninja world war, was found and defeated by the justice Uehara Naruto, buried in the grave...

    Yakushidou didn''t know what to say, but I really don''t know how badly he felt after the resurrection of Oshemaru... Uehara Naraku is going to die Oshemaru alive!

    This is much more exciting than when Shimura Danzo was framed back then...

    The pharmacist sighed helplessly and accepted the order of Uehara Naraku: "Yes, Naraku-sama, I know, I will be there in the name of Oshamaru-sama during the Five Shadows Conference, and there will be a Ninja war announced. ¡­"

    "Then it depends on your performance."

    Uehara Naraku''s voice was a little happy. He smiled and continued: "I will personally participate in the Five Shadows Conference. I hope you will protect your safety..."

    "¡­Yes."

    The pharmacist nodded helplessly.

    After a while, Yakushitou suddenly continued: "Master Naraku, there seems to be a chess piece in our hands that has not been used, Uchiha Itachi..."

    "Not in a hurry."

    After thinking about it for a while, Uehara Naraku continued in a low voice: "In any case, it is not easy to let Uchiha Itachi out of our control. We must choose a suitable opportunity for Uchiha Itachi to see Uzumaki Naruto and relieve the other gods from writing round eyes Threat..."

    "Yes."

    After the pharmacist nodded, he suddenly grinned and said, "Do I need to bring Sasuke to the Five Shadows Conference this time?"

    "What are you taking him to do? Let him die?"

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t understand the meaning of Yakushitou. He would say a few words about Sasuke Uchiha in front of anyone. Doesn''t even Yakushito think that Sasuke is so good?

    Is this stupid?

    Uchiha Sasuke went to the Five Shadows Conference to die!

    Yakushi sighed, pushed his glasses, and laughed in a low voice: "Then let Sasuke guard Yao here! What a poor little guy, he still thinks Lord Naraku is a friend of Itachi Uchiha. I still miss Mr. Naraku''s care for him..."

    After Yakushi said this, he continued to smile and said, "I have no doubt. Once I change Sasuke''s eyes to Uchiha Itachi, he will immediately kill me and give my head to Lord Naraku!"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku fell into deep thought. A moment later, he nodded and said, "Then leave Sasuke behind! I have to think about how to use this..."

    I didn''t expect it.

    A story made up by Uehara Naraku made Sasuke Uchiha completely identify him as a friend of Uchiha Itachi. This is really outrageous.

    "¡­Ok."

    The pharmacist nodded strangely.

    Yuyin Village.

    Uehara Naraku quietly put down his finger.

    If nothing else, the Five Shadows Conference he participated in this time is destined to become very exciting, but it is a pity that the Five Generations and Semi-Naruto Shimura Danzo is missing.

    What a pity...

    Xiao Nan also packed up their salutes and sealed everything they needed to bring into the scroll. She thought the Five Shadows Conference would definitely be held for a long time.

    "Are you ready?"

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Xiao Nan who walked out of the room, with a smile on his face: "It seems that it has been a long time since I went out on a mission with Xiao Nan teacher..."

    "Ok."

    Xiao Nan nodded, tucked her hair, stretched out her palm to hold Uehara Naraku''s fingers, and whispered, "Let''s go!"

    "...I want to seal."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Xiao Nan innocently, and watched as she let go of her palm before slowly closing it together and forming a psychic seal.

    The next moment, the roar of the ancient dragon came from the sky, and the huge ancient dragon was suspended above the reinforced concrete Yuyin Village!

    After the two people boarded the ancient dragon, this huge psychic beast flapped its wings and flew into the air in the direction of the Iron Kingdom!

    The country of iron.

    This is the most famous neutral country in the Ninja world.

    A long time ago, long ago, the ninjas publicly stated that they would not launch a war against the Iron Nation, but regard the Iron Nation as a permanent neutral and peaceful country.

    There are no ninjas in this country.

    The armed forces in the iron country are a group of samurai who can fight ninjas.

    Most of these warriors can also use chakras to unleash powerful swordsmanship, and their strength can be said to be strong, so they are qualified to remain neutral.

    Among them, the leader of the samurai is named Mifune.

    It is said that the leader of the three ships had fought against Sanshou Hanzo of Yuyin Village, but he was defeated by Hanzo¡¯s sword skills and highly poisonous, but Sanshou Hanzo believed that Sanshou was a manufacturable material, so he kept his one. life.

    The iron nation has been very vigilant recently.

    Because the Five Shadows Conference is about to begin here, Mifune as the host is naturally responsible for the smooth holding of the Five Shadows Conference, so he sent many warriors to garrison early to avoid any trouble.

    The first person to rush to the country of iron was Konoha''s fifth-generation Hokage Tsunade. Not surprisingly, she participated in the Five Shadows Conference, and the guard she brought with her was Jiraiya and Silent.

    To protect Tsunade is also Jiraiya''s promise.

    Moreover, Jilai is also one of the people who know Oshemaru best. He is also very clear about the information about Oshemaru, Yakushidou, and Uchiha Daido. In addition, Jilai also has a close relationship with Yuyin Village.

    Therefore, Zilai is also the most suitable candidate to come.

    As for the mute, it is mainly an addition. The person responsible for taking care of Tsunade, by the way, reminds them Konoha''s fifth-generation Hokage to pay a little attention to their moral lower limit.

    After all, the country of iron is not a place like Konoha. In case Tsunade loses face at the Five Shadows Conference, that would be too bad...

    Mute is really too much.

    At the first Five Shadows Conference that year, the performance of the first generation of Naruto Senjujuma was very poor. He had already lost Konoha''s face... The Ninja God even treated the leaders of other countries a bit humble for the so-called peace. The attitude is very low.

    I kowtow to you, and this matter is over.

    How can such a thing be said from the mouth of someone like Senjujuan!

    Even if it is impossible for Tsunade to do such a thing, she must be strong and good-looking, but Tsunade doesn''t take other people''s face seriously.

    On the way to the country of iron, the five generations of Hokage Tsunade has been thinking about a problem, and that is how to mediate the contradiction between Uyin Village and other big countries. She wants to wait until Uehara Naraku arrives and persuade Uehara Naraku. Lower.

    For example, let Uehara Naruko kowtow to everyone present and put on a very low posture. Then she will finish the game and the matter will be over...

    Even Uzumaki Naruto who was still in Konoha thought so.

    Because Sasuke Uchiha also participated in the invasion of the three great nations of Ninja Village, Naruto Uzumaki wanted them to forgive Sasuke Uchiha, and he planned to kowtow to those shadows...

    This is so nonsense!

    The second person to arrive is Gaara, the fifth-generation Kazekage from Sagakura Village. His **** is his brother Kankuro and his sister Temari. This is really because Sagakura Village can¡¯t handle the scene. People.

    The third person who rushed was Terumi Mei from Wuyin Village. She only brought a little guy, Chojuro and an Anbu, which she liked. The lack of green and yellow in Wuyin Village had reached the extreme, and she was not even as good as Sand in terms of successor geniuses. Hidden village.

    This is also no way.

    Because all the genius ninjas in their village took refuge in Naraku Uehara, all the seven Ninjas in Wuyin Village were in the Akatsuki organization.

    Terumi Ming came to participate in the Five Shadows Conference, and also wanted to use this to solve this matter, at least let Uehara Naraku hand over the ninja seven people who defected. If it is not possible, hand over those with special abilities. .

    Sunakin Village and Wuyin Village have been allies with Konoha for these years, so Tsunade and Mifune also came to greet them. By the way, they can talk to each other. It''s better to let them three Shinobu villages. Advance and retreat together in the Five Shadows Conference.

    Tsunade held his arm and lowered his voice and said, "This time the Five Shadows Conference is held, the most important thing is to unite and solve the threat of the Oshemaru group. We can make concessions to them when appropriate, but It¡¯s by no means no bottom line..."

    "Yes, the safety of the Ninja World is the most important."

    Gaara nodded, then whispered: "As long as the three generations of Tuying and the fourth generation of Raiking are not too much..."

    "As long as it doesn''t harm the interests of Wuyin Village, I don''t care."

    Terumi Mei sighed and said softly, "I only hope that Yuyin Village and Akatsuki can be given the punishment they deserve, and that we can recover our losses..."

    "..."

    Tsunade frowned suddenlyTerumi Ming''s opinion can''t be said wrong, it can''t be that Yuyin Village and Akatsuki have done so many wrong things. They don''t punish Akatsuki, right?

    The key to the problem is...

    Yuyin Village and Akatsuki were not defeated!

    Strictly speaking, this so-called victory was actually a charity from Yuyin Village and Akatsuki. Akatsuki''s S-rank rebels are not weak... If Uehara Naruko and the others are pressed, wouldn¡¯t it be more. An enemy?

    In the situation where Oshemaru is still coveting the tail beast, Uehara Naraku, which can contend or even overwhelming force with any big country Ninimura, has once again become their enemy...

    That''s a fart!

    "Your Excellency Shui Ying, I understand what you mean."

    Tsunade shook his head quietly, and said softly, "I will try my best to persuade Uehara Naraku to make concessions for the crisis we need to deal with next... But this does not mean that we can make him retreat and retreat, occasionally. A compromise between our two sides."

    "Of course I understand."

    Terumi Mei stretched out her finger and stroked her red lips, and whispered: "Even if we are willing to let it go, the third generation of Tukage in Yanyin Village and the fourth generation of Raikage in Yunyin Village will not easily let off Xiaohe Uehara Naraku?"

    In front of the third generation of Tukage and the fourth generation of Raikage, Uehara Naraku captured the tail beasts in their villages and caused heavy casualties in the two villages, directly destroying Yunyin Village and Yanyin Village!

    How could the stubborn old man of the third generation Tukage and the irritable guy of the fourth generation Raikage let go of Uehara Naraku!

    "Ugh¡­"

    Tsunade sighed and looked at the few figures floating in the air, his eyes darkened slightly: "I hope they can understand! Uehara''s kid is not a war criminal to be slaughtered, but now he has a change. The power of the situation!"

 Chapter 324ï¼š You kowtow to me, its over

    "Start from Naruto Behind the Scenes ( Find the latest chapter!

    "The three generations of Tuying."

    After Tsunade saw several figures falling from the sky, he also saw Ohnoki, a small three-generation Tokukage, and she and Mifune greeted him.

    Three generations of Dokage Onoki held his waist while waving his hand at Tsunade: "Huhuhu, my waist...Let me take a rest first, are you all here?"

    Onoki''s age is really old.

    At the Five Shadows Conference, most of them were ninjas of the middle-aged generation or even the young generation. The three generations of earth shadow Ohnogi was the oldest. This time Ohnogi came to participate in the Five Shadows Convention and brought terracotta and black soil as guards.

    Originally, after seeing Tsunade, Onoki wanted to ask where the criminal Uehara Naraku was, and wanted to put on a posture to settle accounts...

    As a result, back pain and old problems...

    This is really embarrassing.

    Who made Ohnogi refuse to retire for so long?

    Of the entire Ninja world, Ohnoki has been in charge of a large Ninja Village for the longest time, even the three generations of Naruto Sarutobi can not have the time to dominate him.

    But Oh Nogi hopes to retire at this age, but the guy who is regarded as his successor by Oh Nogi is drinking tea and eating soil at the base of Akatsuki''s organization to discuss art.

    Tsunade watched Ohnoki beat his waist, couldn''t help but raised his eyebrows, looked around, frowned and said, "There should be only four generations of Raikage left...that guy shouldn''t Will you be late?"

    "Yun Ren is never late!"

    At this moment, the fourth generation of Raikage Ai appeared in front of everyone with his own guard, and the urn voice said: "Tsunade, I have arrived, shouldn''t I miss the time?"

    After speaking, the fourth generation of Raikage took a look around.

    The fourth generation Raikage didn''t seem to see the person he wanted to see, his face suddenly drooped, and he looked at Tsunade with a gloomy face.

    The grumpy Raikage suddenly squeezed his fist, and said solemnly: "Tsunade, isn''t the **** Uehara Naraku coming! Didn''t you say that he will come to the Five Shadows Conference and accept our trial? "

    "..."

    Tsunade frowned and stared at the fourth generation of Raikage, "Raikage, this is not a trial, but a peace talk..."

    This temper doesn''t look like a peace talk!

    If Raikage 4 is here to find fault, it is difficult to say that the Five Shadows Conference can go on peacefully. What should be done when Naraku Uehara fights Raikage 4th, who should she help?

    If you help Uehara, the Five Shadows Conference will probably not be held in the future...

    If you help Raikage, Uehara Naraku and Uyincun should be their Konoha allies with a high probability. Isn''t this the loss of an ally in vain?

    If the two don''t help each other, what if Uehara kills the fourth generation of Raikage, isn''t it about to break out of the Ninja World War? The threat of Dashemaru hasn''t been discussed yet, but they might start fighting inside themselves!

    Tsunade''s thoughts are quite serious. She really doesn''t think that the fourth generation Raikage can defeat Uehara Naraku, otherwise they will not be destroyed by Uehara. Yunyin Village will also be taken away by the way. ¡­

    "It doesn''t matter what the negotiation is, or the trial!"

    The fourth generation of Raikage didn¡¯t think so. He clenched his fists abruptly and said in a loud voice, ¡°Let him return Biwa Yugi, and then kowtow to the dead and injured in our village to pay compensation. Our loss, I will let Xiao and Yuyin Village go!"

    Tsunade:"¡­¡­"

    To be honest, Raikage''s request is really not outrageous.

    At least four generations of Raikage did not shout at Uehara Naraku. Among these requirements, only the first request was a bit difficult to achieve. After all, Nishiro and Yoshiro Riki Rabbi were in the hands of the Oshemaru guy. in.

    The remaining two requirements of the fourth generation of Raikage should be divided.

    Whether it is asking for compensation for the loss or asking Uehara Naraku to pay homage to the dead and injured, it is the practice of the Ninja world, and it is normal to say it.

    After the second generation of Hokage was killed by the Golden Horn and Silver Horn brothers during the peace talks, the third generation of Raikage killed the traitors, personally went to the gate to return the corpse to Konoha, and worshipped the second generation of Hokage as Raikage, Yunyin Village and Konoha reached a settlement.

    At that time, Yunyin Village and Konoha were equal large-country Ninja Villages.

    The four generations of Raikage''s demands facing Yuyin Village were not excessive, and even Tsunade seemed to be very relaxed, and he did not clamor for Uehara to pay for his life.

    To be honest, Tsunade was surprised that the fourth generation Raikage was willing to offer such a lenient condition. After all, the fourth generation Raikage Ai had always been in her impression that the advantage was not enough, and often used thunder. Shadow¡¯s identity goes to **** the secret technique of Ninja Village...

    Tsunade glanced at the fourth generation of Raikage, tickled the corner of his mouth and said, "Hmph, I thought you would offer any conditions, I didn''t expect you to be quite generous!"

    "Hmph, this is just to give you face!"

    The fourth generation of Lei Ying held his arm and snorted coldly: "Your letter mentioned that there is a greater threat than him, so I just let him go for the time being..."

    After Tsunade nodded, he said softly: "The last two conditions should be okay, but it is impossible to achieve the two-tailed man Zhuli and the eight-tailed Zhuli...because all the tail beasts that Akatsuki collected before were all robbed by Oshemaru gone!"

    "..."

    After the four generations of Raikage Ai''s face changed, he continued: "So the most important purpose of this Five Shadows Conference is to jointly encircle and suppress Dashewan!"

    "Yes..."

    After Tsunade nodded, he glanced at the people present, and said in a deep voice, "Every Shinjuku who was taken away from Shinnin Village will return it according to the distribution of the tail beast when the country was founded when we destroy the Oshemaru. To each Ninja Village."

    "can."

    The Fourth Generation Raikage nodded.

    "can."

    Gaara is close behind.

    "can."

    Terumi Ming also agreed to Tsunade''s proposal.

    "can¡­"

    After the three generations of Tukage agreed to Tsunade¡¯s proposal, he spoke again: ¡°However, Yanyin Village also asked Yuyin Village to compensate for the losses, and went to our village to make an apology and ceded the land that originally belonged to the country of grass to the country of Tu... "

    This old man has so many demands...

    And after Ono Muti finished all this, he continued: "Moreover, Uehara Naraku must return Deidara to us!"

    "Let me think..."

    Tsunade frowned, and said solemnly, "Except for the land that originally belonged to the country of grass, which can''t be given to you, everything else can be considered!"

    After Terumi Ming heard this, he also suddenly said: "Mistyin Village also only needs Uehara Naraku to compensate us for our losses, and deliver us the Ninja Swords for the rebels of the Seven..."

    "The same goes for Shayin Village."

    Gaara immediately followed.

    Just when these shadows had finished discussing, they thought they were generous enough to Uein Village, and planned to wait until Uehara Naraku arrived, and then work together to put pressure on Uehara Naraku.

    Above the sky, a shadow suddenly enveloped everyone present, and Uehara Naraku''s low laughter came from above: "Hehe... Hearing what you said, it seems that I made my move too lightly..."

    "what?"

    Everyone couldn''t help but look up, a huge monster suspended in the air like the sky covering the sun. This monster reminded many people present of a terrifying memory.

    This monster, and the people who manipulated this monster, blatantly destroyed their village and turned their village into a sea of ??flames!

    "He is here!"

    Gaara''s face flashed with dignity, he turned his head abruptly to look at Tsunade, and said solemnly, "Hokage, are you sure he really came to participate in the peace talks?"

    "should be."

    Tsunade''s expression also had a hint of tension.

    Konoha has never seen the ancient dragon, because their village was burnt down by Uchiha''s soil, and when Uehara arrived at Konoha, Nagato had reconciled with Konoha...

    I don¡¯t know if it is Konoha¡¯s luck or misfortune...

    At least in terms of personnel losses, Konoha is far smaller than other major countries.

    Tsunade suddenly saw such a huge psychic beast of the ancient dragon, and his face could not help showing a touch of horror. As far as Chakra¡¯s momentum and size were concerned, this psychic beast might not be as good as their Konoha Sannin Spirit beasts are stronger...

    The host of the Iron Kingdom, Mifune, is also hurriedly summoning the samurai to guard Mifune looked at the ancient dragon in the sky, his eyes were slightly dark and said: "Did you kill the man in Hanzo... the legendary... rain" Hidden sin..."

    Compared with those messy titles, the slightly evil title of Yuyin''s Crime seems to be more widespread among these countries.

    The crime of Yuyin is the origin of the crime in Yuyin Village!

    Gaara gritted his teeth, and there was a haze on his face: "In the beginning, Uehara Naraku drove this monster to destroy the sandy hidden village. The people in the village suffered heavy casualties... His Excellency Hokage, he did not come to negotiate at all, but Come to demonstrate to us!"

    "I''ll ask him!"

    Tsunade waved his hand to stop Gaara''s chakra riots, raised his head and looked at the sky and said, "Uehara Naraku, if you are here to participate in the Five Shadows Conference with the faith of peace, then show your attitude!"

    On the back of the ancient dragon.

    Xiaonan held Uehara''s fingers tightly in her palms, her head slowly approached Uehara''s, and she whispered: "Nara...Tsunade-senpai...is trying to help us...Don''t be too aggressive..."

    "is teacher."

    Uehara Naruko rubbed his forehead.

    Seeing Xiao Nan''s worried expression, Uehara Naraku sighed, and reached out to hold Xiao Nan and stroked her hair, signaling Xiao Nan to relax.

    In the next moment, a huge ancient dragon descended from the sky!

    This hideous and terrifying behemoth fell heavily on the ground with its limbs, shook its head abruptly, and screamed towards the sky with its mouth open!

    Uehara Nara walked to the head of the ancient dragon step by step, his eyes swept over the people present, and the corners of his mouth were slowly raised: "Let¡¯s do this, I don¡¯t want to lose anything. You kowtow and apologize. Even if it''s over..."

 Chapter 325ï¼š Can you say a few words less!

    "Start with Naruto ( to find the latest chapter!

    It is too arrogant!

    Uehara Naraku''s attitude didn''t seem to solve the problem at all!

    After hearing what Uehara Naraku said, everyone''s brows frowned involuntarily. Is that what this **** said just now?

    Obviously Uehara Naraku destroyed their village, causing heavy casualties in their village, and even snatched the tail beasts from their village... How did you listen to Uehara Naraku''s meaning, or is it the fault of their big country Shinobu?

    Uehara Naraku looked at the astonished people at the scene, and instantly fell to the ground, tilting his head and showing a curious look: "Um... Didn''t you hear what I said? You didn''t wear your ears when you went out?"

    After Uehara Naraku finished saying this, his eyes suddenly became a little gloomy, his eyes swept across the crowd coldly, and his voice suddenly rose a lot: "Or...you forgot, did Akatsuki bring you the horror!"

    Following Uehara''s words, the surrounding temperature seemed to drop.

    No, not as if, but the temperature in the air really seems to have dropped!

    "Asshole!"

    The fourth generation Raikage squeezed his fist, looked at Naru Uehara with an ugly expression, gritted his teeth and said: "Asshole, are you playing with us!"

    Originally, the four generations of Raikage thought that this was a trial organized by Uehara Naraku and Akatsuki, but he did not expect that the **** Uehara Naraku was here to provoke them!

    This can make the fourth generation Raikage unbearable!

    Three generations of Tuying¡¯s eyes also changed slightly. He straightened his waist, and his body slowly floated from the ground. He said in a low voice, "This is different from what we imagined. Your Excellency didn¡¯t realize it. Is your situation?"

    "I know very well."

    The corners of Uehara Naraku''s mouth twitched, and a meaningful smile appeared: "But those who have always been above all seem to be truly unaware of their situation!"

    "Uehara Naraku!"

    Gaara came out with a little more vigilance in his eyes: "We came to negotiate with you in a peaceful manner. What does your current attitude mean!"

    "negotiation?"

    Uehara Naraku''s gaze slowly flowed, and the corner of his mouth smiled and mocked: "Only the strong can lead the negotiation. What do you think you have the right to negotiate with me? Do you rely on your weak power?"

    Uehara Naraku''s words turned, and the smile on his face seemed to grow stronger: "It''s really incomprehensible, what is it that gives you an illusion that makes you think that a strong man who can easily destroy your Ninja Village will compromise with you..."

    "Uehara kid..."

    Tsunade frowned and interrupted Uehara Naraku. She was the organizer of the Five Shadows Conference and the host who wanted to resolve the grievances between the two sides. Naturally, she could not shrink back at this time.

    Tsunade watched Uehara Naraku''s expression, and said with a serious face: "I invite you to the Five Shadows Conference to discuss how to solve the problem between you, not to come here to create new disputes..."

    "Your Excellency Tsunade."

    Uehara Naruko waved his hand and looked at Tsunade with a serious face: "Don''t Tsunade-san not notice that they don''t have the slightest attitude to solve the problem?"

    "..."

    Everyone is a little speechless.

    Have they not yet solved the problem?

    Obviously, you guys don¡¯t have the attitude of solving problems!

    You guys just came here and looked like you''re invincible. What do you mean by kowtow? Even if it''s over, why do you listen to you as a victim!

    Tsunade frowned displeasedly and said, "Uehara, but your attitude doesn''t seem like you want to solve the problem..."

    "No, I''m generous enough."

    Uehara Naruko watched everyone present, and said with a smile: "I just asked them to kowtow to apologize. In addition to wanting me to apologize, they also want me to compensate them for their so-called losses..."

    Uehara Naraku stretched out a finger, rubbed his eyebrows, and continued in a low voice: "Should they not thank me for not killing everyone completely? Ninja has no reason to make the winner pay compensation!"

    Terumi Ming walked over and stared at Uehara Naraku and whispered softly, "Uehara, you are not winners. Didn¡¯t Nagato, the leader of the previous generation of Uyin Village and Akatsuki say that Akatsuki will make up for your mistakes..."

    "Are you sure you let me make up for the mistake?"

    Uehara Naraku stretched out his palm toward the air.

    When everyone looked nervously thinking that Uehara Naraku was about to release some ninjutsu, they only saw the ancient dragon slowly lowering its head, and rubbing against Uehara''s palm with huge horns on the top of its head.

    This terrifying psychic beast, fierce enough to destroy a Shinobu village, looked like a well-behaved pet under the caress of Uehara Naraku.

    Uehara Naraku patted the horns of the ancient dragon, and his face gradually became serious: "If you let me make up for my mistakes! Then I will tell you how I will make up! I should completely destroy your village instead of letting you in Provoke me here!"

    Uehara Naraku turned his head and looked at the ancient dragon next to him, with a soft expression in his eyes: "Go! Do what you want! Go to bring destruction and despair to their village, let them see. What is the real end!"

    "Roar!"

    The ancient dragon raised its head and roared to the sky!

    The next moment this ancient dragon will spread its wings and fly into the air!

    The complexions of all the people present changed involuntarily. The chakras on everyone rioted. They left their village. The rest of the village had no way to cope with this once fierce psychic beast. !

    Just as a big battle was about to break out, everyone began to gather their Chakras to stop the ancient dragon first!

    Jira, who had always been Tsunade¡¯s guard without a word, also stood up, and Hida fell in front of Uehara Naraku, and said in a deep voice, "Boy, don''t be too impulsive!"

    Tsunade also hurriedly stretched out her palm to stop Naraku Uehara, she said loudly: "Uehara! We are here to solve the problem through negotiation, don''t you want to solve the Oshemaru and take back the body of Nagato? "

    Xiaonan also hurriedly turned into sheets of origami and appeared next to Uehara Naraku. She saw the situation in front of her and whispered: "Naraku...Didn''t she say...to solve the problem?"

    "¡­Yes."

    Uehara Naraku''s body slowly stopped.

    The next moment, Uehara Niluo waved his palm at the ancient dragon. The ancient dragon stopped his movements and stood in place obediently.

    Uehara Naraku glanced at everyone present, and slightly nodded, "Well, from Tsunade-san''s face, I will tell you that I came here to negotiate with peace, not to listen to yours. Unrealistic delusions!"

    "Asshole!"

    The fourth generation Raikage was so angry that he wanted to smash Uehara Naraku''s head with a punch!

    At this moment, he really wanted to go up and desperately, but his subordinate Darui saw the third generation of Tu Ying who quietly put down his palm next to him, Darui frowned and stood in front of him. He thought that the fourth generation of Thunder It is not sensible to be in the shadows.

    Now that the old guy, the third generation of Tuying, still wants to play tricks, secretly wanting the fourth generation of Raiking to be a violent early bird, the old guy is really treacherous...

    The combination of the four generations of Raikage and Kirabi was also easily defeated by Uehara Naraku; thousands of ninjas from Yunyin Village swarmed up and were beaten by Uehara Naraku.

    Darui didn''t think that the fourth generation of Raikage was a reckless moment, so he did his duty to persuade him in a low voice: "Master Raikage...We are not dominant in the situation."

    "..."

    The fourth generation of Raikage''s fists creaked.

    At the next moment, a few words were squeezed between the teeth of the fourth generation of Raikage: "Let''s go! This so-called peace talks, there is no need to invite Yunyin Village in the future!"

    "Hey, Raikage IV..."

    Tsunade''s face showed a trace of anxiety.

    After the fourth generation of Raikage paused, he said coldly: "Tsunade, don''t use the name of peace talks to deceive us anymore. This is because you saved my subordinates in the past, let''s go! "

    After speaking, the fourth generation of Raikage left without looking back.

    After the fifth generation Fengying Gaara and the fifth generation Shuiying Terumiming were silent for a while, the two did not move. They and Konoha were the most solid allies.

    The eyes of the third generation of Tuying flickered slightly. Obviously, the old man Oh Yemu didn''t plan to be a bird in the early days, he wanted to see what happens after the fourth generation of Raikage left.

    Some people are really smarter the older you are.

    If after the fourth generation of Raiking left, the Five Shadows Conference could only end without a problem, then the third generation of Tuying would naturally leave.

    If the fourth generation of Raikage leaves, this meeting involving the tail beast will continue, the third generation of Tuying will naturally stay, because the fourth and fifth tails of Yanyin Village will definitely be taken back, that is Yanyin. The foundation of the village.

    "Hey, wait..."

    Tsunade watched the fourth generation Raikage leave without stopping, and couldn''t help turning his head to look at Naraku Uehara, her face full of anxiety.

    "Nara..."

    After seeing Tsunade''s expression, Xiao Nan couldn''t help but raised her head and looked at Uehara Naraku. She was a little bit too bearish for Tsunade''s embarrassment.

    Xiao Nan''s eyes flashed a request, obviously she hoped that Uehara Naraku could say a few soft words, it would be best to solve the current dilemma.

    Uehara Naraku watched the fourth generation Raikage''s departure for a while, instead of persuading the fourth generation Raikage, he turned his head and looked at Tsunade.

    Uehara Naraku looked at Tsunade, smiled and suddenly said, "If the fourth generation Raikage leaves with a guilty conscience maybe it is because of his collusion with Osamaru, Tsunade, I suggest that Yunyin Village Include the targets to be attacked in this meeting..."

    Tsunade:"¡­¡­"

    What is this **** talking about!

    When everyone heard this, their eyes couldn''t help but change.

    This guy is clearly deliberately intimidating Raikage IV! Because none of them left, Uehara Naraku had this opportunity to intimidate Raikage!

    But the effect is very significant.

    Because following Uehara Naraku''s words, the fourth generation Raikage couldn''t help but stop his footsteps, turning his head and cursing: "Asshole, Oshamaru is Konoha''s betrayer, he was also Akatsuki before! He and us Yunyin What can the village have to do!"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku ignored the fourth generation of Raikage, but watched Tsunade softly and continued: "After we have retrieved all the tail beasts, let¡¯s reassign the two tails and eight tails! Sandyuki village can get another tail. Beast, and our Yuyin Village is also qualified to have a tail beast!"

    "Don''t even think about it!"

    The fourth generation of Lei Ying squeezed his fist, his face darkened involuntarily: "The second tail and the eight tail can only belong to Yunyin Village!"

    "Destined to be a defeated loser, there is no domination..."

    Uehara Naraku looked at the four generations of Raikage who came back again, and showed a meaningful smile, just as he was going to continue to say something that the people present did not like...

    Tsunade''s face turned dark, and he waved his hand to make Uehara Naraku stop: "Uehara Naraku, can you say a few words less!"

    Xiao Nan also hurriedly stretched out his palm, covered Uehara Naraku''s mouth, and said timidly in his ear: "Naraku... let Tsunade-senpai handle it... okay?"

    "¡­Well¡­"

    Uehara was covered by Xiao Nan and could only nod his head.

 Chapter 326ï¼š Gaara: My father was killed by someone here!

    "Start with Naruto ( to find the latest chapter!

    Uehara Naraku''s mouth is too poisonous!

    Tsunade really missed the innocent and honest little guy from the past.

    When Uehara Naraku was twelve or thirteen years old, when Tsunade met him for the first time in Yunin Village, she casually molested Uehara Naraku with a few words, leaving the kid in a state of insanity, almost incomplete. .

    Where is Naraku Uehara now?

    No matter who you meet, you will look like you are incomparable, making it as if he is the strongest in the entire Ninja World...

    Now it seems that he is indeed the strongest ninja.

    It¡¯s just that the quality of the strongest person in this era is really not very high. Her grandfather Senjujuma, even if he is known as the **** of ninjas, except for facing Uchiha Madara, anyone in Senjujuma is the same. The deputy is very humble and honest.

    Tsunade sighed in his heart, turned his head to look at the fourth generation of Raikage, and said in a deep voice: "Your Excellency Raikage, let''s put aside the dispute for a while! Even if you just take back the tail beast from your village, you have to sit with us. Have a good talk on the table!"

    Because none of the people present at Tsunade knew the danger of the Oshemaru guy, they had been friends for more than 40 years!

    No one knows Oshemaru better than Tsunade!

    Now it is difficult to say that the alliance of Konoha Village, Sand Hidden Village, Wu Hidden Village and Akatsuki can solve the Oshe Maru. Any important force in the Ninja World is indispensable for them!

    The fourth generation of Raikage did not refuse.

    Although he still doesn''t have a good face to Uehara Naraku, the most important thing now is to find a way to find out the whereabouts of Kirabi and get back the second tail belonging to their Yunyin Village!

    The host of the Iron Nation, Mifune, finally breathed a sigh of relief, and quickly guided them into the interior of the Iron Nation, leading them to the place where the Five Shadows Conference was held.

    The venue of the Five Shadows Conference is not in the capital, but in a secret place. After all, this is the highest-level meeting in the Ninja world!

    I have to say that the preparations for the three ships are very complete.

    As the host, the location of the three ships is very appropriate, the place he prepared is very secret, and no one can interfere with the progress of the Five Shadows Convention.

    "In order to prepare for the Five Shadows Conference, we surveyed all areas of the Iron Kingdom many days ago and selected this place that will never be discovered by anyone."

    While leading them into a mountain forest with snowflakes, Mizune praised himself: "This is a very secret mountain forest in the country of iron, with snowflakes floating all the year round, and no one will set foot except for the samurai to protect it."

    "Thanks a lot."

    Tsunade nodded at Mifune, and said softly: "For so many years, the ninja will abide by the neutrality agreement with the iron country, and will continue to adhere to it in the future."

    "Ok."

    The shadows of each village nodded at the same time.

    As they gradually deepened, patrolling warriors began to appear in their sight. These warriors were responsible for protecting the meeting and avoiding unexpected situations.

    It was not until it was getting late that they rushed to the final location of the meeting. It was an isolated spire, which was not very conspicuous from the outside, and it was thought to be just a sect-like building.

    After Mifune led them into the interior, the true content of the interior slowly revealed. The decoration here is very simple, with some traditional customs of the samurai country, which seems to be very historical.

    "please."

    Mifune led them into a tall and luxurious room, and softly introduced: "This is the meeting room we prepared for the Five Shadows Conference."

    After speaking, Mifune slowly walked to the position of his host, spread his palms and said softly: "There is the position for you."

    The lights are on!

    Six huge white cloths hung down!

    There are huge Chinese characters listed under each white cloth.

    fire.

    wind.

    earth.

    mine.

    water.

    rain.

    It can be seen that Sanchuan has prepared very carefully, and even Yuyin Village, a village that is obviously insufficiently qualified, has specially prepared a location, perhaps because of the awe of the people who killed the Sansho Fish Hanzo.

    In fact.

    Three ships prepare two rooms.

    If Uehara Naraku does not have any advantage, then Mifune will guide them to another room that is somewhat insulting to Uehara Village; once Uehara Naraku¡¯s attitude is very tough, even Gokage has to retreat, Mifune Naturally will not offend him.

    Mifune pointed to the seat under the white cloth, and after watching the crowds of people taking their seats, his face gradually became serious: "Please Zhu Xian put the hat that symbolizes your identity on the table in front."

    Each shadow put his hat on the table.

    Uehara Naraku raised his eyebrows. He felt that in the future he would really have to find a way to sit down on the title of the first generation of Yukage, which would be too embarrassing!

    Mifune glanced at all the hats, Urn Sheng continued: "In response to the call of Lord Naruto, we have gathered here specially, and Lord Gokage and Uehara Naraku of Uyin Village started a communication together. I am the host of the meeting, Mifune. ."

    While Mifune was talking, his voice gradually became more and more serious, and his eyes slowly became solidified: "Now, the talks officially begin!"

    "..."

    The scene became silent.

    Everyone''s eyes began to meet each other.

    "Then let me talk about it first!"

    Gaara''s palm gradually lifted up, supporting his chin, and his voice was a bit cold. "After all, the first person to have an accident because of the tail beast is our Shayin Village..."

    "Really young!"

    Three generations of Tuying glanced at Gaara, with a smile on his face: "Are you so energetic because you are young? His Royal Highness Fengying is only sixteen or seventeen this year. He has become Fengying and can sit on the same level as us. Yeah! It seems that my father taught well..."

    Gaara was silent for a while, but his voice became colder again: "Yes, there is no other way. After all, my father was killed by someone present..."

    "Who dares to do this?"

    Three generations of Tuying held his finger, smiled and said, "Doesn''t your Excellency Fengying want to avenge his father!"

    "Occasionally think about it, occasionally don''t want to."

    "What a terrible child, how can he not avenge his father..."

    "cough¡­"

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but cough a few times.

    I love what Lotty is doing this time, how long ago it was!

    What''s more, the relationship between the father and son was not good at all. They have always been enemies of life and death. He killed the fourth generation Fuekage Luosha. In theory, Gaara should be grateful to him at this time!

    Gaara and Onoki are still talking about this issue!

    Uehara Naraku didn''t believe it. Onoki didn''t know that he was the one who killed the four generations of Fukage Rosa. This shows that he was instigating the relationship between Gaara and Uyincun!

    Although their relationship was originally a state of hatred...

    "what happened?"

    After hearing Uehara Naraku''s cough, Tsunade raised his eyebrows and glanced at Uehara Naraku and said, "Uehara, do you have anything to say?"

    "Well¡­"

    Uehara Naraku looked at Mifune and said, "I want to ask, do you have iced juice now? The weather here is a bit cold, it''s suitable for drinking iced juice..."

    "..."

    Everyone''s face turned black.

    This guy interrupted everyone''s conversation just to get a glass of juice? When it¡¯s snowing outside, you still have a glass of ice!

    Damn, crazy!

    After Mifune was silent for a while, he still didn''t understand Uehara Naraku''s brain circuit, but he still said, "Yes, I will send someone to pick it up right away, but if it''s iced, it may take a while."

    "Bring it here! I''ll do it myself."

    Uehara Naraku leaned in the chair indifferently, took a look at everyone present, and whispered, "Everyone, please continue."

    "..."

    How can this continue!

    after awhile.

    Mifune sent someone to present Uehara a glass of juice.

    Uehara Naruko slowly raised her fingers, and saw a layer of ice scum gradually appear on the glass of juice, which made people feel a little cold.

    The guard area for the Five Shadows Talks.

    This is the place where the guards who follow here stay.

    Jiraiya also watched Uehara Naraku''s series of operations, and suddenly smiled and said to Xiao Nan: "Xiao Nan, your disciple is actually quite interesting!"

    "Well Xiaonan nodded, and said solemnly in his voice: "Although Naraku may seem to be off-line occasionally, in fact, Naraku is very reliable. "

    "is it?"

    Jilai also touched his chin: "Besides, he is still a little genius. He can synthesize Bing Dun''s Blood Successor by himself, which is composed of water and wind. Besides Bing Dun''s, I seem to have seen him have other Blood Successors?"

    "..."

    Xiao Nan was silent for a while, shook his head and said, "Nairo should have a lot of blood heirs synthesized by himself. After all, he, like Nagato, can master all the changes in the nature of the mainstream Chakra in a very short time..."

    "What a genius little guy!"

    Jilai also nodded in admiration and said: "It just needs to use a finger to skillfully manipulate the ice escape technique to complete the iced juice..."

    In fact, it is purely self-initiated and I think too much.

    Uehara Naruko held up his fingers, mainly to be able to concentrate on projecting his will on the distant Bofeng Mizuno.

    Somewhere in the country of iron.

    Yakushito, Uchiha Daido, and Hafengsuimen were deep in the snow, and they were also looking for the location of the Five Shadows Tournament and disrupted the Five Shadows Tournament on the order of Uehara Naraku.

    At this moment, Bo Feng Shuimen''s figure suddenly froze.

    After a while, Bofeng Shuimen opened his mouth and said: "The location of the Five Shadows Conference has been passed over. It is in a dense forest northeast of the capital of the Iron Kingdom. There are many warriors guarding the dense forest. The meeting place is in a tall pyramid. ."

    "This feeling is really familiar!"

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around, and a smile was drawn at the corner of his mouth: "Since Lord Naraku is here, let''s go and make a big fight now!"

 ~ï¼š Report on my situation and ask for a monthly pass by the way

    "Start with Naruto ( to find the latest chapter!

    Let me talk about the update problem first.

    The debts of the leaders of the leader have been paid off, and there are crowdfunding rewards from other leaders to add another chapter.

    Three daily shifts + one chapter, that is, four shifts tomorrow.

    Let''s talk about the poor place.

    Last month, I added 400,000 words. Our book has always been number one in the light novel power list. It is estimated that it will be this month...

    At the beginning of this month, the big guys are constantly rewarding, and they are adding more every day...

    I wrote that I fell asleep twice today. I think my mental state is not bad?

    It may be that I have been adding more frequently recently, my body is a little tired, and my heart is a little empty. The book friends may have noticed the change in my state from the changes in Xiao Nan in the book. Perhaps it is because I also want a soft love?

    This problem will never happen again.

    What kind of love to talk about? Is the code not fragrant? Everyone speaks nicely and well. I''ll still live here!

    In the future, I will pay careful attention to every question. If you have any questions, you can go to the book friend group Aite me. The group number is in the question and answer at the top of the comment area.

    I also want to thank those book friends who have been helping me catch bugs!

    Tomorrow the four watchdogs are not too stressful for me. I have to polish it up. The Naruto World is about to enter its climax.

    The follow-up booking is very bad, by the way, please ask for a full booking here and ask for a monthly ticket. I only hope that this month will be in the top five categories, so that I can add an extra bun when I eat!

    If you give a reward, everyone will do what you can. In fact, I think the full order is good enough. The big guys should also consider sparing my life!

    Recently, I have been a little anxious, and I have to thank the editor Yuanda for giving me a little confidence every time.

    I hope you can always stay with me.

    the above.

    Nothing. Nothing. Sleeping to sleep is a matter of life.

    (In order not to delay your interest in the second brush in the future, this may be deleted in two days!)

 Chapter 327ï¼š Konoha dirty soil list: the first generation of Hokage, 0 hand post!

    "Start with Naruto ( to find the latest chapter!

    The Five Shadows talks continue.

    Uehara Naraku slowly drank the juice, which became a beautiful scenery in this meeting, which attracted the attention of everyone present.

    Gaara of the Five Dynasties Fengying did not look at him, staring straight at somewhere, stating his opinion: "...I am Ren Zhuli from Shayin Village, and I was captured and imprisoned by Akatsuki. I always think Akatsuki This kind of organization is extremely dangerous..."

    "...Zhiyou Ziyou..."

    Uehara Naraku''s voice snorting the juice suddenly became a lot louder. It once became the noise that interrupted Gaara. He slowly put down the juice in his hand and said softly, "These are old things in the past. There is no need to continue. Right?"

    "..."

    What kind of old thing is this!

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Gaara, looked at his speechless gaze, and said softly: "We Akatsuki was only used by a despicable villain. The most important thing now is to find the real black-handed Oshamaru, Uchiha takes Tu and Pharmacist took that group of people..."

    "Yes."

    Tsunade immediately took the words of Uehara Naraku. She didn''t want this meeting to become a headless dispute again. She continued in a low voice: "Instead of continuing to dispute the past hatred, it is better to take a look. The danger ahead!"

    Tsunade slowly put his palm on the table, and said in a deep voice, "According to the information we have now, Oshemaru has mastered the weapon that can use the power of other tail beasts, and he has collected a tail to eight-tail¡­"

    After talking about this, Tsunade suddenly turned his head and looked at Naraku Uehara, and asked, "Uehara, is that right?"

    These pieces of information were all told by Uehara Naraku to Tsunade.

    For example, it is about the ultimate weapon, about the eight-tailed man''s column power being robbed by the pharmacist, and about the possibility of the transplantation of the big snake pill to obtain the reincarnation eye...

    After Naruto Uehara nodded, her expression gradually became solemn: "Strictly speaking, Oshemaru has actually acquired all the tail beasts."

    "what?"

    After a second of shock on Tsunade''s face, she seemed to have thought of something, and a drop of cold sweat suddenly appeared on her cheek: "You are right..."

    "What do you mean?"

    The fourth generation Raikage frowned displeased. He didn''t quite understand the mystery between them. What does it mean that Dashemaru got all the tail beasts?

    The fourth generation of Raikage looked at Tsunade, and said dissatisfiedly: "Tsunade, what does this mean! Did you Konoha''s Nine-tailed man Zhuli also be taken away!"

    "Do not."

    Tsunade pondered for a second, and then whispered: "One thing may be known by two of the lords present, and that is that the nine-tailed chakra has long been divided into two, and one of them was reincarnated in the dirty soil. In Daime Hokage, that means..."

    "Yes."

    Naruto Uehara rubbed his forehead and added softly: "Oshemaru sent a pharmacist to **** the eight-tailed man who Akatsuki originally planned to return. In fact, it means that he has collected all the tail monsters. carat.

    Now that Dashemaru wants to resurrect that so-called war weapon, he doesn''t need to get the nine tails in Naruto''s body anymore. All he needs is the time for transplanting reincarnation eyes for himself to control the outer golem. "

    When Uehara Naraku said this, he continued: "Now the eyes of reincarnation are also in the hands of Oshemaru. He has got all he wants, and he may be about to complete his plan now."

    These problems are very fatal.

    This also means that they must be faster to encircle the Oshe Maru, because the enemy has basically gathered all the tools, and the only thing left is waiting for time.

    Tsunade glanced at Naruto Uehara, and a glimmer of hope flashed in her eyes. She slowly asked, "Wait, Uehara, there is one more thing... Why does Oshamaru keep sending people to take Naruto away? What?"

    "..."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and began to guess: "Oshemaru has always wanted to send someone to get the nine tails in Naruto''s body, perhaps because he wants to get the most complete tail beast in the Ninja world, Chakra, so that he can gain absolute A force that cannot be resisted."

    After Uehara Naraku said this, he suddenly raised his head and said, "In addition to this, there is another possibility, that is, the 4th generation Hokage of the dirty soil with nine-tailed chakras in his body has always been his strongest combat power. I don''t want to easily destroy this combat power..."

    These are all they can see.

    When I was in Konoha Village, before Uehara Naruko arrived at Konoha, Hafeng Mizuno was almost invincible, and could be perfectly suppressed by anyone, whether it was Nagato or Uzumaki Naruto. Driven into desperation by him!

    Even after Uehara Naraku rushed to Konoha, facing a group of filthy reincarnated shadow-level figures besieged and killed the Quartet, only Bo Feng Shuimen can barely compete with him, and even cause a little trouble.

    This also made Tsunade see the gap.

    Therefore, Tsunade will not hesitate to win over Uehara Naraku, and pull Uehara onto their chariot, so that he can deal with those ninjas who reincarnated from the dirty land in the future.

    The fifth-generation Suikage Terumi and the fifth-generation Fengying Gaara are also very aware of this, so they have been constantly trying to test the bottom line of Uehara, instead of turning their faces on the spot like the fourth-generation Raikage Ai.

    The fourth generation of Raikage and the third generation of Tukage think that the gathering of the five shadows can suppress Uehara Naraku. After all, besides their own strength, they are at the top of the ninja world, and behind them are the five strongest ninja villages in the ninja world!

    After all, when the Five Ninja Villages are completely united, there will never be any unsolvable crisis, which is almost carved into their bones.

    "Uehara..."

    Tsunade''s fingers slowly bent, frowned, and asked, "After Akatsuki collected the tail beast, how did Akatsuki want to use that war weapon? Is there any way to find its location?"

    "No."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and said in a deep voice, "Except for the reincarnation eye, there is absolutely no way to manipulate it...Even if we find it, it may be psychically left by Oshemaru, so we must find Oshemaru. "

    "Hey!"

    The fourth generation Raikage glared at Uehara Naraku, and asked in a deep voice, "How powerful is that war weapon? After collecting the power of the nine-tailed beast, you know how powerful it can be? ?"

    "According to my information, it is possible to destroy a country with one blow."

    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he frowned and added: "But in my opinion, it should be more exaggerated than the rumors in the intelligence, because I tried to destroy several Danin and Xiaonin villages, such as Cao Yin Village and the Ninja Villages present here are actually not that difficult..."

    "..."

    Everyone couldn''t help but darken.

    Does this **** think the kettle is too hot!

    Which pot is really not open and which pot!

    Damn, they have already deliberately and tacitly stopped this topic for the time being, why this **** has to mention this topic!

    When Uehara Naraku said this, he seemed to realize his own fault, and he continued softly: "According to my own strength and comparing the power of those tail beast chakras, once the outer golem is resurrected, I think it should be the existence and extinction. The world is capable..."

    "Yes..."

    Tsunade''s voice gradually became a little low. She glanced at the people present and said softly, "I think so too."

    "In other words..."

    The three generations of Tuying''s face gradually became serious, and they summarized their exchanges in a low voice: "The enemy we are going to face now is an enemy who is actually ready to have all the conditions to destroy the Ninja World, is that true? "

    "Not bad."

    Uehara Naraku looked at the three generations of Dokage, nodded and praised: "It''s almost like this, Tukage is really wise."

    "..."

    Everyone in the venue fell into silence.

    "What else to think about then!"

    The fourth generation of Raikage hit the table with a punch, and looked at the people present: "Then send someone to find him, and bring all the tail beasts back!"

    "This is the trouble..."

    Tsunade shook his head and said in a deep voice: "We need a large number of ninjas to search for the traces of the Oshemaru gang... In addition to his hiding place, there are now a large number of shadow-level ninjas in Oshemaru''s hands..."

    "Ok."

    Uehara Naraku was almost in harmony with Tsunade. He looked at the people present and whispered: "If you can, you can go and see the memorial monument in the village to see if there are any traces of theft. It''s best. Unify the list of stolen graves..."

    "..."

    What is this so called!

    The people present didn''t know what to say.

    Uehara Naraku looked at the crowd and explained in a low voice, "I can provide you with a list of the reincarnations of the dirty land based on my guess during this period and the dirty ninjas I encountered during the previous battle. I hope you will not be too surprised. ¡­"

    Uehara Naraku''s gaze was the first to look at Gaara of the Fifth Generation Kazekage, and said softly: "The Burning Blood of Sand Hide Village succeeds the ninja Hakura, the fourth generation Kazekage Rasha..."

    "..."

    Gaara nodded indifferently. This information was not unexpected. He had also seen Luosha, but he had never seen the Shining Yecang.

    When Uehara Naraku saw Gaara did not respond, he felt a little unhappy. This person should at least thank him!

    Naruto Uehara raised her eyebrows and continued: "What I have to remind is that Yakushidou used to manipulate Shakudun Hakura to compete with me. Hakura''s dirty ninja should not be underestimated, and her will is already standing by Yakushi. On the other side, she can fight with all her strength, because she was sold to Wuyin Village by the fourth generation of Fengying to vent her anger and died..."

    "..."

    Gaara suddenly became a bit speechless, and Terumi Mei was in a bad mood. Why did he bring them public punishment when he gave them information?

    And when they heard that Ye Cang was betrayed by the fourth generation of Fengying, the third generation of Tuying and the fourth generation of Raiking snorted coldly...

    Uehara Naraku''s gaze slowly turned towards the fourth generation Raikage who was grinning slightly at the joke and whispered: "The character in Yunyin Village may be the third generation Raikage, because at some time Pharmacist often went to the third generation. The battlefield where the tens of thousands of troops from Raikage and Yanyin Village fought..."

    "..."

    The expression on the fourth generation of Raiking is not so good.

    It''s just that the fourth generation of Raikage didn''t glare at Uehara Naraku, but an angry glance at the third generation of Tukage next to him. After all, the war that killed the third generation of Raikage was led by the third generation of Tukage Onoki!

    This old guy, if he can''t beat him, he will hire people!

    Uehara Naraku turned his head to look at Ohnoki and Terumi Mei, and whispered softly, "Don¡¯t say Iwagaki Village, I have seen my teacher when I want to come to the three generations of Dokage... And from the Wuyin Village, Terumi Mei has also seen it. The second-generation water shadow, but there may be an additional four-generation water shadow."

    "No adults..."

    Oh Yemu slowly lowered his head, and a flash of nostalgia and worry flashed across his face. He has followed Wu''s side since he was a child and received all Wu''s teachings.

    "..."

    Terumi Ming also slowly lowered his head.

    Uehara Naraku''s gaze finally moved slowly, looking at Tsunade who was sitting in the middle, and gradually there was a touch of solemnity in his voice. He slowly said: "Those controlled dirty ninjas in Konoha Village...will speak out at this time. ?"

    "Say it!"

    Tsunade waved his hand helplessly, "Actually, we''ve already seen most of them! Anyway, it''s all the previous Hokage, it''s really troublesome..."

    Whether it is the second generation of Naruto Qianshou, the third generation of Naruto Sarutobi and the fourth generation of Naruto Wave Fengshuimen, in fact, they had already expected it.

    "Ok."

    After Uehara Naruko nodded, looking at Tsunade and everyone present, he said Konoha''s first list of dirty soil: "Hadaime Hokage, Senjujuma!"

 Chapter 328ï¼š I propose Naraku Uehara to be the captain of the coalition forces!

    "Start with Naruto ( to find the latest chapter!

    The existence of Senjujuan is inevitable.

    Many people in Konoha had seen Oshimaru use the dirty soil to reincarnate in Senjujuzuma and Senjukuma to besiege Sarutobi Hizen during the junior high school Ninja exam.

    Tsunade had this preparation in her heart, she nodded slightly and said, "Well, grandpa''s strength is indeed very strong, but Reincarnation of Dirty Land cannot give full play to his strength..."

    "Do not."

    Uehara Naraku interrupted Tsunade''s words, and a sullen voice gradually added to his voice: "I have seen Oshemaru''s first unclean resurrection of the first and second generation Naruto and Naruto. Their strength at that time was indeed not that strong...

    But when we played against each other a few times recently, didn''t Tsunade Your Excellency see that the current second-generation Hokage and the second-generation Hokage at the time are different in strength? "

    "During the Zhongnin exam..."

    Tsunade frowned her brows. She was not present during the Chunin exam, so she didn''t know the specific details.

    Uehara Naraku slowly closed her palms, and whispered: "The dirty soil reincarnation in the second generation of Hokage Senshouka seems to be much better than when it was in the middle of the Ninja exam... I suspect that Osaki Maru has found a way. The powerhouses who are able to reincarnate from these filthy soils can exert their power close to their peak!"

    "What a joke!"

    Three generations of Tokage Onoki jumped out immediately.

    Tsunade, who should have spoken, hadn''t spoken yet. After hearing what Uehara Naraku said, the three generations of Tukage couldn''t sit still!

    Onoki''s expression was very gloomy and said: "Although I have not seen the power of the first generation of Naruto, I have seen the power displayed by the Uchiha Madara he killed. If it is close to their heyday the power of¡­"

    There is no need to fight this battle.

    This is the subtext of Onoki.

    Back then, Senju Zhuma suppressed the Ninja World Continent with one person''s strength and did not dare to move, until he was dying, no one dared to jump out...

    Uehara Naraku frowned, and softly calmed Onoki and said, "Three generations of Dokage, don''t worry, Uchiha Madara you mentioned should be among the resurrected ninjas."

    Onoki: "..."

    It''s a **** hammer!

    Oh Yemu really panicked!

    The third generation of Dokage''s forehead gradually dripped with cold sweat, and he whispered: "That guy Uchiha Madara is a real monster!"

    To be honest, Ohnoki is even more terrifying Uchiha Madara!

    When only mentioning the first generation Naruto Senjujuma, the third generation Dokage Ohnoki was only slightly afraid; but now when Uchiha Madara is mentioned, Ohnoki''s heart is already panicked!

    What''s more, now the legendary Ninja God and Ninja Shura have joined forces, and it is this lineup that suppresses other great nations that were newly built and dare not move!

    When he was a child, Ohnoki grew up with the first generation Dokage and the second generation Dokage. He knows that the stubborn old man of the first generation Dokage and the second generation Dokagemo, who are somewhat arrogant, are afraid of Senjujuma and Uchiha Madara. !

    When Ohnoki and the second generation Dokage went to Konoha to request the alliance, they were easily defeated by Madara Uchiha, and they didn''t even have to look at them with straight eyes...

    "What a troublesome character..."

    Tsunade''s brows frowned involuntarily.

    After hearing Uchiha Madara¡¯s name, Tsunade¡¯s mood was a little uneasy. Two ninjas close to the heyday, the combination of Senjujuma + Uchiha Madara... even the complete Nine Tails of Chakra, It''s useless to throw it away!

    What''s more, half of the nine tails are in the hands of the enemy.

    This is really no ordinary worry.

    Uehara Naraku sighed faintly: "Compared with the first generation Naruto Chitama and Uchiha Madara, it seems that the second generation of Naruto, the third generation of Naruto, the golden glitter fourth generation of Naruto, and Konoha Hakuya Hagaki Sakumo. It doesn¡¯t matter whether it¡¯s broken with Kato or not..."

    "..."

    The others present were a bit speechless.

    Originally, they thought they were miserable enough. For example, when the fourth generation of Raikage heard that his old father was dug out, the mood was not very good...

    Now it sounds like they seem to be lucky?

    Konoha, is this the tomb of the predecessors of Naruto have been planed by Oshemaru!

    Except for the five generations of Hokage Tsunade who is still alive, all the other Hokages have been reincarnated from the dirty soil, which is really funny and scary!

    After all, the fourth generation of Raikage Aike has been in contact with the fourth generation of Naruto Wave Fengshui Gate, but he deeply knows the horror of Wave Fengshui Gate!

    "and many more!"

    Tsunade''s gaze paused, and she looked at Naraku Uehara abruptly, and said in a gloomy voice, "Have you seen Suan with your own eyes?"

    Not only Tsunade, but even Jiraiya and Mute heard this string of names, especially the last Kato Susan could not sit still!

    "Huh? Suan? Is Kato Suan? Is he very strong?"

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Tsunade suspiciously.

    At this moment he seemed to be an ignorant teenager.

    Tsunade shook his head, and slowly sat back on the chair again: "It''s not a question of whether he is strong or not, he just... Forget it, go ahead!"

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Tsunade inexplicably, and then continued softly: "When Yakushito was still undercover, we went to attack Iwagaki Village. Yakushito once showed me his collection. In addition to the shadow, There are many strong..."

    As Uehara Naraku talked more and more, the faces of everyone present became more and more ugly, even a little heavy.

    To be honest, they have lost a lot of self-confidence in this war that has not yet begun. This has nothing to do with their character, but reason and reality. It is just Senjujuma and Uchiha Madara that they cannot easily solve. .

    Those were two powerhouses who once suppressed the entire Ninja World for one era, and until today, hearing their reputations will make people involuntarily awe!

    Especially the third generation Dokage Ohnogi...

    As the oldest living person present, he sees a lot more and thinks more when he gets older.

    "If all the information is in accordance with what Uehara said, then we can almost predict a tragic ending before this war begins..."

    Three generations of Dokage Onoki slowly lowered his head, and there was a heavy voice in his voice: "According to the power I have seen before, in front of the first generation of Naruto and Uchiha Madara, especially they are still dirty reincarnated ninjas, ordinary ninjas cannot perform What special advantage..."

    "Ok¡­"

    Everyone''s eyes began to flow with each other.

    If you want to get rid of the original Naruto and Uchiha Madara, you must at least let the extremely powerful ninja rush to fight or entangle, and now the most powerful ninja...

    After everyone''s eyes looked at each other, they finally stopped slowly on Uehara Naraku''s body. Judging from the record alone, Uehara Naraku should be the strongest person in Ninkai''s paper strength comparison!

    Even, there is hope to compete with those two guys!

    After all, Uehara Naraku seemed to be very eye-catching when faced with other shadow-level ninjas, almost defeating opponents with super strength!

    Not only that, the members of Akatsuki under the command of Uehara Naraku now can also be used as combat power against other ninjas in the future!

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku''s finger tapped the desk lightly.

    That''s what you want!

    Uehara just exaggerated the threat between Uchiha Madara and Senjuju, not just to make them realize that he is the hope of this war!

    "Let''s discuss it!"

    Tsunade''s palms gradually closed. She looked at everyone present and whispered: "Let''s discuss to form an unprecedented ninja coalition to deal with the threats of Osamaru and Uchiha!"

    "can."

    Gaara will naturally not object to this proposal. He nodded calmly and said: "Faced with the threat that can destroy this ninja world, working together is the best result..."

    "can."

    Terumi Nodded, and said in a low voice: "In this case, it will also facilitate the sharing of information and unified command between us, so that there will be no more suspicions..."

    "I have no objection to this."

    After three generations of Tokage Ohnoki nodded slowly, he turned his head to look at the people present, and said coldly: "Then who should be given the command of the Ninja Alliance?"

    The fourth generation Lei Ying also nodded, his voice solemnly said: "If it is a little guy who doesn''t understand war, it will suffer!"

    "Well, what you said makes sense..."

    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, and said softly: "It''s better to be a group of Oshamaru and Uchiha who know the bottom line. You need to be more sensible and understand reality..."

    After Uehara Naraku said this, he pointedly said: "Don''t be the kind that doesn''t recognize your own strength at all, just want to rush up hard..."

    "Asshole, what are you talking about!"

    The temper of the fourth generation of Raikage immediately detonated!

    The Raikage slammed a punch on the table, but the host Mifune seemed to have taken this into consideration. The table was made of good materials, and it was not directly smashed!

    But this movement instantly aroused the vigilance of others!

    All the shadow guards are about to fall on the ground They even thought it was Raikage smashing the table and wanted to ambush the shadow of their village!

    "go back!"

    Uehara Naraku waved his palm, and a cloud of wind escape ninjutsu blew from his hand suddenly, throwing the guard ninjutsu to the side: "There is nothing to do with you here!"

    "Asshole..."

    Kankuro awkwardly supported his waist and stood up.

    Ming Kankuro already feels that he is absolutely different from the time he took the Nakanin exam, how come he was killed by Naruko Uehara again!

    The black soil also stood up again, her eyes faintly solemn as she stared at Naraku Uehara: "Is this... the power of Yuyin''s sin?"

    Darui, Temari, Chojuro and others also patted their bodies and climbed up. They never thought that they would be thrown into the air by Uehara just after they fell!

    Xiao Nan originally wanted to rush down, but was stopped by Zi Lai Ye: "Xiao Nan, don''t worry, nothing will happen. Just sit here and watch..."

    as expected.

    The faces of the other shadows were not so good, everyone waved their hands and made their subordinates retreat.

    Tsunade glanced at Naraku Uehara unexpectedly, and slowly closed his palms: "Okay, let''s continue discussing about the Ninja Alliance! In order to avoid mutual suspicion between the five powers in actual battles, and to have a strong enough in war Strength changed the entire battle, but I found a suitable candidate..."

    Tsunade slowly raised his head and looked at Naraku Uehara: "I won''t mention the Supreme Commander of the Allied Forces for the time being, just to deal with wartime emergencies, I propose that Naraku Uehara of Ugin Village is the commander of the Ninja Allied Forces!"

 Chapter 329ï¼š Pharmacist pocket, I have been looking for you for a long time

    "Start from Naruto Behind the Scenes ( Find the latest chapter!

    Uehara Naraku is the strongest.

    Uehara Naraku''s identity is definitely not a supreme commander. Tsunade thinks that it is better to give him a most suitable position, and use Uehara Naraku''s power to avoid this guy directly lifting the table later.

    And the enemy they are facing now is very powerful.

    Tsunade previously believed that the power of Uehara Naraku could only solve some of the dirty ninjas and avoid causing greater losses to the ninja alliance;

    Then when Uchiha Madara and Senjujuma might be resurrected with close to their peak strength, the power of the Uehara Naraku and Akatsuki organizations is now indispensable.

    Tsunade hoped that Uehara Naraku could best meet one of the reincarnated Uchiha Madara and Senjujutsuma. If Uehara could even defeat one of them, it would bring them a great chance of victory.

    As for Naraku Uehara to solve the two of them...

    Tsunade really couldn''t even think of such a thing...

    Uehara Naraku doesn''t care what position he holds in the Ninja Alliance, as long as he can get real-time information on the Ninja Alliance...

    As a result, Tsunade proposed that he be the captain of the Ninja Alliance, giving him the power to mobilize the Ninja Alliance in real time on the battlefield.

    This¡­

    How¡­

    What a shame!

    Uehara Naraku raised his eyebrows and asked, "Your Excellency Tsunade, the coalition captain won''t let me do cannon fodder or something?"

    "No."

    Tsunade shook his head and explained aloud: "Because your strength is considered the strongest, and you know better about the ninjas who reincarnated from the filthy land, you can deploy suitable ninja troops to fight against the ninjas they can defeat at any time;

    The most important thing is that once there is a crisis somewhere, you, as the captain of the ninja coalition army, have enough power to solve certain enemies that are so powerful that they are beyond recognition..."

    "Your Excellency Tsunade refers to Uchiha Madara and the original Naruto?"

    Uehara Naraku''s brow furrowed, and his voice suddenly lowered: "I don''t think I am qualified to challenge them..."

    Tsunade shook his head and looked at Uehara Naraku earnestly and said: "I once saw the art information about the rebirth of the dirty soil. If it exists in the form of the rebirth of the dirty soil, it is also a kind of weakening for them..."

    "I disagree."

    The fourth generation of Raiking watched them chat very happily, and wanted to put forward different opinions on the spot: "Wait, he is a member of Akatsuki, how could he convince the coalition forces!"

    "But Your Excellency Uehara is very powerful."

    At this time, Ohnoki approved Tsunade¡¯s proposal. His palms slowly squeezed into fists, and his voice was a little gloomy, saying: "Any power may increase our chances of winning, not to mention that Uehara is a ninja in the new era. God!"

    Onoki slowly looked at the fourth generation Raikage, and said in a deep voice: "Your Excellency Raikage, now is not the time to care about the grievances of the past. If you can''t defeat Uchiha Madara and the original Hokage, it is definitely not a good thing to welcome us! "

    "...Yes."

    Terumi Ming also nodded slowly.

    This woman can be considered to have heard the legend of Uchiha Madara.

    Almost all the ninjas in the Mizuhide Village in the Water Country were bullied by Madara Uchiha. Later, when the Ninja World War, the ninjas in Mizuhide Village often fought with the Uchiha clan...

    This is really a bad fate.

    "What we will discuss next is to elect the supreme commander of the entire ninja coalition army, and be responsible for directing all the actions of the ninja coalition army!"

    Tsunade leaned on her chair, and tapped her finger on the tabletop: "I hope this person won''t have any objections. After all, this is going to command tens of thousands of ninja army and be responsible for the safety of the entire ninja world!"

    "Well¡­"

    Gaara''s eyes swept slightly, and his gaze stayed on Tsunade''s body: "It seems that there is no more suitable person than Tsunade-san?"

    "agree."

    Terumi Nodded.

    In this regard, she and Gaara and Tsunade are in the same way.

    No matter how you look at it, the old-fashioned three-generation Tukage Onoki and the fourth-generation Raikage, who has always been greedy and unreasonable, seem to be very reliable as an ally of Tsunade.

    "agree."

    Uehara Naraku took a sip of juice.

    For him, it doesn''t matter who you choose.

    The four generations of Raikage naturally disagree, and he immediately raised an objection: "Why is Tsunade this woman! She is an unbelievable fellow!"

    And our enemy Osamaru used to be her companion, a person named Konoha Sannin just like her, this is not convincing! "

    Tsunade''s face turned black suddenly, and his eyes looked dangerously at the fourth generation Raikage: "Hey, Raikage, when did I lose my word..."

    "When the two of us made an appointment to meet in the evening, didn''t you, this woman, threw me in the cold wind all night?"

    "..."

    Everyone''s eyes gradually became subtle.

    Why does this sound a little bit makes people think more!

    Tsunade stretched out his palm to support her forehead, remembering the past. When she was suffering from panicemia, she met Raikage four generations.

    At that time, one of the four generations of Raikage''s subordinates was hit by Xuanyuanzhong''s technique. When the medical ninjas of Yunyin Village were helpless, they happened to meet Tsunade.

    At that time, Tsunade verbally promised to make a bet with the fourth generation of Raikage, but he drank all night of wine and let the fourth generation of Raikage blew the cold wind all night...so the fourth generation of Raikage would see Tsunade in the Iron Kingdom. Satire Tsunade with the late arrival.

    Tsunade glanced at him helplessly, and sighed, "Didn''t I just lie to you once? Later, I asked Mute to help you treat your illness and save people?"

    "but¡­"

    "OK OK."

    Tsunade glanced at the fourth generation of Raikage, then he hooked his lips and chuckled softly: "If you promise to treat all the ninjas of the Ninja Alliance Army as if you treat their subordinates at the time, I will vote for you. How about a ticket?"

    "..."

    The fourth generation of Raikage fell silent.

    This is a promise from a Raikage and a man!

    Uehara Naro said at this moment: "In fact, the fourth generation of Raikage is also a good choice, at least he survived under my fist..."

    "...Shut up!"

    When the fourth generation Raikage heard the first half of the sentence, he felt a little more fond of Uehara Naraku. After hearing the second half, he was furious with anger again!

    Three generations of Tukage glanced at the fourth generation of Raikage Ai and the fifth generation of Naruto Tsunade, and it was probably clear in his heart that they were probably the two highest commanders of the ninja.

    The three generations of Tokage Onoki¡¯s expression was a bit regretful and said: "The old man can also work hard. After all, I had commanded tens of thousands of ninjas to besiege...cough cough cough cough..."

    Having said this, Onoki felt that these words were not appropriate.

    Because in the light of Ohnoki, he has seen the angry eyes projected by the four generations of Raikage!

    "Your Excellency Dokage, let''s admit that I am a bold young man!"

    Uehara Naraku looked at the three generations of Tukage with erratic eyes, and sighed faintly: "When I mentioned that Uchiha Madara might be resurrected, you sweated on your forehead!"

    "That''s Uchiha Madara!"

    Three generations of Tuying held his small fist and slammed it on the table: "No, how could I be afraid of the enemy!"

    "I heard Deidara say..."

    "Don''t listen to that **** Deidara talk nonsense!"

    Three generations of Dokage Ohnoki turned his head to look at Uehara Naraku, with an ugly look: "If we form a ninja coalition, transfer that **** Deidara to my command!"

    "He won''t like it!"

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand didn''t want to agree to this.

    In any case, Deidara would not be able to return to Iwakura Village to become a four-generation soil shadow. Otherwise, Uehara Naraku really wanted to try, and arranged a member of Akatsuki to be the leader of a large country Ninja Village...

    Thinking about this kind of thing is exciting!

    the other side.

    The fourth generation of Raikage looked at Tsunade¡¯s serious and solemn eyes, and stretched out his palm at her: ¡°If I come to serve as the captain of the Ninja Alliance, I will treat the ninjas of all countries as my favorite subordinates. , This is the promise of a man and a Raikage!"

    "Then please advise!"

    Tsunade patted the palm of the fourth generation Raikage, curled his lips and smiled, "If you do something inappropriate, I will dismiss you at any time!"

    "Got it!"

    The fourth generation Raikage nodded solemnly.

    Just as they solved the problem of the supreme commander of the Ninja Alliance, a ridiculous laughter suddenly came down from the sky, echoing in this huge room.

    "I also want to recommend to you a person who is most suitable to be the supreme commander of the Ninja Alliance. Don''t you think that in this world, only the Oshemaru-sama who has been spied on is the most suitable person?"

    "..."

    Everyone present was stunned for a second.

    In the next second, both the Five Shadows and the guards they brought with them, including the host three ships of the Iron Kingdom, have all entered a state of alert!

    Everyone knows that this must be the enemy sneaking in!

    Naru Uehara took a sip of the juice in his hand, and smashed the glass of juice on the table heavily, and a piece of ice flew on the table!

    Naruto Uehara raised his head sullenly and looked at a corner of the room. His voice became cold and cold: "Yakashito, I have been looking for you for a long time..."

 Chapter 330ï¼š Help pull the hatred of Dashewan

    "Start from Naruto Behind the Scenes ( Find the latest chapter!

    The pharmacist pocket is finally here.

    Uehara Naraku almost drank the juice, and the pharmacist hurried to the lead actor specially arranged for Shinobu Village.

    The pharmacist took Hafeng Mizumon and Uchiha Daito, standing upside down on the roof, looking down at the people on the ground.

    Uehara Nara looked up at their figures, and his eyes narrowed slightly: "Yakushi Pocket, are you here to die?"

    "Ah, isn''t this Akatsuki''s new leader, Uehara Naraku-sama?"

    After hearing Uehara Naraku''s words, the corner of Yakushitou''s mouth showed a smile, his eyes looked at the nervous and vigilant Gokage and their many guards...

    After a while, the pharmacist shook his head and sighed, "Isn''t this possible, Uehara Naraku, but we are to establish a new order in the Ninja World, how can we be with these degenerate five shadows?"

    "Huh, it''s up to you!"

    Uehara Naraku gradually attached a touch of Chakra to his palm, and a cold light flashed in his eyes: "Why, the coward of Oshemaru still dare not come over to face me?"

    "Do not."

    Yakushidou shook his head again, raised the corners of his mouth, smiled and said, "Master Oshemaru has to prepare a cemetery for all the ninjas in the Ninja world, but now he is too busy to get out of it!"

    "..."

    The faces of the Five Shadows changed.

    This pharmacist is even more arrogant than Uehara Naraku!

    Obviously he was just a **** of Oshemaru, and he was so courageous, but what he said was really amazing. Is there any conspiracy by Oshemaru?

    "Don''t disturb the meeting!"

    Mifune took the lead, and his Shinobi suddenly came out of its sheath, and his figure suddenly jumped into the air, slashing at the head of Yakushi Pocket!

    The swordsmanship of this samurai is surprisingly fast!

    At the next moment, Mifune''s Shinobi was caught with bare hands!

    Bo Feng Shuimen controlled a golden chakra giant hand, and after gripping Mifune''s ninja sword, he kicked Mifune down!

    "Don''t be too impatient..."

    Pharmacist looked at the embarrassed Mifune, smiled and said: "It seems that you can''t be too strict with you, after all, you are just samurai, you can''t learn the patience of a ninja..."

    "Stop talking nonsense!"

    Jilai also watched several people standing upside down on the ceiling, and said solemnly: "Yakashito, Mizumon, Uchiha bring soil, what is the conspiracy that Dashemaru is doing!"

    Jilai is undoubtedly the person who pays the most attention to Dashewan.

    The relationship between Jiraiya and Oshemaru is extraordinary, strictly speaking it is even closer than Tsunade. After all, Jiraiya is also willing to share happiness with Oshemaru.

    "Master Jilaiya, do you think I will answer this kind of question?"

    The pharmacist smiled and shook his head, and stretched out his palms and said, "Since it is a conspiracy, of course you will not know until it is revealed!"

    When talking about this, Yakushidou suddenly stretched out his finger and pushed his glasses: "But when you think about it, Lord Jilaida is a great friend of Dashemaru for ten years. Since you came to ask, it seems It doesn''t matter if I tell you!"

    The next moment, the figure of the medicine master''s pocket suddenly fell down!

    Yakushi took the highest position in the field and sat down slowly. Hafeng Mizumon and Uchiha Daido appeared behind him.

    "It''s a long story, so I need to take my time to tell you..."

    Yakushidou''s mouth grinned, and his voice was deliberately lowered: "Where should we start? Maybe we should start with why we took away Akatsuki''s reincarnation eyes and the outer golem!

    Over the past few years, when Osamaru-sama and I were undercover in Akatsuki, we have obtained some secrets about the eyes of reincarnation and the Golem of the Outer Golem. Everyone, even the leader of the previous generation of Akatsuki, Nagato, thinks that the Golem is an ultimate war weapon.

    But after analyzing this with Mr. Oshamaru, we verified it through the cooperation of Mr. Uchiha Taito. We confirmed one thing. The Outer Golem is never the ultimate weapon, but a deformity in the Ninja world. Tail beast. "

    "Tailed beast?"

    The brows of everyone present couldn''t help but frowned.

    In particular, Gaara''s face turned cold, and he slowly raised his head and said, "What do you mean! Are there other tail beasts in the Ninja world?"

    "Do not."

    The pharmacist shook his head, pushed his glasses on the bridge of his nose, and whispered: "In the Ninja Realm for thousands of years, there has only been one head and tail beast in the entire Ninja Realm. It had a very cute name. Maybe we should call it ten. tail¡­"

    "Ten tails?"

    Everyone''s eyes tightened involuntarily.

    Uehara Naraku''s expression was astonished for a moment, and he suddenly looked at the serious-looking Konan next to him. Uehara Naraku''s face showed a daze: "Indeed, there are things like ten pillars on the body of the Golem..."

    "Yes¡­"

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around and continued with a low smile: "Master Oshemaru has been wondering why the Outer Golem needs the Chakra of the Tail Beast to activate, and why it has ten pillars on its body, but it grows nine more. Only eyes?

    And every time the outgoing golem absorbs a chakra of a tailed beast, it activates an eye. It is ridiculous that Akatsuki always treats the outgoing golem as a war weapon, and they don¡¯t even know what they can protect. What a treasure. "

    "Asshole!"

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes narrowed slightly, and he stared at the pharmacist''s pocket above, with a cold voice: "Yakushi-dou, I am Akatsuki''s current leader. In front of me, it is best to pay attention to your words, otherwise I will let you wait a while. You die in shape!"

    "Do you still want to show your invincible appearance now?"

    The corner of Yakushi''s mouth hooked, and he glanced provocatively at Naraku Uehara, smiling presumptuously: "Akatsuki had always been violent with heavenly things! You know that the so-called eyes of reincarnation are the eyes of the six immortals, and you don''t know that the six immortals use those eyes What did you do?"

    "What do you mean?"

    When Uehara Naraku asked, his brow frowned.

    At this moment, Uehara Naraku behaved like an ignorant child, a child who clearly possessed great power but was attracted by curiosity because of his ignorance of the world.

    Pharmacist sighed in his heart for Naraku Uehara''s acting skills, and then continued to explain: "The Six Dao Immortals were not a legend back then, he was a real existence; Ten Tails were also monsters that were active in this land of Ninja World.

    In order to prevent the ten tails from destroying this ninja world, the six immortals chose to defeat the ten tails, and pulled the ten tails out of the chakras, and divided the chakras into nine parts. This is the so-called nine in the ninja world. Tail beast.

    However, these tailed beasts were only a part of the ten tails at first. As long as all the chakras of the tailed beasts are brought together again and placed in the ten-tailed body full of vitality, the outer golem can resurrect the ten that was once active on the earth. tail! "

    "..."

    The complexion of everyone present changed.

    Because of the power of the human column, every Shinobu knows how powerful the tail beast is, and how powerful the ten tails that gather the nine-tailed beast Chakra will be...

    It is simply unimaginable.

    "Oh."

    Uehara Naraku nodded indifferently, and slowly raised his finger: "It''s just a big tail beast, since you said this..."

    "Don''t rely on your own strength to be too ignorant, Uehara Naraku-sama."

    Yao Shidou smiled and shook his head, pushing his glasses and saying, "If it''s just a huge tail beast, do you think Lord Oshemaru would be so strenuous? Ten tails are not as simple as you think.

    Ten-tailed has the power comparable to that of the Six-Dao immortal. It is a monster that can fight the Six-Dao immortal for a long time. It has the strongest Chakra existence. It will not be easily defeated by you like the current tail beast!

    Even the Six Dao Immortals can''t directly kill the Ten Tails, they can only develop a magical technique and seal it into their own body. Just like the Five Dynasties Fengying Your Excellency, the Six Dao Immortals are the Ten Tails'' human pillar power.

    What''s not so clever is that when Oshemaru-sama took off from suspended animation some time ago, he also happened to find this technique that could become the strength of the ten-tailed man.

    As long as Oshemaru becomes Ten-tailed people''s Zhuli, he will be able to become the new Six Dao immortal in this ninja world, surpassing all the ninjas of the past! The ninja **** Senjujuma is still Uchiha Madara, and now it''s just a plaything in the palm of Osaimaru-sama! "

    Yakushidou slowly raised his head and looked at the sky above, raised his palm, and his voice gradually became a little solemn: "And Lord Oshemaru, who has become a new generation of immortals of the Six Ways, will be completely immortal, and will unify the entire ninja world and destroy this The chaotic age of ninjas!"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku''s eyelids trembled.

    Pharmacist has arranged a lot of scenes for Dashewan!

    But it seems that this is also in line with the mind of Oshemaru. After all, the fellow of Oshemaru has no grand idea of ??using Moon Eye to make people spend a lifetime in illusion. He has a simple mind and just wants to study science by the way...

    It would be too nonsense if the pharmacist mentioned that the big snake pill was for the peace of the entire Ninja world, so as to realize the Moon Eye plan or something!

    "..."

    The faces of other people present looked ugly.

    If everything that the pharmacist said is true, then once the Dashewan succeeds, they will have to face a figure in a thousand-year myth...

    Six immortals.

    This word is bigger than Uchiha Madara and Senjujuma.

    Because the Six Dao Immortals have always been hailed as the founders of Ninzong and the people who gave chakras to people in this world, they have been the gods passed down by word of mouth for thousands of years.

    "Say so much..."

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes trembled slightly, and he whispered: "Six ways of immortals...do they really exist?"

    "of course it''s true."

    The smile on Yakushidou''s face gradually thickened. He turned his head to look at Jilaiya, and said with a smile: "The reason why I am willing to answer this question is because Master Jilaiya will definitely know about this."

    The pharmacist looked around at Jilaiya, and asked, "Master Oshemaru also specially sent me to ask Master Jilaiya. There is a name on the Miaomu Mountain Psychic Scroll It should be called Yuyi. Right?"

    "Ok?"

    Jilaiya''s eyes condensed after hearing the pharmacist''s pocket, his eyes suddenly became alert: "What''s wrong with this name?"

    How could this guy know such a thing!

    Unexpectedly, the pharmacist looked at Jiraiya, smiled and nodded: "It seems that everything is true! The name Yuyi is the name of the six immortals in the legend...

    Master Dashemaru also wanted to determine whether the legend of the Six Dao Immortals was true or false. Among them, he got a piece of news that the Great Toad Immortal of Miaomu Mountain once taught the Liu Dao immortals the method of synthesizing chakra. "

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around, and a smug smile appeared on his face: "I also want to thank Master Jilaiya for the information, so that we can make the plan foolproof..."

    At this moment, the eyes of others looking at Jilaiya were also full of doubts.

    They also seem to want to confirm from Zilaiye whether what Yao Shidou said is true or not, and whether the Six Dao Immortals really existed!

    "¡­it is true."

    Jilaiya nodded with an ugly expression.

    Never imagined that he would be tricked by others!

    "Then it''s time for the main show!"

    Yakushidou''s expression became serious again. He scanned the people present and asked softly: "I''m about to face the new generation of Six Dao Immortal Oshemaru, Wuying chose to kneel and surrender to Oshemaru now...

    Or, do you want to truly see the power of the six immortals, and wait for Lord Oshemaru to grant you these ignorant and stupid guys doomsday and perdition? "

    "..."

    A flash of anger flashed across everyone''s face.

    Today, right here.

    The hatred of the people towards Dashewan was brought to its full value by the help of the pharmacist.

 Chapter 331ï¼š I declare war on this world in the name of Lord Oshemaru!

    "Start with Naruto ( to find the latest chapter!

    It is impossible to surrender.

    It''s just that no one thought that the purpose of Dashemaru was so terrible.

    In order to be able to achieve this goal, the forbearance of Dashewan is so deep.

    He has always acted like an evil ninja who spares no effort in order to live forever, using the technique of reincarnation to replace his body to obtain a false longevity.

    Who could have imagined that when Akatsuki organized a large-scale collection of tail beasts to be active in the Ninja World, the Oshe Maru completed such a grand plan without saying anything!

    Da She Maru wants to become the new Six Dao Immortals!

    Dashemaru wants to be truly immortal!

    Oshemaru wants to rule the entire Ninja world forever, and take it away!

    After a long time, the talents present gradually digested all the news they heard, and the shock in everyone''s heart has not subsided for a long time.

    Even Uehara Naraku, the strongest person in the field, had a heavy look on his face after listening to the words of the Yakushi pocket: "Oshemaru this guy... is really bolder than I thought!"

    "..."

    After Jilai was silent for a while, he said with an ugly face: "Dashewan has always been very bold. He must dare to do something like Snake Tunxiang... I just didn''t expect that he would want to become a Six Dao Immortal."

    "That guy was already on a forbidden road."

    Tsunade shook his head and sighed softly, "Did he really find the most terrifying way in that taboo that is destined to be dark?"

    At this moment, the two friends of Dashemaru were a little emotional.

    They really couldn''t think of it, that Oshemaru, who has been acting short-sighted, was really surprised by what he wanted to do this time!

    "Ha ha¡­"

    Pharmacist spread out his palms and sneered: "When it comes to vision, no one in the entire Ninja Realm can match Master Oshemaru...

    When you people are still discussing the so-called weapons, Dashemaru has long realized the true meaning of this world. "

    An obsession flashed across Yakushidou¡¯s face, and he exclaimed, ¡°Master Oshemaru once said that he would master all the ninjutsu in the world. At that time, I believed Master Oshemaru could do it...

    Now Oshe Maru has done it. As long as you become a Six Dao Immortal, you will be able to master all the changes in the nature of Chakra and easily master everything and truth in this world. "

    Mastering all the ninjutsu in the world is indeed Dashemaru''s dream.

    Tsunade and Jilai were also former teammates of Oshemaru, so naturally they knew this very well. They didn''t expect Oshemaru to actually do it!

    "The Oshemaru guy..."

    Jilai couldn''t help gritting his teeth, his gaze slowly stopped on Tsunade''s body, apparently Jilai also recalled the conversation about dreams when Konoha Sannin was still young.

    Now, their three dreams seem to be realized.

    Tsunade traveled all over the Ninja World, and saw the beautiful scenery of the Ninja World;

    Jilaiya is finally able to guard her by her side and protect Tsunade as he wishes;

    Da She Maru will also become the omnipotent six immortals.

    It is a pity that they are destined to part ways and will soon be the heads and high-levels of the two camps to start a battle between the two sides!

    When the two of them feel a little emotional, the others can''t stand it!

    The fourth generation of Raikage''s temper broke out on the spot, and the Lei Dun Chakra mode on his body instantly turned on: "Just relying on you mice hiding in the gutter, still want to rule the Ninja world? Let me see how well you guys are! "

    The fourth generation of Raikage''s body instantly turned into an afterimage!

    This fourth-generation Lei Ying appeared next to Pharmacist''s Pocket instantly, and he slammed his arm towards the head of Pharmacist''s Pocket!

    A golden arm blocked the fourth generation Raikage''s attack!

    Bo Feng Shuimen instantly entered the Nine Lama mode, standing beside the fourth generation of Raikage, his arm clasped the fourth generation of Raikage¡¯s shoulder tightly: "It''s been a long time, Ai, your speed has become faster than before. almost¡­"

    "Hmph, your hands are still so fast!"

    The corners of the fourth generation of Raiying''s eyes were slightly condensed, staring at the Bo Feng Shui Gate next to him, and his face became gloomy: "I said that I would fight as a shadow, now it is too late!"

    In the third Ninja Wars that year, Bo Feng Mizumon defeated the fourth generation Raikage Ai and the eight-tailed Rabbi Rabbi by one person, and left a word in the hope that they can be the leaders of their respective villages in the future. Goodbye.

    It is a pity that they will soon be separated forever.

    Now that we are here again, the fourth generation of Raikage will naturally not want to miss this opportunity. He has become very strong now!

    The cell activation in Lei Dun Chakra mode can make the power and speed of the four generations of Raikage beyond imagination, and it is difficult even for Shalanyan to catch his trace!

    For example, the Uchiha belt soil standing behind Yakushi¡¯s pocket was taken aback by the speed of the fourth generation Raikage Ai: "No wonder Sasuke has always been sorrowful about the fourth generation Raikage and the eight-tailed man we caught. The speed of ninjutsu is really not to be underestimated..."

    "Alive than...?"

    The fourth generation of Raikage''s eyes narrowed slightly.

    He heard good news.

    The pharmacist nodded, and smiled casually: "He was alive when we came, but now it¡¯s not clear...but your brother is really good, and he is a perfect one like the current four generations of Hokage. A person who masters strength."

    After finishing speaking, the pharmacist waved his hand and said: "Four generations of eyes Hokage-sama, please solve this fourth generation Raikage quickly, but I still have a lot to say!"

    "¡­Yes."

    Hafeng Mizuno''s gaze swept over everyone present, and stopped for a second on Uehara Naraku''s body. He also saw Uehara Naraku''s warning gaze...

    At the next moment, Bo Feng Shuimen''s arm suddenly flew down with the fourth-generation Raikage, and directly threw the fourth-generation Raikage to the ground!

    His strength and speed are not inferior to this Raikage!

    Just as a giant Chakra hand emerged from behind the Bofeng Shuimen, manipulating a spiral pill, he was about to press the fourth generation Raikage!

    At this very moment, someone kicked Bofeng Shuimen away!

    "Hey, I said..."

    Uehara Naruko frowned and looked at Bo Feng Shui Men who had been kicked by him, and said coldly, "Are you not taking me too far?"

    After speaking, Uehara Naraku reached out and grabbed the fourth generation Raikage''s arm, and pulled him up: "If you can''t beat others, don''t be too arrogant. You are the commander of our ninja coalition army. This is not to lose the face of our ninja coalition army. ?"

    At first glance, Uehara Naraku is still very loyal to the Ninja Alliance, which fits his identity, after all, he is now the captain of the Ninja Alliance!

    "Asshole!"

    The fourth generation Raikage widened his eyes angrily. If it weren''t for the guy Naraku Uehara just saved him, the fourth generation Raikage really wanted to fight him.

    It''s just that Raikage''s anger was suppressed again, and he said angrily: "Humph, thank you!"

    "What are you polite to me!"

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand indifferently.

    In the distance, Hafeng Shuimen watched this scene and sighed faintly. It was another group of people who were toyed with by Uehara Naraku...

    They thought they saw the leader of Uehara Naruto Akatsuki, the murderer who used to collect the tail beasts to destroy the great country Shinobu Village, and the crime of Yuyin who converted the evil to the right...

    In essence, this guy has never revealed his true identity!

    Bofeng Mizumon really wants everyone present at this time to be more sober, the person who is about to bring catastrophe to the Ninja World is the Uehara Naraku whom they have begun to trust again!

    What Dashewan became the Six Dao Immortals!

    All this is under the control of Uehara Naraku!

    Unfortunately, no one can wake up.

    Under the control of Naraku Uehara''s will, Hafeng Mizumen was unable to make more noises, so he could only stand beside Yakushidou again.

    "As expected to be the next leader appointed by Nagato himself..."

    After watching the Naminoue Gate easily defeated by Naraku Uehara, the pharmacist applauded and exclaimed: "The strength of Uehara Naraku is still amazing!"

    After the pharmacist finished boasting, he pushed his glasses, and suddenly said, "But we have prepared a stronger enemy for you...

    I really want to see, the strongest ninja of the last era, and the strongest ninja of this era, who is stronger..."

    Obviously, what the pharmacist is talking about is Senjujuma It seems that Senjujuma will indeed be resurrected with peak strength.

    "No more nonsense."

    Uehara Naraku looked at the people present, and said solemnly: "I believe that no one is there. They will give in to the villain who can only hide behind the scenes in Oshemaru, right?"

    "..."

    The pharmacist went silent for a second strangely.

    The shadows of the five great nations and everyone present naturally didn''t care what the pharmacist was thinking about, they quickly expressed their position emotionally.

    "Uehara is right!"

    Tsunade said with a sullen face: "Yakashitou, no one will succumb to someone who wants to rule the ninja world by evil means!"

    "Not bad!"

    The fourth generation of Lei Ying raised his head and looked at the medicine master''s pocket, and cursed coldly: "Sooner or later, I will screw off the head of the Dashewan guy!"

    Gaara of the Five Dynasties Fengying nodded, watching the pharmacist and saying, "Those who instigate war will never get popular."

    Terumi Ming looked at the pharmacist pocket, and also expressed his attitude: "It''s a coincidence that Wuyin Village has never learned to give in..."

    "If you want us to give in..."

    Three generations of Tuying gritted his teeth, looked at the medicine master''s pocket, and said word by word: "Then take our lives first!"

    "It looks like my invitation failed!"

    The pharmacist sighed and said quietly: "I originally wanted the world to welcome the arrival of Lord Oshemaru in a peaceful way. Now it seems that everyone is forcing me to use the method of war?"

    The pharmacist slowly pushed his glasses, watching everyone''s eyes become serious: "Then... the fourth Ninja World War, start here!"

    The cold voice of the pharmacist echoed in this room: "In the name of Lord Oshemaru, I declare war on this stupid and ignorant Ninja World!"

 Chapter 332ï¼š Why is this man... so annoying?

    "Start with Naruto ( to find the latest chapter!

    Yakushidou officially declares war on the Ninja World on behalf of Dashewan!

    Pharmacist stood on a high table and announced the beginning of the war to the entire Ninja World, and everyone present flashed with astonishment.

    This kind of thing has never happened in Ninja World in these years!

    Especially the fellow Yao Shidou, who turned out to be in front of Five Shadows, so openly announced the opening of the fourth Ninja World War!

    The courage of the pharmacist is really great.

    No, it should be said that Dashewan, who stands behind the pharmacist, has a lot of courage. He really officially declared war on the whole world in a modest way!

    "Oshemaru is so courageous!"

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes twitched, and slowly took away the surprise on his face, and said with a gloomy face: "The fourth Ninja War, it sounds terrible!"

    Yakushi''s style of announcing the Fourth Ninja World War is really interesting. Compared to Uchiha''s soil, it is not bad...

    Among other things, at least the name Oshe Maru is deeply rooted in the hearts of the people.

    Alas, when Dashewan is resurrected from Longdidong, I hope he can accept this cruel reality!

    No matter whether Dashewan wanted it or not, Yakushidou helped him against the whole world.

    But what made Uehara Naraku curious was how Yakushidou would take Oshemaru in the future, or how he should flicker Oshemaru...

    Yakushidou also undertook this task at the time, and asked Uehara Naraku to rest assured, he said that he would take care of the Oshemaru...

    Really curious.

    When Uehara Naruto was curious here, Uchiha Daido and Hafengmizumon standing behind the pharmacist''s pocket felt very delicate.

    Damn, shameless!

    Has the two bastards, Yakushitou and Naraku Uehara, approved by others? Just declare war on this ninja world in the name of others!

    Moreover, these two people are also in two camps, and even seem to occupy an advantageous position within their respective camps, and can dominate the war that is about to break out!

    The two of them are probably fine...

    The five major powers and Oshe Maru participating in this war must be miserable.

    Every Ninja World War is a pain for the entire Ninja World. Even the Five Ninja Ninja Village can¡¯t bear it, especially the heavy casualties caused by the third largest Ninja World War. In recent years, they have been restraining each other.

    They have been restrained for almost 20 years...

    Now someone has declared war on them. Although the strength behind the person who declared the war is indeed amazing, it is just that the combat power has the qualifications to challenge the five major countries.

    Ono Shemaru and the Unholy Ninja troops under his command are stronger than Akatsuki''s organization and are equally harmful.

    Obviously, this war is destined to be even worse.

    Maybe, there is no country in the entire ninja world, no ninja village, and even no ninja can be spared.

    "I didn''t expect the Fourth Ninja World War to appear in this form..."

    As the three generations of Tokage Onoki who has experienced the previous three wars of the Ninja World, it is really a bit overwhelming: "Declaring war on the entire Ninja World, are you serious?"

    "if not?"

    The pharmacist smiled and spread out his palms, and whispered: "If you refuse to surrender to Lord Oshemaru, then we can only appear as conquerors..."

    After talking about this, Pharmacist pushed his glasses and said: "It''s really exciting to think about it! The victory of the Fourth Ninja War is the entire Ninja World. Whoever wins this war can come. Dominate this world!"

    Three generations of Tuying Onoki looked at the smiling Pharmacist''s pocket in shock, and shook his head inexplicably, "You guys...lunatics!"

    "Whatever you say..."

    The pharmacist looked around at the crowd and waved his palms and said: "Then next time we meet again, we will be on the battlefield...you take care, goodbye."

    After speaking, Uchiha brought soil and put his hand on the shoulder of the pharmacist pocket.

    Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly appeared next to Yakushi''s pocket and grabbed him with one hand: "Give me back the body of Nagato-sama!"

    "..."

    Bofeng Water Gate blocked Uehara Naraku''s front, and his Nine Lama Mode was fully turned on: "Sorry, Uehara, although I can''t defeat you, but I can stop you for a few seconds. This is enough time for the pharmacist to leave here. .

    Besides, the fourth Ninja World War has begun. I think you should not waste your time, but should consider more important things.

    For example, how to defeat Dashewan. "

    "Yes, you guys come on!"

    The body of Yakushi¡¯s pocket was brought into the vortex of time space by Uchiha, leaving only his laugh: "Don¡¯t worry, Uehara Naraku-sama, when I return it to you, it must be a job. Nagato!"

    In the next moment, Hafeng Mizuno also caught Uchiha''s figure with soil, and took Uchiha''s soil with him to escape from the scene of the Five Shadows Convention using the technique of the Thunder God.

    No matter how fast Uehara Naraku''s offensive speed, it seemed that he couldn''t stop the golden flash that wanted to escape.

    In the next moment, Hafeng Mizumon and Uchiha belt soil disappear!

    In terms of fleeing, these two people simply couldn''t stop them.

    Uehara Naruko stared at the empty table, suddenly squeezed his fist, and smashed the table in front of him to pieces!

    After Uehara Naruko smashed the table, her face was ugly and said, "Sorry, let''s register the name of Lord Nagato on the list of enemies who reincarnated from the dirty soil!"

    "..."

    Wuying nodded silently.

    The third generation Tukage Onoki slowly lowered his head, and said with a heavy voice, "Now, what should we do?"

    "Continue our talks!"

    Tsunade glanced at the ugly-faced people, and said loudly: "Immediately start to form a ninja coalition and organize the ninjas from each village into troops. We are running out of time, and we must not waste any time!"

    "Then quickly form a ninja coalition!"

    The fourth generation of Lei Ying said with an ugly face: "It''s better to take advantage of my brother Kirabi is still alive, we can successfully encircle Dashewan!"

    "It''s hard to tell..."

    Terumi shook her head and frowned her eyebrows and said, "If Yakushidou hadn¡¯t made a mistake just now, the current Dashewan might be extracting Yao from Yunyin Village, but we don¡¯t have their information yet..."

    "There is another troublesome question..."

    Three generations of Dokage glanced at Tsunade and Jiraiya, and said in a deep voice, "That is, Oshemaru did not seem to show interest in Konoha¡¯s Nine-tailed man Zhuli Uzumaki Naruto... Does this mean Oshemaru is resurrected for ten The only thing left is that he draws the tail beast Chakra himself?"

    "Perhaps it is good news for us!"

    Naruto Uehara nodded and sighed: "At least Naruto is very strong, and can be used as our main combat power."

    "Ok¡­"

    Jilai also stood beside Tsunade, pondered for a while, and then said: "And we can know one thing, that is, the nine tails in Mizumon have not been extracted yet..."

    After talking about this, Jiraiya turned his head and looked at Uehara Naraku: "Hey, Uehara, how long will it take before Akatsuki draws the tail beast Chakra!"

    "It''s hard to predict."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head. After thinking for a while, he replied: "If Oshe Maru draws out the Chakras of the eight-tailed and nine-tailed beasts, I guess it will take him at least half a month or more!"

    After talking about this, Uehara Naraku''s expression became a bit unsightly: "It''s also difficult to be sure, after all, it depends on the ninja factor that draws the tail beast Chakra...

    In case, according to what Yao Shidou said, Da She Wan got the ninjutsu left by the Six Dao Immortals, he might be able to extract the tail beast in a short time. "

    Because the pharmacist didn¡¯t have time to give him the exact date...

    After all, Dashewan''s body is still being cultivated in the laboratory!

    Before this fellow Oshe Maru crawled out of Longdi Cave to resurrect, he first received an invitation letter for the Ninja World War. The more he thought about it, the more interesting it became.

    To be honest.

    Uehara Naraku really wanted to see what her expression looked like when Oshamaru came out.

    "Anyway, let''s reorganize it first!"

    Tsunade glanced at the people present, and raised their morale: "You are the top of the Ninja Alliance, how can you just go down like this! Now we are here to discuss, please send people to give orders to your village immediately, The reorganized troops come together!"

    "Not bad."

    After the fourth generation of Raikage nodded, sat on a table that was still intact, and said in a deep voice: "Apart from this, immediately disperse all the perception ninjas in the village, conduct inspections according to the area, and search for the Oshe Maru. s position!"

    The fourth generation of Raikage gritted his teeth and said: "If we can find him before the big snake pill draws the tail beast, then we will seize a chance of victory in advance!"

    After speaking, the fourth generation of Raikage immediately turned his head and said: "Darui, immediately return to the village to reorganize the troops, and at the same time send Han and Xi to the search area, start the search from the kingdom of thunder, and start searching west after completion... "

    Three generations of Tuying also looked at the black soil, and said in a deep voice: "Send a message to the village immediately, and you will also go back in person, tell Huang Tu about the matter here, and let him assign a perception ninja to search for Oshemaru, starting from the country of soil. , And search east after finishing..."

    Five generations of Fengying Gaara glanced at his brother and sister, and said, "Kanjirou, think of a way to send the news back immediately, and tell what''s happening here... Forget it, you should just go back!"

    Five generations of Hokage Tsunami turned his head and looked at Zilaiya and said in a deep voice: "Jilaiya, you have heard everything, whether it¡¯s sending information to the village or gathering and reorganizing troops, I leave it all to you."

    "rest assured."

    Jilai also nodded seriously.

    In the village of Konoha, Jilai is also as prestigious as Tsunade.

    After five generations of Shuiying Terumimei was silent for a while, he looked at Changjuro and said: "To send information to the village, first send Sensing Ninjas to scatter and search!"

    "..."

    Nairo Uehara looked at the comparison of the five great nations in Shinobu Village, and after sighing in his heart, he slowly closed his palms and looked at Xiao Nan said: "Teacher, I will leave the village to you. I will immediately send the ancient dragon. Send you back."

    "Ok."

    Xiao Nan nodded.

    As the ancient dragon descended from the sky, Kanjiuro and Jilai also looked at the ancient dragon mount with envy.

    This psychic beast is really handsome and cool, fast.

    Jiraiya simply turned his head to look at Naraku Uehara, and asked, "Hey, can I take a break with Kankuro?"

    "I also want to make some..."

    Black soil also stood up, with a flushed smile on his face: "By the way, after I finish the task, can I stop by you to see Brother Dedala!"

    "Asshole!"

    Three generations of Tokage Onoki was furious with his granddaughter: "Can you tell me the priority? The Ninja World War is about to break out, and there are still many important things that have not been resolved!"

    "Your Excellency Dokage, don''t be too harsh on the little girl..."

    After Uehara Nara shook his head and let out a laugh, he looked at Hei Mu He Yan Yue and said, "Ha, do you want to see Dedara? Ha ha, don''t even think about it!"

    "..."

    The black soil is a bit dumbfounded.

    This person...how annoying!

 ~ï¼š Ill change it in the afternoon, ask for a monthly pass

    It didn''t take long to wake up.

    I slept too late last night.

    Nearly one hundred thousand words were posted in five days and finally paid off.

    It will be changed in the afternoon. Today should be the third or fourth change. Anyway, a single chapter will be issued. It is better to ask for a monthly pass!

    I like to start from Hokage to be behind the scenes, please collect: () Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes, the update speed is the fastest.

 Chapter 333ï¼š Hei Jue can join the Ninja Alliance, what else cant be imagined...

    The little black girl left with the others in a daze.

    The rest of the people at the scene glared at Uehara. Tsunade looked at Uehara Naraku and sighed quietly: "It''s really bad...A cute boy at the beginning, but the changes now are really great! I don''t know what you have experienced in the past few years. What happened..."

    Uehara Naraku curled his lips and almost choked to death in one sentence: "What else can I experience? Every day I wonder how to catch the tail beast and how to destroy the five great nations!"

    Tsunade:"¡­¡­"

    Since Uehara Naraku revealed his identity in Akatsuki, it seems that he has become more and more bohemian. Can''t this guy be a little more serious!

    Is this completely letting yourself go!

    Tsunade stretched out his palm and patted Naraku Uehara on the shoulder, and whispered, "Hey, Uehara, don''t you want to be the first Ukage?"

    Tsunade is earnestly persuading.

    As long as Uehara Naraku can play a pivotal role and great feats in the forthcoming war, there will certainly be several countries among the five major countries that may support Uehara as the first Ukage, so Uehara may hope to become the sixth. Big country.

    "I don''t want to."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and showed a playful smile: "I am now the leader of Akatsuki. Even if you are the Five Shadows in front of me, I don''t dare to be presumptuous. Why should I surrender myself to be a rain shadow!"

    "..."

    Tsunade''s face turned black, and she squeezed her fingers a little bit: "Forget it, I won''t say anything, let''s continue to discuss the Ninja Alliance!"

    The leaders arranged for their troops to search for Onoshimaru and reorganize the troops. They will continue their talks to discuss the command and logistics of the Ninja Alliance.

    Except for the Five Ninja Ninja Village and Yuyin Village, there are no other big Ninja villages in the entire Ninja World. Mifune of the Iron Kingdom also chose to join the Ninja Alliance.

    In this way, basically all the power of the Ninja World is gathered.

    This force seems to be very powerful, it can be called the largest ninja army in the history of the ninja world, but the enemies they have to face are the ten-tailed Oshemaru and the powerful ninja under his command.

    Perhaps because the threat of Oshemaru was too serious, the pace of the Gokage talks suddenly accelerated a lot, and they quickly formulated the establishment and command of the ninja troops.

    The leaders of the coalition forces: the third generation of Mu Tuying Onoki, the fourth generation of Raikage Ai, the fifth generation of Fengyingmu Gaara, the fifth generation of Meishuiying Zhao Meiming, the fifth generation of Naruto Tsunade, and the leader of the Yuyin Village + Akatsuki organization Uehara Naraku.

    Supreme Commander: Four generations of Ray Ying Ai.

    General Staff: Hokage Tsunade Fifth.

    Captain of the Allied Forces: Yuyin leader Uehara Naraku.

    These positions are divided very interestingly. The four generations of Raikage are responsible for coordinating the entire battle, including all tasks such as logistics support, protection of the daimyo, and the reorganization and distribution of combat troops; Tsunade is responsible for the checks and balances of the fourth generation of Raiking to prevent him from making irrational decisions.

    Uehara Naraku is responsible for commanding the entire ninja coalition''s combat forces, making decisions on the battlefield, mobilizing various ninja forces to meet the enemy, and participating in the battle as a high-end combat force.

    Staff: Yoshihisa Nara, Azabui (Raikang¡¯s female secretary)

    This unit is mainly responsible for making suggestions and providing suitable combat methods for the front battlefield at any time for the front to make decisions.

    Intelligence Force: Koichi Yamanaka, Hinata Hyuga

    This unit is mainly responsible for collecting and transmitting information from various places, mainly Hyuga Hinata and Yamanaka Hiichi, the current heads of the two Konoha tribes.

    In the original history, the white-eyed ninja Qing from Wuyin Village should be the captain, but unfortunately, because he spied on Uehara''s identity, he was killed by Uehara, and now it seems that he has been reincarnated by the pharmacist.

    This is really... helpless.

    Sensing Force: Xi, Hei Jue

    This unit is mainly responsible for collecting intelligence and perceiving the enemy''s position.

    The leader of this force, Xi, is one of Raikage¡¯s guards, and is also known as Raikage¡¯s left hand. In addition to perceiving the powerful ninjutsu, he is also good at medical ninjutsu. In terms of status, Xi and Raikage¡¯s right hand Darui do not Comparable.

    The other leader is Heijue.

    Yes, Uehara Naraku helped Kazuki find a position and inserted it into the ninja coalition. This ninja world cannot be too magical!

    After Tsunade wrote Kurozutsu''s name on the list, he confirmed it again: "Hey, Uehara, are you sure this person is reliable?"

    "I checked it and it''s as reliable as me."

    After speaking, Uehara Naraku continued in a deep voice: "Because Osnamaru and Uchiha were afraid of the powerful perception ability of the seniors, they wanted to kill people with the knife. I think that the seniors will definitely be able to play a huge role in this Ninja war. ."

    "really¡­"

    Tsunade nodded and said in a low voice, "No wonder Uchiha Tashiro deliberately leaked it to Jirai and knew about it. Maybe we really blamed him!"

    "Ok¡­"

    Uehara Naraku sighed.

    Really...

    Black Zee can get into the Ninja Alliance...

    What can''t be done in the world?

    As long as you work hard, you can do anything!

    Uehara Naraku would like to see Kurozuzu. He knows what expression he will show when he becomes the leader of the Ninja Alliance Sensing Force. He must be very happy, right?

    Surprise troops: Kanjiuro.

    This force took the lead in the assault to test out the enemy''s strength.

    To put it simply, it is actually responsible for cutting off the enemy¡¯s head or giving away one¡¯s head. Generally speaking, if you are lucky, you can cut off the enemy¡¯s head and come back alive. If you are not lucky, you have to be cut off by the enemy. Information sent out...

    Daimyo Guards: Five generations of eyes water shadow according to Mi Ming.

    Mainly responsible for protecting the daimyo and nobles of various countries, there is no doubt that under the rule of Nagato and Uehara Naraku, there is no daimyo in the rain country.

    Above the seat of God, how can you sit on another person''s ass?

    First combat unit: Darui

    The Second Combat Unit: Three generations of Tokage Onoki

    Third combat unit: Hagi Kakashi

    The fourth combat unit: Five generations of the wind and shadow of Gaara

    Fifth Combat Force: Three Ships

    Medical Logistics Force: Silent and Dolphin

    The commanders of these combat troops basically have nothing to say.

    Only Uehara Naluo heard that the third combat unit was responsible for the protracted war, and looked at the captain Kakashi Hagi¡¯s name for a long time. Who the **** could tell him when Hagi Kakashi was involved in the protracted war? Relationship?

    In addition to these, there are two most important forces.

    Captain of the First Special Operations Squad: Jiraiya.

    Members of the first special operations team: Naruto Uzumaki, Rock Lee, Metkai, Yamato, Kirabi.

    These are basically powerful members, ready to deal with the tough ninjas in the rebirth of Dirt!

    The second special operations team is also very interesting.

    Captain of the second special operations team: Uehara Naraku.

    Members of the second special combat team: Red Sand Scorpion, Deidara, Jiaodu, Feiduan, Dry Persimmon Ghost Shark, Ghost Lantern Full Moon, Ghost Lantern Shuiyue, Ringo Yu Yuri, Kaguya-kun Maro, White.

    Yes, Akatsuki has assembled all the staff.

    All Akatsuki members also joined the Ninja Alliance.

    To be honest, the five shadows present are still a little gloomy. They all really hope that these Akatsuki members can play their role on the battlefield, and it is best to wash their sinful lives in the honorable battle.

    Unfortunately¡­

    Uehara Naraku is the captain of the Ninja Alliance, and Yakushidou is a member of the Oshemaru camp who controls the battle. The two of them will not allow this to happen.

    "Uehara..."

    Tsunade frowned and looked at Naraku Uehara: "I remember your teacher, Konan, is also very powerful!"

    "The strength of the teacher is indeed very strong."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head, and said solemnly: "But her battles are all dependent on the detonation talisman. I am worried that the number of her accidentally wounding the ninja coalition may be more..."

    After speaking, Naruto Uehara rubbed his forehead, and his voice slowly lowered: "Let Xiaonan stay in Yuyin Village..."

    "It''s not like a decision a ninja should make."

    Tsunade shook his head, not agreeing with Uehara Naraku''s opinion: "If your teacher knows about your arrangement, she will definitely not agree with your opinion. I can see that Xiaonan is a woman with a strong personality!"

    "Ha ha¡­"

    Uehara Naraku smiled noncommitantly, and said in a low voice: "This time our war will definitely be very tragic. The probability that I will die in this war is very high... I don''t want the teacher to see my tragic death, I Hope she can live."

    Tsunade patted Naraku Uehara on the shoulder sighed and said, "Uehara, the war has not yet begun. Don''t be so pessimistic!"

    "Yes!"

    The fourth generation of Raikage hit the table with a punch, and the urn said: "You are the captain of the ninja coalition army, how can you be discouraged before the battle begins!"

    "Although we do not have any advantage..."

    Three generations of Tokage Ohnogi glanced at Uehara Naraku, and said with an old voice: "But before the war begins, no one can be sure of victory or defeat, even if it is a war of great disparity in strength, it may change because of one person..."

    Three generations of Tokage Ohnogi really... had enough of this loss.

    At that time, Ohnoki led tens of thousands of ninja troops to encircle and double the cloud hidden troops of the three generations of Raikage. It was because the three generations of Raikage were too strong to use one enemy as one, and the strategy failed.

    Later, when Ohnoki sent troops to attack the country of fire along Cao Yin Village, he encountered the fourth generation of Hokage Wave Fengshui Gate, and was changed by one person...

    Where is the reason?

    Obviously a war that must be won, but because of the emergence of an explosive ninja, the strategy failed...

    "Well, I got it."

    Uehara Naraku took a look at Tsunade¡¯s list and whispered: ¡°Now that the talk is over, I¡¯ll go back and immediately reorganize Akatsuki¡¯s group of guys, and let the predecessors go to meet the Sensing Ninja troops in each village and search for the location of Oshemaru... "

    "Ok."

    The other five shadows also nodded.

    They have almost finished their discussions here, and all that is left is to quickly reorganize the ninja troops in each village to gather all the ninjas participating in the war.

    The Fourth Ninja War...

    The ninja coalition camp is formed!

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 334ï¼š We know, but the righteous ninja!

    Yuyin outside the village.

    After Uehara Naruko attended the Five Shadows meeting, he hurried back to the country of rain. He also announced to Akatsuki that they were going to join the Ninja Alliance.

    I really want to see what those guys look like...

    It''s just that before Uehara Naraku arrived at the base of Akatsuki''s organization, Kuro Zetsu appeared outside the village and blocked his way. Kuro Zetsu''s news was also very sensitive.

    "Uehara."

    Hei Jue''s laughter is still so gloomy: "I heard that you participated in the Five Shadows Conference and did a good job. It seems that we may be able to use the power of the Five Shadows to find the Osha Pill and regain the eyes of Samsara and the Golem of Outer Dao."

    "Well, it certainly can."

    After Nairo Uehara nodded, a smile appeared on his face: "Because I have become the captain of the Ninja Alliance, I can mobilize the entire Ninja Alliance..."

    "..."

    Heijue''s expression was slightly stunned.

    Bai Jue''s expression was also a little surprised.

    Now, who can tell them what this is, why Uehara Naraku, who wanted to launch the Moon Eye project, has become a high-level ninja coalition army, and even has a position of high power!

    Hei Jue was stunned for a second, with a grin on his face: "Uehara, then this is better, and the price we need to pay is even less..."

    A smile appeared on half of Bai Jue''s face: "After the Ninja Allied Forces defeated Oshemaru, they discovered that we are the black hands who are really controlling everything behind the scenes. What expressions will they show at that time..."

    "Yeah, I am curious too."

    Uehara Naruko''s mouth twitched, and the smile on her face was quite meaningful, as if she was as interested in this kind of thing as Shirazu.

    After talking about this matter, Uehara Naraku was not vague, and said: "Yes, there is one more thing, we can''t let the five major countries have all the information of Oshemaru, so I recommend that the predecessors become the perception force of the ninja coalition. Command..."

    "what?"

    Hei Jue''s face was again astonished.

    "what?"

    Bai Jue''s eyes were almost stiff.

    Uehara Naraku looked at the two of them and urged softly: "In this case, the predecessor can mobilize all the perception ninjas of the ninja coalition army to help search for information on Osaimaru, Uchiha Daido and Outer Golem."

    "..."

    Heijue was silent for a while.

    As a yin and yang creation, it has never appeared in front of many people, and it has never thought about integrating into the ninja society.

    Unexpectedly, it was such a guy who wanted to destroy this ninja world and rescued Otsuki Kaguya, also mixed into the ninja coalition...

    Kurozue slowly raised his head and looked at Naraku Uehara, with a hint of hesitation in his voice: "Uehara, is the Ninja Alliance a bit unreliable..."

    Damn, these are two big spies who got in!

    Especially these two spies, one of them is the captain, who controls the transfer of the ninja forces, and the other is the commander of the intelligence forces, who controls the intelligence of the ninja forces...

    This ninja coalition seems to be over!

    Counting on these guys, can they really succeed in encircling the Oshe Maru?

    Hei Jue inexplicably felt that these ninja coalition forces were a bit unreliable.

    "But this is already the case..."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Kurozu, then spread his hand and said, "For us, it should be a good thing to be able to hide in the Ninja Alliance, right?"

    "Right¡­"

    Heijue nodded, and a grinning smile floated on his face again: "Then I will serve as the commander of the Ninja Coalition''s intelligence forces and control their sources of intelligence..."

    "Don''t overdo it..."

    Uehara Naraku stopped Kurozu with a chuckle, and persuaded, "After all, there are many people in the intelligence force! What we are doing now is for the peace of this Ninja world!"

    "..."

    Hei Jue was silent for another second, and its sullen laughter gradually grew louder: "You are right, we... But it has always been for the peace of this Ninja world!"

    For Heijue...

    Now it''s an unimaginable happiness!

    Although for so many years, Hei Jue has been secretly controlling the historical intelligence of the entire Ninja World, but he can''t stand it. This is the first time to pretend to be in front of people!

    To be honest, kind of interesting...

    No, it should be very interesting!

    Just think about those ninjas who listened to the commands of the black hand behind it. Everything they did was actually to be able to come back to life faster...

    This world is too ironic!

    Now that he has been deceiving Uchiha Madara, he seems to have a higher sense of accomplishment in deceiving the entire Ninja world, and Kazure couldn''t help but want to take office now!

    Uehara Naraku immediately gave Kurozu an address for the headquarters of the Sensing Forces, because the Sensing Forces are racing against time to find the Osha Maru and the Golem.

    Seeing Kuro Zeein smile and sink to the ground and leave, Uehara Naraku couldn''t help shaking his head and sighed: "The position of the leader of an intelligence force in a small area is happy to be like this...Can''t you just be as calm as me?"

    Uehara Naraku''s identity is too much!

    Ninja camp.

    Uehara Naraku is the captain of the Ninja Allied Forces and the leader of Yuyin Village. He is also the strongest man of this era who has high hopes from the entire Ninja World, the star of hope in the fourth Ninja World War, and the mainstay of resisting Oshemaru.

    Oshe Maru camp.

    Uehara Naraku is the immediate boss of Yakushidou and others, the man behind the scenes of the ninja troop, Osamaru was resurrected and became the man behind the scenes of the six powerhouses, and the initiator of the fourth Ninja War.

    Moon Eye camp.

    Uehara Naraku is the only hope of the Moon Eye Project, and the main force for realizing the Moon Eye Project in the future, and the only one who can rely on the millennium eldest son Kurozu.

    Akatsuki organizes the camp.

    Uehara Naraku is the current leader of the Akatsuki organization, and the hope of the entire Akatsuki organization for the future, the future of war and peace in the ninja world is the person who matters.

    Now it seems that there is no organization in the entire Ninja World that Naruchi Uehara can''t enter. He can still occupy a high position or even a dominant position in every organization. Is it proud of Uehara Naraku to get into this field by himself?

    Did Uehara Naraku say something?

    Uehara Naraku watched Kurozu move quickly towards the assembly point of the Ninja Allied Intelligence Forces, shook his head and sighed: "It''s really useless..."

    Now Uehara Naro is too early to scold.

    Compared to Akatsuki''s teasing, Hei Jue was already very restrained.

    Akatsuki''s base.

    Uehara Naraku looked at the group of guys who looked at him eagerly and announced the results he had achieved after attending the Gokage meeting.

    "I am now the captain of the Ninja Allied Forces, and you will participate in the Fourth Ninja World War as my direct special combat team."

    "..."

    The entire Akatsuki organization was silent for a second.

    In the next moment, Deidara¡¯s cheers and laughter broke the silence: "Hahahahahahaha... Are those guys idiots! You let Uehara be the captain of the coalition army!"

    "Isn''t it about stealing information?"

    The expression of the red sand scorpion is a bit subtle and incomprehensible: "If I remember correctly, this position is the highest commander in a war period!"

    "Almost, anyway, you can command the entire ninja coalition fighting force..."

    Uehara Naraku nodded casually and rubbed his temples: "In short, the situation has changed a little bit, so that''s good, we can also fully use the ninja forces to fight against Osamaru and Uchiha..."

    Jiao Du stretched out a finger and asked a question that was of great concern to him: "It looks like a very high position... How much will they pay you?"

    Uehara Naraku: "..."

    I haven¡¯t asked this question...

    As expected, the angle of thinking is always so tricky!

    "Hey, Jiaodu, don''t get involved with money in everything!"

    Feiduan licked his lips and laughed in a low voice: "How much delicious food can you offer to evil gods if you fight in the Ninja World War!"

    "I don''t think I can contribute much!"

    Uehara Naruko frowned, and said in a low voice, "After all, most of the troops on the side of Oshawan and Yakushi''s pocket were reincarnated from the filthy soil, and they are also immortal..."

    "..."

    Fei Duan suddenly fell into silence.

    After a while, the guy shook his head and sighed, "I knew I should have left this organization with Pharmacist...If I could be in their camp, I could kill a lot of people and give it to Lord Cthulhu!"

    Clang!

    The knife light slashed across!

    Ringo Yu Yuri casually put away her ninja sword, glanced at the flying section that was cut off her head with a knife, and snorted contemptuously.

    "You are too noisy."

    "... asshole!"

    Fei Duan''s head broke open on the ground and cursed: "You **** woman, don''t chop off Lao Tzu''s head all the time! Go and see for yourself how many scars are left when my neck is stitched up by the horns! "

    "To shut up."

    Ringo Yu Yuli glanced at Fei Duan sullenly, and said coldly: "If there is any more noise, I will cut your body into pieces and feed them to the fish in the lake!"

    "..."

    The flying section was silent for a moment.

    With a gloomy face, the horns started to stitch the head of the flying segment again There was some discomfort in his eyes: "If your mouth doesn''t converge, I will just bury your head in the grave next time...No, you The bounty of has recently been high, you can consider selling your head."

    After the noisy here.

    Everyone present also recognized the reality.

    Their group of executioners and S-rank rebels who have destroyed the five great nations will soon serve as the ninja coalition to participate in the Fourth Ninja World War.

    "It was unexpected..."

    Deidara grinned happily: "Those of us who want to control the world of ninja, we are still on the side of justice!"

    "This is nothing unexpected."

    The Kakigami grinned his mouth and glanced at Naraku Uehara: "It was totally unexpected... We were originally a just organization!"

    "Almost there..."

    Gui Deng Shui Yue took out her ears, and said boredly: "Senior Guiyu, don''t always look like this, do all these vain things seriously..."

    "All right."

    Uehara Naro stretched out his palm, and said in a deep voice, "Then you can clean up! I will also prepare for it first. In two or three days, we will rush to the headquarters of the Ninja Alliance..."

    After Uehara Naraku said this, the corner of his mouth couldn''t help but smile: "I''m the captain of the coalition army, I want to perform my duties as soon as possible!"

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the people again and exhorted loudly: "But before we achieve our goal, we must never reveal our plan. You learn to pretend to be, but we are going to defeat the evil righteous ninja!"

    "Hahahahahaha..."

    The base of the entire Akatsuki organization became a sea of ??joy.

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 335ï¼š Have you counted how many times have you pitted Dashewan?

    "Uehara, come and celebrate!"

    Deidara held up a strange-looking clay bomb and said loudly: "Celebrate you as the captain of the coalition army, let''s set off a grand firework!"

    The Red Sand Scorpion looked at the clay bomb, his brows frowned: "Didara, what are you holding in your hand?"

    "C4 Garuda!"

    Deidara was holding the clay bomb in one hand, resting his chin in his palm, and pouting his mouth: "This is the ninjutsu I prepared to kill Uchiha Itachi, but I never had the opportunity to use it. Come on!"

    This technique is very powerful.

    Unfortunately, Deidara has never had the opportunity to use it.

    Since Deidara made Garuda, it has been kept in Deidara''s ninja bag and has never had a chance to use it.

    Now Deidara intends to treat this as a big firework.

    "You can keep it for Sasuke..."

    Uehara Naruko rubbed his brows and rejected Dedara''s teasing way of celebrating him as the captain of the coalition forces.

    Because he has more important things to do now.

    The first thing, naturally, is to ask the progress of the pharmacist.

    Uehara Naraku slowly raised his fingers, and his will fell on the Mizumon who was next to Yakushi Tou: "Tou, I have become the captain of the Ninja Alliance. When will the enemy I prepare to face come back to life? ?"

    Uehara Nairo prepared a sufficiently wide stage for Osake Maru, prepared a sufficiently grand goal, prepared a sufficiently powerful force, prepared a sufficiently terrifying enemy...

    Now I''m missing the starring role of Oshe Maru!

    Pharmacist pocket: "..."

    What Uehara Naraku said is really inappropriate!

    But now is also the time. Given the characteristics of the fusion of Baijue and the primary cells, as long as enough primary cells are needed, Baijue''s body can withstand the power of the transplanted reincarnation eye.

    The pharmacist glanced at Bai Jue in the laboratory, pushed his glasses and said: "It should be just a few days ago, I am a little worried, if the big snake pill is just transplanted into this body and it collapses..."

    "It''s okay."

    Uehara Naraku said indifferently, "Doesn''t Oshamaru still have a soul... Anyway, the body collapses, Oshamaru guy should be used to it!"

    Pharmacist pocket: "..."

    Da She Wan is really used to this kind of thing.

    But can''t it just for this reason to let Da She Wan suffer the pain of body breakdown? It was quite troublesome to recreate the body at that time...

    And after Dashemaru is resurrected, he won¡¯t live a few days...

    What''s more, Dashewan has been in the cave of Longdi for so long, can''t it give a person a strong body and let him enjoy it?

    After thinking about it for a while, the pharmacist put forward a reason: "If the body collapses, it will affect the Dashemaru-sama''s extraction of the eight-tailed and nine-tailed chakras. Will it affect his ability to become the ten-tailed person?"

    "Should it not affect it?"

    Uehara Naraku thought for a while, and gave a very definite answer: "If Oshemaru is not too late, as long as he becomes a Ten-tailed man, his body should not collapse... Well, maybe his consciousness may collapse more than his body. Faster."

    Uehara Naraku thought for a moment that in the fourth Ninja War, the first Ten-tailed man, Li Uchiha, almost swallowed his consciousness...

    It''s just that even the determined Uchiha belt soil was almost swallowed by the ten tails. The Osaimaru will not be swallowed by the ten tails, right?

    Uehara Naraku was suddenly worried.

    What if the fellow''s consciousness is swallowed?

    Is it possible for him to perform a ten-tailed battle with Captain Uehara?

    Now Uehara Naraku is thinking a little too much, because the things that Uehara Naraku will think about when he gets rid of the ten-tailed swallowing will in the future will definitely make Uehara Naraku never even think of...

    "Should be able to last a while?"

    Uehara Naraku touched her chin. After thinking for a while, she gave up thinking about it. He just told him, "Forget it, I just hope that the body or consciousness of Osamaru can help us bring back Uchiha Madara and Nagato-sama. Just fine..."

    "alright¡­"

    The pharmacist reluctantly agreed and said softly: "Then I will implement the plan of Lord Oshemaru''s resurrection in the next few days..."

    "Are you sure to convince him to believe you?"

    Uehara Naraku''s voice was a little serious: "If you''re not sure, then I will go there by the time to protect your safety... It''s not Oshe Maru!"

    "Master Naraku, don''t worry."

    Pharmacist''s voice lowered, only a hint of smile was mixed in the low voice: "I will convince him... Besides, besides trusting me, Lord Oshemaru has no one else to believe!"

    "Ok¡­"

    Uehara Naraku fell into thinking again, and after a while he asked again, "Can you convince Oshamaru to believe me?"

    "This... I''m afraid it won''t work."

    Yakushidou¡¯s voice sounded a bit subtle and hesitant, and some hesitated to say: "After all, Lord Naraku has no reason to help Lord Oshemaru, and the things that Lord Naraku did to Lord Oshemaru before..."

    Uehara Naraku sighed and said, "Well, what I did to Oshamaru back then was indeed a little too much."

    Pharmacist pocket: "..."

    Master Naraku, can you have a face!

    What you did to Dashemaru, is that too much?

    Don''t say it''s Oshemaru, a vengeful guy, even if you switch to a guy as generous as Uzumaki Naruto, you may not be able to forgive you!

    If you cheat, apologize, forgive me.

    Cheating people twice, apologize, you don''t know each other.

    Lord Naraku, you have pitted Oshemaru so many times, and at the time when Oshemaru was the most proud, arrogant, most wanton and arrogant, interrupted Oshemaru¡¯s hope and teased Oshemaru¡¯s life... If Oshemaru would forgive you, then Is he still human!

    The pharmacist sighed faintly, and then persuaded him: "Master Naraku, in your plan, Master Oshemaru won''t live long, so Master Naraku doesn''t have to waste time on him, right?"

    "you''re right."

    Uehara Naraku reconciled with goodness, and asked a question that he was more worried about: "Will this guy Oshemaru betray my information, what if he reveals my information? I remember this guy saw me kill Uchiha belt by himself. Earthy..."

    "Master Naraku, can I tell the truth?"

    Yakushidou was a little speechless, and his voice was even weak: "If Lord Naraku was shaken out of his true identity, wouldn''t it be the most exciting time of this Ninja War?"

    "¡­you''re right."

    After Nairo Uehara nodded, he sighed and said, "Doo, do you know how I spent the past eight years?

    For the past eight years, I have been looking forward to and fearing this day every day!

    I look forward to the surprise and anger on everyone¡¯s faces when my identity is revealed, and they despair of my powerlessness; I am afraid because when I reveal my identity, I am destined to have no turning back...except to rule the Ninja World. No choice! "

    Pharmacist pocket: "..."

    This sounds really exasperating...

    Others always regard ruling the ninja world as their lifelong dream, how come to Lord Naraku, ruling the ninja has become a helpless choice?

    "Forget it, tell you that you don''t understand."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and continued: "Uchiha Madara will leave it to you to reincarnate. You can communicate with him in advance and secretly reveal my identity to let him know that I have always stood with him! "

    "Yes."

    The pharmacist responded respectfully, so after finishing the pitting of Oshemaru, is the next person to be pitted is Uchiha Madara?

    "there''s one more thing."

    Uehara Naraku manipulated the will of Hafeng Mizuno, and continued to use his body to give orders: "Uchiha Itachi doesn''t need to stay here, let him attack Naruto Uzumaki by a chance!

    When you manipulate Uchiha Itachi to attack Uzumaki Naruto, he will definitely be modified by other gods. I will prepare two psychic beasts for you, and let those two psychic beasts solve Uchiha Itachi.

    Also, remember to use Sasuke Uchiha''s life to threaten Itachi, so that he must attack Naruto Uzumaki as an enemy. It''s best to praise me more! "

    "Yes."

    After slandering for a while, the pharmacist agreed and continued: "After I have solved Uchiha Itachi, I will transplant the Kaleidoscope of Itachi for Sasuke and let him participate in this ninja war..."

    This Lord Naraku...

    Must you plan carefully and use everyone cleanly?

    "Yes, that''s it."

    Uehara Naraku spoke appreciatively: "But the Uchiha clan are all traitors. Maybe Sasuke will defect to our side!"

    Yakushidou couldn''t help showing a smile: "Sasuke is still thinking that Lord Naraku is a good person, but he still only wants to destroy Konoha..."

    "alright!"

    Uehara Naruto nodded and left the last command: "The eight-tailed man Zhu Riki Rabbi seems to have a way to survive after the tail beast is drawn...

    Tell him a little bit of your information, and bring some information that is very beneficial to me, so let him come back! "

    "¡­it is good."

    Yakushi sighed, and finally couldn''t help but sighed: "Really...In the eyes of Lord Naraku, everyone has value that can be used in any state, but unfortunately this value will also be squeezed out by Lord Naraku. Clean..."

    Really...Important!

    After Uehara Naraku was silent for a while, he continued: "I suspect that you are taunting me, I am too lazy to care about you now, first go to deal with the rebirth of the dirty soil between the Senjujutsu... Let me give me a Shirazu sacrifice! "

    After speaking, Naraku Uehara cut off contact.

    the other side.

    In a dark underground base.

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around and went to fetch a Hakujutsu sacrifice, so Hafeng Mizuno and Uchiha brought the soil to Uehara Naraku immediately.

    Wait until Mizumon and Uchiha take the soil away.

    Pharmacist Duo slowly looked at another Bai Jue body lying in the laboratory. This was the body he prepared for Da She Wan.

    Everything about this body is complete, it''s just a matter of installing reincarnation eyes.

    The pharmacist took out the small bottle with the reincarnation eye, and slowly played with the small bottle: "Da She Wan, I can finally bring you out of despair with his own hands..."

    After the pharmacist opened the bottle and took out the reincarnation eye, a bright light flashed in his eyes!

    "Master Oshemaru, I hope you will forgive me, when you are about to reach the peak again, you are forced to fall from the peak again..."

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 336ï¼š What is unparalleled strength (No. 4

    Uehara Naraku found a safe place.

    Just as the Yakushi prepared the body needed for the resurrection of Oshemaru, Uehara Naraku finally waited for Hafeng Mizumon and Uchiha to bring soil.

    They brought materials for Uehara Naraku''s rebirth.

    Now, everything is ready.

    Uehara Naraku nervously rubbed her palms and glanced at Bo Feng Shui''s door and said: "Four generations, today let you reunite the first generation of Naruto, are you happy?"

    "..."

    What are you happy about?

    Bo Feng Shuimen''s face was speechless.

    What''s so happy about this kind of thing!

    Seeing that the strength of the villain Uehara Naraku is getting stronger and stronger, the power accumulated around him is increasing, and his identity is still hidden in the ninja world, and he has even reached the top of the ninja coalition army. How could Namizumon be happy? !

    Now I want to see Uehara Naraku resurrecting the first generation of Naruto Senjutsu. If Hafeng Mizumon can control himself, he must be desperate to kill Uehara Naraku...

    It''s a pity that Bofeng Shuimen can only watch this happen.

    "Let me take a look..."

    After Uehara Naraku raised his palm, he shot it on the ground instantly!

    In the next moment, a series of curses began to spread on the ground, instantly surrounding the cells of the first generation Naruto Senjuju and the Baijue sacrifice!

    I saw the cells of the first generation of Hokage turned into countless dust and debris, wrapping up the cursing Bai Jue, and then a figure appeared!

    It is the original Naruto Senjuzuma!

    Uehara Naraku watched the figure of Senjujuma gradually condensed, and his face finally gradually became serious: "Let me see how powerful the legendary ninja **** Senjujuma is!"

    As soon as Uehara Naraku finished speaking, Senju Zhuma has completely completed the rebirth of the dirty soil. Just when everyone thought that a majestic chakra was about to burst out, they saw that the original Hokage was only slowly lifting up. head.

    Senjujuan glanced at the three people present, he tilted his head, his face was slightly puzzled: "May I ask what you are..."

    "We have seen it."

    Uehara Naraku stretched out his palm friendly and whispered, "We should have met once during the Nakanin exam. Had Mr. Hadaime forgotten? Maybe you had lost your self-awareness at that time?"

    At that time, Oshemaru was still manipulating the first and second generations to attack and kill the third generation of Naruto, but was preempted by Uehara Naruto, but the first generation and second generation of Naruto seemed to be annihilated, so now he doesn''t remember?

    "No, I remember."

    Senjuju nodded, with an ugly look on his face: "I remember you kid killed the monkey, but now it looks like a lot!"

    "is it?"

    Uehara Naraku touched his face, nodded and said, "After all, the past few years have passed, and I have grown up. Am I more handsome than before?"

    "Well, it''s okay!"

    Senjujutsu touched his chin, looked at Naruto Uehara and nodded, "Compared to Madara, your appearance is not much worse than him..."

    "..."

    The corner of Uehara Naraku''s eyes twitched, so in the eyes of this first generation Naruto, Uchiha Madara is the most handsome!

    Senjujuma''s gaze focused on the Hafumi Gate behind Uehara Naraku. After seeing the whirlpool on his forehead, he suddenly said: "What''s the situation now? Are you not Konoha''s enemy? How could you be with us? Ye''s ninja together?"

    Senshou Zhuma began to touch his chin again, and looked at Bo Feng Shuimen and said loudly, "Hey, kid, who are you?"

    "Master Chudaimu."

    Bo Feng Mizuno nodded respectfully, and revealed the words behind his Mishen Robe: "I am Konoha''s fourth generation of Hokage Ha Feng Mizuno."

    "Four generations?"

    Senjujuma''s face is a bit unpleasant: "So, after this kid killed the monkey, is the fourth generation of Hokage you served in the village? But I think you were also reincarnated from the dirty soil... "

    Only a few years have passed!

    How come Konoha''s another Hokage was killed!

    "It''s more complicated..."

    Bo Feng Mizumen spread out his palms and sighed: "Anyway, I''m dead, and I died before Sandaime Hokage..."

    "Yes."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head and sighed faintly: "And this fourth-generation Hokage was killed by the third-generation Naruto...because the third-generation Hokage wanted to occupy Konoha''s ruling position for a long time."

    "Don''t talk nonsense..."

    Hafeng Mizuno hurriedly interrupted Uehara Naraku''s words. He couldn''t help but glanced at Uchiha Tsutomu next to him, and whispered, "I''ve already talked with Tsutomu privately, and Naruto III did not do anything like that. ¡­"

    "never mind."

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand and said loudly: "Don''t think about it, in this ninja world, the three generations of Hokage are not whitewashed. Your son may still hate him now!"

    Hafeng Mizumon''s eyes twitched, and he looked at Uehara Naruto and said: "It''s all because of your behind-the-scenes manipulation... the truth will come to light sooner or later!"

    "But the day the truth came to light..."

    Uehara Naraku slowly raised his hands, twitched the corners of his mouth and said, "They don''t have the strength to resist me anymore!"

    Just as Uehara Naraku wanted to continue to say something, a powerful chakra burst out of the Senjujuzu standing behind him!

    At the next moment, the figure of Senjujuzuma suddenly disappeared in place, and volley kicked Uehara Naraku''s head!

    This first generation Naruto...

    Why don''t you talk about martial arts so much!

    Click!

    Uehara Naraku hurriedly waved his arm and blocked the blow!

    "The power is great!"

    Uehara Naraku felt the strength on her arm, and subconsciously looked at Senjujutsuma: "Is it just a random blow, is it a ninjutsu comparable to strange power? But if you just attack me like this, isn''t it too bad? Makes sense?"

    Uehara Naraku hooked the corner of his mouth, and waved his hand to open Senjujuma''s body: "Hatsudaime, I am a good person..."

    "I already know that you are Konoha''s enemy!"

    Senjuju attacked Uehara Naraku indirectly, and said in a deep voice, "This is enough! Any enemy that hurt Konoha, I will never let it go!"

    Bang!

    Both raised their legs and kicked out a blow at the same time!

    A shock wave caused by the impact was set off on the ground!

    "You can''t underestimate the young people nowadays!"

    Senjuzuzu glanced at Uehara Naraku in surprise, and a flash of admiration flashed in his eyes: "I have to say that in terms of physical skills alone, you are no less than Madara!"

    "It''s all Uchiha Madara..."

    Uehara Naraku sighed, and suddenly hooked Senjuju''s legs under her feet, and said casually: "After we finish the fight, I will send you to Uchiha Madara for company..."

    Uehara Naraku took advantage of the elbow, and his elbow directly hit the chest of Senjujuan. The first generation Naruto was finally knocked out by Uehara Uehara!

    "In terms of single-cell surgery..."

    Uehara Naraku stood upright and looked at the Senjutsu Zhuma who flew upside down in the distance: "Apart from the Eight Doors Dunjia Art, I have never seen anyone with the physical skills or even the skills of the first master. Even better!"

    In addition to the huge Chakra inside Senshou Zhuma, his physical fitness is also an immortal body, so his power and speed are almost astonishing!

    What is even more amazing is the fighting skills between the Senjue Zhu!

    This ninja who has experienced the Warring States Period, every blow he hits in battle is actually killing him!

    Relying on the huge amount of chakras in the body and strong physical fitness, Senju Zhuma can unscrupulously give play to his ninjutsu advantage!

    To be honest, Ninja has always been known as the three-generation Raikage of the strongest ninjutsu, and it seems that it is not worthy of the original Hokage shoes...

    This first generation head is really too strong!

    Moreover, Senshou Zhuma was actually weakened after the rebirth of the dirty soil, his strength was reduced a bit by the reincarnation of the dirty soil...The immortal body of the reincarnated dirty soil did not matter to Senshou Zhuma.

    Because he himself has the body of a fairy!

    "Your physique is the real one that can''t be underestimated!"

    Senshou Zhuma slowly walked over, the clogs under his feet rustled on the ground, and his eyes gradually became serious: "Your fighting skills are not much worse than Madara''s skills, even strength. Maybe even better than him..."

    Senjuzuzu closed his palms, watching Uehara Naraku and persuading him: "But you would stop attacking just now. Isn''t it too arrogant? In our age, you would do whatever it takes to win! "

    "No, not arrogant."

    Uehara Naruko smiled and raised his finger.

    Uehara Naraku''s will instantly fell on Senjujuan''s body, and controlled his actions, making this first generation Hokage''s face change!

    "So this is ah!"

    Senjuzuzuma''s face gradually calmed down, nodded slowly, and exclaimed, "I think I can control me, so I don''t care about the outcome?"

    The next moment, the Chakra between the Thousand Hands Pillars suddenly burst out!

    A surging Chakra momentum is almost too heavy to breathe!

    This is the ninja **** who suppressed the entire ninja world back then, this is the strongest man in that era, and this is the one who put down the troubled world!

    Just showing one''s momentum makes people afraid to resist!

    Even Uehara Naraku showed a touch of surprise on his face. After all, did he underestimate the power of this ninja god?

    The chakra value of the thousand hands is definitely more than half a million, even more than a lot This is a man comparable to Uzumaki Naruto + half a nine-tailed chakra!

    "It seems a bit difficult to obliterate your consciousness by strength! But the first generation of you, don''t want to break free from my control..."

    Uehara Naruko held up his fingers, and under the control of the foul soil reincarnation, even if his chakra burst out from Senjuzuzuma, he could not break free from Uehara''s control.

    Senjujuma stood there and nodded slowly, and praised: "It''s really good. I didn''t expect your chakras to be so abundant, even more abundant than the spotted chakras... Then you can continue now. Keep it under control?"

    The next moment, the palm between the Qianshouzhu tried his best to close, and a black eye color suddenly appeared on the eye socket, and he instantly entered the fairy mode at this time!

    "Fairy Mode¡¤Open!"

    Two shouts in unison came at the same time!

    Just as Senju Zhuma wanted to use the fairy mode to rush through Uehara Naraku''s control, he suddenly saw that the opposite Uehara Naraku also unfolded three pairs of huge wings!

    A huge momentum swept around!

    Both Uchiha belt soil and Hafeng water gate were all forced back to one side!

    The wings behind Uehara Naraku flapped slightly, leading him to float. At this moment, he is like a real angel, but what he brings is not so-called kindness and justice, but power and danger!

    Uehara Naraku looked at the Senjujuma who was also entering the fairy mode, and slowly stretched out his palm, and made a powerful fist!

    "To be honest¡­"

    Uehara Naraku''s face calmed down, and his voice gradually became a little illusory: "I have never felt so clearly... an incomparable power!"

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 337ï¼š From now on, be a surprise to celebrate Madaraâ€™s resurrection!

    "It''s terrible..."

    Looking at the figure of Uehara Naraku, Hao Feng Mizuno had a deep dignity flashed across his face. At this moment, he felt an unprecedented pressure.

    Bo Feng Shuimen''s voice asked in a depressed tone: "With the soil, have you ever seen the fairy mode can be so powerful? Neither me nor Teacher Ji Laiya can compare with Uehara''s fairy mode!"

    "teacher¡­"

    Uchiha''s mood with the soil is a bit bad.

    Uchiha Daito feels that he is incompatible with the others present: "I don''t know how to use the fairy mode... I haven''t even heard of it."

    This is really embarrassing.

    There are a total of four people present, and three of them will be in fairy mode.

    Only the guy Uchiha brought the soil, he didn''t even hear it very much, until now he can''t understand what the fairy mode is.

    What exactly is the fairy model?

    This is a problem for Uchiha belt soil.

    It''s just that Uchiha''s belt is very clear, that is, Uehara Naraku''s strength must have become stronger again, becoming stronger than when I saw it in the past!

    Uehara Naraku felt stronger than ever before!

    The ten-fold increase in life energy allows Uehara Naraku to clearly feel the terrible power of this power. No one can hold a punch. Any enemy encountered in the past is unbearable under the ultimate form of fairy mode. The existence of one blow!

    Even if the Ten-tailed man Zhuli is resurrected, Uehara Naraku will have the confidence to fight. This is also one of Uehara''s confidence to fight the upcoming resurrection to become Rokudo Osaimaru!

    It''s not only Uehara Naraku who feels this way, but his opponent, the first Naruto Senjujuma, can also feel that his enemy seems to be a little too powerful...

    "This momentum..."

    Qianshouzhujian''s face changed slightly, his eyes under the black fairy pupils slowly tightened, and his voice became a little deep: "Although I don''t want to say this, you guys are indeed better than me. Stronger!"

    The body of Uehara alone put a lot of pressure on Senjujuzuma!

    Senjuju has a beast-like super fighting intuition. He can touch the aura emanating from Uehara Naruto''s body, which means that this guy in front of him has turned on the alternative fairy mode, how powerful it is!

    "Do you know the name of this fairy pattern?"

    Uehara Naraku loosened her fist again, looked at her palm with satisfaction, and said softly: "There is a very nice name, and its name is Tokujinagai... Sounds like you can understand its meaning, right? "

    "God... Longer?"

    Qianshouzhujian''s expression was stunned for a second, and he understood the meaning of the name: "When the fairy mode is turned on, can I become a god-like existence?"

    "About this..."

    Uehara Naraku nodded carelessly, and suddenly tilted his head and smiled: "The original Hokage, as the **** of ninja, I want to ask you a question."

    Uehara Naraku''s smile was somewhat modest: "If I call myself a **** now, would it be a bit too arrogant?"

    "..."

    Senjuzuzu''s expression changed.

    After a while, Qianshou Zhuma suddenly smiled and waved his hand: "What so-called gods are actually just ordinary humans..."

    "Perhaps you are right."

    Uehara Naraku also smiled and nodded, his figure suddenly crossed Senjujuma''s body and appeared behind Senjujuma!

    His speed at this moment is completely undetectable!

    This is the suppression brought by the plateau blood and five million life energy!

    When Senjuzuzu saw the appearance of Uehara Naraku, he only felt a flower in front of him, and then he felt a hurricane and shock wave brought by the high speed.

    this is¡­

    What speed!

    Even Uchiha''s kaleidoscope writing wheel eyes with soil couldn''t catch Uehara Naraku''s figure at all, and he didn''t even have time to react, and only saw Uehara Naraku''s position suddenly emptied!

    "The art of time and space?"

    Uchiha frowned his brows with the soil and said, "It''s like disappearing out of thin air. It seems to be activated faster than Ms. Watergate''s Thunder God technique..."

    "Do not."

    Bo Feng Shuimen gritted his teeth and shook his head, watching a shock wave and a hurricane that were suddenly lifted up at high speed. At this moment, Bo Feng Shuimen''s face was ugly and said: "He just simply moved... purely... relying on his own speed... "

    "Your Excellency Chudaime!"

    Uehara Naraku''s palm suddenly pierced through Senjutsu''s chest, and he took out a big hole in his filthy reincarnation body, and even Senjujutsu couldn''t even notice it!

    Uehara Naraku''s voice continued to appear in Senjujuan''s ear: "You are right. Any enemy that can be defeated by us is really not a so-called god..."

    "When¡­"

    Qianshouzhujian looked at the palm that pierced his chest incredulously, and murmured: "Can''t you even catch the speed?"

    "Yes¡­"

    Uehara Naraku stood behind the Senjujuan, slowly retracting his arm and said, "How does it feel like being attacked from behind?"

    "not so good."

    Senshou Zhuma shook his head, watching his chest hole slowly recovering, and whispered: "Because it reminds me of when I killed Madara..."

    The Battle of End Valley.

    Just as the two were about to fight to their exhaustion, Uchiha Madara killed a wooden clone, thinking that he had killed Senjujuma, but was stabbed from the back by Senjujuma!

    Thinking of that incident, Senjujuma''s mood was really bad.

    "Are you trying to anger me?"

    After Qianshouzhujian watched the big hole in his chest recover, his palms suddenly closed, and he shouted sharply: "That''s what you want! Mudun¡¤The Birth of the Tree World!"

    Countless dense vines and big trees drilled out of the earth and appeared around them. Every vine and branch spread towards Uehara Naruto. The vines and branches vie for extension, wanting Uehara Naruto to be firmly bound. !

    "Dust Escape¡¤The Technique of Boundary Stripping!"

    Uehara Naraku also raised his palm without hesitation, and a white light suddenly appeared in Uehara Naraku''s hands, like a white light giant sword, instantly swept all the branches and vines, and the entire forest was swept away by him. Become an atomic state!

    Uehara Naraku watched Senjujuan''s body also be affected by the dust and turned into molecules and reunited, and smiled and said, "Seeing the first Hokage''s Mu Dun...It really makes me want to perform!"

    "..."

    Senjujuzuma''s body gradually formed, just staring at Naraku Uehara and said, "That move was very strong just now. It seems that you also have a very powerful blood follower in your body..."

    "maybe¡­"

    Nairo Uehara closed her palms and whispered softly, "Except for the so-called reincarnation eyes, white eyes and reincarnation eyes, I should have any blood heir that can be synthesized through the changes in the nature of Chakra."

    At the next moment, Uehara Naraku calmly said a name of the technique that made Senjuzuma a little frightened: "Senfa¡¤Wooden Dun¡¤True thousands of hands!"

    A tall wooden statue of Guanyin rose from behind Uehara Naraku, and the huge statue of Guanyin supported her head and continued to climb!

    Countless arms appeared on both sides of the wooden Guanyin!

    Regardless of the sheer size of this technique, or the pressure it exudes, those who were watching the battle faintly panicked, especially Senjujutsuma himself!

    Because of the foul soil reincarnation body, Qianshou Zhuma couldn''t use this technique at all due to the limitations of his strength, but he was very clear about the power of this technique!

    It was by relying on thousands of hands that he defeated Uchiha Madara who had controlled the combination of Kyuubi and Susano!

    "Does your body... actually contain Mu Dun?"

    A hidden horror flashed across the eyes of Qianshouzhu, because he was a little surprised to find that the thousands of hands in front of him seemed to be even higher than his original technique!

    This guy in front of me is so powerful!

    Uehara Naruko stared at the Senjujuzuma below, calmly raised his palm, and sighed softly, "Then use this technique to create a little movement!

    After our battle is over, there should be someone surveying here... In this way, the ninja coalition forces will regard me as the only savior! "

    Since the consciousness of Qianshouzhujian could not be extinguished, it meant that he would leak information, and Uehara could only temporarily seal him up and use it after his identity was revealed.

    But this would be too wasteful.

    It''s better to let Senjuzuzu be a scapegoat!

    Thousands of hands such a big movement will definitely not be let go by those intelligence sensing units, they will definitely know that Senjutsu Zhuma is really resurrected...

    In addition, Senjujuma and Uehara Naraku fought a battle. As for the outcome and process of the battle, Uehara Naraku had to compile it up...

    This process needs to be more reliable.

    Because the facts are too ridiculous.

    After all, Uehara Naraku couldn''t say that he defeated the original Hokage Senjujuma with Mu Dun. It must be false to say that Uehara was crazy.

    "On top of the Buddha!"

    The next moment, Uehara Naraku''s palm suddenly fell.

    The countless arms behind the Guanyin statue smashed towards the ground!

    Thousands of huge arms continuously attacked and caused a large explosion in an instant, which was far more powerful than what tail beast jade bombed!

    Even Qianshouzhujian could only watch all this happen with uneasy eyes, and his **** of filthy earth was smashed into dust and debris by thousands of hands!

    Uehara Naraku manipulated an arm with thousands of hands, slapped the gradually recovered Senjujuma into the ground with a slap, and said, "Uchiha takes the soil, Hafeng Mizuno, take a coffin to seal the first generation. Get up!"

    "You guy..."

    Senjuzuzu''s eyes were a little complicated.

    "Do not worry."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Senjuzuma''s somewhat doubtful and unwilling eyes, and calmly said: "In a few days, the first generation of Naruto Lord will see his old friend...When that happens, I will treat it as a surprise to celebrate the resurrection of Master Madara. !"

    Uehara Naruko nodded his head and tickled the corner of his mouth: "Well, he will definitely like this surprise... After his surprise and joy, let him experience despair!"

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 ~ï¼š The morning is gone again, in the afternoon...

Go to a relative and send it in the afternoon

    It should be six today...

    By the way, ask for a monthly pass...

    I like to start from Hokage to be the behind-the-scenes man, please collect: () Starting from Hokage to be the behind-the-scenes man, the update is the fastest.

 Chapter 338ï¼š The Eight Snake of Longdidong

    The original Hokage is too strong.

    Uehara Naraku was able to temporarily control Senjujuma''s body, but he didn''t have enough power to obliterate Senjujuma''s consciousness, and temporarily treated Senjujuma as a large figure.

    When the Ninja World War, other people directly revealed his true face, and then let the four Naruto come out together...

    That picture is simply not too beautiful.

    Uehara Naraku watched Uchiha take the soil to put the coffin away, and after leaving with Hafeng Mizuno, he sighed faintly: "No one should have any heart disease? I hope those people''s mental state will be fine by then..."

    In addition, the rewards for defeating Senshou Zhuma are also very generous.

    Side mission: Defeat the Ninja God Qianshou Zhuma (1/1), the mission has been completed, reward the passive talent skill Fairy Body.

    Immortal body: life energy increased by 100,000 points, chakra energy increased by 100,000 points, natural energy increased by 100,000 points, life restoration effect increased by 50%, and chakra energy restoration effect increased by 50%.

    Uehara Naraku put away his wings, glanced at his attribute panel, frowned and said, "In this case, it''s almost reached the limit, can you use this data to participate in the Ninja War?"

    Name: Uehara Naraku (Regular Mode)

    Life energy: 623731

    Chakra Energy: 621590

    Natural energy: 621590

    Life energy recovery: 864 points/sec

    Chakra energy recovery: 432 points/sec

    Natural energy extraction: 432 points/sec

    Skill cooldown reduction: 100%

    Gold coins remaining: 6630

    The final prelude to the Ninja world is about to begin.

    While Uehara Naraku was still thinking about how to improve his strength for the victory of the Ninja World War, the others didn''t disagree, everyone was nervously preparing for the battle.

    Inside Konoha Village.

    Tsunade and Jilai also reorganized all participating troops, including combat troops and medical ninja troops, as well as special combat teams.

    Tsunade glanced at the mighty team below, and slowly raised his fist: "Are you all ready?"

    "Yes!"

    "Then go!"

    "Yes!"

    The dull voice spread throughout Konoha.

    Many Konoha villagers stood by the window and watched the mighty ninja army leave the village. These are all Konoha''s strength.

    All the ninjas in the entire village were selected, and more than 10,000 Konoha ninjas, including the upper, middle and lower ninjas, were all listed, and they gathered into a long stream of people.

    The sound of rustling footsteps is endless...

    Until they left Konoha, they quickly separated into teams and rushed toward the ninja coalition command.

    "Let''s go too!"

    Tsunade jumped down from the Naruto Tower, and Jilai followed her, and the others jumped down, chasing the two of them.

    Inside the Yanyin Village.

    Three generations of Tuying, Onoki, Loess, Black, and Clay, stood on a hillside, staring at a group of Iwagaki Ninjas passing in front of him, with a touch of worry on their faces.

    "I don''t know how many of them can come back alive..."

    "Master, you are Tuying, don''t say frustrating words!"

    Hei Tu shook his head, smiled refreshingly on his face and said: "It''s so powerful! These are more than 18,000 ninjas. No matter who is facing this torrent of people, there is absolutely no way to have it. The power of resistance!"

    Because there is no need for a defensive border, Yanyin Village also gathered all the ninjas to participate in this ninja battle.

    Three generations of Tokage Ohnogi sighed.

    This granddaughter has not experienced any tragic war since she was born. The only time she saw the cruelty of the battle was when Naruko Uehara invaded the village of Yanyin...

    These more than 10,000 Iwanin people are all the family members that Ohnogi has worked so hard to save for so many years!

    In the entire ninja world, it is estimated that there are no more villages than the number of ninjas in their Yanyin Village. The number of ninjas is still left after the invasion of Uehara Naraku caused huge casualties...

    Sand hidden village.

    Gaara of the Five Dynasties Fengying stood on a high place, watching the line of sand hidden ninjas in front step across the yellow sand, facing the wind and sand towards the distance.

    "I Gaara."

    Kankuro stood behind Gaara and said solemnly: "The ninja troops in the village have already set off, shall we go too?"

    "Ok."

    Gaara nodded.

    The next moment, a sand pad appeared under Gaara''s feet, and he took Kankuro and Temari behind him and flew into the distance: "Then go, hurry up and join the ninja army from other villages!"

    On the sea.

    Large ships galloped towards the Ninja Continent.

    Terumi Mei stood on the railing above a ship, looking at the ships, the sea breeze blew her hair away, revealing her face.

    The armies of the five powers of Shinobu Village gathered one after another.

    The headquarters agreed by the Five Shadows in advance is still the newly built Yunyin Village, because it is easy to defend and difficult to attack, and it is also to protect the daimyo and the nobles.

    Yunyin Village.

    Sensing force assembly point.

    After batches of Sensing Ninjas finished investigating their country, they rushed to Yunyin Village to report and accept the dispatch of the leader of Sensing Troops.

    Yun Yin Shang Renxi was one of the leaders. He glanced at the numerous teams underneath, with an ugly expression on his face. "Mr. Jue, the teams still haven''t received any news about Oshe Maru. Where are we going to search now?"

    "Didn''t you find it?"

    Heijue stood beside Xi. After thinking for a while, he said in a gloomy voice: "The outer golems are huge, and it is definitely not easy for them to hide them. When the Chakra of the tail beast is extracted, the reaction will be very violent... "

    After speaking, Heizie fell into deep thought again: "Has the Oshemaru guy resurrected Ten-tailed? But it is impossible for the violent Ten-tailed to be quiet..."

    "Mr. Absolute?"

    Xi glanced at Heijue in a daze, and continued: "Mr. Jue? What''s wrong?"

    "It''s okay."

    After Heizue shook his head, he said in a deep voice, "Let''s do it! We two led teams to search again for the country of Tian and Yu, the country of iron, the country of bear... Maybe the Oshemaru guy has not yet drawn the tail beast. He won''t do anything until after our sensory forces have detected it."

    "it is good."

    Xi nodded seriously.

    Since Hei Jue came to report, Xi still admires Hei Jue, because Mr. Jue has a very strong perception ability, and he deserves to be an intelligence officer of the Zeng Xiao organization.

    Contrary to Xi.

    Heijue felt that these sensory units were quite useless.

    With so many sensing units, there is no use at all except for the number advantage. Until now, there is no trace of Dashemaru. What is the use of them?

    I can only tout it...

    Relying on his perception ability, Heijue mixed well in the perception force, at least these perception ninjas admired it more and more.

    There really is no waste in Akatsuki''s organization.

    This point of view has been further deepened by Hei Jue''s performance. Even the personnel responsible for intelligence in this organization are so good!

    As for the Oshe Maru that the Sensing Forces are looking for...

    In fact, Dashemaru was still lying on his stomach in Longdi Cave.

    The depths of Longdidong.

    The big snake rolled over and continued to coil up his body. The eight huge snake heads took a comfortable position, feeling the natural energy entering the body.

    Although there is no way to practice the immortal mode, relying on the ability of the curse seal, Yaqi Orochi can slowly extract natural energy for its own use.

    This is the true soul of Oshemaru.

    It''s not that Oshemaru has never thought about running away, but it is a pity that the White Snake Immortal in Longjidong got the order of Uehara Naruto, and he will never allow Oshemaru to escape.

    "Uehara Naraku that bastard!"

    Oshemaru¡¯s voice echoed in this area, and his voice was a little gloomy: "Didn¡¯t that guy tell me that he will prepare a perfect body for me soon? How long have I been waiting now...

    Speaking of this, a huge snake head of the Yachi Orochi smashed the wall around him, and Oshemaru''s voice became more and more cold: "It''s a real waste! In vain, I also signed a psychic agreement with him. The contract has been secretly guiding him to conduct experiments...

    When I see you next time, if the guy is not ready, I will grab his body directly, and resurrect him first. Why should I discover the secrets of the reincarnation eye and the outer golem? "

    Ever since Oshemaru wanted to replace Shiraizu''s body, she was interrupted by Naruko Uehara and captured his little white snake body, Oshemaru has fallen into this situation However, Oshemaru did not. Give up completely.

    Because Da She Wan thinks that the person Yao Shi Du is not loyal.

    Since Yakushidou would betray him, he would definitely betray Uehara Naraku.

    For so many years, Da She Wan has used various forbidden techniques and even experiments to entice the pharmacist to prepare a suitable body for him.

    It is a pity that Yakushidou always shirks above Hara Nairo, but he did not completely refuse.

    It¡¯s just that the reason given by Yakushito was very peculiar. Even if Oshemaru-sama could escape from the resurrection, he would eventually be found by Uehara Naraku.

    As for the consequences of being found by Naraku Uehara...

    This does not require the pharmacist to continue the introduction.

    What will happen to Uehara Naraku, O Shemaru knows clearly, because he has experienced it too many times.

    In this case, it might as well bear it for a while.

    That **** committed all kinds of crimes against him!

    Just as Oshemaru was about to re-extract natural energy to strengthen his true body of Yaki, a sensation of blood contract summoned all over his body.

    "Psychic contract? What are you thinking about?"

    All the heads of the Yaqi Orochi involuntarily raised!

    The next moment, this huge body disappeared in the Longdi Cave, and it chose to accept the psychic contract from a distance!

    When Dashe Maru left.

    The White Snake Immortal in Longdi Cave patrolled his body, and it sensed that the Big Snake had disappeared in Longdi Cave.

    The White Snake Immortal spit out his own snake core, and sighed: "Dashewan, an idiot, always wants to escape... Doesn''t this idiot realize that there is only a dead end to get out, only in Longdi Cave? Longevity?"

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 339ï¼š 1 Dashemaru who was forced to die

    In the gloomy underground base.

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around.

    Pharmacist slowly closed his palms, forming a psychic seal, and said in a low voice, "Master Naraku... You have not only been acting in these three years, but I am also very much in front of Master Oshemaru. Hard work!"

    When the voice fell, the palm of the medicine master''s pocket suddenly fell on the ground, watching the incantation that gave birth to the ground, and shouted in a deep voice: "Forbearance¡¤Psychic Art!"

    A burst of smoke floated out of thin air!

    At the next moment, the huge body of Yaqi Orochi suddenly appeared!

    This huge Yaqi big snake instantly overturned the base, and even directly smashed the hill above. Eight huge snake heads roared and revealed their huge body!

    One of the snake''s heads slowly hung down again, opening a huge mouth, and the upper body of Da She Wan slowly emerged from it.

    "pocket¡­"

    Da She Wan''s mouth grinned and revealed a grinning smile: "I thought you had forgotten that I was still suffering!"

    "..."

    The pharmacist shook his head in silence.

    Yao Shidou sighed in his heart. In fact, Dashewan is not suffering in Longdi Cave, it is suffering after he really comes out!

    Over the years, the pharmacist is not perfunctory Dashewan.

    If the time is right, Yao Shidou will really prepare to give Dashewan a body, hoping that Dashewan will find a leisurely village for the rest of his life.

    It is a pity that Oshamaru has been reluctant to give up revenge on Uehara Naraku.

    What''s more regrettable is that Uehara Naraku did not give up on using the Oshe Maru, who had been pitted half-dead by him, he still wanted to let O She Maru use the residual heat.

    Regardless of how Yakushi''s pockets want to let Osaimaru and Naruko Uehara let each other go, neither of them cares about his opinion, thinking about putting each other to death...

    The thoughts of these two people are too coincidental.

    This is really... evil fate!

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around, concealing his complicated mood, looked up at Da She Wan and said, "Master Da She Wan, I finally prepared a resurrected body for you. I believe this body will satisfy you. !"

    "Oh, are you finally not afraid of Uehara Naraku?"

    Oshamaru narrowed his eyes, looked at the pharmacist''s pocket, and asked with a smile: "Don''t you worry about Uehara Naraku knowing this and killing you?"

    "Do not."

    The pharmacist shook his head and replied in a low voice: "Some time ago, I had discovered the secrets of the reincarnation eye and the outer golem, and completely betrayed Lord Naraku. Now I have captured Akatsuki''s reincarnation eye and the outer golem!"

    "what?"

    A look of surprise appeared on Da She Maru''s face: "Have you solved Penn?"

    According to Da She Wan''s understanding of Penn, he never thinks that Pharmacist Dou has the possibility of defeating the reincarnation eye. How could this happen!

    If Pharmacist Duo now has the power to kill Payne, wouldn''t the master-slave relationship between the two of them in the past have to be exchanged?

    "Just taking advantage of the danger..."

    A smile appeared on the corner of Yakushidou¡¯s mouth, and there was a hint of gloat in his voice: "Because Penn is just the real master of the puppet reincarnation eye, Nagato, in order to catch the nine tails who died in Konoha, so I have the opportunity to take reincarnation. eye."

    "Oh?"

    Da She Maru took her arm, straightened up from the snake''s head, and looked at the pharmacist curiously, "How did you do it? Your strength should not be able to defeat that guy Uehara?"

    "Relying on the four generations of Hokage''s flying thunder **** art."

    After the pharmacist opened his palm, a golden figure suddenly appeared beside him, it was the fourth generation of Hokage Wave Fengshui Gate.

    Yakushidou chuckled and continued: "Master Naraku Uehara is too greedy. Some time ago, he wanted to control the first generation of Naruto of the peak strength, so I deceived him and made him think that mastering too many ninjas would reduce his control power. .

    In order to prevent myself from losing control of other ninjas, Uehara-sama Naraku unexpectedly asked me to reincarnate the dirt of the second generation Naruto, the fourth generation Naruto and Uchiha.

    Since then, I have three ninjas who are good at time and space ninjutsu. "

    After Yakushi finished talking, a temporal and spatial vortex appeared next to him, and Uchiha''s figure with soil appeared.

    After a while, the figure of Qianshoujian also appeared beside Pharmacist Pocket.

    At least on the surface, there is no flaw.

    "Good job."

    Oshemaru frowned and asked in a deep voice, "In that case, did Uehara Naraku resurrect the first generation of Naruto?"

    "No, it failed."

    The pharmacist smiled and shook his head, his eyes made no secret of his sarcasm: "That is the legendary **** of ninja...Of course it is not something mortal can master!"

    After finishing speaking, Yakushitou said softly: "For this reason, I also gave up using the dirty soil to reincarnate and resurrect Uchiha Madara, lest Uchiha Madara lose control..."

    "So..."

    Da She Wan''s eyes were still a bit sharp, he looked at the medicine master pocket, and suddenly smiled: "It''s amazing, pocket, it seems that with the power you have now, I will follow your instructions in the future!"

    "Master Oshamaru, please don''t say that."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around, and a smile appeared on his face: "Although I am very strong now, the respect for Master Oshemaru has never changed...We will still cooperate as equals in the past."

    "..."

    O She Maru squinted at the pharmacist pocket.

    The pharmacist took this guy...

    It is really strong, and the heart has become wild!

    This guy is just a tool man he rescued from Shimura Danzo. He has always regarded him as his head. When have they been equal?

    However, this is the heart of a normal person. Once anyone has mastered the power that the pharmacist has now, it is absolutely impossible to subdue to others!

    After being silent for a while, Da She Wan nodded and said: "This is also good, so what about the body you prepared for me?"

    Da She Wan is very sensible.

    This is definitely not the time to make a fuss with the pharmacist.

    Because his body still needs the help of the medicine master, wait until the future gains a strong power, then suppress or kill the traitor of medicine master!

    The pharmacist waved his hand.

    The Uchiha next to him opened his divine power space with the soil, and dropped a Baijue, but this Baijue''s body was covered with a mess of curse marks.

    "This is the body I prepared for Master Oshemaru."

    A flash of pride flashed across the face of Yao Shi''s pocket. He looked at Bai Jue in front of him and said with a low smile: "In addition to Mu Dun Xue Ji, there is also the legendary eye of reincarnation..."

    "Reincarnation Eye!"

    A bright light flashed across Da She Maru''s eyes.

    The reincarnation eye is one of the blood he has always wanted to obtain, and the degree of Oshemaru''s thirst for the reincarnation eye is still higher than the kaleidoscope of the Uchiha family!

    Only because of being afraid of Payne''s power, Dashemaru gradually extinguished the idea, and instead wanted to seek another kind of kaleidoscope to write round eyes.

    Now that the pharmacist is willing to put the reincarnation eye on his body?

    This guy is so willing?

    Will there be any conspiracy in this?

    Just when Dashewan wanted to ask a question, Yao Shidou suddenly said: "However, it is conditional to give this body to Dashewan-sama..."

    "Oh?"

    Da She Wan looked away from Bai Jue on the ground, and looked back at the pharmacist''s pocket: "What conditions? Let me hear it first..."

    This is normal.

    After all, Reincarnation Eye is not a Chinese cabbage.

    The pharmacist was willing to give him the reincarnation eye. It seemed that what this guy wanted from him should be unusual.

    "I hope Master Dashemaru can cooperate with me in an experiment."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around, and a bright light appeared in his eyes: "Cooperate with me to continue the experiment of resurrecting an outside golem, and then becoming a ten-tailed person! I want to see the power of the six immortals with my own eyes!"

    A flash of madness and obsession flashed across the face of Pharmacist Pocket: "Master Dashewan, this is the secret I got from Akatsuki with all my heart!

    Ten tails are the monsters sealed up by the six immortals in the legend to save the world. The outer golem is the body of Ten tails. Once you become the pillar power of the ten tails, you can gain the power that the legendary six immortals can use! "

    "..."

    Da She Wan''s eyes flickered slightly.

    After a long time, the shock in Da She Wan''s heart quietly faded.

    This Dashewan, who has always been known for conspiracy and cunning, glanced at Pharmacist''s pocket and whispered: "Pouch, then this experiment must be quite dangerous, right?"

    "Of course."

    The pharmacist nodded and chuckled softly: "Master Dashewan, if you want to become the legendary Six Dao Immortal, how can there be no danger?

    In the Ninja world for so many years, not everyone can become a human pillar force. Every individual pillar force is at risk of being swallowed up by the tail beast. What''s more, the ten tails composed of nine-tailed beasts are in danger of becoming a ten-tailed human pillar force. very high! "

    "..."

    Da She Wan was silent again.

    This bastard!

    No wonder Pharmacist wants this guy to save him!

    Unfortunately, the current situation is definitely not the time to turn your face.

    After a while, Da She Wan grinned from the corner of his mouth. He stretched out his tongue and licked his lips and said, "Okay, I promised you."

    "That''s good."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around and licked his tongue like a big snake pill, a threatening smile appeared on his face.

    "Then I wish us a happy cooperation."

    Da She Wan ignored the threat from the pharmacist pocket.

    As long as he has obtained the body with the reincarnation eye below, and has mastered the power to resist the medicine master''s pocket, no matter what the ten-tailed human column power experiment is!

    No, you can manage.

    But definitely not now.

    After all, Da She Wan was also a bit greedy for the power of the Six Dao Immortals, but Da She Wan was more concerned about his life.

    "Hey, it would be nice to know that Lord Dashewan agreed so easily.

    Yakushidou¡¯s face showed another pity: "Unfortunately, because I was worried that Lord Oshemaru would go back and refuse to become a Jumeirui, I deliberately used the name of Lord Oshemaru to announce to the Five Ninja Village that I had launched the fourth Shinobi World War..."

    "what!"

    Da She Wan was a little confused.

    What the **** is going on now?

    The pharmacist tells what the **** has done without telling him!

    This **** actually launched the fourth Ninja war in his name or directed at the five-country Ninja Village. Is this bastard''s brain crazy!

    That''s the five great nations of Ninja World!

    How could they have won!

    Although Da She Wan knew that the fellow Yao Shi Dou must be uneasy and kind, but she did not expect that the fellow Yao Shi Dou would make things so bad!

    "Now the five great nations of the Ninja world have assembled tens of thousands of ninjas, and there are even people from the Akatsuki organization. The Ninja is full of perception ninjas searching for the traces of Lord Oshemaru. Maybe you will find here soon..."

    The pharmacist opened his palms, and the smile on his face could hardly be hidden: "Our strength must not be able to compete with them, so unless Dashemaru-sama is willing to become a ten-tailed man Zhuli, incarnate into a new six-way immortal..."

    "..."

    The situation is worse than Osha Maru imagined.

    The five major countries did not issue any wanted warrants, but actually proceeded in accordance with the scale of the Ninja War!

    Da She Wan gritted his teeth, the anger on his face could hardly be covered, and his voice came from between his teeth: "Pouch, you have calculated everything correctly. Is this going to drive me to a dead end?"

    "There is no other way."

    The pharmacist shook his head and sighed: "Master Oshemaru, we must have offended Uehara Naraku because of the reincarnation eye and the outer golem now..."

    After saying this, Yao Shidou suddenly showed a smile: "Of course, I don''t care. I have three dirty subordinates who are good at time and space techniques, and they can always escape."

    Yakushidou''s gaze moved slightly and fell on Oshemaru''s body, and his smile became stronger: "As for the fate of Oshemaru-sama, I can''t guarantee it..."

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 340ï¼š The atmosphere eased a lot at 1 oclock

    Dashewan really wanted to kill the pharmacist pocket.

    A pharmacist who was not qualified as his assistant before, and even had no qualifications to become a candidate container for reincarnation, would actually push him on the road today.

    The pharmacist took this bastard...

    Only worthy to help him dig a grave and steal a corpse!

    Now this guy really feels that he has become stronger, he wants to stand up and become the master, and he dares to force his former boss to make a ten-tailed experiment...

    Da She Wan''s expression gradually became serious. He stared at the movements of the pharmacist''s pocket and asked: "What if I refuse to agree to your cooperation?"

    "Death has no place to bury."

    The pharmacist spread out his palms and sighed softly, "Dashewan, I can go and betray you now and let you attract the attention of the five great nations...

    And Uehara-sama Naraku now thinks that I''m loyal to you, maybe he is going to Ryuji Cave to find you trouble, you have no other way, Lord Oshemaru. "

    "pocket¡­"

    Dashemaru''s gaze became slightly sharp, his eyes fixed on the smiling medicine master''s pocket, and there was a hint of gloom and murderous intent in his voice: "You are not afraid that I will really become the ten-tailed man Zhuli... kill Did you fall?"

    "I''m not afraid..."

    Yakushi laughed and shook his head. He calmly said, "I deceived Uchiha''s magical kaleidoscope to write round eyes from Uehara-sama Naraku...Even if Osamaru-sama is strong, I am sure to live."

    After the pharmacist said this sentence, he pushed his glasses again: "I always like to consider everything carefully before implementing the plan... That''s why Lord Oshamaru will lose to Lord Naraku Uehara, and I will The reason for successfully getting rid of Uehara Naraku-sama."

    "well."

    Da She Wan nodded, and said indifferently in her voice: "Dou, you guy has grown a lot after so many years!"

    "This is also thanks to Master Dashemaru for his cultivation."

    The pharmacist hooked the corner of his mouth and smiled: "If our experiment is successful, I won''t mind surrendering to Lord Oshemaru again."

    After talking about this, the pharmacist continued with a smile: "I''m not kidding... After all, the power of the six immortals is still worthy of admiration. Even though that power is strong, it may not threaten me."

    "..."

    Da She Maru nodded silently.

    After thinking about it for a while, Da She Wan stared at the pharmacist and said, "I agree to your condition. Let me enjoy my new body first!"

    "of course."

    The smile on Pharmacist pocket''s face overflowed.

    The corners of Da She Maru''s eyes twitched slightly, and her palms slowly closed, and the body of Ya Qi Da She began to shrink rapidly.

    In just a few seconds, this big snake turned into a small white snake, rushed to the white jue, and got into the mouth of the white jue on the ground!

    Bai Jue''s body stiffened for a second.

    In the next moment, this Bai Jue gradually changed its appearance.

    From the perspective of appearance alone, this Bai Jue was already 70-80% similar to the previous appearance of Oshe Maru, and it was obvious that O She Maru had succeeded in capturing Bai Jue''s body.

    "really¡­"

    Da She Maru felt the power in the body with satisfaction, nodded and said: "Bai Jue really is the most suitable container for reincarnation..."

    In addition to the Chakra in the body, Da She Wan also felt two strange blood succession forces in her body, one of which was naturally Mu Dun blood succession.

    The other is his eyes.

    At this moment, Dashemaru''s eyes are already a pair of reincarnation eyes. These eyes are carefully looking at his body. Obviously, he can''t be satisfied with this body anymore.

    Pharmacist looked at the gaze of Oshemaru and continued with a smile: "If Oshemaru-sama is satisfied, then we will start to extract the eight-tailed chakras from the eight-tailed man''s body and the nine-tailed chakras from the fourth generation of Hokage''s body!"

    "¡­it is good."

    Dashemaru took a deep look at the pharmacist''s pocket, and said softly, "But I still need time to get familiar with the power of the reincarnation eye..."

    "There is no such need."

    Yakushidou shook his head calmly, with a deeper smile on his face: "I only need Oshemaru-sama to use psychic techniques to psychic the external golem, and I will teach Dashewan a person to draw a human column to seal the external golem. The technique..."

    After speaking, Yao Shidou said again: "Oh, yes, Master Dashewan must be cooperating. Never waste our time.

    I almost forgot to tell you. Although Uehara Naraku failed to control the first generation of Naruto-sama, he defeated the first generation of Naruto that was close to the heyday!

    Even if Oshemaru-sama possesses the power of reincarnation eyes and the external golem, he can barely defeat me, let alone defeat Uehara-sama Naraku? "

    The pharmacist looked at Dashewan and said word by word: "Master Dashewan, only if you become a Six Dao Immortal can you defeat him."

    "...I will cooperate with you."

    Oshemaru''s eyes narrowed slightly. At this moment, his expression was somewhat similar to that of Uehara Naraku: "Because what the **** Uehara did to me is more impressive than what you did to me. Hate!"

    Uehara Naraku that bastard!

    Over the past few years, Oshamaru has been remembering every bit of his and Uehara Naraku''s bit by bit. That **** seemed to bully him every time he met!

    That **** Uehara almost always put him in a dilemma!

    Especially in the past few years, in Konoha''s whirlpool noodle hall, the **** completely exposed his shameless face, and said unscrupulously that he had been playing with himself all the time!

    That bastard!

    Da She Wan turned his head and looked at the pharmacist pocket, slowly closed his palms, and opened his mouth to form a mudra: "Ninfa¡¤Psychic Art! Outer Golem!"

    The psychic and outer golem are the most basic ability of the reincarnation eye.

    Even if it is impossible to develop the hidden power in the eyes of reincarnation, it is also possible to use this simplest method to directly summon an unreasonable psychic thing like an outgoing golem to fight.

    In the next moment, a huge alien golem appeared in front of them!

    Da She Maru felt the Chakra inside the Outer Golem, and an obsessive light flashed in his reincarnation eyes: "It''s terrible, the Chakra with the seven-tailed beasts inside alone has almost unparalleled power..."

    Oshemaru''s face finally showed a look of satisfaction: "Pouch, maybe you are right, as long as we resurrect the outgoing golem and make me a pillar of ten-tailed person, maybe I can really master the legendary six immortals. the power of!"

    "of course."

    The pharmacist laughed and continued: "Actually, there is no particular danger in becoming a Ten-tailed Human Zhuli, as long as you are strong enough... and I can remind Osemaru-sama that the Ten-tailed Human Zhuli can live forever!"

    "..."

    Da She Wan''s eyes widened instantly.

    Obviously, immortality is more attractive to him. Why has he worked so hard for so many years? Isn''t he just asking for immortality?

    "eternal life¡­"

    Da She Wan slowly turned his head, looked at the pharmacist''s pocket and said, "Is this kind of thing really possible? Even the legendary six immortals have an end to their lifespan..."

    "This is the secret I found out from Xiao."

    Yakushi Tuo did not refute, he whispered softly: "Whether the ten-tailed manzhuli can live forever depends on the specific situation...but there is no doubt that the ten-tailed manzhuli can master all the ninjutsu in the ninjutsu, absolutely Yes!"

    The pharmacist glanced at the Golem Statue, his voice gradually apologized: "The Chakra of the Nine-Tailed Beast can completely let Lord Oshemaru use any ninjutsu...This is the realization of Lord Oshemaru''s original dream."

    "..."

    Da She Wan was silent for a while.

    At this moment, the atmosphere between the two of them gradually eased a lot.

    Although the pharmacist forced Da She Wan to take the cost of his life to try to become the Ten-tailed Human Pillar, if he really succeeds, it will also allow him to gain powerful strength.

    Even, Yao Shidou still remembers Da She Wan''s past dreams.

    After a while, Da She Wan nodded slowly and said: "Okay, I know, then let''s start now!"

    After speaking, Oshemaru grinned with a smile: "The Five Great Nations and the group of Uehara Naraku...must be waiting for me to meet them too!"

    "Yes, the entire Ninja world is waiting for your return."

    There was a touch of respect on Yakushidou''s face, he lowered his head and smiled: "No, or that the entire ninja world is waiting for the master to rule themhuh, that''s right."

    Da She Wan coldly snorted, then smiled and said: "Then let''s start! First send Yao into the outer golem!"

    "Yes."

    The pharmacist waved his palm.

    The Uchiha belt soil standing behind him opened a space-time vortex, and the figure of Raki Rabbi of the eight-tailed man fell from the space-time vortex to the ground.

    Oshemaru narrowed his eyes slightly, and slowly closed his palms: "When I resurrect the Ten Tails and become the Six Way Immortals, I must take back everything I lost from the **** Nairo Uehara!"

    "¡­Yes."

    The pharmacist nodded and pushed his glasses.

    The three filthy reincarnations of Uchiha Daido, Hafeng Mizumon, and Senjukasa did not speak because someone was manipulating their bodies behind the scenes.

    Thousands of miles away in Yuyin Village.

    Uehara Naraku slowly lowered his finger.

    Through the few dirty ninjas he controlled, Uehara Nairo saw everything that happened between Yakushitou and Oshamaru.

    "The acting skill of this guy is good..."

    Uehara Naraku hooked the corner of his mouth and chuckled lightly: "Even if you know what this guy said is false, but after listening for a while, I actually feel that he said it is true... this feeling is a bit subtle!"

    Now that everything is going according to plan, there is nothing to worry about.

    The next thing Uehara Naraku has to do is to take the group of teasers organized by Akatsuki to join the ninja alliance... the enemy of Osha Maru is about to be in place, as the captain of the ninja alliance, how could he be late!

    Six Dao Oshe Maru...

    What an expectant enemy!

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 341ï¼š Intelligence stolen by Kirabi

    The enemy of Oshemaru is already in place.

    On the way to Akatsuki¡¯s base, Uehara Naraku was still slandering the pharmacist''s pocket who was forcing the Dashewan in place. This pharmacist''s pocket is really not a good person...

    Uehara Naraku was still worried about how Yakushito would win the letter of Oshomaru. He originally thought that Yakushito would cry and sell nonsense, or throw dirty water on other people.

    The only thing that didn''t happen was that Yao Shitou, this gentleman with glasses, used his actions all the time to prove to Da She Wan that all his retreats had been cut off.

    Only by becoming a ten-tailed man can he come back.

    Any of the other options will only be for nothing.

    Even if Osha Maru wanted to return to Ryuji Cave to be a harmless Yaqi Orochi, because Yakushi said that Uehara would definitely hunt him.

    It is useless even if Oshemaru wants to hide in the ninja world, because the perception ninjas of the entire ninja world are gathering to search for his traces, and once he hides, the fellow Yao Shidou will directly betray him.

    Really...

    If the pharmacist wants this guy, can''t he be a good individual?

    Akatsuki''s base.

    After Uehara Naraku finished the pharmacist''s pocket in his heart, he appeared in the organization''s base, and all the members of Akatsuki had assembled.

    A row of S-class rebels wearing auspicious clouds and black robes.

    According to their lineup to enter the Ninja Alliance, I really don¡¯t know if those ninjas are afraid of Oshemaru or even more afraid of their Akatsuki...

    It''s really not easy to say.

    To be honest, Uehara Naraku was really worried about this problem. After all, this guy Hida is a habitual troublemaker, and people have to stare more...and Dedara is also a simple-minded problem child.

    Akatsuki''s fixed travel mounts are the ancient dragons of Uehara Naraku, and their movement speed is also very fast, which will not delay the gathering time of the ninja coalition forces.

    On the way to the assembly point of the Ninja Allied Forces, Uehara Naraku did not forget to pass on the message to the pharmacist pocket. After the Yakushi pocket and the Osna pill had extracted the eight-tailed chakra from Raki Rabbi of the eight-tailed man, he asked Kirabi to bring back some news.

    In a cave thousands of miles away.

    Da She Maru closed her palms, and spit out a chain from the mouth of the Outer Golem, pulling out the tail beast inside the eight-tailed Rabbi Rabbi.

    No matter how the eight-tailed ox-ghost resists, it cannot withstand the power of the outside golem, but the eight-tailed ox-ghost left a tentacle tail in Kirabi¡¯s body before being drawn away from Kirabi¡¯s body. This is for Kirabi. The last chakra left.

    This Chakra was only able to keep Kirabi alive.

    It''s a pity that they are in the enemy camp. Whether Kirabi can survive or not depends obviously on his own luck.

    "This method of extracting chakras is faster than Akatsuki''s method!"

    After sighing in admiration, the pharmacist waved his hand to let Bofeng Shuimen take Kirabi down: "Mr. Yodaime, help me take out the Yawei Ren Zhuli, put it together with the Baijue sacrifice materials, and wait for him to die later. After that, I will reincarnate him from the dirty soil."

    "..."

    Bo Feng Water Gate nodded without saying a word.

    When Hafong Mizumon walked out with Kirabi, he happened to meet Uchiha Daido, and he suddenly called Hafong Mizumon.

    "teacher."

    Uchiha took the soil to glance at Kirabi in Bo Feng Mizumon''s hand, and curiously said, "Didn''t it mean that Renjuli will die if the tail beast is pulled away? Does this guy seem to be alive?"

    "..."

    A drop of cold sweat suddenly appeared on Kirabi''s forehead.

    Bo Feng Shuimen shook his head and explained softly: "The eight-tailed human column power is different from the other human column power. It should also be the tail beast Chakra abundant. It will take a while before he will die because of pulling away from the human column power..."

    "Oh, it might as well just kill him."

    A red light flashed in Uchiha''s earthy writing wheel, and he stretched out his palm and grabbed Kirabi: "This way, it will make him go faster!"

    "Bring soil!"

    Hafeng Mizumon grabbed Uchiha''s hand with soil, and said in a deep voice, "Everyone will see through his life when he is dying. I think it is better for Kirabi to think for a while before he is dying!"

    After speaking, Bofeng Water Gate suddenly asked, "Why did you come back suddenly? Didn''t the original Hokage-sama who reincarnated with the dirty soil assassinated Uehara Naraku?"

    "Failed."

    Uchiha took the soil and shook his head, and there was a heavy voice in his voice: "I had lured him to an excellent location, but unfortunately the original Hokage was not his opponent.

    How strong is that guy, the Ninja God who is connected to the peak is not his opponent, and the first generation was almost sealed by that bastard..."

    "How is this possible?"

    A touch of surprise flashed across Bo Feng Shuimen''s face.

    Uchiha took the soil and stroked his mask, and said in a gloomy voice: "After all, the reincarnation of the dirty soil still weakens the strength of the first generation of Hokage.

    Forget it, since now it is impossible to weaken the Ninja Alliance by killing their strongest, then we can only think of a solution after the start of the war. "

    "..."

    Bo Feng Shuimen was silent for a while, and did not answer.

    After a while, Bo Feng Shuimen seemed to have thought of something. He shook his head hurriedly and said, "Forget it, I''ll go and throw out the eight-tailed man Zhuli!"

    "Ok."

    After Uchiha nodded with the soil, he suddenly said, "By the way, sir, although you have paid for the Yin Jiuwei in your body, we will not let go of the Yang Jiuwei Chakra in Junior Naruto''s body. "

    "..."

    Bo Feng Shuimen stopped his footsteps.

    At the next moment, Hafeng Mizuno strode again carrying Kirabi and walked out. It seemed that Uchiha''s words with soil did not affect him.

    Wait until Bofeng Shuimen carries Kiraby out.

    The fourth-generation Hokage carefully observed the surroundings, then leaned over and squatted in front of Kirabi: "Hey, Zhuli from Yunyin Village, eight tails, I know you are still alive!"

    "..."

    Kirabi lay on the ground and said nothing.

    Bo Feng Shuimen glanced silently at Kirabi who was pretending to be dead, and lowered his own voice. "I am also a perfect human being able to communicate with the tail beast in my body. I know very well that in this case, the eight-tailed bull ghost will definitely Trying to make you survive, I have already sensed the existence of the eight-tailed Chakra in your body!"

    Kirabi couldn''t pretend to be dead now, so he could only raise his head feebly and said, "Asshole! Damn! Bo Feng Shuimen, I didn''t expect...you will still die in your hands!"

    "Do not."

    After Bo Feng Shuimen shook his head, a dignified color flashed on his face: "Now Yakushidou is helping Dashewan to collect the eight-tailed bull ghost into the outside golem. He has not been able to control my consciousness with all his strength. Now you must immediately escape!"

    "..."

    A look of surprise flashed across Kirabi''s face.

    Bo Feng Shuimen looked at Kirabi and nodded and said, "You have to run away immediately, faster, because after a while after they rest, they should soon extract the nine tails in my body, and they should not send me to chase after them. you!"

    "let''s go together!"

    "impossible."

    Hafeng Mizuno shook his head, and said in a deep voice: "Now you go back immediately and report this position to the Ninja Alliance! Also, let Uehara Naraku and Naruto be careful!"

    "..."

    Kirabi nodded hastily.

    After Bo Feng Shuimen watched Kirabi''s figure disappear, his face slowly sank, because everything just now was out of his control.

    Uchiha Satoru also walked out again, stood beside Hafeng Mizuno, and whispered: "It seems that Uehara guy wants to do something to Naruto..."

    "Ok¡­"

    Bo Feng Shuimen nodded, his face was ugly and said: "But now we can''t judge his purpose at all, we can only look at all the people who manipulate this Ninja world behind the scenes...what does this guy want to do?"

    Unfortunately, neither of them knew.

    What neither of them noticed was that when Kirabi left, there was a figure reincarnated from the dirt leaving the cave, Uchiha Itachi.

    This chess piece finally moved.

    The body of the ancient dragon.

    Uehara Naraku stood in front, slowly lowering his finger.

    It was he who had manipulated Bofeng Water Gate to rescue Kirabi, and after Kirabi had escaped back, he brought some information to the Ninja Alliance. In addition to the information about Oshemaru, there was also information that was beneficial to Uehara Naraku.

    Moreover, the Sensing Forces of the Ninja Allied Forces must have found traces of a big battle, because after the battle between Uehara Naraku and Senjuju, the terrain was completely changed.

    Sensing troops¡¯ intelligence...

    The information that Kirabi stole...

    Uehara Naraku''s own information...

    Although the most important thing was for Kirabi to bring back the hidden position of Oshemaru, at that time the fourth Ninja War officially began!

    As for the intelligence that Kirabi brought back, it only convinced Uehara Naraku to be more convinced by the ninja coalition This incident was just taken by the way, it just so happens that Gokage doesn''t trust him deeply enough now...

    "Wow! It''s here!"

    Deidara happily stood on top of the ancient dragon''s head, looking down at the gathering spot of a dense group of people in the distance, and said loudly: "It''s so spectacular! If a C4¡¤Galouro is dropped, it will surely make many people. I appreciate how great my art is!"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Deidara speechlessly, then turned to look at the Red Sand Scorpion: "Senior Scorpion, I may want to command a large force, Deidara will leave it to you."

    "¡­Ok."

    The scorpion of the red sand nodded, glanced at Deidara, and agreed in a deep voice: "Don''t worry, I will look after him and don''t let him go crazy."

    The dried persimmon ghost grinned and said with a chuckle: "After we land, our disguised identity is the second team of the Ninja Allied Forces Special Operations Squad... I am really curious about the expressions of those ninjas in my hometown who saw us!"

    "Who knows!"

    Ringo Yu Yuri took a bite of the apple and snorted coldly: "It''s as if you were so popular in the village... Those people don''t like us, they should be afraid of us more. Right!"

    Gui Deng Shui Yue carried his decapitating knife, and he laughed and said, "It''s been a long time since I saw Master Terumi Ming! I''m really curious about what she will look like when she sees me... I have the decapitation knife now!"

    "If you see me, you won''t be too happy..."

    Ghost Lantern Manyue¡¯s expression was not very good. He looked at the ninja coalition assembly point and rubbed his forehead and said, "After all, I have lied to her for so many years..."

    to be frank.

    Really embarrassed.

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 342ï¼š The arrival of dawn

    Ninja Coalition Command.

    Now here is a chaotic noise.

    Because the logistics department of the Ninja Alliance is everywhere distributing the guards, uniforms, and food pills of the Ninja Alliance, these ninjas have to rush to the assembly point of their troops after receiving their supplies.

    The assembly point of the first unit.

    As the only one among the Konoha twelve Xiaoqiang who entered the first unit, Tian Tian looked at the surrounding ninjas in confusion, really didn''t know him!

    No, I still know it.

    Tiantian''s gaze moved to a certain figure in front of him, that was Konoha''s predecessor Qiu Dao Dingza, Qiu Dao Dingci''s father.

    The size of the Qiudao clan is mostly very conspicuous.

    I really want to vomit so naive!

    Looking left and right, looking forward and backward, basically everyone is older than her. Why is she, a girl of seventeen or eighteen years old, being assigned to the first unit that is all seniors!

    The assembly point of the second force.

    Neji Hyuga''s mood was normal, but the noise from his ears made him a little impatient, because there was a woman named Hei Tu that was too noisy.

    "When is Brother Dedalla coming!"

    The black soil touched his chin and mumbled verbally, "That **** leader of Akatsuki, won¡¯t you really prevent Brother Deidara from seeing me! I still want to count the last time he attacked with Brother Deidara. What happened to Yanyin Village!"

    "..."

    Neji Hyuga couldn''t help but jump on his forehead.

    This woman named Hei Tu is the Deidara who likes Akatsuki, right?

    At this time, Neji Hyuga couldn''t help but start to miss his teammate Tiantian, at least his teammate Tiantian was not a lover.

    The assembly point of the third force.

    Haruno Sakura touched her chin.

    She is a combatant of the third unit and will serve as a member of the medical unit, but in this area with few friends, Haruno Sakura is a bit melancholy.

    Because Haruno Sakura really wants to join the special combat team, although the battle may be more dangerous, at least she can stay with her teammates and friends.

    The assembly point of the fourth force.

    Now this area is more lively.

    Nara Shikamaru''s face was also a little serious. He glanced at Akido Dingci next to him: "Dingci, I thought you would go to the first unit!"

    Because the first unit is in charge of the middle-range joint force, Qiu Dao Dingci''s father, Qiu Dao Dingza, is also there.

    "I''ll go first..."

    Qiu Dao Dingci''s expression was a little nervous.

    Temari couldn''t help but glance at both of them. Just when she wanted to say something, she saw a shadow that covered the sky, making her face change.

    Temari''s head hung down, his eyes were slightly tightened, and he gritted his teeth and said, "The lawless group of Xiao Xiao...coming!"

    Because Akatsuki once drove this ancient dragon to destroy Shayin Village!

    As for the main messenger who destroyed Shayin Village, it is the current leader of Akatsuki Uehara Naruto, and even the **** who deceived their feelings in Shayin Village. They were grateful that Shayin Village once regarded him as a benefactor in vain!

    In any case, Temari cannot let go of his hatred of Akatsuki now.

    "Is that the huge psychic beast?"

    Nara Shikamaru also raised his head to look at the ancient dragon in the sky, and said softly: "No wonder Akatsuki has been moving very fast. I have long heard that they have a terrifying psychic beast. I didn''t expect it to be so handsome..."

    "Handsome..."

    Temari sneered, and there was a sudden chill on his face: "Only those of you who have never experienced horror would think it is handsome! It was the monster that destroyed our Shayin Village in one blow..."

    "They are also companions now..."

    Nara Shikamaru glanced at Temari in surprise, and softly persuaded, "Even if you hate Akatsuki, at least we are all partners now...Don''t bring this emotion to the battlefield. Everyone in the Ninja Alliance is our comrade-in-arms."

    Temari gritted his teeth, and his voice was a little angry: "You Konoha haven''t experienced that kind of pain. Naturally, you can''t understand the pain of our Shayin Village..."

    "Hate is the most useless thing."

    Nara Shikamaru shook his head, looked at the ancient dragon flying in the sky, sighed and was about to persuade Temari.

    Unexpectedly, Temari changed his appearance in the next moment, and he glared at Nara Shikamaru and said, "You don''t need to be a lazy guy to teach you!"

    "..."

    Nara Shikamaru could only helplessly spread his hands, and whispered softly: "Well, at least let''s survive this war first!"

    "Ok¡­"

    Temari nodded slowly.

    Qiu Dao Dingci couldn''t help but start talking next to him: "I heard that the commander of the coalition army is Senior Uehara... I didn''t expect him to do this!"

    "Yes¡­"

    After saying this, Nara Shikamaru''s face suddenly looked a little unsightly: "To be honest, if he hadn''t really brought the whole Akatsuki to the battle, I would still doubt that this guy would be the undercover agent of Osamaru. What¡­"

    "Shikamaru?"

    Akita Dingci looked at Nara Shikamaru in surprise: "Why do you have this idea? Uehara-senpai is the captain of our coalition army. It is said that he is the most powerful ninja in the entire Ninja world..."

    "Well, I think too much!"

    Nara Shikamaru scratched the back of his head, and sighed: "After all, this guy has been so bad before and cheated us for so many years..."

    "Will not."

    Temari shook his head next to him, and said in a deep voice: "I have seen Naruko Uehara almost mad for the man named Nagato... the pain and anger, just like I hated him. , He has already hated Yao Shi Dou and Da She Wan a long time ago."

    "So..."

    Nara Shikamaru nodded and said softly with emotion: "To be honest, if it weren''t for that senior Nagato''s deathbed repentance, maybe we are now facing two powerful enemies, the Osamaru group and the Akatsuki group!"

    Once Nagato talked about it, Nara Shikamaru immediately let go of the skepticism. After all, Nagato''s death has nothing to do with Uchiha''s soil and Yakushi!

    Uehara Naraku''s feelings for Nagato are not fake.

    It¡¯s just that the Nara clan naturally likes to think a lot, and people who once also had concerns about Uehara Naraku, and Nara Shikamaru¡¯s father Nara Shikahisa.

    Nara Shikahisa also thought about this issue, but he quickly left it behind, because Uehara Naraku had no reason to do so.

    After all, with his strength and the strength of the entire Akatsuki organization, it is very important to the situation in the Ninja World. If Ochimaru gets the power of Akatsuki and Uehara Naraku, there is no need for spies, just rush through the crush.

    Whether it is emotionally or in terms of strength...

    Uehara Naraku didn''t need to act in front of them.

    The assembly point of the fifth unit.

    Yamanaka Ino raised his head and looked at the ancient dragon soaring in the air, with a touch of surprise on his face: "I seem to see a man with a handsome haircut!"

    "what?"

    Inuzukaga couldn''t help grinning, and following her look, looked at the figure on the ancient dragon, and asked aloud: "Which one? Why didn''t I see it, Uehara?"

    "No, it''s a blond man."

    A blush suddenly flashed across Yamanaka Ino''s face: "Not only is the hairstyle very tasteful, but he also looks cute!"

    "..."

    Inuzukaya was silent for a while, and then suddenly said, "You are talking about that guy named Deidara! Your hairstyles are exactly the same!"

    "That''s why I said his hairstyle is very tasteful!"

    Just as these people were chirping, the ancient dragon suddenly fell to the ground and roared towards the sky, shaking the nerves of everyone present!

    next moment.

    The ancient dragon slowly lowered its head and bent its body.

    One figure walked down from the ancient dragon, and everyone wore a black robe representing Xiaoyun.

    No matter which ninja in the village, when seeing the ancient dragon and Xiangyun black robe, there was a flash of panic on his face.

    Because this represents terror!

    The strength of Akatsuki''s organization is very clear to the entire Ninja World!

    There has been a rumor in the Ninja World this year:

    When a group of ninjas in auspicious clouds and black robes descend under the control of a fierce dragon, it means the destruction of a village, and that each life is about to turn into cold numbers.

    "That''s... Xiao?"

    A ninja who had never seen Xiao be fierce, a flash of horror flashed on his face: "I didn''t expect that the famous organization in the ninja world would become our teammate..."

    "Haha, didn''t you expect it?"

    A ninja standing next to the ninja suddenly turned gloomy and said: "These guys destroyed your hometown when you went out to perform tasks!"

    "Well, don''t talk about it."

    Another ninja persuaded: "The captain has already said that the biggest crisis now is the enemy of Oshemaru..."

    No matter what the people around him were saying, Akatsuki''s people did not change at all. Under the leadership of Uehara Naraku, they walked towards the high command post step by step.

    Until Dedara this guy suddenly stopped.

    Because the black soil stopped in front of him and grabbed his arm: "Brother Dedalla, I have an account for you!"

    "What account?"

    After Deidara took a curious look at the black soil, he thought for a while and took out a weird thing from his ninja bag and threw it to the black soil: "Forget it, no matter what the account is, I use the art that I personally squeeze it out. The product is worth it to you."

    The Red Sand Scorpion walking by Deidara frowned and glanced at the situation here, then urged softly: "Didara, we should go."

    "I know, I know, hey, black soil, we''ll see you later!"

    Deidara hurriedly pulled the black soil arm away and followed the footsteps of the Red Sand Scorpion: "Xie Dan, wait a little longer for me!"

    "..."

    The black soil fell into contemplation.

    This team of auspicious clouds and black robes seemed to be a demonstration, crossing the middle of the ninja coalition army, and walking to the forefront of all the troops.

    Here is another special combat team waiting for them.

    "It seems that this is the assembly area of ??the special operations team."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Jiraiya and waiting for someone. After saying hello, he turned back and said, "You are waiting for me here, I will go up to the meeting first."

    "Don''t worry, don''t you worry about us!"

    Deidara waved to Uehara Naraku with a hip smile.

    This guy is obviously unconscious!

    It''s because of you that you are not at ease!

    "Didara... I hope he can be honest!"

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Dedara speechlessly, and flew helplessly to the high command post, where everyone was waiting for his arrival.

    Well, including the commander of the intelligence forces, Hei Jue.

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 343ï¼š I didnt hear what you said

    Ninja Coalition Command.

    When Uehara Naruko walked in, the leaders of the five major countries were all here, and the leaders of the various troops were there, and they were still discussing intelligence issues.

    It seems that the picture is still harmonious and friendly, except for the darkness.

    It''s just that their expressions seem a bit ugly, including Heijue.

    Now, who can tell Uehara Naraku why Heizue fits into it perfectly, and even this guy has an extra forehead of the Ninja Alliance!

    This is too thorough, right?

    "Uehara, you are finally here."

    When Kurozu saw Uehara Naraku, his voice was even more anxious: "The Sensing Troops have not found a trace of Oshemaru so far, but we have found a location that is not quite right. There has been a battle to change the terrain..."

    "I know."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the problem Kazuki pointed out, and then at the Gokage and the many leaders present, his face became serious: "I saw Uchiha Daido outside Akatsuki''s base, and he was led to this. local¡­"

    "what?"

    "What happened?"

    "Why did he lead you over?"

    "If you just look at the traces of the scene, you seem to have experienced an unprecedented battle, and it''s not much worse than End Valley..."

    "..."

    After hearing a group of people vying to ask questions, Uehara Naraku waved his hand to stop them, and replied, "I met the one who ambushed me there... the original Naruto Senjujuma, after a battle with the ninja **** Forced them back."

    "..."

    Everyone''s eyes widened involuntarily in the room.

    Tsunade looked at Naraku Uehara incredulously, and he even couldn''t believe it: "After you met Grandpa, you won?

    "Hey, hey, can you not look at me like that?"

    Uehara Naraku casually found a place to sit down, and said softly: "And I got a bad news and a good news in the battle between the first generation of Naruto. Although it may not be important to you, it is still useful after all. Which one do you want to listen to first?"

    "Listen to the good news first!"

    Tsunade glanced at the people present, and sighed, "If it is good news, at least it can give us a little confidence in the war?"

    "Ok."

    Uehara Nana spread her hands and said, "Because Yakushito or Oshamaru needs to control the first generation of Hokage, they dare not let the first generation of Naruto use their full strength, or even a little stronger, the first generation of Naruto may get rid of their control. ."

    After speaking, Uehara Naraku continued to add: "It is precisely because of this that Uchiha took the soil and had to retreat with the original Hokage... so I can only count as winning by using this method!"

    "Is that so?"

    Tsunade Xu shook his fist, covered his lips, and said in a deep voice, "Maybe we can take advantage of this...wait for me to think about it..."

    "Then listen to the bad news first!"

    Uehara Naraku looked at Tsunade, and said, "The list of the reincarnations of the dirty soil we speculated before, maybe one more person... Itachi Uchiha."

    After speaking, Naraku Uehara was worried that everyone would not understand, and then explained: "A Uchiha Itachi who can use Susano without worrying about the consumption of his pupils. The guy in Yakushito steals Mr. Itachi''s body..."

    "..."

    Everyone present fell silent.

    After taking a breath, Tsunami said in a deep voice, "At least compared to the good news you brought, this news is not particularly bad. In fact, the deer has calculated it a long time ago. It is very likely that there will be ferrets in the filthy reincarnation unit. ."

    "That''s good."

    After Uehara Naraku nodded, he looked at Nara Lukuhisa who was sitting on the side, and sighed softly, "Fortunately, Lukuyoshi is there to help..."

    "All right."

    The fourth generation of Raikage Ai glanced around the people around him and said loudly: "Now that all the ninja troops have arrived, how long will the reorganization be completed?"

    "It''s already fast, right?"

    Mabuyi, the beauty secretary, replied softly: "All the ninjas already know their team, and the ninja guards have been issued..."

    "Really a big scene."

    Uehara Naraku sighed, remembering the densely packed ninjas he saw when he came back, and sighed: "Even if it was me, when I saw so many ninjas, I would be a little excited involuntarily. How many of us are there now? ?"

    "Seventy-eight thousand, four hundred and fifty-three..."

    Nara Shikahisa came up with an accurate figure.

    Gaara of the fifth generation Kazekage and Onoki of the third generation Tokukage took a look at Naraku Uehara and hid what they wanted to say.

    They are afraid of affecting unity.

    The fourth-generation Raikage probably knew this. He just sighed: "There are still many injured people in our village who cannot participate. Otherwise, this number may increase by more than two thousand people, especially if they are all Elite..."

    As for why there are wounded.

    This question has to be asked Uehara Naraku.

    It''s just that everyone in the room skimmed over this topic tacitly, because they knew very well what it meant for Uehara Naraku to defeat the original Naruto.

    Even if this first generation of Hokage is restricted, at least this proves that Uehara Naraku can deal with a legendary character.

    "Stop talking about it."

    Tsunade knocked on the table and interrupted the fourth generation of Raikage¡¯s speech, and continued: "Now let¡¯s talk about how to find the location of Oshemaru. The longer it is, the more disadvantaged it will be for us. Any suggestions?"

    "I thought about it."

    Hei Jue thought for a while, and really put forward a fairly reliable suggestion: "We will send ninjas with strong perception ability to search some hidden terrain areas separately, and the remaining perception ninjas will sweep back and forth in the ninja world. Set out to help patrol..."

    This is also a way.

    Hei Jue is really a perfect integration into the Ninja Alliance, at least the suggestions it put forward have been very reliable, and Hei Jue himself is also very hard.

    For example, its new colleague Xi, but he can''t admire Heijue.

    "Okay, let''s do that!"

    The fourth generation of Lei Ying looked at the many captains present, and said solemnly: "Now let the captains of the various units go to command your units and be ready to set off at all times..."

    "Master Raikage!"

    At this moment, a figure rushed in and interrupted the fourth generation of Raikage: "Master Raikage, Lord Kirabi is back!"

    "Bi is back?"

    The fourth generation of Raikage was taken aback.

    Everyone in the whole room was surprised. They still think that the eight-tailed man Zhuli had been drawn by the big snake pill and then died!

    After all, when the pharmacist was going to disrupt the Five Shadows meeting, he had mentioned the issue of the eight-tailed man Zhuli. At that time, they all thought that Kirabi had been killed.

    I didn''t expect this guy to come back!

    Now that Kirabbi is back, they must also ask why Kirabbi escaped and what the **** is going on!

    To be honest, Kirabi was still dumbfounded.

    Because he still didn''t understand what happened in this world...just after a long sleep, something strange happened to Kirabi in the Ninja World.

    The outbreak of the fourth Ninja War is understandable...

    After all, Dashewan and Yakushidou control so many tail beasts, and they will definitely cause siege and suppression in the major Shinobu villages.

    but¡­

    How did Uehara Naraku become his own!

    Kirabi hasn''t realized that the Akatsuki organization that broke through Yunyin Village and destroyed other Ninja Villages back then joined their Ninja Alliance...

    Kirabi felt that something went wrong in the world.

    Under the threat of the fourth generation of Raikage¡¯s fists, Kirabi could only suppress his desire to rap and talked about his own situation: "Because of the cow! Because of the watergate! I escaped!"

    Kirabi simply used his own gestures and words to tell how he came alive after the eight-tailed ogre was drawn, and then briefly talked about the communication between Hafeng Mizumon and Uchiha Daido, as well as the location of Oshamaru.

    The most important thing is the hiding position of Dashewan!

    Because they found the hiding place of Oshemaru, at least it means that the Ninja Alliance is no longer blind in this war, and they can launch an offensive towards Oshemaru.

    After Kiraby pointed out the location, he turned his head to look at Uehara Naraku, and improvised a painful rap: "The cow ghost is dead, and the water gate said, protect Uehara Naraku. Unexpectedly! Protect Uzumaki Naruto, what is that! "

    "Talk to me!"

    The fourth generation of Raikage slammed his head with a punch.

    Kirabi clutched his head and said what Bo Feng Mizuno had finally explained, only to make Uehara Naraku and Uzumaki Naruto be careful.

    Tsunade thought silently for a while after suddenly said: "Oshemaru and the others want to capture Naruto, and get the nine-tailed chakra in Naruto''s body to understand..."

    After speaking, Tsunade suddenly looked at Naraku Uehara: "Why does Oshamaru still want to assassinate you again?"

    "Maybe it''s because I bullied him?"

    Uehara Naraku sighed faintly and looked at Tsunade: "As long as you continue to bully Oshemaru, he will definitely want to assassinate you..." It may also be because he found me.

    "..."

    Tsunade was dumbfounded for a second, and then whispered, "Really? But why didn''t the fellow Oshamaru send someone to assassinate me?"

    After all, Tsunade was also the one who had bullied Oshemaru!

    Of course, that kind of is not bullying, it can only be said to be a way of getting along with companions, so Dashewan didn''t do it!

    Compared to Uehara Naraku''s insult to Oshemaru, even killing Oshemaru is a trivial matter!

    "Well, at least we found the base of Dashemaru."

    Uehara Naraku patted his palm, and said solemnly: "In this case, we have obtained Oshemaru''s information, so we will immediately surround him, and quickly send the Sensing Ninja Troops to investigate and confirm. After we reorganize our troops, we will immediately set off!"

    "and many more¡­"

    The fourth generation of Raikage looked at Naraku Uehara, and said solemnly: "If it is more reliable than the information brought back, they will definitely send someone to trouble you and Naruto...We must protect you!"

    "..."

    Everyone involuntarily looked back and forth at the four generations of Raiking.

    Is this guy really okay? Uehara Naraku, the strongest combat power, was hidden before the war officially started?

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 344ï¼š Naraku Uehara, Beak

    Everyone felt that Raiying had a problem with his brain.

    A group of weak to protect a strong is obviously wasting resources, not to mention that without Uehara Naraku, there would be no need to fight the fourth Ninja War...

    Because the first generation of Naruto who was only reincarnated from the dirty soil could not be solved by the number of people, according to the intelligence analysis brought by the perception troops, the first generation of Naruto was no longer in the same dimension as their ordinary ninjas.

    "Oshe Maru will target you!"

    The fourth generation of Raikage Ai hit the table with a punch again, trying to exercise the power of his ninja coalition commander: "If on the battlefield, you are solved by Oshemaru, then we will not have much victory in this war. I hope..."

    "I understand the concerns of the fourth generation of Raikage."

    Uehara Naraku looked at the four generations of Raikage, and sighed faintly: "But now is the time for us to be in the same boat. If the Ninja Alliance is defeated, there is nothing left but me and Naruto Uzumaki..."

    "Yes."

    Tsunade couldn''t wait to smash the fourth generation Raikage''s head with a fist. His face was obviously a little impatient: "Raikage, all we have to do is trust Uehara and Naruto!"

    After speaking, Tsunade suddenly spoke again: "But this kind of thing really needs to be guarded, Jiraiya, you must be careful!"

    "rest assured."

    Ji Lai also nodded slowly.

    As the captain of the No. 1 Special Operations Squad, his subordinates are very strong, so there should be no problem if he wants to protect Naruto Uzumaki.

    As for Naraku Uehara...

    Everyone really doesn''t know what to tell.

    Judging from the situation alone, this guy is the strongest in their camp. If he can''t protect himself, the others will be useless...

    What''s more, Uehara Naruto is also the captain of the Ninja Alliance and the second team of the special operations team. A group of Akatsuki members are also high-end combat power in the ninja world.

    If this is served by Dashewan...

    There is no need to fight this Ninja World War.

    It''s just that after they chatted for a few words, the real thing is still to be put on the war, especially when there are seven or eighty thousand ninja coalition forces standing outside waiting for their comfort.

    "Let''s go!"

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand and said to the captain of the combat unit: "Go and see your members. At least let them know what your captain looks like..."

    "Really..."

    The captain of the third combat unit Kakashi Hagi glanced at Naraku Uehara, and couldn''t help scratching his head: "Can''t you guys have a gentle mouth!"

    Gaara, the captain of the fourth combat unit, looked at Naraku Uehara calmly, and followed in the footsteps of Naraku Uehara: "The people of Akatsuki have always been arrogant, and I am not surprised."

    "Well¡­"

    Daluy, the first combat unit, rubbed his hair, followed by: "If you remember correctly, I seem to be the captain of the first unit?"

    "Ok."

    Huang Tu, the captain of the Second Combat Unit, nodded, and glanced at this unmotivated guy, a touch of fortune appeared on his face: "Fortunately...Black soil is my subordinate..."

    If he let his daughter, Hei Tu, follow a fellow like Darui, it would be a little worried!

    The Captain of the Fifth Combat Unit, Mifune, was a good man, and softly persuaded: "Next, we all have to obey Uehara''s orders... Only by uniting can we defeat those evil enemies."

    Ninja coalition rallying point.

    Tens of thousands of ninjas looked up at a high place.

    Tens of thousands of ninjas saw six figures walking out of the command post and standing on a high platform. These six men will be responsible for directing them in battle.

    "Uehara is the captain of the coalition army!"

    Everyday he touched his chin, and muttered: "Unfortunately, it''s not our captain... Who is our captain?"

    "That''s the one¡­"

    Qiu Daojiao looked up at the people who appeared above inexplicably, and found his goal: "The guy who seems less motivated than Kakashi...seems to be Darui?"

    "¡­Hey?"

    Tiantian''s expression was dumbfounded.

    The atmosphere here is fairly friendly, but the atmosphere in other places is not so good, because the wounds left over from the war are not so easy to erase.

    Looking at all the captains above, some people are full of admiration, some are full of anger, and some are full of hatred.

    Especially since Uehara Naraku, who is a real person who hates ghosts, is still the captain of their ninja alliance, it obviously makes most ninjas uncomfortable.

    In addition to these.

    The ninjas of these big countries Ninja Village also can''t understand each other, and some ninjas have even fought against things that have passed, and they seem very lively.

    "This is Naraku Uehara."

    A loud voice spread throughout the assembly point of the Ninja Allied Forces.

    Uehara Naraku looked at the noise and disputes below, and a smile appeared on his face: "A friendly reminder, my temper is not very good. If I see anyone who has a fight or a fight..."

    Uehara Naraku''s voice slowly brightened again, and his fingers suddenly burst into flames: "Then I will hurt my companions according to you, betray the entire ninja coalition, and completely destroy your disputed team. Get rid of!"

    The next moment, Uehara Naraku''s fingers pointed at a mountain far away from the assembly point of the Ninja Allied Forces, and the flames from his fingertips slammed into the mountain!

    After a violent explosion, the entire tip of the mountain was blown up!

    Tens of thousands of ninjas were sweating on their foreheads, and Ya Que was speechless. Everyone stared blankly at the high mountain being destroyed by Uehara Naraku...

    This guy''s technique is too strong!

    Hagi Kakashi couldn''t help but raised his eyebrows, and hurriedly persuaded him: "Hey, hey, you captain, don''t be too violent! Just relax a little bit! It''s impossible to make people just rely on strength alone. convinced¡­"

    "Well, what you said makes sense."

    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, and stepped forward again: "Everyone present, shouldn''t forget the pain that Akatsuki brought to you!

    If you refuse to obey the command in this war, I will destroy your village again after the war, so for your companions who are still in the village..."

    "This guy¡­"

    Listening to Uehara Naraku''s speech, Hagi Kakashi couldn''t help covering his forehead. What kind of pre-war speech was this!

    This is clearly a declaration of violence!

    Uehara Naraku is going to mess up everything. If this is the case, the Ninja Alliance will definitely not be united. The captain is too bad!

    Gaara couldn''t help but glanced at Hagi Kakashi, with a worrisome expression on his face: "Hey, Mr. Kakashi, do you want to stop him?"

    "No, wait a minute!"

    Hagi Kakashi glanced at Naraku Uehara speechlessly, and sighed: "Now this guy has messed up everything, what''s worse!"

    Uehara Naraku didn''t realize it at all. He was still giving his pre-war speech: "I don''t care about you guys. Your strength is simply not worth mentioning in this war.

    In this war, you must have heard of the enemies we need to face. They are all the ancestors in the village, at least they are also a powerful man with a reputation...

    Even if it is me, it is possible to lose my life in this war, so I did not let the person who is most important to me appear in this war...because although I don''t care about your lives, I still care about her life. . "

    Huang Tu, the captain of the Second Combat Unit, couldn''t help but want to cover his face: "This guy...what the **** is talking about!"

    "If this continues, won''t the ninja coalition really fall apart?"

    Mifune, the captain of the Fifth Combat Unit, also faintly felt a little uncomfortable.

    In the Ninja Coalition Command, everyone heard Uehara Naraku''s speech, and everyone''s face and mood were not very good.

    "Just tell the truth!"

    The fourth generation Raikage hit the table with a fist bitterly: "At this time, I kind of suspect that Uehara Naraku is a spy who messed up our military''s mind?"

    "Wait..."

    Tsunade frowned and waved his hand: "Since we have chosen Uehara Naraku as the captain of the coalition forces, we must trust him."

    These seniors are like this...

    The tens of thousands of ninjas underneath are almost stunned Most people want to rush to kill the captain named Uehara Naraku. Even the pig from the medical unit sits on it, it¡¯s better than that of Uehara Naraku. Guys do better!

    "This is too bad, right?"

    Qiu Dao Dingci is not very good.

    Temari''s eyes narrowed slightly, and he squeezed the fan behind him, looking at Uehara Naraku who was still talking in the sky: "Huh, this is his nature!"

    "Sounds very annoying..."

    Nara Shikamaru hooked the corner of his mouth and smiled: "But Uehara is still so funny!"

    On the high platform.

    Uehara Naraku looked down at the people below and continued his speech: "Just as you don¡¯t care about my life or the lives of your companions now, you only care about those who are important to you..."

    Uehara Naraku saw the ninja coalition gradually quiet, and continued softly: "So you have to fight for those who are important to you...Do you think I would say that?"

    Uehara Naraku sneered, and said contemptuously: "What I want to say is, if you don''t care about the lives of your companions now, then we will not care whether the person you care about is dead or alive in the future!

    This war is unavoidable, and it must be the most tragic. Even people like me who can easily destroy all of you can''t guarantee that they will survive the war, let alone you guys with poor strength!

    What I want to tell you is that your companions will help you take care of your relatives and friends because of your kindness, and at least will help you convey a last word before you die!

    If you want to fight now, then please continue! "

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 345ï¼š This guy has committed a lot of evil!

    Most of Akatsuki''s leaders are not good at speaking.

    In other words, Xiao''s leader is not good at giving decent speeches, and once they become villains, they will still be quite high.

    From the Yahiko era, through the Nagato era, and now into the Uehara era, almost all of Akatsuki''s three generations of leaders were idiots.

    After Uehara Naraku''s speech, all the ninjas present were gritted with hatred but helpless. They had to admit that what Uehara Naraku said was correct.

    This is an unavoidable war.

    Therefore, these people around them may be ninjas who accompany them in the final stages of their lives, and after they die in battle, they can pass their last words to their relatives and friends or the only people who can entrust them to their descendants.

    Even if they hate the people around them, it is useless. The Ninja Alliance has become inevitable, and no matter how it is, it is impossible to change.

    "It looks like everyone should understand the facts!"

    Uehara Naraku looked down at the tens of thousands of ninjas present, and said loudly: "If you don''t want to have one to collect your corpses, then you can get along with me obediently and peacefully, and show your attitude towards past friends, understand?"

    "..."

    Nearly 80,000 ninjas were silent.

    In the next moment, the entire assembly point of the Ninja Allied Forces became a sea of ??cursing. Everyone didn''t care about venting their anger at the people who had old grievances around them, and just buried their heads and cursed Uehara Naraku.

    "Asshole..."

    "This bastard..."

    "Xiao''s guy, it really is not a good thing!"

    "I really don''t understand why Wuying asked him to be our captain!"

    "Inexplicably, there is a feeling that with such a guy as our commander, the hope of victory in this war is even slimmer!"

    It''s just that after they finished scolding Uehara Naraku, they quickly apologized to the teammates around them, and the conversation was full of sadness for the rest of their lives.

    Fortunately, they also have a common language.

    As long as you scold Uehara Captain, we can become good friends.

    Although it was not particularly good from the point of view of the process, from the result point of view, Uehara Naraku did fulfill his duties as the captain of the Ninja Allied Forces and firmly united the seven to eighty thousand ninja troops here.

    "lets go!"

    Uehara Naraku glanced at everyone present, and said solemnly: "The surprise attack troops will set off first! The rest of the combat troops will quickly follow!"

    "Yes!"

    The captains of the five combat troops looked at each other helplessly, flew and fell in front of their troops, leading them to the location of Oshe Maru.

    News came from the intelligence forces.

    The first batch of enemies who reincarnated from the dirty soil appeared within their range of perception, and that person was also rushing towards the assembly point of the ninja coalition!

    Uehara Naraku was also listening to the news of the intelligence forces. After learning that the first group of ninjas appeared to attack them, he curiously asked, "Who was the first group of ninja troops?"

    "only one person¡­"

    When Hyuga Hinata said this, her voice was very solemn: "The enemy is Konoha''s S-rank rebel, the former member of Akatsuki Uchiha Itachi!"

    "I know."

    Uehara Naraku immediately issued his order: "Now send the message to Jiraiya immediately, let him lead the first special operations team over, I will immediately send him some reinforcements to help him quickly seal Uchiha Itachi!"

    After speaking, Naraku Uehara said in a deep voice: "Order all the troops to move on, don''t worry about Uchiha Itachi, don''t waste time, don''t block the advance of the 70,000 ninja allied forces just because Uchiha Itachi alone!"

    "Yes, Lord Uehara!"

    Hyuga Hinata seriously agreed.

    the other side.

    After receiving the order from Jiraiya and the First Special Operations Squad, they immediately rushed to the forefront of the Ninja Allied Forces and cleared Uchiha Itachi.

    Their special combat team has added the Rabbi of the eight-tailed man who has just returned. If you want to solve Uchiha Itachi, there will be no problem.

    What''s more, Uehara Naraku will send them reinforcements.

    In Jilaiya''s view, this is actually unnecessary.

    Even if Uchiha Itachi''s combat effectiveness is amazing, there is really no pressure on their No. 1 Special Operations Squad. Both Susano and Amaterasu have a solution, and Moonread can only hurt one person...

    After the Uchiha Itachi of the first filthy combat unit was surrounded by the people of Jiraiya and the first special combat team, he immediately opened his kaleidoscope to write round eyes!

    "Amaterasu¡­"

    "Be careful¡­"

    When Naruto Uzumaki opened his mouth to remind him, his mouth suddenly spit out a jet black crow, and a kaleidoscope writing wheel was loaded in the crow''s eye socket!

    This scene surprised everyone present!

    Even Jilai thought they had been illusioned.

    Uchiha Itachi stopped his attack, and his will was restored.

    The crow hidden in Uzumaki Naruto''s stomach was loaded with the kaleidoscope of other gods left behind by Shishui, which was used to deal with Uchiha Sasuke''s technique.

    When the crow sees Uchiha Itachi''s pupil power, it will come out and use the technique of transcribing the seal in the other gods. The effect of the technique is to make people loyal to Konoha.

    Now, this technique changed Uchiha Itachi''s will.

    "Finally, is it still not beyond what those people expected?"

    After Uchiha Itachi woke up, instead of showing a trace of excitement, he was full of despair, because he knew that this was controlled by Yakushidou and others behind the scenes!

    In the next second, the S-rank rebel who was reincarnated from the dirty soil immediately reacted and said loudly: "Master Jilaiya, Naruto, Mr. Kai, please stop temporarily, I have something to do to you..."

    Wow!

    An ecstasy chain struck Uchiha Itachi''s body suddenly!

    This ecstasy chain emerged strangely from the depths of a forest in the distance. Obviously, the person who shot it was very tricky and was waiting for this moment of opportunity!

    "this is¡­"

    Uchiha Itachi''s complexion changed drastically. He had already sensed the horror on this ecstasy chain. This was not an ability specifically aimed at the soul, but it happened to be very aimed at his reincarnated ninja!

    The next moment, a red giant appeared!

    Suzano''s skeleton quickly enveloped Uchiha Itachi''s body, and also helped him block the ecstasy chain attack, and managed to make him escape temporarily.

    Just when Uchiha Itachi breathed a sigh of relief and planned to quickly mention the news of Yakushito and others to Jilaiya and others, a spell suddenly appeared on the ground!

    The scope of this mantra is extremely wide!

    When Uchiha Itachi was surprised, but suddenly raised his head, he felt a huge chakra flying towards them at great speed!

    "The hero...come on!"

    There was a dull scream!

    A tall stone statue hit the ground, smashing Uchiha Itachi''s Susano directly into the air, and then the tall stone statue hit the red Susano with a punch!

    The next moment, the gargoyle slammed a punch at the red Susa, and a crack was struck in Susa''s body... This tall stone statue suddenly appeared and launched an attack, even Uchiha Itachi did not react!

    No, or he knows!

    Unfortunately, there is no power to resist!

    "What the **** is this..."

    Uchiha Itachi''s face was ugly, and Susano, who was manipulating himself, was about to pull out his ten-fist sword, and sealed the horrible stone statue in front of him.

    The red Suzano was pulled by the arm by the tall colossus almost suddenly, and was torn to pieces by the colossus in the next moment!

    "No..."

    Uchiha Itachi immediately turned his head to look at Jiraiya and the others, just watching them stand still one by one and definitely not moving, a flash of despair flashed in Uchiha''s heart.

    "Destroy the other gods first..."

    Perhaps because it was about to reach the real end, Uchiha Itachi was very sober, he didn''t know what was happening now, but he could confirm that it was definitely a conspiracy by Uehara Naraku, Yakushidou and others.

    Therefore, Uchiha Itachi struggled to be hit by this colossus, and also released the Amaterasu towards the crow that was equipped with the kaleidoscope of other gods, and burned the crow to ashes!

    Just as Uchiha Itachi was about to release Moonreading again, and wanted to use all the opportunities in the Moonreading space to be controlled by him to tell Uzumaki Naruto the truth, a huge fist hit Uchiha Itachi out of thin air!

    Bang!

    The Colossus of Justice smashed Uchiha''s body to ashes with a fist!

    Just as Uchiha Itachi''s body gradually recovered, the ecstasy chain appeared again, and it suddenly hooked Uchiha''s body!

    A weird green figure flew along the chain. In Uchiha Itachi''s despair, the green figure suddenly threw out a lantern conveying pain and wailing, and the lantern contained Uchiha Itachi''s soul.

    After losing the support of the soul, the reincarnated corpse on the ground quickly shattered, revealing a deadly painful Baijue. Obviously, this was the sacrifice of Uchiha Itachi to resurrect the dirty soil.

    When the battle here ended, everyone present had not reacted for a long time, and everyone''s eyes could not help but looked at the tall colossus and the green monster figure.

    In the next second, those two figures turned into a cloud of smoke.

    They are the absolute trump cards used by Uehara Naruto against Uchiha Itachi. The justice colossus Galio is mainly used to destroy his Susano; the prisoner''s hammer of the soul lock is used to trap Uchiha Itachi. soul.

    "I sent you reinforcements against Itachi Uchiha. Have you got rid of him?"

    Uehara Naraku''s voice appeared beside them, urging in a hurry: "Your Excellency Jiraiya, if Uchiha Itachi is eliminated, move forward quickly, and the second batch of ninjas reincarnated from the dirty land has arrived!"

    After speaking, Naraku Uehara opened his mouth again and said: "According to the news from the Sensing Troops, the number and personnel arrangement of the second batch of Unholy Ninjas are far more than imagined! And they were divided into five troops, each facing us. Combat troops!"

    "understand."

    After Jilai accepted it, he was about to take Naruto Uzumaki and others to leave immediately. Unexpectedly, Naruto Uzumaki just stood in a daze.

    "What''s wrong, Naruto?"

    "No... it''s okay..."

    Uzumaki Naruto''s eyes flashed with surprise, and he shook his head and whispered softly: "I just feel that Uchiha Itachi seems to have no harm to us... the look in his eyes just now... very strange, weird indescribable..."

    "..."

    Jilai also patted Naruto Uzumaki on the shoulder, UU reading whispered: "The second batch of ninjas who attacked the coalition forces have arrived. We need our support there. Let''s rush over!"

    "it is good."

    Naruto Uzumaki nodded hurriedly, setting aside the matter of Uchiha Itachi.

    As the First Special Operations Squad rushed to the front line, news came from the surprise attack troops that they had suffered heavy casualties and had to retreat. The leader of the surprise attack troops, Kankuro, also successfully brought back enemy intelligence to the coalition forces.

    "That **** Dashewan!"

    "That **** organized all the dirty ninjas according to Ninja Village, and those dirty ninjas were also organized into a ninja coalition..."

    Kankuro covered his wounds, and explained their situation after they encountered the enemy in a deep voice: "Every dirty ninja from Ninja Village was gathered together. What we met was the Sha hidden dirty earth army led by his father Luo Sha. They defeated..."

    As a member of the surprise force, Sai said with a solemn expression beside him: "And I have investigated in the air. Compared with our Konoha dirty land ninja army, the sand hidden dirty land ninja army is nothing to mention..."

    "Asshole, is it time to compare!"

    Kankuro couldn''t help but glared at Sai.

    "but¡­"

    There was a worrisome expression on Sai''s face, and his voice was a little heavy and he said, "I''m telling the truth..."

    A list appeared in the pen of the intelligence forces, and the news was rushed to the combat forces that were about to be approached in front of them. The army of ninjas from the Dirty Reincarnation is really amazing!

    Even when Uehara Naraku got the list, the whole person couldn''t help but breathe a sigh of relief: "Doing this guy...has done a lot of evil!"

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 346ï¼š Senior, I didnâ€™t expect you to really betray our dreams with Itachi

    What a crime!

    Uehara Naraku looked down at the list passed to him by the intelligence agents.

    This list is the second batch of Unholy Ninja troops sent by Yakushitou and Oshemaru, and it is also used to resist the ninja coalition forces and buy time for Oshemaru to resurrect Togo.

    Konoha Ninja Army: The second generation of Naruto Senshu, the third generation of Kazekage Sarutobi, Konoha Hakuya Hagaki Sakumo, White-eyed Hydra, Kato Den, Sarutobi Asma, Moonlight Hayate, Shin, Yumai Take the roots, Monk Lu Ren...

    Yunyin Dirt Ninja Army: three generations of Raikage Ai, golden horn, silver horn, the former eight-tailed man Zhuli Burubi, the former two-tailed man Zhuli by the wooden man, the magnetic escape ninja Troy...

    Ninja Army of Yanyin Village: The second generation of Tuyingwu, Bursting ¡¤ Hunting, the first four people, Zhuli Lao Zi, the first five people, Zhu Lihan...

    Wuyin Village Dirty Ninja Army: the second generation of water shadow ghost lantern, the fourth generation of water shadow Yakura, the first six people have high pillars, the ghost people will never cut the peach land, watermelon mountain puffer fish, chestnut skewers, no pears. The bait man...

    The Unclean Ninja Army of Shayin Village: Four generations of Feng Ying Luo Sha, Shao Dun Ye Cang...

    These are the list of the main members, and some of the ninjas of the upper ninja, the middle ninja and even the lower ninja in the five kingdoms of the Shinnin Village are included. They are all experimental products that some pharmacists have studied the reincarnation of the dirty soil.

    And these middle and lower-level ninjas are mostly prepared by pharmacists. This number is definitely higher than the number in history. Perhaps the pressure on pharmacists is too much...

    After all, you have to fight the Ninja war all by yourself...

    In addition to these dirty ninjas, there is also a living commander.

    Yakushidou also sent a living person to command these dirty ninjas.

    That is Uchiha Sasuke who just replaced Uchiha Itachi''s kaleidoscope writing wheel and opened the eternal kaleidoscope writing wheel.

    "If you want to take revenge for Uchiha, go and take these people to slaughter the Ninja Alliance, and prevent them from getting close to Osemaru-sama... If you have the ability, you can even lead these guys to the Ninja Alliance Command."

    The voice of Yakushi¡¯s pocket is full of bewitching: "Sasuke, this war in the ninja world may be the last war in the ninja world. Perhaps this is your only chance in this life. Don¡¯t you want to recast the glory that belongs to Uchiha? Huh..."

    "I know."

    Sasuke Uchiha tore off the gauze in front of him, and with a Kusana sword, he led an army of dirty ninjas to the battlefield.

    After transplanting Uchiha Itachi''s kaleidoscope writing wheel eyes, Sasuke Uchiha felt that his pupil power had become full and powerful again. He got a kaleidoscope writing wheel eyes that would never be blind, and his confidence renewed.

    In the entire Ninja World, no one will be his opponent now!

    Sasuke Uchiha has known the story of the Uchiha Madara brothers for a long time, and Sasuke knows very well that he himself has the power that Uchiha Madara once possessed!

    No, Sasuke thinks he should have surpassed Uchiha Madara!

    Therefore, Shigego saw Uchiha Sasuke rushing to the battlefield in a high spirit, with a rampant appearance, and couldn''t help scratching his head honestly.

    "Master Dou, what happened to Sasuke?"

    "It may be swollen!"

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around while manipulating his sacrifice materials, because he was now preparing to reincarnate in the dirty land and resurrect another protagonist of this Ninja war.

    Uchiha Madara.

    Pharmacist pocketed the remains of Uchiha Madara, and said, "How about Osaimaru-sama? Has he not yet decided to completely resurrect Tentails?"

    "not yet¡­"

    Shigego shook his head hesitantly.

    Pharmacist shook his head and sighed faintly: "It seems that he is still so afraid of death... Shigeo, you go and tell Lord Oshemaru, if he dies here, I will help him resurrect him with the imprint of the heavenly curse. come!"

    "Yes."

    Chonggo nodded hurriedly, and when he was about to rush back to report the letter, he suddenly turned around again: "Master Dou, isn''t it right that Dashemaru is dead? Why do we want to resurrect him? He is not a good thing..."

    "Ha ha¡­"

    Yao Shidou chuckled and shook his head, stretched out his palm and patted Chongwu on the shoulder: "I just talked verbally... Actually, I lied to him, go!"

    "Yes."

    Shigego nodded quickly.

    To be honest, Zhongwu is a little bit confused now whether what the pharmacist is telling is the truth or the lie. I feel that every word in the pharmacist''s pocket is very sincere, but I also feel that every word is light and fluttering, as if it has no weight. .

    The world is really complicated.

    Chonggo sighed for a while, went straight to the Oshe Maru''s lounge, and told O She Maru what the pharmacist had said, promising to resurrect him from the dead.

    Da She Wan''s eyes twitched.

    Now the Oshe Maru is in very good condition. The Outer Golem has also drawn the Chakra of the Eight-Tailed Beast, and only the Nine-Tailed Chakra is nearby.

    Bo Feng Shuimen stood beside Da She Wan, waiting for Da She Wan to extract the nine tails from him, and by the way, he also monitored the Da She Wan.

    On the battlefield.

    Uehara Naraku stood on a high ground overlooking the battlefield.

    On the opposite side of the battlefield are thousands of ninjas who reincarnated from the filthy land, from the predecessors of the villages to the teenage ninjas, and I don¡¯t know how Yao Shidou controls this guy...

    Undoubtedly, he dug a lot of graves!

    "It doesn''t seem to be so good!"

    Jiraiya also walked to Uehara Naraku''s side, staring at the filthy army groups assigned to Shinobu Village, with a touch of worry on his face: "The enemy is more than we thought, and even stronger than we thought..."

    "Ok."

    Nairo Uehara nodded, staring at the unique Konoha Unholy Legion, her brows couldn''t help but jump: "You Konoha have too many Unholy Ninjas..."

    "..."

    Jilaiya''s face turned black, and he casually responded: "This is all done by the fellow Oshemaru. That **** never respects the dead..."

    Because Dashemaru''s view of life is very unpretentious.

    Everything is meaningful only if a person is alive; once a person dies, no matter what you have left for the world, it is meaningless after all.

    Da She Wan will not respect any dead.

    No matter how much contributions the deceased made during his lifetime, as long as the person dies, Oshe Maru will definitely find a way to dig his grave.

    Uehara Naraku nodded strangely.

    Now it seems that he has chosen a good candidate. Even the best friend of Oshemaru once thought that Oshemaru was behind the scenes, which proved that Oshemaru''s character itself had a problem.

    "Well, get ready to charge!"

    Uehara Naruko raised his palms and stared at the Unclean Legion in the distance, and his voice gradually became heavier: "Before the Oshemaru is resurrected and becomes the Tentails, we must break through the impediment of the Legion."

    "Ok."

    Jilai also nodded.

    One by one, figures appeared behind him.

    These two special combat teams will become the fighting force to entangle those strong, and the remaining enemies can only rely on the huge ninja coalition to break through.

    The only trouble is that the number of sealed ninjas is not enough.

    Therefore, this war with the Unholy Ninja may be quite difficult.

    Uehara Naraku stared at the filthy army in the distance, closed his palms, and said loudly, "All pay attention to protecting the seal team, everyone...charge!"

    Uehara Naraku raised his palm, and a ball of fire slowly floated into the sky, and then suddenly fell in the direction of the Unclean Legion. A violent explosion sounded, and the fire ball blew hundreds of Unclean Ninjas!

    This scene attracted the cheers of the Ninja Army!

    In the next moment, countless people roared and rushed in the direction of the enemy, countless shurikens and detonating charms were thrown over the enemy''s head!

    The second generation Dokage and the third generation of Naruto Ninja stood up at the same time, and the two of them joined hands at the same time to make seals, and shouted: "Tudun¡¤Turiuchengbi!"

    A long city wall blocked countless shurikens and detonating charms!

    After the first combat unit launched a long-range attack under the leadership of Darui, the second combat unit and the fifth combat unit quickly rushed up under the leadership of Huangtu and Sanchuan!

    The third combat force.

    Kakashi Hagi watched a figure in the Konoha Unholy Legion. It was his father Sakumo Hagi. He did not expect that his father would also be resurrected by Unholy Earth.

    There was a touch of complexity on Hagi Kakashi''s face. He slowly clenched his fist and said loudly, "The third combat unit! Attack from left and right!"

    The fourth combat force.

    Gaara didn''t care about his father Luo Sha''s situation. He waved his hand and summoned his troops to rush up to protect the loess troops'' charge.

    At this moment, the Fourth Ninja World War finally started completely, and a war of the largest scale began!

    Dedala held a lump of clay in his hands and chuckled lightly: "Uehara, when shall we go? I can''t wait!"

    "Let''s go!"

    Uehara Naraku nodded gently.

    A figure wearing auspicious clouds and black robes followed him. They moved faster and faster, and finally ran directly!

    Nairo Uehara rose into the air, hitting a dirty ninja with a punch, and waved his hand to explode the body of the dirty ninja!

    "Hahahahahaha... this style really deserves Uehara!"

    After Dedala laughed wildly for a while, a clay bird stepped on his feet, rushed to the enemy''s rear, and dropped countless bombs!

    "Still so reckless..."

    The Scorpion of Red Sand frowned and glanced at Deidara, shook his head and waved his hand to summon the puppets of the third generation Fengying and the fourth generation Fengying, thousands of gold dust and magnets, densely covering the surrounding enemies!

    "On this battlefield, there are many guys who can threaten us!"

    After Jiao Du nodded with emotion, complaints came out of his body one by one. For a time, flames swept the surrounding area, and lightning penetrated the enemy''s formation instantly!

    It''s a pity that the three generations of Naruto Naruto Tobihizhan, who are all proficient in Five Evil Ninjutsu, brought his own shadow clone, and quickly stopped the ravages of grievances.

    However, Ji Lai Ya reappeared again, entangled Sarutobi Rischi, a surging flame gushing out from her mouth, quickly drowning Sarutobi Rischi and his shadow clone!

    Just as the flames of Jiraiya burned to the Ninja Alliance, a loud voice resounded on the battlefield!

    "Water escape, big burst of water rushing!"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark opened its mouth and gushed out a huge stream of water, flooding all the fire ninjutsu, and also quickly creating a ball-like lake!

    Jiao Du looked at the dried persimmon ghost shark rising into the sky on the water wave, and shouted angrily: "Asshole, I always like ninjutsu with water... I must take away that guy''s heart in the future!"

    The battle was completely messed up!

    Everyone quickly found his opponent!

    Only Uehara Naraku, relying on his own strength, almost smashed the Unclean Legion abruptly, and no one could stop his blow!

    "Don''t want to break through here!"

    A ninja who was reincarnated from a dirty land suddenly appeared in front of Uehara Naraku, waving the ninja sword in his hand to kill Uehara Naraku!

    In the next moment, a big hole was punched in his chest!

    Just as this unclean ninja was waiting for his recovery, a scroll instantly sealed the ninja!

    Obviously, a sealing squad had discovered that Naraku Uehara''s fighting strength was strong, and had been following the crowd he rushed through, sealing up the ninjas he blew up.

    I have to say Although Uehara Naraku''s quality is not very good, the strength is still not to be said. These sealing squads following him have never found that any one can carry Uehara Naraku''s trick. Enemy.

    Just when a group of people are fighting fiercely.

    A purple tall Susanoh suddenly appeared behind the Unholy Ninja Legion, and that Susanoh slowly pulled up the bow and arrow in his hand!

    The aiming direction of the bow and arrow is the most crowded place in the entire battlefield!

    For Sasuke Uchiha, it doesn''t matter who dies on the battlefield. He doesn''t care about the situation on the battlefield. He just wants revenge!

    A huge purple arrow suddenly shot into the gathering crowd!

    Just as the ninjas under the giant arrow felt a surge of air pressure subconsciously, they could only watch the purple arrow hit, and their faces showed a touch of despair.

    This level of power is obviously not something they can resist!

    Uehara Naraku appeared under the giant arrow, kicked the giant arrow into pieces with a sharp kick, and looked up at Uchiha Sasuke not far away.

    Naruto Uehara waved a foul ninja who was trying to sneak attack him into the air without changing his face. He still fixed his eyes on Uchiha Sasuke, and said in a cold voice: "Hey, Sasuke, after seeing me as a senior, I greeted him. If you don''t fight, it would be too much!"

    "Sorry, senior."

    Sasuke Uchiha manipulated his own Suzano to condense a purple arrow again, and a black flame appeared on the arrow!

    Sasuke Uchiha fixed his gaze on Naraku Uehara, and said in a deep voice, "Senior, I thought Yakushidou had been lying to me. I didn''t expect that you have really got along with the five countries and betrayed our dreams of Itachi!"

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 347ï¼š My leeks are fighting

    Sasuke Uchiha¡­

    It''s really hard to say!

    This guy actually took all the stories that Uehara Naraku had told him seriously. He didn''t really think that Uchiha Itachi wanted to overthrow the order of the Ninja world, did he?

    "Senior, you still have time to look back now."

    Uchiha Sasuke manipulated the Amaterasu Black Flame to attach his sharp arrow, and suddenly spoke to Uehara Naruto to persuade him to surrender: "Our dream of changing the world order is still there. Senior, join me again!"

    Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s face flashed proudly: "Senior, I have now gained the strongest power in the world, and in my opinion, only you in this world are the most qualified to be my teammate..."

    "..."

    I thank you for looking up to me!

    Uehara Naraku is really full of question marks.

    Is there something wrong with Uchiha Sasuke''s brain and courage?

    Who can tell him now, why Uchiha Sasuke dares to persuade him to surrender him, isn''t this guy really crazy?

    Uehara Naraku didn''t hesitate, and immediately frowned her brows: "Sasuke, are you crazy now?"

    "No, I''m sober like never before."

    Standing in the midst of Susano Sasuke, Uchiha Sasuke slowly shook his head, spread out his palms, and sincerely invited, "Senior, join me! I have now won the surpassing Uchiha Madara Strength, work with me to change the order of this ninja world!"

    "Sasuke..."

    Uehara Naraku sighed faintly, and then took out his old habits: "Itachi will never think that you become what you are today. What you should do now is find a quiet town, marry a wife and have a few more children. ¡­"

    "senior!"

    Sasuke Uchiha interrupted Naraku Uehara''s words, a trace of regret flashed on his face, he watched Naraku Uehara softly and said, "Senior, do you think that a person who has the power to change the world will live in a small village? ?"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku fell silent.

    Sasuke Uchiha is right. As a person who has the mighty power to change the world, it seems unlikely that he would be willing to settle down in a small village!

    So Uehara Naraku, as the strongest ninja in the ninja world, in addition to being a small village head of Uyin Village, occasionally also engages in sideline jobs, part-time as a man behind the ninja world...

    He, Naraku Uehara, it''s okay to be behind the scenes.

    How come Uchiha Sasuke is thinking about making things happen! This is obviously a problem with your own perception, right? Why do you still feel that you have surpassed Uchiha Madara!

    Sasuke Uchiha now...

    It''s really a leek waiting to be cut by Uehara!

    It is estimated that after Uchiha Madara jumps out, Sasuke Uchiha will have to get to know what the power of Uchiha Madara means...

    "Sasuke!"

    After Naruto Uzumaki saw Uchiha Sasuke, he couldn''t help it. He flew back and forced a dirty ninja back, and suddenly fell by Uehara Naraku''s side.

    Naruto Uzumaki stared at the tall Suzano, and said solemnly: "Sasuke, now you, have you finally joined the Oshe Maru?"

    "Naruto!"

    The black flame sharp arrow of the purple beard suddenly aimed at Uzumaki Naruto!

    Sasuke Uchiha looked at Uzumaki Naruto, a touch of complexity flashed on his face, and the next moment it suddenly turned into a vicious touch: "Uzumaki Naruto, you are far from my opponent now... if I want to kill you , It''s easy!"

    "is it?"

    A golden chakra coat suddenly appeared on Uzumaki Naruto''s body. His eyes were fixed on Sasuke, and he said solemnly: "But now I have tried my life to catch up with you, Sasuke, this time I must take you. go back!"

    At this moment, Naruto''s eyes looked extremely firm.

    At this moment, Sasuke''s eyes became firmer.

    At this moment, Uehara felt a little redundant.

    After Uchiha Sasuke saw Uzumaki Naruto, he ignored the existence of Uehara Naraku and refocused his eyes on the former friend.

    Just as the fierce war underneath seemed incompatible with them, and the atmosphere between them gradually became more and more serious, the corner of Uchiha Sasuke''s mouth suddenly grinned, staring at Uzumaki Naruto and said: "Then start with you!"

    Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s eyes suddenly became crazy, and his voice gradually added a sorrow: "Naruto Uzumaki... Then start with you, let everyone in this world feel the pain of Uchiha Itachi!"

    The next moment, Uchiha Sasuke gritted his teeth, he manipulated his own Suzano, and suddenly shot his black flame giant arrow at Uzumaki Naruto!

    "If you want to kill me, come on!"

    Suddenly a giant chakra hand emerged from behind Naruto Uzumaki, and a huge wind escape spiral shuriken appeared inside, pressing it down in the direction of the giant black flame arrow!

    A violent explosion sounded through this land!

    The moment the spiral shuriken in the air and the black flame giant arrow were handed over, the black and white colors were spinning in it quickly, and countless black flames were blown away by the spiral shuriken!

    The two people fought a battle instantly!

    Naruto Uehara stood in place, watching his two leeks fight, he decided to continue harvesting his own spoils...These ninjas who were reincarnated from dirty soil can also provide him with superimposed attributes!

    On this battlefield, no one is immune, everyone is looking for their own battle.

    This is the fate of the Ninja World, and no one can isolate it.

    Kakashi Hagi and Sakumo Hagi handed over, relying on their own writing round eyes, barely keeping up with their father''s movements.

    The battle between Jilaiya and Sarutobi Hisaki is even more intense. As two ninjas who are also good at ninjutsu, the battle between the two of them can¡¯t get in at all, and can only see Compete on the battlefield with powerful ninjutsu!

    Gaara and Luosha fought for a while, relying on the help of the red sand scorpion next to him, easily suppressed his father.

    To be honest, Gaara''s mood is quite complicated.

    Unexpectedly, one day, he will become teammates with the Red Sand Scorpion, or fight with the Red Sand Scorpion''s Luosha puppet...

    "This feeling¡­"

    Gaara''s face looked incredibly disgusting, and he looked a little grateful, anyway at least the crisis of Luo Sha was resolved.

    Compared to their side...

    The battle of the three generations of Raikage Ai was swept away.

    Any ninja in Yunyin Village is definitely not the opponent of the three generations of Raikage Ai and Burubi, even Kirabi is only passively beaten.

    "Hell stab, a consistent hand!"

    The figure of the three generations of Raikage Ai turned into a flash of lightning, and suddenly rushed towards Kirabi''s position. This move can definitely penetrate Kirabi''s body!

    In the war between Yunyin Village and Yanyin Village, it was the three generations of Raikage Ai who used this trick to directly penetrate the wall of earth flow laid by the Yannins, which allowed the Yunnins to escape...

    "It''s over..."

    The figure of three generations of Raikage Ai was reflected in Kirabi''s sunglasses, and a touch of despair flashed through his heart. There is absolutely no enemy in this world that **** stab can''t solve!

    At the next moment, a figure suddenly passed by his side, squeezed off the arm of the third generation of Raikage neatly, and kicked the strongest Raikage to the ground!

    "¡­what''s the situation?"

    Kiraby''s mouth opened subconsciously, and his eyes watched as a group of people from the sealing class swarmed up and sealed the three generations of Lei Ying.

    Kirabi''s neck slowly twisted as if stiff, watching the man who defeated the three generations of Raikage slaughter all quarters on the battlefield, and it was Uehara Naraku.

    Kirabi''s face trembled, remembering the fear of him and the fourth generation of Raikage Ai being dominated by Naraku Uehara: "This guy, it seems, it''s not surprising..."

    Of course this kind of thing is not strange.

    Uehara Nana landed on the battlefield, leading the ninja coalition forces to seal the dirty ninjas one after another, and the news soon reached the headquarters of the ninja coalition forces.

    It seems that they did not choose the wrong candidate.

    Whether it is the third generation of Dokage Onoki, Tsunade and the fourth generation of Raikage, they all think that Uehara Naraku, the coalition captain, is still very qualified. The second batch of ninja troops should be solved soon...

    Tsunade looked at the battle report from the front, and slowly said, "In this case, only Uchiha Madara and Grandpa are left. There should be no problem, right?"

    "The victory is set."

    The fourth generation Raikage nodded slowly, and said in a deep voice: "At least there will be no problems next. If Uehara can entangle the first generation of Naruto, tens of thousands of ninjas can easily encircle and defeat Uchiha Madara, and then go to encircle Osaimaru..."

    "Ok¡­"

    Three generations of Tukage Ohnoki nodded with restraint, and said in a low voice, "There shouldn''t be any problems. Although that guy is Uchiha Madara, it is impossible to stop the siege of tens of thousands of ninjas, right?"

    To be honest, Oh Yemu was still a little uneasy.

    Compared with Onoki, he had personally seen how Uchiha Madara ravaged this ninja world After Konoha was established, any ninja who refused to give in and join Konoha fled under the threat of Uchiha Madara. The country of fire.

    In that era, no matter how magical blood he had, no matter how abundant chakras he possessed, no matter how proud family secrets he possessed, he would only become a ninja under the prestige of Uchiha.

    Inside the secret base.

    Dashemaru finally began to draw nine-tailed chakras.

    Because the defeat of the second batch of Unholy Ninjas made Oshemaru realize a reality, instead of waiting for the enemy to attack and be humiliated, it is better to try to become a Ten-tailed ninja.

    If you can really get the power of the six immortals...

    Yakushi sat on a chessboard. He calmly watched the chess pieces disappear one after another, and calmly put the chess pieces in his hand on the chessboard: "If there really is anyone in this Ninja world who can become Naraku-sama''s opponent? ?"

    The next moment, Yao Shi''s gaze slowly lifted, and he looked at a coffin next to him. He stared at the sleeping figure in the coffin. Inside was the body he had just created for the legendary character.

    Uchiha Madara.

    Because Uchiha Madara¡¯s life span is naturally over, it would really be a little troublesome if he wants to resurrect him with the strength of his heyday.

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around and sighed: "Really, I have to fight for a while for Master Da She Wan, then let you pass!"

    The fingers of the Yakushi pocket suddenly closed, and a smile was drawn at the corner of his mouth: "I hope you can let Lord Naraku enjoy a little fighting after you pass... Lord Naraku, this is a legendary character, and it is enough to reach the heyday. !"

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 348ï¼š It is bright

    On the battlefield.

    The Ninja Allied Forces completely took advantage.

    Uehara Naraku was harvesting these filthy ninjas as if cutting grass. The ninja allied forces looked at their unsolvable enemies in shock. They were solved by Uehara with a punch or a ninjutsu. No one could resist his power.

    One of the only two powerhouses in Shayin Village, Shaokun Yecang waved his hand and summoned strange fireballs, and cast them towards Uehara Naruko!

    "Zhao Dun¡¤Over Steamed Kill!"

    "Wind Escape¡¤Tornado!"

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand to create a gust of wind and quickly dispersed the fireballs, his figure suddenly flashed and appeared beside Ye Cang!

    "Don''t be too grumpy..."

    Uehara Naruko''s brows were slightly furrowed, and his palms directly grabbed Ye Cang¡¯s neck and slowly lifted her body. The next moment a chill radiated from his hands, slowly freezing Ye Cang¡¯s body into an ice sculpture. .

    Ye Cang''s body was hidden in the ice sculpture, desperately trying to release Shao Dun to break free, but even if she worked hard, she could only slowly melt the ice from the inside.

    Uehara Naraku waved Hakura to the ground and glanced at the sealed ninja who followed him: "Seal her up!"

    "Yes, Captain!"

    A group of ninjas in the sealing class nodded respectfully, and took out the sealing scroll to seal Ye Cang.

    In the past few hours, the feeling of the sealed ninja of the entire ninja coalition towards Naraku Uehara has gradually changed from disgust to awe and respect.

    Because they witnessed his strength with their own eyes.

    And if you act with Uehara, the task is too easy.

    Uehara Naraku did not stay.

    His figure is like a ghost active on the battlefield, appearing next to a certain dirty ninja from time to time, eliminating the enemy in an instant.

    Whether it is ordinary Xia Ren, various shadow-level figures, and those people in front of each village, Zhu Li, are treated equally in his hands.

    Jiraiya also defeated his teacher Sarutobi Hizaki during this period. After he sealed Sarutobi Hizaki with his own hands, he turned his head and glanced at Uehara Naraku: "Uehara is still trustworthy in combat! "

    "Ok."

    Metkay also walked to Jilaiya''s side, watching Naruko Uehara solve the second generation Dokage No and the second generation Water Shadow Ghost Lantern Moon, and commanded the sealing team to seal the two shadows.

    Metkay watched this scene with admiration, and he nodded seriously: "Your Excellency Kitahara Naraku is trustworthy."

    "Now..."

    After Jiraiya nodded hurriedly, he turned his head to look around the battlefield, and said softly: "The second generation earth shadow, the second generation water shadow, the third generation Raikage, the teacher Sarutobi, the fourth generation wind shadow, and the fourth generation water shadow are already there. Was sealed up..."

    Jilaiya''s gaze finally moved slowly, looking at a person who was constantly swimming on the battlefield, his face gradually became serious: "So, is there only the second generation of Hokage in our village? "

    The shadow-level ninja who reincarnated from the filthy land, only the second generation of Naruto Senshoukan was left.

    Even Konoha Whitetooth Hagaki Sakumo was defeated by Hagi Kakashi with the use of writing round eyes, swordsmanship and Rachel, but after winning this fateful battle with his father, Hagi Kakashi was whole. Lost again...

    "Is Kato Sui also sealed?"

    Jiraiya''s eyes moved slowly.

    Kato Den''s spiritualization technique is indeed very strong, but unfortunately he still has no way to obtain any Warring States period, which was easily solved by Uehara Naraku''s psychic beast soul lock guardian.

    Even the soul was taken away by the psychic beast aimed at the soul.

    In addition to the second generation of Hokage, who also relied on the art of thunder **** to swim, there are still some heavy enemies, only Uchiha Sasuke...

    He is still fighting Naruto Uzumaki!

    have to say.

    Both Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto have become very powerful!

    The battle between the two of them was so fierce that even some powerful ninjas could not intervene.

    Although from the battle situation, Sasuke Uchiha is still very tough.

    But everyone on the scene knew that Uchiha Sasuke could no longer escape, because a bunch of people in auspicious clouds and black robes surrounded their battlefield.

    They are Akatsuki''s ninjas.

    At least the ninjas present thought that Sasuke Uchiha would definitely be unable to escape under the siege of Akatsuki. That was the strongest mercenary organization in the entire Ninja world, Akatsuki!

    After Uehara Naraku commanded the captains of various combat units to preside over the finishing work of the battlefield, he also rushed to the battlefield near Uzumaki Naruto and Uchiha Sasuke.

    "Isn''t the battle over yet?"

    Uehara Naraku walked to the Akatsuki group. He saw Dedara chewing the clay desperately, and his eyebrows jumped: "Didara, what are you doing again?"

    "I am going to give Uchiha Sasuke a super surprise art!"

    Deidara''s two palms spit out clay, slowly converging into a strange-looking bird, with an ugly expression: "There are only two Uchiha in this world, right? If one is killed, one is missing..."

    Uehara Naraku: "..."

    You are so careful!

    When Uchiha Itachi wooed Deidara to join Akatsuki''s organization, Deidara was hit by an illusion and almost killed himself with a writing wheel. From then on, Deidara started targeting Uchiha''s life.

    Is the miniature telescope on the left eye cool?

    In addition to taking pictures and investigating, it is mainly to guard against the illusion of writing round eyes.

    C4. Garuda is cute, right?

    It is usually not very conspicuous. Once used, it is a super-proportioned figure made according to Dedala¡¯s appearance and body shape. Once it is blown up, it can emit countless clay spiders that can be called micrometers. Blew into ashes from the inside out...

    This technique is for Uchiha Itachi.

    Until later, after Uchiha Itachi died, Didara did not give up targeting Uchiha, as if his life would be no fun without targeting Uchiha...

    Sometimes Uehara Naraku is really worried about Dedara. What if you see a bunch of Uchiha in the underworld after Dedara is dead...

    Isn''t that mad?

    Uehara Naraku slowly raised his finger, and after receiving the news from the medicine master''s pocket that the Oshe Maru is about to resurrect the Ten Tails, he decided to start harvesting his leeks.

    "Forget it, let me get rid of him!"

    "Don''t, let me go!"

    "You just stay here..."

    The red sand scorpion grabbed Dedala''s arm and said dissatisfiedly: "You guys are really desperate! You were almost killed just now?"

    "what''s the situation?"

    Uehara Naraku''s expression was surprised for a second.

    No one on the entire battlefield can threaten Deidara, right? Moreover, although the people of Xiao¡¯s organization are not considered to be in love with each other, they will definitely save their companions when they encounter danger...

    So Uehara Naraku didn''t care about Akatsuki''s situation.

    Didn''t you expect Dedara to be almost killed after this teaser?

    The red sand scorpion hesitated for a second and then whispered in a low voice: "He was clamoring to blow up Uchiha Sasuke. No one could stop him. As a result, Sasuke¡¯s Susao was caught. It wasn''t Naruto Uzumaki who saved him, he almost died among assistants..."

    "That''s not just stay here."

    Uehara Naruko grabbed Deidara''s shoulders and shook his head. "Sasuke is now stronger than Itachi! No matter if it is illusion, physique, ninjutsu, or pupil skills, there are almost no shortcomings..."

    After speaking, Uehara Naraku added: "Of course, for me, he has no advantages."

    This is really confident.

    It''s just that the strength that Uehara Naraku has always shown is almost no bottom line. No one knows how strong he is.

    Deidara glanced at him speechlessly, raised her eyebrows and said, "Don''t underestimate the guy Sasuke, his Susao can attack quickly..."

    "rest assured."

    Uehara Naraku chuckled lightly and walked towards the center of the battlefield step by step: "In this world, no one knows how to deal with Sasuke better than me."

    After speaking, the figure of Uehara Naraku floated and flew in the direction of Susano, but he encountered a huge jade spiral shuriken that was blown away!

    No wonder no one can participate in this battle...

    Even if it''s just a random technique, it can''t be carried by other people present!

    Uehara Naruko leaned sideways subconsciously, avoided the super-large jade spiral shuriken, and threw a fireball with his hand, smashing it completely.

    "Uehara, don''t come over!"

    After seeing Naruto Uehara in distress, Naruto Uzumaki couldn''t help but exclaimed: "Sasuke will take care of it!"

    "Humph¡­"

    Uchiha Sasuke stood in the midst of Susano, operating Susano once again raised the longbow arrow in his hand, and sneered: "Who do you think you are?"

    "I''m¡­"

    Naruto Uzumaki manipulated a giant chakra hand, once again generating a super-large jade spiral shuriken, and shouted sharply, "Naruto Uzumaki!"

    "moron!"

    Uchiha Sasuke closed his fingers abruptly, his face gradually becoming serious: "Then let you see the legendary power of the Uchiha clan...

    This is beyond the power of Uchiha MadaraUzumaki Naruto, congratulations on being the first person to see this form and die under it! "

    In the next moment, the purple Suzuo Nenghu suddenly changed!

    A pair of legs appeared under the purple Suzuo Nohu, propped up its body, and directly increased its height instantly!

    Countless purple chakras appeared on Suzuo Nohu''s body, gradually making this increasingly huge Suzuo Nohu a new form, almost completely changing its appearance!

    The body shape alone has completely exceeded the previous state!

    Under the feet of Purple Suzao Nenghu are a pair of huge and powerful purple boots, which have become extremely large, and its somewhat weird appearance has become a bit hideous at this moment.

    Uchiha Sasuke''s body was also wrapped in Susano''s head, and he slowly covered his eyes in it, feeling the pain and strength of Susano''s opening.

    It has to be said that this form of Susano is the first time that Sasuke Uchiha has used it.

    This form of Susano is almost only the fourth form, not a true state of complete body, but for Sasuke, the burden is not small.

    Sasuke Uchiha glanced at Uehara Naraku who was still rushing stubbornly, and said in a low voice: "Although I feel that this pupil power has not been fully developed, the fourth form of Susano is enough to deal with you..."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku was silent for a while.

    Uehara Naraku slowly stretched out his fingers to condense a typhoon ball, and bounced the typhoon ball into the air with his hand.

    In the next moment, the clouds and mists gathered by countless ninjutsu in the sky were instantly blown away by the wind ball, and the sun slowly shone down and fell on the purple Suzuo Nohu.

    It is bright.

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 ~ï¼š

    It''s finally back to normal...

    All the big guys'' rewards are paid off!

    I breathed a sigh of relief, probably this is what it feels like to be debt-free and light... 8 days, do you know how I spent these 8 days!

    Update in the afternoon, three more today!

    I can still update the 4D characters. After 20,000 times a day, I found that the pressure on the day is so small, I have to polish it up, because it will be a big climax...

    I like to start from Hokage to be the behind-the-scenes man, please collect: () Starting from Hokage to be the behind-the-scenes man, the update is the fastest.

 Chapter 349ï¼š The most annoying person in 0 hands... Uchiha Madara!

    The sun is so beautiful.

    Uehara Naraku and everyone were bathed in sunlight.

    Uehara Naraku opened his palm, watching the sun shine through the fingers of his palm, and sighed: "It''s a shame not to hit the child in such a fine weather..."

    "Senior...you are still the same!"

    A gloom flashed across Uchiha''s face, and when he heard Uehara Naraku''s words, he was instantly irritated by Uehara''s words.

    Sasuke manipulated the purple Susao to draw out the sword of Susa, and looked at Uehara Naraku and said solemnly, "Are you still treating me as a child? Don''t treat me with the old concept, which is outdated. !"

    Sasuke Uchiha controlled the tall purple figure of Susao and walked over step by step, his face became a little crazy: "See? Senior, this is the power I regained, the power I got from Itachi. !"

    Uehara Naraku shook his head and looked at Uchiha Sasuke with a sigh faintly, "Sasuke...Itachi gives you power to do this kind of thing? He is just to protect you and prevent others from hurting you... "

    Uehara Naraku walked in the direction of Susano, and his voice gradually became serious: "Itachi once entrusted me to take care of you. I will never tolerate you going to the most dangerous one. On the way!"

    Well, it''s time to take Sasuke''s leeks.

    If you don¡¯t accept it again, it is estimated that after Uchiha Madara arrives, the leek will be taken away by the six gods, and the leek will grow old...

    Chives are old, but they don¡¯t taste good!

    Uehara Naraku rushed in the direction of Susano!

    "senior¡­"

    The sword of Susa in the hands of the purple Susano slowly pointed at the rushing Uehara Naraku, a fierce flash in Uchiha Sasuke''s eyes, and Susano''s momentum continued to increase!

    "Stop using those as examples!"

    The sword of Uchiha Sasuke Susa suddenly slashed towards the position where Naraku Uehara rushed, and his voice became colder and colder: "Originally, I was very optimistic about you... The truth of this world has been in the hands of a few people. , Isn''t this what you told me?"

    The huge Susa sword pierced the sky!

    A gust of air pressure was lifted by Susa''s sword, and it disturbed everything on the earth. Everyone could not help but watch this scene, watching Uehara Naraku standing under Susa''s sword!

    This sword can directly smash Uehara''s body!

    A hint of complexity flashed in Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s eyes, no matter how much he had respected Uehara Naraku, no matter how good his brother Uchiha Itachi and Uehara Naraku¡¯s relationship, when they took a different path, they have become The enemy of life and death!

    "Sorry, senior..."

    Uchiha Sasuke controlled Susano''s sword to fall heavily, hitting Uehara Naruto''s body, with a trace of blood flowing under his eye sockets: "As long as you move forward firmly toward your dream, no matter who is blocking me on the road, even if you are Itachi. My friend, I will never give up!"

    Sasuke Uchiha slowly stretched out his palm and wiped the blood from the corner of his eyes, adding a touch of craziness to his voice: "Senior, this is the price of growth!"

    "is it?"

    A gentle voice rang.

    After hearing this voice, Uchiha Sasuke''s expression changed, and he couldn''t help but look down and talk, he only saw the figure under the sword of Susao.

    Uehara Naraku raised his palm aloft, his palm gripped the Susano sword tightly, and slowly raised his head to look at Uchiha Sasuke: "Sasuke, did you get so much strength? "

    Uehara Naraku''s expression gradually turned cold: "Just because you have gained such a little strength, do you already want to resist my will?"

    Click!

    There was a cracking sound!

    A touch of luster appeared in the palm of Uehara Naraku, and he slammed the entire Susao Sword with a punch, setting off an even stronger fist!

    In the next moment, the entire Susa sword was smashed into pieces by Naru Uehara''s punch!

    Even if the fourth form of Uchiha Sasuke''s Susano is more powerful, and the texture of Susano''s sword is too hard, for a man like Uehara Naraku who can easily harden the tail beast, it seems to be a little bit worse...

    "what¡­"

    A fright flashed in Uchiha Sasuke''s eyes.

    At this moment, he once again remembered his fear of being dominated by Naraku Uehara when he organized Akatsuki in the past few years.

    Uehara Naraku''s body slowly floated into the air, and his body floated to Susano''s head, watching Uchiha Sasuke hidden in Susano''s head.

    The corner of Uehara Naraku''s mouth twitched, looking at Sasuke, who was gradually becoming serious inside, and chuckled: "Sasuke, it seems that the power you just got is still not enough for me!"

    "senior¡­"

    Sasuke Uchiha gritted his teeth, and his expression regained his indifference and calmness: "Sure enough, I knew that the predecessors were not so easy to be solved... Then let you see what a real Uchiha is like! Amaterasu... Yan Dun ¡¤Add life!"

    A touch of fire from the sky appeared on his body!

    Under the control of Sasuke, the flame of Amaterasu instantly turned into the black long sword in Susano''s hand, and once again slashed towards Uehara Naruko!

    "This is Itachi''s Amaterasu!"

    Sasuke Uchiha watched the rising waves of black flames, and said loudly, "Under the burning of the sky, no one can escape!"

    "Naive... or naive..."

    Uehara Naraku dodged the attack from the sword of Amaterasu.

    His figure appeared beside Suzuo Nohu, and a surging Chakra burst out of him!

    Uehara Naraku''s palm slammed into Susano''s shoulders, smashing Susa''s shoulders instantly, and the purple arm holding the Amaterasu Black Flame Sword fell to the ground!

    In the midst of Uchiha Sasuke''s anger and anger, Uehara Naraku''s tossing and turning appeared in another place, kicking off one of Susano''s legs!

    In a blink of an eye, Uehara''s general Susanoh was broken up...

    Relying on his own brute force, he broke the entire Susano into segments. Sasuke Uchiha covered his eyes and looked at the Susano on his body. Only a huge head was left surrounding him. body of¡­

    "Really..."

    Uehara Naruko clenched his fist, shattered Suzano''s head with a fist, and shot Sasuke flying out with a fist. He twisted his wrist slowly, frowned and said, "Sasuke, You have let me down too much¡­"

    Side mission: Defeat Sasuke Uchiha (eternal kaleidoscope writing round eyes), the mission has been completed, reward the passive talent skill Yan Power.

    Yan Power (Activated): Hidden passive talent skills, freely drive Yan Dun Chakra composed of Yin Power + Fire Power, and create and use Yan Dun Ninjutsu at will.

    Really disappointed with Sasuke.

    I thought I could drive a Gundam!

    Defeating Sasuke in the state of eternal kaleidoscope writing round eyes, he was only rewarding the power of flame. The flame escape composed of fire attribute chakra and yin attribute chakra is almost equivalent to and can control the black inflammation similar to Amaterasu.

    It is said that someone from the Uchiha clan used the Yin attribute chakra and the fire attribute chakra to develop Yan Dun, because only the Uchiha clan possesses the most extreme Yin attribute chakra in the body, and also has an excellent fire attribute talent.

    This reward Uehara Naraku must be dissatisfied.

    Hearing Uehara Naraku''s words, a flash of anger flashed in Uchiha Sasuke''s eyes, he wanted to get up again, but the blow he received just now made him spit out a mouthful of blood...

    "So be it!"

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Uchiha Sasuke indifferently, and said softly: "I will look at Itachi''s face and protect your life. As it is the time of war, I will imprison you temporarily!"

    "Uehara..."

    Naruto Uzumaki couldn''t help scratching his cheek, and said softly: "Um...can you let me talk to Sasuke?"

    "The war is not over yet."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Uzumaki Naruto, frowned and said, "Then leave Sasuke to you for the time being. There is no problem, right?"

    "No no¡­"

    Naruto Uzumaki waved his hand hurriedly.

    This result is simply not satisfactory.

    Just as Uzumaki Naruto was going to have a chat with Uchiha Sasuke, a figure suddenly appeared next to Sasuke, kicking Uzumaki Naruto out!

    "Huh, what a little devil!"

    Senjuka glanced at Uchiha Sasuke, and said contemptuously: "Has the Uchiha clan guys always been so arrogant?"

    "To shut up¡­"

    Sasuke Uchiha gritted his teeth, stared at the Qianshoujian, and said solemnly: "Take me out of here first, I need time to restore my pupil power..."

    Sasuke Uchiha has always thought that the pharmacist was in control of the thousand hands.

    He thought that Yakushidou could hear his words through Qianshoujian, and now that he was defeated, he couldn''t stay here anymore.

    "no need."

    Unfortunately, Senshoujian shook his head and refused Uchiha''s request.

    The palm of Qianshoujian quickly closed, and said in a low voice, "Little devil, instead of leaving here, let''s come and see the power of that person first!"

    "What do you mean?"

    Sasuke frowned.

    The next moment, the palm of Qianshoujianjian suddenly fell on the ground, and he whispered: "That guy I hate the most in my life, that guy is also a person who can truly maximize the power of the writing wheel! Spiritualism!"

    A coffin slowly emerged from the ground!

    In the next moment, a surging chakra suddenly appeared on the battlefield, and every perception ninja couldn''t help but widen their eyes!

    Especially Hei Jue, the leader of the Sensing Force, his mood gradually became a little nervous, and his voice became a little harsh: "Ho **** ho ho... In order to stop the coalition forces, they still used that one. Corpse?"

    Just as everyone looked at the coffin involuntarily, a sneer with obvious disdain came from inside the coffin, which fell into the ears of everyone nearby!

    "Hmph, I didn''t expect that disgusting guy called me out..."

    The next moment, the coffin was suddenly kicked to pieces, and a strong wind swept through all the ground and yellow sand in front of him, as if he wanted to kick away Qianshoujian with one blow!

    Thousands of hands suddenly flashed past this attack!

    Qianshoujian looked at the coffin, or at the figure in the coffin, a flash of anger flashed on his face: "You bastard..."

    "Hmph, you are still the same as in the past, you will only avoid desperately, and then hide in the gloomy corner like a sewer rat..."

    The person in the coffin gave a cold snort and casually humiliated a thousand hands before extending his palm on the coffin.

    This figure wears a piece of red armor, strays his hair, walks out of his coffin, and opens his eyes. It is obvious that every movement is unusual, but because of his identity, it is very different.

    Ninja Shura, Uchiha Madara.

    He used to have countless frightening names, and his deeds are still spread by word of mouth. The statue standing in the Valley of End means how terrible the two once strongest ninjas are...

    Uchiha Madara''s brows wrinkled slightly, and he glanced down at his arm: "Reincarnation? Is there something wrong with the plan?"

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 350ï¼š Madara, Heijue betrayed you, quickly destroy it!

    There should be something wrong with the plan.

    According to Uchiha Madara''s expectation, he should have been completely resurrected with a complete life using the technique of reincarnation, and he should directly become the Ten-tailed Human Pillar.

    Now, his body is reincarnated from dirty soil.

    At the scene, I didn''t see Togo or the Golem.

    Uchiha Madara''s eyes moved slightly, and he began to look at the entire battlefield. He hadn''t distinguished the situation on the battlefield, and there was no doubt that no one was his subordinate.

    No, there is one.

    Uchiha Madara''s gaze finally stopped and fell on Kurozutsu''s body. His gaze stayed on Kurozu''s ninja guard forehead, and he looked at Kurozutsu for a long time without words.

    Uchiha Madara gradually fell into thought.

    After a while, Uchiha Madara watched the situation around Kurozutsu, and his expression gradually became subtle again.

    Madara Uchiha felt a little hairy in his heart, as if he was in the wrong world.

    What is this guy Hei Jue doing?

    Who will tell him what is going on now?

    Who will tell him why this guy Heijue wears a ninja guard, it seems to be accompanied by a team of ninjas who are responsible for protecting it!

    Uchiha Madara''s feeling was a bit unpleasant. He looked at the people around him and moved his fingers slightly: "Who can tell me what the situation is now..."

    "That guy...it''s Uchiha Madara!"

    Suddenly a shout came from the crowd.

    As for the person who called out Uchiha Madara''s name, it was Kuro Zetsu, the intelligence captain of the Ninja Allied Forces. This moment made Uchiha Madara''s expression more subtle.

    Kurozue even said loudly toward Uehara Naraku: "Uehara, get rid of Uchiha Madara quickly, he is under control!"

    Uchiha Madara was stunned.

    What the **** is going on?

    The whole scene was in an uproar because of Uchiha Madara''s identity.

    Obviously everyone knows what a legendary character like Uchiha Madara means, that is a character who used to compete with the **** of ninja!

    No ninja in this era can match his height!

    Even the people who knew that Naraku Uehara had defeated Senjujuma were shocked at this moment!

    After all, to hear from others, it is better to see it with your own eyes after all!

    Especially Uchiha Madara''s Chakra is strong!

    Uchiha Madara ignored the others, but when he turned his head and continued to look at Kuro Zetsu, Kuro Zee suddenly lowered his head and secretly conveyed a message to Uchiha Madara.

    "Master Madara."

    Heijue''s hoarse voice rang from Uchiha Madara''s heart, because Uchiha Madara''s dirty earth reincarnation possessed the ability of reincarnation eyes, and the two of them could communicate directly.

    Now Kurojue is really afraid of being pierced by Uchiha Madara!

    "What''s the matter with you, what''s the situation?"

    Madara Uchiha¡¯s voice was obviously mixed with forbearance of anger and impatience: "Where is that kid in Nagato? Where is Uchiha taking soil? And what are you doing, are you betraying me?"

    "No, I am Madara''s will."

    Hearing that Uchiha Madara was about to be on the verge of anger, Kurozutsu immediately explained: "But as of the current situation, Madara Madara, we must temporarily hide our purpose!"

    Kurozu straight to make a long story short, telling Uchiha Madara all his information: "Nagato is dead, Uchiha took the soil and betrayed us. He and Osamaru conspired to capture the Eye of Samsara and the Golem Statue. They are trying to become a ten. The tail force..."

    "Huh, really?"

    Madara Uchiha snorted coldly, directly expressing his disdain for Uchiha''s soil: "I knew that kid would have ambition sooner or later..."

    "Ok."

    After hearing this, Kurozu continued, "Master Madara, the five powers have organized a coalition of ninjas to attack Onoshimaru, so Naraku Uehara and I are using the power of the coalition of ninjas to continue the Moon Eye project after we defeat Osaimaru. ¡­"

    "..."

    Madara Uchiha was silent for a while, and asked a somewhat strange question: "Kurozutsu, who is Uehara Naraku? Should this person be in our plan?"

    "Uehara is a newcomer who joined the Moon Eye Project only a few years ago..."

    When Kurozutsu said this, he even praised Uehara Naraku: "This kid is the most talented person among the civilian ninjas. If it weren''t for Uehara, our plan would not even be this step."

    If it weren''t for Naraku Uehara, after Uchiha''s betrayal with the soil, their Moon Eye plan must have died.

    Now with the help of the ninja coalition forces to find and defeat the Oshemaru group, all are plans proposed by Uehara Naraku.

    "correct."

    Kurozutsu glanced at Uehara Naraku faintly, and continued to convey information to Uchiha Madara: "Uehara Naraku is the ninja in black robe standing opposite Madara.

    Uehara Naraku is our person and the captain of the Ninja Alliance. I am now the captain of the Ninja Alliance Intelligence Unit...I have sensed the revival of Togo. We must now rely on the power of the Ninja Alliance! "

    "You guys are good at playing!"

    Uchiha Madara was lost in thought again.

    After a while, Uchiha Madara asked Kurozuzu a very fatal question: "Can this ninja coalition really defeat Onomaru and Too?"

    This kind of ninja coalition that can be mixed in by you...

    Can such a nonsense coalition really defeat Dashemaru?

    Not only Uchiha Madara raised this question, Kurozutsu had this question before, but now it seems that the Ninja Alliance is doing well under Uehara''s command...

    "To be honest, I also think the coalition is not very reliable."

    Hei Jue''s voice was a little bit more disgusting, but the next moment he strengthened his confidence: "However, when Uehara Naraku is the captain of the coalition army, this is still possible..."

    "Where is my identity?"

    Uchiha Madara asked this question.

    From Kurozuzu''s mouth, Uchiha Madara quickly understood all the current situation.

    In other words, he is now being reincarnated by the pharmacist to deal with the ninja coalition forces, the purpose is to buy time for the Oshemaru to become the strength of the ten tails.

    Hei Jue was even quite proud: "In order to ensure that the Moon Eye project is foolproof, I have deliberately tricked Dashewan and Yakushidou into resurrecting Madame Madara who is close to the peak..."

    "Yes, this body can barely exert some power."

    Uchiha Madara''s gaze turned, and he looked at the two people beside him.

    A person is Qianshoujianjian. This person looks really annoying. He looks like a reincarnation of the dirty soil, and should also be controlled;

    Another person, a big living person...

    When Uchiha Madara looked at Uchiha Sasuke, his eyes changed slightly. How could this little guy look a bit like his brother Uchiha Senna!

    Kurozu quietly noticed Uchiha Madara''s movements, and explained: "That person is Uchiha Sasuke, and Uchiha''s last orphan. He is our enemy."

    The information that Kurozutsu passed to Uchiha Madara made Uchiha Madara''s mood worse, and Uchiha Sasuke was also a person who was bewitched by Oshimaru.

    These are their enemies.

    The problem is not big, don''t panic at all.

    For Uchiha Madara, as long as his current strength is still there, the problem is actually not a big one, even if someone becomes a Ju-tailed man, he can surely solve it.

    "I know."

    After Uchiha spotted his head and nodded, his voice appeared in Heijue''s heart: "I understand the situation now. All I have to do is to clear the way and let the ninja coalition pass, right?"

    "Correct."

    Kurozutsu¡¯s smile was a little gloomy, and it continued to speak, ¡°Ten-tails are about to be resurrected, and Oshamaru or Uchiha¡¯s belt soil may soon become Ten-tailed people¡¯s pillar power. We can use the ninja coalition to attack them. !

    After all, the power of Ten Tails is unimaginable. After these people weaken the strength of the Ten Tails, I will find a way to possess the person who has reincarnation eyes and control him to completely resurrect Lord Madara. At that time it was us. The beginning of real action! "

    "can."

    Uchiha Madara nodded slowly.

    Everything Heizue told him was smooth, their plan did go a bit wrong, but at least they were still on track again.

    And Uchiha Madara felt the revival of Togo...

    Even Uchiha Madara is too late to rush over now. Who knows if Oshemaru or Uchiha will become the pillar of the Ten-tailed people, so let the ninja allied forces try the quality of Ten-tailed for him!

    Madara Uchiha was pretty beautiful.

    It is a pity that just as Uchiha Madara was about to give way, a space vortex appeared next to Uchiha Madara, and Uchiha''s figure with soil appeared.

    Uchiha waved his hand and threw a ball fan to Madara Uchiha, and said in a cold voice, "Maara, Kurozutsu has betrayed us and joined the ninja coalition. What it has to do is to destroy the ten tails. Hurry up and help eliminate them. !"

    "..."

    Uchiha Madara''s brows frowned slightly.

    At this moment, Uchiha Madara faintly felt bad.

    As a person who has just been resurrected, he has just figured out the current situation from Kurozu. Here Uchiha Zhazada provides another situation.

    But Heijue is his will, how could he betray him?

    "Macarata, Tokuo''s recovery will do you no harm right?"

    Under Uchiha¡¯s mask of soil, the blood-red writing wheel eyes stared at Uchiha Madara, and said in a deep voice, ¡°Even if someone is the first to become a Ten-tailed man, but that person uses your reincarnation eye, you You can also weaken him again, and control him to resurrect you, and then seize the ten tails in his body, right?"

    "..."

    Uchiha Madara nodded with restraint.

    As the legendary Ninja Shura, apart from Senjujuma, it is impossible for Uchiha Madara to be afraid of any enemy, even if it is the strength of the ten-tailed manju?

    The guy Uchiha brought soil is right...

    Even if someone uses his reincarnation eye to become a Ju-tailed man, Uchiha Madara has a way to solve this trouble!

    Uchiha took the soil to look at Uchiha Madara, and continued with a gloomy voice: "Once the ten tails are destroyed and decomposed by the ninja coalition, if you want to wait until the next ten tails gather, you may not have a chance...

    I know that in the heyday you can''t be controlled by the rebirth of the filthy earth, so I do everything possible to let Yao Shidou and Da She Wan resurrect you in the heyday, just to let you deal with betraying your will, Hei Jue!

    Madara, it betrayed you! "

    "..."

    Uchiha Madara fell silent.

    Uchiha Daido and Kurojutsu insisted, saying that the other party had betrayed him, and both of them seemed to have some truth in what they said.

    Now it seems that there is more than one problem with the plan.

    The first thing to judge is who betrayed the Moon Eye Project!

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Uchiha Madara with a worried expression, watching Uchiha Madara''s expression gradually change from domineering to incomprehensible.

    Uchiha Madara will be deceived by him as soon as he is resurrected... Will it be bad for playing!

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 351ï¼š Hei Jue, dont contact me anymore

    The situation is a bit more complicated.

    Uchiha Madara''s expression gradually became unsightly.

    Now Uchiha Daido and Kurozutsu insist on their own words. Everyone says that the other party has betrayed the Moon Eye Project. Uchiha Madara is actually inclined to Kurozu.

    Heijue is a derivative of his will, it is hard to say that he will betray him!

    If it hadn''t been for Uchiha''s vowed to say that Heizue betrayed, Uchiha Madara would never have thought about whether Heizue would betray him.

    One of the most critical points is that Uchiha Daido and Kurojutsu seem to make sense. The two of them said that the other side betrayed it for no reason.

    Kurozu is the intelligence captain of the Ninja Alliance in the justice camp. It said he was an undercover who used the Ninja Alliance. Uchiha took the soil and betrayed them.

    Uchiha Daido resurrected Tokuo in the big villain camp. He said that Kurozu betrayed them and joined the ninja coalition to destroy Tokuo, which makes sense.

    Grass, so hard to judge!

    Because Uchiha Madara has too little information on hand.

    Uchiha took a look at Madara Uchiha who was still thinking, and repeatedly urged: "Maara, what are you waiting for? Let''s get rid of the ninja alliance first, and then go to Oshemaru to **** his ten tails!"

    "..."

    Madara Uchiha remained silent.

    Because Kurozue is constantly using the contact of the reincarnation eye to urge him: "Master Madara, take the opportunity to solve the Uchiha belt soil, he has been secretly colluding with Osamaru!"

    "..."

    Madara Uchiha remained silent.

    Fortunately, at this time when I was most entangled, Senjukasama spoke next to him, which affected the balance in Uchiha Madara¡¯s heart: "Huh, Uchiha Madara, I didn¡¯t expect that Uchiha brought the soil to disrupt the Ninja world Real black hand!"

    "Humph¡­"

    After hearing what Senjumana said, Uchiha Madara tilted his head, looked at Senjumana and laughed, and snorted contemptuously: "Do you finally know the truth? Your mind is still so flexible, Jinan. !"

    Uchiha Madara slowly hugged his arm, so he said in a leisurely way: "Even if you know it, what can you do? Uchiha Daido has helped me resurrect the ten tails, and I also used your forbidden technique to recreate it. Back to the Ninja World..."

    "Sure enough it is you!"

    Qianshoujian''s eyes narrowed slightly, and he sternly said, "No wonder I didn''t find your body after the Battle of End Valley. It seems that your layout started at that time..."

    "..."

    Uchiha Madara seemed to have thought of something. He nodded slowly, and his voice was a little heavier: "Yes, after capturing the nine tails, when I went to the battle with the pillars, I had already prepared my back hand in advance. "

    After speaking, Uchiha Madara held the fan in his hand and said in a deep voice, "I have laid out all the plans since then, and now everything is beyond my expectations..."

    Okay, actually Uchiha Madara''s mouth is hard.

    Because everything went beyond Uchiha Madara''s expectations.

    There have been a lot of problems with the current Moon Eye project, especially the two guys Kuro Zetsu and Uchiha Daito, one of them would betray him...

    at this time.

    Kazuki is still contacting Madara Uchiha tirelessly: "Master Madara, quickly kill the Uchiha belt soil to make way for the ninja coalition forces! We must as soon as possible..."

    "Black Jue."

    Uchiha Madara''s voice was a little more indifferent, and his voice was somber: "Don''t contact me anymore!"

    This sounded a little unfeeling.

    After Hei Jue listened, the whole one was a bit silly!

    After the next moment, Kurozuzu immediately thought of a possibility that Uchiha Daido was deceiving Uchiha Madara!

    Kurozuzu hurriedly persuaded, "Master Madara, Uchiha Daido is the one who betrayed us..."

    "It doesn''t matter which of you betrayed me."

    Uchiha Madara interrupted Kazuki, his voice gradually calmed down, and his confidence returned to himself: "When I get rid of everyone first and resurrect as Ten-tailed man Zhuli, everything will be back on track. ¡­"

    After speaking, Uchiha Madara looked at the ninja allied forces that were staring at him, and said in a deep voice, "Sooner or later these ninjas will be our enemies!"

    Although Madara has a point.

    But Hei Jue still felt a little uncomfortable.

    To be honest, at this moment Hei Jue is a bit wanting to curse.

    The friendship that everyone has established over the years, who has been with you silently when you are in the underground base, don''t you have any idea in your heart?

    What about trust between people?

    Just a few words from Uchiha''s help?

    Damn, Uchiha''s brains are really bad!

    Kurozutsu really feels that he is going to be mad at Uchiha!

    The Uchiha of this ninja world is really unfriendly at all. Since the era of Indra, no Uchiha is normal!

    "Asshole!"

    Hei Jue''s mentality finally collapsed a bit.

    Uchiha Madara is really mentally ill!

    Why should he believe that Uchiha takes the soil instead of believing it! Obviously it and Uchiha Daitu are actually lying to him... just because the **** Uchiha Daitu and his surname are Uchiha?

    "Hagyi..."

    Hei Jue slowly clenched his fists, full of sadness: "Your descendants are really not like you at all...have they always been so arrogant?"

    grass!

    For more than a thousand years, the reincarnations of Asura''s Chakra were all mentally retarded, and they were all mentally stupid.

    The reincarnation of Indra''s Chakra obviously doesn''t have much brains, but he always likes to pretend that Laozi''s IQ is the best in the world!

    Kurozue''s gaze slowly flowed, staying on Uehara Naraku''s body. At this moment, it seemed that he could only draw a touch of warmth from Uehara''s body who still believed in it...

    The minds of the Ninja world are too complicated, and Uehara Naraku is better to cheat.

    Kurozue''s gaze moved slowly again, and stopped on Uchiha Madara. Now they can only fight Uchiha Madara before they can **** the reincarnation eye and ten tails from Oshemaru?

    No, there is another way.

    That is, it is now and Naruto Uehara rebelled, and went to Uchiha Madara together, this is not impossible... The problem is that it is rare to sneak into the ninja coalition now, can''t they waste their power for nothing?

    "Senior, what is the situation now?"

    Uehara Naraku''s figure appeared next to Kuzue, waved away the Perception Ninja around him, and whispered: "I remember that after Senju Zhuma''s strength becomes stronger, he can get rid of the control of the reincarnation of the dirty soil. Madara... Control? What should we do?"

    "Uh¡­"

    Hei Jue hesitated immediately.

    After a second, Kurozutsu immediately told Uehara Naraku about the conversation between Uchiha Madara and himself, and he thought that Uchiha belt soil had coaxed Uchiha Madara.

    If you can¡­

    Kurozuzu really hopes that Uehara Naraku has Uchiha''s blood!

    In this case, Kurozutsu put all the hope of resurrecting Otsuki Kaguya on Uehara Naraku!

    Kurozu finally realized a problem. When the Moon Eye project encountered a huge setback, Uehara Naraku would appear next to it, giving it confidence and warmth.

    As for Uchiha Madara, no matter how strong he is, he still can''t escape the vicious circle of Uchiha''s self-righteousness!

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku also fell silent.

    Because all this is caused by him in secret.

    It seemed that everything was not beyond his expectations.

    Hehe, only he can be the man behind the scenes in this ninja world. Hei Jue still wants to grab a spot with him?

    Even Uchiha Madara, as long as Uehara Naraku is willing to spend his thoughts, it is not impossible to control it!

    Doesn''t this succeed?

    Immediately after Uchiha Madara was resurrected, Uehara Naraku guessed that Kuro definitely might let Uchiha Madara come directly out of the battlefield. If Uchiha Madara can''t fight, then how can he defeat Uchiha Madara to get a reward?

    Moreover, Dashewan just extracted the Nine-tailed Chakra from the water gate to fully revive the Ten-tails, but it takes some time for Dashewan to absorb the Ten-tails and evolve into Liudao¡¤Oshewan.

    During this time, Uchiha Madara had to fight for it.

    What''s more, now I really go directly to face Uchiha Madara who might become the Six Ways. Uehara feels a little hairy in his heart. He also wants to win some awards through Uchiha Madara. After all, Uchiha Madara has a lot of tasks...

    Defeat Uchiha Madara.

    Force Uchiha Madara to fight with all his strength.

    The strongest title recognized by Madara Uchiha.

    In addition, there are some messy tasks.

    For example, breaking Uchiha Madara''s leg so that he can''t dance...what the **** is this!

    Smash two obstructive stars head-on... This is pretty normal...

    Due to the particularity of Uchiha Madara, many missions about Uchiha Madara can basically only be done during the Fourth Ninja War.

    Some mission rewards will never be too low! Of course Uehara Naraku didn''t want to let Uchiha Madara this lush leek.

    Uchiha Madara is the most charming villain in the entire Naruto world.

    No matter what Uchiha belt soil, Kurozutsu, and Otsuki Teruya are, compared to Uchiha Madara¡¯s villain charm, they are more than one grade!

    It is said that the creator of Naruto World once personally mentioned that Uchiha Madara¡¯s strength is someone who even he does not know how to defeat...

    therefore¡­

    Uehara Naraku not only arranged the tease of Uchiha to bring the soil, but also arranged the cheating of Senshousuma, all of which were his arrangements.

    Unfortunately, Heijue didn''t know.

    Kurozuzu was still immersed in the pain of Uchiha Madara''s unwillingness to trust it.

    "Forget it."

    Uehara Naraku skipped the pitcher plant, patted Kurozu on the shoulder, and sighed softly, "Then we can only try to defeat Madara Madara first You will continue to communicate with Madara Madara, and I will too Persuaded him in the battle...

    Our hope of defeating him may be slim, but Lord Madara has left the eyes of reincarnation and the will to seek peace for the Ninja world, he will definitely understand the predecessors. "

    At this moment, Uehara Naraku did not forget his personality.

    He was an ignorant little ninja who was coaxed by Heijue to execute the Moon Eye Project, and let Uchiha Madara, who left the reincarnation eye and the inheritance of the will, see the Moon Eye project completed.

    This is the ethics of a behind-the-scenes actor.

    "¡­Ok."

    Hei Zewen responded with a sigh, "I just didn''t expect him to be tricked by Uchiha''s soil, we designed together..."

    Having said that, Hei Jue hurriedly stopped.

    Because Uchiha Madara''s face was ruthless, Kurojue''s performance was obviously a bit unqualified, and he almost forgot his personality in front of Uehara.

    "Design what?"

    Uehara Naraku frowned suspiciously.

    Kurozu sighed, and said hoarsely, "Design...how can we make Nagato''s reincarnation eye transplant healthy..."

    "Oh."

    Uehara Naraku nodded casually.

    While they were chatting here, Uchiha Madara put the group fan in his back behind him, and walked towards the entire ninja alliance step by step, alone.

    Uchiha Madara''s gaze moved slightly, just watching the tens of thousands of ninjas calmly, and still did not stop his steps.

    "Uchiha Sasuke... see clearly."

    Uchiha Madara didn''t turn his head when he spoke to Sasuke, he just tightened his palm suddenly, and his voice gradually became louder: "Look clearly... a Uchiha... fighting!"

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 352ï¼š Is this the power of Uchiha Madara!

    Wow, wow...

    The collision of the leaves on the armor kept making noise.

    Uchiha Madara''s expression was calm, and he walked toward the tens of thousands of ninja coalition forces, seeming to ignore the tens of thousands of ninjas in front of him.

    "Is that person Uchiha Madara?"

    One of the captains of the intelligence force, Hinata Hyuga''s voice fell into everyone''s ears through Yamanaka Kaiichi''s heart-turning technique. Her voice was mixed with a hint of disbelief: "Everyone... pay attention to his chakra..."

    Uchiha Madara suddenly accelerates!

    The red armor slammed into the ninja coalition head-on!

    In the next moment, countless ninjas were hit by Uchiha Madara head-on and flew out, one by one, wailing in midair and falling to the ground. These ninjas have not even seen the figure clearly!

    No one in the entire ninja coalition could stop Uchiha Madara, and was almost killed by the defenseless Uchiha Madara alone, or that no one could stop Uchiha Madara''s move!

    At this moment, the ninja coalition forces felt the feeling of the Unholy Army. Just now Uehara Naraku was killing him in the Unholy Army like cutting grass. Now Uchiha Madara is rampant among the Ninja Army, and no one can stop him!

    A ninja waved his ninja in the hand and slashed up!

    Uchiha Madara''s figure turned around as if dancing to avoid the attack, grabbed the Shinobi sword with a split hand, and kicked the person away with his backhand!

    Even if it is the undead body of the filthy reincarnation body, Uchiha Madara still maintains his fighting instinct, he will not even think of being injured in the battle!

    Because in their era, once the body is slightly injured, it is very likely that they will be defeated in a close battle with them!

    This is the fighting instinct left over from the Warring States period!

    Uchiha Madara waved the Ninja sword in his hand and rushed into the coalition forces. His swordsmanship was so fast that people could not see clearly. Only the light of the Ninja sword fluttered and flickered. No one could do the sword art. Contend with him!

    This is not a fight at all...

    This will be a tragic massacre!

    This is also a feast of physique and swordsmanship!

    In the Sengoku period, Uchiha''s fluid arts and Uchiha''s swordsmanship in the ninja world were fully demonstrated by Uchiha Madara!

    this moment¡­

    The ninja allied forces finally felt the fear brought by Uchiha Madara.

    "What a joke!"

    Jilaiya gritted his teeth and planned to rush towards Uchiha Madara, but the person next to him stopped him: "Your Excellency Jilaiya, you should take a good rest now and restore your chakra..."

    "it is good."

    Ji Lai also nodded slowly.

    Because Xiang Zilai also invited a ninja from Yunyin Village, holding a sharp blade made by Fengdun¡¤Vacuum Blade in his hand, looking very stylish.

    Wind Dun¡¤Vacuum Blade is Class B Wind Dun Ninjutsu!

    A ninja who can generally achieve this level is definitely a master of swordsmanship!

    as predicted.

    In the next moment, the Yunyin ninja who had asked for the battle found an opportunity in the frequency of Uchiha Madara¡¯s attack, and wielded his vacuum blade to slash it!

    Uchiha Madara''s body was slightly deflected, and after evading his attacks one after another, the scarlet Shalunyan stared at his eyes tightly. The powerful moment of Shalunyan made this Yunren fall into the illusion. in!

    This Yun Ren was full of horror and could no longer make any resistance!

    At this moment, the only thought in his mind was that Uchiha Madara didn''t teach martial arts...Aren''t they competing with swordsmanship?

    No, this is on the battlefield!

    After Uchiha Madara controlled his body with a illusion technique, he suddenly reached out and grabbed his neck, the scarlet writing wheel eyes showed a fierce might!

    "Do you want to dance too?"

    "..."

    There was silence on the battlefield.

    Every ninja involuntarily stared at the area cleared by Uchiha Madara, and stared nervously at the Uchiha Madara who was holding a Yunnin!

    Every ninja swallows saliva involuntarily!

    Is that the battlefield Shura now in front of them?

    Just relying on physique, swordsmanship, and illusion, can make the ninja coalition present in a huge panic, and no one can compete with him!

    No, there is one more person!

    A figure suddenly appeared beside Uchiha Madara!

    The next moment, this man squatted down and swept out a kick, and the man''s huge power directly swept Uchiha Madara''s legs off, and Uchiha Madara''s body suddenly crooked!

    The man watched Uchiha Madara''s body fell to the ground, and a slight complexion appeared in his eyes: "If the leg is broken, there is no way to dance?"

    Uchiha Madara was defeated!

    Uchiha Madara brought unimaginable pressure to the entire ninja coalition, the kind of power that almost suffocated them all, now after seeing Uchiha Madara fall, the entire ninja coalition cheered instantly!

    "It''s that guy!"

    "It''s Uehara-sama!"

    "It''s the captain!"

    Although there may be a sneak attack factor, at least he defeated Uchiha Madara, combined with Uehara''s previous record in attacking the Unholy Army...

    It is indeed a star of hope!

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes fell on Uchiha Madara''s body, watching his legs recover quickly, and his voice became heavy: "Masara...Senior, if I remember correctly, like you and the original Hokage. Characters, shouldn''t they be able to escape the control of rebirth from the dirty soil?"

    "Yes..."

    Uchiha nodded with restraint, and after waiting for his legs to recover, he suddenly kicked Uehara Naruto, wanting to kick Uehara''s head!

    Click!

    His foot hit the arm of Uehara Naraku!

    The next moment, Uehara Naraku turned to take advantage of the momentum, kicked Uchiha Madara''s chest, and directly kicked Uchiha Madara out of the crowd!

    The figure of Uehara Naraku never stops!

    Suddenly, Uehara followed the Uchiha Madara who was flying upside down, and his arm suddenly stopped at Uchiha Madara''s waist and knocked Uchiha Madara directly at the waist and completely knocked them out!

    "interesting¡­"

    Uchiha Madara''s heart didn''t panic at all, and even a smile appeared at the corner of his mouth: "Your physical skills are very good. Is it because of this that Kazuki has the courage to betray me?"

    "No, Madara-senpai should have betrayed us!"

    Uehara Naruko watched Uchiha Madara, who was hit by him, and began to talk nonsense: "The predecessor told me that Madara is the most supportive of our Moon Eye project. He is the will of Samsara Eye and Moon Eye. Handed down!"

    Uchiha Madara was silent for a while.

    To be honest, Madara felt something went wrong.

    But what went wrong, because of lack of intelligence, Uchiha Madara couldn''t think of it. He could only continue fighting first!

    What he became a betrayer!

    Isn''t he the owner of Moon Eye?

    Damn, what the **** is going on!

    Uchiha Madara stared closely at Uehara Naraku, the scarlet writing wheel eyes instantly enlarged in the eyes of Uehara Naraku, and disappeared instantly.

    This is the illusion of writing round eyes!

    With Uchiha Madara''s pupil power, no one can resist!

    Uehara Naraku took a surprised look at Uchiha Madara, raised his eyebrows, and kicked Uchiha Madara again!

    "Is it really old?"

    Uehara Nara walked towards Uchiha Madara step by step, and said in a cold voice: "We are still fighting, why are we in a daze?"

    "..."

    Uchiha Madara frowned, and his face gradually became ugly, because he had used illusion just now, but it had no effect on Uehara Naraku!

    Because Uehara Naraku has long been given pure Yin power, even the writing wheel eyes are blood heirs spreading from Yin Power, absolutely immune to illusion...

    It seems difficult to take advantage of physical skills!

    It seems difficult for the illusion to work for the person in front of you!

    "Fire escape, extinguish the fire!"

    Uchiha Madara put up his fingers, and after using two simple handprints, a huge flame spewed out toward Naru Uehara!

    "Yan Dun¡¤Hold the fire!"

    Uehara Naraku¡¯s knotting movement was a little slower than Uchiha Madara¡¯s movements, so he just learned Uchiha Madara¡¯s movements, and after barely knotting a handprint, opened his mouth a huge burst of flames gushing out towards the overwhelming flames The burning black flame!

    The flame encountered Black Flame in an instant!

    Even if Uchiha Madara''s fire escape ninjutsu scope is extremely wide, this moment is not as strong as Yan Dun Hei Yan, but in a flash, Hei Yan has the upper hand in the fire escape ninjutsu competition!

    Someone has the upper hand in the battle with the Uchiha clan in Fire Drain Ninjutsu, which Uchiha Madara has never thought of!

    But this is also normal.

    It is just a B-level fire escape ninjutsu, and naturally there is no way to counter the flame power composed of the power of Yin and the power of fire.

    "Yan Dun?"

    Uchiha Madara watched as his fire escape ninjutsu was completely suppressed by the black flame and began to swallow. A touch of complexity was revealed in his eyes: "It''s been a long time since I have seen such a powerful Yan escape..."

    "It seems that I won."

    Uehara Naraku stared at Uchiha Madara, and said in a deep voice, "Maara-senpai, we are the most suitable candidates to implement the Moon Eye Project. You shouldn''t betray us like Uchiha takes the soil. Please get rid of control and join us immediately! "

    "Hehe... kid..."

    A smile appeared on Uchiha Madara''s mouth, and the next moment he became serious again: "Are you trying to persuade me to surrender? When have you seen Uchiha Madara who surrendered!"

    "..."

    Naraku Uehara was silent. U U Reading

    Just when Uchiha Madara thought he had nothing to say, Uehara suddenly said, "If Uchiha never surrendered... How did Konoha build it..."

    "..."

    Uchiha Madara''s body suddenly burst out of the blue Susano!

    Is this the **** time to discuss this issue?

    Now Madara is not using the complete form, but the fourth form of Susano, who has completely overwhelmed Uchiha Sasuke in aura!

    Uchiha Madara stood among his own Suzano, looking down at Uehara Naraku below, frowning slightly: "Boy, are you provoking me?"

    "Do not."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head. His body suddenly rose up, kicking Susao''s head with a kick, kicking this lanky but strong blue Susa flying!

    Uehara Naraku stopped in the air slowly, and said coldly: "I''m just explaining the facts because I''m an honest person!"

    "..."

    The battlefield was silent.

    I don''t know the reason for these people''s silence.

    It may be because of Uehara Naraku''s kick to the power of Susanoh, or it may be because Uehara Naraku said that he is an honest person...

    Only Uchiha Sasuke''s mood fluctuates.

    After Uchiha Sasuke looked at Uchiha Madara''s tall Suzano, his face was surprised.

    "Is this... Uchiha Madara''s power?"

    However, Uchiha Sasuke saw Naru Uehara kicking the spotted Susano again, and Sasuke''s face showed a touch of self-deprecation.

    "Heh... it seems to be no different from me..."

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 353ï¼š Senior Madara, will you have a second meteorite?

    Uchiha Madara... this is it?

    Before Uchiha Madara faced the arrogant declaration, Sasuke thought he could really see the legendary ancestor of their clan who could kill the Quartet!

    Uchiha Madara was really extraordinary when he first took the shot. He suppressed the entire ninja coalition with ten thousand enemies, but was quickly intercepted by Uehara Naraku!

    Taishu, lost to Uehara.

    Illusion, lost to Uehara.

    Ninjutsu, lost to Uehara.

    Even after opening the fourth form of Susano, he was still kicked out by Naru Uehara, and it seemed that he didn''t take advantage of it!

    Sasuke Uchiha was wrong about this.

    In terms of physical skills alone, Uchiha Madara and Uehara Naraku are almost the same. One relies on a wealth of combat experience and the other relies on exquisite fighting skills, but Uehara Naraku just wins.

    Moreover, if you judge the strength from the physical skills, the current Uehara Naraku has not turned on the tenfold enhancement. In the normal state, he does not exceed the Uchiha Madara and Senjue Zhuma. Everyone can use the tail beast as a ball. Kicking...

    As for illusion, there is no way.

    Yin power is the ultimate Yin attribute chakra, and Shao Lun Yan is just a way of displaying Yin power, which is innate suppression.

    The same applies to ninjutsu.

    After all, Uchiha Madara''s Fire Escape Chakra, in any case, could not compete with the two levels of flame power inherent in Uehara Naraku.

    Sasuke Uchiha didn''t understand this.

    Because in his line of sight, Uchiha Madara and himself are really no different, their battles are suppressed by Uehara Naraku, and the ending is no different.

    Everyone¡¯s surname is Uchiha...

    Everyone can turn on Suzano...

    Everyone was beaten up by Uehara Naruto...

    This...is there anything different?

    The difference is.

    Uchiha Madara remained calm so far.

    Even though Uehara Naruko kicked his fourth form of Susano, Uchiha Madara''s expression remained unchanged, all of which was in his expectation.

    after all¡­

    A person who can compete with him in physical skills, and able to kick the fourth form of Suzuo Nogo, Madara himself is not surprised at all.

    "You are really funny."

    Uchiha Madara¡¯s gaze penetrated Susano Nouga¡¯s body, staring at the floating Uehara Naraku, and said softly: "Uehara Naraku, if you want to stand by my side now, I can compassionately allow you to come over and join. I."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku''s eyelids twitched.

    Why does he feel that this sentence is a bit familiar?

    Are both Uchiha Madara and Uchiha Sasuke really okay in their minds! Why are their characters and deeds so similar, they all want to persuade him!

    Uehara Naruko frowned, his face hesitated and said, "But... why shouldn''t it be Madara-senpai who should make way for us?"

    "Your guts are really great!"

    Uchiha Madara''s fingers slowly erected, and he said indifferently, "Since you have given up the chance to stand beside the winner, stand there and be my enemy!"

    In the next moment, the tall Suzano suddenly changed, and two giant hands grew on its back again, each holding a weird blue Suzao sword in its four palms!

    "It''s terrible!"

    Uehara Naruko watched this scene, with a slightly surprised expression on his face: "It''s just that Susao''s strength has far surpassed Sasuke!"

    Only when it comes to the application of Susano, Uchiha Madara has played the ultimate pupil technique of Susano with all kinds of new tricks!

    From the countless battles with Senjuzu from the Sengoku period, Uchiha Madara is like an arm for Susano!

    "Huh, are you ready to die?"

    Uchiha Madara''s mouth grinned slightly.

    The next moment, the blue Suzano smashed the ground with one foot, and suddenly rose to the ground, waving the Suzano sword in his hand and jumping towards Uehara!

    Uchiha Madara''s blue Susa is extremely flexible. Under his control, this tall giant is as agile as an ordinary person, and its speed and strength far exceed Uchiha''s purple Susa!

    A blue sword gas struck first!

    Uehara Nalu dodged in the air to avoid the blue sword aura, and saw that sword aura brushed his side and quickly fell on the ground!

    The blue sword energy instantly shattered the earth, leaving a deep gully!

    This blow made the entire ninja coalition afraid to step forward!

    This battle is no longer a battle they can intervene, it is a more terrifying battle than Sasuke Uchiha and Naruto Uzumaki!

    Standing in the midst of Susano, Uchiha Madara continued to wield the Susa''s sword while controlling Susano, cutting out blue sword energy!

    The earth trembled under his attack!

    The ninja allied forces watched that tall blue giant behave fiercely, almost all of them were scared to move!

    "Come and see the power of Uchiha!"

    Uchiha Madara looked at Uehara Naraku, and his voice gradually became louder: "Uehara Naraku, dance to your heart''s content and please me before the end comes!"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku felt very tired.

    The next moment, Uehara dodged cleanly to avoid the blue sword aura that struck, and instantly escaped the attack of a Susa sword!

    Until he appeared on the head of the blue Suzano.

    "You are so fast."

    Uchiha Madara watched Uehara Naraku easily flash past Susano''s sword, watched him appear in front of him, nodded appreciatively, and continued: "Unfortunately, now you are in front of you by Susano, which cannot be broken. Absolute defense..."

    "I know."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Sasuke below, slowly clenched his fist, and whispered: "Before you came to the battlefield, I just removed one."

    "Sasuke''s?"

    Uchiha Madara''s mouth was hooked, and he smiled and continued to hold his arm: "Huh, I''m different from the little guy who just turned on the straight bus writing wheel..."

    "in my opinion¡­"

    Uehara Naraku''s body began to accumulate Chakra quickly in his fists, and he slammed his fist on Susano''s head!

    A cracking sound appeared on the top of the head...

    In the next moment, after the blue Suzoneng wailed up to the sky, its whole body was instantly cracked and finally turned into nothingness!

    Uehara Naraku stared at Uchiha Madara, twisted his wrist, felt the force of the counter-shock, and said softly, "There seems to be nothing different between you... They are all things that can be destroyed by a punch."

    "..."

    Uchiha Madara''s eyes narrowed slightly, and he whispered in admiration, "It''s really amazing, even Zhuma couldn''t do it back then. Destroy Susano Nogu with a single blow..."

    The corners of Uchiha Madara¡¯s mouth still twitched again, his gaze fixed on Uehara Naraku, and a smile floated on his face again: "Although you only destroyed the fourth form of Susano, this is enough for me. I praise you..."

    The problem is not big.

    Uchiha Madara is still so calm.

    Because for him, the real battle has just begun!

    Whether it is the fourth form of Susano or the previous physique clashes, all are just Uchiha Madara''s usual techniques for dealing with the rabble.

    Generally, he can solve it with just one trick.

    "Then the warm-up between us ends here!"

    Uchiha Madara''s eyes narrowed slightly, and the Chakra on his body gradually gathered. He looked at everything around him indifferently, and he also saw the ninja allied forces trying to get close to him and Uehara on the battlefield.

    "Before that, clean up the trash fish!"

    Uchiha Madara sneered, as if thinking of something, the corner of his mouth still kept a smile: "There are tens of thousands of ninjas here, are all the ninjas of the five great nations here? It just happens to be in this crowded place. You can use that. Pretty ninjutsu!"

    At the next moment, Uchiha Madara''s gaze suddenly changed.

    Madara''s hands suddenly closed, and his voice gradually became more disturbing madness: "Then let you see the power of another person in that era! Mu Dun¡¤The Birth of the Tree World!"

    In an instant, thick vines suddenly emerged from behind him!

    As Uchiha Madara''s palm waved forward, these huge vines began to grow and spread, swiftly drilling in the direction of the Ninja Alliance and Uehara Naraku!

    "My current identity is the captain of the Ninja Alliance... These lovely subordinates, only I have the right to hurt them..."

    Uehara Naraku''s voice gradually lowered, and she quickly closed her palms!

    Groups of black flames began to spread out from under his feet, forming a flowery black flame lotus!

    These black flame lotus instantly burned all the vines!

    Mu Dun¡¤The Birth of the Tree World is easily resolved by Uehara Naraku''s Yan Dun!

    "Ok?"

    Uchiha Madara watched as a black flame spread to him, he casually turned into reincarnation eyes and absorbed the Chakra in the black flame.

    Uchiha Madara''s brows finally frowned: "Sure enough, even if the wooden escape between the pillars, will you still encounter restraint in the Ninja World when you use it?"

    The next moment, Uchiha Madara''s fingers slammed up, forming an unusually weird handprint, and the blue light of Susano suddenly floated all over his body!

    The three-headed and six-armed blue Suzano, learning the appearance of Uchiha Madara, each knotted his fingerprints, working together to launch a powerful technique!

    "Then let you try it..."

    Uchiha Madara''s eyes narrowed slightly, staring at the Uehara Naraku who gathered the black flames and the many ninja allied forces, and whispered: "A technique that absolutely cannot be restrained by attributes!"

    A huge chakra is flowing in the air!

    The dark clouds in the sky gradually deepened, and something seemed to be stirring the atmosphere, causing these clouds to gradually converge!

    A shadow slowly appeared on everyone''s heads!

    That is a huge ball meteorite!

    It is one of the pupil techniques of the reincarnation eye, the sky is shaking the stars!

    Everyone seemed to sense something, and involuntarily raised their heads and looked at the gradually falling shadow in the sky...

    Every ninja was sweating involuntarily on his face, desperately letting go of the weapon in his hand, and staring at the meteorite falling from the sky in the sky!

    No matter how powerful a ninja, there is only despair and shock on his face at this moment They can only look at the falling meteorite!

    No matter what ninjutsu they are using now, they can''t withstand the impact of the meteorite that fell from the sky!

    Ninja Allied Forces Command.

    They have also sensed the situation on the battlefield.

    Whether it''s Tsunade, the fourth generation of Raikage Ai, and the third generation of Dokage Onoki, these shadow-rank ninjas sitting in the command center have only cold sweat dripping on their cheeks, waiting for the results on the battlefield.

    Just as everyone was waiting for the despair before the end of the day, a slender and dazzling fire directly shot through the meteorite and detonated the meteorite directly!

    Immediately afterwards, a group of hot flames flew out from the bottom of the meteorite. It expanded and quickly gathered like an umbrella of flames. All the stones split from the meteorite were gathered up, and they were directly blown up. All the dust!

    This fire escape ninjutsu is simply beautiful!

    It''s like a firework short, but gorgeous!

    Everyone turned their heads involuntarily to look at the person who used Fire Drain Ninjutsu to shoot directly through the meteorite, and the cheers of the rest of his life resounded across the earth in an instant!

    "Master Captain!"

    "It''s Captain Uehara!"

    It was Uehara Naraku who used the power of fire to directly create a beautiful fire escape ninjutsu, directly destroying the meteorite that fell from the sky, and even the fragments after the meteorite exploded were directly detonated and burned by the flame and turned into dust!

    Uehara Naraku ignored the cheers of the crowd, slowly put away his fingers, and looked at the initiator who summoned the meteorite. There seemed to be some meaning in his tone.

    "Senior Madara, will you have a second meteorite?"

    "..."

    Madara Uchiha was silent a little bit more today.

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 354ï¼š Why are you playing more fake than Uchiha Itachi

    There is indeed a second one.

    What Uchiha Madara wanted to see was that these ninjas were desperate and helpless, but before the arrival of life and death, they desperately exploded their potential and blocked his tremor.

    Then just as these ninjas were rejoicing for the rest of their lives, they were suddenly destroyed by the second tremor. This kind of playful feeling is not too cool.

    Unfortunately¡­

    There is something wrong with the plan.

    The second meteorite of the Obstacle Star also fell down quickly, but the ninja coalition forces no longer had despair, but looked hopefully at their coalition captain.

    Uehara Naraku lived up to expectations.

    A pair of wings appeared behind Uehara, driving his body to float up. This man with three pairs of wings, like a real angel, flew towards the meteorite that fell from the sky!

    A punch!

    The second tremor was broken by Uehara!

    Fiery flames spewed out from the hands of Uehara Naraku, instantly submerging the broken stones of the meteorite, and completely destroying the heavenly shock star!

    "Really... I don''t need us at all!"

    Jilai also watched this scene, the smile on his face couldn''t stop, and said with a light smile: "Xiao Nan... really taught an outstanding disciple!"

    "I wanted to open the dead door just now..."

    Metkay''s eyes tightened slightly, his eyes fixed on Uehara Naraku, and he said nervously: "But I have a feeling that the current Sir Kitahara Naraku should be more than when I opened the eighth door. Strong!"

    "That guy Uehara..."

    Gaara''s face is also full and solemn: "Is it my illusion? I always feel that this guy is so strong that he seems to be no longer in the same dimension with us!"

    "maybe!"

    Hagi Kakashi slowly stroked his face mask, and sighed: "Fortunately Tsunade Manpower rejected the public opinion and invited Uehara to join the Ninja Alliance..."

    Unfortunately, Uehara Naraku couldn''t hear this.

    Now Uehara Naraku slowly controlled his wings and fell by Uchiha Madara''s side. The battle between them is not over yet!

    "What a terrible young man!"

    Uchiha Madara sighed with emotion. He looked at Uehara Naraku, his expression became more and more serious: "Uehara Naraku, I thought you were already powerless to dance, but I didn''t expect that your state is really beyond my imagination! "

    Uehara Naraku narrowed her eyes slightly, and showed a gentle smile: "That''s why the predecessor entrusted the Moon Eye project to me, Madara-senpai, is still not willing to make way for us?"

    Uehara Naraku is still doing his duty.

    Basically, all the black pots are thrown on Heijue''s head.

    "Ha ha¡­"

    Uchiha Madara''s face grinned, his fingers suddenly closed, and he whispered: "Don''t be too mad, kid! Not every adult is willing to do his best to fight a child who has not grown up! "

    After saying this, Uchiha Madara bowed his head and said in a low voice: "But... this little guy named Naraku Uehara is a person who must never be underestimated! He has already challenged me. Qualifications."

    "Then I will fight with all my strength!"

    In the next moment, Uchiha Madara''s body suddenly revealed countless blue lights!

    A surging and tyrannical Chakra emerged from Uchiha Madara''s body, and his loose hair was almost involuntarily blown by Chakra''s vigor!

    Under Uchiha Madara¡¯s feet, a huge Susano suddenly emerged. This time, Susano''s body is unprecedentedly huge, more than any Susa they have ever seen before!

    Whether it''s Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke, their two brothers Susano and Uchiha Madara''s Susano are not at the same level!

    "It''s not over yet!"

    Uchiha Madara looked at the eyes of Susana Naka in astonishment, and the corners of his mouth twitched slightly: "Uehara Naraku, the Ninja Alliance, what you see now is the most powerful force in the world!"

    The surface of the blue Suzano was flying up the chakra again!

    These chakras instantly turned into armors, tightly surrounding the blue Susano, Uchiha Madara''s Susano was quickly becoming a complete body!

    A Susanoh that was higher than the hill finally stood on the ground!

    This blue Suzuo in full body form is like a real Valkyrie, just standing there, it gives people an extremely strong sense of oppression!

    In the next moment, Blue Suzuo suddenly pulled out his Shinobi!

    A blue sword light flashed in front of everyone''s eyes for a moment, and a sharp sword aura slashed out, brazenly cutting off the tips of the two direct peaks!

    The magma gushes out directly from the mountain!

    "This is¡­"

    Gaara raised his head and looked up at the fully-fledged Susano, with a touch of horror on his face, and even said unfavorably: "The legend...Does Uchiha Madara possess the power?"

    "Yes..."

    Jilaiya''s eyes froze slightly, and his voice gradually became a little deep and said: "It is really unimaginable how the first generation of Hokage defeated him..."

    After Gaara nodded, my emotions gradually became a little depressed: "To tell the truth, there is absolutely no way...it is completely impossible to produce the will to resist..."

    "It''s time for youth to burn again!"

    Metkay didn''t panic at all, suddenly a powerful Chakra burst out of his body, and he entered the state of the seventh door in an instant!

    Metkay''s heart really didn''t panic.

    In other words, since opening the eighth gate, the dead gate, this guy has not panicked in his heart, because he can judge that the dead gate can defeat the enemy.

    I died once...

    What''s so scary?

    Uehara Naraku, who doesn''t have to worry about death at all, is even less afraid.

    Uehara Naraku stared at the complete Susao Nogu and touched his chin: "Which method should I use to defeat you now? It''s really hard to choose..."

    To be honest, there are a lot of cards.

    No matter which hole card is drawn, it seems to be able to play a dozen.

    What''s more, Uehara Nara received a lot of rewards in the battle just now, and one of them was also rewarded with a skill that was a bit outrageous just by its name.

    Side mission: Use your fist to smash the Heavenly Obstacle Shocking Star (1/1), the mission has been completed, and the reward skills are nirvana ¡¤ Serious Series ¡¤ Serious Punch.

    Serious punch: When you condense your own energy and use a serious punch to attack the enemy, it will bring the enemy a sense of irresistibility and fear of death. The specific power is unknown, and the specific consumption is unknown, but it will not exceed all its own energy.

    If you just look at the unpretentious name of this skill, then this skill really looks like an out-and-out waste skill...

    He didn''t even describe the power of the skills.

    Uehara Naraku clenched her fist quietly, and sighed: "This is really a skill that makes people feel bald after seeing it..."

    Really bald.

    But I really want to try it!

    No matter how you look at it, I want to try it!

    Uehara Naraku''s gaze moved slowly, and stopped on Uchiha Madara, who was completely covered in the head crystal, and his arm slowly moved back to prepare to accumulate energy.

    "Oh?"

    Uchiha Madara noticed Uehara Naraku''s movements, and the corners of his mouth grinned: "Do you still want to use your fist to smash Susanoh? It''s nothing to be completely Susanoh..."

    "Nirvana..."

    Uehara Naraku''s face went black for a second, and then slowly returned to normal. He believed that as long as he released this skill...

    No matter how shame the name is, it will become a symbol of the strong!

    Uehara Naraku''s body suddenly rushed to Susao Nogu, and he sternly shouted: "Serious series...Serious punch!"

    "..."

    A question mark appeared on everyone''s forehead.

    Only Uchiha Madara was not full of question marks, because in his line of sight, Uehara Naraku who rushed with a fist suddenly turned into a tall figure!

    Obviously what he stretched out was just an ordinary punch!

    What Uchiha Madara saw was a mountain-like fist. In front of Uehara Naraku''s fist, he was as weak as an ant at a height of several hundred meters!

    Can''t resist at all!

    No, it''s totally impossible to give birth to resistance!

    A blood-red death word appeared around that fist, as if this punch could cause Uchiha to die!

    "Is it an illusion?"

    Uchiha Madara quickly shook his head, and immediately judged the situation: "It is absolutely impossible... No one can let me fall into illusion!"

    Bang!

    Uehara Naraku''s fist fell on the body of Susano Kanoshi!

    Just as everyone frowned and watched this scene , they didn''t think any miracle would happen at all, because Uehara Naraku''s punch was nothing like his previous momentum.

    Is it because his power is finally exhausted?

    Even if it was to tickle Susao Nho, he was complimenting this punch...

    The only person who really felt this punch was Uchiha Madara. He only felt a huge force that swept through the entire Susao Nogu, even his body!

    "How can it be¡­"

    This power simply made him unable to resist!

    Even if it is to continue to maintain Susao with pupil power, it is impossible to do it. The power of that punch is absolutely irresistible, and the feeling of that punch is like a decision of victory and death!

    next moment¡­

    The entire Suzuo Nenghu instantly collapsed to pieces!

    Even the Uchiha spot in the crystal of Susanoh turned into dust!

    Uehara Naraku''s fist blasted a surging wind of fist, which swept everything in front of him in an instant, blasting all the trees and barren hills into flat ground!

    "..."

    The whole scene was silent.

    No one thought that Uehara Naraku''s unpretentious punch directly shattered Uchiha Madara''s complete body like a warrior, and the invincible Shura was turned into ashes with a punch!

    to be frank.

    It''s a bit like a fake match.

    If it wasn''t for Uehara Naraku''s fist that swept through everything like an overtime performance, the ninja coalition forces present would be a little bit eager to refund the ticket.

    "This¡­"

    Dedara was so funny and outspoken, his face was very incomprehensible: "Do you feel that their battle is a bit more fake than the battle between Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke..."

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 355ï¼š Uehara Green Tea: I donâ€™t want to disappoint Madara-san...

    If Uchiha Madara knew about Dedara''s funny thoughts, he would smash his dog head and let Dedara feel the unpretentious punch.

    This is not to blame Dedara.

    After all, Uehara Naraku has always been a very low-key person, but he acted very high-key. Such a thrilling battle shouldn''t end like this!

    This is too sloppy!

    The opposite is Uchiha Madara!

    "To be honest, I also think it''s a little bit fake..."

    The expression of the red sand scorpion also has some subtleties. His gaze slowly moved to look at the oldest Kazuto: "Didn¡¯t Kazuto-senpai fought against the original Naruto? You should be able to tell Uchiha Madara¡¯s from the hands of the original Naruto. Strength?"

    "and many more!"

    Deidara answered without waiting for the horns, and immediately said: "If Xie Dan said that, then the horns were defeated by the original Naruto Senjujuma, and Uchiha Madara was also defeated by the Senjujuma Man, so..."

    Dedara pushed his own miniature telescope and slowly looked at the Uchiha Madara who was slowly recovering, then glanced at the corner of his eye, and his voice gradually became more solemn: "There is only one truth..."

    "Hahahaha!"

    Hida patted his thigh madly and laughed loudly: "You idiot wouldn''t think that this guy Kakuto is as strong as Uchiha Madara!"

    "Do you think I am you idiot?"

    After Deidara swore angrily, he took Jiao Du¡¯s shoulders and said happily, "I just doubt that when Jiao Du was fighting the original Hokage, he threw it towards the original Hokage over 800 meters. A shuriken hahahaha..."

    "..."

    Jiaodu''s forehead jumped wildly.

    Sooner or later he will get rid of Dedara''s tease in exchange for bounty!

    The topic of Akatsuki''s organization is obviously off the track. Of course, as long as there is Dedara and Hidana, Akatsuki rarely appears on topics that will not go off the track.

    Not only the people of Akatsuki.

    Konoha didn''t quite understand everything here.

    After seeing Naru Uehara''s unpretentious punch that shattered the complete Susao Nogu, his jaw was almost taken off!

    "what''s the situation?"

    Jilaida thought it would be a tough fight.

    Even after Uehara Naraku was defeated, Jira had already thought that he and Metkai and others would fill up their seats, but Uchiha Madara lost inexplicably?

    Haaki Kakashi widened his writing round eyes, and he was also a little unbelievable: "If you read it right, it should be Uehara Naraku directly punched, and then smashed Uchiha Madara''s Susao Nogo..."

    "..."

    Everyone looked at Hagi Kakashi involuntarily, even if this battle was fought outrageously, your explanation is too fake!

    That''s Uchiha Madara!

    That''s totally necessary!

    How could it be smashed by a punch like this!

    There are only two people who really understand the truth. One of them is Naraku Uehara. He only felt that his body was weaker than ever before. The huge life energy and Xianshu Chakra in his body were exhausted because of this punch!

    Strictly speaking, this punch is indeed invincible, but unfortunately it consumes too much. Basically, it directly consumes all of its energy without any control!

    Whether it is life energy or celestial chakra energy, the chakra shot by Nairo Uehara directly becomes 1 point!

    If someone attacked Uehara Naraku at this time...

    That means that Uehara can only save his life with the endless rage level that does not require any consumption, wait for one second to restore Chakra, and continue to activate the invincible life-saving skills...

    The consumption of this punch is really amazing!

    Fortunately, after defeating Uchiha Madara, he recovered 20% of the chakras with his energy calmly, plus the tenfold recovery effect in the fairy mode, heal 8640 points of life energy and 4320 points of Xianshu chakras in one second.

    It only takes a minute or two for Naraku Uehara to return to her peak state. This time is not enough to chat!

    but¡­

    Uehara Naraku discovered another problem.

    Using the skill of earnest punch will steal your hair!

    Because he actually lost a piece of hair, judging from his vigorous vitality, it is absolutely impossible to lose hair!

    The hair was still secretly lost.

    Simply outrageous.

    As for the other person who felt a serious punch...

    Uchiha Madara.

    His body is still slowly recovering.

    It¡¯s just that Uchiha Madara¡¯s heart is still full of shock and incomprehension, because the punch just now is too amazing, Uchiha Madara even feels that the thousands of hands between Senjuzu may not be able to hold it. That punch!

    This kid named Naraku Uehara is too strong!

    therefore¡­

    Uchiha Madara contacted Kurozue again, intending to give Kurozu a step up.

    Because Kurozutsu told Uchiha Madara that Uehara Naraku was actually his own.

    Uchiha Madara didn''t ask Kurozutu if he wanted to get back together, and directly asked, "Kurozutsu, what''s the matter with this kid?"

    "..."

    Hei Jue was silent when he heard the voice from the bottom of his heart.

    If Uehara Naraku''s surname is Uchiha, who can activate the power of reincarnation without any obstacles, Kurozuzu would actually like to say something to Uchiha Madara.

    Madara, don''t contact me, I''m afraid Uehara will misunderstand.

    Unfortunately, there is no if.

    Kurozutu could only put all hope on Uchiha Madara. After all, those reincarnation eyes that could turn Ten tails into human pillars belonged to Uchiha Madara.

    And Uchiha Madara also received some chakras from Indra and Asura, and he is the most suitable candidate to start unlimited monthly reading.

    What else can it do?

    I can only forgive Uchiha Madara!

    "Master Madara..."

    There was a little excitement in Kurozutsu''s voice, and his hoarse voice smiled softly: "Master Madara feels the power of Uehara Naraku?

    Uehara is the most diligent ninja I have ever seen, and I have been deceiving him as a successor working for the Moon Eye project! And without enough power, it is impossible to inherit the Moon Eye Project and Lord Madara''s will! "

    "Inheritor?"

    Uchiha Madara frowned and couldn''t help but continue to secretly ask Kurozu: "Inherit my will, what do you mean?"

    "Actually I have been deceiving Uehara."

    Now Uchiha Madara is willing to take the initiative to reconcile the relationship, Kurojutsu will naturally not hide, and immediately tell Madara all the lies he told Uehara Naraku.

    "Uehara Naraku is very easy to deceive. I just told him that the Six Ways of the Immortal passed the will of the Ninja world to Lord Madara, but Lord Madara passed this will, the Moon Eye Plan, and the Reincarnation Eye to Nagao before he died. door.

    Uehara Naraku was raised and taken care of by Nagato. He claims to be the son of destiny, the executor of the Moon Eye Project, and the successor of Nagato, so everything he does is to realize the Moon Eye Project. And work hard. "

    After speaking, Kurozutsu continued to explain: "Don''t worry about the loyalty of Uehara Naraku. I used to monitor him every day for a period of time. He has been a very hardworking child.

    Just because I was a little arrogant after I told him the Moon Eye plan, he began to think that he was the heir of fate, which was exactly the same as Nagato.

    Uehara Naraku regards all ninjas as tools to achieve the purpose of the Moon Eye. Except for those of us who execute the Moon Eye plan, no one actually puts it in his eyes. "

    These are true.

    Because Kurozutsu had really personally monitored Uehara Naraku after Uchiha''s betrayal with the soil, and he was sure that he had never been discovered by Uehara Naraku.

    During the period when Kurozutsu was monitoring Uehara Naraku, it discovered that in addition to practicing hard, he was immersed in the greatness of the Moon Eye plan every day.

    Heijue finally determined one thing...

    Uehara Naraku was the same as Uchiha Madara, and was finally broken by him.

    These geniuses in the Shinobi world have problems with their brains.

    Once someone tells them what the choice of fate and the inheritance of God is, they feel that they really are the choice of fate...

    Haha, it''s just a tool.

    The only thing that makes Kuro absolutely unacceptable is that the guy Uehara Naraku is now too strong than expected.

    Sometimes Kurozu suspects that what he said is true. Uehara is actually the heir of the Six Way Immortals, Uchiha Madara and Nagato...

    Hei Jue found that after providing some geniuses with some fateful choices and other spiritual chicken soup, their diligence and speed of becoming stronger were simply outrageous.

    Unexpectedly, after Uchiha Madara listened to Kazuki''s words, he still had a little appreciation for Uehara Naraku: "Is that so? I didn''t expect that such a genius ninja could appear in the ninja world after all these years. I stand shoulder to shoulder with the column...

    If he was born in the Warring States Period, maybe he and I would have a lot of common languages, and even the Moon Eye project can be shared with him. "

    They are all the same pride.

    They all have the same goal.

    Both of them have extremely powerful powers. Uchiha Madara is not worried that he will be lost to Uehara Naraku for a while. He is now a reincarnated body from the dirty soil, and his power is not complete.

    What''s more, even if you really lose, what can you do?

    Is it going to die?

    Back then, Uchiha Madara was defeated many times in the hands of Senjujuan. Isn''t he still defeated and fought again and again, and now he can come back to life, and will live even greater?

    And what about the person in Senjujuma?

    Except for the cells between the pillars and a face that grows all over others, what is left of the person in the Senjutsu pillar?

    Temporary failure is not terrible.

    The scary thing is that I can''t stand up after failure.

    "I can''t stop him anyway."

    Uchiha Madara tilted his head and started to hook up with Kazuki again: "If what you said is true, then he is a useful talent; if you dare to lie to me, then I will use Yin and Yang now. Escape to solve you!"

    "Master Madara."

    Heizue shook his head and said in a deep voice, "I have never betrayed Lord Madara. It is Uchiha Daido who really betrayed you!

    Master Madara can try to use Yin and Yang to control Uchiha''s belt soil, because of the traitor who brought soil, our plan has come to this point! "

    "can."

    After Uchiha Madara recovered, he raised his finger!

    Before his death, Uchiha Madara left the mantras and chakras that controlled him on Uchiha''s belt soil. He is always in control of the life and death of Uchiha''s belt soil and can also master all the whereabouts of Uchiha belt soil.

    Unexpectedly, Uchiha Madara''s face changed in the next second.

    Because after Uchiha Madara detonated the spell and chakra in the heart of Uchiha belt soil, he felt the recovery of the spell chakra again.

    "This feeling..."

    Uchiha Madara slowly put down his fingers, and lowered his head: "Kuro Zetsu, Uchiha is a reincarnated body of dirty soil, he was killed long ago! It looks like the fellow Osaimaru is more difficult to deal with than we thought. !"

    "what?"

    Kurozu immediately thought of something he had encountered. At that time, when Uchiha Daito completely betrayed them, Daito seemed to cooperate with Onomaru, but the two of them seemed to have had a battle.

    Kurozutsu''s voice was a little dark and said: "I remember Uchiha Daido and Oshemaru seem to have cooperated... and the people who cooperated with Ninja and Oshemaru will not end well!"

    Now Uchiha belt soil must have been killed by Oshemaru!

    Even the corpse was reincarnated from the dirty soil!

    While Kurozue was still thinking about it, it seemed to perceive something, and immediately relayed information to Uchiha Madara: "Master Madara, let us rush over to Osaimaru. Togo has recovered and seems to be moving towards this side. attack!"

    While delivering information to Uchiha Madara, Kurozu said loudly to Uehara Naraku: "Uehara, be careful! Ten tails are violent, and it is attacking us!"

    "..."

    The entire Ninja Allied Forces was in an uproar!

    "I know¡­"

    Naruto Uehara watched as his energy gradually returned to its peak state Within his range of perception, he indeed sensed a powerful tail beast jade coming!

    A crimson... red and black tail beast jade!

    Tentails are completely resurrected!

    Just as Uehara Naraku was about to rush to take care of the ten-tailed beast jade, Uchiha Madara suddenly appeared in front of him, smiling charmingly: "Hey, the successor of Moon Eye, I was to you just now. The test, now your test has passed, the ten-tailed beast jade is coming, do you need me to help you?"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku was a little subtle in her heart.

    Because just now, Uehara Naraku knew that Uchiha''s dirty soil reincarnation body died once, and was blown through the heart from the inside to die...

    Madara Uchiha must have done this.

    Now that it was discovered that the Uchiha belt soil was a reincarnation of the dirty soil, Uchiha Madara would no longer believe in the Uchiha belt soil controlled by humans, but would believe in Kuroze again.

    And Uchiha Madara must have received all the information from Kurozue, including Kuzue''s words to deceive Uehara.

    so¡­

    As soon as Uchiha Madara got the information, did he come to him for acting?

    Is this guy Uchiha Madara crazy or floating?

    The current Naraku Uehara, but the only two remaining actor in the entire Akatsuki organization!

    "It''s okay, Senior Madara."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head, gritted his teeth and said in a low voice: "Although I was exhausted just now because of the battle with the senior''s Susao, I am the heir to the senior''s will, so I don''t want to even fight for my life. Let the senior down..."

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 356ï¼š I want to make Uehara Naraku despair in front of this world!

    No one in this world can escape his control.

    Because Uehara Naraku judged that his acting skills had always been fine.

    It''s a pity that Naru Uehara was destined to be disappointed this time. Uchiha Madara was silent for a while and then suddenly nodded and said, "You...very good, come on!"

    "Ok?"

    Uehara Nara''s face was full of question marks.

    Shouldn''t Uchiha Madara blame himself for comforting him at this time?

    Uehara Naraku thought too much about this. Uchiha Madara''s personality looks darker, but he is actually a tough man.

    Although the reincarnation of Chakra, who is also Indra, Uchiha Madara has a stronger character than Uchiha Sasuke, and Uchiha Madara also recognizes those strong men more.

    Uehara Naraku''s speech was a bit of green tea.

    Uchiha Madara didn''t care about the hidden meaning at all, he just admired Uehara Naraku''s desperate words.

    At this moment Uchiha Madara really thought of one thing. If he had not resurrected, the Moon Eye Project would actually be handed over to Uehara Naraku...

    unfortunately¡­

    There is nothing if!

    Uchiha Madara¡¯s voice gradually became louder. He stared at Uehara Naraku, his face became extremely solemn: "Uehara Naraku, I recognize you! Even if you were born in the Sengoku period, you will not be born in that era. Fading!"

    Uchiha Madara looked at Uehara Naraku, and said seriously: "Among all the ninjas who have fought with me, no one can surpass your power at this age, even Zhuma is inferior to you at this age! "

    Uchiha Madara slowly clenched his palm, his eyes tightened slightly, and he said solemnly: "I Uchiha Madara, here I recognize you as the most talented ninja. I believe this name will never change because of the times!"

    "...Thank you?"

    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly.

    Well, another side task is completed.

    There is no time for acting with Madara Uchiha now.

    The wings behind Uehara Naraku flapped slightly, because he had already seen the crimson tail beast jade shot by Tokuo in his sight!

    "It''s tail beast jade again..."

    Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly appeared beside the tail beast jade, a golden mask appeared on his body, and he kicked the ten-tailed tail beast jade!

    The tail beast jade was kicked by Nairo Uehara and flew back, falling into a deep mountain and instantly exploded!

    The ground vibrated violently.

    In the sight of everyone, cracked earth is everywhere!

    The explosive power of the ten-tailed beast jade is far beyond people''s imagination!

    Uchiha Madara watched this scene, his gaze froze slightly, and his eyes flickered slightly: "The tail beast jade that shook the ten-tailed beast is really amazing...The ten-tailed beast is resurrected, so there is no need to be here!"

    For Uchiha Madara, there is nothing more important than Togo.

    The next moment, Uchiha Madara no longer stayed, his figure suddenly appeared next to Uchiha Sasuke, picked up Uchiha Sasuke and jumped in the direction of Tokuo.

    But after leaving here, Uchiha Madara specially sent a message to Kazuki, asking him and Uehara Naraku to lead the ninja alliance to help immediately, after all, Uehara Naraku possessed a powerful presence.

    The figure between Uchiha Daido and Senjukai stiffened for a second, and the two figures disappeared in place at the same time.

    Tokuo is resurrected!

    No one will be willing to waste time here.

    "Everyone!"

    Uehara Nairo turned his head to look at the ninja coalition underneath, and said loudly: "Immediately move in the direction of Oshemaru!"

    "Yes!"

    The response of the Ninja Alliance is like a tsunami!

    Uehara Naruko flapped his wings and flew towards the resurrection position of Ten Tails, while others followed him one after another.

    Under the leadership of the five battle captains, the entire ninja coalition gradually began to advance in a cone-shaped direction, and everyone rushed to the area where the ten tails were resurrected!

    When Uehara was flying to the ten-tailed resurrection position, she also took a look at her rewards by the way. Almost the task rewards were taken seven or eight, but they were actually quite outrageous.

    The first is to defeat Itachi Uchiha and collect the soul of Itachi Uchiha.

    Side quest: Defeat Uchiha Itachi (1/1), the quest has been completed, and the skill Crow Storm will be rewarded.

    Storm of Crows: Appear at the target location and summon endless crows to attack enemies 800 meters around. The skill cooldown time is no, and the skill minimum consumes 100 Chakra points.

    This skill...

    It can only be said that talking is better than nothing.

    Side quest: Change the fate of Itachi Uchiha (1/1), the quest has been completed, and the soul shackles will be rewarded.

    Soul Shackles: Instantly stretch out a chain to restrain the enemy''s soul. The duration is 4.5 seconds, the skill cooling time is no, and the minimum skill cost is 100 Chakra.

    Uehara Naraku fell silent.

    To be honest, he doesn''t know the meaning of this system anymore. Now Uchiha Itachi''s fate seems to be worse than the fate in the original book, right?

    And Uchiha Itachi is really a natural restraint of Oshemaru, and the skills given are quite specific to Oshemaru.

    This kind of restraint... is amazing.

    The next step is the Dark Harvest, defeating the three-dimensional attributes of about 30,000 or forty thousand provided by a bunch of ninjas, only to increase the three-dimensional attributes of Uehara Naraku to about 650,000.

    Finally, it is the moment of small harvest.

    A bunch of leeks harvested from Uchiha Madara!

    In addition to the serious punch given by smashing the meteorite with his fist at the beginning, there are other messy tasks.

    Side mission: beat Uchiha Madara in the ninjutsu competition (1/1), the mission has been completed, reward 3000 gold coins.

    Side mission: beat Uchiha Madara in the physical skill competition (1/1), the mission has been completed, reward 3000 gold coins.

    Side mission: beat Uchiha Madara in the illusion competition (1/1), the mission has been completed, reward 3000 gold coins.

    Side Quest: Break Uchiha Madara¡¯s legs so that he can¡¯t dance (1/1), the quest has been completed, reward 1000 gold coins.

    Side quest: Smash two meteorites of the Obstacle Star (1/1). The quest has been completed and 500 gold coins will be awarded.

    What kind of reward is this!

    Uehara Naraku''s equipment was already full, and his gold coins were large enough to redeem the resurrection armor, why the system still issued him so many gold coins as rewards.

    In particular, the difficulty of defeating Uchiha Madara and breaking the meteorite from all aspects is not low, even the shadow-level ninja can''t do it!

    Is this garbage system really broken?

    It wasn''t until the next reward that Uehara Naraku was barely happy.

    Side mission: Defeat Uchiha Madara (1/1), the mission has been completed, and the passive talent skill Fairy Eye will be rewarded.

    Inborn Reincarnation Eye: The Blood Snake, which originated from the fruit of the sacred tree, is the top pupil technique, which can control the existence of Yin and Yang and all the attributes of Chakra, possesses various magical abilities, and can master the ultimate Susano that rivals tail beast Huh!

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku''s expression was a little broken.

    So is it really given to the eyes of the immortals? The power of these reincarnation eyes seems to be similar to the kind of the six immortals?

    Forget it, at least I will be able to drive up to later.

    Although Susao was smashing others with a punch every time, in fact, Uehara Naraku wanted to drive Gundam!

    Moreover, he also possesses the power of Yin and Yang in his body, it seems that he can directly activate the six earth stars to explode the sky?

    Uehara Naruko slowly raised his head and looked at the ten tails in the distance. He did not reveal his reincarnation eyes, but a slight smile appeared at the corner of his mouth: "Oshemaru, facing me like this, even if you want to break free of my control , Can you escape again?"

    Another place.

    The area where Togo is raging.

    Oshemaru held up his fingers, and he continued to control the Ten-tails, because the power of the Ten-tails was too great, and the life-saving Oshemaru was still a little worried, worried that he would be swallowed up after becoming a Ten-tailed person.

    Anyway, now Tokuo barely obeyed his orders.

    The pharmacist stood beside him and urged anxiously: "Master Oshemaru, please hurry up, Uehara Naraku has arrived!"

    "I know!"

    A flash of impatientness flashed across O Shemaru''s face, and he naturally saw figures rushing over in his line of sight, as well as the crowd of ninja coalition forces.

    Originally, Oshemaru had controlled the Too-tail to spray a tail beast jade from the position of Uehara Naraku, but Uehara Naraku kicked the tail beast jade away!

    This makes Dashemaru a little confused.

    Now he has to find a way to become a ten-tailed man Zhuli!

    Because once Uehara Naraku arrives, he might be able to catch him under the protection of Too!

    It is just a pair of reincarnation eyes, and it is still a reincarnation eye that has not been developed very much. In his heart, O Shemaru really does not think that there is any hope of victory against Uehara Naraku...

    but¡­

    It¡¯s too dangerous to be a Ju-tailed man!

    "Six Paths¡¤Ten Tail Seal!"

    Dashemaru''s fingers suddenly joined together, staring at the ten-tailed underneath, and slowly began to figure out how to get the ten-tailed Chakra into his body!

    The pharmacist watched this scene closely, pushed his glasses, and whispered: "Master Dashewan, at least now you don''t have to worry about your death.

    Because the process of becoming a ten-tailed pillar force is irreversible and cannot be interrupted even if you are killed, you will not die. The ten-tailed chakra will enter your body to ensure your body Will not suffer any harm. "

    "Is that so?"

    Da She Wan''s eye pupils were tightened slightly, those reincarnation eyes were a little big in his eye sockets, and to be honest, these eyes really didn''t suit him.

    Oshemaru slowly raised her head to look at Uehara Naraku who was flying in the distance, and snorted coldly: "But from this distance, when Uehara Naraku rushes here, I should be able to earn Togo. Is it in your body?"

    "Ok."

    The pharmacist nodded his head. He watched the ten-tailed Chakra quickly melt into the body of the Dashewan, his face showed a touch of obsession: "The power of the legendary six immortals! This legendary power will be powerful..."

    After talking about this, the pharmacist slowly lowered his head, and the corners of his mouth curled up slightly: "And this powerful force, can this time push that person''s limit?"

    "Hehe, are you talking about that kid, Naraku Uehara?"

    A painful smile appeared on Da She Wan''s face. The ten-tailed Chakra didn''t feel good when he entered his body. He felt that his body might swell at any time!

    Only in the next moment, Oshemaru quickly strengthened his will, regardless of physical pain and sweat on his forehead, and whispered in a low voice: "Relax, this time, Uehara Naraku cannot resist this powerful force!"

    As Oshemaru was talking, a madness gradually appeared on his face: "I want to let the little devil Uehara feel the despair I once felt in front of this world, and let him feel the torture I once felt! "

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 ~ï¼š No morning, no later afternoon, today 7 more...

No morning, no later afternoon, today 7 more...

 ~ï¼š I decided to milk someone else too!

I decided to milk someone else too!

 Chapter 357ï¼š The bond between Oshemaru and Jiraiya

    Ninja Coalition Command.

    Hyuga Hinata frowned, because he felt that the ten huge and violent chakras were gradually disappearing, which made Hinata feel a little surprised.

    Hyuga Hinata, the current patriarch of the Hyuga clan, is stronger than her in the past, perhaps because she has the burden of the family on her body, so that she has been very calm in this war and abides by her responsibilities. .

    Hyuga Hinata¡¯s white eyes showed the veins on both sides, and through the enchantment he sensed the situation where the ten tails were resurrected: "Tsunade-sama, the chakra of the ten tails is gradually fading...no, no, someone is quietly absorbing the ten. Chakra at the end!"

    "It must be the Oshemaru guy..."

    Tsunade slowly closed her palms, and mentioned that this former friend made her feel a little uncomfortable. She continued to ask in a low voice, "Hinata, Naraku Uehara and the coalition forces are now, and how long will they arrive! "

    "There is still some distance..."

    Hyuga Hinata''s face was slightly pale, and she continued in a low voice: "Captain Uehara has just repelled Madara Uchiha. He is quickly leading the ninja allied forces to the resurrection position of Togo, but at this speed..."

    May not be able to catch up.

    No, or it must be missed.

    Hyuga Hinata''s expression changed, and Shen Sheng continued to report on the battle ahead: "The fourth generation of Hokage has appeared! The fourth generation and the second generation are attacking Captain Uehara, preventing them from going to the Togo area!"

    After Hyuga Hinata reported on Uehara Naraku''s situation, his voice became a little more eager: "And the Chakra on the other side of the ten tails is absorbed suddenly faster!"

    "I know."

    After Tsunade nodded gravely, he turned to look at Raikage IV and Tukage III: "Is it still impossible to stop the Oshemaru guy? Raikage, Dokage, they have been fighting long enough, we Hurry over, the final battle is about to begin!"

    "It seems that we don''t need our support everywhere..."

    Three generations of Dokage Ohnoki nodded slowly, and said in a deep voice: "And that little guy Uehara first helped seal the Unclean Legion, and also defeated Uchiha Madara, right?"

    "Ok¡­"

    Hyuga Hinata nodded hesitantly, and replied in a low voice: "Captain Uehara defeated Uchiha Madara with a lot of consumption, and he weakened almost instantly;

    In the past, he was able to easily defeat Lord 2nd and 4th generations, but now he has fallen into a bitter battle under the siege of the two Lords of Naruto..."

    "Then go!"

    The Chakra on the fourth generation of Raikage suddenly rioted. He smashed the wall with a punch and said loudly, "Concentrate all the power to defeat the Oshe Maru!

    We can''t entrust all the war to Uehara. If that happens, he will be despised by him in the future! "

    The other side.

    Uehara Naraku did seem to be in a tough fight.

    The second generation of Naruto Senshouma and the fourth generation of Naruto Wave Fengshuimen have been obstructing his advancement, buying time for Oshemaru to become a Ten-tailed man.

    When Jiraiya led the special operations team and wanted to help, Uehara Naraku refused their help, and Uehara was still a little bit self-deprecating.

    "It seems that Dashemaru is worried that I will stop him!"

    Uehara Naraku flashed through the attack of Qianshoujian, and when he was about to hit Qianshoujian''s body with a punch, he could only see Qianshoujian using the **** of thunder to disappear.

    Uehara Naraku took advantage of this opportunity and turned his head to look at Jiraiya: "Master Jiraiya, actually, after sensing the ten-tailed Chakra, I knew this was not a duel of power anymore, because I would never be. Ten-tailed opponent.

    But I believe you, Lord Jilaiya, Lord Jilaiya, as a teammate and opponent of Oshemaru, if there is someone in the Ninja world who can stop Oshemaru, I believe that person who can do it must be you! "

    "..."

    Ji Lai was also silent.

    Uehara Naraku was right.

    As Dashemaru''s former teammate and best friend, stop his former friends from making mistakes. Isn''t this what he should do?

    "¡­I know."

    After Jiraiya nodded dullly, he immediately led his special operations team to the Ten-tail area.

    The leading forces of the Ninja Allied Forces have surpassed Uehara Naraku. Some people even stopped to help, but were all driven away by Uehara Naraku.

    "Hurry up, stop Dashewan first!"

    Uehara Naraku flashed past the figure of Hafeng Shuimen, and exclaimed loudly: "We must prevent him from becoming a Ten-tailed person Zhuli!"

    "Yes, Captain!"

    The ninja coalition force passed the position of Uehara Naraku mightily.

    After these ninja coalition forces completely left, Uehara Naraku casually raised his fingers, and controlled the second-generation Naruto Senjuma and the fourth-generation Naruto Nami Fengsui to stop.

    "It''s almost..."

    Uehara Nairobi hooked the corner of her mouth, and said with a light smile: "Really, Mr. Oshamaru, I still need my enemy to find a way to buy you time to become a manjuli..."

    After Uehara Naruto finished speaking for himself, he turned to look at the second-generation and fourth-generation Naruto standing next to him, and said in a deep voice: "You go and unlock the seals of those dirty ninjas! This war, just Start!"

    "..."

    Qianshou Jianma and Bo Feng Shuimen want to curse again.

    This **** still thinks of the mantis catching the cicada and the oriole behind!

    If they can also get rid of control, the two of them really want to teach Uehara Naraku a good lesson!

    On the other side of the battlefield.

    Da She Maru completely absorbed all the chakras of Ten Tails, and turned into a white sphere suspended above the battlefield, making people a little bit confused.

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around, looked at the white ball, and whispered, "Is it finally successful?"

    "No, not necessarily."

    Uchiha''s dirt-carrying figure fell beside him from the vortex of time and space, and explained in a low voice: "It is not that simple to resist the erosion of the will of the ten tails... now is just the first step!"

    Perhaps it will not be too difficult.

    For Oshemaru, as long as his will is strong enough, he can resist the erosion of Too. Generally, people who dare to be a behind-the-scenes boss have a strong will. For example, Uchiha Madara can suppress it almost without hindrance. Togo...

    I don¡¯t know about Oshemaru...

    Is there any strong will to resist Ten Tails?

    "So..."

    The pharmacist frowned his brows and asked softly: "If Ten Tails get out of control...Aren''t we wasting time in vain?"

    "No waste."

    Uchiha¡¯s mouth with soil came from Uehara¡¯s voice: "Then immediately take Ten Tails out of his body, so that he can survive for a while, and then think of a way to resurrect Uchiha. spot¡­"

    The man behind the scenes manipulating Oshemaru is a bit nasty. He continued: "If Oshemaru can survive it, everything is easy to say; if it can''t survive, then you can only be a pure tool man..."

    "..."

    The pharmacist smiled helplessly.

    This is really going to kill Dashewan alive!

    After a while, the pharmacist suddenly asked, "So, when will you come over?"

    "When the time is right!"

    From Uchiha¡¯s mouth with soil, Uehara¡¯s voice sounded a little frivolous: "If Oshemaru fails, then I can only rush over to help him collect the body; if Oshemaru succeeds..."

    Uehara Naraku''s voice gradually added a gentle smile: "Then make Oshemaru a little bit happy! After all, I have always been a little sorry for him! When Oshemaru is most proud, I will let him see it again. Real despair!"

    "..."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around and sighed faintly, "Sure enough, adults will always be so nasty!"

    To be honest, it''s better to just use the Oshe Maru to kill him!

    The pharmacist felt inexplicably that if things really developed like Uehara Naraku controlled, the relationship between Uehara and Oshamaru would never be reconciled, right?

    Although now they are also intolerant of life and death...

    "but¡­"

    Yakushidou''s gaze moved slightly, staring at the white ball in the field, and lowered his voice: "Even if Oshemaru-sama has become the terrible Ten-tailed man Zhuli, do you still have absolute confidence to solve him?"

    To be honest.

    The pharmacist was a little scared himself.

    Because the Ten-tailed Chakra just now was so powerful that it even made Pharmacist''s pockets a little nervous. If the Oshe Pill really succeeds in becoming the Ten-tailed Pillar, who knows how powerful the Oshe Pill will be!

    Even in this unscientific world of Ninja, there are some scientific theorems. For example, quantitative changes may cause qualitative changes, especially the ten-tailed chakra itself is a kind of qualitative change after the aggregation of the nine-tailed chakras...

    "Ha ha¡­"

    There was a touch of mockery in Uehara Naraku''s voice: "Even if the true Six Dao Immortal is resurrected, it can''t help me, let alone the Oshemaru who has been controlled by us..."

    It happens to be at this time.

    Uchiha Madara and Sasuke Uchiha have also rushed here. He just hid far away from the white ball. His expression was a bit unsightly: "Ten-tailed man Zhuli...has succeeded? In this case, It''s not so good for me..."

    The most troublesome thing is that Uchiha Madara has never designed Oshemaru, so he has not left behind on Oshemaru''s body. In this case, Uchiha Madara must find a way to use force to solve Oshemaru.

    Sasuke Uchiha grinned, and smiled disdainfully: "Uchiha Madara, you guy is already dead, are you still coveting the power of Togo?"

    "..."

    Uchiha Madara was a little unhappy with Sasuke''s rudeness.

    This junior named Uchiha Sasuke clearly has a face that is just like Uchiha Senna, but why is his character so bad?

    Forget it.

    Still don''t care about him.

    Uchiha Madara shook his head and continued to focus his attention on the white ball in the court, continuing his plan.

    The only thing that benefits him is...

    Uehara Naraku and Kurozutsu both infiltrated the Ninja Alliance...

    He can now use the power of the Ninja Allied Forces and Uehara Naraku to try to weaken the Oshemaru. After the Oshemaru is weakened, he must be resurrected as soon as possible. Only after the complete resurrection has life, can he become a Ten-tailed Human Pillar. Qualification!

    While Uchiha Madara was planning gloomily here, the vanguard of the Ninja Alliance also rushed to the scene. Jiraiya, who led the team, also took a look around, his gaze slowly falling on the white ball.

    Ji Lai also tilted his head and asked, "According to the information from the intelligence forces, have the ten-tailed Chakras been included in the white ball?"

    "Yes..."

    "Oshe Maru is in there too?"

    "should be¡­"

    "Then seal the white ball first..."

    Click...

    Click, click...

    Jiraiya''s command has not been finished yet, but the surface of the white ball in the field suddenly cracked, and the whole white ball fell apart in an instant!

    Countless white crystal fragments are flying!

    The sound of the white crystal breaking is as clear as the sound of crystal breaking, and the crystal fragments float and fall slowly like feathers.

    Everyone stared at it involuntarily!

    In their sight, a slender figure broke out of the broken white ball, his body slowly floating in the air.

    The whole scene was silent.

    Everyone held their breath involuntarily.

    "Jilai... I didn''t expect you to be the first to come."

    In this silence, a slightly hoarse voice fell into the ears of everyone, and the source of the sound was the person who broke out of the shell.

    The man slowly turned around, looked at the direction of the ninja coalition, took off the crystal fragments on his head that had not faded: "No, this is the right way, the first person to come is you, so I can evolve. It seems more meaningful."

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 358ï¼š The leader of Xiao is here

    The appearance of Dashewan nowadays has changed drastically.

    The horns on the top of his head, the long white hair floating behind him.

    Da She Maru was no longer the sacrificial clothing he liked in the past, but a white robe with a black jade hanging over his neck, which looked a little lazy on him.

    This costume, which symbolizes the six immortals, appeared on Dashemaru, which meant that this guy had controlled the ten tails when he was already in the eggshell!

    The ten tails now tend to be perfect.

    This time the ten-tailed chakra resurrected already contains all the chakras of the tailed beasts, mainly the chakras of the Yin Jiuwei. The other chakras of the tailed beasts barely form a balance in the body, even if half of the nine tails are omitted. It is also harmless to the balance of the ten tails.

    and¡­

    Oshemaru can endure pain very much.

    For other people, the pain of tearing the soul has long been accustomed to Da She Maru, and he has already enjoyed the pain of soul torment because of the reincarnation of a dead body.

    As long as he can endure the sharp pain when the ten tails erodes his will, supplemented with a little bit of his own will, and find his own way, he can control the ten tails in his body.

    "Speaking of which, thank you... Jiraiya."

    Oshamaru spread out her palms and said softly, "If it weren''t for you and Tsunade, it would be really difficult for me to control Togo..."

    Oshamaru calmly looked at Jiraji and continued: "I originally thought that the will to support my survival would be to destroy Uehara Naraku. This idea was wrong. Now I want to come and he is just an insignificant little role, only taking advantage of people. It''s only in danger...

    In fact, what I really want to do in my heart is to prove to the world that everything I do is correct, what I master is the truth of the world, and my forbearance is the most correct among us. That one!

    Only when we are alive can everything we have is meaningful! "

    Da She Maru''s face suddenly became extremely solemn, and a cloud of jet black liquid gradually appeared behind him, slowly turning into nine black balls.

    It is the jade for seeking Taoism that can be used by ninjas of the six levels.

    "Orochimaru¡­"

    Jilaiya''s eyes changed slightly.

    Even though the appearance of Oshemaru has changed a lot, in fact, Jilaida recognized his old friend at a glance, and he was also shocked by Oshemaru''s state!

    The current Dashewan feels extremely dangerous to him!

    This feeling is not like the danger of encountering such powerful enemies in the past, but the crisis between life and death, and even the kind of pressure that makes people unable to resist...

    That feeling, as if the two of them have become different species.

    Did Da She Wan really become a Six Dao Immortal?

    In addition to the mighty power, Dashemaru''s feelings also seemed to have changed a little. He did not have the arrogance and arrogance of the past, but an absolutely confident peace, as if everything was under his control.

    Like...

    There is nothing he can''t do in this world.

    Jilaiya''s gaze gradually became serious, staring at Oshemaru''s face firmly, and whispered: "Unexpectedly, you will eventually become like this..."

    "Is this bad?"

    Oshamaru''s gaze slowly swept over the others present, and finally stopped on Jilaiya''s body again: "Is it the same as you? Jilaiya, now I am the six immortals of this era, this The end of Ninja World!"

    Da She Wan slowly raised his palm, staring at his grayish-white skin, and said in a low voice: "This body will never be destroyed, will never age, its vitality is almost endless..."

    Dashemaru''s eyes lifted slightly and fell on Jilaiya''s body again. A stiff smile appeared at the corner of his mouth: "Now I really want to see how powerful this body has become..."

    In the next moment, Oshemaru''s figure suddenly disappeared!

    His speed is so fast that people can''t see the path of action!

    Jilaiya hurriedly stretched out his arm to block it in front of him, and was kicked by Dashewan. Jilaiya was kicked and fell under a cliff!

    "So fast¡­"

    A look of shock appeared on Jilaiya''s face, and he couldn''t even imagine that it was the speed displayed by Oshemaru just now. This guy really has undergone a qualitative change!

    Jilai also stared at the big snake pill floating in the distance. After closing his hands and forming the seal, chakra gathered in his chest and spewed a blaze toward the big snake pill!

    "Huo Dun¡¤Fire Dragon Flame Bomb!"

    The flames turned into a long line and struck in the direction of the Oshe Maru, and suddenly stretched out in the air to cover the Oshe Maru!

    The fire dragon fire bullet hit the big snake pill head-on!

    Even a shadow-level ninja can''t handle this trick of fire escape ninjutsu!

    In the next moment, the flame gradually faded, revealing the flame-wrapped figure, and only a pitch-black liquid orb helped Dashemaru block the fire escape ninjutsu that had just struck.

    Da She Maru slowly stretched out his palm, only to see that the pitch black ball recondensed like a liquid, suspended in his palm.

    "That is¡­"

    Jilaiya''s eyes tightened.

    "Seeking Taoist jade."

    Da She Maru speaks without shy of her own power: "It contains the power of the five elements of Yin and Yang, which completely surpasses the limit of blood succession and blood succession elimination. In this world, no technique can break through the defense of seeking Taoism. The style will be disintegrated by the jade of seeking Taoism."

    After talking about this, Oshemaru watched Jilai and suddenly smiled: "I forgot to remind you that anyone who has not gained the power of the Six Dao Immortals will be directly transformed into nothingness as long as they are touched by Qiu Daoyu..."

    The Qiu Dao jade suddenly flew in the direction of Ji Lai Ye, and Da She Maru was actually using his friend''s life to verify the power of Qiu Dao Jade!

    A golden chakra giant hand suddenly came out, pulling Jiraiya''s body and flying out, it was Uzumaki Naruto who made an emergency and rescued his teacher!

    "The seventh door... Shocking door open! Day Tiger!"

    A burst of blue chakra burst out of Li Luoke''s body, raising his hand one by one and blasting in the direction of Dashemaru, an air bomb formed in his hand!

    "Good job, Li! The seventh door¡¤shocking door¡¤open! Day Tiger!"

    A powerful chakra burst out of Matt Kai, and he slammed in the direction of Da She Maru with a punch, and an air bomb was also formed in his hand!

    Two white tigers slammed into the big snake pill!

    The energy brought by the two strokes of Zhouhu hit the earth, leaving a deep scar on the earth, and biting Dashewan abruptly!

    However, Dashemaru''s body was wrapped in the black tail beast jade. No matter how strong Shurahu''s attack was, it would not be able to resolve the defense of the Taoist jade!

    "useless¡­"

    Jiraiya''s expression gradually became a little hard to look at.

    At this moment, he actually didn''t know how to fight!

    In the face of Oshemaru whose strength has become so tough, it can be said that there is no weakness, and Jiraiya does not even know how to stop him...

    Jilai also frowned his brows, looking at the big snake pill that was gathering Qiu Daoyu into a ball in the distance, his eyes twitched slightly.

    "Can''t attack me close, otherwise it will be turned into nothingness by Dashe Maru Jade Jade... If you attack from a distance, any technique will be destroyed by Jade Jade."

    Jilai also watched all this and whispered, and couldn''t help but sigh: "Is this the power of the six immortals in the legend?"

    "attack!"

    I don''t know who called out.

    In the next moment, countless ninjas threw their shurikens and detonating talisman in the direction of Oshemaru, but for Oshemaru, he didn''t even have the urge to raise his eyelids.

    A unit of ninja coalition forces arrived at the scene, recklessly launching a long-range attack in the direction of Oshemaru.

    Their attacks are useless after all!

    "There are too many ants, which is also very annoying."

    After Oshemaru frowned, he watched everyone present and slowly closed his palms: "However, these people''s chakras are not necessarily wasted..."

    Because Dashewan can feel it!

    Togo is desperate for the chakras in these ninjas!

    Once these chakras are added to him, it will make him stronger, especially since Naruto Uzumaki still has half a nine-tailed chakra on his body!

    "Hmph, then pass all their chakras over!"

    Dashemaru closed his palms, and a vine suddenly sprang out from under his feet, only to hear his cold voice shouting: "Mu Dun¡¤Birth of the Tree World!"

    In the next moment, countless vines emerged from his feet!

    Oshemaru does not need to release a power called the sacred tree in his body, he only needs Mu Dun Ninjutsu to do it, because he knows the characteristics of Mu Dun Ninjutsu!

    Under the blessing of the ten-tailed chakra, Mu Dun¡¯s technique was blessed extremely powerfully. One of the vine roots was almost thicker than the trunk of a towering tree, and it stretched directly towards the crowd. !

    In just a few seconds, this land was completely transformed into a sea of ??trees, and the ninjas were tightly entangled by the roots of the vines, and the chakras in their bodies were absorbed as much!

    Only some powerful ninjas can barely run back and forth among these thick vine roots, avoiding the fate of being sucked into Chakra!

    They are very clear.

    Once caught, there is no way to escape!

    Uzumaki Naruto played a very important role at this time. He drilled out of his body with giant chakra hands making super-large jade spiral pills, destroying the vines that struck each other and saving them one by one. Ninja who was almost caught by vines!

    Akatsuki''s side is okay.

    Both the Red Sand Scorpion and Deidara can fly. A group of people stand on the gold dust mat, madly unleashing ninjutsu and attacking the roots that chase them.

    "Flame Wind Turbulent Waves!"

    A cloud of flames and violent wind spewed out from the geography of Jiaodu, and after slightly blocking the attack of the roots of the vines, he took a breath.

    It''s just that the vines that have struck have never stopped, and they continue to rush towards them, as if they are endless!

    In the next moment, the four Ninja swords and seven people jumped down together, displaying various sword skills in their hands, and bursts of swords, lights and sword shadows flashed by, directly cutting off the vines!

    Everyone is an absolute master of swordsmanship!

    After hurriedly cutting off a few vines, a few people quickly jumped onto the gold dust mat, for fear of being thrown down by these **** teammates!

    After all, manpower is sometimes exhausted...

    Compared with these rather useful Ninja Seven, Fei Duan¡¯s performance is very poor. He has been rescued several times...

    "Hey hey hey, Fei Duan, you **** is holding back!"

    Deidara dropped the two-winged clay birds and exploded the roots of the trees, then loudly criticized the useless flying sections!

    After Deidara finished talking about the flying segment, he turned his head and started cursing at the dry persimmon ghost shark: "Hey, ghost shark, is it because you have too many chakras in your body, so there are so many vines to attack us! "

    "Ah..."

    The corners of the dry persimmon ghost shark''s mouth grinned, and a smile appeared: "Perhaps it is! Anyway, you will not leave your companions? If the leader knows about it..."

    "Humph!"

    Deidara held her arm, raised her head and pursed her lips, "What broke the rules that Uehara made? You guys have no value worth saving..."

    "Well, Deidara."

    The Scorpion of Red Sand controls the fourth generation of Fengying puppets to fly with them, while manipulating the third generation of Fengying puppets to prevent attacks from behind.

    After hearing Deidara''s complaint, the Red Sand Scorpion couldn''t help but glance at him during his busy schedule: "You have time to complain, why don''t you come and help me!"

    "I know, I know¡­"

    Deidara threw out a bunch of clay bombs, and mumbled: "Why haven''t Uehara come here..."

    "Should it be coming soon?"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark touched his chin, grinned and said: "Oshemaru is such an arrogant traitor, the leader will not allow this to happen, right?"

    "But what can he do..."

    After Deidara shook his head and sighed, he suddenly thought of something, and his eyes lit up: "Why don''t I try to get rid of Dashewan! I have a lot of art of detonation, and I can definitely get rid of that bastard!"

    "You stay here obediently for me!"

    The Red Sand Scorpion couldn''t help frowning his brows, and he turned his head to look at the others: "Hey, who of you guys call Uehara Naruto? Just ask, are we going to find Oshe Maru desperately or first? retreat!"

    Just as the group of people organized by Akatsuki was avoiding the birth of the tree world, Oshamaru obviously also noticed the group of jumping guys, making his brows wrinkled.

    To be honest, Oh Shemaru really hates Akatsuki.

    Especially now that Akatsuki''s leader is Naraku Uehara, and the red sand scorpion who looks like a predecessor was the one who chased him back then.

    "Huh, a bunch of idiots!"

    Dashemaru''s brows wrinkled A Taoist jade floated from his hand, and suddenly flew towards the people of Xiao Organization!

    This time, he didn''t show any mercy!

    The speed of seeking Daoyu was several times faster than when Jiraiya was attacked just now, and there was no time for everyone in the Xiao organization to react!

    If you want to stop Qiu Dao Jade, someone must bear the attack of Qiu Dao Jade, and also find a way to take Qiu Dao Jade away from this area...

    It¡¯s just that the time for this jade for seeking Taoism was short-lived, and there was no time for them to discuss who will die. After all, it¡¯s not that ordinary people can jump a little farther with the jade for seeking Taoism...

    Maybe this is the characteristic of Akatsuki...

    Faced with this kind of attack, everyone subconsciously wants someone to die.

    It just happened at this time...

    Suddenly Fei Duan stepped on the golden duster cushion, leaped into the air, and rushed toward the jade for seeking Taoism. He even turned his head and made a grimace at everyone in Xiao!

    "Anyway, if you give you time to discuss, you **** will also push this uncle to death! This uncle is not aggrieved by this, I will go by myself!"

    This guy Fiduan... was smart before he died!

    Just as everyone in the Xiao organization was surprised, a figure suddenly appeared beside Feiduan, picked up Feiduan''s collar with one hand, and threw him back to the sand pad with one hand.

    It is Naraku Uehara!

    "I''m still alive! What are you pretending to be here?"

    After Uehara Naruko cursed the flying paragraph, he twisted and kicked the attacking jade back!

    After solving the crisis of Akatsuki''s demise, Uehara turned his head and glanced at the people behind him: "And you, why don''t you run around here and fly around here?"

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 359ï¼š Your resurrection spot, I resurrect Nagato, we all have bright wishes

    Uehara appeared too timely.

    So that everyone in the Xiao organization felt a little uncomfortable.

    At the moment when the crisis hit, Uehara Naraku suddenly appeared, rescued Fei Duan with one hand, and kicked Fei Duan with one kick, causing the entire Akatsuki organization members to involuntarily flash through their hearts.

    Deidara suddenly shook his head, and sighed regretfully: "Uehara, if you didn''t come, it would be great, so that our organization can reduce a useless idiot..."

    "Asshole, I killed you!"

    Feidan was about to raise his sickle angrily.

    Seeing that these two guys were about to quarrel again, fortunately, the two seniors, the Red Sand Scorpion and the Horn, held down one by one, and then forced them to stop.

    "All right."

    Uehara Naraku waved his palm and said loudly: "Senior Scorpion, you leave here first. The next battle is not something you can participate in now."

    "but¡­"

    The scorpion of the red sand looked at Uehara hesitantly: "That fellow Oshemaru has become a ten-tailed man Zhuli, his aspirational jade..."

    "It doesn''t matter."

    Uehara Naraku twisted his wrist, his face calmly said: "I have been prepared for this a long time ago, please leave here first!"

    In fact, he didn''t want to come out so quickly, but Oshemaru wanted to ruin his small team, which was unbearable, especially after Qiu Daoyu''s attack killed people, and he couldn''t even save him from rebirth. .

    After the Red Sand Scorpion was silent for a while, Feishen wanted to control the two puppets to fall down, and said softly: "I can stay and help you..."

    "I can too!"

    Deidara drove her clay giant bird to the side of Uehara Naraku, and said happily, "I have prepared a lot of art for this war!"

    "Uh¡­"

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help covering her forehead, and continued to order: "Let¡¯s find a place nearby to hide! The real war... is very early!"

    "Right¡­"

    Jiao nodded, and said solemnly: "Don''t forget our previous purpose. We are not in the same group as the five big countries! Instead of staying here, it is better to let the five big countries consume the big snake pill, and we finally defeated ourselves. they!"

    "...Senior Jiao Du... right."

    Uehara Naraku nodded helplessly.

    Fei Duan spread out his palms, and said helplessly: "Our previous generation leader Payne will fight on his own. As a result..."

    "Idiot, shut up!"

    Jiao Du couldn''t help but cursed his teammate again.

    The members of the Akatsuki organization temporarily withdrew from the battlefield noisily. They planned to hide in a safe place, waiting for Uehara Naraku to summon them.

    the other side.

    Da She Maru also noticed all this.

    It''s just that Osaki Maru is more concerned about Uehara Naraku''s solution to seeking Taoism. Is this guy Uehara Naraku still so arrogant?

    Da She Maru gritted his teeth, a long sword turned into a long sword appeared in his hand, his face became cold again, and flew towards Uehara Naruto!

    It is a pity that a figure blocked his way.

    There are two toads sitting on Jilaiya''s shoulders. He took advantage of this period of time to avoid the birth of the tree world, and directly entered the fairy mode!

    "Senfa, Fire Dunge, Goemon!"

    A group of overwhelming flames hit the Oshe Maru!

    Dashemaru hurriedly manipulated Qiudaoyu to spread out, turning into a black barrier to stop the overwhelming flames, but to his shock, this time, Qiudaoyu was faintly eroding under the attack of Huo Dun!

    Immortal Shen Zuo sat on Zi Lai Ye¡¯s shoulders, and said in a deep voice, ¡°Little Zi Lai Ye, Immortal Big Toad told us that when we came, the chakra of Xianshu Chakra and Chakra of Qiu Daoyu are not the same kind of energy. Cancel each other out!"

    "I know!"

    Jiraiya¡¯s voice was a bit solemn. He stared at the Oshemaru in front of him, and said solemnly: "Even so, it is very difficult to defeat Oshemaru..."

    "Ok¡­"

    Immortal Zhima nodded, and muttered: "Little Naruto is also condensing Xianshu Chakra. The nine tails in his body gather natural energy faster than us, and he should be able to help you soon. ¡­"

    "Xianfa¡¤Wind Escape¡¤Spiral Shuriken!"

    Before they could finish talking, Uzumaki Naruto swung in this direction and threw a spiral shuriken!

    This is also the magic that can break the jade seeking for Taoism!

    "trouble¡­"

    Oshemaru''s forehead was slightly wrinkled, the next moment his palm suddenly pointed out in the direction of the spiral shuriken, and said in a cold voice: "Although I can only use the simplest power of the reincarnation eye, it is just right now. ...Shen Luo Tianzheng!"

    The next moment, a majestic repulsion pushed away!

    This majestic repulsive force instantly flew the spiral shuriken out!

    Da She Wan slowly raised the Qiu Dao Jade Black Sword in his hand, and said coldly: "Jilaiya, Naruto Uzumaki, if you want to die so, then I will fulfill you!"

    "Orochimaru!"

    Jilaiya¡¯s expression became more serious. He stared at Oshemaru¡¯s movements closely. His short stature avoided his Daoist Jade Black Sword, and continued with a deep voice: "You have gone the wrong way, no matter what, I will definitely stop it. you!"

    "Then let me take a look at your fairy model!"

    After the Dao Dao Jade Black Sword in Da She Maru''s hand pierced the air, it suddenly turned into a spear and swept over the top of Jilaiya''s head suddenly!

    Dashemaru Qing held the Heavenly Marsh Spear in his hand, looking at Jiraiya in front of him and Naruto Uzumaki, who was staring at him, his eyes tightened slightly: "Let me see, the chakras of the toads are powerful. The power of the six immortals is stronger!"

    At the next moment, Oshemaru waved the spear in his hand and rushed up!

    It''s just that Dashemaru didn''t let down other vigilance. The few Taoist jade behind him hovered around him, always ready to use the Taoist jade to sneak attack on Jiraiya and Naruto Uzumaki!

    As a truly experienced ninja, O Shemaru knows one thing very well, that is, what he has to do now is to continuously attack!

    Qiu Daoyu can counteract any attack, and it can also temporarily block Xianshu...but Jiraiya and Uzumaki Naruto can''t stop Qiu Daoyu''s attack!

    O She Maru knows that he can make many mistakes...

    As long as there is a ten-tailed Chakra in his body, he will not die!

    And Naruto Uzumaki and Zilai only need to make one mistake, and the two of them are absolutely dead!

    For this kind of battle, Oshemaru is very clear about his own advantages, he will never let these two guys attack!

    "and also¡­"

    Oshemaru''s gaze slowly moved to the young man with three pairs of wings on the other side, and his eyes shrank slightly: "For the time being, I won''t let the weird guy Uehara Naraku come over...Ninfa¡¤Six Red Sun Formation!"

    Red curtains of light descended from the sky, forming a closed barrier, completely sealing the three of Dashemaru himself, Zilaiya and Naruto Uzumaki!

    Sometimes, it should indeed be arrogant.

    But sometimes, you should be cautious.

    After all, the guy Uehara Naraku is also good at fairy mode, which is not very advantageous for Oshemaru!

    Within the six red sun formations.

    The battle between Jiraiya and Uzumaki Naruto is still going on. They are struggling to support under the storm-like attack of Oshemaru. Both of them know very well that they will die if they make one mistake!

    Outside the six red sun formations, everyone saw their hard fight.

    "What the **** should I do?"

    "Where is Captain Uehara?"

    "This is the red sun formation barrier, it should be impossible for Captain Uehara to break it?"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku is still waiting.

    He also wants to see the arrogant look of Oshemaru, and when Oshemaru is full of confidence, he reappears and defeats him in one fell swoop...

    Not so coincidentally.

    Someone seems to see him so idle.

    Kurozutsu appeared gloomily beside Naraku Uehara, and said softly: "Naraku, this is a great opportunity for us to weaken Osaimaru..."

    "I haven''t been able to break the Red Sun Formation..."

    Uehara Naruko frowned, and said in a low voice: "I just gathered all my celestial chakras just now and I knocked out a jade for seeking Taoism, and now I can barely recover..."

    "Yes!"

    After Kurojue was silent for a while, he opened his mouth and proposed another plan: "However, although the Red Sun Formation has a strong defense, it cannot defend against time and space art... Konoha has three ninjas who can use the Flying Thunder God Formation, and Yunyin Village has The gift of heaven..."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Heizue speechlessly. After this guy got into the Ninja Alliance, he seemed to have heard a lot of news!

    And what does this mean?

    Did Heijue fail to understand what he meant?

    He just kicked Qiu Daoyu, and he is very tired now!

    "We will have reinforcements soon, I have already contacted the headquarters!"

    There was a faint smile in Heijue''s voice, and even at this moment it vaguely regarded himself as a real ninja among the coalition forces.

    Really...

    Outrageous!

    Kurozue looked at Uehara and continued with a smile: "The caster of the Flying Thunder God Array should send the Fifth Generation Eye Shui Ying... The Fifth Hokage Tsunade and the Fourth Raikage Ai will use Jiraiya as the coordinate soon~ www.novelhall.com~ Teleport into the Six Red Sun Formation!"

    "I hope they can help us weaken the Oshe Maru a little bit!"

    After talking about this, Hei Jue sighed and said, "Unfortunately, if you can enter the Six Red Sun formations, we can weaken the Oshe Maru and increase the odds by one point..."

    "Um... rest assured, we will definitely win!"

    Uehara Naraku nodded regretfully, and then looked at Kuroze: "After we weaken the Oshemaru, first think of a way to resurrect Nagato-sama..."

    "Ho **** ho ho... of course."

    After Kurozu finished speaking, he took another vague look at Naraku Uehara: "Master Madara can also be resurrected together and watch the birth of a new world with us!"

    "Ok¡­"

    After Naro Uehara nodded, he said with some anxiety: "I just haven''t found the body of Nagato-sama, or his filthy reincarnation body, and I don''t know where Yakushidou has hidden Nagato-sama... "

    "Yes¡­"

    Hei Jue nodded, and said with some regret: "The art of reincarnation must have a complete body or a complete reincarnation body..."

    Hei Jue''s words hadn''t been finished, when he stopped talking.

    Because the pharmacist pocket on the edge of the battlefield was slowly closing his hands and forming a coffin, a man with red hair walked out of the coffin.

    It was Nagato who was reincarnated from the dirty soil.

    And the pharmacist graciously helped to make Nagato''s body into its heyday state.

    Uehara Nairobi hooked the corner of her mouth, with a smile on her face: "It''s a coincidence, absolute predecessor, it seems that our wish can be realized..."

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 360ï¼š Mr. Oshamaru, are you having fun?

    This pharmacist has too many things to do.

    After Kurozu saw that Yakushi''s psychic came out of Nagato, he felt a little dissatisfied. It had never planned to resurrect Nagato. He was mainly worried that Naruto Uehara would win the reincarnation eye with the resurrected Uchiha Madara.

    After hesitating for a while, Hei Jue said softly, "If Nagato and Madara are resurrected, then who will use Moon Eye?"

    "Senior..."

    Uehara Naraku smiled, and his gaze slowly fell on Kurozue''s body: "Didn''t we make an agreement before? Isn''t it me who will execute Moon Eye?"

    "..."

    Hei Jue was silent for a while, then suddenly grinned.

    When Kurozu was about to deceive Uehara Naraku, he saw Uehara Naraku shook his head and said, "Okay, I was kidding. Madara-senpai made the Moon Eye plan by himself. If he was asked to use the Moon Eye plan. , It can be regarded as let him get his wish!"

    Uehara Naraku stared at the filthy Nagato next to Yakushito, and said quietly: "I just want a world where both Nagato-sama and Xiaonan-Sensei can live, a world without war, a world with peace and peace forever..."

    "Ho **** ho ho..."

    Hei Jue nodded gloomily and said, "Don''t worry, Naraku, as long as the Moon Eye project succeeds, the world of your dreams will definitely come true!"

    They are all discussing how to divide the spoils after the death of Dashewan.

    Within the six red sun formations, Oshe Maru actually occupies a huge advantage. Even the arrival of Tsunade and the fourth generation of Raikage Ai still did not change the situation on the battlefield.

    "I''ll get rid of Lord Nagato."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Heizue and whispered, "Senior, I will leave this to you for the time being. I will join the battle again after Oshemaru has lifted the six red sun formations!"

    "it is good."

    Kurozu nodded with a sullen face, and looked at the battle within the six red sun formations. If it really doesn''t work, then Uchiha Madara can also find a way to join the battlefield!

    the other side.

    Uehara Naraku''s wings flapped slightly, leading his body to fall in front of Nagato, his eyes flickered slightly: "How about it, are you happy to return to Yangshi?"

    "..."

    Nagato shook his head helplessly, looking at Uehara Naraku and sighed: "Uehara, I never thought that when the two of us met again, it would turn out to be like this. Isn''t Xiao Nan on the battlefield?"

    "No."

    Uehara Nairo spread out her palms and explained in a low voice: "This war is very dangerous. I am not sure of surviving myself. Naturally, I will not bring Teacher Xiaonan out..."

    "but¡­"

    Nagato frowned slightly, looked at Uehara Naraku with a full face, and said solemnly: "If you die on the battlefield, only Konan is left..."

    "It doesn''t matter."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head, slowly stretched out his palm, and said softly, "Nagato-sama, I hope you will forgive me no matter what I will do next."

    "Ha ha¡­"

    A smile appeared on Nagato¡¯s face. He nodded calmly and said, "I said, when you were sixteen, I told you that I will help you no matter what you do, and I will never Blame you."

    "That''s good."

    Uehara Naraku gave Nagato a meaningful look.

    The next moment, a strong wind hit Nagato''s body!

    Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly smashed Nagato''s filthy body with a single blow, and fell in front of Yakushi''s pocket. He whispered, "I can tell him all the truth, and prepare to wait for Nagato-sama to resurrect him. Income supernatural space."

    "¡­understand."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses calmly.

    Uehara Naraku stared at Yakushi''s pocket calmly, lowering his own voice: "Have you left behind on Oshamaru''s body?"

    "left behind."

    The pharmacist slowly closed his palms, and whispered: "It''s just that the incantation I left in his body is hidden in those inter-pillar cells. For the time being, I can''t do anything to Lord Oshemaru in this state. usefulness¡­"

    "Is it just the body?"

    Uehara Naruko frowned her brows and whispered: "I thought you would do something in his soul...it looks like your actions are of no use for the time being."

    "No, there are hands on the soul."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around and sighed: "I have caught Mitarai Adzuki beans, but she has the imprint of the Heavenly Curse of Lord Oshemaru..."

    The back hand of Oshemaru''s resurrection is in their hands, no matter what Oshemaru wants to do in the future, he will never give up his last back.

    "Good job."

    Nairo Uehara nodded, watching the battle within the six red sun formations in the distance, and whispered softly: "If Kurojutsu can''t control the Oshemaru, then you will come out!"

    "Yes, my lord."

    Nothing changed in the body of Pharmacist Pocket.

    After all, Dashemaru is good at taking other people''s bodies, and Heijue is very good at controlling other people''s bodies. What if two people win or lose?

    After the two people communicated for just half a minute, seeing that Nagato''s body was about to completely recover, Uehara Naruto disappeared in front of Yakushi''s pocket. He just wanted to brush Nagato''s task, and by the way, let Yakushido make Nagato. Preparation for the upcoming resurrection.

    After Uehara Naraku left, Nagato''s body had recovered, his face became very ugly, and his brows were frowned.

    "Pharmacist pocket, what the **** is going on?"

    "As you can see."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around, and explained in a low voice: "Everything now is an order of the adult, and everything is under the control of the adult."

    "..."

    Nagato fell into silence strangely.

    At this moment, he understood who the adult in the pharmacist''s pocket was.

    After a long time, Nagato hesitantly asked, "You said that everything is under the control of Uehara. What exactly does Uehara control? The war that is happening now..."

    "everything."

    Pharmacist''s eyes slowly became determined.

    At the next moment, Pharmacist looked at Nagato who wanted to turn around and go to Uehara Naraku to ask a clear question, and suddenly raised his finger!

    Nagato''s movements stopped abruptly, and his will disappeared.

    "Ugh¡­"

    The pharmacist shook his head, staring at Nagato, and sighed: "It''s really enviable good luck... When others are trying to find the way to victory, you have stood directly at the end of victory from the beginning."

    Within the six red sun formations.

    The fighting situation has not reversed.

    Because Dashemaru knows very well how to use his advantage.

    The most important thing is that Oshemaru is very familiar with the enemies present, and he has even fought against most of them, especially the main combat force!

    "Wind Escape¡¤Big Breakthrough!"

    O She Maru suddenly opened her mouth and spewed out a gust of wind!

    This ninjutsu, which can only be called a C-level, looked extremely terrifying under the blessing of six chakras, and instantly forced everyone in front of him back!

    At the same time, a jade for seeking Taoism suddenly hit the position of Jiraiya!

    Fortunately, the cells in the fourth generation of Raikage were highly activated. He hurriedly grabbed Jilaiya''s figure and jumped to another position, avoiding Qiu Daoyu''s attack!

    In this battle, the fourth generation of Raikage has been doing this kind of thing.

    Whenever other people could not evade or did not see the attack, all were remedied by the fourth generation of Raikage Ai with his ultra-fast instantaneous ability.

    Tsunade glanced at the fourth generation Raikage worriedly: "If you move at such a high speed, your body can''t bear it, right?"

    "Uncle Raikage, let me make it up!"

    Uzumaki Naruto wore a golden chakra coat with fairy-shaped pupils in his eyes, and continued with a deep voice: "In this battle, we can''t make any mistakes!"

    "Do not¡­"

    The fourth generation of Raikage glanced at the people present, shook his head and said in a deep voice: "Now everything must be based on the safety of Sir Jilaiya and Naruto. It doesn''t matter if the woman Tsunade and I sacrificed..."

    Regardless of whether it is the fourth generation of Raikage or Tsunade, the two of them cannot cause effective damage to Oshemaru. Even Tsunade, a medical ninja, can''t play any role for the time being... They must give the chance of survival to Uzumaki Naruto and Zi Come too!

    Only they are the hope of defeating Dashemaru!

    Just as the fourth generation of Raikage began to speak, the figure of Oshemaru appeared next to the fourth generation of Raikage, unscrupulously brandishing the black sword of seeking the truth in his hand!

    "Do you want to sacrifice so much?"

    Dao Jade Black Sword in Da She Maru''s hand will pass through the fourth generation Raikage''s throat Only a single blow from Dao Jade Black Sword can turn the fourth generation Raikage¡¯s neck into nothingness!

    Just at the most dangerous moment, a giant golden Chakra hand suddenly grabbed the four generations of Raikage''s back and dragged him back!

    Even so, it is too late!

    The Qiu Dao Jade Black Sword in Da She Maru''s hand passed the fourth generation of Raikage''s arm, and suddenly half of his arm was cut off, and the broken part of the arm was turned into nothingness by the black sword!

    "Raiking!"

    "Your Excellency Raikage!"

    "Uncle Raikage!"

    Everyone stared at the scars on Raikage''s hands in fear, because they all knew very well what an arm meant to a ninja.

    Especially the fourth generation Raikage, a ninja who is mainly based on ninjutsu!

    "Stop it!"

    The fourth generation of Raikage stopped everyone with a cold voice, and said in a deep voice: "I said, Tsunade and I belong to the category of sacrifice... Don''t worry, it''s just an arm..."

    "..."

    Everyone fell silent.

    A heavy touch flashed across Naruto Uzumaki¡¯s face, and he once again transformed into a giant golden demon fox, and said loudly: "Lecherous fairy! You will cover me! I will attack!"

    "it is good!"

    Jilai also nodded silently.

    While these people were struggling to support, someone hit the Six Red Sun Formation with a punch, and saw cracks open in the Red Sun Formation barrier, and then the entire Six Red Sun Formation collapsed into fragments. Disappeared in the air!

    Uehara Naraku squeezed her palms and appeared above the Oshemaru, tilting her head: "Mr. Oshemaru, are you having fun?"

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 361ï¼š Sorry, Dashemaru, its still me

    Da She Wan actually had a good time.

    As the second immortal of the Six Paths in the Ninja World, Oshemaru doesn''t mind letting everyone see the power he has now, especially Jilaiya and Tsunade, two old friends who always think he can''t realize his dream.

    Now Uehara Naraku took the initiative to jump in again, Oshamaru didn''t mind taking this to ravage this guy, this was an enemy he once hated to the bone.

    The shock in Da She Maru''s heart at Uehara''s breakthrough in the Chiyang Formation barrier gradually faded, his body slowly floating, and stopped in front of Uehara.

    "Uehara-kun, have you seen it?"

    Da She Maru raised the Qiu Dao Jade Black Sword in his hand and chuckled lightly: "I am no longer the me I used to be, and now mine has become the new Six Dao Immortal. In this world, there will never be anyone who is My opponent...including you."

    "Orochimaru¡­"

    Uehara Naraku looked at Oshemaru''s figure and rubbed the hair on his forehead: "You are so arrogant, I look a bit uncomfortable!"

    "But what can you do?"

    Da She Wan squeezed the Qiu Dao Jade Black Sword in his hand, and said with a light smile: "In your previous words, I just like that you can''t understand me, but it looks like I can''t help it... This sentence was once You guys will not forget what you said to me?"

    Oshamaru looked at Uehara Naraku''s expression and grinned the corners of his lips: "It''s a pity! Uehara-kun, the power of the Six Way Immortals is unmatched by mortals. I can clearly feel my own power..."

    As he spoke, Oshemaru''s eyes gradually tightened, and the reincarnation eyes flashed a bright light in his eyes: "Uehara-kun, do you remember how you treated me back then?"

    "to be frank."

    Nairo Uehara spread out her palms and waved her hands: "I forgot. After all, you have been in Longji Cave for so long. If it weren''t for the medicine master, I would have almost forgotten that you were not dead at all..."

    "..."

    Da She Wan was silent.

    In the past few years, he hated Naraku Uehara day and night.

    Oshemaru has been looking forward to the reunion with Uehara Naraku after she is strong, just like this scene now.

    What he wanted to see was Uehara Naraku''s shocked look!

    Just like when Jilaiya just saw him!

    What did this guy just say?

    forget!

    Oshemaru manipulated a jade to turn into a shuriken, and the shuriken dashed through the air and suddenly shot at Uehara Naraku!

    "do you remember!"

    Oshemaru''s face gradually revealed a gloomy look: "Uehara Naraku, back then you used this shuriken to crush my dream of immortality and invincibility!"

    At the beginning, it was when Dashewan was most proud of it.

    Because he had the most suitable body for his rebirth, because he found a way to use the **** of death forever, because he knew how to get the soul of Hafeng Shuimen, at that time Oshemaru really thought he would never have any more in the Shinobi world. Opponent.

    As a result, a shuriken shattered all his dreams.

    That shuriken became a nightmare that he couldn''t spend every day and night, and he began a dark life in Longdi Cave.

    Click!

    Qiu Daoyu''s shuriken was firmly clasped by Uehara!

    Whether it is the Xianshu Chakra in the body or the power of Yin and Yang and the Five Elements, Uehara Naraku is immune to the attack of the black sword of Qiu Daoyu!

    Fire escape Ninjutsu composed of a group of fairy chakras sprang from the hands of Uehara Naraku, burning the palms of the shuriken of Kudoyu!

    Oshamaru watched this scene, a touch of surprise flashed across his face, and his eyes narrowed slightly: "Uehara Naraku! You guy is really underestimated..."

    "of course¡­"

    Uehara Naraku slowly let go of the Kudoyu''s Shuriken, watched it be corroded by Xianshu Chakra, and said casually: "Otherwise, how can I have the guts to come over and let you recognize yourself again, Mr. Oshemaru !"

    The next moment, Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly disappeared!

    Da She Wan hurriedly manipulated Qiu Daoyu to wrap her body, but a scorching Xianshu fire escape was instantly wrapped on Qiu Daoyu!

    The barrier of Qiu Daoyu gradually began to disintegrate and corrode...

    Dashemaru''s body emerged from this barrier...

    Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly appeared behind Oshemaru, kicked Oshemaru in the neck, and kicked Oshemaru to the ground!

    There was a lot of dust on the ground!

    People who watched the battle on the ground or participated in the battle saw the original arrogant Dashe Maru being kicked from the sky, and they even couldn''t believe it.

    That''s not the Dashewan who used to be beaten often!

    The current Oshe Maru is the second Six Dao Immortal in the Ninja Realm!

    Not only was the people present who couldn''t believe it, O Shemaru''s head was also ignorant, because he was kicked off by Uehara before he could see Uehara''s movements!

    Before ten tails, he was being beaten.

    After getting ten tails, he was still beaten.

    This Uehara Naraku is a bit too much!

    "What''s wrong?"

    Da She Maru floated from the ground again, and a Taoist jade floated from behind him again and fell into his hand, turning into a black sword of Taoist jade.

    "There is no problem!"

    The wings behind Uehara Naraku drove him to fall beside Oshemaru, spreading his palms, and whispered, "Mr. Oshemaru, this was originally your destiny!"

    "..."

    Da She Maru frowned.

    Uehara Naraku calmly stared at Oshemaru and continued like a god: "When you stand at the pinnacle of your life, someone will definitely wake you up and let you clearly understand the cruelty of reality..."

    When Uehara Naraku said this, he looked at Oshemaru and sighed: "It''s just that I''m the one who woke you up, and I''ve always been alone..."

    Uehara Naraku slowly closed his palms, and a smile piled on his face: "When you researched out the ninja at the peak of the resurrection of Unholy Land, I was the one who woke you up;

    When you first worked out a way to crack the ghoul seal, when you wanted to rely on the ghoul seal to solve all your enemies, I was the one who awakened you;

    Now when you became the Ten-tailed Juli, when you thought that no one in the entire Ninja World was your opponent, I was the one who awakened you..."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Osamaru''s face gradually darkening, he couldn''t help but laughed and said, "Sorry, Osamaru...maybe this is fate?"

    Uehara Naraku said something like that.

    After speaking, if Uehara knew that he was controlling everything behind the scenes, Uehara Naraku would have almost believed it.

    After listening to Uehara Naraku''s nonsense, Osamaru''s expression became even more ugly. He squinted his eyes while holding the jade black sword in his hand.

    "Uehara Naraku, just relied on immortality to occupy a temporary advantage, do you think you have won?"

    Oshemaru once again put forward his own victory and defeat theory, and said in a cold voice: "Because I can''t kill the ten-tailed man, I can lose many times, but you only lose once..."

    "rest assured!"

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes gradually became serious, his fists slowly clenched, and a surging celestial chakra spread throughout his body: "Mr. Osaimaru, should you remember? What happened between us? I have never lost once!"

    "Ha ha¡­"

    A sneer appeared on O Shemaru''s face. He looked at Uehara Naraku and couldn''t help but said: "Uehara Naraku, do you still think you are the one who controls everything? When I got the reincarnation eyes and the ten tails..."

    When Dashewan was talking about this, he remembered why he got the reincarnation eye and ten tails, because all these were given to him by the pharmacist!

    The person whom the pharmacist had been loyal to this guy before was Naraku Uehara!

    Oshomaru combined with the current situation that he encountered now, Uehara Naruko was awe-inspiring to face him who had become a rank of six.

    A particularly terrifying idea fell into Da She Wan''s mind!

    O Shemaru''s face suddenly changed, a pair of reincarnation eyes stared at Uehara Naraku, his anger and tension suppressed in his throat: "Uehara Naraku, it''s you!"

    "It seems that some secrets have been leaked accidentally..."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at his main task progress panel and jumped, couldn''t help holding his forehead, and a dangerous smile appeared on the corner of his mouth: "It''s really sharp... Mr. Osaimaru, you have discovered this secret! "

    Uehara Naraku slowly raised his fingers, and whispered, "Shhh, don''t let it out... Otherwise, the power I can bestow on you will naturally take it back at any time!"

    "Really you?"

    Da She Wan''s eyes narrowed again.

    To be honest, Da She Wan was unwilling to believe it at this moment.

    It was because he escaped from Ryuji Cave with great difficulty, and he became the Ten-tailed Human Pillar by strengthening his will. As a result, Uehara Naraku told him that all this was his behind-the-scenes arrangement!

    If it is true, Da She Wan''s mentality is a bit broken...

    If everything is the conspiracy of Uehara Naraku, then this **** has obviously cheated him once again. How many times will this **** cheat him!

    It is unlikely to be true.

    Oshemaru denied this idea in an instant. He slowly raised the jade black sword in his hand, his face regained calmness: "Uehara Naraku, if it weren''t because I could feel the strength in my body, maybe it was a little closer to me. I believe..."

    Oshemaru suddenly pointed the jade black sword in his hand at Naraku Uehara, and smiled coldly: "Your mouth is always a lie. UU reading can never be trusted, huh, Uehara-kun, because Feeling the strength of this power, do you intend to break my will?"

    "Uh¡­"

    The expression on Uehara Naruko''s face was faintly embarrassed. He slowly held his forehead and said: "Mr. Oshamaru, as a boss, would you give a subordinate the power to escape his control?"

    For this sake, how come Dashewan still has illusions!

    "..."

    O She Maru''s expression changed again.

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but curl up slightly, suppressing his smile: "Those time and space ninjas who come and go without a trace, whose control is in their hands?"

    Uehara Naraku rubbed his forehead with the palm of his hand, and the smile at the corner of his mouth gradually couldn''t be suppressed: "I''m sorry, I have to control my emotions first."

    When talking about this, Uehara Naruko coughed a few times, and slowly reduced the smile on his face: "Mr. Oshamaru, let¡¯s continue fighting first. When I pull the ten tails out of your body again, I It will definitely give you a satisfying story..."

    After speaking, Uehara Naraku added: "Please don''t worry, Mr. Oshemaru, Juwei Renzhu Li is different from others. Even if you get out of your body, you can continue to live for a while. After listening to the story I want to tell ."

    "..."

    The Qiu Dao Jade Black Sword in Da She Maru''s hand was clenched little by little.

    As O Shemaru squeezed the black sword in his hand, his heart sank little by little, because he almost knew the real answer.

    At the next moment, Osaki Maru rushed towards Uehara Naraku holding the Qiudao Jade Black Sword, with a sharp voice: "Uehara Naraku, are you... still a human?"

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 362ï¼š Dont forget Zhu Xin to kill!

    Uehara Naruko frowned.

    The quality of Oshemaru is worrying!

    As a Konoha ninja class, he is also a disciple of three generations of Naruto, and once held a high-level position in Konoha, his cultivation and psychological quality should be not low.

    Why is there a sudden personal attack after a good conversation?

    Not only a personal attack, but even a direct attack!

    Oshemaru seemed to be desperate, the jade black sword in his hand slashed through the afterimages, and slammed the throat of Hara Naraku, every blow was very deadly!

    On the battlefield.

    Everyone heard the stern voice of Oshemaru.

    Everyone saw that Oshe Maru was almost mad, holding a black jade sword for seeking the truth and attacking Uehara Naraku, in a desperate posture!

    The current Oshe Maru and the aloft O She Maru just now are almost completely different, he now seems to have met a life and death enemy!

    "What''s wrong?"

    Naruto Uzumaki stared at the maddened Oshemaru in the distance, and frowned his brows and said, "That fellow Oshemaru...how does she feel crazy?"

    "No, he has no problems."

    Jilai also shook his head, pursed his lips, and whispered: "Although Oshemaru''s expression seems to be irritated, his swordsmanship is still so precise!"

    "Orochiku swordsmanship itself requires extreme coldness and reason."

    Tsunade''s eyes narrowed slightly, and he nodded and said, "Yes, even if he is provoked by the most insulting language, Oshemaru can''t lose his sanity. He is like a really cold-blooded snake. "

    The two are old friends of Dashemaru.

    Some of the habits that Oshemaru didn''t pay much attention to, Jiraji and Tsunade, who had been with each other day and night, knew this clearly.

    Yes, the two of them guessed right.

    After confirming Uehara''s answer at the beginning, the anger in Oshamaru''s heart could hardly be suppressed, and his anger almost immediately made him want to tear the Uehara Naruko into pieces!

    This **** is lying to him again!

    This **** is playing with his life again!

    In the next second, Oshe Maru immediately realized the crisis he was facing.

    If he is now the ten-tailed man who is a pillar of power and is also a secret plan by Uehara Naraku, then Uehara must have the means to restrain him, which means that he is destined to fall into the disadvantage in the next battle.

    There is even life-threatening.

    This is absolutely unacceptable to Dashewan.

    After regaining his life, he will no longer think about losing, especially since the body, blood inheritance and power he has now are still so powerful!

    Dashemaru is very convinced that this kind of opportunity will never happen again!

    We must find a way to reverse the situation, the most convenient way is nothing more than to use the power of this body to defeat or even directly kill Uehara Naraku!

    On the guise of her anger, Osamaru tried to reduce Uehara Naraku''s vigilance, looking for a chance to kill with one blow!

    As long as you can live, Oshemaru will not care about your current gaffe. Only the victor in this ninja world is qualified to make a declaration of victory. Only by living can everything be meaningful!

    This is his forbearance!

    In the next moment, Osaki Maru found the flaw in Uehara Naraku almost instantly, and pierced Uehara Naraku''s eyes with a flick of his hand. This move was just a false attack.

    Next, and point out, Jie Yin!

    Ono Shemaru''s other hand quickly raised her fingers, and completed the knot printing with one hand at a very fast speed, and opened her mouth to spray out a thunder: "Thunder Dungeous Thunder!"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku had just evaded the Black Sword of Qiu Dao Jade, and saw a thunderbolt hit his chest, Oshemaru was still so sinister and cunning!

    Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly disappeared in place, his figure appeared behind Oshemaru, and he said in a cold voice: "The way of fighting is still so insidious and cunning, obviously you have not lost your mind, Mr. Oshemaru!"

    Uehara Naraku hit the back of the head with a punch!

    Oshamaru suddenly turned his head, hurriedly manipulated it and turned it into a black barrier, blocking Uehara Naraku''s fist!

    However, the next moment, when Oshemaru stared in astonishment, the jade barrier was directly smashed by Nairo Uehara with a punch, and the punch fell heavily on his face!

    Oshe Maru rolled and flew out!

    Uehara Naraku casually spread out his palms, and whispered: "Mr. Oshamaru, now, do you know the gap between us? Even if you become the Six Way Immortals, you still cannot change your destiny."

    "Ho **** ho ho..."

    O Shemaru waved his hand to wipe the dust off his face, narrowed his eyes, and replied coldly: "You are still so arrogant! Uehara-kun! Don''t you look at your feet?"

    "Ok?"

    Uehara Naraku slowly lowered his head, and saw two jade jewels clinging to his legs tightly, and a dazzling light burst out in an instant!

    What an extravagant use!

    Uehara Naraku sighed slightly, waved her hand to put a golden mask on herself, and shook her head emotionally: "Mr. Oshamaru, in fact, before every battle, I always want to tell you people..."

    It''s a pity that Uehara Naraku hasn''t finished saying what he said, and the two jade for seeking Taoism exploded in an instant, and the light made almost everyone involuntarily squinted!

    A loud noise spread across the entire battlefield!

    Everyone stared at the area shrouded in light, wanting to see what would happen, because there is the hope of the entire Ninja World!

    Naruto Uzumaki looked at all this in disbelief, his face was slightly surprised: "How come... Uehara..."

    "It''s impossible to survive."

    Zi Lai also shook his head, took a deep breath, and said in a deep voice: "The power of the jade of seeking Taoism is unimaginable. It will instantly destroy everything in the explosion area!"

    What''s more, those two jade for seeking the truth were detonated tightly against Uehara Naraku''s body, and it was impossible to survive no matter what they thought.

    Every active ninja on the battlefield lowered his head involuntarily. They knew what the explosion meant...

    Even Kurozue watched this scene with a little astonishment. Once Uehara Naraku has a problem, he can only let Uchiha Madara do it himself!

    If Uchiha Madara can''t defeat Oshemaru, then he can only use the means hidden in the eyes of reincarnation, which may ruin those two eyes!

    The smoke gradually dispersed.

    A figure with three pairs of wings on his back gradually emerged, and his body was covered with a golden light mask, slowly flying out like a god.

    Uehara Naraku stared at the ugly-looking Oshemaru, and casually spread out his palms and said the words that he had never spoken.

    "I''m invincible, you...whatever!"

    "whispering sound!"

    Da She Wan couldn''t help gritting his teeth.

    This **** is still so domineering!

    What he needs to do now is, he must think of another way to solve Uehara Naraku. Neither of the two jade auras can kill Uehara Naraku!

    Is it all because of the golden mask?

    What kind of technique is it, it can''t even be destroyed by seeking Taoism!

    Oshemaru frowned, and began to think about how to destroy Uehara Naraku''s technique. Does it seem to be a defensive technique similar to that of seeking a jade?

    Is it made of Xianshu?

    Or what energy?

    It is a pity that Dashewan does not have enough time and method of argumentation!

    "What are you thinking about?"

    Uehara Naraku''s voice appeared beside Osaimaru.

    While Oshemaru was waving the jade black sword in his hand in amazement, Naruu Uehara was hit hard in the chest, and he was kicked out!

    Uehara Naraku''s body followed like a shadow, and he appeared next to the Oshemaru again. His speed was almost faster than that of the sixth-level Oshemaru!

    At this moment, many people remembered the fear of being beaten by Naru Uehara!

    When facing Naraku Uehara, once there was a situation where his body was unable to control himself, he would be greeted with continuous beatings!

    Oshemaru is like a sandbag, even if the jade for seeking the truth is turned into a barrier, it cannot stop the attack of Uehara Naraku!

    Knee bump!

    Elbow!

    fist!

    Flick!

    Every blow hurts my heart!

    People can''t imagine how powerful this guy is!

    Until the last time, Naruto Uehara stopped in front of the embarrassed Oshemaru, bent a finger toward his forehead, and narrowed his eyes: "In front of me, no matter how much you have changed, or the one that used to be DashewanBoom!

    One finger lifted up and landed on Da She Wan''s forehead!

    Just when Da She Wan thought he was going to be flicked out by this finger, and even closed his eyes in fright, he only felt a little pain on his forehead.

    The corner of Uehara Naraku''s mouth was hooked and a smile appeared: "Mr. Oshamaru, you didn''t feel it just now. Is that the way we get along in the past? I only need a small gesture to scare you to resist..."

    The smile on Uehara Naruko''s face was even stronger. He spread out his palms and said sincerely: "Look, there is still no difference between the present and the past. Even if you become the ten-tailed man, you still haven''t escaped from my palm. heart."

    "Asshole!"

    Dashewan''s teeth clenched.

    Uehara Naraku is a **** who humiliates him too much!

    Almost every sentence stuck in his heart!

    If both the past and the present cannot escape the control of Uehara Naraku, then what is the point of risking his life to become the Ten-tailed man after his resurrection!

    Oshemaru suddenly remembered the words of Yakushito at this moment. Yakushito mentioned that it was an experiment to make him become Ten-tailed Jumanji. Could it be that Uehara Naraku used his life to make an experiment of becoming Ten-tailed Jumanji?

    "You...take me as your experiment?"

    Da She Wan''s eyes twitched.

    Uehara Naraku shook his head calmly, and explained: "It is biased to understand this way, but it does have such a meaning..."

    After speaking, Naruto Uehara looked at Oshamaru and said word by word: "Mr. Oshamaru, do you remember what you said when we met for the first time? Don¡¯t you think I¡¯m an experimental product? ?"

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 ~ï¼š More in the afternoon, 8 more today

More in the afternoon, 8 more today

 Chapter 363ï¼š Sorry, Dashemaru, I can only do this rough method

    Uehara Naraku is really careful.

    Da She Wan couldn''t help grinding his teeth, how could he still remember a little thing!

    It''s almost eight years since Uehara has bullied him so many times, can''t it offset that habitual statement?

    Who would have thought that this **** still remembers...

    The corner of Uehara Naraku''s mouth twitched, looking at Oshemaru''s volatile look, and suddenly said: "Well, I''m joking, how could I deliberately target Mr. Osaimaru because of a joke many years ago?"

    "..."

    Oshemaru was silent.

    Are you not the kind of scrupulous person?

    A casual sentence back then, you remember it for eight years!

    After Uehara watched Oshomaru not speaking, he helplessly rubbed his forehead: "Well, Mr. Oshemaru, then I have another reason to make you more comfortable?"

    "..."

    Da She Maru looked at it suspiciously.

    Uehara Naraku met his gaze, and his eyes gradually became serious: "Sorry, Mr. Oshamaru, I actually cheated you on purpose."

    "Asshole!"

    This sentence drove Dashewan crazy again!

    This is not as good as the first reason for holding revenge!

    How could there be such a bad person as Uehara Naraku in the Ninja World!

    When Nagato and Konan returned from picking him up, didn''t they realize the evil nature of Uehara Naraku? This is a real bastard!

    Every sentence of Uehara Naraku can directly provoke the nerves of Oshemaru, causing him to be irritated in an instant. Few people can do this with this language ability...

    Those who were left on the battlefield soon saw Oshemaru attacking Uehara Naraku again like a madness, but soon he was pushed to the ground again by Uehara Naraku...

    Heijue''s gaze flickered faintly, and its voice was a little surprised: "Even if Oshemaru became a Ten-tailed man Zhuli can''t defeat Uehara? Is that kid really the son of destiny who executes Moon Eye?"

    This truth doesn''t make sense.

    Obviously everything is controlled secretly by it!

    There can be no real son of destiny, there is only one real protagonist in this ninja world, and that is its mother, the goddess Otsuki Kaguya!

    Bai Jue¡¯s voice was a little hoarse and replied: ¡°There are indeed many secrets in this world that we cannot find, and many things can easily break through our control... Could it be that Uehara was deceived by you too much, too Confident?"

    "There is no such possibility."

    Heijue rejected this possibility, and continued in a low voice: "No matter what you do, the human body still has its limits. Maybe there are other possibilities...

    At that time, Senju Zhuma also had power that was almost as close to Asura, and Uchiha Madara also broke the limit of Indra, but those two guys had a powerful Chakra reincarnation heritage.

    But what is inside Naraku Uehara''s body? It is an existence that we cannot understand and unknown, and it seems impossible to be some kind of blood succession or racial inheritance. It seems that there is nothing special except the fairy mode... Is it the three holy places that we have been unable to touch? "

    When talking about this, Hei Jue suddenly thought of a possibility, and he suddenly said, "Wait, this kid... won''t be the reincarnation of Hakata or Hamura''s Chakra!"

    Hei Jue''s voice was slightly gloomy.

    To be honest, this probability may not be absent.

    What can''t be done in this ninja world?

    Who knows if Otsuki Yui and Otsuki Yumura, the two earliest humans with chakras, will leave anything behind after they die!

    Heijue¡¯s voice gradually became a little hoarse, and it seemed to feel that it had guessed the direction: "The Chakra of Hakata is the source of this Chakra of Ninja, and every ninja may become his Chakra...

    It just seems that Uehara''s Chakra is not as powerful as the traitor Yuyi, maybe because he hasn''t developed it yet? "

    Bai Jue''s thinking was more divergent, and his gaze stayed on Uzumaki Naruto on the other side: "Could it be that the collection of Toku-tailed Chakras was not complete enough...so they lost to the most talented ninja ever?"

    "..."

    Hei Jue''s thoughts slowly stunned, Bai Jue''s words were a bit off, and his mind was also tilted.

    This possibility is not impossible.

    After all, there were only three chakras in the Ninja World when Ten Tails appeared in the world. Now there are chakras everywhere in the Ninja World. The power of Ten Tails is actually not that strong?

    Not only Hei Jue was thinking wildly.

    Even Uchiha Madara was a little confused, because the current state of Oshamaru could definitely surpass him and Senjujuma at their peak.

    But Oh She Maru is being crushed and beaten...

    At the beginning, Osaki Maru seemed to be evenly matched with Uehara Naruto, but now it is completely suppressed by Uehara Naruto.

    "Hei Jue, what the **** is going on?"

    Uchiha Madara¡¯s voice appeared in Kurozu¡¯s heart, and he asked, ¡°According to the stone monument left by the six immortals, the strength of the Ten-tailed man¡¯s column power should be invincible. Now Osamaru is suppressed by Uehara Naraku because of the Ninja investigation. Didn''t the carats collect complete?"

    "..."

    Heijue fell silent.

    After a while, Kurojutsu voiced a gloomy voice, and asked Uchiha Madara a very fatal question. He wanted to verify from the side of Uchiha Madara whether Uehara Naraku was too strong or Osaimaru was too weak.

    "Master Madara, are you sure to defeat the current Oshe Maru?"

    "Humph¡­"

    Uchiha Madara sneered, and said contemptuously: "Oshemaru is still smart, but his fighting style is too stupid. If you want to solve him, you can do it with a little bit of thought."

    If it was before, Uchiha Madara would definitely praise Oshemaru, and even describe Oshemaru as very troublesome, even he would have to spend a lot of brain and time to settle it!

    But now Oshemaru is being hit by Naruto Uehara!

    If Uchiha Madara said that Oshemaru is actually quite powerful at this time, wouldn''t it be that he is far from Naruto Uehara?

    "..."

    Hei Jue heard this and fell silent again.

    Does it really seem that the Dashewan is too weak?

    After a while, Kurozue immediately proposed his plan: "After Uehara Naraku has solved the ten tails in the Oshemaru, I will immediately possess Oshemaru and control him to perform the reincarnation technique to resurrect Lord Madara, so that nothing will happen. accident¡­"

    "After I get my own eyes, I will re-absorb the ten tails!"

    Uchiha Madara grinned carelessly at the corners of his mouth, with a hint of confidence in his voice: "The reincarnation eye is my eye. No one except me can perform the strongest pupil technique in it!"

    A pupil technique called Wheel Tomb¡¤Border Prison!

    In this world, the pupil technique will never be cracked!

    Only the real master of the reincarnation eye can display the real power contained in it!

    Just as the duo here was thinking about conspiracy and trickery, the Oshe Maru on the battlefield finally couldn''t suppress his emotions. He was fed up with the feeling of being unable to fight back!

    After you get this ten tail, you can''t use it without a little bit!

    "Uehara-kun!"

    Oshemaru''s palms suddenly closed, his eyes lifted up again, and a group of terrifying monsters suddenly emerged from his body: "Perhaps you are too confident! Your biggest mistake is to underestimate the power of Ten Tails. ¡­"

    That group of hideous monsters actually had blood-red eyes!

    That blood-red eye combines the appearance of the writing round eye and the reincarnation eye, and it looks terrifying, making people afraid to look directly!

    Da She Maru slowly manipulated the behemoth behind him and gradually shrank, and suddenly took root under the earth, becoming a towering tree straight into the sky!

    That is¡­

    The legendary sacred tree!

    The roots of the sacred tree suddenly drilled out vines and roots spreading towards Uehara Naruto, wanting to pierce Uehara with one blow!

    O She Maru relies on the wood escape ninjutsu displayed by the sacred tree, which is incredibly powerful, no, or the sacred tree itself is the strongest wood escape ninjutsu!

    The sacred tree has always been alive!

    Oshamaru looked at Uehara Naraku, and said in a gloomy voice: "Uehara-kun, you will never think, do you really understand all the power of Togo!"

    "Orochimaru!"

    Nairo Uehara spread out his palms, and the wind blades composed of wind ninjutsu cut all the vines and roots that hit him!

    When Uehara Nasa fell on countless vines to block the view, his figure suddenly flickered and appeared behind Oshemaru!

    Uehara Naraku placed one hand on the back of the Oshemaru, and said in a low voice: "Oshemaru, this power was given to you by me instructed by the pharmacist... Am I going to be in danger by myself? What do I have to do with this power? Don¡¯t you understand?"

    "what?"

    Oshemaru wanted to turn around in surprise!

    Unfortunately, he couldn''t get rid of Uehara''s palm at all!

    A group of chakras appeared between Uehara Naraku''s fingers, and he calmly pronounced the name of a technique: "Six Ways¡¤Seal of Tail!"

    "..."

    Dashemaru heard the name of this technique eyes could not help tightening slightly!

    When the tail beast in Renzhuli of the Five Great Nations was pulled out, he used the technique of untie the tail seal. Dashemaru knew the name and effect of this technique very well!

    did not think of¡­

    One day he will fall to this level!

    Obviously, he has become the pillar of the ten-tailed people, has become the most powerful ninja in the entire Ninja world, and has clearly become the second Six Dao immortal in the Ninja world!

    Will he be pulled out of this force like those people?

    While Oshemaru was full of unwillingness but could only wait for Uehara Naraku to pull the ten tails from his body, he heard Uehara Naraku''s chuckle.

    "Mr. Oshemaru, I was actually teasing you. Ninja does not have this so-called six-path technique at all, and pulling away from the ten tails is not this way..."

    "..."

    Da She Wan was silent again.

    A little bit of anger spread upward from his chest, and the **** Naru Uehara was lying to him again. In fact, this **** didn''t know how to pull the ten tails away!

    Just as Oshemaru suddenly turned around and caught Uhara Naruto, a fist suddenly hit his lower abdomen, almost smashing his organs out!

    Uehara Naruto''s fist landed on Oshemaru''s lower abdomen. He looked at Oshemaru''s distorted and painful expression, and he saw Oshemaru''s back gradually bulge!

    That is the tail beast Chakra ready to come out!

    Uehara slowly lowered his head, shook his head and sighed, and then smashed his fist again: "Sorry, Mr. Oshamaru, I can only try this rough method of pulling the ten tails away..."

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 364ï¼š Sorry, Naruto, you should be able to accept again that I am...

    This method is inhumane at all.

    Oshemaru was itchy with hate, but he had no resistance at all under the blow of Uehara Naraku''s punch.

    Is this Uehara mentally retarded?

    How could Ninja World have such a way of pulling away from the human pillar!

    But what horrified Oshamaru was that under the attack of Nairo Uehara''s punch, the tail beast Chakra in his body seemed to be spreading out little by little!

    Uehara Naraku hit Oshemaru¡¯s lower abdomen with another fist. He sighed faintly, "If you don''t release the sacred tree, maybe I have to think about other ways...you are seeking your own death." !"

    "Asshole..."

    A trace of blood leaked from the teeth of Da She Wan.

    Under the attack of Uehara Naraku, the internal organs in his body were almost smashed out, and the pain swept through his whole body!

    Even when the body was replaced with Indestructible Reincarnation, Dashewan never felt as painful as it is now!

    "Uehara Naraku..."

    A dark cloud flashed in O Shemaru''s eyes, and he dropped his head weakly on Naru Uehara''s arm, and said with a weak voice: "You guy...you are really cruel... crueler than anyone..."

    "Mr. Oshemaru, shouldn''t you praise my kindness?"

    Uehara Naraku continued to hit Oshemaru¡¯s lower abdomen with a fist, and sighed softly, "I have given you the power of the six immortals and brought you to the apex of the Ninja World, allowing you to realize your dreams, at least to me. Say thank you!"

    "Asshole..."

    Osha Maru managed to raise his head and look up at Uehara''s face, and snorted coldly: "Pushing people up to the peak, and people falling off the cliff..."

    "At least you have seen the scenery high up."

    Nairo Uehara patted the shoulder of the Oshemaru, staring at the Chakra of the Nine-Tailed Beast that emerged from the back of the Oshemaru, and continued in a low voice, "Some people, but there is no such opportunity in their lifetime!"

    At the next moment, the Chakra of Nine-Tailed Beasts jumped out of the Oshe Maru and fell on the ground. Each of the Tailed Beasts gradually regained the entity. After losing the **** of the sacred tree, the Nine-Tailed Beasts reappeared. On the Ninja World.

    As the Chakra of the Nine-Tailed Beasts left the body of the Oshe Maru, the sacred tree in the sky gradually began to wither, and disappeared into a mass of bubbles.

    After Dashemaru completely lost the power of the tail beast, almost his whole body lost its strength. The horns on his head gradually receded, and the six gowns on his body gradually disappeared...

    His hair never returned to its previous blackness.

    "Okay, Mr. Oshemaru."

    Uehara Naraku took Oshemaru''s arm and whispered, "Now you can use your residual heat... Help me revive Nagato-sama and Uchiha Madara!"

    "..."

    Da She Maru suddenly raised his head when he heard the words.

    Those reincarnation eyes looked at Naraku Uehara in disbelief!

    How embarrassed this **** could say this!

    Isn''t he miserable enough now? Why does Uehara Naraku want to use him? Is this to squeeze his life abruptly?

    "You bastard¡­"

    Da She Wan''s teeth bit her lips tightly, and a few words broke out between the lips: "Don''t give me too much!"

    "Not willing?"

    Uehara frowned, and said earnestly: "After losing the ten tails, your life will definitely come to an end, and you are about to die anyway. If this is the case, you might as well give play to your final value..."

    "Asshole!"

    Oshamaru looked at Uehara Naraku, raised his head and furiously said: "Even if I die here, I won''t be used by you again!"

    Is this **** Uehara talking human words!

    Couldn''t he think about it in his own mind, what he has been doing now is personnel affairs?

    Now everyone else is dying!

    How can Uehara bully him!

    "Don''t look at me like that..."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head, and continued to persuade: "I forgot to tell you that Mitarai red beans are already in our hands, but that is the back of your resurrection..."

    "..."

    Dashemaru was silent for a while, and then narrowed his eyes slightly and said, "If my resurrection is still in your hands, won¡¯t I be used by you again after I¡¯m resurrected? This cycle repeats, then my resurrection still has What''s the point!"

    Da She Wan is really a little desperate.

    If every resurrection is under the control of Uehara Naraku, would his resurrection be used by Uehara time and time again?

    "It makes sense."

    Uehara Naraku blinked and said something irrefutable: "But for Mr. Oshemaru, it''s better to die than to live!"

    After Da She Wan was silent for a while, she clenched her palm, and said in a gloomy voice: "I want to live...but I can''t live like this!"

    Uehara Naruko frowned her brows and glanced at Oshemaru silently: "You have a lot of requests..."

    "..."

    Da She Maru''s face is extremely complicated.

    Can Uehara Naraku have a good chat!

    "Forget it, tell you the truth!"

    Uehara Naraku looked at Oshemaru, and continued softly, "I will threaten you directly. Guess how many hidden things are left in this body?"

    "..."

    Da She Maru fell silent.

    In fact, there is no need to think about it. The guy who has followed him for so many years will definitely learn from him, leaving behind in this body.

    The guy in Yakushidou is the lackey of Uehara Naraku. If he knew Uehara¡¯s plan, he would have placed many curse marks in this body...

    "Asshole..."

    A trace of blood oozes from the corner of Dashemaru''s mouth, and his eyes are full of resentment: "You two... really mean..."

    "To treat Akatsuki''s traitor, I think my methods are gentle enough."

    Uehara Naraku calmly spread out her palms and whispered, "When you betray Akatsuki, you should bear the consequences of betraying Akatsuki..."

    "Asshole..."

    Da She Wan nodded slowly, gritted his teeth and suddenly said: "Since I left Xiao, you little devil has already started to count me!"

    "Almost? Maybe?"

    Uehara Naraku knocked on his forehead, and after thinking for a while, a smile suddenly appeared on his face: "But I have always been helping you...

    Otherwise, how did you find that Bai Jue was the most suitable material for reincarnation of a dead body, and also the most suitable material for reincarnating from the dirty soil? Why do you think of finding a way to break the ghoul seal? "

    "It''s all you¡­"

    Oshemaru''s eyes tightened slightly, and he stared at Uehara Naraku: "At that time, Tou had betrayed me and became your subordinate..."

    "Yes¡­"

    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, and said with emotion: "I only helped to kill Shimura Danzo. From then on, he has offered his loyalty."

    Uehara Naraku''s face showed a look of nostalgia: "To tell the truth, I am still grateful to Mr. Danzo for helping me until now. I only used his life in exchange for a loyal subordinate. "

    "..."

    These words were so shameless that Dashemaru didn''t know how to answer.

    "Okay, let''s stop here!"

    Uehara Naruko let go of Oshemaru''s body and let him fall to the ground. He sighed and said, "Mr. Oshemaru, if you are willing to do it, then I can only use it... you just start a big show. The curtain, the really good show, has just begun!"

    "Orochimaru!"

    Just after Oshemaru''s body fell on the ground, Jiraiya, who was still celebrating the victory of the war with others in the distance, flew over!

    With a handle in Jilaiya''s hand, Kunai attacked the Oshe Maru!

    At this moment, Jilaiya, the best friend of Dashemaru in the past, seemed to want to kill his old friend and send him a ride!

    "Thank you, Uehara!"

    A touch of complexity flashed across Jiraiya''s face, and she fell beside Oshemaru, and said in a deep voice, "Then let me see him off!"

    "Orochimaru¡­"

    Tsunade also walked slowly, and a touch of emotion flashed in her eyes: "Jiraiya, hurry up and kill him! We have to solve his remnants and end this catastrophe..."

    "Ho **** ho..."

    Oshamaru looked up at the sky. He did not look at his two friends. He just looked at Uehara Naraku who was slowly falling in the sky, and said hoarsely, "Tsuna, Jiraiya, you two are still so short-sighted. ¡­"

    "what did you say!"

    Tsunade squeezed his fist sharply, then slowly put it down, frowned and said, "Oshemaru, now you have lost... Haven''t you realized that you are on the wrong path?"

    Is Dashemaru still so stubborn when he died?

    Hearing Tsunade''s words, Oshemaru''s laughter became more and more harsh: "Ho **** ho ho... You two don''t really think this is the end, do you?"

    Tsunade''s gaze tightened, she didn''t want to judge what other conspiracy Oshamaru had. She just said loudly, "Jiraiya, do it!"

    "¡­Goodbye!"

    Kuwu in Jilaiya''s hand suddenly waved down!

    Just when Jilaiya was about to cut Oshemaru''s throat with a knife, a man grabbed Jilaiya''s arm and threw him out with his hand!

    At the next moment, Tsunade was kicked out!

    The one who really did it was Madara Uchiha!

    This man who has been hiding around has finally revealed his true face and ambition!

    Uchiha Madara smiled and said, "Do it! Kurozue..."

    "Yes... Lord Madara."

    A gloomy laughter came from under the ground.

    A pitch-black figure gradually covered Oshemaru''s body like a liquid, covering the half of Oshemaru''s body, slowly controlling Oshemaru and closing his palms.

    It was Kazuki Jiraiya and Tsunade quickly reacted, their faces looked at the appearance of Uchiha Madara in disbelief, and then at the one that gradually covered Osaimaru. The black must on the body.

    "Kurozutsu... is Uchiha Madara''s spy!"

    No, this is not the most dangerous!

    If Kurozu is the traitor of Uchiha Madara, then recommend Kurozu to join the Ninja Alliance, and even recommend Kurozu to become the leader of the intelligence forces, Uehara Naraku...

    Is Uehara Naraku really credible?

    Especially this guy has a criminal record!

    When Jiraiya and Tsunade raised their heads at the same time, they looked at the slowly floating Uehara Naraku in the air, and his expression gradually became very ugly.

    There was a touch of dryness in Tsunade''s voice, and she looked at Uehara Naraku in disbelief and slowly stopped by Uchiha Madara.

    This action can almost declare his identity!

    Naru Uehara, this bastard, is another spy undercover in the Ninja Alliance!

    Uehara Naraku ignored Tsunade and Jiraiya, but just glanced at Kurozu who was controlling Osamaru, and said, "Senior, don''t forget to resurrect Nagato-sama."

    "¡­it is good."

    Heijue could only agree in a deep voice.

    Uchiha Madara looked at Uehara Naraku who fell next to him, with a smile on his face almost uncontrollable: "Huh, good job, I thought I was going to solve Oshamaru, the guy who stole our results myself!"

    "It''s just a trivial matter."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head calmly and turned to look at Jiraiya and Tsunade: "Jiraiya-sama, Tsunade, you have discovered my true identity once, and if you do it again now, it should be psychologically acceptable. Right?"

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 365ï¼š You are the most terrifying ninja I have ever seen

    What does Uehara mean?

    Is it a new scam again?

    Obviously, it has not been too long since they found out that Uehara Naraku cheated them. Now that the guy Uehara Naraku cheated them again?

    This kind of thing is too much!

    The complexions of Jiraya and Tsunade instantly changed color, and they could hardly believe that they heard what Uehara Naraku said.

    Even Jiraiya and Tsunade had just anticipated that Naraku Uehara might be a spy in their hearts, but they couldn''t help but tremble when they heard Naraku Uehara admit it.

    Tsunade almost trembled with anger!

    How many times does the **** Uehara Naraku have to play with them?

    Before the waste, she was still trying her best to talk about the dispute between Yuyin Village and other big countries, and even every time there was a quarrel, she would stand on the side of Uehara Naraku as much as possible.

    When the Ninja Alliance was planned to be established, Tsunade directly elected Uehara Naraku as the commander of the Alliance!

    This bastard...

    That''s how she treated her trust!

    "Uehara Naraku!"

    Tsunade squeezed his fist, and said in a deep voice, "What do you mean now? Do you know what you are doing!"

    "I always knew."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and sighed. He looked at the ninjas who were surrounding him and asked, "Well, before I tell some stories, I want to ask, is there any problem with your heart?"

    "What do you mean?"

    Tsunade''s eyes tightened.

    Jilai also clenched his fists abruptly and said with an ugly expression: "Listening to what you say, it seems that what you are going to say next will be amazing!"

    "It should be amazing, right?"

    Uehara Naro spread out her palms, the corners of her mouth twitched slightly, and continued with a smile: "First of all, Tsunade, I have always wanted to correct you when there is a mistake. Every time you say that I have changed too much, I will I want to tell you something..."

    Uehara Naraku''s face gradually became serious, and his voice gradually became louder: "I have never changed, no matter what happens around me, everything I do is for a greater purpose! "

    Uehara Naraku stared at Tsunade, his eyes getting more and more serious: "The Moon Eye Project is the way to achieve true peace in this world. Since I was twelve years old, I have been working hard for this project!"

    "Project Moon Eye?"

    Jilaiya''s eyes darkened, and he said in a deep voice, "What is that? Is that your conspiracy?"

    "Do not."

    Uehara Naraku slowly shook his head, looked at Uchiha Madara next to him, and whispered: "What should I say, the Moon Eye project is to collect all the tail beasts to resurrect the Ten Tails, and then use the Ten Tails. The power releases a powerful illusion technique, so that all the ninjas in the ninja world fall into the dream world they want..."

    Uehara Naraku looked at the shocked expressions on everyone''s faces and continued softly, "This plan is the will passed down by Uchiha Madara. Once, Lord Nagato was the chief messenger of this plan, but later he chose to give up..."

    When he said this, Uehara Naraku''s voice stopped.

    Just when everyone else was watching Uehara Naraku warily, for fear of his actions, a smile appeared on Uehara''s face.

    "In other words, I told Nagato-sama to give up."

    Uehara Naraku''s mouth twitched again, revealing an extremely gentle smile: "Because I know the dangers of the Moon Eye project, and I also know that Nagato-sama''s body can hardly continue to bear the power of the reincarnation eye, so I Just designed one thing..."

    Uehara Naraku''s gaze moved slowly, slowly staying on Jiraiya''s body, his smile became more and more meaningful: "Jiraiya-sama, do you still remember why you can bring Nagato-sama and ours Does the intelligence leave?"

    "..."

    Jilaiya''s heart sank suddenly.

    Seeing Uehara Naraku''s smile, Jira also suddenly felt that he had stepped into a dark abyss, as if everything he did was under the control of Uehara Naraku.

    "It''s you¡­"

    Jiraiya''s voice said bitterly: "No wonder you didn''t do anything at that time, letting me be rescued by Uchiha..."

    "Yes."

    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, and continued smiling with a smile: "Everything is as expected. My purpose is to let you take away the information of Nagato-sama..."

    "So... are you designing Nagato to die in Konoha?"

    "you can say so."

    Uehara Naraku''s gaze moved slowly, his gaze swept across Jiraiya, and then slowly stopped on Naruto Uzumaki: "I know very well the power that Naruto Uzumaki possesses. I know Lord Nagato is sure It won¡¯t be successful. The opportunity to attack Konoha can just get him out of the Moon Eye plan..."

    A touch of regret appeared on Uehara Naraku''s face, and he continued softly: "Because I know he will definitely not listen to my persuasion... But it doesn''t matter. In this Ninja world, death is a trivial matter anyway."

    death¡­

    It is a trivial matter.

    Uehara Naraku said these words calmly, making all the ninjas feel terrified.

    What is even more frightening is that everything that happened later did not exceed Uehara Naraku''s expectations, everything was staged according to his control!

    This guy is simply a master at playing with people''s hearts!

    And this guy knows everyone present!

    Uehara Naraku looked at everyone present, and continued with a smile: "When Nagato-sama died, I didn''t give up the Moon Eye Project... From that day on, I became the main messenger of the entire Moon Eye Project."

    "Asshole!"

    Tsunade stared at Naraku Uehara closely, gritted his teeth and said: "At that time, everyone saw Nagato''s sacrifice... but you didn''t see the darkness you hide! You have not inherited Nagato''s last wish and ignored his will. !"

    "I never hide the darkness, it''s just that you want to make a difference."

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but chuckle, and looked at Tsunade and said, "Of course, I will not deliberately correct your mistakes... Tsunade, what is the last wish? If the person closest to you dies, you will How to do it?"

    "and so¡­"

    Tsunade¡¯s gaze was staring closely at Kazuki-controlled Kazuma Yuiyin Oshamaru, her gaze slowly fell on Nagato in another area of ??the battlefield, and she whispered: "At that time, you thought Okay, do you want to bring Nagato back to life!"

    "Yes."

    Uehara Naraku also glanced at the Oshemaru and Kurozutsu behind him, and continued with a smile: "But to resurrect Lord Nagato, you always need to find someone who can use the eyes of reincarnation?"

    "and so¡­"

    Tsunade slowly squeezed his fists, and said in a deep voice, "So you used Oshemaru, because you can be sure that you will defeat Oshemaru, and you plan to let him use the eyes of reincarnation to resurrect Nagato!"

    "Not bad!"

    A powerful Chakra burst out of Uehara Naraku''s body, and his eyes glanced coldly at everyone present: "All the purposes of this war are nothing but a scene I wrote and directed. The opening drama!"

    Uehara Naraku said coldly: "Master Nagato will be resurrected, and the Moon Eye project will succeed. All of you are the audience I specially prepared for this drama!"

    Bang bang bang bang...

    Madara Uchiha beside him could not help but stretch out his hands and applaud.

    Uchiha Madara looked at Uehara Naraku, smiling and admiring him: "What a terrible child! Even I was a little shocked by your scheming, Uehara, and even I now have some doubts whether my resurrection is also in your expectation. In it..."

    "No doubt."

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes narrowed slightly, and he gave Uchiha Madara a gentle smile: "Jusei has been asking Pharmacists to resurrect Madarasho in his heyday. I''ve guessed that this might happen."

    "¡­interesting."

    Uchiha Madara''s eyes tightened.

    At the next moment, Uchiha Madara seemed to have thought of a certain possibility. He turned his head and looked at a certain place on the battlefield: "So, the guy who reincarnated and resurrected me with dirty soil...has been under your control?"

    "Oh, he..."

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but chuckled. He didn''t hide Uchiha Madara, but waved at the pharmacist, and chuckled: "It''s my most powerful subordinate, and he helped me control everything in Osake Maru. "

    "Then Uchiha took the soil?"

    Uchiha Madara feels that he has many problems.

    If Yakushidou is the manipulator of the rebirth, then Uchiha is controlled by the reincarnation with the soil, and his death is a bit strange!

    Uehara Naraku did not hesitate to enlighten me He smiled and continued to answer: "When the predecessor first told me about the Moon Eye Project, I thought about why the Moon Eye Project couldn¡¯t Let me be the messenger?"

    "That said..."

    Uchiha Madara¡¯s reincarnation eyes flashed slightly. He slowly squeezed the fan behind his back and said in a low voice: "At the beginning of this war, you manipulated Uchiha''s soil to induce me to fight with you..."

    "Try it out."

    The smile on Uehara Naraku''s face was even stronger. He looked at Uchiha Madara and continued: "If Madara''s power is too strong, I will find a way to send Madara back to the underworld.

    Now it seems that Madara¡¯s power is still under my control, so I will let Madara stay here..."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Uchiha Madara¡¯s expression and asked with a smile, "What''s the matter? Madara-senpai, is it because of my temptation that you are unhappy?"

    "Do not."

    Uchiha Madara slowly shook his head.

    This kid, too underestimated him!

    If this Uehara Naraku thinks so, then he is really wrong, the control of the reincarnated filthy land does not explain everything!

    After he was resurrected and got his own eyes and Ten Tails, Uchiha Madara would let Uehara Naraku know how strong a legendary character was at his peak!

    Uchiha Madara slowly lowered his head, hiding his expression, and he whispered: "Uehara Naraku, you are the most terrifying ninja I have ever seen, even the guy in Senjuma is not as good as you... "

    Unfortunately¡­

    The scheming is too deep, the eyes are too shallow!

    Uehara, this kid, never thought of what monster he released!

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 366ï¼š Tsunade: The familiar feeling is back

    Uehara Naraku was a little busy.

    Now he is a person playing matryoshka behind the scenes, slowly uncovering a matryoshka to the ninja coalition forces, and conveniently put a lid on Uchiha Madara''s head.

    Uehara really feels so busy!

    How can Uehara Naraku be willing to let Uchiha Madara return to the underworld!

    If Uchiha Madara goes back, how can Otsuki Teruya come back to life! Even now, the most important purpose of all kinds of things is to completely revive Uchiha Madara!

    Obviously, Uchiha Madara didn''t know all of this.

    After Uehara Naraku calmed down and deceived Uchiha Madara, he looked at the many ninjas in the crowd and said with a chuckle, "What''s the matter, shouldn''t everyone applaud my strategy?"

    "..."

    Everyone fell silent.

    to be frank.

    The ninjas present felt worse than riding a roller coaster.

    It is understandable if it is Uehara Uehara''s rebellion, but everything is controlled by Uehara Uehara behind the scenes, which makes people''s emotions a little broken!

    "Master Captain, are you kidding me?"

    A Shinobu couldn''t believe it. He looked at Naraku Uehara and stretched out his hand and pleaded: "Don''t make such a joke! Obviously you have been fighting hard, you saved us..."

    Because Naru Uehara was very brave in the previous battle, and even after he saved many ninja lives, the entire ninja alliance almost admired him.

    It is precisely because of the existence of Uehara Naraku that they have come to the present.

    Now Uehara Naraku suddenly reveals that he is behind the scenes, how can this be accepted by these ninjas!

    "Yes, Lord Captain!"

    "Master Uehara, are you kidding me!"

    "Hey, Uehara, are you funny?"

    Some ninjas couldn''t help but their eyes widened, and rushed towards them, even Kirabi was joining in the fun.

    "I''m just worried about losing a few viewers."

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand casually. After seeing the Kirabi in the crowd, he suddenly said: "Oh, I almost forgot, Riki Rabbi the eight-tailed man, you can return to the Ninja Alliance alive is also my control!"

    Uehara Naraku blinked her eyes at Kirabi, then smiled and said, "Because you brought out the information that is beneficial to me from the enemy''s lair, so that the Five Shadows can safely give me the power to command the ninja coalition forces."

    "..."

    Kiraby fell silent immediately.

    Bastard, this dead liar, he was fooled!

    In the next moment, the former eight-tailed man, Zhuli, silently drew out his Shinobi sword and rushed towards Uehara Naruko!

    Silence is a precursor to Kirabi¡¯s anger!

    It was just that Kirabi rushed to Uehara Naraku''s side, and he was kicked back easily by Uehara Naraku!

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and sighed softly: "Really, you survived because of my great compassion. I am your benefactor, and I used a sword against me. I really don''t know how to be grateful. what!"

    "... asshole!"

    Kirabi squeezed two words from his teeth.

    Uehara Naraku shook his head, looked away from Kirabi''s body, and looked at the ugly-looking people present, the smile on his face gradually couldn''t stop.

    "Don''t look so ugly, everyone, be a little happier!"

    Uehara Naraku said something that made the faces of the people present more ugly, but he continued with a smile: "You are silent like this, it makes me look very embarrassed..."

    "Uehara Naraku!"

    Gaara bit her teeth bitterly, and said in a deep voice, "All of this... is it really your master behind the scenes?"

    Why is this person always like this!

    Whenever Gaara finally regained a good impression of Uehara Naraku, and even planned to accept Uehara Naraku, this guy would do something worse!

    Why is it always like this!

    Is this person heartless?

    Couldn''t he be a good individual?

    "Yes!"

    Uehara Naruko rubbed his forehead and chuckled lightly: "Everything, everything, is controlled by me behind the scenes! The Fourth Ninja World War was initiated by me ordering Yakushito..."

    The smile on Uehara Naruko''s face was even stronger. He looked at the Oshemaru on the ground and continued with a smile: "It''s really interesting to say! In fact, Mr. Oshemaru was killed by me long ago, and only the soul is still living Longdi cave.

    Everything I asked Yakushidou to do was released in the name of Mr. Oshemaru. It was not until Mr. Oshemaru was resurrected that someone helped him open the fourth Ninja World War and found him five great nations as opponents... "

    "What''s the point of doing this..."

    Tsunade felt a little tired, and she took a deep breath and suppressed her anger: "Since you can solve everything quietly, why do you want to involve the Ninja Allied Forces just to watch your performance?"

    Damn, it''s a disaster!

    Obviously Uehara Nara himself knew the location of Oshemaru, and even Oshemaru''s resurrection and becoming the Ten-tailed Juju were controlled by him. Why did he start a ninja war and involve these innocent ninjas!

    "No, all these are steps that must be passed."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Tsunade and shook his head, and sighed softly, "If I don''t do this, if I don''t let Mr. Oshemaru be the enemy of the world, Mr. Oshemaru may not be willing to become a Ten-tailed person!"

    "..."

    Everyone present was a little at a loss.

    At this moment, they didn''t know whether they should feel sorry for themselves or Oshomaru, because they seemed to be the pawns in Uehara''s hands.

    Uchiha Madara''s eyes couldn''t help but twitched.

    This little guy...played hard enough!

    On the one hand, he is manipulating the Ninja Allied Forces, and his subordinates are manipulating the Oshe Maru and the Unholy Legion. Is this the legendary self beating yourself?

    It seems that Uehara himself is fine...

    The faces of this group of ninja coalition forces seemed to be broken by the play.

    Every ninja can''t accept this kind of thing, the anger on his face can hardly be suppressed, no matter who it is, it can''t stand this kind of thing!

    He was manipulated to accept a war like a fool!

    As a result, they are just a tool for forcing the Oshe Maru to become the pillar of Ten-tailed people!

    They even regarded the man behind the war as their hope of victory in this war!

    All the ninjas at the scene looked at Uehara Naraku with angrily. They really wanted to burn Uehara Naraku to ashes with the anger in their eyes!

    How can Uehara Naraku be like this!

    Too **** annoying!

    For Tsunade and Jilaiya...

    came back.

    Are back.

    That feeling is back.

    Isn¡¯t this because Naru Uehara opened her mouth and closed her mouth in front of them and they were all Hanzo adults?

    Therefore, when Konoha faced the Akatsuki organization, they all regarded Naraku Uehara and Sanshoyu Hanzo as the strongest support to defeat Akatsuki...

    I suddenly learned that Hanzo had been dead for many years...

    And Uehara Naraku is actually a core member of Akatsuki...

    This feeling is actually not very good.

    To be honest, people with a bad heart will really die on the spot.

    Jilai also slowly grasped Kuwu in his hand, and said solemnly, "Even if Nagato will be resurrected because of this, he will never forgive you..."

    "Oh, I can pass this question."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Jiraiya calmly, and said softly, "Master Nagato said that no matter what I do, he will forgive me."

    "..."

    The people present couldn''t help falling into silence.

    Nagato in the distance was also watching the white light glowing on his body. As a user of the reincarnation eye, he knew that this was a sign of the rebirth of the dirty earth.

    A wry smile appeared on Nagato''s face.

    At this moment, Nagato''s heart is really mixed.

    If it is comforting, he has also become Uehara''s pawn; if it is angry, everything Uehara has done is for him to be resurrected and get out of the eye of the deadly reincarnation.

    On the other side of the battlefield.

    All the ninja coalition forces also saw the white light on Uchiha Madara.

    Among them, the people who had seen the art of reincarnation innateness also reacted immediately, and Tsunade immediately issued his order in a loud voice: "Everyone, now attack Osaimaru! We must prevent him from resurrecting Uchiha Madara!"

    Even if they know that there is no chance of winning, they must do it!

    Because Tsunade realized that Uchiha Madara''s resurrection was not without reason, he wanted to resurrect and replace Osamaru to become Jumeito Juli, carrying out the so-called Moon Eye Project!

    That plan to plunge the entire Ninja World into illusion!

    No matter what, Uchiha Madara cannot be successful!

    It is a pity that many ninja coalition forces have been absorbed by Chakra due to the battle of Oshemaru just now, and now they can''t even move the bullet!

    Just as Tsunade watched that only a few dozen people stood up, there was a touch of sadness on his eyebrows. This kind of combat power wanted to stop Uehara Naraku and Uchiha Madara...

    It''s tantamount to talking about dreams!

    Especially the chakras in their bodies are almost exhausted...

    Just at this moment, Uzumaki Naruto suddenly quickly started running around the entire ninja coalition. After his palm touched a ninja, that ninja''s body would quickly float with a red tail beast coat!

    "Ms. Tsunade!"

    Naruto Uzumaki¡¯s voice fell into Tsunade¡¯s ears, and he said loudly: "The two nine lamas have promised me that they can provide chakras for everyone... and all the tail beasts are also willing to fight with us. !"

    At this moment, everyone rekindled hope.

    Every ninja who accepted the Nine-Tailed Chakra stood up, clenched his fists and looked at the positions of Uehara Naraku and Uchiha MadaraUzumaki Naruto was staring dead in the gap of running. Looking at Uehara Naraku stubbornly, he said loudly: "Uehara, Yin Kyuubi also told me everything! You threatened dad with your mother''s affairs, and I will never forgive you!"

    At this moment, Naruto Uzumaki''s eyes were full of anger!

    Obviously, the feeling of being deceived by Uehara again is really uncomfortable for a big-hearted person like Naruto Uzumaki!

    Especially this guy is worse than the last time he cheated them!

    "Is the nine-tailed Chakra scattered?"

    Uchiha Madara¡¯s brows wrinkled slightly. He looked at Naru Uehara next to him, and said, "Although it is a mob, but with the nine-tailed Chakra, I have the ability to bite you. I have not Completely resurrected, can you get rid of them?"

    This sentence is half true and half false.

    For Uchiha Madara, this situation couldn''t be better.

    Originally in Uchiha Madara''s plan, Uehara Naraku would fight with the ninja coalition forces, so that he could profit.

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Uchiha Madara, then chuckled softly and said, "Of course there is no question. The Ninja Allied Forces will leave it to me to solve. As for the nine-tailed beasts outside, I will leave it to Madara, so there is no pressure on you. Right?"

    "Hmph, just what I want."

    Uchiha Madara nodded slowly.

    Uehara Naruko didn¡¯t pay attention to Uchiha Madara¡¯s careful thoughts, his palms suddenly slapped on the ground, looking up at the ninja coalition forces swarming, and calmly said: "Then let them see what they are facing. Get the enemy like this! Psychic art!"

    next moment¡­

    Four figures appeared in front of Naraku Uehara!

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 367ï¼š Hokage of the past, see here!

    The wind is a bit noisy.

    Four ninjas of different heights stood in front of Uehara.

    Every ninja present saw the four unclean ninjas suddenly standing in front of Uehara Naraku, and the cold sweat on their faces involuntarily flowed down.

    "Our enemy..."

    A Konoha ninja squeezed the kunai in his hand, staring at the four figures, and whispered unconsciously at the corner of his mouth: "It turns out to be... the Naruto masters of the past?"

    Are you kidding me?

    How could they be opponents of Naruto in the past!

    The first generation of Naruto, Senjujuma!

    The second generation of Naruto, a thousand hands!

    Three generations of Naruto, Sarutobi Risaka!

    Four generations of Hokage, wave wind water gate!

    Hokage of the past, see here!

    Everyone in Naruto in the past has shaken the situation in the Ninja world, and everyone''s name is enough to shock everyone present!

    Even the two people with a slightly inferior sense of existence, Senshou Kenma and Bofeng Shuimen, also showed their powerful strength in this Ninja World War.

    "This is my treasure."

    Uehara Naraku looked at the four Hokage in front of her, and the corners of her mouth twitched slightly: "After all, apart from the previous generations of Hokage, there is no point in collecting other people..."

    Yes.

    Uehara Naraku is very picky.

    Except for Naruto of the past, only Uchiha with soil is qualified to be his collection, and no other movies are qualified to enter.

    Not only was all the ninjas present were shocked by their enemies, even the eyes of Uchiha Madara next to him couldn''t help but twitch. He couldn''t help but ask: "In the column, you can''t get rid of the control of the filthy rebirth ?"

    After all, apart from Senjujuma, Uchiha Madara didn''t see any other Hokage.

    After hearing Uchiha Madara''s words, Senju Junma turned his head subconsciously, and he realized that his old friend was also here.

    Senjuzuzuma scratched his head helplessly, glanced at Naruto Uehara and said, "The chakra in this kid is a little bit...hahahahaha...I''m not lucky enough to see you here too, Madara, Have you been resurrected by him too?"

    "Do not."

    Uchiha Madara smiled contemptuously, with a complex expression on his face: "I don''t care about the control of the rebirth of the dirty soil! Between the pillars, I am not just using the dirty soil to reincarnate and resurrect, and soon I will truly be resurrected!"

    to be frank.

    Uchiha Madara felt a little awkward.

    Because in Uchiha Madara''s heart, it is absolutely impossible for someone like Senju Junma to be controlled by others, and this look is too ugly!

    Let''s be honest.

    Madara Uchiha was a little happy in his heart.

    Because someone like Senjujuma was also controlled by others? And this time I have to stand on his side and buy time for his resurrection?

    This feeling is a bit more comfortable when you think about it.

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Uchiha Madara silently.

    Why does this guy look a little proud?

    If it weren''t for knowing that controlling Uchiha Madara is a waste of effort, how could Uehara Naraku let Uchiha Madara be resurrected by a pharmacist and lose control?

    According to Uehara Naraku''s current strength, it is really not a particularly difficult thing to control Uchiha Madara with the rebirth of the dirty soil, but there are certain hidden dangers.

    Uchiha Madara knows how to unlock the control of the reincarnation...

    Unless Uehara Naraku has been controlling Uchiha Madara''s movements and even extinguishing his consciousness, this problem is not difficult.

    Because after defeating Osha Maru, an advanced task was completed.

    Advanced task 6: Kill a six-path ninja (1/1), the task has been completed, reward 1000000 points of life energy, 1000000 points of chakra energy, 1000000 points of natural energy, reward all attributes recovery effect increased by 50%, reward seeking Taoist jade The upper limit of existence is raised to 9.

    This reward...

    It''s really not beautiful.

    Name: Uehara Naraku

    Life energy: 1655311 (normal mode)

    Chakra Energy: 1655770

    Natural energy: 1655770

    Life energy recovery: 1296 points/sec

    Chakra energy recovery: 648 points/sec

    Natural energy extraction: 648 points/sec

    Skill cooldown reduction: 100%

    Remaining gold coins: 9630

    Now, with ten times the life force blessing after the opening of the fairy mode, Uehara Naraku''s life energy has directly exceeded 16 million!

    Although Uehara Naraku¡¯s current celestial chakra is only more than 1.6 million, it is not something Senjujuma and Uchiha Madara can resist...

    "All right."

    Naraku Uehara interrupted the thought of chatting between Senjujuma and Uchiha Madara, pointing to the countless Nine-Tailed Chakra Ninja Allied Forces in front of them, and said loudly: "There is no time for you to chat now, go, let I know what it means to resurrect you!"

    "..."

    Sarutobi Hizen sighed and looked at one of the familiar faces: "Is the meaning of resurrecting us so that we can deal with our former companions?"

    "if not?"

    Uehara Naruko looked at them innocently.

    This is so reasonable to say that people can''t help but want to attack him!

    Even the wicked Uchiha Madara next to him couldn''t stand it a little, and his eyes twitched.

    To be honest, Uchiha Madara felt that his personality was bad enough.

    Unexpectedly, today Uchiha Madara saw someone raise the upper limit of the term ¡°bad¡± again.

    "Go!"

    Uehara Naraku waved his palm and watched the four Naruto rush to the tens of thousands of ninja coalition forces wearing tail beast coats. His voice gradually became louder and louder: "Let them know the prestige of his ancestors!"

    One by one ninjas fluttered under the attack of the four Naruto!

    Even if they have tens of thousands of ninjas, even if they wear the Nine-Tailed Chakra coat, they can''t stop the tyrannical Naruto of the past!

    "Mu Dun¡¤Birth of the Tree World!"

    Lines of vine roots spread out from the feet of Senjujuan!

    A vast forest gradually emerged on this battlefield!

    This wooden ninjutsu, which has appeared several times today, was released by the owner who developed it. Every vine root was manipulated by the Senjujutsu, like an arm made a finger. The four most threatening ninjas to them!

    The figure of Qianshoujian passed by the ninjas, his figure jumped and appeared on a big tree, and a huge stream of water spouted out of his mouth!

    "Water escape, big burst of water rushing!"

    A huge lake suddenly appeared in the sky and fell from the sky. Almost in a blink of an eye, the lake flooded the entire forest, and the waves swept toward the ninja coalition!

    Qianshoujian, the second-generation Hokage who was once known as the number one in speed, was also the man who had the title of the strongest water escape!

    "Lei Dun¡¤Boom!"

    Sarutobi slashed the hand seals, and a burst of thunder spewed out from the mouth of the lake. In a flash, the water burst into electricity, and the ninjas wailed and floated on the water!

    Just as a Yunyin ninja tried to form seals and induce thunder, a flying thunder **** Kuwu suddenly appeared beside him!

    The next moment, a golden flash appeared!

    "Spiral pill!"

    The figure of Bofeng Water Gate appeared and appeared with flashes, waved Helix Pill and knocked out the Yunyin Ninja!

    Because of the loss of Yin Jiuwei in his body, Bo Feng Shuimen''s combat effectiveness has obviously dropped by more than one level, and he can only rely on his own flying Thunder God art to continuously attack each powerful ninja.

    After the four Naruto appeared, they stopped the offensive of the Ninja Alliance almost immediately, and even had the upper hand!

    Among the Ninja Allied Forces, even though they had just received the blessing of Nine-tailed Chakra, they were a little uneasy in the face of Hokage...

    "Don''t care about the identity of the enemy!"

    Tsunade waved his fist, smashed the roots of the flying vine with one fist, and said loudly, "Hokage has been my family and friends, but now... they have become my enemies!"

    "Everyone! Please listen to me!"

    Naruto Uzumaki''s voice suddenly resounded above this land and in everyone''s hearts. His inner words spread through the nine-tailed Chakra!

    "All generations of Hokage-sama sacrificed to protect Konoha..."

    Naruto Uzumaki looked at the four Hokage who were raging not far away, and said loudly: "What they want to see most now is definitely not our awe, but we seal them to protect the world. This is what they want most. need!"

    "Well said, Naruto!"

    Sarutobi Hizen''s hands were merciless, but he said loudly: "Yes, if we can sacrifice for this world, it doesn''t matter if we destroy our soul!"

    "..."

    Naruto Uzumaki¡¯s expression was slightly embarrassed The words of Sarutobi Rischi made all the people present feel stagnant.

    After a while, a ninja suddenly said loudly: "...Three generations of Naruto Masters don''t say such high-sounding words! Obviously you instructed the fourth generation of Naruto Masters to be killed and almost destroyed our village!"

    Because of some operation of Uehara Naraku.

    So far, Sarutobi Hisaki''s reputation is still stinking.

    Whether it is instructing Uchiha to take the soil to kill the fourth generation of Naruto and the Kyuubi Rebellion, or secretly manipulating Naruto Uzumaki to be loyal to him to consolidate his power.

    These things are basically known to everyone.

    "Don''t listen to rumors!"

    The voice of Hafeng Shuimen spread across the battlefield, and he said loudly: "Everything in the Nine Tails Rebellion has nothing to do with the third generation of Hokage, because the third generation of the wife of Master Biwahu also died in that turmoil! "

    The way Bo Feng Shuimen fought and explained to the three generations of Hokage running, it seemed a bit pitiful.

    After shaking his head and sighing, Jirali jumped to the front of Sarutobi Hizen and challenged his teacher again: "Old man, your reputation is still so miserable... By the way, is the orphan Anbu who has been monitoring Naruto? Who?"

    "what?"

    Sarutobi Hizaki was a little ignorant, he still didn''t understand what the orphan Anbu meant, no matter what, he couldn''t tell a false character information fabricated by a pharmacist.

    Sarutobi Hizhan fought with Jiraiya, and said: "I still don''t know what you mean, but if someone can secretly monitor Naruto without telling me, it must be Danzo!"

    "..."

    What this sentence says...

    It seems to make sense!

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 368ï¼š Resurrected Uchiha Madara and Nagato

    Shimura Danzo is really miserable.

    Sarutobi Rizen is no longer the truth.

    As Uehara Naraku who secretly controlled the battles of Naruto for the past dynasties, he was naturally able to monitor all their movements and hear all their news.

    After hearing the exchange between Sarutobi Hizumi and Jiraiya, Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but tilt his head. What kind of black pot can be thrown on Danzo''s head?

    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and after doing his best to mourn Shimura Danzo for a second, he turned to look at Osamaru and Kurozube behind him: "Senior, how long will you take? If it doesn''t work, I will let you come and help you. ¡­"

    "Ho **** ho ho... it will be done soon."

    Hei Jueyin responded with a smile, and then slowly continued: "I was just a little fascinated by what I heard just now. I didn''t expect that the Fourth Ninja World War was actually your control, Naraku, you are really even me. Lie..."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku sighed helplessly.

    Where did he lie to Black Jue now!

    This Hei Jue can even laugh out, which means that he didn''t take it seriously, heh, he will make Hei Jue unable to cry even after a while!

    Uehara Naraku looked at Kurozutsu, and sighed softly, "This is not a deception, right? It can only be said to be a concealment!

    If you don''t experience this war, if you don''t let the predecessors see my power, how can you be willing to help me revive Lord Nagato? After all, you are Madara''s will! "

    After Uehara Naraku said this, his face faintly became a little gloomy: "What''s more... I am also very worried that if I transplant the reincarnation eye, the predecessor will control me to display the reincarnation inborn resurrection spot senior!"

    "how could be?"

    Heijue''s laughter was not guilty or embarrassed.

    Although Kurozue did have such thoughts at first, he didn''t care about being pierced by Uehara Naraku.

    "is it?"

    Uehara Naraku''s laughter was also a little hearty and said, "Then I can rest assured...Senior must hurry up, I saw Madara-senpai seem to be a little too late to teach those tail beasts!"

    "Ok¡­"

    After Uchiha nodded subconsciously, he shook his head again and said, "Don''t worry, the beasts will be collared by me sooner or later... I have been waiting for so many years, so I don''t care if I wait longer."

    Of course Uchiha Madara is anxious to resurrect.

    But Uehara Naraku is by her side!

    Therefore, Uchiha Madara and Kurozutsu were secretly discussing the delay, and they wanted to wait until Uehara Naraku left here temporarily.

    Otherwise, if Uehara really wants to **** the reincarnation eye with Uchiha Madara, that would be really a big trouble!

    Uehara Naraku...

    But a monster more powerful than the Ten-tailed Manzhu!

    "Nara Uehara, don''t you want to help?"

    Uchiha Madara looked at the situation on the battlefield and whispered softly: "Although the strength between the pillars is enough to level all enemies, it is a pity that his current strength is not at its peak after all..."

    "Yes¡­"

    Uehara Naraku showed a wistful smile on his face. He seemed to perceive the thoughts of Uchiha Madara and Kurozutsu, and nodded slowly: "Then I will pass first, and the speed of the predecessor can be a little bit faster. faster¡­"

    After saying this, Uehara Naraku stopped staying, flapping the three pairs of wings behind him, and slowly flew onto the battlefield.

    After seeing Uehara Naraku leave.

    Uchiha Madara¡¯s expression gradually became a little dignified. He looked at Uehara¡¯s back and said solemnly: "Although this kid has not deceived us, but his scheming is deep enough... Hei Zee, why would he agree with us Moon Eye Is it planned?"

    "His life didn''t seem to be going well..."

    Kurozuru manipulated Oshamaru to quickly seal the seal, and whispered to continue: "When Uehara Naraku''s strength was still very weak, I quietly monitored him. He believed in the Moon Eye plan, and he often thought that he had joined. To the eye of the moon plan and pretentious...

    At that time I thought that Uehara Naraku was just a tool to clamp Nagato and Konan. I didn''t expect this little guy Uehara to be our real strongest help! "

    "If it''s the strongest resistance..."

    Uchiha Madara couldn''t help but frowned, and said in a low voice, "If we didn''t have this kid, maybe our plan would go smoother... Uehara Naraku messed up my plan!"

    Uchiha Madara is a sensible person.

    In other words, he kind of wants to understand.

    If it weren''t for Uehara Naraku''s nonsense, maybe it was Nagato or Uchiha who was using reincarnation to resurrect him.

    It doesn''t matter.

    Anyway, for Uchiha Madara, as long as he can become a Ten-tailed man''s pillar power and launch the Moon Eye Project, no one can compete with Moon Eye''s infinite moon reading magic.

    That is the perfect solution to the war left by the six immortals!

    "Hei Jue..."

    Uchiha Madara''s eyes narrowed slightly, and he whispered: "I have a guess, whether Uehara Naraku is a kid who wants to enter the dream of unlimited moon reading because of something that cannot be solved?"

    "..."

    Heijue fell silent.

    This question is not easy to answer for it.

    It''s just that Kurojue didn''t need to think about it soon, because it had already manipulated the Oshemaru to complete the reincarnation innate seal of reincarnation, bringing Uchiha Madara and Nagato to life!

    next moment¡­

    A wave of chakra spread throughout the battlefield!

    Even this Chakra formed a substantial shock wave, which swept around him in an instant, and several ninjas who tried to sneak attack were directly lifted out!

    The newly resurrected Uchiha Madara showed a full and vigorous Chakra in his body, and his power was even stronger than that of the filthy reincarnation body!

    Madara Uchiha clenched his fist, feeling his real body, and couldn''t help but speak loudly and loudly: "Yes, that''s how it feels... Finally I can realize that I am alive again!"

    Only after being born and resurrected by Samsara, Uchiha Madara''s eyes fell off involuntarily, because there was no Samsara eye in his body.

    "Master Madara, your eyes."

    Kurozutsu didn''t hesitate, and immediately dug out the reincarnation eye of Oshemaru and placed it in Uchiha Madara''s palm!

    At this moment, the black must not dare to delay!

    Uehara Naraku''s subordinate really made Kazuki feel relieved and alarmed. Uehara could do a lot for them, but he had to beware of his betrayal at all times.

    "Ok."

    Uchiha Madara took the eyes of Samsara casually.

    Uchiha Madara put two reincarnation eyes into his own eye sockets, running Chakra to heal the nerves on the eyeballs, and finally a touch of relief appeared on his face.

    "The real good show is about to begin!"

    Uchiha Madara stroked his eye sockets, feeling the light brought to him by the reincarnation eye, and the smile on his face could hardly be suppressed.

    "Now... can you finally fight with all your strength?"

    Compared to Uchiha Madara and Kurozutsu''s intensive gongs, the resurrected Nagato on the other side is not too slow, but he also lost his eyes because of the resurrection.

    Nagato is really resigning now.

    What can I do if I don''t admit my fate?

    That was the child I picked up and loved for eight years, just to be able to bring him back to life, and even set off a Ninja war for this...

    Really...

    There is an indescribable magic.

    Maybe this is Akatsuki''s fate?

    Moreover, after the medicine master came back to Nagato''s resurrection, he immediately appeared and collected him into the divine power space, softly calming his emotions: "Nagato-sama, please don''t worry, Naraku-sama will soon find new eyes for you. "

    "..."

    Nagato is full of hearts.

    Because he really didn''t know what to say.

    After a long time, the blind Nagato sat in the empty divine space and sighed quietly, "Xiao Nan, you really taught a good disciple!"

    the other side.

    After Heizue resurrected two people, he escaped from the body of Dashemaru.

    Da She Wan''s dark eye sockets slowly closed, and the next moment Da She Wan suddenly saw a small white snake, which was his soul body.

    It''s a trivial matter to die because the vitality is exhausted.

    Da She Wan has experienced many deaths caused by body breakdown. This kind of thing is just a small thing. As long as you find a suitable body, Da She Wan can still live.

    Just as Oshemaru was about to find the ninja''s body nearby, a kunai nailed the little white snake''s body and nailed it firmly!

    "Sorry, Lord Oshemaru."

    The figure of Yakushi Pocket appeared beside the small white snake on the main body of Oshemaru, stretched out his palm, and the white snake grabbed it, and whispered: "Master Naraku saidIf you can save it, maybe in the future. Take advantage of you, let me protect you specially."

    Orochimaru:"¡­¡­"

    This is really implicit.

    What is protection? Isn''t it the two guys Yakushitou and Naraku Uehara who have hurt him the most?

    This is endless!

    Now that he is useless, can''t you let him go?

    Now that he is so miserable, will Uehara Naraku refuse to let him go?

    Just as Oshemaru was about to transform into Yachi Osna in an instant, the pharmacist pushed his glasses around and whispered: "Oshemaru, don¡¯t think that you will get results if you work hard. The power of some people is that we can watch hard. Not to be seen behind."

    After speaking, the pharmacist pointedly looked at the little white snake, and continued to add: "Master Oshemaru should know that this Ninja world does not have the Lord Naraku to be able to use people. Master Oshemaru does not want to control his life or death. Right..."

    "..."

    Da She Wan was silent again.

    It sounds like he can control his own life and death now.

    Hasn''t he been in the hands of these **** all the time, if he can''t live, can''t he still die?

    If it''s not no way...

    Who wants to die!

    Just as the Oshe Maru wanted to use the Yachi Orochi to resist again, she saw the liquid Baijue flowing slowly in Yao Shi¡¯s pocket, and a writing wheel eye floated out of the center of his palm, and only the writing wheel eye was exuding. Strange red light.

    "Why resist, Lord Oshemaru."

    After the pharmacist watched Xiaobai Snake being controlled by the Shulanyan illusion, he sighed faintly, "We are all clear about your weakness..."

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 369ï¼š Question of Uchiha Sasuke!

    When Uehara Naraku saw that Oshemaru could really escape, he was still a little bit unbelievable. This guy has to get stuck with any bug...

    As the man behind the ninja world and the strongest ninja, Uehara still hopes that in this world only he can open the auxiliary plug-in, the Oshemaru guy will forget...

    It was really uneasy to let people like Dashewan slip out.

    Fortunately, the pharmacist''s work has always been reassuring.

    Uehara Naraku no longer pays attention to the situation of Oshemaru, his eyes slowly wandering on the battlefield. Now that the ninja coalition forces have seen Uchiha Madara''s resurrection, the offensive has gradually slowed down, seeming to want to regroup.

    Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly disappeared in the air, and fell beside Uchiha Madara, and twitched his mouth: "How does it feel to regain my power? Madara-senpai, I want to show to us juniors how to catch the tail beast. ?"

    "It''s just a group of beasts."

    Uchiha Madara''s palms slowly closed, and he calmly said, "Can''t you guys capture them easily? Wait until I get back the outer golem..."

    Just as Uchiha Madara was about to close his hands and Kaiyin, a figure rushed towards them quickly and fell beside them.

    It is Uchiha Sasuke who has been lurking near the battlefield!

    When Uchiha Madara saw Sasuke''s arrival, the corner of his mouth smiled: "It just happened, Uchiha Sasuke, you may have a chance to see..."

    To be honest, when Uchiha Madara saw Uchiha Sasuke coming over, he was still a little happy. This little guy has a character a bit like him, but looks like his most beloved brother Uchiha Sumina.

    "To shut up!"

    Sasuke Uchiha interrupted Uchiha Madara''s words, ignoring the sudden change of Uchiha Madara''s face, but looked at Naraku Uehara.

    "Senior, I heard them say that Yakushito is your subordinate, and he resurrected Uchiha Itachi, do you know?"

    "I know."

    Uehara Naruko frowned in surprise, and nodded calmly, "Because this was originally my arrangement. Before he died, Naruto Uzumaki left a kaleidoscope of other gods writing wheel eyes in Uzumaki Naruto''s body. The purpose is to modify your will and make you loyal to Konoha..."

    "Why didn''t you tell me?"

    Sasuke Uchiha gritted his teeth and interrupted Naraku Uehara''s words. He didn''t listen to the explanation at all. He just stared at Naraku Uehara firmly, and said in a deep voice, "Why let Yakushi take that dirty guy to defile the body of Itachi..."

    "Sasuke!"

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes suddenly became a little cold. He stared at Sasuke and said, "Doo is my most trusted subordinate. Besides, in this world, no one is more noble than anyone... Uchiha, I really think you are very much. Is it noble?"

    "Ahem~"

    Uchiha Madara quickly coughed a few times beside him.

    But neither Uehara Naraku nor Uchiha Sasuke paid any attention to his meaning.

    Sasuke Uchiha gritted his teeth, continued to look at Naraku Uehara with an ugly expression, nodded slowly and said, "Senior, Itachi is your friend! Have I always been your pawn?"

    "You don''t believe me anymore."

    Uehara Naraku waved at Uchiha Sasuke, and a gust of wind sent Uchiha Sasuke away: "It just so happens...I am not interested in playing with children anymore."

    As expected, Uchiha Sasuke has never trusted him!

    Then I didn¡¯t know where I learned that Yakushito was a subordinate of Uehara Naraku, and Uchiha Itachi was reincarnated from the dirty soil, so he hurriedly jumped out to question him!

    Really...

    It¡¯s not as good as Akatsuki¡¯s group...

    Those guys don''t even call a phone bug now! This is called true trust, this is called true companion!

    To be honest, the members of the Akatsuki organization also got information on the battlefield. They also wanted to ask Uehara Naraku, but the Akatsuki organization had too many diehard loyalists. The Kakigiri directly responded to them, and by the way, it was also Uehara Naraku. A place.

    Somewhere hidden in the battlefield.

    The members of Akatsuki are in a meeting.

    It was because they had just learned that after Uehara Naraku had solved the Oshe Maru, he directly betrayed the Ninja Alliance and helped Uchiha Madara resurrect.

    Jiaodu''s expression was a bit subtle. He looked at the dried persimmon and the others and said, "So, you...or, you have always been Uehara''s subordinates?"

    "You can say so!"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark slowly nodded, and said with a serious expression: "After all, the matter is big, the leader is worried that you will be in danger, and has not told you his plan. He thinks that if you know too much, you may jump into this. Great vortex!"

    "hateful!"

    Deidara took a bite of the clay angrily, curled his lips and said, "Uehara, he doesn''t treat us as friends at all!"

    "It is precisely because the leader regards everyone as friends..."

    The dried persimmon ghost looked at the people present, and he said very beautifully: "That''s why he has always ordered us not to disclose these dangerous things to you."

    Dry persimmon ghost shark''s expression gradually became solemn, and he continued with a deep voice: "Those who want to use Akatsuki as a tool have unimaginable power... As Akatsuki''s leader, he can relieve everyone of these external threats. The leader thinks It is his bounden duty."

    "..."

    The red sand scorpion fell silent.

    To be honest, I was a little moved.

    Jiao Du sighed faintly, "Now it seems that our new leader seems to be much more reliable than the previous one!"

    "Well¡­"

    After Deidara nodded slowly, he asked a very fatal question: "Hey, you say, now Uehara has resurrected Akatsuki''s former leader Nagato, who of them will be Akatsuki''s leader in the future?"

    "..."

    Everyone present has subtle expressions.

    Deidara always pays attention to some weird points.

    If they hadn''t known the relationship between Nagato and Naraku Uehara, they would have already thought of a bunch of dark dramas in their minds.

    I have to say that the dried persimmon ghost shark has finally done a business.

    At least when explaining the motives of Uehara Naraku for Akatsuki, he also helped to gather the heart of this group of people.

    The central area of ??the battlefield.

    Uehara Naraku looked down at Uchiha Sasuke, who was staring at him closely, and planned to hand over the task of solving Uchiha''s doubts to a more reliable subordinate.

    "pocket."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the pharmacist''s pocket not far away, and said loudly: "You can help me explain to Sasuke! Tell him the truth, I don''t need him anymore, no, he has never done anything for me. thing!"

    Sasuke is indeed no longer needed.

    Strictly speaking, Uehara Naraku needs another Sasuke.

    A Sasuke who was bestowed the power of Yin by his old father, Liudao Immortal, instead of the current Sasuke who could only question him but couldn''t do anything.

    "Yes, Lord Naraku."

    A voice fell in the ears of everyone, and the pharmacist turned into a time-space vortex and appeared beside Uchiha Sasuke. He slowly looked at Uchiha Sasuke.

    Compared to the dry persimmon ghost shark...

    The pharmacist''s words are harsher and rude.

    After dealing with the resurrection of Nagato and Osamaru, Yakushito had been listening to the news not far away, and naturally heard the exchange between Uchiha Sasuke and Uehara Naraku.

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around and looked at Uchiha Sasuke and said, "Itachi Uchiha has never been a friend of Lord Naraku, Sasuke-kun, you never thought about what qualifications your brother Uchiha Itachi has to become Naraku. Where are your friends?"

    "..."

    Uchiha Sasuke''s face changed.

    A dangerous light appeared in Yakushidou¡¯s eyes. He looked at Uchiha Sasuke calmly, and continued softly: "Uchiha Sasuke, should you really say you are naive... or should you say you are stupid? Your brothers have never really been true. Sincerely loyal to Lord Naraku, it is an honor for you to still hope to become Lord Naraku''s pawn!"

    Yakushidou slowly narrowed his eyes and showed a gentle smile: "Unfortunately, the power that Lord Naraku bestowed on you was wasted. Sasuke-kun is really a waste. Even the slightest thing is for Lord Naraku. Can''t handle it..."

    "..."

    Sasuke Uchiha squeezed his ninja sword abruptly, slowly pulled out the ninja sword from his waist, and pointed it at Yakushi''s pocket, with a cold look in his eyes: "Are you humiliating me? Yakushi''s pocket! Just so... Killed you!"

    "Same Yakushito put up his fingers calmly, and said with a low smile: "Uchiha Sasuke, all you can live in the past was the shelter of Uchiha Itachi and Naraku-sama... Now Uchiha Itachi has When you die, you also lost the asylum of Lord Naraku. Do you think you can still live in this cruel world? "

    "Asshole!"

    Sasuke Uchiha rushed towards the pharmacist pocket!

    The Shinobi in Zuo''s assistant swiftly slashed through the light, but it only slashed into the air, and he was helpless to the pharmacist who possessed the power of the scribble wheel!

    the other side.

    Uchiha Madara and Uehara Naraku also saw their battle.

    Uchiha Madara''s mouth couldn''t help but grinned: "Uehara Naraku, I didn''t expect that you could be so cruel to a little guy...he seems to have always treated your senses well!"

    "Haha, the way you Uchiha is good for others'' senses, isn''t that for forgiving others'' lives as a gift? I don''t know that I can''t even beat me with one hand..."

    Uehara Naraku chuckled and shook his head, "Sasuke is too weak now, what I need is a stronger Sasuke..."

    A Uchiha Sasuke who can get the power of Yin!

    That will also be the last leek he harvested!

    Uehara Naraku raised his head and saw that the four Naruto can still entangle with the ninja coalition forces, he looked at the nine-tailed beasts not far away, and whispered: "Okay, Madara, hurry up and catch all the nine-tailed beasts Get up and resurrect Ten Tails!"

    Uehara Naraku turned his head slightly, looked at Uchiha Madara with an arrogant face, and continued with a chuckle: "I can''t wait to see the resurrected Madara-senpai, how much powerful power can I use!"

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 370ï¼š Those of you who have been given 10 powers by me, canâ€™t be good...

    "rest assured."

    Hearing Uehara Naraku''s words, Uchiha Madara slowly stroked his eyes, a touch of confidence in his voice.

    "The power of the reincarnation eye is absolutely far beyond your imagination... Whether it is the power it possesses or the way it fights, it is more elegant than any fighting method."

    "Then quickly show me it!"

    Nairo Uehara spread out her palms, and continued with a chuckle: "If it''s Shenluo Tianzheng, Earth Burst Heavenly Star and other techniques, forget it, I''m tired of those techniques..."

    "...You little guy is quite picky!"

    Uchiha Madara shook his head speechlessly, and looked at the nine-tailed beast not far away. A light flashed in his eyes: "Then let you see, the true power of Samsara Eye!"

    Uchiha Madara''s eyes shrank slightly, he didn''t close his hands at all, he just screamed out an imposing name of the technique!

    "Round Tomb¡¤Edge Prison!"

    In the sight of others on the battlefield, Uchiha Madara did not move.

    However, the next moment, the nine-tailed beasts not far away received a blow to their heads, and fell to the ground inexplicably!

    This weird technique makes people feel terrified!

    It is impossible for anyone to guard against such a strange attack!

    Uchiha Madara watched with satisfaction as he defeated the nine-tailed beasts with one move, and snorted coldly: "Huh, did you see? With the power of the reincarnation eye, you can defeat these beasts in just a few seconds. ¡­"

    "It''s amazing!"

    Pa pa pa pa pa pa pa¡­

    Uehara Naraku gently puffed up his palms, watching Uchiha Madara¡¯s strange attack, his face was filled with admiration, and he exclaimed: "It''s a very terrifying technique...it is worthy of the legendary Shinobi. Where is Jie Shura!"

    "Oh?"

    Uchiha Madara couldn''t help but tilted his head and glanced at Uehara Naraku, and seemed to say tentatively, "Can you understand the attack on the tomb?"

    "No, I don''t understand at all."

    Uehara Naruko''s face gradually became serious, he shook his head, and gradually lowered his voice, "There is no trace of attack at all, so I feel terrible..."

    Of course this is deceiving Uchiha Madara.

    Because just when Uchiha Madara released the Tomb and Hell, Uehara Naraku saw the illusory shadows separated from Uchiha Madara''s body!

    Uchiha Madara¡¯s four shadows suddenly rushed to the nine tailed beasts in the distance, but those tailed beasts did not even notice that Uchiha Madara¡¯s shadow came, and they were instantly knocked down by Uchiha Madara¡¯s wheel grave shadows. Ground!

    "Really..."

    The corners of Uchiha Madara''s mouth twitched slightly, his eyes flickered slightly, and he muttered to himself in a low voice, "...Don''t you understand?"

    At the next moment, the shadows of the four wheel tombs suddenly surrounded Naruto Uehara!

    When these tomb shadows were attacking Uehara Naraku, they suddenly stopped when they were about to touch Uehara Naraku''s body.

    The shadows of these wheel tombs are only a few cents away from Uehara Naraku!

    However, Uehara Naraku didn''t move at all, and didn''t care about the shadows of the tombs around him. After all, his physical fitness was not comparable to those of the tail beasts!

    The shadows of these tombs look a bit embarrassing...

    Naruto Uehara could see clearly, even he could clearly perceive the chakras on these tomb shadows, but he still pretended not to see them.

    This is too uncomfortable!

    I really want to pierce Uchiha Madara!

    "Senior Madara."

    Uehara Naruko turned his head to look at Uchiha Madara, and said with a light smile, "I just saw Madara-senpai''s eyes were wrong, don''t you want to attack me with the reincarnation eye technique?"

    "Hehe, how could it be?"

    After Uchiha Madara chuckled lightly, he withdrew the shadow of his wheel tomb, and felt a little relieved. Since he still has the means to subdue Uehara Naraku, there is no need to worry too much about this kid!

    Uehara Naraku''s smile deepened. He slowly shook his head and said, "It seems that Senior Madara has mastered a technique that can easily solve me!"

    "Who knows!"

    Uchiha Madara smiled, and there was inevitably a little bit of coldness in his voice: "Well, let''s not talk about this, I''ll lock up all these beasts first!"

    The next moment, Uchiha Madara turned over and landed on the outside golem, and suddenly closed his palms: "It seems that these beasts have become more honest after they have been taught a lesson. Then, they will wear yours first. Collar it!"

    The mouth of the Outer Golem suddenly opened!

    Purple chains flew out from the mouth of the outer golem, suddenly tied the necks of the tail beasts, and dragged their huge bodies in the direction of the outer golem!

    One tail, Shouhe!

    Second tail, another trip!

    Mio, Isosuke!

    Four tails, Monkey King!

    Five tails, Mu Wang!

    Six tails, rhino!

    Nanao, Shigeming!

    Yao, ghost!

    Yin Jiuwei, Jiu Lama!

    One after another, the tail beasts were quickly squeezed into the outer golem, even if the Uzumaki Naruto and others wanted to rush over to support it, there was no time to stop it!

    Just ten seconds...

    The nine-tailed beasts were all squeezed into the mouth of the Outer Golem, and the Outer Golem, who had been stiff and closed its eyes, suddenly opened all of its eyes!

    A huge momentum radiated from its body, and the originally stiff and dull external golem gradually gained a trace of life!

    At this moment, no matter who it is, everyone knows that Ten Tails will be resurrected again!

    It¡¯s just that the ten tails resurrected this time seem to be controlled by Uchiha Madara, which is much smoother than when Oshamaru was resurrected!

    Madara Uchiha finally showed a look of satisfaction on his face, and he stretched out his palm and patted Tokuo''s head: "It looks like a good pet! But Chakra seems to be a little bit not enough, right? !"

    Because Uchiha Madara remembered the ending of the last ten-tailed man Jouri, the Osemaru who had been played by Uehara Naruto, obviously the end of Osemaru was not very good.

    No, even his process is not good.

    Uchiha Madara¡¯s gaze slowly lifted, and he slowly surveyed the entire battlefield. In the end, his gaze slowly stayed on Uzumaki Naruto¡¯s body: ¡°If I¡¯m not mistaken, that kid still has half a nine tails on his body. Right?"

    Naruto Uzumaki is a bit miserable now.

    Because even though he was transformed into a golden demon fox state, he was manipulated by the giant wooden figure from the first generation of Naruto Senjuzu to press the hammer on the ground.

    This is really...

    It''s helpless.

    Heizue drilled out of the ground, and said gloomily, "It doesn''t matter, Ten-tails have been resurrected. As long as Madame Madara becomes a Ju-tani, now no one can stop Madame Madara from releasing Infinite Moon Reading!"

    "Yes."

    Uehara Naraku also nodded, echoing Kurozuzu''s words: "I can''t wait to feel the dream of unlimited moon reading..."

    to be frank.

    At this moment, Naraku Uehara had an illusion.

    He and Kurozue are like little demons, and they have the same purpose, constantly urging the fellow Uchiha Madara to a dead end...

    "I really can''t do anything with you!"

    After Uchiha shook his head and smiled bitterly, he slowly closed his palms, his face gradually became serious, and he whispered: "Six Ways¡¤Ten-tail Heyin!"

    The gigantic Tokuta''s body shrank in an instant, and from behind Uchiha Madara slowly penetrated into Uchiha Madara''s body. As Toku entered Uchiha Madara''s body, his appearance gradually changed. .

    The originally black hair gradually turned into a white...

    Countless Chakra crystals fell from his hair...

    Pieces of lacquered jade for doctrine are formed behind Uchiha Madara...

    As the ten-tailed chakra gradually converged, Uchiha Madara''s body gradually emerged with the gown of six immortals, and a black tin stick appeared in his hand.

    This feeling¡­

    Obviously stronger than the Oshe Maru guy!

    No, or it is supposed to be!

    Because the chakra in Uchiha Madara is derived from the chakra of Indra of the Six Ways of Immortals, he also has the power of the eyes of immortals and part of the immortal body!

    The most important thing is that Uchiha Madara became a Juwei person very smoothly. He didn''t get too entangled with Juwei at all, so he easily suppressed Juwei''s consciousness!

    Uchiha Madara...

    It''s really much better than the last ten-tailed man!

    Uchiha Madara slowly stretched out his palm and stroked his forehead, a weird top corner guard grew out of his forehead: "Well, is this the power of the Six Ways of Immortals? It is indeed compared to the past. There is a big difference in power..."

    While Uehara Naraku was watching all this, he saw Uchiha Madara next to him violently swinging his tin rod and attacking him!

    After this guy became the sixth rank, the first thing turned out to be a sneak attack!

    Uehara Naraku grabbed Uchiha Madara''s tin rod in one hand, and couldn''t help but frown slightly: "Maara-senpai, isn''t this an attitude toward allies?"

    "never mind."

    Uchiha Madara''s mouth twitched slightly, and a arrogant smile appeared on his face: "The guy between the pillars has lost the value of the challenge, but I haven''t seen the limit of the power of you guy!"

    Madara Uchiha waved six tin rods to force Naraku Uehara back, and said loudly: "Nara Uehara, come on, let me see your true power! I was defeated in your hands before, but I am very unwilling!"

    The tin rod in Uchiha Madara¡¯s hand suddenly paused on the ground, and there was a crisp sound. He looked at Uehara Naraku and said in a cold voice: ¡°Moreover, Uehara Naraku, this place in the Ninja World is too small to be barely enough. Enough for me to toss alone!"

    Uchiha Madara''s voice became colder and colder, and his reincarnation eyes fixed on Uehara: "By my side, there is no need for someone to stand side by side with me!"

    "It''s so overbearing!"

    Uehara Naruko rubbed his forehead, and said helplessly on his face: "You people who get the power of Ten Tails because of my gift, can''t you be a little behaved to me?"

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 371ï¼š Uehara Naraku, I want to see your full power

    For a long time, Uchiha Madara thought he was arrogant enough.

    Hearing Uehara Naraku''s words, Uchiha Madara faintly felt that he was still too low-key, and Uehara Naraku was too arrogant to speak!

    What kind of ten-tailed person Zhuli should be a little behaved to him!

    Does this guy think that Ju-wei Ren Zhuli is his pet!

    This guy¡­

    Why is it so arrogant!

    It seems that there are indeed arrogant qualifications. Whether it is Oshemaru or Uchiha Madara, the two people who can become the ten-tailed people are all due to the help of Uehara Naraku...

    If it weren¡¯t for Naraku Uehara, they really wouldn¡¯t be able to become a Ju-tailed person...

    "Senior Madara..."

    Uehara Naraku supported her forehead, her gaze slowly dropped, and she continued softly, "I gave you enough strength, can''t you realize our dream obediently? I have longed for the arrival of the infinite monthly reading. !"

    "Hum hum¡­"

    Uchiha Madara stared at Naraku Uehara, and said with a sneer: "If it was just to release the unlimited monthly reading, it would have been a waste of this power!"

    Uchiha Madara squeezed the tin rod in his hand tightly, and said loudly, "Uehara Naraku! Your strength is too strong, and people can''t help but want to test how strong you are. This makes people involuntarily burn. The excitement came out for the first time after the pillars!"

    "Let''s put away your excitement!"

    Uehara Naruto put down her palm, squeezed her wrist, and whispered softly: "Sometimes, ants get excited when they see a giant elephant, but they want to shake a giant elephant, something they can''t do in this life..."

    "You guy..."

    A smile appeared on Uchiha Madara¡¯s mouth slowly, his smile gradually getting bigger and bigger, and his laughter gradually getting bigger and bigger: "Hahahahahahaha...hahahahahaha...It¡¯s better than I thought. The Chinese still have my appetite!"

    Uchiha Madara violently waved the tin rod in his hand and aimed it at Naraku Uehara, and said loudly, "Then let me take a look at what power your so-called giant elephant has!"

    "Will not disappoint you."

    Uehara Naraku slowly spread out her palms, and calmly said, "If you lose..."

    Uehara Naraku paused when he said that, his eyes looked at Uchiha Madara''s eyes suddenly becoming gloomy and icy: "Then be a tool man for me obediently, and prepare to perform Infinite Moon Reading, understand?"

    After hearing Uehara Naraku''s words, Uchiha Madara''s expression stiffened for a second, then he raised the corners of his mouth and slowly arched his body.

    In the next moment, the man who had just become the ten-tailed man Zhuli suddenly raised his head and sternly shouted: "Come on then! Uehara Naraku! If you lose to me, I will give you a gift!"

    A strong wind hit Naraku Uehara!

    Uchiha Madara''s figure suddenly appeared next to Uehara Naraku. He saw the battle between Ochimaru and Uehara Naraku. He knew very well that manipulating Kudoyu''s long-range attack was of no use to Uehara Naraku. He must find the right time to use Kudoyu!

    In front of ninjas of their level, because of their restraint on each other, they had to return to the primitive stage of ninja fighting!

    That is a purely earth-skilled confrontation!

    Only in the battle of physique can you change your moves at any time, and find opportunities to use ninjutsu and use jade to attack!

    The tin stick in Uchiha Madara''s hand swung to the top of Uehara Naraku''s head, and the air seemed to be divided into two by the tin stick in his hand!

    Uehara Naruko clenched her fist, slammed a heavy fist towards the sky, and directly smashed the tin stick in Uchiha Madara''s hand!

    Uehara Naraku''s fist was unabated, and went straight to Uchiha Madara''s chin, but his chest was suddenly kicked by Uchiha Madara!

    Uchiha Madara took advantage of the force and flew out!

    In the first confrontation between the two, almost always did not have the upper hand, or for Uchiha Madara, his loss was even greater.

    Uehara Naraku didn''t stop, and the figure suddenly rushed up again, slamming his fist to hit Uchiha Madara''s body directly!

    The next moment, a ball fan suddenly appeared in Uchiha Madara''s hand!

    After this guy lost the tin rod, he did not know when he touched their Uchiha group fan again!

    Uchiha Madara actually waved this dough fan to meet Uehara Naraku''s fist, and a cold light flashed in his eyes!

    This round fan, which has been passed down from generation to generation by the Uchiha family, is made of some materials from the sacred tree. Both the effect and the degree of hardness are amazing!

    And this is also the weapon that once followed Uchiha Madara in the Southern and Northern Wars!

    Naturally, he is also very familiar with fighting with this ball fan!

    "Uchiha rebounds!"

    "..."

    Naraku Uehara watched speechlessly as she hit the Uchiha group fan with a punch!

    Immediately afterwards, he felt a huge rebound force. The dough fan quickly absorbed his power, and it was about to turn into a style attribute Chakra to blow him away!

    Uehara Naraku''s palm was facing the impact of the wind attribute Chakra to maintain his body, and he slammed out his five fingers, clenched into a fist again!

    "Sorry, the rebound is invalid."

    Uehara Naraku''s fist hit Uchiha Madara''s body through a fan, and Uchiha Madara fell to the ground with a blunt punch!

    The figure of the ten-tailed man Zhuli suddenly wilted.

    But soon Uchiha Madara''s body recovered with the help of Toyo.

    Uchiha Madara rushed up towards Uehara Naraku again, a jade for seeking the truth turned into a sharp black rod in his hand, and waved his hand to stab Uehara Naraku''s face door!

    In a blink of an eye, the two people fought and turned into a ball!

    Every blow between them is particularly deadly!

    But for the two of them, the powerful resilience can quickly recover no matter how severe the injuries they have suffered, and the two of them gradually hit the real fire!

    The black stick in Uchiha Madara''s hand suddenly protruded, and directly pierced Uehara Naraku''s wings, in exchange for Uehara Naraku''s knee bump and directly hit him in the chest!

    Uchiha Madara vomited a mouthful of blood and flew out!

    Uehara Naraku stretched out his palm, slowly pulled out the black rod of jade for seeking the truth that was inserted on his wing, and squeezed it into pieces!

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the gradual recovery from the injury on the wing behind his back, his brows frowned slightly, and he still praised: "Good job, you are the first person who can hurt me."

    "Ha, it sounds like an honor!"

    Uchiha Madara couldn''t help grinning, "What a troublesome guy... Uehara Naraku, your physical skills may be several times better than I think!"

    This sentence is not a false statement.

    But Uchiha Madara, based on observations of Uehara Naraku and Oshemaru during the battle, and through his own practice, finally realized a problem...Uehara Naraku and Oshemaru absolutely hidden his strength when fighting!

    This guy has been hiding his strength!

    "Uehara Naraku!"

    Uchiha Madara once again condensed a black rod with the jade of seeking ways, and rushed towards Uehara Naraku: "You guy is hiding really deep... It makes people even more unable to stop wanting to look desperately, yours How strong can Quansheng''s strength be!"

    "can."

    Uehara Naruko suddenly passed Uchiha Madara, and when the palm of his hand passed by his side, he interrupted the jade black stick with a sudden blow, and hit Uchiha Madara''s shoulder with an elbow!

    Uehara Naraku watched the pain that Uchiha Madara''s eyebrows involuntarily squeezed out, and his voice was still Furui''s indifference.

    "If you want to see my full strength, please use all your methods to please me..."

    Uehara Naraku''s arm suddenly flipped, turning the Uchiha patch to the ground!

    Just as Uehara Naruko was short, waving his fist and was about to smash his head with a punch, I saw Uchiha Madara on the ground open his mouth and bulged his mouth!

    "Fire escape¡¤Dust hiding technique!"

    In the next moment, countless thick smoke and sparks gush out from his mouth!

    In an instant, the battlefield between them was instantly drowned out by dense smoke and dust, and the scorching high temperature rushed in, followed by a violent explosion!

    Uchiha Madara''s fire escape ninjutsu is really terrifying!

    This guy doesn''t need Jieyin to open his mouth to release such a powerful Fire Drain Ninjutsu. It''s really nothing like this serious ninja!

    Fortunately, Naraku Uehara is not a serious ninja...

    "Water Escape¡¤The Art of Water Array Wall!"

    When the Dust Concealment Art was released Uehara waved his hand and created a wave of water to form a water wall, which turned into a semi-circular ball, wrapped the figure of Uehara Naraku in it, and avoided Attacked by the technique of dust hiding.

    "Huo Dian¡¤The fire is gone!"

    Uchiha Madara looked at the Uehara Naraku hidden in the semicircular water ball, and instantly opened his mouth to gush out a huge fireball. After the fireball fell, it turned into flames and flooded the water wall of Uehara Naraku!

    The steam gradually churns up!

    A mist gradually formed in the air.

    "Wind escape, typhoon has passed!"

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand and summoned a hurricane, which instantly dissipated the mist around them. In this hurricane, a group of thunder and lightning came!

    "Xianfa Lan Dun Guangfang!"

    A ball of lightning hits Uehara Naraku''s head like a laser!

    This is a six-way immortal technique that Uchiha Madara automatically acquires after becoming Ten-tailed man''s strength. This electric light is extremely sharp!

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku tilted her head.

    That electric light instantly passed through the top of his head, piercing the wings behind him!

    "Do you want to compete with me?"

    Uehara Naraku suddenly closed his palms, and a smile slowly appeared on his face: "Then let you see the real Xianju..."

    Before Uehara Naraku thought about what kind of magic to use, he saw Uchiha Madara''s body slowly drilling out a few illusory shadows!

    Is this guy still going to use the Tomb Shadow?

    Uchiha Madara was standing in the distance watching Uehara Nao¡¯s actions, and a ray of light flashed in his reincarnation eyes: "I didn¡¯t want to use this trick, but it seemed a bit too bullying. Unfortunately, it¡¯s really hard to find you. This guy¡¯s weakness..."

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 372ï¼š Why do you ask me to use my full strength against you!

    "Round Tomb¡¤Edge Prison!"

    The shadows of the four wheel tombs flew directly out of Uchiha Madara''s body, and the shadows of each wheel tomb rushed towards Naraku Uehara along a route!

    These shadows are all illusory!

    Except that the eyes of reincarnation can see these shadows and the Six Dao Immortals can perceive their position, there is no other way to do it!

    "Hey, there is something I always wanted to say..."

    Uehara Naraku flew up from the ground, looking at the rushing round tomb shadow, a whirlwind leg kicked four round tomb shadows one after another!

    Uchiha Madara''s eyes suddenly tightened!

    In his line of sight, the four tomb shadows were all kicked out by Uehara Naraku before they even touched Uehara''s body!

    After Uehara Naruko kicked all the shadows of the tomb away, the guy still seemed to have done nothing, and patted his clothes imperceptibly.

    The atmosphere suddenly fell into an awkward situation.

    Uchiha Madara watched Uehara Naraku''s movements, only waved his hand to retract the shadow of his wheel tomb, held his cheek, and stared at Uehara Naraku with a smile.

    "Ha, really, I was fooled by you again!"

    Uchiha Madara slowly spread out his palms, and continued smiling with a smile: "It seems that you have always understood what the reincarnation and **** technique is about, but you deceived me to say that you don''t understand, Uehara Naraku, you This guy is really..."

    "...No."

    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, and explained innocently, "But I noticed that Madara-san''s eyes were wrong..."

    Uchiha Madara silently looked at Naraku Uehara''s shameless face and gritted his teeth and said, "Do you still want to deceive me now! Do you think I am the idiot between the pillars?"

    Uchiha Madara is really interesting.

    Once encountered something that surprised him during the battle, it will immediately turn into a high-level **** between the Senjutsu column. Once the strength between the columns is blown, it seems that in the entire Ninja World, except for the Senjuzhujian, everyone else Strong is also rubbish;

    Once encountered in conversation or life that makes Uchiha Madara dissatisfied, he will turn into a high-level black of the Senjutsu Zhuma. Once the IQ between the pillars is darkened, it seems that the entire Ninja World except for the Senjujutsuma. Human IQ is normal.

    In this life, Uchiha Madara can''t live with Senjuju.

    Uehara Naraku looked at Uchiha Madara¡¯s expression, nodded slowly, and sighed: "You are right, I did deceive you..."

    After speaking, Uehara Naraku faintly spoke again: "Anyway, when you were resurrected today, I already used Uchiha''s soil to deceive you once. Now you shouldn''t care about being deceived, right?"

    "..."

    Madara Uchiha''s expression is subtle.

    At this moment, Uchiha Madara remembered the time when Uehara Naraku confronted Tsunade and Jiraya. This guy seemed to have said that I lied to you once before, so even if I lied to you again now, you will definitely accept it. if.

    What is the truth!

    Uehara Naraku has a problem!

    No one would care about being deceived!

    Especially when he was deceived one after another by the same person, but no one can accept this kind of thing!

    Fortunately, Uchiha Madara had a broad mind. He glanced at Naraku Uehara silently, shook his head calmly, and said: "Forget it, just a little bit of a small matter..."

    "As expected of Senior Madara, my heart is really broad!"

    Uehara Naraku also nodded slowly, and continued: "Senior Madara, in fact, you can''t beat me. If there is no certainty of victory, I will never revive you!

    As early as a few years ago, I was able to help you reincarnate from the dirty soil, but I was worried that I could not completely control you...

    Therefore, every time the predecessor proposes to reincarnate you from the filthy soil, I have been asking Pharmacist to delay time until I can be sure that even if you become a Ten-tailed person, I can completely suppress you, and then I order Pharmacist to revive you. "

    Uchiha Madara: "..."

    Hei Jue: "..."

    Uehara Naraku...

    Damn, forgive him for being too early!

    Uchiha Madara¡¯s expression was faintly subtle. He slowly tapped his arm, calming his feelings: "If I hadn''t absolutely mastered a person''s power, I would not easily resurrect him."

    After speaking, Uchiha Madara''s expression suddenly became serious: "If the victory can be estimated only by feeling, then what is the meaning of the battle, Uehara Naraku, our battle is not over yet!"

    The next moment, Uchiha Madara stretched out his hand and grabbed a jade for seeking the truth and fell into his hand, turning that jade into a black rod!

    "Yeah, I also worried about this problem."

    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, his palm suddenly stretched out in a certain direction of the battlefield, and a chain flashed and disappeared instantly!

    This is the stealing skill of the human way!

    Uehara Naraku directly stole Metkai''s eight-door physical skills, Ui Yakai!

    Uehara Naraku suddenly glowed with a cloud of red steam, and looked at Uchiha Madara and said: "Madama Madara, in order to welcome you after your resurrection, to be sure of your power to suppress you, I will prepare a lot of trump cards for you!"

    These hole cards are so many...

    Even Uehara Naraku didn''t know how Uchiha Madara won!

    Uchiha Madara watched the red steam rising from Uehara Naraku''s body, and his whole face gradually changed: "This is...Hachimon Dunkou? Red steam? Are you going to die!"

    This is the Eight Gate Dunjia Array!

    Uchiha Madara had also heard of this physical technique!

    It is said that when the Bamen Dunjia is fully opened, the chakra will turn red because of the burning of the blood in the body. That is the peak state of the Bamen Dunjia!

    This is going to die!

    What makes Uchiha Madara a little surprised is that the strength and aura of Uehara Naraku''s body are still so abundant, and it seems that there is no loss due to Yamon Dunk...

    Fortunately, many people at the scene knew about Uehara''s ability to steal the enemy''s spells, and Kurozuzu quickly explained: "Master Madara, be careful. Uehara can steal everyone''s spells and it doesn''t seem to cost him anything!"

    "..."

    After hearing Kurozu''s words, Uchiha Madara turned his head abruptly, and stared at the red steam gradually forming Uehara Naraku, his face couldn''t help but change.

    Uchiha Madara''s eyes tightened slightly, watching the red steam turn into a dragon head, and said with a gloomy face: "This chakra power... can''t be ignored at all..."

    Of course, the problem is not big.

    Madara Uchiha''s heart still doesn''t panic.

    No matter how powerful Uehara Naraku''s attack is, the Ten-tailed Manchuli cannot die unless someone strips the Ten-tailed out of his body.

    Uehara Naraku''s hair gradually floated due to the red steam. He spread out his palm and said softly: "In order to let you taste this trick, I deliberately resurrected the person who developed this technique! "

    "The Eighth Gate¡¤Dead Gate¡¤Yekai!"

    The next moment, Uehara''s figure suddenly rushed towards Uchiha Madara, the huge red dragon head slashed across the ground, and the dragon tail waved behind!

    With the powerful vitality of Uehara Naraku and the blessing of Chakra, Yekai''s red dragon was almost hundreds of meters long and rushed towards Uchiha Madara!

    On the one hand, a defensive barrier composed of Dotama was stopped in front of Uchiha Madara!

    It seems that one side of the barrier is not enough, Uchiha Madara waved his hand and manipulated the other jade to form a layer of barriers!

    It''s a pity...

    Uehara Naraku''s body was driven by the steam of the red giant dragon to destroy the ancients, and generally smashed the barrier that was seeking Taoism, and kicked Uchiha Madara''s body!

    "Aha¡­"

    Uchiha Madara spit out a mouthful of blood.

    At this moment, Uchiha Madara only felt that his bones were broken, and even most of his body was kicked to pieces!

    Under the blessing of Uehara Naraku¡¯s Chakra, the power of Yekai¡¯s move was almost maximized. Uchiha Madara could almost feel that all his bones were broken, and even the organs in his body were all crushed...

    Even if the high-speed recovery ability given to him by the Ten-tailed Manzhuli allows his injured body to recover, it is just that Uchiha Madara cannot avoid the pain of serious injury at this moment.

    This is also terrible!

    Under this trick, even avoidance is impossible!

    When the figure wrapped in red steam hits, even the space is directly distorted by the huge power and extremely fast speed, and it is impossible to escape!

    "Can you resist it?"

    The red steam on Naru Uehara''s body dissipated. After he watched Uchiha Madara slowly recover, his brows wrinkled slightly, and another chain flickered when he waved his hand. He once again stole Metkai''s moves!

    "..."

    Uchiha Madara saw the red steam rising from Uehara Naraku''s body once, and his expression finally changed.

    Uchiha Madara stared at Naraku Uehara with an ugly expression, "Uehara Naraku, do you only use other people''s techniques?"

    To be honest, Ye Kai''s kick was really painful.

    Uehara Naruko frowned and looked at Uchiha Madara and said, "This Uchiha is enough to condense my strength... Is it possible that an adult must use his best to fight against a baby in a swaddle ?"

    "..."

    Uchiha Madara slowly fell into silence.

    Uehara Naraku said this sentence, inexplicably familiar, he seemed to have said this sentence, no, Uehara Naraku said it was more arrogant than what he said.

    "If you really want to see my full strength, then I will satisfy you!"

    The next moment, Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly appeared beside Uchiha Madara, so fast that he could not even catch a trace of his reincarnation eye!

    "So fast!"

    Uchiha Madara''s eyes changed instantly!

    Because Uehara Naraku''s speed was so fast that Uchiha Madara had only time to stretch out an arm to block him in front of him!

    Uehara Naraku''s palm flew, and almost immediately when he arrived, he broke the arm that Uchiha Madara used to block him!

    "this is¡­"

    Uchiha Madara''s eyes went black.

    At the next moment, Uehara Naraku''s palm was already sticking out, and he directly pressed Uchiha Madara''s face, pressing him into the ground!

    A beam of devastating celestial light brewed from the palm of Naraku Uehara!

    Uehara Naruchi released her palm, looked down at Uchiha Madara who was pressed by him, and spread her hand calmly.

    "Senior Madara, even if I use a little more power against you, the battle between us will become like this. How do you tell me to use my full strength against you?"

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 373ï¼š Fortunately, thank you for being useful to Naraku-sama

    "Senior Madara."

    Uehara Naraku graciously pulled Uchiha Madara to his feet, watched him and said, "Now you can go and release Infinite Moon reading obediently?"

    Uchiha Madara took a deep look at Uehara Naraku, then slowly nodded and said, "Yes, as long as I get close to the moon, the reincarnation writing wheel eyes that release the infinite moon reading will grow, and you can enter what you want. My dream..."

    "and many more¡­"

    Kurozu stretched out his palm and slowly looked at Naraku Uehara, hoarse his own voice, and said, "Uehara, what is the purpose of you wanting to enter Infinite Moon Reading?"

    To be honest, Heijue was also a little panicked.

    Because after witnessing the battle between Uchiha Madara and Uehara Naraku just now, Kurozuzu suddenly felt that if Uehara Naraku hadn¡¯t been controlled by Infinite Tsukiread...

    It would be more cheating...no, it''s cheating mom!

    Although only the owner of the reincarnation eye can avoid unlimited monthly reading.

    But in case Naraku Uehara did not enter the infinite monthly reading by virtue of his powerful power, or broke free from the infinite monthly reading, and found that this was a lie...

    After its mother Datongmu Kaguya was resurrected...

    Is it a little bit dangerous?

    Although Kurozutsu''s own mother had absolute self-confidence, it was really a headache for Uehara Naraku who played the cards unreasonably.

    How did this guy come out!

    This Uehara Naraku is outrageously strong, and it feels like the reincarnation of Hakata or Hamura¡¯s Chakra, but it doesn¡¯t make sense, because descendants such as Uchiha, Senju, and Hyuga used to be there, and their chakras can be obtained from that clan. Huge reinforcement!

    After all, there is no blood in Uehara Naraku''s body... Basically, the blood in his body is synthesized by himself using the changes in the nature of Chakra.

    And for thousands of years, the Chakra of Yuyi has never been reincarnated...

    Could it be that Yuyi finally discovered Madara''s reincarnation eyes and conspiracy, and then specially reincarnated Chakra to prevent Kaguya Ji from resurrecting?

    This is even less similar.

    Because Uehara Naraku is not an upright person.

    On the contrary, Uehara Naraku is fond of playing tricks, and has a sinister and cunning personality, playing with everyone.

    It''s not that Heijue thinks he is not a good person...

    But in Heijue''s heart, evil and insidious are actually commendatory words.

    To be honest, Kurozutsu thinks that Uehara Naraku may be its own reincarnation, and it is even more reliable...

    Damn, don''t understand!

    Hei Jue''s heart was a little uneasy.

    After hearing Kurozu''s Tick, Uehara Naraku took a deep breath and slowly raised her head to look at the moon in the sky: "I have some bad thoughts about a woman in Ninja who is older than me, but I know that the Ninja world can¡¯t accept this kind of thing, only unlimited reading..."

    "Useless feelings!"

    Uchiha Madara took the lead in cursing: "Kurozutsu told me that, the woman you are talking about is not your teacher Xiaonan, right?"

    "..."

    Heijue is also full of black lines.

    To be honest, Heijue''s first thought was this.

    Because Kurozu is well aware of the relationship between Uehara Naraku and Xiaonan, he also believes that Uehara Naraku wants to enter the dream of unlimited moon reading because of Xiaonan...

    Forget it.

    Stabilized.

    As long as Uehara Naruko enters the illusion of Infinite Moon Reading for a while, Kurozuzu summons his mother with confidence, and asks her to kill Uehara Naraku!

    Hei Jue is really not a good thing.

    Now that he had made up his mind, Kuro Zetsu turned his head to look at Uchiha Madara, and persuaded him in a deep voice, "Master Madara...you can start! When our plan is successful, the entire ninja world will become peaceful forever. serene!"

    "can."

    Uchiha Madara combined his hands to release the tall sacred tree again!

    After the death of Oshemaru, this sacred tree disappeared bizarrely, and is now released again by Uchiha Madara. These are all preparations for unlimited monthly reading.

    After watching the tall sacred tree appeared, Uchiha Madara nodded in satisfaction, and flew along the thick sacred tree towards the moon in the sky. Kurozutsu also rushed directly up and fell into the wide Uchiha Madara. Gouyu robe.

    After seeing the two of them leave.

    Uehara Nairo turned his head to look at the people who were still fighting, and the Chakras on his body gradually began to gather. Now he is about to start preparing for Infinite Moon Reading!

    Uehara Naraku''s figure gradually fell to the ground, her palms suddenly closed, and he shouted in a deep voice: "Mu Dun¡¤The Birth of the Tree World!"

    A forest instantly began to spread along the sacred tree!

    This is also in preparation for being an actor in a while.

    In addition to these, the most important thing is to let Uzumaki Naruto and Uchiha Sasuke fall into a fatal crisis, so that they can see the Six Way Immortal!

    To be honest.

    Uehara Naraku was really curious whether the Six Dao immortals were watching him.

    It''s a pity that Chakra of the Six Ways of Immortal is not easy to see because he is between life and death, and he is not sure whether he will come...

    Maybe he really can''t come to the Ninja World anymore?

    But the other people who wander between life and death are not his two sons, and it is impossible for him to entrust any chakras...not to mention the power of yin and yang, these two powers are just sealing techniques .

    Forget it.

    It''s no use thinking so much now.

    Then let Uzumaki Naruto and Uchiha Sasuke fall into a state of life and death first, and see if they can see the Six Ways!

    On the battlefield.

    After Naruto Uzumaki transformed into a golden demon fox state, he was violently beaten by Senju Zhuma and other Naruto partners.

    Fortunately, Jiraiya and Hagi Kakashi, Tsunade, Onoki and others are pretty good, and they can barely compete with the four Naruto.

    It''s a pity that when they were planning to prevent Uchiha Madara from absorbing Tokuo, they were locked up by the four red sun formations jointly released by the four Naruto Senjuma and others...

    This is more embarrassing.

    The ninja coalition forces were locked in a cage.

    The other villains are free to carry out their plans outside.

    Tsunade was looking at the Senjuzuzu with his eyes across the barrier of the Crimson Sun Formation. He gritted his teeth and said unwillingly, "Grandpa, are you really unable to get rid of the control of the reincarnation of the filthy soil?"

    Tsunade said this sentence many times.

    "There is no way."

    It is a pity that Senjujuma''s answer has not changed.

    After all, Senju Zhuma really has no way of dealing with this kind of thing, he can feel that Uehara Naraku has more chakras than his chakras, and he is not too worried compared to the six ways Uchiha Madara!

    After Senjujuama scratched the back of his head awkwardly, he suddenly said: "To be honest, I feel that the little guy named Uehara Naraku is a bit problematic..."

    "What''s the question?"

    Tsunade glanced at his grandfather angrily, and continued: "Now all of Uehara Naraku''s plans have succeeded. We are already the last force in the Ninja world, but you are locked in this enchantment..."

    "No, there must be questions."

    Senjujuzuma shook his head and continued to explain: "If a ninja possesses the power of Uehara Naraku, even if the legendary Six Dao immortals cannot defeat him, then what will he do?"

    "..."

    Tsunade frowned subconsciously.

    The fourth generation of Raikage Ai stood by and shouted: "That **** Naraku Uehara is a liar and a lunatic. Who knows what he wants to do? Maybe he wants to use the Moon Eye Project to make the whole world fall into illusion? "

    "To shut up."

    Tsunade stopped the fourth generation of Raikage in a cold voice, and slowly turned his gaze on Jiraiya''s body: "What do you think Uehara Naraku would want to do? Is it really for the Moon Eye plan?"

    "..."

    Ji Lai frowned and thought.

    Senshouzhu separated the Chiyang Formation and continued to speak: "Tsunade, that guy''s power is so powerful, even far more than the power I once had. I think that guy can do whatever he wants!

    If he really wants peace in the Ninja world, he showed the five great nations an unmatched power like today, and forced the entire Ninja world to sit at the negotiating table to ensure peace, I feel that you might all agree! "

    "..."

    The five shadows present fell silent.

    Senjujuma is right. If Uehara Naraku wants peace in the Ninja world, he only needs to show the power of the **** of ninja!

    After all, the last ninja **** Senjujutsuma had also overwhelmed other great powers, even daring not to start the war lightly.

    The only difference...

    It is because the aggressiveness between Senjuzuzu is not high.

    "you''re right."

    Tsunade slowly moved his gaze to Senjujuma, and narrowed his eyes slightly.

    After Tsunade broke the silence, her gaze gradually became a little sharp, she looked directly at Senjujuma in front of her, and said coldly: "Then what is the real purpose of Uehara Naraku? Could you please tell us?"

    At this moment, there is something wrong between this thousand hands pillars!

    As a person who played with Senjujuma when she was a child, Tsunade knew her grandfather very well, because Senjujuma could hardly say that she could say such a high IQ, or even make such a rational analysis!

    This kind of work...

    Usually her second grandfather did it in a thousand hands!

    "Uehara Naraku, don''t deceive us anymore."

    Tsunade stared into Senjuzuma''s eyes, and continued in a deep voice, "I know, you must be behind Grandpa''s body now!"

    "It was demolished..."

    A voice fell into everyone''s ears.

    The next moment, Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly appeared beside Senjujuan. He looked at everyone in front of him and sighed helplessly, "Why do you guys gather here at Hokage?

    Is it because the hope of getting rid of the control of the dirty soil is placed on him?

    I really have no choice but to use the body of the first generation of Hokage to communicate with you. Is it because his lack of strategy has revealed a flaw? "

    "Not bad."

    Tsunade nodded, and said solemnly, "Given the character of the grandfather, he definitely can''t say such a rational and methodical analysis!"

    "Hey, Tsuna..."

    Qianshou Zhujian lost his head and hung his head.

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the lost Senjujutsuma next to him, and shook his head: "IQ is really troublesome...Well, if there is enough time now, I don''t mind telling you a very long story. "

    Uehara Naruko turned his head to look at Uchiha Madara who was still flying, then turned his head again, looked at Tsunade and sighed: "It seems that there is still enough time but I want to wait until the truth is revealed. After opening, I will tell you a long story!"

    "..."

    All the ninjas present fell silent.

    Tsunade looked at Naraku Uehara silently across the Chiyang Formation barrier, "So you guy, don''t you even want to cheat me now?"

    "..."

    Uehara Nana returned to Tsunade''s speechless look, and said in a deep voice, "I will tell you everything when the truth is revealed!"

    After speaking, Naruto Uehara looked at the Uzumaki Naruto in the crowd, and suddenly raised his finger, and said in a deep voice, "Naruto, after you meet the six immortals, we will see you!"

    "Hey, Uehara, what do you mean..."

    The next moment, a vine suddenly emerged from the ground!

    That sharp vine suddenly penetrated Uzumaki Naruto''s chest!

    A group of people surrounded them in horror. Tsunade and Haruno Sakura released their own medical ninjutsu chakras on their palms at the same time, hurriedly trying to heal Uzumaki Naruto''s bleeding!

    At the same time, on another battlefield, a vine suddenly drilled out of the ground, and Uchiha Sasuke, who was still fighting the pharmacist''s pocket, was also penetrated by the vine!

    Just as Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t believe it, looking at the vines that had penetrated his chest, he suddenly fell to the ground, and his body was instantly stained with blood...

    The figure of Yakushi pocket fell on Sasuke''s side, and stretched out his palm to cover Sasuke Uchiha''s body, helping him with emergency rescue.

    "Hehe... rejoice!"

    Pharmacist looked at Uchiha Sasuke, with a sinister smile on his face: "Fortunately, you have one last thing for Naraku-sama... Although this is useful, maybe it just makes him add two more in the next performance. Audience."

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 374ï¼š Can the hang you sell me defeat Uehara Naraku?

    The gloomy spiritual world.

    The drop of water made a large ripple.

    Naruto Uzumaki slowly got up from the surface of the water, stroked his chest in a little astonishment, raised his head in disbelief and said, "I...I''m not dead?"

    "What do you think is death?"

    An elderly man holding a tin stick in his hand and floating on the jade for seeking Taoism spoke slowly, muttering and muttering: "In my world, the function of dead ethical views seems to be similar to yours. It''s not the same. Don''t think that you are dead. Be a little positive, newcomer..."

    "you are¡­"

    "This is a problem, but it''s been too long. I don''t know if the name you know is the same as the name I reported..."

    After speaking, the old man slowly turned around, revealing his true face: "I am the embodiment of tranquility and order, and my name is Yuyi!"

    "..."

    Naruto Uzumaki fell silent.

    Just as the old man opened his mouth to mention it, Naruto Uzumaki suddenly realized something and whispered: "Wait, before Uehara kills me, the person who said I will meet... Are you... the Six Ways?"

    After speaking, Naruto Uzumaki fixed his eyes on the old man in front of him, and his forehead gradually became tense: "The eye of reincarnation...the eye of the legendary fairy...looks...is it really the six immortals?"

    "It''s great for you to know my name."

    After the Six Dao Immortals nodded slowly, his reincarnation eyes slowly tightened: "Uehara guessed that you will see me... I didn''t expect that in this era, there will be a ninja as powerful as ours. "

    "That guy..."

    Naruto Uzumaki nodded slowly, remembering the various performances he had always encountered Uehara Naraku, and said in a deep voice, "It''s really super!"

    "What an elusive person!"

    The six immortals used the tin rod in his hand to point a ripple on the surface of the water, and the surface of the water revealed a squinting and smiling figure, it was Uehara Naraku.

    The Six Dao Immortal frowned, and said in a low voice: "This little guy can cultivate enough to defeat me with his own strength, and even find my traces... it''s really unimaginable."

    The Six Ways of the Immortal murmured to himself: "Why would Uehara Naraku want to see me? Do you want to ask about Toohio and Infinity Tsutsuku? Or do you want to challenge someone who is stronger? It shouldn''t. ¡­"

    This is a very scratching question.

    The six immortals were thinking about it, and could only temporarily classify Uehara Naraku''s idea of ??seeing him as a matter of wanting to get unlimited monthly reading.

    After all, Uehara Naraku seemed to want to take the initiative to fall into infinite monthly reading.

    "Ah, what?"

    Naruto Uzumaki scratched the back of his head, frowned his brow and said, "Anyway, Uehara has always been strong. We thought we could catch up with him before, but now it seems that the gap is getting bigger... "

    "indeed."

    The Six Dao immortals looked at Uzumaki Naruto calmly and said, "However, Uehara Naraku is too conceited. No matter how strong his power is, he can''t defeat this other person in the Ninja World..."

    After speaking, the six immortals looked at the silent Naruto Uzumaki, and slowly tapped the surface of the water with the tin rod in his hand, only to see a woman''s face emerged from the surface.

    "My mother, Datongmu Huiye."

    The six immortals looked up at Uzumaki Naruto, and slowly began to tell a very long story: "My mother Otsuki Kaguyahime came to this planet from far away..."

    This story is a bit weird.

    A woman who came from a long distance ate the Chakra fruit in order to quell the war. After gaining a powerful force, she instead ignited the endless greed in her heart. She wanted to rule this world of Ninja, and was finally sealed by her son.

    "My mother has a powerful chakra and an immortal body. It is absolutely impossible for Uehara Naraku to defeat the existence. She has already transcended everything in this world, even if I can only seal her up..."

    After the Six Dao Immortals slowly finished speaking, he raised his eyes and glanced at Uzumaki Naruto, and continued with a deep voice: "Even if Uehara Nai is strong, it is impossible to defeat the mother''s power... because the ancestor of Chakra in this world is the mother. "

    "what?"

    Naruto Uzumaki couldn''t help but scratching his head. He raised his head and looked at the six immortals and asked, "If even Uehara Naraku can''t win, then this world..."

    "We can only rely on you..."

    A hint of worry flashed across the face of the Liudao immortal, and his eyes were even serious: "Even if the mother can absorb the Chakra in Uehara''s body, maybe she can become stronger."

    "to be frank¡­"

    Uzumaki Naruto slowly shook his head, and said in a deep voice: "Even if it is me, I can''t catch up with the power of Uehara Naraku. If he can''t defeat the ancestor of Chakra, even I will fight desperately, but..."

    "do not worry."

    The six immortals slowly touched the surface of the water with a tin stick in his hand, and a man with a kind smile appeared on it. He calmly said: "You have my son Asura¡¯s Chakra on your body. It looks like this The little guy Uehara Naraku also found out..."

    "..."

    Naruto Uzumaki fell silent.

    And on the other side of the spiritual world.

    Another avatar of the Six Way Immortal had just finished communicating with Uchiha Sasuke, and he also finished telling the story of Otsuki Teruya and Indra.

    The avatar of the Six Way Immortal looked at Uchiha Sasuke in front of him, lost in thought, because Uchiha Sasuke seemed to have noticed Indra Chakra in his body a long time ago.

    Sasuke Uchiha didn''t care about all this.

    Sasuke Uchiha glanced casually at the Six Ways Immortal, his eyes became more and more indifferent: "You just said so much, just want to tell me what Indra''s Chakra my power comes from, right?"

    Sasuke Uchiha curled his lips dismissively and said, "There is no chakra reincarnation in Uehara Naraku? It seems that this chakra is obviously preventing me from becoming stronger!"

    "..."

    The Six Dao Immortals shook his head and calmly said, "That''s because the real power in your body has never been led out."

    "Oh?"

    Sasuke Uchiha narrowed his eyes slightly, and asked aloud, "If the power in my body is guided, can I defeat Uehara Naraku?"

    "Force is not the main condition for defeating the enemy."

    The Six Dao Immortals slowly stretched out their palms, and calmly said: "There is only a firm and unyielding will and understanding of the love of others..."

    "..."

    Sasuke Uchiha was a bit speechless.

    Is this Six Dao Immortal serious?

    Is it possible to use love to influence him if he cannot be defeated by force?

    The **** of Naraku Uehara, it is a bad thing to do good things, and Sasuke Uchiha really wants to let this six-way immortal go out and see if he can influence Naraku Uehara!

    The Six Way Immortal turned over his palm again, looking at Sasuke, who was unable to get through with Uehara Naruto, and couldn''t help saying: "Besides, Uehara Naruto is not the enemy you need to deal with. He can''t do much in this final battle..."

    "..."

    Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t help but raised his head and watched the Six Ways of Immortals suddenly twitched his mouth and said: "Six Ways of Immortals, can you be sure that Uehara Naraku will fall into infinite moon reading?"

    After the Six Paths of Immortals slowly nodded, he said in a deep voice, "Only those with reincarnation eyes can avoid the light of Infinite Moon Reading. Uehara Naruto does not have any blood of my blood in his body, even if his power is strong, it may not be able to. Escape for an infinite month to read..."

    After speaking, the six immortals suddenly looked at Uchiha Sasuke, and said in a deep voice: "Perhaps you can consider saving him when Infinite Moon Reading is coming. This way, it can also add to you when your mother arrives in this world. A powerful combat force..."

    "Ha ha¡­"

    Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s mouth showed a mocking smile, and he whispered: "If I save him, after defeating Otsuki Kaguya, Uehara Naraku deceived us again? He has many precedents. of!"

    Six Immortals: "..."

    I have never thought about this problem.

    But this should not be possible, right? After everyone has passed through the crisis of world destruction, can they still face each other?

    This Chakra reincarnation of Indra still has no love in his heart...

    The Six Way Immortals slowly raised their heads and looked at Uchiha Sasuke and calmly said, "Then what do you want to do?"

    After Uchiha Sasuke was silent for a while, he suddenly raised his head and said, "First tell us how to deal with Otsuki Teruya!"

    "¡­it is good."

    The six gods looked at Uchiha Sasuke and nodded slowly, and calmly said, "Extend your dominant hand. This time I will not ignore the power of the eldest son. I will also entrust my power to Indra. Reincarnated."

    "¡­Ok."

    Sasuke Uchiha stretched out his left hand.

    In the next moment, the six immortals put their palms on his hands, and a huge idol loomed behind him!

    The sign of a crescent fell on Uchiha Sasuke''s palm.

    That is the seal of Yin Power that the Six Dao Immortals gave him.

    In another spiritual space.

    Naruto Uzumaki also slowly stretched out his right hand, and he obtained the Seal of Yang Power and the Six Paths of Immortality from the Six Dao Immortals.

    "Although I think my power is enough to change everything..."

    Uzumaki Naruto''s brows couldn''t help but frowned. He looked at the white sun sign on his palm and then at the six immortals: "But I feel that Uehara Naruko is still stronger than me!"

    "Ha ha¡­"

    The Liudao immortal chuckled lightly, and said, "Sometimes, if you want to resolve disputes between people, as long as you can understand each other..."

    "..."

    Naruto Uzumaki was silent for a while.

    After a while, Naruto Uzumaki nodded slowly.

    "Well, it makes sense!"

    After Naruto Uzumaki finished speaking, his brows frowned again: "But what Uehara thinks, I really can''t understand it!"

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 376ï¼š Cant you guys let me watch a family ethics drama!

    Unlimited monthly reading is too inhumane.

    Once in the limitless reading, the eyes can not blink.

    Uehara Naraku hid in the vines he made, rubbing some dry eyes, because he got the natural reincarnation eyes, in order to continue performing in the light of unlimited moon reading.

    Fortunately, his reincarnation eyes are also purple.

    There should be no flaws now.

    In the entire Ninja World, apart from Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto and those filthy ninjas, only Yakushidou and Nagato who had escaped in the divine space survived.

    After Uchiha Madara released Infinite Moon Reading and Tree World Birth, he only noticed Uchiha Sasuke''s complete body, Sano, and there was something incredible in his eyes.

    "The light of Infinite Moon Reading can penetrate the shadow. No one should be able to escape guessing. Why hasn''t Suzuo been able to penetrate him until now?"

    "Ok¡­"

    Heijue also saw this scene, and its voice hoarsely said: "Only the owner of the reincarnation eye can resist the light of Infinite Moon Reading..."

    After a long time.

    After Uchiha Madara confirmed that the light of Infinite Moon Read could not solve Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto, he finally decided to solve them by himself.

    The next moment, the light of Infinite Moon Reading suddenly disappeared.

    The blood moon regained in the sky, the night fell on the earth again, and Uchiha Madara flew down as a result!

    Uchiha Madara stepped on the ground, staring at the tall Susano, and said loudly, "Sasuke, let me see what power you are hiding!"

    "Humph¡­"

    Uchiha Sasuke''s muffled hum came from the air, and the tall purple beard dissipated, revealing the two figures inside.

    It was Sasuke Uchiha and Naruto Uzumaki.

    The state of the two is completely different from before.

    One of Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s eyes was written with a round eye, and the other was a reincarnation eye with a strangely growing gouyu. This scene made the corner of Uchiha Madara¡¯s eyes slightly condensed, and there was another person in this ninja world that also started reincarnation. eye!

    As for Uzumaki Naruto next to him, there was also a powerful Chakra exuding. Qiu Daoyu floated behind him. Obviously, he had mastered the Six Ways of Immortality.

    Uchiha Madara spread out his palms, and said with a chuckle: "Unexpectedly, you guys escaped Infinite Moon Reading. I thought it would be Uehara Naraku! It looks like you two little guys are more hidden. That guy Uehara is deeper!"

    "Huh, that idiot..."

    Sasuke Uchiha gave a cold snort of disdain, put his fingers up suddenly, and whispered: "I saw him hit the Unlimited Moon Reading, Uchiha Madara, thank you for solving that trouble for me! "

    At the next moment, a light flashed in Uchiha Sasuke''s reincarnation eyes, and he suddenly held a Shinobi sword in his hand and rushed in the direction of Uchiha Madara!

    "Now I will get rid of you guy!"

    "Hey, Sasuke, don''t be impulsive!"

    Uzumaki Naruto hurriedly wanted to stop his teammates, but it was a pity that Uchiha Sasuke would not listen to his persuasion at all, brandishing a ninja sword and slashing towards Uchiha Madara!

    "Hahaha... what a confident kid!"

    After Uchiha Madara chuckled lightly, four phantom shadows suddenly appeared on his body and surrounded him in the direction of Uchiha Sasuke.

    "Be careful!"

    Naruto Uzumaki sensed the shadow of the tomb, and after reminding Sasuke loudly, he rushed up with him!

    "No reminder, I saw it!"

    Uchiha Sasuke''s reincarnation eyes flashed a little light, and suddenly he found the shadow of the wheel tomb. The ninja in his hand was waving to solve the shadow of the wheel tomb in front of him!

    The only thing he didn''t expect was that Uchiha Madara''s figure suddenly exchanged with the shadow of his wheel tomb, he chopped his hand to **** his Shinobi, and kicked Sasuke out!

    "I thought how strong you were!"

    Uchiha Madara smiled contemptuously, and threw the Shinobi sword at Sasuke. If it hits, he can pin Sasuke to the ground instantly!

    What made Uchiha Madara unexpectedly, a ray of light flashed in Sasuke''s Samsara''s eyes the next moment, and Madara''s body and Sasuke''s body suddenly exchanged positions!

    The Ninja sword that was originally thrown by Uchiha Madara and flew towards Sasuke''s body suddenly pierced his body at this moment!

    It is Sasuke''s reincarnation eye ability, heavenly hand power!

    "Oh, time and space techniques?"

    After a second of surprise on Uchiha Madara''s face, he slowly pulled out the Shinobi from his body, and his injury quickly recovered.

    Uchiha Madara turned his head, looked at Sasuke, who was holding his chest, and calmly spread out his palm: "It seems that your reincarnation eye also has a high collection value..."

    "Xianfa¡¤Fusion¡¤Spiral Shuriken!"

    The next moment, with a loud shout, a spiral shuriken composed of Melting Chakra flew towards Uchiha Madara!

    Uchiha Madara was hit head-on by this move almost before he could escape!

    The moment this fiery red spiral shuriken hit him, it immediately exploded, and the heat wave of the fairy magic attacked, burning the spotted body!

    "Is it only this level?"

    Uchiha Madara stretched out his palm to wipe the scar on the corner of his mouth.

    Even if Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto took the advantage for a while, Uchiha Madara didn''t care at all, even a little bit happy.

    To be honest, it was a little fun.

    After all, the strengths of Sasuke Uchiha and Naruto Uzumaki are still within an understandable range, unlike the guy Uehara Naraku that is not within an understandable range at all.

    At the next moment, Uchiha Madara rushed up again!

    Uchiha Madara held a yin and yang black rod in his hand, and he brazenly fought two people into a ball, and with the shadow of the tomb of the wheel, he did not lose the slightest physique!

    A strange spiral pill suddenly emerged from Naruto Uzumaki''s hand!

    "Xianfa..."

    "Xianfa Lan Dun Guangfang!"

    Just as the spiral pill in Uzumaki Naruto''s hand had just formed, a beam of laser light suddenly shot out of Uchiha Madara''s mouth, forcing Naruto Uzumaki to dodge in a hurry, and throw the spiral pill out at will!

    "Idiot, don''t waste Chakra at will!"

    After Uchiha Sasuke cursed in a deep voice, a group of black and white lightning suddenly appeared on his own palm!

    "Chidori!"

    This is a thousand birds blessed by the power of the six ways!

    Uchiha Sasuke took advantage of Uchiha Madara¡¯s chance to release the magic, his figure suddenly exchanged positions with the black stick in Uchiha Madara¡¯s hand. In the next moment, countless black and white lightning fell on Uchiha Madara¡¯s body!

    Sasuke Uchiha snorted coldly and stared at Uchiha Madara who was in pain under Chidori: "Huh, I have the power of the six ways."

    "interesting¡­"

    Uchiha Madara''s body suddenly disappeared!

    Sasuke Uchiha stared at the location where the Chidori was attacking, and the reincarnation eyes flashed a light: "Huh? Did you use your own shadow as a substitute? No, Madara has four shadows of the tomb!"

    "Naruto, be careful!"

    Sasuke suddenly turned his head and looked in the direction of Uzumaki Naruto!

    However, just as this reminder was sent out, he saw Uzumaki Naruto''s figure being blown away by the Tomb Shadow!

    "Still in the mood to worry about others?"

    Uchiha Madara''s contemptuous laugh appeared beside Sasuke.

    The next moment, Sasuke was kicked in the neck by Madara Uchiha, and he fell into flight involuntarily!

    Uchiha Madara watched the embarrassed Uzumaki Naruto and Uchiha Sasuke, and couldn''t help laughing loudly: "Hahahaha...It''s in vain. I thought the two of you were hiding your strength, maybe you would be stronger than Uehara!"

    Uchiha Madara didn''t know that these two people had encountered an old man selling offense, he just thought that the thinking of this ninja genius ninja was Uehara Naraku per capita.

    Uchiha Madara looked down at Uzumaki Naruto and Uchiha Sasuke and slowly got up, twitched at the corner of his mouth, and said contemptuously, "It looks like... but that''s it!"

    Uchiha Madara looked at the two of them and sneered coldly: "You two have learned that Uehara hides your power. Do you think you are a powerful guy like Uehara Naraku?"

    "..."

    Uchiha Madara¡¯s proud voice rang through the battlefield.

    In a tree hole of a certain vine, Naraku Uehara hid inside, listening to Uchiha Madara¡¯s appreciation for him, and yawned boredly.

    Is Uchiha Madara addicted to food abuse?

    Why isn''t Heijue playing yet?

    At this moment, Kurozuru''s voice finally came out: "Master Madara, maybe I know the source of their power... Don''t Master Madara think Sasuke Uchiha''s Chakra is familiar?"

    "indeed."

    Uchiha Madara nodded slowly, staring at Uchiha Sasuke, and calmly said, "This little guy does have some connection with me..."

    "That''s right."

    The next moment, Heizue¡¯s palm suddenly penetrated Uchiha Madara¡¯s heart, and its voice smiled and said, ¡°Perhaps it is because Indra was reincarnated on you in the last life, because he loved his brother Uchi too much. Nami Senna, so this time not only became the younger brother of the Uchiha brothers, but also looked exactly like Uchiha Senza..."

    This is really in line with the truth.

    Perhaps it was Indra''s Chakra who was really affected by Madara Uchiha''s feelings, and when he was reincarnated next time, he grew up to look like Uchiha Senna and also became a younger brother with an older brother.

    "Hei Jue..."

    Uchiha Madara looked at the big hole in his chest incredulously, his eyes rolled, desperately trying to resist but couldn''t move at all.

    Feeling the pain in his chest, Uchiha Madara asked aloud, "Kurozutsu, why betray me?"

    "Because there is no more threat in this world!"

    Kurozutsu¡¯s laughter was a little relieved, and he continued with a hoarse voice: "As a ridiculous woman, Naruto Uehara chose to enter Infinite Moon Reading by herself; the two guys in front of him are nothing but Indra and Asura. The reincarnated chakra of things..."

    When Heizue said this, his laughter gradually became more relaxed, and he calmly said: "Maara, so you don''t have to exist anymore... You want to let this world fall into a illusion, don''t you think you are Is it in reality?"

    Kurozuru''s laughter gradually became more arrogant: "Maara, you are also in the illusion! You and Uehara Naraku actually deceived many people in Ninja... But I only deceived you two, that''s enough! "

    "You are the will I created..."

    Uchiha Madara gritted his teeth and said in a deep voice, "Kurozutsu, I am your master!"

    "You were wrong, Madara!"

    Hei Jue shook his head calmly, and its voice suddenly rose: "I have never been your will. The true will I represent has always been Huiye!"

    Kurozutsu''s body gradually turned into a mass of liquid, covering Uchiha Madara''s body!

    The sacred tree also began to pick out those chakras hanging on the branches!

    The earth splits in an instant!

    The masses of chakras gathered by the sacred tree flew high, and were transported into Uchiha Madara''s body in the horrified eyes of Uzumaki Naruto and Uchiha Sasuke!

    next moment

    Uchiha Madara''s body gradually swelled!

    Just as Uchiha Madara felt the pain of his body and gradually showed despair, his reincarnation eyes suddenly noticed a strange mummy vine!

    Because that vine did not send chakras to the sacred tree!

    Uchiha Madara looked at the strange vine and seemed to sway, and there seemed to be someone still moving inside. What the **** was that mummy!

    Obviously now is the moment of life and death crisis, but Uchiha Madara speaks awkwardly: "Uehara, do you have a share in deceiving me?"

    "..."

    After hearing the name, everyone present changed their expressions involuntarily. They followed Uchiha Madara''s gaze and looked at the vines on a certain **** branch on the battlefield.

    Because that vine is so special!

    While the branches of other sacred trees were transporting the chakra, the vine did not move at all, and even the mummy under the vine was still dangling...

    Someone must be alive inside.

    Naruto Uzumaki¡¯s gaze also changed. He noticed that the four Hokages were still standing in the same place as they reincarnated from the filthy soil in the distance, and suddenly said, "Wait, if Uehara hits Infinite Moon reading, Dad and Hokage Will you lose control?"

    "..."

    Everyone''s expressions changed involuntarily.

    If Uehara Naruko had been hit by Infinite Moon Reading, at least these Narutos under his control would lose control and guess right, instead of standing still in place.

    Uehara Naraku''s voice came out faintly. He could only pull the vines reluctantly, and sighed and said, "Your housework, let me participate in it? I just want to watch it. Family ethics drama!"

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 377ï¼š 2 showdowns behind the scenes

    Uehara Naraku is too insidious.

    This thought came to everyone''s mind involuntarily, even Uchiha Madara, who was about to be swallowed, was a bit speechless now.

    I didn''t expect the **** Uehara to hide in a corner all the time!

    Damn, crazy!

    Everyone was playing with great enthusiasm outside, looking like you are dead and alive, and even a Ninja Ultimate Infernal Affairs took place. As a result, the **** Uehara was hiding in a vine to watch the show!

    The outside world is so wonderful, you hide inside and watch the show?

    Especially Uehara Naraku''s strength is ridiculously strong. If Uehara has no conspiracy, even Uzumaki Naruto would not believe it...

    Naruto Uzumaki frowned, glanced at Sasuke Uchiha next to him, and then asked, "Uehara, don''t you have the illusion of Zhong Wu Yue Reading?"

    "Oh, it''s embarrassing to say it."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head calmly, a pair of reincarnation eyes appeared in his eye sockets, and he continued: "Sorry, this is a born reincarnation eye. I want to enter the illusion of infinite moon reading and see what I dream of. The world, but I really can¡¯t get in..."

    Hei Jue: "..."

    Uchiha Madara: "..."

    Uzumaki Naruto: "..."

    Sasuke Uchiha:"¡­¡­"

    Is this **** human?

    Everyone is working hard to ensure the smooth progress of the unlimited monthly reading or to lift the unlimited monthly reading. Are you still saying these irritating things there?

    If not for him...

    I really want to teach him a lesson!

    Naruto Uzumaki looked at Naraku Uehara inexplicably, his gaze gradually becoming a little subtle: "So you have never been in illusion. You were deliberately controlled by the **** tree just now?"

    "Oh, that is not the sacred tree."

    Uehara Naraku moved his fingers slightly, and saw that the vines that had bound him just turned into a cloud of smoke and dissipated, and he continued softly; "I think if I was there, everyone might be uncomfortable, so I hanged myself with wooden ninjutsu. Woke up."

    "..."

    A black line appeared on everyone''s forehead.

    No matter who it is, I suddenly feel tired when I hear Uehara Naraku''s words...

    Just now everyone was playing so hard here...you **** put it on the swings there!

    "Natural reincarnation eyes..."

    At this time, Heijue paid attention to the point.

    Hei Jue said in a gloomy voice, "If I remember correctly, Yui''s Nizi is the only person with a natural reincarnation eye, right?"

    "I do not know."

    Uehara Nana spread out her palms, and calmly said: "Maybe it is because I have penetrated all the power of Yin and Yang and the five elements to open the eyes of natural reincarnation!"

    Born to reincarnate eyes!

    Everyone''s eyes couldn''t help but stare at the eyes of Uehara Naraku. Those eyes didn''t seem to be different, and there was no clue now.

    "Don''t look at me."

    Uehara Naraku pointed to Uchiha Madara who was swelling in front of him, and said softly: "You continue to work on your housework, I will find a place to sit for a while."

    After speaking, Naraku Uehara sat down on his own.

    The moment Uehara Naruko sat down, the ground quickly bulged up and formed a stone chair and appeared under Uehara, allowing him to sit on it securely.

    I have to say that Naruto Uehara''s hand is a bit surprising.

    Before the stone chair on the ground floated, Uehara didn''t even move at all, as if he was a real god.

    Sasuke Uchiha had seen this scene, but it was a water chair that time, his eyes condensed slightly.

    "Uehara!"

    Naruto Uzumaki looked at Naraku Uehara and persuaded with some dissatisfaction: "Now that the Ninja world is about to perish, why are you sitting here indifferent!"

    "but¡­"

    Uehara Naraku looked at the few people present, his eyes slowly stopped on Uchiha Madara who was still swelling, and said casually: "This is your housework...I, an outsider, is it really good to intervene?"

    Uehara Naraku calmly stared at Uchiha Madara, and continued softly, "Maara-senpai, I didn¡¯t lie to you last time. Kurozutsu did betray you... When I controlled Uchiha to warn you, why didn¡¯t you? Solve it?"

    This is really not serious.

    At that time Uchiha Madara was still confused!

    Of course, Uchiha Madara is more confused now than he was back then!

    Uchiha Madara¡¯s eyes tightened slightly, he ignored the pain of his body¡¯s swelling, and asked in a deep voice, "Uehara Naraku, do you know all this? What role are you playing? You and Kurozu betrayed me. Complicity?"

    "Roughly the same!"

    Uehara Nairo spread out her palms and replied, "At least now, my purpose is the same as that of the predecessors. Both of us want to bring Kaguya Ji back to life."

    After Uehara Naraku mentioned this point, he smiled and said, "Don''t blame me, Madara, all these are the kind of instructions from the absolute predecessors, my little ninja is just a chess piece under his hand!"

    "Uehara Naraku..."

    Heijue said in a gloomy voice: "You don''t have to say such things anymore! There are some things we both know!"

    Damn, it''s all for this, so you don''t need to act!

    There are only a few of them left in the entire Ninja World. Who else is this dead liar, Naraku Uehara, acting for him!

    "Okay, I won''t say anything."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Uchiha Madara''s swelling body, and continued: "By the way, the predecessor, Kaguyahime''s resurrection is irreversible, right?

    Let me remind you, Senior, now that you have been exposed, this time should be Huiye''s only chance to resurrect. "

    "It seems that you already knew all this, Naraku Uehara."

    Kurozutsu''s gloomy voice was no longer stable, and Uehara Naraku''s appearance and what he said made Kurozu feel that the situation was out of control.

    It''s just that Naraku Uehara was right.

    If Hui Ye could not be resurrected this time, it had already revealed its identity, and the chance of resurrecting Hui Ye was basically zero.

    Now the arrow is on the string and has to be sent!

    Heizue¡¯s face floated on Uchiha Madara¡¯s body, and continued with a hoarse voice: ¡°Uehara, you¡¯ve been certain that I will take this opportunity to make Madara the carrier of Kaguya''s resurrection, so you never cared about the reincarnation eye, too. Has been secretly promoting the complete resurrection of Madara."

    "Yes."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Uchiha Madara¡¯s reincarnation eyes, and softly explained, "That¡¯s why I will find a way to remove Nagato-sama, because only the user of reincarnation eyes is the most suitable candidate. Those eyes are destined not to belong to him. ."

    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, and calmly continued: "There are not many people in the entire Ninja world who are qualified to become Kaguya carriers, or Uchiha Madara is the most suitable person, so I have been doing what you want. ."

    After speaking, Uehara Naraku glanced at Uchiha Madara and continued softly: "In order to prevent accidents, I can only find a way to put the entire Moon Eye Project under my supervision, so I also cleared Moon Eye. All the disturbing factors in the plan."

    "..."

    After Heizie was silent for a while, he replied in a hoarse voice: "So you chose to solve the problem with you and you have Qiu Uchiha...you are also yours, right?"

    "Not bad."

    Uehara Naraku tapped the stone chair with his fingers, and said softly: "When I joined the Moon Eye project, I first isolated Uchiha with the soil, and then I removed him and Shiwan Shirazu by hand. Nothing to rely on from now on."

    Hei Jue: "..."

    Grass, this bastard!

    That''s 100,000 Baijue!

    Is this guy afraid that those Baijue will become its support? Uehara Naraku is a bastard, even Shiraz will not let it go!

    Uehara Naraku looked at the silent Kurozu, and smiled: "But I think if there is only myself in a small team, you may not believe what I say, so I deliberately inserted another Hostile people."

    "Yes¡­"

    Heijue''s face gradually deformed: "Dried Persimmon Ghost Shark has always been hostile to you, and even Pharmacist Duo has disrespected you..."

    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he calmly continued to explain: "The dried persimmon ghost shark was my person from the moment he joined Akatsuki. He would say a few bad things about me in your ear from time to time, and even wanted to usurp the throne..."

    When Uehara Naraku said this, he couldn''t help but smile before continuing: "But the result is often that you have strengthened your trust in me, and you still despise the ghosts for good or bad..."

    "No wonder..."

    Hei Jue nodded in a daze.

    Every time he sees dried persimmon ghost sharks slandering Uehara Naraku, Kurozutsu will feel that he has increased his trust in Uehara Naraku. That is because every time he gets a lot of information that is beneficial to Uehara Naraku from the dried persimmon ghost sharks slandering Uehara!

    This guy is still using his way of thinking!

    It seems that at that time, Heijue regarded the dried persimmon ghost shark as a useless pawn, but he did not know that the dried persimmon ghost shark had been secretly despising its ignorance!

    Hei Jue suddenly burst into anger!

    "Don''t blame me, there is no other way."

    Uehara Naruto nodded and tilted his head: "In order to ensure that the plan will not exceed my expectations, including when we will collect the tail beasts, including when the Madara-senpai will be resurrected, and when will he become the ten-tailed human column. Power, including when to let him release Infinite Moon Reading... I want to make sure it¡¯s all under my control."

    "..."

    Heijue fell silent again.

    At this moment, UU Reading , the black hand behind the Ninja World for thousands of years, felt that he had encountered an opponent, and when Hei Jue communicated with him, he could not help but feel a shock!

    This Uehara Naraku is too terrible!

    I thought that Uehara Naraku revealed a hidden secret to it today, but I didn''t expect that it was just the tip of the iceberg of Uehara Naraku. How many secrets this guy has hidden!

    After a long time, Hei Jue said in a hoarse voice: "Because of your plan, when the entire Moon Eye plan is executed, the only person I want to rely on has always been you."

    This is indeed Heijue''s mental journey.

    Since Uchiha''s belt soil was framed by Uchiha''s belt soil, Kurozutsu has rarely relied on Uchiha''s belt soil. Coupled with the so-called defection of one hundred thousand white and Uchiha belt soils, Kurozutsu can only rely on Uchiha''s belt soil from now on.

    Coupled with the later unreliability of the dried persimmon ghost shark and the betrayal of the Yakushitou, every time Kurozu goes through a crisis, Uehara Naluo is by her side to comfort her...

    From that time, Kurozuzu regarded Uehara Naraku as the only hope of the Moon Eye project, and as a result, this hope was a dead liar!

    I really want to kill him!

    A substantial chakra emerged from the ground and turned into a sharp stab at Uehara Naraku sitting on the stone bench!

    Uehara Naraku watched a huge chakra suddenly attacked him. He waved his hand to disperse the substantial chakra, and continued softly, "Don¡¯t waste the chakra, no one, in front of me, your strength Meaningless."

    "Don''t be angry, predecessor!"

    Uehara Naraku hooked the corner of his own mouth, and continued with a smile: "And isn''t it enough to rely on me? Isn''t all of this now as you want?"

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 378ï¼š Absolutely senior, I lie to you, you should be used to it!

    Hei Jue is too lacklustre!

    Uehara Naraku felt that he had helped him so much, and he even wanted to do it on himself. The personal qualities of this ninja really needed to be improved.

    Otsuki''s family...

    Personal moral quality is really lackluster!

    Uchiha Sasuke is like this, and now looks like he can''t wait to swallow him alive, forgetting that his eternal kaleidoscope writing wheel eyes were given to him by Uehara;

    Naruto Uzumaki is a little better, but Naraku Uehara has done a lot for this leek to grow to this day!

    Uchiha Madara¡¯s quality is not good either. Uehara worked so hard to make him become a Jumeiman Jouri, but after becoming a Jumeiman Jouri, he attacked Uehara on the spot...

    Hei Jue is even worse! Obviously all the plans were executed by Uehara Naraku, and he looked like he wanted to kill Uehara...

    Nairo Uehara spreads out her palms, and brushes the surrounding scenes a little bit: "Senior, take a look! The Moon Eye Project has succeeded, and the unlimited moon reading has already plunged everyone into an illusion. Your mother Kaguya Ji will immediately Will be resurrected..."

    After talking about this, Uehara Naraku even had a little grievance on his face: "If it weren''t for me, would your unreliable plan succeed? I have helped you so much, at least thank you! "

    "..."

    Everyone present has complicated expressions.

    If you say that, Uehara Naraku did help a lot, but all of this was based on the calculation of Kazuki...Moreover, in the plan of Uehara Naraku, even they became chess pieces.

    but¡­

    To be fair.

    Uehara Naraku''s plan is indeed wonderful.

    Kurozue''s voice became a little more gloomy, and it almost couldn''t suppress his anger: "Uehara Naraku, I always thought we were the best partners. I didn''t expect that you guy...is the one who controls everything behind the scenes. !"

    "This is too much..."

    Uehara Naraku frowned and said solemnly, "Senior, can you touch your conscience? Do you have a conscience? Don''t you regard me as the best **** for the Moon Eye project? ?"

    After speaking, Uehara Naraku was still a little sad: "You know how difficult it is to gain your trust as a pawn, but I have a heart for you.

    As a result, you see that Sasuke has the opportunity to open the eternal kaleidoscope to write the wheel, and then you want to use Sasuke as your pawn!

    After Madara¡¯s resurrection, you stood by Madara¡¯s side with all your heart, have you considered my feelings?

    If it weren''t for me, could the Moon Eye Project have today? "

    "Uehara Naraku, almost done."

    Sasuke Uchiha frowned as he heard it, and he persuaded him: "You say these things as if you are really just a black pawn, but you are obviously the one who treats Kazuki as a pawn. People!"

    After speaking, Sasuke Uchiha was still a little angrily said: "And you guy, don''t you always play me like a pawn!"

    "And I¡­"

    Uzumaki Naruto''s expression is also a bit subtle: "If I remember correctly, when Senior Brother Nagato invaded Konoha, you treated me as a pawn!"

    Uchiha Madara is still suffering from the pain of Chakra entering his body, but this does not delay him from saying a few words: "Uehara Naraku...you fellow, before I was resurrected, you already regarded me as one. It''s a chess piece!"

    "..."

    Several people present suddenly fell into silence. How do you feel that all of them were controlled by Uehara Naraku?

    No, this is not a feeling, it is clearly a fact!

    Everyone seems to have been treated as a puppet by Uehara Naraku, and even those who are enveloped by Infinite Moon Reading have been secretly manipulated by Uehara Naraku!

    "Uehara."

    Naruto Uzumaki stared at Naraku Uehara, and said in a deep voice: "The reason why you carried out the Moon Eye Project was to challenge the ancestor of Chakra, Otsuki Kaguya?"

    "One of them!"

    Uehara Naraku slowly spread his palms, leaned on the back of the stone chair, and calmly replied, "The most important purpose is to relieve Otsuki Teruya''s threat to the entire Ninja World, instead of waiting until someday in the future. She suddenly appeared, so why not let me guide her to appear."

    This is half true.

    If the ninja world is willing to accept this explanation, then everyone can talk about everything; if the ninja world can''t accept this explanation, then everyone just lift the table!

    However, only Uehara can lift the table.

    When Uchiha Madara, who was still swelling, heard this, his eyelids trembled and said: "Uehara Naraku, so you were also saying at that time that you want to see Infinite Moon Reading because of someone who is older than you. Women have bad thoughts..."

    "Yes."

    Uehara Naraku rubbed his forehead and said, "That woman is Kaguya, but I told you all such important information, but you still haven''t cherished it!"

    "..."

    No one can imagine it!

    "Ho **** ho ho..."

    There was a gloomy tone in Kazuki''s voice. It watched Uehara Naraku and said in a low voice: "So your purpose is to challenge Kaguya!"

    "Isn''t this normal?"

    Uehara Naraku slowly clenched her fist and smiled: "That is the legendary ancestor of Chakra. If you don''t challenge her, how can you say that you are the strongest ninja in this world?"

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the people around him, and calmly continued: "Senior, have you seen how hard I work? For a while when I was cultivating, you were watching me underground!"

    "You can perceive my existence..."

    Heijue''s voice became more and more hoarse: "So you guy has been quietly lying to me, making me think you are very loyal to the Moon Eye Project..."

    "Yes."

    Uehara Naraku does not deny it.

    It''s just that he doesn''t perceive him. When he is not strong enough, he will use fate to observe his surroundings from time to time to see if there are people watching him.

    Therefore, it is normal for Hei Jue to be deceived.

    Do a show...

    Of course a full set.

    After Uehara Naraku smiled, he looked at Kurozuzu and continued: "Anything, only if you see it with your own eyes or know it from others, it will definitely be easier for you to believe than if I told you personally...because of insidiousness like you People are inherently suspicious."

    "..."

    Heijue was a little speechless.

    Although it is indeed a sinister person.

    But Naraku Uehara who said this is obviously more sinister than it! How embarrassed to say that others are sinister!

    "Uehara..."

    Naruto Uzumaki frowned, and asked in a deep voice, "Why do you refuse to discuss with us? If Granny Tsunade knows that what you want to do is to solve the threat of Kaguya, she will definitely support you...Neither So many innocent people will be sacrificed."

    "Naruto..."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head slightly, and said in a deep voice, "No one will believe what I say, let alone I will not believe you! You are the real family, and I am just an outsider..."

    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, his eyes dimmed slightly, and he continued in a low voice: "The chakras on you and the chakras on Sasuke... don''t they also come from the legendary ancestor of the chakras?"

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand to stop the Uzumaki Naruto who wanted to explain, and said softly: "Isn''t it true that the Ninja world has always been used as a toy, hasn''t it been the heir of the Otsuki Teruya line? Senju, Uchiha, Hyuga ,swirl¡­"

    "I didn''t expect you to find out even this kind of thing..."

    Hei Jue''s mouth grinned, and it turned into a dangerous smile: "Those are the heirs of traitors. Strictly speaking, they are a bunch of bastards. They will eventually be taken back by their mothers of Chakra!"

    "..."

    Uchiha Sasuke''s face couldn''t help but a touch of anger appeared on his face, this black is definitely attacking others directly!

    The next moment, Uchiha''s assistant raised Chidori and was about to rush forward, but a vine bound Sasuke''s body!

    After Uehara Naraku stopped Sasuke''s movements, he said softly, "Sasuke, it is very impolite to interrupt the other party before the conversation is over...Itachi would not do such a thing."

    "..."

    Sasuke Uchiha glanced at Naraku Uehara speechlessly: "Hey, you fellow, don''t pretend to be Itachi''s friend in front of me at this time!"

    "Oh, I''m used to it."

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help supporting her forehead, and sighed: "Sometimes I really feel that I am a good friend with Mr. Itachi. He even borrowed one hundred thousand taels from me back then!"

    Sasuke Uchiha:"¡­¡­"

    Uchiha Itachi lent you so much money, and you cheated his brother by his name. Are you still a person?

    "Uehara Naraku."

    Kurozue slowly raised his head and looked at Naraku Uehara and said: "I''m curious...who told you these things...what is your identity?"

    "Let me tell the truth?"

    Uehara Nasa spread his palms and greeted everyone''s curious gazes before he said: "Some secrets are not amazing. As long as you work hard and master enough strength, you will find some hidden in the ninja world. secret."

    "impossible!"

    Kurozu interrupted Uehara Naraku immediately, and said solemnly, "These things are secrets thousands of years ago, and only I know about them!"

    "Thousand...thousand years?"

    Naruto Uzumaki looked at Heijue in surprise.

    "The predecessor should indeed have lived for a thousand years."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Kurozu, looked at everyone present, and calmly said, "This is what I judged from a stone tablet."

    "The stele of Nanga Shrine?"

    "Yes Uehara Nana nodded and continued: "Let me start from the beginning! Originally, I was attracted by the Moon Eye Project, and even wanted to become the master of Moon Eye.

    Until later, when I took the Konoha Nakanin exam, I met a man. I never thought that he had two opposite powers, Mudan and Shaorayan at the same time, and even these two powers were still perfect. Fusion. "

    "Who?"

    Heijue''s voice was tense.

    At this moment, Heijue''s mood was especially tense.

    Because Kurojutsu is Kaguya''s will, it knows Otsuki''s fear, and it is afraid of hearing Otsuki''s name from Uehara Naraku''s mouth.

    "Shimura Danzo."

    Uehara Naraku calmly pulled out a name.

    But the name sounds very nonsense.

    "Uehara Naraku!"

    Heijue said in a dark voice, "Are you kidding me now?"

    It was in vain that it thought that Naraku Uehara could name a decent person, but it unexpectedly said the name of Shimura Danzo. Isn''t that guy the one who killed Sarutobi!

    No, or say...

    Shimura Danzo can recite no matter whose scapegoat is!

    "Senior, don''t you find yourself ridiculous?"

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but chuckled, "Didn''t I have been teasing you before? Now that I continue to lie to you, you should be able to accept it too?"

    "..."

    Heijue''s expression fell silent.

    Grass, these words sound familiar, as if Uehara Naraku has said to anyone...

    Tsunade, Uchiha Madara, these are all victims, is it finally his turn for the victims of Naraku Uehara?

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 ~ï¼š Nothing in the morning, 6 more today

Nothing in the morning, 6 more today

 Chapter 379ï¼š Datongmu Huiye, is this your family tradition?

    "Start with Naruto ( to find the latest chapter!

    Uehara Naraku is still thinking about cheating until now.

    There are only a few of them left in the entire Ninja World, not to mention the Kazuki being played with, even the two bystanders Naruto Uzumaki and Sasuke Uchiha can''t bear it.

    And this thing is so interesting?

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the progress of the main quest that was about to reach the end but did not move at all, and was too lazy to continue the discussion with Kurozu.

    And now those side missions for combat rewards are almost harvested.

    There is another reward for defeating Liudao Uchiha Madara. The previous battle between the Ninja Alliance and the four Naruto has almost superimposed the harvest of darkness to the extreme.

    Hidden mission: defeat an enemy that even the creator can''t imagine how to defeat, defeat Liudao¡¤Uchiha Madara (11), the mission has been completed, additional rewards are 1000000 points of life energy, 1000000 points of chakra, and 1000000 points of natural energy.

    And the dark harvest stack data obtained before...

    Because there are many ninjas who have been defeated by Uehara Naraku, the four Naruto forces defeating the ninja alliance only provided him with nearly 300,000 points of three-dimensional attributes.

    Now Uehara Naraku''s attributes are very subtle.

    Uehara Naraku (regular state)

    Life energy: 3012231

    Chakra Energy: 3012690

    Natural energy: 3012690

    Life energy recovery: 1296 points per second

    Chakra energy recovery: 648 points per second

    Natural energy extraction: 648 points per second

    Skill cooldown reduction: 100%

    Remaining gold coins: 9630

    This property is absolutely no problem.

    The only problem is that the main task progress no longer jumps.

    After Uehara Naraku revealed the truth to Oshemaru, Ninja Allied Forces, and Uchiha Madara, the progress of his main missions almost skyrocketed.

    No, or say...

    There are six immortals.

    Because Uehara Naraku also counted the six gods, Sasuke Uchiha, and Naruto Uzumaki, the main task progress bar reached 90%.

    Now that Uehara Naruko revealed the truth to Kazuki, the progress of his main mission has exploded to 99%, and now it''s time to reveal the truth.

    However, this system is still cheating as always!

    Main task: To realize the wish of the book stand boss and become the biggest BOSS in the ninja world. The progress is 99%, the task is not completed, and the reward is unknown.

    Just one percent!

    When you have achieved 99% of everything, it is only 1% short, no matter who it is, seeing 99% of the progress will be extremely anxious!

    Uehara Naraku stared at the expanding Uchiha Madara in front of him, and the corners of his mouth twitched. The remaining 1% of the progress of the main task seems to be for him to solve the trouble of Otsuki Kaguya ?

    "Alright, senior."

    Uehara Naraku stood up slowly, staring at Uchiha Madara, who was completely covered in black, and calmly said: "No matter how much we say, we still have to judge victory or defeat by strength. Come on, take that legend Call out the goddess of Uotsuki Kaguya!"

    "Hehe... really ignorant people are fearless!"

    Kuro never got the truth from Uehara Naluo''s mouth, but he also knew that it was not suitable to continue asking.

    In the next moment, more chakras flowed out of the surroundings, and all these chakras flowed into Uchiha Madara''s body!

    Heijue''s gloomy voice hovered on this land as if it were a sacrifice.

    "Today, the seal of humiliation will be unlocked. Under the guidance of the infinite moonlight, the chakras that spread to countless ordinary people are all attached to me and become one again..."

    "Wake up!"

    "Ancestor of Chakra, Almighty God!"

    "The story of Hui Ye continues, and the heirs of the despicable and shameless people and traitors will all end today!"

    One by one, the chakras were essentially spreading on the sacred tree. These chakras rushed into Uchiha Madara¡¯s body like a torrent, leaving the once hero without the ability to speak, and his reason was gradually lost. Submerged!

    In the next moment, the entire Uchiha Madara expanded into a huge black ball!

    "Are we just watching?"

    Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t help turning his head and glanced at Uehara Naraku, frowned and said, "That''s the legendary ancestor of Chakra, now should be a good time to seal her!"

    "..."

    Naruto Uzumaki silently raised his right hand, and on his palm was a white sun symbol, which was the seal of Yang power passed on to him by the six immortals.

    Naruto Uzumaki and Sasuke Uchiha glanced at each other, and after each nodded, they rushed towards the huge black ball at the same time!

    "Hey, you two..."

    Naro Uehara raised her palms and looked at them two dissatisfiedly: "Don''t make your own decisions at will. Let Kaguya come out but I have worked hard for many years..."

    Two vines came out of the ground!

    In the next moment, under the control of Uehara Naraku, the two vines instantly caught Uzumaki Naruto and Uchiha Sasuke, and suspended them both in the air!

    Naruto Uehara manipulated the vines and made Naruto Uzumaki and Sasuke Uchiha turn around to face him. His face was a little dark and said: "You want to destroy the results of everyone''s efforts for many years. Have you considered our feelings? "

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand casually, and two vines slammed Uzumaki Naruto and Sasuke to the ground!

    Uehara Naraku looked at the swelling black ball and sighed faintly: "Senior Ma has worked hard for thousands of years. Senior Madara has worked hard for more than 60 years. Akatsuki has been fighting for 20 years. I It¡¯s been eight years before we have today..."

    Uzumaki Naruto: "..."

    Sasuke Uchiha:"¡­¡­"

    Although Uehara Naraku made sense, there was still something wrong.

    It seems that something is wrong... Isn''t this just the group of villains who have worked hard for so many years to release a **** who destroys the Ninja World?

    "Ho **** ho ho..."

    Kurojutsu''s gloomy voice came from the black ball, and it slowly said, "Uehara Naraku, as expected you are still so confident! I hope that after you meet your mother, you can continue to maintain your calmness..."

    After speaking, Heijue''s voice suddenly changed, and its voice gradually became louder and louder: "Wake up... this nursery is mature, and the entire Ninja world is waiting for you! Chakra''s ancestor, Datongmu Kaguya Ji!"

    The next moment, a sound of heartbeat came!

    The black meat ball, which had already swelled to the extreme, swelled again. Just as everyone thought that the black ball was about to explode, it suddenly began to shrink inward!

    Its chakra gradually became extremely stable...

    The black sphere gradually faded...

    Bang!

    A long white hair fluttered suddenly under the agitation of Chakra!

    The figure of a woman suddenly and slowly emerged in front of them. She was covered in long robes and swelled in the wind because of the fluctuation of Chakra. A frightening breath radiated from her body...

    The white long-haired woman closed her eyes, the skin on her face was a little pale, and her eyebrows opened slowly, revealing a scarlet reincarnation writing wheel eye...

    The scarlet reincarnation writing wheel eye looked a little uncomfortable when it grew on Uchiha Madara¡¯s forehead, but now it grows on this woman¡¯s head, but it seems that she should be born with it...

    Even if the horrible reincarnation writing wheel eye grows on this woman''s forehead, it still does not hinder her beauty, but adds a bit of awe-inspiring aura!

    The only thing that makes her image a little bit off is that she has a pair of cute horns on the top of her head. This was originally a symbol of the big tree clan, but it looked a little cute on top of her head.

    Under the shining of the blood moon.

    The woman''s pale jade face is especially delicate.

    The woman''s eyes were closed tightly, her thin lips were slightly pursed, and her face was a little cold, as if it were indestructible ice that made people fearful!

    The ancestor of Chakra in the Ninja world, the legendary goddess of U, Kazumu Teruya has come back to life!

    Just as Uehara Naruko twisted her fingers to look at her, a narrow gap suddenly opened in Otsuki Teruya''s closed eyes!

    In this gap, a pair of white eyes appeared!

    Otsuki Kaguya saw Uehara Naraku''s figure, as well as the huge Chakra inside Uehara Naraku''s body and the pair of purple reincarnation eyes, her white eyes condensed suddenly!

    The newly resurrected Chakra ancestor suddenly felt a little more chill on his face!

    Otsuki Kaguya watched Uehara Naraku, his thin lips moved slightly, and said quietly, "...Hayi...Are you here to stop me again?"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku fell into silence The next moment, Uehara Naraku''s expression suddenly became a little subtle. Instead of asking Otsuki Kaguya, he asked Heizetsu: "Senior, is your mother because of You are too old and your eyes are not so good?"

    "To shut up!"

    Kurozuru hid in the sleeve of Otsuki Kaguya, after drinking Uehara Naraku, he hurriedly explained to Kaguya: "Mom, he is not the traitor of Hakata, but a self-proclaimed powerful person who wants to challenge you. Kid..."

    "So..."

    Hui Ye nodded slowly, her narrow eyes slowly opened up, her face softened slightly, and her emotions seemed to ease a little.

    Who could have predicted that the next moment will happen suddenly!

    The long white hair around Kaguya suddenly spread and stretched, like a sharp thorn, attacking Uehara Naruko''s figure!

    This woman is really ruthless!

    Even Uehara Naraku was a little caught off guard, and he never thought that Otsuki Teruya would launch a sneak attack on him. This is too unreasonable!

    Oh shit¡­

    This group of ninjas of the Big Tsukiji line have no martial arts!

    Everyone must launch a sneak attack on him, it seems that they can win by relying on a sneak attack!

    Uehara Naraku''s palm emits countless black flames and lightning, blocking Kaguya''s long white hair from manipulating him to attack him, and a touch of helplessness flashes across his face.

    "Your family really looks like..."

    After Uehara Naraku waved his hand again and smashed countless white hairs, he raised his head and looked at Kaguyaji floating in the sky, and said quietly: "Everyone has received my favor. After seeing me, he wanted to attack my benefactor, Datong. Mu Huiye, is this your family tradition?"

 Chapter 380ï¼š Suzano!

    "Start with Naruto ( to find the latest chapter!

    "As long as it can survive, it doesn''t matter what it means."

    Kaguya didn''t care about Uehara Naraku''s words, her face was still Furui Wubo''s calm, but she opened up a word of indifference.

    As the legendary ancestor of Chakra and the goddess of Ueno, perhaps because she learned about Uehara Naraku from the consciousness of Kurozutsu, she desperately wanted to solve all this.

    and¡­

    Kaguya did not despise Uehara Naraku.

    "We are different."

    Suddenly, Hui Ye''s face suddenly appeared with open veins, and the hair around her body fluttered up again, and the strands of long hair curled into sharp thorns under her control.

    "We have got the true meaning of Chakra. As an existence of our kind, we should not be bound by anything."

    After Kaguya''s voice fell, her long hair spread in all directions, and white hair swept toward Uehara Naraku again!

    Uehara Naraku slowly frowned, looking at the white hair that was like a waterfall in the sky, he suddenly waved his palm, and the wind turned into wind blades, and countless white hairs were chopped by wind blades like rain. Like falling down!

    However, Hui Ye''s white hair is almost endless!

    The wind escape ninjutsu in Uehara''s hand suddenly turned into a giant wind dragon, roaring towards Kaguya, and destroying the gray hair she had manipulated along the way!

    When the dragon composed of Fengdun Ninjutsu was about to crash into Kaguya, her face was still indifferent, but she stretched out her palm calmly.

    The wind dragon that was enough to cut gold and jade was pressed in place by Huiye''s palm, and she calmly wanted to absorb all the Chakra.

    The next moment the wind dragon suddenly turned into countless wind blades, instantly surrounding Hui Ye''s body, it seemed that she wanted to cut her body into pieces!

    This released ninjutsu can actually change its form!

    Hui Ye didn''t panic at all, her palms were still hanging in place, just watching the countless wind blades that surrounded her forming a turbulence!

    However, those wind blades turned into a peaceful wind at the moment they touched her body, just gently blowing her hair and wide robes...

    "Sure enough..."

    Uehara Naraku patted her forehead, and a smile appeared on the corner of her mouth: "Ordinary ninjutsu really has no effect on you!"

    Otsuki Kaguya''s gaze flowed, her eyes fell on Uehara Naruko''s body, her lips moved lightly, and she said: "You can easily manipulate Chakra to this point with your heart, you really... are you not Yui? ?"

    Before Uehara Naraku could retort, Kaguya shook his head again and calmly continued: "Forget it, it doesn''t matter, the Chakra in your body will definitely be mine."

    "Want to get my chakra?"

    Uehara Naraku''s palm flipped, and a Void Blade appeared in his palm, and a smile appeared on his face: "If it can be done... Actually, I might have a similar idea!"

    The next moment, Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly rushed towards Kaguya!

    The Void Blade drew an arc in Uehara Naraku''s hand, and was about to rub Kaguya''s shoulder diagonally, but was avoided by Otsuki Kaguya!

    A jet-black time and space portal appeared beside Kaguya, and under the gaze of Uehara Naraku, her figure floated into the time and space portal.

    That is the ability to write round eyes in samsara...

    Huangquan Hirazaka, who claims to appear before the full moment!

    It is said that this time and space ninjutsu can be activated extremely fast, no matter what the **** of thunder or the might of God, all of them are not enough to see in front of Huangquan Hirasaka!

    The word used to describe time is short enough, but Huangquan''s activation time is faster than Liangsaka''s!

    This enemy...

    It''s really scary!

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but be a little surprised. Such a powerful technique of time and space, compared with his void walk, did not lose the wind!

    "Fate, hunting rhythm, keen perception!"

    A series of perceptual skills for detecting enemy tracks are quickly activated!

    Uehara Naraku even felt unsafe, and put a golden chakra mask on his body. This was his invincible skill and his confidence to challenge Kaguya.

    Well, actually Uehara still has many life-saving skills.

    At the next moment, Hiraizumi Hirazaka''s time and space gate suddenly opened, and a palm stretched out from behind Uehara Naraku, and it landed on his golden mask. What made Uehara a little surprised is that the golden mask became faintly Somewhat thin!

    Kaguya¡¯s indifferent voice appeared in Naraku Uehara¡¯s ear: ¡°Although this mask is difficult to break through, the essence of Chakra will not change. As long as it is a power released by Chakra, there is The possibility of being drawn by me."

    "So..."

    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, and turned to look at Otsuki Kaguya who was close at hand, the delicate face separated from him by the mask of the sacred cut.

    It is indeed the legendary ancestor of Chakra!

    She could find a way to crack even this invincible skill, or she could crack any ninjutsu by herself!

    Kaguya''s hair fluttered again and turned into needles that appeared around Uehara Naruto. She whispered: "As long as you lift this defensive golden mask, I can instantly control your body..."

    After Hui Ye finished speaking, he continued to add: "If you don''t get rid of it, you can only let me absorb all your Chakras like this."

    Kaguya''s gaze was watching Uehara Naraku, and her shock after receiving Uehara''s information from Kurozutsu had gradually calmed down.

    Hui Ye''s eyes slowly lowered, and she continued softly: "I have felt the power in your body. It seems that your body has not broken away from the essence of human flesh. You will still die... and I am different."

    This sentence is correct.

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but nodded.

    Hui Ye''s body is inherently immortal, no matter what kind of attack he receives, he won''t die, no matter what kind of attack he will quickly recover.

    This physique...

    I really can¡¯t stop my heart from thinking about it!

    "It''s really worrying..."

    Uehara Naruko rubbed her eyebrows, looked at Otsuki Teruya through the golden mask, couldn''t help but hooked the corners of her mouth and said, "What should I do with you?"

    At this moment, two figures suddenly appeared behind Hui Ye, extending their left and right hands respectively, and reaching for Hui Ye''s waist!

    It is Sasuke Uchiha and Naruto Uzumaki!

    I have to say that the two of them have a good chance to pick!

    Especially now it seems that Kaguya is in a stalemate with Uehara Naraku. Even if Kaguya mobilizes her long hair in a hurry to entangle Naruto and Sasuke, it is useless, it is only a temporary delay...

    Now, Kaguya must repel them with more effective attacks!

    For Kaguya, this is a rare opportunity to capture Uehara Naraku. Next time he wants to restrict Uehara Naraku like now, it will be very difficult...

    Hui Ye''s palm suddenly brushed across the sky.

    The next moment, the scenery in front of everyone suddenly changed.

    Otsuki Kaguya, Uehara Naraku, Uzumaki Naruto, and Uchiha Sasuke suddenly appeared in an ice space, and each of them was trapped in the ice!

    Kaguya used the characteristics of the ice space to control everyone, her palm still slowly fell on the golden mask of Uehara Naraku, extracting the chakra of Uehara Naraku.

    This is another ability of Datongmu Kaguya.

    The time and space technique called Heaven''s Royal!

    Tian Zhi Yu Zhong is the space power that belongs to Hui Ye alone. She has five different spaces and one starting ball space!

    "This is my world alone."

    Hui Ye calmly said, "No matter how fierce the battle is here, I don''t have to worry about destroying the seedbed that belongs to me."

    "Ok."

    Uehara Naraku rolled his eyes, glanced at the surrounding ice, and said softly: "Then why didn''t you put our battlefield in this space when we first fought?"

    "Because Heijue mentioned your power..."

    Kaguya looked at Naraku Uehara through the thick ice and golden mask and continued: "Our existence in these worlds has the power of time and space. If you leave coordinates in these spaces by any chance~www .novelhall.com~Maybe it may cause me a lot of trouble."

    "what about now?"

    "Now it''s because there is no need."

    Hui Ye¡¯s body could not move in the ice, but she calmly continued: "I have controlled your body. I can feel that it is very difficult to extract your chakra quickly, but for me No matter how long the time is, I can wait."

    "Oh, actually I am also very worried about destroying the Ninja World..."

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes gradually brightened. He looked at Kaguya''s face and continued softly: "Then, now our warm-up is over... I can fight you unscrupulously!"

    "..."

    While Hui Ye was still thinking about these words, the ice suddenly shattered, and everyone present was relieved at the same time, and everyone''s face showed a touch of shock!

    Hui Ye''s expression changed instantly!

    Because Kaguya knew very well that there were three enemies around her, and Uehara Naraku''s strength should be the strongest; but Uzumaki Naruto and Uchiha Sasuke also possessed enough power to seal her!

    Kaguya''s palm floated, and Sasuke Uchiha and Naruto Uzumaki were exiled to other spaces, and they planned to solve them separately in a while!

    After Kaguya completely separated the battlefield, when he looked back, he saw a huge blue phantom floating from Uehara Naraku''s body!

    In the next moment, the phantom gradually solidified and turned into a huge Suzano!

    In terms of body size alone, it is far beyond the complete body of Sasuke Uchiha and Madara Uchiha, and almost equal to Togo!

    "this is¡­"

    Otsuki Kaguya''s eyes changed, her eyes fixed on the huge Susano, and she said word by word: "Hayi...Suzano..."

 Chapter 381ï¼š By the way, can you wait until I finish hitting you before crying?

    No wonder Otsuki Kaguya thought too much.

    Because Uehara Naraku''s opening of Susao and Otsuki Hakata''s opening of Susao were so similar.

    Even if Otsuki Yui himself came, he would probably guess whether it was the Chakra he had scattered to other people many years ago, and most of them returned to Uehara Naraku.

    Moreover, the chakra on Datongmu Yuyi has no characteristics, he is really spreading his chakra to people everywhere.

    "Hey, hey, don''t misrecognize your son..."

    Uehara Naruko stood in the crystal of Susano Nohu, manipulating Susano Nohu suddenly struck a sharp sword aura towards Kaguya: "My strength is obtained by my own hard work, Otsuki Yuyi''s Chakra, but still monitoring the entire Ninja World!"

    The fierce sword energy almost cuts through the space!

    Hui Ye''s arms suddenly overlapped and blocked her chest, and she was also directly smashed by the sword energy and flew out!

    One after another, the sword energy flew in one after another!

    Uehara Naraku is standing in the crystal of Susao Nohu, feeling the pleasure of manipulating this behemoth. This feeling is also a man''s romance!

    Hui Ye just watched that tall Suzuo Nenghu continuously slashed sword aura towards her, a touch of sadness appeared on her face, and a line of tears slowly shed in her eyes!

    Only the next moment, her face became firm again!

    Roads of cold ice floated up under the control of Kaguya, and flew towards the tall Suzuo Nohu, but were smashed by the Shinobi sword in Suzuo Nohu''s hand!

    "This feeling¡­"

    Uehara Naraku slowly spread out his hands, feeling the power of Susano, especially his Susano is different from other Susano!

    Suzuo Nenghu (activation): The ability conferred by the innate reincarnation eye transforms the virtual into reality, transforms its own power into entity existence, and possesses the ultimate warrior composed of ten times the life energy of the body!

    Note: Does not overlap with other amplification modes.

    Although Suzuo Nenghu can''t stack up with the increase of the fairy mode, at least it is an ultimate warrior with 30 million life energy, this powerful force is enough!

    Uehara Naraku controlled Susano to fly away suddenly, and chased in the direction of Otsuki Teruya, and countless icicles flying towards Susano were all smashed with a single knife!

    "Come and try it!"

    Uehara Naraku''s voice reverberated in this space, and Susao N¨­go violently swung the Shinobi sword, and suddenly made a shocking blow toward this space!

    The ground ice in the entire ice space is divided into two!

    "Hayi... is stronger than before..."

    After Huiye murmured a word, her palm fell on the ice, and the ice manipulating the ground slowly stood upright, forming a giant ice giant, facing the one in the ice space The raging Susano!

    Unfortunately, this is a bit overwhelming.

    The huge Suzuo Nenghu held the Ninja sword in his hand, turned into an afterimage, and suddenly rushed up. Its figure and the ice giant were instantly separated. The next moment, the ice giant that was just created by Kaguya Cut in half by a knife!

    "Don''t think about escaping!"

    Uehara Naraku¡¯s voice radiated in the ice space, and his voice was a little high: "This is the first time I have shown the power. Its power is beyond doubt. Even in this space, I can It cut!"

    "..."

    Hui Ye''s eyes shrank slightly.

    She stretched out her slender fingers and slashed across the sky suddenly, and the whole world suddenly changed its appearance. The next moment Uehara Naraku felt that Susao Noshi suddenly fell to the ground!

    This is a super-gravity space!

    In this space, the gravity is too high to make one move!

    Although Susano''s body energy is terribly strong, it is difficult to move because of its super-large size, and it is even a bit reluctant to wave the Shinobi in his hand!

    "Hayi, I won''t be the same again..."

    A bone spur appeared in Kaguya''s palm, and that bone spur suddenly shot at Suzuo Nohu. In the blink of an eye, the bone spur penetrated Suzuo Nohu''s body!

    Kill the ashes!

    As long as you are hit, there is absolutely no chance of being spared!

    Anyone will be wiped out by the attack of the co-killing of the ashes!

    With this huge size of Suzuo Nenghu, even if Kaguya shoots too far because of the super-gravity space, it is impossible to avoid it!

    Although Uehara Naraku''s Susao is of a different nature, it can rely on massive amounts of energy to resist the attack of the co-killing gray bones and slow the time to dissipate, and it is inevitable that they will eventually be dissipated by the attack of the co-killing gray bones.

    Uehara Naraku sighed and waved his hand to dismiss his Suzano. Three pairs of white wings grew behind him, flapping his body and flying.

    Even in the supergravity space, after opening the fairy mode, Uehara Naraku can reduce the influence of some supergravity space.

    "..."

    Otsuki Kaguya watched the obstacle-free flight of Uehara Naruto in the supergravity space, her pupils tightened slightly, and a trace of confusion flashed in her eyes.

    What''s going on?

    Is her hypergravity space fake?

    Hei Jue hid in Kaguya''s sleeve and couldn''t help but persuade: "If we continue to fight here, we don''t seem to have any advantage..."

    "..."

    Hui Ye nodded slowly.

    The next moment, they suddenly appeared in another space, which was an acid liquid space!

    Only after Uehara Naraku arrived in this space, she immediately activated her own melting power, manipulating the acid under the ground to gush out!

    Obviously this place cannot be stayed!

    Hui Ye hurriedly waved, changing their battlefield.

    Here is a magma space.

    It''s a coincidence that Uzumaki Naruto is also in this magma space, he was exiled here by Kaguya at the beginning.

    To be honest, Uzumaki Naruto was still a little melancholy and nervous, because he was alone in this space.

    When Naruto Uzumaki saw Otsuki Teruya and Uehara Naraku appear, his eyes lit up, and he quickly said, "Hey, Uehara..."

    Unfortunately, no one has time to bother him.

    After entering the magma space, Uehara Naruchi closed her palms, and the magma under the space suddenly spewed out!

    A torrent of magma swept away in the direction of Kaguya!

    The existence of the power of melting allows Naraku Uehara to manipulate the magma freely!

    Heizie quickly reminded me gloomily: "Mom, this space doesn''t seem to be suitable for our battlefield..."

    "..."

    Kaguya nodded again.

    It''s just that there are many doubts in Huiye''s mind.

    Whose space is this Heavenly Lord now? No matter which space you go to, it seems to be very beneficial to Uehara Naraku, and it is not suitable for them to fight!

    Huiye felt like her home was stolen...

    Obviously she is her own Heavenly Lord, how can Uehara Naruto seem to be more proficient than her when fighting in these spaces!

    This is not the time to think about this...

    When a torrent of magma flew in, Kaguya''s figure suddenly disappeared in the magma space, and Uehara also disappeared together.

    Only Uzumaki Naruto was left alone in the magma space.

    After a while, a torrent of magma fell into the ground, splashing large magma flying, making Uzumaki Naruto can only evade in embarrassment!

    "Ahhhhh..."

    Uzumaki Naruto was incompetent and furious.

    On the other side, Uchiha Sasuke also encountered the same situation.

    The space of sand.

    Sasuke Uchiha walked for a long time, and after eating the sand for a long time, he was a little tired, and he was still hungry and thirsty.

    It happens to be at this time.

    Uehara Naraku and Otsuki Teruya appeared in the sky above the space of sand, and the two immediately fought a battle!

    However, it hadn''t been long before the battle, the yellow sand on the ground turned into an overwhelming wave of sand under the control of Naruto Uehara, and went towards the Otsuki Kaguya!

    The next moment, the two people disappeared into the space of sand at the same time.

    "..."

    Numerous question marks appeared on Uchiha''s forehead.

    Are these two people teasing him?

    Damn, he is dying of thirst here!

    Starting ball space.

    This space is the last space in Datongmu Huiye''s Imperial Palace, and it is also the place where other spaces are connected to it.

    "Why change the battlefield frequently?"

    Uehara Naruko''s brows wrinkled slightly, he looked at Otsuki Teruya and said, "The space of sand just now is not bad! Supergravity space is also possible...like magma space... Those attacks should be of no use to you, right? ?"

    "..."

    Hui Ye didn''t want to talk too much.

    Although those ordinary ninjutsu is really useless to her, but the frequent ninjutsu attacks will eventually require her to resist or recover with Chakra.

    Every space in the Imperial Palace of Ming Tomorrow is her sole possession, and even in every space she can use the exclusive technique of that space...

    But why can Uehara Naraku be manipulated?

    Heijue hides in Kaguya¡¯s sleeves. He is not autistic like his mother, but instead persuades her to regain her strength: "If you are here Uehara Naraku should have nothing to use. , After all, we can still rely on our strength to decide the outcome..."

    "..."

    Hui Ye nodded silently.

    The next moment, Datongmu Huiye regained her strength, she slowly reached out her palm, and a ball of chakra covered her palm.

    Kaguya regained her calm and indifferent appearance. Looking at Naraku Uehara, she calmly said, "Hayi...In this initial space, let''s decide the winner!"

    "..."

    After Uehara Naraku was silent for a while, his figure suddenly appeared next to Kaguya, and smashed the big barrel Mu Kaguya out with a punch!

    This is a sudden attack made temporarily!

    Uehara Naraku''s body followed like a shadow, and once again appeared next to the inverted Kaguya, his palms tightly gripped Kaguya''s collar, his face was cold!

    "You woman..."

    Uehara Naraku clenched her collar, stared at her with white eyes, and said with a violent jump on her forehead: "Remember, Uehara Naraku is the one who is fighting with you now! Otsuki Yui is still outside!"

    "Yes... Yui."

    Hui Ye slowly stretched out her palm to cover her cheek.

    That was the mark left by Uehara''s punch on her face just now.

    At this moment, some water mist slowly appeared in Kaguya''s eyes, and she looked at Naraku Uehara''s gaze as if she had seen some ultimate unfilial son.

    "Hey..."

    "Hey, don''t cry!"

    Nai Uehara''s eyelids trembled. He looked at Kaguyaji, who was crying like a pear rain in the blink of an eye, and couldn''t help frowning his brows and said: "Kaguyaji, you are the ancestor of Chakra, don''t cry. ! Or can''t you cry after I finish hitting you?"

    https://

    Genius remembers this site address in one second:. Reading URL of Zero Point Reading Mobile Version:

 Chapter 382ï¼š Except for me, no one in this ninja world is so clean

    "Senior, your mother''s mental quality is not good."

    Uehara Naraku floated in the space of the beginning ball, watching Kaguya who was still in tears, and finally decided to chat with Heizue who was able to communicate normally: "Jiejun, can you persuade her, I will beat her first and then say ?"

    Hei Jue: "..."

    Can''t you say something human?

    Such a weak goddess cried so badly in front of you, you guy didn''t want to comfort him, but you still wanted to beat her?

    Beat her, can you say that?

    Uehara Naraku, no, Otsuki Yui, are you a **** man?

    After being silent for a long time, he whispered: "Uehara Naraku, if you have ever learned to love humans in this world, you have encountered conspiracy and betrayal..."

    "I understand this feeling."

    Uehara Naraku interrupted Kurozutsu''s words, and sighed faintly, "Look at Konoha''s Tsunade people, they have always believed in me, but I was deceived miserably; later in the Nagato master fight After they died, they tried to believe me again, but they were deceived by me even worse..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Heijue fell silent.

    Damn, I almost forgot.

    The **** Uehara has always been synonymous with conspiracy and betrayal. Because of the existence of Uehara Naraku, the per capita moral limit of the entire Ninja world has been constantly refreshed.

    "Uehara Naraku."

    After being silent for a while, Kurozu looked at Naraku Uehara, and asked in a deep voice, "Are you really not the reincarnation of the Chakra of Otsuki Hakata? Whether it is your Susao Nogu, your reincarnation eye or even your chakra , They look like Yuyi back then!"

    "Don''t think about it, it''s impossible."

    Uehara Naraku rubbed her wrist and chuckled softly: "Everything I have now is the result of my own hard work..."

    "Really isn''t it?"

    Heijue''s voice was a little more gloomy.

    After a while, Hei Jue continued: "Then how could you know about my mother, or even my plan?"

    "This is a long story..."

    Uehara Naraku looked at the beginning of the ball space, and said quietly: "We are still fighting now, after our war is over, I will tell you slowly!"

    The answer to this question has to be compiled.

    Speaking of it, Shimura Danzo, who was proposed last time, seems to be a very suitable candidate. Danzo has a kaleidoscope of other gods, because he has peeked at Uchiha¡¯s stone monument...

    This answer must be thoughtful, thoughtful, compiled well, compiled completely, and strive to deceive everyone in the ninja world after taking it out.

    Uehara Naraku''s thinking gradually returned. He turned his head to look at Kaguya and clenched his fist and said: "Are you over crying? If you are over crying, let''s continue!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Hui Ye nodded slowly.

    The next moment Huiye''s body flew upside down again!

    Uehara Naraku¡¯s attacks were almost continuous. His figure constantly turned around and appeared in various positions beside Kaguya, punching and kicking the ancestor of Chakra!

    At this moment, Uehara Naraku is not acting like a person!

    "Life is really tenacious!"

    Uehara looked down at Kaguya with a painful face, sighed faintly and did not continue because he saw Kaguya''s eyes with a trace of tears.

    Next second...

    Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly appeared in the sky above Kaguya and suddenly raised his leg, and he was about to split Kaguya directly from the sky!

    A jet-black time-space portal appeared under Hui Ye, and hurriedly moved her body away, avoiding the blow!

    The space above the beginning of the ball.

    The black space portal opened.

    Otsuki Kaguya watched the Uehara Naraku Chakra, who was located below her, suddenly appeared on her palm and slammed toward Uehara''s position!

    Eighty God Air Strike!

    The strongest ninjutsu ever!

    Known as absolute defense and absolute attack physical skills!

    This is the ultimate ninja of Chakra can do it!

    Uehara Nairobi watched as the Shenkong shot down on him, and a golden mask suddenly appeared on his body!

    Uehara Naraku slowly clenched her fist, and suddenly raised her fist toward Kaguya in the air!

    Serious punch!

    In the ¡¡¡¡ fairy mode, Uehara Naraku possesses more than 30 million life energy. No one can stop this punch!

    Absolutely...absolutely!

    The next moment, the countless shadows of the eighty gods'' air strikes were broken up!

    In Kaguya''s white-eyed vision, a tall Uehara Naraku slammed a punch at her, and that fist looked terrifying!

    The fist that Uehara slammed in Kaguya''s sight seemed to bring death, causing a touch of fear in her heart involuntarily!

    "this is¡­"

    The veins and veins around the white eyes of Otsuki Kaguya!

    Kaguya desperately wants to see through all this with her white eyes!

    It is a pity that the only thing Kaguya can see is that after Uehara Naraku''s punch was thrown, it suddenly hit her body as if it was hitting a sandbag. Kaguya''s body suddenly flew out, even directly penetrated. The boundary wall of the beginning ball space!

    This punch is terrible!

    However, all this fell into Kurozu¡¯s eyes, it seemed to have returned to Uehara Naruto¡¯s punch and smashed Uchiha Madara¡¯s complete body, Susanoh, during the battle...

    Hey, this is too fake!

    Mingming is just an ordinary fist!

    Datongmu Huiye flew upside down and smashed through the boundary of the space, and landed in the first ice space that he entered, smashing a large iceberg directly!

    The current Huiye looks extremely miserable, with his large robe in tatters, and blood and cracked skin everywhere...

    even her bones were pierced out...

    If it weren''t for the immortal body of Tenwei Renzhuli, Huiye''s current state is almost the same as death. The Chakra in her body is almost exhausted, and it is extremely difficult to recover.

    At this moment, even if you want to transform into a Ju-tailed person, Zhuli can''t do it!

    Too **** fake!

    Even if Kuro Zee is connected with the will of Otsuki Teruya, after soon knowing the truth from her, now I really want to call for a refund!

    This is teasing it!

    Mingming is just an ordinary punch!

    It doesn''t even seem to have much momentum, how can you make you strong people feel the fear of death!

    Now Heijue really feels that his teammates are not reliable...

    Uchiha belt soil, Uchiha Madara, and even the current Otsuki Teruya, how can they all be defeated so inexplicably!

    After all, Uehara Naraku, the **** seems to be pretty reliable, at least this guy has basically never beaten anyone...Although he has always been an actor, he has always acted very hard.

    Huiye frantically absorbed the Chakra from the sacred tree, so as to restore her body, her face had become very ugly.

    Because only if you have experienced the fear of that punch... will you really realize the horror of Uehara Naraku!

    Under that punch, Hui Ye didn''t have the slightest strength to fight back, and even the ten tails in his body did not dare to move!

    If it hadn''t been for the power of that punch to directly injure the ten tails in her body, the current ten tails would have long wanted to come out!

    The reason why Togo is still obedient now is entirely because Togo also runs out of Chakra in order to maintain Kaguya''s life... Maybe it is also afraid of that punch!

    Hui Ye endured the pain in her body and called the sacred tree outside to transmit chakras for her, because now her body needs massive chakras to recover!

    Really is¡­

    There is no worse situation than now!

    The current Kaguya is undoubtedly the most vulnerable, because she knows that she has no resistance now, at least until she recovers, there will be no counterattack...

    Just at this moment, Uehara Naruko flew over along the space crack. He walked to the miserable Kaguya and watched Kaguya gradually recover.

    Uehara Naraku threw one of his hair at her, the expression on her face was a bit unsightly: "This is the price I paid for defeating you, it''s really heavy..."

    The hair fell on Kaguya''s body.

    Otsuki Teruya looked at the hair, and couldn''t help but raised her head to look at Uehara Naraku. Her expression was a little frozen, and she fell silent for a long time.

    What do you mean, taunting her?

    Uehara Naraku defeated her with just one hair?

    This price is too small!

    Just look at Uehara''s current hair, but it''s still very dense!

    Uehara Naruto leaned over and squatted beside Kaguya, stretched out her arm to trap her body in the corner, and calmly said: "My body also has the power of Yin and Yang that I have cultivated, and I do the same. It can release a moon-sized earth-explosive star..."

    "Are you going to seal me up?"

    Otsuki Teruya couldn''t help raising his head to look at Uehara Naraku, and calmly said: "Sure enough... the ending between us is still the same as before... Yui... Now you are really much stronger... a lot..."

    "You got the wrong person."

    Uehara Naraku patted the ice on the ground, sat next to Kaguya, and said softly: "I just want to prove to you that I have the ability to seal you, but I don''t want to seal you..."

    To tell the truth, the reward for the quest to seal Kaguya must be terribly low!

    Because Uehara Naraku had just completed a mission to defeat Kaguya, he was only rewarded with a hundred gold coins, which is the same value as the original defeat of Hinata!

    "Actually, I..."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Kaguya, and said quietly: "I can''t understand your son. Instead of taking the responsibility on myself and protecting your mother, I sealed you."

    After saying this, Uehara Naraku continued: "Of course, you woman turns ordinary people into Baijue. It seems that there is nothing to be forgiven about. Forget it, maybe besides me, no one in this world can really say. I am clean..."

    Hei Jue: "..."

    Otsuki Teruya: "..."

    I said so well in the front... Why is the back ridiculous!

 Chapter 383ï¼š The main mission is complete!

    Uehara Naraku is simply outrageous.

    Obviously, in the entire Ninja world, except him, anyone has the right to say that he has a clean place; only this **** has done a lot of dirty things, eats decent and eats villains.

    Seriously¡­

    Had it not been for the strength of the **** Uehara Naraku to be too strong, the entire Ninja world would not be able to find a person who could beat Uehara Naraku... Now Uehara Naraku would be shown by the entrance of the Five Great Ninja Village.

    "All right."

    Uehara Naraku waved a hand to break up a group of chakras, and calmly said, "Otsuki Kaguya, predecessor, let''s talk!"

    Uehara Naraku stared at Kaguya and continued: "You release the nine-tailed beasts so that I can suppress you at any time. I can choose to spare you. Otherwise, you should know my character and what I will do. I can''t think of it myself..."

    "Ho **** ho ho..."

    Kurozuru''s gloomy laughter came out. It looked at Uehara Naraku and said, "Uehara, in fact, you don''t have the power to destroy us at all!"

    "Then let you do an experiment first?"

    Uehara Naraku was about to cut off Kaguya''s arm with one hand!

    "and many more¡­"

    Kurozu immediately stopped Naraku Uehara, and continued in a deep voice: "If mom loses power, when the existence of a real threat to this world comes..."

    "I will beat them."

    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, a bright light flashed in his eyes: "If even a powerful person like me can lose, then it doesn''t seem strange that you lose!"

    "What is your purpose?"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku was silent for a while, his face became extremely serious.

    "Because I want Akatsuki to become a peaceful organization that can frighten the entire Ninja world, intelligence personnel are indispensable. I must find a way to get someone who can check information for me at any time. The best senior, you happen to be The most suitable person."

    After speaking, Uehara Naraku added: "Your mother, Otsuki Teruya is the hostage who used to fetter you!"

    "..."

    Heijue''s expression was faintly dark.

    At this moment, he really wanted to turn his face, but unfortunately, all the chakras provided by the sacred tree for Kaguya were scattered by Nairo Uehara, which caused Kaguya to slowly recover from his injuries by relying on his physical characteristics.

    As for Chakra, it can only recover slowly.

    Huiye now can''t even change a space to escape.

    "Humph..."

    Kurozutsu''s voice said gloomily, "Really? Uehara, I remember that after you defeated Madara''s Susao Nohu, Chakra seemed to have dropped so much..."

    "is it?"

    Uehara Naruko punched her hand, a gust of strong wind suddenly blew, and the iceberg in front of him was beaten by Naruta Uehara into a sky full of ice!

    After Uehara Naraku finished all this, he took another look at his chakra and the speed of life energy recovery. In such a short period of time, the life energy was almost completely restored.

    Well, regain your strength...

    Do not let Huiye draw Chakra, the **** tree, to restore his strength.

    Uehara Naruko raised her finger and said in a deep voice, "You have three seconds to consider mine..."

    "I agreed."

    Datongmu Huiye suddenly agreed. Her eyes slowly stopped on Uehara''s body, and her voice gradually became a little depressed. "At least compared to you in the past...I am very satisfied now... Yuyi."

    Thousands of years ago.

    Kaguya''s eldest son Otsuki Yuyi directly sealed her up.

    Now the reincarnation power of the Chakra of Otsuki Yui is very powerful, but he did not directly seal his mother like a thousand years ago? Instead, he proposed that his mother could live in the ninja world and even protect his mother.

    About this is the difference contrast.

    And now the reincarnation of Chakra of Otsuki Yui is really strong!

    To put it unceremoniously? Huiye seems to be able to entangle him? But when the real battle is really won, I feel that he has no power to fight back!

    Uehara Naraku''s eyelids trembled? Repeated her words tirelessly: "Kaguyahime, you really admitted the wrong person."

    Does this woman have to think of him as Datongmu Yuyi!

    Obviously he and Otsuki Yuyi, besides the reincarnation eye and the Susao nohu? There is also the same large chakra? There is nothing similar, right!

    Hui Ye just slowly lowered her head.

    After a long time, Hui Ye finally made up his mind.

    One tailed beast slowly emerged from Huiye''s back, and each tailed beast was a little weak when it landed on the ground.

    When these tailed beasts came out, when you want to say something? Uehara Naraku calmly stretched out his palms toward these tailed beasts!

    "Earth burst into the sky!"

    Uehara Naraku released the skyburst star with these tail beasts as the core? Numerous ice flew from the ground, sealing these tail beasts.

    These tail beasts hadn''t even had time to say a few ruthless words, so they were simply and neatly sealed by Uehara Naraku.

    "Ho **** ho ho..."

    Heizue watched this scene, and a gloomy voice suddenly came out: "Uehara...You are really skillful in using the earth and sky stars!"

    "Basic operation."

    Uehara Naraku waved his palm and said softly: "So now? Let''s leave your space! Go and release the unlimited moon reading from the outside world... I still have many stories to tell them!"

    This war is almost over.

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the progress of his main quest, with a hint of doubt on his face? Why is his main quest progress still 99%!

    Damn, the progress of this task can''t be loaded!

    Junk system? Does it really keep him in the ninja world?

    Just as Uehara Naraku was cursing in his heart, the main mission was suddenly updated? It finally jumped to 100%.

    This system is almost stuck!

    This is already a system installed on humans? Is there still not enough memory?

    After Uehara Naraku glanced at the rewards of the main mission? Suddenly I felt that it was too early to scold this system!

    Main task: To realize the wish of the book stand boss and become the biggest BOSS in the ninja world. The task progress is 100%, the task has been completed, and the world skills are rewarded.

    Black Hole Universe: A very natural and empty universe, this is a creation space that belongs exclusively to gods. The existence of every planet will constantly consume the power of gods and provide gods with unimaginable power.

    Note: Novices, please do not arbitrarily explore the world skills, so as not to cause irreversible losses. Within one month after the completion of the main task, the novice guide will come to this world, please do not be in an abnormal state.

    This cheating system!

    A skill also needs a novice guide!

    After Uehara Naraku sighed for a while, he slowly let go of his curiosity, and he resisted not using the strange world skills of the black hole universe.

    Within a month...

    The novice guide will come...

    At that time, he should be able to get the truth!

    That cheating book stall owner must find him to settle the accounts!

    Now that he saw that the main mission was completed, Uehara Naraku was reluctant to breathe a sigh of relief. At least he could know the truth about how this system bound him...just this month, he could let Uehara Naraku deal with the Ninja world.

    According to Uehara Naraku¡¯s guess, the existence of this black hole universe seems to have planets in it. Maybe he can find a way to send the small planet of Ninja World into it, but how to operate it may have to ask the novice to guide him. member¡­

    While Uehara Naraku was still thinking about it, the scene in front of him suddenly changed. Obviously Otsuki Teruya had already lifted her from the heaven.

    It is not only Uehara Naraku and Kaguya who left the Celestial Imperial Space, but also Uzumaki Naruto and Uchiha Sasuke...

    to be frank.

    Uzumaki Naruto and Uchiha Sasuke are really wronged.

    Both of them existed in a very unbearable space.

    Only when they saw Uehara Naraku and Kaguya by their side, they still did not forget their mission, and the palms of the two people suddenly pressed against Kaguya''s body!

    Their sneak attack at this moment was too sudden!

    Not to mention Otsuki Teruya, even Uehara Naraku didn''t react, Uehara didn''t even notice that the two of them would do such a thing!

    Do not¡­

    It is not surprising that Naruto and Sasuke did such a thing!

    Because Otsuki Kaguya saw Uehara also directly attacked, or this is their family tradition, really worthy of a family!

    Don''t ask anyone, just attack!

    "Indra and Asura?"

    Otsuki Teruya watched both palms fall on her, her eyes tightened slightly, because she also saw the signs in Uzumaki Naruto and Uchihasa''s assistant.

    That is the sealing technique of Yin Power and Yang Power!

    When Naruto Uzumaki and Sasuke Uchiha saw that they succeeded in the sneak attack, they suddenly screamed and launched the sealing technique: "Six Ways, Earth Blast!"

    An illusory idol with hands together is looming The next moment, Datongmu Huiye''s body slowly flew towards the sky, and the stones flew up from the ground, she was about to be sealed again!

    Datongmu Huiye lowered his head and looked at the earth, and couldn''t help but whispered: "Hayi...is the technique you passed to them...did you lie to me after all?"

    Countless stones instantly wrapped Hui Ye''s body, and the meteorite gradually surrounded him with attractiveness, forming a huge stone ball and continuing to fly towards the sky.

    "Sure enough, a liar..."

    Heijue''s voice was also a little gloomy.

    Before Hui Ye was sealed, Hei Jue fell off from Hui Ye again, obviously wanting to keep hiding.

    However, before Heijue fell on the ground, a huge Suzano nohu grabbed its body and continued to fly toward the sky!

    "I don''t like to lie to people..."

    Uehara Naraku''s voice suddenly appeared in Kurozuru''s ear.

    Kurozu stared at the crystal of Susao Naruko Uehara, and said in a deep voice, "What do you want to do, do you want to seal me up?"

    "No, I''m just here to teach you."

    Uehara Naraku drove the huge Susao Nogu and slashed sharply at the sealed stone ball: "If you want to save your mother, you must learn to split the moon directly!"

    The next moment, the blue sword light flashed!

    The huge stone ball that had just sealed Hui Ye was divided into two!

    "Also, I am not Yui..."

    Uehara Naruko stared at Kaguya in the center of the stone ball, stretched out Susana''s arm and grabbed her out, looking at the somewhat panicked Otsuki Kaguya on his face with some discomfort.

    "I want to repeat it a few times, I am Naraku Uehara, you woman, don''t think of me as your unfilial son anymore!"

 ~ï¼š In the morning, itâ€™s gone again. Letâ€™s guarantee 5 more today.

In the morning, it¡¯s gone again. Let¡¯s guarantee 5 more today.

 Chapter 384ï¼š Your enemy, I killed him a long time ago

    Above the ground.

    Uzumaki Naruto and Uchiha Sasuke were a bit speechless.

    The two of them hit Huiye by a sneak attack and released six earth-blasting stars. They finally fulfilled their mission and sealed the Chakra ancestor.

    The next moment, Uehara Naraku drove his Susano to fly into the sky, slashed the earth and exploded the sky, and rescued Kaguya inside...

    This scene is indeed very shocking...

    But this fucking...

    Naruto Uzumaki and Sasuke Uchiha glanced at each other. They looked down at their palms, where the seal of yang and yin signs were gone...

    Now let the two of them find another Six Dao¡¤Earth Burst Star!

    At this time, a chakra''s phantom gradually floated out of the sacred tree, and slowly landed beside them. It was the Liudao Immortal Datongmu Yuyi.

    àØ!

    The blue Suzano also suddenly fell on the ground, and the earth was shaking violently, causing several people to frown.

    The next moment, the blue Suzano suddenly dissipated.

    Uehara Naraku looked at the Six Ways of Immortals floating above the ground, his brows couldn''t help but wrinkle, is the Six Ways of Immortals finally willing to come?

    Uehara Naraku took another look at Kaguya next to him. What did the legendary ancestor of Chakra feel when he saw his son who had sealed him?

    Just when Uehara Naraku wanted to take a good look at the reunion of the feuding mother and child, what drama would be staged... As a result, Uehara Naraku was almost taken aback!

    Hui Ye, this woman, why is she staring at him!

    Your real son Otsuki Yui is over there!

    Uehara Naraku''s eyelids trembled, and she silently explained, "Hey, Kaguya, have you seen it? This is your son!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Kaguya then moved her gaze away from Uehara Naraku. After taking a look at the illusory spirit body of the six immortals, she slowly turned her head to look at Uehara Naraku.

    Just as Uehara was full of question marks, Kurojutsu said gloomily: "Back then Yui scattered his Chakra throughout the Ninja World... Uehara, what you got should be part of him..."

    "Sure enough..."

    The face of the Six Dao Immortals was a bit unsightly. He looked at Naraku Uehara and said calmly: "Your chakra should be part of the chakra that I dispersed in the Ninja world back then. It is because it has absorbed too much human emotions. Did you choose to save your mother?"

    The chakras of this Ninja World are all handed down by the Six Immortals.

    Theoretically, except for the blood heir of Otsuki Yumura, any kind of chakra in this ninja world could be his chakra, and Uehara Naraku also has the same Susanoh and reincarnation eyes, and it is normal for the six immortals to admit their mistakes.

    "You guys think too much!"

    Uehara Naraku shook his head helplessly, faintly irritable, and said, "All of this is a result of my own hard work. The predecessor, which one of us do you think is stronger? My current strength has surpassed that of the six immortals back then. Right!"

    "That''s right..."

    Heijue slowly raised his head to look at the six immortals, and said in a deep voice: "The part of Yuyi now belongs to the gods, and Uehara, what you got, should be the part of the people belonging to the Yuyi Chakra..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Kaguya looked at Uehara in silence.

    "You guys can really justify yourself..."

    Uehara Naraku''s forehead jumped, and instead of entangled with these guys about this issue, he might as well ask the truth himself in the future.

    "Well, let''s talk about business now!"

    The six immortals looked at Naraku Uehara? He said in a deep voice: "If you don''t seal your mother? Sooner or later she will swallow everyone''s Chakra, and you will be no exception..."

    "She has released all the tail beasts."

    Uehara Naraku pointed to the nine **** in the sky? He calmly explained, "I have promised her? If I seal Kaguya again at this time, wouldn''t I be a liar?"

    "¡­¡­"

    The six immortals fell silent.

    Uchiha Sasuke twitched the corner of his mouth next to him? I couldn''t help but said, "Hey, Uehara? Aren''t you a liar? Is there anyone in Ninja that you haven''t lied to?"

    After Naraku Uehara was silent for a while? I looked at the people around him, and said earnestly, "Although I lied to you, I am still a good person."

    "Asshole... why are you embarrassed to say such a thing!"

    Uchiha Sasuke clenched his fist abruptly.

    Otsuki Yui waved his hand to stop the irritable Uchiha Sasuke. He watched Uehara Naraku? The Chakra on his body gradually agitated and said, "Are you really unwilling to seal your mother? You who did not experience that era? I don''t know. Mother¡¯s power..."

    "I saw it."

    Uehara Nairobi spread out her palms, and the expression on her face gradually became a little subtle: "I tried it, too. I punched it and cried so much..."

    Heizue: "..."

    Otsuki Teruya: "..."

    Even though Kaguya and Kurozutsu knew that Uehara Naraku was helping them, they felt that something was wrong in their hearts.

    After ¡¡¡¡ finished speaking? Uehara Naraku added: "In this world, there is nothing that I can''t solve with a single punch..."

    "¡­¡­"

    For a while? Six Dao Immortals were also choked.

    The next moment, Datongmu Yuyi stretched out his tin rod? His body gradually began to become solid.

    The Six Way Immortal who was once known as a **** slowly held the tin rod in his hand and pointed it at Naraku Uehara: "Then as me in the past life? Come and try your power..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku was silent for a while.

    The atmosphere in the air gradually became tense.

    Whoever it is? He couldn''t help but looked at Liudao Senjin and Uehara Naraku.

    Heijue''s voice gloomily said: "Ho **** ho ho... is the battle between the six gods and the human feathers?"

    "Shut up!"

    Uehara Naraku glared at Kuzuezu.

    The next moment? Two chains suddenly spread out of Uehara''s hands, one of which is a soul shackle that can confine the soul, and the other is an energetic chain that can extract Chakra!

    The soul shackles in the hands of Naruto Uehara suddenly attacked the chakra body of the six immortals: "Although you are also very challenging...but I still have to say, you really admitted the wrong person!"

    The tin stick swung open the two chains!

    The six immortals held up the tin stick in one hand, and his Chakra spirit seemed to be able to descend anywhere in the Ninja World. His figure suddenly appeared beside Uehara Naraku, and slapped Uehara Naraku''s body with one hand!

    The next moment, the palms of the six immortals fell on the empty space!

    Uehara Naraku''s figure disappeared while walking in the void!

    In an instant, everyone''s eyes were dazzled, they only had time to see the flashing afterimages, and they couldn''t see the traces of Uehara Naraku and the six immortals! First release https://(www) https://m/.x81zw./com/

    Every time Uehara Naraku appeared, the six immortals would immediately change their positions and descend to change their positions. Uehara Naraku would not hesitate to walk in the void and change directions immediately!

    Fortunately, those present either have reincarnation eyes or white eyes...

    Even Uzumaki Naruto has strong perception abilities, and they can barely know that those two people are still using their abilities to avoid attack and defense!

    Things of empty walks left a quagmire of space...

    The chakra smoke left by the six immortals descending and disappearing...

    In just ten seconds, the entire sky has changed its appearance, and their silhouettes are getting harder and harder to capture!

    This is a more exciting battle than between Uehara Naraku and Kaguya!

    The next moment, the voices of two people resounded across the sky!

    "Susanoh!"

    Whether it is offensive or defensive, Susanoh is an excellent choice!

    Liudao Immortal Datongmu Yuyi even if only the Chakra spiritual body is left, it has power beyond imagination!

    Before this guy presented the sealed yang and yin powers to Naruto Uzumaki and Sasuke Uchiha, he actually thought that when the two of them didn''t accept it, the six immortals actually planned to seal Kaguya by himself!

    The power of the six immortals has surpassed the limit of life energy!

    The Six Dao Immortals have almost unsurprisingly mastered any power in the entire Ninja Realm. He is the second person in the entire Ninja Realm to have Chakra, and the first owner of the Eye of Reincarnation in the Ninja Realm, and also the first. A person who has successfully practiced the fairy model.

    Uehara Naraku''s power is not too much!

    Since Uehara Naraku gradually revealed his true face, the entire Ninja world has not been able to single out anyone who can defeat him, Rokudo¡¤Osaimaru, Rokudo¡¤Uchiha Madara, and even the ancestor of Chakra, Otsuki Kaguya, easily defeated by him. !

    The three ten-tailed people, Zhu Li, were defeated by Uehara!

    No one can even cause him much trouble!

    In the next moment, the two in the sky were exactly the same, the huge body like a god-like full body Susanou fought together, every sword aura seemed to cut the sky!

    ïÏà¥!

    The two Susanoh each covered Shinobi! The full text of ‡¢¸¢ÅThe fastest ¤ó¦Ó¦Ó¦Ñs:/§Þ.¦Ö°Ë¢åz§ë.c¨°§Þ/

    The next moment, Uehara Naraku and the Six Ways of Immortals each manipulated their Susano to cut towards each other, and the huge Shinobi slammed together!

    A huge shock wave suddenly spread!

    There was a sudden gust of wind in mid-air, and even the sacred tree was shaking with this surging shock wave!

    The battle between these two people far exceeds the boundaries of ninjas!

    At this moment, they are the real gods!

    Uehara Naraku was manipulating Susano Nohu suddenly short and leaning, after the huge Shinobu brushed the enemy''s Shinobi, he directly cut off the head of the six immortals Susano Nohu!

    The winner is divided.

    Uehara Naraku calmly manipulated Susano to turn around, watching the huge Susao of the six immortals through the crystals and disappearing into a cloud.

    "I, did you lose?"

    Liudao immortal frowned slightly, and he slowly turned his head to look at Naruko Uehara, with a daze on his face: "Is this...Is man sure to conquer the sky?"

    "That''s enough..."

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help holding his forehead and said, "You lost to me because I was too strong, understand?"

    "Yes¡­"

    The six immortals nodded slowly, and the old voice came out again: "Chakra is always so magical, because humans have emotions, sometimes chakras become very weak, sometimes they become very powerful. But after I became the incarnation of guarding the order of the Ninja world, my power was fixed forever."

    "Almost done..."

    Uehara Naraku helped her forehead. Why did the Six Ways of Immortals tell me about these? Uehara knew that he was so strong because he was a gangster!

    "Okay, Naraku Uehara."

    The six immortals paused on his tin rod, and said in a deep voice: "As a human side, since you have chosen another path, then you are responsible for monitoring your mother!"

    After ¡¡¡¡ finished speaking, the Six Dao Immortal spoke again: "I will still wander between the life and death of this Ninja World. Once I find the clue, I will immediately seal her up!"

    "Whatever."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at his task panel, slowly raised his finger, and whispered, "Now let me release the unlimited monthly reading of this world!"

    "and many more!"

    Sasuke Uchiha¡¯s eyes flashed He stretched out his palm to stop Naraku Uehara, and said loudly, "Uehara Naraku, what you told me, is it true or false... Uchi About Ha and Konoha!"

    "this problem¡­"

    Uehara Naraku raised her eyebrows, and suddenly said, "Although what I told you is half true, but Konoha and Uchiha are indeed true. Sasuke, your enemies in Konoha actually have a lot of¡­"

    Uehara Naraku showed a little helplessness on his face. He looked at the two people below and continued to add: "It''s a pity that you become stronger too slowly. During the time you become stronger, your enemy is early I was so idle and killed all..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Uchiha Sasuke was choked immediately.

    Isn''t that the **** you can''t speak human words?

    Uehara Naraku, the bastard, told himself the past, flicking his mind to destroy Konoha''s revenge; but now tells him that in fact, his enemy had been killed by Uehara too soon...

    This person is sick!

    "Okay, first unlock the unlimited moon reading..."

    Uehara Naraku suddenly raised his fingers, his eyes shook slightly, and he whispered: "I''m in this world...but there are still many things left to do!"

    The blood moon in the sky shook slightly, and returned to normal in an instant.

    The sacred tree on the ground slowly began to shrink, and the mummies sealed by the sacred tree gradually fell, and the people in it slowly began to wake up.

    Unlimited monthly reading and release.

 Chapter 385ï¼š Remember to make a wish when the tremor star falls down!

    Yuyin village.

    The vines on Xiao Nan''s body gradually withered.

    The next moment, she slowly opened her eyes, raised her head to look at the sky of Yuyin Village, and lowered her head little by little: "Is it just a dream after all?"

    "Angel, are you awake?"

    Hydrangea''s figure quickly jumped down, squatted beside Xiao Nan, and reached out to help her up: "Although I don''t know what happened to Shinobi, it seems that everything is resolved now!"

    "Ok¡­"

    Xiaonan nodded slowly, and whispered: "I don''t know how the situation on the battlefield is now, Uehara...should be okay?"

    Xiao Nan is really worried about his disciple.

    Uehara Naraku thought better than Xiaonan, but when he felt good, other people''s moods were definitely not so good.

    After the unlimited monthly reading is cancelled.

    Everyone in the Ninja Alliance gradually regained consciousness.

    Because the sacred tree extracted the chakra, they are still a little weak and weak, and even some ninjas need to support each other.

    At this moment, a voice fell into their ears.

    "Hi everybody!"

    Uehara Naraku stood on a high place, looking down at a group of ninja coalition forces, and said with a light smile: "Let me introduce myself, I am the crime of Yuyin, the leader of Akatsuki, the captain of the ninja coalition forces, the fourth Ninja war The initiator and manipulator of..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Every ninja clenched his fist involuntarily.

    Just as someone wanted to ask questions, Uehara Naraku continued: "If you criticize or want to question me, please allow me to warn you first!"

    When I said this, Uehara Naraku''s voice gradually became a little cheerful: "The legendary six immortals, the ninja **** Senju Zhuma, the Ninja Shura Uchiha Madara, all are my defeated men!

    Therefore, I would like to remind you in friendship here that any enemy whose strength is weaker than the level of the six realms does not even have the qualifications to stand in front of me and speak; of course, even if you have the same power as the six realms of immortality, you can hold back in front of me. It makes no difference.

    Maybe you don¡¯t understand the concept of six levels of people, let me explain briefly, that is to be able to easily kill all of you present! Naruto, Sasuke, who of you two will perform for everyone? "

    "¡­¡­"

    Naruto Uzumaki and Sasuke Uchiha couldn''t help but twitched, and all the ninjas couldn''t help but look at them.

    Naruto Uzumaki frowned, looked at several familiar people below, and said in a bitter voice: "Mrs. Tsunade, Lecherous Immortal, Kakashi-sensei, Uehara is right... and this war is over. Up."

    "So..." Genius remembers Chinese in one second m.x/8/1/z/w.c/o/m/

    Tsunade raised his head to look at Uehara Naraku, and said solemnly, "Is Uehara Naraku the last victor in this war?"

    "No, no, no, everyone is the winner."

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand, and said quietly: "After all, I can''t bear to kill so many people? So you got my gift and survived? It''s also considered a win... We, we are actually our own! "

    "¡­¡­"

    Mom? Inexplicable!

    Who would dare to be his own with you!

    In this ninja world, those ninjas who thought that Uehara Naraku was his own person? What can they end up?

    "Uehara Naraku..."

    Tsunade frowned his brows, and said solemnly, "No matter who is the winner... at least you have to tell us? What happened?"

    "This thing is a long story..."

    Uehara Naraku raised his eyebrows, and glanced at all the ninjas present with their heads up: "Maybe I have to say a long time? If you raise your head for too long? Your neck may hurt..."

    "...Is it time to say that the neck hurts or not!"

    Tsunade said with a sullen face: "Even if we can''t do anything now, at least we must tell us the truth!"

    "Um... OK."

    A stone chair appeared under Uehara Naraku. He slowly walked it down and looked at Otsuki Kaguya who had been standing behind him? He said softly, "The origin of this war has to be talked about thousands of years ago...

    Senju, Uchiha, Hyuga, Uzumaki, etc. The ancestors of the **** tyrants in the Ninja world? The first Uyoshi goddess in the Ninja world with Chakra, Otsuki Teruya, unfortunately, gave birth to two children, but her children Growing up, she was sealed in order to seize her power..."

    "and many more!"

    Naruto Uehara immediately stopped Naraku Uehara with a loud voice? His expression faintly collapsed: "What you said is too ridiculous, it''s almost a thousand miles away from the truth!"

    "Really...outrageous."

    Uchiha Sasuke couldn¡¯t help but support his forehead? The corners of his eyes twitched: ¡°Hey, Uehara? Do you always like to add materials to the stories you tell you?¡±

    "To shut up!"

    Uehara Naraku frowned and looked at Uzumaki Naruto? He said in a deep voice, "If your stories are never good enough? You can only talk about your feelings and ideals in a vague way? Who would listen to these stories? !"

    After talking about Uzumaki Naruto, Uehara Naraku looked at Uchiha Sasuke again: "Sasuke, your brother Itachi is very talented in storytelling..."

    Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t help but patted his forehead and said, "Asshole...Can you not always mention Itachi like an old friend!"

    Uehara Naraku was silent for a while, waved up a gust of wind, and after throwing the two out, he slowly turned his head and said, "Okay, let''s continue now."

    "¡­¡­"

    Five Shadows looked at each other.

    Some ninjas who are looking up and waiting to hear the story are also a bit speechless. Now that I haven''t started to talk about the main point, I just want to lie to them?

    Uehara Naraku didn¡¯t care, and continued: ¡°Thousands of years ago, the legendary Chakra ancestor Kaguya was sealed by her two children. After one of them took the power of his mother, he founded the Ninja Sect and unified it. Ninja World."

    When it came to this, Uehara Naraku''s face gradually became serious. He looked at the ninjas with a little shock on their faces, and said solemnly: "You are not mistaken, that child is the legendary six immortals."

    Uehara Naraku continued slowly: "Unfortunately, the Six Ways of Immortals did not expect that, except for him and his brother, his mother, Goddess Uyoshi, still left a child named Kurozu before being sealed. Is our intelligence captain."

    "¡­¡­"

    Everyone present fell silent again.

    To be honest, the Ninja Alliance was unjustly defeated.

    Uehara Naraku, the captain of the coalition forces, is behind the scenes, and the intelligence captain is also behind the scenes. What do they use to fight people?

    Take fate?

    Uehara Naraku looked down at the faces of everyone, and continued with a chuckle: "Kurozutsu has been working hard to resurrect the goddess Kaguya, which is to release the illusion of Infinite Moon Reading.

    Similarly, it also instigated Uchiha and the Senju clan in order to avenge the former six immortals, while sitting and watching the two former blood relatives kill each other, while secretly selecting suitable chess pieces to resurrect Kaguya.

    This is why Uchiha and Senju fight each other.

    Later, after a brief reconciliation between Senju Junma and Uchiha Madara, they parted ways again. Kuro Zetsu finally picked a chess piece Uchiha Madara and began to implement the plan to revive Kaguya.

    In order to realize this plan, Heijue treated all the people in the Ninja world as chess pieces, but it miscalculated my strength. I didn¡¯t expect that Chakra¡¯s ancestor was not my opponent after the resurrection, so you are lucky enough to stand here ¡­"

    "¡­¡­"

    Heijue''s heart was a little anxious.

    This Uehara Naraku is too cruel, right? She even scolds herself in her previous life?

    Even Naruto Uzumaki and Sasuke Uchiha were a little speechless. In Naraku Uehara¡¯s description, the six gods became a despicable villain...

    Maybe this is true?

    Because Uehara Naraku is part of the Six Ways of Immortals, Chakra reincarnated!

    Look at what kind of virtue this Uehara Naraku is, can you still count on the Six Dao Immortals who were a thousand years ago to be a good person?

    After listening to the story told by Uehara Naraku, Tsunade couldn¡¯t help frowning, and said in a deep voice, "Uehara Naraku, then what role do you play in it? Before I was in illusion, you seemed to be too Get the unlimited monthly reading!"

    "Oh, I pretended it."

    Uehara Naraku casually responded: "I saw that everyone was hit by Infinite Moon Reading. If I didn''t have that kind of illusion, I seemed to be a little bit uncomfortable..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Why is there such a saying that you are afraid of being too gregarious?

    At that time, you didn''t think you were too gregarious. Why didn''t you think so when you betrayed the entire ninja alliance!

    If everyone present had their eyes like knives, Uehara Naruko''s body would have been boned by Ling Chi...

    Uehara Naraku ignored a group of knives-like eyes, and calmly continued: "So after I pretended to have won the Infinite Moon Reading, I discovered the plot of Heijue, by the way, defeated the legendary Chakra ancestor and saved you..."

    "¡­¡­"

    The expressions of the ninja coalition forces are different.

    To be honest, they don''t know if they should believe it.

    "Okay, if you want to know the details, just ask Naruto and Sasuke! It''s a pity My highlight moment is actually only two viewers..." New 81 Chinese network update the fastest mobile terminal : Https:/

    After Uehara Nairo shook his head and sighed, he watched the crowd and continued quietly: "A week later, I will be waiting for Wuying''s visit in Yuyin Village. At that time, you must come and discuss with me about the post-war affairs... "

    After speaking, Uehara Naraku slowly clenched his fist, and calmly added: "Because if anyone does not show up, I might feel unhappy, maybe your village will become a star, or There are stars falling on your village..."

    The next moment, the earth in the distance rose quickly, forming a huge meteorite!

    Uehara Naraku pointed the meteorite and manipulated it to fall into a lake. The whole earth quaked violently, and everyone''s face showed a touch of panic!

    "Did you see it? That kind of star!"

    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, his face gradually became serious. He turned his head and continued: "If such an unhappy thing happened at that time because someone was not present, I hope all the ninjas present must remember... "

    "¡­¡­"

    The ears of all the ninjas stood up involuntarily.

    Uehara Naraku looked at these nervous-looking ninjas, and the corners of his mouth gradually twitched: "When the sun is obstructing the stars to cut the sky and fall in your village, you must remember to make a wish, and wish that you can not be a ninja in your next life..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Countless ninjas scolded Uehara from the beginning to the feet in their hearts.

 Chapter 386ï¼š Wouldnt it be enough for everyone to join Akatsuki?

    Uehara Naraku briefly washed white and left.

    All the black pots were pushed by him to Otsuki Yui and Kurozu a thousand years ago. He seemed to be a little ninja who knew nothing but just happened to be a little ninja.

    A huge ancient dragon descended from the sky, and left the battlefield with Uehara and Otsuki Kaguya and Heizue.

    Wait until Uehara Naraku leaves.

    Many talents set their sights on Uzumaki Naruto and Uchiha Sasuke. Obviously they want to get more information from these two people.

    "Ok¡­"

    Naruto Uzumaki couldn''t help scratching his hair, and his face gradually became serious: "First of all, everything Uehara said is false! No, it''s not right, it should be said that what he threatened us is true! "

    Naruto Uzumaki looked at the people with unpredictable expressions on their faces, and continued in a deep voice: "Or, I can''t tell whether Uehara''s words are true or false, because he is the reincarnation of Chakra, part of the legendary Six Dao Immortal. Although he never admits this..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Every ninja involuntarily opened his mouth, and the guy Uehara Naraku just turned the six immortals so black!

    This person is really cruel...

    Even my previous life is black!

    It¡¯s just that the chakra reincarnation of the six immortals has this virtue, pretending to be a pig and eating a tiger, playing with their little ninjas?

    Naruto Uzumaki looked at the shocked people, and continued softly: "The purpose of this war is that the legendary Chakra ancestor Kaguya wants to swallow the Chakra of everyone in the Ninja world, but her purpose was stopped by Uehara Naraku. ¡­

    Therefore, Uehara''s strength is actually very strong. Whether it is the Chakra ancestor or another part of the Six Dao Immortal, Chakra was easily defeated by him..."

    Uzumaki Naruto did not hide too much.

    The whole process of this war was told by him.

    Whether it is the origin of the Senju and Uchiha clan, the appearance of the Six Ways of the Immortal, or the appearance of Kaguya, until the end of the reincarnation of Chakra who was originally the Six Ways of Immortal is exposed.

    Everything shocked the Five Shadows.

    These secrets from thousands of years ago... are indeed amazing.

    "In other words..."

    Tsunade turned his head slowly, looked at the people present, and said softly: "A week later, he invited us to the post-war meeting... We must go."

    "Humph¡­"

    Uchiha Sasuke spoke contemptuously: "You don''t have to go, like you guys who are corrupt and depraved, it''s good to destroy them all!"

    "Asshole, what did you say..."

    The fourth generation of Raikage is about to rush up with a grumpy temper!

    The next moment, he was easily knocked to the ground by Sasuke Uchiha!

    Just as Sasuke pulled out his ninja sword and wanted to kill the fourth generation Raikage directly with a single knife, Uzumaki Naruto hurriedly stopped his movement and shook his head slowly.

    "Sasuke, stop spreading hatred."

    "¡­Humph!"

    Uchiha Sasuke glanced at Naruto, slowly retracted his Shinobi, and said contemptuously: "A bunch of idiots!" First release https://(www) https://m/.x81zw./com/

    After Uchiha Sasuke finished cursing, he left here without stopping.

    Just when a few Yunren slowly pulled out their ninja swords, trying to kill Sasuke for the fourth generation Raikage? Uzumaki Naruto suddenly got a golden chakra giant hand? All pressed to the ground.

    "You are not rivals."

    Naruto Uzumaki looked at the back of Sasuke''s departure, and said softly: "Apart from me, Naraku Uehara, and Kaguya? No one in this ninja world is Sasuke''s opponent anymore..."

    No one in the entire Ninja World is Sasuke¡¯s opponent.

    Just when Uchiha Sasuke left? When he felt that the Ninja World himself had nowhere to go, a roar of the ancient dragon came to his ears.

    Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t help but look up.

    Another group of people sat on the ancient dragon? Except for Uehara Naraku, Kaguya, and Kurozutsu, Akatsuki''s group of teasers were waving at him enthusiastically.

    Even Nagato and Yakushidou were there.

    It¡¯s just that Nagato changed into a pair of ordinary eyes? That was a pair of eyes created by Uehara Naraku with the power of the sun.

    The pharmacist pocket is still the same? First push the glasses when you see someone.

    Oh shit¡­

    These lingering guys.

    Just as Sasuke Uchiha was buried in his head and didn''t want to bother, and wanted to leave, Uehara Naraku''s voice fell in his ears: "Hello, Sasuke? Even if you don''t want to see me? At least you have to do your duty?"

    "What responsibility?"

    "Take care of your ancestor Uchiha Kaguyahime!"

    Uehara Naraku''s voice sounded a bit nasty: "Ha, I just went to meet these guys and saw you here alone... Since there is nowhere to go in Shinokai, why not stay like Itachi? Dawn!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Uchiha Sasuke''s forehead wrinkled.

    The next moment? Uchiha Sasuke''s figure suddenly jumped into the sky and landed on the ancient dragon? He said coldly: "Uehara Naraku, you **** don''t pretend to be Itachi''s friend in front of me. Huh?"

    "...ßõ."

    Uehara Nairobi shook his head? Driving the ancient dragon soaring in the air, he flew towards Yuyin Village.

    Deidara looked at Sasuke? Pouted dissatisfiedly: "Really...Why let Uchiha guys join Akatsuki!"

    "All right."

    The red sand scorpion interrupted Deidara''s complaint? He said softly, "Uehara meant? It should be Sasuke to replace Itachi''s position!"

    Yuyin village.

    Xiaonan is still a little uneasy.

    After the unlimited monthly reading was lifted, Yuyin Village was back on track again, but panic was unavoidable.

    At this moment, the roar of the ancient dragon came from the sky!

    Xiaonan¡¯s figure instantly turned into sheets of origami and fluttered out, fell on the high tower of the village, and reunited into her body!

    An ancient dragon fell on the edge of the tower.

    Rows of figures in auspicious clouds and black robes are sitting on the back of the ancient dragon.

    Uehara Naraku sat in the front and waved at Xiao Nan: "Teacher, here! I have brought back Lord Nagato!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Xiao Nan''s eyes wandered and fell on Nagato''s body.

    Xiaonan''s expression gradually stiffened, and her brows couldn''t help but frowned slightly: "Actually... Am I not free from illusion at all?"

    Before this disciple left, he said that he would definitely bring back Nagato''s body. How could he bring back a living Nagato!

    "Not an illusion."

    Uehara Naraku''s figure appeared beside Xiao Nan, stretched out his palm, and landed softly on her hair.

    Xiaonan slowly raised his head, looked at Uehara Naraku''s face, and said calmly, "If it''s illusion, I don''t care...this is also good."

    Unfortunately this is not an illusion.

    is the real world.

    After Naraku Uehara returned, their lives seemed to have returned to what they used to be, except that Nagato no longer hides in the tower and occasionally walks out.

    As for the members of the Xiao organization.

    Apart from Yakushito, Kurozutsu and Sasuke Uchiha who were ordered to return, Akatsuki has one more member than before.

    Otsuki Kaguya.

    Uehara Naraku kept squeezing people into the Akatsuki organization. No one knew what he wanted to prepare. He even had people prepare many auspicious clouds and black robes.

    This is really incomprehensible. New 81 Chinese network update the fastest mobile terminal: https:/

    Especially Jiao Du, a person who doesn''t like to waste money, thinks that the entire Akatsuki organization has two uniforms for everyone to be a waste...

    For Naraku Uehara, these are all necessary preparations.

    The only troublesome problem is that Otsuki Teruya has become more and more weird. This woman is like a ghost, and will suddenly emerge from Uehara from time to time.

    Seven days later.

    Five Shadows arrived at Yuyin Village.

    Naruto Uehara sat in the office. After seeing them, he didn''t talk too much nonsense, and said directly: "From today onwards, everything about war in the entire Ninja world requires Akatsuki''s approval, even your Anbu fight. Are there any objections?"

    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he did not wait for them to object, and added softly: "If anyone has objections, you don''t have to go back, because when you return to your village, it should have been destroyed."

    "¡­¡­"

    Wuying suddenly fell into silence.

    Everyone couldn''t help but twitch on their cheeks.

    At this time, they missed that Uehara Naraku who was holding the Five Shadows Conference in the Iron Kingdom. At least at that time, Uehara Naraku was willing to lie to them.

    So this Uehara Naraku...

    Every time a layer of true face is revealed, is the character a bit bad?

    Uehara Naraku looked at the silent Five Shadows and continued: "Of course this is not an absolute law. The Akatsuki organization will also help the five countries deal with disputes and mediate wars... In addition, Akatsuki will also absorb the powerful Ninja world. Ninjas become Akatsuki''s members and train them to be stronger."

    After ¡¡¡¡ finished speaking, Uehara Naraku raised five documents in his hands, and under the breeze, they brought them into Gokage''s hands.

    Uehara Naraku tilted his head, and said calmly, "In addition to the war, other things, such as the Nakanin exam, may also be discussed at a meeting organized by Akatsuki in the future.

    Except for my leader, Akatsuki, who has a veto, the usual things are given to Akatsuki members to vote for self-determination, so you may not have the opportunity to implement some of your own measures.

    The Akatsuki organization is just putting a layer of shackles on your risky war behavior. If you want Akatsuki to pass a certain resolution on the ninja world, you can find a way to get your proposal passed at the meeting.

    As a big country in the ninja world, every big country has three candidates to join Akatsuki. They can be your daimyo, shadow, and shadow support. If you want more votes for your proposal, let the ninja in the village become more Strong, join the Akatsuki organization. "

    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, a smile suddenly appeared on his face: "In this way, the entire Ninja world will at least always be on a negotiating table. Although I control this negotiating table now, it may not be in the future. You guys!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Five Shadows couldn''t help but raised their heads.

    At this moment, they faintly felt that Uehara was treating them as idiots.

 Chapter 387ï¼š There is also a membership fee to join Akatsuki!

    Let the powerful from the five major countries all join Akatsuki organization.

    This proposal is obviously very nonsense in Wuying''s eyes.

    But under the strong power of Uehara Naraku, this proposal is actually quite reliable, at least much better than the proposal of Uehara to directly rule the Ninja World.

    The worst result in their hearts was that the guy Uehara Naraku forced the entire Ninja World to merge, and he would rule the Ninja World.

    Now it seems that Uehara Naraku''s proposal is obviously much more generous than the result they thought. The fastest computer terminal of the new 81 Chinese website: https://www.@x81zw@@

    Every big country must be restrained by Akatsuki, but every big country has a certain right to speak in Akatsuki, even though this right to speak is also under the supervision of Uehara.

    Tsunade raised his eyebrows and said softly, "If we join Akatsuki, does it mean that we will also perform tasks for Akatsuki from now on..."

    "Generally speaking, there will be no troublesome tasks."

    After Uehara Naraku casually said nonsense, he continued softly: "It''s just that once any village wants to start a war and refuses to listen to Akatsuki''s mediation, then it''s time for us to dispatch. The destruction of the country should only be pediatric !"

    "¡­¡­"

    The five people fell silent again.

    If only for peace, Uehara Naraku¡¯s proposal could not be better, but for some of them who have a heart to expand...

    "I personally agree."

    Gaara lowered his head first, and calmly said, "It''s just that I still need to discuss this matter with the high level in the village. After all, Akatsuki has been with us before..."

    "It''s ok."

    Uehara Naraku interrupted Gaara and said softly: "Hi Fengying, since you personally agree, then everything is easy to say."

    When everyone at the scene thought that time could be delayed, Uehara Naraku added: "In order to avoid Shayakura¡¯s disagreement with your opinion, I can help you destroy Shayakura directly. You can organize support from Akatsuki. Next, build a new sand hidden village in the Kingdom of Wind. We will guarantee that no one will invade the Kingdom of Wind..."

    Uehara Naraku liked himself.

    Isn''t this simple and fast!

    Gaara: "..."

    Damn, this Uehara Naraku is really amazing!

    Now it is impossible to delay the time or even find a way to go back to consult with the people in the village!

    Gaara shook his head quickly, and immediately said, "No, if there are different opinions in the village, I will try to convince them."

    "Really? I don''t believe it."

    Uehara Naraku tilted his head, and said, ¡°Instead of wasting so much talk to persuade those old stubborn ones, it¡¯s better to rebuild a hidden sand village with our help...¡±

    "no need."

    Gaara lowered his head, and he scolded Uehara Naruto all over his heart, but he continued to say, "I will select a candidate to join Akatsuki as soon as possible."

    "Ok, Ok."

    After Uehara Naruko snapped his fingers, he nodded and continued: "Then you can bring three Akatsuki uniforms when your Fukage goes back. In the future, if there are other people in Sandyak Village who want to join Akatsuki, I will send People interviewed in the past."

    "¡­Ok."

    Gaara nodded slowly.

    At this moment, Gaara regretted that he had spoken first.

    Because he spoke first, he became the first person among the Five Shadows to give in.

    Uehara Nairo turned his head to look at the other people, and continued: "So you guys disagree? If that''s the case? Then we don''t need to waste time..."

    "and many more!"

    Tsunade waved his hand hurriedly? Shen Sheng said: "Except for the fixed three quotas, if other members want to join Akatsuki? What kind of interview do they need to go through?"

    "Strength is the only criterion for testing."

    Uehara Naro spread out her palms? He calmly continued, "I will send the most suitable candidates to assess the strength of the members. If they can win or draw, they will pass it."

    After ¡¡¡¡ Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he looked at Tsunade¡¯s face with a playful smile: "But Konoha does have a lot of candidates who can pass the test..."

    Jiraiya? Hagi Kakashi Maitkay, Naruto Uzumaki, Rock Lee, and even the woman Haruno Sakura can do it.

    After talking about this? Uehara Naraku added: "Any official member who is strong enough to defeat Akatsuki? But if you don''t join Akatsuki, you will be listed as a dangerous ninja, and I will remove them."

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes gradually became dangerous, and he calmly continued: "Don''t underestimate Akatsuki''s intelligence capabilities, I believe we will never let you down."

    "¡­¡­"

    Everyone''s face looks a little ugly.

    ? They really want to hide some powerful ninjas in the future. Now it seems that if they are found out? It''s not easy to explain!

    "It''s better than this."

    Uehara Naraku''s mouth twitched slightly. He chuckled and said, "Whenever there is a powerful enough ninja in the village? Please send the information to Akatsuki''s base for the record immediately.

    We gather together twice a year to evaluate these powerful ninjas, according to the frequency of the Zhongnin exam? What do you think? "

    "¡­¡­"

    Gokage fell silent again.

    Of course we don¡¯t think so much!

    But what else? Is it going to die?

    It¡¯s just that another thought came to everyone¡¯s heart...

    Since the powerful ninja must be added to the Ninja Village? If this is really implemented, Konoha Ninja will have the most members in Akatsuki. Obviously Konoha''s right to speak will be greatly strengthened.

    In addition to the three quotas Konoha can get, Konoha can also rely on the method of job allocation to get five or more places to join the Akatsuki organization.

    This is too advantageous for Konoha, who is born in great numbers!

    "Speaking of which, this kind of proposal is not necessarily and not good."

    Three generations of Tokage Onoki took the lead in quietly speaking: "At least we can guarantee that if there is a war in the future, everyone will restrain it. Once a dispute occurs, there is a place where we can sit down and negotiate."

    "¡­Ok."

    Uehara Naraku applauded lightly, and said: "In this regard, the three generations of Tukage His Excellency spoke very pertinently."

    After three generations of Tukage finished speaking, he suddenly put forward his own opinion: "This method is very beneficial to the genius Ninja Village;

    However, for some ninjas, the base number is very high, but it is difficult to have a strong ninja''s Ninja Village... It seems a little unfair to just test the strong ninja. "

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku was silent for a while, then looked at the three generations of Dokage and said, "But, Dokage, this ninja has never been fair...

    Maybe you think Konoha can join many candidates, but Konoha''s Uzumaki Naruto is also a ninja who can easily destroy a ninja village.

    And this is not irreversible. If some of the proposals are too beneficial to Konoha, you can apply to the upper management of Akatsuki for arbitration.

    The peacekeeping method I am providing is just a blueprint. In the future, everyone will definitely need to work together to improve this system. "

    "I hope so!"

    The fourth generation of Lei Ying took a deep breath, and said in a deep voice: "That''s it, on behalf of Yunyin Village, I also agree!"

    The four generations of Raiking talk in Yunyin Village.

    Basically what Lei Ying said, no one in Yunyin Village would object.

    Since the four generations of Lei Ying agreed, the remaining few people have no reason to disagree, mainly because they don''t have the courage. After all, the safety of a village lies with them.

    There are three places for each Ninja Village Foundation.

    The three places are Shadow, Shadowsuke and Daimyo.

    In addition, Gokage also wrote down the candidates in their respective villages who need to participate in the assessment of Akatsuki''s members. Only Tsunade wrote at least seven or eight. She is still trying to think about who can participate.

    "If you rely on ninja, can it count?"

    Tsunade frowned and looked at Naraku Uehara: "Every day in our village has picked up a few six treasures on the battlefield..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku''s forehead couldn''t help but jump, how can this be done, how can he still find the six treasures of the golden horn and silver horn every day!

    Could it be that the European Emperor is destined to be the European Emperor?

    No matter what happens, the luck of the emperor will not change?

    "That belongs to Yunyin Village!"

    The four generations of Raikage couldn''t help but squat.

    Tsunade raised his eyebrows, and said, "If you count that, then it should be the six immortals who belonged to Uehara Naraku''s previous life..."

    "...Whose it is now, it will be whose one in the future!"

    Uehara Naraku sighed faintly, and softly persuaded: "Some people are strong because they work hard enough, and some people are strong because of the blood in their bodiesSome people can be strong...Yes Because of their luck..." First posted https://(www) https://m/.x81zw./com/

    "¡­¡­"

    Gokage''s eyebrows couldn''t help but jump.

    This becoming stronger depends on the theory of luck... It''s really nonsense... But Konoha, the female ninja named Tiantian did just that...

    "Hey...every day..."

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help rubbing her eyebrows: "It seems to be a spit, too. With the addition of Dedara, Akatsuki will probably be really lively!"

    After finishing handwriting the list, Tsuna suddenly said: "By the way, can the pig, deer and butterfly in our village count as a quota?"

    "No!"

    Uehara Naraku''s eyelids trembled, and he said in a cold voice, "Is it possible that one hundred ninjas in Yanyin Village are counted as one quota?"

    This is too nonsense!

    It¡¯s just that it can¡¯t be counted now, and it may not be necessary in the future. Now it¡¯s just the initial stage, so don¡¯t be too troublesome!

    The five shadows had finished their lists, and after appointing an assessment date, they received three uniforms from the Xiao organization and were about to leave Yuyin Village.

    Just at this moment, Uehara Naraku saw a corner of the office window standing, and suddenly stopped Gokage, and said loudly: "In addition to these things, there is also the corner of our organization for the annual membership fee to maintain Akatsuki Give it all!"

    "¡­¡­"

    The corner outside the window nodded in satisfaction.

 Chapter 388ï¼š The truth about the black hole universe, Hokage ends

    After the first meeting.

    Uehara Naraku basically arranged everything.

    Uehara Nanluo stayed in Yuyin Village for the rest of the time, waiting for the system to continuously issue him mission rewards.

    Such as the task reward for the survival of Neji Hyuga.

    Such as the task rewards for the survival of several members of the Akatsuki organization.

    This kind of sound has been densely and endlessly heard, but unfortunately it seems that the system no longer rewards skills, and starts to frequently reward gold coins or three-dimensional attributes.

    Evening.

    Yuyin village.

    Uehara Naraku accompanied Xiao Nan for dinner and took a walk in Yuyin Village. Suddenly, Hui Ye floated out of a time-space portal and floated beside him step by step.

    This scene...

    Uehara Naraku thought he was a scumbag.

    At this moment, Uehara Naraku''s gaze suddenly stopped, because he saw a person who made him think about it day and night. That person was playing with a book stand in Yuyin Village, who was annoying with a book of love in heaven. Very happy!

    Damn, that bastard!

    The book stall owner who sent him to Naruto World!

    Just as Uehara Naraku was about to let Xiaonan and Kaguya leave, the book stall owner seemed to have noticed something, and squinted his eyes and waved friendly at Uehara Naraku.

    The next moment, the whole world plunged into darkness!

    No, it''s not that the whole world is plunged into darkness, but the figure of Uehara Naraku appeared in a dark space!

    "This is my black hole universe."

    The book stall owner¡¯s voice fell into Uehara Naraku¡¯s ears, and as his voice came, the whole world slowly lit up again!

    Uehara Naraku looked around vigilantly.

    Now they were in an empty space, and Uehara Nairo looked up and saw that there were only a few planets, and nothing else.

    "Don''t be nervous, you are a VIP customer who spent money!"

    After the book stall owner snapped his fingers, two chairs and a table appeared in the space, and there was even a pot of tea on the table.

    Naruto Uehara sat in a chair and gradually calmed down. He looked at him speechlessly and said, "You are ashamed to show up in front of me, but I bought your book at the price of the book, and you sent me to the Ninja world. ,Are you still human?"

    "Cough cough cough cough..."

    The book stand owner coughed a few times and spread out his palms and said: "So, don''t chat with strangers when you are fine... and all my books are genuine. Supporting the genuine is everyone''s responsibility! "

    "Tell me first!"

    Uehara Naraku shook his head in disgust, and said in a deep voice, "What''s going on with this task, what''s going on with this system?"

    "Oh...junk system."

    The book stall owner shook his head and sighed. He opened his mouth to curse the system for Uehara, and he helped his forehead and said, "Remember it? We actually had a good chat that day, so I plan to let you come. Try our business..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara looked at him speechlessly.

    "Let me introduce you to our business first..."

    The book stall owner took a sip of tea, and slowly said: "We are mainly trying to make some worlds survive before they fall..."

    "Doing this...what''s the point?"

    "It doesn''t make sense, it''s purely because of hobbies."

    "Your hobby... is to let me be the man behind the scenes?"

    Uehara''s expression is faintly unsightly, what is his preference!

    "Uh, I can explain this matter."

    The book stand owner slowly spread his palms, his face gradually became solemn: "Actually, our profession? The most important thing is to learn to hide ourselves... Otherwise? If others work hard to become stronger, you know how to open the door? Once someone knows it? Isn''t it a bit embarrassing?"

    "More than a little..."

    Uehara nodded slowly, and then said with a subtle expression: "But...then why did you pick me? Just because I like the second element?"

    "Ok."

    After the book stall owner nodded vigorously? Looking at Naraku Uehara, he said, "In fact, it''s mainly your inner heart that wants to make people live. A genius remembers ‡¥ÐÒ»Chinese mx/8/1/z/wc /o/m/

    Don¡¯t refute this, because my task? Is to fulfill your wish? I will give you a system. Unfortunately, I only have this garbage system. "

    After ¡¡¡¡ finished speaking, the book stall owner continued to speak: "Don''t worry? You can scold your system at will? Because it is already garbage.

    The memory of this system is very small. Once there are more skills displayed, it will automatically crash. You have not crashed with so many skills now, oh, it has crashed..."

    "what?"

    Uehara Naruko frowned? His eyes gradually turned into reincarnation eyes, and he whispered, "But my ability still..."

    "It has nothing to do with your ability."

    The book stall owner shook his head? Continued softly: "The rewards the system sends you are sent directly to your body. It is only responsible for showing it to you? But until the memory is insufficient, it will automatically start to send it to you. Skill adjustments become attributes or gold coins."

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku was stupid.

    What kind of garbage system is this!

    After the book stall owner finished speaking? He shook his head and said, "Don''t mind? Actually, you can use the modifier? I will help you modify it in a while. In fact, it is best to have the three-dimensional properties of each world, because this is about Your black hole universe."

    Speaking of the last time, the book stand owner''s face gradually became serious, and he continued in a deep voice: "Every place you have experienced, you can find a way to put it in your black hole universe and avoid it. The future is threatened."

    After talking about this, the book stand owner couldn¡¯t help but smiled and said: ¡°And in the future, you can also fill the scene... For example, when a war breaks out in a certain world, you can also convene a few from your back garden. Thousands of people are full of scenes!"

    "Uh¡­"

    Uehara Naraku thought of a certain anime that was super powerful but still pulled a bunch of bones from his younger brother, nodded and said, "What you said makes sense."

    "For example, Hokage is a small planet, but it is not easy to put such a small planet in its own black hole universe."

    The book stall owner slowly spread his palms and explained softly, ¡°After all, this is for your black hole universe to swallow a planet and maintain the normal operation of this world. Therefore, it requires a lot of energy.¡±

    The book stall owner glanced at Naraku Uehara in silence, and said calmly: "If you want to put the Naruto planet into your own black hole universe and keep it running, you need at least five million three-dimensional values..."

    After talking about this, the book stall owner continued: "You can also choose to abandon this planet and maintain your own powerful power. After the system helps you convert energy, you may be able to start in the next world."

    After ¡¡¡¡ finished speaking, the book stall owner added: "But I still suggest that you have one more planet in the black hole universe, because it will provide you with strong enough feedback..."

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help frowning her brows and said: "My current value is not enough, only three million chakras..."

    "Well¡­"

    After thinking about it for a while, the book stall owner said softly: "Then keep some skills and exchange the remaining skills! By the way, besides the talented supernatural power skills, other skills are not of high value because they are easy to do. get."

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku fell into deep thought.

    A moment later, Uehara Naraku suddenly raised his head and asked a fatal question: "Can''t I go back to this world?"

    "Yes."

    The book stall owner nodded slowly and continued softly: "Then you have to be prepared mentally, because you may receive some very strange wishes at any time because of a fan of the second dimension..."

    "The garbage system, can''t you untie it?"

    Uehara Naraku''s forehead couldn''t help but jump.

    The book stall owner couldn¡¯t help but patted his forehead and said, ¡°Because these systems are too rubbish, there is no need to recycle them! When you become stronger in the future and don¡¯t want to do this business, you can just destroy it yourself. ."

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku fell silent.

    After a while, he slowly raised his head and said: "Then you bother senior, help me open the modifier of exchange skills! Let me choose the ability to exchange... First put the planet Hokage into the black hole universe!"

    "Yes."

    The book stall owner nodded.

    Uehara Naraku originally thought that the book stall owner would modify the system or something, and planned to see if there were any flaws, but he still wanted to modify it himself!

    Grass, the exchange function has always been there.

    It''s just that the garbage system is not showing enough.

    After ¡¡¡¡ Uehara Naraku exchanged a bunch of skills, he finally barely increased his three-dimensional attributes to the limit of five million.

    "You can start."

    After the book stand owner snapped his fingers, he brought Uehara Naruto to the sky above Ninja, and he said softly: "Now try to run your black hole universe and collect this planet and the satellites and stars around it together. Go in."

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naruko raised his eyebrows, and suddenly stretched out his palm, a black hole appeared from his palm, and the black hole slowly separated from Uehara''s palm and suddenly became bigger!

    The sun, the Ninja world, and the moon are gradually covered by black holes.

    Until the end, they are all included in the black hole.

    The book stall owner was covered with icy slag, and because of the loss of the existence of the star, the temperature of this place where the Ninja planet originally existed suddenly dropped a lot.

    Seeing Na Uehara fall out the book stall owner shuddered: "You should pay attention! There is still someone outside! The black hole universe, you can only enter and exit without permission, and you will use it later. Just use it as a divine power space."

    "Is that so?"

    Uehara nodded slowly.

    "The novice guide is over, and the rest of the basics don''t need me anymore."

    The book stall owner waved to Uehara Naraku: "The next world that novices must experience, follow your own inner direction, go!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku watched the figure of the cheating book stall owner disappear into a spatial whirlpool. He felt as if there was something he had forgotten to ask... It seemed that if the main mission was not fulfilled, would there be any punishment?

    Unfortunately, people have already left.

    Uehara Naraku''s brows moved, and his figure suddenly appeared in his black hole universe, a star, a planet, and a satellite.

    There are only these three planets in the black hole universe, and they seem a bit lonely.¥¡ÐÂ¥ä~¢à~1~ÖÐÎÄÍø¦Ø¦Ø¦Ø.¦Ö~¢¸~1z§ë.c¨°§Þ

    Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly appeared and returned to the planet of Ninja World. Although the power he could use had dropped a lot, at this moment he felt that he was omnipotent in this world.

    The existence and operation of this planet are all because of his power.

    Uehara Naraku''s voice suddenly appeared in Akatsuki''s members, and he whispered: "Preparing for a meeting, tomorrow I plan to pick some people to perform the task..."

 ~ï¼š Pirates opening trailer

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    That year, the Baroque Job Club recruited new employees. The president, Qiwu Hai Klockdal, held a pipe in his mouth and looked at some of the resumes with satisfaction.

    One of the resumes posted a young man who smiled very kindly.

    He called Uehara Naraku.

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record the reading record of this time (opening trailer of Pirates), and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 389ï¼š I, Naraku Uehara, find a part-time job!

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    Haiyuan calendar 1517.

    Desert Kingdom, Alabastan, rain ground.

    Alabastan is a country where most of the land is desert. Even in the rainy land, the city is surrounded by rainforest, the air is still a little dry, and the sun is so hot that everyone feels uncomfortable.

    In a coffee shop.

    A dark-haired mature woman looked a little seductive in a vest.

    She was holding her chin, looking through the books in her hand with interest, tapping her cheek with her fingers little by little.

    For others, it is a time to run for life. For this woman, this time is just a cup of leisurely afternoon tea.

    Just at this moment, someone pushed open the door of the coffee shop and walked in. A little messy footsteps made the woman frowned. A young man and a group of people in auspicious clouds and black robes walked in.

    "Sorry, it''s closed today..."

    The black-haired woman still reads the book to herself, the corner of her mouth is slightly hooked, and her face refuses the visitor without a trace of apology.

    It is a pity that those who came were not kind.

    The leading young man took out a reward order and hung it in front of the black-haired woman, his eyes narrowed slightly.

    "Introduce myself. My name is Naraku Uehara. I am now the leader of a mercenary organization. I have been looking for you since I came to this land."

    After Uehara Naraku introduced himself, he held the reward order with a kind face and smiled: "Nicole Robin, a dangerous woman who has been crowned with a bounty of 79 million since she was eight, but now it looks like you I have grown up a lot, and have become a very charming woman..."

    "what?"

    There was a dangerous look on the black-haired woman''s face. She slowly put down the book in her hand, raised her head to look at the young man in front of her, and returned with a sweet smile: "I''m sorry, you found the wrong person. !"

    "Oh?"

    Uehara''s brows suddenly wrinkled. He flipped through his reward order, then glanced at the black-haired woman in front of him, and said with some doubts on his face: "No, did I really admit the wrong person?" "

    After speaking, Naruto Uehara sat down and waved indifferently, "Everyone sits first. If I really admit the wrong person, then I invite you to have a cup of tea...anyone, Help me find a glass of juice here."

    "Yes, Lord Naraku."

    A white-haired young man wearing glasses pushed his own glasses, and after nodding respectfully, he began rummaging in this cafe.

    The other people wearing auspicious clouds and black robes soon sat down. They didn''t seem to take the owner of the cafe seriously.

    "It shouldn''t be!"

    Uehara Naruko stared at the black-haired mature woman rudely. He flipped through the reward order in his hand, shook his head and sighed, "Hey, I should find a way to get a piece of Nicole Orbija. Reward order, in this case you should not refute..."

    "..."

    The next moment, the black-haired woman heard the familiar name, and her face was surprised, because Nicole Orbija was her mother!

    Yes.

    She is indeed Nicole Robin.

    Since he was the last archaeologist in the world, he has been awarded a super high bounty of 79 million since he was a child, which is not inferior to the bounty of some great pirates!

    It is a pity that she does not have enough strength to bear the bounty!

    These guys wearing auspicious clouds and black robes are obviously bad people, they even know about her mother, these guys have already identified her!

    The black-haired woman looked at the people present, her eyes gradually becoming a little dangerous, her fingers suddenly stirred, and a bunch of petals appeared in the air out of thin air!

    The next moment, two white arms suddenly appeared out of nowhere on Uehara''s shoulders, and the palm of his hand was about to twist the young man''s neck!

    This is Nicole Robin''s ability!

    The legendary secret treasure of the sea, the devil fruit, the superman series and the flower fruit, can appear anywhere in the arm that turns into petals!

    However, today she is destined to encounter an enemy who cannot resist!

    "Nicole Robin, don''t make too dangerous moves."

    Uehara Naruko slowly raised his head, and a group of thunder and lightning suddenly appeared on his body, directly smashing his two arms into petals and disappearing!

    Nicole Robin¡¯s eyes flashed with surprise, she just stared at the man in front of her, and her heart gradually sank: "Is this... a natural fruit¡¤Thunder fruit?"

    In this world, there are three types of devil fruits, superhuman, animal and natural. It is no surprise that the natural force is considered the top fruit!

    The fact that natural fruits cannot be harmed by physical attacks is enough for those who have natural fruits to solve most of the enemies, especially Nicole Robin joined a company last year, and the owner of that company, Krokdal, also owns nature. Department of fruit!

    So Nicole Robin is very aware of the power of natural fruits!

    Especially the Thunder Fruit, which is known as the most powerful natural attacking fruit in the legend, is more powerful than the rustle fruit of that boss!

    It''s over...

    A drop of cold sweat fell on Nicole Robin''s forehead.

    Now that Krokdal, who claims to be able to shelter her temporarily, is not in the rainy land, there is no one who can resist the young man in front of the rainy land.

    "Ha ha¡­"

    Uehara stretched out his fingers slowly, and said with a chuckle: "Nicole Robin, when it comes to speaking, you should be more afraid of this fruit''s ability than the Thunder Fruit?"

    After speaking, a chill spread between Uehara''s fingers, and it fell on the coffee in front of Nicole Robin. The coffee was instantly turned into an ice ball!

    Nicole Robin stared at this scene in astonishment, her heart suddenly spread with boundless fear, making her face full of horror in an instant!

    Freezing ability!

    If she remembers correctly, this fruit ability should be on the man who once caused her to fall into a nightmare, the Navy''s most powerful general, the Green Pheasant!

    Why is it here now?

    However, it was not these fruit abilities that frightened Nicole Robin more, but the young man in front of him seemed to hold everything in his palm!

    This young man who calls himself Uehara Naraku knows his past, and even knows everything about himself!

    After a long time.

    Nicole Robin slowly squeezed her fingers, and her calmness returned to her body. She raised her head and looked at Uehara Naruto and said, "Your Excellency...Where is it sacred..."

    "So smart!"

    The white-haired young man with glasses walked over and put a glass of juice in front of Uehara Naraku. Then he looked at Nicole Robin and said: "Uehara Naraku-sama sitting in front of you is a real god..."

    The speaker was the number one confidant of Uehara Naraku.

    "Pocket, it''s passed."

    Uehara Naruko waved his hand and signaled the pharmacist to retreat, then looked at Nicole Robin again: "I''m just a mortal with a little bit of strength... well, let''s not talk about those other things, you should know yourself Can''t escape."

    Nairo Uehara spread out her palm, played with the lightning in her palm, and continued softly: "I heard that there is a company called Baroque Job Club in Alabastan that is very profitable. I just happened to be looking for a part-time job recently..."

    "..."

    Find a part-time job!

    Nicole Robin''s forehead couldn''t help but jump.

    Such a powerful person actually said that he was looking for a part-time job!

    Not only Nicole Robin, everyone in the cafe couldn''t help but bounce their foreheads. They felt inexplicably as if someone was going to be out of luck!

    Uehara Naraku didn''t care about the expressions of everyone present, and continued self-consciously: "I heard that the messenger behind this baroque work agency is Mr. Krokdal, one of the king''s Qibukai. I personally respect him very much. , Want to contribute to his career..."

    "..."

    Nicole Robin''s eyelids trembled.

    To be honest, it is only the two demon fruit powers displayed by Uehara Naraku. Nicole Robin feels that Uehara Naraku can hang Klockdal and fight!

    If it is said that Naraku Uehara joined the Baroque workshop without a conspiracy, Nicole Robin feels that her books for so many years have been read for nothing...

    The expressions of those wearing auspicious clouds and black robes in the cafe were also a little subtle. Their eyes moved slowly and stopped on a trembling dark person...

    Obviously they all know that Uehara Nairo contributed to the career of someone present, and they all saw the end of that person.

    Really...

    The kind that pits people to pay for their lives!

    "Your Excellency, it seems unnecessary to do this?"

    Nicole Robin maintained the composure on his face and spoke softly: "With your power, Krokdal does not seem to be your opponent... Isn''t this necessary?"

    Uehara Naraku also spread out his palms, and said quietly: "It is necessary...If I get into any trouble in the future, I can push it on his head!"

    Nicole Robin: "..."

    Is it really good to let Krokdal take the blame so openly!

    And the trouble caused by a character like you, can Klockdal''s head really stand it?

    "Well, I don''t mean to discuss with you."

    Uehara Naraku''s face gradually became serious. He looked at Nicole Robin and calmly said: "Now you have two choices. First, join the Akatsuki organization and become my subordinate, and then let me Join Krokdal¡¯s Baroque Studio..."

    After speaking, Uehara Naraku continued to stare at Nicole Robin, his face gradually becoming a little cold, and his body gradually became cold: "As for the second choice..."

    "I choose one!"

    Nicole Robin gritted his teeth.

    "But you are not sincere."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head, glanced at his system display panel, and shouted at the cafeteria, "Hey, you guys, who will kill her?"

    "Huh, let me come! This is 79 million!"

    "and many more!"

    Nicole Robin''s face was a bit ugly. She looked at Uehara Naraku and said solemnly: "Didn''t I have promised you?"

    "I said, you are not sincere enough."

    Uehara Naruko took the juice and poked the straw blankly. He continued softly: "Don''t worry, after you die, we can still use your body and soul... This world does not lack the way to use the dead, we There is no shortage!"

    "..."

    Nicole Robin¡¯s face became more and more ugly. She looked at Naraku Uehara and continued: ¡°How can you believe it! And use your strength to threaten others to join this method, it is impossible to expect those who join to treat You have loyalty!"

    "Yes¡­"

    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, and glanced at Nicole Robin in surprise: "Since you are not loyal enough, I said that I would kill you and use your body and soul directly. This is good for us all!"

    "..."

    Are you talking human words?

    What the **** is this!

    Nicole Robin felt like she was going crazy. After so many years of wandering in the sea, she had never seen such a neurosis like Uehara Naraku!

    She is really not afraid of death...

    But she didn''t want to see the truth of history before she died.

    Just when Nicole Robin was a little desperate, a handsome young man suddenly said: "Hey, Uehara, is it not good for us to persecute a woman like this? Let me directly control her with the writing wheel! "

    "The spell can be..."

    Another young man with red hair also opened his mouth and continued: "I can control her brain with submerged brain exercises..."

    "Do not."

    Another terrifying man shook his head and said solemnly: "I think she should be killed, her head should be exchanged for bounty, and her remaining corpse should be used for rebirth, so that we will not delay... "

    "I also agree with senior Jiao Du''s opinion."

    "Yes."

    "Yes."

    In a blink of an eye, the entire cafe suddenly became lively.

    Only Nicole Robin''s spirits went wild, although she didn''t understand the moves these people said, she still understood what it was about the brain, corpse, and head!

    Nicole Robin regrets it very much. Why did she read a book and have afternoon tea in this cafe today? What group of people did she see today!

    "Okay, I will ask her again..."

    Uehara Naraku''s palm rested on the table, looking down at the somewhat limp Nicole Robin, watching the panic on her face.

    Uehara Naraku gradually spreads cold under the palm of his hand He continued in a cold voice: "The last chance, you have to choose to join Akatsuki now, and never betray Akatsuki? In this way, you can survive and forever Someone has sheltered you."

    "..."

    Nicole Robin''s lips moaned and nodded.

    "I promise."

    "very good."

    Uehara Naraku slowly swelled his palms and sat down again. His expression returned to laziness and casualness: "Then tell us the news from the sea first!

    By the way, help me prepare a list of the members of the Baroque job club. I will see who we will get rid of, and then insert our people in..."

    at the same time.

    Uehara¡¯s system panel prompts two completed tasks.

    Side mission: Have a subordinate with the power of devil fruit (11). The mission has been completed. The reward is 3000 points of life energy, 3000 points of armed color domineering, and 3000 points of seeing and hearing color domineering.

    Side quest: Shelter Nicole Robin (11), the son of the devil. The task has been completed. The reward is 7900 points of life energy, 7900 points of armed color domineering, and 7900 points of sight color domineering.

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto, reading on mobile phones behind the scenes: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 390 I, Naraku Uehara, find a part-time job!) Read the record and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 ~ï¼š Summary of pirates first stage ability

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    Uehara Naraku (regular form)

    Power of the world: 5,200,000

    Life energy: 210900

    Armed color domineering: 210900

    See and hear color domineering: 210900

    Life energy recovery: 1296 seconds

    Armed color domineering recovery: 648 seconds

    See and hear color domineering recovery: 648 seconds

    Remaining gold coins: 13020

    Fixed skills:

    Black Hole Universe (World Skill): The creation space belongs exclusively to the gods. In the black hole universe, gods are omnipotent, and there will never be any strength that can resist them.

    Black Hole ¡¤ Devouring: Absorb and swallow the enemy''s body or a certain part, and consume a certain amount of world power depending on the strength of the enemy''s energy.

    Black Hole Annihilation: Use black holes to directly annihilate the life of the enemy, and consume a certain amount of world power depending on the strength of the enemy''s energy.

    Common skills:

    Eyes of Reincarnation (Blood Successive Snare), Moment of Sacred Sovereign (Invincible), Long Steps (Ultimate Form), Void Walking (Space Teleport), Destiny (Super Long-distance Teleport), Back Time (Resurrection), Star Infusion ( treatment).

    Activate skills:

    Armed Color Hardening (Activation): After acquiring the Armed Color Domineering, it will be automatically obtained, and the Armed Color will be covered on one''s body to improve the defense and attack power.

    Armed Color¡¤Entangling (Activation): After the armed color reaches 10000, it will automatically activate, winding the armed color around the body to improve defense and attack power.

    Armed Color¡¤Release (Activation): After the armed color reaches 100000, it will automatically activate and release its own armed color.

    Seeing and hearing color¡¤Prediction (activation): Automatically obtain after getting the domineering view and hearing color, it can predict the enemy''s attack in front of you with probability.

    Seeing and hearing color¡¤Perception (activation): It will automatically activate when the seeing and hearing color reaches 10000, read the position, number and strength of the enemy out of sight, and sense the actions taken by the enemy.

    Seeing and hearing color¡¤Foresee the future (activation): When the seeing and hearing color reaches 100,000, it will be activated automatically, and there is a chance to predict what will happen in the next few seconds.

    Elemental power: evolved from wind power, water power, fire power, earth power, thunder power, etc., similar to natural devil fruit.

    Elemental Power (Ice), Elemental Power (Light), Elemental Power (Water), Elemental Power (Thunder), Elemental Power (Fire), Elemental Power (Wind), Elemental Power (Earth), Elemental The power of the element (wood), the power of the element (magma), the power of the element (steam).

    Psychic Contract:

    Ancient Dragon (mount), Galio the Colossus of Justice (land), Warlock''s Throne (soul), Deep Sea Titan (water), Magic Cat (Pendant)

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on "Favorites" below to record the reading record of this time (the first stage of the pirates'' ability summary), and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 390ï¼š I really want to work for Mr. Klockdal as soon as possible!

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    The feeling of opening is so cool.

    Especially when opening and hanging, you can also use the modified cheat device.

    As a qualified player, Nairo Uehara couldn''t use it. He directly modified some common task rewards to add attributes to himself.

    Nicole Robin''s two missions directly provided Uehara Naraku with more than 10,000 points of life energy and two-color domineering, which may be able to walk sideways in the first half of the great route.

    Of course, according to Uehara''s current strength, in fact, he can walk sideways for a while in the second half of the great route.

    Because most of the Chakra in his body is used to maintain the operation of the Naruto World, and the remaining power is converted into the power of the Pirate World, it can still maintain a considerable advantage, such as two-color domineering and similar to the devil fruit The power of the elements.

    Moreover, Uehara will not be afraid of Hailoushi.

    However, the main task of One Piece World is relatively simple, mainly for the early stage of the fight, to avoid attracting the attention of the world government, Uehara Naraku temporarily only brought the original heaven group.

    Main quest: Become the winner behind the scenes of the top battle, the progress of the main quest is 0%.

    Originally, Nagato and the rest of the members wanted to come with them, but Naruto had just gotten on the right track, and Nagato needed to take charge of everything.

    As for Xiaonan and Datongmu Huiye, they can only stay temporarily...

    After all, Naraku Uehara is generally dark when performing tasks, and Uehara does not want to let Xiaonan see his improper side for the time being.

    Therefore, the members of the Pirates are only as follows:

    Art duo: Deidara, Red Sand Scorpion.

    Undead duo: Jiao Du, Fei Duan.

    Hardcore henchmen: dried persimmon ghost shark.

    Street children: Sasuke Uchiha.

    Intelligence personnel: Absolutely.

    Spy members: Pharmacist pocket and a group of dirty puppets.

    Naraku Uehara looked at the current list of Baroque workplaces while listening to Nicole Robin telling him the latest news above the sea.

    "...The new market iceberg in the City of Seven Waters takes office..."

    "...And this year''s supernova, the captain of the Pirates of Spades, Portgas D. Ace, made a big news with the power of a fruit-burning ability, and he destroyed a port just after entering the great sea route. It¡¯s going to enter the second half through the shampoo..."

    "Pause."

    Uehara Naraku suddenly stopped Nicole Robin, and slowly raised his head and asked, "Where is this supernova now?"

    "Should we arrive at Chambord soon?"

    Nicole Robin was sitting on the table next to Uehara, her long legs under tight shorts slowly overlapping each other, she found a reward order from her side and handed it to Uehara Naraku.

    Uehara Naruko watched the freckled young man who smiled very happily on the reward, and couldn''t help but show a smile on his face: "It seems that he still loves to laugh very much, he should be a very easy person to get along with. ¡­"

    "..."

    Nicole Robin didn¡¯t quite understand what Uehara meant, and she continued: ¡°Such a person will live soon on the Great Route, because Portcas D. Ace threatened to take the life of Whitebeard. ¡­"

    White beard, that is the strongest man in the world!

    Nicole Robin survived the second half of the Great Route, and even the first half of it was a bit difficult, but the white beard was one of the four emperors in the second half of the Great Route!

    "Very good idea."

    After Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, her voice suddenly became serious: "Sasuke, do you want to play with his Pirate of Spades for a while?"

    "Ok?"

    Sasuke Uchiha couldn''t help but raised his eyebrows.

    Uehara Naruto put down the reward order in her hand, turned her head to look at Uchiha Sasuke, and said softly: "This pirate named Ace, but a good brother! Go and perform this mission instead of Itachi! Undercover. By the side of Portcas D. Ace!"

    "..."

    Uchiha Sasuke looked hesitant, he nodded slowly and said, "Yes, but it may not be that easy to join a team..."

    "very simple."

    Uehara Nairo turned his head to look at Kurozutsu, and said softly, "Then I will have to work seniors to help all this... Try to find a way to arrange Sasuke into the Pirates of Spades as soon as possible, and you must challenge it at Portgas D Ace Before White Beard."

    "¡­can."

    Heijue nodded calmly.

    At this moment, Kui Zemin''s heart was Furui, and according to his understanding of Uehara Naraku, this person named Portcas D Ace might be out of luck.

    "How long will I be undercover?"

    Sasuke Uchiha frowned, and said in a deep voice: "If I want to undercover for too long..."

    "Do not worry!"

    Uehara Naraku chuckled and picked up his own juice, and slowly said: "At most three years, three years later, I will definitely let you come back!"

    "Three years?"

    Uchiha Sasuke''s face suddenly hesitated.

    Uehara Naraku took a sip of the juice and continued casually: "It''s just this time that you can also travel around this world, by the way, hone your sword skills and see if you can learn domineering... don''t eat the devil fruit. ."

    Nicole Robin: "..."

    What does this person think of devil fruit?

    That is the secret treasure on the sea, and it even dislikes that kind of power!

    "I know."

    Sasuke Uchiha nodded slowly, and continued: "If you are not happy enough there, I will contact you to leave there anytime."

    "casual."

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand quite casually, and said softly, "Remember to tell me in advance so that I can threaten you to stay with the pirate group."

    Sasuke Uchiha:"¡­¡­"

    Damn, can''t you just say something human!

    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, his gaze continued to wander, looking at Kakuto and Hidan, and couldn''t help rubbing his forehead: "Senior Kakuto and Hidan tried to hunt down a few devil fruits during this time. Let¡¯s see if you can get the power of Devil Fruit for Senior Jiao Du, and earn some activity funds by the way!"

    "can."

    Jiao nodded slowly, and said softly: "This world looks like heaven. It''s very easy to make money. There are rewards everywhere..."

    "There is still danger..."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and chuckled and continued: "But it doesn''t matter. Once you are dying, I will arrange a reincarnated person who is good at time and space by your side, so that I can take you away at any time."

    "Ha, it doesn''t matter!"

    Feiduan brandished his sickle and stabbed it into his chest, happily and said: "No matter which world you are in, Lord Cthulhu will always look after me!"

    "To shut up!"

    "..."

    Nicole Robin watched the movement of the flying segment, with a flash of shock on her face. If she read it right, the sickle was definitely pierced into the heart!

    Was this guy also a monster?

    "Also, pocket..."

    Uehara Naraku''s gaze moved suddenly and stopped on the body of Yakushi''s pocket. His fingers tapped the table lightly: "I believe in your learning ability and spying ability. You can join the navy of this world and help me provide the navy. Intelligence."

    As a spy.

    Pharmacist''s pocket is undoubtedly the most suitable place to join the navy where light and darkness coexist. He is the perfect spy ever!

    After speaking, Uehara Naraku added: "If you encounter any trouble in the Navy, please tell me. Anyone who hinders your promotion, I will help you solve it..."

    What''s more, what Naraku Uehara wants to do is to hunt lieutenant admirals or even generals. If he can turn some members of the upper navy into his own...

    The style of painting in this world is a bit too beautiful...

    "Yes, Lord Naraku."

    The pharmacist nodded slowly, and the corners of his mouth curled up and chuckled, "It just so happens that I also want to study the power of this world."

    There are not many spies that Uehara Naraku has to arrange for the time being, mainly to arrange the Yakushidou and Sasuke into the two camps of the Navy and the White Beard Pirates.

    After all, his main mission is basically a battle on top.

    Apart from this, it is really difficult to put candidates in other places.

    However, the protagonist group in this world has not yet appeared. I will find a way to design it in the future. These are all trivial things. After all, the battle of the Straw Hat Pirates on the top seems to be useless.

    Uehara Naraku''s gaze slowly wandered and fell on Nicole Robin. He tossed the list in his hand to Nicole Robin, and calmly said: "Take me to the dried persimmon, Deidara, and Senior Scorpion. , Arrange to enter the Baroque workplace as soon as possible!"

    "Yes."

    Nicole Robin nodded slowly before continuing: "But... Krokdal actually doesn''t trust the staff of the Baroque Work Society. He has always used these people as tools to realize his conspiracy..."

    "I know."

    Uehara Naruko leaned on the chair and said with a light smile: "It''s good to be a tool man. I believe Mr. Klockdal will be a good leader."

    As long as Krokdal touched him...

    Whoever is the tool man may be...

    Uehara Naraku has already thought about the black pot that Krokdal will carry in the future I just don¡¯t know if this guy can carry it in the future...

    Uehara Naruto reached out his palm, and a ball of water slowly gathered in his palm, and he continued softly: "A leader who can help his subordinates is a good leader..."

    This is one of the powers he got after arriving in the Pirate World: Elemental Power¡¤Water, which can turn his body into water, and can manipulate the water with his ability.

    Water happens to be the nemesis of Krokdal.

    What''s more, he still has the arrogance of restraining the fruits of nature, as long as Uehara Naraku is willing, he can concoct Krokdal whatever he wants!

    "..."

    Hearing Uehara Naraku''s words, the expressions of several people present suddenly became subtle.

    The leaders of other people''s homes are all taking the initiative, and the leaders of Naraku Uehara are all taking the initiative! Maybe even in the future people will die, and the pot will continue to carry it!

    "Let''s go! Let''s each start!"

    The water splash in the palm of Uehara Naraku''s palm turned into a cloud of steam and dissipated. He stretched out and sighed softly, "I really want to work for Mr. Krokdal as soon as possible..."

    Nicole Robin: "..."

    It sounds like this person is quite hardworking!

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 391 I really want to work for Mr. Klockdall as soon as possible!) Read the record and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 391ï¼š Its just revealing the identity of one person, what a big deal!

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    Klockdale.

    The once raging big pirate challenged the world''s strongest man, the white beard, and was recognized by the world government as one of the seven seas under the king. He is also known as the king of the desert and the sand crocodile.

    At this moment.

    Krokdahl didn''t know that anyone admired him very much, wanted to be his subordinate, contribute to his career, and help him become famous by the way.

    If he knew, he would definitely want to chop off that person''s head.

    Krokdal is busy now.

    Krokdal left the rain a few days ago, defeated a group of pirates who wanted to invade Alabastan, and continued to impersonate the heroes of Alabastan.

    After enjoying a wave of heroic treatment, Krokdal returned to his base camp in the rain.

    After returning, Krokdal planned to take a look at the recruiting situation of the Baroque Job Club. After all, he had just started to implement his plan, and he certainly didn''t have too many talented staff.

    "Really amazing! Nicole Robin."

    Krokdal, the great pirate, was sitting at his desk, dangling a cigar, with a slightly hideous scar on his face, and holding resumes in his hand.

    Krokdal slowly looked at the resumes of several people, and first picked out the resumes of Scorpion and Deidara.

    The sand crocodile asked with interest: "Are two guys who like killing and war? One is good at assassination and the other is good at making bombs. Could it be better than Mr5''s ability to explode fruits?"

    "I don''t know..."

    After Nicole Robin shook his head, he chuckled: "It just happened to find a few suitable personnel, and they are all in the area near Alabastan recently... It seems that they are not weak, they are all alone. ."

    "Then let them be the last two senior agents!"

    After he finished speaking, he looked at the murloc-like dried persimmon on a resume, and said: "Dried persimmon murloc...Is this guy a stray murloc?"

    "I heard so!"

    Nicole Robin sat on a chair with her palms covering her cheeks, and continued with a smile: "This dried persimmon ghost shark seems to be a guy who can''t stay in the second half of the great route. He doesn''t even have a bounty. Flee to the world to become a great pirate..."

    "Huh, someone who doesn''t seem to be too smart..."

    Krokodall took a deep breath in his cigar, exhaled a suffocating breath, and said softly: "The murloc''s power is always a little stronger, so let him join in. It can be used as a supplementary manpower!"

    After Klockdal finished the arrangement, the urn said: "These guys don''t seem to have received a reward from the Navy, but it seems that they can make you willing to recruit in. It still seems to be useful..."

    In this world, the Navy¡¯s reward order is obviously a stepping stone.

    For some powerful pirates, no matter how powerful they feel they are, after all, they are not as good as the navy''s order of reward.

    "Ok?"

    After Nicole Robin heard Klockdal''s words, she couldn''t help but glanced at him in surprise. The sand crocodile didn''t seem to mention the last person!

    Just as Nicole Robin was about to continue to ask, Krokodall''s palm rested on the last resume. The photo above was of a young man with a very gentle smile, looking very harmless.

    His name is Naraku Uehara.

    Klockdal looked at Naraku Uehara¡¯s resume, slowly dangling his pipe and spitting out a smoke ring, his eyes narrowed slightly: "It seems that this person does not seem to be a dangerous person at all, and there does not seem to be anything written on it. What special ability..."

    "There is nothing special about it."

    Nicole Robin tapped her finger on her cheek, and a smile appeared at the corner of her mouth: "This Uehara Naraku is just good at fighting and doesn¡¯t seem to have a high IQ, right? Anyway, we just found a few It''s just a tool to die at any time..."

    "Ok."

    Krokdal nodded with satisfaction: "You are right. These guys are really just one-time tools. Look at the arrangement!"

    "it is good."

    Nicole Robin smiled at the corner of his mouth and said softly: "Then let Dedara and Scorpion be the last two high-level agents, and send Uehara Naraku and the murloc named Kakigiri to Upside Down Mountain. The nearby Whiskey Peak!"

    "You can handle such trivial matters."

    After Krokdahl said this, his face gradually became indifferent: "You can start the next step of the dance fan rain plan, let our King, feel the anger of the people..."

    "Yes."

    Nicole Robin tapped her finger on her cheek.

    Anyway, the task that Uehara Naraku gave her was completed, and a few unfamiliar people were arranged into the Baroque work agency.

    The only problem is.

    Scorpion and Deidara became senior Baroque agents.

    Uehara Naraku and the dried persimmon ghost shark became intermediate agents, which are actually equivalent to the little bosses of the Baroque work agency.

    So when Nicole Robin came back with the news, the expressions of the few people present were slightly subtle, and Dedara''s face showed a sinister smile.

    Intermediate agent in this position...

    It''s almost equivalent to the Zhongnin of Naruto?

    Deidara, the guy who fears the world will not be chaotic, immediately said: "Hey, Uehara, if there is no suitable position, then we can simply get rid of those people in the position. Anyway, we are not good people!"

    "Thank you, I am a good person!"

    After Uehara Naraku retorted, he touched his chin and said, "Robin, I remember that Whiskey Mountain is the place where the pirates who pass the great route from Upside Down Mountain must pass?"

    "Yes."

    After Nicole Robin nodded, he replied softly: "Because many newcomer pirates who have the strength to pass through the Upside Down Mountain carry some valuable treasures on their bodies.

    If they are too careless, they will be conspired by the Baroque at Whiskey Peak. This kind of thing can be regarded as one of the ways for the Baroque Job Society to collect funds..."

    After speaking, Nicole Robin added: "However, occasionally there will be powerful pirates who will clean up the hands of the whiskey peaks. For example, the Portcas D Ace will remove the whiskey peaks. The people here are swept away..."

    "Sounds like a good place!"

    After Uehara Nodded, he continued: "Then start from there. Let the rookie pirates of the whole world be frightened by Krokdal''s prestige, and let them know the horror of the King Qiwuhai!"

    "..."

    Everyone''s forehead jumped.

    Oh, is this fellow Uehara Naraku serious?

    Of course Uehara Naraku is serious!

    The task of turning upside down the hill is a must!

    And you can also take the time to go to the East China Sea with the name of the Baroque workshop, go to Rogge Town to stand on the execution platform of One Piece and overlook the scenery to punch a card, and then go to raging windmill village or something, ravage Luffy for a mission...

    You can also kill Aaron''s gang.

    He stole Nami''s treasure by the way.

    These tasks must be highly profitable tasks.

    Even if Firefist Ace, Tekken Karp, Red-haired Shanks, or Dorag of the Revolutionary Army come to the door in the future, there will be Luffy who grew up and Sabo who has restored his memory to avenge...

    That''s Klockdal''s business.

    "Okay, let''s help Mr. Krokdal to make a name for himself. When we spread the reputation of the Baroque Working Society all over the world, you pass the information of the other Baroque members to Senior Jiaodu, and let him arrest those people to exchange the bounty. Right!"

    "...It''s that everyone present has subtle expressions.

    Nicole Robin looked at Naraku Uehara and couldn''t help but twitching: "It''s really a...someone worse than I thought!"

    After a while, Nicole Robin suddenly thought of something. She suddenly said: "Wait, Mr. Naraku, it is absolutely impossible for the employees of the Baroque Job Club to know that the boss behind the scenes is Krokdal..."

    Yes.

    Krokdal is a national hero of Alabastan, and is also a Qiwuhai canonized by the world government. His identity will be kept secret.

    "rest assured."

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but chuckle when he heard here, and waved his hand: "I will arrange his identity clearly. Klockdal''s identity will definitely be leaked out by the CP guys or the navy in the future. ¡­"

    This kind of thing...

    Uehara Naraku had a good time.

    No matter how deeply the sand crocodile''s identity is hidden, as long as Uehara Naraku manipulates it, it won''t be long before everyone will know the identity of Krokdal.

    Anyway...

    Krokdal was not the first victim either.

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto, reading on mobile phones behind the scenes: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 392 reveals a person¡¯s identity, what a big deal! (third more)) to read the record and open the bookshelf next time Can be seen!

    Like "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 ~ï¼š Nothing in the morning, 5 more today

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    Today, five shifts, continue to repay the debt...

    Just woke up¡­

    I want to ask for a monthly pass or something...

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto, reading on mobile phones behind the scenes: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record the reading record of this time (nothing in the morning, five changes today), and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 392ï¼š Our Baroque workplace, but even the Tianlong people dare to kill!

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    Nicole Robin has a headache.

    Uehara Naraku and dried persimmon ghost shark are really two newcomers.

    Although Nicole Robin is nominally their superior in the Baroque work agency, but now she has to work hard to help prepare the boats and supplies to go to sea. She also has to go to the Whiskey Peak to deal with the follow-up of the Baroque work agency by the way.

    After everything was processed, Nicole Robin looked at the direction of the recording pointer on her wrist, frowned and said: "According to the magnetic force stored in the recording pointer, we should first go to the drum kingdom and then pass the nearby small garden. ¡­"

    "Record pointer?"

    This is a dried persimmon ghost who doesn''t understand at all.

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the ghost shark and chuckled lightly: "Heh, we don''t need that kind of thing, we just need to follow our destiny..."

    "..."

    Nicole Robin was speechless.

    Why is there a guy like Uehara Naraku who doesn''t know whether he is superstitious or second in this world? What does it mean to follow the guidance of fate?

    The most important thing is that the dried persimmon ghost shark nodded seriously.

    Of course Uehara Naraku was not lying, because his destiny skills were still there.

    Destiny: able to spy on the location of everyone within a radius of 100 kilometers, including those using invisibility, for 6 seconds; after activating the destiny skill, it can be teleported to any location within a radius of 50 kilometers with the power of time and space after 1.5 seconds.

    The range and duration of the destiny skill are related to the use of the domineering coefficient of seeing, hearing, and color. When it is turned on, it consumes a minimum of 100 points, and the cooling time is no.

    This skill is still so scary...

    This also fully proves one thing, that is, as a peg, will never be restricted by the world.

    "The Drum Kingdom is a member of the world government, right?"

    Uehara Naruto jumped onto the boat and said softly: "Since you are going to pass the Drum Kingdom, let''s spread the horror of our Baroque workshop from there!"

    I almost forgot.

    The Drum Kingdom also has devil fruits.

    Especially Valbo, the king of Magnetic Drum Island, seems to have a swallowing fruit, as if it can swallow the fruit power, so as to gain their power.

    This fruit is perfect for horns.

    After speaking, Uehara Naraku raised his finger again, and said to himself: "Kakuto-senpai go to Magnetic Drum Island and join us to get together. Let''s harvest the heart of the first devil fruit capable person! "

    After everything is arranged.

    Nicole Robin and Dried Persimmon Ghost Shark got on the boat.

    The ghost sharks closed their hands to form a seal, and a group of sharks were channeled out, and the boats around them dangling from Alabastan.

    The shark wants to eat people...

    It looks strange and scary.

    Uehara Naraku changed the system cheater by the way, took a look at the hidden mission of the system, and yawned boredly. Why should he let a person who can fly on the boat?

    Hidden mission: Sail on the great route for one hundred days (1100), the mission is not completed, the reward is unknown.

    The other side.

    Inside the port city of Alabastan.

    When Kakuto and Hidan received the news from Uehara Naraku, the two of them had already opened their jobs and killed a seven million Bailey pirate.

    "Do you have to go to that drum island?"

    Jiao Du''s voice was slightly unhappy. He looked down at the thick stack of reward orders in his hand, and said in a gloomy voice: "I just wanted to see one of the nine million guys in this city! "

    to be frank.

    The world is very comfortable.

    Compared to the past, he needed to find his target. Jiao found that with a little effort, he would definitely be able to find a pirate who could exchange it for money.

    As long as you go to a lively tavern, you will definitely be able to see the pirates, and even some arrogant guys will take the initiative to report their bounty!

    Isn''t this giving money to all corners?

    Jiao Du really thinks this world is too suitable for him, there are so many stupid and valuable guys!

    "Forget it."

    Jiao Du thought for a long time, slowly took away the reward order in his hand, and sighed: "There is really no way to refuse that guy Uehara''s order...a heart is worth a visit."

    "..."

    Feiduan was carrying his sickle and gently covering his nose: "In other words, how should we go to that kingdom?"

    "The Drum Kingdom."

    Jiao frowned and said in a deep voice: "Let''s go, let''s change the bounty first, then buy a boat, and then take the boat."

    "Why not just grab one?"

    Fei Duan spread out his palms, smiled lightly and said: "Anyway, it''s so chaotic here, there are looters everywhere..."

    "moron."

    Jiao Du snorted and explained: "If we carry a bounty on our back, how can we go to the naval base to redeem the bounty!"

    Jiaodu''s thinking is quite correct.

    It is indeed the old man who has spent so many years in the Ninja World. In just a few days, Jiao has figured out most of the camp order in this world.

    The navy is the gold exchange of Ninja.

    For those who give money generously, Jiao never wants to offend.

    Not only that, the old man Jiaodu''s thinking is still very divergent: "Huh, after the fellow Yao Shidou has a firm foothold in the Navy, let him raise all the pirate bounties so that he can make more money... "

    To be honest, the corners are thinking pretty well.

    But the pharmacist was far from standing firm.

    Yesterday, the pharmacist passed the navy''s medical examination and became a recruit who was still in the naval base, mainly responsible for mopping the floor.

    As a result, Yao Shidou had just joined the navy on the first night, and someone attacked the naval base, causing serious damage to the naval base that was not powerful.

    The pharmacist survived.

    Because of the shortage of manpower at the naval base, the pharmacist was armed with guns and became a third-class soldier. If he turns to normal more slowly, it is estimated that the naval base will be attacked.

    Since he didn''t know enough about the navy, Yao Shidou planned to wait until he had tested the strength of the colonel in this base, and then planned to control him with Zhuanyan and promote himself directly.

    Except for Sasuke Uchiha who was ordered to join the Portgas D Ace and Pirates of Spades, who is still struggling with Kazuki, everyone has a bright future.

    the other side.

    The great route really deserves its reputation.

    The weather on this sea was worse than expected. Nicole Robin took Naraku Uehara and the dried persimmon ghost shark when they went out to sea and encountered a violent wind blowing with dark clouds.

    Robin held on to her hat and allowed the gust to mess up her hair. She watched the two people standing steadily on the deck and whispered: "Mr. Naraku, because there is no weather-savvy sailor on board, look. It¡¯s not a good time for us to choose a departure..."

    The existence of the navigator is very important.

    Especially in extreme weather like the Great Airway.

    A good navigator can avoid a lot of losses and steer the boat to escape some dangers on the sea. Unfortunately, the navigator is a rare species.

    "It doesn''t matter."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head.

    The next moment, Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly flew from the ship!

    Uehara¡¯s body floated with a skeleton of Sano, and in a blink of an eye, Susano surrounded Naruto Uehara¡¯s body. Susao suddenly pulled out the Shinobi in his hand, a huge blue Jian Qi suddenly smashed into the air!

    The dark clouds in the sky were split with a knife.

    The violent sky was directly split by the blue sword energy.

    Uehara Naraku calmly relieved Susao Nogu, and landed on the boat again, and the sun also spilled down and shone on him.

    With Nicole Robin''s eyes full of consternation and disbelief, Uehara Naraku stretched out his palm and looked at the sunlight in his palm.

    "Go on... I am the Navigator."

    "..."

    Nicole Robin''s emotions calmed down again, and she nodded slowly, expressing that she agreed with Uehara Naraku''s words.

    This is a ghost navigator!

    Will Uehara Naraku intend to take the opportunity to threaten her and get something from her, but she is alone, what else can she have?

    There are many powerful organizations in this sea, and the Baroque Job Club and Krokdal cannot be called the top group of people.

    Uehara Naraku''s purpose should be the same as Krokdal, aiming at the weapon of Hades, wanting to be a hunter who catches alligators behind the scenes...

    Along the way, Nicole Robin was thinking.

    From time to time, Robin would go and take a look at Naraku Uehara and the dried persimmon ghost shark. Compared with other pirates in the sea, they are very restrained. These two people absolutely do not drink.

    Robin specially helped them purchase wine on the way. Whether it was Naraku Uehara or dried persimmon, they just held a glass of iced juice.

    Very self-disciplined two people.

    They are nothing like pirates.

    When they arrived at the coast of Drum Kingdom.

    Uehara Naraku''s figure stretched slowly, took out a cannonball from the box on the ship, and turned the cannonball in his palm with his palm.

    "Then first say hello to this country!"

    "..."

    Robin looked at Naraku Uehara in surprise.

    This is how to say hello Is it to throw a cannonball directly? If you throw a cannonball from here, you can throw a few hundred meters at most, right?

    Robin looked at Naraku Uehara for a while, wanting to see how he greeted this country.

    The next moment, Uehara Naraku met Robin''s surprised gaze, suddenly raised his palm, and threw the cannonball out of his hand!

    The cannonball traversed a high parabola in the air and landed on the castle on the high mountain of the Drum Kingdom, directly blowing up a corner of the castle!

    "Hello, let''s go!"

    Uehara Naraku landed on the drum island.

    Uehara''s face gradually became indifferent, as if it were an unsentimental creature: "It''s just a world government franchise country, shouldn''t you dare to resist our Baroque work agency?"

    After speaking, Naraku Uehara squeezed his fist again, and continued in a cold voice: "Our Baroque work agency, but even the Tenryu people dare to kill!"

    "..."

    Nicole Robin''s eyes couldn''t help being somewhat subtle.

    Well, underestimated...

    Uehara is much worse than the pirate.

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 393, our baroque work agency, but even the Tianlong people dare to kill!) Read the record, and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 293ï¼š This reindeer called Chopper, is it delicious?

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    Drum Kingdom.

    Uehara Naraku led them through the streets of the Drum Kingdom.

    There are not few people along the way, and there is even an old woman walking down the street with a reindeer carrying a tool bag and a red top hat.

    "interesting."

    Uehara Naraku''s gaze slowly stopped. He looked at the reindeer, smiled and asked, "How about we add a meal today?"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark grinned and nodded, "Does Uehara-sama want to eat venison? I wonder how the reindeer here compares to the deer from the Nara family..."

    "It''s almost the same?"

    Uehara Naraku spread his hands indifferently.

    Nicole Robin couldn''t help but frowned. The reindeer was so cute and handsome. Why did these two people want to eat it?

    Isn¡¯t there enough supplies on board?

    They didn''t stay in the town for too long, but went straight to the king''s castle of the Drum Kingdom. This was their main purpose.

    Originally thought it would be a more troublesome battle, but I didn''t expect that the people in this country were really pitifully weak, and the dry persimmon ghosts easily took care of everyone.

    In front of the king''s castle covered with snow all year round, the ghost shark waved the shark muscle in his hand, and a string of blood spilled down, staining this white land.

    Uehara Naraku and Nicole Robin stood in front of the castle. Soldiers fell to the ground beside them, including Valbo and his two guards.

    Nicole Robin tightened her clothes tightly. She still only wore a hot pants and a small vest underneath, and she was only wearing a coat outside.

    This kind of weather is still quite cold for her.

    Uehara Naruko took off his coat outside and threw it on Nicole Robin''s body. He slowly squatted in front of the drum king: "Let me think about it, what should I do with you? You seemed to be scolded when I met you just now. Me, what happened to the last person who scolded me?"

    "and many more¡­"

    The drum king Valbo hurriedly stretched out his palm.

    Although he is a person with the ability to swallow fruits, he has no power to fight back in the hands of the dried persimmon ghost sharks, and he has seen the ruthless hands of these guys with his own eyes.

    There was a panic on Valpo''s ugly face: "I am the drum king. This is a member of the world government. If you kill me, you will be hunted down by the navy!"

    "I''m from the Baroque Job Club. Do you think I''m afraid of the navy?"

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand, nodded at the dried persimmon ghost shark and said, "Ghost shark, go and take this king to the sea to sink. If he survives, it depends on his luck!"

    "¡­Yes."

    The dried persimmon ghost nodded seriously.

    Nicole Robin watched this scene silently.

    After seeing the dried persimmon ghost pick up Valbo and leave, Uehara Naraku''s gaze slowly fell on other people: "I remember this country is a big medical country, and there seems to be a very famous female doctor, like Gu Rewa..."

    "¡­Yes."

    Dalton, the former guard captain of the Drum Kingdom, nodded with an ugly expression on his face.

    "Take me to find her!"

    "Can I ask..."

    Dalton gritted his teeth and said in a deep voice: "Who is your ex? What do you want to do to the Drum Kingdom?"

    "Oh, even if I want to do something to the Drum Kingdom, what can you do?"

    Uehara Naraku chuckled, spreading out her palms, and calmly continued: "We are from the Baroque Work Club. Any member can destroy the entire drum kingdom. Do you want to resist me?"

    Nairo Uehara hit Dalton''s abdomen with a punch, and said in his ear, "As punishment for you questioning me! After I see Dr. Guraywa, you can help me prepare a million Bailey, any comments?"

    "...No...no."

    Dalton knelt on the ground in embarrassment, clutching his abdomen tightly, cold sweat dripping from pain on his forehead in the snowy weather.

    Fortunately, Uehara Naraku didn''t give too many figures, so it was easy to get together.

    However, Uehara Naraku didn''t give him time to rest at all.

    Dalton could only endure his own pain and lead the way on the sled.

    Nicole Robin''s face showed a hint of doubt. She wrapped her clothes tightly in Nairo Uehara''s clothes and asked softly, "Is there anything worth seeing the doctor Gureywa?"

    "how could I know?"

    After Uehara Naraku asked casually, he said to himself: "But I know one thing, it is always right to let this world spread the hatred of our Baroque workshop..."

    Robin: "..."

    You are really one of the top ten employees of Baroque Job Club!

    after an hour.

    Uehara Naruto appeared at a doctor Gurewa''s house and kicked open the door arbitrarily. He stood at the door with a musket in his hand, and smiled playfully: "Is it Doctor Gurewa''s house? Recently I With tight hand, can you borrow some money to spend?"

    "..."

    An old woman in the room with a well-maintained figure looked up and saw Uehara Naraku standing at the door.

    It is Dr. Gurewa, the witch with the highest medical skills in the Drum Kingdom.

    It happened to be the same person they saw today in the small town of Drum Kingdom.

    She is over 130 years old this year, but she still lives very healthy, which is obviously incredible in this world.

    "Are you a pirate again?"

    Gurewa looked at the musket in Nairo Uehara''s hand, her eyes narrowed and smiled, and she shook her head calmly, "Little guy, that''s really the wrong person. I do have a lot of money, but I use it all to buy it." It''s wine!"

    After speaking, the woman waved the wine bottle in her hand and continued with a smile: "But do you want to know the secret to my eternal youth?"

    "Not interested in."

    Naruto Uehara raised the musket in his hand and aimed casually at a reindeer wearing a red hat in the room. He smiled helplessly: "Since you have no money, then take your reindeer away! Just let us add a meal in the evening. ¡­"

    This made people hear his helplessness.

    It looks like this guy really doesn''t want to leave empty-handed!

    A drop of cold sweat came out of the red hat reindeer''s forehead, and the next moment its expression gradually became gloomy, and a muffled hum came out from under its nose.

    Just as the reindeer seemed to be violent at any time, the figure of Uehara Naraku suddenly appeared beside the reindeer!

    Uehara pressed the reindeer''s neck with one hand and pressed it against the wall!

    "and many more!"

    Dr. Gureywa suddenly stretched out her palm, her smile undiminished: "That''s not food, it''s my stupid son... Since you want to borrow money from someone, you have to say a number?"

    "One million Baileys."

    Naruto Uehara squeezed the meat from the reindeer, stroked its fur, and continued slowly: "I want to take this reindeer, too. The meat on its body looks very chewy..."

    "Little guy, this is too much..."

    Although Dr. Gureywa''s face was still smiling, her palm slowly lowered the bottle: "Really, are all the little pirates so greedy now?"

    "Who do you say is the little pirate!"

    Uehara Naraku raised the gun in his hand and pointed it at Dr. Gureywa, and said in a cold voice, "I''m a mid-level agent of the Baroque Job Club!"

    "..."

    Gurewa frowned.

    To be honest, this kind of stunned little guy is the most annoying. Just as Gurewa''s palm was slowly held up, a woman''s voice came in.

    "Uehara, take Bailey and leave!"

    "Yes."

    Uehara Naruko waved the reindeer in her hand, slammed it to the ground, and said in a deep voice, "Hey, Gureywa, get the money quickly!"

    Unexpectedly, the reindeer on the ground suddenly violent, and rushed towards Uehara Naruto. Naruto Uehara kicked the reindeer cleanly and kicked it out!

    "Stop, Chopper!"

    Doctor Gureywa hurriedly stopped the reindeer.

    Even if she didn''t stop it, she couldn''t help it, because the reindeer had so much pain that she couldn''t even stand up.

    Dr. Gureywa took out a money box and handed it to Naru Uehara, and asked aloud, "Which organization did you say you were from?"

    "Baroque Job Club."

    Uehara Naruko squeezed the musket in his hand cleanly, and threatened her with a chuckle, "If you want to retaliate against us, then come!"

    "Just knowing your names is enough."

    Dr. Gureywa smiled and spread out her hands and said, "When I meet patients from your work agency in the future, I will bring back everything I gave you today."

    "Ok."

    Uehara Naruko didn''t care at all, he just left here with the cash box, because he had already obtained the most important reward of this country.

    Side mission: Defeat Tony Tony Chopper (11), the mission is completed, and 50 gold coins will be awarded.

    this is¡­

    Has the minimum reward been refreshed?

    Even if it is hit Hinata, the reward is higher than this!

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help holding his forehead and looked at the second reward.

    Side mission: rubbing Chopper''s belly and small head (11), the mission has been completed, reward 3000 points of life energy, 3000 points of armed **** domineering, 3000 points of seeing and hearing domineering sex.

    Is this a task that a macho should complete?

    Two different tasks, the reward is so much different!

    When Uehara Naruto took Gureywa''s one million Bailey and Dalton''s one million Bailey, and Nicole Robin left.

    Gurewa squatted beside Chopper and poured it a potion: "Hey, Chopper, are you okay?"

    "It''s okay... Doctor Dolier."

    After the reindeer opened his mouth to respond to its body gradually began to shrink, and after a while, its body shape became like a child''s size.

    Chopper raised his head to look at Gurewa, with some doubts in his big eyes: "Are those people... pirates?"

    "maybe?"

    After Gurewa nodded, she glanced at the musket that was broken by Uehara Naruto, and slowly sat back in her chair: "That little guy... is just a little character on the ocean, so you want to be a pirate. It''s not that easy!"

    "I wouldn''t be that kind of pirate!"

    Chopper shook his front hoof abruptly, and said angrily: "How can they be pirates when they rush to someone else''s house to grab money!"

    "Ok?"

    Gu Leiwa touched her wine bottle, took a sip of wine, and continued in a deep voice: "You are right. That guy may not really be a pirate. He seems to say that she is a member of the Baroque Work Club, like a The criminal company in the first half of the Great Route..."

    "...A Baroque job club?"

    Chopper nodded slowly, remembering the name, and its eyes became firm: "Doctor Dolier, I''m going to continue the experiment!"

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto, reading on mobile phones behind the scenes: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 394 is this reindeer called Chopper, is it delicious?) Read the record, and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 394ï¼š Warring States, you will regret it!

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    "Unable to understand."

    After returning to the boat, Nicole Robin still couldn''t understand Uehara Naraku''s brain circuit, her brows frowned tightly: "Why are you bullying a weak reindeer?"

    Uehara Naraku didn''t bother to care about it.

    Because of the forced thinking, it should not be understood by normal people.

    Now they have more important things. Jiao Du and Feidan have arrived on their ship. Just now Jiao Du has finished plundering Valbo''s heart with geo-fence.

    "Can you use fruit power?"

    This is undoubtedly what Uehara Naraku is most concerned about.

    Jiao Du separated one of his own geography, and slowly nodded and said, "Well, it should be possible in theory. I can feel the power in this heart, but this geography is not suitable for fighting at sea. ."

    "Then plunder some more powerful fruit abilities!"

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Valbo''s body, and continued: "Throw his body back to the shore! Let others know the end of the baroque job."

    Needless to say this matter at all.

    Anyway, the attack on the Drum Kingdom by members of the Baroque Working Society will soon reach the navy''s ears, and Valbo''s body is just one of the embellishments.

    The only thing is a bit weird.

    The people of the Drum Kingdom have mixed feelings.

    Because Valbo was a tyrant and life was not good under his rule. The Baroque Work Society helped them kill Valbo, which was equivalent to freeing them; but the people from the Baroque Work Society took them another million Pele.

    It feels so strange...

    It''s kind of like everyone crowdfunding a million to kill their own king.

    No, it should be said that two million Baileys were raised.

    Among them, Dr. Gureywa, the witch, gave out one million, so after seeing the body of Valbo, Gurewa announced that she had lived in the castle of Valbo.

    Even Chopper''s attitude towards the Baroque Job Club became complicated. The guy bullied it and took the money; but the guy also killed the tyrant of Valbo...

    These civilians do not matter.

    It is completely different for world governments.

    As soon as the news got the news, the world government ordered the navy to issue a reward for the wanted two new recruits from the Baroque work agency, because someone outrageously killed the king of the franchise. The impact of this incident was too bad.

    Uehara Naraku, a Baroque agent, offered a reward of 8 million Baileys.

    Dry persimmon ghost shark, Baroque agent, offers a reward of 15 million Baileys.

    After the navy arranged for the members of the two Baroque workshops to offer rewards, it was inevitable to mention the woman who was suspected of being able to order them.

    Isn''t this woman taking revenge on the world?

    In any case, the Navy updated Nicole Robin''s wanted order that he hadn''t touched in more than ten years. The son of the devil, Nicole Robin, offered a reward of 80 million Bailey.

    Marine Headquarters, Marin Vando.

    The Navy Marshal Buddha''s Warring States readily reviewed the wanted order and put it on again. He didn''t take the small characters like Uehara Naraku into his heart.

    Even if Nicole Robin, the son of the devil, reappears, it is not as important as another thing now, after all, they have been wanted for Nicole Robin for so long...

    Warring States looked down at the most important wanted notice in his hand, his eyes gradually became a little more dignified, it was wanted by Portcas D. Ace, the leader of the Pirates of Spades. make!

    The Marine Marshal sighed quietly and put the wanted order aside. Maybe this wanted order will be invalidated...

    Because the world government wants to invite Ace, the captain of the Pirate of Spades group, to join the King''s Seven Martial Seas before he arrives in the Chambord Islands, the transit point of the Great Sea Route!

    Once a certain great pirate becomes the king of Qiwuhai, the navy will not continue to want them, and even sit and watch them enjoy a certain degree of legal plundering rights. This really loses the face of the navy...

    For the entire navy, a new big pirate is about to join the king''s Qiwu Sea. This matter is much more important than arresting small members of criminal companies...

    In particular, the great pirate had a close relationship with a certain high-ranking member of their navy, no, or that they were a family.

    Once Ace refuses, then the entire navy will pursue him with all its strength and prevent Portcas D. Ace from entering the new world in the second half of the great route!

    "Hey, Sengoku, are there any doughnuts?"

    At this moment, the high-ranking navy who was a family with Portcas D. Ace came in. It was Vice Admiral Monch D. Karp.

    Similarly, this Lieutenant-Admiral Karp is also a naval hero, a true navy veteran, and a close friend of the Marine Marshal and the Warring States Period.

    Lieutenant General Karp did not see the donuts after coming in, but he saw a bag of senbei on the table, he was not disappointed, he tore them all and poured them into his mouth: "Uhhhhh... Bei can also..."

    "Are you finished?"

    A light flashed through the lens of the Warring States Period, and he slightly raised his head and watched his old friend ate his snacks, the expression on his face turned dark.

    "Hey, Karp, the world government has invited Portcas D. Ace to become Qiwuhai. Go for a run after eating!"

    "Don''t go!"

    Karp shook his head quickly, looked down at Ace¡¯s wanted warrant on the table, and said with a bit of displeasure on his face: "I have taught Ace this kid the justice of the navy since I was a kid. Now let him look at me. The justice that grandpa insists on is shamed..."

    To be honest, this feeling is really uncomfortable.

    Let him, the grandfather of the navy, invite the grandson of the pirate to join the legal pirates like Qiwuhai under the king, wouldn''t he send his face up to be beaten!

    Ace, that **** is not going to laugh to death!

    Warring States closed his palms and raised his eyes to look at his old friend: "Hey, Karp, are you really not going? If it fails, the Navy will attack with all strength to prevent Portcas D. Ace from entering the new world. !"

    "Hahahahahaha..."

    Karp slowly scratched the back of his head, reached out and grabbed Ace''s wanted warrant, intending to find another pirate below to change the subject.

    As a result, Karp found out that there was a wanted order named Naraku Uehara.

    On the wanted order of Uehara Naraku, he still squinted and smiled very kindly. He looked absolutely harmless to humans and animals, and was perfectly pictured.

    Are the photos bought in a photo studio?

    "Hey, Sengoku."

    Karp held up Uehara Naraku''s wanted warrant, and said with a serious face: "I instinctively felt that this guy is a very dangerous existence. Look at this guy''s face, it looks like he doesn''t put everything in the world in his eyes! "

    Karp looks serious...

    I really don¡¯t know whether to pretend or act...

    The Warring States period must be unbelievable. He snatched the wanted warrant from Karp and said with a displeased face: "If you don''t want to go, I won''t force you. You will be at Malin Vando during this time. Wait for the result!"

    After speaking, the Warring States continued in a deep voice: "If Portgas D. Ace accepts the canonization of King Qi Wuhai, do whatever you want;

    If he refuses, then you will be responsible for preventing him from entering the new world and arresting him in the underwater prison for execution! "

    "That guy is really dangerous!"

    Karp skipped the topic about Ace, and was still trying to continue discussing the little character named Naraku Uehara. He even took the initiative to ask: "I''m going to arrest the guy named Naraku Uehara now!"

    "Don''t avoid the topic about Ace for me!"

    The Warring States angrily interrupted Karp''s words, and gave his order in a deep voice: "Kapu, we already know the identity of Ace.

    You should be clear that you can''t let that kind of character enter the new world in any way, and the world government will never allow this world to not give birth to a pirate who arrives in Lovelu..."

    "I mean it!"

    Monkey D. Karp still insisted on his opinion: "That guy is really dangerous, maybe he is still very weak now, but his thoughts must be very dangerous hahahaha..."

    When he said this, Karp couldn''t help but laugh out loud.

    Because he felt that he said that other people''s thoughts were dangerous, it seemed a little inappropriate, which made the Warring States believe that all what Karp said just now were all false.

    "Why are you so embarrassed to say this?"

    The Warring States¡¯ face gradually became unbearable, and he raised his finger to the door and motioned his old friend to get out: ¡°You bastard, the most dangerous person in the world, isn¡¯t your son Dorage!¡±

    "..."

    Monkey D. Karp kicked the chair next to him angrily, and left the marshal''s office like a crab. He was so angry that there was only one last sentence left.

    "Warring States, you will regret it!"

    "Carp, I am the Marshal of the Navy!"

    Now that the quarrel with his old friend reached such a level, the Warring States Period of Buddha took the opportunity to take out his status as a marshal and directly issued the marshal''s order: "Lieutenant General Karp, please stay at Malin Vandor and wait for the Seventh King. Wu Hai¡¯s appointment is out!"

    "¡­I know."

    Karp''s body paused at the door.

    In the next moment, the figure of the Navy veteran became resolute again. He suddenly turned his head and said: "By the way...Do you still have doughnuts in your cabinet?"

    "Only Senbei!"

    The anger on the face of the Warring States has not yet dissipated.

    "Oh, that''s fine."

    Karp nodded slowly, turned around and sat back again, watching his old friend slowly and angry and giving him snacks Generally, after the quarrel, the heart of Warring States would be slightly softer. a little.

    The snacks that the Warring States period was reluctant to share, even if he was still angry at this time, would share it with him because of the guilt in his heart.

    This is Karp''s many years of experience.

    Since they just finished their quarrel, they must continue to talk about business now.

    The Warring States period took out the wanted warrants for Uehara Naraku, Kakigami and Nicole Robin, and continued softly: "If you really feel dangerous, let Kuzan go there! After all, it is also involved in that year. The remnant of Hara, I remember he has been in the first half of the great route..."

    "Oh, whatever."

    Karp poured a bag of senbei into his mouth in one breath, and after eating clean, he continued, "Anyway, I just want to find a reason to leave...because I know that Ace will not agree to become Qiwuhai. Yes, I know that group of **** at home!"

    "Cap, you bastard!"

    Warring States couldn''t help cursing with anger, he still called Kuzan''s phone worm: "Kuzan, I have news from Robin, the son of the devil, and her two subordinates..."

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto, reading on mobile phones behind the scenes: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click the "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 395 Warring States, you will regret it! (third!)) to read the record, and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 395ï¼š When my reward amount is too high, I start to be afraid of my...

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    The first half of the great route.

    An unknown island.

    A tall man wearing a blindfold, after listening to the command of the admiral, groped his fingers and put down the phone worm in his hand.

    After a long time, the tall man took off his blindfold and muttered, "It''s really troublesome..."

    However, after the man complained a bit, his lazy face was slightly emotional: "Miss Robin, now he no longer hides in other organizations, but has established a messy organization by himself?"

    After the man said to himself, he sighed, "Well, it seems that no one except me is suitable to deal with her!"

    After speaking, he pushed out a huge wooden bicycle from a corner and started riding this bicycle on the road.

    When his bicycle rides all the way down the sea, the sea automatically condenses into a narrow path made of ice, allowing the bicycle to continue on.

    Naval Headquarters Admiral Kuzan, code-named Green Pheasant, who is naturally capable of Frozen Fruit, and one of the highest combat powers of the world government, is here!

    Uehara Naraku, Kakigami and Nicole Robin still don¡¯t know about this. The three of them are still rushing to the small garden on their own, and they received their reward order on the way to the small garden. .

    Uehara was not surprised at all.

    When a news bird took pictures of him secretly, he was spotted by Naraku Uehara. He also put on a harmless appearance, which was his standard image.

    As long as it is a navy, seeing him as a sunny and kind person, surely he would not be regarded as a big evil person, right?

    "Eight million Baileys..."

    The corner of the mouth of the dried persimmon ghost couldn''t help but hooked, and he subconsciously smiled: "It seems that the so-called world government is really decayed! Isn''t any of those guys aware of the horror of adults?"

    "I''m a good person!"

    Uehara Naruko shook his head, stretched out his finger to tap on his wanted order, and slowly said, "Eight million Baileys are already very high..."

    After all, Fengchecun used to be the One Pirate King in the future, who opened the Four Emperors with a wine bottle in his hand, only this number.

    "Well, my reward turned out to be 15 million."

    Gan Persimmon Guikun took his wanted warrant, his small eyes suddenly fell into thought: "It seems that you have to be careful about that guy in the future..."

    After speaking, the dried persimmon ghost slowly raised his head and looked at Nicole Robin: "But the most dangerous person is not me...there are 80 million new people in our organization! This number is hard to say. The corners have stopped greed..."

    "..."

    Nicole Robin''s expression is a bit complicated.

    What the **** are these two people getting wanted!

    Why do other people feel very high after receiving the reward from the world government? After all, that is also a symbol of strength.

    However, after the two guys got the wanted warrant, they behaved completely differently.

    Uehara Naraku thinks that the figure of 8 million is already very high; Kakigami thinks that the figure of 15 million is too high, and it is easy to cause the murderous heart of the companion Kato...

    Of course for these two...

    Their numbers really cannot be lower.

    Because the influence of Uehara Naraku and the dried persimmon ghost shark in killing the king of the franchise is extremely bad, in fact the strength of the two of them is nothing to this world.

    Nicole Robin watched the reward order in her hand and looked at the 80 million Bailey on it, her brain gradually fell into contemplation, saying that the companion called Jiaodu would not really secretly covet her bounty, Take her head for a reward, right?

    Really...

    It''s scary to think about it.

    This is really Nicole Robin thinking too much. The horns are all coveting them openly. Even after seeing their reward, the first time I want to come and kill Nicole Robin, because 80 million is too much. Good to earn!

    If it weren''t for Naru Uehara''s prohibition of killing each other''s teammates after taking office as the leader, Kakuto would actually want to do that. After all, it is not easy to find a person with 80 million Baileys in the first half of the great route!

    This world is always so bizarre.

    The person Jiaodu likes to earn money, desperately looking for the pirates who offer super high rewards; Naraku Uehara is not interested in making money, but they meet two big pirates who offer a reward of 100 million.

    Because their boat finally arrived at the small garden.

    Although this island is called a small garden, the creatures on the island are actually very huge. This island is also known as the Taikoo Island and Pangu Island.

    On this island, there are two large pirates fighting.

    A hundred years ago.

    No, strictly speaking it should be more than ninety years ago.

    The two captains of the Giant Soldier Pirate Group, Blue Ghost Tori and Red Ghost Brogene decided to fight here because of a child''s problem. Their duel has lasted for more than 90 years.

    "Are we going to stay here?"

    Nicole Robin looked at Uehara Naraku curiously, tucked her hair, and whispered: "Mr. Naraku, aren''t you trying to challenge the two boring giants?"

    "Ha ha¡­"

    Naruto Uehara landed on this small island, and continued softly: "I just want to recruit them to join the Baroque work agency..."

    Robin knows the creatures of this world very well, and she persuaded: "With the giant''s stubbornness, they will definitely not agree."

    "Then there''s no way."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head, and said with a light smile: "I can only force them to stop their boring battles, let them return to where they should go, and spread the horror of our Baroque workplace in the new world..."

    The two large pirates who were duel in the little garden were from Elbaff in the second half of the Great Route, and the Giant Pirates seemed to be active in the new world.

    Nicole Robin: "..."

    Is this guy really spreading the horror of the Baroque workshop, not spreading the hatred of the Baroque workshop?

    Is this trying to make the Baroque Work Society offend the entire great route?

    I really want to know...

    One day, when the guy Krokdal knew that Naraku Uehara was helping him so hard, what would he think in his heart...

    It certainly won''t be grateful anyway.

    "Except for these."

    Nairo Uehara glanced back at Nicole Robin, then smiled and continued: "I also want to clean up a suitable battlefield to prepare for the next fiercer battle!"

    "what?"

    "Because someone is coming in our direction!"

    Uehara Naraku stretched out his palm, stroked his eye sockets, and continued with a smile: "A man worth fighting! Although you certainly don''t want to see him, this guy can make my plan smoother!"

    "who¡­"

    After Robin asked in surprise, the expression on her face suddenly changed, because at this moment she thought of someone: "Mr. Naraku, wouldn''t you tell me... Navy Headquarters Admiral Aoi Pheasant is coming to this place, right? "

    "So smart!"

    Uehara Naraku nodded with a smile.

    Because on his way to the Taikoo Island, he opened a large-scale fate observation and found the admiral Qing''s pheasant.

    Although I don''t know what this general wants to do, according to the relationship between the green pheasant and Robin, the probability of this guy coming to find Robin is very high!

    So, Uehara Naraku plans to fight him here!

    By the way, I also want to see if this general who can withdraw from the navy in the future will choose to become a spy under him!

    If the green pheasant is willing to agree to be his spy, then the plan for the future simply cannot be smoother; if the green pheasant does not agree, then give the catch to Jiaodu!

    As for things like failure...

    Uehara Naraku had never thought about it.

    Uehara Naraku never thought that she would fail, but Nicole Robin must have thought about it. She knew that Uehara Naraku might really have the power of two natural devil fruits on her body, and even the kind of one that slashed the sky with a thousand. The God of Valkyrie...

    but¡­

    That''s the general of the navy headquarters!

    The nightmare of most pirates on the Great Sea Route!

    "do not worry."

    The dried persimmon ghost grinned, and chuckled softly and persuaded: "You really are a complete newcomer! Miss Nicole Robin, do you think the gods will fail?"

    "..."

    Nicole Robin is not a Narakubuki like a dry persimmon ghost. After a while, she shook her head and said: "You don''t know the power of the admiral..."

    "Hehe, then I''m really curious!"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark looked at Naraku Uehara, and said loudly, "Master Uehara, why don''t you let me do something first? I also want to see how much power the so-called general can have..."

    "random."

    Uehara Naraku casually shook his head, and reminded him: "Except for the art of shark bullet, that guy''s other powers seem to restrain your technique very much. If you still can''t master how to guide the chakra in your body into domineering. ¡­"

    "It''s alright."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark slowly pulled out his shark muscle A black mass gradually appeared in his hand, and it was gradually wrapped around the shark muscle sword.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark looked at Naraku Uehara with a grin and said, "Since I came here, the physical and mental energy in my body are all about to move, but they seem to be able to turn into other powers besides turning into chakras. "

    "Tsk..."

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but shook his head with emotion.

    Obviously, the dried persimmon ghost shark can extract domineering from its own body, which seems to be quite normal. This guy is actually the strongest among the seven ninth swords in Wuyin Village!

    "Then go on!"

    After Uehara Naraku encouraged his subordinates, he slammed his fingers up, and the tall Suzano suddenly appeared on his body!

    This Valkyrie standing tall on this island stands tall!

    This island is not even a small garden in front of Susanoh!

    Uehara Naraku stood within the crystal of Susano Nohu, and his voice gradually became a little cold: "Then let me create a ring suitable for us to fight with that admiral!"

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto, reading on mobile phones behind the scenes: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 396 When the amount of my reward is too high, I start to be afraid of my companion corner) to read the record and open the bookshelf next time You can see!

    Like "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 396ï¼š A man who provoked the admiral

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    Taikoo Island.

    A thousand-meter-high blue Suzano can suddenly appear here. The huge creatures on the entire island are like ants compared to it, and they fled in panic!

    At exactly this time, the two giants Dongli and Broki also stopped the fight between them, and looked at the huge blue giant in disbelief!

    "I''m very sorry to tell you both."

    Uehara Naraku stood within the crystal on Susano''s forehead and said loudly: "This island will be requisitioned by our Baroque Work Agency. If you want to continue fighting here, welcome to join our Baroque Work Agency. "

    Uehara Naraku finished talking about recruiting new members for the club, and then continued: "If you refuse to join our Baroque work agency, then I can only apologize to let you... leave this island!"

    In the next moment, Suzuo suddenly pulled out his Shinobi!

    A blue sword gas suddenly slashed towards the volcano, and the volcano was cut open by the sword gas instantly, and the magma under the ground suddenly spewed out, spreading towards the surroundings!

    The faces of Dongli and Broki showed a touch of shock. Their bodies are not as hard as a volcano. If this sword aura falls on them, what will happen is definitely to be expected...

    The two giants can only flee together under the spread of magma, they are still discussing with each other when they are running in the forest!

    "The God of Elbaff will take care of the winner among us... But before we can tell who is the winner, let''s kill that guy together!"

    "Okay, let''s use that trick together!"

    However, just after the two of them had negotiated, a blue sword aura suddenly struck, cutting off their escape route!

    Uehara Naraku manipulated Susao Nooka and brandished a Shinobi sword, and said loudly, "Hey, hey, do you really want to join our Baroque work agency? We are the most powerful organization on the great route of this era. It is yours to recruit you with pleasure!"

    "We have never heard of such a small organization!"

    The blue ghost Dongli brandished his own rotten sword and said loudly, "No matter what time it is, the strongest of the great route is the pirate group of Elbaff!"

    "Yes!"

    Broki the Red Ghost wields his axe frantically!

    The two giants attacked almost at the same time, and a huge shock wave suddenly hit Suzuo Nenghu!

    This is the superpower of Albuff, the land of giants!

    After the two giants released the overlord, their strength was low, and the originally rotten weapons were completely shattered. This was also their strongest blow!

    However, it is a pity that the hegemony they released did not shake Susao Nohu''s body in the slightest, and he couldn''t even make it step back...

    "It''s really weak..."

    The tall Suzano slowly lowered his body, stretched out his finger, flicked with one finger, and flew the two giants out!

    Uehara Naraku''s high voice came out: "Go away! Your strength is too weak, you are not qualified to join our Baroque work agency! The giant of Albuff is really not good enough, even let me kill you. No desire!"

    "..."

    There was a touch of despair on the faces of the two giants.

    The two of them have been fighting here for so many years, and never thought that one day they would be taken over the battlefield and even insulted their home country!

    In this world, the giant country is known as the world''s largest country, and this has always been recognized!

    Unfortunately, the two of them have nothing to do...

    The size of the giant blue alone is desperate!

    What they can do now, it seems, can only temporarily give up the dispute, write down the hatred they have encountered now, return to their hometown to rebuild weapons suitable for giants, and find those partners in the past...

    then¡­

    Come back and avenge the Baroque Work Club!

    After their future revenge is over, they will retake this ancient island and continue the battle between the two of them...

    After driving away the two giants, Uehara Naraku''s Susao N¨­go disappeared into a cloud, and his body fell on the ground again.

    "Mr. Naraku, originally I thought you were just driving them away..."

    Nicole Robin slowly walked to his side, with a subtle expression on his face: "But Elbuff values ??their honor. If you humiliate them like this, you may encounter them and even the entire Elba in the future. Husband¡¯s hostility..."

    "It doesn''t matter."

    Uehara Naraku interrupted Nicole Robin''s words, and shook his head calmly: "They only know the Baroque Job Club. Our boss is the King Shichibu Haisha Crocodile Crocodile. At that time, our boss will definitely take care of the giant. Of the country."

    "..."

    Nicole Robin''s expression is more subtle.

    After speaking, Naraku Uehara slowly stretched out his palm and continued softly: "What''s more, Mr. Krokdal will soon walk from behind the scenes to the front of the stage!"

    "..."

    Nicole Robin looked at Naraku Uehara speechlessly.

    Why do you still use serial tactics?

    In addition to fighting the blue pheasant, this guy also wants to use the admiral''s mouth to leak out the news of Klockdal?

    Although the world government will certainly not remove the position of Qiwuhai under King Krokdal because of a baroque work agency crime company...

    but¡­

    But if Uehara Naraku continues to mess around like this, Klockdal will not say that he is keeping the more convenient position of the king, Qiwuhai, even his own life will not be saved!

    Uehara Naraku joined the Baroque work agency for a few days, and now he has started to cause trouble, and he will even provoke a navy admiral soon...

    This person doesn''t seem to cause trivial matters...

    Uehara Naraku doesn''t care what Nicole Robin thinks.

    Because Uehara Naraku knew very well that Krokdal had challenged the white beard of the strongest man in the world, and that burden was nothing.

    "All right."

    Uehara Naraku suddenly stretched out his palm, and calmly continued, "Then let me take advantage of this world and build a battlefield suitable for us!"

    next moment!

    The ground of the Primordial Island suddenly rose up, and countless animals escaped into the sea because of the rapid rise of the earth, at least they could have a way out in the sea.

    "this is¡­"

    Nicole Robin couldn''t help but look at her feet, with a slight hesitation on her face: "Is it another natural fruit power? Soil fruit?"

    "you can say so?"

    Uehara Nairo tilted his head, his palms spread out again, and a huge wind blade began to plow and level the island of the ancient times, turning the entire island into a small square island!

    "As for the next..."

    Uehara Naraku''s palm suddenly fell on the ground, and he said softly: "Then add more decorations for our two camps! Life must present a sense of ritual... This is the admiral, and he must be surprised!"

    "..."

    Robin''s face was full of question marks.

    She really couldn''t imagine the brain circuit of Uehara.

    When the world government''s highest combat force and the admiral of the Navy Blue Pheasant was about to arrive, this man didn''t want to prepare for the war, but instead set up a huge arena battlefield here.

    Why don''t you like the duel arena so much, why don''t you just go to Dresrosa?

    It''s a pity that this person can''t persuade him!

    Even if Nicole Robin described some of the admiral''s achievements to them, Naraku Uehara and the dried persimmon ghost were still unmoved. The two of them were holding iced juice, as if they were listening to a fairy tale.

    A day has passed.

    A long white line appeared above the sea.

    That is the way of transportation for the Admiral Green Pheasant, using his frozen fruit ability to create an ice passage, and then riding a wooden anti-skid bicycle along the ice passage.

    For ordinary pirates, this method is quite scary.

    This is enough to prove the strength of the admiral.

    After seeing a small island, the green pheasant stopped by bicycle.

    The admiral looked at his record pointer, took out a map, and glanced at the huge cube-like island in front of him with some confusion.

    Shouldn''t this place be called a small garden?

    Could it be that he went the wrong way on his bike?

    Now the appearance of this island is really the green pheasant doubting his memory, although he has always been too lazy to remember these.

    While the green pheasant was still hesitating, a man¡¯s loud voice came from the island: "Come on! Mr. Kuzan, we have been waiting for you for a long time."

    "what?"

    The green pheasant scratched his head.

    In the next moment, the body of the green pheasant rose from the ice and ran along the unusually vertical rock wall of the island. After a few vertical jumps, it landed on the island!

    When the green pheasant raised his head to look at the whole picture of this small island, he couldn''t help but feel a little shocked with his knowledge of the great route for so many years.

    The ground of the entire island is unusually flat.

    The area of ??tens of kilometers is absolutely endless. There are no weeds, trees and animals on the ground. It looks like it is completely...

    No, this is a duel arena!

    This is a huge man-made duel field!

    This small island was supposed to be a paradise for a group of huge archaic creatures, but now it has been made into a duel field!

    One side is a huge white stone wall with the logo of a seagull painted on it, which obviously symbolizes the Navy!

    On the other side is a huge black stone wall. Uehara is painted with floating red clouds, which obviously symbolizes the enemy!

    This is someone provoking the navy!

    Someone wants to provoke him, the admiral!

    But what I have to say is that the person who created this huge duel field, no matter whether he did it with strength or money, plus his daring to challenge the admiral in such a arena, is really enough for people. Some admiration!

    The laziness on the green pheasant''s face faded, and his gaze slowly fell to a corner of the edge of this duel island, where three people were sitting.

    A man.

    A woman.

    A murloc.

    It happened to be the target he was looking for here.

    "Mr. Kuzan."

    One of the young men stretched out his hand towards him and said loudly, "Should we come over and drink a glass of juice first, let''s discuss the rules of the battle by the way?"

    It''s the guy named Naraku Uehara!

    The green pheasant''s face became a little dignified, he walked over step by step, sat in front of them, scratched his head, and said softly: "No, forget it, I still prefer to drink Beer, do you have it here?"

    "Sorry, strict tutoring, can only drink juice."

    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he suddenly changed his words: "No, if you want, we still have white water here."

    After speaking, Naraku Uehara stretched out his palm.

    The next moment, the water vapor in the air quickly gathered in his hand and turned into a water ball, which automatically rolled down into an empty cup.

    This move is indeed amazing!

    Even the blue pheasant was a little admired for this magical performance, especially the general knew that this was not magic at all, but the ability of Uehara Naraku!

    Uehara Naraku''s fingers felt a chill. After knocking on the cup, he placed the glass of water in front of the blue pheasant, and squinted at the blue pheasant with a smile.

    "I guess you will want to drink ice water."

    "..."

    The green pheasant lowered his head.

    There are more square ice cubes in the water glass.

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 397, a man who provoked a navy admiral! (Fifth!)) to read the record, and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 397ï¼š I was seen through such a perfect performance?

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    The green pheasant''s eyes trembled slightly.

    He didn''t get it wrong just now. What Uehara Naraku used was definitely the freezing ability, not the lower-level ability Xuexueguo, but the pure freezing ability.

    but¡­

    He, Admiral Green Pheasant, is the one with the ability to freeze fruit!

    Uehara Naraku uses freezing ability in front of him, what is his ability? Could it be the ability to replicate the Devil Fruit...

    "Don''t like it?"

    The smile on Uehara Naruko''s face was still kind. He looked at the admiral in front of him and continued with a smile: "Because it is too crude here. If there is any lack of hospitality, I hope Mr. Kuzan will forgive me..."

    "Do not."

    The green pheasant shook his head and calmly said: "It is too extravagant to fill up the entire island and create such a luxurious duel to welcome me..."

    "Hahahaha..."

    Uehara Naraku smiled and waved his hand, before he continued earnestly: "Don''t blame me, you are a general of the navy headquarters, such a place is worthy of your identity!"

    This sentence sounds a bit uncomfortable.

    Obviously Uehara Naraku was complimenting the identity of the blue pheasant, but his tone sounded like a superior treats a child.

    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he spread out his palm and introduced the duel field: "This is the battlefield I worked so hard to create yesterday. I can definitely let Mr. Kuzan use his full strength here..."

    "It''s really hard..."

    The green pheasant slowly tilted her head, and moved her gaze to Nicole Robin next to him: "It seems that there is something wrong with the intelligence. I thought Miss Robin was your boss. Now it looks like she has joined another organization. Inside..."

    "..."

    There were a few drops of cold sweat on Nicole Robin''s forehead.

    Because when Nicole Robin was eight years old, the green pheasant, the enemy who once caused her to fall into extinction, brought her fear and shadow that could not be eliminated in a short time.

    Nicole Robin''s expression gradually became more and more ugly, and she whispered: "Why did you come here...Are you here to kill me again?"

    "That''s it."

    The green pheasant nodded slowly and continued softly: "After all, as the last archaeologist of O''Hara, it is still too dangerous for this world..."

    After talking about this, the gaze of the blue pheasant slowly moved, falling from Robin''s body to Uehara Naruto''s body: "Now it seems that you have also joined a more dangerous organization! You can''t let it go. is you¡­"

    "Don''t say that."

    Uehara Naraku picked up a glass of juice on the stone table and took a slow sip. He continued softly: "We are a peaceful organization dedicated to mediating wars in the world. No one desires world peace more than we... "

    Green Pheasant: "..."

    A man who just killed the Drum King is sitting here. He plans to challenge the admiral and tell me you are a peace organization?

    The expressions of the dried persimmon and Nicole Robin are also a little weird.

    After seeing their expressions, Uehara seemed to wake up again, and quickly changed his words: "Sorry, it''s easy... Anyway, Mr. Kuzan only needs to know that our hearts are actually just and bright."

    "You are not like this kind of person at all!"

    The eyelids of the green pheasant trembled. He reached out and held the glass of ice water and swallowed the ice water into his stomach in one bite: "Instead it looks like a conspirator... From your eyes, I am the slightest. Did not see justice!"

    "That''s because we are pretending to be bad people."

    Uehara Naraku casually explained: "We are now an agent called the Baroque Work Agency. This Baroque Work Agency is a criminal company. The boss of this company is not a good thing, so we have to look at the boss!"

    Nicole Robin: "..."

    Is this the beginning?

    Can Uehara Naraku be a little bit personal?

    Sand crocodile knows what is happening now, and will definitely fight you hard!

    "What do you mean?"

    The blue pheasant frowned slightly, and looked at Uehara Naraku weirdly: "Can you speak a little bit slower? I don''t quite understand what you mean... So, who is the boss of this Baroque work agency?"

    "Qiwuhai under the king, sand crocodile Krokdal."

    After Uehara Naraku casually revealed the identity of the sand crocodile to the blue pheasant, he looked at the admiral in front of him and heard that Krokdal''s name did not change at all.

    Obviously, the admiral did not take Qi Wuhai to heart.

    Uehara Naraku''s face immediately wrinkled, and he said in a deep voice: "Hey, why do you look at this expression, give me a little more seriousness!"

    As Uehara Naraku said, his emotions became agitated: "That''s Mr. Shichibukai Krokdal, under the king, with a reward of 81 million. When he was young, he only lost to the big pirate with the white beard trick of the world''s strongest man! "

    Uehara Naraku squeezed her fist sharply, and her emotions became more and more excited: "If anyone in this world can reach Love Drew and become the second Pirate King in the world, then it must be Mr. Klockdal!"

    This is really like a person who is loyal to Krokdal. Even Krokdal can''t fault it here.

    At this moment, Uehara felt himself possessed by the actor.

    Unfortunately, his courage and strength are not in line with his acting skills.

    A man who wanted to challenge the admiral of the admiral said that he was a subordinate of Qi Wuhai, the king?

    This guy is acting too fake!

    The blue pheasant watched Uehara Naraku''s performance blankly.

    If it hadn''t been for seeing Klockdal several times, and seeing Uehara Naraku''s pomp with his own eyes, the blue pheasant might really want to convince him to be lazy, and would simply believe Uehara Naraku''s nonsense.

    The admiral held his forehead helplessly: "Your Excellency... Did you graduate from drama performance? No, it should be said that drama is not enough! From your eyes, I can''t see the slightest bit of opposition. The awe of Rockdale!"

    "Are you questioning my loyalty to Mr. Krockdale?"

    An anger flashed across Uehara Naraku''s face, and his fists gradually tightened: "In this world, no one respects Mr. Krokdal more than I do!"

    "Hey Hey hey¡­"

    Looking at Naruko Uehara like this, the blue pheasant felt a little blind.

    The green pheasant couldn''t help rubbing his eyebrows: "It''s almost enough! You guy''s lawless look...does anyone really dare to be your boss?"

    "..."

    Everyone present fell silent.

    The anger on Uehara Naruko''s face gradually dissipated, and he regained his smile: "Hehe, it seems that the admiral''s IQ is not as low as I thought...Really, I can see through my perfect performance!"

    "Your acting skills are too clumsy!"

    The green pheasant couldn''t help but uttered a word, and stretched out his palm to signal the duel field: "If we two meet by chance on the sea, you are on a small pirate boat, maybe I might believe you a little bit. Nonsense..."

    He is a general of the navy headquarters!

    No matter it is any pirate in the world, you will never take it lightly when you see him, not to mention this is the first half of the great route!

    In the first half of the great route, any pirate will be afraid of the general''s pursuit, but Uehara Naruko clearly knows his general identity and strength, but here is a super luxurious arena!

    "Long, long, long-winded enough..."

    The green pheasant slowly put down his palm, and a dark cloud appeared on his face: "Now can you tell me your true identity? Otherwise, I can''t guarantee that your life will survive later..."

    At this moment, the aura on the green pheasant suddenly changed!

    A chill radiated from his body, making the people present involuntarily feel that the temperature in the air had dropped instantly!

    The aura on the green pheasant is almost overwhelming. At this moment, he temporarily put aside his laziness, and thoroughly demonstrated the majesty of the general of the Navy!

    The complexion of the dried persimmon ghost shark could not help but change!

    Nicole Robin was frightened and a little weak!

    "Ha... you deserve to be a general of the navy headquarters, it''s really terrible!"

    Uehara Naruko talked, the smile on his face remained undiminished, and he even continued to take a bite of juice slowly.

    Uehara Naraku made some taunting words and actions, which could not help reminding the blue pheasant of his own colleague with a slightly nasty personality.

    "You guy...as bad as Polusalino!"

    The green pheasant couldn''t help but patted his forehead again, and the expression on his face became a little more serious: "I don''t want to waste time with you ambiguous guys..."

    "Then start!"

    Uehara Naraku grabbed his juice and leaned back on the stone chair lazily.

    The next moment, Uehara Naraku''s face suddenly became a little crazy: "Please show your strength in front of me to your heart''s content, and let me see how strong the navy general, known as the world government''s highest combat power, can be!

    If your strength is not enough, you will no longer be qualified to stand in front of me in the future, I will let people make your body into a work of art! "

    After saying this, Uehara Naraku''s expression changed abruptly, and the corners of his mouth twitched slightly, revealing a kind smile: "If your power can make me a little bit happy, I don''t mind telling you ours. real identity¡­"

    Uehara Naraku sat up straight again, folded his palms and propped on the table, the smile on his face looked very mysterious: "That is as beautiful as the sunrise, a dawn that can bring hope to this world. ¡­"

    What Uehara Naraku said is in the mist...

    But it made Green Pheasant really feel that he was talking about something extraordinary!

    The expression of the green pheasant gradually became more and more serious, the coldness radiating from his body became lower and lower, and even a layer of frost appeared on the chair!

    "Go, ghost shark!"

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand at the tall murloc next to him, and said loudly: "Let our general manager point you a little bit, and let me see the power you have now..."

    "Yes, Uehara-sama."

    The dry persimmon ghost shark grinned slightly, revealing his mouthful of shark teeth. He slowly pulled out the shark muscle knife on his back, and the armed domineering quickly wrapped around the shark muscle.

    The shark muscle broadsword quickly became pitch black!

    This scene made the green pheasant''s eyes slightly surprised.

    On the sea, it''s not uncommon to be armed and domineering.

    However, in the first half of the great route, there are very few pirates who can use the armed color and domineering, and directly entangle them on the weapon.

    Many pirates in the first half of the great route may have never heard of domineering.

    Such a character...

    Now there are only 15 million rewards!

    Even one hundred and fifty million seems to be a bit unqualified!

    What makes people feel even more ironic is that such a person is just a subordinate of Uehara Naraku, and Uehara Naraku is only offering a reward of 8 million.

    These guys...

    It''s so hidden!

    "please!"

    Dry Persimmon Ghost Grinning grinned and invited Kuzan to walk to the duel arena together. The smile on his face gradually became a bit sullen: "According to Uehara-sama''s wishes, in his duel arena, the only rule is that there are no rules!"

    "It seems I am really underestimated!"

    The green pheasant couldn''t help scratching his head, followed the dry persimmon ghost shark and walked towards the wide duel arena. He couldn''t help but continued in a low voice: "Are you too strong? Or do you despise the power of others?"

    "Really confident beyond imagination!"

    The dried persimmon ghost couldn¡¯t help but glanced at the green pheasant, the smile on his face still looked a bit fierce and ferocious: "I don¡¯t underestimate anyone¡¯s power... but Uehara-sama is different... No matter how much he underestimates your Excellency, that¡¯s right. Your appreciation!"

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto, reading on mobile phones behind the scenes: https://

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click on "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 398 was my perfect performance seen through?) Read the record, and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 398ï¼š I played well, I wonâ€™t refund the ticket

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    The sea breeze is a bit noisy.

    Uehara Naraku sipped his juice, looked at the two standing in the duel, and said loudly, "Hey, I should enjoy the battle between you. If I am not satisfied, I am not only Tickets will be refunded, and people will be hit!"

    "Aren''t you... worried?"

    Nicole Robin''s eyelids trembled, and her expression still looked nervously at the tall green pheasant in the duel: "That''s the general of the Navy, and Krokdal can never compare to him!"

    "What can I worry about?"

    Uehara Naraku held the straw in his mouth, and said with ease: "I just need to be sure that I am invincible. I don''t care how strong he is!"

    "..."

    This person is really confident beyond imagination!

    Nicole Robin''s face couldn''t help showing a drop of cold sweat.

    After hearing Naraku Uehara''s words, the dried persimmon ghost shark still grinned his mouth with sharp teeth: "If it is an order from Uehara-sama to play a better game, I really dare not let him down!"

    "..."

    The green pheasant did not speak.

    For him, what happened today made him dislike.

    In addition to the fact that Nicole Robin joined a dangerous organization, another reason is that as a navy general, he has to perform a battle.

    No matter what, this organization must not survive!

    The green pheasant''s gaze shifted slightly, and he glanced at Nicole Robin who was sitting next to Uehara Naruto. Staying in such an organization is also very dangerous for Nicole Robin!

    Yes.

    The purpose of the green pheasant is mainly for Nicole Robin.

    Until now, the blue pheasant was thinking about destroying this organization and letting Nicole Robin leave the dangerous person like Uehara Naraku, because only in this way can she continue to flee and live.

    The unknown organization that Robin has joined now is different from the small organizations that he has been in before. Those organizations can be destroyed at will...

    The current organization is extremely dangerous!

    This organization will definitely set off a storm of destruction of the world. In that case, the world government will never tolerate Robin who joined this organization alive.

    Taking a step back...

    Even if Robin just wants to find a hiding place, such an organization is not suitable, because maybe someone will be killed casually...

    This woman is really troublesome...

    I knew that I shouldn''t have taken up this trouble...

    While the blue pheasant was still thinking about it, the voice of Uehara Naraku reached their ears: "Hey, you can start!"

    With Uehara''s announcement, the air suddenly became serious!

    The green pheasant standing in front of the stone wall with the navy logo slowly stretched out his palm to the empty space, and an ice skate spread out from his palm, and a cloud of black domineering was slowly wrapped around the ice skate!

    The dried persimmon ghost shark standing in front of the stone wall with Akatsuki''s logo did not pay attention to what he saw, waving the shark muscle in his hand and rushed up!

    The next moment, the two suddenly collided together!

    A shock wave radiated from the confrontation between the two!

    Each of the two men are holding arms and domineering weapons in a battle, each waving the ninja in their hands and trying to attack the opponent''s weakness!

    I have to say that the height of the green pheasant is indeed dominant.

    Especially this guy is also an out-and-out monster, even if he doesn''t rely on the ability of the fruit, he can fight back and forth with the dried persimmon ghost shark!

    The two people are more and more frightened!

    The next moment, the ice blade in the hands of the green pheasant was suddenly smashed to pieces. I don''t know when the armed domineering entanglement on the ice blade gradually dissipated!

    The shark muscle of the dried persimmon ghost shark cut through the body of the green pheasant, and was dangerously avoided by him!

    Just when the blue pheasant thought he had escaped the attack, the shark muscle sword came back to life suddenly, and the sharp thorns spread to his shoulder!

    This is the domineering shark muscle with armed color!

    The armed color domineering can directly ignore the elementalization and attack the body of the natural fruit ability. Even the green pheasant can only hurriedly cover his shoulder with a layer of armed color domineering, resisting the sharp spines of the shark muscle!

    What shocked the green pheasant was...

    The armed domineering that he had just covered his shoulders gradually disappeared after the shark muscle touched!

    No, or rather, sucked away!

    "this is¡­"

    The face of the green pheasant changed.

    The admiral flew back a few steps and withdrew from the attack range of the shark muscle. His brow furrowed: "A knife can absorb the domineering force of the armed color. Is it a weapon that has eaten the fruit of the devil... Little one!"

    "You guessed it!"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark brandished the shark muscle knife and pointed it at the green pheasant, and said with a light smile: "The shark muscle can indeed absorb your domineering...Although it is not as delicious as Chakra''s, it can be considered to be able to eat it after all?"

    A glimmer of confidence flashed across the face of Gan Shi Guiyu, and he continued with a smile: "After all, I can follow Uehara-sama. Even if you are a general of the Navy, you shouldn''t be too despised of my small role!"

    "Well, it makes sense..."

    The green pheasant nodded slowly. He spread out his palms calmly and said softly, "I should apologize to you for this. I really shouldn''t judge a person because of appearance...IceBall!"

    In the next moment, icicles burst out of the palm of the green pheasant!

    These icicles rushed in the direction of the dried persimmon ghost shark instantly, and masses of cold air appeared in the air they passed by. When these icicles hit the enemy, they would freeze the enemy into ice **** instantly!

    "Shui Dun¡¤Water Front Wall!"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark quickly closed his palm to form a seal, and a cloud of water gushed out of his mouth and turned into a wall of water, blocking the icicles coming!

    In the next moment, the water wall was directly frozen!

    "It seems to be the ninja from Wano Country?"

    The green pheasant watched the action of the dried persimmon ghost shark just now, and couldn''t help but frown again: "It''s more troublesome than I thought!"

    "No, it should be your Excellency that is the trouble for me!"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark gripped the shark muscles again, and the ice gun that turned the water wall into pieces directly smashed into pieces, rushing in the direction of the green pheasant!

    The dried persimmon ghost shark waved the shark muscle in his hand and rushed up, his face showed a grim smile: "I really miss Mr. Itachi...If he is still there, maybe I won''t have to face your troublesome opponent now. !"

    "Mr. Itachi..."

    The green pheasant heard a very weird name, a bit like their kind, Mr. Itachi, should be the code name for a character they organized.

    But soon the green pheasant will have no time to think like this!

    Because the speed of this guy is faster than expected, the weird ninja sword in his hand that can absorb the domineering, it is also very difficult for people to deal with...

    If it''s an ordinary person...

    No, in other words, if there is no special fruit ability, those lieutenants who only like swordsmanship and physical skills will almost be perfectly restrained in the face of ghost sharks.

    Even if it has fruit power, it¡¯s useless...

    The information of the lieutenants is almost semi-public.

    This person called Dry Persimmon Ghost Shark, he himself is very domineering, plus he can absorb the dominance of others...

    It is unimaginable!

    No, in addition to absorbing domineering, it seems to be able to absorb physical energy, because the green pheasant just felt that his physical exertion seemed to have accelerated slightly.

    Among all the lieutenants in the navy headquarters, the only person who can suppress this dry persimmon ghost by relying on domineering and physical skills is probably only the person who is known as the strongest armed color like Lieutenant Carp?

    "Dried persimmon ghost shark, you are really surprising."

    A cloud of cold air appeared in the palm of the green pheasant. He watched the dried persimmon ghost shark rushing towards him. He kept dodge the attack of the ghost shark, and continued with the sound of the urn: "The first half of the entire great route has not been seen for a long time. A powerful pirate like you..."

    The next moment, the Qing Pheasant''s face suddenly became a little cold, he stared at the dried persimmon ghost shark that was waving its muscles and cutting to him, and continued coldly: "But you guys shouldn''t underestimate the power of the general? "

    The green pheasant suddenly squatted down on the ground. After avoiding the attack of the dried persimmon ghost shark, he stretched out his hand and landed his palm on the entire duel field!

    "Ice Age!"

    In the next moment, the body of the green pheasant suddenly turned into ice, and the ice surface instantly appeared from his hands, and quickly spread towards the entire duel field!

    A chill radiated from his body!

    In just a few seconds, the entire duel arena turned into an environment of ice and snow, which is simply unimaginable!

    Any place in the entire area is within the attack range of the green pheasant!

    This guy only relied on his own freezing ability to directly change the terrain and environment, turning this duel into his home court!

    Faced with this situation, the dried persimmon ghost shark was a little weak.

    The dry persimmon ghost shark felt a wave of cold air rushing toward his face, and frost formed on his body, and he could only cover his body with armed color.

    The ability to freeze fruit is too restrained for him!

    Because the dried persimmon ghost shark can''t perform their best water ninjutsu, any water ninjutsu will be frozen by the ice.

    Moreover, this duel field has completely become a world of ice and snow. If the ghost shark fights in this area, it needs to maintain its own armed color to avoid being frozen by the ice...

    Now, it''s a disadvantage.

    Just as the dried persimmon ghost shark closed his palms and was about to try to produce a big shark bullet and continue to attack, a voice stopped his movement.

    "Stop it, Guiyu, you have already lost."

    After Uehara Naraku stopped the ghost shark, he calmly patted his palm. He looked at Kuzan and continued with a chuckle: "As expected of the general of the navy... he can easily change the environment of the entire island. "

    After saying this, Uehara Naraku stretched out her palm and landed on the ground: "But Miss Robin wears very few clothes... I don''t want my subordinates to get sick."

    "..."

    The green pheasant gave him a surprised look.

    The next moment, I saw a burst of steam from the palm of Uehara Naraku instantly, and the entire island was quickly spread and covered in just a few seconds!

    The duel field , which had just turned into a world of ice and snow, quickly began to quickly evaporate under the action of this high-temperature steam, and gradually revealed its original appearance.

    Ten seconds ago, the green pheasant showed its powerful power, which made Nicole Robin and the dried persimmon ghost shark feel a little frightened.

    However, just ten seconds later, the strength that the blue pheasant had just shown was easily resolved by Uehara Naruto, and the blue pheasant couldn''t help but feel a little shocked.

    This is not something ordinary people can do!

    What kind of fruit ability is this guy? It seems like a temperature fruit?

    On the duel arena, water mist filled.

    Uehara Naraku waved his palm, and a gust of wind swept in, blowing away all the floating mist on the duel arena, revealing everyone present.

    "It''s not a temperature fruit... it''s a more terrifying ability!"

    The blue pheasant''s gaze stared at that smile still harmlessly as Uehara Naraku, and a shadow slowly appeared on the face of the general of the navy headquarters.

    this person¡­

    Must be stronger than he thought!

    What a troublesome guy... How can Robin find such a person!

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 399 is well played, I will not refund the ticket) to read the record, and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 399ï¼š Return to the original state of the battle!

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    Faced with such a powerful enemy as the admiral, Uehara Naraku still looked relaxed.

    Even Uehara Naraku looked at Kuzan with interest, and took the initiative to ask the general of the navy headquarters if he needed help with treatment or something.

    "Mr. Kuzan, do you need me to help you recover your physical strength? To some extent, I can actually be considered a good doctor."

    This sentence is not wrong.

    Because of the existence of Star Infusion, Uehara Naraku is enough to become the strongest ship doctor in the world, in addition to life energy, it can also help restore the domineering armed look.

    Star Infusion: Consumes 10% of your current life energy and armed domineering, and replenishes a certain value of life energy and armed domineering for the target, with no cooling time.

    "Well, there is no such need."

    The blue pheasant scratched his hair and rejected Uehara Naraku''s proposal.

    As an admiral of the admiral, the green pheasant''s physical functions far exceed those of ordinary people. The time spent fighting with the dried persimmon ghost shark was not long. Except for the ice age when the entire island was transformed out of thin air, it was physically exhausting, and there was no major problem.

    "it is good¡­"

    Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly disappeared in place.

    Uehara Naraku clenched her fist, and rushed towards Kuzan almost flying, "Then we... let''s go to war now!"

    "..."

    The palm of the green pheasant suddenly spilled out a shock wave of cold air!

    This cold air penetrated the air almost in the blink of an eye, and fell on Uehara Naraku, but it did not cause any hindrance to Uehara Naraku!

    Uehara Naraku also possesses the freezing ability in his body. As the same ability, the freezing fruit ability of the blue pheasant will not have any effect on him at all!

    Nairo Uehara hooked the corners of her mouth, suddenly spread her palms, and said with a chuckle, "You must like this trick very much..."

    The next moment, a cloud of magma burst out of Uehara Naraku''s palm!

    This scene changed the face of the blue pheasant again, and there was a dark cloud in his eyes, because it happened that the power used by Uehara Naraku was what he hated the most.

    "Can you still use the abilities of that fellow Sakaski?"

    "This is the ability of your colleague, General Aka Inu, don''t you like it?"

    Uehara Naruko waved the magma to the blue pheasant. The magma burst into thick smoke and instantly dispersed in the air, like raindrops!

    A cold air erupted from the green pheasant, and he waved his hand to quickly cool down the dripping magma rain, and it all froze!

    Just as the blue pheasant easily resolved this trick, his face suddenly became serious again, because he saw Uehara Naraku''s body turned into a golden light!

    this is¡­

    General Huang Yuan¡¯s shining fruit ability!

    "How should I say that sentence..."

    Uehara Naraku''s body was shrouded in golden light, the next moment his figure turned into a beam of light and suddenly appeared beside the blue pheasant and kicked the blue pheasant in the chest: "Have you been kicked by the speed of light? Right?"

    "..."

    The green pheasant just silently raised his arm to block the blow!

    At this moment, the green pheasant was in a very bad mood. As the three major navy generals, the green pheasant knew very well how tricky the yellow ape''s ability was!

    I didn''t expect...

    Uehara Naraku can still use the shining fruit ability!

    Isn''t this guy capable of using all natural fruits?

    The corners of Uehara Naraku''s mouth hooked, and the figure suddenly turned into a ball of flashes and disappeared, and these flashes floated in the air again to gather!

    "Actually I really like the ability of General Huang Yuan..."

    Uehara Naraku''s figure reappeared, and a golden light was pinched between his two fingers, and he suddenly threw it towards the blue pheasant''s position!

    Countless dazzling light bullets fell from the sky!

    The power of every light bullet cannot be underestimated!

    Every light bomb landing can quickly cause a violent explosion!

    The body of the green pheasant turned into ice, erected an ice shield and appeared in front of him, whispering to himself: "This is really troublesome... even Polusalino''s eight feet Qiong Gouyu Is it all available?"

    The problem is a bit big!

    Why do people with this ability stay in the first half of the great route!

    Shouldn''t it be a pirate who is powerful enough to use the ability of many natural fruits to go to the new world? Why is it still in such a place!

    "Uehara Naraku."

    The green pheasant raised his head and looked at Naruko Uehara in the air, and asked directly, "What is the point of staying in the first half of the Great Route?"

    "Of course it is for Mr. Klockdal!"

    There was a solemn expression on Nairo Uehara''s face in the air. He looked at the blue pheasant and said seriously: "Let Mr. Krokdal become the One Piece, but my faith!"

    "..."

    The green pheasant looked at Naraku Uehara and scratched his hair: "Hey, if you want to kill Krokdal, it should be easy, right?"

    It''s all for this...

    He had already been exposed...

    Stop acting at this time!

    "Hehe, then you are wrong!"

    Uehara Naruko put up a finger and shook his head, then smiled and continued: "If one day you really see the true hidden power of Mr. Krokdal, then I believe you will be shocked for him!"

    It seemed like Krokdal was terrible.

    The green pheasant did not hear the truth, and reluctantly reached out his palm and pointed at Naraku Uehara in the air: "It seems that I can only find a way to get the secrets from you... Admiral of the Navy, but you guys don''t want to. It has to be that simple!"

    The next moment, a surging shock wave suddenly appeared!

    This is the release of armed domineering air!

    As the highest combat power of the world government, as the top three people in the justice navy, in addition to the powerful natural fruit, they also have extremely powerful domineering!

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes suddenly turned into reincarnation eyes!

    Uehara Naruto stuck out his palm, and directly absorbed the armed domineering released by the blue pheasant directly into his body!

    Nairo Uehara hooked the corners of his mouth, and said with a wry smile: "Mr. Kuzan, it''s useless to show domineering to me..."

    "Can this guy absorb domineering?"

    Kuzan stared at Naraku Uehara, and at this moment he finally recognized what enemy he had encountered, and the pupils of the navy general suddenly tightened.

    No, or say...

    The speed and method of Uehara Naraku''s absorption of domineering is more terrifying than the ghost shark!

    Because in the blue pheasant''s domineering perception, Uehara Naruko just stretched out his palm and absorbed the huge armed domineering shock wave he released!

    Where did this guy come out of the monster? Not only can he use the abilities of many natural devil fruits, he even has the ability to absorb domineering!

    If the armed color domineering is not effective against Uehara...

    Basically, there is no way to restrain Uehara¡¯s various elemental abilities, not to mention the frozen fruit ability of the blue pheasant is also invalid for Uehara Naraku...

    How does this make him fight?

    Do you really want to learn from Sakarski, no matter what enemy you encounter, you must stubbornly use your life to resist to the end?

    Obviously, when they first met, the blue pheasant knew in his heart that Uehara Naraku could not cope with it, but he did not expect that this guy seemed to be more difficult to cope with than he thought!

    It''s really... unimaginably strong!

    At this moment, the green pheasant finally understood a little bit, why would a powerful person like the dried persimmon ghost shark surrender to this man named Uehara Naraku...

    This guy perfectly restrains anyone on the great route!

    Even the blue pheasant, at this moment, I can''t even think of any other person who can defeat Uehara Naraku. These abilities alone make him hardly any weak points!

    On the great route, it is not terrible for an enemy to be strong, because no matter how strong he is, he will have his weaknesses.

    So will Uehara Naraku have weaknesses?

    The green pheasant''s eyes became slightly serious.

    Uehara Naraku looked at the blue pheasant''s gaze with interest, and whispered: "Apart from the arrogance of the armed color and the ability to freeze fruit, what else do you have? Six types of navy, won''t you show it to me?"

    "..."

    The originally calm blue pheasant finally couldn''t help but shake after hearing Uehara Naraku''s words.

    How could the Navy Type Six be useful to such an enemy?

    But now there seems to be no better way, right? Then you can only rely on pure physical skills, quietly using the armed color domineering in the battle to hit Uehara Naraku.

    The blue pheasant''s brain that was too lazy to work finally turned around. After a little estimation of his winning rate, it would be good to have a 10%!

    Just as the blue pheasant''s brain started to work, Uehara Naruto''s figure suddenly disappeared in the air, floating in front of the blue pheasant!

    Uehara Naraku tilted her head, squinted her eyes and smiled and said, "Sure enough, do I really overestimate you generals? We have only been fighting for a few minutes. Will I lose interest in fighting you soon? ?"

    Uehara Naraku''s smile suddenly became gloomy: "Mr. Kuzan, I am preparing a luxurious duel for this battle!"

    "..."

    The green pheasant shook his head slowly.

    Although the green pheasant''s mood was actually very heavy, his face gradually recovered his calmness, because life always has to go on.

    The blue pheasant''s gaze moved slightly, he saw the sea outside this dueling island, no matter what kind of demon fruit ability Uehara Naraku is...

    As long as he is capable...

    It is destined to be disgusted by the sea.

    But it¡¯s not easy to do this... because the blue pheasant is not afraid of the sea, he can freeze the sea at any time with his freezing ability let alone Uehara Naraku possesses so many powerful natural elements ability¡­

    but¡­

    Finally found a way to crack the weakness!

    "shave!"

    The figure of the blue pheasant instantly disappeared in front of Uehara Naraku!

    By stepping on the ground dozens of times in 0.36 seconds, using the counter-shock force to achieve high-speed movement magic!

    The Navy Six Form is one of the top physical skills in the world.

    It''s just that these physiques have been kept in the memory of their admiral, because the enemies they face are all solved with the devil fruit ability.

    Now, you can only use six types and armed color domineering...

    And a naval admiral has been fighting for many years of rich experience!

    Even the green pheasant never thought that one day he would be forced to give up the frozen fruit ability that he is proud of and the domineering armed color that he has cultivated for many years...

    Instead, they want to return to the most primitive state of the battle.

    "Well, I haven''t used it for many years..."

    An afterimage was drawn across the body of the green pheasant, and appeared behind Uehara Naraku like a teleport. His fingers suddenly landed on Uehara Naraku''s body!

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto, reading on mobile phones behind the scenes: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 400 returns to the original state of the battle! (third more)) to read the record, and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 400ï¼š How could the admiral be your spy!

    "Point to the gun!"

    Blue Pheasant''s fingers are about to penetrate Uehara Naraku''s body!

    However, Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly disappeared in front of the blue pheasant, causing the blue pheasant''s finger spear to fall into the empty space. At this moment, the blue pheasant''s eyes tightened!

    Uehara Naraku''s figure appeared on the side of the blue pheasant, and his fingers fell on the blue pheasant''s head. He squinted and smiled and said, "It just so happens that I also know a similar trick. Would you like Mr. Kuzan to try it? ?"

    Although Uehara Naraku seemed to be asking for the opinions of the blue pheasant, his actions did not hesitate at all!

    Uehara Naraku''s fingertips, a splash of water splashed!

    This water spray suddenly shot through the head of the green pheasant, and the body of the admiral of the navy turned into a cloud of ice and fell on the ground!

    next moment.

    Qing Pheasant''s body slowly recovered from the ice.

    The resting area of ??the duel arena.

    Just as Uehara Naraku and the Aoyama General were fighting fiercely, or when Uehara Nara unilaterally suppressed the Aoshima, the dried persimmon ghost shark slowly drank the juice.

    The surprise on Nicole Robin¡¯s face never disappeared.

    Although she knows that Uehara Naraku has enough strength to fight against the blue pheasant, now she only sees Uehara Naraku completely suppressing the navy general...

    In other words, the green pheasant is almost helpless!

    At least from the current point of view, the blue pheasant has been in a state of being beaten, and even walking like a stroll in the leisure garden of Uehara Naraku, the blue pheasant still seems a little embarrassed.

    "Mr. Ghost..."

    Nicole Robin watched the two people fighting on the duel arena in the distance, and couldn''t help but ask: "What is the ability of Mr. Naraku?"

    "Who knows!"

    The dried persimmon ghost ghost pondered for a while, then grinned and said, "If you really want to say something, you can treat him as a **** walking in the world..."

    "God?"

    Nicole Robin''s eyes flashed.

    in the duel field.

    The battle of ¡¡¡¡ Qing Pheasant was completely crushed.

    Because he wants to defeat Uehara Naraku, the only way is to use his rich combat experience to find a chance to defeat Uehara Naraku...

    But Uehara Naraku has never given a chance!

    This battle was undoubtedly the most frustrated one Qing Pheasant fought. No matter it was facing any enemy, he had never felt his powerlessness like now.

    "A boring battle."

    Uehara Naraku''s palm caught Kuzan''s throat.

    The next moment, Uehara Naraku''s eyes suddenly turned into natural reincarnation eyes, and quickly extracted the armed domineering from Kuzan!

    Just when Kuzan thought that Naraku Uehara was about to kill himself, and hurriedly prepared for elementalization to get out of trouble, he felt the domineering in his body quickly drain out!

    This guy is absorbing his domineering!

    After ¡¡¡¡ Qing Pheasant''s body temporarily lost its dominance, it was completely reduced to a large sandbag, and could no longer carry out any effective resistance.

    "Mr. Kuzan, you have already lost."

    Uehara Naraku condensed a group of armed domineering on the hand of Kuzan with a strong punch, knocking the tall man to the ground with one punch!

    The green pheasant lay on the ground on his back.

    This navy general is in an unprecedented panic.

    "Let''s go."

    Uehara Naruko picked up his collar, and then dragged the bruised admiral towards their resting area.

    Qing Pheasant didn¡¯t care about his own image, but looked up at Uehara and asked, ¡°Hey, Uehara Naraku, what is the real purpose of you guys? What is the purpose of keeping Robin in your organization?¡±

    He can''t resist now anyway.

    And it''s life or death, so I can''t help myself for the time being.

    In that case, why not go back to the original point? See if you can ask the truth before you die.

    By the way...

    also see if this is Robin¡¯s home.

    The only troublesome place? Even if this is no longer Nicole Robin''s home, and even want to use her to do some dangerous things? Qing Pheasant can''t help her.¥¡ÐÂ¥ä~¢à~1~ÖÐÎÄÍø¦Ø¦Ø¦Ø.¦Ö~¢¸~1z§ë.c¨°§Þ

    The blue pheasant did not hear Uehara Naraku¡¯s answer? So he could only continue to ask: "Hey, Uehara Naraku? You guy doesn¡¯t know Nicole Robin¡¯s past, right?

    So far, all organizations in the ocean that have a relationship with Nicole Robin have perished? Only she has survived..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku heard this? Finally couldn''t help but turn around and said: "Mr. Kuzan, those organizations that Nicole Robin once joined, weren''t you secretly eliminating them?"

    "There is also a part, right?"

    Green Pheasant scratched his head, and whispered in response: "Anyway, that woman was born lonely? There is nothing to do with her? O''Hara is like this, Sauro is like this, and you are no exception..."

    After the green pheasant said this, he said, "Since the age of eight, the woman Nicole Robin has used her clever mind to mix into some organizations? As her hiding place, she personally promoted Those organizations fell...

    Although her strength is not as good as yours? But her brain is very smart; no matter what your purpose is, she will surely mess up your plan; I think you should kick her out? Let that woman fend for herself in the ocean. ! "

    "Oh."

    Uehara Naraku nodded carelessly, and then suddenly touched his chin: "Go to join an organization? Then mess up the organization''s plan? Finally destroy the organization..."

    After Uehara Naraku thought for a while? Nodded slowly and said, "Why do I feel this approach is a bit familiar..."

    As for the green pheasant, it¡¯s dangerous...

    Where is Nicole Robin dangerous?

    To tell the truth, the members of Akatsuki are much more dangerous than Nicole Robin!

    It happened that they also arrived at the rest area, Uehara Naruko threw Kuzan in his hand to the ground, and sat on the stone chair.

    Nicole Robin naturally heard their conversation, her face was pale, and there was a hint of horror in her eyes.

    Just as Nicole Robin looked nervous, Uehara Naruko spoke in a leisurely manner and asked: "Hey, Robin, is your past really like what he said?"

    "¡­¡­"

    After a long silence.

    Nicole Robin finally nodded slowly.

    "Yes."

    "Well¡­"

    Uehara Naraku touched her chin, and suddenly said: "Then when I am in the future, I want to send you to join a pirate group to go undercover, would you like to go?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Nicole Robin was silent for a while.

    The woman finally nodded slowly and said, "If it is Naraku-sama''s order, I will implement it seriously."

    "very good."

    Uehara Naraku patted her on the shoulder, and a smile appeared in her eyes: "So... how about I give you a reward now?"

    "Ok?"

    Nicole Robin looked up suspiciously.

    Uehara Naraku suddenly appeared in the hand of an ice skate. The ice skate in his hand was placed on Nicole Robin''s shoulder, only an inch from her neck!

    Kuzan''s eyes suddenly tightened!

    He didn''t expect Naraku Uehara to be such a brazen killer!

    "Mr. Naraku..."

    Nicole Robin''s eyes flustered for a second, and then she recovered her composure: "What do you mean by this?"

    "Means nothing."

    Uehara Naraku slowly melted the ice skates into steam. He sat calmly on his chair, leaned his legs on the table, and slowly said: "Just now when I wanted to kill you, you didn''t notice Ku Does Mr. Zan¡¯s expression?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Nicole Robin looked back with lingering fear, but only saw the admiral''s face slightly complicated.

    Seventeen years ago, at that time she was still living in her hometown of O''Hara, and her only friend at the time was a lieutenant admiral named Sauro.

    It''s a pity that O''Hara was ordered by the world government to kill demons because he was forbidden to study the historical text, and suffered a disaster.

    One of the people leading the team is the green pheasant in front of him.

    It''s just that after killing her friend Sauro, the pheasant respected Sauro''s wish and promised to let Nicole Robin go.

    The relationship between two people...

    In fact, it''s quite complicated, with grudges and gratitudes.

    Uehara Naraku calmly spread out her palms, and whispered softly, "Well, Mr. Kuzan, stop acting in front of me..."

    Why does someone always perform in front of him...

    These people don''t even know, is he the real actor?

    Uehara Naraku stretched out her hand and took out her juice and waved her hand: "Forget it, you can solve your problems internally in the future. Anyway, some members of our organization like watching theaters, especially the stories. , The more they like it!"

    "Mr. Naraku, what does this mean?"

    Nicole Robin opened her mouth in a little surprise. She couldn''t help but lowered her head and glanced at Kuzan on the ground, and whispered: "Are you trying to make a navy admiral defect? ??How is this possible? ¡­"

    "how could be?"

    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and said with a smile: "This is an admiral, how much information can he provide us in the future... It would be too wasteful to let him defect!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Nicole Robin¡¯s expression changed from shock to subtle. At this moment, her gaze on Naraku Uhara was a little impolite.

    This guy¡­

    is so whimsical!

    How could a navy admiral be Akatsuki''s spy!

    Blue Pheasant heard Uehara Naraku''s words next to him, and suddenly spoke slowly: "As long as you are willing to believe me, of course..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Nicole Robin''s eyelids trembledFirst post www.(x81zw)m./x81zw/

    Although the lie of the Qing pheasant sounds really perfunctory, you must be stubborn anyway, this is also too spineless!

    After all, a general of the navy headquarters, how could he be a spy for a small organization, or he wanted to take the opportunity to be a double spy, waiting for the opportunity to gather information for the navy.

    Nicole Robin immediately found a chance to fight back against the green pheasant. This admiral has been deliberately poking her scars for 17 years...

    Now it¡¯s the reincarnation of heaven...

    Nicole Robin was even a little lucky that she joined Akatsuki.

    Nicole Robin looked at Naraku Uehara and spoke softly: "Mr. Naraku, the admiral of the navy headquarters, Ao-pheasant, came from a naval training camp!

    Also, Admiral Green Pheasant is a disciple of former Navy Admiral Zefa. It is said that he is most likely to succeed the next Admiral of the Navy, and has some ignorant loyalty to the world government.

    This kind of person is absolutely impossible to truly agree to be our spy. I guess he wants to take the opportunity to escape back and get our information! "

    After finishing speaking, Nicole Robin slowly stretched out his finger, a cold stern flashed across his face: "Mr. Naraku, let me kill him!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Qing Pheasant''s expression is subtle.

    In the O''Hara incident, he let this woman go, but now he is about to die in the hands of this woman?

    It seems...

    is also acceptable?

 Chapter 401ï¼š General Green Pheasant Forced to Surrender

    eally sad.

    The story of this world is also terrible.

    Green Pheasant, the admiral has always wanted Nicole Robin to follow the wishes of his old friends, find a partner who depends on each other, and live well; Nicole Robin wants to kill the Green Pheasant now and avenge Sauro.

    Nicole Robin looked at the green pheasant, her expression was a little excited, her eyes gradually accumulated mist, and tears fell down her cheeks little by little!

    "Sauro is my only friend!"

    The woman suddenly wiped the tears from her face, and her voice gradually became a little gloomy: "Master Green Pheasant, I never dared to think about this idea. Today, I have a chance to kill you. Sauro¡¯s demon..."

    Yes, I never dared to think about it.

    Nicole Robin knew that she could not be the opponent of the green pheasant anyway, so she never dared to think of revenge, so she could only steal her life like a mouse.

    Once she finds someone is chasing her, she will run away.

    "pretty good."

    The green pheasant looked up at the azure blue sky and slowly said: "I didn''t expect it, do you still remember Sauro? Then kill me now, so you won''t have to bear hatred anymore. Right?"

    After talking about this, the blue pheasant suddenly looked at Uehara Naraku and said: "Hey, Uehara Naraku, you shouldn''t let me go? This is the tomb for me, right? Before I die, let me and Ni Can Robin say a few words alone?"

    "...Yes."

    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, and when he left temporarily with the dried persimmon, his mouth twitched slightly.

    after the two of them left.

    The green pheasant slowly sat up, looked at Nicole Robin who looked nervous for an instant, and said softly: "Don''t be nervous, I can''t do it. Now I am defeated. There is only one death, instead of dying in their hands. It''s better to die in your hands."

    "What do you want to tell me?"

    The expression on Nicole Robin''s face is still very alert.

    Green Pheasant raised his head to look at Nicole Robin, his voice suddenly lowered: "The giant who fought for O''Hara seventeen years ago, Haguwal D. Sauro is my good friend."

    "what?"

    Nicole Robin''s expression changed.

    Back then, she saw the green pheasant kill Sauro with her own eyes! At this moment, Nicole Robin suddenly understood why the blue pheasant would release her from O''Hara...

    The expression on the green pheasant is still indifferent, and his voice is getting lower and lower: "I followed his will to release you from O''Hara''s island, and I have the obligation to keep an eye on your life. I have been observing all these years. To you.

    Seventeen years have passed. You haven''t changed much. You never wanted to find a place to stay. On the contrary, after hearing that someone was chased by someone, you would betray your companions and run away? I thought you would also run away after seeing me this time. Betray them and run away alone.

    Now you haven''t escaped? Maybe you have seen their powerful power? Maybe you have really found a place to stay. I should be happy for you.

    But that Uehara Naraku is very dangerous..."

    When it comes to this? The green pheasant suddenly rubbed his head and interrupted his words: "Well? Forget it? Anyway, at least you have found a place, so don''t let Sauro down. Live it!"

    "As long as you are alive, O''Hara will not perish."

    After ¡¡¡¡ finished speaking? The green pheasant sitting on the ground? His back slightly buckled, and his head slowly dropped: "I''m done. Now kill me!"

    This is the last words of the green pheasant.

    For so many years, he has been watching Nicole Robin, for fear that the little girl he had let go would die in the sea. The fastest computer terminal of the new 81 Chinese website: https://www.@x81zw@@

    About...

    He thinks of Nicole Robin as a daughter, right?

    Or rather? It is also an atonement for the navy''s sins in O''Hara.

    Who knows!

    This is the guy who wants to give people warmth the most in the world, but he just got the coldest fruit in the world? This is really ironic.

    "Blue Pheasant..."

    After listening to Qing pheasant''s last words, Nicole Robin slowly clenched her fists? A layer of mist reappeared in her eyes.

    Nicole Robin shook his head abruptly, and said in a deep voice: "I can''t betray Akatsuki... Green Pheasant? You surrender to us!"

    Nicole Robin looked at the green pheasant? Continued: "What did Uehara Naraku say just now that you were a navy spy to tease you? He will never let you go back to leak the news!

    But as long as you are willing to surrender and stay with me at dawn, Uehara Naraku will definitely not kill you. Everyone in this organization treats him like a god!

    Uehara Naraku also thought that he was a real god, manipulating this world, he is such a proud person, as long as you are willing to surrender, he will definitely accept you as an admiral, because this is a toy for him to show off. ¡­"

    "It is impossible for the navy general to surrender."

    The green pheasant bowed his head and rejected Robin¡¯s proposal. His voice was more stubborn and cold: "When I was defeated, I would have died here. Let¡¯s do it, Nicole Robin. I leave in peace."

    "¡­¡­"

    Nicole Robin was silent.

    Nicole Robin knelt in front of him abruptly and looked up at Kuzan. Her voice suddenly became agitated, tears dripping on her cheeks.

    "Don''t just say death so easily! For seventeen years I have been worried about someone chasing me every day, but I have been trying hard to live!"

    "Is really a bad girl..."

    The green pheasant stretched out his palm and stroked Nicole Robin''s hair. His forever cold face showed a relieved smile: "I haven''t been able to look at you well, now I have grown up obviously, then Don''t play kid''s temper anymore..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Nicole Robin lowered her head and wiped her tears.

    At this moment, all the grievances of seventeen years have been eliminated here.

    Nicole Robin knew everything that the man in front of her had done for her, and now she just wanted the green pheasant to survive, even if she lived as strenuously as she did before.

    Nicole Robin can understand the pride of the admiral...

    But she still wants to let the green pheasant survive, even if it is humiliating alive.

    Just as the blue pheasant wanted to continue to say something, he saw Naruko Uehara looking at them in the distance, showing a mysterious smile.

    No, that guy is weird!

    Qing Pheasant¡¯s expression suddenly changed, and his indifference was restored: "Nicole Robin, hurry up, I don¡¯t have the strength in my body, so I can¡¯t kill myself..."

    "Don''t worry about your death!"

    Uehara Naraku¡¯s palm fell on Nicole Robin¡¯s shoulder, and a smile appeared at the corner of his mouth. He looked at the blue pheasant and said, "Actually, you two are wrong. What I said is true. , As long as you agree to be my spy, I will let you go."

    After saying this, Uehara Naraku ignored the consternation of Nicole Robin and Aoi Pheasant, and reached out and rubbed his forehead: "It''s a headache. If I want to threaten your loyalty to me, I can''t find anything. People can be hostages..."

    After Uehara Naraku said this, he looked at the blue pheasant, and his face suddenly showed a weird smile: "Am I going to use your teacher Zefa to threaten you? You must know that, the general Zefa must not be. My opponent...

    And what about your Smogg guarding in Roguetown? Is he your friend? But I don¡¯t think you, an indifferent fellow, may care about them..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Qing Pheasant''s expression has not changed.

    Actually, I feel a little flustered.

    Because the two people mentioned by Uehara Naraku are really one of the few people he cares about most, especially his teacher, General Zefa.

    Uehara Naraku lowered his head and thought for a while, then suddenly stretched out his palm towards the dried persimmon ghost, and a cloud of green energy was pulled out of the dried persimmon ghost!

    That was the soul contract he signed with the dried persimmon ghost!

    Although the call of fate has been exchanged for Chakra energy by him, the soul contract is still on him and the ghost!

    Uehara Naraku waved the dark green energy to the ground, and a short green spear fell in front of the blue pheasant: "If you don''t want them to die with you, pick up this dark spear! "

    Dark Spear: Provide a cooperation agreement to others through the Dark Spear. If they accept the agreement, the Dark Spear will enter their bodies and bind their souls. If they betray the contract, the soul of the betrayer will be Be included in the Spear of Darkness to strengthen its power. (Only one person can be bound, and it can be released automatically.)

    "¡­¡­"

    Green Pheasant fell silent.

    The dried persimmon ghost sighed quietly.

    Nicole Robin whispered to persuade him next to him: "Blue pheasant, follow his orders first. No one among Akatsuki''s members will resist his orders... If he is provoked, he will definitely do what he said. of!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Green Pheasant slowly stretched out his palm.

    Nicole Robin is right, no matter what, he must first find a way to stabilize Uehara Naraku.

    The next moment, he slowly grasped the dark spear composed of green energy on the ground.

    When the green pheasant held the spear of darkness, a faint green energy wrapped around their bodies, and a godly sigh appeared in their ears.

    The oath has been signed.

    "Even if you are an admiral, as long as you betray our agreement, you will die immediately, and your soul will not rest in peace."

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand to treat the body of the blue pheasant, and then continued softly: "In this case, even if you betray me, there is no chance of divulging my information."

    After speaking, Naraku Uehara looked at the blue pheasant, and his face showed a smile again: "Don''t be so cold on your face, be happy. At least if that is the case, you can also take this opportunity to monitor me and even persuade me. Give up some wrong ideas..."

    Uehara Naraku really makes sense.

    After becoming at least this guy''s person, he can monitor his every move and stop his dangerous actions.

    Qing Pheasant''s expression eased slightly, he raised his head and asked aloud: "Then can you tell me now, can you tell me your true identity and true purpose?"

    "Our true identity is Akatsuki, which means to bring the hope of dawn to this world." First published https://(www) https://m/.x81zw./com/

    After Uehara Naraku introduced his identity with a serious expression, he spread out his palm and continued: "Of course, our apparent identity is an employee of the Baroque Job Club The main purpose is to let the world know Klock. The horror of Mr. Dahl!

    We want the whole world to know that Mr. Krokdal is the most terrifying pirate in the world, and he is the man most likely to become the one piece! "

    "Sorry, stop for a moment..."

    The blue pheasant couldn''t help scratching his head, looked at Naraku Uehara and asked, "Well, can I ask, do you have hatred with Krokdal?"

    Is this going to kill Klockdal?

    This kind of method of spreading terror and spreading fear is only done by little pirates who want to make a name for themselves!

    Krokdal, a well-known pirate who has been canonized as the King of Seven Martial Seas and has a great reputation, if he dares to do so, he will decide to provoke a group of powerful enemies!

    Why these two men, who obviously have such a strong strength, really squatted in a small place like the Baroque Workplace to entrap Klockdal!

    What the **** is doing this for...

    If there is a grudge, can''t you just kill him secretly?

    "There should be no grudges, right?"

    Uehara Naruko turned his head and glanced at Nicole Robin: "Hey, Robin, has Mr. Klockdale said anything bad about me? For example, treat me as an experiment?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Nicole Robin thought for a while, shook his head and said, "No, Krokdal just said, he treats you employees as a disposable tool."

    "Then now I have an enmity with him."

 Chapter 402ï¼š Another injured general

    Uehara Naraku is really innocent.

    Obviously, he joined the Baroque Work Club to entrap the sand crocodile Krokdal, but now he speaks as if he and the sand crocodile just had a vengeance.

    And this person''s heart is too small!

    "Well, the Krokdal thing is your evil taste!"

    The green pheasant rubbed his forehead and continued to ask helplessly, "Then what do you want me to provide? I am performing lazy justice. I don''t know much about navy affairs, and Malin Vandor doesn''t seem to have any idea about it. Value you..."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku thought for a while, then shook his head.

    At least now, it seems that he really doesn¡¯t need the admiral to do anything. After all, they are just a small organization dormant...

    Even if the pharmacist is lurking in the navy, there is no need to use the green pheasant for the time being, because the current pharmacist is only a third-class soldier...It is estimated that when the pharmacist is to be promoted to the position of lieutenant admiral in the future, the green pheasant will be needed. !

    Green Pheasant, this chess piece...

    What I need now is to hide.

    Maybe if he manipulates the red dog in the future, this chess piece can become a marshal?

    "Let''s hibernate first!"

    Uehara turned his head and looked at the black wall with red auspicious clouds. He waved his hand casually and said, "A general of the navy headquarters can''t be used for trivial things. When I need it, I will send someone to find you. of."

    "Well¡­"

    Green Pheasant scratched his head and sighed casually: "It seems that when you look for me, it may be a big trouble!"

    "maybe¡­"

    After ¡¡¡¡ finished speaking, Uehara Naraku slowly stretched out his palm, and a golden light flew out of his fingertips, and suddenly shot through the other white wall painted with peaceful seagulls.

    Uehara Naraku''s face suddenly showed a smile: "Mr. Kuzan, in order to avoid you being too lonely in the navy, I will try my best to find more companions for you in the navy..."

    "Ok?"

    Green Pheasant raised his head suspiciously.

    The admiral thought for a second, and immediately understood what Uehara Naraku meant. Is this guy going to continue to attack the admiral or even the admiral?

    And watching Uehara Naraku¡¯s actions just now...

    His next goal...could not be General Huang Yuan!

    To be honest, Qing Pheasant suddenly felt that Huang Yuan, who would be ambiguous in everything, could really step on two boats.

    After all, Huang Yuan...

    has always had no discipline.

    If the three generals of the navy headquarters in the future, two of them are spies for Naraku Uehara, their marshal Sengoku and colleague Akagi will go crazy directly?

    Porcupine...

    Porcupine...

    Just as the blue pheasant was trying to say something, the phone worm on his body suddenly rang. Under Uehara''s playful eyes, the blue pheasant reached out and connected to his phone worm.

    This is the call of the Navy Marshal Sengoku.

    "Kuzan, where are you now?"

    There was a hint of anxiety in the voice of the Marine Marshal Sengoku: "Portcas D. Ace rejected the invitation of the King Qiwuhai. When Polusalino rushed to capture him in Champagne in advance, Ace was called The pirates of Uchiha Sasuke were saved!

    The **** pirate named Uchiha Sasuke actually sank a small shampoo island directly, and Polusalino was seriously injured in order to protect the three Denonians!

    The pirate named Uchiha Sasuke is a member of the Pirates of Spades. You immediately return to Malin Vando. We need to reformulate our plan to capture the entire Pirates of Spades! "

    This is not to blame Senguo for being anxious.

    The original plans for the Warring States Period are all well prepared.

    As long as Portgas D. Ace accepts the invitation of the king, Qiwuhai, then nothing will happen; but if the guy refuses the invitation, then send a general and Lieutenant General Karp to get people in. The Great Undersea Prison.

    It''s good now, not only did the person fail to catch it? Even a navy admiral was injured? More importantly, the pirate who injured the admiral also joined the Pirate of Spades!

    "...Um, I see."

    Green Pheasant hung up the phone Worm? His brows frowned slightly.

    Is there something wrong with this sea? He was just beaten here by Naru Uehara and was helpless to fight back. The Yellow Ape on the other side was also injured...

    Green Pheasant turned his head and glanced at the people present? Only saw the three Uehara Naruko around listening to his phone bug, their expressions seemed a little strange.

    Happening¡­

    There seems to be something wrong?

    Porcupine...

    Porcupine...

    Uehara Naraku reached out to support her forehead? When did she seem to want to say something to the blue pheasant? The phone bug on his body also rang, and it was Uchiha Sasuke.

    "Hey, Uehara, under the arrangement of Heijue? I have successfully joined the Pirates of Spades? These guys have a bad brain and don''t doubt me at all."

    Sasuke Uchiha seemed to be in a bad mood. When he talked about the Pirates of Spades, his voice sounded full of disgust: "Because I joined as a ninja and a swordsman, and that was called Ai The guy from Si seems to be very interested in ninjutsu? They have been pestering me, and there is really no time to contact you guys."

    The people on the ocean are always interested in novel things.

    A ninja like Uchiha Sasuke? Of course, Ace would not give up this kind of crew, and Sasuke received a warm welcome when he joined the Pirates of Spades.

    Uehara Naraku was silent for a while? He spoke softly, "But I just heard that you wounded the head of the navy general, Huang Ape, and almost killed three Celestials... Isn''t anyone in the Pirates of Spades doubting you?"

    "do not worry."

    Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s voice added a touch of indifference: "I joined the Pirates of Spades for two days? I became the deputy captain of this ship... I can take charge of most things on this ship."

    Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s voice became more and more disgusting: "And these guys'' brains...do they really suspect something like that? Now they are pestering me every day to learn ninjutsu... Do I have to lurk in these idiots? The guy¡¯s IQ is not as good as Naruto¡¯s idiot!"

    to be frank.

    Uchiha Sasuke is really disgusted now.

    Although the members of the ¡¡¡¡ Xiao organization are quite funny? But most of them are online IQ? The members of the Pirate of Spades group have no IQ at all!

    If I saw a navy ship before, I fled...

    even saw a second lieutenant female navy pursued and fled...

    As a result, when facing the attack on the general of the navy headquarters in Shampoo, the group of guys urged their captain to challenge the general. After all, they are all natural fruit abilities...

    Damn, the intelligence between each other is not clear, there is no concept of the enemy''s strength, so just go directly to challenge the general?

    Result...

    Had it not been for his deputy captain to make an emergency action and use that general''s protection of the Dragon to prevent the pursuit, the Pirates of Spades might be forced to disband today!

    A group of mentally retarded.

    Among this group of mentally retarded people, Sasuke Uchiha, an obvious and reliable guy, seems a bit out of the ordinary. The deputy captain is actually the nanny of the Pirates.

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku fell silent.

    Some people in this world are indeed simpler than imagined. They will never doubt their companions, so they are easy to use.

    However, Uchiha Sasuke is more capable than he thought!

    Why did this guy join the Pirates of Spades and become the deputy captain within a few days? He joined the Baroque job club but he was only an intermediate agent...

    Krokdal the bastard!

    Can¡¯t you learn from other Ace!

    At the very least, let him work with Naraku Uehara as the vice president of a Baroque job club! Although Nicole Robin, the vice president of Baroque Jobs, is his...

    Uehara Naraku said quietly: "Okay, then stay lurking by Ace''s side, don''t be too outrageous, this world is more powerful than you can imagine..."

    "I know."

    After Uchiha Sasuke nodded, he said in a deep voice: "That general''s Lan Dun Blood Succession is indeed very strange, and he is still a very sinister guy...

    But this time it was just his luck. I already knew his abilities. I will kill him next time I meet him again! "

    Uchiha Sasuke already knew the abilities of Shining Fruit, but he still insisted that General Huang Yuan was nothing more than an ordinary Lan escape blood heir.

    "Oh, there is no need to kill the yellow ape."

    Uehara Nairobi shook his head boredly and said, "Maybe the next time I meet, he will already be our companion..."

    After speaking, Uehara Naraku glanced at the blue pheasant standing next to him, and continued: "By the way, there may be a general called the blue pheasant to chase you down. Your ability is very restrained. Remember to show mercy to his men. Because he is ours now..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Uchiha Sasuke fell silent.

    After a long time, Uchiha Sasuke said gloomily: "Uehara Naraku, you guy...you want to manipulate everyone in the world as your **** again?"

    "Not anymore."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head and sighed quietly, "How can you have such dangerous thoughts... I am a righteous person!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Uchiha Sasuke was so angry that he hung up the phone worm.

    Everyone is their own, how come Uehara Naraku is acting again?

    "Really..."

    Uehara Naraku listened to the phone worm hanging up and couldn''t help but sighed again: "We are all companions, why don''t you believe me?"

    "¡­¡­"

    There is a black line on everyone''s forehead.

    The blue pheasant stood by and listened to all the conversations between Uehara Naraku and Uchiha Sasuke. He couldn''t help scratching his hair, and couldn''t help but said, "The one who injured Polusalino... that who... Are your subordinates?"

    "Ok¡­"

    Naruto Uehara nodded, and did not deny the incident: "I think it is a junior in the family! The kid is a bit ignorant, and I have to join a pirate group to go out to the sea to be a pirate... You start when you hunt him down. Come on..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Green Pheasant fell into deep thought.

    Seriously, if he hadn''t heard it just now, he would have believed Uehara''s nonsense without thinking about it!

    It''s clear that people don''t want to stay in the Pirates of Spades, you guys have to put people in as an undercover!‡¢¸¢ÅThe full text is the fastest ¤ó¦Ó¦Ó¦Ñs:/§Þ.¦Ö°Ë¢åz§ë.c¨°§Þ/First published www.(x81zw)m./x81zw/

    Uehara Naraku...

    is really not a good thing...

    "Okay, let''s say goodbye here!"

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the blue pheasant, then at Nicole Robin, and the corners of his mouth twitched slightly: "Robin then the task of contacting the blue pheasant will be left to you..."

    "Yes."

    Nicole Robin nodded.

    Wait until they separate.

    Uehara Naraku and the dried persimmon ghosts boarded their boats.

    Nicole Robin went to bid farewell to the green pheasant alone. She raised her head and looked at the tall admiral, and said in a deep voice: "Green pheasant, you must not do stupid things in the future...no matter what happens, you must live well! "

    Once the blue pheasant does something stupid, he will definitely die!

    Nicole Robin thinks that he already knows Uehara Naraku. Such a proud person will never let go of a betrayer!

    As long as the blue pheasant really dares to betray the agreement between him and Uehara Naraku, even if the result is not as terrible as Uehara said, he will definitely be killed by Uehara!

    and Nicole Robin also saw...

    The blue pheasant has no resistance in the hands of Uehara Naraku.

    "Hmm, forget it..."

    Green Pheasant originally wanted to say something, but seeing Nicole Robin¡¯s look, he shook his head on his own.

    Two people talked about what happened in the past...

    The relationship seems to become more and more delicate.

    The next moment, Qing Pheasant stretched out his palm, and his broad palm covered Nicole Robin''s hair. The man who was not good at expressing feelings patted Robin on the head.

    "I see...you have to live well in the future...and don''t do too many dangerous things with them."

 Chapter 403ï¼š Your warship has been requisitioned by our Baroque Work Club!

    The green pheasant just thinks too much.

    What Uehara Naraku will do next is really not dangerous, not only that, but even a little leisurely, what can be dangerous when visiting a novice village!

    After the group of them separated, they each continued to rush towards their destination. Uehara Naraku also checked the reward for defeating the blue pheasant.

    Side Quest: Defeat the Navy Headquarters Green Pheasant (1/1). The mission has been completed. The reward is 150,000 points of life energy, 150,000 points of armed color domineering, and 150,000 points of sight color domineering.

    Side mission: Conquer a general-level subordinate (1/1). The mission has been completed. The reward is 100,000 points of life energy, 100,000 points of armed color domineering, and 100,000 points of sight color domineering.

    The feeling of opening and hanging is really comfortable.

    Uehara Naraku took a leisurely look at her doubled attribute before looking at the next somewhat peculiar task.

    Hidden mission: Let the coldest person in the world feel warm (1/1), the mission has been completed, the fixed reward is the psychic contract Ice Crystal Phoenix Anivia.

    psychic contract ice crystal phoenix: summons Anivia to participate in the battle, consuming 10,000 life energy.

    There is something in this system.

    can also come up with things like fixed rewards.

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but want to boast about his own system. Is it because the blue pheasant is a bird that he rewarded the ice bird''s psychic contract?

    Anyway, he doesn''t lose anyway.

    Uehara Naraku''s gaze fell on Nicole Robin. She still seemed to have a heavy heart, and she didn''t know what she had brought to her boss.

    Because of the existence of the navigator Uehara Naraku, they did not need to avoid any adverse weather at all, and quickly reached the end of their voyage.

    Whiskey Peak.

    There used to be many bounty hunters here. Most of them worked under the control of the Baroque Working Group, but they encountered a powerful pirate not long ago, and many of them were driven away.

    However, with the departure of the pirate, the bounty hunters came back here again, continuing their previous work, which is to deceive the newcomer pirates who have just entered the great sea route.

    "Trick those pirates..."

    Uehara Naraku looked at the town under the Whiskey Mountain, and couldn''t help but feel a little leisurely and fascinated: "Speaking of which we are all the same! I also like to deceive the pirates... There are so many like-minded people here, and the future life must be interesting."

    "¡­¡­"

    Nicole Robin''s eyes trembled.

    No, you are different from them.

    These guys are only deceiving the pirates who offer a reward of at most millions and tens of millions of Baileys. You can directly deceive the king Qiwuhai...

    And these bounty hunters deceived the pirates purely because they wanted to kill the pirates cleanly; Uehara Naraku deceived Krokdal, purely because he was afraid that Krokdal would die too easily...

    "From now on, this will be where we live."

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes became a little gloomy again, and he faintly continued: "If we want to leave here in the future, it is estimated that we will have to wait until Mr. Krokdal transfers us back."

    These words sounded a bit resentful.

    Dry Persimmon Guiyu and Nicole Robin couldn''t help but want to write a tragic word for Krokdal in advance.

    "That one¡­"

    Nicole Robin lifted up her hair and said softly: "Mr. Naraku and Mr. Onijiu can also act freely, because I am basically presiding over the Baroque Job Club? Klockdal rarely asks..."

    Haven''t finished saying this? Nicole Robin regrets a bit.

    Can''t you induce these two people to stay peacefully on the Whiskey Peak?

    Whiskey Mountain is so small, what can Uehara Naruto do if he falls here? What if they are allowed to act freely? God knows how much trouble they can cause in the sea! First release https://(www) https://m/.x81zw./com/

    "Then what are we still stopping here?"

    Uehara Naraku heard that he didn¡¯t need to stay here to win the trust of Krokdal? He changed his face immediately: ¡°These bounty hunters are too unskilled to do things and deceive people. I¡¯m too lazy to be with them? Set sail to Upside Down Mountain, we Go to the East China Sea!"

    "It''s so ruthless..."

    Nicole Robin couldn''t help but rubbed her forehead.

    Didn''t you just get along with these bounty hunters?

    Nicole Robin looked at Naraku Uehara? He couldn''t help but sighed and said: "Mr. Naraku? But I want to go from the great route to the world, not through the upside-down mountain;

    Because of the ocean currents, if you want to return to the four seas from the great sea route, besides abandoning the boat to climb the red earth continent? Then you have to find a way to cross the dangerous windless zone..."

    This danger is relatively speaking.

    The most dangerous of the windless belts are the Neptunes? These monsters, hundreds of meters or even thousands of meters in length, can easily shred any ship.

    For Naraku Uehara and the dried persimmon ghost shark, encountering sea kings is really not too much trouble for them.

    Unless they encounter a few thousand-meter-long sea kings, other sea kings are really not a threat to them...

    Of course? Even if it is a sea king of several kilometers, for Uehara Naraku, who has a complete body, it is just an addition to the dish.

    They stopped for a day at the Whiskey Peak.

    Nicole Robin dealt with the matter here, and after rescheduling a few former Baroque employees? Three people left here and rushed to the windless belt.

    no wind zone.

    A navy warship is moving slowly, because there is no sea breeze in the windless zone? It can only move forward with the warship''s own power.

    For the navy? Crossing the windless zone is not dangerous.

    Because there are sea tower stones placed under this navy warship? This kind of stone can make the whole warship no different from the sea, and will not attract the attention of sea kings.

    The navy on these warships did not dare to care about it. After all, the existence of the sea-loud stone would not attract the attention of the sea kings. It does not mean that they would not happen to encounter the wandering sea kings. So a naval sentry watched on the ship and watched the sea kings. The emergence of classes.

    Just as it was hot, the navy soldier suddenly felt a breeze blowing across his cheek from behind. He couldn''t help but wonder: "Hey, is the wind blowing?"

    The next moment, he reacted suddenly!

    This is a windless zone, how can it be windy!

    When the navy soldier turned his head abruptly, he saw a small boat sailing with its sails, and that boat was traveling fast downwind!

    "Colonel Tina, the wind is blowing!"

    "Colonel Tina, there is a boat!"

    The navy soldiers on the entire warship moved after hearing the wind, standing on the deck watching the boat moving faster and faster, and finally gradually approached them.

    The supreme commander of this warship is a navy colonel named Tina, who is also a Superman, Thrill Fruit.

    A **** woman with long pink hair came out. It was Colonel Tina, the commander of this warship.

    The beautiful colonel pushed aside his sunglasses, feeling a little surprised by the sea breeze: "There is no wind belt... how can there be wind... Tina has never seen this before..."

    "Perhaps the people on that boat made a ghost!"

    A navy soldier stood beside her and pointed at the boat that was getting closer and closer to the warship: "Colonel Tina, what kind of demon fruit ability is this?"

    "Tina... I don''t know."

    Colonel Beauty shook her head hesitantly, her eyes slowly fell on the boat, and she also saw the three people on the boat.

    A woman.

    a man.

    A murloc.

    "Colonel Tina!"

    The people around him also saw the three people, and he immediately remembered the wanted notice issued not long ago: "Nicole Robin, the son of the devil who offers a reward of 80 million Baileys, and 15 million Bailey''s Sharkman dried persimmons. Ghost shark, and the pirate who offered a reward of eight million Baileys!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Tina saw that the weakest little pirate on the boat squinted her eyes, smiled and waved hello, the beautiful colonel suddenly had a violent look on her face!

    Tina immediately issued an order to attack the boat: "Catch them! Although they don''t seem to be bad people, they did violate the law!"

    This Colonel Tina must have no idea that Admiral Qing pheasant was beaten into a dog by someone she considered the weakest not long ago...Even if this Colonel Tina knew, she would still attack without hesitation!

    On the boat.

    Nicole Robin was sitting in a chair reading a book, and Uehara Naraku and the dried persimmon ghosts were sipping juice leisurely. It was the strong wind he created that pushed the boat forward in the windless zone.

    When passing by a navy ship.

    Uehara Naraku also saw the pink long-haired **** colonel on the warship, and he gave the beautiful colonel a sunny smile.

    Just when they thought this encounter was about to end, black spears suddenly attacked the boat!

    That was created by the power of the Superman series¡¤Threshold Fruit!

    These black spears are all as hard as steel, and they are fired from the cannon again, enough to penetrate this boat easily!

    The dried persimmon ghost shark instantly put down his juice, closed his palms and quickly sealed, trying to prevent their boat from being destroyed!

    "Hey, forget it!"

    Uehara Naraku grabbed the arm of the ghost shark, shook his head and said, "It''s not worth it for this boat. Since people want to send it off, let''s change it!"

    Uehara Naraku just prepared a big ship to looting in the East China Sea, but this ship is indeed too small, even Nami''s orange tree may not be able to put it down!

    After hearing Naraku Uehara''s opening, Nicole Robin raised her head subconsciously, with a string of question marks on her face. What is wrong with this?

    next moment.

    This small boat was instantly penetrated by black iron guns!

    The warship that chased down this boat also took this opportunity to catch up. With a bit of a cigarette, Captain Tina of the Navy Headquarters was about to announce that the group of Uehara Naraku had been arrested: "Tina announced that you pirates have been... "¥¡ÐÂ¥ä~¢à~1~ÖÐÎÄÍø¦Ø¦Ø¦Ø.¦Ö~¢¸~1z§ë.c¨°§Þ

    "Your warship has been requisitioned by our Baroque Work Agency."

    Uehara Naraku on the boat interrupted Tina. He took a sip of the juice in his hand and looked at the navy colonel with a gloomy face: "I didn''t expect that there are people on this sea who dare to attack our Baroque. People from the work club!"

 Chapter 405ï¼š How can the domineering and domineering look cooler than being behind the scenes?

    The navy left their warship with an ugly look.

    The mood of these navies is really not very good. Every navy has the name of the Baroque Working Group in his heart bitterly.

    Just before Tina disembarked, she stopped in front of Uehara Naraku, and tried to save Uehara Naraku: "Hey, don''t do those dangerous things, Tina must..."

    "Colonel Tina."

    Uehara Naraku interrupted Tina, and said softly: "The Baroque Work Club is leaving the Great Route this time because it wants to take the opportunity to sack the richest places in the East China Sea. New 81 Chinese website update the fastest mobile terminal: https:/

    If it is time, please rush to the naval base in this town and tell here Colonel Smogg must be careful!

    Because we got the boss¡¯s order, Colonel Smogg is the strongest among the navy officers in the East China Sea. If you want to sack the East China Sea, you must first eliminate Colonel Smogg, so we have prepared a secret weapon against him! "

    "¡­¡­"

    Tina''s expression instantly became serious.

    The next moment, after Tina nodded slowly, she left her warship, planning to immediately go to the naval base in Rogue Town to find her friend Smogg stationed here!

    Smogg is a natural type and capable of smoking fruit.

    The members of the Baroque work agency really prepared the means to deal with Smogg. That is really not very good. Smogg must be notified as soon as possible!

    If Smogg is dealt with, even if reinforcements arrive, it will be too late to prevent the Baroque Working Group from looting the East China Sea!

    "Tina got it."

    After ¡¡¡¡ Colonel Tina frowned, he hurriedly left after leaving a sentence: "Uehara Naraku, you must be careful not to be discovered by them!"

    If Uehara Naraku is true, it must be prepared in advance; if Uehara Naraku is false, it does not matter.

    But based on Tina''s observation, she thought that Uehara Naraku didn''t have to lie to her.

    Perhaps because of these days of getting along, this man named Naraku Uehara actually has the meaning of turning back, but he is still afraid of the boss of the Baroque workshop...

    after watching the beautiful colonel leave in a hurry.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark came over with a shark muscle knife on his back and couldn''t help but grinned and said: "Uehara-sama, is the navy''s IQ so low? She hasn''t found that Uehara is the most terrifying one of us for so many days! "

    "Ghost..."

    Uehara Naraku sighed quietly, "Isn''t it because of my superb performance?"

    "¡­Ok."

    The dried persimmon ghost shook his head helplessly.

    Nicole Robin walked out slowly and looked at Uehara Naraku and said softly: "Are we really going to rob the East China Sea?"

    "of course."

    Nairo Uehara nodded and continued: "I have completed the route map. The first stop is Rogge Town, the second stop is the sea restaurant Barati, the third stop? Orange Village? The fourth stop, Windmill Village... "First release https://(www) https://m/.x81zw./com/

    "¡­¡­"

    Nicole Robin''s eyelids trembled.

    What kind of road map did Uehara Naraku make!

    Is it better except for Rogge Town? How come the rest are small villages that I have never heard of? And why is there a sea restaurant inside!

    You are so strong, can¡¯t you be a little more generous? I really don''t understand? How much money can there be in this kind of place!

    "All right."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the dried persimmon ghost shark next to him, then smiled lightly and said: "Then let us go and see? The place where One Piece is executed!"

    "Ok?"

    The dried persimmon ghost glanced at Uehara Naraku in surprise? I couldn''t help but curiously asked: "Uehara-sama, don''t you say hello to Roger Town first?"

    This is Akatsuki''s tradition.

    No, or the tradition created by Naraku Uehara, no matter where you want to attack? You must first greet you with a powerful technique.

    "Forget it."

    Uehara Naraku patted her forehead? She shook her head and said, "Now I''m a good person! After we get to the execution stage of One Piece, you can say hello to this town!"

    "Oh?"

    Dried Persimmon Guikun''s face suddenly became interested.

    Rogge Town, naval base.

    Navy Headquarters Colonel Smogg lives here, and this town is also his hometown. Many years ago, he had seen the execution of Pirate King Gore D. Roger.

    While other people went frantically looking for treasures at sea? Smogg vowed to stop the era of great pirates made by the same town as Gore D. Roger!

    This is really...

    Admirable three views of integrity!

    I have to say, Small is doing a good job.

    Is it because he was stationed in Roggetown? Many pirates who wanted to enter the great sea route were caught, and the high-ranking navy loved and hated him.

    Because what is criticized is that this fellow Smogg seldom obeys the orders of his superiors, and always rushes out? So he is still a colonel.

    Now Smogg is slowly dangling a cigar? Walking on the streets of Rogue Town? He looks very ugly, and he is indeed very ugly.

    to be frank¡­

    In the eyes of many residents of Rogue Town, this navy colonel named Smogg is more like a gang leader than the gang leader Bartolomio in this town.

    Smog¡¯s favorite thing is to dangle a cigar and walk on the streets of Rogue Town to inspect this town, this peaceful town, because this is the result of his years of hard work.

    Just as Smogg was slowly planning to bring two more cigars, he saw a figure running in a hurry, his eyelids jumped: "Hey, Tina, how come you come to Log Town ?"

    Tina is a good friend of Smogg.

    Both of them studied under the former admiral Zefa and came from the same training camp, so their relationship is really good.

    "Smog!"

    Colonel Tina did not hesitate at all, and introduced all the situation: "A few powerful pirates have entered Rogue Town... They are here to target you!"

    Tina immediately told Smogg all the things she had encountered in the windless zone, and also told him that the Baroque Work Agency wanted to rob the East China Sea.

    After saying everything, the beautiful navy colonel frowned slightly, lowered his head and sighed, "Tina is ashamed."

    "It looks like the enemy is indeed very strong!"

    Smogg spit out a thick smoke ring, and the urn said: "I will send a warship to surround them, I will get rid of those guys and take back your warship... No matter how strong the pirates we encounter, the navy will definitely Can''t hold back."

    Just as the two navy colonels met.

    The square in Roger Town.

    is also the most lively place in Rogue Town.

    The execution stand where Gore D. Roger was executed is still preserved, and the world government uses this execution stand as a sign to warn the world.

    "It looks like no one is watching..."

    Uehara Naraku glanced left and right, wandered up to the execution platform, and he whispered, "You are waiting for me here, I will go up and see."

    "Yes."

    The dried persimmon ghost nodded.

    Nicole Robin''s expression is a bit subtle.

    This execution stand is actually not auspicious, because one of the most terrifying pirates in the world was executed here.

    Uehara Nara walked up step by step.

    The townspeople on the square noticed this scene, their expressions changed slightly, and some people seemed to be unable to stop talking about Uehara Naraku.

    Uehara Naraku turned a deaf ear, step by step onto the execution platform, as if on a throne that was once the highest, he finally stood on the execution platform.

    This is the last scenery that a generation of One Piece saw before his death.

    Side mission: Stand on the execution stage of One Piece in Rogge Town and feel the will that One Piece has left behind (1/1). The mission has been completed, rewarding 100,000 life energy points, 100,000 points of armed color domineering, and 100,000 points of sight color domineering.

    Hidden Mission: Awaken the Overlord¡¯s Domineering (1/1), the task has been completed, rewards the Overlord¡¯s use skills, and synchronizes the spiritual energy to raise the Overlord¡¯s Domineering level.

    Overlord look domineering: Only one in a million people is born domineering, can intimidate and deter opponents without having to shoot, and even can be used to directly attack.

    This is what the Novice Village should look like!

    Just walking on this execution platform can get such a high reward!

    Sometimes it¡¯s really not to blame the system. It gives a path to becoming a god, but Uehara Nairo inexplicably chooses to start in hell...

    Uehara Naraku (regular form)

    The power of the world: 5,200,000

    life energy: 583900

    overlord color domineering: superior

    Armed color domineering: 583900

    See and hear color domineering: 583900

    Life energy recovery: 1296/sec

    Armed color domineering: 648/sec

    Seeing and hearing color domineering: 648/sec

    Remaining gold coins: 13020

    Uehara Naraku glanced at his attribute panel. At this moment, he also got the three-color domineering, and there is no need to worry about being overpowered by the enemy in the future.

    and...

    As a leader who wants to lead Akatsuki to the top of the world, he has never been overbearing, and it always feels strange.

    No, this is also not quite right.

    As a person who always likes to control everything behind the scenes, he can actually get the domineering look This kind of feeling seems even stranger!

    Uehara Naruto fell down beside the dried persimmon ghost and Nicole Robin, smiling and saying, "I have got what I want, let''s go!"

    "It looks like Uehara-sama is in a good mood..."

    The dried persimmon ghost grinned, and a smile appeared on his face: "Then shall we leave Rogge town? Shall we say hello to this town?"

    "Well¡­"

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes fell on Smogg and Tina who had rushed over from a street, and his brows wrinkled slightly.

    Even if he has already got the overlord look, now the first thought is to show off his acting skills in front of Colonel Tina?

    Is it more suitable for him to be behind the scenes?

    What''s the use of being domineering!

    No matter how strong it is, it can only be exchanged for a momentary surprise from the enemy!

    If you have been hiding your identity in front of the enemy, when the true identity is revealed, it will not only double the shock of the enemy, but also double the joy in your heart!

    just leaves a psychological shadow on the enemy.

    of course¡­

    If you jump horizontally repeatedly...

    can double the area of ??mental shadow.

    Uehara Nana made a slight mistake, and stopped in front of Colonel Smogg and Colonel Tina, with a touch of anxiety on his face, winking at them both.

    "Hey, didn''t I say that? Don''t come and provoke the Baroque job club!"

 Chapter 406ï¼š Do you just act hard?

    "Don''t get in the way!"

    Smog gave a grumpy look at Naraku Uehara, and didn''t bother to pay attention to this little character. Is this the guy Tina said that he is lost and knows his way back?

    Smogg''s lower body suddenly turned into a plume of white smoke, which drove his body into the air, rushing over Naru Uehara to the dried persimmon ghost and Nicole Robin!

    After watching Smogg rush over, Nairo Uehara looked at Tina nervously, "Hey, Colonel Tina, what''s the matter with you? That''s Nicole Robin, the vice president of the Baroque Job Club, absolutely It''s not something he can deal with!"

    "Smogg doesn''t think so."

    Colonel Tina clenched his fist, and said in a deep voice: "I have told Smogg everything, he will definitely..."

    Colonel Tina''s words didn''t stop, and he saw Smogg being picked up by the murloc named Dry Persimmon Ghost Shark waving a big knife in his hand!

    What kind of pirate is offering a reward of 15 million Bailey!

    Colonel Tina stared in disbelief at the dark-black shark muscle knife in the hands of the dried persimmon ghost shark. It was the knife that hit Smogg, and her face showed a touch of astonishment.

    "That is... armed and domineering!"

    "What domineering?"

    Uehara Naraku is like a little cute new.

    After asking this sentence, Uehara Naraku asked again and again: "Why do you have to come over, knowing that the goal of the Baroque Job Club is Colonel Smogg, that guy named Ghost can deal with a lieutenant admiral!"

    "Sorry, Tina is going to live up to your kindness!"

    Colonel Tina lowered her head, and there was a layer of black on her fist. The next moment she suddenly raised her head, her eyes flowed slowly, and fell on the murloc who had ravaged Smogg.

    "The Navy...can''t hold back!"

    The next moment, Colonel Tina rushed towards the dried persimmon!

    Two colonels from the navy headquarters simultaneously attacked the ghost sharks. As Zefa students, they also listened to the teacher''s teachings and were good at two-color domineering!

    It''s a pity that dried persimmon ghost sharks are more powerful!

    The dried persimmon ghost shark kicked Tina away, waved the shark muscle to force Smogg back, quickly erected his finger prints, and opened his mouth to gush out a huge stream of water!

    "Water escape, burst water rush!"

    The water waves swelled to the surroundings in an instant, and the entire square turned into a lake in a blink of an eye, flooding the two navy colonels!

    One stroke of water escape ninjutsu directly caused them to lose their resistance!

    The dried persimmon ghost shark was as free in the water as it was on land. The flying body appeared on Smogg''s body. The shark muscle knife in his hand suddenly expanded, biting Smogg''s body with one bite, and tried to absorb the domineering and domineering in his body. physical strength.

    "You lost, Mr. Navy."

    Dry Persimmon Guikun grinned, with a touch of triumph on his face: "Is there a natural fruit ability person as vulnerable as you in the world?"

    "Asshole..."

    Smogg raised his head prostrably.

    Just when the colonel of the navy headquarters was still trying to harden his mouth, the dried persimmon ghost shark carelessly lifted his shark muscles, and said contemptuously: "Huh, if you kill you this kind of waste, I feel that my shark muscles are dirty. What about the big sword..."

    The dried persimmon ghost left this square slowly? This powerful murloc¡¯s indifferent voice spread throughout the square: "Let¡¯s go? Miss Robin... Mr. Uehara Naraku, I will leave this to you? Kill these two A navy colonel!"

    "Yes? Mr. Ghost."

    Uehara Naruko respectfully agreed.

    Nicole Robin stretched out her palm helplessly, covering her forehead? Followed the dried persimmon ghosts and left the square in Roger Town.

    Is this... hard acting?

    Also, why are the two people such as Dried Persimmon Ghost Shark and Naraku Uehara so skilled!

    It seems like Uehara Naraku is really a little guy!

    Wait until they leave.

    The surface of the water receded like a tide.

    Uehara Naraku walked toward the square with an ugly expression? He took off Smogg''s weapon with ten hands? Shaking his whole body, raised his ten hands and aimed at Smogg.

    "Sorry..."

    Uehara Naraku gritted his teeth, and an ugly expression flashed across his face: "Colonel Smogg, I have to follow the orders of the Baroque Workshop. Blame... I can only blame you for refusing to follow my advice!"

    "Hello? Uehara!"

    Colonel Tina was watching this scene? Her face flashed with panic, and the next moment she saw Uehara Naruko waving ten hands and hitting Smogg''s body!

    Under the action of the sea floor stone at the top, Smogg''s body could not be atomized at all, and his whole body was directly shot out by ten hands. He opened his mouth suddenly and spouted a string of blood in the air! The fastest full text of ‡¢¸¢Åµr ¤ó¦Ó¦Ó¦Ñs:/§Þ.¦Ö°Ë¢åz§ë.c¨°§Þ/

    Smogg fainted directly after landing? Life or death is unknown.

    "Smogg!"

    Colonel Tina¡¯s voice was a little alarmed!

    Only the next moment, she had to turn her head slowly? Seeing Uehara Naruko holding ten hands and walking towards her, a wry smile appeared on her face.

    "Colonel Tina."

    Uehara Nairo lowered her voice? He explained in a low voice, "I just knocked Colonel Smogg out. If the rescue is timely? He should still be rescued...

    Sorry? Colonel Tina? I can¡¯t resist the Baroque Jobs¡¯ orders. Now that Mr. Guiyu has gone far, I should be able to let you survive..."

    "Tina... I know."

    Colonel Tina slowly closed her eyes, then opened them suddenly, and said in a low voice, "Tina will remember this day. When I see you next time...Tina will never let you down!"

    "useless."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head, and a trace of fear slowly appeared in his eyes: "You navy will never know the horror of the Baroque Work Club. The owner of the Baroque Work Club is a man who is only one step away from the top of the world!"

    Uehara Naraku clenched ten hands abruptly, seeming to want to learn a little courage to speak from the weapon in his hand, he continued in a low voice: "Even your navy has to compromise with him... He is the real demon in this world!"

    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku suddenly waved his ten hands, and said solemnly: "Don''t expect yourself to be able to deal with the Baroque job club! The people in the Baroque job club are all real monsters!"

    Uehara Naraku slammed his ten hands into Colonel Tina¡¯s head. He watched Colonel Tina¡¯s face, and there was a trace of regret in his voice: "Colonel Tina, remember from now on... Leaving the whirlpool of Baroque Workshop Go further!

    Absolutely...Never die again! The senior navy will never let you provoke the boss of the Baroque Job Club! "

    "¡­¡­"

    Colonel Tina silently watched Uehara Naraku leave here, a trace of confusion appeared in her eyes, and it turned into firmness in a flash.

    The port of Rogge Town.

    Uehara Naruko stepped on the warship and received a glass of juice from the dried persimmon ghost shark. He sighed faintly and said: "It''s been a long time since I performed so hard... The last time I acted in front of the Aoyama General Exaggerated."

    "Will they believe Uehara-sama?"

    The dried persimmon ghost grinned, and asked with a smile: "If you don''t believe it, it would be a waste of our energy!"

    "Ha ha¡­"

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Nicole Robin, and said with a smile: "Will the Navy believe it? In a few days, I will find an opportunity to ask Miss Robin to ask the Green Pheasant General.

    "¡­¡­"

    Nicole Robin held her forehead with a helpless smile on her face: "If the green pheasant knew what had happened these days, he would definitely scold me..."

    Since following Naraku Uehara...

    The market for her vice president of the Baroque work agency is rising.

    It is estimated that it will not take long before her bounty will exceed 100 million.

    Uehara Naraku patted her palm, and said softly: "Okay, let''s go to the sea restaurant Bharati first!"

    After this warship took them away.

    The navy soldiers rescued Smogg and Tina. After Colonel Tina arrived at the naval base, he immediately reported to Lieutenant General Crane about the Baroque Job Society. The fastest computer terminal of the new 81 Chinese website: https://www.@x81zw@@

    Lieutenant General Crane immediately realized the seriousness of the matter, but the navy was too lack of information about the Baroque work agency, so he could only decide to find a way to contact the member of the Baroque work agency that might become their naval spy.

    By the way, I also find out the details of the Baroque work agency!

    That little member, seems to be called Uehara Naraku?

    Navy Headquarters.

    Marin Vando.

    Admiral Green Pheasant and Vice Admiral Monch D. Karp chased the Pirates of Spades to no avail, and they had to rush back to the Navy headquarters.

    The Navy Marshal Warring States did not know what he thought, and even sent two actors to hunt down the Pirates of Spades, then they would definitely not be able to catch it.

    Monkey D. Karp is a grandfather who can''t deal with his grandson.

    And the blue pheasant had obtained some information about Sasuke from Naraku Uehara. In fact, Naraku Uehara was right. The deputy captain Uchiha Sasuke of the Pirates of Spades did restrain his ability very much.

    If it were not for the mercy of Assistant Zuo, the green pheasant might not come back. Even if the two people restrained the fight, there was still a burn on his arm.

    Members of ¡¡¡¡Ïþ...

    is really scary!

    Monch D. Karp slowly stepped onto Malin Vando, with a donut in his mouth, and muttered: "I don¡¯t know if I think too much. I always feel that kid named Uchiha Sasuke. How does it look like that **** by Raleigh... That **** boy Ace, can''t he really become a One Piece!"

    Except for being very arrogant.

    In other respects, Sasuke Uchiha, the deputy captain of the Pirates of Spades, really seems to be the same as the deputy captain of the previous Pirate King Gore D. Roger!

    The relationship between Uchiha Sasuke and Portgas D. Ace is also very similar to the relationship between Roger and Raleigh.

    As long as Sasuke speaks something, even if it is the captain who scolds him, Ace will never refute it; however, once Ace decides something, even if it is a wrong order, Sasuke Uchiha will only curse a few words. Sentence idiot, will go straight to execution.

    The most important thing¡­

    is still Uchiha Sasuke''s strength.

    Uchiha Sasuke not only mastered many weird ninjutsu, but also very good at swordsmanship; moreover, Uchiha Sasuke also mastered a more skilled overlord look!

    That Sasuke¡¯s mental power is simply too strong!

    erudite.

    is very powerful.

    The fighting mind is also very flexible.

    Whoever meets Sasuke Uchiha will subconsciously think that this deputy captain will definitely be a powerful support for Portcas D. Ace to win the One Piece!

    Such a nearly perfect deputy captain, an idiot can become the One Piece!

    The father and son of Gore D. Roger and Portgas D. Ace, is their instinct to find the deputy captain too accurate?

    is really outrageous...

    When Qing Pheasant and Lieutenant General Karp walked into the office of the Warring States Period, the admiral''s expression seemed a bit uglier than they thought.

    "Hey, Sengoku!"

    Karp swaggered to sit in front of the Warring States period, and said nonchalantly: "When we went to chase Ace, didn''t we already have the mental preparation for the failure of the pursuit? After all, Ace found a perfect deputy captain! "

    "To shut up!"

    Sengoku shook his head with a gloomy face, and a flash of rage flashed in his eyes: "Since Portcas D. Ace has gone to the New World, let him live from the hands of those villains first. Right!"

    After speaking, Zeng Guo looked up at Dekapu in front of him, and said in a deep voice, "Now I have another thing to say! The first half and the East China Sea also had a big trouble... Baroque Work Club, you have heard of this organization. ?"

    The Warring States Period looked at Karp, who was still unmoved in front of him, and continued: "According to the information we got from the intelligence personnel installed in the Baroque Work Agency...

    This criminal company is about to ransack the entire East China Sea. Now they have defeated Smogg who is stationed in Roger Town and Tina who is going to inspect! "

 Chapter 407ï¼š Kakuto: Sasuke, Oni, Robin, are you there? Your bounty...

    Lieutenant General Karp couldn''t sit still when he heard the news from his hometown, Tokai.

    Just as he was about to leave Marin Vando in a hurry and hurried back to the East China Sea, the Warring States period stopped his footsteps: "Hey, Karp, don''t hurt one of the little guys named Uehara Naraku. Get information in your mouth!"

    "¡­¡­"

    The eyelids of the green pheasant beside ¡¡¡¡ couldn''t help shaking.

    Wait, how did Uehara Naraku get here? It only took a few days, why did his reputation spread here?

    "Huh, Uehara Naraku?"

    Karp heard this slightly familiar name, scratched his head, thought for a while and suddenly said, "Isn''t this that very dangerous little guy!"

    "¡­¡­"

    A sigh flashed across the green pheasant''s face.

    deserves to be Lieutenant General Karp, he has already grasped the point!

    It is a pity that this time, the Marshal of the Warring States Period dragged Karp''s back.

    But the Marine Marshal Sengoku shook his head sharply, and said in a deep voice: "Colonel Tina has reported. That little guy seems to have to do bad things because he is afraid of the boss behind the Baroque Job Club.

    Actually, according to what we know, he saved a lot of the lives of the Navy in private. Anyway, you can catch him first! Perhaps we can get the true identity of the boss behind the Baroque Job Club from his mouth. "

    this stage.

    The Navy received bad news.

    The only news that can give the Navy a little relief is probably that there is another bounty hunter named Jiaodu on the sea, who is very powerful.

    And his attitude towards the navy is very friendly, and his attitude towards the pirates is extremely bad. He has killed many pirates with super high rewards and exchanged their bodies for money at the naval base.

    There are many bounty hunters like this on this sea.

    In order to take advantage of these bounty hunters, the Navy has simply issued a large number of new reward orders. This reward amount will be absolutely tempted by anyone seeing it!

    For example, the two captains of the Pirates of Spades, because Sasuke Uchiha defeated the general and even sank a small island in Chambord, the reward for the two people soared!

    Portcas D. Ace, the captain of the Pirates of Spades, is offering a reward of 950 million Baileys!

    Uchiha Sasuke, the deputy captain of the Pirates of Spades, is offering a reward of 920 million Baileys!

    Ace and Sasuke are two people who have just gone to sea this year. They have become the most powerful supernova of this era and once attracted the attention of the entire sea.

    Even the Four Emperors of the New World are interested in them.

    The Pirates of Spades.

    Portcas D. Ace, who was only seventeen years old this year, saw his super high reward order, and his face smiled like a flower.

    Ace turned his head and said loudly towards Sasuke who was standing on the bow: "Hey, Sasuke, let''s have a banquet! Celebrate our reward for exceeding 900 million!"

    "moron!"

    Uchiha Sasuke couldn¡¯t help supporting his forehead and cursed inwardly: ¡°The higher the reward offered by the Navy, the more dangerous we will be. Those **** who take risks for the sake of money will not let us newcomers...¡±

    "Don''t say that!"

    Ace flew and fell beside him? Stopped the shoulders of this peer? He laughed and said: "Haha? Anyway, the situation has become like this? There is no way to change it. Hahahaha... just come to celebrate with a party. Well!"

    "Then get ready!"

    Uchiha Sasuke nodded slowly.

    After hearing that their deputy captain agreed to hold a banquet, the whole group of Spades Pirates cheered instantly, and Ace flew onto the deck, shouting loudly for the chef on the ship to prepare the banquet? He and the others went to move the wine.

    Uchiha Sasuke looked at the pirate group that was in joy? The corner of his mouth couldn''t help showing a smile? The sound of a phone bug disturbed his mood!

    Sorry!

    Sorry!

    Uchiha Sasuke took out his own phone worm? Looking at the image on the phone worm? He couldn''t help but want to squeeze the phone worm in his hand!

    "This bastard? Will not just stare at me!"

    After Uchiha Sasuke dialed the phone worm, his face showed a gloomy look? He asked in a deep voice, "Hey, Kakuto? Why should you contact me? I remember that you can only talk to me unless something important happens. Contact?"

    "Now is the time to contact."

    Kakuto was still calm when talking? His voice still sounded indifferent: "Sasuke? I haven''t seen you for a while, I want to see you..."

    "Asshole!"

    Uchiha Sasuke hung up the phone worm directly.

    Mom? He knew it!

    This **** sees that both he and Ace are offering a reward of more than 900 million Baileys. He will definitely want to catch them and give them to the navy? At least he wants to catch one Ace!

    That guy knows to make money in his eyes!

    the other side.

    looked at the phone worm that hung up in his hand, and couldn''t help frowning: "Is it not convenient for Uchiha Sasuke to make calls?"

    shook his head and looked at the reward order in his hand.

    In addition to the rewards offered by Sasuke Uchiha and Portgas D. Ace, there are many new rewards behind, including a few people who all horns know.

    The deputy director of the Baroque Work Agency, Nicole Robin, the son of the devil, is offering a 120 million Bailey as a reward, regardless of life or death!

    Baroque work agency, Shark Man dried persimmons and ghosts, offering a reward of 115 million Baileys, life or death!

    Baroque work agency, mid-level agent, Uehara Naraku, is offering a reward of 30 million Baileys, only to be captured alive!

    After thinking about it for a while, Jiao Du dialed another person''s phone worm, and asked: "Nicole Robin, where are you now...Are Uehara and Kakigaki also by your side? We have something to see you. one side¡­"

    The book booths used by book friends have been hung up, and now they are basically using \\mi\\mi\\read\\read\\A\\P\\P\\w\\w\\w\\ .\\m\\i\\m\\i\\r\\e\\a\\d\\.\\c\\o\\m.

    "¡­¡­"

    near the sea restaurant Barati.

    Nicole Robin sat on the guardrail of the warship, hung up the phone worm in his hand, and couldn¡¯t help rubbing his forehead: ¡°Mr. Jiaodu said that he hopes to meet us and he will send us to Navy, let us escape again..."

    "Don''t pay attention to him."

    Uehara Naraku took a sip of juice.

    "Ha ha¡­"

    Dry Persimmon Guikun looked at his reward order and couldn''t help but grinned and revealed his teeth: "For us, the higher the reward, the more troublesome it is..."

    is mainly to be careful of the corner capital.

    This guy really does not hesitate to make money.

    Porcupine...

    Porcupine...

    At this moment, the phone worm in Nicole Robin''s hand rang again, and Krokdal, the president of the Baroque work agency, finally found him: "Nicole Robin, are you alone?"

    "Yes¡­"

    Nicole Robin glanced at Naraku Uehara and dried persimmon ghosts who were present, and slowly responded: "Does the president have any orders?"

    Krokdahl''s voice suddenly became louder, and there was a hint of dissatisfaction in his voice: "You seem to have made a lot of noise. The navy is searching everywhere for the members of the Baroque Working Society... What is the situation now?" Genius One Seconds to remember the Chinese mx/8/1/z/wc/o/m/

    "Something went wrong."

    "what is the problem?"

    Krokdal¡¯s voice added a touch of coldness: "Our plan to annex Alabastan has not yet begun, and the Baroque Work Agency has now been exposed, Nicole Robin, what is going on!"

    After Nicole Robin was silent for a while, he glanced at Naraku Uehara and the dried persimmon, and said in a low voice: "This time it was my mistake. I recruited a member who had some problems in thinking, and it led to this situation... "

    After speaking, Nicole Robin thought for a while and explained softly: "The dried persimmon ghost shark we recruited was not satisfied that he could only stay on the Whiskey Peak. What he wanted to do was become a big pirate. Make a name for yourself.

    I think he probably thinks that the Baroque Work Club is very strong, and he wants to use the power of the Baroque Work Club to return to the Murloc Island in the future and fight for the leader of the Murloc Pirate Group with another Chibu Kai Jinping. I have found him. Always waiting for an opportunity to get rid of him! "

    "¡­¡­"

    After Krokdal was silent for a while, he suddenly smiled sullenly: "It looks like we really caught a big fish by accident!"

    Klockdal smiled, and then said coldly: "You don''t need to get rid of him, if he really has the power to overthrow Jinping, I can even secretly help him succeed Jinping Qiwuhai!"

    "Ok?"

    Nicole Robin was surprised for a while, and hurriedly persuaded: "This is not in line with our plan. The dried persimmon ghost shark is too active and can easily cause the Navy to pay attention to us. Now my reward has been awarded by the Navy. Updated twice!"

    "It doesn''t matter!"

    Klockdall interrupted Nicole Robin''s words in a cold voice, and continued in a deep voice: "I have said that the people in the Baroque Job Club are just disposable tools that we use. As long as my identity is not leaked, everything else does not matter. !"

    "Mr. Krockdale..."

    Nicole Robin''s voice slowly lowered, and there was a little bewilderment in her voice: "Don''t you want to get Hades? If the navy notices..."

    "Children make choices!"

    There was a hint of impatientness in Krokdal''s voice: "And now the Baroque Job Club has attracted the attention of the Navy because of that bastard. This matter is a foregone conclusion, so we must find a way to create something more eye-catching!" First release https://(www) https://m/.x81zw./com/

    Klockdall¡¯s voice gradually became more and more in his grasp: "Wait until we implement our plans in the future As long as the guy named Ganshiguiyu challenges the overturning, it will attract us to the entire great route. attention!

    When everyone is paying attention to the replacement of Qiwuhai candidates, I have already got the hidden king of Alabastan! "

    Krocdal hangs up the call worm boldly.

    Nicole Robin fell silent.

    The dried persimmon and Naruto Uehara looked at each other. They are indeed sinister sand crocodile. I didn''t expect that Krokdal really had a brain. In this case, how can he use the ghost?

    But, all this is fake!

    Nicole Robin made up all of this to lie to him!

    "I really envy Mr. Krockdale''s confidence!"

    Uehara Naraku took a sip of the straw and sighed faintly, "I''m a black man behind the scenes, I''m trembling like walking on thin ice almost every day..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Nicole Robin was silent.

    Forgive her, she really didn''t notice this.

    Uehara Naraku took a sip of juice, and continued: "Every day I am afraid that wherever I expose my flaws, I will be forced to rule the world..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Nicole Robin became more silent.

    Others are behind the scenes for ruling the world...Why don''t you even want to rule the world for the sake of being behind?

    Is your order wrong?

 Chapter 408ï¼š Our baroque work agency eats your restaurantâ€™s food, you canâ€™t pay...

    Sea Restaurant Bharati.

    This is a restaurant built on the sea.

    The entire restaurant was transformed by a huge sea ship. The chef of the restaurant was once a pirate who had sailed on a great sea route for a year.

    A warship slowly stopped at the entrance of this restaurant.

    Just as the people in the restaurant on the sea thought that some great navy man had arrived, they saw three figures coming down from this warship, making everyone''s eyes tighten instantly!

    "The son of the devil is offering a reward of 120 million!"

    "A 115 million shark man is offering a reward!"

    "And Naraku Uehara with a reward of 30 million!"

    When Uehara Naraku and his party walked in, they immediately attracted everyone''s attention, because their reward order was only delivered to the sea restaurant yesterday.

    Everyone''s gaze fell on them involuntarily, even the weakest Uehara here, the bounty is higher than the most terrifying pirate in the East China Sea!

    To be honest, there are hundreds of millions of pirates offering rewards, few people in the entire East China Sea have seen them. The strongest pirates they have ever seen in their lives may be the chef Redfoot Zip of the sea restaurant Barati. But only 74 million Bailey offered a reward.

    Even if many of the waiters and chefs in this restaurant were once villains, they couldn''t imagine that there would be hundreds of millions of large pirates offering rewards here!

    "We are from Baroque Jobs."

    When Uehara Naruko saw that everyone was self-reporting, he sat down slowly, looked at a waiter with a vigilant look, and said with a smile on his face: "We heard that Seaside Restaurant Bharati is the best restaurant in the East China Sea. "A genius remembers ‡¥ÐÒ»Chinese mx/8/1/z/wc/o/m/

    "That''s right."

    The waiter nodded vibrated.

    "Don''t be nervous."

    Uehara Naraku squinted her eyes, with a sunny smile on her face, softly comforting the waiter: "If you cook deliciously, we won''t pay; if you cook it doesn''t suit our taste, We will tear down this restaurant, understand?"

    "¡­¡­"

    The waiter was frightened.

    Is this **** human?

    This the **** is obviously here to find the fault, right?

    If it weren¡¯t for looking at these three people, it¡¯s really not easy to provoke them. The waiter at Barati restaurant really wants to clean up their meal and let them know how to talk well...

    It''s a pity that now he doesn''t have the guts.

    "Oh, right."

    Uehara Naraku still smiled on his face. He put a finger up and said something creepy: "Please prepare as soon as possible, because our Baroque work company has millions of Baileys every minute. We are waiting for food. Every minute before the table, you have to pay us one million Baileys for the Baroque Work Club, understand?"

    "¡­¡­"

    The waiter''s expression changed slightly.

    This the **** is here to find fault!

    Uehara Naraku tilted her head, squinted her eyes and smiled very kindly: "Your expression...does you have any comments on what I said?"

    "¡­¡­"

    The waiter rushed towards the kitchen!

    This kind of powerful pirate is not something he can handle, and now he can only ask their chef Zhepu!

    The dried persimmon ghost shark looked at Naraku Uehara and couldn''t help but grinned, "It''s really bad! Even any restaurant can''t meet this requirement!"

    "is it?"

    Uehara Naraku''s fingers tapped the tabletop lightly, looked at the clocks in the dining room, and slowly said, "Maybe they can really meet this requirement!"

    less than a minute.

    One by one waiters came out, and each waiter had a plate in his hand and put it on their table.

    These dishes are mostly cold dishes.

    A young man with blond hair came over, with a cigarette in his mouth, took out a bottle of red wine and put it on the table.

    "This bottle of wine is for several people."

    After taking a breath of cigarettes, Jin Jinqing looked at the three people present and said, "I am the assistant chef of this restaurant, Sanji Chang. I made these dishes? If you are not satisfied with the dishes, you can come to me... "

    "Strict family education, no alcohol."

    Uehara Naraku raised his eyes and glanced at Sanji? Slowly he said, "Because you served a bottle of wine? It ruined our mood. The entire Barati restaurant will be destroyed by our Baroque work agency..."

    "Hey..."

    Sanji, who is only sixteen this year, took a long breath of cigarettes? He sighed and said, "You pirates, really are here to find fault!"

    "Yes!"

    After Uehara Naraku nodded slowly? She stretched out a palm and slapped her nose under her nose? He smiled and continued: "Now because you smoke in front of me, someone must die for your cigarette, but you You can freely choose a person¡¯s life..."

    Uehara Naraku tilted his head and watched Sanji in a leisurely manner and continued: "Um... let me think about the person we are going to kill! One candidate is the chef of this restaurant, Redfoot Zip? As for another... "

    "¡­¡­"

    After Sanji heard the name of Red-footed Zhepu? His pupils shrank slightly because it was Red-footed Zhepu who raised him.

    For Sanji, Red-footed Zhepu is like a real father, not only raising him, but also guiding him to find his true life.

    Uehara Naraku tilted her head? Looking at Sanji, she continued: "The second person...let me think about it..."

    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku suddenly smiled: "Huh? Mr. Vice-Cook, what do you think of killing the woman Vinsmok Lejiu? Anyway, it just happened that our Baroque Job Club was about to meet Vince from Beihai. The Mork family is at war!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Sanji''s face changed drastically!

    How did this guy know his identity!

    Mingming for so many years? He has never mentioned it to anyone!

    The Vinsmoke family is the family where Sanji was born. Although he had long wanted to sever relationship with that family in his heart? But the only person in the family who still has feelings is his sister Vinsmoke Leijiu.

    This person is too scary...

    Why can this kind of thing be found out!

    Nicole Robin¡¯s expression is subtle? She still doesn¡¯t quite understand the relationship between these people? But when is the Baroque Work Club going to war with the Vinsmok family in Beihai?

    How many enemies does Uehara Naraku want to help the Baroque job club?

    Until the entire sea has to encircle and suppress the Baroque workshop, will you give up?

    Uehara Naraku saw that Sanji''s face became unusually ugly, and then he said with satisfaction, "Okay, I''m hungry. Although this restaurant is definitely going to be demolished and people are going to be killed, but I have to eat too ¡­"

    "¡­¡­"

    Sanji''s face was uncertain, he couldn''t help clenching his fists.

    "After all, a chef can''t watch someone hungry."

    Sanji suddenly extinguished the cigarette in his hand, and said softly: "If the guest is hungry, then I will not disturb the guest for the time being. We will wait until you finish the meal, and then we will settle the account carefully."

    This is really polite.

    This is the education of Red-footed Zep to Sanji, so that this once truly prominent prince is still as an elegant gentleman as a prince.

    Uehara Naraku smiled and nodded, and continued softly: "Oh, yes, you just told me for a few minutes, remember to prepare millions of Baileys, understand?"

    "Ah, that..."

    Sanji''s fist clenched again, and he whispered softly: "I have said that, after the guests have finished everything, we will settle the accounts together!"

    After Sanji left the dining table, he slowly walked to the back kitchen, saw the worried people, and slightly frowned his brows.

    One of the sous chefs in the same position as him couldn''t help but ask, "Hey, Sanji, what''s the situation now?"

    "do not ask me!"

    Sanji couldn''t help rubbing his brows, and said in a low voice, "You guys...while they are still eating, let''s run away with Zep!"

    "What do you mean?"

    "Those pirates are going to ruin Bharati!"

    Sanji clenched his fist abruptly, and continued in a deep voice: "That guy Zip will definitely stay and fight with them...but that will only die in vain. The group of guys are stronger than expected, just standing. Being by his side made me sweat all over!"

    Yes, very strong!

    Sanji always pretended to be very calm in front of Uehara Naraku, and still maintained his demeanor, because he had experienced things that made him even more terrifying.

    Originally, Sanji always thought that his father Vinsmok Kage was the coldest and ruthless person in the world. He did not expect to see a cold-blooded person today...

    Uehara Naraku!

    Is that guy''s name?

    Baroque workplace!

    Is this organization where that guy stays?

    While Sanji was sitting on the ground curled up, his face covered with cold sweat and still thinking about his death, he suddenly felt someone pat his shoulder.

    Sanji''s face suddenly changed, Fei Shou was about to kick the person in front of him, but unfortunately the kick out of the leg was faster than his speed!

    Red-footed Zepp kicked Sanji to the ground, and said with a displeased face: "Sanji, what are you **** doing again! The guests have made great comments to you!"

    "what?"

    Sanji suddenly raised his head and looked at the red-footed Zip in front of him: "Hey, why haven''t you left yet? Those guys..."

    "What a mess! If you are talking about those powerful customers, they have already left after eating!"

    The red-footed Zhepu sounded like a bell, took a piece of paper and placed it in front of Sanji, and said angrily: "The guests have made great comments to us Bharati. You must never be at your age. Smoked!"

    Sanji grabbed the piece of paper.

    There are a few lines clearly written on the note.

    ¡¾Mr. Sanji:

    The food you made is delicious. We decided not to penalize this restaurant for the time being. Of course, we will not pay the bill because we are going to have a King¡¯s meal.

    Also, talking to you took us three minutes, so we took away three million Baileys.

    Finally, thank you for your hospitality.

    By the way, your restaurant is really profitable, and people can''t help but want to visit more.

    Baroque Work Agency. ¡¿

    This Baroque workplace has directly become Sanji''s number one enemy!

    "Asshole... dare to play with me!"

    Yamaji firmly held the piece of paper in his palm, and his anger immediately flooded his face. He walked out the door step by step: "Does the group of pirates actually have an overlord meal?"

    Is this still a person?

    I went to a restaurant to eat, and I ate the Bawang meal and robbed the restaurant!

    These pirates are really worse than imagined!

    is such a powerful pirate who robbed a small restaurant like theirs!

    At the same timeon the navy warship.

    Uehara Nairo looked bored at the rewards she had received, and then began to sigh the beauty of the start in Novice Village. This is simply becoming stronger while lying down!

    Side mission: Enjoy a meal in the sea restaurant Bharati (1/1), the mission has been completed, reward 500 points of life energy, 500 points of armed **** domineering, 500 points of seeing and hearing domineering sex.

    Side mission: Enjoy a delicious meal (1/1) made by Sanji. The mission has been completed. The reward is 10000 points of life energy, 10000 points of armed color domineering, and 10000 points of seeing and hearing color domineering. The fastest computer terminal of the new 81 Chinese website: https://www.@x81zw@@

    Side mission: Eat a King¡¯s meal (1/1) and reward 100 gold coins.

    is indeed a novice village.

    According to the data, one meal can be compared to a big pirate who offers hundreds of millions of rewards!

    In addition to Bharati¡¯s mission, there is another mission about the bounty of Uehara Naraku. After his bounty reached 30 million, he received a new reward.

    Side mission: The reward amount has reached 30 million Baileys (1/1), the mission has been completed, the reward is 3000 points of life energy, 3000 points of armed color domineering, and 3000 points of seeing and hearing color domineering.

    Nairo Uehara held a straw in his mouth. After reading the rewards he had received, he slowly opened the map: "Let¡¯s go, before going to Cocosia Village, let¡¯s pick up a little girl and let her watch us dig them. The orange tree at home!"

 Chapter 410ï¼š How about our baroque job club...

    on the warship.

    Nami immediately saw the dried persimmon and Nicole Robin, her expression suddenly became extremely complicated, and she couldn''t help frowning.

    "Do you also have murlocs in your Baroque workplace?"

    The next moment, Nami''s expression changed.

    Nami suddenly remembered the other two bounty orders, namely Nicole Robin with a reward of 120 million and a dried persimmon ghost with a reward of 115 million!

    These are all big pirates with over 100 million rewards!

    "Mr. Ghost is a mid-level agent of the Baroque Job Club."

    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he patted her little head, and continued in a deep voice: "You got my reward order, should there be a reward order from Mr. Onyx?

    Mr. Ghost is a strong man who can easily defeat the lieutenant admiral, speak carefully, he will be the strongest combat power for our Baroque Work Club to attack the King Qiwu Haijinping in the future. "

    "¡­¡­"

    Nami nodded with a complicated expression.

    Uehara Nairobi spread out her palms and continued casually: "There is another Miss Nicole Robin, who is the vice president of our Baroque work agency. Don''t offend her, otherwise you will die very ugly!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Since meeting Uehara, Nicole Robin has been silent for more and more time, and after offending someone, it is even more ugly to die, you know in your heart!

    Actually, the navigator still uses it a bit.

    After Nami mastered the route of this warship, she took them everywhere to avoid the reefs, looking for water suitable for navigation, and let them rush to the Dragon Pirates as quickly as possible.

    This is anxious to send the Dragon Pirates to death!

    On their way to the evil dragon pirate group, Uehara Naraku kept mentioning the name of the king, Qiwu Kai Jinhei, and splashed dirty water on Jinhei¡¯s body; at the same time, he narrated the story of Nami and the evil dragon pirate group and instigated it. Her hatred.

    five years ago.

    The Dragon Pirates invaded the Cocosia Village where Nami lived, killed Nami¡¯s adoptive mother Belle Mer, and continued to squeeze and exploit the villagers of Cocosia Village.

    Therefore, Nami and Aaron, the leader of the evil dragon pirate group, made an agreement.

    Nami will always draw charts for Aaron, and after collecting 100 million Baileys, Aaron will release the villagers of Kokosia Village to freedom.

    This agreement is rather nonsense...

    Uehara Naraku slowly said: "To be honest, if someone can give me a hundred million Baileys, I will let her collect another hundred million Baileys..."

    "Then you are really not a human..."

    After Nami finished speaking, she immediately realized her mistake.

    As a little thief cat, he naturally needs to be able to bend and stretch. He nodded and bowed to Uehara Naraku to apologize: "Sorry, Uehara, I was wrong, I have a problem with my attitude..."

    "Little sister, it''s okay."

    Uehara Naraku patted Nami on the head with a smile, and said with a smile: "I am a kind person, how can I care about a girl like you!"

    "Hmm..."

    Nami nodded quickly.

    She breathed a sigh of relief.

    Really, this is a pirate with a reward of 30 million, how could she care about a 15-year-old girl!

    It¡¯s impossible to think about it!

    When their warship slowly passed through the waters of the Evil Dragon Pirates, the sea beast Momoo, who was in charge of the perimeter defense, did not realize their arrival because of the sea building stone under the navy warship. The ship just reached the evil. The lair of the Dragon Pirates.

    Uehara Naraku looked at Nami who could not hide his excitement and pain? Rubbing her hair, she asked softly, "Well...how do you want them to die?"

    "Let them die as painful as possible!"

    Nami squeezed her fist sharply? The fingertips have to clenched her palms deeply? She continued in a low voice: "Just like Bermel back then..."

    "Oh."

    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly.

    I want them to die painfully, the price is not low!

    He will waste a while...

    Forget it? Anyway, there is another reason to charge Nami''s treasure and orange grove.

    This is a fair deal.

    No one can say that he will bully the little girl later.

    Evil Dragon Park.

    A bunch of murlocs live here.

    The person headed by ¡¡¡¡ is Aaron, the leader of the evil dragon pirate group. He uses this as a lair to rule over more than 20 surrounding villages? So he wants to realize his dream of dominating the East China Sea step by step and making the murloc greater.

    A somewhat rude voice echoed in the Evil Dragon Park: "Hello? Xiao Ba, remember? Next time you start a little harder on those humans, it doesn¡¯t matter if they die! We fish are born noble than humans, anyway, humans only It''s just an inferior creature..."

    "I see? Aaron."

    Another somewhat stupid murloc responded.

    After finishing talking? The stupid murloc spoke again: "By the way, Aaron, the beautiful image of Na is out again, isn''t there any danger..."

    "Hmm...she is going to collect treasures!"

    Aaron grinned, revealing real shark teeth: "Give her a little hope? Let her work hard! How could she really collect 100 million Baileys! Even if she did it, I would not Let her go..."

    "Hahahahahaha..."

    Boom!

    While they were still communicating inside? Someone blasted the wall of the Evil Dragon Park with a punch, and walked along the water into Along Park step by step.

    Every murloc watched this man involuntarily.

    because they have never seen anyone who can walk on the water.

    "A group of murlocs? I thought there would be mermaids!"

    Uehara Naraku walked slowly on the water, looking at the many murlocs present? He slightly raised the corners of his mouth: "Let me think about it? The price of murloc slaves is the lowest? I remember it seems to be 50,000 Baileys? "

    Uehara Naraku''s gaze slowly fell on one of the murlocs. He looked at the red mark on the murloc, and suddenly smiled: "There is also the logo of the Pirates of the Sun on his body. It is still a group of former fugitives. It''s even less valuable..."

    "... asshole!"

    Sitting in the middle, a murloc with a serrated shark nose suddenly smashed the arm of his chair. It was Aron, the leader of the Dragon Pirate Group!

    This guy directly exposed the real situation of their murlocs on the Great Route, and exposed his always somewhat inferior thoughts.

    Now Aaron leads his own pirate group to oppress the humans in many villages in the East China Sea. In fact, the mermaid and murloc on the great sea route are all discriminated species.

    Even if Aaron desperately instills in himself and the people around him that murlocs are higher-level creatures and humans are lower-level creatures, but on the Great Route, these are the opposite...

    Fish people are never noble! A genius remembers ‡¥ÐÒ»Chinese m.x/8/1/z/w.c/o/m/

    They are still trafficked slaves in the Chambord Islands!

    Not but Aaron, the faces of the other murlocs were obviously angry.

    They are not slaves!

    But Naraku Uehara is right. The Dragon Pirates did indeed originate from a slave Pirates group, that is, the Pirates of the Sun founded by a great murloc, Fisher Tiger!

    just...

    Most of the people in the Pirates of the Sun are slaves of the Celestials. The mark of the Pirates of the Suns is also to hide the hoofprints of the Celestials.

    Aaron originally joined in to follow Fisher Tiger.

    That is also a history that is extremely humiliating to them!

    Uehara Naraku immediately angered all the murlocs!

    Nami, who has been hiding on the warship, watched this scene with amazement. Five years ago, Nami has never seen these murlocs look so angry!

    The anger on these murlocs now...

    is as angry as when she witnessed Bermel being killed!

    A murloc suddenly rushed towards Uehara Naraku, with an angry expression: "Asshole, don''t slander Tiger''s Pirates of the Sun!"

    Uehara Naraku suddenly clasped the murloc''s throat and twisted his neck blankly: "Then I will send you to see him!"

    The surrounding murlocs were walking towards Uehara Naruto one after another, and they were all kicked by Uehara Naruto. No one could stop him at all!

    Uehara Naruko kicked a murloc out of the sea with his hand, and casually raised his head to look at Aaron who was sitting in the middle: "It''s a pity that you only have murlocs here, and it''s not worth anything... Well, Aaron, you ''S body is worth 20 million Baileys."

    "¡­¡­"

    After hearing these words, Aaron''s expression became even more ugly.

    Uehara Naraku looked at Aaron, and suddenly smiled and said, "Oh, yes, your sister Xia Li is a murloc, and she should be more valuable than you... When our Baroque workshop breaks through the very flat murloc pirates, enter the fish After Human Island, guess what I would do to her?"

    "Asshole!"

    Aaron clenched his fist fiercely. He already remembered the wanted order he had seen before, and recognized Naraku Uehara in front of him: "With a small character like you with a reward of 30 million, you can dare to attack Jinping bastard. ?"

    Aaron''s gaze moved slowly and fell on Nami who had come down from the warship. His face was full of anger: "Nami, is this the enemy you attracted?"

    "¡­¡­"

    After Nami was silent for a second, she said with a hint of trepidation and anxiety on her face: "Aaron...I don''t know... They just started asking me where the Dragon Pirates are..."

    At this moment, she is just like a frightened little girl.

    The next moment, she suddenly became a vengeful woman!

    Now all the murlocs of the evil dragon pirate group have been easily defeated by Uehara Naraku. Only Aaron is left. Obviously Uehara Naraku has completely settled the victory!

    When Nami looked at Aaron, the expression on her face suddenly showed a smile. She smiled a little oozingly: "But I heard them say that they came to kill you from the great route, and then I looked for I took the fastest route, picked the most downwind waves, and immediately brought them here!"

    "¡­¡­"

    The anger on Along''s face was even stronger, his figure suddenly rushed towards Uehara Naruto: "Huh, bastard, don''t underestimate me..."

    "I don''t underestimate it, it''s overrated."

    Uehara Nairo kicked him, and kicked him directly into the wall, only one kick left Aaron seriously wounded and dying.

    Uehara Naraku slowly pretended to look over at Nami, with a devilish smile on his face: "Hey, UU Reading Little Nami, you are responsible for hanging him up and drying him here, right?"

    "¡­¡­"

    A drop of cold sweat appeared on Nami''s forehead.

    The strength of this guy is indeed ten times stronger than these murlocs, but he seems to be more cruel than these murlocs!

    "You don''t seem to dare?"

    Uehara Naraku chuckled, and slowly stretched out his finger to make a shooting gesture, and the armed domineering shot from the finger instantly and directly penetrated Aaron''s head!

    "Forget it, the murlocs and pirates of the Pirates of the Sun are a group of slaves who can''t sell it for a good price, and our Baroque work club is too lazy to waste time."

    Uehara Nairobi spread out his palms and glanced at a bubble in the bottom of the water. There was a murloc he had let go.

    That murloc is the stupid Xiaohachi, who was also deliberately sent to deliver letters to those guys Jinping, just to make this matter according to Mr. Klockdal''s plan!

    Uehara Naraku continued slowly: "After our Baroque work agency breaks through the murloc pirates of the Chibu Sea, we can go directly to the murloc island to catch the more expensive mermaid..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Under the water.

    Xiao Ba was horrified.

    Is the bigger purpose of the people in the Baroque workshop to attack the very flat murloc pirates?

    First release https://(www) https://m/.x81zw./com/

 Chapter 411ï¼š 5 days, do you know how I spent these 5 days!

    Along was killed.

    Except for an escaped Xiao Ba, the entire dragon and pirate group was cleared, and the nightmare that had been hanging on Nami''s head disappeared overnight.

    The fifteen-year-old girl sat weakly on the ground and lowered her head. Her body and mind finally relaxed.

    The mountain that had been pressing on her head was finally eliminated.

    Uehara Naraku stood beside her, looking at Nami quietly, squinting her eyes and rubbing her hair with a smile, softly soothing her emotions.

    "From now on, you don''t have to be afraid of Aaron."

    At this moment, Uehara Naraku looks like a righteous person who has just wiped out evil and guarded world peace.

    Nami nodded slowly, took a deep breath and raised her head to look at Naruu Uehara. A trace of gratitude flashed across her face: "Anyway...thank you."

    "Well, it doesn''t matter..."

    Uehara Naraku''s smile was unusually sunny. He stretched his waist and slowly began to reveal his wolf tail: "From the great route to the East China Sea, I have been sailing on the sea for a long time recently. I am afraid of getting scurvy. Is there any fruit on the side? We want to buy some..."

    "Yes!"

    Nami nodded slowly, and a smile appeared on her face: "Our house has a big orange grove. If you want it, I will give you a very generous discount as a thank you gift!"

    "Then..."

    Uehara Naraku narrowed her eyes, looked at this greedy girl, nodded and said, "Thank you for your discount..."

    Nami...

    is more greedy for money than I thought!

    When is this, I still don¡¯t know the situation!

    Is this girl who got greedy for money because of Aaron... Or is she a greedy person by nature?

    Uehara Naraku smiled as she watched Nami rush into the evil dragon park and packaged all the money that Aaron had accumulated over the years, the smile on her face deepened.

    "Huh..."

    Nami looked at the huge package and showed a happy smile: "These are what Aaron snatched from everyone in the village over the years. Find a chance to give them back..."

    At this point, Nami couldn''t help but frown again. The smile on her face gradually faded. She slowly lowered her head and said, "But... they probably won''t accept me as a leader of the Dragon Pirate Group. !"

    "Yes¡­"

    Uehara Naraku nodded quietly beside him.

    "Forget it, it doesn''t matter."

    Nami quickly gave up her frustration, at least now that the nightmare that hovered in her childhood has disappeared, and she can arrange her life calmly in the future.

    Nami¡¯s face reappeared with a playful smile: "Let¡¯s go, I will take you to our house to pick oranges. Our oranges are very sweet. Even if I give you a discount, the price may not be the same. It will be low!"

    "Hmm..."

    Uehara Naraku nodded with a smile, looked at Nami and said, "For me, money is not a problem. I am actually not interested in money."

    "Eh?"

    There was a hint of curiosity on Nami''s face. She couldn''t help but rubbed her palms and asked: "Then how much money do you have?"

    "Ha ha¡­"

    Uehara Naraku smiled and stretched out her palm, and gently rubbed Nami''s hair: "You''ll find out in a while."

    Nami looked up at Uehara? She looked expectantly.

    half an hour later.

    Cocosia Village? Nami¡¯s orange orchard.

    Nami knows how much Uehara Naraku has.

    36.53 million Baileys.

    This figure is all the money she saved from the age of ten to the age of fifteen. It has been quietly buried in her own orange garden? Now it has been snatched away by Uehara Naraku.¥¡ÐÂ¥ä~¢à~1~ÖÐÎÄÍø¦Ø¦Ø¦Ø.¦Ö~¢¸~1z§ë.c¨°§Þ

    I''m still too naive...

    I''m still too young...

    A thought floated through Nami''s brain? Why would she believe in a group of pirates?

    Because this pirate killed Aaron, speak to her nicely? Why would she be deceived by a pirate?

    After this **** named Naraku Uehara entered their orange orchard? Instead of picking oranges, she quickly found out the treasure she hid here!

    Nami bit her lips tightly? Watching Uehara Naruko dig out the money and treasure she hid from the orange grove? Packed it slowly.

    "You guy..."

    Nami''s eyes were full of despair: "Wait, didn''t you say that you have a lot of money, are you not interested in money?"

    "Nami..."

    Uehara Naruto nodded? Picking up the package full of money and treasures? He sighed quietly and said, "You said...Is there anyone in this world who is not interested in money?"

    Uehara Naraku patted Nami on the shoulder and encouraged her to say: "Come on, you can set yourself a small goal and earn 100 million Baileys..."

    "I saved so much money and spent five years..."

    Nami clenched her fist tightly and looked desperately at Uehara Naraku carrying her money: "Five years! Do you know how I spent the past five years?"

    "Oh?"

    Uehara Naraku turned his head slowly? An unexplained smile appeared on his face: "Do you know the five days we have rushed to Evil Dragon Park after we met you? How did I live?"

    Uehara Nairobi spread out his palms, and said with a serious face: "Five days? I''m asking about your preferences every day, trying to figure out your information!

    Five days? I have to figure it out every day? A young girl who started collecting Bailey at the age of ten? How much money can she save in the past five years, and what will this girl put her stolen treasure and Bailey on? local¡­

    Finally, I have confirmed your orange orchard. "

    "¡­¡­"

    Nami was stupid after listening to Uehara Naraku''s words!

    Originally, she looked at Uehara Naraku and comforted her every day, thinking that this guy was at least a good person, but this guy tried to figure out how to inquire about his treasure every day!

    ah ah ah ah ah...

    This **** liar!

    How can there be people like Uehara Naraku in this world!

    The fifteen-year-old girl felt that she was going to be mad by Na Uehara. How could this guy be embarrassed to do such a thing!

    "Mix..."

    "Nami!"

    Nami¡¯s older sister, Noki Kogen, was here to help sell oranges. After seeing this, she immediately covered Nami¡¯s mouth!

    This is a pirate offering a reward of 30 million Baileys!

    And this guy just killed Aaron''s gang!

    No matter how you look at it, they are not what they should provoke now!

    Nuoji held Nami''s shoulders high, and softly comforted her: "Well, Nami, at least Aaron''s nightmare is over, Bailey will have it in the future, and we can grow oranges at home in peace..."

    "Little girl, you think too much."

    Uehara Nairobi hooked the corner of his mouth, stretched out his palm and grabbed an orange in the air. He smiled and said, "Your nightmare has just begun!"

    "What else do you want to do?"

    "you guess!"

    Uehara Naraku peeled the skin slowly, and after taking a bite of the orange, he nodded at Nami with satisfaction: "Hmm... your oranges are really sweet..."

    The next moment, Uehara Naraku''s face suddenly became extremely gloomy. He stared at Nami and Nokigao, and said in a deep voice, "Now go and ask all the villagers from Cocosia Village to come over and help me in this orange garden. The oranges are loaded on our boat!"

    Nami: "¡­¡­"

    Nuojigo: "¡­¡­"

    This pirate has a brain disease!

    Why do you still grab oranges after you have robbed her treasure!

    In fact, it proved that the two of them really underestimated the lower limit of Uehara Naraku. Just when Nokiko planned to stay here and let Nami go call someone...

    "and many more!"

    Uehara Naraku stopped Nami, took another sip of the orange and stuffed it into her mouth, with a smile on her face again, and added, "Oh, by the way, let the villagers bring their usual farming tools when they come. ¡­"

    "¡­¡­"

    Nuoqi Gao is still a little surprised.

    Nami immediately thought of something. The corners of her mouth couldn''t help but twitched: "Hey, don''t you guys still want to put orange trees..."

    "You guessed it! Nami-chan!"

    Uehara Nairobi nodded, and said with a serious face, "Let them come with tools and help me move your orange tree to the boat. How many kinds can be planted!"

    Nami: "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku, you are such a cruel person!

    Nami really feels that there is something wrong with the pirate, Naraku Uehara, so she can''t buy so many oranges from her where Bailey wants to go!

    also grab their orange tree!

    Is this really not afraid to waste time!

    Looking at Nami as if stunned by his words, Uehara Naraku stretched out his finger and made a shooting gesture at an orange.

    "bang!"

    That orange was instantly shattered by the armed color domineering!

    Uehara Nairobi narrowed his eyes, smiled and stretched out his fingers, put his fingers on Nozigao''s head, and turned his head to look at Nami.

    "Excuse me, please go faster, if the speed is slower, I may kill the entire Cocosia Village!"

    "Ah ah ah ah ah, is your brain sick!"

    Nami burst out frantically in an instant.

    Nokiko watched his sister leave, turned his head to look at Naraku Uehara, and suddenly smiled: "Mr. Uehara... is actually a good person? But why must he bully Nami?"

    "Hehe, of course I am a good person..."

    Nairo Uehara hugged her arm and looked at Nuojigo with a sneer: "But your sister said bad things about me on our boat. It was obviously that I helped her kill Aaron, and she wanted to sell me oranges at a high price. ¡­Is she still human?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Nuojigo''s mouth couldn''t help twitching.

    Whether it''s Naraku Uehara or Nami, both of them seem to be acting badly!

    the other side.

    After Nami left the orange orchard, she suddenly realized that the village might no longer accept her, so she could only run to the only person who could accept her!

    A Jian, the garrison of Cocosia Village.

    "Ajian!"

    Nami frantically knocked on the door of this uncle who used to make her happy when she was in her infancy, and said in a panic: "Ajian! Hurry up and ask someone to get tools to help pick the oranges. , Help dig out our orange tree!" The full text of the article is the fastest ¤ó¦Ó¦Ó¦Ñs:/§Þ.¦Ö°Ë¢åz§ë.c¨°§Þ/

    "¡­¡­"

    Ajian glanced at Nami ignorantly, and the little pinwheel on the hat turned straight up: "Wait...what''s wrong?"

    "you listen to me!"

    Nami squeezed his arm and said with a heavy face: "A pirate has come to our village. He killed Aaron and his gang. Now he is going to take away our oranges and orange trees. If you don¡¯t help pick them With Orange, he would kill everyone in the entire Cocosia Village!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Ajian glanced at Nami in confusion, but he didn''t hesitate, he immediately believed in Nami, and started to gather the people in the village with his trumpet.

    What''s wrong with the pirates in this sea...

    To be honest, this kind of thing sounds very confusing.

    What touched Nami''s heart is...

    I heard that her family encountered a pirate who had an accident. Everyone in the village came to help, and even clamored to help her get rid of the pirate.

    Do people in the village already know the truth about her taking refuge in Aaron?

    They are not hostile to her...

    But now is not the time to be moved!

    Nami couldn''t help holding her forehead, and persuaded in a deep voice, "The problem with Uehara Naraku''s thinking is that he killed Aaron. Don''t provoke him. You just need to help pick the oranges and dig a few trees. Orange trees are just fine..."

 Chapter 412ï¼š Have you done so much and asked Krokdals opinion?

    The port of Cocosia Village.

    Uehara Naraku¡¯s warship was filled with oranges and orange trees.

    A group of villagers in Coco West Village looked at Uehara Naraku who was standing on the shore in a confused and complicated manner. They had already learned the truth about Uehara grabbing oranges from Nozigao''s mouth, and they had never seen a pirate with such a bad personality.

    But it is much better than Aaron.

    They did not kill, and even helped them get rid of the evil.

    These villagers also feel very complicated about the pirate Uehara Naraku.

    Uehara Naraku looked at Nami, who was humiliated, and tenderly handed her a tissue, looking like a kind brother.

    If you ignore his bad behavior just now...

    The relationship between them actually looks like that!

    "What else do you want to do?"

    Nana wiped her face with dissatisfaction, and muttered: "My money, you have taken it away; you have pretended to take away my oranges; you have dug away a lot of my orange trees..."

    "I will pay for oranges or something."

    Uehara Naraku''s face looked very serious.

    The fifteen-year-old Nami no longer believes what he said, she still speaks angrily: "Should I use the money that I took away? How much do you want to pay me back?"

    "The money is all your hard work saved..."

    "Will you return it to me?"

    A bright light flashed across Nami''s eyes.

    "No."

    Nairo Uehara rubbed her hair, looked at Nami''s dimmed eyes, and comforted her softly: "Don''t worry, I won''t let you work in vain, you saved 36,533,000 Baileys. , I will splurge."

    "¡­¡­"

    Are you talking human words?

    If you didn¡¯t know that you couldn¡¯t beat this person...

    Nami really wants to fight him hard now!

    Uehara Naraku slowly took out a coin and handed it to Nami: "I bought the money for oranges and orange trees. You really made it. I can''t find a smaller denomination than this. Okay, I paid, and we are considered a fair deal."

    "...Fifty Baileys..."

    Xiao Nami stared at the coin, slowly raised her head to stare at Naraku Uehara, and sighed faintly: "Mr. Uehara, fifty Bailey is not enough to buy a catty of oranges... how are you embarrassed to say fair trade? Words..."

    "I am a pirate."

    Uehara Naraku directly choked Nami to death, smiling and continuing to ask: "Then this coin, do you want more?"

    "Yes."

    Nami stretched out her palm in humiliation and took the coin in Uehara''s hand. Her face was completely broken by Uehara''s play.

    Uehara Naraku patted Nami''s little head, lowered her head to embrace her, and whispered in her ear: "Nami, don''t want this expression, you still have these villagers who like you...you will think about it. Protect them?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Nami, who was still somewhat confused about life, wakes up instantly.

    Nami''s face suddenly became serious, she grabbed Uehara''s arm abruptly, and whispered, "What else do you want to do?"

    "It''s not what I want to do."

    Uehara Naruko rubbed her hair and sighed softly, "Remember what I said... Aaron is not strong, but he is not low in the murloc pirate group of the great route, who Know if they will come for revenge?"

    "¡­¡­"

    A hint of anxiety flashed across Nami''s face.

    Uehara Naraku must have scared this girl.

    Uehara Naruto squatted in front of him, softly calming her emotions: "Within three years, our Baroque Work Club will launch a war against the Murloc Pirates. If we wipe out Jinhei successfully, everything will be fine. Up.

    If after three years, I don¡¯t come back to the East China Sea to buy the oranges you grow, you will find a pirate group you like to go to the Great Route, understand?

    I believe in your navigator abilities. In fact, many powerful pirate groups will definitely want to get a genius navigator like you? But you are too young now..."

    "Mr. Uehara..."

    Nami''s eyes trembled slightly.

    Uehara Nara squinted her eyes? He left Nami with a sunny smile: "Okay, I''ll take your money? I''m sure to do things? I will stay at the Whiskey Peak and will not let any Jinping''s hands down. From the East China Sea!"

    "¡­¡­"

    At this moment? Nami''s expression is extremely complicated, and Nami''s emotions are a little moved? She suddenly felt that Naraku Uehara was a good person.

    Uehara Naraku stretched out her finger again and tapped her forehead? He chuckled softly, "Hehe, our Baroque work club is the strongest organization in the world, how could I lose to that guy Jinpei!"

    It just so happens that we are going to fight very flat, by the way, also grab some money from you under this name? Anyway, there is nothing you can do with me!

    gone? When you grow up, let me play with me on the Great Sea Route! At that time, I would like to introduce you to a guy who also loves money! "

    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naruto landed on the warship, waved at the people on the ground, and left Cocosia Village.

    The villagers on the ground also waved goodbye to him subconsciously.

    To tell the truth? It is really difficult for the villagers to feel bad about this pirate, even Nami''s sister Nuoqi Gao waved goodbye.

    "... asshole... asshole!"

    Nami squeezed the coin in her hand? Looking at the direction of the warship, her voice gradually lowered: "Whether the Whiskey Peak of the Great Route... I will definitely go to see you! That guy named Jinping? Please temporarily. You guys..."

    Anyway...

    Nami was suddenly confused.

    This fifteen-year-old girl was crippled.

    on the warship.

    Uehara Naraku was playing with an orange in his hands, looking boredly at the reward for the mission he completed in Cocosia Village.

    Side mission: Take away Nami¡¯s money (1/1)? The mission has been completed? Reward 10,000 life energy? Reward 10000 points of armed domineering, 10,000 points of seeing and hearing domineering.

    Side mission: Plant an orange tree on your ship (1/1), the mission has been completed, reward 300 gold coins.

    This is a regular reward for Novice Village.

    In addition to this, there is a skill bonus.

    Side mission: Taste the oranges of Cocosia Village (1/1), the mission has been completed, the fixed reward skill scurvy therapy.

    Scurvy Therapy: Eat any citrus fruits, disarm all control skills and restore 15% of your own life energy, armed and domineering, and the skills have no cooling time, and you need to consume a citrus fruit.

    This skill makes it as if oranges are potions...

    is really outrageous.

    "Hey..."

    Uehara Naraku played with the orange in her hand and couldn''t help but chuckled slightly: "It seems that if there is nothing wrong, I have to come to Cocosia Village more when I have time."

    "Mr. Naraku, I have a question..."

    Nicole Robin frowned and asked in a soft voice: "Are we really going to fight with one of the seven Wuhai under the king, Jinping?"

    "of course."

    Uehara Naraku tossed the orange in his hand, and said casually: "We have agreed to Miss Nami and Mr. Krokdal, can''t we break our promise to them?"

    Uehara Naraku threw the orange in his hand to the dried persimmon ghost shark, and continued: "Prepare! When we return to the great route, we will begin preparations for the Baroque workshop to attack Jinping and take his place!"

    "Yes, Uehara-sama."

    The dried persimmon ghost nodded slowly.

    Nicole Robin spread out his map and whispered: "Then this is our last stop, is the Windmill Village in the East China Sea?"

    "Well, let''s go to the Windmill Village first!"

    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly.

    There is actually another place in West Robb Village, but the Captain Crowe hasn''t lurked in... Is it going to listen to Usopp bragging?

    There is another cheating thing here.

    That is, Usopp has a very strange setting, and almost all the bulls that the guy has ever boasted will be realized one by one.

    It is better to go directly to Windmill Village.

    That is a real novice village!

    Nicole Robin glanced at the map and looked at Uehara Naraku curiously: "Mr. Uehara, is there anything special there?"

    "Ok."

    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly and said, "This is the hometown of Vice Admiral Monch D. Karp, and his grandson is also there..."

    "Navy hero Monch D. Karp?"

    A look of surprise flashed across Nicole Robin''s face, and a few drops of cold sweat could not help but burst out on her forehead: "You don''t want to rob the hometown of naval heroes in the name of the Baroque Working Society? "

    "Otherwise, what do you think I am going to do?"

    Uehara Naraku waved a gust of wind, and said softly: "I almost forgot to say that Lieutenant General Karp''s grandson is also in his hometown! That guy is also the son of the leader of the revolutionary army, Monch D. Dorag."

    "¡­¡­"

    Nicole Robin was silent for a few seconds.

    Are you afraid that Krokdal will die too comfortably?

    According to the current situation, once the Baroque work agency is exposed, if Krokdal is behind the scenes, then the sand crocodile can just give up on the Pluto, and find a way in advance to find a luxurious single room in the Great Undersea Prison...

    Merely looting the hometown of the naval hero Monch D. Karp can make Krokrodar unable to stay in the position of King Qiwuhai; not to mention this incident also involves the world''s most murderous criminal, Dorag!

    "Don''t think too much."

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but smiled and said: "The navy is much darker than you think. It''s just looting the windmill village. The navy won''t care."

    really...

    What a big deal!

    Nicole Robin''s mentality is not good You must learn to relax.

    "Of course, the navy doesn''t take it seriously. There will definitely be others who take it seriously."

    Uehara Naraku looked at the setting sun in the distance, smiled lightly and continued: "As long as the news that our Baroque Work Agency looted the hometown of the naval heroes of Windmill Village spreads out, we will be able to shock the whole world and make a name for Mr. Krokdal!"

    Uehara Naraku clenched his fists confidently: "The events of Windmill Village are more interesting than you think, and interesting than you can imagine. ¥¡ÐÂ¥ä~¢à~1~ÖÐÎÄÍø¦Ø¦Ø¦Ø.¦Ö~¢¸~1z§ë .c¨°§Þ

    As long as we do this important thing, Mr. Krokdal will definitely take the road of kings...Although this road may be full of thorns and tribulations! "

    "¡­¡­"

    Nicole Robin''s face was strange.

    Have you asked Klockdal''s opinion?

    "No."

    Uehara Naraku turned the bow again and whispered: "We have to go to a place with a naval base. I have to think of a way to pass the news that the Baroque Work Agency is going to looting the hometown of naval heroes to the navy." First release https:/ /(Www)https://m/.x81zw./com/

    "¡­¡­"

    Nicole Robin doesn¡¯t know what her expression is.

    While splashing dirty water on Krokdal''s body, he surreptitiously whitewashed himself? Obviously you did all this!

    Can''t you be a good individual!

 Chapter 413ï¼š The trouble that Jiao Du has encountered

    early morning.

    The sun rose again.

    Most naval bases in the East China Sea stayed up all night.

    Because they received an urgent order from the navy headquarters, all navies in the vicinity of the Goa Kingdom will all go to the Goa Kingdom to encircle and suppress the Baroque Working Society.

    All navies must surround or entangle the members of the Baroque working society before Vice Admiral Monch D. Karp rushes to the East China Sea.

    This is all the fault of Uehara Naraku.

    Because when Uehara was eating near a naval base, he claimed in front of the public that their Baroque workshop was going to sack the hometown of the naval hero Monch D. Karp as punishment for the navy''s attack on them in Log Town.

    This is tantamount to provoking and declaring war on the Navy.

    However, in the view of the Marshal of the Warring States Period and Colonel Tina, this is the member who is most likely to be converted into a rape. Otherwise, why not let the Baroque Work Agency claim this after looting Lieutenant General Karp¡¯s hometown. Responsible?

    As these navies were moving towards the Goa Kingdom, a warship planted with orange trees had already quietly stopped on the pier in Windmill Village.

    Three figures came down from the warship.

    Nicole Robin looked at this quiet village, frowned and said: "Krokdal knows what we are going to do next, he will definitely not be too happy..."

    "It doesn''t matter." New 81 Chinese network update the fastest mobile terminal: https:/

    Uehara Nairo spread out her palms, smiled and looked at the ghost shark: "Didn¡¯t he say that, let us cooperate with the ghost shark and do anything..."

    "Maybe..."

    Nicole Robin pondered for a while, and then swallowed the sentence on his head. Maybe Krokdal just asked us to do something he could do?

    looting the windmill village...

    I feel that Krokdal should be upset!

    "Relax at ease..."

    Uehara Naraku stretched out the palm of his hand and counted: "We ransacked the windmill village, at most, only to offend a naval hero, a four emperor of the new world, a revolutionary army commander and chief of staff, at best. And the supernova that has been particularly hot recently..."

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand, and said with a chuckle: "Mr. Krockdale will definitely not take these little people in your eyes. He is going to be the man of One Piece!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Nicole Robin was silent.

    How come you say such a terrible thing casually! I feel that no matter what it is, it can cause big trouble for Krokdal...

    Nicole Robin frowned and said softly: "Mr. Naraku, I think, should I tell Klockdale in advance that we will attack the hometown of the naval hero Karp immediately, lest he suspect that we are doing our own thing? ¡­"

    "Whatever."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the dried persimmon ghost shark next to him, and calmly said, "After today, let Kaakuto-senpai start cleaning up the Baroque workplace! The old way, Mr. Krokdal can only rely on us!"

    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he continued: "That''s right, after we get rid of the members of the former Baroque work agency, I will spread the news that Krokdal is the president, lest this guy cleanse himself and the Baroque work agency in advance. relationship."

    After talking about this, Uehara Naraku sighed faintly: "If you don''t push Krokdal to the road of nowhere, he will not realize that he is powerful."

    "Yes¡­"

    The dried persimmon ghost also grinned, found out his own phone bug, and planned to contact the Jiaodu that he didn''t like very much.

    Great route.

    Gaya Island, Magic Valley Town Bar.

    This is a paradise made up of pirates. Most of the people in the town are pirates, and all business comes from pirates, so it also attracts some bounty hunters.

    "It''s really a heavenly town."

    A figure opened the curtain of the door and carried two people and walked in. He said in a hurry, "Making money here is as easy as picking money on the ground..."

    No? Not carrying two people.

    This guy is carrying two corpses!

    "Hello? Jiaodu!"

    Another young man followed, and he was obviously a little unhappy: "We are going to the bar? Can you stop carrying these two corpses!"

    "To shut up!"

    They are the corners of the undead duo and Fei Duan.

    After the ¡¡¡¡ corner interrupted the flying segment? Reached out and threw the corpse on his shoulder to the ground, looking at the pirate in the bar? The urn said: "It looks like we can have more trophies!"

    The pirates in the bar in Magic Valley looked at them.

    Every pirate is not ridiculing the pirate hunter as before, and their faces are full of panic and anxiety? These two pirate hunters are definitely something they cannot provoke! A genius remembers ‡¥ÐÒ»Chinese m.x/8/1/z/w.c/o/m/

    Only one pirate sitting in the corner couldn''t help but laughed out: "Hey...he is a powerful pirate hunter? It''s really interesting to behave like a trash picker! "

    "Asshole, what did you say!"

    Fei Duan''s face was furious, and he waved the sickle in his hand and rushed up? But Fei Duan hadn''t had time? He was repelled by an oncoming shock wave!

    A single thread suddenly shot out and stuck to Fei Duan''s body!

    The next moment, Feiduan waved the sickle in his hand and rushed towards Jiao Du. He said in a loud voice, "Hey, Jiao Du? I can''t control my body!"

    "I can tell."

    After ¡¡¡¡ corners had escaped a blow, his fist instantly became petrified? One punch hit Fei Duan''s body, knocking his teammate away.

    "Hey hey hey...interesting."

    A tall, thin man walked out slowly with a low smile? He wears a pair of sunglasses on his face and a pink feather coat? He wears a pair of pointed leather shoes at his feet? His walking posture is extremely arrogant.

    The pirates involuntarily retreated? Make a way for him!

    One of the pirates stared at the man, and his voice could not stop trembling and screamed his identity: "King Qiwuhai...Doflamingo!"

    "There are still a lot of interesting guys!"

    A light flashed in Doflamingo''s sunglasses, and the next moment a thread flew from his fingertips, and every pirate''s throat was cut directly by him!

    After Doflamingo killed all these pirates, he turned his head and looked at Jiao Du. He spread his palms on his face a little eagerly and said, "These pirates are all specially lured here by me. A meeting ceremony for Mr. Jiaodu..."

    "Thank you very much, then."

    Jiao nodded indifferently, and didn''t put the person in front of him in his eyes. He just continued with a urn sound: "Don''t worry, we won''t move King Seven Wuhai, because there is no reward for killing you guys. ¡­"

    "No one has ever dared to say such things in front of me..."

    Doflamingo spread out his palm and laughed wildly, then suddenly continued: "But I forgive you! I came to meet Mr. Jiaodu, just want to know one thing, why Mr. Jiaodu killed him After some people, their hearts will always be lost. This reminds me of the ability of a devil fruit that I dreamed of. You know that..."

    Sorry!

    Sorry!

    The voice of the phone bug rang quickly.

    Jiao didn¡¯t care about Doflamingo in front of him, took out his own phone worm, and calmly connected: "I¡¯m not very convenient here, now there is a king named Doflamingo Qiwuhai by my side. , It seems to be looking for someone from me..."

    corners talked these words almost like no one else.

    Doflamingo didn¡¯t care when he stood beside him, he just chuckled in a low voice, ¡°Hey, hey...it¡¯s getting more and more interesting."

    "¡­¡­"

    The other end of the phone worm fell silent.

    After a while, a voice came from the other end of the phone worm: "Give your phone worm to Doflamingo."

    "Oh."

    nodded slowly, and handed the phone worm in his hand to Doflamingo: "Someone wants to talk to you, you''d better pick it up."

    This sentence sounds a bit like a threat.

    Doflamingo didn''t mind, he just grinned his mouth, slowly stretched out his palm, and took the phone bug in Jiao Du''s hand.

    An arrogant voice came from the other side of the phone worm, which sounded extremely domineering: "After the call is over, stay away from my subordinates."

    "It''s really arrogant..."

    Doflamingo¡¯s smile grew wider at the corner of his mouth, and he said nonchalantly: "If you want to intimidate others, at least you have to say your name first..."

    "Don Quixote Huo Minggu."

    "Asshole!"

    After Doflamingo heard the name, his face immediately showed a touch of anger, because the name was his father''s name!

    There is nothing more insulting than this!

    The voice on the other side of the phone worm didn¡¯t care about his attitude at all, just a slight chuckle: "I thought you would always be so calm... I don¡¯t know, I thought you were more arrogant than me! Doflamingo... Denon Offal...

    Oh, I was wrong. You are just a pirate now, even if you are holding your father''s head to enter Maria Gioria, the gangsters will not let you join. "

    "¡­¡­"

    Doflamingo held the phone worm in his hand, and the veins on his face were suddenly revealed. Who on earth is this guy on the opposite side, even knows this kind of thing...

    What surprised him the most was...

    The arrogant attitude of the guy opposite, there is no doubt that the guy is also a lawless character, not a small person!

    "You guy..."

    Doflamingo grabbed the phone worm in his hand and put it beside his mouth, with a gloomy expression on his face: "...Who is it?"

    "Let me see your power first!"

    The person at the other end of the phone worm casually continued: "Oh, yes, let me tell you in advance that a guy who loved his brother very much entered the new world with a guy who was very beloved by his brother.

    They will probably give you some gifts in Dressrosa. It is best to go back to save your country as soon as possible. Before dying, if there is time, say a word to your enemy just say one The guy named Uchiha Itachi let him spare your life. "

    "¡­¡­"

    Uchiha...

    This surname is very rare.

    Doflamingo''s expression instantly solidified, and he immediately remembered that Uchiha Sasuke, who had become a monster when he went out to sea, was not unreasonable at the other end of the phone worm!

    indeed¡­

    Once the pirates enter the new world, they will almost always meet the passionate and unrestrained Dresrosa. In previous years, they were just small characters.

    Two monsters came in this year!

    Even Doflamingo knows how lawless Uchiha Sasuke is, but the guy who hurt the general in the shampoo field and almost killed the Celestial Dragon!

    Now the person on the other end of the phone worm reminds that it¡¯s not wrong...

    In the unlikely event that the Pirates of Spades landed in Dresrosa and caused something to happen, it would really not end well. Toflamingo had expected this incident, so he took the opportunity to sneak out. It''s too embarrassing to get lost in time...

    "Hey hey hey... I am more interested in you..."

    After smiling a few times, Doflamingo continued to the phone worm: "Today I will let your hands go... If I find out that you lied to me..."

    "You can just kowtow to me then."

    After the person on the other end of the phone worm made Doflamingo almost choked to death, he continued nonchalantly: "Go away, if you don¡¯t go back to Dresrosa to pick up guests today, there will be no such thing in the future. Country."

 Chapter 414ï¼š What king are you going to be?

    For so many years, Doflamingo has lived as a figure in the sea, and he is also qualified to be arrogant in front of many pirates.

    But the person in the phone bug is more arrogant than him!

    What did that guy say?

    What does it mean to kowtow to him?

    Doflamingo''s expression is uncertain. He really wants to turn his face directly, but he is worried that he will really provoke something extraordinary.

    What if it''s a crazy man like Kaido again?

    The most frightening thing in this world is the unknown. Compared with the Four Emperor monsters in the new world, a person who hides his identity also makes him a little afraid.

    Especially this person seems to know everything.

    And he is not anyone who Doflamingo knows. There is no such person in the entire underground world, but this person knows everything about him!

    But this guy is hiding his identity...

    Explain that his strength is not that strong? Or that his identity is really inconvenient to reveal, does that mean that this guy can''t appear in front of people at all?

    Doflamingo regained his composure and grinned his mouth and said: "A guy who hides his head and shows his tail, dare to intimidate me?"

    "¡­¡­"

    The phone worm hung up directly.

    horns slowly raised their heads, watching Doflamingo speak softly and asked, "Under what circumstances can I go to the Navy to exchange the bounty of Qiwuhai under the king?"

    "what¡­"

    Doflamingo glanced at the corner of his eyes in surprise, then grinned again and said, "Hey, hey, hey...has he still regarded me as a prey?"

    "Do not."

    Jiao Du shook his head, pointed to the phone bug in his hand, and calmly said: "Because I know you said something wrong in front of him, I already know your fate, but I don''t want to waste your money. Bounty."

    The last person who said the wrong thing...

    The entire Akatsuki organization knew his end.

    Why did Uehara Naraku behave so obviously not to provoke just now, does this Doflamingo continue to die?

    "Oh?"

    Doflamingo''s expression suddenly became subtle. He slowly raised his finger and laughed in a low voice: "It looks like Mr. Jiaodu respects him very much..."

    "Only he can take me to earn money."

    horns also slowly arched his body, and the grieving tentacles gradually emerged from the gaps in his body, making people look terrifying!

    Even Doflamingo''s face changed. After his brows tightened slightly, he slowly relaxed.

    Doflamingo looked at Jiao Du''s horrible figure, but smiled lightly on his face: "It just sounds like...Mr. Jiao Du seems to like money very much?"

    "Money is the only thing you can trust."

    Jiao Du Weng responded with a voice, this is his creed.

    Doflamingo tapped his finger on his arm, and continued to laugh, "Hey, hey...If I gave Mr. Jiaodu a generous sum of money, would you be willing to tell me the identity of that person just now? "

    "Yes."

    After ¡¡¡¡ nodded and nodded, he reached out to the phone worm in Doflamingo''s hand: "It''s just that I need to report this to him..."

    Jiaodu''s face is still very calm: "If he does not allow him, he will kill us directly, even the soul will not be free..."

    When ¡¡¡¡ said these words, Jiaodu''s mentality was still calm.

    Doflamingo''s face became faintly unsightly. Is this horn playing him? How could that person agree to such a thing?

    The geography in Jiaodu''s hand stretched out, and the phone worm that slowly entangled Doflamingo took away. He slowly took out the reward order and began to look at the corpses of the pirates on the ground according to the reward order. .

    and on the other side.

    East China Sea, Windmill Village.

    After Uehara Naruko hung up the phone worm, he dialed the phone worm of Sasuke Uchiha and asked directly, "Sasuke, is it convenient to go to Dresrosa?"

    "¡­¡­" New 81 Chinese network update the fastest mobile terminal: https:/

    After Uchiha Sasuke was silent for a while, his voice came hesitatingly: "Our side is coming to Dresrosa soon. What are you going to do?"

    "Then make a big fuss!"

    After speaking, Naraku Uehara chuckled and continued: "Teach Doflamingo! You should be able to do it? But you don''t need to kill him. He is a very useful pawn, and I will give it too. Gave him a talisman!"

    "You guy..."

    The voice of Sasuke on the other side of the phone worm stopped, and he continued in a deep voice: "We have just entered the new world not long ago, and we still don''t understand the situation in the new world..."

    "It doesn''t matter, just do it."

    Uehara Naraku smiled, then suddenly continued: "But it sounds like you don''t really think of yourself as a member of the Pirates of Spades, do you?"

    "Who wants to stay with these idiots!"

    After Uchiha Sasuke couldn¡¯t help but cursed, he changed the subject: "Where are you all now?"

    "Windmill Village."

    Uehara Naraku spoke slowly.

    Uchiha Sasuke''s voice changed, and he asked in a deep voice, "Windmill Village? Isn''t that the hometown of that idiot Ace?"

    This place name, Sasuke Uchiha must have heard of it.

    As the deputy captain of Portgas D. Ace, Sasuke will definitely hear his captain talk about hometown, especially his captain is an idiot without a bottom line.

    "Yes¡­"

    Uehara Naraku said leisurely, "There are many people here who watched Ace grow up! His brother is still here..."

    "Uehara..."

    After Sasuke Uchiha was silent for a while, he continued softly: "I have completely controlled everything in the Pirates of Spades? Ace, that idiot has become your pawn? You don''t need to use his brother anymore? "

    "Sasuke..."

    The smile on Uehara Naraku''s face was faintly obscure: "It looks like you have also gained new friendship in this world..."

    "No."

    Uchiha Sasuke''s voice became extremely cold.

    The smile on Uehara Naraku''s face remained undiminished, and he continued softly: "It doesn''t matter, in life? The most important thing is to be happy..."

    "Uehara Naraku."

    Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s voice is a bit cold? He calmly explained the fact: "With you in the world, no one can be happy."

    "Nonsense!"

    Uehara Naraku immediately retorted, and gave an example: "You see how happy the predecessors are! There are also the two guys Dedara and Hidana..."

    "Say it straight."

    Sasuke Uchiha turned the subject back again: "Uehara? What do you want to do in the hometown of that idiot Ace? If he knows it? Maybe he will do irrational things... even I may not be able to persuade him. ."

    "rest assured."

    Uehara Naraku continued slowly: "As long as you can control the Pirates of Spades, you can do what I explain? I won''t kill..."

    Uehara Naraku said while his eyes fell on a figure that appeared on the streets of Windmill Village? It was a young man wearing a straw hat.

    "Me? Just come to help quit the king''s addiction..."

    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he directly hung up the phone worm in his hand, leaving Sasuke Uchiha with question marks on the other side of the phone worm.

    On the streets of Windmill Village.

    Monkey D. Luffy also saw the three people walking into the Windmill Village. His first action was to greet them enthusiastically.

    "Good morning everyone!"

    "Morning..."

    Uehara Naraku narrowed his eyes, smiled and said hello, and walked up to meet Luffy''s figure.

    The book booths used by book friends have been hung up, and now they are basically using \\mi\\mi\\read\\read\\A\\P\\P\\w\\w\\w\\ .\\m\\i\\m\\i\\r\\e\\a\\d\\.\\c\\o\\m.

    "I don¡¯t think I¡¯ve seen anyone, and I seem to have seen it..."

    Luffy''s brows frowned slightly, and then slowly stretched out, laughing and asking: "Are you coming to this village from afar?"

    "Yes¡­"

    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, spreading out her palms, and chuckled lightly: "I am Naraku Uehara, a mid-level agent of the Baroque Work Agency, here to purchase sailing supplies..."

    "Agent? Sounds amazing!"

    The straw hat youth did not realize the danger of the problem at all, and even asked with great interest: "What does an agent do? I have never seen an agent before!"

    "It''s mainly to help people get rid of addiction..."

    Uehara Naraku spread his hands indifferently, and continued: "Anyway, you''ll know soon, um... don''t you introduce yourself?"

    If Nami is here...

    She would definitely know the evil mind of Uehara Naraku.

    It¡¯s a pity that Monkey D. Luffy¡¯s mind is much simpler, and his face is still smiling and nodded: "Yes, I really should introduce myself..."

    When he said this, Luffy stretched out his hand to cover his straw hat, and his expression suddenly became serious and firm.

    Luffy''s eyes flashed a light, and there was a touch of confidence in his voice: "I am Monkey¡¤D¡¤Luffy, the man who wants to become One Piece!"

    "¡­¡­"

    There was silence in the field The eyes of the dried persimmon ghost and Nicole Robin couldn¡¯t help but fell on Luffy¡¯s body. This is the grandson of Lieutenant General Karp and the son of the revolutionary Dorag What?

    As for being the One Piece or something...

    After a second, Gan Persimmon Guikun suddenly grinned and said: "I don''t know, is it my illusion? Just now I felt that this kid and Konoha''s clamoring to become Naruto Uzumaki a bit like... "First release https://(www) https://m/.x81zw./com/

    "Hey, who are you talking about?"

    Monkey D. Luffy''s head tilted, and after taking a look at the dried persimmon, he was a little surprised and said, "Wow...Is this the murloc in the sea?"

    "Yes, the sea is amazing..."

    After ¡¡¡¡ Uehara Naraku answered, he still squinted and smiled, but his fist suddenly clenched, and the jet black armed color instantly covered it!

    The next moment, his fist fell on Luffy''s belly!

    The pain of this punch spread all over Luffy''s body in an instant, causing his body pain to bend down involuntarily, and even his legs could not stand firmly!

    Uehara Naraku slowly stretched out his hand and took off the straw hat on top of Luffy''s head, put it on his head, and gave Luffy a casual glance.

    "You just said..."

    Uehara Naraku straightened the straw hat on top of his head with one hand, looked at Luffy moaning in pain under his fist, and continued to ask, "What king are you going to be?"

 Chapter 415ï¼š The red-haired Shanks is nothing but one of our Baroque Jobs...

    Uehara Naraku''s punch hurts!

    The pain made Luffy a little bit suspicious of life.

    Because he is a rubber fruit capable person, he doesn''t worry about the pain of his fists at all. Apart from Karp''s fist, he felt the pain of another person for the first time.

    "Give me back Shanks'' straw hat!"

    Monkey D. Luffy''s arms stretched out suddenly, and he directly grabbed the straw hat on top of Uehara Naraku''s head, and was about to regain the straw hat!

    In fact, Luffy has a few words in his heart now, and he still feels very painful, but the straw hat is undoubtedly his precious treasure, and the most important thing is to get the straw hat back!

    Uehara Naraku didn''t stop him, just let Luffy take back the straw hat and hit Luffy''s body with his arm sideways, knocking him directly to the ground!

    "remember."

    Uehara Nairo spread out her palms and slowly said, "Don¡¯t tell us that you want to be the One Piece in front of our Baroque work agency. Only our boss can become the One Piece. Understand?"

    "I do not want it!"

    Luffy raised his head abruptly, watching Uehara Naruko stubbornly, with a stubborn look on his face: "One Piece...I''m sure!"

    "Oh."

    Uehara Naraku reached out and picked up his collar, and dragged him towards the windmill village: "Then let''s find a place to have a good chat... Mr. Guiyu, Miss Robin, you should go to business first!"

    "Ha ha¡­"

    The dried persimmon ghost chuckle grinned and chuckled: "Then you can take care of that kid! Let''s rob this village!"

    After finishing talking about the dried persimmon, he turned to look at Nicole Robin: "Vice President, can I kill everyone in this village?"

    "Don''t kill."

    Nicole Robin shook her head.

    After seeing the two of them leave, Uehara Nairo walked towards a tavern with Luffy''s body, and said: "The luck of this village is really good! If our boss came out, we would kill everyone in this village. , Burned down this village..."

    "... asshole!"

    Luffy clenched his fists and said with a gloomy face: "You guys who have tarnished the honor of Pirates!"

    "Hey¡­"

    Uehara Naraku knocked on Luffy''s head, and said with a chuckle: "What are you kidding? We are pirates! Go to the Great Route to find out how many people our Baroque Work Agency has killed!"

    "Asshole!"

    Lu Fei¡¯s face flashed with anger, and he said solemnly: "When I go to the Great Airway, I must fly all of your companies!"

    "I am looking forward."

    Uehara Naraku squeezed Luffy''s face and carried his body to move on.

    Because Luffy is a rubber-fruit capable man, his face is stretched long, but his body is still dragging on the ground, looking embarrassed and funny.

    Windmill Village.

    Mackinaw Tavern.

    The door is obviously not open in the early morning.

    However, the guests in the pub today looked very rude, kicked the door directly, and threw in a person: "Hey, boss, have a glass of juice!"

    "¡­¡­"

    A sleepy-eyed woman quickly came out behind the tavern.

    is the owner of this tavern, Markino, seems to have just woke up? She still has a trace of sleepiness on her face? She looks a little cute.

    Markino rubbed her eyes slowly, and sighed and apologized: "Sorry? Guest? It''s not business hours yet..." New 81 Chinese website update the fastest computer terminal: https://www.@x81zw@@ A genius remembers one second in Chinese mx/8/1/z/wc/o/m/

    Only after Markino finished rubbing her eyes and raising her head, she saw Luffy lying on the ground? A panic flashed across her face!

    "Luffy! What''s going on!"

    "This kid said he wants to be a Pirate..."

    A squinting and smiling young man spread his palms and continued: "But in this world? Only the boss of our Baroque Job Club can become the One Piece? So I taught him a lesson..."

    "¡­¡­"

    After being silent for a moment, Mackinaw slowly helped Luffy to sit in a chair, raised her head and put on a smiling face and said: "I''m so sorry... the children in the village are not sensible, and let the guests from afar Just laughed!"

    Markino at this moment is especially sensible.

    Because Magino knew that it is not the time for theory.

    Since Luffy in the village seems to have been knocked down, who possesses the ability of Devil Fruit, then he must bear it a bit? So as not to directly anger the pirates.

    However, the Luffy helped by Markino obviously didn''t give her face, and opened his mouth: "I''m not kidding! One Piece, I''m sure!"

    "Luffy! Don''t talk."

    A look of seriousness flashed across Mackinaw''s face. After watching Luffy shut her mouth in shock, she raised her head and looked at the pirate and continued to smile, "Then the guest wants a glass of juice, right? My side I''ll be ready soon..."

    "Hmm..."

    One of the young people came in? Sitting on a chair at the bar, he continued softly: "Then bother the boss faster.

    If we delay our Baroque work agency for a minute? We will charge one million Baileys. This is the rule set by our baroque work agency. "

    "...One...a minute? One million Baileys?"

    Hearing this number? There was a flash of surprise on Mackinaw''s face. After she hurriedly appeased Luffy, she ran to the bar!

    "Please wait a moment, please? This way will be ready soon!"

    "I am not in a hurry."

    Uehara Naraku''s arm is resting on the table? Looking at the hurried Mackinaw: "Anyway, the longer you delay, the more money I can take from you."

    "¡­¡­"

    There was a drop of cold sweat on Mackinaw''s forehead.

    Because I grew up in Windmill Village, this is the hometown of the naval hero Monch D. Karp. Few pirates dare to offend.

    In the past, there was a group of red-haired pirates who often stayed in Windmill Village, but those pirates would not bully the weak, and Magino had never seen such a pirate who bullied civilians.

    "Where do the guests come from?"

    Makino wanted to test Uehara Naraku''s attitude while chatting, while squeezing juice in a hurry, she was just a very ordinary little woman.

    "Alabastan."

    Uehara Naraku didn''t hesitate, secretly leaking some of the information of Sand Crocodile.

    Markino stretched his brows and smiled and said, "I remember hearing Captain Shanks mentioned that there seems to be a country full of deserts!"

    "Red-haired Shanks?"

    Nairo Uehara hooked the corner of his mouth, and when he mentioned the man, his smile on his face became stronger and stronger: "Does the boss know the red-haired Shanks? Oh, yes, the kid who was clamoring to become One Piece just now Mentioned that..."

    "Captain Shanks is a frequent visitor to our Windmill Village..."

    "I guess he won''t come in the future."

    Uehara Naraku interrupted Markino''s words, and said calmly: "After our Baroque Work Club defeated Nanbu Kaijinhei and the White Beard Pirates, the next one to be encircled is the Redhead Pirates."

    "Shanks will not be defeated by you!"

    Luffy heard Uehara Naraku''s words, and yelled at him dissatisfiedly: "Shanks is very strong! I made an agreement with him, and the next time we meet again, I will return the straw hat to him!"

    "Guest your juice."

    Magino hurriedly put the juice in front of Uehara, and looked at Luffy anxiously, hoping that he would not continue to say things that stimulate Uehara.

    Uehara Naraku didn¡¯t care about Luffy anymore, but took a sip of the straw and continued: "Thank you, but this glass of juice delayed me by one minute. When I left, the boss gave me one million Baileys. it is good."

    Macino: "¡­¡­"

    This pirate was serious just now!

    It''s just that Mackinaw is even more worried about the news of the red-haired Shanks. She couldn''t help but ask: "Has the guest also met Captain Shanks? How is he now?"

    "No, I haven''t seen it yet."

    Uehara Naraku sucked the juice in his hand, and slowly continued to speak: "He should be pretty good now, but it may not be anymore in the future... The enemy of the Baroque Work Society, no one has ever ended well."

    Uehara Naraku''s gaze slowly moved to Luffy, and he said in a deep voice: "Ten million and the Baroque Work Agency are enemies, because the navy attacked the Baroque Work Agency in Rogue Town. In order to retaliate, the Baroque Work Agency chose to sack the Navy The hometown of hero Karp!"

    "wash... looted?"

    Magino covered her mouth in a panic.

    "Well, they have already gone, it will be too late if you go to inform."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Luffy again, and continued with a deep voice, "Hey, your name is Monkey D. Luffy, right? It''s Monkey D. Karp''s family!

    Fortunately, I just punched you and brought you back, otherwise the two members of the Baroque work club would definitely kill you! "

    "¡­¡­"

    Luffy was silent for a second.

    The next moment, he resisted his pain, stood up to hold his straw hat, and said in a deep voice: "I know, but I will not watch the village being ransacked by them!"

    "moron!"

    Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly appeared beside Luffy, knocked him to the ground again with a punch, and continued: "You can''t even beat me! My reward is only 30 million, and their rewards are all over 100 million. !"

    After speaking, Naraku Uehara opened his mouth again and continued: "The looting of the windmill village, as a revenge against the navy, is an order issued by the boss of our Baroque work agency personally, no one can stop it!"

    This sentence is not a mistake.

    Because when Nicole Robin reported to Krocdal, the Mr. Sand Crocodile actually disagreed But Nicole Robin said that the Kakigiri was determined to do this, and she could not stop the ghost. The mackerel is going to make a big move.

    Krokdal can only agree.

    The sand crocodile already regrets recruiting the dried persimmon ghost shark into the Baroque work agency. Since this guy joined, the Baroque work agency has become famous, but it is estimated that more and more enemies will be provoked.

    It''s a pity that this is the end of the matter, Krokdal can only comfort himself, anyway, as long as the news that he is the boss is not leaked, other things do not matter.

    Now, Krokdahl doesn''t know.

    The straw hat boy in Windmill Village has already noted the boss of the Baroque Job Club and plans to find this unknown boss in the future.

    "Okay, don''t worry too much."

    Uehara Naraku took a sip of the juice and continued softly: "I have quietly told the navy that the navies near the East China Sea are all rushing here. The Baroque Job Club has no time to do too much. It should be done soon. left."

    "Is that so..."

    Markino''s face was still a little worried. After listening to Uehara Naraku''s words, she couldn''t help showing her gratitude when she looked at Uehara Naraku.

    Markino suddenly felt that she had misunderstood Uehara.

    "Guest... is actually a good person..."

    "Oh, what a good person I am."

    Uehara Nairobi showed a wry smile on his face, and he shook his head and continued: "Since joining the Baroque work agency, I have been unable to look back...Now I can only do little things that I can do."

 Chapter 416ï¼š Say, what is your dream

    Uehara Naraku is indeed a good person.

    At least from Magino''s point of view, Uehara Naraku is actually a person who went astray but is still trying to struggle in the quagmire.

    Even if he joins the evil Baroque work society, he is still trying to reduce the harm caused by the Baroque work society.

    "Hey, don''t be so discouraged!"

    Monkey D. Luffy sat firmly beside Uehara, slammed his fist on the table, and said in a deep voice: "You guy doesn''t have your dream? If you really want to do something, then Do it now!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku fell silent.

    Are these protagonists all having problems? How do you feel that every protagonist seems to want to try to escape him?

    After a long time.

    Uehara Naraku calmly raised his head, looked at Luffy in front of him, and said softly: "When I joined the Baroque workplace, I had already lost the qualification to have a dream..."

    Uehara Naraku''s voice sounded a little sad: "All the members of our Baroque work club are doing everything to serve the boss''s dream. No one dares to resist his will...until our boss becomes the One Piece!"

    Uehara Naraku casually slapped a black pot on Krokdahl''s body, and he couldn''t take it off at least for a while.

    "One Piece is mine!"

    Luffy smashed his face on the table angrily. He looked at Uehara Nairobi with anger and said, "Don¡¯t you have anything you want to do? It doesn¡¯t matter if you give your life for it." !"

    Luffy stretched out his hand to cover his straw hat, and continued in a deep voice: "It''s like I want to be the One Piece! I want to be the One Piece, it doesn''t matter if I die in the sea because of this! What''s more, you guy is so much stronger than me! "

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku remained silent.

    This guy''s mouth escape ability is not bad!

    But how should this sentence be explained to Luffy? In fact, what he is doing now is what he wants to do! That is to pour dirty water on Krokdal!

    Uehara Naraku was silent for a long time before he said: "Sorry, the baroque work society is not something I can resist. Even the navy can''t help them. I''m just a small member, so what can I do?"

    Naru Uehara took a sip of juice and continued with a heavy face: "You can never imagine the strength of the boss of the Baroque Job Club. Now maybe he is the most powerful person in the world, and the Baroque Job Club is also the most powerful in the world. Organization..."

    When Uehara Naraku said this, his face became very ugly: "Even a small character like me can rampage in the East China Sea... The characters of the Baroque Job Club are all able to make waves on the great route!"

    Uehara Naraku turned his head angrily to look at Luffy, and said in a deep voice, "You fellow, you can''t even save your own life now! If it weren''t for I just brought you here, your fellow''s life would be over. Gone!"

    Uehara Naraku suddenly grabbed Luffy by the collar, and his face became extremely gloomy: "Hey, you guys, before you understand the pain of others... Don''t just make any comments on other people''s lives!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Luffy looked at the emotionally erupting Uehara Naraku, and fell silent.

    Mackinaw''s face was also a little worried. She looked at Luffy, then at Uehara, and softly persuaded, "Um...does the guest need another glass of juice?"

    "Ok."

    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, and said softly: "Boss? Your juice is delicious? It''s a pity that I can''t pay you."

    "¡­¡­"

    Markino was choked by a word.

    He is a good person, so why don''t you speak human words!

    Just a second later? Markino''s smile returned to his face? It seemed a little warm and healed: "It''s okay, it''s okay that the guests can like it."

    "Sorry."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Markino''s face? Seriously explained: "The employees of the Baroque Job Club have to rob a million Baileys in every store, otherwise they will destroy that store and kill the manager. "

    Uehara Naraku spoke in a frustrated voice: "I got a windfall from a pirate thief before? But I secretly helped some innocent shopkeepers who were robbed on other small islands to pay? Now my personal savings are only left. Hundreds of thousands of Baileys, I really can''t help..."

    "So this is ah¡­"

    Markino suddenly realized.

    At this moment, Magino finally understood why Uehara Naraku wanted to grab her money.

    Markino''s eyes bend, smiling and calming Uehara Naraku''s emotions: "It doesn''t matter? I still have some savings before? I will prepare a million Baileys, and I will not embarrass the guests."

    Nairo Uehara looked at Markino, feeling a little unbearable. He continued, "In fact, four hundred sixty and fifty Baileys are enough. I still have fifty-two thousand nine hundred and fifty-nine. Bailey? Should be able to make up enough to give it to the job agency. "

    As soon as I say this...

    Uehara felt much better.

    This number sounds odd, as if he, the pirate, is more embarrassed than the tavernkeeper, Magino? As long as Magino hears this, he will definitely not blame him for stealing money, right?

    Magino didn''t really care? Her savings seemed very, very large, and she quickly collected a million Baileys and handed them to Uehara Naraku? Even gave half a million Baileys more.

    The kindness of this woman is beyond Uehara''s imagination.

    Markino looked at Uehara Naraku with a smile? Smiled and explained, "This is to pass on the hope of life? If the guest encounters the next innocent victim in the future, I hope the guest can continue to help him."

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku was silent.

    This woman is too kind!

    It is really unexpected that there is such a kind woman in this world. In addition to being gentle, she also has a heart that is willing to care for the weak.

    After a long time.

    Uehara Naraku touched his conscience, put away the money Mackinaw gave him, and asked, "Boss, do you have any dreams?"

    This sentence is a bit ironic.

    After all, a person who just said that he didn''t deserve a dream would even ask about other people''s dreams, which seems a bit inappropriate.

    But...

    If people who know Naraku Uehara are in this tavern and hear Uehara''s question, they will definitely lament that Markino''s luck is really good.

    "¡­¡­"

    Mackino lowered her head to think for a while, then closed her palms, raised her head and looked at the ceiling above: "Now my dream...maybe I hope Ace can be on the other side of the sea in peace!"

    Because Ace went to sea this year.

    Magino¡¯s biggest worry is that child.

    After Luffy heard Mackinaw mention Ace, he couldn''t help scratching his head: "Hey? I remember seeing Ace''s bounty last time! He is now 900 million in bounty. That''s it! Ace must have become very strong!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku fell silent.

    After a while, Uehara Naraku glanced at Markino, and reached out to support his forehead: "You are a truly kind person, I believe your dream will come true."

    "..."

    The worry on Magino''s face remained unabated.¥¡ÐÂ¥ä~¢à~1~ÖÐÎÄÍø¦Ø¦Ø¦Ø.¦Ö~¢¸~1z§ë.c¨°§Þ

    It¡¯s just that Markino¡¯s thoughts quickly returned. She looked at Uehara Naraku and said seriously: "Actually, the guest is also a kind person..."

    "Hey, your name is Naraku Uehara, right!"

    Luffy stood up, looked at Uehara Naraku seriously, stretched out his palm towards him, and said in a deep voice: "Hey, Uehara Naraku, let''s make a promise!"

    "What promise?"

    Uehara Naraku looked at Luffy hesitantly.

    Luffy, who is still a big boy now, smiled heartily, and said, "I can go to sea in three years. You have to figure out what you want to do most..."

    After talking about this, Luffy smiled heartily and continued: "In three years, I will definitely defeat the boss of that Baroque job club. At that time...you just do what you want!"

    "...A three-year appointment?"

    Uehara Naraku''s face is a bit wonderful.

    After a long time, Uehara Naraku stretched out his palm, took Luffy''s palm, and said in a low voice: "Actually, what I wanted to do most was to become a navy... to catch pirates in the sea and protect Those who are weak..."‡¢¸¢ÅThe full text is the fastest ¤ó¦Ó¦Ó¦Ñs:/§Þ.¦Ö°Ë¢åz§ë.c¨°§Þ/

    "¡­¡­"

    Luffy¡¯s smile gradually disappeared.

    After a while, the smile on Luffy''s face resurfaced, he laughed and said, "As long as you have a dream, you must do it no matter how much!"

    "Forget it, it''s too late."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and said in a low voice: "I promise you that I will think about it in the past three years...what are you going to do..."

    "Then come on together!"

    Standing next to Markino''s eyes bends.

    The next moment, Mackinaw suddenly remembered another thing, and hurriedly asked: "By the way, Mr. Uehara, those who looted the village... really won''t hurt the villagers?"

    "No."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head confidently, but there was a hint of hesitation on his face: "I''m not so sure now, although Miss Nicole Robin, the deputy director of the Baroque Job Club, is also an indifferent person on the outside. Soft people...

    But her hometown is a capital of innocent scholars, but it was completely sunk by a navy warship. She was the only one who survived on the entire island. It is hard to say whether she will be angry to Lieutenant General Karp¡¯s hometown because of the navy. ¡­"

    After talking about this, Uehara Naruko said in a deep voice: "Forget it, I''ll go and see! Luffy, boss Magino, you just stay here for the time being!"

    happened to be at this time.

    A figure appeared at the entrance of the tavern.

    The dried persimmon ghost carried a sturdy woman in his hands, and said loudly: "Uehara, our side is over. It is a super harvest. I didn''t expect that the village was guarded by a group of bandits!"

    "Mr. Ghost, I also received one million Baileys here!"

    After Uehara Naraku responded loudly, he turned to look at the worried Markino and Luffy, and said in a low voice, "Boss Markino I''m leaving now... Luffy, next time I will surprise you when I see you again!"

    "and many more¡­"

    Lu Fei¡¯s expression was faintly weird. He pointed to the stout woman who was holding the ghost at the door and said: "That''s Da Dan! Why are they taking it away!"

    "Is there a reward for that Dadan?"

    Uehara Nairobi frowned her brows and whispered: "If there is a reward for that Dadan, the Baroque Job Club might secretly exchange the reward for the navy based on the principle of not wasting."

    "I remember it was..."

    Makino¡¯s face was a little worried and said: "Da Dan has a reward of 7.8 million Baileys on his body, but Da Dan is a good person. We have forgotten that she has a wanted warrant!"

    "I''m going to save her!"

    Luffy is about to rush over!

    For Luffy, Da Dan is like a mother!

    No, in other words, Da Dan exists as a father and mother, and compared to Lieutenant General Karp, Lu Fei and Da Dan have spent more time together and have a closer relationship!

    "Are you going to die?"

    Uehara Naraku sighed, stretched out his hand to stop Luffy, and whispered: "I will protect her life, and take the job of going to the naval base in exchange for the reward, and find a way to send that Dadan to a suitable person. "

    "...Thank you."

    Magino still rushed to Haruna with a worried face and nodded, and said in a low voice, "Then... everything is up to Mr. Uehara."

 Chapter 417ï¼š Ace: My deputy captain doesnt like you, so we go to war...

    The port of Windmill Village.

    Uehara Naraku''s warship slowly left the port.

    Uehara Naraku stood on the warship, looking at the windmill village further and further away, and whispered: "From this moment on, the gear of fate will be under my control."

    "Ha ha¡­"

    As soon as the dried persimmon ghost shark threw Dadan into the dungeon of the warship, he heard Uehara Naraku''s words. He couldn''t help but chuckle and said, "Isn''t this illusory thing like destiny always under the control of Mr. Naraku?"

    Nicole Robin glanced at the two in silence.

    Touted, the two guys cooperated so skillfully!

    "Hey, it''s too late."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head modestly, with a smile on his face, and whispered, "Miss Robin, find a way to let the naval hero Monch D. Karp¡¯s hometown encounter an attack on the Baroque work agency spread across the East China Sea. , Spread the great route!"

    "Yes."

    Nicole Robin nodded slowly.

    Uehara Naruko stretched out and continued to add his own order: "From tomorrow, let Scorpion and Deidara cooperate with the corner to eliminate all the senior agents of the Baroque Work Agency, and leave a few livelihoods to leak out. News from the owner of the Baroque Job Club!"

    "Yes."

    Nicole Robin mourned for Klockdal for a second.

    From now on, that sand crocodile will never get a trace of peace, and he will also become a **** that they will discard at any time.

    Nicole Robin dialed the phone worms of Scorpion and Jiaodu, and asked them to cooperate with each other to hunt down and arrest the employees of the Baroque work agency.

    Red Sand Scorpion means that they can cooperate at any time.

    After the horn heard the news, the urn said something that shocked Robin: "I know, leave this to me! I will arrest all the members of the Baroque Job Club immediately. Where are you now..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Nicole Robin was silent for a second.

    Nicole Robin faintly felt that this guy in Jiao Du wanted to get up and exchange for the Baroque working club members who offered a reward. It might also include her and the dry persimmon ghost shark.

    Nicole Robin sighed and said softly: "Mr. Kakuto, stop playing this kind of word game, you should know what Mr. Naraku meant..."

    "Ok."

    There is a trace of regret in the indifferent voice of ¡¡¡¡, "Are you really unwilling to cooperate with me? That''s a bounty of more than 200 million Baileys!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Nicole Robin hung up the phone worm in silence.

    Is this corner really getting into the eyes of money?

    Uehara Naraku could not help rubbing his forehead when he heard this, feeling a headache for Kakuto''s stingy, he sighed and continued to count the harvest.

    This time he has gained a lot in Windmill Village.

    Side Quest: Wear One Piece¡¯s straw hat (1/1). The task has been completed. The reward is increased by 100,000 points of life energy, increased by 100,000 points for armed color domineering, increased by 100000 points for see and heard color domineering, and domineering color increased by one level.

    so¡­

    Windmill Village is the real novice village!

    As long as you put on that straw hat, it is equivalent to getting a pass to become a world powerhouse!

    If I just look at it now...

    Uehara Naraku''s overlord color is the culmination of the known strength.

    Side Quest: Defeat Monkey¡¤D¡¤Luffy (1/1)? Mission completed? Fixed rewards for psychic contract biochemical demon.

    psychic contract biochemical demon: You can summon the biochemical demon Zac to fight and consume 3000 life energy.

    This reward seems a bit tasteless.

    It¡¯s just Zac¡¯s physique? Can it be used to bully Luffy in the future?

    Side mission: squeeze the rubber face of Monkey¡¤D¡¤Luffy? The mission has been completed, rewarding 10,000 life energy, 10,000 points of armed domineering, and 10,000 points of seeing and hearing domineering.

    These are the rewards obtained in Windmill Village.

    half a month later.

    The warships led by Lieutenant General Cap and Colonel Tina arrived late? Arrived at the windmill village that had already been looted? Fortunately, there were no casualties.

    They are not the first to come.

    It¡¯s just that Karp is the highest rank here.

    And Cap and Tina also carefully questioned the villagers who had been in contact with the Baroque Work Agency, and finally learned from Mackinaw the hidden truth about part of the looting of Windmill Village.

    This so-called hidden truth...

    Anyway, Uehara Naraku''s people have left, but Uehara''s kind image has remained in the hearts of Markino and Luffy.

    After listening to the so-called hidden truth for a while, Tina bit a cigarette at the corner of her mouth? She fell into melancholy: "Sure enough, Naru Uehara sent the navy intelligence? And saved Lieutenant General Karp''s grandson?"

    "That kid doesn''t sound bad..."

    Karp frowned, and continued slowly: "Although I still feel that something is wrong, but that guy did save Luffy, the **** boy, otherwise, the Navy will definitely have one less general in the future!"

    "Hello? Grandpa!"

    Luffy sat at the bar counter in the tavern and exclaimed dissatisfiedly: "I don''t want to be a navy? I must be the One Piece!"

    "Asshole boy!"

    Karp picked up Luffy''s collar and punched his grandson out: "You are too poisoned by red hair!"

    The two grandparents are exchanging feelings.

    Colonel Tina didn''t even go to see it? Just looked at Markino and continued to ask about Uehara Naraku? Because this was specifically explained by the Marine Marshal Sengoku!

    Sengoku wants to try to develop Uehara Naraku into the inside line of the navy!

    "Ok."

    Markino nodded? Continued in a low voice: "Mr. Naraku mentioned when he was chatting with Luffy? He once wanted to be a navy and protect the weak. Unfortunately, he now joins the pirate organization Baroque Jobs. , There is no chance to join the navy again."

    After talking about this, Mackinaw''s face also showed a touch of worry. This kind-hearted tavern lady said softly: "Mr. Uehara should have entered the Baroque work agency by mistake, but he also saved many innocent people. people."

    After speaking, Mackinaw told Colonel Tina about their contact with Uehara, which made the beautiful navy colonel feel a little regretful.

    Such a good person...

    was forced to join the Baroque Job Club?

    I really don¡¯t know what the past of Uehara Naraku is...

    If that guy really joined the navy like his dream, maybe he can now be a major in the rank of military commander?

    Is this fate...

    Therefore, when Colonel Tina reported this incident to the Marshal of the Warring States Period, he did not forget to give feedback on this, and even emphatically mentioned Uehara''s contribution.

    "You don''t have to worry about this."

    After the Navy Marshal Sengoku learned the information, he solemnly ordered: "In the future, I will assume that I have never contacted Uehara Naraku. Do not expose all his information!"

    "But..."

    "obey orders!"

    After the Buddha Warring States hung up Tina¡¯s phone worm, he dialed another person¡¯s phone worm: "Hey, Major General X. Drake, not long ago instructed you to form a secret army of SWORD that lurked into the pirates? How is it?" The fastest computer terminal of the new 81 Chinese website: https://www.@x81zw@@

    After ¡¡¡¡The Warring States of the Buddha heard the reply there, Wengsheng said: "Don''t worry, but I have a good candidate here. No, or a very suitable candidate, you can try to contact..."

    The beard of the Warring States Period of Buddha trembled, and he whispered the name to the person on the other side of the phone worm: "Now that person is in the Baroque workplace, and his name is Uehara Naraku. Although he is in a criminal organization, he still uses his own The method is carrying out his justice!"

    While the Warring States of the Buddha was still chatting with Major General Drake on the other side of the phone worm, another phone worm in the office also rang.

    The admiral of the Navy immediately lifted up a touch of sullenness. After he connected to another phone bug, his ears were sore by the sound from the phone bug!

    "Marshal, something is bad!"

    The admiral on the other side of the phone worm looked unusually anxious, and hurriedly said: "The Pirates of Spades who have just arrived in Dresrosa report to King Qibu Kaido Flamenco and his subordinate Don Quixote. The band of thieves has declared war!"

    "what!"

    After a second of shock in the admiral''s eyes, he immediately regained his composure: "That Ace is really a restless guy! It''s too much than Roger that bastard... You continue to monitor and report the situation at any time!"

    "Yes!"

    The navy''s voice still can''t help but panic.

    Great route.

    New World, Palace of Dresrosa.

    Doflamingo, Ace, and Sasuke Uchiha are standing high above the palace in Dresrosa, where the three are facing each other.

    The ground is a group of cadres of the Don Quixote family.

    To be honest, Doflamingo knows the toughness of Uchiha Sasuke, he really does not want to provoke the two super newcomers Ace and Uchiha Sasuke.

    If possible, Doflamingo still wants to draw them to be an ally, after all, the two of them are quite powerful.

    Unfortunately¡­

    While Doflamingo held a private banquet to meet Ace and Uchiha Sasuke, Portgas D. Ace declared war on the Don Quixote family at the banquet!

    Everyone is happy eating...

    Why did you suddenly declare war!

    "Because Sasuke said he hates this country."

    The reason given by Portgas D. Ace is very strange, which is a bit unacceptable to the Don Quixote family: "My deputy captain is unhappy, but you guys are smiling so happy. This should be for the sea of ??spades. Provocation by the thieves!"¥¡ÐÂ¥ä~¢à~1~ÖÐÎÄÍø¦Ø¦Ø¦Ø.¦Ö~¢¸~1z§ë.c¨°§Þ

    "Ace, this idiot!"

    Uchiha Sasuke didn¡¯t know what to say.

    Sasuke bluntly stated to Ace that he did not like the Don Quixote family, and the passionate kingdom of Dress Rosa...

    In fact, it is because Sasuke wants to leave a prefix impression on Ace¡¯s psychology, so that he can find a difference in the future and fight against Ace, so that Ace will not oppose... I didn¡¯t expect that Ace would directly fight for the reason that his deputy captain is unhappy. !

    This idiot I really don¡¯t know what Sasuke can say!

    This is great...

    The two of them started fighting directly at someone''s house!

    Now they have just experienced a round of domineering competition, the entire banquet hall was directly destroyed by their domineering competition, and the battle area was placed in the palace.

    Doflamingo faced Ace and Sasuke, two people with domineering looks, naturally he was more than minded and lacking. Even Uchiha Sasuke''s domineering looks made Doflamingo unable to compete. !

    "Hey yy yy..."

    Doflamingo looked at the two people opposite, grinned with a grinning grin, and praised: "Just talking about domineering, they are really two super scary newcomers..."

    "Don''t put a predecessor''s air in front of us."

    Uchiha Sasuke drew out a supreme sharp knife he had grabbed in this world, pointed it at Doflamingo, and said with indifferent eyes: "Doflamingo, what I hate most is that you guys are weak but like to pose. Guy..."

    "Eh?"

    Hearing this, Ace couldn''t help scratching the back of his head, and asked with a smile, "Sasuke, aren''t you the most cool person on our boat?"

    "Shut up! We are fighting!"

    Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s face suddenly flashed an anger, and he was so scared that the captain immediately covered his mouth and stepped back.

    Uchiha Sasuke couldn¡¯t help holding his forehead...

    This idiot captain is really heartbreaking!

 Chapter 418ï¼š Doflamingo: The name that guy gave me... is it a reminder...

    "Bounce the line!"

    Taking advantage of the opportunity of Sasuke and Ace to communicate, Doflamingo quickly shot a white line at his fingertips, wanting to directly launch a sneak attack!

    This thin white line is almost unclear, but the force it flies out is like a bullet, and it is more powerful than a bullet, and it quickly shoots at Sasuke''s body!

    Sasuke swung a knife to directly block the white line. A red light flashed in his eye sockets, and he looked at Doflamingo indifferently: "Under the gaze of Shalunyan, I can do any of your movements. It''s easy to see through, don''t play such cleverness..."

    "Hey yy yy..."

    The smile on Doflamingo''s face remained unchanged, and a white line suddenly appeared on his fingertips, and he continued with a low smile: "There is always no harm in trying... Torrepol, Diamanti, You all retreat!"

    "Dover..."

    The surrounding members couldn''t help but look at Doflamingo.

    These are two super newcomers with a reward of more than 900 million Baileys, even in the new world of the Four Emperors, they can get a place!

    "Get out!"

    A chill flashed across Doflamingo¡¯s face, and he said in a gloomy voice: "This is not a battle you can intervene, now stay away!" The full text of the text is the fastest ¤ó¦Ó¦Ó¦Ñs:/§Þ .¦Ö°Ë¢åz§ë.c¨°§Þ/

    to be frank.

    This battle is not fair.

    After Doflamingo had seen Sasuke and Ace''s domineering domineering, he knew that he had to face Sasuke and Ace alone, even if the other cadres of Don Quixote could not match one of the monsters.

    The laws of the new world are completely different from the first half of the great route.

    Because here, after one person''s force has developed to its peak, only the real king can deal with another king.

    Portcas D. Ace looked at Doflamingo''s order, and a group of members swarmed back, looking absolutely majestic.

    Ace said in a cold voice like Doflamingo: "Hey, Sasuke, you can withdraw, this is not a battle you can intervene..."

    "To shut up!"

    Uchiha Sasuke couldn¡¯t help rubbing his eyebrows: "You guys are going to step back! Your goal is white beard! Let me come for this little character..."

    "Um... what you said makes sense."

    After Ace nodded slowly, he couldn''t help but said, "But I am the captain, and the one they sent out to fight is the captain..."

    "To shut up!"

    Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s face suddenly became gloomy, and there was a hint of chill in his voice: "Your goal is the four emperors in the sea! If everything is your captain, what will my deputy captain do? !"

    The next moment, Uchiha Sasuke''s figure directly rushed towards Doflamingo, his fingers stood up suddenly, and a cold voice fell into everyone''s ears!

    "The Thousand Birds Sharp Gun!"

    Lines of lightning were thrown by Sasuke Uchiha!

    A touch of surprise flashed across Doflamingo''s face. Under the domineering perception of seeing and hearing, his figure twisted in a strange posture!

    However, just after he avoided the thunder and lightning spear, a ball of flames gathered towards Doflamingo!

    "Art fire escape **** fireball!"

    "Spider''s Nest!"

    A look of surprise flashed across Doflamingo''s face, and he waved his hand to create a group of hard cobwebs that blocked the striking fireball technique.

    This ball of fire quickly burned the spider web!

    It¡¯s just that this also gave Doflamingo enough time to evacuate, and the ground of the palace was quickly torn to pieces by the art of fireball!

    "I heard that the deputy captain of the Pirates of Spades is a ninja..."

    Doflamingo greeted the rushing Uchiha Sasuke? He grinned and said, "It looks like the ninja''s ability is more interesting than we thought... Hey hey hey hey..."

    The next moment, their arms collided!

    The impact of the collision between the domineering and the armed domineering swept through the entire Dres Rosa? The earth began to shake in an instant? The sea also set off a huge wave!

    "Is there only this degree?"

    Sasuke¡¯s mouth flashed a scornful smile? He could clearly perceive his own strength? In this collision, he was almost crushing Doflamingo!

    Insert a sentence, [\\mi\\mi\\read\\read\\A\\P\\P\\w\\w\\w\\.\\m\\i\\m\\i\ \r\\e\\a\\d\\.\\c\\o\\m] It''s really good, it''s worth installing, after all, there are many books, and all the books!

    This guy¡­

    is so weak!

    Not even as good as the two generals, Qing Pheasant and Huang Yuan!

    The next moment? There was a battle between the two people. Their fists were covered with armed forces and became a domineering group? No matter how Doflamingo uses his line fruit ability, Can''t break through Sasuke''s defense!

    Doflamingo''s face turned gloomy? Turned over and kicked out a kick, and white lines quickly spread from his feet!

    "Foot shaved thread!"

    "I said it before¡­"

    Sasuke Uchiha tilted his head and easily avoided the attack of the foot shaver. His eyes flashed red: "Everything about you? I have seen through! Doflamingo, your fate is already doomed. !"

    The next moment, Uchiha Sasuke drew out the Shinobi and cut a blow!

    When Doflamingo tried to defend and evade? That knife seemed to have eyes long, it passed through all his defenses, and slashed on Doflamingo''s chest!

    This blow even cut away Doflamingo''s armed domineering? It left a slender wound!

    Countless knives flew out densely!

    Doflamingo knew that his arrogance was not strong enough, and he recondensed a cobweb to resist Sasuke''s attack, but it still didn''t help!

    can''t stop it!

    can''t stop it at all!

    A slash directly broke the spider web defense!

    Doflamingo''s figure retreated quickly, he didn''t want to be cut in half by Sasuke Uchiha!

    "Vientiane Sky Lead!"

    Sasuke glanced at Doflamingo contemptuously, his fingers suddenly buckled? The reincarnation eyes in his eye sockets flashed away? A gravitational force suddenly burst out!

    Doflamingo''s body was involuntarily sucked towards Sasuke!

    "Asshole... It''s gravity..."

    Doflamingo''s fingers hurriedly pulled out a white thread, entangled a huge rock trying to stabilize his body!

    Just as he was in a stalemate, Sasuke¡¯s hand suddenly shot a black flame, which instantly penetrated Doflamingo''s body like a sharp sword!

    Splash of blood!

    "The combat IQ is also pitifully low..."

    Sasuke clasped his palms carelessly, and looked at Doflamingo contemptuously: "Fortunately, that idiot Ace rejected the title of King Qiwuhai, otherwise, wouldn''t it be juxtaposed with you?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Doflamingo knelt on one knee, stroking the wound on his body, the white thread on his fingertips spread out quickly, and his wound was sutured quickly.

    This Sasuke is too arrogant!

    I don¡¯t know he thought he was the captain of the Pirates of Spades!

    But...

    The strength of this guy is indeed too strong!

    Sasuke''s unusual and powerful domineering alone made Doflamingo lag behind by more than one before the war, coupled with his various strange abilities, as well as superb swordsmanship and physical skills...

    This Uchiha Sasuke is simply an almighty powerhouse!

    This guy hasn''t even used any particularly powerful abilities in the battle, as if he was just squeezing it out of his hands, he beat Doflamingo into a panic...

    How long have they been fighting each other now, Doflamingo feels that he has no power to fight back, as if he was facing the monsters in the new world! New 81 Chinese network update the fastest mobile terminal: https:/

    "Dare you hurt Dover!"

    Just at this moment, a sharp voice fell into their ears, and Diamanti was almost crazy, waving the sword in his hand and rushing over!

    "Get out!"

    Doflamingo waved his hand to create a huge white line and directly knocked Diamanti away. He looked at Sasuke and said with a low smile: "Mr. Sasuke and I are fighting between the king and the king. ¡­"

    "It doesn''t matter what they are going to do."

    Sasuke Uchiha stretched out his palms indifferently and looked at Doflamingo with a cold face and said, "Moreover...I can''t kill a small bug without stepping on a few ants. ?"

    This sentence is really overbearing!

    This is obviously not treating the Don Quixote family as a person!

    Doflamingo''s forehead violently jumped, he watched Uchiha Sasuke resist his anger, his face slowly showed a sullen smile: "... …ò…ò…ò…ò…ò... it is indeed the most terrifying in this sea. Supernova!"

    After talking about this, Doflamingo''s words changed abruptly, and he suddenly said: "It is really curious about Mr. Sasuke''s life experience... Uchiha''s surname is very rare... I don''t know that Mr. Sasuke has heard of Uchiha Itachi. Is this name?"

    This name was told by the person behind Jiao Du.

    Now Doflamingo seems to feel it can be used to test Uchiha Sasuke, maybe he will find a chance!

    "¡­¡­"

    Uchiha Sasuke''s body stiffened for a second.

    The next moment, Doflamingo waved everything on the ground into white lines. This is his fruit awakening ability!

    Once the fruit is awakened, it can turn everything around into its own creation of fruit power. The power of the line fruit is to turn everything into a line that you can manipulate!

    "Wild waves and white lines!"

    Tens of thousands of white lines rolled up and swept towards Sasuke!

    These white lines wrapped Uchiha Sasuke''s body in an instant, and directly tied him in the white line. Uchiha Sasuke just stood in place and let the white line seal him.

    "Who told you this name..."

    Uchiha Sasuke''s voice came from the white line, and purple rays of light were projected from the dense white line!

    The next moment, a tall figure broke away from the white line!

    The purple complete body must be a giant who stands proudly on this land!

    To be honest, Suzano''s size is not shocking in Droslosa, because Pika, the highest cadre of the Don Quixote family, can be transformed into a thousand-meter-high stone giant, but the momentum between the two is completely different. !

    Just the moment when he saw the purple full body of Susano, Doflamingo seemed to see the disaster and destruction around this Susano by seeing and hearing the domineering!

    This is no ordinary giant!

    The tall Suzano suddenly pulled out the Shinobi, and slashed it towards Doflamingo, as if he could cut the entire Dresrosa!

    No, it''s not as if...but it can be done!

    Doflamingo''s face changed, and he immediately manipulated countless white lines to converge, turning into a solid cobweb shield to stand under Susano''s sword!

    It''s a pity that Susano cut everything straight with a knife!

    Doflamingo watched that huge slash directly penetrated the ground, leaving a deep gully on the ground!

    "It seems that the mention of this person irritated Uchiha Sasuke?"

    Doflamingo''s expression couldn''t help but change, and a drop of cold sweat appeared on his forehead. He raised his head and said coldly: "Mr. Sasuke, the battle between us is actually under the surveillance of other people, maybe it is him. Controlled with one hand, that is the person who gave me this name..."

    "To shut up!"

    Uchiha Sasuke stood among the crystals of Susano, looking down at Doflamingo underground, and manipulated Susano to point Ninja sword at him.

    "Doflamingo The anger on Uchiha Sasuke''s face can hardly be suppressed. He stared at Doflamingo and continued in a cold voice: "The man who told Uchiha Itachi the name Man, did he forget to remind you? "

    Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s face flashed a madness, his eyes became colder and colder, and the domineering arrogance was vented from Susao Nohu''s body and swept the entire Dresrosa!

    "If you use this name in front of me to threaten me, it may prevent me from killing you, but it will make you worse off than death!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Doflamingo''s face changed.

    Something really went wrong, the guy behind Jiao Du cheated him!

    The mention of this name can have a life, but it will completely irritate Uchiha Sasuke, why didn''t that person tell him about it!

    happened to be at this time.

    Torrepol stopped near Ace step by step, and asked carefully, "Captain Ace, who is that Uchiha Itachi?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Portcas D. Ace¡¯s expression is no longer the laughter he had before, and he has no interest in caring about Torrepol¡¯s funny, his eyes are a little serious.

    "Uchiha Itachi is the world''s most loved brother Sasuke. He has passed away."

    "¡­¡­"

    Torrepol''s expression is faintly unsightly.

    Now Doflamingo is in front of a younger brother, and he mentioned his deceased brother. It feels a bit bad!

 Chapter 419ï¼š Just accept the arrangement of good fate!

    The battlefield is completely heated up!

    In the face of a completely physical attack, Doflamingo couldn''t even make a basic resistance. The whole of Dresrosa shivered in the domineering sentiment of Suzano!

    "Sixteen holy bullets!"

    Doflamingo manipulated the white lines on the ground to converge into sharp and thick white lines. Armed color domineeringly wrapped around the white lines and flew towards Susano!

    "It''s a complete waste..."

    Uchiha Sasuke stood in the crystal of Susano, mocking his opponent unscrupulously: "Doflamingo, is your strength only this level? I really don¡¯t understand why that person would tell you Itachi. first name¡­"

    Before the words fell, Uchiha Sasuke controlled Susano to wave the huge Shinobi in his hand to perform a slash that was almost a full moon!

    Sasuke Uchiha¡¯s voice echoed on this land, his indifferent voice made people feel chilling: "If waste like you can gain a foothold in the new world... Then this new world is really nothing to expect! "

    Following Sasuke¡¯s voice...

    A slash close to the full moon flew out!

    The slashing momentum that Susanoh slashed out was more powerful than the slashing that everyone in the room had seen. Perhaps it was nothing compared to the slashing of the legendary world''s largest swordsman Hawkeye Mihawk. Inferior!

    Under this full moon slash!

    The thick white thread that flew by with 16 rounds was cut off!

    All the mountains and high-rise castles within the attack range of this full moon slash in the entire Dresrosa were cut out of thin air by this slash, revealing a neat cut!

    Doflamingo seems to have anticipated his own fate, his mouth still keeps the smile, but this smile is a little more complicated and sigh...

    The only thing Doflamingo can do now is to pull up a strong spider web to block him in front of him, and he is directly slashed out by this slash!

    "Huh, you dare to compete with Uchiha''s Susano?"

    Uchiha Sasuke was standing in the crystal of Susano, and manipulating Susano to walk on the ground. There was a tremor on the ground, and all the people of Dresrosa were terrified. The buildings on the road were all Trampled!

    The pirates of the Don Quixote family rushed up, trying to prevent Suzuo from going to Doflamingo''s direction, but Suzuo was slashed out!

    The only person who seems to be able to contend is Pika!

    This voice is a little naive, and the person with the stone fruit ability is very fierce. He instantly condenses the rocks under Dresrosa into a thousand-meter-high stone giant!

    Originally, Sasuke was a little surprised, but when he manipulated Susano to slash with a slash, he directly divided the huge stone giant into two. Faced with Susano¡¯s hardness, the stone giant¡¯s power is simply impossible. Contend, as fragile as sand!

    After Susano walked in front of Doflamingo, the huge Susano finally turned into a cloud of smoke and gradually dissipated, revealing the figure of Uchiha Sasuke.

    "It''s really ugly..."

    Sasuke looked at Doflamingo contemptuously.

    The king, Qiwuhai, was lying on the ground, covered in blood and looked very embarrassed. He could only use his own thread and fruit to barely suture the fatal wound.

    "Let''s talk."

    Sasuke''s eyes narrowed slightly, and he looked at Doflamingo and said, "What is the original thing that guy told you?" The genius remembers the Chinese in one second mx/8/1/z/wc/ o/m/

    "Hey yee ee..."

    Even in such an embarrassing and dangerous situation, Doflamingo''s smile still hangs on his face: "He said, a man named Itachi Uchiha, let you save my life."

    "It looks like you didn''t do what he said."

    Sasuke Uchiha shook his head and continued with a cold face: "Even if you say this, you can''t change your own destiny. Since he wants you to be a pawn, you will learn to listen to him obediently in the future! "

    After speaking, Uchiha Sasuke will leave here.

    "and many more."

    Doflamingo struggled to sit up on the stone beside him, watching Uchiha Sasuke grinning and continuing to smile: "Uchiha Sasuke, at least tell who that person is!"

    The smile on Doflamingo''s face became a little gloomy: "Who is that person, even monsters like you are afraid of his power..."

    Uchiha Sasuke is indeed a monster...

    A monster that can stand shoulder to shoulder with the four emperors of the new world!

    What makes Doflamingo even more shocked is that Sasuke Uchiha actually obeyed that guy''s words as promised, which shows that the person behind Kakuto is more terrifying than imagined!

    All this is under the control of that person.

    Are strong players like Uchiha Sasuke also pawns?

    "I never feared him!"

    Uchiha Sasuke retorted, a sharp light flashed in his eyes, and the next moment he slowly said, "Forget it, even if I explain to you, I don¡¯t understand...

    In short, when the bastard''s eyes focus on you, it means that your destiny has fallen into his control. "

    The contempt on Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s face reappeared, and he continued in a low voice: "Doflamingo, although you are a trash, but that guy wants to threaten me in the name of Uchiha Itachi. Obviously you are not. useless¡­"

    "What do you mean?"

    Doflamingo''s face gradually became a little cloudy.

    Although Uchiha Sasuke denied that he was afraid of that person, at least Uchiha Sasuke was also afraid of the person behind Kakuto!

    A pirate super rookie who can stand shoulder to shoulder with the monsters of the Four Emperors of the New World, is actually afraid of the man who controls them behind the scenes...

    Moreover, this battle took place at least under the control of that person.

    Doflamingo¡¯s smile became more and more gloomy. The man stared at him, the king, Qiwuhai, and wanted to make him a chess piece?

    But...

    Now I haven¡¯t even figured out the identity of the other party!

    Even if you want to resist this, at least there must be an object to resist!

    Doflamingo looked at the back of Sasuke''s departure and suddenly said: "Uchiha Sasuke, don''t you even dare to reveal his identity? Don''t you think about destroying that guy and solving the secret threat to you? person?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Uchiha Sasuke''s footsteps stopped.

    Seeing Sasuke''s footsteps stopped, Doflamingo''s smile gradually increased. He stretched out his palms and said softly: "I have the most informed news channel in the world. You have the group of four emperors. Monster-like power..."

    "Stop dreaming."

    Uchiha Sasuke interrupted Doflamingo''s words, with a little contempt and disgust in his voice: "You don''t even know who he is, so you tried to destroy him?"

    Sasuke Uchiha''s voice said coldly: "There is a saying about him in the mouths of those of us. When you see his true face and unshakable power, it is just what he wants you to see. Part."

    "¡­¡­"

    Doflamingo''s forehead jumped. First release https://(www) https://m/.x81zw./com/

    This one has an official background on the one hand, and the king of the dark world''s trade with the other hand, Qiwuhai, a shock in his heart.

    Sasuke¡¯s words really fit the identity of an underground king... But now the leader of the dark underground world, it¡¯s him, Flamingo!

    There are people who hide deeper than him!

    At this moment, Doflamingo suddenly remembered that his codename is joker in the poker card. He seems to be a king, but in fact he is just a clown...

    that person¡­

    Who is it!

    That guy actually used him, the real king of the dark world, as a chess piece. He didn''t even know the identity and appearance of the chess player. The only thing he knew was Kakuto and Sasuke Uchiha, who were very jealous of him!

    Doflamingo''s expression was gloomy, he slowly clenched his palm, and whispered: "Are there any secrets in the world that I don''t know?"

    "Huh, the truth is crueler than you think."

    Uchiha Sasuke looked at Doflamingo who was still somewhat confident with disdain, and continued coldly: "No, it should be said that part of the truth is enough to make you feel cruel!"

    After talking about this, Sasuke Uchiha tilted his head and added: "But when you really stand in front of him, you have the qualifications to spy on that part of the truth."

    After saying this, Sasuke Uchiha left without looking back.

    Sasuke doesn''t care how much shadow he has left Doflamingo, and everything Sasuke says is not to flatter that person, what he says is true.

    Doflamingo stared at Sasuke''s back and couldn''t help gritting his teeth: "Asshole, it''s not just a bunch of useless nonsense... When I find out who that person is, I will find out. Everything about him!"

    Doflamingo took out a phone bug from his body and connected to one of the family officials: "Violet... Can you see Uchiha Sasuke''s heart clearly?"

    This is Don Quixote, a family cadre who has not yet appeared.

    The identity of this family cadre is not very ordinary, with the superhuman staring fruit, he can see through the enemy''s inner thoughts with his own eyes.

    "There is no way."

    An indifferent female voice came from the other end of the phone worm, and she continued in a low voice: "But... Dover, I saw your failure and the fear and anxiety in your heart..."

    "Hey hey hey hey...I really can''t trust someone..."

    Doflamingo''s smile remained undiminished, and he smiled and asked: "So...Violet, do you want to betray me now?"

    "¡­¡­"

    The other end of the phone worm fell silent.

    After a long time, Violet spoke in a low voice: "Dover, now you are just a **** played by others..."

    "Hey yee ee..."

    Doflamingo''s laughter gradually grew louder, and his voice suddenly became gloomy the next moment: "People live in this world and are always used by others! If I can''t escape, you will Can you make an exception?"

    Doflamingo continued to ask with a gloomy face, "Tell me...have you seen anything in Sasuke Uchiha''s heart!"

    "I can''t see through his heart."

    There was a hint of panic in Violet¡¯s voice: "Dover, the guy UU reading ... is more terrifying than you think! His eyes..."

    The next moment, the phone worm suddenly cut off.

    After a long time, a person''s voice appeared in the phone worm.

    "I thought someone would want to perform illusions on me... Do a bunch of ignorant fools want to use a pair of weird fruit abilities to compete with Uchiha''s writing wheel eyes?"

    This voice is the voice of Uchiha Sasuke.

    Obviously, on the other end of the phone worm, the violet who wanted to pry into Uchiha''s heart was discovered by Sasuke.

    Uchiha Sasuke stood beside Violet, with the knife in his hand falling on Violet¡¯s neck. This charming woman is now sweating profusely and sitting slumped with dull eyes.

    A person who stares at the fruit...

    While spying on Sasuke, he was directly hit by the illusion of writing round eyes.

    "Is it Doflamingo?"

    Uchiha Sasuke picked up the phone bug on the ground and spoke casually: "I thought a trash would know a little bit of fear. Didn''t you expect you to arrange someone to spy on me?"

    "Hey yee ee..."

    Doflamingo endured his pain, and said in the phone bug: "I just want to know more about that person..."

    "you do not need to know."

    Sasuke Uchiha interrupted his words and spoke disdainfully: "You are just a bug that can be crushed to death at any time. You are a weak trash like you. Just accept the arrangements of fate. Do you really think you have the right to fight? ?"

 Chapter 420ï¼š I have to let people know that I am a good person

    The Pirates of Spades are gone.

    They left behind a Dresrosa who was in ruins everywhere.

    Sasuke Uchiha easily defeated everyone in the Don Quixote family, including Tenyasha Doflamingo, and in just one day, the Pirates of Spades became Dres Rosa Nightmare.

    Above the sea, on the boat of the Pirates of Spades.

    According to the original convention, Sasuke Uchiha defeated a Nanbukai and his pirate group. It was the time to celebrate the party, but all the members of the **** pirate group were in no mood to hold the party.

    Because Ace and Uchiha Sasuke returned to the ship, they got the latest news from Newsbird.

    "The crime company Baroque Work Club claimed to sack the hometown of the naval hero Lieutenant General Karp. The Navy announced that it would launch a full-scale encirclement and suppression of the Baroque Work Club. The bounty for all members of the Baroque Work Club was doubled! ¡·

    "What happened to Windmill Village..."

    Portcas D. Ace clutched the newspaper in his hand tightly, a flash of anger flashed across his face: "If those **** dare to hurt anyone, they will die!"

    "Captain, no one had an accident."

    "Yeah...we all saw it."

    A group of people were talking in a rush.

    Because I don''t know whether the navy is to appease the people or the truth is true, the guys from the Baroque work club did not dare to hurt the civilians in the village after all.

    As for Lieutenant General Karp¡¯s grandson being injured, and a bandit leader on the mountain was taken away, there is no need to mention it in the newspaper...

    At least Ace is relieved for the time being.

    Only Uchiha Sasuke''s brows wrinkled insignificantly, because he was the only person present who knew the truth. Who knows what the neurotic Uehara Naraku would do in Kindergarten!

    Naval Headquarters, Malin Vandor.

    The admiral of the Warring States period is really a headache. I don''t know why the big events on the sea happened one after another, which made him a little mentally exhausted.

    Naturally, the admiral does not worry about the problem of Windmill Village. In fact, the Windmill Village incident is not very good for the navy, but it is actually quite beneficial. In addition to raising the navy¡¯s anger against the pirates, there is hope to develop one The navy spy called Naraku Uehara.

    The trouble facing the Sengoku period is that he just got the news that the pair of captains Portgas D. Ace and Sasuke Uchiha got into trouble as soon as they entered the new world...

    Nachitake Kaido Flamenco was defeated by Sasuke Uchiha.

    This matter is really hard to handle...

    Because the status of the king, Qiwuhai, is related to the balance of the sea.

    "The news cannot be suppressed..."

    The Warring States Period slowly fed the goats with the documents in his hand, and sighed faintly: "The identity of that **** Doflamingo is not easy to deal with."

    "Is that good boy Dover also knocked down?"

    Lieutenant General Tsuru also showed a touch of sadness on his face: "There is no need to deal with this kind of thing! Didn''t Polusalino and Kuzan both lose to Uchiha Sasuke one after another... If Doflamingo fights back? Uchiha Sasuke, our navy will be even more embarrassed!"

    "Ok?"

    After taking a surprised look at his old friend, the Warring States nodded slowly and said: "What you said makes sense. We will be more embarrassed if Doflamingo wins. He loses is the most important thing for the Navy. advantageous."

    if not¡­

    Admiral is ashamed.

    Dres Rosa Kingdom.

    Doflamingo and Lieutenant General Crane thought the same.

    After being defeated by Uchiha Sasuke, Doflamingo was also a little worried that he would be kicked out of the very advantageous status of King Qibuhai, but now he suddenly figured it out.

    That is the one who defeated the most powerful general in the world government!

    He is just a mere king, Qiwuhai, and it''s normal to lose!

    Of course, it is obviously impossible for Doflamingo to swallow this breath, but he is more angry and frightened by what Sasuke Uchiha said.

    Now Doflamingo is staying in a fairly quiet place to recuperate, arranging other cadres to deal with the domestic riots.

    Because of the humiliation of Sasuke Uchiha before he left, the king''s Qiwuhai has long lost his former composure, and his whole body exudes anger and anxiety.

    After a long time.

    Doflamingo slowly calmed his mood, and dialed the phone bug of Kakuto, whom he knew in Mogu Town: "Mr. Kakuto, do you know Uchiha Sasuke?"

    "Ok."

    The other corner of the phone bug is a bit busy.

    After a while, Kakuto opened his mouth and continued: "Do you want to know any information about Sasuke? You can apply for and sell his information to you. It should be easier to get permission.

    Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s intelligence price is not low, but these are all value for money, remind you that Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s strength is very powerful? ¡¡Even among us, he is also a top powerhouse.

    Only get information? ¡¡You might have a chance to compete with Uchiha Sasuke? ¡¡Otherwise, you will lose miserably and be humiliated by that low-quality kid. That kid is not very polite. "

    "¡­¡­"

    Doflamingo fell silent.

    Why didn''t you talk about this corner earlier?

    Perhaps, he should dial this call earlier, otherwise he wouldn''t have to be humiliated by Sasuke Uchiha.

    It''s too late now.

    Uchiha Sasuke defeated the entire Don Quixote family and severely wounded him, leaving him, the king of Dresrosa, faceless.

    After being silent, Doflamingo asked another question: "It sounds like the relationship between Mr. Kakuto and Sasuke Uchiha is not very good..."

    "Ok."

    Kakuto¡¯s voice added a little carelessness: "Uchiha Sasuke has a reward of more than 900 million yuan on his body? ¡¡ I really want to kill him."

    Doflamingo: "..."

    This corner... seems to really love money.

    Even if Doflamingo saw Uchiha''s power, he no longer dared to provoke him. He didn''t expect that this actor would even want to kill him in exchange for a bounty!

    The brain circuit of this corner capital...

    is really a guy who wants money and doesn''t want his life!

    "Mr. Jiaodu."

    Doflamingo¡¯s voice has a little more solemnity. He said in a gloomy voice: "I hope I can have a chance to meet the person standing behind you? ¡¡ I was defeated by that Uchiha Sasuke."

    "¡­¡­"

    angle fell silent again.

    After a long time? ¡¡Kakuto responded indifferently: "Then congratulations on your survival, your destiny is doomed? ¡¡The next thing to do is to wait."

    "Huh? Jiaodu, did that Doflamingo survive?"

    This is the voice of Fei Duan, he is listening to the call by Jiao Du''s side.

    Jiao Du Weng responded to his teammate: "Well, any chess piece is a valuable creature."

    Announcement, the chase app I am using recently, cache reading, offline reading!

    "Hey, although I don''t understand why Sasuke let him live, I feel that Doflamingo might as well die. After all, he was offended by opening his mouth..."

    Click.

    The phone worm was hung up by the corner.

    After hearing the conversation between Jiao Du and Feiduan just now, Doflamingo''s face became less attractive. Are they talking human words!

    What do you mean, it''s better to die!

    These guys are really villains...

    the other side.

    The first half of the great route.

    After ¡¡¡¡ had hung up on Doflamingo''s phone bug, he slowly dealt with the two people in front of him. They were members of the Baroque Working Society. The grievances penetrated into their bodies and took out their hearts.

    After ¡¡¡¡ horns put the grievances into his body, he felt the power he had gained: "Is the ability to explode fruits and the ability to weigh fruits?"

    "alright, alright."

    Fei Duan yawned, covered his nose and couldn''t help saying: "Hurry up and clean it up, the smell here is very irritating!"

    "These two guys have bounties."

    After ¡¡¡¡ shook his head, he sewed the corpses with geo-cords and carried the two corpses on his shoulders: "Wasting money is the most shameful behavior in the world."

    After finishing talking, Jiao Du added: "But we have to seal the body first. Didn''t the navy say in the newspaper that they want to increase the bounty of the Baroque workshop?

    Then wait until they are members of the Baroque Work Club and the information leaks, and the bounty increases before taking their bodies in exchange for the bounty! "

    When talking about this, Jiao Du couldn''t help but draw out the reward order: "Well...Ghost, Nicole Robin and Uehara''s bounty increased again..."

    Yes.

    The bounty for the three of them has gone up again.

    Nicole Robin, 240 million Pele!

    dried persimmon ghost shark, 230 million Baileys!

    Uehara Naraku, 60 million Baileys!

    It¡¯s normal for Jiao Du¡¯s heart to be moved by this number After all, their bounties totaled more than 500 million Baileys. This is a very rare large reward for the first half of the great route!

    Uehara Naraku was also looking at his reward, and watching the symbol that was only alive on the reward order disappeared. Could it be that the navy didn¡¯t want him?

    Uehara Naraku looked at the reward order and couldn''t help but sighed faintly: "Ghost, do you still have a chance to be a good person?"

    "¡­¡­"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark was silent for a while, then grinned and said, "Uehara-sama...Is it because the **** is not happy?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Nicole Robin shook her head speechlessly after hearing their conversation, and looked down at her reward.

    In the past ten years, Robin''s bounty has not moved. Since joining the Akatsuki organization, Robin''s bounty has soared, and now it is 240 million Baileys!

    The strength is the weakest, but the reward is the highest among the three...

    Jiaodu¡¯s phone worm will come almost every now and then.

    "Let''s go, let''s go to Shuangyue Village to replenish supplies."

    Uehara Naruko glanced at his system panel, and said softly: "I just happened to perceive that the Revolutionary Army happened to be there. They are hard to see."

    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he continued: "Now I will go to the dungeon and have a chat with Ms. Dadan to let her know that I am actually a good person."

 Chapter 421ï¼š Monkey D. Dorag, Sabo, Uehara, Dadan!

    Inside the dungeon of the warship.

    Da Dan stayed here for a long time.

    Except for Uehara Naraku who occasionally comes down to deliver meals, she has never seen anyone show up. This is really a restrained place for a bandit. The thing that makes Dadan sleep and eat the most is not knowing where these people want to send her. .

    "Ms. Da Dan."

    Uehara Naraku opened the prison door with the key, and whispered: "The other two adults on the ship sent me down to replenish the supplies on the ship. I have asked to take you off the ship."

    After speaking, Naraku Uehara looked at Dadan''s incomprehensible gaze and continued in a low voice: "After we disembark from their sight, I will release you secretly, because I promised to pass by Luffy and the boss of Mackino."

    "So you are the friend of that boy Luffy and Markino?"

    After Da Dan breathed a sigh of relief, he hurriedly asked, "What will you do after I leave? Will they hold you accountable? Although I am a thief, I know the rules of the pirate ship. ¡­"

    "it''s OK."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and explained softly: "Originally they wanted to get Ms. Dadan in exchange for a bounty, but recently the navy suddenly encircled and suppressed the Baroque Working Society. They didn''t dare to take any risks and planned to kill you in the next few days... "

    "¡­¡­"

    Da Dan''s eyes suddenly widened.

    Uehara Naraku looked at her frightened expression, and quickly calmed her emotions and said: "Anyway, your bounty is only 7.8 million Baileys, which poses no threat to the Baroque job club.

    It doesn''t matter even if you run away, I can say that I have killed you or you escaped by yourself, they shouldn''t pay attention to this issue. "

    After finishing speaking, watching Da Dan''s emotions gradually relax again, Uehara Naraku continued in a low voice: "Don''t reveal any flaws in a while. After we leave, you will find a way to go back to Fengche Village..."

    "Ok."

    A touch of gratitude flashed across Dadan''s face, she sighed softly, "That **** boy Luffy really made a good friend!"

    Uehara Naraku''s face showed a kind smile at the right time: "No, it should be said that I want to be grateful to him, it is he who made me wake up..."

    this moment¡­

    Uehara Naraku really looks like his own.

    No one can pick out any flaws.

    at dusk.

    Shuangyue Village.

    A big ship with a dragon head stopped at the dock.

    A figure rushes to carry food. These people are all revolutionary soldiers. They have to move the food before night comes, and then leave here when it gets dark.

    When they saw a warship approaching, their faces were shocked. Someone immediately rushed to a dojo in Frost Moon Village to report to their leader.

    They are the revolutionary army and are determined to bring down the existence of the world government. The navy is the world government''s top dog leg. The two are definitely incompatible with each other!

    It¡¯s just that when these revolutionary forces were preparing to fight, they found that the people on this warship did not seem to be the navy. Only a young man and a rough-looking woman came down. There was also a fierce-looking murloc and a delicate-born. woman.

    "That''s from the Baroque Job Club!"

    There was a sudden uproar among the revolutionary army.

    As long as anyone pays attention to the news on the sea, they will not pay attention to this aspect. They quickly recognized Uehara Naraku, Kakigami and Nicole Robin!

    "Mr. Uehara? ¡¡ You don''t seem to have to prepare supplies!"

    Dry persimmon ghost shark standing on the bow of the warship? ¡¡ Looking down at the dragon head ship, grinned and said: "We just robbed this ship... isn''t it all right?"

    "Mr. Guikun? ¡¡ Let me go and see!"

    A trace of hesitation flashed across Uehara Naraku''s face? ¡¡He shook his head and said, "Maybe some drinks are needed on the ship. This ship looks like an ordinary food ship..."

    "Then you go first!"

    The dried persimmon ghost nodded? ¡¡After watching Uehara Naraku and Da Dan walk away, they waved the shark muscles in their hands and jumped onto the dragon head ship? ¡¡He showed his mouthful of shark teeth!

    "Hello? ¡¡ We are agents of the Baroque Work Agency, now we will move all the supplies on your ship to our ship!"

    This scene is being performed as expected, and a baroque work agency agent brazenly robbed the revolutionary army battle officially began!

    Nicole Robin watched this scene and sighed quietly? ¡¡According to the current situation? ¡¡Could Krokdal really have a place for him?

    Navy...

    Revolutionary Army...

    The powerful pirate...

    The Baroque work club will all be offended to death!

    Does this Uehara Naraku really want to kill Krokdal to death?

    The small road in Shuangyue Village.

    Uehara Naraku took Dadan and met two people head-on. Both of them wore cloaks and hoods. They were the top leaders of the Revolutionary Army rushing to the port.

    Monkey D. Dorag, seventeen-year-old Sabo.

    Because Saab is seventeen years old? ¡¡Dorager, as Saab¡¯s teacher, decided to let him start to get in touch with revolutionary things? ¡¡Of course, this also includes the grain transfer station in Shuangyue Village.

    "and many more!"

    Uehara Naraku reached out his hand to stop them, and asked softly, "Are you from the village? When will this village have a sea boat heading to the Kingdom of Goya?"

    "we are not¡­"

    After Sabo hurriedly explained something? ¡¡ He seemed to react suddenly, rubbing his forehead and whispered: "Wait...Goya Kingdom...this place..."

    Because of a disaster many years ago? ¡¡Sabo lost his memory.

    now suddenly heard the familiar place names? ¡¡Sabo''s head was a little bit painful.

    "If you can''t remember? ¡¡Don''t try to think about it."

    Dorag held down Sabo¡¯s head, and after easing Sabo in a low voice, his gaze passed over Uehara Naruto and stayed on Dadan: "This...is this Ms. Dadan from Mount Gorber, Kingdom of Goya? ?"

    Dorag knows the existence of Dadan.

    In other words, Dorag knew Dadan unilaterally.

    Because Monkey D. Dorag is the father of Monkey D. Luffy, he naturally knows that Da Dan is Luffy''s adoptive mother, the person who took care of Luffy when he grew up.

    "you know me?"

    Da Dan''s face suddenly became alert.

    People who know her usually offer a reward of 7.8 million Bailey!

    Uehara Naraku''s face also became vigilant, and he said with a loud voice: "We are from the Baroque workplace... Don''t provoke those who shouldn''t be provoked easily!"

    "I didn''t mean that."

    Dorag shook his head, with a smile on his mouth: "I heard what you said just now, and our ship often goes to and fro in this area. I just happened to take a trip to the Windmill Village of the Goa Kingdom at night, maybe I can take you on the way. ."

    "Did you go directly to the Windmill Village?"

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Da Dan, with a touch of joy on his face, and said, "Hey? If that''s the case, Ms. Da Dan can directly meet the boss of Lu Fei and Mackinaw. Remember to take me to say hello to them..."

    "You guy!"

    Dadan''s forehead jumped, and he said in a deep voice: "Don''t be infected by that **** boy Luffy, just trust others casually... I suspect he is offering a reward... I am a thief who has lived in seclusion for many years..."

    To be honest, Da Dan doesn''t believe it.

    After all, someone on the road suddenly tells you that they are just about to go to your destination and can take you a journey by the way. Whatever you think is a liar!

    Dorag spread out his palms and said softly: "Sorry, I can guarantee that I never meant to deceive you. If it is to offer a reward, I should capture this Mr. Uehara Naraku..."

    "Mr. Dorag..."

    Sabo, who was still suffering from a headache next to him, rubbed his forehead, slowly raised his head to look at Dadan, his face was even a little bit painful: "I remember, Monkey D. Luffy... Sister Macino... Dadan ...Windmill Village...Gorber Mountain..."

    Because no one has ever mentioned this in front of Sabo.

    Even if it was Dorag, he rarely mentioned his son and family before his men, after all, their identities were rather embarrassing.

    Today, Sabo heard those familiar names for the first time after many years, and he finally gradually recalled what happened in the past.

    Sabo''s gaze was looking at Da Dan, his face gradually showing nostalgia, and there was more joy of reunion in his eyes, and his body suddenly plunged into Da Dan''s arms!

    "Da Dan...I am Sabo!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Dadan looked down at Sabo, her face still a little unbelievable: "That kid who ate and drank...Sabo...Aren''t you dead?"

    "I was rescued by Mr. Dorag."

    Sabo slowly released Da Dan, smiled and asked, "Sorry, because I have lost my memory. I didn''t remember until I heard the names of Luffy and Makino. We also agreed to give it to e after we found e. Where''s Sister Mackinaw!"

    "Hey Hey hey¡­"

    Dadan couldn''t help but patted his head, his face was full of displeasure and said: "You guys don''t eat and drink less in my house! Why do you only give it to Mackinaw..."

    If it were Luffy and Ace, they would definitely refute it, because the food of the Dadan family could be improved because they caught the prey.

    But Sabo can''t.

    Now he has become more and more polite.

    Just as Sabo¡¯s face was slightly embarrassed, Da Dan suddenly hugged Sabo, and tears slowly flowed back down his eyes: "Little devil, you are still alive...if Luffy and Ace knew about it, they would be happy. ¡­"

    "Yes."

    Sabo nodded slowly, and his voice was a little uncontrollable, and said with joy: "I am also very happy, I can still see them alive."

    just when the two of them met.

    Dadan introduced Naraku Uehara by the way, and emphasized that he reminded Sabo: "Uehara is a friend of Luffy. Fortunately, he saved me. He is a good guy hiding in the evil criminal company of the Baroque Job Club."

    "Thank you, Mr. Uehara."

    Sabo smiled and thanked him continued to chat with Dadan about Luffy, only to conceal his joining the revolutionary army.

    is when the two of them are talking.

    The atmosphere between Naraku Uehara and Dorag was a bit awkward.

    Monch D. Dorag stared at Uehara Naraku, with a faint smile on his mouth: "It''s really funny. I heard that the Baroque Job Club ransacked the Windmill Village. It looks like you took Dadan at that time. Do you want to secretly exchange your bounty?"

    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, and said in a low voice: "Our company boss has regulations. If someone who has a reward is caught, he must find a way to exchange it to avoid waste..."

    Dorag looked at Naraku Uehara with a smile on his face, and continued to speak: "But now the maritime situation is tense, and the Baroque Job Club is completely besieged by the navy. It is too risky in exchange for the reward. You should be planning to kill Ms. Dadan?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku''s expression changed.

    Uehara slowly raised his head and looked at Dorag, a trace of anxiety flashed in his eyes: "How do you know what we think...Who are you... on earth?"

    "I''m just an ordinary person."

    There was still a smile in Dorag''s eyes, but his voice gradually became more bewildering: "Mr. Uehara released Ms. Dadan privately. He is actually a kind person! Why should a kind person stay in the Baroque Workplace like this? What about the criminal company..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku was silent.

 Chapter 422ï¼š Krokdal... He must have got the Pluto!

    Have you finally reached this point?

    The brilliance of human nature is hard to conceal after all.

    Uehara Naraku originally planned to get to know each other and leave a good impression on herself, but now it sounds like Dorag...

    Is this guy trying to lure him into the revolutionary army?

    Of course I must refuse this time.

    According to Uehara Naraku''s experience, what is easily obtained will not be cherished.

    Of course, when you refuse, you have to show that you have a noble character and are willing to protect the weak, and show your helplessness in life.

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and looked at Dorag and said: "Sorry, you guessed wrong, I am not a kind person, otherwise I would not join the Baroque job club, just seek a place where I can survive."

    After talking about this, Uehara opened his mouth again: "As for saving some innocent people like Ms. Da Dan, I am only able to do something that I can do because I have the ability. I am nothing but a coward."

    At this time, I just need to humble myself.

    When Dorag and Sabo take Dadan back to the Windmill Village, if Sabo talks with Luffy and Mackinaw, they will inevitably talk about Uehara Naraku.

    At that time, they would learn from Luffy and Markino about Uehara Naraku''s struggle and kindness.

    After all, what a person takes the initiative to tell others is not as credible as the information that others secretly collect from other channels.

    Monkey D. Dorag heard Uehara Naraku¡¯s words, the smile on his face became more and more profound: "Oh... can you only do small things that you can do?"

    After Dorag smiled, he continued to ask: "But has Mr. Uehara thought about another question, what if you are not around the evil members of the Baroque Job Society, but a group of people with the same thoughts as you? "

    Dorag¡¯s voice suddenly lowered, and he quietly continued: "No matter how powerful a person can become, his power will eventually have its limits, but if you unite with more like-minded people, you can save the world. What a weak person..."

    "I know."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and interrupted Dorag. He clenched his fist and said softly: "I want to be a navy...and with many naval soldiers...protect the villages and small towns invaded by pirates..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Dorag''s eyes trembled.

    This is also normal. When it comes to like-minded partners and justice camps, people in this world will always think of the Navy, and their sense of existence in the revolutionary army is indeed very low.

    In the eyes of many people, the revolutionary army is a group of criminals.

    "But Mr. Uehara couldn''t join the navy by accident, right?"

    Monkey D. Dorag¡¯s voice has a little more regret, he seems to feel the same: "What''s more, the navy has been under the jurisdiction of the world government for a long time, and it is not the real justice. What they maintain is only the authority of the world government..."

    "I know."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Dorag, and said softly: "Because Miss Nicole Robin, the vice president of our Baroque Work Agency, was the one who survived the O''Hara incident. All innocent people in O''Hara were killed by the Navy. Up."

    After talking about this? ¡¡ Uehara Naraku continued, "But what can I do? I only have this strength... I just want to do something that I can do... Other things I am not qualified to think about."

    "Do not."

    Monkey D. Dorag shook his head? ¡¡ continued with a smile: "Mr. Uehara, who has such a consciousness and thought, is already better than many people in the ocean!"

    After finishing talking? ¡¡Dorag slowly stretched out his palm? ¡¡ took off his hood, smiled and said, "Introduce myself? ¡¡I am Dorag, a revolutionary looking for like-minded people."

    "Dorag?"

    Uehara Naraku puzzled for a second? ¡¡There was a panic on his face: "Wait...you are the most murderous criminal in the world! You are the revolutionary army!"

    After finishing talking? ¡¡Uehara Naraku even stepped back involuntarily, his forehead tightened, and he said in a deep voice: "Sorry, let''s not pass it!"

    This Dorag? ¡¡How come it''s a showdown!

    Can''t you continue to hide your identity and have a good chat! Dorago''s direct showdown like this? ¡¡ It makes it difficult for Uehara Naraku to continue performing!

    Anything else at this time will arouse suspicion!

    "and many more¡­"

    Dorag hurriedly reached out to stop Uehara Naraku, and softly explained: "Mr. Uehara, the revolutionary army will not threaten any companions, we will not hurt you..."

    "Do not."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head hurriedly, and whispered: "What about your revolutionary army? ¡¡ People like me can''t be mixed up... and the revolutionary army is also an enemy to be eliminated by the Baroque work society. I must not be discovered by them. Stay together!"

    The peace between them was broken instantly.

    Even Dadan and Sabo couldn''t help but look at them.

    "Mr. Uehara."

    Dorag slowly shook his head? ¡¡ softly explained, "I just hope you can learn more about the Revolutionary Army, and you have seen enough darkness in criminal companies like Baroque Jobs, right?"

    When it comes to this? ¡¡Dorag slowly put down his arm, and continued in a low voice: "The person in this world who understands Uehara the most must be us? ¡¡If one day Uehara can figure it out? ¡¡You are welcome to join at any time. To our team."

    "I know."

    Uehara Naraku nodded hastily.

    After finishing talking? ¡¡He stopped staying and left here quickly.

    After Monch D. Dorag watched him leave, the corners of his mouth twitched slightly: "Sabo, if you have the opportunity in the future, you can chat with the Uehara-Mr. I believe he is destined to become our companion. "

    "Yes, Mr. Dorag."

    Sabo nodded seriously.

    When they arrived at the port, the leading ship of the Revolutionary Army suffered heavy losses, and some of its materials were looted by the Baroque Working Society.

    Dorag didn''t care about being ransacked by the Baroque Work Agency. Anyway, he learned from Uehara Naraku that their Revolutionary Army and the Baroque Work Agency were already enemies.

    In the future, we must focus on this criminal company.

    After dark, the leading ship of the revolutionary army left Shuangyue Village in the direction of Fengche Village, where they will drop Dadan.

    They will also know part of Uehara from Windmill Village.

    For example, Uehara Naruto took the risk of saving Luffy at the top of the Baroque work agency; for example, Uehara Naruto had been using his savings to pretend to be looted funds in order to save some innocent shop owners.

    Now everything in Uehara has been laid out.

    The remaining time is the time to wait for the harvest.

    "The revolutionary army will definitely believe that I am a good person."

    Uehara Naruko flipped through the news about King Shichitake Kaido Flamenco being overthrown by Sasuke Uchiha, and whispered, "Let¡¯s go, let¡¯s go upside down the mountain back to the great route... Give our boss Mr. Klockdal a good treat!"

    "According to the people who are offended by the Baroque Work Club..."

    Nicole Robin frowned and raised a question: "I''m afraid it will be hard for Great Airway to believe that Krokdal is the behind-the-scenes boss of Baroque Jobs, right?"

    After all, Krokdal is just a king under Qiwuhai.

    Now the Baroque Work Society has offended the Navy and the world government, and offended the Revolutionary Army. If you rashly push the scapegoat to Klockdal...

    is really hard to say to make people believe.

    "It doesn''t matter."

    Uehara Naraku casually flipped through the newspaper: "Isn''t Krokdal''s purpose in Alabastan to find that Pluto?"

    Uehara Naraku raised his head and looked at Nicole Robin with a smile and continued: "We simply let those who are about to be arrested by the Navy know that Krokdal has acquired the weapon of Hades. Isn''t that enough?"

    Nicole Robin frowned and said: "But Krokdal and I have not found the historical text that records the clues to Pluto..."

    "It''s none of our business."

    Uehara Naraku slowly closed his palms and chuckled softly: "Who knows if Mr. Klockdal got it? We said he got it... then he must get it! As for where he hid Pluto, then Let the navy check it!"

    The smile on Uehara Naraku''s face was a bit bad: "Let Krokdal explain it yourself! See if the Admiral Sengoku and the world government will believe it...Anyway...They don''t know the whereabouts of the drawings made by Hades!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Nicole Robin glanced at Uehara Naraku speechlessly.

    This is really a good subordinate!

    It was miserable for Krokdal to offend so many people. Uehara Naraku also arranged the affairs of Pluto to Krokdal''s head.

    Once Krokdal is known that he has the war weapon of Pluto in his hand, the monsters in the second half of the great route may be excited!

    "The only pity is..."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head, and said with emotion: "This time I have worked so hard for so long, but the navy didn''t even want to instigate me, and even changed my wanted order...

    I wish I was a naval spy, so that I could use this opportunity to directly stab Klockdal out! "

    "¡­¡­"

    Nicole Robin looked at Naraku Uehara speechlessly.

    After a while, she whispered: "We have planted the blue pheasant in the navy. He is our undercover in the navy. It doesn''t matter whether Mr. Uehara can get on the line with the navy?"

    " You don¡¯t understand Uehara Naraku asked: "If a stranger suddenly tells you that he is the manipulator of this world, do you feel nothing? "

    Uehara Naraku stood on the bow, facing the sea breeze and said softly: "If you have always been a trustworthy person in your eyes, I suddenly told you that he is the manipulator behind this world, what would you feel..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Nicole Robin fell silent.

    In other words, I just don''t do personnel affairs.

    While Uehara Naraku was still regretting that he had not been recruited by the navy, a certain rear admiral who had been ordered to recruit Uehara Naraku was also having a headache.

    Major General X Drake.

    The major general is a bit mad.

    Drake has been in the East China Sea for several days, and so far he has not found a trace of the Baroque Working Society. He finally understands why the Marine Marshal Sengoku wants him to recruit a member of the Baroque Working Society to become the first member of the SWORD secret force.

    If there is no undercover...

    It''s really hard to find the members of the Baroque Job Club!

    "This group of Baroque workers are too good at hiding..."

    Drake''s expression was very ugly. He stood on the map of the East China Sea and sighed quietly: "Even the ordinary members of the Baroque Working Society can''t be found, let alone looking for the trace of Uehara Naraku in the sea. ¡­"

 Chapter 423ï¼š Major Drakes first subordinate, Major Pharmacist!

    Major General Drake could not find the members of the Baroque Working Society, and he was not to blame for this incident, because someone kept hunting them down.

    A few days ago.

    Through the CP organization under the World Government, the Navy finally found out the membership of several Baroque work clubs, some of whom were carrying reward orders.

    As a result, the navy side just raised their bounty, and their bodies were sent in by a bounty hunter called Jiaodu.

    That corner...

    makes the Navy bald.

    Navy G-2 branch base.

    Lieutenant General Gumir, the branch commander, glanced at Jiao Du, who was sitting across from him, and took a sip of bitter coffee before he said, "Well, thank you for the dead criminals sent by Mr. Jiao Du. The reward is 350 million Baileys in total."

    "You''re welcome."

    all nodded, and continued to count the money.

    He absolutely cannot tolerate the lack of money.

    Even the corners are twisting money with super-high hand speed, and counting at this speed for nearly 4 hours before he counts all his bounty.

    Lieutenant General Gumir looked stunned.

    It¡¯s just that Lieutenant General Gumir also knows the habits of Jiaodu, and did not care about the quirks of this bounty hunter. It is because of the existence of this powerful bounty hunter that the pirates of the great sea route have something to do. convergence.

    "Mr. Kakuto is interested in joining the navy?"

    Lieutenant General Gumir put down the coffee in his hand and said softly: "If Mr. Jiaodu is willing to join the navy..."

    "Not interested in."

    shook his head, and put all the money in his hand into the box: "I am only interested in hunting pirates with rewards to earn rewards."

    After ¡¡¡¡ finished speaking, Jiao Du added: "But I have a good impression of the navy, so when I see the navy in trouble, I will also help."

    "Yes."

    Lieutenant General Gumir nodded, with a smile on his face: "The last time my subordinates surrounded and suppressed the pirates, I would like to thank Mr. Jiaodu for his help."

    After talking about this, Lieutenant General Gumir finally asked a question: "Then, Mr. Jiaodu is interested in becoming the king of Qiwuhai?"

    This question is not for Lieutenant Gumir to ask.

    is a sentence mentioned by the admiral Senguo.

    If the corners agree, their navy can apply to the world''s high level to revoke a big pirate from the sea of ??Qiwu, and let the bounty hunter, the corner, go up.

    After all, compared to the pirates who robbed in a legal name, the bounty hunter Jiao Du is an angel, and he is really the most suitable candidate.

    "¡­¡­"

    corner was silent for a second.

    After a long time, the bounty hunter asked a question that made Lieutenant General Gumir dumbfounded: "I remember that there are only seven kings under Qiwuhai. If the position of the under King Qiwuhai is to be revoked, I can kill him. In exchange for bounty?"

    This is really in line with Jiaodu''s style.

    The first thought of this guy is not that he has a chance to become the king''s Qiwuhai, but which of the king''s Qiwuhai has finally become a valid reward, and he can exchange money after killing.

    But once the news of a king''s Qiwuhai is to be revoked for no reason, the prestige of the world government will be wiped out!

    The balance on the sea will be broken.

    Even if Gumil knew enough about Jiaodu, he was a little surprised for a while. He hurriedly showed a smile: "Hahahaha...I''m just kidding...After all, I still hope that Mr. Jiaodu will become ours more than those big pirates. Allies!"

    "This way..."

    After ¡¡¡¡ nodded, he said in a loud voice: "I hope the navy can revoke their positions someday! After all, I really want to get the bounty from them!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Lieutenant General Gumir lowered his head and drank his coffee, afraid to speak.

    After a long time, Gumir asked, "Where is Mr. Jiaodu going next? You have almost hunted the pirates on this route..."

    "Baroque Work Club."

    Jiao Du grimly replied: "Now the Navy has comprehensively increased the rewards offered by the Baroque Working Society members. Only the most active people have more than 500 million rewards. I will search for their tracks and hunt. Kill their members."

    "Then I await good news from Mr. Jiaodu."

    The middle shot of Gumir slowly blew the coffee in his hand, and couldn''t help frowning, saying: "Coffee is still so terrible..."

    After Jiao Du left with the money.

    Lieutenant General Gumir dialed the phone worm of the Warring States Period: "Marshal of the Warring States Period, I privately asked about Jiaodu''s views on the King Qiwuhai..."

    Lieutenant General Gumir said this, his expression gradually became a little subtle: "This bounty hunter seems to have some problems with his thoughts. He didn''t care about the temptation of Qiwuhai under the king. All he cares about is the bounty of Qiwuhai..."

    "¡­¡­"

    The Warring States was also a bit speechless.

    The idea of ??this bounty hunter is really strange!

    The Marine Marshal sighed and whispered: "Forget it, anyway, my request to the world government to revoke the application of Doflamingo King Qiwuhai has not passed..."

    Although Doflamingo was defeated.

    But Doflamingo''s identity and Dresrosa''s position can still keep him stable for a while, after all, he is the most powerful king under Qiwuhai, and the Warring States period can only find a way to find another opportunity.

    Marin Vando.

    The Warring States reluctantly reached out and handed his application to the goat, and asked the goat to eat the application, while lowering his head to review his own documents.

    "Ok?"

    The Warring States¡¯ gaze slowly stagnated, and he looked down at a document in his hand: ¡°The Pharmacist¡¯s pocket, in an action, saw through the ability to transform into fruit, arrested Mr.2 Feng Kelei, a member of the Baroque Working Society, and applied for an extraordinary promotion to the branch Major..."

    After the Warring States period pondered for a few seconds, he looked at the photo of Yao Shi¡¯s pocket and made his own decision: ¡°It seems that he is a very clever little guy...promote him to a major, and send him to Drake¡¯s side to help him set up the SWORD troop. !"

    Sengoku didn''t know what decision he made.

    It''s just that from this moment of view, this decision is very beneficial to the SWORD confidential special unit, at least in the future this confidential unit will develop rapidly.

    Inside a certain naval base.

    Pharmacist Duo saw the order handed down by the Admiral of the Navy, and his expression was a little surprised, because he had planned to be promoted to the branch major first and then to the branch colonel to take control of the naval base.

    However, this Marine Marshal is generous, and he will be promoted directly to the rank of Major, but why should he be sent to Major General Drake?

    Who is this Major General Drake?

    Do everything start over again?

    However, after the pharmacist joined Major General Drake¡¯s commander with a transfer order, he learned that the only members of the current SWORD Secret Special Force were only two of them...

    There is only one major general and one major!

    Even this unit has not touched the mission so far, and it has been in the initial stage.

    Yakushidou immediately analyzed it. This so-called SWORD secret special force should not receive much support from the upper level. It is on the verge of disbanding at all times. He must find another future as soon as possible, otherwise there is no hope of promotion.

    If you want to disband this force...

    Then you must first persuade Major General Drake, the commander of this force!

    "Major General Drake."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around and asked in a low voice, "The entire army has only us two people until now. Will Marshal Lord really continue to support our army?"

    "Um... don''t worry, we can ask for assistance at any time."

    Major General Drake sat on a chair, a pair of riding boots on his desk, and said in a low voice: "And we will soon have a third member and our mission. The marshal has given us a suitable candidate.

    We are now going to find a member of the Baroque Job Company named Naraku Uehara, and then develop him into a member of the SWORD unit, and we can start the first mission of the SWORD secret special unit! "

    "¡­¡­"

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around and fell silent.

    In an instant, Yao Shidou judged that this should not be a conspiracy.

    Because it is impossible for anyone to hide from Naraku Uehara and set up a conspiracy against him.

    The next moment, a light flashed on the lens of Pharmacist''s pocket, and he glanced at Major General Drake.

    It can be concluded that this is a very poor person.

    To be honest, if you can, in fact, this SWORD secret special unit is now disbanded. Everyone has their own way. The best choice for Major General Drake.

    It is a pity that he is going to a dead end.

    Pharmacist stared at Rear Admiral Drake, as if he saw the shadow of Hei Jue from the rear admiral. Maybe this is a matter of life and death, right?

    "Don''t look at me like that!"

    Major General Drake could not help covering his forehead, and said in a deep voice: "Who knows that members of the Baroque Job Club are so hard to findEven CP can''t provide any help, hey, Newcomer, do you have any idea?"

    "There is no special way."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses and whispered: "I personally captured a senior agent of the Baroque Work Agency. According to my observations, these members of the Baroque Work Agency seem to like to be active on the route of Alabastan... "

    "Pouch, do you suspect their stronghold there?"

    "I don''t know."

    Pharmacist spread out his palms, twitched the corners of his mouth and smiled: "But I know, there must be people who know the whereabouts of the members of the Baroque Working Society...

    Because when I rushed to report, I just got a piece of news that Krokdal, one of the seven Wuhai under the king, publicly claimed that he would expel all the members of the Baroque working society in Alabastan and relieve the people of Alabastan. danger! "

    "Hahahahahaha... I think so too!"

    Major General Drake stretched out his hands and applauded, and praised: "Dou, the Marshal of the Warring States Period personally praised your cleverness, and I hope you will not disappoint his expectations... We will now set off for Alabastan and find the man named Naraku Uehara as soon as possible. people!"

    "Yes."

    Pharmacist pocket lowered his head slowly.

    If the pharmacist did not lower his head now, he might accidentally reveal his pity for Major General Drake. What a poor Major General, he certainly doesn''t know what he will face in the future, right?

 Chapter 424ï¼š Im not so happy, I want to see him once

    As long as Uehara appears, the world will become magical.

    On the way to Alabastan, Pharmacist Dou almost figured out the nature of the SWORD secret special unit, which is a spy unit intended to sneak into the pirates.

    This is really interesting.

    A force used by the Navy as a spy.

    As a result, they recruited two real spies first.

    Pharmacist was on his way to Alabastan, and reported the incident to Uehara Naraku, planning to let Uehara Naraku and Major General Drake find a suitable place to meet.

    "It doesn''t matter."

    Uehara Naraku''s voice was very kind in the phone bug: "Mr. Drake, this is Rear Admiral, I should meet him personally! When he gets ashore, tell me where you are!"

    Uehara Naraku''s voice suddenly became a little gloomy: "At that time, I will let him see... a pirate who is in the dark but has a bright heart!"

    The other side of the phone worm.

    Yakushidou couldn''t help but push his glasses, and couldn''t help but grinned; "Sure enough, Lord Naraku planned everything secretly?"

    "Yes."

    Uehara Naraku''s voice also felt a little more stunned: "I''m still wondering why the Navy would abandon me as a member of the Baroque Working Society who is suitable to be lured into betraying me. It turns out that they were ready to recruit me long ago. Sure enough, nothing happened to me. What..."

    Everything was originally arranged.

    In just half a month, the Navy changed his reward order from ¡®Only to catch alive¡¯ to ¡®No matter whether it¡¯s alive or dead.¡¯ Now it seems that it is worrying about causing the Baroque Jobs to suspect?

    On the one hand, the plank road was built, and the navy stated that all members of the Baroque work club are treated equally, and all members'' rewards are regardless of life or death;

    On the other hand, Chen Cang was secretive, and the high-ranking navy asked Major General Drake to come and surrender Uehara Naraku, and invited Uehara to join the special forces.

    "It''s a clumsy drama."

    When Pharmacist talked about this, his face couldn''t help but a smile appeared on his face: "How do they know that even a **** is just a plaything in the palm of Lord Naraku, a rotten navy, how could it possibly escape? Master Naraku''s control..."

    "pass¡­"

    Uehara Naruto gave a humble voice, chuckled and praised: "Pouch, you did a good job, you got into such an important unit so quickly, otherwise I wouldn''t get such important news. I thought you would still be there. The naval base grinds for a while..."

    "Because Lord Naraku made the Baroque Work Club a public enemy of the sea."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around, and whispered: "I just happened to happen, and I caught a baroque agency agent..."

    "it is good."

    Uehara Naraku smiled lightly and said, "Then follow our previous method, let that Major General Drake have no one to rely on except us..."

    "Yes."

    Pharmacist Dou respectfully agreed.

    "All right."

    Uehara Naraku''s voice added a sigh: "We are going to climb the upside-down mountain by boat now. Let''s talk when we meet!"

    Red soil continent, upside down the mountain.

    This is the entrance to the great route.

    Uehara Naa fell down. The warship filled with orange trees crossed the entrance of the great route, and was slowly pushed to the top of the mountain by the current bucking the trend. The warship was surrounded by sharks of dried persimmon ghosts, and nothing appeared along the way. twists and turns.

    "It''s incredible!"

    The dried persimmon ghost shrew a grin and said, "I didn''t expect that there would be ocean currents upstream in the world..."

    "Ok."

    Branch mission: Crossing the entrance of the great route and turning the mountain upside down (1/1), the mission has been completed, rewards 10,000 life energy, 10,000 points of armed domineering, and 100,000 points of seeing and hearing domineering.

    Uehara Nana nodded, glanced at his system panel, and whispered: "Well, quickly cross the Upside Down Mountain, we are ready to meet a rear admiral right away!"

    "Ok?"

    Nicole Robin came out of the cabin? ¡¡ handed Uehara Naraku and the dried persimmon ghost a glass of juice? ¡¡ A surprise flashed across her face: "Welcome the Rear Admiral? Mr. Tou¡¯s report, the Navy is coming to chase Did you kill us?"

    "Do not."

    Uehara Naraku took the juice? ¡¡After taking a bite? ¡¡ chuckled and said, "That rear admiral should have come to invite me to join the navy, and let me become an undercover agent in the Baroque work agency!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Nicole Robin shook her head speechlessly.

    What did the navy think? ¡¡Want to let Uehara Naraku act as their undercover agent. Their generals are all undercover agents of Uehara Naraku!

    The road is very smooth.

    Except when I left Upside Down Mountain? ¡¡Encountered a huge whale at the entrance of the great route? ¡¡Uehara Naraku simply kicked it straight!

    The Great Passage Entrance, Gemini Cape, watchman Kolokas dared not speak any anger, and could only watch the warship swimming past him.

    If it were twenty years ago... this watchman would never let the whale bully Uehara leave like this!

    Alabastan.

    When Uehara Nara came back here, Cobra, the king of Alabastan, was almost discredited, and the country was completely plunged into revolution and rebellion.

    Apparently Krokdal''s plan had begun.

    "Krokdal is really short-sighted..."

    Dry persimmon ghost watching the recent news about Alabastan? ¡¡Can''t help but grin and sneer: "You only know to stare at this desert kingdom..."

    "Ok¡­"

    Nicole Robin nodded? ¡¡ said softly: "Krokdal knows that we have returned to Alabastan. He wants to see us now, as if he wants to talk to us."

    "Then let''s go see you!"

    Uehara Naraku played with the orange in his hand, and said a little bored: "It''s really interesting, you want to take the initiative to expose his identity to us?"

    "Do not."

    A trace of embarrassment flashed in Nicole Robin''s eyes? ¡¡ Looking at Uehara Naraku, she softly corrected and said: "What Krokdal meant, I just want to see Mr. Ghost? ¡¡ It is probably discussing the replacement of King Shichitake Kaijinhei. ¡­"

    This is a bit embarrassing.

    Krokdal didn''t seem to pay attention to Uehara.

    "And me?"

    Uehara Naruko put down the orange in her hand, squinted the corner of her eyes and showed a kind smile: "Did Mr. Krokdal mention me?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Nicole Robin fell silent.

    After a long time? ¡¡Nicole Robin said softly: "Krockdale didn''t seem to want to see you, but he promoted Mr. Uehara''s number code to a senior agent. This is also a promotion..."

    "I know."

    Uehara Naraku squeezed the orange in his hand with one hand? ¡¡He waved his hand at the two people of Guiyu and Robin indifferently: "Okay? ¡¡ Then you go!"

    "¡­Yes."

    Nicole Robin nodded hastily.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark couldn''t help grinning, revealing his mouthful of shark teeth: "Master Uehara, if it''s unpleasant, can I make Mr. Krocrodall a little behaved?"

    "Whatever you want..."

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand indifferently: "It''s okay to teach him a lesson, so as not to always look like you as a little brother, you will replace Jinpei as Qiwukai in the future...

    Go and see him! I will find a place to rest.

    I am really eager to see Major General Drake as soon as possible, and tell the navy all the news of Klockdal and the Baroque Working Society! "

    After ¡¡¡¡ finished speaking, Uehara Naraku left with an unhappy expression.

    "Why is he so angry?"

    Nicole Robin shook his head helplessly, and whispered: "If Mr. Uehara shows his powerful power a little bit, Krokdahl would definitely not ignore him... And Mr. Uehara''s original purpose is not to hide the clumsy?"

    "Do not."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark interrupted Nicole Robin''s words and grinned and said: "Miss Robin, if a **** stands in front of you, because you don''t know him, you will humiliate him wantonly. You think the **** should be angry. ?"

    "Should..."

    Nicole Robin looked at Uehara Naraku''s back and nodded slowly, because she saw Uehara Naraku''s figure disappear in front of her eyes This scene made the corners of her eyes slightly solidified.

    "That...what ability?"

    "If you know too much, you will live a short life."

    The dried persimmon ghost grinned, and said softly: "Let¡¯s go, go and meet this Mr. Sand Crocodile, let me teach him by the way..."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark solemnly tightened the shark muscle on his body.

    Nicole Robin couldn''t help frowning, and muttered in a low voice: "I remember Mr. Guiyu is good at water power! But in the desert..."

    "It doesn''t matter."

    The smile of the dried persimmon ghost remains the same.

    For the dried persimmon ghost shark, it can be used as a battlefield no matter where it is, as long as it is not facing the blue pheasant who specializes in using the frozen fruit ability to restrain him.

    While they were going to see Krokdal, Naru Uehara was lying in Nicole Robin¡¯s coffee shop, flipping through a book, and receiving a phone call from Kakuto.

    "Uehara, is it convenient?"

    Jiaodu''s voice came over: "Uehara, Doflamingo has bid 200 million Baileys to get your information, can I sell it to him?"

    "¡­¡­"

    How come this corner wants to make money!

    Uehara Naraku was silent for a while, then suddenly said, "Let Doflamingo pick a place by himself. I''m a little unhappy, I want to see him..."

 Chapter 425ï¼š Mr. Doflamingo, surprise?

    "Before you notify him, let me see him in private!"

    Uehara Naraku casually opened his mouth and continued: "If you rush to see him, it would be a bit rude, at least let him know me first!"

    "Is that kind of boring prank again?"

    corners looked at the phone worm that was hung up in his hand.

    According to the past situation of Uehara Naraku, Uehara should still pretend to be a small person to meet Doflamingo, and feel the arrogant attitude of Doflamingo...

    Then he reveals his true identity and beats people for the reason that Doflamingo doesn¡¯t respect him enough. Is this kind of fun?

    Isn¡¯t this just bullying?

    For the leader of Akatsuki, Kokaku still knows a little bit. If Uehara Naraku says that he is not happy, it means that he is very unhappy.

    Because of being unhappy...

    Randomly select a king under Qiwuhai to play?

    From Jiao Du''s point of view, Doflamingo''s luck today is not very good.

    Deres Rosa.

    Doflamingo thought he was lucky.

    Maybe it¡¯s because after being taught by Sasuke Uchiha before, his luck hit bottom and rebounded, and business started to get better again.

    The arms business is doing well.

    Dres Rosa is also firmly rebuilding.

    Just as Doflamingo was sitting by the pool, watching the news on the ocean, especially the Baroque work agency, which was in the limelight recently, he couldn''t help but ignite a trace of interest.

    Just at this time, someone came to tell an employee of the Baroque job club that he wanted to meet him, a pirate who offered a reward of 60 million Baileys.

    "Does a little character want to see me too?"

    Doflamingo couldn''t help but chuckle, and he was sent to him: "This kind of little character can''t be the master. At least Nicole Robin, the vice president of their Baroque Job Club, should come and join him. Let me talk!"

    Doflamingo subconsciously thinks it''s another business.

    After all, the Baroque Work Club has been making such a big noise. It is certainly not possible to have only three or two kittens. It should be a matter of arms sales.

    This kind of business is naturally to talk to people of the same level.

    "But..."

    When the person who came to report said this, his expression suddenly became a little dissatisfied: "That guy is cheating on Baby5''s money, the idiot Baby5 is fooled again, and he is borrowing money from family members everywhere!"

    "¡­¡­"

    After being silent for a second, Doflamingo slowly raised his head and said: "Where is that person, before he is dead, take him over to see me!"

    After I saw it...

    He killed the guy who deceived Baby5!

    Baby5 is the maid and killer of the Don Quixote family.

    Because this woman has suffered from the psychological trauma of being abandoned by her family since she was a child, she has since become a person who desires to be useful and is needed by others.

    Even if she was adopted by the Don Quixote family, her psychological trauma has not been healed. Instead, it has become more and more serious. For this reason, she will not refuse whether it is someone else''s proposal or loan.

    Therefore...

    Baby5 has often been deceived over the years, owing tens of millions of Pele debts, and she was also proposed by many scumbags, and several more fiances were added. Of course, these fiances were killed by Doflamingo for her.

    to be frank¡­

    The work Baby5 has done over the years is simply not worth the trouble Doflamingo helped her deal with. Doflamingo can only treat him as a tired old father and raise Baby5 as an idiot daughter.

    If it were someone else, it would have been a big deal.

    But Baby5 has followed the Don Quixote family since childhood and is also a core member of the Don Quixote family. It is also regarded by Doflamingo as his relatives.

    Fortunately, Doflamingo is strong enough and able to make money, so that he can always raise Baby5, a prodigal thing...

    In front of the Palace of Deres Rosa.

    Uehara Naraku arrived here through the infinite teleportation of fate, so he directly asked to see Doflamingo as a member of the Baroque Working Group. He wanted to see Doflamingo''s arrogant attitude, so that he could find a suitable one after a while. The reason to beat him up.

    Just after arriving here, I happened to meet Baby5, a stranger of the Don Quixote family, and Uehara Naruto simply borrowed some pocket money from her.

    "Sorry..."

    Baby5, dressed in a red maid costume, borrowed money from the Don Quixote family and held the money in front of Uehara Naruto: "Only Bafa Roken lent it to me, but his pocket money is only left. Hundreds of thousands of Baileys..."

    Because Buffalo is a friend of Baby5 who grew up.

    Everyone knows the nature of Baby5, and she was afraid of borrowing it. Only Buffalo''s stupid friend with little money would still lend it to him.

    "Oh, I feel a little guilty in my heart!"

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and sighed. He reached out and grabbed the odds and ends of Baby5''s money and stuffed it into his pocket. He said softly, "I still need someone to take me to see Doflamingo. Can you take me to see him?"

    "Can you? Do you really need me?"

    Baby5 nodded with joy, and pulled the palm of Uehara Naraku into the Palace of Dresrosa. When the guard soldiers stopped her, her leg instantly turned into a cannon, sending people flying. Get out.

    is really violent!

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but think of Shurado Penn.

    To be honest, Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but sympathize with Doflamingo a little bit. After all, Baby5, a companion who is indistinguishable from us, is really unreliable.

    Maybe there are only a few cases, Baby5 is actually quite reliable, but unfortunately, her power is not strong enough.

    Dres Rosa Palace.

    Next to a luxurious swimming pool, this was the first to be completed during the reconstruction of the Palace of Dres Rosa, because Doflamingo liked it.

    As a devil fruit capable person, Doflamingo can''t actually go into the water. He just likes to sit by the pool and enjoy the sun. By the way, watching a group of beauties playing in the pool...

    This life is really sinful.

    When Uehara Naraku walked in, he felt that there was something wrong with his life. In theory, everyone was behind the scenes. Why is his life different from Doflamingo?

    Look at what life Doflamingo is the leader of the dark world. There are princesses and girls around him. Every day, even if Doflamingo does nothing, the people below will make him countless. The money goes into the account!

    Uehara Naraku thought about his life again, surrounded by a group of very individual men, the money in hand was obtained by robbing Nami, deceiving Mackino and others...

    looks like it¡¯s so much worse...

    Damn, it''s so maddening to think about it!

    Uehara Naraku''s fingers couldn''t help but move, how could Doflamingo live more freely than him!

    "Hey yee ee..."

    When Doflamingo saw Uehara fall in, he couldn''t help grinning at the corners of his mouth, showing a hideous smile.

    Because Doflamingo pays great attention to the news on the sea, he naturally knew Nairo Uehara, who had reached 60 million people with a reward not long ago, a little pirate who had been running errands next to Baroque vice president Nicole Robin, and killed casually. It doesn''t matter if it falls...

    "The Baroque Workshop has always been active in the first half of the great route."

    Doflamingo grinned, and slowly raised Erlang''s legs: "There should never be any contact between us?"

    "Maybe there will be in the future."

    Nairo Uehara spread out her palms, and calmly explained: "I am here on behalf of the president of our Baroque work agency. I have come to invite Mr. Doflamingo to participate in the siege of Murloc Island. !"

    "Ok?"

    Doflamingo''s brows trembled slightly, and his face regained a smile: "Humhhhhhhh...then you have come to the wrong place. You are also one of the Seven Wuhai Seas. Jinping is my colleague and friend. what!"

    "You can add money."

    Uehara Naraku was a bit blunt.

    "How much to add..."

    Doflamingo interrupted himself.

    The Tianyacha on the sea couldn''t help but shake his brows again. Just now, he felt inexplicably that he was being forgiven!

    What money to add!

    add a ghost money!

    Is this little pirate named Naraku Uehara ignorant, and can the matter of King Shichibukai be solved with more money?

    What''s more, Doflamingo received the news that the Marine Marshal wanted to take the opportunity of his defeat to Sasuke to take the title of his king Qiwuhai. Fortunately, this proposal was rejected by the world government...

    This time is really not suitable to cause trouble.

    But Naraku Uehara glanced at Doflamingo, and a sentence made Doflamingo almost break his mark: "A traitor from the Don Quixote family...Is this enough?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Doflamingo squeezed his glass firmly.

    Uehara Naraku spoke slowly, his mouth full of lies almost opened his mouth: "We recently found the trace of a person with the ability to operate fruit, originally wanted to lure him to join the Baroque workshop...

    But later it was found out that he was a traitor to the Don Quixote family. As long as Mr. Doflamingo agrees to the alliance, we will send that traitor to you! "

    "Deal!"

    Doflamingo smashed the cup abruptly, nodded slowly, and said in a deep voice, "As long as you are willing to send the traitor over, I will agree to your request!"

    The Baroque Work Agency also seems to be a good ally. It is true that you can collude in private, and you must not show it on the bright side...

    The most important thing is that traitor!

    No, or it is the fruit of surgery on that traitor!

    That is the fruit that can give people eternal life. I didn''t expect the Baroque working society to find out the news. This working society is really interesting!

    "Hey yee ee..."

    The smile on Doflamingo¡¯s face suddenly reappeared, and he beckoned to the woman next to him to give himself a glass of wine again, watching Uehara Naraku and continuing: "You have brought me good news. Come on, this time I won''t kill you..."

    Doflamingo also raised the wine glass in his hand with great interest, took a leisurely sip, and smiled: "Then I wish our two families a happy cooperation..."

    "Happy cooperation."

    Uehara Naraku narrowed his eyes and smiled.

    After their discussion was over, Uehara Naraku left the Palace of Dressrosa, the smile of Doflamingo''s mouth had not disappeared.

    because...

    Eternal Life is waving to him!

    As long as the Baroque Work Agency sends the traitor who has taken the fruits of the operation over, he will be able to achieve unprecedented immortality!

    Just at this moment, the voice of the telephone bug interrupted Doflamingo''s reverie, making his expression a little unhappy.

    Because the caller is Jiaodu.

    "Doflamingo, that person is going to see you... Pick a suitable place!"

    "Hey yee ee..."

    Perhaps because of the possibility of immortality, Doflamingo''s laughter was a bit arrogant. He smiled and said: "Will that big man come to see me? I thought I would let a small character like me visit him! "

    This sounds a bit ironic.

    "He doesn''t care too much about these stupid manners."

    corner ignored Doflamingo''s arrogance, and said indifferently: "Choose a time today and a secret place."

    "Hey yee ee..."

    Doflamingo''s laughter is still a bit arrogant: "Will you see me today? But I am in a good mood today, it seems I can''t spare any time?"

    Because I met the members of the Baroque Working Society today, I just reached a deal that I wanted to achieve, and even had a strong ally, Doflamingo was very happy.

    "It''s best not to go against his will."

    Kakuto''s voice is still cold, but with a few more warnings: "Uchiha Sasuke''s kind of unscrupulous little ghost doesn''t dare to defy his will..."

    After mentioning the name of Uchiha Sasuke, Doflamingo was silent for a while, obviously the lesson was really profound.

    Doflamingo thought for a while, and whispered: "The time will be set in an hour, the island west of Dresrosa. I am looking forward to seeing that big man!"

    after an hour.

    A desert island dozens of nautical miles away from Deres Rosa.

    Doflamingo used his thread fruit ability to pull the white clouds in the sky and flew to the island, with a faint feeling of anxiety in his heart.

    Some expectations...

    I''m a little nervous...

    And this person suddenly came to see him just after he got the information of the person capable of operating fruit, is it because he wants to seize his chance of eternal life?

    A character who can make monsters like Uchiha Sasuke jealous. He doesn''t even have the thought to fight. A person who manipulates all of this behind the scenes... Will he have a chance to resist his will?

    "Five hundred twenty six thousand eight hundred Bailey..."

    "Five hundred and twenty-six thousand nine hundred Bailey..."

    Just after setting foot on this island, Doflamingo was looking for a meeting place on the island, when he suddenly heard the sound of counting money.

    This voice is a bit familiar...

    This person seems to have just met?

    The little pirate of the Baroque job club!

    Is the little pirate named Naraku Uehara mentally retarded? Hundreds of thousands of Pele have to come to this deserted island to count. This incident will not anger the big man?

    "Hey, Doflamingo..."

    While Doflamingo was still skeptical, he heard Uehara Naraku''s voice: "You guys are too harsh on your own family!

    I only deceived you from your subordinates to 526,900 Baileys? Not as good as the tavern boss in a small village in Donghai! "

 Chapter 426ï¼š He was very unbehaved at first, but he was much more honest after a fight

    Doflamingo''s expression was uncertain.

    First impression, Uehara Naraku could not be that big man, right? How could this shameless villain who deceived Baby5 be of that level?

    This **** defrauded Baby5''s money, because the money he scammed was too little, so he was embarrassed to slander his opponents harshly here!

    Is this guy talking human words?

    But the guy Uehara Naraku found his traces when he first landed on the island, and even showed a slightly arrogant attitude, as if he would not be afraid of him...

    Doflamingo''s look was a bit ugly, and he found the position of Uehara Naruto along the voice. This guy was holding hundreds of thousands of Baileys into his pocket.

    just like this...

    No matter what you think, you are not the big man behind the scenes, right?

    Doflamingo held the last glimmer of hope, and he asked, "Uehara Naraku, why are you here?"

    "Ok?"

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but raise his head to look at Doflamingo, squinting her eyes and smiling: "Doflamingo, isn''t it the meeting place you chose?"

    Uehara Nairobi spread out her palms, smiled and continued: "Looking at you now, you seem to be disappointed in me?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Doflamingo is in a bad mood.

    This is not nonsense!

    Even if he sees one of the five old stars of the world government, or the admiral of the Navy, or even the old adversary of Lieutenant Admiral Crane...

    Why is Naraku Uehara such a small pirate?

    But this is also normal.

    A character that even the leader of the underground world could not have imagined, others naturally would never have imagined that this person who could make Uchiha Sasuke jealous would turn out to be a pirate in the ocean with a reward of only 60 million!

    This guy hides really deeply.

    Perhaps it was because they had just met with different identities. Doflamingo''s nervousness relaxed, and he looked at Uehara with a grin and said, "Hey...what a bad person, even Baby5. That fool''s money is going to be cheated..."

    To be honest, the performance of the guy Naraku Uehara...

    It''s really hard to make Doflamingo rise in awe.

    This guy doesn''t have the slightest aura of a strong man, looks almost no different from the little pirate, and even feels not as good as the pirate!

    Doflamingo looked at Uehara Naraku, his face suddenly gloomy: "Wait, Uehara Naraku, just now you saw me as a Baroque workplace and said that you found the traitor who stole the fruits of the operation. Did you lie to me?"

    "Yeah, I was just going to play with you..."

    "Asshole..."

    Doflamingo was so angry that he couldn''t help but cursed.

    He was very happy when he learned about the whereabouts of the fruit of the operation just now, but now he was suddenly told that everything was playing him!

    An unnamed anger appeared in Doflamingo''s heart!

    was fooled!

    "It looks like you haven''t figured out the situation..."

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but patted his forehead, and stretched out his palm towards Doflamingo, and a gravitational force burst out of his palm!

    This gravitational force changed Doflamingo''s face!

    Because when he was fighting Uchiha Sasuke, he felt this inexplicable gravitational force. He originally thought it was Sasuke''s fruiting ability, but didn''t he expect that even Uehara Naraku would be capable?

    This gravitational force is stronger than that of Uchiha Sasuke!

    Doflamingo could not fight back almost instantly, so he was directly sucked in by Uehara Naraku, and his tall body was caught off guard before he could react and fell to the ground!

    Even so, Doflamingo was still drawn to Uehara''s side by that gravitational force, and the fatal throat was also tightly clasped by Uehara''s palm!

    "¡­¡­"

    Doflamingo''s heart shakes!

    At this moment Uehara Naraku moved too fast, he was caught by Uehara Naraku before he even had time to resist!

    Do not¡­

    In other words, even if you resist, there is no effect.

    Doflamingo struggled and raised his head to look at Uehara Naraku. He saw a pair of reincarnation eyes in the eyes of Uehara Naraku. Those were the eyes that had been seen in Sasuke''s eyes!

    Those eyes...

    Those eyes look the same as one of the Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s eyes that I have seen before. There are only slight differences, but the abilities should be the same!

    This guy is the same person as Sasuke Uchiha!

    No, in other words, he must be stronger than Uchiha Sasuke!

    At this moment, Doflamingo completely figured out the situation. The person in front of him was a figure who could easily kill him, not the liar pirate who offered a reward of only 60 million!

    Uehara Naraku squinted his eyes, his smile still looked kind and kind: "But you are really bold. I thought you would use your clone to see me... Use your own body to see me, not afraid that I will kill You?"

    "Hey yy yy..."

    Doflamingo''s mouth grinned, and a smile appeared: "It seems that you also have the same ability as Sasuke Uchiha...Anyway, in front of you people, is there any difference between using the main body and using the clone?"

    "There is still a difference."

    Uehara Nairobi hooked the corners of his own mouth, smiled and said: "At least you took the initiative to die, didn''t you avoid Dres Rosa from being destroyed by me?"

    Doflamingo¡¯s smile remained the same: "Ehhhhhhhhh...if you were to kill me...have you let the monster Sasuke Uchiha do it? In your opinion, we must have the value of cooperation. ¡­"

    A golden light fell on Doflamingo!

    The next moment, Doflamingo heard a noise. This noise seemed to come from his neck, but how could there be noise in his neck?

    Doflamingo''s consciousness instantly darkened.

    Before he died, Doflamingo had only one thought, that this guy actually killed him like this!

    bastard, careless!

    This is also a lawless guy!

    After Uehara Nairo broke Doflamingo''s neck, he sat on the ground and tilted his head, watching the golden light gradually merge into Doflamingo''s body.

    That is the resurrection back in time.

    A few seconds later.

    Doflamingo came back to life again. The first thing he did was twist his aching neck, which seemed to have some psychological shadow.

    "this is¡­"

    Doflamingo couldn''t help stroking his heart again, rubbing his neck: "What happened just now?"

    "Nothing..."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Doflamingo and slowly said, "It just broke your neck and brought you back to life again by the way."

    "Hey hey hey...you thought I would believe..."

    Doflamingo flashed a scornful smile for an instant.

    The next moment, Doflamingo suddenly saw Uehara Naraku''s palm stick out and grabbed him by the throat. This scene was a bit familiar!

    "and many more¡­"

    Doflamingo quickly released a thread between his fingers, trying to block the palm of Uehara Naruto''s outstretched hand!

    It''s just that a circling wind blade suddenly appeared in the palm of Uehara Naraku, cutting all Doflamingo''s silk thread into pieces!

    Doflamingo''s hand was suddenly wrapped in a group of armed domineering, and he was about to grab Uehara Naraku''s arm, but he was a step late anyway!

    "How could it be so fast..."

    Doflamingo¡¯s eyes flashed with astonishment, his eyes clearly saw the movements of Uehara Naraku, and he clearly perceives the movements of Uehara Naraku!

    can''t keep up with his speed at all!

    Uehara Naraku twisted his wrist calmly, smiled lightly and said, "I want to kill you, it''s easier than killing an ant..."

    is another familiar sound.

    Doflamingo only felt the huge pain coming from his neck, and his whole consciousness fell into the darkness again.

    He...

    is really dead?

    soon.

    His consciousness was resurrected.

    The feeling that his neck was twisted just now is really very clear, his resurrection is real, and Doflamingo finally fell into silence.

    After a long time.

    Doflamingo sat up slowly and looked at Naraku Uehara, the blue veins on his forehead violently: "Your ability...is it to bring people back to life? No...your sire''s ability, which can make people die from death? Resurrection?"

    "Everyone has the same first thought when they see this ability."

    Uehara Nairo spread out her palms and whispered, "Even you are no exception... Doflamingo... Let me guess who you want to resurrect? It shouldn''t be your brother and father who killed him. Right? It should be... your mother?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Doflamingo fell silent.

    If there is a chance to bring people back to life, no one can think of bringing back those who died in the past!

    The next moment, Doflamingo''s face turned cold again. He shook his head quickly, and a hideous flash flashed across his face: "No, this world full of garbage... I''m just a little curious, I think immortality is bizarre enough. , I didn¡¯t expect that there is such an ability in the world..."

    "This ability is also useless."

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand casually, and said softly: "It''s just a method I use to torture some people, making them reincarnate between life and death repeatedly, until they completely surrender to me..."

    Uehara Nairobi beckoned, a seagull fell on his palm, and a golden light fell on the seagull''s body. Uehara Nairobi broke the seagull''s neck and threw it on the groundDoflamingo''s Staring closely at the seagull, watching it come back from the dead and fly away, his eyes became gloomy a little bit...

    This guy can''t tell the truth, right?

    Let a person who refuses to yield to him reincarnate between life and death...

    That kind of fear and relief when death comes, that kind of consciousness suddenly plunged into darkness, who can withstand this torture.

    Besides this, there is the power of this person...

    Doflamingo''s gaze slowly turned to Uehara Naraku. When this guy killed him twice just now, it seemed as easy as killing a chicken. There was no way to fight back.

    Uehara Naraku was only crushed by simple and rude decent skills... plus the resurrection ability that Uehara Naraku possessed.

    This person is not described by the word monster...

    If there really is a vocabulary to describe Naraku Uehara...

    Maybe...

    Then it can only be God, right?

    Just at this moment, Uehara Naraku''s phone worm rang. It was from Koto. Koto seemed to be good to Doflamingo''s senses.

    The call turned out to be pleading.

    "Hey, I saw him."

    Uehara Naraku chuckled and connected his phone worm, chuckled, "Yes, Doflamingo was very disobedient, and he became more honest after a fight..."

 Chapter 427ï¼š Joining Tianyacha and Xiaos welfare

    This guy¡­

    It¡¯s a bit inappropriate.

    Doflamingo watched Naraku Uehara hang up the phone worm, and after a while of silence, he argued: "Hey, you obviously killed me twice just now..."

    Uehara Naraku put away his phone bug, and after taking a look at Doflamingo, he clenched his fist: "Oh, yes, I haven''t had time to hit you yet, right?"

    Doflamingo¡¯s forehead jumped, he watched Uehara Naruko¡¯s fist become pitch black, and hurriedly said: "Hey, I didn¡¯t mean that..."

    Doflamingo looked at the figure of Uehara Naraku, and could only hurriedly opened a spider web, trying to block Uehara Naraku¡¯s attack!

    The next moment, the trail of Uehara Naraku disappeared from his sight!

    Someone knocked him on the back. Just when Doflamingo turned his head, he realized that he had made a mistake and he was punched hard in the jaw!

    Doflamingo fell into a cliff!

    The next thing I encountered was a continuous beating!

    This Tenyasha finally experienced an unprecedented nightmare. It was a feeling even weaker than facing Sasuke Uchiha. This guy was obviously just plain and unpretentious physical skills, how could he feel completely unable to contend!

    ten minutes later.

    Uehara Nairobi sat on the cliff, Doflamingo was covered with scars all over his body, sitting beside him a little embarrassed, and the two looked at the sea together.

    "to be frank."

    Uehara Naraku looked at the vast ocean and sighed quietly, ¡°I was not in a good mood when I came to see you. After just beating you, I feel better now.¡±

    "¡­¡­"

    Doflamingo couldn''t laugh, he just covered the wound on his forehead. He didn''t want to speak now, so as not to irritate the guy in front of him.

    But what this guy said is really not human.

    Uehara Naraku continued slowly: "Hey, Doflamingo, both of us should be behind the scenes. Why do I see you living so happily today? Why do I feel so tired of living? "

    "¡­¡­"

    Doflamingo still did not answer.

    In fact, he really wants to answer this question.

    Uehara Naraku was wrong when he said this. Doflamingo knew who he was manipulating, the ordinary people of Dresrosa, the Dongtata villains, some ordinary pirates in the sea, It''s basically useless except for work.

    Who is under the control of Uehara Naraku?

    It¡¯s just that Doflamingo met Kakuto, Hiduan, and Uchiha Sasuke. These people are now the most influential figures in the ocean.

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the silent Doflamingo, and couldn''t help frowning, and then stretched out again: "Doflamingo, you have an incurable evil in your body. I will give you one. A chance to be a good person!"

    "Ok?"

    Doflamingo''s gaze couldn''t help but move a bit. Before this guy lets others be a good person, wouldn''t he be an individual first?

    Doflamingo suppressed his thoughts of cursing, and grinned: "Hey yy yy...what chance? Does your Excellency also want to treat me as a pawn?"

    "you are not willing?"

    "No, very happy."

    The smile on Doflamingo¡¯s face is still trying to maintain: "For me, it may be an honor to be your pawn... I wonder if I can know the relationship between Uchiha Sasuke and you?"

    "Sasuke..."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at his system panel, then glanced at Doflamingo in surprise: "Uchiha Sasuke is the younger brother of an old friend of mine...that''s right, it should be said that he is the younger brother of a chess piece I used to be.

    As for the current Sasuke, if you count it, it should be the top three subordinates in my hand! "

    Except for Otsuki Teruya and Uzumaki Naruto who are still in Naruto World, Uchiha Sasuke should indeed be the strongest guy.

    While Doflamingo was still surprised at the strength of the people in Uehara Nairobi''s hands, he suddenly saw a golden light falling on him, and in an instant he heard a familiar sound in his ear!

    Wait, his neck!

    Uehara Naraku, this bastard, didn''t he agree to surrender!

    After Doflamingo was resurrected, his expression faintly collapsed: "Sir, I have clearly agreed to be your pawn..."

    "I have my own judgment."

    Uehara Nairobi spread out her palms and said softly: "What is in your heart, I may not know...but I know very well that you are definitely not relying on me."

    "¡­¡­"

    Doflamingo was silent.

    After a long time.

    A smile suddenly appeared at the corner of Doflamingo''s mouth: "Hey, hey... Then at least let me know your goal? Just like we want to recruit companions or allies, we must also know his purpose. Right?"

    Doflamingo''s expression gradually became a little solemn, he looked at Uehara Naraku, and said with a serious voice: "So...what is your true purpose?"

    "¡­¡­"

    After being silent for a while, Uehara Naraku suddenly spread out her palms, and calmly said: "This world is too calm, like a pool of stagnant water, I just want this era to run away..."

    The next moment, a wave of waves suddenly rose on the sea!

    This wave of waves jumped to hundreds of meters in an instant, which made people feel a little shocked!

    If this group of waves swept Dresrosa, Dresrosa, who is still working hard to rebuild, can be declared dead!

    This guy has the ability to destroy the country by raising his hand!

    Doflamingo¡¯s face changed drastically. He stared at the waves with a cloudy and uncertain expression. After a long time, he gritted his teeth and said: "If your purpose is to turn the world upside down, I will definitely help. you!"

    "very good."

    Uehara Naraku waved away the waves, a black hole appeared in the middle of his palm, and he took out a black robe of auspicious clouds from the black hole.

    Uehara Naruko glanced at Doflamingo''s height again, and put the Xiangyun black robe back. After taking out another ring, he engraved an evil word on it and handed it to Doflamingo. .

    Doflamingo took the ring, looked at the evil words on the ring, couldn''t help but chuckle: "Hey, eh, eh...what is this, is it your symbol?"

    "When it''s inconvenient, it''s just a tool for communicating privately."

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand and said softly: "If you see someone wearing the same ring in the sea or in a war in the future, it will be your companion. You still can''t see them..."

    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he continued in a low voice: "Try to enter the ring with domineering! Maybe I can receive the news from you..."

    "Hey yee yee...very interesting look."

    Doflamingo stretched out his hand to put the ring on his hand, and couldn¡¯t help saying: ¡°I didn¡¯t seem to see Mr. Kakuto and Sasuke Uchiha putting on the ring...¡±

    "There is no such need."

    Uehara Naraku casually took out a scroll, and after he was liberated, a coffin was revealed. He continued: "Here is the remains of a person. If you encounter trouble in the future, take him out!"

    This is a ninja who reincarnated from the dirty land.

    Basically every team has one.

    It¡¯s just the undead duo and the art duo. They hold the seal scrolls, and the coffins of the dirty ninjas are sealed inside.

    This is the ninja bodyguard arranged by Uehara Naraku.

    Among them, the Kotodu team is the fourth generation of Naruto reincarnated from the foul land, mainly to take them away; the art duo of the red sand scorpion takes the second generation of Naruto Senshukan, which is an all-round ninja.

    The hand of the dried persimmon ghost is the original Naruto Senjujuma.

    In addition to his own Unholy Ninja Legion, Yakushi Tou''s hands are Uchiha Madara who was resurrected by Uehara Naraku using part of the remains split after the end of the Fourth Ninja War.

    Even Uchiha¡¯s assistant has a scroll, and Uchiha Sasuke knows that he holds a **** named Uchiha Uchiha in his hand...

    Doflamingo, as a new member, naturally only three generations of Naruto Reincarnation Ninja bodyguard he got, and there are only three generations of Naruto Sarutobi, and he is not good at ninjutsu because he does not have Chakra. Put it on your own boat.

    To tell the truth, it''s pretty bad.

    "All right."

    After Uehara Nara glanced at Doflamingo, he continued softly: "You are the person who knows the world government and navy best. In the future, I will have a lot of things to find you. Now you can help me solve one thing first. ¡­"

    "Oh?"

    Doflamingo couldn''t help raising his head, and said with a low smile: "Hey, hey, I''m really curious...Is there anything an adult can''t solve?"

    "Qiwuhai, the king of this world, is too troublesome."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Doflamingo, and said softly: "I really want one of my subordinates to replace Jinpei as the king, Qiwuhai, do you think it is reliable?"

    "Is that Mr. Dried Persimmon Guikun?"

    Doflamingo knew that he would immediately guess the name. He smiled and then suddenly said: ¡°If you want to replace Jinping, then let the ghost ghost quit the Baroque workshop...

    Then defeat Jinping as a murloc...Anyway, the world government has long been dissatisfied with the collusion between Jinping and Whitebeard! "

    After talking about this, Doflamingo grinned again and continued with a smile: "Except for Mr. Guiyu, Mr. Jiaodu seems to have the same method...

    If someone defeats the Qiwuhai waste of Moonlight Moria, Mr. Jiaodu is now the most suitable person in this sea to be the king under the Qiwuhai! "

    "let me consider it¡­"

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but raised her eyebrows.

    This matter is indeed feasible.

    After they discussed these things, Doflamingo grinned and watched Uehara Naruko''s last question.

    "I''m curious."

    Doflamingo slowly clenched his fists, and whispered: "So I want to know what it means for adults to hide their strength on this sea...

    According to my feelings for adults today, it seems that you can defeat a new world¡¯s Four Emperor Monsters and replace them with That way you can reap even greater benefits!

    At that time, this era will definitely go wild! "

    "Doflamingo..."

    Uehara Naraku narrowed her eyes and smiled and said, "How do you know...the fate of those people...is it in the ranks under my control? I have arranged one of them..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Doflamingo''s face became stiff.

    The Tianyacha on the sea suddenly laughed wantonly!

    At this moment, Doflamingo finally sensed that Naruto Uehara appeared in front of him as a gangster who was behind the scenes!

    This is the real man behind the sea!

 Chapter 428ï¼š News from the New World Spades Pirates

    Uehara Naraku and Doflamingo are really similar.

    As the saying goes, three years of good study and three minutes of bad study. When it comes to being behind the scenes and playing tricks, they both have a common language.

    Uehara Naraku once blinded the black hand behind the scenes for a thousand years, talking about the skills of being an actor and how to manipulate others, as well as many other skills...

    These have benefited Doflamingo a lot.

    "Don''t always be bad guys."

    Uehara Naraku casually taught his own experience by Doflamingo: ¡°When you are a very evil person on the surface, you must let others discover that you still have the brilliance of humanity, so that they think you can still save...¡±

    "Hey yee yee...interesting and interesting."

    Doflamingo nodded slowly, and continued with a smile: "But I am now in the dark world. No matter how you look at it, it seems difficult to tell. Will it make others believe that I am someone who can be saved?"

    "Then choose someone who is suitable for the back pot!"

    Uehara Naraku''s gaze shifted slightly, and he whispered: "You still have trade links with Kaido, the Four Emperors! Then find a way to blame Kaido for all evil and create a victim image for yourself..."

    When Uehara Naraku said this, he slowly said: "Kaido is the four emperors, no matter how much the guy is carrying on his body, he will not care, and the guy will not refute the outside world''s view of him..."

    "¡­Yes."

    Doflamingo nodded slowly.

    After the most powerful king, Shichibukai joined the Akatsuki organization, Uehara Naraku''s palm penetrated the new world thoroughly, and he could use him to implement his own plans.

    If in the future we use dried persimmons and ghosts to solve the problem, and then replace the moonlight Moria with horns, then the king Qiwuhai can occupy three positions...

    Uehara Naraku looked at the sea and touched her chin. She didn¡¯t know if Sasuke¡¯s infiltration of the White Beard Pirates went smoothly...

    After all, someone there is going to be his next boss after Mr. Krockdale is over.

    This is called seamless connection.

    Great route, new world.

    The Pirates of Spades clearly had expectations of defeating Uehara Naraku.

    At this time, they had not reached the waters of the White Beard Pirates, but broke into the waters of the Red-haired Pirates. Portcas D. Ace insisted on visiting the Red-haired Shanks. Thank you Shanks for saving. Luffy¡¯s kindness.

    It''s just that their pirate group is not the same. Two super new stars that may exceed one billion rewards at any time, they almost rushed into the new world...

    No matter how you look at it, it seems to challenge the red-haired four emperors!

    "Super new people are coming to challenge me?"

    When the red-haired Shanks heard the news, a hearty smile suddenly appeared on his face: "Hahahahaha...Finally someone is going to challenge my position. There has never been such a terrible newcomer on the sea. Yeah!"

    "The captain is looked down upon!"

    "Hahahahaha... the captain''s name is too small!"

    "Let me go and see!"

    Ben Beckman, the deputy captain of the Redhead Pirates, installed his gun. His face was not as happy as his companions. Gu Zi said: "The Yellow Apes were almost taken care of by them. A character that can be underestimated!"

    "Hmm..."

    Red-haired Shanks nodded hurriedly, and continued with a smile: "But we can''t be too rude! That''s a super newcomer who has never been in the sea, Beckman, let''s meet together!"

    "As the captain, at least you have to wait until the last appearance!"

    Ben Beckman took a sip of his cigarette and said casually: "You just wait here, I will bring them over to see you!"

    After finishing talking, Ben Beckman left their base after randomly ordering a few cadres. He was absolutely confident that he could play the Pirates of Spades in his palm.

    As a person in the new world, Ben Beckman is a figure known for his strength, but he has a strategy that is better than many people in the world.

    In just a few days.

    The Pirates of Spades was inexplicably searching for the red-haired Shanks, and gradually fell into the encirclement of the Red-haired Pirates, and was completely surrounded by a group of powerful enemies.

    Ben Beckman is not wrong.

    No one on the Pirates of Spades sees through his strategy, the entire Pirates of Spades is surrounded on an island by Ben Beckman.

    Portcas D. Ace sat down on the island in frustration, looking at the pirates who came from all directions: "Hey, we just want to visit Shanks..."

    "Boy."

    A loud voice interrupted his thoughts: "If you want to visit our captain, then you should be obedient and catch it!"

    "it is good¡­"

    "To shut up!"

    Sasuke Uchiha interrupted his own captain, and said in a gloomy voice: "Let¡¯s defeat these guys first, capture their cadres, and directly overturn the red-haired Shanks!"

    "Eh?"

    Ace couldn''t help scratching his head, and hurriedly reached out and grabbed Uchiha''s Ninja sword: "Sasuke...wait, wait...Shanks is Luffy''s lifesaver!"

    Ace stretched out his hand to cover his hat, smiled and said, "If we do this, Luffy will definitely be sad if we know it...As long as we meet, I believe this misunderstanding will definitely be solved!"

    "Do not make jokes!"

    Uchiha Sasuke shook his head, and said in a deep voice: "You are the captain of the Pirates of Spades, how can you succumb to the enemy! After we break out and leave here, see that Shanks and solve this misunderstanding!"

    have to say.

    Ben Beckman¡¯s plan did not make a mistake.

    The only thing that went wrong was the strength of Uchiha Sasuke. Facing the power of Susano and the appearance of Uchiha Sasuke, the other pirates couldn''t get in at all.

    Sasuke Uchiha, the deputy captain of the Pirates of Spades, and Ben Beckman, the deputy captain of the Red-haired Pirates, fought fiercely for a day. The red-haired deputy captain of Ben Beckman was finally defeated by Sasuke Uchiha.

    This...

    It was embarrassing.

    "Sorry."

    Ace looked at the captive captured by Sasuke Uchiha, and bowed earnestly to Ben Beckman and apologized: "I just passed by the Redhead Pirates, and want to come and say hello to Shanks, because he is me. Brother Luffy¡¯s savior..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Ben Beckman lay weakly on the ground.

    After hearing what Ace said, Ben Beckman''s expression became weaker: "Huh? Are you the brother of that little guy Luffy?"

    "Yes!"

    Ace couldn¡¯t help scratching the back of his head and whispered softly: ¡°For today, I deliberately learned etiquette with Sister Magino...¡±

    "¡­¡­"

    This person also mentioned Mackinaw.

    Whether it is Mackinaw or Luffy, it is the most leisurely and free time spent by the Redhead Pirates.

    Ben Beckman was silent for a while, and said: "Then please take out the phone bug in my pocket first. I want to call Shanks... lest that idiot Shanks is in a hurry."

    "Okay, good."

    Ace helped her forehead, and continued to apologize in a low voice: "I''m really sorry, my deputy captain thought you were here to destroy us..."

    "He was right."

    Beckman shook his head and watched Ace hand the phone bug into his hand. Urn continued: "Anyway, the two fierce super newcomers seem to be attacking the four emperors. , Can you bring me a cigarette?"

    "Ok, Ok."

    Ace handed him a cigarette and even helped him light the fire.

    After the call worm dialed, Shanks¡¯ worried voice came from inside: ¡°Hey, Beckman, are you all right!¡±

    "It''s okay, this is a misunderstanding."

    Ben Beckman took a cigarette and said with a complicated expression: "The captain of the Pirates of Spades, Portcas D. Ace, is Luffy¡¯s brother. He just stopped by to say hello to you... "

    "Is Luffy''s brother so good?"

    "His deputy captain is stronger than yours."

    "Don''t say that!"

    The red-haired Shanks¡¯ voice suddenly added a hint of laughter: "That¡¯s not bad! Hahahaha... From now on, the guys in Laqilu Jesbu will not only laugh at me, but will laugh at both of us, but you The best deputy captain in the world!"

    Just when they were calling bugs in the cabin.

    Uchiha Sasuke also contacted Uehara Naraku outside, because he was worried about being discovered, he used the reincarnation eye contact ability.

    "Nara Uehara, there is a little problem. Anyway, we should meet the red-haired Shanks soon."

    "I really envy you!"

    Uehara Naraku was rushing back to Alabastan. By the way, he was on the way to check in at various scenic spots. After hearing Sasuke''s words, he couldn''t help showing a trace of envy: "I always contact the four emperors, I can only bully a few Qiwuhai... "

    After speaking, Naraku Uehara chuckled and said: "Then test the attitude of the four emperors! See if this guy knows the identity of Portgas D. Ace, no, it should be said. Gore D. Ace..."

    Uehara Naraku couldn¡¯t help but continue to smile and said, ¡°How about the strength of the pirates in the latter part of the new world? Sasuke, do you think I have the opportunity to be a pirate?¡±

    "¡­¡­"

    Uchiha Sasuke couldn¡¯t help but raised his eyebrows, and silently sent his own message back with Chakra: ¡°I think you are more suitable to be a behind-the-scenes man. One Piece, let Ace, an idiot!¡±

    "Ace cannot become One Piece."

    Uehara Naraku casually refuted Uchiha Sasuke: "Ace has been living under the shadow of his father, Gore D. Roger, all his life, unless one day Ace can find the meaning of his existence..."

    Uehara Naraku said this, and continued: "But that''s useless, UU reading because he is a **** whose destiny has already been arranged by me!

    To be honest, Uehara Naraku is really worried.

    Now that Portgas D. Ace has the versatile deputy captain Uchiha Sasuke, won¡¯t you really have to lie down and sit in the position of the Shanghai Pirate?

    So before cutting contact, Uehara Naraku emphatically reminded Uchiha Sasuke: "Sasuke, don''t forget my original intention to send you to the Pirates of Spades."

    Uehara Naraku laughed suddenly. He had to laugh a little softly: "Don''t let Portgas D. Ace take the wrong direction. I set him the direction. If his direction is out of control, you should know that he will What fate do you face?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Uchiha Sasuke was silent.

    Uehara Naraku still can¡¯t be a man?

 Chapter 429ï¼š Red-haired guys are always so annoying!

    Red-haired Pirates.

    Red-haired Shanks came to meet Portgas D. Ace in his own car, Red Forth, and picked up his deputy captain by the way.

    After the misunderstanding between the two parties was resolved, the atmosphere eased a lot.

    Because Sasuke Uchiha defeated Beckman and demonstrated the strength of the Pirates of Spades, the communication between the two captains became equal. At least this newcomer Pirates did have [5200www.bqg5200.me] Challenge the qualifications of the Four Emperors.

    Because of Luffy, the two of them are still able to talk.

    The red-haired Shanks took Ace''s shoulders and laughed loudly: "Since Ace is Luffy''s brother, we won''t know each other this time!

    Hahahahaha... In order to celebrate our meeting, to celebrate Beckman was finally overthrown, let''s have a grand banquet! "

    "moron!"

    Ben Beckman couldn''t help holding his forehead. He thought that the captain had made progress, but he did not expect to be like this ghost!

    At a grand banquet.

    Only Uchiha Sasuke was holding a glass of juice in his hand, and everyone else was holding a bowl of wine, which made people wonder.

    "How can a pirate not drink?"

    Shanks handed Uchiha Sasuke a bowl of wine, smiled lightly and said, "My companions want to get to know the super newcomer who defeated Beckman!"

    "No."

    Sasuke Uchiha glanced at Ace standing next to Shanks with a disgusting look, shook his head and said, "Because there is an idiot captain, I must stay awake at all times."

    "Hahahahahaha..."

    Shanks couldn''t help laughing out loud.

    A group of pirates around couldn''t help but burst into laughter.

    Only Ben Beckman, after hearing this sentence, slowly put down the wine in his hand, and learned from Uchiha Sasuke to pick a glass of juice.

    Shanks graciously drank the wine bowl in his hand, smiled and asked: "Hey, Ace, don''t you really consider defeating me and becoming a new four emperor?"

    "That''s too boring!"

    After drunk as he did, Ace scratched his head embarrassedly and said, "If Luffy knew I had knocked you down, he would probably be very sad, right?"

    This is a bit arrogant.

    Shanks himself didn''t care about it, and even the pirates around him didn''t take it seriously, perhaps because they knew the strength of their captain.

    Shanks even raised his wine bowl with great interest, and laughed loudly: "Come on, thank you guy Luffy for keeping me in the position of the Four Emperors!"

    "Hahahahaha... the captain is too weak!"

    "Hahahaha... because our little Lu Fei kept the name of the Four Emperors, don''t worry about the name of the Sea Emperor!"

    "Hahahahaha... you are wrong! Since it is because Ace is concerned about Luffy''s face, we let our boss keep the name of the four emperors. In any case, we should not lose this name to others. People!"

    "Don''t say that!"

    Shanks put down his own wine bowl and poured himself a bowl, not caring about the self-deprecating of his companions, and continued with a smile: "We and Luffy are friends. Isn''t it right to help each other? For Luffy, let''s have another drink. Right!"

    Shanks turned his head and glanced at Ace, chuckled and continued: "Is that little guy Luffy still arguing about becoming One Piece?"

    "Yeah, that''s the mantra of that guy."

    Ace grinned and raised the wine bowl with a chuckle: "It''s a pity to let him down, whether it''s the Great Secret Treasure or One Piece, I will take it away first!"

    "Huh? It''s really possible!"

    Shanks touched his chin? He nodded seriously and continued: "What are you going to do? Are you going to level the new world?"

    "That''s too much trouble."

    Ace shook his head and showed a confident smile: "Go directly to challenge the strongest man in this sea? Let all seas recognize my power first!"

    "White beard?"

    "Yes!"

    After Ace drank a bowl of wine? He whispered: "I have the best deputy captain in the world, and I can''t live up to his expectations!"

    "Hahahahaha... makes sense!"

    After Shanks poured a glass of wine for him? Can''t help but glance at Uchiha Sasuke, who is sitting like a mountain next to him, and can''t help but say: "Speaking of it? Inexplicably feel that your deputy captain is really like Mr. Raleigh! "

    "Who?"

    "Oh? When I was a trainee crew on a pirate ship..."

    There was a trace of nostalgia on Shanks'' face: "At that time, Mr. Raleigh, the deputy captain of the ship, felt that your deputy was as reliable as Mr. Raleigh!"

    Shanks and his friend Bucky made a mistake at that time.

    When Deputy Captain Raleigh came to educate them, their captain Roger would come to persuade Raleigh not to be too strict, and then Deputy Captain Raleigh would scold Captain Roger together? Or even worse? Scold Deluo. Jie can''t even look up...

    It is precisely because of Raleigh''s impression that Shanks'' desire for the deputy captain is almost similar, and in the end he finally found his own deputy captain Ben Beckman.

    As a result, he is always chased by Ben Beckman.

    Sasuke Uchiha slowly put down the juice in his hand, and calmly said: "Oh, then you must be mistaken? I am not like anyone in the ocean."

    "Yes¡­"

    Shanks took a sip of wine slowly, and said with some admiration: "Speaking of which, your power is really terrifying? Even Beckman is not an opponent..."

    Sasuke Uchiha spoke calmly on his face: "This is also normal, Uchiha''s power? Naturally, ordinary people can''t resist it."

    Shanks: "..."

    I misunderstood the wrong person. This person is not like Raleigh at all.

    At least their Deputy Captain Reilly is not so arrogant.

    Late at night.

    When everyone was groggy and rested.

    Sasuke Uchiha is sitting on a tree looking out at the stars in the sky? There is still a glass of juice beside him? Just at this moment? A figure turned upside down.

    "Ben Beckman."

    Sasuke Uchiha glanced at the person who came and said casually, "Do you think you haven''t lost bad enough? I''m not interested in you anymore..."

    This is a bit uncomfortable.

    In vain Beckman still wants to have a good chat with Sasuke Uchiha!

    Beckman''s brows frowned. He didn''t expect to be ridiculed by Sasuke Uchiha as soon as he arrived here. The deputy captain of the red-haired pirate group said with a cigarette in his mouth: "That idiot Shanks asked me to come. He wants to invite you to meet him."

    "It just so happens that I want to try the four emperors too!"

    The sword beside Sasuke Uchiha flipped and fell into his hand, and his figure suddenly fell from the tree and walked towards Shanks''s position.

    Seeing the back of Uchiha Sasuke leaving, Ben Beckman suddenly said: "Uchiha Sasuke, did you not give your best when fighting me?"

    "Kill you or capture you, which one do you think is easier?"

    After Uchiha Sasuke finished speaking, no matter how sad his words were, he left without looking back, leaving a somewhat contemptuous sentence.

    "What a terrible and arrogant newcomer..."

    Ben Beckman was dangling a cigarette and watching Uchiha Sasuke leave. He slowly asked himself: "Because you helped that idiot get the title of the Four Emperors and slack off? Even this I can¡¯t see anything..."

    No, it''s not that you can''t see it.

    But Beckman couldn''t believe that after the sea finally calmed down and balanced, there would be such a terrible person on the sea!

    Compared with Ben Beckman, the red-haired Shanks is easier to accept. When he saw Uchiha Sasuke, his eyes had already restored clarity.

    Shanks stood on the beach and sighed softly while looking at the sea: "The captain I most respected once said that after the beginning of this era, he will never stop easily.

    Many people have struggled to make this sea calm down less than a year later, you super newcomers come out to disrupt everything in the new world.

    Now it seems that he is right! "

    Sasuke Uchiha raised his eyebrows and asked, "Your captain, what kind of person was the previous Pirate King, Gore D. Roger?"

    "Oh, do you even know that I used to stay with Captain Roger?"

    There was a smile on Shanks'' face, and he chuckled and said, "Hahahaha...that''s the One Piece, a character who once possessed a great secret treasure, no matter what words you use to describe him, he can''t be too much!"

    "Humph¡­"

    Sasuke Uchiha said calmly, "It should be an idiot who is like Ace and you, right?"

    "..."

    Shanks was silent.

    It seems to have been exposed.

    Sasuke Uchiha got it right!

    In a sense, Gore D. Roger¡¯s personality is actually quite simple. Although his personality is also very bold, he pays special attention to his friendship. Shanks¡¯s treatment of people is because of Roger. Impact.

    "How would you know?"

    Shanks couldn''t help sighing.

    After being silent for a while, Sasuke Uchiha explained in a low voice: "Because those idiots with a simple mind, they may only have one goal in their life, and they never change, so it is always easier to succeed."

    "It makes sense."

    Shanks couldn''t help but nodded in admiration: "By the way, because of this, did you choose Ace as the captain?"

    "almost."

    Sasuke Uchiha''s palm slowly landed on the handle of his knife, his gaze turned to Shanks and he asked, "What is it for you to come to me?"

    Shanks touched his chin and whispered softly: "I wanted to see if you could persuade the little guy Ace to give up attacking Whitebeard, this sea finally calmed down!

    But after listening to what you just said, I think this matter should be forgotten. After all, stubborn people like us cannot be persuaded..."

    Because the battle of the four emperors was completely over until a year ago.

    This sea has finally formed a fragile balance pattern between the world government, the Kings Seven Martial Seas and the Four Emperors. Shanks undoubtedly hopes that this sea can continue to be balanced like this.

    These words undoubtedly angered Uchiha Sasuke.

    Sasuke Uchiha''s eyes slowly glowed red, and Sasuke watched the chattering Shanks, his voice gradually becoming gloomy.

    "Hehe, you guys with red hair are all the same, you don''t have much power in your hands, you are more arrogant than anyone when you talk, and will always be so annoying..."

 Chapter 430ï¼š The navy is the most suitable home for Naraku Uehara

    Shanks was silent.

    Shanks has experienced a lot of discrimination in his life, but it is the first time today that he was discriminated against because of his red hair.

    What does Uchiha Sasuke mean?

    What happened to them with red hair? So humiliating these redheads!

    "Redhead, don''t try to stop Ace."

    Sasuke Uchiha stared at the red-haired Shanks, and continued, "Ace has a harder fate than others. He wants to challenge the white beard because he wants to declare war on his irresponsible father.

    Ace wants to prove that he has never succumbed to fate, he wants to prove that he has a meaning in this world, and no one is qualified to stop him. "

    To be honest, Portcas D. Ace¡¯s fate is already very rough, and now he is still being watched by the insidious guy Naru Uehara. This is the real human tragedy...

    And Sasuke Uchiha also gave Hara Naraku''s order to take this opportunity to reveal Ace''s life experience to Shanks, trying to get Shanks into the game...

    Shanks was really fooled.

    Shanks'' brain circuit is still very serious now. After hearing Sasuke''s words, his face suddenly realized: "Could it be...Is that little guy Ace the son of Whitebeard?"

    "Do not."

    Sasuke Uchiha frowned and thought for a while before he calmly said: "It doesn''t matter if I tell you these people anyway, he is going to declare war on the underground Gore D. Roger!

    Ace''s body was shed by the blood of Roger that One Piece, although that guy had not been responsible for a day, and even killed his mother, casting a shadow over his life! "

    Sasuke Uchiha looked at Shanks, whose expression was gradually shocked, and continued indifferently: "Those of you who have met Gore D. Roger, take a good look and witness the coming of a new era. Ace will Surpass Roger and become the new king!"

    Sasuke Uchiha said arrogant words for his captain first.

    Without the control of Uehara Naraku, it is actually possible that Potkas D. Ace would become the new One Piece with his support.

    After speaking, Sasuke Uchiha looked at Shanks, who was still shocked, and said in a deep voice: "The Raleigh you mentioned is Silbaz Raleigh who lives in Shambord! I saw it in Shampoo. He, huh, his strength doesn''t look very good..."

    "..."

    The surprise in Shanks''s eyes had not faded, and he lost his voice: "That little guy Ace... is Captain Roger''s son? In terms of time... it''s impossible to match it!"

    "Your reflection arc is really long..."

    Uchiha Sasuke''s forehead couldn''t help but jumped, and he said coldly: "Forget it, Shanks, look at it, this sea is never calm!"

    As long as there is a place where Na Uehara falls, there will never be peace!

    Shanks watched Uchiha Sasuke turn to leave, and hurriedly reached out to stop him: "Hey, Uchiha Sasuke, wait, Ace is really the captain..."

    Clang!

    A knife was pulled out directly in front of Shanks!

    "Don''t talk about it in front of Ace!"

    Sasuke Uchiha''s eyes flashed with the red light of the writing wheel.

    I couldn''t keep talking, otherwise, I might reveal myself. Ace only told Sasuke that he was the son of Gore D. Roger.

    The next moment, Sasuke Uchiha turned and left, his voice echoing on the island: "The Pirates of Spades, now immediately return to our ship and set sail!"

    "Hey!"

    Shanks still wanted to catch up.

    A fierce slash blocked his way!

    Ben Beckman flew in front of Shanks and swung his knife to blow the slash out: "Hey, what the **** is going on, Shanks, have you talked about it? You need to summon people immediately. Fight?"

    "it''s okay no problem¡­"

    Shanks hurriedly waved his hand to let the other members of the Red-haired Pirate Group not be nervous. His face became a little complicated: "It seems to be more troublesome than talking!"

    The shore of the island.

    The pirates of the Red-haired Pirates watched the ship of the Pirates of Spades leave, and also watched the Uchiha Sasuke standing on the bow, everyone rubbed their heads involuntarily.

    "Hey, Shanks, what is going on?"

    "Boss, doesn''t it mean that there will be another banquet tomorrow to send them away?"

    "What''s going on!"

    "Don''t ask."

    Shanks hugged his forehead and said in a deep voice: "Anyway, prepare yourself! The sea won''t be calm anymore!"

    After speaking, Shanks couldn''t help but look at the figure standing on the pirate ship going away, and muttered to himself: "It seems... it''s really going to show up... It''s more likely to board than Luffy''s kid. The one who is the top one!"

    Although the conflict between the Pirates of Spades and the Pirates of Red Hair is not violent, there is no doubt that the two sides should be tied. This incident was also detected by the Navy.

    The rewards offered by the captain and deputy captain of the Pirates of Spades all exceeded one billion Baileys, which once became big news in the world.

    Whitebeard sea area.

    The Moby Dick.

    This is the flagship of the strongest man in the world, the white beard, and the name Edward Newgate is known to everyone in the sea.

    Even in the corners of the world, some people have heard of his name.

    No matter who it is, almost everyone knows that Edward Newgate, who sits in a corner of the New World, is the strongest man in the world.

    Although White Beard''s age is getting older, but the reputation that has suppressed the sea for decades also makes other people afraid to move, still sitting firmly on the title of the world''s strongest man.

    At this moment, White Beard was sitting in his captain''s seat, holding a newspaper in his hand, and it was the result of the battle between the Pirates of Spades and the Pirates of Red Hair.

    "Ok?"

    The white beard''s eyes shrunk slightly, and he slowly said: "Did the red-haired kid have a peace talk with the newcomer on the sea? It really is infected with Roger''s stinky disease..."

    In this sea, there are not many people who can criticize the Pirate King Gore D. Roger unscrupulously, but Whitebeard is definitely the most qualified one.

    "Ok."

    Marko, who was standing next to White Beard, nodded with a pair of dead eyes, and said softly: "Father, now they are coming towards our site..."

    "is it?"

    The corners of the white beard''s mouth grinned, and the huge beard trembled slightly. He laughed boldly and loudly: "Goo la la la la la la la...then go meet you! This kind of super newcomer has never appeared in the ocean. Yeah!"

    Even in the era when he was battling with Gore D. Roger, there has never been a newcomer as powerful as Portcas D. Ace and Sasuke Uchiha. They are only seventeen this year. Years old!

    Marco raised his eyebrows and said, "Father, I will meet them first..."

    "no need."

    Baibeard shook his head.

    To be honest, Baibeard is more worried about his son.

    After all, Uchiha Sasuke, the deputy captain of the Pirates of Spades, is a character who can defeat even the red-haired deputy captain Ben Beckman!

    The entire Whitebeard Pirates group, with the exception of Marco, can''t pick out a second character comparable to Ben Beckman no matter how you count it!

    If Marco goes...

    The possibility of going without return is very high.

    So Whitebeard Edward Newgate plans to meet Ace and Sasuke Uchiha in person to see how good these two little guys are.

    "It''s really two nice little ghosts..."

    Baibeard glanced at the newspaper in his hand again, and couldn''t help but twitched his mouth and said, "Gul la la la la... Compared with the kid named Sand Crocodile I met last time, these two little guys are more energetic. !"

    "Last time¡­"

    Marco''s eyelids rolled over: "It''s obviously been ten years since the last time we met Krokdal, right?"

    After thinking about it for a while, Marco spoke slowly: "The guy Klockdal became the king of Qiwuhai, and he didn''t have the guts to come to the new world anymore. I heard that he lived very well in Alabastan..."

    This is true.

    Krokdal''s life was indeed very moist.

    It was even more moisturized than Marco imagined.

    The current Krokodall was soaked in the water, unable to move, glaring at the dried persimmon ghost shark sitting in his place.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark grinned, and said slowly: "Is the Qi Wuhai under the king only have this ability? It seems that I chose the wrong ally!"

    "What is the purpose of your fellow?"

    Klockdal glared at the dried persimmon ghost shark.

    Originally, Krokdal only wanted to discuss with the Ganshi Guiyu how to replace Jinping''s King Qiwuhai, but he was beaten by Ganshi Guiyu in the name of testing the strength of allies.

    In the face of the dry persimmon ghost shark, which is good at water escape and domineering enemies, Krokdal''s rustling fruit ability was perfectly restrained, leaving the sand crocodile without the power to fight back!

    "Tsk..."

    Dry persimmon ghost shark tried his best to show a kind smile, but it still looked hideous: "It''s really boring, I was just looking for an ally, but now it seems that Mr. Klockdale is not qualified to be my ally!"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark stood up slowly and said with a chuckle: "From today on, I announce that I will withdraw from the Baroque work agency. Can you find a way to clarify this matter!"

    After speaking, the dried persimmon ghost continued: "Oh, yes, the things I have done may prevent me from reaching the position of the king''s Qiwuhai... Those things will trouble the boss of the Baroque work agency. Question?"

    "Humph, I promised you."

    Klockdal gritted his teeth and said: "I will let Nicole Robin declare in the newspaper that you have betrayed the Baroque Job Club!"

    "Hehe, then I hope we will see you again someday."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark grabbed his shark muscle knife and placed it on his back, leaving this rainy ground without any nostalgia.

    Originally, the positioning of the dried persimmon ghost shark in the Baroque workshop was to help Naru Uehara carry the pot in front of Krokdal. Now that Uehara is about to become a navy undercover, there is no need for the dried persimmon ghost shark to stay here.

    Wait until the dried persimmon ghost shark leaves.

    Klockdal looked at Nicole Robin who was hiding next to him, and said with an ugly expression: "Nicole Robin, will you betray me too?"

    "Do not."

    Nicole Robin shook his head, smiled lightly and said: "I am only interested in the text of history, who can let me see the truth of history..."

    "Then hurry up!"

    Krokdahl struggling out of the water violently, gritted his teeth and said: "I can''t wait, I must start planning as soon as possible! I want to know the information of Pluto as soon as possible, and then kill all these guys!"

    "can."

    After Nicole Robin nodded, he continued to speak: "But our latest senior agent was madly chased by a bounty hunter named Jiaodu...

    On our way to the rain, the Mr.1 team and Mr.3 team have disappeared, Mr.2 was captured by the navy, plus the Mr.5 team and Mr.4 team that were killed before..."

    "Then find another batch!"

    After Klockdahl finished speaking, he changed his mind again: "Wait, how many people are there in the Baroque Job Club?"

    "Scorpion, Deidara..."

    After Nicole Robin counted the heads, she was silent for a second before she continued: "There are only two senior agents left, and there are still a lot of intermediate agents."

    Speaking of this, Nicole Robin quickly added: ¡°One of them, Naraku Uehara, followed me all the way. I found that he was a fairly loyal person.

    Well, his strength may not be enough, but the reward has risen to 60 million Baileys due to the period of the work agency, and he can be considered for promotion to senior agent..."

    "can!"

    Krokodall looked sullenly, and said, "In order to prevent a **** like a persimmon and ghost shark from sneaking in again, we don''t need to recruit any more staff for the time being. Keep the status quo!"

    "..."

    Nicole Robin nodded.

    If Krokodall refuses to be promoted to senior agent by Uehara Naraku, Nicole Robin will feel that Krokodall thinks that her own life is too comfortable...

    Fortunately, he is still saved.

    I don''t know if Naraku Uehara will be happy after knowing the news.

    Uehara Naraku didn''t have time to pay attention to Nicole Robin. He hurriedly checked out a bunch of attractions and came back to deal with the meeting with Rear Admiral Drake.

    When Major General Drake saw Uehara Naraku, he happened to see Uehara Naraku saving a child who was chased by the pirates This scene made him feel a little familiar.

    Because Drake was hunted down by the Don Quixote family, he was rescued by the Navy, and there is today''s Major General Drake.

    Major General Drake saw this scene with some empathy.

    Major Drake watched silently as Uehara Naraku calmed the child with a candy, his sharp eyes gradually softened.

    As a dragon fruit, ancient species, and Allosaurus fruit ability, Major General Drake, who has always been a bit fierce on the battlefield, rarely feels soft at this moment.

    "pocket."

    Rear Admiral Drake kept his eyes fixed on Uehara Naraku: "Did you see that? The Navy is the most suitable home for Uehara Naraku..."

    "Yes¡­"

    The Lieutenant Commander''s pharmacist pushed his glasses around and raised his mouth: "My opinion is the same as you, and I think so too."

 Chapter 431ï¼š Re-contact between Uehara and the Navy

    In the narrow streets of the port city of Alabastan.

    Uehara Naraku just walked in and was directly surrounded by Drake and Pharmacist pockets, causing him to frown slightly.

    "I am Rear Admiral Drake."

    After X. Drake stood in front of Uehara Naraku, he bluntly explained his intentions: "Uehara Naraku of the Baroque Job Club, Colonel Tina mentioned you, I¡¯m here to invite you to join the navy, and the navy will meet you. Let the sins pass."

    "..."

    Uehara''s expression changed slightly.

    To be honest, Uehara Naraku did not expect that Major General Drake would bluntly invite him to join the Navy. Don¡¯t everyone need to get in touch slowly?

    "Don''t doubt."

    Major General Drake¡¯s face was a little serious, and he continued with a loud voice: ¡°We found what you did in the Baroque Work Club. Even in the dark Baroque Work Club, you are still insisting on justice in your heart. Only the Navy is your destination."

    "Sorry."

    Uehara Naruko clenched her fist and said in a deep voice: "I can''t betray the Baroque Work Agency... No one in this world dares to betray the Baroque Work Agency."

    "Don''t worry about this issue."

    Major General Drake spread out his palms and continued to persuade him: "We have full determination. No matter who is behind the Baroque Job Society, the Navy will resolutely enforce justice!"

    Speaking of this, Major General Drake''s face became more cold: "You have been in the Baroque Job Club for so long, and you must know their danger... You don''t want them to continue to endanger the safety of this sea! "

    "It''s useless."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head, with a hint of fear on his face: "Even if the admiral is dispatched, it is impossible to destroy the boss of the Baroque Job Club. Let''s go. I won''t tell anyone what happened today..."

    After speaking, Uehara Naruto was about to cross Major General Drake to leave, but was stopped by the Rear Admiral extending his arm.

    Major General Drake looked at Naraku Uehara and said softly: "Then there is no way, I can only send you to the Great Undersea Prison."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku was silent for a while, then nodded slowly.

    Uehara Naraku looked at Drake and stretched out his hands, facing Major General Drake as if he was awaiting death.

    Uehara Naraku''s face even showed a relieved smile: "You send me to the Great Undersea Prison, at least if that''s the case, I won''t have to be ignorant of my conscience to do evil in the future..."

    "..."

    Yakushidou¡¯s face stiffened for a second, and he subconsciously pushed his glasses, because Yakushidou felt that his boss was getting better at talking nonsense...

    Major General Drake''s coldness was a little unbearable. He glanced at Uehara Naraku inexplicably: "Uehara Naraku, since you dare not betray the Baroque work agency, why did you save so many people without telling the pirates?"

    Rear Admiral Drake did not arrest him, but continued to ask: "In fact, you definitely want to save more people, right? Now this is an opportunity... Please trust the Navy, we will never let go of any crimes. !"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku fell silent again.

    After a long time, he slowly raised his head and looked at Drake: "You are too late, and the late justice is useless? No one in this world can stop the ambition of the Baroque workshop..."

    "What do you mean?"

    "Before the Baroque Job Club was discovered by the Navy..."

    Uehara Naraku''s gaze became faintly heavy: "Our purpose is to obtain an ancient weapon? Now the boss of the Baroque workshop has got it!"

    When Uehara Naraku was talking, his eyes gradually turned a little darker? He continued as if talking about a nightmare: "As long as the boss of the Baroque Job Club is willing? He can easily destroy any country in this world, any Island! Kill anyone in this world!"

    "Ancient weapons..."

    Drake''s face changed.

    The legendary ancient weapons Pluto, Sea King and Heavenly King? Almost many people have heard of these three weapons, but not many people have mentioned them in these years.

    Because the age is too long? History is broken down.

    Everyone thought that ancient weapons had already become legends.

    "Even without that weapon? The navy can''t deal with him."

    Uehara Niluo stared at Drake, her voice gradually becoming more and more frightened: "...that person...is the nightmare of the world...even if it is Whitebeard now..."

    At this point, Uehara Naraku seemed to see something, after a flash of horror flashed on his face? He broke Drake''s arm away? He smashed his fist towards Major General Drake''s door!

    While launching an attack, Uehara Naraku urged loudly: "Quickly leave here, I almost forgot, today the senior agents of the Baroque work agency are coming to summon me, they are all the boss''s cronies!"

    "what¡­"

    Major General Drake suddenly blocked Uehara''s fist.

    Just when Drake''s face was slightly surprised? He suddenly heard a somewhat wanton voice in his ear: "Uehara, get out of the way! If this guy is an enemy? Let me kill him!"

    A piece of clay suddenly fell on Drake.

    Just as the rear admiral couldn''t help but look up into the air, he saw a giant clay bird flying in the air? A flash of surprise flashed in his eyes.

    Especially when Drake saw the yellow-haired young man on the clay giant bird, his face changed instantly!

    "That is¡­"

    Major General Drake''s eyes tightened subconsciously: "Explosive artist Deidara? Is that guy also a member of the Baroque Workshop?"

    "Success!"

    Standing on the clay giant bird, Deidara laughed arrogantly: "Hahahahahaha... Art is an explosion? Drink!"

    The next moment? The clay on Drake suddenly exploded!

    Drake was caught off guard and was blown out directly!

    Uehara Naraku took advantage of the situation and launched an attack on Drake. In fact, he was covering the Pharmacist and hurriedly fleeing with Drake. The group of them performed a chase towards the Rear Admiral Drake and the Lieutenant Commander. War!

    Until Yakushitou and Drake hid in a secret shop, after Uehara Naruko saw them, he let them go, leading Deidara to chase in other directions.

    Wait until Uehara Naraku and Deidara leave.

    Drake breathed a sigh of relief, watching Pharmacist help bandaging his body, Gu Zi said: "Explosive artist Deidara, who destroyed a small island with one person, did not expect that he was also from the Baroque Workshop. member¡­"

    "Major General, heal your wounds first!"

    After the pharmacist helped bandage Drake¡¯s injured arm and shoulder, he continued: ¡°Didara seems to have only done that one thing. The initial bounty was 75 million Baileys, but he May have surpassed those great pirates who offered a reward of 100 million Baileys..."

    "maybe¡­"

    After major-general Drake nodded inconspicuously, he talked about the business in a soft voice: "At least we are not without gain today. The attitude of Uehara Naraku has loosened..."

    When talking about this, Rear Admiral Drake took out his phone worm again and dialed the number of Marshal Warring States.

    Marin Vando.

    Naval headquarters base.

    The Marine Marshal Warring States connected his phone worm: "Major Admiral Drake, what''s the matter? I remember what you are...what? Ancient weapons!"

    "Yes."

    Drake¡¯s voice is a little heavy: "I have come into contact with Naraku Uehara, and his attitude has loosened slightly. This is the news we learned from him, but he is still too afraid of the boss of the Baroque workshop. After saying this, Major General Drake continued: "One more thing, Demolition Artist Deidara is a senior agent of the Baroque Workshop..."

    "I know."

    The next moment, the voice of the Warring States suddenly became a little serious, and he said in a deep voice: "You must find a way to find out all the secrets of the Baroque Working Group! I will send someone to help you, if it is about ancient weapons..."

    "This is the first mission of the SWORD unit. If possible, I hope a general can support it at any time."

    Major General Drake glanced at the injury on his arm, and continued softly: "According to the information we got from our initial contact with Naraku Uehara, the boss of the Baroque Job Club seems not to be weak, and the support from the lieutenant general is not very helpful. ¡­"

    "I know."

    After thinking about it for a while, the Warring States period agreed to his request: "General Green Pheasant has been patrolling the first half of the great route recently. I will order him to get along with you and cooperate with your actions at any time to support your mission!"

 Chapter 432ï¼š Akatsuki organizes the second general meeting!

    The first half of the Great Route.

    The green pheasant general received the task while half-dreaming and half-awake.

    Warring States Marshal asked him to cooperate at any time to protect Major General Drake in his first mission after the establishment of the SWORD secret special force.

    Once Major General Drake obtains the information of the Baroque Working Society, the Green Pheasant General must immediately begin to assist in the encirclement and suppression of the Baroque Working Society.

    this matter¡­

    Sounds like it makes Green Pheasant quite confused.

    Why should he be asked to help encircle and suppress the Baroque workplace? Isn¡¯t that the organization that Naru Uehara is now undercover? What''s the use of asking him to help?

    Unless the three navy generals all come out, there may not be a chance!

    "what''s the situation¡­"

    Green Pheasant slowly took his phone worm and dialed Major General Drake¡¯s phone: "Hey, I¡¯m Kuzan. Tell me where you are now. I now want to know the details of your mission..."

    Aoi Pheasant quickly met Major General Drake and Major Yakushidou, the only two members of the SWORD secret special force, and he also knew that the third member of this force that was about to usher was Uehara Naraku.

    I''m afraid this secret force will be over.

    Marshal Sengoku worked hard to prepare the SWORD secret special unit, mainly for them to infiltrate the big pirates to obtain information. Now this unit is about to be infiltrated by the dark hand behind Uehara Nairobi.

    Major General Drake didn¡¯t know the idea of ??the blue pheasant, and said seriously about his plan: "We will find a way to contact Uehara again as soon as possible. Next time, we can instigate him and get information from him about the Baroque work agency. All the information."

    After talking about this, Major General Drake''s gaze slowly shifted to Ao Pheasant''s body: "After we get the information from the Baroque Work Agency, we will respond to Nai Uhara as an internal response and quickly attack and wipe out the entire Baroque Work Agency."

    If you ignore the key figure Uehara Naraku...

    In fact, this plan sounds pretty serious.

    If the blue pheasant didn¡¯t know the true identity of Uehara Naraku, he would think that Major General Drake¡¯s plan was pretty reliable now.

    Unfortunately¡­

    Their actions are now led by the nose.

    "Hmm...this plan..."

    General Green Pheasant couldn¡¯t help scratching the back of his head, glanced at the only two members of the SWORD troop, and said, ¡°It looks like there is nothing wrong with it...¡±

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around and whispered: "This is Major General Drake''s plan under the guidance of the Warring States Marshal..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Qing pheasant closed his eyes and fell asleep for a while, muttered and said: "Forget it, here, if anyone needs support, just take this!"

    After ?? finished speaking, the green pheasant threw a golden phone worm towards Major General Drake.

    Major General Drake only felt that this golden phone bug was a bit hot: "General Green Pheasant...this is... the golden phone bug that the general mobilizes the Demon Order?"

    This is the golden phone bug of Tu Moling!

    Once activated, ten warships, five lieutenants, and a large number of naval elites can be deployed to launch an indiscriminate and devastating attack on the target area!

    Only the marshal and the three generals in the entire navy have the authority to initiate the killing order, or grant others the authority to initiate the killing order!

    "For you to use temporarily, it is a reinforcement!"

    Green pheasant scratched his head and whispered: "I''ll find a place to rest. If something goes wrong, I will come to support."

    "Yes."

    Major General Drake nodded slowly.

    Once there is an order to kill demons, the first mission of the SWORD secret special unit will definitely be successful.

    The only thing Drake did not expect was that after their small meeting was disbanded, the green pheasant went to a place and began to inquire about this matter from the Baroque vice president Nicole Robin. He was mainly worried about the threat of Uehara Naraku. .

    "Hey, Robin."

    Blue pheasant dialed Nicole Robin¡¯s phone worm and slowly said: "Uehara is doing something, is that guy finally sneaking into the navy?"

    "Yes."

    Nicole Robin¡¯s voice is full of bitterness and helplessness: "I really don¡¯t understand Uehara¡¯s thoughts. Now the big plan for Klockdal is about to begin. He seems to want to push Klockdal to a more dangerous position..."

    "I''m in Alabastan."

    The green pheasant raised his head to look at the sun, and slowly closed his eyes: "Robin, in short, leave Alabastan as soon as possible! This country will be very dangerous next..."

    "Green Pheasant."

    Nicole Robin interrupted Green Pheasant''s words and whispered: "Uehara already knows that you are in Alabastan, he has already planned to see you..."

    "...it''s really troublesome..."

    Green pheasant hung up with a grumble.

    the other side.

    Pharmacist pocket also called.

    Pharmacist¡¯s report is more detailed, including the arrival of General Green Pheasant and his grant of Krokdal¡¯s golden telephone bug slaying authority.

    "Don''t worry, that''s our companion."

    Uehara Naraku casually said: "We are rushing to your place now, let''s see you in a while!"

    After half an hour.

    Major Pharmacist Dou found the green pheasant who was sleeping on a fake day.

    The admiral was a little dissatisfied with Yao Shidou, because Yao Shidou seemed to be too enthusiastic about him, which made Qing Pheasant feel that it was not suitable.

    This major...

    Should you not think that if you please a general, you can get promoted?

    And the fellow Uehara Naraku will come over soon. In order to avoid leaks, that dangerous man would never mind killing an ordinary Lieutenant Commander.

    "Major Dou."

    General Green Pheasant slowly put on his blindfold, and said in a loud voice: "Well, if you have anything, you can leave first. I want to take a nap here."

    "It''s ok."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around, and a gentle smile appeared on his face: "I''ll be here."

    When he said this, the smile of Yakushi Pocket deepened a bit: "I happen to be here waiting for an adult, so that the adult who wants to meet me will not have to go there."

    "¡­¡­"

    After being silent for a while, the green pheasant slowly took off his blindfold and looked at the pharmacist''s pocket beside him: "Who are you waiting for?"

    "The person you are waiting for is the person I want to wait for."

    Pharmacist Tou gently stretched out his palm towards the Qing Pheasant, narrowed his eyes and smiled and said, "Introduce yourself, Akatsuki¡¯s Pharmacist Tou is also the most loyal subordinate of Akatsuki to Lord Naraku."

    Pharmacist looked at the expression on Qing Pheasant''s face, and the smile on his face became brighter.

    At this moment, Yakushidou finally realized the joy of manipulating the world after Uehara was over until the last moment to pierce everything.

    To be honest, this feeling is really good.

    "¡­¡­"

    Qing Pheasant''s eyes faintly became a bit sharp.

    Who can tell him why there are people from Akatsuki wherever he goes?

    No, the people of Akatsuki had already sneaked into the navy, and even sneaked into the especially important secret special force of SWORD!

    The next moment, the general who had just revealed his edge slowly hid his thoughts, and asked boredly: "In that case, has the secret troops just formed by the Marshal of the Warring States infiltrated by you all!"

    "Do not."

    The pharmacist shook his head, tickled the corner of his mouth, and responded with a smile: "Isn''t there still Major General Drake in the SWORD Secret Special Forces?"

    Pharmacist Dou smiled again and continued to speak: "We will not develop Major General Drake into our organization, because he has no special power, and if there is no him, in the future, if information or other problems are leaked, we will find Who is going to take the blame?"

    "Um...you are really foresight!"

    Green Pheasant couldn''t help rubbing his forehead. This feeling was really indescribable. Maybe all he can do now is to mourn for Major General Drake, right?

    What a poor fellow!

    The first subordinate was an undercover agent sent by Uehara Naraku...

    The second subordinate who wants to recruit is Uehara Naraku himself...

    Especially this subordinate is notoriously prudent. If he offends him a little carelessly, he will most likely doubt life in the future.

    I really don¡¯t know how the Sengoku Marshal and Major General Drake know that this secret special force that intends to sneak into the pirates has been completely infiltrated by undercover agents...

    These young guys...

    is really pervasive!

    "not happy?"

    The smile on Pharmacist¡¯s face gradually became brighter and brighter: ¡°No matter how you look at it, we should be our own people? I would like to ask for your advice in the future.¡±

    "Well¡­"

    The blue pheasant couldn''t help holding his forehead and whispered, "You guys are really like Uehara Naraku!"

    At least this man behind the scenes is really like it!

    What''s wrong with the members of this group of Akatsuki!

    "I''m glad you can rate me like that."

    Pharmacist looked at Qing Pheasant¡¯s complicated eyes, and the corners of his mouth slowly twitched again: ¡°It¡¯s pretty good to be somewhat similar to a great god.¡±

    "You guys had a good chat..."

    At exactly this time, Uehara Naraku''s figure appeared in front of them.

    Uehara looked at them and tilted their heads and said, "It seems that I don¡¯t need to introduce each other! Green Pheasant, go, let¡¯s go with me to Akatsuki¡¯s meeting! The others should be there soon too!

    "Yes, Lord Naraku."

    Pharmacist Dou nodded respectfully.

    Looking at the performance of Pharmacist Pouch, Qing Pheasant''s mood is a bit complicated.

    An hour ago, the two of them were still holding a navy combat meeting together...

    On the way to the meeting place, the blue pheasant asked nonchalantly, "Uehara Naraku, did Krokdal really get the ancient weapon of Hades?"

    "I made this up."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head, rubbed his temples and said, "I am also worried about this problem... Will I make one for him on the spot?"

    "¡­¡­"

    The blue pheasant gave Uehara a subtle look.

    It is so natural to say that it is fabricated...How could this guy admit it so embarrassed!

    Soon, they arrived at Xiao¡¯s meeting place.

    This is a warehouse located in the port city of Alabastan. It has been closed for a long time. It was originally the site of the Baroque Workshop. It was used to store gunpowder. It was temporarily requisitioned by the members of the Baroque Workshop.

    Anyway, the senior members of the entire Baroque work agency, except for the president, Klockdal, the deputy president and the three remaining senior agents are all Akatsuki members.

    When the pheasant followed them in, he realized that he seemed to know the people inside, and there was even a person who had a good relationship with him.

    In other words, that person has a good relationship with all navies.

    "Jiaodu...is also a member of your Akatsuki?"

    Green Pheasant''s eyes moved slightly, and stayed on Jiaodu''s body. The most famous bounty hunter in this sea had a lively chat with Nicole Robin.

    Nicole Robin couldn¡¯t help showing a smile on her face when she saw the arrival of the green pheasant. She finally found this excuse to get rid of Jiaodu and greeted the green pheasant.

    Nicole Robin walked to the green pheasant''s side and raised her head to look at the tall admiral. She did not hide her joy.

    "Green Pheasant!"

    "Hmm, Robin..."

    Green Pheasant¡¯s palm fell on Nicole Robin¡¯s head, rubbed her hair, and sighed: "Your reward is really getting higher and higher..."

    Nicole Robin, the son of the devil, is offering a reward of 240 million Pele.

    Shark man, dried persimmon ghost shark, offering a reward of 230 million Baileys.

    Explosive artist, Deidara, is offering a reward of 75 million Baileys.

    Intermediate agent of Baroque Work Agency, Naraku Uehara, offered a reward of 60 million Baileys.

    The puppet artist, scorpion, is offering a reward of 15 million Baileys.

    Everyone in the Xiao organization, it seems that only Nicole Robin has the highest bounty!

    No, there is a higher bounty than Robin!

    The next moment, an illusory figure appeared in front of everyone, and it was Uchiha Sasuke who appeared with the help of the magic lantern body technique!

    After Uchiha Sasuke defeated Ben Beckman, his bounty has reached 1.2 billion Baileys, which is higher than the bounty of everyone present!

    "Let me have what meeting?"

    Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s face was a little dissatisfied and said: "The Pirates of Spades are about to enter the sea of ??Whitebeard! I don''t have much time..."

    "Because the next step is our big plan."

    Uehara Naraku sat in her seat calmly, glanced at Uchiha Sasuke, who was unhappy, and said with a smile: "Sasuke, are you dissatisfied with my call?"

    "No¡­"

    Uchiha Sasuke gritted his teeth.

    Just at this moment, another illusory figure appeared in front of everyone. His figure looked unusually tall: "Hey yum yum... sorry, I just mastered this technique, shouldn''t it be too late?" "

    Doflamingo does not have Chakra.

    After Uehara Naraku imparted the theory of Doflamingo''s ring, this guy was ingenious directly wrapped around his ring with a domineering armed color.

    Anyway, Doflamingo remembered one thing, that is, it is enough to pass his signal to Uehara Naraku who has the eyes of reincarnation!

    "Doflamingo..."

    Qing Pheasant¡¯s eyes slowly drooped.

    What the hell, this king, Qi Wuhai is also a person of Akatsuki?

    Doflamingo''s mood seems to be even more shocking than the blue pheasant.

    Doflamingo saw the same tall green pheasant at a glance, and said with a low smile: "Hey yeah yeah... I didn''t expect that the yeah, general Qing pheasant and I are also colleagues!"

    Grass, big profit!

    What kind of fairy organization is Xiao Xiao!

 Chapter 433ï¼š Who will be the worst person

    The gap between people is too big.

    Even if Doflamingo guessed that Uehara Naraku''s other subordinates might be very powerful, he never thought that even the Admiral Aohara was a subordinate of Uehara Naraku!

    This organization is terrible too!

    At the meeting organized by Akatsuki, Doflamingo met the Admiral Aoi Pheasant of the Navy Headquarters, and he also thoroughly recognized the gap between him and Uehara Naraku.

    Many years ago, Doflamingo worked so hard to place one of his subordinates into the navy undercover. After so many years, that subordinate finally became a lieutenant general of the G-5 branch.

    Where is Uehara Naraku?

    Directly install the general of the Navy as an undercover agent!

    Doflamingo feels that his methods are all low-profile versions in front of Uehara Naraku. If the navy headquarters are all his own, is it inconvenient to do what he wants to do?

    "Hey, hey...the green pheasant general..."

    Doflamingo spread out his palms, and the smile on his mouth could hardly conceal him: "Hey, hey, hey... Since everyone is his own, I need to take care of my business!"

    "..."

    The green pheasant couldn''t help frowning his brow.

    Just when the green pheasant wanted to say something and worried about causing any trouble, Nicole Robin grabbed the green pheasant''s wrist and directly retorted on his behalf.

    "Doflamingo! The green pheasant has no time to pay attention to your little things. I have heard about your business. Don''t get those troubles on the green pheasant."

    "Humhhhhhhh... Nicole Robin, son of the devil..."

    Doflamingo grinned and nodded: "Hey, hey...you are right, how can a general in his head be used for small things!"

    "All right."

    Uehara Naraku interrupted the dispute between them and waved his hand: "Dover, Robin is right to say, Admiral Aohara, but I plan to support the person who becomes the admiral..."

    "Humhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh, as expected to be an adult..."

    Doflamingo couldn''t help but praised: "The admiral of the navy headquarters is already amazing enough. It turns out that the lord actually wants to take the opportunity to support a navy marshal..."

    Doflamingo held his forehead and smiled in a dark voice: "Hey, hey...Yes, a navy marshal is indeed more valuable than a navy admiral!"

    It''s the pattern again.

    The gap between them is really too big.

    Doflamingo deeply realized this gap. When he was still complacent about having the opportunity to use a general, he did not expect Uehara Naruto''s ambitions to be greater, and he wanted to directly support the Qing Pheasant to become the next admiral!

    Compared with the power of an admiral, the admiral in charge of all navies in the world, the two are not at the same level.

    Is this the man behind the world?

    Any arrangement made Doflamingo dare not even think about it.

    Now that Doflamingo¡¯s magic lantern body art has arrived, all the members of the Akatsuki organization have arrived, and everyone plays a different role here.

    Uehara Naraku, a senior agent of the Baroque Work Agency, a reserve member of the Navy''s SWORD secret special force.

    Pharmacist pocket, Lieutenant Commander, member of SWORD secret special forces.

    Dry persimmon ghost shark, the candidate for the king''s Qi Wuhai.

    Sasuke Uchiha, deputy captain of the Pirates of Spades.

    Jiaodu, a bounty hunter, a candidate for the king''s Qiwuhai.

    Flying segment, bounty hunter.

    Scorpion, senior agent of the Baroque Work Agency.

    Deidara, senior agent of Baroque Jobs.

    Hei Jue, an intelligence member.

    Nicole Robin, deputy director of Baroque Work Club.

    Green pheasant? General of the navy headquarters.

    King Doflamingo? Dresrosa, the current king Qiwuhai? The dark world leader Joker.

    "If everyone has arrived? Then our meeting will begin!"

    Naruto Uehara sat in her place and slowly closed her palms? He whispered softly, "Perhaps I don''t need to introduce to you. You all know Akatsuki''s new members? Then I just talk about our next plan ."

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes fell on Uchiha Sasuke? Because Sasuke''s matter is related to his main task, this is the most important thing.

    Uehara Naraku instructed softly: "Sasuke, don''t intervene in the battle between Portgas D. Ace and Whitebeard. He can''t be Whitebeard''s opponent? According to their rules? You joined the Whitebeard Sea at that time. Thieves."

    "Huh, I see."

    Sasuke Uchiha hugged his shoulders and said coldly: "If I don''t approve the strength and style of that white beard..."

    "Ha ha¡­"

    Nairo Uehara spread out his palms and chuckled lightly: "What if the guy with the white beard can get Ace out of the shadow of Gore D. Roger?

    Whitebeard is a man who makes many pirates think he is like a father. He treats his son very well! "

    As everyone knows? White beard''s personal charm is extremely strong.

    Uehara Naraku believes very much that there are not many people in this world who can resolve Ace''s entanglements? Whitebeard is definitely one of them.

    "I know about the Whitebeard Pirates..."

    Uchiha Sasuke''s expression turned a little unsightly. He stared at Uehara Naraku and questioned each word: "Uehara Naraku? You guy...If you want to kill someone, can you just kill him? Now you want it again. Have you added emotional **** to Ace?"

    "Isn''t this the easiest?"

    Uehara Naruko lifted his legs, and his gaze slowly fell on Uchiha Sasuke? He whispered: "There is something you don''t understand? You need to watch this happen? Monitor everything about the Whitebeard Pirates. "

    Uehara Naraku stared at Uchiha Sasuke, and said calmly: "When I set my sights on Portgas D. Ace, destiny had already made its choice, no matter how you interfere. Can''t change the ending."

    "You guy..."

    Sasuke Uchiha couldn''t help clenching his fist, and he stared at Uehara Naraku firmly: "Uehara Naraku, is this your nature... or is that fellow''s chakra more and more affecting you?"

    Sasuke Uchiha gritted his teeth and continued dissatisfied: "Obviously what you have in your body should be the human side, why do you have more desire to control other people''s lives than the divine side..."

    Sasuke Uchiha''s attitude is a bit strange.

    Sasuke must not dare to resist Uehara Naraku, this guy should have been taken crooked, always wanting to awaken Uehara Naraku''s humanity.

    It feels like...

    It was like wishing that Naraku Uehara could be an individual.

    "To shut up!"

    Uehara Naraku''s face turned black, and he interrupted Uchiha Sasuke''s words coldly, and he felt a headache no matter who mentioned the Chakra of the Six Way Immortals.

    All the people present involuntarily looked at Uchiha Sasuke and Uehara Naraku, especially Aoi Pheasant and Doflamingo. The two people subconsciously began to think about Uchiha Sasuke''s words. The more they thought about this, the more shocking they became.

    Divinity...

    human nature¡­

    The green pheasant remembered the respect that Yakushitou and the dried persimmon ghost shark had from the heart to Uehara Naraku. Wouldn''t this Uehara Naraku be a real god?

    Of course, it certainly cannot be the kind of nonsense creation **** of the Tianlong people.

    if it is real¡­

    What is the purpose of this guy?

    Doflamingo¡¯s acceptance level is obviously higher, because he personally experienced the means by which Uehara Naraku can bring the dead back to life... Such a powerful existence will certainly not allow Denonians to tarnish his reputation, right? ?

    "Sasuke Uchiha."

    Uehara Naraku''s face gradually turned cold, and he calmly said: "It is enough to follow my plan obediently, don''t get too deep, this is not your home!"

    "¡­I know."

    Sasuke Uchiha nodded, and continued in a deep voice: "If there is nothing to do with me, then I will leave first. I have received news before that I heard that King Qiwu Kai Jinhei is coming to stop us from challenging Whitebeard. I''m going to deal with him..."

    "Okay, let''s get Jinping up!"

    Uehara Naraku casually said: "After my side is over, let the ghost rush to the fisherman island, taking this opportunity to replace the king of Jinping Qiwuhai, as for the guy Jinping, let him stay in the white beard sea. Become a pirate!"

    "A seamless plan."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around and praised softly: "If we catch Jinping by Sasuke, we will sit down and take refuge in Baibeard;

    The world government certainly cannot sit back and watch a Qiwuhai colluding with the four emperors. It will definitely abolish his throne under the Qiwuhai, and we can let Mr. Ghostfish take over..."

    "Well, it''s always unrealistic."

    The green pheasant was obviously a bit ignorant, and immediately poured cold water on the pharmacist: "The Baroque Work Club is the main target of the navy''s encirclement and suppression. It may not be possible for a member of the Baroque Work Club to succeed the King Qiwuhai..."

    "This matter is easy to solve."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the dried persimmon ghost shark, then looked at the green pheasant and said: "Ghost shark has withdrawn from the Baroque work organization. Let the ghost shark assist in the crusade against the owner of the Baroque work agency Krokdal on the condition that the king under Qibuhai is a condition. ¡­"

    "Humhhhhhhh...it can be done."

    Before the green pheasant could answer, Doflamingo replied with a grin: "As long as Mr. Guiyu demonstrates his power in the crusade against the boss of the Baroque work society, the old guys of the world government will definitely agree to this. of!"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark also grinned and said with a smile: "Does it look like I am going to bully Mr. Klockdal again? I think he will hate me very much..."

    "Mr. Ghost..."

    Nicole Robin couldn''t help but helped her forehead, and sighed: "The day you humiliated Klockdal in a fish tank, he already hated you to the bone..."

    "It''s really stingy, I obviously spared his life!"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark couldn''t help but sighed.

    After Nicole Robin was silent for a while, she shook her head and said, "It feels like you and Uehara-Mr. are more and more like..."

    Anyway...

    Are you just being wrong?

    "All right."

    Uehara Naraku interrupted their chat with a wave, and continued: "Also, besides Robin and I, Scorpion and Deidara directly defected from the Baroque Work Agency to see if they can also get a position in the sea in the future. ¡­"

    "Ok?"

    The green pheasant ignored the others, and only remembered that Naraku Uehara and Nicole Robin would not betray Klockdal. This made the general green pheasant full of question marks.

    "Sorry, I didn''t quite understand what you meant... Your Excellency... didn''t you want to join the Navy''s SWORD unit?"

    "It doesn''t conflict!"

    Uehara Naraku said casually: "If Mr. Krockdale showed great power during this crusade, the navy would definitely not mind if I continue undercover by Mr. Krockdale, right?"

    "Of course I don''t mind."

    As a member of the SWORD unit, Yakushidou has a great say. He even added: "If Krokdal''s power is too strong, Naraku-sama''s undercover value will be higher... I will contribute to this. "

    Everyone: "..."

    You are really not a good thing!

    Nicole Robin asked an important question: "But... Does Krokdal have such a powerful force?"

    "Mr. Klockdale is a man who fought with Whitebeard!"

    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he chuckled and said: "I will think of a way to make him stronger. You can help him play... This time, let Major Admiral Drake of the Navy play the forward and let him face the world government. Report the horror of Mr. Krokdal!"

    Everyone: "..."

    Well, it can be concluded.

    That poor Major Drake...

    It is estimated that he will be the only person who has suffered damage in this battle In name, Major General Drake should be the host of the battle against the Baroque Working Society, but he has to be played with. Rockdale desperately.

    This is too miserable!

    No, the worst person should be the sand crocodile Krokdal.

    After reluctantly thinking about it for a while, the green pheasant glanced at Nicole Robin next to him, then looked at Naraku Uehara: "Why do you and Robin stay with Klockdal? It doesn''t make sense, right?"

    "We are going to enter the new world, Mr. Krokdal is a big banner..."

    Nairo Uehara spread out his palms and explained, "If you don''t use Mr. Klockdal, a powerful person like me to go to the new world, wouldn''t it be too compelling once you do something?"

    Naruto Uehara tapped the table with his fingers lightly, and said in a low voice: "Well, this battle first forced Krokdal to leave his hometown and leave the gentle town of Alabastan, and let the first half of the great route be completely shuffled!"

 Chapter 434ï¼š I missed this combat meeting

    Apart from Doflamingo, Sasuke Uchiha, and Kurozutsu, other members of the Akatsuki organization will participate in this battle against Krokdal.

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the Pharmacist''s pocket, looked at the subordinate he believed most, and asked softly, "Dog, I will have an official meeting with Major General Drake tomorrow.

    In this meeting, I want to disclose all the information of the Baroque Work Agency. Is there any way you can make me join the navy at his invitation? Will it not arouse his suspicion? "

    "of course."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around and said with a low smile: "It just so happened that Admiral Green Pheasant gave Major General Drake the golden phone worm that was given to Major General Drake, and Master Naraku just watched me arrange it."

    Uehara Naraku finished arranging Klockdal''s affairs, turned his head to look at the people present, his eyes slowly flowed, and stopped on Doflamingo''s body: "Dover, as long as you don''t cause any troubles... "

    "Humhhhhhhh...yes!"

    Doflamingo spread out his palms, his smile almost uncontrollable: "I''m just a little pirate shivering under the pressure of the monster Kaido..."

    "so be it!"

    Uehara Naruko waved his hand and said, "Anyone in Alabastan will wait for my next order tomorrow!"

    "understand."

    Pharmacist pushed his glasses slowly, and said in a low voice, "I will immediately find a way to arrange for Major General Drake to invite Lord Naraku to join the Navy."

    Green Pheasant: "..."

    Is it really good for you to be so arrogant in front of a general?

    However, the green pheasant was really curious about what Pharmacist would do to make Uehara Naruto join the navy without flaws.

    late at night.

    The green pheasant watched the meeting where Pharmacist was tempted to seduce Major General Drake. The whole person didn''t feel good, and he himself became a **** of Pharmacist.

    the next day.

    Major General Drake once again met Naraku Uehara.

    The rear admiral simply asked for a careful discussion with Uehara Naraku, and dullly put forward his own terms: "Uehara Naraku, now you have two choices."

    "what?"

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but raised his head in surprise.

    Rear Admiral Drake slowly took out the golden phone worm in his hand, and said with a serious expression: "This is the phone worm of the Demon Order. Once the call is made, the Navy will directly dispatch ten powerful warships and elite navy. Combat power, erase the entire Alabastan."

    After Major General Drake finished speaking, he watched Uehara Naraku''s expression change drastically, and continued to add: "The Demon Slayer Order can only be used in an emergency. If the Navy does not get accurate information from the Baroque Work Agency, it will use the entire Alaba Stan destroys the Baroque Work Club at the expense of.

    We have found that the most active place of the Baroque Working Group is in Alabastan. The Baroque Working Group is one of the most dangerous organizations in the entire sea. If you want to eliminate him, you are doomed to pay a price. In addition, the Navy Headquarters is also here On the way here. "

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Drake in front of him with an ugly look: "The Demon Killing Order is what destroyed Vice President Nicole Robin..."

    "Yes."

    Rear Admiral Drake nodded and continued softly: "In addition to the demon killing order, there is also the command of the general of the navy headquarters. Without specific information, the navy can only make such a choice. This is also the world government. The command!"

    This sounds true enough.

    It''s just that Major General Drake thinks? It''s enough to scare the people in front of you.

    After finishing talking? Major General Drake slowly put away the golden phone worm, and continued softly: "Besides? There is another way? That is to tell us the information of the Baroque Work Agency and cooperate with us to destroy the Baroque Work Agency directly. ? Only in this way can the innocent citizens of Alabastan survive."

    "What is the difference between the navy... and the pirate..."

    Uehara Naruko looked up at Drake with a desperate heart, but the rear admiral''s eyes were firmer than ever.

    Obviously...

    As long as Uehara Naraku refuses to agree? Major General Drake seems to really press the golden phone bug? Directly launch the killing order.

    Uehara Naruko nodded as if there was nothing to do, and said in a low voice: "You guessed it right, the headquarters of the Baroque Workshop is indeed in Alabastan, and the head of it is King Shichibukai Krokdal...

    After Krokdal was defeated in a fierce battle with Whitebeard? Has been hiding in Alabastan for these years? Absorbing the hidden power of this desert country... Now his power can easily destroy a city!

    I have not met the Admiral. I don¡¯t know how powerful the Admiral is. But I know the horror of Krokdal. He just secretly used a trick in the desert to destroy the big city of Alabastan in Yubana. . "

    Uehara Naraku talked little by little about the power of Krokdal.

    In addition to this? He also leaked the list of members of the Baroque Work Club to Major General Drake in front of him, including the purpose of the Baroque Work Club.

    "The Baroque Work Club has always been entrenched here."

    Uehara Nairo held his forehead? He continued softly: "Krokdal believes that as one of the twenty nations that created the world government, there are countless secrets in Alabastan that can make him stronger? Now he really becomes stronger. Strong..."

    "..."

    Major General Drake listened to everything calmly.

    Although his mood has been overwhelmed, his face is still calm? He just nodded constantly? Signaling that he was listening carefully.

    These pieces of information? Drake remembered them one by one.

    Now Drake is more concerned about the next suggestion that Pharmacist gave him, which is to take this opportunity to invite Uehara Naraku to join the navy.

    the other side.

    After Naraku Uehara finished talking about the secrets of the Baroque Workshop, he suddenly grabbed Major General Drake¡¯s wrist and persuaded him in a deep voice: "I don¡¯t think the Demon Slayer Order can eliminate Krokdal, but will only kill innocent civilians in Alabastan. ¡­"

    "I know."

    Major General Drake nodded, and after taking a deep breath, he slowly saluted Uehara Naraku and apologized to him in a low voice.

    "I just want to make your Excellency willing to provide us with information about the Baroque Work Society, and deliberately threaten you with a demon killing order. If you want to blame, please blame me!"

    Major General Drake persisted in this bowing posture, and continued in a deep voice: "One more thing, this time I will not use the Demon Slayer Order, but this does not mean that the Navy will not continue to use this devastating blow... "

    Rear Admiral Drake''s head lowered lower and lower, and his voice became more sincere: "In order to avoid this situation in the future, I would like to invite you to join the Navy Secret Special Forces.

    I hope that we can fight together, help the navy collect intelligence, change the way the navy fights against powerful enemies, and in the future, we can accurately attack the evil pirates who hide their true colors in Krokdal, instead of being forced to use the killing order Means to divide the enemy from us. "

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku was silent.

    This major Drake has a hand!

    I must have listened to the pharmacist to give him a make-up lesson yesterday!

    While putting on a low posture, while putting on a righteous reputation, how could Uehara Naraku, a navy-hearted and kind-hearted person, be embarrassed to refuse?

    I can finally get into the navy...

    In the future, he can finally leak information to the navy openly, use the power of the navy to fight against other pirates and guide the situation at sea.

    Uehara Naraku reached out his hand to support Major General Drake, and sighed: "Mr. Drake, you say that, I really can''t refuse, I''m just a person who can do a little trivial thing..."

    "...We are all the same."

    There was a smile on Drake''s face.

    In fact, Drake himself doesn''t seem to like to laugh very much, and his smile is a bit stiff at the moment: "Mr. Uehara, you are welcome to join the Navy. From now on we will be colleagues."

    in the afternoon.

    Because of the emergency.

    The Navy SWORD unit combat meeting was held.

    Rear Admiral Drake took the lead in announcing the appointment of the Admiral: "Promote Pharmacist to Colonel of the Navy Headquarters, and appoint Uehara Naraku as Major of the Navy Headquarters."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku and Pharmacist had different expressions.

    A smile appeared on Yakushi''s pocket, and Uehara Nairo sighed quietly, and a wordless expression appeared on the face of the green pheasant who was secretly listening outside.

    What else is going on in this combat meeting...

    There are three people in the SWORD unit, two of them are undercover agents. Can Major General Drake really be alert?

    Major General Drake will not be vigilant, he is still a little relaxed, at least now their SWORD troops are on the right track, and the first task of presiding over the suppression of the Baroque work society can finally be officially carried out.

    The Navy Marshal Warring States also had high hopes for the SWORD troops, and even gave the SWORD troops the power to mobilize all naval support around Alabastan.

    "Let¡¯s first discuss the direct destruction of the Baroque Working Society and the arrest of the current King Qiwuhai Klockdal!"

    Rear Admiral Drake looked at his two subordinates and spoke softly: "The Marshal of the Warring States has issued an order. We can directly arrest Klockdal. The evidence can be supplemented afterwards, because the navy is just preparing to replace the king, Qiwuhai. The person..."

    "This requires information from Major Uehara."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around and said calmly: "In order to avoid too many people knowing about this, let''s find a secret place to capture Klockdal, so as not to cause too much trouble for the Navy."

    "Ok."

    Major General Drake nodded, and said in a deep voice: "In this case, we need to find a deserted place in Alabastan..."

    "There are not many such places."

    Uehara Naraku¡¯s finger landed on the central desert area on the map of Alabastan, and he explained: ¡°He usually stays in the rain, and occasionally appears in the harbor to kill some pirates to act, but in recent times he often Go to the desert center..."

    Uehara Naraku''s expression gradually became a little complicated and said: "If it is in the center of the desert, it is absolutely impossible for anyone to be the opponent of the natural rustling fruit ability..."

    "For battles on land, natural fruits cannot determine everything."

    Pharmacist interrupted Naraku Uehara''s words. He pushed his glasses, opened his palm and said, "Major Uehara, do you know why Major General Drake was placed in high hopes by the Sengoku Marshal?"

    Pharmacist''s expression gradually became serious: "Major General Drake is a rare animal demon fruit, ancient species, and allosaurus form capable person The fighting power on land is also amazing... "

    "All right."

    Major General Drake interrupted the Pharmacist¡¯s pocket and slowly closed his palms and placed them on the table: "Let¡¯s look for a suitable area these days and find the location of Krokdal. This is the first place in our SWORD unit. There must be no mistakes in this mission."

    "Yes."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around.

    Major General Drake''s fingers clenched into fists little by little, and he calmly continued: "I will not arrogantly think that I can defeat Klockdal, but I will not take the initiative to shrink from the evil pirate..."

    "..."

    The green pheasant outside the door couldn''t help putting on his blindfold.

    This combat meeting really made the green pheasant look at it.

 Chapter 435ï¼š 1 Tailed Manjuli Krokdal

    Major General Drake knows.

    If he was asked to face a king, Qiwuhai, especially the prestigious sand crocodile, Major General Drake felt a little pressure in his heart.

    But...

    The general green pheasant is behind him!

    The confidence brought by a general of the navy headquarters is still very sufficient, at least the general Qing pheasant will be able to defeat a king Qiwuhai.

    Once Major General Drake discovers Krokdal, he will directly ask General Qing Pheasant to support him. After they work together to capture Krokdal, they can encircle the Baroque Working Society.

    The only troublesome point is the legendary ancient weapon Pluto in Krokdal''s hands. The world government has not given the navy any clear statement on this matter.

    The five old stars of the world government are a bit ambiguous.

    The answer from the five old stars to the Marshal of the Warring States period is that Krokdal should not have obtained the ancient weapons, so the navy need not worry about the threat of ancient weapons;

    Even if Krokdal obtains ancient weapons, he should not have the ability to mobilize ancient weapons now;

    Even if Krokdal possesses the ability to mobilize ancient weapons, he should not be able to destroy it with all his strength.

    Is this remarkable?

    This is really terrible.

    is almost like sending the navy to death.

    In fact, the navy is going to fight the striker to die. The world government needs to use the life of the navy to verify whether Pluto is in the hands of Krokdal.

    For the first time to hear the specific news of the Pluto battleship, the world government is still very eager, and they also believe that Krokdal has not completely controlled Pluto.

    The highest leader of the world government, Wu Lao Xing, got the news from Pluto, and immediately sent CP spy organization to Alabastan in private.

    These people are still on their way to Alabastan.

    This kind of thing must not be discussed with the Navy.

    Alabastan, the center of the desert.

    Krokdal has not seen the shadow of Pluto yet,

    Krokdal is still working hard here to create sandstorms, making the entire Alabastan even more drier, and reducing the prestige of the king of Alabastan, Cobra.

    Until this time, the entire Alabastan has become the center of the vortex in the first half of the great route. Klockdal still does not realize the future of the crisis, and even he is about to encounter a major crisis now.

    Just as Krokdal raised his hand to create a sandstorm, a huge civet cat suddenly emerged from the yellow sand, and opened his mouth to spout a wind cannon at him!

    "What kind of monster is this!"

    Krokdal''s expression changed.

    There are indeed many terrifying poisonous beasts hidden in the desert, but it is the first time that Klockdal has seen such a weird beast like the civet cat in front of me!

    "Are you a rustle fruit capable person?"

    The huge civet cat showed a weird smile: "The uncle is a guard crane hidden in the desert, looking for rusty fruits to parasitize..."

    The next moment, Krokdal only felt a piece of yellow sand flying out of the ground, turning into a pyramid and completely surrounding his body!

    At this moment, Krokdal tried to urge the yellow sand to leave here, but found that the yellow sand was not under his control at all!

    Immediately after that, the huge civet cat turned into a torrent of yellow sand and flew into his body, making Krokdal fearful!

    "What exactly is going on!"

    "We are one."

    The voice of one Shouzuru came from Klockdal''s heart, and the monster''s voice was a little nasty: "Hehehehe...Let me see how much power we can exert after we become one!"

    "What a joke!"

    Krokdal felt the abnormal movement in his body, the expression on his face was a little broken: "I will not allow others to occupy my body!"

    "Then it depends on your own will..."

    Ichio Morizuru''s voice is still extremely bad.

    As it borrowed its power to Krokdal, the yellow sand under Krokdal''s feet spun wildly!

    Under the urging of the strong wind, these dusts easily gathered into a dust storm that covered the sky and the sun. This force was beyond imagination!

    After the terrifying monster was added to Klockdal''s body, it became easy to manipulate the yellow sand. He felt that he could turn everything around him into controllable dust. Perhaps this is the true power of the sand fruit. ?

    This force is indeed powerful.

    But what is going on?

    While Krokdal was still surprised in the desert.

    Nara Uehara stood in the rain in Alabastan, and whispered to the phone worm in his hand: "Krokdal has become a human pillar. We can prepare to support Major General Drake and defeat Krokdal.

    Yes, it is Naraku Uehara who controls all this.

    The Ninja world thinks that Uehara Naraku is the chakra of the six immortals, which indeed brought him a lot of trouble, but it also brought him a lot of convenience.

    For example, the nine-tailed beasts are still very obedient.

    Uehara Naraku mentioned letting one-tailed Maori Tsuru into a person''s body, letting that person become a human pillar, and one-tailed Maoritsuru simply agreed.

    It won¡¯t be long anyway.

    Moreover, the process of Krokdal becoming a human pillar was rough, and even the seal was not set. This sand crocodile didn''t even know that he might be deprived of control of his body by a Shouhe at any time.

    This is actually a big pit.

    With an escape and cruel temperament...

    Who knows what that guy will do...

    But it must be mentioned that Krokdal has at least gained a lot of application abilities of sand manipulation, which can be regarded as greatly strengthened, making him more handy in manipulating the power of his own rustling fruits.

    the other side.

    Rear Admiral Drake stepped into the desert alone according to Uehara Naraku¡¯s information. As for Yakushi Dou and Uehara Naraku, he was sent to encircle and suppress the other members of the Baroque work agency.

    Before leaving, Major General Drake contacted Green Pheasant and received the exact assurance from General Green Pheasant that he could support him at any time.

    What''s not to worry about?

    Krocodall also received a call from Nicole Robin. His vice president informed him that something had happened. The Navy somehow found Alabastan along the trail of the Baroque Working Society members.

    "Mr. Krokdal, maybe the dried persimmon ghost shark leaked the news."

    Nicole Robin¡¯s voice was a little more nervous: ¡°Now at least one Rear Admiral has sneaked into Alabastan privately and is here to trouble us;

    And Yudi was suddenly attacked by the navy. They claimed to have abolished your throne under the Qiwu Sea..."

    "I will go back soon."

    Krokdal hung up the phone worm in his hand, and there was a gloomy smile on his face: "Huh, a rear admiral, then he can just use him to try the power that I just got..."

    If he hasn¡¯t got the Battleship of Hades before, he really needs the position of the King¡¯s Qiwuhai to stay in Alabastan;

    Now Krokdal has suddenly gained another powerful force today, and can already ignore the threat of the world government.

    Just as Klockdal was on his way back, he encountered Major General Drake, which made the sand crocodile a little doubt whether the world government wanted to do it a long time ago.

    Major General Drake was relieved after seeing Krokdal. Seeing Krokdal here, there should be no mistake in the plan.

    Everything is going smoothly.

    The rest is the trickiest battle!

    Drake drew his sword with a full face and looked at Krokdal in the desert coldly: "Sha Krokdal, you secretly manipulated the Baroque work society to endanger the sea. I deprived you of your king in the name of the world government navy. Under the position of Qiwuhai..."

    "What are the rules for pirates?"

    A sneer flashed across Klockdal''s face: "I already know, it was the guy who leaked the news of Lao Tzu!

    But it doesn¡¯t matter anymore. If I had used it before, maybe I still need this position, but now I just need a ready-made living target! "

    "Sand Shots!"

    Under the control of Krokdal, countless yellow sands gathered in the air into sand balls, which were shot at Major General Drake like bullets!

    "Ok?"

    Drake¡¯s arm was directly penetrated by sand.

    The rear admiral immediately realized his trouble.

    Drake¡¯s body suddenly swelled and turned into a huge Allosaurus, trying to resist the attack of the yellow sand with a hard body!

    Only after Drake changed into an Allosaurus form, he still couldn''t resist the attack of sand shotguns, and the next moment his feet were suddenly empty, countless yellow sand wrapped his body and buried him directly!

    The battle has only just begun...

    Major General Drake was directly defeated by Klockdal.

    At this moment, the rear admiral finally realized the horror of the king''s Qiwuhai, and also realized how stupid it was to fight Krokdal in the desert environment.

    Uehara Naraku, who has been monitoring the battle, was also a little dumbfounded. He thought that the two sides would fight for at least a few minutes... Did this Major General Drake just lose?

    "Pocket Is this major general acting?"

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but glanced at the juice in her hand: "The juice in my hand is not cold yet...Major General Drake is about to get cold? Is our future chief at this level?"

    "No, Major General Drake''s strength has always been like this."

    Pharmacist couldn¡¯t help but smiled, pushed his glasses, and whispered, ¡°Perhaps Lord Naraku¡¯s power is too strong, making you think that an ant can at least have the power of one of your fingers...¡±

    "Let the green pheasant hurry over and support!"

    Uehara Naraku shook his head speechlessly, took a sip of juice, and sighed: "When it''s about time, you will bring the ghost, scorpion, and Deidara on it!

    Let Mr. Krokdal know that in the entire Baroque workplace, except for me and Nicole Robin, everyone in the world betrayed him..."

 Chapter 436ï¼š Someone is scheming to them!

    Alabastan, desert center.

    Just as Klockdal watched Major General Drake was about to be completely buried by the yellow sand, an ice spear suddenly fell down, freezing the yellow sand around Drake.

    "This ability..."

    Klockdal''s eyes shrank, his gaze moved slowly, and he looked at a tall figure walking from a distance, the man who was always lazy and lazy.

    General of the Navy Headquarters, Green Pheasant!

    Krokdal stretched out his poisonous hook and looked at the man who came with a grin: "Huh, it''s no wonder that a major general in his department dares to provoke Lao Tzu. Is it because the admiral is behind it?"

    If he was an admiral before, Krokdahl really has no interest in fighting against the green pheasants, and he doesn''t even think he has any chance of winning.

    Because there are also differences between natural fruit abilities.

    It''s just that now Krokdal has gained a new power, and this battlefield is his most suitable desert. If such a big advantage is not yet confident to challenge the admiral, Krokdal''s courage is too small. .

    He is a man who has challenged the white beard!

    The green pheasant is just a general of the navy headquarters!

    When the green pheasant came over, Drake passed by and rescued the admiral from the yellow sand. When Drake was rescued by the green pheasant, his body was dripping with blood, and his body was covered with wounds from the sand.

    The major general is a real poor man.

    As a person with the ability to freeze fruit, the green pheasant feels a little unbearable: "Well, that...you should find a place nearby to heal yourself..."

    "Yes."

    Major General Drake covered his wound and nodded.

    Just as Major General Drake was about to retreat on his own, he reminded him in a deep voice: "Your Excellency Green Pheasant, be careful."

    "Uh...umh..."

    After nodding carelessly, the green pheasant walked towards Klockdal.

    The green pheasant walked forward step by step, his body was constantly falling into the desert with cold air, and a layer of ice slowly increased on the yellow sand on the ground.

    "This is the desert..."

    Krokdahl spread out his arms and said with contempt: "Green Pheasant, even if you can freeze the desert for a while, the high temperature here will quickly melt the ice..."

    Krokodall suddenly spread his arms: "This is my home court now. Even if you are an admiral of the admiral, you are a little too confident..."

    In the next moment, the squally wind swept across the sky and waves!

    These sand waves are as tall as a city wall, and they are pressed up with the force of overwhelming mountains, as if they are about to bury the green pheasant, the admiral of the navy, into dry bones in the sand!

    The palm of the green pheasant suddenly fell on the yellow sand!

    The ice instantly began to condense from his palm, and an equally tall ice wall quickly formed, blocking the overwhelming sand waves!

    When the two natural fruit abilities competed for the first time, they formed a magnificent landscape. One side was the endless sand waves tens of meters high, and the other side was an ice wall as motionless as a mountain!

    "Is it so powerful?"

    Major General Drake was shocked by this scene.

    Originally Major General Drake thought he would not be too far behind these top powerhouses, but now it seems that the gap between them is still like a cloud of mud!

    At least he must not dare to intervene in the match between these two natural departments!

    "Um, underestimated..."

    The green pheasant helped his forehead and looked at the rolling sand waves that kept hitting the ice wall. The green pheasant confirmed that the navy had underestimated Klockdal.

    Has Krokdal''s rustle fruit ability been awakened?

    "Humph¡­"

    Krokdal''s voice was drifting in the yellow sand, and he seemed to have a touch of confidence: "Does the navy general only have this ability?"

    At this moment? Krokdal is really confident!

    The one-tailed Shouhe who had just entered his body increased him too much? Krokdal never thought that he could achieve this level!

    In the next moment, countless yellow sands suddenly condensed a giant hand of sand? One punch hit the ice wall? Cracks in the ice wall!

    In an instant, this ice wall was blasted out of the gap, and endless yellow sand flooded in along the gap as if it had broken a bank!

    The green pheasant didn''t dare to neglect? The cold air in his hands flew up and iced the influx of yellow sand again? Even he mixed yellow sand and ice together? Constructed a solid city wall!

    The confrontation between the two natural elements is far more shocking than imagined!

    Relying on his geographical advantage, Krokdal was constantly swept by the yellow sand, but was blocked one by one by the green pheasants, but it seemed that the admiral had fallen into a disadvantage!

    "Is this the man who once challenged the white beard?"

    Major General Drake''s eyes were a little shocked? He glanced at the calm blue pheasant again? He whispered: "As expected of the General of the Navy...Is it still safe to face this situation?"

    Unexpectedly, after Major General Drake had just finished saying this, the green pheasant was manipulating the cold air to reconstruct the ice wall to block the yellow sand, while turning his head to look at Drake in the distance, and said, "Who, See if there are any reinforcements near Alabastan..."

    "What...what?"

    Major Drake''s expression was dazed.

    Is he still a bit unaccustomed? What reinforcements does the admiral want! Aren¡¯t you the highest combat power of the world government?

    The green pheasant scratched the back of his head and slowly said, "Hmm? This guy...seems to be a little troublesome...you need some assistance to catch him, right?"

    "You are a general!"

    "Huh? This is no way!"

    The green pheasant glanced at the rolling sand waves behind the ice wall, and said: "You have also seen? This guy is quite powerful... After all, it is also a king, Qiwuhai? It will be very tired if you want to defeat him... Think of a way?"

    "..."

    Major General Drake was speechless.

    Call for reinforcements because you feel tired?

    And what does this make him think of! Even if it''s too late to use the Demon Slayer Order! Especially this is the interior of Alabastan? It is impossible for a warship to come over!

    The edge of the desert.

    Uehara Naraku sensed the battle in the distance, then glanced at the people around him, and sighed: "The blue pheasant''s acting skills are not good. When will you be able to play? Just to remind you that Krokdal has become There is a lot of force..."

    "Master Uehara can rest assured."

    The dry persimmon ghost shark couldn''t help grinning, and glanced at the people present: "We Xiao, should be the best at catching human force, right?"

    "Uhhhhhhh..."

    Deidara took out a clay doll in his hand and said with a grin: "The last one, Zhu Li, died terribly..."

    The Red Sand Scorpion couldn''t help but glanced at Dedara, and said softly, "Be careful this time, you broke a hand this time."

    "Xie Dan, it''s just a momentary care..."

    Deidara pursed his lips in dissatisfaction.

    "Senior Scorpion is right."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around and said softly: "Krokdal, the one-tailed man, is different from Gaara. The combined power of the one-tailed crane and the rustling fruit is absolutely beyond imagination..."

    "It doesn''t matter."

    Naruto Uehara took a sip of the juice and waved his hand. "A Morizuru in Krokdal''s body is on our side... When you are in danger, I will let Morizuru quietly perform a wave."

    Everyone: "..."

    This is to arrange the undercover to the enemy''s body!

    At this moment, Yakushidou didn''t know what he was thinking of, and suddenly smiled: "As expected, Lord Naraku, and in the future, we might be able to consider the same method, arranging an undercover in another admiral''s body?"

    For example, the admiral of the Red Dog has a four-tailed Monkey in his body. This will allow the Red Dog to gain stronger power, but it will also make the Red Dog be controlled by the four tails in his body.

    To know¡­

    The tail beast can be more than just a boost!

    Sometimes, tail beasts can kill people!

    "Eh, this proposal is good."

    Uehara Naraku touched her chin, nodded slowly and said, "Let''s look back and find a chance to arrange for General Akainu!"

    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he waved his hand and said, "As for now, you should go and support the blue pheasant first! This time, you can attack Krokdal a bit more so that he can escape alive!"

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes narrowed slightly, and he smiled and said, "When he escapes to the waters near Alabastan, Robin will show up and save him when he is most desperate..."

    "..."

    Nicole Robin couldn''t help but sighed, rubbed his forehead, and whispered: "Mr. Krockdale would certainly not have thought that at that time was the beginning of his true despair..."

    After speaking, Nicole Robin couldn''t help but said, "Mr. Uehara, won''t you go to support this time?"

    "Don''t worry about the power of the green pheasant, have a little confidence in him!"

    Uehara Naraku''s eyelids twitched, and he whispered softly: "That''s the general of the navy, the highest combat power in the world government. That guy is not working hard at all. What you should worry about is that guy''s acting skills!"

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the pharmacist''s pocket next to him, and said, "Okay, let''s call our Major General Drake now! Tell him that someone has made a request here!"

    "Yes."

    After the pharmacist nodded, he dialed Drake¡¯s phone worm and said softly: "Major General Drake, there is a problem with me. Several senior agents from the Baroque work agency surrounded me and Naraku Uehara... "

    "what?"

    Major General Drake''s voice was a little more nervous: "Pouch, are you okay over there?"

    This operation is really not smooth!

    Krokdal and the Green Pheasant were caught in a fierce battle, and the Pharmacist''s pocket on the other side was also surrounded by agents of the Baroque Work Society. He felt that he had fallen into a trap!

    Uehara Naraku lied to them, right?

    Fortunately, the pharmacist provided a piece of good news, which finally relieved Major General Drake: "No, these high-level agents are planning to betray the Baroque Work Agency... They had other plans to sneak into the Baroque Work Agency."

    "What do you mean?"

    "These people have long wanted to seek the throne of Krokdal''s King Qiwuhai, but the forces that have been frightened by Krokdal dare not betray.

    Now these people have heard that the navy has revoked his throne of Qiwuhai under the king, hoping to help us encircle Krokdal and get his Qiwuhai position. "

    The pharmacist glanced at the people around him, and continued to the phone bug: "The highest reward of the dried persimmon ghost shark proposed that he knows Klockdal¡¯s weaknesses, and he can help us siege Klockdal on the condition that he replaces Klockdal. Rockdale becomes the king of Qiwuhai..."

    "..."

    Major General Drake was silent.

    After a while, Major General Drake took a look at the situation on the battlefield, and said in a deep voice: "I will report this to the Marshal of the Warring States first, so please comfort them first!"

    After finishing speaking, Major General Drake immediately hung up the phone, reported to the Navy Marshal Warring States, and got his permission, immediately contacted the Pharmacist Pocket.

    Major General Drake said in a deep voice: "Tell the pirates, who can kill Krokdal, who can get the throne of his king, Qiwuhai!"

    "..."

    Everyone present fell silent.

    Damn, do you want to play on their Akatsuki organization?

    Just this little trick, are they still playing on the organization?

    The red sand scorpion immediately reached out and took the phone worm in Pharmacist''s pocket, and said in a cold voice: "Needless to talk about these nonsense, if you want to kill Klockdal, it will be possible unless the three major generals of the world government come together. !"

    "Then what can you do?"

    Major Drake¡¯s voice was a little hoarse The Scorpion of Red Sand continued to speak: "Probably we can only defeat that guy, and it won''t make the Navy lose too ugly. After all, it is the sand crocodile Krokdal!

    I lurked in the Baroque Work Club just to take off his head and get the position of Qiwuhai under his king. If we didn¡¯t know his weakness, even if your navy dispatched a general, it would not be possible to defeat him..."

    "There is only one position in the Qiwu Sea under the King."

    But there are too many traitors in your Baroque Job Club!

    Why didn''t you come out before? Once Krokdal was besieged and suppressed by the navy, you immediately jumped out!

    Major General Drake held back the spit, and said in a deep voice: "Only one of you can succeed this position. After this battle is over, I will report to the Marshal and select the strongest and most powerful among you. The one!"

    "Then... the deal."

 Chapter 437ï¼š Let me continue lurking beside her?

    Navy headquarters.

    Malin Vando, Marshal''s office.

    After listening to Drake''s report and making a decision, the Warring States Period of Buddha sighed and said: "The position of King Seven Wuhai, Jiao is our ideal candidate!"

    The Warring States of Buddha found a document and continued with a deep voice: "As a bounty hunter, horns will not rob civilians, at least it will not cause harm to civilians."

    "It''s not easy to say."

    Lieutenant General Crane sat opposite him and sighed softly: "I''ve heard of his reputation. The bounty hunter is very greedy for money and made him the King Seven Martial Sea. If he starts legally plundering the sea, May be more harmful."

    "I will send someone to talk to him."

    The Warring States of Buddha handed the document in his hand to Lieutenant General Crane, and said calmly: "Let¡¯s take a look at this news first! Another king, Qiwu Kai Jinhei, was captured by the Pirates of Spades yesterday. It is said that the purpose was to stop it. The Pirates of Spades challenged Whitebeard..."

    "Whitebeard has been sheltering Murloc Island..."

    Lieutenant General Crane looked at the piece of information and frankly said: "Jinpei is also normal to do this. If he is killed by the Pirates of Spades..."

    "That''s just right."

    The Warring States Period of Buddha calmly continued: "After the war against Krokdal is over, I will send someone to talk to the murloc named Dry Persimmon Ghost Shark in private. He must go to the Murloc Island to take the place of Jinping. In order to maintain the balance of the sea."

    The Warring States Period of Buddha said softly: "Krokdal, Jinping, the two kings, Qiwuhai, have had accidents one after another, one of them is reserved for Jiaodu, and the other is reserved for the dried persimmon ghost shark."

    "Then you told Major General Drake before that the three pirates, Scorpion, and Deidara compete..."

    "By the way, just cheat the pirates."

    The face of Buddha''s Warring States was very calm, and he didn''t feel ashamed. He continued: "I didn''t expect the power of this guy Krokdal surpassed our imagination.

    Major Uehara Naraku of the SWORD unit has reminded us, after all, we think his strength is too low, and what he has said is too careless. "

    "I don''t know what''s going on there..."

    Lieutenant General Crane''s eyes showed a little worry: "This action is too impatient at the urging of the world government. We should gather more people and make complete preparations before acting."

    "Hmph, they should be anxious about the whereabouts of Hades!"

    A little dissatisfaction suddenly appeared on the face of the Warring States Period: "Those old guys always don''t take the life of the Navy seriously. Fortunately, this time the SWORD unit has nothing wrong with it. Although there is a certain luck problem, the SWORD plan has proven feasible. "

    "Ok."

    Lieutenant General Crane also nodded slowly.

    This time, the encirclement and suppression Baroque work agency hosted by Drake and Krokdal had some trouble, and even luck caused the operation to be narrowly regarded as a success, but the cost of the navy was not high.

    If the navy were to formally encircle a king''s Qiwuhai and its forces, at least one general would have to be dispatched, and all attached warships and soldiers had to be fully staffed.

    Alabastan.

    After the two parties here negotiate terms.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark, scorpion and Deidara immediately rushed to the center of the desert to assist the green pheasant in encircling Krokdal. By the time they arrived, the fighting had been fierce to white-hot, and Krokdal manipulated the endless yellow sand to madly invade the green pheasant. Ice wall!

    "Magnetic Escape¡¤Dust!"

    Scorpion¡¯s fingers flick? Manipulating the successive movements of the third generation of Fengying and the fourth generation of tombs? The magnet and dust in the yellow sand rolled out, and the magnet and dust turned into a hard wall to resist the attack of the dust!

    "Water escape, big burst of water rushing!"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark does not show any weakness? A stream of water gushes out of its mouth? The monstrous water wave descends from the sky and directly turns into a huge lake and directly submerged the sandstorm in Krokdal!

    "Mr. Klockdale."

    Dry persimmon ghost chuckle grinning lightly? The smile on his face looked terribly hideous: "I''m seeing you again! I didn''t expect so many people to grab your head..."

    "Dried persimmon ghost shark, scorpion? Deidara..."

    After Klockdal saw them appear? His eyes moved slowly, and he said coldly: "It seems that Nicole Robin''s eyes are not so good..."

    That woman...

    How did you pick a bunch of traitors?

    At this moment, Klockdal felt that Nicole Robin was deliberately engaging him. Why did the Baroque Job Club lurk in so many powerful people?

    "At least one thing Miss Robin is right."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark pulled out the shark muscle behind him? With a light smile, he said, "The people she picked are all good...oh? Only the Uehara Nana is not very effective."

    "puff¡­"

    Deidara stood on the clay giant bird and couldn''t help but snorted. He nodded quickly and said, "That guy is in the Baroque job club. There is indeed a problem with his strength..."

    It sounds like this person still looks down on Naraku Uehara?

    Major General Drake frowned slightly. He didn''t like these people''s vilification of Uehara Naraku? That was his direct subordinate.

    Yes, although Uehara Naraku''s strength is not strong? But Uehara Naraku has a more sense of justice than everyone in the Baroque Work Agency, and Uehara''s life is more meaningful than the pirates of the Baroque Work Agency.

    Krokdal manipulated the yellow sand to form a tight ball of sand to surround himself? His face faintly became a little horrible.

    "A bunch of bastards... appeared at this time..."

    "Mr. Klockdale..."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark grinned and waved the shark muscles and burst into it, splitting the sand ball with one knife? Looking at Krokdal, chuckled, "Only at this time? Your price can be sold higher!"

    "Do you think you are determined to win?"

    A cloud of yellow sand suddenly floated from Krokdal''s feet? It drove his body into the air, and under his control, the boundless sea of ??sand swarmed from all around!

    "Of course I''m sure to win!"

    Deidara slapped out the clay two-winged birds, and said happily, "Hahahaha, you guys don''t know anything...how to fight us hahahaha!"

    Clay two-winged birds suddenly appeared beside Krokdal, directly blowing up the yellow sand under his feet!

    Krokdal''s figure fell instantly!

    "Water Escape¡¤Water Rushing Wave!"

    A wave of water spouted from the mouth of the dried persimmon ghost shark, which wetted Krokdal''s body, preventing him from entering the rustling fruit elementalization!

    The Red Sand Scorpion manipulated the three generations of Fengying to shoot black magnets, which instantly penetrated Klockdal''s body, confining him in place!

    Klockdal looked at the wound on his shoulder that was pierced by a magnet, and a thick tail suddenly grew behind him, which drove him out of the predicament.

    "We can only go first..."

    Klockdal''s expression was a bit unsightly. Although there was a Shouzuru to help him recover from his injury, the enemies he faced now were not easy to deal with.

    Dry persimmon ghost shark is too restrained from his ability...

    Coupled with the two strange enemies of the Red Sand Scorpion and Deidara, as well as the green pheasant general...

    Can''t stay in this place!

    A big hunt that runs through Alabastan kicked off!

    Krokdal was fleeing in Alabastan almost completely wounded. He has been running for several days, and the people behind are chasing him like cats and mice!

    Whenever he wanted to stop and rest for a period of time, the people who chased him would appear behind him. In these few days, Krokdal could not rest or even replenish his energy. He just rushed to the nearby city desperately.

    For Klockdal, the only good news is that the woman Nicole Robin didn''t seem to abandon him, and even called the bug to tell him to run away.

    "Mr. Klockdale."

    Nicole Robin''s voice seemed a little leisurely: "I am leaving Alabastan soon, will I leave with me? I have heard about it..."

    "Humph¡­"

    Krokdal snorted coldly, and said in a gloomy voice: "I thought you, a woman, would also betray me..."

    "I was betrayed too!"

    Nicole Robin sighed and said softly: "Because I am the vice president of the Baroque Work Club, I can no longer stay in the first half of the Great Route, but I want to enter the new world in the second half. My partner¡¯s words would be very dangerous..."

    "Prepare a clipper and wait for me at the port!"

    Klockdal gave a cold voice, and continued in a cold voice: "If I find a problem..."

    "Don''t worry."

    Nicole Robin chuckled lightly, glanced at Naraku Uehara next to him, and continued softly: "We also have a homeless senior agent on board. Now we only lack a powerful captain. Yeah!"

    After speaking, Nicole Robin hung up the phone.

    Krokdal''s expression was a little hesitant, he didn''t know whether he should believe Nicole Robin, after all, the organization that this woman had stayed in before was destroyed...

    Oh shit¡­

    Why didn''t he learn his lesson!

    It¡¯s a pity that now, apart from Nicole Robin, none of the entire Albastan is his own, because Krokdal has never believed in the power of his companions and subordinates, so he has no subordinates at all. .

    As for the senior agent named by Nicole Robin, it should be the weakest Uehara Naraku?

    Are you loyal because you are weak?

    Krokdal has no time to think. The people who are chasing him have arrived again, forcing him to choose to believe Nicole Robin''s words first. No matter what, he must leave Alabastan first!

    Alabastan, port.

    Nicole Robin hung up Krokdal''s phone worm.

    Uehara Naraku called Rear Admiral Drake''s phone worm and said softly: "Major Admiral Drake, I met Vice President Nicole Robin. My strength is not her opponent.

    But now she invites me to leave Alabastan and go to the second half of the Great Route...Huh? Let me continue lurking beside her first? "

 Chapter 438ï¼š The White Beard Pirates and the Spades Pirates, go to war!

    Alabastan, rainy place.

    The navy is searching the entire rain field and arresting the remaining members of the Baroque Working Society, no matter how small they are, they will all be arrested.

    Major Drake hung up the phone, looked at the admiral standing next to him, and whispered a report: "Admiral Ao-pheasant, we have not lost the trace of Nicole Robin, the son of the devil. Major Uehara is already lurking in her By your side."

    After speaking, Major General Drake continued: "According to the information provided by Major Uehara, the escaped sand crocodile Klockdal will also go with Nicole Robin and enter the new world in the second half of the great route."

    "Well, I see, return the phone bug from Demon Tu Ling!"

    The green pheasant took the golden phone worm in Drake''s hand, stepped onto his bicycle, waved his hand casually and said, "Then you will take care of the rest!"

    The battle between the crusade against King Qiwuhai Krokdal and the encirclement and suppression of the Baroque Working Society is somewhat anticlimactic, at least for the present stage.

    Krokdal finally arrived at the port.

    When he was most embarrassed, Nicole Robin extended a helping hand and took him to a boat full of orange trees, which immediately set sail and left Alabastan.

    The three people stood on the bow together, watching them gradually move away from the desert kingdom, and watching the dried persimmon ghosts and others standing on the harbor.

    Krokodall clenched his fist with a gloomy face, and whispered: "Nicole Robin, you really have a group of good helpers. A total of four people have been recruited, three of whom are traitors!"

    "Who knew that these people were hiding so deep..."

    Nicole Robin had a smile at the corner of his mouth, and said softly: "This time we should have been calculated by the ghosts, but we can''t just let it go!

    This country has a historical text. When the navy no longer pays attention to us... let''s come back at that time! "

    "Ok."

    Klockdal nodded slowly, his eyes fell on Nicole Robin and Uehara Naraku: "Let''s go, set sail to the new world! Let me meet the monsters in the new world again!"

    "Yes, Captain."

    Nicole Robin smiled and nodded, then continued: "Then we need to recruit some crew members?"

    The title of Captain made Krokdal''s expression stagnant. He seemed to have never heard of this title, because he had been sailing by himself before.

    This title seems like responsibility.

    Krokdal''s expression eased a lot. He looked at Uehara Naraku and asked, "Hey, that Uehara Naraku, what are you good at?"

    "I know, he is a qualified ship doctor!"

    A smile appeared on the corner of Nicole Robin''s mouth? Instead of Uehara Naraku responded: "Mr. Uehara''s family bloodline? There is a certain magical ability that can quickly heal wounds on the wounded."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku seemed a little shy? I didn''t feel embarrassed to admit it? He still stepped forward to help Krokdal and healed his wound with Star Infusion.

    At this moment? Krokdal felt that his physical stamina was instantly enriched, and suddenly the urge to return to Alabastan to fight for a few more rounds!

    "What is this ability?"

    "Huh? It''s a kind of exchange, right!"

    Uehara Naraku rubbed her palm? Weakly said, "I consume my own physical strength to help you heal. After using it once, I will become weak all day long. The last time I was in the East China Sea? I helped a villager. Miss Robin discovered this secret while treating her injuries..."

    "can."

    Klockdal nodded slowly? He whispered, "Don''t waste this ability on the weak in the future."

    This ship doctor is a bit reliable.

    This ship doctor is definitely the object to protect, as long as he has this ship doctor, he can return to the battlefield after being seriously injured.

    Klockdal''s gaze slowly wandered, and fell on Nicole Robin: "Nicole Robin? You can''t just read the text of history, right?"

    "I can help grind coffee..."

    Nicole Robin''s smile was very warm.

    "It''s useless..."

    Krokdal drew a cigar in his hand and said coldly, "Forget it? Anyway, I can do other things myself, so let''s go directly to the shampoo! After coating from there? Go directly to the new world!"

    Krokdal is also an all-rounder himself.

    Whether it''s sailing, cooking, combat or even boatman, Krokdal seems to be able to do it? No wonder he doesn''t want a partner.

    Obviously everything is something he can do alone? Why do you want to raise other people for nothing?

    Unless it is an indispensable talent.

    For example, now Nicole Robin and Uehara Naraku.

    Nicole Robin is the only person in the ocean who can read the text of history? Uehara Naraku has excellent healing abilities.

    As their ship rushed to the Chambord Islands, the entire sea was drastically changed due to the changes in the Qiwu Sea, and a new reward order was issued.

    Sha Klockdal, the original king of Qiwuhai, offered a reward of 830 million Baileys.

    The son of the devil, Nicole Robin, is offering a reward of 290 million Bailey.

    Senior Baroque agent, Naraku Uehara, offered a reward of 85 million Baileys.

    Former Baroque senior agent, blasting artist, Deidara, offered a reward of 110 million Baileys.

    Former Baroque senior agent, puppet artist, scorpion, offering a reward of 80 million Baileys.

    In addition, the reward for dried persimmon ghost shark was abolished.

    The world government announced the abolition of the throne of Qiwuhai under the king of Krokdal and Jinping, and directly announced the new candidate for the king under Qiwuhai.

    Yu Jiao Du and Gan Persimmon Ghost Shark were succeeded as the new kings, Qi Wu Hai.

    The reputation of this man in Jiaodu is very loud. He is now the most famous bounty hunter in the sea, which has made many pirates change their eyes.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark is also the big pirate who has suddenly become a supernova this year.

    If it weren¡¯t for Portcas D. Ace and Sasuke Uchiha¡¯s offering too high a reward, Kakigami should be the strongest supernova this year.

    With the support of the navy of the world government, the dried persimmon ghost shark vigorously removed the remnants of the Pirates of the Sun and announced that it had taken over the entire Murloc Island.

    Because Murloc Island is the site of Whitebeard.

    This incident is also regarded as a provocation by the world government against White Beard.

    While everyone was waiting for the response from the Whitebeard Pirates, there was a news that shocked the entire world again from the Whitebeard Sea.

    The White Beard Pirates and the Spades Pirates are at war!

    On the second half of the Great Route, on an island in the sea of ??Whitebeard.

    While the Pirates of Spades was resting on the shore, a huge sea boat stopped on the island, and a tall figure appeared on the bow with a big knife.

    In an instant, a raging wave swept across the island!

    Domineering!

    The power of this domineering look makes people unable to produce any resistance at all. Except for Uchiha Sasuke and Ace, the other crew members fainted under the impact of this domineering!

    Even Ace is a little shaky!

    "This is... Daddy Whitebeard is here!"

    The captive of the Pirates of Spades, who was **** by their quintessentially, there was a worrisome expression on his face: "Why did the old man come here at this time!"

    "Is this the white beard?"

    Sasuke Uchiha slowly cleaned the skewers in his hand, took out a paper towel and wiped the corners of his mouth, and slowly picked up the knife beside him.

    Sasuke Uchiha straightened Ace''s body and said casually: "Ace, you wait for me here for a while, I''ll be back soon..."

    "and many more¡­"

    Ace squeezed Sasuke''s arm to stop him, the man''s face showed a trace of stubbornness, and he said in a deep voice: "Sasuke, this is my battle, that guy is the existence I have to challenge anyway! "

    "..."

    Sasuke Uchiha fell silent.

    After a long time, Sasuke sat down again and calmly said: "I know, then go! Whether you win or lose, you will always be my captain."

    "rest assured!"

    A smile appeared on Ace''s face: "Even for the best deputy captain in the world, I won''t lose to that guy!"

    After speaking, Ace headed toward the coast without hesitation.

    Whitebearded Edward Newgate stood on the bow of the Mobile, holding the big knife in his hand, grinning and saying, "Goo la la la la... let me see, the one who wants to take my first class Who the **** is it!"

    "Portcas D. Ace!"

    A flame followed Ace''s voice and swept towards the Mobile!

    Marco beside Whitebeard rolled over his own dead fish eyes, looked at the flames and couldn''t help but said: "With this strength, do you still want to challenge the old man?"

    The next moment, Marco suddenly opened a pair of light blue wings, and he was about to directly block the incoming flame!

    This is the abilities of animals, monsters, and phoenix fruits. The devil fruit on Marko is a rarer existence than the natural devil fruit!

    Unexpectedly, the next moment, a slash directly knocked Marco out!

    Sasuke Uchiha slowly retracted his Ninja sword, and his voice spread across the coast: "Hey, I didn''t even interfere with Ace''s battle. What qualifications do you have?"

    "Goo la la la la la..."

    The smile on White Beard''s face couldn''t help getting deeper, the domineering swept across his body to extinguish the incoming flames, and he laughed loudly: "Then please satisfy them. No one should interfere. This is between the captains. fighting!"

    "...Father!"

    Foil Bista spoke in a hurry to stop it.

    However, after Baibeard shook his head, he flew to the shore with his own big knife in his hand, looked at Ace in front of him, smiled and said: "Boy, you really found a good deputy captain!"

    "Yes!"

    Ace wiped the sweat from his face, and said solemnly, "Even for Sasuke, I will never lose to you!"

    "Goo la la la la... Then let me see what you can do!"

    White beard grinned, and walked towards Ace step by step, knocking the deputy captain of the Pirates of Spades to the ground with one punch!

    Really...

    The dishes are surprising.

    Even if Ace stood up firmly again, she was still easily knocked to the ground by the white beard, as if an adult was beating a child.

    The difference in this battle is too great.

    When the battle between the captains of the White Beard Pirates and the Spades Pirates began, some of the white beard crews also quietly landed on the shore and surrounded Sasuke Uchiha.

    These people want to save Jinhei Foil Bista held his two swords in his hand, looked at Uchiha Sasuke and said, "Boy, your hand is the supreme sword Kusanagi, right? Then let us have a duel between swordsmen!"

    "..."

    Sasuke Uchiha was silent for a second.

    The next second, Sasuke Uchiha showed a sneer at the corner of his mouth. He glanced at Ace who was beaten by the white beard in the distance, and then at the foil Vista in front of him!

    "Okay."

    Uchiha Sasuke''s smile suddenly became awe-inspiring, and a surging aura radiated from his body, and the purple Suzaku enveloped his body!

    Hundreds of meters in height, the full-body purple Suzao Nenghu appeared proudly!

    Uchiha Sasuke manipulated Susao Noji and suddenly pulled out the huge Ninja sword in his hand, and slashed the foil Bista and everyone around him away!

 Chapter 439ï¼š White Beard: Your road is still very young, you shouldnt stop here

    Obviously, it¡¯s better to compete with swordsmanship...

    As a result, Uchiha Sasuke, a young man who didn''t speak martial ethics, directly turned on Giant Susa, and flew a group of captains of the White Beard Pirates with an imposing slash!

    The slash slashed out by Susanoh after knocking off the white beard''s many squad captains, it landed directly on the sea, splashing boundless waves!

    The captains of a group of white beard pirates fell on the shore on their backs!

    The 3rd team captain Diamond Joz...

    The 4th team captain Saqi...

    Foil Bistar, the captain of the 5th Division...

    The 6th team captain Bramanc...

    The 8th team captain Namuel...

    The 9th team captain Blenheim...

    Captain Kuliair of the 10th squad...

    All defeated!

    So many captain-level characters are famous in the second half of the great route, but they are directly defeated by Uchiha Sasuke!

    "You guy..."

    Marco transformed into a blue phoenix, flying again in front of Susao Nohu, his face was a bit unsightly: "The captain of the Pirates of Spades is not very strong, the deputy captain is strong. It looks very powerful!"

    Yes.

    The captain of the Pirates of Spades is quite bad.

    At present, Portgas D. Ace is still being crushed and beaten by Whitebeard, there is no way to fight back, but Sasuke Uchiha directly overturned the rest of the entire Whitebeard Pirates. !

    "Do you think our captain is not strong enough?"

    Uchiha Sasuke manipulated Susao Naka to hold a huge ninja sword at the Phoenix Marko, and continued in a cold voice: "But Portcas D. Ace is the best captain in the world! "

    The next moment, Susano''s Shinobi is swung again!

    A slash fell on Marco''s body, and this blow almost rips his body in half. Even if the animal-type Eudemons and Undead¡¯s fruits have strong recovery ability, it also consumes Marco a great deal. Physical strength!

    "Do you still want to resist Susa''s power?"

    Uchiha Sasuke stared at Marko, and the chakra on the purple beard danced to form a giant bow. In this scene, Marko¡¯s eyes showed a panic!

    This guy¡­

    will not specifically restrain him!

    What kind of ability does this guy named Uchiha Sasuke possess? The appearance of Sasa Nokura really looks like some kind of fantasy beast fruit.

    Uchiha Sasuke didn¡¯t have time to pay attention to Marco¡¯s cranky thoughts, the huge bow in his hand was quickly pulled apart, and the purple light gathered again to form a long arrow and fell on the bow!

    "Indra Arrow!"

    The purple long arrow flew out quickly!

    The speed of this arrow was too fast, and it penetrated Marko''s body in an instant, nailing the phoenix fruit ability to the ground!

    Captain of the 1st division, Marco, defeated!

    At this point, all the captains who followed the white beard have been defeated by Uchiha Sasuke in just a few minutes!

    The battle between the White Beard Pirates and the Spades Pirates formed two extremes.

    Whitebeard single-handedly trampled Captain Ace, and Sasuke Uchiha single-handedly trampled other members of the Whitebeard Pirate Group.

    No matter how much Ace resists, he can''t stop Whitebeard''s fist; no matter how the people of the Whitebeard Pirates resist, they can''t resist Uchiha Sasuke''s power.

    This scene is really magical.

    "White beard¡­"

    Ace was covered with scars. He barely maintained his strength, raised his head and looked at the white beard and said: "I will leave my life here and let go of my subordinates. Sasuke is not your opponent either. Sasuke takes them away..."

    "It''s still a kid who can''t figure out the situation..."

    The white beard picked up Ace¡¯s collar, his eyes shrunk slightly, and he said, "No wonder you kid can let others get on your boat..."

    is different from Ace¡¯s slowness.

    White beard¡¯s domineering look and feel has long perceived the situation on the other side of the battlefield. He has a huge advantage here, but his sons have a huge disadvantage over there...

    The battlefields on both sides are like adults beating children...

    There were some mistakes in the battle between the king and the king. It seems that there is no problem from the point of view of status, but from the point of view of combat effectiveness, the problem is really big...

    After Whitebeard watched Ace fainted, he put down his collar and looked at the other side of the battlefield, Uchiha Sasuke who had just overwhelmed the captains of the Whitebeard Pirates: "That kid is the strongest in this era. Newcomer?"

    "Huh, is this the strongest pirate group in the world?"

    Uchiha Sasuke disbanded his own Suzano, and glanced at the white beard pirate group that he had completely overturned by himself, his face was full of contempt.

    Uchiha Sasuke and Shirobeard slowly turned their heads, looked at each other, and the momentum of the two broke out again!

    The surging overlord''s domineering looks straight into the sky!

    Whether it is Uchiha Sasuke or Whitebeard, the domineering and domineering on both of them can be at the top of the new world. At this moment, they are evenly divided!

    The two domineering styles suddenly collided together!

    The impact of the domineering collision of two people almost instantly ploughed the island, and the originally lush island became a flat ground in an instant!

    The only one who was still awake, Jinping looked at these two people in panic. This was the first time Shiping saw Baibeard take a pirate so seriously!

    But...

    This is indeed as it should be!

    Because Uchiha Sasuke is not inferior at all!

    In other words, Sasuke Uchiha was the first person Shih had seen in his life, and he was able to run into a pirate who was on par with the white beard!

    Whitebeard squeezed his big knife, slowly walked towards Uchiha Sasuke, grinned with a smile on his mouth, and said with a loud smile: "Goo la la la la...little devil, I didn''t do too much on my sons. Right!"

    "Then take a look..."

    Uchiha Sasuke slowly drew out his knife and walked towards the white beard step by step. His voice was a little colder out of thin air: "...How much did you do to my captain!"

    "What a funny kid!"

    The white beard looked at Uchiha Sasuke, with an even stronger smile on his face: "Gul la la la la...Compared with the red-haired kid when he was young, you seem to be stronger. No wonder you kid dare to be so proud..."

    Can''t pick a suitable candidate for comparison in the whole ocean.

    Even if the white beard has seen the ups and downs for so many years, only in terms of strength, he can''t find a person who can match Uchiha Sasuke.

    After all... not everyone can easily defeat the many captains of the White Beard Pirates with their own power, especially this kid seems to be just a teenager!

    Uchiha Sasuke picked up the Kusana sword in his hand and slowly walked forward, his voice getting colder and colder: "Don''t compare the red-haired guy with me!"

    "Don''t you pay attention to the four emperors?"

    White beard''s eyes flashed, and the smile on his face became stronger: "Little devil, I am really more and more interested in you!

    But you little devil has a good eye for the captain. The little guy named Ace is indeed qualified to be a captain! "

    "Then give him your head obediently!"

    Uchiha Sasuke waved the Kusana sword in his hand and slashed towards the white beard. His body was wrapped in a violent wind, and he instantly rushed to the white beard!

    Cang Cang!

    White Beard held the big knife in his hand tightly and stopped Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s attack. His hand also had a supreme big knife named Cong Yunqi!

    The moment the blades of the two hit, the air wave rolled from their side, and the clouds in the sky quickly retreated!

    have to say¡­

    The two people were armed with domineering and domineering, hovering around them, constantly colliding with each other, shock waves scattered, and countless people were shaken out!

    On the coast, ravines suddenly appeared on the earth!

    On the sea, waves tens of meters high are constantly surging outward!

    "Goo la la la la... I haven''t enjoyed this kind of battle for a long time!"

    The cloak on the white beard was shaken off by him, and the big knife in his hand suddenly flashed with light. This is the ability to shake fruits!

    Superman series¡¤Shaking fruit!

    This fruit is known as the strongest superman devil fruit, and is known to have the power to destroy the world!

    Whitebeard has possessed this power for many years, and the ability to shake fruit is like a part of his body, which can burst out at any time!

    Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s body was shaken out instantly!

    Suzano''s skeleton floated out of his body quickly, resisting the impact of the shaking fruit, the first form of Susano''s skeleton was instantly cracked when it encountered the power of the shaking fruit!

    Sasuke Uchiha looked at the tall white bearded figure in the distance, a flash of surprise flashed across his face. This was the first time he saw such a terrifying ability!

    This guy¡­

    deserves to be known as the strongest man in the world!

    The surprise on Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s face gradually faded, and a smile appeared at the corner of his mouth: "Hehe...this is the power of shaking fruits...not much stronger than I thought..."

    "Goo la la la la..."

    White beard slowly squeezed his fist, the smile on his face remained unchanged: "The little guy now is much more arrogant than we were back then..."

    Before speaking, Baibeard''s fist suddenly slammed into Uchiha Sasuke!

    His fist smashed the air directly into cracks out of thin air, no, or it might be space!

    Sasuke¡¯s domineering look and feel instantly perceives this surging power, which is a power that Suzuo can''t stop at all!

    The next moment, Sasuke¡¯s eyes flashed with a ray of light, and his figure instantly disappeared in place using the power of the sky!

    A stone appeared out of thin air at Sasuke''s position just now, and the stone was instantly turned into powder by a force that appeared out of thin air!

    "Interesting ability..."

    White beard clenched his fist and hit the air again, cracks appeared around him again, and huge power rushed towards Sasuke again!

    "Suzano!"

    Full body Susano suddenly wrapped Sasuke!

    The tall Suzao Nohu was hit and flew out by the white beard!

    The power of this punch made cracks appear on even the hardest Suzuo Nohu. Even if Sasuke was in the Suzuo Nohu crystal, he felt the power of shaking the fruit!

    This kind of attack is simply impossible to guard against!

    Only under this kind of pure power offensive, it is really difficult to resist, unless some kind of forbidden technique is used, otherwise it is really not sure.

    It¡¯s hard to tell even the stalemate continues...

    The power of this guy with white beard is too strong.

    Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s eyes flickered slightly. If it is this level now, do you want to surrender here... or do you really want to fight Shirobeard?

    If the battle continues, Sasuke''s heart will also be a little lost.

    The man with the white beard did not give his full strength, perhaps because of his body.

    Just as Uchiha Sasuke was thinking about how to speak, Baibeard first handed him a step...

    This man saw Sasuke''s entanglement.

    It¡¯s just that White Beard thought that Uchiha Sasuke might want to use some sort of self-harming to win, and the tall man offered to stop the fight.

    The strongest man in the world showed a smile, and he stretched out his palm towards Uchiha Sasuke: "Gu la la la la... Sasuke kid, this is the end of today''s battle! If we do our best, You can''t control the battlefield situation!"

    "Do you think you can win?"

    Uchiha Sasuke was a little unhappy, and slowly bent his fingers, and said in a deep voice, "I''m just getting excited!"

    "Goo la la la la..."

    White Beard laughed loudly and shook his head, and looked at the stubborn Uchiha Sasuke: "Little devil, I am an old man. I can only pave the way for young people. You little devil has not seen too much. Well, you shouldn''t cut your own way here..."

    If a little guy who is expected to reach the top just fights with him like this, and thus loses here, it is really a huge loss for the whole world.

    The issue is¡­

    The words fell in Sasuke¡¯s ears...

    It sounds a bit like Konoha''s pitted will of fire?

    Uchiha Sasuke slowly raised his head, looked at the white beard, his face was faintly dissatisfied, and said, "This is what I hate most!"

    One by one...

    It¡¯s all like this Everyone is a pair. You are still young, and there are many hopes for the future. The future is still in you young people.

    Sasuke originally thought that the Pirate World was a bit normal, but he never expected that when he reached this point, White Beard also came out this sentence...

    These people don¡¯t know how much pressure young people face?

    These young people, they have to face the guy Naraku Uehara! He doesn¡¯t understand the truth at all, but he always speaks as if there is hope in the future for young people like them...

    "Goo la la la la... brat, this world is still your young people after all, this is a fact!"

    White Beard smiled and spread out his palms, and said to Uchiha Sasuke, "Uchiha Sasuke, you and your captain are both good, be my son, and do what you want in this sea. Right!"

 Chapter 440ï¼š The loneliest person in the world

    "Are you...humiliating me?!"

    A flash of anger flashed on Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s face!

    Even if Baibeard¡¯s original intention was to give Sasuke a home, Sasuke didn¡¯t need it at all, because all his love for his relatives was left to the ruined Uchiha.

    As a person who survived for the price of the whole family and even the whole clan, Sasuke Uchiha is far more determined than everyone else to the glory of his family.

    The next moment, Sasuke Uchiha¡¯s fingers bend suddenly, stretched out towards the sky, and said coldly: "Who do you think you are talking to!"

    "Goo la la la la...Are you irritated?"

    White beard slowly raised his head and looked into the air, a touch of surprise flashed across his face, because in his domineering perception of what he saw, a huge meteorite flew down!

    The Heavenly Obstacle!

    One of the abilities of the reincarnation eye.

    This meteorite is enough to easily destroy an island!

    If this meteorite falls, it will directly shatter the entire island where they are located. There is absolutely no reason for anyone to survive. This move is like being destroyed!

    White beard looked at the meteorite falling in the air, and a light mask gradually appeared in his hand, which covered the power of vibration. His body suddenly jumped into the air and hit the meteorite with a punch!

    The mask burst out suddenly!

    In the sky, a ray of light flickered, and the entire meteorite was split into countless huge fragments by the white beard''s punch, and they fell into the sea one after another.

    This is the second man Sasuke has seen to blow a meteorite.

    "Boy, there must be a limit to nonsense!"

    Whitebeard landed on the island again, staring at Sasuke, who was still full of anger, and spread his palms and said, "If you want to continue fighting, no one will survive on this island, but I Not willing to own his son..."

    "I don''t want Ace to be injured either!"

    "Goo la la la la la... What a qualified deputy captain!"

    White Beard''s mouth grinned, sitting cross-legged on a rock, turning his head to look at Jinping, who was terrified, and the urn said: "Jinping, let the people on the boat get something to eat! Wait until everyone Wake up, but we are going to have a banquet!"

    "Yes, daddy!"

    Jinpei nodded slowly.

    When Portgas D. Ace woke up, he learned from the population that he had two choices. One of them was to leave here and go back to the army and fight again, and the other was to join the Whitebeard Sea. Thieves.

    As the captain, Ace lost to Whitebeard. According to the rules of the pirate, his life should be left to Whitebeard; but because of Uchiha Sasuke, Whitebeard gave Ace two choices.

    Portcas D. Ace glanced at Sasuke Uchiha who was guarding him, a trace of shame flashed across his face, and the seventeen-year-old closed his eyes.

    "As the price of being forgiven after losing the battle, I will quit the Pirates of Spades and become a crew member of the Pirates of Whitebeard, but don''t expect me to succumb like this! After I leave, the Pirates of Spades will By the deputy captain..."

    "okay."

    Uchiha Sasuke frowned, put his palm on Ace¡¯s shoulder, and said, ¡°If there is no captain in the Pirates of Spades, no one makes any sense.¡±

    Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s gaze fell on Whitebeard¡¯s body: "We follow the captain and temporarily join the Whitebeard Pirates. If you guys dare to accept us..."

    "what did you say?"

    The captain of the 3rd Division Diamond Joz flashed a flash of anger.

    "Joz!"

    Whitebeard stopped Joz, he looked at Uchiha Sasuke, and said without changing his face: "Then, get ready to have a banquet! Welcome the little guys of the Pirates of Spades!"

    "Daddy!"

    Marco couldn''t help frowning.

    "Goo la la la la... Marco, men on the sea should not be stingy!"

    White Beard smiled and waved his hand, stopping Marko from what he wanted to say next. Once he made a decision, the entire White Beard Pirate Group would not easily violate his will.

    After a grand welcome banquet, the war between the White Beard Pirates and the Spades Pirates is officially over, at least this stage is over!

    The news soon spread to the sea!

    The strongest supernova in history, Portgas D. Ace, failed to challenge Whitebeard and led all members of the Pirates to join the Whitebeard Pirates!

    This is really even more powerful...

    Originally because of the aging of Edward Newgate Whitebeard, many people believed that the strongest title of the Whitebeard Pirates was all dependent on him alone.

    Now that there are two more super newcomers, the whole pirate group is full of vitality, at least it is certain that the white beard will no longer be alone.

    Marin Vandor.

    After ??The Warring States of Buddha received this news, his expression was terribly ugly: "From this moment on, the strongest pirate group will be completely deserved from now on..."

    "This is also no way..."

    Lieutenant General Crane sighed and said softly: "From now on, the power of Portgas D. Ace is not strong yet, but that Uchiha Sasuke can already become Whitebeard''s biggest help... "

    "The sky of the new world...is going to change!"

    Reid Firth.

    Red-haired Shanks was a little dumbfounded after seeing the newspaper: "Hey, are you kidding? Even if it is a failure, it won''t be so terrible!"

    "Is the white beard still that broad-minded?"

    Ben Beckman looked at the newspaper and couldn¡¯t help frowning: ¡°It¡¯s just that if Ace and Sasuke really joined the White Beard Pirates, it¡¯s always a feeling that we might not have a good life in the future!¡±

    "That''s for sure!"

    Shanks couldn''t help but shudder, and suddenly laughed and said, "Then let''s have a banquet while we are still at peace!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Ben Beckman¡¯s forehead jumped, and finally couldn¡¯t help but cursed: "Idiot! Can''t you be a little more normal!"

    These are all people who know how much Uchihasa helps.

    Other forces that don¡¯t know the true strength of Uchiha Sasuke have yet to have any special reactions. After all, the title of the strongest white beard still bears on his head.

    Moby Dick.

    For the entire White Beard Pirates group, the really tense moment began again, because their Pirate Group added a big bomb.

    Portkas D. Ace has been forced to join the pirate group after failing to challenge Whitebeard, he wants to find a chance to assassinate Whitebeard.

    In other words, Ace is actually a little ashamed.

    Ace always feels sorry for Sasuke Uchiha.

    If his captain is strong enough to defeat the white beard, their Pirates of Spades will not fall into this situation.

    It doesn''t matter if this guy assassinated.

    But the captains of the White Beard Pirates group were a little nervous.

    According to the power of the Pirates of Spades, if the Pirates of Spades rebels, they will cause too much harm to the Pirates of White Beard, and no one can even handle it.

    The morning sun rises.

    White Beard walked out of his room, and when he took out the towel and wiped his face, a figure suddenly appeared behind him, holding a dagger to pierce his body!

    It is Ace!

    The next moment, White Beard knocked Ace out with a punch, Ace¡¯s body flew upside down, smashed the railing, and landed on the deck!

    Sasuke Uchiha saw the tense-looking captains, walked up slowly to help Ace, and said loudly: "Hey, Whitebeard, do it lightly!"

    Marco flipped through his own blind fish eyes and couldn¡¯t help but said: "Asshole, show me respect for my father!"

    "Marko, don''t care."

    A smile appeared on the corner of Baibeard¡¯s mouth. He glanced at Ace, then at Uchiha Sasuke, and said with a long and loud laugh: "Goo la la la la... Sasuke kid, this is a battle between men. You must not keep your hands!"

    Since there is the first time, naturally there will be a second time.

    Portgas D. Ace assassinated Baibeard hundreds of times. Until the end, he didn¡¯t understand what he was doing, whether he simply wanted to give his deputy captain an explanation, or was obsessed with surpassing him. D. Roger.

    The people on the Moby Dick also gradually didn''t care.

    After all, Ace is really not dangerous. The only dangerous person who can be called is Sasuke Uchiha. That guy is the real dangerous person!

    The captain of the sixteenth division of the White Beard Pirate Group, almost every day, takes turns to monitor Uchiha Sasuke, for fear that this guy may have any changes.

    As a result, Uchiha Sasuke didn''t care at all.

    Even this guy will ask them for juice!

    "Hey, Marco."

    Uchiha Sasuke touched the juice in his hand, stopped Marco, who was monitoring him tonight, and said casually: "Don''t worry about what I do. It belongs to Ace''s battle. I won''t intervene."

    "Why?"

    There was a strange look on Marco¡¯s face. He rolled over his own dead fish eyes and asked, "Uchiha Sasuke, what is your purpose?"

    "What is the purpose..."

    Uchiha Sasuke slowly played with the juice in his hand, and whispered softly: "Maybe I just don''t let myself appear too lonely!"

    This sentence¡­

    is actually half true.

    There is absolutely no one who is lonelier than Sasuke Uchiha, but Sasuke Uchiha is not afraid of being alone, he has long been used to it.

    "Is that so..."

    Marco slowly spread out his palms and smiled: "Then you are really in the right place! The people here used to be lonelier than you!"

    "is it?"

    Sasuke Uchiha shook his head, looked at the stars in the night sky, and took a sip of juice slowly: "I have lost a lot, and every lost thing will be envied by anyone in the world..."

    "what?"

    Marko stood next to Sasuke and couldn''t help but use his mind curiously: "Sasuke, you guys are not Denon, right?"

    After all, this Uchiha¡¯s last name...

    Marco has never heard of it.

    The envy of the most people in the entire world... is undoubtedly the trash of the Tianlong people who claim to be descendants of the creator, right?

    Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s face showed a trace of contempt, and he said in a cold voice: "How can that trash be compared to Uchiha?"

    This proud attitude...

    It sounds like a great family! This guy almost killed three Dragonites when he was in Chambord!

    After being silent for a while, Marco suddenly said: "Because of a lewd **** who didn''t keep his promises, I can be regarded as knowing Wano country. There seems to be no Uchiha surname among the ninjas and samurai..."

    "Ha ha."

    Sasuke Uchiha¡¯s face couldn¡¯t help showing a sneer Just as Sasuke wanted to continue to say something, he sneaked into the white beard¡¯s room and assassinated Ace, who was shot out. .

    Ace failed to assassinate again.

    This is also normal.

    Portcas D. Ace hasn''t even touched the threshold of seeing and hearing, but the domineering and domineering white beard is the world''s top man!

    Sasuke Uchiha watched this scene. He did not go to help Ace, but just stared at the figure and whispered: "Hey, Marco, help me persuade Ace tomorrow... he has accepted this place. I never blamed him for losing to White Beard."

    Uchiha Sasuke slowly walked back to his room, and said in a low voice, "Also, help me to find out...Is he really looking for a home or the position of One Piece!"

 Chapter 441ï¼š 1 person who didnt even dare to mention the name of Uchiha Sasuke!

    "Hey, don''t you guys appoint anyone at random!"

    Marco was a little unhappy, this Uchiha Sasuke thought who he was, and dared to make him the captain of the 1st team of the White Beard Pirates!

    Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s voice came out of the room, his voice was a little leisurely: "If you don¡¯t go, then I will beat the foil Bista in the name of a discussion. He wants to challenge me... You should feel sorry for your family, right?"

    "... asshole... asshole!"

    Marco couldn''t help clenching his fist.

    This **** actually threatened him with the foil Bista. Why is Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s character so bad? He is really not a human being at all!

    If it weren¡¯t for Sasuke Uchiha, Marco really wants to fight him well, let him know that the captain of the Whitebeard 1st Division is not easy to provoke...

    Unfortunately, Marco can''t beat Sasuke.

    So far, Marco Na remembers that he became a phoenix that day, and he was directly nailed to the ground by a giant purple arrow...

    This guy has restrained his ability too!

    After hearing Marco leaving the room angrily, Sasuke Uchiha slowly lowered his head, muttering in a low voice, "That guy¡¯s method... is really effective!"

    In this sea, many people do not care about their own lives. Once they mention their relatives and friends, they become very obedient.

    This is how it works...

    is kind of not human.

    Late night.

    Marko fell in front of Ace.

    Marco frowned and looked at Ace, who was dejected, and said coldly, "Hey, are you still going to make trouble? The old man and Sasuke Uchiha on this ship are waiting for you. Choice!"

    "what?"

    Ace raised her head in surprise.

    Marco thought he did not understand, and explained softly: "Daddy and Uchiha Sasuke are waiting for you! Daddy wants you to stay on this ship, but he has given you more than a hundred opportunities. , Sasuke Uchiha has been waiting for you on this ship..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Ace fell into silence.

    In any case, this captive assassinated Baibeard more than a hundred times, and he could even stay on this ship. Baibeard''s heart was indeed generous enough.

    Not everyone can tolerate a guy jumping around on his head.

    Marco spread out his palms, and said in a deep voice: "What do you guys want? Haven''t found the answer until now?

    If you want to leave this ship, go talk to the old man! If you want to stay, talk to Sasuke Uchiha! "

    After speaking, Marco slowly stood up, waved his hand and said, "Oh, yes, that fellow Sasuke asked me to come. He asked me to ask you whether you want to be the One Piece, or want a home or What kind of place...Anyway, it''s probably asking if you want to stay on this ship and be our companion?"

    Marco couldn¡¯t help showing a smile on his face, and said softly, ¡°Although the guy Sasuke is very bad, he¡¯s right. Dad did give us a home. Let us who are hated by the world. There is a reason to live..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Ace slowly lowered her head and muttered to herself: "Are all on this ship...are some guys hated by the world?"

    The next moment, Ace suddenly shook his head and whispered: "Forget it, I don''t want to continue, just let White Beard kill me, I...I can''t stay on this ship...I can''t let Sasuke wasted time with me..."

    "¡­moron."

    Marco flipped through his own eyes and couldn''t help cursing.

    The night is getting darker.

    The moonlight is getting brighter and brighter.

    Ace was sitting in the white beard''s room, with a calm heart on his face: "Just go ahead and kill me! I''m the son of Gore D. Roger, you are enemies, I can''t stay On your boat!"

    At this moment, Estanran revealed his identity.

    "I thought you were going to say something..."

    After White Beard was silent for a while, there was a touch of nostalgia on his face: "You are that guy''s son...but..."

    White beard smiled suddenly, and said loudly: "No matter who gave birth, everyone is a child of the sea, everyone has the right to choose how to live..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Ace''s expression was a little surprised.

    White Beard¡¯s palm suddenly landed on Ace¡¯s shoulder, grinning and said: "Ace boy, whether you want to stay here or leave here, it¡¯s your own choice. If you leave, you must not Easily die... If you want to stay, then be my son!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Ace fell silent.

    Tonight Ace is extremely busy.

    When Ace left the white beard''s room, he hurried to Uchiha''s room. Just as he was about to knock on the door, Sasuke''s voice came from inside: "Ace, whatever you do decides me Will support you, don¡¯t tell me."

    "I want to stay."

    "I know."

    Sasuke Uchiha lay on the bed and slowly said, ¡°As long as you don¡¯t regret it, it¡¯s enough. I said, I¡¯ll support your choice... Go and rest early!¡±

    "Sasuke..."

    Ace shook his head, still stopped outside the door and did not leave, even through the door to persuade: "Each of us has the right to choose how to live, if you still want to challenge that strong enemy..."

    "Shut up, get out!"

    Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s forehead jumped.

    In his perception, hearing, color, and perception, Ace left outside the door.

    A light flashed in Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s eyes, and his brows frowned slightly: "Has Uehara guessed it again? Everyone has the right to live... Our lives are still controlled by others. Middle..."

    I have to say is.

    The atmosphere of the White Beard Pirates is really good.

    Now that the Pirates of Spades officially merged into the Pirates of the Whitebeard, the entire Pirates of the Whitebeard has indeed stabilized, and its strength has grown a lot.

    Because in addition to the members of the Pirates of Spades, there are Shiping and the Pirates of Murlocs under his command. This is also a force that cannot be underestimated.

    After ??Shinpei''s position under King Qiwuhai was abolished, the murloc pirate group was also expelled by the new King Qiwuhai dry persimmon ghost shark, and Jinping simply brought his subordinates to join Baibeard''s subordinate.

    Now their strength can be called a strong soldier.

    In that case...

    Just to take an enemy who provoked them!

    The first one to be selected is naturally to expel the murloc pirate group and occupy the new king of the murloc island Qiwuhai dried persimmon ghost shark.

    After all, Fishman Island, but with a white beard flag!

    The dried persimmon ghosts occupy the fisherman island, which is equivalent to provoking the Whitebeard, which also means fighting the Whitebeard Pirates!

    Early morning.

    Aboard the Moby Dick.

    A group of captains angrily asked for a war. In any case, they must show the king Qiwuhai a little bit of color. Even the steady Marco agreed with this.

    "I advise you better not to do this."

    Uchiha Sasuke sat on the railing carelessly, and said indifferently: "Dried persimmon ghost shark is not that easy to deal with. Although the strength of ghost shark is not good, it is not something you can deal with."

    "Asshole, what did you say?"

    "One king is under the sea of ??Qiwu..."

    "We are the White Beard Pirates!"

    "Shut up!"

    Marco stopped the noise of other people, watching Uchiha Sasuke speak: "Hey, Sasuke, do you know him?"

    "Recognize."

    Sasuke Uchiha frowned and said softly, "That guy used to be my brother''s companion. Although I can''t wait to kill that guy, he is still alive now... You should know how bad that guy is. ?"

    "Mr. Itachi''s companion?"

    The only person who knew Uchiha Itachi was Ace, and he couldn''t help showing a hint of curiosity: "That dried persimmon ghost...isn¡¯t it better than Sasuke?"

    Marco¡¯s face showed a touch of surprise. If this is the case, the strength of the dry persimmon ghost does need to be evaluated.

    "Hey, Ace!"

    Sasuke Uchiha glanced at Ace, and said dissatisfiedly: "Don''t compare the trash fish like dried persimmon and ghost to me!"

    White beard seemed to have heard something funny, and the corner of his mouth couldn¡¯t help but grinned: "Gum la la la la..."

    Ace: "..."

    Marko: "..."

    Sasuke said just now that these captains are not as good as ghosts? In the end, you are flattering yourself again. Are these captains worse than the trash fish in your mouth?

    "Hey, I''m serious."

    Uchiha Sasuke''s expression remained calm. He slowly looked at Ace and said coldly: "Ace, do you remember that I said there was a guy who was stronger than me? Kakigami and my brother Uchiha Itachi is his subordinate, don''t mess with him..."

    "Goo la la la la..."

    White Beard grinned, watching Sasuke couldn¡¯t help but ask: ¡°Is there anyone in this world that you kid will confess?¡±

    Whitebeard fought with Sasuke. He knew how strong Uchiha Sasuke was, so he was more curious about the person Sasuke said...

    "Is that guy? It''s really terribly strong."

    Uchihazuo¡¯s assistant gradually squeezed his cup, and said solemnly: "That guy is a person whose name I dare not mention... His subordinates... all call him a true god... Speaking of it, his Power can indeed be called a god..."

    Uchiha Sasuke continued in a deep voice: "If you are going to provoke the Kakigami and the person behind him, I can only ask if the cemetery on Murloc Island is enough to bury so many of you..."

    "Asshole, are you taunting us?"

    "The pirates will be scared!"

    "Don''t worry, the sea forest on Murloc Island is so big that many people can be buried..."

    "You idiot, is it time to talk about this!"

    The entire Whitebeard Pirate Group immediately became lively again.

    As the strongest pirate group in the world, the captains of the white beard pirate group are very confident. They don¡¯t think what Uchiha Sasuke said can scare them.

    White Beard looked at everyone present, grinned, and showed a smile at Sasuke: "Hey Sasuke kid, don¡¯t look down on people too much, I¡¯m a white beard!"

    Poor...

    Poor...

    Fortunately, at this time, the phone worm in Marco''s hand rang, and after the connection was connected, there was a rushing voice: "Captain Marco, the Kaido Pirates have attacked our territory, the leader...it is Drought Jack! "

    "¡­¡­"

    This is great.

    The most troublesome enemy jumped out first.

    After Marco finished calming the person opposite the phone worm, he raised his head and looked at White Beard: "Father, there seems to be a more troublesome enemy. Go ahead and get rid of Kaido''s people?"

    "Then go!"

 Chapter 442ï¼š What kind of thing is Uchiha Sasuke, let Laozi move the boat over!

    To be honest.

    Uchiha Sasuke thinks the Kaido Pirates is much easier to deal with.

    Ace has only formally joined the Whitebeard Pirates in the past few days. Can''t you just follow them to Fishman Island to die?

    Even if they really kill the dried persimmon ghost shark, what can they do to completely anger Uehara Naraku and watch the dried persimmon ghost shark come back to life?

    Why bother?

    Moby Dick headed all the way towards the sea boundary.

    Marco is dispatching various teams to meet, he glanced at Uchiha Sasuke and Ace, and whispered: "Hey, you two, let''s follow the 1st team first?"

    "Whatever."

    Uchiha Sasuke didn¡¯t raise his head either. He looked at Drought Jack¡¯s reward order in his hand: "This guy...a billion reward, 900 million won¡¯t be ivory, right?"

    "Not so easy to say..."

    Ace touched her chin, thought about it for a while, nodded, and said, "The price of ivory in Goya Kingdom is not low..."

    Marco heard their conversation, his forehead jumped, and he couldn¡¯t help saying: "You two, give me a little more seriousness... That''s Drought Jack from the Kaido Pirates!"

    After ?? finished speaking, Marco muttered to himself: "Strength... it seems that it is just normal..."

    Uchiha Sasuke snorted contemptuously: "Hmph, even you think his strength is not good, it seems that he is really not good!"

    "... asshole! Don''t underestimate me!"

    Marko''s forehead burst out angrily.

    Since Sasuke Uchiha joined the Whitebeard Pirates, he has been provoking his nerves. Marco feels that he can live ten years less by Sasuke!

    White beard looked at this scene, and couldn''t help grinning.

    At least it seems that the relationship between them is doing well!

    More than a year ago, the Four Emperors of the New World were completely established. Many of the pirate regiments that entered the second half of the New World were mostly reduced to cannon fodder in the war between the four emperors. This does not mean that the war between the pirates is over. Get up.

    Because of the four emperors of the new world, G. Touch M and Kaido are lunatics. When there is no battle, they will fight the pirate group that is also the four emperors.

    A small island attached to the Whitebeard Pirates.

    A huge elephant head battleship left the port on this small island. The entire small island has been completely wiped out. Many corpses were burned and thrown into the sea. The island was also hung with pirates from the Kaido Pirates. flag.

    This also indicates that the island was occupied by the Kaido Pirates.

    The elephant head battleship slowly sailed to the depths of the white beard sea area. This is one of the three plagues of the Kaido Pirates, the battleship Mammoth of Drought Jack.

    A pirate on the boat said with some trepidation: "Master Jack, Master Jin has not followed up yet, is it okay for us to risk the enemy and go deep?"

    "Don''t worry about him."

    Jack has a metal mask on his face, a pair of thick ivory hanging on his chest, and two horns hanging above his head, looking a bit mad: "Now what we have to do is to flatten the white beard! "

    "But..."

    The face of a female pirate still has some hesitation.

    Just when Jack was about to get angry, he was in charge of observing the surrounding sentries and said loudly: "Master Jack, there is a man standing in front of the sea..."

    As their battleship Mammoth gradually approached, the people present also saw the appearance of the man standing on the sea.

    The pirate in charge of the sentry watched the appearance of the man, a flash of panic suddenly flashed across his face, and a hint of tension in his voice: "Master Jack... That guy... It''s the super rookie Uchiha Sasuke!"

    After speaking, the pirate on the sentry spot also found a cloud of fog on the sea and a sea ship appeared, and his voice became more and more tense: "There is also the phoenix Marco...Supernova Portcas. D. Ace...all are guys offering a reward of more than one billion!"

    Everyone''s reward is higher than Jack!

    Whether it is Marco, Uchiha Sasuke or Ace, the rewards of the three people are much higher than that of Drought Jack. At least in the literal sense, they and Jack should be pirates of the same level, or even stronger.

    If they are fighting at sea, their advantage is not big!

    What''s more, you have to deal with three characters of the same level, one with the Demon Fruit ability of the Eudemons, one with the Natural Devil Fruit ability, plus one Uchiha Sasuke who doesn''t know what ability, no matter how you look at it, the odds of winning are very low.

    The pirate at the helm could not help but speak: "Master Jack, should we retreat first and wait for Master Jin to come over..."

    "Ok?"

    Hearing the words of his men, Drought Jack¡¯s eyes suddenly became a bit cold. He looked at the figure standing on the sea and the ship behind the figure, and there was a trace of cruelty in his voice!

    "Who do you think Lao Tzu is? What are they? Get the boat over!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Is this crazy?

    Knowing that the enemy is not easy to deal with, but he has to resist and launch an attack. Isn¡¯t this clearly looking for death?

    The pirate at the helm of the Mammoth showed a sense of helplessness. He could only continue to drive the ship and move on. Maybe Jack could win this battle?

    The next moment, the purple giant Suzu appeared in their sight!

    The figure of Uchiha Sasuke stood on the crystal of Susano Nohu, manipulating Susa Nohu suddenly pulled out a sharp and huge Shinobi, and slashed his head towards the Mammoth!

    A shocking slash fell down!

    The waves instantly roll up on both sides!

    Jack¡¯s figure suddenly rushed into the air, but was slashed from the air by that slash, and a mouthful of blood spurted from the shield on his face!

    The entire Mammoth was directly smashed into pieces by that slash!

    The waves on the sea swept down again, the fragments of the Mammoth were floating on the sea, and everyone on the ship knew nothing about life or death.

    Of course, it also includes Drought Jack.

    Because he is a devil fruit capable person, Drought Jack is also weak under the sea soaking, and can only passively wait for the rescue of others, but Drought Jack is a murloc family, so he doesn¡¯t have to worry about his death.

    Even if someone was defeated, Jack¡¯s face flashed with anger, and his body slowly sank from the sea.

    Whitebeard Pirates, on the ship of the 1st squad.

    "It only took one blow..."

    "I defeated Drought Jack in one blow!"

    "No, I even defeated all of Jack''s men!"

    Originally, the members of the White Beard Pirate Group thought they would be caught in a fierce battle, but Sasuke Uchiha would take the initiative.

    Furthermore, he single-handedly solved the drought Jack.

    On this ship, the second squad was temporarily under the jurisdiction of Marco due to the lack of a captain. One of the obviously older fat pirates looked at all this in astonishment. He looked at the tall Susao Nochi. Clenched his fists.

    His name is Marshall D. Titch.

    Currently, he is just an ordinary member with a veteran qualification.

    Seeing Sasuke Uchiha¡¯s unrestrained blow to defeat Jack and his car, Tic¡¯s face flashed with envy, and he also yearned for this power!

    No, it should be a stronger force than this!

    But this Uchiha Sasuke is indeed worth recruiting. If there is a chance to get the dark fruit, Titch wants to recruit Uchiha Sasuke as his deputy captain!

    "This guy¡­"

    Marko looked at Susao Nenghu, couldn''t help sighing, curled his lips and said: "Although the personality is not very good, but the strength is really scary..."

    "Hahaha, of course!"

    Ace clenched his fist abruptly, and the next moment he asked with some doubts: "Then what shall we do next?"

    "Hmm, have a banquet?"

    While Marko was talking, he glanced at Ace.

    Sure enough, a flash of joy flashed across Ace¡¯s face, and he nodded hurriedly and said, "Good, good!"

    Marko: "..."

    You really want to have a banquet!

    Suzano in the sea suddenly flew up, and quickly dissipated when he was about to land on Marco¡¯s ship, revealing the figure of Uchiha Sasuke.

    Sasuke Uchiha looked at Marco and said casually: "Hey, Marco, go find someone to pull out his ivory!"

    "What the hell?"

    Marko glanced at Sasuke Uchiha speechlessly, rolled his eyes, and asked weirdly: "Why are you guys pulling out his ivory? Wait, that''s not..."

    "Ok?"

    Uchiha Sasuke showed a more confused expression. After he seemed to think of something, he suddenly said: "Forget about it, this guy Marco is a dry duck..."

    "... asshole!"

    Marco frowned.

    Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s gaze slowly moved, and stopped on Marshall D. Titch, because this guy is the oldest member of the second team.

    Therefore, Titch is also at the forefront of the second team.

    Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s face showed a touch of coldness, and he said in a cold voice: "Hey, can someone bring some to help me get Jack up?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Tickey¡¯s face showed a touch of astonishment, and the next moment he suddenly laughed loudly: ¡°The thief hahahahaha... let¡¯s come! Let¡¯s help Master Sasuke get people up now!¡±

    After finishing talking, Titch actually took a few people into the water and brought Jack, who was severely injured and weak in the drought.

    Drought Jack has long lost his previous arrogance.

    It¡¯s just that his face is still a little unconvinced, and a touch of sorrow flashes across the sharp teeth of his mouth: "Hey, you kid..."

    Cang Cang!

    The sound of Shinobu''s scabbard fell on everyone''s ears!

    The next moment, I saw Uchiha Sasuke suddenly pull out the supreme sharp knife in his sheath, and a flash of light flashed by, making everyone involuntarily squint their eyes!

    Drought Jack¡¯s face changed drastically!

    Just as this drought was about to die here, the thick ivory on his body was suddenly cut by Sasuke!

    This is not Jack¡¯s ivory!

    This is just a weapon made by Jack using ivory, which has been hung on himself. This is not his own ivory!

    "¡­¡­"

    Everyone present fell silent.

    Ace looked at the ironware inlaid in the ivory and couldn''t help sighing, regretfully saying, "It turns out to be a fake...it''s a pity. When I came, I talked to Sasuke about using your ivory to give He made a beautiful scabbard!"

    "moron!"

    Marco couldn¡¯t help but roll over his own dead fish eyes: ¡°I¡¯ve said it, it¡¯s fake, it¡¯s this guy¡¯s weapon!¡±

    It seems...

    Marco feels he understands...

    Why is Sasuke obsessed with Jack''s ivory?

    Uchiha Sasuke also frowned, and looked at Jack coldly and said, "You guy...you actually used a fake deception...it looks like you have no use for the last point!"

    "Asshole!"

    Jack¡¯s forehead jumped, and he was furious and rushed to Ace and Sasuke: "Are you insulting Lao Tzu?"

    This is too **** insulting, right?

    How come there are people like Uchiha Sasuke in this ocean? Does he have to grow ivory if he is a mammoth fruit-powered person? This guy clearly humiliated him for an excuse!

    The next moment, Sasuke Uchiha kicked Jack directly and kicked the drought-stricken Jack again!

    Even if his body was out of control and flew out, Jack''s mouth was still cursing at Sasuke. His body crossed a parabola and fell back on the sea. After a splash of waves, he slowly The ground sank.

    Marko glanced at Uchiha Sasuke, and shook his head helplessly, "I thought you would just kill Jack that guy..."

    "It doesn''t matter."

    Sasuke Uchiha said casually: "The kind of waste that I can''t resist even a single move. It makes no difference between being alive or dead. It looks like a small bug to me. If you want to kill, you can do it anytime. Kill."

    "¡­¡­"

    Started again and started again.

    Marco¡¯s forehead jumped, he, the captain of the 1st squad, should have done two tricks from Sasuke at the beginning?

 ~ï¼š , Report 1 time

The content of this chapter is being updated...

 Chapter 443ï¼š 4 emperor, Kaido!

    Uchiha Sasuke, this person really makes people wonder what to say.

    Marco has been in the New World for many years. He has never seen a person like Uchiha Sasuke. A few days ago, he didn¡¯t even dare to mention a person¡¯s name...

    At this time, it was arrogant.

    It is a pity that this guy Sasuke is too strong, Marco is really no opponent, and there is no confidence in educating him.

    Marco can only watch Sasuke Uchiha, who has done a great job, take a glass of juice from Marshall D. Titch, and dislike that the juice Titch gave him is not ice.

    Marco couldn''t help but sighed and said loudly: "Okay, report to the old man! We defeated Jack here, and immediately went to support other teams. Finally, we will be on Balmerk Island and Moby The main ship Dick will make peace!"

    After finishing speaking, Marco added: "Go and call the phone worms of other teams nearby and the pirate group and ask them about the situation!"

    "Yes, Captain Marco!"

    A group of subordinates in charge of contact nodded hastily.

    Marco is a real butler in the White Beard Pirates, and he is respected by others in the White Beard Pirates.

    This guy is strong, and he has been with White Beard for about 30 years. He was an intern on the Mobi Dick a long time ago.

    the most important is¡­

    Marco is the ship doctor of the White Beard Pirates.

    This is really nonsense, a No. 2 character in the White Beard Pirates, second only to White Beard Marco, Marco, who can manage basically everything, even works part-time as a ship doctor for the Pirates.

    Whitebeard¡¯s squads and the pirate groups reported to Marco one after another, and the nearby 3rd, 9th, and 11th teams were fine.

    Only the 16th team had trouble.

    The 16th team captain Izo, after repelling a subsidiary pirate group under the Kaido pirate group, unexpectedly encountered the plague-Jhin!

    This is an opponent that Ezo and the 16th Division can''t compete!

    As a dragon fruit, ancient species, toothless pterosaur fruit ability, Jhin can naturally fly, and he is also the commander of the Kaido Pirates invasion.

    This terrifying pirate met Izo¡¯s 16th team!

    According to the news received by the White Beard Pirates, the main force of this invasion should be Jack Drought. Marco led the 1st and 2nd squads to meet the enemy, and several other squads were responsible for solving the sea area. Those little characters around the edge.

    Unexpectedly, Izo and the 16th squad actually encountered the fire embers in these areas on the edge of the sea, which should be in no condition after the start of the war!

    This is also the trickiest guy among the three plagues!

    Even if they are sufficiently vigilant and careful, a squad will be threatened with annihilation. Marko and Jhin are both able to fly, and they don¡¯t know how many times they have fought each other.

    "Turn the course now!"

    Marco ordered their ship to turn around, and asked loudly, "What''s the situation with that guy Izang?"

    "No fight."

    The pirate in charge of the contact hesitated and said: "Captain Izang told us that when they retreated, the fire disaster also retreated suddenly."

    Is this too weird?

    As one of the three plagues of the Kaido Pirates, Jhin is the most arrogant among them, and perhaps the strongest one.

    How could he retreat so easily?

    The people on the boat couldn''t help but look at Marko, waiting for Marko''s next order. They thought that Marko might change course.

    After thinking for a while, Marco said loudly: "Go ahead, first rush to meet Izang and the 16th squad, and then hunt for the scum of Jin!"

    just after the ship left.

    Drought on the bottom of the sea, Jack was a little unhappy, so he could only passively lie on the bottom of the sea and wait for rescue. His eyes were fixed on the little fish swimming by his side. This is one of his few pastimes. .

    Okay, maybe the only thing you can do.

    Fortunately, at this time, a murloc pirate quietly appeared beside Jack, dragged him to the sea, and said with a voice: "Master Jack, are you all right?"

    "¡­¡­"

    was just humiliated by Sasuke Uchiha. Drought Jack will definitely not be in a good mood. This subordinate really doesn''t wink!

    It¡¯s just that Jack doesn¡¯t care about the drought, and Urn said, "Report to Master Kaido and Brother Jhin! The Sasuke Uchiha and Portcas D¡¤Ace that Master Kaido is looking for are in Marko. On the boat!"

    After finishing talking, Drought Jack added another sentence: "Tell them the actual situation, don''t hide my fight with that guy!"

    After the news of Jack out of the drought.

    The flames that had been frequently dispatched at one time finally converged, making it difficult for people to figure out what the Kaido Pirates were doing. This invasion made it look like an anticlimax.

    10,000 meters above the sky.

    A tall figure is sitting on the clouds, with a pair of weird horns growing on his head. At this moment, he is holding a wine gourd and drinking very enjoyable.

    Because there is no food to go with, this person is a little drunk.

    "Hi~"

    The tall figure shook the huge wine gourd in his hand, and when he found that there was no more wine in it, his body faltered and fell straight down!

    This is 10,000 meters in the sky!

    No matter who it is, you can''t fall from a height of ten thousand meters!

    However, at the moment this tall figure fell, his body instantly changed, turned into a huge dragon, and flew in one direction!

    One of the Four Emperors, Kaido!

    As the strongest creature in the world, Kaido has an unimaginable physique and an absolutely powerful force.

    Kaido''s dragon body was swimming in the air, while slowly speaking: "Jack that guy was knocked down by one blow, he is indeed an ideal subordinate of Lao Tzu~"

    This time the Kaido Pirates blatantly invaded the Whitebeard Sea, just to find a way to capture the two super newcomers, Sasuke Uchiha and Portcas D¡¤Ace, and Kaido did not hesitate to launch a war.

    Because according to the information they got, Sasuke Uchiha is a ninja, samurai, and swordsman. The background setting is very similar to a citizen of Wano country.

    It just so happens that the country of Won is under the control of the Kaido Pirates. Who knows if Sasuke Uchiha joins the Whitebeard Pirates, will he avenge the country of Won?

    And as early as the beginning, Kaido wanted to find a chance to meet Uchiha Sasuke and Ace, and wanted to recruit these two super newcomers'' own subordinates. As a result, before Kaido sent out manpower, Sasuke defeated Ben Beckman. The news came out...

    This news is really amazing...

    Even Kaido was amazed by it, and what followed was feeling that I would also include Sasuke Uchiha and Ace at all costs!

    Therefore, the Kaido Pirates hastily launched a war against the white beard sea area, the main purpose is to **** Uchiha Sasuke and Portcas D¡¤Ace.

    Drought Jack was just ordered to attract attention.

    The flames are only responsible for finding the traces of Uchiha Sasuke.

    It''s just that Kaido and Jhin didn''t expect that Jack would be defeated so quickly by the drought, and he was defeated by a man and a boat!

    But Jack also brought a good news...

    Uchiha Sasuke and Portgas D. Ace are now on Marco¡¯s boat, and these three people happen to be the men Kaido wants...

    So Kaido finally rushed over in person!

    It''s a pity that the four emperors were a little drunk, and he hiccups from time to time, and he doesn''t know when he can stop Marco''s boat.

    the other side.

    Marco finally rushed to join Izang and the 16th team.

    Because the 16th squad led by Zang did not participate in the war against the Pirates of Spades, the captain of the 16th squad never met with Sasuke Uchiha.

    was born in the country of Wakahide, and she looks like a woman and dresses like a woman, but she is a man.

    Since Izo thinks that Sasuke is from a fellow villager, the first thing he does after seeing Sasuke is to ask him about his origin.

    After all, the whole world knows that most ninjas and samurai originate from the country of Waka, so Izo also bluntly asked: "Well, which family is Sasuke-kun..."

    "Uchiha."

    "This family..."

    Izo couldn''t help frowning his brows slightly, and said softly, "I remember that the rule of His Royal Highness did not seem to have happened before..."

    "Don''t think about it!"

    Sasuke Uchiha¡¯s eyes flashed with a cold light. He interrupted Izo, but stared at Izo coldly, and said coldly: "The Uchiha clan is the descendant of the gods passed down thousands of years ago, the ancestor of Uchiha. He is the eldest son of the **** and has nothing to do with you..."

    Izang: "¡­¡­"

    Marco: "..."

    To tell the truth, I really feel that Sasuke is lying!

    But Marco saw the appearance of Uchiha Sasuke turning on Suzano. It is said that it is Uchiha''s family ability, and maybe it really has some connection with the gods.

    is really weird...

    The stronger the strength of other people, the less willing to admit the existence of God.

    Uchiha Sasuke is the only guy who is so strong, but he is still afraid of the so-called gods, and even wants to get involved with gods in everything...

    For Sasuke, the powerful are the gods...their ancestors are also gods...the gods who control everything in the world are also gods...

    Ha ha¡­

    This guy is not too old, and he actually engages in feudal superstition.

    Marco flipped through his own dead fish eyes and said: "By the way, Izang, what happened after you encountered the guy who was in the fire?"

    "I don''t knowYizang frowned his brows and whispered: "I thought that guy came to kill me specially, but I didn''t expect him to leave after taking a look. It felt like It¡¯s just like an ordinary spy..."

    Of course, this is impossible.

    That is the fire disaster of the Kaido Pirates, how could it be a spy!

    "It doesn''t matter that much."

    Marco shook his head and said calmly: "I arranged other teams on the road to guard against Jhin''s attacks. I will sit in this area these days. Once I find Jhin, I will stop him. "

    After finishing speaking, Marco turned his head and looked at the two guys next to him and said: "Hey, Ace, Sasuke, you two..."

    "somebody is coming."

    Uchiha Sasuke suddenly interrupted Marko, he slowly raised his head and looked into the sky, only to see the clouds in the sky slowly flowing, there seemed to be nothing unusual.

    The next moment, a tall figure suddenly emerged from the cloud, and planted directly from the cloud!

    Ace watched the tall figure fall from the air, and couldn''t help but be dumbfounded: "Hey, hey, look, someone committed suicide..."

    "No...that''s Kaido!"

    Marco''s face suddenly became extremely ugly.

    Please remember the domain name of the book¡¯s first publication:. The fastest mobile version update URL:

 Chapter 444ï¼š Its just killing you, its simpler than playing childrens play games...

    From Hokage to do the behind-the-scenes text volume, Chapter 444 is just killing you. It is much simpler than playing children''s play games. A Kaido fell from the sky.

    Kaido''s body didn''t have any protective measures at all, so he fell out of the air in a daze, which is simply seeking a dead end.

    However, when the members of the White Beard Pirate Group watched this scene, the expressions on everyone''s faces were a bit unsightly.

    "Hey, Marco!"

    Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t help raising his eyebrows, looking at the shadow falling from a height, couldn''t help but wonder: "Does Kaido want to commit suicide?"

    "Used to it."

    Marco spread out his hands and said loudly: "Get ready to fight now! Let me know, father, we found Kaido''s trail here!"

    A hint of curiosity flashed across Ace''s face. He pointed to Kaido, who was falling fast, and asked, "Is this guy going to commit suicide?"

    "Isn''t he a question of suicide..."

    Because Ace and Sasuke Uchiha¡¯s questioning was a bit problematic, Marco¡¯s mind was a little confused for an instant, his eyes couldn¡¯t help but roll his eyes: "Well, Kaido really likes suicide, but he never died. Once..."

    "Such luck?"

    "Idiot, because his body is too strong..."

    Marco looked at Ace speechlessly, feeling that the two newly added members of their White Beard Pirate Group had problems.

    A Uchiha Sasuke hardly put anyone in his eyes, and an Ace hardly put anything in his head.

    "Let me see how strong his body is!"

    Sasuke''s body instantly appeared the second form of Susa Nougat phantom, and the half-length Susa Nouga put up a purple bow in his hands!

    Marco raised his eyebrows and couldn''t help but say: "Sasuke, what are you going to do?"

    "Of course I helped him! Yan Dun¡¤Add life!"

    The writing wheel in the eyes of Sasuke Uchiha flashed a red light, and a huge black flame arrow fell on the huge bow of Susano!

    The scorching scent from the black flame giant arrow made Marco a little unbearable, and he couldn''t understand the power of this black flame!

    "Sasuke''s Amaterasu Fire?"

    Ace couldn''t help showing a smile at the corner of his mouth, and said softly: "This is the power that even my flame can burn!"

    "This is Itachi''s power, I just borrow it..."

    Uchiha Sasuke''s figure was shrouded in Susao''s body, he slowly shook his head, his eyes suddenly looked towards the direction where Kaido had fallen!

    The next moment, the huge black flame arrow flew out suddenly!

    The scene of ¡¡¡¡ made everyone present could not help holding their breath!

    I saw that black flame giant arrow shot straight at Kaido. Just as it hit Kaido''s body, the armed and domineering presence on Kaido suddenly exploded!

    The clouds in the sky are broken!

    Kaido suddenly took out his mace in the air, and one of them scattered the flying black flame arrow, only to see the black flames falling on the sea, still burning in the sea...

    Kaido''s gaze slowly moved from the black flames on the sea until it landed on the boat of Marco and others, roaring: "Who is it... disturbing Laozi to die!"

    The next moment, Kaido''s body instantly turned into a giant dragon, flying towards the ship of Marco and others, his momentum gradually began to flourish!

    In an instant, the surging domineering look burst out!

    The domineering shock wave set off a monstrous wave on the sea, sweeping towards the boat of Marco and others!

    Uchiha Sasuke paid no attention to the domineering impact in front of him, his body suddenly flew into the air, and the Susao Nenghu on his body gradually became complete!

    Hundreds of meters high Susanou Wushen soared into the air!

    The enemy that Susano is facing is the same huge dragon body!

    Uchiha Sasuke stood in the crystal of Suzano, staring indifferently at Kaido, who was circling the dragon''s body on the opposite side, with a touch of contempt on his face: "Pretending to be suicide, and death is imminent. Still struggling, aren''t you afraid of death?"

    "Sasuke Uchiha!"

    The dragon''s head slowly climbed up, and his eyes looked down at Susao Noho floating in the air, and his voice gradually became a little cold: "Did you kid disturb Laozi?"

    Susanoh looks really tough!

    Especially the full-body Susao Nogo, it really makes everyone involuntarily envy this ability, even Kaido is no exception.

    Kaido looked at Susao Nochi, and really wanted to use Sasuke for himself!

    A proud voice came from Kaido''s dragon head: "Little devil, now becoming my subordinate, I can forget the blame..."

    "Who gave you the courage..."

    Uchiha Sasuke smiled disdainfully, the next moment Sasuke''s face suddenly showed a touch of anger: "Dare to say this in front of me? Don''t you know who I am?!"

    Overlord look domineering erupted from Susano Nohu''s body!

    Two domineering looks collided together!

    The shock wave of the domineering collision instantly dissipated, and the clouds were gradually divided into two halves by the two domineering impacts, as if the sky had been split apart in the eyes of everyone below!

    The waves gradually began to diverge in the domineering confrontation!

    "Hey, this guy tells me in advance!"

    Marco couldn''t help shook his head, and said loudly: "Turn the bow of the ship and leave this battlefield immediately. We can''t stop in the central area!"

    This overlord shock is not something ordinary pirates can handle!

    Neither Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s overlord appearance nor Kaido¡¯s overlord appearance can be sustained by everyone present. If they had a battle, a single blow would destroy this fragile warship!

    "Ace, don''t act rashly, you are not Kaido''s opponent now!"

    This is not a play game!

    Kaido is also a more neurotic lunatic than the other four emperors. No one knows what this guy wants to do. His brutality is far superior to other people!

    Portcas D. Ace has not yet fully mastered the domineering, if you want to deal with Kaido, you must at least master the advanced armed domineering and the domineering of the knowledge.

    Ace¡¯s power...

    is indeed not enough.

    "Ace, give it to Captain Marco!"

    Marshall D. Titch grinned and showed a toothless smile, and said softly: "Daddy should be here soon after knowing Kaido''s trail!"

    "Ok."

    After Marko nodded, he turned into an illusion beast species, an undead bird, and flew to the air beside Suzuo Nohu.

    Kaido stared at Marco''s phoenix form, his huge eyes flickered, and his loud voice hovered around the dragon''s body: "Marco, join me together, my pirate group is the best for you. The place¡­"

    "To shut up."

    Uchiha Sasuke interrupted Kaido, and turned his head to look at Marco, who was flying above Susao Nokura. "What are you doing here? Are you here to drag me?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Marco in the form of the phoenix held back his anger, and said solemnly: "Kaido is very strong, let''s withdraw first, I will cover you!"

    "Hey, Marco, are you idiot infected by Ace?"

    Uchiha Sasuke''s brows couldn''t help but frowned. He slowly shook his head and said, "Which one of us is stronger, have you forgotten? Help me take good care of my juice... It''s enough to leave it to me. Up!"

    After speaking, Sasuke Uchiha manipulated the giant Suzano to spread his wings and flew towards Kaido''s dragon body. The purple energy flowed like liquid and turned into two huge ninja swords and fell on Suzano''s hands. In!

    "Hey, Sasuke!"

    Marco couldn''t help but stop Sasuke.

    It''s a pity that Sasuke Uchiha didn''t even listen to his advice to stop. Susao Nooka brandished two Shinobi swords and slashed at Kaido''s head!

    "Humph¡­"

    Uchiha Sasuke looked at the dragon head, and a scornful smile flashed across his mouth: "Just because of you...do you dare to be arrogant in front of me? Who do you think you are, dare to let me be your subordinate!"

    Even the guy Uehara Naraku, Uchiha Sasuke doesn''t take it seriously!

    If it were not because Uehara Naraku controlled the soul of Uchiha Itachi, plus his strength was slightly stronger than Sasuke, and the complicated relationship between him and Sasuke...

    If it weren''t for this, Sasuke Uchiha would not bother to pay attention to Uehara Naraku, and he was the only person in the entire Akatsuki organization who dared to provoke Uehara Naraku!

    Although that **** always doesn''t take his provocations in his eyes...

    Uchiha Sasuke''s face gradually showed a touch of anger, and the two Ninja swords in Susano Nouga''s hands crossed He wanted to cut off Kaido''s dragon head with one blow!

    Kaido''s huge dragon head raised its head, looking at the flying full body Susano, the dragon head suddenly lifted up and sprayed a scorching dragon''s breath toward Susano!

    "The rookie kid now... is really more arrogant than I thought! Who do you think you are? Pirates are not the game you use to play house!"

    This sentence is the one that Kaido uses most to humiliate the White Beard Pirates, and occasionally it is also used to humiliate the BIG¡¤MOM Pirates, because these two Pirates are many children...

    The general members of the White Beard Pirates will be furious...

    Uchiha Sasuke was not angry, his face was also very calm, he just manipulated Susano to wield a huge Ninja sword, and made a huge slash!

    This blow is the full force of Susano!

    This slash is like piercing the sky, straight to the dragon''s breath and head on!

    The scorching dragon''s breath collided with Susano''s slash in an instant!

    That slash was like smashing into the flowing water, splitting the dragon''s breath directly, and even hitting Kaido''s head upstream!

    "This kid..."

    Kaido hurriedly shortened his head, watching the slash pass his dragon body, leaving a wisp of gold and iron on his body, and then went straight to the sky to split the clouds in the sky. !

    Uchiha Sasuke stood among the crystals of Susao, watching Kaido''s dragon head dodge the slash, and his eyes slowly flashed with arrogance: "Huh, are you capable of this? Kill you, it seems It''s much simpler than playing those children''s play games..."

 Chapter 445ï¼š This is... the power that God can only possess!

    Uchiha Sasuke''s voice spread across the sea.

    From Sasuke¡¯s mouth, it seemed that killing Kaido seemed trivial to him, and it sounded a bit unbearable.

    "That guy Sasuke..."

    Marco''s body fell on the boat again, he couldn''t help but flipped his own dead fish eyes, glanced at Ace next to him, and asked, "Hey, Ace, that guy did the same when he was on your boat. Arrogant?"

    "Uh¡­"

    Ace couldn''t help scratching the back of his head, and smiled happily: "That guy Sasuke...should...not be arrogant!"

    When the two of them were chatting here.

    Uchiha Sasuke controlled the dragon body of Susano and Kaido in a complete fight, and the sound of the ninja sword breaking through the air and the roar of the dragon resounded on the sea!

    Kaido manipulated his body and suddenly entangled Susano''s left arm, trying to tear off Susano''s arm directly. The scales on the dragon''s body and Susano''s armor continued to rub together. Dao Dianguang!

    "I can''t help myself..."

    Uchiha Sasuke peacefully wrapped the giant dragon around his left arm, with a cold light in his eyes: "Do you want to shake the power of Susano?"

    The next moment, a group of thunder and lightning appeared in Suzuo Nohu''s palm!

    This group of thunder and lightning fell on Kaido in an instant, forcing the four emperors to use their arms and domineering to wrap his body. He just insisted on trying his best to tear off Suzuo''s arm. He wanted to take this Valkyrie is broken into seven or eight segments!

    Uchiha Sasuke frowned, and Susano''s left arm instantly mobilized under his control into a mass of liquid energy, breaking free from the restraint, and then quickly recovered in the blink of an eye, swinging a ninja sword to slash it. The body of the dragon!

    A ball of lightning burst out between the armed **** domineering and Shinobu!

    Kaido''s huge dragon body was directly flew out by this sword, and Uchiha Sasuke''s Susano couldn''t help but step back!

    The complete body must be Zanohu spread his wings again in an instant, and after maintaining the stability of his body, he slashed towards Kaido and slashed heavily!

    Kaido could not maintain his figure in the air, hurriedly vomiting a cloud of mist, and quickly transformed from the dragon body into a human form again, his dragon body may not be able to withstand this knife!

    Susanoh''s slash...

    is not inferior to the slash of the world''s largest swordsman Hawkeye Mihawk!

    Even if Kaido knew that his recovery ability was strong enough, he didn''t want to endure unpredictable power like this!

    This slash broke through the clouds and mist that could make Kaido float in the air, passing him by, but when passing over his body, his shoulders instantly became bloody, and his body automatically began to heal. Injury!

    After Susanoh''s slash fell on the sea, the huge waves flew up like an inverted waterfall!

    The battle is fierce again!

    With the blessing of Susanoh, Sasuke Uchiha¡¯s attack is definitely a threat to Kaido, and this threat is no less than any four emperor!

    At this moment, Kaido felt his dangerous instinct when facing BIG¡¤MOM and Whitebeard in Sasuke''s body!

    This kid...

    There is definitely a considerable threat!

    Damn, this Uchiha Sasuke Association just surrendered to the white beard, really makes Kaido wonder whatsoever, and that Portcas D. Ace is not so strong, right?

    The old guy with white beard...

    I''m getting older, are you finally lucky?

    Isn''t it just to subdue a Pirate of Spades? Actually even buy one get one free, so inexplicably he got a strong man who can rival their four emperors!

    No wonder Uchiha Sasuke, this kid can beat Ben Beckman...

    It seems that these rookie pirates cannot be underestimated...

    Kaido¡¯s eyes showed a slight sharp edge, and his nose took a breath of sea breeze. If there is a chance to encounter a supernova in the future, he must receive those guys under his command...

    Maybe you can find a figure of the Four Emperors level in it?

    "Sasuke Uchiha!"

    Kaido wielded his mace, and released his armed and domineering domineering with all his strength. One blow smashed a slash, and the shock wave suddenly swept the sea!

    Kaido looked at Uchiha Sasuke standing among the Suzano crystals, and said loudly: "This war is for you! Uchiha Sasuke, do I remember you as a ninja? Yours My hometown and the country are in my hands!"

    As long as he is a ninja, he must be born in Wano country.

    After all, the words of the samurai may have been exposed overseas, but the ninjas have always been the guards of the generals of the country, and rarely are they exposed.

    After Kaido said this, he seemed to have made up a certain determination, grinning and saying: "As long as you are willing to form an ally with me, I will kill the current general of the country and support you... to become a country of peace. General!"

    Kaido, this guy seems to have more brains than expected!

    No, in other words, Kaido is more generous than expected!

    After all, the country of Wano is now the base camp of the Kaido Pirates, and he can definitely say that the whole Wano country is a big deal!

    Of course, there is a conspiracy in this handwriting.

    If Uchiha Sasuke is really a general Wano country and assumes the responsibility of protecting the people like the previous generation general Wano country, then he must have a weakness...

    may only be used by Kaido obediently.

    "¡­¡­"

    The 16th squad captain Izo changed his expression.

    Because Izang was born in the country of peace, he knows what happened in the country of peace.

    Just as Izo was trying to call Sasuke not to be in the conspiracy of Kaido, Sasuke Uchiha said casually, "Is this your last word? Kaido... I''m really sorry, I have no interest in the kingdom of ninjas anymore. !"

    Really had enough...

    A group of ninjas hidden in blood and darkness...

    A group of ninjas who have always been controlled by others, a group of ninjas who are under the control of infinite dolls and who foolishly think they have inherited some will...

    Now that he came into this world, he didn''t want to care about those ninjas!

    Uchiha Sasuke stood in the crystal of Suzano, his face slowly became arrogant: "Whether it''s a samurai or a ninja, I don''t dare to be interested in anything... The only thing I am interested in now is **** God!"

    The next moment, Uchiha Sasuke controlled the Susano Nohu under him and flew to Kaido again, and said coldly: "If you only have this ability, then die here!"

    "Huh, people who want to kill Lao Tzu..."

    Kaido picked up the mace in his hand with one hand, and slammed a blow against Susano: "...hasn''t been born yet! Thunder gossip!"

    The huge Ninja sword collided with the disproportionate mace!

    The overlord and armed domineering on the two also collided!

    Waves of shock waves continue to spread to the surroundings, whether it is the clouds in the sky or the water on the sea are all repelled by the shock waves!

    In the collision between Kaido and Uchiha Sasuke, a vacuum zone was formed centered on the two of them. The clouds in the sky formed a semicircle, and the sea below also formed another semicircle. This situation lasted strangely. second!

    In the next moment, the endless waves surge!

    The sea ships of the 1st and 16th squadrons keep moving back!

    In the sight of these people, the bodies of the purple Suzano and Kaido in the air battled into a ball one after another, each brandishing each other''s weapons, using their own strength to attack each other!

    Just as the bodies of the two people continued to be repelled, their battlefield was gradually moving, and Marco hurriedly ordered his subordinates to row a boat to keep up.

    "Mr. Sasuke''s power is really terrible..."

    Marshall D. Titch walked to Ace''s side, grinned and asked curiously: "I don''t know what fruit he ate..."

    "Sasuke doesn''t seem to have eaten devil fruit..."

    Ace couldn''t help scratching his head, thinking, and replied: "I remember Sasuke said that it seems to be his family blood... blood... blood... blood? That''s what it meant anyway! No one except their tribe can Get that power..."

    "This kind of blood is really amazing..."

    Marshall D. Titch hides a trace of envy in his eyes. He thought it was a new Devil Fruit ability, but he didn''t expect it to be someone else¡¯s bloodline...

    Marco flipped through his own dead fish eyes and couldn''t help but speak: "I really don''t know, if that guy Sasuke really gets a powerful fruit, what else will he be like by then..."

    "Hahahahaha..."

    Ace waved his hand and said happily, "Don''t worry about that, Sasuke doesn''t like devil fruits at all! He doesn''t want any weakness in his body..."

    Yes, Sasuke really has no weaknesses.

    In other words, even with some physical weaknesses, with the power he gained in the Pirate World, it has now ceased to exist.

    The domineering system here has a very impressive blessing to the physical power!

    Therefore, Sasuke¡¯s battle can last longer!

    The battle between the two people almost chased the battle all the way, Uchiha Sasuke controlled Susanoh to fly Kaido to a deserted island with one blow!

    It is a pity that Kaido''s physical strength is significantly higher, and his physical recovery ability is stronger, but the fact that he can''t break the Susanoh makes Kaido seem a little weak in the battle.

    After the combination of Susano''s armor and armed color domineering, even if Kaido tried his best, he could not break the defense, which also made the four emperors extremely annoyed!

    "What the **** do you guys do!"

    "I''m just curious... what kind of physique you guy is!"

    Uchiha Sasuke fully manipulated Susao Nogo holding the huge Ninja sword in his hand and slashed it down, slashing directly on Kaido''s head, but was hit by the black mace in his hand. Smashed directly into the ground!

    Uchiha Sasuke waved his hand and dismissed his own Suzano, watching Kaido suddenly stretch out his palm, his eyes flashed with madness!

    "Troublesome guy..."

    A light flashed in the eyes of Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s Gouyu Samsara Looking at Kaido''s hard body, he sternly shouted, "In order to prevent you from making trouble for me again, you guys should just die! "

    Under the gaze of everyone around, Uchiha Sasuke suddenly bent his finger and pointed it at Kaido''s body: "The sky is bursting!"

    The next moment, Kaido''s body floated instantly!

    Numerous stones and lands on the island floated up, clinging to Kaido''s body tightly, and Kaido suddenly understood the ability of this move!

    Kaido waved the mace in his hand and kept knocking the rocks flying around, but in the end it was just a drop in the bucket, and the skyburst star summoned so many and dense rocks!

    Even, the entire island has been turned into material for the seal of the earth exploding star!

    What is even more frightening is that Sasuke directly uses the target as the core of the seal, and does not need to create the kind of black hole that may be cracked.

    This is Sasuke¡¯s unique Sealing Technique of the Starburst!

    This move can directly seal Kaido in the huge stone ball, even if it is not as good as the Six Paths¡¤Earth Burst Star, it is enough to seal Kaido!

    Uchiha Sasuke watched Kaido''s body fly into the air, surrounded by countless rocks and mud. He slowly turned around and continued: "This is... the power that a **** can possess, and mortals are destined to be unable to compete!"

    Please remember the domain name of the book¡¯s first publication:. The fastest mobile version update URL:

 Chapter 446ï¼š Kaido, I saved you, be a dog for me!

    Fighting with others takes time and effort.

    Uchiha Sasuke fights to consume Kojima.

    In order to seal Kaido, this guy used all the dirt and stones on the island as a sealing material for the earth-explosive star, and everything on the surface of the island was completely absorbed.

    Kaido''s body suddenly turned into a dragon body again, screaming as he was about to break free from the restraint of the skyburst star: "You fellow, do you think you can restrain me?"

    The huge dragon body is swimming in the air quickly!

    Sasuke Uchiha watched Kaido''s continuous struggle without changing his face. He snorted coldly between his nose: "If it is a white beard, it is indeed possible to smash the sky, but you can''t do it with the power of this guy. Right!"

    Countless stones stuck to Kaido''s dragon body instantly!

    "Asshole..."

    Kaido''s dragon body roared and wanted to break free from the earth bursting into the sky, but his body was the core of gravity. Gravity kept attracting the stone and quickly covered his body!

    till the end¡­

    A huge ball is floating in the air!

    Everyone couldn¡¯t help but look up at the huge ball. That¡¯s where Kaido was sealed. It seems that Kaido was struggling and didn¡¯t break away. It looks like Sasuke Uchiha¡¯s seal was still It''s solid.

    This is the strongest ability of the reincarnation eye!

    "Let''s go."

    Uchiha Sasuke snorted coldly, and flew onto Marco¡¯s boat, his fingers slightly spurred a stone ball with a starburst to float above the boat.

    Marco rolled his eyes, looked at the stone ball floating on the top of the ship, and couldn''t help but say: "You guys have an opinion on me, just say that the price of this ship is not low..."

    Once the skyburst star falls...

    It''s hard to say that this ship and everyone on it can escape!

    "do not worry."

    Sasuke Uchiha glanced at the sky-explosive star in the sky, and casually explained: "Although my sky-explosive star is far less than the one displayed by the guy, it is not so easy to crack..."

    I haven¡¯t finished saying this...

    I saw that the cracks on the starburst began to loosen instantly!

    In the next moment, the entire earth bursting into the stars quickly disintegrated, and the surging domineering and armed domineering burst out instantly!

    Kaido''s dragon body quickly sprang out of the earth-booming star!

    The roar of the giant dragon resounded like thunder on the sea!

    Kaido slaps Sasuke in the face, don¡¯t come too fast!

    Everyone present turned dark, everyone involuntarily looked at the stone that suddenly fell down in the air, thinking of Marco¡¯s crow mouth...

    "This bastard..."

    Uchiha Sasuke''s face was faintly unsightly, a group of thunder and lightning suddenly floated in his hand, smashing the gravel falling in the sky!

    "This bastard..."

    Kaido also glanced at Uchiha Sasuke on the boat, but he didn''t stay anymore, and the soaring dragon''s body quickly swam toward the sky!

    The sky-popping star doesn''t feel good to Kaido.

    Kaido feels like staying in the starburst, like staying in a cage that cannot be escaped. It feels completely different from being caught at other times.

    That kind of gravity that is always present...

    simply wanted him to spend his whole life in the cage of the earth-blasting star, until Kaido exhausted his domineering, struggling desperately to disintegrate the gravitational waves emanating from him!

    just escaped!

    That Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s ability is so weird!

    is harder to entangle with than the guy Guangzuki Mitian!

    Uchiha Sasuke looked at the escaped dragon, and his body instantly floated out of the second form of Susano''s phantom. A huge bow fell into Susano''s hands instantly, and a huge arrow suddenly aimed at the air. Kaido''s dragon body!

    "If you want to escape, then try it!"

    Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s voice has a little more anger, because just now he confidently said that although his Earth-Booming Sky Star is not as good as Uehara Naraku, it is not something like Kaido can break away...

    As a result, Kaido broke free before his words fell out of the sky, which reminded Sasuke Uchiha of some bad memories.

    "Hmph, your domineering is running out!"

    Uchiha Sasuke''s voice said coldly, and a purple giant arrow was covered with a layer of black armed color domineering, and flew toward Kaido''s dragon body!

    This giant purple arrow shot through the air almost at lightning speed, and there was a sonic boom in the air, causing everyone present to cover their ears involuntarily!

    I saw the giant purple arrow hit Kaido''s body instantly!

    A large arrow wound was torn on the dragon''s body suddenly, and blood gurgled out of the air!

    The next moment, another black sharp arrow flew out!

    The sonic boom of this sharp arrow is even better, and it goes straight to Kaido''s dragon head!

    Uchiha Sasuke scornfully looked at Kaido flying into the distance: "So far few people have escaped from my hands! This arrow is definitely not something you can stop!"

    "Is this serious?"

    Marco''s eyelids rolled over and he helped his forehead, but his heart couldn''t help but feel a little shocked. The two arrows shot by Sasuke Uchiha are indeed extraordinary!

    Even Marko has some doubts in his heart...

    Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s last arrow can really be stopped by someone?

    It turns out that there are still some.

    However, just as the black sharp arrow wrapped in the armed color shot towards Kaiduo''s head, a temporal space vortex suddenly appeared, absorbing the black sharp arrow instantly!

    This scene is so shocking that everyone can''t hide their faces!

    I didn''t expect someone to rescue Kaido at a critical moment!

    Even Kaido was a little surprised. Someone could help him solve the black sharp arrow wrapped in armed color. Even if the sword is not deadly, it will definitely cause him to hit him hard!

    Kaido didn''t understand why he was rescued...but the time was rare, Kaido quickly rushed into the cloud and disappeared without a trace!

    After the people at the scene watched Kaido escape, Sasuke Uchiha lifted his Suzano with an ugly expression and gritted his teeth!

    Uchiha... Bring soil!

    It was Uchiha who brought the soil to save Kaido with divine power!

    As expected...

    Once encountered something outside the situation, Uehara Naraku will never allow him to make claims without permission. The shadow of that guy is almost everywhere!

    "Just now..."

    Marco glanced at Sasuke hesitantly, and asked softly, "Is that Kaido''s ability? I have never seen it before..."

    "No, it''s under that person."

    Uchiha Sasuke shook his head with an ugly look, and continued in a deep voice: "The guy standing behind the dried persimmon ghost shark, that guy is going to stretch his paw to Kaido!"

    "what?"

    Marco looked at Sasuke in astonishment: "The person who saved Kaido just now... is that the one you have been afraid of?"

    "Do not."

    Uchiha Sasuke shook his head with a sullen face, and said in a low voice: "That''s just a little under his hand...and also a traitor in our clan!"

    Uchiha belt soil is truly immortal in this world!

    at least in this world...

    The reincarnated Uchiha belt soil is absolutely invincible. Although he may not be able to beat some people, he will never die unless there is some kind of devil fruit that can restrain his spatial ability and restrain his soul ability in this world. Devil Fruit.

    Although Marco does not know the specific situation for the time being, he feels as if the situation in this world is faintly becoming a bit unfavorable...

    It¡¯s useless to say so much now. I can only ask Sasuke slowly. It seems that only he knows the truth...

    "The one you dare not mention by name..."

    Hearing what Sasuke said, Marco couldn''t help frowning.

    Ming Ming Sasuke, this guy just drove away Kaido, one of the four emperors...

    These are the four emperors of the new world!

    Known as the strongest creature in the whole world!

    Now Sasuke doesn¡¯t have any arrogant expressions at all, and his gloomy look seems to be something he has encountered that scares him...

    Marco handed Sasuke juice, rolled his eyes, and watched Sasuke calm his emotions and said: "It''s really not used to it, you guys shouldn''t be very arrogant now...you just defeated Kaido what!"

    "What''s so proud of winning a drunk?"

    Sasuke Uchiha took the juice from Marko. He glanced at the beer glass in Ace''s hand and kicked the beer in Ace''s hand. "Ace, why are you still drinking? See Kaido''s lesson?"

    "Ah ah ah ah ah ah ah!"

    Ace watched desperately as his beer glass crossed an arc, flew out of the ship¡¯s railing gracefully, and landed on the sea.

    Watching this scene, Marco shook his head helplessly, and said loudly, "Hey, go and inform the old man. We rushed to Balmerk Island according to the original plan. There is no need to let him over. Sasuke drove away, and things seemed a little more complicated..."

    Obviously, their white beard pirates have more Uchiha Sasuke, a strong man who can defeat the four emperors, and when he will be able to run wild on the sea immediately...

    As a result, there are more unknown enemies...

    A desert island in the sea.

    Kaido''s body hurriedly turned into a human form and fell down, recovering from his injuries, his look was very ugly.

    A temporal and spatial vortex appeared in front of Kaido, and a figure wearing a spiral mask emerged from the vortex, looking at the Four Emperor Kaido in front of him, laughing and saying, "I saved your life, you! You guys might as well be my dog..."

    is the Uchiha belt soil reincarnated from the dirty soil.

    In other words, it was the reincarnated Uchiha belt soil that was controlled by Na Uehara after the curtain ended.

    It''s just the first sentence Uehara Naraku said after he manipulated Uchiha Daido and appeared to see Kaido. It sounds a bit insulting.

    What do you mean let Kaido be a dog for him!

    Although he meant to let Kaido do things for him, it would be too insulting to say this to Kaido, the four emperors. He was clearly looking for something...

    "Asshole I''m Kaido!"

    A flash of rage flashed across Kaido''s face. He brandished his mace and was about to punch the mysterious masked man in front of him: "I just want to die! Who would use you to save me... he dare to insult. Lao Tzu, what do you think you are!"

    The next moment, a strange thing happened.

    Kaido''s mace slammed down violently, but only passed through the body of the mysterious masked man in front of him, as if it had just hit the air!

    Shenwei''s imagining ability can completely make him ignore the attack!

    "It''s really bad..."

    Uchiha sighed faintly from the dirt in his throat.

    In the next second, Uehara Naraku''s will instantly withdrew from Uchiha''s mind with the soil, leaving only one command: "Then I will leave it to you here, please help me to train him, Mr. Taido will definitely not let me Disappointed?"

    "I know¡­"

    The mysterious mask man¡¯s voice suddenly added a hint of icy coldness, no, or a bit of calmness in his heart, as if he was in a **** that couldn¡¯t escape.

    The scarlet eyes of the mysterious masked man stared at Kaido in front of him, and he sighed softly, "In fact, what''s wrong with being a dog for that guy? Many people can only be his puppets for a lifetime. Toy..."

    Please remember the domain name of the book¡¯s first publication:. The fastest mobile version update URL:

 Chapter 447ï¼š Congratulations to everyone... you got the super prize!

    The task given by Uehara Naraku to Uchiha to take soil is a bit troublesome.

    Although Uchiha brought the soil to save the life of the Four Emperor Kaido from Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s hands, Kaido apparently had a pair of dog faces. Not only did he not agree with him as a life-saver, he even opened his mouth and shouted at him. of.

    Uchiha looked at Kaido in front of him with the soil, and sighed quietly: "There are some things, really don''t wait until the end to regret..."

    "Asshole..."

    Kaido looked down at the short Uchiha belt soil in front of him, a trace of ferocity flashed in his eyes, but he could not attack his body anyway...

    makes people feel a bit weak...

    "Dragon Breath!"

    The next moment, Kaido''s body suddenly turned into a dragon shape again, and the huge dragon head opened its mouth and spewed out a scorching dragon breath toward the mysterious masked man!

    The earth was instantly burned out of a pit by the dragon''s breath!

    Uchiha walked slowly in the flames of the dragon''s breath with the soil. His body still had no injuries. The scorching dragon''s breath clearly covered his body, but it still couldn''t cause him any injuries.

    Whatever the attack...

    didn¡¯t seem to work on him...

    Kaido''s dragon head slowly fell in front of Uchiha''s belt soil, and said in a gloomy voice: "You bastard... who is it?"

    "Uchiha...with soil."

    Uchiha Daido did not hide his identity.

    It''s just that after he just said his name to Kaido, Kaido''s face in front of him instantly became gloomy: "Huh, Uchiha...you guy and Uchiha Sasuke..."

    "We are the same race."

    Uchiha Daizu calmly and indifferently said, "Uchiha Sasuke is just a waste who can¡¯t understand the situation..."

    "That kid is not a waste!"

    Kaido relieved his dragon body again, hit the ground with a fist bitterly, and said in a cold voice: "You bastard... who are you looking down on!"

    Damn, his four emperors have just been defeated by Uchiha Sasuke, this guy said in front of him that Uchiha Sasuke is a trash, then he is not as trash as the four emperors?

    "you and him."

    Uchiha reached out his hand and stroked his mask, watching Kaido indifferently and said, "I''m so sorry... I look down on both of you."

    "You bastard!"

    A flash of anger flashed in Kaido''s eyes!

    This guy is too irritating!

    One sentence can make your popularity go wild!

    The Uchiha Daido in front of you really deserves to be a character of the same clan as Uchiha Sasuke, that kid, are these Uchiha talking so aggressively?

    If Uchiha takes the soil to know Kaido''s mind, I am afraid that he will have to persuade him, he and Sasuke are already friendly...If the other Uchiha who is still sleeping in the coffin is here, the guy''s words will be even worse!

    "You don''t need to worry."

    Uchiha stretched out his palms with the soil, staring at Kaido and asked, "Because I still have a long time, we can take everything slowly...

    If you disagree, I will slowly kill everyone in the Kaido Pirates, until in the end, we two lose patience with each other, kill you or accept you as a dog. "

    "Asshole..."

    Kaido''s face is only left with rage!

    The eyes of the four emperors were scarlet, and his voice faintly became a little manic, and said: "If you dare to hurt those cute boys, you **** will be dead!"

    Uchiha took the earth figure into the space vortex and disappeared. There was a trace of blood in his words: "Then we have to see between us, who will give in first..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Kaido fell into silence.

    The next moment, Kaido''s body quickly turned into a dragon body, and flew into the sky. No matter what, he must find a solution to this matter!

    Who knows that guy is a threat...

    That guy would really do that!

    Following the drought, Jack and Kaido were defeated and expelled by Sasuke Uchiha, the war between Kaido Pirates and Whitebeard Pirates was briefly over.

    Uchiha Sasuke''s fame was shocked.

    At least one person who can defeat the Four Emperor Kaido in a frontal battle is worthy of the Navy and the world government to raise a reward for him, especially since this guy obviously has no respect for the world government, and even tried to kill the dragon...

    Therefore, Sasuke¡¯s bounty has been directly increased to an amount that even Kakuno can''t help harassing Uehara Naraku. This amount is even higher than the total amount that Kakuno has hunted for pirates in the Pirate World for more than half a year!

    The Red-Eyed Demon God, Sasuke Uchiha, has joined the White Beard Pirates, offering a reward of 3.145 million Pele!

    This number is really ridiculously high.

    It''s just that this matter can only be a joke at the banquet of the White Beard Pirates. For the Pirates, the reward is just something they use to laugh or be proud.

    Aboard the Moby Dick.

    The banquet celebrating the defeat of Kaido by the White Beard Pirates lasted for several days, but Sasuke Uchiha''s face didn''t look very happy, it seemed something was on his mind.

    "Hey, Sasuke, your reward has increased again!"

    Marco handed Sasuke a glass of iced juice, smiled and picked up the reward order from his assistant, and whistled leisurely: "Apart from Papa, your reward is the highest on this ship. !"

    Uchiha Sasuke shook his head and sighed softly, "For us, the higher the reward, the more dangerous..."

    "Hahahahaha..."

    Marco couldn''t help but chuckle, and continued: "Now there won''t be people who don''t open their eyes. They will kill you for the reward?"

    "Some people just want money for life."

    After Uchiha Sasuke slowly took off his reward order, he looked at the following newspaper. He watched the news in that newspaper and whispered: "If you give enough money, even if it''s a god, then The guy dared to wave a knife..."

    "You are talking about Qiwuhai, the king of Jiaodu!"

    Marco smiled slightly and said: "The New World has recently entered more and more pirates. It is said that they were all scared to drive in by the guy in Jiaodu..."

    After Marco said this, he couldn''t help but continue: "But the navy really made a wrong calculation this time. They just let Jiao Du take the post of King Qi Wuhai, and Jiao Du directly started looking for some wanted by the dark world. The nobles started..."

    Marco said, watching the news in Uchiha¡¯s assistant with curiosity. It says that a pirate named Naraku Uehara was captured by the navy.

    Uehara Naraku, the ship doctor of the Sand Crocodile Pirate Group, offers a reward of 60 million.

    A smile appeared at the corner of Marko''s mouth: "Ha, Naraku Uehara, I know this little guy, who seems to be the companion of Klockdal, is also a ship doctor like me... I didn''t expect to be arrested in the City of Seven Waters. Up!"

    "Ok¡­"

    Sasuke Uchiha realized his gaffe, handed the newspaper in his hand to Marco, sucking his juice.

    "Ha, it''s really interesting!"

    Marco couldn''t help but watch the news in his hand and laughed happily: "This guy was taken away by a few navy recruits, ha ha ha ha... 60 million pirates offering a reward were taken away by a few third-class navy soldiers. ¡­"

    "Hahahahaha...this is too bad!"

    After Foil Vista heard what Marco said, he couldn''t help but touched his beard and walked over, wanting to see who would be captured by the Navy''s third-class soldiers, and actually made it to the news. See more.

    Marco chuckled and threw the newspaper to Foil Vista: "It is estimated that the navy is trying to attract Krokdal to save his companion..."

    They guessed right.

    The Navy really thinks so.

    Krokdal thought so too.

    It''s just that Naraku Uehara''s ability is very special, and Krokdal doesn''t want to give up this ship doctor with special healing ability.

    Everyone thinks so, but the naval recruits who arrested Uehara Naraku didn''t think so. They regretted that they had captured Naraku Uehara now.

    In other words, they are not the navy, but the CP9 agents of the navy.

    As the spy department directly under the world government, it is not easy for CP9 to get into the navy, although it is only a recruit for a few days.

    Because they wanted to extract some of the information about Pluto from Uehara Naraku''s mouth, these CP9 spies took a lot of effort.

    These CP9 agents first rushed from the City of Seven Waters to Alabastan, and heard that Krokdal fled Alabastan on the way, and could only return to the City of Seven Waters.

    As a result, he happened to meet Krokdal who was going to repair the ship in the City of Seven Waters.

    Of course, these guys must be afraid to catch Krokdal. Their goal is directly at Uehara Naraku, the ship doctor with the lowest reward.

    Only after these CP9 agents caught Uehara Naraku and brought them to Judicial Island, the admiral made a phone call to the officials directly under CP9 and immediately ordered CP9 to hand over Uehara Naraku!

    Of course this cannot be accepted by CP9 agents...

    But they could not stop the pressure of the admiral. They could only temporarily delay the delivery period. While interrogating Uehara Naraku through the delay, they learned the whereabouts of Hades from his mouth...

    The Navy Marshal Sengoku did not receive the letter from the CP department, and ordered the Aopheus to go to Judicial Island immediately to retrieve the naval undercover Uehara Naraku from the CP organization!

    And since the generals are dispatched, the opportunity should not be wasted.

    Therefore, the Warring States also intends to use the opportunity of the blue pheasant to be dispatched to ambush Krokdal again. What if Krokdal wants to rescue his men?

    So the Warring States sent the general Akadog to stand by at any time. In addition, the horns in the Sea of ??Seven Wus under the King were also pulled over... After all, Krokdal''s reward exceeded 800 million, enough to attract the horns!

    Judicial Island!

    Suddenly the wind is surging!

    Judicial Island, the interrogation chamber of the CP9 spy organization.

    Uehara Naraku sat in the interrogation secret room of the CP department, looked at all the people present, and said casually, "Well, now the entire CP9 department is here, right? Are there any members who haven''t come?"

    Eight combat members, one supreme officer.

    Supreme Commander Spandam, combat member Rob Luchi, as well as Kaku, Gabra, Bruno, Lion Snuggle, Otonashi Owl, Kalifa, Sea Itachi and others.

    "Asshole!"

    CP9¡¯s immediate supreme commander, Spandham, watched Uehara Naraku angrily and said coldly: "Do you think the Marshal Sengoku can keep you? A lieutenant commander in the district... hurry up and take Pluto. Confessed the information!"

    "I don''t know if the admiral can keep me..."

    Uehara Naraku slowly clenched his fist, and the shackles on his wrist were broken directly by him, and he squeezed his wrist slowly.

    Uehara raised his eyes and looked at all the people present who became nervous in an instant. He tickled the corners of his mouth and smiled and said: "Congratulations in advance to everyone for winning the super prize...this prize is precious...resurrection experience card!"

    "...what...mean?!"

    The CP9 agents looked at Naraku Uehara in surprise.

    The next moment, Uehara Naraku who was in their sight suddenly disappeared in place!

    "Shave!"

    Rob Luchi was the fastest, after seeing Uehara Naruko''s sudden disappearance in his eyes, his figure suddenly disappeared in place!

    Rob Luchi just appeared in the other corner of the secret room, he suddenly saw a golden light on his body, and a voice came from his ear.

    "I haven''t made the rules clear yet, how dare you move?"

    Uehara Naraku''s palm covered Rob Luchi''s head, and his smile suddenly became gloomy: "I can''t wait...Is he going to die?"

    Please remember the domain name of the book¡¯s first publication: The fastest mobile version update URL:

 Chapter 448ï¼š If your strength is too weak, I may not remember you

    In the CP9 department directly under the world government.

    Rob Luchi''s strength is the strongest among all agents.

    He is hailed as the most powerful agent in the CP9 department for 800 years, and he is also considered to be the most cruel killing machine in history. This agent pursues dark justice and seems to have long lost human feelings.

    It''s a pity...

    Rob Luchi is a killing machine that has lost human feelings, but his power still stays in the category of humans.

    "You guy..."

    Rob Luchi desperately tried to twist his neck to take a look at Uehara Naruto standing behind him, but the palm on top of his head made him unable to move!

    "Since you want to turn your head, let me help you!

    Uehara Naraku''s face suddenly flashed a hint of coldness, and the next moment his palm suddenly twisted Rob Lucci''s head, making his head present a strange angle!

    Click!

    The sound of a twisted neck echoed in the room.

    Every CP9 agent flinched involuntarily, and the strongest Rob Luchi was solved by Nairo Uehara!

    Uehara Nara loosened her palm, threw Rob Luchi''s body on the ground, and looked at the rest of the people: "Is anyone with an uncomfortable neck?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Spandam''s face changed, and he said loudly: "Everyone, come together, hurry up and grab this guy!"

    a few seconds later.

    CP9''s agents all fell to the ground, and everyone''s neck showed a weird angle. Their method of death was exactly the same as Rob Lucci.

    After a few more seconds, each agent involuntarily helped his neck to wake up, as if he had had a nightmare.

    No, it¡¯s not a nightmare!

    That was real!

    Each of them has been killed once!

    Uehara Naraku casually patted her palm, and whispered, "Your resurrection experience card has expired. Does anyone else dare to do it now?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Everyone couldn''t help falling into silence. In just a few seconds, all the CP9 agents were killed once, and there was no chance to react at all...

    Spandam came out from under the table in shock and shock, showing a pleasing smile: "Major Uehara, I am on the order of the world government..."

    "rest assured."

    Uehara Naro patted Spandham on the head, and said with a light smile: "But in exchange, I think you must know what to do, right? I only give you one chance... You said, who should you serve in the future? command?"

    "Of course it is the order of the Navy..."

    Spandham''s performance looked at Naraku Uehara with a smile.

    "Oh, the answer is wrong."

    Uehara Naraku slowly stretched out his palm, landed on Spandham¡¯s head, and calmly said: "You have been a CP9 chief for so many years, how come you are not so sophisticated and smooth?"

    "What...what do you mean?"

    Spandam''s expression could not help but change slightly. He felt in horror that the hand above his head was getting stronger and stronger. He said loudly: "You can''t kill me! I am the chief of CP9, my king Cape Qiwu and Admiral Green Pheasant will come soon, they will never let you go! Hey, you guys, come and save..."

    Click!

    Spandam''s body fell to the ground.

    Uehara Naraku casually looked at the unmoving CP9 people, and chuckled softly: "This is your sir, is he sitting on the sidelines?"

    Rob Luchi¡¯s pupils shrank slightly, and the pigeon standing on Luchi¡¯s shoulders spoke in place of him: "When there is an absolute gap in power, there is no need to waste precious lives for a waste..."

    "Good point."

    Nairo Uehara clapped gently, glanced at the pigeon on Rob Luchi''s shoulder, and said with a smile: "Your pigeon is very good...Of course, if you let the pigeon speak for you again, today my dinner will be stewed pigeons. soup."

    "¡­¡­"

    Rob Luchi looked at Uehara Nara with a full face, why did this guy want to kill the pigeon he grew up!

    Is this a faction of a strong man?

    "All right."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the people present, tilted his head and said, "Now Spandam is dead, who of you will answer, who should give orders in the future?"

    "Of course it is your order."

    As a female of CP9 agents, Kalifa had a particularly delicate mind, and she immediately picked an answer that was definitely not wrong.

    "It''s really interesting..."

    Uehara Nairobi hooked the corner of her mouth, and suddenly spread her palm towards Kalifa, a force of gravity suddenly burst out!

    Kalifa''s neck suddenly fell into Uehara Naraku''s palm!

    Uehara Naraku pinched her neck, and said casually: "But can you tell me why you don''t think like this in your heart?"

    "I thought so¡­"

    Kalifa hurriedly reached out and grabbed Uehara Naraku''s arm, a touch of fear appeared on her face. She didn''t want to experience the feeling of being broken her neck again!

    At this time, the door of the CP9 interrogation chamber suddenly opened, and the figure of the admiral of the navy headquarters, Qing pheasant, appeared at the door.

    Green Pheasant Fengchen rushed over, probably because he was afraid that Judicial Island would be damaged by the guy Uehara Naraku, so he rushed here as soon as possible.

    It is a pity that he came a little late.

    The CP9 agents have fallen into the hands of Uehara Naraku.

    The blue pheasant watched Uehara Naraku pinching Kalifa¡¯s neck, frowned slightly, and said softly: "Hey, Uehara Naraku, can''t you be gentle with this lovely lady?"

    "Green Pheasant General!"

    Kalifa''s face seemed to see a savior!

    Every CP9 agent breathed a sigh of relief, at least if the admiral was there, Uehara Naraku would not be too presumptuous!

    Uehara Naraku turned his head slowly, looked at the figure of the blue pheasant, and narrowed his eyes slightly: "Before you came in, didn''t you know who knocked on the door first?"

    "Well¡­"

    Qing Pheasant glanced at Spandham who fell on the ground, couldn''t help scratching his head, turned and left the interrogation room, muttering: "It''s really troublesome..."

    ßËßËßË...

    Qing Pheasant knocked on the door symbolically.

    "No come in."

    Uehara Naraku almost choked the blue pheasant to death.

    The admiral of the Navy Headquarters couldn¡¯t help but his forehead jumped, and he muttered and said, ¡°Hey, if you want to do things faster, that guy Sakaski is coming soon, I¡¯ll find some beer, you What do you want to drink?"

    "Orange juice."

    Uehara Naraku casually dismissed Admiral Aoi Pheasant, turned his head to look at the CP9 people in the room, smiled and released his palm.

    "I am actually very good at talking."

    Uehara Naraku looked at the people present, chuckled and continued: "You have one minute left in your life. You can choose to resist, scream, or surrender to extend your life. Some may accelerate..."

    "If you can keep us, we are willing to surrender."

    Rob Lucci looked at Uehara Naraku, covered his pigeon with his hand, and took the initiative to speak: "Spandam is dead. His father Spandain is the former chief of CP9. That guy will never let it go easily. Our agents..."

    "Then you have to see how sincere you are..."

    Uehara Nairobi hooked the corners of her mouth, and said with a light smile: "If one person refuses to surrender, all eight of you will be killed..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Rob Luchi was silent for a second.

    The next moment, Lu Qi''s figure suddenly moved, and his fingers slammed on Nero''s body, and a finger gun instantly pierced Nero''s heart!

    Rob Luchi slowly turned around, looked at Uehara Naraku, and calmly said: "The remaining seven people should have sincerely surrendered to your Excellency."

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku fell into silence strangely.

    Rob Lucci looked at Naraku Uehara and explained in a soft voice: "Nairo is the intern who inserted in not long ago. I cannot judge his mind. In order to solve the next crisis that may put us all to death, I must He cleaned it up!"

    "Good job."

    Uehara Naraku applauded calmly, staring at Rob Luchi, and whispered: "It looks like you guys... are united beyond my imagination!"

    "Though these guys are all rubbish..."

    Rob Luchi ignored the eyes of other CP9 agents around him, and continued to speak: "But I can barely entrust my life to them, it''s worth believing!"

    Everyone: "¡­¡­"

    Although their hearts are a little touched, they still have some impulses to kill Rob Luchi... Is that what this **** is talking about?

    Rob Luchi''s gaze fell on Nairo, and he calmly continued to explain: "What''s more, killing Spandam needs an explanation after all... I don''t think this dirty thing will fall on the Lord Naraku. It can only fall on Nero."

    "You are very wise."

    Uehara Naraku tilted his head, waved his hand casually, and said: "You can go find the blue pheasant and report to him. Tell him that you are my subordinates, and then return to the City of Seven Waters to continue your life. You need you. I''ll use you again when I am coming!"

    "Life?"

    Kalifa looked at Uehara Naraku suspiciously.

    "That''s right."

    Uehara Naraku squinted at Kalifa and nodded, and said with a chuckle: "It seems that I don''t need you to do anything... It''s a rare vacation... As for the task of collecting Pluto, put aside the chores!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Everyone looked at Naraku Uehara complicatedly.

    To be honest, CP9 agents have never had the concept of life apart from their missions. Isn''t this boss who claims to make them loyal a bit unreliable?

    Only Kalifa looked at Uehara and squinted at her. The woman subconsciously covered her chest and said with a smile: "Sir, this is sexual harassment..."

    àØ!

    Kalifa was kicked flying by Rob Luchi!

    Rob Luchi ignored the strange gazes of others, slowly took off his top hat, and saluted Uehara Naruto with a hint of respect in his voice.

    "Yes."

    "So smart!"

    Uehara Naraku looked at Rob Lucy, the veritable captain of CP9, and said softly: "Then, for your decisiveness, I will spare Carlyfa''s rudeness."

    "Yes, Sir Naraku."

    Rob Luchi nodded and led the CP9 people to leave here. Kalifa also stood up with the support of Kaku, and limped after him to leave.

    "correct."

    Uehara Naraku stopped them suddenly and chuckled: "If it is a subordinate who is too weak because I don''t need to use them, I may not remember..."

    "We wrote it down."

    Rob Lucci calmly said, "When we see you next time, we will definitely let Naraku-san think that we have value that we can use."

    after they stepped out of the door.

    Bruno looked at Rob Luchi and couldn¡¯t help asking: "Luchi, if he can¡¯t remember us, wouldn¡¯t we just happen to never have to face someone as terrible as him again..."

    "So..."

    Rob Luchi''s gaze slowly became a little sharper: "If you have a useless tool in your home, and someone stolen it or demolished it, would you care about it in the future?"

    If their CP9 has been a useless tool, Uehara Naraku will definitely not care about their life and death. Only when they become a useful tool for Uehara Naraku, can they have the value of being used and the value of being protected!

    Just when Rob Lucci thought the truth was right, Bruno suddenly said, "Of course I will care. Even if the tool is really useless, it is my property..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Rob Luchi was lost in thought.

    Is there a problem with his metaphor, or is there a problem with Bruno''s brain?

    Please remember the domain name of the book¡¯s first publication:. The fastest mobile version update URL:

 Chapter 449ï¼š Hope the Klockdals are okay

    Judicial Island.

    Spandham¡¯s office.

    This office temporarily belongs to Naraku Uehara.

    Uehara Naraku, who was supposed to be interrogated, was sitting in a chair leisurely, drinking the iced orange juice prepared by the blue pheasant, as if Judicial Island had become his territory.

    A group of CP9 agents stand in the office.

    Green Pheasant sat opposite Uehara Naraku, glanced at the CP9 agents standing next to him in a row, scratched his head and said, "You don''t need CP9 these guys with your power?"

    These CP9 agents were ordered to report to him, which meant that he had to help deal with CP9''s next troubles. The green pheasant hates trouble the most.

    The CP9 agents cast inexplicable glances at the blue pheasants. If Uehara Naraku doesn''t need them, wouldn''t they kill them?

    This navy general...

    Why is the character a bit vicious?

    Uehara Naraku shook his head, smiled and said, "I just throw a move at random, what if I need it in the future?"

    Regardless of anything else, at least his task reward is in hand!

    Side mission: Kill Spandham (1/1). The mission has been completed. The reward is 30,000 points of life energy, 30,000 points of armed color domineering, and 30,000 points of sight color domineering.

    The reward for killing Spandam is so refreshing!

    Although Spandam is a scumbag, the rewards for killing him are really generous. If you kill him a few more times, you can still get rewards...

    Side mission: Defeat all CP9 members (8/7), the mission has been completed, and the reward skill navy type six (extreme).

    Navy six styles (extreme): The original navy six style shaves, finger guns, haze feet, iron blocks, paper paintings, and moon steps are all enhanced to the extreme application, freely extending a variety of strange abilities, enough to control any body Launch the six navy styles!

    Navy type six rewards are not bad.

    After all, if Uehara Naraku is allowed to do it seriously, he can only imitate it with his powerful body. This is a true Navy Six!

    doesn¡¯t feel much use...

    Except for Lan feet and finger guns, it¡¯s a bit handsome.

    "Well, you guys go back first!"

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand to signal the CP9 agent to leave, then raised his head to look at the green pheasant, and said softly: "When will the red dog come here? I can''t wait."

    "Wait a little longer!"

    Green Pheasant patted his forehead, and whispered, "Sakaski has a more sensitive personality and he advocates absolute justice. Don''t let him discover the evil in your body..."

    "What nonsense! I''m a kind person!"

    Uehara Naraku spoke slowly and continued: "Speaking of which, the arrival of the red dog, does it mean that my captain Klockdal is coming to the Judicial Island to rescue me?"

    "Hmm, how can I put it..."

    Green Pheasant rubbed his forehead and couldn''t help but said, "According to the information Robin provided to me, the guy Klockdal was worried that Judicial Island would be a trap set by the navy. That guy has decided to abandon you..."

    "Damn, is he still a human?"

    Uehara Naraku''s expression suddenly became a little embarrassed. He slowly clenched his fist and couldn''t help but cursed: "How can that guy Krokdal be like this? I''ve saved him, the ungrateful villain!"

    Krokdal is too much!

    This guy just abandoned his partner, he couldn''t bet on One Piece, especially since he abandoned a very powerful partner!

    Still want to be One Piece?

    Still want to enter a new world?

    "Hey Hey hey¡­"

    The green pheasant looked at Naraku Uehara who was a little excited. He couldn''t help holding his forehead. He looked at Naraku Uehara speechlessly, and muttered: "But Krokdal forced him into this situation, isn''t it you? ?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku fell silent strangely.

    Qing pheasant seems to be right...

    If he hadn''t planned secretly behind the scenes, Krokdal might not be so miserable, maybe he is still his hero in Alabastan now!

    "This is Krokdal''s fate!"

    Uehara Naraku''s face was furious, and suddenly clenched his fist and smashed the table in front of him, smashing the desk in front of him to pieces: "Krokdal... dare to defy the fate I imposed on him! "

    "¡­¡­"

    Qing Pheasant''s forehead jumped.

    Uehara Naraku''s temper is too bad!

    The character and style of this person are even worse than those of Akinu.

    Akainu pursues absolute justice, and he likes to use the name of justice no matter what he does. Uehara Naraku is even more straightforward...

    directly in the name of fate...

    When does the term fate become a reason to manipulate the fate of others?

    "Sooner or later we will send that guy Krokdal to the Great Undersea Prison!"

    Uehara Naraku raised his head to look at the blue pheasant in front of him, and said in a deep voice: "Hey, blue pheasant, think of a way to send me to the Great Undersea Prison Impelton!"

    "What are you going there for?"

    Qing Pheasant''s expression is a little weird.

    If this guy is put into the Great Undersea Prison, it is estimated that there will be a big mess in that big prison. This request absolutely cannot be agreed!

    The green pheasant looked at Uehara Naraku and scratched his forehead and said, "You are a major of the Navy Headquarters who directly belonged to the SWORD unit. You cannot be sent to the Great Undersea Prison anyway. The Warring States Marshal asked me to protect you... "

    "Are you letting me go by myself... or are you sending me there?"

    Uehara Nairobi spread out his palms, places like the Great Undersea Prison must be visited in advance, at least to be a prison tyrant.

    can even completely master the underwater prison.

    Now that the boss of Krokdal is obviously a bit inhuman, then he can only move closer to his second boss as much as possible!

    Looking forward to...

    Very much looking forward to...

    The blue pheasant was silent for a second. He looked at Naraku Uehara in front of him and sighed faintly: "Well, this is not something that is easy to manipulate...unless you betray the navy..."

    "How could I betray the navy..."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head, smiled and said, "What I have on my back is pure justice!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Qing pheasant felt that he was clumsy.

    Because no matter how you look at it, the blue pheasant thinks that Uehara Naraku is a scum who sneaked into the navy, and it was his great negligence to stop this guy from infiltrating the navy...

    "Forget it."

    Uehara Naraku suddenly smiled again, and said softly: "Let''s put this aside for now! The most important thing for us now is to wait for the red dog general...well, do you have a deserted place suitable for fighting? "

    "Fighting or something is too much trouble..."

    Green Pheasant shook his head, and muttered: "Well, since Krokdal is not sure to come, the red dog probably will leave after a while on Judicial Island..."

    "No, I just want to surprise General Akinu."

    Uehara Nairobi spread out her palms, and said with a chuckle: "You said, we can beat General Akadog, can we pull him into our camp?"

    "¡­¡­"

    The first thought of ¡¡¡¡ Qing Pheasant was... Uehara Naraku was crazy, right?

    Thinking carefully, when did Uehara Naraku become normal?

    This guy doesn''t really want to force the red dog to fall! That is a general who pursues the name of absolute justice, how could he obey his evil organization!

    Green Pheasant could not help but sigh faintly.

    Only he, a person who pursues lazy justice, would not mind joining Uehara Naraku¡¯s camp. The purpose is to persuade this guy to reduce the evil he committed...

    "Huh, I want to try..."

    A bright light flashed in Uehara Naraku''s eyes, and his voice gradually became a little gloomy. "Maybe you can kill two birds with one stone and kill the two guys Klockdal and Akainu...

    Since that guy Krokdal refuses to accept the fate I gave him, he should be ready to accept the punishment of fate! "

    "What do you want to do?"

    The blue pheasant glanced at Uehara Naraku in surprise.

    Uehara Naraku took out his phone worm, and asked casually, "Did you ask Robin? Where is the next stop of the guy Krokdal?"

    "Chambord Islands."

    The green pheasant spoke slowly: "That guy Klockdal has a permanent pointer to the shampoo. He probably is ready to go to the new world long ago..."

    "very good."

    Uehara Naraku stared at the blue pheasant, and suddenly said, "Mr. Aohara, would you doubt your body?"

    "What do you mean?"

    "Things like intuition..."

    Uehara Naraku''s mouth slowly showed a smile, and he chuckled and continued: "Do you believe someone can arrange a spy into your body?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Qing Pheasant''s gaze changed slightly.

    The first half of the great route.

    The ship of the Sand Crocodile Pirate Group is heading towards the Chambord Islands.

    Krokdal didn¡¯t even have the thought of going to the Judicial Island to rescue Uehara Naruto. That¡¯s the Judiciary Island, which is very close to the Marine Headquarters, Marin Vando...

    The most important thing is that the guy Uehara was caught by a few navy recruits. It was really a drag. After taking Naraku Uehara into the new world, the guy probably didn¡¯t live long, and Krokdal didn¡¯t bother to save him. Up.

    and...

    The fact that Uehara Naraku was caught by several naval recruits appeared in the newspapers, and the whole ocean was mocking the 60 million pirate who offered a reward under Krokdal!

    To make his sand crocodile so embarrassed on the sea, it would be nice if Krokdal didn''t go to the trouble of Uehara Naraku!

    Krokdal really has ten thousand reasons not to save Uehara Naraku.

    Now Klockdal and Nicole Robin are about to arrive in the Chambord Islands. After coating the hull, they dive to Murloc Island, and then enter the new world from Murloc Island...

    The only troublesome thing is...

    The site of Fishman Island now belongs to the King Qiwuhai dried persimmon ghost shark.

    This person is definitely not easy to deal with. Krokdal and the dried persimmon ghost also have hatred, so they have to find a way to avoid being discovered by the dried persimmon ghost.

    Krokdal sighed quietly with his cigar in his mouth. How could he have so many enemies inexplicably now...

    Just when Krokdal wanted to rekindle his ambitions, a voice rang from his body. It was a guard crane in his body!

    "Hey, sand crocodile kid!"

    Kazuo Morizuru''s voice sounded a little anxious: "Don''t get close to the islands in front. There are three very powerful characters hidden on them. One of them is the guy we met in Krokdal who uses the ability of frozen fruits!"

    "Ok?"

    Krokdal''s expression changed. Now Shouzuru was reminding him of the danger, and he had no reason to suspect that one-tailed Shouzuru lied to him, because he knew that one-tailed Shouzuru was living with him.

    Now Shouhe suddenly reminded...

    shows that there are indeed dangers hidden in the Chambord Islands!

    Three very powerful characters, one of them is the Frozen Fruit Ability Green Pheasant, the remaining two seem to be self-evident!

    "The three major naval commanders!"

    Krokodall¡¯s expression was faintly unattractive. He took a sip of the cloud with his cigar in his mouth, and said in a deep voice, ¡°I¡¯ve never heard the news that the three navy generals appeared in Chambord. Those guys are lying in ambush here. To ambush Lao Tzu!"

    "do not know¡­"

    Kazuo Morizuru slowly said, "Want to break in? Except for those three guys, the others are not very strong..."

    "No, find a safe place first!"

    Krokdal shook his head, immediately turned the direction of the rudder, and instantly moved away from the Chambord Islands, planning to find a suitable place to rest first.

    Nicole Robin noticed this, and smiled and said, "Mr. Krockdale, what happened?"

    "The three major naval officers lay ambush in the Chambord Islands..."

    Krokdal held his cigar and snorted coldly: "Fortunately, Shouhe reminded Lao Tzu to escape. Let''s find a suitable place to rest first!"

    "The three major naval commanders!"

    Nicole Robin''s face showed a touch of shock, he frowned and said pretentiously: "If they really ambush us, we are too close to the shampoo, in case we get caught The navy has discovered that the three major generals are likely to catch up!"

    "Apart from Lao Tzu, who else is qualified to be worthy of such a big battle?"

    After a while, Krokdal vomited, he said in a deep voice: "That guy in Moria can''t go to the site either. I remember that there is a small island near Judicial Island, which is on the other of the seven routes. , Then go there and have a look!"

    After Klockdal finished speaking, he continued: "Huh, by the way, if there is a chance, Lao Tzu will take advantage of the fact that the three generals are not in the navy headquarters and directly attack the Judicial Island to rescue Uehara Naraku''s waste, which is regarded as an ambush for the navy. In return!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Nicole Robin nodded slowly.

    Alas, can¡¯t you just go and save Uehara Naraku early?

    I really don¡¯t know what expression Krokdal will show when he sees the general who is really ambushing there after arriving on that deserted island!

    If Krokdal knew that, except for himself, everything else on this ship was undercover, including the undercover in his body. I don¡¯t know what expression this guy will show at that time!

    can only say¡­

    Hope that Krokdal''s spirit is all right?

    Please remember the domain name of the book¡¯s first publication: The fastest mobile version update URL:

 Chapter 450ï¼š This island is not for Krokdal

    on the island of justice.

    The blue pheasant took Naruko Uehara and stood in the port, watching a warship slowly stop by the side of the port, watching the tall man on the bow of the warship.

    General of the Navy Headquarters, Sakaski, codenamed Akadog.

    The commander of the Warring States Marshal, who came to ambush Krokdal with General Green Pheasant, finally rushed to Judicial Island.

    The admiral of the navy headquarters wore a navy justice cloak, a dark red suit, and a rose corsage on his chest, looking like he had come on a blind date.

    After the red dog arrived at Judicial Island, he looked down at the blue pheasant in the harbor, couldn''t help frowning his brow, and said coldly: "Huh, I can''t hold a Krokdal, and I need the old man to come and act together..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Green Pheasant scratched his head helplessly.

    If Alabastan defeated Krokdal, it would not be because of Uehara Naraku''s control, the blue pheasant would have seized that guy in the Great Undersea Prison!

    In that situation, everything in Alabastan was under the control of Uehara Naraku, let alone him, even if the three navy headquarters gathered together, there was no way.

    Qing Pheasant was too lazy to pay attention to the provocation of the red dog, and even kindly reminded him: "Um... Then you can go back right away."

    It''s best to leave immediately.

    If you go too late, it will be too late.

    "Akainu General..."

    When Uehara Naraku interrupted the blue pheasant, his face immediately showed a touch of excitement, as if he was a small red dog fan: "If it was the red dog general at that time, he would definitely catch Klockdal. Get up!"

    "Ok?"

    Akainu frowned slightly, and when he looked at Uehara Naruko, his face was obviously a little unhappy, and there was not the slightest bit of happiness that Uehara praised.

    Akainu glanced at Uehara Naraku. He ignored Uehara Naraku.

    The red dog looked at the green pheasant again, and said coldly: "This little guy is an undercover lurking next to Krokdal. Do we ambush Krokdal''s bait this time?"

    "Um...probably...that''s it..."

    Qing Pheasant''s face became slightly complicated.

    To tell the truth, I feel that Akinu is really going to finish. Naruto Uehara¡¯s eyes are smaller than a needle. He took the initiative to talk to Akinu, but Akinu ignored him...

    This hatred...

    just got together right away.

    Akagi''s gaze was still indifferent. He looked at Naraku Uehara. He was finally willing to say a word to Naraku Uehara. He said in a cold voice: "Well, Lieutenant Commander Uehara Naraku, are you determined to sacrifice for justice?"

    "of course!"

    Uehara Nairobi''s face was a little serious, and he said solemnly: "Implement the navy''s thorough justice and eradicate the evil in this world at all costs!"

    This must be the favorite of Akinu.

    Although Uehara said that...

    In fact, I must write down a note quietly in my heart.

    The first thing, after seeing him, the red dog did not take the initiative to ask questions; the second thing, he took the initiative to speak, but the red dog did not reply; the third thing they just met the red dog, this little dog actually wanted to be around Klockdal Sacrificed him in the battle...

    really...

    Live so comfortably!

    These navy generals are really more comfortable than one!

    This is dangerous above the sea, how can these navy generals just relax their vigilance?

    Akainu didn''t know that Uehara Naraku was slandering him, but his face showed a little satisfaction after hearing Uehara''s words.

    The admiral stared at the excitement on Uehara Naraku''s face, and slowly nodded his head, which was regarded as a compliment to Uehara Naraku.

    "Not bad."

    For Aka Inu, this is already a rare compliment.

    Although the Akadog is a natural person with a real ability of rock berry, his heart is much colder than that of the Akadog. It is not easy to say a word of praise.

    Of course, this is also the last comfort.

    Because of the ability to encircle Krokdal, who is also a natural fruit, Uehara Naraku possesses this strength, and the possibility of sacrifice on the battlefield is very high.

    Akahound is ready to sacrifice Uehara Naraku.

    "¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku flushed with embarrassment.

    At this moment, Uehara Naraku seemed to have no idea that the admiral in front of him was going to sacrifice him. He was just a little fan who admired the red dog.

    Qing Pheasant watched this scene silently.

    This guy¡¯s acting skills are so good, if it weren¡¯t for the details of the blue pheasant who knew about Uehara Naraku, he knew what Uehara Naraku would do next to the Akagi, I guess he would believe it now!

    Aka Inu, this guy is really a Navy Lieutenant Commander Uehara Naraku!

    "The next thing we have to do is wait?"

    The Aka Inu General looked down at the Qing Pheasant and Uehara Naraku and said solemnly: "I can''t spend too much time here. The New World has recently flooded with pirates..."

    "No."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head and said in a deep voice: "According to our information, Krokdal should be located on a deserted island near the northern part of Judicial Island. It is the most suitable location. You can always transfer to Judicial Island or Chambord Islands..."

    Green Pheasant spoke slowly: "In fact, we can just stay here, waiting for Krokdal to attack Judicial Island..."

    "Where is the majesty of the navy and the world government!"

    The red dog''s voice interrupted Green Pheasant''s words with a gloomy expression, and his expression was ugly: "Now that you know his information, then quickly rush over and arrest Klockdal!"

    Green Pheasant: "¡­¡­"

    This is someone who really wants to die...

    No matter how you stop it, you can¡¯t stop it!

    and Uehara Naraku''s eyes gradually became dangerous, and the blue pheasant felt that if he continued speaking, something might happen...

    Forget it, Akagi is looking for death by himself.

    At this time, the cape of the king''s Qiwu who was invited has not yet rushed to the Judicial Island, but the green pheasant proposed not to cooperate with the king''s Qiwuhai.

    It just so happens that Aka Inu doesn''t like the fact that the king''s Qiwu Kai mixes with the navy to catch pirates.

    Especially this guy Jiaodu just got the throne of Qiwuhai under the king and began to assassinate those noble kings wanted by the dark world.

    Two admirals...

    No matter how you count it, you can definitely catch Krokdal!

    Now that the personnel were ordered, the blue pheasant simply boarded the red dog warship and discussed the ambush of Klockdal on his warship.

    In order to worry about stunned by the grass, the green pheasant suggested that they should not bring too many ordinary naval soldiers to avoid arousing Krokdal''s vigilance.

    Akainu naturally has no reason to refute. Moreover, this is a battle of the strong, and it is useless to bring ordinary navy soldiers. Although the red dog does not care about sacrifice, it does not mean that he will waste the life of the navy in vain...

    "Major Naraku Uehara."

    Akadog sat in a conference room near the port, glanced at Naru Uehara sitting in the corner, and said in a cold voice, "If Krokdal''s location can be determined, he can also stay on Judicial Island to avoid danger... "

    "¡­¡­"

    After ¡¡¡¡ Qing Pheasant was silent for a while, he shook his head and said, "I think it''s better to take him and act together. His safety is the most important thing."

    "Forget it!"

    Akagi tapped his fingers on the table, nodded slowly, and said, "Then go and get ready! Let''s set off right away. I only have three days and I absolutely can''t waste it!"

    "Understand!"

    The port of Justice Island.

    Akainu and Ao-Pheasant two admirals boarded the same warship. In addition to hundreds of necessary naval soldiers, there were only the addition of Ao-inu, Akainu and Uehara Naraku.

    Now they have to choose to attack Krokdal.

    This way.

    Aka Inu and Blue Pheasant are a bit difficult to deal with.

    As long as they are in a boat, they are a bit unpleasant to each other.

    Aka Inu was in a bad mood, but fortunately there was another Naraku Uehara. The lieutenant commander seemed to understand him well.

    Akadog wants to take Uehara Naruto as his subordinate. This little guy approves of his justice and is worth sending to the Naval Academy for training.

    Going along the ocean current is faster than going against the ocean current. Before Krokdal had returned from the Chambord Islands to the deserted island, Uehara and the others had already followed the ocean current of the great route to the deserted island. .

    Obviously...

    There is no trace of Krokdal here.

    There are no traces of ships staying even around this desert island.

    "Hey, the information is too bad!"

    Akahound bit a cigar in his mouth and couldn''t help but say: "Your intelligence and speculation are all mistakes. UU reading wasted my time!"

    Akainu stared at Naraku Uehara, and said in a deep voice: "I thought you were a creative talent, but now you are mistaken in basic intelligence. You know that wasting the time of two navy generals means wasting the time. What?"

    "...Yes...I''m sorry..."

    Nairo Uehara shrank and retreated to the fence of the ship. His gaze slowly fell on the face of the blue pheasant standing next to the red dog: "Master Aoihara, I accidentally wasted your time. What should you do? What?"

    "Well¡­"

    Green Pheasant couldn''t help scratching his head, and sighed faintly, "What else can I do except forgive you?"

    "Ok?"

    Akadog frowned slightly.

    What''s the matter with this lieutenant commander, who actually talks to Qing Pheasant like this?

    Although the red dog can''t see the laziness of the blue pheasant, but the blue pheasant is a general of the navy, and the admiral represents the majesty of the navy!

    Also, Uehara Naraku''s voice is a bit lazy! This is not an attitude to apologize!

    The attitude of ¡¡¡¡ Qinghu is even more problematic!

    "¡­¡­"

    Akainu''s face was full of black lines, and he suddenly squeezed his fist: "Ao-pheasant, Uehara Naraku, you two take me more seriously!"

    "Well...Akainu-General, I want to tell you something."

    Uehara Nairo turned her head to look at the island, slowly spread her palms, and calmly said: "In fact, this island was never prepared for Krokdal..."

 Chapter 451ï¼š Is it appropriate for you to be an actor at this time?

    The atmosphere on the warship is a bit strange.

    No one understands what Uehara Naraku means.

    Green Pheasant couldn''t help holding his forehead and sighed quietly. He didn''t expect Uehara Naraku to have a direct showdown like this.

    Akahound looked at Uehara Naraku, his face could not help showing a sullen expression, he let out a breath of heat, and said with a sullen face: "Major Naraku Uehara, what kind of famous is this?"

    What the **** is this guy doing!

    Is there anything to hide from him at this time?

    "General Aka Inu."

    Uehara Naraku looked at the admiral of the navy headquarters in front of him, and calmly said: "You use me as a bait and want to capture Krokdal;

    But if someone uses Krokdal as bait, who is his purpose to catch? "

    This is a problem of ferrule.

    The navy wanted to use Naraku Uehara as a bait to capture Krokdal; Naraku Uehara also used Krokdal as a bait to catch the Akadog who came to capture Krokdal.

    "¡­¡­"

    Akainu immediately understood everything.

    The admiral of the Navy Headquarters heard what Uehara Naraku said, his face flashed with disdain, watching Uehara Naraku contemptuously and said: "Is there anyone who aims to capture the two headquarter generals? The person standing behind you? who is it?"

    is simply funny.

    Someone would dare to stare at them!

    Now there are two naval generals on this warship, especially this sea area is the first half of the great route, Judiciary Island and Malin Vandor are not far from here!

    Do not talk about reinforcements.

    Even two navy generals are enough!

    Which organization or pirate group is going crazy?

    Has the little Lieutenant Commander''s brain broken? Inexplicably want to provoke their admiral?

    The general of the navy headquarters is the highest combat power of the world government!

    The presence of the two navy generals means that no one in the entire sea can stop them, even the four emperors will not underestimate the power of the two navy generals!

    "Who is qualified to stand behind me?"

    Uehara Nairobi smiled and shook his head, his aura gradually surging, and there was a trace of sadness in his voice: "I really want to work for a few bosses, but unfortunately they all look down on me..."

    The next moment, Uehara Naraku''s domineering arrogance suddenly vented, and there was a touch of arrogance on his face: "No...they did not seize the fate of their choice, so they did not get God''s favor!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Red Dog hadn''t had time to figure out what was going on, a surging domineering look came oncoming, forcing him to release his armed domineering resistance in a hurry!

    The black and red domineering colors swept the surroundings instantly, and the navy soldiers on the warship fainted instantly under the impact of this domineering!

    Even the green pheasant and the red dog are a little uncomfortable in this overlord look!

    Even the blue pheasant, who has long become Uehara''s subordinates, never thought that Uehara Naraku could have such a terrifying domineering look. This domineering horror is almost the same as that of Gore D¡¤Roger decades ago. It makes no difference!

    When they were at the sea battle at Atwall, they had personally seen the battle between Gore D. Roger and the Golden Lion, and they had also personally experienced the domineering dominance of One Piece!

    I didn¡¯t expect Naraku Uehara to have such a powerful overlord look!

    The entire navy cannot pick out such a powerful domineering look, no, even in this world, it is estimated that it cannot pick such a powerful domineering look like Uehara Naraku!

    This domineering force not only brings aggressive pressure, but also has precise control, and there is no leakage...

    is terrifying!

    Akagi''s eyes were very gloomy. He stared at Naraku Uehara firmly, and said solemnly: "No wonder you guy dare to challenge the general...what kind of person is you guy...what is the purpose of sneaking into the navy all the time!"

    "Of course it is for justice!"

    When Uehara Naraku said this, his face was not red and his heart beat. If he ignores the surging and aggressive domineering look on his body, this person speaks quite righteously.

    "¡­¡­"

    Akagi clenched his fists.

    Uehara Naraku is still talking nonsense now?

    Such a powerful overlord looks domineering, and even publicly declared that he is going to be an enemy of the navy, there is a ghost of justice in him!

    "Ugh¡­"

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and sighed, "Actually, I don''t want to join the navy. It was the navy who actively wooed me to join... If I don''t join the navy, my commander, Major General Drake, will wipe out with the order Go to Alabastan!"

    Uehara Naraku faintly continued: "For the countless civilians of Alabastan, I can only choose to join the navy..."

    Of course these are all serious.

    Indeed, Major General Drake had always asked Uehara Naraku to join the navy, and it was even an order from the Sengoku Marshal himself.

    This sounds pretty ridiculous...

    But such an outrageous thing is just a fact.

    Because every step of their movements was within the plan of Uehara Naraku, it was the hard work of Uehara Naraku that made many senior navy officers want to win him into the navy.

    "Nonsense!"

    Akagi''s face is still cold.

    How could the navy win over such a lawless man to join the navy, how did this guy get in!

    Uehara Naraku shook his head helplessly, and sighed: "What I said is true...I never wanted to join the navy. It was Rear Admiral Drake who forced me to join the navy. You can go in the future. Ask him."

    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku smiled again and said softly: "Actually, I didn''t want to do it, but you took the initiative to send it to the door... After all, the opportunity to capture and conquer a navy general is very rare."

    The whereabouts of the general of the navy headquarters is uncertain.

    Among them, every day there must be a general guarding Marin Vando all year round.

    The three generals of the headquarters represent the strongest force of the world government. In addition to exterminating powerful pirates, they also need to help the world government handle some miscellaneous things...

    I want to catch a general at the right opportunity...

    To be honest, it¡¯s not easier to get anywhere than to catch a Four Emperor.

    "Uehara Naraku, you are so bold!"

    The red dog''s eyes flashed slightly, and a puff of black smoke emerged from his body. The admiral said indifferently, "Do you think you can succeed?"

    The red dog slowly dripped magma, and the magma was corroding and burning the deck. His voice was a little more proud: "It''s just overlord and domineering... It seems that you still don''t know what it means, the general of the navy... !"

    There is no shortage of domineering pirates in this world.

    Only one person in a million can have the domineering look, but this does not mean invincible, the hands of the three navy commanders definitely killed a few pirates with domineering look!

    The qualifications of the king...

    just has the possibility of becoming a king!

    Want to be a real king, where is so easy!

    Of course, the overlord look on Naraku Uehara in front of him is indeed terrifying. Even in the new world, he may not be able to find it comparable to him...

    Generally, those who have cultivated to this level of domineering domineering, armed domineering and seeing domineering domineering, needless to say, at least among the top group of people in the world...

    The red dog was clear in his heart, but he refused to bow to the evil.

    "The power of the generals of the navy headquarters, I know very well..."

    Uehara Naraku¡¯s eyebrows and eyes were full of smiles. He raised his head and motioned to Akinu to look back: "I have learned about the power of General Aoi pheasant, and can only help me make iced juice; Do you think I can use the power of General Akainu? Come and light the birthday cake..."

    "¡­¡­"

    This is really insulting.

    One is the natural frozen fruit ability, and the other is the natural rockberry fruit ability. All of them have top fruit ability, plus their masterful domineering...

    Even the Four Emperors cannot ignore their two powers!

    However, after hearing what Uehara Naraku said, Akakin suddenly realized that something was wrong. This guy had learned the frozen fruit ability of the blue pheasant before?

    The green pheasant...

    should know his true identity!

    Uehara Naraku talked to him for such a long time, why didn''t the blue pheasant speak a word? Is it still so lazy at this time?

    is not right...

    Even if the pheasant is lazy, in this case it is absolutely impossible not to say a word, this is not in line with the identity of an admiral!

    Aka Inu seems to have thought of something unbelievable...

    The red dog slowly turned his head under the domineering conflict of the overlord looked at the blue pheasant standing not far behind, and gradually said in a gloomy voice: "What the **** is going on... What are you? Kuzan...something else!"

    Green pheasant, is someone disguised?

    However, Akinu also knows his colleagues very well. Although they don''t have a good personal relationship, they still know each other''s personalities very well.

    Akahound doesn¡¯t believe that others can pretend to look like this, and of course he doesn¡¯t believe that the green pheasant betrayed the navy. This is even more nonsense!

    Green Pheasant is the General of the Navy Headquarters!

    Based on the understanding of the current situation of the navy, Akinu knows very well that the blue pheasant has a high probability of becoming a navy marshal. It is also the most powerful competitor for Akinu who wants to become naval marshal and execute thorough justice!

    After all, the blue pheasant...

    is popular among the middle and lower ranks of the navy.

    However, it is absolutely impossible for Akadog to believe that Akainu has suspected that the blue pheasant has betrayed the navy. They are all admirals of the navy!

    Whatever you do...

    will never be sorry for the justice behind the cloak!

    Unfortunately¡­

    The green pheasant is destined to disappoint the red dog.

    The green pheasant showed a little hesitation on his face, leaned against the cabin, and sighed: "Well, Sarkarski, it is too troublesome to explain... I''m sorry, this time I might want to do one. The actor..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Akagi fell into silence.

    A breeze blew by, slowly blowing away the black smoke from the red dog, and also revealing his face that gradually became unsightly.

    At this time, are you suitable as an actor?

 Chapter 452ï¼š Because your strength is too weak

    Green Pheasant tried his best.

    It''s really not that he refused to help.

    The green pheasant on this road has secretly persuaded the red dog several times, implying that the red dog will return to Malin Vatican immediately. There is no need for the support of the red dog here, but the red dog thinks the blue pheasant is too lazy, and is not interested in the task.

    If the person who came was Huang Yuan, maybe he would immediately turn around and return to Malin Vatican, but the person who came to support was the most diligent general, Akidog.

    A general who hates all pirates.

    What''s more, along the way, the green pheasant, who has always been uncomfortable, hinted to him as if provocatively. It would be weird if the red dog would be obedient to go back!

    "Oh, General Qing Pheasant did his best."

    The corner of Uehara Naraku''s mouth twitched, and he looked at Aka Inu with a smile: "I see everything on this road. When he hinted that you returned to Malin Vandor, I kept quietly instigating you to never let go. Any pirate..."

    When Uehara Naraku said this, there was a slightly regretful smile on his face: "It is not easy for the green pheasant, because he is my subordinate, and all he can do is to keep hinting at you. Guess he dares now. Help you?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Akagi fell into silence.

    Qing Pheasant''s expression is also a bit unsightly, he scratched the back of his head, and whispered to persuade: "Um...Sakowski...Sorry..."

    The blue pheasant knows the strengths of Uehara Naraku and Aka Inu very well. If Uehara Naraku wants to defeat Aka Inu, it will be a breeze.

    The strengths of the blue pheasant and the red dog are similar.

    Uehara Naruto¡¯s abilities are so strange that he can hang up the blue pheasant for a fight, naturally he can also hang up the red dog for a fight, and even hang the two of them together...

    "Huh... As a general of the navy headquarters, he betrayed justice..."

    The red dog''s fists were clenched tighter and tighter, and magma began to emerge from his fists. He looked at the green pheasant''s face getting more and more ugly: "The green pheasant...wait for me to solve this kid in front of me...I will definitely...will you together. Clear..."

    "¡­¡­"

    The green pheasant rarely spoke to refute the words of the red dog.

    If Akadog can really defeat Uehara Naraku, and then want to kill him, the blue pheasant will definitely not resist.

    But...

    This can''t happen.

    Uehara Naraku possesses at least four or five natural fruit abilities, as well as a deep three-color domineering, even if it is Lieutenant General Karp who wants to defeat Uehara Naraku in a solo fight, the odds are very low.

    "Okay, stop talking nonsense..."

    Uehara Naraku slowly raised his finger, and said with a smile on his face: "Mr. Akakinu and Mr. Aoshima are both generals of the navy headquarters, and naturally I can''t favor one another..."

    Uehara Naraku turned around and looked at the small island next to the warship. His voice gradually became thicker: "Then prepare a suitable battlefield for us first!"

    "¡­¡­"

    The red dog is full of doubts.

    Blue Pheasant''s expression was slightly solemn, he watched Uehara Naraku, and muttered in a low voice: "Is it going to start? The ability to change the terrain easily..."

    A sharp bird song fell in their ears!

    The next moment, a crystal-clear giant bird flew over the sky!

    The giant bird has a wingspan of more than ten meters, and the whole body is made of crystal clear ice, whether it is wings, claws or even head, everything is made of ice!

    There is only a piece of red crystal on its head, and its body exudes endless cold, and pieces of snowflakes are slowly falling from the place where it flies...

    Even if they are far away, the green pheasant can feel the freezing power bred in its body, and that freezing ability seems to fit a little bit with his frozen fruit ability...

    Green Pheasant was a little envious in his heart.

    Because that big ice bird is so similar to his name and ability!

    If there is such a giant bird as a pet, the green pheasant thinks that he can send the camel penguin back to the South Pole...

    This giant bird made of ice is the reward that Naraku Uehara won after defeating the blue pheasant-Ice Crystal Phoenix, Avenia!

    "Go ahead, Avignia!"

    Uehara Naraku smiled lightly and looked at the ice crystal phoenix in the sky, and said: "Go and help me turn this small island in front of me into the appearance of your hometown, and help me create a suitable battlefield..."

    "à±!"

    A sharp bird song resounded across the sea!

    The ice crystal phoenix flew over the island, its wings flapped slightly, and snowflakes mixed with hail fell quickly from the sky...

    Not long before, the hail and snowflakes falling in the sky almost covered their sight, and the whole island quickly turned into a world of ice and snow!

    That giant bird created an ice world out of thin air!

    The entire island has completely changed its appearance, only the endless white!

    No, in other words, the climate of the entire island has changed as a result, maybe from now on there is only snow and ice!

    There are towering icebergs, and snow is falling on the ground. The shallowest part of the snow on the island is at least a few meters deep, and the temperature in the air is almost enough to freeze human bodies.

    "I like snowy days the most..."

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand to let the ice crystal phoenix fall by his side. He looked at the snowy island, then turned his head and glanced at the red dog. He chuckled and asked: "General Red dog, are you satisfied with this battlefield?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Akagi was silent for a while.

    Now that he knows that he is a true rockberry, is he satisfied at all? Does this guy have no idea?

    Don''t say it''s a red dog...

    Green Pheasant is a bit speechless.

    Uehara Naraku can''t be a man?

    Even if Uehara Naraku creates an ordinary battlefield, Akakinu may not be his opponent. Now he has created a battlefield that restrains Akakinu''s ability very much. Is this the rhythm of wanting to beat Akakinu alive?

    "This is an absolutely fair battlefield."

    Uehara Naraku smiled and explained: "Only in this way can we avoid the damage caused by our battle to the island as much as possible. This island has a second guest..."

    Such words...

    Green Pheasant and Red Dog certainly do not believe them.

    Akahound is a real rock berry capable of fighting on this small island, his strength will definitely be reduced a lot, and he can''t use rock berry real ability to change the terrain here, thus forming a battlefield that is beneficial to him.

    Uehara Naraku''s cheek is too thick...

    How did he bashfully say that this is an absolutely fair battlefield?

    of course¡­

    Aka Inu is one of all admirals who will never give up!

    Both on the surface and in the bones, Aka Dog is far more proud than the other two generals. He looked at the ice and snow island in front of him and nodded slowly.

    The red dog suddenly closed his palms, squeezed his fists hard, and said in a deep voice: "Since you have chosen your own burial place... let''s start!"

    "Ok."

    Uehara Naraku narrowed his eyes, smiled and nodded, his figure floated into the air little by little, and flew over the island.

    Uehara Naro let the snowflakes fall on her body little by little, and smiled and said, "Then...welcome Mr. Akagi...come to this absolutely fair battlefield!"

    "Humph¡­"

    Akadog set foot on the island carelessly.

    It was just that when the red dog just set foot on the island, the endless snow and ice on the island instantly floated, and the snow and ice gathered around him like a tornado!

    is like trying to bury the red dog in the snow!

    "Is this the only trick?"

    The red dog''s voice was still dullly heard in the flying snow, his arm suddenly turned into a ball of magma, and he blasted out toward the ice and snow: "Big fire!"

    A bunch of flames of magma are shot out!

    The endless ice and snow melted quickly under the power of the fire breathing! Rock Berry''s ability, even in this environment, still has good strength!

    The figure of ¡¡¡¡ Akadog was slowly revealed. He watched the floating Uehara Naruko, once again blasted his fist, and a cloud of magma quickly spread from his arm!

    "Heaven Dog!"

    This trick is very fast!

    Even the power cannot be underestimated!

    But just when the dog was about to hit Uehara Naraku, Uehara Naraku stretched out his finger, and a stream of magma gushed out of his fingertips!

    This tiny lava shot directly through the dog!

    Even after defeating the dog, the magma directly penetrated the arm of the red dog, making the admiral¡¯s expression unbearable. He was directly elementalized just now, but still felt the power of the magma penetrated his. Arm!

    "This is... the ability of the rock berry? The temperature is actually higher?"

    Aka Inu''s expression turned slightly ugly.

    Akahound has never thought that there will be today, as a rockberry real ability person, will be hurt by the power of magma!

    "Yeah...this is the magma power."

    Uehara Naruto spread out his palms, and a mass of lava flowed continuously in his palms, forming various strange shapes from time to time.

    Uehara Naraku calmly looked at the red dog, and said softly: "I said, this island is an absolutely fair battlefield, and it''s fair to us..."

    The next moment, the magma in Naruto Uehara''s hand suddenly flew towards Akagu!

    The magma swelled rapidly in the air, turned into a giant dragon made of magma, and plunged into the body of the red dog!

    The red dog suddenly stretched out his palm, and a burst of armed domineering was suddenly released, directly smashing the magma dragon in the sky!

    The magma temperature of Naraku Uehara...

    seems to be higher than the magma temperature he controls!

    "You are boring like this..."

    Uehara Naraku casually shook his head, and stretched out his palm directly toward the red dog: "Since you used one time to be aggressive, I will use it again for the sake of fairness!"

    Before the words fell, a group of stronger armed domineering was directly released from the palm of Uehara Naraku. The surging armed domineering made the air tremble!

    This domineering force is too tyrannical!

    The armed and domineering group released from the air, directly and remotely knocked down the admiral of the navy headquarters, the red dog, to the ground!

    When it comes to armed and domineering!

    There is no better than Uehara in the entire ocean!

    "What a joke, this kid looks only twenty years old..."

    Akahound was knocked down to the ground by his armed look and domineering, and a trace of blood leaked from the corner of his mouth, which was a sign of internal damage!

    Only Lieutenant Admiral Karp of the Navy Headquarters has brought him this kind of pressure, but that is the result of hard work!

    Does this Uehara Naraku have this level of domineering at the age of twenty?

    "Don''t bully the young man!"

    Uehara Naruto spread out her palm looked at the red dog and said, "Hey, Sarkarski, can you bring me a little new trick?"

    Uehara Naraku continued softly: "If you can''t bring me a little fun, then I only have the pleasure of beating you..."

    "Don''t be too arrogant..."

    The next moment, Akadog saw Uehara Naraku''s figure disappear suddenly!

    Red Dog couldn''t help frowning slightly, seeing the domineering look and immediately perceiving a figure behind him, and a cloud of magma suddenly appeared on his fist!

    Akadog twisted around abruptly and hit the figure who suddenly appeared behind him with a punch!

    Uehara Naraku smiled and stretched out a palm, blocking the red dog''s fist full of magma, not caring about the damage of magma at all!

    This punch hits Uehara Naraku¡¯s palm directly, and the magma on the red dog¡¯s fist splashes, and even a few drops slowly drip down Uehara Naraku¡¯s palm...

    It¡¯s like ordinary rain...

    An inexplicable chill suddenly took hold of Akagi''s heart. What kind of monster is this guy, he won''t be hurt at all?

    "I''m just an ordinary person..."

    Uehara Naraku seemed to see through Akakin''s mind, smiled and continued, "Are you guessing why I won''t get hurt? Of course, it''s because of your strength...too weak!"

    Uehara Naraku''s palm suddenly became pitch black. He suddenly turned over and slapped the red dog''s abdomen with a palm. Even before the red dog had time to become elemental, he slapped the admiral directly and flew out!

 Chapter 453ï¼š God... cannot die.

    The snow is still falling.

    Uehara Naruto walked on the snow, and walked towards the red dog step by step.

    The red dog, who had just been slapped in the snow by Uehara''s palm, got up awkwardly, wiped the blood from the corner of his mouth, and couldn''t help stroking his lower abdomen. He could clearly feel the severe pain in his internal organs.

    Uehara Naraku watched the movements of the Akagi and slowly shook his head and said, "It''s really ugly...With this little power, how can you sit firmly in the position of general?"

    "Asshole..."

    Sakaski gritted his teeth, his fist was full of smoke, and his armed domineering engulfed billowing magma slammed into Uehara Naraku''s head!

    Uehara Naraku''s fist suddenly turned into magma, and a layer of armed domineering was adsorbed on the magma like a flowing liquid, and his fist blasted up!

    The fists of the two suddenly collided!

    The magma quickly spread to the surrounding area, and the magma flew out and fell on the ice and snow, and was buried by the ice and snow.

    The red dog was blown out with a punch again!

    This tall admiral was blasted into the ice and snow with a punch by Nairo Uehara, and blood spewed out in the air from his mouth!

    Akahound fell into the snow in an unbearable manner. At this moment, half of his body seemed to be unconscious!

    Originally, after seeing the domineering look on Uehara Naraku''s body, Akakin knew that there might be disadvantages in this battle...but I didn''t expect that he was at such a disadvantage that he had just started the battle, and he didn''t even get the slightest result of the battle!

    The enemy doesn¡¯t care about his power...

    Because no matter how strong the Akinu himself is, Uehara Naraku, who stands opposite him, will always perform better than him!

    "Meteor Volcano!"

    The red dog stood up with the pain, and threw out his fists. The huge fists turned into meteorites wrapped in magma and fell from the sky!

    The entire island has fallen into the attack range of Akadog!

    Almost endless magma meteorites fell on the island!

    This is the power of the general of the navy headquarters. Everyone has the power to make an island completely infertile!

    Unfortunately¡­

    This is a small ice island.

    Uehara Nairobi stared blankly at the magma meteorites falling beside him, quickly being submerged by ice and snow, without making any waves.

    A cloud of magma suddenly appeared in the palm of Uehara Naraku!

    The next moment, the magma shot out like rays, accurately hitting the magma meteorites falling in the air, and directly defeated these attacks!

    Akainu watched this scene gloomily, he had already prepared in his heart, the strongest ability of this trick should be resolved by Uehara Naraku...

    Except that he did not expect that he would solve this trick so easily!

    Uehara Nara walked step by step to the front of the red dog, looked at the ugly admiral, smiled and said: "Now, Mr. Sarkarski, are you willing to give your soul and gain strength from my hands? ?"

    "¡­¡­"

    These words sound like a demon!

    Akainu''s eyes changed, his fists clenched again, and he looked at Uehara Naruto and said in a deep voice: "Do you think you have won? Even if you can kill a navy, it is impossible to wipe out the justice in his heart!"

    "Why did I kill you..."

    Uehara Naruko stepped on the ground, his figure suddenly rushed to the front of the red dog, waving his fist and flying the admiral: "I just polished your justice... No, I should say... I This is the justice you should believe in!"

    Uehara Naraku''s figure appeared like a hurricane, instantly appearing in various positions beside Akagi. At this moment, he saw countless phantoms in Akagi''s sight!

    The next moment, one after another fists appeared on Akinu''s body!

    Until the end, Akagi''s jaw received a heavy blow and elbow!

    The admiral suddenly fell to the snow!

    Uehara Naraku stood next to him, looking at the admiral lying on the ground, and said with a light smile: "Now can we have a good talk?"

    "Asshole..."

    The red dog has a severe pain.

    Even though he had been elementalized just now, he still couldn''t resist Uehara Naraku''s attack. This was the first time he felt a sense of desperate powerlessness in his heart!

    This battle...

    is really frustrated!

    No matter what kind of attack it is, it will be easily resolved by the enemy, no matter what kind of attack the enemy makes, it can''t be resisted. How can it be hit?

    The blue pheasant...

    Is this how to surrender?

    "This way, you won''t have the strength to resist, right?"

    Uehara Naraku suddenly appeared in the palm of a black hole, and the four-tailed Monkey King of Naruto World jumped out of the black hole!

    Uehara Naraku smiled, looked down at the red dog beside the four-tailed Monkey King, smiled and said: "Accept the power I give you! This is a power that no one can imagine..."

    Under the control of Uehara Naraku, the four-tailed Monkey King quickly turned into a chakra torrent and entered the body of the red dog!

    In a blink of an eye...

    Uehara Naraku completed the human pillar power ceremony.

    It''s a pity that the four-tailed man, the red dog, is really a bit rough, and even the seal is not set. The four-tailed Monkey can use his chakra to invade the red dog''s body and directly let him enter the tail beastization state!

    If Akadog wants to prevent the four tails from occupying his body, he must try his best to suppress the four tails'' riots with his own power every moment!

    If Yotsuo keeps rioting...

    This general is equivalent to waste.

    "Asshole, what did you guy do?"

    Red Dog saw the chakra torrent flowing down his body, because he instantly felt that a monster had entered his body!

    This monster seems to resonate with Rock Berry''s abilities, and there is a wave of energy that makes him quickly recover from the body that was just injured by Uehara Naraku...

    But at the same time...

    This monster is also faintly invading his body!

    This...what the **** is it!

    "do not worry."

    Uehara Naraku looked at the red dog, smiled lightly and spread out his palms and said: "This is the power I give you, and it is also a means to monitor you."

    After watching the four-tailed Monkey Goku gradually blending into the body of Aka Inu, Naruko Uehara smiled and continued: "If you want, you will be obedient in the future; if you don''t want to, I think all the pirates on this sea are I should like to see a piece of news..."

    Uehara Naraku''s face was filled with a weird smile: "This news is... the admiral of the navy headquarters Akadog betrayed the navy and destroyed the navy headquarters Marin Vando... this news should be enough to explode?"

    "That thing..."

    Akagi''s face suddenly changed. He looked at Naraku Uehara and asked in a deep voice, "What the **** did you guy do? What the **** is that thing!"

    This threat is deadly enough!

    Aka Inu has been carrying out his justice since he was a child!

    As a result, I only entered the age of fifty this year. It was when I was about to enter the peak state of my life, but I was murdered by the person in front of me!

    "Four-tailed Monkey King, that''s your companion!"

    Uehara Naraku smiled and continued: "Four-tailed Monkey is a unique life. It can borrow your extremely powerful power to make your rock berry real ability even better;

    The price of this power is that once it perceives a difference in your mind, it will encroach on your body and make you an irrational beast..."

    "Asshole..."

    Akagi''s face suddenly changed.

    This admiral tried his best to deprive the tail beast from his body!

    It''s a pity that Aka Dog doesn''t understand these Chakra systems at all. He is just his own spiritual world, and he saw a red gorilla with four tails!

    "Don''t struggle."

    Uehara Naraku smiled and looked at the red dog, and said softly: "If you are willing to obey my orders obediently, you will still be the admiral of the navy headquarters who can execute justice; if you refuse to obey the orders, then you will become the navy. traitor¡­"

    "Do you think you... can threaten an admiral?"

    Akainu looked at Uehara Naraku with a gloomy expression, and slowly clenched his fist, and said in a deep voice: "The old man has the consciousness to die for justice since the day he joined the navy... just death, you think the old man Don''t you dare to die?"

    "I believe you are not afraid of death..."

    "Mr. Naraku, can you let me talk to him?"

    Just as Uehara Naraku wanted to continue to say something, a figure braved the wind and snow and walked to their side.

    is another general, Qing Pheasant, who has been watching the show.

    The green pheasant stared at the red dog lying on the ground, turned his head and glanced at Uehara Naruto, and said softly: "Um...Although Sarkarski and I have basically not said anything...but I think...I still understand the present his."

    "Please feel free."

    Uehara Naraku nodded with a smile, and said in a low voice: "Then...Don''t let me down! If you let me down, the world will become very bad!"

    At the end, Uehara Naraku''s smile was still relaxed, but his smile fell into the eyes of the blue pheasant, but it suddenly made the blue pheasant feel a chill.

    Seeing Uehara Naraku leaving and the two admirals left here, the blue pheasant scratched his head and muttered, "Uehara...Sakaski..."

    "Do you have that kind of monster in your body too!"

    The red dog looked at the green pheasant with a gloomy face, and said with a voice: "Green pheasant, that''s why you guy chose to betray your justice!"

    "Do not."

    The green pheasant shook his head and sighed: "It should be said that my body is more terrifying than that kind of monster...I never fear death... But if we die, then who will find out the details of that guy? , Who will watch that guy?"

    The green pheasant sat next to the red dog and calmly continued: "The guy named Naraku Uehara may only use less than one-tenth of his true strength when fighting with you...one percent...who Know...

    Anyway, that¡¯s a dangerous guy, and his thoughts are very dangerous...but we can¡¯t eliminate him, even if Polusalino has nothing to do here...I¡¯ve been monitoring him secretly and preventing him from making dangerous moves. ¡­"

    The green pheasant glanced at the red dog and continued earnestly: "Sakaski, join us... That guy is just a monster of evil taste now, who knows if he will become a world-destroying person in the future... Someone must be Preventing his actions..."

    When the green pheasant said this, he looked up at the sky and continued: "You see it too? No one can stop him with strength...Even when I followed Mr. Karp against Gore D. Roger, there was none. Have seen such a powerful human..."

    "So you became his subordinate?"

    Akidog''s face was uncertain, he glanced at the green pheasant, and said solemnly: "Will such a lawless monster listen to you?"

    "Yes The green pheasant glanced down at the red dog, scratched his head, and slowly said: "Well, how should I put it... not so much a monster... it is better to say that he is a **** in the game world. ¡­That¡¯s probably the way it is¡­"

    "Is that person a Celestial?"

    "It''s more troublesome than the Tianlongren."

    The green pheasant shook his head and sighed lightly: "The group of guys called the world scumbag by Mr. Karp has at least a way to restrain them... Uehara Naraku is truly unrestrained and reckless... his There is a mysterious organization under him. The people in this organization are powerful, but they all call him a true god."

    Green Pheasant glanced at the red dog, and said softly: "Um... I joined the organization, probably to stop his dangerous actions as much as possible, and make that guy more... fetters?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Akagi slowly closed his eyes.

    The next moment, Aka Inu opened his eyes again and calmly said: "I thought you would stay by his side and want to assassinate him... I didn''t expect you to use such a humiliating method..."

    "What should I say..."

    Green Pheasant shook his head and looked at the distant Uehara Naraku who was building a snowman on the ice island. He couldn¡¯t see that he was the one who beat the general of the Navy just now...

    That rascal¡­

    In fact, putting everything aside, he is a simple guy!

    "There is a saying that should be said..."

    Green Pheasant shook his head, slowly lowered his head and looked at the red dog. There was a shadow in his eye sockets, and the admiral of the Navy''s voice became lower and lower.

    "God... cannot die."

 Chapter 454ï¼š Captain Krokdal, are you finally here to save me?

    Behind the scenes from Hokage Chapter 454 Captain Krokdal, have you finally come to save me? The snowflakes on the island are still flying.

    Uehara Naraku looked at the snowman he had built with satisfaction, nodded to himself, and glanced at the two tall men standing beside him.

    "You said, does this snowman look good?"

    "¡­¡­"

    The two navy generals fell silent.

    To be honest, this snowman is really ugly.

    Uehara Naraku¡¯s skill in building a snowman is actually not as good as the children in the Marin Vatican area. It¡¯s really an insult to this snowy island.

    It is a pity that this guy Uehara Naraku is insane.

    Both of them are now Uehara Naraku''s subordinates, especially this guy may make dangerous moves at any time.

    Now, the two admirals have reached a tacit understanding.

    They will try their best to achieve a higher position in the dangerous organization Akatsuki, and through persuasion, to prevent Uehara Naraku from certain dangerous actions.

    This kind of second and powerful fellow has to deal with it smoothly, just like dealing with the Tianlongren, no, it is more troublesome than dealing with the Tianlongren.

    Therefore, when you speak, you can''t speak of conscience.

    "Hmm, okay..."

    The green pheasant scratched the back of his head and nodded slowly, then glanced at the red dog next to him and said, "Hey, Sakaski, do you think this snowman is good, too?"

    "¡­¡­"

    The red dog fell into silence again, and then he frowned, and said in a loud voice, "Well, it''s much more beautiful than the snowmen that Kuzan had built before, and it''s very artistic."

    "Ok?"

    Green Pheasant couldn''t help being full of question marks.

    He only turns people into ice sculptures. Has he piled up any snowmen?

    No, it''s not right, the real question is, is Akinu still having his mentality at this time?

    The two of them didn''t deal with it at the navy headquarters. Now that they are members of Akatsuki''s organization, why don''t they deal with it?

    really...

    Congenital discord, right?

    Hearing the two admirals of the navy praising his snowman one after another, Uehara Naraku nodded in satisfaction. He glanced at the Akagi and whispered: "Mr. Akagi, you are more acquainted than the blue pheasant."

    "¡­¡­"

    After being silent for a while, the Akadog was still a little uncomfortable. He said with a urn voice: "Your Excellency Uehara, if there is nothing wrong, I will return to Malin Fanduo first. There are still many things to deal with..."

    "No, there is something else."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and said with a chuckle: "Did you forget our original intention to come to this island? Didn''t you mean to capture Krokdal?"

    "Ok?"

    Akahound was a little surprised, frowning and asking: "Your Excellency Uehara, did you really have the trace of the guy Klockdal?"

    "Yes."

    Uehara Naruto nodded and smiled: "If I didn''t estimate it wrong, he should have arrived on this island this afternoon."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the red dog, pointed his finger at his lower abdomen, and whispered softly: "I put an undercover in Krokdal''s body, and all his actions can''t hide from me..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Akainu''s expression gradually became a little unsightly.

    Because the four-tailed Monkey Goku has been inserted into his body as an undercover agent. In this case, there is nothing to hide from Uehara Naraku!

    Especially as a general of the navy headquarters, Akadog usually comes into contact with many navy secrets. In order to avoid being caught by Uehara Naruto''s navy secrets... should he start to go to work every day like the blue pheasants and the yellow monkey. ?

    The mentality is a little broken.

    Aka Inu is the most diligent of the three generals!

    But because of this, Akadog finally realized why the green pheasant refused to return to Marin Vando to garrison him. It should be because he was afraid that he would come into contact with some naval secrets and be discovered by Uehara?

    is still a green pheasant, this guy has a conscience...

    It¡¯s a pity that in the future, Akinu guesses that he will be the same as the blue pheasant. In order to protect the secrets of the navy, he will stay outside all day to patrol or fight against pirates...

    that time¡­

    The entire Marin Fando is left with Huang Yuan, a general. That guy is still a natural person who likes to go to work and fish. He can only hope that the Marshal of the Warring States period is okay...

    It¡¯s just that...

    Akadog''s heart can''t help but feel a little fortunate. In the future, he and the blue pheasant will patrol outside and fight against the pirates, and the yellow ape will look forward to staying in Malin Vandor because of the rule that the navy headquarters must have a general garrison. Get caught...

    "Well, now that our battle is over, let me re-decorate this island first, lest Krokdal suspect it."

    Uehara Naraku''s palm fell on the snow, and the snow under him began to melt in an instant. Both the iceberg and the snow were melting rapidly.

    This small island seems to have stepped into spring, and small tree saplings quickly emerged from the ground, and they grew into towering trees in just a few seconds!

    is the power of elemental power and elemental power!

    In just a few minutes, this small island, which was originally turned into an icy place by Naraku Uehara, has regained its lush appearance.

    This is the usual means of the creator...

    The two admirals of the blue pheasant and the red dog could not help but frown slightly. No matter when it is, creation is more difficult than destruction!

    How much power does Naraku Uehara still hide?

    No, or, is this guy really a human?

    Akadog''s eyes dimmed slightly, and within a few minutes, the appearance of an island changed easily twice in his hands.

    Uehara Naraku waved his palm, looked at the small island turned into a forest, and chuckled: "In this case, the guy Krokdal would not doubt it?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Krokdal doubts whether it is not important...

    The two admirals of the blue pheasant and the red dog really doubt life.

    Just as Uehara Naraku was transforming the island, a pirate ship with a crocodile bow was approaching the island.

    Two people on the boat.

    is Sand Crocodile Crocodile and Nicole Robin.

    Krokdal is still the invincible appearance. The one-tailed guard crane he got provides him with powerful power and can also help him perceive the message of powerful enemies in advance.

    This makes Krokdal''s confidence more and more full.

    "When we arrive at that deserted island, we will find a suitable opportunity to attack Judicial Island. I must teach the navy a lesson, and by the way take back the waste from Uehara Naraku..."

    After taking a sip of the cigar in his mouth, Krokodall snorted and continued: "Huh... if the waste is not lucky and is sent to Impelton, it''s no wonder I didn''t save him. Up!"

    "¡­¡­"

    After Nicole Robin was silent for a second, a smile appeared on her face. She narrowed her eyes and nodded and said, "Yes, Master Captain."

    "It''s a pity..."

    Krokdal sighed slowly, "Uehara Naraku''s combat effectiveness is not very good, his medical ability is quite good."

    "Yes¡­"

    Nicole Robin nodded following his words.

    This Krokdal is really dying and has not noticed the crisis...

    If he had rescued his ship doctor sooner, maybe they would have arrived in the new world now, but unfortunately this guy gave up his life and chose a dead end.

    Even if it is a Morizuru in Krokdal, it is the undercover of Uehara Naraku. How can this fight against others?

    Nicole Robin knew about it a long time ago.

    The island they are driving towards is actually a dead end.

    Krokdal actually has countless opportunities, as long as he obediently becomes Uehara''s **** or toolman, at least he can live for a while...

    This sand crocodile was able to sail at sea before, because Uehara Naraku needed him, and he actually abandoned him.

    Krokdal, this guy has been running non-stop on the road to death, and even feels that he is running too slowly...

    really...

    Hopeless.

    It''s a pity that Krokdal didn''t know all of this. He was still a little complacent about his caution, and began to rely a little on Shouhe''s perception power.

    When Krokdal approached the deserted island, he glanced at the densely forested island and asked the opinion of a tail of Mori Tsuru in his body: "Hey, Mori Tsuru, is there any dangerous person on this island?"

    "Hee hee hee hee hee hee¡­"

    Morizuru''s laughter came from Klockdal''s body: "There are a few weak guys on the island, they are not worth mentioning for our strength, let''s kill them!"

    "Humph¡­"

    Krokdal''s mouth grinned, revealing a grinning grin: "Shouhe, can''t you be bloodthirsty monsters?"

    "he he he he he¡­"

    Morizuru''s laughter suddenly sharpened. After laughing for more than ten seconds, he slowly said, "Hehehehe...Let''s go quickly!"

    Morizuru''s mouth is grinning...

    It must be cursing in its heart!

    This Krokdal really doesn''t know how to promote him. He dared to call Lord Shouhe a monster. Don''t you know that this word is what they hate most?

    If it wasn''t for Morizuru, he still needs to bring this guy to Uehara Naraku. Morizuru really wants to kill Krokdal!

    Forget it...

    Right now...

    Krokdal will experience what true despair is!

    There is no shortage of materials on the ship. The only thing that needs to be supplemented is the fresh water resources that are difficult to supplement at sea. By the way, they also take a rest on this small island.

    After the boat docked, Krokdal flew onto the island, and said: "In order to avoid leaking the news of Lao Tzu, let''s kill those guys on the island first...Shouhe , Tell me their exact location!"

    "he he he he he¡­"

    Morizuru''s laughter became sharper, and he reminded: "Then you''d better move faster, they are in this forest, walking towards the forest, and you will meet them soon!"

    "Pirates don''t have any kind words..."

    Krokdal was dangling a cigar with a cloud of smoke floating around his mouth. He slowly walked into the forest with a scorn on his face: "Huh, I can only blame bad luck..."

    bad luck¡­

    will meet him, a sand crocodile who wants to hide!

    After Krokdal walked along the forest for a few minutes, he finally saw the scenery in the depths of the forest. Deep in the forest was a large tree with a lush canopy.

    Krokdal also saw people deep in the forest.

    When Klockdal saw two of them clearly, a cold sweat broke out on his forehead, and an urge to curse in his heart!

    There were three people sitting under the big tree with lush foliage. They were sitting around a wooden table. On the table were three glasses of juice. Two of them were very tall.

    It is the admiral of the navy headquarters Akinu and the blue pheasant.

    The only person with a normal figure is Krokdal¡¯s ship doctor Naruto Uehara.

    When Uehara Naraku saw Krokdal appearing in front of them, he waved his hand at Krokdal happily and said loudly, "Hey, Captain, you are finally here to save me!"

    this moment¡­

    Uehara Naraku is really happy.

 Chapter 455ï¼š Uehara Naraku... really not a human

    Uehara Naraku is very happy.

    Because Krokdal followed his plan, there was no accident in the middle, so he slipped into the trap he had set.

    just now¡­

    It''s finally time to settle the ledger!

    "¡­¡­"

    Krokdal''s expression was obviously unhappy.

    Because originally Klockdal came to this deserted island to show the navy a little bit of color, so that they know that sand crocodiles are not easy to provoke... But now when he comes to this island, he seems to be plunged into a trap. !

    Krokdal¡¯s expression gradually turned gloomy, and he immediately asked a tail of Mori Tsuru in his body: "Shou Tsuru, what is going on?"

    This Morizuru, how do you provide false information!

    One-tailed Morizuru''s laughter finally turned bad: "Hehehehe...Klockdale, how do I know? The person you should ask is sitting in front of you!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Krokdal slowly raised his head and looked at the three people on the wooden table. The two admirals of the navy headquarters, the blue pheasant and the red dog, were sitting on the sides, while the guy Uehara Naraku was sitting on the main seat...

    This seat is a bit outrageous.

    "Huh, won''t you be a real admiral!"

    Klockdall¡¯s eyes tightened slightly. He knew that he might not be able to run away, but he asked the most familiar human being in a deep voice: "Hey, Uehara Naraku, what''s the matter? How did you and these two admirals meet? it''s here?"

    "We are waiting for you..."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Krokdal with a smile, spreading his palms and said, "Sit down quickly, Master Captain, I have a lot to tell you... Now Robin should drive the boat away, anyway. Can''t run away!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Krokdal''s face was a bit unsightly, he asked word by word: "Nicole Robin betrayed me, have you betrayed me?"

    "No, Master Captain."

    Uehara Naraku patted the table, tilted his head and smiled and said, "This is actually a very long story, don''t worry, let''s sit down and talk slowly..."

    "Humph¡­"

    Krokdal snorted coldly, sitting on the last position of the wooden table with an ugly face, his eyes flickered slightly, and he looked at the two navy generals next to him.

    Uehara Naraku looked at Krokdal, narrowed his eyes, and said with a light smile: "First of all, let me introduce myself to the captain... I have more identities, where should I start..."

    "Identities...More..."

    Krokdal stared at Naraku Uehara, and said in a gloomy voice: "It seems that you have a corresponding connection with the navy... So you are also a traitor!"

    "That said..."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and slowly closed her palms. The corners of her mouth hooked slightly, revealing a meaningful smile: "In fact, there is one thing you guessed wrong. All the people who betray you... have always been mine. !"

    Uehara Naraku chuckled and continued: "Dried persimmon ghost shark, Deidara, Scorpion, Nicole Robin, all of them are my subordinates... As for those in the Baroque workplace who refuse to be loyal to me, they have long been taken by me. Send someone to clean it all up!"

    Uehara Naraku looked at Krokodall¡¯s wonderful face, but his smile became stronger and stronger: "The original Baroque work agency was hollowed out by me! Of course, this is understandable to you, because you never care about the Baroque work agency. ¡­"

    "Asshole..."

    Krokdal couldn''t help gritting his teeth.

    Although he did not care about the Baroque work agency, as Uehara Naraku said, this does not mean that Krokdal likes to be played with!

    This bastard...

    Uehara Naraku continued slowly: "You think you are in control of everything secretly, but in fact all of your affairs are under my control... Unfortunately, it is too difficult to get your trust, so I can only think about it individually. Way."

    Uehara Naraku stretched out his finger, pointed at Krokdal, and whispered, "That is to put a Morizuru in your body. It is my pet... How do you feel, its power is not bad?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Krokdal''s face changed drastically!

    Now one-tailed Shou crane is his greatest support, and it is precisely because Shou crane is willing to lend him power that Krokdal dares to be unscrupulous!

    Krokdal felt that Morizuru had a problem just now...

    But now I heard Uehara Naraku personally admit that Morizuru was his arrangement, and it still made Krokdal feel unbelievable. In this case, wouldn''t his life have been held in Uehara Naraku''s hands!

    Krokdal slowly squeezed his fingers, and said in a deep voice: "Then what is the purpose of your fellow being lurking by my side?"

    "It''s fun."

    Uehara Naraku made Krokdal''s forehead violently!

    What the **** is this!

    Just for fun, come to toss him?

    "Actually I don''t want it either."

    Uehara Naraku sighed and whispered: "Originally, I just wanted to stay in the Baroque workplace and work for Mr. Krokdal with all my heart. I have nothing to do to help you attack Malin Vandor, attack Mary Gioia, and kill a few Celestials. What¡­"

    "¡­¡­"

    Krokdal''s expression is subtle.

    What the **** is this effect!

    Which boss in the world dares to let you work for him like this!

    Should he be thankful that the Baroque Work Club disbanded early? If the **** Nairo Uehara really does that, he will be hunted down by the navy and the world government all over the world!

    Uehara Naraku sighed faintly: "It''s a pity... Captain Krokdal... You only let me be a middle-level agent, and you have never wanted me to be promoted..."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Krokdal with a grievance on his face: "Do you know the serious consequences of not giving a hard-working employee a promotion and a raise? This hard-working employee will directly destroy your company!"

    "¡­To shut up!"

    Krokdal looked ugly, he stared at Uehara Naruto and said: "You are an employee like you, whoever invites you in is unlucky..."

    "No, no, no, you are wrong..."

    Uehara Naruko waved his hand and said softly: "My last boss was very lucky. After his company went bankrupt, he got a stable and long-term job from me..."

    "¡­¡­"

    The other people present have subtle expressions. Your last boss went bankrupt and became your employee. Is this really good luck?

    That bad luck boss...

    How bad is it!

    The gazes of the green pheasant and the red dog slowly fell on Krokdal. The sand crocodile should be the bad luck boss, right?

    "Speak straight!"

    Krokdal looked at Naraku Uehara, and said in a deep voice: "Uehara Naraku, who is this guy, and what is the purpose of following me all the time!"

    "Hey, I''m just an ordinary god!"

    Uehara Nairobi shook his head and sighed, and continued: "The purpose of staying with you is actually just to see your current expression..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Krokdal is full of question marks.

    The blue pheasant and the red dog are full of black lines.

    What devil''s words are these!

    Uehara Naraku chuckled and explained: "Mr. Krokdal, in fact, you have good luck. There are seven people in Qiwuhai under the king. I picked you up and chose you as a person who can carry it out. ¡­

    It''s a pity, you guys are so bad, you just want to stay in Alabastan, so when can you become One Piece? You are the man who wants to be the One Piece, how can you stay in Alabastan and only be a Qiwuhai!

    That¡¯s why I secretly controlled the Baroque work agency, let other people do bad things on the sea, and provoked countless powerful enemies for Baroque!

    Until the navy was forced to make a complete determination to the Baroque Work Agency, I secretly colluded with the navy and betrayed your identity. "

    "¡­¡­"

    Krokdal''s expression became more and more ugly.

    Oh shit.

    This guy is so embarrassed to say!

    The Baroque Workshop has always been very low-key. Since the recruiting of Uehara Naraku and his team, the style of the entire Baroque Workshop has changed sharply...

    looks like the whole world...

    directly forced him, the behind-the-scenes boss of the Baroque Job Club, to dare not show up...

    However, Naruko Uehara, who brought the Baroque work agency into that dangerous situation, got out of his way and colluded with the navy, betrayed him directly, and made him bear all the scapegoats!

    ²Ý...

    Perplexed and confused, he directly took a bite of the **** pot!

    Fuck, why is this **** Naraku Uehara such a dog!

    Uehara Naraku rubbed his forehead, smiled at Krokdal, and continued to speak: "But I soon realized that your strength was too weak.

    Even if it is a seemingly even battle with the Qing pheasant general to the world government, I can¡¯t do it, so I gave you Shou He..."

    Uehara Naro picked up the juice on the table, took a sip and continued: "From that moment on, everything about you is in my hands..."

    Uehara Naraku''s face gradually revealed a touch of regret: "I forced you to the sea. I originally wanted to go to the new world with you, so that you can provoke the four emperors of the new world, all the way to the top of Impelton or directly down. Hell, it¡¯s a pity that something happened in the middle..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Krokdal doesn¡¯t know what his expression is...

    Damn, Impelton is a great prison under the sea!

    What kind of summit is this? He hasn''t heard of impelton on the summit for so many years!

    The captains of other people¡¯s homes said that he climbed to the top to become One Piece. This **** made him climb to the top of the prison or go directly to hell...

    Before I say these things, I can¡¯t think about it, are I speaking human words?

    Uehara Naraku looked at Krokdal, frowned and said: "Huh? Captain Krokdal, shouldn''t you ask me what happened at this moment?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Krokdal took a deep breath and said in a deep voice, "What''s the accident?"

    "I won''t tell you."

    Uehara Nara almost choked to death with Klockdal with a word, and he continued: "If you are willing to save me I will still be your ship doctor... It is a pity that you fellow Abandon your companions!"

    "Fortunately, I didn''t come to rescue you..."

    Krokdal almost gritted his teeth and said, "If I save you, I don''t know how long you will be played as a puppet!"

    "Ugh¡­"

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and sighed, "Mr. Krokdal, isn''t that good? In fact, ignorance is also a blessing!"

    "Asshole!"

    Krokdal shook his palm firmly, and said with a gloomy face: "You fellow, what is the purpose of doing all this to Lao Tzu!"

    "I already said that."

    Uehara Naraku raised his head, stared at Krokdal¡¯s face, smiled and said, "Now I actually want to see. I ruined your plan and made your life like this ghost. You will treat me like this. What kind of expression..."

    "Asshole!"

    Krokdal feels his brain is blank.

    Endless anger instantly overwhelmed his sanity. He just wanted to **** up the water in front of Naraku Uehara and turn it into a mummy!

    Uehara Naraku looked at Krokodall''s uncertain and sullen expression, and nodded with satisfaction, "Well, this expression is really wonderful, I think it''s quite satisfying... Mr. Aoban, Mr. Akainu, what do you two think? ?"

    "¡­¡­"

    The green pheasant and the red dog were silent.

    The two generals of the navy headquarters who have different personalities are surprisingly the same at this moment. They only have one idea.

    Uehara Naraku...this guy is really not human.

 Chapter 456ï¼š Marin Fandorâ€™s new 1st generation wise general... is out!

    "Asshole, I will kill you now!"

    Krokdal''s throat almost roared, he waved the golden poisonous hook on his hand, and he was about to pierce Uehara Naraku''s body directly!

    No matter who you are, if you know that everything you have is under the control of others, and that your life is secretly rewritten by others, you will definitely be furious!

    Just as Krokdal furiously wanted to pierce Uehara Naraku directly with the golden poison hook, the eyes of the two navy headquarters flashed!

    The next moment, two tall figures shot at the same time!

    Krokdal''s left body was like ice, and the right body was as hot as lava. He was immediately blocked by the two admirals!

    This is a real admiral!

    The two admirals of the naval headquarters were full of aura. Their aura was completely different from the last time they met in Alabastan. The palm of the green pheasant was a cloud of air-conditioning, and the hand of the red dog was a cloud of magma, which instantly hit Klock. Dar''s body!

    The worst thing is...

    A Morizuru in Krokdal''s body is still suppressing his power!

    How should Krokdal fight?

    There is no confidence even if it is desperate!

    Krokdal flew upside down, half-length ice and half-length magma, causing him to be severely injured by the combined forces of two admirals in an instant!

    At this moment, Krokdal really realized the power of the general, and also realized the constraints of a Shou crane on his body!

    If there is no one-tailed Morizuru, he can even resist; now one-tailed Morizuru is still trying to occupy his body, so that he has no resistance to the general''s attack!

    "Captain Krokdal."

    Uehara Naraku walked to Krokdal''s side, looked at the severely injured sand crocodile in front of him, and slowly said, "Remember what you said?"

    Uehara Nana squatted down next to Krokdal, looked at the angry sand crocodile, smiled and said, "Don''t be angry, didn''t you use the people in our Baroque workplace as tools?"

    Uehara Nairo patted Krokdal on the shoulder, and whispered: "You used me as a tool, but I was not angry. I just did what you did and turned you into a tool. Why are you so angry? ?"

    Uehara Naraku continued slowly: "Being a man...I still don''t want to have double standards. I hate two kinds of people. One is a double standard for being a person and doing things; the other is a person who doesn''t let me have double standards."

    "¡­¡­"

    The blue pheasant and the red dog standing behind Uehara Naraku were speechless.

    Krokdal''s eyes also showed a trace of confusion, what is this **** talking about?

    It''s just that this doesn''t delay Krokdal''s anger!

    Krokdal briefly suppressed the power of a Mori Tsuru, his palm suddenly turned into a large sword made of yellow sand, and he was about to cut off Uehara Naraku!

    "The Desert Sword!"

    àØ!

    The knife made of yellow sand in Krokdal''s hand was punched by Nairo Uehara!

    Uehara Naraku''s palm stopped on Krokdal''s face, and a wave of water surged from the palm of his palm, quickly turning into a water polo and wrapping Krokdal''s body!

    "this is¡­"

    Krokdal looked at the water polo on himself in panic!

    Within a few seconds, this water ball quickly flooded Krokdal, causing him to quickly lose the power of the Devil Fruit and slowly fall into a coma.

    Uehara Naraku watched Krokdal pass out, then slowly let go of the water polo, and said softly: "Send Krokdal this guy to the Great Undersea Prison! We still have a chance to meet again in the future!"

    "Ok?"

    Akahound looked at Naraku Uehara, and said in a deep voice, "Why do you want to keep Krokdal? He is useless?"

    "Who knows..."

    Uehara Naraku smiled, looked at the sand crocodile on the ground, and whispered softly: "Maybe there is some use...I need someone to reveal my identity at a critical moment?

    I have been irritating this guy just now, just to make him hate me, unknowingly with hatred, but continue to be my pawn. "

    "Unable to understand."

    Akahound picked up Krokdal''s collar and shook his head, "Should you not try to hide your identity?"

    Uehara Naraku smiled, spreading out his palms and said, "If I did something bad but I didn''t know it, how would I experience the joy of being behind the scenes?"

    "...Um...it''s so nasty and funny..."

    Green Pheasant shook his head helplessly, and sighed: "But in this case, don''t you worry about this guy Klockdal leaking secrets?"

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand indifferently, and smiled: "This guy still has a Shouzuru on his body, how could it be possible to leak?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Akagi fell into silence.

    The admiral thought of the four-tailed Monkey on him.

    Once you become a human pillar force, will you always be controlled by this person who can control the tail beast? Naru Uehara didn''t have time to pay attention to Akakinu''s careful thoughts, he was looking at all the rewards he received today.

    Side mission: Defeat the navy general Akagu. The mission has been completed. The reward is 200,000 points of life energy, 200,000 points for armed color domineering, and 200,000 points for seeing color domineering.

    The reward for defeating Akadog...

    is actually higher than the reward for defeating the Qing Pheasant!

    This is really unexpected, is the strength of the red dog even higher than the blue pheasant?

    Anyway, it¡¯s good news for Uehara Naraku. Now of the three major navy generals, two of them have already arrived... Only the last one is left...

    Side mission: To subdue the three generals of the navy headquarters, the mission is not completed, and the reward is unknown.

    In addition to the task of defeating the red dog...

    Krokdal''s reward is not low!

    Side Quest: Frustrating Krokdal¡¯s conspiracy, the quest has been completed, and the fixed rewards are talented skill elements.

    This talent skill...

    is the ability Uehara Naraku wants most!

    In addition to this, there is a reward for defeating Krokdal.

    Side mission: Defeat Krokdal, the mission has been completed, reward 88,000 points of life energy, 88,000 points of armed color domineering, and 88,000 points of seeing color domineering.

    This is a very lucky number.

    This is also Krokdal''s current reward.

    Krokdal''s bounty was 830 million Baileys when he left Alabastan, and there was a riot in the City of Seven Waters, and the bounty increased by 50 million Baileys...

    "Let''s go!"

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand and summoned a piece of yellow sand, appeared at his feet, and drove them to fly. He asked softly: "You go to the Warring States Period! By the way, can you promote me?"

    "No."

    "No."

    The two generals of the navy headquarters unanimously rejected Uehara Naraku¡¯s proposal, and even Akagi explained in a deep voice: "This requires the approval of the Sengoku Marshal..."

    "This matter is easy to discuss..."

    Uehara Naraku sighed, and whispered: "When you reported, you said I was brave and strategizing, so I caught Klockdal... Not to mention being a lieutenant admiral of the navy headquarters, at least I have to give it to the navy colonel, right? His military rank is lower than that of Pharmacist!"

    "Pocket that guy..."

    Green Pheasant hesitated for a while, then whispered in a low voice: "Yakushidou has been promoted to Rear Admiral because of his merits in negotiating with the king, Qiwuhai, dried persimmon and ghost..."

    It''s ridiculous to say this.

    The dried persimmon ghost and Yakushidou negotiated with each other, and after the two people had talked, the dried persimmon ghost became the king of Qiwuhai, and the fellow Yaoshidou was promoted to the rank...

    This thing fools the Navy and the world government as fools!

    Unfortunately, the green pheasant can''t tell the truth, so he can''t see it.

    Aka Inu couldn''t help but frown when he heard this, his face faintly unsightly: "Yakushidou, that Rear Admiral... is he also a member of Akatsuki organization?"

    The expression on Akinu''s expression was a bit unsightly. He slowly stretched out his hand to cover his hat, and said in a low voice: "That guy is temporarily following Lieutenant General Zefa and Tsuru...Learn how to be a qualified staff and real The navy!"

    That young rear admiral!

    If Akinu remembers correctly, the Sengoku Marshal personally praised the young fellow Yao Shidou for being quite clever, a bit like him when he was young, at least he could take over the position of Lieutenant General Crane and become a staff officer of the navy headquarters...

    After all, Lieutenant General Crane is about to be 72 years old...

    also desperately needs a new era successor...

    The pharmacist studied at the Marine Headquarters, Marin Fando, and studied the six navy styles to see if he could awaken the two-color domineering. He is also an important talent for the navy in the future.

    But...

    Aka Dog remembers that the Marshal of the Warring States Period mentioned that the parents of Yakushidou were both a branch of the Navy in a remote place, and died during a certain mission;

    And that guy named Yao Shi Dou grew up in the branch base where his parents live, so he aspires to become a navy.

    Until the branch base was attacked by a large pirate and was completely destroyed, the navy of the whole branch base in order to protect his only survivor, fearing death, gave the medicine master the hope of alive...

    The pharmacist wandered around for many years and found another base to join the navy. This also created the wisdom of the pharmacist... These things can indeed be found. The naval base that the pharmacist talked about many years ago was indeed owned by a The great pirates are all destroyed.

    The name of the big pirate is Edward Weibull!

    It is precisely because of the tragic experience of the pharmacist...

    A few years ago, the navy chief instructor Zefa, who suffered from a strong enemy and caused most of the young navy to be killed by pirates, learned of the life experience of Yakushidou.

    Former navy general and current navy chief instructor Zefa was a little more tolerant of pharmacists, and even made an exception to accept pharmacists as the last student...

    Because Zefa¡¯s family was also killed by pirates...

    Edward Weibull, who destroyed the hometown of Pharmacist, once killed many students of Chief Instructor Zefa, and was also the culprit who severely damaged Zefa''s right arm!

    Two people have similar lives...Have the same hatred ~ www.novelhall.com~ As a senior, the red dog has also heard of this little junior, and even occasionally heard the pharmacist talk in the conference room of Malin Vandor.

    The strategy and wisdom of the pharmacist is indeed not low.

    Even if the strength of Yao Shidou can''t keep up, his wisdom is enough to make him a lieutenant admiral of the Navy sooner or later!

    is simply cheating!

    Now in the entire Marin Vandor, their senior navy thinks it is very likely to become the pharmacist pocket of a new generation of wise generals, and they are also under Uehara Naraku!

    Isn''t this kind of nonsense?

    This kind of thing is not nonsense at all.

    If Akidog can make up such a perfect story of Pharmacist''s pocket, even add a little emotional appeal to his words, and finally add a way of justice that everyone can accept, he can also become Malin Vando¡¯s new favorite.

    Marine Headquarters, Malin Vando.

    The pharmacist stopped his practice, walked to a beautiful girl with long blue hair standing next to the training ground, and said with a serious face: "Ain, why are you here? Teacher Zefa has What''s the matter?"

    "Ok!"

    Ain nodded, and said in a deep voice: "Dou... Teacher Zefa... There is something important to call now! Please... Don''t be absent!"

    "I know."

    Rear Admiral Pharmacist nodded, put on the navy cloak he put aside, pushed his glasses, and looked at Ain.

    "Let''s go, don''t let the teacher wait too long."

    During this period of time, Yao Shidou has completely integrated into his role in Malin Vandor, and it seems that there is no sense of disobedience.

 Chapter 457ï¼š The pharmacist walks in the boring life of Marin Vando

    Pharmacist pocket has won the trust of many people.

    Using the empathy of others, you can always gain tolerance from others.

    Before entering Marin Vatican, the pharmacist checked the intelligence of all the bases of the navy headquarters in order to prevent others from exploring his own foundation, and chose a suitable life experience for himself.

    By the way, for this reason, Yao Shidou also privately bribed a world government official to add a file for his non-existent parents.

    The official of the world government was attacked by pirates afterwards.

    of course¡­

    There are some things that Pharmacist will not say.

    For example, when Edward Weibull, the great pirate who destroyed the branch base, showed that he never knew the name of that guy, or General Zefa, who had always hated Edward Weibull, told him that the branch base was destroyed. the truth.

    Yakushidou never mentions his past easily, all of them are occasionally inquired by others, just right to leave others with a room for guessing, and let others guess the truth that Yakushidou wants to tell him.

    There are many things, letting others guess it is more worthy of being believed than telling it by yourself.

    A clever naval survivor who has been nurtured by the navy since childhood, dedicated to justice for generations, and has a frustrated life experience was born under the speculation of a group of people.

    this matter...

    is actually quite simple.

    The girl who is walking with the Pharmacist is called Ain. She was one of the two students who were protected by Zefa when Edward Weibull attacked the recruit training ship.

    Another student named Binz, who is capable of lush fruit, a bit similar to Mu Dun.

    The office of the Navy Chief Instructor Zefa.

    Now the three disciples under Zefa¡¯s command are all here. In addition, there is also Zefa¡¯s adjutant Brigadier General Xiuzuo, who is also the current naval instructor; besides Zefa, Yao Shidou has become in this room. The one with the highest rank.

    "Tomorrow I will go to the Naval Science Corps to modify my right arm."

    Zefa stroked his right arm, raised his head and looked at the four people who followed him during this period, and said in a deep voice: "After I come back, I plan to leave Malin Vando and form a guerrilla team to fight against pirates... "

    This incident was mentioned by Zefa before.

    Since Zefa has the hope of restoring his right arm, the former general of the navy has a new mind. He wants to lead a naval combat force to fight against all the pirates in the sea after his strength is restored. Revenge for the dead family members and students.

    This is also Zefa''s long-cherished wish for many years.

    When ¡¡¡¡ Zefa said this, he slowly said: "You will help me pay attention to it during this time..."

    "Teacher Zefa."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around, interrupted Zefa¡¯s speech, and said in a low voice: "I can ask the Marshal of the Warring States Period to select a group of soldiers from other troops, and the teacher can also choose some seniors as generals.

    I know that the teacher regains his strength and wants to fight the pirates. If possible, can this maritime squadron act together with the SWORD unit?

    The SWORD unit will provide enough information and targets, and has always needed a combat unit as support..."

    "of course can."

    Zefa nodded in surprise.

    This is the first time he has seen Pharmacist raise an objection.

    However, Zefa is still very satisfied with the student named Pharmacist Duo whom he finally accepted as the chief navy instructor.

    Don¡¯t say anything else...

    At least when the Navy encounters any problems, the Pharmacist can give effective suggestions. This little guy''s IQ strategy is indeed quite high.

    Whether it is Zefa, Marshal of the Warring States Period, or Lieutenant General Crane, they are very optimistic about the path of justice that Yakushidou will take. The only trouble is the strength of Yakushidou.

    For the pharmacist''s pocket...

    This teacher Zefa is really wrong.

    Yuan Yao Shidou wanted to be a student of the former admiral, but he just wanted to use his reputation to make himself a foothold in the Navy.

    There are indeed many Zefa students in the entire navy, including the three current navy generals. Unfortunately, Zefa does not seem to have a good relationship with some students.

    And this teacher...

    The age is old, but the heart is not old yet.

    Zefa is now seventy years old, and suddenly the thoughts of crusade against the pirates appeared. Zefa''s current strength is estimated to be not as good as the pharmacist''s own. Isn''t this just idle and nothing to look for?

    Isn¡¯t it good to be a chief instructor in the Navy?

    Forget it...

    is just a freely arranged move.

    If Yao Shidou wants to temporarily regard Zefa as one of the pillars of his future leadership of the Navy, he has to stabilize the teacher he has found, and at least let him play his value. Don''t make any trouble. .

    To be honest¡­

    Yakushidou thinks that his teacher Zefa has only one use, that is, don¡¯t let others question his identity and testify for his fake identity...

    Really...

    As long as you have a teacher like Zefa, you are almost a navy of Hong Miaozheng. This is considered to be a background in a major class, and it will be more convenient to promote something in the future.

    Don''t do anything with moths...

    Is it not good to retire and train the new-generation navy?

    It is a pity that the pharmacist has hinted at Zefa many times. The seventy-year-old man didn¡¯t understand at all, and even thought that the pharmacist was supporting his actions.

    This teacher...

    is really a big hole.

    Pharmacist did not want to follow Zefa to the sea assault team.

    Unfortunately, due to his experience, Zefa believes that Yakushidou will definitely be willing to join his newly formed maritime strike force. This thing really hit him in the foot...

    Pharmacist is unwilling at all, and stays honestly at Marin Vatican, and will be sent to a branch base in the future as a chief, or promoted to the position of lieutenant general to succeed Lieutenant General Crane...

    Wait until the future...

    Qing pheasant succeeded the Warring States as the admiral of the navy, he succeeded Lieutenant General Crane as the naval staff officer, by the way, monitor the pheasant, the whole world''s navy is under control!

    that time¡­

    is the completion of Uehara Naraku''s mission.

    Yakushidou and Zefa talked very late before leaving Zefa''s office with Ain, Binz, and Shuzo. Before they could go back, they met someone in person.

    That is, after escorting Krokdal to Impelton, the head general who has just returned to Malin Vando...Akadog!

    The admiral of the Navy Headquarters is a bit compelling in terms of height and momentum. The beautiful girl Ain subconsciously stepped back and hid behind Yao Shi¡¯s pocket...

    The red dog''s gaze slowly looked at the pharmacist pocket, a cold light appeared on his face, and his expression was a little gloomy.

    This pharmacist pocket...

    is also the spy of Uehara Naraku!

    is really...who does not know the world?

    How many people in the Navy are members of Akatsuki?

    It''s a pity that the red dog couldn''t attack the pharmacist''s pocket, but slowly watched the pharmacist''s pocket, his face was always a little depressed and gloomy.

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses in his pocket, and the corners of his mouth twitched slightly. He took the lead to get up and pass the red dog and leave here.

    The red dog is not sealed by human beings, he has not concealed his four-tailed chakra...

    Tailmon¡¯s Chakra is very sensitive to ninjas!

    Yakushidou has already understood the physical condition of the red dog. This navy general will also be his own in the future. If this is the case, he has many things more convenient to do.

    In other words, Akinu is a hidden person.

    Unfortunately¡­

    Marin Vando has too much surveillance.

    Throughout Marin Fandor, the Pharmacist couldn¡¯t find out how many people were good at seeing, seeing, and being domineering, nor was it possible to find out how strong the Warring States and Karp¡¯s experience and being bullying was... if you want to communicate with Akadog in private, in Marin Fandor. Can''t find any good opportunities.

    Even because he was worried that someone would be aware of it with his prestige, the pharmacist did not carry the phone bug that talked to Uehara Naraku, and he dared not use the ring to communicate.

    But...

    They have many opportunities to meet each other.

    As long as the admiral of the red dog stays at Marin Vando.

    Because of the naval headquarters of Marine Vandor, meetings are held from time to time, and in most cases they are above the rank of lieutenant general;

    Even more solemn meetings only involve the admiral of the navy, the navy staff and the general of the navy headquarters, and occasionally a Lieutenant-General Karp will come up.

    The pharmacist has benefited from his identity and the training of the senior navy. Now he can participate in these meetings. He will provide many suggestions, and most of the suggestions he provided will also be adopted.

    Marin Vandor This place is really good.

    For Pharmacist, as long as he is given enough time, he will definitely become the master who controls the entire Malin Vando.

    Of course, this should also refer to other things.

    For example, when will Naraku Uehara, the leader of Pharmacist''s pocket, destroy this world? Maybe we can¡¯t wait for Pharmacist''s pocket to take control of the navy, this world will be destroyed by playing...

    The next day.

    Yakushidou was still practicing diligently on the training ground, when a tall female navy lieutenant turned over and appeared on the training ground!

    "Xiaodou, in an emergency, Sister Crane asked me to drop in to inform you to participate in the meeting. Come to the meeting room of the Marshal of the Warring States Period!"

    "I know."

    Pharmacist glanced at the female lieutenant admiral and flew down beside her. The strength of this female lieutenant cannot be underestimated, she is a replacement for a general!

    just...

    The relationship between Yakushidou and this lieutenant admiral is pretty good, mainly because they are both the new-generation navy that Lieutenant Admiral Crane is very optimistic about.

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around, took the paper silk that Taotu handed him, wiped the sweat from his forehead slowly, and said, "Lieutenant General Taotu, has something serious happened?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Taotu looked at the pharmacist''s pocket without any rush, and sighed helplessly: "There is information from the new world, Kaido has been defeated, and the Whitebeard Pirates have completely defeated the Kaido Pirates!

    When a large number of ships of the Kaido Pirates evacuated the Whitebeard Sea area under the order of the Warring States Marshal, the branch went to look for an opportunity to attack.

    Result...

    The G1 branch was retaliated by the White Beard Pirates. Sasuke Uchiha destroyed the G1 branch while pursuing the Kaido Pirates. General Huang Yuan was seriously injured and has been sent to Mariejoa for treatment! "

    The G1 branch is really a sad story for the Navy.

    Because of the new world in an extremely dangerous environment, it is often attacked by big pirates. For almost a long time, there must be a navy general to swim nearby...

    Otherwise, this kind of thing will happen accidentally.

    Now the New World has one more Uchiha Sasuke who can defeat the Four Emperors. This kind of thing often happens even if there is a navy general.

    "I know."

    Pharmacist nodded slowly, and his face instantly became serious. This incident was in his expectation.

    At the time, the Sengoku Marshal and Lieutenant General Crane wanted to find opportunities in the battle between the two Four Emperor Pirate Groups. Yakushidou did not raise any objections to this strategy...

    The result was not unexpected.

    Uchiha Sasuke is still the same! Once Naraku-sama is gone, it will look like those who obey and those who fail will die...

    Pharmacist pushed his glasses around, with a confident smile on his face, then use Sasuke as a springboard for his promotion to lieutenant admiral!

    By the way, Sasuke also has a lesson...

    Let the guy Sasuke know that some people in this world can''t be underestimated... After all, he is also an old friend of Itachi Uchiha, just like Lord Naraku!

 Chapter 458ï¼š Major General Pharmacist Douâ€™s Strategy

    Behind the scenes from Hokage Chapter 458 Chapter 458: The Strategy of Major General Yakushidou Ma Lin Fanduo.

    Marshal''s office.

    When Yakushidou and Lieutenant Admiral Taotu arrived here, the entire Marine Vatican¡¯s high-level navy was almost here, and the situation in the New World was indeed very serious.

    G1 branch is also a branch that the Navy attaches the most importance to, besides Malin Vandor, and an important base for the Navy to extend its tentacles into the second half of the New World...

    is now directly destroyed by Uchiha Sasuke.

    Even the general of the navy headquarters, Huang Yuan, who was stationed in the New World for inspections, was seriously injured by Uchiha Sasuke. It was a repeat of the Chambordian Islands incident!

    Mingming Huang Yuan is a person with shining fruit ability...

    Mingming Huang Yuan is one of the saltiest generals in the Navy...

    As a result, Huang Yuan seems to have been on the bar with Uchiha Sasuke during this period of time. This year, he has engaged in two consecutive battles and was defeated by Uchiha Sasuke twice!

    Can''t you run if you can''t beat it?

    This kind of thing sounds really...outrageous!

    The red dog bit his cigar and said with a sullen face: "Huh, Krokdal''s matter has been resolved, I immediately rushed to the G1 branch base to rebuild the G1 branch base, and attack the Whitebeard Pirates by the way..."

    "It''s too late if you rush over."

    The Marshal of the Warring States Period was a bit decadent. He slowly shook his head and sighed: "This is my decision-making mistake. Fortunately, Polusalino is not life-threatening. The entire G1 branch base personnel have also been fighting with them. Evacuated at the time."

    "But what is needed most now is to stabilize the military spirit..."

    Lieutenant General Tsuru folded his palms and whispered softly: "The White Beard Pirates has a little guy named Uchiha Sasuke, who is always lawless. It is really a big trouble for us!"

    The Marshal of the Warring States Period glanced at the red dog, folded his palms, and said in a deep voice: "Sakaski, when you arrive at the New World G1 branch, be careful, don''t be wanton..."

    "I see, it''s really long-winded..."

    After shook his head impatiently, the red dog stopped his eyes on the pharmacist pocket who had just walked into the office, and suddenly said: "Oh, also, I want to transfer Major General Too to my commander to serve as my staff."

    "Ok?"

    Whether it is the Marshal of the Warring States Period or the Lieutenant General Crane, he can''t help but keep his eyes on the body of the medicine master''s pocket, this seems to be okay!

    After all, Yakushidou is indeed a surprisingly resourceful person in the new generation of navy. It is okay to accept the baptism of the tragic war earlier. The shortcoming of Yakushidou is that he has not experienced the horror of the great sea route new world.

    Now there is Akainu, the general of the navy headquarters, and he asks the pharmacist to be the staff of Akainu. It seems that there is no problem, and it just happens to be taken out for exercise...

    "Yes."

    The Marshal of the Warring States Period slowly turned his gaze on Yao Shi Dou, and whispered: "Major General Dou, do you have any questions?"

    "Do not."

    Pharmacist pushed his glasses around and his eyes gradually became serious. At this moment, he seemed to be a Rear Admiral''s staff who was about to accept the challenge.

    "I am very willing to follow General Akagu to the new world."

    "Very good."

    The red dog stared at the pharmacist pocket, and said in a cold voice: "Then follow me! After receiving the news, the warship has been waiting outside!"

    "and many more!"

    Lieutenant General Crane shook his head slowly and interrupted Akinu''s words. The old man glanced at the pharmacist''s pocket, her eyes moved slowly, and stopped on Akinu''s body: "Sakaski...my The old bones will come with you too!"

    "Crane Staff Officer!"

    "Sister Crane?"

    "It''s okay."

    Lieutenant General ¡¡¡¡ Crane shook his head, with a gentle smile on his face: "The G1 branch will be rebuilt not only as a base, but also as a military force... It''s just a general of the navy headquarters, so they don''t have much confidence..."

    At this point, Lieutenant General Crane''s gaze stopped on Karp''s body, and she said: "Hey, Karp, let''s take a trip together!"

    Only when this navy hero passes by can the navies of the G1 branch revive their military spirit. After all, Karp is the true mainstay of the navy!

    said unceremoniously...

    Even the three generals of the navy headquarters are not as confident as Karp alone can bring, not to mention that Karp has chased the Pirates of Spades with the green pheasant!

    "¡­¡­"

    Karp bit the doughnut in his mouth, nodded vigorously, and said, "Well, I''ll take your warship and go there. By the way, I will teach the two little ghosts Ace and Uchiha Sasuke!"

    Karp knows his old friend very well.

    Since Lieutenant General ¡¡¡¡ Crane mentioned the need for him to rush over, he must have his strength, and Karp would naturally not refuse.

    "Let''s go then!"

    Lieutenant General ¡¡¡¡ Crane nodded with a smile.

    Just as they were about to leave, Taotu suddenly followed, and whispered, "There is nothing wrong with the paradise in the first half, let me be with you!"

    "Do not."

    Lieutenant General Crane slowly shook his head, he was about to reject Taotu''s proposal, and persuaded: "This trip is not safe. If you want to rebuild the G1 branch, you will have to fight a tough battle in the new world! "

    "You can also go to the small pocket..."

    Taotu''s eyes fell on Yaotou''s pocket.

    Yakushi shook his head and said softly: "If there are Lieutenant General Karp, Senior Tsuru, and General Akadog in the G1 branch, there is no need to waste the power of a general candidate..."

    "That''s right."

    Lieutenant General Karp was still biting his own donut, and turned his head and glanced at the Warring States Period: "Hey, Warring States Period, I will take Ahe¡¯s ship and help me park the warship in a good place!"

    "¡­¡­"

    The Warring States Marshal impatiently held his forehead, just looking at their leaving figure, and then said: "Sakaski, Karp, be careful, don''t despise those little ghosts!"

    The Warring States Marshal also knew very well.

    In this battle to rebuild the confidence of the G1 branch base, the two talents, Akinu and Karp, are the real combat power, and there are no more people to choose.

    Because the reconstruction of the G1 branch is imminent, if you hesitate a little, that area may become a paradise for pirates. It must not be delayed.

    Otherwise, the Warring States period really wants to wait until the yellow ape recovers his wounds, and the green pheasant rushes back, directly let the three navy headquarters to the new world!

    It''s just that if the three navy headquarters are all transferred to the new world, it is likely to touch the nerves of all the four emperors, and it is easy for them to think that there is a war.

    Now the past combat power is enough...

    Two of them are the admiral Aka Inu and the naval hero Karp, who are known for their tough fighting, and the other two are the naval staff crane and the new-generation naval pharmacist who are resourceful.

    of course¡­

    The navy is not without reinforcements.

    After the four generals, Red Dog, Cap, Lieutenant General Crane, and Major General Yakushidou left, the Warring States Army urgently called the five old stars of the world government to apply for the enlistment of the king, Qiwuhai, to cooperate and fight together!

    After the Sengoku application to the world government was approved, he immediately planned to send someone to contact the king, Qiwuhai, and by the way, when he informed Lieutenant General Crane and others, the Sengoku knew that someone had already considered him first.

    is what they think is the strongest pharmacist in the new generation.

    Lieutenant General Crane¡¯s warship.

    Admiral Akadog''s warship was following, and he was talking with Lieutenant General Karp and Lieutenant General Crane while watching the Pharmacist in front of them.

    "Although the fighting power of the king''s Qiwuhai is good..."

    Pharmacist Dou had long thought of the combat power of the King Qi Wu Hai: "But our time is too short. Several King Qi Wu Hai may not be able to reach the new world, and they also need to act as a barrier to prevent other pirates from entering the new world. responsibility¡­"

    The pharmacist glanced at the map in his hand and said softly: "I suggest that our purpose of enlisting the King''s Seven Martial Seas is to use the power of the King''s Seven Martial Seas to supplement and calmly deal with the second war..."

    "The Second War?"

    Karp couldn''t help but raised his eyebrows.

    The word ¡¡¡¡ is a bit new, isn''t it enough for a fight?

    Is there two more fights?

    Lieutenant General Crane nodded in satisfaction, but encouraged Yao Shidou to continue speaking: "It seems that Xiaodou''s strategy seems to be more perfect..."

    "Don''t dare."

    The pharmacist shook his head, pushed his glasses, and whispered: "There are too many seniors in Malin Vandor, I am really embarrassed to speak...Only in front of Senior Crane, I dare to use this simple insight to speak freely."

    At this moment, Yao Shidou seems to have become a humble student again.

    However, in the next second, Yao Shidou showed a touch of confidence on his face, and continued to talk about his plan: "During the time we rushed to the new world, we immediately launched a call for several kings, Qiwuhai, to supplement our high-end Combat power.

    And on our way to the new world, the only ones who can walk with us directly are for the time being, only two kings, Doflamingo and Ganshi Guiyu under Qiwuhai, and the remaining five who rush to the new world will have one with us. Short time difference;

    In this time difference, we rebuilt the G1 branch base, and preemptively passed a war against a white beard pirate group in the New World, and announced the rebuilding of the Navy G1 branch!

    The next time is to wait for the White Beard Pirates to counterattack. Of course, this kind of counterattack will not be too violent... The White Beard Pirates should only dispatch Uchiha Sasuke. "

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around, and a confident smile appeared on his face: "I read all the information about the White Beard Pirates'' foreign war in Malin Vatican. White Beard rarely takes the initiative, and his deterrent meaning is greater than Practical meaning.

    In fact, Baibeard hasn''t really shot for about five years, maybe because of aging, maybe because of illness, maybe because of worry about the balance of the world, in short, the probability of his shot is greatly reduced...

    And since Sasuke Uchiha defeated Kaido, he has gradually begun to succeed White Beard in the foreign war.

    We eliminated a whitebeard affiliated pirate group, instead of a squad in the whitebeard headquarters, most likely we only need to deal with Uchiha Sasuke, the current highest combat power other than whitebeard. "

    "Hey, kid!"

    Akadog''s face showed a hint of dissatisfaction: "What''s the point of this! Is it just to eliminate one of the people under the Baibeard?"

    "Sakaski."

    Lieutenant General Crane interrupted Akagi. She looked at Yakushi''s pocket with a smile on her face becoming more and more satisfied: "Our purpose has never been war, but to bring the justice of the navy back to the second half of the new world. what¡­"

    If it is just to rebuild the G1 branch base, it would be enough to eliminate a pirate group affiliated to Whitebeard to explain to the world, the most important thing is to welcome the counterattack that comes later.

    now it looks...

    The plan of the pharmacist pocket is pretty good.

    This young man is not so lofty as to directly target white beard. UU Reading even deliberately chose to reduce the probability of white beard appearing as much as possible.

    The most important point is the sanity of the medicine master. This is the point that makes Lieutenant General Crane the most satisfied, because the real wisdom will definitely not be able to catch his head.

    All his goals...

    are all calculating Uchiha Sasuke!

    The seven martial arts, the navy, and the four emperors under the king, the three forces are all within the scope of the plan, and the two wars of different scales and the goals of the two wars are almost all counted.

    "It''s really scary for younger generations... Little pocket."

    Lieutenant General Crane praised the pharmacist''s pocket, and then softly said: "What if the white beard did not do what you imagined, but did it?"

    "There is no such possibility."

    Pharmacist shook his head and whispered, "As a last resort, Baibeard absolutely dare not start a full-scale war with the navy...We have given him enough face.

    The Navy will never give up the G1 branch base in the New World. Once the Whitebeard Pirates forces the Navy to leave the New World, it will be a full-scale war, a war that will shake the entire world. This kind of thing will only waste both sides. the power of! "

    Yakushidou said this, gritted his teeth and said, "Of course, if I get there, I will fight to death for justice as a navy soldier!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Karp and Lieutenant General Crane nodded with satisfaction.

    The gaze of General Akadog became faintly complicated.

    If it wasn''t for Akinu himself as Akatsuki''s undercover agent, he knew about Yakushidou, maybe he really believed what Yakushidou said now!

 Chapter 459ï¼š Wait, Ill call and ask whats going on

    The plan of the pharmacist pocket is finalized.

    Therefore, their powerful naval fleet did not choose to land and change warships at Maria Gioria, but entered the Murloc Island through the Chambord Islands.

    When passing through the fisherman island, Yakushidou, as the messenger who used to communicate with the dried persimmon ghosts on behalf of the navy, went to his residence to conscript the king under Qiwuhai.

    The dried persimmon ghost did not refuse the offer of the pharmacist.

    After all, everyone is their own, and both of them are the subordinates who have followed Uehara Naraku for the longest time. You can trust the fellow Yao Shidou anyway.

    It was just when the dried persimmon ghost shark boarded the Aka Inu''s general ship, his eyes fell on Aka Inu, and he couldn''t help but grinned and said: "As expected of the Admiral... he actually has such a huge power..."

    Obviously...

    The dried persimmon ghost shark also noticed the four-tailed chakra inside the red dog.

    And the dried persimmon ghost shark is different from Yakushitou. He got the order of Uehara Naraku and also knew that this navy general also joined Akatsuki.

    When the dried persimmon ghost shark passed by the red dog, he smiled and said: "Your Excellency, a gift from God, you must cherish your power..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Akadog squeezed his fist sharply.

    Hearing the words of the dried persimmon ghost shark at first glance, Akinu immediately understood that this king, Qibukai must also be a member of Akatsuki!

    Because only Akatsuki''s members call Uehara Naraku a god, and only Akatsuki''s members know that the four-tailed Monkey in his body was forcibly stuffed into him by Uehara Naraku!

    Damn, why is there another Akatsuki member? How many members of Akatsuki are in the entire navy and the King''s Qiwu Sea!

    while on the crane''s Lieutenant General''s ship.

    Yakushitou and Lieutenant General Tsuru are still discussing their second king, Shichibukai, King Doflamingo of Dresrosa.

    Lieutenant General Crane sighed slowly and said: "Because of the relationship between the dry persimmon ghost shark and the white beard pirate group, there will be war between them sooner or later because of the relationship between the predecessor Qiwu Hai Jinping. It is not surprising that he accepts the call... the good boy Dover, I hope he can be a little better too!"

    Because of the distance.

    Their army will only temporarily rush to the new world with the two kings, Qiwuhai, and the remaining Hawkeye Mihawk, Amazon Lily¡¯s King Hancock and other kings Qiwuhai will rush to the future. New world.

    And it is unknown whether they will be recruited.

    However, at least the dried persimmon ghost shark chose to agree to the conscription, which is a good start for the Navy.

    After all, what they have to face...

    But Uchiha Sasuke who can defeat the Four Emperors!

    When the navy fleet left Murloc Island and rushed to Dresrosa, it shocked Doflamingo. He thought that this force was here to destroy him, but he didn''t expect them to be called up. He went to the new world to meet Sasuke Uchiha!

    "Hey yy yy..."

    Doflamingo was standing in the port of Dresrosa. After hearing Lieutenant General Crane¡¯s intentions, he couldn''t help grinning, and nodded with a chuckle.

    "I promised."

    Doflamingo saw two colleagues, Dried Persimmon Guiyu and Yao Shidou on the warship, so this trip can be relieved.

    However, Doflamingo has some other doubts.

    He thought it was Uchiha Sasuke who had betrayed the Akatsuki organization, so Akatsuki used the navy''s combat power to try to eliminate the traitor!

    On the way, they have no chance to communicate.

    After they arrived at the G1 branch base in the New World, the navy including Admiral Akainu and Karp dispatched to attack the pirate group under the Whitebeard.

    The entire G1 branch base was only left with Doflamingo and Gan persimmon Guiyu under Qiwuhai, they thought they had a chance to communicate safely.

    "Mr. Ghost, what is going on?"

    "I don''t know too..."

    The dried persimmon ghost grinned, and said with a light smile: "Mr. Dou probably wants to use Sasuke as a springboard for promotion..."

    "Hey hey hey...Is that so?"

    Doflamingo couldn''t help but raised his eyebrows, smiled and said, "I thought Mr. Sasuke might not be willing to do this, right?"

    "¡­¡­"

    The dried persimmon ghost shook his head, lowered his own voice and said: "No one dares to disobey the will of God, not even Sasuke..."

    Although the dried persimmon ghost shark did not know why Yakushidou used the navy to conduct a military operation against Uchiha Sasuke.

    There is no doubt that this matter must be in Akatsuki''s advantage.

    Whether it was the victory of Sasuke Uchiha, his reputation soared; or the victory of Yakushito''s strategy allowed him to be promoted in the Navy.

    Xiao had already placed a bet on both ends.

    The entire navy''s actions were as pre-rehearsed by the pharmacist. The red dog led his warship to destroy the three pirate groups under the Whitebeard one after another, and sent all the members of these pirate groups to the great underwater prison.

    The news spread all over the new world in an instant.

    News of the battle between the Navy and the White Beard Pirates spread.

    Because the news of three consecutive victories spread throughout the New World, the navy of the original G1 branch base has finally regained its appearance. At least this also declares that the Navy will never give up the attitude of the second half of the New World.

    at the same time.

    In the sea of ??Qiwu, the king under the sea, Hawkeye Mihawk took the lead in choosing to accept this call, and rushed to the new world in advance.

    Mihawk wanted to see Uchiha''s kendo skills.

    The other kings, Qiwuhai, are slowly ditching.

    Because the enlistment from the navy headquarters is not compulsory, there are even two Qiwuhai who directly refused the naval enlistment. They are the busy earning horns and the king of Amazon Lily Boya Hancock.

    For the pharmacist''s pocket, it doesn''t really matter.

    Yakushidou wanted to summon the ideal combat power to siege Uchiha Sasuke, only Hawkeye Mihawk, Lieutenant Karp, and Akainu general, and the rest are superchargers.

    The White Beard Pirates.

    The atmosphere of the coming war also spread throughout the white beard sea area.

    The navy rushed into their waters and attacked the three pirate groups affiliated with Whitebeard. This incident obviously caused a lot of turbulence. The entire group of whitebeard pirates was surging in publicity to show the navy a little color. Look.

    "Stop making noise."

    Marco rolled his eyes, interrupted all the noise, and said with a displeased face: "The second team has rushed over to support..."

    "¡­¡­"

    The scene suddenly fell silent.

    After all, the current captain of the second team is Portgas D. Ace, and there are monsters like Sasuke Uchiha. It must be no problem to expel an admiral''s army.

    Calculate carefully...

    Uchiha Sasuke seems to have never fought against Akagi!

    Sasuke Uchiha fought against the yellow monkey twice and defeated them all; once against the blue pheasant, forcing the blue pheasant to stop pursuing; the only one who has not beaten the red dog.

    "¡­¡­"

    The white beard tilted his head, glanced at the big knife beside him, and whispered: "Marco, I don''t think the situation is right, let Ace and Sasuke come back first..."

    "Daddy?"

    Marco glanced at the white beard in surprise.

    During this period of time, the entire Whitebeard Pirate Group has recognized the strength of Uchiha Sasuke. That guy can defeat even the Four Emperor Kaido. Can he even roll over against a general?

    After Marco was surprised for a second, he decided to follow Baibeard''s orders honestly. He quickly dialed the phone worm from the second team.

    But...

    Uchiha Sasuke and Ace rejected Marko''s proposal.

    In other words, they had to reject Marco''s proposal.

    Because the Whitebeard Pirates¡¯ 2nd squad attacked, they ran into Lieutenant Admiral Karp¡¯s warship head-on, and encountered the lieutenant admiral¡¯s interception!

    This kind of thing is a bit troublesome for the second team...

    Lieutenant General Karp, an old man known as a naval hero, did not weaken because of his physical strength, but had an old-fashioned demeanor... and this time, he seemed determined to fight the second squad.

    White beard sea area.

    Lieutenant General Crane¡¯s warship.

    The pharmacist held the phone worm slowly and arranged their established strategy: "General Sakaski, Mr. Mihawk, shot Uchiha Sasuke;

    Mr. Doflamingo, Mr. Onishi, immediately after Uchiha Sasuke left, he immediately intercepted Portgas D. Ace¡¯s battleship, and attacked according to our schedule, forcing Sasuke Uchiha to return to the aid. £»

    Lieutenant General Karp, prepared to cooperate with Uchiha Sasuke who returned to the aid in the middle of the attack. "

    After speaking, the pharmacist put down the phone worm in his hand.

    Lieutenant General Crane stood next to Yakushi''s pocket and nodded with satisfaction. Whether it was a general strategy or subtle tactics, there was nothing wrong with Yakushi''s pocket, even more brilliant than Lieutenant Crane imagined.

    Lieutenant General Crane slowly closed his palms and said: "It looks like our strategy has succeeded...If Whitebeard Newgate has not dispatched, then the victory of this war must belong to the navy."

    "White Beard has no reason to be dispatched."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around and said in a low voice: "Our goal is only for a big victory. As long as the White Beard Pirates has a big defeat, others will smell the wind like a shark and tear him. Bite the flesh..."

    Above the battlefield.

    Everything is going on according to the rehearsal of Pharmacist Pocket.

    Uchiha Sasuke is the strongest But the person he needs to deal with this time is good, and he is ready to support Ace and the 2nd team at any time. For a while, he seems a little tired.

    The worst thing is...

    Among these enemies are Akatsuki''s colleagues!

    The admiral of the Navy Headquarters and the four-tailed man Zuri Akidog, the dried persimmon ghost shark, and Doflamingo are all colleagues. The appearance of these people is definitely not to give him a head...

    After all, no one told him before they came!

    These guys... Uehara Naraku sent him to clear him, right? Just because he almost killed Kaido last time and violated Uehara Naraku''s meaning? Or did the guy Uehara Naraku think he was too arrogant in the new world and suppress his limelight?

    may also be...

    is both.

    While Sasuke Uchiha was still fighting, his ring suddenly flickered. Someone gave him an order: "Sasuke, Kaido refused to give in. You go to Wano country and help Uchiha bring the soil to suppress it. Guy..."

    "You guy..."

    Uchiha Sasuke is far-sighted, there are five members who participated in the attack on Whitebeard''s 2nd squad. Three of them should be under Uehara Naraku...

    At this time, Uehara Naraku also called him to work!

    Is this **** still a human?

    Uchiha Sasuke gritted his teeth and said: "A group of your subordinates are besieging me, how am I going to get there now!"

    "What happened?"

    Uehara Naraku was surprised for a while, and said softly: "Wait, I''ll call and ask what''s going on. I''ve been traveling all this time..."

 Chapter 460ï¼š Uchiha Sasukeâ€™s reinforcements... Itachi Uchiha!

    subordinates are playing in full swing.

    Uehara Naraku was still drinking iced juice leisurely.

    Naro Uehara knows a little bit about this, but the news he got from the ghost is that Yakushi wants to be promoted, and he needs to defeat Sasuke Uchiha as a springboard for promotion.

    Uehara Naraku didn''t take it seriously, just let the pharmacist do it himself. Anyway, it is Akatsuki''s members, and help each other to better occupy the high position.

    And Naraku Uehara is also a little curious, how can Yakushi do to use Sasuke Uchiha, I didn¡¯t expect Yakushi to play so big...

    actually forced Uchiha Sasuke to such an extent!

    Hawkeye Mihawk, the world¡¯s largest swordsman, Vice Admiral Monch D. Karp, and Admiral Aka Inu, each person¡¯s strength can be figured out individually, and it is estimated that they can touch Sasuke...

    Now these three people are working together to besiege Uchiha Sasuke, and there is a mentality of Doflamingo and a dry persimmon on the side... It¡¯s not bad not to roll over!

    "Actually, I don''t know much about this..."

    Uehara Naraku quickly returned the news to Uchiha Sasuke, and sighed: "I will solve this problem right away, and they will soon understand what I mean."

    "¡­Faster!"

    Uchiha Sasuke stood in Susano''s crystal and looked at the three men who besieged him. Everyone was difficult to deal with;

    Sasuke took another look at the two people who besieged Portgas D. Ace in the distance. Those two of them are even more difficult to deal with...

    Uchiha Sasuke held down his ring, and said solemnly: "I don''t care, but the guy Ace will soon be caught by Kakigami and Doflamingo!"

    "Reassure."

    Uehara Naraku chuckled lightly, and said, "I believe that reinforcement will satisfy you. I''ve already prepared it for you..."

    After ¡¡¡¡ finished speaking, Uehara Naraku cut off contact with Uchiha Sasuke.

    While the Pharmacist''s pocket was monitoring all this on Lieutenant General Crane''s warship, his mind instantly received an order from Uehara Naraku.

    "Pocket, I remember there is still a coffin in Shenwei Space... Open that coffin and let that person go and save his brother!"

    This order made Yakushidou''s mouth couldn''t help but twitch a smile. Is this the person who presided over Sasuke Uchiha to help solve the crisis for Sasuke Uchiha?

    Because the pharmacist''s pocket has a white coat on his body, and there is a living divine power writing wheel eye on it, it can open the divine power space.

    Indeed, there is a coffin in Shenwei Space.

    But the person in that coffin is very troublesome!

    After all, that is a person whose will has been modified!

    It¡¯s just that Naraku Uehara reincarnated that person from the dirty soil and made that person his own collection, but when it comes to cunning and cunning and taking advantage of the strong, that person is first-rate!

    "Forget it."

    After sighing helplessly, Yakushi said quietly, "Who made this an order from Lord Naraku...No one can refute the will of God!"

    After looking for an opportunity, the pharmacist quietly opened the Shenwei Space and threw the coffin in the Shenwei Space under the seabed.

    After the coffin fell on the bottom of the sea, it slowly opened to reveal a young man who was reincarnated from dirty soil. The young man immediately got all the information from the man who controlled him.

    He did not delay.

    Because the filthy reincarnation will not die, the young man quickly swims from the bottom of the sea, using his own perception ninjutsu to drive towards the small island on the battlefield.

    At this moment.

    The battlefield is still very fierce.

    Lieutenant General Karp¡¯s fist became pitch black, and he smashed Susano¡¯s body with a fist. There were cracks in the armor of the full body of Susano. The next moment Sasuke hurriedly repaired Susa with his pupils. Can care!

    Under Karp''s punch, the air was trembling from him!

    It seems that even the air is afraid of the old man''s iron fist!

    Mingming is just a lieutenant admiral, even a late man in his seventies, but he has shown the best combat power in the world!

    "This guy¡­"

    Sasuke Uchiha''s eyes couldn''t help tightening, he gritted his teeth and manipulated Susano and swung a knife to force Lieutenant General Karp back. An exclamation flashed across his face: "That **** Ace... his Grandpa is too strong!"

    Fuck¡­

    When Kapu and the green pheasant joined forces to hunt down in the Chambord Islands last time, not only did the blue pheasant release the water to perform a wave, the old man Kapu must have done it too!

    and the acting is too much...

    Last time, Uchiha Sasuke faced the blue pheasant, Ace played against Karp, and they both won, how did the idiot Ace win Karp!

    It''s just an ordinary punch that covers the armed color...

    The armed domineering force directly penetrated Susano''s defenses, even attacked Susano''s interior, directly shattering Susano''s body!

    Without any fruit power on Karp''s fist, he has already shown a great power not to lose to the white beard. The strength of this old man is simply outrageous!

    Kapu¡¯s armed and domineering guy is definitely stronger than Sasuke has ever seen before, so how did the idiot Ace win last time?

    Oh shit¡­

    is really outrageous.

    With such a powerful and domineering armed color, he can''t beat Ace, who can only use the ability to burn fruits. This acting skill is even worse than the green pheasant!

    A black knife slashed suddenly!

    This is the slash of the world''s largest swordsman Hawkeye Mihawk!

    While the crack smashed by Lieutenant General Karp had not subsided, this slash instantly enlarged Susano''s crack, and even wanted to cut off Susano''s shoulder directly!

    Compared to Karp...

    Hawkeye Mihawk, the world¡¯s number one swordsman, puts a lot of pressure on him. Sasuke Uchiha has heard of his name, but he didn¡¯t expect the great swordsman to have such power...

    Obviously, the strength of the swordsman of the foil Bista is not very good!

    Besides, Bista always claimed to challenge Hawkeye Mihawk on board, so Sasuke thought that Hawkeye Mihawk and Foil are not much better than Star...

    to be frank¡­

    I feel that Bista will not challenge him anymore, almost 100% will die.

    "Asshole... Give you a knife!"

    Uchiha Sasuke quickly repaired the crack on Susano''s shoulder, and controlled Susano''s sudden slash at Hawkeye Mihawk. This wide slash instantly tore the air, island The countless forests above were cut directly!

    When the slash flies to the sea, the boundless waves are surging!

    This attack directly forced back the world''s largest swordsman!

    As the world''s number one swordsman, Mihawk has never had such an experience before, being repelled by other swordsmen with slashes during the siege!

    Mihawk held his knife tightly, a trace of surprise flashed across his face, because the black knife in his hand was also shaking slightly under the force of this slash!

    Black Knife Night!

    One of the twelve great knives in the world, known as the world''s strongest black knife!

    Not only is Mihawk excited, but the black knife in his hand is also excited!

    Originally, Hawkeye Mihawk was recruited by the navy to see Uchiha Sasuke''s swordsmanship as the king''s Shichibukai. Now it seems that Uchiha Sasuke, who is only seventeen years old, did not disappoint her at all!

    Whether it is power...

    is still in the control of swordsmanship, absolutely far beyond the same group!

    The swordsmanship that Sasuke Uchiha has mastered is not at all the bells and whistles of other swordsmen in the world, it is a real killing technique!

    Especially after Uchiha Sasuke turned on the full body Susano, even Mihawk felt a huge pressure!

    The position of the world''s largest swordsman may change hands, but it may not necessarily!

    If it weren¡¯t for the knowledge that Lieutenant-General Karp and General Akainu would not agree, Hawkeye Mihawk really wanted to give it a try and invited Sasuke Uchiha to a duel between swordsmen!

    Unfortunately¡­

    This is a real war!

    Even Hawkeye Mihawk cannot determine the course of the war!

    I was annoyed by the fact that the Navy was destroyed by the G1 branch base this time, and the attitude of encircling Uchiha Sasuke was very firm!

    "Sasuke Uchiha¡­"

    Mihawk raised his head slowly, looking at the tall Suzano, his sharp eyes slowly tightened, he stared at the Uchiha Sasuke on the crystal above Suzano''s head!

    The man who is known as the world''s largest swordsman, his face became more solemn: "After Shanks broke his arm...I always thought that there would be no swordsman who can excite Black Sword in this sea...you appear, It¡¯s just right..."

    Mihawk''s figure suddenly lifted up, waving the black knife in his hand, and slashing at the crystal of Suzuo Nohu, and a slash flew towards the crystal of Suzuo Nohu!

    This slash... is Mihawk''s full blow!

    Even the air is directly cut by this slash, the momentum driven by this slash seems to cut the sky, even the clouds in the sky have been cut diagonally by this slash!

    "Can''t stop it?"

    Uchiha Sasuke''s brows couldn''t help but wrinkle, Susano''s crystal defense is indeed strong, but there is no shortage of people in this world who can break it.

    Kapu¡¯s iron fist...

    The shaking fruit of the white beard...

    The full blow of the world''s No. 1 swordsman definitely has a chance to break the defense of Suzuo Noji. These guys are really troublesome!

    "Melting escape¡¤Meteor Volcano!"

    At exactly this time, General Aka Dog waved his fist, the four-tailed Monkey in his body combined with the lava real ability, his fist turned into a series of magma meteorites falling from the sky, flying towards Susao Nohu''s head!

    Once Mihawk''s slash cut through Susano''s crystal defense, the red dog''s attack will quickly enter the arena and directly attack Sasuke''s body!

    Just as Uchiha Sasuke was about to use his hand power, he saw a familiar figure suddenly appeared, and flew into his crystal!

    "Suzano!"

    A red bust of Susano opened in the air!

    This red Suzano is only 30 meters tall compared to Uchiha Sasuke''s Suzano. It looks like just an ordinary giant, and it can''t stand a single blow!

    However, this red Suzano suddenly opened a red shield, that is Suzano''s spiritual weapon, which claims to be an artifact that can block all attacks!

    "Yataka Mirror!"

    Hawkeye Mihawk¡¯s full slash with the power contained in the attack makes the red Suzano quake, almost directly defeating the half-length Suzano!

    However, the red circular shield still blocked the slash after all, and even the magma meteorite falling in the air was blocked!

    Even after using the magic weapon of Yata Mirror to greet Mihawk¡¯s slash and Akadog¡¯s Meteor Volcano, the red Susanoh finally collapsed completely.

    The figure of a young man appeared on the battlefield.

    "who?"

    Akainu frowned slightly, and his eyes were fixed on the man who suddenly appeared to help Uchiha to block the attack.

    "Hey, it looks like our grown-up is still intervening..."

    The dried persimmon ghost is still playing Ace with Doflamingo. When he saw the man who appeared suddenly and helped Sasuke block the attack, the corners of his mouth couldn''t help but grinned.

    "Even Mr. Itachi was released?"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark waved the shark muscle in his hand and directly pushed back the pirate in front of him, with some nostalgia on his face: "It''s been a long time..."

    "Hey hey hey...who is that?"

    Doflamingo grinned at the corner of his mouth, and he manipulated a pirate to entangle Ace. He also looked at the man who appeared suddenly: "It seems like a very remarkable man..."

    "That person..."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark looked at the figure, smiled lightly and said, "He is Sasuke''s brother, my former companion... Itachi Uchiha."

 Chapter 461ï¼š Young people like Pharmacists are rare

    Uchiha Itachi.

    Not many people in this world have heard of this name. For a long time, Uchiha Sasuke, who is able to conquer the four emperors, is obviously more famous.

    Hearing that Uchiha Itachi was Sasuke¡¯s older brother, Doflamingo¡¯s smile became stronger, and he said softly, "This...is strong?"

    "how to say¡­"

    The dried persimmon ghost grinned and smiled: "Although Mr. Itachi is not as good as our adult, it is definitely not an existence that can be underestimated..."

    Itachi Uchiha rarely loses in this life.

    It is a pity that he lost terribly twice.

    Lost his life by deliberately losing to Uchiha Sasuke;

    The second time he lost to Uehara Naraku, he suffered a lot, and he was played directly by Uehara Naraku to death, and even continued to be manipulated after he died.

    "Look at it..."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark grinned, and continued with a smile: "The meaning of Mr. Itachi as a reinforcement... But it can inspire Sasuke more than anyone else!

    This war is coming to an end... Let¡¯s symbolically catch a few pirates and leave. Don¡¯t make the strategy too ugly! "

    "Hey hey hey...this is also true."

    Doflamingo smiled and nodded, and said softly: "That adult seems to have sent us a letter just now, who are you leaving?"

    "Portcas D. Ace, Marshall D. Titch."

    Dry Persimmon Guikun nodded two names and slowly closed his palms: "Leave these two, and the others will grab them all. They will be counted as pocket trophies!"

    "Hey hey hey...interesting."

    Doflamingo nodded, and white lines popped out of his palm, quickly controlling a famous pirate from the second team!

    This kind of war is really interesting. Most of the enemy and us are our own people. They have no problem with their own people, but the others have suffered.

    This is interesting for Doflamingo.

    This is the life behind the scenes.

    battlefield center.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark is right. The reinforcements sent by Uehara Naraku are actually not particularly powerful, but they are completely different for Uchiha Sasuke!

    Even Uchiha Madara...

    is not as good as the arrival of Uchiha Itachi!

    Uchiha Sasuke dismissed his own Suzano, looked at Uchiha Itachi with a face of disbelief, and whispered: "...Did that guy bring you back to life again? Nissan..."

    "Sasuke."

    Uchiha Itachi''s writing wheel stared at the three people in the distance, and said solemnly: "He sent me to support you, let''s leave the danger first!"

    "Yes."

    Uchiha Sasuke is very obedient.

    To be honest, he suffered a lot for his brother''s soul, but he did not expect that Uehara Naraku would have reincarnated Uchiha Itachi again!

    Sasuke still wants to curse...

    Uehara Naraku that bastard...

    At such a dangerous time now, Uehara Naraku sent Uchiha Itachi to rescue him again, apparently trying to use their two brothers again!

    The issue is¡­

    The two brothers seem to be unable to escape the control of Uehara Naraku.

    "who are you?"

    Akainu stared at Uchiha Itachi with cold eyes.

    Hawkeye Mihawk and Lieutenant General Karp also surrounded them, and slowly wrapped the two Uchiha brothers in them, and everyone''s eyes were faintly solemn.

    The Uchiha brothers are now facing three of the world¡¯s top powerhouses, but Uchiha Itachi is now a filthy reincarnation, giving him the ability to die infinitely. As long as there is no soul-like ability, Uchiha Itachi has at least one battle force.

    "Aka..."

    Uchiha Itachi came out with a name in an instant, and the expressions of everyone present could not help but change. The next moment he burst out the name himself!

    "Uchiha Itachi!"

    to be frank.

    Everyone¡¯s mood is faintly subtle.

    Because Uchiha Itachi was the first person to explode his name in a fair manner. Most of the people present had a hidden identity of Akatsuki. I didn¡¯t expect Uchiha Itachi to be the first to explode!

    Seriously, a bit envious.

    After all, hiding their identity has been working as a spy. Except for their leader, Naraku Uehara, how can anyone else have this patience?

    "Aka...Uchiha...Itachi..."

    Lieutenant General Karp''s brows wrinkled.

    It¡¯s not easy to deal with just by hearing this name, because this surname is exactly the same as Uchiha Sasuke, and he uses the same abilities as Uchiha Sasuke...

    This is a very tricky character!

    The look of General Akadog is a bit subtle, and his aura is faintly unstable. Why the **** is another member of Akatsuki''s organization?

    Aka Dog slowly said, "Akatsuki is an organization. I heard this name when I caught a pirate.

    is said to be a criminal organization hidden behind the scenes. The members of this organization like to claim that it is for justice and peace, but they never show up..."

    "I have never heard of this name."

    Hawkeye Mihawk shook his head and said softly: "They have never been in the ocean. They should be an unknown organization..."

    "¡­¡­"

    The red dog is silent.

    Although Akinu didn''t speak, he knew in his heart that Mihawk would have left an account in the hands of Uehara Naraku...

    That guy...Have a grudge!

    Hawkeye claims to have never heard of it, so he guesses it won¡¯t be long before he hears the name of this organization. By the way, it comes with a wave of beatings...

    "The old man has never heard of it either."

    Lieutenant General Karp shook his head after pondering for a while, and smiled heartily: "Hahahahaha...Forget it, go back and ask the Warring States Period. I guess he should know..."

    This is the typical Karp thinking.

    Whenever you encounter a problem that you need to think and remember, you should ask the Buddha Warring States, or just throw the problem to the Buddha Warring States for thinking.

    "No matter who you are..."

    Akainu''s face showed a cold color, he stared at Uchiha Itachi solemnly and said, "Uchiha Sasuke will definitely stay here today!"

    "This kind of thing is impossible."

    Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke''s bodies each had a phantom of Susano. They turned on Susano at the same time, putting on armor for the bust of Susano!

    The red Suzano and the purple Suzano suddenly appeared on this battlefield, and the two Suzanos each held their weapons!

    "Then let me try first..."

    Uchiha Itachi manipulated Susao Nohu and slowly grasped a huge wine gourd. The next moment the wine gourd burst into a red long sword that looked like a liquid!

    is Suzuo Nohu''s spiritual weapon ten punch sword!

    This ten-fist sword suddenly shot at Lieutenant General Karp, and directly penetrated the old man''s body. This scene caused everyone to drop their jaws!

    This is too careless!

    How could this kind of thing happen to Karp!

    The next moment, Lieutenant General Karp¡¯s body was dragged into the Ten Punch Sword, even he couldn¡¯t resist this legendary artifact!

    At the moment Karp hit the ten-punch sword, he only felt that his body seemed to blend into the ten-punch sword, but the next moment Karp¡¯s whole body burst into a powerful domineering and armed domineering, he will The power of the sword is isolated!

    However, even after the liquid sword of the Ten Punch Sword is separated, it still wraps Karp tightly from the left and right sides, trying to get Karp into it again!

    Mihawk also swung his black knife suddenly, a powerful slash directly cut off the liquid ten-punch sword, and hurriedly helped to rescue Karp!

    "Ok?"

    Uchiha Itachi''s gaze revealed a hint of surprise, and he whispered softly: "For the first time, someone can resist the power of the ten-punch sword..."

    Uchiha Sasuke looked at his brother with a subtle expression: "Nissan, this is the first time I have seen you use a ten-punch sword..."

    "¡­¡­"

    The scene was a little awkward for a while.

    Uchiha Itachi has not used his magic weapon in front of Sasuke Uchiha so far, but Yatakyo has shown it...

    "Let me come!"

    Uchiha Sasuke manipulated the purple Suzano to suddenly turn into a purple giant bow, a black flame giant arrow suddenly shot out, the target is directed at Hawkeye Mihawk!

    This huge black flame arrow is wrapped in the fire of Amaterasu and the domineering armed color!

    It doesn¡¯t feel good for anyone who got the arrow!

    "That black inflammation is dangerous!"

    Mihawk judged it immediately, swiping the black knife in his hand and slashed out, splitting the black flame giant arrow directly into two!

    Countless black flames fell on the ground...

    "Amaterasu!"

    Uchiha Sasuke and Uchiha Itachi brothers turned their kaleidoscope writing wheels at the same time, screaming out their power!

    In the next moment, the black flames of the Amaterasu instantly surrounded Hawkeye Mihawk, Lieutenant General Karp and General Akadog!

    "The old man''s ability is magma..."

    Red Dog''s fist gradually turned into magma, and he slammed his fist on the fire of Amaterasu, trying to cover the black inflammation directly with magma!

    But the next moment, Amaterasu Heiyan burned more and more hot, and even burned the magma directly, and it was about to spread directly to the red dog!

    Fortunately, a group of red chakra-tailed beasts came out of the red dog, wrapped in the fire of the Amaterasu, and fell on the ground, avoiding the red dog...

    The red dog looked at the flame on the ground, and his voice gradually became a little gloomy: "This flame...even magma can burn!"

    "There is nothing that Amaterasu cannot burn."

    After Uchiha Sasuke opened his mouth to explain, he immediately used the fire of Amaterasu to cover layers of heaven and earth nets, and surrounded the three Akadogs!

    "Nissan, let''s go first!"

    Uchiha Sasuke glanced at his elder brother beside him, and the two disbanded Susano at the same time, flying towards the second team!

    The next moment, a slash cut open Amaterasu!

    Hawkeye Mihawk chased from the gap in Amaterasu in the direction of Uchiha Sasuke Lieutenant General Karp and Akainu followed!

    "Don''t go after it."

    The voice of the pharmacist¡¯s pocket fell into the ears of the red dogs. His voice was a little calm and said: "General Sakaski, Lieutenant General Karp, Your Excellency Mihawk, our results have been rich enough. The time for the White Beard Pirates to start an all-out war."

    "That''s right."

    Lieutenant General ¡¡¡¡ Crane glanced at the pharmacist pocket with satisfaction.

    Although they did not catch any important cadres of the Whitebeard Pirates, this ambush directly defeated the 2nd team of the Whitebeard Pirates, and it also defeated Uchiha Sasuke and Portcas D¡¤ Ace''s group.

    Dried persimmon ghost shark and Doflamingo also caught many prisoners.

    Now that Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s reinforcements have arrived, if the fighting continues, it may only cause greater losses, so it is better to stop the fight directly.

    Lieutenant General ¡¡¡¡ Tsuru took over from Yakushitou, and softly persuaded: "Yellow Ape is still recovering from Marijoa. This is not the time to irritate the white beard. Our chance to keep Sasuke Uchiha has been lost."

    After ¡¡¡¡ finished speaking, Lieutenant General Crane glanced at the three people who had ceased fighting, and then at the Pharmacist''s pocket with a little regret on her face, and her eyes became more satisfied.

    Maybe, she can really let go of responsibility.

    The young navy has amazing tactics and is not greedy to attack.

    Even if he could sacrifice Aka Inu, Karp and others to gain greater combat exploits, Yakushidou chose to give up for the sake of the overall situation. It was indeed the most suitable candidate in the entire Navy.

    Young people like Yakushidou are really rare.

 Chapter 463ï¼š Pharmacist Pocket: Akatsuki has already jumped out, at least dont worry about them...

    Marin Vando.

    Yakushidou rushed back from the new world.

    Except for General Red Dog who took the initiative to stay at the G1 branch base to guard, Lieutenant General Karp, Lieutenant General Crane and Yakushidou rushed back to Malin Vando.

    When they returned to this navy headquarters, the news about the new generation of naval wise generals was spread all over the sea.

    At the time when Sasuke Uchiha was acting recklessly in the New World, the genius and wise general was born and commanded the navy to defeat the White Beard Pirates and repelled the powerful figure of the White Beard Pirates Uchiha. .

    Yakushi became a well-known figure in the whole sea overnight, and became the youngest lieutenant admiral and the youngest staff officer of the Navy Headquarters in history.

    Marine Headquarters Malin Vando didn''t spread the news about Pharmacists. A group of high-ranking navy sat together to discuss the follow-up matters with the White Beard Pirates, and Akatsuki and Uchiha Itachi who suddenly appeared.

    The pharmacist sat next to Lieutenant General Crane, slowly pushed his glasses, and said softly: "I think that after the lessons of this joint encirclement and suppression, it is unlikely that Sasuke Uchiha will continue to take risks and have direct **** with us. Of war..."

    "What about the white beard..."

    The Marshal of the Warring States Period sat on his seat, looked at the newly recruited staff officer, Yao Shidou, and asked in a deep voice: "I know that guy very well. Even if that guy is old and drags the sick body, he still has peace. The power of the entire world to fight!"

    "From now on, it is basically impossible."

    The pharmacist shook his head, pushed his glasses, picked up a document, and said softly: "The White Beard Pirates Group is known as the strongest pirate group in the world, but the number of times the White Beard has been dispatched in the past few years Fewer and fewer¡­"

    When Pharmacist talked about this, his voice gradually lowered: "In the past few years, except for the war that may destroy the entire Whitebeard Pirates, Whitebeard Edward Newgate almost never takes action, which means his body It has declined and exceeded our expectations..."

    The pharmacist slowly closed his palms, and a touch of confidence gradually emerged on his face: "It''s just that the white beard shows up too many times, and most of them rely on his reputation to make others collapse on their own. We will habitually think White beard shots very frequently..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Every senior navy present frowned involuntarily.

    I have to say that what the pharmacist said is very reasonable. When these high-level navy think carefully about the memories, they slowly remembered some things that were not right.

    The Warring States Marshal frowned and slowly nodded and said: "Yes, three years ago, when the position of the Four Emperors was not completely settled, the White Beard Pirates had a powerful advantage in a war. ¡­

    At that time, only White Beard was required to block BIG¡¤MOM, and the White Beard Pirates might occupy Totland, but White Beard did not take action...

    Originally, we thought that White Beard was a friendship when he was spared by the Rocks Pirates. Now it seems that his strength has long been unable to support his long battle..."

    "Yes."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around and continued to explain in a soft voice: "This is true. The last time White Beard made a shot, it should have been a battle between the White Beard Pirates and the Spades Pirates.

    Coincidentally, Whitebeard forcibly recruited Portgas D. Ace and Sasuke Uchiha in this battle, and they also chose to join. This is incredible in the battle among pirates of the same level. of.

    We have all seen Uchiha''s combat power now. He is absolutely qualified to challenge Whitebeard, but he did not choose to betray Whitebeard.

    In the six months since Uchiha Sasuke joined the Whitebeard Pirates, Whitebeard never made another move. Even if he encountered the invasion of the Four Emperor Kaido, it was also dispatched by the supernova Sasuke Uchiha, which almost violated him. Frequency of shots. "

    Pharmacist put down the documents in his hand, and calmly said: "The strongest man in the world has identified Portcas D. Ace or Uchiha Sasuke as the successor of the White Beard Pirates.

    I think that White Beard will only leave his limited life and strength at the most critical moment. He will only want to let the White Beard Pirates group from his hand to his successor during his lifetime...

    The strongest power that is about to extinguish the lamp of life cannot be just used to fight for a breath, and it will never be shot because we defeated Uchiha Sasuke.

    Of course, just in case, we should send a warship to monitor it, and restore the naval power of the G1 branch base as soon as possible to avoid accidents. "

    "¡­¡­"

    All the high-ranking naval officers present fell silent.

    To be honest, they might not have come to this meeting.

    Except for the last sentence, basically not many people understand what the above said, a bunch of mess, is this the way of chatting between navy staff and navy wise generals?

    Lieutenant General ¡¡¡¡ Crane clearly understood, a kind smile appeared on the corner of her mouth, she looked up at the Warring States Period, and whispered: "Warring States, how did Xiaodou say it?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Warring States nodded slowly, and after taking a deep breath, he looked at the pharmacist and said: "Very good, cautious and logical. If it were not for his intelligence information, we would have overlooked a problem, the aging of the white beard. It has reached a point where we are seriously underestimated, but unfortunately we did not seize the opportunity to let him find his successor..."

    "No, I can''t say that completely."

    Yao Shidou turned his head and glanced at the Marshal of the Warring States Period, and whispered: "Even if Baibeard''s body has reached an irreversible point due to aging and disease, his power may still be devastating!

    Besides, there is Uchiha Sasuke, we can obviously see it, but Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s power also possesses the power to aspire to the Four Emperors..."

    "indeed¡­"

    A touch of relief appeared on the face of the Marshal of the Warring States Period. He looked at Yao Shidou and slowly nodded and said: "However, we also found a new generation successor...

    Pocket staff, I will apply to Commander-in-chief, except for CP0, I will give you all the information of the world government, and apply for you to mobilize the power of the entire CP organization. "

    "Yes."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around.

    After the Sengoku Marshal nodded, he spoke softly and continued: "Do you have any information about the pirate named Uchiha Itachi?"

    "No."

    Yakushi shook his head, and then hesitated and said: "However, I learned some information about the organization behind Itachi Uchiha from the mouth of the Akadogami... This organization calls itself Akatsuki, and they use the name of justice."

    This is a bit more ridiculous.

    The entire navy probably didn''t know Akatsuki''s intelligence better than Yakushidou, but he still presented Akatsuki''s intelligence in the name of Akakin.

    When talking about this, the pharmacist pushed his glasses around and continued softly: "It is said that the members of this organization dare not call the leader of the organization... They will all use God or that adult to replace him. ."

    "God... I''ll go back and ask the five old stars!"

    The Sengoku Marshal slowly clenched his fists, and said in a deep voice, "I saved the pirate from the cholera world, Sasuke Uchiha...Do you dare to use justice in the name?"

    "There is no specific information."

    Pharmacist shook his head with a serious look on his face: "In any case, we all know that the unknown organization Akatsuki has surfaced, at least we don''t have to worry about this unknown enemy that may have been hidden in the dark."

    After ¡¡¡¡ finished speaking, the pharmacist habitually pushed his glasses.

    Well, this is a bit nonsense.

    When everyone thought that the Akatsuki organization had surfaced, the members of the Akatsuki organization hid even deeper.

    However, all the high-ranking naval officers present, including the Warring States Marshal, nodded in command. They also felt that what Yakushi said made sense, and that an Akatsuki organization that jumped out was better than an organization that had been hidden.

    The Warring States Period is very satisfied with the performance of the pharmacist performing the duties of staff for the first time.

    It¡¯s not nice to say...

    Even if the Warring States is now kicked off from the position of the admiral, and replaced by someone who can understand the words of the pharmacist, it feels like he can sit in the position of the admiral.

    Now the Warring States period feels that it is enough to make corresponding decisions or give corresponding orders according to the words of the pharmacist. There is no need to think about breaking the brain as before and can¡¯t figure out how to deal with it...

    No need to think about it.

    Because the pharmacist is very right.

    "Let''s do this first!"

    Sengoku glanced at everyone present, and whispered: "Issued Uchiha Itachi''s reward order, and according to the staff, dispatched warships to monitor the movement of the Whitebeard Pirates..."

    "Yes."

    Everyone nodded.

    After the meeting broke up, Lieutenant General Crane sat in front of the Warring States period, with a smile on his face almost uncontrollable: "How about Xiaodou, you can be my successor..."

    "Much better than us."

    Buddha Warring States nodded, and sighed: "It''s a pity... his power is a pity after all... but his wisdom is more important than power. At least we can worry about a little less in the future."

    just as they were here to praise the pharmacist pocket.

    After leaving the office, Yakushitou met another admiral of the Navy Headquarters who had rushed back to Malin Vando, the Green Pheasant.

    Because the yellow ape was recovering in the Holy Land Mariagioa, and the red dog suppressed the G1 branch of the New World, the green pheasant had to rush back to Malin Vando.

    "Hmm... have you become a lieutenant admiral?"

    The corners of ¡¡¡¡ Qing Pheasant''s eyes trembled slightly. He glanced at the pharmacist''s pocket and whispered: "The promotion is really fast..."

    Green Pheasant couldn¡¯t help but think of his best friend Smogg, who was guarded by Rogue Town. That guy could be promoted a long time ago, but he was stuck in the colonel¡¯s position because of his temper...

    Yao Shidou, the undercover agent has climbed to the lieutenant general!

    "General Kuzan, don''t say that..."

    Lieutenant General Taotu walked beside them, patted Doudou on the shoulder, and said seriously: "Xiaodou has done a great job...Since He came back, she has been complimenting you, but I have never seen him before. I stopped complimenting someone!"

    "Well¡­"

    Green Pheasant couldn''t help scratching his head.

    In such a short time, I got into the top navy...

    Moreover, the Yakushi Pocket is also in the position of the navy staff who can access any secrets. This guy called the Yakushi Pocket is especially valued by Uehara Naraku!

    Of course...The pharmacist has worked hard enough by himself.

    After all, not everyone can be like a pharmacist pocket, working hard to prepare for himself a most suitable identity, a life experience that is most likely to be trusted and lowered suspense The one who can be the fastest navy senior A position not to be suspected...

    Pharmacist pockets this guy...

    No, I should say... the entire Akatsuki organization...

    Everyone must not underestimate it!

    After scratching his head, the blue pheasant glanced at the pharmacist''s pocket, and slowly said: "Hey, our new staff, after the guy Uchiha Sasuke is defeated by your strategy, where will that guy escape?"

    "It should be Kaido''s sea area..."

    Yakushi pushed his glasses around, raised his head and looked at the green pheasant. A smile appeared at the corner of his mouth: "After all, Sasuke Uchiha, Toshi, he will never bow his head easily.

    After suffering such a big loss, he will not continue to trouble the navy for the time being... But the Kaido Pirates who invaded the White Beard Pirates before will definitely become his catharsis. "

    When ¡¡¡¡ Yakushidou said this, he smiled and continued: "What''s more, I was also trying to chase and intercept him as much as possible, and drive him toward Kaido''s waters..."

    the most important is¡­

    That was an order from Lord Naraku!

    Just when Uchiha Itachi was resurrected, even if Uchiha Sasuke was for his brother, he would never defy this order!

    indeed so.

    Uchiha Sasuke, Portcas D. Ace, Marshall D. Titch, and Uchiha Itachi finally escaped the navy''s pursuit, and they can finally get to know each other.

    "This is Uchiha Itachi."

    Uchiha Itachi looked at Ace and Titch, and bent over at them with a serious face, "My brother has been taken care of by both of you during this period of time."

 Chapter 464ï¼š Oh, I was ordered to find the dark fruit

    "Don''t say that."

    Ace hurriedly returned the salute to Uchiha Itachi, which caused Tic who was next to him to bow together. A little embarrassed appeared on Ace''s face, and he bowed politely and said: "In fact, we have been thanking Sasuke. Care of..."

    When talking about this, Ace''s figure suddenly stopped!

    is not right, he said he is Sasuke¡¯s brother?

    Although Uchiha''s manners are very serious...

    But if Ace remembers that he was right, Sasuke Uchiha should have mentioned that his brother is already dead. What is going on?

    "and many more¡­"

    Ace showed a touch of surprise on his face. He couldn''t help but look at Uchiha Itachi before him, then turned to look at Uchiha Sasuke: "Sasuke, your brother is not..."

    "Nissan..."

    Uchiha Sasuke looked at Itachi Uchiha next to him, and whispered: "Be resurrected by that guy! I already knew that this day would happen..."

    "Re...resurrection?"

    Ace''s expression flashed with excitement. He thought of his brother-in-law when he was a child, and said in a deep voice, "Can the dead be raised..."

    Now that Ace doesn¡¯t know that Sabo is still alive, he naturally wants to resurrect his brother-in-law when he was young, and even he wants to see his mother, Portcas D. Lujiu...

    Even the face of Marshall D. Titch next to him flashed with excitement. Obviously, he also seemed to regret something!

    "moron!"

    Sasuke Uchiha couldn''t help rubbing his forehead, and whispered: "This is just a forbidden technique to manipulate the soul... Everything Nissan is doing now is under the control of that guy, and even our every move now, he You can see through Nissan!"

    "But..."

    Ace still hesitated.

    To be honest, it is still unimaginable for Ace to be manipulated by others. He thinks that as long as people can survive, what else is unacceptable?

    "Forget it."

    Uchiha Sasuke''s brows couldn''t help but frowned, and he whispered: "Anyway, I have to find a way to really bring Nissan back to life... If you want to resurrect..."

    "Sasuke!"

    Uchiha Itachi interrupted Sasuke, shook his head seriously at him, and whispered, "Don''t do stupid things, I never thought of coming back..."

    Uchiha Itachi slowly stretched out his palm, grabbed Sasuke¡¯s neck, rubbed his hair, and calmly said, ¡°I¡¯m just worried about you. It happened that that person gave me this opportunity, even if you were resurrected. Me, I can''t escape the control of that person..."

    Uchiha Itachi even showed a smile at the corner of his mouth. He looked at his tangled brother and continued with a smile: "I know everything you do... I''m glad you have new friends now, maybe in this You can live a better world..."

    "Nissan..."

    Uchiha Sasuke gritted his teeth.

    But he is not doing well now!

    The Uehara Naraku who was manipulating them behind the scenes was still manipulating them, without any mercy at all.

    I finally found a new friend. Ace¡¯s life is already very miserable. If that guy wants to continue to control Ace, can''t he be a person?

    "That person may not be as bad as you think."

    Uchiha Itachi shook his head, smiled and said, "Although the process of that person''s work is always somewhat unsatisfactory, but judging from the result, it may not be a good result for us..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Uchiha Sasuke immediately cast a suspicious look at Uchiha Itachi.

    Had it not been for he knew that the manipulator behind the rebirth of the dirty land would have converted to his own voice when he spoke, Sasuke suspected that Uehara Naraku controlled what Uchiha Itachi said...

    How do you feel that his brother has been brainwashed...

    And the process of Uehara Naraku''s work is unsatisfactory?

    is clearly not an individual!

    Although Uehara Naraku''s results seem to be good, for example, there is no war in the Ninja world, and many people can survive, but he clearly can do more...

    Anyway...

    Uehara Naraku is definitely not a good person.

    Uchiha Itachi laughed and shook his head. He knew his brother''s stubbornness, and what Uehara Naraku did was indeed a bit inappropriate...

    But he also let Sasuke open the eternal kaleidoscope to write round eyes, but it is a pity that Sasuke opened the round eyes and couldn¡¯t beat Uehara...

    There is no alternative.

    After all, Uehara Naraku is the reincarnation of Chakra owned by their ancestors.

    After Uchiha Itachi learned all the truth, his hatred for Naraku Uehara was not so deep. After all, when the guy was homeless in Sasuke, he reached out and pulled Sasuke back to Akatsuki, even using Sasuke as a pawn. ¡­

    Forget it...

    According to Uchiha Itachi, there are absolutely free people in this world. Those who are free have deprived the world of freedom.

    The most important thing is that the guy Uehara Naraku is really not a good thing. Even the gods dare to play with it. He can let Sasuke survive, which makes Uchiha Itachi...

    at least has a better ending than his brother.

    After experiencing the most cruel thing, Uchiha Itachi is extremely receptive, and Konoha is also under the control of Uehara Naraku...

    "You have been talking about that person... that person..."

    Ace couldn''t help scratching his head, and asked curiously, "Who is that person? Do we know it?"

    "The leader of Akatsuki."

    A coldness flashed across Sasuke Uchiha¡¯s face, and he continued in a gloomy voice: "Once you are forced to mention him, you must never mention his name, absolutely not his appearance... even me, I dare not mention his name."

    "¡­¡­"

    Ace couldn''t help but shudder.

    A gleam of light flashed in Marshall D. Titch''s eyes, and he seemed to have discovered something extremely interesting and a terrible secret.

    Sasuke Uchiha turned his head, looked at Ace and Titch, and said in a deep voice: "If you can, you shouldn''t have anything to do with him in your life...Never see him...Never know him...Moreover, never be there. He said something wrong in front of him!"

    Uchiha Sasuke continued with an ugly face: "A person once said a wrong sentence in front of him, and he was manipulated to push it to the top of the world!

    Then... he was pulled from the apex of the world again and fell into the abyss... that guy has the power to dominate the world! "

    Marshall D. Titch grinned and whispered: "Thief haha...Sasuke, don''t scare us too much, he can never defeat the old man...If he really has the power to dominate the world, how can it be possible? Will hide..."

    "Titch! Don''t talk casually!"

    Uchiha Sasuke interrupted Marshall D. Titch, he still has a good impression of this person, but if I remember correctly, Titch is also on the list of Uehara Naraku...

    In other words...

    Marshall D. Titch could have become Uehara''s pawn! Now that this guy is still here to satirize Uehara Naraku, it is really fatal!

    "¡­Yes¡­"

    Seeing Sasuke''s face solemnly interrupting him, Marshall D. Titch couldn''t help swallowing his own saliva.

    That rascal¡­

    is it so scary?

    Titch couldn''t help but be a little skeptical.

    If he had the power to dominate the world, he would have already declared war on this world and become the most powerful person in this world. How could he hide behind the scenes?

    Tic didn¡¯t know that.

    Just after he finished speaking, there was a message in Uchiha Itachi''s brain, and this message made Uchiha Itachi a little confused and puzzled.

    But...

    For Sasuke, everything is tolerable.

    "Alright, Sasuke, don''t scare them."

    After taking a look at Titch, Uchiha Itachi looked at Sasuke again, stroked Sasuke¡¯s hair with a smile, and said softly: "That person is not that scary yet. He asked me to come out this time. In addition to saving you, the main thing is In order to find the dark fruit..."

    "Dark fruit?"

    Marshall D. Titch couldn''t help but say aloud, his face changed in an instant. He didn''t expect that someone would look for that fruit just like his goal!

    That was the purpose of his hiding in the White Beard Pirates for many years!

    If you can''t find the dark fruit, Marshall D. Titch would rather spend his life hidden in the White Beard Pirates!

    did not expect¡­

    Someone is looking for the dark fruit now!

    These people who are looking for the dark fruit seem to be more powerful than the white beard, because Sasuke Uchiha never feared the white beard on the Mobile, but he was terrified of the legendary leader Akatsuki!

    Hearing Marshall D. Titch''s voice, everyone involuntarily looked at him, and Ace asked in surprise, "Well, Titch, what''s wrong with you?"

    "No, nothing."

    After ¡¡¡¡ Titch shook his head, he secretly said: "I just seemed to have heard the name of this fruit somewhere. It is said that it is the most vicious fruit in the world..."

    "That''s right."

    Uchiha Itachi nodded, and calmly continued: "The dark fruit is the most vicious natural devil fruit in the world, and it is difficult for others to control its power.

    But the power of the dark fruit is also very powerful, so that person asked me to find this fruit on the sea, so that the people in the organization can take it, so as not to fall into the hands of other people..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Titch lowered his head quietly.

    At this moment, Titch''s face was extremely ugly.

    In case, this Uchiha Itachi really found the dark fruit, it means that all his hiding over the years has been vanished!

    But...

    What can I do now?

    Should he bet against Uchiha Itachi who is faster?

    Uchiha Itachi has the support of a mysterious organization, can search for the dark fruit in the sea, he can only wait for the dark fruit in the Whitebeard Pirates...

    This is really not so good.

    Will he still be able to grab the dark fruit from Uchiha Itachi in the future?

    Uchiha Sasuke''s brows couldn''t help but frowned, and he was a little skeptical: "That guy is so kind, just let Nissan help find a devil fruit?"

    "I am not particularly clear."

    Uchiha Itachi shook his head. He had already put Tickey''s face in his eyes, but Uchiha Itachi did not make a sound, and continued softly: "Are you going to the country of Wa?"

    "Yes!"

    A smile flashed across Ace¡¯s face, and he nodded and said: ¡°We heard that there are ninjas and samurai in Wano Kuni, and it is also the hometown of the previous captain of our second squad, so I want to take a look and know that we What kind of person was the previous captain..."

    Ace does think so too.

    It happened that they were chased by the navy and intercepted to the Kaido waters. They simply took this opportunity to travel around the country of Wano to see what kind of person Mitsutsuki Mita, the captain of the previous 2nd division, was.

    "It looks like we can only separate here."

    Uchiha Itachi patted Uchiha Sasuke''s head, smiled at his ugly brother, and softly comforted him: "Don''t be sad, Sasuke, I might go to the Whitebeard Sea too soon... At that time we can still See you again."

    "Nissan..."

    Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t help gritting his teeth, he just said solemnly: "I will seal your body first, and I will find a way to revive you..."

    "Sasuke!"

    Uchiha Itachi quickly shook his head reached out and covered Sasuke¡¯s neck, and pressed his forehead in a low voice: "Sasuke, the two of us have never talked seriously..."

    Uchiha Itachi''s mouth showed a relieved smile: "Now you may already know the truth, that doesn''t mean I have nothing to tell you...

    Sasuke, you must live well, it doesn¡¯t matter if you never forgive me, no matter what you become in the future, I will always love you. "

    "¡­¡­"

    Uchiha Sasuke''s heart was shaken.

    Even Portcas D. Ace next to him looked at Uchiha Itachi in surprise. As Ace knew a part of the truth, there was a flash of surprise on his face.

    Ace seems to finally understand why Uchiha Sasuke always said that his brother Uchiha Itachi is the most perfect brother in the world...

    "Nissan..."

    Uchiha Sasuke gritted his teeth, tears flowed out of his eyes unconsciously, he clenched his fists, and whispered: "I must..."

    "Sasuke."

    Uchiha Itachi patted Sasuke''s head, interrupted what he wanted to say, and just said softly: "Sasuke, now you have new friends and a new life, then continue to be yourself, don¡¯t always live past¡­"

    Uchiha Itachi''s voice gradually lowered, and he almost whispered, "No matter what scenery in front of you, it will always be better than the past..."

    There is nothing worse in this world than their brother¡¯s past. No matter what scenery is in front of you, it must be very beautiful...

 Chapter 465ï¼š Another man who wants to get dark fruits

    The Uchiha brothers are destined to separate.

    If these two brothers stay together for a long time, it is very easy for them to be rebellious, and Uehara will never allow them to lose control.

    Uchiha Sasuke must go to Wano country to perform the task assigned to him by Uehara Naraku. Ace also wants to travel to Wano country, Uchiha Itachi cannot stay with them.

    They soon sailed to a small island and they parted.

    It¡¯s just that when they were parting, Marshall D. Titch suddenly said: "Captain Ace, Sasuke, let''s separate here too..."

    Marshall D. Titch flashed an awkward smile, and he grinned and said: "I want to go back. I have always been stupid, and I don''t want to go to the country to drag you back. You want you to protect me..."

    "Titch..."

    Sasuke''s gaze was faintly puzzled, and he whispered to persuade him: "It doesn''t matter, you shouldn''t encounter the navy on this road..."

    Ditch shook his head, grinned and said: "This time I have been out for too long, and I still miss Moby Dick''s house..."

    "Ok¡­"

    Sasuke frowned and agreed to Titch.

    Everyone in the Whitebeard Pirates is free. Since Titch is afraid of danger and does not want to go to the country, and wants to return to the Whitebeard Sea by himself, Sasuke and Ace are not easy to stop.

    Maybe it was Marshall D. Titch who stayed on the Mobile for too long and didn¡¯t want to leave the warm Pirates...

    "There may be danger on the road..."

    Portcas D. Ace still hesitated.

    Titch grinned, and said with a smile: "Don''t worry! The navy looks down on a small role like me, I don''t have any rewards on my back..."

    This is the truth.

    Marshall D. Titch is simply a weird thing.

    Ming Mintic has been in the White Beard Pirates for more than 20 years, and he has not been rewarded by the Navy. It¡¯s amazing...

    Everyone feels that Titch is playing with the Whitebeard Pirates, but Titch is also very brave when fighting, and he actively asks to be a sentry on duty every night.

    No one is qualified to refuse a man''s request to return home.

    Portcas D. Ace and Sasuke Uchiha did not continue to persuade them, and their group parted, and Itachi Uchiha and Titch stayed.

    Uchiha Sasuke and Ace drove the boat and waved goodbye. The two of them rushed to the direction of Wano country, Sasuke''s face was still a little reluctant.

    But Sasuke knows...

    The man who manipulates their brother behind the scenes will never let the two brothers stay together for a long time.

    "Sasuke."

    Ace took Sasuke''s shoulders and smiled heartily: "You don''t need to be sad for parting! As long as we are on the ocean, we will meet again after all."

    "Ok¡­"

    Uchiha Sasuke nodded.

    At least one thing he knows now is that Uchiha Itachi has been reincarnated by Uehara Naruto.

    As long as he knows that his brother is still...

    Ace stared at Uchiha Itachi, who was getting further and further away from them, and sighed softly: "Mr. Itachi is really a respectable brother..."

    This brother...

    is much better than his brother!

    Although Ace and Itachi Uchiha didn''t spend much time together, Ace also noticed Uchiha Itachi''s meticulous care for Sasuke during this period.

    I feel ashamed to think of it...

    His brother doesn¡¯t seem to take Lu Fei¡¯s brother so seriously...

    "By the way, Sasuke."

    Ace suddenly patted his forehead, smiled and said: "I almost forgot, we can invite your brother to join our pirate group!"

    "Stop dreaming!"

    A coldness flashed across Sasuke Uchiha¡¯s face. He shook his head and said solemnly, "No matter what, Nissan will never leave Akatsuki... and anyone who dares to betray Akatsuki will never do anything good End."

    Uchiha Sasuke slowly clenched his fists, and continued gritted his teeth: "As long as I''m there...that person will never let Nissan stay with me!"

    "It''s really hateful..."

    Ace couldn''t help shaking his head, and suddenly grinned: "Don''t worry, we will definitely be able to defeat that guy and save your brother!"

    "To shut up!"

    Uchiha Sasuke frowned, and looked at Ace dissatisfiedly: "Didn''t I tell you? Please stop talking nonsense..."

    "What, there are only two of us here..."

    "To shut up!"

    Uchiha Sasuke and Ace noisily steered the boat to Wano country, they were getting further and further away from the separate island.

    on the small island.

    After Uchiha Sasuke and Ace left.

    A fierce light flashed in Marshall D. Titch''s eyes, and he was quickly hidden again. He slowly turned his head to look at Uchiha Itachi, and laughed happily: "Thief hahaha...Mr. Itachi, Where are you going?"

    "do not know."

    Uchiha Itachi shook his head, and said softly: "It should be to find a prosperous place first, and find out which pirate group has recently obtained Devil Fruit... The sea is still too big after all, I can only find it slowly."

    "Would you like to drop in together?"

    Marshall D. Titch rubbed his palms and softly opened his mouth to invite Uchiha Itachi: "It just so happens that I want to go to a larger town to see if I can catch a merchant ship rushing to our waters..."

    "Yes."

    Uchiha Itachi slowly nodded, and calmly said: "Would you like to talk to me if you are interested on the way? I also want to hear the story of Sasuke in the White Beard Pirates..."

    "Thieves hahahaha...Of course."

    There was a smile on Marshall D. Titch''s face. He nodded quickly and said, "Now Sasuke is the strongest person in this sea!"

    The two people were walking and chatting.

    It''s a pity that the island is too small. They didn''t find the information they wanted. The two simply bought a small boat and rushed to the next island together.

    Titch watched Uchiha Itachi boarding together, a sinister smile flashed across his face, and he was still thinking about his plan.

    Must find an opportunity...

    Kill this person who is also looking for the dark fruit!

    On the sea, this is the best opportunity, as long as Uchiha Itachi is solved by a quick sneak attack, no one knows he did it.

    There are two things that make Titch drum up in his heart...

    The first thing that Sasuke Uchiha mentioned is that Akatsuki¡¯s leader can manipulate Uchiha Itachi behind the scenes, and he can learn about everything he has experienced through Uchiha Itachi...

    The second thing is the power of Uchiha Itachi.

    Once the sneak attack is unsuccessful, then he basically has no way to survive!

    At that time, neither the mysterious Akatsuki behind Uchiha Itachi, nor Uchiha Sasuke, would never let him go!

    and so¡­

    Must plan and move!

    "Mr. Itachi."

    A smile flashed across Marshall D. Titch¡¯s mouth. He looked at Uchiha Itachi and asked curiously: "Sasuke seems to have mentioned that the leader of Akatsuki, the person who cannot speak his name, really has him. Is it that strong?"

    "It''s not."

    A smile appeared at the corner of Uchiha Itachi''s mouth, shook his head, and softly explained: "Sasuke grew up in Akatsuki when he was a child, and was deceived by the leader, so there is a shadow in his heart... Actually, the leader is not as strong as he thought... "

    When talking about this, Uchiha Itachi''s voice gradually said calmly: "Except for this ability to come back from the dead, the leader rarely takes the initiative. His position in the organization is too detached..."

    Uchiha Itachi even opened his palms and continued to speak: "I was only worried that Sasuke relied on me too much like he was a child, so I told him that the resurrected people can''t get rid of the control of the leader..."

    "Is really a well-intentioned brother..."

    Marshall D. Titch stood behind Uchiha Itachi, a fierce glow flashed through his eyes, and the corners of his mouth showed gums with missing teeth!

    Tiqi listened to Uchiha Itachi talking about the unknown leader, the ambitious man who has been hiding in the White Beard Pirates, the smile on his face gradually became more and more ferocious!

    His strength is not weak...

    His ambition is very big...

    His plan is very deep...

    Although Marshall D. Titch has always played the image of a weak, pitiful and somewhat cowardly pirate, he knows what kind of person he is!

    Once you encounter an opportunity, you must not miss it!

    Once you can grasp the opportunity, never hesitate!

    Because Tic knows his strength, he also has enough conceit. After all, he has been hiding in the White Beard Pirates for more than 20 years, and he is not wasting his time here!

    Uchiha Itachi seemed unaware of it. He stood on the boat rail and looked at the sea and continued: "Actually Akatsuki has gradually declined! If I quit this organization, Akatsuki will probably disband soon...

    Just as the White Beard Pirates is home to you, Akatsuki is also home to me. Although I can leave Akatsuki at any time, I can¡¯t leave here. I can only intimidate Sasuke and hope that he will give up this idea. ¡­

    Because of Akatsuki''s hidden relationship In fact, there are fewer and fewer members in the organization, and the strength is getting weaker, so we need the secret fruit..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Marshall D. Titch nodded while listening.

    This is true...

    An organization that has been hidden behind the scenes and never showed up, how can it be possible that there is a monstrous power in a name he has never heard of?

    It turned out that it was only supported by Itachi Uchiha...

    No wonder Uchiha Itachi is looking for dark fruit...

    It is estimated that Akatsuki''s leader just wants to regain strong power with the dark fruit, so as to continue to maintain his weak organization.

    Oh shit¡­

    Uchiha Sasuke made him scared!

    It turned out that it was Uchiha Itachi who was always scaring to appease his younger brother, and almost scared his hidden careerist!

    "Hmm, dark fruit..."

    Titch slowly squeezed his palm, his fingertips gradually flexed, and suddenly attacked Uchiha Itachi''s back, his palm was covered with a jet black armed color domineering, and he plunged into Uchiha''s heart!

    A fierce and crazy smile flashed across Marshall D. Titch¡¯s face. His palm penetrated the junior and directly pierced into Uchiha''s heart. He laughed wildly and said: "The dark fruit...is Lao Tzu¡¯s. !"

    "¡­¡­"

    Uchiha Itachi didn''t care about the injury on his chest, he just turned his head back calmly and looked at Marshall D. Titch who was standing behind him and attacking him.

 Chapter 466ï¼š That persons will is something we absolutely cannot resist!

    Even if Uchiha Itachi''s face is still calm, but the scarlet writing wheel eyes faintly exudes weirdness, so Marshall D. Titch can''t help but want to be frightened!

    But...

    There is no refund!

    Tic has endured for more than 20 years, just to get the dark fruit, but now this Uchiha Itachi is also looking for the dark fruit, they can only be the enemy!

    Marshall D. Titch was inquiring clearly about Akatsuki''s situation and thought that Uchiha Itachi could not lie, and Uchiha Itachi should not deceive his brother''s friends...

    And Titch has also been playing Uchiha''s friend.

    "Thieves hahahaha...unexpectedly..."

    After Marshall D. Titch laughed wildly for a few times, his voice suddenly stopped, and a flash of horror flashed across his face. He lowered his head in panic and looked at the wound in the heart of Uchiha Itachi!

    There is a void!

    The location of Uchiha Itachi''s heart, where is there any red heart, his body is extremely fragile, his body is just a pile of confetti!

    This is the immortal body that reincarnated from the dirty soil!

    Marshall D. Titch retracted his palm in horror, watching the confetti on his palm disappear little by little, returning to Uchiha Itachi...

    "How can it be¡­"

    Tic watched this scene in surprise. He watched Uchiha Itachi''s body return to its original state, his face instantly became very ugly: "Demon fruit ability...no, not devil fruit ability..."

    Titch instantly remembered that both Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke had stepped on the sea. Neither of these brothers were capable of Devil Fruit!

    "I already¡­"

    Titch immediately squeezed his fist, reached out and grabbed Uchiha Itachi''s throat, smiled grimly, "There is no chance to look back!"

    Unexpectedly, when Titch caught Uchiha''s throat, he only felt that his palm fell into the empty space this time, Uchiha''s figure became erratic, and his body suddenly turned into countless crows and flew into the sky!

    This scene is so weird!

    No, or it is terrible!

    Marshall D. Titch raised his head, but only saw Uchiha Itachi''s body fluttering like a kite, which looked strange.

    What''s weirder is...

    It is obviously still daytime, but a red curtain suddenly appeared in the sky, and a blood moon slowly appeared in the sky in Tic''s vision!

    Monthly reading...Start!

    "this is¡­"

    Marshall D. Titch was still thinking about what was going on, but he suddenly felt something wrong with his body, because he didn''t know when he was tied to a cross and couldn''t move at all!

    The whole world suddenly turned black and white!

    This is a terrifying place like the underworld!

    Marshall D. Titch looked at Uchiha Itachi with a look of uncertainty and suspicion. No, it should be said that countless Uchiha Itachi surrounded him, and every Uchiha Itachi held a knife in his hand. !

    "What exactly is going on!"

    Tickey''s eyes flashed with panic.

    Unknown things are the most terrifying!

    Until this moment, Marshall D. Titch didn''t think about what happened. Didn''t he fight Uchiha Itachi in the ocean?

    Why is he here now!

    Marshall D. Titch watched as a group of Uchiha Itachi holding Shinobi swords approached, and the astonishment on his face grew stronger and stronger: "Why are we here? What the **** is going on! What is going on! what is the problem!"

    "Marshall D. Titch."

    Uchiha Itachi''s voice is a bit vague, and it is impossible to tell which of the countless Uchiha Itachi is his real body, but it seems to be everywhere. His voice enters the stem like a nail. Strange brain!

    A group of Uchiha Itachi came over, each Uchiha Itachi held a ninja sword in his hand, and Uchiha Itachi''s voice was still a little vague.

    "The leader of Akatsuki thought you might be interested in Dark Fruit, so I sent me to test it out. Now it looks like you are under his control..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Marshall D. Titch said with an ugly face: "What do you mean? Test Lao Tzu... You know that Lao Tzu wants Dark Fruits, and deliberately told Lao Tzu that you are also looking for Dark Fruits, just to provoke Lao Tzu to take action!"

    over!

    How does this guy know about him!

    Why do they know that they want Secret Fruit!

    "Not bad."

    Countless Uchiha Itachi raised their heads, looked at Titch on the cross, and nodded together: "Everything I say is lie to you... just to make sure that you are also coveting the strangest nature. Devil fruit."

    "and so¡­"

    Marshall D. Titch''s face was full of cold sweat, and he spoke little by little: "This is a trap for Lao Tzu!"

    "Not bad."

    Countless Uchiha Itachi spoke at the same time, and everyone slowly nodded, making people feel more and more shocked when watching this scene!

    Uchiha Itachi looked at Titch, and calmly continued, "God''s eyes are watching everything, and I also see your heart full of evil ambitions..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Tickey''s face changed again.

    This sentence is a bit scary.

    Because Uchiha Sasuke was in the Whitebeard Pirates, it was mentioned countless times that Akatsuki''s leader is the true god!

    These weird and weird figures, who are called gods, are often connected with words such as powerful and weird, and they dare not give birth to any resistance!

    This world is too nonsense!

    Uchiha Sasuke, the guy who has always been arrogant and arrogant on the Modibuque, often makes people think he is bragging...As a result, Titch suddenly realized the truth, that is, Sasuke did not lie!

    The leader of Akatsuki!

    No matter how you look at it, it¡¯s really scary!

    Is that unknown man able to see through people''s hearts?

    Now Titch really wants to get rid of the predicament in front of him, and escape as far as possible, but he was trapped on the cross and couldn''t move at all!

    Where are they now!

    Why can''t his body move at all!

    "No need to struggle."

    Uchiha Itachi''s voice lingered in Tic¡¯s brain like a curse, lingering but helpless: "This is the moon reading illusion controlled by me. In this world, everything about you will be controlled by me, including time and space¡­"

    "¡­¡­"

    Titch''s expression is getting ugly.

    So far, he has not figured out what the situation is, so Akatsuki¡¯s boss calculates it and is directly brought into this so-called illusion by Uchiha Itachi...

    Today he felt that he might really be dying here.

    Even if he did not die today, Akatsuki¡¯s members would pierce his mind. According to the status of Uchiha Sasuke and Ace in the Whitebeard Pirates, it is difficult for him to continue to hide in the Whitebeard Pirates!

    Maybe death is coming...

    Maybe it¡¯s impossible to resist.

    Marshall D. Titch''s face suddenly showed a touch of relief.

    "Thieves hahahahaha..."

    Titch looked at the countless Uchiha Itachi underneath, grinning and showing a smile: "Uchiha Itachi, is everything you said just lying to Laozi... Akatsuki is not as weak as Laozi thought, right? ?"

    "Not bad."

    Countless Uchiha Itachi nodded at the same time.

    Uchiha Itachi''s voice resounded in this empty moon-reading fantasy: "Akatsuki is the most powerful and mysterious organization in this world, overlooking the every move of everyone in this world.

    No matter what you want to do, you can¡¯t escape Akatsuki¡¯s sight. No matter where you escape to, you can¡¯t escape Akatsuki¡¯s fear..."

    "Thieves hahahaha..."

    Hearing Uchiha Itachi''s answer, Titch''s smile gradually became more and more arrogant: "Wait, since you know this, why didn''t you kill Lao Tzu earlier... Let''s say, you are so calculating Lao Tzu, what do you want to do? "

    "¡­¡­"

    Uchiha Itachi fell silent.

    The countless Uchiha Itachi in the moon reading fantasy land stopped one after another.

    Just as Tickey felt a little bit of hope in his heart, if Akatsuki wanted to use him, maybe he might not have an accident!

    Unfortunately¡­

    When Tic felt a little bit lucky, countless Uchiha Itachi held the Ninja swords in their hands and slowly walked towards his cross again.

    "Sorry."

    There was a hint of apology in Uchiha Itachi''s voice.

    In the next moment, countless Uchiha Itachi came over one by one, stretched out his ninja sword and stabbed Marshall D. Titch!

    "Ah ah ah ah ah!"

    Tiqi yelled almost frantically!

    Countless Uchiha Itachi lined up, stabbing the Shinobi one by one into Marshall D. Titch''s body, and explained: "Because you just spoke badly and angered that person... He ordered me to punish you. Only then can we continue to talk to us."

    "Ah ah ah ah ah bastard!"

    Tic gritted his teeth and watched as a ninja sword pierced his body one after another, a flash of despair flashed on his face, and tears flowed almost instantly: "If you want to kill Laozi, give Laozi a happy life! "

    It was clear that those ninja knives pierced his body, but they seemed to pierce his brain as well, making him unable to bear the pain at all!

    This is not enough to torture people...

    What makes Tic even more flustered is that when Uchiha Itachi tortured him, he seemed to have no feelings at all, like a cold tool!

    When Mingmei Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke get along, people can''t feel his blood and coldness at all, just like a warm and kind brother... Does Uchiha Itachi show his true colors now?

    Torture him like this now...

    There is no wave in the sound!

    After a long time.

    Titch''s groans gradually stopped.

    The countless Uchiha Itachi in the moon reading illusion also slowly stopped the Shinobi in their hands, and continued word by word: "In this world, everything will be under my control... Everything you have endured just now, you will be Continue to bear for seventy-two hours here."

    "... Seventy-two hours?"

    Diqi¡¯s face flashed with prostration, and a drop of cold sweat slowly appeared on his forehead. Although he was stabbed countless knives, he was still alive...

    This is the greatest luck!

    It¡¯s only seventy-two hours, and I can bear it soon...

    Just as Titch gritted his teeth and was about to continue to be tortured, Uchiha Itachi suddenly said, "Now that time has passed by one second, you still have seventy-one hours, fifty-nine minutes and fifty-nine seconds of punishment. ¡­"

    "What a joke!"

    Marshall D. Titch flashed a flash of anger He even started a little angrily and said: "At least ten hours have passed just now!"

    "No, it''s actually only a second."

    Countless Uchiha Itachi responded calmly.

    "What a joke!"

    A flash of terror flashed across ¡¡¡¡ Titch¡¯s face, and he said angrily: ¡°How could it be... it¡¯s been at least ten hours just now!¡±

    "No, only a second has passed."

    Countless Uchiha Itachi once again surrounded them, their voices getting louder and louder, and poured into Tic¡¯s ears: "In this world, time is also under my control. The time you have experienced just now is only a short time. one second."

    Each Uchiha Itachi raised the Shinobi in their hands and pierced Marshall D. Titch one by one!

    Marshall D. Titch''s eyes showed a touch of fear, he instantly felt endless pain on his body, and the blood splashed out of his body, which looked very strange!

    If the dozen or so hours were only a second...

    Tiqi didn''t think he could survive any longer, he would definitely die!

    "Ahhhhhhh...I gave up!"

    Marshall D. Titch roared in pain, tears streaming down his face to Uchiha Itachi, "No matter what you want, what you want from me, I can tell you!"

    "Sorry, it was that person''s will to punish you."

    Uchiha Itachi''s voice is still so illusory, but his voice made Tic feel deeply frightened: "And that person''s will is something we absolutely cannot resist."

 Chapter 467ï¼š I donâ€™t know if he will despair, I know you are not human

    On the sea.

    A small boat swayed in the waves.

    Marshall D. Titch suddenly woke up, the weakness and endless pain in his mind instantly caused him to fall to the ground in embarrassment!

    Although only a moment has passed since reality, he was in the spiritual world, but it was stabbed by Uchiha Itachi with a ninja sword for three days and three nights in the moon reading illusion!

    That feeling...

    is really better than death!

    Fortunately, Titch¡¯s mental power is still strong, and he can barely support his own spirit. His eyes have become a bit fierce again: "What a terrible method..."

    The next moment, Titch suddenly grinned and showed a crazy smile: "Thief hahahaha...Now can you tell me, do you want to get anything from me?"

    "Dark fruit."

    Uchiha Itachi calmly spread out his palms and whispered softly, "If you have a chance to get the dark fruit in the future, give it to us immediately."

    "¡­¡­"

    Hearing Uchiha''s condition, the smile on Marshall D. Titch''s face remained undiminished. He nodded slowly and grinned in agreement.

    "of course can."

    "Don''t try to deceive Akatsuki."

    Uchiha Itachi stared at Titch with both eyes, and calmly continued: "Otherwise, you will know in the future that the pain you have suffered in the moon reading illusion just now is already a great deal. Enjoy it."

    "Thief hahahaha..."

    Marshall D. Titch shook his head and continued happily, "I''m just a little pirate, how dare I deceive an organization that I know I can''t afford to offend!"

    As for what Titch thinks...

    Anyway, Uchiha Itachi would definitely not believe this guy.

    After all, Marshall D. Titch, a man with a toothless, chipped beard and a sloppy beard, his eyes are full of cunning and treacherous, he will never give in easily.

    In fact, Titch did not care about such things.

    Now everyone has not got the Dark Fruit. This promise is purely fart. When he gets the Dark Fruit in the future, he will have to look at their respective methods...

    Once he gets the dark fruit, even the white beard dares to resist!

    If Akatsuki and this group of guys get dark fruits, Titch can only suppress all his impulses and see if he can find a chance...

    "Of course, except for the dark fruit..."

    Uchiha Itachi''s face was still very calm, and he continued softly: "You have to tell us regularly, Akatsuki, all the information of the White Beard Pirates, now your handle is in our hands..."

    "Thief hahahaha..."

    Marshall D. Titch couldn''t help but laughed wildly and said, "Hey, isn''t your brother Uchiha Sasuke in the Whitebeard Pirates? Just ask him what you want. You don''t need to ask me. Get information here!"

    "Different."

    Uchiha Itachi shook his head and calmly continued: "I don''t want Sasuke to be in a dilemma. Only when you use someone like you, I will feel no psychological pressure."

    Titch: "¡­¡­"

    You don¡¯t want to embarrass your brother, so I embarrass you?

    You **** listen carefully to yourself, is that what you said just now?

    But now there is still a handle in the hands of Akatsuki. Marshall D. Titch still keeps his smile, nodded and agreed: "Yes, but how should we contact?"

    "Someone will contact you then."

    Uchiha Itachi''s figure gradually dissipated into countless crows, leaving only a sentence beside Titch: "I hope you bring us good news, Mr. Titch."

    "¡­¡­"

    Marshall D. Titch still has a smile on his face.

    It wasn''t until Titch was completely sure that Uchiha Itachi left directly on the ocean, his face gradually became gloomy: "These bastards, it''s no wonder Uchiha Sasuke is afraid every time he mentions Akatsuki. they¡­"

    Whether it was the fighting methods of Akatsuki members, their intelligence and the ability to guess people''s hearts, Titch felt unprecedented fear.

    This feeling¡­

    It was like his every move was being monitored.

    Now Tic knows that he is still in a weak position, and he hasn''t even figured out Akatsuki''s situation, only knowing that his current strength is definitely not Akatsuki''s opponent!

    Therefore, we must continue to forbear!

    There is only one thing Tic wants to understand. If even a mysterious organization like Xiao feels that he has a certain hope for dark fruits, then it proves that he has chosen to endure in the White Beard Pirates. This path must be on the right!

    "Thief hahahaha..."

    Marshall D. Titch¡¯s smile reappeared: ¡°Although I am comforting myself, it¡¯s not all bad news!¡±

    the other side.

    After Uchiha Itachi and Marshall D. Titch separated, they contacted Uehara Naraku who was still traveling, and he still faintly disagrees with Uehara''s orders.

    "Titch is destined to betray."

    Uchiha Itachi raised his fingers and contacted Uehara Uehara, who was controlling him behind the scenes: "He has no trust value in his body. I don''t think he will give it to us after he gets the dark fruit."

    "It doesn''t matter."

    Uehara Naro said nonchalantly: "I know this, anyway, it''s just to find a reason to torture him."

    Talking about the ability to swallow darkness...

    Is there a better ability than the black hole skills that Uehara Nara can grasp and can directly swallow the world?

    Uehara Naraku¡¯s voice still carries unparalleled confidence: ¡°When Titch thinks he¡¯s going to a high place, I will make that guy a little more awake and let him recognize that it¡¯s a little bit in the White Beard Pirates. A very happy thing."

    When Uehara Naraku said this, there was a smile in his voice: "Push him up high with one hand, and then pull him down to **** with the other... How do you think that guy Titch will show at that time, his Will there be despair on the face?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Whether that Tickey will despair or not, Uchiha Itachi doesn''t know; but Uehara Naraku really does not do personnel affairs, Uchiha Itachi is becoming more and more clear.

    Uchiha Itachi was a little helpless.

    The implementation of Na Uehara is so unpredictable what he thinks, just to find a reason to torture Tic?

    "Where am I going now?"

    Uchiha Itachi calmly asked, "Go to the sea to find the dark fruit? But I still don¡¯t know what the dark fruit looks like..."

    "no need."

    Uehara Naraku rejected Uchiha Itachi''s proposal and continued softly: "When our fingers move, destiny already has its choice... We don''t have much time!"

    Uehara Naraku''s voice gradually became a little heavier: "Go, get acquainted with the power of this world, bear the name of Akatsuki, and bring this world the fear that belongs to Akatsuki! Let this world feel the pain Akatsuki brings them!

    "¡­¡­"

    Itachi Uchiha was a bit speechless.

    How does this Uehara Naraku look exactly like the leader of Ren Akatsuki?

    After Uchiha Itachi sighed, he could only agree to execute Uehara Naraku''s order. He finally couldn''t help but said, "There is also a question about Sasuke...I hope he..."

    "do not worry."

    Uehara Naraku violently interrupted Uchiha Itachi, and said with a light smile: "Itachi-Mr., we are old friends, Sasuke is also my junior. Do you think I will make Sasuke unhappy?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Uchiha Itachi fell silent.

    When were the two of them friends?

    Uehara Naraku''s cheek is too thick, right?

    Who was it that immediately reincarnated from the dirty soil after he had just died among the assistants, showing off how he deceived Sasuke?

    actually adapted a heart-stirring story...

    While Uchiha Itachi was worried about Uehara Naraku''s harm to Sasuke, Uchiha Sasuke, who was still rushing to Wano country, was also worried about Uchiha Itachi and Uehara Naraku.

    Because Sasuke knew that Uehara Naraku was not a generous person.

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes are even smaller than the eyes of a needle. He must still remember the last time he almost killed Kaido to destroy his plan...

    This time...

    Uehara Naraku asked Uchiha Itachi to come out. It must be Uchiha Itachi to warn him and let him obediently perform the tasks Uehara gave him.

    "What''s wrong, Sasuke?"

    Ace snapped his fingers, and after a fish was cooked in his hand, he threw it to Sasuke. He laughed and said, "What are you still thinking about? Hurry up and eat!"

    "Ok¡­"

    Uchiha Sasuke nodded, thinking wildly.

    If he still wants to make Uchiha Itachi well, then this trip to Wano country must work well with the **** of Takedo!

    That fellow Uehara Naraku has never had any morals...

    But at least there is one thing that can be regarded as a person, that is, those who are willing to do things for him will not be treated badly.

    The country of harmony.

    The general Mitsuki Mita of Wa no country had died a long time ago. Members of the Kaido Pirate Group were active everywhere here. Kaido of the Four Emperors completely occupied this closed country that could not even open naval ships and regarded it as his own. Base camp.

    Nowadays, Kaido speaks for nothing in the entire Wano country.

    It is a pity that Kaido has been uncomfortable during this period of time.

    Since Kaido was rescued by Uchiha, this **** named Uchiha has been forcing him to surrender Otherwise, he would kill one hundred members of Kaido Pirates every day...

    just now¡­

    Kaido has lost thousands of people!

    However, even so, Kaido still had nothing to do with Uchiha, and Kaido felt the pain and torture of this powerlessness to the enemy.

    Since the recent period, Kaido has moved all the civilians in the country of Wano to act as his subordinates, lure Uchiha to kill these people with soil, and continue to delay time...

    It¡¯s nothing good to just delay the time...

    What Kaido can do now is just to spend the rest of the day with wine and sorrow, looking for a chance to fight back: "Hiccup, the **** Uchiha brought the soil has never revealed the entity, is it a soul-like fruit... can''t continue like this? , To find a way to lead him to Lingling...or use that guy from Moria...hiccup..."

    The BIG¡¤MOM in Kaido¡¯s mouth is the only woman among the Four Emperors, named Charlotte Lingling. She is powerful and able to target the souls of others. In addition, Moonlight Moria, who was once defeated by Kaido With similar capabilities.

    I really don¡¯t know...

    Where did all these Uchiha come from!

    One by one is simply crazy!

    Fortunately, Uchiha does not seem to be involved in each other. If Uchiha Sasuke and Uchiha take soil together, it must be a big trouble for Kaido...

    "Hi..."

    After Kaido burped, he couldn''t help thinking about it again: "Perhaps you can ask the Alliance and use Uchiha''s soil to deal with the kid Sasuke Uchiha... Didn''t that guy say that only Uchiha can deal with Uchiha? "

 Chapter 468ï¼š The trip of Uchiha Sasuke and Ace

    Gulu Gulu...

    While Kaido was still drinking, a human head suddenly fell on the ground and rolled in front of Kaido, making his eyes tighten.

    "Asshole..."

    A flash of rage flashed across Kaido''s face.

    This human head is one of the six volleys.

    The entire Kaido Pirate Group, with the exception of him, the Pirate Admiral, is followed by the strongest three plagues, and under the three plagues are the six volleys.

    Uchiha''s figure with soil appeared from the vortex of time and space, and he slowly said: "Murdering has never been a problem for me..."

    Uchiha brought the soil closer to Kaido and continued calmly: "The only thing that is useful to us in the Kaido Pirates is you alone...If you still refuse to surrender, the head you will see tomorrow, maybe You won¡¯t even have the mood to drink."

    "I''m Kaido!"

    Kaido squeezed his mace tightly with his palm, and looked at Uchiha with a fierce face in front of him, his domineering burst out little by little: "You bastard, dare to touch these lovely subordinates of Lao Tzu. ¡­"

    "What can you do?"

    Uchiha took the soil and approached Kaido, kicked his wine jar, and spread out his palm nonchalantly: "Maybe I don''t need to do it... I received an interesting piece of information, Uchiha Sasuke is in Wano Country!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Hearing Uchiha Sasuke''s information in Wano Country, Kaido''s drunkenness almost instantly woke up, his fist hit the ground, and the floor instantly shattered!

    Kaido gazed at the Uchiha belt soil in front of him with gloomy eyes, saying every word: "As long as you help Lao Tzu solve Uchiha Sasuke... Lao Tzu doesn''t mind the alliance with you!"

    "No, it''s not an alliance."

    Uchiha''s voice with soil added a hint of blood. He raised his head to look at the tall Kaido, and said coldly: "It''s you who obeyed our orders unconditionally..."

    "Hmph, then you can just kill Laozi!"

    Kaido nonchalantly picked up his mace and left the huge room step by step: "That **** Uchiha Sasuke...Where is it now, I''ll go find him first!"

    "That guy should be here soon."

    Uchiha''s soil-carrying figure turned into a temporal vortex and disappeared, leaving only one sentence: "Think about it! You can''t defeat that fellow Sasuke, but he has the power of the ancestor of the Uchiha clan! "

    "¡­Humph!"

    Kaido squeezed his mace tightly, slapped a loud alcohol burp, and a stinking odor. He just walked out the door step by step: "I just lost him once, that kid Sasuke Uchiha really thought he was Can you act recklessly in Lao Tzu''s territory?"

    Kaido hurriedly summoned the Kaido Pirates to look for Uchiha Sasuke who had sneaked into the country of Wano, Sasuke and Ace were in an ordinary village at the moment.

    Nine Miles, Bianli Village.

    This village is suffering from famine.

    When Uchiha Sasuke and Portgas D. Ace just arrived here, they wanted to search for information in Wano Country, and their ship stayed on the shore.

    It may be that the villagers in Bianli Village were already too hungry due to the famine, and finally decided to steal the food from their boats.

    This is undoubtedly a kick to the iron plate.

    When Uchiha Sasuke and Ace came back, they also saw a group of villagers who were moving the supplies on their ship, and Sasuke''s face turned black.

    "Really..."

    Uchiha Sasuke slowly pulled out his ninja sword, looked at this small village, and said coldly: "Want to find a shortcut to the end of life?"

    Uchiha Sasuke has experienced a more cruel past. As a ninja, he never cared how many lives he had under his hands.

    A group of villagers who were carrying food looked at the pirates who suddenly appeared in panic. They have no resistance!

    Among the villagers in Bianli Village, a tall old man with a pair of feathered wings stood up, with a knife slung around his waist.

    The tall old man stared at the knife in Uchiha''s assistant, with a look of shock on his face: "That''s...that knife...It''s the supreme sword Kusana!"

    is over!

    This old man is a blacksmith in this village. His name is Fei Che. He also holds a big sharp knife 21 work.

    The next moment, an unpleasant feeling rushed to Fei Che''s heart!

    Although the entire Bianli Village is sealed off from the outside world, there have been people in the village who have made many famous knives, including Da Kuai Dao 21 Gong...

    There is one thing that will never go wrong, that is, any man who holds a famous knife in his hand cannot be underestimated!

    And this man who can hold the supreme sharp knife in front of him is definitely the top powerhouse in the world, and Bian Limura stole the head of such a person!

    But...

    More and more villagers have starved to death!

    is the top powerhouse on one side, and the villagers who are about to starve to death on the other. If we continue, even the children may not be able to survive...

    The tall old man drew his knife and flew himself in front of the villagers of Henkasa village. While confronting Uchiha Sasuke, he said in a deep voice, "Sorry, this is a misunderstanding. We are just because of famine..."

    "So you grabbed my head?"

    Uchiha Sasuke looked at the old man indifferently, calmly raised his Shinobi, and said sharply: "I don''t care if I misunderstood, I only need to know one thing...you are provoking us!"

    Sasuke Uchiha slowly raised the Kusanaru sword in his hand, pointed at the tall old man in front of him, and said coldly: "Take it! I can see that you are also holding a famous sword in your hand. It seems that this battle is also going on. So interesting..."

    "¡­¡­"

    A layer of cold sweat slowly appeared on the old man''s forehead.

    Although they have not directly played against each other, the meaning of the supreme sword makes the old man naturally afraid to give birth to any challenge...

    Once you shoot... it''s a desperate moment!

    The next moment, the old man gritted his teeth and rushed towards Sasuke with his own knife, but he was easily knocked out, and he was defeated without a single move!

    "It''s really weak..."

    Uchiha Sasuke frowned, looked at the old man who fell on the ground, and said coldly, "Did you guys have no meals?"

    "¡­Yes."

    The old man nodded a little ashamed.

    There was a hint of embarrassment in the air.

    The old man looked at Uchiha Sasuke, who was still a little impatient on his face, and forcefully raised his Ninja sword and placed it in front of him with the scabbard.

    The old man named Fei Che slowly knelt down in the direction of Sasuke, and said solemnly: "Please forgive our rudeness...this village...sorry, in short, I will use this treasured sharp knife 21 The second-generation ghost Toru, in exchange for your forgiveness!"

    "I don''t need another knife."

    Uchiha Sasuke is still indifferent.

    "Well¡­"

    Ace was watching the villagers in this small village. Almost every villager was so hungry that his face was yellow and thin, and many of them couldn''t even stand up.

    these people¡­

    seems really pitiful!

    The worst thing in life is to be hungry!

    There is even a little girl who is holding a piece of bread pitifully, not knowing whether she should bite it or not. Her eyes are fixed on Sasuke Uchiha who has just defeated the old man, and a trace of fear flashes across her face.

    The next moment, the little girl gritted her teeth, holding up the undamaged bread in her hand, and staggering towards Uchiha Sasuke!

    "Ayu, it''s dangerous, come back soon!"

    The old man watched the little girl run to Sasuke in a panic, and hurriedly said to stop her. He didn''t want to see that little girl irritate Uchiha Sasuke!

    The little girl lifted the bread in her hand forcefully. She looked up at Uchiha Sasuke, and said with a trembling voice: "I...we haven''t eaten yet...give it back to you...don''t kill the teacher..."

    "¡­¡­"

    The villagers of ¡¡¡¡biankasa village hesitated for a while.

    Every villager looked at the food they had stolen from the pirate group, and walked over one by one, putting the food in their hands on the ground and piled them together.

    Every villager knelt on the ground.

    It can be seen that every villager has a bit of resentment in the eyes, but they seem to want the old man to survive...or rather, they hope that the two pirates, Sasuke Uchiha and Ace, will forgive them and allow them to survive. .

    According to the understanding of the pirates of the villagers in Bianli Village, pirates never stop their killings just by killing one person.

    "¡­¡­"

    Uchiha Sasuke looked at the little girl standing in front of him who wanted to cry but didn''t dare to cry, his brows wrinkled, what should I do in this situation?

    Anyone who is in trouble...

    Wouldn''t it be enough to kill all ¡¡¡¡?

    These villagers of Bianli Village, UU reading www. uukanshu.com doesn¡¯t seem worth it anymore, but taking food and supplies back from them seems a bit wrong...

    Especially standing in front of Sasuke, this little girl named Ayu, her belly is still grunting, but she insists on her hunger and wants to return the bread in her hand to Sasuke.

    "Trouble..."

    Uchiha Sasuke snorted coldly, waved his hand with disgust, "You dare to steal something from our ship, and you have the courage. You got it yourself, so eat it yourself!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Every villager in Bianka Village involuntarily raised their heads, astonishment and surprise flashed across their faces, and they couldn''t help but look at each other.

    After speaking, Sasuke Uchiha nonchalantly played a sword, put the Kusanaru sword in his hand into the sheath, and left without looking back: "Hey, Ace, go!"

    "Wait, Sasuke..."

    Portgas D. Ace slowly walked to the little girl named Ayu, reached out and touched her hair, with a smile on her face.

    Ace turned his head and glanced before leaving Sasuke, and said loudly, "Hey, Sasuke, since we are going to invite everyone to dinner, we must ask everyone to have a good meal! It would be too rude if we leave halfway. !"

    "moron¡­"

    Uchiha Sasuke stopped and walked without looking back: "If you want to do anything, do it yourself! I''m not interested in doing those boring things!"

 Chapter 469ï¼š Bastard, dance just dance, who is afraid of whom!

    The country of harmony.

    The famine in Biankasa Village has been resolved.

    Portcas D. Ass had to stay in this village for a while. He used his own means to solve the famine problem in this village. It was nothing more than going out to grab the Kaido Pirates, but it caused a lot of trouble. Less attention.

    Uchiha Sasuke had no choice but to help Ace solve the trouble that might cause Kaido, and by the way, he also completed the task that Uehara Naruko explained.

    This time...

    And Sasuke has to cooperate with Uchiha to take the soil together!

    This is especially uncomfortable for Sasuke!

    Before Sasuke Uchiha left Henkasa Village, he looked back at Portgas D. Ace. The guy was learning to make hats with the little girl Ayu in the village. He wanted to help Little Oz of the White Beard Pirates Make up a hat.

    every day...

    This idiot is always doing these useless things.

    Ayu, a little girl in the village of Bian Li, was very happy. While teaching Ace to make a hat, he smiled and asked: "Ace, can I go on an adventure with you? I¡¯m already learning to be a ninja with my teacher. !"

    "you are too young."

    After shook his head, Ace turned to look in the direction of Uchiha Sasuke, his face slowly showed a hearty smile: "And we already have a ninja on board...he is the best ninja in the world!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Ayu looked at Uchiha Sasuke in amazement.

    Is that man the best ninja in the world? Although Ayu still doesn''t understand those, she knows that Sasuke must be very strong!

    Because even her teacher can''t beat Sasuke!

    "moron!"

    Uchiha Sasuke rubbed his forehead. Although Sasuke did have the confidence of a strong man, he couldn''t bear this title now.

    Ayu held her small face and looked at Uchiha Sasuke in admiration: "Is Mr. Sasuke also from Wano country?"

    "No."

    Ace''s face changed, and he immediately raised his fingers and hurriedly said, "Hush! Don''t ask these things! Otherwise, Sasuke will be angry!"

    "I still don''t care about with a child..."

    Uchiha Sasuke shook his head, and flew into the dense forest: "Ace, wait for me in this village for a while! I''ll go out and do something."

    While they were in Kasamura, Uchiha Sasuke and Ace already knew what happened in Wano Country from the villagers'' mouths, and they also knew the tragedy of Mitsuki Mita.

    The former captain of the 2nd Division of the White Beard Pirates had already died many years ago, and was even killed alive...

    Now, the entire Wano country is equivalent to being occupied by Kaido, and members of Kaido''s Pirate Group of beasts are everywhere, suppressing those resistance forces.

    The only place that is considered peaceful is the place where the general Kurotan Orochi of Wano country lives. This is a prosperous area called the Flower City. There are the largest number of samurai and ninja troops in the country of Wano, directly belonging to the current general Kurotan Orochi. .

    Kaido currently lives on the ghost island near the country of Wano, and sometimes appears in the country of Wano, and Kaido often haunts the country of Wano.

    Because except for the capital of flowers, which belongs to the black charcoal snake, almost all other places are directly under the rule of the beasts and pirates.

    "Just hearing the name makes people want to kill that guy..."

    Uchiha Sasuke remembered the name of Black Charcoal Orochi, and couldn''t help frowning, he subconsciously thought of Osaimaru.

    More coincidentally...

    Black Charcoal Orochi is an animal type, monster species, and Yachi Orochi fruit capable person, and in a certain way it resembles Ochimaru''s Ochi Art, which makes Sasuke want to kill him even more.

    Snakes...

    is not a good thing.

    Dashewan is like this, so is Pharmacist''s Pocket.

    "Trouble is dead... First, let''s see what that guy looks like. Killing him may make me feel better, and then we will clear out the entire Wano Country Hundred Beasts Pirate Group!"

    Uchiha Sasuke''s body slowly emerged completely Susano, manipulating Susano to fly in the direction of the flower capital, that prosperous area is not difficult to find.

    The entire Wano country is actually very poor.

    Only the flower capital is still full of cherry blossoms, and there is a peaceful spring scenery everywhere, but the people on the street are full of indifferent faces, which is a little different from the scenery of the flower capital.

    just...

    This is already a rare and peaceful place.

    The calm of this place today is destined to be broken. Sasuke Uchiha appeared on the streets of the Flower City. After thinking for a while, he stretched out his palm.

    "Forget it."

    Uchiha Sasuke''s palm suddenly burst into a majestic repulsion, and he whispered: "According to the old rules, let''s say hello to this country first!"

    The next moment, this majestic repulsive force swept across the streets of the Flower City in an instant, and the earth was also directly ploughed by the repulsive force of Shenluo Tianzheng!

    All the civilians in the Flower City were surprised to look at the instantly destroyed street, and everyone involuntarily looked at the most prosperous place in the Flower City...

    There is the residence of the general of the flower capital, Heitan Oro...

    No matter who attacked the Flower City, he will never escape today, except for the samurai and ninjas under the command of the Black Charcoal Orochi... It is said that the Black Charcoal Orochi invited one of the three plagues of the Hundred Beasts and Pirates. Quinn is a guest!

    Flower City, the general is upstairs.

    Today¡¯s banquet is indeed very lively.

    The current general of Heitan Orochi, the plague of the Hundred Beast Pirates, and Quinn came here with a few volley six sons. They came to the Flower City mainly to avoid trouble.

    Because a guy who couldn''t even Kaido was looking for trouble with the Pirates of Hundred Beasts recently, one of the six volleys had been killed, and the Plague Quinn brought the remaining guys to the flower capital to avoid Uchi. Chase and kill the undulating soil.

    In order to make the banquet more grand, the black charcoal Orochi invited Oiran Kozi from Wano country to perform at the banquet, and the guests had a very enjoyable drink at one time.

    Just as the banquet was in full swing, the city of flowers was suddenly attacked into the banquet, causing dissatisfaction among many people.

    "Does anyone want to rebel again!"

    With a touch of anger on the black charcoal Orochi''s face, his body immediately rushed out of the banquet, and rushed to the window with some dissatisfaction, and shouted at his samurai and ninja troops: "You bastards, hurry up." Get rid of that guy!"

    "Yes, Lord General..."

    Just before these people promised to finish a sentence, a slash suddenly appeared and flew toward these samurai and ninjas!

    Hundreds of warriors and ninjas were directly defeated by a powerful slash!

    A figure slowly walked out of the dust and smoke, raised his head and looked at the black charcoal snake upstairs from the general, his eyes were cold and cruel.

    It looks like...

    did not take these samurai and ninja seriously.

    Black Charcoal Orochi''s face turned dark, and he looked at the young man coming out of the smoke with a gloomy face: "Hey, who are you bastard? Who is Guangyue again..."

    ïÏà¥!

    A knife suddenly cut out!

    The entire general building was split into two by this slash!

    Whether it is the black charcoal snake, or the plagued Quinn of the pirate group of beasts, and the six sons of the volley, all these people who were drinking and feasting in the general building fell off!

    Everyone woke up in an instant, a flash of anger flashed across everyone''s face, and they looked up at the enemy attacking the Flower City!

    Next second...

    Except for the black charcoal snake who has been shutting down the country, when the members of the Beast Pirate Group saw the enemy, their faces changed instantly!

    They know who the enemy in front of them is...

    This guy is a more famous character just because he defeated the Admiral Kaido of the Beast Pirates in the recent war!

    "Sasuke Uchiha!"

    Quin plagued the whole person''s expression in an instant horror!

    What the **** is going on!

    Today, he took the six volleys in the Flower City, in order to avoid the attack of Uchiha belt soil, avoid Uchiha belt soil, but Uchiha Sasuke?

    ²Ý!

    Uchiha...

    is really not a good thing!

    These **** surnamed Uchiha are too difficult to get around!

    The entire beast pirate group, including Kaido and the Three Plagues, has nothing to do with Uchiha¡¯s soil. They can only bite the bullet and reject Uchiha¡¯s proposal to use soil as dogs. Of course, they have nothing to do with Uchiha Sasuke. Up...

    This kid...

    But the guy who defeated Kaido in the frontal battlefield!

    Counting down, Uchiha Sasuke defeated their partner King Shichitake Kaido Flamenco, defeated Admiral Huang Yuan twice, and defeated Ben Beckman, the deputy captain of the Redhead Pirates. Four Emperor Kaido...

    Life is almost like a dead end.

    The latest news on the sea about Sasuke Uchiha was that he escaped from the siege of the naval hero Kapu and the admiral Aka Inu, the world¡¯s largest swordsman Hawkeye Mihawk...

    But...

    Why does this guy appear in Wano country!

    Uchiha Sasuke is not here to kill the black charcoal snake, right?

    Pandemic Quinn faintly feels, whether Uchiha Sasuke has an enmity with their Beast Pirates, or hit their captain or their partner...

    No matter how much Quinn wants...

    Now he knows one thing very well, that is, he himself is absolutely impossible to be the opponent of Uchiha Sasuke, no one in the entire Beast Pirate group is Sasuke''s opponent!

    Just as Quinn was so scared that he lost control of his expression, the phone worm on his body suddenly rang, and it happened to be Kaido calling.

    "Hey, Quinn, Uchiha Sasuke has infiltrated the country of Wano, trying to find out the location of that kid, don''t actively provoke that **** kid..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Quinn''s expression was out of control again, he took a deep breath, looked at Uchiha Sasuke walking towards them, and whispered: "Brother Kaido! Uchiha Sasuke is in the flower capital! He is now in us. Next to it!"

    Damn, the news is too late!

    knew that he shouldn''t have come to the city of flowers today!

    Escape from Uchiha''s soil, but Uchiha Sasuke, is it really destined to die in Uchiha''s hands?

    There is only one thought about the plague Quinn, and now Uchiha Sasuke is by his side, looking at his expression about to kill someone, Brother Kaido hurry up to save someone!

    "Is that guy Kaido?"

    Uchiha Sasuke walked in front of Quinn, and after looking at the plague Quinn nodded, he coldly stretched out his palm: "Give me the phone bug in your hand."

    "¡­¡­"

    Quin was silent for a while.

    The next moment, Quinn handed the phone worm in his hand to Sasuke Uchiha with a trembling palm: "Hey, Sasuke Uchiha, the war between us is over..."

    "To shut up."

    Uchiha Sasuke said a word that scared Quinn to hide tremblingly.

    Sasuke slowly reached out to take Quinn¡¯s phone bug, and calmly said: "Kaido, I¡¯m Uchiha Sasuke, I want to save the lives of these wastes of yours. Come here with your own head!"

    "Asshole kid..."

    Kaido''s voice came from the phone bug, and he gritted his teeth and said, "How dare you come to Lao Tzu''s site... Now that you are here, you kid... don''t want to go back!"

    "is it?"

    Uchiha Sasuke ignored Kaido¡¯s threat and casually played with his Kusanaru sword: "I hope you won¡¯t run away again this time...you can''t escape my chase anyway."

    After ¡¡¡¡ finished speaking, Sasuke Uchiha hung up the phone.

    Quinn¡¯s mood gradually calmed down. He gritted his teeth and said, "Hey, Uchiha Sasuke, you guys are here..."

    ïÏà¥!

    Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s Kusanaru sword flashed with a blast of swords!

    The knife made Quinn shut his mouth instantly.

    Because this knife also directly chopped off the head of the current general Heitan Orochi, who is next to Wano Country, and blood spurted out instantly!

    "I hate snakes most..."

    Uchiha Sasuke frowned He threw away the blood on the Kusanaru sword, danced a handsome sword flower, and put Kusanaru sword into the scabbard!

    This hand is really handsome...

    Uchiha Sasuke is so handsome even if he kills people!

    "So handsome..."

    Oiran Kozi from the country of Japan was full of amazement, watching Uchiha Sasuke kill the black charcoal serpent cleanly, and put the sword into its sheath handsomely, and couldn''t help being amazed by Sasuke''s skill.

    Even her father...

    is not as cool as the current Uchiha Sasuke!

    Even a member of the Beast Pirates Group, knowing that Sasuke Uchiha is an enemy, can''t help but admire the speed of his sword.

    Sasuke Uchiha landed on a roof, looked at the Plague Quin and the six volleys of the Beast Pirates, and said coldly: "Aren¡¯t you having a banquet just now? Then continue to play music, then dance... Don''t stop before Kaido comes!"

    "Asshole, don''t be too insulting!"

    Pandemic Quinn looked at Uchiha Sasuke with a sullen face. Does this **** want them, the cadres of the Pirates of Beasts, to dance?

    This is too insulting!

    Pandemic Quinn was about to fight for reasons, but saw Uchiha Sasuke''s cold eyes and two strange eyes, and his voice instantly dropped.

    to be frank¡­

    Even if Quinn hadn''t played, he knew that he really couldn''t.

    Epidemic Quinn gave a grievous look around him, and his gaze fell on Xiao Zi of Wano Country''s oiran, and his tone was still somewhat tough and said: "Asshole, dance and dance, who''s afraid of whom... Xiao Zi, come and help me. Accompaniment!"

 Chapter 470ï¼š 0 Deputy Captain of the Beast Pirate Group... Uchiha takes soil!

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    The country of harmony, the capital of flowers.

    Plague Quinn gave in unconcernedly.

    As the pandemic among the three plagues, Quinn has always been eager to bend and stretch, and he can''t resist when he shouldn''t. This Uchiha Sasuke is not that simple!

    If Sasuke is just lucky...

    But this guy has entered the new world all the way on the ground. Apart from losing to Baibeard, he has basically never lost against anyone else!

    "Hey, Lord Quinn, if you just give in...we wouldn''t like it!"

    Quinn chose to surrender, but some of the six volleyball sons refused to agree, and some of them didn''t care much about the identity and orders of the Three Plagues.

    Among the six volleys, except for the black Maria who came to hide and lowered her head with a sigh, the other six volleys were unwilling to admit defeat!

    Although these guys know the power of Uchiha Sasuke, this does not mean that they have to lower their humiliating heart!

    One of the tall men pointed at Uchiha Sasuke, and shouted in a furious voice, "Uchiha Sasuke, don''t think that you can insult us if you defeat Lord Kaido..."

    "Ok?"

    Sasuke Uchiha''s eyes flickered, staring coldly at everyone present, and the Kusanaru sword in his hand was slowly pulled out: "It''s great...someone wants to provoke me..."

    Sasuke Uchiha waved the Kusanaru sword in his hand, pointed at the most honest black Maria among the six volleys, and said coldly: "You, go help me prepare juice!"

    "...Yes, Mr. Sasuke."

    Black Maria lowered her eyes and nodded.

    Just after the black Maria''s tall body had just turned around, she heard the sound of Uchiha Sasuke landing, and her brows frowned.

    Uchiha Sasuke''s figure suddenly appeared among the few people, and a bright light flashed in his eyes, and a gravitational force instantly radiated from his body, pulling all the six volleys to his side!

    "Yan Dun ¡¤ Yan Lei Shen!"

    At the next moment, black flames burst out of Sasuke''s body!

    This raging flame, like a sharp blade, instantly penetrated the bodies of the remaining six volleys, killing them and burning their bodies to ashes!

    In the darkness of the flame, Sasuke Uchiha seemed to be like a real demon, and easily solved a few volley six!

    "What a joke..."

    Plague Quinn''s face changed drastically.

    The status of the six volleys is indeed inferior to him, but two of them are very difficult, even if it is Quinn to solve them, it will take a lot of effort.

    just now¡­

    They were all solved by Uchiha Sasuke!

    Not only was Plague Quinn a little surprised, but Black Maria looked at this scene in disbelief. Those companions who were alongside her were killed so easily!

    Except for the black Maria, the six volleys have ended their lives in the hands of two guys named Uchiha, Uchiha Daido and Uchiha Sasuke!

    The surname Uchiha is also terrible!

    even¡­

    These people were killed without fighting back!

    Plague Quinn''s expression was faintly terrified and whispered: "No, this seems to be normal... This guy can beat Brother Kaido... this guy... this guy..."

    "Ok?"

    The Kusanagi sword in Uchiha¡¯s assistant fell on the neck of the plagued Quinn, and his voice said indifferently: "Do you want to resist me too?"

    "Do not¡­"

    A smile was squeezed out of Epidemic Quinn¡¯s face, and his sweat dripped down his cheeks little by little: "I just thought of something happy... What dance should I do... These guys have long coveted my position. Thanks also to Mr. Sasuke for helping me solve them!"

    The plagued Quinn can bend and stretch...

    Of course, this guy is really good at singing and dancing.

    It''s just that Quinn''s looks are a bit strange and his figure is very fat. No matter how Quinn jumps, the picture looks a bit spicy.

    Especially when the Oiran Xiaozi of Wano country was sitting next to him and playing music, the contrast between the two was even stronger, making Quinn''s dance even uglier.

    "What a strange person..."

    Xiao Zi secretly fiddled with the strings, while looking at Uchiha Sasuke curiously.

    Obviously looks very handsome, and looks very powerful. Why do you like it so unique? Why do you like watching that fat guy Quinn dance?

    This preference...

    It''s really confusing.

    Xiao Zi now has a very good impression of Uchiha Sasuke.

    Because Xiao Zi''s true identity is Guangyue Mitian''s daughter Guangyue Rihe, but she doesn''t know the truth, so she can only continue to conceal her own life experience.

    Just now, Sasuke Uchiha¡¯s words made the plague of the Hundred Beasts Pirates group¡¯s plague Quinn dare not move, so he slashed the usurper¡¯s general Black Charcoal Orochi, and the domineering Yan Thor directly killed several Volley Six...

    Hearing what those six volleys said before, he has beaten Kaido!

    This young man really made Xiao Zi full of goodwill.

    but¡­

    Sasuke Uchiha doesn''t seem to care about her beauty.

    "Eh¡­"

    After the end of the song.

    Black Maria glanced at Uchiha Sasuke who was drinking the juice, and continued to play the instrument with her fingers, continuing to replay the dance of Plague Quinn.

    What a strange man...

    Even if the Black Maria is well-informed and some can''t understand Sasuke, why is this powerful enemy still drinking juice like a child?

    However, Xiao Zi drew near Uchiha Sasuke step by step, flicked his sleeves slightly, a blush flashed across his face, and assumed the most moving posture.

    Xiao Zi tried her best to suppress her voice, her voice dinged like spring water: "Your hometown is also the country of harmony..."

    "No, do what you should do."

    Sasuke Uchiha casually continued to drink the juice, earnestly admiring the dance of the plagued Quinn. In fact, Quinn did a good job...

    I can tell¡­

    Plague Quinn must be a dancer.

    Xiao Zi looked at Uchiha Sasuke still looking at Quinn intently, her expression faintly broken, what is going on with this man?

    "Yes, my lord."

    There were faint tears in Xiao Zi''s eyes, which made her eyes look very agile, but she could only take a step back aggrievedly.

    The sun is setting.

    Time is getting late.

    Kaido still hasn''t rushed over.

    Because Kaido had to think about how to deal with Uchiha Sasuke before he came to the Flower City. After all, he had suffered a bit miserably under Sasuke''s hands.

    In addition to Susano''s toughness, the guy Uchiha Sasuke also has an ability that can make it difficult for him to get out of trouble.

    Kaido had exhausted all his strength at the beginning, and barely escaped from Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s earth-booming star. Later, if Uchiha hadn¡¯t brought the soil to save him, Kaido thought he might really have died in Sasuke¡¯s. In hand...

    therefore¡­

    After thinking about it, Kaedos decided to seek negotiations with Uchiha Daito, hoping that Uchiha Daito could help him.

    Kaido is arrogant when he is arrogant, if he is still hung up and beaten by Sasuke Uchiha in Wano Country, his four emperor''s face will be completely gone!

    "I can do things for you."

    Kaido clenched his fists and said in a deep voice, "No, or we should help each other. When Lao Tzu is in trouble, you should also help Lao Tzu!"

    "Ok?"

    Uchiha tilted his head suspiciously. He couldn''t help scratching his head: "Let me think about it. You mean, if my dog ??fights with other dogs, I need to get one. A stick to help my dog ??fight?"

    "Stop insulting Lao Tzu!"

    Kaido waved his fist and hit Uchiha''s body with soil, but still only hit the air, making his face even more angry!

    Uchiha''s voice with soil was gloomy for a moment: "Kaido, do you think you have a choice? Uchiha Sasuke may be the strongest person in the Uchiha clan in the past. The chance of you wanting to defeat him is very slim..."

    When Uchiha brought the soil to this, he spread out his palms and continued: "Your destiny may be completely sealed by the starburst with the earth, and you will never be able to get rid of it in the dark stone ball. ¡­"

    "To shut up!"

    Kaido gritted his teeth, looked down at Uchiha''s soil, and said coldly: "I would rather be imprisoned by that **** kid from Sasuke for a lifetime, and never..."

    "Your daughter is called Yamato, right?"

    Uchiha touched his mask with soil, and smiled and said: "Her name is really interesting, it''s exactly like someone I know!"

    "..."

    Kaido''s face instantly became gloomy.

    Indeed, Kaido has a daughter named Yamato. Because of that daughter''s wonderful temperament, Kaido is always so angry that she can only raise her as a son.

    That kind of daughter...

    It wasn''t a reason for him to yield.

    Uchiha Daito seemed to know this too, and his voice gradually became gloomy: "Tomorrow I will add Yamato to the hundred people to be killed! There is also the woman named Black Maria. In the next year, your group of beasts and pirates will be killed..."

    After talking about this, Uchiha brought the soil to a halt. He suddenly smiled and said, "No, maybe it won¡¯t take a few days...Because without me helping you resist that kid from Sasuke, the entire group of beasts and pirates would definitely be killed by him. It''s all done!"

    "That''s the way Lao Tzu is destined to go in life!"

    Kaido raised his head bitterly and took a sip of wine, his dull voice echoed in the hall: "I used to kill other pirate groups very clean...

    Huh, this kind of thing... Sooner or later it will be our turn, no one will be an exception, neither will the white beard guy, Pirates are never a family game! "

    After speaking, Kaido dropped the wine can, picked up his mace, and was about to leave the hall to find Uchiha Sasuke desperately.

    "What a stubborn guy..."

    Uchiha brought the soil and looked at Kaido, who was not getting oil and salt. After sighing, he suddenly called Kaido: "Kaido, as the price for me to deal with Uchiha Sasuke, we only ask for one thing, and that is us. You must not disobey the order given!"

    Uchiha stretched out his palms and continued calmly: "Don''t worry about any excessive orders we will give, because your power is not worth mentioning to usThis is you I should be clear.

    The only thing that is valuable may be your four emperor''s name and the tens of thousands of pirates under his banner. In other words, what you will do in the future is to fill the scene with certain things..."

    "..."

    Kaido''s tall figure paused.

    What Uchiha Daido said is too insulting, right?

    He is one of the emperors in the sea. There are countless members of the Beast Pirate Group and affiliated Pirate Group, just used to fill the scene?

    Why not ask too much!

    The next moment, Kaido slowly closed his eyes, and said in a cold voice: "I agree, this matter must not be disclosed to anyone else!"

    "rest assured."

    Uchiha Satoru calmly spread out his palms and whispered, "After I help you expel Sasuke Uchiha, I will join the Pirates of Beasts... As for the position, I will kill one of the three plagues. Can be free..."

    "Do not."

    Kaido rejected Uchiha''s proposal to bring soil, and he said solemnly: "From now on, you **** will be Lao Tzu''s deputy captain and the supervisor of the entire Beast Pirate Group!"

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto, reading on mobile phones behind the scenes: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 471 Deputy Captain of the Beast Pirate Group... Uchiha Takes Soil! (third more)) to read the record and open the bookshelf next time You can see!

    Like "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 ~ï¼š May be late today

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    A little dizzy.

    Adjust it as soon as possible.

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click "Favorites" below to record this reading (it may be later today), and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 471ï¼š The destroyed flower capital!

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    The country of harmony, the capital of flowers.

    The general mansion of the Flower City was in ruins, and most of the streets were in a mess. There were only a few people left in this prosperous Wazoku capital.

    Most of the civilians left the capital in a hurry, for fear of being killed by Sasuke Uchiha, and they were even more afraid of seeing something they shouldn''t see.

    When Kaido rushed here, he saw the harsh scene.

    Black Maria and Xiao Zi, two women with very different builds, are playing the piano and music; Epidemic Quinn is sweating profusely and dancing weird dances.

    Sasuke Uchiha sat on the roof, slowly slurping the juice in his hand. He seemed to be admiring the dancing of Plague Quinn. If the corpse of the black charcoal snake on the ground were ignored, these guys seemed to be looking for fun.

    What the **** is this?

    Kaido was a little stunned.

    Kaido''s nose was so angry that there was a heat wave, and he cursed grumpily: "Quin! Are you an idiot embarrassing here!"

    "Brother Kaido!"

    Two lines of tears shed instantly in the eyes of Epidemic Quinn, and he rushed towards Kaido: "Brother Kaido, you are finally here!"

    When Epidemic Quinn saw Kaido, he knew immediately that he was safe!

    In the face of the neurosis of Uchiha Sasuke, even if Plague Quinn has been dancing to save his life, he does not think he is safe!

    I finally saw the savior!

    "Asshole..."

    Kaido squeezed his fist, knocked the rushing Plague Quinn to the ground with a punch, and said angrily: "Tell me, what is going on?"

    "Master Kaido..."

    Black Maria also breathed a sigh of relief, and walked towards Kaido. She fluffed her hair and lowered her head and said in a low voice: "Mr. Sasuke killed the black charcoal snake and also The other companions we came with..."

    "..."

    Kaido''s face instantly turned ugly.

    What the **** is today?

    Except for Black Maria, one of the six volleys was killed by Uchiha with soil, and the other four were killed by Uchiha Sasuke. This is equivalent to a middle-level exchange of blood... The six volleys are all Kaido except for the three plagues. People who rely heavily on!

    The result was changed by two Uchiha...

    Kaido raised his head and looked at Uchiha Sasuke sitting on the roof, his eyes immediately burst out with anger, and his domineering gradually enveloped him: "Uchiha Sasuke, you bastard... I will never let it go this time. You are here!"

    "really interesting¡­"

    Sasuke Uchiha shook his head indifferently, slowly put down the cup in his hand, grabbed his Kusanagi sword and flew down in front of Kaido.

    Sasuke Uchiha raised his head and looked at the tall Kaido, with a contemptuous smile at the corner of his mouth: "This sentence should let me say... the trash among the four emperors!"

    "what did you say!"

    A cold light flashed in Kaido''s eyes, his palm suddenly grasped the mace in his hand, and the domineering look overturned all around in an instant!

    Sasuke Uchiha showed no weakness, and the smile on his face was still somewhat contemptuous: "If the traitor hadn''t helped you, did you think you could escape last time? Kaido..."

    The next moment, Sasuke Uchiha''s overlord firepower is on!

    Under the collision of the two domineering colors, the entire room of the Flower City was destroyed by them in an instant, and the shock wave continued to sweep the capital of Wano Country!

    Fortunately, there are not many people in the capital of Wano Country...

    Black Maria watched this scene nervously, her expression was no longer indifferent, but she looked shocked at Uchiha Sasuke who was confronting Kaido.

    "It''s incredible..."

    Black Maria looked at the Uchiha Sasuke who had only ordinary human heights, and murmured back a few steps: "Obviously, he is still just a kid... Is it really possible to challenge our Governor?"

    "Nothing incredible..."

    Plague Quinn¡¯s face was sweating profusely, he carefully looked for a place to avoid the overlord shock wave, and muttered in a low voice: "That kid...I feel like the red-haired guy is nowhere near the difference!"

    Just as the plague Quinn was avoiding the impact of the overlord, he remembered that the Oiran of Wano Country was still here, and a panic flashed across his face: "Ahhhh... I almost forgot, Xiaozi is still here what!"

    That weak woman couldn''t stop the overlord''s impact, even Kaido and Sasuke Uchiha''s aftermath could easily kill her!

    But Quinn doesn¡¯t have to worry about Xiaozi...

    Because just after Kaido appeared, Kuang Shi Lang, the guard captain of the General Heitan Orochi of Wano Country, hurriedly emerged and took Xiao Zi away.

    Kuang Shi Lang is of course not as obsessed with Xiao Zi¡¯s beauty as Hei Tan Oro, but because he was originally a retainer of the previous Wano country general Mitsutsu Mita, and his quiet appearance was only to protect Xiao Zi, Mitsuki Mida¡¯s daughter. .

    "That Sasuke... who the hell?"

    When Xiao Zi was taken by the crazy dead man to escape the battlefield of the Flower City, he still couldn''t help but look back: "Is he going to challenge Kaido?"

    "In other words, he was here to trouble Kaido!"

    The originally wild and unruly madman, his face was also a little solemnly said: "I heard that Quinn was drunk and said... Kaido lost in the last war with the White Beard Pirates, and won. His person is that Uchiha Sasuke!"

    When talking about this, Kuang Si Lang suddenly showed a smile: "Unfortunately, it is not the time for Master Mida to say it...

    Otherwise, when that guy killed the Heitan Oshemaru and the Sixth Volley, I almost thought this was our chance to restore the country of peace! "

    Those retainers of the Mitsuki Mida clan who once believed in Mitsuki Mida¡¯s last words, that is, the Wazuki Congress restored prosperity and found a country twenty years after Mitsuki Mida¡¯s death...

    This time...

    There are still four or five years!

    and so¡­

    Everything should have nothing to do with them now.

    No matter how hard Uchiha Sasuke and Kaido fight, it has nothing to do with the restorers of the Guangyue clan, and it seems that Uchiha Sasuke doesn''t care much about the Guangyue clan...

    indeed.

    Sasuke Uchiha didn''t care about Wano country at all.

    Kaido doesn¡¯t think so. Sasuke Uchiha, who has the dual identities of a ninja and a samurai, can¡¯t come to Kazunori to find the difference, it¡¯s a bit like a turf...

    But it doesn¡¯t matter...

    Now Kaido has the ally of Uchiha''s belt soil, I believe that Uchiha''s belt soil guy definitely has the ability to solve Uchiha Sasuke!

    Kaido raised the mace in his palm, and said with a gloomy face: "Uchiha Sasuke, that **** with white beard is old... the times will eliminate him sooner or later! You are on the wrong team, kid!"

    Kaido looked down at the domineering Uchiha Sasuke, who was still under so much pressure on him... Fortunately, he negotiated with Uchiha in advance!

    have to say¡­

    Both Uchiha are difficult to get around.

    For Kaido, Uchiha¡¯s ability to bring soil is even more bizarre, but Uchiha Sasuke actually suits his appetite...

    It''s a pity that even if Kaido used the entire Wano country as a lure, Sasuke Uchiha would not join him...

    Moreover, Uchiha Daido and Sasuke Uchiha are hostile, and Kaido can''t give up Uchiha Daido who negotiated good terms, and then recruit Uchiha Sasuke.

    "It''s a pity..."

    Kaido clenched the mace in his hand and said coldly: "Unfortunately, I have a more powerful ally...Now there is no place for you!"

    "moron¡­"

    Sasuke Uchiha slowly pulled out the Kusanaru sword and looked at Kaido with a sneer: "No wonder you dare to come to the appointment. Your ally is the **** Uchiha!"

    Sasuke''s eyes gradually turned into reincarnation eyes and writing wheel eyes. Kusanaru sword moved slowly in his hand, and he continued coldly: "That''s really just right... Let me directly solve the two of you, which I hate the most. People!"

    The next moment, Sasuke Uchiha swung the Kusanaru sword and rushed towards Kaido, his domineering instantly turned into black and red lightning!

    Kaido brandished his mace and smashed it at Sasuke Uchiha, a group of mighty domineering like a thunder covering the mace, this stick went down, as if he wanted to smash the rushing Uchiha Sasuke. A puddle of mud!

    "Thunder and gossip!"

    Bang!

    Kusanaru sword and mace stick together!

    The two domineering forces instantly overturned the entire flower capital town, and endless impact swept through the flower capital, turning the original prosperous flower capital into a flat land!

    Even the City of Flowers is not enough. Their powerful domineering vents, two black and red domineering rushes straight into the sky like thunder against the trend, and in an instant, they directly tore a crack in the entire sky!

    When the four emperors are fighting, no matter the weather or the environment, they will be directly destroyed by their battle!

    The plague Quinn shrank and hid on the side...

    The Black Maria couldn''t help looking at this place with some fear...

    The entire territory of the Flower City all saw the battle in the Flower City, and everyone involuntarily looked at the rays of light that went straight into the sky!

    Even if they don''t know who wins and who loses, they know that from now on, the prosperous flower capital of Wano Country must be rebuilt...

    "Ok?"

    Kaido looked at the confrontation between the mace and Kusanaru sword in his hand, his eyes flashed suddenly, his face suddenly turned into a dragon''s head, and a flame spewed out at Sasuke!

    "Suzoneng!"

    A skeleton with roots and roots appeared on Sasuke''s body instantly!

    In the next moment, the tall and full-body Susanoh instantly wrapped Sasuke''s body, and UU Reading blocked the dragon''s breath flames from Kaido''s sneak attack!

    "Want to compete with Uchiha?"

    Standing in the crystal of Susano, Sasuke knocked Kaido out with a punch. Standing among the crystals of Susano, he slammed his fingers up and opened his mouth in Kaido''s direction. Huge fireballs spewed out!

    Even if Uchiha Sasuke uses the most common phoenix fire technique, he still has a huge blessing in his current state!

    Just as these fireballs shot out quickly and were about to hit Kaido, a cold voice appeared on the battlefield!

    "Uchiha Flame Array!"

    The next moment, a figure suddenly appeared beside Kaido, his fingertips instantly fell on the ground, and a red enchantment barrier sprang out from the ground, blocking Sasuke''s fireball!

    It is the Uchiha belt soil that has just become an ally with Kaida!

    "Sasuke."

    Uchiha took the soil to stand behind the flame formation, staring at the tall purple full body Sanochi, and calmly said: "Kaido is now my ally, you should know what this means..."

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click "Favorites" below to record the reading record of this time (Chapter 472 Destroyed Flower City!), and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 472ï¼š Pride and arrogance is Uchiha Sasukes greatest weakness!

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    The country of peace.

    There is a bit of silence on the battlefield of the Flower City.

    Pieces of pink petals fell from the sky.

    These pink petals are stained with dust, and they are like the country of Wano, only waiting for the fate that others impose on them.

    Kaido''s gaze fell on the Uchiha belt soil in front of him, and his eyes flashed slightly. Listening to the words just now, this Uchiha belt soil seemed really terrifying?

    Is even Uchiha Sasuke afraid of him?

    What is the secret between these two Uchiha?

    Kaido stood up with his mace, and the urn said: "It looks like I really found the right ally!"

    "...No, it should be said that you are in the right position."

    Uchiha took the soil and looked at Uchiha Sasuke, who was in the full body of Sano, and calmly continued: "Although my power may not be better than Uchiha Sasuke, he himself knows that the battle between us is impossible. Winner or loser."

    "..."

    Uchiha Sasuke stood in the crystal of Suzano, watching the masked Uchiha Daido, the expression on his face gradually became subtle.

    What else can it mean that Uchiha Daido and Kaido successfully negotiated... Means that his mission to deter Kaido from Wano Country has been completed.

    So does bringing dirt mean to let him go?

    What a nonsense...

    Sasuke Uchiha was a little helpless.

    He worked so hard to beat the general, the red-haired deputy captain of the Four Emperors, and the fame accumulated by Kaido, but in the end he will become a stepping stone for Akatsuki''s members to perform their tasks.

    And the strength of these guys is actually that way, besides being backed by Naraku Uehara, what else can they do?

    But according to the evil of Uehara Naraku...

    It is enough for a Uehara Naraku to stand behind them, and that guy has already tossed the world very hard now.

    Uchiha Sasuke sighed, manipulated Susao Naka to pull out the Shinobi, and directly cut out a slash, dividing the barrier of the flame formation into two!

    The momentum of that slash attack fell on Uchiha''s body after splitting the slash, but it only penetrated his body and fell directly to the ground!

    The earth was cut out a long ravine in an instant!

    This can only be regarded as Sasuke venting his anger.

    "Don''t waste your effort."

    Uchiha took the soil to look at the purple Susao Nogu, calmly spread out his palm, and continued: "You should be very clear, as long as I don''t show any flaws, the two of us can''t help each other now..."

    "Humph¡­"

    Sasuke Uchiha''s eyes flashed, and he snorted coldly: "It''s just the weirdness of writing round eyes with a kaleidoscope...you just have a nice eye!"

    "Isn''t this the way Uchiha fights?"

    Uchiha did not care about it, but just continued on his own: "Although the choices of the two of us are different, the strength of both of us comes from the gift of that person. After all, we are from the same blood..."

    "The traitor who deserted Uchiha...

    Uchiha Sasuke squeezed his fist sharply, and the tall Suzano swung a ninja sword and aimed at Uchiha''s belt soil: "It really makes me think you are shameless when you talk about Uchiha''s blood! "

    Sasuke Uchiha saw that Uchiha''s soil was still unreliable, and couldn''t help gritting his teeth and said: "Forget it, although I can''t do anything to you... but Kaido is not necessarily!"

    "..."

    A question mark suddenly appeared on his forehead when he saw two Uchiha antagonistic Kaido, who was fascinated by it. What does Sasuke Uchiha mean?

    Thinking about...

    Kaido''s face slowly darkened.

    If you heard it right, Sasuke Uchiha should have no choice but to take the soil with Uchiha, and actually want to use him as a punching bag?

    What the **** is talking about human?

    He is the Four Emperor Kaido, not the idiot Quinn!

    Sasuke Uchiha didn''t care about Kaido''s thoughts at all, and he actually manipulated Susano under him to make a huge slash towards Kaido!

    "Asshole... Don''t underestimate people! Thunder gossip!"

    A flash of anger flashed across Kaido''s face, and he swung the mace in his hand to take the slash abruptly, and Kaido felt the tremendous power in an instant!

    However, Kaido relied on his domineering, and finally dispelled this slash. His gaze fell on Uchiha''s body, and the urn said: "Hey, did you promise me to solve Uchiha Sasuke? ?"

    "rest assured."

    Uchiha took the soil indifferently and spread out his hands, saying, "Sasuke has nothing to do. He just wants to vent his helpless anger...After he finishes venting, he will naturally leave here."

    Uchiha took the soil and slowly raised his head, watching Kaido continue: "What''s more, after you were defeated by him last time, did you lose the spirit of the four emperors? In this case, perhaps I need to reconsider your value. ...Kaido..."

    "You don''t have to worry about it!"

    Kaido looked up at the hundreds of meters high Suzuo Nohu, picked up his mace, leaped into the air in the direction of Suzu Nohu, and roared sullenly: "It''s just a little ghost... Lao Tzu is Kaido!"

    Domineering looks overflowing from Kaido''s body...

    The powerfully armed **** tyrants flowed on him, and this one of the four strongest emperors in the sea of ??the new world rushed towards the tall Suzano with his mace in his hand!

    The entire Wano country was shaken instantly!

    A battle that was once unfinished has begun again!

    The sky is getting late, but the entire flower city still looks like daylight, and the fire flickers due to the battle between Kaido and Uchiha Sasuke!

    The explosion sound is endless!

    In this kind of battle, no one dares to intervene in the Flower City.

    Plague Quinn watched their battles with uneasy expressions, tremblingly looked up at the completely torn sky, and glanced at the ground directly destroyed by them.

    "Why didn''t that fellow Jhin come here..."

    "This level of battle..."

    Black Maria watched the fight between Kaido and Sasuke Uchiha with solemn eyes, shook her head and said, "Even if he comes over, he can''t get in, right?"

    "But at least it makes me feel more secure..."

    Just after Plague Quinn had finished speaking, he suddenly realized what he had said, and he hurriedly covered his mouth.

    I accidentally said what I was saying!

    Black Maria couldn''t help covering her lips and smiled. She looked at the plagued Quinn and said with a smile: "Master Quinn is still so sloppy... Do you think the Governor will win?"

    "Of course I am more optimistic about Brother Kaido!"

    Plague Quinn squeezed his fist and hurriedly spoke, but he looked at Susano who had been suppressing Kaido, and lowered his own voice: "Although we know how strong Brother Kaido is... but the opposite is true. Sasuke Uchiha!"

    A cold sweat gradually appeared on Quinn¡¯s forehead, and he continued: "To be honest, the pressure brought by Sasuke Uchiha is better than that of Mitsuki Mida... I am a little curious, what is this guy? Those who can?"

    "He is not a devil fruit capable person."

    Uchiha''s voice with soil appeared in the ear of the plagued Quinn, and slowly said: "Sasuke''s ability is the power that the Uchiha clan is the most proficient in pupil technique, and can obtain...

    For thousands of years in the Uchiha clan, among all the family members, if you count them down, there are no more than five people who can open this form. "

    There are indeed no more than five people who can open the complete body.

    In addition to Indra, the ancestor of the Uchiha clan, it is true that only two people, Uchiha Madara and Uchiha Sasuke, have owned them for thousands of years.

    There are two true ancestors of Uehara Naraku and Liudao Immortal.

    Of course, Naraku Uehara and the Suzano nohu of the Six Way Immortals are even better. The thousand-meter-high Suzano nohu is truly a power of God!

    "Why are you hiding here too!"

    Plague Quinn glared at Uchiha''s soil with dissatisfaction.

    Uchiha took a look at him, then turned to look at the battle between Uchiha Sasuke and Kaido, and said in a deep voice, "This is the top battle in the world. Even if it was the last time I saw it, see you now. Once, I still feel wonderful..."

    "..."

    After the plague Quinn was silent for a while, he suddenly got into Uchiha''s body with soil, and his head was tightly next to the soil, and asked in a low voice, "By the way, Mr. Daido...have you reached an agreement with Brother Kaido? ?"

    Plague Quinn knew that Uchiha brought soil.

    After all, Kaido couldn''t solve the Uchiha belt soil by himself, and wanted his men to help analyze it. Only Plague Quinn and Yanbaike Jin knew about the secret battle between Uchiha belt soil and Kaido.

    "This is confidential."

    Uchiha Daito refused to reveal the secret, he touched his mask, and suddenly said, "But...I will be your deputy captain in the future."

    "Then we will be a family from now on hahaha!"

    A smile was squeezed out of Epidemic Quinn''s face, and he continued to ask in a low voice: "Then... Mr. Taito, is there any flaw in Sasuke''s body?"

    "Have."

    After Uchiha nodded with the soil, he calmly replied in the gaze of Epidemic Quinn''s expectation: "This kid is too arrogant...this is his biggest flaw!"

    In fact, this is a common problem of Uchiha as a whole.

    Every Uchiha has this problem.

    "..."

    Plague Quinn looked at the soil silently, feeling that he had been tricked. If he had the strength of Sasuke, he would be more proud than Sasuke Uchiha.

    A young man who is only seventeen or eighteen years old this year has such a strong strength. Isn''t it normal to be arrogant?

    The issue is¡­

    When will this battle be fought!

    If you continue to fight, the entire Wano country may be destroyed!

    It is getting darker and darker.

    The entire town of the Flower City has been completely destroyed, and the civilians and pirates outside the Flower City are also evacuating towards other areas such as Jiuli in fear.

    It wasn''t until the day after they fought that it was clear that Sa helped Uchiha violently beat Kaido all night, and Uchiha Daido finally stopped him again with a voice.

    "Let''s stop here!"

    Uchiha''s figure with soil appeared from the vortex of time and space. His figure stood on the ground, looking up at the tall Susano like an ant!

    The next moment, Uchiha''s voice with soil slowly changed a pitch, his voice was a little more gloomy: "Uchiha Sasuke, I have given you enough opportunities, don''t do too much..."

    "¡­It''s you!"

    Hearing the gloomy voice from Uchiha''s body with soil, Uchiha Sasuke''s face was unprecedentedly solemn, and he had already heard who the voice from within the soil represented.

    The next moment, Sasuke Uchiha glanced at Kaido, who had been beaten all night by him and was still alive and well, and snorted coldly: "Fortunately, you bastard... I have found a guy who even I dare not easily provoke..."

    Sasuke Uchiha''s eyes were slightly cold. After UU reading said these words, he directly drove Susano to leave the city of flowers.

    "Asshole, beat Lao Tzu like this, don''t even think about leaving like this..."

    Kaido turned into the body of a dragon in an instant and was about to chase after him. A group of high-temperature dragon breath was accumulated in his mouth, and he was about to spit out towards Suzuo Nenghu!

    Sasuke Uchiha didn''t care at all. He just manipulated the tall Susao Noji to turn around and shot a huge black arrow, which directly hit Kaido''s dragon body. The power almost made Kaido''s body to the ground!

    "That bastard..."

    Kaido gritted his teeth and turned into a human form, watching the huge black arrow on his body gradually dissipate, but he still left a huge arrow wound on his body!

    This fucking...

    Is it the second time?

    The wounds Kaido left before he met Sasuke are not as many as the wounds Uchiha Sasuke left him!

    "do not worry¡­"

    Uchiha took soil and patted his mask, looked at Kaido, who was full of anger, and sighed: "If I am here in the future, he can''t come again..."

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 473 Proud and arrogant is the biggest weakness of Uchiha Sasuke!) Read the record and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 473ï¼š Candidates for General Wanokuni

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    The country of peace.

    Jiuli, in the village of Bianli.

    A strange woman stood beside Portcas D. Ace. He waved his arms at the returning Sasuke and said loudly, "Sasuke, you are finally back! Come on, I will introduce you to one. New friends!"

    "..."

    Sasuke Uchiha''s expression is a bit subtle.

    Because while he was fighting with Kaido for a night in the Flower City, Portcas D. Ace actually made a new friend.

    This¡­

    what''s the situation?

    Portcas D. Ace pointed at the woman next to him, grinned and chuckled, "Sasuke, let me introduce to you, she is Yamato..."

    "Yamato?"

    Sasuke Uchiha''s expression is more subtle.

    If I remember correctly, Konoha also has a ninja named Yamato, who is pregnant with Mu Escape, and later passed the assessment of Akatsuki and joined Akatsuki.

    This woman named Yamato is naturally different.

    The appearance of this woman is a little delicate, and her hair color is a little cute, but she has a pair of weird horns on the top of her head. She wears a little strange, a refreshing, close-fitting sleeveless kimono, with delicate ropes tied behind her .

    however¡­

    She wore a pair of shackles on her hands.

    "first meet."

    The delicate woman looked at Uchiha Sasuke with a kind smile on her face: "My name is Yamato, and I am Kaido''s son..."

    "..."

    Sasuke Uchiha''s expression became more and more subtle.

    Regardless of her figure or appearance, she is definitely a woman, right? Why does this woman claim to be Kaido''s son?

    What''s wrong with people in this country!

    The Captain of the 16th Division of the White Beard Pirates, Izo, looks like a woman in every move, but a real man; Yamato is a woman, but he wants to call himself a man.

    and¡­

    He just beat Kaido last night...

    I actually met Kaido''s child when I came back!

    Sasuke Uchiha squeezed the Kusanaru sword in his hand, blocked Ace behind him, and said indifferently: "Let¡¯s say...what did Kaido send you to? Want to catch Ace threat Me?"

    "No no no..."

    Yamato waved his hand in a hurry, and said in a hurry: "Actually, I sneaked out, because my father met an enemy, so I could sneak out..."

    Uchiha Sasuke suddenly drew out his Kusanaru sword and landed it on Yamato''s neck. He said coldly, "That enemy is me."

    "What...what?"

    Yamato''s face was confused.

    The next moment, her small mouth opened slightly, and she looked at Sasuke in surprise: "Could it be that... the person who made the entire Beast Pirate Group on alert last night... Is your Excellency the Uchiha Sasuke who once defeated him? How could it be so young? what!"

    "Hahahaha... don''t get me wrong!"

    Ace grabbed Sasuke''s shoulders, took him down the Kusanaru sword, and said with a chuckle: "Sasuke, Yamato is not our enemy!"

    When talking about this, Ace introduced Yamato to Sasuke.

    Yamato in front of her is indeed Kaido''s daughter, but because she saw Guangyue Mitian generously to his death when she was a child, she once cited Mitsuki Mitian as a hero.

    Yamato admired Mitsuki Mita who was willing to die for the country of Wano and his subordinates, so he considered himself as Mitsuki Mida, and later picked up Mitsuki Mida''s voyage diary, and was extremely yearning for him.

    simply put¡­

    This is a story about a young girl who thinks she should inherit Mitsuki Mida''s will and wants to chase stars, but because the idol she is looking for is her father''s enemy, she is beaten and grown up by her father.

    Really...

    That guy Kaido beats his daughter!

    Of course, no matter who gave birth to a daughter like Yamato, it is estimated that he would have three or four meals every day. This is really cheating!

    No wonder this woman can make friends with Ace...

    Both of them are a little longing for Mitsuki Mita, and they don''t like their father very much, so they don''t have too many common topics.

    After listening to Yamato¡¯s story, Sasuke Uchiha was silent for a while, and then suddenly said, "If you didn¡¯t lie to me... then... in the future, you must not follow the way of others and live for the will of others. It will be very painful. !"

    "Nope¡­"

    Yamato shook his head, smiled and said, "I feel very happy to be able to inherit the will of His Royal Highness Mitsuki Mita!"

    "correct¡­"

    Ace suddenly pointed to the shackles in Yamato''s hand and asked with a grin, "Hey, Sasuke, can you help untie the shackles? When Yamato was eight years old, he carried these shackles. There seems to be a bomb in it..."

    Ace fumbled for Yamato''s shackles, and continued: "If the shackles can be untied, she can be our companion and venture into the world with us..."

    "moron!"

    Sasuke Uchiha rubbed his forehead and said helplessly, "Don''t you worry that she is a spy sent by Kaido?"

    "I''m not a spy!"

    A flash of anger flashed across Yamato''s face. She looked at Uchiha Sasuke and said angrily, "Spy things are too dirty!"

    It is said that the Black Charcoal Orochi has snatched the position of the general of Wano Country from the Guangyue family, relying on the spy undercover, so Yamato kind of hates this kind of profession...

    "..."

    Uchiha Sasuke''s expression turned black.

    Is this woman''s brain sick?

    Did the spy industry provoke you?

    This is also the luck of this woman who met Sasuke, who is a spy but also hates spying.

    Otherwise, if this woman in Yamato meets another man who likes to be an undercover spy, she would dare to talk like that...

    Death is a luxury for her.

    After all, that man is very careful!

    "Okay, you go back right away!"

    Sasuke Uchiha frowned, waved to the woman Yamato to leave, and turned to look at Ace: "Let¡¯s go, get out of here first. I fought Kaido all night last night, and that guy has colluded with Uchiha. Bring soil..."

    "what?"

    Yamato didn''t realize it at all. He still stood beside Uchiha Sasuke and stretched out his arm: "Mr. Sasuke, if you can defeat my dad, then you can definitely help me untie his shackles, please. You help..."

    "Sorry, I''m not interested in this."

    Sasuke Uchiha waved his hand and looked at Ace and said coldly: "Hurry up and pack up and leave. I don''t want to cause any more trouble."

    "Eh?"

    Ace scratched the back of his head and looked at Uchiha Sasuke curiously: "But isn''t it you who caused the big trouble?"

    "Shut up, idiot!"

    Sasuke Uchiha instantly exploded his hair and grabbed Ace by the collar, his eyes gradually became dangerous: "Now...immediately...Go and pack things immediately, let''s get out of here!"

    "Yes Yes Yes¡­"

    Ace scratched his head and said boredly, "I want to stay longer..."

    "Idiot, run for me!"

    After Sasuke Uchiha finished scolding Ace, his gaze fell on Yamato, his voice still cold: "Now the generals of the country of Wano have been killed by me, the country has been destroyed by me, and I have also killed a lot. People from the Beast Pirates..."

    "But does this have anything to do with me?"

    Yamato looked at Uchiha Sasuke curiously, and said seriously: "I am not a member of the Pirates of Beasts, I just want to venture out at sea, like His Royal Highness Mita did for..."

    "Master Yamato!"

    A voice suddenly fell in their ears!

    It was a little pirate who came to search for Sasuke Uchiha.

    The pirate found Yamato here, and couldn''t help but immediately said loudly: "Found Uchiha Sasuke! This guy has taken Master Yamato!"

    "Hey, let go of Yamato!"

    "Yes, otherwise, we will now..."

    "Shut up, bastard, do you want to provoke him? That''s a super monster that can fight Governor Kaido!"

    Groups of pirates with strange wings quickly gathered around, yelled and communicated with each other, and hurriedly reported their news to the higher-ups.

    Sasuke Uchiha''s face turned black, and he flew out with a shuriken pinched between his fingers, and his fingers quickly formed several handprints.

    "Ninfa¡¤Shuriken Shadow Clone Technique!"

    Countless dense shuriken shadow clones covered the air!

    A group of pirates in charge of inspection were shot by shuriken and fell to the ground!

    "Ninjutsu I have never seen before!"

    This unpretentious ninjutsu immediately aroused Yamato¡¯s admiration, and she couldn¡¯t help but said: ¡°If you could be born many years earlier, then there would be a ninja like you under His Royal Highness Mitian, he would never...¡±

    "Chidori!"

    A flash of anger flashed across Uchiha Sasuke''s face, and suddenly a ball of lightning floated in his hand, and these lightning quickly enveloped Yamato''s body!

    In an instant, Yamato was knocked to the ground by the lightning of Chidori!

    This Yamato likes to die too much, right? He even wanted Uchiha Sasuke to become Mitsuki Mida''s subordinate!

    Sasuke Uchiha doesn''t like having someone on his head at all. Naru Uehara can''t help that bastard. After all, their relationship is too complicated...

    Although Sasuke Uchiha easily defeated Yamato, he finally let out a sigh of anger, but this scene fell on the members of the Beast Pirate Group. UU reading www.uuk¨¡nshu.com was a nightmare!

    the other side.

    Kaido temporarily handled his injury.

    This time the battle failed to leave Uchiha Sasuke, the six volleys of the Beast Pirates group also appeared in a vacuum, and even his ally, Black Charcoal Orochi was killed!

    This is more troublesome.

    Kaido reluctantly thought about it for a while, and suddenly made a decision: "Hey, let Yamato be the general of this country! Anyway, she always wants to be the naive idiot of Mitsuki Mida..."

    "I have a good candidate here..."

    Uchiha took soil to support his chin, but it was actually Naraku Uehara who appointed a suitable candidate, who would also inherit the position of leader of a great country Shinobu village in the future.

    Uchiha took the soil and spoke slowly: "I know a guy named Hagi Kakashi, he is a bit weird, not too strong or too weak, he might be able to do this..."

    "Master Kaido!"

    At this moment, someone suddenly interrupted Uchiha''s words: "The big thing is not good, Master Yamato was kidnapped by Uchiha Sasuke!"

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on "Favorites" below to record the reading record of this time (Chapter 474 and the candidate of General Wano Country (third!)), and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 474ï¼š The coming ninjas

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    Hezhi Country, Jiuli.

    Kaido got the news that Yamato had been taken away by Uchiha Sasuke from his subordinates, and hurried toward Uchiha Sasuke''s position regardless of his injuries.

    By the time Kaido arrived at Guri, Sasuke Uchiha and Ace had left the country by boat, leaving only the injured Yamato and a group of little pirates; Sasuke Uchiha patted his **** and left, leaving one behind. A country full of ruins.

    Because the general Heitan Orochi of the country of Wano is dead, Kaido wants to move the ghost island directly to the city of flowers, so that Yamato can succeed the general.

    However, Uchiha took the soil to raise criticism.

    In other words, it was the people behind Uchiha''s belt soil that criticized it.

    "Sasuke did a good thing. After he killed the Black Charcoal Orochi, did the entire Wano country become ownerless?"

    Uehara Naraku sipped the juice slowly, and with a chuckle, ordered the soil in the spiritual world: "Go tell Kaido! Let him clean up his people... I will prepare enough members to come to Wano country, there will be Become our new base."

    The territory of the entire Wano country is not small, and the geographical location here is closed, even the navy can''t penetrate it, and there are special sea-loud stones.

    Wano country can be used as Akatsuki''s base in Pirate World.

    Those warriors loyal to the Guangyue and Frostmoon tribes in Hezhi, as well as Kaido''s weapons factories, and the pirates stationed in them, must all be expelled.

    Maybe this is the dove occupying the magpie''s nest, right?

    No, this should be called the Naruto Invasion Pirate?

    This matter naturally caused Kaido''s dissatisfaction.

    Among the ruins of the Flower City.

    Kaido and Uchiha are still negotiating.

    Kaido brandished his wine gourd and looked at Uchiha with angrily on his face: "Wano country is Lao Tzu''s territory... I won''t agree to this matter anyway!"

    "I am not discussing with you."

    Uchiha took the soil and shook his head, and calmly said, "You still have one month to move all your factories and subordinates out... Don¡¯t you have cooperation with Doflamingo? Let him find a suitable one. Let the place continue to open factories!"

    Well, this is really interesting.

    At that time, the entire Beast Pirate Group would be under the supervision of Akatsuki in the nearby Wano Country, and the weapons and artificial devil fruit of the Beast Pirate Group would also be subject to Doflamingo.

    that time¡­

    It is impossible for Kaido to resist with the Beast Pirates. If you want to go out to fight, you have to be subject to logistics... Don¡¯t you want to play Kaido how you want?

    "This place... But Lao Tzu has long been optimistic about the fortress!"

    Kaido put down his wine gourd and said angrily: "This country is the most suitable war fortress in the new world, and it is also the base for Lao Tzu to dominate!"

    "But we fell in love with this place."

    Uchiha took the soil to look at Kaido, and calmly continued: "In one month, the **** will descend in the country of Wano, and she will become the **** who governs the country of Wano...that was the one who easily suppressed Uchiha Sasuke. !"

    "Hey, Uchiha takes soil!"

    Kaido leaned down and lowered his head, Dou Da''s eyes stared at Uchiha Daito: "You bastard... don''t look like an ally..."

    "Ha, did you remember wrong?"

    Uchiha brought the mask to his face, raised his head and looked at Kaido casually and said: "Our ally clause, isn''t you going to obey our orders?"

    Uchiha stretched out his palm with the soil, and suddenly continued: "But it''s not bad for you... at least our people are also a strong support for you! That''s a real monster!"

    Yes... a real monster!

    The power possessed by the entire Akatsuki organization is definitely a more powerful force than the Four Emperors in the New World, and can even easily destroy any Four Emperors Pirate Group!

    Uchiha looked at Kaido with the soil, and said with a smile: "But we will not be particularly unfeeling. I am the inspector of the Beast Pirate Group! From now on, our Beast Pirate Group will stay on the Ghost Island. Become a power outside the country of Wano!"

    "You mean¡­"

    Kaido squeezed his wine gourd and looked at Uchiha with the soil and said: "The covenant we just drafted... is to let Lao Tzu be your vassal and to be your watchdog on the island of ghosts!"

    "Eh?"

    Uchiha waved his hand with the soil, and continued happily, "Don''t need to be so ugly... At least you have a big backer! No matter what you want to do in the future, we will support you behind your back. !"

    "Asshole!"

    Kaido threw the wine gourd in his hand to the ground, and said angrily: "I used to do whatever I wanted!"

    "Before was before...now is now..."

    Uchiha''s laughter with soil converged, and said quietly, "Now...Aren''t we here? The situation will naturally change..."

    "Asshole!"

    Kaido clenched his fists abruptly.

    It''s not as good as if you don''t come!

    Originally, he had never thought about colluding with Uchiha Daido, and it was not that this **** was stalking, just caught up with Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s invasion...

    Now after Uchiha Sasuke left, although he left a lot of chicken feathers, it also vacated the political power of the country of Wano for Kaido, allowing him to swallow the country of Wano without blood, and immediately build weapons factories everywhere and focus on his career...

    As a result, Uchiha brought the soil to a magpie''s nest suddenly!

    How the **** does it feel a bit familiar?

    only¡­

    It''s not so easy to want him to give up the country of Wano!

    This is a real natural fortress, which the world government and navy can''t approach, and there are also rich sea-building stone resources inside...

    No matter what, you can never give in!

    Kaido looked at Uchiha Daito with a gloomy gaze, and said solemnly: "In other words, is our covenant invalidated?"

    "Really..."

    Uchiha raised his head to look at Kaido, scratched the back of his head, and said happily, "When are you eligible to propose the covenant? We don¡¯t have an invalid covenant. If you unilaterally invalidate it, we will feel Very troublesome..."

    Uchiha looked at Kaido with the soil, and his voice suddenly became gloomy: "Kaido, occupy the country of Wano, this is the will of God! As a reward for our getting along these days, I advise you not to resist!"

    After speaking, Uchiha''s figure with soil turned into the space vortex and disappeared, leaving only one sentence: "This month''s time, please be prepared!"

    "Who do you think you are!"

    Kaido overthrew everything in front of him, looking at the time space vortex disappearing with a sullen face: "It''s just a group of little mice with hidden heads and bare tails..."

    Just as Uchiha took the soil to leave, he immediately contacted Uehara Naraku and reported on the negotiations between him and Kaido.

    "Kaido should not be willing to give up the country of peace."

    Uchiha''s voice with the soil hesitated: "If we want to turn our faces with him directly... Besides Sasuke, can anyone else beat him?"

    "Many people, right?"

    Uehara Naraku was still drifting at sea, and by the way, he was using his new side mission. After listening to Uchiha¡¯s report, he whispered softly: "Let¡¯s take a look at his performance this month! In a month¡¯s time, just so Get ready to come over there!"

    Ok¡­

    Naruto invades the Pirates.

    At the very least, he had to prepare manpower in advance. After all, this was for Akatsuki to rule the entire Wano country, rather than simply fighting.

    Naruto World.

    Akatsuki''s base camp was completely placed in Yuyin Village.

    After all, no matter how you look at it, the decision of the entire Ninja World must be announced from Yuyin Village, and all the strong must attend the meeting organized by Akatsuki, and certainly not in a cave.

    Since Uehara Naraku formulated the method of Akatsuki''s organization to rule the Ninja World, the entire Ninja World has slowly stepped onto the right track. One by one members have joined Akatsuki. In addition to the big country Ninja Village, some small countries'' suggestions in Tsunade were also merged The meeting of dawn.

    The numerous leaders of small countries also have seven or eight members. They are not known for their strength, but a symbolic identity to vote.

    To be fair, the number occupied by the Great Power Shinobu Village is even greater.

    Especially in Konoha Village, where talented people are born in large numbers, Akatsuki has become more and more strict with audits in order to curb this trend.

    Fire country: Fire country daimyo, Konoha fifth generation of Naruto Tsunade, Konoha Naruto assists Nara Lukisa, Jiraiya, Kakashi Kakashi, Maitkai, Uzumaki Naruto.

    The land of the earth: the name of the land of the earth, the third generation of the earth shadow of the Yanyin village, the big wild wood, the earth shadow assists the black soil, the loess, and the teeth.

    Water country: The name of the water country, the fifth generation of the water shadow in Wuyin Village, Zhao Meiming, and the water shadow assisting Chojuro.

    The Kingdom of Wind: The name of the Kingdom of Wind, the fifth generation of Fengying Gaara in Sandyin Village, the fifth generation of Fengying assisted Kanjuro, and Temari. UU reading

    Thunder Country: The name of Thunder Country, the fourth generation Raikage Ai in Yunyin Village, Raikage assist Darui, Kirabi.

    Rain country: Uehara Naraku, Nagato, Konan, Otsuki Teruya, White, Kaguya-kun Maro, Yakushito, Dried persimmon ghost shark, Uchiha Sasuke, Dedalla, Scorpion, Kakuto, Hidan, Ringo Yu Yuri, ghost lantern full moon, ghost lantern water moon.

    Because Uehara Naraku led some members to open up wasteland, their voting rights and veto rights were temporarily represented by Nagato and others.

    These meetings...

    It is basically impossible that there is no resolution that Nagato cannot pass.

    Originally, this meeting should be held in about three months. Today, it is a bit strange. Nagato directly called Gokage to discuss a proposal with them.

    "Now it is necessary to summon a coalition of more than 30,000 ninjas to help Uehara build a headquarters of Akatsuki in the new world. Please discuss the candidates for your villages to participate in the new world!"

    "In addition to this, there are necessary strong men. This time they have the opportunity to be able to contact the power of the new world, and they will also help govern the jurisdiction and obtain more resources... So please be sure to choose the leaders of the Ninja Alliance reasonably. people!"

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click "Favorites" below to record the reading record of this time (Chapter 475 Coming Ninjas), and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 475ï¼š War is about to break out!

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    Many things happen in a month.

    Kaido has been drinking for a month.

    It''s just that Kaido was not without gain. At this time, Yanbanjin finally took advantage of this time to find out some information about Uchiha''s soil from the mouths of those subordinates who had witnessed the killing of Uchiha''s soil.

    It is said that when Uchiha Daido was attacking, he seemed to have been hit by a sea tower bullet shot by a pirate, but Uchiha Daido was not injured.

    "It doesn''t matter."

    After Kaido got the news, he finally breathed a sigh of relief: "As long as he can attack that bastard''s body, it is enough. If he hadn''t taken the initiative to attack our members, I wouldn''t know about it!"

    Facing the Uchiha belt soil, Kaido really felt aggrieved!

    Now as long as he gets a way to attack Uchiha''s body, Kaido believes that he will be able to kill him and solve this big problem!

    "Those **** surnamed Uchiha..."

    Kaido hit the ground with a punch, and said angrily: "I will kill them sooner or later!"

    This is purely angry.

    There are only three Uchihas in this world. Except for the Uchiha belt and Itachi Uchiha who has little information in front of them, they are Uchiha Sasuke who repeatedly beat the Four Emperor Kaido.

    of course¡­

    The details of Uchiha''s soil have not been ascertained yet.

    Kaido decided to have a direct showdown with the troublesome guy Uchiha for the time being. Most of the land in Wano country can be given to Uchiha, but... his subordinates and weapon factory must be able to stay in the two of Wano country. area!

    This is Kaido''s final bottom line!

    If it doesn''t work, you can only turn your face.

    It''s a pity that Kaido hadn''t thought about it that during the month of his drinking, Uehara''s army in another world was ready.

    A new world.

    A new force, some new resources.

    For the Five Ninja Villages, it is a temptation, or there is a huge temptation for the entire Ninja World. Every Ninja village chooses as many ninjas as possible.

    Since the last meeting organized by Akatsuki, various organizations in the ninja world have assembled a coalition of more than 30,000 ninjas, and even General Mifune of the Iron Kingdom has led a group of samurai to join in, mostly led by the shadows or shadows of the villages.

    Konoha Village: A ninja force of six thousand people, Kagesuke Nara Lukisa, Jiraiya, Uzumaki Naruto, Metkai, Hagi Kakashi and others are among them.

    Because Tsunade is a woman of great courage!

    According to their high-level meeting of Konoha, they thought that the recruitment event of Uehara Naraku should be more beneficial to them. After all, Uehara Naraku had nothing to covet them.

    In addition to a large number of ninja troops, there are also a large number of powerful ninjas. Of course, just in case, only Uzumaki Naruto is sent as a powerful ninja.

    Other young ninjas will follow up as appropriate based on the follow-up situation.

    Yanyin Village: Ten thousand ninja troops, led by Tuying''s son Huang Tu, this is because the population base of Yanyin Village is too large, and there are tens of thousands of ninja troops at every turn.

    To be honest¡­

    The Ninja world has been peaceful for too long. There are too many ninjas in Yanyin Village, but they have received very few tasks. In fact, they will soon be unable to support so many people.

    This is almost the equivalent of dividing the family.

    Yunyin Village: A ninja troop of 8,000 people, led by the fourth generation of Raikage and Kirabi, and the entire Yunyin Village was directly handed over to the shadow assistant Darui.

    Because the fourth generation of Raikage is very interested in the new world.

    Shayin Village: A ninja troop of 3,000 people, led by Temari, after all, Shayin Village is too poor to pick out a decent person.

    Hidden Fog Village: A ninja troop of five thousand people, led by the fifth generation Shuikage Terumiming himself, because Akatsuki specifically requested that most of the water escape ninjas.

    Iron Kingdom: A 2,000-man samurai unit, led by General Mifune himself. This was also a special request from Akatsuki''s organization meeting.

    Yuyin Village: Datongmu Huiye, Bai, Huiyejun Maru, Xiaonan.

    Among them, Datongmu Huiye had no ten tails in her body, only the ten tailed body was left, but she could still rely on her immortal physique, which could be regarded as the pillar of power for the future of the country.

    Because Nagato and a few others need to stay and continue to preside over the situation in Ninja World, they will not go to the new world.

    Xiao Nan went to coordinate the ninja coalition forces and was the person who presided over this operation. As a senior of Akatsuki''s organization, Xiao Nan must be responsible to the member states.

    On the sea of ??Ninja World.

    More than thirty thousand ninja allied forces gathered together.

    The senior officials of the Ninja Alliance are discussing the information provided by Nagato in the last Akatsuki organization meeting, and they all seem to be very interested in the new world they are about to rush to.

    "A new world!"

    Naruto Uzumaki shook his fist with excitement, and the smile on his face could not be suppressed: "I heard that Sasuke was the first person to go to the new world! I don''t know how strong he is now!"

    "maybe¡­"

    Hagi Kakashi stroked the writing wheel eyes in his eyes, and whispered: "I don''t know what happened to that guy... Actually, he should be happier in the new world!"

    Haaki Kakashi has only been a teacher for Sasuke Uchiha for about a year. He knows the embarrassment of Sasuke Uchiha in the ninja world. Now he just hopes that the child who is very similar to him can live happily in the new world.

    Jilai also grinned, patted Kakashi on the shoulder, and said happily, "The new world will definitely have many new materials... Maybe soon I will be able to publish another new best-selling novel. , Shouldn''t the new world ban my books?"

    The Ninja World is now in power by the Akatsuki organization.

    Originally, the teacher of the founder of the Akatsuki organization, Jilaiya, should have mixed up well.

    It''s a pity that because of problems with the readings he wrote, Akatsuki has banned Jilaiya''s intimate series of books from being published.

    Now, Jiraiya''s intimate series is out of print.

    Even if Jilai wrote two books in peacetime, one of the novels about ninja was published, but it was very powerful; the other intimacy series could not be published, and it could only be left to Kakashi, the only one. reader.

    Hearing Jiraiya''s words, Hagi Kakashi''s eyes suddenly lit up, with an inexplicable smile in his eyes: "I heard that the world is very big..."

    "Cough cough cough..."

    Huang Tu coughed a few times, interrupted their reverie, and began to talk about business: "It seems that Senior Nagato mentioned that the more chakras in our body in that world, the easier it is to awaken the power of that world..."

    "..."

    Everyone''s eyes stopped involuntarily on Uzumaki Naruto''s body.

    Uzumaki Naruto is the only person left in the Ninja World. He combines the Yin Nine Tails and the Yang Nine Tails into one. Naruto Uzumaki with a complete nine tails, the Chakra in his body is definitely the strongest in the Ninja World .

    of course¡­

    Even without the nine tails, there are many Chakras in Uzumaki Naruto.

    Just as the many high-level people present were talking about it, sheets of origami floated into the air and gathered into Xiao Nan''s figure.

    "Everyone... ready to start!"

    Xiao Nan watched the tens of thousands of ninja coalition forces, and said in a deep voice: "In ten minutes, Uehara will open the black hole between the worlds. Everyone must pass the black hole quickly!"

    After Xiao Nan finished speaking, her fingers moved slightly, and sheets of white paper flew out of her hand and fell into the hands of the senior ninja coalition army. On the white paper was a map.

    "This is a map of our new base Wano Kuni."

    Xiao Nan saw that the high-level coalition forces had obtained the map, and then continued: "Next, Nara Lukisa, the general staff of this New World Expedition, will tell you!"

    "It''s really troublesome..."

    Nara Shikajiu rubbed his forehead, and his palm fell on his partner Yamanaka Koiichi. The next moment the entire ninja coalition heard his voice from the bottom of his heart.

    "The entire country of Wa is divided into six regions, the capital of flowers is located in the center, and the other five regions are guarding the country of flowers. Each of the five regions is entrenched with a certain amount of resistance. This is the enemy that needs our ground troops to eliminate."

    Nara Luji closed his eyes and said solemnly: "The Ninja Alliance has been divided into five units according to the enemy''s sector. After we arrived in the new world, the Ninja Alliance immediately went to occupy all parts of the country.

    Among them, the strongest first unit, led by Lord Jiraiya and Naruto, immediately rushed to capture the rabbit bowl area!

    The second unit, led by Lord Huangtu and Lord Temari, immediately rushed to capture the Linghou area!

    The third unit, led by Hagi Kakashi, immediately rushed to capture the Ximei area!

    The fourth unit, led by Terumi Ming, immediately rushed to capture the Baiwu area!

    The fifth unit, led by His Excellency San Chuan, immediately rushed to capture the Jiuli area!

    After the various troops broke through and occupied Guri, Rabbit Bowl, White Dance, Linghou, and Ximei, they rushed to the Flower City area in the center of Wano Country, where it will be our future base camp! "

    After Nara Kazuo finished speaking, he calmly continued: "Anyone who resists Akatsuki on the way must be expelled and repelled. UU reading will occupy the entire Wano country as soon as possible. This is a world. During the expedition, we will all be the pioneers of the new era!"

    "understand!"

    Thirty-four thousand ninja coalition forces sound like a tide.

    After taking a look at the map in his hand, Jilai suddenly asked in surprise, "What''s the matter with the ghost island here? Is there no enemy in this island near Wano country?"

    "do not worry."

    Nara Lujiu smiled bitterly, and said in a low voice: "The enemy there is too strong, and the ancestor of Chakra will solve it himself..."

    It''s really embarrassing to say.

    The overall military strength of the Ninja World is slightly inferior, only the top strength is not too bad.

    However, with the existence of Chakra, their strength will soon increase after they adapt to the new world. Just a Wano country and the technology of Wano country is enough for their ninja coalition to explore for several years Up.

    "It''s time to start."

    Xiao Nan slowly raised his head and looked at the sky.

    In the next moment, a black hole slowly appeared in the entire sky. This black hole continued to expand until it covered tens of thousands of ninja coalition forces, and the black hole quickly fell down!

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click "Favorites" below to record this (Chapter 476 is about to break out of war!) reading record, and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 476ï¼š The battle of the world is on!

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    The weather is still sunny.

    Baiwu area, blade dance port.

    The inland sea of ??Wano Country is still calm.

    A pirate ship of the Beast Pirate Group is patrolling here.

    Because it is impossible for the inland sea of ??the country to have enemy ships coming up, this group of patrolling pirates held a banquet on the ship and talked about touting their beasts and pirate groups about to occupy the entire country.

    At exactly this moment, a group of pitch-black black holes suddenly appeared on the surface of the sea and attracted the attention of a pirate. He pointed to the black hole in a bit of surprise: "Hey, brother, come and take a look, what''s the matter?"

    "what the hell¡­"

    When the pirate captain in charge of the patrol slowly turned his head, he looked at the black hole that suddenly appeared with all his face, and his face suddenly changed in the next moment!

    Because in the black hole...

    Tens of thousands of densely packed figures appeared!

    Everyone wears a forehead with auspicious clouds printed on their heads, and most people wear the same ninja uniforms. This is definitely an army!

    An army actually broke through the natural barrier of the country and landed directly on the inner sea of ??the country. How could this be possible!

    The entire periphery of Wano country is a natural barrier of cliff waterfall. Only by climbing up the cliff along the waterfall can you reach the inner sea of ??Wano country and have the opportunity to see the land of Wano country.

    This is an area beyond the reach of the world government. Because warships cannot directly reach the country of Wano, no matter how many troops are, it is impossible to directly climb the cliff.

    Unless the warship can swim up the waterfall and enter the inner sea...

    This is a bit unrealistic, as long as a few shore defense guns are placed around the waterfall, the warship can be easily destroyed.

    The entire Wano country''s external communication only relies on an underground cave diving port directly connected to the open sea, and this cave diving port can only transport goods and people.

    Therefore, in addition to the pirates who can drive countless troops directly to the inner sea of ??Wano, no one has been able to capture Wano country.

    Nowadays¡­

    Yet another more terrifying army appeared!

    These people seem to have descended from the sky, appearing directly in the inner sea of ??Wano Country, only a few hundred meters away from the coast of Wano Country!

    The pirate ship in charge of patrolling panic instantly!

    Just as these pirates were going to report to the upper level with a telephone bug, water dragons floated out of the sea, and instantly destroyed the pirate ship!

    It is the ninja''s water escape and water dragon bomb technique!

    This is a super war like never before, a world, under the guidance of Akatsuki, the first voice to another world!

    This is just one of the troops.

    The captain of the Fourth Unit of the Ninja Allied Forces Terumi Ming, after the ninjas under his command smashed the pirate ship, gave his orders loudly: "Everyone quickly landed ashore, and the reconnaissance troops immediately sent out to search for the enemy!"

    "Yes, Master Terumi Ming!"

    Hundreds of ninjas broke away from the large army very quickly, each summoning their own psychic beasts, rushing towards the shore!

    After taking a look at the reconnaissance unit, Terumi Ming continued loudly: "We are now in the sea area of ??the Baiwu area. Within twelve hours, we will quickly clear out the entire Baiwu, solve all enemies, and enter the flower capital area!"

    "Yes!"

    The roar of thousands of ninjas shook the sea!

    This ninja force quickly infiltrated the blade dance port in the Shirawu area, and swiftly went straight to the town of Fortuna and the submerged port, where the external communication method that controls the entire Wano country!

    Under the leadership of Terumi Mei, this ninja force almost moved quickly. In just a few hours, it swept Baiwu, captured Fortuna Town, and took control of the submerged harbor.

    By the way...

    They also captured the predecessor Shuangyue Kang''s family in the Baiwu area.

    This guy was once persecuted by the Black Charcoal Orochi for supporting Guangyue Mitian. As a result, Shuangyue Kang''s family saw the ninja army and thought he had encountered the Guangyue Clan¡¯s Restoration Army...

    Terumi took him for granted.

    the other side.

    Jiuli area.

    The village of Bianli is still quiet.

    Just at this time, a black hole appeared in the sea near the village of Henkasa, and ninjas and samurai appeared one after another.

    They are the fifth unit of the Ninja Alliance.

    The headed person.

    It is the three ship generals, the fourth generation of Raiking and Kirabi.

    Admiral Mifune dressed in armor, holding the Shinobi in his hand, whispered softly: "I didn''t expect Raikage-sama and Mr. Kirabi to be assigned to the fifth unit..."

    "This area seems to be a troublesome enemy!"

    The fourth generation Raikage clenched his fist with one arm, and said in a cold voice: "Don''t waste time and spend the three ships, hurry up and attack! Quickly level out the enemies in Jiuli and rush to the capital of the flower capital to join!"

    The fourth generation of Raikage''s temper is still so violent. Now he is very curious about the new world. He wants to see new powers, and some yearns for battle in this world.

    General Mifune drew out his Shinobi sword and said loudly, "Everyone, strike immediately! Within twelve hours, the entire Jiuli will be cleared, and the reconnaissance troops will immediately dispatch to search for the enemy!"

    Just as the Fifth Unit rushed into Jiuli, they encountered resistance from Bianli Village. The only few warriors in this village were instantly defeated by the Fourth Generation Raikage!

    But this village can''t be hurt at will, because the sensory forces discovered that there is a legacy of Uchiha Sasuke''s Chakra in this village...

    grass¡­

    This really can''t hurt.

    Even the little girl named Ayu from Bianli Village had a handle of Kunai that Sasuke Uchiha gave to Ayu before leaving, and the handle of Kunai was painted with the Uchiha group fan logo.

    When Uchiha Sasuke gave Ayu Kunai, he beat Ace by the way. Sasuke hoped that Ayu could become a powerful ninja when he grows up, instead of becoming the coquettish female ninja that Ace said.

    "Hey, kid..."

    The fourth generation Raikage took Ayu''s kunai, and said coldly: "This is given to you by Uchiha Sasuke, right? What is your relationship?"

    Ayu looked at these people tremblingly, each of them seemed to hold Ninja Kunai in their hands: "Who are you..."

    In the next second, hope was awakened on Ayu''s face, and she spoke expectantly: "Are you...are you a ninja of the Guangyue clan?"

    "No."

    General Mifune slowly touched Ayu''s little head, smiled and said, "We are from the hometown of Uchiha Sasuke. He told us that this country is suffering, and we came here specially."

    What **** Guangyue clan!

    If I remember correctly, all the characters surnamed Guangyue, Tianyue, Shuangyue, etc., must be cleansed in this war!

    "really?"

    Ayu looked at Mifune expectantly.

    I have to say that these samurai and ninjas really made Ayu very fond.

    "Yes!"

    General Mifune nodded with a smile, then continued loudly: "Okay, leave a small team here on alert, everyone keep going!"

    "Yes, Captain Three Ships!"

    The Fifth Unit was vigorous and resolute, sweeping the entire Jiuli with great strength!

    It wasn''t until the attack on Toushan that he encountered tenacious resistance, because there was a powerful thief entrenched here. This thief was once the retainer of Mitsuki Mitian, and now he is renamed the leader of the Toushan thieves group of Shutenmaru!

    The strength of the Toushan Thieves Group is not very good, but the strength of their leader Shiu Tian Maru is extremely strong, single-handedly and the four generations of Raikage have become a group!

    "Asshole... who are you guys!"

    Jiutian Maru brandished his long knife, and after pushing back four generations of Raikage, he looked at the army surrounding them with a cold face: "I don''t remember that you guys were under the command of the Guangyue Clan!"

    "What the hell!"

    The fourth generation of Raikage rushed up with a fist full of sullen expression!

    This tough battle has been fought for several hours!

    Although the fourth generation of Raikage is extremely fast, he can dodge Jiutian Maru''s knife, but after all, he can''t break through Jiutian Maru''s armed domineering defense!

    This battle also made the Fifth Unit of the Ninja Allied Forces realize the power of this world. A mere bandit can make the fourth generation Raikage fight so hard!

    It wasn''t until the fourth generation of Raikage came to a juncture that he awakened his domineering and single-armed his thunder plow hot knife and defeated Jiutian Wan, which was regarded as the biggest trouble of Jiuli.

    As for the weapon factory in the Jiuli area, because the Beast Pirate Group lost its six volleys, there were only some weird demon fruit capable people, which caused no trouble at all, except that it surprised the ninja coalition forces.

    After four generations of Raikage and Kirabi defeated a few Demon Fruit capable people, they realized that these guys are not powerful at all...

    Oh shit¡­

    Seeing more than a dozen strange-looking guys, they thought they met Zhuli the tail orc, and they almost scared people to death!

    Compare them here.

    The third unit is simply not too leisurely.

    Hagi Kakashi led the third unit to easily capture the entire Ximei, because this is the most desolate place in the country of Wano, and several pirate teams did not fight.

    The fighting of the second unit was very smooth.

    Huang Tu led the second unit to advance gradually in the bell dance area, in accordance with the traditional ninja fighting, because he led the combat power second only to the first unit.

    Although Huang Tu''s fighting style is very stable, but he ushered in is not resistance, but was mistaken for the rescue of the country.

    Really speechless...

    There was even a guy named Denjiro and a weird guy named Kawamatsu. They brought a woman who claimed to be Kwangtsuki Rihe to join them, and told them to stop this unnecessary sacrifice, because there was no one. Can beat Kaido.

    "How courageous..."

    Huang Tu is a bit speechless. The enemies he originally wanted to clean up were the members of the Kaido Pirates, as well as the members of the old nobles such as Guangyue who were arrested. As a result, someone sent him to the door?

    I really thought the ninjas belonged to their family!

    Huang Tu waved his hand and motioned to the ninja troops under his command: "Grab them, rush to the Flower City, and hand them to the Lord Xiaonan Council for disposal!"

    Since Kaido''s six volleys were cleaned by Sasuke Uchiha and Uchiha, the intelligence of the entire Wano country was also sent back to the Ninja World by Uchiha, so the progress of each unit was very smooth.

    Only one unit is a little bit troublesome.

    That is the first unit to attack the rabbit bowl area.

    Because Jilai also led the first unit to fight a tough battle, and even equipped with Nara Lukisa and Yamanaka Kaiichi for this.

    Nara Shikahisa ordered the first troops to disperse separately, and quickly cleaned the peripheral personnel of the entire rabbit bowl area before encircling the final destination!

    The Cage of the Country of Harmony-Rabbit Well!

    This place under the jurisdiction of Plague Quinn, one of the three plagues, is guarded by a large number of pirates, as well as powerful pirates like Plague Quinn!

    Unfortunately...

    The enemies encountered by Plague Quinn are also very powerful!

    Naruto Uzumaki, the last nine-tailed man in the ninja world!

    In order to be able to figure out the situation of the rabbit well, Jiraiya and Uzumaki Naruto lurked in the past, because Naruto sensed that the enemy there was very powerful.

    Of course, Naruto Uzumaki was definitely not a character.

    If another name of Uzumaki Naruto is reported, it may be easier for Quinn to be wary of the pandemic. It is the former teammate of Sasuke Uchiha who forced him to dance a day last month...

    It''s a bit of a coincidence...

    When Naruto Uzumaki sneaked into the rabbit well, Plague Quinn was dancing happily.

    "This bastard, really tarnished the art of dancing!"

    Jilai also watched Plague Quinn dancing with the pirates, and felt that this scene was a bit spicy.

    Naruto Uzumaki didn''t think so, and even joked and praised: "Lecherous fairy, this guy dances pretty well, mom, even better than Kirby!"

    "..."

    Jilai also shook his head and sighed, "You kid is still too young. You don''t understand the art of dance... Hey, Lu Jiu, if you hear me, order the troops to encircle. Surround here from the outside!"

    "Yes, Lord Jiraiya."

    Nara Shikahisa immediately learned his order through Yamanaka.

    The location of the rabbit well is good, it is difficult for people outside to get in, which also means that it is difficult for people inside to get out. Once surrounded here, basically there is no possibility for people inside to escape!

    Jilai also slowly closed his palms, and frog oil slowly appeared on his face, and he said in a deep voice, "I have to say, this world is very big and the natural energy is also very abundant... Fairy mode..."

    Jilai also slowly raised his finger: "When the news that Lu Jiu led the troops surrounded here comes in, let''s start!"

    "Ok¡­"

    Naruto Uzumaki''s face gradually became solemn, his fists closed, and a smile appeared at the corner of his mouth: "Are you going to start a big fight here?"

    "Ok."

    Jilaiya raised his head and looked at the still lively Rabbit Well, and continued in a low voice: "But according to Akatsuki''s lawless group, it should be regarded as saying hello to the enemy?"

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click "Favorites" below to record this (Chapter 477 World War, Open!) reading record, and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 477ï¼š The fight against plague Quinn!

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    The country of peace.

    After the war started.

    Due to the information provided by the Uchiha belts and the temporary lack of middle-level cadres in the Kaido Pirates, the entire ninja coalition relying on their number advantages, attacked Wano country quickly.

    The other units have basically completed their tasks, and the first unit has completely eliminated the pirate forces in the Tubowl area and began to attack the prisoner quarry in Tujing.

    Tuwan area, outside of Tujing.

    The first unit of the Ninja Allied Forces relied on surprise assault troops, and most of them quickly closed, directly defeating the pirates on the outer defense line.

    Nara Shikahisa, the general staff of the Ninja Allied Forces, stretched out his palm and placed it on Yamanaka''s body, and issued his orders to the first unit in an orderly manner.

    "Reconnaissance troops, quickly confirm whether the terrain is missing!"

    "Surprise troops, quickly lifted off to monitor the movement of the entire rabbit well!"

    "Ground troops, quickly rush to the entrances of the rabbit well and close together, and you must not let one person leave the rabbit well!"

    The fighting methods of the ninja coalition are mostly in multi-person squads. The collective combat experience is much higher than these pirates, especially these ninjas have been learning and training for the purpose of killing people since childhood.

    If everyone''s power level is at the same level, if a group of ninja troops besieged the pirates, it would not be too easy.

    Especially the first unit...

    There are tens of thousands of people in this army, which can be regarded as the most complete army under its command. There are almost all specialized ninjas of every attribute. These ninjas are very good at fighting!

    The Ninja Alliance is also a rare regular army!

    What''s more, the two partners of Nara Lukuhisa and Yamanaka Keiichi who can cooperate to communicate the hearts of these ninjas, even the ninjas with more than tens of thousands of ninjas in the first unit can be easily commanded by Nara Lukisa.

    "The power of this world is a bit weird."

    After Nara Shikahisa commanded the ninjas of the first unit to encircle the rabbit well, he glanced at the ninja captives, and frowned slightly: "And no matter how you look at it, these enemies don''t look like normal humans..."

    after all¡­

    Most members of the Kaido Pirates have horns...

    Nara Shikahisa glanced at the captured pirate again, and whispered: "But they don''t seem to have accepted any real battles. It''s like a group of stragglers and they don''t have the concept of giving away their lives to send the information away? "

    As the first unit of the Ninja Allied Forces gradually began to encircle the Tujing, the outposts finally sent an alarm to Quinn, who was guarding the Tujing.

    The alarm sounded throughout the rabbit well!

    While Plague Quinn was still leading the dance with a smile, he suddenly heard the siren, and a flash of anger flashed across his face: "Asshole, what''s going on? Don''t you know today is our carnival day?"

    "Master Quinn!"

    The pirate on the sentry post looked at the surrounding ninja troops in horror, and said loudly: "At least tens of thousands of people rushed towards the rabbit well!"

    "What a joke!"

    Plague Quinn pointed at the pirate on the sentry post and cursed: "The Royal Court has already been sent to the Ghost Island by us, how could there be..."

    At the next moment, the voice of Plague Quinn suddenly stopped!

    Because a black and purple tail beast jade suddenly appeared in the air, it instantly hit his body and blew him out directly, making the entire rabbit well panic instantly!

    "Master Quinn!"

    "Master Quinn!"

    "Has an enemy sneaked into the rabbit well?"

    "Go and catch them!"

    All the pirates and prisoners involuntarily turned their heads to look at the place where the tail beast jade flew. There stood a yellow-haired young man wearing auspicious clouds protecting his forehead. The yellow-haired young man gradually put on a golden coat with his mouth pouting. A smile.

    This guy¡­

    The aura on his body suddenly became surprisingly strong!

    Standing next to the yellow-haired young man was a white-haired middle-aged man, his face was smeared with weird paint, and his body also burst into a powerful breath!

    It is Naruto Uzumaki in Nine Lama Mode and Jiraiya in Fairy Mode!

    "Naruto¡­"

    Jilaiya''s palm gradually bulged, his palms slowly closed, and he said in a deep voice, "Let''s start... let''s make a big fuss!"

    "Yes, lecherous fairy!"

    The chakra''s coat on Uzumaki Naruto instantly sprang out with giant golden claws. In the blink of an eye, a group of pirates flew directly, and no one could block his blow!

    Many of the guards of the rabbit well are animal type demon fruit abilities, their figures instantly transformed into animal forms, rushing towards the two!

    "Kill them!"

    "Asshole, just two people!"

    A group of pirates rushed forward and rushed to Uzumaki Naruto and Jiraiya!

    Jilaiya flew up and appeared on a high place, watching a swarm of enemies, and Jieyin with his hands together spouted a blaze toward the enemy: "Xianfa¡¤Haolong flame bomb!"

    Uzumaki Naruto''s palm also suddenly showed a group of spiral shurikens, and he threw it out in the direction of the fire escape ninjutsu: "Feng Dun¡¤Super Jade Spiral Shuriken!"

    The fusion of the two ninjutsu immediately caused a violent explosion!

    This group of guard pirates who had just turned into animal forms were directly blown up!

    In order to attack the rabbit well, the Ninja Alliance arranged the strongest Uzumaki Naruto here. I believe that Naruto who becomes the top ninja can defeat any enemy!

    Plague Quinn dragged his body to the high platform. His body had just been subjected to the frontal impact of the tail beast jade, but the body injured by the tail beast jade was quickly recovering. The ability of the animal type demon fruit ability person to recover Really tough.

    Plague Quinn looked angrily at Uzumaki Naruto who had defeated a group of guarding pirates in a flash, and clenched his fists!

    What a joke!

    The aura of the young man in the golden coat is too strong!

    Plague Quinn looked at the golden coat on Naruto Uzumaki, and couldn''t help but beat some drums in his heart, another enemy he had never seen before!

    and¡­

    This enemy is definitely not a general!

    Because in the domineering look of the plague Quinn, he seemed to see through Naruto Uzumaki and saw the shadow of a powerful beast!

    That''s a...

    A terrifying fox who can choose someone to eat at any time!

    "This guy¡­"

    Plague Quinn gritted his teeth, staring at Uzumaki Naruto and Jiraiya: "You two, who are they!"

    "Naruto Uzumaki!"

    Uzumaki Naruto suddenly closed his fists, raised his head and looked at Plague Quinn, and introduced himself with a serious face: "A...will definitely become a Naruto of Naruto!"

    At this moment, Naruto Uzumaki spoke very seriously!

    At this moment, it was the first time he greeted the world!

    However, after listening to Uzumaki Naruto''s self-introduction, every prisoner and Pirate in Rabbit Well had a string of question marks on their foreheads.

    In the end, they only understood one sentence.

    When everyone in the rabbitwell looked at Uzumaki Naruto, they involuntarily nodded their heads backwards, and said casually: "Oh, it''s a ninja!"

    "Not that ordinary ninja!"

    Uzumaki Naruto''s forehead dashed, and he said in a deep voice: "Listen to me carefully, I will definitely become a ninja of Naruto!"

    "Idiot, you tell them these things you don''t understand!"

    Jilai couldn''t help but cursed Naruto Uzumaki. He raised his head to look at the plagued Quinn, coughed a few times, and said in a deep voice: "The true nature of a man captures the hearts of women; ninjutsu is strong and loves pretty women ¡­Absolutely no woman can escape the toad immortal in the palm of her hand!"

    "Hey, lecherous fairy!"

    Naruto Uzumaki waved his fist and retorted loudly: "Obviously they don''t understand what you said! At this time..."

    "No, I understand."

    Plague Quinn and a group of people shook their heads and interrupted Naruto Uzumaki. Everyone raised their heads and looked at Jiraiya.

    Epidemic Quinn snorted coldly, and his body gradually grew taller: "You guy...who do you think you are? Lao Tzu also snorted to beautiful women!"

    Plague Quinn''s body directly transformed into his devil fruit form!

    Fauna, dragon fruit, ancient species, brachiosaurus form!

    Next to him, a little pirate tremblingly looked at the huge brachiosaurus that suddenly appeared next to him, and whispered: "But Lord Quinn, didn''t you say Xiaozi the other day..."

    "To shut up!"

    Quinn in the form of a brachiosaurus glared at his subordinates, and his huge body looked at Jiraiya and Naruto Uzumaki: "No matter who you are... if you dare to come to our site and offend the rabbit well, then stay here to dig. Mine!"

    The brachiosaurus tens of meters high looked down on the ground, Naruto Uzumaki and Jiraiya, two small ordinary people!

    In terms of size alone, the brachiosaurus has an overwhelming advantage!

    "Do not."

    Uzumaki Naruto suddenly clenched his fist, and his body quickly grew into a golden nine-tailed fox standing upright!

    The shadow instantly covered the rabbit well!

    As the golden nine-tailed tail grew bigger and bigger, the surprise in everyone''s eyes became bigger and bigger, and Quinn''s gaze was faintly dull, and a layer of cold sweat gradually appeared on the head of the brachiosaurus!

    The golden nine-tailed one hundred meters high is almost the same as Uchiha Sasuke''s full body beard. Compared with the golden nine-tailed body, the Quinn in the form of a brachiosaurus appears particularly short.

    The Golden Nine Tails looked down at the brachiosaurus, and said in a deep voice, "Although I am embarrassed, but here...this is our place now!"

    The next moment The Golden Nine Tails grabbed the thick and long neck of the brachiosaurus with one hand, and threw this huge dinosaur to the ground!

    Regardless of the aura or the power of the Golden Nine Tails, Quinn was completely unable to resist the plague. Perhaps the only thing to be thankful for is that his physical recovery ability is strong enough!

    Facing the attack of the Golden Nine Tails, Plague Quinn can withstand...

    It''s just... I guess I will be beaten all the time!

    After the plagued Quinn fell to the ground, he immediately turned his head and glanced at the men next to him, and sternly said: "Go and prepare the highest purity Hailou stone chain! Immediately report to Brother Kaido that the rabbit well has been attacked!"

    After the plague Quinn hurriedly gave orders, the body of the brachiosaurus was like a sandbag, and once again was directly thrown to the ground by the golden nine tails!

    Plague Quinn, in the form of a brachiosaurus, tried his best to lift his head and looked at the tall golden nine-tailed tail. He could not resist the power of the nine-tailed tail at all. This feeling made Quinn a little bit painful.

    "Asshole... thought I was so easy..."

    "Asshole... Don''t think you can be so arrogant..."

    "Asshole...If we are brave, we don''t use fruit power..."

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto, reading on mobile phones behind the scenes: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record this (Chapter 478 Epidemic Quinn''s Struggle!) to read the record, and open the bookshelf next time!

    Like "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 478ï¼š The **** who descended on the ghost island

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    After a long time.

    Tujing was captured by the first unit of the Ninja Allied Forces.

    The oppressive power of the Golden Nine Tails, no one in the entire Rabbit Well can contend. Among them, the strongest Epidemic Quinn has been violently beaten by the Golden Nine Tails in the neck.

    Even if the Hundred Beasts and Pirates use the sea tower chain of high enough purity, it can''t have any effect on the golden nine tails.

    These chains did not tie the Golden Nine Tails and make it lose its strength, but were directly used by it to tie Plague Quinn firmly.

    Plague Quinn was covered with wounds all over his body, and his body was tightly **** with the highest purity Hailou stone chain, because he pulled out of the brachiosaurus form directly.

    Naruto Uzumaki retired from the golden nine-tailed form, stood beside the plagued Quinn, and looked at his fat body curiously. He reached out and touched Quinn''s belly, and couldn''t help but exclaimed: "It''s really amazing... A lot fatter this time!"

    "Asshole, this is not fat!"

    Epidemic Quinn gritted his teeth and retorted: "This time I was careless! Don''t think that you can really defeat Lao Tzu! Brother Kaido will not let you go!"

    He was really careless.

    If he knew that the enemy was so troublesome, he should use plague bombs to sneak attacks from a distance. Unexpectedly, after transforming into a brachiosaurus form, he was directly hung up and beaten by the golden nine-tailed Uzumaki Naruto.

    It''s just that the plague Quinn is also a little drumming in his heart. In the previous battle, the brachiosaurus form had no power to fight back against this little guy!

    feel¡­

    Is it another person as strong as Uchiha Sasuke?

    Obviously it looks like he is only a teenager, and now he has such a powerful force, he is a monster similar to Uchiha Sasuke!

    The plague Quinn feels that Naruto Uzumaki also has the power to challenge Kaido...

    this era¡­

    Are there so many monsters?

    And why are there tens of thousands of ninjas appearing in the Congress of Hezhi, it seems so strange, the power they use is also very strange!

    When can a ninja actually use wind, fire, earth and water mines?

    Damn, are these people serious ninjas?

    "Kaido, Kaido, Kaido..."

    Naruto Uzumaki scratched his head, turned his head to look at Jiraiya, and said loudly: "Hey, lecherous fairy, is that guy named Kaido very strong? The pirates we met on the road have been with Tikedo. What¡­"

    "It should be very strong!"

    After Jiraiya shook his head, he touched his chin, and said in a deep voice, "According to the information sent by Uchiha brought the soil, Kaido is able to fight against Sasuke who has the eyes of reincarnation. It is definitely not an ordinary character. !"

    "Any guy who can challenge Sasuke?"

    Uzumaki Naruto clenched his fist abruptly, a touch of warfare appeared on his face, and then gradually disappeared: "But if Granny Huiye also comes here, that Kaido should be fine..."

    Naruto Uzumaki thought of Uchiha Sasuke again, and couldn''t help but sighed: "I don''t know where Sasuke has gone. We haven''t seen him for a long time. Everyone misses him!"

    Seriously¡­

    Konoha estimated that only the seventh class still missed Uchiha Sasuke.

    Plague Quinn, who was lying on the ground, overheard their conversation all the way, sweat on his forehead became more and more, does this guy also know Uchiha Sasuke?

    What is their relationship with Uchiha Sasuke?

    It sounds like this young man named Uzumaki Naruto and Sasuke Uchiha have a very unusual relationship. He looks like an old friend. No wonder he is so strong... After all, he can be friends with the above-the-top Uchiha Sasuke, and he is also strong. It won''t be too bad!

    and¡­

    How did these weird ninja troops come from?

    It seems that they are also connected with the **** Uchiha brought...

    Epidemic Quinn suddenly remembered that Kaido had mentioned to them a month ago that Uchiha brought the soil to occupy the country of Wano. Everyone didn¡¯t take it seriously, but was a little more careful...

    After all, Uchiha''s assassination method with soil was too weird.

    The only thing I didn''t expect was that Uchiha brought the soil directly to recruit an army, and now this army directly broke through the strongest rabbit well in the territory of Wano Country!

    Do not¡­

    In other words, it may have breached the entire Wano country!

    Epidemic Quinn doesn''t believe there will be any exceptions in other regions, and the entire Wano Country may have been captured by the Ninja Alliance!

    "Trouble is big..."

    Epidemic Quinn''s forehead was constantly sweating, didn''t Kedo say that he has decided to negotiate with Uchiha?

    and¡­

    It sounds like they still have someone specializing in dealing with Kaido.

    This tone sounds loud, but these people who know Uchiha Sasuke should not be lying.

    For Kaido, it sounds like a mother-in-law named Huiye, should she be an old woman as powerful as BIG¡¤MOM?

    No... not right!

    Plague Quinn glanced at Uzumaki Naruto, and he heard Uzumaki Naruto talk about Huiye''s respect, which means that Grandma Huiye is definitely stronger!

    It happens to be at this time.

    Suddenly a bright light fell slowly from the horizon.

    Everyone involuntarily raised their heads and looked at the direction where the light fell, which was the location of the ghost island, the base camp of the beasts and pirates!

    Jilai also raised his head and watched the dazzling light gradually fall, and muttered, "That''s the way...the goddess of Mao descended?"

    "probably!"

    Uzumaki Naruto nodded and whispered, "I have sensed her Chakra breath, Grandma Hui Ye has arrived at that location..."

    Ghost island.

    The base camp of the Beast Pirate Group.

    Kaido received a group of notices of the attack. He originally wanted to send the Three Plagues to support, but there was information from the rabbit well, and Plague Quinn was knocked down!

    Just when Kaido wanted to rush to the Rabbit Well to support Quinn, a light slowly fell on the ghost island, also preventing his movement.

    this moment¡­

    Kaido remembered Uchiha''s warning about taking soil.

    The Uchiha Daido mentioned in earnest that in a month, the gods will descend in Wano, and she will become the **** who rules Wano... the **** who once suppressed Uchiha Sasuke!

    "What a mess..."

    Kaido glanced at the falling light in the sky, and a flash of anger flashed on his face: "Opening your mouth is a god, shutting up is a god, everyone is talking about god...what is god, but it is the old Rox Just a bunch of beasts in the guy''s mouth!"

    Whenever mentioning God, Kaido couldn''t help but think of Tianlongren, he had participated in the Valley of God incident!

    What **** god!

    He doesn''t care!

    The entire group of pirates on the Ghost Island raised their heads, looking at the bright light falling in the sky, each pirate''s face was a little surprised.

    The ray of light hovered in the air, and the light gradually converged, revealing a delicate woman with long white hair. She calmly closed her eyes.

    "It''s so pretty..."

    A group of pirates couldn''t help but exclaim.

    Kaido looked at the woman in the sky, and couldn''t help frowning. Looking at the double horns on that woman''s head, is there a woman with such small horns?

    next moment¡­

    The long-haired woman floating above the ghost island suddenly opened her eyes, and everyone couldn''t help but wince!

    There were a pair of white eyeballs in that woman''s eyes. As her eyes opened, a powerful momentum instantly swept the entire ghost island!

    this moment¡­

    Even Kaido couldn''t help but feel a little frightened!

    Does this woman have this powerful power just by opening her eyes?

    Even that woman had not even used her domineering look, she had already made the entire ghost island feel her deterrent!

    Just at this moment, a temporal space vortex appeared beside Kaido, and Uchiha''s figure with soil appeared from it.

    "see it?"

    Uchiha Daido raised his head to look at the woman in the sky, and whispered, "That''s the **** who descended in the country of Won...Now, do you choose to give up the country of Won?"

    "I don''t believe in any god!"

    Kaido looked at Uchiha with a fierce face and said angrily: "You **** dare to send someone to attack Lao Tzu''s men. If you want to start a war...you guys who hide their heads and show their tails are still far away. what!"

    There was indeed a lot of anger in Kaido''s heart.

    Because he consciously had enough to retreat to Uchiha, he even planned to showdown with him today and give up most of the entire Wano country to Uchiha.

    did not expect¡­

    Does Uchiha Daido want to swallow the country exclusively!

    With the resources and geographical location of this country, Kaido wants to contend for the hegemony of the entire world in the future, and even gets the powerful help of the Great Secret Treasure of Love Drew!

    no matter what¡­

    Never let Uchiha bring soil!

    No matter how strong the woman in the sky is, Kaido does not intend to give in!

    It''s just a war. Kaido''s favorite is war. It just so happened that Uchiha brought the soil to recognize reality. His pirate group has hundreds of devil fruit abilities!

    unfortunately¡­

    Doflamingo, who has been providing him with devil fruits, has not shipped much recently, saying that someone threatened Doflamingo to destroy Dresrosa and threatened him~www.novelhall.com ~It is not allowed to trade Devil Fruit to Kaido.

    this matter¡­

    Maybe Uchiha did it with soil!

    When Kaido wanted to question Uchiha''s belt soil, he saw Uchiha''s belt soil raised his head and said loudly, "Your Excellency Kaguya, according to Akatsuki''s rules, first say hello to them and let these guys realize Akatsuki The horror!"

    "..."

    The big tube Mu Huiye floating in the sky slowly nodded, and took a picture of the palm of his hand toward the ghost island, and the surging Chakra instantly got out of the ground!

    "The birth of the **** tree world!"

    Hui Ye''s voice was so indifferent that it made people hear it.

    The tall sacred tree popped out of the ground in an instant, and in just a few seconds, the sacred tree had already penetrated the sky, making it impossible to see the top of the head!

    Kaido looked at the tall sacred tree in shock with a faint surprise in his eyes. What does the woman mean to call this tree?

    Soon, Kaido knew.

    After the tall sacred tree enveloped the entire ghost island, countless sturdy vine roots poured out, spreading quickly in the direction of the pirates!

    The whole ghost island...

    Turned into a sea of ??trees!

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto, reading on mobile phones behind the scenes: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record the reading record of this time (Chapter 479 God who descends on the ghost island), and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 479ï¼š The power of God!

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    A sacred tree thrusting into the sky stands on the entire ghost island.

    The roots of the vines above the sacred tree quickly covered the entire ghost island. Behind every pirate on the island is the vine of the sacred tree chasing them!

    "Hey, who will cut them off!"

    "Don''t be delusional, run away quickly, you can''t finish it!"

    "Never get caught by the vines, or you will drain your strength!"

    On the ghost island, the pirates fought back in panic or fled!

    In the end, these pirates were caught by the sacred tree one after another, and the vines absorbed their power, instantly wrapped their bodies, hanging them upside down on the branches of the sacred tree!

    In just a few minutes, whether they are giants or ordinary people, even those with devil fruit ability, they can''t escape the control of the sacred tree at all. After the vines tied their bodies, they quickly emptied the power in their bodies!

    A springbok fruit capable person ran in a panic, trying to escape the chase of the sacred tree, but was still directly tied into a mummy by dense vines...

    "Master Jack, save me..."

    "Hey¡­"

    Drought Jack is also under attack.

    Drought Jack looked at the tall sacred tree on the island of ghosts with surprise, more and more pirates were hung from the trunk, a vine instantly grabbed Jack...

    Jack hurriedly swung his knife and slashed the vine, but the vine seemed to have life, and continued to attack him!

    This one of the three highest cadres of the Beast Pirate Group moved his gaze and stopped on the sacred tree standing in the center of the ghost island.

    The next moment, Drought Jack suddenly turned into a mammoth form!

    Drought Jack¡¯s roar spread throughout the ghost island: "What a joke! How could this happen, just a tree, I will break it!"

    Drought Jack in the form of a mammoth rushed to the torso of the sacred tree and flew all the vines all the way, wanting to directly break the sacred tree!

    Unfortunately¡­

    In front of this sacred tree, the mammoth was as small as an ant.

    Drought Jack hadn''t even rushed to the trunk of the sacred tree, countless vines spread down from the sacred tree, blocking Jack''s path!

    In an instant, countless tree roots were drilled on the ground, and the mammoth drought Jack was tightly tied up!

    "Brother Kaido... Brother Jin..."

    Jack''s gaze slowly faded.

    The roots and vines quickly drained the power in Jack''s body. The ancient demon fruit-cultivator was able to shed all his strength and re-transformed into a human form. He was slowly wrapped in a mummy and hung from the branches of the sacred tree...

    Even a big sea pirate of the level of Drought Jack can not escape the catch of the sacred tree, let alone other members of the Beast Pirate Group.

    "Asshole..."

    Kaido''s face is full of anger!

    Even Kaido never thought that Ghost Island would encounter this situation. The enemy just released a tree and almost directly captured his men!

    After Kaido waved the mace in his hand and crushed a vine, his body instantly turned into the body of a dragon and flew in the direction of Jack!

    "Dragon Breath!"

    A scorching flame fell on the vines high above!

    The dragon''s breath directly burned the vine that wanted to hang Jack from the sacred tree, just as Kaido flew up and tried to stretch out his claws to catch the fallen Jack...

    Another vine flew out!

    Kaido didn''t dare to touch the vine, and reluctantly gave up Jack in a hurry, watching this subordinate who was most loyal to him being captured by the vine and hanging on the branch of the **** tree...

    This scene¡­

    It''s still performing...

    Kaido''s gaze was fixed on the island of ghosts. As far as he could reach, vines that had captured prey were almost everywhere retracted to the branches of the sacred tree.

    After a wailing.

    The ghost island quickly became silent.

    Thousands of pirates on the entire ghost island...

    Except for Kaido and Yanbanjin, the other pirates, whether it is Drought Jack or ordinary little pirates, were directly captured by the sacred tree...

    There are countless large and small mummies hanging upside down on the branches of the sacred tree, and the pirates captured by the sacred tree are hung by vines...

    It seems that the sacred tree bears fruit after fruit.

    Relying on his flying ability, Yanzhinzhan kept avoiding the hunting and killing of vines. Flames continued to burst from his body, trying to destroy the sacred tree...

    just¡­

    The sacred tree remains unmoved.

    Until the Flame Cinder finally couldn''t bear it and transformed into a toothless pterosaur form, when trying to kick off the sacred tree from above with his own strength, vines quickly spread out and tied him directly. ¡­

    Obviously just a tree...

    However, this tree seemed to be able to eat people, and in a blink of an eye it swept away the pirates of the entire ghost island, and no one was able to break free from the shackles of the sacred tree.

    The power from them is instantly extracted from the sacred tree!

    Datongmu Huiye floated in the air, slowly spreading out his palms, a group of strong armed domineering, like flowing water patterns, floating on her body.

    Hui Ye''s gaze watched the armed domineering flow on her arm, and the veins around her white eyes burst out instantly, checking the domineering flow: "Well, is this the new power? It seems that the energy of this world may be more The planet is more abundant..."

    "There seems to be another person..."

    Datongmu Huiye slowly raised his head again, his gaze fell on Kaido, the dragon flying around the sacred tree, countless vines and tree roots chasing closely behind Kaido, wanting to take the body of the dragon The Four Emperors caught it directly!

    "Dragon Breath!"

    Kaido turned around and exhaled a breath of dragon, and after knocking back countless vines and roots, he circled this towering sacred tree again...

    Above this sacred tree...

    The elite pirates of the entire beast pirate group hung!

    This is the subordinate that Kaido has gathered day and night, and is also an elite force he has carefully cultivated, so he was directly captured by the enemy.

    It''s almost impossible to fight back...

    Obviously, the strength accumulated for so long, even this pirate group is enough to shake the world and change the situation of this world, but it has no power to fight back in front of that woman!

    It''s like a nightmare...

    Kaido faintly understands that when he defeated Moria and killed all of Moria¡¯s subordinates alone, what it was like for Moria...

    This taste...

    It''s really uncomfortable!

    Kaido, who is the body of the dragon, flew around the thick sacred tree, avoiding the chase of vines, and looking at the subordinates wrapped in mummies...

    next moment¡­

    Kaido''s dragon head suddenly turned, and the body of Shenlong flew in the direction of Datongmu Huiye. If there is no chance to solve the God tree...

    Then get rid of the woman who summoned the **** tree!

    "This is something I can''t forgive..."

    Kaido''s dragon body kept snaking in the air, rushing towards Datongmu Huiye, his mouth quickly accumulated a huge amount of heat: "Whatever you are...put all of my subordinates...let me down! "

    "Ok?"

    Datongmu Huiye''s expression was slightly surprised, she looked at Kaido flying over, and slowly stretched out her palm towards the dragon.

    The next moment, the soft voice of the gods resounded over the entire ghost island in an instant, accompanied by a terrifying nightmare!

    "Eighty God Air Strike!"

    An illusory fist took shape in an instant, and the armed color flowed above the fist. Kaguya Ji''s power just gained, instantly learned how to apply!

    Countless huge fists wrapped in armed domineering slammed directly on Kaido''s body. Under the gaze of the dizzying eyes, it was impossible even to avoid it!

    One huge fist hit Kaido''s body!

    "how come¡­"

    Kaido screamed in pain involuntarily, feeling incredulously that his body was destroyed by the eighty gods air strike!

    The huge body of the dragon was directly smashed to the ground!

    Kaido can even clearly feel that his internal organs have been damaged. This is definitely the heaviest injury in his life!

    This battle was an experience Kaido had never had before.

    No matter how powerful the enemy is, Kaido can always find his own opportunity. However, in this battle, he has not even issued any attack, even the enemy¡¯s hair cannot be touched, and he has been defeated...

    So far, Datongmu Huiye has only used two abilities. One is the birth of the **** tree world, destroying the entire beast and pirate group; the second is the eighty **** air strike, which defeated the four in an instant. Huang Kaido!

    The dragon¡¯s body fell to the ground, and the blood was splashed and stained the ground. The dragon¡¯s body was covered with muddy blood, and there was even some ground meat...

    Kaido had to disarm his dragon form...

    This world-famous strongest creature turned into a blood man at this moment, so badly injured that he couldn''t even stand up!

    Ta Ta Ta Ta...

    A sound of footsteps fell in Kaido''s ears.

    Uchiha took the soil and walked slowly to Kaido''s side, and helped his mask, and said with a voice: "Kaido, can you see it? This is the power of God..."

    "You bastard¡­"

    Kaido tried his best to raise his head, his painful face was full of blood, making the four emperors look very hideous: "Unexpectedly... I actually... would fall into your hands!"

    "Isn''t this normal?"

    Uchiha crouched in front of Kaido with soil, spread his palms, and calmly continued: "So, now please tell me, what is your choice now?"

    "I''m...ha..."

    Kaido spouted blood, and the pain was almost overwhelming. He stubbornly looked up at Uchiha''s soil and asked forcibly, "Tell me...you...and those Celestials...the group of the world government..."

    "It doesn''t matter."

    Uchiha took the soil sighed, shook his head and said, "It seems that the title of God is really tarnished... The garbage will be thrown away after all."

    Uchiha brought the soil to touch Kaido''s broken corner, and whispered, "Kaido, do you know what to do now?"

    "Don''t hurt... hurt Lao Tzu''s subordinates!"

    Kaido struggled desperately to sit up, the blood dripped down his chin little by little, and he finally began to say a complete sentence: "Since Lao Tzu is defeated, the title of emperor, the country of Hezhi, whatever, Take it all away!"

    Kaido slowly raised his head, glanced at the big Tsuki Teruya in the sky, then looked at the Uchiha belt soil, and finally looked at the sacred tree full of pirates.

    Kaido''s face slowly showed a touch of relief.

    This one of the four emperors who once ruled the new world seems to have finally had the opportunity to reach the end of his life.

    "There is also Lao Tzu''s life... also take it away!"

    Kaido gasped hard, slowly stretched out his palm, and little by little he caught his broken corner. He directly used the broken corner to pierce his throat!

    This guy¡­

    Kind of stiff!

    A red light flashed in Uchiha''s soiled eyesThe broken corner in Kaido''s hand was included in the divine space, he sighed, took off his mask, and revealed his face Cracks on the roof.

    A flash of anger flashed across Kaido''s **** face: "You fellow, what else do you want to do... Lao Tzu will never be a watchdog!"

    Uchiha looked at Kaido who was sitting paralyzed with the soil, and said quietly, "You know... why are the people behind us called gods?"

    "what¡­"

    Kaido reluctantly opened his eyes and looked at Uchiha taking the soil.

    Just when Kaido thought that Uchiha was bringing the soil to decipher it for him, Uchiha brought the soil and continued quietly: "Because God has no boundary between life and death in the eyes of God, even if your person dies, your soul will be pulled. Come back to work..."

    "..."

    Kaido''s body suddenly burst into force.

    Kaido''s fist suddenly clenched the corner he wanted to commit suicide.

    What the **** is this god!

    This is not a **** at all, but is it a devil?

    At this moment, Kaido raised his head and looked at the big Tsuki Teruya in the sky. He suddenly felt that the **** in the mouth of Uchiha was even worse than the group of Celestials behind the world government?

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto, reading on mobile phones behind the scenes: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record this (Chapter 480 God''s Power!) reading record, and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 ~ï¼š Late today

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    Something happened today, I guess it will be late...

    As long as I don''t sleep, there will be more three shifts.

    By the way, there is a comment activity in the comment area, with a reward of 50,000 points! Everyone, go and join!

    Ah ah ah ah ah ah ah¡­

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click "Favorites" below to record this (later today) reading record, and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 480ï¼š The naval spy of Wano country, the new owner of Wano country

    Kaido is a little unfavorable.

    Among the four emperors in the second half of the great route, only Kaido, the four emperors, lost successively to different enemies, and the entire group of beasts and pirates fell into the hands of the enemy.

    Now I can''t even keep a little dignity!

    Oh shit¡­

    How did he fall to this point?

    In less than a year, how did the Beasts and Pirates, which dominated the second half of the New World, become what it is now...

    It''s ridiculous...

    These guys who invaded and occupied the country of Japan did not show the mountains and the dew, inexplicably jumped out, and directly beat their beasts and pirates to the ground.

    Uchiha did not know what Kaido was thinking about. He just stroked the crack on his cheek and threatened Kaido: "Kaido, don¡¯t disobey God¡¯s will... Otherwise, as a punishment from God, except you, anything Those who are involved with you will be used to control the chess pieces, whether it''s life or death."

    "..."

    Hearing Uchiha''s words with the soil, Kaido looked at the big Tsuki Teruya in the sky again. This **** is not generally bad, and a bit more cruel than him, a cruel pirate!

    But it does look a lot like...

    Because Kaguya Ji''s gaze seemed to not take everything in her eyes, as if this world was just her plaything, as if no one was in her heart!

    Do not¡­

    Huiye really didn''t care about it.

    While Uchiha Daido was still threatening Kaido, Kaguya''s figure slowly fell in front of Uchiha Daido and Kaido, her voice was a little cold.

    "I''m going to see Yuyi, I''ll leave the business to you."

    After Kaguya finished speaking, she ignored Uchiha''s soil, her figure floated into the dark space door that suddenly appeared, and disappeared without a trace.

    It is time and space technique Huangquan Hirazaka!

    Uchiha took a look at Kaguya in surprise, and after shook his head helplessly, he looked at Kaido and said, "Let¡¯s continue to talk... Kaido...Although we can use you if we kill you, but Not as good as your peak power after all..."

    "..."

    Kaido watched Uchiha bring the soil and slowly clenched his fists.

    This is called negotiation?

    Isn''t this a threat?

    While Uchiha was negotiating with Kaido, the entire Wano country battle had completely ended, and all five units of the Ninja Allied Forces entered the Flower City.

    In just one day, the entire Wano country changed hands inexplicably.

    Before the civilians of Wano country could react, a large number of ninja troops had already moved in, expelled the pirates of the beast pirate group, incorporated the idle samurai of this country, and hunted down the Guangyue clan and his retainers.

    The capital of flowers.

    Uehara Naraku arrived here long ago.

    After all, if you want to send tens of thousands of ninja coalition forces directly from the ninja world to this world, Uehara must be here.

    At this moment, Uehara Naraku was welcoming Xiao Nan''s arrival in the Flower City that he had just transformed with the power of wood elements.

    This city of flowers, which was once destroyed by the battle between Uchiha Sasuke and Kaido, has regained its beautiful scenery.

    Nicole Robin was standing next to Uehara Naraku, looking at the blossoming city of cherry blossoms, her face was still full of wonder.

    Creation is far more difficult than destruction.

    After Nicole Robin''s gaze swept across the flower city, he slowly fell on Uehara Naraku''s body: "It is really unimaginable. A few minutes ago, this place was still in ruins, but now it has become a sacred land of flowers. People can''t help but want to live here forever..."

    "Ok."

    Nairo Uehara nodded, just staring straight ahead, and a slight smile appeared at the corner of her mouth: "The Flower City is the place where Teacher Xiaonan will live in the future. If it is still in the ruins, it would have disappointed the teacher too..."

    Wano Kuni will be the home base of Akatsuki in this world.

    As the center of Wano Country, the most prosperous area of ??Flower City will certainly not be idle, and it is also the most suitable base for Akatsuki in the future.

    Uehara Naraku simply used the sword himself to carry out a greening project on this land with the power of wood elements. He can''t count on Konoha''s Yamato, right?

    Nicole Robin looked at Naraku Uehara, with a flash of surprise in her eyes: "It sounds like Mr. Uehara has a very good relationship with his teacher..."

    "Well¡­"

    After thinking about it for a while, Naraku Uehara shook his head self-consciously and said, "It''s okay, it''s almost like relying on each other..."

    "..."

    Nicole Robin is a bit stuck.

    The relationship of interdependence... Is this okay?

    Nicole Robin couldn''t help but shook her head. She became more and more curious about the teacher Uehara Naraku talked about, someone who could be respected by Uehara Naraku...

    What kind of person is it?

    Is it strong enough to suppress the world?

    Just at this moment, a square black space door appeared beside them, and Kaguya Ji''s figure slowly floated out of it...

    When Uehara Naraku saw the appearance of Otsuki Teruya, his forehead jumped and couldn''t help saying: "His Kaguya... why are you here... Has Kaido solved it?"

    "..."

    Kaguya Ji nodded slowly, her body floating beside Uehara, reaching out to land on Uehara Naraku.

    "Hagyi..."

    "I''m not talking nonsense!"

    Uehara Naruko rubbed her eyebrows and waved her hand to prevent Kaguya from approaching him. She couldn''t explain how this woman could explain it!

    Really...

    Trouble!

    This time the war that occupied the country of Wano as a base, the reason why Uehara Naraku brought Kaguya here was because she wanted to make Kaguya the future guarding the country of Wano.

    To be honest, there is nothing wrong with this decision.

    The only problem is...

    Datongmu Huiye always admits the wrong person.

    Because while in the Ninja world, even though the war had ended, Kaguya¡¯s son, Liudao Immortal Otsuki Yui, was still wary of Kaguya, and the relationship between mother and son was still tense, but Uehara Naraku''s attitude towards Kaguya was a little indulgent...

    Therefore, Kurozue often likes to despise the divine Six Dao immortals who guard the order of the Ninja World, but praises Uehara Naruto''s body full of humanity...

    For a while, the misunderstanding was insoluble.

    Even in this world, Uehara Naraku''s power system has changed, and Otsuki Teruya seems to have recognized it, and his eyes are still fixed on Uehara''s body.

    "I see, Uehara."

    After hearing Uehara Naraku explain her identity again, Kaguya Ji nodded decently, and she did not retreat but reached out her hand and stroked Uehara''s cheeks, tears streaming down her cheeks: "How are you in this world? ? Mom has always been worried about you..."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku''s face turned black.

    What the **** is this... Why call him Yuyi?

    Nicole Robin looked at the tearful Otsuki Kaguya with a surprised face, and then glanced at the indifferent Naruko Uehara, gradually showing a touch of surprise on his face.

    "...Mr. Uehara''s... mother?"

    "Robin, don''t listen to her nonsense, she has admitted the wrong person."

    Uehara Naraku reluctantly broke away Kaguya, rubbed her eyebrows and continued: "I''m just the person responsible for protecting her..."

    "..."

    Nicole Robin''s face became more and more weird.

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Kaguya, then sighed softly, "This is the capital of flowers, Akira''s base, if you need anything, tell Kurozutsu, I have let it over as soon as possible..."

    "Ok."

    Kaguya nodded, still watching Uehara Naraku.

    Just as the atmosphere became more and more embarrassing, a group of ninjas appeared in their field of vision, all of them wearing Akatsuki''s auspicious cloud black robe.

    Only the members of Akatsuki...

    A formal uniform to wear!

    Except for important occasions, the five shadows and daimyo of the Ninja world and those powerful ninjas generally prefer to wear the costumes of their villages.

    This squad that rushed over was Xiao Nan, Bai and Kaguya-kun Maro!

    As the supreme commander of the entire Ninja Expeditionary Alliance, Xiao Nan does a lot of work. She also always checks the situation of the Ninja Alliance in the war. By the way, she also patrols the entire Wano country to see what to do after the war.

    This is not a waste of time.

    After Xiaonan inspected a part of Wano Country, she finally determined three things: first build an orphanage, build a hospital, and set up a school.

    This country is too backward.

    Although Wano Country may be a bit advanced in technology, it is far worse than Ninja in terms of system and other aspects, and the life of villagers is not even as good as the civilians in the small Ninja country.

    I can''t imagine...

    This Wano country doesn''t even have a school!

    It wasn''t until after seeing Uehara Naraku that Xiaonan''s frowning eyebrows slowly eased, and her mood slowly relaxed.

    "Really..."

    After Uehara Naraku walked a few steps to meet Xiaonan, a wry smile suddenly appeared on his face: "Because I haven''t seen it for too long?"

    Although they were separated for less than a year...

    But many things happened during this time.

    After not too long, in this unfamiliar world, when Uehara Naraku saw Xiaonan again, he couldn''t help feeling a little bit stunned.

    "Nara."

    Xiao Nan''s voice fell in the ears of Uehara Naraku.

    Compared to Uehara Naraku''s feeling, Xiao Nan didn''t think too much about it, because she was worried about her disciple every day in addition to dealing with Akatsuki during her time in Ninja.

    "teacher¡­"

    When Uehara Naraku was about to say something.

    Xiao Nan walked a few steps forward, habitually reaching out to help him tidy up the scattered collars, and said with some doubts: "Aren''t you your favorite uniform for Akatsuki? Why don''t you wear it here? This dress seems a bit small. ¡­"

    "Uh...maybe I am still growing..."

    Uehara Naraku''s expression was a little hesitant, after all, it was really not convenient for him to wear Xiangyun black robe in this world, and none of them even wore Xiangyun black robe.

    Except for Uchiha Itachi, the filthy person...

    After all, the first group of members who followed him into this world now have their own identities, and they must not be discovered by others as a group.

    Uehara Naraku looked down at Xiao Nan who was helping him tidy his collar. The familiar memory gradually recovered. He finally slowly stretched out his arm and hugged Xiao Nan''s shoulder.

    "Long time no see, teacher."

    "Ok."

    Xiao Nan stretched out his hand soothingly and patted his back, and whispered: "I haven''t been away for so long...how long can I stay here this time?"

    "long time."

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but smile.

    This time, Uehara Naraku could indeed stay in Wano country for a long time, even though he was a spy sent by the navy to Wano country.

    This is really...

    There can be no more bizarre things.

    No, or rather, it was originally arranged by Uehara Naraku.

    As the new ruler of Wano country, Uehara Naraku also works part-time as a liaison officer for the CP organization under the navy and world government in Wano country.

    In other words...

    The CP agents and naval spies of the entire Wano country are now directly exposed to Uehara Naraku, although they themselves cannot escape the palm of Uehara Naraku.

    but¡­

    Catch it by yourself and the enemy will deliver it by yourself...

    The mood in these two situations is still quite different.

    This matter is also a bit complicated to say, everything is a sequelae left over after Uehara''s manipulation and the country''s drastic changes.

    A month ago.

    Dramatic changes have taken place in Hezhi.

    The black charcoal snake was killed by Sasuke Uchiha, and the entire Wano country fell into the control of Kaido. It should have been an opportunity for the weapon factory to start exporting a large number of overseas...

    However, under the sign of Uehara Naraku, the trade between Doflamingo and Kaido, the trading leaders of the dark world, was suspended for a month.

    During this month, Kaido was worried about the threat of Uchiha''s soil, and did not trouble Doflamingo to restart their trade.

    This is the problem.

    Doflamingo''s trade concerns world governments.

    All the sea-building stone weapons that the world government wants to get come from Doflamingo, a middleman who likes to make a difference, but because the trade is temporarily suspended...

    Hailou Stone is out of stock!

    When will the resumption of supply be delayed!

    The world government was unable to obtain the much-needed Hailou Stone from Doflamingo''s hands, and was unable to intervene in the affairs of Wano Country, and did not even get much information.

    Since the sea floor stone produced by Wonokuni is very important for the manufacture of navy and weapons, in this case, the navy SWORD unit and CP agents were forced to dispatch all the way to get the intelligence of Wonokuni.

    As the current staff officer of the navy headquarters, Yao Shidou generally has no secrets from him, and he even makes most of the decisions.

    therefore¡­

    Yakushidou suggested that Uehara Naraku, a colonel of the Navy SWORD unit, use the identity of the former Baroque work agency to sneak into the country of Wano to search for information.

    This decision, UU reading www.uukanshu. There is no reason to disagree with com senior navy.

    In addition, in order to complete the mission as soon as possible, the pharmacist who had just obtained the command of the CP agent ordered the CP agent and Uehara Naraku to work together to search for the intelligence of Wano country, and restore the supply of the sea stone weapons as soon as possible.

    If nothing else...

    It is estimated that this matter will take a long time.

    The world government is in a hurry, and it is impossible to order the navy to use all its forces to attack the country, because the warships cannot reach here, and they dare not try their best to encircle Kaido...

    This is too dangerous!

    therefore¡­

    The navy and the world government can only put their hope on Naraku Uehara and the CP agents. Even if they cannot promote the restoration of the sea stone trade, they hope to find a time to restore the supply of sea stone weapons.

    Except for the pharmacist pocket, the navy never thought about...

    The spies they sent have taken the highest position in Wano Country.

 Chapter 481ï¼š What punishment will a person who wants to organize an undercover in Akatsuki be

    Uehara Naraku did not appear in front of everyone.

    Although he is now the highest-ranking person in the entire Wano country, but now he has to temporarily shoulder the responsibility of being a navy undercover, and it is not easy to show up at will.

    The trivial matters of Wano Country were handed over to Xiaonan and the Ninja Alliance.

    What Uehara Naraku has to do is to hide quietly, and slowly control the world through his own hands, and amaze everyone in the world.

    the other side.

    Under Uchiha''s persuasion, Kaido agreed to join the Akatsuki organization, and the entire beast and pirate group would become the outer arm of the Akatsuki organization.

    In order to avoid causing turmoil in the world, the defeat of Kaido and the Hundred Beast Pirates by Kaguya Ji was deliberately played down, and he continued to maintain his position as the four emperors.

    Anyway, except for Akatsuki...

    It seems that no one can take Kaido''s four emperors.

    In the entire beast pirate group, the new argument is that their pirate governor Kaido has reached a strategic alliance with the **** Kaguya who descended in the country of Wano.

    The price...

    The country of Wano is naturally dedicated to the gods.

    The Three Plagues of the Hundred Beasts and Pirates understood their eldest brother''s actions very well. This group of people who had invaded the country of Wano was very powerful, and the power of the new ally was absolutely comparable to the other four emperors.

    Compared to the black charcoal serpents...

    The Ninja Allied Forces and Akatsuki are too strong!

    As an exchange between allies, Uzumaki Naruto was sent to the island of ghosts to join the pirate group of beasts, taking over the position of Uchiha.

    It just so happens that Naruto Uzumaki who can be transformed into a golden nine-tailed tail, just in terms of image, is quite suitable for staying in the Beast Pirates...

    After the war was declared over.

    Wano country is slowly on the right track.

    As the nominally supreme ruler of the entire Wano country, Otsuki Teruya faintly appears at the contact point of Uehara Naraku every day.

    As the true leader of the entire Wano country, Xiaonan began to quickly organize the ninjas to follow the method of the ninja world, first set up a hospital and orphanage in Wano country, and gathered all the homeless orphans in Wano country.

    Subsequently, under the command of Xiaonan, the ninjas established a ninja school and a samurai school, requiring school-age students to take exams, including civilians and nobles.

    even¡­

    Among them is the domineering samurai professor who has taken refuge in Akatsuki''s organization!

    This kind of thing is kind of incredible...

    Even the Guangyue clan before, did not seem to have done such a thing.

    Generals, daimyos, nobles, and samurai, these lineages have almost never changed. Common people can only rely on the gifts of the nobles if they want to be superior.

    In addition to this, the entire Wazhi country quickly began to divide, and most civilians began to re-migrate. The areas of Guri, Flower City, Baiwu, and Linghou were residential areas, and the Ximei area became a training ground.

    The weapons factory built by Kaido in Wano Country was demolished in batches, and all the facilities were relocated to the Tubun area, which was the nearby Tujing Prisoner Quarry.

    As for the prisoners in the rabbit well...

    Since most of the prisoners were pirates or warriors loyal to the Guangyue clan, they did not change their own destiny because of the country of Wano.

    Even their fate may be even more tragic, because these people will never see the hope of the Guangyue clan returning to the country of Wazhi.

    For them, their fate is miserable...

    For the civilians in the entire Wano country, the Wano country under the Akatsuki organization is much stronger than the Guangyue clan and the Black Charcoal Orochi.

    Even the Shuangyue Kang family who had a good impression of the Guangyue clan, and even the Shuangyue Kang family who had always supported the Guangyue clan, had to admit this, but it was a pity that he would not change his loyalty, so he was also put into the rabbit well.

    Shuangyue Kang''s family is so miserable... let alone other people.

    Kawatsu, Shutenmaru and others were all thrown into the rabbit well.

    Only Denjiro and Xiaozi (Hikaru Kotsuki) survived, because Denjiro took refuge and became a samurai under the Akatsuki organization, hoping that Akatsuki could save Xiaozi''s life.

    This condition...

    After Jilaiya and Naruto Uzumaki wandered around in the country, after seeing Xiaozi, the two of them strongly demanded to agree!

    "How can such a cute girl go mining!"

    At the Akatsuki organization base in the Flower City, Jilai also slapped the table with great dissatisfaction: "This is the oiran of the entire Wano country, but I want to draw materials... and her father has not done anything particularly wrong. Come on!"

    "Indeed it is¡­"

    Huang Tu''s brows frowned, and he said solemnly, "But now that we have occupied the country of He, we are destined to be enemies..."

    "If it''s so troublesome, it''s better to kill it!"

    The fourth generation of Raikage Ai said irritably: "In any case, we can''t leave such a big hidden danger. This is a trouble for us..."

    "It doesn''t matter, you just decide."

    Temari looked boredly at his big fan.

    The decision right must be handed over to Xiao Nan, but there is another person who can make the decision in the entire Wano Country.

    His name is Naraku Uehara.

    In the end, Chuanjiro and Xiaozi stayed.

    According to Uehara Naraku¡¯s guess, the fruit of time is a bit weird, and I don¡¯t know when Xiaozi¡¯s mother Tian Yueshi will send Momanosuke to the future...

    After Uehara Naraku thought for a while, he called Hagi Kakashi and taught him how to deal with Denjiro and Xiaozi by the way.

    The capital of flowers.

    Chuanjiro was a little lucky that he saved Xiao Zi again, and planned to hide it again and continue his old story of undercover under the black charcoal snake...

    These Akatsuki members...

    It seems that he is not much smarter than the black charcoal snake.

    Late at night.

    Denjiro secretly summoned a group of samurai who took refuge in him, but it happened that these samurai were all killed by the ninjas. This really broke Denjiro''s mentality!

    These bastards...

    It turned out to be using him as bait!

    Surrounded by a group of ninjas, Denjiro held his sword with an ugly look, and shielded Xiao Zi behind him, his face a little desperate.

    "do not worry."

    The Ninja Captain Kakashi Hanaki looked at them and sighed softly: "We will not kill you, and even send Anbu to protect you..."

    Looking at the sudden change of Denjiro''s face, Hagi Kakashi continued with a deep voice: "As a price for your survival, you have to borrow the sign of the little princess of the Guangyue clan to provide us with these strange warriors..."

    Having said this, Hagi Kakashi pulled his forehead and continued quietly: "If you can''t provide us with the whereabouts of the rebels, then there is no need for you two rebels to survive."

    After speaking, Hagi Kakashi thought of someone''s instructions and spoke again: "By the way, before you die, we will inform the entire Wano Country of your betrayal of your companions.

    We will tell the entire Wano country that we originally planned to abandon the pursuit of these wandering samurai, but you betrayed them just to let the little princess of the Guangyue clan live..."

    This means...

    It''s really unspeakable!

    Just looking at it as a pie, you know that it was from Uehara.

    It happened that Uehara Naraku was working as an undercover agent for the navy in Wano country. How could he tolerate other people as undercover agents under his hands?

    Even Uehara prepared follow-up methods...

    The entire Guangyue clan will become the most hated clan in Wano Country!

    Once this incident spreads, the entire Guangyue clan will never want to establish a foothold in Wano Country anymore, no matter what samurai it is, it will be impossible to loyal to them anymore!

    Guangyue...

    Are you really going to the end?

    Kakashi Hagi looked at Denjiro with a painful face, and said every word: "You have no other choice but to continue to attract rebellious samurai... Otherwise, you will die soon, and the Guangyue clan will soon Will be discredited!"

    Speaking of this, Hagi Kakashi continued: "Don''t provide those false information, as long as it appears once, what fate will happen to the little princess you want to protect, you should know better than me?"

    "..."

    Denjiro has never seen someone as bad as Hagi Kakashi. He looked at Hagi Kakashi and said angrily: "Is this the ethics of you ninjas?"

    "Kuangyue can''t change anything. The people of Wano Country have already made their choice. Only you stubborn guys are not qualified to talk about us?"

    Hagi Kakashi spread out his palm, looking at Denjirou, his eyes slowly became a little heavy and said: "There is one more thing, why I will tell you this...

    Just to let you know how many innocents you have sacrificed for the Guangyue clan, and how many innocents will be buried for Guangyue''s name in the future!

    Denjiro, knowing that he is doing the wrong thing that killed his companion, but still can''t stop doing it. How clean will you be in the future? "

    "...Really..."

    Denjiro originally wanted to scold Hagi Kakashi for being despicable, but he suddenly remembered that he had to follow Hagi Kakashi''s orders to protect Xiaozi from surviving...

    Indeed, he is not much clean!

    At this moment, Denjiro finally regretted it!

    I originally thought that I could be an undercover agent again as before, but I didn''t expect that this time I would be tricked around and even forced to survive and die!

    If he wants Xiaozi to go down, he must always betray those samurai who are willing to die for Guangyue;

    If he and Xiao Zi kill themselves, Akatsuki will claim that he betrayed the samurai for the princess of the Guangyue clan, and that the Guangyue clan will be discredited in the country of Wano...The samurai who have just been captured by the ninja forces are proof!

    "Denjiro!"

    Xiao Zi suddenly pulled out the hairpin in her hand, her face lost the oiran''s frivolousness, her face gradually revealed a touch of firmness!

    "If it''s just for the reputation of the Guangyue Clan to survive, then it doesn''t have to be the case... My father''s choice back then was my choice!"

    Back then, her father Mitsutsu Mita would dance naked downstairs in Orochi for a lie that could save the people of Wano country, and was called a fool...

    that time¡­

    The Guangyue clan was almost discredited, and even only the Scarlet Sword Nine Heroes were still following. How could she be willing to kill more people for her reputation!

    "Well, I underestimated you!"

    Hagi Kakashi rubbed his forehead, thinking about what Uehara Naraku taught him, and continued: "What should I say at this time?

    If you refuse to continue searching for rebels for us, we may find it troublesome to find rebels, so we decided to kill all the people in the country..."

    After Hagi Kakashi said this he sighed: "Oh, yes, those people in the rabbit well, especially the nine swordsmen, will be sentenced to cooking, all because For your sake..."

    It sounds like a villain...

    These words didn''t sound like human beings said, because they were all taught by Uehara Naraku.

    Even including what Xiao Zi might do, Uehara Naraku also guessed everything.

    Does this guy always control the fate of others no matter where he goes?

    Denjiro didn''t know the person behind the scenes, he just listened to Kakashi''s words, and squeezed his knife abruptly!

    At this moment, he really couldn''t help but kill Hagi Kakashi!

    Xiao Zi held the palm of her hairpin, and finally put it down slowly, her face was a little silent, and she said in a deep voice, "What do you want?"

    Xiao Zi looked at Hagi Kakashi, tears in her eyes gradually flowed down: "You let us live in the **** of the soul, is this a punishment for the Guangyue clan? But we did nothing..."

 Chapter 482ï¼š A new storm is about to set off on the sea

    Xiao Zi is the daughter of Guangyue Mitian.

    In any case, her identity is too sensitive.

    Now that the Akatsuki organization has occupied the entire Wano country, it is natural that the Kotsuki clan¡¯s retainers cannot continue to do things. If they are willing to surrender, it will be good for Akatsuki...

    It is also good for Uehara Naraku''s future plans.

    If Momosuke came to this era through the power of the fruit of time, he found out that his sister Guangzukiri and his retainers had betrayed him...

    that time¡­

    I don''t know what he would think?

    Now, under the guidance of Uehara Naraku, Kakashi Hagi made a series of fights, forcing Xiaozi and Denjiro to give up all hope and had to let Akatsuki organize their lives.

    A large number of ninjas are scattered in various areas of Wano Country, helping the civilians of Wano Country to quickly resume production. In Denjiro''s intelligence, secretly hunting for samurai who are loyal to the Guangzuki clan.

    Otherwise...

    Uehara Naraku also provided information on the CP agents, and the Ninja coalition easily captured several CP agents who had sneaked into the rabbit well.

    He Zhiguo quietly returned to calm.

    Uehara Naraku stayed for a long time before he chose to contact the Navy. To a little surprise, it was the Pharmacist who answered his call.

    "Colonel Naraku."

    On the other end of the phone worm, the pharmacist looks like he is doing business, and it sounds a bit inconvenient: "We are outside the sea in Hezhi, is there any progress on your mission?"

    "..."

    After being silent for a second, Uehara Naraku said in a low voice: "The entire Wano country has undergone a coup, and the Akatsuki organization has occupied the entire Wano country. Their leader is a woman named Otsuki Teruya, who claims to have descended in Wano country. God of the country."

    "..."

    Pharmacist pocket was also silent.

    The two people knew who the real leader of the Akatsuki organization was.

    To be honest, Yakushidou had long anticipated that Wano Country might change ownership.

    If Uehara Naraku wants to work comfortably as a spy for the navy in Wano country, the best way is to turn Wano country into her own territory...

    The only thing I didn''t expect was that Uehara Naruto dropped the card and dispatched the terrible woman Otsuki Kaguya directly!

    After thinking about it for a while, the pharmacist continued, "I see, Colonel Naraku, is there any other information? How is the movement of the Beast Pirate Group?"

    "The two sides are allied."

    Uehara Naraku thought for a while, and provided another piece of information: "Akatsuki has a ninja army of tens of thousands of people. They are scattered throughout the country. It is very difficult for me to work here. Recently, they are hunting for the members of the Kotsuki clan and CP agents of the world government..."

    When Uehara Naraku said this, his voice was a little obscure and said: "Now they are still continuing the investigation. I am worried about exposure, so I apply to stay silent and stay silent..."

    "can."

    The pharmacist in the phone bug agreed without hesitation.

    As long as Uehara Naraku said that he was in danger of exposure while staying in Akatsuki''s site, it would definitely be dangerous.

    This point does not need to be questioned.

    The country of peace, the sea.

    After the pharmacist hung up the phone bug, he glanced at Lieutenant General Crane and Lieutenant Taotu next to him, and said softly: "Senior Crane, Senior Taotu, unless we have the determination to fight, otherwise we can do...maybe only Waiting for the moment."

    "Yes."

    After thinking for a while, Lieutenant General Crane whispered: "According to your intelligence theory, this little guy named Naraku Uehara has provided enough information. At least we know the identity of the enemy, and the rest can only slow him down. Check it slowly..."

    "Ok."

    The pharmacist nodded, pushed his glasses, and said solemnly: "Perhaps we will have new opportunities soon. Kaido is a war lunatic, especially since he just got a powerful ally.

    Before he lost in the war of the Whitebeard Pirates, he would not give up easily. It just so happened that he also had a chance to fight Whitebeard.

    According to our information, a group of pirate groups under the White Beard have repeatedly passed through Murloc Island, and they are likely to want the original king, Qiwu Haijinping, to return to Murloc Island..."

    "what do you mean¡­"

    Lieutenant General Crane looked at Pharmacist''s pocket in surprise, then slowly nodded and said: "When the Whitebeard Pirates want to retake the Murloc Island, will Kaido really appear?"

    "The probability is very high."

    Pharmacist nodded slowly, and said softly: "As long as the White Beard Pirates do anything, according to Kaido''s character, he will not easily let White Beard succeed..."

    especially¡­

    Behind Kaido stands Akatsuki!

    Because of the existence of Uehara Naraku, Akatsuki''s organization will have no allies. Yakushidou can almost guess that Kaido may have become a member of Akatsuki!

    Near the base of Akatsuki''s organization, how could it be possible to tolerate a group of Four Emperors Pirates!

    Unless they belong to Akatsuki.

    On the island of ghosts.

    Uzumaki Naruto walked into this island full of pirates.

    Since Kaido joined the Akatsuki organization, the Hundred Beast Pirates Group was already the outer arm of the Akatsuki organization, so Naruto Uzumaki joined the Hundred Beast Pirates Group as a kind of exercise.

    Along the way, there are hideous pirates everywhere, making Uzumaki Naruto''s face a little surprised, these pirates are too outrageous!

    How does it feel like it grows casually!

    Kaido saw Naruto Uzumaki wandering on the ghost island, his eyes faintly became a bit fierce: "That group of guys, actually sent this hairy boy over..."

    "Ok?"

    Epidemic Quinn looked at Uzumaki Naruto with some surprise, and couldn''t help but start to speak in surprise: "It''s that kid! Big brother, his strength is very strong...I always suspected that he should be some kind of fantasy beast. Ability!"

    "Huh, this is normal..."

    After Kaido raised his head and took a sip of his wine, he watched Naruto Uzumaki walk over and said slowly: "That kid seems to have some identity..."

    Because after Kaido joined Akatsuki''s organization, he also saw Uzumaki Naruto and Otsuki Teruya with his own eyes, and heard the conversation between them.

    That is Naruto Uzumaki...

    It was Kaguya Ji''s grandson.

    Damn, what are these things!

    In any case, Kaido cannot refuse this matter.

    What''s more, this silly Uzumaki Naruto who joins the Pirates of Beasts is better than the murderous **** Uchiha brought!

    In order to express welcome to Uzumaki Naruto, who is suspected of being capable of the fruit of the phantom beast, Kaido held a banquet on the island of ghosts, and by the way, to boost morale.

    On the first day, everyone was very happy.

    On the second day, Kaido knew why Uzumaki Naruto would join the Hundred Beast Pirates, because Uzumaki Naruto had to practice with him for a period of time, mainly to learn tricolor domineering.

    Akatsuki''s people... are all neurotic, right?

    Are these guys too insulting?

    How dare Kaido, who is the emperor of the sea, instruct a little devil to learn three-color domineering, do you really think that the four emperors have no temper?

    What''s more, do they really think it is so simple?

    Domineering needs to be awakened, and not learned by simply teaching, especially only one in a million people can be domineering!

    Uzumaki Naruto, the little devil''s head, really has...

    This world is too outrageous. How could this stupid-looking yellow-haired boy awaken the overlord? Even after Uzumaki Naruto awakened the domineering look, his perception range was greater than Kaido!

    What a monster!

    Only the armed color domineering appeared a little trouble.

    After all, what armed **** domineering needs is physical strength and long-term combat training. Kaido''s teaching methods can be called rough, so she simply found an uninhabited desert island in the new world, and directly used physique and armed **** domineering battle with Naruto Uzumaki. For ten days and ten nights...

    Kaido did play very well at the beginning, Uzumaki Naruto was a pure sandbag, and when Uzumaki Naruto was forced by him, he soon awakened his armed domineering...

    then¡­

    Kaido lost.

    Kaido has lost a lot this year.

    Especially when I lost the battle in what I do best...

    As the four emperors with the strongest recovery ability, Kaido has always believed that no one can match him in endurance. As a result, he encountered the monster Uzumaki Naruto...

    In this world, monster is a kind of compliment word.

    "Hmph, you young kids, it''s really scary!"

    Kaido lay on the island and looked at the sky, and said: "Now your armed domineering has just awakened, and it is actually more domineering than Lao Tzu..."

    "Hahahahaha..."

    Naruto Uzumaki also lay on the ground, scratching his head awkwardly: "Nine Lama has learned to turn Chakra into domineering, and it can also help me provide domineering!"

    Kaido is not to blame for this kind of thing.

    After all, Naruto Uzumaki still has a plug-in called Nine Tails.

    Naruto Uzumaki glanced at Kaido next to him, and suddenly asked: "Mr. Kaido, I heard that you have met Sasuke..."

    "That arrogant kid..."

    "Hahaha, that guy Sasuke just has a bad temper!"

    "..."

    The two had a good chat.

    I have to say that Naruto Uzumaki''s character is quite contagious.

    Kaido also believes that if Uzumaki Naruto goes to sea, he also has the potential to become One Piece, and his character is as innocent as Roger and Whitebeard...

    If there is no Akatsuki organization in the world, Kaido will simply meet Naruto Uzumaki, he will definitely make Naruto Uzumaki his subordinate, take him with him to find the big secret treasure, and he will be willing to recruit him by all means. .

    Unfortunately¡­

    This world is organized by Akatsuki.

    Behind Uzumaki Naruto also stood a **** and a bunch of people.

    While Kaido and Uzumaki Naruto were talking about Uchiha Sasuke, the Whitebeard Pirates were also discussing a major event.

    As expected by the pharmacist...

    This pirate group wants to return to the fisherman island.

    After Sasuke Uchiha and Portcas D. Ace returned to the Whitebeard Sea, these people finally put on the agenda to help Jinhei and the Murloc Pirates recapture Murloc Island.

    It is impossible to change this matter anyway. UU reading www. uukanshu.com

    If the banner of the white beard can be pulled off casually, then these pirates would be too unqualified!

    For the Pirates...

    The flying Pirate Flag is their precious treasure!

    After the dry persimmon ghost shark pulled off the banner of the Whitebeard Pirate Group and announced that the territory of Murloc Island was his territory, the hostility between them could not be changed!

    Besides...

    No one can stop them in this sea!

    Even the Beast Pirates and Kaido, both of the Four Emperor Pirates, are not their opponents. Even the navy can only use despicable tricks to deal with them...

    Kill the dried persimmon ghost shark...

    The White Beard Pirate Flag was re-inserted on Murloc Island!

    Declare to the whole world that no one can invade the territory of the White Beard Pirates. This is the reputation of the world''s strongest Pirates!

 ~ï¼š May have to be late today

To see the fastest updated error-free novel, please remember https://! The content of the chapter is being hit by hand, please wait a while, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!

 Chapter 483ï¼š Im scaring a crying little girl!

    Pirates have no faith or honor.

    No, maybe the flying pirate flag is their honor.

    The Whitebeard Pirates wants to start a new war against the king''s Qibuhai dry persimmon ghost shark for a Pirate Banner and a fisherman island, to solve this guy who provoked the Whitebeard Pirates, and by the way, also give a breath for Uchiha .

    Because the dried persimmon ghost shark also participated in the fight against Uchiha Sasuke.

    Sasuke Uchiha can understand this kind of thing, but it is really unnecessary.

    If you don¡¯t attack the dried persimmon ghosts, you will lose face at most once; if you attack the dried persimmons, you will lose face all the time...

    However, Sasuke Uchiha couldn''t persuade him.

    The only thing Sasuke Uchiha can do is to pass the news to Kakigaki...

    It''s embarrassing to capitalize.

    Obviously, these comrades wanted to take revenge for Sasuke by the way, but Sasuke had to confide in his enemies, so as not to be unsightly.

    This world is too nonsense!

    Murloc Island.

    This island under the sea has become a site for dried persimmons and ghosts.

    When the dried persimmon ghost shark announced that it had occupied the murloc island, there were murlocs who resisted or assassinated him, and all these murlocs were put to death by the dried persimmon ghost shark.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark, who was born as a member of the Wuyin Anbu and Akatsuki organization, didn''t care at all about killings, and started with no mercy.

    cruel¡­

    Gradually it became synonymous with dried persimmon and ghost.

    For the King Neptune of Fishman Island, the man who made him love and hate, respect and fear.

    after all¡­

    This guy did keep many pirates and slave traders out of the fisherman island. Anyone who violated the fisherman island would be killed by the dry persimmon ghost shark.

    However, the dried persimmon ghost shark is not soft on the inside.

    The entire fisherman island was killed by him on the first day when the dried persimmon ghost shark entered. There have never been prisoners under the ghost shark, only **** corpses...

    Fishman Island, inside Dragon Palace.

    The king of Murloc Island, Neptune, is hosting a banquet for the dried persimmon ghost sharks, thanking the dried persimmon ghost sharks for clearing the Van der Deyken IX and his flying pirate group around the fisherman island.

    Because Van der Deyken IX has been harassing Neptune''s daughter, Princess White Star, in an attempt to marry her as his wife, from time to time he will attack the tower where Princess White Star lives.

    Now Van der Deyken IX and the Flying Pirates have been killed by the dried persimmon ghost sharks. Since then, the crisis of the White Star Princess has finally been resolved.

    Now, Princess White Star is finally able to leave the tower.

    This mermaid princess, who was protected by Neptune in the tower since childhood, will be twelve years old this year. She is very cute, with long pink hair draped on her body, a cute bun on her head, and big eyes. It looks very smart.

    But she is very tall.

    Even if Princess White Star is only twelve years old today, she is already more than ten meters tall. This world is really unspeakable... The dried persimmon ghost shark, which is nearly two meters long, looks very small in front of King Neptune''s family.

    Princess White Star quickly swam to her brother''s side, looked down curiously at the dried persimmon ghost shark who was drinking juice, her eyes blinked involuntarily.

    "Master Ghost...Do you like to drink juice?"

    "Yes¡­"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark put down the cup in his hand, raised his head and looked at Princess White Star, with a slight grin at the corner of his mouth revealing his teeth: "Your Royal Highness, don''t you like juice?"

    Obviously it was just an ordinary smile, but the dry persimmon ghost shrew abruptly with a feeling of choosing someone and eating, and immediately frightened Princess White Star could not help but shrink behind her father!

    This performance is too rude to the guests!

    After a while, the tall little mermaid girl poked her head out timidly and replied in a low voice: "Hi... I like..."

    "is it?"

    The smile on the face of the dried persimmon ghost shark was even thicker, and he nodded slowly and said: "His Royal Highness likes it. If we people like something that other people in the world don''t like... it will make me feel that this world is too much. Strange."

    "Why is it strange?"

    Princess White Star wanted to peek out her head and take a peek at the ghost shark, but after seeing his smile, her body trembled with fright.

    The dry persimmon ghost still smiled, spreading out his palms, the smile on his face suddenly became a little terrifying: "Because this world is incompatible with us, the world should not exist, but should be destroyed. ¡­"

    "what!"

    The eyes of Princess White Star were filled with tears instantly, tears flowed down her cheeks quickly, crying and shouting: "Master Ghost, I like juice!"

    "..."

    The corners of King Neptune''s mouth twitched.

    Sorry...

    Sorry...

    Just at this moment, the phone bug in the hands of the dried persimmon ghost shark rang. He looked up at Neptune and the others, slowly connected his phone bug, and said with a smile: "I am a little uncomfortable here. What..."

    "what are you doing?"

    A young man''s voice came from the phone worm.

    "Ok¡­"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark raised his head and glanced at Princess White Star who was hiding behind King Neptune, and chuckled softly: "Now Fishman Island is scaring a little guy who seems to be a little bit crying... No, or a big guy. ¡­"

    "Can''t you **** be individuals?"

    The young man in the phone worm couldn¡¯t help but cursed and started talking about serious things: ¡°Because you pulled out the flag of the White Beard Pirates and provoke the entire White Beard Pirates. Now the White Beard Pirates wants to I''m looking for you to settle the account!"

    After speaking, the young man directly hung up the phone.

    Obviously, the young man doesn''t care whether the dried persimmon can cope with it, or he believes that the dried persimmon can cope with it.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark slowly put away his own phone bug, not caring about the troubles of the White Beard Pirates, and picked up the juice on the table again.

    This calm look surprised King Neptune.

    For the sake of the overall situation, King Neptune couldn''t help but say: "Mr. Ghost, the White Beard Pirates are the strongest Pirates in the world. We were able to make Murloc Island thanks to them before..."

    "What does that have to do with me?"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark couldn''t help but smile.

    "Mr. Ghosts, don''t be impulsive..."

    King Neptune calmed the spirit of the ghost softly, and said in a deep voice: "Maybe I can talk about this matter... and Jinping will definitely understand..."

    "do not worry."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark interrupted King Neptune, reached out his hand, picked up his shark muscle scalpel and put it on his back, turned and walked outside the Dragon Palace.

    After walking a few steps, the dried persimmon ghost shark seemed to have thought of something again. He smiled and said: "If King Neptune wants to contact the White Beard Pirates and Jinping, now you can go...but I hope you can Think about the consequences..."

    This war...

    Who loses and who wins is not always certain!

    Although the Whitebeard Pirate Group is powerful and menacing, the ghost sharks are not without the power to resist. This is the Murloc Island under the deep sea!

    As long as you fight in the sea...

    The whole world can''t pick out a few people who can compete with him, not to mention, as a subordinate of Uehara Naruto, he has a big killer in his hands!

    Even if it is really defeated...

    He can continue to be his Akatsuki member!

    "Master Ghost..."

    Princess White Star suddenly flashed out from behind her father, and said diligently, "Boss Jinping is also a good person! Why are you..."

    "you are too young."

    Dry Persimmon Guikun smiled and looked at Princess White Star, turned around and left step by step, leaving only his last voice: "When you grow up in the future, you will understand..."

    When you grow up...

    You will realize the cruelty of this world!

    However, when the dried persimmon ghost shark left Dragon Palace and returned to his residence, he was surprised to see someone who surprised him.

    Haixia is very flat.

    According to common sense, Jinping should stay on the white beard''s boat until the war broke out. At this moment, he appeared on Murloc Island inexplicably.

    Even, he took the initiative to appear in front of Guiyu.

    "Ok?"

    When Gan Shi Ping saw Shi Ping, the corners of his mouth couldn''t help showing a smile, his palm slowly clenched the kaki muscle knife behind him: "Isn''t this Mr. Shi Ping? Is this coming here to regain everything you used to? ?"

    "No, I''m not here to be your enemy."

    Jinping shook his head, looked at the dried persimmon ghost shark with complicated eyes, and said solemnly: "Your Excellency ghost shark, come here, I hope you can reinsert the pirate flag of Old White Beard on the fisherman island to avoid The outbreak of this war..."

    Jinping is a little complicated about the senses of dried persimmon ghost shark.

    Although this guy, the dry persimmon ghost shark, suddenly came to draw a salary when he went to the white beard sea area, occupying the position of the king''s Qiwuhai and the fisherman island...

    Although the dried persimmon ghost shark also killed many murlocs in Murloc Street during this time, and even some of the younger brothers of Jinping, those murlocs also took the blame...

    but¡­

    Jinping also had to admit that the dried persimmon ghost shark did a good job.

    In other words, the dried persimmon ghost shark is doing better than him.

    The entire Murloc Island is under the protection of dried persimmon ghost sharks. During this time, no pirates and slave traders have come to the Murloc Island to capture them.

    No matter how powerful the pirates are, they can''t escape the chase of the pirates, even this guy is not merciless when killing murlocs or mermaids...

    This is quite complicated for Jinping.

    And Jinping also knows very well that those murlocs are also the source of tension between the island of murlocs and humans, but Shiping has not been able to do anything...

    This dried persimmon ghost shark is much more bold than him.

    Dry persimmon ghosts don¡¯t care what Jinping is thinking. UU Reading just shook his head, grinned and said, "If you want war, then come... they defeated me, it''s not just that they can help you get it. Back to these seats..."

    "I don''t care about those!"

    Jinping quickly shook his head, and continued to persuade him with a solemn expression on his face: "Do you know what the war between you and the White Beard Pirates really means?

    This time, Daddy Whitebeard and the sixteen teams were dispatched together, including your assistance in the navy''s encirclement and suppression of Uchiha Sasuke some time ago, and the persimmon ghost shark. I don''t want to see you die in this war! "

    "..."

    Dry persimmon ghost shark''s small eyes couldn''t help but blink.

    What is going on in this world? Is Jinping rushing over in advance to inform his enemy?

    Jinping looked at the dried persimmon ghost shark, and said in a deep voice: "Your Excellency ghost shark, returning to the fisherman island here is never to **** those false names, but to stop the war... I don¡¯t want to see you go astray, please follow me, and Old White Beard Please sin!"

 Chapter 484ï¼š The man behind the dried persimmon ghost shark standing

    Jinping actually came back secretly.

    Originally, Jinping hurried back to the fisherman island, just wanting to defeat the dry persimmon ghost shark by himself, so as not to let the White Beard Pirates dispatch any trouble.

    Only after Jinping drove back to the fisherman island, he quietly visited several places, only to discover that the dried persimmon ghost shark had done a lot to the fisherman island, solved many troubles on the fisherman island, and made Jinping gradually reduce the evil spirits. Hostility.

    however¡­

    Jinping still wanted to use White Beard to shelter the Murloc Island, hoping to persuade Gan Persimmon Ghost Shark to plead with the White Beard Pirates and obtain White Beard¡¯s forgiveness.

    Even after this incident was over, Jinping never thought of continuing to compete with the ghost shark for the position of Murloc Island, and even planned to join forces with the ghost shark to defend the Murloc Island.

    to be frank¡­

    Jinping, this is an act of loyalty.

    Unfortunately, the times are different.

    The dry persimmon ghost shark has never received any favor from the white beard. His final destination in his life is known. What does the white beard pirate group and the fisherman island have to do with him!

    Do you really think he is a murloc...

    The ghost shark is a ninja!

    A family of dried persimmons from the water country who was born in the world of ninja, will be a core member of Akatsuki for the rest of his life, a ninja code-named Nandou!

    "I''m so sorry..."

    After listening to Jin Ping¡¯s words, the dried persimmon ghost shark had a smile on his face. It seemed that he had no sincerity to apologize. He just looked at Jin Ping and said with a chuckle: "I am the king of the world government Qiwuhai, how can I be with the sea of ??white beard? What is the collusion of the thieves?"

    "what¡­"

    Jinping''s brows frowned, and he couldn''t help but stare at the dried persimmon ghost shark. There was a little doubt on his face. He seemed to be looking at a brainless idiot: "You guy... won''t really be confused about the king''s Qiwuhai. Position and Daddy Whitebeard...Which is more important, right?"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark still had a smile on his face, and said slowly: "The King''s Seven Wuhai is more important...For me, it can save me from being pursued by the world government..."

    "but¡­"

    Jinping clenched his fists, and said in a deep voice, "Daddy''s banner once made anyone afraid to covet Murloc Island!"

    "The shark muscle in my hand can also make people afraid to covet Murloc Island."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark suddenly held his shark muscle knife in his hand, and waved the shark muscle knife in a very flat direction. The corners of his mouth slowly grinned out: "If you are going to beg your sins, go by yourself."

    The grin of the dried persimmon ghost shark faintly revealed a cruel, and his voice was a bit cold: "It''s just war, let alone this country called the fisherman island, I have never been stingy... You think I should show other people for this island Bow your head?"

    "..."

    There was a hint of surprise on Jinping''s face.

    At this moment, he didn''t quite believe in dry persimmon ghosts.

    This guy is obviously a person who cares about fisherman island very much. He will not let any pirates and slave ships invade fisherman island. How could he say such things...

    "Sorry¡­"

    Jinping''s gaze changed suddenly, his palms spread out little by little, looking at the dried persimmon ghost sharks, his voice suddenly became solemn: "Since you refuse to go...I have no choice but to take you to the old man. !"

    Jinping suddenly rushed towards the dried persimmon ghost shark, a fist gathered all of Jinping''s strength, and hit the dried persimmon ghost shark''s body!

    "Kaiwa is punching!"

    "Ha... want to use your fist against the shark muscle?"

    The dried persimmon ghost was not afraid, and chuckled lightly, waving the scorpion sword in his hand to greet him, and a fierce slash with splashes of water smashed into the ground!

    This slash directly forced Shi Ping to retreat!

    After taking a step back, the next step is to take countless steps!

    The shark muscle in the hand of the dried persimmon ghost shark continuously smashed into the very flat body, and the slashes one after another almost instantly made it impossible to advance or retreat!

    The houses on both sides of this street were instantly destroyed by slashing!

    Very flat and quickly stretched out his palms over a ball of water, quickly gathered into a ball of water, and threw it at the dried persimmon ghost shark!

    "The Murloc Karate¡¤Murai Kan!"

    However, it is exactly the same move to welcome the very flat!

    The dried persimmon ghost shark condensed a ball of water with one hand, and said with a light smile at the corner of his mouth: "The power of Murloc Karate...Do you think I will not have it?"

    For the dried persimmon ghost mackerel, he can recklessly search for his own strength on the Murloc Island, and the murloc karate body art is extremely suitable for him.

    the most important is¡­

    The ghost shark has the existence of Chakra in his body, some of the attacking moves that are limited by the terrain, he can use Chakra unscrupulously!

    In the next moment, the water polo impact of two people collided together at the same time!

    Just when Jinping was a little surprised, the figure of the dried persimmon ghost shark rushed over from the countless water droplets, waved the shark muscle and cut it towards his shoulder!

    "Sure enough, he is a swordsman..."

    Jinping''s eyes showed a touch of surprise, and he hurriedly leaned back to avoid the knife!

    Just as Shen Ping felt a little grateful, in his line of sight, the cloth strips on the shark muscle sword suddenly shattered!

    Bang!

    The shark muscle opened its mouth and bit on Jinping''s body!

    Jinping looked at the shark muscles covered with sharp spines with a look of astonishment: "Is this... a sword with the power of devil fruit?"

    In the next second, Jinping suddenly felt the changes in his body. He broke away the shark muscles and flew back and backed away: "No... the physical strength and domineering were sucked away by it..."

    Jinping''s gaze was fixed on the dried persimmon ghost shark, his face gradually became a little ugly, they only fought a few tricks...

    But Shiping has never been dominant!

    Now that I see the sword that can absorb domineering and stamina, Jin Ping''s heart gradually becomes a little bit unreliable...

    This battle is not as easy as Shiping imagined. No wonder the dried persimmon ghost shark can take his place, because this guy is very strong!

    The dried persimmon ghost shark holds the handle of the shark muscle in his hand, feeling the domineering from the shark muscle, smiles at the corners of his mouth, and chuckles: "My shark muscle likes you very much...very flat...no, or it likes it very much. The domineering in you..."

    Shark muscle really likes to draw the domineering murloc.

    It''s a pity that the Murloc clan couldn''t find a few to be competitive, and Jinping was undoubtedly the strongest person in the Murloc clan right now.

    "You actually made a weird fish into a knife?"

    Jinping looked at the full picture of the shark muscle in the hands of the dried persimmon ghost shark, and squeezed his fist: "It seems difficult to take this guy away today..."

    "Why are you leaving?"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark grinned lightly, stepped on the ground and lifted up into the air, waving shark muscles and smashing it towards Shenping: "Since it''s all here... then don''t think about leaving!"

    Splashes are flying in the air!

    Two similarly powerful murlocs started a fight between physical skills on this island under the deep sea!

    The movement of their fighting soon alarmed the King Neptune of Murloc Island.

    It''s just that when the soldiers from Dragon Palace arrived, everyone was a little at a loss. One of them was the dried persimmon ghost shark, who is now guarding their king, Qiwu Sea; the other is the sea knight, who used to protect their guards. team leader¡­

    This battle...

    They don''t know how to intervene.

    Moreover, this battle is not something they can intervene.

    "Mr. Guiyu, Jinping!"

    After King Neptune arrived from Dragon Palace, he saw that the two were still fighting, waving his trident to block between them, splitting the two of them in two, trying to interrupt the relationship between them. fighting!

    Jinping stopped his attack, panting slightly and looked at the dried persimmon ghost shark opposite. In this battle, he was almost completely at a disadvantage!

    The dry persimmon ghost shark''s face was still calm, even with the smile before the battle, he stroked the shark muscle slowly, as if nothing had happened.

    Although the result of this battle has not been produced...

    But whoever wins will be judged!

    "All right."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark raised his head and glanced at Jingping, then smiled lightly and said, "For the sake of protecting the fisherman island, I can barely let you go once... If you dare to be whimsical next time, it won''t be the result of today."

    "Ghost, are you really unwilling to go with me to plead daddy?"

    Jinping looked at the dried persimmon ghost shark, with a touch of anxiety on his face: "Ghost shark, don''t be arrogant, Yurendao and Dad have never been enemies, we..."

    "Are you sure you don''t need this opportunity?"

    There was still that smile on the corner of the dry persimmon ghost shark¡¯s mouth. He slowly pulled out a cloth strip, gently wrapped the shark muscle knife, and said calmly, ¡°If you want to die, I¡¯ll do it now. Can fulfill you..."

    "Jinping!"

    King Neptune hurriedly lowered himself, interrupting Jin Ping who wanted to continue talking, and turned his head to look at the dried persimmon ghost shark: "Mr. Ghost shark, go and rest... I will send soldiers to deal with the follow-up matters here."

    "That would be better."

    There was still a smile on the face of Gan Shi Gui Sha, his eyes fell on Yu Zi''s somewhat angry Jin Ping, and he chuckled lightly: "I hope that next time, we will be able to tell the winner..."

    "..."

    Jinping just gritted his teeth.

    To be honest, he really didn''t want to fight the ghost shark.

    Because they are both rare and powerful among the murlocs, and Jinping has a faint admiration for the work of the dried persimmon ghost shark on the fisherman island... plus the strange knife in the hand of the dried persimmon ghost shark somewhat restrains his power.

    In fact, what Jinping doesn¡¯t know is...

    He is a master of murloc karate, in fact, he is also very restrained from the power of the dried persimmon ghost shark. What he faces is only a dried persimmon ghost shark who uses physical skills and sword skills.

    Murloc Karate has some restraint in water escape ninjutsu, and can easily guide the water flow, so the ghost shark is also somewhat restrained in this battle.

    Anyway...

    The battle is barely over.

    After the dried persimmon ghost shark left, King Neptune was relieved. He looked at Jinping beside him and sighed: "Let''s go, let''s go back to the palace to talk..."

    "Yeah. UU reading "

    Jinping slowly nodded, watching the back of the dried persimmon ghost shark silently.

    This guy has also been protecting the fisherman island, why is this guy unwilling to resolve the grudge with the Whitebeard Pirates, obviously this is the best of both worlds...

    Jinping''s brows became tighter and tighter, and he faintly remembered that Sasuke Uchiha of the White Beard Pirates had mentioned one thing on the Moby Dick...

    Behind this guy...

    There stood a person that Sasuke Uchiha was afraid of!

    The young man who was not even afraid of Edward Newgate, the white beard, did not dare to be too arrogant whenever he mentioned the man behind the dried persimmon ghost.

    Even when Portgas D. Ace mentioned that person, Sasuke Uchiha would stop him, as if he was afraid that Ace would say something that shouldn''t be said...

    Because of that person...

    Do you dare not contact the White Beard Pirates?

 Chapter 485ï¼š The news that Pharmacist was shocked

    Fishman Island, inside Dragon Palace.

    Neptune drank a large glass of wine contentedly, and sighed softly, "Because the ghost likes to drink juice, we can''t drink anymore."

    "Huh? Like to drink juice?"

    Jinping''s gaze was slightly surprised. He couldn''t help but think of Uchiha Sasuke who likes to drink juice in the White Beard Pirates.

    The black-haired young man not only drank juice by himself, but also forced Ace to drink juice. Even the white beard gradually began to drink juice because he couldn''t drink alcohol physically...

    It¡¯s said that Ben Beckman, the deputy captain of the Redhead Pirates, was drinking juice recently, and even forced his captain Shanks to drink juice...

    and¡­

    Everyone only drinks orange juice.

    This juice...

    Where did it come from? Is it a problem?

    Jinping looked at King Neptune with a hint of apology on his face, and sighed: "Recently, I was in the White Beard Pirates and followed my father to drink juice... Give me a glass of orange juice. Right!"

    "..."

    King Neptune''s expression gradually became silent.

    Is it good for everyone to drink? Why drink fruit juice well? Even his daughter, Princess White Star, just left the tower, and her drink changed from milk to juice...

    This is scared by the dried persimmon ghost shark.

    Fortunately, the character of Jinping is not as dark as Kakigami.

    Jinping sighed, and said first: "I came back this time to make the ghost shark apologize to the white beard father and solve the misunderstanding that ghost shark pulled off the white beard pirate group flag... but now it seems that there is no I hope."

    "Ghost''s character is very persistent."

    King Neptune also sighed, shook his head and said: "If you want him to bow his head, there is no such possibility..."

    "No, maybe he is forced to."

    Jin Ping faintly understood the thoughts of the ghost shark.

    Because there was another person standing behind the dried persimmon ghost shark, he dared not come into contact with the White Beard Pirates, perhaps he has always been involuntarily!

    Suddenly, Jinping began to excuse the dried persimmon and ghost shark. This kind of thing made Neptune''s expression a little weird. You two just had a fight!

    Only after Shiping mentioned one sentence, he stopped mentioning it, and continued: "When I return to the Whitebeard Pirates, see if I can persuade the old man..."

    "please."

    After Neptune nodded, he continued: "Why don''t I go with you too, so maybe I can explain it clearly..."

    "No, the target of the Whitebeard Pirates is just ghost sharks."

    Jinping shook his head, and fell into thinking again.

    In this battle of the White Beard Pirates against the King Shichibukai Dry Persimmon Ghost Shark, in addition to punishing the Dry Persimmon Ghost Shark for pulling off the white beard flag, by the way, the world government ambushed Uchiha Sasuke and the 2nd squad...

    Would it also be the person who wanted to test the ghost shark?

    Perhaps this is the only way to make sense, even if it was Uchiha''s persuasion, White Beard did not shake his determination, and even dispatched the White Beard Pirate Group himself!

    A mere king under Qiwuhai...

    It is indeed not worthy of Baibeard''s personal dispatch.

    After Jinping thought of this, a faint pity appeared on his face: "For the fisherman island, didn''t I expect that the ghost shark and I were on the same path?"

    For the fisherman island, Jinping took over the position of King Qiwuhai, on the other hand, has been working hard to maintain the relationship with the powerful pirate groups in the world.

    Fortunately, the white beard who had taken refuge in the fisherman island before is good for the fisherman island and has never squeezed the fisherman island.

    Dried persimmon ghost shark...

    Have you found a stronger person to rely on for Murloc Island?

    Jinping still feels a little uncomfortable. He doesn''t think there are people who are more suitable for sheltering on Murloc Island than White Beard.

    "Ok?"

    Neptune took a surprised look at Jinping. Some did not understand the meaning of Jinping. He just poured a glass of wine on his own: "In fact, thanks to Mr. Ghostfish, the fisherman island has been able to maintain peace during this period. The island is getting more and more stable..."

    When talking about this, Neptune spoke again: "Yesterday he solved the Flying Pirate Group, and in the future, Bai Xing can leave the tower and go out to play..."

    "Can Bai Xing finally come out?"

    A smile appeared on Jinping''s face.

    Jinping thought of Guiyu''s style and words again, his smile slowly reduced, and he sighed: "That guy is actually a good man with a cold face... Now I don''t know if he is walking. That''s right..."

    He insisted on choosing white beard...

    Guiyu insists on choosing the person behind...

    Maybe they have to wait until the person behind the ghost shark shows up and ends this war before they know who is right.

    However, out of understanding and respect for Baibeard, Jinping still won''t change his mind, because Baibeard sheltered them in the most difficult time on Fishman Island...

    Even if you have chosen to take refuge in other people, you can''t refute the face of their benefactor, Baibeard, right?

    "Don''t worry, King Neptune."

    Jinping drank the juice in the cup, and said solemnly: "This war is not as simple as we thought, and the ghost is just a **** in this whirlpool... It seems that we can do now, only wait for the result!"

    The sea.

    The white beard personally dispatched, and the news that he rushed to Murloc Island on the Moby Dick spread all over the sea in a blink of an eye.

    It is said that this is to punish the unreasonableness of the King Qiwuhai Dry Persimmon Ghost Shark, and to retaliate to the White Beard Pirate Group who encircled and suppressed the Dry Persimmon Ghost Shark before!

    Marin Vando.

    The admiral''s office.

    During this period of time, the general Huang Yuan finally healed his wounds, and drove back to Malin Vandor from the holy place Mariagioa, and began his own life of fishing at work.

    The Warring States of the Navy Marshal Buddha, the Navy Headquarters General Huang Yuan, the Navy Headquarters Green Pheasant, the Navy Staff Lieutenant General Crane and Yakushi Tuo are sitting here.

    Except for the general Akadog who is guarding the G1 branch, and Lieutenant General Karp who slipped out, the entire high-level navy is here.

    They all came for the news that Baibeard and King Qiwuhai were about to go to war, to discuss how the navy should respond.

    no matter what¡­

    The navy must be unavoidable for the war between the four emperors known as the strongest of the white beard and the Qiwuhai under the king, the dried persimmon ghost shark.

    If you watch from the wall...

    The navy has no credibility!

    "It''s terrible..."

    Huang Yuan was holding a cup of tea slowly, and from time to time he glanced at the information sent by the CP department. A strange smile appeared on his face: "The Uchiha Sasuke who defeated me twice, unexpectedly went out with Baibeard. ?"

    When Huang Yuan talked about Uchiha Sasuke, there was no fear on his face, or even unwillingness, as if those two failures were nothing to him...

    It''s really nothing.

    The two encounters between Huang Yuan and Uchiha Sasuke were purely because of his bad luck. Each time he played a defensive role. Otherwise, with the shining fruit ability, he would definitely be able to deal with Uchiha Sasuke.

    Moreover, Huang Yuan''s two defeats were considered sacrifices.

    For the first time, when the Yellow Ape blocked Uchiha Sasuke, all civilians on the island were evacuated, including three Denonians; the second time, when the Yellow Ape blocked Uchiha Sasuke, the navy of the G1 branch was also evacuated. Survived.

    Talking about it...

    Whether in the eyes of the five old stars of the world government or in the headquarters of the navy, Huang Yuan¡¯s two failures were actually more meritorious than demerit.

    And this guy who has been fishing...

    At critical times, unexpectedly very reliable!

    After hearing what Huang Yuan said, the Marshal of the Warring States Period coughed a few times and calmed his subordinates: "Porusalino, don''t take that kind of thing to heart, Sasuke Uchiha is lucky..."

    "No, no, it''s not his luck..."

    Huang Yuan shook his head slowly, and continued with a grin: "That little guy is indeed very strong...not worse than the white beard when he was young..."

    "..."

    Everyone couldn''t help but glanced at Yellow Ape.

    Although they all know that what Huang Yuan said may be true, it always makes them think that Huang Yuan is bragging about the strength of the enemy...

    After all, the white beard when he was young was helpless even in the Warring States period...

    "That''s not bad."

    Lieutenant General Tsuru closed his palms and sighed softly: "The White Beard Pirates after Uchiha Sasuke joined are undoubtedly the strongest Pirates in the world. In this world, no one can stop him except the navy. They are..."

    "Well, indeed."

    Pharmacist Tou also nodded, looked at the pieces of information in his hand, and calmly said: "No, or it seems to be so... but they are not unstoppable."

    The pharmacist took out a reward order and handed it to Lieutenant General Tsuru: "I wonder if Senior Tsuru remembers the news we got from Colonel Naraku?"

    "Huh? That big Tsuki Kaguya in Wano Country?"

    Lieutenant General Crane took the reward order in Yao Shidou''s hand in surprise, and looked at a yellow-haired young man in the reward order, frowning slightly.

    Because the person on the reward order does not seem surprising.

    It seemed that the yellow-haired young man even smiled silly.

    The chief inspector of the Beast Pirate Group, Naruto Uzumaki, offered a reward of 520 million Pele.

    The first time the reward was 520 million, even though Uzumaki Naruto was a rookie pirate, and only defeated a pirate group, he didn¡¯t do much evil,...

    But his identity...

    It is indeed amazing enough!

    This is the chief inspector of the Beast Pirate Group, second only to the position of the Pirate Governor Kaido, and even above the Three Plagues!

    "This is the rookie pirate of the Beast Pirate Group?"

    Lieutenant General Crane turned his head and glanced at the pharmacist''s pocket, and couldn''t help but ask: "Does this have anything to do with what we are going to say? Is this the one who can reverse the situation..."

    "do not know."

    Yakushidou slowly stretched out his palm, and said in a deep voice: "A CP team was sacrificed in Wano Kuni not long ago. They sent the information they obtained to Colonel Naraku before they died, and he urgently passed the information. come out¡­"

    The pharmacist pointed to the yellow-haired young man on the reward order, and said in a low voice: "This guy named Uzumaki Naruto is the descendant of Kaguya Ji who occupied the country of Wa...

    And if you think about it carefully, the Hundred Beasts and Pirates are the Four Emperors and Pirates. UU Reading can definitely be called the strong like the forest. It is impossible for anyone to become a big Pirate Ship. Supervise. "

    "Yes."

    Lieutenant General Crane''s eyes also changed faintly, and he whispered: "We had similar guesses at the beginning, but we couldn''t find anything at all..."

    "I found it now."

    The pharmacist closed his palms and calmly said his guess: "Their covenant should be stronger than we thought. When the White Beard Pirate Group has one more monster, there may be more Beast Pirate Groups. A monster!"

    When talking about this, Yakushidou continued to add: "There is still an indeterminate rumor. It is said that Sasuke Uchiha was once a member of the people in Wano Kuni, but he turned his back on them for no reason..."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses slowly and glanced at everyone present, his voice gradually became a little heavy, or he was shocked by what he said next.

    "Before Uchiha Sasuke turned his back on the invaders of Wano country and entered the sea, his teammate at the time...this is Naruto Uzumaki!"

 ~ï¼š over sleptâ€¦

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    Today is still going to be late...

    but!

    Three shifts are still not less!

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click "Favorites" below to record this (oversleeping...) reading record, and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 486ï¼š Everyone will be colleagues in the future!

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    The news is really amazing.

    After everyone in the admiral''s office heard the information provided by Pharmacist Pocket, their faces couldn''t help showing a touch of surprise.

    Huang Yuan slowly put down his cup. After the smile on his face disappeared for a moment, he smiled and took the reward order from Uzumaki Naruto: "It doesn''t seem to be surprising, it doesn''t look like a terrible guy. ¡­"

    "Do not¡­"

    The Marshal of the Warring States Period shook his head, his face gradually becoming more solemn: "I was a little negligent. This little devil named Uzumaki Naruto may really have a powerful force.

    Normally, the guy Karp looks stupid, but not everyone can block his fist..."

    "Ok¡­"

    Lieutenant General Crane nodded, his expression somewhat subtle.

    Lieutenant General Crane, Marshal of the Warring States Period, and Lieutenant General Karp are all from the same group of navies, and they all know each other very well. For example, Karp¡¯s IQ is indeed not very high...

    Well, to put it bluntly, it''s a joke.

    In this regard, Karp and Uzumaki Naruto look a bit similar.

    From the photos, Naruto Uzumaki is also a silly, who can really say that these guys with brain problems are not strong?

    "Xiaodou''s intelligence theory forecast is very accurate."

    Lieutenant General Crane glanced at the pharmacist''s pocket with a pile of intelligence on hand, and said softly: "I predicted the action of the White Beard Pirates against the dried persimmon...

    This time you mentioned this little guy from the Beasts Pirates, do you think the Beasts Pirates will fight with the White Beard Pirates during this time? "

    "Yes."

    The pharmacist nodded seriously.

    His theory of intelligence is not 100% prediction at all. It is that the pharmacist first guesses what will happen reasonably, and then manipulates it privately to ensure that it happens according to his prediction. If it doesn''t work, go to Uehara Naraku...

    In this way, his prediction is naturally foolproof.

    and so¡­

    Pharmacist Dou has always predicted very accurately.

    To be honest, this is cheating.

    But this effect is remarkable. The Navy has paid more and more attention to the pharmacist pocket, and now almost all the intelligence channels are gradually held in the hands of the pharmacist pocket.

    Except for the CP0 directly belonging to the Tianlong people, which is not easy to mobilize at will, the remaining CP units are all under the command of the pharmacist.

    The Marshal of the Warring States Period sat in his seat, after thinking for a while, he said in a deep voice: "Even if Kaido and Baibeard go to war, we can''t determine when they will go to war. The top priority now is still between dry persimmon and white beard. Trouble¡­"

    "Perhaps there is a certain probability to be sure."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around and whispered: "We only need to do one thing, and we will force the war between the White Beard Pirates and the Beast Pirates to start early..."

    Everyone in the entire office was puzzled.

    The pharmacist took out a piece of information and sent it to the front of the Warring States Period, and continued softly: "According to the information from the CP organization, Kaido and Joker of the underground dark organization have resumed trade, and we have also obtained a new one. Weapon of sea building stone weapons..."

    The finger of the pharmacist''s pocket tapped the tabletop lightly, and said in a deep voice: "The Joker who has been in control of the dark world trade is exactly our most troublesome king, Qiwu Haiduo Flamenco, Kaido and his There has always been a link of interest..."

    Yes, Doflamingo is undoubtedly the navy''s most troubled king, Qiwuhai.

    Most of the other kings, Qiwuhai, can find a reason to abolish or something, but Doflamingo will not have this situation, because his identity is a former Celestial, and it seems that he also holds the secrets of Celestial...

    The relationship between the world government and Doflamingo is also good.

    The Sengoku Marshal used the help of Uchiha Sasuke to defeat Doflamingo, and tried to submit a report to abolish the status of Doflamingo King Shichibukai.

    Unfortunately, this matter was rejected by the world government.

    The pharmacist glanced at the not-so-famous Sengoku and continued in a low voice: "As long as we use the matter of conscripting the king under Qiwuhai, we can force a huge conflict between Flamingo and Baibeard, or force Doflaming. Brother took the initiative to ask Kaido for help...

    Kaido will definitely take the initiative to fight the Whitebeard Pirates in order to protect his own interests. It just so happens that he has regrouped and can take this opportunity to take revenge..."

    After finishing speaking, the medicine master knocked on the table again, and said solemnly: "According to my judgment, the two Four Emperors Pirate Group have a lot of Demon Fruit capable people, and their battlefield is likely to be placed in Punk Hassad. This area."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around, and his confidence returned to his face. He calmly retracted his finger: "In this way, the white beard will inevitably withdraw to his own sea, and we don¡¯t need to protect a king. Qiwuhai sent a strong military force..."

    "..."

    Everyone in the admiral''s office fell silent.

    There is nothing wrong with the strategy provided by Pharmacist. The only trouble is that the navy proactively instigates the war between the two Four Emperors Pirate Groups, which is not very pleasant to say.

    Besides, if the two four emperors go to war in Punk Hassad...

    The situation of this war may be out of control!

    "Little pocket..."

    The Warring States Marshal took off his glasses and whispered: "There is nothing wrong with your plan. It is indeed the best plan for the Navy..."

    After saying this, the Warring States Marshal sighed and said: "But nothing can be done 100% according to plan.

    If something goes wrong in the middle, the Hundred Beasts and Pirates did not launch a war. Due to our standing by, Doflamingo and the dried persimmon ghost shark were killed by the white beard, and the Qiwuhai system under the king would be fatally hit..."

    "Yes."

    The pharmacist shook his head, his eyes slowly falling on the two generals in the office: "I have considered this too, so I suggest that the yellow ape general who supports the fastest is in the fisherman island and Dres Rosa. Inspection on one route..."

    "Oh?"

    Huang Yuan couldn''t help but rubbed his palm, and smiled and said: "In this case, will the old man have to work for a while? My injury is just right..."

    "Well¡­"

    The green pheasant scratched his head and said softly: "Let me go! Polusalino sit here... I remember he seemed to hunt down Fisher Tiger, in his capacity, it¡¯s not easy to appear in the fish. People Island!"

    "Do not."

    Yakushidou looked at General Green Pheasant, shook his head earnestly and said, "General Huang Yuan can sit in the area of ??Dresrosa in the New World.

    Although I can be 100% sure that there will be a war between the two four emperors, but the subtleties of it cannot be absolutely controlled.

    Therefore, there are some troubles, such as the deterrence and enlistment of Doflamingo, which needs to be carried out by Huang Yuanda in the future, and the attempt to pursue the two Four Emperor Pirates after the war...

    The green pheasant general is also very powerful, but when it comes to support and pursuit speed, it will obviously be inferior to Shining Fruit ability. "

    After talking about this, the pharmacist pushed his glasses around: "And once the situation is out of our control, General Huang Yuan''s shining fruit ability is flexible enough.

    When we had to change our plan, he could play a stronger role, such as delaying one of the Four Emperors Pirates and getting a big victory with the support of the navy..."

    Speaking of the last, Yao Shidou¡¯s eyes slowly fell on Huang Yuan¡¯s body, and he said sincerely: ¡°The most important thing is that although our navy is very clear, General Huang Yuan¡¯s two defeats are a last resort. £»

    But other people in this world don''t think so, so we must find a way to try to restore the image of a navy general! "

    "..."

    The green pheasant glanced at the pharmacist pocket silently.

    What this pharmacist said was very sincere, as if he was thinking about the yellow ape and the navy, but the green pheasant didn''t have to think about it, and he didn''t believe it at all.

    The green pheasant only wants to know one thing now, that is, is the group of Akatsuki guys going to do something against the general Huang Yuan?

    The places where this guy told Huang Yuan to go were places controlled by Akatsuki''s organization.

    Once the yellow ape went in single-handedly, what problems appeared in the middle. After returning to Malin Vatican, was the yellow ape still the yellow ape?

    to be frank¡­

    The green pheasant would rather let the yellow ape go to work and fish in Malin Fando.

    And recently, the two generals of the navy headquarters, the green pheasant and the red dog, are intentionally or unintentionally trying to withdraw from the battle for the future navy marshal, hoping that Huang Yuan will be in the position in the future, at least to maintain the purity of the navy...

    Now the pharmacist...

    No, or it is the Akatsuki organization. It is planning to graze and fight rabbits. If you want to use the war between the Four Emperors and Pirates, you must be a general to monitor the battlefield and send the Huang Yuan out...

    This is definitely not good!

    The Four Emperors Pirates have their undercover agents organized by Akatsuki!

    Who can''t monitor the battlefield, why does the pharmacist have to emphasize that it is a yellow ape?

    To say that the pharmacist''s pocket was to help Huang Yuan find a way to save his image in this war, the green pheasant definitely does not believe it!

    "I can go!"

    Huang Yuan glanced at the pharmacist pocket and said with a grin: "Our new generation of intellectuals has made such a wonderful plan, but I really want to see it..."

    "Porusalino!"

    The green pheasant rubbed his forehead.

    Just as the green pheasant wanted to continue to say something, the pharmacist pushed his glasses around and whispered: "In order to ensure that our plan can be implemented, I will go to Dresrosa with the Yellow Ape General..."

    "Sure..."

    Huang Yuan still had that grinning face, and he continued slowly: "Then along the way, I hope our new generation of intelligent generals can give a lot of advice..."

    Pharmacist shook his head, his face showed some seriousness: "If the plan this time can be implemented perfectly, and even justice can have a perfect result in war, it must rely on the ability of General Huang Yuan..."

    "Don''t be too restrictive..."

    Huang Yuan smiled and waved his hand, not at all like a general: "Although I am a general, I really hate thinking about such troublesome things. This time I will all obey your instructions!"

    "..."

    The Marshal of the Warring States Period glanced at Yao Shi''s pocket, then at Huang Yuan, and made his own decision calmly: "So let''s do it! You first go to implement the plan for the Battle of the Four Emperors, and I will start to transfer the branch navy here. UU Reading www .Uukanshu.com is ready to participate in this war at any time!"

    "In fact, it doesn''t have to be that troublesome."

    After the pharmacist nodded his head, he continued: "If the two sides in this war exercise restraint, we may only have to sit and watch their war end; if this war is protracted, then it is the time for our navy to enter the battlefield! "

    "Ok¡­"

    The Warring States nodded slowly, and said in a deep voice: "In fact, it doesn''t matter to us that they exercise restraint. The sea should not have too many variables now;

    Moreover, our original purpose was to protect the king, Qiwuhai, the dried persimmon ghost shark at the least cost, to avoid the imbalance of the times..."

    "..."

    The pharmacist followed his words and nodded.

    Whether the age will lose its balance or not is unclear; but after this war is over, the Navy will definitely have a bright future.

    Thinking of this, the pharmacist glanced at Huang Yuan.

    The admiral of the navy headquarters is still smiling, it seems that he has never been serious...On the contrary, the blue pheasant next to the yellow ape has a sad face.

    Really...

    What is there to worry about? Everyone will be colleagues in the future.

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click "Favorites" below to record this time (after Chapter 487, everyone is still a colleague!) The reading record will be viewed next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 487ï¼š Anyway, you are also a loose organization

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    Marin Vando.

    In the green pheasant''s office.

    This office is a bit sloppy. There is a sleeping mat on the floor. The green pheasant lay lazily on the mat, slowly closing his eyes.

    "It''s really troublesome..."

    After the green pheasant returned to his office from the meeting, he kept this posture and mumbled: "If you take a pawn, you will win three pawns... Is this the guy''s most important subordinate?"

    At first, the green pheasant thought that the plan of the pharmacist was to help relieve the trouble encountered by the dried persimmon ghost shark, and by the way to provoke and weaken the white beard pirate group and the beast pirate group...

    As a result, Yao Shidou took this opportunity to lure away Huang Yuan.

    Do not¡­

    In other words, this is the real purpose of the pharmacist!

    The Akatsuki group really wants to wipe out the generals of the navy headquarters!

    Once Huang Yuan had to join the Xiao organization, the entire three generals of Malin Fando and a naval staff officer were all undercover agents of the Xiao organization...

    Well, the evil has completely invaded the headquarters of justice.

    "Contact that guy Sakowski?"

    The green pheasant found out his own phone bug, and slowly dialed the red dog phone bug: "Well, Sarkarski, I want to ask you something..."

    "You guy... is something wrong?"

    Akakin''s mood doesn''t sound very good.

    But what I have to say is...

    After both the green pheasant and the red dog became the undercover agent of Akatsuki, the relationship between the two has eased a little, and the number of contacts has obviously increased.

    Perhaps it is because of a common secret?

    The green pheasant did not hesitate too much, so he told the red dog about the Malin Vandor meeting: "Well, Yakushidou and Polusalino are going out to perform a mission together. I feel that he may not escape our contact. Fate..."

    "..."

    The red dog on the other end of the phone worm fell silent.

    What the **** is going on? The two of them finally reached a tacit understanding, staying away from Marin Fando so as to make Huang Yuan as safe as possible in the future...

    As a result, Huang Yuan might also join Xiao?

    If the three generals of the navy headquarters become the undercover agent of Akatsuki, who else will carry out the justice of the navy. The two guys, the green pheasant and the yellow ape, who like to fish and lazy, can defend justice as much as possible under the oppression of Akatsuki. ?

    "I know about this."

    After the red dog urn responded with a voice, he said a little sullenly: "One by one...Sooner or later they will be unreliable guys..."

    If the three major generals of the navy headquarters are all undercover, then the two unreliable guys, the green pheasant and the yellow ape, are really unreliable at all!

    The navy can basically declare that it is over!

    "..."

    The green pheasant glanced at the hung up phone bug, his expression became a little subtle, can he be blamed for this kind of thing? As if they could stop Akatsuki...

    Akatsuki¡¯s Yaoshidou has now completely blinded Sengoku and Lieutenant General Crane, and even officials of the world government, as well as a large number of naval officers, are very convinced by him.

    What can he do as an ordinary admiral?

    New world.

    G1 branch base.

    After the red dog hung up the green pheasant''s phone bug, he lit a cigar for himself, and dialed the yellow monkey phone bug. Unfortunately, the phone rang and didn''t get through.

    The red dog''s face turned black, and gritted his teeth and said: "This guy...Is this guy answering the wrong call again?"

    After a long time, the phone worm finally got through.

    A certain young man¡¯s voice fell into Akinu¡¯s ears: ¡°Admiral Akinu, this is the naval scientific force. I¡¯m the tightest man in the world, Zhan Momomaru. I forgot to bring the phone worm when he left here. , I and Lieutenant General Pharmacist left..."

    "I see... that bastard!"

    Akino couldn''t help but hung up the phone worm after swearing.

    Akagi was smoking cigars in his mouth, he smoked one cigar after another, and the whole room was slowly filled with smoke.

    In other words...

    If I want to contact Huang Yuan, do I have to contact the pharmacist first?

    Aka Dog sat in his room, smoked his cigar, pressed the cigar **** on the table, picked up his phone bug again, and slowly dialed a person he had never contacted.

    Akatsuki''s leader, Naraku Uehara.

    It''s strange to say that Naru Uehara has never contacted him or used him since he used the four tails to implant his body and forced him to join the Akatsuki organization.

    The first time they contacted...

    It turned out that Akino took the initiative.

    After the red dog watched the phone worm on his desk connected, the expression on his face flashed a little complicated. Just when he wanted to lower his head and say something, the other end of the phone worm spoke first.

    "Akainu General?"

    Uehara Naraku''s leisurely voice came from the phone worm. After he greeted him, he seemed a little impatient: "Well, it seems that this is the first time we have contacted. Do you have any important information for me?"

    "..."

    Akino shook his head on his own, and said solemnly to the phone bug: "There is no intelligence, I just want to talk to your lord about the navy..."

    "Oh, don''t worry."

    Uehara Naraku''s chuckle suddenly came out from the phone bug: "I just happen to have a good news here to tell you that we will soon be able to recruit General Huang Yuan...

    Maybe by the time of the next collective meeting, you will be able to see that two of your colleagues are there, and we can turn the navy into whatever we want in the future. "

    "..."

    Akino squeezed his fist sharply.

    Asshole, what else can the Navy become?

    Akainu wanted to contact Uehara because he was worried that Akatsuki would turn the Navy into those weird looks!

    The pharmacist moved that **** too fast!

    Sure enough, the meeting at Malin Vando did not discuss the war between the two four emperors Baibeard and Kaido. The real purpose was to elicit the yellow ape and force the yellow ape to surrender!

    "..."

    The red dog grabbed the phone bug on the table, his voice suddenly became a lot louder, and he said in a deep voice: "That guy Polusalino is my contemporaneous and friend, but that guy''s character is unpredictable. , Not trustworthy at all..."

    At that time, the red dog and the yellow ape were at the same time.

    The two are also called monsters among the recruits.

    Even if they don''t have the power of Devil Fruit, they also possess extremely powerful power, and the two monsters will naturally cherish each other.

    In fact, the relationship between the red dog and the yellow ape is pretty good, and occasionally they drink tea and bubble hot springs together. The two of them are truly harmonious colleagues.

    Ha ha¡­

    As for the green pheasants, they must have been excluded.

    The red dog squeezed the phone worm in his hand, and continued in a deep voice: "Porusalino''s ability is a shining fruit, Uehara Naraku, even if you can use the same ability, you may not be able to completely capture him.

    If you show your strength to forcibly recruit Polusalino, but are escaped by him, it will easily arouse the vigilance of the Marshal of the Warring States Period. Maybe it may expose the identity of me and Kuzan...

    This is very dangerous for me! "

    "Ok¡­"

    Uehara Naraku''s voice was still unspeakably relaxed, and he calmly calmed Akakin''s emotions: "Don''t worry, this kind of thing won''t happen..."

    "So much the better."

    Akinu hung up his phone worm forcibly, and he did not hear the last words of Uehara Naraku on the other end of the phone worm.

    "He must not escape."

    the other side.

    The country of harmony, the capital of flowers.

    Uehara Naruko sat in a conference room, looking at the phone worm in his hand questioningly, someone dared to hang up his phone?

    "what happened?"

    Otsuki Teruya sat next to Uehara, looked at Uehara Naraku, and asked softly, "Hayi...has something happened? Has anyone offended you?"

    "No, it''s okay, I''m not Yui either."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head, put away his phone bug, glanced at all the members present, and said, "The White Beard Pirates have left their sea area, Mr. Shikajiu, let Kaido and Uzumaki immediately Naruto set off and led the Beast Pirates to Punk Hassad, ready to intercept the White Beard Pirates there!"

    "Yes."

    Nara Shika nodded for a long time, and asked a question: "Does the ninja coalition need to fight together? Anyway..."

    "It''s not necessary, and the country must continue to lock the country."

    Uehara Naraku interrupted Nara Lukisa''s words, and whispered: "Except for Naruto, at least until the real war breaks out, the ninja coalition who knows my identity, stay in Wano Country for the time being and try to learn domineering!"

    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku''s eyes slowly fell on everyone present: "If there is a ninja who wants to experience this sea, it must be reviewed...Even everyone present is no exception..."

    Just as Uehara Naruko was about to say something more, his brows couldn''t help but frowned, and his fingers were slowly raised. A filthy reincarnation who had been let out for a long time also contacted him.

    It''s weird, what is going on today...

    Some guys who basically don¡¯t contact him are contacting him...

    The person who contacted Uehara Naraku this time was Uchiha Itachi. Because of their connection, Uchiha''s thoughts were passed to Uehara Naraku instantly.

    "Uehara Naraku, I met a person named Charlotte Kata Kuri. The two of us had a very good conversation. This person wants to join Akatsuki..."

    "Ok?"

    Uehara Naraku''s expression was a bit subtle, but he just casually said a perfunctory Uchiha Itachi: "That guy Kata Kuri? Don''t divulge my information...really, you guys really have a common language..."

    "..."

    Uchiha Itachi fell into silence.

    The other side of the sea.

    The sea area of ??BIG¡¤MOM.

    Charlotte Katakuri was lying on the ground with burns all over his body, and his hideous mouth was exposed. Apparently he had just experienced a big battle.

    and¡­

    Kata Kuri was defeated.

    This man, who was almost known as a 100% perfect man in the Charlotte family, failed in this battle and could only be handled by the enemy.

    Uchiha Itachi stood beside Kata Kuri, slowly put down his fingers, and opened his eyes. A pair of scarlet eyes looked at Kata Kuri: "The leader has agreed that you will join Akatsuki. You can survive..."

    After Uchiha said this, he spread out his palms and whispered: "And I understand your way to protect your sister... I won''t kill you I will also keep a secret for you. ¡­It doesn¡¯t matter if you don¡¯t join Akatsuki."

    "is it?"

    Kata Kuri closed his eyes and shook his head, and said in a low voice: "What a tricky person, forget it, at least do a few things for you to let Bree go...

    Anyway, you are also a loose organization. According to the information I got privately, it seems that you can withdraw from this organization at any time..."

    Uchiha Itachi couldn''t help being silent for a while before he said, "Who told you about Akatsuki? Has anyone invited you to join Akatsuki before?"

    Kata Kuri looked up at the sky and replied softly: "About two months ago, a guy named Heijue appeared in IWC, and sneaked into my room, actively invited me to join Akatsuki and told me , Xiao can help me protect my family..."

    "..."

    Uchiha Itachi fell silent again.

    At this moment, he didn''t know whether to tell Kata Kuri the truth.

    The Akatsuki organization has never been a loose organization. At present, any member who wants to leave the Akatsuki organization has almost no end in life...

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record the reading record of this time (Chapter 488, you are also a loose organization anyway), and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 488ï¼š The White Beard Pirates and Kaido Pirates who set off separately!

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    The encounter of Kata Kuri and Itachi Uchiha was purely accidental.

    It was Uchiha Itachi who came to travel in the waters of BIG¡¤MOM, and happened to meet the brothers and sisters of Charlotte Kata Kuri and Charlotte Bray who were out patrolling.

    The siblings think Uchiha Itachi is an intruder and want to solve Uchiha Itachi, but they have no way to deal with the undead of Uchiha Itachi...

    Moreover, Uchiha Itachi had a super high combat IQ. Kata Kuri had a foreboding of his possible defeat, and gave up his life to save his sister Bree, who has been protecting Bree using the mirror to leave the battlefield.

    And while they were fighting...

    Itachi Uchiha watched Kata Kuri, his brother, in order to protect his sister, turned all his body into a glutinous ball, and was almost burned by the fire of the sky...

    Therefore Uchiha Itachi decided to let him go.

    Unexpectedly, there is a little fate between Kata Kuri and Akatsuki. Hei Jue and Kata Kuri had an exchange two months ago.

    Kata Kuri grasped the weakness of Kata Kuri, saw through Kata Kuri''s true heart, and believed that Kata Kuri had the power to become a member of Akatsuki, so he lured Kata Kuri to join the Akatsuki organization. At that time Kata Kuri Li refused.

    So Heijue didn''t report this incident either.

    Today, after Kata Kuri lost to Uchiha Itachi, because he wanted to return Uchiha Itachi''s favor, he still fell straight in. I hope this guy will stay with Akatsuki when he knows the truth!

    Akatsuki is not a loose organization. It is not easy to join in, but it is even more difficult to quit...

    It''s a pity that Kata Kuri''s name has now been registered with Naraku Uehara, and it is too late to quit Akatsuki.

    Now Uchiha Itachi doesn''t know what to say.

    Uchiha Itachi shook his head, and said in a low voice, "Forget it, you are not a core member of Akatsuki anyway...everything has to wait until the leader will treat you in the future!"

    "The leader of Akatsuki..."

    Kata Kuli frowned and said, "That person is also very strong, right?"

    "do not know."

    After Uchiha Itachi shook his head and nodded again, his tone gradually became more complicated: "Humans have limits..."

    Uchiha Itachi slowly raised his head and looked into the distance, facing the sea breeze in a low voice: "But... God, there should be no limit."

    "God?"

    A light flashed across Kata Kuri''s eyes.

    The next second, Kata Kuli Qiang sat up, found something casually around his chin, and whispered: "In the future, if there is anything I can do, please contact me! I want to Go back to the nations immediately, lest Bree worry..."

    "Ok."

    Uchiha Itachi nodded and said in a low voice, "I hope you can remember a little bit. What Akatsuki needs you to do is definitely not that simple..."

    Kata Kuri waved his hand indifferently, and replied in a deep voice, "As long as it doesn''t hurt my family...I can do anything you want..."

    "Your logic is wrong..."

    Uchiha Itachi sighed and continued calmly: "If you fail to do what Akatsuki asks you to do, the person you want to protect will become very dangerous..."

    After speaking, Uchiha Itachi added: "Of course, if you can do it, the reward will not be low..."

    "..."

    Kata Kuri is a question mark.

    Is this Akatsuki organization still threatening?

    The threat of Akatsuki...

    No one dare not care about it.

    The White Beard Pirates, aboard the Moby Dick.

    Standing on the deck, Sasuke Uchiha was saying the same thing, trying to persuade the white beard: "The guy standing behind the ghost is a person with a very strong vengeance... He will unceremoniously take away his enemy. The most cherished thing in life."

    "Goo la la la la la..."

    Hearing what Uchiha Sasuke said, Baibeard''s face showed a careless smile, and his face gradually became serious: "Sasuke kid, the person you are talking about is Akatsuki''s leader! He took it away. Your brother?"

    This is what Baibeard guessed from multiple sources.

    Although Sasuke Uchiha has never fully said about his home, it seems that it was because of the fear and timidity in his heart, but Whitebeard still quietly learned something from Portcas D. Ace.

    For example, in order to protect him, his brother Uchiha Itachi had to kill the whole clan with another Akatsuki named Uchiha.

    For example, his brother Uchiha Itachi died in his hands, but was resurrected by Akatsuki''s leader and reused...

    For example, Sasuke Uchiha misses his brother very much, but he knows that his brother is controlled by Akatsuki''s leader...

    Sasuke Uchiha glanced at White Beard, gritted his teeth and nodded: "Indeed, the person standing behind the ghost is Akatsuki''s leader...a character that is definitely not something we should provoke now!"

    "I know¡­"

    Baibeard slowly stood up while leaning on the chair. He stretched out his palm and smiled and stroked Uchiha Sasuke''s head, looking at the sons on the Mobi Dick!

    "Little ones!"

    White beard laughed boldly on his face: "Then we will stop by this time to help the Sasuke kid get his brother back!"

    "Hahahaha, of course!"

    "Yes, Sasuke is our general!"

    "We are a family! Sasuke''s elder brother is our younger brother. How could it be possible to watch his family live outside!"

    The entire Moby Dick suddenly plunged into a sea of ??joy.

    Now the Whitebeard Pirates sailed away from the Whitebeard Sea and headed towards the first half of the great route. Their destination was Fishman Island.

    Jinping, who returned from Fishman Island, watched this scene and sighed slowly...

    Sure enough, as he expected, the purpose of the White Beard Pirate Group was never to dry the persimmon, but the person standing behind the ghost.

    "moron!"

    Sasuke Uchiha bit his lip and glanced at the people around him. He couldn''t help squeezing his fist, and there was a flash of red on his eyes: "I don''t need your help! Now, I''ll go home immediately!"

    This group of idiots can''t persuade them no matter what!

    If it is to fight a dried persimmon ghost shark, it is okay, but the purpose of these guys turned out to be Uehara Naraku who stands behind the dried persimmon ghost shark!

    Oh shit¡­

    Are they floating?

    Do you really think you are invincible on the sea? The truly invincible people in this sea are probably drinking juice in a corner!

    "Sasuke kid..."

    The white beard slowly squatted down, with a hearty smile on his face: "We are a family, what''s the matter, I should help..."

    After speaking, Baibeard looked at Sasuke''s eye circles and patted his head: "Gum la la la la la la la...Don''t put on a stinky face, go for a glass of juice, kid!"

    "Hahahaha..."

    "This is the pirate who likes to drink juice the most on the Mobile!"

    "How about a kid who is almost eighteen and dare not drink alcohol!"

    There was a sound of kind laughter from below.

    They obviously didn''t have any bad intentions, the entire pirate group had accepted Uchiha Sasuke, even if this little guy had never called Baibeard a daddy.

    A blush flashed across Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s face, he just secretly clenched his fists, these enthusiastic idiots really made him embarrassed to get angry...

    This group of pirates...

    It''s really much more comfortable than the ninja world.

    Among this group of people.

    Marshall D. Titch was also full of his own smile, but under his smile was a bit fierce and sad.

    No matter who wins or loses in this war, it¡¯s no good for him. Baibeard wants to take the opportunity to deal with the person behind the dried persimmon ghost shark. If he wins, he will retake Uchiha Itachi, and that Titch must stay on this ship. Can''t go down.

    Once Whitebeard loses, it means that the Akatsuki organization that competes with him for the dark fruit is too strong...

    While the Whitebeard Pirates were sailing towards the fisherman island, the opponent they were destined to encounter was also heading towards the established battlefield.

    The group of beasts and pirates.

    Two huge warships are advancing towards Punk Hassad.

    The two ships were the warships of Kaido and Drought Jack respectively, and they only took more than 2,000 men on this trip.

    The flagship of the Beast Pirate Group.

    Kaido sat on the deck, poured a sip of alcohol into his mouth, wiped the corners of his mouth, and then muttered: "Nara Lukuji asked us to rush to Punk Hazard, that''s Doflamingo. Guy¡¯s site, I hope that guy knows better..."

    After speaking, Kaido took another sip of wine and snorted coldly: "This time I have to be shameful in this war with White Beard. You kid beat Lao Tzu, don''t let me hold back. Shame again!"

    "Ok."

    Naruto Uzumaki took a sip of the juice and smiled confidently: "Sasuke and I have been discussing frequently since the ninja school, but I have never lost!"

    After saying this...

    Naruto Uzumaki didn''t even blush.

    Kaido, who was about to drink, stopped immediately and couldn''t help but said: "Hey, UU reading Naruto kid, how did I hear that the kid Uchiha Sasuke is the only genius among you. You grew up. It''s the tail of the crane!"

    "Ah...hahahaha..."

    Naruto Uzumaki scratched the back of his head awkwardly, and smiled happily: "I didn''t count the grades when I was a kid! He never beat me when he grew up..."

    "..."

    A hint of suspicion appeared in Kaido''s eyes.

    Had it not been for Uzumaki Naruto''s strong power in the previous battle, Kaido would actually believe that Uzumaki Naruto could handle Uchiha Sasuke...

    of course.

    Kaido had some confidence in Uzumaki Naruto.

    However, after hearing Naruto Uzumaki said that he had never lost, Kaido was not very good. This war will not develop in a strange direction, right?

    This battle is mainly relying on him and Naruto Uzumaki.

    Kaido lost to White Beard himself, and Naruto Uzumaki lost to Sasuke Uchiha, that was really embarrassing...

    But the arrow is on the string, I have to send it!

    After Akatsuki gave the order, this war could no longer be stopped!

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 489 The White Beard Pirates and Kaido Pirates who set off separately!) Read the record, and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 489ï¼š This is red hair, one thing on the sea, mom

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    The sea is surging.

    Just as the White Beard Pirate Group marched towards the fisherman island and Kaido led the Beast Pirate Group to Punk Hassad, the navy would certainly not be idle.

    The Naval Staff Pharmacist and Yellow Ape rushed from Malin Vando to the holy place of Mariagioa, and directly crossed the red earth continent. From the other end of the holy place of Mariachoa, they boarded a navy warship and hurried to Deres Rosa.

    Yao Shidou and General Huang Yuan were standing on the bow of the ship facing the wind. He touched a telephone worm in his hand and glanced at General Huang Yuan next to him, and the corners of his mouth slightly twitched.

    "latest news."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around, and laughed in a low voice: "Kaido''s revenge seems to be more anxious than we thought. After the news of the White Beard Pirates and the Dry Persimmon Ghost Shark came out, the Beast Pirates Group Has already been dispatched..."

    "Two Four Sovereign Pirates? It feels terrible to think about it..."

    As Huang Yuan said, he smiled and lowered his head to look at Yao Shidou: "As expected of the new generation of wise generals, it seems that everything has not exceeded the expectations of the staff..."

    "It just takes advantage of intelligence."

    Pharmacist shook his head modestly, his face gradually becoming solemn: "Although everything is proceeding according to our deduction, but who knows what will happen on the sea, it will ultimately depend on the battle between the two Four Emperor Pirates result¡­"

    "It''s so humble..."

    Huang Yuan smiled and praised.

    Pharmacist, the navy staff officer in Marin Vatican, is actually quite pleasing, because his intelligence theory has been very marketable in the navy recently, coupled with the fact that he can always predict accurately, and is increasingly valued by the world government and navy.

    In theory, such a young man should be a young man.

    It''s just that Yakushidou is not arrogant at all, perhaps because he grew up on a naval base, and has gone through many changes later, very young and mature.

    Regardless of whether the person in front of him is a general or an ordinary navy soldier, the pharmacist can be polite, neither flattering to the navy general, nor arrogant to ordinary soldiers.

    What a magical person...

    General Huang Yuan pushed his glasses like a pharmacist''s pocket, and the smile on the corner of his mouth gradually became stronger and stronger.

    The pharmacist glanced at the movements of General Huang Yuan, and seemed to shook his head reluctantly, as if he had nothing to do with this somewhat old-fashioned general...

    New world.

    Punk Hassad.

    Due to the order issued by Huang Yuan, the highest commander of the Naval Science Forces, the researchers of the naval base here have all been evacuated, and all the prisoners held in this base have also been transferred to Impelton.

    The whole island is empty.

    In this case, the Beast Pirates Group landed directly in Punk Hassad, and they will temporarily station here, looking for opportunities to attack the White Beard Pirates.

    Kaido did not conceal the news.

    This island is not far away from Murloc Island, the beast pirate group can attack or intercept unscrupulously on this island.

    Once Baibeard got the news, he would definitely not be able to sit back and watch the Beast Pirates gaze around the battlefield. At that time, Whitebeard would definitely rush to Punk Hassad to drive away the Beast Pirates.

    Thus¡­

    The war will naturally proceed as scheduled.

    Unfortunately, the plan cannot keep up with the changes.

    Kaido did not conceal the news that he was stationed in Punk Hassad. Before White Beard was attracted, he first attracted one of the four emperors who likes to be nosy.

    Red-haired Shanks.

    The Red Firth of the Red-haired Pirates wandered slowly towards Punk Hassad. Obviously, the Red-haired Shanks did not come to Punk Hassad for vacation.

    When the White Beard Pirates might start a world war by attacking the King Qiwuhai Dry Persimmon, Red-haired Shanks didn''t want Kaido to join the war, he wanted to control the scale of the war.

    The port of Punk Hassad.

    The Red Forth swam slowly over.

    The red-haired Shanks stood on the bow of the Red Firth, waving his one-arm, and greeted the members of the Beast Pirates in a friendly manner: "What a coincidence! You are also here on vacation. ?"

    Ben Beckman, the deputy captain of the Redhead Pirates, took a sip of the juice and frowned, "Although the idiot Shanks is saying hello now, in the eyes of the beasts, it should be completely Provocation..."

    No matter what you think...

    Shanks, who is also the Four Emperors, indeed seemed to be provoking.

    "Asshole..."

    Kaido happened to be near the port. After seeing the red-haired Shanks, a flash of anger flashed on his face: "Red-haired bastard...Want to be nosy again?"

    This time he is here to stop the war between Baibeard and the dried persimmon!

    The red-haired **** does not know what to do...

    Naruto Uzumaki, who was sitting next to Kaido, saw the red hair on the Reid Firth. He was a little unsure, but he just waved in response.

    "Good afternoon!"

    Naruto Uzumaki looked at the red-haired Shanks who was smiling heartily on the bow, smiled and greeted loudly: "Hey, do you want to have a banquet together?"

    After speaking, Naruto Uzumaki turned his head and looked at Kaido next to him: "That person is very enthusiastic, is he an old friend of our Pirate Group?"

    "..."

    Kaido was silent.

    The entire group of beasts and pirates looked at Uzumaki Naruto speechlessly, and fell silent. The red hair is their enemy!

    Redhead, known as the number one nosy **** in the sea!

    "Eh?"

    When the red-haired Shanks heard a response from the Beast Pirates group, his face couldn''t help showing a little astonishment, and he subconsciously touched his chin: "That guy Kaido...seems to have a very extra Funny little guy!"

    "Ok¡­"

    Ben Beckman stood beside Shanks and slowly said, "That guy is Kaido''s deputy captain! Uzumaki Naruto is only seventeen years old this year. He single-handedly defeated Xiang Kaido recently. The super large ship group that initiated the challenge... So the first time the guy was offered a reward by the Navy exceeded 520 million Baileys."

    Ben Beckman is the deputy captain and the steward.

    Ben Beckman must be paying attention to the new stars of the Beast Pirate Group. He also knows some information about Uzumaki Naruto, but it is limited to those circulating outside.

    only¡­

    Everyone''s first impression of Uzumaki Naruto was that this little guy was stupid, as if he had no brains.

    "Huh? Is it so young?"

    The red-haired Shanks didn''t think Uzumaki Naruto was stupid. His interest became stronger. He smiled and said, "Let''s go, Beckman, let''s meet Kaido, and take a look at this interesting newcomer... "

    Two Four Emperors Pirates...

    Finally met in Punk Hassad!

    The war between the four emperors has hardly stopped, and it is obviously impossible for the Hundred Beast Pirate Group to have a good face against the members of the Red Hair Pirate Group.

    In the eyes of a group of tall guys, the red-haired Shanks walked towards Kaido step by step with his companions.

    The red-haired Shanks looked at Kaido with a smile on his face, as if they were old friends for many years: "It''s been a long time, Kaido..."

    "Red hair¡­"

    Kaido''s gaze slowly fell on the face of the red-haired Shanks, his palm slowly held his mace, and the domineering began to gradually flow on him!

    The next moment, Kaido waved his mace and smashed it at the red-haired Shanks: "You bastard, do you want to interfere with Laozi again?"

    The surging air wave swept all around!

    When a group of people couldn''t help retreating under Kaido''s domineering, the red-haired Shanks pulled out his Western sword, and simply blocked the mace!

    Obviously two weird weapons...

    However, it has maintained a complete balance in the hands of the two Four Emperors...

    The next moment, the red-haired Shanks suddenly burst out of a domineering group of domineering, this domineering even more, swept up against Kaido''s domineering, the huge air pressure continued to oppress the beasts and Pirates. Everyone!

    The sky of Punk Hassad changed color in an instant!

    The cumulus cloud in the sky was slowly divided into two by the domineering of the two four emperors, and the clouds were even a little bit domineering and carried upstream...

    Just as some members of the Hundred Beasts Pirate Group were about to faint by the pressure of the red hair, a huge golden fox''s tail wrapped them up.

    Uzumaki Naruto was dressed in a golden chakra coat, and behind him was a golden tail composed of nine chakra coats. It was he who shot directly to protect the members of the Beast Pirate Group in the domineering conflict between the two Four Emperors. Safe and sound.

    Drought Jack glanced at Naruto Uzumaki, after a touch of surprise appeared in his eyes, he whispered: "Thank you for protecting these ineffective little guys, Naruto..."

    For myself...

    Especially for the powerful self, Drought Jack has always spared his respect; but for those powerful enemies, Drought Jack is often a little confused...

    "It''s okay."

    Uzumaki Naruto''s face gradually became serious, his eyes fixed on the red-haired Shanks who was confronting Kaido, and he said solemnly: "That red-haired guy...very strong!"

    "Uh¡­"

    Drought Jack¡¯s voice was a bit stuck, he still replied: "That guy is our old rival, Shanks, the captain of the Red-haired Pirates... a nosy fellow... there is no one who hates him in the whole ocean. Guy!"

    "Hey, Jack, this is too rude!"

    Red-haired Shanks stalemate with Kaido, and turned his head to look at Drought Jack who was vilifying him, and said with a smile: "I don''t say anything now, how can you say that I am nosy out of thin air? Yeah!"

    Obviously confronting Kaido, the four emperors...

    The red-haired Shanks can even find time to refute the slander of Drought Jack...This guy obviously still has a lot of power in this domineering conflict of the Four Emperors.

    "Ok?"

    Kaido frowned, and slowly put away his mace, urn asked: "You bastard... didn''t you come to hinder Lao Tzu this time?"

    "Should not be?"

    The red-haired Shanks put away his Western sword, scratched his chin, raised his head and smiled at Kaido: "So don''t always shout and kill, so impulsive..."

    "You''re lucky this time..."

    Kaido''s face eased slightly coldly said: "Since it''s not here to hinder Lao Tzu, you **** really came on vacation, right?"

    "Do not."

    Shanks shook his head, looked at Kaido seriously, and opened his palms: "I will definitely not hinder you, so I also want to ask you not to hinder others..."

    "..."

    Kaido''s expression gradually became subtle.

    Even if the red-haired Shanks doesn''t have to go on, he probably knows what this red-haired **** is going to say... It''s a **** shit!

    The red-haired Shanks looked at Kaido''s face without paying any attention, and still earnestly persuaded her face: "Give me face, Kaido! Don''t hinder the war between Baibeard and the dry persimmon, at least not now. ¡­"

    "Asshole!"

    A flash of anger flashed across Kaido''s face, and he stared at the red-haired Shanks, as if trying to swallow the guy in front of him: "You guy...are you here to entertain Lao Tzu!"

    Oh shit¡­

    In vain, he thought the red hair had changed. This guy is still the same... Isn''t this the **** thing on the ocean?

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 490 This is red hair, a thing on the sea) reading record, and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 490ï¼š Is it another monster to be tested?

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    On this sea.

    Shanks the redhead is notoriously nosy.

    In other words, this red-haired guy prefers to join in the fun.

    The whole sea spread the news that the Whitebeard Pirates were about to attack the king¡¯s Qiwuhai dried persimmon ghost shark, and there was also news that Kaido was planning to re-ignite the war with the Whitebeard in the fisherman island area. This guy was at this time again. Jumped out.

    Kaido spit out a gust of heat, glaring at the careless Shanks, and couldn''t help holding the mace in his hand: "If you want to entertain Lao Tzu, you came to the wrong place today!"

    "Don''t say that..."

    Shanks waved his hand happily, and looked at Kaido with a grin: "I''m too boring in the ocean too. Isn''t it okay for me to be your opponent?"

    "Asshole!"

    Drought Jack took a step forward, snorted coldly, and transformed himself into a mammoth form, and said, "Who do you think you are..."

    "Jack!"

    Ben Beckman interrupted Drought Jack. He took a slow sip of his juice, glanced at the huge mammoth indifferently, and continued: "When you shouldn''t talk, don''t just speak..."

    Naruto Uzumaki¡¯s reaction was a bit slow. He glanced at the mammoth next to him, stretched out his palm to stroke the mammoth, and exclaimed: "Jack, is this your fruiting ability? This is too great! Big! How can elephants have such long ivory!"

    "..."

    Drought Jack''s momentum suddenly weakened a bit.

    What kind of superintendent is this Uzumaki Naruto? Is this time when your mind is off the line?

    Even Kaido''s face turned black, but the people that the Akatsuki organization sent to him had only strength but no IQ?

    Drought Jack turned his head and looked down at Uzumaki Naruto, with a drop of cold sweat on his forehead: "Hey, Naruto, it''s not this time..."

    "Hahahahaha..."

    Shanks couldn''t help but rubbed his stomach and laughed wildly: "Hey, Kaido, the newcomer on your boat is really cute...hahahahaha..."

    The entire group of red-haired pirates couldn''t help laughing out loud.

    Just as everyone around him was laughing out loud, Ben Beckman''s brows couldn''t help but frowned, and he glanced at Naruto Uzumaki standing next to Drought Jack...

    Ben Beckman thought differently.

    According to Ben Beckman¡¯s observations, those who have innocence or coarse nerves on the ocean will not be obstructed by foreign objects, but are more likely to focus on cultivation...

    In other words...

    These guys who have thick nerves and may get off the line from time to time, because they are more focused, it is easier to stand on the apex of the sea than those with superb wisdom.

    Definitely a difficult character to deal with!

    Moreover, these guys are very persistent and often don¡¯t hit the south wall and don¡¯t look back. According to the information that Beckman has, Naruto Uzumaki may also have this potential...

    "Naruto Uzumaki, be more serious!"

    Kaido stopped Naruto Uzumaki with an ugly expression, and his gaze fell on the red-haired Shanks again: "Hurry up and get rid of this group of nosy **** with red hair. We have to find Bai The trouble with the bearded guy!"

    "Yes Yes Yes¡­"

    Naruto Uzumaki regretfully loosened Drought Jack''s ivory.

    Naruto Uzumaki slowly turned around and looked at the red-haired pirate group. His fists suddenly closed, and a strong domineering spirit instantly radiated from him!

    "Then solve them quickly!"

    The golden chakra coat on Uzumaki Naruto stretched out in an instant, and nine huge tails fluttered behind him. His eyes fell tightly on the people of the Redhead Pirates: "I can''t wait to see Sasuke!"

    have to say¡­

    Naruto Uzumaki is still very trustworthy when he is serious.

    Following the actions of Uzumaki Naruto, the members of the Beast Pirate Group who stood behind him pulled out their knives and guns, and looked at the red-haired group fiercely!

    The members of the Red-Haired Pirate Group looked at the enemy on the opposite side, sneered and drew out their weapons, and everyone gradually gathered their own strength.

    Although the members of the Red-Haired Pirates Group are obviously fewer, their aura is very powerful, and almost everyone is called a strong!

    The entire Punk Hassad was at a stretch in an instant!

    This battle is already inevitable!

    "Jesus cloth, look at the fineness of that kid..."

    Ben Beckman lowered his head and called out the man standing behind him.

    Ben Beckman hadn''t finished saying a word, a pirate standing behind Beckman suddenly played a spear, holding the sniper rifle in his hand, and aimed directly at Naruto Uzumaki.

    boom!

    A bullet flew out!

    Uzumaki Naruto suddenly sprang out a golden chakra tail, this tail suddenly pulled away and shot the bullet directly, but the tail was shot through in an instant!

    But now I don¡¯t have time to sigh...

    The war has been announced!

    With this shot fired by **** cloth of the Red-haired Pirates, the two sides immediately rushed towards each other, and the two Pirates immediately fought into one group!

    Kaido brandished his mace and hit the red-haired Shanks with a heavy blow, and the battle between the two four emperors began!

    Bang!

    Shanks waved the Western sword and stopped on the mace!

    Kaido''s palm suddenly pressed hard and pressed it down little by little: "Red hair, I have more people than your subordinates!"

    "Number is never an advantage, Kaido!"

    There was a smile at the corner of Shanks'' mouth, and he drew out the Western sword to dodge Kaido''s mace, then suddenly cut out a slash, and directly forced Kaido back!

    The youngest four emperors broke the ground under their feet!

    The tip of the Western sword fell like raindrops on Kaido''s body instantly, and countless electric lights flickered from Kaido''s body in an instant!

    Kaido forced Shanks back with a punch, glanced at the surrounding battle, and said with a gloomy face: "The number of people...is the advantage!"

    Although Kaido said so...

    But the actual battle situation is somewhat different.

    The two sides have just started war, and the entire Red-haired Pirates group is almost unstoppable. The Beast Pirate Group can''t resist the Red-haired Pirates'' offensive relying on its number advantage!

    "is it?"

    A smile appeared on the corner of the red-haired Shanks'' mouth, and he also glanced at the surrounding battle: "But now it seems that the probability of you losing..."

    Before the red-haired Shanks had finished speaking, a young voice suddenly resounded throughout the battlefield: "Ninfa¡¤Multi-Shadow Clone Technique!"

    The next moment, hundreds of Uzumaki Naruto clones swarmed out!

    These Uzumaki Naruto figures merged into the battlefield in a blink of an eye, Naruto''s ninjutsu release voices one after another, each spiral pill shone with black light!

    "Armed¡¤Super Domineering Helix Pill!"

    This is a somewhat natural name, but it must not be underestimated!

    A member of the red-haired pirate group quickly stopped in front of a avatar of Uzumaki Naruto, his upper body instantly turned black, trying to stop the attack with armed domineering defense!

    However, an armed color spiral pill fell on him, but broke through his defense in an instant. The spiral pill attack directly damaged his body, and even the domineering in his body could not condense!

    Kaido''s eyes flashed.

    Has this kid mastered the way to break through his body''s defenses again?

    Fortunately, they are now in the same group. It has to be said that the support of Akatsuki is very powerful. Kaido seems to feel that any war is sure to win!

    When thinking of this, Kaido''s gaze fell on Shanks again, and he said coldly: "The number of people is still superior... red hair..."

    "It''s really... I''m seeing a loss!"

    The red-haired Shanks'' face became faintly solemn, he slowly raised his Western sword, and said solemnly: "Then please allow me to go all out!"

    "Huh, you who lost an arm..."

    Kaido wielded a mace and smashed it down, his face was full of disdain: "What right do you have to tell Lao Tzu to go all out!"

    Their battle suddenly became fierce!

    On the entire battlefield of Punk Hassad, the beast and pirate group, which had been directly at a disadvantage after the war, persisted with the support of Uzumaki Naruto.

    These pirates even launched a counterattack in an instant under the lead of hundreds of Uzumaki Naruto, and the entire group of red-haired pirates was defeated for a while!

    Ben Beckman''s face was ugly, and he instantly pulled out a pistol from his hand, and a shot pierced the arm of a Uzumaki Naruto!

    I saw that Naruto''s clone instantly turned into smoke and dissipated!

    Ben Beckman claims to have the strongest brain. He immediately realized that this was the enemy''s weakness. The pistol in his hand once again pierced the thigh of a shadow clone, only to see that shadow clone turned into smoke and dissipated!

    Ben Beckman''s pistol once again shot through a clone and said loudly: "These clones are fake, and their bodies cannot withstand any attacks!"

    "Beckman, I found it too!"

    Jesus cloth beckoned, and filled the sniper rifle with a bullet with a smile. Without aiming at all, the shot hit the eyebrow of a shadow clone!

    This battle is really twists and turns.

    Although the fighting power of the Redhead Pirates is amazing, UU reading www. uukanshu.com They face the ordinary members of the Beast Pirate Group, just like Uzumaki Naruto facing them...

    to be frank¡­

    The situation on the battlefield is a bit subtle.

    The reason why the Red-Haired Pirates has been able to stay the wind in previous wars is because when the Red-haired Shanks stopped the strongest, the deputy captain Ben Beckman, who was almost the same as Shanks, was on the battlefield. Started to mowing unscrupulously.

    right now¡­

    The situation finally changed.

    Among the Four Emperors Pirates, the Whitebeard Pirates also have members who can compete with Ben Beckman.

    No, this statement is wrong.

    The Uchiha Sasuke, who announced that he had joined the White Beard Pirates, directly defeated Beckman even under the great disadvantage of the right time, the place and the place.

    Then...

    Does Uzumaki Naruto in the group of beasts and pirates also possess the corresponding power?

    "Ok¡­"

    Ben Beckman lit a cigarette for himself, glanced at the Uzumaki Naruto who was rampaging on the battlefield, slowly spit out a smoke ring, and walked towards Uzumaki Naruto.

    "Is it another monster to be tested?"

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 491 is another monster to be tested?) Reading record, next time you open the bookshelf to see it!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 491ï¼š 2 people who troubled their former teammates

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    "Armed¡¤Super Domineering Spiral Bullets!"

    Uzumaki Naruto''s body suddenly sprang out a dozen golden chakra palms, each holding a dark spiral pill, flying all a dozen enemies.

    Once there is a battle...

    Naruto Uzumaki''s intuition will be extremely sharp!

    Even if Naruto Uzumaki¡¯s shadow clone was wiped out, and now only the main body is left to gather his power, facing a group of members of the red-haired pirate group, he has a greater advantage, and his ninjutsu Uchiha Sasuke is even more peculiar!

    The Helix Pill, which uses the Armed Domination and Chakra to condense together, is a technique that can directly break through the armed domineering defensive effect in the enemy''s body!

    Naruto Uzumaki glanced at the battlefield, the situation gradually tilted towards the group of beasts and pirates, letting him relax a little, in his field of vision, suddenly appeared a figure carrying a jet black short knife in his hand, facing towards As he walked over step by step...

    The deputy captain of the Redhead Pirates, Ben Beckman!

    Ben Beckman wielded his Shinobi sword casually, taking a walk in the garden to knock down a few pirates who attacked him, and walked to the front of Uzumaki Naruto step by step.

    "Ben Beckman."

    "Naruto Uzumaki."

    Uzumaki Naruto''s brows frowned, and he could clearly perceive the power in Ben Beckman in front of him. This guy is different from everyone else!

    After two people reported their names, they did not waste time!

    Ben Beckman suddenly raised his knife and rushed forward!

    The speed of Uzumaki Naruto was not slow, he instantly picked up a handful of kunai in his hand, and the armed color overwhelmed kunai, and he stopped Ben Beckman''s knife head-on!

    A wave of domineering aura suddenly spread from the battlefield!

    A touch of black is engulfed in the scarlet domineering, and almost instantly all the enemies around them will fly away. This battlefield will not allow the weak to appear!

    Even Kaido and Shanks who were still fighting, couldn''t help but set their eyes on Uzumaki Naruto and Ben Beckman!

    "Humph¡­"

    Kaido couldn''t help but snorted coldly, retracted his gaze with disdain, and slammed his mace at Shanks again: "Naruto Uzumaki, I want to keep the secret weapon against Sasuke Uchiha. It seems that your deputy captain is going to suffer!"

    "Do not¡­"

    Shanks still had a smile on his face, the Western sword in his hand dexterously blocked a spike of the mace, he chuckled lightly and retorted Kaido: "That guy Beckman will never lose... He is my deputy captain!"

    "He has already lost!"

    Kaido pressed his mace hard, lowered his head fiercely and said in a deep voice, "Red hair... I remember it, it''s better not to hinder me!"

    "It''s not a nosy..."

    Red-haired Shanks felt the power from the mace, his face gradually became serious: "Kaido, I''m just here to stop you... hinder others!"

    "...Sounding..."

    Kaido cursed coldly.

    In the next moment, the two ran into each other again, waving their weapons, and the sky in Dresrosa seemed to be cracked!

    No, even the earth is gradually unable to withstand their power!

    Whether it is the battle between Kaido and Shanks, or the battle between Uzumaki Naruto and Ben Beckman, their full efforts have made this island on the verge of collapse at all times!

    "Xianfa! Wind escape! Armed! Super domineering spiral shuriken!"

    Uzumaki Naruto''s palm instantly condensed a spiral shuriken, and the various energy in his body was quickly injected into this spiral shuriken!

    In the next moment, Uzumaki Naruto waved this weird spiral shuriken at Beckman, and the spiral shuriken rushed over almost unstoppable!

    Everything around was destroyed by this black spiral shuriken!

    To say bluntly...

    Anyone who stands in front of the spiral shuriken will be directly shredded by the armored domineering wind blade around it, and its sharpness is not inferior to that of the sword hero!

    It was the first time Ben Beckman saw this kind of move, and he also knew that he could perceive the power of it by seeing and hearing, and if he was hit, it might even kill him!

    "Boy, don''t underestimate the red-haired deputy captain..."

    After Ben Beckman took a deep breath, he twisted his side sword and slashed hard at the spiral shuriken!

    This slash was almost a full blow by Ben Beckman. This slash left a deep pit on the ground, and this slash did not live up to Beckman''s expectations!

    Cut that spiral shuriken cleanly!

    Ben Beckman finally breathed a sigh of relief.

    Although the crisis has been solved now, this little devil named Naruto Uzumaki really can''t be underestimated...No, no, it hasn''t been solved yet!

    Ben Beckman''s face changed drastically, he almost couldn''t believe it and watched the armored domineering in the spiral shuriken like fine needles, densely gathered together...

    The thin needles composed of countless armed domineering colors continued to fly toward him!

    The power of this spiral shuriken with a lot of material was almost uncontrollable, and it was cut open by Ben Beckman, which directly detonated the energy!

    The energy in the spiral shuriken burst out instantly!

    This is the real ultimate move of the spiral shuriken!

    Naruto Uzumaki no longer looked at Ben Beckman. He seemed to know the fate of the enemy and spread out his palm calmly: "It''s a terrible opponent, even the current spiral shuriken is Sasuke''s Susao Nokudo. It can''t be easily blocked..."

    "Don''t underestimate people, kid..."

    Ben Beckman snorted coldly, and the knife in his hand swung fiercely, and the power in his body exploded rapidly. A slash was like a hurricane, and the power of the spiral shuriken was swept away in an instant!

    A dazzling light flashed...

    The energy of the spiral shuriken disappeared without a trace, but scars were left on the ground. The center of the battlefield between Uzumaki Naruto and Beckman was completely formed into a ravine area with a huge gap and unevenness!

    "It''s amazing..."

    Naruto Uzumaki looked at Ben Beckman who was gasping on the other side, smiled and exclaimed: "I thought you would accidentally be killed by me..."

    "Are the kids so arrogant now?"

    Ben Beckman gritted his teeth, his face faintly unsightly, how could this kid feel more difficult than Sasuke Uchiha?

    No, it should be said that it is a battle between human forms.

    but¡­

    According to Ben Beckman¡¯s estimation, this little ghost named Uzumaki Naruto does not have the powerful power of Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s Susao, but it should also be a powerful Eudemons fruit ability...

    if not¡­

    He definitely couldn''t sit firmly in the position of the deputy of the Bai Beast Pirate Group!

    However, so far, Naruto Uzumaki has only shown once in the domineering conflict between Kaido and Shanks. Now he seems to have not used the fruit form of his Eudemons species...

    "Boy, use your best!"

    Ben Beckman stretched out his knife and pointed it at Uzumaki Naruto: "Let me see how powerful the deputy of the Bai Beast Pirate Group has, I know this is definitely not the limit of your kid..."

    Ben Beckman''s aura broke out with all his strength, he still had enough power to fight Naruto Uzumaki, but Ben Beckman didn''t want to delay any longer!

    "Is that so?"

    After Naruto Uzumaki hesitated for a while, his face suddenly became solemn: "It just so happens... I want to make a quick decision too!"

    next moment¡­

    A powerful breath appeared on the entire battlefield!

    Everyone involuntarily felt a sense of oppression like suffocation!

    These pirates who crisscrossed the second half of the great route almost immediately felt that a terrifying monster was about to come out!

    "Roar!"

    A huge roar spread throughout Punk Hassad!

    The golden chakra coat on Uzumaki Naruto''s body quickly swelled, and his body turned into a golden nine-tailed demon fox hundreds of high!

    A surge of domineering surrounding the golden nine-tailed body, and instantly spreading towards the surroundings, all the pirates on the battlefield were forced to retreat involuntarily by this domineering!

    "this is¡­"

    Ben Beckman stretched out his arm to block the domineering collision, his face was a bit dignified, just staring at the tall golden nine-tailed tail, and immediately began to think about the information he had.

    seem¡­

    Not like any fruit!

    "Xianfa¡¤Armed¡¤Super Domineering Tail Beast Jade!"

    The next moment, the golden nine-tailed tail of Uzumaki Naruto''s incarnation suddenly opened his mouth, and sprayed a jet black tail beast jade toward Ben Beckman!

    Ben Beckman hurriedly stretched out his knife!

    Fortunately, his reaction was fast enough. This knife directly blocked the tail beast jade''s attack, no, or just blocked it for a few seconds!

    In the perception of Ben Beckman...

    This tail beast jade possesses the power of destroying the sky and the earth. If it is directly hit and exploded by this tail beast jade, even he will not survive!

    No, even the people around can''t survive!

    Ben Beckman stopped the tail beast jade, and slowly felt that his physical strength was weak. When he was a little hard to resist, a figure appeared beside Beckman!

    It is the red-haired Shanks who has been paying attention here.

    Shanks hurriedly left Kaido''s battlefield, waved the Western sword in his hand, and worked with Ben Beckman to fly the tail beast jade directly!

    The dark tail beast jade soared into the sky, and landed on a shore of Punk Hassad far away, and the explosion produced a monstrous fire that went straight into the sky!

    The entire Punk Hassad is like an earthquake!

    In the shock wave of the explosion, a sky-like wave was lifted on the sea, swept into the depths of the sea!

    Everyone tried their best to stabilize their bodies and looked at the explosion area in horror. A corner of this island was directly sunk...

    If you come again a few times...

    The entire island will be destroyed!

    "Do you want to continue?"

    Uzumaki Naruto''s voice echoed in Punk Hassad.

    "Wait, little devil..."

    After Kaido stopped Naruto Uzumaki, he said loudly, "Jack, take people to a safe place..."

    The red-haired Shanks took a deep look at Golden Nine-Tail, and immediately made the same decision, saying loudly: "Ben Beckman, take the others away immediately..."

    "Shanks!"

    Ben Beckman frowned, and Shen Sheng was about to reject the proposal of the red-haired Shanks. He just glanced at his stubborn captain, and he had no choice but to agree: "I know, wait for me to take the person. I''ll pick you up after I leave!"

    "No need to."

    Shanks shook his head, held the Western sword in his hand, and said solemnly: "After solving the trouble here, I will go to you soon..."

    This sentence is equivalent to the red-haired pirate group surrendering.

    Both Shanks and Ben Beckman knew very well that Shanks was not trying to solve the problem, but to be the captain.

    This war...

    They can''t continue.

    Although it is one thing to prevent Kaido from hindering Whitebeard''s fight, it is not worthwhile for the red-haired Shanks to take the life of his companions for this...

    "Huh, you go, red hair..."

    Kaido sat on a rock casually, put down the mace in his hand, and waved his hand nonchalantly: "Since you have lost, don''t hinder Lao Tzu again!"

    Now Kaido has no intention of leaving the red-haired pirates.

    Kaido received the task from Akatsuki''s organization to prevent Whitebeard from invading Murloc Island, destined to prevent him from sacrificing too much time for a redhead.

    As for red hair...

    Not worth mentioning in the future!

    Kaido is confident enough that if this group of guys are nosy again, they know that there are countless strong people in the organization, and they can completely kill the entire red-haired pirate group!

    After Shanks heard Kaido''s words, he slowly retracted his sword and waved his subordinates to put away their swords and guns.

    Shanks looked at Kaido with a smile on his face again, and he laughed and said, "Well, really, you can also communicate, do you really have to get in the way of Baibeard? Baibeard and Uchiha Sasuke are very difficult Deal with..."

    Although the Whitebeard Pirates is still headed by Whitebeard, even Sasuke does not hold any position...

    But when discussing combat power, everyone mentions the Whitebeard Pirates, and generally lists the two people of Whitebeard and Uchiha Sasuke separately. UU reading www. uukanshu.com

    "Humph¡­"

    Kaido glanced at Shanks and said coldly: "I used to be in the same boat with the guy with the white beard...his trouble, I know everything!"

    "..."

    Everyone present couldn''t help but have subtle expressions.

    Shanks even thought of Bucky, his good friend who often quarreled with him. Did the guy with the white beard do something particularly sorry for Kaido...

    Kaido would rather let go of the opportunity to hit the red-haired pirates... and not let go of the trouble of finding the white beard!

    Just in time, Naruto Uzumaki also disbanded his golden nine-tailed state, walked to Kaido''s side, and said with a smile: "I used to be in the same class with Sasuke! But his strength is not very good, worse than me. A lot of¡­"

    "..."

    Everyone''s gaze couldn''t help being more subtle. Anyone who had seen Uchiha''s true strength subconsciously ignored Naruto Uzumaki''s last words.

    This world is really amazing...

    According to Kaido''s relationship with Shirobeard, Uzumaki Naruto, and Uchiha Sasuke, does the boss and deputy of the Beast Pirates want trouble with their former teammates?

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click "Favorites" below to record the reading record of this time (Chapter 492 Two People Who Troubled Your Ex-teammate), and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 492ï¼š Meet

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    The Moby Dick.

    The White Beard Pirates saw the latest news.

    Marco raised his eyebrows, looked at the news in the newspaper, and rolled his eyes uncomfortably: "Morgans'' news is getting worse and worse. The war between the two Four Emperors Pirates actually only used one sentence. To summarize..."

    "Ok?"

    Ace couldn''t help looking at Marko curiously.

    Marco handed the newspaper in his hand to Ace, and said boredly: "The red-haired guy and the beasts and **** fought a battle in Punk Hazard. In the end, the Shanks evacuated. The Beast Pirate Group won."

    "This is a matter of course."

    Sasuke Uchiha looked at the reward order mixed in the newspaper, and looked at the yellow-haired young man who offered the reward order. His expression slowly became a little lost, and his face gradually showed nostalgia.

    There was a stupid young man printed on the reward order.

    The superintendent of the beast and pirate group, the nine-tailed demon fox, Naruto Uzumaki, is offering a reward of 520 million Baileys, regardless of life or death.

    Uzumaki Naruto''s reward has not changed.

    Because the navy side still doesn''t know the power of Uzumaki Naruto very much, but Sasuke Uchiha knows it well, and there is a hint of worry on his face.

    This idiot...

    Was it also dragged into this world by Uehara Naraku?

    Uehara Naraku arranged for Naruto Uzumaki to join the Beast Pirate Group. Obviously Naruto Uehara was the opponent selected by Uehara Naraku.

    "Naruto Uzumaki..."

    Portgas D. Ace scratched the back of his head, and looked at the reward order from Uchihazuo''s assistant curiously: "This name..."

    "My teammate when I was in the ninja class."

    Sasuke Uchiha still stared at the silly Uzumaki Naruto on the reward order, and snorted coldly: "Huh...a crane tail...Does he really think he can compete with me?"

    "It sounds unconvincing..."

    Ace grabbed Uchiha Sasuke''s shoulders with a chuckle, and said with a chuckle: "But I remember that when Sasuke used to scold me, he always liked him as a negative example!"

    "Do not¡­"

    Sasuke Uchiha shook his head, turned his head and glanced at Ace, a little angrily: "I thought you could still be saved, but now I found out that you are a bit more idiot than him..."

    "Hey, hey, this is too much!"

    "Forget it..."

    Sasuke Uchiha rubbed his forehead, shook his head and said, "Why should I compare two idiots..."

    One or two...

    Not great!

    No, there are still some differences.

    Uzumaki Naruto must be stronger than Ace, not to mention his fighting instincts are somewhat amazing. They are the reincarnation of Indra and Asura¡¯s Chakra. Sasuke Uchiha firmly believes that Uzumaki Naruto will not lag behind him too much. many.

    The tail of the crane...

    Have been chasing him!

    What''s more, Uehara Naraku will never send Uzumaki Naruto over for no reason. Obviously Uehara Naraku is very confident in Uehara Naruto.

    When thinking of this, Sasuke Uchiha slowly put away the reward order in his hand. He glanced at Ace and asked in a low voice, "How far are we from Murloc Island?"

    "Well, soon, right?"

    Portgas D. Ace scratched the back of his head: "This route is different from the route we used to exit from Fishman Island. Find a place and dive directly after coating. It should be there tomorrow..."

    "Don''t think about it."

    Sasuke Uchiha shook his head, his eyes fell on the sea, and his voice gradually became colder: "Ace, we can no longer go to Murloc Island. The enemy we are going to face today may show up..."

    If the Whitebeard Pirates went to Fishman Island...

    The war may involve the dried persimmons.

    According to Uehara Naraku''s short-guard personality, it is absolutely impossible for him to allow the war to spread to the subordinates who have been following him.

    The guy Uehara Naraku definitely has the ability to control wars, and he will definitely stop wars outside of Murloc Island!

    The newspaper was delivered a bit later...

    Calculating based on this time, the Hundred Beasts and Pirates should have begun to stop them in this area...

    Uchiha Sasuke slowly closed his eyes, his perception instantly noticed the abnormal movement, the next second his gaze looked under the sea!

    Under the sea...

    Two huge sea ships floated up from below the seabed!

    In Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s perception, there is a very familiar Chakra and the aura of Kaido. Are members of the Beast Pirate Group lying in ambush under the sea?

    It is not only Uchiha Sasuke who found the enemy aboard the Mobile...

    Edward Newgate, the white beard, slowly took off the infusion tube from his arm, and after reaching out to hold the big knife next to his seat, there was a bold smile on his face: "Goo la la la la la... , A guest is here!"

    "All alert!"

    The whistle of vigilance spread throughout the Moby Dick!

    The next moment, the entire Moby Dick moved upon hearing the wind, one by one appeared on the deck, and everyone with domineering vision and color was perceiving the trace of the enemy.

    As the two large ships under the sea were getting closer to them, they also sensed that a powerful enemy was coming!

    Wow...

    The waves on the sea are surging!

    Two huge sea boats covered with coating suddenly emerged from the sea, one from the left and the other directly surrounding the flagship of the Modibuque, the coating instantly shattered at the moment it surfaced!

    The flags on these two sea ships are the emblems of the Beast Pirates!

    Facing the white beard with the ability to shake fruits, Kaido knew very well that as long as he couldn''t get close to the Moby Dick, he could only become a target for the white beard to display the ability to shake fruits!

    Therefore, after the Beast Pirates defeated the Red-haired Pirates, under the order of Kaido, the boatmen hurriedly coated the hull. After coating, they could dive to the depths of the sea and gradually approach the white. The bearded Mobi Dick flagship!

    Kaido''s plan succeeded.

    Two warships of the Beast Pirate Group approached directly to protect the Mobile, and if there were artillery battles, the Beast Pirate Group already had a huge advantage.

    Baibeard didn''t care at all, but slowly walked to the side of the railing on the ship, looked at the tall Kaido on the enemy ship, and couldn''t help grinning.

    "Goo la la la la la..."

    The white beard looked up at Kaido with a serious face, smiled and said: "Kaido, we haven''t seen each other for a while?"

    "Humph¡­"

    Kaido snorted coldly.

    Just as Kaido wanted to answer, Naruto Uzumaki standing beside him waved his arms excitedly: "Sasuke! Sasuke! I''m looking for you!"

    "Naruto!"

    Aboard the Moby Dick.

    Sasuke Uchiha''s face turned black, a flash of anger flashed across his face, and he stared at the yellow-haired young man on the ship of the Beast Pirate Group.

    Uzumaki Naruto, this idiot...

    Always be able to disrupt the rhythm of the battlefield!

    Doesn''t this guy know that it is time for the war between the Beast Pirates and the White Beard Pirates? What did this idiot jump out to grab the limelight?

    I don''t know how to be an undercover...

    Must learn to be low-key?

    "Sasuke!"

    Regardless of Uchiha Sasuke''s thoughts, Uzumaki Naruto''s figure flew up and jumped off the boat instantly, standing on the sea!

    Naruto Uzumaki raised his head and looked at Uchiha Sasuke on the Mobile, with a touch of nostalgia and sorrow on his face: "It''s been a long time since I saw you!"

    "moron!"

    Uchiha Sasuke''s face turned dark, staring at the Uzumaki Naruto on the sea, and couldn''t help saying: "Don''t behave like others in front of me! The two of us haven''t seen each other, only less than a year... "

    "Ahahahaha, is that right?"

    Naruto Uzumaki scratched his head and raised his head with a smile: "You are a year ahead of me... But now I have caught up, Sasuke!"

    "Hey?"

    Portgas D. Ace couldn''t help taking the lead, glanced at Uzumaki Naruto on the sea, and then at Uchiha Sasuke next to him.

    "Sasuke, that person can stand on the sea too!"

    "Treading water, it''s just the basic skill of a ninja..."

    Sasuke Uchiha was arrogant and sneered, "Huh, it took a long time for that idiot to finally learn to tread water..."

    After saying this, Sasuke Uchiha remembered the truth that Uzumaki Naruto could not practice Chakra control, his face turned black again...

    Because there are too many Chakras in Uzumaki Naruto.

    "Goo la la la la la..."

    Whitebeard glanced at the Uzumaki Naruto on the sea, and laughed heartily: "It seems to be a newcomer who is more active than Sasuke Imp..."

    While talking, Baibeard turned his head to look at Sasuke, smiled and continued: "Little devil Sasuke, is this your old friend?"

    "Roughly the same¡­"

    In fact, the relationship between Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto is more complicated.

    Uchiha Sasuke''s figure rose from the ground, flying onto the sea, looking at the Uzumaki Naruto in front of him, a touch of helplessness flashed in his heart.

    "You joined the Beast Pirate Group?"

    "Yes¡­"

    Naruto Uzumaki spread out his palms, a frustration flashed across his face: "You know, as a ninja of Akatsuki, you must obey orders..."

    If you can¡­

    In fact, Uzumaki Naruto wanted to find a boat by himself, and took Uchiha Sasuke out to sea together, and then brought Hagi Kakashi and Jiraiya.

    Unfortunately¡­

    Uehara Naruto must obey Uehara Naraku''s orders, not only because Uehara Naraku brought peace, but also because of Uehara Naraku''s somewhat complicated identity.

    "Humph!"

    Sasuke Uchiha snorted coldly and looked at Uzumaki Naruto and continued: "That guy sent you to stop me, right?"

    "Yes¡­"

    After Naruto Uzumaki nodded, UU read www.uuk¨¢nshu. His fist suddenly clenched, and his face suddenly became serious: "He told me that this may be an opportunity...Let Indra and Asura''s Chakra fate, it can end on the sea!"

    When talking about this, Uzumaki Naruto suddenly raised his head and continued in a low voice: "But I still don''t want to fight you... Sasuke, you and the White Beard Pirates can leave here!"

    "Goo la la la la la..."

    Standing on the railing, White Beard looked at the Uzumaki Naruto on the sea, and couldn''t help laughing loudly: "This battle is not up to you as a hairy guy... Gu la la la... kid, I want Lao Tzu If you leave here, you must at least come with a worthy person!"

    "Isn''t Lao Tzu''s weight not enough!"

    Kaido stood proudly on the bow, clenched his mace, and looked at the white beard fiercely: "Newgate...I''m not here to play with you!"

    "not enough!"

    White Beard squatted on the boat with the big knife in his hand, grinned his mouth, and smiled confidently: "Kaido...I''m White Beard!"

    As the emperor on the sea...

    These guys didn''t give way at all!

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click "Favorites" below to record the reading history of this (Chapter 493 Encounter), and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 493ï¼š Gambling is prohibited within Akatsukis organization!

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    The sea.

    While the White Beard Pirates and Kaido Pirates were still facing each other, the naval ships that came to monitor their wars also quietly moored around.

    Huang Yuan, General of the Navy Headquarters, glanced at the pharmacist''s pocket next to him, and said with a grin: "It seems that our staff''s forecast seems to have made a little mistake. I really didn''t expect this war to start at sea..."

    Yakushidou did not find a reason to refute, and nodded seriously: "This is my dereliction of duty. After returning to Malin Vando, I will request a demotion from the Marshal of the Warring States Period..."

    This is all said...

    Anyone can hear the frustration of Pharmacist, but he is the hottest admiral in the Navy recently!

    This attitude makes Huang Yuan a little bit overwhelmed.

    The attitude of the pharmacist is too real, Huang Yuan, the general of the navy headquarters, is even a little embarrassed to tease the pharmacist.

    Huang Yuan patted Pharmacist¡¯s pocket on the shoulder, laughed and calmed his emotions: ¡°But don¡¯t blame yourself too much, it¡¯s not your fault...¡±

    Huang Yuan looked at the pharmacist''s pocket and slowly continued: "No one would have thought that the red-haired Shanks would also come to participate in this war..."

    "but¡­"

    A positive expression appeared on the face of Yakushi Pocket: "As a staff officer of the navy headquarters, we must consider all factors in order to provide a complete combat plan for the navy."

    After speaking, Yakushidou even took out his notebook and whispered: "I will remind myself again, be careful of the red-haired pirates... This pirates is too casual, and everything that happens in the future will May be affected."

    Ok¡­

    The Red-haired Pirates must arrange it.

    Yao Shidou had never thought that the red-haired pirate group with the lowest sense of existence in the Four Emperors Pirate Group would almost make his plan go wrong.

    If Naruto Uzumaki is not strong enough, if the Red-haired Pirate Group really drives away the Beast Pirate Group, it would be too bad for the dry persimmon and ghost...

    that time¡­

    Pharmacist Dou probably can only release his own army of dirty soil to help.

    General Huang Yuan couldn''t think of this, he just continued dryly: "Don''t be too harsh with yourself... At least Kaido and Baibeard still met!"

    "Your Excellency General Huang Yuan does not have to comfort me."

    The pharmacist sighed, feeling a little depressed: "This time, we can only say that God blesses justice, our luck is pretty good..."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around and continued in a low voice: "However, even so, the battle between the two Four Emperors Pirate Groups will be restrained above the sea. We want to sit back and reap the benefits after their battle. It¡¯s almost impossible."

    "It doesn''t matter..."

    General Huang Yuan''s face filled with a smile again: "Anyway, our original purpose was to avoid the failure of a king, Qiwuhai..."

    "Ok¡­"

    The pharmacist nodded heavily, pushed his glasses, and whispered: "But we are not completely powerless, I hope our backs can work!"

    "It''s terrible!"

    Huang Yuan also pushed his own glasses, and said with a grin: "As expected of a new generation of wise generals, in just a few days, he formulated a new plan to use the war between the two four emperors to attract the seven kings. Wu Hai is called up..."

    "Qiwuhai under the king, who claims to be a strong man, will definitely not miss the opportunity."

    Yao Shidou slowly closed his palms, and a touch of anxiety flashed across his face: "It''s a pity that I applied to the Marshal of the Warring States Period to call King Qi Wuhai, but two of them rejected the call, and only five of them came...

    Hawkeye Mihawk, the world¡¯s largest swordsman, the bounty hunter¡¯s corner capital active in the sea, the dried persimmon ghost mackerel on Murloc Island, Doflamingo, King of Dresrosa, Moonlight Moria, They also want to see the war between the two Four Emperors Pirate Group.

    Only the Amazon female emperor Boya Hancock and the tyrant Xiong were not interested in the war between the four emperors, and they did not rush over..."

    "Five kings under the Seven Martial Seas, it''s scary enough..."

    Huang Yuan nodded slowly, and continued with a grin: "Morlia Moonlight and Kaido have old grudges. It is estimated that they are the most active ones in accepting the recruitment!"

    "Ok¡­"

    The pharmacist nodded and said in a low voice: "I hope that the king, Qiwuhai, who used to fight Kaido, can bring us some surprises..."

    Wars between the four emperors are not uncommon.

    However, the scale of the war between the four emperors like White Beard and Kaido is still rare, especially since their position is not far from the first half of the Great Route.

    Whether it was the sea of ??Qiwuhai, several of the kings, who wanted to pass through Marijoa or after passing through the fisherman island, they could reach this area very quickly.

    exactly¡­

    They can all become part of the navy''s combat power.

    Even a few obedient ones are enough.

    of course¡­

    Deeper in the pharmacist pocket.

    This time the enlisted king Qi Wuhai was also a conspiracy against them.

    According to Yakushidou¡¯s speculation, the frontal battle between the two four emperors can definitely draw part of the king¡¯s Qiwuhai...

    Let the entire king''s Qiwuhai system shuffle the cards!

    Among them, the three kings Qiwu Cape Du, Doflamingo, and Dried Persimmon Ghost Shark are all their own, and they came here specially because there are three filthy reincarnated Hokage guards around them, and they want to use several Naruto came to deal with the general Huang Yuan...

    The fingers of the medicine master''s pocket gradually closed, he turned his head to look at General Huang Yuan, and said in a deep voice: "These kings Qi Wuhai are a bit rebellious... I hope General Huang Yuan can shock them..."

    "Ah, it''s not easy to say..."

    General Huang Yuan shook his head quickly, and said happily, "Five kings under Qiwuhai, I am not their opponent..."

    "..."

    Pharmacist''s brows wrinkled again, and he whispered: "Are you going to ask for the support of General Akadog?"

    "Don''t worry, let''s see again..."

    Huang Yuan looked at the helpless pharmacist pocket, couldn''t help but smile and continued: "After all, Qiwuhai under the king is canonized by the world government. I can only hope that they will not dare to be too presumptuous to us..."

    Just a few kings, Qiwuhai... Except that Hawkeye Mihawk is more troublesome, Huang Yuan actually doesn''t care much about other people.

    After Huang Yuan finished speaking, he couldn''t help but slightly surprised: "Why haven''t they rushed over? This war between White Beard and Kaido is about to begin..."

    "It should be soon."

    A light flashed through the pharmacist''s lens.

    This big drama intertwined with dark shadows will start soon, in fact, their own people have already arrived!

    As for Moonlight Moria and Hawkeye Mihawk who didn¡¯t come here...

    Do you still have to think about it? There must be something wrong on the road!

    Above the sea.

    The Beast Pirates and the White Beard Pirates are still facing each other.

    Because this war is really not easy to spread the battlefield, only Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto two guys who can tread water can be unscrupulous.

    "Hey, old man..."

    Sasuke Uchiha glanced at the stalemate, then raised his head to look at the white beard standing on the Mobi Dick: "Don¡¯t waste any more time. The navy has arrived, right? Let me use this war and Do old friends make a bet?"

    Instead of letting a big battle lose...

    It''s better to let him and Uzumaki Naruto directly decide the outcome!

    Moreover, Uchiha Sasuke believes that he has been in the Pirate World for long enough, and both swordsmanship and domineering have grown considerably...

    This battle should be within his control!

    "Really rare..."

    After hearing Sasuke¡¯s words, Baibeard couldn¡¯t help but smile boldly. His eyes fell from Kaido on the enemy ship to Sasuke¡¯s body: "Goo la la la... You kid is so polite to Lao Tzu, It¡¯s a bit unaccustomed!"

    After the white beard smiled, he turned his head and looked around him: "Little ones, Sasuke has such a rare temper today that he didn''t contradict Lao Tzu... shall we promise him?"

    "Hahahaha, of course I have to agree!"

    "It''s really rare to see! Promise him, daddy!"

    "This is the first time Sasuke has been so polite to his father! Promise him!"

    On the Moby Dick, after the captains of the White Beard Pirates screamed, everyone agreed to Uchiha Sasuke''s request.

    Baibeard looked down at Sasuke on the sea, grinned and said with a grin: "Goo la la la la, did you hear it, kid! Everyone has agreed... kid, just do whatever you want! Whatever you want to do Anything is fine!"

    Baibeard seemed to have guessed Sasuke''s thoughts, held the big knife in his hand and paused on the deck, and continued with a loud smile: "Sasuke kid, don''t worry about other things, I''m behind you today!"

    "..."

    Uchiha Sasuke''s palm suddenly tightened.

    At this moment, Sasuke''s mood became more and more complicated. Before he had time to say anything, Baibeard agreed completely, trusting him too much...

    Baibeard''s temper is actually not good...

    But the old man has always been extremely tolerant to him.

    "understood!"

    Sasuke Uchiha turned his head abruptly, clenched his fist, a flash of scarlet in his eyes, and looked at Naruto Uzumaki in front of him!

    At the next moment, the domineering look on Sasuke Uchiha burst out instantly. He looked at Naruto Uzumaki, and said in a deep voice: "Naruto, let''s make a bet!"

    "What bet?"

    A touch of caution flashed across Naruto Uzumaki¡¯s face, and he immediately opened his hands and explained: "Hey, have you forgotten? Akatsuki is forbidden to gamble..."

    This thing...

    It is simply outrageous.

    The fifth generation of Hokage Tsunade in the Akatsuki organization likes to gamble very much. The woman has been complaining about Xiao Nan for a long time, because she always loses. The only person who can win is one of Akatsuki...

    "moron!"

    Sasuke Uchiha couldn''t help but cursed, and said solemnly: "That ban is only for two of the people in the organization. What does it have to do with you? Naruto, let alone you don''t want this war to go on like this?"

    Sasuke Uchiha looked at Uzumaki Naruto and nodded, and then said his plan: "We haven''t played against each other for a long time? Let''s have a full duel between the two of us!"

    "If you lose the Beasts Pirates will let us open the way!"

    "If you win, the White Beard Pirates will retreat directly to the new world!"

    "..."

    After thinking about it for a while, Naruto Uzumaki squeezed his fist and said in a deep voice, "Sasuke, you should know that this bet is not very friendly to you..."

    Because whether he wins or loses...

    It is impossible for the White Beard Pirates to move on!

    Sasuke Uchiha must also be aware of this. If Sasuke wins, the Whitebeard Pirates will continue to advance, but will plunge into the abyss faster; if Sasuke loses, the Whitebeard Pirates will retreat directly...

    Uzumaki Naruto has amazing intuition in this regard, he figured out all this almost instantly!

    Because of this...

    He hasn''t done anything less!

    Uchiha Sasuke wants to lose deliberately, right? Does he want to take the opportunity to protect the Whitebeard Pirates!

    Just as Uzumaki Naruto''s eyes lit up, Sasuke Uchiha said indifferently: "But don''t think I will be merciful, this time the two of us...do our best!"

    Let this world...

    You can also see their power!

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 494 is forbidden within the Xiao organization!) Read the record, and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 494ï¼š Fight of ninjas!

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    No one in the entire ocean has seen a real ninja fight.

    White Beard Dama Jindao sat on the chair, dragging a bowl of juice in his hand, and looking at Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto on the sea with a smile on his face.

    "Goo la la la la... What a funny kid!"

    After White Beard raised his head and drank the juice out of the bowl, he smiled and asked, "This is the first time we have a chance to see the Sasuke kid go all out!"

    "Ok¡­"

    Ace stood beside the white beard and nodded happily, "Hahahaha, in fact, it''s the first time I have seen Sasuke so serious!"

    "Goo la la la la... of course you have to be serious!"

    After Baibeard laughed and shook his head, a dignified look flashed in his eyes: "Because his opponent... is not simple at all!"

    The white beard stared at Uzumaki Naruto tightly, and on that yellow-haired kid, there was a power that he would never dare to despise!

    One side of the Beast Pirate Group.

    Kaido looked down at Uchiha Sasuke and snorted coldly.

    The Four Emperors, who had been defeated by Sasuke Uchiha, simply sat neatly on the deck, grabbing his own wine gourd and pouring wine wildly!

    Under the gaze of the two members of the Four Emperors Pirate Group, the faces of Sasuke Uchiha and Naruto Uzumaki remained calm, and they stared at each other.

    "let''s start!"

    Sasuke Uchiha put his fingers up coldly.

    After Naruto Uzumaki was surprised for a second, his face gradually became solemn, and his fingers slowly erected, as if it were a ritual!

    This is the seal of opposition!

    At this moment, the two people seemed to have returned to the ninja school, earnestly forming the seal of opposition they used to practice in the ninja battle!

    The seal of opposition symbolizes that they are about to start fighting!

    next moment¡­

    Sasuke Uchiha and Naruto Uzumaki stepped on the surface of the sea at the same time, and rushed to each other quickly, and the domineeringness of both of them burst out at the same time!

    Bang!

    The arms between the two suddenly collided!

    Chakra''s momentum and domineering look rose to the sky with their actions!

    As they collided, the entire sea immediately set off a storm, and the sky was directly torn in half by the domineering conflict!

    A huge shock wave spread quickly toward the surroundings!

    The three pirate ships were about to be overturned almost instantly, but fortunately, the four emperors, Baibeard and Kaido, were present to maintain the ship!

    "What a joke..."

    Diamond Joz, the captain of the 3rd Division of the White Beard Pirate Group, stood firm and looked at the two people on the sea in surprise: "Does that guy named Uzumaki Naruto have a domineering look on him? "

    "Ok."

    Ace nodded, he also possessed a domineering look, his face gradually became serious: "Moreover, he can compete with Sasuke''s domineering..."

    After Diamond Joz nodded, he couldn''t help but continue: "What''s even more surprising is that his power can also compete with Sasuke...Sasuke''s power is about the same as mine!"

    "Joz, Sasuke is actually stronger than you."

    Marco shook his head next to him, watching the battle on the sea, and whispered: "But that guy''s power is stronger than Sasuke...but Sasuke''s fighting skills are more powerful..."

    as expected!

    After Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto fought with each other, the two quickly began a punch-and-kick physique confrontation, and they still maintained their normal form!

    Just ordinary forms, the fighting power between them is amazing enough, and the waves are set off by their fighting almost all the time!

    Two ninjas who grew up together...

    On this sea, at this moment, contributed a feast of physical skills!

    No, this is not a feast, but just their appetizer!

    "Naruto, you have deliberately practiced your physical skills..."

    A red light flashed in the writing wheel of Uchiha Sasuke''s eyes. After his palm blocked Naruto Uzumaki''s fist, his domineering arrogance instantly covered him, and Naruto Uzumaki blasted away with a lunge!

    Sasuke Uchiha looked at Uzumaki Naruto with a cold face, with a hint of arrogance flashing across his face: "But... that''s useless! With the help of Shalunyan, my domineering look and feel can immediately distinguish your attack!"

    "Sasuke, but my fist is stronger!"

    Uzumaki Naruto didn''t care about the punch he took, a smile flashed across his face, and he didn''t hesitate at all, and rushed toward Uchiha Sasuke again!

    "More trouble than before..."

    Uchiha Sasuke''s brows frowned, and he avoided the waves of attacks that Uzumaki Naruto launched again. He finally realized the importance of Chakra!

    Even if Naruto Uzumaki arrived late, but because of Chakra, he has gained more gains in this world... actually more than himself!

    "I have been trying to catch up with you!"

    Uzumaki Naruto''s palm suddenly caught Uchiha Sasuke!

    Sasuke Uchiha stepped on the surface of the sea, flew away from Naruto''s attack, and quickly closed his palms: "Fire Escape¡¤The Art of Phoenix Fire!"

    Fireballs flew out of his mouth one after another!

    Uzumaki Naruto immediately dodged and evaded, but he could only meet waves of fire escape ninjutsu. After avoiding the Phoenix Fire, a huge fireball crashed down!

    "Art fire escape **** fireball!"

    "Huh? Is this a waste of Chakra?"

    Naruto Uzumaki frowned in surprise, his fist suddenly condensed a group of black armed domineering, and he slammed his punch on the fireball!

    According to their power...

    No matter how strong the fireball technique is, there will inevitably be a weakening situation, and it can be smashed directly with a punch of armed color!

    The fire and rain scattered on the sea!

    Just as Uzumaki Naruto raised his head in some doubt, only Uchiha Sasuke''s body turned into a flame!

    At the same time, the falling flame behind him suddenly disappeared!

    "Heavenly power..."

    Naruto Uzumaki immediately realized that Uchiha Sasuke used the power of his hand to directly exchange positions. The next moment he felt a sharp pain in his face!

    Uchiha Sasuke slammed Uzumaki Naruto''s face with a punch, and after he smashed Uzumaki Naruto directly, Feishi followed again!

    Naruto Uzumaki glanced at Sasuke''s rushing figure, immediately put on a golden chakra coat, and entered the nine lama mode!

    A golden chakra giant hand emerged from his body, and he slapped Sasuke directly with a palm, shooting Sasuke into the sea!

    "what a pity¡­"

    The Captain of the 4th Division of the White Beard Pirates, Saatchi shook his head and sighed: "Originally, Sasuke had a chance to hit the enemy hard..."

    "Hahaha, don''t worry..."

    Foil Busta touched his beard, smiled and said, "Don''t forget that Sasuke is a great swordsman! Even a great swordsman I dare not despise..."

    "Hey, Vista, you''ll pass it now!"

    Marco couldn''t help but raised his eyelids, and said, "I don''t know where the confidence comes from. Sasuke''s swordsmanship is the strongest besides the old man..."

    The next moment, the sword light suddenly rises!

    A powerful slash flew directly from the water!

    This slash cut through the sea and rushed into the sky!

    Just swinging a knife from under the water can cut such a powerful slash!

    Naruto Uzumaki almost evaded this slash, and he finally realized that his teammates had also gotten stronger!

    Great Swordsman!

    Unquestionably¡­

    Uchiha Sasuke''s swordsmanship has also been excessively increased in this world!

    Moreover, what Uchiha Sasuke holds in his hand is one of the twelve most powerful knives in the world!

    A hint of surprise flashed across Naruto Uzumaki¡¯s face, and he couldn''t help but look at Uchiha Sasuke who was standing on the sea again from the sea: "Sasuke, do you want me to cut it in half?"

    "..."

    Sasuke Uchiha frowned, waved the knife in his hand and rushed up: "How could you die easily...not to mention..."

    Besides, even if he died...

    Uehara Naraku can revive you too!

    Sasuke Uchiha no longer kept his hands in his hands, and one after another slashes slashed towards Uzumaki Naruto!

    Foil Bista looked at Sasuke''s slash and couldn''t help but speak: "I feel that Sasuke can challenge Hawkeye Mihawk''s world''s number one swordsman!"

    "Goo la la la la la..."

    Baibeard shook his head and laughed: "If only with swordsmanship, the little devil that Yingyan can''t be defeated so easily..."

    Want to be the world''s largest swordsman...

    Unless Uchiha Sasuke opens up with Susano!

    But now Uchiha Sasuke''s slash, not everyone can follow!

    However, Naruto Uzumaki didn''t care at all, a dozen golden chakra giant hands suddenly drilled out, a group of jet black domineering almost spread from the inside of the giant hands, from the inside to the outside!

    These giant hands are actually all made of armed domineering!

    In the next moment, these giant hands mixed with black gold directly caught Sasuke''s slashes, and directly squeezed these powerful slashes!

    This scene made everyone''s eyes widened involuntarily!

    There was a flash of surprise in Uchiha Sasuke''s heart, even he was a little lamented about the world''s love for Uzumaki Naruto!

    "This is the sea..."

    After Uchiha Sasuke shook his head, his figure instantly disappeared in place, and he used Heaven''s hand power again!

    This time the goal of the hand-to-hand exchange position...

    It''s the sea water under Naruto Uzumaki!

    Uchiha Sasuke appeared next to Uzumaki Naruto, and a group of jet black spears composed of black flames suddenly emerged from his body, and the domineering armed color instantly spread over the black flames!

    That group of black flames, under the blessing of the armed color, became a bit shiny!

    A spear penetrated Naruto Uzumaki''s body instantly!

    Only in the next second, Uzumaki Naruto''s body turned into a cloud of smoke!

    "Shadow clone?"

    Uchiha Sasuke''s expression changed.

    No matter how long it has passed, what he hates most is Uzumaki Naruto''s shadow clone technique. After this idiot has learned the shadow clone technique, he has played with this technique!

    "I caught it..."

    Uzumaki Naruto''s voice suddenly came from underwater, one arm grabbed Uchiha Sasuke''s calf, UU reading was about to drown him directly into the sea!

    It is a pity that Sasuke Uchiha waved the sharp sword in his hand, and a slash hit the sea instantly, forcing Naruto Uzumaki to give up the blow!

    Between offense and defense, the two men stood at sea again...

    The appetizers for two have already amazed the two members of the Four Emperors Pirate Group!

    Whether it is fighting skills or using ninja tricks in battle, they are beyond their knowledge!

    The members of the Beast Pirate Group and the White Beard Pirate Group realized that these two people not only have power, but also have more exquisite fighting skills than them!

    "Hahahahaha..."

    Foil Bistas didn''t care, and continued with a smile: "But why doesn''t Sasuke use Susao? It feels like the battle can be ended sooner..."

    "Goo la la la la... of course it cannot be used anymore!"

    White Beard smiled and shook his head, and said to defend Sasuke: "This battle has just begun! They will definitely take a long time... and... the kid called Naruto also has a corresponding power in his body..."

    A burst of...

    The power that makes Baibeard sigh for it!

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on "Favorites" below to record this (Chapter 495 Ninja Fight! (third!)) reading record, and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 495ï¼š The horrifying battle...

    , The fastest update starts with the latest chapters from Naruto!

    The sea.

    The sun is setting.

    This battle lasted a long time.

    However, Sasuke Uchiha and Naruto Uzumaki still have a lot of fighting power, and the battle between them is still exciting, leaving the two Four Emperors Pirate Groups blind to each other!

    The group of beasts and pirates.

    Drought Jack looked at the sea that was constantly shaken by the fighting between the two and stood beside Kaido. He hesitated and said: "Brother Kaido, are we really not taking action?"

    "Um...Um..."

    Kaido drank the wine ignorantly, and burped loudly: "Don''t worry, just sit here and watch..."

    The God of Wano Country personally confessed...

    Uzumaki Naruto will never lose to Uchiha Sasuke!

    At this moment, a huge wave was about to drown their warship, and the battle on the sea became fierce again!

    Clouds of fragmentation appeared in the sky!

    The light of countless thunder and lightning began to swim among the clouds!

    "Lei Dun..."

    A red light flashed in the writing wheel of Uchiha Sasuke''s eyes, his palm suddenly lifted, and he waved down towards the sea: "Kirin!"

    In the next second, the lightning in the sky turned into a thunder beast and fell suddenly, hitting Naruto Uzumaki on the sea, forcing Naruto Uzumaki to fly back, and stretched Sasuke''s distance away!

    At this moment, Uchiha Sasuke took advantage of this opportunity, and Susano suddenly burst out of his body, and he shot out with a bow and arrows!

    This action was done in one go!

    One after another, the giant purple arrows flew toward Naruto Uzumaki. The first arrow was just shot, and the second and third arrows almost followed!

    Uzumaki Naruto''s face was full of surprise!

    In the next moment, his body suddenly turned into a golden nine-tailed hundreds of meters high!

    Nine huge tails quickly stopped in front of him, and forcibly blocked the three huge arrows that hit him. The huge arrows fell on the sea and set off huge waves!

    Uchiha Sasuke didn''t care at all, his Susao Naka quickly turned into a complete body, and the mountain-like **** of war suddenly pulled out the Shinobi, and slashed out!

    This slash directly lifted the golden nine tails hundreds of meters high!

    The sea rolled and splashed with large waves, as if it was also hurt by this slash, which could not be calmed for a long time. In this scene, most people could not help but feel cold...

    Most of the people present have withstood this slash...

    Not everyone can withstand the full slash of Suo Nenghu.

    However, the golden nine-tailed flying upside down instantly stabilized his body in the air, and in an instant cast the shadow clone technique!

    After the four golden nine tails were separated, they ran quickly along the surface of the sea, directly surrounding the entire body Susano!

    "this is¡­"

    On the Moby Dick, Ace couldn''t help showing a touch of surprise, and turned to look at Marko: "Hey, Marko, is this a phantom beast like you?"

    "do not know¡­"

    Marco couldn''t help but shook his head: "And I have never heard of this ability... Daddy, have you ever seen what it is?"

    "Goo la la la, that kid is not a devil fruit capable..."

    Baibeard laughed loudly and shook his head. A light flashed in his eyes: "That''s not his power...but it was lent to him by the monster in his body!"

    Even if Whitebeard has seen many weird abilities in the ocean...

    I have never seen such an ability as Uzumaki Naruto that can be transformed into a golden nine-tailed tail, especially when he is able to cast his clone, and the clone''s momentum is also very strong!

    "Naruto¡­"

    Uchiha Sasuke stood within the crystal of Susano, and looked at the four golden nine tails with vigilance. These are not pure shadow clones!

    Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t help gritting his teeth, and said coldly, "You really like the shadow clone technique..."

    "what¡­"

    Naruto Uzumaki stood on the golden nine-tailed body, and explained with a smile: "Maybe it''s because when I was in school, the thing I was not good at was the clone..."

    The next moment, four golden nine-tailed chakras gathered at the same time!

    One after another huge tail beast jade opened their mouths and sprayed towards the complete body Susanou that surrounded the center!

    Uchiha Sasuke could only control the full body Susanochi waving the Shinobi in his hand, slashing out one after another, detonating the tail beast jade directly in the air!

    The flames of the explosion on the sea continue!

    One after another, the tail beast jade raged on the sea as if not to chakra, and the continuous explosion sounded through everyone''s ears!

    The sea can''t be calm at all!

    A wave just fell, a wave together!

    "Find the body first..."

    After Uchiha Sasuke frowned, he manipulated Susano to fly towards a golden nine-tailed sword, stabbing a huge ninja sword, and directly pierced the chest of a golden nine-tailed one. The tail is nailed to the sea!

    After the first blow worked...

    Sasuke Uchiha did not stop, and the flying body avoided the attack of another tail beast jade, and solved two golden nine-tailed clones one after another like the law!

    It''s just that Susano Nohu''s body was finally blasted through two big holes by two tail beast jade explosions, and even the ninja sword in his hand was directly blown away!

    "Naruto!"

    Uchiha Sasuke simply manipulated Suzano to hit the last golden nine-tailed with a punch, where Naruto Uzumaki''s body was located!

    The overlord look and domineering burst from Suzuo Nohu''s body instantly!

    The jet black armed color domineering is flowing on Susano Nohu''s fist, indicating that the power of this fist must not be underestimated!

    No matter who...

    It is impossible to ignore the full blow of Susanoh and Sasuke Uchiha, this blow may even directly destroy the foundation of an island!

    "Naruto!"

    Uzumaki Naruto''s voice was awe-inspiring and undaunted, he controlled the Golden Nine Tails and clenched his fists, and rushed to meet Susanou!

    Domineering and domineering straight into the sky!

    Whether it is armed or domineering, the domineering golden nine tails is not inferior to that of the complete body.

    Uzumaki Naruto...

    Sasuke Uchiha¡­

    They are the two ninjas standing at the top of the ninja world. They also have the fusion of the two world power systems. They have already developed their power to the extreme!

    Even the white beard who is known as the strongest in the world was a little surprised. He squeezed the big knife in his hand and laughed loudly: "Gum la la la la la...littles, stand firm..."

    "Humph¡­"

    Kaido raised his head and took a sip of wine, and the urn said: "Let the helmsman stabilize the boat! Find a place to hide yourself, and then it is not something you can resist..."

    Even if there is no need for the two Four Emperors to remind, all the pirates present know that the next collision between Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto is not something they can resist!

    as expected.

    The golden nine tails and the fist of Susanoh smashed together!

    A shock wave from their fists instantly spread towards the surroundings, and the cumulus clouds that had been fragmented in the sky were completely broken up by this shock wave!

    The sea rolled outwards quickly from under their feet!

    With the force of this impact, hundreds of meters high waves quickly lifted from their surroundings and swept towards the periphery!

    Whether it is the flagship of the White Beard Pirate Group or the Beast Pirate Group, it will be overturned by this shock wave in an instant!

    The white beard snorted heavily and stood up abruptly, the majestic overlord color flowing on his body, raising his own big knife, blocking this surging shock wave!

    The captains on the Mobile could not help but swallowed their saliva, looking at the monstrous waves engulfed by the shock wave with all their faces!

    The battle between Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto...

    It is too amazing!

    Even if it is just their aftermath, it is not a force that they can easily resist... Even with the support of a white beard, their faces are still inevitably shocked!

    Kaido''s actions are even more straightforward!

    The four emperors simply stood up, slammed his mace, shook the shock wave, and protected his flagship!

    Under the domineering pressure of the two four emperors, the overwhelming waves diverted quickly and scattered towards the surrounding sea!

    "Too strong..."

    Portgas D. Ace couldn''t hide his shock, clenching his fist, his face was full of dignity: "Is that Sasuke''s former teammate?"

    "It''s really a bit strong..."

    Marco nodded slowly.

    It¡¯s really unimaginable where Sasuke Uchiha and Naruto Uzumaki grew up, and they can cultivate these two tough guys...

    That kind of place...

    How terrible is it?

    Even the all-out war between the four emperors is nothing more than that, right? It was just the aftermath of their collision that produced such terrifying waves...

    No wonder Uchiha Sasuke doesn¡¯t want them to fight...

    Because Sasuke knew very well that the fight between him and Uzumaki Naruto was not something other people on the Whitebeard Pirates could participate in!

    On the sea in the center of the battlefield.

    After the complete body Susanoh and the Golden Nine Tails smashed each other for the first time, the two of them instantly began to fully fire, and they seemed to be able to overturn the sea with one punch and one kick!

    Endless waves are surging from all around!

    The Moby Dick of the White Beard Pirates and the warships of the Beast Pirates seem to be duckweed in the sea. If it were not for the two Four Emperors on the ship, their ship would have capsized long ago!

    No, it should be said that a ship has capsized!

    Because Drought Jack''s Mammoth was too close, it was overturned by the shock wave generated by the first collision between the full body Sano Nogo and the Golden Nine Tails!

    A group of pirates drifting on the sea holding broken ship boards...

    As for the drought, Jack himself lay on the bottom of the sea again, with his eyes watching countless sea fishes that panicked and fled the sea and swam past him...

    He can only wait quietly for rescue after the battle...

    Ok¡­

    Too close to the battlefield...

    While Naruto Uzumaki and Sasuke Uchiha were fighting in this sea area, the waves generated by the first impact of their collision appeared in the vision of naval ships, and the naval ships monitoring the battlefield were also shaking!

    Although the waves have become smaller and smaller, there is still the possibility of subverting warships!

    Huang Yuan, the admiral of the Navy Headquarters on the warship, stood on the bow, armed with a domineering moment of shock, and easily repelled the waves.

    "It''s terrible..."

    Huang Yuan glanced at the waves of waves gradually, and said with a grin at the corner of his mouth: "With this power, those two little ghosts are not much worse than Kaido and Baibeard..."

    "Ok¡­"

    Yakushidou''s face also faintly became a little dignified: "We originally included Uchiha Sasuke as one of the most evil people that the Navy must deal with in the future. Now it seems that we have to add another name..."

    "Unexpectedly, that Uzumaki Naruto is still the same monster as Uchiha Sasuke..."

    Huang Yuan''s face was still smiling, UU reading , he turned his head to look at Uchiha Sasuke, and asked, "Take the staff, shall we continue to plan? It is really dangerous now..."

    "Wait for our reinforcements..."

    The pharmacist waved the phone worm in his hand and replied softly: "Jiaodu, Doflamingo and the dried persimmon ghost shark are coming soon... the Navy... The pirates must not be underestimated, even if the strength may be worse, they cannot A flaw in the determination to enforce justice!"

    The three of the three in the Seven Martial Seas under the King have arrived...

    As for the remaining Moonlight Moria and Hawkeye Mihawk, these two kings, Qiwuhai, should not have a happy life now?

    The pharmacist slowly pushed his glasses...

    Moonlight Moria should have good luck. The only members responsible for sniping him are the Red Sand Scorpion and Deidara of the Art Pirates...

    but¡­

    Hawkeye Mihawk, luck is not so good!

 Chapter 496ï¼š Mihawk and Naraku Ueharas first encounter

    , The fastest update starts with the latest chapters from Naruto!

    Great route.

    A small boat is sailing slowly on the sea.

    This small boat is only a tiny bit big, and only one person can sit on it. It seems that this small boat can''t stand the wind and waves of the great sea route at all.

    However, no one would doubt that this small boat would have an accident at sea.

    Because the owner of this small boat is the world''s largest swordsman Hawkeye Mihawk, and according to his strength and superb driving skills, he can easily pass through wind and waves.

    On the way, Hawkeye Mihawk drove this boat to the waters near Murloc Island to watch the world¡¯s top battle between the White Beard Pirates and the Kaido Pirates, and see if they want to help. Navy or something...

    Just as Hawkeye Mihawk was walking down the wind, closing his eyes and sleeping, he sensed that someone was approaching his boat, and it seemed that it was coming towards him.

    It was a warship carrying citrus.

    This warship...

    Mihawk slowly raised his head, a pair of sharp gazes appeared under the wide brim of his hat, his gaze was fixed on the warship in front of him, and a doubt flashed across his face.

    "Huh? A warship from the Navy?"

    "Yes!"

    On the deck of that warship stood a man squinting and smiling, and his crisp voice fell into Hawkeye Mihawk¡¯s ears: "Mr. Jorakl Mihawk, I¡¯m from Lieutenant General Pharmacist¡¯s Pocket Welcome to your navy headquarters, Colonel Naraku Uehara!"

    "There is no such need."

    Hawkeye Mihawk shook his head calmly, and there was a hint of unquestionable meaning in his cold voice: "I will find the seas where they are fighting by myself. If I watch the battle on a naval ship, it may cause some trouble."

    If I remember correctly...

    Hawkeye Mihawk remembered that Naraku Uehara used to be the subordinate of the former king Shichibukai Krokdal, who was later imprisoned...

    It turns out that this guy is the navy undercover in the sea of ??Qiwu under the king?

    Such people¡­

    Hawkeye Mihawk doesn''t like it at all!

    Moreover, there was a faintly unknown aura on this person named Uehara Naraku, which made Hawkeye Mihawk feel a little repulsive towards him.

    Maybe this Uehara Naraku...

    Also the nasty guys of CP agents of the world government?

    Mihawk thought of this and closed his eyes impatiently: "You lead the way, and I will be behind..."

    Before the words were over, Hawkeye Mihawk suddenly thought of something!

    In the next moment, Hawkeye Mihawk¡¯s domineering look and feel instantly covered the entire warship, and his gaze slightly changed...

    How could there be only one navy on this warship, Naraku Uehara?

    In this case, it would be too wasteful!

    It doesn''t make sense...

    How did Uehara Naraku know that Qiwukai, the king, had taken over this secret naval call, and how did he know that Lieutenant Admiral Pharmacist had invited him to this sea area?

    Jorakl Mihawk''s eyes lifted up again in an instant, staring at Naraku Uehara on the deck of the warship, seeming to want to see everything through him!

    Uehara Naraku, a colonel in the navy headquarters, didn''t know what Hawkeye was thinking, and he didn''t care about Hawkeye''s attitude. He still squinted and smiled.

    "Mr. Mihawk."

    Uehara Naraku is still persuading tirelessly: "If we board our warship, the speed will be faster, and we have already monitored the battle between the White Beard Pirate Group and the Hundred Beast Pirate Group. General Huang Yuan is also waiting for you... "

    "Don''t get in my way."

    Hawkeye Mihawk slowly lowered his head and interrupted Uehara Naraku.

    There was a little hesitation on Uehara Naraku''s face, and he continued to explain in a low voice: "I came here from a long distance to meet you..."

    Clang!

    Mihawk stood up slowly and pulled out the black knife behind him!

    Since I don¡¯t know what is going on...

    And now I don¡¯t want to bother about the navy colonel in front of me, or the little agent who pretends to be a navy colonel...then there is no need to waste time!

    According to Hawkeye Mihawk''s approach, he naturally wanted to destroy the warship blocking the road with a single blow, and continue to follow his own route.

    As for killing Naraku Uehara...

    Hawkeye Mihawk didn''t deliberately want to do such a thing, he just wanted to destroy the warship so as not to waste his time.

    "Mr. Mihawk, this is..."

    A flash of shock flashed across Uehara''s face on the deck of the warship. He looked at Hawkeye Mihawk who pulled out the black knife with some horror. The whole person seemed to be frightened and stupid!

    "Because you are too wordy."

    Hawkeye Mihawk shook the black knife in his hand, a powerful slash hit the warship directly, and the warship was about to be divided into two!

    "This is too much!"

    A flash of anger suddenly flashed across Uehara Naraku''s face, flying up from the deck, and kicking this powerful slash away!

    Uehara Naraku landed on the warship again, and angrily looked down at Hawkeye Mihawk on the small sampan: "Joracol Mihawk, you are just a mere king under Qiwuhai. You dare to fight The Navy shot..."

    This makes people hear...

    As if he himself was the marshal of the navy.

    Hawkeye Mihawk''s gaze fell on Uehara Naraku''s body again, a strange color flashed in his eyes, and he was a little surprised at the slash that Uehara Naraku kicked him to pieces...

    This¡­

    Can a navy colonel really do it?

    Even the lieutenant general of the navy headquarters couldn''t just shake his slash!

    At least from the current point of view, this Uehara Naraku should be a naval colonel with extraordinary status and strength. No wonder the navy will send this guy to greet him...

    Hawkeye Mihawk looked at Naraku Uehara, put away his black knife blankly, and said indifferently: "It''s just a test...Even if you are the navy, you can''t break the agreement between the king''s Qiwuhai at will. Help me tow the boat up!"

    After speaking, Mihawk carried a black knife and landed on the deck of the warship: "Okay, get rid of it quickly, let''s go now!"

    "Yes!"

    Uehara Naraku still looked at Hawkeye Mihawk with a full face, and gritted his teeth bitterly, as if he was still dissatisfied with Hawkeye Mihawk''s actions before.

    Uehara Naraku stared at Hawkeye, still with anger on his face and said, "Then please take a rest from Mr. Mihawk, I will take care of it immediately!"

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Hawkeye Mihawk''s coffin ship, with a touch of disgust on her face, pulling the rope to drag the coffin ship behind the warship.

    "Ok?"

    Hawkeye Mihawk glanced in surprise at the way Uehara Naraku handled the tug, his expression couldn''t help but change: "Huh? That''s how you handled it?"

    "if not?"

    Uehara Naraku snapped his fingers silently.

    The next moment, the sea breeze floated from the sea instantly, blowing the sails on the warship, driving the warship to sail quickly!

    Hawkeye Mihawk looked at this scene in astonishment.

    Can actually control the sea breeze out of thin air, is this navy colonel really serious?

    Just as Hawkeye Mihawk wanted to ask something, he suddenly remembered the car he was being dragged, and reached out to stop Uehara Naraku: "Hey, wait..."

    Unfortunately it''s too late...

    With the fast sailing of the warship, the coffin ship that was just towed by the warship turned over in an instant, floating in the sea like a piece of wood...

    What kind of fairy navy is this guy!

    Does this guy know how to deal with sampans and sea boats?

    Even if Hawkeye Mihawk is calm and usually not moved by foreign objects, but at this moment, seeing his boat being treated so rudely, his expression is a bit ugly...

    Hawkeye Mihawk has a feeling that when he meets this navy, the whole person is in a bad mood.

    Uehara Nairo didn''t realize it at all. He glanced at the Hawkeye''s boat that had been towed by the warship. He finally felt better, and smiled again at Hawkeye Mihawk.

    "Mr. Mihawk, the journey will be long, would you like a glass of juice?"

    "..."

    Hawkeye Mihawk shook his head and showed a cold face at Uehara Naraku: "Just give me a bottle of red wine."

    Why are people drinking juice everywhere in the ocean recently...

    The last time Hawkeye Mihawk participated in the siege of Uchiha Sasuke, he stopped by to take a look at the red-haired Shanks. As a result, he saw Ben Beckman, the deputy captain of the Red-haired Pirates group, holding a juice straw and dripping alcohol. Dip...

    And Hawkeye Mihok faintly remembered that the two former kings, Qiwuhai, who had acted like persimmon and Doflamingo, always drink juice...

    When did this become popular...

    Why are people drinking juice everywhere in the ocean now? Is it because the beer is not daring enough or the red wine is not elegant enough? Why do you like to drink juice like children?

    Uehara Naraku still had a smile on her face, but she shook her head and said, "Sorry, the house is strictly controlled. There is no red wine on the boat, now only juice."

    "..."

    Hawkeye Mihawk choked.

    Is this broken warship really here to receive him?

    Anyone who is a naval officer who receives the King''s Qiwuhai should at least know that his favorite is the wine bar!

    Uehara Naraku seemed to feel a little rude, and after hesitating for a while, he explained, "However, the juice on board is freshly squeezed with fresh oranges."

    After Mihawk was silent for a while, he found a chair to sit down, glanced at the orange tree on the warship, and calmly said: "Forget it, let''s have a drink!"

    "Ok."

    Uehara Naraku nodded seriously, took a cup from the cabin table and placed it next to Hawkeye.

    The next moment, a ray of sea breeze blew.

    Several oranges fell from the tree and floated above the cup.

    Uehara Nairo suddenly spread her fingers toward the oranges, and the oranges were cut into pieces in an instant!

    Uehara Naraku suddenly clenched one of his fists again, and a huge force appeared out of thin air, slowly crushing the orange pieces.

    The orange juice dripped into the cup...

    "Ok?"

    Hawkeye Mihawk''s gaze fixed on the movements of Uehara Naraku. This navy colonel is indeed not easy Just this hand is a bit amazing...

    Uehara Naraku looked like a waiter, picked up the cup and walked to Mihawk, smiling and continuing to ask: "Mr. Mihawk, do you want to add ice?"

    "..."

    Mihawk was silent for a while, watching the smile on Uehara Naruko''s face, and then slowly nodded, "Yes."

    "Ok."

    A chill came out of Uehara Naraku''s palm, and an ice cube appeared on the glass full of juice in his hand.

    Uehara Naraku slowly put the glass of fresh iced juice in front of Hawkeye, smiled and said: "Please use, I hope Mr. Mihawk can have a pleasant journey on this warship."

    because¡­

    The future life of the world''s largest swordsman...

    Maybe, it should, maybe, it won''t be particularly pleasant.

 Chapter 497ï¼š I have a responsibility to let you know what organization Akatsuki is!

    , The fastest update starts with the latest chapters from Naruto!

    On a warship full of orange trees.

    When Naruko Uehara handed Mihawk juice to Hawkeye, he glanced vaguely at the cross on Mihawk''s chest, and then at the black knife held by Mihawk.

    Ok¡­

    Kind of interesting.

    The cross is a knife.

    That black knife is named Ye, and it is one of the twelve supreme sharp knives in this world. It is known as the world''s strongest black knife. It is the love knife of the world''s largest swordsman Hawkeye Mihawk.

    Hawkeye Mihawk took a sip of the juice in the glass, and couldn''t help but frowned: "It''s unimaginable why anyone still likes to drink this kind of kid''s stuff..."

    "Ha ha¡­"

    The corners of Uehara Naraku''s mouth twitched, and he chuckled and explained, "Maybe it''s because those people''s homes are more strict!"

    Uehara Naraku felt that his personality became more and more friendly.

    If it were changed to the previous one, the current Hawkeye Mihawk should have been hung up and beaten by him, and then hung by him behind the warship...

    right now¡­

    Uehara Naraku would not do that.

    Uehara Naraku glanced at his system panel and whispered: "Mr. Mihawk, there are enough lounges in the cabin. It would be an interruption. I did not bring too many soldiers. We will arrive at the White Beard Pirate about tomorrow morning. The area where the regiment and the beast and pirate regiment fought..."

    "I know."

    Hawkeye Mihawk nodded slowly, and a hint of curiosity flashed across his face: "Colonel Uehara Naruko, are you a demon fruit capable person?"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku thought for a while, then nodded earnestly: "You can say that, but it''s not a fully capable person."

    Ok¡­

    It seems that the same can be said.

    Now he can freely display many natural fruit abilities.

    Compared with the natural fruit ability, Uehara Naraku''s domineering should be stronger now. Recently, Uehara Naraku has been quietly operating in the waters near Wano country. Even Nicole Robin was temporarily placed by him in Wano country. .

    During this period of time, Uehara Nalu was engaged in some branch or scenic missions of great route navigation, but these ordinary navigation missions were rewarded with great rewards.

    Side mission: continue sailing on the great route (281/1000), the mission is not completed, the reward is unknown.

    feel¡­

    It''s like letting him travel on a great route.

    Perhaps this is what it means to be in Pirate World? As long as he continues to sail, his power will become stronger and stronger, and sooner or later he will take this world into his bag.

    Really...

    Confusing.

    Uehara Naraku (regular form)

    Power of the world: 5,200,000

    Life energy: 1215300

    Domineering: Top

    Armed color domineering: 1215300

    See and hear color domineering: 1215300

    Life energy recovery: 1296/sec

    Armed color domineering recovery: 1024/sec

    See and hear color domineering recovery: 1024/sec

    Remaining gold coins: 14,210

    During this time, Uehara Naraku allowed the members of Akatsuki''s organization to make waves on the sea, but he secretly became stronger.

    Now I feel more and more like a serious behind-the-scenes...

    The past was a bit too rude.

    The reason why Uehara Narakusho came out today is naturally because Hawkeye Mihawk, as the world''s number one swordsman, has several tasks...

    In addition, Uehara Naraku was also a little worried that if he sent out other members, he might overturn on Hawkeye Mihawk.

    and¡­

    This looks like a serious swordsman is quite interesting.

    To be honest, the members of the Akatsuki organization are too rude. Those guys often do not behave. They really need such a serious swordsman to improve the overall style of the Akatsuki organization.

    The sun went down.

    The moonlight over the sea gradually brightened.

    The warship full of orange trees is still sailing.

    Uehara Naraku slowly raised his finger, and watched the battle between the Art Pirates of the Red Sand Scorpion and Moonlight Moria. The battle between them is estimated to be a long time.

    After Uehara Nara frowned, he monitored the final battle between Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto. The battle between these two guys is estimated to take longer...

    have to say¡­

    This world has increased too much for ninjas, and their physical strength has gradually become more abundant, both physical fitness and Chakra energy are slowly increasing.

    It''s kind of weird...

    If it weren''t for the black hole skills and the tenfold increase of the ascending **** long order, it was just the normal state of Uehara Naraku, and now there is really no certainty that he can cope with the combination of Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto.

    When thinking of this, Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but glance at Hawkeye Mihawk, the world''s number one swordsman who can admire the white beard, wouldn''t it be troublesome to fight?

    Hawkeye Mihawk glanced at Naraku Uehara in surprise, frowned his brow, and said, "Mr. Colonel, what''s the matter, why don''t you go cook dinner?"

    "Uh, forgot to bring the chef..."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at his system panel, and his face just showed an awkward smile: "Sorry, I just thought that the soldiers could not disturb you, but I forgot to bring the chef. My craft is limited to rough roasting. Fish, I don¡¯t know..."

    "Ok?"

    Hawkeye Mihawk frowned subconsciously and asked, "So, is there enough food in the warship''s kitchen?"

    "Perhaps..."

    The next moment, Uehara Naraku''s fingers linked together, and the sea water rolled up in an instant, setting off a spiral current, sending sea fish directly to the deck!

    Uehara Naruko nodded contentedly, turned to look at Hawkeye Mihawk, and said softly, "It should be there now."

    "..."

    Mihawk''s eyes grew sharper.

    Since he got on this warship, the navy colonel in front of him has shown some strange abilities.

    This guy¡­

    It''s really not easy!

    Hawkeye Mihawk made a dinner personally, and looked at Naraku Uehara, who was feasting in the restaurant, and felt a little unwell.

    This navy colonel...

    Is the brain really okay?

    Over the years, Hawkeye Mihawk has seen many people, because more and more people have been met, Hawkeye Mihawk has become more and more fond of his knives.

    However, a navy colonel like Uehara Naraku with a strange personality, boldness and thick-skinned face, the world''s largest swordsman really hasn¡¯t seen much...

    "All right."

    After dinner, Uehara Naraku wiped his mouth contentedly, raised his head and looked at Mihawk who was sitting across from the dining table, and slightly raised the corners of his mouth.

    "As expected to be the world''s largest swordsman, the craftsmanship is really good..."

    Uehara Naraku revealed a sincere look in his eyes, and asked earnestly: "Say something serious! Mr. Mihawk, do you want to come to this ship and be the chef of this ship?"

    "..."

    The air suddenly became quiet.

    A ray of murderous aura gradually appeared in the restaurant of the warship.

    Murderous aura is cultivated by a sword tyrant who has been stained with blood for many years. With the sword tyrant''s emotions, it can affect the surrounding environment, not to mention the world''s largest sword tyrant in front of him!

    Hawkeye is the world''s largest swordsman!

    How could it be possible to become a chef on a warship!

    Everyone knows that this is absolutely impossible. This is an insult to Hawkeye Mihawk!

    This guy named Naraku Uehara is provoking him!

    This guy¡­

    Either they are powerful or crazy!

    Jorakl Mihawk looked at Naraku Uehara calmly, and said indifferently, "Do you know what you are talking about..."

    "very clear."

    Uehara Naruko slowly tapped his finger, ignoring the murderous intent of Hawkeye Mihawk, and continued with a smile: "This ship is now my car. There are not many people who can board this ship, so naturally the chef You can¡¯t pick at will..."

    "Uninteresting."

    Jorakl Mihawk interrupted Naraku Uehara, reached out his hand and grabbed the black knife beside him, showing a little impatience on his face: "When I boarded this warship, I thought I saw an interesting Guys, there will be an interesting trip..."

    At the next moment, Jorakl Mihawk aimed the black knife in his hand at Naraku Uehara, and continued in a cold voice: "Your Excellency is the second person to break through my endurance limit. Because I have a little power, I want to ¡­"

    "Wait, who is the first person?"

    Uehara Naraku''s focus was obviously different. He touched his chin and slowly said, "Is the red-haired Shanks among the Four Emperors?"

    "..."

    Mihawk was silent for a second.

    Obviously Uehara Naraku was right.

    The battle between Mihawk and Red-haired Shanks is still remembered by Muhawk. Even Mihawk rushed to the Red-haired Sea to learn swordsmanship with him many times, until the four emperors broke his arm. Just give up.

    Even so, Hawkeye Mihawk recognized the friendship of the red-haired Shanks, and also understood the extent of that guy''s off-line, which greatly increased Mihawk''s endurance limit...

    When Uehara Naraku asked this sentence, it directly interrupted Joracol Mihawk¡¯s thoughts and the next words...

    This is not the time to mention the red-haired Shanks!

    "..."

    Jorakl Mihawk twisted the black knife in his hand abruptly, and pointed at Nairo Uehara and said coldly: "The nameless people, don''t waste our time anymore, report your real name and identity, like you Guy, it can never be an ordinary navy!"

    "Is this too anxious?"

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and sighed.

    However, after Uehara Naraku sighed, he did not continue to delay.

    The next moment, Uehara Naruko supported the table and slowly stood up, staring at Hawkeye''s eyes, his face gradually calmed down.

    "dawn¡­"

    The first word Uehara Naraku uttered made Mihawk''s eyes flashed a light, because this name made a lot of noise on the sea some time ago!

    It was precisely because of the appearance of Uchiha Itachi from Akatsuki that the naval forces failed to encircle Uchiha Sasuke!

    It is said that...

    This is a deeply hidden organization!

    And recently there are rumors in the ocean that Uchiha Sasuke of the White Beard Pirates seems to be one of the members of the Akatsuki organization...

    It is said that the king''s Qiwuhai dried persimmon ghost shark may also have an inexplicable relationship with the Akatsuki organization, and it has not yet been identified; and the Four Emperor Kaido, who dominates the latter half of the New World, seems to have become an ally of Akatsuki .

    "Aka''s member?"

    Mihawk gripped the black knife in his hand tighter and tighter, UU reading his gaze revealed a dignified look: "How can you find out where I am? If I remember correctly, we are There shouldn¡¯t be anything involved..."

    "Do not."

    Uehara Naraku raised the corners of her mouth slightly, raised a finger and shook her head: "Do you need me to remind Mr. Mihawk?"

    Uehara Naraku looked at Hawkeye Mihawk, with a deeper smile on his face: "Remember what you said in front of Uchiha Itachi? Akatsuki is an unknown small organization..."

    next moment¡­

    A fierce light suddenly appeared in Uehara Naraku''s eyes!

    "As Akatsuki''s leader..."

    Uehara Naraku slowly closed her palms, and the sound of the joints came out little by little: "I have full responsibility, and I came here to tell Mr. Mihawk..."

    Uehara Naraku gradually floated a touch of domineering, his gaze faintly became dark: "Let you clearly realize that Akatsuki...what kind of organization is it!"

 Chapter 498ï¼š The man who challenges the worlds No. 1 swordsman!

    , The fastest update starts with the latest chapters from Naruto!

    What kind of organization is Akatsuki...

    Jorakl Mihawk also quietly noticed.

    Itachi Uchiha, the first Akatsuki member to appear on the sea, was able to use a peculiar ability to display the weird power of the ten-punch sword.

    Mihawk couldn''t help but impress.

    but now¡­

    Mihawk has only one thought.

    This Akatsuki organization is a bit too stingy.

    At the beginning, he didn''t understand the situation of the Xiao organization, but just said a word casually. The leader of the Xiao organization came over and asked him, the world''s largest swordsman, to find fault?

    This boss...

    Mind a little bit small, right?

    Is this guy really the leader of Akatsuki''s organization?

    Above this sea, the real powerhouses and the leaders of the big forces are all men who are broad-minded to accommodate the sea, and the leader of Akatsuki in front of them is too narrow-minded...

    The Akatsuki organization has never been famous in the sea. This so-called leader should be one of the main reasons for its influence...

    "Mr. Mihawk, your expression is a bit rude..."

    Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly disappeared in front of Hawkeye, and his voice echoed in the cabin of the warship: "Do you really think I am the kind of narrow-minded person?"

    As the supreme leader of a powerful organization that spans two worlds, how could Naraku Uehara trouble him because of Hawkeye Mihawk?

    Just by the way...

    This time, Uehara Naraku personally intercepted Hawkeye Mihawk. In addition to completing the side missions on Hawkeye Mihawk, the most important purpose was to control the king Qiwuhai in his own hands!

    after all¡­

    This is also a figure who can stand on top of the war in the future!

    The next moment, Uehara Naruto suddenly appeared in front of Hawkeye, and kicked against Hawkeye Mihawk, forcing the great swordsman to retreat quickly!

    Mihawk stared at the sudden appearance of Uehara Naraku, marveling at his speed, and could only hurriedly lift the black sword in his hand for defense!

    "So fast¡­"

    Bang!

    Naru Uehara kicked the black sword!

    The sound of gold and iron fighting spread throughout the cabin!

    Just relying on kicks, but also has the power to compete with the black sword!

    The cabin on the warship was smashed into a big hole in an instant, and Hawkeye Mihawk was kicked directly out of the cabin with his black knife!

    "Trouble..."

    Hawkeye Mihawk frowned and stretched out his black knife, trying to directly insert it on the warship to prevent his body from flying out!

    "too naive¡­"

    As Uehara Naraku''s words sounded, a twinkling light came into Mihawk''s eyes. It was a fruit knife in the kitchen!

    This fruit knife pierced Hawkeye''s eyes, forcing the great swordsman to raise his head to avoid the light of the knife, otherwise his eyes would definitely be scratched directly!

    Uehara Naraku''s wrist flipped, and the fruit knife was thrown on the ground by his hand. In the next second, his palm turned into a fist. While Hawkeye Mihawk raised his head and retreated, he slammed his fist towards Hawkeye Miho. Gram''s chest!

    Bang!

    Even if Hawkeye Mihok held a black sword in vain to defend, he was still hit in the chest with a punch, and the king Qiwuhai was hit and flew to the sea!

    "do not worry."

    Naruto Uehara looked at Hawkeye Mihawk falling into the sea, leaned over and picked up the fruit knife that fell on the deck again, and calmly said: "Mr. Mihawk, I will create a fair battlefield for you Able to exert all my strength..."

    Uehara Naruko carried the fruit knife upside down and flew onto the sea.

    This sea area became surging at the moment he fell, wave after wave spread towards the surroundings, and the warship was slowly pushed far away by the waves.

    As the warship moved away, the sea began to calm down...

    The entire sea area became calm and calm, and there was no ripple on the sea, as if it was not the sea at all, but a pond turned into stagnant water.

    A chill fell on the sea!

    The sea water quickly began to freeze, and the temperature of the air dropped rapidly!

    "this is¡­"

    Hawkeye Mihawk''s gaze changed. He flew from the sea and stood on the ice, looking at the surrounding environment. As far as his gaze could be, there was a thick piece of ice!

    This sea area has completely turned into an ice plain!

    Now, is this what the guy said is a completely fair battlefield?

    Hawkeye Mihawk''s expression is faintly weird: "If I remember correctly, freezing should be the fruit ability of the Navy Headquarters Blue Pheasant..."

    "do not mind the details."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head indifferently.

    "..."

    Hawkeye Mihawk''s expression is subtle. Can you guys use the fruit abilities of the navy generals, or those details that you don''t need to care about?

    No one can ignore this power!

    With a fruit knife in his hand, Naraku Uehara pointed at Hawkeye Mihawk, and gradually flashed a touch of seriousness on her face. He whispered, "Mr. Jorakl Mihawk, please allow me to be here and challenge you. The world''s largest swordsman."

    "..."

    Hawkeye Mihawk was silent again.

    After a long time.

    The sharp eagle eyes of the great swordsman fell on the fruit knife in Uehara Nairo¡¯s hand, and calmly asked, ¡°If I¡¯m not mistaken, the knife in your hand is just an ordinary fruit knife in the kitchen, right? ?"

    Well, you must have read it right.

    Because that fruit knife was used by Hawkeye Mihawk just now, I cut some fruits and made a fruit salad.

    This guy¡­

    Take a fruit knife to challenge him, the world''s largest swordsman?

    This is provoking him...

    Still insulting him deliberately?

    Even if you don''t have a big sharp knife or a good sharp knife around, just find an ordinary knife, and look like it!

    "Oh, sorry."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the fruit knife in her hand, rubbed her eyebrows, and raised her head to look at Hawkeye again, and the corners of her mouth twitched slightly: "Is the fruit knife too big? But if it is a table knife, I can really get it. Not so used to..."

    "Really... the words that make people can''t help but raise anger."

    Hawkeye Mihawk shook his head and sighed. He slowly grasped the supreme sharp knife in his hand, and his eyes suddenly became serious!

    This guy¡­

    Definitely provoking him!

    "Since you want to humiliate me..."

    The black sword in Hawkeye Mihawk''s hand, Ye, flipped over, pointed at Naraku Uehara, and said coldly: "Then, your Excellency insulted a swordsman, are you ready to bear the price? Withstand the strongest black sword in the world and tear your body apart The price of being fragmented!"

    "of course¡­"

    Naruto Uehara carried the fruit knife upside down and rushed towards Hawkeye Mihawk, his voice echoing in the cold night: "With the sharp black knife in Mr. Mihawk''s hand, maybe you can barely help me nail my nails!"

    "arrogant!"

    Hawkeye Mihawk looked at the rushing Uehara Naraku indifferently, shaking the black knife in his hand, and a powerful slash flew towards Uehara Naraku instantly!

    but¡­

    This guy does have the qualifications to be arrogant. In this world, not everyone can force his great sword tyrant into the sea with two or three moves!

    Akatsuki''s leader...

    This name is already worthy of Hawkeye Mihawk''s black knife!

    The black sword flashed a powerful slash and flew towards Uehara Naraku, but was directly split apart by Uehara Naraku brandishing the fruit knife in his hand!

    "Does it wrap around the knife with an armed color domineering?"

    Hawkeye Mihawk looked at this scene, his eyes flashed, holding the black knife in his hand and rushing to meet Uehara Naruto: "Then let me see... how powerful Akatsuki leader is. !"

    Under the moonlight, the two figures collided together!

    A wave of sharp murderous aura and domineering flew out of the knife in their hands instantly, scattered around!

    Cracks appeared in the thick ice instantly!

    The huge black knife in Mihawk''s hand slammed into the fruit knife in Nairo Uehara''s hand, cutting a gap directly!

    Even if the fruit knife in Nairo Uehara''s hand is covered with a powerful enough armed color domineering, after all, it will not be able to withstand the edge of the world''s strongest black knife!

    Hawkeye Mihawk''s eyes flashed, and he immediately swung the huge black knife in his hand to slash one after another, and a black shadow flashed, it was the blade of the black knife!

    With each cut, it seemed to directly split Uehara Naraku''s body in two!

    Uehara Naruko waved the fruit knife in his hand, and continuously blocked the black knife in Hawkeye Mihawk''s hand. The armed domineering entanglement on the fruit knife was continuously split apart!

    The gap in the fruit blade is getting bigger and bigger!

    Even in this situation, the black knife in Mihawk''s hands was still sharply cut in the same position, and soon this fruit knife was completely directly smashed!

    "If you want to challenge the swordsman..."

    Hawkeye Mihawk''s figure turned over, and the black knife night danced along with his body and drew an elegant arc, and a knife light that was almost full moon flashed!

    This knife is so amazing!

    No matter where Uehara Naraku wanted to hide, he was within the attack of the black sword, even if he retreated quickly, he could not avoid the attack of the black sword at all!

    Centered on Hawkeye Mihawk...

    A circular slash flew towards the surrounding suddenly!

    Uehara Naruko''s challenge to Hawkeye Mihawk, the world''s largest swordsman, had just begun, and his attack was brutally defeated by Hawkeye Mihawk!

    this moment¡­

    Uehara Naraku saw this stunning full moon slash, and thoroughly experienced the power of the world''s top swordsman!

    "It''s really admirable."

    Uehara Naraku stretched out his finger and touched it against the flying full moon slash, and the armed domineering instantly released, resisting this perfect slash.

    "I knew I should find a good knife..."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the eagle-eyed Mihawk, who was holding the knife elegantly, then at the broken edge of the fruit knife in his hand, and sighed quietly: "Now you cut it off, let me continue with what? Fighting..."

    "..."

    Hawkeye Mihawk shook the huge black knife in his hand, his sharp eyes fell on Uehara Naruko''s body, he did not relax his vigilance at all!

    Because of that full moon slash...

    He was directly blocked by the man in front of him with a finger!

    Hearing Uehara Naraku''s words, Hawkeye Mihawk stared at the fruit knife in his hand, and said indifferently: "Even if you are strong enough, you still use a kitchen knife to challenge a swordsman. A very stupid thing!"

    Especially those who challenge...

    Still the strongest swordsman in the world!

    "you''re right."

    Uehara Naruko looked at Hawkeye and slowly nodded. Blue skeletons emerged from his body, and the huge Susano instantly wrapped his body!

    Full body must be Sano, turn on!

    This thousand-meter-high Suzuo Nengshi looked like a warrior, and stood on the ice like this, and appeared in front of Hawkeye Mihawk!

    Uehara Naruko stood among the crystals above Susho Nohu''s head, and manipulated Susho Nohu to suddenly pull out his Ninja sword. A blue slash cut through the darkness, illuminating it. Piece of sea!

    "this is¡­"

    A flash of surprise flashed in Hawkeye Mihawk¡¯s eyes. He looked up at the thousand-meter-high Susano, and murmured in disbelief: "Is it the same power as Uchiha Sasuke...no, this Power, stronger than Uchiha Sasuke!"

    Just in terms of body size...

    Uehara Naraku''s Susano is at least a thousand meters tall, far surpassing Uchiha Sasuke''s full body Susano, and even their aura is like adults and children!

    Uehara Naraku looked down at the shocked Hawkeye Mihawk, manipulating Susano and wielding a huge Ninja sword, slowly pointing at the world''s largest swordsman...

    The huge Ninja sword in the hands of this saurono, slowly stopped in front of Hawkeye Mihawk. The blade of the Ninja sword was dreamlike, glowing with light blue light, but the sharp blades on it and The shocking aura seems to stab people in the air!

    Uehara Naraku looked at Hawkeye Mihawk, and his slow voice resounded on the icefield: "Mr. Mihawk, this knife... shouldn''t it be possible?"

 Chapter 499ï¼š The worlds No. 1 swordsman in reincarnation

    , The fastest update starts with the latest chapters from Naruto!

    Uehara Naraku...

    It''s a bit unreasonable.

    Hawkeye Mihawk stared at the sword of Suzano Nohu glowing in blue, and his mood gradually became heavier. He had seen the power of Suzano Nohu.

    Once I was hit by Susanoh''s head...

    Even giants will be directly smashed by a knife!

    Hawkeye Mihawk has personally faced Sasuke Uchiha¡¯s purple Susano. He knows the mighty power of Susano. Even if it is his power, he must do his best to deal with...

    And the blue Susano of Uehara Naraku...

    Absolutely possess the power far surpassing Uchiha Sasuke!

    "Mr. Mihawk."

    Uehara Naruko stood among the crystals of Nohu Susao, manipulating Nohu Susao raising the huge Ninja sword in his hand, a cold light flashed in his reincarnation eyes: "Then, let''s continue!"

    The next moment, the tall Suzano suddenly waved the Shinobi in his hand!

    A half-moon-shaped blue light pierced the sky, and the super powerful slash that Suzuo Nenghu cut suddenly fell towards the eagle eye, and the air seemed to be shattered by this powerful slash!

    Hawkeye Mihawk looked at the surging slash with a look of surprise, the ice sheet beside him was shattered, that was the huge pressure brought by the slash!

    This slash has not yet landed on Mihawk...

    However, that oppressive force has already made him somewhat difficult to resist!

    This sword doesn''t have any sword skills at all. It is just a sword made with the power of Suzuo Nohu. Even so, it makes people feel hopeless!

    Susano of Uehara Naraku...

    But he has ten times the power of his body!

    Hawkeye Mihawk did not give up, while quickly looking for a new foothold, while waving the black knife in his hand, he slashed one after another towards the sky!

    No matter how many slashes Mihawk slashed with his knife, all of them dissipated instantly after hitting the blue slashes of Suzano, but the falling blue light was slightly dim...

    In this case, this blow can''t be stopped!

    "Aha!"

    Hawkeye Mihawk finally stood on a solid block of ice, suddenly raised the black knife in his hand and slashed from the sky, facing the half-moon-shaped light blue light falling from the sky...

    Hawkeye finally made a sharp cut...

    Directly split Susano''s blue slash into two!

    Even if the Blue Slash was cut in half by Hawkeye Mihawk, it still had a powerful and unmatched destructive power, and it cut through the thick ice in an instant!

    The sea surface is slowly exposed from the cracks in the ice...

    "As expected to be the world''s largest swordsman..."

    Uehara Naruto stood within the crystal of Susano, watching Mihawk take over his slash, a serious look slowly flashed on his face: "Then, please let me learn about the world The limit of a great swordsman!"

    next moment¡­

    The complete body Suzuo was almost like a **** of war, slashing down at Hawkeye Mihawk one after another, and the blue arc-shaped slashes continued to fall down!

    Every arc slash carries the power to destroy everything...

    If it can''t be broken, death will surely come!

    A dozen arc-shaped slashes densely enveloped the ice sheet, leaving Hawkeye Mihawk with nowhere to avoid, so he could only raise the black knife quickly!

    The black knife in Hawkeye Mihawk''s hand directly blocked him, trying to use this supreme sharp knife that once depended on each other as his last resistance...

    In an instant...

    A brilliant blue light fell!

    That was the first slash that landed on the ice sheet, and other blue rays followed, covering the sky of this sea area like the sky and the sun!

    Bang! Bang! Bang...

    The ice field was instantly shattered by blue rays of light!

    Every blue light that fell was a slash that could destroy the world, even if it was just the aftermath of the slash that fell nearby, it made Hawkeye Mihawk feel the power to crush his body. !

    This ice field, which was created by Uehara Naraku himself, was destroyed by his own hands. Under Susao''s attack, Hawkeye Mihawk felt his insignificance and weakness...

    No, it''s not just him who is weak...

    And this sea shivering under the weight of Susano!

    The thousand-meter-high blue Suzuo can seem like a true god, and what it possesses is the power to destroy the world!

    absolute¡­

    No one can stop it, right?

    But as a swordsman, how can you back down here!

    Hawkeye Mihawk stared at the blue slashes from the sky, brandishing his black knife to resist the powerful impact!

    A black light flashed from the black knife!

    Hawkeye Mihawk held up the black knife in his hand, and firmly blocked a blue slash. His teeth couldn''t help but bite, and the veins in his palm gradually appeared!

    This force is too strong!

    Merely carrying one of Suzano''s slashes, made Hawkeye Mihawk faintly painful, and Sasuke Uchiha was nothing compared to this power!

    This is¡­

    Is Akatsuki''s leader?

    "How could a swordsman fall here!"

    Hawkeye Mihawk raised his head, and finally roared in his throat, waving the black knife in his hand to stop the slash that he had stopped and missed!

    Hawkeye Mihawk suddenly shorted his body to accumulate his own strength, and stepped on the ice with one foot in the air. The black knife in his hand was raised again and jumped into the air!

    The black light flashes in the moonlight!

    The second blue slash that flew to Hawkeye head-on was beaten by him!

    The third blue light...

    One after another...

    Hawkeye Mihawk can only raise his supreme sharp knife, barely arranging a line of defense for his body!

    next moment¡­

    Even if Hawkeye Mihawk used black knives and armed domineering defenses, after all, he could not stop the powerful force that fell, and the third blue light quickly smashed his figure!

    Hawkeye Mihawk''s body involuntarily flew upside down and landed on the ice, and quickly moved backwards on the ice. The hat on his head had long been broken, and the elegant swordsman costume was stained red with blood. Open wound...

    The blood oozes out quickly, staining the ice!

    Mihawk knelt on one knee, tightly holding the black knife in his hand, and thrust the knife directly into a piece of ice, barely supporting his body.

    "What an amazing power..."

    Hawkeye Mihawk''s palm trembled a bit, and he slowly raised his head, looking up at the Susano who has not moved a step so far!

    This gap makes people feel a little desperate...

    Because Hawkeye Mihawk had personally seen Uchiha''s help using Susano to fight, what kind of power such a godlike figure can exert, Mihawk barely knows in his heart...

    Strictly speaking...

    Uehara Naraku is just attacking casually now, as if he was attacking casually like cutting melons and vegetables in the kitchen. This battle is like playing with a child...

    But even so...

    Hawkeye Mihawk tried his best to resist.

    Uehara Naraku was even more surprised than Hawkeye Mihawk, because this was the first man able to resist Susano. Even if he just missed Susano¡¯s slash, he showed sufficient strength. amazing¡­

    That''s...

    Even now, it should be enough to cut the moon slash!

    "It''s really embarrassing..."

    Hawkeye Mihawk reached out and inserted his black knife into the ice, barely supporting his body, stood up, and suddenly stretched out his arms towards Suzuo!

    This posture meant that he gave up resistance!

    Mihawk''s golden eagle eyes looked at Susao Noshi. He gave up all his defenses and said in a high voice: "Uehara Naraku, take everything I have! Whether you are the strongest swordsman in the world Honor, or the strongest black knife in the world around me!"

    "Are you serious?"

    Uehara Naraku''s voice fell in Hawkeye Mihawk''s ears. He stood within the crystals of the tall Suzano''s forehead, watching the **** Hawkeye.

    Hawkeye Mihawk''s face gradually returned to calm, accumulating his own strength, and continued in a deep voice: "As a swordsman, recognizing the gap between myself and the strong is the most basic ability. I no longer need it. Go on...Kill me!"

    Hawkeye Mihawk raised his head and slowly closed his eyes: "A swordsman can only stand and fall. When I have the strength to stand here, kill me!"

    "Then I..."

    There was a little seriousness in Uehara Naraku''s gaze. He once again manipulated Susao Nokura, and once again raised the huge Ninja sword: "Perfect you!"

    Uehara Naraku looked down at Hawkeye and continued loudly: "As a compliment to you, I can dare to use a mere mortal to counter the power of Susano...

    Jorakl Mihawk, I recognize your strength. If it is just a struggle between mortals, you are indeed the world''s strongest swordsman! "

    "..."

    A look of consternation appeared on Hawkeye''s face.

    The next moment, the world''s strongest swordsman slowly showed a smile on his face, and it was clear that the enemy''s approval would undoubtedly make him die with a touch of satisfaction.

    In this life...

    There doesn''t seem to be any shortcomings... he has been practicing swordsmanship since he was a child and aspiring to become the world''s largest swordsman, he has already done it!

    "but¡­"

    There was a hint of playfulness in Uehara Naraku''s voice, his palm flipped, and a ray of light fell on Hawkeye Mihawk, a resurrection power that went back in time.

    Uehara Naraku''s voice fell into Hawkeye Mihawk''s ears again: "Mr. Mihawk, between us... But there are still several accounts that have not been properly settled!

    Jorakl Mihawk, you don''t think that by blaspheming the reputation of the Akatsuki organization, death can offset your fault, do you? "

    next moment!

    The sword of Susanenghu suddenly fell!

    While Hawkeye Mihawk was still surprised, his body was instantly chopped on him by the sword of Susanenhu, cutting off his life!

    A few seconds later.

    Mihawk''s figure regained on the ice, his brows furrowed slightly, and he stared at his palm, with a little doubt in his eyes.

    "How is this going?"

    Mihawk''s brows were frowning tighter and tighter. He glanced at his clothes and then at the black knife stuck in the ice, as if nothing was dreaming just now.

    Isn''t he dead?

    Just when Mihawk was a little surprised by his own situation, another golden light fell on Mihawk.

    Followed by...

    The tall Suzano wielded his ninja sword and fell down again!

    Mihawk looked at the huge Shinobi that fell with a shocked face. If it weren''t for his recovery from all his physical injuries, he couldn''t help but suspect that he had experienced this scene just now...

    No, I did experience it!

    The pain in the femur is still very clear in my memory!

    At the next moment Mihawk once again felt the pain of his body being slashed directly by the sword of Susanenhu, and his consciousness sank again!

    After a few seconds.

    Hawkeye Mihawk came back to life again.

    When he was still reminiscing after his resurrection, a golden light fell on him again, and this great swordsman finally understood what had happened to him.

    "Resurrection... or reincarnation?"

    Hawkeye Mihawk''s expression faintly turned a little weird. He raised his head subconsciously and looked at Susao Nohu in front of him: "Are you going to be killed again this time?"

    as expected¡­

    The tall Suzano once again swung the Shinobi and landed on him!

    Hawkeye Mihok suddenly noticed the difference. Every time Suzuo Nenghu fell to a different position, he was being resurrected and killed again!

 Chapter 500ï¼š One hundred and one death and one hundred and one resurrection

    , The fastest update starts with the latest chapters from Naruto!

    Jorakl Mihawk''s life was wonderful.

    In this life, he had seen the death of Gore D. Roger with his own eyes, the opening of the era of the great pirate, and the standing of the Four Emperors.

    but¡­

    Mihawk had never seen a person like Uehara Naraku.

    Because Jorakl Mihawk never thought that a person who mastered the ability to bring people back to life would use this ability to punish others extravagantly...

    No, this guy can never be called a human!

    In other words, should Uehara Naruko be called a demon, or should he be called a true god?

    Twenty minutes later.

    Jorakl Mihawk''s consciousness recovered again, closed his eyes again, and began to mutter silently: "When the 100th death and 100th resurrection, when the sword of Susanoh was slashed on his body, It¡¯s 1 cm away from the last time..."

    After speaking, Mihawk stretched out his arms and waited quietly for the sword of Susanenhu to cut his life again.

    The great swordsman completely gave up resistance.

    Because after one of them was resurrected, Mihawk chose to kill himself by pulling out his black knife before Susanoh could kill him...

    but¡­

    Still resurrected.

    This also made Mihawk completely understand that his life and death are indeed not in his control, but are all in the mood of Uehara Naraku.

    Hawkeye Mihawk is worthy of his life.

    But at this moment, Mihawk started to regret the wrong things he had said. Why did Uehara Naraku, such a strong guy, have such a small heart?

    Back then...

    Isn''t it just saying a wrong sentence?

    This guy named Naraku Uehara, after resurrecting him repeatedly, killed him again and resurrected him again, causing him to fall into this unbreakable cycle of life and death...

    But, it''s not his fault, right?

    After all, Akatsuki has been hiding deeply.

    Even if it was the red-haired Shanks, after hearing Akatsuki''s name for the first time, he must have thought it was an unknown little organization, right?

    Moreover, as the leader of Akatsuki, Naraku Uehara concealed his identity and disguised himself as an ordinary navy colonel!

    Who knew that this guy would be a character strong enough to destroy the world? No matter which king under Qiwuhai, it is definitely impossible to have a good face to him, right?

    This guy¡­

    Obviously you are fishing, right?

    Unfortunately, Mihawk was caught himself.

    While Jorakl Mihawk was waiting for the light of resurrection and death to fall on his body again, he found that none of these had arrived.

    Mihawk couldn''t help raising his head, but he didn''t see Susao Nogu, only Uehara Naruko floating in front of him.

    "Is it finally over?"

    Mihawk suddenly breathed a sigh of relief.

    Even after getting the honor of the world''s No. 1 swordsman, he did not feel as relaxed as he is now.

    "It all depends on your attitude."

    Uehara Naraku''s voice appeared in Hawkeye Mihawk''s ear: "Mr. Mihawk, would you like to join Akatsuki, an unknown small organization?"

    "..."

    Mihawk fell silent.

    After a long time, the world''s strongest swordsman stared at Naraku Uehara and asked calmly, "If I agree, what should I do for Akatsuki? If I refuse, what will you do?"

    "Well¡­"

    Uehara Naruko frowned, and after thinking for a while, he said, "Let¡¯s talk about your rejection first! I might still kill you, and then bring your soul from the underworld, using another Way to resurrect as a puppet..."

    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku spread his hand again and continued: "Of course, I might also let you go, and then cut all your fetters, kill your friends or something... Anyway, it will make you live. It''s better to die."

    "..."

    Hawkeye Mihawk was silent.

    Is this Akatsuki''s way of doing things?

    To be honest, the Akatsuki organization hasn''t died yet. It''s purely because Uehara Naraku''s strength is so strong that people dare not resist, right?

    Uehara Naraku thought about Akatsuki''s membership obligations for a while, then rubbed his forehead and said, "If you choose to join Akatsuki... Besides not divulging my identity, it seems that there is nothing you need to do in particular?"

    In addition to the war on the top...

    Is there really something Hawkeye Mihawk needs to do?

    Hawkeye Mihawk continued to ask, "Well, I probably know... Then, what is Akatsuki''s purpose?"

    "Let me think..."

    Uehara Naraku was still rubbing his forehead, and asked questioningly: "Now... maybe it should be to bring peace and justice to this world?"

    "..."

    Hawkeye Mihawk''s face was strange.

    It¡¯s impossible to believe this no matter who you are talking to, right?

    Hawkeye Mihawk temporarily skipped this topic and continued to ask: "So...what is your true identity?"

    "You talk too much."

    Uehara Naraku''s face turned cold, and a golden light that turned back in time fell on Hawkeye''s body. This scene made Hawkeye''s expression slightly changed.

    next moment¡­

    Uehara Naruko picked up the black sword, Ye, stuck in the ice, flashed it sharply, directly piercing Hawkeye''s throat, and killed the great swordsman again!

    After a few seconds.

    Hawkeye Mihawk was resurrected.

    Uehara Naraku threw the black knife in his hand to Hawkeye Mihawk, and calmly asked, "Now, I only need to know your answer. Follow your inner true answer and don''t try to hide it. My perception."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Hawkeye and took over the black knife, and continued: "As for what you want to know, you will gradually understand in the future. If you want to spy on the truth of the world, you must at least let me see that you can pay for the truth. How much is it..."

    Uehara Naraku''s gaze gradually became more complicated, and his voice slowly became gloomy: "Your life and strength are not enough to see the truth of the world!"

    "I know."

    Hawkeye Mihawk glanced down at the black knife in his hand, then glanced at Uehara Naraku who was close at hand, and took a slow and deep breath.

    If after joining the Akatsuki organization, he can see the mist hidden in Uehara Naruto''s body, it is worth him to join the Akatsuki organization and become a member of this organization!

    Jorakl Mihawk put away his black knife, looked directly at Naraku Uehara, and said in a deep voice: "In the future... I would like to ask the leader for advice!"

    "Ok."

    Uehara Naraku nodded contentedly and raised his palm: "Then let''s go, let''s meet another newcomer who joins the organization!"

    Following the movements of Uehara Naraku, the waves surged over.

    A warship and the coffin boat dragged behind it swam slowly along the waves and stopped in front of Uehara Naraku.

    This time, Uehara Naraku gained a lot.

    Side mission: Defeat the world''s largest swordsman Jorakl Mihawk (1/1). The mission has been completed. The reward is 200,000 points of life energy, 200,000 points of armed color domineering, and 200,000 points of sight color domineering.

    This is the disadvantage of opening up by yourself...

    Perhaps it was originally a rewarding skill or inheritance, but it was directly exchanged for a three-dimensional value, but Uehara Naraku needed this value.

    Hidden mission: Use a knife to fight against the world''s largest swordsman Jorakl Mihawk and win (1/1). The mission has been completed, and the passive talent skill World Sword will be rewarded fixedly.

    World Kendo: The world''s most extreme kendo talent!

    This description is really simple...

    Uehara Naraku stood on the warship thinking for a while, waved his hand to condense an ice skate, and followed his own heart with a slashing blow!

    The sea in the distance instantly cut a wave hundreds of meters high by him!

    It''s useless...

    The world''s largest swordsman was defeated by him, and this swordsman also joined the Akatsuki organization and became his subordinate.

    Hawkeye Mihawk watched this scene, and slowly frowned his brows. He relied on a black sword. Yato was not impossible to do this knife, but like Uehara Naraku, he could do it with just an ordinary ice skate. Split out...

    Akatsuki''s leader...

    His kendo is also very powerful!

    This man named Naraku Uehara possesses countless powers. Can he manipulate any power, even Kendo?

    Then...

    Facing a man like Uehara Naraku, will the Four Emperor monsters standing at the top of the new world be his opponent?

    At least Shanks...

    Hawkeye Mihawk thinks it might not work.

    "Your Excellency Naraku."

    Hawkeye Mihawk frowned slightly, remembering the purpose of his trip, and asked: "Is the war between Whitebeard and Kaido over..."

    "¡­not yet."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head and said in a low voice, "I hope those two guys can end this war soon! Now they are useless..."

    after all¡­

    The Akatsuki organization controls the war between Baibeard and Kaido behind the scenes. The real purpose is to elicit the general of the navy headquarters Huang Yuan, and by the way several kings, Qiwuhai.

    the other side.

    The battle between Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto continued.

    The members of the White Beard Pirate Group and the Hundred Beast Pirate Group are getting more and more nervous, because they feel that the fighting sea seems a bit too dangerous!

    Uzumaki Naruto controlled the golden nine tails and suddenly spread out his claws, and Chakra and Domineering quickly fell into the palm of his palm, converging into a group of spinning tail beast jade!

    "Xianfa¡¤Armed¡¤Super Domineering Tail Beast Jade!"

    This tail beast jade flew out, and instantly flew towards Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s purple beast. Once it was hit by this supercharged tail beast jade, even the full body would be able to do so. Was directly blown through!

    Uchiha Sasuke manipulated Susao Naka to pull out a ninja sword and wiped the tail beast jade, and then shot the tail beast jade directly out of the sky, flying to the golden nine tails!

    however¡­

    The tail beast jade fell near the Moby Dick!

    Even if the Mobile was getting farther and farther away from the battlefield, it would still inevitably suffer. Whitebeard squeezed his fist sharply, a group of white light gathered on the fist, and the tail beast jade exploded with a punch!

    After White Beard resolved the crisis, he glanced down at the people around him in shock, couldn''t help but laughed and said, "Gum la la la la...It''s really dangerous... this battle is not something anyone can watch. what!"

    Yes¡­

    It is true that not everyone can watch it.

    After the flagship of the Beast Pirates Group rescued Jack and a group of pirates from the drought, they left the battlefield far away. Only Beasts Kaido was left on the battlefield watching...

    In the aftermath of the battle between Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto, UU reading www. uukahnshu.com Kaido cannot protect his subordinates, so he can only temporarily let them retreat...

    This is the gap.

    After all, the white beard''s ability to shake fruit is powerful and can indeed solve a lot of troubles. Kaido''s body is only the animal fruit ability of the Eudemons.

    If you want to protect the Beast Pirates...

    Then he can only use his body to resist.

    However, whether it is Naruto Uzumaki or Sasuke Uchiha, if the attacks of both of them fall on Kaido, they can actually break his defense...

    On the battlefield.

    When Uchiha Sasuke was standing among the crystals of Susano, he felt relieved when he saw that the white beard had solved the tail beast jade.

    Uchiha Sasuke turned his head abruptly, his gaze fixed on the Golden Nine Tails, Susano''s hand suddenly opened a long bow!

    "Naruto, one blow will determine the outcome!"

 Chapter 501ï¼š Akatsukis fangs!

    The White Beard Pirates...

    Actually, it''s really good for Uchiha Sasuke.

    Although Uchiha Sasuke thinks they are a group of brainless idiots, no matter how you look at them, these idiots are now his companions.

    of course¡­

    Naruto Uzumaki is also an approved companion of Uchiha Sasuke.

    But now Uchiha Sasuke feels that things have faintly changed. The White Beard Pirates he wants to protect is just like Uzumaki Naruto had protected Konoha...

    A purple long arrow lit up!

    The next moment, a black flame slowly fell on the long arrow out of thin air, and a group of armed domineering also slowly wrapped around the arrow!

    "Naruto!"

    Uchiha Sasuke manipulated his full body and slowly pulled the huge bow in his hand. The long arrow carried on it was so black that it was so shiny that people couldn''t help but look at him!

    Even Uchiha Sasuke still feels not enough!

    An electric light fell on the arrow of the long arrow. It was the electric light of Thunder Dungeons and Chidori. Both its attack power and destructive power were absolutely far beyond the same group!

    This is his strongest blow!

    "Sasuke..."

    Naruto Uzumaki''s eyes gradually became serious.

    Under his control, the golden nine-tailed body gradually grew huge claws, constantly condensing chakras and domineering, and gathered together a spiral pill shuriken of different shapes.

    If there were no Uehara Naraku...

    The two of them will be the culmination of another world!

    Even in this world, there are powers that ordinary people cannot match!

    That''s why, apart from the core members of Akatsuki, only Naruto Uzumaki and Sasuke Uchiha in the entire ninja world have the right to move freely in the Pirate World! New 81 Chinese network update the fastest mobile terminal: https:/

    "Gu la la la la la..."

    The white beard clenched his fist, and a smile appeared at the corner of his mouth: "Seeing these two little ghosts, it really reminds me of when I was young!"

    It''s just like¡­

    When White Beard was fighting with Gore D. Roger!

    Even though White Beard still maintains his own title of the strongest in the world, he still inevitably grows old, and even makes him unable to fight for as long as young people like Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto...

    On the sea.

    Uchiha Sasuke controlled Susano to complete his technique, and a group of black long arrows wrapped in electric light suddenly shot out, flying towards the golden nine tails!

    "Naruto!"

    "Sasuke!"

    The one who greeted that long arrow...

    is a jet black spiral shuriken!

    The moment the black arrow collided with the spiral shuriken, a huge fire light illuminated the night, and the next second was a violent explosion sounded through the sea!

    The sea is shaking with a violent earthquake!

    This sea area seems to have an earthquake!

    After the first wave of explosions, the second wave of explosions quickly swept toward the surrounding area. The flames of hundreds of meters high spread out instantly, and instantly enveloped the golden nine of Uchiha Sasuke''s Susano and Uzumaki Naruto. tail!

    In the explosion, a cloud of black light seemed to be enough to destroy everything, and it quickly flooded Susanoh and the Golden Nine Tails!

    Two attacks were enough to destroy an island, but there was a violent collision here, and no one could guess the outcome of the battle between them...

    Everyone''s eyes widened involuntarily, seeing and hearing the domineering color enveloped in it, wanting to see who wins and who loses this time!

    After a long time.

    A huge semi-circular depression was directly blown out by a huge explosion on the sea, and ocean currents hovered in the depression one after another...

    on the sunken semicircular sea surface.

    Uchiha Sasuke stood aside, only one skeleton remained on his body. His palm slowly covered his eyes, and blood and tears slowly fell down the corners of his eyes...

    The golden nine tails on Uzumaki Naruto''s body are also mutilated everywhere, even his body only has two or three tails left to stick to his body...

    "You guy..."

    Uchiha Sasuke raised his head, and after taking a look at Uzumaki Naruto, Susao Naka wanted to continue to activate and revert to his full body form!

    At this time, a voice came in Uchiha Sasuke''s mind, interrupting his thoughts of continuing to fight: "Ha, Sasuke, are you working so hard to protect the Whitebeard Pirates?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Uchiha Sasuke''s expression stiffened for a moment.

    This is the voice of Uehara Naraku. That guy is communicating with him with the eyes of reincarnation... Isn¡¯t that guy also in this area?

    The next moment, Sasuke Uchiha woke up.

    In this battle between him and Uzumaki Naruto, the victory is not worthy of joy, because according to their agreement, after the beasts and pirates clear the way, the white beard pirates will enter a larger trap;

    It¡¯s not worth frustrating to fail, because this will give the White Beard Pirates a reason to go back and protect the idiots of the White Beard Pirates...

    Uchiha Sasuke is very clear that the white beard''s power is also strong enough, but it does not mean that the old man can defeat Uehara Naraku... According to the power that the guy showed in the Ninja world, he is an omnipotent god!

    this moment¡­

    Uchiha Sasuke slowly clenched his fists.

    Now he has chosen to fail...

    Do you continue to fight until you defeat Naruto?

    "Naruto guy..."

    Sasuke Uchiha couldn''t help but raised his head and looked at Uzumaki Naruto, his fists creaked, and then slowly loosened his fists: "When I defected to Konoha to join Akatsuki... at that time, he should be better than he is now. Am I more entangled?"

    Naruto Uzumaki at that time... First release https://(www) https://m/.x81zw./com/

    who wants to protect Konoha without hurting him is an absolute idiot. Where is the best of both worlds in this world!

    "Sasuke."

    Naruto Uzumaki looked at Uchiha Sasuke, slowly spreading out his palms, his face was faintly complicated: "Do you want to continue? Actually, there is no need..."

    "You win."

    Uchiha Sasuke gritted his teeth, his face suddenly interrupted Naruto Uzumaki indifferently, slowly closed his eyes, and lay on his back on the sea.

    "¡­¡­"

    Uzumaki Naruto fell silent.

    "Sasuke, daddy let us go home!"

    Marco''s voice suddenly fell into their ears.

    Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t help but roll his eyes and glared at the phoenix flying in the sky: "Hurry up and grab me, I''m almost out of strength!"

    "Hey, hey, support it a little bit!"

    The blue phoenix spread its wings and flew to the sea, grabbed Uchiha Sasuke''s body and slowly flew away, leaving only Naruto Uzumaki standing in the same place.

    Uzumaki Naruto was not at all happy to win, he just looked down at his chest for himself, there was a ring of an official member of the Akatsuki organization.

    Naruto Uzumaki sighed and looked up at the Phoenix flying in the sky. The corners of his mouth suddenly twitched, revealing a smile.

    "That guy Sasuke... finally has many friends too?"

    Because the entire seventh class knows that Sasuke Uchiha has nowhere to live, it is indeed a joy to find a place in this world.

    this matter¡­

    is more worthy of joy than the so-called victory.

    This battle that lasted for a day and night is finally over.

    It is a pity that Naruto Uzumaki didn''t know that after Sasuke Uchiha returned to the Mobile, the most curious one of those captains was Naruto Uzumaki.

    These idiots don''t care about Uchiha''s loss.

    They are just curious about the friendship between Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto, because intuitively, Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto should have a good relationship.

    Aboard the Moby Dick.

    Sitting on the deck, Sasuke Uchiha slowly mentioned his past friendship with Naruto Uzumaki: "That guy is the crane tail of the Ninja School... Um... I am the number one in the Ninja School... After graduation, we were assigned. The same team..."

    "Hey, Sasuke, don''t brag about yourself too much!"

    "Asshole, I''m serious!"

    "Goo la la la la... Saqi, don''t interrupt him, go get ready for the banquet!"

    "Yes, father! But I still think..."

    "Idiot, go get ready for the party!"

    Marco knocked Saatchi on the head and rolled his eyes: "Idiot Saatchi, are you afraid that you will have too much fun in the future?"

    Uchiha Sasuke can''t beat Naruto Uzumaki...

    Can''t Saqi, the chef, hang up and fight?

    Sasuke Uchiha glanced at Saatchi who was going away, leaned his head back on the railing, and continued groaningly: "Although I can''t get used to that idiot Naruto, sometimes he is a little more reliable... "

    "Really? He seems to be a serious person!"

    "It is probably because he has been learning to become Hokage recently..."

    "Naruto?"

    "The head of a village is just called Hokage."

    "The village is too strict, is it still necessary to learn?"

    "If you count the strength of Naruto, that village also has the power of the Four Emperors Pirate Group, and there is the possibility of launching a war at any time, although they are now under Akatsuki''s control, Naruto also joined together. Xiao Xiao..."

    "A ninja village..."

    "If we defeat Akatsuki and save the people in that village, we must be able to recruit many companions!"

    "Idiot, stop dreaming, that''s Akatsuki! The beasts and pirates may have become their pawns too! Besides, Akatsuki is not without good taking over the village..."

    "¡­¡­"

    The entire Whitebeard Pirates is listening to Sasuke Uchiha¡¯s story about him and Naruto Uzumaki, and occasionally Portcas D. Ace will add a few words.

    After Uchiha Sasuke slowly mentioned the Akatsuki organization, the atmosphere gradually became serious, because the Whitebeard Pirates knew that Akatsuki was the organization Sasuke feared.

    "My brother is Akatsuki''s member..."

    Sasuke Uchiha folded his palms and continued calmly: "Later, my brother asked me to join Akatsuki in order to protect me. After meeting Ace, I became a pirate. Because I violated the will of Chief Akatsuki, I I don¡¯t want us to collide with Akatsuki..."

    These words are half true and half false.

    Uchiha Sasuke slowly raised his head, looked at the night sky, and whispered: "The leader of Akatsuki, the guy who is called a **** in the Akatsuki organization, likes to control the fate of others..."

    "Manipulate fate?"

    Foil Bista couldn''t help being a little curious. He stretched out his fingers and couldn''t help shaking back and forth a few times: "How can things like fate be manipulated?"

    This matter...

    It''s not very reliable.

    Destiny sounds a bit illusory.

    The members of the White Beard Pirates group in the crowd were also a little confused. Everyone said whether Uchiha Sasuke could not accept the defeat to the little friend who grew up with him, and there was a little mental problem...

    Only Marshall D. Titch''s eyes changed slightly.

    Because he had been in contact with Akatsuki''s members and saw the true face of Uchiha Sasuke''s brother Uchiha Itachi, that man broke his mind in a word!

    Something like fate...

    is not illusory!

    "do not know¡­"

    Sasuke Uchiha shook his head with a heavy and complicated expression in his eyes: "That guy monitors everything in this world, the encounter between people, the cycle of life and death, maybe all under the control of that guy, making people Can¡¯t tell the truth from the false..."

    such as...

    This time their war with the Hundred Beast Pirates must be under the control of Uehara Naraku, but Sasuke Uchiha does not know the true purpose of Uehara Naraku.

    In order to thwart the White Beard Pirates'' invincible momentum at sea?

    Is there any other reason? Or, is that guy finally starting to target the White Beard Pirates?

    "Gu la la la la la..."

    White Beard shook his head, laughed and comforted Uchiha Sasuke: "Sasuke kid, human life will not stop because of the so-called destiny, do you want to come and drink a large glass of wine tonight?"

    "Father, I just put some drops on you!"

    Marco stood by and couldn¡¯t help interrupting White Beard¡¯s words, and mumbled: "And in the next week, no, you can''t drink for a month..."

    The White Beard Pirate Group was not depressed by the temporary defeat, and the Beast Pirate Group also slowly withdrew from the sea.

    The navy, which has been monitoring this sea area, has taken new actions after the two Four Emperor Pirate Groups evacuated.

    Just as the naval warship converged with the three kings of Jiaodu, Kakigaki, and Doflamingo, Qiwuhai, immediately under the command of Yakushitou, they chose to pursue the pirate group of beasts...

    on the chase...

    Navy Headquarters General Huang Yuan...

    encountered the biggest crisis in history!

    The real goal of the collision between the ¡¡¡¡ Xiao organization and the two Four Emperors Pirate Groups has finally moved to the stage of closing the net!

    These members walking in the shadows finally showed their hunting fangs in the dark!

 Chapter 502ï¼š Lord Naraku, you can start capturing!

    The White Beard Pirates and the Beast Pirates retreated at the same time.

    Because the White Beard left with the Moby Dick, General Huang Yuan and Yao Shi Dou would naturally not eat this hard bone. The Navy set the target on the flagship of the Beast Pirate Group.

    Since he was spying on Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto fighting before, it was detected that Kaido, Uzumaki Naruto, and the Beast Pirates had separated their battleships. Yakushidou immediately took the opportunity to pursue the flagship of the Beast Pirates and capture Drought Jack''s plan.

    It just so happened that the three kings, Qiwuhai, were already in place.

    A general of the navy headquarters, a lieutenant admiral who is known for his resourcefulness, and three powerful kings Qiwuhai, a little bit of time difference, catching the drought Jack is almost at hand.

    No one has any reason to object.

    The navy ships chased the beasts and pirates all the way, until they rushed to a secluded island to rest, when a strange change suddenly happened!

    "Ninfa¡¤Four Red Sun Formation!"

    Suddenly a red enchantment barrier opened up around the small island. These barriers were thousands of meters high, making it impossible to see the top at a glance!

    Just when everyone was a little bit confused, an arrogant voice appeared from the sky and spread across the island: "Between the pillars, this sealing technique is still flawed..."

    "Brazil, stop making trouble, hurry up and fill the gap!"

    "Huh... Uchiha flame formation!"

    As that arrogant voice fell into the ears of everyone, a red enchantment barrier suddenly appeared in the sky, completely sealing the island!

    The entire island is directly surrounded by these red barriers in an instant!

    And they just came to this small island, the navy and the three kings of Qiwuhai resting on this small island, they don¡¯t seem to be relieved...

    General Huang Yuan scratched his head, raised his head in some doubts, and said, "The old man... seems to have heard Uchiha just now? Did the old man hear the hallucinations?"

    "No."

    Yakushitou''s face changed faintly, and he said loudly, "That voice...it seems to be talking about Uchiha! Let''s leave this island first!"

    "Hey yee ee..."

    Doflamingo waved his hand indifferently, and said happily, ¡°Don¡¯t worry, let¡¯s rest for a while, go to the staff, but I heard that you have a good relationship with Ms. Crane. How is her health recently?¡±

    Doflamingo smiled on his face... But his mood was very complicated, he really underestimated the lower limit of Akatsuki''s membership!

    Oh shit¡­

    This pharmacist plays like that!

    The traps on this small island were not arranged by this guy himself?

    It is said that this time, in order to set up a trap to capture General Huang Yuan, the pharmacist applied to the top to mobilize five powerful combat forces, and even because of this incident, it also delayed the battle between the Art Pirates and Moonlight Moria.

    really...

    makes people feel ridiculous.

    "Be cautious about everything."

    Pharmacist looked at the lazy people, frowned slightly, General Huang Yuan was still resting on the ground, and the other kings, Qi Wuhai, were too lazy to move.

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around, and continued to urge in a deep voice: "General Huang Yuan, Mr. Jiaodu, Mr. Guiyu, Mr. Doflamingo, in order to avoid delaying the war, leave this island now! "

    "It''s so sleepy..."

    Huang Yuan sat up with a grin, shook his head helplessly, and followed the footsteps of Yao Shi''s pocket. When the other kings, Qi Wuhai, saw it, they followed him.

    Although General Huang Yuan didn''t know what was going on, because of his powerful body, Huang Yuan did not panic at all in his heart.

    Even, he still thinks that the pharmacist pocket is a bit fussy.

    As for the several kings, Qiwuhai, they naturally became less panic.

    When a group of people rushed to the periphery of the small island, they discovered that the small island was completely enclosed by the red enchantment from the open sea, and even the sea water stopped flowing!

    "Ah..."

    General Yellow Ape touched his chin, couldn''t help but looked at the red enchantment barrier, and said in surprise: "What...what''s going on?"

    "I don''t know."

    Pharmacist shook his head, his figure slowly stepped across the shallow sea, towards the red barrier, trying to reach out his finger and land on the barrier!

    The next second, his finger was burned instantly!

    "This is a barrier like a flame..."

    Yakushi¡¯s brow wrinkled, and he reached out and took a knife and slashed it on the barrier, but saw that the barrier didn¡¯t react at all.

    Obviously, the strength of these enchantments is very high.

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around, shook his head and said: "Impossible. I remember any island with strange power on the great route. There should be no accidents on this island. There should be no talent right..."

    The pharmacist turned his head and glanced at the people present, and asked aloud: "Everyone, can you try to destroy this red barrier?"

    "Then let me try it first!"

    The dried persimmon ghost slowly closed his palms, and opened his mouth to spout a huge stream of water toward the red enchantment: "Water escape¡¤Water wave!"

    The water flow fell on the red enchantment, and was directly blocked by the red enchantment, and even turned into a cloud of water vapor!

    "Bullet line!"

    Doflamingo stretched out a finger at random and shot a bullet line, but it still had no effect on the red barrier.

    Kakuto¡¯s methods are obviously more casual.

    The king, Qi Wuhai, squeezed a stone and smashed it on the red barrier, without using any abilities at all. This guy was just doing something perfunctory!

    Because the corners know...

    In the face of the four red sun formations, ordinary attacks will not work at all!

    Everyone''s eyes couldn''t help but stop on Jiao Du''s body, these eyes faintly condemned, obviously a little dissatisfied with his perfunctory.

    just...

    Their eyes soon fell on Huang Yuan again.

    A laser beam flew out of Huang Ape¡¯s hands. A group of people couldn¡¯t help but watch this scene, as if they were expecting this laser to work... However, when this laser fell on the red barrier, nothing happened. What does it do.

    "It''s useless..."

    Huang Yuan¡¯s smile slowly narrowed, and his brows couldn''t help but wrinkle: "I feel that this barrier is more troublesome than armed and domineering defense..."

    This barrier... Genius remembers Chinese in one second m.x/8/1/z/w.c/o/m/

    is really weird!

    The figure of the yellow ape suddenly disappeared in place, turned into a ray of light and rushed to the red barrier, kicking on the red barrier!

    Kick at the speed of light!

    As a person with the shining fruit ability, Huang Yuan can be transformed into light, and his body can move at the speed of light and attack at the speed of light!

    Unfortunately¡­

    This kick at the speed of light is enough to easily break the power of a building, but it has no effect in front of this red barrier!

    Even when Huang Yuan returned from photonization, there was even a dark fire mark on his shoes, which was the burning effect of the red enchantment barrier!

    "I can''t shake..."

    Huang Yuan glanced at the red barrier, slowly shook his head, touched his chin and guessed: "It seems that it can''t be destroyed by attack alone! It feels like kicking on a mountain..."

    "so what should I do now?"

    Doflamingo grinned, and when he looked at Huang Ape, a smile appeared on his face: "Hey, hey...we can¡¯t stay here forever, right?

    I still have a lot of business to deal with. If it weren¡¯t for the navy¡¯s call, I would not leave my country..."

    "Could it be a ghost named Uchiha?"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark picked up his own shark muscle knife, frowned and said, "After all, we all heard Uchiha something..."

    "I don''t know, don''t know, don''t ask me."

    shook his head indifferently. The new king Xia Qiwuhai hugged his shoulders, his face full of impatientness.

    This group of people discussed and discussed, and there was no result at all.

    Everyone seems to have tried their strongest attack, but still can''t shake this red barrier, so it will be a little troublesome.

    Pharmacist tried to contact the outside world with a phone bug, but there was no signal at all. It seemed that everything here was blocked.

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around and made a suggestion: "Perhaps the internal barrier is too strong, General Huang Yuan, can you try to break through this barrier with elementalization and break the blockade from the outside? ?"

    "Hmm... I feel like an unreliable proposal..."

    Huang Yuan couldn''t help but shook his head, and said softly: "This barrier is somewhat similar to domineering power. Elementalization is impossible to break through..."

    "Hey¡­"

    The arrogant and arrogant voice suddenly came from the sky: "If you don''t try it, how can you know whether it will work or not!"

    "Huh?"

    Huang Yuan couldn''t help but raised his head to look around, and asked curiously: "Your Excellency... Who is this?"

    "Uchiha... Madara!"

    When ¡¡¡¡ introduced himself, the voice was very arrogant!

    When everyone present heard the name, their eyes couldn''t help but change, and even Huang Yuan¡¯s smile gradually faded.

    This year...

    Every Uchiha who pops up is a bunch of troublesome guys!

    This guy named Uchiha Madara just showed his head, did he directly target the admiral of the navy headquarters and the king Shichitakekai?

    This guy¡­

    is really not that simple!

    "General Huang Yuan...Leave immediately!"

    Pharmacist stood beside Huang Yuan, his face was a little nervous, and slowly lowered his voice: "Please use photonization to get out of here immediately, and quickly bring the information here back to Malin Fanduo!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Huang Yuan''s expression is slightly puzzled.

    The admiral of the Navy Headquarters narrowed his smile, squinted his eyes, and looked at the expression in Yakushi''s pocket: "Really... Obviously it''s a big crisis now! But he still wants to send back information in this situation. Huh..."

    "Yes!"

    Pharmacist looked at Huang Yuan with a calm face, pushed his glasses, and slightly raised the corners of his mouth: "After all, I am an intelligence-only naval staff officer!"

    "Troublesome kid..."

    Huang Yuan shook his head and sighed.

    The next moment, Huang Yuan''s figure split into countless photons!

    Clusters of shiny photons quickly appeared in all directions on this small island, looking for holes or exits in the red barrier!

    This is how Huang Yuan left!

    Huang Yuan has never worried that he will be blocked, he can rely on this speed of light movement and photon ability to find a suitable exit!

    this world¡­

    No one can block the power of light!

    As long as there is a gap in this small island, Huang Yuan can escape! First release www.(x81zw)m./x81zw/

    It is a pity that the Four Red Sun Formations were established from the surface of the sea, sealing this small island, there may be gaps between the barriers, but the gaps should be under the seabed.

    "It''s really troublesome..."

    Countless photons reunited to form the body of Huang Yuan The clothes on this navy general''s body were a little burnt black.

    Huang Yuan rubbed his forehead, sighed faintly, shook his head and said, "I can''t find any possibility to leave...it seems that we can only continue to think of ways to break the barriers... "

    "Ok?"

    The pharmacist frowned his brows, his face faintly unsightly: "General Huang Yuan, can you be sure about this?"

    "It should be certain!"

    Huang Yuan rubbed his forehead and slowly continued: "I can''t detect the seabed, maybe there is a gap under the seabed..."

    For the rest, Huang Yuan did not continue to speak.

    Even if there are gaps in the seabed that are enough for them to leave, he, a Demon Fruit capable person, cannot go to the sea and leave.

    In this case¡­

    If they want to leave the island, it seems that they can only find a way to break the red barrier in front of them, or defeat the person who arranged the barrier.

    Huang Yuan shrugged helplessly and looked at the pharmacist''s pocket in front of him. Obviously he meant to let the staff of the navy headquarters come from the pharmacist''s pocket.

    Who would have expected...

    Pharmacist slowly raised his fingers, and raised the corners of his mouth: "Preliminary judgment is that Huang Yuan will not be able to break free from the Chiyang Formation, we can start!"

    "......?"

    A question mark slowly appeared in Huang Yuan''s eyes.

 Chapter 503ï¼š Ok? Did you beat him?

    If you can¡­

    Huang Yuan really wanted to throw the pharmacist full of question marks.

    Originally, when Huang Yuan couldn''t break through the red barrier and leave, he still thought of fighting against the man behind the red barrier, covering the new generation of wise generals who had arranged the red barrier to leave here, because the Warring States Marshal''s order was to protect the pharmacist.

    As a result, Pharmacist seems to know the truth about Kojima¡¯s blockade...

    It even sounds like this guy was involved in this!

    This thing...

    Huang Yuan was very confused!

    At this moment, Huang Yuan suddenly felt as if he was caught in some incredible whirlpool. Why would Pharmacist know he was so happy that he could not leave here?

    "Pocket staff..."

    Huang Yuan slowly pushed his glasses, looked down at the pharmacist''s pocket in front of him, and narrowed his eyes slightly: "If I heard it right, it seems that you have a secret we don''t know yet!"

    "Yes¡­"

    The pharmacist nodded and looked up at the tall admiral, with a smile still on his face: "It''s not easy...After all, we know that we have paid a lot of manpower to deal with General Huang Yuan!"

    Don¡¯t talk about anything else...

    Just the manpower responsible for arranging the four red sun formations and the Uchiha flame formations in the periphery is enough to shock the ninjas of Wano Country!

    The first generation of Naruto Senjujuma brought by dried persimmon ghost shark...

    The second generation of Naruto Senjuma transferred from Art Pirates...

    The three generations of Naruto Sarutobi brought by Doflamingo...

    The four generations of Hokage Wave Feng Shui Men brought by Jiao Du...

    And the strongest ninja Uchiha Madara!

    If this lineup is taken out, even if it is to attack the navy headquarters Marin Fandor, they are only on the periphery, in order to capture Huang Yuan, the general, and set up a blockade!

    In front of these people who set up blockades, the persimmon ghost shark, Jiao Du, and Doflamingo can only be regarded as a cheerleader and cheerleader.

    Otherwise...

    Uehara Naraku has also arrived in person!

    Even Uehara Naraku is next to a world''s number one swordsman who has recently joined Akatsuki. It may be no problem for this lineup to destroy any forces in the world...

    But all this...

    It''s all just to force Huang Yuan, the shining fruit capable person!

    "dawn¡­"

    Huang Yuan''s eyes narrowed tighter and tighter, scratching his forehead, couldn''t help but say: "If I remember correctly, this organization is very secretive!

    Our Lord Marshal is also paying attention to this organization. The world government has been searching for Akatsuki''s members secretly. I really didn''t expect that the new generation Zhijiang of our navy is actually a member of Akatsuki lurking in the navy!

    What a spy you can''t help but fear..."

    "Yeah, I didn''t think about it either!"

    The pharmacist spread out his palms and responded with a chuckle: "After all, the world government and the navy are looking for the person in charge of Akatsuki. It has always been me."

    Speaking of this kind of thing...

    It really made Pharmacist Duo couldn''t help but laugh a little.

    Since Pharmacist became a staff officer of the navy headquarters, the intelligence organizations of the navy and the world government have been under his jurisdiction.

    The Marine Marshal Warring States realized that any information can be obtained in more detail after analysis by the pharmacist pocket.

    This set of operations by the navy and the world government is really helpless, because the pharmacist is able to maximize the use of intelligence to achieve the navy''s strategic goals.

    "..."

    Huang Yuan''s expression is also very subtle.

    Even if Huang Yuan is very knowledgeable, he can''t help but want to ask the Marine Marshal of Marin Vando what he thinks in his mind...

    Warring States, the wise general of the last era, seems to have been played by the new generation of wise general pharmacists!

    "Our marshal is really old..."

    The corner of Huang Yuan''s mouth couldn''t help showing a wry smile, which seemed to be a little self-deprecating, and it seemed that he wanted to calm his mood.

    "This is also normal."

    The pharmacist shook his head and explained calmly: "Because I have observed the entire navy, the navy has three generals in its headquarters, and there is no need for a stronger admiral. He needs to be a new wise admiral, so I have always played this role... "

    "..."

    After thinking about it for a while, Huang Yuan couldn''t help but nodded: "Unexpectedly, the navy problem would become a loophole for the enemy to lurk in..."

    "So... how about these people?"

    Huang Yuan''s gaze slowly fell on the next few kings, Qiwuhai, and these pirates did not show any surprised expressions from start to finish...

    These guys...

    Either know or be indifferent to these things.

    "It looks like..."

    Huang Yuan''s eyes finally stopped on Doflamingo''s body, and couldn''t help but say: "Several kings under Qiwuhai, maybe it has a lot to do with Xiao!"

    Insert an app: Perfectly re-engrave the old version of the book-chasing artifact, an interchangeable app-Mimi Reading.

    "They are my colleagues."

    Yakushidou didn''t hide it. He glanced at several people around him and said with a light smile: "Now...what should I say...except for General Huang Yuan, everyone present is Akatsuki''s member."

    "..."

    Even if there was a guess just now, but after getting the exact news from the mouth of the medicine master, Huang Yuan was still a little speechless.

    Co-author...

    In the past few days, the strong on the ship...

    Except for this general, are everyone in the same group?

    Huang Yuan sighed, looked at the several kings under Qiwuhai, and whispered: "Are the three kings under Qiwuhai, are all Akatsuki''s members? What a scary enemy... You Xiao''s handwriting is inevitable. It''s too big!"

    This organization...

    Definitely underestimated!

    Except for Yao Shidou, a member of the navy who infiltrated the upper ranks of the Navy, it was unexpected that the three kings, Qi Wuhai, were all theirs!

    "You guessed wrong, Xiao''s handwriting is beyond your imagination."

    The pharmacist opened his palms and spoke calmly: "In order to lead you, the general of the navy headquarters, to leave Malin Vandor, Akatsuki deliberately created the war of the Four Emperors Pirates, and successfully made the Marshal of the Warring States dispatch you. An admiral..."

    The biggest one!

    It was Akatsuki''s leader Naraku Uehara!

    "..."

    Huang Yuan''s eyes were slightly surprised, and he immediately converged.

    Even he did not expect that Akatsuki would use the war between the four emperors to draw him out as a general of the navy headquarters!

    But this is also normal...

    Unless the Tianlong people are attacked, the Huang Yuan will not be easily dispatched in normal times.

    Pharmacist looked at Huang Yuan''s eyes with a flash of shock, and continued softly: "On this road, I am constantly adjusting my plans.

    Along the way, I was carefully speculating about what you meant, supplementing my own plan according to your wishes, and successfully lured you into this trap..."

    "It really took so much pains!"

    Huang Yuan couldn''t help but shook his head and sighed: "It''s too much to deceive others'' feelings!"

    On the way, Huang Yuan rarely made any suggestions; however, whenever Huang Yuan put forward any suggestions, Yao Shidou showed great importance.

    Even the navy staff officer spoke very nicely.

    Even Huang Yuan, a person who has always been good at hiding his emotions, couldn''t help but feel a little more fond of Pharmacist Pocket.

    did not expect¡­

    These are all to lure him into the trap.

    "Humhhhhhh... cheating?"

    Doflamingo stretched out his hand to support his little sunglasses and couldn''t help but smiled: "Porusalino, we have been hiding in front of you for several days!

    Looking at you, the admiral of the admiral, constantly stirs our nerves every day, it is really interesting to think about it now! "

    "Humph¡­"

    The horns are holding their arms to themselves.

    Obviously, Jiao Du didn''t quite approve of the powerful combat power he sent to capture Huang Yuan, the general of the navy headquarters.

    The dried persimmon ghost grinned and chuckled lightly: "Don''t say that, Mr. Dover, be a little more friendly towards newcomers..."

    "Humhhhhhhh...I see."

    Doflamingo nodded slowly, his smile getting deeper and deeper.

    Huang Yuan, the general of the navy headquarters, has always been very arrogant during this trip, and from time to time he will inadvertently create the meaning of suppressing them.

    Thinking about it now...

    His performance is really naive.

    I really don''t know what is the mood of this admiral now?

    Do you feel very ashamed in your heart?

    Huang Yuan didn''t care at all. After he shook his head for himself, his gaze rested on the body of the pharmacist''s pocket again: "Speaking of which, why do you want to capture me? Isn''t it for the sake of the fruit? Power?"

    "of course not."

    The pharmacist shook his head, and his voice gradually calmed down: "We sincerely invite Your Excellency Huang Yuan to join Xiao and become one of us!"

    "that is it?"

    A little doubt was faintly revealed in Huang Yuan''s eyes.

    Is this pharmacist¡¯s brain okay?

    It took so much effort to get him to defect to the navy to join Akatsuki?

    Huang Yuan almost thought that this guy was the same as that of Begapunk, and wanted to use him as a test subject!

    "Then I agree directly!"

    Huang Yuan nodded slowly, and continued: "Joining such a powerful and very secretive organization seems to be no problem for me..."

    Nothing else...

    At least I can get Akatsuki''s message.

    And as a strong man who implements ambiguity and justice, Huang Yuan actually doesn''t care much about his identity, whether he is a pirate or the navy...

    As long as he can execute the justice in his heart, nothing else matters.

    Huang Yuan¡¯s words almost directly broke the defenses of Yao Shidou and the others. This navy general surrendered too quickly!

    Isn''t it a waste of them to arrange so many rounds?

    "Humhhhhhhhh... don''t be kidding!"

    Doflamingo''s forehead couldn''t help but jumped: "You are a general of the Navy, how could it be so easy..."

    "I can leave the navy by posting in the newspaper."

    Huang Yuan slowly proposed another solution.

    Regardless of whether the active admiral surrendered or falsely surrendered, once he leaves the navy, it will be a blow to the reputation of the entire navy that is beyond imagination!

    The pharmacist shook his head and sighed softly: "No, General Huang Yuan, our real purpose is not to get you out of the navy, but to let you continue to use the identity of the general of the navy headquarters and lurking in Marin Vando."

    "Huh? Is this necessary?"

    Huang Yuan¡¯s face was slightly surprised: ¡°Isn¡¯t the entire navy¡¯s intelligence under your control? Do you need me to lurk in Marin Vando to steal news?¡±

    Every time I talk about this...

    Huang Yuan couldn''t help but worry a little about the future of the Navy.

    The intelligence of the entire navy has actually fallen into the hands of Akatsuki, and even the high-level navy is still complacent about it that they have found a new wise general!

    Zhi Jiang is a ghost!

    This is a super rape!

    Huang Yuan looked at Pharmacist''s pocket, his eyes narrowed again: "Speaking of which, you let me stay at Malin Vando, isn''t it because you want me to fight the navy at some critical time in the future? ¡­"

    "It''s very unlikely..."

    The pharmacist wrinkled his brow and pushed his glasses and said, "According to the adult¡¯s personality, he only needs you to admit that he is his subordinate and perform the tasks he assigned to you. That''s enough, it''s usually very simple..."

    To be honest...

    The three generals of the navy headquarters are more like the collection that Uehara Naraku wants to collect. Their power is actually not that important.

    "grown ups?"

    Huang Yuan''s eyes flickered slightly.

    "Yes."

    Doflamingo seemed to think of something interesting, and the corner of his mouth grinned slightly: "And only with the approval of the leader can you join Akatsuki!"

    "Akatsuki''s leader?"

    Huang Yuan couldn''t help but raised his head and looked into the air. He remembered that when he was looking for an exit photonized, he seemed to see a very fierce red-eyed man!

    Is that man the leader of Akatsuki?

    next moment.

    A spatial black hole suddenly appeared in the red sun array.

    Two figures slowly walked out of the black hole. One of them was the world''s largest swordsman Jorakl Mihawk, and the other was Naraku Uehara.

    The pharmacist backed away half a step and gave way.

    Yakushidou''s gaze swept across Mihawk''s figure slightly, and only through Uehara''s actions, Yakushidou had already inferred that Joracol Mihawk, the world''s number one swordsman, had joined Akatsuki.

    Uehara Naraku frowned as he looked at the few people who were still getting along peacefully, his eyes rested on Huang Yuan.

    "Huh? Have you talked yet?"

    Uehara Naraku looked slightly surprised. He looked at Yakushidou and the others and nodded, and couldn''t help but ask: "Have you beaten him? Why does this admiral look so honest?"

 Chapter 504ï¼š Sure enough, lets play one meal first!

    The situation is slightly more complicated.

    While listening to the report from the Yakushi Pocket, Uehara Naraku''s eyes fell on Huang Yuan from time to time. I didn''t expect this admiral to be so unethical...

    Huang Yuan has a more complicated mood than Uehara Naraku.

    The admiral did not expect that Hawkeye Mihawk, the world¡¯s largest swordsman, was also a member of Akatsuki, and most of Qiwuhai under the king was Akatsuki...

    The World Government¡¯s Seven Martial Sea Policy under the King has now basically been reduced to Akatsuki¡¯s private land, right?

    This Akatsuki...

    Where did it penetrate?

    "Humhhhhhhhh..."

    When Doflamingo saw Mihawk, the corners of his mouth couldn''t help grinning, and he reached out his hand to support his little sunglasses, and revealed a weird wicked smile: "Unexpectedly, the eagle eye who has always been alone ¡­And even join us Akatsuki!"

    Doflamingo slowly discovered the joy he had gained after joining Akatsuki. The feeling that everything in the world was under Akatsuki''s control could not be more wonderful!

    Who can think of...

    He turned out to be a man who participated in secretly manipulating the world!

    "I didn''t care what organization I joined."

    Jorakl Mihawk looked at everyone present with sharp eyes, fell on Doflamingo again, and calmly said: "It''s just that I didn''t expect that people like you would also Willing to succumb to others..."

    "No no no..."

    Doflamingo looked at Hawkeye, put a finger up and shook it, and there was even a smile on his face: "This isn''t a stubbornness! Our leader... but a true god! A **** who can change the world!"

    Doflamingo smiled and spread out his palms and continued: "If you want to be the winner of the world, of course you have to join the gods and stand on the right side. To me... it doesn''t seem to be difficult to choose. What a thing!"

    "..."

    Jorakl Mihawk couldn''t help but glance at Doflamingo.

    This Tenyasha, who is lawless on the sea, actually admires Uehara Naraku so much, is he so cute at this time?

    This guy¡­

    Will he be tortured by Uehara into the cycle of life and death?

    "Hey, Mihawk, what is your expression!"

    Doflamingo saw Hawkeye Mihawk''s expression, and a flash of anger flashed on his face: "What are you thinking about? Your expression is very rude!"

    "No, no."

    Mihawk shook his head with a casual look.

    Doflamingo didn''t believe it at all. He turned his head abruptly to look at Naraku Uehara, spreading out his palms sincerely: "Leader, Eagle Eye has no desires, but we can''t help it. Guarantee his loyalty!"

    A grinning smile suddenly flashed across Doflamingo''s face: "It''s better to kill him and arrange for our people to succeed him!"

    "..."

    Everyone couldn''t help but glanced at Doflamingo speechlessly.

    "Dover..."

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help supporting her forehead, and shook her head helplessly: "Who have you been with you recently and learned badly... why are you so stingy!"

    "..."

    Everyone present fell silent again.

    Everyone''s eyes were involuntarily placed on Uehara Naraku''s body.

    "You guys..."

    Uehara Naraku''s gaze was slightly surprised. The next second his palm suddenly squeezed, and coldly swept over the people present: "What does this expression... mean?"

    "No, no, no special meaning."

    Doflamingo stretched out his palms with a smile, and changed the subject with a smile: "My lord, let¡¯s solve our current affairs first! We know that it took a lot of effort to confine this admiral. Here..."

    "Ok¡­"

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Doflamingo with a subtle expression.

    Has this King Qi Wuhai perfectly integrated into Akatsuki''s organization?

    Compared with the two guys who wanted to save the navy at the moment, the Akadog and the Blue Pheasant, Doflamingo seemed to have a stronger sense of belonging to Akatsuki...

    Of course, this is not the time to discuss this.

    The most important thing now is to deal with the yellow monkey.

    "There is nothing to solve, I have already agreed to join Akatsuki..."

    Huang Yuan grinned and looked down at Uehara Naraku with a grin: "I didn''t expect that the leader of Akatsuki was only a navy colonel in the navy..."

    Although the status of this navy colonel is unusual...

    After all, the Navy''s SWORD unit is also the secret department that the Navy has been training for this period of time. It was originally set up to send its members as undercover agents to spy on the intelligence of some powerful pirate groups...

    did not expect¡­

    The Akatsuki organization actually penetrated here.

    The member who was sent out by the navy with high hopes as an undercover member turned out to be Akatsuki''s person. Could the navy be infiltrated into a sieve?

    Especially this guy named Naraku Uehara...

    If I remember correctly, it seems that the Marshal of the Warring States Period was struggling to win over the navy that he joined. What is this all about... Sure enough, the Marshal of the Warring States Period, because of his age, has his brain broken?

    "Do you have any prejudice against the navy colonel? Mr. Huang Yuan?"

    Uehara Naraku raised his head and glanced at Yellow Ape, frowned his brow and said, "Do you look down on the navy with a lower rank than yours?"

    "It''s not like that..."

    Huang Yuan smiled slightly at the corner of his mouth, and continued slowly: "I''m just a little worried, this kind of position is really not in line with Akatsuki''s status! There is a vacancy in the Naval Science Corps for a lieutenant general..."

    This guy¡­

    Can really speak!

    Even after seeing the leader of Naraku Uehara, he was slightly surprised, and immediately hid his emotions and adjusted his attitude!

    "..."

    The expressions of everyone became more and more weird.

    This yellow ape seems to be more advanced than they thought!

    Regardless of the level of speaking or the attitude of doing things... it really doesn''t meet everyone''s expectations of the general of the Navy!

    As a general, at least have to resist a little bit?

    And it feels that so far, it should be Akatsuki''s advantage, but everything seems to be in the rhythm of Huang Yuan''s conversation!

    This guy¡­

    Seeing people talking...

    Seeing God, do you just flatter yourself?

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help being a little bit stunned, his brows couldn''t help but frowned: "I''ve heard the report just now. It seems that you are not disgusted with joining Akatsuki..."

    "Yes, it is¡­"

    General Huang Yuan said with a very good tone, and said with a light smile: "Just seeing everyone in front of me, I can see that there is a powerful force behind Akatsuki.

    Those who know the times can last long. The future of this sea is destined to set off huge storms. Joining Akatsuki may also be the right choice for me..."

    "Stop acting..."

    Uehara Naruko rubbed his forehead.

    This yellow ape...

    What a natural actor!

    Uehara Naraku felt that Huang Yuan was really a natural fit to join Akatsuki. This guy is also a person who fears that the world will not be chaotic, and his temperament is also good and evil.

    unfortunately¡­

    This guy used his acting skills in the wrong place!

    Uehara Naraku''s expression gradually turned indifferent. He raised his head and looked at Huang Yuan and said: "General Huang Yuan, I forgot to tell you that people who say half the truth and half the lie in front of me generally have nothing to end with..."

    "Ah..."

    Huang Yuan''s expression suddenly became a little strange.

    What Huang Yuan said was indeed half truth and half falsehood.

    Joining the Xiao organization is actually not a big deal for Huang Yuan...

    After being pierced by Naruko Uehara, Huang Yuan quickly condensed his expression, grinning lightly and said: "No, no, no, what I said is actually the truth..."

    "General Huang Yuan."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around, his eyes gradually became serious: "Lord Naraku has the power to see through his heart... If you want to deceive adults, it would be a little too unconscious!"

    "...This is not a deception!"

    Huang Yuan shook his head and continued with a grin: "I roughly understand how Akatsuki exists... I really have a good impression of this organization. If you let me stay in the navy, you should not let me give up some justice that needs to be implemented. Right?"

    "exactly."

    Uehara Naruko rubbed her temples and sighed, "But I''ll beat you first! After the fight, let''s discuss these things!"

    "... Doesn''t make sense?"

    Huang Yuan couldn''t help sighing and rubbed his forehead: "If it doesn''t make sense, can I still use force to solve it? I hate this the most..."

    Insert one sentence, [\Mic\Mic\Reading\app\\] It¡¯s really good, it¡¯s worth installing, after all, you can cache books and read them offline!

    However, at the next moment, the figure of this navy general suddenly turned into a ray of light, galloping toward Uehara: "Speed ??is power... Have you ever been kicked by light?"

    Facing the unknown character of Uehara Naraku...

    Huang Yuan unexpectedly launched an attack first, everyone present couldn''t help being a little surprised!

    Is this admiral too courageous?

    Who gave him the courage to attack Naraku Uehara?

    "Mr. Polusalino, better not make fearless sacrifices!"

    Before Huang Yuan did his hands, Yao Shidou was aware of it, and his figure suddenly stood in front of Uehara Naraku: "If you want to offend Naraku-sama, it''s a bit too self-conscious!"

    A time space vortex appeared in front of Dou!

    This vortex must never be touched, there is an unknown realm inside!

    Huang Yuan stopped abruptly when he was about to touch the space vortex, and his figure flew back to the side!

    The admiral suddenly realized: "It''s really a scary person...no wonder you dare to act as an undercover agent in Malin Vandor...you have an incredible power in your body too!"

    "Get out, pocket!"

    Uehara Naraku''s voice was cold, and a strong wind blew Pharmacist aside.

    The next moment, Uehara Naraku''s palm suddenly raised, and suddenly leaned in the direction of the yellow ape, a majestic gravitational force radiated from Uehara Naraku''s hand!

    "Vientiane Tianyin!"

    This gravitational force pulled Huang Yuan to fly to Uehara Naraku in an instant!

    "Is it the same ability as Uchiha Sasuke?"

    Huang Yuan''s expression changed slightly. After the admiral of the navy headquarters realized the existence of this gravitational force, UU reading immediately turned into countless photons!

    He wanted to try to break free of this gravitation!

    If you remember correctly, this gravitational force will draw the enemy directly into his control, but unfortunately this trick is definitely difficult to escape if you don''t take precautions in advance!

    as expected!

    Unfortunately, after Huang Yuan used elementalization, he couldn''t break away from this gravitational force at all, and countless photons still flew to Uehara Naraku!

    "Shen Luo Tianzheng!"

    Uehara Naruko frowned, and a huge repulsive force radiated from his hand, directly knocking the yellow ape out!

    The repulsive force directly released by countless photons flew away in an instant, and the rays of light quickly regrouped into the appearance of a yellow ape, and the body directly smashed a boulder!

    Uehara Naraku''s figure galloped up, and just as he wanted to do something, the voice of Yakushi''s pocket suddenly fell in his ears.

    "Master Naraku, please be careful."

    Pharmacist pushed his glasses around and explained softly: "Red Sun Formation and Fire Flame Formation can withstand the attack of General Huang Ape, but they cannot withstand Lord Naraku''s counter-power. Even if Lord Naraku moves a little, they may be directly. Destroy the four red sun formations..."

    Pharmacist is not worried about the battle between Uehara Naraku and Huang Yuan.

    Yakushidou was only worried that Huang Yuan would escape from this sea area after the Red Sun Formation barrier was broken. That would not be very good for Akatsuki...

    "I know."

    Uehara Naraku''s figure turned into a golden light, using the power of the light element, quickly turned into light and rushed towards the position of the yellow ape!

    "Can I also use the power of Shining Fruit? Tian Cong Yun Jian!"

    Huang Yuan looked a little suspicious, and the light in his hand bloomed in the next second, turning the photon into a golden long sword, and the sword slashed towards the flying Uehara Naraku!

 Chapter 505ï¼š Do you believe in... the existence of light?

    The admiral challenged Uehara Naraku.

    In fact, everyone present was not very optimistic about Huang Yuan.

    This general who has been defeated twice by Uchiha''s assistants, dare to attack Uchiha''s boss in this situation?

    Are all the generals of the Navy so brave?

    Uehara Naruko''s figure broke away from the photonization, and after obliquely brushing the Tiancongyun sword in Huang Yuan''s hand, he suddenly reached out and held the golden Tiancongyun sword!

    "It''s amazing, it almost hurt me..."

    Uehara Nairobi smiled at the corner of his mouth, looked at the yellow ape in front of him with a chuckle, and broke the golden lightsaber with his bare hands!

    In the next moment, the sky in Huang Yuan''s hand turned from a cloud sword into countless light particles and disappeared into the air, illuminating Huang Yuan''s slightly surprised look!

    "Oh oh oh..."

    Huang Yuan slowly shook his head, put away his surprise, and joked with a smile: "No, no, your power is really terrifying..."

    "is it?"

    Uehara Naraku''s right leg instantly turned into a ball of golden light, and kicked at Huang Yuan, chuckled and said: "That''s a coincidence, I also feel that I have become more and more terrifying! Your kick at the speed of light, Don''t you try it yourself?"

    "Then I''m really lucky..."

    Huang Yuan''s eyes flickered, and he suddenly raised his arm to block Naruto Uehara''s kick. His body turned into a meteor and fell to the ground quickly!

    After Huang Yuan landed, there was no hesitation.

    This person with the shining fruit ability raised his head and looked at Uehara Naraku in the air. He raised his hand and shot a laser beam, which was about to penetrate directly through Uehara Naraku''s body!

    However, Uehara''s movements are faster than him!

    Uehara''s body instantly turned into a group of free photons, and quickly gathered towards the position of the yellow ape, and the yellow ape''s body quickly disappeared in place!

    Groups of golden light flashed back and forth in the four red sun arrays!

    The next moment, the two figures regained their human form in the air at the same time, and each shot a golden laser beam toward each other, and their bodies once again turned into photons and disappeared!

    This scene dazzled everyone present!

    Doflamingo wore sunglasses and said with a grin: "It is worthy of being the highest combat power in the Navy. The fruiting ability of that guy Polusalino is really the trickiest of the three navy generals..."

    "Ok."

    Pharmacist pushed his glasses around, nodded and said, "If it weren''t for the ability of Shining Fruit, I wouldn''t deliberately call in the four Hokage and Uchiha Madara to set up this four red sun blockade without dead ends. What about his actions..."

    "It doesn''t matter."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark shook his head, grinned and chuckled: "Even if Mr. Dou does not need to lay down traps and the four red sun formations, there is no doubt that the adults want to capture him, how did the admiral escape the power of God... "

    "..."

    Pharmacist was silent for a second. He slowly turned his head to look at the dried persimmon ghost shark, and suddenly smiled and said, "Senior ghost shark is right...but as the subordinates of Lord Naraku, we should try our best to reduce trouble for Lord Naraku. Yeah!"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark looked at the medicine master pocket, spread out his palm, nodded and smiled: "Mr. Dou...what he said is also very right."

    The atmosphere is faintly weird...

    Doflamingo couldn''t help grinning, but didn''t speak. He was slowly learning to understand Akatsuki during this time.

    This organization...

    It was actually much more complicated than he thought.

    Akatsuki seems to have many more members than he thought.

    For example, when Akatsuki of Wano country asked him to temporarily block Kaido¡¯s trade, it seemed that a guy named Uchiha Daido brought it up... When he was asked to reopen the trade, he seemed to be a guy named Kakashi Hagi. Contacted him.

    According to Doflamingo''s speculation, Uchiha Daido and Hagaki Kakashi in Akatsuki''s organization seem to be not able to deal with it very much. Could it be that the ghost and Yakushito can''t deal with it?

    It is said that they were the first two to follow Naraku Uehara.

    When the two of them were discussing, it was really hard for the newcomer to interrupt, but the veteran of the Akatsuki organization, Jiao Du, definitely dared to speak!

    after all¡­

    Strictly speaking, the horns grew up watching Uehara Naraku.

    Just as Pharmacist Duo wanted to continue to say something, Jiao Du suddenly said, "Du, Guiyu, do you have information about Scorpion and Dedara? How are they doing?"

    Jiao Du hugged his arm, and the urn said: "Huh, when I came, that kid in Feiduan hadn''t seen them for a long time, and some of them were very concerned about their safety. In which area of ??the sea have they been active recently?"

    "..."

    Everyone present couldn''t help falling into silence.

    When did they know that the organization was a loving organization? Didn''t Fei Duan always wish that the Red Sand Scorpion and Deidara would have overturned sooner?

    Obviously you want a reward from Art Pirates!

    Even Jorakl Mihawk, a great swordsman who doesn''t deal with Jiao Du very much, has heard of Jiao Du''s name...

    It is said that Qiwuhai, the king of this bounty hunter, as long as the money is enough, he can kill even the king of the world government franchise!

    It just so happens that there are no interesting newcomers during this time, and the reward of the Art Pirates Group should now be the highest in the first half of the entire great route...

    "Senior Jiaodu don''t have to worry about this."

    The pharmacist took a glance at the corner of his eye and pushed his glasses, a bit fortunate for his navy status: "Senior Scorpion and Deidara are still busy during this time...

    To advertise, the book reading app I am using recently, [\Mic\Mic\Reading\app\\] There are many books, complete books, and fast update!

    After borrowing the second generation of Hokage, I occasionally contacted them. I heard that Moonlight Moriah escaped from them. I guess I''m still chasing that king Qiwuhai! "

    "Huh, are you kidding me?"

    The horns held their arms, and asked in surprise: "On this sea, Scorpion and Deidara can still make Moonlight Moria, the Demon Fruit capable person, escape?"

    As a ninja...

    As long as the mind is not like that idiot Fei Duan...

    In this sea, ninjas have a huge advantage against those with devil fruit ability. As long as they can destroy the sea ship, they can put the devil fruit ability into desperation.

    The ninja can walk unscrupulously on the sea.

    "It''s not a joke..."

    Pharmacist shook his head, his mouth gradually curled up, and he showed a curious smile: "It seems that a subordinate of Moonlight Moriah caused them a little trouble and made them a little unhappy..."

    Ok¡­

    At the time it sounded like Pharmacist Pocket, Deidara and the Red Sand Scorpion talked about hunting down the Moonlight Moria Pirates. They gritted their teeth. They seemed to want to kill the entire Moonlight Pirates, especially one of them. girl¡­

    That little girl seems to be called Perona...

    It seems to be a ghost fruit capable person.

    This sea is not as simple as they thought, but there are many weird abilities in the world, and everyone has the possibility of overturning...

    of course¡­

    Except for the leader of Akatsuki, Naraku Uehara.

    Pharmacist looked up at the battle in the sky. Everyone noticed his movements and couldn''t help looking at the two sides fighting in the air.

    Groups of dazzling golden light make people unable to see the figures of Uehara Naraku and Huang Yuan. They continue to be elementalized and disappear at the speed of light, and occasionally they appear to be fighting...

    Doflamingo held his sunglasses and smiled and said, "I feel that this battle is almost over, right?"

    "Not too possible."

    Mihawk couldn''t help but frowned, and said in a low voice: "So far, Mr. Uehara seems to have been using the shining fruit ability...it will take a while to suppress him with the yellow ape fruit ability. ."

    None of them doubted that Uehara Naraku would surely win.

    Doflamingo is because he has seen the power of Uchiha Sasuke, and he has also seen Uchiha Sasuke''s awe of Uehara Naraku. He knows that Uehara Naraku must have power beyond Uchiha Sasuke.

    Besides...

    Uehara Naraku had already personally defeated the general of the blue pheasant!

    Hawkeye Mihawk¡¯s guess was based on his personal experience of the power of Uehara Naraku. He also knew very well the evil taste and pride of Akatsuki¡¯s leader...

    Uehara Naraku...

    It seems that they prefer to defeat the enemy in the area where they are best!

    "It should be soon."

    Yakushidou knows Uehara Naraku better than these two kings, Qiwuhai, and a meaningful smile appeared on his face: "Naruto-sama knows that we can''t delay time. He will not delay his subordinates because of his interests. ¡­"

    When talking about this, the smile on Yakushitou¡¯s face deepened: "Besides, not everyone can make Lord Naraku have enough confidence... General Huang Yuan is only a little interested in Lord Naraku. Willing to play with him for a while..."

    "..."

    Hawkeye Mihawk''s expression is somewhat subtle.

    Does this guy actually treat the battle with the general of the navy as a play?

    Pharmacist glanced at Hawkeye Mihawk, pushed his glasses, and continued to speak with a chuckle: "Once Naraku-sama gets tired or bored... there will be no time for suspense in this battle!"

    Yakushidou deserves to be the subordinate who knows Uehara Naraku best.

    The next moment, groups of golden lights in the sky suddenly converged into the figure of Uehara Naraku. His palms suddenly protruded, and golden lights appeared around him like a barrier!

    These golden barriers were gathered up instantly!

    General Huang Yuan¡¯s elemental body was wrapped in these golden barriers, making the admiral seem to be trapped in another cage!

    especially¡­

    These cages are wrapped in layers, and they are still shrinking!

    "Bachiqiong Gouyu!"

    Two rays of light flashed between Huang Yuan''s fingers, and countless dense photon bombs fell, as if to directly explode this cage!

    However, just after he exploded a golden barrier, another barrier quickly replenished it. The shrinking space of the cage became tighter and tighter, restricting Huang Yuan''s ability to move!

    Even if this golden cage was completely transformed into a rectangular parallelepiped just the size of a yellow ape, its contraction still didn''t stop!

    "Do you want to kill me directly?"

    Huang Yuan¡¯s eyes flashed with dignity, his body can only be elementalized to avoid being directly crushed by this light cage...

    Uehara Naraku''s move developed by using the shining fruit''s ability is really unprecedented for Huang Yuan. Can he use light to create a cage?

    till the end¡­

    The cage made up of light by Uehara Naraku was only half a human size, and it was filled with densely packed photons. It was the elemental general yellow ape...

    This navy general...

    It was captured directly by Naru Uehara!

    "I don''t want to kill my collection..."

    Uehara Naraku slowly stretched out his palm, manipulated the cage to fall in front of him, and patted the golden cage.

    Nairo Uehara looked at the elementalized yellow ape in the cage through the barrier of the golden cage, and said quietly, "General Huang ape, do you believe in light?"

    "..."

    The yellow ape in the golden cage did not answer.

    Uehara Naraku shook his head slowly and sighed: "You who can use the power of light don''t believe in the existence of light?"

    "..."

    The yellow ape in the golden cage still did not answer.

    The next moment, Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly changed, and a ray of light shone from his body, and his body was instantly wrapped in light, turning into a golden giant!

    The light of the golden giant is dazzling!

    The arms of the golden giant were intertwined horizontally and vertically, and a gleaming golden light was shot from the arms, which instantly defeated the golden cage that held the yellow ape!

    Actively maintain elementalization for a long time...

    But it consumes a lot of energy for those with natural fruit ability!

    And the moment the yellow ape, who was forced to become elemental in the golden cage, left the cage, UU reading finally couldn''t help recovering his body, and was immediately hit by the golden light!

    The embarrassing thing is...

    It didn''t seem to cause much harm.

    The golden giant waved his palm and fell, and a group of surging armed color was released from his palm, and instantly crushed Huang Yuan''s body!

    That armed look domineering...

    It penetrates Huang Yuan''s body directly!

    Huang Yuan''s body fell from the air instantly!

    The navy cloak on Huang Yuan''s body was dilapidated, and he landed on the island embarrassedly. There were scars all over his body, and the corners of his mouth could not help but spout blood!

    The golden giant slowly disappeared into the air...

    Uehara Naraku''s figure fell. He looked down at the seriously injured Huang Yuan, with a trace of regret on his face: "There really is no light in this world..."

    Even if he exploded the power of the light element with all his strength...

    It''s still not as useful as armed and domineering power.

    Huang Yuan was full of question marks. He first raised his hand to signal surrender, then reached out and slowly wiped the blood from the corner of his mouth. A trace of blood leaked from the corner of his mouth.

    Uehara Naraku''s words...

    It is really confusing.

    Not to mention that Admiral Huang Yuan didn''t understand what Uehara Naraku meant, and even the members of Akatsuki were a little confused, but that didn''t mean they didn''t have the right answer.

    "Master Naraku."

    The pharmacist walked to Uehara Naraku''s side, pushed his own glasses, and said with a light smile: "Maybe light existed in this world before, but the world has Lord Naraku, so light is no longer needed..."

    The pharmacist glanced at the yellow ape on the ground, and calmly continued: "A **** like Naraku-sama is the light that really shines on this sea..."

 Chapter 506ï¼š No wonder the fellow Akagu has changed!

    The pharmacist took this guy...

    As expected, he is the most valued subordinate of Uehara Naraku!

    The people present were simply confused. They hadn''t figured out what Uehara Naraku meant, but Yakushidou had already given an answer that people couldn''t fault.

    "All right."

    Uehara Naraku patted the shoulder of the medicine master''s pocket, and his eyes fell on Huang Yuan''s body: "Let¡¯s take a look at our General Manager first!"

    "The old man has surrendered..."

    Huang Yuan¡¯s body is full of wounds, but his mentality has not changed, and he even said with a smile: "It''s really unexpected. Your Excellency has the shining fruit ability that makes the old man amazed!"

    During the battle, Huang Yuan couldn''t help but suspect that he had eaten the fake sparkling fruit, because Uehara Naraku seemed to have developed more abilities.

    This guy¡­

    It is really strong enough!

    Moreover, the armed domineering that Uehara Naruko finally broke out made Huang Yuan feel a little frightened. The intensity of that armed domineering is absolutely comparable to Lieutenant General Karp!

    "Even if I say more, I can''t change my destiny..."

    Uehara Naraku watched Huang Yuan spread his palms, and said softly, "General Huang Yuan, I guess you wouldn''t mind if I give you some gifts?"

    "what is it then?"

    Huang Yuan''s face is still smiling, but there is a trace of alert in his eyes. This guy will never give him a date, right?

    "Because you still haven''t regarded Akatsuki as your home..."

    Uehara Naraku stretched out his palm, and a black hole emerged from his hand, and a strange-looking bug emerged from the black hole.

    Nanao, Shigeming!

    Uehara Naraku reached out his hand and stroked Shigeaki''s corner, and said softly: "And I guess you might not take Akatsuki to your heart, so I''m going to give you something. Would you mind?"

    As a general of the navy headquarters, Huang Yuan can''t find a tail beast that suits his personality. Perhaps Yao may be more suitable, but it is too wasteful!

    Even Nanao, Kakuno was a little unhappy.

    Kokaku frowned and couldn''t help but ask, "Are you going to give this guy Nanao Shigeaki? Uehara, it''s a bit too extravagant!"

    This boss...

    What a prodigal!

    "It''s just to monitor him."

    Uehara Naraku spread out his palms indifferently: "Because the navy is a particularly important part of my future plans. We must ensure that the power of the navy must be under our control..."

    "I still think it''s too wasteful."

    Jiao couldn''t help but glanced at Huang Ape, and said, "Huh, can''t you kill this guy and support your pocket to become an admiral?"

    "This is troublesome..."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and continued to explain with a chuckle: "Moreover, I really hope that the general of the Navy Headquarters can truly become a member of Akatsuki in the future! Isn''t their power interesting?"

    Three generals of the navy headquarters.

    Every general can be called a monster-like existence, coupled with their devil fruit ability, there is no doubt that they can become Akatsuki''s advanced combat power.

    These generals...

    Still very useful.

    And this is for the sake of Huang Yuan.

    If Huang Yuan can¡¯t join the Xiao organization, in the future, when the green pheasant and the red dog jump directly to reveal their identities, only Huang Yuan will remain loyal to the Navy...

    Isn''t it too embarrassing?

    "What is this...it looks like..."

    Huang Yuan looked at Nanao Shigeming, with a little suspicion in his eyes.

    Huang Yuan doesn''t know Nanao Shigeming, he just thinks that this ugly and ugly big bug was not given to him as a pet, right?

    "This is a gift from God."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around, looked at Huang Yuan whose face suddenly changed, and whispered: "General Huang Yuan, this is a meeting gift from Lord Naraku!

    If you can get its approval, your strength will be greatly improved, at the cost of trivial freedom..."

    "Don''t be so horrible... pocket..."

    Uehara Naraku smiled and waved his palm slowly.

    Under his control, Nanao Shigeaki turned into a group of chakras and flowed into the yellow ape''s body, and there was a touch of unquestionable firmness in Nairo Uehara''s voice: "General Yellow Ape, don''t resist, I won''t harm you."

    Insert an app: Perfectly re-engrave the old version of the book-chasing artifact, an interchangeable app-Mimi Reading.

    "No need?"

    Huang Yuan''s expression became a little unattractive: "The old man has promised you will join Xiao several times..."

    A monster was stuffed into his body, but he said it wouldn''t hurt himself?

    Do you believe this sentence?

    This... is not a human word at all!

    However, as the Chakra of Nanao Shigeming flows into his body, Huang Yuan finally feels that there seems to be an additional creature in his body and a new force.

    In his spiritual world...

    The huge monster stayed there, as if it might violently violently at any time, depriving him of control over his body!

    Uehara Naraku''s voice appeared in Huang Yuan¡¯s spiritual world, and he slowly said: "So, Shige Ming, Huang Yuan, I hope you can get along well and don¡¯t do things that make everyone unhappy..."

    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku warned: "If you have any questions, you can go directly to your friend Akainu and ask. You are both human beings, and you can communicate privately if you have anything..."

    "Ok?"

    Huang Yuan''s gaze fell on Uehara Naraku''s body, and the corners of his mouth twitched slightly, revealing a weird smile: "Sakaski...Isn''t that a member of Akatsuki?"

    should¡­

    It can''t be true!

    Even if Huang Yuan has always had a strong psychological quality...

    But after hearing this news suddenly, Huang Yuan still couldn''t believe it.

    If Huang Yuan surrendered to Akatsuki by himself, it is also acceptable for Qing Pheasant to surrender to Akatsuki, because their two personalities are destined to not care about this identity...

    but¡­

    It''s absolutely impossible for Aka Inu to surrender!

    Huang Yuan knows his friend very well. The red dog has a strong personality. When the lawless group of Xiao Organization forced him to surrender, he would rather die than join!

    "Yes, he is Akatsuki''s person too."

    Uehara Naraku interrupted Huang Yuan''s thoughts with a sentence: "The Aka Dog is a few months earlier than you... He is probably used to the power of the four tails!"

    "Four tails? Seven tails?"

    Huang Yuan frowned, but he couldn''t help but breathe a sigh of relief in his heart: "Sakaski''s body...is there a similar monster?"

    This feeling is a bit subtle.

    "Don''t say that Zhongming is a monster, this is not good for you to get along."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Huang Yuan with a look of thinking about him: "How about it? There is not much pressure in my heart now, right? You and Admiral Akadog were in the naval training camp at the same time, in the navy as colleagues, in the Akatsuki organization Also a colleague..."

    "..."

    Huang Yuan''s expression became more subtle.

    Although Uehara Naraku is right, if the Akagi also has the same monster in his body, then this matter seems acceptable for the time being...

    It¡¯s no wonder that after the Yellow Ape¡¯s injury healed, when I went to visit the Red Dog at the G1 branch base, I faintly felt that the Red Dog had become stronger and his mind deepened...

    And it''s always a short sigh of life...

    original¡­

    That guy joined Akatsuki privately!

    Huang Yuan''s eyes flashed, and a question came to mind: "Ah...If you count it like this, the two generals of the navy headquarters...are Akatsuki''s undercover agents already?"

    This number is dangerous!

    If Huang Yuan himself joined the Akatsuki organization, then he would still paddle and fish, and it does not seem to have much impact on the Navy...

    If the red dog joins Akatsuki...

    Does the future of the navy depend on the lazy blue pheasant? The feeling that the Navy may be finished sooner or later is getting heavier.

    Uehara Naraku didn''t answer Huang Yuan''s question. He just tickled the corner of his mouth and said, "This matter... go back and ask Aka Inu!"

    This kind of thing...

    Why is he embarrassed to speak?

    "All right."

    Uehara Naraku looked at the yellow ape and continued: "Nana-tailed Shigeaki is very helpful to you. You can just go to the G1 branch of the New World to get some information about the tail beast and the human column power from the red dog. He knows a lot more than you..."

    After speaking, Uehara Naruko retired from the spiritual world of Huang Yuan.

    The goal of this trip was basically achieved.

    The dry persimmon ghost shark faced the crisis of the White Beard Pirates and resolved.

    King Qiwu, Sea Hawkeye, Mihawk, the world''s number one swordsman, joined the Akatsuki organization, and Huang Yuan, the last free navy general, joined Akatsuki semi-actively and partially.

    In addition to these, Uehara Naraku also completed the missions about Hawkeye Mihawk and General Yellow Ape, and received quite generous rewards.

    Side mission: Defeat Huang Yuan, General of the Navy Headquarters (1/1). The mission has been completed. The reward is 180,000 points of life energy, 180,000 points of armed color domineering, and 180,000 points of sight color domineering.

    Huang Yuan¡¯s ability should be the most troublesome...

    Unfortunately, the system reward is slightly weaker than that of the red dog.

    Side mission: To subdue the three major naval headquarters for their subordinates (3/3), the mission has been completed, reward 500000 points of life energy, 500000 points of armed domineering, UU reading www.uukanshu. com sees and hears color domineering 500000 points.

    This mission rewards...

    It is the most luxurious reward so far!

    Even Uehara Naraku has never seen a reward of this level being brushed out, but this is normal, because once the admiral of the navy headquarters is subdued, it means that there is already an absolute force to suppress the admiral...It can''t be avoided by mouth. ?

    In addition to these fixed three-dimensional rewards, there is also a hidden task reward.

    Moreover, this hidden task was still a task completed by the Pharmacist before the battle, and Naruto Uehara just controlled it behind the scenes.

    Hidden mission: Let Huang Yuan experience the feeling of being acted (1/1), the mission has been completed, and the fixed reward skill is the light bondage.

    Binding of Light: Use the power of light elements to form a cage that restricts the enemy and block the enemy''s actions. The minimum consumption of life energy is 100 points and the cooling time is no.

    It was this hidden reward that made Uehara Naraku defeat Huang Yuan so easily.

    This trip is a complete one for Naraku Uehara...

    Perhaps the only regret...

    It is that the Scorpion of Red Sand and Deidara were actually tricked by Perona''s ability, and thus did not solve the other king, Qiwuhai, Moonlight Moria, fortunately they have not revealed their identity...

    This sea is definitely not to be underestimated...

    Now, Akatsuki''s big action is finally over.

    After the red sun formation on the entire small island was lifted, all Akatsuki''s members and the unholy reincarnation ninja, under the order of Uehara Naraku, returned to each other''s positions.

    It is estimated that not many people in the entire sea have realized that when their eyes are still in the aftermath of the war between the Hundred Beast Pirates and the White Beard Pirates... the power of this world has already undergone drastic changes that ordinary people cannot imagine.

    But... they soon knew.

 Chapter 507ï¼š Ever since I joined Akatsuki, I feel that life is still the same, Akatsuki...

    The big sea news bird flies everywhere.

    A few days ago, the news reported on the duel between Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto, the two supernovas, and began to boast that the Navy had expelled the Beast Pirates.

    The entire newspaper used a large page to praise the new generation of navy wise general Yakushi for his exhaustive strategies and the powerful combat power of the navy general Huang Yuan.

    Really...

    Are these newspapers not tired of it?

    Great sea route new world.

    G1 branch naval base.

    After the big action organized by Akatsuki was over, everyone went back to their respective homes. The pharmacist chose to return to Malin Vando, and Huang Yuan rushed to the G1 branch base to confront the red dog.

    When Huang Yuan arrived here, he didn''t even need to say anything to the red dog. The two of them perceived each other''s tail beast Chakra.

    really¡­

    Where to go...

    Everyone is your own!

    Akidog sat in his office, with a cigar in his mouth, flipping through the newspaper in his hand, and slowly exhaling a thick smoke: "Huh, it seems that whether it is Kaido of the beasts or us admirals, Have been controlled by that guy..."

    "There is no other way..."

    Huang Yuan sat on the sofa next to the red dog, and slowly blew the heat on the teacup: "Anyway, both of us have joined Akatsuki now..."

    After Huang Yuan said this, he suddenly raised his head to look at the red dog and said with a grin: "I didn''t expect that the future of the navy will probably fall on our lazy junior..."

    The yellow monkey naturally refers to the green pheasant.

    When the red dog heard Huang Yuan''s words, his face instantly rose with anger: "That guy Kuzan...Join Akatsuki before us!"

    "Huh?"

    Huang Yuan''s movements were a bit stiff for an instant, and he slowly lowered his head and drank his tea: "Oh oh oh... if it looks like this, we are still colleagues!"

    "You guy is a little more serious!"

    Looking at Huang Ape''s passing attitude, the red dog became more angry: "I originally wanted to remind you not to act with that **** who is the druggist... I didn''t expect you to forget to bring the phone worm and you didn''t change it!"

    "Don''t say that..."

    Huang Yuan sighed faintly: "When things have reached this point, everyone doesn''t want to...what shall we do next?"

    Huang Yuan continued to lower his head and took a sip of tea, and then sighed: "Since this is the case now, I don''t seem to have to be so serious in doing things in the future..."

    Since the three major generals of the navy headquarters are Akatsuki''s undercover agents, will they honestly fish in the navy in the future, so as not to cause any harm to the navy...

    This seems to be no different from Huang Yuan¡¯s past life...

    It feels like life is still the same, and it doesn''t seem to be interesting to join Akatsuki, because my colleagues are also Akatsuki''s undercover, and they don''t even have the excitement of undercover!

    "Hey, wake me up a little bit!"

    The anger on the red dog''s face couldn''t help rising to a new level: "You fellow, don''t look for such weird reasons anymore. Be more serious in the future!

    Before our undercover identity as Akatsuki is revealed, at least we must do more for the peace of this sea! "

    The attitude of the red dog is different from that of the yellow ape.

    Originally, the red dog wanted to learn how to fish with the yellow ape, but now the situation is different.

    Now that the navy headquarters has been completely infiltrated by Akatsuki, he will take advantage of his ability to act as an admiral, so he must be more diligent!

    Before the identity is revealed, catch more pirates for the tranquility of this sea, how can we get by!

    Oh shit¡­

    Now the situation in the navy has become so serious that the three navy headquarters, the new generation of intellectual generals, and the intelligence department are all under Akatsuki''s control!

    Why is Huang Yuan''s mentality still the same!

    wrong¡­

    Aka Inu suddenly felt that his mentality did not seem to have changed.

    Except for an additional layer of Akatsuki''s identity, nothing has changed at all. The diligent person is still the diligent person, the lazy guy is the lazy guy, and the general who fishes is still the general who fishes.

    "Speaking of it, don''t you find it strange?"

    Huang Yuan slowly raised his finger and asked a question: "That fellow Yao Shi has contributed to the navy far more than his harm... After he became a navy staff officer, the battle damage was reduced by at least more than half."

    "Huh, it just looks like now..."

    The red dog snorted coldly, and reached out his hand to take a document on the table: "That guy is lurking in Malin Vando, there must be a bigger conspiracy!"

    "Although I guess so..."

    Huang Yuan shook his head slowly, and suddenly said, "Sakaski, do you think Akatsuki controls the navy, will they let pirates flood it?"

    "..."

    After Aka Inu was silent for a while, he put down the file in his hand.

    The admiral raised his head and looked at Huang Yuan, and said in a deep voice, "Porusalino, you can''t pin your hopes on..."

    When he said this, Aka dog suddenly interrupted his words, slowly closed his palms, and frowned slightly: "Speaking of which, I can get along with the four-tailed Monkey King during this period...

    From Monkey King, I know a little bit of detailed information about Xiao and Xiao¡¯s leaders. These are the information that Kuzan didn¡¯t collect. No, or that guy¡¯s temperament, he never collected information on Xiao. ¡­"

    Akinu said so well...

    As a result, when it comes to the green pheasant, his anger can''t help but rise again!

    Damn, the green pheasant is really lazy to a certain level!

    Obviously that guy was the first general among the three of them to join Xiao, but he didn''t even get to know this organization well!

    Recommend an app, comparable to the old version of the book chasing artifact, can change the source of the book \Mi\MiRead\\!

    "The Monkey King in my body may not deceive me..."

    Akinu slowly closed his palms, supported his chin, and said in a deep voice: "They and these tailed beasts are the same as Akatsuki''s group of guys. These tailed beasts prefer to call Uehara Naruko a **** who walks in the world..."

    "God?"

    The corner of Huang Yuan¡¯s mouth grinned, thinking of his fight with Naraku Uehara, he couldn¡¯t help but smiled in a low voice: ¡°Speaking of which, according to his ability to easily crush me, that person seems to be really worthy For God!"

    "I''m not discussing the issue of strength."

    The red dog interrupted Huang Yuan''s words, and continued coldly: "Remember the title of the Tianlong people in the world... They claim to be descendants of gods! Because the twenty kings who established the world government were also called gods... "

    The red dog looked at Huang Yuan, and continued with a deep voice: "The title of God is not used casually, the leader of Xiao, his mind may also want to rebuild the order of this world like the former Twenty Kings!"

    this matter¡­

    Akino never said it to the outside world.

    It is the first time that Akadog talked to Huang Yuan because of their friendship over the years and the same fate.

    If Akatsuki really wants to overthrow the order of the world government...

    A force spying on the world order and trying to subvert the world will cause major changes!

    And they are in a very embarrassing situation for those admirals who are in the Navy and have justice in their hearts but have to be controlled by Xiao.

    Maybe because of this...

    The pharmacist took control of the navy''s power little by little, and continued to accumulate the prestige of the navy. Is the Akatsuki organization deliberately recruiting them, admirals?

    "Ah, if you are right..."

    Huang Yuan suddenly grinned from the corner of his mouth and turned to look at Aka Inu: "Sakaski, does this have anything to do with us?"

    Huang Yuan smiled and shook his head, and raised his cup again: "Well...we are only the navy...just keep catching pirates..."

    Huang Yuan slowly drank his tea, pushed his glasses, and continued with a chuckle: "Sakaski, as long as he implements his inner justice is enough... Besides, we can''t do more now. More!"

    "you''re right!"

    The red dog slowly hugged his arm, and said in a deep voice, "There is nothing wrong with the new world now. Tomorrow, I will return to our headquarters, Malin Vando, with you!"

    "Eh?"

    "Call on Kuzan, and ask the guy that Pharmacist has!"

    The black smoke of magma rose from Akagu''s hand, and his voice continued in a gloomy voice: "If Akatsuki really wants to change the order of the world and rule the world... where do they want to put the justice of the navy!"

    The red dog''s fist hit the table hard, and the magma burned through the table little by little: "No, just leave now, so as not to waste time!"

    Just leave.

    The red dog and the yellow ape boarded the warship directly, and drove back to the navy headquarters, Malin Vandor, through the sacred place of Marijoa in the Terracotta Continent.

    Just in time, the generals of the navy headquarters gathered at Marin Vando.

    When the green pheasant saw the red dog and the yellow ape come back, he also knew that the yellow ape had joined Xiao, and everyone was on the same line again, and the way of getting along with the three generals seemed to be back to the previous state.

    Maybe it¡¯s because everyone has another identity...

    When the red dog saw the green pheasant, he did not leave indifferently, but the urn called him: "Kuzan, we have something to talk about, let''s come together!"

    "Well, it''s not necessary..."

    The green pheasant patted his forehead and slowly said, "It just happened that you came back to sit in Malin Fanduo, I will go out to inspect..."

    "Kuzan!"

    The red dog interrupted the green pheasant and said coldly: "The current situation is very dangerous. I have a very important thing for UU reading !"

    "..."

    The green pheasant scratched his head.

    Red dog, why are there so many things!

    According to the attitude of the green pheasant, now the three major generals of the navy headquarters are all undercover agents of Akatsuki, so everyone will be honestly in the navy and continue to fish.

    in fact¡­

    Akatsuki will not ask the general to do anything bad.

    And Akatsuki will not do any harm to the Navy.

    Because Aoi Pheasant has a person to contact privately, he can know Akatsuki''s situation and Uehara Naraku''s attitude through Nicole Robin...

    During this time, the green pheasant knows more than the red dog.

    According to Nicole Robin from the country far away, Akatsuki now has more powerful members and tens of thousands of powerful peripheral forces.

    And speaking of Akatsuki''s policies in Wano Country, Akatsuki is not evil, and even more friendly to civilians. Perhaps in the future, it will be an organization that can bring order and peace to the world.

    of course¡­

    The green pheasant thought that even if he said so, it is estimated that the red dog and the yellow ape would not believe it, and he simply nested in Malin Vando to live leisurely.

    "Ok¡­"

    The green pheasant looked at the still stubborn red dog, then glanced at the helpless yellow ape, only nodded and said: "Then we find a place to have a drink?"

    Speaking of...

    The three of them never seemed to get together!

    In other words, the blue pheasant does not like it unilaterally, because he and the red dog can''t understand each other...

    Now, because of Akatsuki''s affairs, the relationship between the red dog and the blue pheasant is not knowing whether it is getting better or worse...

    This world is really outrageous.

    The first meeting of the three generals of the navy headquarters was not because they were the highest combat power of the world government, but because they were all Akatsuki''s undercover agents.

 Chapter 508ï¼š The green pheasant gradually approaching Akatsuki

    Marin Vando.

    A hot spring bath.

    The three generals of the navy headquarters were frank and soaked in the hot spring toplessly. All three of them couldn''t help but slowly narrowed their eyes, enjoying the long-lost relaxation.

    Especially the red dog and the blue pheasant...

    During this period of time, the psychological pressure on the two of them was quite large.

    There are so many navies in Ma Linfan, once they know that their two navy generals are undercover, I will be desperate at that time... Now that the three generals are all undercovers of Akatsuki, it seems psychologically acceptable, right?

    "Kuzan..."

    Huang Yuan smiled and turned his head to look at the green pheasant, and asked slowly: "What is Kuzan doing on the weekend? If you are fine, you can come here to relax..."

    "Well, sometimes I go fishing with Senior Crane..."

    The green pheasant slowly propped up his body, leaned against the stone in the bath, and whispered softly, "Where are Polusalino and Sakaski?"

    "We are usually here..."

    Huang Yuan glanced at the red dog with his eyes closed and sleepy, the corners of his mouth were crooked, and he chuckled and said: "Man''s life... always needs some different colors..."

    "Hey, Polusalino, don''t say such misunderstandings."

    The red dog interrupted Huang Yuan''s words with a cold voice, and his arm was placed on the stone, and the tattoos on his shoulders and arms looked a bit hideous: "Okay, let''s be serious, now Akatsuki''s danger cannot be ignored. ¡­"

    "I don''t think it is particularly dangerous."

    The green pheasant shook his head and slowly said, "According to my information, Uehara Naraku is Akatsuki''s third-generation leader. The strength is the strongest existence among the previous leaders of the Akatsuki organization. Failed once..."

    "Oh?"

    Huang Yuan''s mouth grinned, and suddenly he became a little interested: "It seems that our leader is not invincible!"

    "Porusalino, you are an admiral!"

    The red dog''s forehead couldn''t help but jump, he glanced at the yellow ape, and then said: "But what you said is correct, someone who has failed..."

    "I think you should listen to me."

    The green pheasant shook his head, sighed and continued: "It seems that that year, Uehara Naraku was only twelve years old and lost to Uchiha Sasuke''s brother Uchiha Itachi...

    Well, there is some gossip. It is said that the two brothers Uchiha Itachi and Sasuke Uchiha have been manipulated by him in the palm of their hands, and he is manipulating the brothers to mutilate. "

    "Is it so stingy?"

    Huang Yuan''s face was a little subtle.

    The look of the red dog is even more weird.

    The green pheasant frowned, and continued softly: "That''s not a good thing... That guy treats everyone in the world as a pawn.

    But his mind is not too bad, the results of dealing with everything are generally good, but the process is a bit cruel..."

    When talking about this, the green pheasant thought for a while, then added: "Um...maybe, it''s more than a bit cruel."

    This is really modest enough.

    Where is cruel, clearly cruel...

    It sounds like what Uehara Naraku is doing is a bit like a rainbow after wind and rain, but not many people have the mental quality that can withstand the violent storms that Uehara Naraku has set off...

    The green pheasant scratched his hair and sighed: "Huh, that guy is definitely not as good as the navy''s justice, but it''s not as evil as we thought..."

    "Hey, Kuzan..."

    The red dog''s eyelids trembled, and he snorted coldly: "Remember your identity, you are a general of the navy headquarters, you guys won''t really become Akatsuki''s lobbyist?"

    "Sakaski."

    The green pheasant shook his head slowly, and got up to crawl out of the bath: "I don''t have much need to chat with you here. Instead of wasting time here, I should think of a way to prevent Akatsuki from infiltrating the navy..."

    "Huh? Don''t worry..."

    Huang Yuan suddenly stopped the green pheasant and smiled and eased the atmosphere between them: "Kuzan, Sakaski, now is not the time for tit-for-tat! If the three of us are there, we might be better off working together. Idea!"

    "..."

    The green pheasant and the red dog fell silent at the same time.

    Huang Yuan stood up and sat on the rock, stretched out his hand to put a bathrobe on himself, and said grinningly: "Speaking of which, Sakarski has a guess that our leader has always been called a **** by others. It won¡¯t be that he wants to replace the Denonians who live in the Holy Land Mariagioa and change the order of the world..."

    "I don''t know this."

    The green pheasant also sat up, wrapped a bathrobe, looked down at the water vapor in the bath, and said softly: "According to the information I got here, Uehara Naraku was called a **** by Akatsuki''s members, even if it was Dover. Lang Ming is no exception...

    In addition to the fact that Uehara Naraku''s power has no rivals in this world, there is another reason that is somewhat strange but recognized.

    It is said that he was the reincarnated person of a certain creation **** a thousand years ago, and of course it has nothing to do with the scumbags of the Tianlong people. This sounds a little fictional.

    Although Uehara Naraku has always denied it, she personally admitted that the mother of the God of Creation, who was the ancestor of God, lived in the world a thousand years ago. "

    The green pheasant spread his arms and continued without hesitation: "If according to your statement, Uehara Naraku wants to replace the Celestial Dragon, it is not a bad thing.

    Now that Akatsuki organizes the occupation of Wano as the base camp, civilians in that closed backward country seem to live better than civilians in other countries in the world. Even homeless orphans have shelters..."

    This thing is true.

    Because the civilians and nobles in the country are equal, at least in name, they are equal. For example, the civilians and nobles will receive education in the same environment.

    Perhaps because of the gap between the rich and the poor, they enjoy different educational resources.

    However, civilians also have the opportunity to make progress through their own efforts, instead of relying on the gifts of nobles or kings.

    the most important is¡­

    Even the Ninja Legion under Akatsuki''s command must not harm innocent civilians at will, and everyone must abide by the peace rules established by Akatsuki.

    And after the country was settled down, no orphans died from freezing or starvation, even Nicole Robin was surprised.

    In this world...

    No country can do it!

    These ones¡­

    That''s why the green pheasant really started to change his attitude towards Akatsuki.

    And the Akatsuki organization that can do this step can''t be a bad guy no matter what you think, these are things that the revolutionary army that wants to defeat the world government has never done!

    If it weren¡¯t for knowing that Nicole Robin would not deceive herself, the green pheasant would actually be a little disbelief...

    Insert a sentence, [\Mic\Mic\Reading\app\\] really good, it is worth installing, after all, there are many books, all books, and fast updates!

    After talking a lot, the green pheasant scratched his hair, sighed and said, "If there is a chance, let''s go to Hezhi Country together!"

    "Wano country is very dangerous."

    After listening to the green pheasant''s words, Akinu couldn''t help frowning, and said in a deep voice, "Where was Kaido''s site before? Although it was invaded by Akatsuki''s organization, it will have to cross Kaido''s waters and wait until we are Only after eliminating the Beast Pirate Group and Kaido can we pass..."

    "Our words should be fine."

    Green Pheasant shook his head, raised his head and continued to look at the sky: "By the way, the Beast Pirate Group should be under Akatsuki''s control, right?"

    "Yes¡­"

    A voice suddenly fell into their ears.

    This sigh of Ruoyouruowu made the faces of the three generals present drastically changed. Their domineering look and hearing did not notice that anyone was peeping in secret!

    At the next moment, a big snake suddenly sprang out of the bath!

    The big snake suddenly opened its mouth in the blood basin and slowly spit out the body of the pharmacist pocket. He pushed his glasses, raised his head and looked at the three generals smiling...

    This scene makes people feel a little frightened...

    This pharmacist pocket...

    What kind of ability is it?

    Pharmacist spread out his palms and said with a chuckle: "Admiral Aoi Pheasant guessed right, the beast pirate group is Akatsuki''s outer arm...If you want to go to the country of Wano, you only need Lord Naraku Just apply."

    After the pharmacist finished talking, his gaze slowly stayed on the green pheasant, and the corners of his mouth twitched slightly: "By the way, the general green pheasant knows so much news. Ms. Robin should have told you in private, right? ¡­"

    "Nicole Robin..."

    The red dog frowned and said in a deep voice, "Is that the son of the devil who escaped from O''Hara? Kuzan, you let her go back then!"

    Huang Yuan rubbed his forehead and sighed: "It''s not time to talk about the troubles in the past... Besides, we are only following the orders of the world government, why bother to kill them!"

    Huang Yuan''s attitude is still ambiguous.

    Some things can be done, and some things can not be done.

    It is indeed not the time to hold the pheasant accountable. Besides, they seem to have found Nicole Robin''s position. It is said that she has been with Uehara Naraku...

    If you count it like this...

    Can the blue pheasant always know Uehara Naraku''s information from Nicole Robin?

    Huang Yuan and Chi Inu couldn''t help but glance at the green pheasant. This schoolboy, who has always been very lazy, can do things, and he will use spies too!

    only¡­

    The spy of the green pheasant is a bit counterproductive.

    Not instigating the enemy, but instigating himself.

    After learning enough information from Nicole Robin, the green pheasant may have to put himself into Akatsuki''s organization.

    Pharmacist Tou didn¡¯t care about this effect. A chilling smile flashed on his face: ¡°Admiral Green Pheasant, it seems that Ms. Nicole Robin seems to be better at gathering intelligence than I thought. I can¡¯t help but want her to join the CP organization..."

    "Pocket, UU reading don''t hinder her life."

    A chill came out of the green pheasant, and he calmly spread out his palms and said, "I asked her to do this. The people of Akatsuki should know very well that Robin will not refuse my request. Didn''t you really do anything wrong? I am also a member of Akatsuki."

    I am also a member of Akatsuki.

    This sentence obviously has a lot of weight.

    Compared with the other words said by the green pheasant, they have more weight.

    Even the pharmacist''s pocket is a bit helpless, what should I say in this regard? Aoi Pheasant and Nicole Robin really did nothing wrong, and Uehara Naraku didn¡¯t care about these...

    And Nicole Robin is also very smart.

    Even if the pharmacist wants to call Nicole Robin out, it¡¯s not that easy to say...

    Because Nicole Robin has nothing to do recently, she has been staying in Wano Country during this period of time to read the text of history, and she naturally chooses to depend on the person with the highest status in Wano Country.

    That is the teacher of Naraku Uehara, Konan.

    Therefore, Nicole Robin has heard a lot of stories about Uehara seriously, and has seen the relationship between the master and disciple.

    The leader actually listened to the teacher very much. He was a strong and kind-hearted boy (may be wrong). He often said that someone named Nagato had soft ears...

    In fact, Uehara¡¯s own ears are also very soft...

    This matter¡­

    It''s quite confusing.

    Nicole Robin''s vigilance towards Uehara has been reduced a lot.

    If it wasn¡¯t for Nicole Robin who had followed Naraku Uehara for a while, and had seen Uehara Naraku not doing much human affairs with her own eyes, she would really suspect that Uehara was a fake...

    It is precisely because Nicole Robin told these interesting stories about the blue pheasant that the blue pheasant has a lot of affection for Uehara Naraku.

 Chapter 509ï¼š CP Nineâ€™s boss, Nicole Robin

    "Speaking of which, it doesn''t seem to matter what we say..."

    Huang Yuan touched his chin and slowly said with a smile: "Counselor, after all, we are also members of Akatsuki... You are not monitoring us, are you?"

    "of course not."

    The pharmacist spread out his palms, smiled and said, "You have four tails and seven tails in your body. Why should I waste time? I just have something to find the green pheasant general. I just heard one sentence..."

    "What did you come to do with him?"

    Akino stood up slowly and put on his bathrobe.

    "The most important thing for Akatsuki is fairness."

    Pharmacist looked at the blue pheasant, smiled and said, "Because only the blue pheasant does not have a tail beast on his body, Lord Naraku is worried that it is not fair to you. When we parted, he handed Sanweiiso to me and let me help you seal the three tails. , Let you become a three-tailed man Zhuli."

    When talking about this, the pharmacist turned his head to look at the red dog and the yellow ape, chuckled and continued: "It seems that you should also know how much the tail beast can improve your strength. This is a gift from God. What..."

    "There is no such need..."

    The green pheasant waved his hand and wanted to refuse this matter.

    Although the tail beast is of great help to them, the blue pheasants also know something. Once they become a human pillar, it also means that their body will be restrained by the tail beast at all times, and even be monitored at all times.

    "General Green Pheasant."

    The pharmacist smiled and spread out his palms, and whispered softly, "God''s gift, I believe no one will refuse, and you will definitely not refuse, right?"

    "Pocket staff..."

    The green pheasant tilted his head, looked at the pharmacist''s pocket and asked, "Are you threatening me? I am also Akatsuki''s member. Except for the leader of Uehara, there shouldn''t be any distinction between our Akatsuki members? "

    In the message that Nicole Robin told Aoi Pheasant, the relationship between the subordinates and the superiors of the entire Akatsuki organization is not strict. Except for Uehara Naraku, all members are equal in name.

    This matter is still very important.

    Because Nicole Robin knows the character of the green pheasant very well, she is worried that the green pheasant may have trouble facing the unreasonable request of the pharmacist, so she especially reminded the green pheasant.

    If there is really no refund, there is no need to fear the pharmacist.

    Of course, don''t offend the pharmacist.

    Because Yakushi Pocket is Uehara''s confidant.

    Moreover, the person Yakushidou has followed Naraku Uehara for a long time, and he has also learned some of the small tempers of Naraku Uehara, such as being petty and holding grudges...

    What''s more, the IQ of the pharmacist pocket is very high, a little bit of arrangement can kill people without knowing how to die...

    "..."

    Hearing what the green pheasant said, Yao Shidou''s eyes narrowed.

    The corner of Yakushi''s mouth couldn''t help but hooked, and said with a smile: "Admiral Aoi Pheasant is right, but it is the task that Mr. Naraku entrusted me to transplant Sano Isosuke... Are you really going to refuse? ?"

    Pharmacist spread out his palms and continued smiling with a smile: "As a member of Akatsuki, I believe that no one will refuse Lord Naraku, right?"

    "Well, isn''t it..."

    The green pheasant scratched his hair and slowly said: "If I remember correctly, Mr. Uehara seems to be more tolerant than I thought, and Mr. Uehara doesn''t seem to care about small things..."

    Nicole Robin told the green pheasant about this.

    In fact, when Uehara Nana fell in front of them, they often didn''t have the prestige of a leader. When encountering any unreasonable order, Akatsuki''s members were free to put forward their own opinions.

    Like Deidara.

    For example, the old man in Jiaodu.

    Uehara Naraku basically refused to refuse their requests.

    of course¡­

    If you deliberately provoke...

    It must be arranged by Naraku Uehara.

    The pharmacist looked at the green pheasant, pushed his glasses, nodded slowly, and chuckled softly: "General Blue Pheasant is right, but as a subordinate of Lord Naraku, I don¡¯t think anyone should treat Lord Naraku¡¯s tolerance. As a reason to indulge yourself..."

    The corner of the pharmacist''s mouth still smiled, and he calmly continued: "Forget it, since General Green Pheasant is unwilling now, then let''s do this in advance!"

    The pharmacist left the bath step by step and beckoned: "Admiral Green Pheasant, I will wait for you in the lounge here. After ten minutes, you will definitely change your mind..."

    "..."

    The green pheasant remained silent.

    No matter what, he will not change his mind.

    After seeing the pharmacist''s pocket leave, Huang Yuan couldn''t help touching his chin, and slowly said, "Is that okay?"

    "Akatsuki is still very tolerant."

    The green pheasant slowly turned his head to look at the yellow monkey and the red dog, and whispered: "We are Akatsuki''s members, as long as we are within Akatsuki''s rules, we have very high autonomy..."

    This is the use of rules.

    As long as they are within the framework of the Akatsuki organization, they have a very high degree of freedom, even more free than the status of an admiral.

    To be honest¡­

    As a member of Akatsuki...

    In fact, more attractive than the admiral.

    If possible, Qing Pheasant really wants to resign from the position of general, Jiao Du and the Art Pirates are living together, it is not too easy...

    When the green pheasant said this, he stretched his waist, yawned, and sat lazily at the tea table: "I feel that there is no change between the present life and the past. If you accept this fact, it will actually be easier. A little bit..."

    "It seems to be like this..."

    Huang Yuan also sat at the tea table and slowly said, "If it weren''t for Shigeaki Nanao in the old man''s body, I would have forgotten that I joined Akatsuki.

    I feel that this organization doesn¡¯t use our appearance at all. It can obviously do more with our status as a general..."

    "..."

    The red dog sat next to them, and the urn said: "Don''t let your guard down, who knows that Xiao group..."

    Sorry...

    Sorry...

    A rush of phone worm interrupted their communication.

    The green pheasant''s brows couldn''t help but wrinkle. It was rare for him to find that Huang Yuan was actually quite easy to get along with, and the red dog seemed to have changed a little bit from the past.

    The green pheasant is trying to get along with his colleagues...

    Really, this time...Whose phone bug is calling?

    When the green pheasant slowly connected his phone worm, Nicole Robin''s voice came from inside.

    The two didn¡¯t talk for a while, and Robin started talking about the business: "Ao-pheasant, why did you reject the power of Mitsuo Isosuke? Uehara finally agreed to my proposal..."

    "what the hell¡­"

    The green pheasant rubbed his forehead and waved his hand indifferently: "Hey, Robin, I don''t need the power of Mizuo Isosuke..."

    original¡­

    Is it Nicole Robin''s request to transplant Sanwei? I really don¡¯t know what Robin thinks, but let him transplant Sanwei...

    "No!"

    Nicole Robin¡¯s voice added a touch of unquestionable firmness, and there was a trace of pleading in her tone: "Ao-pheasant, Mr. Uehara promised me. As long as you become a three-tailed man, he will release the relationship between you The dark contract..."

    "..."

    The green pheasant fell silent.

    The dark contract in his body was first made by Uehara Naraku to avoid his betrayal. It was a more terrifying restraint than being a human pillar.

    Speaking of...

    The green pheasant almost forgot about it.

    What''s more, he gradually accepted Akatsuki''s proposition, naturally he would not care much about this contract, nor would he care about the threat of the contract, life is just a death...

    did not expect¡­

    Nicole Robin still remembers this threat.

    "Green Pheasant, I said not to do stupid things..."

    In the phone bug, Nicole Robin''s voice faintly lowered: "Remember what you promised me before, no matter what happens, we must live on..."

    "¡­Ok."

    The green pheasant squeezed the phone worm in his hand and whispered: "I see, Robin, I will go to the pharmacist to find that guy..."

    "..."

    Huang Yuan''s mouth couldn''t help but cast a weird smile.

    Akinu''s face was faintly unsightly, no matter what, he still couldn''t understand the relationship between the blue pheasant and the son of the devil.

    After a few minutes.

    The three generals of the navy headquarters stood in front of Yao Shi''s pocket.

    The green pheasant glanced at the yellow ape and the red dog beside him, sighed, and then looked at the pharmacist pocket: "Then, let''s discuss the time for transplanting the three tails!"

    "Now you can."

    The corner of Pharmacist''s mouth was still smiling.

    Huang Yuan''s face couldn''t help showing a trace of yearning: "If you say so, how much you have to leave Malinfan..."

    "There is no such need."

    The pharmacist stretched out his palm, placed it on the arm of the green pheasant, and slowly said: "General Huang Yuan, I am the staff officer of the navy headquarters, how can I leave my post without authorization!"

    A time space vortex suddenly appeared.

    The moment the space vortex appeared at this time, the two people, the green pheasant and the pharmacist, were included in the divine power space!

    By the time they reappear, UU Reading blue pheasant has already got the three-tailed chakra on its body, as if it had become the three-tailed zhuli.

    only¡­

    The green pheasant''s eyes became more solemn.

    The undercover agent who has sneaked into the navy does not only rely on IQ, but also on his strange ability!

    Just when the green pheasant was about to leave, he suddenly turned his head to look at the medicine master''s pocket, and asked, "Well, pocket, Robin, in order to remove the dark contract on my body and let me become the three-tailed man, what price did Robin pay? ?"

    "It''s no price."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around, squinted his eyes and smiled, "It''s just that she happens to be dealing with her least favorite thing again..."

    Pharmacist looked up at the tall green pheasant, smiled and continued: "This is not a bad thing, general green pheasant, you have a chance to meet each other..."

    "What do you mean?"

    The green pheasant frowned his brow.

    "It''s really interesting to say."

    The pharmacist rubbed his forehead and said with a light smile: "Remember the CP9 department that secretly took refuge in Naraku-sama? Akatsuki will send a group of dark parts to the top meeting of the organization in the near future to be responsible for enriching this intelligence agent department.

    It happens that because of Nicole Robin¡¯s excellent intelligence skills, as a price to help you, she will be sent to the City of Seven Waters to serve as the secret officer of the huge future CP9, assisting me in recruiting the Anbu Ninjas into the CP9 department..."

    "..."

    The green pheasant was silent.

    The next moment, the green pheasant rubbed his eyebrows.

    Why did Nicole Robin, the son of a demon with a high reward, who has been hunted by CP agents, turned out to be the boss of those CP9 agents?

    This world must be broken, right?

 Chapter 510ï¼š 3 years

    late at night.

    The City of Seven Waters.

    On the pier of this floating city, a group of people loomed in the corner. They were the CP9 department who came to meet the new boss.

    While these CP agents were chatting casually, a tall figure slowly walked towards them, and his footsteps were a little disturbing in the middle of the night.

    The CP agents were immediately alarmed.

    Rob Luchi and the crowd suddenly became vigilant, watching the tall man walking towards them in the distance, and soon they saw the appearance of the people coming.

    "Green Pheasant General!"

    The CP agent''s Kalifa frowned slightly, and his face suddenly showed some doubts: "General Green Pheasant, why are you in the City of Seven Waters?"

    "Well, come and see your new boss..."

    The green pheasant scratched his hair, looked down at the agents present, and mumbled: "You are here, haven''t the people come yet?"

    "Yes, I will probably have to wait a while."

    Rob Lucci stretched out his hand and glanced at his watch, and replied in a low voice: "The last time I contacted them, it was not far from the City of Seven Waters..."

    Rob Luchi was interrupted by the sound of a wave.

    With the surging of the sea tide, a merchant ship suddenly emerged from the fog of the night and slowly stopped on the pier of the port.

    A group of young men in suits and leather shoes walked off the boat in groups of three or five. What was strange was that their postures were a little strange, as if they might violently attack at any time. These men in suits dispersed and looked at the dock vigilantly. Case.

    These men in suits quickly noticed Rob Luchi and the green pheasant in the corner, the tall admiral of the Navy, and they immediately surrounded them.

    A gray-haired young man came out from a group of men in suits. He raised his head and glanced at the green pheasant present, then glanced at the CP9 agents, and said with a smile: "Excuse me, everyone knows how the Carrera Shipbuilding Company got there. ?"

    "Just follow us."

    Rob Luchi stretched out his palm towards the gray-haired youth: "I am Rob Luchi, the captain of CP9 and the current supreme officer."

    "Um... I''m Kakashi Hagi."

    The white-haired young man slowly held his palm, turned his head and stretched out his palm towards the green pheasant: "Speaking of which, why is the general green pheasant of the navy headquarters here?

    How do you feel that Sanwei Isosuke''s Chakra is about to leak out on your body, didn''t Yakushi Pocket help you put the seal on it? "

    to be frank¡­

    Hagi Kakashi had a good sense of the green pheasant, because the admiral of the Navy seemed to fall asleep at any time.

    Well, this general is a lazy person.

    In this regard, Kakashi believes that they are also of the same kind.

    "Well, there is no need for a seal."

    The green pheasant stretched out his hand and grasped Kakashi''s, his eyes wandering a little: "I heard your name from Robin..."

    "Ha, is that so?"

    Hagi Kakashi patted his forehead, loosened the neckline of his suit, and slowly turned his head and said, "Hey, confirm safety here, let Miss Robin get off the boat!"

    "Yes, Captain Kakashi!"

    An Anbe ninja in a suit jumped back to the merchant ship.

    When the green pheasant saw this scene, his brows couldn''t help but jumped: "Why do you feel a little like aristocratic style...Is there something that I don''t know about?"

    "There is no other way..."

    Hagi Kakashi rubbed his forehead and said softly: "After all, we have just arrived, and we don''t know much about the first half of the great route. The first task we received is to protect her safety..."

    "..."

    The green pheasant''s brows jumped again.

    The first half of the entire great route is called Paradise. There are basically no powerful pirates. The only active ones are the Art Pirates and the Jiaodu and Feiduan gangs, as well as his navy general who occasionally patrols the first half...

    In addition, the novel app I''m using recently, [\Mic\Mic\Reading\app\\] Both Android and iPhone support!

    For Akatsuki...

    The first half of the Great Route can be regarded as their back garden!

    Just at this moment, the sound of high heels kicking fell into their ears, and a woman in a top hat slowly walked out of the merchant ship.

    The woman stretched out her palm and lowered her hat brim, her mouth showed a lovely low smile, and she said softly: "Actually, we don''t need to be so nervous. In the first half of the great route, we should not encounter any danger. , Mr. Kakashi..."

    "Of course don''t worry about the danger from the enemy."

    Kakashi Hagi rubbed his forehead, and replied with some helplessness: "But the danger that your own person brings is more troublesome... Miss Robin, you shouldn''t want to see the guy from Jiaodu come over and invite you from time to time. Cooperate?"

    "..."

    Nicole Robin choked suddenly.

    That person in Jiaodu is really hard to say.

    Nicole Robin shook her head and sighed, walked slowly to their side, raised her head to look at the green pheasant general, and her smile couldn''t help but bloom.

    "Long time no see, green pheasant."

    Nicole Robin looked at the green pheasant, tilted his head, and continued with a smile: "I have fulfilled our agreement this year. I live very well in the country of Wano and found many new companions, Qing Where''s the pheasant?"

    "Well¡­"

    Qing Pheasant''s expression was subtle. He seemed to have thought of something, and couldn''t help but support his forehead and said: "Me... the relationship with colleagues has improved a lot..."

    This is really embarrassing.

    In addition to the two old guys, Huang Yuan and Red Dog, the green pheasant slightly improved the relationship with his colleagues. At other times, he basically slept on an unknown island, slept on the icy sea, and slept in Malin Vandor¡¯s office. , Riding a bicycle to sleep...

    The green pheasant feels a little ashamed. Nicole Robin is living seriously, but she keeps her head sleeping.

    "Okay, I won''t say too much, I''m just a little worried, come and have a look."

    The green pheasant tapped his finger, tapped Nicole Robin¡¯s hat, knelt down to look at Robin¡¯s eyes, and whispered: ¡°If you encounter any troubles in the future, just call my phone bug ,I go first."

    Originally worried about Nicole Robin and CP9''s troubles, the green pheasant rushed over from Malin Vando.

    Now it seems that there is no problem here.

    Because Nicole Robin had brought twenty Anbe teams from Wano Kuni, it was obvious that her safety should not be worried.

    "Green Pheasant?"

    There was some doubt in Nicole Robin''s eyes, her brows wrinkled, and she subconsciously stretched out her palm and grabbed the sleeve of the green pheasant: "We just met, are we leaving so soon?" "

    "Well, I can''t stay here forever."

    The green pheasant stood up, nodded slowly, put his palm on Robin''s top hat, and said in a low voice, "Go, don¡¯t worry about me in the future. I will always look at you and also. Where will Zhu Xiao go..."

    "Green Pheasant..."

    Nicole Robin couldn''t help but want to continue to say something.

    However, the green pheasant just shook her head at Nicole Robin, stopped what she wanted to say, and turned around and left.

    When this tall man walked to a dark shadow, he pushed out a bicycle from it, and slowly disappeared into the night on the bicycle.

    There was a whistle in the dark...

    People can hear that the green pheasant seems to be in a good mood.

    Hagi Kakashi scratched his white hair, looked at the place where the green pheasant disappeared in the dark, and sighed: "That guy... is a cool man!"

    "..."

    A smile appeared on the corner of Nicole Robin''s mouth. The next moment she turned her head to look at the members of CP9 such as Rob Luchi, her face returned to solemnity.

    "Well, let''s find a place first!"

    Nicole Robin¡¯s gaze gradually became a little serious, and she continued in a deep voice: "According to the order of the Supreme Council of Uehara and Akatsuki, I will purge the CP9 department... Mr. Rob Luchi, who was your immediate boss before? ?"

    "..."

    The CP agents present have subtle expressions.

    Because their CP9 department lurked before the City of Seven Waters, they used to be responsible for capturing Nicole Robin, the son of the devil, but she often escaped...

    I didn''t expect...

    In the reincarnation of the world, Nicole Robin is about to become their chief!

    Rob Lucci did not hesitate, and said in a deep voice: "Some time ago, all CP departments of the world government, including some members of CP0, were authorized to the Navy Headquarters Staff Pharmacist Lieutenant Admiral. He is our direct superior..."

    "It''s our own person..."

    Hagi Kakashi rolled his eyes and slowly said, "It looks like the task will be easier..."

    "Well, Mr. Dou is actually better at these things than me."

    Nicole Robin nodded slowly and said in a low voice: "Let¡¯s find a place to settle down. For the time being, we will make the Capital of Seven Waters our base camp. I will discuss with Mr. Dou to see if we can control it in the future. Judicial Island..."

    This sentence sounds a bit wrong...

    The son of a devil who offers a reward of more than 200 million Baileys, a wanted criminal who has been wanted by the world government for more than ten years, actually wants to control the Judicial Island...

    Judiciary Island, Malin Vandor and Impelton...

    These are the most important parts of the Navy.

    CP9''s agents have a faintly subtle look, how can people faintly feel that this woman Nicole Robin... is a little bit unsure?

    but¡­

    Life is often more exciting than imagined.

    After Nicole Robin returned to the first half of the Great Route, he gradually sent an Anbu team in the first half of the Great Route to pretend to be the revolutionary army, and gradually caused the world government to be overwhelmed.

    Pharmacist Duo had to apply to Wu Lao Xing to expand the CP department.

    This secret agent organization has always been very cautious in recruiting members, and is basically unknown to outsiders. Therefore, it took a long time for the five old stars to approve this plan.

    Anyway, they only value CP0, and the rest of the CP department has nothing to do with it.

    The twenty Anbu ninja teams brought by Nicole Robin from Wano Kuni were slowly placed in CP9. These ninjas are not weak, and they are very disciplined.

    Said it''s overwhelming...

    It''s not an exaggeration.

    The Judicial Island thus became the expanded CP9 base. Pharmacist took the navy staff and applied for the post of the Supreme Naval Officer of Judicial Island. UU reading

    Time passed slowly forward.

    In the first half of the great route, Akatsuki''s eyes and ears covered seven routes; in the second half of the great route, the Akatsuki organization was also thriving.

    Three years later.

    It took three years for Uehara Naraku and others to come to this sea, and the sea gradually began to calm down, but under this calmness, there were even greater storms lurking.

    Uehara Naraku also received a phone call from Pharmacist pocket.

    "There are more and more pirate groups in the world, Eustace Kidd from the South China Sea, Hawkins and Trafalgar Luo from the North Sea. These newcomers seem to be very lively, Capone Bay from the West Sea. Ji, it is estimated that we will enter the great route soon..."

    "Where is Donghae?"

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help being curious.

    Why is there no news from the Pirates in the East China Sea?

    Luffy, the man who claims to be the One Piece King, didn''t have his companions now, or did he use a swordsman named Roronoa Sauron as a navigator?

    Pharmacist''s voice was a little puzzled: "East China Sea is still the clown Bucky and Crick a group of little pirates... this year there seems to be no newcomer... still the weakest sea.

    However, some time ago, Lieutenant General Karp had a temper. His grandson Monch D. Luffy seemed to be a pirate. I remember that Lieutenant General Karp¡¯s hometown is the East China Sea. "

    When talking about this, Pharmacist suddenly thought of something. He suddenly said: "I received a message on my side. A few days ago, Jorakl Mihawk seems to have gone to the East China Sea. I don¡¯t know his purpose. What is it..."

    "...Pocket, transfer me back!"

    Uehara Naraku touched her chin and slowly said, "As a navy, I have been on vacation in Wano Country. I feel a little bit sorry for the justice in my body..."

 Chapter 511ï¼š Iâ€™m MonkeyÂ·DÂ·Luffy, and I will definitely become the man of One Piece...

    Three years have passed.

    Uehara Naraku remembered that he was still a navy.

    However, the high-level navy attaches great importance to Uehara Naraku, an undercover colonel in the country of Wano, because Uehara Naraku can often bring intelligence about Akatsuki and the Pirates of Beasts.

    This is really...

    CP0 is hard to do!

    Because Akatsuki completely blocked the country of Wano, no one could enter except the members who originally lived in the country of Wano.

    To be honest, it is not easy for Uehara Naraku to come back and continue to be a navy, because his value in Wano country cannot be replaced.

    If Uehara Naraku wants to return, he naturally needs the help of a pharmacist. This problem is not difficult to solve. As long as Uehara Naraku flees back to Malin Vandor on the grounds that someone suspects his identity.

    To be foolproof...

    Yakushidou even suggested that a general of the headquarters personally pick up Uehara Naraku.

    This incident really made the three generals of the navy headquarters scratch their heads a bit, couldn''t that leader stay in Wano country?

    If Uehara Naraku doesn''t cause trouble...

    Such a thing is obviously impossible.

    According to the attitude of Yakushito, Uehara Naraku''s affairs can''t be delayed. Only the fastest Huang Yuan set out to get Uehara Naraku from Wano Country.

    This world is really magical.

    The general of the Navy Headquarters is actually going to take the initiative to welcome a black hand who disturbs the world and return to Marin Vando to take up his post. Who knows what Uehara Naruto wants to cause after being immersed for so long...

    "Porusalino."

    In the Office of the Admiral of the Navy, the Marshal of the Warring States Period solemnly instructed Huang Yuan: "You must bring Colonel Naruko Uehara back to Malin Vando. He has a lot of detailed information about the country of Wano, and he has a lot of knowledge about Akatsuki''s enemies. Great help."

    "There should be no accidents..."

    Huang Yuan grinned a weird smile: "Even if I had an accident, the colonel Naruko Uehara will definitely not have an accident..."

    To be honest.

    He, the general of the Navy, is more likely to have an accident.

    "General Huang Yuan, don''t worry too much about the danger of this operation."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around and looked at Huang Yuan pointedly and said, "If something goes wrong, you can choose to abandon Colonel Nairot. After all, the highest naval power cannot be lost. General Huang Yuan must do it. Make the most correct choice."

    "..."

    Huang Yuan nodded slowly.

    The threat in this sentence is not too heavy.

    The meaning in the words of the pharmacist seemed to really make Huang Yuan put his own safety first, and it sounded like a human word.

    But if you understand them, what Yakushidou really means is that either he, the admiral of the admiral and Uehara, will come back together, or he will never come back himself...

    Because all the beasts are their own people.

    Huang Yuan''s journey went smoothly.

    When Huang Yuan arrived at the sea outside Wano, Uehara Naraku had already left Wano country, and was staying at the sea outside Wano country waiting for the head office to welcome him.

    At this moment.

    The leader of Xiao frowned and contacted his subordinates with the phone bug in his hand: "Hey, Mihawk, are you in the East China Sea?"

    "¡­Ok."

    Suddenly there was a sound of gold and iron fighting from the other end of the phone worm. While Jorakl Mihawk was holding the phone worm, he was still fighting his opponent.

    After a short second.

    The sound of gold and iron fighting stopped.

    Jorakl Mihawk in the phone worm replied slowly: "I just met a funny little guy at the sea restaurant in the East China Sea at Bharati. I thought he was shallow. Unexpectedly, he also has the heart of a swordsman..."

    After Mihawk finished speaking slowly, he whispered: "Now the matter is over...Are there any orders?"

    "It''s okay, I''ll just ask."

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but feel a little curious, touched her chin, and asked while thinking: "Look, does that interesting little guy have a green algae head and use three swords?"

    "¡­Yes."

    Mihawk''s voice hesitated.

    East China Sea, near the sea restaurant Barati.

    Mihawk has just defeated a three-sword swordsman with a green algae head. He slowly grasped the phone worm in his hand, and his voice to the phone worm gradually became a little serious.

    "I didn''t expect..."

    A drop of sweat gradually fell on Mihawk''s forehead: "Even if your Excellency is thousands of miles away, can you know what is happening here now?"

    "take it easy."

    Uehara Naraku in the phone worm calmed Mihawk''s emotions before chuckling and continuing to speak: "Well, I have nothing else to do. Tell you the little guy in front of you that he actually has the potential to become a navigator. "

    After speaking, the phone worm was hung up.

    Mihawk was silent for a while before putting away his phone worm, and then looking at the green algae swordsman in front of him, a flash of apology flashed on his face.

    "Sorry, Roronoa Zoro, originally I recognized your willingness to die generously in order to become the world''s strongest swordsman. I should have respected the battle with you, but I am the one who called this Can''t refuse."

    "It''s ok."

    The Green Algae Swordsman grinned and showed a bitter smile. He shook his head and continued: "It seems that I have lost more than I thought. Even if you are distracted in the battle, you can easily defeat me. This is the world''s best. Strong power?"

    The green algae-headed swordsman put away his weapon, turned around and stretched out his arm towards the eagle eye, putting on a posture of death.

    "what do you mean?"

    Mihawk stared at the swordsman in front of him. He remembered how he was going to die generously when he was defeated by Naru Uehara!

    "Just kill me!"

    Sauron''s eyes flashed with seriousness, and a smile gradually appeared on his face: "Just kill me like this! If a swordsman dies, his back is injured, that''s a swordsman''s shame! "

    "amazing¡­"

    Jorakl Mihawk nodded slowly.

    The next moment, Mihawk swung the black knife in his hand violently, cutting out another huge wound on Sauron''s chest, and blood spewed out instantly!

    This young swordsman...

    Fell down and fell into the sea!

    "Sauron!"

    A burst of heartbreaking anger resounded in this area!

    A little guy wearing a straw hat instantly jumped towards Hawkeye Mihawk, and hit Mihawk with a punch.

    "He is not dead yet."

    Mihawk dodges the attack easily.

    Mihawk kept his hand while swinging the knife, Roronoa Sauron''s injuries were not fatal, and he was soon picked up from the sea.

    "All right."

    Jorakl Mihawk¡¯s eyes fell on Roronoa Zoro, and his voice gradually became louder: "If you want to die now, it¡¯s too early for you, this world The strongest swordsman, you haven''t seen it before!"

    Just when everyone thought that Hawkeye Mihawk, the world''s strongest swordsman, would inspire this younger generation, Hawkeye Mihawk''s expression abruptly!

    The world''s strongest swordsman put away his black sword, and said loudly: "Slowly learn to recognize yourself and the world, and learn to become stronger!

    When you really become stronger and see the world''s strongest power, truly powerless despair will fall on you, go ahead, Roronoa Sauron!

    The pain you are enduring is just the beginning, but there is still hopelessness you can''t imagine! "

    "..."

    The expressions of everyone present were faintly subtle.

    Why is this smell a little strange?

    Is this Hawkeye Mihawk really encouraging the younger Sauron instead of persuading the younger to give up the swordsmanship?

    I want to advertise, [\Mic\Mic\Reading\app\\] really good, it is worth installing, after all, there are many books, all books, and fast updates!

    What is pain is just beginning...

    What is true despair behind?

    When anyone hears these words, they can''t help but want to give up, right?

    Roronoa Sauron suddenly coughed out a few sips of water. He insisted and said loudly, "Hey, no matter how much pain there is, I will definitely give up. The world''s strongest swordsman, I will never I will give up, and I will not give up until I die!"

    "..."

    Mihawk''s face suddenly showed a touch of appreciation, he nodded slowly, and said loudly: "Then, remember what you said today!"

    Such a good swordsman seedling...

    Is it too wasteful to be a sailor?

    After Mihawk finished speaking, he slowly turned his head and looked at the little guy wearing a straw hat next to him, UU reading , his eagle eyes gradually became sharp again, just when he wanted to say something. At that time, the voice of the telephone bug rang quickly.

    Sorry...

    Sorry...

    There was a faint black line on Mihawk¡¯s face. He suppressed this impatience, connected the phone worm in his hand, and calmly said: "Is there anything else? There is a more interesting young man..."

    One made Shanks give up his arm...

    Betting on the pirates of the future of this world!

    "Well, there really is..."

    The voice of Naraku Uehara in the phone worm was a little erratic, and he slowly said, "Is the young man you mentioned wearing a straw hat?"

    "¡­Yes."

    Mihawk nodded calmly.

    At this moment, he was no longer surprised at Uehara Naraku''s omniscience.

    Uehara Naraku in the phone worm chuckled and continued: "If he still wants to be the One Piece, then help him get rid of the king addiction!"

    "What do you mean?"

    Mihawk looked puzzled.

    The next second, Uehara Naraku¡¯s terrible voice fell in Mihawk¡¯s ears through the phone bug: "First help me beat him, and by the way, tell him that a navy colonel named Uehara Naraku is on his way to the East China Sea , Ordered to purge all the pirates in the East China Sea..."

    After speaking, Naraku Uehara hung up the phone worm.

    "Ok?"

    Jorakl Mihawk couldn''t help but frowned, put the phone bug away again, and looked at the straw hat pirate in front of him with a strange expression: "What''s your name?"

    "I''m Monkey D. Luffy!"

    The little guy in the straw hat gave a thumbs up, and a confident smile appeared on his face: "I will definitely become the man of One Piece!"

 Chapter 512ï¼š Straw Hat Pirates

    Really a confident little guy.

    Monkey D. Luffy, standing in front of Hawkeye Mihawk, said that when he was going to become the One Piece, he didn''t know the difficulty of this matter.

    Hawkeye Mihawk''s eyes flashed, and he whispered: "If you want to be the One Piece, this is as difficult as becoming the world''s number one swordsman..."

    This is not Hawkeye Mihawk boasting.

    But Hawkeye Mihawk believes that if you want to become the world''s No. 1 swordsman, you must defeat the terrible man Uehara Naraku.

    Want to be One Piece...

    He must also defeat the man Uehara Naraku.

    It happens to be based on what Hawkeye Mihawk knew about Uehara Naraku.

    Once Uehara Naraku mentioned someone who happened to have not joined the Akatsuki organization, it meant that his life might be unlucky.

    In other words...

    Whether it is Monkey D. Luffy or Roronoa Sauron, they may face the manipulation of Uehara Naraku. They want to realize their dreams, and it is as difficult as letting Uehara Naraku be a person.

    What a pity...

    I don''t know where these two little guys can go!

    Just as Hawkeye Mihawk sighed, Luffy suddenly smiled and stuck out his tongue: "I don''t care! Anyway, I will be the Shanghai Thief King!"

    "you¡­"

    Hawkeye was silent for a while, and approached Luffy here step by step: "Why do you have to be the One Piece?"

    "Because I want to."

    Monkey D. Luffy clenched his fist, a touch of firmness flashed across his face: "So I must be the Shanghai Thief King!"

    His theory is extremely simple.

    Compared with other people''s mentions of controlling the world and the wealth of the big secret treasure, Monkey D. Luffy''s reason is very simple.

    Because I want...

    I must do it!

    However, Hawkeye Mihawk frowned and slammed Luffy''s fist on Luffy''s lower abdomen, causing Luffy to stoop with pain. "What are you doing..."

    "Remember the pain at this time."

    Hawkeye Mihawk retracted his fist, stared at Luffy calmly, and continued: "If you want to become the One Piece, you must become stronger... stronger than the previous One Piece King Gore D. Luo Jie can!"

    Even based on Hawkeye Mihawk''s superficial knowledge, he believes that Uehara Naraku definitely has more power than the One Piece King D. Roger!

    Hawkeye Mihawk flew onto his coffin ship and watched Luffy loudly said: "Boy, your real test has just arrived, this is just an appetizer..."

    Under the recommendation, I¡¯m using the book-chasing app recently, [\Mic\Mic\Reading\app\\] cache reading, offline reading!

    "what the hell¡­"

    Luffy couldn''t help but mutter.

    Hawkeye Mihawk didn''t explain too much, he just steered his coffin ship and sailed away slowly, leaving one last word for Lu Fei and others.

    "A navy will be ordered to the East China Sea soon. The naval officer''s name is Naraku Uehara. His power can easily eliminate all the pirates in the East China Sea. It is not easy for you to enter the great sea route..."

    When leaving, Hawkeye watched the troubled Creek Pirates near the Bharati restaurant a little in the way, and completely disintegrated the Creek Pirates with a single blow.

    This is also discouraged...

    Luffy scratched his head, glanced at Hawkeye Mihawk who was leaving, and suddenly couldn''t help but said: "Eh? Has that guy Uehara finally become a navy? I thought that guy might not be a navy, and wanted to invite him to join me. The Pirate Group!"

    Unfortunately, Luffy''s words were not heard by Hawkeye.

    Others ignored Luffy.

    The sea restaurant Bharatiyah was fried in between.

    "Uehara Naraku...Is that the one who has been to us before?"

    "The **** who ate overlord''s meal and robbed three million Baileys?"

    "I heard that Sanji was almost mad at the time..."

    A group of chefs suddenly became noisy.

    Just as they were arguing, a voice suddenly fell in their ears: "Well, what you said, Naraku Uehara... Isn''t that a guy who smiles very kindly, but is not a human being at all?"

    The person asking the question is a young and beautiful girl.

    This beautiful girl is Nami from Cocosia Village, currently serving as a temporary navigator in the Straw Hat Pirates.

    Although there is no Aaron Pirate Group in Cocosia Village...

    But Nami didn''t get rid of her problem of stealing the pirates. Besides, Nami is also facing a new trouble now, that is, Colonel Mouse from the East China Sea branch.

    After Aaron died, the mouse colonel did not find a suitable source of money. He happened to hear about the thief Nami and threatened Nami with the Dragon Pirate Group.

    therefore¡­

    When Nami heard that Uehara Naraku became a navy, she was a little lost in a moment: "Did that guy become a navy?"

    Originally, Nami wanted to use Luffy''s pirate group to act together, and then after going to the Great Route, she secretly went to Uehara Naraku!

    Because Nami still remembers Uehara Naraku once said that Kokosia Village will still face the threat of the world''s strongest pirate group, the White Beard Pirate Group...

    Originally, Nami wanted to rely on the Baroque work agency, but in the past three years, the situation on the sea has been turbulent.

    The Baroque Job Club perished.

    Uehara Naraku was missing. This was when Nami heard Uehara Naraku''s information again.

    result¡­

    Here I heard that the guy became the navy.

    This incident made Nami feel faintly in her heart. She has been blackmailed by the mouse colonel of the East China Sea branch base with her former identity, so that she can only continue to make money...

    "Ah, beautiful lady..."

    Sanji, the chef of Bharati on the sea, stepped elegantly and appeared next to Nami: "Do you also know the **** named Naraku Uehara? I just heard it. The Naraku Uehara in your mouth was Bharati rages!"

    After speaking, Sanji was not vague.

    The chef talked about the sea restaurant Bharati who once received Uehara Naraku. They specially prepared a feast that made people unable to fault, but they were eaten overlord meal...

    He was even robbed of three million Baileys in the name of wasting time.

    "What is three million Baileys..."

    A flash of anger flashed across Nami''s face, and she stretched out her hand and said: "Three years ago, the 30 million Bailey I had accumulated was robbed by that guy!"

    I am still angry now!

    Because Naru Uehara not only snatched the Bailey that she had worked so hard to save, but also dug up a lot of Bermel''s orange trees.

    The two people chatted and talked about the same hatred.

    Monkey D. Luffy landed next to them and explained with a grin: "I know about this. Uehara is to help people like Sister Magino, so he will steal your Bailey. !"

    "To shut up!"

    Nami couldn''t help but smashed Luffy''s head with a punch: "You guy doesn''t know anything! Even though that guy sounds like a good guy... but do you know how much that guy has done too much!"

    "That''s it!"

    Sanji also cheered beside Nami with a cigarette in his mouth. UU reading

    Nami hit Sanji''s head with another punch: "Hey, don''t go too far. Although that guy is not a good person, he is not as bad as you think..."

    At least, he eliminated Aaron.

    At least, no one died in the entire Cocoa Village.

    At least, the entire Coco West Village has regained freedom. The only pity is that Nami was taken away from her wealth.

    Luffy and Sanji couldn''t help but glance at each other, then turned to look at Nami. Why is this woman so complicated?

    Who is she trying to scold?

    It''s just that the two of them didn''t continue to think about Nami.

    Luffy sincerely invited the chef Sanji to join his pirate group. The first thing their straw hat pirate group must do is to avoid the upcoming hunt of Uehara Naraku!

    This kind of thing...

    Sanji really agreed.

    Sanji joined the Pirates and wanted to find ALLBLUE, but he also had to find a way to solve the trouble of Uehara Naraku. Sanji still remembered Uehara Naraku''s threat.

    That rascal¡­

    Know that he is a member of Vinsmok!

    After going out to sea from Lu Fei, his trajectory seemed to have not changed much. He met Nami, Roronoa Sauron and Usopp successively, and also added a Pirate Ship Meri.

    Now, the chef Sanji has joined, giving the Straw Hat Pirates a complete team, and they can finally go to the great route.

    just.

    Nami is a little worried that Colonel Mouse, the minister of the East China Sea Branch, will be angry at Cocosia Village. After all, that guy seems to be as greedy for money as Uehara...

    "Forget it, I can only go one step at a time."

    Nami glanced at the group of guys beside her, her brows couldn''t help but jumped: "Can these guys really enter the great route?"

 Chapter 513ï¼š 1 undercover who may become the commander of the army

    It''s really fate to say it.

    There are only five people in the entire Straw Hat Pirate Group.

    However, three of them have seen Uehara Naraku. Nami and Sanji have mixed feelings about him. Monch D. Luffy, a brainless person, has been defending Uehara Naraku.

    Lu Fei glanced at Nami, then at Sanji, tilted his head and thought for a while, then muttered the corner of his mouth.

    "I don''t care."

    Luffy sat on the sheep¡¯s head of the Golden Meri with angrily: "Sister Markino said, although he also robbed you of your money, Uehara Naraku is indeed a good person. When you see him again in the future You know!"

    "Humph¡­"

    With a cigarette in his mouth, Sanji said slowly, "It''s not bad that guy can be a man!"

    "Okay, don''t say so much..."

    Usopp hadn¡¯t seen Uehara Naraku. He suddenly mentioned another thing that Hawkeye had said before he left: ¡°By the way, didn¡¯t the Hawkeye say that the man named Uehara Naraku will come to the East China Sea soon? Will we meet him..."

    "Then you can''t continue to delay!"

    Nami¡¯s face flashed over the smiling face of Uehara Naraku. She slammed her fist on the railing of the Golden Meri: "I want to go back to Cocosia Village and talk to Nochigo, and then we will set off for Great Airway!"

    to be frank¡­

    Nami still wanted to see Naraku Hara, but she was afraid that Naraku Uehara would rob her of the money she had worked so hard to save, and the mouse colonel at the Tokai branch base also blackmailed her money. Who knows if Naraku Uehara will do it again Grab money?

    Do not¡­

    According to that person''s bad temperament, he will definitely grab it, right?

    In fact, Nami just thought too much. When the Straw Hat Pirates rushed to Cocosia Village, Uehara was still on his way from the New World to the Naval Headquarters Marin Vandor, because the Navy Marshal Sengoku asked him to report to him in person.

    And if you want to enter the first half of the great route from the New World, you can only go through the fisherman island or the holy place Mariagioa.

    According to Huang Yuan''s meaning, he naturally hopes that more is not as good as less. What if Uehara Naraku is humiliated by the Denonians and directly destroys Maria?

    It is easier to go directly to the fisherman island route.

    After all, Murloc Island is Akatsuki''s territory.

    Huang Yuan touched his chin, looked down at Uehara, who was standing in front of him, and said with a chuckle: "If we pass by the fisherman island, we can meet Mr. Guiyu.

    Speaking of which, the world government has been very satisfied with the few kings under Qiwuhai we have known in the past few years, because they have fulfilled the responsibilities of under King Qiwuhai..."

    "Stop going to Fishman Island."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head, and slowly said, "I want to see the Holy Land Mariejoa. Are the Five Stars of the World Government not interested in seeing me?"

    "This..."

    Huang Yuan couldn''t help but touched his chin, his eyes gradually erratic, did the leader really have no idea in his heart?

    Wu Lao Xing is the highest head of the world government, how could they come to see a navy colonel in a mere mere, even the admiral would not easy to see them...

    "Forget it."

    Perhaps it was because after three years in Wano Country, Uehara Naraku''s personality seemed to have improved a lot, he just raised his head and looked at the red earth continent that was getting closer, and sighed slightly.

    Uehara Naraku said slowly: "It seems that we can only wait until Mary Gioia is turned into a mass of ruins, and then it''s time for us to meet!"

    In addition, the book reading app I am using recently, [\Ã×\Ã×\reading\app\\] has a lot of sources, all books, and updates fast!

    "..."

    Huang Yuan¡¯s expression was a bit subtle, he slowly said: "It should be more than that... Maybe you will see it soon!"

    When talking about this, Huang Yuan continued: "When we return to Malin Vatican, Mr. Uehara will be undercover in Kazoku and he will definitely be promoted..."

    "It''s almost three years..."

    Uehara Naruchi closed her palms and sighed faintly, "The life of these three years is simply beyond the reach of humans..."

    "..."

    Huang Yuan''s expression is more subtle.

    The admiral of the navy general grinned with a weird smile: "Is it the life of a god? Uehara was originally a **** who walks in the world... Speaking of which, is there something interesting in Wano country?"

    "It''s nothing."

    Uehara Naruko frowned, not wanting to talk to Huang Yuan.

    The reason why Uehara Naraku was in a bad mood, of course, was not because of Xiaonan and Kaguya''s affairs, but because the entire Akatsuki organization was getting bigger and bigger.

    Within the Akatsuki organization, some factions have also gradually formed.

    Among them, the hawks who emerged were naturally members of the Five Great Ninja Villages, including the Fourth Generation Raikage. They believed that the ninjas were accustomed to the power system of this world and mastered enough strength, then they could gradually invade this world.

    Because the growth rate of the ninja will continue to rise gradually, but the land of the ninja world can''t allow the five big ninja villages to continue to be distributed, they can only find ways to develop in the new world.

    This is also in line with the meaning of the beast Kaido.

    Both Kaido and Doflamingo are very supportive of this proposal, because they also want to take a share of the pie. The entire Akatsuki organization is so powerful that it will not rule the world and stay in the small place of Wano Country. What about giving birth?

    Now that there are hawks.

    Some doves will naturally arise.

    Headed by the generals of the navy headquarters, Qing Pheasant and Yakushidou, the three generals in the Akatsuki organization are actually doves. They follow the rules of smooth transition and don''t want too much turmoil in the world.

    If you can¡­

    It''s best to let Kazuki join the world government, and gradually gain the power of the world government through their undercover agents.

    What a nonsense...

    In the past three years, the three generals have gradually become accustomed to Akatsuki''s rules. In order to gain enough voice, Green Pheasant asked Nicole Robin more than once and made some small ideas.

    For example, win over the peace factions of the Five Ninja Villages.

    For example, to sneak in and provoke those lieutenants who are uncomfortable with the behavior of the world government, and wait for the day when these lieutenants join the Akatsuki organization...

    According to the division of the green pheasant''s power, the lieutenant general of the navy headquarters is not low enough to join the Akatsuki organization and become a real member.

    Navy Headquarters...

    But there are a lot of lieutenants!

    If all of these lieutenants can really join the Akatsuki organization, the sum will be enough to make up most of the members of the Five Ninja Village Zai Akatsuki!

    In the future, the Akatsuki organization really wants to rule the world, and these lieutenants will be the key to the navy''s fight for the right to speak in the Akatsuki organization!

    The relationship between the three major generals of the current navy headquarters has faintly become a little weird, and they will meet in private from time to time.

    At the internal meetings organized by Akatsuki, the three generals often acted with the green pheasant at the head. The green pheasant was organized well in Akatsuki, because the red dog could easily offend people by speaking.

    If they talk about the navy in Marin Vando...

    The red dog and the green pheasant will definitely quarrel.

    In addition to the hawks and doves, there are also a group of centrist members in the Akatsuki organization, such as Xiao Nan, Hui Ye, Hei Jue, Art Pirates, Jiao Du, Gan Shi Gui Yu, etc...

    These people have many key votes.

    No one can ignore them. The power of these centrists is not strong, but they are the first members of the Akatsuki organization and they hold the untouchable voting rights.

    Anyone who wants to persuade this group of Akatsuki members who are in a semi-retired state is as difficult as persuading Uehara Naraku to be a good person.

    Just as Uehara Naraku was still thinking about it, Mariagioa finally arrived, this sacred place on the top of the red earth continent.

    The residence of the world''s noble Tianlong people.

    The seat of the world government and the highest power five old stars.

    Since Mariahia is located here, most people who want to pass Mariahia must apply to the world government. Of course, Huang Yuan, the admiral of the navy, does not have such restrictions.

    "The location of this city is really good..."

    Uehara Naraku looked at the view of Mariejoa and frowned: "When we destroy this city in the future, I will rebuild a new city here!"

    "Hmm..."

    Huang Yuan grinned with a weird smile, and hurriedly said: "If Mr. Uehara doesn''t want to destroy Mary Joa at this time, he shouldn''t say such dangerous things in this place..."

    "..."

    Uehara Naruko raised his head, his gaze fell on Huang Yuan''s face: "Porusalino, do you think I look like the kind of unabashed person?"

    "Of course not."

    Huang Yuan shook his head slowly, and then explained, "I''m just a little worried. If anyone from the Celestial Dragon dared to offend Mr. Uehara..."

    "It''s okay."

    Uehara Naraku stretched out her finger and pointed to her brain: "I will forgive those clumsy clutter. After all, I''m a very generous person..."

    "..."

    Huang Yuan nodded without changing his face.

    Seriously speaking, for the members of Akatsuki''s organization, as long as they don''t spare their loyalty and earnestly execute orders, Uehara Naraku is indeed very generous.

    Huang Yuan can only hope that those Tianlong people understand a little bit...

    But unfortunately.

    When they entered Mariejoa, they met a dragon who was riding a pirate slave toward them. A group of guards in black suits followed him, looking arrogant.

    The style of the world''s nobles is really different.

    Even Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but feel a little envious, just an ordinary Celestial man, he was more stylish than the leader of the Akatsuki organization!

    "Ahahaha, it''s Polusalino..."

    This Tianlongren knew Huang Yuan, the admiral.

    Because of what happened to their Tianlong people on the sea, the first person to support in the past was the general of the navy headquarters. This is also a rare person who can trust the Tianlong people.

    However, when the Tianlongren''s gaze passed the yellow ape, he slowly fell on Uehara Naruto who was beside the yellow ape. This was a strange young man.

    A clear flash of anger flashed across the face of the Tianlongren, and he immediately reached out and held his pistol: "Hey, untouchable, how dare you be in front of me..."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes froze slightly.

    "Chardolo Saint."

    Huang Yuan couldn''t help but interrupted the words of the Tianlongren, and slowly stretched out his palm to stroke his chin: "We have something to leave here first. Marin Fando¡¯s Warring States Marshal and Pharmacist¡¯s lieutenant general have important things, think Want to see him!"

    "Oh ha ha ha ha...Are you someone from the pharmacist?"

    Hearing Huang Yuan¡¯s words, the Tianlongren¡¯s eyes flashed brightly, and he slowly nodded and said: "Then I can barely let him go this time..."

    After speaking, the originally defiant guy led his guards and slaves to leave.

    Uehara Naraku looked at his leaving back, took out a small notebook from his body, and wrote a name, before asking: "Why, is it popular to be in this group of chores?"

    "Yes¡­"

    Huang Yuan watched Nalu Uehara write the name of Chardolo on the small notebook. Obviously, the ending of this name should not be too good. Huang Yuan''s mouth couldn''t help grinning: "Mr. Uehara is not talking about his own memory. Is it great..."

    "Good memory is not as good as bad writing."

    Uehara Naraku put away the small notebook, and continued to ask: "Doo is just a lieutenant general, is it such a face in the eyes of the Denonians?"

    "Ha ha¡­"

    Huang Yuan shook his head and spread out his palms and said, "Tou staff is not an ordinary lieutenant admiral. Now he has received the support of the five old stars and some of the Celestials. These Celestials People have nothing to do with him, and they will not deliberately target the staff..."

    The current pharmacist holds multiple positions, the highest official of the World Government Judiciary Island, the highest official of the CP organization of the world government, the highest commander of the Navy SWORD force, the lieutenant admiral and the navy staff have become the smallest positions.

    If you count it like this...

    In addition, if Huang Yuan¡¯s naval scientific force also supports Yao Shidou, Yao Shidou has almost touched all departments.

    When Huang Yuan said this, the smile on his face gradually became a little weird and complicated: "According to the current situation, it is very likely that the staff will become the next world government after the retirement of Commander Kong. Commander..."

    This position...

    Still above the admiral.

    "Are you kidding? You have only joined the Navy for three years, right?"

    Uehara Nana is full of question marks. If this is true, it would be a bit too nonsense for Pharmacist to pursue this undercover promotion road?

    "No, it''s true..."

    Huang Yuan shook his head, and couldn''t help showing a smile: "Because the Warring States Marshal and the Five Old Stars often have some conflicts, the Warring States Marshal is also very old, and it is difficult to succeed the position of General Kong in the future.

    What''s interesting is that, because the staff officer Du formally succeeded the top official of the CP organization of the world government spy agency the year before, he can understand the meaning of the five old stars more easily than the Marshal of the Warring States Period.

    Five old stars are likely to go beyond the navy¡¯s promotion rules and promote the staff from the direction of the world government to become the new army commander.

    Although there may also be an overhead transitioner, there is no doubt that the staff will become the world commander in the future. It is estimated that he will be in his forties or 50s..."

 Chapter 514ï¼š The dark fruit of this world

    Mary Joa is terrible.

    People here really have very little brains.

    When Uehara Naraku left Mariejoa, she actually wrote seven or eight names in her notebook. Both men and women were all the Denon people who wandered around Mariejoa.

    Huang Yuan glanced at the little book in Naruto Uehara''s hand, and couldn''t help but curiously asked, "What will Mr. Uehara do in the future?"

    "You will know in a few months..."

    Uehara Naraku slowly put away her little notebook, then turned to look in the direction of Maria Joa: "Fate has already made its choice... Let''s go!"

    Marin Vando.

    Today''s naval headquarters is a bit lively.

    Except for the admiral of the Navy Headquarters Akinu, who had been fighting pirates outside, and the admiral of the Aoi pheasant who had been patrolling the first half of the period.

    Even recently, it has become so hot that the Pharmacist''s pocket, who has been sitting on the Judicial Island, has also rushed over, and a group of high-ranking naval officers including Lieutenant General Karp and Lieutenant Crane are among them.

    When Lieutenant General Crane saw Medicine Master''s pocket, his face was still a little surprised: "Xiaodou, why did you return to Ma Linfanduo today?"

    to be frank.

    Lieutenant General Crane was somewhat complicated with the senses of Pharmacist Pocket.

    Originally, she had always been optimistic about the pharmacist pocket who would develop in the Navy, but she did not expect to have climbed to a higher and higher position after only a few years, and even became a future opponent of the Warring States Period.

    Yakushidou was still humble towards Lieutenant General Tsuru. He slowly pushed his glasses and said with a smile: "Colonel Naruko Uehara is going back to Malin Vando to report on duty these days. I am here to greet our hero of the SWORD troop. Back..."

    In fact, the two fellows, the Admiral Aoi Pheasant and Aka Inu, stayed at Marin Vando to welcome Naraku Uehara.

    These two admirals...

    In fact, he was even more worried that Nairo Uehara would blow Marin Vando directly into the sky.

    Hearing the words of Yakushi Pocket, Lieutenant General Crane couldn''t help but frown, "Is it for the information about Akatsuki?"

    "Yes."

    The pharmacist nodded his head and smiled and continued: "This time I came to Marin Vando to get specific information about Akatsuki from Colonel Nairo Uehara... I need detailed information to provide a more suitable plan for the five old stars."

    "..."

    Lieutenant General Crane fell into silence.

    This young man who once thought she was enough to carry the banner of the navy, slowly entered the world government with the navy as a pedal, and became a red man in the eyes of the five old stars.

    But this cannot be said to be wrong...

    After all, the pharmacist who possesses talents of this level will definitely be reused whether in the world government or in the navy, and sooner or later he will go higher and higher.

    Pharmacist looked at Lieutenant General Crane, who looked complicated, and explained in a low voice: "This matter is also related to the future of the Navy. This year''s rookie pirates seem to be extraordinary.

    Based on the threats of the Akatsuki organization and the Four Emperors Pirates, we must consider whether the navy''s power should be placed in the first half of the great route or in the new world. "

    This year¡¯s pirate...

    There are indeed many heads.

    In other words, there are a lot of pirates who come up every year, but the newcomer pirates who come out this year are a little tough, and the navies of the North Sea, South China Sea and West China Sea can no longer be suppressed.

    Two supernovae have appeared in Great Airway this year.

    A tall lieutenant admiral stood next to Yao Shi¡¯s pocket, scratched his hair, and slowly asked, ¡°Are those rookie pirates so worthy of attention? Why doesn¡¯t it feel particularly strange, and it doesn¡¯t seem to come up. What a great ability..."

    "Lieutenant General Stoloberg."

    The pharmacist took a glance at the lieutenant admiral, and carefully explained: "Those newcomers who can stand out from the four seas and enter the great sea route, the future already means that they have the possibility of causing trouble to the navy..."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around and continued: "In case there really is a guy who is as troublesome as the firefist Ace back then..."

    "Fire Fist Ace?"

    Lieutenant General Stoloberg frowned and said in a low voice: "That guy did cause a lot of trouble to the Navy, but his greatest harm is his companion Uchiha Sasuke..."

    Under the recommendation, the reading app I am using recently, [\\mi\\mi\\read\\app\\\\] There are many book sources, complete books, and fast update!

    While they were discussing Portgas D. Ace and Sasuke Uchiha, the White Beard Pirates in the second half of the New World were fighting fiercely.

    This is a large group of pirates challenging the White Beard Pirates.

    Since the number of White Beard''s shots has decreased, the pirates of the new world have gradually realized that the strongest man in the world may be really old!

    If you don¡¯t challenge him again...

    Whitebeard may be dead!

    This battle has completely kicked off in the Whitebeard Sea!

    This big ship group that wants to challenge the white beard is composed of several super-large pirate groups in the new world. The captains of the big ship group are not only strong in personal strength, but also have tens of thousands of pirates, acting as challengers. Entered the white beard sea area.

    This large ship regiment was divided into three groups, but still maintained an absolutely powerful advantage and defeated the pirate regiment under the white beard, and went straight to the team of the pirate regiment under the three routes.

    The 1st, 3rd, 5th, 6th, and 10th squads were led by captains Marco and Diamond Joz to sniper the enemies on the left. The captains of the 11th to 16th squads Responsible for facing enemies on the right.

    The 2nd, 4th, 7th, 8th, and 9th teams, under the leadership of Baibeard, are responsible for facing the powerful enemies in the center.

    The tall Suzano is flying in the air!

    Countless pirates on the sea are fighting by ship!

    Uchiha Sasuke manipulated Susano to cut one after another, splitting all the enemies apart, and dozens of pirates were chopped down after each slash!

    This war didn''t need Edward Newgate''s shot. When Uchiha''s shot was taken, the victory was already established.

    After the battle.

    This super large ship group completely disintegrated, and the few remaining ships fled like headless flies. The White Beard Pirates group did not pursue it, and slowly swept the battlefield.

    Aboard the Moby Dick.

    The 4th team captain Saqi came back with a suitcase, his face was a little uncontrollable with joy: "Hey, Ace, Sasuke, come and see what I found!"

    "Thanks, Titch."

    Sasuke Uchiha reached out to take the juice that Marshall D. Titch handed him, and then slowly looked in Saatchi''s direction: "Did you find any fresh ingredients again? Stop making those weird things. Food..."

    Because Saatchi is not only the captain of the 4th squad, but also the chef of the White Beard Pirates, this guy will find the ingredients every day.

    "what?"

    Ace''s face suddenly showed a hint of curiosity. He looked at the thing in Saatchi''s hand and couldn''t help but be surprised: "Devil fruit?"

    "Yes."

    Saatchi stretched out his hand to hold a devil fruit with a weird image: "Good luck, I found a devil fruit..."

    "That''s enough."

    Sasuke Uchiha was disgusted and waved his hand: "Then eat it! It seems that when you fall into the sea in the future, I need me to get you up..."

    "Hahahahaha..."

    There was a burst of laughter from the entire Moby Dick.

    Ace stood beside Saatchi and instigated Saatchi with a grin: "Hurry up and taste what it is, let''s see what kind of ability it is. It feels a bit like nature..."

    "No."

    Saatchi scratched his head, and after thinking for a while, he chuckled: "I have to think about it. If a chef eats the devil fruit, it will delay finding ingredients at sea..."

    "But it will make you stronger."

    After Uchiha Sasuke responded casually, he couldn''t help but said: "It doesn''t seem to be right, unless you get the shocking fruit like the old man or the troublesome sparkling fruit of the navy, other fruit abilities don''t seem to be good..."

    When talking about this, Sasuke Uchiha even picked a typical: "Look at that guy Marco, he obviously ate an Eudemons fruit, but it doesn''t seem to be of much use except being a punching bag..."

    "Hey, hey, Sasuke, this is too much!"

    "Hahahahaha, but Marco''s fruit ability is indeed too strange!"

    "If the natural fruit can awaken, it seems that the recovery ability is not bad...but Marco''s fruit is very handsome!"

    "Tsk..."

    After taking a sip of juice in his mouth, Sasuke Uchiha couldn''t help but said, "But Marko is so ugly..."

    "Hahahahaha..."

    The entire Moby Dick immediately turned into a sea of ??joy.

    It has to be said that since Uchiha Sasuke joined the Whitebeard Pirates, these members have gradually become familiar with Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s character. Almost all members of the Whitebeard Pirates regard Uchiha Sasuke as their younger brother. .

    Although this guy has a poisonous mouth, he likes to be cool...

    Every time when it comes to fighting or strength, it always looks like everyone''s combat power except White Beard is scum...

    but¡­

    Sasuke Uchiha does more for the White Beard Pirates.

    The entire Whitebeard Pirates group can hardly pick out a few people who have not received the favor of Uchiha''s Sasuke. Whenever they are in danger, once they send out a signal for help, the first person to support must be the tall Susano!

    In addition, no matter who is in trouble, Sasuke Uchiha will help him. His strength is second only to Whitebeard in the Whitebeard Pirates.

    Just as the Moby Dick secretly laughed at the big brother while Marco had not returned, Sasuke Uchiha suddenly noticed Marshall D. Titch''s weird face.

    The veteran of the 2nd team, an honest and friendly veteran, had a somewhat confounded and complicated expression at this moment, as if he saw something that surprised him.

    "I remember the last time I got a devil fruit illustration book, which was later borrowed, and now it¡¯s with someone..."

    When Sasuke Uchiha frowned and thought, he couldn''t help but raised his head to see Titch: "Huh? Titch, what''s the matter with you?"

    "Thief hahahaha... it''s okay."

    Titch hurriedly showed a smile and shook his head with some guilty conscience: "I just remembered seeing the trampled cherry pie on a boat today..."

    "Then let Saatchi make one for you today!"

    Ace happily patted Saatchi on the shoulder: "He got a devil fruit today! There must be a banquet today!"

    "moron¡­"

    Sasuke Uchiha shook his head impatiently said loudly: "Hey, who is the devil fruit illustrated book, look up Saatchi''s devil fruit which he just got today, what power is it, and is it worth it? This group of things that are said to be very unpalatable..."

    "Here I am!"

    A certain pirate who borrowed the Devil Fruit Illustrated Book took the Devil Fruit Illustrated Book in his hand, glanced at the fruit in Saqi''s hand, and said loudly, "There is a record on it, I found it!"

    "..."

    Marshall D. Titch''s face changed.

    The next moment, the pirate slowly said the name of the devil fruit in Saatchi''s hand: "It seems to be called a rubber fruit..."

    "..."

    Marshall D. Titch''s expression eased slightly.

    Portgas D. Ace couldn''t help but say loudly: "Hey, hey, be more careful, my brother Luffy eats rubber fruit, he should have just gone to sea this year... Wait... Luffy, Is there something wrong with Luffy!"

    "Shut up, idiot!"

    Sasuke Uchiha hit Ace''s head with a punch and couldn''t help but said, "No matter how you look at this fruit, it looks more like a natural one, right?"

    "found it!"

    The voice of the pirate fell into the ears of everyone again: "The fruit in Saqi''s hand seems to be called...an dark fruit..."

    "..."

    Uchiha Sasuke''s expression couldn''t help stiffening.

    Portcas D. Ace scratched his head, rubbed his forehead and said, "I seem to remember where I heard the name of this fruit..."

    At the next moment, Ace suddenly reacted: "Eh? Sasuke, didn''t Mr. Itachi say that he was always looking for this fruit? The first time we met him, and several times before, he came to visit our Pirate Group as a guest. I mentioned it when I was in!"

 Chapter 515ï¼š Nothing is more important than family

    Because of Uchiha''s Sasuke''s relationship, Uchiha Itachi has visited the Whitebeard Pirates many times, and the Whitebeard Pirates also recognized Sasuke''s brother.

    Although Uchiha Itachi belongs to the Akatsuki organization and is theoretically their enemy, but Uchiha Itachi''s politeness and identity make it difficult for the Whitebeard Pirates to hate it.

    These pirates have never imagined...

    Uchiha Itachi who treats everyone so politely, why is there such a poisonous brother Sasuke Uchiha...

    Every member of the Whitebeard Pirate Group hopes that Uchiha Itachi can join the Whitebeard Pirate Group, and discipline Uchiha Sasuke well, so that this disobedient brother will be better.

    Unfortunately¡­

    Uchiha Itachi cannot withdraw from Akatsuki organization.

    However, when Uchiha Itachi visited the Whitebeard Pirates for the first time, he mentioned that after the leader of Akatsuki asked him to find the dark fruit, he would agree to leave Akatsuki.

    The entire Whitebeard Pirate Group also thought about helping to find this unknown fruit during that time, but it was a pity that Uchiha Itachi rejected this proposal. He thought it was his own destiny to choose to pursue.

    later¡­

    The White Beard Pirates had forgotten about it.

    Only when Uchiha Itachi visited, did he occasionally remember that this Sasuke''s brother had been looking for secret fruits in exchange for his freedom.

    Aboard the Moby Dick.

    Everyone''s eyes were involuntarily set on Sasuke''s body.

    As long as Uchiha Itachi gets this fruit, the two Uchiha Sasuke brothers can be reunited, but they can all see Uchiha Sasuke''s respect for his brother!

    only¡­

    According to the rules of the Whitebeard Pirates, or the rules of the Pirates, in fact, the ownership of this devil fruit still belongs to Saqi.

    Then...

    What will happen to this fruit?

    Did Saatchi choose to eat it himself? Or choose to give the dark fruit to Sasuke Uchiha, so that he can exchange the fruit for his brother''s freedom?

    Marshall D. Titch¡¯s expression was particularly nervous. What he was most worried about was that Saatchi handed the devil fruit to Sasuke because he had no confidence in stealing the fruit from his assistant.

    and¡­

    As the old man on the white beard boat, Marshall D. Titch knows Saatchi''s character very well, and that guy is clearly a good old man!

    as expected.

    Saqito held the fruit in his hand, smiled lightly and said, "Hey, Sasuke, wait until Mr. Itachi comes, and give this fruit to him..."

    When it comes to this, Saatchi is about to put the dark fruit in his hand in the small wooden box again, and smiles lightly at the corner of his mouth: "It seems that we will finally have one more person on board who can hold Sasuke in the future!"

    Obviously Saatchi wanted to give the dark fruit to Sasuke Uchiha, so that Uchiha Itachi could freely join the Whitebeard Pirates and reunite the two brothers.

    "Do not."

    Uchiha Sasuke frowned, and suddenly looked at Saatchi and said, "Hey, Saatchi, eat it, not let it fall into Akatsuki''s hands!"

    "what?"

    Saqi''s eyes were a little surprised.

    The pirates on the Moby Dick couldn''t help but look at Uchiha Sasuke. They had long wanted Uchiha Itachi to join the Whitebeard Pirates!

    "Eh?"

    Ace even had some doubts on his face: "Sasuke?"

    "Eat it."

    Sasuke Uchiha looked at Saatchi, and continued in a deep voice: "This fruit was collected by the man himself and asked his brother to collect it. The devil fruit he wants personally must be extraordinary. Eat it quickly, Saatchi!"

    "Hey, hey, what a joke!"

    Saatchi''s face was full of inexplicability. He shook his head and said, "It''s just a devil fruit. Could it be more important than Mr. Itachi joining us?"

    "I mean serious."

    Uchiha Sasuke''s expression became slightly serious: "Hurry up and eat it. This fruit gives me an ominous premonition. After that person gets this fruit, it is very likely that he will have a huge conspiracy!"

    Uehara Naraku personally named the Devil Fruit he wanted, the fruit he can remember in his heart, and it definitely possesses powerful power and strange abilities.

    but¡­

    Uchiha Sasuke remembered that when his brother came to visit, he always smiled unconsciously every time he mentioned the dark fruit.

    Uchiha Itachi at that time...

    It was definitely controlled by Uehara Naraku!

    Why did that guy repeatedly mention a Dark Fruit in the White Beard Pirates, did he really expect that Dark Fruit would definitely be in the White Beard Pirates?

    As for the words that give Uchiha Itachi freedom after getting the dark fruit, Sasuke Uchiha doesn''t believe any punctuation of these words!

    Uehara Naraku is not trustworthy at all...

    There is definitely a conspiracy in this matter!

    This comes from the intuition of Uchiha Sasuke, and it also comes from Uchiha''s understanding of Uehara Naraku. The dark fruit must be dealt with immediately!

    This fruit...

    It is definitely a disaster!

    It is a pity that Sasuke Uchiha doesn''t know exactly what conspiracy Uehara Naraku has. He can only guess that Uehara Naraku might really want this fruit?

    Shouldn''t be...

    That guy''s strength is so powerful that he doesn''t need the flawed ability of Devil Fruit at all. What''s more, if Uehara Naraku wants to find a Devil Fruit, the monstrous power organized by Akatsuki will probably be found soon!

    "just forget it!"

    Saqi chuckled and shook his head, and put the fruit away again: "I''m a cook, so I don''t eat the devil fruit... Let''s keep it for Mr. Itachi to take away! By the way, I remember Mr. Itachi''s cooking skills It seems not bad..."

    Because of Zhuanyan¡¯s ability to replicate and observe...

    Uchiha Itachi''s cooking skills are indeed good, and he is not much different from the chef of the White Beard Pirate Group.

    Saqi was determined not to eat this devil fruit.

    Although Devil Fruit can indeed gain weird powers, for everyone in the Whitebeard Pirate Group, family affection is their most precious thing.

    family¡­

    It is the truly priceless treasure.

    Reuniting the brothers Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke has been the dream of the entire Whitebeard Pirates group from top to bottom over the past few years.

    Besides...

    Sasuke Uchiha has saved Saatchi several times!

    "Hey, Saatchi..."

    Uchiha Sasuke''s brows frowned, and just as he wanted to continue to say something, Ace came over and patted Sasuke''s shoulder: "Sasuke, don''t let Sasuke''s kindness be disappointed!"

    "Yeah, it is really rare to have Saatchi so generous!"

    "Hahahahaha... Otherwise, let''s cook for our chef today! Let''s have a banquet for our chef''s generosity!"

    "You should forget it!"

    There was no nostalgia on Saqi''s face, but he continued with a loud laugh: "I am the chef of the Mobi Dick. Let''s start with a grand banquet for Mr. Itachi to join the Pirates! "

    The entire Moby Dick became a sea of ??joy.

    Sasuke Uchiha watched Saatchi walking to him with the wooden box in his hands. He looked down at the wooden box in Saatchi''s hand and said in a low voice, "Saatchi, don''t give it to me in such a hurry. You should think about eating it again. Do it! I don''t want the dark fruit to fall into Akatsuki''s hands..."

    This attitude fell in Saatchi''s eyes, making him think that Uchiha Sasuke might think that Akatsuki''s dark fruit would threaten their Whitebeard Pirates.

    "Sasuke."

    The corner of Saqi¡¯s mouth showed a chuckle: "No matter what happens, for the White Beard Pirates, our most important thing is our family... Don¡¯t forget that we are carrying the name of the old man, how could it be The devil fruit blocked the way back for the family!"

    "Saatchi!"

    Uchiha Sasuke''s expression was ugly. He shook his head and said firmly: "I''m not worried that the person from Akatsuki will become stronger after getting the dark fruit. I''m just worried that that person has a conspiracy..."

    "No matter what conspiracy he has..."

    Saatchi stretched out his hand to hold Sasuke''s shoulders, and said with a light smile: "Mr. Itachi has not been freed, and the matter of joining our pirate group is more important!"

    Saqi, this guy is really a good old man...

    Sasuke Uchiha feels a little sad, these pirate idiots who know nothing about the world, do not know that Uchiha Itachi cannot escape the control of Uehara Naraku...

    Even if Uchiha Itachi leaves the Akatsuki organization, it must be fake, and Uehara must be controlled behind the scenes!

    wrong¡­

    Sasuke Uchiha suddenly thought of a possibility!

    Perhaps the guy Uehara Naraku has noticed his bond with the White Beard Pirates, UU reading www.uukanshu. Com is worried that he will not unreservedly send information to Akatsuki as in the past.

    In this case¡­

    Uehara Naraku probably wants to use the name of Secret Fruit to arrange for Uchiha Itachi, who was reincarnated from the dirty soil, to join the White Beard Pirates!

    "Okay, Sasuke."

    Saatchi smiled lightly and stretched out his palm to rub Sasuke''s hair, and persuaded, "I didn''t want to eat this fruit anyway..."

    "No way."

    Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t help but shook his head, and said solemnly: "You eat the fruit first! I have to think about this matter carefully..."

    At this moment, Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t help but think of a group of smart guys with high IQs, such as Hagi Kakashi, Uchiha Itachi, and Yakushidou. If they were them, they would definitely be able to guess part of Uehara''s conspiracy.

    "Thief hahaha..."

    Marshall D. Titch suddenly stretched out his head from behind Sasuke. He looked down at the eye box in Sasuke''s hand, smiled and said: "Captain Sasuke, Sasuke''s will is very firm, you have to delay After a long time, my stomach will soon starve to death!"

    When talking about this, Marshall D. Titch smiled and continued: "Why not? Captain Saatchi will save the devil fruit first, and wait until Mr. Itachi comes to the Whitebeard Pirates again when Mr. Itachi comes. Decide on this matter!"

    "It seems to be okay."

    Saatchi reached out and knocked on Sasuke¡¯s forehead, then smiled and said, ¡°Then I¡¯ll take it first, and wait until Mr. Itachi arrives before handing it over to him. Hey, Sasuke, remember, there¡¯s nothing on this ship. Is more important than family..."

 Chapter 516ï¼š Do you know the cost of saving people?

    The moonlight is bright.

    Night fell on the sea.

    In order to celebrate the victory and the dark fruits of the White Beard Pirates, a grand banquet was held, which did not end scribbled until late at night.

    There are hangover pirates all over the Moby Dick.

    Even Marco and the other captains, who had recently rushed back, happily drank a few glasses after hearing about the secret fruit they had received. Even the white beard put down the juice and was allowed to drink for an unprecedented time. Bowl of wine.

    Unfortunately¡­

    Sasuke Uchiha still refuses to drink.

    Even if he has passed the twenty-year-old threshold, an age at which he can drink in the Ninja World, he still insists on drinking his own juice.

    Sasuke Uchiha was standing on the bow of the Mobile, slowly sucking the juice from his hand, and he heard a sound of footsteps in his ears.

    "Is it Titch?"

    Uchiha Sasuke still looked at the moonlight reflected on the sea, and said softly, "Let¡¯s go and rest for a while tonight. I''ll help you watch the night..."

    "Thief hahahaha, it''s okay..."

    Marshall D. Titch walked to Sasuke''s side, grinning with a simple smile: "Sasuke was fighting very hard today...Anyway, I don''t need to sleep at night. I stood guard on the Moby Dick. More than ten years!"

    Marshall D. Titch never needed to sleep.

    This incident is no secret in the entire Whitebeard Pirates.

    For more than two decades, Marshall D. Titch has been working hard, working as a vigil on the Mobile Dick, and has always been well-known in the Whitebeard Pirates. Even Whitebeard has praised Titch.

    essentially¡­

    Marshall D. Titch was actually afraid that he would speak his own heart when he was dreaming, which would arouse the suspicion of the White Beard Pirates.

    This guy is extremely cautious.

    "Thief hahahaha..."

    Marshall D. Titch glanced at Uchiha Sasuke, and asked curiously on his face, "Because I found the dark fruit today, Mr. Itachi will be reunited soon, so Sasuke can''t sleep tonight?"

    "Do not¡­"

    Sasuke Uchiha shook his head, slowly squeezed the juice glass in his hand, and whispered: "I just still don''t understand why that person wants the secret fruit...

    That person never does useless work. Everything he does is trying to benefit himself. Unfortunately, I feel that he doesn''t seem to need the power of the secret fruit, so what can he do with that fruit? "

    "Who knows..."

    Marshall D. Titch scratched his hair, took a bite of the cherry pie, and said happily, "Maybe I just feel curious!"

    "It is indeed possible..."

    Sasuke Uchiha nodded, frowning slightly: "That guy does seem to have a weird collection habit, and always likes to collect some weird things..."

    Uehara Naraku really likes collecting things.

    It¡¯s just that the things he collects are often a little scary, such as Konoha¡¯s four predecessors, such as the Seven Ninthos of Wugide Village, such as the three generals of the navy headquarters, such as Uchiha Itachi, Uchiha Daito and Uchiha Uchiha Madara...

    Uchiha Sasuke has a faint feeling that if his life is exhausted, Uehara Naraku will probably reincarnate him from the dirty soil and make it into a collection...

    The trouble is...

    Even if the body was cremated after Sasuke Uchiha died, it would be useless. Maybe Uehara Naraku had already collected enough materials.

    It''s an incomprehensible hobby.

    After Marshall D. Titch nodded following what Sasuke Uchiha said, he smiled and said, "Anyway, Saatchi will definitely exchange the dark fruit for Mr. Itachi. Our second squad will have more soon. I have a new member!"

    "I will stop him."

    After Uchiha Sasuke frowned, he sighed again and said, "Forget it, I''ll go to rest first, Titch, trouble you."

    "Thief hahahaha, it doesn''t matter!"

    Marshall D. Titch shook his head and said happily, "Sasuke rests early! If you are so happy, maybe we will continue to have a banquet tomorrow!"

    "..."

    Sasuke Uchiha seemed a little speechless.

    It''s just that Sasuke Uchiha didn''t curse a few idiots like before, and went back to his room to rest.

    Wait until Uchiha Sasuke leaves.

    Marshall D. Titch clenched his fist, his eyes showed a fierce glow, and his smile was almost uncontrollable: "An dark fruit... The leader of Xiao wants to get the dark fruit, of course it is for the dark fruit. Strength!"

    This is a matter of course!

    The dark fruit is the most vicious fruit in the world!

    Marshall D. Titch has been hiding in the Whitebeard Pirates for so many years, just for the power of Dark Fruit, he has an unimaginable respect and perseverance for Dark Fruit!

    Marshall D. Titch understood very much how the leader of Akatsuki wanted to get the secret fruit, because he thought so too!

    It is getting late.

    The moonlight still fell on the Moby Dick.

    Marshall D. Titch''s figure appeared at the door of Saatchi''s room, with a grinning smile on his face, and a dark shadow under his feet.

    Titch walked in cautiously, and he looked up and saw the dark fruit Saatchi put on the table. Obviously, the captain of the 4th squad trusted his mate

    unfortunately¡­

    There is an ambitious man on this ship.

    Marshall D. Titch almost couldn''t wait to grab the box, with a shocking greed and madness on his face!

    To advertise, the reading app I am using recently, [\\mi\\mi\\read\\app\\\\] has a lot of sources, all books, and updates fast!

    Just as Titch grabbed the box and left, a voice surprised Titch: "What''s the matter? If you''re hungry, supper will be prepared for you in the kitchen..."

    Saatchi who was lying on the bed opened his eyes for unknown time.

    The captain of the No. 4 team couldn''t help rubbing his eye sockets, looking at the figure suddenly appearing in his room, a look of surprise flashed across his face: "Huh? Titch?"

    Isn''t this the honest guy from the 2nd team?

    The next moment, Saatchi saw the dark fruit box that Marshall D. Titch was holding in his hands, and his face flashed with astonishment.

    "Wait... Titch, what are you doing!"

    "..."

    Titch''s expression sank into stiffness.

    This man who has been hiding for more than 20 years is very clear that at this time, Saqi must not alarm everyone on the ship, otherwise he will not be able to escape the pursuit of the Whitebeard Pirates!

    Especially Uchiha Sasuke!

    Meet Saatchi...

    It is a sharp knife light!

    Marshall D. Titch''s palm suddenly covered Saatchi''s mouth, took a knife and inserted it into Saatchi''s chest, his arm was trembling a little!

    "Thief hahahaha...haha..."

    Marshall D. Titch even couldn''t believe what he had done. A touch of terror and anxiety flashed across his face, and he forced a smile to cover up his shock: "Thief hahaha...haha...Saatchi... I''m so sorry...I didn''t mean it..."

    The iron law of the White Beard Pirates...

    Just never hurt your companions on the ship!

    It doesn''t matter if you defect and leave the White Beard Pirates, but the iron law of hurting your companions must never be violated!

    Marshall D. Titch gritted his teeth and loosened Saatchi''s throat. He left here with the box of Secret Fruit in his palm.

    Titch couldn''t believe it...

    He turned out to be the one who hurt Saqi!

    Take advantage of the night.

    Marshall D. Titch put down a small boat and hurriedly fled the scene, because the entire Mobile Dick had a grand banquet. Many pirates were drunk and no one noticed his escape.

    Only one person is different.

    Sasuke Uchiha didn''t sleep very much.

    Sasuke Uchiha''s eyes opened involuntarily, and Chakra''s perception and seeing color opened silently, and quickly enveloped the entire Moby Dick.

    At the next moment, Sasuke Uchiha sprang out of the boat quickly!

    The figure of Uchiha Sasuke quickly appeared in Saatchi¡¯s room. He also saw Saatchi, who was dripping with blood, almost dying. His eyes flashed with astonishment...

    "Marko!"

    A scream resounded throughout the entire Moby Dick!

    The entire Moby Dick suddenly woke up, and a group of pirates who heard the sound rushed towards Saatchi''s room.

    Late at night.

    Marine doctor Marco gave Saatchi medicine once and slowly held his forehead: "Saatchi''s injury is too serious, there is no way...Sasuke, what is going on?"

    "I do not know yet."

    Sasuke Uchiha frowned and then turned his head to look at the others: "Huh? Where''s Tickey? Isn''t he vigil tonight?"

    "Titch...is gone..."

    A pirate squeezed in with an ugly face, and whispered: "Marko, Sasuke, our lifeboat is also missing one..."

    "It''s Titch!"

    Saatchi opened his eyes weakly, a sorrowful smile appeared on his face, and blood flowed out of the corner of his mouth unconsciously: "Titch... he took the dark fruit... Sasuke, he must be chased back. The secret fruit is to be exchanged for the freedom of Mr. Itachi!"

    "What a joke!"

    Ace couldn''t help showing a touch of surprise.

    Sasuke Uchiha couldn''t believe it, and all the pirates present flashed a little doubt on their faces, and they didn''t believe that Titch would do such a thing.

    How could Marshall D. Titch, the guy who has been honest with him in the second team, steal the dark fruit and even have the courage to hurt Saatchi?

    That''s an old member of the White Beard Pirates!

    And Marshall D. Titch even gave up the chance to become the captain, how could he hurt Saatchi and steal the dark fruit!

    "That rascal¡­"

    Sasuke Uchiha''s brain was numb, and the fact that Marshall D. Titch was running away with the dark fruit at this moment gave him a vague premonition.

    If there is no dark fruit...

    Sasuke Uchiha felt that Titch would want to find another way out.

    White-bearded Edward Newgate also quickly learned what had happened on the ship. After the old man had looked at Saatchi''s injury, his face finally showed a touch of pain.

    I didn''t expect...

    After so many years, the White Beard Pirates still had a traitor who violated the iron rules of the ship, making White Beard a little sad.

    What makes this old man sad is...

    Saatchi, the child who has been with him for so many years, will die in the hands of a traitor tonight.

    "Marco, you stabilize Saatchi''s injury first..."

    Sasuke Uchiha glanced at the painful white beard and the people around him who were gradually sad, and said in a deep voice, "We must find a way, at least to save Saatchi first!"

    "Sasuke..."

    Marco''s eyes showed a little doubt.

    A group of people couldn''t help but looked at Sasuke suspiciously.

    "Marco, how long can Saqi last..."

    Uchiha Sasuke gritted his teeth and said in a deep voice: "Now we will rush to Wano Country. The medical ninjas of Akatsuki will definitely be able to rescue Saatchi!"

    Even if the medical ninjas cannot be saved...

    Uehara Naraku will surely be saved!

    In the hands of Uehara Naraku, the life and death of people have already become his toys. As long as Uehara Naraku is willing to make a move, he will definitely be able to save Saatchi.

    "..."

    Everyone couldn''t help but reveal a touch of doubt and surprise.

    The country of Wano is located in the sea area of ??Kaido of the beasts. If they pass, it will definitely cause a war with the Pirates of Beasts, and the relationship between the Akatsuki organization and their Whitebeard Pirates is very delicate. ¡­

    However, when Uchiha Sasuke called his brother Uchiha Itachi''s phone bug overnight, he told him that someone was seriously injured here and he needed the help of a medical ninja.

    "Who is injured?"

    Uchiha Itachi couldn''t help being a little surprised.

    Sasuke Uchiha suppressed the emotion in his voice and whispered: "It''s the chef on our ship, Saatchi, I think only the medical ninja can save him, it''s best to be Tsunade-san or that person..."

    "So..."

    There was a little hesitation in Uchiha Itachi''s voice. His voice calmly asked, "Sasuke, should you pay for saving people?"

    "Nissan."

    Sasuke Uchiha squeezed his phone worm tightly and said solemnly, "Tell him, if Saatchi''s injury is too serious, I can also resurrect him with reincarnation. It''s just a life for a life! "

    "Sasuke, don''t do stupid things."

    Uchiha Itachi was silent for a while before he said: "That person can make Saatchi survive, but you have to give him the dark fruit..."

    "We agreed."

    Sasuke Uchiha slowly breathed a sigh of relief.

 Chapter 517ï¼š Sasuke-kun, forget the gap between Akatsuki and the Whitebeard Pirates...

    On a small island.

    The Moby Dick stopped.

    The members of the White Beard Pirates saw the medical ninja sent by Akatsuki. When everyone saw the medical ninja, there was a strange look on their faces.

    When Uchiha Sasuke saw the medical ninja, his expression was slightly stiff, and he unconsciously began to tidy up his somewhat sloppy clothes.

    In recent years, Sasuke Uchiha has gradually become accustomed to the unruly pirates.

    However, when Sasuke saw this medical ninja, he still recalled his childhood in Konoha, at this moment Uchiha Sasuke felt like a world away.

    "Sasuke, do you know her?"

    Ace couldn''t help but squeeze Sasuke with his shoulder, and asked, "Pink hair... is a cute girl. Isn''t she a medical ninja sent by Akatsuki?"

    "Well, it''s her."

    Sasuke Uchiha walked to the front of the medical ninja step by step, his eyes narrowed slightly: "It''s been a long time since I saw you, Kozakura... I didn''t expect them to let you come."

    Haruno Sakura.

    Konoha''s seventh class, a former companion.

    Even Uchiha Sasuke never thought that Naraku Uehara would send Haruno Sakura over. Did that guy want to use Haruno Sakura to humiliate him?

    "Well, Sasuke-kun."

    Haruno Sakura slowly nodded, and said in a low voice, "You should know the situation of Akatsuki better than me. No one can refuse Akatsuki''s order... and..."

    ¡¾Book Friends Welfare you can get cash or points, and iPhoch is waiting for you! Pay attention to the vx public account¡¾¡¿can be obtained!

    When talking about this, Haruno Sakura raised her head and looked at Uchiha Sasuke, and suddenly said, "I also want to see how you are doing on this sea..."

    "It''s fine."

    Sasuke Uchiha nodded calmly.

    This sea is threatened by Naraku Uehara, and there are members of the Akatsuki organization who haunt all the time. It''s not easy to survive, right?

    "That''s good."

    Haruno Sakura nodded, and then continued softly, "Where is the patient? I will treat him first!"

    "Well, Saatchi''s injury is serious..."

    As Uchiha Sasuke led the way, he said, "Sakura, I remember that you are a disciple of Konoha Fifthime Hokage Tsunade..."

    "Ok."

    Haruno Sakura''s face suddenly became serious: "The Medical Department has recently received many new medical methods. If it is not time to save people, there should be no problem..."

    Aboard the Moby Dick.

    Haruno Sakura sutured Saqi''s wound again, gave Saqi a few more shots, and finally used Chakra to slowly granulate the wound on Saqi''s body.

    "It''s incredible..."

    Marco watched this scene all the way. Under Haruno Sakura''s treatment, Saatchi''s injury gradually improved, and a flash of admiration flashed on his face.

    The medical ninja''s healing methods are indeed unexpected.

    Even Marco did not expect that there is such a method that can use chakras to stimulate the regeneration of human cells to treat people.

    It is a pity that there is no Chakra on Marco.

    Even in the Ninja world, only the descendants of Datongmu Huiye, or the descendants of the chakra once shared by the six immortals, can refine the chakra.

    Haruno Sakura wiped the sweat from her forehead and looked at Saatchi whose breathing gradually stabilized, and said in a deep voice, "His injury has stabilized. Then, as long as he can ensure a good rest, there will be no problem in the future. "

    "What a magical medical treatment..."

    Ace''s face couldn''t help showing a touch of admiration. He glanced at Sasuke next to him and couldn''t help but said, "Hey, Sasuke, I feel that this ship doctor is much more reliable than Marco!"

    "To shut up!"

    Sasuke Uchiha frowned and interrupted Ace, watching Haruno Sakura earnestly and thanking you: "Thank you, Sakura, Saatchi is my companion..."

    This sentence was not finished yet, Uchiha Sasuke himself fell silent, Haruno Sakura in front of him was once his companion...

    Sasuke Uchiha''s mood became more and more complicated.

    Haruno Sakura''s fingers stiffened slightly. After she nodded calmly, she grabbed her medical equipment and installed it, and slowly lowered her head: "It''s okay, Sasuke-kun can find a new companion. Everyone will be happy for you..."

    Patter.

    A tear fell.

    All the pirates in the entire medical room are at a loss, and they don¡¯t quite understand why this pink-haired medical female ninja would cry...

    Just when a group of pirates were looking at each other and planning to let someone comfort the girl, Haruno Sakura wiped the corners of her eyes clean.

    "Well, my task is over."

    Haruno Sakura slowly stood up and looked at Uchiha Sasuke in a deep voice and said: "Before I came, someone specially told me that according to our agreed terms, the White Beard Pirates must find it within two months. The secret fruit is sent to the country of Japan..."

    When talking about this, Haruno Sakura repeated word by word: "Remember, it must be a secret fruit! Otherwise... Sasuke-kun knows the consequences of not being able to fulfill the agreement."

    This sentence is emphatically explained.

    If the Dark Fruit is eaten by Marshall D. Tychy, they must kill Tychy and immediately start collecting Dark Fruit on the sea.

    This is really like finding a needle in a haystack...

    It took two months to find the dark fruit, the Whitebeard Pirates might as well expect Marshall D. Titch to not eat the dark fruit!

    "Well¡­"

    Marco scratched his head and couldn''t help but he wanted to bargain: "Little girl, if Titch or someone eats the dark fruit, we will send him to Wano Country..."

    "If this is the case, Akatsuki doesn''t need the Whitebeard Pirates, and I don''t need to come here to help with treatment."

    Haruno Sakura shook her head, and her voice gradually became a little low: "Sasuke-kun should know that it is not difficult for Akatsuki to catch a person with fruit ability..."

    "Ok¡­"

    Uchiha Sasuke''s expression was slightly solemn, and he frowned his brows and said, "It looks like that guy really gave us a big problem... Now we can only look at luck, right?"

    "Goo la la la la la..."

    Edward Newgate, the white beard, couldn''t help but smile, and glanced down at Saatchi on the bed: "At least Saatchi got his life back! This laozi will write it down first, whether he found the fruit or not. ¡­"

    "Uh¡­"

    Haruno Sakura¡¯s face was slightly embarrassed, and she couldn¡¯t help but speak: ¡°According to our agreement, no matter what happens in the world, the Whitebeard Pirates must find the dark fruit and send it to the country within two months. ¡­"

    "Sakura..."

    Uchiha Sasuke''s brows became tighter and tighter, and he asked in a deep voice, "What that guy meant...we must give him the Dark Fruit. Even if he got the Dark Fruit first, it would be considered our breach of contract. ,right?"

    "¡­Yes."

    Haruno Sakura slowly nodded.

    "Hey, what is the truth!"

    Diamond Joz couldn''t help accusing it loudly: "Isn''t it enough that you only get dark fruits?"

    "Yes!"

    Foil Bista''s face is also a little serious: "If you say so, what if you prevent us from solving the traitor Titch!"

    "If this is the case..."

    Izang''s face is also a bit ugly. He has no good feelings about the enemies who have invaded the country of Wano: "If it sounds, this method is really despicable..."

    "shut up!"

    Baibeard glared at the turbulent captain, then turned to look at Haruno Sakura, grinning, and said with a grin: "Gu la la la la la... The leader of Akatsuki is really interesting!

    If he gets the dark fruit earlier than us, we **** it from him and give it to him again, which is considered to have completed the agreement, right? "

    The book kiosks that book friends used before have been hung up, and now they basically use \\mi\\mi\\ to read\\app\\\\.

    "..."

    Haruno Sakura couldn''t help taking a half step back.

    Sasuke Uchiha stood in front of Whitebeard and looked at Haruno Sakura and continued: "Sakura, is that guy''s conditions so demanding? The Whitebeard Pirates and Akatsuki teamed up to find Titch and Dark Fruit. This Isn''t it okay to do this?"

    "That one¡­"

    Haruno Sakura grabbed her ninja bag and whispered, "Sasuke-kun, did you stay here for too long? When did Akatsuki cooperate with other people..."

    When Haruno Sakura said this, she continued: "Before I came, someone specially asked me to tell you not to do stupid things... You should know the gap between the Whitebeard Pirates and Akatsuki?"

    "Hey, you know you too look down on people!"

    "We are the strongest pirate group in the world!"

    "A trivial organization..."

    "It''s just Kaido''s ally..."

    "..."

    Sasuke Uchiha looked ugly.

    Is there a big gap between the White Beard Pirates and Akatsuki?

    It''s really not that Haruno Sakura can insult people. Seriously, the gap between the two is not generally large.

    Regardless of its top-level combat power, middle-level combat power or bottom-level combat power, the entire Whitebeard Pirate Group, including all of its pirate groups, is definitely not an opponent of Akatsuki.

    Akatsuki¡¯s peripheral force, the Hundred Beasts and Pirates, is the same as the White Beard Pirates, and is the same as the Four Emperors Pirates.

    "Speaking..."

    Marco waved his hand to stop a group of captains, and looked at Haruno Sakura curiously and said: "Your leader Akatsuki really sounds like an unreasonable person... Isn''t he worried that we will not be able to fulfill the agreement?"

    "Hahahahaha... Marco is really bad!"

    "But Marco is right!"

    "Little girl, we are pirates!"

    "Little girl, the pirates may not fulfill any promises. Although our Whitebeard Pirates will fulfill their promises, our knives are also very sharp!"

    "say no more!"

    Uchiha Sasuke''s eyes suddenly turned scarlet. He coldly looked at the captains present, and said solemnly: "Bista, Kozakura is a medical ninja who came to help save Saatchi...what do you mean?"

    this moment¡­

    Uchiha Sasuke''s domineering body is undoubtedly exposed!

    No matter it''s anyone, it''s unavoidable to be a little surprised!

    White Beard stretched out his palm, rubbed Sasuke¡¯s hair, softly soothing his emotions: "Sasuke, put away your domineering, it doesn''t matter to scare these stupid sons, don''t scare our guests..."

    After speaking, Baibeard looked at Haruno Sakura and said with a grin: "Gul la la la... I''m so sorry, my sons are so rude!"

    The Four Emperors are really like a father.

    Because only Edward Newgate with the white beard is using his father''s identity to apologize to Haruno Sakura, a medical ninja, for his unconvincing sons.

    Just like other fathers...

    "¡­It''s ok."

    Haruno Sakura gritted her lips, shook her head and said solemnly: "If the White Beard Pirates cannot fulfill the agreement... Although that person didn''t tell me the consequences, I think Sasuke-kun should understand."

    When Haruno Sakura said this, she looked at Uchiha Sasuke''s eyes with a faint worry: "Sasuke-kun, did you threaten that person? Or... did you accidentally say something excessive to him?"

    "...I was worried about Saatchi''s injury at the time Sasuke Uchiha couldn''t help but look uglier.

    According to his guess, Uehara Naraku may have committed the crime again, and deliberately proposed this condition to target him and the Whitebeard Pirates...It is also possible that Uehara Naraku is looking for reasons to start targeting the Whitebeard Pirates!

    But now it has started!

    No matter what, there is no room for maneuver!

    Uehara Naraku transferred Haruno Sakura from the Ninja World to help rescue Saatchi. It was destined that this game of life that he started to control would no longer be able to look back.

    For a Saatchi...

    It is very possible to catch a white beard pirate group!

    The only chance for the White Beard Pirates to win... is to find Marshall D. Titch immediately, pray that he has not eaten the fruit, and regain the dark fruit he stole!

    "Sakura."

    Sasuke Uchiha looked at Haruno Sakura, and said with a serious face: "Thank you for helping to rescue Saatchi, please go back and tell that person, I will fulfill this agreement seriously!"

    "Do not¡­"

    Baibeard stretched out his hand and patted Sasuke''s shoulder: "It is Baibeard who will fulfill the agreement!"

    Baibeard turned his head to look at Haruno Sakura, and couldn''t help but grinned: "Gum la la la la... Since that guy doesn''t want Lao Tzu''s favor, little girl, then this favor is on you!"

    "No no no..."

    Haruno Sakura hurriedly waved her hand, her expression a little embarrassed: "In fact, there is no such need, I was just ordered to perform a mission..."

    "It doesn''t matter! We have already noted it anyway."

    When talking about this, White Beard smiled and continued: "No matter what you want to do, we will help you. If you want to pick a husband from this ship, I will agree...cum la la la la..."

 Chapter 518ï¼š The conspiracy of Uehara Naraku

    The Moby Dick.

    Haruno Sakura left shyly.

    Sasuke Uchiha bid farewell to Haruno Sakura and returned to the ship.

    The pirates on the ship looked at Uchiha Sasuke, everyone couldn''t help but watched Sasuke whistle, and the whole Moby Dick was full of joy.

    After the white beard Edward Newgate''s characteristics are broken, most of the pirates can already see the relationship between Uchiha Sasuke and Haruno Sakura.

    Uchiha Sasuke''s brows wrinkled and he looked at the white beard and said, "Hey, old man, don''t talk nonsense!"

    "is it?"

    White beard grinned at the corner of his mouth. He slowly shook his head and turned to look at Marko beside him: "Gum la la la... Marko, it''s nice to be young, right?"

    "Yes, old man!"

    The corners of Marco''s mouth couldn''t help but hook.

    The captains on the Mobi Dick quickly gathered towards Sasuke Uchiha, and everyone''s faces were full of smiles.

    "Hey, Sasuke, when will you get married?"

    "The Moby Dick can hold a wedding at any time!"

    "It doesn''t matter even if you have a child. We once had two babies on this ship, who can help you take care of your children!"

    "Miss Haruno Sakura is very cute, get married right away! You are already twenty years old and a mature adult!"

    "..."

    The captain of this group ran against Sasuke one by one.

    Even Portcas D. Ace couldn''t help laughing: "If a child is born, I must be his godfather!"

    "You guys..."

    Sasuke Uchiha''s face was a bit unsightly, he couldn''t help supporting his forehead and said, "Shut up first!"

    "Well, that''s weird..."

    Ace couldn''t listen, he couldn''t help touching his chin: "I remember Sasuke seemed to mention Ms. Haruno Sakura occasionally. She seems to be your companion with Naruto?"

    to be frank¡­

    Ace can think of it still thanks to Naruto Uzumaki.

    After all, the few people Uchiha Sasuke mentioned the most, if arranged in order, Akatsuki''s leader (that person) would be the highest.

    Generally speaking, when Uchiha Sasuke mentioned Akatsuki''s leader, they warned Ace not to speak ill of that person too much. Unfortunately, the opposite effect was often met.

    The second is Uzumaki Naruto, because the relationship between Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto is complicated, and once you talk about the past, you can''t get around that yellow hair.

    Next is Uchiha Itachi. Occasionally, when Ace and Sasuke Uchiha talk about their family, they will mention Uchiha Itachi.

    Haruno Sakura...

    Appears rarely, usually accompanied by Uzumaki Naruto, so Ace has never noticed the emotional problems between Uchiha Sasuke and Haruno Sakura.

    "Sakura and I used to be teammates in the same class..."

    Uchiha Sasuke''s face became more and more ugly. He just responded and said angrily: "I didn''t say it, don''t say it again!"

    What does this make him say?

    Could it be that Sasuke himself said that when he was in Konoha¡¯s Ninja School, he was very popular with girls and Haruno Sakura was just one of them...

    It may also be the relatively important one.

    "Really, you obviously..."

    Marco shook his head helplessly. When he was about to continue to say something, he saw Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s unpleasant face. He quickly changed the subject: "Well, let¡¯s not talk about it, put Haruno Sakura on Is there any problem on that island?"

    "no problem."

    Sasuke Uchiha nodded and whispered: "That guy won''t let his subordinates who are loyal to him be harmed. Maybe Sakura has been picked up by this time..."

    When they parted...

    Haruno Sakura had already told him that Uehara Naraku was very dissatisfied with his behavior, thinking that he had neglected his duty and had not reported the secret fruit immediately.

    but¡­

    Nothing was hidden from Naraku Uehara.

    Uehara Naraku even knew that Titch had stolen the dark fruit!

    "Talk to business!"

    Sasuke Uchiha glanced at the white beard, and said, "Old man, I will go after Titch to see if I can regain the dark fruit... If Titch eats that fruit, I will kill that guy. You take advantage of it. At this time, immediately look for the dark fruit of rebirth."

    "Sasuke, let me go!"

    Ace walked to Sasuke''s side and said solemnly: "Titch is my team member. He has committed an iron law that must not be violated on this ship. I want to get him back!"

    "To shut up!"

    Sasuke Uchiha glared at Ace.

    This time Ace didn''t back down like before, but whispered: "Sasuke, this is something I can''t forgive myself... If it hadn''t been for me to ignore Titch''s ambitions, Saatchi would not almost die."

    "Ace, it''s not your fault."

    "Yes, no one thought that Titch would hurt his companion because of a devil fruit!"

    Under the recommendation, [\\mi\\mi\\reading\\app\\\\] is really good, it is worth installing, after all, there are many books, all books, and fast updates!

    "Don''t blame yourself too much, Ace!"

    "Sorry, everyone."

    Portgas D. Ace took off his hat and said with a serious face: "Only this time I want to make up for the mistakes I made. My boat is the fastest. I can go by myself. I will take back the Dark Fruit!"

    As the captain of the 2nd Division of the White Beard Pirates, the self-blame and guilt in Ace''s heart made him stand up and take this responsibility.

    If it wasn''t for him to ignore Titch...

    The White Beard Pirates will not have so much trouble.

    "Ace..."

    There was a little hesitation on Baibeard''s face.

    The agreement between the White Beard Pirates and Akatsuki must be fulfilled. Someone must do it anyway to hunt down Marshall D. Titch.

    but¡­

    This matter is very troublesome.

    It''s just that Marshall D. Titch has been hiding in the White Beard Pirates for so many years, pretending to be an honest person, and no one can see his thoughts.

    Now it looks...

    That guy may be more dangerous than imagined!

    Baibeard shook his head and said in a deep voice: "We are here these few days to think of other ways first, don''t be too impatient, Ace..."

    "Forget it, let''s go with Ace!"

    Sasuke Uchiha glanced at Ace with a stubborn face. As the former deputy captain of the Pirates of Spades, Sasuke understood Ace''s mood well.

    Sasuke Uchiha looked at the white beard and interrupted him: "Old man, we only have two months. Titch may eat the dark fruit at any time and can no longer waste it. Let''s go!"

    "it is good!"

    Ace nodded.

    Ace stretched out his finger, and ran a ball of flames across his fingertips, which quickly burned the rope outside the Mobile, and a small boat powered by a flame thruster landed on the sea.

    The figures of two people soared into the sky and fell on the boat!

    "Hey, Ace, Sasuke!"

    "Wait until the old man finishes talking!"

    "You are too impatient!"

    A group of captains scrambled to stop them. They could only see the ripples of the flames, and Ace''s boat had already sailed away quickly.

    Whitebeard''s brows were still frowning, he slowly clenched his fists, and said in a deep voice: "Marko, we can''t take time off, and immediately issue the captain''s order to the other ships to hunt down Titch in the new world. ¡­"

    "Yes!"

    Marco nodded immediately.

    He glanced at the white beard again, and persuaded: "Father, don''t worry too much. If Sasuke and Ace go together, the two of them won''t have any trouble on the road..."

    after all¡­

    Sasuke Uchiha has the power of the four emperors, and even the general of the navy will not be his opponent!

    "It''s okay."

    Baibeard shook his head, his expression still not pretty.

    Just as Uchiha Sasuke and Ace set out to find Marshall D. Titch, Uehara Naraku also received the news that he and Huang Yuan were still on their way to Malin Vando.

    Uehara Naraku tapped his finger on the table, and sighed softly, "It seems that I will stay in the navy soon..."

    According to the information recently received by Uehara Naraku, Marshall D. Titch, the man who single-handedly controlled the outbreak of war at the top, has left the Whitebeard Pirates, and Uehara Naraku is definitely unlikely to let go of this leek.

    According to Uehara Naraku''s idea...

    Marshall D. Titch is the most suitable candidate for his No. 2 boss.

    It¡¯s just that it would take a lot of effort to join Tic¡¯s Pirates. The most suitable place should be at Impelton Prison...

    Huang Yuan didn''t know what Uehara Naraku was thinking, and he couldn''t help but smile at the corner of his mouth: "Oh oh oh...Don''t Uehara like being in the navy?"

    So much the better¡­

    Otherwise, wouldn''t he have to face two bosses all the time?

    The boss on the bright side is the Warring States Period of Marshal Buddha, and the boss in the dark is the leader of the Akatsuki organization Naruto Uehara. If the two bosses stay together, it will inevitably put too much pressure on his little admiral!

    Uehara Naraku wanted to leave the navy, it couldn''t be better!

    "Yeah, the navy is meaningless."

    Uehara Naraku sighed and continued: "Before I leave, I have to do something for the navy..."

    "is it?"

    Huang Yuan''s eyes became subtle.

    In fact, the Navy doesn¡¯t need it at all, so it¡¯s best to do nothing!

    However, Uehara Naraku¡¯s request is generally irresistible Whether he wants to really do good things or do bad things...

    If anyone dares to refuse Uehara¡¯s kindness...

    It is said that this world will be full of malice towards that person!

    Uehara Naraku thought for a while, then suddenly looked at the yellow monkey: "Porusalino, if I help the world government catch the leader of the revolutionary army, Dorag, the five old stars will reward me for killing a few Draco people to make myself. Have fun?"

    "..."

    Huang Yuan''s eyes were a little puzzled.

    What on earth is Uehara Naraku thinking?

    Caught Dorag, and kill a few more Dragonites?

    Where does Uehara want to stand?

    "I don''t know if I should say something..."

    Huang Yuan''s face showed a little hesitation, but he still said: "Dorager''s situation is more complicated than expected. If you want to catch him..."

    "It doesn''t matter..."

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand again, and said in a low voice, "If you can''t catch the leader of the revolutionary army, Dorag, just grab a second-ranked figure in the revolutionary army, it doesn''t seem to matter!"

    The corners of Uehara Naraku''s mouth twitched, as if thinking something happy, his fingers tapped the tabletop little by little.

    "It''s really curious!"

    The smile on the corner of Uehara Naruko''s mouth could hardly be suppressed: "It took me a little bit of effort to get that person back to memory..."

    "Who?"

    Huang Yuan couldn''t understand Uehara Naraku''s meaning.

    "It won''t be long before you will know."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and didn''t say much. The frequency of tapping the desktop with his fingers gradually increased, and the smile on the corner of his mouth became more and more mysterious.

    "Mr. Sabo, you who have restored your memory, will you follow Mr. Dorag to Rogue Town to see off your righteous brother on the great route?"

 Chapter 519ï¼š Pharmacists Pocket VS Karp

    Marin Vando.

    The door of justice opened slowly.

    A warship sailed towards the port under the push of ocean currents.

    The green pheasant stood by the window of the red dog office, watching from a distance the warship stopped at the port, couldn''t help scratching his hair, and turned to look at the red dog who was still working hard to review the documents.

    "Um...Sakaski, it looks like Polusalino is back."

    "Huh, it''s really time to come back..."

    The red dog snorted slowly, closed the folder in his hand and threw it on the table, frowning dissatisfiedly: "The old man just finished processing his files..."

    Akinu put down the pen in his hand, stood up and walked to the window: "If it looks like this, that person is also here, right?"

    "Ok."

    The green pheasant nodded.

    In the sight of the green pheasant and the red dog, they saw the yellow ape walking down the warship with a young figure.

    The young man seemed to perceive the gazes of the two admirals. He raised his head and squinted his eyes, showing a gentle smile at them.

    It was Naraku Uehara.

    This smile of Uehara Naraku...

    It makes people feel that he must be a good person...

    "Let''s go!"

    Chi Inu couldn''t help squeezing his fist, and said in a cold voice: "I heard that Yakushidou and the Marshal of the Warring States Period are waiting for him. The ones that should come are still coming. Let''s go and see what he wants to do in Malin Vandor. !"

    "Well, it shouldn''t be necessary?"

    The green pheasant scratched his hair and couldn''t help but persuade his colleague: "Sakaski, if he wants to do something, we can''t stop it, right?"

    Yes¡­

    In fact, they can''t do anything.

    When talking about this, the green pheasant continued slowly: "Instead of this, it is better not to see him. It is not annoying to see and feel..."

    What the green pheasant said...

    At first glance it sounds reasonable.

    But this is clearly a surrender to Uehara Naraku!

    "Kuzan!"

    Akagi''s face turned black, and a drop of magma fell from his body. He turned and walked out: "Then you guys just stay here!"

    "Forget it, let''s go and see with you..."

    The green pheasant rubbed his forehead: "If you don''t feel the past, if something happens, it might be difficult to end up..."

    The admiral''s office.

    When Uehara Naraku followed Huang Yuan in, there were already several high-ranking naval officers sitting in this office, and they were all waiting for his arrival.

    Marshal of the Navy, the Warring States Period.

    Naval staff, crane, pharmacist pocket.

    General of the navy headquarters, red dog, blue pheasant.

    Vice Admiral, Monkey D. Karp.

    After Huang Yuan, the admiral of the navy, took his seat, this office already included the strongest combat power of the entire navy.

    This formation...

    If you switch to a general navy, you should be scared!

    Uehara Naraku hurriedly arranged his military uniform, took a deep breath, and solemnly performed a navy salute.

    "Master Marshal, Colonel of the Navy Headquarters, member of the SWORD unit, Naraku Uehara, come here to report for duty!"

    "Cough cough cough..."

    The pharmacist covered his lips and coughed a few times, and he personally moved a chair and put it next to Uehara Naraku: "Colonel Naraku has been working hard all the way, let''s sit down and rest..."

    Uehara Naraku seemed to be at a loss, and gratefully accepted the chair from Pharmacist Pocket: "Thank you, Lieutenant General Pharmacist Pocket."

    "you are welcome."

    The pharmacist squinted his eyes and waved his hand with a smile, and continued to ask with a smile, "Can I have some juice? I just prepared a few glasses of fresh squeezed..."

    "Don''t dare, it''s too much trouble..."

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help showing a trace of panic.

    At this moment, Uehara Naraku was a navy colonel who was inexplicably treated by the lieutenant admiral and seemed a little flattered.

    Lieutenant General Crane watched this scene, his face could not help showing a little regret: "Little pocket is really the same in dealing with people..."

    In Malin Vatican, the pharmacist was polite to everyone.

    Had it not been for Lieutenant General Crane who knew what Pharmacist had done in recent years to please the five old stars and the world government, she might still have a good impression of Pharmacist as before.

    right now¡­

    Lieutenant General Crane saw that Yakushidou treated the navy colonel Uehara Naraku so courteously, and she was a little uncomfortable, and she vaguely felt that Yakushidou had no good intentions.

    "Col. Naraku and I were colleagues before..."

    The pharmacist reached out and picked up a glass of juice and handed it to Uehara Naraku. He pushed his glasses and said with a light smile: "And we are also old friends who have not met in years...Speaking of which, I really miss it... "

    "Does Xiaodou remember his old comrade-in-arms..."

    Monkey D. Karp walked to Uehara Naraku''s side, slapped Uehara Naraku''s shoulder with a slap, and laughed happily, "What a spiritual little guy!"

    This slap down...

    The strength is not small!

    Uehara Naraku hurriedly tilted her body, with a faint trace of unbearable pain on her face: "His... Lieutenant General Karp... It hurts..."

    "..."

    The expressions of everyone present changed slightly.

    The three generals of the navy headquarters no longer know what expressions they should make. Is this Uehara Naruto really going to act like this at the navy headquarters?

    Oh shit¡­

    Now I can''t stand a slap...

    At the beginning, he put the general on the ground in a chaotic manner!

    Sengoku looked at Naraku Uehara''s painful expression, and couldn''t help but frowned, "Hey, Karp, what are you idiot doing?"

    "Hahahaha... come and get a bag of senbei!"

    After finishing talking, Karp didn''t wait for the Sengoku to refuse, and easily picked up the senbei on the Sengoku desk, and returned to his place on his own.

    "Don''t do unnecessary things..."

    Lieutenant General Tsuru glanced at Karp reproachfully, then at Naraku Uehara, slowly closing his palms, and chuckles and said: "It is indeed a very energetic little guy, Kuzan, and occasionally ask others Study it, don¡¯t look so motivated!"

    "..."

    The green pheasant''s brow trembled.

    The red dog and the yellow ape couldn''t help lowering their heads.

    Monch D. Karp tore open the senbei in his hand, still looking straight at the still aching Naruto Uehara, and started eating happily.

    When I saw the wanted order for the first time...

    Karp once felt that Naraku Uehara might be a bit dangerous.

    At that time, Karp did not have a particularly clear feeling, just a subconscious intuition at the first glance. Later, when he ransacked the Windmill Village by the Baroque Workshop, Karp knew from the mouths of Mackinaw, Tina and others that Uehara Naraku was actually a Good people.

    later¡­

    Karp forgot about Uehara...

    Now that the two of them finally met here for the first time, Karp remembered it again, and simply slapped Uehara on the shoulder. It seemed that Naruto Uehara¡¯s reaction did not seem to be fake, and it seemed that there was no danger in terms of strength. Looks like...

    "Colonel Naraku, is it okay..."

    A green chakra appeared on the palm of the pharmacist''s pocket, and it landed on the shoulder of Uehara Naruto. He chuckled and said: "Lieutenant General Karp is very powerful. This is my medical ninjutsu. It should be done right away. It won¡¯t be particularly painful..."

    "Thank you, Lieutenant General Pharmacist Pocket."

    Uehara Naraku slowly breathed a sigh of relief.

    Lieutenant General Crane frowned and watched this scene and said softly: "I''m sorry, Colonel Naruko Uehara, Karp is such a reckless person. I heard that before you joined the navy, I would like to thank you for your help in the case of Windmill Village. ¡­"

    "Be sure not to say that."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head hurriedly, and said solemnly: "My strength is limited, and I only did a little trivial thing, but at that time, I could barely save some innocent people..."

    "well said."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around, glanced at Monge D. Karp, and slowly raised the corners of his mouth: "It''s just a pity, the grandson of Lieutenant General Karp, who was saved by Colonel Nairo. D. Luffy, now he has become a pirate in the sea..."

    "what!"

    The whole office was suddenly shocked.

    Everyone looked at Karp involuntarily.

    Especially the Navy Marshal Warring States, he couldn''t help looking at Karp with an angry face. He glanced at Pharmacist''s pocket again and said in a deep voice, "Cough cough cough...I already know about this..."

    The navy hero was still eating senbei slowly. He saw the gaze of the Warring States period, his eyes faintly erratic, scratched his head, haha ??and said, "A foolish kid, let alone Luffy now It didn''t cause any major disaster..."

    "is it?"

    The pharmacist shook his head and watched Karp chuckled and continued: "But the information I received was that Monkey D. Luffy destroyed a naval branch in the East China Sea. Colonel Rat reported to me in private. Now, the situation is very serious..."

    When talking about this, Pharmacist couldn''t help turning his head and chuckling: "Master Marshal also received it, right? Monkey D. Luffy''s reward should be issued soon, right?"

    "Ok¡­"

    Warring States nodded slowly, and said in a deep voice: "I have approved a reward for 30 million Baileys for Straw Hat Luffy..."

    "This number is not enough."

    Yakushidou¡¯s expression immediately became serious, and he said in a deep voice: "According to my information, the number of rewards offered by Monkey D. Luffy should be at least 100 million Baileys, and we should even send one. The fleet arrested him."

    "Um... Lieutenant General Pharmacist''s pocket."

    Sitting on a chair, the green pheasant spread out his palms and said: "A new pirate, or the East China Sea, which has the title of the weakest sea, directly offers a reward of 100 million yuan. It would be a little contempt for the majesty of the navy, right?"

    "I''m just planning ahead."

    Pharmacist smiled and looked at the green pheasant: "What''s more, I have also found the past of Straw Hat Luffy and Red-haired Shanks. Straw Hat Luffy is a very evil seed. If it is too contempt, the Navy will regret it sooner or later. ¡­"

    "Hey hey hey hey..."

    Lieutenant General Karp couldn''t help but smashed the table, his face couldn''t help but a layer of anger appeared: "Yao Shidou, what do you mean by this kid? He is the grandson of the old man, but was temporarily deceived by the red-haired bastard. That''s it... Do you think the old man is also an evil pirate?"

    "I never meant to discredit Lieutenant General Karp Yao Shidou slowly shook his head, looked at Karp and said: "I am only responsible to the world government and the navy. Attitude is just a matter of fact..."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around and continued calmly: "As the highest officer of the world government''s intelligence department, we know some things very well. Lieutenant General Karp should also know your grandson''s life experience once he is found out..."

    "Huh, the old man''s son is still a revolutionary army!"

    Karp couldn''t help holding his arm in a cold snort.

    "Yes."

    The pharmacist smiled and nodded, and calmly continued: "So we have been tracking down Monch D. Dorag...I believe the results will not disappoint you."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but glanced at the pharmacist pocket.

    It seems that the pharmacist is a bit powerful under the world government!

 Chapter 520ï¼š Pharmacists Pocket VS Buddha Warring States

    In the Warring States Office.

    Karp''s mouth is obviously not as sharp as the pharmacist''s pocket.

    The pharmacist pocket, who has always been known for his resourcefulness and intelligence, is very clear about Lieutenant General Karp''s death hole, and every word can be directly inserted into Karp''s death hole.

    Seeing that a dispute was about to start, Lieutenant General Crane raised his head and glanced at Pharmacist Pocket, and then persuaded: "Little Pocket, we are here to discuss things... Regarding the rookie pirate in Straw Hat Luffy, for now Put it aside!"

    The relationship between Lieutenant General Crane and Yakushidou has been maintained well before, and he has always taken good care of the new generation of wise generals. However, because of the rapid promotion of Yakushidou in the past two years, he gradually revealed the meaning of leaving the navy and wanting to go straight to the high position. Somewhat alienated.

    Among the people present, only Lieutenant Crane was not a high-ranking officer. It seemed that the relationship with Yakushidou and Kapu could persuade the two of them.

    If Lieutenant General Crane is qualified to persuade the pharmacist...

    Then Uehara Naraku can undoubtedly stop the pharmacist.

    "Lieutenant General in Pocket."

    Uehara Naraku slowly closed his palms, lowered his head and said, "When I rescued Mr. Luffy, I knew he would definitely go out to sea as a pirate...

    And it was Mr. Luffy''s persuasion that made me muster the courage to face up to my past and make me understand that as long as I still have the dream of joining the Navy to implement justice, no matter how many difficulties there are, I must do it. "

    Uehara Naraku raised his head again, his eyes were a little firm, and his expression gradually became excited: "That''s why I am in Alabastan, and I dare to accept your invitation to join the Navy SWORD force and jointly overthrow the evil pirate Klockdal!"

    "..."

    The whole office was silent.

    Everyone present couldn''t help being stunned when he heard Uehara''s words!

    The expressions of the three generals in the navy headquarters seemed to be struck by lightning, this fucking...what the **** is this guy talking about!

    Dare to join the navy because he heard the encouragement of a pirate?

    You guys are acting outrageously!

    If it weren¡¯t for the blue pheasant, the red dog, and the yellow ape who really knew the identity of Uehara Naraku, in fact, I feel that Uehara¡¯s story sounds a lot like that...

    It''s just like the real thing.

    Unfortunately, this story does not fit his true identity at all.

    The three major generals of the navy headquarters immediately woke up in an instant, and his expression became very ugly. Is this Uehara Naraku in disguise again?

    Unfortunately¡­

    The three old people in the office didn''t see it.

    "Hahahaha..."

    Lieutenant General Karp looked at Uehara Naraku and couldn''t help laughing: "Uehara kid, I really like you more and more! When things are over here, there are two good recruits beside me, what can you talk about? , Must have a common language!"

    In fact.

    Colonel Mouse in the East China Sea is not the first time that Luffy has caused trouble. There is also a Colonel Monka from the 153 branch of the East China Sea who was the first navy defeated by Luffy.

    It''s just that the navy there was grateful that Luffy had defeated the brutal Colonel Monka, and did not report to Malin Vando. Karp learned about this when he went to the East China Sea and brought back two navy recruits.

    One of the recruits was named Kerby.

    The recruit named Kerby seemed to have joined the navy with Luffy''s encouragement.

    Just as Capuchi laughed, Uehara Naraku shook his head again, and said in a low voice: "Of course, since I become a navy, justice must be done, so I won''t let Mr. Luffy the pirate..."

    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku slowly turned his head to look at Marshal Sengoku: "Marshal-sama, I request to transfer from the SWORD troops to the East China Sea to capture Luffy!

    Because I believe in the power of Monkey D. Luffy, he will never be a simple pirate, he must also have the possibility of threatening justice! "

    "Hahahahahaha..."

    Sitting next to him listening to Uehara Naraku¡¯s words, Karp nodded with a big smile, and even looked at Uehara Uehara with encouragement: "Yes, Uehara Naraku kid, then help me give me that **** boy Luffy. Catch Marin Vando!"

    "..."

    The Warring States Period of Buddha fell into silence.

    To be honest, the Warring States did not want to agree to this.

    After the Navy SWORD unit proved the feasibility, Uehara Naraku was regarded as a scarce spy talent, and Sengoku even wanted to be important to him.

    "I know that the Navy can''t commit a crime."

    Uehara Naraku slowly lowered his head, and continued softly: "But I don''t want to continue to hide my identity and continue to perform justice in the dark...because I am worried that I might get mixed up with the dark..."

    Uehara Naraku slowly squeezed her fist, and whispered: "I saw the darkness in the country of Wano, but in order not to reveal my identity, I can only hide away... Every day, I worry about whether I will It really became so cold-blooded..."

    Uehara Naraku''s voice became lower and lower, and the atmosphere in the entire office seemed a little gloomy under his voice: "I used to secretly want to help those who are in the dark, but CP0 members stopped me...

    They are also killing people. They personally killed the people I wanted to help, just to stop me from wanting to go out, which might expose my identity! "

    "..."

    Everyone present fell silent.

    Even the blue pheasant can''t help but tilt his head. What the Uehara Naraku said is true or false, how do you feel that what he said is getting more and more true?

    This kind of thing is indeed in line with CP0''s style.

    In order to avoid the risk of a spy''s sudden benevolence being exposed, CP0 will take action to kill the person the spy wants to help, and solve the spy''s motivation from the root cause.

    And everyone knows that CP0 really does this, and they also have the right to do so, because CP0 directly serves the Tianlong people.

    of course¡­

    The world government also has the power to mobilize them.

    And now the world government has only seven people with the authority to mobilize CP0. In addition to the five old stars, there are only Medicine Master Pocket and Ganggukong Commander.

    Obviously...

    According to the guesses of the Marshal of the Warring States Period and Lieutenant General Tsuru, what CP0, who is active in Wano Country, is likely to come from the advice of a pharmacist.

    after all¡­

    Only Yakushidou has been monitoring the intelligence of Wano Country.

    They couldn''t help looking at the pharmacist''s pocket.

    The pharmacist slowly pushed his glasses, with a serious look on his face: "Colonel Naraku, what CP0 does in Wano Country is my instruction. Everything I do is for your safety... "

    When talking about this, the face of Pharmacist pocket even showed a trace of sternness: "If it weren''t for you, CP0 would not lose so many manpower, even if these CP0 protect the loss of the world''s nobles, they are not designed to protect you. Bigger!"

    This sentence is also very correct.

    Ever since Akatsuki took over the country, CP0¡¯s manpower has continued to be reduced in the country, and even the CP0 of the Tianlong people has been reduced. The continuous blood transfusion of the entire CP department is also somewhat difficult to withstand the loss of CP0.

    Every year, the CP0 members sent to the country of Wano are falling apart. If the pharmacist is not good at training spies, the CP department may be paralyzed...

    "Lieutenant General in the pocket, but those who were obviously I wanted to save, not only weren''t saved by me, but because of me they died under our butcher knife..."

    A shadow gradually appeared on Uehara Naraku''s face. He gritted his teeth tightly and continued in a low voice: "What do you want me to do? I only dare to vent my anger when I live in seclusion, saying this is For a greater purpose, convince yourself...

    But the lingering feeling of powerlessness and guilt is like a nightmare, and I don¡¯t even know how long I can hold on..."

    "Colonel Naraku Uehara..."

    The Warring States of Buddha slowly took off his glasses and wiped the fog on the glasses. The admiral finally felt the pain and struggle of a spy firsthand.

    This story completely moved the admiral of the navy with compassion.

    Back then...

    His son, Corason...

    In fact, you are suffering from the mentality of Uehara Naraku?

    No, in other words, Corazon''s suffering is even better, because Corazon''s undercover pirate group is his brother Don Quixote Doflamingo.

    Corason finally died.

    Now, Uehara Naraku is suffering from returning from Wano country.

    If Naraku Uehara is forced to perform an undercover mission, it may really cause problems with the spirit of this navy who has chosen to fight for justice...

    Warring States slowly put his glasses back on the bridge of his nose. He shook his head and sighed, and said with a serious face: "Yes, after we end this meeting, I will be promoted based on your merits, and... "

    "No..."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around, stood at the admiral¡¯s desk, and slowly said, "Colon Naraku is the best undercover member of the Navy SWORD unit. How much manpower did CP0 waste to get him in Wano Country? Lurking for so many years..."

    The corner of Yakushi''s mouth was hooked, showing a sneer at the Marshal of the Warring States Period: "Marshal Marshal, you don''t really think that CP0 will protect him at all costs for so long, just to get him back to be an ordinary navy colonel, right?"

    Pharmacist squatted slowly in front of Uehara Naraku, and said with a light smile: "No...I will call him into the CP0 department and continue to do his job..."

    "Little pocket!"

    Lieutenant General Crane''s face suddenly became ugly, she looked at this white-haired young man who was once regarded as the navy''s hope in disbelief.

    Didn''t Yakushi hear about Uehara Naraku?

    Why does the pharmacist''s pocket become like this?

    Is it true that after so long in the world government, will it gradually be corrupted by the power there? The current pharmacist''s pocket is simply looking at human life!

    "Xiaodou... how could this be?"

    Lieutenant General Tsuru couldn''t help but looked at Yakushi''s pocket, and sighed: "Colon Naru Uehara has had enough of that kind of dark life. If this continues, he may not be able to play the role of undercover as you wish... "

    "Lieutenant General Pharmacist Pocket!"

    The Warring States of Buddha slowly stood up and looked at the medicine master and said in a deep voice: "I am still the admiral of the navy now. I am still qualified to decide the appointment of a lieutenant admiral!

    Colonel Uehara Naraku has been undercover in Wano country for almost three years, providing countless intelligence for the navy and the world government. From now on, he was promoted to Colonel Uehara to Lieutenant General of the Navy Headquarters and Lieutenant General Yakushidou. Now you It''s an equal rank! "

    "..."

    Yakushidou''s face changed.

    The next moment, Yakushidou slowly stood up, reached out his hand to help Uehara Naruko squeeze his shoulders, his smile gradually became weird: "What a courage, Lord Marshal?"

    The pharmacist picked up a glass of juice again and handed it to Uehara Naraku who was a little dazed. He smiled and said, "The promotion is fast... Lieutenant General Naraku... Then I wish Lieutenant General Naraku good luck in the sea. I will let the CP department protect you at any time!"

    "..."

    This sentence made the face of the Warring States Period of Buddha more and more ugly.

    In the view of the admiral, the pharmacist must not let the CP department protect him, but use the CP department to monitor Uehara Naraku.

    The pharmacist takes this guy...

    Since he slowly stepped into the world government, he has become a red man in the eyes of the five old stars and the Tianlong people, and he has become more and more arrogant!

    and¡­

    This guy really has arrogant capital!

    That very friendly pharmacist pocket It now appears that it is actually a vulture in the coat of peace dove!

    Unfortunately¡­

    The Warring States had nothing to do with him.

    When the Buddha''s Warring States and the pharmacist were arguing, the three generals of the navy headquarters were still sitting as if they had nothing to do with them.

    At this moment, the three of them really didn''t know what to say.

    The three generals of the Navy, look at me and I look at you. The green pheasant held his chin in a daze. The red dog slowly closed his eyes and slumbered, and the yellow ape repaired his nails.

    Marin Vando¡¯s life is really boring...

    "Ok?"

    The green pheasant reacted suddenly, and he looked at Uehara Naraku in disbelief.

    Sengoku and Yakushidou almost quarreled...

    As a result... Uehara Naraku was promoted?

 Chapter 521ï¼š The 3 navy generals didnt know what his expression was

    The admiral''s office.

    The green pheasant couldn''t help scratching his hair.

    Obviously, he just walked for a while, so he missed some key place? Why did the Marshal of the Warring States period and Yao Shidou almost fall out...

    How did Uehara Naraku get promoted?

    And it was promised by the Warring States Marshal himself!

    Obviously Yakushito and Uehara Naraku are the same group!

    Although the green pheasant didn''t know what happened, he knew one thing very well, that is, the Marshal of the Warring States Period must have been fooled!

    At this time, the admiral of the Warring States period regarded himself as a victor.

    Because Sengoku knew that even if Uehara Naraku might be threatened by the pharmacist in the future, he has temporarily saved a navy that was about to be destroyed by the pharmacist.

    "Lieutenant General Naraku Uehara."

    Sengoku sat down again and solemnly said: "Now let''s talk about Akatsuki''s organization. After you finish reporting on duty, go to the logistics department to select a suitable lieutenant general and execute your justice on the sea. !"

    After speaking, Zeng Guo turned his head to look at Pharmacist''s pocket, and said in a cold voice: "Lieutenant General Pharmacist''s pocket, I remember that the information in the past is usually recorded by you, and it is still okay for you to record it personally now?"

    "..."

    Yakushidou''s face darkened.

    The next moment, the pharmacist nodded slowly, and a sneer appeared at the corner of his mouth: "Then hope that our Lieutenant General Naraku can provide us with some more detailed information!"

    The current pharmacist pocket looks like a villain!

    If it weren''t for the blue pheasant, the yellow monkey, and the red dog to know the true identity of Yakushidou, they would really think that Yakushidou would put Uehara to death in the future!

    Oh shit¡­

    These two guys...

    It''s more acting than you think!

    I really can¡¯t imagine how complicated his mood would be when the Sengoku Marshal knew that Naraku Uehara and Yakushito were actually a group in the future...

    even¡­

    He, the Marine Marshal, also resolutely personally promoted Akatsuki''s leader!

    "Well¡­"

    The green pheasant rubbed his hair vigorously, and his face gradually became a little embarrassed. In the future, the Marshal of the Warring States Period will know these things, will he not get a heart attack?

    The green pheasant can only hope that the Warring States has been a naval marshal for so many years, and he must have a nerve and heart as tough as Lieutenant General Karp...

    But what happened here...

    After the truth is revealed in the future, it may be difficult to say that Lieutenant General Karp, a well-informed and powerful naval hero, can bear it...

    Huang Yuan and Chi Inu also reacted quickly.

    The expressions of the three admirals gradually synchronised again, feeling that what happened in this office was really indifferent.

    however¡­

    The next thing is even less eye-catching.

    A marshal thought that Akatsuki''s leader was his subordinate, so he wanted to get Akatsuki''s information from the mouth of Akatsuki''s leader. Is this **** interesting?

    Isn''t it what people told...

    What can the navy only believe in?

    Besides, the pharmacist who really analyzes the information is also a member of Akatsuki!

    Uehara Naruko held a cup of fruit, sat in a chair, and said with an ugly expression: "Let me start from the beginning... According to the information I got from Wano Country, it should be three years ago that Akatsuki suddenly sent troops to occupy it. The country of peace."

    After the Sengoku frowned, he asked aloud: "I remember you once contacted us and mentioned this incident. There was a war between Kaido and Akatsuki, but they were defeated. Have you found the detailed process?"

    "I found it, but I can''t believe the truth."

    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, and continued to speak, "Because according to Akatsuki, the entire group of beasts and pirates was defeated by a woman... No, it should be said that they were defeated by the gods. ."

    "Lieutenant General Naraku, this is not funny at all."

    The pen in the Yakushi pocket paused for a while, and he said in a deep voice, "I remember Akatsuki¡¯s leader is a powerful man. It is said that Akatsuki¡¯s members, including Sasuke Uchiha who defected, will only call Akatsuki¡¯s leader the real God!"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku slowly lowered his head.

    The expressions of the green pheasant, red dog and yellow ape are subtle.

    At this moment, the three of them finally understood why Yakushidou was regarded as the number one confidant by Uehara Naruto. Hell if this guy is not qualified to be the number one confidante!

    Fuck¡­

    Yakushidou is not only powerful, but also able to judge the situation. He can always take care of everything about Uehara Naraku, including Uehara¡¯s face...

    Obviously it was in the admiral''s office. The surrounding Sengoku, Karp, and Lieutenant Generals were all staring at this place. How could Yakushidou praise Uehara so bluntly?

    And it will not arouse the suspicion of others.

    This kind of ability...

    I really can''t learn it!

    After Uehara Naraku was silent for a while, she shook her head and said in a low voice: "It is said that the woman was sheltered by the leader of Akatsuki. I have not really met that woman, but I have heard that her name should be Kazuyuki Otsuki. , I just heard about this..."

    "It''s okay, that''s enough."

    Sengoku nodded slowly, and hesitated to speak: "The name Otsuki Kaguya really sounds like a king or a princess, and her identity should indeed be extraordinary. First of all, temporarily list her as the most dangerous. On the list!"

    "The name alone is a dangerous person..."

    Pharmacist Tou also nodded, and continued to ask: "Lieutenant General Naraku, please continue to tell the story you heard in Wano Country!"

    "Ok¡­"

    After Nairo Uehara nodded, her face gradually became serious: "In addition to Otsuki Kaguyahime, if you follow Otsuki Kaguyahime to occupy the country together, there will be a large-scale ninja troop...

    I have seen ninjas come and go in Wano country countless times. The strength of these ninjas does not seem to be very good. They are only used as the armed forces of Akatsuki to conquer Wano country, but their vigilance is very high, and I dare not too much with them. contact. "

    "Well, it''s done right."

    Sengoku nodded approvingly, spread his palms, and continued: "Go ahead, what happened in Wano Country in the past few years..."

    "Yes¡­"

    Uehara Naraku nodded, and continued earnestly: "Since Akatsuki has taken over the country of Wano, Akatsuki¡¯s chief has been in his own mansion to explain in simple terms. He rarely shows up in Wano. The entire Wano country is known. High-level decision..."

    Uehara Naraku thought for a while before continuing: "Shortly after the end of the war between Akatsuki and the Pirates of Beasts, the Pirates of Beasts and Akatsuki reached an alliance. I took this opportunity to infiltrate the country of Wano...

    What I have to say is that their alliance seems to be very strong, and even Kaido is willing to completely withdraw from the country of Wano for Akatsuki, abandon the factory built in Wano country, and leave all the business to Akatsuki to take care of..."

    Uehara Naraku chose to talk a lot, most of which were the alliance story of the Beast Pirate Group and Akatsuki, as well as the backbone members of Akatsuki.

    These are all intelligence for the Navy.

    It''s a pity that Uehara Naraku didn''t collect Akatsuki''s leader, so he could only make a preliminary judgment that he might be a powerful swordsman.

    because¡­

    It is said that Akatsuki''s leader has a hobby of collecting famous swords.

    It is said that the second generation of famous swords of Kazuki, Onitoru, Yan Mo, and Tianyu Yuzhan, all fell into the hands of Xiao''s leader and became his collection.

    "is it?"

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around and closed the document in his hand: "Regardless of whether these are rumors or not, then maybe we have almost collected..."

    "Yes¡­"

    Uehara Naraku nodded hesitantly.

    In fact, this time Uehara Naraku wanted to make up a story a bit difficult, because his story is not touching, at least until the future is solved...

    His story will be moving.

    "Then Lieutenant General Naraku, go and rest first!"

    The Marshal of the Warring States Period waved his hand and said softly: "If you have any questions, we will find you again. After you rest, let''s go to the post of lieutenant general!"

    "is that one¡­"

    Uehara Naraku showed a little embarrassment on his face, as if he was a little timid, and felt like he was afraid of the Marshal of the Warring States Period: "Marshal-sama, can I leave now? I want to stop Mr. Luffy..."

    "can."

    Warring States nodded, looked at the green pheasant, and said meaningfully: "It just so happens that you take Kuzan with you on the road, it just so happens that he is going to patrol the first half..."

    "what?"

    Pharmacist looked at the Warring States period, his mouth showed a smile: "In fact, the marshal-sama should be worried that I will be disadvantageous to Lieutenant General Naraku... Don''t worry, everyone in the room should be very clear that I am not a bad person..."

    "..."

    Warring States did not pay attention to Pharmacist''s pocket, but still looked at the green pheasant. Obviously he did not believe the words of Pharmacist''s pocket and wanted to let the green pheasant protect Uehara for a while.

    If a lieutenant admiral is murdered by the pharmacist as soon as he takes office...

    This is detrimental to the majesty of his admiral!

    As for the pharmacist saying that he is not a bad person...

    Even the pigeons raised by Malin Vando would not believe this sentence. In less than three years, how could he have a pure heart after climbing all the way to this high-ranking pharmacist''s pocket!

    After the green pheasant scratched his head, he nodded helplessly on his face: "Okay, then on this road I''ll take a walk!"

    "and many more¡­"

    Lieutenant General Karp showed a hearty laugh at the corner of his mouth: "Let the old man go! I haven''t seen the **** boy Luffy in a long time...hahahahaha..."

    "No!"

    The green pheasant rejected Karp immediately.

    Because the blue pheasant is a little worried that this long-respected navy veteran Lieutenant General Karp will fall into the conspiracy of Uehara Naraku.

    This thing...

    The red dog is a precedent.

    The Warring States also rejected Karp''s proposal.

    Because the Warring States period knew his old friend''s temperament, he might not be cruel to Monkey D. Luffy on the battlefield. If a naval hero was unwilling to be exposed and there was a problem, it would easily cause some trouble in the navy.

    Besides...

    Karp has more important things.

 Chapter 522ï¼š The will of Marshall D. Titch, a monster named Heijue!

    Due to the obstruction of the Warring States Period and the Green Pheasant, Lieutenant General Karp stayed at Malin Vando.

    Uehara Naraku didn''t really want Lieutenant General Karp to act together. This naval hero was a bit confusing, and it was a real big trouble.

    Obviously, I don¡¯t seem to have any brains...

    But this guy''s instinct is too amazing!

    And from the current point of view, Karp seems to have never lost against anyone...

    Monkey D. Karp, Edward Newgate with the white beard, these figures standing on the apex of the sea, who knows how powerful they will be if they die to fight.

    It''s terrible when these people are fighting for their lives. The real combat power doesn''t even have a reference.

    The most important thing is that Uehara Naraku went to the East China Sea this time. If he did not see Sabo, it is very likely that in order to allow the revolutionary army to enter the war at the top, he would have to plot against Lieutenant General Karp¡¯s son Dorag. Lieutenant General Karp is too cruel...

    The port of Marine Vatican.

    Uehara Naraku is standing on his warship, and the blue pheasant is standing beside him. This warship is equipped with a navy equipped by the Navy''s logistics department, and there is also a beautiful swordsman adjutant.

    Her name is Ain.

    This beautiful adjutant sword hero is the younger sister of Qing Pheasant, the younger brother of Yao Shidou, and the disciple of General Zefa of the Navy.

    Due to the obstruction of Pharmacist Pocket, Zefa was unable to form a naval guerrilla team, and he still served in Marin Vando, and Ain was still in the rank of naval dispatch.

    As for why Ain is here...

    Of course, it was because the Sengoku Marshal knew that Naraku Uehara''s strength might not be enough, so he sent such a not-weak beautiful Captain Jianhao as his adjutant, who could help with most of the trouble.

    The beauty of this beautiful swordsman on the ship of Uehara Naraku also originated from the arrangement of the Yakushitou, one of the members of the Yakushitou secretly developed in the past few years.

    Ain held a glass of juice, walked slowly behind Uehara Naraku and the blue pheasant, and said seriously: "Lieutenant General Naraku, the blue pheasant, can we set sail?"

    "Let''s go."

    Uehara Naraku took the juice from Ain, nodded and said, "Let''s go! Go directly to Rogge Town in the East China Sea without stopping along the way."

    "Well, just do it like this..."

    The green pheasant nodded and watched Ain''s departure. He couldn''t help but said: "You don''t really want to catch Mr. Karp''s grandson, do you?"

    "of course not."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the blue pheasant, squinted and smiled: "I might just want to catch his son this time."

    "..."

    Green Pheasant''s face couldn''t help but froze.

    Does this guy want to catch Dorag, the leader of the revolutionary army!

    As the former adjutant of Lieutenant General Karp, the green pheasant knows something about Karp¡¯s family very well, and his face is a little difficult to look like: "Is the target Dorag? That guy is not easy to deal with, except for him. His mind and thoughts, and his power..."

    "The D family doesn''t seem to be easy to deal with..."

    Uehara Naraku grinned and said, "Speaking of which, if I was there to support you, can I help you catch Dorag in secret?"

    "It''s not easy to say..."

    The green pheasant scratched his head and calmly said: "Besides, it is not realistic for us to get Dorag''s whereabouts...Even if it is a staff, we have never found his whereabouts..."

    Because Yao Shidou had been tracking down the revolutionary army secretly, and he had even found out a lot of news about the revolutionary army cadres, and he took this opportunity to gain more and more appreciation from the five old stars.

    But Pharmacist Duo really didn''t find out about Dorag.

    "Is that so? I''ll find a chance to chat with Pocket!"

    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, and he and Pharmacist would find time to have a good chat to see how to maximize the benefits.

    Just as Uehara Naraku and others set sail for the East China Sea.

    Sasuke Uchiha and Portgas D. Ace are still on their way to hunt down Blackbeard. They have already crossed the Murloc Island and entered the first half of the great route.

    With the full-scale actions of the Whitebeard Pirates, the news that Marshall D. Titch hurt his companions and defected to the Whitebeard Pirates also spread throughout the new world.

    Whitebeard Edward Newgate ordered Sasuke Uchiha and Captain Portgas D. Ace of the second division to chase down the traitor Marshall D. Tickey. The story is gradually beginning to spread.

    This incident immediately shocked the new world.

    Although Uchiha Sasuke often causes trouble in front of Akatsuki, his reputation in the new world is not low at all!

    In the past few years, Sasuke Uchiha has almost always been the main external force of the Whitebeard Pirates. It is not a matter of shaking the Four Emperors once or twice...

    Even the black-bearded Marshall D. Titch, who is still on the run, couldn''t help being a little frightened. He didn''t expect that Sasuke Uchiha and Ace would come and kill him together!

    Even if Tic has gained the power of the Dark Fruit, he doesn''t think that he has the strength to defeat Sasuke Uchiha...

    This is nonsense...

    Obviously that guy is a character comparable to the Four Sovereigns, but he has been playing family games in the White Beard Pirates.

    Now that Sasuke Uchiha is going to chase him down, Marshall D. Titch is not without a way to deal with it. He wants to try to use Akatsuki...

    On an island in the first half of the great route.

    Marshall D. Titch bit the cherry pie in his mouth, holding the phone worm in his hand, and dialed Uchiha Itachi''s phone: "Thief hahahaha... Mr. Itachi, I have already got the secret fruit here, where can we See you?"

    "Oh?"

    Uchiha Itachi in the phone bug was surprised for a second, and his voice became calm again: "Yes, you can give us the Dark Fruit, and I will persuade Sasuke to save your life."

    "Thief hahahaha, isn''t that good?"

    Marshall D. Titch slapped haha ??and continued: "Couldn''t you...you can''t let me join the Akatsuki organization?"

    "Do you want to join Xiao?"

    Uchiha Itachi''s voice was a little puzzled, and his voice suddenly became cold again the next moment: "Then we shall make an appointment to meet, and first give me the dark fruit in your hand. If it is confirmed, I Will let you join Xiao!"

    "belch¡­"

    Marshall D. Titch hit a full hiccup, and continued to slap haha: "If I am a person with the dark fruit ability...should I also be eligible to join Akatsuki?"

    Uchiha Itachi''s voice suddenly became cold, and he asked in a cold voice, "Marshall D. Titch, have you eaten that dark fruit?"

    Hearing Uchiha''s indifference, Titch couldn''t help but swallowed his own saliva, and hurriedly explained to Uchiha Itachi on the other side of the phone bug: "Mr. Itachi, doesn''t Akatsuki just need the power of the dark fruit?

    And through Dark Fruit, it seems that I have also obtained a method that can collect Devil Fruit ability, a method that only I know! "

    When Marshall D. Titch said this, his voice gradually became ferocious: "I can help Akatsuki collect any kind of devil fruit ability you want, even Dad''s fruit shaking ability..."

    The voice of this once ambitious man slowly became a little bewildered: "Thieves hahaha...that is the fruit power that can destroy the world!"

    This is Titch''s hidden secret!

    Now, he wants to use this incident to seduce Akatsuki.

    This is the trump card that Marshall D. Titch intends to use to attract Akatsuki after eating the Dark Fruit himself!

    "...Are you finished?"

    After listening to Marshall D. Titch''s words, Uchiha Itachi''s voice remained calm: "It sounds like you have eaten the dark fruit, right?"

    "Yes¡­"

    Tychy nodded, and continued to try to defend: "But..."

    "No but."

    Uchiha Itachi shook his head and calmly continued: "You are no longer worthwhile. Since you have gotten your hands on what Akatsuki wants, there is no need to live."

    Uchiha Itachi''s voice regained his indifference: "I will tell Sasuke to quickly kill you and bring the Dark Fruit to life again."

    After speaking, Uchiha Itachi hung up the phone worm.

    Marshall D. Titch looked at the phone worm in his hand with astonishment all over his face. The muscles on his face couldn''t help twitching: "What does this mean?"

    next moment¡­

    Titch squeezed the phone worm in his hand tightly and looked at the phone worm with a painful expression, his expression gradually became vicious!

    "Asshole..."

    "Who do you think you are?"

    "An dark fruit should have belonged to Lao Tzu!"

    "Wait and see! When Lao Tzu''s plan is successful, let you mice in the sewers know who is the owner of the Dark Fruit!"

    The other side of the sea.

    Just when Marshall D. Titch was angry.

    In the sea area of ??BIG¡¤MOM, the central island of this sea area, All Nations, Uchiha Itachi calmly put away his phone worm.

    Kata Kuri, who was lying next to Itachi Uchiha, bit a huge doughnut, and slowly said, "Why, Itachi, what happened?"

    In the past few years, Uchiha Itachi has spent most of the time with this guy Kata Kuri, and the relationship between the two is getting better and better.

    perhaps¡­

    Because they are all brothers?

    Uchiha Itachi shook his head, and said softly, "It''s okay, but another person who is overpowered has fallen into the leader''s trap. By the way, don''t mention the things you''ve seen Kazuki in the future."

    "understood."

    Kata Kuri slowly ate up his donuts, wiped his hands and mouth, and wrapped his mouth in a scarf again: "The one who fell into the trap escaped from the old man with the white beard. Marshall Titch?"

    "Ok."

    Uchiha Itachi nodded, then shook his head and said, "However, you don''t need to pay much attention to him now."

    About Marshall D. Titch.

    The Akatsuki organization had already arranged it, and even Uehara Naraku had already prepared a suitable partner for Titch. The first member of the upcoming Blackbeard Pirate Group had arrived in front of Titch.

    Its name is Heijue.

    In the first half of the great route, Marshall D. Titch temporarily stayed on the island.

    While Titch was still a little angry and panicked that he had caused the big trouble of Akatsuki again, a dark figure gradually emerged from the ground and slowly attached to him.

    This group of shadows is like mud.

    Because its concealment is too high, even Marshall D. Titch just noticed the appearance of this group of shadows when Hei Jue was attached to her body!

    "what?"

    Marshall D. Titch looked at the dark shadow that suddenly appeared on his arm with some horror. This dark thing was attached to him, as if it were an organ on his body!

    "Ho **** ho ho..."

    The dark thing suddenly let out a gloomy laugh: "Are you the new owner of the dark fruit? Then do you know what it means to eat the dark fruit?"

    "Asshole! What are you?"

    Marshall D. Titch watched this dark thing flowing suspiciously on his body He only felt that this mass of things seemed to merge directly into his body at any time!

    "You who ate the dark fruit, don''t you know the power of the dark fruit?"

    Heijue¡¯s voice still smiled gloomily, and it gradually revealed a strange face on Marshall D. Titch¡¯s arm: "Don¡¯t you want to know why this dark fruit is called the world¡¯s most A vicious fruit? Don¡¯t you know why the Dark Fruit cannot be elementalized?"

    "what?"

    Titch''s face was still astonished.

    The next moment, Marshall D. Titch''s gaze suddenly showed a fierce light: "You guy... is a dark fruit..."

    "No, I am you!"

    Heijue''s weird smile is like a demon: "When the owner of the dark fruit needs strength, the sleeping will in his heart will wake up, incarnate into a creature named Heijue, and always act according to your will!"

 Chapter 523ï¼š The price of the failure of the Dark Fruit Ability is in vain!

    , The fastest update starts with Naruto to do the latest chapters behind the scenes!

    Titch couldn''t believe it.

    It is a pity that Titch¡¯s knowledge of Dark Fruit is limited to his knowledge that the power of Dark Fruit can temporarily invalidate the power of other Devil Fruits.

    This creature named Heijue really makes a lot of sense.

    Regardless of its name, or its appearance, it is similar to the Dark Fruit, and it seems that it was born in the dark.

    [Send red envelope] Reading benefits are here! You have up to 888 cash red envelopes to be drawn! Follow the weixin public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to draw red envelopes!

    "Thief hahahaha..."

    Marshall D. Titch stared at the Heijue in front of him, and the smile on his face gradually became grim: "So, are you the will of Lao Tzu? Then you know what Lao Tzu wants... "

    "Ho **** ho **** ho **** ho..."

    Hei Jue''s laughter suddenly became gloomy, and he laughed slowly and said: "The dreams and ambitions of each generation of Dark Fruit ability are almost the same...

    No, it should be said that only those with the highest ambitions are eligible for the dark fruits, Marshall D. Titch, and we will have no exceptions..."

    Heijue looked at Titch, and its voice gradually became more sinister: "Replace the man we admire most, and let this sea enter the era in our name!"

    "Thief hahahahahaha!"

    The joy in Marshall D. Titch''s heart could no longer be suppressed, his palms slowly clenched, and a touch of greed flashed in his eyes: "It''s really... that''s right!

    What I want is to replace my most admired father and let this era be named Marshall D. Titch! "

    "We have always been one will..."

    Heijue looked at Titch with satisfaction and nodded. Its body slowly fell off Marshall D. Titch''s body: "If a dark fruit ability does not match the fruit''s ambition and darkness, then he will Never have the right to awaken one¡¯s will and turn it into a substantive Kazure..."

    Hei Jue''s face gradually showed a weird smile: "At that time, his soul will be enslaved by Dark Fruit after death...

    In the end, it was completely swallowed by the darkness of the Dark Fruit, and slowly turned into a creature named Bai Jue, becoming a slave to the next Dark Fruit ability! "

    "..."

    Marshall D. Titch''s face froze.

    Is this **** ability to become a dark fruit actually risky?

    If it is not recognized by the dark fruit, then this fruit will swallow the soul of the capable person, is this fruit too terrifying?

    Hei Jue approached Marshall D. Titch again, and said happily: "Titch, the dark fruit is known as the most vicious fruit, because it will devour those unqualified candidates. This is what it is called the most The source of the evil fruits!"

    "..."

    A trace of cold sweat appeared on Marshall D. Titch¡¯s face. He forcibly controlled his mood and maintained his smile: "Thief hahahaha... if it looks like this, Lao Tzu is already a qualified candidate..."

    "Not bad."

    Hei Jue''s smile is still weird. It even nodded slowly and said: "Then do you want to see the failed products called Bai Jue? They are very interesting, and they are also the most powerful support for the dark fruit ability to conquer this era! "

    At the next moment, Heijue didn¡¯t wait for Marshall D. Titch to react, and immediately said: ¡°Titch, use your will to summon Bai Jue. They will always hide in the depths of the earth, and they will explode the power of the dark fruit to attract Let them reappear!"

    Heijue''s voice became more gloomy, and his smile became horrified: "Titch, see the gift that Dark Fruit gives you, and see the true greatness of Dark Fruit!"

    Next second.

    Marshall D. Titch gritted his teeth, his palm gradually became pitch black, and fell suddenly to the ground!

    After a long time.

    One by one, Bai Jue quietly emerged from the ground.

    Marshall D. Titch''s face gradually stiffened, and he looked at these creatures named Bai Jue in disbelief, and each creature looked extremely hideous.

    This is definitely not human!

    Such creatures have never appeared on the sea!

    These Bai Jue looked a little inconspicuous, but their weird looks made Tic couldn''t help but feel a little scared. Are these all the Dark Fruit capable people who have failed?

    "Ho **** ho ho... Tickey, do you know why Bai Jue can be the strongest help in conquering this era as a dark fruit ability?"

    Heijue¡¯s laughter became more and more gloomy, and it slowly continued: "If a person with the dark fruit ability wants to become the uncrowned king, wants to become the most powerful person in the world, they can replace all the people of the world government. !"

    The next moment, Marshall D. Titch''s face changed drastically!

    Because in his sight, every Bai Jue became his appearance!

    This kind of ability, Marshall D. Titch has only heard of one, that is the fruit of transformation, but now these Bai Jue can become his appearance out of thin air!

    Even seeing and hearing the domineering is hard to tell!

    Even the breath looks a little tough!

    Marshall D. Titch couldn''t help but feel a little uneasy. He pointed to a group of transformed Bai Jue: "These failed products can''t also use Lao Tzu''s abilities?"

    "No, their ability to transform can only be used for disguise, but only the highest level of listening to the Heart of All Things can discover their true identity!"

    After Hei Jue laughed and shook his head, he let a Bai Jue cut off his arm and sent it to Marshall D. Titch: "The most important thing is that the existence of Bai Jue can help heal some of your injuries at any time...

    Dark Fruit¡¯s ability is that you must touch the enemy with your hand to make the ability invalid. Therefore, the most consumed by each generation of Dark Fruit ability is their palm. If you encounter a terrifying enemy, directly cut off your hand, Bai Jue¡¯s arm can be immediately taken In your hands.

    Titch, do you want to try now? "

    "No...no."

    Marshall D. Titch couldn''t help but shook his head and swallowed a mouthful of saliva. A touch of fear flashed in his eyes, and he faintly became a little greedy: "Are these monsters that can transform at any time, all the slaves of Lao Tzu? ?"

    Fuck¡­

    This dark fruit is really profitable!

    Originally, Marshall D. Titch was still a little worried that the Dark Fruit could not be elementalized. What should I do if he is seriously injured...

    did not expect¡­

    The arm of this creature like Bai Jue could be transplanted to him!

    "Bai Jue will only take orders from those with the Dark Fruit ability..."

    Heijue''s smile became more and more weird, and his body was attached to Marshall D. Titch''s body again: "They have one last use, that is, they can eat devil fruits and become an army of those who are only loyal to us! "

    "If you want a powerful force..."

    Hei Jue¡¯s gaze fell on Tic¡¯s face, and he smiled and continued: "Then you can kill the original demon fruit capable people, seize their abilities, and turn Bai Jue into a group of devil fruit capable people. Powerful legion!

    Titch, every generation of Secret Fruit Ability has been aware of the possibility of transferring Devil Fruit Ability when confining enemy abilities!

    Around them, there is a powerful army of devil fruit capable people, helping them conquer this era! "

    "Thief hahahahaha..."

    Marshall D. Titch nodded slowly, and his greedy eyes fell on this group of Bai Jue. He couldn''t help but slowly nodded and said: "It''s really unexpected! This kind of thing will only take orders. Lao Tzu''s creature..."

    Really...

    People can''t help but want to be crazy!

    A monster that only obeys his orders, can transform into anyone at any time, and can only be detected by listening to the domineering look of the heart of all things!

    and¡­

    These Bai Jue turned out to be his combat power.

    It''s just that these Bai Jue turned out to be some unqualified people with dark fruit ability, which made Marshall D. Titch a little flustered!

    No wonder this devil fruit will be called the most vicious fruit in the world, no wonder the leader of Akatsuki will do everything possible to get the dark fruit...

    It''s really no wonder that Uchiha Itachi doesn''t want him as a Devil Fruit Ability person at all, but kills him, and must be reborn secretly!

    Oh shit¡­

    As long as you become a person with the Dark Fruit ability, you will have the opportunity to obtain the White Jue Legion, and have an organ that can not be afraid of any serious injury!

    It can replace any head of state in the world!

    You can build a Devil Fruit Legion that is only loyal to the Dark Fruit ability!

    Who would have thought that even if there is only one person with the Secret Fruit Ability, he definitely has the possibility of ruling the world!

    even¡­

    As long as you do a good job, this probability is not low at all!

    Marshall D. Titch couldn''t suppress his ambition. He even wanted to make the White Jue Legion in front of him all incarnate into devil fruit capable people, and directly form the strongest pirate group composed of all devil fruit capable people!

    A...

    Only loyal to his legion!

    Perhaps the only dangerous place is that if his own ambition is not enough, he will be turned into this kind of monster that does not seem to have an IQ and will only take orders from others...

    "Thief hahaha..."

    Marshall D. Titch couldn''t help showing a crazy smile: "It seems that what I need most is time... But is Bai Jue only so much?"

    "Ho **** ho ho... How many people have the dark fruit ability in the past?"

    Hei Jue''s smile is still gloomy, it just slowly shook its head and said: "Before the dark fruit ability is dying, the Bai Jue summoned by him will die for him...not to mention what you can use now~www. novelhall.com~ It''s just called by your power!"

    Hei Jue stared at Tic with a grimly grin: "When the dark power you can exert is strong enough to be transmitted to any corner of this world, those hidden Bai Jue will naturally appear in front of us!"

    Of course Bai Jue is more than that.

    As long as Bai Jue uses the spore technique to absorb Chakras, it can multiply. Unfortunately, there are only so many Bai Jue strengthened by the interpillar cells for the time being.

    "Thief hahahahaha..."

    Marshall D. Titch didn''t care so much anymore. He nodded slowly, dripping drool on his face.

    The madness in Marshall D. Titch''s eyes could hardly be suppressed: "Forget it, it doesn''t matter, now it is enough for these dozens of Bai Absolute Laozi! Let us use darkness to conquer this era!"

    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª

    The double monthly pass is here! Ask for some votes!

 Chapter 524ï¼š Sabo appears

    , The fastest update starts with Naruto to do the latest chapters behind the scenes!

    Secret Fruit...

    What an enchanting ability.

    Marshall D. Titch really felt the happiness of those with dark fruit ability.

    This is really a fruitful ability that I have been able to endure in the White Beard Pirates for more than 20 years, and offended the two super forces of the White Beard Pirates and Akatsuki!

    But pay...

    It really paid off!

    These rewards are beyond Tic''s imagination!

    Although Titch has just learned that eating this fruit is at considerable risk,

    But as long as you have enough ambition and strength to control the power of this fruit, you can get anything you want in the world!

    that power¡­

    strength¡­

    power¡­

    Get everything you need!

    He can get everything that the person with the dark fruit ability wants, and this fruit ability is definitely the power that is enough to plunge this world into darkness!

    "call¡­"

    Marshall D. Titch took a deep breath and suppressed his excitement. What should he do now? It seems you can do anything!

    Kill the king of a country and let Bai Jue take his place; or go to hunt down the devil fruit and let Bai Jue become the army of capable people?

    It''s really hard to choose!

    Heijue looked at Marshall D. Titch¡¯s tangled face, and a terrifying smile appeared on the corners of its mouth: "What we have to do is take everything from Whitebeard. We can¡¯t continue to waste time here. There is nothing in Bai Jue Before becoming a combat force, first gather some available people...

    Slowly find some wicked guys in this sea, let them become our pawns and subordinates, and control the coming of the dark age..."

    "Thief hahahaha..."

    Marshall D. Titch''s gaze slowly fell on Hei Jue''s body, and he grinned and said, "It''s exactly the same as I thought!"

    Heijue¡¯s body slowly attached to Titch¡¯s body, and its voice gradually came out of Titch¡¯s body: "I am your will, and I will naturally act according to your will... As for these Baijue, let them first Hidden to collect the world''s intelligence, even the naval headquarters Marin Vandor can sneak in and call them when we need it..."

    "Thief hahahaha...that''s right!"

    Marshall D. Titch squeezed his fist violently, and his face became more and more crazy: "I am called Blackbeard now... The age of father will soon be over, and the future of this sea will be called Blackbeard. Right!"

    Unfortunately¡­

    It didn''t take long for Marshall D. Tic to be arrogant, because he knew that Sasuke Uchiha and Ace were still on the way to kill him.

    And now Titch also wants to go to the big medical country on Magnetic Drum Island to see if his body can accommodate the power of two devil fruits...

    What he wants is to take everything from White Beard!

    In addition to Whitebeard''s status and power, he must also seize the power of Whitebeard. If he wants to dominate the world, his own power is not enough to make him stand on top!

    At least in the face of Uchiha Sasuke''s pursuit, there is no room to fight back!

    "Except for that kid Sasuke..."

    Marshall D. Titch couldn''t help gritting his teeth and spitting: "Maybe the lingering guys of Akatsuki will also come after..."

    The mysterious and unpredictable leader of Akatsuki has been looking for the Dark Fruit. It must be because the leader of the Xiao organization knows the true value of Dark Fruit, so they don''t need Devil Fruit capable people, what they need is Dark Fruit!

    What a trouble...

    However, the trouble we are facing now, in the face of the temptation to conquer this world, is really nothing!

    If there is not enough ambition...

    But secretly the fruit will devour the soul!

    Just as Marshall D. Titch was scolding Akatsuki secretly, Kurozu attached to him, trying to reach Uehara Naraku through the eyes of reincarnation.

    "Hagyi..."

    Hei Jue''s voice was mixed with a smile, which made people audible. He was now back to his old line and behaved quite happy.

    That''s how it deceived Uchiha Madara...

    Now this guy named Marshall D. Titch is exactly the same.

    Unfortunately, Hei Jue called the wrong name.

    "You got the wrong guy."

    Uehara Naraku responded indifferently, and calmly corrected Kurozu: "I am Uehara Naraku, not your brother..."

    This book is organized and produced by the public account. Follow VX [Book Friends Base Camp to receive cash red envelopes!

    "what differences are there?"

    Hei Jue''s smile was a little regretful, and he couldn''t help sighing: "We are a family, but my mother has been missing you since you left..."

    "Talk about business, don''t mention her."

    "It''s so ruthless..."

    When Kurozutsu mentioned Kaguyaji, he would say something nice every now and then, because it was Kaguyaji''s will: "What mom did for you is spoiling you in her own way. She really wants to want¡­"

    "Hey, Heijue."

    Uehara Naraku''s attitude has obviously become a little tough: "There is only one moon on this sea. I think we can use the earth to explode the sky by adding one, what do you think?"

    "Ho **** ho ho... we won''t talk about that anymore."

    Hei Jue was very knowledgeable and immediately changed the subject: "Marshall D. Titch has fallen into our control. He has recognized that I am his will..."

    "Good job."

    Uehara Naraku did not hesitate to praise Kazuki''s work: "I will send Uchiha to lurch around you to assist you."

    "Ho **** ho ho... this couldn''t be better."

    Hei Jue said in a gloomy tone, "Uehara, if you are fine, you can have a phone call with your mother, or you can contact her directly with Reincarnation Eye..."

    "now was busy."

    Uehara Naraku immediately interrupted Kurozu.

    Naraku Uehara is indeed very busy now.

    Because after cutting off contact with Kazuki, Naraku Uehara quickly contacted Yakushito and asked him to send a CP department to help capture the revolutionary army''s Sabo or Monchi D. Dorag.

    This can be considered a great contribution.

    And this credit can make the pharmacist go further.

    When Naraku Uehara was discussing with Yakushi, Uehara mentioned that he might defect to the navy, and Yakushi immediately approved the plan.

    Yakushidou also thinks that when Uehara defected, the bigger the better...

    Because Yakushidou also intends to fight against the Warring States of Buddha in front of the five old stars after Nairo Uehara defected, using knowledge of the unknown!

    The pharmacist did nothing authentically in this matter.

    I''m really not a human being...

    The green pheasant couldn''t help clenching his fists beside.

    You have the final say on the positive and the wrong, the right and the wrong? The Marshal of the Warring States Period is wrong no matter what he does. Anyway, it will be used by Akatsuki...

    Even the slightest useable place will not be spared.

    "We are almost at Roggetown."

    They are entering the East China Sea through the windless zone of the Great Sea Route, and will soon reach the town of Rogge in the East China Sea.

    In order to ensure that Luffy can rush to leave Rogue Town, Uehara Naraku has been making the warship accelerate at full speed.

    The green pheasant rubbed his forehead and watched Naruko Uehara hung up the phone worm in Yakushi''s pocket. He couldn''t help but said, "Why is Yakushidou getting worse and worse?"

    "Perhaps because of this decadent world government..."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head, and sighed: "It is estimated that the world government has intrigued me too much in the past two years! Let''s go, let me visit my old place again!"

    Rogue Town.

    This small island located at the entrance of the great route, Uehara Naraku once visited, that time he awakened the domineering domineering here.

    Yes.

    Uehara Naraku''s own domineering domineering awakened on the execution stage, this garbage system is just a way to raise the level of domineering domineering by the way.

    When Naraku Uehara arrived, the weather in Rogue Town seemed a little bad, and it seemed that it was not suitable for sailing.

    Port area.

    Uehara Naraku''s warship drove in slowly. He looked around and finally landed on a ship with a simple lamb on the bow.

    That is the Golden Meri.

    It is the car of the Straw Hat Pirates.

    Several orange trees have been planted on the Golden Meri, and the deck is also very clean. It can be seen that the Straw Hat Pirates take great care of their boats.

    "Ain."

    Uehara Naraku suddenly beckoned and called his adjutant: "Did you see that boat? Now move the boat over. One orange tree on the boat is left, and the rest are moved to our warship. , The money on the boat was also found..."

    "What...what?"

    Ain''s face was full of doubts.

    The green pheasant couldn''t help covering his cheeks, rubbed his forehead and said, "Hey, wouldn''t it be Monkey D. Luffy''s Pirate Ship?"

    "Ok."

    "but¡­"

    Ain, the beautiful swordsman, had more doubts, and her expression became more and more weird: "Lieutenant General Uehara, why don''t we sink it now? That way, we won''t let them run away?"

    "You make sense."

    Naruto Uehara nodded, and then said, "But I actually want to empty the pirate ship first..."

    "..."

    Ain was silent.

    What devil boss is this!

    Even the green pheasant next to him agreed with this treatment.

    Anyway, Uehara Naraku should want to let go of Monch D. Luffy, at least Lieutenant General Karp''s grandson will not fall into their hands.

    unfortunately¡­

    Karp''s grandson is actually more dangerous now.

    On the execution stage in Rogge Town, a torture was being carried out here, and the target of the execution was Karp''s grandson Monch D. Luffy.

    Bucky, the clown, together with Yalrita, caught Straw Hat Luffy, and wanted to execute Monkey D. Luffy on the execution platform where Gore D. Roger was once executed.

    Just as Luffy was about to be beheaded, a gust of thunder and lightning swept across the execution platform, and it also saved Luffy''s life.

    Two figures were looming with thunder and lightning.

    Monch D. Dorag¡¯s face appeared, with a mysterious smile at the corner of his mouth, and slowly turned his head to look at the young man beside him: "Sabo, if you want to see him, go see him. Right!"

    "Well, time flies so fast!"

    A smile appeared on Sabo''s face, and he nodded and said, "I didn''t expect Luffy to enter the great route soon!"

    Sabo couldn''t help but glanced at Dorag in front of him again: "But, don''t Mr. Dorag go to meet Luffy together?"

    "not the right time yet."

    Dorag shook his head slowly.

    At this moment, a white smoke suddenly rose up, quickly enveloping a group of pirates on the square, and the navy colonel Smogg stationed in Rogue Town finally appeared!

    The navy colonel shot the Bucky Pirates and Alrita and others all at once and directly used the natural fruit ability to capture the sea that he most believed was most likely to pose a major threat. thief!

    "Straw Hat Luffy!"

    Smogg¡¯s figure turned into a cloud of smoke, and he quickly caught up with Luffy¡¯s figure, waved his hand to release a white smoke trapped Luffy¡¯s body, and a fierce touch flashed across his face: "No matter what You flee here!"

    "Don''t disturb me going out to sea!"

    Monkey D. Luffy waved his fist, trying to disperse the white smoke in front of him, but his power was always in vain!

    Just as Smogg was holding his ten hands and was about to smash directly on Luffy, a water pipe suddenly appeared, blocking Smogg''s attack!

    "My brother is going to become One Piece..."

    Sabo held the water pipe in his hand and slowly raised his head to look at Small, with a smile on his face: "So, please don''t delay his going to sea now..."

 Chapter 525ï¼š Hello, Nami, its me again...

    , The fastest update starts with Naruto to do the latest chapters behind the scenes!

    three years ago.

    Sabo recovered his memory with the help of Uehara Naraku. At that time, Sabo also saw Luffy when he returned to Gorber Mountain at Dadan.

    Now when they meet in Roggetown, Luffy¡¯s face is full of surprises: "Sabo! Why are you here?"

    "Ha, it happened to be something in Roggetown..."

    Sabo turned his head and glanced at his brother, with a refreshing smile on his face: "I''ll stop him, hurry up and leave with my companion!"

    "This white smoker is very difficult..."

    "do not worry."

    Sabo smiled and shook his head, his palm slowly assumed a sharp claw gesture, and the armed domineering instantly floated on the palm.

    "Dragon Claw Fist!"

    Sabo leaped into Smogg''s front!

    The pitch-black claws snapped at Smogg!

    "Armed and domineering..."

    The next moment, Smogg flew back with an ugly expression.

    Even so, a hole was still torn open by Dragon Claw Fist on his clothes!

    "Hurry up, Luffy!"

    Sabo smiled and looked at Luffy, and said with a light smile: "Follow the sea breeze to see you off, and go into the great route! Go to see the world''s most majestic scenery and become stronger and stronger! You must get us The agreed ONEPIECE has become the One Piece of this era!"

    "Ah, don''t worry!"

    Luffy nodded happily, and Fei ran towards the pier. His voice spread across the square in Rogge Town: "I''ve said it a long time ago, I will definitely become the One Piece!"

    "This guy¡­"

    Sabo chuckled and shook his head helplessly.

    Sabo is really helpless for his off-line brother. Sometimes even Sabo feels that he has been infected by Luffy...

    A burst of white smoke suddenly began to spread again.

    Smogg''s figure reappeared in front of Sabo, and he clenched his ten hands tightly, spitting out a thick smoke from the cigar in his mouth.

    "Huh, is Straw Hat Luffy''s helping hand?"

    Smogg rushed to Sabo again with ten hands, and shouted fiercely, "Then you guys stay here together!"

    Sabo shook the iron pipe in his hand and faced Smogg''s ten hands. His smile gradually gained a touch of confidence: "I can''t agree to this thing..."

    In the next second, the two fought a battle on the square in Rogue Town!

    While Sabo and Smogg were fighting fiercely, Monkey D. Luffy and other members of the Straw Hat Pirates had fled to the dock and hurried to their Pirate Ship.

    "and many more¡­"

    Sauron''s gaze seemed to see a figure on the Golden Meri for an instant, and couldn''t help but speak: "Hey, there seem to be other people on board!"

    "Huh? How is it possible?"

    Sanji glanced at the people around him: "Nami-chan, Luffy, this idiot, Usopp, and your green algae idiot, there should be no one on the boat... Anyway, it¡¯s not a good person, it should be a thief, let¡¯s get on board first. Say it again!"

    "Ahhhhh..."

    Nami saw the lush orange tree disappeared on the Golden Meri at a glance, and her expression quickly became irritable: "Ahhhhh...my orange tree! I knew I should leave you alone to watch the boat. !"

    "Don''t make a noise! ??Don''t make a noise! ??There are three navies on board!"

    Usopp stared at the figure on the ship. As a sniper, Usopp had the best eyesight.

    On the Golden Meri.

    Naruto Uehara sat on the railing of this small boat, slowly raised her head to look at the weather under the clouds, spread her palms, and calmly said: "Aoyen, go and help our Smo Colonel Ge!"

    "troublesome¡­"

    The green pheasant scratched his hair, flew and landed on the shore: "That fellow Dorag is not easy to deal with..."

    "It doesn''t matter."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Ain, who was flying down, and smiled and said: "You only need to hold Dorag, so that Ain and CP''s reinforcements have enough time to catch Sabo."

    "Yes, Lieutenant General Uehara."

    Ain nodded seriously, and continued: "Are we really not going to catch the group of Straw Hat Pirates? The opportunity is very rare..."

    "It''s useless to catch it at this time, right?"

    Uehara Naruto shook his head and rejected Ain¡¯s proposal: "Now only Straw Hat Luffy has a reward. Even if he is caught, it is just a detention for a period of time... Don¡¯t worry, not to mention the person we are going to catch today will let him Straw Hat Luffy is even more sad."

    "understand!"

    Ain nodded.

    "It''s really bad..."

    The green pheasant shook his head.

    In the next second, the two of them rushed towards the town of Rogge. When they encountered the Straw Hat Pirates head-on, the two of them did not stop too much, but dodged and rushed towards Rogge town again. Inside!

    "Hey?"

    The people in the Straw Hat Pirates group were still a little surprised.

    Luffy scratched his head, glanced curiously at the two navies heading towards Rogue Town, and couldn''t help but be surprised: "Huh? Didn''t you come to catch us?"

    "Those two guys are very strong!"

    Sauron''s gaze couldn''t help but change, and he squeezed his Hedaoyi words tightly: "What do they mean? Do you look down on us?"

    "Sauron, stop talking!"

    Usopp hugged his head and looked in the direction of the Golden Meri, with a touch of fear on his face: "The guy left on the ship seems to be even more terrifying!"

    In the next moment, the wind suddenly became more violent!

    This gust of wind instantly dispersed the dark clouds in the sky, and a ray of sunlight penetrated through the gaps in the clouds, illuminating Naruto Uehara sitting on the railing of the Golden Meri.

    In the sight of everyone in the Straw Hat Pirates...

    This scene is extremely sacred and solemn, and people can''t help but admire it!

    "Uehara!"

    Luffy recognized the appearance of Uehara Naraku, with a hint of joy on his face. He waved his arms excitedly: "Wow, it''s been a long time, Uehara!"

    Because the Straw Hat Pirates have always mentioned Uehara Naraku during this period, even if Luffy wants to forget the appearance of Uehara Naraku, he will always remember it passively.

    "That rascal¡­"

    Sanji''s expression couldn''t help but change.

    It is not easy to make Sanji feel good about Uehara Naraku. He has personally seen Uehara Naraku''s bad behavior.

    Nami''s mood is even more complicated.

    An anger gradually emerged on Nami''s face. She rushed to the edge of the Meili angrily, waving her fist angrily.

    "Hey, Naraku Uehara, the orange trees I brought from Cocosia Village on the Meili have been stolen by you again!"

    There is no doubt at all!

    Except for Naraku Uehara, who else can eat to steal the orange tree!

    "Here, I left one for you!"

    Uehara Naraku chuckled and shook his head. Throwing a coin in his palm, he threw it to Nami and said, "One hundred Baileys, this is the money to buy orange trees..."

    "What...what?"

    Nami accepted the coin subconsciously, and her eyes suddenly changed: "Wait, Uehara Naraku, the money we put on the boat..."

    "Well, I saw it, there are still 17.93 million Baileys in the safe..."

    Uehara Nairo spread out his palms, and said sincerely: "It seems that it should not be easy for you to save so much money. I promise you that you will spend them well."

    This number is not bad at all.

    Nami''s expression became very ugly, everyone in the Straw Hat Pirates could see that Nami''s mood was definitely not very good.

    but¡­

    This Uehara Naraku is too much!

    "...Mix...mix...mix..."

    Nami clenched her fist and slowly raised her head to look at Uehara Naraku, as if she would be cursed by anger in the next moment.

    Obviously...

    Nami''s temper was on the verge of exploding.

    In the past few years, Nami has never forgotten what happened after she met Naraku Uehara when she was fifteen. Now history seems to be repeating itself again.

    Why this **** keeps stealing her things!

    "Nami, don''t talk nonsense about some things."

    Nairo Uehara shook her cloak, and smiled and said: "Remind, I am a lieutenant admiral of the navy headquarters. I am stronger than the colonel of the navy headquarters you are going to hunt down, Smogg, and think clearly what I should say. ?"

    Nami''s face suddenly froze.

    Even if Uehara Naraku is not a lieutenant admiral, Nami has to think about it if she wants to scold him, because she knows this guy is actually stingy...

    Thinking of the past, Nami''s heart was immediately full of grievances, tears slowly accumulated in her eyes, she raised her head eagerly and looked at Naraku Uehara: "You are already in the navy now, why are you stealing my things..."

    delicate and charming¡­

    Grieved baba...

    This is Nami''s usual killer against men.

    Uehara Naraku looked at Nami''s expression and tilted his head. He thought for a while and gave an answer: "Maybe I think it¡¯s not easy for you to make money, so I have a responsibility to help you spend money... By the way, you hide I also sent someone to take away the jewelry in my room."

    #ËÍ888ÒÆ¶¯ºì°ü#Follow vx. public account [Book Friends Base Camp], watch popular works, draw 888 cash red envelopes!

    "..."

    The grievance on Nami''s face immediately turned into despair.

    Uehara Naraku was still that bad **** as expected.

    Even if he became a navy, how could he still not change the disposition of bullying her little girl, but why can this guy always find her money!

    And every time she appeared when she was happiest...

    Take her money, take her baby, take her orange tree...

    The last time Nami was happiest after Aaron was wiped out, Uehara Nairo took away the money she had accumulated for many years; this time when she just returned from shopping and was about to enter the great route, the money and jewelry were robbed. gone¡­

    This guy¡­

    Could it be her nightmare?

    "It''s not something a man should do to make a beautiful girl cry!"

    Sanji''s voice suddenly appeared in everyone''s ears, and his figure quickly jumped toward Uehara Naraku, and kicked Uehara Naraku!

    Uehara Naraku stretched out his palm towards Sanji in the air, and an armed dominance was instantly released from his palm!

    Sanji''s body flew upside down at a faster speed!

    "moron!"

    After Roronoa Sauron cursed Sanji, he drew out his three swords and rushed towards Uehara Naruto: "Three Swords Style Three Thousand Worlds!"

    A murderous aura and a sword light swept towards Uehara Naraku!

    The next moment, Uehara Naruko reached out a finger and flashed it and pressed it on one of the knives, stopping the seemingly violent attack, causing Roronoa Zoro¡¯s face to appear instantly. A drop of cold sweat!

    This¡­

    what is the problem!

    What a joke!

    The last time I was at Barati restaurant, it was hacked by Hawkeye Mihawk with a small knife. This time, Naru Uehara used a finger to hack his swordsmanship!

    "You guy..."

    Roronoa Zoro stared at Naraku Uehara, faintly feeling a bit bad. They haven''t set foot on the great route, are they about to be captured by the navy in front of them?

    This strength...

    Even Luffy is far worse!

    It is really unimaginable how many powerhouses the Navy has, and how many monsters there will be in the great route!

    "I won''t stop you."

    Uehara Naraku slowly shook his head, Feishi fell from the railing of the Meili, and said earnestly: "Luffy, leave here now, you can enter the great route, but you have paid a very painful price!"

 Chapter 526ï¼š You are an admiral!

    , The fastest update starts with Naruto to do the latest chapters behind the scenes!

    The Golden Meri left Rogue Town.

    Except for Luffy, everyone is in a bad mood.

    Roronoa Zoro was holding his knife, leaning against the railing of the Meili, and asked in a hoarse voice: "Hey, curl your eyebrows, is that guy Naraku Uehara?"

    This time Sauron was hit harder.

    The defeat in the hands of Hawkeye Mihawk could be tolerated, but this time facing Naraku Uehara, he was defeated with one finger...

    Really...

    It is unacceptable.

    Sanji nodded slowly, and smoked a cigarette with a melancholy face: "I didn''t expect that guy is so strong..."

    "Ha, Shang is already very strong!"

    Luffy''s arm stretched suddenly, jumped to their side, and smiled and said, "When I met him three years ago, I couldn''t fight back..."

    "It''s the same now!"

    Nami glanced at Luffy with a grievance.

    Just as the atmosphere of the Straw Hat Pirates group was gradually activated by Luffy, after they left, the atmosphere suddenly became tense.

    Munch D. Dorag appeared in a corner of the square wearing a green cloak. He looked at Sabo who was still fighting, and called him loudly.

    "Sabo, someone else is here... we should go."

    Because the gust of wind outside Rogge''s town stopped, Dorag immediately covered the surroundings with his domineering look and hearing, and he also noticed a few tricky guys!

    One of them was the green pheasant he was familiar with.

    Several other people also made Dorag feel a little familiar. They were all difficult enemies of their revolutionary army in recent years.

    "Yes, Mr. Dorag."

    Sabo pushed back Smogg''s attack with a punch, flew back and retreated to Dorag''s side, wanting to directly follow Dorag and leave.

    It''s a pity that this time is already late.

    The green pheasant and Ain have appeared at the entrance of the square in Rogge Town, and several masked people have also appeared on the roofs around the square!

    Green pheasant of the navy headquarters!

    And the natural enemy of the revolutionary army, the agent of the CP department!

    "Admiral Green Pheasant!"

    The moment he saw the green pheasant appear, Sabo''s face immediately couldn''t help but change, and his expression immediately looked at Dorage beside him nervously.

    "Mr. Dorag!"

    Sabo squeezed his iron pipe tightly, and whispered: "Admiral, did they come from the port? Luffy and the others..."

    "Luffy has left safely."

    Dorrag grinned at the corner of his mouth, took off his cloak and hood, and said with a chuckle: "It looks like the green pheasant and this group of stooges of the world government should be here for us. ¡­"

    Sabo looked at Dorag in disbelief and couldn''t help but said, "But how can these people know Mr. Dorag..."

    Even within the revolutionary army, not many people know about Dorag''s whereabouts, especially this time they came to Rogge Town to see Lufei off in private!

    "It should be the pharmacist''s handwriting!"

    There was still a smile on Dorag''s face, and the leader of the revolutionary army probably had his own guess in his heart, that it should be the new generation of wise generals in the medicine master.

    Since the fellow Yao Shidou completely took over the CP department, the life of their revolutionary army has not been easy.

    In the past few years, the battle between the CP department under the command of Pharmacist and the revolutionary army has never stopped. Almost every time the revolutionary army will suffer a lot from the hands of Pharmacist.

    The pharmacist caught many cadres of the revolutionary army...

    This was in exchange for his own high position!

    There was still a smile on Dorag''s face, but his eyes gradually became cold: "It seems that our old opponent should have guessed that I will be here to see Lu Fei off..."

    That fellow pharmacist...

    Sure enough, it is still so difficult!

    "Well, it''s been a long time, Dorag."

    The green pheasant scratched his hair and looked at Dorage a little surprised: "I didn''t expect you to be here..."

    "Kuzan, there seems to be nothing you can think of!"

    Dorag looked at the look of the green pheasant, still chuckling at the corner of his mouth: "If it looks like this, did they only arrange for you to catch me?"

    "The difficulty is not low..."

    Green Pheasant shook his head, his gaze slowly fell on Sabo next to Dorag: "But...even if we can''t catch you, this time we must have something else!"

    "Hey, Kuzan!"

    Smogg''s figure turned into a white smoke and flew to the green pheasant''s side. He couldn''t help frowning his brows and looked at the green pheasant and said, "Can''t you guys get a little bit of energy!"

    Small and Green Pheasant are old friends.

    The relationship between the two of them is really good.

    Therefore, Smogg¡¯s rudeness to the general was not taken seriously by the green pheasant. The green pheasant even sighed slowly: "Well, Smogg, this is not something that can be solved with energy. This fellow Rager is not that simple..."

    "Do it!"

    The voice of a strong CP agent wearing a mask interrupted Qing Pheasant''s words: "We don''t have so much leisure to listen to you chatting here!"

    These CP agents didn''t care about the face of the admiral Qing Pheasant!

    Following his opening, the four CP agents on the roof also fell down quickly, facing Dorag and Sabo in a vaguely encircled situation!

    "Sure enough, you guys..."

    Dorag''s eyes gradually darkened, his eyes fixed on the four CP agents, and he whispered: "Thunder, earth, wind, water... The guy in the medicine doctor''s pocket, it seems to be right for me. The head is determined to win!"

    The four strongest CP agents under the pharmacist''s command!

    These are the four most terrifying among CP agents in recent years. They are always fighting to fight without fear of death, and they are also the right-hand man for the pharmacist to catch revolutionary cadres!

    "It turned out to be them!"

    Sabo''s expression couldn''t help but change.

    Even Sabo, who has always been very nervous, couldn''t help being a little nervous when hearing the code names of these four CP agents, because these guys planted hatred in everyone in the revolutionary army!

    Revolutionary Army Intelligence Officer Terry Kildeo.

    Callas, commander of the Northern Army of the Revolutionary Army.

    Mori, commander of the Western Army of the Revolutionary Army.

    Asilo, deputy commander of the Eastern Army of the Revolutionary Army.

    These were all high-ranking leaders of the Revolutionary Army, but they were all arrested by these CP agents into Impelton, the Great Undersea Prison under the design of Pharmacist Pocket!

    to be frank¡­

    Sabo now faintly feels that they are a little bit more ugly, so far few revolutionary army cadres can escape from the hands of these CP agents!

    Sabo couldn''t help but sigh in his heart. He didn''t expect that the cost of seeing off Luffy this time was so great that he and Dorag fell into such a dangerous situation!

    That brother Luffy...

    If you can''t become the One Piece, I''m really sorry for him!

    "Sabo."

    Dorag took a look at Rogge''s town and lowered his voice: "This place is not suitable as a battlefield at all. After the battle begins, I will cover you to break through and escape when you catch the opportunity. Remember? "

    "Mr. Dorag..."

    Sabo looked at Dorag in disbelief, and shook his head hurriedly: "No, in a while, I will fight as hard as I can to pave the way for Mr. Dorag... Baldigo cannot lose Mr. Dorag! "

    "Sabo..."

    A smile appeared on the corner of Munch D. Dorag''s mouth. He shook his head and said, "It''s not that easy to rely on a navy admiral and four CP agents to keep me!"

    In the next moment, surrounded by a group of people, the leader of the revolutionary army actually took the lead to catch the strong CP agent closest to him!

    This CP agent had already noticed that his body flashed back at the moment Dorag grabbed him, stretched out a finger and rushed toward Dorag again!

    "Hell stab, a consistent hand!"

    #ËÍ888ÒÆ¶¯ºì°ü#Follow vx. public account [Book Friends Base Camp], watch popular works, draw 888 cash red envelopes!

    "Dragon Claw Fist!"

    Dorag''s palm instantly turned into a claw shape, and suddenly collided with the CP agent codenamed Lei. His claws smashed the CP agent''s fingers in an instant!

    However, Dorag did not dare to care!

    Because in the past few years, Dorag has also faintly found some information. For example, the reason why this group of four CP agents, code-named Leihuo Fengtu, are so brave and not afraid of death is that they will never die!

    It''s like a corpse!

    Just as Dorag wanted to go one step further and directly scratch the man''s head, a white light prevented him from pursuing it. The moment this light fell on the ground, the stone slab on the ground was turned into nothingness!

    Obviously...

    Once ordinary people encounter this white light, they will almost certainly die!

    Another CP agent¡¯s fingers shot out streams of water and attacked Dorag in an instant, while happily opening his mouth: "Aha, haha, don¡¯t be too impulsive, the kid in the kingdom of thunder... this guy is not that easy to deal with!

    This CP agent, codenamed Water, launched his own attack while turning his head to look at the green pheasant and others: "Hey, when will you guys stand there?"

    "Humph!"

    Smogg snorted coldly, waved his ten hands and rushed up towards Dorag, but before he could fight, he was pressed on his head by Dorag''s dragon claw fist!

    Dolager''s fingers are wrapped with a powerful and domineering armed color, as long as he, the leader of the revolutionary army, can scratch Smogg''s head!

    A cloud of cold air hit Dorag!

    This mass of ice instantly turned into ice and enveloped Dorag''s body!

    It was the ability of the general of the navy headquarters, the green pheasant, when his friend Smogg encountered a crisis, the green pheasant rescued Smogg!

    "Well, it''s really troublesome..."

    The green pheasant scratched his head, glanced at the Smogg that he had saved, and said, "Smogg, you go and help Ain catch the yellow-haired kid. As for Dorag here, just Leave it to us for now!"

    "Ok¡­"

    Smogg nodded slowly.

    The navy colonel couldn''t help but glanced at Dorag, who was imprisoned by the ice. Just now, he almost thought he was going to die in the hands of Dorag!

    the other side¡­

    Ain and Sabo also handed over!

    "Mr. Dorag!"

    Sabo couldn''t help but looked at Dorag, who was imprisoned by the ice, in astonishment. U U Reading

    In the next moment, Dorag''s figure broke out directly!

    The leader of the revolutionary army seemed unscathed, with a smile on his mouth: "Ha, the freezing ability is getting more and more terrifying... General Kuzan..."

    "Well, recently I got a little interesting power..."

    The green pheasant scratched his head and slowly said, "Facing your monsters, I still feel that I am a little weak..."

    Dorag dodged an attack from a CP agent, then waved his hand to manipulate a gust of wind, forcing the other three CP agents back!

    At this moment, Dorag''s gaze finally stopped on the blue pheasant, and his eyes became dignified: "It''s really too modest... You are an admiral!"

 Chapter 527ï¼š Saab captured by CP agents and Admiral

    , The fastest update starts with Naruto to do the latest chapters behind the scenes!

    The strength of the green pheasant is very strong.

    Many years ago, Monkey D. Dorag had seen young green pheasants.

    At that time, Dorag hadn''t paid much attention to the green pheasant, a natural fruit capable person, even though the green pheasant was called a monster in the third naval training camp founded by Zefa.

    Now that they had just met, Dorag immediately realized that the youngest admiral was indeed a real monster!

    When facing the green pheasant...

    Dorag could feel a fierce beast hidden in the green pheasant!

    "Compared to other people..."

    Dorag slowly bent his fingers, turning them into sharp claws again, his eyes became sharp: "You are really more and more like a monster now!"

    "Still the same!"

    The green pheasant shook his head slowly, and clenched his fist: "Dorag, obviously you are the real monster!"

    The next moment, the two men rushed towards each other at the same time!

    The green pheasant''s body was cold, and he raised his palm and patted Dorag''s body. The biting cold almost immediately sealed Dorag''s body!

    A gust of wind suddenly rushed out of Dorag''s side, quickly dispelling the cold air from the green pheasant, his mouth still wore a confident smile!

    "Dragon Claw Fist!"

    Dorag''s claws directly twisted the green pheasant''s arm!

    As long as it is facing physical battles, Dorag is confident that he will not fall into a disadvantage.

    Because since he was young, even though Dorrag never said it, he knew very well that his father was Monkey D. Karp, a powerful navy based on physical skills and domineering. As the son of Karp, Rager will not relax his physical training!

    Just grabbing the palm of the green pheasant so easily still made Dorag faintly confused, wouldn''t the green pheasant rely solely on his own fruit power!

    No elementalization at this time...

    For the safety of himself and Sabo, Dorag will never be merciful to the green pheasant, and will definitely break the wrist of the green pheasant directly!

    "Coral Palm!"

    However, when Dorag grabbed the green pheasant''s wrist, the palm of the green pheasant turned over and grabbed Dorag''s wrist!

    A clump of corals grew out of Dorag''s arm, and almost instantly enveloped Dorag''s palm!

    In an instant...

    One of Dorag''s hands was imprisoned by heavy coral!

    It is from the power of Sanwei Isosuke in the blue pheasant!

    The green pheasant pulled open his palm without changing his face, and watched calmly as Dorag''s right hand was instantly wrapped in coral and unable to move.

    Dorrag flew back, squeezed his left hand into a fist, and slapped down the clumps of coral, but his eyes slowly revealed a touch of surprise: "It''s an interesting ability. I thought you would win and pursue..."

    "I don''t think it can easily solve you."

    The green pheasant shook his head calmly and spread out his palms and said, "Before this town was turned into ruins, it was not that simple to catch you..."

    after all¡­

    Dorag in front of him is the most dangerous man in the world!

    The danger of Monch D. Dorag is not only in the ideas he spreads, he also possesses quite powerful power, otherwise the world government has hunted him down for more than ten years and failed to capture him. success!

    What''s more, the original mission of the green pheasant was only to stop Dorag and buy time for Ain and Smogg to capture Sabo.

    Dorag glanced at the battle between Sabo and Ain and Smog next to him, then glanced at the four CP agents who continued to surround him. His figure shuttled through the group of enemies who rounded him up like a ghost. intermediate!

    A violent wind drove the clouds to converge towards Rogge Town, and amidst the lightning and thunder in the sky, it fell like a torrential rain!

    Dorrag''s voice gradually became unpredictable in the rain: "If you don''t try, how can you know?"

    The downpour not only did not stop the battle, but made the battle between them become fierce again!

    This battle to encircle and suppress the leaders and cadres of the revolutionary army finally started to hit a real fire!

    But this is not what Dorag wants!

    For Monch D. Dorag, once the battle is unfavorable, he and Saab may fall into a life-and-death crisis, and even the revolutionary army¡¯s career will encounter major setbacks!

    A CP agent codenamed Tu suddenly reminded: "Be careful, Monki D. Dorag might use the weather to take that kid away..."

    It''s a pity that his reminder is one step too late!

    A flash of lightning pierced the black sky!

    The torrential rain fell as if it had gathered into a rain curtain, everyone''s sight was blocked, and it was even impossible to see what was happening on the battlefield!

    A surging domineering look broke out in an instant!

    Everyone frowned involuntarily, and could only resist this domineering catharsis with their own strength, and had to put away their own knowledge!

    Just at this moment, Dorag''s figure broke through the encirclement of the four CP agents and the green pheasant in an instant, appeared beside Sabo, retreated Ain with a punch, and kicked Smogg away!

    "go!"

    Dorage urged in a low voice.

    After speaking, Dorag flew onto the roof, and Sabo flew up to follow in Dorag''s footsteps without hesitation!

    Two figures dashed on the roof of Rogue Town under the heavy rain, and could disappear in a corner of this town at any time in this kind of weather!

    Even the green pheasant can''t do anything about it!

    In such bad weather, who knows where Dorag and Sabo will hide, as long as they can hide, even if the navy is sent to search the town of Rogge, they may not be able to find them again!

    and¡­

    Rogue Town is not a small town!

    The size of this town is even comparable to the capital of a country!

    By the time the navy of the Rogge town branch was dispatched, Dorag and Sabo estimated that they would have left the town by boat long ago!

    Just as Dorag and Sabo were rushing, they felt a ray of sunlight falling on them, illuminating the way forward for the blue pheasants and CP agents who were chasing them, and also providing Dorag and Sabo. s position.

    The sky gradually brightened...

    A violent wind in the sky moved the clouds to fly, and the sun slowly fell on the streets of Rogue Town, and the weather suddenly cleared again when it was raining.

    This weird weather change...

    simply¡­

    Unspeakable weird!

    Even in the unpredictable area of ??the great route, such weird weather changes are impossible. It was still raining a second before!

    Thus¡­

    Sabo and Monch D. Dorag, who were still on the run, had nowhere to hide. The Green Pheasant, Smog, Ain and the four CP agents quickly chased them up!

    "Something''s wrong, there are others!"

    Dorrag''s expression suddenly changed. He turned his head abruptly and looked in the direction of the pier in Rogge Town: "Unexpectedly, he can reverse the weather by himself..."

    "Mr. Dorag."

    Sabo suddenly squeezed the iron pipe in his hand, and he immediately made a decision in his heart, and the twenty-year-old young revolutionary army spoke in a deep voice.

    "Mr. Dorag, there are obviously more dangerous enemies in this small town. Please leave this place right away and let me break it for you!"

    After speaking, Sabo didn''t hesitate anymore.

    Instead of continuing to follow Dorag to escape, Sabo turned to face the Qing Pheasant and others. He just wanted to make himself an abandoned son!

    Because it is impossible for two people to escape.

    "Hey, Sabo, you don''t need you kid..."

    Dorrag didn''t even have time to stop Sabo, his face became a little uncertain, and the next moment he gritted his teeth and flew away to the distance!

    If you bring Sabo...

    Dorag really didn''t think he had a chance to escape.

    However, if there is a battle with the green pheasants and CP agents in the town of Rogge, they may not be able to end the battle in a week.

    At that time, it is estimated that the reinforcements of the world government will also arrive, right?

    No matter, as long as Sabo has not been imprisoned by the world government, Dorag has a way to rescue Sabo!

    And it¡¯s not without the precedent that revolutionary army cadres were rescued...

    In the past few years, the pharmacist has actually arrested many revolutionary army cadres.

    It''s just that some of the revolutionary army cadres were taken away by the revolutionary army while being escorted by the navy. This also made the Naval Marshal Buddha''s Warring States a lot of trouble in front of the five old stars...

    Obviously, the revolutionary army cadres that the CP members worked so hard to catch were lost when they were escorted by the navy, but there was no problem when the navy escorted the pirates...

    Envy and jealous... Poor work...

    In order to fight for power and profit at the expense of the interests of the world government...

    These big hats will be buttoned on the head of the Warring States Period of Buddha from time to time, making the admiral of the navy very scorched for a while.

    These things about the old sesame seeds and rotten grains of the Revolutionary Army are also the reason why many people believe that the Warring States Period of Buddha cannot be promoted to the position of commander-in-chief of the world.

    After Dorrag escaped by himself, Sabo, who went to meet the green pheasant and the CP agents, was directly injured and caught almost within a few rounds .

    A CP agent codenamed Feng even prepared a pair of heavy golden shackles for Sabo, imprisoning the revolutionary cadre.

    "Hey Hey hey!"

    The corners of Sabo''s eyes twitched. He raised his palms and looked at the golden shackles tied to his body with a speechless expression: "You use gold for shackles. You CP people are too extravagant!"

    "Don''t belittle yourself..."

    A CP member shook his head indifferently, and whispered: "Your identity, even if it is installed in a cage of a ton of gold...

    Although according to our investigation, your position should have been promoted not long ago, but it can also be regarded as the highest level person we have caught. "

    Chief of Staff of the Revolutionary Army, Saab!

    This young man, second only to the commander-in-chief of the Revolutionary Army, was captured by the CP department and the admiral after seeing off his brother in Rogge Town!

 Chapter 528ï¼š Pharmacists plan

    , The fastest update starts with Naruto to do the latest chapters behind the scenes!

    On the pier in Rogue Town.

    Smogg was dangling his cigar with an unhappy face, because he saw Uehara Naraku in a navy uniform, and knew that this guy had a higher rank than him.

    Three years ago, Uehara Naraku was still a criminal in the Baroque work organization; three years later, Uehara Naraku became a lieutenant admiral of the navy headquarters.

    Not to mention that Smogg doesn''t understand...

    Even the prisoner Sabo didn''t understand.

    How did Naraku Uehara do it?

    Obviously this guy was still a small person three years ago, and he tried to be a good person under the supervision of the Baroque Job Club. How could he become a lieutenant admiral now?

    "Ha, I didn''t expect it..."

    When Sabo saw Naraku Uehara, a light smile appeared on his face: "We will meet again in this situation, Mr. Uehara..."

    "Yes!"

    Naruto Uehara was holding a glass of juice in her hand, shook her head and sighed, "I never thought that this will be the case when we meet again..."

    "..."

    The expression of the green pheasant is subtle.

    Uehara Naraku said this as if he himself was quite surprised... But wasn''t this guy himself made the plan to capture Sabo in Rogue Town?

    "I will hunt down Straw Hat Luffy."

    Smogg dipped his cigar and spit out a smoke ring, and said casually, "The little devil in Straw Hat Luffy must be a dangerous person. You must not let him go like this. You will be responsible for escorting the Chief of Staff of the Revolutionary Army. !"

    If a navy colonel dared to speak to admirals and lieutenants so brazenly, Smogg''s stinging attributes were undoubtedly exposed.

    However, there is nothing wrong with Smaller''s perception.

    Since Smogg had seen Monkey D. Luffy face him with a smile just before his death, he didn¡¯t care about the crisis of life and death and completely gave his life to him. The sea decides.

    Straw Hat Luffy will grow up in the future and is definitely a dangerous person.

    Uehara Naraku shook his head slowly and said, "Colonel Smogg, you and Admiral Ao-Pheasant are still responsible for escorting Mr. Sabo. I will hunt down the Straw Hat Pirates..."

    "what?"

    Smogg''s eyebrows tucked, and he glanced at Uehara Naraku somewhat displeasedly: "Straw Hat Luffy escaped from my jurisdiction. What''s your business..."

    "I am a lieutenant admiral."

    Naru Uehara took a sip of juice and glanced at Smogg: "You are just a navy colonel stationed in Rogue Town..."

    "Huh? A lieutenant admiral who hid in battle?"

    Smogg''s face couldn''t help showing a touch of contempt. He already knew that at the beginning of the battle to round up Dorag and Sabo, Uehara Naraku, the lieutenant admiral, was hiding on the pier in Rogue Town.

    Smoggs ignored the faces of the blue pheasants and Ain next to him, and continued coldly: "Why don''t you go and ask Malin Vando''s group of masters, when have I obeyed the orders of my superiors, Da Siqi, immediately prepare the warship to set off!" "

    "Ah...this?"

    The maiden Navy Swordsman standing beside Smogg couldn''t help but hesitate.

    Is there really nothing wrong with defying orders in front of the lieutenant general?

    Only under Smogg''s gaze, Dasqi nodded cautiously, and was about to inform the naval soldiers at the base to prepare their ships for sailing.

    to be frank¡­

    Da Siqi was still more afraid of Small.

    Because Uehara Naraku seemed to be a kind person.

    "Ain..."

    Naruto Uehara took a sip of juice, then turned to look at the beautiful adjutant next to him: "Colonel Smogg and his subordinates at Roggetown base..."

    "and many more!"

    The green pheasant scratched his head and glanced at Smogg. The urn said: "Smogg, let''s go to the chief of staff to **** the Revolutionary Army. As for the hunt for Straw Hat Luffy, give it to Lieutenant General Naraku Uehara. ."

    "Ok?"

    Small brows looked at the green pheasant in surprise.

    The green pheasant rubbed his brows and said in a deep voice: "The identity of the Chief of Staff of the Revolutionary Army is more important than that of the fledgling kid who drafted Mao Luffy... Carry out the order, otherwise I can use the name of the general to deal with you. Military law disposal!"

    This sentence is harsher than ever.

    It doesn''t look like a green pheasant at all.

    It was the first time that Smogg saw the blue pheasant say such harsh words. After his brow frowned, he finally let go of the dispute with Uehara Naraku.

    Uehara Naraku didn''t continue to pursue it, and took a deep look at Smogg before leaving Rogue Town with his subordinates and slowly chasing the Straw Hat Pirates along the way.

    This pie...

    It''s more like traveling.

    While Uehara Naraku is still pursuing Luffy, the world government has also received news that the Revolutionary Army Chief of Staff Sabo has been arrested and the Revolutionary Army leader Monch D. Dorag has escaped dangerously.

    Justice Island.

    The pharmacist was sitting in his office, holding a phone bug in his hand, and talking with a chuckle at the corner of his mouth: "I just wanted to try to find out the trail of Dorag, the leader of the revolutionary army. I didn''t expect this. It really succeeded once..."

    "well done."

    An old man¡¯s voice came from the phone bug. He praised him and continued: ¡°Unfortunately, this time is a rare opportunity. Only the Chief of Staff of the Revolutionary Army was caught...¡±

    When talking about this, the old man in the phone worm showed another dissatisfaction: "If you can notify the Navy in advance and deploy enough manpower together, maybe this time you can catch the dangerous guy Dorag..."

    "Master Five, I have already notified."

    The pharmacist continued to explain without changing his face: "After predicting the news, I immediately notified the Marshal Sengoku, and hoped that he could send three generals of the navy headquarters to go together, and be sure to capture the leaders of the revolutionary army... "

    Pay attention to the public account: Book Friends Base Camp, pay cash and coins when you follow!

    When Yao Shidou talked about this, a little regret appeared on his face: "But the Marshal of the Warring States period thought that deploying the navy''s highest combat power on an illusory guess would be too wasteful for the general''s combat power..."

    "He is not wrong to say that..."

    If the five old stars knew about this in advance, they would certainly not agree to the transfer of the three navy headquarters to Roger Town, just for a guess that they might catch Dorag.

    Because this is too ridiculous!

    As a result, there was indeed a revolutionary army in Rogge Town, and even the first and second-in-command of the revolutionary army. This really made Wu Lao Xing''s intestines regretful!

    If they knew what happened today, they should have issued an order directly to the Warring States, and the entire navy must unconditionally cooperate with the CP department!

    after all¡­

    Once the leaders of the Revolutionary Army, Dorag and the Chief of Staff of the Revolutionary Army Sabo, are captured, the existence of the Revolutionary Army is completely unconcerned!

    The old man in the phone worm couldn''t help sighing: "Forget it, Pharmacist, don''t care about this. If there is a need to mobilize generals of the Navy in the future, you can apply to us, and we will give you the power to mobilize.

    Now we will promote you to the chief inspector of the navy headquarters on behalf of the world government, and have the power to inspect and command all lieutenants and below at any time! "

    "Yes."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around, and continued to speak to the phone bug: "I really have a plan recently... This plan is likely to wipe out the revolutionary army and show the whole sea the majesty of the world government!"

    "tell me the story¡­"

    The old man in the phone bug was a little curious.

    "Public execution."

    The pharmacist hooked the corners of his own mouth and chuckled lightly: "It is announced to the whole world that the world government will publicly execute all revolutionary cadres at the headquarters of Malin Vandor!

    However, it is difficult to guarantee that Dorag can be brought out again in this matter. Based on what I have learned from the revolutionary army in the past few years, Dorag is likely to sit back and watch the sacrifices of his subordinates..."

    This is actually quite difficult.

    Because the revolutionary army is actually the least afraid of sacrifice.

    Dorag, the leader of the revolutionary army, has been engaged in the free revolution for so many years. I don¡¯t know how many comrades in arms have sacrificed. He may have been used to it...

    If you want to elicit Dorag and the Revolutionary Army, it is actually quite difficult for the cadres of the Revolutionary Army who were arrested by CP agents.

    "Are you not even sure?"

    The old man in the phone worm couldn''t help but hesitate: "If Dorag can''t be drawn out, is it just to warn the people on the sea to be honest?"

    "No, the execution of revolutionary army cadres is only part of the plan."

    The pharmacist hooked the corners of his mouth and slowly continued: "We will execute another important member of the powerful force in the sea when we execute the revolutionary army, and think of a way to force another powerful force in the sea to take the initiative. Come to disturb the punishment..."

    When the pharmacist said this, he chuckled and continued: "If the revolutionary army thinks they can have an ally to act together, the probability of eliciting them is not low..."

    "The person you want to catch... is an important member of the Four Emperors Pirate Group, right?"

    The old man in the phone worm hesitated slightly. He said in a deep voice, "In this case, the world government and navy are facing a world-class war!"

    "Yes¡­"

    The voice of the pharmacist suddenly became serious and serious. UU read the book and he explained in a low voice: "Since the beginning of this year, newcomers and pirates on the sea have kept coming up...

    As long as we win, we can once again use the name of the world government to deter the countries on the sea and demonstrate the force of the world government. This plan is the most beneficial to the world government, and I judge that our chances of winning are not low! "

    "This plan..."

    The old man in the phone bug was still hesitating.

    After a long time, a few elderly people were arguing over the phone. They are the most powerful people in the world and the apex of the world government.

    After these old people chatted for a while, the pharmacist finally issued an order: "The pharmacist, then start slowly collecting information according to your ideas, and find a suitable ally for the revolutionary army and Dorag!"

    "Yes, there is one more thing on my side..."

    When Yakushi said this, the corners of his mouth couldn¡¯t help but smile: ¡°The Warring States Marshal privately leapfrogged a navy colonel to serve as a lieutenant admiral, but this lieutenant did not play any role in the battle in Rogge Town. effect¡­"

 Chapter 529ï¼š Let Luffy be reunited with his brother!

    , The fastest update starts with Naruto to do the latest chapters behind the scenes!

    Marin Vando.

    In the admiral''s office.

    The Warring States of Buddha put down the phone worm in his hand, his face was strangely ugly, and even a little angry, which made the people next to him look a little frightened.

    As the admiral of the Navy, the Warring States period basically never had any tempers in Malinfan, unless his old friend Karp was so angry that his temper exploded.

    "What happened?"

    A little worry appeared on Lieutenant General Crane''s face.

    "It''s okay."

    The Warring States period helped his glasses and snorted coldly: "The little devil who Yao Shidou made a small report in front of the old guys in the five old stars. It''s a naive method..."

    However, this naive approach is very effective.

    In the phone bug just now, the five old stars simply demanded that the Warring States of Buddha and the Navy must unconditionally cooperate with the CP department actions of Yakushidou, and accused the Warring States of Buddha of wanton promotion of a weak Uehara Naraku wasting power.

    Warring States closed his palms, his face was ugly and said: "From tomorrow, Yao Shidou will remove the position of naval staff officer and serve as the chief inspector of the navy headquarters.

    This new head inspector has the power to dispatch lieutenant generals and all the following generals, and can even launch orders to kill demons against any country and island in the world..."

    This power...

    I can already challenge him, the Marine Marshal!

    Lieutenant General Crane couldn''t help but frowned, "If this is the case, whose order should those little guys listen to in the future?"

    "The navy has already had a different voice."

    Warring States shook his head and sighed, "Xiaohe, many people have chosen to support him in the past few years, but we thought he was the future of the navy, and we didn''t see through this ambitious little guy..."

    The pharmacist does everything in order to gain power.

    This is also what makes the Warring States heartache the most.

    The degeneration of a new generation of wise generals means that the future of the navy may be in an uncertain direction. The most troublesome thing is that this pharmacist will likely become the boss of the entire navy...

    The strength of Yao Shidou is not very good, but his brain is very intelligent, so he has become the best chess piece in the hands of the five old stars.

    Because once a pharmacist shows any violent momentum, Wu Lao Xing can easily eliminate him. This kind of person who can bring huge benefits to the world government but is very easy to control, happens to be the talent Wu Lao Xing needs most.

    Especially this time the design of the pharmacist pocket...

    Although due to the lack of cooperation from the navy, the leader of the revolutionary army, Monch D. Dorag, escaped the hunt, but it also caused the world government to catch the number one criminal and suffered a big loss, and even left the second in command of the revolutionary army. Run away embarrassed.

    That''s great...

    The navy was held accountable, but the pharmacist was promoted.

    "Actually, you can''t say that..."

    Lieutenant General Crane sighed quietly, calming his old friend''s emotions: "Xiaodou''s temperament is not that bad, at least what he has done has not violated justice... and he has worked hard for the navy in recent years. That''s it!"

    "..."

    The Warring States had nothing to say for a while.

    indeed.

    There is nothing to blame for the actions of the pharmacist over the past few years. It is because of this that the Warring States period is even more miserable. He cannot single out the problem of the pharmacist.

    Obviously everyone knows that the pharmacist''s pocket has changed...

    But when he really wanted to blame the pharmacist pocket, he found that there was nothing wrong with him, not even the little tail that was caught.

    Every time the Warring States period confronted the pharmacist tit-for-tat, it always felt like he was fighting political opponents in order to promote himself to the general of the army...

    Obviously he is for the future of the navy!

    "Forget it, don''t talk about it."

    The Warring States Period picked up a document on the table and fed it to the little goat at hand. He sighed and said, "Tomorrow the Pharmacist will come to Malin Vandor. We will hold a secret meeting between us.

    Wu Lao Xing hopes that we will cooperate with CP to initiate a world war to encircle the Four Emperors Pirates and the Revolutionary Army..."

    "Proactively initiate a world war with the Four Emperors Pirates?"

    Lieutenant General Crane frowned: "The five old guys are crazy, right now, the sea barely maintains balance..."

    "Little Crane..."

    Warring States shook his head, his expression gradually becoming heavy: "This kind of balance was never what the navy wanted. Our goal will always be only one, to end the era of great pirates started by Goldor Roger and let justice rule the world. ¡­"

    Just as the two old men of Malin Vandor were discussing the orders of the Five Old Stars with heavy expressions, it was too much energy for the two of them, and the pharmacist who proposed to start the world war was still drinking slowly in the afternoon on the Judicial Island. tea.

    Justice island.

    In the office of the Supreme Chief.

    Pharmacist and Nicole Robin are playing chess.

    Over the past few years, Nicole Robin has been staying on the Judicial Island, assisting the pharmacist to clean out all the non-consecutive agents of the CP department little by little, and slowly insert the Anbe Ninja from Wazoku.

    Doves occupy the magpie''s nest.

    Akatsuki''s members seem to be very good at this trick.

    "Miss Robin, you lost."

    The pharmacist dropped the chess piece in his hand and calmly pushed his glasses: "It''s a pity, we will never be able to play chess as leisurely as we do now..."

    "Yes¡­"

    Nicole Robin nodded slowly, and said softly: "Tomorrow I am going to the sea at the entrance of the great route..."

    Pharmacist Dou raised his head and glanced at Nicole Robin: "I heard that Lord Naraku gave you an order to go to the sea area at the entrance of the Great Route and find a way to join the Straw Hat Pirates?"

    "Yes."

    Nicole Robin nodded and said softly: "According to Mr. Uehara''s order, I will guide them step by step to become enemies with the world until the pirate in Straw Hat Luffy is eligible to be publicly executed by the Navy..."

    "Is that so?"

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around and raised the corners of his mouth: "I can give you some good suggestions. A world war will start in our hands soon. It''s best to be faster. Don''t let He missed this feast..."

    "Ok?"

    There was some confusion in Nicole Robin''s eyes.

    The pharmacist spread out his palms and continued with a chuckle: "According to the plan that I am about to implement in the future, Sabo, the chief of staff of the Revolutionary Army, will enter the list of public executions.

    During this period of time, the Captain of the 2nd Division of the White Beard Pirates, Portcas D. Ace, has entered the first half of the great route. According to my calculations, he has also become a **** that fell into our trap. "

    Pharmacist grabbed a chess piece on the chessboard and slowly held it in his hand. The smile on the corner of his mouth was a little weird: "I heard that Straw Hat Luffy is the righteous brother of the two of them. I want them to have three brothers. Individuals are reunited at Impelton and the execution stage, and the brotherhood between them is not wasted... Miss Robin, do you think?"

    "..."

    A drop of cold sweat appeared on Nicole Robin''s forehead.

    This kind of thing is too cruel to say?

    Where are the three brothers reunited on the execution stage!

    [Reading benefits] Pay attention to the public.. [Book Friends Base Camp], read books every day and get cash/points!

    To be honest, as Nicole Robin and Pharmacist stayed together longer and longer, she also gradually discovered how terrifying the top cadre under Naruto Uehara was, even Nicole Robin occasionally had some Fear of the pharmacist''s means.

    "I try my best."

    Nicole Robin nodded slowly.

    The pharmacist looked at Nicole Robin and continued with a smile: "If there is any need, the CP department is all our people. You can ask them to cooperate at any time. Among them, the CP9 agents are your old subordinates. Following your instructions."

    "Ok."

    Nicole Robin nodded and said softly, "I know, when I see Straw Hat Luffy, I will let them cooperate with me..."

    "In fact, this kind of thing is not that complicated..."

    The pharmacist slowly released his palm and placed the chess piece in his palm on the chessboard again: "Luffy with Straw Hat will kill a Celestial Dragon. This charge must be enough..."

    "..."

    Nicole Robin''s expression is subtle.

    This pharmacist talked about killing Tianlongren as if he was talking about slaughtering domestic animals. He did not put the identity of Tianlongren in his eyes!

    Even Nicole Robin dare not ignore those world nobles now!

    The pharmacist looked at Nicole Robin''s expression, smiled and pushed the frame on the bridge of his nose, and whispered: "There is nothing surprising about this kind of thing, right?"

    "That''s the nobleman of the world..."

    Nicole Robin frowned and said: "Even if they are just attacked or even frightened, there will be generals of the Navy Headquarters to help..."

    Uh, it doesn¡¯t seem to be surprising...

    Because the generals of the navy headquarters are all members of Akatsuki!

    "The lives of the Tianlong people are indeed important to the world government."

    The pharmacist shook his head, and continued with a smile: "Because the only use of these Celestials is to use their lives to use the artifact of the Holy Land Mariejoa...Unfortunately, Xiao does not need the artifact of Mariejoa."

    A gleam of light gradually appeared in Yakushidou''s eyes: "Now this world is about to change drastically, and after this drastic change, it is the new world Akatsuki wants..."

    When talking about this, Yakushidou¡¯s eyes darkened again: "Before the new world appears, everything in the old world will be cleaned up. Before these dragons are executed by Lord Naraku, Miss Robin might as well. Use their lives as waste!"

    "..."

    Nicole Robin still frowned, she slowly shook her head and whispered softly, "I''ll wait until I see the members of the Straw Hat Pirates. I don''t like this kind of..."

    I can¡¯t see anyone yet...

    Control the fate of others directly and remotely, right?

    At least we must first see who Straw Hat Luffy and his companions are, lest there are some innocent people like O''Hara.

    "Don''t like this?"

    The pharmacist stroked his chin, UU read and smiled lightly: "That''s right, maybe they are also a good group of partners for Miss Robin!"

    After speaking, the pharmacist opened his mouth and smiled and continued: "Oh, yes, there is one more thing, I may need to remind you, understand your identity, and don¡¯t get too deep like Sasuke-kun that you can¡¯t tell the truth. And fake..."

    Sasuke Uchiha is the opposite of an undercover agent.

    Obviously, it was Sasuke Uchiha who went deep into the undercover of the White Beard Pirates, but this guy was perfectly integrated into the White Beard Pirates, and sometimes he forgot his identity.

    The location of Uchiha Sasuke Station was high...

    This guy chose to jump into the quagmire.

    "Forget it, maybe I was talking too much."

    The pharmacist''s finger tapped the chessboard and smiled: "Miss Robin is a chess player. She shouldn''t have thought of jumping into the chessboard and becoming a chess piece controlled by someone..."

 Chapter 530ï¼š Marshall D. Titch looking for a backer

    , The fastest update starts with Naruto to do the latest chapters behind the scenes!

    The great route, Twin Capes.

    Rab''s voice echoed on the surface of the sea.

    The Straw Hat Pirates had just arrived here by the rising currents of the Upside Down Mountain. After Luffy and Whale Rabu agreed to bid farewell, they left Gemini Cape and officially entered the Great Sea Route.

    Kurokas sat on the lighthouse at Twin Capes, raised his head and looked at the Golden Meri, who was fading away, and rubbed his own lenses: "Luffy with a straw hat is really an energetic little guy. It feels better than Shanks, that kid still has to be able to toss on the sea..."

    While Kurokas was still missing the past, a warship rushed down the waves of the upside-down mountain and was about to hit the whale Rab head-on!

    Suddenly a figure flew out of the warship!

    I saw the figure violently kicked Rab''s body and kicked the huge whale directly out. This scene made Kurokas'' brow wrinkle...

    This scene¡­

    Seems familiar?

    Three years ago, there seemed to be a guy who kicked Whale Rab away. Although this kind of behavior was rather bad, it also made Whale Rab afraid of human beings at that time, so he did not dare to easily surface and hit the red earth continent...

    On the warship.

    Ain looked at Naraku Uehara''s eyes more subtle.

    Uehara Naraku took the juice from Ain''s hand, and slowly said, "Let''s go, let''s ask the watchman at the Twin Cape Lighthouse have seen the Straw Hat Pirates..."

    Twin Point, below the lighthouse.

    Kurokas sat on the chair and looked at Naraku Uehara walking towards him with a weird look. Isn''t this the one who kicked Rab three years ago?

    Now he is kicking Rab again?

    Is this guy now a navy?

    Is this navy brain sick? Obviously naval warships can freely cross the windless zone and enter the great sea route, so they have to go upside down to come in?

    Uehara Naraku slowly drank the juice and looked at Kurokas and said, "Master, have you seen the Straw Hat Pirates in front of us? Which route did they take?"

    "..."

    Kurokas shook his head in silence.

    Uehara Naraku tilted his head and looked at Kolokas and continued: "I don''t know...or do you simply want to say?"

    "..."

    Kurokas still shook his head in silence, and stretched out his fingers to point to his mouth, indicating that he was dumb.

    Uehara Naraku''s expression was subtle.

    This Kurokas thought he was humorous? Forget it, Naraku Uehara was only here to find an excuse to catch Kurokas.

    "Grab it and go to Impelton."

    Uehara Naraku''s words made Kurokas want to curse.

    Just as Kurokas wanted to say something, a group of navies held up their guns against his body and took Kurokas onto the warship.

    "Lieutenant General Uehara..."

    Ain''s expression was a little puzzled.

    The beautiful adjutant did not quite understand why Uehara Naraku wanted to catch such an innocent lighthouse guard as Kurokas.

    Uehara Naruko shook his head without explaining too much.

    The identity of the lighthouse keeper of the Twin Capes is not that simple. He is the great support for Gore D. Roger to become One Piece, and he has won enough life for Roger to become One Piece.

    Uehara Naraku just wanted to use Kurokas, the ship doctor of the Roger Pirates group, to try to attract Hades King Raleigh to join the war on the top in the future...

    Just as Uehara Naraku took the watchman of Cape Gemini and left, the Straw Hat Pirates did not know about Kurokas. Their group of cute new people who entered the great route have just begun to face the wind of the great route. Rain hit...

    Only with the help of Nami, the navigator, the Straw Hat Pirates still broke out safely and entered a route, which was the Whiskey Peak pointed to by the magnetic pointer obtained from Kurokas.

    Even though the Baroque workshop has disappeared, the pirate hunters gathered on the Whiskey Peak are still maintaining their pirate robbery business...

    Things have changed a little bit...

    The supporter behind the pirate hunters at Whiskey Peak is now Cobra, King of Alabastan.

    After all, only by cutting off the source of the pirates from the Whiskey Peak can we avoid the invasion of more pirates in Alabastan, because there is no sand crocodile Krokdal, a national hero, to help them clean up the foreign pirates!

    It''s a pity that the Straw Hat Pirates is a hard stubble...

    Early the next morning, the Straw Hat Pirates took away Princess Vivi who was patrolling the Whiskey Peak, because they were going to Alabastan to defeat King Cobra...

    This thing has developed...

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but scratch his head.

    Especially what happened to the Straw Hat Pirates on the second leg of their route on the Taikoo Island, it seems that King Cobra is a big villain...

    This ancient island was completely razed by Naraku Uehara.

    Now this island has become a natural super arena. All pirates hope to fight on this super arena. The island has also been turned into an island of duels, and it has become a trick to entice the pirates to kill each other. local.

    The people who dominate the duel on the Primordial Island today are the giant pirates that Elbuff has returned to. They are almost unmatched here.

    And since this place is naturally suitable for giants to fight, the giants and pirates have no other ideas, and they don¡¯t go out to looting. These giants just guard the duel field of the ancient island safely and even help deal with some arrogant bloodthirsty. Pirate...

    The Straw Hat Pirates had a big fight on Taikoo Island.

    Monkey D. Luffy desperately defeated a giant who was chasing them, dragging his badly wounded body and the straw hat pirate group to escape from the Taikoo Island...

    When Uehara Naraku arrived here, he reported to Marin Vando by the way, and helped raise Straw Hat Luffy''s reward to 130 million Baileys.

    This thing...

    Not very authentic.

    Since he was dragging a seriously injured body, he naturally needed a ship doctor.

    Fortunately, Princess Weiwei on the road pointed out the way for them and led them to the country of Drum Drum, a major medical country.

    On the way, the members of the Straw Hat Pirates also learned from Princess Vivi that Cobra was a king who loved his people like a child, and put aside their dispute.

    Drum Kingdom.

    As the civilians of the Drum Kingdom were forced to raise one million Pele to kill the previous brutal King Valbo, their lives have gradually become richer in the past few years.

    When the new King Dalton saw the flag of the Straw Hat Pirates, he didn''t intend to attack them, but eagerly led them to find Doctor Kuleha.

    As they went to the house of Dr. Kuleha, Nami looked at Dalton with a vaguely suspicious expression: "These guys... will there be any conspiracy?"

    "Do not worry!"

    Dalton''s smile was very hearty: "Mr. Luffy is Mr. Ace''s younger brother, right? We just want to thank Luffy''s older brother Portcas D. Ace for his kindness.

    Last week, our country was invaded by the Blackbeard Pirates Marshall D. Titch. Fortunately, Ace and Sasuke Uchiha helped us drive him away. I also have a letter Ace left to Mr. Luffy. . "

    This incident is really fate.

    Last week, Marshall D. Titch led his newly established Blackbeard Pirates to the Drum Kingdom. Before they had stayed here for a day, Sasuke Uchiha and Ace chased after him. Marshall D. Titch could only escape in a hurry.

    At this time, Tic didn''t want to run into Uchiha Sasuke at all, no matter how bold he was, he would not bet on a mortal thing!

    But Marshall D. Titch is not without gain!

    On the island of the Drum Kingdom, Titch could confirm his body, and he also had the ambition to get the fruit-shaking ability!

    On the raft of the Blackbeard Pirates.

    This newly established pirate group is not large in number, and even they do not have a big ship of their own, but temporarily rely on this raft for navigation.

    Marshall D. Titch''s face no longer had the confidence he had before, and he was a little worried: "If this continues, it feels like we will be caught up by the guy Uchiha Sasuke sooner or later. If I fight Sasuke at this time, I am not sure... "

    "Then try to bring disaster to the east!"

    Heijue''s voice appeared gloomily in Titch''s ear.

    This guy Marshall D. Titch really has no idea in his heart, if it weren''t for Kurozutsu has been secretly using words to threaten Sasuke Uchiha...

    Titch was already cut in half by Sasuke!

    Kurozuru''s body came out of Titch''s arm, and he continued in a grim voice: "The strongest in the first half of the Great Route is the King Shichibukai and the Navy. Let them help eliminate Sasuke and Ace..."

    "Thief hahahaha, this is not easy!"

    Marshall D. Titch couldn''t help laughing and said, "There are few people who can defeat Sasuke in the first half of the entire great route... That fellow Sasuke, but the monster that is enough to overthrow the Four Emperors!"

    "It''s really bad..."

    The ship doctor of the Blackbeard Pirates said weakly, "I didn''t expect that I just joined your Pirates, and I would face Red-Eyed Sasuke and Firefist Ace chasing after him. It feels like we should divide the supplies on board immediately. Just disband here..."

    "Poison Q, there are some things you can''t talk nonsense..."

    Another new member of the Blackbeard Pirate Group had a smile on his mouth, and said softly, "Ha, doesn''t this mean that our captain is not a simple character?"

    Not everyone is qualified to give those monsters in the new world a high look, not to mention our captain is still facing the chase of the super newcomer pirates...

    [Cash red envelopes to receive cash! Follow WeChat. Public account [Book Friends Base Camp], cash/coins are waiting for you!

    "Rafit, you guy is really not afraid of death..."

    Blackbeard Boat Doctor Poison¡¤Q reached out and took out an apple from his basket tremblingly, he handed it to Rafid who was talking: ¡°Why don¡¯t you try and see after eating the apple, Can you survive? If you can survive, we will continue to move forward. If you die, we will be one less person to divide the supplies..."

    "Thief hahahaha... Alright."

    Blackbeard stopped the dispute between his crew members, and he still had a confident smile on his face: "What we have to do now is to find a way to connect with the navy. It is best to solve a Qiwuhai and let Lao Tzu win Go to this position..."

    "Speaking of which, I have received an intelligence."

    Hei Jue''s body swam slowly, and his hoarse voice fell in everyone''s ears: "A Bai Jue lurking in Marin Vando has sent an information. It is said that the most powerful person in the Navy is a man named Yao Shi Dou. Guy..."

    "Thief hahahaha, I remember it clearly!"

    Blackbeard Marshall D. Titch nodded hurriedly, the smile on his face almost overwhelming: "We must find a way to catch the line of the pharmacist''s pocket...because the last time we and Sasuke were most embarrassed, it was designed by the pharmacist''s pocket. of!"

 Chapter 531ï¼š Its all Ueharas fault

    , The fastest update starts with Naruto to do the latest chapters behind the scenes!

    The Blackbeard Pirates really wanted to use the pharmacist pocket, hoping that he could intervene in solving the two people who chased them, Sasuke Uchiha and Ace.

    But the pharmacist must look down on them...

    Almost no one in the entire sea does not know the name of Yao Shidou.

    This former naval new-generation wise general has now become a high-ranking official in the hands of the world government. The CP department under his command covers the entire sea, and his shadow is everywhere in the sea. Many pirates are even afraid of medicine masters. Above the general.

    When Pharmacist Duo first took office, he had been arresting revolutionary army cadres and pirates to consolidate his position in the world government.

    Some countries on the Great Sea are also afraid to offend Pharmacists. After Pharmacists joined the World Government, the number of countries joining the World Government has increased by more than 30 in recent years...

    To say without politeness...

    Pharmacist pocket is a man with real power.

    Compared to the pharmacist pocket, the Blackbeard Pirates are actually just a thief. How can they have the opportunity to catch the pharmacist pocket?

    "Then we must show our value..."

    Hei Jue floated on Marshall D. Titch''s body, and said gloomily: "It just so happens that our people have detected the intelligence, and the new chief inspector of the Navy Headquarters seems to want to fight a four The Emperor Pirates had a knife..."

    "Thief hahahaha... Are you kidding me?"

    Marshall D. Titch couldn''t help but squeezed his fist, and he laughed and said, "That guy is still as bold as ever!"

    "Yes¡­"

    Hei Jue¡¯s smile gradually turned weird: "The fellow Yao Shidou wants to capture an important person for public execution, forcing the Four Emperors Pirate Group to take the initiative to fight with the navy, and wants to dye his official position with the blood of the pirates. ¡­"

    In nominal terms, this was information from Bai Jue.

    In fact, the real source of intelligence was told to Bai Jue by the pharmacist.

    Anyway, Marshall D. Titch couldn''t find any loopholes. Since this guy got the black and white, the whole person has fallen into inexplicable self-confidence.

    This guy really thought fate chose him!

    "The idea of ??pharmacist pocket coincides with the plan we discussed before..."

    Marshall D. Titch clenched his fist and said happily, "We can cooperate with him and give him a reason to fight the Whitebeard Pirates!"

    No matter he caught Ace or Sasuke, the old man would never ignore him. The thief hahaha, obviously his body can''t hold it anymore, but he is still holding innocent thoughts..."

    "For us, this opportunity couldn''t be better..."

    Kurozu looked at Tic and smiled gloomily: "It just so happened that we took advantage of our being chased by Sasuke Uchiha and Ace, and set a trap with Yakushipo, and jointly caught them..."

    This matter is plain...

    In fact, it is to use Tic as a bait for fishing.

    But at least they still have the qualifications to be decoys. If Sasuke Uchiha catches up, they will have very little chance of living.

    simply put¡­

    This is to find a way out in desperation.

    Therefore, after the Blackbeard Pirates had a discussion, they dispatched Rafit to secretly rushed to Malin Vandor, hoping that they could reach a cooperation with the Pharmacist.

    And at this time.

    Sasuke Uchiha and Portgas D. Ace are still on the way to track Marshall D. Titch''s trail, and the two of them almost turned the first half of the great route upside down.

    Because the deadline given by Akatsuki is only two months...

    It''s almost a month now, they haven''t killed Titch, and they also know that Titch ate the dark fruit...

    the most important is¡­

    Sasuke Uchiha found out that Kazuki was lurking beside Marshall D. Titch, which meant Titch had become Akatsuki''s pawn, and the Whitebeard Pirates had no way to hand over the dark fruit to Akatsuki!

    What a secret agreement, Uehara Naraku didn''t care about this so-called agreement, just kept playing with them!

    This is the big trouble...

    Perhaps the only good news is that Portgas D. Ace also saw the news of Luffy¡¯s upsurge in the Pacific Island. It just so happened that the Straw Hat Pirates were also on the same route as their course of action, maybe the next stop. Can meet...

    "The reward of that guy Luffy has increased very quickly..."

    Ace looked at the reward order in his hand, it was Straw Hat Luffy''s latest reward that had exceeded 100 million yuan, and Ace showed off the reward to his companion.

    "Hey, Sasuke, take a look at Luffy''s new bounty. He will definitely become this year''s supernova, just like we used to be!"

    "..."

    Sasuke Uchiha shook his head speechlessly.

    Is there really nothing wrong with this Ace''s brain? In the first half of the great route, the cape of Qiwu, the king, likes these little pirates who offer soaring rewards.

    Bounty increased...

    I will definitely be stared at by the horns!

    Yesterday, Uchiha Sasuke and Kakuno had a phone call. The guy from Kakuto was still trying to make money and asked Sasuke if he wanted to cooperate...

    When is this the fuck!

    When the Akatsuki organization is about to make a huge wave on this ocean, why does this guy in Jiaodu still want to make money?

    The current horns possesses four carefully selected devil fruit abilities, including one natural fruit ability. Other abilities are temporarily unknown...

    [Cash red envelopes to receive cash! Follow WeChat. Public account [Book Friends Base Camp], cash/coins are waiting for you!

    According to Jiaodu''s personality, what he took away was definitely not an ordinary ability.

    Once the Straw Hat Pirates are targeted by the horns, facing the combination of the horns and the flying section, the little guys of the Straw Hat Pirates will definitely be packaged in exchange for bounty...

    If the Straw Hat Pirates weren¡¯t targeted by the Horns...

    That is the real danger!

    Because Jiao Du, a money-making guy, turned a blind eye to Straw Hat Luffy¡¯s bounty, someone must have specifically explained to him that Straw Hat Luffy has a greater use...

    Maybe it''s also possible that Jiao Du has been eyeing the two of them recently...

    Sasuke Uchiha knows how high the bounty is for himself and Ace. If they can catch both of them, the corners will be open for three years...

    The sum of the bounty of Sasuke Uchiha and Ace is now higher than that of Whitebeard.

    Sorry...

    Sorry...

    While Uchiha Sasuke was still thinking about Kakuto, Kakuto¡¯s routine telephone worm greetings had arrived. Since Sasuke and Ace entered the first half of the great route, Kakudo has called worms to ask about his location almost every day.

    This fucking...

    Sasuke really wanted to hit someone.

    "Sasuke."

    After the phone worm in Jiaodu dialed up, he went straight to the subject: "Where are you now? It''s rare to come to the first half of the paradise. Don''t you let me do my landlord friendship?"

    "It''s not necessary."

    Sasuke Uchiha rubbed his forehead, his expression visibly more impatient: "Ace this idiot likes to eat overlord meals."

    "What a terrible character..."

    The horns in the phone worm were a little displeased: "The Overlord¡¯s Meal is unforgivable. Let me send him to Impelton to reflect on it..."

    "I will take care of him."

    Sasuke Uchiha looked at the reward order in his hand, and suddenly said, "By the way, there is a newcomer on the Great Route... Straw Hat Luffy, the reward has just entered the Great Route and it has exceeded 100 million Baileys. Staring at his head?"

    "100 million Baileys is indeed a lot of rewards."

    The voice in the phone bug was a little hoarse, and he continued slowly: "But I can''t get the money at all...because the man who hunted the group of Straw Hat Pirates was a man named Naraku Uehara. Vice Admiral."

    When Monkey D. Luffy entered the great route, especially after the news about the battle of the Taikoo Island duel came out, Jiao Du actually focused on Luffy''s head.

    Unfortunately¡­

    Kakuto also learned about Uehara''s hunt for the Straw Hat Pirates through the channels of the world government. After contacting Uehara once, he could only give up Luffy''s head.

    "That rascal!"

    Sasuke Uchiha couldn''t help holding his phone worm tightly. No wonder the corner didn''t catch Luffy. As expected, the guy Uehara Naraku personally tossed the Straw Hat Pirates?

    When Uehara Naruko''s eyes are on...

    Luffy might as well be caught by the corner to exchange the bounty!

    Drum Island.

    The Straw Hat Pirates didn''t know all this yet, they rushed to Dr. Kuleha''s house under the leadership of Dalton, but they met an unexpected person here.

    "Miss Nicole Robin!"

    Sanji looked at Nicole Robin in disbelief, because he remembered that Nicole Robin was the vice president of the Baroque Job Club three years ago.

    As an old acquaintance of the Baroque workshop, when Nami saw Nicole Robin, her face was also full of surprise: "How come Sister Robin is here?"

    "Mr. Sanji, Nami, and Luffy?"

    Nicole Robin stroked a small reindeer next to him with the palm of his hand, and said with a smile: "It''s been a long time since I saw you! Why are you here?"

    "Uh, Luffy was seriously injured..."

    Sanji couldn''t help taking out a cigarette, and slowly explained: "We came from the Primordial Island... Where''s Miss Robin? I heard that the Baroque Workshop has disbanded..."

    "Yes¡­"

    Nicole Robin nodded, with a sense of sorrow on his face: "After the Baroque Work Agency was disbanded, Klockdal was also put in jail... Then I returned to the days of wandering again. Recently I wanted to see Sakura. I stayed on Magnetic Drum Island for a while, and I want to make up for the people who have been hurt by the Baroque Workshop..."

    "It''s not Robin''s fault!"

    The reindeer at the feet of Nicole Robin suddenly raised his head, pouted and said, "It''s obviously the fault of that **** Uehara Naruko!"

    "Chopper, don''t talk nonsense..."

    Nicole Robin smiled and rubbed the reindeer''s head There was also a smile on Sanji''s face, and said slowly: "This civet cat is right... That guy¡¯s fault..."

    "I am a reindeer with horns!"

    While they were chatting, Usopp slowly approached Nami and asked carefully, "Hey, who is this woman! She looks very kind..."

    "The former vice president of Baroque Work Club..."

    Nami glanced at Nicole Robin, and whispered to Usopp: "Anyway, this is a terrible person. Don''t offend her! I remember the last time I saw her offer, it seemed like It has risen to the appearance of 290 million Bailey..."

    "¡­hiss¡­"

    Usopp took a breath of fright.

    Nicole Robin, this woman is much higher than Luffy¡¯s reward, 290 million Pele¡¯s reward, how terrifying this woman is!

 ~ï¼š The new year is here, I have to say something...

    "Starting from Hokage to do behind-the-scenes novels ( Find the latest chapter!

    It''s 2021, I have to say something.

    Let me first report that 310,000 characters have been updated this month, and I still owe 20 more. Since I was overwhelmed by the big guys, I haven''t cheered up yet. I have a headache!

    Let me talk about it first, and the Pirate article should be over next month.

    Many book friends have also mentioned that this piece of pirates is not very good. I recently reviewed the pirates and found that there are too many group portraits, and the next world will shrink.

    Many book friends hope to write a **** of death in the next world, but I haven''t done it yet...

    According to the growth trajectory of Uehara Naraku, the next world is likely to be an attacking giant, because this manga is about to end, and the final season of anime is also out...

    of course¡­

    You may also wait until the pirate chapter is over and write some extra chapters and take a break.

    the above.

    I went to codewords.

    Happy New Year''s Day everyone!

    In 2021, everyone gets rich!

    After you get rich, you will give me a few leaders and scold me that the poor ghost is still writing novels...

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click "Favorites" below to record this reading (the new year is here, you have to say something...) reading record, and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 532ï¼š Sasuke, your mission is over

    "Starting from Hokage to do behind-the-scenes novels ( Find the latest chapter!

    Nicole Robin''s character is easy to get along with.

    Even if Usopp considers herself super-observational, it is difficult to tell from Robin''s current performance that she is a woman who has been offered a reward of 290 million Baileys.

    When they were enjoying the cherry blossoms on the island together, a small team suddenly appeared and attacked them and launched an assassination of Robin. As members of the Straw Hat Pirates combat team, Zoro and Sanji were obliged to help. !

    result¡­

    The two of them were almost beaten to death.

    One of the gray-haired enemies is particularly strong in swordsmanship, and Sauron is not an opponent at all; the other enemy wearing a green tights, fought two or three moves, and kicked Sanji directly...

    Until Nicole Robin shot together, these talents were finally repelled by a group of them.

    Nicole Robin glanced at the somewhat messy cherry blossom forest, shook his head and sighed: "It looks like this place can''t stay any longer..."

    "Miss Robin..."

    Sanji sat on a chair with Chopper''s support, bandaging his wounds: "What''s going on? Why would those guys want to kill you?"

    "They are CP agents of the world government."

    Nicole Robin shook his head, and a bitter smile appeared at the corner of his mouth: "Because I am a survivor of O''Hara, an academic island, since 20 years ago, CP agents have been pursuing me secretly. I''ve long been used to it."

    "Two... twenty years?"

    Nami''s expression was dull.

    She knew Nicole Robin before. In Nami¡¯s impression, Nicole Robin¡¯s identity should be very noble. After all, her men are so powerful...

    Unexpectedly, this woman would be hunted down for twenty years...

    Moreover, after the disbandment of the Baroque Work Club, Nicole Robin, the former vice president, had such a miserable life, even worse than that of Uehara Naraku.

    The members of the Straw Hat Pirates chatted with Nicole Robin for a while, and finally learned about Nicole Robin¡¯s life experience and why she was hunted down by CP agents.

    This woman...

    It''s actually very poor.

    Suolong bends his fingers, and can''t help showing a crazy smile on his face: "If we protect your woman for a period of time, won''t we have the chance to fight the white-haired swordsman all the time? ?"

    "Asshole, what are you talking about!"

    Sanji couldn''t help but cursed Sauron, turned his head and looked at Nicole Robin with admiration: "Robin-chan, please allow me to be your knight!"

    The two of them agreed to protect Nicole Robin, but no one asked about inviting Nicole Robin to board the ship. Only the captain invited others to board the ship.

    When Luffy was sober, this guy didn''t care about the past, and actively invited Nicole Robin to join the Straw Hat Pirates, and also invited Chopper to sail along with them as their ship doctor and reserve ingredients.

    Because I received the letter left by Ace, there is also the life paper Ace left for him, which happens to point to the next stop of the Straw Hat Pirates...

    Alabastan.

    When the Straw Hat Pirates arrived in this desert kingdom all the way, the warship that had been chasing them slowly from behind also arrived here.

    Nairo Uehara got off the boat with a glass of juice in his left hand, and a telephone worm receiver in his right hand. Ain followed and helped him hold the telephone worm: "Portcas D. Ace and Sasuke are in Alabastan. Yet?"

    Uehara Naraku took a sip of the juice and slowly continued: "But is Ace''s journey over here? The damage to Luffy is too great..."

    Speaking of which, I''m really sorry Luffy.

    Luffy¡¯s brother Sabo was arrested when Rogue Town went out to sea; when Alabastan left, would Luffy¡¯s other brother Ace also be arrested?

    "There is no way this can be done!"

    The pharmacist in the phone worm''s pocket explained with a light smile at the corner of his mouth: "If he doesn''t come forward to stop Sasuke, maybe he will kill Titch soon..."

    "Then set it in Alabastan!"

    Uehara Naruto nodded and sighed, "That''s it! But at least let their brothers meet first... Otherwise, the next time they meet again, they will be in Impelton Prison. Too cruel, right?"

    "fire punch!"

    While Uehara Naraku was slowly talking on the phone with the pharmacist, a flame suddenly flew out of the pier in Alabastan, and the overwhelming flames suddenly hit the warship moored on the pier!

    Everyone was stunned to see this scene!

    Uehara Naraku turned his head in surprise, and saw that his warship was plunged into flames. What the **** was this?

    When the people on the pier were fighting to fight the fire, a few silhouettes rushed out of the pier area and rushed into the city before disappearing into the crowd.

    Uehara Naraku has seen a few familiar figures. It is Sasuke Uchiha, Portgas D. Ace and the group of Straw Hat Pirates...

    The two brothers Ace and Luffy have been reunited.

    As the elder brother took care of his younger brother, Portcas D. Ace made an extraordinary move, and directly burned the warship that had been chasing all the way from Rogue Town.

    In fact, this is indeed the original intention of Ace.

    Ever since Ace knew that the Straw Hat Pirates was chasing a navy lieutenant general''s warship, he had been worried about the safety of Luffy. After seeing the warship of Uehara Naraku in the port of Alabastan, he immediately shot and destroyed it. A warship.

    Even Uchiha Sasuke didn¡¯t have time to stop him, and Sasuke didn¡¯t know what he was up to...

    "Hey, Ace!"

    Sasuke Uchiha finally realized the reality, and he held Ace by the collar, his anger almost uncontrollable: "Do you know what you did?"

    "Hahahahaha..."

    Ace slapped Sasuke¡¯s palms happily and lowered his own voice: "Hey, Sasuke, let go, Luffy and the others are still behind us, I''m the brother of Luffy, of course I have to help him solve it. A little trouble..."

    "You idiot..."

    Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t help but let go of his palm, rubbed his forehead, and directly burned Uehara Naraku''s boat, which was also called a little trouble?

    In the past when they were in the Pirates of Spades, facing a female ensign, Portgas D. Ace escaped faster than anyone else... Now facing Naraku Uehara, who is nominally Lieutenant Admiral Guy, Ace has a lot of guts!

    Damn, this is obviously an idiot!

    A true idiot really never bullies someone who can kill you with one punch, but goes to provoke those who can kill you with one punch...

    Except for Uchiha Sasuke...

    Nicole Robin, who had just joined the Straw Hat Pirates not long ago, had cold sweat on her forehead, and her face was faintly speechless.

    Portgas D. Ace is worthy of being the strongest super rookie pirate in history, dare to provoke Uhara Naraku directly!

    "Go, go, the navy will catch up!"

    Portcas D. Ace waved to everyone in the Straw Hat Pirates happily, and continued loudly: "Hahahaha, Luffy, Sasuke, you go first, I''ll stop him!"

    "You go first!"

    Sasuke Uchiha looked at Naraku Uehara and a group of navy chasing from behind, shook his head ugly and said, "Let me stop him!"

    "Hey, Sasuke..."

    Ace is still a little reluctant.

    "To shut up!"

    Uchiha Sasuke interrupted him, drew out his Kusanaru sword, and unquestionably opened his mouth: "Now, you can go as far as you can. Never look back. I will go to you when I resolve the matter here! "

    After seeing Uchiha Sasuke take the initiative to stay, Zoro couldn''t help but look at Ace and asked, "Hey, Luffy''s brother, is it okay to leave only your companion to stop the navy? Uehara Naraku can''t So easy to deal with..."

    Uehara Naraku can block his three swords with one finger!

    Because Sauron hasn''t seen much of the world yet, from the perspective of Sauron''s senses, Uehara Naraku''s strength should probably be at the same level as Hawkeye Mihawk.

    Ace shook his head and said seriously: "Please don''t worry, in this world, no one is Sasuke''s opponent except Dad."

    "Ah, is it so powerful?"

    A flash of surprise flashed across Chopper''s face, and he shook his little head in an incredible way: "That man is now a lieutenant admiral!"

    "It doesn''t matter."

    Ace squinted his eyes and smiled and shook his head. It was just a lieutenant general of the navy headquarters, and Sasuke Uchiha could easily defeat the admiral three years ago!

    Nicole Robin still had cold sweat on her forehead, and glanced at Ace with a weird look. This guy is still so calm now?

    Ace acted very calmly, because he himself didn''t have much pressure to face the lieutenant admiral, and it was just a hard fight...

    While Ace trusted his companion very much, Sasuke Uchiha was in a bad mood because he finally saw Uehara Naraku again after three years.

    "Ha, what an incredible enemy..."

    Naraku Uehara waved his hand to stop a group of navy from pursuing him. He looked at Uchiha Sasuke, and a smile appeared on the corner of his mouth: "Uchiha Sasuke of the White Beard Pirates, what do you want to stop me here?"

    "..."

    Sasuke Uchiha fell silent and gritted his teeth with an ugly expression. He looked at Uehara Naraku''s smile and his mood gradually became complicated.

    This guy is still the same...

    As if just an ordinary person.

    Uchiha Sasuke knew very well that when Uehara smiled, it proved that everything was under his control, because he had been using a smile to hide his arrogance.

    "I''m not here for anything."

    Sasuke Uchiha clenched his fist, put away his Kusanaru sword, bowed earnestly and apologized: "Sorry, Ace acted too impulsively this time. I apologize to you on his behalf. I hope you can forgive the idiot. ¡­"

    "You are pirates, we are the navy..."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head, spread his palms, and smiled calmly: "It is normal for a pirate to burn the navy''s warship. The navy is also responsible for catching the pirates and killing them. It seems that there is no need to pay attention between us. Are these etiquettes?"

    "..."

    Sasuke Uchiha frowned.

    Things seem to get bigger!

    Uehara Naraku can actually speak in a good voice!

    "If you really want to apologize..."

    Nairo Uehara spread out her palms and said with a chuckle, "Then bring the Moby Dick in front of me, and let Portcas D. Ace burn it personally. I apologize to me... This request is not excessive. Right?"

    "This condition... is unlikely."

    Sasuke Uchiha gritted his teeth. No member of the White Beard Pirates would agree to this condition. It was obvious that Uehara Naraku deliberately embarrassed him.

    Nairo Uehara hooked the corner of his mouth, smiled and nodded and continued: "Since it is impossible, then forget it. Since Mr. Sasuke has come forward, I am just a lieutenant admiral, so naturally I dare not treat Portcas. ¡¤D¡¤Ace shot..."

    Speaking of this, UU Reading Uehara Naraku smiled and spread out his palms and continued: "But as a fair trade price, if I don¡¯t do anything to Portcas D. Ace, Sasuke You won¡¯t be in Alabastan, right?"

    "Ok?"

    Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s expression was a little confused, his expression suddenly changed the next moment, and he asked in a low voice with an ugly look: "What do you mean...Navy, no, it should be Akatsuki...Do you want to do something with Ace?"

    "Yes¡­"

    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, and walked towards Uchiha Sasuke step by step, and his voice suddenly became gentle: "Thank you, Sasuke, from this moment on, your undercover mission in the White Beard Pirates is over. "

    "..."

    Sasuke Uchiha''s eyes suddenly fell into a dull look.

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 533 Sasuke, your mission is over (see monthly ticket!)) to read the record, and open the bookshelf next time!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 533ï¼š 4 billion men offering a reward, surprised Straw Hat Pirates!

    "Starting from Hokage to do behind-the-scenes novels ( Find the latest chapter!

    Alabastan, a port city.

    In a corner of the city, the Straw Hat Pirates were reunited with Luffy and Ace, and looked curiously at the two brothers who were reunited.

    Ace didn''t chat with Luffy first, but solemnly bowed to the members of the Straw Hat Pirate Group and looked at them with a smile.

    "Hello everyone, I''m Luffy''s brother Portcas D. Ace, and my brother has been taken care of by you all this time."

    Ace had learned etiquette from Mackinaw.

    Especially after he met Uchiha Itachi, he learned a lot from Uchiha Itachi, such as how to greet his brother''s companion.

    This kind of polite appearance made the entire Straw Hat Pirates amazed. Their unreliable captain actually has such a polite brother?

    Sanji couldn''t help but drew out a cigarette, and slowly shook his head: "It''s really hard to imagine that such a polite person is actually Luffy''s brother..."

    "Yes¡­"

    Nami''s expression is also very subtle.

    Ace lighted the cigarette in his hand for Sanji, and he smiled and continued: "I understand Luffy''s temperament, it must have caused a lot of trouble for everyone... I''m sorry, you have kept his waywardness."

    "No, no, actually there is not much..."

    Nami hurriedly waved her hand in embarrassment.

    The others in the Straw Hat Pirates group couldn''t help but wave their hands, because in front of Ace, these people were really not good at slandering Luffy.

    Sauron was holding his knife, closing his eyes and screaming: "Luffy, this guy is our captain. Some things are still very reliable..."

    "..."

    Everyone present nodded following Sauron''s words.

    "is it?"

    With that smile on the corner of Ace''s mouth, he turned to pat Luffy''s shoulder and said with a smile, "Luffy seems to be really grown up and has become a qualified captain..."

    "..."

    Everyone in the Straw Hat Pirates group turned their heads to one side.

    In fact, it was just a little polite. In most cases, Captain Luffy is not reliable at all!

    If the Straw Hat Pirates are in danger, then Luffy is the most reliable person; if the Straw Hat Pirates are not in danger, in fact, Luffy is the one who brings them danger...

    Just as they were still chatting, Nami suddenly thought of something, and looked at Ace with some surprise: "Huh? Portcas D. Ace, the strongest supernova Pirate in history three years ago, A reward of more than one billion Baileys in one year!"

    Portcas D. Ace is indeed famous.

    Because Sasuke Uchiha defeated Beckman, the deputy captain of the Redhead Pirates, many people thought that Ace might have become one of the four emperors of the new world. However, after the defeat, he directly joined Whitebeard. Pirates.

    This incident was published in the news.

    Because Portcas D. Ace can be regarded as the strongest pirate out of the East China Sea in the past few years, and was once featured in the East China Sea news book.

    It''s not surprising that Nami has heard about him.

    The faces of the entire Straw Hat Pirates group couldn''t help but look at Ace in amazement. Luffy''s polite brother, his identity is really extraordinary!

    "Ha, I am actually not that strong."

    Ace couldn¡¯t help but chuckled and shook his head. He stretched out his finger and tapped Luffy¡¯s forehead, and continued softly: "Besides, those things have already passed. Now I am only the second team of the White Beard Pirates team leader¡­"

    "The White Beard Pirates!"

    Nami squeezed her palms abruptly, her brows frowned, and she said, "Is that... the white beard pirate group, the strongest pirate group in the world?"

    "Yes."

    A look of confidence flashed across Ace''s face.

    Nami''s hands were getting closer and closer, her face gradually becoming ugly, she slowly opened her mouth and continued to ask, "Is there a person named Jinping in your Pirate Group?"

    "Yes, do you know each other?"

    Ace glanced at Nami curiously, smiled and said, "Jinpei is the captain of our 8th squad. The relationship between me and him is good. Do you need my help to bring him greetings?"

    The original captain of the 8th Division was Murloc Namuel.

    Since Jinping was driven out of the Murloc Island by the dried persimmon ghost shark, he led the Murloc Pirates to join the Whitebeard Pirates, and Na Muir took the initiative to cede his position as captain to Jinping.

    Because of Jinping''s character and loyalty, Ace and Jinping are like-minded, and the relationship between the two is indeed very good.

    "No, no more."

    Nami shook her head uncertainly.

    The rest of the Straw Hat Pirates saw Nami''s thoughts.

    Because when Zoro and Sanji were guests in Cocosia Village, they learned about the past of the Dragon Pirates from Nami''s sister Nochigao. Nami joined the Straw Hat Pirates to defeat Jinping!

    "Ace, bring me a sentence!"

    Luffy clenched his fists and looked at his brother with a serious face: "Tell that guy named Jinping, I will definitely knock him down!"

    "Eh?"

    A series of question marks flashed across Ace''s face. He helped his hat and asked in surprise, "Did Jinping miss something? His character..."

    Luffy clenched his fist and continued to speak: "Apart from that Jinping, there is also the guy named Whitebeard, I will defeat them all!"

    This is a promise to Nami!

    Because Nami has been stuck in fear of Jinping and the White Beard Pirates, especially after the Baroque Work Club was disbanded, this emotion has become more and more serious.

    Until now¡­

    Nami is still worried about Jinping''s revenge for Aaron.

    "Eh?"

    Ace¡¯s face was even more curious, and a smile appeared at the corner of his mouth: "It¡¯s exactly the same as I used to be, Luffy, do you want to directly challenge the strongest man on the sea? This is beyond imagination. It''s difficult..."

    Lu Fei shook his head, his face was unprecedented persistence: "No matter what it is, no matter how difficult it is, I will defeat him!"

    "But you can''t even beat me..."

    Ace stuck out his two fingers, tapped Luffy¡¯s forehead, and chuckled: "Forget it, then wait for you to become stronger! When you want to challenge your father in the future, you have to pass it first. I have this level!"

    This difficulty is not low at all!

    Even the current Ace is not comparable to the entire Straw Hat Pirate Group, but he can be called a famous pirate in the new world full of monsters!

    Sauron frowned, glanced at the somewhat embarrassing atmosphere, and couldn''t help but ask: "Speaking of which, is your partner really going to be fine? That guy named Uehara Naraku is a very strong man... "

    "Will not."

    Ace shook his head and grinned with a confident smile on his lips. He believed his companion more than anyone else: "Even the admiral, it is impossible to defeat Sasuke... It may not be long before he can come and find us. ¡­Eh?"

    Ace moved his gaze slightly and saw Uchiha Sasuke walking towards them in the distance. He waved his palm and said loudly, "Hey, Sasuke, here!"

    "..."

    Sasuke Uchiha silently looked at the young man waving his palm.

    In the next moment, Sasuke''s figure disappeared from everyone''s sight instantly, and he appeared directly beside them in an instant!

    This move surprised everyone present!

    "Wow wow wow wow..."

    When Luffy and Chopper saw Uchiha Sasuke, their eyes were almost shining: "Is that teleportation just now? So handsome!"

    "No movement at all..."

    Zoro looked at the appearance of Uchiha Sasuke, his eyes slightly surprised: "I came here from such a far away in an instant..."

    "How can it be so long?"

    When Ace saw Uchiha Sasuke''s return, his expression was still a little puzzled: "Sasuke, is that lieutenant admiral tricky?"

    "He''s not a tricky kind of problem..."

    Sasuke couldn''t help but frowned and shook his head. How confident this Ace was that he thought that Uehara Naraku was just tricky to describe!

    and¡­

    Uehara Naraku issued an order to him, announcing that the undercover mission had ended, and Sasuke Uchiha offered to continue the mission to assist Akatsuki in monitoring the situation of the Whitebeard Pirates.

    In the past few years...

    Sasuke Uchiha is accustomed to everything about the Whitebeard Pirates. If he can, Sasuke Uchiha doesn''t even mind living on the Moby Dick for a lifetime.

    Unfortunately, all this is a dream.

    Now, the dream is about to wake up.

    When Sasuke slowly shook his head and sighed, Yu Guang saw Nicole Robin of the Straw Hat Pirates, and his expression changed again.

    Nicole Robin, this woman...

    The Straw Hat Pirates were also planted undercover...

    "Ace..."

    Sasuke Uchiha looked at Portgas D. Ace and said in a deep voice, "If there is nothing wrong, let us find a place to talk!"

    "Eh?"

    Ace looked at Sasuke in surprise.

    While Ace and Sasuke Uchiha were discussing matters on the other side, the Straw Hat Pirates were still looking at Sasuke Uchiha.

    Nami looked at Uchiha Sasuke and couldn''t help but praised: "Sister Robin, that Uchiha Sasuke is so handsome..."

    "Not only is he handsome..."

    The corner of Robin''s mouth hooked, and he chuckled and said, "And Sasuke Uchiha is also very powerful. Last year, his reward amount exceeded four billion Baileys, which is comparable to the emperors who rule the new world... "

    "Four...four billion!"

    This number really scared everyone present.

    Nicole Robin shook his head calmly, and continued in a low voice: "Uchiha Sasuke is considered by the world government to be the most dangerous monster of this era. It is said that he likes to call himself evil eyes and has incredible power..."

    "Evil Eye?"

    Everyone looked at Uchiha Sasuke.

    At exactly this time, Sasuke didn''t know what he had talked with Ace, and a scarlet light appeared, which made people shiver.

    like¡­

    The eyes are indeed fierce!

    A smile appeared on the corner of Sauron''s mouth, and there was a hint of eagerness on his face: "Robin, is that Sasuke a swordsman?"

    "maybe¡­"

    Nicole Robin nodded slowly and said in a low voice: "But the world government has published a piece of news specifically for Sasuke Uchiha. The knife on Sasuke Uchiha should be the supreme knife ten. Kusanagi sword, one of the second jobs..."

    "Another supreme sharp knife..."

    There was a touch of warfare on Sauron''s face.

    A super pirate with a reward of more than four billion!

    This super pirate is even a great swordsman with a supreme sharp sword in his hand. Even if Sauron knew he was invincible, he couldn''t help but want to ask Sasuke Uchiha for advice!

    Nicole Robin saw the warfare on Sauron¡¯s face, so he took a long time to speak and continued: "If you want to challenge him, it''s best not to pick this time, because I don''t think he is in a good mood now..."

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 534 Four Billion Reward Men, Surprised Straw Hat Pirates! (third update, ask for monthly pass)) Read the record, next Open the bookshelf once to see it!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 534ï¼š Candidates to capture Portgas D. Ace!

    "Starting from Hokage to do behind-the-scenes novels ( Find the latest chapter!

    Sasuke Uchiha is indeed in a good mood.

    Because in the eyes of the Straw Hat Pirates, Sasuke Uchiha and Portgas D. Ace were chatting, and suddenly he slammed Ace against the wall...

    The Straw Hat Pirates almost dropped their jaw!

    Uchiha Sasuke who is offering a reward of four billion Baileys is too fierce!

    After a long time.

    Portcas D. Ace and Sasuke Uchiha were finished talking, or they were beaten unilaterally by Uchiha Sasuke.

    Portgas D. Ace''s head swelled up with a big bag, and he walked towards the Straw Hat Pirates, smiled and said, "Okay, we''re finished talking..."

    "..."

    The Straw Hat Pirates looked at Ace silently.

    Obviously you guy was beaten unilaterally!

    If you ignore the swelling on Ace''s head, this person is still Luffy''s good-mannered, polite and reliable brother.

    Luffy looked at his brother and couldn''t help but ask: "Ace, what the **** is going on... Why is this guy hitting you?"

    "Ha, it''s just that our opinions have some differences..."

    Ace glanced at Sasuke Uchiha next to him, smiled and waved his hand and continued: "It''s just a little problem, I have solved it."

    The solution was to be beaten by Sasuke...

    As for the dispute between Sasuke Uchiha and Portgas D. Ace just now, of course, it is about Marshall D. Titch. Sasuke Uchiha hopes Ace can stop chasing Titch and sneak back into the new world.

    Because Sasuke Uchiha could not take Ace to leave.

    At least on the surface, Sasuke Uchiha cannot publicly betray Akatsuki. Uehara Naraku will definitely not let them go, and may even make Ace even harder.

    now¡­

    Sasuke Uchiha can only hope that Edward Newgate has the superb strength and can protect Ace. He can no longer protect Ace.

    Unfortunately¡­

    Portgas D. Ace is more persistent than expected, and Sasuke Uchiha can only continue to follow Ace with a headache.

    At least if Sasuke is here...

    It can also guarantee that Ace will survive in Uehara Naraku''s plan.

    The Straw Hat Pirates, Portgas D. Ace, and Sasuke Uchiha did not stay long in Alabastan. They scattered and left because Ace found Marshall D. Titch and Blackbeard Sea News of the thieves.

    This time when the Straw Hat Pirates left, Nairo Uehara, who had been following them all along, did not act together. He still remained in Alabastan.

    Because the next thing to do is serious!

    Alabastan, the heart of the desert.

    Sasuke Uchiha and Portcas D. Ace followed the trail of the Blackbeard Pirates along the way, all the way to the center of the desert.

    fortunately¡­

    They finally met Marshall D. Titch.

    "The thief hahahahaha...you are still chasing it!"

    When Marshall D. Titch saw Ace and Sasuke, instead of panic, his face was full of joy: "Join me! Ace, father, he is too old, only I can lead you. Towards a new era!"

    Marshall D. Titch¡¯s voice was full of bewitching, and his eyes were full of coveting for Sasuke Uchiha: "Sasuke... When I was on the Mobile, I had already chosen my own deputy captain. No one is more suitable than you!"

    Marshall D. Titch spread out his palms, and his expression gradually became sincere: "Now I have eaten the dark fruits and obtained the most precious treasure in the world, Sasuke. As long as we can work together, this piece The sea is under our control..."

    Titch said this very seriously.

    Ever since Marshall D. Titch saw Sasuke Uchiha defeating Kaido, he had coveted this guy Sasuke Uchiha!

    Titch has long thought that after he has gained a strong fruit ability, he must win over Sasuke to become his deputy captain. This guy is strong and has super self-discipline!

    to be frank¡­

    At the beginning, Portgas D. Ace¡¯s Pirates of Spades was really inexplicable. If Ace hadn¡¯t challenged Whitebeard so early, instead, he would slowly compete for turf in the new world. Emperor!

    Not everyone has the luck to get the almighty Vice Captain Uchiha Sasuke, but the one who got it didn¡¯t cherish it...

    This is really a great waste.

    "Let¡¯s stop daydreaming there..."

    Ace slowly supported his hat, a flash of anger flashed on his face: "You who hurt Saatchi, do you still have a face to slander the old man?"

    Ace suddenly spread out his palm, and a flame burst out from his palm: "Stop dreaming, Titch, originally I just wanted to arrest you and ask for sin... But we are running out of time, I just I can kill you here!"

    Only by killing Marshall D. Titch can the Dark Fruit be reborn, and only then can we hope to complete the agreement between Akatsuki and the White Beard Pirates!

    "Want to kill Lao Tzu?"

    Tic''s palm gradually turned dark, and a grin spread out from the corner of his mouth: "Ace, don''t you ever think why I would be caught up by you?"

    "Thief hahahahaha..."

    There was a wild smile on Tickey¡¯s face. He raised his head and looked at the quiet and vast desert, and said loudly: "Our Lord Dou, I have helped you attract people, and the next thing is Give it to your navy?"

    "¡­can."

    A coffin got out of the desert at some point.

    When this coffin appeared, an overbearing aura slowly emerged in the desert, and the powerful overlord color almost made no secret of it!

    Even Ace has a domineering look on him, and he couldn''t help being shocked by the sudden appearance of a domineering look!

    This domineering look suddenly appeared on the sand sea, setting off a boundless sand wave. Forcing everyone present could not help but cover their eyes!

    This overbearing aura...

    Even compared to Uchiha Sasuke!

    "Thief hahahaha, it''s terrifying..."

    When Marshall D. Titch looked at the coffin, he couldn''t help laughing out loud: "I didn''t expect the world government to have such a strong figure... If it is just used to deal with Sasuke, it seems that there is no problem!"

    Everyone in the Blackbeard Pirate Group nodded involuntarily. The domineering force alone is far stronger than Marshall D. Titch!

    Although the Blackbeard Pirates have not seen Sasuke Uchiha and the person in the coffin who are stronger, at least this battle cannot be easily solved!

    at least¡­

    They have one more time to escape easily.

    Heijue''s figure slowly floated out of Tickey''s body, and his smile gradually became a little weird: "Ho **** ho ho... He is indeed a powerful character!"

    Especially this person...

    He is the old acquaintance of Heijue!

    After Hei Jue sensed who the person in the coffin was, he immediately surreptitiously resurfaced on Marshall D. Titch''s body. He didn''t want to see that person!

    "Pretend to be a fool!"

    The overlord color on Ace suddenly broke out, resisting the domineering released by the person in the coffin, and managed to persist in this overlord collision.

    The collision of the two domineering colors is hardly comparable...

    The overlord look of the people in the coffin suddenly broke Ace''s domineering, and in the blink of an eye a boundless sand wave swept toward Ace!

    "Bah bah bah..."

    Ace spit a mouthful of sand, turned his head and glanced at Uchiha Sasuke who wanted to say something, only to see his companion staring at the coffin with sorrow.

    Uchiha Sasuke''s face was full of disbelief.

    Not only because of the people in the coffin, but also because of the arrogance that the guy in the coffin has now. He is obviously just a puppet who reincarnated from the dirty earth. He has only obtained part of Chakra from Indra and Asura. It is just a failed previous life. ¡­

    Why is that guy...

    How can you become so strong in this sea?

    "That rascal¡­"

    Sasuke Uchiha clenched his fist, his face gradually darkened and said, "Huh, sure enough, no matter where he goes, can that guy become a powerful monster?"

    Now Sasuke Uchiha has to admit...

    The domineering look in that guy seems to be stronger than him!

    But this matter seems to be no exception, because the person in the coffin is indeed the man who is the easiest to awaken the domineering and domineering man, and is also the character who is the easiest to promote the domineering domineering!

    Even if he is dead...

    Even if his body was only resurrected from the dirt...

    If he can live in flesh and blood, even if there are countless powerful enemies in this world, that man can still reach the apex of this world step by step!

    Even Uehara Naraku, after he died, did everything possible to find a part of his corpse and reincarnated from the dirty soil to make him a collection!

    This is also very normal...

    In addition to the four Hokage''s dirty reincarnations, Uehara Nairobi also has Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha''s dirty reincarnations with soil in his hands. Naturally, I will not miss that guy!

    Bang!

    The man in the coffin kicked the coffin board away!

    A palm suddenly protruded and slowly put it behind the coffin.

    Everyone involuntarily looked at the coffin, and stared at the man who came out of the coffin, the man who made people involuntarily hold their breath!

    A man in a red armor walked out of the coffin...

    Judging from his clothes, he looked like an ancient warrior.

    The man''s face is full of fine cracks, like a burnt pottery figurine, even so, it is still difficult to hide his arrogance!

    This guy doesn''t seem to see everything in this world in his eyes!

    "Uchiha... Madara!"

    Sasuke Uchiha couldn''t help gritting his teeth.

    Even Sasuke didn''t expect Uehara Naraku would let Uchiha Madara take charge of dealing with Ace, even Sasuke knew Uchiha Madara''s tricky!

    Even if the current Uchiha Sasuke has not really fought against the current Uchiha Madara, he does not think that he is sure of winning against Uchiha Madara...

    Who knows how much Uchiha Madara has strengthened on this sea?

    Just talking about the overlord look just now, Uchiha Madara has never stopped progressing, even with the existence of the filthy reincarnation, he also found an opportunity to become stronger!

    "Humph¡­"

    Uchiha Madara looked at Portgas D. Ace and Uchiha Sasuke, the corners of his mouth couldn''t help grinning, and a sarcasm smile appeared: "It seems that there are many old acquaintances here, Sasuke, now You really don¡¯t live like that..."

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 535 Captures Portgas D. Ace''s Candidate!) Read the record, and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 535ï¼š Then I will help put your brothers on the execution stand!

    "Starting from Hokage to do behind-the-scenes novels ( Find the latest chapter!

    Danger.

    very dangerous.

    Everyone in the desert of Alabastan, when they really saw the man appearing in the coffin, everyone felt a tremor in their hearts.

    "Sasuke...Do you know each other?"

    A drop of cold sweat broke out on Portgas D. Ace''s forehead, and he glanced at Sasuke Uchiha, and then at the man walking out of the coffin.

    Uchiha Sasuke slowly nodded, and squeezed the Kusanaru sword at his waist, his face became very serious: "Well, it''s a acquaintance! Even when I face him now, I dare not take it lightly..."

    "Hahahahahaha..."

    Uchiha Madara couldn''t help laughing loudly, his laughter reverberating in the desert, as if he heard something that made him feel ridiculous.

    After a long time, Uchiha Madara¡¯s laughter slowly converged, his fingers slowly bent, and he grinned and said, "Sasuke, it looks like you have become much stronger on this sea. Unfortunately, I I also feel that I have become a lot stronger..."

    If it¡¯s not the right time...

    Madara Uchiha really wants to fight Uchiha Sasuke!

    After all, opponents like Uchiha Sasuke have a fighting value equal to that of Senjuju in a sense, and even more meaning than the battle between Senjuju!

    Reincarnation Eye...

    Kaleidoscope writing round eyes...

    I''m fully aware of Sano...

    Uchiha Ryu swordsmanship, physique and illusion...

    Plus the domineering he got from this sea!

    Once the battle between the two of them started, it was actually like fighting against the mirrored self. The feeling of defeating yourself is the most wonderful!

    The only strange thing is that Sauna Uchiha has the same face as Madara Uchiha¡¯s younger brother Uchiha Senna, making Uchiha Madara can¡¯t help but recall the age of the Sengoku period, when he and his younger brother grew up together...

    While Uchiha Madara was still missing the past, a group of navy appeared in everyone''s field of vision.

    The leader is Uehara Naraku who has been chasing after him!

    "Huh? Hasn''t it started yet..."

    Naruto Uehara was holding a glass of iced juice in her hand, watching the situation in the desert with interest, and reaching out to Ace: "Hey, Senior Madara, someone burned my warship. Help me catch him. The speed is the fastest. Hurry up, I''m busy with things here."

    "...You fellow!"

    Uchiha Madara coldly snorted, his eyes fell on Ace, and slowly raised his fingers: "Do you need me to kill him by the way?"

    "It''s better to live better."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head slowly, and said softly: "If he dies, it will be of no value..."

    "It''s really troublesome."

    Uchiha Madara''s brows frowned, his eyes suddenly became icy, and his stern voice echoed in the desert: "Then beat him to death!"

    Uchiha Madara''s eye sockets instantly turned into reincarnation eyes, and those eyes that were very similar to Uchiha Sasuke''s left eye changed Ace''s face greatly!

    "Be careful!"

    Sasuke Uchiha reminded loudly.

    However, Sasuke now does not know how he should intervene...

    As Portcas D. Ace burned Uehara Naruto''s warship, this battle was unavoidable, and Sasuke Uchiha was completely unable to intervene.

    In fact, the purpose of Uehara Naraku''s arrival, Uchiha Sasuke is very clear, is to stop him from interfering in this battle.

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes fell on Uchiha Sasuke''s body, and he narrowed his eyes slowly, and a kind smile appeared at the corner of his mouth.

    While Sasuke Uchiha and Naraku Uehara were looking at each other, the battle between Portgas D. Ace and Uchiha Madara had begun!

    "Round Tomb¡¤Edge Prison!"

    A light flashed in Uchiha Madara''s eyes!

    The next moment, Portcas D. Ace flew out inexplicably, and involuntarily coughed up a mouthful of blood!

    "what''s the situation?"

    Ace clutched his chest in disbelief. He didn''t see any traces of attack at all and was hit by a strange attack!

    That is the shadow of the wheel tomb!

    Except for Uchiha Sasuke and Uehara Naraku to see an outline, no one in the room can see the shadow of the tomb!

    A series of attacks fell on Ace!

    "Yan Shang Gang!"

    This big pirate who is famous in the new world has no power to fight back at this moment, just waved his fist weakly, and suddenly released a wall of fire to try to stop the inexplicable attack!

    unfortunately¡­

    This is just futile after all.

    In the next moment, Ace was directly knocked to the ground!

    Everyone''s heart couldn''t help but feel a little bit cold, they didn''t see any movement Uchiha Madara had made, and Ace was already defeated by him!

    "That rascal¡­"

    Marshall D. Titch''s expression became a little horrified, and he slowly squeezed his fist: "Is that the ability of the transparent fruit? No, absolutely not, even the domineering did not notice any traces of battle..."

    Titch, who has seen the Demon Fruit Illustrated Book, saw Uchiha Madara¡¯s abilities, at this moment, there was also a faint fear, and there was no attack...

    How should people avoid...

    The entire Blackbeard Pirates group was also disturbed.

    Kazure¡¯s voice appeared gloomily in Marshall D. Titch¡¯s ear: ¡°Titch, Sasuke Uchiha, and Portcas D. Ace¡¯s crisis of pursuing us has been resolved, and now let¡¯s leave. Here..."

    "what?"

    Tic''s expression was dull for a second, and then he grinned suddenly: "But the next battle should be the highlight! I want to see how strong a character even Sasuke is afraid of!"

    Yes.

    The next battle is the highlight!

    "It''s over!"

    After Uchiha Madara defeated Ace, his gaze stopped on Uehara Naraku, and he said coldly, "It''s time for free activities next!"

    "Please."

    Uehara Naraku smiled and waved his hand.

    A bright light flashed through Uchiha Madara''s eyes, and his eyes fell on Uchiha Sasuke''s body: "Then let me loosen my body!"

    The shadow of a wheel tomb suddenly struck Uchiha Sasuke!

    This shadow was flew out by Sasuke brandishing his Kusanaru sword!

    "Bara, I don''t want to fight with you now!"

    Sasuke Uchiha frowned his brow.

    "It''s up to you!"

    The shadows of the tombs suddenly appeared by Sasuke''s side, and kicked on Sasuke''s body one after another, and finally kicked Uchiha Sasuke away!

    This also completely angered Sasuke!

    The next moment, Uchiha Sasuke suddenly turned on Susano Nouga, and violently drew out Susa Nouga''s Ninja sword, and the huge slash directly cut out a sandstorm in the desert!

    Everyone present was involuntarily panicked.

    In the past few years, a new legend has been circulating in the sea. It is said that when Uchiha and Susano appear, it means disaster and destruction!

    next moment¡­

    A blue Suzonenghu also suddenly rose from the ground!

    It is Uchiha Madara''s Susano, the fourth member of the Uchiha clan in the sea, finally appeared at this moment, but this person is standing on the side of the navy!

    Uchiha Madara manipulated his own Suzano, wielding a huge ninja and slashed at Sasuke''s purple Susa, and the two Suzami each held a ninja and bumped together!

    The shock wave generated by the collision of Suzuo Nenghu swept the desert in an instant, setting off boundless sand waves in the desert!

    "captain¡­"

    Poison Q approached Titch cautiously, and slowly proposed: "This level of battle is not something we can participate in now... I feel that if we don''t leave again, there might be bad luck!"

    At the next moment, a slash fell on their side suddenly!

    The entire Blackbeard Pirate Group was directly slashed out by the aftermath of this slash!

    "The two guys..."

    Marshall D. Titch spit out a mouthful of sand.

    This man who thought he had found a shortcut to realize his ambitions and dreams not long ago, and thought he was about to become the top powerhouse soon, realized his weakness.

    If they don''t leave, they will die here!

    A fright flashed across Marshall D. Titch''s expression, and he quickly fled to the depths of the desert: "Everyone, get out of here now!"

    The Blackbeard Pirates retreat like birds!

    These careerists scrambled to flee to the depths of the desert of Alabastan. They were not able to participate in this Susanenhu battle!

    Because Sasuke Uchiha and Madara Uchiha will subconsciously avoid disturbing Naraku Uehara, but this does not mean that they also need to take care of the life and death of the Blackbeard Pirates!

    If a member of the Blackbeard Pirates is killed by mistake...

    Then they can only die here for nothing.

    While the navy was gradually retreating in the battlefield of Susano Noga, Uehara Nara walked to Ace step by step, and slowly squatted in front of Ace.

    Uehara Naraku narrowed his eyes slightly, and slowly reached out to help Ace wipe the sand off his face, and said with a chuckle: "Portcas D. Ace, the 2nd squad of the White Beard Pirates Captain, do you know me?"

    "..."

    A trace of confusion flashed across Ace''s face.

    The next moment, when Ace looked at Naraku Uehara, a smile suddenly appeared at the corner of his mouth: "Ha, I remember! I remember you are the lieutenant admiral who has been chasing Luffy from behind? Now it is. You can''t catch Luffy anymore!"

    Is this guy''s heart too big?

    At this time, I was still thinking about my brother. Wouldn''t it be better to take a closer look at my own situation? He was on a battlefield that could die at any time...

    Now he is already captured by the navy!

    After Ace smiled, he suddenly apologized: "However, I am still very sorry, because I was worried that the idiot Luffy was caught by you and burned your warship accidentally. I hope you won''t mind, forgive me. My previous impulse..."

    "No, it''s not accidental."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and reached out to help Ace put on his hat: "Your Excellency Ace, you burned my warship on purpose..."

    "Yes... I''m sorry."

    A shy smile appeared on Ace''s face, he didn''t care about his situation at all, and even smiled and said: "But your navy is so rich, so you shouldn''t care about a warship, right?"

    "It makes sense."

    Nairo Uehara nodded and touched his chin: "Not long ago, I caught a revolutionary army named Sabo. I heard that he is your brother... Mr. Ace, you have two younger brothers. You shouldn''t mind. I put one of the younger brothers on the execution bench, right?"

    "Sabo!"

    A look of consternation flashed across Ace''s face. UU reading www. uukanshu. com

    In the past few years, Ace has learned that Sabo is still alive and has joined the revolutionary army and has been wanted by the world government.

    But because Sabo has been very busy, their brothers have never met.

    Ace did not expect that when he heard Sabo''s news again, Sabo had been caught by the navy, and even sent to the execution stand!

    Ace gritted her teeth, and a flash of anger flashed across her face: "Asshole, of course I would mind sending Sabo to the execution stage... I only have two younger brothers!"

    "So..."

    Uehara Naraku touched her chin and nodded seriously: "I''m sorry, I didn''t think about it well. Since you don''t want Sabo to go to the execution stand, I will help you catch all three of your brothers and send them together. Punishment stand!"

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 536, then I will help send your brothers to the execution stage!) Read the record and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 ~ï¼š Slept...

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    Today we will make up four changes, just to adjust...

    I will continue to make up for a while...

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record this (after sleeping...) reading record, and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 536ï¼š The first step of planning!

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    Ace''s eyes were dark.

    Once he mentioned his brother, Ace''s character gradually became stable. Hearing that Uehara Naraku wanted to capture all three of their brothers, Ace''s expression became very ugly.

    The lieutenant admiral spoke very seriously.

    This also means that he really wants to capture the three brothers, and send all three brothers to the execution platform for execution, even he may have caught two by now!

    "You guy..."

    A heavy touch flashed across Ace''s face, and his voice almost squeezed out between his teeth: "Did you really catch Sabo?"

    "I''m not lying to you."

    Uehara Naraku groped his pocket, took out a photo and placed it in front of Ace, and said softly: "This is the chief of staff of the Revolutionary Army..."

    This photo is actually not very good.

    Judging from the photo, it is indeed a photo of a lieutenant admiral and a yellow-haired youth.

    When Ace saw the photo, he recognized Sabo at a glance. In the photo, Sabo was wearing a pair of handcuffs, but Sabo''s smile was somewhat relieved.

    Obviously Sabo was also arrested...

    But Sabo''s smile was not too depressed.

    Because after Sabo was captured by the navy, he happened to know the news of Monkey D. Luffy''s escape from Rogue Town, and he also learned about the escape of Monkey D. Dorag.

    To be honest¡­

    Sabo was not in a bad mood when he was arrested. After all, he fulfilled his responsibilities as his brother and commander of the Revolutionary Army.

    Ace doesn''t think so!

    As the eldest brother of Saab and Luffy, all three of their brothers cannot be missing. Everyone must walk on their own way to pursue their dreams!

    Whether it''s Luffy or Saab being caught, Ace will do his best to rescue them!

    But now he has also been arrested...

    The situation became awkward.

    Portgas D. Ace¡¯s gaze fell on Uehara Naraku. This lieutenant admiral is still playing with people to help take pictures... How can there be such a navy in the world, more than his grandfather Lieutenant General Cap Even worse!

    "Be cool."

    Uehara Naruko held the juice in her left hand, and raised her scissor hands toward the camera with her right hand: "Ain, it must be a little more handsome than the one in Rogue Town!"

    "..."

    The beauty adjutant glanced at Uehara Naraku inexplicably.

    Does this boss punch in the scenic spot here?

    Who taught this boss to hold up his scissors when taking pictures?

    How can this be done to be handsome! Moreover, the Captain Ace of the 2nd Division of the White Beard Pirates was not caught by them. Is this the meaning of being a war criminal?

    Naruto Uehara saw the flashing flash, nodded in satisfaction, and then shouted: "Put this guy in a cage!"

    "¡­Yes."

    Ain lowered her head and glanced at the camera in her hand, with a little hesitation on her face. In fact, she really didn''t think she could take any good-looking photos...

    The photo taken by Naraku Uehara and Portgas D. Ace is probably not as good as the photo taken after Sabo was captured!

    "Hey, wait..."

    Portgas D. Ace tried to stand up and looked at Uehara Naraku angrily: "You guy, tell me where Sabo is!"

    This guy must know Sabo''s whereabouts!

    Uehara Naraku approached Ace again and whispered, "Don''t worry, you will see it soon. I will arrange for someone to help your three brothers prepare luxurious cells..."

    In fact, Sabo is not in Impelton.

    Saab is now secretly held on the Judicial Island.

    Portcas D. Ace was soon put into the cage of the sea building stone by several navies, and the captain of the Whitebeard 2nd squadron will also be sent to Judicial Island.

    "Lieutenant General Uehara, over there..."

    Ain glanced at the two tall Susano who were still fighting, and whispered: "Lieutenant General Uehara, shall we help?"

    "A little bit sensible..."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head, and said with a light smile: "We can''t intervene in the battle between them...I guess it''s only possible in the future, right?"

    This battle is indeed not something ordinary people can intervene.

    Even Marshall D. Titch has escaped for fear of being hit. If it weren''t for Uehara Naraku''s still here, these navies would be a little reluctant to be ordinary spectators on the battlefield between Uchiha Madara and Uchiha Sasuke.

    "Yes."

    Ain nodded, and said with some doubts, "Is that man who fought with Sasuke Uchiha, a subordinate of Xiaotou?"

    A man who can compete with Uchiha Sasuke!

    No matter what, it is impossible to be unknown on the sea!

    "Do not¡­"

    Uehara Naraku hooked the corner of his mouth and shook his head slowly: "That guy... at best, he can only be called an ally from Xiaodou! In name, that guy should belong to the CP battle sequence..."

    Uchiha Madara belongs to the CP department and is codenamed Madara.

    In the past few years, the CP department''s contribution to the world government has even exceeded the past decades, but the losses have far exceeded the past.

    In order to make up for the lack of combat power of the CP department, the pharmacist even did not hesitate to recruit strong players from all over the world. Uchiha Madara was also recruited by the pharmacist in name.

    "Let''s go!"

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the two Susanos who were still fighting, and smiled lightly: "They probably will fight for a while... Anyway, we can''t intervene!"

    After speaking, Naraku Uehara took another look at Ace, who was put in a cage by the Navy, and continued softly: "Also, tell me to tell him that the plan he made is ready to begin. Now he can release it to the sea. The hot first news!"

    Great route.

    New world, Baldige.

    A group of cadres of the revolutionary army sat together, everyone''s expressions were a little heavy, and they had the same newspaper in front of them.

    The headlines in the newspaper were the news that the Chief of Staff of the Revolutionary Army Sabo was arrested. The last sentence on the news contained a line of shocking words.

    The world government will choose to punish the cadres of the revolutionary army publicly.

    "Sabo..."

    Kerla, one of the cadres of the revolutionary army, grabbed the newspaper in his hand, with tears slowly accumulated in his eyes, and looked at the commander-in-chief of the revolutionary army with a grievance: "Mr. Dorag, I didn¡¯t mean to save him. Is it? When can we save Sabo..."

    "I haven''t found Saab''s location yet..."

    Monch D. Dorag shook his head, slowly clenched his fists, and said in a deep voice: "You can''t act rashly. The public execution of the punishment by the world government may be good news for us. Apart from Saab, there are others. The cadres of may also be rescued..."

    When talking about this, Monch D. Dorag''s expression was a bit gloomy again: "But judging from our previous confrontations with Pharmacist Dou and his CP, this incident may also be a conspiracy of Pharmacist Dou... "

    Once it comes to the pharmacist pocket and CP...

    There is no doubt that it will be connected with conspiracy!

    In the past few years, the revolutionary army has suffered a lot under the hands of the pharmacist, so that every revolutionary army is extremely jealous of the pharmacist, and Monch D. Dorag dare not be cautious!

    A bold woman with a cigarette dangling, her face was full of impatient: "Even if it is a conspiracy, we must not miss the opportunity to save them!"

    It was Belo Beatty, commander of the Eastern Army of the Revolutionary Army.

    Because Ashiro, the deputy commander of the Eastern Army, fell into the hands of the CP department, Belo Beatty applied to Dorag many times for rescue, but he never got a response due to lack of intelligence.

    If the world government wants to publicly execute all cadres of the revolutionary army, maybe they can find a chance to rescue people...

    "Don''t be too reckless, Belo Beatty."

    Dorag shook his head, put down the newspaper in his hand, and said solemnly: "I will send people to slowly continue to investigate the place where they are being held, before the public execution..."

    When Dorrag said this, his face was a bit heavy: "Because according to the news from the bear, the Great Undersea Prison Impelton does not have their intelligence..."

    King Qiwu Haiba Solomi Xiong was a cadre of the revolutionary army.

    After Sabo was arrested, Monch D. Dorag entrusted the bear to help investigate whether Sabo was held in Impelton, but the bear did not receive any news.

    "Could it be Mary Joa?"

    Kerla gritted her teeth, and a flash of pain suddenly flashed across her face: "Why don''t I sneak into Mary Joa and see if I can..."

    "Kerla!"

    Dorrag interrupted Kerla in a cold voice. He slowly shook his head and said in a deep voice, "I will continue to investigate. During this time, you will help organize Sabo''s work..."

    As one of the slaves of the Celestial Dragon, even if Kerla gradually began to walk out of the haze of the past, the fear of Mary Joa in her heart still lingered.

    Dorrag wouldn''t let Kerra venture back to Mariejoa.

    Besides...

    The news in this newspaper is not so much a statement from the world government, it is more like a declaration of war from a pharmacist to the revolutionary army!

    That insidious and cunning pharmacist will definitely not end here with just a symbolic news, he will definitely continue to stimulate the revolutionary army one after another!

    until¡­

    The world government thoroughly announced the place and date of execution!

    At that time was the time when the pharmacist''s conspiracy and traps were completely revealed, and it was also the time when the revolutionary army and the pharmacist''s real confrontation!

    At that time, it will be a real secret battle!

    Before that moment, everything that was said in the news papers was nothing but stimulating the nerves of the revolutionary army and damaging the confidence of the revolutionary army around the world.

    It is even possible that Yakushi''s pocket is fishing by the way. Whether it is big fish or small fish or even shrimp, it is an unexpected harvest for Yakushi''s pocket.

    "From tomorrow..."

    Dorag clenched his fists and looked at everyone present with his face solemnly: "All cadres should suspend their operations and all be transferred back to Baldige. No one can attack without authorization!"

    "Dorag?"

    Everyone''s eyes could not help but be a little confused.

    Monkey D. Dorag did not answer, but he said solemnly: "The news tomorrow or the day after tomorrow may be even more excessive... Don¡¯t vent your anger until you find a solution. The enemy will only find us. Flaws!"

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record this time (the first step of the Chapter 537 plan!) reading history, and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 537ï¼š The missionary of Magic Valley Town, Fei Duan is here!

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    Monkey D. Dorag¡¯s guess was not wrong.

    The news for the next half month will report about the revolutionary army every day, and the resumes of every revolutionary army cadre arrested have been reported. The mistakes they have put down are even marked by big books and directly marked by the world government. The villain.

    If it were not for the news of the world government, even the Revolutionary Army had never realized that they had been arrested by the CP department so many people in the past few years...

    At least one-third of the senior leaders of the entire revolutionary army have fallen into the hands of the world government!

    Even Ivankov, the commander of the revolutionary army''s great air route G army and the monster king Ivankov, who was detained at the bottom of Impelton Grand Prison, was revealed by the world government!

    Many cadres of the revolutionary army are ready to move around the world and want to fight back against the world government because they know that the news in the newspapers is slander.

    However, due to Dorag''s dispatch order, the cadres of the revolutionary army converged and all accepted the Dorag''s order. All cadres large and small rushed to Baldige.

    Monch D. Dorag is still trying to secretly investigate the detention location of Sabo and others, but he did not find out where Sabo was detained, instead he found the news that Ace was arrested...

    This news¡­

    It has not been exposed yet.

    "...Sabo...Portcas D. Ace..."

    Monkey D. Dorag was muttering the name.

    If they hadn''t been in contact with them, there seemed to be no connection between the two men, but Monkey D. Dorag knew the relationship between Ace and Sabo.

    Therefore, Dorag also knew Ace''s real life experience.

    Ace...

    It is the son of One Piece King Gore D. Roger!

    According to the cunning level of the fellow Yao Shidou, it is impossible for him to find out the life experience of Ace. Therefore, the pharmacist took the risk of angering the White Beard Pirates and arrested Ace. It is impossible to just put people in Impel. It¡¯s that simple...

    "Ok?"

    Monkey D. Dorag frowned, reached out his hand and grabbed the latest reward order on the table, his face suddenly became heavy.

    "Luffy¡­"

    Judging from the time of Portcas D. Ace¡¯s arrest, that period happened to be when Luffy left Alabastan; according to the time of Sabo¡¯s arrest, it happened to be when Luffy left Rogue Town. .

    That fellow pharmacist...

    Perhaps it was secretly using Luffy to capture his two brothers who were righteous!

    Monkey D. Dorag slowly clenched his palm: "From the perspective of the route, their next stop should be Changhuan Island, right?"

    The first half of the great route.

    The Straw Hat Pirates has not received the latest news of Saab¡¯s arrest.

    Moreover, the route of the Straw Hat Pirates is simply unexpected. They did not rush to the next stop, Long Circle, as Dorag guessed...

    But... Sky Island.

    Because during the recent voyage, their nautical pointer pointed to the sky, Luffy proposed to go to the legendary sky island.

    In order to be able to obtain information on the sky island, the Straw Hat Pirates arrived at a nearby place called Gaya Island, on which there was a Demon Valley Town where the pirates were entrenched.

    Gaya Island, Magic Valley Town.

    When Monkey D. Luffy, Sauron and Nami disembarked and entered Magic Valley Town to search for information, they were a little surprised to find that this small town full of pirates turned out to be somewhat harmonious.

    The whole street is crowded with people, almost everywhere are drunk pirates, but no pirates dare to make trouble on the street.

    The only exception is a silver-haired man.

    The man carried a long sickle.

    Everyone on the street could not help but make way for him. Even when they saw him, their faces were full of panic, as if they were afraid of being caught by him!

    "That guy is so cool!"

    Monkey D. Luffy looked at the silver-haired man walking on the street and couldn''t help but praised him, his face full of surprise and admiration.

    "Although it looks cool..."

    After Nami nodded slowly, she slammed Luffy''s head with a punch: "But it''s obviously a nasty guy! Didn''t you see other people avoiding him?"

    "What, it doesn''t feel so scary!"

    Luffy pursed his mouth in dissatisfaction. He seemed to have seen something interesting, and he laughed and said: "Look, Nami, it seems like a very polite guy!"

    In Luffy''s vision.

    The silver-haired man took out a weird pendant from his chest, smiled and talked to a passerby on the street: "Hey, do you want to believe in the evil god, the evil **** will protect you..."

    "no, do not want¡­"

    "Hey, this is too shameless, right?"

    The silver-haired man''s face suddenly became bitter.

    The passers-by on the street saw his face and couldn''t help but whispered and said: "Fei... Master Fei, I''m still young..."

    "We are obviously about the same age!"

    The silver-haired man stretched out his palms with a smile, and sincerely asked, "As long as you pass the test of Lord Cthulhu, you don¡¯t need to pay this month¡¯s protection fee. Money is something for us followers of Lord Cthulhu. It''s so dirty!"

    "No... it doesn''t matter..."

    The passers-by on the street whispered and waved, and hurriedly fled from the silver-haired man, seeming to be afraid that he would be entangled by this man again.

    Others hurried to avoid the sight of the silver-haired man.

    The silver-haired man couldn''t help shook his head and sighed. He couldn''t help muttering in his mouth: "It''s a bunch of guys without faith..."

    Just when the silver-haired man wanted to turn his head and leave, he saw Monkey D. Luffy and Sauron and his party, with a smile on his face again, and he spoke enthusiastically: "I don''t seem to have seen you before, eh? Are you a newcomer in Magic Valley?"

    "Yes!"

    Monkey D. Luffy nodded, smiled and asked: "We are here to inquire about the sky island..."

    "Hahahahaha...anything is fine!"

    The silver-haired man''s face became more enthusiastic, and he smiled and asked, "But after you came here, have you paid the protection fee?"

    "What... protection fee?"

    Monkey D. Luffy couldn''t help but tilt his head.

    Because they just arrived in Magic Valley Town, they don''t know the situation in Magic Valley Town.

    However, the atmosphere of this Magic Valley town on Gaya Island is different. Although the town is full of pirates, there are very few pirates making trouble here.

    Moreover, in this small town, it is not that whoever has a high reward can be arrogant, whoever has a low reward can live more moisturized instead.

    Because of this magic valley town...

    Now it has been occupied by the cape of Qiwu under the king.

    At the beginning, Jiao Du had wanted to clean up the pirates in this small town, all of them were captured in exchange for a reward from the navy, but this would only make Demon Valley Town completely fall.

    Therefore, the angle has changed to a new way.

    The horns occupied the Demon Valley Town and announced that every pirate entrenched in Demon Valley Town must pay money to himself, and the money offered every month must be based on their reward.

    As the price of the confession, the corner will ensure their safety in Demon Valley and will not hunt them in the sea.

    In this way...

    Those pirates with a reward of up to 40-50 million can''t give much money, and even the pirates with a reward of more than 100 million dare not appear in the area of ??Magic Valley, because 100 million Baileys are not easy for a pirate to get!

    But if the reward is over 100 million...

    It''s easy to be stared at by the horns.

    Any big pirate who wants to sail on the first half of the great route, wants to survive the capture of Jiaodu, must go to Demon Valley Town and pay enough money.

    This makes Magic Valley Town become prosperous again.

    Because once the money is paid, the horns will not shoot people in the sea, and even these pirates can have the town of Demon Valley as a safe base for entrenched.

    Therefore, the pirates really love and hate the place of Magic Valley...

    As long as they are still active in the first half of the great route, they must come to Demon Valley Town to pay. If the money is not enough, they need to go to expedition and looting, and the reward will be increased by the navy;

    Once the reward is increased, the money that needs to be given to Jiaodu will be more. They will go to expedition to rob more money, and the reward will increase further...

    This is an endless loop!

    Until one day, the pirate¡¯s reward will be raised by the navy to a figure that cannot be looted anyway. The pirate will not be able to pay enough money to Jiao Du, and eventually will be killed by Jiao Du¡¯s companions due to insufficient supply. Give it to the Navy in exchange for a bounty...

    This corner...

    Really make money.

    If the pirates in the first half of the great route refuse to enter the new world in the second half of the great route, sooner or later they will be consumed by this fellow Jiao Du!

    Some little pirates who offered very low rewards found business opportunities.

    These little pirates stopped looting at all, and started business in Magic Valley Town on their own, paying a little Bailey every month to ensure that they were not threatened by others.

    Otherwise...

    There is another way to exempt the protection fee that is, the pirates can also choose to join the Cthulhu of Feiduan. As long as they can become followers of the Cthulhu, they can be exempted from the protection fee of Jiaodu.

    However, if you want to join the Cthulhu Cult, you must pass the so-called Cthulhu Test, but so far no pirate has passed the Cthulhu Test...

    Because of the Cthulhu test, even if his head was cut off by the flying section, he could survive!

    What the **** is this test!

    Now the pirates in Demon Valley Town are afraid of Feidan¡¯s mission. They would rather be charged for protection by Feiduan than being invited by Feidan to join Cthulhu...

    In those days, many pirates were greedy for small bargains and chose to join the Cthulhu Cult of Fei Duan. All of them were cut off by Fei Duan on the spot!

    The silver-haired man who is spreading Cthulhu to the Straw Hat Pirates is the Feidan. He has been teaching in this sea for several years, but he is still the only believer in Cthulhu...

    Feiduan looked at Luffy''s three newcomers with bright eyes, and said with a smile: "Hahahahaha...Let¡¯s find a place to have a good chat. As long as you are willing to believe in Lord Cthulhu, what do you want to know? I will tell you..."

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 538 Missionary of Magic Valley Town, Feiduan is here!) Read the record, and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 538ï¼š The encounter between the Straw Hat Pirates and the Undead 2

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    The tavern in Magic Valley.

    When the three people from Fei Duan and Straw Hat Pirates came in, the pirates in the tavern saw Fei Duan involuntarily with a touch of fear on their faces.

    "It''s Fei Duan again..."

    "Don''t want to preach to us again!"

    "Where is Lord Jiaodu? Didn''t he promise to take care of the flying section? Why is this guy coming out again!"

    "It seems to be preaching to the three newcomers?"

    A group of pirates hugged their wine bottles and hurriedly hid to the side, for fear of attracting the attention of the flying section, they carefully looked at the flying section and the straw hat group that came in.

    These pirates are not strong, but the pirates who live in the safe town of Magic Valley Town. Since seeing the power of Jiaodu and the weird horror methods of the flying section, these people have never thought about challenging the angle. It is the authority of Fei Duan.

    Nami looked sideways slightly, looking at the many horrified pirates, she couldn''t help but frowned her brows: "Hey, Sauron, do you feel something is wrong?"

    "Have it?"

    Sauron turned his head and glanced at the people around him, and shook his head nonchalantly, "It feels like there is nothing wrong..."

    Sauron just felt that the pirates around him might be out of awe of Fei Duan, but he didn''t care about it.

    No matter where you go.

    It is only natural for the weak to fear the strong.

    Nami turned her head slowly and glanced at the flying section who still greeted Luffy enthusiastically, and her vigilance grew.

    This guy looks very unusual here! At least in this small town dominated by pirates, no one seems to dare to provoke him...

    "My name is Feiduan, and I am a loyal believer of Lord Cthulhu."

    Feiduan reached out and took the juice that the tavernkeeper handed him, and smiled and said, "Ha, since you are not here to pay the protection fee, you must be a believer of Lord Cthulhu, right?"

    "Huh? No..."

    Luffy scratched his head, looked at Feiduan with a puzzled look, and said straightforwardly: "We are just here to inquire about the sky island, what evil god, I am not really interested at all..."

    "No no no!"

    Seeing Feiduan¡¯s face gradually turned gloomy, Nami hurriedly stretched out her boat to cover Luffy¡¯s mouth, smiled and nodded to Feiduan, ¡°Yes, yes, we actually want to get to know this town first. The protection fee and the matter of Lord Cthulhu..."

    After Nami finished talking to Fei Duan, she suddenly turned her head and stared at Luffy: "Idiot, hold this guy steady first!"

    "So..."

    Feiduan¡¯s smile returned to his face. He slowly drank the juice, spread his palms and chuckled: "My Lord Cthulhu is the most powerful **** in this world. He will shelter every believer in this world. So that they won¡¯t suffer any harm..."

    Feiduan leaned over and approached Luffy, and squeezed his palms abruptly, saying, "Hey, as long as you are willing to believe in Lord Cthulhu and show your loyalty to Lord Cthulhu, you can get a true immortal body!"

    "..."

    Nami and Sauron looked weird.

    Is it so simple to get an immortal body?

    How come it sounds like a joke!

    This **** is really a Cthulhu, no wonder this guy is also attracting other people to teach by the side of the road, it is obviously a lie!

    Hell if anyone wants to believe it!

    "really?"

    Luffy¡¯s face was extremely surprised. He twisted his head and continued to ask curiously: "Like Bucky, you can''t kill anything?"

    "Who is Bucky?"

    Fei Duan tilted his head like Luffy, and his eyes were obviously more curious: "There are people like me. That person is also a believer of Lord Cthulhu?"

    "do not know¡­"

    Luffy twisted his head, shook his head and said, "Forget it, you will know when you see him in the future..."

    Lu Fei shook his head, talking about business, his face was obviously full of curiosity and yearning: "Speaking of which, Feidan, do you know how to get to Sky Island?"

    "Hmm...hmm? Do you want to go to the sky island?"

    Fei Duan had just memorized the name Bucky, but when he wanted to continue preaching, he heard Lu Fei''s question and couldn''t help but think of one thing.

    Fei Duan raised a finger and pointed it upwards: "Just fly up and it''s fine. I remember the location of the sky island is about 10,000 meters in the sky..."

    Feiduan rubbed his forehead, took out a phone bug, and muttered: "Wait, I''ll make a phone bug to get Jiao to come over. He seems to have been to Sky Island once before, from that place. Brought back a lot of gold..."

    "Hmm...please!"

    Luffy closed his palms and thanked him.

    While Fei Duan and her companion were making a phone call, Nami''s mouth couldn''t help but twitched: "Hey, it''s obviously fake, right? How can people fly? Why do I always feel that this person is not reliable Looks like..."

    "not real."

    The tavern owner opened his mouth cautiously next to him: "The master of this magic valley town, the master, once personally landed on the sky island and brought a lot of gold from it. Have you heard the story of the big liar Rolando?"

    "Roland the big liar?"

    "Yes."

    The innkeeper nodded and said in a deep voice: "Rolando, a well-known fairy tale liar in Beihai. It is said that when he first came to Gaya Island, he found mountain-like gold on the island, but the second time he came. He was executed by his king without finding the Golden Country, and he was also named the big liar Rolando...

    However, Golden Township is real.

    The place full of gold was washed into the sky by the rising ocean currents, and therefore became an empty island floating in the air. When some ships sail in the waters near Gaya Island, the sailing pointer will point to the sky.

    This matter is still the truth discovered by Lord Jiao Du. "

    When the tavern owner said this, his voice slowly lowered: "Last year, Lord Jiaodu flew to the sky and found the golden township that was washed into the sky by rising ocean currents on an empty island tens of thousands meters above sea level, and returned from there. I was seriously injured later, but brought back a lot of gold."

    "Jiaodu..."

    Nami frowned her eyebrows and thought about the name, and her expression suddenly changed the next moment: "Wait...Is it the cape of the underlord Qiwu?"

    "Don''t you know?"

    The tavernkeeper¡¯s expression was suddenly very strange, he shook his head and sighed: "Forget it, but it doesn¡¯t matter. You little guys should have no rewards or protection fees...this straw hat..."

    "No, this straw hat was given to him by someone else, nothing surprising."

    Nami hurriedly waved her hand and smiled at the tavern owner and asked, "By the way, can that tell us...what is the protection fee? Is anyone here collecting the protection fee?"

    "You... don''t know the protection fee?"

    The tavernkeeper¡¯s expression is even more weird, as if he¡¯s looking at someone from another world: "How could the pirate who sailed in the first half of the great route not know the protection fee of Magic Valley...Well, I guess it¡¯s the little pirate from which little place. Right?"

    "Yeah¡­"

    Nami nodded desperately.

    The innkeeper shook his head and sighed: "The protection fee of Magic Valley Town is the fee that all the pirates who have a reward on the first half of the great route must pay to the Cape of Qiwu, the king.

    Demon Valley Town¡¯s protection fee must be paid to Demon Valley Town once a month, and each time the cost is its own bounty. If someone does not make a confession, unless he escapes into the new world in the second half of the great route, otherwise, he will He was watched by Master Jiaodu until he was hunted down in exchange for a reward..."

    After talking about this, the tavern owner slowly said: "However, the value of the protection fee is still very high. You can continue to be active in the first half, or you can enjoy a peaceful life in Magic Valley. I want to catch you in exchange for a bounty."

    "that¡­"

    Nami glanced at Luffy and continued to ask: "If the pirate''s reward is too high, there is no money to provide enough protection money?"

    Even if you have money...

    It can''t be wasted to this level!

    The tavern owner shook his head and said in a deep voice: "Then he will be caught by Lord Jiaodu in exchange for a bounty. Many pirates do not have enough money to pay because their rewards are getting higher and higher, but they are lucky. In the first half of the voyage, they were eventually killed by Lord Jiaodu or sent to Impelton, the great prison..."

    "..."

    After being silent for a second, Nami asked again: "Even if these pirates did not stay in Demon Valley Town, would they be caught or killed by the Hornets?"

    "Yes."

    The tavern owner nodded seriously, and continued in a deep voice: "Never underestimate the power of the master. It is said that if he wants, he can reach any small island in the first half of the great route from Gaya Island in one day. , No one can escape his chase..."

    The tavern owner seemed to feel that this was not convincing enough, and added: "The truth may be more exaggerated than you think. Lord Jiaodu''s whereabouts are uncertain. He can appear anywhere on the great route..."

    "..."

    Nami was silent again.

    The next moment, Nami grabbed Luffy and Sauron by the shoulders, and whispered: "Luffy, Sauron, what''s the reward for you two?"

    If I remember correctly...

    The Straw Hat Pirates only offer rewards for Luffy and Sauron, but the rewards for these two people don''t seem to be low!

    No, it''s not right!

    And Nicole Robin!

    Robin''s reward of 290 million Pele!

    This means that they may face an attack from a king''s Qiwuhai at any time, especially if they are still on the territory of the king''s Qiwuhai!

    "130 million Pele."

    Luffy scratched the back of his head.

    "60 million Bailey."

    Sauron closed his eyes carelessly.

    "Let me count..."

    Nami''s face turned pale, and her emotions almost collapsed in an instant: "If you don''t want to face an enemy of the King''s Qiwuhai, you have to offer 480 million Baileys..."

    This money is too much!

    No matter what!

    Rather than wasting this money , it is better to let Luffy and the others desperately chamfer the king, Qiwuhai, and the most important thing is that they simply don''t make it together!

    If it¡¯s only fifty or one hundred Baileys, maybe Nami still thinks about it... This is 480 million Baileys, even if you sell the entire Straw Hat Pirates¡¯ possessions, you won¡¯t be able to make up the money. !

    Especially when they were robbed by Naraku Uehara once in Rogue Town. To put it mildly, recently the Straw Hat Pirates¡¯ replenishment of supplies is basically relying on self-reliance...

    But want to defeat a king, Qiwuhai...

    Just thinking about it made Nami couldn''t help but feel her scalp tingling!

    At this moment, Feiduan hung up the phone, and said in a whisper, "I''ll be back soon after what I said. What I hate most is waiting for someone..."

    Squeak...

    The door of the tavern was suddenly opened.

    A man walked in slowly under the shadow of the shadow, holding a stack of rewards in his hand, raising his head and looking at all the pirates present, his eyes slowly fell on the straw hat pirate group, let Luffy and Sauron''s expression instantly became tense!

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click "Favorites" below to record the reading record of this time (Chapter 539 The Encounter of the Straw Hat Pirates and the Undead Duo), and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 539ï¼š If you want to save Ace and Sabo, just wait!

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    A gloomy breath swept the entire tavern.

    The pirates in the entire tavern couldn''t help but shudder. Just as they looked nervous, they saw the man entering the tavern, and everyone''s expression instantly relaxed.

    "Master Jiaodu!"

    "Is Mr. Jiaodu back?"

    "Master Jiaodu, would you like a glass of juice?"

    The whole tavern became lively again after entering the corner.

    Although they are squeezed money by the horns every month, the horns all act in a childish manner and treat some loyal customers very friendly.

    To be honest¡­

    If Jiao is willing to give up being a pirate, relying on his persistence to money and the attitude of dealing with others, he will definitely be a successful businessman.

    "No, I have something to deal with first."

    After Jiao Du nodded at the pirates present, his gaze fell on the three members of the Straw Hat Pirates, and slowly frowned his brows: "Straw Hat Luffy, offering a reward of 130 million Baileys, Roronoa Sauron is offering a reward of 60 million Pele..."

    Obviously, the Straw Hat Pirates did not pay any money.

    When Luffy and Sauron saw the horns coming in, their nerves tightened instantly, because they knew that the horns in front of them had a dangerous aura!

    A danger that can''t be ignored at all!

    Just when Nami looked at Jiao Du who came in tremblingly, thinking that he was coming to trouble Luffy and Sauron, she heard Jiao Du''s heavy question.

    "Is Nami from the Straw Hat Pirates here?"

    "Yep?"

    Nami''s expression was directly confused, and a drop of cold sweat fell on her face for an instant: "My body... there is no reward! No, I am not Na..."

    "Huh? Are you looking for Nami?"

    Luffy put his thumb up, pointed at Nami next to him, and greeted him smoothly, "Hey, Nami, someone is looking for you..."

    "Ahhhhh... shut up, idiot!"

    Nami slammed Luffy''s head with a punch, and she was trembling with anger. It must not be a good thing for Qiwuhai, the king of Jiaodu, to come to her!

    She is just a navigator!

    Still a woman who has no power to bind a chicken!

    "do not worry."

    Kakuto slowly spread out his palms, and calmly explained: "I didn''t come to trouble you. I remember you knew a guy named Naraku Uehara. It happened that I had a good relationship with him. He asked me to take care of him. You don¡¯t need to collect the protection fee of your Straw Hat Pirates..."

    "Uehara...uhhhhh..."

    Fei Duan''s eyes suddenly lit up.

    Just as Fei Duan wanted to say something, Jiao Du''s palm suddenly burst out of grievances, and he sealed his mouth directly.

    "Uehara Naraku..."

    Nami''s expression suddenly stiffened.

    That guy is really her destined enemy!

    Every time Nami met Naraku Uehara, nothing good happened, but now she didn¡¯t expect that guy would let a king, Qiwuhai take care of her...

    That rascal¡­

    Is your conscience still?

    But it seems that the guy¡¯s name can be borrowed?

    Uehara Naraku said a word...

    It can save 130 million Baileys from Luffy, 60 million Baileys from Sauron and 290 million Baileys from Nicole Robin!

    Unexpectedly, Uehara Naraku''s face was so great!

    If there is no need to provide such a high protection fee to Jiaodu, this will avoid the contradiction between them and Jiaodu!

    As a pragmatist, Nami certainly won''t let this opportunity go!

    "Yes, yes."

    Nami''s little chicken pecked at her little head, a sunny smile appeared on her face, and she said in nostalgia: "I have known Naraku Uehara for many years. We have been good friends for many years. Well, I didn¡¯t expect him to know Mr. Jiaodu too..."

    "Well, I have promised him."

    Jiao nodded and spoke slowly: "He happened to tell me that you have been poor, and you even owed him one billion Baileys. You simply can''t afford the protection.

    So after your Straw Hat Pirates entered the Great Sea Route, because of his face, I didn''t plan to charge you for protection. "

    "Yeah yeah¡­"

    Nami nodded seriously, her expression gradually relaxed: "I am the financial steward of the Straw Hat Pirates. We are indeed very poor, and we owe him money..."

    Although Nami didn''t know why Uehara Naraku would say that she owed one billion Baileys, it was enough for Kakuto to give up collecting protection fees from their Straw Hat Pirates!

    Don¡¯t offend a king, Qiwuhai...

    For Nami, that''s great!

    Kakuto stared at Nami, nodded slowly, and the front of the conversation suddenly turned coldly: "But half a month ago, Uehara Naraku made me lose one billion Baileys. Tell me that this money is for me to look for. You ask..."

    This incident is not a random fabrication by the corners.

    Because half a month ago, Naru Uehara captured Portgas D. Ace and directly caused Kakuto to lose a billion Baileys bounty. According to Kakuto''s theory, the pirates in the first half of the great route All of his bounty should be his...

    and¡­

    Kakuto raised doubts about Uehara Naraku, thinking that when Uehara was wasted, Uehara Naraku also gave Kakuto a way to compensate for the loss.

    But this way...

    Seems not very friendly to Nami.

    Nami''s face turned pale.

    These guys... are actually demons!

    Why was she eager to admit that she and Naraku Uehara were friends? Why did she just accept the reason that the horns were handed to her!

    Billion Baileys...

    Why ask her for it!

    Even if you pack Luffy, Zoro, and Robin into a reward, it is not half the money. Naruto Uehara is not a conscience, he is a demon in human skin!

    "Wait! Let me explain!"

    Nami shook her head frantically, and said sincerely, "In fact, I don''t know much about Naraku Uehara, and I have never borrowed money from him."

    "Aren''t you friends?"

    Jiao Du''s brows frowned, and he said: "I will ask him to verify this matter in the future. Since you are not friends, before that, let''s settle the protection fee of the Straw Hat Pirate Group this month. 480 million Pele..."

    "..."

    Nami shook her head hurriedly, and looked at Jiaodu sincerely again: "No, I and Naraku Uehara are good friends, but I have never borrowed money from him..."

    "Ok?"

    Kakuto frowned somewhat displeased, and said in a deep voice, "Then please wait here for a while, and wait until Uehara Nairo comes down from the island!"

    "Uehara...on Sky Island?"

    A look of doubt flashed across Nami''s face.

    Wait, why can''t Uehara Naraku be on Sky Island?

    Kuajima was the former golden town. According to the character of Uehara Naraku, he must go to Kuajima to find gold now!

    "Then let''s go to the sky island too!"

    Luffy clenched his fist, and a hearty smile appeared on his face: "Since Uehara has gone up, we can''t be too far behind, Nami, Sauron, let''s go!"

    "You can''t leave yet."

    Jiaodu''s arm suddenly stretched out, blocking their way, his voice hoarsely said: "Straw Hat Luffy, Uehara Naraku also just asked me to tell you a news..."

    Jiaodu stared at Luffy, and calmly continued: "Your brother Portcas D. Ace and Sabo have been captured by the Navy."

    "What are you kidding?"

    A flash of astonishment flashed across Luffy''s face, and his expression became ugly and gloomy as never before: "I haven''t been separated from Ace and Sabo for long..."

    Jiao Du coldly interrupted Luffy''s words, and calmly continued to explain: "Two months ago, the Revolutionary Army Chief of Staff Sabo was arrested in Rogge Town. This is the latest news headline;

    Half a month ago, Portgas D. Ace was arrested in Alabastan. This is the news headline just published today..."

    "It seems that there is something like this..."

    A pirate opened his eyes drunkly, and said in agreement: "I don''t know what Ace, but it seems that a great figure in the revolutionary army has indeed been arrested... Is Lord Jiaodu also paying attention to this matter?"

    "..."

    Luffy''s fist suddenly clenched!

    The next moment, when Luffy was about to rush out of the tavern, Nami hurriedly stopped Luffy: "Hey, Luffy, you don''t know what''s going on now, right?"

    Nami turned her head to look at Kakuto, and hurriedly asked, "Hey, what is the purpose of you telling us this news? No, what is the purpose of Uehara Naraku?"

    "I still don''t know."

    Kakuto calmly looked at the three people in the Straw Hat Pirates group whose complexion had changed, and shook his head: "Uehara Naraku just asked me to stop you, let me tell you, if you want to know how to rescue Portcas D. Ai Si and Sabo will wait for him in Magic Valley Town..."

    After Jiaodu finished speaking, he slowly let go of his body, and said in a deep voice: "If you want to leave after I finish speaking, then you leave at will..."

    "..."

    Luffy sat down peacefully Sauron and Nami glanced at each other, and slowly sat beside Luffy.

    At exactly this time, Usopp and Sanji of the Straw Hat Pirates rushed into the tavern and took a look at all the pirates present.

    When Usopp and Sanji saw Luffy''s three people, they were finally relieved. It seemed that they should be looking for these people in a hurry.

    "Usopp, Sanji, what happened?"

    "The latest newspaper from Newsbird from Magic Valley Town!"

    Usopp hurriedly waved the newspaper in his hand and said in a loud voice, "Luffy, something big is about to happen!"

    The Straw Hat Pirates, who had been sailing on the sea all the way, finally learned the usefulness of ordering news birds, that is, they can always know the news happening on the sea.

    Just when the Straw Hat Pirates saw the news bird, the news headlines on the sea had just ended the topic of the Revolutionary Army and published a more heavy news.

    "Fighting on the 15th, the end of the war, Uchiha Sasuke is repelled! The world''s most evil blood, Portcas D. Ace, is arrested! ¡·

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 540, if you want to save Ace and Sabo, just wait!) Read the record and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 540ï¼š The Eve of the Big Event: Raleighs Reaction

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    Portcas D. Ace was arrested!

    The latest headlines published by the world government seemed like a bomb. After the news papers were sent to all parts of the world, they immediately caused a big explosion in the entire sea!

    Everyone who got the newspaper, after seeing the news headlines, realized that this is very likely a big event that may change the direction of the world!

    Portcas D. Ace...

    No matter what, the impact of this man''s arrest can not be ignored!

    The world government is a big book about the life experience of Portcas D. Ace, telling the whole world the details of the birth of Portcas D. Ace, as if it didn''t care about the one-piece King Gore D. How much influence will Roger''s bloodline still have in the world!

    but¡­

    This is too amazing!

    Especially in the news of the world government, Ace is not hesitating to admire, and what it means is that Portcas D. Ace is the real man of heaven. If he is not arrested, he must be The next One Piece!

    From Pirates of Spades to Pirates of Whitebeard...

    Portcas D. Ace seems to have become a subordinate of Whitebeard, but in fact he has not lost anything, because Ace will certainly carry the blood of Gore D. Roger and the will of Edward Newgate. Crowned and become the new One Piece!

    The world government did not hesitate to write, and even exaggeratedly claimed that this Portcas D. Ace, who carried the fate of the great pirate era, will surely become a new term with the support of Baibeard, just like his real father. One Piece Man!

    I''m going to blow Ace into the sky...

    It''s just that a word can turn the news. Ace, who is about to become the new One Piece, is arrested by the world government, and the danger is nipped in the bud.

    This is first rising and then falling!

    No, it should be said, this is cooking oil!

    Obviously, the person who wrote this article is certainly not ordinary.

    At the end of the news...

    The name of the world government official Pharmacist was hung on it.

    The pharmacist left the last paragraph of the man who made the smell of the sea change lightly.

    [One month later, Portcas D. Ace, the remnant of the Pirate King, Gore D. Roger, and Kurokas, the ship doctor of the Roger Pirates, will be executed at the same time and publicly, and their executions will be Open the prelude to the end of the era of great pirates by world government. ¡¿

    Chambord Islands.

    In area 13, Xia Qi''s bargaining BAR.

    An old man with glasses was sitting at the bar of a pub, looking down at the newspaper intently, and pouring a sip of rum into his mouth from time to time.

    Even though the old man''s face is gray and gray, his body still looks strong and mentally vigorous.

    It is the deputy captain of the Roger Pirates, Hades Raleigh.

    As the deputy captain of the One Piece ship, Lei Li had witnessed the truth about the Big Secret Treasure. He had long been dismissive of Fengyun and retired and lived in seclusion, and no longer cared about anything on the sea.

    Today, his expression is obviously not quite right.

    "what happened?"

    The tavern owner Xia Qi lay down on the bar, swallowing a circle of smoke with a cigarette in his mouth, and asked softly: "I can''t sit still after seeing Roger''s son being executed?"

    "Do not."

    Pluto Raleigh shook his head, his gaze fell on the last line of words, his voice was a bit loud: "Little Ace is a crew member of the Whitebeard Pirates, we can''t interfere with the Newgate guy¡¯s ship, this is The iron law of the sea..."

    In fact, Raleigh has long stopped paying attention to Ace.

    Since Portgas D. Ace went to sea, Raleigh of Hades has paid attention to Ace¡¯s growth and once wanted to help out in the Chambord Islands, but when Raleigh witnessed Uchiha being invited to join the Pirate of Spades During the regiment, he completely let go of Ace''s going to sea.

    Pluto Raleigh was shocked by the strength of Sasuke Uchiha. At that moment, he even thought that history was never compliant, and that history might repeat itself in their descendants!

    Even if Raleigh had witnessed the big secret treasure and many prophecies, he couldn¡¯t help but think that Portcas D. Ace would find more and more partners just like Gore D. Roger at that time. Until we defeat all the strong on this sea...

    Climb to the top of Ralph Drew and become the new One Piece!

    Especially after the deputy captain of the Pirates of Spades Uchiha Sasuke defeated Beckman, even the red-haired Shanks was helpless with them, and Raleigh once thought that history might repeat itself!

    Raleigh was actually very happy in private.

    The old man no longer believed in so-called prophecies.

    Raleigh even made calculations with great interest. Potkas D. Ace might be like them, and it took more than a year to arrive at Rough Drew, which happened to be in the era of the big pirates. Twenty years later.

    At that time, Raleigh''s expectations of Ace simply couldn''t be increased...

    At that time, Gore D. Roger climbed to the top and became the King of Pirates, and opened the era of the big pirate. Twenty years after Roger''s death, his son, 18-year-old Portcas D. Ace, once again climbed to the top. , A new era begins again!

    It just feels weird...

    Unfortunately¡­

    Everything has changed in the Pirates of Spades.

    Portcas D. Ace did not break the prophecy and history to become the new One Piece as Raleigh expected, but was infected by Edward Newgate and joined the warm family of the White Beard Pirates .

    Since¡­

    Raleigh completely gave up on Portcas D. Ace.

    Obviously Portcas D. Ace is very young, and there is a powerful deputy captain like Uchiha Sasuke beside him. Compared with the beginning of the Roger Pirates, I don¡¯t know how much stronger it is, but in the end he fell directly into a gentle town .

    perhaps¡­

    This is Nie Yuan?

    Back then, Gore D. Roger borrowed a 2nd squad captain Mitsuki Mita from the Whitebeard Pirates. Because Mitsuki Mida did not fulfill the promise, the nonsense fate made Roger''s son return to Baibeard The debt was paid on board...

    According to the rules of the sea, if Ace joins the Whitebeard Pirates, Portcas D. Ace will obey Whitebeard''s orders from now on.

    Even if Pluto Raleigh has an unusual status, it is impossible to interfere with the family affairs of the Whitebeard Pirates, not to mention that he has already retired.

    "Really don''t want to interfere?"

    Xia Qi looked at Pluto Leili and curiously dragged her cheek and said, "But it looks like you really want to get a hand in!"

    "That''s not because of Little Ace."

    Reilly shook his head slowly, reached out his hand to support his own frame, and sighed: "I just pay more attention to Kurokas... the ship doctor on our ship is innocent!"

    Yes.

    Raleigh really shouldn''t interfere with Ace''s affairs.

    However, the former ship doctor of the Roger Pirates, Kurokas, is truly innocent. As the former deputy captain, it is hard to say that Raleigh would turn a blind eye to Kurokas.

    "Yes¡­"

    Xia Qi nodded slowly, and continued softly: "Kulokas, a retired ship doctor, has also been arrested. The world government shouldn''t let One Piece''s deputy captain be spared, right?"

    "Yes."

    Pluto Raleigh nodded and said in a deep voice: "In the past few years, the actions of the world government have been getting bigger and bigger. It is impossible to understand what they want to do. Maybe they also want to use Kurokas to make me like this. The old guy is going to snare himself!"

    This is not groundless speculation.

    It was calculated by Pluto Raleigh from the recent actions of the world government. He always felt that the world government wanted to wipe out all the enemies on the sea!

    No, or rather, is the strongest part of it!

    At least from the current point of view, the White Beard Pirates will certainly not let go of the opportunity to rescue Portgas D. Ace; even if they are old guys for the sake of their retirement, it is unlikely that they will Miss this big event...

    The revolutionary army, who was originally hesitant about whether to rescue the cadres, will definitely increase the probability of their end after seeing the conflict between the White Beard Pirates and the world government!

    "It''s really interesting..."

    Pluto Raleigh put down the newspaper in his hand, and showed a relieved smile: "A major event that will inevitably change the world may even overthrow the world order...

    The era of the great pirate that Roger started will either end in this war, or it will be even more prosperous in this war! "

    "Does you all feel interested?"

    Xia Qi took a bit of a cigarette and whispered softly: "It looks like you won''t miss it. Unfortunately, I haven''t found the location of Ace''s detention yet..."

    "Someone else will be checking it too."

    Raleigh waved his hand indifferently, and took a sip of wine: "What''s more, the world government''s actions during this period of time. If they want to publicly execute Ace and Kurokas, they will definitely publicize it... "

    When talking about this, Lei Li picked up the wine on the table and was about to leave here. Just as he was about to push the door, he suddenly turned his head and said: "There is one more thing, Xia Qi, if someone is here to inquire about information. , Then tell them my attitude!"

    "I have already told them."

    Xia Qi took a puff of cigarette, blew out a smoke ring, and slowly continued: "The revolutionary army got the news of Ace¡¯s arrest earlier. The restless son of Karp has been looking for what he can find. ally."

    During the recent period, the revolutionary army looks very quiet.

    However, in private, Monkey D. Dorag is constantly in series, using his intelligence advantage to find candidates who may be cited as foreign aid.

    This time...

    It may be a great opportunity to overthrow the world government!

    Xia Qi spit out another smoke ring and continued softly: "Yesterday, before Ace¡¯s news headlines were released, the Revolutionary Army had already sold me this information and asked about your whereabouts and attitude. , I have given him an accurate reply, as long as something happens to Kurokas, you old fellow will not stand by."

    Speaking of the last time, Xia Qi glanced at Lei Li deeply.

    The two of them know each other very well, and Xia Qi also knows Raleigh''s choice, so he helped Raleigh respond early.

    "Hahahahahaha..."

    Pluto Raleigh couldn''t help laughing out loud. He shook the bottle in his hand and said loudly, "I really trouble you, Xia Qi! I''m leaving now!"

    "Is there still coating work today?"

    "Not a coating."

    Raleigh smiled and shook his head, and continued with a loud laugh: "I sold myself to 100,000 Baileys yesterday, let''s see if I can sell 200,000 Baileys today..."

    "whispering sound¡­"

    Xia Qi waved her hand at Lei Li in disgust, and couldn''t help but said: "You old fellow should be more careful, the Chambordian Islands are not so peaceful, maybe one day your old fellow might capsize in the gutter... "

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record the reading record of this time (Chapter 541 Eve of the Big Event: Pluto Raleigh''s Reaction), and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 541ï¼š On the eve of the big event: Sasuke Uchiha returning to the Mobi Dick

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    Chambord Islands, area 51.

    This area is mostly a coating factory for ships. Just now, a leading ship was coated by a shipman, and the ship slowly sank to the bottom of the sea.

    Monch D. Dorag was standing on the deck of this ship, holding a small piece of paper in his hand, with names written on it.

    That is a list that scares everyone.

    "If Pluto Raleigh will appear..."

    Monkey D. Dorag slowly clenched the list in his hand, raised his head and watched his ship fall to the bottom of the sea, his expression gradually became serious: "Next, I will visit the strongest man in the world. Man..."

    This is the most difficult!

    There is no doubt that, with the pride of Edward Newgate with the white beard, he would never think of joining hands with anyone, because he himself has the power to move the world!

    Moreover, it is difficult for the revolutionary army to directly join forces with the pirates to overthrow the world government.

    Monkey D. Dorag went to visit Edward Newgate Whitebeard, just hoping that they could reach a tacit cooperation, such as dispatching at the same time, so as not to accidentally be broken by the world government...

    In name, they are still saving their own people.

    The Revolutionary Army wanted to rescue their chief of staff and a group of cadres who were executed by the world government at the same time. The White Beard Pirates went to rescue their second squad captain Ace.

    With a cigarette in the corner of his mouth, Belo Beatty slowly said: "Will the White Beard Pirates really set out to rescue Portcas D. Ace?"

    "I will definitely go."

    Monch D. Dorag nodded solemnly, his expression becoming extremely solemn: "The navy is ready. The bear has received the navy''s tough call-up order. It is estimated that the other kings, Qiwuhai, have also received the same. The call-up order..."

    When talking about this, Monkey D. Dorag continued in a deep voice: "The Navy is ready to deal with the Whitebeard Pirates, and the whole world is waiting for Whitebeard''s response. With his pride I won''t be absent on this occasion!"

    Everyone knows¡­

    No one can harm the members of the White Beard Pirates!

    Otherwise, they will usher in fierce revenge from the world''s strongest man!

    Even in the past, every action of the Navy against the Whitebeard Pirates was carefully calculated by Yao Shidou and Lieutenant General Crane.

    Even many times the Navy had to act carefully to avoid touching White Beard¡¯s nerves too much, and it still used another Four Emperor Pirate Group, Bai Beast Pirate Group and White Beard Pirate Group to fight against each other, only to barely maintain the balance of the world. !

    right now¡­

    This balance was broken by the navy''s initiative!

    The world government has captured Portcas D. Ace and will execute it publicly. There is no doubt that they have taken the initiative to declare war on the White Beard Pirates!

    This is the real battle book!

    The White Beard Pirates have never been cowardly who refused to fight!

    Just as Monch D. Dorag rushed to the Whitebeard Sea to visit the world¡¯s strongest man, Whitebeard Edward Newgate finally received Uchi who rushed back to the Mobile from the first half of the Great Route Hasasuke.

    Since the battle between Uchiha Sasuke and Uchiha Madara in Alabastan was over, they immediately passed on to the White Beard Pirates the news of Portcas D. Ace¡¯s arrest, which was earlier than the news of the world government. In a few days.

    Whitebeard did not blame Sasuke Uchiha, but immediately ordered the Moby Dick to rush to meet Sasuke Uchiha to prevent Sasuke Uchiha from being captured by the navy.

    Aboard the Moby Dick.

    The tall Suzano spread his wings and landed on the boat.

    The Susano on Uchiha Sasuke''s body turned into a phantom and floated away. His body fell weakly on the deck, and a group of captains hurriedly surrounded him.

    "Hey, Sasuke, are you okay!"

    Marco stretched out his hand to support Sasuke''s shoulders, let Sasuke sit on the ground slowly, and couldn''t help frowning his brows: "If you are injured, you should find a place to wait for us to pick you up. Why is it still so strong..."

    "It''s okay."

    Sasuke Uchiha shook his head and tore the clothes on his shoulders forcefully, and said in a deep voice, "Just forcibly fly over the red earth continent and come back, I have some relief, Marco, first help me bandage..."

    "Ok¡­"

    Marco nodded slowly.

    Because Uchiha Sasuke''s shoulders and chest were covered with white cloth, he scribbled it himself, the bandage was very rough, and blood stains slowly leaked out.

    "Sasuke, what is going on?"

    Diamond Joz squeezed his fist, and said angrily: "Which **** did you hurt you like this? And, is Ace really taken away?"

    "Yeah, what happened?"

    Foil Vista also surrounded him with worry.

    Since they met Sasuke Uchiha, they had never seen Sasuke so embarrassed, even if Sasuke and the Four Emperors played against each other, it had never happened.

    Jinping squatted next to Marco, helping to deal with Sasuke''s wounds, and asked aloud: "Sasuke, did you meet the leader of Akatsuki? Has the Akatsuki organization cooperated with the world government?"

    The strength of Uchiha Sasuke was seen by the entire Whitebeard Pirates.

    If there is anyone in this world who can make Sasuke fall into such a awkward situation, the whole sea cannot pick out a few people, unless the high-level navy collectively attacked...

    Or the leader of the most mysterious Akatsuki organization in the legend.

    "No."

    Sasuke Uchiha shook his head, nodded again, gritted his teeth and said: "A troublesome guy, the former patriarch of our Uchiha clan..."

    This former patriarch...

    Also a terrifying lunatic!

    In fact, the two of them did not fight for half a month, but after fighting for three days and nights, Alabastan could no longer withstand their fight...

    The desert of Alabastan has been completely changed!

    The desert in Alabastan has now become an oasis. In addition to dense forests, there are countless deep pits and canyons in the oasis...

    A single blow from the entire body is enough to change the terrain.

    What''s more, it''s a battle between two complete bodies...

    The two experienced the battle of Sus that almost divided Alabastan into countless islands, and ended the battle of Sus, and began a battle between physical skills and domineering. They were deadly when they met, as if they wanted to defend their last pride!

    A confrontation between past and future lives...

    Perhaps it is also a heritage of Uchiha''s will!

    Until the last moment, Uchiha Sasuke wielded the supreme sharp sword Kusanagi sword to cut off the black stick in Uchiha Madara''s hand, and also smashed Uchiha Madara''s body!

    This battle lost its meaning.

    Actually this is not a victory...

    Uchiha Madara is not really at his peak.

    Moreover, Madara Uchiha also had a body that reincarnated from the dirty soil, and it was impossible for Sasuke Uchiha to kill Madara Uchiha, and the two left each other tacitly.

    Sasuke Uchiha is still a little frightened...

    If Uchiha Madara is truly resurrected, if this guy has life, he might be able to become stronger in this sea. He is a madman who is really good at fighting!

    The power of this world...

    It really gave Uchiha Madara the possibility to break through the limit!

    It¡¯s no wonder that the guy Naraku Uehara worked so hard to make Uchiha Madara a collectible. Sasuke Uchiha actually wanted to bring Uchiha Madara back to life for a moment, and see if this guy can overturn Uchiha Naraku¡¯s order...

    When they parted...

    Uchiha Madara acknowledged the efforts of Uchiha Sasuke. According to this world power system, Uchiha Sasuke himself has the possibility of breaking through the shackles...

    Ten days ago.

    The desert of Alabastan.

    Uchiha Madara''s dirty body gradually recovered from the brokenness. This man casually hugged his shoulder and looked at the last living Uchiha in the world.

    "Uchiha Sasuke, don''t let Indra''s Chakra limit your power."

    Uchiha Madara''s expression was a little cold, and there was even a dismissive voice in his voice: "Sasuke, our souls are all alone. Are you still living in the shadows of the past?"

    Come into this world, haven''t you realized it yet? You are not strong because you have Indra''s chakra and writing wheel eyes, but because you are Uchiha Sasuke!

    Think about the fellow Uehara Naraku. His Chakra clearly is only a part of the Chakra reincarnation of the Six Ways of Immortals, but his power far exceeds the Six Ways of Immortals. You fellow, don¡¯t think you have a limit..."

    Even though Sasuke Uchiha''s senses for Madara Uchiha have been bad, now Sasuke still feels a little shocked when he thinks of what Uchiha Madara said when he was parting.

    to be frank¡­

    Uchiha Madara''s will is much stronger than him.

    The Moby Dick.

    A group of captains stood quietly beside Sasuke Uchiha, listening to Sasuke slowly talking about what happened to them in Alabastan.

    "...We fell into the trap of the Navy and CP when we pursued Titch..."

    Sasuke Uchiha looked at Marco¡¯s bandaged wound, frowned his brow and continued: ¡°After Uchiha Madara defeated Ace with the power of reincarnation eyes, he immediately opened Susano to fight with me, a navy. I will take Ace away..."

    "Asshole!"

    When Joz heard this, a flash of anger flashed across his face. He squeezed his fist sharply, and said with a gloomy face: "What is the name of that lieutenant admiral! I''ll go and take his head. Pull it off!"

    "..."

    Sasuke Uchiha glanced at Joz silently.

    Why is this guy still not opening which pot?

    Fortunately, this time Whitebeard Edward Newgate stopped Joz with a voice: "Joz, don''t interrupt Sasuke. Before we take Ace back, it is not time to settle accounts with the Navy. ¡­"

    at this time¡­

    It¡¯s not the time to anger the navy, wait until the day when the war really starts, let the navy realize the mistakes they made!

    While the White Beard Pirates were still chatting, a sentinel pirate who was in charge of watching said loudly: "Hey, everyone, a ship is coming towards us..."

    "Is it a navy ship?"

    Marco couldn''t help but ask aloud.

    "Not..."

    The pirate in charge of the sentry opened the binoculars and looked at the approaching pirate ship carefully. When he saw the flag on the ship, his expression became extremely nervous: "That seems to be a pirate ship... That sign... red hair..."

    The voice of the sentry pirate echoed throughout the entire Mobile: "That ship is Red Firth of the Redhead Pirates!"

    Red Forth is the main ship of the Redhead Pirates.

    The appearance of the Red Forth meant that the red-haired Shanks arrived in person.

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record this time (the eve of the big event in Chapter 542: Return to Uchiha Sasuke on the Mobi Dick) to read the record, and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 542ï¼š The Eve of the Big Event: Red-haired Shanks actions

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    Red-haired Shanks.

    The youngest four emperors in the new world personally rushed to the sea of ??Whitebeard and boarded the flagship of the Whitebeard Pirates, the Moby Dick.

    At this sensitive point when Portcas D. Ace was captured by the world government, the red-haired Shanks'' move to the White Beard Pirates must be enough to shake the world.

    No matter what the red-haired Shanks wants to say to Edward Newgate, even the declaration of war or the declaration of the alliance, it will change the course of the world.

    The Moby Dick.

    The moment the red-haired Shanks stepped on the Mobi Dick, he directly released his domineering, the strong overlord **** pressure is so hard to breathe!

    The deck of the Moby Dick is also shattering every inch!

    Shanks now is totally unlike the optimistic pirate in the past. Now his expression has become dignified. At this moment, the red-haired Shanks finally shows what a new world of sea emperor should be. Gesture!

    "Step back, this guy''s domineering is not something you can handle."

    Marko frowned and noticed a group of members of the White Beard Pirates group that was crumbling or even fainted under Shanks'' domineering impact.

    Marco turned his head to look at the red-haired Shanks, and said in a cold voice: "Hey, red-haired, do you want to demonstrate here?"

    "No, I just have something to talk to you..."

    Shanks'' face gradually eased, watching Marco spread his palms and chuckled softly: "Speaking of which, Marco, would you like to get on my boat..."

    "Not that kind of interest."

    Marco didn''t bother to pay attention to the redhead''s solicitation.

    Red-haired Shanks is not the first to solicit Marko.

    For so many years, the four emperors that Marco has met have all invited him. BIG¡¤MOM and Kaido have both recruited him.

    No matter how much these four emperors lower their status and value Marko''s value, Marko will never turn his back on White Beard. What these people do will always be useless.

    Shanks shook his head helplessly.

    The next moment, Shanks'' gaze slowly moved, falling on Sasuke Uchiha who had just bandaged the wound, his expression gradually becoming serious.

    To be honest¡­

    Shanks has never seen Uchiha Sasuke so embarrassed!

    Even if Sasuke Uchiha defeated the deputy captain of the Redhead Pirates Ben Beckman when he was in the Pirates of Spades, he did not suffer any injuries in that battle.

    In the past few years, the White Beard Pirate Group has had friction with other Four Emperor Pirate Groups. It is said that, except for Uzumaki Naruto of the Beast Pirate Group, almost none of the other Four Emperor Pirate Groups were placed by Sasuke Uchiha. In my eyes...

    "Sasuke is back too..."

    The red-haired Shanks'' eyes tightened slightly, staring at the gauze on Sasuke Uchiha, and said in a deep voice: "It looks like the enemy you have encountered is more troublesome than I thought..."

    Red-haired Shanks knows the whole story very well.

    When Sasuke Uchiha and Portgas D. Ace were chasing Marshall D. Titch, the red-haired Shanks once opened a letter to Sasuke Uchiha, hoping that he could be more careful about Titch. Did not stop them from chasing Titch.

    As a result, there was a major incident in which Ace was arrested and even to be publicly executed...

    Moreover, the red-haired Shanks received the news earlier than the news, so he could rush to meet White Beard so quickly. Shanks himself has some secret channels to get some inside information from the world government.

    It''s just that when Shanks received the news, he didn''t expect it... The pharmacist pocket that made the pirates and the revolutionary army gritted their teeth, actually developed the CP department to such a level, recruiting an agent who could hurt Sasuke Uchiha!

    "Don''t worry about it."

    Sasuke Uchiha glanced coldly at the red-haired Shanks, stretched out his hand to tighten the gauze tie on his body, and slowly picked up the Kusanaru sword beside him: "If you want to mock me, it''s your turn. Guy..."

    Facing the red-haired Shanks, Sasuke Uchiha never flinches!

    Even if Sasuke is injured now, he still doesn''t feel any disadvantage, because the red-haired Shanks broke an arm many years ago...

    Even if they fight now...

    Can it be considered a balance?

    "Sasuke, this is not a sarcasm."

    The red-haired Shanks shook his head slowly, and said with a serious face: "After all, we are friends. After we finish talking, I will visit Naruto in Kaido''s waters. He has been very Concerned about you..."

    "..."

    Sasuke Uchiha''s expression is subtle.

    Although the friction between the four emperors has never stopped, but in the past few years, the red-haired Shanks has become good friends with Uzumaki Naruto who has joined the Beast Pirate Group.

    These idiots...

    It seems that they are very sensitive when they find the same kind.

    But this kind of thing is also normal.

    According to Uzumaki Naruto''s character, facing a man with a hearty personality like the red-haired Shanks, even if the two of them are still enemies, it does not prevent them from making friends slowly.

    And the red-haired Shanks'' attitude towards Naruto Uzumaki is extremely friendly, and he even hoped that Naruto Uzumaki could join his pirate group more than once.

    Uzumaki Naruto leaned on Akatsuki''s back, and naturally refused.

    As the friendship between them gradually deepened, the red-haired Shanks gradually discovered the characteristics of Uzumaki Naruto''s body. He believed that Uzumaki Naruto''s body had a charm similar to that of One Piece King Gore D¡¤Roger.

    This charm must be able to attract many people to reunite with him.

    The red-haired Shanks even mentioned to Kaido in front of many people that if Kaido is willing to let Uzumaki Naruto leave the Beasts Pirates, Uzumaki Naruto will definitely be able to become the one-piece king Gore¡¤D¡¤Roger The same captain!

    Although the red-haired Shanks always believed that he was telling the truth...

    But when these words are said, there is always a suspicion of instigating discord with the Hundred Beast Pirates. After all, no one in the Red-haired Pirates can defeat Naruto Uzumaki...

    Obviously, the red-haired Shanks was playing a conspiracy.

    The hostility of the entire group of beasts and pirates towards the red-haired Shanks is getting heavier.

    However, as the four emperors respected in status, as the freest pirate in this sea, the red-haired Shanks naturally does what he wants, and he doesn''t care about other people''s opinions at all.

    Aboard the Moby Dick.

    The current red-haired Shanks still hasn¡¯t changed his point of view. After Shanks mentioned Uzumaki Naruto, he couldn¡¯t help but continue to say: ¡°Speaking of which, Sasuke, you and Naruto were not partners before, if you two can If you form a pirate group..."

    "To shut up."

    Sasuke Uchiha interrupted the red-haired Shanks, and said in a cold voice, "I don''t need to bother with him about my business!"

    "It''s a pity..."

    The red-haired Shanks shook his head and sighed with some regret. He was really optimistic about the combination of Uzumaki Naruto and Uchiha Sasuke.

    "Okay, redhead kid."

    Whitebeard Edward Newgate interrupted their communication, and the urn said, "What can you do here? We don''t have time to receive guests..."

    Because of the arrest of Portgas D. Ace, the atmosphere on the Moby Dick was a bit sluggish. Whitebeard still wanted to discuss with his sons about saving Ace.

    Now, White Beard has no intention of entertaining anyone.

    "Sorry, please allow me to explain why I''m here."

    The red-haired Shanks walked to the white beard, his face gradually becoming serious: "I am here... to help you rescue Portcas D. Ace."

    "No need."

    The white beard lowered his head displeasedly, and looked at the red-haired Shanks coldly: "Ace is my son, I will save him, no other people''s intervention is needed!"

    "No, only this time may be an exception..."

    The red-haired Shanks shook his head and said in a deep voice: "I know I shouldn''t interfere in this matter. Although Ace is the son of Captain Roger, after he joined the Whitebeard Pirates, everything should be done. You, the captain, make the decision..."

    When I said this, the red-haired Shanks''s words turned and his expression became more serious: "I''m sorry, but this time is an exception. I got a definite news. This time Ace was arrested by someone premeditated. of¡­"

    The red-haired Shanks raised his head and stared at the expression of the white beard, his voice suddenly became heavy: "This is a conspiracy against the world... It is from Marshall D. Titch, or Blackbeard. hand!"

    According to information received by Redhead Shanks, the capture of Portgas D. Ace was indeed a conspiracy by Marshall D. Titch, and the purpose was to provoke a war between the White Beard Pirates and the Navy. .

    of course¡­

    Titch''s conspiracy just happened to happen.

    Because the world government does have a corresponding plan to target the Four Emperors Pirates, this matter is solely responsible for this matter by the chief inspector of the Navy Headquarters and the highest commander of the CP Department.

    The main purpose of Pharmacist''s pocket is to target the revolutionary army, and by the way, to lure a powerful force out to urge the weak revolutionary army to take the initiative to enter the game. It just so happened that Tiqi found Pharmacist''s pocket and claimed to assist the navy in capturing Ace.

    Titch¡¯s shadow was everywhere in this matter.

    The same is true for the secret version circulated within the world government. Yakushidou has not yet decided which pirate group to choose to carry out his own scheming plan. As a result, Marshall D. Titch took the initiative to come to the door, prompting Yakushidou to send CP The department started with Ace.

    After the navy captured Ace, the world government had to start to urge the pharmacist to take steps to promote the occurrence of major eventsThe navy is also deploying troops to prepare for a world war.

    "Oh."

    Baibeard''s face remained unchanged.

    Baibeard had thought about this a long time ago, and he didn''t care about whose conspiracy was, even if the conspiracy was against him, what could it be?

    In other words, White Beard has no other choice!

    Moreover, Baibeard would definitely have no other choice. He would definitely save Ace no matter what, how could a father ignore his son who had fallen into death!

    "If you save Ace, you will definitely fall into Tic''s conspiracy. I don''t know what he wants to do, but I know he must be hiding in the dark with his fangs..."

    The red-haired Shanks looked at the white beard with a calm face, and slowly made his request: "In order to avoid a war that could destroy the world, I hope you can stay on hold for the time being so that the situation will not deteriorate..."

    When the red-haired Shanks talked about this, his speech gradually accelerated: "Before Ace is publicly executed, I will find a way to help you bring Ace back."

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record the reading record of this (Chapter 543 Eve of the Big Event: Red Hair Shanks'' Actions), and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 543ï¼š Akatsukis actions, 100,000 coalition forces gathered together!

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    Whitebeard seemed to have no reason to reject Shanks.

    Now it looks like the red-haired Shanks is a bit like helping the White Beard Pirates take the initiative to rescue Ace.

    If the White Beard Pirates now accepts the proposal of the red-haired Shanks, they don''t need to pay the price of war, they just need to stay in their own waters, quietly waiting for Shanks to rescue Ace back.

    No matter how you look at...

    This matter seems to be beneficial to the White Beard Pirates.

    If Shanks can really rescue Ace safely, the White Beard Pirates will probably owe the red-haired Shanks a big favor.

    This kind of favor...

    It''s hard to pay it back on the sea!

    Portcas D. Ace will also owe Shanks his life!

    There is only one problem in this matter. In order to prevent the situation from getting worse, the White Beard Pirates have been waiting for Shanks¡¯ news, which seems to be too useless... and once Shanks loses, they are equivalent to nothing. waste time!

    Whitebeard did not think that the red-haired Shanks would be able to save Ace.

    This is a world war that is about to begin, and it is also the first battle for the world government and navy to eliminate pirates. No one can stop the war from happening!

    Even the red-haired Shanks is no exception!

    "Ace is Lao Tzu''s son..."

    The white beard''s eyes narrowed slightly, and he coldly rejected Shanks'' kindness: "I will save him by himself, without anyone intervening!"

    "It''s not good to refuse me bluntly like this!"

    The smile of the red-haired Shanks slowly converged, his eyes gradually became cold, and his palm gently held his Western sword: "I have no other thoughts, just want to stop a possible death. It¡¯s just a world war for many people..."

    "Redhead kid, who do you think you are..."

    Suddenly Baibeard stretched out his palm and unplugged the infusion tube on his arm, suddenly picked up Cong Yunqie beside him, and slashed towards the red-haired head!

    Accompanied by the white beard''s movements, a raging overlord color swept out, and the white beard waved Cong Yunqi to split the red-haired Shanks in two!

    Clang!

    Red-haired Shanks suddenly drew out his Western sword, blocking Cong Yunqi''s hilt, and stopped Baibeard''s attack in a pinch!

    The clouds in the sky gradually surge upward under the domineering of the two Four Emperors...

    The domineering colors of White Beard and Shanks are just like the essence, flashing electric lights in the air, and the tyrannical suppression force continues to spread towards the surrounding...

    Make people afraid to look straight!

    The members of the White Beard Pirates Group stepped back involuntarily under the collision of the two Four Emperors, looking up at the clouds that split up in the sky...

    "The sky is cracking again..."

    This thing...

    It often happens in the seas of Baibeard.

    In the old days, the entire Whitebeard Pirates Group consisted of whitebearded Edward Newgate, Uchiha Sasuke, and Portcas D¡¤Ace who were domineering and domineering.

    When Uchiha Sasuke helped to train Ace¡¯s domineering look, occasionally the white beard would show up to show the two little guys that his remaining power was still...

    Every time Shirobeard and Sasuke Uchiha have a domineering conflict, the sky will slowly split in their domineering collision...

    The members of the White Beard Pirates Group really met a lot.

    "Ace is my son!"

    The white beard clenched the Cong Yun cutting knife in his hand and pressed it down fiercely, forcing the red-haired Shanks'' face to change suddenly, this huge force did not mean to be merciful at all!

    Baibeard looked at the red-haired Shanks¡¯ expression, slowly withdrew the strength from his hand, waved Congyun to force Shanks back, and said indifferently: ¡°I¡¯m a white beard, it¡¯s impossible to save his son. Put your hope on others!"

    After speaking, Baibeard turned around casually, holding a big knife and walking back to his seat step by step: "Let''s go, you don''t need to worry about things on this ship! Sasuke, Marco, help me see off the guests! "

    "but¡­"

    Shanks the red-haired opened his mouth to say something.

    However, the figure of Sasuke Uchiha stood in front of him, the scarlet writing wheel eyes and the weird reincarnation eyes staring at the red-haired Shanks coldly: "Let¡¯s go, don¡¯t make the old man get angry, otherwise I won¡¯t be able to stop it. Live him..."

    "..."

    The red-haired Shanks was silent for a while, shook his head and sighed: "Okay, but I brought the fine wine from my hometown Xihai..."

    "Ok?"

    Baibeard''s footsteps stopped slightly.

    Just as White Beard looked back at Shanks again, Sasuke Uchiha interrupted Shanks in a cold voice: "The old man has quit drinking in recent years..."

    After speaking, a flash of lightning flashed through Uchiha''s fingertips, and he directly smashed the wine jar that Shanks had brought with him with the Chidori spear.

    The scent of fine wine floated on the deck...

    Shanks watched this scene speechlessly, and shook his head helplessly, but when he turned and left, he suddenly said: "However, I won''t give up... Then it depends on which of us moves faster! "

    "Then I advise you not to waste your efforts."

    Sasuke Uchiha closed his eyes and slowly lowered his head, his voice gradually becoming smaller and smaller: "The world government is different from the past... If you have to intervene, then be involved. Get ready for the whirlpool!"

    When Uchiha Sasuke said this, he suddenly opened his eyes and stared at Shanks''s back, his eyes seemed to show a substantial sharp edge.

    At this moment, Uchiha Sasuke''s voice suddenly became extremely cold: "Forget it, no one can escape this maelstrom anyway... I just remind you, don''t be caught by the pharmacist!

    Otherwise, maybe the war hasn''t started yet, all the members of the Redhead Pirates will appear on the list of public executions together, and they will not save you at that time! "

    "Ha ha¡­"

    The red-haired Shanks stopped his footsteps, turned around and smiled lightly: "Then return what you said just now..."

    The red-haired Shanks'' eyes suddenly became cold, and his attitude was extremely tough: "The Red-haired Pirates don''t need you to tell me what they want to do!"

    After speaking, the red-haired Shanks left the Moby Dick.

    The red-haired Shanks coming to the Whitebeard Pirates didn''t achieve his goal, but he wouldn''t let it go, and Shanks happened to have a reason to cut in.

    Kurokas, the ship doctor of the Roger Pirates...

    Red Forth.

    When the red-haired Shanks returned to his boat, Ben Beckman bit a juice straw and slowly said, "They didn''t agree..."

    "Yes¡­"

    Shanks shook his head and sighed softly, "You guessed it, Beckman...but we don''t need to pay attention to them, just do what we want to do next!"

    "Ok."

    Ben Beckman nodded and suddenly asked, "Where shall we go now? Should we go to the world government at this time?

    Although we have not yet united with the Whitebeard Pirates into an alliance, as long as we act in front of them and assist the Whitebeard Pirates, we should be able to force them to let go of Portcas D. Ace... "

    This is the original plan of the Redhead Pirates.

    If White Beard agreed to Redhead''s request this time, Redhead Shanks could use the banner of the offensive and defensive alliance to force them to release Ace to the world government.

    However, after Shanks saw Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s physical condition, he realized the seriousness of the matter, and what the newspaper said was true...

    Sasuke Uchiha¡­

    Really repelled by the people of the world government!

    "It''s hard to say now."

    Shanks shook his head with a serious expression, and continued in a deep voice: "The CP department of the world government doesn''t know when there is an extra strong member. The person who Yakushitou really cannot be underestimated. Maybe this time he really is. With absolute certainty...

    No more people can come in!

    Now let''s go to the sea of ??beasts to explore the attitudes of Kaido and Naruto, at least not let them make trouble at this time! "

    "So..."

    Ben Beckman frowned, and sighed, "Beast Kaido guy, it seems that he never listens to persuasion!"

    Moreover, the most annoying thing about the Beast Pirates is the Redhead Pirates.

    The Beast Kaido guy is very stubborn. He doesn''t seem to listen to whoever says anything. Of course, the red-haired Shanks is also like this. No matter who says what, Shanks will do what he wants or continue to do.

    The Red Forth turned slowly, leaving the sea area of ??the white beard, and swiftly moving towards the sea area of ??the Beast Pirate Group.

    Redhead Shanks didn''t know.

    Even if he can rush to the Sea of ??Beasts now, he must not even see Kaido and Naruto Uzumaki, because these two people are participating in a terrifying expedition ceremony in the country of Hezhi!

    Hezhi Country, Jiuli.

    Jiuli is different from the base camp of the capital of flowers.

    Because of the vast terrain of Jiuli, close to the inland sea port, a group of Xiao members gathered in Jiuli, including the affiliated armed forces of the Xiao organization.

    Ninja has doubled the number of ninjas stationed in Wano in the past few years. Now Wano has more than 60,000 ninja troops, and Wano also has samurai troops with unequal strength and more than 20,000.

    The group under the Beast Pirate Group and its affiliated Pirate Group are just in number, they also have more than 20,000 pirates, not to mention the Beast Pirate Group has a huge number of animal-type fruit-powered combat members. .

    It¡¯s just Akatsuki¡¯s peripheral forces...

    It is definitely a huge army capable of changing the direction of any pirate war!

    Now, this super armed force is gathered in Jiuli, whether in terms of strength or number, it is enough to easily beat any country in the world!

    Even BIG¡¤MOM¡¯s IWC is no longer a problem!

    Standing at the forefront of these teams...

    All are the captains or captains of these forces.

    High-level members of the Beast Pirate Group: Beast Kaido, Uzumaki Naruto, Drought Jack, Plague Quinn, Flame Ember, Yamato and others.

    The top leaders of the ninja coalition side: Nara Shikamaru, Loess, Temari, Five Generations of Water Shadows, Terumi Ming, Jiraiya, Fourth Generations of Raikage, Kirabi and others are among them.

    High-ranking members of the Samurai side of Wano Country: Temporarily replaced by General Mifune of Ninkai Tetsuno Country.

    Behind them, there are more than one hundred thousand joint forces composed of ninjas, samurai and piratesThe densely packed figures make people look beyond the edge at a glance!

    At the end of this coalition, there are many giants and demons who are more than tens of meters high. They stand at the end of the team obediently.

    "It''s just an expedition. As for bringing so many people?"

    Bai Beast Kaido took a sip of wine, burped loudly, and said drunkly, "I can take care of the old guy with the white beard only with his own boat!"

    "Brother Kaido..."

    Epidemic Quinn shook his head, grinned, and said with a light smile: "Our expedition this time, but we want to completely conquer the world..."

    "what?"

    Kaido rubbed his head, raised his head and took another sip of wine: "Where is Lingling? Don''t you bring her with me? I owed her a favor back then!"

    "Brother Kaido, I will see her soon."

    Yan Disaster Jin stood by and shook his head, and whispered: "The hundred thousand people standing here, the first place to be attacked is BIG¡¤MOM''s Totland Island... I hope that old lady can get acquainted! "

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 544 The actions of the Xiao organization, the 100,000 coalition forces gathered together!) Read the record, and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 544ï¼š What is the leader of Akatsukis organization doing...

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    A week ago.

    Just before the news of Portgas D. Ace came out, Akatsuki proposed to BIG¡¤MOM to formally invite her to join Akatsuki.

    Akatsuki''s conditions are actually quite generous.

    In addition to the captain of the BIG¡¤MOM Pirate Group, Charlotte Lingling, who can become a full member of Akatsuki, she will also be given six additional full members.

    This is based on the report of Uchiha Itachi, and Akatsuki organized a plenary meeting to initiate a comprehensive evaluation of the BIG¡¤MOM Pirate Group.

    Because each official member of the Akatsuki organization has the power to vote on certain matters when they can dominate the world in the future.

    So far, the Beast Pirate Group has joined Akatsuki as an official member. In addition to Kaido himself and the Three Disasters, only three of the six volleys are eligible to join, plus Kaido¡¯s daughter Yamato...

    The entire group of beasts and pirates only occupied a total of eight places.

    Akatsuki''s conditions are really good.

    Not surprisingly, Charlotte Lingling refused the invitation of the Akatsuki organization, and even felt that this mysterious organization in the ocean was really ignorant...

    When¡­

    How dare a small organization invite a Four Emperor to join them?

    Charlotte Lingling tore up Akatsuki¡¯s invitation letter on the spot, and announced that if Akatsu¡¯s leader rushed to Totland to make amends, and led the entire Akatsuki organization to join the BIG¡¤MOM Pirates, he would have a chance to win a four. The emperor''s forgiveness.

    This is really...

    It''s unexpected.

    In response to the BIG¡¤MOM Pirate Group, Akatsuki announced on the spot that the Supreme Council of the Organization would launch a war against the BIG¡¤MOM Pirate Group.

    This is exactly what they planned originally.

    therefore¡­

    Pharmacist took this opportunity to report to the world government that the alliance of the Beast Pirates and Akatsuki will launch a war against the BIG¡¤MOM Pirates.

    In this way...

    The world government and navy do not have to worry about the participation of the BIG¡¤MOM Pirate Group and the Beast Pirate Group. They only need to face the White Beard Pirate Group and the Revolutionary Army. According to the plan of the medicine master, the combat power is already enough.

    As for the Redhead Pirates...

    This pirate group is also in the midst of being able to be wiped out and not being wiped out.

    The world government is not at all worried about whether the red-haired Shanks will participate in the war. If Shanks is on the sidelines, the world government will let him go;

    If Shanks wants to make an alliance with the White Beard Pirates, then fight for losses to wipe out the two Four Emperors Pirates!

    Akatsuki led the Beast Pirates to declare war on the BIG¡¤MOM Pirates. On the one hand, it was also a strategic deception of the world government. On the other hand, it really wanted to solve the troubles of the BIG¡¤MOM Pirates.

    And now the war between Akatsuki and the BIG¡¤MOM Pirate Group is just a small test. After solving BIG¡¤MOM, they will rush to the first half of the great route, ready to participate in the final battle of this world.

    The country of peace.

    The seaside in the Jiuli area.

    The 100,000 coalition forces finally assembled completely.

    Drought Jack glanced around, frowning his brow, his face faintly dissatisfied: "Brother Kaido, are we here now to continue waiting?"

    "Well, wait for Granny Huiye."

    Naruto Uzumaki nodded slowly, and softly answered Drought Jack¡¯s question: "The one hundred thousand coalition is not a small number. If that guy is not here, the best way is to use Granny Huiye¡¯s time and space technique to take us all. go¡­"

    This is how Akatsuki organized war.

    Since Akatsuki organized the attack on Wano country three years ago, Uehara Naraku used a space ability to directly transmit the entire ninja coalition to Wano country, which greatly reduced the cost of combat readiness and achieved generous returns.

    The Allied Staff Nara Luhisa adopted the approach of Uehara Naraku.

    Using Kaguya Ji''s Huangquanbiliangzaka and Tianzhiyuzhong space, all the current 100,000 coalition forces and the necessary materials are transmitted to the beginning ball space.

    In this way, it only needs Kaguyaji to rush to the place of war, and it can also greatly reduce the time required for the march of the 100,000 coalition forces.

    A flash of surprise flashed across the face of Epidemic Quinn, and he widened his glasses in disbelief: "Wait... Naruto, if you say that, the **** Ming Huiye, who is sitting in the country of Wano, will also be dispatched to participate. Is this expedition?"

    "If she is also dispatched..."

    Kaido''s wine suddenly woke up halfway, he clenched his fist, and said in a deep voice: "She only needs to solve the BIG¡¤MOM Pirate Group and Lingling? There is no need to mobilize the crowd and gather 100,000 people. An expedition..."

    Even after three years have passed, Kaido still has not forgotten Kaguya''s horror!

    Three years ago, that terrifying woman descended on the island of ghosts, inflicted a heavy blow to him, and defeated the entire group of beasts and pirates alone!

    therefore¡­

    The Hundred Beasts and Pirates still spread the horror of the Goddess of U!

    At this moment, other people are also thinking about this issue, but the Ninja Alliance does not have so many doubts, because they are very clear about the purpose of this war!

    The existence of Otsuki Kaguya can solve some powerful enemies.

    Except for the troublesome guys, the remaining idle enemies scattered all over the place can''t rely on Kaguya Ji''s power...

    The 100,000 coalition forces bear this responsibility.

    The sea area of ??BIG¡¤MOM is huge!

    Ninja forces side.

    The fourth generation of Raikage Ai''s face flashed anxiously, and he said with a displeased face: "How long will that woman be? I knew long ago that I really shouldn''t have passed Nara Lukuji''s plan. This also made us wait too long. Right!"

    "It should be soon..."

    Jilai also touched her chin and slowly said, "If you wait too long, someone will help her..."

    While a group of people were still discussing, a black door of time and space appeared in the sky, and Datongmu Huiye slowly floated out of the black door.

    The moment Kaguya Ji appeared...

    The entire coalition gradually became quiet.

    Nara Luji stood out from the crowd, looked up at the big Tsuki Kazuya in the sky, and said loudly, "Master Kaguya, it''s time to start."

    "I know."

    Otsuki Kaguya nodded slowly.

    In the next second, the scenery in everyone''s field of vision suddenly changed, and they were taken by Kaguya Ji into the starting ball space in an instant. This was the first time I saw this method!

    This spatial ability...

    Even more than Uehara Naraku?

    At least that simple method that can transfer the 100,000 coalition forces is indeed more powerful than when Uehara Naraku sent people from the Ninja World to this sea. It is unavoidable to think that Kaguya''s spatial methods are stronger.

    Just as the 100,000 coalition forces entered the space of the beginning ball, they saw another woman floating in the sky, who was also the highest authority in the entire Wano country.

    Angel of God, Xiao Nan.

    A pair of paper wings behind Xiaonan slowly flapped, leading her body to slowly fall in front of Nara Lujiu and others: "Teacher Jilaiya, Mr. Lujiu, are you ready?"

    "Yes."

    Nara Shika nodded for a long time, and a wry smile appeared on his face: "I really didn''t expect that we would actually prepare an army of such a large scale one day, and the size of this coalition has even exceeded the number of the fourth Ninja War. Up..."

    One hundred thousand coalition forces...

    It''s really hard to think of!

    Among them, 60,000 ninja troops are quite the elite force of the entire ninja world!

    However, the total number of the troops of the Hundred Beasts and Pirates and the Kingdom of Won is more than 40,000. This world is too large...

    of course.

    The threshold for samurai and pirates is not high.

    However, the minimum threshold for a ninja is to have a chakra. If you just pull up a large-scale army, the five nations of Ninja Village are not impossible...

    "Speaking of which, where is Naraku Uehara?"

    Jilai also touched his chin, and said curiously: "Xiao Nan, won''t that little guy Uehara participate in this war?"

    "Nara will probably not come for the time being."

    Xiao Nan frowned and shook his head: "When I contacted Naraku, he was still on an empty island..."

    "Hey, that guy..."

    Jilai couldn''t help but chuckle: "It''s really a headache to have such a lively disciple..."

    "Fortunately..."

    There was a strange touch in Xiao Nan''s voice.

    Because when Xiaonan was in contact with Naraku Uehara, Naraku Uehara mentioned that he would not participate in this war against BIG¡¤MOM because he wanted to choose a gift for Xiaonan.

    Those gifts from Uehara Naraku...

    It is always unacceptable.

    Empty island.

    This island is located at an altitude of 10,000 meters.

    Uehara Naluo found the real treasure here. He looked up at a huge golden bell, and slowly tapped his fingers to tap the golden bell.

    "This gift...should be pretty good."

    Hearing the reverberating sound of the golden bell, Naraku Uehara nodded in satisfaction, then shook his head and said, "It just feels a little weird to give this gift..."

    When talking about this, Nairo Uehara turned his head and looked at a man lying on the ground covered in blood, and asked, "Forget it, Ainilu, I think you should take your Ark''s motto as a gift to Mr. Nan Right!"

    The man lying on the ground was named Ainilu.

    Before Nairo Uehara arrived on the island, Ainiru was still a **** in the awe of the island, and he also relied on his powerful heart network ability to rule the island.

    Since Anilu is a person with the ability of the fruit of the thunder, his heart network ability is enhanced by the fruit of the thunder, and it has almost reached the extreme of the fruit of the thunder!

    Just talking about the scope can cover the entire empty island!

    Therefore, when Uehara Nairobi entered the sky island, Ainilu immediately went to the trouble of Uehara Nairobi, claiming that he would be punished by God.

    result¡­

    This thunder fruit ability was defeated by Naru Uehara with the same ability. The situation was unprecedentedly bleak, with cracked wounds all over his body. Now even if he wants to activate the fruit ability to escape, he can''t do it.

    Besides...

    Ainilu couldn''t escape either.

    "Not willing to give me your ark?"

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Aini Road, squatted next to him, and slowly said: "Hey, you are a god, as a true god, you must learn to be generous, just an Ark..."

    "Asshole..."

    Lying on the ground, Anilu gritted his teeth and looked at Uehara Naraku angrily, without the calmness that a **** should have.

    The Ark''s Proverbs was created by Anilu for many years. The materials in many places are made of precious gold. This is a real effort...

    "Well, I won''t tease you anymore."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Aini Road with a sullen face, and said with a light smile: "An Ark powered by thunder and lightning... Hey, I''m not interested in charging a ship every day, you just drive this ship. Infinite land!"

    "..."

    A gleam of hope suddenly appeared in Ainilu''s eyes Uehara Naraku''s mouth was hooked, she narrowed her eyes and smiled and continued: "As the price of letting you go, wait for you to rule in the future. After the moon, I will send someone to find you.

    I hope that at that time, you will be able to give us the infinite land of the moon just like you gave me the sky island now...

    "..."

    Ainilu''s gaze gradually became a little frustrated.

    It is understandable that Naraku Uehara wanted to take away the island. Ainilu knew that he could no longer rule the island. Besides, he did not intend to stay in the small place of the island...

    But what did this guy named Naraku Uehara just say?

    After he ruled the moon, this **** named Naraku Uehara went to receive the moon...

    Is this still human?

    "Want the moon?"

    Ainilu stared at Naraku Uehara, "Then tell me, are you the **** who rules Qinghai?"

    "Well¡­"

    Uehara Naruko frowned and thought for a while, then shook his head and sighed: "Although I don''t want to admit it, it should be there in a few months... Are you interested in coming to the ceremony?"

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 545 What is the leader of the Xiao organization doing...) reading records, and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 545ï¼š Luffy: My grandfather lieutenant admiral...

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    This guy Anilu...

    After all, I chose to go to the moon.

    This thunder fruit ability person wants to open up a lunar base.

    For the Uehara Naraku and Akatsuki organization, no matter what Anilu''s choice is, the final result is the same. Everything Anilu does will become Akatsuki''s result.

    Moon¡­

    There are many secrets in this world!

    So far, there are relics of past civilizations on the moon. Because of the lack of resources, people on the moon also arrived at the sea with advanced technology and civilization...

    Uehara Naraku really wondered whether this world would be the same as Ninja. The aliens in the universe brought devil fruits or something. Their descendants ruled the world, and by the way they also resisted the arrival of other aliens. .

    For example, Datongmu Huiye who likes to plant trees...

    "This is the contact ring..."

    After Uehara Naraku helped Ainilu heal, he threw a ring to Ainilu and whispered: "Occasionally, I will take the initiative to talk to you, if one day I find that I can''t stay on the moon..."

    "impossible!"

    Anilu interrupted Naraku Uehara''s words, and took the ring with a slightly unsightly expression: "As the price of losing in the battle of God, this sky island will be given to you..."

    "Don''t call yourself a **** in the future."

    Uehara Naraku patted Ainilu on the shoulder, and sighed: "I usually like to call myself a god, and I will always be defeated. When I return to the sea, I guess I will kill a lot of people who like to call themselves. For the gods..."

    "..."

    Ainilu''s expression was a little stiff.

    It''s all going to be different, or can''t you say something human?

    "I know."

    Ainilu put on the ring symbolizing Akatsuki and said in a cold voice: "But no one dared to laugh at a god. Last time, a guy named Jiaodu boarded the island and mocked the god¡¯s majesty. The guy smashed the Baibaihai..."

    "You are losing both."

    Uehara Naruko couldn''t help but twitched, shook his head and sighed, "Should you not make your mouth hard? Both are Akatsuki''s members. I know everything that happened between you..."

    "..."

    Ainilu fell silent again.

    In the next moment, his figure turned into a thunder and disappeared.

    After a long time, a ship floating in the sky was shining brightly and flew towards the moon in the sky. It was the Ark''s motto of Ainilu.

    Uehara Naraku didn''t stay in Sky Island for much time.

    Ainilu is just a chess piece randomly placed, and on Gaya Island under the sky island, there are also Monkey D. Luffy and the Straw Hat Pirates waiting for his return.

    This is the real top priority.

    Gaya Island, Magic Valley Town Pier.

    The Straw Hat Pirates are still here waiting for Naraku Uehara.

    Due to the arrest and even public execution of Portgas D. Ace, there was a little anxiety in Monge D. Luffy¡¯s heart. As a married brother who grew up together, Luffy could not ignore this. Happened!

    Nami looked at the somewhat decadent Luffy, and she provided a lot of news: "The navy will detain the pirates and enter the Imperial Prison... Will Ace also be imprisoned in the Imperial Prison? ?"

    "That''s more troublesome."

    Sanji dangling a cigarette, shook his head and said, "Imperton Grand Prison is not accessible to everyone. Even if they can enter, they may not have a chance to escape..."

    "Then we go to Impelton!"

    Luffy clenched his fist abruptly, but after finishing this sentence, he interrupted himself again: "No, I will go by myself!"

    "Big... big prison?"

    Chopper''s body was trembling.

    However, at this moment, even though Chopper''s face was fearful, his mouth still said: "Ace''s people are very good, I will go together..."

    Just as Luffy was about to leave the Golden Meri, Sauron wielded the scabbard to knock Luffy to the ground, and said in a cold voice: "Don''t be silly, you are the captain of this ship! Calm down a little bit! If you want to go to Impelton, you must at least find out the situation..."

    This idiot...

    Do you want to leave your companions behind? Because you are aware of the danger, do you not want everyone to take the risk together?

    "I guessed something."

    Nicole Robin suddenly spoke to ease the situation, and everyone''s eyes were attracted by Robin''s words and fell on her.

    After saying this, Nicole Robin continued: "If the Navy really detains Mr. Ace in Impelton Grand Prison, it will not specifically state in the newspaper that they will detain Mr. Ace secretly. Up.

    The purpose of the navy must be to prevent the White Beard Pirates of Mr. Ace from attacking Impelton Grand Prison before the public execution. If we want to rescue Mr. Ace, we still have to find out that Mr. Ace is imprisoned. over there¡­"

    When talking about this, Nicole Robin slowly closed her palms and whispered, "Perhaps Uehara does know where Mr. Ace is being held..."

    Usopp paced back and forth impatiently, suddenly raised his head to look at Nicole Robin, then at Luffy, and then turned to look at Nami and Sanji.

    These people have all been in contact with Uehara Naraku.

    "Hey, Robin, Luffy, Nami, and Sanji, do you really think that guy named Naraku Uehara will tell us about Luffy''s brother? That guy is a lieutenant admiral!"

    "That guy should know..."

    Luffy nodded slowly, and replied with some uncertainty: "I met Uehara in the past. Although he has always been in front of us and doesn''t do good things, Sister Mackinaw said that the guy is indeed a good person in the navy. It will be fine..."

    "Indeed, Uehara''s heart is still very kind..."

    After Nicole Robin said something against her conscience, she suddenly looked at Luffy and made another suggestion.

    "By the way, Luffy, isn''t your grandpa Lieutenant General Karp? If you can''t wait for Uehara, maybe you can get news about Mr. Ace from Lieutenant General Karp..."

    This suggestion is very pertinent.

    Because Monch D. Karp, as a high-ranking navy, must know where Portcas D. Ace was held, he is a naval hero!

    "Grandpa guy!"

    When mentioning Lieutenant General Karp, Luffy¡¯s face flashed with fear: "No, grandpa should kill me, he has almost killed me countless times since childhood...

    Now I have obeyed the agreement with Shanks and become a pirate, maybe grandpa will really kill me if he sees me! "

    "Lieutenant General Karp isn''t that bad..."

    Just as Monkey D. Luffy talked about the bad behavior of Monkey D. Karp, a voice suddenly appeared in their ears.

    Uehara Naraku did not know when he appeared on their boat. He said softly: "If I guessed correctly, Lieutenant General Karp should be with Ace...I heard that Lieutenant General Karp kept Ace Treated as my own grandson..."

    Monkey D. Karp treats Portgas D. Ace and his grandson, Monkey D. Luffy, is no different.

    Maybe even more special.

    The man known for his iron fist...

    Obviously his will is like steel, but his heart also has his own soft side, especially when dealing with Portgas D¡¤Ace.

    Karp really regarded Ace as a relative.

    And Portgas D. Ace also regarded Karp as his grandfather.

    If the world government wants to capture Ace and execute Portgas D. Ace, it is absolutely impossible to hide Karp.

    "Don''t talk about Grandpa!"

    Luffy interrupted Naraku Uehara, and said earnestly, "Uehara, do you know how to save Ace? No, do you know where Ace is being held?"

    "Well, know some."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the people present, and said softly: "But this incident must not be leaked out, and the place where Ace is held is more terrifying than you think. If you can, I hope you go to the shampoo first..."

    "I want to know where Ace is being held!"

    Luffy shook his head and said solemnly: "Please, Uehara! After I rescue Ace, I will definitely go to that shampoo place!"

    "Judicial Island."

    Uehara Naraku calmly said the name of the place, and then continued: "Before you go to Judicial Island, I suggest you go to Chambord Land, look for the pirate king Gore D¡¤Roger''s deputy captain Pluto Raleigh, and ask him Views¡­"

    "The deputy captain of One Piece!"

    Everyone present could not help being a little surprised.

    Luffy squeezed his fist sharply, shook his head, and finally showed a smile on his face: "Although I really want to see the deputy captain of One Piece, but... I will rescue Ace by myself!"

    "Forget it..."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and sighed: "Then before that, I want to remind you that there is only one chance to rescue Ace and Sabo...because after the Judicial Island accident, we will definitely strengthen our defense!"

    "Sabo?"

    Luffy''s expression was a little puzzled for an instant.

    In the next moment, Luffy''s expression changed drastically, becoming extremely ugly: "Wait, Uehara, has Sabo been taken away?"

    This news¡­

    Luffy also just found out!

    Because the news headlines have long been taken over by the arrest of Portgas D. Ace, the revolutionary army¡¯s incident has not attracted much attention, and now no one cares...

    but¡­

    But Luffy will definitely care about Sabo''s safety!

    "Ok?"

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Luffy suspiciously: "Speaking of which, don¡¯t you know? The news about half a month ago was always about Sabo, Chief of Staff of the Revolutionary Army Is **** gone?"

    "Do not."

    Luffy shook his head and whispered, "Thank you for telling me the news, Uehara, I will rescue both Ace and Sabo!"

    Now that you know your destination, you can proceed to the next step, which is to go to Judicial Island to rescue Ace and Sabo!

    This guy''s guts are really big!

    Brain...

    It''s not simple!

    Fortunately, the Straw Hat Pirates stopped the runaway Luffy. They decided to head towards Judicial Island while thinking about what they should do to enter Judicial Island...

    Just as the Straw Hat Pirates left Magic Valley Town and rushed to Judicial Island, Malin Vandor also had a navy lieutenant admiral Pharmacist, who confirmed that Ace had been kept on Judicial Island.

    It is Monkey D. Karp.

    In fact, Lieutenant Admiral Karp was the last among all Marine Vandor''s top navy to know the news of Ace''s arrest and the location of his detention...

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 546: Luffy: My Grandpa Admiral...(please ask for a monthly pass!)) to read the record, and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf !

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 546ï¼š Secretly holding Aceâ€™s Justice Island and guests

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    Marin Vando.

    In the admiral''s office.

    After the news of the arrest of Ace by the world government broke out, Lieutenant General Karp learned about the secret arrest of Portgas D. Ace, and he also learned of the Navy''s plan.

    Lieutenant General Karp stood at the desk, sullenly squeezing his fist, and looked at his old friend: "Warring States, if it wasn''t for the old man who saw the news, he still didn''t know that his grandson was going to the execution stand. ¡­"

    "..."

    The Buddha''s Warring States was silent.

    The pharmacist sat in the chair next to him, pushed his glasses, and said softly: "Lieutenant General Karp, Portcas D. Ace is being held on Judicial Island.

    As for the previous, we kept the secret of arresting Portgas D. Ace because we have not yet made a decision whether to start this war.

    Now the execution is inevitable. If Lieutenant General Karp wants to visit him, he can pass now. If Ace is willing to surrender to the navy...I believe that the son of One Piece will join the navy, which will bring more benefits than execution. "

    What the pharmacist said is very reasonable.

    If the son of One Piece chooses to surrender and join the navy, it is indeed far more profitable than executing him. Even the five old stars will no longer want to execute Ace, and even spend manpower to protect Ace.

    Regrettably¡­

    Everyone knows that this is impossible.

    Even Monkey D. Karp knew that according to Ace¡¯s stubborn character, Karp hoped that Ace could join the navy from a young age and become an admiral in the future. Even if he is Roger¡¯s son, he will definitely be able to live his life safely. ¡­

    But Ace chose to go to sea...

    He would rather die than join the navy.

    "I want to see Ace..."

    After Monch D. Karp finished speaking, he left the admiral''s office without waiting for the answer from Sengoku and Lieutenant General Crane.

    Karp had received the news he wanted to know, and immediately rushed to Judicial Island from Malin Vandor on a warship.

    Pharmacist Pocket didn''t stop him, but looked at Karp''s leaving back, slowly pushed his glasses, and raised the corners of his mouth.

    It''s just right...

    When Lieutenant General Karp visited his grandson on Judicial Island, he might be able to see another grandson who had previously been in the net. I wonder if he will do it?

    The port terminal of Marine Vatican.

    Karp stood on the bow of his warship, looking at the busy port of Marine Vatican, the navy headquarters, and at the naval forces saluting him...

    The old man''s expression gradually became complicated.

    he¡­

    Also a member of the navy...

    He even dedicated most of his life to justice.

    "Let''s go, to Justice Island!"

    Karp clenched his fists and whispered to his adjutant. The dog-head warship honked its whistle and slowly left Malin Vando.

    After Karp''s warship left, Malin Vandor still went by boat.

    Naval warships were moored on the marina in Malin Vatican, and groups of navy soldiers lined up to disembark and were stationed in Malin Vatican''s barracks under the leadership of non-commissioned officers.

    Because the target of this world war is the White Beard Pirates and the Revolutionary Army, and may even include the Red Haired Pirates, which is larger than any previous war!

    Even the Battle of the Valley of the Gods and the Great Battle of Atwal more than 30 years ago were far less than the scale of this war!

    According to the plan of the pharmacist, they will mobilize more than 100,000 elite navy departments in this game, and almost all the elite navies of the four seas and great routes will be empty.

    Most head lieutenants were also transferred back to Malin Vando.

    Otherwise...

    There is also the CP department under the pharmacist''s command.

    Most of the CP0 members near Mariagioa were transferred to Judicial Island and Malin Vandor in batches, and the defense of the Holy Land looked extremely empty.

    Fortunately, Mary Gioia is not too far from Marin Vatican.

    Because the world government wants to rely on the victory of this battle, let the world government completely occupy the advantage of the pirates, and gradually end the era of the pirates from this battle!

    According to the calculation of the pharmacist...

    The BIG¡¤MOM Pirate Group, the Hundred Beast Pirate Group, and the Akatsuki Alliance declared war on each other. The war between them must be protracted. When these big forces have no time to join the war, the Navy and the world government have almost a 100% chance of being able to Win.

    even¡­

    Not long ago, when the pharmacist reported this plan to the five old stars, he also mentioned with great interest the first pirate war.

    If the BIG¡¤MOM Pirate Group and the Hundred Beast Pirate Group lose both, the navy might be able to take a big victory, sweep the entire sea, and eliminate all the big pirates in one fell swoop...

    have to say¡­

    The picture painted by the pharmacist is very attractive.

    And all the situation is indeed moving towards the plan of the pharmacist.

    According to the information sent by CP0, the base camp of Akatsuki and the Pirates of Beasts was empty, and the entire Pirates of Beasts rushed out to attack the BIG¡¤MOM Pirates.

    The CP agents who sneak into the two pirate groups will always monitor the movements of the Beast Pirate Group and the BIG¡¤MOM Pirate Group, which makes the world government reluctant to concentrate on dealing with the White Beard Pirate Group and the Revolutionary Army.

    The only problem is...

    The redhead thing on the sea, mother.

    Red-haired Shanks learned that the battle between the Beast Pirates and the BIG¡¤MOM Pirates had begun, so he no longer worried that the Beast Kaido might disrupt the situation.

    Shanks no longer traveled to the Sea of ??Beasts, but drove directly to the Holy Land Mariagioa on the Red Forth, hoping that the five old stars would release Portgas D. Ace.

    This request was naturally rejected.

    If Portcas D. Ace is released at this time, it means that the world government is weak against the White Beard Pirates, and the entire world government will be ruined!

    And now the world government has already made complete preparations, mobilized a large amount of the navy''s military power in advance, and has planned everything to win the war!

    It is absolutely impossible to release Ace now!

    The arrow is on the string, I have to send it!

    only¡­

    Out of consideration of the situation, the five old stars made another suggestion to Shanks. They promised to pass the trial on Judicial Island in private, and directly sentence Kurokas innocent, thereby releasing the former Luo. The ship doctor of Jie Pirates.

    This can be regarded as a good show to the red-haired Shanks.

    Unfortunately¡­

    The red-haired Shanks wants to save Kurokas and Portgas D. Ace. This guy wants everything!

    therefore¡­

    They talked about it for granted.

    After the red-haired Shanks left Marijoa, he planned to dive from Murloc Island on the Red Forth to the first half of the great route.

    Ben Beckman frowned while helping with the coating with the boatman: "Shanks, it looks like your face is useless. This war is already inevitable..."

    "Hahahahaha..."

    A group of pirates couldn''t help laughing loudly.

    The red-haired Shanks scratched his hair and continued with a grin: "But it doesn''t matter, I have found the place where Ace is being held..."

    "Then shall we tell Baibeard the news?"

    Ben Beckman put down his tools and stretched out his hand to light a cigarette for himself: "By the way, how could the five old stars tell you this secret? Before the public execution, the place where Portcas D. Ace was held It should be top secret..."

    If the White Beard Pirates secretly rescued Ace before the world government publicly executed it, it would also let the world government''s plans be ruined...

    of course¡­

    It is also possible that the war will start early.

    After all, the current navy pays special attention to the movements of the Whitebeard Pirates, and it is absolutely impossible to turn a blind eye when the Whitebeard Pirates are dispatched.

    "Stop telling them."

    Shanks shook his head and said with a chuckle: "Although the world government is strictly guarding this news, it is not a secret in Mary Joa''s Denon residence area... Let''s go directly to Judicial Island!"

    After the Red-Haired Pirates finished coating the Red Forth, the pirate ship quietly dived into the sea. They will cross the murloc island under the sea, bypass the red earth continent, and rush to the first half of the new world. segment.

    Just as the red-haired Shanks left Marijoa, a CP agent who was in charge of staying at Marijoa immediately passed the news to the CP base camp on Judicial Island.

    [The information has been sent, and Shanks the red hair has learned the location of Portgas D. Ace. ¡¿

    Justice Island.

    This base camp of the CP department has gathered many elite combat forces.

    Compared with Marin Vando, the defenses here are the same. The CP agent Uchiha Madara, code-named Madara, the second-generation water shadow ghost lamp Shuiyue, code-named Water, the third generation Raikage Ai, code-named Thunder, and the second-generation earth shadow, code-named Earth. None, the fourth generation Fengying Luosha codenamed Feng.

    In addition, there are anbu ninjas from various countries in the ninja world that have joined the CP department. There are more than fifty elite ninjas in the number of teams. There are more than two hundred people, all of which are composed of elite ninjas or special ninjas.

    And it is the army of ninjas under the command of Pharmacist who are responsible for assisting these dark ninjas to fight. Hundreds of undead ninjas are hiding in the dungeon of Judicial Island!

    To say bluntly...

    This is a force that is equally capable of destroying the country!

    According to the plan of the pharmacist for the CP department in the past few years, this special task force must ensure that it will not fall into the disadvantaged, whether it is the top combat force or the balance of power.

    to this end¡­

    The pharmacist has completely eliminated the CP department, and the entire CP department¡¯s agents are all ninjas, so as to ensure that any secrets will not sneak out without permission Now when the pharmacist is in Malin Vandor, this CP The department will be led by Hagi Kakashi and stationed on Judicial Island, responsible for guarding Portcas D. Ace, Sabo and others, and collecting intelligence from all over the world.

    In the base camp of the CP department.

    Hagi Kakashi put down a phone worm, pulled his face mask, and whispered, "Hey, God, open the door of justice on Judicial Island. It shouldn¡¯t be closed for the time being these days. Several batches of ours Guests are coming soon..."

    "Yes, Senior Kakashi."

    A man sitting across from Hagi Kakashi nodded slowly. It was Yamato the Mudun Ninja from another world, now his code name is Tenzo.

    Tianzang nodded slowly, and said softly: "Then the first person to rush over should be Lieutenant General Karp, right?"

    "Well, let me meet him personally!"

    Hagi Kakashi scratched his head, stood up, and slowly said, "Be careful, don''t talk too much to avoid being discovered by others. I heard that this naval hero once looked at the photos. I realized the danger of Uehara..."

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record the reading record of this time (Chapter 547, the Judicial Island and the guest secretly imprisoning Ace), and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 547ï¼š The dungeon of Judiciary Island, discuss the escape of the brothers...

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    On the port of Justice Island.

    The gate of justice had been opened, and Hagi Kakashi arrived here with a few CP agents, waiting for the arrival of Lieutenant Admiral Karp.

    After a long time.

    A dog-head warship came in slowly along the ocean current and docked at the dock. A sturdy old man jumped off the ship without waiting for the warship to dock.

    It was Karp who hurried from Malin Vando.

    The figure of Monch D. Karp jumped to Hagi Kakashi''s side, and quickly walked towards the Judicial Island: "Where is Ace, take the old man to see him!"

    For the CP department under the pharmacist''s command, Karp has always had no good feelings, because the bad things these agents have done are no less than some brutal pirates...

    These agents have always done dirty work for the world government! Besides, the CP department is also the main force in arresting Ace!

    It is said that when the CP agents arrested Saab in Rogue Town, they almost arrested both Luffy and Dorag and his son... If this happened, Karp would be really gray-haired. People give off black people!

    Even if Karp is a big heart...

    It''s impossible to feel good about CP anymore!

    Hagi Kakashi tugged at his mask, and slowly followed: "Well, in fact, Lieutenant General Karp doesn''t have to worry so much. Portcas D. Ace is doing well here because he is here. I saw my brother here..."

    "..."

    Lieutenant General Karp''s face was even more ugly.

    If there is nothing necessary, Karp still doesn''t want to bother with these CP agents.

    Hagi Kakashi didn¡¯t care, and continued slowly: ¡°If we hadn¡¯t caught their brothers in, their brothers wouldn¡¯t know when they would be reunited, but Portcas D. Ace and A new problem has arisen between Saab..."

    "Ok?"

    Karp frowned, couldn''t help but glance at Hagi Kakashi, and said coldly, "What''s the problem? Is something wrong with Ace?"

    "how to say¡­"

    Hagi Kakashi thought for a while, then continued softly: "Portcas D. Ace and Sabo have been talking about their brothers'' three past events in the dungeon...

    It seems that Monchi D. Luffy, the grandson of Lieutenant General Capp, is missing. We are discussing whether to capture Straw Hat Luffy over the past few days, so that the three of their brothers can be reunited...

    "..."

    Karp''s face suddenly became cold again.

    Does this white-haired agent speak human words? In the presence of his grandfather, should he arrest all his grandson and the grandson he raised with him and send him to the execution bench?

    It is indeed a subordinate of that fellow Yao Shidou!

    Inside the dungeon of Judicial Island.

    During this period of time, Portcas D. Ace had a pretty good time, and the agents of the CP department did not embarrass him, and even prepared an adjacent cell for him and Sabo.

    When Portcas D. Ace and Sabo met in the dungeon of Judiciary Island, the brothers were a little surprised, and some were sad about what happened to each other.

    As a result, I stayed for a few days...

    It seems that Judicial Island is not a **** on earth.

    "Hello, Sabo."

    Portgas D. Ace took a straw in his mouth, glanced at the cell next door, and suddenly leaned in: "What are you saying that Luffy is doing?"

    "do not know."

    Sabo leaned against the wall with the back of his head in one hand, looked up at the ceiling above, and suddenly a smile appeared at the corner of his mouth: "Probably still arguing about becoming the One Piece! Now we can''t fight him anymore. !"

    "Yes¡­"

    Portgas D. Ace smiled, and suddenly said, "But I also gave up being One Piece a long time ago. I still feel a bit sorry for Sasuke when I think about it!"

    "Uchiha Sasuke?"

    Sabo nodded slowly, and sighed softly: "I''ve heard of his name, Ace, your companion is a very strong man! I''ve heard of it back then. The Pirates of Spades is the best It is possible to reach the top and become the new Four Emperors Pirates..."

    "Ha, it''s long gone!"

    Ace knocked on the railing and asked, "What about you, Sabo, is there no one you miss? How about the Revolutionary Army?"

    "feels good."

    There was a smile at the corner of Sabo''s mouth, and a touch of nostalgia appeared on his face: "I miss them very much for everyone, those like-minded partners... But Kerla will never have to look for me everywhere. I won¡¯t be angry anymore..."

    Sabo missed many people.

    Especially his teammate Kerla.

    Now trapped in the prison on Judicial Island, Sabo couldn''t help but start thinking, what will Kerla feel when he knows he is arrested?

    Although Sabo said that Kerla would no longer be angry because of himself in the future, he knew very well in his heart that Kerla would be very anxious now...

    probably¡­

    Will you cry?

    If there is nothing wrong now, think carefully about Kerla, that little girl once lost her instinct to cry because of fear, but sometimes she shed tears for him...

    Just as Sabo was thinking of Kerla, Portgas D. Ace suddenly leaned over and looked at Sabo in a low voice, "Hey, Sabo, let''s try to escape from prison!"

    When Ace said of his escape from prison, his eyes were full of hope: "Just like when we were young, we cooperated to escape from this cell. As long as we can unlock my sea tower chain, the two of us will be able to escape from here together, at least You want to escape..."

    Two brothers...

    Still very dreamy.

    "what¡­"

    Sabo hooked the corner of his own mouth, and said in a low voice, "Don''t worry, Ace, the two of us will be able to escape!"

    At this moment, Sabo¡¯s face flashed with the innocent smile of his childhood. He glanced at his shackles and said with a grin: "Ace, in fact, they don¡¯t know yet. I am not a Devil Fruit Ability person. I have been pretending to be because of the sea. Lou Shi lost strength..."

    "..."

    A flash of joy flashed across Ace''s face.

    Sabo raised a finger to signal Ace to be quiet. He glanced at the cell and continued in a low voice: "But I want to slowly find out where the other cadres of the revolutionary army are. The CP agent¡¯s chief pharmacist grabbed us. Few companions..."

    This is exactly Saab''s plan.

    Since the moment Sabo was arrested, he had thought of simply taking this opportunity to try to rescue other revolutionary army cadres who were arrested by CP agents.

    Who could have imagined that Sabo hadn''t been able to find out where the cadres of the Revolutionary Army were locked in the dungeon on the Judicial Island, but instead saw his good brother...

    Really...

    Coincidentally.

    Just as Ace and Sabo thought they had succeeded in their conspiracy, there was a sound of metal rubbing in the dungeon that made people feel sour.

    The heavy iron door of the dungeon slowly opened.

    A sound of footsteps echoed in the gloomy dungeon.

    A group of people walked towards the cell of Portgas D. Ace and Sabo. It was Karp who came to visit and Kakashi Hagi who accompanied him.

    Hagi Kakashi walked ahead to lead the way, Lieutenant General Karp walked behind him, and the two slowly stopped outside the cells of Ace and Sabo.

    "grandfather¡­"

    "Lieutenant General Karp..."

    When Ace and Sabo saw Karp, their expressions were slightly stiff, and the two looked at the old man outside the prison a little bewildered.

    after all¡­

    Karp''s feelings for them are indeed deep.

    However, Ace and Sabo soon calmed down their emotions, because they had a full grasp of escape from prison just now. When they escape from here, I believe that Kapu''s face will be very exciting at that time!

    Monkey D. Karp didn''t know all this.

    The old man clenched his fist, glanced at Ace, then at Sabo, his face gradually showed a trace of frustration, almost weakly speaking, "Give me the key to the cell, the old man wants to go in and see they¡­"

    "can."

    Hagi Kakashi nodded.

    While searching for the key to the cell, Hagi Kakashi slowly said: "By the way, Lieutenant General Karp, there is something to say, Portcas D. Ace His body is tied with 100% pure Hailou stone shackles, which will definitely make him, a fruit-burning capable person, incapacitated and unable to leave here..."

    Hagi Kakashi took out the key and handed it to Karp, and his voice was slightly solemn: "However, Sabok, Chief of Staff of the Revolutionary Army, may not be necessary, because he is not a devil fruit capable person, so we are bound to him. It is invalid, he may escape from prison..."

    "..."

    Sabo''s expression changed in an instant.

    Ace''s expression is also faintly unsightly.

    Even the expression of Lieutenant General Karp was a little surprised.

    Sabo slowly reduced his emotions, raised his head and looked at Hagi Kakashi and said: "You have known that I am not a demon fruit capable person? Don''t you worry that I will run away?"

    "do not worry."

    Hagi Kakashi shook his head, and said in a lazy voice: "No one can escape from the dungeon of Judicial Island, and no one can escape our surveillance..."

    This sentence does not only refer to the CP department.

    It even refers to the Akatsuki organization behind the CP department.

    Hagi Kakashi looked at Sabo and continued slowly: "Well, yes, the pharmacist told me one thing before he left. There have been too many things recently, and it seems that I forgot to tell you."

    Hagi Kakashi spread out his palms and said boredly: "If you escape secretly, even if you do not escape, you will still have to pay a price to escape...

    In the past, all the cadres of the revolutionary army, including ordinary members, who were secretly arrested by us, will be sentenced to death immediately; and in the future, when we catch members of the revolutionary army, we will not be left alive. "

    "mean!"

    Sabo''s expression suddenly changed. These CP agents really deserve to be the subordinates of that fellow Pharmacist, and their behavior is really disgusting!

    Fortunately, Hagi Kakashi said this...

    Otherwise, Sabo really didn¡¯t know how much he would suffer if he killed countless revolutionary cadres and ordinary members because of his rash escape...

    After Hagi Kakashi finished speaking, he looked at Ace again: "Portcas D. Ace, your situation is the same, when you were surrounding the 2nd team of the Whitebeard Pirates , But arrested many of your subordinates..."

    "... asshole!"

    Ace¡¯s face also flashed with anger When the pharmacist went around and suppressed the 2nd squadron of the Whitebeard Pirates, Lieutenant General Karp was also there to help, and the entire 2nd squad was caught by the Navy. Only Ace, Sasuke and Marshall D. Titch are left...

    Even the second squad has been rebuilt.

    Ace still couldn''t ignore the life and death of those companions.

    After Hagi Kakashi threatened Sabo and Ace, he looked at Lieutenant-General Karp: "Then, I will go first. Let¡¯s talk for a while... But I hope Lieutenant-General Karp will not talk for too long, because you Before coming to Judicial Island, I received a message."

    Karp frowned his brows, looked at Hagi Kakashi with an unhappy face, couldn''t help but say: "What news have you CP **** received..."

    "Well, a news we are all interested in."

    Flagwood Kakashi looked at all the people present slowly, and slowly continued: "Two hours ago, the Straw Hat Pirates took a sea train in the Capital of Seven Waters and rode the sea train. Came in the direction of Judicial Island..."

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 548 The Dungeon of Judicial Island, discuss the escaped brothers...) to read the record, and open the bookshelf next time!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 548ï¼š The CP agent who blocked the Straw Hat Pirates, Amakura, and Hyuga Kaho

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    News from the Straw Hat Pirates...

    Everyone present was very interested.

    However, at this time, the Straw Hat Pirates actually came to the heavily guarded Judicial Island. There is no doubt that they are throwing themselves into the net.

    Whether it was Monkey D. Karp or the two brothers Ace and Sabo, everyone''s expressions became even more ugly when they heard the news that the Straw Hat Pirates came to Judicial Island.

    "Well, this is the situation..."

    Hagi Kakashi raised his wrist, glanced at his watch, and continued softly: "Lieutenant General Karp, according to our estimates, you still have one hour left before the Straw Hat Pirates arrive at Judicial Island. Visiting time."

    Flagwood Kakashi tapped his watch pointedly: "In an hour, the Straw Hat Pirates should invade the Judicial Island, and the entire Judicial Island will be martial law. The entrance to the dungeon will be closed, and everyone will be encircled and suppressed. Straw Hat Pirates."

    Everything in the Straw Hat Pirates is under the surveillance of CP agents.

    When Monkey D. Luffy led the Straw Hat Pirates and snatched a sea train to Judicial Island, Judicial Island had already received detailed information.

    Even if Haaki Kakashi doesn''t need to elaborate too much, Karp, Ace, and Sabo already know the fate of the Straw Hat Pirates, and they can''t beat the CP department!

    Both Dorag and Sasuke Uchiha suffered a big loss in the hands of the CP agents. How could the Straw Hat Pirates win?

    "Okay, everyone please, I''m leaving first."

    Hagi Kakashi finished everyone''s mentality, tapped his watch slowly with his fingers, and left the dungeon, leaving it to Karp, Ace, Sabo and others.

    Anxiety flashed across Ace''s face, and his name returned to the past: "Hey, old man, we have nothing to talk about, don''t let Lu fly to Judicial Island!"

    "Lieutenant General Karp"

    Sabo grasped the iron railings of the dungeon, and said with an ugly look: "Lieutenant General Karp, can you please take the walk, he will be killed..."

    But Karp doesn''t care what they think!

    The admiral coldly glanced at the back of Hagi Kakashi leaving, then turned to look at Sabo and Ace.

    Karp snorted coldly: "Today the old man is here to see you. If that **** Luffy really comes to Judicial Island, the old man will arrest him and be your company!"

    "..."

    Ace and Sabo fell silent.

    but¡­

    Neither Ace nor Sabo had any thoughts to chat with Karp.

    Three brothers...

    Can''t they all be locked up?

    Lieutenant General Karp held his arm and looked down at Ace and Sabo in the dungeon. Without waiting for them to say anything, he interrupted them: "This is Luffy''s own choice... The old man is a lieutenant admiral, The only thing that can be done is to arrest Luffy Straw Hat when that kid Luffy invades Judicial Island!"

    Karp slowly closed his eyes, and the old man''s voice added a heavy touch: "Back then, you three little ghosts...you should follow the life that the old man arranged for you...not to be a pirate..."

    "what¡­"

    Ace slowly shook his head, and sighed: "I don''t want to be a navy. Anyway, I have become a pirate, even if I pay my life for it..."

    "me too."

    Sabo squeezed the railing and said with a serious face: "In order to change this distorted world, even if you lose your life..."

    "To shut up!"

    Karp''s fist suddenly clenched, and he slammed his fist on the iron fence of Sabo''s cell. The fist instantly bent the iron fence, and Karp''s voice was full of anger: "You kid is being pulled by Dora Grid brainwashed!"

    "Uh¡­"

    Sabo took a few steps back with some fear, and cautiously said, "But Mr. Dorag saved me..."

    Seriously¡­

    Does Lieutenant General Karp really not think about his own way of education? Why, as a lieutenant admiral and naval hero, none of the children he educated became a navy?

    No, or say...

    This is not Karp''s fault, this is the world''s fault!

    Everything is because there is too much darkness in this world.

    In Saab¡¯s view, as long as the world government does not change, whether it is Dorag, Luffy, Ace, or Saab himself, they are destined not to live under the dark suffocation rule of the world government, and they will never become navy!

    Whether it¡¯s for yourself to be able to live freely...

    Or so that everyone in this world can live freely!

    While Karp, Ace and Sabo were still chatting in the Judicial Island dungeon, a sea train came towards them. This train was the experimental machine of the sea train, and it was also used to build a ship for the Pirate King Gore D¡¤Roger. Made by Tom the Murloc.

    Now the man who is driving this sea train is Frankie, the second disciple of Tom the Murloc. Because he was worried that the experiment opportunities left by Tom would be ruined by the Straw Hat Pirates, he personally helped out.

    "Speaking of which, are you really going to Judicial Island?"

    While controlling the sea train, Frankie turned his head curiously and asked, "That''s the place where the pharmacist''s pocket is. Even Bingberg dare not offend someone..."

    The iceberg in Frankie''s mouth was his brother, Esbach, the mayor of the City of Seven Waters, and the president of the Carrera Shipbuilding Company.

    This can be regarded as a big man in the City of Seven Waters.

    "The pharmacist..."

    Nami frowned and asked aloud, "I seem to have heard of this name... Is this person terrible? Isn''t Judiciary Island a place of world government?"

    "He''s not the scary kind..."

    Frankie also frowned, and after thinking for a while, he shook his head and said, "Anyway, I only know that Bingberg dare not provoke him..."

    In the past few years, due to the proximity of the Seven Waters Capital and the Judicial Island, Occasionally Pharmacist would rush to the Seven Waters Capital. Naturally, he had some friendship with the mayor of the Seven Waters Capital.

    "I do not care."

    Luffy clenched his fists and looked directly at the scenery outside the sea train. His voice was extremely firm and said: "No matter what, I will rescue Ace!"

    Justice Island.

    The gate of justice is not closed.

    Monkey D. Luffy and the Straw Hat Pirates drove the sea train directly into the Judicial Island, broke through the port¡¯s defenses, and caused a riot!

    The entire justice island is in chaos!

    "Rubber machine gun!"

    Monkey D. Luffy¡¯s rubber arm instantly knocked over a group of naval soldiers stationed on Judicial Island and led the Straw Hat Pirates to the heights of Judicial Island!

    Sauron slowly pulled out his knife and held it in his hand, Sanji slowly extinguished his cigarette, and the two guarded each other on both sides of Luffy...

    Behind them, Nami, Usopp, Frankie, Nicole Robin, and even the ship doctor Chopper have completely transformed their animal forms!

    Monkey D. Luffy clenched his fists and looked down at a group of CP agents and navy soldiers who surrounded Judicial Island. There was a cloud of darkness in his eyes, and his voice was more determined!

    "tell me¡­"

    In the next moment, Luffy''s expression suddenly became serious, and his voice released his depression after learning that Ace was arrested in the past few days.

    "Ace... where is it!"

    "Straw Hat Luffy!"

    A white-haired man stood in front of a group of agents and navy soldiers, and slowly said: "Portcas D. Ace and the Chief of Staff of the Revolutionary Army Sabo are in the dungeon of Judicial Island. You are here to want Accompany them?"

    It is Hagi Kakashi.

    Hagi Kakashi came here not to meet the Straw Hat Pirates, but to meet the last wave of guests who came to Judicial Island behind the Straw Hat Pirates.

    Hearing Hagi Kakashi''s words, Luffy''s brows couldn''t help but wrinkle, staring at Hagi Kakashi, "You said, Sabo is here?"

    "Yes¡­"

    Hagi Kakashi nodded slowly, and said in a lazy voice: "Have you not inquired about the place of Judicial Island before you came?"

    "I see, thank you for telling me about it."

    Luffy''s teeth clenched suddenly, and a smile suddenly appeared at the corner of his mouth: "If Sabo and Ace are here, that would be great!"

    The next moment, Lu Fei suddenly dived toward the ground!

    Sauron and Sanji followed closely, and everyone from the Straw Hat Pirates swarmed up, facing an enemy a hundred times more than them, without any fear!

    Hagi Kakashi just glanced at the rushing Straw Hat Pirates, turned and left without looking back, but said: "Tianzo, greet them well..."

    "Yes, Senior Kakashi."

    The CP agent wearing a patterned mask slowly nodded, and his arm instantly turned into countless wooden thorns, rushing towards Monkey D. Luffy!

    From the world of ninja, Mu Dun blood succession!

    The next moment, a blade of light flashed!

    Numerous wooden thorns were severely chopped up!

    "Three Swordsmanship¡¤Three Thousand World!"

    Roronoa Sauron wielded his sharp knife to help Luffy solve this attack. A sneer appeared at the corner of his mouth: "If you want to attack our captain, don''t even think about using this kind of kid''s toy. !"

    "Sauron, he will leave it to you!"

    Luffy''s arm stretched suddenly, and he was about to jump into the depths of Judicial Island.

    "Is it underestimated?"

    Tianzang slowly frowned his brows, raised his fingers, and his aura gradually became heavier: "If you let you break through here, it would seem that we people are too incompetent..."

    The wooden rattan pouring out from the ground...

    In just a few seconds, these wooden rattans turned into a wall, isolating the entire port area from the depths of the Judicial Island!

    However, Luffy''s body leaped into the air with the help of rubber elasticity, and he was about to jump over the dense wooden walls and rush directly into the interior of the Judicial Island!

    At this moment, a crisp female voice suddenly came!

    "Bagua¡¤Empty Palm!"

    On the ground, a young girl wearing a mask raised her palm, and a shock wave suddenly hit Luffy''s body, knocking him down from the air!

    "Master Huahuo!"

    There was a burst of exclamation from the crowd.

    Tian Zang''s gaze was slanted, he glanced at the little girl wearing the mask, nodded slowly and said, "Good jobHuahuo..."

    It is the ninja that Konoha has recently sent to this sea, Hyuga Kasai.

    She has only graduated from the Ninja School for three years and passed the Ninja exam at the age of fifteen... This age is already very young, and it is not worse than the age when her genius cousin Hyuga Neji became Ninja.

    Because the patriarch of the Hyuga clan, Hinata Hinata, is still too young, Neji Hyuga stays in the ninja world to help Hinata deal with the clan affairs. As the patriarch¡¯s sister, the Hyuga Hinata is the highest-ranking person sent here by the Hyuga clan of Konoha.

    right now¡­

    This Judicial Island has just become a battlefield for the young generation of the Ninja world and the young generation of pirates in this sea. At least until the powerful group of red-haired pirates arrives, there should be no one to disturb them.

    Hyuga Huahuo slowly took off her mask, walked slowly to Tianzang''s side on the clogs, and raised her palms at the people of the Straw Hat Pirates.

    Hyuga Huahuo looked at the people of the Straw Hat Pirates indifferently, the veins around the white eyes were exposed, and the voice said in a cold voice: "If you want to pass here, it would be too overwhelming... Pirates!"

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record the reading record of this time (CP agents, Tenzo, and Hyuga Huahuo who block the Straw Hat Pirates in Chapter 549), and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 549ï¼š 15-year-old Hyuga Hikaru, 17-year-old MonkeyÂ·DÂ·Luffy

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    On the port of Justice Island.

    A group of naval soldiers swarmed back, and when the CP agents came forward, the ordinary navy of them was no longer needed here.

    The members of the Straw Hat Pirate Group watched the retreating naval soldiers vigilantly, and from time to time they glanced at the two people, Tenzo and Hyuga Kaihuo, in front of them.

    Are there only two people?

    Are these guys confident enough to take them down with just two people?

    "That little girl..."

    Nami looked at the crevices on her face after Hyuga Kanazawa opened her eyes, and she was slightly surprised: "Her eyes look strange..."

    Luffy, who was shot down to the ground with a palm of Hinata Kahuo, turned over and got up, watching Hinata Kahuo tilting his head: "Well, did her eyes go blind?"

    "Asshole, don''t be too rude!"

    Sanji scolded Luffy with a displeased face. After tidying up his clothes, he looked at Hyuga Kahuo and said warmly, "This lady is very cute. Don''t care about our idiot captain. If you do, those eyes are actually pretty..."

    "Hey, idiot curls eyebrows, that''s the enemy!"

    Hearing what Sanji said, Sauron couldn''t help but cursed Sanji.

    Just as Sauron wanted to continue to curse Sanji, Hyuga Huahuo flew towards them and the 15-year-old girl took the initiative to attack them!

    Hyuga Kahuo''s toes tapped on the ground, flying towards Sanji, and his eyes could see through the acupuncture points on Sanji''s body in an instant, and his petite palm patted Sanji!

    "Ahhhhh, so cute..."

    A blush flashed across Sanji''s face.

    "Be careful!"

    Sauron couldn''t help but reminded him loudly, waving his sharp knife and rushing towards the Hyuga Fireworks, he knew the weakness of his companion!

    It¡¯s impossible for Sanji to act on women...

    Instead of letting Sanji fight a woman, it''s better to kill him directly!

    But Sauron had no such worries in his heart. As a figure who aspires to become the world''s largest swordsman, a woman will only affect his speed at drawing his sword!

    not to mention¡­

    Sauron was beaten by Guina 2001 times.

    Therefore, fighting against a strong woman, Sauron''s heart really didn''t have any pressure, anyway, it was just a knife!

    Someone moves faster than Sauron.

    Luffy''s palm suddenly stretched out, grabbed Sanji and dragged him back!

    Hyuga Kahuo watched her palm fall in the empty space, frowned slightly, and pointed **** toward Sanji''s body. The cold voice echoed on the dock!

    "Flying finger gun!"

    An air wave hit Sanji''s body like a bullet!

    In an instant, Sanji, who had just been rescued by Luffy, was hit directly, and the whole person flew out and fell to the ground, unable to even stand up!

    "Hey, Sanji, are you okay?"

    Usopp hurried forward, trying to help Shanzhi up.

    Sanji couldn''t help turning his eyes, just looking at the sky. The pain from all over his body made him feel a little weak, and he could only make a sound through his throat.

    "What''s going on... I can''t move..."

    "What''s a joke, obviously no injuries!"

    Usopp tore off Sanji''s chest, only to find a blue-purple bruise on his chest, which shouldn''t be a major problem.

    "¡­do not know¡­"

    There was a hoarse sound from Sanji''s throat, and a weird smile appeared twitchingly on his face: "But...it''s so satisfying to die under such a lovely lady..."

    Hyuga Huahuo injured Sanji using the finger gun extension technique in the Navy''s six styles. As a ninja who has practiced physique since childhood, Hyuga Huahuo has made rapid progress in the Navy''s six styles, and even now he can use extended skills. gun.

    Fortunately, it was not long after Hyuga Hikaru independently researched the finger gun, and could only barely hit the enemy''s acupoint with the air bullet of the finger gun. Otherwise, Sanji''s chest should be directly penetrated with a blood hole!

    And on the other side.

    Sauron swung his sword towards the Hyuga Fireworks, the three-handed sword in his hand was like a whirlwind, constantly pushing back the footsteps of the Hyuga Fireworks!

    Hyuga Kanazawa''s brows furrowed slightly, and after a while, they stretched out quickly.

    The fifteen-year-old white-eyed girl stepped back to avoid Sauron''s sharp knife, but her voice was still cold: "I have seen all of your swordsmanship."

    While talking, Hyuga Kahuo dodged a sword light!

    The long hair swayed slightly in the air, making it look like a girl''s figure is very elegant!

    The next moment, Hyuga Kahuo''s white palm suddenly passed through the gap of the three sharp knives, attached to Chakra''s palm, and patted Sauron''s shoulder softly!

    Cang à¥...

    A knife suddenly fell off Sauron''s hand and fell to the ground...

    This scene made everyone feel a little surprised, and even Sauron was a little surprised at the sudden powerlessness on his arm!

    "How is this going?"

    Sauron looked at the knife that fell in his hand in disbelief, his face gradually became ugly: "The arm is completely weak... a swordsman, how can he put down his knife..."

    Only in the next moment, Sauron''s eyes suddenly became resolute!

    Even if there is a problem with one arm now, he can still hold a knife in one hand and bite a knife in his mouth, and use the double knife flow to continue the fight!

    Hyuga Kahuo didn''t care about Sauron''s movements, but flashed past Sauron''s attack blankly, waving his palms and patted Sauron''s body continuously!

    The moment every palm fell on Sauron...

    It made Sauron feel that his body had lost part of its ability to move!

    "Soft Boxing¡¤Bagua Thirty-two Palms!"

    After Hyuga Huahuo gave a soft drink, the palms attached to Chakra were about to slap on Sauron''s chest, completely defeating the swordsman of the Straw Hat Pirates!

    A projectile suddenly flew over!

    Although this projectile may not be fatal, it should be a shame for the Hyuga tribe who seeks to avoid all attacks if they can''t avoid it.

    Especially, Hyuga Hanao is still a member of the clan.

    Hyuga Sect''s white eyes can see all the attacks within 360 degrees, perfect white eyes without any dead ends!

    The man who shot the projectile...

    It is Usopp, the sniper of the Straw Hat Pirates!

    When Sauron was about to lose his ability to resist, Usopp gritted his teeth, suddenly raised his slingshot, and fired a projectile toward the back of Hyuga Fireworks!

    Hyuga Huahuo tilted his head, avoiding the bullet that hit behind him, and then made up the last palm of Bagua Palm on Sauron''s body!

    Cang à¥...

    Cang à¥...

    The sound of two knives falling on the ground was a bit harsh.

    Sauron fell to the ground, and all the meridian points on his body were hit, completely losing his ability to move, and he could only stare at the sky with his eyes widened...

    Just a short time...

    The two battles of the Straw Hat Pirates were defeated by the white-eyed girl!

    If Sanji''s failure is forgiven, but Sauron''s defeat is obviously a bit weird, how could his swordsmanship be so easy to be seen...

    "How can it be¡­"

    Usopp was even more surprised at the scene where Hyuga Firefly avoided the projectile: "That girl, how did you know someone attacked her behind..."

    "It should be her eyes!"

    Nami stared at the veins on Hyuga Kahuo''s face and the strange white eyes, and said in a deep voice, "That strange eyes may be her ability...

    Although I don''t know what is going on, normal people certainly don''t have such strange eyes, and those eyes must have some strange abilities. "

    According to Nami''s theory...

    It seems to be the case.

    Normal people will certainly not have such strange white eyes, so those eyes must have special abilities. After all, those strange-looking things... definitely don''t grow into that way inexplicably.

    Hyuga Huahuo slowly walked towards the remaining members of the Straw Hat Pirates, her eyes were staring at everyone including Straw Hat Luffy, and she assumed a fighting posture.

    The faces of the others present became slightly tense.

    Especially Nami and Usopp''s faces were faintly scared, because this girl''s attack was very ruthless, and both Sauron and Sanji were beaten to disability by her!

    As for Nicole Robin¡¯s expression a little calm, because Robin had seen Hyuga Fireworks when he was working on Judicial Island, and he was not surprised by the fighting power Hyuga Fireworks showed.

    Robin also knows very well that the identity of the little girl Hyuga Hanaho is very unusual, and she must also have a blood relationship with Otsuki Teruya from Wano Country...

    "Straw Hat Luffy."

    The girl¡¯s voice is still indifferent, and her face does not seem to have any emotions: "I will not deliberately show mercy to your subordinates because your grandfather Monch D. Karp is on this island, and fate will never take care of you. The weak..."

    "Ah, no need."

    Luffy stretched out his palm, lowered the brim of his hat, and said in a cold voice, "I will defeat you... I will defeat everyone on this island and rescue Ace!"

    The next moment, Luffy raised his head to look at Hyuga Kahuo, his palm suddenly clenched into a fist, and he smashed in the direction of the white-eyed girl!

    "Rubber machine gun!"

    One after another, fists hit the white-eyed girl one after another!

    However, no matter what, Luffy''s fist could not touch Hyuga Kahuo''s body. The white-eyed girl just stepped on her feet lightly, as if dancing, easily evading all Luffy''s attacks.

    "It seems I can''t hit..."

    Nami looked at the white-eyed girl who was avoiding the attack with a look of astonishment, and watched this scene with some disbelief: "Luffy''s attack... all failed?"

    "That''s it..."

    Usopp gritted his teeth and suddenly said loudly: "Hey, Luffy, that little girl''s eyes are very strange. It seems that you can see all the attacks. It is impossible for your fist to hit her!"

    "I know!"

    Luffy''s fist suddenly retracted, and his feet slammed on the ground!

    As his calf was wrapped in breath, Luffy''s skin gradually turned red, and scorching steam slowly emerged from his body. This was caused by the strengthening of his body and the accelerated blood boiling!

    In this case¡­

    Can improve the speed and strength of the body!

    A smile appeared at the corner of Luffy¡¯s mouth. His eyes were fixed on the Hyuga Fireworks not far away, and his voice became extremely firm: "If the enemy escapes a punch, then make the fist so powerful that she cannot escape. ! Second gear!"

    Second gear state...

    This is Luffy''s recent research!

    This state consumes his stamina extremely, even in the extreme state, if the body cannot maintain it, it may reduce his lifespan...

    However, in order to resolve the battle as quickly as possible...

    At this time, it is time to desperately!

    In the next moment, Luffy gritted his teeth and leaped into the sky suddenly, his fist fell from the sky, and he was about to fall heavily to the ground!

    This punch is enough to shatter everything around!

    In any case, even if Hyuga Hanahuo can escape this punch, it is impossible to escape the aftermath of this punch!

    "Can''t hide it?"

    Hyuga Kahuo''s brows frowned, her body suddenly dwarfed, and the chakra air flow released from her body, and a soft drink spread all around!

    "Gossip¡¤Back to Heaven!"

    A sphere-shaped air current suddenly appeared, this is enough to withstand all attacks, Huitian, and it is also the secret skill of the Hyuga clan family!

    Luffy''s fist drove an unparalleled momentum and directly smashed it down, and the shock wave dissipated the chakra airflow that returned to the sky in an instant, and hit the body of Hyuga Huahuo!

    This is also his strongest blow!

    On the same day, Hyuga Huahuo felt that Huitian was directly violently cracked by Luffy''s fist He had to take a few steps back in a hurry, trying to avoid Luffy''s strongest blow in second gear!

    A sturdy figure suddenly appeared at the side of Hyuga Huahuo at extremely fast speed. This sturdy figure slammed Luffy''s body with a huge fist, and directly knocked Luffy to the ground in a more violent way!

    The power of this punch was so strong that it directly broke Luffy''s defenses. In the second gear, Luffy''s body seemed to be leaking, and it instantly languished, and even his whole body was beaten into a coma. Past!

    When everyone on the scene saw the man who defeated Luffy, their faces couldn''t help but be a little surprised: "How come, Lieutenant General Karp..."

    "Humph¡­"

    Monkey D. Karp coldly looked at Luffy who had passed out of a coma, and said coldly: "I really can''t help myself. Do you think you can save Ace with your own life?"

    "Mr. Karp..."

    At this moment, a man''s sighing voice came in from the sea, and he continued softly: "But Lu Fei has worked very hard. Facing such a hard worker, at least let him be rewarded?"

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 550, 15-year-old Hyuga Kahuo, 17-year-old Monkey¡¤D¡¤Luffy). Next time you open the bookshelf Can be seen!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 550ï¼š The arrival of the Redhead Pirates!

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    Port of Justice Island.

    The third group of guests finally arrived.

    As a man''s voice fell into the ears of everyone, a pirate ship sailed in through the gate of justice and slowly docked on the pier.

    Everyone present saw the sign on the boat, and their faces couldn''t help showing a touch of shock. It was the sign of the Redhead Pirates!

    "Redforth! It''s the Redhead Pirates!"

    "Is it... that redhead pirate group?"

    "Besides the Redhead Pirates, do anyone dare to impersonate them?"

    "That''s the Four Emperors! How could anyone dare to pretend to be!"

    "The red hair among the four emperors... why did they come to Judicial Island!"

    The navy soldiers in the harbor looked at the pirate ship in horror, their faces full of panic and fear, and could not help but start whispering to each other.

    Obviously.

    The appearance of the Red-haired Pirates puts them under great pressure.

    If the Red-haired Shanks wants to do anything, the entire Judicial Island has no strong military power and the highest combat power to stop the Red-haired Pirates!

    No, it should be said that there is one more.

    The navy looked at Karp involuntarily!

    Monkey D. Karp, the naval hero who has driven the One Piece King Gore D. Roger into desperation several times, is undoubtedly their savior here!

    Just as a group of navies regained their hopes, a strong overlord color swept the entire port, and a group of navy soldiers fell into a coma at the impact of this overlord color!

    The members of the Straw Hat Pirates are no exception. Chopper, Nami, Usopp, and even Frankie the reformer also fainted...

    Only Nicole Robin, Sauron and Sanji are still holding on.

    On the CP side...

    Even Hyuga Huahuo couldn''t bear this domineering impact, she just relied on her will to resist defeat since she was a child!

    The red-haired Shanks appeared on the dock. He watched the crumbling Hyuga fireworks, smiled and praised: "What an amazing little girl! I didn''t expect that Yao Shidou''s subordinates could have such a powerful one. Newcomer..."

    "..."

    A drop of cold sweat slowly flowed out of Hyuga Kahuo''s forehead.

    This white-eyed girl has never thought that there is such a powerful character in the world, and she can feel the huge gap between the two by relying on her domineering aura alone...

    Such a character...

    Hyuga Fireworks has never been seen!

    No, or maybe I have seen it, but I have never vented his domineering arrogance in front of her like red hair!

    It''s just that the red-haired Shanks didn''t pay much attention to Hyuga Fireworks.

    The four emperors on the sea looked down at the unconscious Luffy, shook his head slightly, picked up the straw hat on the ground, and covered Luffy''s face.

    After the red-haired Shanks had done all this, he turned his head to look at Monkey D. Karp, with an exaggerated smile on his face: "Mr. Karp, Luffy is still young, don¡¯t The requirements for him are too strict!"

    "Red hair¡­"

    Karp''s pupils shrunk slightly, and his fists were squeezed, with a look of anger in choosing someone, "You guy...you dare to appear in front of me!"

    The next moment, Karp hit the red-haired Shanks with a punch!

    At this moment, the navy hero didn''t care about the identity of his opponent, so he rushed up directly, his fist was smashed with the domineering color of the dark armor!

    Compared with the power attached to this punch, the punch that Karp fainted Luffy just now was tickling...

    The momentum of this punch...

    As if wanting to directly punch the red-haired Shanks to death!

    Clang!

    Shanks drew out his Western sword abruptly and stubbornly stopped Karp''s fist, a drop of cold sweat faintly revealed on his forehead!

    Tekken Karp!

    This navy veteran...

    Still as brave as before!

    When Monkey D. Karp was chasing and killing Roger Pirates, the red-haired Shanks was only an intern of Roger Pirates, but he had personally seen Karp¡¯s strength...that kind of strength, let Shank The force that Si and his friend Bucky dared not fight against!

    I didn¡¯t expect so many years passed...

    Even if the red-haired Shanks had become one of the four emperors of the sea from his internship, he still felt a pressure from Karp.

    The moment Karp¡¯s fist hit the Western Sword...

    A surging shock wave swept across the entire judicial island!

    The ground of the entire port collapsed in an instant, and countless buildings were damaged by this shock wave. Waves tens of meters high were raised on the sea, rolling towards the distance...

    These two people are just a blow...

    But it has already demonstrated the power that the Straw Hat Pirates and Hyuga Kawai have never seen for so long!

    This is the strong man on the sea!

    Karp''s fist directly bent the Western Sword and looked at the red-haired Shanks angrily: "If it weren''t for you, Luffy wouldn''t be a pirate!"

    "Ha, don''t say that..."

    The red-haired Shanks'' face faded solemnly, revealing an embarrassing smile: "Even if I didn''t stay in the Windmill Village, Luffy will definitely go to sea now..."

    After saying this, the red-haired Shanks immediately stopped the topic, his eyes fixed on Luffy on the ground and the people of the Straw Hat Pirates, and he shouted: "Hey, Beckman, Raki Lu, **** Bu, help bring Luffy and his companions aboard!"

    Red-haired Shanks didn''t care about the attitude of other people at all.

    Because he is the emperor of the sea on the sea, even Monkey D. Karp could not stop him from here to rescue the flying and the Straw Hat Pirates!

    "Ok."

    Ben Beckman and a group of red-haired pirates also jumped down, trying to take the straw hat pirates back first.

    Just as Raki Lu picked up Usopp, his eyes were slightly surprised, and he couldn''t help laughing: "Hey, Beckman, look, this little guy looks a lot like **** did before. what¡­"

    "is it?"

    Jesus Bu helped pick up Sanji and Sauron, glanced at Usopp curiously, and chuckled softly: "Except that the nose is a bit long, it seems to look very similar to me..."

    "..."

    Nicole Robin, who was holding Nami, jumped on her forehead.

    Because he wants to be a spy in the Straw Hat Pirates, Nicole Robin knows the life experience of everyone in the Straw Hat Pirates. Usopp¡¯s father seems to be the sniper of the Redhead Pirates... **** Bu does not recognize this guy. Come out your own son?

    "what happened?"

    Ben Beckman picked up Chopper and Frankie, and glanced at the strange-looking Nicole Robin in amazement: "Anything else?"

    "Do not¡­"

    Nicole Robin shook his head, her face was a little hard to say: "They are talking about Usopp, the sniper on our boat...like his father is in the Redhead Pirates."

    "Usopp..."

    Jesus Buh nodded, glanced at the long-nosed young man on Laki Lu''s back, and sighed: "Speaking of which, my son is also called Usopp..."

    "..."

    Ben Beckman''s expression stiffened for a second.

    The deputy captain of the Four Emperors Pirate Group shook his head and sighed softly: "Sorry, we have more idiots on board, but a father who didn''t recognize his son is still unforgivable..."

    "what?"

    While Sanji and Sauron were still tapping their acupoints, the two couldn''t help but glance at Jesus: "That... is Usopp''s father?"

    "Hey?"

    "what?"

    The entire red-haired pirate group was alarmed, and a group of pirates jumped down to help send the members of the straw hat pirate group to their Redforth.

    Some pirates are curious about **** Bu''s son...

    They were also curious about Luffy, who had not seen him for many years.

    The entire Redforth has almost become a sea of ??joy, and everyone plans to find a place to hold a banquet directly after leaving the Judicial Island.

    Whether it''s a father and son meeting, or a year-end reunion.

    These are worthy of a good drink!

    Before that, they have to wait for the red-haired Shanks to do a business, and that is to ask for Portcas D. Ace from Judicial Island.

    "Let''s talk about business... Mr. Karp!"

    The red-haired Shanks retracted his Western sword, took a quick glance at Monkey D. Karp, chuckled and looked at everyone present, and said: "In order to prevent a war that may destroy the world, please Give Ace to us!"

    "..."

    Karp''s face instantly became a little complicated.

    Karp knew very well that once Ace was taken away by the Red-haired Pirates, he would definitely survive, and perhaps this might be Ace''s only life.

    to be frank¡­

    If it was at sea now, Karp would really not care about Ace''s situation, even if the White Beard Pirates rescued him.

    "There is no such possibility."

    Karp shook his head, stared at the red hair, and said in a deep voice: "If you want to take Firefist Ace away, then step on the old man''s body!"

    "There is no such need?"

    Shanks opened his palms and took a look at the surroundings. There were only a few CP agents. He chuckled and continued: "Mr. Karp, there is no one on this island that can stop us. What..."

    This is due to the self-confidence of a four emperor!

    It is precisely because of his understanding of the battle power of the Judicial Island that the red-haired Shanks rushed here, wanting to take advantage of the unpreparedness of the world government and rescue Portcas D. Ace!

    "Mr. Shanks..."

    Hagi Kakashi walked up slowly, and said softly: "This is too bad for our CP department, right?"

    As Hagi Kakashi''s voice fell, one after another CP agents came out of Judicial Island, and these CP agents slowly gathered behind Hagi Kakashi.

    The next moment, five coffins also floated from the ground!

    A figure came out of every coffin, especially when one of the men in red armor stepped out of the coffin, a powerful domineering swept across the entire Judicial Island!

    It is Uchiha Madara!

    Even the face of the red-haired Shanks became serious in an instant, his eyes fixed on the man in the red armor!

    There is such a terrible man in the CP department!

    No, in other words, there is such a powerful force hidden in the CP department!

    The pirates on the Redforth also woke up in an instant. One after another, the pirates gathered next to the red-haired Shanks, faintly confronting the CP department!

    The red-haired Shanks slowly held the palm of his western sword on his waist staring at the man in the red armor, his voice gradually became heavy.

    "Your Excellency, what is it sacred?"

    "Uchiha... Madara!"

    Uchiha Madara glanced at the red-haired Shanks, his face was still Furui Shibuya''s calm, but his eyes were more impatient and bored.

    The Uchiha clan...

    Actually I hate red-haired guys!

    "It''s really unexpected...no wonder Ace is being held here..."

    The red-haired Shanks'' eyes tightened slightly, and he looked at the CP agents who were still filed in the Judicial Island, and continued in a low voice: "Uchiha is a very rare surname. It reminds me of a recent People I have met, I didn¡¯t expect that there are also Uchiha people in the CP department..."

    The red-haired Shanks remembered Uchiha Sasuke''s injury, and suddenly seemed to have figured out something. He raised his head suddenly and asked: "The person who injured Uchiha Sasuke some time ago is also your lord, right?"

    "That''s not wrong."

    Uchiha Madara continued expressionlessly: "That little guy Sasuke has indeed grown to a terrible level, and even I have to deal with it in his heyday..."

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 551 The Arrival of the Redhead Pirates!) Reading record, and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 551ï¼š 1 lieutenant admiral taken hostage

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    The red-haired Shanks fell silent when he heard Uchiha Madara''s words. This guy really was the one who injured Uchiha Sasuke!

    If it wasn''t for Uchiha Madara...

    Perhaps Portcas D. Ace will not be arrested either!

    The new world actually has a law...

    The Uchiha clan are very powerful!

    Every Uchiha is difficult to deal with. There seems to be a man named Uchiha who brought the soil on the Pirates of Beasts. It is said that he rescued him when Kaido was in trouble...

    but¡­

    Precisely because they are too powerful and seem to be unconvinced, each Uchiha seems to have joined a different pirate group and organization.

    Sasuke Uchiha lives more freely and joined the White Beard Pirates; Uchiha Itachi joined the Akatsuki organization; Uchiha Daido seems to have joined the Beast Pirates; does Uchiha Madara choose to join the world government?

    If it is a character who can fight against Uchiha Sasuke, then Judiciary Island¡¯s combat power is faintly terrifying. Even the red-haired Shanks doesn¡¯t think they can have an advantage. It¡¯s not that simple to rescue Ace...

    "Really..."

    Shanks the red-haired rubbed his brows and said softly, "I came to end the war, not to start another world war..."

    When talking about this, the red-haired Shanks raised his head and glanced at Lieutenant General Karp, then glanced at Uchiha Madara: "I wonder if you are interested in exchanging hostages? We happened to meet on the way to Judicial Island. A lieutenant admiral invited him to be a guest on our ship. Although the hostage may not be enough, can we talk about it?"

    The red-haired Shanks wanted to use an ordinary lieutenant admiral as a hostage in exchange for Portgas D. Ace. In terms of calculations, the weight is definitely not enough!

    Especially the combat power of Judicial Island does not seem to be weak!

    but¡­

    This can be regarded as a choice given to the world government by the red-haired Shanks.

    No matter what today, the red-haired Shanks must also take away Firefist Ace!

    As for whether the world government chooses to release Ace in exchange for hostages, or choose to be robbed of Ace by the red-haired Shanks, it is up to the five old stars to think about it...

    Anyway, these two things will make the world government lose face.

    What''s more, the identity of the lieutenant admiral is different, because the lieutenant admiral was also an undercover agent and he knows many secrets about the CP department...

    If such a lieutenant admiral falls into the hands of a pirate, once those secrets are unearthed, it may also cause headaches for the world government!

    "Lieutenant Admiral..."

    Uchiha Madara snorted coldly, and said nonchalantly, "You caught a lieutenant admiral. Does it have anything to do with us?"

    "Don''t say that..."

    A smile appeared on the face of the red-haired Shanks: "Believe me, he really has something to do with you. You can ask the guy in the medicine doctor''s pocket, maybe you really might agree to exchange hostages!"

    "and many more¡­"

    Karp''s face was a bit unsightly, and a flash of anger flashed across his face: "Which one of you have you caught, if you dare to hurt someone..."

    "No, our relationship is actually quite pleasant."

    Shanks the red-haired shook his head, smiled and looked at the deputy captain beside him: "Ben Beckman, see if our Lieutenant Admiral Uehara is awake? If he is awake, take him here. come on!"

    "Well, is this going to be separated?"

    Raki Lu shook his head and sighed, "In fact, the navy of Uehara Naraku is an interesting person. I didn''t expect such an interesting person in the navy..."

    Yes.

    The Red-haired Pirates met Naraku Uehara.

    Originally, after Uehara Naraku left Gaya Island, he drove a small boat back to Malin Vatican, and went back to Judicial Island along the way.

    result¡­

    Encountered the Redhead Pirates.

    The red-haired Shanks enthusiastically invited the lieutenant Naraku Uehara to be a guest on the Redforth. As an ordinary lieutenant admiral, it seems that Naraku Uehara should not refuse the invitation of a four emperor.

    of course.

    The red-haired Shanks knew about Uehara''s past.

    When Naraku Uehara was still in the Baroque workshop, he participated in the looting of the Windmill Village. After the news came out, the red-haired Shanks went to the Windmill Village in private, and learned about the people of Naraku Uehara from Mackinaw. Product.

    These days...

    Red-haired Shanks and Naru Uehara get along well.

    This lieutenant admiral is not so pedantic at all. They are all people who have taken care of Luffy, and they have a common language in this regard.

    the most important is¡­

    Red-haired Shanks knows that Uehara Naraku is a navy undercover. After joining the navy, this man personally participated in the subversion of the king''s Shichibukai Krokdal!

    I just don¡¯t know why...

    Uehara Naraku no longer performed such secret missions, and was promoted to a lieutenant admiral of the navy headquarters, even looking a bit miserable...

    On the pier of Justice Island.

    A man in a navy cloak walked off the Red Forth slowly, with a hint of anxiety on his face, as if he had done something wrong.

    It was Naraku Uehara.

    Ben Beckman raised his pistol and pointed it at Naraku Uehara, and continued in a low voice: "Don''t worry, we won''t hurt you, we just want to try to exchange you for Ace..."

    "Yes, I understand."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Beckman, and said cautiously: "Mr. Beckman, there is something you may not know. My relationship with the superior pharmacist in the CP department is very poor. They will definitely not agree..."

    "It doesn''t matter if you don''t agree."

    Ben Beckman shook his head and continued in a low voice: "Anyway, the idiot Shanks mentioned this and just tried it. What if it succeeds?"

    "Ok¡­"

    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, and continued in a low voice: "I feel CP agent might even want to use you to kill me..."

    "We won''t hurt you."

    Ben Beckman shook his head solemnly.

    "but¡­"

    Uehara Naraku looked at Ben Beckman and asked in a deep voice, "Now that you kidnapped me as a hostage, have you considered my return to the Navy in the future?"

    A lieutenant admiral who was kidnapped by a pirate...

    If it is spread, what kind of face can stand in the navy!

    Ben Beckman was silent for a while, shook his head calmly, and said softly, "You will be fine."

    When a group of people watched Uehara Naraku being escorted by Ben Beckman, everyone¡¯s expressions became a little shocked, and many of them opened their mouths in surprise...

    This fucking...

    Is it true or not?

    After all, Uehara Naraku is the real boss of the current CP department! The Red-haired Pirates really captured Naraku Uehara, do they want to exchange him for Ace?

    Who can tell them what to do now?

    Did Uehara Naraku really get caught, or was he caught fake? No matter what you think, this man can''t be caught, right?

    Is this funny?

    Is this guy really playing with the Redhead Pirates?

    The red-haired Shanks glanced at the approaching Naraku Uehara, then glanced at the many shocked CP agents, and whispered: "Mr. Uehara, your identity seems really extraordinary..."

    "Ok¡­"

    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, and continued in a low voice: "The person who hates most in the CP department is probably me, because many CP agents died to protect me..."

    therefore¡­

    It also led to a super big change in the CP department.

    "Yes... Is it?"

    Shanks'' expression became a little weird, and he couldn''t help but sighed: "This is too useless... Sorry, I didn''t mean that."

    "It''s ok."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head calmly and signaled that he didn''t care at all. He even laughed and laughed at himself: "I am really useless...

    "..."

    The expressions of the others present were weirder than Shanks.

    And at the moment Uehara Naraku appeared, Uchiha Madara''s expression suddenly became hideous, and he said coldly: "The majesty of the world government cannot be violated... You just kill this lieutenant general, and we will avenge him!"

    "..."

    All the ninjas in the CP department were speechless.

    Every ninja couldn¡¯t help but fall on Uchiha Madara¡¯s gaze. They didn¡¯t know whether to say something or not. After all, not everyone understood Uehara Naraku¡¯s true combat power...

    If Uehara Naraku is really caught...

    Then the **** must save people anyway!

    Haaki Kakashi knew a little bit. He knew very well who controlled Uchiha Madara. He took a deep look at Uehara Naruto and said in a deep voice, "Follow Madara''s orders...this is what our boss meant! "

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku blinked innocently.

    At this moment, Hagi Kakashi suppressed a light cough a few times.

    A drop of cold sweat appeared on the face of the red-haired Shanks, and he glanced at Naraku Uehara with some speechlessness: "Hey, Mr. Uehara, did you offend their superior pharmacist pocket?"

    "Roughly the same¡­"

    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, and whispered, "It was a mistake that you took me hostage. They would never care about my safety..."

    "This¡­"

    A wry smile appeared on the face of the red-haired ShanksWhy do you feel that these CP agents don''t need to ask their superiors at all, so they dare to sacrifice the hostage Uehara Naraku directly?

    Monkey D. Karp glanced at Naraku Uehara with a complicated expression, not knowing what he was thinking, his fists were clenching little by little.

    next moment¡­

    Monkey D. Karp gritted his teeth.

    Just when Karp wanted to say something, Uchiha Madara drew out a knife and slammed a huge slash at Shanks and Naruto Uehara!

    Shanks hurriedly drew out the Western Sword and flew the slashing handle away. He was a little surprised: "You guys, do you still want to kill with a sword?"

    "It doesn''t matter."

    Hagi Kakashi shook his head, his face still calm: "You people who can only see the appearance, seem to really not understand the situation at all..."

    What a bunch of idiots!

    Using Naraku Uehara as a hostage...

    What should this group of red-haired pirates say...

    It was so innocent and terrible, I didn''t know the consequences of offending Naraku Uehara!

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto, reading on mobile phones behind the scenes: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record the reading record of this (Chapter 552 A Vice Admiral who was taken as a hostage), and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 552ï¼š Has the kidnapped lieutenant general died?

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    On the port of Justice Island.

    Under the command of Hagi Kakashi, the CP department ignored the safety of the hostage Uehara Naruto and directly surrounded the Red-haired Pirates!

    Hyuga Hanaho frowned her brows, turned her head and glanced at Tenzo who was standing next to him: "Senior, don''t you really have to worry about hurting that person? Although I think it doesn''t matter if you kill him, after all, that person..."

    "Uh¡­"

    Tianzang shook his head helplessly, hesitating and helpless in his voice: "According to his strength, shouldn''t you worry about it?"

    "It''s not necessary."

    Uchiha Madara couldn''t help but snorted, and as the crowd of CP agents stepped towards the Redhead Pirates, he glanced at Hyuga Hanaho and Amazura, lowering his voice: "Rather than worry about that guy. , It¡¯s better to worry about yourself!"

    What is the little white-eyed girl from Hyuga''s thinking?

    Really ignorant...

    No, my imagination is too weak...

    Even worried that Uehara Naraku would be injured?

    Why not worry about the safety of the Redhead Pirates!

    Uchiha Madara is undoubtedly the one who has the most confidence in Uehara Naraku, because once no matter how strong he becomes, Uehara Naraku will show stronger combat power than him!

    That bastard...

    It''s hidden deep!

    Perhaps until the last moment, Uehara Naraku was willing to reveal what he wanted others to see. All the ninjas and pirates present were the victims of Uehara Naraku...

    No one can be an exception.

    "Lieutenant General Karp."

    Hagi Kakashi walked to Munch D. Karp''s side, looked at the complex-looking navy hero, and slowly said: "Please don''t worry that someone will save Firefist Ace, we will transfer from various departments. With thousands of CP agents, no matter who came, they couldn¡¯t save Portcas D. Ace..."

    Except for these dark ninjas...

    There are countless army of dirty soil!

    Monch D. Karp watched more and more people wearing CP uniforms, and their expressions were getting colder and colder. He said with some dissatisfaction: "Huh, it looks like the guy from Pharmacist Pocket is doing a good job. There are more CP departments. so many people¡­"

    I didn''t expect...

    Only a few years have passed...

    The guy in Pharmacist Duo has recruited so many CP agents. He is relying on these CP departments to collect intelligence and monitor the whole world by the way!

    The previous CP leaders have been unable to develop CP to this scale after so many years of hard work, and their abilities are completely incomparable with the pharmacist!

    of course¡­

    The most important reason is that the pharmacist can make the best use of the CP department''s intelligence.

    It is precisely because of the ability and wisdom of the pharmacist to interpret intelligence that the Buddha of the Warring States period won the power to manage the CP department for the pharmacist. As a result, the pharmacist developed the CP department into a behemoth, and even now uses it to fight the warring states. !

    "Our number is not exaggerated, because the standard for the construction of the CP department is to be able to solve a group of Four Emperors Pirates alone..."

    Hagi Kakashi scratched his hair and said softly: "According to the plan of Doudou, we need to capture the red-haired Shanks before the war against the white beard and the revolutionary army, so that the navy can have no pressure. Against White Beard..."

    Lieutenant General Karp frowned, his face faintly disbelief: "With the CP department, do you want to catch the red-haired guy?"

    Although Lieutenant General Karp has seen Uchiha Madara''s strength, he probably knows that this is the help of the pharmacist, but he wants to defeat a group of Four Emperors Pirates, and even capture their captain, this difficulty is not ordinary!

    "what¡­"

    Kakashi Hagi looked at the raging wave of CP agents, then glanced at Naruto Uehara next to the red-haired Shanks, and said boredly: "Anyway, there will be no accidents..."

    While they were still chatting here, Madara Uchiha and the four reincarnated shadows attacked the Red-haired Pirates!

    Under their leadership, hundreds of ninjas and ninjas in CP uniforms rushed up with ninjas in their hands!

    The entire dock instantly became a battlefield!

    The sound of fighting resounded on this judicial island!

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the CP agents rushing over, then turned to glance at the red-haired Shanks next to him: "Well, can you let me hide first? I feel like they might kill me by the way..."

    "Please."

    The red-haired Shanks said casually, not caring about the useless man Uehara Naraku. He grasped the hilt of the sword in his hand and slowly drew out his Western sword: "It looks like we are really coming here. Place..."

    "Yes¡­"

    Ben Beckman looked at Uchiha Madara who was rushing forward, frowned and said, "It''s really troublesome... It''s another Uchiha guy!"

    Ben Beckman glanced at the entire battlefield again, and continued with a deep voice: "But we can''t stay here for long. Malin Vandor and Judicial Island are not far away. It is estimated that someone has already asked Malin Vandor''s navy to come over..."

    The main navy and the siege of the CP department...

    The Red-haired Pirates can''t hold it!

    Just as the port of Judiciary Island was caught in a scuffle, the holy places Mary Gioia and Malin Vandor had received news separately.

    The Straw Hat Pirates and the Redhead Pirates invaded Judicial Island!

    The little pirate group in front doesn¡¯t matter, but the purpose of the red-haired pirate group¡¯s invasion of Judicial Island is clear, especially when the red-haired Shanks recently proposed to the world government to release Ace, but it was rejected by the five old stars...

    Unexpectedly, this guy wanted to take back Ace directly!

    Marin Vando.

    Naval headquarters base.

    Marshal Buddha of the Warring States Period hung up the phone with an ugly look: "There is news from the Judicial Island. The red-haired pirates have entered the Judicial Island in an attempt to regain the Firefist Ace. The old guy with the white beard has not been dispatched yet. Sending this guy is going to get started!"

    This redhead... is so eventful!

    The Whitebeard Pirates are not in a hurry yet!

    "This is also normal..."

    The pharmacist took a leisurely sip of the juice, his expression still calm, he was not shocked by the red hair invading his jurisdiction.

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around, read the documents in his hand calmly, and continued slowly: "Red-haired Shanks has always had a lot of courage, but he dared to invade Judicial Island at this time. Provoking the majesty of the world government and navy..."

    "Little pocket..."

    Lieutenant General Crane slowly closed his palms and asked softly: "Aren''t you worried about Huoquan Ace being taken away by the red-haired Shanks?"

    "There is no need to worry about the impossible."

    The pharmacist shook his head and continued calmly: "And I received the news earlier than the Marshal of the Warring States period. I have sent the three navy headquarters to Judicial Island to help intercept the Redhead Pirates..."

    Because the navy is preparing for a world war.

    As the navy''s highest combat force, the three generals of the headquarters will naturally not be absent. The red dog, the green pheasant and the yellow ape have all been dispatched from Malin Vando to help encircle and suppress the red-haired pirates.

    "..."

    The look of the Marshal of the Warring States Period was a bit unsightly.

    Recently, the pharmacist has become more and more presumptuous in Marin Vando, and he has not even asked for instructions, and has directly passed him, the three generals of the Marine Marshal¡¯s command headquarters!

    "Oh, yes, one more thing."

    The finger in the Yakushi pocket tapped his cup, raised his head and looked at the Warring States Period of the Buddha, and a smile appeared on the corner of his mouth: "The Lieutenant General Uehara Naraku, who was hand-picked by the Warring States Marshal some time ago, has been captured by the Redhead Pirates... "

    "..."

    The expression of the Warring States Marshal froze.

    Since the Warring States period in order to demonstrate his authority, he forcibly promoted Uehara Naraku to become a lieutenant admiral in front of the pharmacist''s pocket. As a result, this lieutenant admiral has left trouble!

    right now¡­

    This Uehara Naraku really did not have the slightest qualifications to be a lieutenant general. At the beginning, he let the leader of the revolutionary army, Dorag away, in Rogge town because he stood by and let the Warring States eat a lot of trouble. As a result, he was caught by the red-haired Shanks. Captive...

    This really made the Warring States feel ashamed!

    Pharmacist looked at the wonderful Sengoku and continued with a chuckle: "Interestingly, the red-haired Shanks actually wanted to use Lieutenant General Naru Uehara as a hostage to propose to Judicial Island in exchange for Firefist Ace, which is really surprising. Performance..."

    Amazing...

    It''s not that the lieutenant admiral of Uehara Naraku is in a bad state.

    What really surprised Pharmacist was that the courage of the red-haired Shanks was beyond imagination. Does this really feel like I have lived too long?

    Sengoku frowned, he had already guessed what Judicial Island did, no matter how Judicial Island would not release Firefist Ace for a Uehara Naraku.

    "You probably didn''t agree to the redhead request, did you?"

    Sengoku took off his glasses and whispered: "Speaking of which, Lieutenant General Uehara Naraku has died now?"

    "Ok?"

    Yakushi¡¯s brow wrinkled slightly, and then slowly unfolded, with a mysterious smile on his face: "No, according to my understanding, UU reading now Lieutenant General Naraku is still alive. Very good, it looks like he will live longer than anyone else in the future..."

    However, when he heard Yakushidou''s words, the Buddha Sengoku just glanced at the young man who was competing with him coldly. He only thought that Yakushidou wanted to target Naraku Uehara again.

    Sengoku¡¯s palms were placed on the table, and he watched Yao Shidou and said in a cold voice: ¡°Before the war comes, it¡¯s best not to cause any internal fighting... Lieutenant General Uehara is also a part of the fighting power in the upcoming world war. Combat power is extremely important to the navy!"

    "how could be?"

    The pharmacist shook his head and looked at the Warring States period with a light smile: "Before the war, I would not want to weaken the navy''s combat power... after all, I am also a member of the navy!"

    "That''s good."

    Sengoku nodded slowly, and said in a deep voice: "After the Judicial Island incident is over, if Lieutenant General Uehara is still alive, please transfer Lieutenant General Uehara back to Malin Fando!"

    "casual¡­"

    The pharmacist waved his hand indifferently.

    The chief navy inspector slowly lowered his head, but at the moment when the pharmacist''s pocket bowed his head, a strange, mocking smile flashed across his mouth.

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click on "Favorites" below to record this time (Has the kidnapped Lieutenant General in Chapter 553 die?) to read the record, and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 ~ï¼š Issue a single chapter and ask for monthly ticket

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    Work hard and ask for a monthly pass!

    The double monthly pass ends with four hours left...

    begging¡­

    Various requests...

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click the "favorite" below to record the reading record of this time (issue a single chapter, ask for a monthly ticket), and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 553ï¼š Uchiha Madara VS Redhead Shanks!

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    Justice Island.

    The Redhead Pirates and CP agents are still fighting.

    When the pirates in the new world were fighting, they immediately realized how tricky this group of CP agents were. These agents used all kinds of fighting methods!

    To say bluntly...

    Even the decisive red-haired pirate group has never seen CP agents such professional killing tools, these agents seem to have been killed from the sea of ??blood!

    And each team cooperates very tacitly...

    It is obvious that most of the pirates of the Red-haired Pirate Group participated in the battle of the Four Emperors a few years ago. It is reasonable to say that the combat experience is rich enough. However, when facing this group of CP agents, they can still clearly feel these CPs. The cold blood and bloodthirsty of the agent!

    A pirate waved the sharp knife in his hand, and the jet black armed color instantly wrapped around the knife, directly severing the Shinobi in the hands of a CP agent, and even wanted to use it to pass the CP agent''s throat!

    However, the CP agent was not afraid, and the broken knife in his hand also slanted across the pirate''s chest, leaving a long scar on the pirate''s body!

    Before dying, this agent also received the pirate''s serious injury!

    The next moment, the agent''s teammates quickly surrounded him, brandishing Kumu and stepping on his teammate''s body and appeared beside the pirate, inserting Kumu into the pirate''s throat!

    This is just the tip of the iceberg.

    The captain of the CP agent glanced at his companion''s body, and said in a deep voice: "Don''t worry about casualties, pay attention to keep the whole body!"

    "Yes, Captain."

    A CP agent nodded slowly.

    because¡­

    Uehara is here!

    Even if the Anbe ninjas who joined the CP die, they still have a chance to be resurrected by the man who was reincarnated by the Six Dao Immortals... and it is very simple, only need to complete the task of Akatsuki, this is also Akatsuki''s for the pioneers A guarantee!

    life¡­

    It looks incredibly cheap among these Anbu ninjas!

    When there is no longer a clear boundary between life and death, life, which was originally too expensive to be estimated, becomes a thing of little value...

    These CP agents are not afraid of death, and the foul ninjas rushing up like cannon fodder from the side make the loss of the Red-haired Pirates rapidly increase!

    There are not many people in the Redhead Pirates...

    Even if almost every pirate has a reward of over 100 million...

    However, in the face of crowded tactics, the pirates'' situation immediately became difficult. CP agents were like wild wolves staring at their prey, constantly tearing the front line of the red-haired pirates!

    So far, they have only fought for less than half an hour. Except for the cadres, the other members were immediately injured either dead or injured after the battle!

    One by one pirates fell in the port of Judicial Island...

    In addition to these members, the cadres of the Red-haired Pirate Group also have their own opponents. The four filthy reincarnated shadows use their own methods. A group of dark elites, Shinobu leads their team, brandishing Shinobi swords, and hurriedly stopped them. In front of these cadres!

    "Don''t go too far!"

    A heavy touch flashed across the face of the red-haired Shanks, brandishing his Western sword, and slashing out an earth-shattering slash, which cut through the entire port of Judicial Island in an instant, and encircled the CP agent. The crowd is divided!

    The red-haired Shanks looked coldly at the CP agents who were still brave enough to rush forward, gritted their teeth and said: "Beckman, hurry up and take everyone back to the boat!"

    "Want to escape?"

    Uchiha Madara looked at the red-haired Shanks arrogantly, his palms suddenly closed, and a blue skeleton appeared on his body!

    Blue Suzuo Neng appeared proudly!

    What makes the red-haired Pirates faintly feel a little strange is that Uchiha Madara''s Susano is completely different from Uchiha Sasuke. The blue Susano is only half-length, but Susano''s body has four arms!

    At the next moment, a blue giant knife floated from each of Suzuo Nenghu''s four arms, and the four giant swords suddenly smashed down toward the earth, and the four slashes instantly overturned countless people!

    Red-haired Shanks wielded a Western sword and slashed out three slashes one after another, and three of them were blue slashes flying, but there was another blue slash that flew towards the Red Forth!

    The car of this red-haired pirate group...

    In an instant, he was split into two by the blue slash!

    Every pirate couldn''t help but watch this scene with teeth cracking!

    Since the Redhead Pirates slowly emerged more than ten years ago, Shanks finally replaced the Red Forth in order to be able to carry more companions.

    The ship has always accompanied them.

    With the Redhead Pirates winning the Battle of the Four Emperors, the Redforth also began to be frightening in the new world. This ship is also a companion of the Redhead Pirates!

    Everyone''s feelings for this ship are no less than that of their companions!

    However, in this pirate group that had accompanied them for more than ten years, it was cut directly by Uchiha Madara at this moment. This knife indeed cut everyone in the red-haired pirate group, even Shanks¡¯s. A flash of rage flashed across his face!

    The pirates who stayed on the boat quickly dropped the boat from the broken Red Forth and helped to re-transfer the Straw Hat Pirates...

    No one thought about...

    Reid Firth will be destroyed one day...

    Every member of the Redhead Pirates watched with teeth cracking at the broken hull of the Red Forth floating on the sea, and everyone''s face flashed with anger!

    The red-haired Shanks brandished his Western sword and pointed it at Uchiha Madara, and a voice with anger echoed in the air: "Uchiha Madara...Before you die, it seems that the grievances between us can''t be let go! "

    this moment¡­

    The red-haired Shanks is like a sword fighter, and he has launched an invitation to fight his enemy. The four emperors'' performance at this moment does not seem sensible at all...

    Because no matter how you look at it, this time is not the time for a duel!

    Even Ben Beckman couldn''t help frowning. The CP agents of Judiciary Island were very difficult to deal with. Even if they wanted to leave here, it was a troublesome problem, and the main navy force of Malin Vandor might have rushed over...

    At this most dangerous time...

    Does Shanks want to fight each other?

    Uchiha Madara''s Sasa was gradually drifting away, his eyes were directly at the red-haired Shanks, his face was indifferent and merciless: "It''s really ugly hatred... Then today we will end our grievances. All right¡­"

    The next moment, Uchiha Madara suddenly closed his palms, and said coldly: "Hagi Kakashi, let all your people retreat, the next battle... let me find a little fun for entertainment! "

    "Senior Madara..."

    Haaki Kakashi''s brows tightened, but he still waved his palm. Under his sign, hundreds of Anbu Ninjas and Unholy Ninjas from the CP department instantly withdrew from the battlefield like a low tide.

    Unquestionably¡­

    The ninjas who used to be tools, especially those who used to be active in the dark, extremely obeyed the masks and commands above.

    After the entire CP department withdrew, a **** and bleak battlefield was revealed, and the fishy smell drifted around along the sea breeze.

    At the beginning of the aggressive red-haired pirate group, in less than an hour, hundreds of pirates fell here in the battle of these CP members who were not afraid of death...

    Even the red-haired Shanks was faintly unable to accept this. His eyes gradually turned red. These companions who died on the Judicial Island were all personally invited to board the ship over the years...

    these people¡­

    All yearning for the freedom of the sea!

    Now because he is coming to Judicial Island, he has fallen here forever, even if the remaining pirates are still alive, most of them have wounds of varying severity.

    "Shanks..."

    Ben Beckman stood beside Shanks and said in a low voice: "If we continue to struggle, the reinforcements of the navy headquarters may be coming. According to the trends we have, all three generals of the navy headquarters are in Malinfan. many¡­"

    The original plan of the Red-haired Pirates was very simple. They directly invaded the Judicial Island and rescued the Firefist Ace who was held on the Judicial Island by the CP department. They really didn''t think that the CP department could compete with the Red-haired Pirates.

    Facts fully proved...

    The people in the CP department have already had the capital to compete with the Four Emperors Pirates!

    It is no wonder that the world government would rather let the CP department be responsible for guarding the Huoquan Ace, and did not choose to throw the Huoquan Ace into the Imperial Prison, which has never been captured.

    "CP..."

    Red-haired Shanks slowly squatted down, slowly reached out his hand to stroke a pirate with wide eyes, and helped the dead pirate close his eyes.

    The next moment, the captain''s face suddenly had a touch of firmness.

    Shanks stood up again holding the Western sword, swept past Uchiha Madara''s figure, and landed on a group of backing CP agents, and said loudly, "I will definitely... remove all CP from the entire world!"

    "This time is not a time for arrogance..."

    Ben Beckman shook his head and said in a low voice: "These CP''s abilities are very strange, and even many people can''t be killed at all. If we continue to stay here..."

    "You go first!"

    The red-haired Shanks glanced at the remaining members of the red-haired pirate group, before looking at Ben Beckman, almost indisputably commanded: "Until I solve CP, I will never leave here, this It¡¯s the captain¡¯s order!"

    If you continue to fight...

    The loss of the Redhead Pirates is even greater!

    What''s more, if the entanglement continues, after the arrival of Marine Vandor''s admiral, he may really be unable to escape. This plan to save Ace in advance has failed!

    In order to allow more people to escape, Shanks still followed the previous method and let him, the strongest member of the red-haired pirate group, personally cut the queen!

    This is the responsibility of a captain!

    "Huh, do you want to cover your subordinates to leave?"

    Uchiha Madara saw through the red-haired Shanks¡¯ plan at a glance. He slowly raised his fingers and narrowed his eyes: "Then start a game and see how many people can chase after me. Escape while killing...Wooden Dun¡¤Multiple Wood Clone Technique!"

    In the next second, blocks of wood grew behind Uchiha Madara!

    These wooden blocks slowly changed into his appearance at the moment they left Uchiha Madara''s body, and dozens of identical Uchiha Madara appeared on this battlefield!

    A group of Uchiha Madara rushed towards the whole group of red-haired pirates!

    Shanks'' eyes changed, UU Reading www.uukanshu. Com seems to have thought of something, and slowly gritted his teeth: "Can you actually use the same clone technique as Naruto''s little guy?"

    Everyone from the Uchiha clan...

    It is said that no matter it is domineering, swordsmanship, physique, and quirky ninjutsu, they are very good at each, and even have special abilities that belong to their clan. They are known as the most versatile clan and are also known as the most perfect gods. Descendants!

    Sure enough, Uchiha Madara is no exception!

    The clone technique used by Uchiha Madara is indeed not very eye-catching, but Shanks has personally seen Uzumaki Naruto''s crowd attack created by the shadow clone technique!

    No wonder this Uchiha Madara wants to fight the Redhead Pirates single-handedly!

    "You go first..."

    The red-haired Shanks left a word at Ben Beckman, brandishing his Western sword and greeted dozens of Uchiha Madaras!

    The art of clone is just...

    Unfortunately, Shanks happened to have seen the doppelganger technique and knew the weakness of the doppelganger technique. Once the clone was injured, it would dissipate immediately!

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click "Favorites" below to record this (Chapter 554 Uchiha Madara VS Red-haired Shanks!) reading record, and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 554ï¼š Redhead Shanks, arrested

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    Justice Island.

    Fragmented port area.

    Uchiha Madara led his wooden avatars and launched a charge towards the entire red-haired pirate group, and brazenly challenged the four emperor pirate group with his own strength!

    "It just happened..."

    Shanks carried the Western Sword forward boldly, ignoring the number of dozens of wooden clones and the mighty aura emanating from each wooden clone!

    A group of clones that are actually vulnerable!

    The Red-haired Pirates once encountered a crowd attack created by Naruto Uzumaki single-handedly. In that battle, the entire Red-haired Pirates group was defeated by Uzumaki Naruto''s shadow clone army.

    It¡¯s just that because of that battle, the members of the Redhead Pirate Group learned about the weakness of the shadow clone from that battle...

    But the next moment...

    Dozens of wooden avatars have turned into giant Susa at the same time!

    This scene suddenly changed the faces of all the pirates!

    The ground shattered in an instant, and a group of blue giants flew up, waving the giant sword in their hands from the air and slashing towards Shanks and the Red-haired Pirates!

    In an instant, this battlefield was turned into ruins, and everyone was surprised to see a group of blue Suzuo attack the red-haired pirate group!

    The red-haired Shanks wielded a Western sword against Uchiha Madara''s body with an ugly look, and a heavy look flashed in his eyes: "Is it another...an army of monsters?"

    A person¡­

    You can only directly incarnate into a powerful army!

    The entire group of red-haired pirates was caught in a bitter battle in an instant, and often a survivor needs these pirates to deal with it at the same time. These survivors are extremely sensitive. They are obviously a group of giants, but they possess human-like sensitivity!

    "Don''t panic..."

    Ben Beckman frowned, dodged to avoid the slash of a giant sword, raised his pistol, and a jet black bullet was shot out, and that bullet pierced through Susano in an instant. body!

    The bullet directly hit the eyebrows of Mu Chibi inside Susao Nohu''s body!

    The huge Suzuo Nenghu disintegrated in an instant, and the wooden clone turned into a piece of wood!

    "cover me!"

    Jesus Bufei avoided Susano''s slash, and at the moment a group of pirates helped lead Susano away, he pulled out his sniper rifle and shot at the wooden clone in Susano''s body!

    A bullet attached to the domineering pierce through Susano, and also penetrated the wooden clone under the protection of Susano!

    However, their achievements only stop here...

    A group of Suzuo Nenghu quickly gathered, wielding Suzu''s sword and slashed towards the red-haired pirate group. The overwhelming air waves overwhelmed the battlefield in an instant!

    The formation of the entire red-haired pirate group was instantly disintegrated!

    Ben Beckman led the cadres to meet, and at the same time directed the pirates to evacuate to the rescue boat at sea: "Don''t fall in love with the battle, the cadres will cover, and the others will retreat!"

    The first pirate finally returned to the sea and boarded the last rescue boat released by the Redforth, but a Suzuo slash suddenly smashed the pirate and the rescue boat directly!

    The blood instantly stained the sea...

    Uchiha Madara wants to cut off their retreat!

    The wooden clone alone makes the Red-haired Pirates unbearable. Even if Ben Beckman and the officers of the Red-haired Pirates are powerful, they cannot defeat all the wooden clones Susano in a short time...

    "Fire escape, extinguish the fire!"

    One of the wooden avatars stood in Suzuo Nohu''s body, and opened his mouth to spray a burst of flames toward the sea. The overwhelming flames evaporated the sea water, and a cloud of mist began to diffuse...

    All life boats were hit by flames without exception...

    Even the warships that were originally parked were destroyed by this flame!

    Even the pirates who had been in the rescue boat to respond, could only take the members of the straw hat pirate group into the sea in haste...until the flames dissipated, they slowly emerged from the sea with people.

    "Does this... want to kill everyone?"

    Nicole Robin was soaked weakly in the sea, and found a wooden plank to support her to float up, her brows wrinkled.

    "Now you have no retreat!"

    A slightly hideous smile appeared on Uchiha Madara''s face, and his domineering look burst out with all his strength: "Then all stay on this island and let me enjoy the long-lost pleasure!"

    "As long as there is a board..."

    The red-haired Shanks frowned as if desperately, and slammed into Uchiha Madara¡¯s side next to him. The sword pierced Uchiha Madara¡¯s chest, his eyes still firm: "No one can Stop a man from stepping into the sea..."

    "is it?"

    Uchiha Madara was awe-inspiring, leaning back and avoiding the red-haired Western sword, kicked the red-haired chest with a kick, kicking the four emperors out!

    Shanks'' figure fell under a stair, but in an instant he got up again, and slashed towards Uchiha Madara!

    The two were once again in a fierce battle!

    And on the other side.

    The Redhead Pirates has no way to go back.

    This group of Four Emperors Pirates, which was forced to return to the battlefield, burst out with formidable power. Under the leadership of Ben Beckman, after a few hours of fierce fighting, they completely eliminated the other wooden clones of Suzuo!

    Ben Beckman stood in front of the corpse of a wooden clone, and the urn said: "Hey, go to a few people, and bring Luffy and them to the shore! The others rushed up with me, together with our captain, and captured This island!"

    Ben Beckman took a cigarette and held it in his mouth, and continued in a cold voice: "Since you don''t want us to go, let''s put Judicial Island on our red-haired flag!"

    "Yes!"

    A group of pirates who licked blood with knife-edges agreed in unison. They each licked the blood from the corners of their mouths and gathered around Ben Beckman!

    That''s how it is said...

    But if you want to do this, it is extremely difficult.

    This war is even more troublesome than they were fighting for the position of the last four emperors among a group of big pirates. Now they have to face the thousands of CP agents who are eyeing them on this judicial island!

    "Beckman, a boat is coming!"

    Just at this moment, the pirate on the shore suddenly pointed to the sea and said loudly: "There is a pirate ship coming towards Judicial Island!"

    I don''t know when, a sheep''s head boat suddenly appeared on the sea.

    This small boat slowly swam towards Judicial Island. A straw hat pirate flag is painted on the sail of the small boat, which is constantly shaking with the sea breeze...

    The Golden Meri.

    The car of the Straw Hat Pirates.

    Although this ship is very small, it has become the only ship overseas on Judicial Island. As long as they can board this ship and stop the enemy''s pursuit, even the CP agents can''t pursue them!

    The point is...

    The Golden Meri is too small to support too many people. Even the two or three hundred pirates remaining in the Red-haired Pirates group, it¡¯s impossible for them all to board the ship...

    Ben Beckman immediately made a decisive voice and said loudly: "Jesus Bu, Raki Lu, you two took your team and Luffy to board the boat together... The others will stay with me and prepare to meet Shanks. !"

    "Don''t use it anymore!"

    Jesus cloth grinned with a hearty smile. He played with his sniper rifle, smiled lightly and said, "Hey, Beckman, I already have a son. Let me do this for Shanks. !"

    And before Ben Beckman had any objections, **** Bub reached out his hand to stop what he wanted to say, and softly explained: "Don¡¯t say anything stupid, and I¡¯m not for you, but for Usopp and Those young guys Luffy..."

    Jesus Bu raised his head and looked at the sea with a little nostalgic smile on his face: "Since Usopp was born, I haven''t done anything for my son..."

    Over the years, **** Bu and Usopp have spent more time with Luffy than their father and son have spent time with Luffy...

    In the sight of **** cloth...

    The Golden Meri stopped on the sea, and people from the Straw Hat Pirates and Redhead Pirates boarded the boat. Inside, there was Usopp who was still in a coma...

    Maybe this is the last time their father and son met?

    "Hi, Beckman."

    Raki Lu glanced at Ben Beckman, grinned and said, "I will stay to meet the boss too! If I am locked in a big prison or a ghost place like Judicial Island, don''t forget to find a chance. Save me!"

    "Pooh!"

    Jesus Bu took his sniper rifle, knocked Laki Lu on the head, and laughed happily, "I have a little confidence in our boss! We just stayed to meet Shanks!"

    "..."

    Ben Beckman fell silent.

    After a while, the deputy captain of the red-haired pirate group slowly lit the cigarette in his hand, and whispered softly: "Leave everything that should stay, and shouldn''t stay and follow me..."

    The Redhead Pirates Group really has no hypocritical pirates...

    Perhaps they had guessed that one day the entire pirate group would fall into trouble, and the pirates were divided into two camps in an orderly manner.

    One camp has a smaller number of people, these pirates are obviously younger, and even the injuries on their bodies are very light, and their physical strength is pretty good; the pirates of the other camp are a little older, and most of them are colored...

    The older pirates patted the young man on the shoulder and jokingly told them to leave with Ben Beckman; the young pirates also responded grinning...

    Until the moment of parting, they were still smiling.

    Except for Ben Beckman, almost all of the pirates in the entire Redhead Pirates are smiling on their faces whether they are leaving together or staying...

    Obviously they all know...

    If it stays, it will definitely be more dangerous.

    Ben Beckman took the man aboard the Golden Meri, turned his head and glanced at Shanks who was still fighting Uchiha Madara, pulled over the shoulder of **** Bu, and whispered: "Wait for me to meet you...I Will be back soon!"

    "Beckman?"

    A suspicion flashed across **** Bu''s face.

    "How could a pirate abandon his captain..."

    Beckman shook his head, slowly loosened the shoulders of **** cloth, and left the Judicial Island on the Golden Meri with the remnants of the Redhead Pirates and the Straw Hat Pirates.

    The CP agents who originally wanted to pursue the Golden Meri, were unable to pursue the pursuit under the desperate obstruction of **** and the others. They could only watch the Golden Meri gradually disappear.

    after an hour.

    Soon after the Golden Meri left, the three major navy officers arrived at Judicial Island and fought fiercely for three days and nights, and finally captured all the remaining pirates on Judicial Island.

    This also includes the red-haired Shanks, one of the Four Emperors.

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record the reading record of this (Chapter 555 Red Hair Shanks, Arrested), and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 555ï¼š The King 7 Wu Hai that must be replaced!

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    Sudden changes in the sea.

    Just as everyone is waiting for the war between the white beard and the navy, waiting for this world war that is about to break out.

    As a result, another shocking news came out first. The Red-haired Pirates were completely defeated by the Navy...Even Red-haired Shanks, one of the Four Emperors, was arrested and imprisoned!

    The other two news are not worth mentioning.

    Ben Beckman, the deputy captain of the Red-Haired Pirates, went around a long way. When the Red-Haired Pirates was arrested, the remnants of the Red-Haired Pirates attacked Malin Vando, which was not guarded by a general. Marshal Warring States led his troops to repel.

    In order to capture the remnants of the Red-Haired Pirates, the three generals of the navy headquarters immediately returned to support Malin Vando. As a result, Ben Beckman did not leave after evacuating. Instead, he took a small pirate ship and attacked the navy ship escorting the prisoners again.

    It happened that the person responsible for escorting the Redhead Pirates was the Lieutenant Admiral Uehara Naraku they had captured before. Isn''t this a coincidence?

    therefore¡­

    Ben Beckman once again captured Uehara Naraku, an old friend of the admiral.

    It¡¯s just a pity that the red-haired Shanks was not on this escorted warship. He was detained as a felon on Judicial Island...

    The other pirates who were supposed to be sent to Impelton Grand Prison were all rescued by Ben Beckman. The deputy captain, who is known as the deepest conspiracy, is really out there...

    However, compared to the red-haired Shanks being arrested and imprisoned, this little thing is not worth mentioning to the Navy, but it makes the Marine Marshal Warring States ashamed in front of the five old stars...

    After that, the first half of the Great Route was no longer too peaceful.

    According to the character of the Red-haired Pirates, they will never let go of the opportunity to rescue their captain, but because of the performance of the CP department in the Judicial Island incident, the world government is really not worried about the threat of the Red-haired Pirates...

    even¡­

    There is also a hint of new interest in world governments.

    Who would have thought that in just a few years, the CP department of Judicial Island could be on a par with the Four Emperors Pirates, especially Yao Shidou could recruit a strong man comparable to the red-haired Shanks!

    The only trouble is...

    According to the pharmacist, the loyalty of these strong people is not very good, because the CP department can bring benefits so that they can work for the CP department.

    It doesn''t matter.

    A person who can be fettered with interest means that he can be used; after all, the world government and navy pay a lot of money to the corner every year...

    The City of Seven Waters.

    Due to the turbulence of Judicial Island, the first half of the Great Route is a bit lively. As one of the closest islands to Judicial Island, the Capital of Seven Waters is naturally not so peaceful...

    Even here has become an entrenched place for pirates.

    It''s just that the City of Seven Waters has two more big deals. The Red-haired Pirate Group paid a sum of money to let the City of Seven Waters help build two pirate ships.

    One of the ships is for own use...

    The other ship was given to the Straw Hat Pirates.

    In the Judicial Island incident, the ship spirit born from the Golden Meri rushed to Judicial Island to rescue the Straw Hat Pirates and the Redhead Pirates at the most dangerous time.

    It¡¯s just that this small boat can no longer experience the twists and turns of the great sea route...

    So the Straw Hat Pirates got a Wanli Sunshine in the City of Seven Waters, and the Redhead Pirates simply built a new Red Forth in the City of Seven Waters.

    The new Red Forth will continue to be active in the first half of the great route, looking for a chance to rescue their captain Red-haired Shanks; the Straw Hat Pirates decided to go to the Chambord Islands and look for a man named Raleigh of Hades.

    This news¡­

    When the Straw Hat Pirates were on Gaya Island, Uehara Naraku told them that once the plan to rescue Ace failed, they would look for One Piece¡¯s deputy captain, Pluto Raleigh.

    Ben Beckman, the deputy captain of the Red-Haired Pirates, heard about this, but scratched his head a bit. It seemed that they were a mistake in kidnapping the Lieutenant General Uehara Naraku?

    Really...

    That guy should be a good person!

    It¡¯s just that the guy¡¯s luck wasn¡¯t very good. He was caught by their red-haired pirates twice in a row. He didn¡¯t know how that lieutenant¡¯s life was going...

    Of course Uehara Naraku''s life was not good.

    Because he was once captured by the red hair, Lieutenant Admiral Uehara Naraku followed the generals back to Marin Vando, and was reprimanded by the Admiral Sengoku all afternoon...

    This is really wrong.

    What can an ordinary lieutenant admiral do when he meets the Four Emperors?

    No matter which lieutenant admiral of Marin Vando, there is nothing to do if he encounters the Four Emperors Pirates, he can only tie his hands?

    And I met the Redhead Pirates twice in a row!

    Uehara Naraku could only say that he was unlucky.

    This was indeed his bad luck. Even other lieutenants would not be able to escape when they encountered the Redhead Pirates. Unfortunately, this incident eventually made the face of Warring States sweeping, especially in front of Yakushi Pocket. ¡­

    Moreover, Yakushidou was a mockery of the Sengoku, and directly proposed to the Sengoku to let Uehara Naraku leave the navy, so as not to delay the life of Lieutenant General Uehara...

    Such words...

    It must be mocking.

    "Well, no matter what, Lieutenant General Uehara had done a great job before."

    After the Navy Marshal Sengoku denounced Uehara Naraku, he knocked on his desk and said coldly: "At least let him be guilty and meritorious in the next war!"

    After saying this, Sengoku suddenly glanced at Uehara Naraku coldly, and said in a deep voice: "Forget it, let Lieutenant General Uehara go to the shampoo..."

    Speaking of this, Zeng Guo turned his head and glanced at the Pharmacist''s Tou, and snorted disdainfully: "To the staff, when we discussed just now, didn''t you say that Chambord can''t have the navy to protect those world nobles who often make trouble?"

    The pharmacist takes this Draco''s lackey...

    It really makes people feel a little shameful and associative.

    Originally, the navy had to protect the dregs of the Tianlong people according to the orders of the world government, making the navy''s attitude towards the Tianlong people very unfriendly...

    However, Yao Shidou, who was born in the navy, has been able to achieve today''s rapid rise by relying on the CP department to please the Tianlongren and the five old stars in the past few years...

    The favorite of those Denonians is to hang out in Shampoo.

    Moreover, there is no Lieutenant General to be stationed in the Chambord area now.

    Simply let Uehara Naraku go to guard the Chambordian Islands, protect the Denonians who often haunt the Chambordian Islands, and intercept the supernovas who are about to enter the Chambordian Islands.

    Stationed in the Chambord Islands...

    This is a troublesome thing that other navies don''t want to be contaminated with. The group of Tianlong people look arrogant towards anyone, and their attitude towards the navy is very poor.

    Every time the Tianlong people come and go, it also means a big trouble for the navy.

    But even so, the Chambord Islands had to be heavily guarded.

    Because the Chambordian Islands is one of the transfer stations for the first half of the great route to the second half, many newcomer pirate ships do not know how to enter the world. They need to be coated in the Chambordian Islands to dive to the fisherman island and enter the new world.

    The navy is stationed here all year round. In addition to arresting some naive newcomers and pirate groups, it also protects the Denon who may appear in the Chambord Islands at any time.

    Only because of the imminent battle against the White Beard Pirates, most of the elite troops stationed in the Chambord Islands were transferred back to Malin Vandor.

    Admiral Sengoku, based on the principle of waste utilization, asked Uehara Naraku to rush to the Chambord Islands to take up a post, and directly let him be the nanny of the Denon.

    Also, to keep myself out of sight and heart...

    After all, since Uehara Naraku became a lieutenant admiral, he has made no mistakes. Every time he makes a mistake, the Buddha Sengoku is a headache...

    This Uehara Naraku is here to collect debts, right?

    Why did you promote this guy to lieutenant general...

    When Sengoku thought about Naraku Uehara every day, he couldn''t help feeling regretful. This old man really regretted...

    This Uehara Naraku is exactly the same as what Yakushito said, he has no ability to become a lieutenant admiral of the navy headquarters, and every big event must be a part of the navy''s hindrance!

    What a shame!

    Malin Vando''s office.

    The Sengoku Marshal waved Uehara Naraku to leave: "Well, Lieutenant General Uehara, after you leave this office, you can report to the Chambord Islands!"

    "Yes."

    Uehara Naraku slowly clenched his fists, as if a little humiliating, step by step withdrew from the admiral''s office: "I see, Lord Marshal."

    "..."

    After watching Uehara Naraku''s departure, Yakushi shook his head helplessly, and couldn''t help but show a chuckle: "Marshal, today you did not follow my advice to let Lieutenant General Naraku leave the navy. You will regret it in the future. ¡­"

    "Pharmacist pocket, I am the admiral of the navy!"

    The Buddha¡¯s Warring States glanced coldly at the Pharmacist¡¯s pocket with a warning in his eyes: ¡°As long as I am still sitting in the seat of the admiral, you will never want to rely on your CP department and the world government to threaten the navy to become Your tools..."

    "rest assured."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around, chuckled and continued: "Then, let''s continue to discuss about the enlistment of the king, Qiwuhai!"

    "Ok¡­"

    The Warring States nodded slowly, and squeezed out his own list: "Seven kings under Qiwuhai, except for the female emperor Boya Hancock of the Nine Snake Pirates, six of them have chosen to agree to the call..."

    to be frank¡­

    This number is pretty good.

    After all, six of them chose to accept the call without asking anything. There were even a few kings, Qi Wuhai, on their way to Malin Fandu.

    "Ha, Nine Snake..."

    Pharmacist chuckled lightly, a flash of cold light flashed on the mirror, and he casually continued: "Then just abolish her position as the king of Qiwuhai!"

    "A little bit inappropriate at this time, right?"

    Lieutenant General Crane frowned, and whispered to the side to persuade: "If her throne under Qiwuhai is abolished at this time, wouldn''t we have to face another enemy?"

    "Anyway, besides her, there are others who will be abolished!"

    The pharmacist closed his palms and whispered, "No matter what, at least I must abolish the position of Basolomi Bear¡¯s King Qiwuhai, because according to CP¡¯s intelligence, we have sufficient evidence to prove this king. Qiwuhai is the undercover agent of the revolutionary army..."

    "what?"

    It was hard to hide the shock in the eyes of Warring States.

    The next moment, the Warring States suddenly thought of something, and his face became a little difficult to look: "During this period of time, Basolomi Bear has been in contact with Begapunk and even the Navy¡¯s latest technological weapon, PX Peace. Activists¡­"

    "Don''t worry about this."

    The pharmacist opened his mouth leisurely and continued: "Vegapunk has always been in our control. There will be no surprises for pacifists...

    But besides the White Beard Pirates and the Revolutionary Army, the opponent we have to face is no need for Basolomi Bear to appear on the battlefield! "

    "Little pocket..."

    Lieutenant General Crane''s brows still frowned, and he said softly: "It''s not easy to find replacements in such a short time. Although there are many supernovas this year, their temperament is very shabby, and it is difficult to say that they will accept the position of King Qiwuhai. Isn''t it a lot worse in strength?"

    "Then pick some fallen pirates who once wanted to become the king''s Qiwuhai..."

    The pharmacist tapped his finger and said calmly, "Didara, the captain of the Art Pirates, is offering a reward of 190 million Baileys. This number should be almost enough, right?"

    When the pharmacist talked about this, a smile appeared on the corner of his mouth: "I have dealt with him once, this guy named Deidara wanted to get the position of Krokdal''s King Qiwuhai..."

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 556 must be replaced by the king under Qiwuhai!) Reading record, and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 556ï¼š The anger of the admiral!

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    In order to avoid accidents in the upcoming war, it is understandable that Yakushidou wants to abolish the throne of Basolomi Bear¡¯s King Qiwuhai.

    Warring States and Lieutenant General Crane also agreed with his proposal.

    It''s just that the person nominated by Pharmacist is Deidara from Art Pirates.

    Deidara''s reward is actually not too high among a group of kings, Qiwuhai, because this guy doesn''t loot much, but often blows up things he doesn''t like.

    To be honest¡­

    Deidara is more like a child with a bad personality.

    Moreover, there are not many crew members of the Art Pirates, except for Deidara, there is only one deputy captain, the puppet artist Red Sand Scorpion.

    It is said that all the remaining crew members are Red Sand Scorpion-operating puppets!

    In the past few years, the Art Pirate Troupe and King Qiwuhai Moonlight Moria have often clashed. Moria has launched private rewards for the Art Pirate Troupe many times!

    It seems that because the red sand scorpion of the Art Pirate Group took away the corpse collected by King Qiwuhai Moonlight Moria and made it into a puppet...

    therefore¡­

    If Deidara, the captain of the Art Pirates, becomes the king of Qiwuhai, will it arouse the dissatisfaction of Moonlight Moriah, if Moria refuses the conscription or even resigns as the king of Qiwuhai, there will be some The gain is not worth the loss.

    Warring States frowned and thought for a while, and proposed a solution: "No matter what, Bassoromi Bear must be arrested in advance. His devil fruit ability is too troublesome!

    In the name of Basolomi Xiong''s refusal to accept the call, we abolished his king''s position as Qiwuhai, and immediately imprisoned him to avoid leaks!

    And this can also be used to warn Boya Hancock, the female emperor of the Nine Snakes and Pirates, at least maintaining stability before the war... Then ask other kings Qiwuhai to see if they are satisfied with Deidara. Candidate!

    Although this is our decision, it is now in the war period, and we have to take a closer look at the introduction of Deidara as the King''s Seven Martial Sea, will it cause too much loss to the King''s Seven Martial Sea..."

    For the navy...

    If, in order to introduce a new Qiwuhai, another Qiwuhai was lost, this account seems to be really not worthwhile!

    Especially when it is necessary to play the role of King Seven Wu Hai!

    If this group of kings under Qiwuhai happened to take this opportunity to collectively pick up their children, then that would be the real gain that was not worth the loss. This was also the drawback of implementing the under King Qiwuhai system.

    When the navy habitually relies on the convenience of the Qiwuhai system under the king, it will gradually be constrained by the Qiwuhai under the king. Any problems facing the Qiwuhai must be treated with caution, so as not to suddenly create an enemy.

    "can."

    Pharmacist nodded slowly, pushed his glasses and said: "Then we are going to send someone to invite Deidara to take over as Qiwuhai!"

    "Ok?"

    The Warring States of Buddha frowned in surprise, and nodded again, "Isn''t it supposed to come in order? First, send someone to arrest Basolomi Bear, and the news that his king will be abolished as Qiwuhai." Spread it out!"

    "This thing is done."

    Pharmacist Duo shook his head indifferently, and said slowly: "Before our meeting, I had already applied for an arrest warrant from the world government. General Huang Yuan has executed the order and imprisoned Basolomi Bear in secret..."

    After saying this, Yao Shidou continued: "And I have also received the news here, because of the Judicial Island incident, the King Seven Wu Hai will arrive early. At least four people will arrive today. It¡¯s half of them, just talk to them..."

    The four kings under Qiwuhai...

    A corner capital, a dried persimmon ghost shark, an eagle-eyed Mihawk, and a Doflamingo, how could they disagree that Qiwuhai has one more person?

    "..."

    The expression of Warring States was faintly unsightly.

    Is this pharmacist''s pocket intentional? This guy even got the arrest warrant down, and even secretly sent Huang Yuan out to arrest the bears, wasting time in the office saying why Barosomi Bear should be abolished?

    As a navy marshal...

    He didn''t even know that Qi Wuhai under the king was about to be abolished!

    Previously, the three generals of the navy headquarters were transferred to Judicial Island without authorization. This pharmacist passed him directly, did he want to raise him, the admiral, too, he had already become a puppet, right?

    "I hope Master Marshal will not mind too much..."

    The pharmacist hooked the corners of his own mouth, and said with a light smile: "After all, anything about the revolutionary army is nothing trivial. Besides, didn''t I report it to you?"

    "..."

    Warring States was silent for a while, took out a document from his desk and fed his little goat, and said coldly: "Forget it, before you issue any orders in the navy, please contact me and Lieutenant General He He in advance. It¡¯s better to discuss..."

    "It doesn''t matter..."

    Pharmacist Tou still had a smile on his face, and continued with a smile: "Anyway, even if I discuss with you, I won''t be able to change the decision I have made in the end."

    Regardless of the objections of the War of Buddha, the world government will eventually issue the same order to the navy. What''s more, the commander-in-chief of the three armies of the world government Gang Gukong has already been emptied by the pharmacist in a practical sense.

    Because the five old stars trust the pharmacist more.

    And the pharmacist''s pocket did a good job.

    The pharmacist hooked the corners of his mouth, looked at the anger in Zhan Guo''s eyes, and continued with a chuckle: "There are many things I can easily solve by myself, so why waste time here with Master Marshal?"

    Yakushidou did not seem to see the violent veins on the forehead of the Warring States Period, and his smile remained undiminished: "If the Marshal as the former wise general can have a better way, it would be fine, but the Marshal can never provide me with better. Suggestion, right?"

    "...Don''t be too presumptuous!"

    The admiral of the Warring States period gritted his teeth and slowly spread out his palms, wanting to slap the smiley face in Pharmacist''s pocket directly!

    Now that the Warring States period saw the smile of Yao Shi''s pocket, it made him feel angry!

    This bastard...

    It''s really annoying!

    Originally, after Sengoku cursed Naraku Uehara, he barely dispelled part of his anger, but he was rekindled by the fellow Yakushi Tou...

    Even more anger in my heart!

    "Really..."

    The pharmacist stood up slowly, not paying attention to the anger of the Warring States at all, his smile became brighter and brighter: "Whenever I see Master Marshal, I can''t help but think of a sentence, and Master Marshal scolded this sentence in the afternoon. When Lieutenant General Naraku said it!"

    Yakushidou stood calmly in front of the desk of the Warring States Period, looking directly at the Marshal of the Warring States and whispered: "I will give it to the Marshal of the Warring States too! An incompetent person, it is best not to occupy him. Occupying the position, this will make you very tired..."

    "... asshole!"

    The momentum on the Buddha''s Warring States was gradually surging, and the documents on the desk were slowly shaken by his momentum. The admiral finally couldn''t suppress his anger!

    Does Pharmacist think of him, the Marine Marshal?

    The Warring States of Buddha looked at Yakushi''s pocket coldly, his voice added a bit of chill: "The big supervisor of Yakushidou, I can understand that you are provoking your superior...

    Today I will not do anything to you, I just hope you can remember that it is not wise to do such a thing to provoking a person who can take your life at any time, according to your wisdom should be able to understand! "

    "is it?"

    The pharmacist rubbed his eyebrows and said with a low smile: "Interesting...then let us wait and see! I hope our Lord Marshal can always sit firmly in his seat, even though Lord Marshal already knows, the whole navy thinks you. It''s already disqualified..."

    "¡­you!"

    The Warring States of Buddha suddenly clenched his fists!

    Because everything the pharmacist said is true!

    As a naval marshal, the Warring States Period of Buddha has already faintly noticed this wind direction. Although many people still respect him as the marshal, many lieutenants and even generals have already turned to the camp of Yao Shidou...

    The intelligence of the pharmacist pocket can increase the weight of victory, can reduce the loss of the navy to conquer the pirates, and enable these navies to better justice!

    Even the pharmacist pocket can protect the safety of their family members, although I don¡¯t know if it is for protection or for monitoring threats...

    Last year, there was an accident in Malin Vandor. The family of a lieutenant admiral of the Navy was secretly abducted by a pirate. Malin Vandor was helpless and even thought that when the tragic history of General Zefa¡¯s family repeated itself, the CP organization rescued people. Down...

    If it is not for decades of prestige, if it is not for the position of the pharmacist in the world government, it is high enough, if it is not for the strength of the pharmacist, if it is not for the pharmacist to become a general, it is really difficult to say that the Warring States period can secure the position of the admiral. ¡­

    "Warring States Just when the Buddha Warring States was about to get angry, Lieutenant General Crane stopped him and shook his head at him: "This is not the time to argue with children..."

    After speaking, Lieutenant General Crane looked at Yao Shidou, and the old man¡¯s eyes flashed a little complicated: "Xiaodou, do you remember what I warned you? A person can¡¯t be right forever. ¡­"

    "That''s it!"

    The pharmacist chuckled and nodded.

    However, in his heart, there was a word that was not said... If you step down step by step according to the destiny set by God, how could life be wrong...

    At this time.

    At the port of Malin Vandor, the sound of broadcasts echoed.

    "Seventh of the king, Mr. Raquel Mihok, Mr. Don Quixote Doflamingo, Mr. Kadoto, Mr. Dried persimmon ghost shark, will arrive at the port in batches soon, please clear the terminal area quickly to make way ¡­"

    "..."

    In the admiral''s office.

    Lieutenant General Crane couldn''t help sighing. The four kings, Qi Wuhai, were about to arrive at Malin Vandor. The Marshal''s office received the news after hearing the broadcast...

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 557 Admiral''s Wrath!) to read the record, and open the bookshelf next time!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 557ï¼š Another war is about to begin!

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    Marin Vando¡¯s meeting room.

    A group of kings, Qi Wuhai, sat here.

    Doflamingo stirred his fingers boredly, manipulating the two navies to fight with knives, and smilingly turned his head and asked: "Several people, do you want to make a bet to see who will survive? ?"

    "I advise you not to do this in the end."

    The dry persimmon ghost shark grinned and showed his sharp teeth, and said with a light smile: "Mr. Doflamingo, in less than a month, a world-changing war is about to begin. So we can quit your gambling addiction..."

    "Is this an advice or a warning?"

    Doflamingo glanced at the dried persimmon ghost shark with a smile, and continued with a smile: "Hey, hey, I thought Mr. Guiyong wanted them to survive..."

    "Better let them survive."

    A voice fell in the ears of everyone present. The pharmacist walked over slowly, pushed his glasses, smiled and said, "I sent them here specially to welcome you. These two A navy colonel is my great helper..."

    "So..."

    Doflamingo nodded, put away his puppet line, held his arm with interest, and looked at the Pharmacist''s pocket: "Speaking of which, we saw the Orange Warship on the road, the man on the warship Your Excellency Lieutenant General seems not very happy..."

    Raising oranges on a warship...

    Only Uehara Naraku is so wonderful.

    This group of kings Shichibukai met Naraku Uehara on the way, and they could see that their boss was in a bad mood, and they didn¡¯t know who would be his punching bag...

    "Ok."

    The pharmacist sat on the opposite side of the King''s Qiwu Sea and whispered softly, "Perhaps it is because Lieutenant Admiral Naraku was transferred to the Chambord Islands! I hope he will have a better time after arriving in the Chambord Islands..."

    "Humhhhhhhhh..."

    Doflamingo held his cheek, tilted his head and grinned slightly: "I happen to have some business in the shampoo field, and I will definitely make the lieutenant general happy..."

    "I hope so."

    The pharmacist glanced at Doflamingo vaguely.

    Just as they had finished communicating, the Warring States Period of Buddha walked in with a document, still with some lingering anger on his face.

    Warring States glanced at the conference room, sat down slowly, and said coldly: "It''s really surprising that the four of the Seven Martial Seas under Kings actually arrived at Malin Fando early..."

    Hawkeye Mihawk slowly closed his eyes, and said solemnly: "I just want to go to Judicial Island to visit Shanks, and come to Malin Vando by the way."

    "anytime."

    The pharmacist chuckled and agreed.

    "Humhhhhhhhh...I just came to Malin Vandor for a trip."

    Doflamingo grinned and said: "Red-haired Shanks has been arrested, and the other two four emperors are still fighting in the new world. Now there is nothing to worry about, so I recently fell in love with traveling. What..."

    "...Marin Vatican is not a tourist attraction."

    The Warring States period looked at Doflamingo coldly: "If you want to travel, I can recommend you to Impelton."

    Warring States looked at the smile on Doflamingo''s face, his face was a bit ugly, he slowly picked up his own file, and said in a deep voice, "Forget it, don''t talk to you scumbags at sea." , Let''s talk about business!

    The purpose of convening your meeting today is to announce the abolition of Basolomi Bear, who is unwilling to continue cooperating with the world government, and to recruit Didara from the Art Pirates to become the new Qiwu Sea..."

    "I have no opinion."

    Hawkeye Mihawk casually continued to sleep.

    "This candidate is not bad!"

    The dried persimmon ghost nodded with a grin and said, "Isn''t this my colleague from the Baroque job club? It seems that we are really fate!"

    "I have no opinion on this matter..."

    After Jiao Du nodded, he suddenly said, "But I have been staring at Dedara''s reward. The Navy has cost me a lot of money by doing so..."

    "Humhhhhhhhh..."

    Doflamingo didn''t go to see the crowd, but continued with a smile: "Forget it, since everyone doesn''t have any opinions, I seem to be a bit out of gregarious opinions..."

    The four kings, Qiwuhai, had no objection to Deidara''s appointment. It was already the most satisfactory result for the world government and navy.

    The Buddha''s Warring States finally felt a little satisfied, at least before the war, the navy didn''t have to worry about the troubles of the king''s Qiwuhai.

    As the world government announced the abolition of Basolomi Bear¡¯s unwillingness to cooperate and arrested and imprisoned the bear¡¯s king, Qiwuhai, this incident indeed shocked another king. , Boa Hancock, King of Amazon Lily.

    At least it shocked Amazon Lily¡¯s predecessor, Guro Liosa, and frightened the former emperor¡¯s frequent tactics, forcing and begging Boya Hancock to accept the Navy¡¯s call-up order.

    Maybe it''s forced to be impossible...

    The world''s first beauty chose to accept the call.

    Somewhat weirdly, the White Beard Pirates were still quiet, and they didn''t even seem to care about everything that happened on the sea. They even refused other visitors.

    For example, the leader of the Revolutionary Army, Monch D. Dorag.

    People can''t help feeling that the Whitebeard Pirates seems to want to abandon the captain of the Whitebeard 2nd squad and abandon the upcoming war.

    What makes people feel weird is...

    The Beast Pirate Group and the BIG¡¤MOM Pirate Group seem to be sitting in a sit-in battle.

    The two parties have not had any contact so far, and even members of the Beast Pirates Group have not appeared in this sea for a long time. Even the members of the BIG¡¤MOM Pirate Group find it a bit strange. According to Kaido¡¯s temperament, It should be...

    IWC.

    Totland.

    The weather is sunny and cloudless.

    "mom¡­"

    Smoky, one of the four stars of the BIG¡¤MOM Pirate Group, looked a little strange: "It has been a week since the Kaido Pirate Group and Akatsuki declared war on us, but the sea slugs have not found any trace of invasion... "

    This war has not officially broken out yet.

    This is not in line with Kaido''s usual reckless style.

    To be honest, the BIG¡¤MOM Pirates all thought that the Kaido and Akatsuki of the beasts gave up this war and deliberately created some momentum for war...

    "Hehehehehe...Just stay vigilant..."

    BIG¡¤MOM bit a piece of cake slowly, and said with a grin: "That guy Kaido is very clever. He didn''t rush to come to us. This just shows his danger!"

    Because BIG¡¤MOM and Kaido used to be partners on the same boat, the only female four emperors knew their former companions very well.

    BIG¡¤MOM never thought Kaido was a foolish guy... That guy was so careful for the first time, obviously he really wanted to fight her!

    If Kaido just wants to vent his anger, it would be enough to rush to the nations with a mace and make a big fuss, but there has been no movement, but more like a conspiracy...

    That rascal¡­

    It is estimated that it is really going to start a life and death battle!

    "It was unexpected..."

    BIG¡¤MOM took a few bites of the cake and swallowed it, picked up the hot chocolate on the table, and stuffed it into his mouth together with the cup. The clicking sound of the cup being chewed by the teeth made people feel a little bit sore.

    This scene¡­

    It''s really scary.

    However, what is even more frightening is the expression of BIG¡¤MOM, the shadow floating on the face of the four emperors, her teeth chewing the cup little by little, and grimly said: "Kaido, maybe I really want to have **** Let''s fight you to death!"

    "mom¡­"

    Smoky couldn''t help taking a half step back, and whispered: "I...I''ll go to see brother Kata Kuli first...he has been waiting for news from the sea slug..."

    "Go!"

    BIG¡¤MOM nodded gloomily, showing his huge teeth, and said with a smile: "Kata Kuri has been very hard during this period. I must take care of him on behalf of my mother. Do you understand?"

    "Yes¡­"

    A drop of cold sweat dripped on Smoky''s forehead.

    The four-star star slowly withdrew from the castle of BIG¡¤MOM.

    Although all children of BIG¡¤MOM rely on the four emperors, BIG¡¤MOM, to survive in the sea, BIG¡¤MOM is also a source of danger. More than one child was arbitrarily taken from life by BIG¡¤MOM.

    and¡­

    Once BIG¡¤MOM sees certain children not pleasing to the eye, they will be kicked out of the world. They are not so much a mother-child or mother-daughter relationship, as they are just tools that BIG¡¤MOM can discard at any time...

    To be honest.

    The relationship between the BIG¡¤MOM Pirates is not as harmonious as the Whitebeard Pirates. There is no so-called maternal love here, some are just use and awe...

    Just as Smoky¡¯s heart trembled and left the world, and hurried to the outer island where Kata Kuri was located, only Kata Kuri¡¯s brother could help them dispel the fear in their hearts...

    Periphery of the seas of all nations.

    This is the first line of defense of the BIG¡¤MOM Pirate Group and the most important line of defense. Kata Kuri has been staying on this small island recently.

    In addition to Kata Kuri, UU reading also has his good friend Uchiha Itachi.

    Kata Kuri stood on a rock, gazing at the calm sea, with a look of alertness: "Itachi, when will the people of Akatsuki arrive here? Are you really sure that someone can beat Mom?"

    "Don''t worry about this kind of problem."

    Uchiha Itachi shook his head and said softly, "What we need to do now is to wait for BIG¡¤MOM to be defeated, and then select suitable people to become Akatsuki''s official members according to the quota provided by the Akatsuki organization..."

    When Uchiha Madara said this, he glanced at Kata Kuri and calmly continued: "Akatsuki''s members mean the right to control the world in the future, so..."

    "There is no such need."

    Kata Kuri¡¯s eyes flashed slightly, and he whispered: "I just want to dispel the fear that has been pressing on our heads. As long as Bree and the others will never face the nightmare of being taken away by their mother... "

    "What you want, I have heard it."

    At this moment, a woman sighed faintly and appeared in the ears of Kata Kuri and Itachi Uchiha: "Sounds like a really poor child..."

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click on "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 558 Another upcoming war!) reading record, and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 558ï¼š The worlds malice against Blackbeard Titch

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    Kata Kuri was a little surprised.

    Someone can hide in front of him without being discovered!

    Kata Kuri slowly turned around, and saw an weird woman with white hair like a waterfall, this woman floating peacefully in the air, looking very strange.

    It is Otsuki Kaguya.

    Kata Kuri¡¯s domineering appearance opened up with all her strength, and his face turned pale in the next moment. This woman did not even try her best to destroy the domineering. The mere fact that her body was floating there gave Kata Kuri a kind of powerlessness. The feeling of resistance!

    this moment¡­

    Kata Kuri finally realized that when Uchiha Itachi occasionally mentioned the leaders of Otsuki Teruya and Akatsuki, they often like to use gods to describe their power...

    indeed¡­

    Although Katakuri hasn¡¯t seen Akatsuki¡¯s leader, the strength and horror of this woman, Otsuki Teruya, can only be called a god...

    BIG¡¤MOM...

    It can''t be compared with Kaguya Ji in front of me!

    Otsuki Teruya''s gaze fell on Uchiha Itachi, his forehead slightly furrowed, and he slowly floated in front of Uchiha Itachi.

    Kaguyahime stared at Uchiha Itachi, a rare touch of softness appeared on her face, and there was a gentleness in her voice that did not match her: "Uchiha Itachi, Hayi''s gaze... is also watching here? ?"

    Kaguya is very clear.

    Uehara Naraku, who uses the dirty soil to reincarnate behind to control Uchiha Itachi, can use Uchiha Itachi to monitor everything happening here at any time.

    Hearing Kaguyahime''s question, Uchiha Itachi stiffened for a second, and then he slowly shook his head.

    "is it?"

    Datongmu Huiye slowly shook his head, with a little more in the corners of his mouth, feeling helplessly: "Are you lying again? I really can''t help you..."

    "Don''t waste time."

    Uchiha Itachi''s voice suddenly changed to that of Uehara Naraku. It sounded that his mood was not very good: "I am in a bad mood today, let''s go to sleep for a while..."

    The next moment, Uehara Naraku''s will withdrew from Uchiha Itachi''s body.

    Datongmu Kaguya''s expression returned to calm and indifference, and her gaze slowly fell on Kata Kuri: "Then end this war today..."

    "..."

    A suspicion flashed across Kata Kuri¡¯s face. He frowned and said in a low voice: "We are about three days away from Totland by sea..."

    "Ok?"

    Otsuki Teruya glanced at Kata Kuri in amazement, her voice was a little bit more arrogant that people can''t doubt: "Did you not hear Hayi''s words? Don''t waste time, tell me which direction the place is! "

    Hui Ye raised her palm abruptly, and there was a rare fierce voice in her voice: "Take care of everything here today! Yuyi''s mood is not very good, I want to see what happened to him! "

    next moment¡­

    Countless figures appeared on the beach of this small island!

    Kata Kuri¡¯s face changed drastically, his eyes fixed on the countless figures that suddenly appeared, and the sweat on his forehead dripped little by little...

    What is this woman''s ability!

    No wonder this woman named Huiye is called a god!

    In this army, there are many familiar figures of Kata Kuri, Drought Jack, Plague Quinn, Flame Ember, and Kaido himself is also in this army!

    The entire elite group of beasts and pirates are all there!

    In addition to the tens of thousands of pirates, there are densely packed ninja coalition and samurai forces in uniforms, even Kata Kuri is a little surprised by the number of this army!

    Pieces of origami were flying in the air, and slowly gathered around them to look like Xiao Nan. Her expression was a little confused: "Huh? Have you finally arrived in the world?"

    "Yes."

    Uchiha Itachi nodded and said in a low voice, "This is the outer line of defense in the seas of all nations. It has been a long time since I saw it, Senior Minan."

    "Ok."

    Xiao Nan frowned, nodded slowly, and said softly, "Nara... didn''t you control your body?"

    "..."

    Uchiha Itachi shook his head and calmly responded, "Perhaps something went wrong over there, he is not in a good mood..."

    "Then quickly settle the matter here!"

    Xiaonan glanced at the people around him and said loudly, "Your Excellency Shikuji Nara, start acting according to our plan and quickly incorporate all the troops of the BIG¡¤MOM Pirate Group!"

    "Yes."

    Nara Shika nodded for a long time.

    Xiao Nan''s gaze fell on the beast Kaido, and he said coldly: "Your Excellency Kaido follows Huiye to Totland Island. After defeating BIG¡¤MOM, wait for us to meet!"

    "Hiccup...no problem..."

    Bai Beast Kaido hiccuped, picked up his own wine gourd and started drinking again: "Actually...I can get rid of Lingling by himself..."

    Epidemic Quinn cautiously reminded: "Brother Kaido, this is not easy to say, that crazy old lady is not easy to deal with..."

    "It''s so noisy!"

    Kaido punched Quinn in the face.

    As an old friend of BIG¡¤MOM, he still knows that BIG¡¤MOM is not easy to deal with, and Quinn is an idiot at this time to demolish his station?

    The entire coalition quickly began to separate.

    Each unit encircled from the outside to the inside, gradually incorporating all the pirates who had captured the BIG¡¤MOM pirate group, and they would continue to close towards the island of Totland, the center of the IWC.

    Eventually they will meet in Totland.

    Otsuki Teruya, Kaido and Kata Kuri used space and time abilities to rush to the center of Totland Island to defeat the core members of BIG¡¤MOM and the BIG¡¤MOM Pirate Group.

    This kind of thing...

    In fact, it¡¯s not difficult at all. Kata Kuri, second only to Charlotte Lingling in the BIG¡¤MOM Pirates, has already joined Akatsuki...

    the other side.

    Uehara Naraku is indeed in a bad mood.

    Because the Chambordian Islands have not been haunted by Dracos recently, it is really troublesome to let him go to trouble with whom...

    The most terrible thing is.

    When Uehara Naraku suggested to Yakushidou that he would find a way to send a few Dragonites over, expressing that he wanted to take this opportunity to go to the Great Prison Impelton...

    Pharmacist Tou, the frenzied subordinate, agreed very empathically, and told Uehara Naraku that everyone in the Great Undersea Prison except for Warden Magellan had already taken refuge in him.

    among them¡­

    Naturally, it also includes Yu Zhiliu, the head guard who was in prison.

    This big prison...

    Is it really necessary to go?

    Uehara Naraku thought it was unnecessary to go, but another person hollowed out his mind to enter Impelton.

    black beard¡­

    Marshall D. Titch!

    Marshall D. Titch, according to the plan he and Hei Jue made, slowly led the Blackbeard Pirates to hunt down the Devil Fruit Ability, and quietly planned to build a Superman Devil Fruit Legion composed of Bai Jue.

    It¡¯s just that Tic knows very well...

    This yet-to-be-formed White Jue Army could not show any combat power.

    Marshall D. Titch endured for more than 20 years. He didn''t want to miss the world war between Whitebeard and the Navy, so Marshall D. Titch also wanted to enter the prison because Pelton recruited some powerful men. Pirate...

    This kind of thing is a bit difficult.

    Only the navy and Prince Qiwuhai are eligible to enter Impelton Grand Prison. Even if Tiqi has always had a cooperative relationship with Yakushidou, Tiqi does not think that Yakushidou will give him entry into Impelton. opportunity¡­

    Originally, after the world government abolished Basolomi Bear¡¯s throne under Qiwuhai, Marshall D. Titch thought that his opportunity had come, and thought of secretly asking the Pharmacist to help him and make him a King under Qiwuhai.

    Only this identity...

    To enter the Imperial Prison!

    If you just want to become the king of Qiwuhai, you must have a certificate that can prove your strength to the world government, at least it is also a great pirate who offers a reward of over 100 million...

    Unfortunately¡­

    In the past few years, the pirates who offered more than 100 million rewards in the first half of the great route basically couldn''t afford Jiao Du''s protection fee, and they were eventually replaced by Jiao Du''s bounty.

    Except for a group of supernovas that have just been active, but these supernovas are not on the same route, making Marshall D. Titch a little helpless...

    So Marshall D. Titch focused on a group of pirates on his route, no, or that group has been active in a certain area...

    Art Pirates It is said that this pirate group haunts the terrifying three-masted ship all the year round, and has long opposed the King Qiwuhai Moonlight Moria. Moonlight Moria can be called the art It''s hatred...

    According to Titch¡¯s plan, if Deidara, the captain of the Art Pirates, who offered a reward of nearly 200 million, can be dedicated to the world government, he can prove that he is capable of succeeding Basolomi Bear as the new king of Qiwuhai. ¡­

    and¡­

    By the way, it can also make Moonlight Moria owe personal favor.

    Although Moonlight Moriah is not very good, as Qiwuhai under the king, he also has some say in the new candidate for Qiwuhai under the king...

    Just when Marshall D. Titch was gloomily trying to get rid of the Art Pirates group, when he started his own King Qiwuhai project...

    result¡­

    The world government announced the new candidate for the king, Qi Wuhai.

    Art Pirates, Deidara.

    Marshall D. Titch was holding the newspaper and looking at the blond young man with a very happy smile on the headline of the newspaper, his whole mentality collapsed...

    this moment¡­

    Marshall D. Titch deeply felt the malice of the world.

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record this reading (Chapter 559 The World''s Malice against Blackbeard Titch), and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 559ï¼š Back then, Fire Fist Ace was as good as Straw Hat Luffy... Now...

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    "Thief hahahahaha..."

    The black-bearded Marshall D. Titch looked at the newspaper in his hand with a grimace, and the headline published on it was the news that the new king, Qiwu Haidi Dala, was performing his duties.

    Because the changes in the Seven Seas of Kings also involve the upcoming world war, and any news related to the world war is undoubtedly very popular.

    In addition to this edition of the news headlines about the changes in the Seven Seas of Kings, there is also a edition of news about the battle between the Beast Pirates and the BIG¡¤MOM Pirates.

    It is said that the coalition forces of the Beast Pirates and Akatsuki are suddenly appearing and attacked the small islands in the BIG¡¤MOM sea area like a bamboo. As for the news of the Battle of the Four Emperors, the news has not been reported, but the news agency president Morgans is still in support. Tradition from...

    Marshall D. Titch doesn''t care about the battle of the four emperors, he only cares about the name Qiwuhai under the king, which is of great use to him.

    Blackbeard''s eyes were a bit dark, and he was very dissatisfied with Deidara''s successor to Qiwuhai: "Huh, this is too wasteful of Qiwuhai''s position! Let a hairy boy take the lead..."

    "Ho **** ho **** ho **** ho..."

    Hei Jue''s figure emerged from Blackbeard''s body, and he smiled and said, "Titch, are you going to kill this man named Dedara? This may cause hostility from the Navy and the world government, especially It¡¯s the pharmacist who might send someone to arrest us!"

    "I wouldn''t do such a naive thing!"

    Blackbeard shook his head and said with a grin: "Before the war comes, it must not arouse the navy''s hostility, especially the fellow Yao Shidou, even the red-haired Shanks was planted in his hands!"

    Blackbeard stroked his chin and glanced at a group of companions not far away. Those were all pirates recruited by the Blackbeard Pirates...

    If you want to rely on these guys to participate in a world war, it would be a little bit too powerful. After all, these guys are really useless against real monsters...

    Hei Jue grinned sadly, and said in a low voice: "If we really want to be the king of Qi Wu Hai and go to Impelton to recruit some monster pirates, one of Bai Jue will send one that can be used. News on..."

    "what news?"

    "Morlia Moonlight was defeated by Straw Hat Luffy!"

    Heizue gave out this information. It didn''t take long for this incident to happen. When the Straw Hat Pirates rushed to the Chambord Islands, they strayed into the terrifying three-masted ship...

    Except for some ordinary corpses, the Straw Hat Pirates basically hit Moonlight Moria¡¯s lair without seeing any powerful enemies...

    Because the bodies of the demon Oz and the dragon swordsman Ryoma were all snatched by the red sand scorpion, Moria didn''t even have any suitable chess pieces on hand...

    Heijue smiled at Marshall D. Titch¡¯s surprised face, and continued with a hoarse voice: "But the Navy and the world government have suppressed Moria¡¯s news, perhaps because they don¡¯t want this news in the war. It came out before, so as not to cause people to question the combat power of the King Qiwuhai..."

    "Thief hahahahaha..."

    Blackbeard Marshall D. Titch smiled again: "If we spread this news, will the world government abolish Moonlight Moriah?"

    "It''s not easy to say..."

    Hei Jueyin smiled and continued, "As long as he can persuade Yao Shidou, he is enough. Isn''t he a high-ranking official who can cover the sky with one hand on the sea? I believe Yao Shidou will want to make us an obedient Qiwuhai, right?"

    "Thief hahahahahaha, yes yes..."

    Marshall D. Titch nodded and said happily, "We are just an obedient little character... I really want to see that when the fellow Yao Shidou knows who the little character in his eyes is in the future, he will show What''s the real face!"

    "Ho **** ho ho... that must be fun!"

    Hei Jueyin smiled and echoed Black Beard''s sentence, and its body slowly turned into a mass of liquid and reattached to Black Beard''s body.

    Why is it interesting...

    Whoever finds it more interesting is not something that Blackbeard can know.

    Marshall D. Titch didn¡¯t waste time either. On the one hand, he sent Rafit to continue to contact Pharmacist, hoping that the senior official of the world government would give him a chance; on the other hand, he asked Hei Jue to send a Bai Jue to sneak into the news agency and give out the secret. news.

    The news agency is very interested in this kind of news that can stir the nerves of the world, and even found the survivors of the Straw Hat Luffy¡¯s terrorist three-masted ship incident, and immediately made the matter on the headlines.

    no doubt¡­

    The news agency broke the news and angered the world government.

    The world government and navy tried so hard to suppress the intelligence of Straw Hat Luffy''s horrific three-masted ship, but it was directly exposed by a personal organization like the news agency...

    The strength of the king''s Qi Wuhai immediately aroused doubts.

    All parts of the world question whether there is still a need for the King''s Seven Martial Seas. This kind of pirates who cannot protect them and even enjoy the right to plunder are clearly malignant tumors!

    However, the world government did not respond...

    The entire world government just announced a new reward order on the sea, increasing the reward of Straw Hat Luffy to 400 million Baileys, making Straw Hat Luffy the most dazzling supernova of this era, even if it is the foundation that has always been in the limelight. Germany is not as good as...

    This momentum!

    People can''t help but think of the Pirates of Spades and Firefist Ace more than three years ago. That year was the most dazzling time of Firefist Ace...

    It''s true...

    now¡­

    Firefist Ace has been sent to prison and is about to be executed by the Navy.

    Now, within the world government and navy, a group of people are still intensively discussing whether it is necessary to abolish the position of Moonlight Moria.

    It''s just that none of them can decide.

    The person who can really call the shots is still in the Holy Land Mariagioa.

    Mary Joa.

    The pharmacist hurried to report to the five old stars.

    When these five old people asked the opinion of Pharmacist, the opinion of Pharmacist was naturally to abolish Moonlight Moria, and even his reason was very strange.

    "There is no need to keep this guy who often breaks appointments..."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around and continued calmly: "Since I entered the navy, I have represented the will of the Five Old Stars and the world government. I have called for the King Qi Wuhai many times. However, Moonlight Morley Ya often agrees verbally..."

    This is also true.

    Every time after Moglia accepted the call of the world government, he repeatedly stopped attending the appointment because of the conflict between him and the Art Pirates...

    Although every time Moglia missed an appointment is a force majeure factor, everyone here has always only valued the result...

    In this respect...

    Moria did not quite authentically.

    Because every pharmacist¡¯s plan is accurately calculated, and because of Moria¡¯s repeated appointments, the pharmacist¡¯s plan almost missed many times...

    Until later...

    Pharmacist Duo simply did not bother to recruit Moria when he called the King Qiwuhai. If it weren''t for the war with the Whitebeard Pirates, every bit of strength needed to be concentrated, and it was a mandatory call...

    When the pharmacist talked about Moria, he did not conceal the upset in his words and put forward his own suggestion: "A King Qiwuhai who just wants to enjoy the convenience of the King Qiwuhai but is not willing to work for the world government. There is a lack of strength, there is no need to keep him, there are many pirates in this position who want to climb up..."

    Since Moriah was defeated by the Straw Hat Pirates, Yakushi has been advancing along the way and has been advocating the abolition of Moria''s king Qiwuhai''s throne. It was only because the war might be coming that this matter was temporarily shelved.

    Now this incident suddenly broke out...

    The pharmacist will naturally not let go of this opportunity.

    "pocket."

    An old man sitting on the sofa touched his beard, and whispered: "This matter is left to you to deal with. This kind of information leakage is absolutely not allowed... Don''t let us down again, understand? "

    "Yes."

    After the pharmacist nodded, he pushed his glasses and continued: "The CP department is not without gain. I have been tracing the whereabouts of Morgans during the recent period...

    According to the CP agent''s news, this time the news agency secretly verified the location of the information and the time when the news was sent, I have locked a sea area...

    Now CP0 has sneaked into the news agency company of Big News Morgans, has mastered their whereabouts, and can monitor them all at any time..."

    "..."

    Another old man was obviously more curious: "With that said, has the big news bird Morgans been under the control of the world government?"

    "Just mastered the news agency..."

    The pharmacist shook his head and sighed: "According to the news from our agents installed in the news agency, Morgens is concerned about the war between the BIG¡¤MOM Pirate Group and the Beast Pirate Group. Newsbird has been lurking in the world to collect materials..."

    "It''s already pretty good."

    The five old men nodded reservedly.

    For so many years, the world government could not find the headquarters of the news agency.

    One of them, an obviously kind old man, showed a slight smile at the corner of his mouth, and praised softly: "Well done well, no matter how bad the situation is, you can always find a chance to reverse it, which made us a little surprised. like¡­"

    This is why the pharmacist has always been trusted by them.

    Other subordinates will only keep sending them bad news.

    The only exception is the little fellow Pharmacist Tou, even if there is a mistake by accident, he can always find a way to make up for it.

    As long as you can master the news agency, the position of public opinion...

    Then the news around the world will be controlled by the world government from now on. UU Reading www. uukanshu.com will never happen again to disclose the scandal of the world government.

    Although in the past, the big news bird Morgans, in order to avoid conflicts with the world government, has been wandering on the edge of the world government¡¯s anger, occasionally reporting on the achievements of the world government, and occasionally reporting on the scandals of the world government. She loves and hates this ambiguous bad thing...

    "pocket."

    A somewhat majestic five-star star stared at the medicine master''s pocket, and calmly said: "When the war between the navy and the white beard and the revolutionary army is over, we will talk to the empty talk..."

    The other old man also looked at Pharmacist''s pocket and accepted his words: "Fu, if the direction of this war is as you expected, then get ready..."

    "what?"

    A look of surprise flashed in the expression of the pharmacist pocket.

    The five old stars couldn''t help but glance at each other. Everyone nodded at each other, and they all looked at the pharmacist pocket together: "If the result of this war meets our expectations of you, then you will take over. Free space!"

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 560 Firefist Ace was as powerful as Straw Hat Luffy...now he is in jail) to read the record and open the bookshelf next time see!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 560ï¼š The lieutenant general in the eyes of Hades Raleigh

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    Mary Joa.

    Pharmacist couldn''t help being a little surprised.

    Even if the pharmacist knows in his heart, as long as it takes a little longer, the position of the commander in chief of the world government must be his, and no one can be his competitor.

    However, the current Pharmacist did not expect that Wu Lao Xing actually promised to appoint him to replace Gang Gu Kong''s army commander after the war.

    "This¡­"

    Yakushidou¡¯s eyes were a little surprised. His face slowly became a little hesitant and fearful, and there was also a complex interweaving of timidity and joy: "Marshal Sora''s body is not bad, right? And I have always followed the five old men. Master Xing¡¯s teachings and commands can only reach the point where it is today. If you rashly occupy a high position..."

    "The pharmacist pocket, don''t talk about these nonsense in front of us."

    Among the five old stars, an old man who had been sitting on the sofa and watching with cold eyes glanced at the pharmacist''s pocket, with a touch of disdain and sarcasm on his face: "We all see your desire for power. The current military commander is empty. Shuai can actually do nothing except drinking tea in his own office!"

    This sentence is a bit too much.

    It sounds as if the Pharmacist''s Pocket has really emptied the army commander. Didn''t the application form of the Navy Marshal and the Warring States still have to give the steel frame a blank?

    and¡­

    Five old stars still can''t hide their arrogance!

    This is also very common sense.

    Wu Lao Xing is very clear that the reason why Pharmacist Dou can have today''s status is due to the powers given to Pharmacist Dou by a few of them, and naturally these powers and status can also be recovered.

    The pharmacist pocket can put a high posture in front of the admiral of the navy, but in front of a few of them, it is better to learn to be a little behaved!

    "All right."

    Another old man waved his hand. He looked at the look of Yao Shidou with an intriguing smile on his face: "Do, don''t worry, we decided to appoint you as the next army commander after consideration... "

    The old man slowly closed his palms and continued calmly: "This is also a new CP department created by you, which can solve the rewards of the Redhead Pirates... I believe that the next war will certainly not fail us. expect."

    "Ok."

    Among the five old stars, the last old man holding a knife looked at Yao Shi¡¯s pocket, and said: "We have officially notified the Warring States. The next war between the navy and the white beard will be under your command. !

    Pharmacist, whether you can use this war to convince everyone that you can serve as the army commander depends on your own abilities! "

    When talking about this, the old man suddenly grinned and continued: "According to our thoughts, of course, I hope you sit in that position as soon as possible..."

    "I know."

    The pharmacist nodded, pushed his glasses and said: "A week later, the news agency will announce the actual execution time. According to our current bargaining chips, the White Beard Pirates and the Revolutionary Army should not be absent from this feast. ."

    "That''s good."

    The five old stars nodded in satisfaction, one of them waved his palm: "That''s good, you can go."

    "Yes."

    The pharmacist stood up and said goodbye.

    The five old people in charge of the supreme power in the world watched the pharmacist''s pocket leave in silence, until the door was closed, they resumed discussing the pharmacist''s pocket.

    "It''s really a good piece..."

    "Even if a new general appears in the Navy, it is far less useful to us than the wisdom of the pharmacist."

    "It''s just a pity that his strength is too weak..."

    "From the performance of the pharmacist pocket alone, such a little guy with no power but extraordinary wisdom sitting in a high position is perfect for us."

    "It is precisely because his power is too weak that it is easy to be controlled by us. A person who enjoys a position where he can''t sit firmly can only continue to maintain his power by doing things for us wholeheartedly and gaining our trust."

    Because of the existence of the pharmacist''s pocket...

    Wu Lao Xing did save a lot of things.

    No matter how difficult the world government encounters, Pharmacist can help them solve it;

    For some important matters, all they need to do is to choose one of their favorite choices among the many choices provided by the pharmacist.

    People in high positions...

    The most important thing is to employ people.

    At this point, the Warring States Period of Buddha is a bit too bad.

    In order to **** a navy colonel from the hands of the pharmacist, the Warring States Period of Buddha forcibly promoted him to a lieutenant admiral. As a result, many things were destroyed by the lieutenant admiral.

    At this moment.

    Chambord Islands.

    An unworthy lieutenant admiral is participating in a slave auction.

    Originally this slave auction house was owned by Doflamingo, but after Doflamingo joined the Akatsuki organization, he immediately disposed of this auction house.

    result¡­

    This slave auction site was rebuilt by others.

    Now this slave auction house is holding a large-scale auction, and now it is just as time to exit, a big pirate at the finale has been photographed, and only a strong old man remains...

    This old man seems to be unable to sell...

    In order not to lose his blood, the person in charge of the slave auction house finally started calling out the cost price step by step: "Five hundred thousand Baileys, five hundred thousand Baileys, a strong man, although he is old, he is very healthy. , I can work for you for at least 20 years. At that time, you can dispose of him at will!"

    When talking about this, the person in charge of the auction house pushed the old slave up and showed the slave''s body and spirit.

    It looks...

    It is indeed very healthy.

    Uehara Naraku yawned, glanced at the old man with shining eyes, and shouted out his price: "This person, I want it."

    Snapped!

    The auction mallet fell.

    The person in charge seemed to be afraid that Uehara Naraku would go back.

    Naraku Uehara spent half a million Bailey to buy an elderly slave, along with a remote control that controls the slave''s collar.

    It''s a bit of a loss.

    Just thinking about it, if you buy One Piece¡¯s deputy Pluto Silbaz Raleigh as a slave with half a million Baileys, it will be a profit.

    If there is that power to subdue him...

    That''s right.

    This old man is Pluto Raleigh.

    Whenever Pluto Raleigh has no money to drink, he will sell himself to the slave farm and let the slaves sell him; when he is sold, Pluto Raleigh will tear off his collar. , Let the person who photographed him lose a sum of money.

    This is also life...

    Since the Pluto King Lei Li retired, he has been living a life like this. There are countless people who have been trapped by him, but there is no way to make a sound.

    After all, someone who only buys an ordinary old man as a slave does not look like a powerful nobleman, because the really rich and powerful are all directly buying the mermaid...

    Outside the slave auction.

    Uehara Naraku also finally saw Hades King Raleigh.

    This cost him half a million Bailey to buy a slave.

    The current Lei Li body is still strong, wearing a pair of elegant glasses, and a gentle smile on his face, as if he was really just an ordinary old man.

    Pluto Raleigh looked at Uehara Naraku with a deeper smile.

    As the lieutenant admiral of the navy headquarters stationed in the Chambord Islands recently, Uehara Naraku is nominally the highest officer of the Chambord Islands. Raleigh must know Uehara Naraku.

    Raleigh not only knew Naraku Uehara.

    Raleigh also learned some recent things about Uehara Naraku from Xia Qi. For example, this lieutenant admiral was once captured by the Redhead Pirates...

    And they were captured twice, no more than five days apart...

    The first time was when the Red-haired Pirates rushed to Judicial Island, they captured Naraku Uehara as a hostage to return to Firefist Ace. As a result, the Red-haired Pirates fell and Naraku Uehara survived without incident. ¡­

    The second time was after the outbreak of the Judicial Island incident. Nai Uehara escorted the prisoners of the Red-haired Pirates to Impelton Grand Prison. As a result, he encountered the remnants of the Red-haired Pirates led by Ben Beckman. He was also safe. Survived...

    No, in that case...

    It should be said that Uehara Naraku had good luck.

    After all, he was caught in the Four Emperors Pirates twice and could survive. This lieutenant admiral is really not an ordinary lucky person!

    In Raleigh¡¯s view, the admiral Uehara Naraku can let the red-haired Shanks and Ben Beckman let go. Either Uehara has something to do with him, or Uehara¡¯s admiral is a complete straw bag. Killing him is also a dirty hand!

    Anyway...

    This lieutenant really made the Navy lose face.

    It is estimated that this is why Uehara Naraku will be sent to the Chambord Islands to act as babysitters for those Denon people who may wander here from time to time...

    Since Shanks has let go of Naraku Uehara...

    Pluto Raleigh felt that he didn''t seem to have to worry about it.

    According to the practice of this lieutenant admiral visiting the slave auction, UU Reading is more likely to be a lieutenant admiral, so it doesn¡¯t matter...

    Moreover, with such a lieutenant general stationed in the Chambord Islands, it is impossible to harm the supernovas that arrived in the Chambord Islands this year. Those are the new generations that have emerged since the era of the great pirate initiated by Gore D. Roger...

    Raleigh stretched out his hand and took off the collar around his neck, and looked at Naraku Uehara with a smile: "Five hundred thousand Pele is a big number... You lost this money, little guy, your luck is really bad. That''s great!"

    "This¡­¡­"

    Uehara Naraku''s face showed a touch of astonishment, as if watching Hades Raleigh easily take off the slave collar with some disbelief: "How can you untie the collar?"

    At the next moment, Uehara Naraku''s face suddenly became savage: "You are the slave I bought for half a million Bailey!"

    "..."

    Pluto Raleigh''s eyes were a little subtle.

    Is this Uehara Naraku unrecognizable form? Isn''t a person who can easily get rid of a slave collar a good person?

    It can be confirmed now that Naraku Uehara must be a slapstick.

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click "Favorites" below to record the reading record of this time (Chapter 561, Lieutenant General in the eyes of Raleigh, the Hades), and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 561ï¼š Ma Linfans list of multiple punishments, one urgently!

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    Killed Naraku Uehara...

    Really dirty hands!

    Pluto Raleigh sighed faintly and sighed with the decay and darkness inside the navy, but the more trash the navy admiral stationed in the Chambord Islands, the more pirates entering the second half of the great route. many.

    "Forget it."

    Pluto Raleigh glanced at Naraku Uehara, before turning around and leaving for himself: "Little guy, your 500,000 Pele is a lesson..."

    "stop!"

    Uehara Naraku hurriedly stepped forward and stopped the Hades King Raleigh, his face was full of anger being teased: "Hey, you guy dare to tease me...Do you know who I am?"

    "Know that..."

    Pluto Raleigh smiled and nodded, as if he was calming an ignorant child, and continued with a smile: "Lord Admiral Uehara Naraku, the commander of the Chambord naval base...Who would not know you on the entire island?"

    "Since I know I am a Vice Admiral..."

    Uehara Naruto squeezed his fist, just looked at Pluto Raleigh, grinning and threatening: "Then do you know the consequences of offending me in Chambord? I am different from the ghost spider group! If you dare to offend me If you do, I can throw you into Impelton now!"

    While saying these things...

    There was something strange in Uehara''s heart.

    This long-lost desire to perform is really nostalgic for me!

    However, this world has always not needed him to perform, and Uehara Naraku''s script has long been taken away by his men...

    Unfortunately¡­

    Pluto Raleigh is not very funny.

    "Is your vision so narrow?"

    Pluto Raleigh reached out and patted Naraku Uehara on the shoulder, and continued smilingly: "Little guy, do you know who I am?"

    This lieutenant...

    It''s really no brainer!

    And as a lieutenant admiral, he didn''t even know him as the deputy captain of One Piece, which is too unqualified... These young navies, sometimes, should really be educated.

    It¡¯s really hard to figure out how such a young and stupid guy became a lieutenant admiral, and he can actually have the same rank as Karp...

    Karp is someone who can push their Roger Pirates into desperation. The Lieutenant General Uehara Naraku has been arrested twice, and he is embarrassed to show off his status as a lieutenant...

    "I do not care who you are¡­"

    Uehara Naraku pushed Leily''s palm away, and said solemnly: "In this world, there are not many people that I can''t provoke, but I know you are definitely not among them!"

    When it came to this, Uehara Naruko waved her fist with a sullen face, about to hit him with a punch!

    "Too impulsive?"

    Pluto Raleigh smiled and shook his head, reaching out and holding Uehara''s fist, the old man''s eyes flashed a bright light, and he smiled and said, "I made half a million Baileys today, and I feel very happy. ¡­"

    In addition to making half a million Bailey...

    There is also the fun of playing around with a lieutenant admiral.

    It''s so interesting to bully a little navy like this!

    Raleigh slowly twisted Uehara Naraku''s arm, looked at the shocked Uehara Naraku, and continued with a smile: "Today is not suitable for a fight. I should have a good drink so as not to waste my good mood..."

    In the next moment, Pele''s smile became deeper and deeper, and he suddenly loosened Naruto Uehara''s fist, and a domineering look was instantly released from Leili''s body!

    Under his control, the domineering impact directly hit Uehara Naraku!

    This legendary deputy captain is able to control his domineering freely. Under the frontal impact of this domineering domineering, it is definitely not something ordinary people can resist!

    Pluto Raleigh fainted as the lieutenant admiral in front of him fainted under the domineering impact. He couldn''t help but chuckled and shook his head and sighed: "Really...How can such a navy admiral protect us who live in Where are the civilians in the Chambord field?"

    After speaking, the Hades King Raleigh squatted down, turned over Hara Naraku''s wallet, and slowly nodded his head: "Well, is it still a poor ghost? There are only tens of thousands of Baileys on him... the little guy shouldn''t Have all the money been used to buy my slave?"

    Although Bailey looks down on it...

    But Raleigh''s palm still put the money in his pocket honestly.

    Lei Li nodded contentedly, touched his chin, and left here on his own. When he left, Lei Li''s mouth was still muttering, "I made such a large sum of money today. Bailey should be able to buy a bottle of rum bar from Xia Qi? A bottle of rum sells for half a million Bailey, so I really like to rip off..."

    Since the retired Pluto Raleigh, he has stayed in the Chambord Islands, and Xia Qi, an old friend, has also been with him.

    And Raleigh didn''t want to go to Xia Qi''s tavern to drink.

    Just to share this interesting little story today.

    When Pluto Raleigh left, Naruto Uehara slowly opened his eyes, and a phone worm appeared out of thin air in his palm, and he dialed the phone in Pharmacist Pocket.

    The Yakushi pocket seems to be very convenient, and there is no concealment of the name Naraku Uehara: "Master Naraku, is there anything I need to do?"

    "Well, there really is one..."

    Uehara Naraku stood up, rubbed her eyebrows, and asked aloud, "I want to add someone to the sentence list... Do you think it''s appropriate?"

    "Master Naraku is really joking!"

    In the phone bug, the pharmacist smiled, his voice suddenly became solemn: "Whose name needs to be added? I will deal with this right away! It should be the deputy captain of the Roger Pirates, Pluto Raleigh Right? I will send someone to catch him right away!"

    "not him."

    Nairo Uehara hooked the corner of his own mouth, and said cheerfully: "Tsk, just a minute ago, Pluto Raleigh robbed me of a lot of money, and also played a trick on me as a lieutenant admiral, but just that. If it¡¯s a trivial matter, you have to send this old man to the execution bench. Isn¡¯t that too harsh? Pocket, change your temper!"

    "Yes¡­"

    The pharmacist in the phone bug respectfully agreed.

    "All right."

    Uehara Naraku slowly turned his head to look at area 13 of the Chambord Islands, where Xia Qi¡¯s ripped-up bar was located, and his smile became more and more subtle: "The person who is going to the execution bench is a bar owner who likes to blackmail. , I will catch the person myself, you just need to send someone to take her away."

    "...The barkeeper?"

    The pharmacist in the phone worm hesitated for a second, and immediately thought of someone. He couldn''t help but said: "I will arrange this immediately. Polusalino is just free, so let him rush over. People come back!"

    If it¡¯s the **** of ordinary people Xia Qi...

    Maybe Pluto Raleigh might take people away.

    However, if it is a general of the navy headquarters, at least for a while, the Pluto King Raleigh has nothing to do, and can only watch Xia Qi be taken away.

    This is also a foolproof approach.

    Area 13 of the Chambord Islands.

    Xia Qi''s ripped-off pub.

    Pluto Raleigh sat opposite Xia Qi, paid for a bottle of rum, smiled and talked about what happened today, focusing on the straw lieutenant general Uehara Naraku.

    "I didn''t expect it..."

    After talking about today¡¯s affairs, Raleigh reached out and took the wine glass in front of Xia Qi, slowly drank the salvation in the glass, and continued with a chuckle: "If there is such a lieutenant admiral here, it looks like the future Days will be fun..."

    "Don''t go too far."

    Xia Qi placed a cigarette on her own, vomited a smoke ring, frowned and said: "You are not young anymore. If the Navy notices you again, the next days will not be easy..."

    "what¡­"

    Raleigh poured himself a glass of wine, smiled and shook his head and said: "The Navy will notice sooner or later, not to mention that I will not miss that war soon..."

    Originally, Leily only wanted to rescue Kurokas and help rescue Ace of Fire Fist, but now he is going to help the Redhead Pirates to rescue Shanks.

    This war is destined to not be absent.

    Once Pluto Raleigh enters the war, it is absolutely impossible for the world government and navy to continue to ignore him, the deputy captain of the Roger Pirates!

    "Forget it, it''s up to you!"

    Xia Qi shook her head, and stretched out her palm towards Pluto Leili: "But before you go, give me your life paper..."

    "¡­it is good."

    Raleigh nodded slowly.

    The life paper is a special item of the great sea route, which represents the vitality of the owner of the life paper, and can instantly let people far away know their status.

    general¡­

    It will only be given to relatives.

    If the life paper is intact, it means that the owner of the life paper is still alive and can make the family feel more at ease;

    If the life paper is damaged or shrunk, it means that the owner is injured; if the life paper turns to ashes, it means that the owner¡¯s life is also exhausted...

    This war is too dangerous.

    The strength of the world government and navy is not what it used to be.

    Even Pluto Raleigh occasionally observed the generals who came to patrol the Chambord area. The strength of the three navy generals has definitely become stronger and stronger!

    In the past few years, many great pirates who had hidden from the old age were all sent to the big prison by the three generals of the navy headquarters just after they emerged!

    In addition to the three powerful generals of the navy headquarters, the powerful guys under the king''s Qiwuhai, and the behemoth CP organization under the command of Pharmacist!

    This spy organization...

    Almost became a nightmare for the entire sea!

    In particular, the CP department defeated the Redhead Pirates, which also means that this spy organization has the power of the Four Emperors Pirates.

    Even if a powerhouse like Pluto Leili wants to participate in this war, it¡¯s hard to say that there will be no accidents...

    at this point¡­

    Whether it is Pluto Raleigh or Xia Qi, it is very clear.

    The atmosphere of the entire tavern suddenly became a little depressed. After a bottle of wine, Pluto Raleigh took out his life paper and handed it to Xia Qi, about to leave Xia Qi''s tavern.

    Raleigh held his glasses, and a smile slowly appeared on his face: "Forget it, I''m going to tease the lieutenant general and make myself happy!"

    "..."

    Xia Qi shook her head speechlessly.

    Just as Pluto Raleigh left Xia Qi''s tavern, a figure in a navy uniform walked in and said with a full face: "I received a report that this store is suspected of extortion. If you, this woman, don''t want to come with us. , Then give me ten million Baileys!"

    It was Lieutenant Admiral Uehara Naraku from the Chambord Islands.

    "..."

    Xia Qi frowned, squeezed out the cigarette in her hand, looked at Naruto Uehara who had walked into the tavern and asked her for money, her expression faintly weird.

    This lieutenant who was only tricked by Raleigh...

    Is this a knock on her head?

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click on "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 562 Malinfan''s list of multiple executions, one is urgent!) Read the record, and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 562ï¼š Straw Hat Luffy, the second member of the expedited execution list!

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    The luck of this lieutenant is really bad.

    No, perhaps it should be said that the vision of this lieutenant admiral is really too small. Who can not offend anyone in the entire sea, he just wants to offend someone.

    Xia Qi is not a big shot...

    But there is no problem dealing with a navy lieutenant.

    Xia Qi looked at Uehara Naruko and shook her head, and lighted herself a cigarette again: "I know your identity, but 10 million Baileys, I can''t get it out, but we can change some solutions... "

    Xia Qi vomited a smoke ring slowly, and slowly said: "I heard that the lieutenant admiral of the Shambord branch base was tricked by an old man... How about this, I will find the old man, 10 million shells Let¡¯s forget about things..."

    This lieutenant admiral...

    Let Lei Li, the king of Hades, solve it!

    Xia Qi glanced at Uehara Naraku''s expression and continued calmly: "If your Excellency Uehara Naraku needs to catch the old man and give it to you to vent your anger, you only need to pay me one million Baileys..."

    "This is too much, right?"

    Uehara Naruko shook her head and sighed, moved her steps to the bar counter, and stared at Xia Qi in the bar: "Hey, in the eyes of you big people, my little character looks so stupid. ?"

    This fucking...

    It''s too much!

    Raleigh robbed his money...

    Xia Qi actually wants to lie to him...

    "..."

    Hearing Uehara Naraku''s words, Xia Qi raised her eyebrows and glanced at Uehara Naraku in amazement. At last she was a little more interested: "You little guy actually knows who we are, and you play stupid in front of that guy. Huh..."

    Kind of interesting...

    This little guy doesn''t seem to be so unbearable!

    Uehara Naruko sat on a chair at the counter, and sighed, "That''s the legendary great pirate, Hades, Raleigh!"

    Uehara Naraku raised his head to look at Xia Qi, squinted her eyes and smiled: "Your Excellency Xia Qi, I''m just a lieutenant admiral, how could he be his opponent?"

    "So..."

    Xia Qi nodded slowly, and suddenly turned around and said: "Since you know our identity, then I won''t give up, kid, do you know the name of this bar? This is a ripped bar, just now you But I want to rip it on my head..."

    "You can also knock on my stick."

    Uehara Naraku''s face gradually became solemn, and he said solemnly: "Your Excellency Xia Qi, I know you will sell any information on the ocean, and I am here for this reason.

    If our Navy publicly executes Firefist Ace and Kolokas, and the red-haired Shanks... Will Pluto Raleigh participate in this war? "

    "Five billion Baileys."

    Xia Qi quietly said a number, took a cigarette, and continued quietly: "As long as you can afford to pay, I can tell you any information."

    "The price is really not low..."

    Uehara Naraku slowly shook his head, a wry smile appeared on his face.

    Xia Qi took a deep look at Naraku Uehara, and continued with some curiosity: "I didn''t expect your little guy to be so unbearable. You would even think of asking this kind of question... The guy from the Warring States period sent you to the shampoo. Want to find out about this?"

    This kind of thing...

    It is indeed possible!

    Uehara Naraku ignored Xia Qi''s question, took out a coin from her pocket and placed it on the table, and asked softly: "Let''s talk about the price of information! The price you gave is too high It¡¯s cheaper, how about fifty Baileys?"

    "My information is never cheap."

    Xia Qi smoked a cigarette slowly, and continued softly: "Five billion Baileys will let your navy know whether Raleigh will participate in the war. If that guy enters the arena, he has the power to influence the war. The price is actually It¡¯s already very cheap..."

    To be honest.

    The price is really not expensive.

    After all, people like Pluto Raleigh who have the power of generals even when he is old, if he enters the war, the navy needs to make arrangements to deal with him in advance; if Pluto Raleigh does not participate in the war, the navy can better deal with the white Bearded Pirates...

    After Xia Qi explained her price, she stared directly at Naraku Uehara and whispered: "As long as you spend the money, you can buy a peace of mind..."

    "This is too expensive..."

    Uehara Naraku stared at Xia Qi, and continued softly: "Boss Xia Qi, it sounds like you mean it, it seems that Raleigh, the king of Pluto, will not participate in this war..."

    "Who knows..."

    Xia Qi blew out smoke rings and refused to answer this question.

    In fact, this is what Xia Qi means both inside and outside.

    According to Xia Qi, if this false information can be used to fool the unusual lieutenant-admiral Uehara Naraku, so that the navy can relax its vigilance against Pluto Raleigh, the chances of Pluto Raleigh being able to come back alive in the war will be greater. !

    This is Xia Qi''s little trick...

    Because Xia Qi hopes Leili can come back alive!

    If it''s another lieutenant admiral, Xia Qi should be fine; however, she doesn''t know that this is the last chance Uehara Naraku has given her...

    Uehara Naraku looked at Xia Qi with a playful look, and slowly opened her mind to pierce Xia Qi''s mind: "Boss Xia Qi, Pluto Raleigh will definitely go to war...right? But you want him to come back safely...Is that right? ?"

    "..."

    A strange color flashed in Xia Qi''s eyes.

    Just when Xia Qi wanted to say something, Uehara Naro looked at Xia Qi and waved his hand nonchalantly: "Forget it, I am not interested in listening to your sophistry, not to mention..."

    How could Uehara Naraku, who has been secretly planning to promote the top war behind the scenes, let Pluto Raleigh be absent?

    this world¡­

    Any figure whose strength is at the top will not be absent.

    Even Blackbeard Marshall D. Titch, Uehara Naraku arranged a position for him, let alone Pluto Raleigh!

    "Pluto Silbaz Raleigh, will definitely appear in this war..."

    Uehara Naraku held his arm against the bar, dragged his cheek, tilted his head, squinted and smiled: "Even if Mr. Raleigh really doesn''t want to go, as long as you are sent to the execution table, Raleigh will definitely Will not be absent..."

    "is it?"

    A strange color flashed in Xia Qi''s eyes.

    If she was publicly executed by the Navy, would the guy Raleigh save her?

    It''s just that Xia Qi is not concerned about this issue, but why the navy is forcing Pluto Raleigh to participate in that earth-shattering world war!

    navy¡­

    Do you still want to do something with them?

    Xia Qi puffed out the smoke ring, and a smile slowly appeared at the corner of her mouth: "It''s just that your navy''s hand is too long, right? You want to kill the white beard and us old guys?"

    "Do not."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and stood up slowly by supporting the table: "This is not a war. I just invite you to witness the end of a new era. The era of the great pirates will definitely come to an end. ONEPIECE will never become a man or a sea. The reason for the thief..."

    "brat¡­"

    Xia Qi suddenly interrupted Uehara Naraku with a sentence. Her gaze slowly stopped on Uehara Naraku''s body, and she whispered: "These words don''t seem to be left to you. You are too young, but her tone is not small. , Not so good!"

    This topic...

    I always feel that it should be proposed by the Warring States Period of Buddha!

    Why would it be such a navy''s turn to talk to her in the future? It really makes people feel weird. Are young people now so impolite?

    "So..."

    The corner of Uehara Naraku''s mouth hooked, his eyes gradually turned into reincarnation eyes, and he whispered: "It seems to be underestimated... But this is understandable. When I talk to you, no one seems to take it seriously. Pass me..."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Xia Qi with a light smile and said: "But no one has ever thought about it. When I don''t want to talk to you, you will never have a chance to speak..."

    In the next moment, a surging overlord color swept out!

    However, under the control of Naraku Uehara, this domineering invaded the entire tavern instantly, destroying everything in this tavern like a hurricane passing by!

    Strangely, this domineering force stopped instantly after touching the wall, and this domineering force was only vented in this tavern!

    A little bit...

    Domineering has never rushed out of Xia Qi''s rip-off bar!

    This control alone is not inferior to Pluto Raleigh; and in terms of the strength of the overlord''s domineering, Uehara Naraku is even better!

    Do not¡­

    Or more than one!

    A lieutenant admiral...

    How could there be such a tyrannical domineering look!

    And the domineering look on Naruto Uehara kept blowing by Xia Qi''s side, but it didn''t hurt her half a point...

    However, this domineering force is like a sharp thorn, giving Xia Qi a faint tingling sensation in her nerves, even if she only touches slightly, she may be injured...

    Xia Qi''s eyes were faintly horrified, her shoulders trembled slightly...

    Now she didn''t dare to look at her bar at all, but stared at Uehara Naraku, her body involuntarily began to retreat, and the cold sweat on her forehead dropped a little...

    This man!

    This lieutenant admiral!

    This guy named Naraku Uehara!

    What kind of lieutenant general is this guy? He is clearly a real monster. This time, that **** Raleigh really caused a big trouble!

    When the old guy Lei was drinking, he was still happy to play Uehara Naraku; that old guy didn''t know at all, he was the one who was teased!

    "This guy¡­"

    Under the gaze of Naru Uehara, Xia Qi retreated her body step by step. The cold sweat flowed down her cheeks little by little. Just from the sense of it, Naruto Uehara¡¯s momentum made people feel terrified. Perhaps it was a comparison. That guy Cap has a terrible monster...

    As an intelligence dealer, Xia Qi has a keen sense... Uehara Naraku must be something she can''t defeat, even the older Raleigh is somewhat reluctant!

    After all, Lei Li has been working hard to cultivate in order to keep his body vigor and health, but he still cannot avoid the aging of his body...

    of course¡­

    Even when Raleigh is in his prime, he may not be able to defeat the person in front of him...

    Xia Qi has only one plan, and that is to escape first, as long as he escapes into the complex Chambordian Islands, and if it causes confusion, he can fish in troubled waters!

    and¡­

    With the help of her fear of Naraku Uehara, Xia Qi approached the wall little by little, her arm slammed out, and she was about to punch the wall to escape!

    "Vientiane Tianyin!"

    A gravitational force suddenly appeared!

    Xia Qi''s body was involuntarily attracted by this gravitational force and flew back!

    Uehara Naruto stretched out his palm and pressed Xia Qi''s forehead along the way. A cloud of white light flooded his palm and fell on Xia Qi''s forehead.

    This white light instantly drew away all the strength of Xia Qi''s body, causing her body to limp to the ground involuntarily, and a panic came to Xia Qi''s heart!

    This guy¡­

    What is the ability?

    Even the domineering in her body no longer exists!

    Just when Nairo Uehara captured Xia Qi, a shell suddenly landed on the roof of the tavern, directly blasting through the tavern!

    Bang!

    The roof of the tavern was pierced by a cannonball!

    Just as there was a flash of hope in Xia Qi''s eyes, as long as it could cause confusion, there would be a chance to escape!

    However, what makes Xia Qi desperate is that UU reading www. uukanshu.com Countless dazzling photons flew out of the smoke, and gradually gathered into the appearance of a person, the general of the navy headquarters Huang Yuan!

    "Well, is it over?"

    With a smile on the corner of Huang Yuan''s mouth, he slowly walked to Uehara Naraku''s side, looking down at Xia Qi, who collapsed on the ground due to sheer strength, and said with a smile: "Oh? This is the list of public executions. The urgent staff?"

    "Ok."

    After Nairo Uehara nodded, he glanced at Huang Yuan in amazement, "Huh? Polusalino, where are your subordinates?"

    "Zhan Tao Maru is encircling Straw Hat Luffy..."

    Huang Yuan looked at Naraku Uehara, and said with a smile: "When Straw Hat Luffy assaulted three world nobles, Denon Ren, and after he assaulted these world nobles, they died on the spot. It should be Was he killed?"

    Huang Yuan touched his chin, chuckled and continued: "This time Straw Hat Luffy really got into trouble. No matter what, I can¡¯t let him go today. It just so happens that Straw Hat Luffy and this one can be added at the same time. On the public sentence list..."

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click "Favorite" below to record this time (Chapter 563 Straw Hat Luffy, the second member of the urgent execution list!) Read the record, and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 563ï¼š Final version of the sentence list

    Great route.

    The biggest incident in the past few days should be the Chambord incident.

    It is said that Straw Hat Luffy killed three Tianlongren and was subsequently captured by the Navy Headquarters General Huang Yuan. There is no doubt that the news of the killing of the world''s nobles can undoubtedly cause a sensation!

    In addition, the second big piece of news is that Moonlight Moria, one of the seven seas of the king, was abolished and was taken over by a pirate named Marshall D. Titch.

    These two things can undoubtedly make headlines!

    However, the headlines of the news agency today are not normal at all.

    Because the entire page of the news paper is used to list a ranking list and photos, this is the list of public executions by the world government and navy.

    The Captain of the White Beard Pirates 2nd Division, Fire Fist Ace

    Chief of Staff of the Revolutionary Army Sabo

    Straw Hat Pirate Captain Straw Hat Luffy

    ...

    Redhead Pirates Captain Shanks (former Roger Pirates member)

    Kurokas (former member of Roger Pirates)

    Douglas Barrett (former Roger Pirates member)

    Bucky the Clown (former member of Roger Pirates)

    the above.

    These lists cover most of the Roger Pirates members that can be found by world governments and navies. The highlight is undoubtedly the son of the Pirate King Gore D. Roger.

    As for the place of public execution...

    In the end, it was set at the Marine Headquarters, Marin Vando, and the public execution time was set one week later. The intermediate buffer period was prepared for the rest of the White Beard Pirates, the Revolutionary Army, and the Redhead Pirates.

    This list...

    There is no doubt that it will be placed in the headlines.

    Because this list will become the real fuse of the world war and a major event that determines the direction of the world, almost everyone on this list will be horrified.

    In the dungeon of Justice Island.

    Monkey D. Luffy walked in, wearing a sea building stone, and the person behind him who was in charge of escorting him was his grandfather Vice Admiral Monch D. Karp.

    This is the next task for Karp.

    For an old man, it is a great sorrow for a white-haired person to send a black-haired person, and even this time Karp wants to personally send away the three little guys he has high hopes for.

    Monkey D. Karp was silent.

    Because before sending Luffy into the dungeon on Judicial Island, Karp knew that Luffy would be taken to the execution stand together, and would be executed with Ace and Sabo.

    These little guys who grew up together...

    Are you going to die together in Malinfan?

    Monkey D. Luffy¡¯s face is a bit weak and weak. He is not sad for his fate, but because Luffy has not eaten much recently.

    The most important thing in life is to eat.

    However, when he was escorting the warship, whenever Luffy was eating heartlessly, Karp couldn''t help but punch him down...

    This grandson ate himself happily...

    The grandfather next to me can''t eat at all!

    Now Luffy''s mental state is obviously not very good, but a person''s voice suddenly made him feel energetic: "Hey, Luffy, why are you here too!"

    "Shanks!"

    Luffy¡¯s face immediately grew a little bit more, his eyes gleaming at the red-haired Shanks in a prison, and he smiled and said: "Hehehehe... I almost forgot, Shanks, you''ve been caught They caught it!"

    "..."

    A smile appeared on Shanks'' face, and he didn''t care about his embarrassment at all. He chuckled and asked aloud: "Did you see Ben Beckman? How are they?"

    "Well, not bad."

    Luffy nodded and continued with a grin: "Your new ship is bigger than our new ship! Thanks to Beckman for lending us a lot of money, and I will return it to him when I find the great treasure. !"

    "it is good!"

    Shanks smiled and nodded.

    Shanks originally hoped that Luffy could become the most famous big pirate in the world, they would meet officially and bring back the promised token straw hat...

    I didn''t expect...

    They did not meet at sea...

    Now they met in the dungeon on Judicial Island.

    This feeling is really strange!

    Bang!

    Karp, who was standing next to him, hit Luffy''s head with a fist, glanced at Shanks coldly, and said in a deep voice, "Luffy, if you hadn''t heard the red-haired bewitched, you wouldn¡¯t fall. To the same level as him!"

    "Grandpa, I want to be a pirate by myself!"

    Luffy raised his head and looked at Karp stubbornly, hitting the ground with a fist, and said in a deep voice, "As long as you do it, it doesn''t matter if you die for it!"

    "But you immediately..."

    Just as Karp was about to say a few more words, the person in the next cell suddenly leaped on the railing: "Luffy Straw Hat! You bastard!"

    "Ha, Bucky!"

    Luffy''s face suddenly disappeared, could not help but grin, scratching his head happily, looking at the person being held in another cell.

    It''s Bucky the Clown.

    Bucky the Clown was arrested by Smogg.

    Because Bucky the clown, like Shanks, was once an intern on the One Piece ship, he was also sent to the dungeon on Judicial Island, and his cell was next to Shanks¡¯s cell.

    to be frank¡­

    The arrival of Bucky the Clown made Shanks a lot happy.

    In any case, the two of them used to be playmates in their youth, and it is not easy to get together now, but Bucky is a bit too noisy!

    of course¡­

    Fortunately, there are people who can hold Bucky here.

    Just when Bucky was about to curse Luffy, an old man''s dull voice interrupted Bucky: "Bucky, don''t be too noisy, I have a headache..."

    "..."

    Bucky''s voice stopped abruptly.

    It was Kurokas, the former ship doctor of their Roger Pirates.

    "what!"

    The smile on Luffy''s face suddenly became even bigger, and he couldn''t help but laugh and said, "Kuro...Kuro... why are you here too! How about Rab?"

    Luffy turned his head to look at Kurokas, and before Kurokas could answer, he smiled and continued: "By the way, I have found Brook, and now Bullock is the musician on our ship!"

    When the Straw Hat Pirates rushed to the Chambordian Islands, Luffy encountered Moonlight Moria¡¯s territory and defeated the king''s Qiwuhai, which also caused the king''s Qiwuhai to be abolished by the medicine master. Make room for Marshall D. Titch...

    On the site of Moonlight Moria, Luffy also saw Brook, the captain of the Rumba Pirates who was once followed by the whale Rab, but Brook has only the skeleton left...

    Kurokas walked to the cell and looked at Luffy grinning, his face couldn''t help but show a smile: "Ha, it looks like you have a wonderful journey, Straw Hat..."

    "he he he he he¡­"

    Luffy smiled and scratched his head.

    Along the way, although their voyage to the Chambord Islands came to an abrupt end, the Straw Hat Pirates had a lot of experience...

    Luffy looked at a few people in the cell, and continued with a smile: "I didn''t expect to meet someone so familiar here, I feel that it is actually good here..."

    "This idiot..."

    A flash of anger flashed across Bucky''s face.

    However, after hearing Luffy''s words, the red-haired Shanks and Kurokas couldn''t help but laugh out loud, obviously the arrival of Monkey D. Luffy added a bit of vitality to the dungeon.

    "All right."

    Karp watched Luffy and a group of people reminisce, and interrupted them in a deep voice: "Luffy, now go to see the two **** Ace and Sabo! You three imps¡¯ cells are all together, one by one. It¡¯s a careless guy..."

    "Ace and Sabo are here too!"

    Luffy rubbed his cheeks, instantly refreshed, his eyes were a little shining, his palms propped his cheeks and shouted into the dungeon: "Hey, Ace, Sabo, I''ll come to you Up!"

    Even though the place where the three brothers reunited was the dungeon of Judicial Island, it was still difficult to hide the joy in Lu Fei''s heart, and there was nothing happier than the reunion of the brothers!

    Just as Karp was leaving with Luffy, the red-haired Shanks suddenly called Karp, and asked with a serious face, "Mr. Karp, even if Luffy is arrested, it should be the cause. Pelton, shouldn''t you be locked into Judicial Island?"

    Karp frowned, his face slowly showing a touch of anger: "Because Luffy killed three rubbish..."

    "Dragon?"

    Shanks understood immediately.

    There is indeed too much **** inside the Tianlongren.

    Luffy pulled out his ears, with some doubts and regrets on his face: "I just scared them, but they were scared to death..."

    In fact...

    When they were in the Chambord Islands, the few Celestials were all frightened and fainted by the overlord look that erupted directly from Furious Luffy, but someone made a little trick on them.

    At last¡­

    The Tianlong people died in this conflict.

    However, the pharmacist who was responsible for investigating the death of the Dragonite personally made this matter into an iron case. Afterwards, every agent C who was responsible for protecting the Dragonite disappeared.

    According to the words of the pharmacist...

    They were sacrificed for the Tianlong people.

    Shanks glanced at Luffy, then at Karp, leaning against the wall of his cell, nodding slowly, "I see."

    They did not continue to communicate.

    After Karp and Luffy left, a voice came from another cell: "Hey, ShanksIs that kid the one you chose? Roger''s straw hat is on his head. !"

    "Yes¡­"

    Shanks nodded and said with a grin: "How about, Barrett, do you think Luffy is good, too?"

    "Huh, so so..."

    The man in the cell was still unsatisfied, but he suddenly said, "We have all been sent here. Didn''t that old fellow Lely come in?"

    "do not know¡­"

    Shanks frowned.

    They are isolated from the outside world in the dungeon, and don''t even know the news outside.

    Xia Qi, who was supposed to be sent to Judicial Island with Lu Fei and others, was not sent to Judicial Island with Lu Fei, but was detained alone by Pharmacist.

    Because Xia Qi...

    Know too much!

    Monkey D. Karp and Monkey D. Luffy continued to walk into the depths of the cell. There were coffins everywhere in this dungeon, which made people feel chilly.

    Luffy watched all this, but looked curiously at the bottles of coffins: "Oh? Why are these things here?"

    "Don''t ask so much!"

    Karp hit Luffy''s head with a punch, and said angrily, "Because the old man doesn''t know either!"

    "...I don''t know if I don''t know..."

    Luffy scratched his head and continued to look at the coffin in the dungeon for himself.

    "Hey, Luffy!"

    From the depths of the dungeon, the voices of Ace and Sabo came.

    "Ace! Sabo!"

    Luffy hurried a few steps in surprise.

    Even though the place where they met was not right, there was still an insincere smile on their faces, and the three brothers were finally reunited under the dark dungeon.

    They didn''t know...

    The whole sea has become turbulent.

 Chapter 564ï¼š Hancock: Your art is so ugly...

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    Great route.

    The new world, the white beard sea area,

    The atmosphere on the entire Moby Dick was a bit heavy.

    Everyone''s face is not pretty, because they all saw the first name on the public execution list in the news headlines, which is the official declaration of war by the Navy.

    The place of war...

    It''s Marin Vandor, the headquarters of the Navy!

    Asking a group of Four Emperors Pirates to attack the navy headquarters is undoubtedly surrendering its own advantages, but now the firefist Ace is in the hands of the navy...

    Just as everyone was depressed, after reading the newspaper, the white beard sitting in the chair suddenly grinned and said, "Gum la la la la... Warring States, this is going to return my son to Lao Tzu! Young ones, let''s pick up Ai Si is home!"

    "Roar!"

    "Finally found Ace''s place!"

    "It''s time to bring our brother back!"

    The whole Moby Dick suddenly became lively.

    Sasuke Uchiha was holding the newspaper in his hand. After reading the sentence list, he put down the juice in his hand, turned to look at Marco, and stretched out his palm toward Marco: "Hey, Marco, help me Take a bottle of wine..."

    "what?"

    Marco couldn''t help tilting his head. How could Sasuke Uchiha, who was so impatient to drink juice, suddenly start to drink?

    Every pirate heard what Sasuke said...

    Everyone looked at Sasuke involuntarily...

    The next moment, when they saw Sasuke Uchiha reaching out to take a bottle of wine, holding a large bowl filled with wine, they raised it to Edward Newgate with the white beard: "Hey, old guy, this bowl The wine is to you..."

    "Goo la la la la la..."

    The smile on White Beard¡¯s face was even stronger. He also picked up a bottle of wine and raised it towards Sasuke Uchiha at a distance: "Our little devil is finally about to grow up!"

    "Hahahahahaha... Father is right!"

    "The little guy Sasuke... has grown up!"

    "I can finally drink, Sasuke!"

    "After drinking this bowl of wine, let''s save Ace together!"

    It was obviously the dignity before the war, but Moby Dick didn''t seem to notice it, and it instantly became a sea of ??joy.

    The three Moby Dick carried the entire Whitebeard Pirate Group towards the first half of the great route, and as they advanced, one after another continued to join in.

    These are the affiliated pirates of the White Beard Pirate Group...

    Their purpose is only...

    Rescue their companion, Firefist Ace!

    Just as the White Beard Pirates rushed to Malin Vatican, this naval headquarters was still under construction, because there were a lot of people to be executed publicly...

    It¡¯s just a punishment stand alone, which is more than ten times more than the original project...

    After all, in addition to the Fire Fist Ace, there are also a group of cadres of the Revolutionary Army, former members of the Roger Pirates...These people are all famous people, can''t let them all be crowded in one place, right?

    Navy conference room.

    The Warring States of Buddha frowned, looking at a group of sentenced names, couldn''t help but say: "The enemy we were going to face..."

    "Don''t worry about this problem."

    Pharmacist interrupted the words of the Warring States Period, and pushed his own glasses and said, "Marin Fando has gathered 100,000 navies, more than a dozen lieutenants of the navy headquarters, three generals of the navy headquarters, seven kings under Qiwuhai, and thousands of CPs. The elite force of agents..."

    The pharmacist looked around at everyone present, and calmly continued: "This force is only used to deal with a group of white beard pirates, it is too wasteful..."

    "..."

    The Warring States of Buddha shook his head, and asked another question: "What about the Beast Pirate Group and the BIG¡¤MOM Pirate Group?"

    Because the remnants of the White Beard Pirate Group and the Red Hair Pirate Group must participate in this war, plus the revolutionary army, if there is one more eventful Four Emperor Pirate Group, perhaps the direction of this war will be Can''t control...

    "Don''t worry about this..."

    The pharmacist took a glance at the Warring States Period, and said with a light smile: "What we have to do now is to concentrate on destroying the White Beard Pirates..."

    ßËßËßË...

    At this moment, a naval soldier knocked on the door and reported softly: "Lieutenant General Pharmacist Pocket, except for Marshall D. Titch, the other kings, Qiwuhai, have now arrived at Malin Vandor..."

    Jiaodu.

    Mihawk.

    Doflamingo.

    Dried persimmon ghost shark.

    Deidara.

    Boya Hancock.

    The six kings, Qiwuhai, all rushed to the port of Marin Vatican, and these big pirates will join the battle as the naval force in this war.

    perhaps¡­

    Stand on the side of the navy for the time being.

    In the port of Marine Vatican.

    Boya Hancock frowned his brows, and looked at the other kings Qiwuhai with disgust.

    Although she doesn''t like having a man come together...

    But... what''s the matter with these guys?

    The world''s number one beauty is here, but these men talked together and ignored her?

    There is a problem!

    Originally, Boa Hancock did not want to accept the call, but Guroliosa and his two sisters hoped that she could participate in this world war. After all, this war determines the direction of the world, and they cannot judge the true victory or defeat. By¡­

    Most importantly, Boya Hancock¡¯s sisters hope that their sisters will try to see if Xia Qi can be rescued in this war... If it weren¡¯t for Xia Qi, perhaps the three of their sisters had already been killed.

    Doflamingo clenched his fist tightly, and the smile on his face was a little crazy: "Hey, hey, hey...Finally waited until today..."

    "Yes¡­"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark also grinned slowly.

    The real protagonist of this war has never been a navy or a pirate!

    The strongest group of people and the most powerful forces in the world gathered together, and the enemy they really had to deal with was Akatsuki!

    For this moment...

    These people have worked hard for three years!

    These three years... seem to have been going well.

    Deidara ignored them, only holding a miniature doll that looked similar to him, using clay to add and subtract.

    Just as Deidara was done, and nodded in satisfaction, she was about to put the clay into her bag, but a voice came from her ear.

    "ugly."

    Empress Boa Hancock shook her head and glanced at the doll in Deidara''s hand with disgust: "What an ugly man..."

    "..."

    Dedala''s expression stiffened for a moment.

    The next moment, Deidara shook the doll in her hand suddenly, and wanted to hit Boya Hancock and blow up the world''s number one beauty along with the entire Marin Vando!

    How dare this woman insult his art!

    Fortunately, the dried persimmon ghost shark stopped Deidara in advance, grinning and said: "Forget it, Deidara, if the king Qiwuhai fights in Marin Vando, the impact will not be very good!"

    "I''m going to blow that woman away!"

    No matter what, Deidara would throw the doll in his hand to Boa Hancock: "You guy dare to insult my art!"

    Boyahancock fluffed up her hair, and she seemed to be a little graceful. The disgust in her eyes was almost undisguised: "Really, my concubine is with a child like you, and I use children''s stuff as art... "

    "Your Excellency Hancock, just say a few words!"

    The dried persimmon ghost shark grinned and continued with a light smile: "It''s not that simple for anyone who can stand here!"

    "Yes."

    Doflamingo grinned, and slowly walked up: "I don''t want Malin Vando to be bombed by Mr. Deidara before the war begins!"

    Hawkeye Mihawk didn''t bother to pay attention to them.

    Jiao Du didn''t even bother to care about these people who couldn''t bring him wealth.

    Boya Hancock snorted proudly: "It doesn''t matter if Malin Vando is bombed into the sky..."

    "There are relationships."

    The pharmacist walked over slowly, pushed his glasses, and whispered: "Before our real guests arrive here, as a lieutenant admiral and inspector, I don''t want you to do anything unusual..."

    With the arrival of King Qiwuhai...

    All the forces that can be deployed in the entire navy finally come together!

    Hawkeye Mihawk looked at the port and asked in a cold voice, "Is the newly appointed Qiwuhai not here?"

    That Qiwuhai...

    It is also one of the root causes of war.

    If it hadn''t been for the pirate named Marshall D. Titch to collude with the navy to capture Ace, this super-scale world war would not have occurred!

    The pharmacist shook his head and said softly: "Marshall D. Titch is allowed to visit friends in Impelton."

    Just as the king''s Qiwuhai arrived...

    Marshall D. Titch is still rushing to the Great Prison Impelton in his own boat. He wants to get some powerful manpower in the Great Prison before going to participate in this war!

    fortunately¡­

    He took the position of the last king, Qiwuhai!

    Of course, in Tiqi¡¯s view, this is what he should have done, after all, it was Tiqi and Heijue who released the news that made the world government compelled to abolish Moonlight Moria...

    "Thief hahahaha..."

    Blackbeard Marshall D. Titch stands on his bow, UU reading www. uukanshu.com stood beside him a few members of the Blackbeard Pirate Group, and behind them stood a group of demon fruit capable people, these were Bai Jue who was strengthened by Blackbeard Titch...

    "Conquer this world..."

    Marshall D. Titch looked at the sea, and the smile on his face gradually became more and more crazy: "In a few days, when they all think this is their era, what they don¡¯t know is that this era is long I wrote Lao Tzu''s name! Thief hahahahahahaha..."

    In addition to taking in powerful pirates as his subordinates...

    Blackbeard''s target is also the devil fruit abilities imprisoned by Impelton. He wants to use these to strengthen his white army, and then go to participate in that world war!

    that time¡­

    Blackbeard will let everyone know that the apex of this sea must be written with the name Marshall D. Titch!

    Hearing Hei Jue''s words, a group of Bai Jue standing behind the members of the Black Beard Pirate Group looked at each other, and the group of Bai Jue grinned with weird smiles...

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record this (Chapter 565 Hancock: Your Art is so Ugly...) reading record, and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 565ï¼š Encounter of the Pirates

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    Chambord Islands.

    Recently, there are more and more pirates here.

    Since the announcement of the Navy¡¯s execution list, countless pirates have flocked to them, some want to watch the upcoming world war up close, and some want to take this opportunity to enter the second half of the great route and become the new four emperors.

    after all¡­

    Shanks the red-haired is about to be executed.

    Moreover, the battle between the Whitebeard Pirates and the Navy has already begun. If Whitebeard loses, the four emperors will immediately vacate two positions. This is not a big temptation for some ambitious pirates. .

    Some people even saw the golden lion Shiji of the last era haunt this area, the big pirate who once captured Malin Vando with his own power!

    indeed¡­

    Golden Lion Shiji arrived here.

    The legendary big pirate rushed here, in addition to wanting to intervene in this world war, but also to attract the Hades King Raleigh who appeared in the Chambord Islands.

    Da Da Da Da...

    The sound of two sharp swords stepping on the stone slab was a bit crisp.

    Because many years ago, when the Golden Lion Shiji escaped from the Great Prison Impelton, he cut off his feet in order to get rid of the shackles. Later, Shiji replaced his legs with two former sabers...

    no doubt¡­

    This is a cruel man.

    Golden Lion Shiji stepped on two swords and walked into a coating factory. Step by step, he walked to the vicinity of a busy coating worker. He grinned slowly and said with a big smile: "We have twenty Haven''t seen you in years! Raleigh!"

    "Wait a minute, I''m still working..."

    Pluto Raleigh reached out and took up the coating to cover the hull. After finishing all this, he slowly patted his palms and turned his head to look at Shiji. He couldn''t help but smile at the corners of his mouth: "It looks like we are all old. Oh..."

    Twenty years have passed...

    After the Battle of Ait Wall, they never saw them again, and now they are all old people who used to dominate the great route...

    Even the golden lion Shiji gradually got wrinkles, and the majestic Pirate Admiral, now alone, appeared here.

    To say bluntly...

    The Golden Lion Shiji was once the most powerful of the three big sea pirates in the legend, but it is a pity that the Golden Lion Shiji''s large ship group was completely destroyed by a sudden storm in the Battle of Ait Vol. ¡­

    Now all of this has passed.

    Now there are only two elderly people left in this factory.

    "Humph¡­"

    Golden Lion Shiji shook his head and did not approve of Rayleigh''s statement. His body gradually floated, slowly spreading his arms, and grinned: "What is age? As long as I am still alive, this world will sooner or later. It''s all Lao Tzu!"

    Golden Lion Shiji clenched his fist sharply, and said with a feverish face: "Roger has been dead for twenty years! Come out and follow me again, Raleigh! I heard about what happened in Shampoo. It''s something, you guy is obviously not old yet!"

    Golden Lion Shiji almost laughed arrogantly on his face: "A world war that can change, as long as we join hands, we can regain everything we had before!"

    Originally, the Golden Lion Shiji only wanted to intervene in this unprecedented world war. It was only after hearing the news of Pluto Raleigh that the Golden Lion Shiji came to Chambord Islands specially and wanted to intervene in this world war. All strength is important!

    "I reject."

    Pluto Raleigh shook his head, holding his glasses to look at the old Shiji, and whispered: "I didn''t expect this war to also attract you?"

    "Hahahahaha..."

    The golden lion Shiji floated in the air, smiling wildly and looking down at Raleigh: "Such a grand scene hasn''t passed in twenty years, right?

    This time I want to take a good look at what the white beard guy will do to Malin Vando! Humph, if I''m dissatisfied..."

    "Goo la la la la... I shouldn''t let you down!"

    Just at this moment, a burst of bold laughter interrupted Shiji.

    Edward Newgate, the white beard, walked in with his own knife, raised his head and looked at the events in the air, grinning: "Goo la la la... no matter where you are, you want to make a big move, you Still hasn''t changed his temper...Ski..."

    "Newgate..."

    Golden Lion Shiji''s eyes flashed, staring at the white beard, and the next moment his smile on his face was even stronger: "I haven''t seen him for so many years, let me see how much power you have now. Right!"

    While Skee suddenly opened his palms and was thinking about doing it here, Reilly interrupted him loudly: "Ski, this is not your place to go wild!"

    "Goo la la la la... yes..."

    Whitebeard Edward Newgate couldn''t help laughing a few times, then slowly turned his head to look at Raleigh: "Raleigh, can you coat it here, right?"

    "..."

    Raleigh was silent for a second.

    The next moment, Lei Li nodded slowly, pushed his glasses, smiled and said, "But my price is not low..."

    "Just ask for your price!"

    Baibeard opened his palms indifferently, and smiled slightly: "The most precious treasure in the world is ONEPIECE. You have seen it long ago... Hell la la la... Any other price, you can open it!"

    "I want to take your boat."

    Raleigh''s words made White Beard''s expression immediately serious.

    However, Raleigh didn''t say anything. He just said softly: "Just take your boat into Malin Vatican, don''t think too much, Newgate..."

    "I never thought about it like this..."

    White Beard grinned a few times, and slowly shook his head, "Is it for Kurokas? Or is it for the little girl Xia Qi?"

    White Beard also read the Navy''s sentence list.

    It is precisely because of seeing Xia Qi¡¯s name that Edward Newgate, the white beard, came to ask if Rayleigh would go with him. He could take a paragraph...

    Unexpectedly, Raleigh took the initiative to propose...

    Lei Li nodded solemnly, leaned over to get his own sticking tool, and said solemnly: "That would be better!"

    "Hey! Don''t ignore Lao Tzu!"

    The face of Golden Lion Shiji is a bit unsightly.

    Golden Lion Shiji looked at the two people on the ground, his palms suddenly turned to initiate a violent wind, but a gravitational force suddenly sucked him from the air!

    I don''t know when...

    A young figure stood beside the white beard, and stretched out his palm towards the golden lion Shiji. His eyes have different weird looks!

    It is Uchiha Sasuke!

    "Vientiane Tianyin!"

    Sasuke Uchiha manipulated gravity to attract Shiji, and his other palm slammed out of the supreme sharp knife!

    In the next moment, a blade of light flashed by!

    This knife seemed extremely cruel, and Sasuke Uchiha seemed to want to sever the golden lion Shiji''s body directly. It seems that the legendary big pirate will fall here in the next second!

    however¡­

    Baibeard waved his own Cong Yunqi and stopped the sword light!

    Clang!

    The sound of the collision of two supreme sharp knives is exceptionally crisp!

    Whitebeard stopped Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s offense, and slowly shook his head at him: "Sasuke, don¡¯t worry, this guy is not our enemy now..."

    "I know."

    Sasuke Uchiha slowly retracted his sword, and the appearance of Sasuke Uchiha made Golden Lion Shiji and Hades King Raleigh frowned at the same time.

    However, Edward Newgate Whitebeard didn¡¯t care about Sasuke Uchiha¡¯s sharp hands, and slowly put away his clumping knife, and continued with a smile: "Well, wait for me for a while, wait for me and Old friends will go to you when they renew their past..."

    "I know."

    Sasuke Uchiha nodded slowly. UU Reading

    Sasuke Uchiha did not hesitate, but left the coating factory on his own. He originally noticed the power of the Golden Lion Shiji, and all Sasuke had to intervene...

    According to Marco...

    Before the start of the war, their father must not be injured.

    Just as Uchiha Sasuke left the coating factory and returned to the Mobi Dick, a group of people watched Sasuke winkingly: "Hey, Sasuke, shall we go to destroy this naval base in Chambord? I remember the navy stationed here. The Lieutenant General once helped capture Ace..."

    "No."

    Sasuke Uchiha''s mouth twitched, and he couldn''t help but shook his head and said, "Bista, Joz, don''t worry about it until I rescue Ace!"

    Really...

    Let Sasuke not know what to say.

    In the past, whenever Sasuke wanted to destroy a base, a group of pirates would try to persuade him to give up the idea.

    The result is now...

    The man stationed in the Chambord Islands is Uehara Naraku...

    The pirates of this group of white beard pirates have become bolder! The more you can''t provoke, the more you want to provoke someone?

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click "Favorites" below to record the reading record of this time (Chapter 566 The Encounter of the Pirate Party), and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 566ï¼š Before the war began, Mary Joa was surrounded

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    Fortunately, Sasuke Uchiha did not lose his mind.

    If it weren¡¯t for him to stop the White Beard Pirates, the White Beard Pirates might not have to go to Malinfandu, or they would be arrested and put on the execution list together...

    Create a mighty war...

    And in this war, controlling the world in his hands, whether it is power or influence, seems to be the purpose of Uehara Naraku.

    For example, in the Ninja World, Uehara Naraku single-handedly led the fourth Ninja World War. The final result was good, but the entire Ninja mentality collapsed...

    but¡­

    The mentality of people in this world seems stronger, right?

    In any case, this war is now inevitable, unless Uehara Naraku is willing to intervene strongly to stop this war.

    After the entire Whitebeard Pirates regiment, the three Mobydicks were all coated, they hurriedly dived and rushed to Marine Headquarters Malin Vandor with Pluto Raleigh.

    Besides them...

    There are also two remnants of the previous generation.

    Pluto Silbaz Raleigh and Golden Lion Shiji.

    As for all the affiliated pirate regiments, all the collective actions were directed towards Malin Vandor, and the warships that monitored the Whitebeard Pirate regiment along the way were all cleaned by them...

    The City of Seven Waters.

    When the White Beard Pirates were rushing to Malin Vatican, the new Red Forth, which was staying in the City of Seven Waters, also set off to the direction of Marine Headquarters, Malin Vatican. They were the rest of the Red-haired Pirates.

    Impelton Prison.

    A warship stopped here. At this time, the King Qiwuhai Marshall D. Titch entered the Impelton Prison and broke into the bottom of this large prison happily.

    Just at this time¡­

    A large ship group took the opportunity to slowly bypass Impelton Grand Prison, and entered the whirlpool current through the justice gate of the Grand Prison, headed by a large dragon-head ship.

    This is the main force of the Revolutionary Army.

    The White Beard Pirates, the rest of the Redhead Pirates, and the revolutionary army were all driving in the direction of Malin Vando. They will arrive at the navy headquarters today.

    Navy headquarters.

    Marin Vando.

    This island is on guard as never before, and hundreds of thousands of naval forces have accumulated in the square of Marin Vando. A group of lieutenants of the navy headquarters are standing inside, directing their subordinates to inspect their weapons, ready to participate in battle...

    Every lieutenant admiral of the navy headquarters is like thunder!

    Lieutenant General Ghost Spider...

    Lieutenant General Doberman...

    ...

    Lieutenant General Huoshaoshan...

    Lieutenant Maynard...

    These lieutenants who made the pirates fearful in the great route, except for a head lieutenant who put them to shame, all gathered here...

    "Speaking of which, what about Lieutenant General Uehara?"

    Maynard bit his cigarette and slowly said, "Until today, hasn''t that guy been transferred over from the Chambord Islands?"

    "Should it not?"

    The ghost spider frowned and said in a low voice: "A person who has offended a staff member can still be stationed in the shampoo field. It is already a good arrangement for him!"

    "This is already very generous."

    Flying Squirrel shook his head and explained softly: "His strength obviously can''t match the rank of the lieutenant general of the department. If he can be a commander in a branch base, he always feels that he is not responsible for the lives of the soldiers in the branch..."

    "Don''t talk about that guy, have all the Qi Wuhai under the king come?"

    "There is still one Marshall Titch who hasn''t arrived. The other kings, Qiwuhai, are already here..."

    "Today... I hope everything goes well!"

    "Yes¡­"

    "I hope fewer soldiers will die..."

    "Don''t worry about this kind of problem. When will the battle arranged by the pharmacist''s pocket have too much sacrifice, if the battle damage rate exceeds 50%, it must be a problem with us commanders!"

    "That''s a white beard..."

    "And the restless fellows of the Revolutionary Army!"

    A group of lieutenant generals gathered here and chatted lively. Everyone had no smile on their faces, because they didn¡¯t know if there would be tomorrow after today...

    Nowadays¡­

    It is the day of public execution!

    With the help of the buffer time of the previous week, the Navy continued to deploy troops and generals to build Marin Vando¡¯s defensive front, thereby maximizing their geographical advantages.

    A long row of execution stands is located in the center of Marin Vandor Square.

    All the pirates, revolutionary army cadres, etc. on the public execution list have been escorted to the dungeon of Marin Vando, and they will be executed by the navy today.

    And below the execution platform...

    That is the defensive line of the three generals of the navy headquarters.

    Red dog, green pheasant, yellow ape.

    The highest combat power of the navy headquarters has gathered here.

    Now the three admirals of the Navy are sitting under the execution platform receiving the attention of one hundred thousand navy, but the three of them are still chatting in different moods.

    However, they were not talking about the White Beard Pirates.

    Aka Dog sat on the chair in the center, turned his head and glanced at the green pheasant, with a lingering irritability on his face: "Huh, what does Akatsuki mean? This war was caused by their single-handed manipulation. , But still not showing up yet?"

    "You are also a member of Akatsuki, Sakaski..."

    The green pheasant shook his head, his expression still calm: "But don''t worry, you should receive news today..."

    "Yes."

    Huang Yuan pursed his mouth, and smiled and persuaded his fellow villagers: "Sakaski, there is no need to worry at all. When Akatsuki has no orders, we only need to do what we want to do. As for they gave orders. After the order, it¡¯s fine to execute it..."

    Even if the three major generals of the navy headquarters all joined the Akatsuki organization, they still took a different path after all, but this time there were obvious differences.

    In the navy, the red dog is obviously a strong-armed hawk and has always advocated eliminating all pirates at all costs; however, in the Akatsuki organization, the red dog has become a weird dove again, advocating that Akatsuki should not overly interfere with the navy. ¡­

    Compared to the red dog...

    The green pheasant, the old rival of the red dog, is obviously different.

    In the navy, the green pheasant is a dove with a slightly gentle wrist and has his two-sided approach to everything; however, in the Akatsuki organization, the blue pheasant has become a weird eagle brand, and I hope Akatsuki will replace it. The world government takes over the navy and ends the era of great pirates...

    Because Akatsuki is very strong.

    Perhaps it is precisely because the strength of the Akatsuki organization is too strong, and the Akatsuki organization is not as ruthless as the world government towards the bottom level. They even encourage more civilians to become stronger and stronger, and then these powerful people will join the Akatsuki organization...

    It''s ridiculous.

    Compared with the red dog and the blue pheasant...

    Huang Yuan''s mentality is relatively mild.

    If Akatsuki takes over the navy, with his strength and status, he can continue to carry out his ambiguous justice in the future and do whatever he wants;

    If Akatsuki does not interfere too much with the navy, relying on his status as a general, he will do whatever he wants...

    Huang Yuan has no advantages, but has an excellent mentality.

    Even if he learned that the blue pheasant and the red dog are both Akatsuki''s members, Huang Yuan can quickly correct his mentality and merge the undercover dual identities of the admiral and Akatsuki.

    "Humph! At least let us know their purpose!"

    Hearing Huang Yuan''s words, Chi Inu hugged his arm and snorted coldly, and said in a deep voice, "The Xiao group...do you want to use the navy to eliminate the White Beard Pirates?"

    "impossible."

    The green pheasant interrupted the red dog with a word, and slowly said, "According to their strength, it is not difficult to do this kind of thing, right?"

    "Who knows..."

    Huang Yuan smiled and continued: "Maybe you want to conquer the world? Qiwuhai seems to have a good conversation..."

    "Humph¡­"

    The red dog coldly looked at Qiwuhai, the king over there, and said, "Except for the woman Boa Hancock, everyone else is their own..."

    "Sakarski is our own."

    The green pheasant looked up at the sky and corrected the red dog.

    Marin Vando defensive front.

    There is the seat of the King''s Seven Wuhai.

    The navy obviously wanted to use Qi Wuhai under the king as a role in the charge, and Qi Wuhai under the king had no opinion.

    Except for Marshall D. Titch, the other six Qiwuhai are in front of the Marin Vatican defense line, and a group of them chatted casually here.

    It seems that there is no shortage of topics for chatting among these kings, and even the outsider Boa Hancock has a faint feeling...

    In fact, the relationship between the king''s Qiwuhai is pretty good.

    As the center of the entire Marin Vandor battlefield, Yakushidou is the commander-in-chief of this war, and the Warring States of Buddha as the navy marshal, the two of them are now standing on the execution platform.

    In addition to them, there is Lieutenant General Karp.

    Because there are three Luffy brothers on the list of executions today.

    The Warring States Period of Buddha didn''t want Karp to do stupid things, so he let Karp stand here. In case Karp did anything stupid, he could stop this old friend at any time.

    "Three hours ago, the remnant party of the Redhead Pirates, Ben Beckman, provided supplies in the Capital of Seven Waters; two and a half hours ago, the leader of the revolutionary army, Dorag, appeared in the Imperial Prison. Nearby; an hour ago, the White Beard Pirates disappeared from our surveillance."

    The pharmacist touched the phone worm in his hand, and calmly continued: "Calculated based on time, it seems that they will rush to Malin Vandor from the Chambord area soon..."

    "Are everything ready?"

    The Buddha Sengoku frowned, looking down at the navy in Marin Vandor Square, and said solemnly: "Even if you have one hundred thousand elites, you may not be able to easily get rid of the white beard, not to mention the guy Sasuke Uchiha and Dorag ¡­"

    As an opponent who once chased and killed Baibeard in the north, the Warring States of Buddha knew the power of Baibeard very well, and also knew what energy that guy could burst out when he was really angry!

    Destroy Marin Vando...

    Not a problem for White Beard!

    "There is nothing to worry about."

    The pharmacist shook his head and said with a light smile: "In addition to the navy, the CP agents will all participate in the war. It is more than enough to solve them..."

    In the dungeon of Malin Vando.

    Coffins are placed here.

    One by one, ninjas reincarnated from the dirt came out of the coffin.

    Standing in front of this group of unclean ninjas is a group of agents in uniforms, all of them are the Anbu Shinobu of various ninja villages. At this moment, they are looking at the frontmost figures in awe!

    None, the second generation of soil shadows.

    Ghost lantern magic moon, second generation water shadow.

    Ai, three generations of Raikage.

    Luo Sha, four generations of Fengying.

    Sarutobi Ri cut, three generations of Hokage.

    As for the first generation Naruto, second generation Naruto, fourth generation Naruto and Uchiha Madara, they are not here now.

    In addition to these CP agents, there is also a group of pacifist machines from the naval scientific force, which will become a weapon for harvesting pirates!

    Now, everything is ready.

    All the combat power of the entire navy headquarters has been assembled ~ www.novelhall.com ~ The live telephone worm has also been opened.

    "It''s almost time."

    The Warring States of Buddha took a look at Zhou Haijun¡¯s formation, took a piece of paper in his hand, walked to the microphone in the center of the execution platform, and said softly: "First bring all the people..."

    Sorry...

    Sorry...

    The voice of the telephone bug rang quickly.

    The brows of the Warring States Period of Buddha couldn''t help but frowned. At this critical juncture, when the whole world is paying attention, who will call him?

    The Warring States Period of Buddha slowly turned around and walked to the side, connected to the phone worm, and seeing the appearance on the phone worm, his expression suddenly became strange...

    Because the person who called him was Wu Lao Xing.

    The expression of the Buddha in the Warring States period is subtle, what is the situation? Why would Wu Lao Xing call him a phone bug? Wouldn''t it be enough to go directly to the pharmacist of their five old guys!

    However, when the Warring States period was just connected to the phone worm...

    One of the five old stars hurriedly fell into the ears of the Warring States: "Warring States, Mary Joa is surrounded. Now send all the navies to come to support, the speed must be fast!"

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record the reading record of this time (Mary Joa who was surrounded before the war begins in Chapter 567), and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 567ï¼š What bad thoughts can Xiao have, they just want to destroy Mary...

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    to be frank.

    The Warring States period felt that what the Five Old Stars said was a bit outrageous.

    Now a war that determines the fate of the world is about to start, the navy and the pirates are about to decide in Marin Vando whether the wave of the great pirate era is greater, or the prelude to the end of the great pirate era!

    at this time¡­

    Wu Lao Xing suddenly asked him to transfer the navy to Mary Joa.

    The reason given by Wu Lao Xing is that the holy place of Mary Joa is surrounded by people.

    Mariahia is the seat of all the government departments of the world, and it is located at the highest point of the red earth continent. How could anyone surround Mariahia?

    Where did the enemy come from?

    Even though a large number of CP agents were deployed to protect the Dracos for the war, the safety of the Holy Land Mariejoa still has a lot of army guards, and it is absolutely impossible that after the enemy has surrounded Mariejoa, there will be news of requesting support. ¡­

    When Warring States thought of this, he suddenly turned his head to look at Pharmacist''s pocket, because Mary Joa''s garrison and the CP agents stationed there were always in charge of Pharmacist''s pocket.

    "What happened?"

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around and glanced at the Warring States Period of Buddha. He smiled and pointed his finger at the phone bug in his hand: "This war is about to begin, Marshal Lord, don''t answer phone bugs from unrelated personnel, right? ?"

    "..."

    The expression of Warring States gradually became gloomy.

    As a confidant of Wu Lao Xing, Yao Shi Dou shouldn''t have said such things. Obviously Wu Lao Xing has always been the backing behind Yao Shi Dou...

    Five old stars...

    When did it become irrelevant...

    Obviously yesterday when they held a combat meeting in the conference room, the fellow Yao Shidou opened his mouth and used the name of the five old stars to suppress him, the admiral!

    Why did you become an unrelated person today...

    "The pharmacist pocket!"

    The five old star on the other side of the phone worm heard the voice of the pharmacist''s pocket, and the entire phone worm immediately trembled, and there was a burst of suppressed anger from the five old star: "Tell us, what the **** is going on, why...the CP agent didn¡¯t report it. News from the enemy..."

    Another angry voice of the five old stars also came in: "Didn''t you say that all the intelligence is in the hands of the CP agent? Why did the Beast Pirates and the BIG¡¤MOM Pirates appear in Maria... "

    Wu Lao Xing¡¯s voice is almost always on the verge of running away, if the pharmacist is around them, these old people will never mind tearing the pharmacist''s pocket to pieces!

    Because of this...

    The five old stars did not call the insect medicine doctor''s pocket at the first time, because they realized that the medicine doctor''s pocket is not reliable anymore, this guy may be cheating...

    This dead liar...

    It really deceived them!

    If it weren¡¯t for the pharmacist¡¯s swearing to ensure that the CP agents are monitoring the war between the Beast Pirates and the BIG¡¤MOM Pirates, they even pass on information to them from time to time, suggesting that CP agents be in the war between the two pirates. Put a hand...

    Fortunately, they really think that everything is under control!

    This is also because the success rate of all the strategies and strategies used by Pharmacist in the past few years has been too high, which has actually solved a lot of troubles for the world government, and made Wu Lao Xing full of trust in his judgment.

    Anyway, the pharmacist is not obedient, they can solve the pharmacist¡¯s...

    And the world government is too dependent on the CP spy department...

    The original CP department¡¯s agent loss rate has always been high. Pharmacists can only reinvigorate the CP department by means of major exchanges and large-scale recruitment, and this department has also become the most proud department of the world government...

    Of course, Wu Lao Xing also has high hopes for the CP department.

    The result is now...

    The enemies gathered and boarded the Red Earth Continent, and the CP agents did not report anything; the enemies had already surrounded Maria Joa, and the CP agents still did not report anything!

    The five old stars are going crazy!

    This thing...

    Make them all confused!

    In any case, Wu Lao Xing can''t figure it out a bit.

    Yesterday the world government was still the strongest power in the sea. Even when it was about to completely rule the world, the five elder stars were still imagining that after the victory of the war, the era of the great pirates could be completely ended, and they could also take the opportunity to ask all regions to contribute more. Lots of heavenly gold...

    Woke up this morning...

    The sacred place of the world government, Mary Gioia, was surrounded by enemies. The world government was on the verge of extinction overnight, and everyone could not help being dumbfounded...

    Overnight...

    From the apex, the world government is about to die...

    No matter who you are, you can''t even think about it happening now!

    Even the five old stars can''t accept this kind of thing... Of course, don''t say yes, no one can accept this kind of thing in Maria Joa.

    A five old star snatched the phone bug and said in a deep voice: "Yakata, explain clearly what is going on. Didn''t you mean that the war between the BIG¡¤MOM Pirate Group and the Beast Pirate Group is still going on? But they The two are outside the Holy Land City, and they have already decided to join forces!"

    This is unspeakable weird!

    Because some time ago, not many people in the whole world knew the whereabouts of the BIG¡¤MOM Pirate Group and the Beast Pirate Group, as if they had disappeared strangely...

    It''s just that the sea area of ??BIG¡¤MOM has indeed been invaded a lot.

    No one found their news...

    Only the CP department of Pharmacist Pocket can find the news.

    "Ugh¡­"

    The pharmacist took the phone bug in the Warring States hand, sighed, and said to the five old stars on the phone bug: "Don''t worry, the Beast Pirate Group and the BIG¡¤MOM Pirate Group shouldn''t worry about it, they It¡¯s just an affiliated pirate group of Akatsuki..."

    Just as the whole world is watching the navy, the White Beard Pirates, and the Redhead Pirates, the two Four Emperors Pirates are about to start a world war...

    The remaining two Four Emperors Pirates in the Great Route New World have all been acquired by the Akatsuki organization, and BIG¡¤MOM himself has suffered the same fate as Kaido...

    Only BIG¡¤MOM joined Akatsuki.

    And will always follow Akatsuki''s organization, because Otsuki Teruya can stop the violent BIG¡¤MOM, and the two mothers get along well...

    And as the hero of Akatsuki''s ability to quickly attack and resolve the war, Kata Kuri became the BIG¡¤MOM Pirates, or should be the new captain of the Charlotte Pirates, but this Pirates became Akatsuki''s subsidiary power¡­

    Now I suddenly heard the relationship between the two Four Emperors Pirate Group and Akatsuki, whether it was the Warring States Period of the Buddha or the Five Old Stars, I felt a little uneasy...

    What seems to be...

    It¡¯s something they never knew!

    "¡­dawn?"

    Warring States couldn''t help but look sideways as he listened. A drop of cold sweat gradually appeared on his forehead, and finally he asked the same sentence: "Pouch, what is going on?"

    Because Sengoku also didn¡¯t understand...

    What happened in this one!

    "Don''t worry about that much, Sengoku."

    One of the five old stars in the urn on the other side of the phone worm commanded: "From now on, all positions on the pharmacist pocket will be removed, and all the navy will be transferred back to Mariagioa. Let Huang Yuan come to Mariagioa to support..."

    "..."

    The expression of Sengoku suddenly stiffened.

    The world government has encountered an unimaginable crisis. No matter what the navy is, the navy cannot let it go, otherwise the world may collapse...

    Even if the war is won...

    But if there is no world government, victory is meaningless.

    but¡­

    At this time, the navy estimated that it was too late to rush to Mariagioa to support. Perhaps the only thing the Warring States could do was to transfer Huang Yuan to Mariagioa for support.

    However, just when the Warring States period was about to answer, the corner of Yakushi''s mouth hooked, and his palm suddenly squeezed the phone worm in his hand!

    This move...

    Let the Buddha''s Warring States be shocked!

    "Pharmacist pocket, what are you doing!"

    The anger on the face of Buddha''s Warring States was almost overwhelming!

    "Five old stars really like joking..."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around, looked at the Warring States of the Buddha and said with a smile: "When a world war is about to start, how could the navy be transferred to another place? This order is not sensible..."

    When talking about this, the pharmacist continued: "Okay, Master Marshal, don''t pay attention to the little things about Mary Gioia, what we have to do is to win the war we are about to face..."

    "The pharmacist pocket!"

    The Warring States of Buddha suddenly clenched his fist, his aura gradually became surging, and a group of navy could not help but look sideways!

    However, the smile of Pharmacist''s pocket remained unchanged, and he smiled and said: "Don''t be like this, Marshal Lord, Mariachia needs to face their destiny, and we also need to face our own destiny. You would be a little too gaffey to say this. Right..."

    "The pharmacist pocket!"

    Sengoku¡¯s face was full of fright and anger: "Yakushitou, what is the relationship between you guy and Akatsuki? Are you controlling all of this behind the scenes?"

    Pharmacist Tuo didn''t care about the attitude of the Warring States at all, still smiling and spreading out his palms, calmly continued: "Don''t care about these little things...These are really just little things.

    Because soon you will find that everything you know now is actually nothing but trivial things. "

    "Asshole..."

    The Warring States of Buddha glanced coldly at the Medicine Master''s pocket, and then at Karp, who had been silent around him, and said coldly: "Kapu, look after this guy for me, I''ll move troops!"

    "..."

    Karp''s face is full of complexity.

    Because Karp heard it all the way.

    It''s just that this old man has never recovered, he still doesn''t quite understand what happened, but there is no doubt that there is a problem with the medicine!

    There are also problems with this upcoming war!

    To be honest...

    Karp''s mood is complicated.

    Because the world is in chaos on one side, and his three grandchildren on the other.

    If this war is done step by step, the Luffy brothers will not escape the fate of death. If something happens in the middle, they may still survive.

    next moment¡­

    After thinking for a long time, Karp finally nodded slowly.

    Karp''s gaze fell on Yao Shidou''s body, and slowly squeezed his fist: "Dou Xiaogui, then let us have a good chat..."

    "Relax, I won''t have anything to hide."

    The pharmacist smiled and shook his head at Karp, then turned to look at the Warring States of the Buddha, and continued with a smile: "Oh, yes, Lord Marshal, if you want to transfer troops, there may only be Lieutenant General Karp and Crane. Lieutenant will obey your orders..."

    "Huh, you don''t have to worry about it!"

    A flash of anger flashed across Buddha''s Warring States'' face.

    As the admiral of the navy, the Warring States Period naturally knew about the Navy''s recent events.

    Because Yakushitou is a student of General Zefa, many admirals are his classmates, and the help of the pharmacist and the CP department to the navy is not small, but many people have been saved, and many admirals will sell him. Favor...

    of course¡­

    The Warring States did not believe that the Admiral of the Navy rejected his orders.

    However, the Warring States period will not dispatch the lieutenant general to Mary Joa.

    Because of Mary Joa¡¯s crisis, two admirals must be transferred!

    Up to now, the navy and the world government are about to face the siege of all the Four Emperors Pirate Groups, and the manpower seems particularly stretched.

    The Warring States period only hoped that the two admirals he had transferred to Marijoa first could hold the Beast Pirates and the BIG¡¤MOM Pirates. If possible, I hope that the Denonians can spare their lives. , Using their national treasure can solve the crisis...

    And the one who can rush to Mary Gioia the fastest now is undoubtedly the Yellow Ape with the ability to sparkle fruit, the Warring States Period naturally ordered the Yellow Ape to rush to support.

    What''s not so good is...

    At the moment of crisis, Huang Yuan did not leave immediately.

    The admiral scratched his head. Hearing about Mary Joa, he pursed his lips and smiled and said, "Speaking of which, do you really need my support? That''s Xiao..."

    "Excuting an order!"

    The Warring States period looked at Huang Yuan angrily, and he was about to curse in a cold voice: "Seriously, Polusalino, if you handle it carelessly, the whole world will perish!"

    "Master Marshal likes to joke, too..."

    Pharmacist shook his head, smiled and said, "How can the world perish? Akatsuki is just a peace organization. What bad thoughts can they have? They just want to destroy Maria!"

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 568, what bad thoughts can Xiao have, they just want to destroy Mary Gioia!) Read the record and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf !

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 ~ï¼š A little dissatisfied

    You can search for "Cool Notes from Naruto Behind the Scenes" in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    headache

    Hold it up, I''ll update it tomorrow.

    Because everything will be an orgasm...

    Please leave...

    The **** should be done well.

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click the "Favorites" below to record this (a bit unsatisfactory) reading record, and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 568ï¼š I am asking who is Akatsukis member... not who is not Akatsuki...

    "Starting from Hokage to do behind-the-scenes novels ( Find the latest chapter!

    The pharmacist has a problem with this sentence.

    A force that wants to destroy the world government, and even attracted two top pirate groups in the world, can it be called a peace organization with no bad intentions?

    "The pharmacist pocket."

    Sengoku clenched his fists and stared at the Pharmacist''s pocket before him: "You and Akatsuki are in collusion, or you are Akatsuki''s undercover agent in the navy, but the old man didn''t expect that you would have come to where you are today..."

    The admiral''s mood became more and more complicated.

    Once they were naval veterans who had high hopes for Pharmacist, but they were greatly disappointed by watching Pharmacist numbly fighting for power.

    Even so¡­

    The Warring States Period of Buddha is still restraining as much as possible, which is considered to make way for the future of the navy, because he knows that the existence of Yakushidou is of great help to the navy, but now Yakushidou is getting worse and directly involved with Akatsuki organization.

    "Forget it, wait until after the war."

    The Warring States waved his hand to stop the pharmacist''s pocket who wanted to respond. He turned his head and glanced at the yellow ape who was still standing there, frowning his brows: "Porusalino, why are you still here, the situation is urgent, Now go to support Mary Joa immediately, and the old man will immediately send Sakaski to assist you. Be sure to protect the safety of everyone in the world government!"

    Huang Yuan still stood still.

    The general of the navy headquarters just smiled.

    Even if Huang Yuan didn''t say anything, but he didn''t do anything, let the Warring States understand everything, and there seemed to be a flash of lightning across his brain...

    The pharmacist wants to like to make decisions and then move.

    How could this guy not consider the threat posed by the general?

    The issue is¡­

    How did this guy manage to make a general!

    Whether it was the Warring States Period of the Buddha or Lieutenant General Karp, the eyes of the two people fell on Huang Yuan almost at the same time. It was a bit embarrassing to see this admiral...

    Warring States watched Huang Yuan, who had served as his adjutant, his aura suddenly became heavy, and even a golden light was shining on his body: "Porusalino, what made the old man even more unexpected is... as a naval admiral. You also collude with Akatsuki..."

    "Don''t ask General Polusalino about this matter?"

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around and explained with a smile: "Because anyway, I actively invited General Polusalino to join Akatsuki..."

    "..."

    Since Huang Yuan has joined Xiao...

    What about the remaining blue pheasants and red dogs?

    Warring States took a deep breath, and his eyes fell on the two people, the blue pheasant and the red dog, who were sitting under the execution platform in the distance. He didn''t want to ask the next question a little bit...

    To be honest¡­

    According to the speculation of the Warring States period, both of them may join the Akatsuki organization, and both of them may not join the Akatsuki organization.

    The green pheasant was not satisfied with the world government for a time, and even ignored the orders of the five old stars. It is said that the person most likely to join Akatsuki is the green pheasant...

    Of course, Akainu is not satisfied with the status quo of the navy, especially in the past two years, Akainu believes that the navy should be tougher, no matter how much it pays, it must eliminate the pirates of the new world as soon as possible...

    Karp touched his chin and scratched his head subconsciously: "Um... Kuzan and Sakarski shouldn''t join Xiao, right?"

    "Do not."

    The Warring States had an answer long ago.

    He shook his head slowly, and sighed: "Kapu, you guys didn''t realize that they often get together. The relationship between Kuzan and Sakaski, who had been very troubled in the past, has become It''s getting better..."

    No need to ask.

    Just think about it.

    The two people, the green pheasant and the red dog, haven''t spoken much for more than two decades.

    In the past few years, the three generals of the Navy have gathered frequently. Apart from having a common secret in their hearts, what else can they do?

    It''s really sad...

    The three generals of the navy headquarters are all members of Akatsuki...

    It wasn''t until today that the war was about to start, as the Marshal of the Warring States, did he discover that his admiral, whom he had always cited as the trump card of the war, had rebelled...

    Then...

    There is no need for this war to continue, right?

    If all the generals with the highest combat power in the headquarters rebel, the world government and the navy have no hope of winning, and the entire Marin Vando does not know how many people are willing to obey the orders of the pharmacist. Now they can only wait for the enemy. Butcher...

    and¡­

    And the CP department!

    If I remember correctly, because the CP department suffered too much in the past few years, the pharmacist had to exchange a batch of blood. Thinking about it this way, it is clear that the pharmacist is pursuing dissidents...

    "The CP department is also Akatsuki?"

    "Yes."

    Pharmacist did not deny it.

    At this time, denial has no meaning.

    The Warring States nodded slowly. He had already prepared for this matter. His eyes fell on the body of King Qiwuhai. Except for the female emperor Boa Hancock, the other Qiwuhai seemed to get along with each other. Very familiar...

    King Seven Wuhai!

    So far, Qiwuhai under the king has also been replaced!

    The Warring States Period looked at the Seven Martial Seas of the Under King, and said in a deep voice, "In the past few years, you have been pushing for the abolition and replacement of candidates for the Seven Martial Seas of the Under King. If you think about it this way, there should be members of Akatsuki in the Seven Martial Seas of the King, right? "

    "Are you there?"

    The pharmacist took a look at Qi Wuhai under the king, and said with a smile: "Except for the woman who doesn''t get in by Boa Hancock, everyone else is our companion..."

    "..."

    The Warring States choked, a bit wanting to curse.

    Even Karp was a bit speechless.

    This is too arrogant, right? Obviously, during the Warring States Period, the question is, who is Akatsuki''s member among the Seven Wu Hai under the king; in the end, the pharmacist answered him, but who is not Akatsuki...

    Ha ha¡­

    Malin Vando is really like a sieve.

    These things¡­

    The more I think about it, the more desperate I get!

    The mood of the admiral suddenly became sad!

    The pharmacist vowed to say that except for Karp and Lieutenant General Crane, he, the Marine Marshal, could not mobilize anyone else. This is really not an exaggeration...

    There was a faint pain in the chest of the Warring States period, but he persisted in a deep voice and continued: "If you say so, you have planned it a long time ago. You have also arranged a manpower in Mariagioa?"

    "It can''t be called..."

    The pharmacist shook his head, smiled and said: "It''s just a little trick. If there is no error in my plan, now the entire Mariejoa defender should only be our world commander... "

    Mary Joa.

    The sacred place was surrounded by water.

    A group of pirates happily and armed with cannons constantly bombarded the city wall of Mary Joa, even though the holy place in front of them was no longer fortified.

    Because all the generals of the defending army were under the control of the CP department, before the arrival of Akatsuki''s army, the CP department evacuated Maria Joa with the army.

    The holy place now...

    It should be the most humiliating moment since the establishment of the world government.

    A group of pirates brazenly yelled and insulted outside the city, and let the world aristocrat Tianlong people immediately get out of Marijoa and die. This should be the pinnacle of their lives.

    The only one still resisting...

    It is Gang Bone Kong who is about to retire to make way for the pharmacist.

    There was no accident in the plan of the pharmacist. The world commander was actually a polished commander, who could only entangle a group of slaves of the Dragon people...

    Today, this is the only remaining armed force in Mary Joa.

    This war does not even need to go to war, Ganggukong knows that they have lost now, what does this make Ganggukong fight?

    Do you really want to hit your own skull?

    Mary Joa, in Pangu City.

    Everyone of Wu Lao Xing has an ugly face.

    The facts are already very clear, the fellow Yao Shidou put them together, gave up the prospect of reaching the top to become the world commander, colluding with the Akatsuki organization and the two Four Emperor Pirates...

    That rascal¡­

    Why do you want to do this!

    Is there anyone in this world who can buy more than their pharmacist?

    Just as Wu Lao Xing and Gang Gu Kong were thinking about where this powerful coalition came from and how long they were waiting for their destiny, the whole of Mary Gioia suddenly sounded a radio.

    "In the year 1513 of the Haiyuan calendar, Demold, the Celestial Dragon, shot and killed the royal family of King Gana, forcibly plundered King Gana and the princes and daughters, and killed 175 men, women, children, and children along the way..."

    "In the year 1513 of the Haiyuan calendar, the Dragonite Kocollier forcibly robbed 11 women as wives, shot their husbands and family members, killed 15 people, and kicked a three-year-old child to death..."

    "In the year 1513 of the Haiyuan calendar, Doskud, the Draco, shot and killed nine people on Dero Island, and ordered the original CP0 agents to torture and kill 31 people..."

    "In the year 1513 of the Haiyuan calendar, Rosway, the Draco, shot and killed eleven people in the Chambord Islands and robbed seven of them to become slaves..."

    "..."

    "In the year 1518 of the Haiyuan calendar, Sneip, the Draco, killed three people on the island of Baka..."

    "In the year 1518 of the Haiyuan calendar, Charros, the Draco, shot and killed seven civilians in the Chambord Islands and snatched three women as their wives..."

    The entire Mariagioa''s radio sound continued.

    The names of the Tianlong people were read out one by one, and every Tianlong who had ever gone out seemed to have committed a crime, and relied on the identity of the world''s nobleman to burn and rob them.

    Because it is very easy for the Tianlong people to destroy a country, these world nobles, who are the descendants of the Creator, take everything on the sea.

    The evil things that many Tianlong people have done are exhausted.

    only¡­

    Someone remembers these.

    Marijoa¡¯s radio sound continuously broadcast these news, so that the Denon people and the five old stars in this city finally feel a sense of absurdity...

    This group of people...

    Do you want to judge them?

    Do a group of pirates want to judge the nobles of the world?

    As the look of Marijoa''s dragon and five old stars became more and more ugly, Marijoa''s broadcast finally came to an end.

    "In the year of 1520 in the Haiyuan calendar, eight people including Chardolo, Doswold...Pandelm, etc. of the dragon, Yu Mariahia offended the leader of Akatsuki..."

    "..."

    Everyone''s expressions gradually became more subtle.

    Not only the Denon people inside Marijoa, but even the pirates and ninja coalition forces felt that this reason should be the real reason for their attack on Marijoa.

    they¡­

    Actually, he is not a good person!

    While everyone was whispering to each other, UU read www.uukanshu. Com red barriers pulled apart from the surroundings, completely sealing off the entire Mariagioa.

    It is the four red sun formations.

    With the opening of the four red sun formations, the voice of the general staff of the Allied Forces Nara Lukisa fell into the ears of everyone: "Then please start...Erase everything in this city!"

    next moment¡­

    A roar echoed in the air!

    Kaido, the beast, turned into a dragon and rose into the sky, spouting a scorching dragon''s breath toward the city of Mariejoa!

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 569 I asked who is Akatsuki''s member...not who is Akatsuki''s member!) to read the record and you can open the bookshelf next time. To!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 569ï¼š God punishment

    "Starting from Hokage to do behind-the-scenes novels ( Find the latest chapter!

    The dragon''s breath falls!

    The whole Mary Joa fell into a sea of ??flames!

    Kaido, the beast, took the lead in attacking. Kaido has never been in awe of the sacred place of Mary Gioia, nor would he care about the lives of these dragons!

    "Wahahahahaha...Kaido, you are too anxious!"

    BIG¡¤MOM stepped on a cloud and rose to the sky above Mary Gioia. Her palms slowly waved her hands, jokingly and loudly instructing her soul creation: "Zeus, Prometheus, let''s start a big fight too." !"

    "Yes, mother!"

    Balls of flames are falling from the sky!

    The temperature in the air suddenly rises!

    Facing the two four emperors raging in Mariejoa, Ganggukong, the world commander, finally couldn''t sit still, waving his fist up to the ground, and hitting Kaido¡¯s dragon with a punch. The dragon body was directly knocked to the ground by him!

    Ganggukong finally shot!

    "Don''t be too arrogant!"

    Gang Gukong squeezed his fist, and said with a solemn expression: "This is Mary Joa where the world government is located. You pirates are never allowed to be presumptuous here!"

    Just as Ganggukong wanted to continue to attack Kaido, BIG¡¤MOM''s fist suddenly blasted a powerful blow towards Ganggukong, flying the world commander!

    "Humph¡­"

    Kaido got up from the ground, withdrew from his dragon body and turned into a human form. He rubbed his head and spitted contemptuously: "Hmph, fists are not that good..."

    "Wahahahahaha...Kaido, are you still alive?"

    BIG¡¤MOM stepped on the clouds and slowly landed beside Kaido, then turned his head to look at the steel bones who stood up, and laughed wildly: "Come and let me see who this is. This is not from our last time. Mr. Ganggukong? Hahahahahaha..."

    When talking about this, BIG¡¤MOM''s smile gradually became crazy: "Are you still alive in the past? From today on, the world government and the era of the big pirates are over!"

    BIG¡¤MOM¡¯s smiling face instantly became gloomy. She lowered her head and looked down at the steel bones, and said gloomily: "Now is the era of Akatsuki, the era when only the real strong can dominate the world... Hahahahaha..."

    One¡­

    The era completely dominated by the strong!

    Only the real strong are qualified to survive, only the real strong can join the Akatsuki organization as a full member, and only the real strong can vote at the conference that can determine the world''s direction at any time!

    Akatsuki¡¯s rules are very simple...

    In this organization, there is a group around a leader who is said to be as powerful as a god. With the support of that god, Akatsuki dominates the world!

    How strong is that leader...

    BIG¡¤MOM doesn¡¯t know at all, but BIG¡¤MOM knows exactly how strong the leader¡¯s mother is!

    This Akatsuki...

    In fact, I feel that the relationship is the same as her pirate group!

    However, in comparison, the strength of the entire Akatsuki organization is really too strong. There are at least three or four people who can match her alone, and they occupy the high positions of the powerful forces in this world, including the big Tsuki Kaguya. Those who exceed the limit...

    It is said that...

    The Akatsuki leader who has never met...

    His strength is stronger than Datongmu Huiye!

    When the members of the Akatsuki organization knew about this, BIG¡¤MOM couldn''t believe it at the first time. How could someone be stronger than Kaguya Ji who easily defeated the entire world by himself!

    But this also makes BIG¡¤MOM very interested. BIG¡¤MOM really wants to meet Kaguya Ji¡¯s son, and by the way, I also want to know how Kaguya Ji gave birth to a son who was recognized by everyone...

    One¡­

    A man who can make Akatsuki awe!

    There is no doubt that the Akatsuki organization is definitely the apex of this world, and that leader is standing at the apex of Akatsuki!

    Unfortunately¡­

    BIG¡¤MOM hasn''t had a chance to see how strong that person is. Maybe during this world war, he has a chance to see it.

    only¡­

    We have to deal with Mary Joa...

    Now the entire Mary Joa is blocked in front of them only with Steel Bone Kong, and even the slaves of the Celestial Dragons will not obey orders at all. Only Steel Bone Kong wants to stop at least one hundred thousand coalition forces and a group of powerful...

    "Don''t talk too much nonsense with him."

    A woman with white hair as a waterfall slowly floated over from the sky, floating above Mariejoa, her face was full of coldness: "Lingling...get rid of him immediately and destroy the city, and we have to do it as soon as possible. Go to see Yui..."

    It is Otsuki Kaguya.

    Kaguya Ji''s eyes were staring at the city of Mary Joa, and she slowly stretched out her palm, her domineering and chakra like an abyss burst out instantly!

    Countless houses and tall buildings were directly destroyed under this domineering!

    The surging domineering swept the whole Maria Joa!

    Everyone feels the power of this domineering, but the Tianlongren, who has always been invincible in the outside world, can only hide in the safe basement of Mary Joa and shiver...

    "what is happening?"

    "Has Sora not solved the enemy yet?"

    The recent Ganggukong instantly felt the suffocation of his body!

    Such a woman...

    Compared to all the enemies that Ganggukong has seen in his life, he is stronger!

    Even the strongest enemy I have encountered during the peak of Steel Bone Sky, the lonely red Redfield, is far less than the domineering of this woman!

    Is this woman the one who controls BIG¡¤MOM and Kaido?

    The world commander''s forehead slowly dropped a drop of cold sweat, and couldn''t help but raise his head to stare at the big Tong Mu Huiye in the sky: "Your Excellency...Where is it sacred?"

    The veins on Kaguyaji''s face were violent, her eyes suddenly opened, her voice became colder and colder: "My name is Kaguya Kaguya, the goddess of Mao..."

    Mary Joa¡¯s dragons could not hide in Kaguya Ji¡¯s white eyes!

    In the next moment, the long hair in Kaguya Ji''s hands fluttered suddenly, turning into sharp thorns and instantly piercing through Mary Joa''s house and the ground, directly piercing into the bodies of the dragons!

    Splashes of blood!

    In a blink of an eye, hundreds of Tianlongren died in the hands of Kaguya Ji!

    When Gang Gu Kong waved his fist and wanted to stop him, a strand of long hair condensed with armed domineering, and he shot Gang Gu Kong away!

    The next moment...

    The long hair covered with domineering pierced the body of Ganggukong!

    In just an instant, the world commander was already near death!

    Until he died, Ganggukong still looked at the long white hair that pierced his body in disbelief, even before he could fight back...

    wrong¡­

    In fact, there is no chance to fight back...

    Kaguya Ji manipulated her long hair and threw off Ganggukong''s body and said with a displeased face: "The vulnerable ants want to attack the moon in the sky too?"

    "This one has the hardest bones..."

    BIG¡¤MOM stepped on the clouds and flew beside Kaguyaji, and said with a grin: "Mahhahahahaha...In our young age, Gang Bone Kong is the admiral of the navy. I didn''t expect it to be solved by Kaguya so easily... "

    "In front of God, all resistance is futile."

    The strands of Kaguya Ji''s hair fluttered again, and the sky was almost obscured by the sun, and it gradually covered the entire Mariagioa, and Mariagioa''s sky turned white!

    Kaguya Ji put out her palm calmly, and her cold voice echoed in the city of the dragon people: "As a punishment for your self-proclaimed gods, the concubine body will bestow the true divine punishment...the true **** of this world, only Concubine and Yuyi!"

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click the "Favorites" below to record this (Chapter 570 God Punishment) reading record, and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 570ï¼š Annihilation

    "Starting from Hokage to do behind-the-scenes novels ( Find the latest chapter!

    Mary Joa.

    Just when Datongmu Huiye led BIG¡¤MOM and Kaido to massacre Mary Joa, the four red sun formations used to seal off Mary Joa suddenly shattered.

    A slender figure disappeared in a flash.

    Even if someone noticed that person''s figure, there was no time to hunt down, because soon that figure seemed to be very good at hiding.

    It''s just that the coalition forces didn''t particularly care.

    Because the task they received was only to destroy this holy place and clean up the dragon people in this world. Under the destruction of the two four emperors, the buildings of Mary Joa turned into ruins, and the bodies of the dragon people gradually grew. More...

    Datongmu Huiye stood in the sky and looked down on the ground, frowned slightly, and then turned to look at the place where the figure had escaped.

    That figure escaped quickly!

    In a blink of an eye, I was about to escape Kaguya Ji''s sight!

    "Did anyone escape?"

    Kaguya Ji slowly shook her head, and whispered to herself: "Is there anyone who can escape Yuyi''s expectations?"

    "Black Hole¡¤Annihilation!"

    Just as Kaguya Ji was about to fly and rush to pursue her, a voice came from the sky, and a dark black hole suddenly opened from the sky!

    A burst of emptiness was suddenly released from the black hole, and that black glow hit the red earth continent in an instant!

    Above that black light...

    What came out was a breath of terror!

    No matter who it is, they are faintly afraid of the black light that descends from the sky!

    Even BIG¡¤MOM, even Kaido of the beasts, and even Datongmu Huiye, can faintly feel the terrifying power above the black glow projected from the black hole!

    The power on this black light...

    Definitely enough to kill them easily!

    next moment¡­

    That black light suddenly penetrated the red earth continent!

    In everyone''s sight, all objects that Heiman touched were completely annihilated, whether it was a rock, a boulder or a flower, grass, or tree, all became nothingness under the attack of that Heimang!

    This is the power of annihilation!

    The dark shadow who had already escaped from Mary Gioia looked up in horror and watched the dark light fall down!

    This is the real punishment!

    Heiman suddenly annihilated the person who had escaped from Mary Joa!

    After the enemy was eliminated, the black light gradually began to dissipate.

    All the area it destroyed was turned into a vacuum zone, and a leaf floated into that area, floating up and down as if losing gravity...

    BIG¡¤MOM''s nose twitched slightly, and his body trembled slightly: "That force...what is it?"

    This is too dangerous!

    There is such power in this world!

    Even if BIG¡¤MOM is born with a strong body, he doesn''t think he can withstand the annihilation power!

    Just as a group of people were in a state of panic, with the suppression of a domineering might that made everyone afraid to move, a vain voice slowly fell.

    The voice of the young man whispered like a god, and entered the ears of everyone: "Immediately solve the trouble here and join us in Marin Vando."

    After speaking, the huge breath dissipated like a tide.

    It seems that this person appeared here just to solve the person who tried to escape from Maria Joa, even he left here without showing up...

    As he left, everyone finally began to breathe out.

    "That guy Uehara... how strong he has to become!"

    Outside Marijoa''s city, Uchiha Madara''s face was full of warfare.

    At first he thought he had become strong enough in this sea, but found that Uehara Naraku seemed to have become even more terrifying!

    It¡¯s hard to imagine...

    Where is the upper limit of that kind of person!

    "Forget it, Madara, let''s go and meet the Lord Huiye first!"

    Senju Junma stood by and patted Uchiha Madara on the shoulder.

    Due to the cracking of the blockade barrier, the people who were responsible for maintaining the barrier also joined together. Uchiha Madara, Senjujuma, and Uzumaki Naruto rushed to the city, and the second-generation Naruto and the fourth-generation Naruto rushed to the coalition. Where.

    After Kaguya Ji and BIG¡¤MOM destroyed Marijoa, the remaining tasks of hunting down the Dragonites hiding in the ground were all handed over to the coalition forces.

    When Otsuki Teruya took BIG¡¤MOM and Kaido to Pangu City, Uchiha Madara, Senjujuma, and Uzumaki Naruto also followed.

    Pangu City.

    Wu Lao Xing hid here watching all this happen.

    They have not shot.

    Even though they all saw the annihilated black light appeared in the sky, they also heard a god-like whisper.

    But they are still sitting like a mountain waiting for someone''s order.

    Between the flowers in the depths of Marijoa, there lived a supreme figure, because now only that character urges the national treasure of the Celestial Dragon to solve the crisis of Marijoa.

    In the city...

    They are two four emperors!

    And a man who is stronger than the Four Emperors!

    Outside the city of Mariejoa, there are more than one hundred thousand coalition forces!

    However, until now, there is still no order from the flowers deep in Mariejoa, as if she doesn''t care about what happened in Mariejoa.

    "Sora has been sacrificed."

    One of the old men couldn''t help frowning and said, "It would be too wasteful to let them slaughter these consumables like this..."

    Because the life of the Tianlong people is used to motivate their national treasures, each Tianlong people is essentially a consumable that can use the national treasure.

    "Waiting for Master Yim''s order!"

    Another old man shook his head and said in a low voice, "Maybe Master Yim is considering whether to use that national treasure. He should be just worried about the harm caused... After all, we all felt the terrifying power just now..."

    "Let them wreak havoc like this?"

    One of the old men with a knife in his arms shook his head, and said in a deep voice, "Why don''t I go out and have a look, and save as many people as possible..."

    "Do you think you can kill them?"

    "Keep sitting here."

    "Waiting for Master Yim''s order!"

    "We have reported this incident to Lord Yim''s maid, and the results should appear soon. No one can defeat Lord Yim and that national treasure..."

    While these five old stars were still waiting, a maid ran into their room in a panic, her face was full of horror: "Master Five, something happened between the flowers, Lord Yim...Master Yim... Gone!"

    "what!"

    "What a joke!"

    The faces of a group of old people were astonished.

    In the next moment, the eyes of these old people suddenly changed, as if thinking of something, they hurriedly followed the maid to the depths between the flowers, but they only saw the empty flowers...

    right now¡­

    Who will tell them what to do?

    These five old stars have always followed Yim''s orders, because they know that Yim''s orders will never go wrong. Now they think the people they depended on have escaped...

    Everyone''s expressions are faintly panicked!

    It is precisely because of Yim''s hole card that the five old stars did not rush out. They believed that Lord Yim would solve this war easily.

    What I didn''t expect was...

    Why did Master Yi suddenly disappear!

    One of the old people''s face suddenly became a little difficult to look: "Could it be that...Immun-sama also has nothing to do with this change?"

    "perhaps¡­"

    The other old man looked up with an ugly face, and he suddenly thought of something: "Maybe Lord Yim has already left. The energy released by the black hole we saw just now...will it kill Lord Yim!"

    "There is no time to pay attention to these now..."

    An old man stretched out a sword between the flowers and said in a deep voice, "Everyone, what we should consider now is how to retreat..."

    "Why haven''t the navy''s reinforcements come..."

    "Maybe I can''t send it anymore!"

    "If the pharmacist betrayed us, he may not allow the navy to send troops over..."

    "Couldn''t the Warring States era solve a pharmacist who usurped power?"

    "It is impossible to count on reinforcements now, and if Lord Yim has also disappeared...you guys, we might really have to fight for the world government we have always maintained!"

    While these five old stars were still discussing the next step, everyone felt a darkness, and they couldn''t help but lift their heads up.

    A shadow gradually appeared on the colored glaze above the flowers.

    The next moment, a huge slash directly split the entire flower, and even directly smashed the world government¡¯s Throne of the Sky. The bodies of each of the five old stars were extremely sensitive, and they flew to avoid this slash. !

    "Hahahahaha...Five old stars..."

    The figure of BIG¡¤MOM slowly appeared here, and her laughter was as harsh as thunder: "Mahhahahahaha...what are you doing here?"

    With the appearance of BIG¡¤MOM, Kaido of the beasts also appeared beside her, and Naruto Uzumaki, the reincarnated Uchiha Madara and Senjujutsuma appeared instantaneously.

    Five people¡­

    Corresponds to the five old stars.

    The Akatsuki organization has paid the utmost attention to the five leaders of the world government. No matter it is these five people, everyone can stand at the top of the sea!

    "That''s five to five..."

    Madara Uchiha squeezed his fist, looked at the five old stars in front of him, grinned and chuckled, "Really, obviously we can do it with just one person!"

    "Don''t take it lightly, Madara!"

    Qianshou Zhuma shook his head, staring at the five old stars with a solemn expression: "These people are not so easy to deal with..."

    "Master Chadaime is right..."

    Naruto Uzumaki nodded slowly, then shook his head and said, "But let''s solve the trouble here as soon as possible and rush to Malin Vatican..."

    because¡­

    Sasuke Uchiha is in Marin Vando!

    Just like Uchiha Madara, Uzumaki Naruto once thought that he and Sasuke had become strong enough in this sea, but in the end he felt the horror of Uehara Naraku again, and the feeling of powerlessness came to his heart again...

    I hope that guy Sasuke...

    Don''t do anything stupid!

    The members of Akatsuki''s organization are carrying out the final work. Five members whose strength is equal to that of the Four Emperors are facing the five elder stars of the world government, and the other members are continuing to hunt for the Dragonites.

    The screams and wailing of the Tianlongren before his death echoed in Mary Joa.

    A group of surviving Tianlong people trembling under the ground, all holding the phone worm in their hands, wanting to dial the support of the navy, hoping that the generals they can usually call with just a phone call will appear.

    Until finally there was a Tianlongren who was unbearable. He left the basement of his home and stood on the street, waving his arms and shouting: "Not all Tianlong people are born with sins. None of them..."

    Bang!

    There was a gunshot from the street!

    "Humph, don''t talk nonsense!"

    Epidemic Quinn grinned, put away his rob, dang his pipe and slowly spit out a huge smoke ring, laughed and said, "Little ones, hurry up, but we have another one. Grandly waiting for us!"

    "Master Quin''s marksmanship is too handsome!"

    "As expected to be Lord Quinn, marksmanship is as charming as dancing!"

    A group of pirates cheered and waved their arms. Beside them, a group of ninja glanced at the group of mentally retarded pirates with disgust, and continued to perform their mission.

    Yan Calamity Jin glanced at his companion with some indescribable words, and said in a deep voice: "Quin, don''t mess around, hurry up and pack it up. If time is lost, even if we are official members of Akatsuki, nothing will happen. Eat fruit!"

    "understood!"

    Epidemic Quinn took a dissatisfied look at the inflammation, and muttered, "Before joining Akatsuki, you guy ordered me. After joining Akatsuki, you guy ordered me..."

    Compared with the group of Beasts and Pirates...

    The BIG¡¤MOM Pirate Group and the Ninja Alliance are obviously more qualified.

    Kata Kuri relied on his powerful knowledge and domineering, slowly searching the ground of every house, looking for the hidden dragon people...

    As for the ninja coalition, in addition to relying on white eyes and perceiving ninjutsu, some ninjas first used detonating charms to blow up the entire house into ruins, and then used earthen ninjutsu to bring out the dragon people hiding in the underground safe room...

    It didn''t take long for the coalition forces of more than 100,000 to pull out all the Dragonites in the entire Mary Joa.

    As time progressed little by little, the city soon left the five old stars who were still fighting Uchiha Madara and others.

    The Hundred Thousand Allied Forces did not stay in Mariejoa for too long, so they withdrew from the city that had been reduced to ruins. They each began to take the warships in Mariejoa''s port and rushed to the navy headquarters Marin Vandor.

    over there¡­

    It is Akatsuki''s final battle to rule the world!

    This once sacred place is just a small episode in the war.

    In addition to the 100,000 coalition forces who left the Holy Land, there are also some officials and defenders of the former world government who also set off on warships with the coalition forces, but these people will rush to the Judicial Island temporarily based on the order of their superiors.

    Marin Vando.

    The navy headquarters, the last phone worm message received from Mary Joa here was that Akatsuki was purging the world''s noble Tianlong people.

    however¡­

    The navy did not give any feedbackThe Warring States of Buddha could only ask Lieutenant General Crane to use the phone worm to issue an order to the Chambord Islands, which is the closest to Mariachia, and order the Vice Admiral Uehara stationed in the Chambord Islands. Naraku tried to go to Mary Joa to support and rescue world government officials and world nobles...

    Apart from this, the Warring States period could not do more.

    To be honest, the Warring States are a little bit lucky. Fortunately, because he felt that Uehara Naruko was inadequate, he assigned Uehara Naruko to the Chambord Islands...

    Now it seems that the Chambord Islands branch base has become the last savior of the world government, even if Uehara Naraku may not be able to do much...

    But no matter what...

    It is better to have a glimmer of hope than to face despair.

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record this (Chapter 571 Oblivion) ??reading record, and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 571ï¼š The big moves of the three old men of Malin Fando

    "Starting from Hokage to do behind-the-scenes novels ( Find the latest chapter!

    Marin Vando.

    Sengoku, Karp and Lieutenant General Crane sat together.

    The three old men watched the pharmacist take over everything about Malin Vandor calmly. They felt that they had been in the Navy for so many years, and now they looked a bit like outsiders.

    The entire Malin Vandor should have been completely controlled by the pharmacist. The three generals of the navy headquarters watched their three old men sitting on the side. Except for the blue pheasant, they were a little bit ashamed. The red dog and the yellow ape didn''t pay much attention to it...

    It''s so sad!

    The mood of the Warring States was still a bit tangled.

    If he really fights against the pharmacist, it is not without chance, it means that the navy will be in chaos at the moment of the war.

    Such a navy...

    There is no way to participate in the war.

    What''s more, if the Warring States period wants to suppress the rebellion, the three admirals of the Red Dog, the Green Pheasant, and the Yellow Monkey are all here. The Warring States period does not think that he and Karp can solve the three generals before the arrival of the white beard. Can you? It¡¯s hard to say if it can be solved...

    In addition to the three generals, there are also several kings, Qiwuhai...

    In addition to Qiwuhai under the king, there are thousands of CP agents...

    Only after they get rid of these people can they find a way to integrate the 100,000 navies and face the strongest Pirate Group in the world, the Revolutionary Army, and the rest of the Redhead Pirate Group...

    This forced the three old men of Sengoku, Kapu and Crane to sit side by side, staring wide-eyed at the control of the navy.

    It''s ironic...

    Warring States stared at the medicine master''s pocket, his eyes were full of old and sad: "The old man still does not understand why they choose to abandon justice..."

    How can this make sense...

    Obviously Yakushidou was about to become the commander-in-chief of the world, and the three generals of the navy headquarters also had a high status, but they suddenly turned their heads to an evil organization in the ocean...

    "Perhaps because of Akatsuki''s strength!"

    Lieutenant General Tsuru closed his palms and whispered: "From the situation we know so far, Akatsuki has gathered the Beast Pirates and BIG¡¤MOM Pirates, which means Akatsuki has absolute suppression. Kaido and the people of BIG¡¤MOM..."

    Only then can it make sense.

    Otherwise, it would be impossible for the two Four Emperors Pirate Group to join the Akatsuki organization. They are already the most powerful sea emperors, how could they still be subjugated?

    "Warring States."

    Lieutenant General Crane glanced at the Warring States Period and said softly: "If the world government can survive, then our resistance here is meaningful; if the world government has been destroyed by Akatsuki, the whole world will become a mess..."

    "Then it should be more time for the Navy to maintain order!"

    Sengoku clenched his fists and slowly lowered his head and said, "Xiaozuru, first call the insects and ask Uehara Naraku what''s going on in Marijoa? Let him tell the five old stars that Malin Vando is no longer in the world. The government controls..."

    At least for now...

    Uehara Naraku was the only navy that was still willing to obey their orders, and also allowed Sengoku to have a commandable force.

    maybe¡­

    After this war is over, Sengoku will rely on Uehara Naraku''s troops to rebuild a new navy. Because of the contradiction between Uehara Naraku and Yakushitou, at least Uehara Naraku can''t go to Yakushito.

    The mood of the admiral of the Warring States period became more and more complicated.

    Uehara Naraku, who once looked down upon the Buddha''s Sengoku Warring States at all, this lieutenant admiral who was once regarded as a naval disgrace by the Sengoku period may become his right-hand man in the future...

    If there are two navies in the world, one of them is headed by Yakushitou, and is surrounded by generals of the navy headquarters and a series of lieutenants who depend on them; and only Lieutenant General Karp, Lieutenant Tsuru and Uehara are around the Warring States The disgraceful Lieutenant General Naraku...

    Old old.

    Waste of waste.

    Lieutenant General Tsuru took out his own phone worm and dialed the phone worm of Uehara Naraku, and asked gently, "Uehara, have you arrived at Marijoa now? How is the situation there? The world government has repelled the enemy. Yet?"

    "Lieutenant General Crane..."

    In the phone bug, Uehara Naraku''s voice was faintly obscure: "The world government... is no longer there! Pharmacist transferred all of Mary Joa''s defenders to Judicial Island, and Mary Joa had only Commander Sora to resist... "

    "what!"

    Crane''s voice suddenly rose!

    Even she could not believe the news she heard!

    Regardless of whether it was Sengoku or Karp, the two quickly leaned against Crane and hurriedly asked, "How is the battle going over there now? There is nothing wrong with Kong?"

    Ganggukong was once the marshal of the navy.

    For a long time, thanks to Sora¡¯s shelter and guidance, the Warring States and others have gradually become the mainstay of the navy.

    The feelings between them are also teachers and friends.

    "Maria Joa was destroyed, and the world government is no longer..."

    In the phone bug, there was a little confusion in Uehara Naraku''s voice, as if the disappearance of the world government seemed to him that life had lost its meaning...

    Not only the pharmacist¡¯s pocket...

    Even the faces of Lieutenant General Crane and Warring States also flashed a trace of confusion.

    The world government has existed for eight hundred years. Everyone is used to this behemoth relying on absorbing allied nations to rule the world.

    Nowadays¡­

    The world government collapsed suddenly.

    No one can adapt to the world after the world government suddenly disappeared. If there is no world government, no one knows what the world will become...

    Unquestionably¡­

    Chaos and destruction must be the subject of the future!

    The world will soon be filled with wars, pirates and riots again!

    Just as some of the old people were thinking with ugly expressions, Uehara Naraku''s voice came again, but this time it was a little heavier: "Commander Sora has sacrificed, and the five old stars and all the nobles of the world have been killed. The whole Mary Joa was not spared..."

    "..."

    The Warring States fell silent.

    Even if he had guessed in his heart, he would be a little frightened when he got the news now that the once invaluable Tianlongren and the high five old stars were all killed by the Xiao organization and the group of pirates!

    The world government is destroyed...

    Five old stars and Tianlongren were all killed...

    This means that the order of this world has completely collapsed, the sea will really go violently, and this world will soon have a big riot!

    And the navy was also controlled by Akatsuki...

    The Warring States period looked at the 100,000 navy gathered under Malin Vando, and his heart twitched a little bit: "If this is the case, does this war have any meaning?"

    "Have."

    Lieutenant General Crane woke up instantly.

    The navy staff officer recovered from the shock of the destruction of the world government and gradually recovered her sanity. She calmly said: "Maybe it is Akatsuki who wants to rule the world. Besides destroying the world government, they also want to solve everything. The rebellious forces..."

    Lieutenant General Crane slowly lowered his head and began to analyze the actions of Akatsuki a little bit: "The world government has been destroyed, Kaido and BIG¡¤MOM have surrendered, and the navy is under the control of Pharmacist. The only people who resist the Xiao organization are the white beards and the revolutionary army, and the red-haired remnants..."

    With the emergence of many incidents, Lieutenant General Crane analyzed little by little the true purpose of Akatsuki, and her face became more and more ugly.

    "they¡­"

    "I want to eliminate all maritime forces in one fell swoop!"

    "Xiaodou used the Fire Fist Ace to trigger a battle between the navy and the White Beard Pirates, and used revolutionary army cadres to attract the revolutionary army into the arena. Red hair took the initiative to jump into the trap..."

    "Because the navy has to face more and more enemies, Mary Joa''s defense also had to become empty. Akatsuki used this opportunity to destroy the world government that defended against emptiness..."

    "And when the war between the navy and the white beard is over, no matter who wins or loses, Akatsuki will bring two Four Emperor Pirates swept to take advantage of..."

    "Here... is the end of their plan!"

    Lieutenant General Crane''s gaze fell on Yao Shidou''s body, and his expression was extremely complicated: "Warring States, we really underestimated Xiaodou... Xiao''s handwriting is much larger than we thought!"

    While their eyes were still on the Four Emperors Pirates...

    The Akatsuki organization is already ready to wipe out all the powerful forces in the ocean!

    From the standpoint of paper strength alone, Akatsuki has already occupied a huge advantage. In fact, the only powerful forces that can resist today are the White Beard Pirates, the Revolutionary Army, and the Redhead Pirates. Remnants...

    There are a total of seven under King Qi Wuhai.

    According to the personally confirmed news from Pharmacist Pocket, except for the blackbeard Marshall D. Titch has not yet appeared, five of the six present are Akatsuki...

    In the navy headquarters, all three generals are Akatsuki''s members, and the lieutenant admiral does not know which members are Akatsuki. It seems that every lieutenant admiral is like Akatsuki''s member, and every lieutenant does not look like...

    However, there are three major factions surrounding the generals in the navy, and almost no lieutenants are neutral, which means that most lieutenants cannot be trusted...

    Just the current situation...

    If Malin Vandor immediately convenes a high-level combat meeting, the naval marshal of the Warring States Period of Buddha should not check who is Akatsuki¡¯s undercover agent, but should find out who is not Akatsuki¡¯s undercover agent. It may be easier...

    Now it looks...

    The Akatsuki organization is only one step away from conquering the world. As long as the Whitebeard Pirates is solved, they can declare that they have ruled the sea!

    "To conquer the world, that group of guys are really ambitious!"

    The Warring States of Buddha hated his fist and hit the wall, his eyes fell on Karp: "Hey, Karp, why don''t you talk?"

    "The old man remembered something from the past..."

    Karp slowly raised his head, looked up at the sky and said: "Thirty years ago, the Rocks Pirates were as lawless as they are now..."

    The Rocks Pirates...

    It is not far from conquering the world!

    However, in the Battle of the Valley of the Gods, Monkey D. Karp and Gore D. Roger teamed up to defeat the incredible Rocks Pirates and completely disintegrated the Pirates powerful enough to rule the world. !

    With the collapse of the Rocks Pirates, the traces of Rocks''s existence were quickly obliterated by the world government.

    However, even if the Rocks Pirates have collapsed, the remaining members of the Rocks Pirates have all become the overlords of the sea...

    Golden Lion History, White Beard Edward Newgate, BIG¡¤MOM Charlotte Lingling, Beast Kaido, these are all overlords of the sea...

    Back then, they all gathered under Locks''s command.

    Now Karp revisited Lox''s old story, and the brows of Sengoku and Lieutenant General Crane couldn''t help but wrinkle, their eyes trembling slightly.

    The Warring States looked ugly and lowered his head, and said in a deep voice: "There is no doubt that Locks was once the strongest enemy...but...Akah...maybe more terrifying than the Locks Pirates! If it weren''t for you and Roger..."

    At least Lockes hasn''t taken such a big advantage.

    The world government and navy, the righteous side has almost been controlled or directly destroyed by the Akatsuki organization; the evil side, two of the Four Emperors Pirates have turned to Akatsuki...

    However, Karp''s words also provided an idea for the Warring States Period.

    If a few of them and the White Beard Pirates join forces against Akatsuki, they can avoid war as much as possible, prevent the entire Marine Vando''s low-level navy from being used by Akatsuki as pawns, and may even prevent Akatsuki''s conspiracy to rule the world!

    right now¡­

    Either retire!

    Either continue to fight!

    Warring States made a very quick decision. His palm slammed against the wall, and he said solemnly: "Anyway, there is no worse situation than it is now... It is the navy that should dominate the world, not an inexplicable organization!"

    Sengoku turned his head and glanced at his two old friends, and said in a low voice: "The guy with the white beard will never take refuge in any organization, Karp, Xiaohe, we will solve this war together with the white beard, defeat the Xiao organization, and rebuild World government, restore world order..."

    Karp looked up at the sky with a subtle look in his eyes: "Warring States, if you want to unite the guy with the white beard... Ace... Sabo and Luffy''s bastards... and Dorag..."

    "I know!"

    The Warring States period glanced at Karp angrily, and then said in a deep voice: "This is only temporary, if they are still stubborn and cause disaster..."

    "The world government no longer exists, what can they do to trouble..."

    "To shut up!"

    Sengoku felt that he was going to be **** off by his old friend, but after thinking about it for a while, he spoke again: "Since the world government and the Denon people no longer exist, after we defeat the Akatsuki organization, we can contact us when we establish a new world government. Rag..."

    I didn''t expect...

    In this situation, UU reading www. uukanshu.com turned out to be the best for the Karp family.

    However, if you want to unite to establish a world government, you can indeed bring in the revolutionary army. Moreover, the leader of the revolutionary army, Monch D. Dorag, is also the son of Karp and the younger of the Warring States period...

    If the alliance is established, they may not have no chance of winning against Akatsuki.

    Sengoku grabbed Lieutenant General Crane¡¯s phone worm, and directed at Uehara Naraku at the other end, and said, "Lieutenant General Uehara Naraku, take your warship and wait for us to meet us in the sea off Marin Vando..."

    "Yes, Marshal of the Warring States Period!"

    Uehara Naraku on the other side of the phone worm listened to them all the way.

    At this moment, Uehara Naraku''s voice sounded a little excited, as if he had a backbone.

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click "Favorites" below to record the reading record of this time (Chapter 572: The Big Actions of the Three Elders of Malin Fando), and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 572ï¼š Gods pleasure

    "Starting from Hokage to do behind-the-scenes novels ( Find the latest chapter!

    Marin Vando.

    Only Lieutenant General Crane stayed.

    Warring States and Karp left Marin Vando.

    The two of them left before the war and did not cause any disturbances, and instead of sending anyone to stop them, Pharmacist Tuo even provided them with convenience.

    Lieutenant General Crane was a little surprised by this, and he was also faintly disturbed, because Yakushidou almost never made any mistakes, even if he was in the navy, he occasionally made mistakes several times, all for the Akatsuki organization.

    Lieutenant General Crane was a little worried.

    The Warring States period is the marshal of the navy, and Karp is a naval hero.

    Why did Pharmacist Du let these two people who are extremely prestigious in the navy and likely to shake the navy''s morale in the war to leave Marin Vandor before the war?

    "Senior Crane is curious?"

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around and said with a light smile: "Why didn''t I send someone to intercept the Warring States Marshal and Lieutenant General Karp?"

    "Ok¡­"

    Lieutenant General Crane slowly frowned his brows, his expression full of dignity: "Do you... do you have any other arrangements? You shouldn''t leave any loopholes..."

    "Because I know who you are looking for..."

    Pharmacist¡¯s smile gradually became subtle, and he slowly spread his palms and said, ¡°The entire navy near Marin Vandor is under my control. There is only one place where the navy should be your hope...¡±

    When the pharmacist talked about this, he shook his head slightly and said softly, "No, it should be said that there is also my hope!"

    "..."

    A drop of sweat gradually appeared on Lieutenant General Crane''s temple.

    The former navy staff officer spoke in disbelief: "You and Lieutenant Admiral Uehara have never been at odds. Is he also your subordinate..."

    "No, Senior Crane said the opposite!"

    Pharmacist shook his head, pushed his glasses, and said with a chuckle: "Perhaps it is because Lord Naraku is so low-key that Senior Tsuru hasn''t observed his true identity. There is nothing wrong with it..."

    Pharmacist stared at Lieutenant General Tsuru with a weird smile on his lips: "Because Lord Naraku has always been like this, you can only see what he wants you to see... If he doesn''t want you to know, neither will you Will know."

    "..."

    There was more and more sweat on Lieutenant General Crane''s cheeks.

    Yakushi looked at Lieutenant General Tsuru who looked increasingly ugly, and continued with a smile: "Senior Tsuru has never deliberately paid attention to it? I have never taken the initiative to target Naraku-sama, and even for Naraku-sama, I am better than anyone. respect¡­"

    This is really good.

    Even Malin Vatican, Yakushidou is still doing his best to follow Uehara Naraku''s wishes without revealing his identity.

    "..."

    Lieutenant General Crane''s body trembled slightly.

    The old man finally remembered some small things that they had overlooked.

    If Yakushidou and Naraku Uehara are present together, Yakushidou will often prepare juice specially for Naraku Uehara, and even occasionally protect him as much as possible when the Warring States period scolds Uehara Naraku...

    It¡¯s just because of preconceived notions and the tone of Yakushidou''s usual speech that made them even think that Yakushidou was threatening Uehara Naraku...

    and¡­

    Only Uehara Naraku!

    Only Naraku Uehara, the navy lieutenant, will never care about Yakushito''s intelligence theory, and even he never cares about Yakushito''s attitude toward him!

    Because Uehara Naraku knew...

    The pharmacist''s pocket was never a threat to him.

    "Who is Uehara Naraku?"

    Lieutenant General Crane''s fingers trembled little by little, her palm slowly touched her phone worm, and she continued to ask, "Is he also a member of Akatsuki?"

    "Master Naraku, he is..."

    The pharmacist smiled and put out his fingers.

    A little white snake suddenly rushed out of him, swallowed Lieutenant General Crane''s phone bug, and returned to Yao Shidou''s side!

    After all this was done and Lieutenant General Crane''s channel for external contact was completely cut off, Yao Shipo''s face gradually showed a touch of sternness.

    "A **** walking on earth."

    The pharmacist slowly closed his palms, and revealed a playful smile: "Perhaps these are a bit strange to say, so let''s talk about his other identity, maybe you will be more interested!"

    "What status... Akatsuki''s leader?"

    Lieutenant General Crane had probably guessed it, because she remembered that someone in the sea had mentioned more than once that the leader of Xiao was a true god.

    Yakushi looked at Lieutenant General Tsuru¡¯s nervous expression, smiled and nodded, ¡°Yes, Lord Naraku is the most powerful leader in Akatsuki¡¯s history, and the man who really commanded Akatsuki to conquer this world...¡±

    "..."

    Even if Lieutenant General Crane had already guessed in his heart...

    However, when she truly knew the identity of Uehara Naraku from the pharmacist''s pocket, her eyes still had some uncontrollable surprise.

    Lieutenant General Tsuru remembered that when Uehara Naraku was a member of the Baroque job club, his reward order appeared in front of them for the first time, and Karp felt that this guy was very dangerous at first sight...

    Thinking about it now...

    The guy Karp''s instinct seems to be accurate all the time!

    Although it usually looks very unreliable, when it comes to trouble, Karp is actually more reliable than anyone!

    and¡­

    Lieutenant General Crane remembered the arrest of Red-haired Shanks again.

    Perhaps it was precisely because the Red-haired Pirates captured the hidden identity of Naruko Uehara as a prisoner, which directly led to the capture of their captain Red-haired Shanks...

    Lieutenant General Crane only felt that his scalp was numb, and he couldn''t tell what happened in the past, what is true and what is false...

    Under the control of Akatsuki...

    Everything that happened in the past seemed to have some dark shadows.

    While Lieutenant General Crane was still pondering, an Adjutant Ordering Officer walked to the front of Pharmacist Pocket and said with a serious face: "Lieutenant General Pharmacist Pocket, five minutes ago, our submarine observed the traces of three Moby Dick. , They are still half an hour away from Marin Vando!"

    "Half an hour?"

    The pharmacist groaned for a while, pushed his glasses, looked at the herald next to him, and continued to order softly: "Open the door of justice first! According to my guess, we should wait longer..."

    "Yes!"

    The adjutant passed down respectfully.

    "Well, let''s continue to talk about the Marshal of the Warring States Period!"

    Pharmacist turned his head and glanced at Lieutenant General Crane, smiled and continued: "At the beginning, the world government destroyed all the files of the Rocks Pirates, but those things are not a secret to Akatsuki. There are two parties in Akatsuki... "

    Yakushi¡¯s smile became more and more profound: "If I¡¯m right, Marshal of the Warring States Period and Lieutenant General Karp have brought Master Naraku¡¯s navy to see Whitebeard, right? You want to repeat Locks 36 years ago. The old story of the destruction of the Pirate Group..."

    Yakushi looked at Lieutenant General Tsuru¡¯s sudden change, and narrowed his eyes: ¡°It¡¯s a pity that everything about them fell into the eyes of Lord Naraku. Senior Tsuru, it¡¯s better to guess how Lord Naraku would treat Sengoku. Where are the Marshal and Captain?"

    "..."

    Lieutenant General Crane''s face became more and more ugly, and her brow furrowed: "It looks like our last hope is also destroyed..."

    "No, you succeeded."

    The pharmacist shook his head and said calmly, "It''s just a bit sad. If you haven''t really seen the power of Lord Naraku, some people will want to resist Lord Naraku''s will. That is a **** who controls the cycle of life and death!"

    A bright light flashed on the lens of the pharmacist''s pocket, and the corners of his mouth were redrawn: "A **** will never care about a few ants uniting.

    Everything these ants did was under the gaze of God. He would watch these ants discuss how to attack him, and then slowly stretch out his fingers to crush them to death. Perhaps this is also a rare pleasure for God to walk in the world... "

    "..."

    Lieutenant General Crane''s palm trembled slightly.

    Now she can''t do anything, the only thing she can do is to pray that the two fellows Sengoku and Kapu will be alert and don''t be fooled!

    I didn''t expect...

    The last lieutenant admiral who was willing to obey the Sengoku orders... turned out to be the leader of the Akatsuki organization!

    only¡­

    Lieutenant General Crane''s heart cannot be conveyed to the sea.

    Sengoku and Karp left Malin Vatican in a small boat and hurried to the sea outside Malin Vatican, where they boarded the Orange Warship Uehara Naraku.

    "Find a way to find the traces of the White Beard Pirates and the Revolutionary Army!"

    Sengoku looked at Naraku Uehara with a serious face, and immediately issued an order to the only Lieutenant General he can control: "Before they rush to Marin Vando, they must find the ships of the White Beard Pirates and the Revolutionary Army. Our speed Must be fast!"

    "Yes¡­"

    Uehara Naraku waved his adjutant to direct the warship operations, then looked at the serious-looking Sengoku and asked softly: "Marshal-sir, is there something wrong with Malin Vando?"

    "Well, you should have heard some..."

    Sengoku nodded and said in a low voice, "Akatsuki invaded the navy, and Yakushito usurped the navy''s power. Malin Fandor and many admirals have been corroded by Yakushito. We must eliminate Akatsuki and find a way to stabilize the turmoil. world¡­"

    When Sengoku said this, UU reading took another look at Naraku Uehara, and continued with a deep voice: "Now that the world government has been destroyed, we now need to contact the white beard and the revolutionary army to eliminate the Akatsuki organization... these Don''t worry about the small things for now, there is nothing more important than the elimination of Akatsuki''s organization!"

    Sengoku didn''t want to cause Naraku Uehara''s dissatisfaction because of their alliance with the White Beard Pirates. This was the only subordinate he could control now.

    Uehara Naruko didn''t care at all.

    Even Uehara Naraku hesitated and asked: "If you want to contact the White Beard Pirates and the Revolutionary Army, in the future, Mr. Luffy and his brothers Ace and Mr. Sabo..."

    "Ha ha ha ha ha ha ha¡­"

    Lieutenant General Karp laughed at the words, and patted Uehara Naraku on the shoulder with a happier gesture: "Uehara kid, the old man made a mistake at first, and now the old man really likes you more and more..."

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click "Favorites" below to record the reading record of this time (Chapter 573 The Fun of Gods), and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 573ï¼š You bring the leader of Xiao, and discuss with us to join forces against Xiao group...

    "Starting from Hokage to do behind-the-scenes novels ( Find the latest chapter!

    Uehara Naraku had good luck.

    Under the prying eyes of Uehara Naraku''s destiny skills, they can easily find the right direction, but the main group of the Whitebeard Pirates is diving under the seabed.

    Therefore, Uehara Naraku could only lead Karp and Sengoku to find the pirate group under the Whitebeard, and wanted to contact Whitebeard himself through them.

    Now there are forty pirates who are willing to follow the white beard. These people have also gathered from the new world, and they all assemble and rush to Malin Vando.

    Uehara Naraku''s warship quickly intercepted one of the pirate ships that was temporarily alone.

    Doma, the great pirate rider of the new world.

    When Doma, a knight, came to help White Beard, he thought that someone would be killed in this war, but he did not hesitate to come to help White Beard with his life.

    have not thought¡­

    Before arriving at Malin Vandor, he was spotted by Cap and the Warring States.

    Originally, when Doma, the knight, met the admiral and the hero of the navy, he was a little silly. What kind of luck is this, he directly hit the Buddha''s Warring States and Iron Fist Karp!

    As a result, after the Warring States hand overturned the traveler Thomas, he asked him to contact the white beard: "The traveler Thomas, immediately contact the guy at Newgate and tell him to come and meet us. I have important things to do now. Talk to him!

    "Pooh!"

    Doma, the knight, stubbornly spit on the Warring States: "I''m not fooled! Even if I''m killed by you now, I won''t delay my father to save Ace!"

    These pirates are very loyal, and only these pirates will be moved by the white beard, and slowly gather around him.

    Doma, the knight, is very stubborn.

    No matter what the Warring States period said, Doma, the knight, was unwilling to delay Whitebeard''s rush to Malin Vando. This kind of loyalty is really worrying...

    "Hurry up and let the old guy White Beard come over!"

    The Warring States squeezed the collar of the traveler Doma abruptly, and roared angrily: "As long as you contact him, it is enough. Now there is no time to delay here. If he arrives at Malin Vandor before meeting us, the whole The White Beard Pirates will be completely finished!"

    "I won''t believe..."

    Doma, the knight, was particularly disdainful of the words of the Admiral: "No one in this world can beat the old man. The navy is just a conspiracy..."

    "Just tell Baibeard!"

    The Warring States of Buddha was trembling with anger by the pirate. His voice said coldly: "Tell him that the world government has been destroyed. The former Rocks Pirates...No, it should be more terrifying than the Rocks Pirates. The evil forces are resurrected, and he will know what I mean!"

    "What a joke!"

    Doma, the knight, was full of astonishment.

    To be honest, if there is a choice, even if the travel knight Thomas believes that the Whitebeard Pirates will be destroyed, he will not believe that the world government will destroy...

    That is the world government that has ruled the world for eight hundred years!

    The Warring States period looked at the tour knight Thomas with a serious face, and said solemnly: "This is not a joke, this is a fact. You should have heard of Akatsuki''s reputation in the New World!"

    "Yes... I have indeed heard of..."

    The knight Thomas couldn''t help nodding, and said in a low voice, "When we visited Dad, it seemed that Sasuke had occasionally heard Sasuke mention that Akatsuki''s leader was a stingy guy...

    Not many of us would care about that kind of small organization, because I heard that Xiaoxiao is just a small pirate who took refuge in the guy Kaido, the beast..."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku''s expression gradually became subtle.

    Hey, it seems that Sasuke Uchiha doesn''t have a very good impression of his leader. He really spread rumors for him in the new world!

    Sengoku watched the traveler Thomas, shook his head, and said in a low voice: "We thought that Akatsuki was just taking refuge in Kaido, but now it turns out that we were wrong. The Akatsuki organization destroyed Mary Joa and usurped the power of the navy. ¡­"

    Sorry...

    Sorry...

    At this moment, the phone worm on the traveler Doma suddenly rang, and the Warring States period immediately stopped talking about him, and reached out and snatched the phone worm from Doma.

    This phone worm is from Marco.

    Originally, Doma, the traveler, agreed to come to Malin Vandor to help out. Marco was worried about what happened to Doma, the traveler, and asked him what was going on here.

    "Hey, Thomas, your side..."

    "Marko."

    The Warring States of Buddha grabbed the phone worm in his hand and said in a deep voice: "Immediately stop advancing towards Malin Vandor, and let White Beard answer the phone immediately!"

    "you are¡­"

    Marco''s voice hesitated.

    The next moment, Baibeard''s sullen voice came from the phone worm: "Warring States, have you arrested Lao Tzu''s son again!"

    As an old opponent...

    White Beard immediately heard the voice of the Warring States Period!

    "Do not¡­"

    The Warring States Period of Buddha shook his head, and said in a deep voice: "Now stop rushing to Malin Vandor. The execution of Firefist Ace is a trap set by Akatsuki against the Whitebeard Pirates. We must find a place to talk... "

    "What a mess..."

    White Beard''s voice was a little impatient.

    Isn¡¯t Malin Vandor a naval base?

    Even White Beard couldn''t turn around for a while, wasn''t Malin Vandor''s execution not a navy conspiracy? Why are you mingling with Akatsuki again!

    "dawn?"

    Just as Whitebeard was confused, Sasuke Uchiha flew down beside Whitebeard, reached out and grabbed the phone bug in Whitebeard''s hand: "If you want to talk, how about telling Ace first? Then tell us Malin Vando. What''s the situation!"

    Sasuke Uchiha didn''t wait for Sengoku to answer, and suddenly continued: "If I guessed correctly, Akatsuki has already controlled the navy, right?"

    "Yes¡­"

    Sengoku shook the phone worm in his hand, and his voice was full of obscurity: "The Akatsuki organization has taken control of the entire Marin Vando navy, and has taken over the BIG¡¤MOM Pirate Group and the Beast Pirate Group. They have destroyed the world. The government may also be moving towards Marin Vando..."

    Aboard the Moby Dick.

    Shirobeard, Uchiha Sasuke, and Marco looked at each other.

    Even the three of them didn¡¯t expect this to happen. Akatsuki took control of Malin Vando¡¯s navy and drove the admiral from the naval base...

    How does it sound so magical...

    And they don¡¯t know if this is true or not...

    Baibeard is reluctant to believe the words of the Warring States Period, because he thinks it may be the conspiracy of the Warring States Period of the Buddha. If they arrive at Malin Vandor too late...

    What if Ace is executed?

    This is the credibility of the Warring States period.

    At exactly this time, there was another man to be trusted on board.

    Karp''s thick voice fell into White Beard''s ears through the phone bug: "Hey, Newgate, Xiao those guys are much more powerful than the Rocks Pirates..."

    "..."

    Whitebeard fell into silence strangely.

    The man in the Warring States period is indeed not worthy of Baibeard''s belief, but the credibility of the naval hero, Monkey D. Karp, is still very reliable.

    Gore D. Roger trusts Karp very much.

    Even Roger''s child was entrusted to Karp to raise him before his death.

    Besides, Karp mentioned the Rocks Pirates...

    The Rocks Pirates that used to be invincible in the sea and pointed directly at the king of the world, even now it is impossible for anyone to surpass the powerful Pirates...

    Even White Beard knows in his heart that the current White Beard Pirates is actually a small gap compared to the Rocks Pirates at its peak, because he was once a member of the Rocks Pirates...

    If it weren''t for Cap''s mention of the Rocks Pirates, Whitebeard would really not be interested in what Cap and the Warring States had said. He just wanted to rescue Firefist Ace.

    "Sasuke, give me the phone bug..."

    Baibeard stretched out his palm to take the phone worm from Uchiha¡¯s assistant, and suddenly laughed at the phone worm, "Goo la la la la...then find a place to talk...but...don¡¯t delay me and save yourself. Son!"

    "rest assured."

    Warring States nodded slowly, and said in a deep voice to the phone bug: "I hope you guys have heard what we are talking about, and dare to go to Malin Vando to rescue Firefist Ace..."

    "There is no need to worry about you."

    The corners of White Beard''s mouth grinned, and a bold smile appeared: "Lao Tzu is a white beard... Gu la la la... Warring States, you, the former navy marshal, sounds really worse than when I chased and killed Lao Tzu. Embarrassed!"

    After saying this, Baibeard glanced at Leily next to him, then smiled and continued: "Forget it, don''t say this, if you want to see Lao Tzu, come on Lao Tzu''s boat! Here are ours. What about my old friend...cuckoo la la la..."

    The two parties agreed on the time and place.

    They settled at a place fifteen nautical miles outside the Marin Vatican Gate of Justice.

    Uehara Naraku''s orange warship hurried to the agreed location, where they saw the white-bearded flagship of the USS Mobile.

    And the person responsible for welcoming them is Uchiha Sasuke.

    Because Sasuke Uchiha is undoubtedly the most interested in Akatsuki, and he also believes most in what the Buddha Sengoku said. After all, Sasuke has always heard that Yakushi is doing well in the world government, and the admiral has long been a member of Akatsuki. ¡­

    Akatsuki took control of Marin Vando¡¯s navy...

    This kind of thing is really not surprising to Akatsuki. That guy Uehara Naraku once commanded the ninja coalition!

    "According to our agreement..."

    Sasuke Uchiha stepped on the sea and stopped in front of the orange warship, raised his head and said loudly: "The old man sent me to pick you up, don''t delay..."

    Uchiha Sasuke''s voice stopped abruptly. UU reading

    Because he saw Sengoku and Karp, and also saw Uehara Naraku behind Sengoku and Karp, Sasuke''s face gradually became ugly.

    This fucking...

    what''s the situation!

    Sasuke Uchiha thought that they would provide two more strong aids, at least they could know some information about Malin Vando from Sengoku and Karp!

    but¡­

    Who can tell him!

    The Warring States period wanted to discuss with the White Beard Pirate Group about jointly attacking the Akatsuki organization, but came with the leader of Akatsuki. What does this person mean?

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 574, do you bring the leader of Xiao, discuss with us about the organization of Xiao Xiao?) Read the record, and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf !

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 574ï¼š Join hands

    It''s all like this.

    What are you talking about now?

    Uchiha Sasuke''s heart sank little by little.

    Sasuke Uchiha¡¯s gaze fell on Karp and Sengoku. His eyes gradually showed a red fierce glow. These two guys said they would deal with Akatsuki, but they secretly took Akatsuki. The leader came here...

    Is it necessary to discuss the Fu Xiao organization?

    "Sasuke Uchiha!"

    The Sengoku of Buddha saw Uchiha Sasuke, he immediately became alert, because this young man is a monster that can defeat the admiral and the four emperors!

    In a sense...

    Sengoku has some confidence in joining hands with the Whitebeard Pirates to defeat Akatsuki, precisely because the Whitebeard Pirates, in addition to the whitebeard man, also has Uchiha Sasuke, who is also at the top!

    Although the White Beard Pirates are still weaker than Akatsuki in terms of strength on paper, if you add the Red-haired Pirates and the Revolutionary Army that will definitely be dispatched together, it shouldn''t be much worse!

    "The legendary super rookie pirate..."

    Uehara Naraku slowly retreated behind Karp, blinked, and whispered: "When I was undercover in Wano country, I once heard about one thing, Sasuke Uchiha defeated Wano''s domestic entrenchment alone. The pirate group of beasts..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Uchiha Sasuke''s brow jumped.

    Why did he go to trouble with the Hundred Beasts Pirates in the first place? Didn''t this guy know it well, wasn''t that all his orders!

    What innocent performance is this time!

    When meeting Naraku Uehara, Sasuke Uchiha was immediately filled with despair over the alliance proposed by Sengoku. His face was suddenly full of impatient: "Well, we have no interest in the joint crusade against Akatsuki. We just I want to save Ace..."

    "Sasuke Uchiha."

    The Warring States of Buddha pushed his own glasses, and said in a deep voice: "You don''t really understand Akatsuki''s situation, do you really know Akatsuki''s terrible? Ma Lin Fanduo now has one hundred thousand navy, three navy generals, the king under Qiwuhai and A large number of elite CP troops..."

    The Sengoku of Buddha slowly lowered his head and watched Uchiha Sasuke continue: "Besides, there are Kaido and BIG¡¤MOM Pirates around watching..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Uchiha Sasuke did not want to answer his words.

    How terrible the Akatsuki organization is, in fact, Sasuke knows more than Sengoku. Only Uehara Naraku and Otsuki Teruya may be powerful enough to crush everyone...

    of course¡­

    It¡¯s never Akatsuki¡¯s power that is more frightening.

    Uchiha Sasuke raised his head and looked at the Sengoku of Buddha, his face was full of indifference: "I was born in Akatsuki, and I know what that organization is like better than you...

    Xiao Xiao¡¯s real horror is never their overwhelming power, but the control of your life all the time, everything you do is in their expectations! "

    "¡­¡­"

    Sengoku and Karp couldn''t help frowning.

    At this moment, they remembered what the pharmacist had done.

    The next moment, Sengoku''s gaze slowly fell on Uehara Naraku.

    Uehara Naraku stood behind Karp, with a hint of fear in his eyes: "Wait, I suddenly remembered, when I was under Akatsuki''s surveillance when the SWORD troop went undercover in the country of Wano, was it?"

    "You are just the one being used."

    Sengoku couldn''t help but calmed down his subordinates softly, his brows frowned slightly, and he began to recall the three years of Uehara Naruto undercover in Wano Country...

    During that time...

    In order to protect Naraku Uehara, the CP agents had suffered serious losses, and Pharmacist had to make major rectifications to the CP department.

    Now that I think of it, he should have used Naraku Uehara to completely exchange blood for the CP department, and thus completely grasped the CP department, the intelligence department.

    Since Uehara Naraku came back, Yakushidou has always wanted to hold Uehara Naraku in his hands, but was forcibly stopped by the Sengoku...

    Later, Yakushi Duo wanted to secretly target Naraku Uehara, and wanted to borrow his power to clean up this lieutenant admiral, all of which were stopped by the Sengoku.

    If I remember now...

    Maybe it was Yakushidou who thought that Uehara Naraku might discover Akatsuki''s secret?

    That''s why Yakushidou wanted to get rid of Naraku Uehara!

    Sengoku patted Naraku Uehara on the shoulder, and said in a deep voice, "Lieutenant General Uehara, please remember that you have discovered what Akatsuki''s secret in Wano Country..."

    After saying this, Sengoku looked at Uehara Naraku lost in thought, then turned to look at Uchiha Sasuke, and said, "Uchiha Sasuke, take us to see Newgate!"

    "¡­¡­"

    Uchiha Sasuke has a strange expression.

    He has already hinted so obvious!

    The admiral of the Warring States has not figured it out yet?

    Just as Uchiha Sasuke wanted to say something, he saw Uehara Naruko standing behind Karp, raising his head, and a dangerous smile appeared on the corner of his mouth.

    This smile makes people feel chilly!

    This guy¡­

    is threatening him again!

    Aboard the Moby Dick.

    Whitebeard Edward Newgate saw Sengoku and Karp with a big smile on his mouth: "Sengoku, I heard that you, the admiral of the navy, were driven out of Marin Vandor. After decades, you are still number one. So embarrassed this time!"

    "Newgate..."

    An awkward anger flashed across Zeng Guo''s face.

    Only Karp has a smile on his face. He doesn''t care about his embarrassment at all. He just looks at the Hades Raleigh aboard the Moby Dick...

    This is his old friend.

    However, the pirates on the Mobile don''t think so. As White Beard said, the pirates on the Mobile burst into laughter.

    "Hahahaha... I didn''t expect it!"

    "A marine marshal was driven out of Marin Vando!"

    "Hahahahahahahaha... the admiral and naval hero who were driven out!"

    A group of pirates jokingly pointed at the Warring States and Karp, this is the rare time they laugh at the navy.

    especially mocking the admiral and naval heroes.

    This opportunity may only be seen once in a lifetime!

    "All right."

    Baibeard waved his hand to stop the pirates under his banner, and watched Karp and the Warring States Period and said in a deep voice, "Tell me, Warring States, what is going on... Our time is running out, don''t delay me to save my son. !"

    "Ok¡­"

    Sengoku nodded slowly, and said in a low voice: "Our time is indeed running out. Apart from coming to see you, we have to meet the revolutionary army guys..."

    Sengoku slowly sat down on the deck, and said solemnly: "First of all, the world government has been destroyed by Akatsuki, and the world is about to fall into a turmoil..."

    "and many more¡­"

    Marco stopped the words of the Warring States Period, and couldn''t help but ask: "Your Excellency Marshal, although we pirates have always disliked the world government, at least it is clear how they destroyed it!"

    The Warring States period was silent for a while, and whispered: "The pharmacist mobilized all the defense forces of Maria Joa, Akatsuki gathered all the beasts Kaido and BIG¡¤MOM to destroy Maria Joa, and killed the five old stars and all of them. Nobles of the world..."

    "Is that so..."

    The white beard''s brows frowned, and he said with a weird expression: "At that time...Where are you? No one is going to save the trash this time?"

    "This is what I want to say next."

    The Warring States suddenly raised his head, his face was ugly, and he said: "Wu Lao Xing was blinded by Yakushitou and gave him too much power. The entire Marine Vandor navy obeyed Yakushitou''s orders, and we were unable to rush to support, Kuzan, Sakarski and Polusalino are all Akatsuki members..."

    "Three Generals of the Navy Headquarters!"

    Marco couldn''t help rolling his eyelids, and said in surprise, "Are all Akatsuki members?"

    In this case¡­

    This war is really troublesome!

    Unless there is the combat power of Uchiha Sasuke, no one can ignore the combat power of the admiral of the navy headquarters, plus the two four emperors, Kaido and BIG¡¤MOM...

    "Except for them..."

    The Warring States was silent for a while, and then continued: "As far as I know, at least five of the Seven Martial Seas under the King are also members of Akatsuki..."

    The Warring States did not hide too much.

    Because the situation is extremely bad.

    Whether it was Akatsuki who assembled two Four Emperors Pirate Group and destroyed the world government and all world nobles, or Malin Vando was completely controlled by Akatsuki, the three navy generals and the five kings under Qiwuhai were all Akatsuki members. ¡­

    These ones¡­

    The Warring States had told Baibeard.

    Regardless of everything the Warring States said, the entire Whitebeard Pirates group was shocked. They couldn''t believe that what the Warring States said was true...

    if so¡­

    Aren¡¯t they going to face the two Four Emperors Pirate Group, the powerful navy headquarters, the Qiwuhai forces under the king, and the Akatsuki organization that does not know the specific strength...

    at least¡­

    The members of the White Beard Pirates have already realized one thing, that is, what Uchiha Sasuke once said is true...

    Ïþ is indeed a powerful organization!

    Of course, even if the members of the White Beard Pirates know how dangerous the enemy they are facing, some people can''t help but laugh.

    "Ha ha ha ha ha ha ha¡­"

    One of the pirates finally couldn''t hold back and laughed: "Hahahahaha... I''m sorry, but I really can''t help it... It''s really unexpected... Except for the admiral and the naval hero, the others are actually Xiao people... "

    "Hahahahahaha..."

    The entire Whitebeard Pirates group burst into laughter again.

    "All right."

    Baibeard waved his hand to signal everyone to stop His gaze fell on the Buddha''s Warring States, and he whispered: "Warring States, the purpose of your coming to Lao Tzu is to invite Lao Tzu to join you. Against the Xiao organization?"

    "That''s right."

    Sengoku nodded slowly, and continued with a deep voice: "We all know very well that Akatsuki is a more terrifying force than the Rocks Pirates!

    Want to stop their ambitions, now every one of our strengths is precious, otherwise, if we don¡¯t even see the leader of Akatsuki, they will be defeated..."

    "¡­¡­"

    The white beard was silent for a long time.

    When the Warring States period thought that Baibeard might refuse, Baibeard said in a loud voice, "I was just to rescue my son...in half an hour, I will attack Malin Vando."

    Time is equivalent to a signal.

    Apparently, Baibeard agreed to join forces with the Warring States Period.

    Whitebeard only provides an offensive time, for the pirates, this is already a teaming.

    The Warring States Period slowly stood up, nodded and said: "Okay, I see, time is too tight, I have to see Dorag of the Revolutionary Army..."

 Chapter 575ï¼š At war, only Akatsuki can use the greeting method!

    "Starting from Hokage to do behind-the-scenes novels ( Find the latest chapter!

    Compared to the white beard pirates...

    Obviously, the revolutionary army is more sensible.

    Uehara Naraku¡¯s orange warship quickly found the Revolutionary Army¡¯s large ship group. Sengoku and Karp caused a sensation after they appeared, but after they chatted, Monch D. Dorag thought for a while and directly agreed. Come down.

    Because Monkey D. Karp is by the side of the Warring States period.

    Even if Dorag did not want to believe in the Warring States Period, he still believed in his father very much.

    It¡¯s just that Dorag didn¡¯t expect...

    The direction of this war is so advantageous to the revolutionary army.

    The Akatsuki organization destroyed the world government, which is simply a surprise to the revolutionary army, and even their revolutionary army can participate in the formation of a new world government.

    This matter should be considered carefully...

    The Revolutionary Army is a group of dragon slayers and cannot be a dragon...

    And Dorag also helped contact Ben Beckman''s Redhead Pirate Remnant Party and invited them to jointly initiate a crusade against Akatsuki!

    of course¡­

    Now that their hastily established contact, the first thing they did was to attack the Marine Headquarters base, Malin Vandor, and rescue everyone who had been publicly executed by the Xiao organization.

    Once the cadres of the Revolutionary Army and the red-haired Shanks were rescued...

    It means that their alliance can greatly increase its strength!

    But this is also quite difficult...

    Because their fragile alliance is facing a super organization with the navy headquarters and two Four Emperor Pirate Groups!

    dawn!

    This little-known organization...

    After first showing his fangs, it was enough to shock the whole world!

    Now this organization has finally lifted the veil on their faces. The first people to be trampled under their feet are the Tianlong people and the world government who have ruled for 800 years!

    This is really...

    If you don''t make a move...

    Any shot will definitely not disappoint!

    Today, the Akatsuki organization possesses the strongest strengths in this sea, and no one can predict how many terrifying monsters there are inside them!

    but¡­

    No one has any retreat!

    Even if it is a retreat, they can''t do it. They can only move forward, at least in Marin Vando, annihilate the existing armaments of the Akatsuki organization in one fell swoop, otherwise, they will only be reduced to the fish of Akatsuki when they cannibalize the world!

    Standing on the dragon-head battleship, Dorag slowly stretched out his palms, summoning the hurricane to urge his ship to move forward quickly: "A war that can directly determine the fate of everyone in this world, finally it has started!"

    Marin Vando.

    One after another prisoners were put on the execution stand.

    The pharmacist is holding the microphone in his hand, and his face calmly reads the list in his hand: "Firefist Ace, the son of One Piece King Gore D. Roger, now the captain of the 2nd Division of the White Beard Pirate Group;

    Sabo, a nobleman of the Goa Kingdom, is now the Chief of Staff of the Revolutionary Army; Straw Hat Luffy, son of Revolutionary Army leader Monch D. Dorag, now the captain of the Straw Hat Pirates..."

    Fire Fist Ace walked in the forefront, Sabo walked in the middle, Luffy walked at the end, the three brothers slowly stepped onto the execution stage, but everyone seemed to have a smile on their faces.

    Because they are righteous brothers.

    If you can, it doesn''t seem unacceptable to die together today.

    The pharmacist watched as the three of their brothers knelt on the execution stage, picked up the list in his hand, and continued to read: "Here are the remnants of the Roger Pirates, Qianliang the clown Bucky, the red-haired Shanks, Kurox, Douglas Barrett..."

    The agents of the CP department walked up to the execution table with figures one after another and placed them in an area on the execution table.

    Pharmacist looked at the red-haired Shanks who was also smiling, picked up the list in his hand again, and whispered: "Here are the cadres of the Revolutionary Army, the Northern Army..."

    Just as the pharmacist was about to continue reading the list, a messenger in charge of the lookout seemed to have discovered the weird situation in the gate of justice and suddenly shouted to remind him.

    "Lieutenant General Pharmacist pocket, someone is passing the gate of justice!"

    The waves inside the gate of justice are surging.

    Pirate ships slowly passed the gate of justice.

    In the next moment, the herald kept spying with the telescope, his face slowly changed, and he said loudly: "Those are the Pirates under the Whitebeard...Elmi, Marku Guyi, Dikal Ban brothers... all of them are the famous big pirates of the New World!"

    Forty pirate boats are heading toward Marin Vando, almost every pirate boat is fully armed!

    These ships are carrying nearly 20,000 pirates!

    This is what Baibeard has attracted to the pirates who follow him over the years!

    Now these pirates have all come to Malin Fando to help out!

    The look of the navy herald became more and more ugly, because one after another in his field of vision was sailing into Malin Vandor: "And...there is also the fleet of the Revolutionary Army! The leader is...Monkey. D. Dorag¡¯s leading battleship!"

    Dozens of warships of the Revolutionary Army followed closely!

    These are almost the entire family of the revolutionary army. Originally, Dorag wanted to rely on this war to start a battle with the world government, but things seemed to go smoothly beyond imagination!

    Now the world government is destroyed.

    Dorag no longer needs to continue to accumulate strength in order to overthrow the world government, he only needs to attack Xiao Organization with the White Beard Pirates and the Red Hair Pirates!

    Now both of them...

    Who won this world war...

    Whoever has the power to dominate the world!

    Pirate ships and revolutionary sea ships passed the Gate of Justice and arrived at the sea outside Malin Vatican. A group of shore fire guns responsible for defense at the periphery began to hand in fire with these people sporadically.

    Pharmacist stood on the execution platform, pushed his glasses, looked at a group of pirate ships and revolutionary warships, his face did not panic at all, even the corners of his mouth were still smiling.

    "Really good."

    The pharmacist nodded slowly, and said with a smile: "In this way, you can kill them all here..."

    After speaking, the pharmacist turned his head and glanced at the adjutant next to him, and continued: "Okay, bring all the cadres of the revolutionary army, don''t delay our public execution, but now the whole world is live!"

    indeed¡­

    The world is broadcasting today''s events!

    Starting today, the world will change!

    "What about the white beard..."

    Lieutenant General Crane was standing next to Pharmacist''s pocket, with a faint worry on his face: "Whitebeard and Sengoku, Karp... didn''t they appear with them?"

    If they didn''t show up with these people... Would this mean that Baibeard, Karp, and Sengoku have fallen into the trap of Akatsuki!

    The pharmacist shook his head, his fingers slowly merged, and said with a light smile: "Don''t worry, the appearance of big people always needs some special way..."

    As the voice of the pharmacist pocket just fell...

    The entire inner port of Marin Vando spouted out a wave of ocean currents, and everyone with the domineering experience and color could not help but probe into the inner port!

    next moment¡­

    A large ship wrapped in a coating came out in a hurry!

    Three Moby Dick from the White Beard Pirates, a new Red Forth from the Redhead Pirates, and an Orange Warship!

    "That is¡­"

    "Moby Dick!"

    "The strongest man in the world is here!"

    "Whitebeard Edward Newgate!"

    "Unexpectedly, submerged from the bottom of the sea by coating the ship!"

    "And the rest of the Redhead Pirates... That warship is that of Lieutenant General Naru Uehara? Is that guy captured by the pirates again?"

    "No, there are also Lieutenant General Karp and Marshal of the Warring States Period on that ship!"

    Malin Vando¡¯s navy¡¯s face was full of shock. The five ships that suddenly dived into the inner harbor were so amazing. These navies could not help but start talking with their colleagues.

    Whether it¡¯s the appearance of the White Beard Pirates or the participation of the Redhead Pirates...

    Or why the two people of Warring States and Karp suddenly emerged from the seabed, these are enough for these navies to discuss for a while...

    While they were still wondering, Edward Newgate, the white beard, walked up to the bow of the ship holding his big knife, and his eyes fell on the execution platform.

    "Ace, are you okay!"

    At the next moment, the strongest man in the world grinned from the corner of his mouth: "Gum la la la la...A bunch of small bugs...If you want to see Lao Tzu, don''t use it to frame Lao Tzu''s son!"

    "What...what...xiao..."

    "What is he saying?"

    A group of navy looked at each other.

    Just when they were still about to discuss, their generals said: "Don''t listen to his nonsense, and carry out our orders. Today our order is to eliminate the White Beard Pirates and the Revolutionary Army and the Red Haired Shanks. Remnant party!"

    "All navy soldiers!"

    However, at this moment, the Warring States Period was standing on the bow of the Orange Warship, looking at the Yakushidou on the execution platform high, and said loudly: "Yakushidou has betrayed justice..."

    "Your Excellency Marshal of the Warring States Period!"

    Just as the Warring States period had just spoken, the pharmacist held his microphone in his pocket and said with a chuckle: "Don''t do this useless work. As a person who has served in the Navy for more than 50 years, you definitely don''t want more innocent people to die. ?"

    "..."

    The Warring States fell silent.

    "Forget it, Sengoku."

    Karp patted the Warring States on the shoulder, looked at the pharmacist pocket on the execution stage, squeezed his fist, and grinned: "Little pocket...you kid haven''t tasted the old man''s fist yet!"

    "of course."

    There was still a smile on Yakushidou¡¯s face, but his smile was a little bit irritating: "I am very happy to fight against Lieutenant General Karp, who has betrayed the navy. Perhaps today we will all know who the strongest lieutenant admiral is. Up..."

    "Hey, pharmacist pocket, don''t talk about that!"

    Ben Beckman stood on the bow of the new Red Firth and slowly said with a cigarette in his mouth: "Our captain is all right!"

    "Beckman!"

    The red-haired Shanks knelt on the execution stage with a chuckle on his face and said, "I''m having a good time here, don''t worry!"

    "Idiot, shut up!"

    A flash of rage flashed across Ben Beckman''s face.

    Captain idiot...

    In one word, Ben Beckman, the deputy captain, directly broke the power!

    In comparison, Pluto Raleigh, the former deputy captain, is more kind.

    Raleigh''s gaze fell on a group of crew members of the Roger Pirates: "Buggy, Shanks, don''t fight in prison! Barrett, it seems that he has grown a lot taller! Kurokas, your body its not bad, right¡­"

    In the end, Lei Li''s eyes finally fell on Xia Qi. He held his glasses and said in a deep voice: "Xia Qi...I''m here to save you."

    "..."

    The expressions of the Roger Pirates suddenly became more subtle, and the weird expressions on everyone''s faces were obviously a bit afraid to look directly at them.

    Just as these people were making noise before the war...

    Suddenly, ships fell from the sky and smashed towards Malin Vando.

    The arrogant and arrogant voice of Golden Lion Shiji, the person with Fluttering Fruit Ability, spread throughout this naval base: "Hahahahaha...I''m not late! Since you haven''t started fighting yet, let me start the war for you. !"

    "What a joke!"

    "Is this the ability of Piaopiao Fruit?"

    "Twenty years ago, he was the one who defeated Marin Vando!"

    A group of navies looked at the sea ships falling in the sky in horror, UU reading www.uukanshu. Com Just as these navies were full of fear and anxiety, a halo suddenly shot out from the ground. Under the influence of this halo, the speed of the ship''s falling became extremely slow...

    If you don¡¯t pay attention...

    It might even make people think that these ships have stopped falling!

    In the next moment, another halo fell on these sea ships, and all these sea ships that were about to be smashed at Malin Vandor were ejected!

    Even the golden lion Shiji was shot out!

    Jiao Du slowly retracted his palm, his face looked up with a bit of displeasure and looked at the bombed Golden Lion Shiji, and said indifferently: "It is better for young people not to be too arrogant... Hmph, remember. Only Akatsuki can use this way of greeting in the future."

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 576 is on, only Xiao can use the greeting method!) Read the record, and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 576ï¼š There are 3 animal phantom beasts on the battlefield!

    Marin Vando.

    No one thought of it.

    According to the legend of the last era, Shiji, the golden lion, would be flicked directly by a king, Qiwuhai, and the fruit ability of Jiaodu also caused a group of people to be surprised...

    "At least two fruit abilities..."

    Doflamingo grinned at the corner of his mouth, and looked at the corner with a grin, and said, "Hey, yeah, yeah... I really missed you... Father Jiaodu!"

    "Tsk..."

    The dry persimmon ghost shark grinned, revealing his own mouthful of shark teeth: "The ability to resent, really makes me envious!"

    "Cut, take away someone else''s heart again!"

    Deidara shook his head in disgust.

    Even Hawkeye Mihawk looked at Jiaodu with a little surprise. He had heard of Jiaodu, the extremely greedy king, Qiwuhai, and he had always been somewhat disdainful of the members of the Tongzaixiao organization. ¡­

    Unexpectedly, Jiao Du could use the power of two devil fruits!

    This violates the laws of the sea!

    "All right."

    The corner interrupted the topic.

    Jiao Du slowly lowered his head, his gaze fell on the boat of the White Beard Pirate Group, and said in a hoarse voice: "Our task is to stop the cadres of the White Beard Pirate Group, right?"

    "Yes."

    Doflamingo smiled and nodded, and said in a low voice, "But there should be no need for Sasuke to stop, right? What''s more, I don''t have enough energy..."

    "There is no need to bother about that kid..."

    The dried persimmon ghost shark grinned, looked at Uchiha Sasuke standing on the Mobi Dick with a smile, and continued with a chuckle: "Sasuke has been very unbehaved in recent years! Maybe he found a suitable home here. Want to leave the adult''s control..."

    "Humhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhe

    Doflamingo helped his little sunglasses and smiled a little more sinister: "Obviously he can stand on the side of the winner, but he chose a dead end..."

    Deidara stood by and couldn''t help but muttered, "Anyway, the Uchiha clan likes to go to the dead..."

    "maybe¡­"

    Hawkeye Mihawk''s sharp gaze fell on the Moby Dick of the Whitebeard Pirates, his eyes suddenly became sharp: "The strongest man in the world, is it finally going to make a move... "

    "Oh?"

    The dry persimmon ghost shark''s gaze fell on the orange warship next to the Mobi Dick. In the ghost shark''s vision, Uehara Naraku was still drinking the juice slowly.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark couldn''t help shook his head, glanced at Mihawk, grinned and said, "I thought you were talking about an adult, but I didn''t expect that Mr. Mihawk was talking about a white beard..."

    At least for now.

    Edward Newgate with the white beard was still the strongest man in the world, even though this man was very old, even he had an infusion tube plugged in before the battle.

    "Wait for me, Ace."

    Whitebeard Edward Newgate raised his head and looked at the execution table, put down his big knife, squeezed his two fists suddenly, and blasted out toward the sides!

    Two white rays of light floated on the white beard''s fist!

    The air cracked under his fist!

    There was a sudden tremor from the bottom of Malin Fando, and a huge tsunami spewed from the bottom of the ground, and the monstrous waves almost immediately flooded this naval headquarters!

    Tsunami caused by an earthquake caused by the ability to shake fruits...

    In an instant, the wave of the tsunami had already surpassed the height of Malin Vando!

    "Does this guy Whitebeard want to destroy Marin Vando directly?"

    Warring States'' expression couldn''t help but change. Even though he and Baibeard are now fragile allies, they are still a little shocked by the horror of Baibeard''s ability to shake fruits!

    This trick...

    But it''s enough to destroy Marin Vando!

    The pharmacist stood on the execution platform with a smile still on his mouth. He calmly shook the microphone in his hand: "Green Pheasant General, we can start."

    "..."

    Everyone''s eyes fell on the three men below the execution platform!

    That is the three major generals of the navy headquarters!

    Just as the entire Marine Vandor navy was panicked by the tsunami that swept through, the Admiral Green Pheasant sitting under the execution platform slightly raised his head.

    "It''s really troublesome..."

    The figure of the green pheasant disappeared in the same place instantly!

    In the next second, the green pheasant appeared in the air, two groups of cold air shot out from his palm, freezing all the waves on both sides!

    "Green Pheasant..."

    The Warring States period looked at the green pheasant who had stopped the tsunami attack, and his expression became extremely complicated. This green pheasant, who was once cited as his successor, was now standing on the opposite side of them.

    After the green pheasant resolved the tsunami, he flew and landed in the inner sea of ??Malin Vandor.

    The chill of the frozen fruit gurgled out, and the chill spread outward in an instant!

    The green pheasant''s body has the chakra energy provided by Sanwei Isofu, and even Isofu''s body also has the ice attribute chakra composed of water and wind, which directly strengthens the green pheasant''s ability to freeze fruits!

    In just a few seconds...

    The freezing ability freezes the entire inland sea of ??Marin Vando, creating a most suitable ice battlefield!

    Standing on the ice, the green pheasant raised his head and raised his palm to the white beard on the boat, and sang coldly: "Ice Dun...Ice Thorn Spear!"

    next moment¡­

    The water molecules in the air began to condense!

    Two ice spears suddenly appeared on top of Baibeard''s head, and the two ice spears were about to pierce Baibeard''s body!

    Clang!

    The sound of the sharp knife out of the sheath is exceptionally crisp!

    Sasuke Uchiha brandished his Kusanaru sword and directly smashed the ice spear!

    Uchiha Sasuke stood beside the white beard, coldly looking down at the blue pheasant on the ice, a flash of red light flashed out of his eyes: "Chakra of Sanwei Isosuke... Whether it''s you or Miosuke, we can all It''s an old opponent!"

    "Goo la la la la... today is not the time to have fun!"

    White Beard grinned, his gaze was still watching the row of prisoners above the execution platform, and he smiled and continued: "Sasuke, you go save Ace... I open a way for you, and you don¡¯t need to worry about other things. !"

    In this war...

    Sasuke Uchiha will undoubtedly be the main battle force!

    Because only he has the formidable power to break through all naval obstructions and the final blockade of the admiral!

    Baibeard stretched out his hand and grabbed his knife again, slowly raised his fist toward the sky, and shouted: "Little ones, go save Ace!"

    "Roar!"

    Thousands of pirates are pouring down!

    Whether it''s the Moby Dick or the attached Pirates!

    Thousands of pirates brandished their weapons, jumped down from the boat, and launched a charge toward Malin Vandor''s execution platform!

    Pluto Raleigh pushed his glasses, quickly pulled out a knife, leaned over and jumped onto the ice, and rushed to the execution platform with a group of pirates!

    Ben Beckman raised his eyebrows and greeted the members of the Redhead Pirates rushing towards the shore of Malin Vando!

    They can''t let others rescue their captain first!

    A group of revolutionary cadres jumped from the large ship regiment of the Revolutionary Army. The commander of the Eastern Army, Belo Beatty, bit a cigarette and raised the banner in his hand: "Let¡¯s join us, overthrow this world, and rescue Sabo and the others. !"

    "Yes!"

    The voices of tens of thousands of revolutionary troops are almost earth-shattering!

    With the blessings of those who inspire fruit, everyone''s courage is pouring out from the bottom of their hearts, and they will not be afraid of the huge coastal defense artillery and the huge number of elite navy!

    Monch d. Dorag frowned slightly, and said in a low voice, "Using the ability of frozen fruits to create a battlefield... is it really to lure us to come?"

    After talking about this, Dorag turned his head and looked at Kerla: "Korla, how is the situation of peripheral surveillance? What about the Beast Pirate Group and the ig¡¤mom Pirate Group?"

    "Not yet..."

    There was a hint of worry on Kerla''s face.

    The little girl held her phone worm tightly in her hand, and looked at their leader hesitantly: "Mr. Dorag, can I save Sabo and the others together?"

    A smile appeared at the corner of Dorag''s mouth. He stretched out his palm and patted Kerla''s head, chuckled softly: "Don''t worry, I will save Sabo... Your mission is to monitor people with us at any time. Contact and explore the trails of the Beast Pirates and the ig¡¤mom Pirates!"

    "¡­Yes."

    Kerla nodded hesitantly.

    Just as a group of pirates and the revolutionary army launched a charge, Sengoku and Karp hesitated for a moment, and each flew down and rushed towards the execution stand of Malin Vando!

    The Warring States Period looked at Karp who was advancing fast, and said loudly: "Kapu, let''s go together, cover me and rush to the execution stage, to solve the **** of the medicine master pocket, as long as the medicine master pocket can be solved, at least it will be able to restore Malin Vando now Situation!"

    "Ok!"

    Karp nodded hastily.

    Perhaps because of their identities, when they rushed to the execution platform, no navy bombarded them with artillery along the way.

    under these circumstances¡­

    Many pirates simply charge along the same route as the two of them!

    Marin Vando¡¯s coastal defense front.

    The navy looked at the mighty rushing enemy, and every navy soldier couldn''t help feeling a little scalp numb, looking at all this uneasily.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark looked at a group of swarming enemies, closed his palms, and slowly formed his handprints: "Shui Dun¡¤Booming water waves!"

    next moment¡­

    A monstrous stream of water spouted from the mouth of the dried persimmon ghost shark, and swept towards the countless pirates who rushed forward, making every pirate unavoidably horrified!

    Just as this group of pirates'' charge was hindered, a figure jumped out, and Jinhei, the captain of the murloc pirate group under the former king under Qiwuhai and the current white beard pirate group, stood up!

    "Water Heart¡¤Sea Flows Over the Shoulder!"

    Jinping violently moved his palm, slapped the huge waves back one after another. His voice was full of heavy weight: "Your Excellency, as a murloc, you really have to stand Is Akatsuki over there?"

    "Mr. Jinpei is still so naive..."

    Dry persimmon ghost shark grinned, slowly drew out the shark muscle knife behind him, and instantly appeared next to Jinping, swinging the knife to knock Jinping away!

    With the fight between the dried persimmon and Jinping, the others could not sit still.

    Deidara simply rode his clay giant bird in the air and flew into the sky: "Then let''s start a big fight!"

    "random."

    Hawkeye Mihawk closed his eyes slightly and said in a low voice, "It just so happens that I also have something to solve..."

    A group of kings, Qi Wuhai, flew off the shore defense line and launched an attack on the pirates and the revolutionary army. Soon they found each other''s opponents!

    Hawkeye Mihawk stopped Ben Beckman, brandishing the black knife in his hand and constantly forcing the red-haired deputy captain back, and said in a deep voice to discourage: "Don''t make fearless sacrifices... As long as you are willing to surrender, Shank Sure will be fine!"

    "The world''s number one swordsman who has always concealed from Shanks and took refuge in Akatsuki''s organization, but now he says such words, it is not convincing..."

    Ben Beckman shook his head, raised his pistol and fired a bullet at Hawkeye Mihawk, and the bullet was directly cut by Mihawk!

    Ben Beckman didn¡¯t care at all, he was still filling the bullets slowly, and said loudly, ¡°Hey, Laki Lu, **** Bu, you two will take someone to save Shanks and Luffy. Give it to me here. Right!"

    "Are there any problems?"

    Jesus Bu''s face was a little worried.

    Hawkeye Mihawk is no ordinary character!

    Even in the Seven Martial Seas of this group of kings, the power of Hawkeye Mihawk can definitely be called the pinnacle of existence!

    "rest assured."

    Ben Beckman shook his head, watching the eagle eyes rushing towards him, and calmly continued: "As long as you rescue Shanks, the rest will be much easier to solve!"

    Just as Ben Beckman and Hawkeye Mihawk started a fierce battle they all raised their heads and looked at the first division captain of the White Beard Pirates in the form of a phoenix, Marco.

    In Jiaodu''s sight...

    No matter what the attack is, it will not work against Marko.

    The powerful recovery ability of Phoenix Fruit makes Marco fearless at all!

    Jiao Du''s brows frowned slightly: "These guys who can''t be killed anyway are trouble. I knew I should bring that guy here..."

    The voice falls...

    At the next moment, a cloud of mist flew towards Marco on Jiao Du''s feet!

    In the clouds and mist, Jiaodu''s figure changed rapidly, and instantly turned into a weird beast like a lion, this beast glowed with a light-colored light!

    It just seems to know that the horns used just now. It is definitely not a simple devil fruit ability. No one can recognize the name of this beast...

    Unquestionably¡­

    It is definitely the devil fruit ability of the Eudemons!

    This is indeed the devil fruit ability of a kind of animal type phantom beast carefully collected by Horns. The phantom beast type¡¤Pixiu fruit is the same as the legendary beast of the phoenix!

    In the sky.

    Jiao Du stomped on the clouds and quickly approached Marco, rushed directly towards him, bit the phoenix in the air, and directly bit him from the sky!

    This world war is indeed terrifying...

    Only now, there are already two kinds of Eudemons Devil Fruit abilities, which are more precious than the natural ones, but everyone knows that there must be a third person on the battlefield with the Devil Fruit abilities of Eudemons...

    "The pharmacist pocket, I will get rid of you!"

    The Warring States leaped to the execution platform, his body instantly turned into a golden Buddha in the air, and the tall golden Buddha reached out to the pharmacist on the execution platform and grabbed it!

 Chapter 577ï¼š The 4th person with the fruit ability of the Eudemons, the pharmacist!

    You can search for "Starting from Hokage to Behind-the-Scenes Novel Haige Novel (www.novelhall.com in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    No matter how you look at...

    There are no other helpers around Pharmacist Pocket.

    The general Aoi pheasant has already rushed into the battlefield and was stopped by Sasuke Uchiha with a knife; the general Huang Yuan intercepted the Hades King Raleigh who wanted to rush to the execution platform; the general Akidog wanted to take a shot but was stopped by Lieutenant General Cap, two people Fight hard!

    Now, by the side of the medicine master, no one seems to be able to stop the warring states of the Buddha, who was still a navy marshal half an hour ago.

    No matter who is present...

    Whether he is a pirate or a navy...

    Everyone knows the strength of the Warring States Period!

    The most important thing is that Yakushidou has always been active in the name of a new generation of wise generals. Except for the first time he appeared to capture Mr2 Feng Klei, the fruit-imitating ability of the Baroque Work Society, Yakushidou has almost never made a move in public.

    No one thinks that the medicine master can resist the power of the Warring States period!

    Just when they thought that as long as the Buddha''s Warring States captured the medicine master''s pocket, they would integrate the navy to end the war with the reputation of their predecessor admiral...

    A light-colored light shone from the body of the medicine master...

    This light slowly became a little dazzling. It was a group of flowing white liquid on the body of Yao Shidou. This group of white liquid glowed with light and covered the body of Yao Shidou!

    It is the Bai Jue armed on the pharmacist pocket!

    "Really..."

    Before the body of Yakushi Pocket was completely covered by Bai Jue''s armed forces, his mouth still wore a confident smile: "Why do people always think that I am weak..."

    Yakushidou stared at the golden Buddha almost as tall as the execution platform, and his voice suddenly became cold: "Even in the entire Akatsuki organization, I am one of the first subordinates to follow the adults!"

    next moment¡­

    A cold and evil aura exuded from the Bai Jue liquid armour in the medicine master''s pocket, which made people shudder!

    As Bai Jue''s armed forces completely covered the body of Yao Shi''s pocket, a strange beast with eight heads appeared boldly, with the same eight tails on its tail!

    The body of this beast is glowing!

    No, just the weird appearance makes people know that it is definitely not an ordinary ability, the animal is the fruit of the snake, the animal species, and the big snake fruit!

    On this battlefield...

    The fourth Eudemons species with Devil Fruit ability appeared!

    No matter who it is, Yao Shidou is the same as the Buddha''s Warring States. It is also a monster with the ability of demon fruit, the legendary beast Yaqi Orochi!

    What''s more amazing is...

    The development of the pharmacist''s fruit ability is absolutely no less than that of any other phantom beasts with fruit ability, because the size alone has surpassed anyone present!

    The height alone has exceeded the height of Marin Vando!

    Compared with the previous generation of Black Charcoal Orochi, the Yaqi Orochi fruit, the Yakushitou is more compatible with the Yaqi Orochi fruit, and the development of fruit abilities is also more complete. Because of the understanding of snakes, the Yakushido can almost be called the world''s first one person!

    No one thought about...

    Pharmacist''s pocket also has a demon fruit of the Eudemons species...

    They never even thought that Pharmacist Dou could develop this devil fruit to such an extent, even the people of Akatsuki organization were a little surprised!

    The dried persimmon ghost shark brandished his shark muscle sword and flew Jinping out again. He raised his head and looked at the mountain-like Yachi Orochi, grinning and chuckling: "It''s really as usual that people can''t help but want Admire..."

    have to say¡­

    As a ninja of civilian origin, Yakushidou is truly using his wisdom to transform all the resources he can get into his own power. He has never wasted every bit of power!

    Even the dried persimmon ghosts have to admire and even admire the pharmacist, because the entire Akatsuki organization seems to be the only pharmacist trying to become stronger!

    Even the ghost sighs...

    In fact, the power of many people in Akatsuki''s organization was gradually falling behind as they chased the back of their leader Uehara Naraku... Only the fellow Yao Shidou still did not give up!

    "Humhhhhhhhh..."

    Doflamingo helped his little sunglasses and looked at the tall Yaqi Orochi with a grin: "Is this the gift that the adult asked me to give to Mr. Dou?"

    After Uchiha Sasuke made a big uproar in the country of Wano, after killing the black charcoal snake, the devil fruit of the Yaki major snake was reborn in Wano country.

    Except for the pharmacist''s pocket, no one seems suitable.

    The devil fruit of the phantom beast species was quickly removed from the hands of Doflamingo, and finally handed over to the hands of the pharmacist''s pocket. The pharmacist''s pocket was not wasted, and directly took the big snake pill and the white snake fairy to study the fruit.

    In addition to the high-level natural devil fruit, only the strange fruit ability of the Eudemon Species can make the pharmacist move his heart.

    According to the speculations of the White Snake Immortal and the Dashe Maru, the cultivation of the Longdidong Immortal Mode and the Eight Qi Art are compatible with snakes, and can quickly develop the ability of this fantasy beast species devil fruit!

    Unfortunately¡­

    Da She Wan has no body.

    In order to avoid wasting and causing Uehara Naraku''s unhappiness, the pharmacist let the Baijue armed on his body eat the demon fruit of the Eudemons species.

    Pharmacists often psychic the White Snake Immortal and Da She Wan. The natural energy endowed by the White Snake Immortal and the research of the Da She Wan, it does not take much time to develop the power of the devil fruit of this fantasy beast species!

    Eight heads that look like giant dragons...

    Every head is surrounded by clouds and thunder...

    The next moment, eight heads screamed!

    One of the heads spit out a burst of flames toward the Warring States Period, one head spit out a burst of hurricanes, and the other head spit out a burst of thunder toward the Warring States Period!

    Whenever the Yaqi Orochi appears, it means that the world has disasters, because the Yachi Orochi can directly create disasters!

    The Warring States was awe-inspiring and fearless, relying on the defense of the golden giant Buddha to bear the violent wind, flames and thunder, raised his hand and slapped his hand toward the mountain-like Yachi Orochi!

    The golden giant Buddha is already huge enough...

    However, when facing the Yaqi Orochi, he still looked a little young, even a head is bigger than the Golden Buddha of the Warring States Period!

    Suddenly, a huge shock wave was shot from the palm of the Golden Buddha and flew toward a head of the Yaqi Orochi, wanting to smash this head directly!

    The weird thing is...

    The shock wave seemed to fall in an empty space!

    This shock wave directly penetrated the head of Yaqi Orochi and shot high into the sky, dispersing a cloud in the sky!

    The Warring States of Buddha did not expect his attack to be neutralized at all!

    Just as the Golden Buddha''s face was a little surprised, the Golden Buddha was hit by the violent wind, flames and thunder, fell from the air, and fell to the ground in embarrassment!

    Eight heads of Yaqi Orochi slowly hang down...

    Each head was vomiting snake cores, staring at the golden Buddha lying on the ground, as if looking for where to get the golden Buddha into the belly...

    The voice of Yakushi¡¯s pocket came out of Yaqi¡¯s head. His voice was still mixed with a smile, and even sounded a little leisurely: "Marshal Lord, we should know it well these years! Why do you think Can you defeat me?"

    "Asshole..."

    The Warring States of Buddha slammed on the ground and rose from the ground!

    The next moment, the Golden Buddha once again attacked the Yaqi Orochi!

    However, no matter how the Golden Buddha wanted to attack, it was useless in the end. All the attacks fell on the empty space, even affecting the two Aka Inu and Kapu who were fighting next to him!

    Eight heads of Yaqi Orochi spit out snake cores leisurely, and one of the heads even took advantage of the gap to spit out a stream of mudslides towards the Warring States Period, directly burying his golden Buddha!

    Even though the Warring States rushed out of the mudslide, the big Buddha, which was originally glittering with golden light, became muddy and a little embarrassed...

    No matter what kind of attack...

    Can''t harm the body of Yaqi Orochi...

    Instead, the Yachi Orochi has always been allowed to attack. This battle has been fought like never before. If this continues, defeat is only a matter of time...

    and¡­

    If the Warring States is unable to crack the attack of the pharmacist''s pocket, other people present may not be able to solve the pharmacist''s pocket...

    Even so far, Yakushidou has only used the power of four of its heads, and in mythology, Yaqi Orochi has the same powerful immortality ability as the Phoenix!

    Do not¡­

    Or¡­

    Yaqi Orochi''s recovery ability is stronger!

    It is said that every head that is cut off will directly recover. Unless the eight heads of the Yachi Orochi are solved at the same time, it is impossible to kill the Yachi Orochi!

    "I didn''t expect..."

    The golden Buddha raised his head and looked at the huge Yaqi Orochi. His expression became more and more ugly: "No wonder Akatsuki dared to send you into the navy..."

    The pharmacist took this guy...

    It''s too deep to hide!

    No matter it was Maria Giorgio or Malin Vandor, everyone hadn''t seen the Pharmacist take action, but they had seen the practice of the Pharmacist.

    According to their cognition, the strength of the Yakushitou can only be as strong as an ordinary navy colonel or major admiral in the navy headquarters...

    No one would have thought that this would happen today...

    The strength of the pharmacist pocket has always been very strong!

    He is a powerful enough to make people scalp numb with the ability of the fruit of the fantasy beast, and now he can even play with the former admiral of the Warring States of Buddha in his palm!

    Even Karp, who was fighting with the red dog next to him, couldn''t help but frowned. He hadn''t seen the Warring States period fall into such an embarrassing battle for many years...

    "Sakarski must be resolved as soon as possible, to help the Warring States solve the pocket..."

    Karp shook his head slowly, his gaze fell on his opponent, General Aka Inu, and his expression gradually became more solemn: "It''s just that Sakaski has become stronger and stronger. ¡­"

    indeed.

    The red dog became stronger and stronger.

    As the opponent of the red dog, Karp is the most intuitive person!

    Because whether it is the power of the body, the ability to perceive colors, or the power of magma, Sakarski seems to be better than in the past!

    The monster from the naval training camp...

    It seems to be more like a monster than before!

    Karp''s gaze seemed to see through the body of the red dog, he could see a huge monster hidden in his body!

    Karp squeezed his fist sharply, his fist was squeezed by himself, and a big smile appeared at the corner of his mouth: "Hahahahahaha... this is only interesting! Let the old man come to you young people Let¡¯s have a lesson!"

    next moment¡­

    Karp waved his fist and rushed towards Sakarski, the jet black armed domineering instantly wrapped around his fist!

    A heavy punch directly bypassed the red dog''s block and hit the red dog''s head heavily!

    This punch is very simple...

    Obviously there seems to be nothing special to pay attention to...

    The red dog''s body was flew out directly with a punch, smashing a building, his body quickly got up, his brows frowned slightly: "What a joke... Are all four tails afraid of his power? "

    Karp, a navy veteran...

    Obviously he is more than seventy years old, but still maintains such a strong power and speed, even the red dog, who was once known for his strength, feels a little confused in his head!

    Tekken Karp...

    This name was punched out by Karp!

    Akinu took a deep breath and straightened his hat. Gradually, a cloud of magma appeared on his body, and his face calmly walked towards Karp.

    It looks...

    Today he is facing a troublesome opponent!

    Compared to Karp¡¯s confidence in the face of the red dog, Pluto Raleigh has more than enough energy, because he also feels the trouble of the general Huang Yuan...

    In a cloud of mist.

    This mist obscured Rayleigh''s vision.

    Because the mist is an environment created by the yellow ape using the seven-tailed heavy light in the body to spray dust, this environment is conducive to the scattering of light, can make the yellow ape incarnate as light particles and appear in any place, which is most conducive to the battle of the yellow ape.

    The battle between the two of them has just begun not long.

    however¡­

    The two played against each other for hundreds of rounds.

    "As expected of a legendary character, it''s really scary..."

    Huang Yuan looked at Pluto Raleigh with a smile, his figure once again turned into golden light and melted into the mist: "It''s really a headache... How should I attack next time?"

    next moment¡­

    The figure of Huang Yuan suddenly converged from the mist, appeared beside the Hades King Leili, and a golden lightsaber suddenly slashed towards Leili''s head!

    Clang!

    Lei Li blocked the attack with his sword!

    The legendary pirate slowly helped his glasses and stared at the grinning yellow ape with dignity: "The little devil head that used to be, now has grown up..."

    "No matter where the attack was launched, it was still blocked by you..."

    Huang Yuan said these words with a smile on his mouth, a golden light suddenly appeared on the soles of his feet, and he kicked Leili''s body!

    Lei Li was kicked by Huang Yuan!

    Only a smile appeared on the corner of Lei Li''s mouth, his palm was covered with armed domineering, and he suddenly grabbed Huang Yuan''s ankle!

    Huang Yuan is a natural fruit ability person, UU reading www.uukanshu. When com launches a physical attack, it will never take the initiative to enter elementalization!

    Lei Li had been waiting for this opportunity for a long time. The sharp sword in his hand was going to pass directly through Huang Ape''s body, and now Huang Ape couldn''t stop this planned blow!

    With Huang Yuan unable to block and evade, Lei Li wanted to cut off his leg directly!

    "In this case, you can''t escape!"

    "Who knows..."

    Huang Yuan didn''t care about his danger at all.

    It''s just that the next moment a tail suddenly grew behind the yellow ape, which directly flew the Pluto King Leili out!

    The tail behind the yellow ape slowly retracted, raising his head to look at Lei Li, who was drawn out, still smiling and saying: "It''s terrible... If it weren''t for rebirth, he would almost be killed! "

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://www.novelhall.com/shu_141710.html

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://www.novelhall.com/141710/

    Start from Hokage to be the black hand behind the scenes. txt download address: https://www.novelhall.com/txt_141710.html

    Starting from Hokage to read on mobile phones behind the scenes: https://m.novelhall.com/141710/

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 578, the fourth Eudemons fruit ability person, pharmacist pocket!) Reading records, open the bookshelf next time!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! (www.novelhall.com)

 Chapter 578ï¼š Do you think so?

    You can search for "Starting from Hokage to Behind-the-Scenes Novel Haige Novel (www.novelhall.com in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    The entire Marin Vandor was reduced to a battlefield.

    The flames of war gradually burned to the entire port. Every big pirate with a name and a surname was fighting against the admiral. Everyone had his own opponent!

    Even Dorag and the green pheasant are fighting each other!

    Sasuke Uchiha rejected Baibeard¡¯s offer to rescue him, and just stood beside him, helping to protect the old man...

    Because Sasuke knows very well...

    White beard''s body may not be enough to survive this war!

    And on the other side.

    The Eudemons Orochi, the avatar of Pharmacist Pouch, is also raging at Marin Vandor. Anyone who wants to get close to the execution platform will be easily repelled by him!

    It''s just that the pressure on the upper navy is increasing...

    Because Whitebeard Edward Newgate hasn''t shot yet!

    Now that the three major generals of the navy headquarters have been pinned down, and the top masters of the CP department have not shown up for a long time, the entire Marine Vando battle with the pirates has fallen into a stalemate, and the fight is somewhat restrained.

    The balance was finally broken!

    The defeat of the first navy''s highest combat power directly broke the balance of the war. The navy headquarters, Aka Inu, was defeated by Lieutenant General Karp!

    Everyone originally thought that the battle between Akinu and Karp was probably the longest delay, but they didn''t expect them to be the first to tell the winner!

    Karp waved his jet-black fist and smashed the red dog in various places like a storm, and finally knocked the red dog to the ground with a punch!

    Even if the red dog enters the tail beast mode...

    But Karp punched out of the tail beast mode!

    Karp waved his fist and smashed the red dog to the ground, carelessly wiped the burns on his body, and walked to the execution platform tremblingly: "Just lie down like this, Sakaski, the old man is going to save My grandson!"

    "..."

    Akagi fell silent.

    There are wounds all over his body.

    Even his body still has a lot of broken bones. Even if his wounds can heal extremely quickly with the help of Chakra, it still takes time...

    And on the other side.

    The Hades, Raleigh, who was still in a fierce battle with the yellow ape, was no longer hiding, and released his domineering domineering, with black and red lightning wrapped in the domineering, which broke through the mist and dust under the yellow ape cloth in an instant, and forced it back. The admiral!

    This domineering is too pure...

    Even Yellow Ape didn''t dare to fight in close hands in the domineering Pluto Raleigh.

    "Can''t waste any more time..."

    A bright light flashed in the eyes of Hades King Raleigh, and he was looking for the position of Huang Yuan quickly, his figure leaped several times and rushed towards Huang Yuan!

    The only thing Huang Yuan could do was to fly in the air, raising his hand and shooting out his own photon: "It''s really troublesome. In this case, I can only hit it casually... Ba Chi Qiong Gouyu!"

    Countless photons fall...

    Every photon is flying towards Pluto Raleigh!

    Pluto Lei Li suddenly spread his palm into the air, and an armed domineering was released from his palm, detonating countless photons in mid-air!

    Before that powerful armed color attacked, Huang Yuan¡¯s body turned into countless photons and dissipated in the air. His voice still sounded leisurely: ¡°It¡¯s really scary... if there are not even more scary people present, Maybe I will be desperate!"

    "..."

    Pluto Raleigh frowned slightly.

    It''s just that Raleigh didn''t have time to think too much. He turned over and leaped towards the direction of the execution platform, where Karp and the Warring States were fighting together with the Pharmacist!

    "There is no way to attack his body..."

    The golden Buddha raised his palm, and slowly put it down. He raised his head and looked at the huge body of the Yachi Orochi, and said in a low voice: "If you can''t attack the main body, you can only be passively beaten..."

    "Then let the old man try!"

    Karp grinned and squeezed his fist. His figure suddenly appeared on the body of Yaqi Orochi, hitting it with a punch!

    In the next second, Karp''s fist penetrated the body of Yaqi Orochi. This kind of weird ability made it impossible for anyone to deal with it!

    However, Karp still had a smile on his face, his fists slowly spread out, his palms overlapped with the body of the illusory Yachi Orochi, and he laughed and said: "Dou Xiaogui, you can''t keep it forever. This state..."

    As long as the pharmacist is free from the divine power...

    Kapu''s palm can tear the body of Yachi Orochi!

    This method is a dumb method.

    Waiting for nothing was the way Karp wanted.

    As long as the pharmacist is out of the state of divine power, Karp can directly attack this body; if not, the state of divine power can only last for five minutes...

    This is not Cap''s cranky thinking...

    Kapu¡¯s seeing and hearing color can be observed in the body of the Yachi Orochi most of the time. It is only when the Warring States period launches an attack that the body of the Yachi Orochi disappears from the domineering perception of seeing and hearing color. Won''t last...

    The pharmacist in Yaqi Orochi fell silent.

    I really didn¡¯t expect that someone would use this stupid method to crack the divine power, but this method is really too risky...

    after all¡­

    If you want to capture the power of God, how can you not pay the price!

    In the next moment, one of the heads of the Yaqi Orochi suddenly turned back, and suddenly burst out a fierce thunder at Karp on the ground!

    Fortunately, the Warring States of Buddha next to him quickly stopped by Karp, helping his old friend to block the blow: "Kapu, this method is effective...but every part of his body may disappear!"

    "Then cut off its exposed body!"

    The voice of Pluto Raleigh fell into their ears.

    The Hades King Leili had just pushed the Yellow Ape back, and he appeared beside Karp, slowly drew out his sharp sword, in a state of slashing at any time...

    only¡­

    A group of heads of Yaqi Orochi suddenly came over at the same time!

    "Xianfa...inorganic reincarnation!"

    The eight heads opened their mouths and roared at the same time, and the eight tails were stuck in the ground at the same time, causing the three faces of Karp, Warring States and Leili to change at the same time!

    next moment¡­

    Spikes suddenly protruded from the ground!

    Each spike is wrapped in black domineering, as if to pierce them directly, forcing Karp and others to retreat quickly!

    I originally thought that the three of them would be able to solve the pharmacist''s pocket easily, but I didn''t expect that even the three of them would fall into a bitter battle under the abilities of the pharmacist''s weird pocket!

    At this moment, Baibeard had no patience to continue waiting.

    Whitebeard wants to rescue Portcas D. Ace before the Beast Pirates and BIG¡¤MOM Pirates show up at Malin Vando.

    From beginning to end, Baibeard did not forget his purpose!

    "Goo la la la la la... let''s save Ace, Sasuke kid!"

    After Baibeard glanced around the battlefield, his fist suddenly blasted in the direction of the execution table, opening a way forward!

    Baibeard was holding his Congyun Cutter knife, and walked slowly on the battlefield step by step. No one on the entire battlefield dared to stop his movements!

    Do not¡­

    In other words, no one can disturb him!

    The current navy is indeed short of manpower, and everyone who came to stop the white beard from advancing was easily stopped by Uchiha Sasuke. The old man who sat steadily on the world¡¯s strongest man walked towards the execution stand calmly. .

    "Goo la la la la la..."

    White beard grinned with a big smile, and looked at the Buddha Sengoku and Kapu who had been passively beaten under the attack of the Yaqi Orochi who was still on the side of the execution platform, and couldn''t help laughing loudly:" Really embarrassed..."

    "Asshole..."

    A touch of embarrassment flashed across Warring States'' face.

    Originally, he thought that Pharmacist''s pocket was a little guy that he could win steadily, but now he is shooting with Cap and Raleigh, but he is still caught in a hard fight, and he has not even hurt Pharmacist''s pocket a little bit...

    "It''s normal that they can''t take the Pharmacist''s pocket..."

    Standing next to White Beard, Sasuke Uchiha slowly raised his head and looked at the Yaki Orochi in the sky, and said in a low voice, "After all...Yakashito has also gained Uchiha''s power... Only Uchiha can defeat another Uchiha! "

    No matter what else...

    At least from the current point of view... now possessing the supernatural power of the pharmacist pocket, it is definitely an invincible existence!

    Several people present...

    There must be no way to deal with him.

    Sasuke Uchiha slowly squeezed the Kusanaru sword in his hand, and said in a deep voice, "Go and save people... Give it to me here..."

    "Sasuke kid..."

    Baibeard''s brows couldn''t help but frowned.

    Hearing Uchiha Sasuke''s words, Yaki Orochi''s head suddenly dropped from the clouds, and sixteen huge eyes stared at Uchiha Sasuke!

    Facing Uchiha Sasuke...

    Pharmacist Duo doesn''t think he wins 100%!

    The laughter of Yakushi''s pocket slowly came from Yaqi Oshe: "Oh? Sasuke-kun...If you say that, are you going to betray us again?"

    "..."

    Uchiha Sasuke''s expression was ugly, he couldn''t help but glanced at the white beard.

    However, the expression of the white beard remained unchanged. The old man might have guessed the embarrassing position of Sasuke Uchiha in Akatsuki''s organization, and he was very clear about Sasuke''s thoughts.

    Sasuke Uchiha slowly raised his head, looked at the Yaki Orochi in the air, and said solemnly: "It doesn''t matter to betray, I never thought about joining Akatsuki...

    That place has always been just a place where a group of cold-blooded guys live, and once I just thought I was one of you!

    Thinking about it now, it''s really painful...

    No matter what you do in that place, you must consider the cost, you must consider the guy''s attitude when you do everything, and you must follow the destiny that you never hold tightly in your hands. Now even the lives of your friends cannot be saved! "

    Originally, Uchiha Sasuke had been living in the pain of being a double agent. He was always worried about the punishment that Uehara might come to, so he often carried out the mission seriously. He was also worried that Uehara might be detrimental to the White Beard Pirates. UU Read www. uukanshu.com therefore reminds others to be vigilant...

    right now¡­

    In this war that is coming to an end...

    After Uchiha''s struggle, Sasuke finally chose to follow his own heart!

    Sasuke Uchiha squeezed the Kusanaru sword in his hand, slowly lowered his head, and said in a low voice: "Even if I have been following that guy''s orders, it is impossible to change Nissan''s destiny, nor is it possible to change Ace''s destiny. ¡­"

    "That rascal?"

    Sengoku immediately found the key point, and his face flashed with surprise and solemnity: "Uchiha Sasuke, are you talking about Akatsuki''s leader?"

    Just as Uchiha Sasuke nodded and was about to reveal the truth about the leader of the organization, a voice came from the air and slowly fell in everyone''s ears.

    "Well, Sasuke, did you always think so?"

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://www.novelhall.com/shu_141710.html

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://www.novelhall.com/141710/

    Start from Hokage to be the black hand behind the scenes. txt download address: https://www.novelhall.com/txt_141710.html

    Starting from Hokage to read on mobile phones behind the scenes: https://m.novelhall.com/141710/

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 579, did you always think so?) Read the record, and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! (www.novelhall.com)

 Chapter 579ï¼š Akatsukis leader! A man named Naraku Uehara!

    You can search for "Starting from Hokage to Behind-the-Scenes Novel Haige Novel (www.novelhall.com in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    Marin Vando.

    The three figures fell on the ground.

    They are three different people, but they are saying the same thing: "Sasuke, I thought you would treat me a little bit better when you grow up, but I didn''t expect it to be the same..."

    "..."

    Sasuke Uchiha''s eyes changed, and the Kusanaru sword in his hand became tighter: "Asshole...Do you want to threaten me with Nissan''s soul?"

    The three people who suddenly appeared right now were the Uchiha trio, Uchiha Itachi, Uchiha Madara, and Uchiha Daido controlled by Uehara Naraku!

    Sasuke Uchiha had already guessed it!

    only¡­

    Today Uchiha Sasuke finally decided to choose a showdown!

    "I already know very clearly, no matter what I do, no matter how much I do, you will never let go of Nissan''s soul!"

    indeed.

    The existence of Uchiha Itachi is a shackle to Uchiha Sasuke, but Uchiha Sasuke''s existence is not the shackles of Uchiha Itachi?

    Continue like this¡­

    One day, there will be a crash!

    Sasuke Uchiha gritted his teeth, his gaze passed the three people in front of him, and he landed on the Orange Warship in the Marin Vatican Inner Harbor. His voice gradually became a little colder: "Uehara Naraku, you guy, here Now, do you still want to hide behind the scenes!"

    "Sasuke Uchiha!"

    There was a trace of anger mixed in the voice of the medicine master''s pocket, and the big snake suddenly disappeared out of thin air, and his figure appeared in front of everyone.

    The pharmacist''s pocket at this moment... His face has unprecedented ice cold!

    "Sasuke Uchiha¡­"

    A pupil gradually appeared on the eyes of Pharmacist Pocket, and his voice suddenly became gloomy and terrifying: "Do you know what you are talking about?"

    The pharmacist pocket in the fairy mode exudes a very different aura, and there are eight thick snake tails growing behind him, making him a little scarier out of thin air!

    This momentum is indeed enough to scare ordinary people...

    However, almost all of the people present possessed a high level of domineering, everyone is a top figure in the sea, a little bit of dominance on the body prevents the pharmacist from taking on the formidable aura!

    "I know very well."

    Sasuke Uchiha did not go to see the pharmacist''s pocket, a drop of cold sweat slowly oozes on his forehead, and he still looked directly at the man on the orange warship in the distance: "Uehara Naraku... I have worked thousands of times more than before... Now I want to try too... see your limit!"

    The moment this sentence opens...

    Sasuke Uchiha knows very well that he will never look back!

    Coming to this sea, Sasuke Uchiha broke through his own shackles. He was working hard to cultivate the power of this world, maintaining the strength of the past cultivation and becoming stronger!

    Especially after fighting Uchiha Madara...

    Sasuke Uchiha slowly realized that he might abandon his past impressions and challenge Naraku Uehara, who once kept him out of sight...

    Maybe you can make yourself stronger!

    Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s domineering aura was released with all his strength, and this domineering went straight to the orange warship, which also allowed the people present to finally determine the name Uchiha Sasuke said...

    It was the Uehara Naraku.

    It¡¯s just that when everyone present heard Uehara Naraku¡¯s name, they felt that their ears had misheard it. No matter what it looked like, the name was a bit wrong...

    Sengoku''s figure instantly shed his body from the golden Buddha''s form, his eyes trembled: "Hey, Uchiha Sasuke, you are the wrong person! How could Uehara be the leader of Akatsuki!"

    "Uehara..."

    Karp''s face was full of confusion.

    This Uehara Naraku might not be the one they knew, right?

    After all, Naru Uehara''s performance in the Navy has not been very good, and she often gets bad luck by mistakes, and it feels like she is rushing to the Navy...

    This person...

    It seems really dangerous!

    "No, Sasuke kid is right!"

    Karp''s brain suddenly remembered a photo he had seen before, that was the wanted order of Uehara Naruko''s squinting eyes and smiling!

    that time¡­

    Karp felt malicious in the first place!

    It''s just that Karp and the Warring States quarrel at that time, and did not continue to pursue it. After all, in Karp''s opinion, dangerous people will jump out sooner or later!

    Later...

    Not only did Uehara Naraku show no danger, but was slowly transformed into a qualified navy, which was simply amazing.

    right now¡­

    Has the danger finally appeared!

    The mind of the Warring States Period of Buddha gradually closed, and his eyes fell on the orange warship, and his heart sank little by little...

    If you say so...

    Everything they did fell into the eyes of Uehara Naraku?

    Whether it is contacting the White Beard Pirates or the Revolutionary Army, Uehara Naraku has always seen all this in his eyes, and even took the initiative to help...

    And the Sengoku of Buddha never felt the power of Uehara Naraku...

    However, it''s not a lie that a strong man of Sasuke Uchiha''s level wants to challenge Naraku Uehara. Is this guy... hiding so deeply?

    Do not¡­

    This is not surprising at all!

    Because no one would ever think that the pharmacist pocket also has the power to stand at the top, but the pharmacist pocket never shows it...

    Then, as the leader of Akatsuki''s organization, Naraku Uehara...

    It seems no surprise to hide your strength!

    Pluto Raleigh''s expression also became a little weird. As Uchiha Sasuke revealed the true face of Uehara Naraku, Raleigh faintly remembered that day.

    That morning, Raleigh just played with Naraku Uehara;

    That afternoon, Xia Qi was suddenly taken away by the Admiral...

    Shanks on the execution stage also showed a strange look in his eyes. The Uehara Naraku mentioned by Sasuke Uchiha turned out to be the one who was caught by their red-haired pirates. This is too strange. Right!

    No matter what you think...

    That lieutenant admiral is not like Akatsuki''s leader, right!

    Monkey D. Luffy knelt beside Ace, and whispered: "Hey, Ace, why does your companion challenge Uehara..."

    "Because he is the person Sasuke fears most!"

    Ace''s eyes changed slightly, and she couldn''t help but whispered: "The leader of Akatsuki... Ever since I met Sasuke, he has never dared to mention that person''s name. I occasionally guessed... It''s just that I didn''t expect. The name Sasuke said was actually him..."

    "Hidden, lurking, undercover, spy."

    Sabo knelt on the other side of Ace, his face was a little ugly, and he said, "These are the tricks of the CP department and Akatsuki... but I never thought about it, because I can restore my memory, all relying on Mr. Uehara to help rescue Dadan I happened to meet us..."

    no matter what¡­

    It''s impossible to think of it!

    Uehara Naraku is a hidden good guy!

    If it were not for Naraku Uehara, Sabo would not find his lost memories, nor would he have the opportunity to reunite with Luffy and Ace brothers...

    Especially Monch D. Dorag has always wanted to win over Uehara Naraku to join their revolutionary army and become an undercover agent for their revolutionary army to enter the navy.

    I didn''t expect...

    That guy is the king of undercover!

    Sabo still couldn''t believe it, and his face slowly showed a strong smile: "It''s really... unexpected..."

    after all¡­

    Uehara Naraku''s pie is so friendly!

    Only the white-bearded Edward Newgate, who had always believed in Uchiha Sasuke, followed Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s gaze to the orange warship far away in the inner port...

    There¡­

    There stood a young man who had been drinking juice from beginning to end.

    No matter how wars occurred outside, he never left the Orange Warship after the war, and the navy, pirates and revolutionary army never asked him for trouble.

    It was Naraku Uehara.

    After hearing Uchiha Sasuke''s words, Uehara Naraku still held his cup in his hand, slowly sucking the juice in the cup, as if everything outside was irrelevant to him.

    Obviously there is a war that can determine the world...

    Uehara Naraku''s calmness is really abnormal here!

    The gazes of these top powerhouses at the scene all fell on Uehara Naraku. He still slowly drank his juice until he drank the juice completely, and calmly put the cup in his hand on the railing of the warship.

    Uehara Naraku''s body floated strangely in the air, his eyes looked down at Uchiha Sasuke who challenged him, and his face gradually became calmer like Furui.

    this moment¡­

    The breath of Uehara Naraku''s body has changed drastically!

    His body seemed to become like an abyss!

    Everyone clearly felt that their domineering spy or domineering temptation disappeared instantly after touching Uehara''s body!

    Obviously looks like an ordinary human...

    It''s like a black hole that can absorb everything!

    this moment¡­

    Everyone has to believe...

    This weird young man is definitely Akatsuki''s leader!

    As the most mysterious leader of Akatsuki of this era on this sea, it is not surprising no matter what strange power he possesses!

    this person¡­

    The messenger who destroyed the world government!

    this person¡­

    It is to take down the two strongest leaders of the Four Emperors Pirate Group!

    this person¡­

    It is the man behind the scenes who controls everyone entering the war with one hand!

    this person¡­

    It is the man who has completely subverted this world!

    The top powerhouses on the battlefield slowly stopped their battle Everyone raised their heads and looked at Uehara Naraku in the air, with mixed expressions on their faces.

    They have never seen Naraku Uehara in this state...

    With the exception of a group of core old members of the Akatsuki organization, such as Ganshi Guiyu and Jiaodu, with a smile on their faces, the expressions of everyone else became dignified!

    Because they know...

    This war is finally reaching its true climax!

    Uehara Naraku''s gaze fell on Uchiha Sasuke''s body, his eyes were a little clear, and there seemed to be nothing unusual...

    However, when Uehara Naraku''s gaze fell on Uchiha Sasuke, it made Uchiha Sasuke feel suddenly tight!

    Uehara Naraku stared at Uchiha Sasuke, and said blankly: "Nothing is beyond my expectations, Sasuke, you still chose to join them..."

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://www.novelhall.com/shu_141710.html

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://www.novelhall.com/141710/

    Start from Hokage to be the black hand behind the scenes. txt download address: https://www.novelhall.com/txt_141710.html

    Starting from Hokage to read on mobile phones behind the scenes: https://m.novelhall.com/141710/

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record this time (the leader of Chapter 580 Akatsuki! A man named Naraku Uehara!) to read the record, and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! (www.novelhall.com)

 Chapter 580ï¼š The most important thing in the world is fairness!

    You can search for "Starting from Hokage to Behind the Scenes of Haige Novels (www.novelhall.com in Baidu to find the latest chapters!

    "That''s it again..."

    Hearing Uehara Naraku''s words, Sasuke Uchiha''s face instantly furious, staring at Uehara Naraku, and biting his teeth bitterly.

    It''s like the past again!

    No matter what happens, it seems to be under the control of Uehara Naraku forever!

    Even now he has plucked up the courage to declare war on Uehara Naraku and has chosen to break free of Uehara Naraku''s control, but now he still seems to be under the control of Uehara Naraku...

    This feeling makes Uchiha Sasuke especially depressed!

    Sasuke Uchiha almost broke the hilt in his hand, and his voice was squeezed out between his teeth: "Asshole..."

    Uchiha Sasuke suddenly drew out his Kusanaru sword and pointed it at Naraku Uehara in the air. His voice suddenly rose: "You guy will always control everything in the world like a puppet, let everyone I dare not resist your rule...but..."

    The next moment, Uchiha Sasuke''s expression suddenly became gloomy, his voice became louder and louder, but his body was still trembling: "Uehara Naraku, do you think today will be the same as in the past? Today... I must personally break everything about you!"

    "..."

    Everyone involuntarily looked in the direction of Uchiha Sasuke.

    Some people are amazed at Uchiha Sasuke''s boldness, and some people are thinking about what Uchiha Sasuke has experienced in Akatsuki in the past...

    "I am looking forward."

    Uehara Naraku stared at Uchiha Sasuke, even if Uchiha Sasuke was so provocative, Uehara Naraku''s expression remained unchanged.

    however¡­

    Uehara Naraku''s calmness made Uchiha Sasuke even more angry!

    "Uehara Naraku!"

    Sasuke Uchiha held his Kusanaru sword in front of him, and the jet black armed domineering instantly spread from his palm to cover the Kusanaru sword. This armed domineering is so sharp that almost even the air seems to be split. !

    Sasuke Uchiha violently swung the Kusanaru sword and slashed at Uehara Naruto. His face was full of determination: "Let me see... how strong you are!"

    An arc-shaped slash flew towards Uehara Naruto!

    A red light flashed in Uchiha Sasuke''s eyes, and a jet-black flame floated in the air above the whirling slash!

    "Amaterasu... Yan Zhan!"

    This slash covering the skylight black flame...

    It seems to melt and split everything around!

    Even Hawkeye Mihawk, the world''s greatest swordsman, couldn''t help but stare at the knife made by Sasuke Uchiha in amazement!

    No matter who is present...

    They all know that this knife is definitely not something they can easily stop!

    In addition to Uchiha Sasuke''s swordsmanship, he is also armed and domineering sharp, coupled with the weirdness of Amaterasu Black Flame, no one can be sure that he can survive this sword!

    Just when they want to see the result of this cut...

    But only saw the jet black slash that flew out of nowhere and stopped in the air!

    Uehara Naraku calmly stretched out his palm, and caught the flying black slash in the air. This black slash was still struggling and seemed to want to get out of his control!

    Uehara Naraku''s eyelids lifted slightly, watching the jet black slash, her eyes gradually turned into a pair of weird eyes.

    "Super...Shen Luo Tianzheng."

    A surge of repulsive force swept out!

    In an instant, this repulsive force released from the palm of Uehara Naraku directly smashed the slash that Sasuke Uchiha had split, and disappeared without a trace!

    In an instant, even the people present saw the surging repulsion released by Uehara Naruto, and the slash that Sasuke Uchiha slashed was wiped out!

    Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s offense...

    It was easily resolved by Uehara Naraku.

    This did not seem to cause anyone''s surprise at all.

    Uehara Naraku wouldn''t have any surprises about this. His eyes fell on Uchiha Sasuke, and he calmly said: "If I challenged me three years ago, maybe I would have to waste a little effort..."

    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku''s eyes suddenly became deep. He just looked down at Uchiha Sasuke on the ground and continued indifferently: "Sasuke, you have never been the only one who has become stronger in this world..."

    Uehara Naraku slowly spread out her palms, and her breath changed a little bit: "As an appreciation and reward for your fearless courage... I will show you the power I have gained in this world!"

    next moment¡­

    A pair of wings gradually grew behind Uehara Naraku...

    As the wings of Uehara Naraku gradually grew, his aura gradually began to grow stronger!

    A domineering look suddenly released from Uehara Naraku''s body!

    The people who were still fighting on the entire battlefield were forced to not move by this hegemonic pressure. Countless pirates and the navy fell into a coma under this domineering impact!

    The air in the sky was immediately dissipated by this domineering force, and countless clouds gathered quickly under the attraction of the air pressure. In a blink of an eye, the sky above Malin Vando became clouded!

    Under the domineering impact of Uehara Naraku, the dense clouds slowly opened up gaps, and the clouds appeared to be distinct!

    Uehara Naraku''s fingers moved slightly, picking out a strong energy, and brazenly tore the clouds around him...

    No, or say...

    The sky is torn apart!

    The sun slowly passed through the void between the clouds and fell on Naru Uehara''s body, covering him with layers of golden light...

    at this moment¡­

    The young man in the sky with wings flapping really seemed like a god!

    Everyone on the ground who was still awake flashed an astonishment on the face, looking at Uehara Naraku in the sky with astonishment, they had never seen such a terrible person!

    Even the white-bearded Edward Newgate, recognized as the strongest man in the world, his face has become heavier than ever!

    The next moment, the corners of Baibeard''s mouth suddenly grinned again: "Gul la la la la... Sasuke kid is right, Akatsuki''s leader is really a strong and terrible guy!"

    "Such a strong overlord..."

    The Buddha''s Sengoku gaze fixed on Uehara Naraku: "Just staying there makes people afraid to approach him..."

    I didn''t expect...

    Uehara Naraku can be so strong!

    No matter how they imagine, Uehara Naraku is still underestimated after all!

    "Hahahahahaha..."

    Karp squeezed his fist sharply, raised his head and laughed: "Your luck is really good, Sengoku! You can still see such a strong person at the age of retirement..."

    "Yes¡­"

    Raleigh raised his head to look at Uehara Naraku in the air, and helped his glasses: "This is not a time of sadness. I can see people of this level with my own eyes... If Roger is still alive, he should be very happy too. Right!"

    indeed¡­

    The man in the sky is really strong!

    Even if he just stayed there to release the domineering look, people who stood at the top of the world could not easily approach!

    The feeling of Pluto Raleigh seeing Uehara Naraku made him even more amazing than the ONEPIECE he had ever seen with his own eyes!

    Uehara Naraku''s domineering has surpassed his cognition!

    Perhaps only his captain, Gore D. Roger, can know where Uehara Naruto is standing!

    Monch D. Dorag raised his head and looked at Naraku Uehara, then glanced at the equally disturbed blue pheasant: "Kuzan, it seems that you are indeed in a good position..."

    "Ah, maybe..."

    The green pheasant shook his head indifferently.

    In fact, the green pheasant''s refuge in the Akatsuki organization is not just Akatsuki''s strength, but Akatsuki''s attitude toward the world''s bottom civilians. They seem to have a more advanced system.

    Although it seems...

    Akatsuki¡¯s attitude is that the strong dominate the world.

    However, the Akatsuki organization gave the civilians ascending channels, so that the civilians would have the power to dominate the world as long as they worked hard.

    And on the other side.

    Jinping stared at Naruko Uehara in the air, and his voice became vaguely obscure: "Mr. Oniji, is that the one you chose?"

    "Yes¡­"

    The dried persimmon ghost chuckle grinned and slowly said: "A **** who can destroy the world but treats everyone in this world friendly..."

    "Humhhhhhhhh..."

    Doflamingo laughed in a low voice, but his smile couldn''t be suppressed anymore: "Hahahahahahaha...It''s really exciting...Even we have never seen the true power of a leader!"

    "This overlord look..."

    The female emperor Boya Hancock''s face was full of shock, and a shadow slowly appeared on her face: "The domineering standing up... completely unable to contend..."

    Even though she has a domineering look on her body, but compared to Uehara Naraku''s domineering, she doesn''t even have the qualification to collide!

    Sasuke Uchiha raised his head and looked at Naraku Uehara, his face gradually revealed a touch of madness: "Hahahahahaha...Uehara Naraku, I can''t help but get excited! It''s this power that makes people afraid to move..."

    "Let me take a look... Uehara Naraku!"

    Sasuke Uchiha slammed the ground and jumped into the air: "This is what you want to show us...or your true power limit!"

    The majestic overlord color envelops Uchiha Sasuke''s body, resisting Uehara Naraku''s domineering pressure, and rushing toward the air Uehara Naraku!

    However, in the sight of Uchiha Sasuke...

    Uehara Naraku''s figure became a little illusory...

    If you look closely, it is the afterimage left by Uehara Naraku after moving at high speed. As for his true position, no one can detect it!

    Bang!

    Uehara Naraku''s body and Uchiha Sasuke met head-on, his fist was covered with jet black domineering, and he hit Sasuke''s lower abdomen directly!

    The next moment, Sasuke Uchiha flew back at a faster speed, and fell heavily to the ground and smashed a huge pit!

    Uehara Naraku looked down at Sasuke, who was climbing up embarrassedly, and slowly shook his head and said, "Sure enough, this force is only used to deal with you, it would be a waste..."

    Uehara Naraku''s gaze slowly moved, falling on Karp, Baibeard and others, and calmly continued: "The most important person in this world is fairness, and other people present have the right to be treated equally..."

    "..."

    The battlefield suddenly became silent.

    What kind of fairness is this!

    This is clearly a battle book to be issued to everyone!

    "Goo la la la la la..."

    White beard grinned with a big smile, but his eyes were full of seriousness: "Do you want to use your own power to fight us old guys! Sasuke dare not be so arrogant..."

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://www.novelhall.com/shu_141710.html

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://www.novelhall.com/141710/

    Starting from Hokage to be the black hand behind the scenes txt download address: https://www.novelhall.com/txt_141710.html

    Starting from Hokage to read on mobile phones behind the scenes: https://m.novelhall.com/141710/

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 581 The most important thing in the world is fairness!) Read the record and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! (www.novelhall.com)

 Chapter 581ï¼š Its almost a collapsed battle

    You can search for "Starting from Hokage to Behind-the-Scenes Novel Haige Novel (www.novelhall.com in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    There has never been such a scene on the sea.

    A group of big people who stood at the apex of the world gathered here, whether it was the apex of the Pirate World, the navy, or the revolutionary army, they all stood on the same front.

    Edward Newgate with the white beard.

    Marshal of the Navy, the Warring States Period.

    Navy hero, Tekken Karp.

    Deputy Captain of Roger Pirates, Hades King Raleigh.

    And the most murderous criminal in the world who just arrived near them, the leader of the revolutionary army, Monch D. Dorag.

    Everyone''s name in it can be said to be like a legend, many people almost grew up listening to their names, and even regarded them as the most admired people.

    However, there is only one enemy these people have to face now!

    Akatsuki''s leader...

    The most terrifying man they can ever see in their lives!

    Sasuke Uchiha released his palm covering his lower abdomen and slowly wiped the bleeding from the corner of his mouth. He raised his head and looked at Uehara Naraku in the ascension mode, and said in a deep voice, "Be careful...this. Uehara Naraku in this state...I have never seen anyone able to defeat him, not even a god!"

    Even Uchiha Madara, who has always been arrogant, has suffered a lot in the hands of Uehara Naraku in the ascension mode, and was even defeated by Uehara Naraku!

    There is no need for Uchiha Sasuke''s advice. The people present are very clear about the power of Uehara Naraku. The overlord color alone has far suppressed everyone present!

    While everyone''s looks were alert, they once again lost the figure of Uehara Naraku in their field of vision, and everyone''s domineering look couldn''t help but open up!

    "Dragon Claw Fist!"

    Monkey D. Dorag suddenly stretched out his palm, turning it into a jet black claw shape, and clasped an attacking fist tightly!

    This moment is really forbidden!

    Even Dorag is a little surprised!

    According to his instinct, Dorag suddenly took the attack from Uehara Naruto. However, what was frightening was that just taking this punch had completely cracked the mouth of Dorag¡¯s wrist, and something came out of his hand. There was a click!

    This is the sound of cracking hand bones!

    "Is it just half-strength it can''t hold it?"

    Uehara Naraku slowly shook his head, then suddenly retracted his fist, shook his foot and kicked Dorag''s body directly!

    Uehara Naraku flew out toward Dorag, and instantly stretched out his palm to make up for his final blow!

    "Armed Color¡¤Release!"

    "too fast¡­"

    Dolag''s face trembled, and his body was instantly covered with armed domineering, trying to protect his body with domineering: "Armed ¡¤ Cover!"

    However, Uehara Naraku''s domineering is even stronger!

    A powerful armed color turned into a shock wave and swept through Dorag''s body, and the armed color domineering that isolated Dorag''s body was directly destroyed by the armed color shock wave of Uehara Naruto, hitting Dorag''s body!

    The leader of the revolutionary army smashed directly into the rubble and never got up again, making people never know whether he was alive or dead...

    No one thought that Uehara Naruto would defeat the man at the top of the revolutionary army with just three moves!

    Even they only fought for a few seconds...

    Monkey D. Dorag has been defeated!

    This scene was so shocking that everyone present didn''t even have time to react, and Dorag was already defeated by Naru Uehara...

    Karp''s face suddenly changed.

    As a veteran of the navy, although Karp did not interfere with what Dorag did, he did not have much intersection with this son. At this moment, Karp rushed in the direction of Dorrag fast!

    It wasn''t until Karp pulled away the ruins that he barely breathed a sigh of relief...

    Although Monch D. Dorag was covered in blood, it was impossible to find out how many injuries he had suffered, but now it seems that he passed out only because of the huge impact...

    "do not worry."

    Sasuke Uchiha looked at Naraku Uehara vigilantly, and said solemnly: "For those who are useful to Naraku Uehara, he will not easily kill him, and even death in front of him is just a luxury..."

    Speaking of this, Sasuke Uchiha added: "Don¡¯t think that this is a good thing...because his control will only make people survive and not die...Even if we die here, he still has ways to play. Our soul!"

    This is Sasuke Uchiha¡¯s experience...

    Uehara Naraku holds the power to reincarnate life and death. Even if you want to commit suicide, you need to look at the attitude of Uehara Naraku. Even if it is true death, Uehara Naraku has a way to bring people back and resurrect in the dirty soil...

    The leader of Jae Akao...

    No one can escape!

    Unless they can defeat Uehara Naraku or completely seal him!

    As for killing Uehara Naraku, Sasuke Uchiha himself never thought about it, because in his understanding, Uehara Naraku can avoid death...

    Even if Uehara Naraku is really dead...maybe his soul will be immortal in another sense just like his previous life, the Six Way Immortals!

    Uehara Naraku shook his head slightly and sighed, "Sasuke, do you think I am this kind of person?"

    "..."

    Sasuke Uchiha was silent for a second.

    The next moment, a little cold sweat dripped on Uchiha Sasuke''s forehead, his voice gradually lowered, and he said in a deep voice, "If you can still be called a human..."

    This...

    Sasuke Uchiha wanted to talk a long time ago!

    When Uehara Naraku asked this kind of thing, didn''t he think about how many things he did that were not human?

    Only when Uchiha Sasuke said these words, Uehara Naraku disappeared from everyone''s sight again, his figure is as unpredictable as a ghost!

    Even if I saw Uehara''s actions with the domineering color...

    The people present also felt that it might be difficult to say that they could catch up with him!

    "That trick... is to shave!"

    A flash of astonishment flashed in Karp''s eyes, and his figure instantly disappeared by Dorag''s side and returned to the battlefield: "Warring States...Uehara used the Navy Six!"

    only¡­

    Uehara Naraku''s Navy Type Six is ??extremely skilled!

    Compared with other people stepping on the ground, Uehara Naraku has combined the moon step and shaved, and he can step on the air and disappear instantly!

    Do not¡­

    should say¡­

    Is his speed fast enough to step on the air...or should I say that the air under his control seems to be like a substantial ground!

    "It''s Sasuke kid..."

    Whitebeard Edward Newgate immediately perceives Uehara Naraku¡¯s attack. This time Uehara Naraku¡¯s attack was Uchiha Sasuke!

    Baibeard shook his fist and slammed at the position he felt, his fist was glowing with white light, and he wanted to stop Uehara Naraku''s attack!

    have to say¡­

    The power of the white beard fist is quite big!

    Especially in the white beard also used his fruit ability!

    That is the most powerful fruit in this world, the superhuman type¡¤Vibrating Fruit Ability, the ability that this blow encases the Vibrating Fruit directly blasted Uehara Naraku!

    Naru Uehara, who had rushed to Uchiha Sasuke''s side, was hit back by the impact of the white beard''s punch, and then took off the shock power from the shaking fruit!

    Uehara Naruko''s brows frowned slightly, and the speed of recovery in the ascending mode quickly recovered the injuries that had just appeared in his body, but his eyes couldn''t help but glance at the white beard...

    It is not to be underestimated!

    As expected of his reputation as the strongest man in the world...

    Compared to Uehara Naraku''s surprise, White Beard''s mouth grinned involuntarily, "What a terrible kid!"

    after all¡­

    Not anyone can do his next punch so easily!

    Ordinary lieutenant admirals would be killed by him with a single punch, even Karp and Warring States did not dare to ignore Whitebeard''s fist!

    However, when Uehara Naro received this punch, he only took a half step back, and he didn''t even show any strangeness. It seemed that he was unscathed...

    "..."

    Sasuke Uchiha''s expression was slightly wrong.

    Obviously Uchiha Sasuke knew better about the condition of Whitebeard, even he did not expect that Uehara Naraku would be repelled by Whitebeard, even if only half a step back!

    It''s just that Sasuke Uchiha will not miss this opportunity!

    A red light flashed in Uchiha''s eyes, and he swung his Kusanaru sword and slashed towards Uehara Naraku. He wanted to use this supreme sharp knife to hit Uehara Naraku!

    "Ok?"

    Uehara Naraku raised her eyebrows, and suddenly stretched out her fingers to pinch Kusanaru sword, and kicked Uchiha Sasuke''s belly!

    "Suzoneng!"

    Susano''s skeleton suddenly appeared on Uchiha Sasuke''s body. The first form of Susano''s instantaneous purpose was to block the kick of Uehara Naraku!

    The purple Suzuo skeleton was kicked to pieces!

    Fortunately, this also gave Sasuke enough time, his figure swiftly retreated, free from the entanglement with Uehara Naraku!

    "trouble¡­"

    Uchiha Sasuke''s brows frowned tightly. He turned his head and glanced at the people around him, and said in a deep voice, "You must not be hit by any attack by Naru Uehara, otherwise you may lose your combat effectiveness..."

    "Sasuke Uchiha¡­"

    The Sengoku Buddha gave a weird look at Uchiha Sasuke and asked softly, "Aren''t you getting a punch by him before we started the war?"

    "..."

    Sasuke Uchiha shook his head, and said in a deep voice, "If I''m not mistaken, his power was not strong at that time. It was just a temptation to test out the limits of our body..."

    Even if it''s just a trial and force...

    But it also made Uchiha Sa help a lot of injuries!

    At the moment, Uchiha Sasuke felt the long-lost horror, the majestic power that was defeated by a single blow, and the power that was ready to go in the hands of Uehara Naraku!

    "Goo la la la la la..."

    Baibeard laughed and finally reached out his hand to untie his big robe, and slowly arched his body: "Then let me try it too!"

    Try...

    Do your best...

    Can you beat Uehara Naraku!

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://www.novelhall.com/shu_141710.html

    From Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://www.novelhall.com/141710/

    Start from Hokage to be the black hand behind the scenes. txt download address: https://www.novelhall.com/txt_141710.html

    Starting from Hokage to read on mobile phones behind the scenes: https://m.novelhall.com/141710/

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record the reading record of this time (Chapter 582 is almost a one-touch battle), and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! (www.novelhall.com)

 Chapter 582ï¼š The Blackbeard Pirates Hidden in the Battlefield

    You can search for "Starting from Hokage to Behind-the-Scenes Novel Haige Novel (www.novelhall.com in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    Click!

    Baibeard''s fist slammed into the air!

    Cracks began to spread out from his fist. It was the air that was shattered by his punch. The vibration ability of this punch also flew to Uehara Naraku!

    A burst of strong power is coming!

    Uehara Naraku overlapped his palms, blocking the white beard''s ability to shake fruits. This punch still seemed to have no effect on him...

    Uehara Naraku''s figure flew towards White Beard in an instant. Just as he was about to attack White Beard, a figure stopped between him and White Beard!

    Monch D. Karp waved his fist and slammed his fist towards Naraku Uehara. The fists of the two immediately collided!

    Bang!

    A dull voice fell into everyone''s ears!

    The moment Karp and Naraku Uehara''s fists collided, a strong shock was released from their fists. At this moment Karp finally realized what Dorrag had experienced!

    Even if he is hailed as Iron Fist Karp...

    At this moment, I also felt the tremendous power from the fist!

    Uehara Naraku raised her eyebrows, his fists turned into claws, and he clasped Karp''s fists. Just as Karp''s expression changed slightly and wanted to break free, Uehara Naraku''s palm suddenly exerted force and shook Karp''s whole body. Go out!

    Just when Uehara Naraku wanted to follow him and planned to continue to attack Karp, Whitebeard''s fist slammed Uehara Naraku, and the giant fist carrying a ball of white light was about to fall on Uehara Naraku''s body!

    At this moment, Uchiha Sasuke and Hades Raleigh also waved their sharp swords from both sides and slashed towards Uehara Naraku''s body!

    In a blink of an eye...

    Uehara Naraku was already under siege!

    It is rare for them to be able to play such a wave of cooperation in such a short period of time. This is the tacit understanding formed by their instinct to look for fighters when they struggled for many years!

    Walk in the void!

    Uehara Naraku''s figure melted into the void instantly and disappeared!

    Just as Uehara Naraku disappeared, a purple light flashed in Uchiha''s Samsara''s eyes, and his hand suddenly threw a ring toward the center of the attack. It was Akatsuki''s contact ring!

    "I guessed your space-time ability a long time ago..."

    A heavy touch flashed across Uchiha Sasuke''s face, and his Hitomi Heaven hand power instantly activated, swapping the position of the ring with Uehara Naraku who had just left the place!

    next moment¡­

    Uehara Naraku returned to the center of the siege!

    Everyone looked at this scene with astonishment. Whether it was Doflamingo and others or the people on the execution stage, they didn''t know how Uehara Naraku should escape at this moment!

    "Does the hand power of heaven?"

    However, just as a group of attacks were about to fall on Uehara Naruto, the wings behind him gradually wrapped his body, protecting his body!

    A golden mask also appeared on Uehara Naraku''s body...

    Any attack falling on this group of golden light masks cannot penetrate, and even no ripples can appear at all. This is the moment of the saint!

    next moment¡­

    Numerous golden lightsabers appeared beside Naraku Uehara!

    Every golden lightsaber flew towards everyone, and there were layers of black domineering on the lightsaber out of thin air, and they wanted to pierce their bodies directly!

    However, Uchiha Sasuke suddenly unfolded his own Susano, and put everyone into Susano''s body, blocking countless lightsabers!

    "Don''t attack..."

    Sasuke Uchiha stared at Naraku Uehara with his brows, and said in a deep voice, "Uehara Naraku in this form is in a state where he can''t hurt him anyway. Even I can''t think of a way to deal with it..."

    When talking about this, Uchiha Sasuke slowly watched Uehara Naraku, and muttered in a low voice: "The next battle, Uehara Naraku will be serious..."

    "what?"

    Pluto Raleigh felt like he didn''t hear clearly.

    Sasuke Uchiha glanced at Leiley and explained softly, "No, maybe it''s not serious, but we must make each of us more..."

    Bang!

    Uchiha Sasuke''s voice is not over yet!

    A big hole was suddenly torn open in purple Susano''s body, and Uehara Naruko floated in from the hole, watching everyone present: "The warm-up is over..."

    When talking about this, a bright light flashed in Uehara Naraku''s eyes: "Next, please come up with some real power..."

    After speaking, Uehara Naraku suddenly opened her palm!

    A huge gravitational force suddenly flew out of Uehara Naraku''s palm, pulling everyone involuntarily in his direction!

    When these people were halfway through the flight, Uehara Naraku''s eyes darkened slightly, and he whispered, suddenly turning over his own power!

    "Ultra Shenluo Tianzheng!"

    A surging repulsive force rolled out!

    Everyone was thrown away by the repulsion!

    Uchiha Sasuke''s Susano was completely shattered by the repulsive force erupting from the inside out!

    This repulsive force even made Uchiha Sasuke couldn¡¯t help but wonder if he had always been too indifferent to Shinra Tensei¡¯s ability...

    Why this trick...

    In the hands of Uehara Naraku, the world can be destroyed!

    The body of the Sengoku of Buddha even wanted to transform into a golden Buddha form to resist Uehara''s attack, but after all, it was inevitably thrown away by repulsive force!

    "Sky Cong Yunjian!"

    Uehara Naraku''s palm glowed with a golden light, and countless light particles gathered in his hand and turned into a sharp sword in his hand!

    Immediately after...

    This sharp sword was directly thrown by Uehara Naraku!

    Uchiha Sasuke was forcibly nailed to the ground by the sky from the cloud sword!

    One after another photon turned into a heavenly cloud sword appeared in the hands of Uehara Naraku, and almost everyone was directly nailed to the ground by him!

    Munch D. Karp waved his fist and forcibly shot a Tian Cong Yun sword that was shot at him directly. White Beard smashed the Tian Cong Yun sword with the ability to shake the fruit. Turn it into a photon again!

    "Earth burst into the sky."

    Uehara Naruko didn''t care about the only two people left on the battlefield. He just waved his palms and sealed all the people nailed to the ground with a starburst!

    Uchiha Sasuke desperately wanted to explode his pupil power, unfolding his full body Susano, but was sealed together with Susano!

    this moment¡­

    Sasuke Uchiha finally realized something.

    For Shinra Tianzheng''s ordinary reincarnation eye ability, Uehara Uehara can develop such a powerful, how could he not be good at the seal technique that transcends the class such as the earth explosion star!

    Three huge stone **** appeared on the entire battlefield...

    In the Warring States Period, Hades King Raleigh and Uchiha Sasuke were all sealed up!

    Only Karp and Whitebeard were still standing on the ground, looking at Naraku Uehara with heavy faces. The two of them were slightly suspicious. Was it because Naraku Uehara felt that they had the ability to move?

    Just as the battle between them restarted...

    A few tall figures and a group of pale monsters were quietly hiding in the ruins of Malin Fandor, and everyone''s complexion was a bit unsightly.

    It is the people of the Blackbeard Pirates.

    Blackbeard Marshall D. Titch sneaked into the Impelton Grand Prison. After finding a few powerful companions from the Grand Prison, Blackbeard led the people to Malin Vandor and wanted to continue his plan.

    He wants to capture the devil fruit ability of Whitebeard!

    But right now, Marshall D. Titch saw White Beard and a group of people faltering in the attack of Uehara Naruto, which made Titch couldn¡¯t help but give birth to some other ideas...

    "Thief hahahaha... is that the power of Akatsuki''s leader?"

    A hint of obsession and madness flashed across Marshall D. Titch¡¯s face: ¡°It¡¯s impossible to fight back with Daddy, his fruiting ability must be stronger than Daddy...¡±

    "Does the captain want to take the fruit of that guy?"

    A tall man wiped the second-generation Ghost Toru, one of the twenty-one workers of the Big Sharp Sword, beside him, and couldn''t help but grinned and said, "For us, it''s not pretty!"

    It is Xiliu of Rain.

    Since Yu Zhixi stayed in Impelton Grand Prison to join Blackbeard, and helped defeat the warden Magellan of the Grand Prison, she became the second figure in the entire Blackbeard Pirates.

    Even if Xiliu''s strength is strong...

    He didn''t think that the Blackbeard Pirates could defeat the kind of people like Uehara Naraku, let alone they didn''t dare to fight the leader of Akatsuki!

    "Thief hahahaha, this kind of thing is hard to say..."

    Marshall D. Titch looked at the white beard that was crumbling under the attack of Uehara Naraku, grinned and said: "Daddy''s age is already old, as long as he is killed or seriously injured... you can get the ability to shake fruits... Thief hahahaha..."

    After Blackbeard laughed a few times, his face gradually became crazier: "I don''t believe that Dad will be defeated. As long as he and the leader of Akatsuki are both defeated, we will **** the fruit from Dad. Let''s see what kind of fruit power the leader of Akatsuki has!!"

    "¡­Hahahaha¡­"

    Hei Jue appeared gloomily from Marshall D. Titch''s body. It grinned and said, "Will you continue to take advantage of it?"

    "Thief hahahaha..."

    A fire flashed in Marshall D. Titch''s eyes, and his face became more and more frantic and excited: "Of course, this kind of opportunity is rare in a lifetime! When they are fighting hard, UU Reading www. uukanshu.com would never think of someone who would truly conquer the world, but Lao Tzu!"

    "Hahahaha¡­"

    Hei Jue didn''t say much, he just glanced at Titch, smiled sadly and sank back into Heibeard''s body.

    "..."

    Yu Zhiliu''s eyes were a little strange.

    This tall man looked at a circle of members of the Blackbeard Pirates, his expression gradually became more and more weird, because many of the weak members of the Blackbeard Pirates were killed by him...

    The members of the entire Blackbeard Pirate Group are all great pirates released from Impelton Grand Prison, and each great pirate is very powerful...

    but¡­

    They also have the same experience.

    Everyone of the only remaining members of the Blackbeard Pirate Group was taken into the Judicial Island dungeon for a period of time.

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://www.novelhall.com/shu_141710.html

    From Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://www.novelhall.com/141710/

    Start from Hokage to be the black hand behind the scenes. txt download address: https://www.novelhall.com/txt_141710.html

    Starting from Hokage to read on mobile phones behind the scenes: https://m.novelhall.com/141710/

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click "Favorites" below to record the reading record of this time (Chapter 583 The Blackbeard Pirates Hidden in the Battlefield), and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! (www.novelhall.com)

 Chapter 583ï¼š Bai Jue, go and help me trap Akatsuki

    You can search for "Starting from Hokage to Behind-the-Scenes Novel Haige Novel (www.novelhall.com in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    Blackbeard''s idea is correct.

    The only problem is that the white beard Edward Newgate and Karp have been unable to suppress Uehara Naraku, and even resisting Uehara Naraku¡¯s attack...

    But their will is strong enough...

    Munch D. Karp was wounded all over, and still stood up firm, he seemed to have returned to the era when he used to fight Locks...

    However, the enemy he faces now...

    But it was a character that Lockes couldn''t even beat him back then!

    A man with an extremely powerful body and light speed, and a strength dozens of times stronger than the white beard of the strongest man in the world...

    And the ability to be close to the fruits of all natural elements!

    How can we defeat such a terrible enemy?

    Can only rely on one''s own strong will!

    This answer does not sound like ordinary nonsense, but now the will is already supporting Karp and Whitebeard and allowing them to continue fighting...

    In fact, the battle has just begun and there are no minutes left.

    In fact, for Karp and Whitebeard, their battle is nearing an end, because under the high-intensity collision, it is difficult for them to resist all this...

    "Ice Spear...Armed Color¡¤Entangling!"

    Uehara Naruko raised his palm, and ice spears appeared beside him, and a jet black domineering spiral spiraled up and wrapped around the ice spear!

    More than a dozen ice spears galloped in the direction of Karp!

    Karp waved his fist and shot all the ice spears flying out, and the ice spears pierced into the ground diagonally, and the whole ground exploded in an instant!

    This force...

    Karp dare not ignore it!

    It''s just that when he flew these ice spears with his iron boxing, there were wounds on his fists again, which were scratches from high-speed collisions!

    Karp gasped slightly...

    Even though his body is still almost at the peak state of his youth, it is still a huge challenge for Karp to always use the high-intensity armed color domineering collision and the full perception of seeing and hearing color domineering...

    Yet their enemy...

    But it is still as easy as it started.

    This battle has completely become a unilateral crush.

    As for the white beard, who is aging and even sick, in worse condition than Karp. Although he can use the fruit-shaking ability to resolve Uehara''s attacks, it consumes his energy greatly...

    After all, that kind of attack...

    A moment of relaxation will be fatal!

    Uehara Naruko''s brows wrinkled slightly, and a light flashed across his fingertips, and countless photons turned into specks of fine light scattered on the ground!

    This is the shining fruit ability!

    As for the shining fruit ability Huang Yuan, he just watched this scene with a chuckle, not caring that someone has surpassed him in the development and use of fruit ability...

    This kind of thing...

    Huang Yuan has long been used to it.

    White beard sternly clenched his fists, trying to resolve this photon attack, a blue phoenix suddenly soared into the air, stopping countless photons!

    "Father!"

    However, the body of this phoenix was instantly penetrated by photons!

    It is Marco, the Phoenix!

    The captain of a group of white beard pirates finally couldn''t hold back, and joined forces to block a group of kings Qiwuhai, so that Marco came to support their captain!

    "Ok?"

    Uehara Naraku''s palm suddenly turned, and beams of light suddenly shot out from his palm, blocking Marco''s path, trapping the phoenix in a light prison!

    "Marko..."

    Baibeard quickly drew out his Congyun Cutter knife, covered it with a domineering group, and cut off the beams of light with one blow, saving his son from the light prison...

    White beard grabbed Marco''s shoulder abruptly, looked at the blood oozing from the corner of Marco''s mouth, and glanced at Marco''s gradually recovering body, before he slowly relaxed.

    White Beard looked at Marco, and said in a deep voice: "Marco, I will cover you and bring everyone back!"

    "Daddy..."

    "Don''t talk nonsense, follow the captain''s order!"

    White Beard took a deep breath and continued in a deep voice: "I will stop this guy. You and the red-haired group of guys will return to the new world. You must find a way to find the big secret treasure that Roger said!"

    Baibeard recognized the situation long ago.

    The current situation can no longer help him to call the shots. Even if he fights for his life, he may not be able to defeat the present Naraku Uehara. The world has announced a change of ownership in the future...

    If you want to resist...

    Only the big secret treasure mentioned by Roger!

    Of course that may not be the way to defeat Naraku Uehara, but it is definitely news that is enough to shake the world, so that the free pirates on the sea will never be cut off!

    Their generation has already lost...

    Sooner or later there will be the next generation of pirates yearning for freedom to defeat Naraku Uehara!

    "Daddy..."

    Marco''s face was a little incredulous.

    "Go!"

    As before, White Beard grinned and revealed a smile: "This is the last captain''s order to take everyone back to the new world, tell this world that the great treasure exists, and tell this world that the dream of a pirate will not end. of!"

    "Father!"

    Marco couldn''t help gritting his teeth.

    In just the next moment, Marco quickly turned into a phoenix again. He spent more than 30 years on Whitebeard¡¯s boat and never refused Whitebeard¡¯s orders...

    Obviously...

    Marco already knew that Whitebeard had planned for the worst.

    Uehara Naraku didn''t stop all of this. He even watched Marko fly away with interest, because he knew that no one could escape on this battlefield.

    While they are fighting here...

    The one hundred thousand coalition forces under the Akatsuki organization have completely surrounded here!

    Just not mentioning other people, just the two four emperors, Kaido and BIG¡¤MOM, it is absolutely impossible for people to cross their encirclement.

    Not to mention¡­

    And Datongmu Huiye sits in town.

    "It''s almost here..."

    Uehara Naraku''s fingers joined together, and a laser beam penetrated directly Karp''s chest, finally causing the navy hero to completely fall to the ground!

    After Uehara solved Karp, another laser beam flew out of his fingertips, but split and penetrated the shoulders and thighs of the white beard on the way, making the legendary big pirate involuntarily soften!

    But White Beard supported his Cong Yunqi forcefully, allowing himself to stand firmly on the spot, his face even with a smile on his face: "Gul la la la la la...have you reached this point? Before dying At least I have to ask a few questions..."

    "Want to delay time for your son?"

    Uehara Naraku pierced the white beard''s words with a word, and continued without paying attention: "Let me see if you are interested in answering..."

    "Really proud..."

    White Beard glanced at the battlefield, looked at Uehara Naraku with a grin and said, "What is the relationship between you and the past Locks...?"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes were subtle.

    Obviously this sentence reminded him of a bad memory.

    Uehara Naraku looked at the white beard, and said calmly: "It has nothing to do. If I find his body, maybe there will be a new relationship between us... A big pirate who used to be on the sea, I am very interested in He made his own collection..."

    While they are still chatting here...

    Blackbeard Marshall D. Titch was faintly uncontrollable.

    Because according to his vision, he had already been able to see through the failure of White Beard, but he did not expect that White Beard would lose so fast and so miserably. It seemed impossible to lose both. Fortunately, White Beard was severely injured...

    As long as it can absorb the shocking fruit ability, for Blackbeard Marshall D. Titch, he has the power to compete with Uehara Naraku!

    Besides...

    Titch was really sure.

    During this time, Titch was familiar with the power of Dark Fruit in order to capture the Devil Fruit ability, as long as he could invalidate Uehara Naraku''s ability...

    after all¡­

    Uehara Naraku¡¯s state, no matter how you look at it, this person is a Devil Fruit Ability... It just so happens that Marshall D. Titch is best at dealing with Devil Fruit Ability.

    the most important is¡­

    Titch couldn''t bear the death of White Beard in the hands of others, especially in this situation, which made Titch especially angry with White Beard!

    "Thief hahahaha... forget it..."

    The figure of Marshall D. Titch slowly emerged from the ruins, his eyes were full of ambition: "I can''t wait any longer... Let''s take away his strongest fruiting ability, and simply surpass it here. Him!"

    "Ho **** ho ho... Titch..."

    Heijue¡¯s body came out of Marshall D. Titch¡¯s back, UU reading smiled and said: "In this situation, do we still have to take action? It easily defeated a group of top players. What about the people..."

    "Of course you have to shoot!"

    Titch nodded slowly, staring at the white beard in front of Uehara Naraku, and coldly instructed the group of Bai Zetsu behind him: "Go and help me trap Akatsuki, and create for me to take away the dark fruits. Time, other people will work with me to solve the white beard..."

    Marshall D. Titch walked out of the ruins, while grinning grimly: "The thief hahahaha...Daddy is too old, leave it to me in the next era! I will help him solve Xiao Xiao! "

    "..."

    Bai Jue looked at each other.

    Every Bai Jue is a little bit mentally retarded, but it does not prevent them from thinking that Di Qi is really mentally retarded.

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://www.novelhall.com/shu_141710.html

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://www.novelhall.com/141710/

    Start from Hokage to be the black hand behind the scenes. txt download address: https://www.novelhall.com/txt_141710.html

    Starting from Hokage to read on mobile phones behind the scenes: https://m.novelhall.com/141710/

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click "Favorites" below to record the reading record of this time (Chapter 584 Bai Jue, you go and help me trap Xiao). You can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! (www.novelhall.com)

 Chapter 584ï¼š Hei Jue: The self-cultivation of a person who is good at making stories!

    You can search for "Starting from Hokage to Behind-the-Scenes Novel Haige Novel (www.novelhall.com in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    "Thief hahahaha..."

    When Blackbeard Marshall D. Titch led the Blackbeard Pirates from the ruins, everyone in the Whitebeard Pirates was instantly angry!

    When the white beard''s body was at its limit...

    Marshall D. Titch jumped out!

    Even though the Whitebeard Pirates are still facing the invincible enemy of Akatsuki, they hate the traitor Marshall D. Titch even more!

    "I''m not late, daddy..."

    Marshall D. Titch raised his head to look at the tall white beard, grinned and showed his teeth, and laughed sullenly: "The thief hahahaha... It looks like it¡¯s not late, it just happens to be enough to give the old man the last One ride..."

    This arrogant posture...

    It doesn''t seem to be low-key at all!

    "Titch!"

    Baibeard can even use Cong Yunqi to support him to stand up!

    The old man looked at Marshall D. Titch on his face, his face was full of sullenness: "You dare to appear in front of me..."

    "Thieves hahahaha...what dare not!"

    Marshall D. Titch suddenly stretched out his arms and said loudly, "Father, I made a special trip to send you off... for today I have endured for more than 20 years, just to be able to stand like this today. In front of you!"

    "I used to worship and admire you countless times... Daddy..."

    Marshall D. Titch''s eyes became gloomy again: "But...you are too old now, even one person can''t beat..."

    How powerful was the white beard once!

    No one in the entire ocean dare to provoke him!

    However, the white beard now cannot defeat even a leader of Akatsuki''s organization. He wants to rescue Firefist Ace, but he can''t even get close to the execution platform!

    at this point¡­

    Too much disappointed Tic!

    "..."

    The white beard was silent.

    Titch¡¯s words are a bit relaxed...

    In their battle just now, Karp, who symbolizes the apex of physique and the domineering power of armed color, and the white beard, who represents the apex of demon fruit ability, were easily crushed by Uehara Naraku.

    If you can¡­

    Whitebeard really wants Marshall D. Tic to know how strong Naruko Uehara is in front of him. This guy is actually not an enemy that anyone in this world can defeat...

    at least¡­

    Absolutely not now!

    Even in the past, there was no one who could match Naraku Uehara!

    Even if Gore D. Roger, who was approved by Whitebeard, came back to life, he was not an opponent of Uehara Naraku, because it was already crushed by pure power!

    "Interesting, all the debtors are here..."

    Uehara Naraku was suspended in mid-air, looking at the black beard and white beard, and slowly tilted his head: "You two have promised to give the dark fruit to me, but you have not fulfilled your promise... "

    "..."

    Baibeard fell silent again.

    Because they had directly agreed to deliver the Dark Fruit to Akatsuki in order to save Saatchi, but they have not fulfilled their promise so far...

    No matter how many things happened in the middle, according to their agreement, the Dark Fruit must be handed over to the Akatsuki organization, but unfortunately they did not do it. After the war broke out, this incident was also left behind by everyone.

    There is no need to mention this kind of thing.

    Because Akatsuki has never intended to get the secret fruit from them, this is the trap that Akatsuki set up at the beginning... However, even if the Whitebeard Pirates did not step on this trap, it would not be possible to hinder Akatsuki''s plan to rule the world.

    "Thief hahahaha, that''s a secret fruit!"

    Marshall D. Titch''s palm gradually appeared black, and he looked at Naraku Uehara mockingly: "How could Dark Fruit be handed over to someone else..."

    Marshall D. Titch raised his palm and looked at White Beard with interest: "Daddy, don''t you know... Akatsuki has been looking for this fruit, precisely because this fruit represents rule. The power of the world!"

    Marshall D. Titch''s gaze fell on the battlefield and grinned: "Anyone will be tempted by this power. As long as he gets this fruit, he owns the entire world, whether it is power or strength..."

    "Lost by the power of a fruit?"

    Whitebeard looked at the darkness in Titch¡¯s hand, and his face suddenly showed contempt: "For this fruit, it violated the iron law on the ship and murdered his companion..."

    The next moment, White Beard hit Tic with a punch!

    Strangely, the moment the white light of the fruit-shaking ability touched the darkness in Titch''s hand, it immediately became invalid and was directly absorbed by Titch!

    "Did you see it? Daddy..."

    Marshall D. Titch grinned and shook his head, laughing as if showing off: "You who didn''t get the dark fruit...how can you understand the power of this fruit!"

    When talking about this, Titch''s eyes flashed greed: "But you will understand soon!"

    Marshall D. Titch''s palm and body were instantly enveloped in darkness, and his eyes were full of madness: "Father, let your power be swallowed by darkness! Turn into a part of the dark fruit, let me replace you to rule this again era!"

    Following the actions of Marshall D. Titch, a group of members of the Blackbeard Pirates and Bai Jue who looked extremely fierce appeared one after another!

    It¡¯s just a little weird...

    Most of the eyes of these members fell on the pharmacist''s pocket of intuitive combat, and some people''s eyes fell on Uchiha Madara next to the pharmacist''s pocket...

    Marshall D. Titch''s face was full of pride.

    He even stretched out his arms, looking up at Naraku Uehara, flaunting loudly: "Thief hahahaha... see it, Akatsuki leader!

    This is the power you have always wanted. Lao Tzu has been a small character for more than 20 years in order to get it. Why do you want to take away Lao Tzu''s fruit with a single word..."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku looked at the arrogant Titch with a subtle expression.

    Marshall D. Titch waved his arm, showing his white army: "The man who rules the world is destined to be..."

    Bang!

    A jet-black shadow suddenly emerged from Marshall D. Titch''s body, and its palm suddenly penetrated Titch''s body!

    This change...

    Neither the White Beard Pirates nor the Black Beard Pirates had time to react!

    Especially the crew of the Blackbeard Pirates, everyone couldn''t help but feel a little frightened. They glanced at Yakushitou and Uchiha Madara in secret...

    However, Madara Uchiha¡¯s expression is more subtle than theirs. This weird change seems to remind Uchiha Madara of some bad things...

    next moment¡­

    A cloud of darker material envelops Marshall D. Titch''s body!

    "how come¡­"

    Marshall D. Titch¡¯s eyes were full of astonishment, his eyes widened involuntarily, staring at the dark palms that penetrated his chest: "The body can''t move... Hei Jue... how could you? ¡­"

    Heijue''s gloomy voice fell in everyone''s ears, and its smile was still very bad: "Titch, in front of God, why do you think you can rule the world?"

    "Hei Jue..."

    Marshall D. Titch clenched his teeth, feeling the pain in his body: "You are the will of Lao Tzu..."

    "Ho **** ho ho..."

    Heijue''s smile became more and more strange, its body gradually covered Titch''s whole body, completely controlling Titch''s body.

    Heijue grinned with a weird smile, and said with a light smile: "Titch...It took me more than 20 days to find a chance to pretend to be your will!

    From the time you got the Dark Fruit, I have been looking for opportunities to make you a tool that we can use. Unfortunately, you guys are too suspicious! "

    "You guy..."

    Marshall D. Titch desperately grabbed Heijue''s body with his hands, trying to pull Heijue out of his body: "What the **** is it!"

    "Titch, I was never your will..."

    Hei Jue didn''t care about Tickey''s actions, and said with a low smile, "Ho **** ho ho... Long ago, before the emergence of the huge kingdom, there existed a pair of mother and child in this world, both of them possessing earth-shattering power. The mother is respected by the world as the goddess of Mao, and the son is respected by the world as the six immortals..."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku''s expression was subtle.

    Why is this guy Hei Jue starting to make up stories again! Obviously he had never ordered such a thing! And this kind of story clearly has loopholes...

    But now...

    As if they were happy.

    Because everyone present seemed to be attracted by the story of Heijue...

    Even the people on the execution stage listened to Heijue''s stories intently, because they were quite interested in these historical stories and even the mysteries of the gods...

    "...Two powerful gods fought for the idea of ??domination of the world. In order not to destroy this planet, they recreated another world as a battlefield...

    In the end, his mother, Otsuki Kaguya was sealed by the winner, and his son, Otsuki Yui, was reincarnated because his life was exhausted...

    Until later, the reincarnated son broke the seal with my help, and returned to the planet where their mother and son ruled, but this place has become a world beyond recognition..."

    When Hei Jue said this, he continued self-consciously: "But Kaguya Ji left a will before being sealed. She regrets fighting for power with her son, hoping to give more love to her children. My existence is born for this!"

    "..."

    Marshall D. Titch clenched his teeth and squeezed a word from his teeth: "Asshole...what does this matter have to do with Lao Tzu!"

    Ah ah ah ah ah¡­

    Titch felt like he was going crazy!

    Fuck¡­

    This fucking... family crazy!

    You want to improve the mother-child relationship...what does this matter have to do with him!

    "Because Akatsuki''s leader mentioned Dark Fruit..."

    Hei Jue''s smile became more and more meaningful: "After the mother was re-opened by her repentant son, UU reading loved her son even more, and he completely asked for it...

    Occasionally, when Kaguya learned that her child had mentioned the dark fruit, she decided to help her son get this devil fruit..."

    "and so¡­"

    Marshall D. Titch gritted his teeth, glanced at Naraku Uehara, and said in a deep voice, "You are here to present Lao Tzu to this Akatsuki leader as a gift!"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku fell into silence strangely.

    To be honest, if it were not for Uehara Naraku to know everything, even the original truth of the two worlds, he would start to wonder whether this story was true or false...

    Hei Jue...

    It can be edited!

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://www.novelhall.com/shu_141710.html

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://www.novelhall.com/141710/

    Start from Hokage to be the black hand behind the scenes. txt download address: https://www.novelhall.com/txt_141710.html

    Starting from Hokage to read on mobile phones behind the scenes: https://m.novelhall.com/141710/

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 585 Hei Jue: Self-cultivation of a Person Who Is Good at Storytelling!) Read the record, and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! (www.novelhall.com)

 Chapter 585ï¼š In order to ensure the purity of our undercover, we are not undercover...

    "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes ( Find the latest chapter!

    Hei Jue can make up too much.

    Not to mention the people in the Pirate World, even the people in the Shinobi world can¡¯t help but feel a little bit that what it says is the truth. Who will let the past events only have the right to interpret...

    This kind of thing...

    It''s not that Hei Jue can just say what he wants!

    Maybe this kind of thing may be true. The drama of Liudao Immortal and Datongmu Huiye in order to fight for power seems to be more reliable than Liudao Immortal''s salvation.

    After all, the chakra reincarnation of the six immortals, Naruto Uehara, is here. What kind of virtue this person is, everyone can see...

    this one¡­

    Hei Jue said that he was human!

    As you can imagine...

    What kind of virtue was Uehara Naraku''s inhumane past life?

    "Thief hahahaha..."

    After listening to the story of Heijue, Marshall D. Titch grinned hard, and could only suppress the fear in his heart with laughter: "The **** before the huge kingdom...hahahaha... it sounds terrible... "

    Titch said...

    He scolded Hei Jue over and over again in my heart!

    Hei Jue, this bastard, isn''t this playing him?

    In comparison, Baibeard''s psychological acceptance is much better. His eyes are slightly tightened. Is there a **** that existed before the huge kingdom?

    This means that¡­

    Xiao''s mother and son...

    Want to take back the power they once had!

    The power that once ruled this world!

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand to Kazuki, and said softly: "Okay, don''t kill him, he is useless now...reluctantly use him as a sacrifice!"

    "Sacrifice..."

    Blackbeard''s mind trembled.

    This word sounds bad!

    Even in the ocean, Blackbeard knew very well that offerings generally meant sacrifice, meaning that they wanted his life!

    "Have someone finally replaced us as a sacrifice?"

    "Another companion can survive!"

    "Hahahaha... I thought this Titch was so stupid..."

    Just when Blackbeard was nervous, a group of silly Bai Jue seemed very happy, and they were finally happy to see Blackbeard''s end.

    Heijue¡¯s body slowly fell off Titch¡¯s body, and the pitch-black body made people feel very strange...

    Only when Heijue fell off, Titch regained control of his body. Regardless of the wound on his chest, he quickly wanted to hide behind his crew: "Hurry up, everyone, get on together and kill them!"

    "..."

    The crew of the Blackbeard Pirates looked strange.

    Everyone''s gaze fell involuntarily on the medicine master pocket.

    As the pharmacist pushed her glasses around, Yu Zhixi set up her cigar slowly and sighed softly, "Okay, let''s get to work!"

    "..."

    The look of the crew of the Blackbeard Pirates is more subtle.

    The next moment, these big pirates rushed to pick up their pistols and knives, and put them on Marshall D. Titch...

    "Asshole...you guys..."

    Marshall D. Titch was stupid.

    This ambitious pirate held his pistol and looked at the crew members he had recruited from Impelton himself in fright: "You **** rebellion... do you want to dedicate Lao Tzu to Akatsuki?"

    Marshall D. Titch looked at the leader of the group of great pirates angrily, grinned and forced a smile: "Hiliu, do you... have a share?"

    "Captain, don''t blame me."

    Yu Zhiliu took a melancholy sip of his cigar, spit out a big smoke ring, and sighed softly: "I haven''t found a chance to tell you something..."

    Yu Zhiliu vomited another smoke ring, turned her head to look at Tic, and sighed again: "On our boat, you are the only person from the Akatsuki organization..."

    After listening to Yu Zhiliu''s words, the other people around couldn''t help laughing, even the white beard pirates in the distance had a subtle expression.

    If it¡¯s not for tension...

    The members of the White Beard Pirates could not help but laugh.

    Deidara almost laughed so hard that he couldn''t stand upright: "Hahahahaha...what is this doing! Hey, Uehara, why do you always arrange a group of people for undercover agents!"

    What the devil''s arrangement is this!

    The undercover agents of other people''s homes are arranged for one person to sneak in in other forces and slowly transmit information; Xiao organizes undercover agents, and they arrange for a group of people to sneak in, and slowly raise that force completely...

    This fucking...

    Everyone knows you are going crazy!

    "Humhhhhhhh...this is interesting, isn''t it?"

    Doflamingo helped his little sunglasses and smiled and continued: "No matter what he wants or knows, he must get Akatsuki''s permission!"

    "..."

    Blackbeard didn''t pay much attention to the ridicule of Doflamingo and Deidara, and still looked at Yuzhiliu angrily.

    "Don''t look at me like that..."

    Yu Zhiliu held a cigar and continued slowly: "Oh, yes, in order to avoid exposure of the undercover of our Akatsuki on board, I killed all the people you recruited before in Impelton..."

    "..."

    Blackbeard finally couldn''t help but scolded: "You bastard... you have been lying to Lao Tzu, and I was wasting you to rescue you!"

    Why is this **** so embarrassed to say such things at this time!

    When he was at Impelton Prison, Yu Zhiliu, after joining the Blackbeard Pirates, blatantly killed a group of crew members such as Rafid, on the grounds that the weak are not worthy of the strong!

    At that time, Blackbeard chose to forgive Xiliu.

    Because the strength of Yuzhiliu far exceeds other crew members.

    Now Titch heard Xiliu of Rain talking about that kind of thing, just to keep them undercover from being exposed. Titch really couldn''t help but want to kill Xiliu now!

    Oh shit¡­

    This **** is even more than Black Jue!

    No, neither of these are good things!

    "You arranged it well..."

    Uehara Naraku looked at the furious Blackbeard, raised his eyebrows, and glanced at the Pharmacist''s pocket that had been standing next to him.

    "No, this is also the arrangement of the adults."

    The pharmacist curled up the corners of his mouth and explained with a light smile: "Master Naraku once wanted to travel to Impelton Grand Prison. In order to avoid someone offending the adults, I arranged some manpower in it in advance and recruited them by the way. Some subordinates who seem to be quite capable..."

    As for how to recruit...

    Just by looking at the fear of these people about the pharmacist''s pocket, it seems that the pharmacist''s methods are not particularly bright, but there is nothing to blame for these evil guys.

    Besides...

    They only took a fancy to the identity of Yao Shidou and the monstrous forces under his command, but what they had never thought about was that there was actually a powerful **** standing behind this guy...

    "We are the subordinates of Master Dou..."

    Yu Zhiliu watched Uehara Naraku, with drops of cold sweat gradually showing on her face, and the urn said: "Originally, Master Dou was to let us receive a good man, but I didn''t expect it to be a god..."

    "Put down your cigar."

    Pharmacist pushed his glasses around and whispered, "Don''t be too rude in front of Naraku-sama, but I like your power. I want to recommend you to join Akatsuki and become our official member..."

    "understood."

    Yu Zhiliu grabbed her cigar with an unhappy face, pressed it hard in her palm to extinguish it, and then looked at Uehara Naraku again.

    "It does not matter."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head calmly, and said softly, "I am a very big person, and I don''t care about small things..."

    "..."

    Yu Zhiliu breathed a sigh of relief.

    The others in the room couldn''t help but bow their heads. This Yu no Kiri should not take Uehara Naraku''s words seriously, right?

    "Okay, let''s talk about business!"

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand, and a ball of light came from his fingertips and fell on the white beard. He calmly said: "Your body has long been unable to hold it!"

    "this is¡­"

    A flash of surprise flashed across the white beard''s face.

    Because as the white light fell into his body, he only felt that all the injuries and physical strength on his body were quickly recovering, making him stronger than before...

    Whitebeard couldn''t help but glanced at Uehara Naraku. What does this guy mean, giving him this life at this time, is it conscious that he can easily subdue him...

    "Don''t think about resisting."

    Uehara Naraku looked at the white beard coldly, and slowly raised her finger, and whispered: "I just give you a little bit of life, so that you can live a little longer, just to let you see an old friend again. That''s it... Anyway, you should be together in the future. It''s okay to meet again in advance."

    "Old friend?"

    White Beard''s eyes were a little strange.

    How many old friends can he have in this world?

    Moreover, what does Nairo Uehara mean by this companionship?

    "Pocket are you ready for everything you are looking for?"

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the pharmacist''s pocket, and pointed a place with her finger: "If you are ready, put it there!"

    "Yes, Lord Naraku."

    Pharmacist nodded slowly, took out a psychic scroll from his body, and took out a bunch of black hair from it: "This is found from all the information of the world government, and I also use it Opportunity to harvest the remains of many strong men..."

    "Then let him come out!"

    Uehara Naruchi closed his palms, and his expression became slightly serious: "If you want to quickly end everything in this world, you can only let that person start the era of the great pirates, let him personally end here... the art of reincarnation from the filthy soil! "

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 586 In order to ensure the purity of our undercover, we kill everyone who is not an undercover) to read the record and open the bookshelf next time see!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 586ï¼š Come and say hello to old friends!

    "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes ( Find the latest chapter!

    The wind in Malin Vandor is a bit noisy.

    Under the gaze of everyone, the black hair on the ground slowly turned into confetti, and it was attached to the body of a Baijue sacrifice, wrapping it as if it were a mummy.

    next moment¡­

    A sturdy man sprang out of the mummy grimly!

    This figure didn''t seem to be tall, but at the moment when he gradually appeared, his body suddenly exuded a domineering domineering, and this domineering instantly swept the entire Malin Fando!

    Anyone can tell...

    The one who is about to show up is an amazing character!

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand to untie the two earth blasting stars. The Buddha''s Warring States Period and the Pluto King Lei Li collapsed and fell to the ground. The faces of the two people were still a little confused...

    It''s just that when they followed the gaze of the battlefield and saw the character who was about to appear, their faces couldn''t hide their shock, and even a faint fear appeared in their hearts!

    Whitebeard Edward Newgate''s eyes shrank slightly, and his eyes stared at the figure that was about to emerge, his expression became extremely solemn!

    The tan captain''s hat, the tan windbreaker...

    And that familiar face, that familiar smile, but there are a few more cracks on his face, like a sculpture cracked...

    Even so, he still does not block his power!

    Goldor Roger, the one-pirate king executed twenty years ago...resurrected!

    Baibeard clenched his fists, looked at the figure that showed the original appearance in disbelief, and asked himself: "This aura...It really is you..."

    "Roger..."

    Karp''s weak voice came.

    Leily lay on the ground and raised his head to look at the familiar figure, his face became a little nostalgic and complicated: "Unexpectedly, I will see you again in twenty years..."

    The face of the Buddha¡¯s Warring States period became frightened and angry, and his expression became a little complicated in an instant, and he slowly turned his head to look at Uehara Naraku: "How is it possible that this guy... can actually control life and death... why? The **** Goldor Roger has come back to life!"

    "That person...is One Piece...Goldo Roger!"

    "Goldo Roger is resurrected!"

    "One Piece is resurrected!"

    All the pirates in the entire Marin Vando immediately recognized the figure of One Piece, and the emotion of each pirate suddenly became agitated!

    For the pirate...

    The last Goldor Roger to be crowned as the One Piece is of great significance, even most of the pirates on the scene grew up listening to Roger''s legend!

    "Roger!"

    The faces of Douglas Barrett and Kolokas on the execution platform flashed a touch of shock. When everyone looked at the figure, their emotions instantly became excited!

    Bucky bit his teeth, but tears couldn''t help but slowly flowed down: "How is it possible... Captain... is resurrected!"

    "captain¡­"

    The excitement on Shanks''s face gradually faded, cold sweat slowly dripped on his cheeks, his eyes were slightly tightened, and a panic appeared in his heart: "How on earth did Uehara Naraku do...why did you want to resurrect the Captain...he? Do you want to get Lovedrew¡¯s big secret treasure?"

    "Eh, is that the One Piece?"

    Luffy poked his neck desperately to look at the figure on the ground, his face suddenly showed a big smile, turned to look at his brother: "Hey, Ace, take a look, that is your father, right? ?"

    "Luffy!"

    Sabo glanced at Ace nervously.

    What''s the matter with their little brother, why is it always open and not to mention which pot? He knows that Ace doesn''t like his father!

    "My father... only has a white beard!"

    Ace''s face was ugly beyond imagination, but even though Firefist Ace didn''t say anything, his eyes couldn''t stop falling on Roger''s body.

    That''s not a photo...that''s not a wax figure...

    That''s not the pirate who has been verbally criticizing others...

    That was a pirate king, Gore D. Roger, who was standing there, who had been resurrected, and his real father!

    "I didn''t expect... it would actually bring the One Piece back to life..."

    Doflamingo, who was originally in Akatsuki''s camp, saw the One Piece resurrected by Uehara Naraku, his face was full of irresistible shock.

    "The words of One Piece..."

    The dry persimmon ghost shark had no idea about One Piece, and a smile appeared from the corner of his mouth: "This kind of character is probably qualified as the leader''s collection!"

    "Collection¡­"

    A drop of cold sweat came out on Doflamingo¡¯s forehead: "This sentence shouldn¡¯t be what I thought... If I¡¯m not mistaken, Uchiha Madara and Uchiha Itachi also seem to have the same Gordo. The same crack on Roger''s face..."

    "It''s what you mean."

    Dry persimmon ghost shark grinned lightly and slowly said: "Anyone of value has the hope of becoming an adult''s collection, able to retain most of his strength... After all, the adults have resurrected them, so naturally they have to work for them. !"

    "..."

    Doflamingo slowly lowered his sunglasses and grinned: "Hey yum yum...so that...has One Piece become our person?"

    As the dried persimmon ghost shark said...

    Gordo Roger, no, or Gol D. Roger, the One Piece had just been resurrected, and he was already controlled by Uehara Naraku.

    of course¡­

    Under normal circumstances, unless necessary, Uehara Naraku doesn''t like to force others to manipulate others.

    In comparison, Uehara Naraku is best at using the fetters of others in the world to make people willingly execute his orders.

    "How is this going¡­"

    Gore D. Roger frowned.

    The first thing he did when he was resurrected was to explore his own condition. This strange feeling in the body was like forcing his soul into a container that could barely contain...

    It will allow him to show most of his strength...

    Moreover, the reincarnated body of the dirty soil will not die. The only trouble is that his body faintly feels that someone is in his will, and it seems that he can control his actions at any time.

    When Gore D. Roger was just resurrected, he wanted to try to break free of this restraint. Unfortunately, the man who controlled him was stronger...

    His power does not seem to be enough to get out of control.

    "Gol D. Roger."

    Uehara Naraku slowly hugged her arm, staring at the legendary One Piece, and whispered softly: "Don''t try to break away from control. Soon I won''t restrict your actions anymore. Let''s have a fight with your old friend. Hello..."

    "Hahahahahahaha...really?"

    Gore D. Roger couldn''t help but grinned, his gaze slowly looked around, and instantly fell on the Hades King Raleigh: "It looks familiar... Isn''t this... Raleigh? Raleigh! Hahahahaha...Relly, are you so old? I really don¡¯t recognize it!"

    After speaking, Roger''s Yu Guang saw Karp and the Warring States again: "Hahahahaha... Karp, Warring States, you two guys are also old..."

    Until the end, Roger''s eyes fell on Baibeard''s body: "Ha, Newgate, we haven''t seen each other for many years..."

    "The way you say hello is wrong."

    Uehara Naraku interrupted Gore D. Roger.

    The next moment, Gore D. Roger''s body rushed to the white beard uncontrollably in an instant, and the legendary One Piece slammed his old friend''s chin with his fist!

    "Wait... my body... be careful, Newgate!"

    Roger''s face instantly became ugly, his fists fell on Baibeard''s body one after another, knocking the old friend to the ground directly!

    "You guy..."

    Baibeard probably guessed the truth.

    It''s just that his mood has become faintly weird. Did this Uehara Naraku just treat his injury just to get him beaten?

    This guy¡­

    Is this a personnel matter?

    "Goldo Roger!"

    Portcas D. Ace knelt on the execution platform and watched the scene below, his face was full of anger: "What the **** are you **** doing!"

    Seeing White Beard being beaten by his biological father... Huoquan Ace really couldn''t stand it at all!

    "Ace!"

    Shanks stopped the angry Ace with a loud voice, slowly lowered his head and said in a low voice: "The captain was resurrected by Uehara Naraku. His body should not be under his control..."

    "Don''t hurt him!"

    Gore D. Roger stood in front of White Beard holding his fist, looking at this old friend and opponent, with this punch he tried his best to control his body!

    In the end, Roger still swung it hard!

    The white beard leaned back and fell to the ground!

    Uehara Naraku stopped Roger''s body and calmly said, "Okay, if you say hello to your old friend, let me introduce others to you!"

    Naruto Uehara floated beside them, looking at the ugly-looking Gore D. Roger, and whispered, "Would you like to look at it first..."

    Uehara Naraku slowly raised his finger and landed on the execution platform: "Need to introduce you? The son you left behind during your lifetime, all your former companions are on it, after twenty years, maybe you Can''t you recognize it?"

    "Twenty years..."

    Gore D. Roger''s gaze moved, and he raised his head to look at the execution table. He couldn''t recognize any of the people on it until he saw Bucky: "Huh? Bucky? Then the person next to him... is Xiang X?"

    Gore D. Roger slowly turned his head and saw Ace and the others, his eyes finally stopped, although he had never seen Portcas D. Ace...

    however¡­

    With the little freckles on Ace''s face...

    Gore D. Roger instantly recognized that it was his son, the son of him and Portgas D. Lujiu!

    Gore D. Roger reluctantly moved his gaze away from Ace and fell on other people on the battlefield.

    The expression of the One Piece gradually became extremely solemn: "Then, what is the purpose of your excellency gathering my friends here and reviving me..."

    Yes¡­

    Here are all his former friends and companions.

    There is even the son who only saw him today.

    If you count it, Gore D. Roger''s tightest bond during his lifetime is here, but what Roger did not expect is that his friends seem to be in a bad situation now...

    they¡­

    They seemed to have been severely injured.

    Judging from the situation, this should be an unprecedented war. Perhaps Baibeard and the Warring States were both defeated, and the fisherman in front of him has benefited...

    of course¡­

    It is also possible that the young man in front of him who resurrected him defeated everyone by his own power. After all, the man in front of him was the one who could not hear his inner heart with the experience of listening to the heart of all things, and even the power used to manipulate him also let He can''t resist!

    "It looks stronger than I thought. I thought you would relive the past first..."

    Uehara Nairo spread out her palms and calmly said: "Since you want to talk about business, let''s talk about it!

    Twenty years have passed since you started the era of the great pirates before you died...This is the era of the great pirates that you started with your own hands. You will end it yourself. Isn''t this a small matter? "

    "..."

    Gore D. Roger fell silent.

    Pluto Raleigh struggled to raise his head, and said in a deep voice: "Roger, don''t promise him, they will soon rule the world. The sea will soon enter the darkest age, ONEPIECE. Is the only hope..."

    It''s just that Raleigh hasn''t finished saying...

    The figure of Gore D. Roger rushed up in the direction of Raleigh!

    Just as Gore D. Roger''s fist was about to fall on Raleigh, he forcibly controlled his movements and slowly turned his head to look at Uehara Naraku like a hungry wolf: "I said...Don''t hurt Raleigh..."

    Uehara Naraku provoked his finger and continued softly: "If you can''t do it, Pluto Raleigh is only the first one. I don''t mind if you pay more. The world government has been destroyed by us. This world no longer needs it. Pirate..."

    When the Tianlong people and the world government fell...

    In fact, this world no longer needs chaotic pirates.

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 587, let''s say hello to old friends!) Read the record, and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 587ï¼š Towards a new era of the world

    "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes ( Find the latest chapter!

    Marin Vando.

    While they were still in a stalemate, the Gate of Justice continued to flood into warships, and each warship was full of ninjas, samurai, and pirates.

    "That''s... the Beast Pirate Group and the BIG¡¤MOM Pirate Group!"

    A group of revolutionary troops responsible for guarding the periphery watched this scene with horror. In their sight, the entire Marin Vandor was surrounded by densely packed warships.

    The coalition finally arrived at Malin Vandor.

    This coalition of more than 100,000 people became an overwhelming force.

    Whether it was the White Beard Pirates who wanted to retreat, the Revolutionary Army, or the rest of the Red-haired Pirates, they were completely surrounded and captured by this coalition.

    This coalition force also shocked the navy.

    This is to prevent some people in the Navy who are still loyal to the Warring States and Karp from making any changes in Marin Vando.

    With the advent of this coalition, everyone knows in their hearts that they have been defeated in this war. Maybe when Uehara Naruko showed invincible power, they were already defeated...

    But the arrival of the coalition forces became the last straw to overwhelm them.

    This also means that the Akatsuki organization is not just the strong, they also have a large army, and it is a force that is well-reserved.

    "Forget it, let''s end here..."

    Gore D. Roger, the newly resurrected One Piece, returned his bold smile on his face: "The story of the Pirate... will end eventually!"

    Ten days later.

    The war that shook the world is over long ago.

    During this period of time, the news papers of the whole world were once sold out, because everything in that war was enough to make headlines and shock everyone in the whole world.

    The most shocking thing is undoubtedly two things...

    First, the world government was destroyed by the Akatsuki organization, and the world has since entered the era of Akatsuki; second, the pirate king Gore D. Roger was resurrected by Akatsuki''s leader.

    This means that no one can take away the big secret treasure earlier than One Piece.

    As the Akatsuki organization announced, the era of great pirates started by Gore D. Roger has ended, and there is no need for pirates in this world.

    Just in exchange...

    Xiao created a new model.

    Any pirate group that has not directly or indirectly caused huge losses to all parts of the world can go to Malin Vando to appeal for cancellation of the reward and register as a sailing group.

    Each adventure group even has a strict classification.

    Every year, the Xiao organization conducts an assessment. After a strict assessment, every elite member of the sailing group will be accepted as a full member of Xiao.

    Every official member of Akatsuki has the right to vote in the World Conference.

    This kind of thing is naturally opposed by many countries joining the world government. If this is the case, only the strong can have the right to speak. What should the kings of these countries do?

    Many countries on the sea do not recognize Akatsuki''s continued rule from the world government, and there are even some small countries who want to emulate the twenty kings who established the world government...

    These countries are so funny...

    After the announcement of this policy, the original Four Emperors Pirate Group has all registered as an S-class navigation group, and the replacements for the white beard are Marco and Portcas D. Ace.

    Edward Newgate with the white beard is missing.

    No one knows his whereabouts. Some people speculate that he was imprisoned by Akatsuki''s organization, and some speculate that he may have passed away.

    There are also speculations that he might want to maintain his last dignity as a pirate...

    After all, as a remnant of the old age...

    From now on, it seems that no matter how you think about it, it is unacceptable to break away from the pirate identity that you have used for a lifetime.

    no matter what¡­

    They are all in the past.

    No matter how many people are optimistic about Akatsuki''s rule or not, they must face Akatsuki''s rule. This is the superpower that has surrendered two four emperors, and even moreover, has received all the troops left by the world government!

    Marin Vando.

    Xiao organized a plenary meeting.

    A group of Akatsuki members are here. This meeting includes all the strong men who have dominance in this world. Many people were still hostile to them even ten days ago.

    However, Akatsuki didn¡¯t care about all this...

    Akatsuki''s members didn''t care about these former enemies, because they knew each other very well who was the winner and who was the conquered.

    As the admiral and hero of the navy, the Warring States of Buddha and Karp also have their own positions. They both wore a black robe of auspicious clouds at random.

    In fact, for the Navy...

    The object of their allegiance does not matter.

    What''s more, the Xiao organization now seems to be not that evil. It is said that the policies and systems they implemented in Wano are much more advanced than other countries...

    And when I really say it...

    In fact, the world government, an organization established by the Tianlong people, is already bad at its roots. Even if the Akatsuki organization is bad, how bad can it be?

    Not to mention that Akatsuki seems to be doing pretty well...

    If the Warring States Period of Buddha knew about the power of Akatsuki and the claims of Akatsuki, maybe he would not mind working for this organization...

    This also proved that they didn''t want to turn this world into a pirate''s amusement park, but instead seemed to manage the world well.

    This is normal...

    Victors may not want their world to become chaotic.

    The only trouble is that no one knows the character of the leader of Akatsuki Uehara, because he is kind of like the kind of guy who wants to do whatever he wants...

    And the mind seems to be a bit small...

    Just as the Buddha''s Warring States was thinking about it, Kaido sat down beside the Warring States, and the Three Plagues and a few of his men sat behind him.

    Kaido stared at the presiding desk in the conference room, and seemed to speak unintentionally: "Marshal of the Warring States Period, consider forming an alliance with us... We have an issue, and Lingling has agreed to it. At least there have been ten in our meeting. ticket¡­"

    "..."

    Karp, who was sitting next to him, heard Kaido''s words and couldn''t help but laughed: "Hahaha...what is the situation of the alliance...something is always wrong!"

    It''s weird...

    A great pirate once came to find a marshal of the navy to form an alliance with a navy hero. It''s really **** confusing!

    "..."

    The Warring States period helped his glasses, glanced at the Pharmacist''s Pocket, Qing Pheasant and others who were sitting not far away, and whispered: "Kaido, we only have two votes. With so many people, there seems to be nothing. Special role..."

    "Huh, it seems that you still don''t understand Akatsuki''s situation, it''s a waste..."

    Kaido slowly stood up and left here, led his subordinates to change positions, and returned to BIG¡¤MOM.

    quickly¡­

    As Akatsuki¡¯s meeting began, the Buddha¡¯s Warring States finally understood how important his and Karp¡¯s two votes were. Even if there was a difference of one vote, something might happen...

    "The first issue is the opinion on the handling of the East China Sea. To date, none of the participating countries in the East China Sea has expressed surrender to Xiao... This weakest sea should be completely destroyed to warn other sea areas... They have no value and were born. The odds of the strong are very low..."

    "We think we can directly set off a tsunami of thousands of meters and sweep the entire East China Sea. This is the quickest way..."

    "..."

    Karp was crazy to hear.

    What the **** is this devil meeting!

    Why the first thing is to destroy his hometown? There are even noses and eyes, it sounds like a thousand-meter tsunami is a bit weird...

    but¡­

    It doesn''t seem to be that complicated.

    Just BIG¡¤MOM alone can do it!

    The Warring States of Buddha and Karp watched as a group of guys in auspicious clouds and black robes voted for or abstained, as if it didn¡¯t matter. There were even a few guys wearing hats with the words ¡°earth and thunder¡± inspiring others to vote for it. ticket¡­

    This is really maddening...

    Fortunately, many people in Akatsuki''s organization abstained, and with the help of Pharmacist, this issue was not passed by one vote...

    At this kind of meeting...

    One vote is important, not to mention there are two more votes for Warring States and Karp!

    "Don''t come to Akatsuki''s meeting unpreparedly."

    After a long meeting, the pharmacist watched the Buddha¡¯s Warring States period and said softly: "This meeting can determine the fate of the entire world at any time. If you don¡¯t pay attention, there will be a devastating disaster. Master Marshal and Mr. Karp Just follow us..."

    "..."

    The expression of Warring States was a bit ugly.

    Before Akatsuki ruled the world, he was the puppet of Yakushidou; after Akatsuki ruled the world, he was also the puppet of Yakushidou...

    Is this...

    Didn''t you join Akatsuki for nothing?

    Just as the Warring States period wanted to talk to the pharmacist, the sky suddenly darkened. It was clear that it was still day, but it turned into night in an instant...

    "It''s going to begin Yakushidou slowly closed his eyes and whispered: "From this moment, the two worlds will penetrate; from this moment, Lord Naraku will become God who knows everything! "

    "..."

    The expression of the Warring States Period was strange.

    Fortunately, the night did not last too long. After about a few minutes, the sun fell on the sea again.

    The whole world panicked for a while and it was over.

    No one knows what happened.

    Only Ainilu, who was still on the moon in the original universe, looked at the empty side of the moon and scratched his head ignorantly. Who could tell him where his hometown was?

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record the reading record of this time (Chapter 588 Toward the World in a New Era), and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 588ï¼š Daily life, the life of Akatsuki 2

    "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes ( Find the latest chapter!

    Laterite continent.

    Akatsuki''s headquarters was finally built.

    This city was named the City of Rain by Xiao Nan. The members of Xiao live in this city, which is a place for cultivation and living.

    This new sacred place is completely different from the past Mary Gioia. It is actually a sacred place for training the strong, not a symbol of supremacy.

    Even so¡­

    There are still countless people on the sea who want to enter here.

    If they can come in, they will see that the conditions here are actually far worse than those of the outside world, and in comparison, they are not as prosperous as Doflamingo''s Dresrosa.

    In the entire city of rain...

    The only building that can be called a prosperous building is the main hall where Akatsuki''s members used to hold meetings. No other buildings have been specially repaired.

    Naruto Uehara floated in the air, slowly watching the scenery of the entire rain capital, his gaze finally fell on a blue-haired woman on the ground.

    Uehara Naraku slowly raised his finger.

    At the next moment, a cloud of clouds floated in the sky.

    Clouds slowly accumulated over the city of rain, the rain slowly fell like silk threads, and the whole rain city gradually began to make patters of rain.

    People can''t help but miss it.

    Uehara Naraku''s figure fell next to Xiao Nan, and an umbrella appeared out of thin air on his hand, covering Xiao Nan''s head.

    "Nara?"

    Xiao Nan turned around in surprise, and saw Uehara Naruko standing in the rain, her brows frowned slightly: "The temperature here is very low, don''t stand outside to get in the rain..."

    The City of Rain was built on the highest point of the red earth continent.

    The temperature here is indeed much lower than that in other places. The rain drops on people, making people feel that the rain is a bit cold.

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly and hid under the umbrella. The two of them walked slowly in the rain holding an umbrella as they did in the past.

    This scene fell in the eyes of many people.

    The dried persimmon ghost shark stood on a high platform, looked down at the figures of the two people, grinned his mouth, and said with a light smile: "It seems that except for Sunday, the entire rainy city is inevitably raining..."

    "That''s not bad..."

    The huge white star princess leaned in cautiously, and whispered next to her, "Um...Master Ghost, will I stay here forever?"

    "You can leave."

    Gan Persimmon Guiyu glanced at Princess Baixing, grinned and said: "If you don''t want to stay here, you can choose to leave Xiao at any time. In the past, it was not that no one could quit Xiao..."

    "But...but..."

    Princess White Star looked around timidly, and continued cautiously: "Master Ghost...I...I dare not..."

    This mermaid princess...

    The courage is really not so small.

    Jin Ping Fei fell on the side of Gui Sha, and said solemnly and solemnly: "Princess, don''t leave Akatsuki casually, this matter is vital to the survival of our fisherman island..."

    As one of the ancient weapons of the Sea King, Princess White Star has the qualification to become a full member of Akatsuki. This incident made King Neptune and Murloc Island relieved.

    The name of an Akatsuki member...

    Enough to shelter the entire Murloc Island!

    After all, every country and small island in the sea is now expecting a formal member of Akatsuki in their country, so as to protect their lives.

    If no one shelters them...

    Before Akatsuki launched a new policy, these countries did not have any voting rights in the meeting, which meant that they could only be slaughtered by others.

    And Fishman Island is more than just a place...

    Now with the words of Gan Persimmon Guiyu and Jinping, they have three official members of Akatsuki on the fisherman island. As long as some big forces and those unreasonable Akatsuki second generations are not offended, no one will dare to provoke the fish. Human Island!

    Fishman Island, this is really lucky...

    In comparison, Daughter Island Amazon¡¤Lily''s luck is also good.

    In order to shelter Daughter Island, the world¡¯s number one beauty Boya Hancock took the initiative to apply for an assessment to join Akatsuki. In fact, this world¡¯s number one beauty has another picture...

    "Master Hui Ye, it''s raining!"

    Boya Hancock¡¯s voice echoed melodiously in a luxurious house, and a suspicious blush flashed across her face: "Master Hui Ye, it feels very good on a rainy day...Would you like to go out for a walk? "

    "..."

    Datongmu Huiye''s face showed a little confusion.

    Boya Hancock¡¯s face was full of joy, and she screamed excitedly: "Ahhhhh, the confused Master Huiye is so cute!"

    "..."

    Datongmu Kaguya''s face was even more confused.

    Since this woman named Boya Hancock entered the Rain City, her place has become lively, and the sultry voice of Boya Hancock echoes every day...

    This woman...

    what is the problem?

    Compared with Boa Hancock¡¯s life in the Rain City, Doflamingo¡¯s life is much calmer. As the king of Dresrosa, he can choose to stay in his own palace, but Dover Lang Ming chose to live here.

    Because for him, this is a symbol of victory.

    Moreover, as the leader of the underground world, Doflamingo single-handedly captured many bosses of the entire underground world into Impelton, which also caused him a lot of trouble.

    If it weren¡¯t for Doflamingo to live in the capital of rain...

    Then, before the pharmacist can completely clean up the underground world, Doflamingo will spend a long time facing these troubles.

    Now Doflamingo is very comfortable, he even put his lover Violet into the City of Rain and married her, and plans to have a son and revive the Don Quixote family!

    In the future...

    Doflamingo intends to allow his son to join the Akatsuki organization before he retires. This man''s brain really doesn''t know what to think...

    Maybe because...

    Doflamingo sees the lives of other Akatsuki?

    indeed¡­

    It didn''t take long for the Akatsuki organization to rule the world for a long time, and a group of so-called Akatsuki generations began to appear in this world.

    Now the most famous second generation of Akatsuki in this sea is probably Monkey D. Luffy of the Straw Hat Sailing Group, because of a war everyone knows his life experience.

    Father Monkey D. Dorag, grandfather Monkey D. Karp, older brothers Portcas D. Ace and Sabo are all official members of Akatsuki.

    The strength of Monkey D. Luffy is also advancing rapidly, and everyone knows that this little guy is destined to join Akatsuki in the future.

    It''s enviable...

    Originally, before the Akatsuki organization ruled the world, the family history revealed by Monkey D. Luffy was amazing enough; after the Akatsuki organization ruled the world, the life of Monkey D. Luffy still seemed to be living well...

    He should be on the execution bench...

    In the end, because of the surrender of his father and grandfather, and the fact that the Straw Hat Pirates did not do anything bad, and Nicole Robin''s private plea, Luffy was released after the war.

    It¡¯s just that Monkey D. Road didn¡¯t fly well...

    The main reason is that the dream of becoming the One Piece was cut off. Now they can only call themselves the Straw Hat Sailing Group, the main purpose is to find ONEPIECE.

    All the once pirates in the sea are looking for ONEPIECE.

    Because as long as you can find ONEPIECE, you can get a chance to join Akatsuki. Although this is different from the past saying that you can get the world by getting ONEPIECE, it is also a good reward...

    however¡­

    Private looting is not allowed on the sea.

    If you want to go to sea, you have to prepare your own supplies and money, and even the tolls on the islands and other messy things.

    To raise funds...

    The Wanli Sunshine sailed on the sea while pulling cargo to make money.

    Luffy, the captain, is also inevitably reduced to unloading, and every time he arrives on an island, he has to work hard to help their customers move goods.

    Of course, they did not forget what they were doing.

    Occasionally they will hunt and find some treasures on the sea to make a fortune.

    "What the **** is this devil day..."

    Nami looked at the money in her hand with a melancholy face, with a faint pain on her face: "I have counted it several timesWe made 300,000 Baileys on the downwind boat...not as good as me. And Nuoji¡¯s income from high-grown oranges..."

    "Then have a banquet!"

    Luffy smiled and raised his arms: "If we make money now, we can sail for a long time!"

    "Have a ghost party!"

    Nami slammed Luffy''s head with a furious blow.

    The next moment, the navigator sighed himself again and squatted in the corner of the deck: "If that big man is willing to give me the money that he took us away..."

    "Well..."

    Nicole Robin glanced at Nami with a subtle expression and whispered: "Although...but don''t discredit Akatsuki''s leader..."

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record the reading record of this time (Chapter 589 Daily, Xiao Erdai''s life), and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 589ï¼š Daily Reunion of White Beard and White Beard Sailing Group

    "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes ( Find the latest chapter!

    Whitebeard sea area.

    When the straw hat sailing group had a difficult time, the white beard sailing group''s life was also a bit sad, because they lost two generals on board.

    Shirobeard and Uchiha Sasuke.

    However, because Akatsuki has banned many pirate groups, people like them don''t have to face many challenges, but they also face the problem of sitting back and forth.

    If they still want to live on the sea, there seems to be no better way other than helping to run the sea.

    The white beard sailing group is too large, it is definitely impossible to continue to be pirates, because once they cross the boundary, they will be badly attacked.

    What''s more, Portcas D. Ace and Marco, in order to keep the name of Whitebeard, went to participate in the assessment of Akatsuki''s organization and became one of them.

    The sea is not dry, and the pirates are endless.

    There will always be wicked people who take the risk and become pirates...

    Moreover, the sea is full of crises of storms, and from time to time there are sea king attacks. Not everyone can sail on the great sea route. This has also allowed the White Beard Sailing Group to gradually increase its **** and shipping business.

    In the past, Baibeard was also very loyal. For the many people left behind in the new world, the entire Whitebeard Sailing Group has also gradually gotten on the right track, and even slowly expanded its business to other sea areas...

    This change... is really outrageous.

    No one would have thought that the White Beard Pirates, which used to dominate the New World, would one day become a group of sailing groups that make a living by escorting and shipping...

    Aboard the Moby Dick.

    Marco, Ace and a group of captains counted their money here for one night. They ran for more than two months in these business trips and even crossed the windless zone several times.

    Now, I finally made a lot of money.

    "We need to build a few more Moby Dick..."

    Marco helped his glasses and put away a few boxes of money.

    Because the business of the White Beard Sailing Group is getting better and better recently, they need to build more ships if they want to undertake more maritime business. Moreover, the Mobike itself is spaciously designed, which is very suitable for the transportation of bulk cargo.

    "it is good."

    Ace nodded without thinking.

    "A party?"

    Marco glanced at Firefist Ace.

    Because in the past, Huoquan Ace was the favorite to hold banquets. Whenever he met something happy, Ace would clamor for a banquet.

    Since the end of the war, Ace has seldom smiled on his face. Marco doesn''t want Ace to be so sorrowful... even if Marco himself is still in pain.

    "..."

    Ace fell silent.

    Compared to the past, after the great change of Malin Vandor, his biological father, Gol D. Roger, and his adoptive father, Baibeard, and friend Sasuke Uchiha disappeared...

    Ace has grown a lot.

    Now Ace has gradually begun to take on the responsibilities of this sailing group. After thinking for a while, he slowly lowered his head: "Then have a banquet! We have not held a banquet for a long time, daddy Sasuke and Sasuke don¡¯t want to see everyone living in sorrow, right..."

    While Ace was still talking, tears couldn''t help but slowly flowed down her cheeks, dripping little by little on the deck...

    Just when everyone thought Ace was about to cry, Ace wiped away his tears abruptly, and laughed loudly: "Hahahaha... Saatchi, it''s a banquet, let Dad and Sasuke have a look. Let them know that we have made a lot of money!"

    "Yes!"

    "Father will be happy to see our sons earn a lot of money!"

    "Where can a father be unhappy to see his son earning money!"

    "Father, we are going to have a banquet!"

    The entire Moby Dick suddenly became noisy, everyone involuntarily looked at the sea and roared, but their laughter was also mixed with grief...

    Obviously smiling...

    But there are tears on everyone''s face...

    Everyone is thinking of their father in their hearts, no matter what, it is impossible to forget, that father gave them a home in the darkest and most confused time of life...

    On the Moby Dick, the lights were bright all night.

    Almost everyone on the ship was drunk, except for Portcas D. Ace and Marco.

    Ace stood outside the railing on the deck, looked up at the sea in the dark, and drank a sip of the juice from the cup from time to time, occasionally showing a smile and occasional sadness.

    "Ace, don''t you hate drinking juice the most?"

    With a glass of juice in his hand, Marco slowly walked to Ace¡¯s side, reached out and patted Ace¡¯s shoulder, and whispered, ¡°Ace, Joz and Bista have been working hard these days. Have a drink with them!"

    "No, I want to watch the night."

    Ace shook his head slowly, and sighed softly, "Sasuke has gone, I will take his share and live together..."

    "..."

    Marco fell silent immediately.

    The banquet on the Moby Dick continued, but the two men Ace and Marco stood on the deck looking at the sea in thought, occasionally wiping the tears from the corners of their eyes.

    While they were still crying...

    A small boat sailed under the Mobi Dick at some unknown time. On the boat stood four figures of varying heights, and a familiar laugh came from the sea.

    "Goo la la la la la..."

    This unique laughter instantly attracted the attention of Ace and Marco!

    Whitebearded Edward Newgate stood on the boat, grinning at his two sons: "It looks like my sons are doing well..."

    "Father!"

    "Father!"

    Marko and Ace''s eyes lit up at the same time, and they wiped their eyes as if they couldn''t believe it, until they were sure that it was a white beard, the two suddenly jumped off the Moby Dick!

    Aboard the Moby Dick.

    Saatchi saw this scene drunkly, and most of his wine woke up on the spot: "Hey, Marco and Ace seem to have jumped into the sea drunk, bastard... The two of them are Devil Fruit capable people, Bista, hurry up. Come with me to save people!"

    A group of drunk guys rushed to the side of the railing like the wind. They all saw the figure that will never be forgotten in a lifetime, and everyone couldn''t help but wipe their eyes.

    "I am not wrong, right¡­"

    "That should be the old man!"

    "How could you admit your father wrong!"

    "Daddy seems to be younger!"

    "That''s the old man when he was young!"

    "Hey, father is back!"

    "Daddy is back?"

    "Everyone, daddy is back!"

    "Sasuke seems to be back together!"

    "They seem to be next to Pluto Raleigh and Goldo Roger!"

    The entire Moby Dick people swarmed down. More than a thousand people rushed down almost to overturn the boat. Several Devil Fruit capable people floated in the sea...

    It wasn''t until Shirobeard and Sasuke Uchiha returned to the Mobi Dick surrounded by them that these former pirates could be considered stable.

    The white beard has changed a lot.

    There are more cracks on the face of the white beard now, and his body, like Gore D. Roger, also exudes the breath of the dead.

    Whitebeard is dead.

    In that war, Baibeard''s illness could not last long. After the war, Baibeard''s life had come to an end.

    It¡¯s just that when some members of the Whitebeard Pirates were detained, they saw that Whitebeard was resurrected just like Gore D. Roger...

    The sacrifice of the resurrection...

    It was Marshall D. Titch.

    So now the entire Whitebeard Sailing Group defines their missing captain as missing, not death, even if they know that Whitebeard is dead.

    Aboard the Moby Dick.

    A group of people stood on the deck in tears.

    White Beard stretched out his wide palms, stroked their heads one by one, grinning: "Gul la la la la... Bista, Joz, Saatchi... don''t cry..."

    "Father, what''s the matter?"

    Marco clenched his fist, his sanity gradually recovered, and he asked with a heavy face, "What the **** did Uehara Naraku do..."

    "Let me talk about this."

    Sasuke Uchiha took a deep breath.

    Sasuke Uchiha did not die. However, during this period of time, Sasuke Uchiha has actually lived more painful than death, and his life now is worse than death.

    In that war, he finally chose to stand on the opposite side of Uehara Naraku, but nothing changed in the end.

    As a punishment for Uchiha Sasuke, a white beard who should have been able to rest was reincarnated by Uehara Naruto, and became a filthy reincarnation under Uehara''s command.

    After Uehara Naraku resurrected Edward Newgate the white beard, Sasuke Uchiha and the reincarnated white beard Edward Newgate formed a team.

    Their task is to patrol the world in secret.

    Sasuke Uchiha wants to resurrect White Beard but he is always stopped by White Beard.

    The same is.

    The same is true for Pluto Raleigh and the reincarnated Gore D. Roger. The two have also become a team of partners, and their task is to assist Akatsuki to organize an inspection of the sea.

    This really makes them wonder whether they should thank Uehara Naraku for his kindness or whether they should hate Uehara Naraku''s inhuman means more...

    no matter what¡­

    At least everyone can meet again.

    Gore D. Roger looked more openly. He watched his son cry by Baibeard''s side, and sighed, "That person...Although the process seems to be painful... But the result is actually not bad¡­"

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record the reading record of this time (Chapter 590 The Daily Reunion of the White Beard and the White Beard Sailing Group), and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 590ï¼š What is the other side of the journey of the stars and the sea in the daily chapter?

    "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes ( Find the latest chapter!

    The White Beard Sailing Group is actually very lucky.

    Because there are still many people in the world who are unwilling to join the Akatsuki organization, because they can''t occupy a high enough position in the Akatsuki organization, and can only be reduced to a peripheral force under jurisdiction.

    Some are even in the attacking ranks of Akatsuki.

    For example, the Vinsmok clan in Beihai.

    Because of the existence of Begapunk, the Vinsmok clan has become a dispensable person for Akatsuki, and Vinsmok has promoted many wars.

    They were unable to resist Akatsuki''s rule.

    I don''t want to be liquidated by Akatsuki.

    As a king, Vinsmok Gage decided to break his wrist and rebuild his Kingdom of Germa into an Ark that could sail, leaving this planet ruled by Akatsuki.

    Because Vinsmok Gage once had some knowledge from Bergapunk, he knew there were other planets in the world.

    The universe is huge and they are not alone.

    "Are we really leaving here?"

    Hearing his father''s plan, Vinsmok Lejiu''s face hesitated: "We went to other places like a gamble, and Sanji is still here..."

    Sanji of the Straw Hat Sailing Group...

    It was the banished child of the Vinsmoke family.

    "Don''t worry about him."

    Vinsmok Gage is a tough parent. His face is full of indifference: "Many war kingdoms in the North Sea are already raging. If you don''t leave here, you will encounter Akatsuki''s encirclement..."

    "In fact, it doesn''t matter!"

    Vinsmok Yuji smiled and said: "The information from the front, Akatsuki''s army has passed through the windless zone. This time the leader is Charlotte Kata Kuri... Let¡¯s kill first. He, let Xiao know that we are not so easy to provoke..."

    This guy didn¡¯t know what fear was since he was a child...

    Because his descent factor has been transformed, it has become a killing tool that loses most of human emotions. The most important thing is to lose the fear of the strong...

    Do not¡­

    This is no longer fear.

    According to his sister Lei Jiu, Vinsmok Yuji was purely brainless.

    Everyone in the Great Sea was afraid of Akatsuki''s name. This organization blatantly destroyed the world government, incorporated the navy, the strongest armed organization in the sea, and surrendered all the Four Emperors Pirate Groups and became their outer armies.

    However, the Vinsmok family...

    In fact, he doesn''t even have the power to deal with a group of Four Emperors Pirates.

    Vinsmok Gage ignored his own mindless son, but continued in a deep voice: "During this period of time, we will try our best to shrink our defenses, cut off all business and contacts, and try our best to transform our fortress and leave this planet. ¡­"

    When talking about this, Vinsmok Gage added: "Leaving at this time is to be able to return in a stronger posture in the future. There are technologies on other planets that we have never seen before. We will absorb Their scientific research has built a stronger Kingdom of Djerma!"

    The Vinsmoke clan moved quickly.

    Katakuri led the Charlotte Navigation Group across the windless zone, swept the entire North Sea with a powerful force, and defeated all the kingdoms and islands that did not obey Akatsuki.

    However during this time...

    The Vinsmok clan has been hiding in hiding, sometimes even in the windless zone. In addition, there are no outside members of the Djerma Kingdom to join, but it also allows them to hide for a long time, until Vinsmoke. Gage transformed the fortress into an ark that flew into space.

    This technological difficulty...

    In fact, it is not particularly large.

    The only trouble lies in the energy issue, but Gachi has already calculated that their energy must reach a nearby human habitation planet.

    According to Gachi¡¯s observation, the planet is not big, but there are traces of human activities, and the level of technological civilization is not high. As long as it can reach that small planet, the Kingdom of Djerma can occupy that small planet. Use that small planet as a base to continue traveling in space, or just be a ruler on that planet...

    This wish is pretty good.

    Just as Kata Kuri wanted to encircle the Djerma Kingdom, Akatsuki''s Supreme Council suddenly issued an order, instructing Kata Kuri to let the Djerma Kingdom go.

    This command is simply inexplicable...

    Obviously we are about to catch those war mongers...

    And Akatsuki''s leader, Naraku Uehara, and the parliament archangel Konan arrived at the North Sea at the same time.

    "do not worry about it."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Kata Kuri and his Charlotte sailing group, calming his emotions: "Get ready to clean up, they can''t escape Akatsuki''s control, I will personally encircle and suppress the Kingdom of Djerma."

    "Yes¡­"

    Kata Kuri calmed his mood.

    Was it the leader of Akatsuki who made the shot himself?

    Is the Djerma Kingdom actually very powerful?

    Just as Kata Kuri left the North Sea, the war fortress of the Djerma Kingdom had also been transformed. Vinsmok Gage took this new space ark and left with his children and a group of genetic soldiers. This planet is full of seas.

    Their destination...

    It was the asteroid that arrived near this planet.

    What they don''t know is...

    That asteroid is Ninja World.

    The Ninja World was also the first planet that Uehara Uehara gathered in her black hole universe, and it was also the true base camp and place of origin of Akatsuki.

    I really don¡¯t know what they will think when they reach that asteroid...

    Ninja world.

    The country of rain.

    Here is still peaceful.

    Just as the Deerma 66 Space Ark, after several months of space voyage, finally reached the land center of this somewhat backward small planet.

    It''s just that the weather here doesn''t seem to be so good, it''s always gloomy.

    However, Vinsmok Kage was still relieved, anyway, they finally escaped from Akatsuki''s pursuit.

    "Reijiu, Iji, Niji, Yuji..."

    Vinsmok Gage waved his hand to awaken their genetic soldiers and opened the door of the Space Ark: "Go out and do it! Conquer the world in the shortest time!"

    "Yes!"

    The three sons seemed full of energy.

    As for the only daughter, Lei Jiu, she stood by the window in a daze.

    Vinsmok Gage''s expression was a little unhappy, he glanced at his daughter, and asked in a deep voice, "Leijiu, do you have any other opinions?"

    "Outside the window..."

    Vinsmok Leijiu looked out the window, and finally slowly revealed a touch of anxiety on her face: "Are there...are Akatsuki members here too?"

    Outside the window.

    A red-haired young man in a uniform with auspicious clouds and black robe stood near the space ark. His eyes were very clean and clear, as if he had never been contaminated by the dirt in the world...

    Because it is a pair of reshaped eyes.

    "Let me check..."

    Vinsmok Kaji quickly took out a thick book, looked at the red-haired young man, and said in a deep voice, "There is no such person on Akatsuki''s list of members, maybe it''s just that the clothes are somewhat similar... anyway, Get rid of him first, and then interrogate the news. If Xiao really catches up, we will charge the Ark here at speed and escape this planet!"

    "It would be too rude to say that..."

    A voice suddenly appeared beside them.

    I saw a young man on the throne of this space ark. I don¡¯t know when he sat on it, with a warm smile on his face. He looked like a kind man...

    however¡­

    Vinsmok Gage seems to be on the verge of an enemy!

    This magical man... Akatsuki''s leader... Uehara Naraku!

    As someone who knows a little about the Akatsuki organization, he knows what the leader of the Akatsuki organization Naruko Uehara looks like, that is a guy who can never be provoke!

    even¡­

    Never be targeted!

    If you can, be sure not to see Uehara Naraku, because once you see Uehara Naraku, it means that the misfortune of life will begin!

    What made Vinsmok Kage even more horrified was that standing beside Naraku Uehara was a blue-haired woman in a black robe with auspicious clouds...

    The chairperson of the Akatsuki Supreme Council...The Angel of God, Xiaonan!

    According to the latest news on the sea, there are three giants within Akatsuki''s organization, namely the leader Naraku Uehara, the parliament archangel Konan, and the goddess Otsuki Kaguya!

    "I didn''t expect..."

    Vinsmok Kage''s face slowly began to sweat, and he muttered to himself in a low voice, "Akasaka''s Big Three... actually will be on our boat..."

    "This is no way."

    Uehara Naraku smiled and stood up slowly, looking at Vinsmok Kage, his smile gradually became gloomy: "The Nagato-sama outside the window is the leader before Akatsuki. If you offend him, you will Teacher Xiaonan and I are very unhappy!"

    Uehara Naraku slowly spread his arms, and said in a cold voice, "Everyone, let me introduce you to everyone... Congratulations, everyone, you have come to Akatsuki''s base camp, which is also where Akatsuki originated!"

    "..."

    Vinsmok Gage''s heart shook wildly.

    The luck of their family seems to be a bit bad!

    No, this can no longer be described as bad luck!

    In the past few months, they have gone through space voyages thinking that they have arrived at a new habitat, but they have been carried into the origin of Akatsuki...

    This is really just coming out of the wolf''s den and into the tiger''s den!

    "All right."

    Xiao Nan frowned, lowered his head and said in a low voice, "Hurry up and get rid of everything here... We... Actually, we haven''t seen Nagato for a long time... Before you leave us next time, we will see him and say goodbye. Right!"

    "is teacher."

    Uehara Naraku''s voice fell, and his eyes suddenly changed: "Then I hope everyone can tie their hands in front of me..."

    The air on the space ark suddenly began to condense, turning into physical shackles, imprisoning all the Vinsmok clan!

    No matter how they resist, they can''t break the shackles!

    "Mr. Kage."

    Naruto Uehara walked by Vinsmok Kage, smiled and said, "I just want to prepare a gift for Lord Nagato. How about using this ark you built as a gift...it''s not Would it be too difficult for you?"

    "..."

    Vinsmok Gage doesn''t want to talk Is it embarrassing, I don''t have any points in my heart?

    No wonder Kata Kuri stopped when he was chasing Germa, and this Uehara Naraku was waiting for their space ark to be completed...

    No, I should say...

    Waiting for them to drive the space ark to this planet and then take it away, this guy''s character is too bad!

    "Okay, your journey ends here..."

    Uehara Naraku waved his palm, opened the door of the Space Ark with a smile, and stepped out step by step, his voice gradually lowered: "My trip... has just begun!"

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record this time (What is the other side of Chapter 591 Daily Life?) Read the record, and you can see it next time you open the bookcase!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 591ï¼š The world boss Naraku Uehara has been refreshed!

    "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes ( Find the latest chapter!

    Iron Forest.

    In this dark forest, a figure fled awkwardly, and even the clothes on his body couldn''t cover his body in a hurry, and the pale skeleton was exposed under the clothes.

    This figure...

    It was a skeleton.

    If you change it to other places, maybe this skeleton will scare a lot of people, but here is a game world called "YGGDRASIL (world tree, not to mention the skeletons, many more weird alien creature players have.

    Do not¡­

    It cannot be said to be a skeleton.

    It should be said to be undead or undead.

    Just when the undead player didn''t dare to turn his head, and just fleeing desperately, a figure appeared behind him as if teleporting, and slammed it down!

    This stick smashed directly behind the undead player!

    At the next moment, the body of the undead player shattered in an instant, and his bones were scattered on the ground. It could be seen that the player died very sadly.

    Gulululu...

    The white skull is rolling on the ground...

    "I met you for the seventh time, luck is really bad!"

    Just as the skull was rolling on the ground, the figure attacking the undead player held the stick in his hand and blocked the rolling skull.

    next moment¡­

    The figure waved his stick and shot the skull directly out. The white skull rose into the air and landed in a small town near the Forest of Mist.

    In the safe zone of the small town, the undead player who had just been killed was resurrected. He was looking distressedly at his experience of falling, and he was hit by this skull on his head...

    "this is¡­"

    After the undead player hesitated for a second, he slowly picked up the skull that had hit his head, and gradually a touch of grief flashed across his face: "This is my corpse..."

    Because the freedom of the game world is very high.

    The entire game rarely has the same character. The undead player who happens to be near the Forest of the Mist is estimated to be the only one, and most people will not be like him, choosing just an undead with a skeleton frame...

    To be honest¡­

    A little angry.

    Okay more than a little bit.

    "This guy¡­"

    This undead player finally couldn''t help getting irritable, opened the mall angrily and bought an item to shout to the world!

    [Flying Squirrel]: The latest world boss Naraku Uehara has been refreshed, and now it appears in the dark iron forest of Jotunheim. Has anyone organized a group to kill him?

    [Xiaobai who won''t interrupt the author''s rest]: Are you kidding? A game company publicly declared the strongest world-class BOSS, **** the current level equipment? Do you want to pile up human lives and experience again...

    [The illusion that will not disturb the author''s rest]: This is a good idea. Think about the last guild that used human life to push BOSS...that magnificent mountain of dead bodies...

    [Yugori who never urges you to change]: Actually, it''s pretty good. If you don''t try, when will it be overthrown? Isn¡¯t the existence of BOSS meant for players to kill?

    [A lonely dog]: If I push now, it always feels like a joke...

    [The son of Qian Ji who returned home]: Having said that, the game company has launched such a BOSS, don''t you think it is enough?

    [Who is Wuya]: Anyway, at least the boss of Naraku Uehara is very helpful for the game company to recover those bug world-class props...Of course, it is also possible that he will drop more items that affect balance.

    [Dense ink pouring on the book]: By the way, your game ID is very cute, I don¡¯t know if anyone here is willing to help my friend get a game ID...

    While a group of people on the World Channel were discussing, the world boss Naraku Uehara who appeared in the Iron Forest was still walking, as if enjoying the scenery.

    Look at the looks of this boss...

    This is a very kind young man.

    If you speak of it, many game companies would probably not make such an ordinary character, because this character does not seem to have any characteristics at all.

    Perhaps the only use is to make people feel that he must be a kind person, and people can''t help but want to believe him...

    however¡­

    In this game, this young man made the players smell different.

    Because every player knows that under this young and kind face, there is an extremely terrifying combat power and indiscriminate action mechanism. It is said that he may instantly attack any player in his field of vision because of his mood or the weather!

    the most important is¡­

    The location of the boss, Naraku Uehara, is uncertain.

    This also means that he may appear in any of the nine worlds of "YGGDRASIL" at any time. Once he encounters Naraku Uehara, it will be a disaster for the player. Death experience is almost indispensable. ¡­

    What makes players feel more headache...

    Even in the main city or the guild residence, there may be a trace of Uehara Naraku, and at this stage, no one can beat him!

    It is said that there were originally two guilds fighting fiercely in the wilderness, and they unexpectedly met Naraku Uehara who suddenly spawned. The people of the two guilds were all killed by Naraku Uehara...

    The only way to solve Naraku Uehara...

    It is the world-class props that affect the balance of the game.

    And it must be the top twenty of the world-class props to be possible, of course it is only possible, because some intelligence pointed out that Uehara Nairobi also holds [twenty] in his hand!

    Of those twenty super world-class props code-named [Twenty], each one has incredible power, and each one is enough to stir up the entire game!

    These twenty top world-class props, once one of them is used, it will completely destroy the balance of the game!

    [20] Among the world-class props, there is an item named [Sacred Spear of Tu Sheng], which can completely delete a character. The corresponding price is that the user will also be deleted, but it can be restored with other world-class props.

    Forget this kind of props...

    However, there is an item called [Five Elements Correspondence], which can even modify some systems of the entire game, that is, change the way some players play!

    Compared with [Five Elements Correspondence], there is also an item called [Eternal Tribulation Snake Ring], which can even let the game company change any system for him, even if it is to combine the nine separate super large maps of this game into one. To!

    Among these world-class props, the strongest prop is named [World Will], which can continuously become stronger without any limit...

    These terrible props...

    It¡¯s almost like destroying this game...

    It is a pity that the game company did not heed the complaints of players, and did not modify or delete these items in the slightest. Their only restriction on [20] is that after using a certain item once, that item will disappear and regenerate.

    Until recently...

    The production company of "YGGDRASIL (World Tree seems to have suddenly become aware of it. It has carried out a super big update to the game and announced that it has also added a very interesting character to the game world.

    An NPC named Naraku Uehara.

    According to the introduction of Uehara Naraku in the game company announcement, the setting of this NPC is very interesting. He seems to be here to recover world-class props.

    According to the game company, Uehara Naraku will appear in every place on the game map without interruption, looking for world-class props that may appear [20].

    however¡­

    Uehara Naraku is not so much an NPC as he is a world BOSS, because he seems to be unfriendly to players in the process of searching.

    Ok¡­

    It is actually very unfriendly.

    Any player who appears in front of Uehara Naraku will encounter an indiscriminate attack at any time. This is the action mechanism of Uehara Naraku. He never shows mercy.

    of course¡­

    There is not no way to make Uehara Naraku peaceful.

    According to the current intelligence, if you want to survive in front of Uehara Naraku, the player must drop an ordinary world-class item in front of Uehara Naraku before he attacks, and he will stop the current attack, and Ask the player to chat...

    Next...

    Is the real highlight.

    After Uehara Naraku made a chat with the player, the player took the initiative to donate his world-class items to Uehara Naraku.

    If the player refuses to give it, Uehara Naraku will forcibly take away the world-class props and continue to kill the player. It''s an indescribable cheating...

    Only players can survive if they give world-class props...

    However, this player will receive a special handwritten letter from Uehara Naraku. This handwritten letter says where he will appear the next day, and he will stay in that area and wait for the player for a day. Hope he Can bring more world-class props.

    No one knows...

    If you give Nairo Uehara the second and third world-class items, what rewards will happen, because giving one is already a huge loss!

    at the very beginning¡­

    Many people also feel that this business is a huge loss!

    It wasn''t until a player on the forum finally pointed out the big trouble of Uehara Naraku''s unpredictable whereabouts, and that he might disappear at any time because of boredom.

    If the player and Naraku Uehara succeed in the transaction, Naraku Uehara will stay at the location on his handwritten letter for a week. In fact, this is to give the player a chance to ambush Uehara Naraku!

    after all¡­

    No one knows how Uehara Naraku would fall after being overthrown!

    Maybe you will drop another or even more world-class items, because since Uehara Naraku has existed, he has been collecting world-class items!

    The game company did not announce these.

    They just published a poster with Uehara Naraku smiling.

    In the poster, the game company intimately pointed out the treasures players want.

    The ordinary club held by the world-class BOSS Uehara Nairobi is the strongest world-class prop in the [Twenty] series [World Will], and his index finger is wearing the scariest [Eternal Tribulation Snake Ring] in the [Twenty] series!

    This is almost clear to let players overthrow this world BOSS!

    Unfortunately¡­

    If you want to overthrow the world boss of Naraku Uehara, UU Read to get the top world-class props from the boss, you have to hand in one first...

    Game World Channel.

    When a group of players talked about what rewards might be dropped if Naraku Uehara was overthrown, they talked very enthusiastically until someone asked about the undead player who just started.

    [Bubble Teapot]: Well, who was killed at the beginning, can you tell me the exact location of Uehara Naraku? I want to try to see if I can resist his attack.

    [Flying squirrel]: Uehara Naraku is still near the iron forest. I was killed by him just now. Today I have been chased and killed by him for the eighth time. It will always be a second move, so don¡¯t come here...

    [Bubble teapot]: It¡¯s okay, I can resist it!

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 592: World BOSS Naraku Uehara refreshed!) Reading record, next time you open the bookshelf to see!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 592ï¼š Mr. Taqmi, the goddess of luck is smiling!

    "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes ( Find the latest chapter!

    after an hour.

    A pink slime staggered to the town of Iron Forest, and it was the bubble teapot that claimed to be trying to defend the world boss Naraku Uehara.

    As a profession with a defensive system, Bubble Teapot came here just to stand in front of the boss that they will overthrow Uehara Naraku in the future.

    "Slimes..."

    The undead player Flying Squirrel looked at the pink slime suspiciously, his skull faintly stiff: "Can the slime also resist the attack of Uehara Naraku?"

    "It''s okay..."

    The pink slime swayed slowly for a few steps.

    The voice of the bubble teapot sounds a bit soft, like a gentle big sister: "Um, how do you call it, flying squirrel...Sang? Can you tell me where the boss is now?"

    "Female... girl?"

    Flying Squirrel was even more surprised.

    In this game, girls generally choose some beautiful or charming race careers, but there are even girls who choose slimes and defense careers!

    Especially this girl¡¯s voice sounds very beautiful...

    [YGGDRASIL (World Tree)] This game really has all kinds of players!

    Originally, Flying Squirrel thought that he had chosen the Skeleton Undead as an alternative career, and there are even more alternative players than him!

    Soon, flying squirrel noticed his rudeness, and he quickly said to ease the embarrassment: "Of course it can. When you came, I was killed by him for the ninth time when I was investigating his position..."

    "Thank you!"

    The pink slime stood there and jumped. The bubble teapot made a little happy sound, and it made people feel like she was a little loli.

    One minute later.

    The bubble teapot and flying squirrel squatted at the resurrection point.

    Two alien players squatting here are a bit suspicious of life.

    "confused¡­"

    The slime of the bubble teapot lay on the ground.

    The female player seemed to have lost her direction. She turned her head and glanced at Flying Squirrel: "Flying Squirrel, were we attacked by that world boss just now?"

    "probably?"

    Flying Squirrel''s face was also a little uncertain.

    Skeleton Frame thought for a while, opened his own light curtain system panel, and after seeing the damage value underneath, he slowly nodded: "It should be an assassin-like back attack. One move killed us in seconds..."

    "..."

    The bubble teapot was silent for a second.

    At the next moment, its slime body abruptly climbed up, and the voice was as passionate as the heroine in the anime: "As a tank, how could it fall down so easily? Peroqi Connaught laughed!"

    It''s just that its body is walking around but it''s staggering...

    After all, creatures like slimes can''t get hot!

    Just as the bubble teapot wanted to rush out of the resurrection point, a rebirth light appeared in the resurrection point. This was a worm player who was killed.

    Just looking at the equipment on this bug player, you can know that its strength must be very unusual, because the level of these equipment is very high, and even a large amount of krypton gold is needed to buy these equipment...

    "There is absolutely no way..."

    The worm player clenched his weapon tightly, and his voice was a little solemn: "In addition to powerful equipment and world props, there are unexpected fighting skills... The game company has really made a powerful BOSS!"

    "this¡­"

    Flying Squirrel thought for a while, then hesitated to ask: "You were also killed by Uehara Naraku..."

    boom!

    Flying Squirrel hadn''t finished speaking yet, a mighty shock wave fell from the sky, and it just seemed to know that the power of this trick should not be underestimated!

    really¡­

    This move directly killed all three players in the resurrection point!

    Whether it is a bug player who has just been reborn and resurrected, or the flying squirrel and bubble teapot who originally stayed at the resurrection point, they are all solved by this trick!

    The souls of the three players are wandering...

    However, none of them chose to resurrect directly.

    Because in their field of vision, the world BOSS holding a stick walked into the resurrection point, staring at their souls, as if looking forward to their resurrection.

    "This BOSS..."

    Flying Squirrel watched this scene, his voice was full of astonishment: "Should it not be guarding our corpses to kill, right?"

    Guard the corpse.

    It is actually a very annoying behavior.

    Originally, this kind of behavior should happen in PVP. After a player killed another player, he would hide next to him and wait for the player to resurrect and kill again...

    Back and forth...

    Until the killed player chooses to return to the resurrection point...

    This also means that the player who was killed can only abort his mission.

    The problem now is...

    Uehara Naraku, the world boss guarding their resurrection point, how can they be resurrected? Are they going to be killed here forever?

    "If i remember correctly¡­"

    The bubble teapot''s gaze fell on the soul of the insect player, and he whispered: "Uehara Naraku''s BOSS mechanism is to take back all world-class props. Every player with world-class props on him will be spotted after he sees it. ¡­"

    Obviously...

    There are no props on the bubble teapot.

    And the flying squirrel next to him is completely a rookie, even now it is only more than 20 levels. This is a lot of experience level from being killed. Even if he has not been killed so many times, it is impossible to get any world-class props.

    "Sorry, it may be because of me."

    The bug man player did not hide it, he said in a deep voice: "Perhaps because I exposed world-class props in front of him...I will let the BOSS leave..."

    "Are you trading with Naraku Uehara?"

    Flying Squirrel has also heard of the way to lead Naraku Uehara, and couldn''t help but say: "Why do you have world-class props here!"

    Any player with world-class props will not easily approach Naraku Uehara, because once they are found to have world-class props on their body, they will encounter Uehara''s continuous pursuit and killing, and it is impossible to escape...

    and so¡­

    For a long time, not many strong people dared to challenge Naraku Uehara.

    Because once they are targeted, their world-class items will not be protected, unless they quit the game immediately, there is hope that they will be temporarily preserved...

    However, Uehara Naraku will still guard in the offline area of ??the game.

    Until another player uses another world-class item to lead him away.

    It''s just that this kind of thing is meaningless, because the player who is targeted by Uehara Naruto must take the initiative to delete the account, otherwise he must trade him a world-class item to avoid the pursuit...

    This clause...

    Really overbearing beyond imagination!

    Only this seems to be in line with the game''s balance mechanism.

    After all, those world-class props are too powerful, and if you get a world-class prop, you will definitely pay a painful price. It is impossible for ordinary people to have any hope of holding them.

    "Because I want to try to challenge him!"

    The insect player answered Flying Squirrel without any hesitation.

    At this moment, the insect player seems to be a real game player: "If I don''t challenge the BOSS, what is the point of my krypton charge and practice game skills in the game, I will not bully the weak!"

    to be honest¡­

    This is a high play who doesn''t like to abuse food.

    Just as the bubble teapot and flying squirrel¡¯s soul looked at the worm player with admiration, the worm player opened his mouth again: "Of course I also want to explode the two strongest [20] worlds in the hands of BOSS. Grade props..."

    This is the real idea.

    In this game, krypton gold does not determine everything.

    Because the top world-class props are truly priceless, as long as you can get the two [20] series world-class props in the hands of Uehara Nairobi, it almost means you get everything in the entire game world at this stage!

    "It looks like I can''t beat him now. I have to learn all the skills and super skills before I can try again. It''s best to get a special job..."

    After the worm player finished speaking on his own, he began to prepare to resurrect his body. He continued quietly: "But I also prepared an alternative plan. I also want to see that two world-class props can be taken from Uehara''s hands. What in exchange..."

    "Two pieces!"

    Flying Squirrel looked at the bug player in surprise.

    [YGGDRASIL (World Tree)] As a super popular online game, there are almost countless players, but there are only two hundred world-class items in the entire game. This bug player actually has two world-class items in his hands!

    Especially at this stage of the game...

    It''s hard to imagine how he got it...

    After the three of them were resurrected, the insect player took the lead to take out his world-class props and threw it on the ground, indicating that he would not use world-class props to attack Uehara Naraku, and the world-class boss Uehara Naraku stopped the attack.

    In the eyes of flying squirrel and bubble teapot...

    Uehara Naraku made a deal with the worm player. The world boss took out a piece of white paper and handwritten a location to the worm player.

    However, the insect player did not take the letter. He once again took out a world-class prop from his package and handed it to Uehara Naraku to signal the transaction...

    Everyone saw the weird scene.

    The terrifying world boss in the game smiled and lowered his head, suddenly put away his handwritten letter, took out a ring from his body and handed it to the insect player, saying the first thing he said to the player In the words: "Taqi¡¤Mi players, when you collect more world-class items, come and call me!"

    After speaking...

    The BOSS in this world seemed to feel that there was nothing to take advantage of, so he left the resurrection point of this small town and disappeared without a trace in an instant.

    After Naraku Uehara leaves...

    Flying Squirrel and Bubble Teapot looked at the bug players in awe. They knew that they seemed to have witnessed a history, and they knew how to deal with Uehara Naraku!

    The insect player Taqi Mi stared at the ring in his hand and said solemnly: "I thought it would be the eternal serpent ring in the [Twenty] series, but I didn''t expect it to have this effect..."

    Ring of Destiny

    HP (health value) +20%

    MP (magic value) +20%

    All element attributes +10%

    Resistance to all elements +10%

    All skill levels +1

    Fate¡¯s Asylum: Under normal circumstances, UU Reading Uehara Naraku will not actively attack you.

    Fateful Encounter: You can actively ask Uehara Naraku''s location at any time.

    The intersection of destiny: automatically add NPC Naraku Uehara as a friend, unlock the primary affection degree, each level of affection degree can unlock more interaction with Uehara Naraku.

    The price of fate: Ask Uehara Naraku to appear in your battle. (Note: When Uehara Naraku appears to participate in a battle, he must pay a world-class item as a reward.)

    It is bound, not tradeable, and indestructible.

    Note: When you get this ring, it means that you have been selected by fate. Mr. Taqi Mi, Goddess of Luck is smiling at you.

    Equipment manufacturer: Uehara Naraku

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click "Favorite" below to record this time (Mr. Takimi in Chapter 593, Goddess of Luck is smiling!) Read the record, and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 593ï¼š President of Game Company Naraku Uehara

    "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes ( Find the latest chapter!

    YGGDRASIL (World Tree).

    In another corner of the game world.

    Uehara Naraku put away the two world-class props that Taqi Mi gave him, and a black hole appeared in his hand, calmly incorporating the two world-class props into it.

    With these two world-class props falling into the black hole and disappearing, Uehara Naraku''s world power has also rapidly increased by 200,000, and each absorbed world-class prop can provide him with an increase of 100,000.

    And the most advanced [20] series, each of the world-class props of the [20] series can provide him with an increase of 500,000 world power, and the [World Will] can directly provide 1 million world power. !

    When the power of these world-class props was absorbed by Uehara Naraku, these world-class props that countless players crave forever disappeared in this game world.

    of course¡­

    Another reason is to maintain the balance of the game world so that the nine worlds of this game can be more stable.

    Because the "YGGDRASIL (World Tree game has a total of nine split maps, which also means that this game has nine worlds. Once the game is completely closed, Uehara Naraku will be able to directly collect the power of the nine worlds!

    simply put¡­

    This is a welfare task.

    In addition to these nine worlds and about two hundred world-class props that provide the power of the world, there is actually a larger map.

    That is, after the game is closed, everyone in a place called the Great Tomb of Nazarick may travel into another world!

    Because this is the initial setting of the King of the Undead...

    The undead skeleton named flying squirrel that Uehara Naraku had just started chasing and killing would become the owner of the tomb of Nazarick in the future.

    After flying through a different world with his full-level equipment, full-level attributes, and countless artifacts and world-class props, flying squirrel became known as Anzurgon, and opened a magical bone in that world. Aotian Journey...

    When Uehara Naruto arrives, he can find a way to sneak into the tomb of Nazarick and see if he can follow Nazarick into another world...

    In order to get a hidden world!

    If operated properly, coupled with a real world, Uehara Naraku will have the hope of obtaining eleven planets. Although these planets are not complete, they will also provide him with enough world power to enable him in the future. Meet the greater challenge!

    Since using the black hole series skills in the Pirate World, Naraku Uehara has deeply felt the power of black hole skills. No matter how powerful a person is, as long as his world power is strong enough, he can destroy it...

    People...

    Sooner or later, we have to become stronger.

    A person cannot always be immersed in the invincibility of his past, but also to live out the invincibility of the present and the invincibility of the future.

    It¡¯s just that Naru Uehara did not expect that because of his pursuit, the members of the future Anzurgong Guild met in advance...

    Uehara Naraku didn''t care.

    Because his next task is to take a look at the forum to see if Taqi Mi and Momo have posted any strategies about Uehara Naraku.

    Otherwise, Uehara will have to find a way to send out his strategy. It is best to take back all the world-class props and earn enough world power during the period when the game is launched.

    Uehara Naraku

    The power of the world: 16.3 million

    Life: 100000 points

    Magic: 100000 points

    Life recovery: 1296 seconds

    Mana recovery: 1024 seconds

    Remaining gold coins: 0

    Since there are too many undeveloped tasks in the Pirate World, the strength of absorbing the planet is slightly different, and most of the gold coins on Uehara''s body have been directly exchanged.

    It''s just that the exchange is rich enough!

    Because the pirates provided nearly 10 million powers in the world, this power burst out, enough for Uehara Naraku to control the black hole to annihilate or absorb a planet!

    Back to the "YGGDRASIL (World Tree game.

    Uehara Naraku has gradually become accustomed to life as a world boss. He will appear in irregular places every day, then kill a group of players and continue to search for world-class props...

    As this game becomes more and more popular, more and more players, and higher levels, more and more players are beginning to challenge the world BOSS Naraku Uehara, hoping to win from Uehara Naraku Several world-class props.

    Unfortunately¡­

    These players can''t even see the shadow of Uehara Naraku.

    Because the most basic requirement to challenge Uehara Naraku is to meet Uehara Naraku and trade a world-class item with Uehara Naraku as a threshold, so that Uehara Naraku will stay in a fixed place for a day.

    And the one who can see Naraku Uehara...

    There were only a few players, and they got the ring from Uehara Naraku.

    Once these players learn that some guilds have begun to look for the information of Naraku Uehara, they will know that they may have world-class items in their hands. These players will immediately find ways to destroy those guilds and **** world-class items from their hands. ¡­

    then¡­

    Then give the world-class props to Uehara Naraku.

    Because these players know very well that facing the two [Twenty] series of Uehara Naraku who holds the Ring of Eternal Serpent and the Will of the World, these guilds are definitely not opponents...

    In this case...

    It might as well simply let them take away the world-class props of these guilds in exchange for the assistance of Uehara Naraku, attack a difficult stronghold, destroy a hostile force, or first pass a rewarding level.

    These can provide help for these players'' guilds.

    For example, the Ainzurgung Guild where Taqi Mi is located uses two world-class props to invite Nairo Uehara to shoot twice, in exchange for generous returns.

    the first time¡­

    After the new dungeon was opened, Taqi Mi quickly used world-class props and asked Nairo Uehara to help them get through the dungeon first pass, allowing the members of the guild to receive an extremely rare hidden career reward.

    the second time¡­

    The Guild of Ainzurgung attacked the tomb of Nazarik as their guild resident, and encountered many guilds. Nairo Uehara shot and defeated a group of guilds.

    Compared to the Anzurgung Guild...

    The other player is more resourceful.

    This player encountered the strongest opponent ever in the first World Competitive Competition. This player simply used world-class props to request Uehara Naraku...

    This once caused a sensation!

    No one thought that someone would summon the world BOSS Uehara Naraku to the arena in this competitive competition. Isn''t that the **** cheating!

    That player advances directly to the final!

    In the final battle, Naraku Uehara was once again called out. He used two world-class props to get the position of the world champion in the first competition...

    and¡­

    Become the first player to have the hidden profession of world champion.

    In addition, you can also freely choose a piece of equipment that surpasses artifact-level items.

    However, the game company did not judge a violation, but announced that it will no longer allow the use of world-class props in competitions...

    Players in the game are talking about this...

    Everyone doesn''t know whether the player has lost or earned. Anyway, the game company should definitely not lose, right?

    In any case, two world-class props are exchanged for a world champion career, which makes people feel a bit unworthy. After all, these two world-class props are not accidental and there is great hope that they can help him win the championship...

    However, during the interview...

    This player said that the existence of world-class props affected the balance of the game.

    In the game, only Uehara Naraku will completely recycle these items. He just wants to give the items to Uehara Naraku to protect the absolute balance of the game...

    of course¡­

    corresponding.

    This player also did not deny.

    Because this player lost two world-class props, he won the first world championship as a little compensation, right?

    This is really high-sounding!

    However, the vast majority of players in this game were immediately touched, and they began to hope that these world-class items that affected the balance would disappear!

    They never got it anyway...

    This trend of boycotting world-class props was once publicized!

    In fact, game companies have been secretly taking back these world-class props. With this shareholder style, game companies have finally begun to suppress the existence of world-class props...

    If world-class props cannot appear in the competition, its value will be slightly discounted. According to the game company¡¯s idea, they also hope that the greatest value of world-class props should be given to Naraku Uehara...

    Naraku Uehara¡¯s strategy information has appeared on the forum. As long as one world-class item can stop him from attacking, two world-class items can be exchanged for a super artifact and unlimited benefits from Uehara Naraku!

    Just as the whole game was moving...

    World BOSS Uehara Naraku quietly disappeared into the game world.

    In the real world, in the office building of YGGDRASIL (World Tree) Game Production Company, a game sleeping pod connected to countless lines lights up with a red light.

    After the red light was turned on in the sleeping cabin of this game, people appeared next to the sleeping cabin, eagerly waiting for the people in the sleeping cabin to come out.

    Click!

    The door of the sleeping compartment opened slowly.

    A figure walked out of the sleeping cabin, rubbed his shoulders and neck, and said with sleepy eyes: "Well, this time, I have been in the game for a long time... Is there anything novel that happened outside? "

    "I think should not be?"

    A middle-aged man in a suit and leather shoes hesitantly glanced at the young man in front of him, then slowly closed his mouth. What is a novelty?

    It should be said that apart from what happened in this company, there seems to be nothing worthy of the attention of the youth in front of you!

    "President Uehara, UU read your juice."

    Another gentle-looking man in a suit walked up to Uehara Naraku and handed over a glass of juice respectfully.

    "Thank you, the competition went well."

    Uehara Naruko took the juice smoothly, picked up the paper that the man in the suit handed him, and slowly asked, "Speaking of which, did you find out what Satoru Satoru was doing recently?"

    Suzumoto Satoru.

    His identity is the undead player flying squirrel in the game world, and he is also the current president of the Anzurgong Guild, and a full-level boss player who will travel through another world in the future.

    The man in the suit hesitated for a while before he spoke in embarrassment, "It should be the game! Because during the weekend, unless you need to visit a customer to work overtime, Suzumoto Satoru doesn''t go out much, almost all day online..."

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click "Favorites" below to record this reading (Chapter 594 Game Company President Naraku Uehara), and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 594ï¼š Flying Squirrel: You wonâ€™t get tired of playing this game for another 10 years!

    "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes ( Find the latest chapter!

    A gamer who likes to stay at home...

    There wasn''t even a chance to get Uehara Naraku in contact.

    This long-lost feeling reminded Uehara Naruto of the time when he had been scalp numb by those guys Uzumaki Naruto...No matter how impeccable the game he set up, it would be easily resolved by those simple-minded people.

    The reason they are not fooled is...

    They never think of things too complicated.

    "It''s really troublesome..."

    Uehara Naraku sat back in the game''s sleeping pod again and closed his eyes: "Starting tomorrow, prepare to open a new world copy. The first pass rewards are set a bit more generously, so that those players can hand over their world-class items as soon as possible. The generous reward for the first pass..."

    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku slowly opened his eyes again: "Also, the first guild battle can begin, and PVP is the mainstream of the game..."

    "Yes, President."

    After the man in the suit nodded, he asked softly: "Regarding the change of the company president, we need to make an announcement in accordance with the regulations..."

    "casual¡­"

    Uehara Naraku lay in the game sleep compartment indifferently, and said to himself indifferently, "Anyway, this game won''t last long..."

    Everything in this game world is moving forward in an orderly manner.

    Unexpectedly, the first guild war was called a dance of demons. The three powerful guilds used world-class props to besiege one of them, but they were called by a player holding the ring of destiny. Uehara Naraku who came here hit a group...

    It is simply outrageous.

    And those three world-class props were also taken away by Uehara Naruko.

    Even if you lose the guild battle, the world-class props are also lost. It really made several guilds lose their panties...

    In the face of Naraku Uehara who possesses the [World Will], the guild at this stage is still a bit unsightly...

    This also presents another problem.

    More and more guilds in the game world began to collect world-class props secretly, but they all wanted to use it to call Uehara Naraku at the most critical moment.

    Even the Anzurgung Guild is no exception.

    World-class props must not be used easily anymore, because every prop means they will be assisted by Uehara Naraku at a certain critical moment...

    Of course, an interesting thing happened during this time...

    When two guilds fought, they also arranged for players with the Ring of Destiny to use world-class props to call Uehara Naraku.

    The final result is also rather weird...

    Uehara Naruko took away their world-class props and chose to attack one of the players who had a relatively low affinity, and destroyed their guild.

    Really...

    It makes people want to curse.

    In this way, if they want to send out Uehara Naraku''s strategic nuclear weapon level support, it means that they need enough favorability...

    Since then, the guild wars in this game world have become strange. First of all, the war between the guilds must have a world-class item to avoid the haunt of Uehara Naraku. Secondly, the players in the guild who hold the ring of destiny must be high enough. ''S favorability...

    In ten years.

    This made Na Uehara feel very comfortable.

    Again, this caused a huge trouble.

    That is, in the past ten years, players have never overthrown the world BOSS of Uehara Naraku, which led to the successful exit of Uehara Naraku. Eventually, the game players found that the source of this world BOSS was the new president of the game company Uehara...

    Generally...

    The bosses of game companies are not very liked by players.

    Therefore, whenever the player is unhappy or happy, especially whenever there is a cheating update in the game, the crowds of players will search for the trail of Uehara Naraku on a large scale and try to push the world BOSS Uehara Naraku...

    Even just throwing a fireball at Uehara Naraku can make people vent their anger, and being able to beat the president of a game company at close range, this opportunity is really rare...

    Uehara Naraku, a world BOSS who has ravaged players for ten years, is also an NPC who has been helping players. The final result is a successful exit, making the game "YGGDRASIL (World Tree another hit...

    Some players even proposed...

    Don¡¯t overthrow Uehara Naraku for a day, don¡¯t quit YGGDRASIL!

    Even though many players have slowly withdrawn from the game due to life or work in ten years, they still talk about the topic of Naraku Uehara...

    And the image of Naraku Uehara is also good...

    This person is very healed when he smiles, and once he starts his hands, he is very ruthless, which makes people feel a bit different and cute, plus his luxurious equipment and powerful strength...

    It is indeed very attractive.

    Batch after batch of Xiaobai, under the influence of the super high heat of this game, also entered the "YGGDRASIL" game to be abused...

    This kind of thing also brought new troubles to Uehara Naraku.

    Because of the history that Uehara knew, the game in this period should have gone downhill by a large margin. Only three people from the 41 people of the Anzurgong Guild from its peak period...

    but¡­

    The current Anzurgung Guild...

    There seems to be no retreat of personnel.

    Even from now on, Guild Ainzurgon still sits firmly in the top ten of the world guild rankings, and even their overall strength is still the strongest...

    In the past ten years, the Guild of Ainzul Kung has handed in five world-class props only to Uehara Naraku. This does not include the price of Taqi Mi''s ring of destiny!

    This guild definitely also treasures other world-class props!

    But why they haven¡¯t retired...

    Calculated in terms of time, there should be only three people left in the Ainz Urgon Guild, and even these three people should be online occasionally!

    And it¡¯s not just the Ainz Urgon Guild...

    Many large and small guilds are still continuing to develop and grow.

    "If I remember correctly..."

    Uehara Naruko sat in the game''s sleep cabin, looking at the latest game data, and a faint look in his eyes: "YGGDRASIL (World Tree at this time should have fewer and fewer players. How about this broken game? It''s not cold yet..."

    If this continues...

    In the future, after the twelve years of travel time, there will be more than 100,000 players who have not retired in this game. If the server is closed at that time, will these players travel to another world together or what will they do?

    If you don¡¯t turn off the server...

    Will there be such a thing as traveling through another world!

    "What the **** is this..."

    Uehara Naraku slowly closed his palms, and lay down in the game sleeping cabin to doubt life: "Why is it so troublesome to let a game cool down?"

    In the game, the players cannot be allowed to retreat directly, and they need to help find world-class props in the game, nor can this game continue to be popular..."

    He is just a man behind the scenes!

    Not a serious game company boss at all!

    Why is the situation developing like this now? Isn''t this a welfare world that collects the power of the world?

    I feel like the direction is wrong...

    "Let someone come to the meeting!"

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the man in the suit and said solemnly: "If this continues, I feel that this game will gradually become a well-known retirement game...Now, we must find a way to make some changes!"

    "..."

    Man in suit is full of question marks.

    It¡¯s been ten years since the opening of the server and now... Isn¡¯t it good to be an enduring retirement game now?

    Anyway, monthly revenue has been continuously increasing...

    Besides, the president who has been playing the role of the world boss in the game should know how valuable the artifacts and items in this game are.

    Now, a player with the Ring of Destiny, if he wants, can get a lot of money in a big guild...

    Compared with the unhappy Uehara Naraku...

    Flying Squirrel, the president of the Anzurgong Guild, was very happy.

    Originally, flying squirrel was a little lonely in real life. Only in the game did he realize the precious friendship. Many guild partners actually wanted to retire and leave, just because they often saw news about the "YGGDRASIL" game, and Slowly come back...

    These partners are in Schr?dinger''s state...

    They may abandon the pit at any time, or they may play at any time.

    Anyway, President Flying Squirrel is very happy that old friends can continue to be together...

    "Originally, work is getting busy, so I don''t want to waste time in the game..."

    The weird body of the bubble teapot slowly wriggled, and in its arms it held the NPC boy Yaura made by itself, and its voice was a bit clear and moving: "But we suddenly received a dubbing of "YGGDRASIL (World Tree. , I am a new one... Oh, this is an unspeakable secret!"

    "What the **** secret..."

    Pero Rocchino lay on the table in the guild hall, looking at his sister speechlessly: "Nichan, the announcement of the new copy of the game has come out..."

    "Ah...new copy..."

    Flying Squirrel''s skull looked at the bubble teapot and said in surprise: "Hull, the daughter of the evil **** Loki, the final boss of the new instance, is actually the voice of the bubble teapot sauce!"

    "Ok¡­"

    The bubble teapot nodded and continued with a grin: "And in the future there will be more dubbing...because they...hehe this is also confidential!"

    "It sounds interesting..."

    Taqi Mi sat in his seat and calmly said: "Speaking of which, has the Bubble Teapot Sauce ever been to the "YGGDRASIL" production company?"

    "How about next week¡­"

    The bubble teapot nodded his head, helped Aura in his arms to arrange her hair, and continued in a low voice: "This year''s "YGGDRASIL (World Tree has a really big action, and this game is really reluctant to quit. What..."

    "How is it possible to quit..."

    Flying Squirrel sat in the chairperson''s position and looked at the full guild hall, with an undisguised smile in his voice: "As long as I and it are still alive, I can play this game for another ten years. Tired!"

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 595 Flying Squirrel: This game will not get tired after playing for ten years!) Read the record and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 595ï¼š Cataclysm!

    "Start from Naruto Behind the Scenes ( Find the latest chapter!

    Uehara Naraku''s plan is good.

    In order to be able to collect enough world power faster, he made a super-difficult big update to the game, which is also the largest update in ten years.

    Uehara Naraku hopes that after the update, someone wants to use world-class props in exchange for his help to get the first copy and beat other world bosses, or occupy new map strongholds.

    this behavior¡­

    It is equivalent to sending the switch-off meeting to the players!

    However, the players seem to be less interested in these, because this big update after ten years seems to ignite the passion of the players at the beginning of the game. When countless guilds see the extremely difficult copy, the first thing is actually to each other Fight progress...

    It¡¯s worth showing off even if it¡¯s just one percent ahead...

    of course¡­

    The most important thing is that there are not many world-class props in this game.

    When there were hundreds of game items, the Great Guild almost traded them to Uehara Naraku without blinking their eyes. Now it¡¯s a little different...

    Players in the entire game world may only have less than 20 world-class props left in their hands. According to the statistics of interested players, the world BOSS Uehara Naraku has recovered at least one hundred and fifty world-class props through various methods...

    This also means that there are still about thirty undiscovered world-class props in the world, each of which is precious and can be said to be truly lost and will be completely out of print.

    These guild leaders have new ideas...

    They think that whoever holds the last item that has not been traded to Uehara Naraku means that they will be the only guild that can use Uehara Naraku, and perhaps the last guild that has the opportunity to overthrow the boss of Uehara Naraku!

    Just use it for the first pass copy...

    No matter how generous the reward is, it is a waste.

    What''s more, even if it is used to open up a new map when using Uehara Naraku''s summoning opportunity, in the future, when it is attacked by the enemy, he will have to wait and die...

    Facing this circumstances¡­

    Uehara Naraku is not without help.

    Game production company headquarters.

    Uehara Naraku sat in his game sleeping pod and put forward his own thoughts: "The response of the new version seems to be good, let''s start the cataclysmic event led by me!"

    This is a draw from the bottom of the pan.

    No, or it''s a big cleanup of the game world!

    Every guild and even every player will fall into this catastrophe, and absolutely no one will be spared!

    "Cataclysm?"

    A group of people couldn''t help looking at each other.

    These people have long known that the president of their company had such an idea, but they never thought that they would directly prepare for the online catastrophe when the service''s 10th anniversary major update!

    This is too fast!

    Originally, they had also thought about this question. This would cause heavy losses to the players of the entire game. Will it make the players accept this new version?

    "So be it!"

    Uehara Naruko grabbed the juice from the cup and whispered softly, "Aren''t they very happy when they besieged me before? At least let me get back a little bit!"

    "..."

    A group of people look at me, I look at you.

    Everyone has a weird idea in their hearts. It is estimated that this is the most important goal of their president! Who makes this president like to play the world boss in the game!

    Since this time...

    Been bullied by gamers...

    This president is even smaller than a needle, and he will definitely want revenge. He didn''t expect to open the cataclysm version so quickly to retaliate, and even act as the protagonist of the cataclysm version as the world BOSS!

    The president of a game company...

    Once you care about it, even players have to retaliate...

    Such a cautious president is really hard to provoke!

    It''s just that since the president has spoken, the people underneath can only obey... and there is nothing particularly troublesome about this version.

    The man in the suit pondered for a while, then whispered softly, "So where should I start? So far we don''t have any quests or NPCs that involve Naraku Uehara..."

    "Pick a resource point for the new map!"

    Uehara Naraku glanced in surprise at the man in the suit: "Which is the fastest guild to check? Which new map are they opening up wasteland?"

    "It seems to be the Guild of Ainzurgon..."

    The man in the suit hesitated for a second and whispered: "If I remember correctly, it should be a resource point called the Valley of Gods. This resource point contains the corpses of several gods, and the value can be ranked among all resource points. Go ahead..."

    "Just them."

    Uehara Naruko put down the cup in his hand heavily.

    YGGDRASIL game world.

    After the version update, the Guild of Ainzurgon once occupied a considerable advantage in the progress of land reclamation. Although their number is not large, their overall strength is higher than that of other guilds.

    Regardless of whether it is a new instance of wasteland or resource points on a new map, the Guild of Anzurgong has a not-low lead. Guild leader Flying Squirrel has not taken a good rest for a long time.

    Efforts will never be in vain.

    Today, the Guild of Ainzur Christine will hopefully occupy a new resource point, a generous resource point called the Valley of Gods!

    The resources in the Valley of Gods can be used to make more artifacts and equipment for them or continue to increase their efforts to build their Nazarick tomb stronghold!

    Whether it is geographical advantages, abundant resources, or beautiful scenery, people can''t help but feel sad, and can even be used as an alternative guild residence!

    Valley of Gods.

    The Guild of Ainzi Urgon finally overthrew the boss in the Valley of Gods and advanced all the way to the depths of the Valley of Gods. They only need to find the control points of the Valley of Gods...

    Flying squirrel¡¯s skeleton frame stepped into the depths of the Valley of Gods step by step, followed by dozens of players from the Ainzurgong Guild: ¡°Speaking of which, we should be the first to successfully open up wasteland!¡±

    "Maybe?"

    "The progress of the first three guilds seems to be pretty good..."

    Just as a group of guild players chatted casually, their footsteps suddenly stopped, and an endless reminder suddenly appeared on everyone''s system panel!

    "You have entered the realm of God..."

    "You invaded the realm of God..."

    "You disturbed God''s peace..."

    The next moment, the sky suddenly changed color!

    Pero Rocchino suddenly raised his head and looked at the sky, and subconsciously said: "Is the weather controlled by the sixth-order magic? This is too despising us players!"

    In ten years...

    The player''s strength is not the same as the past.

    The sixth-order magic is really not enough to look at, because players like them have already mastered the existence of launching superposition magic!

    "This is not weather control!"

    Flying Squirrel immediately shook his head, raised his head to look at the sky, and said in a deep voice: "This is the elemental chaos in the superposition magic. The rain of elemental chaos is immediately ushered in. Everyone should hold up the defense first. This is a very large area. The attack cannot be withdrawn temporarily!"

    Next second...

    A bunch of strange magic fell from the sky quickly!

    Lightning, flames, falling rocks, hurricanes, magma, countless kinds of complicated magic trickled down, and any elemental magic except superposition magic fell from the sky!

    "If i remember correctly¡­"

    Flying Squirrel¡¯s skeleton frame raised his head and looked at the magic that was still pouring down in the sky, his face faintly weird: "This super magic is not mastered by too many people...Even in the NPC, it seems that only one person has used it..."

    As a magic profession, Flying Squirrel pays far more attention to magic skills than others, and he also likes element chaos skills...

    Because of this skill...

    If it can be successfully released, it can directly create a battlefield that makes it difficult for the enemy to passively be beaten. Before there is no way to crack the element chaos, he must always bear the attack of the element chaos rain!

    Even in today¡¯s countless super magic games, this skill has always been a favorite of magic professionals, but it¡¯s a pity that no players can master it...

    "Advanced defense barrier!"

    The two slimes, Bubble Teapot and Heiluo Heiluo, activated their skills at the same time, protecting their companions under their own hands, and independently propped up the other side of the defensive enchantment to resist the elemental attacks that fell from the sky!

    Heiluo Heiluo couldn''t help turning his head to look at the flying squirrel, and said loudly: "Hey, Momoga, can you use transfer magic to transfer everyone directly!"

    "There is no way..."

    Flying Squirrel slowly shook his head, using his skills to help his companions defend together, he explained in a deep voice: "Even if you use the transfer magic, you can''t escape from the valley of the gods. Even my MP is enough to support the rain of elemental chaos. Covering the entire Valley of Gods...

    And this BOSS using Chaos Rain, if he has enough MP, the range of this skill is enough to cover the surface of any world map of the nine worlds. This is also the ability to destroy the world, so it is called the ultimate super magician. Bit magic..."

    Regardless of the magic profession...

    All want to get elemental chaos and the derived skills behind it!

    It¡¯s just that the prerequisite for obtaining this skill is to successfully cultivate all the natural elemental powers. This is a bit difficult, because some elements can only be mastered by specific occupations...

    While flying squirrel is still talking...

    A world announcement suddenly jumped out!

    [Guild Ainzi Urgon disturbed the peace of God in the Valley of Gods. As a small punishment and great admonition for the ignorant, the divine punishment will come to the nine worlds!

    Uehara Naraku, the holder of the will of the world, will continue to create catastrophes that lasted 7 days in the nine worlds. Please prepare for all players! ¡¿

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click "Favorites" below to record this (Chapter 596 Cataclysm!) reading record, and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 596ï¼š Uehara Naraku

    "Start from Naruto Behind the Scenes ( Find the latest chapter!

    The prompt of the game system is very simple.

    All the players of the Ainz Urgong Guild are in a bad mood, because they stepped into the Valley of Gods, did they start a catastrophe that is about to befall the nine worlds?

    This kind of disaster...

    It is absolutely world-destroying level.

    The guild''s military Bu Niu Meng couldn''t help scratching her head, and sighed faintly: "Oh, it was because of us that Uehara Naraku died. It feels like we are going to become a public enemy!"

    Pero Rocchino flipped his palms: "Hey, when did you have the illusion that we are not a public enemy!"

    As a very weird alien guild in the entire game, it was originally not very popular in the game. Although their number is small, their strength is very strong...

    This means that they will never lag behind in certain competitions for resources.

    Therefore, the reputation of the Guild of Ainzi Urgon in this game is indeed not very good.

    "What should we do about the current problem?"

    Heiluo Heiluo raised his head and looked at the magic that was still falling in the sky, and couldn''t help but speak: "If the magical damage continues like this, sooner or later I will not be able to hold the bubble teapot sauce..."

    "Let me think..."

    Flying Squirrel scratched his bone frame and whispered: "For the time being, we will slowly exit the Valley of Gods along the way, each of which uses their own skills to offset the magic in the rain of element chaos... I set up one at the exit of the Valley of Gods. The teleportation point, as long as the distance is enough, use the transfer magic to take everyone away!"

    According to the flying squirrel method, the Guild of Ainzurgon had no one killed, and escaped in the rain of elemental chaos that covered the entire Valley of Gods...

    It¡¯s just that every MP and HP are almost at their limit...

    Flying Squirrel looked at the Valley of Gods with some lingering fears, and slowly breathed a sigh of relief: "I didn''t expect that the range and duration of the rain of elemental chaos is too amazing..."

    "Momoga did a good job..."

    The bubble teapot, the slime rubbed the flying squirrel''s bone shelf, and smiled and praised: "Can take us away in such a chaotic place..."

    The president chosen by the Guild of Anzi Urgon was indeed correct.

    Although the flying squirrel has always played the role of a breaker, he is indeed a top player.

    Even in the rare superposition magic like Rain of Elemental Chaos, it can find a ray of life for everyone, especially this superposition magic is very likely to be released by Uehara Naraku...

    Because so far...

    Only Uehara Naraku has used this skill.

    And according to some of the information about Uehara Naraku collected by their players, it has been shown that in addition to the full proficiency similar to the warrior class, Uehara Naraku also has full elemental power and full magic proficiency...

    "How can it be so powerful..."

    Flying Squirrel couldn''t help taking a half step back.

    Although the voice of the bubble teapot sounds cute, but her image in the game world is really not a little thoughtful!

    Flying Squirrel turned his head and glanced at the Valley of Gods covered by the rain of elemental chaos, and said in a low voice: "It looks like we are going to return to the guild''s premises this time to see what the cataclysm event is like!"

    "Ok¡­"

    Taqi Mi nodded, stroked the ring in his hand, and said in a deep voice: "There is a problem with the Ring of Destiny that Uehara Naraku handed to me. Several passive skills are grayed out. It should only be temporarily invalid. ¡­"

    "what?"

    Everyone looked at Taqi Mi.

    Flying Squirrel thought for a while, couldn''t help touching his bone chin, and whispered: "Almost all the passive skills above are related to Uehara Naraku. If those passive skills fail, it is likely that Uehara Naraku will be here. Attack all players indiscriminately in this cataclysm..."

    "Maybe the game company has left behind."

    Taqi Mi shook his head and sighed softly, "Originally, this ring reminded that under normal circumstances, Uehara Naraku would not actively attack... But now it seems that Cataclysm is not an ordinary situation..."

    "It''s really bad..."

    The bubble teapot wriggled and walked to their side, quietly speaking: "Ten years ago, the game company was ready to start the catastrophe ten years later?"

    In fact...

    The game company is much worse than they thought.

    No, it should be said that Nairo Uehara is much worse than they thought.

    The role of this ring of destiny is not only here, the most important thing is to enable Naraku Uehara to lock their position at all times, and to find out if they have privately owned world-class props...

    If necessary...

    Uehara Naraku can also spy on the game life of the ring holder.

    Along with World Channel¡¯s suspicion and scolding of the Guild of Ainzur Kung, the cataclysm event of the game "YGGDRASIL" also kicked off. The protagonist of this event, Naraku Uehara, also appeared in him. First destination!

    An unbreakable guild residence!

    Asgard Sky City is located at the top of the nine worlds!

    This sky city is also the top of the whole world tree game!

    From their terrain alone, you know how difficult this guild residence is. It is said to be the most difficult residence in the entire "YGGDRASIL (World Tree, and its name is only the Tomb of Nazarick and Styx and other places!

    now¡­

    The guild in this resident is fully guarded!

    Because right next to their guild, a young man with six wings appeared. His eyes were cold and he was holding a plain club in his hand...

    It is Naraku Uehara!

    The current Uehara Naraku looks completely different from before, no longer the warm smile, just a cold and unfeeling face!

    "It''s really scary..."

    An angel player looked at Naraku Uehara floating in the distance with a cold sweat on his face: "Naraku Uehara, the world boss, will even attack the player''s guild residence... This cataclysm has just begun, so did he directly approach our guild? "

    "President..."

    Another angel player flew to his side and said in a deep voice: "Everyone is ready, are you going to start attacking Uehara Naraku? This is our station, but there are also many powerful NPCs and players in it, maybe It''s also our chance to knock down this boss..."

    But at this moment...

    A voice suddenly interrupted the communication between them!

    "God''s punishment!"

    Uehara Naraku pointed to the sky!

    Thunder and lightning fell from the sky, converging into a thick thunder!

    This thunder bombarded Sky City in an instant, and this thunder directly penetrated the entire Sky City, blasting the entire Sky City into ruins in an instant!

    "Asshole... raising your hand is instant super magic!"

    President Angel¡¯s whole person was blown up with anger. This is not giving them a chance to play at all. It also makes them play in the guild. It is clear that the game company is targeting players!

    Righteous angels will be sulking...

    Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly appeared next to him, randomly shaking the stick in his hand to hit him!

    The [World Will], which is known as the strongest world-class prop, turned out to be just an ordinary attack prop in the hands of Uehara Naraku!

    "Dimensional shield!"

    President Angel raised his palm!

    A magic formation appeared in front of him, but it was directly smashed by Uehara Naruto in the next second, and the [World Will] was about to be smashed again!

    It is said that this trick can be used by any player in seconds!

    "Space transfer!"

    The figure of President Angel suddenly shuttled to another position!

    As a game world, spatial skills are the standard equipment of their level, even for them, it is just a common skill!

    Only when he had just transferred, Uehara Naraku seemed to have guessed his position, and appeared by his side in advance, pressing one hand on his head!

    A series of lightning entangled the body of this angel president...

    The next moment, UU reads www.uukanshu. Com he became a corpse.

    It¡¯s just that two world-class props broke out on the body of President Angel. Naraku Uehara put away these two world-class props without a hassle. He did not take away the ring of fate from the president...

    After all this is done.

    Uehara Naraku raised his head and looked towards the sky. A cloud of clouds began to gather, and ice and snowflakes began to fall from the sky. Each snowflake that fell on the player''s body could cause the player to lose a lot of blood. The entire Asgard was turned into by him. A piece of snow!

    After the first world was resolved, Uehara Naraku watched as the entire Asgard players were forced to go offline under the attack of the super magic ice world, his face finally showed a gratified smile...

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click "Favorites" below to record the reading record of this time (Chapter 597 Grateful Uehara Naraku), and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 597ï¼š 1 World Boss Raiders Nazarick

    "Start from Naruto Behind the Scenes ( Find the latest chapter!

    Player forum.

    The atmosphere is noisy.

    The players of the entire Asgard map are tumultuous in the forum, because none of them dare to stay online, and if they are online, they will only be killed by the super magic skills.

    "Does the game company want everyone to quit the game?"

    "Who will take a look, can Asgard''s people still be online?"

    "No, I was killed by the Ice and Snow World as soon as I went up, and I lost first level experience..."

    "Midgart''s main city was also destroyed. Naraku Uehara just slaughtered all the players in the city, and Midgart can''t go online..."

    "Nifolheim is over... The entire map is under lava rain... The damage can''t be resisted for a few minutes..."

    "Musbelheim, the land of fire, has also been turned into a world of ice and snow... This world boss is really going to destroy the world!"

    "..."

    "Is there only the last Helheim left in the nine worlds?"

    "The last news before going offline, it seems that Uehara Naraku is attacking the last guild resident Nazalik. It seems to be the resident of the Ainzurgong Guild?"

    "It''s the garrison that, like Sky City, claims to never fall, the garrison that wiped out 1,500 coalition forces?"

    "There is still such a fierce guild?"

    "Mengxin doesn''t know, right? The Ainz Urgong Guild is a group of outliers. It seems to only accept RMB players. Basically, large-scale events rarely participate...because there are too few people..."

    "It''s been less than a day, right? Uehara Naraku went all the way from Sky City in Asgard, the top map of the game, all the way to Nazarick in Helheim, the bottom map..."

    "I just want to know when this cataclysm event will end..."

    "I want to know what the game company wants to do..."

    "Inside the news, it seems that Uehara, the president of the game company, heard that the world boss based on him has been under attack by players, so people developed a catastrophe version..."

    "real or fake?"

    "There is such a president?"

    "This is too much! Then there is nothing to say. After the cataclysm is over, I will continue to form a group to push Uehara Naraku, how can I come back without revenge..."

    "+1!"

    "Speaking of which, is there really hope..."

    "The last time our five guilds produced five magic chanters who used supernatural magic, with countless krypton gold props, they blasted out 10% of his blood in one breath... Finally, Uehara Naraku was backhanded by an elemental chaos. The rain group is gone..."

    "awkward¡­"

    "Shout out our slogan!"

    "If you don''t overthrow Uehara Naraku, don''t quit YGGDRASIL!"

    The whole forum was full of noise.

    The phone number of the customer service department of the game company was almost blown up.

    It''s a pity that they can''t be the master. The only person who can be the master is attacking the last guild residence, the tomb of Nazarik, the residence of the Guild of Azurgung.

    This guild...

    Also has the most world-class props!

    Between the thrones under the tenth floor of the Great Tomb of Nazarick, all the members of the Ainzurgon Guild gathered here, and they were discussing how to fight Uehara Naraku.

    "The cataclysm may not be as simple as we thought."

    Sitting on a chair, Bu Niu-meng slowly said: "According to the information we have, any player with world-class props will fall if they are killed. This incident may also be a means for game companies to recover world-class props... "

    "What if you quit the game?"

    "It''s not very realistic either."

    Flying Squirrel shook his head and took the words and explained: "According to known information, all players must experience the baptism of cataclysm. Even if they exit the game, they will continue to stay in the game in the form of hanging up. Kill, unless you die once and then quit the game..."

    Bu Niu nodded and watched everyone continue to say: "And if we kill people with world-class props now, they will definitely fall, which means that world-class props will definitely appear in front of Uehara Naraku... "

    "Then fight a defensive battle on our territory!"

    "This is our home court. Maybe we will be the first guild to overthrow Uehara Naraku, the world boss..."

    "Shatia Bradfren, the guardian of the first to third floors created by Pero Rocchino, has gone to fight!"

    "Uehara Naraku has already come in, hurry up and discuss a countermeasure..."

    A mirrored light screen was opened on the desk of the entire Guild of Anzurgong, and a lovely silver-haired girl in bright red armor was photographed. It was the Guardian NPC created by Pero Cino, who was also in a comprehensive strength. Top guardian!

    Shatia Bradfren!

    Even some players in the Guild of Ainz Urgon may not be as strong as Shatia, because she is wearing a full-length legendary equipment and an artifact dropper spear!

    It¡¯s just that Shatia¡¯s strength should be invincible...

    Because she can use the dropper spear to absorb the HP of the people around her at any time!

    In fact, it is exactly the same. Before Shatia faced Shatia, the maker Pero Rocchino specially controlled her to summon a group of dependent vampire brides and interfered with the enemy to replenish her HP...

    The second floor of the underground tomb of Nazarick.

    Just as Uehara Naraku stepped in, Xia Tiya wielded the dropper spear and stepped forward to fight. This cute silver-haired red-clad girl will immediately burst out of her melee invincible sturdy ability!

    However, a fist blasted at Xia Tiya, and directly bypassed the dropper spear, and was about to knock the girl NPC to the ground!

    "High-level teleportation!"

    Xia Tiya''s figure fled instantly!

    However, it was useless. The silver-haired girl stayed in confusion on her face, why her spatial teleportation skills seemed to be ineffective...

    The next moment, Nairo Uehara¡¯s fist hit Shatia¡¯s face, and the silver-haired girl fisted out. He also directly grabbed the dropper spear in Shatia¡¯s hand, and broke the dropper spear and Shatia''s body link!

    Immediately after...

    Uehara Naraku threw the dropper spear abruptly, nailing Shatia¡¯s body firmly to the ground. The silver-haired girl was still in a state of confusion before her death...

    Guardians from the first to third levels...

    Shatia Bradfren, killed!

    Uehara Naraku just blocked the space and used two ordinary attacks to directly kill this NPC girl at the top!

    The bottom of the Anzi Urgong Guild.

    Pero Rocchino clutched his head, and said with an unhappy face: "Ahhhhh, how can that guy treat Xiatia like this!"

    "Hey Hey hey!"

    Bubble Teapot looked at his younger brother, and slowly persuaded: "Be sensible, that''s an NPC... Besides, that Shatia is not good at all!"

    "That''s the cutest creation ever!"

    "What''s the cutest creation? It''s obviously the most unsightly. You perverted you and added all of your hobbies to Shatia''s setting!"

    "You are a pervert who dubbed certain games! And look at your own slime image, it''s like a walking Ding..."

    Bang!

    While Pero Rocchino and the Bubble Teapot were still noisy, and others were still discussing countermeasures, the mirror light curtain on the desktop suddenly lit up, and a strong vibration made all the guild members unable to help themselves. shock!

    A picture flashed through the mirror light curtain.

    Two broken bodies fell on the sixth floor of the arena!

    Those were two dark elf NPCs, the twin siblings of Aula and Mare made by the bubble teapot. The guardian of the sixth floor was also killed!

    This is just great¡­

    Bubble Teapot and Sister Perrocchino don¡¯t have to fight anymore. The NPCs made by their two brothers and sisters were killed...

    Flying Squirrel couldn''t help but asked, "Wait, the guardian of the sixth floor was killed. Where is the guardian Cosettes of the fifth floor?"

    "It must have been killed too..."

    "Don''t panic, we''ll just wait on the ninth floor, and our killer will be placed on the eighth floor, and wait until Naraku Uehara breaks through the eighth floor..."

    "Look at the battle on the seventh floor... Is there any hope that Dimiugos will let Uehara Naraku lose some more blood? So far, it seems that his HP is still full?"

    "Not very realistic..."

    "Wait, UU reading , why does it feel that we are like the bosses to be defeated in the dungeons and maps, while Uehara Naraku is like a player who is trying to get a dungeon!"

    "It seems that the roles between us are reversed..."

    "Whether it''s identity or strength, it feels reversed..."

    "..."

    The noise of the entire Anzurgong Guild suddenly stopped.

    Every player finally realized what was a little bit wrong. It was clear that a world BOSS that could not be defeated was attacking their guild station. Why would it make them feel that the opponent was actually attacking the dungeon?

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click "Favorites" below to record the reading record of this time (Chapter 598: A World Boss Guide to Nazalik), and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 598ï¼š It seems that I am a little bit better than you (big

    "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes ( Find the latest chapter!

    The Great Tomb of Nazarick.

    After Uehara Naraku had just eliminated the two dark elves, Mare and Aura, he smashed the barrier with a fist and entered directly into the seventh floor of the tomb of Nazarick.

    A group of fierce-looking demons swarmed at Naraku Uehara!

    A ray of light burst out suddenly, Uehara Naraku''s fingertips shot countless golden rays, turning all these demons into corpses!

    The next moment, among countless fragments and corpses, a figure rushed towards Naru Uehara holding a slender claw, and flames suddenly burst out of its body to wrap its own body!

    "The Devil''s Phases¡¤Purgatory Garments!"

    It is Demiurges, the guardian of the seventh floor!

    Although it seems that Dimiugos rushed to Uehara Naraku with great momentum, almost no member of the entire Anzurgung Guild thought that Dimiugos could cause Uehara Naraku...

    as expected.

    Uehara Naraku''s palm turned into a mass of ice, and in an instant he completely froze Demiurge''s body, and smashed the body that had already been turned into ice with a punch!

    The action is fierce...

    Even Dimiugos didn''t even have time to use his magic skills!

    If the first seven floors of the Great Tomb of Nazarick are broken, then the eighth floor will be the last support of the Anzurgong Guild. They must start a decisive battle on the eighth floor!

    If the eighth floor can win...

    Then the Guild of Ainzi Urgon will be able to replicate the miracle it once had!

    If it fails... then the legend that the tomb of Nazarick will never be broken will end there!

    And Naraku Uehara holds two top world-class props [World Will] and [Eternal Tribulation Snake Ring] in his hands, which means that the world-class props have no effect on him...

    "The speed of being broken is too fast..."

    Flying Squirrel looked at the mirrored light curtain in silence. He slowly stood up and said in a deep voice, "It''s time to go to the eighth floor to participate in our decisive battle..."

    The next moment, flying squirrel disappeared in the guild hall.

    Everyone in the Guild of Ainz Urgon disappeared with him in the guild hall. Each of them had a teleportation ring, and they could move through the tomb of Nazarick at will.

    The eighth floor of Nazarick.

    In addition to the 41 members of the Anzurgon Guild, there are many NPCs here, but most of them are cannon fodder made by them...

    And thousands of undead creatures, death knights and skeleton undead summoned by flying squirrel using his undead talent skills!

    Although these undead creatures can only be used as consumables...

    Just as all Anzurgon gathered on the eighth floor, a light shone through the darkness and fell on the wilderness on the eighth floor...

    Uehara Naraku''s figure slowly floated down, three pairs of wings spread out behind him, driving his body to float in the air...

    "Ok¡­"

    Two red lights flashed on the flying squirrel''s skull, and his hollow eyes raised his head to look at the sky Uehara Naraku: "Surely...is it an archangel?"

    "perhaps¡­"

    Takimi slowly shook his head, and said in a deep voice: "There are too many races with wings, such as the bird-human race of Pero Rocchino...Pero Rocchino, come and say hello to him first!"

    "I see... it''s really troublesome... I hate guys with wings like me the most!"

    A golden light was released from Perocino''s hand, and a longbow that did not seem to be ordinary appeared in his hand. It was the artifact equipped with the Houyi bow!

    A golden light flew towards the air, Uehara Nairobi, with the powerful sniper skills of Hou Yi bow, Pero Rocchino almost never missed it!

    Uehara Naraku just raised his palm, and shot the golden light directly next to him. The moment the golden light hit the ground, there was a big explosion!

    "Hey, this is too much..."

    Pero Rocchino put away his Houyi bow angrily, and said with an unhappy face: "I raised my hand and directly overturned my powerful sniper..."

    At the next moment, Pero Rocchino''s eyes showed a weird look: "Huh? What does he want to do? Hey, Hei Luo Hei Luosang, Nichan, I seem to be driving to the boss..."

    In all eyes, Naru Uehara slowly raised his palm, and a strange golden light radiated from the ring on his hand...

    That is the light of Eternal Tribulation Snake Ring!

    In the next moment, the Eternal Tribulation Snake turned into a long bow and fell into the hands of Uehara Naruto. This scene changed the complexion of the entire Ainzurgong Guild!

    "Hou Yi Gong!"

    The flying squirrel''s skull eyes are full of red light!

    In addition to allowing the game company to change the system on a larger scale, the legendary strongest world-class prop, the Snake Ring forever, can also replicate the capabilities of any other world-class props with the permission of the game company!

    Unexpectedly, the world BOSS of Uehara Naraku is only used to replicate the artifact equipment of Hou Yi bow, which is simply overkill...

    Do not¡­

    Perhaps this is to show his invincible power!

    next moment¡­

    A golden light flew out from the Hou Yi bow copied from Uehara Nairobi''s hand. This golden light bypassed the block of Heilo Heilo in an instant, and directly nailed the birdman Pero Rocchino to the ground!

    This powerful sniper of Uehara Naraku...

    Kill Pero Rocino directly on the spot!

    But for advanced players, the resurrection scroll and resurrection skills are commonly used, and soon Pero Rocchino is resurrected!

    "Hey Hey hey¡­"

    Pero Rocchino hurriedly came back to life and mumbled: "Nichan, Black Lausanne, you two tanks should hurry up and grab the boss!"

    But the next moment...

    Another golden light is flying!

    Uehara Naraku wanted to kill the corpse in front of the entire Ainzur Kung guild members. This is really unbearable...

    The strangely shaped slime of the bubble teapot wanted to stop the golden light from flying, but was nailed to the ground by her brother Perochino!

    The defense of the bubble teapot is the strongest in the entire Ainzurgon, even the other slime ancient black body of Heiroheiro is also a lot worse in defense, but now it is directly killed by Uehara Naraku. !

    Nairo Uehara held the Houyi bow of the Eternal Tribulation Snake Ring in his hand, as if he had awakened a new talent, his palm was suddenly pulled on the bow. This scene made everyone''s expressions change!

    "Tier ten skills... flying feathers all over the sky!"

    In the next moment, countless dense spots of light fell!

    Behind every light spot is a feather arrow, and the entire eighth floor is completely covered by Uehara''s attack in an instant!

    Whether it is the undead skeletons or the guards of this level, as well as the members of the Ainzurgon Guild, they are all covered by countless feather arrows!

    "heads up!"

    Flying squirrel swung the guild scepter violently, and built a tall bone shield wall, but this shield wall was shot through in an instant!

    A group of people use their own skills to help their companions stop the attack, but they are powerless in the dense feathers...

    One minute later.

    The entire Guild of Anzurgong was buried here.

    Unexpectedly, their guild was easily destroyed. It seems that this is quite normal...

    Everyone is hanging on their souls, looking at the feather arrows still falling in the sky in confusion, a little bit wondering why they were killed so quickly...

    Someone began to scratch their heads: "It''s just the Tier 10 skill of the archer... why can''t even stop the damage..."

    "Hey, hey, do you have any misunderstandings about archers?"

    Pero Rocchino looked at this companion weirdly, and said angrily: "Superposition magic is a skill that you only have. At most, we have a rank ten skill, right?"

    "What''s more, it''s not just Tier 10 skills..."

    Flying Squirrel shook his head, and said in a deep voice: "That is the weapon of the Eternal Tribulation Snake Ring... plus the bonus of the world will... and every attack is not physical damage, but also elemental attribute attacks..."

    "That, I''m so sorry..."

    Heiluo Heiluo was a little embarrassed, looking at a group of companions in the soul state, embarrassedly said: "There is no way to help everyone to attack..."

    "It''s not your fault... Black Lausanne..."

    Flying Squirrel comforted his companion and whispered softly: "That''s the strongest world boss in the past ten years... No matter what version the game company updates, he has never weakened..."

    "Because he is the president of a game company..."

    Perrocchino couldn''t help but spit out: "If we weaken the boss based on the president, I feel that the employee will not be able to keep his job..."

    "Ten years, is there still no way to overthrow this boss?"

    "Speaking of which, what about the guardian Wiltim on the eighth floor? Didn''t its ability after death be successfully activated?"

    "useless¡­"

    "This BOSS feels like it won''t be overthrown in the next ten years!"

    "Maybe you can only wait until Uehara Naraku retires from the game company, and I feel hopeful that he can be overthrown!"

    "He is younger than us..."

    "This is too much..."

    Amidst a group of people from the Anzurgong Guild, a group of people went offline and planned to escape. As the tomb of Nazarick was breached, it was obvious that the guild¡¯s residence could no longer stay within seven days of the cataclysm...

    All they hope is...

    This guild residence could be less damaged by Uehara Naraku.

    Cuiyulu''s expression suddenly revealed a little sadness: "Wait, Albedo is still in the Throne Hall... Albedo is so cute... Personality... She shouldn''t be given by the world boss of Uehara Naraku¡ª¡ª- ¡ªNow!"

    Albedo...

    It is an NPC made by Cuiyulu.

    Similarly, he is also the head of the guardian of the Great Tomb of Nazarick. The race is a succubus, but with the contrast and cute character set by the Jade Record.

    Of course these are not important.

    The most important thing is that Cuiyulu created three NPCs at the beginning, namely the eldest sister Nicolaide, the second sister Albedo and the third sister Lubedo. Among them, Cuiyulu¡¯s favorite is naturally Albedo, so he still Handed her a world-class prop.

    This also means that Albedo...

    Almost initiative will encounter the attack of Uehara Naraku!

    In addition, the most painful thing about Cuiyulu is his own painstaking effort, because many of the organ designs in the entire tomb of Nazarick were completed by him, the great alchemist...

    "Hey, Cuiyulu... be rational!"

    Someone couldn''t help knocking Cuiyulu''s head and whispered: "YGGDRASIL is a serious game! Anyway, they are just NPCs. It is impossible for NPCs to defile NPCs..."

    "I''m kidding."

    Cuiyulu shook his head and said softly, "Forget it, let''s go offline... Wait until seven days later to resurrect Albedo and the others. It costs 500 million gold coins to resurrect a high-level NPC..."

    this price¡­

    But not low at all!

    If calculated like this, if they resurrected the NPC that was cleaned up in this cataclysm event, it would cost more than two or three billion gold coins...

    Fortunately, everyone is a krypton gold player.

    Although Albedo hasn¡¯t seen Uehara Naraku yet, Jade Record can almost guarantee Albedo will be killed by Uehara Naruto...

    So far, Naraku Uehara has not left alive...

    Not to mention that Albedo is still holding world-class props. For Naraku Uehara who likes to collect world-class props, Albedo is simply a piece of meat delivered to his mouth...

    the other side.

    After Nairo Uehara wiped out all the members of the Ainz Urgon Guild, he directly collected six world-class props, which was much more than any guild!

    Uehara Naraku''s footsteps are not over, because he also remembers the speciality of Albedo, the guardian of the Great Tomb of Nazarick...

    It is said that...

    Albedo has a world-class prop in his hands.

    Although I don¡¯t know if world-class props are becoming more and more precious, Albedo¡¯s hands do not know if there is still this prop...

    but¡­

    Always go see...

    The Throne Hall of the Great Tomb of Nazarick, this is the last stronghold of the Ainz Urgon Guild, and where they usually gather.

    Now, the Hall of the Throne is in ruins.

    A heavily armed, two-horned succubus with armor and armor wielded her huge sword to block the enemy''s attack. She is Nazarick''s last line of defense!

    It is the guardian Albedo!

    Beside Albedo, an old man in a suit and leather shoes was supporting her attack. It was the butler Sebastian!

    This old man NPC is very good at fighting skills, because what Sebastian created is the world champion Takimi of the player PK competition!

    however¡­

    This kind of NPC, who has not yet produced enough intelligence, can only do mechanical attacks and defenses here!

    Nairo Uehara hit Albedo with a punch, cracked the armor on her body every inch, made up for a kick, and kicked the NPC out!

    "..."

    Albedo remained silent.

    Albedo flew upside down and fell out, smashed through the wall hard, and finally fell to the ground, spurting blood from his mouth...

    Her HP has bottomed out.

    Now, the succubus NPPC finally reveals her original appearance, although the figure looks bumpy, the appearance on the face is also very beautiful...but the look is always cold and ruthless, looking like other NPCs. There is no emotion.

    "You don''t even have painful feelings?"

    Uehara Nara raised her eyebrows, a ball of lightning flashed from her fingertips, and it fell directly on Albedo in an instant!

    After the succubus NPC was killed by him with a cold face, he dropped a world-class prop.

    "Sure enough, is there still?"

    Just when Uehara Naraku wanted to pick up the world-class prop, Sebastian next to him rushed up again, and he was about to push him back with his kick!

    Bang!

    Uehara Naraku''s arm was in front of his leg!

    Under the collision of the two, Sebastian¡¯s leg was blocked by Naru Uehara¡¯s arm directly. uukanshu.com even directly broke the leg bones as if hitting steel!

    Uehara Naraku slammed Sebastian¡¯s face with a punch, and blasted the same expressionless butler out. He squeezed his fingertips slowly: "Mr. Sebastian, look. I am a little better than you..."

    "..."

    However, Sebastian remained expressionless.

    After all, the current Sebastian is just an NPC, no matter how free the game world is, it is impossible to give him a soul...

    "Hmm, don''t you understand?"

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and sighed. He leaned over and picked up the world-class props beside Albedo. By the way, he closed the eyelids of the deadly succubus: "Forget it, it won''t be long before you can understand Up..."

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click "Favorites" below to record this reading (Chapter 599 looks like I am a little better than you (big chapter)) reading record, and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 599ï¼š Will you choose to be the king of the undead or start from 0...

    You can search for the latest chapters in Baidu for "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes Book Haige Novel Network (www.novelhall.com!

    Time flies by.

    In the final time, each year Uehara Naraku will start a cataclysmic event for players, which has also become a game for players to escape.

    of course¡­

    Every year Uehara Naraku will not let go of the opportunity to invade Nazarick, killing all the NPCs here without leaving...

    It¡¯s just that Naraku Uehara ignored the player¡¯s freedom of this game. In the third cataclysm event, the player created a flying boat and survived a lot...

    It''s ridiculous.

    This is also considered a victory for the player.

    They called Feizhou the new Noah''s Ark.

    Even if the players struggle with the game company boss, Uehara Naluo''s plan to collect world-class props in the game world is still coming to an end.

    Except for the two insignificant world-class props that have not yet appeared, the rest of the props have been collected by Uehara Naraku.

    Uehara Naraku also started his first step.

    In order to be able to arrange everything that happened on this planet, Uehara Nairobi created a polar night phenomenon in the real world, and took the lead in incorporating the realistic origin planet into her black hole universe.

    As long as you master this planet...

    In order to arrange everything next.

    And this is also related to whether these players will retreat.

    While scientists all over the world are thinking about where this rare polar night phenomenon came from, the players of YGGDRASIL did not realize that their lives have gradually changed...

    Work is getting busy.

    Even for some rich people who wantonly squandered in the game, their companies gradually have some troubles and have to return a lot of time to the real world.

    No one can think of...

    All this is just for someone to let the gamers in YGGDRASIL retreat as soon as possible, and let this game gradually come to an end...

    The number of players online is rapidly declining...

    This decline in the number of online people is simply weird.

    Because Uehara Naraku has already begun to arrange their real lives according to the players'' identities, this person has really worked hard.

    Sitting in the office of the game company, Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but look up at the sky: "I feel like my style is declining..."

    In the past...

    As a behind-the-scenes man, he controlled the entire Ninja World with one hand, and changed the era of the great pirate with the other, but now he controls the real world here to find a way to make players retreat...

    How do you feel that your style has dropped more and more severely!

    But in this case, it seems that it is easier for players to accept than letting the game company directly announce the closure of the server?

    Players in the entire game world have not escaped the clutches of Uehara Naraku.

    Whether it is a top guild or a long-time life player, all are arranged by Naru Uehara in the society, allowing them to experience the severe beating of the society again...

    Anyway...

    At least living in the real world...

    It''s better than traveling to another world!

    Inside an office building in Tokyo.

    A successful young man sat in his office in frustration and climbed out of his game pod in a melancholy expression. He just launched the game and announced his withdrawal from the game to his guild companions.

    Over the past few years, his company has been thriving.

    It''s just that during this period of time, the company has been facing continuous small troubles, which finally made this young man forced to let go of his hobbies and return to a normal life.

    In fact, he wanted to quit the game...

    It¡¯s just that the game YGGDRASIL is really fun, especially the balance of the game is getting better and better, and the players facing the same enemy of the world BOSS, also let him find a long-lost friendship...

    However, the basis of the game is reality.

    There was trouble in the real world, and he was finally forced to leave the game.

    In a small western-style building.

    A middle-aged man carried a huge game sleeping pod into the basement warehouse. From then on, he will bid farewell to the game and return to reality.

    Because his work is getting heavier...

    If this continues, it is likely to be unemployed, and his wife does not like him to stay in the game world.

    Now, the man finally had to let go of his dream of walking the world with a sword in the game and return to the real world.

    Such things happen in every corner of Japan.

    More and more players are facing the pressure of reality and have to quit the game, making YGGDRASIL more and more barren.

    Even the Anzurgong Guild is no exception.

    Even if the number of them is small, they have never escaped from the clutches. More and more members have announced their withdrawal from the game, and now the number of online people in this guild is becoming less and less...

    There are only three or five people who have been online for a long time...

    Because most of the people in this guild are members of the public, they are all arranged clearly by Naraku Uehara, and the flying squirrel has gradually become an empty nest...

    The Great Tomb of Nazarick.

    Nowadays, the guild resident here is sparsely populated. The originally very lively guild hall, at this time, there are only two people: Flying Squirrel and Taqi Mi.

    Taqi Mi sat on a chair in the guild hall and raised his head to look at Flying Squirrel: "Sorry, Flying Squirrel, I want to quit the game too."

    "Taqi Mi?"

    There was a little surprise in the flying squirrel''s voice.

    "Because work has been troublesome recently..."

    Taqi Mi sat in a chair, rarely changing his heavy style, but because he was about to leave the game world, he had a relaxed mentality and started chatting: "My daughter at home has grown up, and things at home are getting more and more. many¡­"

    "This is also normal..."

    Flying Squirrel nodded slowly, and continued softly: "There is nothing to apologize for... and there are many companions who want to leave the game, but they are embarrassed to speak..."

    When talking about this, Flying Squirrel suddenly said: "Why don''t it be like this? I ask how many companions want to leave. Finally, everyone organizes a farewell. At least we can still know their news. We will not leave quietly because of embarrassment... "

    "..."

    Taqi Mi was silent for a while.

    This man who had been quite prestigious in the Guild of Anzurgong raised his head, looked at the flying squirrel in front of him, and slowly nodded: "Actually, Urbert was right when they said... flying squirrel, you are really the best A suitable candidate as the president."

    Obviously he is the one who is most reluctant to these game companions...

    However, flying squirrel still has to consider his companions, he will not deliberately retain, and even take the initiative to bid farewell to these cherished friends in the game world.

    A person who likes to think about friends...

    It''s no wonder that Urbert likes presidents like flying squirrel very much, because Urbert is not going the right way in the real world. What people like them like most is getting along with people like flying squirrel.

    All the members of the Anzurgong Guild received a message from the president, Flying Squirrel, which did not accuse them of not continuing the game, but just to excuse them. This message just hopes that everyone can arrange a time to say goodbye .

    at least¡­

    Don''t leave quietly, there is no news.

    It happened during this time.

    One incident disrupted Flying Squirrel''s plan.

    No, in other words, make Flying Squirrel''s plan more perfect.

    YGGDRASIL Game Company issued a new announcement.

    As there are fewer and fewer online players, the game company, regardless of the players'' wishes, announced that it will permanently close YGGDRASIL, a game that has been in operation for 12 years.

    To be honest¡­

    Many players are more grateful to game companies.

    Because they are getting busier and busy in the real world, they have no time to play games anymore. They are a little embarrassed to face their friends in the past. Now the game company has taken the initiative to announce the suspension of the YGGDRASIL game, so that they no longer need to face their own guilt. .

    Because this is an uncontrollable factor.

    On the day before the game was shut down, YGGDRASIL''s online number almost reached the peak in the past few years, almost more than when the cataclysm came every year!

    This is really out of control...

    The Anzurgung Guild is no exception.

    Except for a few people who couldn''t get away because of things, most of the members returned to the game and bid their friends a final farewell.

    "Really..."

    Flying Squirrel sat on a chair in the guild hall, looking at everyone present, his mood was faintly uncomfortable.

    Obviously Flying Squirrel just wanted to say goodbye to his friends, but because the game was going to shut down completely, he was also sent away by the game company...

    it''s good now¡­

    Everyone has to say goodbye.

    "everyone¡­"

    Flying Squirrel stood up slowly, looking at the many companions who were complaining about the troubles in the real world, and said loudly: "Now we are leaving soon, why don''t we come to the last guild activity..."

    "What activity?"

    "It won''t be too long, right? You must go to bed before twelve o''clock, so that your chances of getting pregnant will increase..."

    "Ahhhhhhhhhhhhhhh? Is there any such thing?"

    "Hey, hey, this method is not scientific at all!"

    "At least a little hopeful..."

    "I will put the baby to sleep in a while..."

    "..."

    A group of members of the Anzurgong Guild were noisy, as if they had reopened the chatterbox, and everyone began to talk about their lives again.

    Flying Squirrel reached out and held their guild''s scepter, slowly lowered his head, and whispered: "Forget it, then let''s say goodbye here, I hope we will meet again someday..."

    Flying squirrel is just like the past...

    Always a good gentleman.

    No matter what happens, he is prioritizing his friends, just to maintain the friendship between them, which he regards as the most precious friendship in life.

    "and many more¡­"

    A person stood up and watched Flying Squirrel spread out his palms and said, "Hey, hey, don''t always give up so quickly. Let me talk about what kind of activity it is..."

    "Tear down the world boss Naraku Uehara."

    Flying Squirrel said with some embarrassment: "We have done almost everything in this world. It seems that there is nothing we can''t do..."

    "So..."

    Taqi Mi nodded, glanced at everyone present, and continued: "It seems that we have not formally challenged Uehara Naraku because of me, except for the cataclysm event?"

    "Ok¡­"

    Flying Squirrel looked at his friend and nodded and continued: "Because we were worried about the benefits of Taqi Mi and Uehara Naraku''s favorability in the past, we have never tried our best to fight against it. The game will be closed after 12 o''clock. Uehara Naraku is good. Sensitivity is of no use to us..."

    Because once a player holding the Ring of Destiny attacks Naraku Uehara, the Ring of Destiny will be directly taken back by Naraku Uehara, and all the favorability scores are completely cleared.

    Moreover, they have always worried that the loss of challenging Uehara Naraku will be too great. If the death drop is too serious, the strength of the entire guild will decrease...

    This is why they did not challenge Naraku Uehara.

    Hearing Flying Squirrel¡¯s suggestion, everyone in the Guild of Ainzurgon looked at their companions, and after whispering a few words to each other, all the members nodded gently...

    Such an event...

    It does not seem to waste much time.

    Now that the game is about to close, they don¡¯t need to worry about their losses, they don¡¯t have to worry about temporary gains and losses, just one final indulgence is enough!

    In fact.

    Challenge Naraku Uehara...

    It''s not just the Anzurgong Guild that thought of it.

    At least twelve guilds have players who hold the Ring of Destiny. They are also eligible to challenge Uehara Naraku, and they are doing so...

    result¡­

    Nature is no different from the past.

    There are even several guilds united together, calling on all players in the world to open an ultimate carnival feast to overthrow Uehara Naraku on the plains of Midgart!

    This kind of thing...

    It is absolutely impossible in normal times.

    However, at the moment when the game is about to close today, players have rushed to participate in this carnival, even if they know it may be a carnival of death!

    On the plains of Midgart.

    No matter how big the battlefield is, it is difficult to spread. Hundreds of thousands of players are dying to and fro, and countless precious artifacts and equipment are dropped on the ground but no one picks them up, because no one cares about these virtual items that are about to disappear.

    Because after twelve o''clock...

    The game will stop running completely.

    Hundreds of thousands of players didn''t care about the equipment and level they dropped, they just kept dying and resurrecting quickly, until they fell to the lowest level limit...

    Even some players have died hundreds of times, even their professional level has fallen, but they continue to charge in the direction of Uehara Naruko wearing a white suit!

    Even if it is a mandatory deduction of blood...

    That is also the victory of their players!

    As long as each player can attack and deduct a little blood from Uehara, they can overthrow this world BOSS. There are hundreds of thousands of players here!

    "These people are crazy..."

    Nairo Uehara raised his hand and thunder fell. UU Reading overturned a group of players in whiteboard clothes to the ground, with a faint look on the floor, "If they don¡¯t quit the game before twelve, it¡¯s very Maybe something big will happen..."

    that time¡­

    What should it be called?

    After twelve o''clock, if these players continue, they are likely to enter another world in this state. What should these players be called at that time?

    Life in another world from scratch?

    "Forget it, in the end the group will kill them once..."

    Uehara Naruchi closed his palms and summoned the flood plain that had flooded the entire Midgat. A bright light flashed in his eyes: "Taqi Mi of the Ainz Urgong Guild invited me to Nazarick. The big tomb...I hope they can be more sensible too!"

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://www.novelhall.com/shu_141710.html

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://www.novelhall.com/141710/

    Start from Hokage to be the black hand behind the scenes. txt download address: https://www.novelhall.com/txt_141710.html

    Starting from Hokage to read on mobile phones behind the scenes: https://m.novelhall.com/141710/

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click "Favorites" below to record this time (in Chapter 600, would you choose to be the king of the undead or choose to live in another world from scratch?) to read the record and open the bookshelf next time see!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! (www.novelhall.com)

 Chapter 600ï¼š Invasion of the 4th Scourge!

    Eleven o''clock in the middle of the night.

    There is one last hour before the game is closed.

    The members of the entire Anzurgong Guild gathered together.

    Everyone has put on their most precious equipment, their backpacks are already full of krypton gold props and potions, and they want to launch the last guild event here.

    Taqi Mi glanced at the flying squirrel, slowly stretched out his hand to stroke the ring on his hand, and began to call for the appearance of Uehara Naraku.

    next moment¡­

    A teleportation array of spiral light patterns appeared in the sky above Nazarick.

    Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly appeared. He bowed his head and looked down at the heavily armed figures on the ground. He already knew what the members of the Ainzur Guru Guild wanted to do.

    only¡­

    As a qualified NPC, you have to speak standard lines at this time.

    "Player Taqi Mi."

    Uehara Naraku stared at Taqi Mi, and said in a cold voice, "Do you need my help if you call my destiny to come?"

    "Do not¡­"

    Taqi Mi slowly took off the ring of destiny and used the destruction function of the system to destroy the ring of destiny in his hand. He slowly continued: "We are here to launch the final challenge to you!"

    next moment¡­

    Taqi Mi suddenly put on a strange pose!

    Following Taqi Mi''s actions, four golden special effects characters suddenly appeared behind him, and justice came!

    It''s just that this is a meaningless krypton gold effect...

    Generally few people are willing to spend money in this area.

    It is estimated that only Taqi Mi, who has the soul of Nakaji in his heart and has considerable financial resources, will spend money to buy golden special effects...

    "..."

    The corners of Uehara Naraku''s mouth twitched. No matter how many times he had seen Taqi Mi''s golden krypton gold effects, he still felt ugly when he saw him bye!

    This guy¡­

    Don''t you really know what embarrassment is?

    It¡¯s just that if it¡¯s more embarrassing, Uehara Naraku is even more surprised at the desperate bet of Taqi Mi and the Ainzurgong Guild. This group of players is crazy!

    To be honest¡­

    Originally, Naraku Uehara had thought that if they could still meet in another world after the game world was closed, he also planned to give these players who hold the Ring of Destiny some special rewards and care, as a constant help Thanks for collecting world-class props...

    result¡­

    All players who hold the Ring of Destiny tonight have given up this benefit!

    It''s really confusing...

    Even the last Taqi Mi who held the Ring of Destiny chose to give up. This group of guys really don¡¯t know what this means they have lost...

    Uehara Naraku watched the ring of destiny in Taqi Mi''s ashes disappear, his brows frowned slightly: "Player Taqi Mi, you have lost the favor of fate..."

    A golden lightsaber suddenly appeared in Uehara Naraku''s hand, and his voice suddenly became louder: "If we can meet again in the future, you will regret everything you did today..."

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes fell on Taqi Mi, and his expression gradually became indifferent: "Those who challenge fate...Remember the fear of being dominated by fate!"

    "..."

    No one in the Anzurgong Guild answered.

    Because they know that these are the lines of Uehara Naraku, they will not guess the hidden meaning in these lines...

    next moment¡­

    Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly disappeared in place. His figure rushed to the ground with a lightsaber in his hand. Obviously he wanted to punish the player who destroyed the ring of fate!

    "Hei Luo Hei Lausanne, ready to attract hatred!"

    Flying Squirrel held the guild''s golden scepter in his hand, and began to arrange it loudly: "Don''t worry, everyone, this time Uehara Naraku does not have world-class props!"

    "Ok¡­"

    The ancient black slime responded and raised his hand to release his taunting skills towards Uehara Naraku. He is the main tank of this guild activity!

    If the deputy Tan...

    It was the weird slime of the bubble teapot.

    Just as everyone in the Ainz Urgong Guild was about to wait until Hei Luo He Luo received the hatred of Uehara Naraku, they saw the figure of Uehara Naraku crashing into their formation!

    The entire Anzurgong Guild was turned around!

    Uehara Naruko waved the golden lightsaber in his hand, and galloped like a **** of war among the people of the Ainzurgung Guild. Every sword he swung killed a player, and it penetrated in an instant. This guild!

    One minute later.

    The members of the entire Anzurgong Guild fell to the ground.

    It¡¯s just that they still haven¡¯t given up, constantly using the props to resurrect, but it¡¯s still difficult to change the fate of the fallen. Except for the two main tank classes of Heilo Heilo and Bubble Teapot, no one can resist Uehara Naraku unless they use Invincibility. One sword!

    "Suzhan Mingzun!"

    The second-style flame thunder of the ninja class quickly changed his appearance, turning into a giant, waving the weapon in his hand and hitting Uehara Naraku!

    This look...

    Just like Suzuo can be no different!

    No, or Suzuo Nenghu''s original name is Suzhan Mingzun!

    Uehara Naraku''s body also suddenly appeared the skeleton of Susano, and the giant Susa, who was more than a thousand meters high, directly smashed the two-type flame thunder Suzhan Mingzun!

    After all, when this game was made, I used to refer to the popular anime two hundred years ago, but Uehara Naraku knew how to use Susano to fight!

    No one knows Ninja and Susao better than him!

    Uehara Naraku manipulated Susano Noge to wave the sword of Susa, and a majestic sword aura slashed through, killing all the members of the Ainzurgung Guild!

    ten minutes later.

    Uehara Naraku has already started to make up the sword with the lightsaber in his hand, because almost all the members of the entire Ainz Urgon Guild have lost experience above level 15...

    They are getting weaker and weaker...

    As their levels and equipment drop more and more, this also means that they are less likely to resist in the hands of Uehara Naraku!

    These players...

    It¡¯s no longer for fighting...

    Maybe just want to squander all the savings they have accumulated in this game at the last time this game is closed!

    Anyway, these...

    It''s almost useless!

    It''s 11:59.

    All the members of the Anzurgong Guild never got up again, and this time the last guild activity of the Anzurgong Guild failed unexpectedly.

    Even every member has lost all the equipment, all the krypton gold items have been exhausted, this abuse of catharsis has ended...

    The guild members who had an average of 100 levels...

    At this time their average grade was only ten.

    This fucking...

    What a group of players who want to start life in another world from scratch!

    Uehara Naraku glanced at it and no one was resurrected and stood up again. It seems that these people have consumed all the krypton gold resurrection items. They should choose to resurrect at the resurrection point of the guild residence.

    After Uehara Naraku sighed faintly, his figure disappeared into the air and appeared in the depths of Nazarick''s grave, quietly waiting for the result to come.

    Time is disappearing little by little...

    The twelve o''clock bell rang throughout the game world.

    This game that has been in operation for twelve years is finally about to end at this moment!

    However, after the game was completely closed, every player was a little surprised to find that they were not offline and were still in the game!

    this is¡­

    A big gift package for game companies? In fact, the game company just made a joke, the game will not end at all?

    The depths of the tomb of Nazarick.

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes lifted slightly, and he felt the fluctuation of the power of time and space. As a person who mastered a black hole universe, he could not be more sensitive to these!

    "Is it finally going to start..."

    A group of black holes suddenly floated in the palm of Uehara Naraku, and he took the lead in incorporating the nine worlds in the world tree game into his black hole universe!

    Every world can provide him with two million world powers!

    In his black hole universe, a world tree with nine worlds appeared out of thin air. This world tree provided him with 18 million world power!

    To say bluntly...

    The biggest treasure of this trip has been taken away!

    198 world-class props, nine worlds of the world tree, plus a real planet, these have provided him with 40 million world powers, compared to the previous Naruto World and Pirate World combined. More!

    Uehara Naraku

    Power of the world: 60.4 million

    Health value: 100000

    Magic value: 100000

    Life recovery: 1296 seconds

    Mana recovery: 1024 seconds

    Remaining gold coins: 0

    Only the Yimu who once destroyed a Pirate World, Uehara Naraku can do it with one million world power...

    "Sixty million world power..."

    After Uehara Naraku glanced at his numerical panel, he slowly relaxed his mind and chose to sink into the power of time and space.

    This power of time and space...

    Always screen players!

    No one knows what the traversal mechanism is, and Uehara Naraku can only hide quietly in the tomb of Nazarick, hoping to be selected here.

    Tick...

    Ticking...

    Three seconds later.

    Uehara Naraku slowly closed his eyes.

    next moment¡­

    There has been a change in the entire tomb of Nazarick!

    Others did not notice this change, only Uehara Naraku faintly felt that there was a strange power that completely moved this guild residence to another place!

    The Great Tomb of Nazarick.

    The players of the Ainz Urgong Guild were still thinking about how to go offline but couldn''t find the system panel anyway, and everyone couldn''t help being a little irritable.

    What surprised them even more was...

    All the NPCs they created in the guild station became like living people, and every NPC even had their original character!

    The most troublesome thing is...

    The level of these NPCs is higher than them!

    Because of the challenge of Naraku Uehara, their level equipment quickly dropped, which is more troublesome. If one of the NPCs betrayed, it might kill all their players...

    The only good thing is...

    These NPCs respect them very much.

    "Master Cuiyulu..."

    Albedo looked at his creator with a smile on his face. The smile on his face was indescribably seductive: "Is there anything unhappy? Shall we do something happy?"

    "No...no..."

    Cui Yulu''s expression was faintly weird.

    Why is Albedo speaking so blatantly... Wait... If he remembers correctly, Albedo¡¯s persona seems to be a contrasting cute...

    She is a **** ah!

    If this is the case, wouldn''t Albedo know this and that...

    "You go down first!"

    Flying Squirrel suddenly clenched the guild scepter in his hand. This was the only weapon they had not dropped. He shouted: "Albedo, Dimiugos, Aura, Mare, Ke Setters, Sebastian, go down first, we have something to discuss!"

    "Yes!"

    All NPCs respectfully withdrew from the guild hall.

    "Momoga, what should I do?"

    The bubble teapot sounded a little nervous, and asked softly: "I can''t find the offline panel. If this is the case, will we be trapped in the game..."

    "If I was a little later, my wife would scold me to death..."

    "Now think of a way to go offline..."

    "..."

    "Do not worry."

    Flying Squirrel reached out to comfort his little friend, and said in a deep voice: "Although there are only ten levels left, the magic power and skills in the body can still be used. It seems that there is no delay in contacting, let''s discuss with other players first..."

    "Ok."

    Ulbey nodded his head and whispered: "We must find a way to get offline quickly. Today I have a battle for a bar with the Jiying team..."

    "See if you can contact GM..."

    "I always feel that this game has become more real?"

    "indeed¡­"

    "NPCs seem to be like living people..."

    "Is it actually a prank by the game company. They announced that the game was closed just to attract many players to go online and carry out a super large-scale update, so that players can find that the game world has more freedom and keep more players to stay? "

    "Hahahahaha...If this is the case, it doesn''t seem to be unacceptable!"

    "It feels like another world here. If the game is really so real, maybe this game will become popular again!"

    "It looks like there should be a new announcement in a while..."

    "I just hope GM can go online sooner and tell us how to operate the new game..."

    "..."

    While a group of people from the Ainz Ulkun Guild comforted themselves and relaxed and chatted, Uehara Naraku felt like a little trouble...

    Ok¡­

    More than a little bit!

    In addition to Nazalik, there are hundreds of thousands of other players in this crossing, and they have even begun to make contact with the aborigines!

    Some people think they have already crossed...but when they saw a group of players, UU reading felt like they were still in the game world.

    after all¡­

    Crossing is either the chosen son of heaven or the hapless...

    Can''t everyone be the chosen son and unlucky one!

    "Something happened..."

    Uehara Naraku''s face became faintly weird: "I thought the time of crossing would be different. Didn''t I expect that most of the players would come directly through?"

    This is not a life in another world from scratch...

    It is clearly the invasion of the fourth natural disaster!

    Dear, click in, give a good comment, the higher the score, the faster the update, it is said that the new full marks are found at the end of the beautiful wife!

    The new revision and upgrade address of the mobile station: data and bookmarks are synchronized with the computer station, and fresh reading without ads!

 Chapter 602ï¼š Introduce myself, I am the president of a game company

    Just as the players abused Uehara Naraku...

    This name has gradually flowed into the whole other world, and more and more NPCs are beginning to be full of awe and fear about it. They don¡¯t know Uehara Naraku...

    but¡­

    From the mouths of these adventurers...

    This Uehara Naraku must be very scary!

    So when Uehara Naraku was about to start his first plan, he encountered a very big trouble, that is, his reputation has been completely corrupted by these players...

    Bajas Empire.

    Royal Capital, Magic Province.

    This is the highest magic department of the entire Bajas Empire. The highest official and Grand Magister Furuda is the veteran of the three dynasties. He is also the teacher of the current emperor of the Bajas Empire. He is good at most of the magic of Tier 5 and below. The magician.

    Originally, this Magic Province should be respected...

    However, since the players poured into the Bajas Empire and learned of the strength of the Magic Province, they have simply sneered at Furuda''s power.

    Because many players have mastered super magic, a low-level magician is simply not worth mentioning to them...

    Among the players alone, there are many magicians who can be compared with Furuda, and these players are actually out of the level...

    This also led to a lot of Furuuda''s reputation dropped.

    The Bajas Emperor, who has always respected Foluda, is also privately recruiting magicians and powerful players among the players to maintain and grow the military power of the Bajas Empire, which makes Fuluda dissatisfied.

    If not for their number and strength...

    Fluda really wants to expel all these guys!

    Now Fuluda''s position is particularly embarrassing. He is still standing as an emperor, but he no longer has the same detached position as in the past... and these players seem to be younger than him and respect the emperor.

    Many players actually like role-playing.

    There are even people who have accepted the official position of the Bajas Empire, which is equivalent to obtaining the status of the camp. Players can''t wait for this kind of thing.

    The only trouble...

    Maybe the players are too greedy.

    In order to maintain the enthusiasm of these players, Emperor Gil of the Bajas Empire can only double the rewards for the players he recruited.

    Fortunately, the requirements of these players are not too weird. They only need to give them enough gold coins and equipment to satisfy these players... This has led to more and more players relying on the Bajas Empire.

    Although the strength of the Bajas Empire has been constantly strengthening, the Emperor Gil has seen through the temperament of this group of players. These players are simply mothers who have milk...

    Even though these players have always maintained respect for him as the emperor, as a very talented Mingjun, Jill still noticed their rebelliousness from the surface respect of these players for him.

    fortunately¡­

    He originally just wanted to take advantage of this group of players.

    It has to be said that although the emperor of the Bajas Empire is young and not very strong, he has a very impressive personal charm.

    It was even rated as the most popular NPC by players.

    Coupled with the emperor¡¯s iron and blood skills in purging domestic nobles, and his informal treatment of civilians and adventurers, it really attracted many players to become his fans...

    "Don''t say anything else!"

    A player sits in the tavern of the Adventurer''s Guild of the Bajas Empire, and proudly raises the wine bowl in his hand: "The emperor is much more generous than the inhumane Uehara Naraku!"

    "This is true..."

    Another player slowly nodded in agreement: "Uehara Naraku will only pay for equipment from us. The emperor is a serious NPC..."

    "Hehe, maybe the employees of the game company are also secretly rejecting him. The NPC made by the president of a game company is actually a bloodsucking guy..."

    "I just want to know when I can go offline..."

    "It''s not clear. The game time in this world should be different from our real time. Otherwise, after such a long time, the game company must have resolved it long ago!"

    "I hope the compensation can be more generous..."

    "This game is too real, it makes people reluctant to quit..."

    "Forget it, continue to wait for compensation..."

    Just as a group of players were still talking about something, a figure in a robe in the tavern slowly raised his head, his face shuddering!

    It was Naraku Uehara.

    The current Naraku Uehara''s mood couldn''t be worse. He just wanted to come here to inquire about the news, but he heard continuous slander...

    This group of players...

    He really spared no effort to corrupt his reputation!

    Uehara Naraku picked up the juice on the table and drank it, thinking of this chaotic world, only felt that the world was in a mess, and I really felt a little bit helpless...

    "Forget it, then try the old way!"

    Uehara Naruko put down the cup in his hand, and a ball of lightning flashed from her fingertips, and the lightning suddenly penetrated the most arrogant player in the tavern!

    That is also the strongest player in this tavern!

    This world has not found a way to level up. The only way is to keep practicing. Instead, the strongest player now is the player who dropped the least.

    In other words, when the server was closed, he died the least number of times...

    The most arrogant player, on the contrary, was the one who lay down and didn''t get up when he surrounded and suppressed Uehara Naraku before the game was closed...

    Players who know something now...

    They have already begun to quickly collect ways to re-upgrade and become stronger.

    There is no doubt that practice is the easiest way, which is also very consistent with the setting of this new game, making people feel like this is really a second world.

    Because some players have discovered one thing, that is, there are no prohibitions in this world, they can do anything to NPCs!

    This degree of freedom...

    It''s really too broad!

    However, it is precisely because of this that many long-sighted players have noticed this situation, and they know that this game will be popular again.

    In this case, becoming stronger as soon as possible will be one step ahead of others!

    Now staying in the tavern...

    Either come out to enjoy, or short-sighted, or some big guild sent over to listen to the news...

    When everyone in the tavern couldn''t help but be surprised to see that the strongest player in the tavern was killed by a single move, they slowly turned their heads in the direction of the electric light...

    Uehara Naraku met their gazes, frowned slightly, and the cold voice slowly fell in their ears: "It is unexpected, you who have never been favored by fate... Do you want to talk about it here?"

    "Uehara... Naraku!"

    Each

    At this moment, they saw their own nightmare.

    In this more real world, UU reading www. uukanshu. Everyone on com clearly felt the pressure on Uehara Naraku. It was a desperate force!

    Uehara Naraku is still the same Uehara Naraku!

    They are no longer the old ones!

    Of course, this does not mean that they have become stronger, but that they have become weaker... In the past, they dared to challenge themselves, but now they only feel the involuntary fear of their bodies!

    No one thought...

    I will meet Naraku Uehara here!

    The game boss originally in the world tree, the devil who launched three cataclysms to destroy the world, has also been updated by the game company to this version!

    Do not¡­

    This is not surprising...

    After all, Uehara Naraku was made by the game company based on the president, so he would not dare to delete this NPC easily in private...

    and many more¡­

    The current game version is different.

    What kind of character this living Uehara Naraku would be? According to what he did in the game, he should be a world-destroying demon...

    "Don''t look at me with this look..."

    Naruto Uehara watched them, slowly spreading her palms, and a smile slowly appeared at the corner of her mouth: "Anyway, you are also loyal users of our company! Introduce yourself, maybe it should not be this time, maybe it is It should be in the longer future..."

    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku''s smile gradually became weird: "But I''m already impatient...Then let me tell you who you are... My name is Uehara Naraku, the president of the game company. ."

    Behind the scenes from Hokage https://

 Chapter 603ï¼š The conspiracy of Uehara Naraku

    A group of players looked at each other.

    One of the players reacted first.

    The player stared at Naraku Uehara with a bit of dumbfounding, and for a moment he couldn''t believe what he said: "Wait, you mean...you are the president of the game company himself...not the world boss made by the game programmer?"

    This joke is too big...

    The president of a game company appeared as the world boss...

    Just when Uehara Naraku thought that these players were finally sensible, the tavern suddenly became lively again, and the continuous discussion of the players fell into his ears.

    "Hey, return the money quickly!"

    "Restore the offline system first!"

    "Yes, at least restore the system offline first!"

    "It''s just that the new version of the game does a good job. It seems more real than the previous ones, but it''s not very friendly to novices..."

    "Hey, hey, it''s a bit too biased to describe it as a good job. It''s already amazing. The oppas here are all real touches. It''s amazing. I''ve never played it. Such a great game!"

    "Yes, it is indeed the game company that developed YGGDRASIL, and it can develop a game with a higher degree of freedom. It''s really amazing!"

    "Speaking of which, I can''t even find the recharge point now. Actually, this game has just started the closed beta, right?"

    "That''s for sure..."

    A player turned his head to look at Naraku Uehara while discussing, and asked loudly, "Hey, President Uehara, when will the official release begin!"

    "I am ready to quit my job to continue playing this game!"

    "It feels like I don''t need to get married in reality anymore! Mrs. Marian''s figure is so amazing, I want to give everything to her!"

    "Hey, hey, my mind is a little normal!"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku''s expression gradually stiffened.

    A group of players surrounding him did not express any special panic. They were only surprised after a while, and immediately began to put the topic of discussion back into this new and interesting world...

    These guys...

    It seems to be doing pretty well here!

    And they have not discovered the truth until now, but they seem to be more relieved after seeing Uehara Naraku. After all, the boss of the game company cannot risk being kept in the game world like them!

    Just as Uehara Naraku was about to continue to say something, a player suddenly made a suggestion: "Hey, President Uehara, if this game inherits all the attributes of YGGDRASIL, do you still have the power to destroy the world!"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku nodded silently.

    Finally, some players have found the right direction...

    The next moment, the player suddenly said loudly: "Then the president is the only GM of the system... Can we say something about our own opinions! Now we are playing too messy, there is no punishment for PK or something, and Resurrection..."

    "Right right, right now, the resurrection punishment is too severe!"

    "It can only consume one''s own level and experience to resurrect..."

    "If you are leveling, it seems that you can only practice hard at the moment, and there is no experience or equipment drop to kill monsters. This also needs to be changed!"

    "Actually, this is true! After all, if you kill a monster, you will drop equipment gold coins or something. It doesn''t seem to be true at all!"

    "Be rational, we are playing games..."

    "But I think it''s more real to play like this!"

    "Then why don''t you practice and stay in the tavern every day..."

    "Isn''t this to take care of the business of Mrs. Marian!"

    "..."

    This group of players chatted and went off track again. A group of players didn''t care about the world-killing power of Uehara Naraku. You and I said each sentence about this game...

    They talked wrong again.

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku''s expression slightly solidified.

    If this continues, it feels like he will be taken crooked too...

    This group of players can no longer stay. They must find a way to gather them and expel them all. The brain circuit of the fourth natural disaster is really beyond his imagination...

    "Hey, stop!"

    Uehara Naraku reached out his palm to stop their dispute, took a deep breath, and said in a deep voice, "In a month, I will announce this game in the capital of the Bajas Empire... No, it''s this world... Now... I will announce important matters about this game in the Imperial Capital. You can help me notify everyone to come to the Imperial Capital..."

    Waves of transmission slowly appeared under Uehara Naraku¡¯s feet, and he slowly waved his palm: "If you want to know all this, or have any opinions on this game... Then it will be in Bajas a month later. The imperial capital is assembled!"

    Speaking of the last time, Uehara Naraku''s figure disappeared completely, leaving only the last sentence: "And only I can help you offline and leave this game... If anyone has not come to the Imperial City, you can only wait for the company to fix the bug. ¡­"

    "Hey, wait..."

    "Don''t go too anxiously!"

    "We still have a lot to say!"

    "If I can go offline, send me away first!"

    A group of players hurriedly wanted to stop Uehara Naraku, but they couldn''t stop the teleportation from starting at all. They could only watch Uehara Naraku leave the tavern.

    Following the departure of Uehara Naraku, one player after another immediately began to contact his friends or guild companions, and told everyone the news that Uehara Naraku had appeared.

    The imperial capital of the Bajas Empire became more lively than ever before.

    In addition to the local players of the Bajas Empire, players from the Kingdom of Slane and Riestije also flocked towards the Bajas Empire.

    Just as the players flocked to gather...

    Uehara Naraku appeared at the highest point of the Bajas Empire''s imperial capital, watching a group of smiling players enter the city one after another, feeling a little complicated.

    Even the people of the Ainzurgong Guild sneaked into the imperial capital After knowing that the power of other players was greatly weakened, the Ainzurgong Guild wanted to rely on several of them at full level. NPC, try to defeat other guilds, preemptively occupy all the resources of this game.

    It was just that the always cautious Flying Squirrel was worried that other guilds might have similar NPCs, so they temporarily suspended this plan.

    Now the news of Naraku Uehara makes them feel a little bit unsure...

    Except for the flying squirrel, who continued to hold on to the tomb of Nazarick, the other members of the Anzurgong Guild all came to the imperial capital. They were the ones who really wanted to go home.

    Only Flying Squirrel is not too interested in this...

    If it weren''t for his gentle personality, in fact, he really wanted to tell his companions that the days when they couldn''t leave the game offline during this period were the happiest time in these years.

    The real world is too lonely...

    Only in Nazarick can flying squirrel feel the warmth of friendship.

    Flying Squirrel¡¯s skeleton body sits in the throne hall, and slowly strokes the guild¡¯s scepter with his hand bones: "If Uehara Naraku does not show up, it will be fine if you can stay offline... But everyone else has family and lives..."

    Especially now Nazarick...

    Except for their former guild companions, the NPCs also seem to be real people, and flying squirrels really feel like their home here.

    While flying squirrel knocked on the guild scepter alone, Takimi''s contact suddenly cut into his ears: "Flying squirrel, this is a real world, don''t touch Uehara Naraku, all this is his conspiracy!"

    Behind the scenes from Hokage https://

 Chapter 604ï¼š I arrange your life to make you guys...

    You can search for the latest chapters in Baidu for "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes Book Haige Novel Network (www.novelhall.com!

    When Flying Squirrel received the news, he was still a little confused.

    Why do you want to say that this is the conspiracy of Uehara Naraku? What happened? No, Taqi Mi seems to have all gone to the imperial capital of the Bajas Empire!

    Because they want to leave the game offline!

    In the next moment, Flying Squirrel immediately regained consciousness, and hurriedly began to contact Taqi Mi, wanting to ask the truth from Taqi Mi, at least he should know what happened from his friends!

    The Imperial Plaza of the Bajas Empire.

    Hundreds of thousands of players lay stumblingly on the ground.

    Originally, when they gathered here, they thought they would get a big gift package from the game company. They didn''t expect that what they would welcome was not a compensation reward... but an attack by Uehara Naraku with his overwhelming power!

    Uehara Naraku stood at the highest point of the square, looking down at the players on the ground, and calmly said the truth about what the players were doing: "You don¡¯t really think this is a game world, do you? This is always a real world. An NPC you think is actually a living human!"

    "..."

    A group of players lay weakly on the ground.

    It''s just that every player''s eyes are hard to hide the shock.

    Obviously they crossed too many people, they also retained the ability of the game, even if there was occasional suspicion, this idea was quickly dispelled...

    Because they can be resurrected in this world!

    And they have also seen that the NPC humans here can use resurrection skills at a huge cost. How could there be a resurrection in the real world?

    Can life and death be reversed?

    the most important is¡­

    It sounds incredible to travel from a game world to another world, especially when hundreds of thousands of people travel here at the same time.

    The issue is¡­

    These things are known from Uehara Naluo''s mouth, he seems to have no need to deceive them now, because hundreds of thousands of players have been directly crushed to the ground by his aura.

    If this is a real world...Can those players who have traveled to another world go back?

    "Since twelve years ago, I have known the existence of this world."

    Uehara Naraku looked down at all the players on the ground, and calmly continued: "At that time, I knew that the YGGDRASIL game world was actually connected to another dimensional world, and could even bring all the game world props and abilities here..."

    "Therefore, since twelve years ago, I created a world-class NPC named after myself, and raised my game value to a level that no one can beat, so that I can remain absolute in this world. Suppressing power..."

    "..."

    The expression of each player changed.

    Twelve years ago, when the YGGDRASIL game was first launched, the game company suddenly carried out a large-scale update. After that update, the game world began to have a world-class boss of Uehara Naraku.

    Even before the game was closed, no player in this world-class BOSS was able to defeat it, and there was no existence in the game that Naraku Uehara could not defeat...

    Later I learned that Uehara was the president of the game company...

    Players also joked that the BOSS produced by the programmers of the game company to please the president, never thought that the tyrannical world BOSS is actually the body prepared by Uehara Naraku!

    In order to conquer this world...

    He had already prepared a powerful role for himself!

    "I remember..."

    There was a cold sweat on the bubble teapot, and the delicate voice added a hint of fear: "When I went to the game company...it seems that someone mentioned it...The world-class boss Naraku Uehara was almost made by the president of the game company..."

    "Do not be afraid¡­"

    Pero Rocchino comforted his sister.

    Urbert raised his head and looked at Naraku Uehara floating on the highest point of the Imperial Plaza: "So at that time, what he updated the game company was not a world-class boss at all, but a body used by the president of the game company to conquer. ¡­"

    "Have you been preparing since then?"

    Cuiyulu''s expression gradually revealed a little confusion, and couldn''t help but wonder: "But does this have any meaning? Why would he want to live in another world?"

    "Power, life, power, status."

    Taqi Mi replied calmly and whispered: "Because in the real world, no matter how noble his status is, he cannot stand at the apex of that world...Only in this impossible zone, he can get everything with his own power. "

    Taqi Mi''s thinking is very keen. He quietly continued to find reasons for Uehara Naraku: "If our race and occupation can be brought into this world together, it also means that life will be greatly extended. He can stay here. The world will never die..."

    If someone gives him a chance...

    A chance to conquer a world and gain eternal life!

    Taqi Mi didn''t know if he himself would withstand such temptations!

    Life winners like him will involuntarily doubt their heart, let alone other people. Many people who are living in the real world are already full of regrets at this moment...

    If you know the truth in advance...

    Those players will definitely keep their own level equipment and start a new life in this different world, a successful life!

    "Unfortunately."

    Uehara Naraku stared at the players on the ground, and calmly continued: "There is not nothing in the YGGDRASIL game world that can threaten me, that is, a group of world-class props thrown out by a group of people for fun..."

    "Therefore, I have been secretly designing to take back any world-class props in the YGGDRASIL game world that can pose a threat to me to conquer this world. Until I got the two strongest world-class props of the Eternal Serpent Ring and World Will You guys meet publicly in the game..."

    "After I got these two items, I started to use you to take back other world-class items until I put all the world-class items into my own bag to ensure that the world would not pose any threat to me..."

    "..."

    The expressions of the players faintly regretted.

    These people seemed to have the ability to stop Uehara Naraku, but gradually because Uehara Naraku¡¯s abilities were easier to use, they wanted to use world-class props to let Uehara Uehara Naraku help part-time work. Unexpectedly, they would become Uehara Naraku¡¯s accomplices...

    When the guild battle was the most cruel, Uehara Naraku received eleven world-class props in one day. The entire YGGDRASIL world-class props totaled only 200 pieces, and Uehara Naraku collected at least 99% of them.

    Even if there are one or two...

    It is impossible to do any harm to Uehara Naraku.

    Among them, the people who regret it most are undoubtedly the people of the Guild of Ainzurgung. They are the guild that has contributed the most world-class items to Uehara Naraku... Except for the ones dropped and recovered during the cataclysm, they are simply sent out. Five or six pieces!

    "Don''t regret it."

    Uehara Naraku said slowly: "Because all the activities produced by the game company are all prepared to instruct you to provide me with world-class props as much as possible..."

    "In order to get more world-class props, I have been promoting the battles of various guilds, and even every battle will let you learn how to use me..."

    "At that time, you must be complacent thinking that you could use a world-class boss? In fact, it was just to wipe out the last threat..."

    "Ha ha¡­"

    One of the players suddenly raised his head, laughed at Uehara Naraku, and laughed loudly, "I said so much, but it''s actually just for a few items. It sounds really small, President Uehara. !"

    "Hahahahahaha..."

    "Yes, this is too stingy!"

    "If you had begged us as your president, maybe we would give it to you when we raised our hand!"

    "I really disappointed..."

    "In vain, we thought that your game company was trying to recover world-class props for the sake of game balance. We didn''t expect it to be just because of your own selfish desires..."

    "Too stingy!"

    A group of players suddenly quarreled.

    It seems that the first player to take the lead gave them the courage to make them dare to send a ridicule from the player towards Naraku Uehara in this state of being slaughtered!

    They have always been gamers!

    What world-class props, they won''t care!

    If the president of this game company just repeatedly manipulates the game world for his own selfish desires, it would be a little too despised!

    "Nohara Hiroshi."

    Naruto Uehara looked at the player who spoke first, and was not ashamed of his sarcasm, but calmly continued: "In July this year, you want to quit the game because your company has seventeen more pens due to quality issues. The returned goods make your company short of a large amount of funds because of the shortage of goods..."

    "..."

    There was a sense of trepidation in that player''s expression.

    Because Uehara Naraku said his real name!

    What is said is what actually happened in the real world!

    The next moment, his expression faintly became a little difficult to look, he gritted his teeth and said: "You guy... investigate me?"

    "Not an investigation."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head calmly, and continued: "It''s just that these goods should have been received by a subsidiary company of a certain group. I just asked them to return it, which will bring a little trouble to your life..."

    After saying this, Naraku Uehara took out his notebook again, and started to call out the names one by one: "Koizumi Sa, rent, electricity and property fees have risen a lot, don¡¯t think about it, that¡¯s because I made people rise. Yes, just to get you out of the game..."

    "..."

    The expression of a player suddenly became a bit speechless.

    Uehara Naraku continued reading slowly: "Suzuki Haruo, the schoolwork in college should be suddenly tense. Did your tutor assign you a lot of tasks? Don''t think about it. I arranged it to let you leave the game. ¡­"

    "..."

    The expression of another player became rigid.

    Naruto Uehara turned the page and continued reading: "Kobayashi Heizo, your parents should start urging you to get married again, right? Don¡¯t think about it, I specially arranged for someone to whistle in their ears, for It also allows you to leave the game as soon as possible..."

    "Hey, hey, this is too much!"

    A player couldn''t help waving his fist: "I''m a very serious nonmarriage!"

    Uehara Naraku was too lazy to pay attention to him, and continued to read slowly: "Kimura Seiku, if I remember correctly, your business should be getting busier and busier. Don''t think about it. To keep you busy, I specially gave it to you. The boss made a big order and called you to be responsible, just to get you out of the game..."

    "Uh¡­"

    A player''s expression became a little weird, and he even bowed to Uehara Naruto: "Although I am very grateful...but shouldn''t it be really just to get me out of the game?"

    "..."

    The players in the square became noisy again.

    Everyone began to recall their own troubles in real life involuntarily. Maybe these things were arranged by Uehara Naraku!

    but¡­

    Just to make them leave the game, this is too much trouble!

    No, this is too much! How can it cause the players to leave the game in the real world?

    One of the female players stood up abruptly and said loudly, "Hey, Naraku Uehara, my ex-boyfriend broke up with me, this matter will not be you..."

    "Don''t worry."

    Naruto Uehara flipped through her notebook and slowly said, "I remember many couples who broke up because they had many girlfriends or boyfriends..."

    "..."

    The expressions of many young men and women in the square couldn''t help but change. Obviously, these people have broken up recently, and many of them are still immersed in the pain of being broken in love...

    "Uh, thank you, no need to look for it."

    The female player lay down again with embarrassment on her face.

    The players on the square cast doubtful glances at the female players. Obviously, they don''t need to explain too much, they know the truth inside.

    "Well, I don''t know when to read..."

    Uehara Naraku put away his notebooks, looking at the many players on the square, his face became gloomy again: "Because your presence will make the world full of uncontrollability, so I always I want you to leave the game..."

    "I worked so hard to create a catastrophe in the game world. UU Reading even arranged everything you have in reality, just to let you leave the game world and let me be peaceful in this independent world..."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku was still talking about it.

    Many players in the square slowly calmed down.

    Although Uehara Naraku arranged their lives so that they could retreat, this guy didn''t seem to have done anything bad!

    Taqi Mi looked at Naraku Uehara in the air and slowly fell into thought. After thinking for a long time, he finally chose to contact Flying Squirrel again.

    "The crisis is lifted."

    "Although Uehara Naraku''s conspiracy is a bit terrible, I thought he was a terrible guy, but now it seems..."

    "Uehara Naraku seems to be a good person."

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://www.novelhall.com/shu_141710.html

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://www.novelhall.com/141710/

    Start from Hokage to be the black hand behind the scenes. txt download address: https://www.novelhall.com/txt_141710.html

    Starting from Hokage to read on mobile phones behind the scenes: https://m.novelhall.com/141710/

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 605 I arranged your life to allow you guys to retreat!) Read the record and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf !

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! (www.novelhall.com)

 Chapter 605ï¼š I really miss the first time we met!

    You can search for the latest chapters in Baidu for "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes Book Haige Novel Network (www.novelhall.com!

    Uehara Naraku seemed to be a good person.

    After flying squirrel received this news, the whole person fell into ignorance again, what exactly did Taqi Mi mean, and what happened over there?

    However, Taqi Mi did not continue to answer after passing the news to Flying Squirrel, because the imperial capital square of the Bajas Empire where they were located became lively again.

    All the players are lively discussing the troubles they encounter in real life. Will these troubles be caused by Uehara Naraku...

    A player touched his chin, turned his head and tapped his friend''s shoulder: "My wife is going to divorce me. Could it be Uehara Naraku that caused the ghost?"

    "what?"

    When his friend heard these words, he couldn''t help but smile a little awkwardly: "It should...should be...you haven''t been home very much lately..."

    "Because work is too busy..."

    The player rubbed his brows, and said with an unhappy face: "Recently, I have been socializing a lot. It may be the ghost of Uehara Naraku..."

    "Hey!"

    Uehara Naraku''s expression stiffened, and a strange expression flashed across his expression. He raised his hand with a flame and burned one of the players to ashes: "This guy, it''s obviously you who caused the problem, don''t let me carry it out..."

    however¡­

    Uehara Naraku has solved this, but can''t solve everyone.

    Uehara Naraku''s forehead kept jumping wildly.

    These players obviously made him feel a little more and more headache...

    What is going on with these people, shouldn¡¯t it be discussed at this time that he, the man behind the scenes, manipulates their real life...

    Why are they...

    He actually blamed all the mistakes on him.

    How does this group of guys feel out of his control, life can become positive again...

    All the players in the entire Imperial Plaza seemed to have found the meaning of life again. They attributed the difficulties they had been suffering to Naraku Uehara...

    Uehara Naraku''s words did bring them the confidence to face life again. If Uehara Naraku didn''t mess with it...their lives would be as happy as before!

    I really don¡¯t know where their confidence comes from...

    "Hey, Naraku Uehara, let us go offline!"

    "Since you know this world, you must also know how to leave this world!"

    "Yes, let us get out of here quickly!"

    "Hey, hey, but if we leave, who will stop Naraku Uehara, Mrs. Marian is still waiting for me!"

    "Asshole... don''t you want to go home?"

    "Of course I want to go back, but Mrs. Marian is still waiting for me..."

    "She is waiting for a lot of people!"

    "I live very lonely, and only the broad mind of Mrs. Marian can bring me warmth..."

    "Your loneliness is caused by Uehara Naraku!"

    "If it were not for Naraku Uehara, you would have many good friends!"

    "Uh, what you said makes sense..."

    The whole square became noisy again. A group of players wanted to argue with Naraku Uehara, but they started arguing with the people around them...

    Hundreds of thousands of players quarrelled together.

    Some players hope they can continue to stay in this world because they are lonely and unsatisfactory in real life; some players want to go back in time because they want the warmth of home more.

    There are also some disputes in the Guild of Ainz Urgon.

    It¡¯s just that Taqimi has almost grasped everything, and his voice gradually darkened: "Speaking of it, it seems that everything we have is in the hands of the president of the game company. If we want to go back, we will also I can only see what he can do..."

    As a mature adult...

    Taqi Mi is often very reliable at critical moments.

    For example, at this time, he was the first to recognize the situation.

    Urbert was a little upset. He glanced at the life winner Taqi Mi, whom he had always disliked, and snorted coldly: "But what about this world? Who knows if he will actually send us back? ?

    If this is the case, it is better for us to defeat Naraku Uehara first. Hasn''t this guy said that world-class props can threaten his existence..."

    The voice of the bubble teapot was a little disturbed: "But...he has taken away all the world-class props in this world, right?"

    "No... there are two more."

    Urbert slowly raised his head and said with a chuckle: "The two world-class props are actually in the hands of one person. Because one of them is a world-class prop that can hide all player information, Uehara Naraku I haven''t found it..."

    "Ulbert?"

    Everyone''s eyes couldn''t help being a little surprised.

    If it sounds, this guy Urbert seems to know the truth!

    Because Urbert is also quite popular in the Anzurgung Guild, a person who can fight against Taqmi in a sense has a good personality...

    "Don''t look at me, it''s not in my hands."

    Urbert glanced at Taqi Mi and slowly said: "Something happened to our guild, so after the last cataclysm, I found the last two world-class props and gave them to a proper one. People keep it..."

    "..."

    Taqi Mi fell silent.

    Because Taqi Mi once trusted a player too much and pulled him into their guild. As a result, the player stole a world-class prop from the Guild of Anzurgong and defected, resulting in Taqi Mi''s prestige. drop.

    It was from that time...

    Because of Taqi Mi¡¯s silence, the good old flying squirrel in the guild slowly became the most convincing person in the Anzurgong Guild...

    Of course there is no conspiracy theory.

    Taqi Mi has a very good relationship with Flying Squirrel himself.

    In other words, all the members of the entire Anzurgong Guild have a good relationship with their president, flying squirrel, because that guy is a real bad personality...

    but¡­

    But he is unusually persistent in protecting his companions.

    Taqi Mi looked at Urbert and nodded slowly: "It looks like you gave those two props to Flying Squirrel. Indeed... there is no one of us who is more suitable for keeping world-class props than Flying Squirrel. Up..."

    "Ok."

    Ulbey nodded his head and said: "It''s just a collection freak of Cuiyulu. At that time, the game was getting more and more desolate, and not many people value world-class props, so I took the opportunity to get it..."

    Urbert watched Taqi Misi calmly, and then continued loudly: "I gave the flying squirrel to the two props. One of them can conceal any information, even the world-class props, so there has been no People can detect..."

    Taqi Mi asked subconsciously: "So you want to defeat Naraku Uehara with world-class props and force this guy to take us home?"

    "Do you still want to beg him?"

    Urbert snorted coldly, and the urn sounded: "Think clearly, Taqi Mi, this guy has got unmatched power here, you think he will care about the attitude of ordinary players like us who pass through. ?"

    In comparison...

    Urbert believes in power more!

    "Although I don''t want to say that..."

    Taqi Mi shook his head and continued in a deep voice: "But Naru Uehara is not particularly bad in character. He is not as bad as we thought... No, or he is just a guy with a bad taste..."

    Taqi Mi looked at Urbert and continued: "And it''s not that no one held world-class props against Naruto Uehara in the past, but you haven''t seen it yet, let alone our current level and equipment..."

    indeed.

    In the game world, there has never been a shortage of people who defeated Uehara Naraku.

    However, even with world-class props, it is impossible to defeat Uehara Naraku who holds the world will of the [Twenty] series and the eternal serpent ring!

    "That''s the game world!"

    Urbert hugged his arm and said coldly: "This is the real world. No one knows what power world-class props can exert in the real world..."

    "But this might irritate him..."

    "Then shall we go begging him?"

    Urbert smiled and said, "Perhaps if we ask him, he might really let us go!"

    He is an extraordinary person!

    How could you be willing to bow your head!

    "Maybe..."

    A voice fell in their ears.

    "Ok?"

    When the entire Anzurgong Guild heard this voice, their complexions couldn''t help but change!

    Uehara Naraku''s figure slowly drifted down beside the people of the Anzurgong Guild, with a warm smile on his face: "Interesting, I can hear all the sounds of this square, the whereabouts of two world-class props..."

    An ordinary stick slowly appeared in Uehara Naraku''s hand, and his smile gradually deepened: "No wonder I couldn''t find those two world-class props anyway. I didn''t expect one of them to be a hidden function prop... "

    "..."

    There was more gloom on Urbert''s face.

    "As expected to be an advanced player of Krypton Gold!"

    Uehara Naraku looked at Urbert, her momentum gradually erupted, suppressing Urbert not daring to move, and he slowly continued: "I actually said a lot just now...but the most important thing is actually only one...that Only world-class props can pose a threat to me. It seems that you have put this matter in your heart..."

    "What do you mean..."

    "his meaning¡­"

    Taqi Mi looked at Urbert, who was trembling all over, and stood up in front of him suddenly: "I just want to use this opportunity to see if I can take back the last two world-class props. Those words are originally traps. !"

    When talking about this, Taqi Mi stared at Naraku Uehara, and asked in a deep voice: "The world-class props are actually just easy to do! Besides taking back the world-class props, what else does President Uehara want to do? ?"

    "Well, I am the one who gave the first ring of destiny!"

    Uehara Naraku said slowly: "Yes, I need to create a big event so that my name can spread to any corner of the world, so that everyone can''t help but shudder when they hear my name..."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Takimi in a defensive posture, and saw the special effects of justice coming behind Takimi. He couldn''t help but twitched before continuing: "There is probably nothing like killing a few in one empire''s capital. A hundred thousand adventurers are even more daunting..."

    "..."

    Everyone couldn''t help being abrupt!

    This guy summoned all the players, the purpose turned out to be to kill these hundreds of thousands of players and create a terrifying massacre!

    However, Taqi Mi suddenly laughed. He seemed to try to suppress his laughter, but after all he couldn''t suppress it: "Hahahahahahahaha...hahahahahaha...It''s so interesting!"

    "Taqi Mi..."

    The bubble teapot looked at his partner worriedly.

    A group of people couldn''t help but looked at Taqi Mi with worry.

    At the next moment, Taqi Mi''s expression suddenly became serious, and he said seriously: "It''s really kind...Compared to killing hundreds of thousands of civilians in this world in one breath...Killing us players who can be resurrected, It''s really kind enough!"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku''s expression was weird. He couldn''t help but ask: "You guy...don''t worry that you can''t be resurrected after you die?"

    "Of course I''m worried."

    Taqi Mi smiled and calmly continued: "But I just heard the story of President Uehara manipulating the lives of other people. It seems that whatever I think makes me feel like punishing evil and promoting good!"

    Taqi Mi continued with a chuckle: "Such a president does not seem to be called a villain! Maybe your evil taste is indeed unacceptable, but I believe you are not a pure villain..."

    "How courageous..."

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but sighed quietly.

    Taqi Miping spread out his palms and continued softly, "If possible, before President Uehara is going to create this big incident, I want to leave a message for my friend, and I hope he can also return safely. , Or he is more willing to stay in this world may not be..."

    "...You talk about it first."

    Uehara Naraku held her arm curiously.

    The Great Tomb of Nazarick.

    Flying Squirrel finally couldn''t sit still completely, his figure disappeared in the throne hall, appeared in the deepest part of the treasure house of Ainzur Christine, and slowly uttered an evil god''s spell.

    An empty cell appeared in the treasure house.

    This prison cell is one of the world-class props. uukanshu.com is called the world gap, you can place any player and any props in it.

    And no one will find the existence of a gap in the world.

    This item can avoid anyone''s prying and attack, and can protect any item from being discovered, but it can only be used as a simple hidden item and cannot be used to launch an attack.

    therefore¡­

    This powerful item is not in the [twenty] list.

    Another world-class item that can be used to attack is hidden in the gap of the world. These two items that Urbert found after the last cataclysm... These are also the members of the Guild of Ainz Urgon. Safe hole cards.

    When Flying Squirrel was about to put away two world-class props and rushed to the imperial capital of the Bajas Empire, Taqi Mi sent him another message.

    "I really miss the first time we met..."

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://www.novelhall.com/shu_141710.html

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://www.novelhall.com/141710/

    Start from Hokage to be the black hand behind the scenes. txt download address: https://www.novelhall.com/txt_141710.html

    Starting from Hokage to read on mobile phones behind the scenes: https://m.novelhall.com/141710/

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 606 I really miss the first time we met!) Read the record, and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! (www.novelhall.com)

 Chapter 606ï¼š Im going to be in the name of Ainzi Urgon... Uehara Naraku is here!

    You can search for the latest chapters in Baidu for "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes Book Haige Novel Network (www.novelhall.com!

    Bajas Empire, Empire Plaza.

    Uehara Naraku floated in the sky again, his palm slowly pressed onto the ground, a huge pressure began to squeeze the air little by little!

    At this moment, all the players have witnessed the real strength of Uehara Naraku, or in their opinion, how the game company created this powerful BOSS!

    Under the control of Uehara Naraku...

    This huge pressure sinks a little bit, slowly killing the unsupported players on the spot, but it will not affect the entire imperial capital too much.

    Two minutes later.

    More than 100,000 players lie here with dead bodies.

    After Uehara Naraku killed hundreds of thousands of players, he returned their consciousness to the original game world, allowing them to go offline after resurrecting there.

    This kind of life and death...

    Players have long been bearish.

    Think they were killed by Naru Uehara in the game world back then? Now, it''s just going through the process of going home.

    next moment¡­

    A black hole appeared in the sky...

    This group of black holes continuously **** their souls from the players'' bodies!

    As long as they pass through the black hole, they can return to the game world, and then go offline and continue to face real life...

    but¡­

    This scene fell in the eyes of the Bajas Empire...

    That is, a nightmare-like devil appeared in this world!

    Among the hundreds of thousands of adventurers, there are not only human players, but also many elves, angels, and dwarves, but they don¡¯t mean to resist...

    As witnesses to the massacre, many civilians in the imperial capital were in panic. Many people hurriedly left the neighborhood, went home to pack their belongings, and tried their best to escape the prosperous imperial capital.

    These civilians are afraid that the nightmare will spread to them...

    In comparison, the emperor of the Bajas Empire, Gilkeniff, gradually calmed his emotions after being shocked. He quickly came up with a series of coping methods.

    first of all¡­

    The demon king who set off a massacre like this will definitely not be accepted by the entire continent. In the future, every country on the entire continent will definitely have a counterattack against Uehara Naraku.

    After all, hundreds of thousands of powerful adventurers can be slaughtered overnight...

    Then it definitely has the strength to slaughter hundreds of thousands of troops overnight!

    Especially this guy...

    In their Bajas capital!

    "Let''s go over and take a look..."

    Emperor Jilknefer looked at the figure floating in the capital square, manipulating the black hole to converge the soul of the adventurer, with a heavy face, he couldn''t help feeling a chill of his teeth.

    Originally, the emperor appeared here to recruit these hundreds of thousands of adventurers gathered in the capital, but now the people he wanted to recruit have been slaughtered...

    Even if Gilknefer claimed to be the blood emperor who was merciless when he killed the nobles of the kingdom, there is inevitably some panic in his eyes at this moment...

    only¡­

    He is the emperor of this empire.

    For the safety of the imperial capital, this time is definitely not the time he should back down!

    The emperor¡¯s unwillingness to retreat does not mean that his courtiers are willing to die together. Only three of the four newly-appointed knights of the Bajas Empire are still with the emperor...

    The other one slipped into the crowd quietly...

    And Furuda, the emperor''s teacher and the highest official of the Ministry of Magic, did not want to go with him, even he wanted to run away!

    after all¡­

    That''s not a simple character!

    Before truly guaranteeing his own safety, Furuda didn''t want to be exposed to danger at all, even if he knew that he might be able to get a higher level of magic from that dangerous man...

    "Jill!"

    Furuda hurriedly tried to reach out his hand to stop his student, the old man¡¯s face was full of horror: ¡°Don¡¯t go over this time. Didn¡¯t you see that guy¡¯s slaughter method just now? It¡¯s definitely a magic of rank 9 and above, destroying the entire Emperor It''s more than enough to leave us..."

    "Fluda!"

    Gilknefer frowned, looking at his teacher, his handsome face was a little impatient, he even called his teacher''s name directly!

    The emperor looked at Furuda and said solemnly: "When the empire is facing the most danger, as the emperor of the empire, if you don¡¯t think of a solution to the crisis in the imperial capital, does the emperor still need to exist? Me and me Those brothers and sisters are different!"

    When his family members seized the throne, they were full of excitement... However, once the Bajas Empire faced a crisis, they did not support it at all!

    if not¡­

    Gilkeniff will not be on the throne anymore!

    "well said."

    Uehara Naraku''s slow voice appeared beside them, his palms bulged up gently, and smiled and said, "This is the attitude that an emperor should have..."

    "Your Mightiness¡­"

    Gilknefer''s expression became a little heavier. He stared at Naraku Uehara in front of him, slowly organizing his own language: "It is these adventurers who have been...always..."

    "Uehara Naraku who has been swearing?"

    Uehara Naraku chuckled lightly, and directly said the unfinished words of Gilkeniver, as if he didn''t care at all.

    "Your Excellency... it''s generous."

    After hesitating for a second, Gilknefer praised Uehara Naraku''s heart, and looked at the black hole above Bajas¡¯ imperial capital, and couldn¡¯t help but ask: ¡°What is that? That magical ability is right. Their bodies..."

    "that¡­"

    Uehara Naraku touched his chin, smiled and said, "Aren''t they corrupting my reputation all this time? I will take their souls and send them to another world to continue to suffer..."

    This is not wrong.

    For many of them, living on this earth is far less relaxed and happy than another world.

    Perhaps their only comfort...

    Just telling myself that all the hardships I have endured are the conspiracy of Uehara Naraku.

    Now that Naraku Uehara chose to stay in another world and no longer stay on the earth, their lives will definitely get better and better...

    The emperor of the Bajas Empire, Kirknefer, didn¡¯t know this. The emperor¡¯s expression was slightly stiff, and his face turned pale: "But they are already dead... Can death not escape punishment?"

    this moment¡­

    Jilknefer really wanted to take his words back. This person is not magnanimous at all, and he is really stingy!

    "Well¡­"

    Uehara Naraku spoke slowly: "Anyway, slandering someone''s reputation always has a price, right?"

    When talking about this, Uehara Nairo turned her head to look at Gilconifer, and said with a chuckle: "Your Majesty the Emperor... If someone says you are stingy every day, what would you do?"

    "Of course forgiveness..."

    Before Jilknefer''s words fell, he suddenly remembered that the man in front of him was a stingy guy, showing his generosity in front of a stingy guy...

    It seems a bit inappropriate?

    Do not¡­

    Is very inappropriate!

    Especially the man in front of him has the strength to kill everyone in the imperial capital at any time!

    Jilknefer''s face instantly became solemn, and he said in a deep voice: "Of course I choose... to follow the advice your Excellency taught me to deal with!"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku''s smile gradually solidified.

    The next moment, Uehara looked at the serious-faced Gilconifer, and suddenly smiled again: "Ha, it makes sense. It seems that we have a lot of common topics to talk about..."

    This emperor...

    It seems interesting!

    It is no wonder that in the original history, the emperor led his empire and contacted the tomb of Nazarick and immediately reached a cooperation with the bone king Anzurgong...

    And in the future history, he also obeyed the Sorcerer Nation established by Bone King Ainzurgon, in exchange for Bone King Ainzurgon¡¯s shelter to the Bajas Empire...

    Do not¡­

    Shouldn''t be called the Bone King now.

    It should be called the empty nest old flying squirrel...

    Even though Uehara Naraku turned the world into an oolong, flying squirrel became an empty nest in the end, and his friends chose to leave here...

    Just before leaving...

    Taqi Mi arranged everything for his friends.

    What I have to say is that Taqi Mi seems to understand Uehara Naraku very well, perhaps because these alien players have a certain chaotic nature...

    Taqi Mi and Na Uehara made an agreement.

    This is a very interesting agreement, and it is also an opportunity that Taqi Mi left for his good friend Flying Squirrel.

    If the flying squirrel can see through the nature of the agreement...from now on, the flying squirrel will have a very happy life in the tomb of Nazarick in this other world.

    This convention is a puzzle.

    As long as the flying squirrel can crack it.

    The Great Tomb of Nazarick.

    Flying Squirrel still felt a little ignorant.

    In fact today he has been in a state of ignorance.

    Taqi Mi left the last sentence of missing the scene of the first meeting, and there was no more message, and even the contact signal was interrupted.

    So far, Flying Squirrel still seems to be unclear about what Taqi Mi and the other members of Ainzurgon have experienced in the emperor of the Bajas Empire.

    Anyway...

    Taqi Mi only left three paragraphs.

    In the first message, he pointed out that Uehara Naraku was a conspirator, and everything was manipulated behind the scenes; in the second message, he changed his statement and suggested that Uehara Naraku seemed to be a good person; in the third message, how a little bit Is it like a last word?

    Flying squirrel is a little confused.

    It just doesn''t delay what he wants to do.

    Flying Squirrel immediately figured out a way to get the NPC in the guild station to listen to the news, because there are still a lot of game gold coins in their warehouse, even if it is killed by Uehara Naraku, it can be revived with gold coins.

    Three days later.

    Flying Squirrel got news from outside.

    There has been a news that shocked everyone in the entire continent of another world. A man named Naraku Uehara brazenly launched a massacre, killing hundreds of thousands of adventurers. The corpses were full of Bajas Empire¡¯s Imperial Plaza!

    This news¡­

    Make everyone tremble!

    Because the Kingdom of Riestije, the Bajas Empire, and the Kingdom of Sri Lanka have already realized the power of these adventurers who suddenly appeared, they originally wanted to use these adventurers to supplement their national strength. As a result, these adventurers overnight We were slaughtered to death...

    Uehara Naraku''s reputation...

    It spread to the entire continent in just a few days!

    The fear of this demon king began to spread across the continent!

    The massacre of hundreds of thousands of people overnight made anyone dare not imagine such a thing. This is equivalent to the population of a city!

    What''s more frightening is...

    According to the news from the Bahas Imperial Capital, Uehara Naraku not only killed these people, but also took their souls directly. Even with the use of resurrection skills, these adventurers could not be brought back to life again!

    and¡­

    The emperor of the Bajas Empire, Kirknefer, was a witness... After seeing the fear of Uehara Naraku with his own eyes, he chose to go to Uehara Naraku...

    The largest empire on the continent...

    In this way, he chose to yield to the devil.

    It would be too disappointing for other kingdoms!

    The Great Tomb of Nazarick.

    After Flying Squirrel got the news, his whole person fell into decadence. All his friends left during the imperial capital incident of the Bajas Empire...

    even¡­

    I don¡¯t know if it¡¯s the death or the return to this world...

    However, in either case, it is not a happy thing for Flying Squirrel.

    Ever since they traveled through another world, flying squirrels have felt that in the tomb of Nazarick, their friends are like family...

    just now¡­

    They all left...

    In addition to flying squirrels, the NPCs in the entire tomb of Nazarick are also full of pain, and their creators have also left the world.

    The entire tomb of Nazarick fell into depression.

    However, after only a day of silence, Flying Squirrel quickly thought of a way. He summoned most of the NPCs in the Throne Hall and declared that he would play the name of Anzurgon!

    "We don''t know if Taqi Mi and the others really died..."

    Flying Squirrel held his hand bone and said solemnly: "I don''t know if they will resurrect in a certain corner of this world...So we have to find a way to find them and see if we can get them back! "

    "Master Flying Squirrel..."

    "Don''t call me this name..."

    Flying Squirrel slowly clenched his scepter, and his bones creaked: "Even if Taqi Mi and they are really dead...I want to pass on the name of Anzurgung...forever...and they are here! Really existed in this world!

    I will launch a revenge against Uehara Naraku in the name of Ainz Urgon. Even if this revenge may end in failure, UU reading will never spare any casualties! "

    "Yes¡­"

    Albedo slowly lowered his head.

    Each NPC slowly lowered its head.

    As the flying squirrel is the president of the Ainzurgon Guild, their NPCs respect the flying squirrel second only to their creators.

    Flying squirrel suddenly raised his head, and a red glow flashed through the eye sockets of the skull''s head: "So, starting from today, change my name to Anzurgong, I will replace Taqi Mithei... in this world ¡­"

    Just as the flying squirrel wanted to propose to replace his own companion and act in this world in the name of Ainzurgon, a panicked voice came over!

    "Master Flying Squirrel!"

    Shatia, the guardian on the third floor in front of the Great Tomb of Nazarick, conveyed a message to them with horror: "Uehara Naraku...coming!"

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://www.novelhall.com/shu_141710.html

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://www.novelhall.com/141710/

    Start from Hokage to be the black hand behind the scenes. txt download address: https://www.novelhall.com/txt_141710.html

    Starting from Hokage to read on mobile phones behind the scenes: https://m.novelhall.com/141710/

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 607 I will use the name of Anzurgung...Uehara Naraku is here!) Read the record and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! (www.novelhall.com)

 Chapter 607ï¼š This is not a game, no need to follow me in the process!

    You can search for the latest chapters in Baidu for "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes Book Haige Novel Network (www.novelhall.com!

    Uehara Naraku is here!

    This sentence made the entire tomb of Nazarick tense like a wolf came, and every NPC couldn''t help but recall the past when Uehara Naruko crushed them!

    Flying Squirrel''s voice was slightly stuck, he just wanted to announce his next plan when he was interrupted by Shatia''s words.

    at this time¡­

    What should Uehara Naraku do at the tomb of Nazarick?

    Although I don¡¯t know how much Uehara Naraku¡¯s combat power has been preserved after crossing into this world, but judging from the fact that he has slaughtered hundreds of thousands of players without pressure, it seems that there should be no problem solving the entire tomb of Nazarick...

    Flying Squirrel was silent for a while, and immediately thought of a solution, he said in a deep voice: "Temporarily hide into the gap in the world, don''t be discovered where we are..."

    Gaps in the world.

    This concealed world-class prop is their trump card of the Ainzurgong Guild. As long as they hide in the crevices of the world, they will never be discovered by Uehara Naraku.

    The last step agreed upon by Flying Squirrel and Urbert.

    Even if they encounter any danger in this world, their Guild of Ainz Urgon can survive intact.

    "Shatia''s words..."

    Flying Squirrel pondered for a while, and said in a deep voice, "After Naraku Uehara leaves, let''s bring her back to life again..."

    fortunately¡­

    There are still a lot of game gold coins in the guild warehouse.

    As the flying squirrel opened the gap in the world, they brought Albedo, Aura, Mare, and Sebastian into hiding, re-chanting the spell to hide the gap in the world.

    after awhile.

    A sound of footsteps appeared in the Throne Hall.

    Uehara Naraku walked in with the heavily armed Shatia like a baby chicken. He threw the ancestor of the vampire to the ground with his hand.

    Uehara Naraku touched her chin and looked at the environment of the Throne Hall: "Um, are you hiding...I can hide to this degree..."

    This kind of game item is trouble...

    At the beginning, those game planners didn¡¯t know what their brains were thinking, but they developed such buggy props, absolutely hiding this attribute can be done...

    "Ho **** ho ho..."

    A crazy smile flashed across Shatia¡¯s face, and she looked at Naraku Uehara with disdain: "You killed the forty supreme Supremes including Lord Perocchino, and want to hurt the last Is a supreme Supreme? Stop dreaming!"

    "This sentence is wrong, try again."

    Uehara Naruko leaned over and crouched beside Shatia, and slowly said, "Everything I do is for the peace of this world. How come from your mouth that I am a villain?"

    "Hahahahahaha... it''s so funny!"

    The smile on Xia Tiya''s face was even more crazy, as if he heard some big joke: "You who have launched a cataclysm that destroys the world, how can you claim to be for the peace of the world hahahahaha..."

    After these NPCs have awakened their wisdom, they have indeed become more lively than before. At least in the game world, Xia Tiya would never dare to ridicule so hard, and would only speak according to Perochino''s settings.

    Today Shatia is really like a living person...

    And it was generated according to Pero Rocchino''s settings, a Loli who should have contrast in Pero Rocchino''s heart, but her real body is a monster...

    "Forget it."

    Uehara Naruto sat on the seat of the throne hall and slowly said, "Then let''s start playing a fun game..."

    "Ok?"

    A touch of confusion flashed in Xia Tiya''s eyes.

    The next moment, a flush of flush flashed across Xia Tiya¡¯s face, she suddenly clamped her legs, held her palms tightly on her chest, and said with a disgusting face: After nothing, did he finally start to covet my body? Did you even want to use my trophy here to vent..."

    "To shut up!"

    Uehara Naraku''s face turned black.

    The group of guys in the Ainz Urgong Guild have created some weird NPCs, but they weren¡¯t sentenced to be banned. It is because the game company¡¯s system is too tolerant...

    Created Pero Rocchino of Shatia...

    He had been given a title if he knew it!

    Just as Uehara Naraku disliked Shatia, the flying squirrels and a group of NPCs in the gap of the world also hid inside and watched them outside.

    "Humph¡­"

    Albedo snorted coldly, and said with a displeased face: "That **** Shatia gets excited as long as she thinks of anything... Now she must be wet too..."

    "Uh¡­"

    Everyone''s face was a little embarrassed.

    Even Aura, who is also a woman, was a little speechless.

    Flying Squirrel¡¯s expression was a little strange, he seemed to have grasped the point subconsciously: "Wait, why use it..."

    "I hate it, Master Flying Squirrel!"

    A blush flashed across Albedo¡¯s face. She glanced at the people around her, slowly approached Flying Squirrel, and whispered in a low voice, "Master Flying Squirrel, if they were outside...Aren¡¯t we..."

    "..."

    The flying squirrel''s chin and frontal bone froze in a little astonishment.

    I almost forgot...

    When Cuiyulu first made Albedo, the person she set was a bitch, no matter what topic she was talking about, she could speak bad words naturally...

    Unfortunately¡­

    Flying Squirrel is an undead player.

    There is only a skeleton body on his body.

    The next moment, just as Flying Squirrel was shamelessly a little bit shy, a light suddenly appeared on his body, which was a BUFF light.

    Force calm.

    Calm down no matter what happens.

    Even thinking of something shy, he can calm down in an instant and directly enter the state of a sage without desire and desire.

    "This passive skill is still there..."

    A flash of fortune flashed in Flying Squirrel''s heart, and the next moment his voice became solemn and solemn again: "Okay, now let''s see what Uehara Naraku wants to do!"

    Inside the Throne Hall.

    Uehara Naraku took out an hourglass from her body, laid it slowly on the table, and said softly: "The hourglass, a world-class prop, can control the time around us to accelerate..."

    Uehara Naraku stared at Chatia, and continued to explain: "This hourglass can compress a year''s time into one minute at most, and it can continue to compress for two hours...

    In other words, when we stay here like spending two hours, the outside world and the ground he is on has become what it looks like one hundred and twenty years from now. Let¡¯s see if one hundred and twenty years later, he will appear. "

    "One hundred... twenty years?"

    Xia Tiya''s expression was faintly surprised.

    In the next moment, Xia Tiya seemed to have heard some funny joke, and couldn''t help but speak: "Hahahahahaha, it''s really interesting, do you want to compete with the undead master Flying Squirrel for your lifespan?"

    "Do not."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head slowly, and said in a leisurely manner: "I''m just thinking, even if he is an undead, would he not feel too tired of staying in one place psychologically as an ordinary human?"

    "..."

    Shatia hesitated for a while, as if she didn''t understand this kind of thing, she frowned and asked, "Why do you still come to Nazarick!"

    "A promise."

    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku slowly continued: "Before Taqi Mi left, he made an agreement with me. He said that he believes that flying squirrels will be able to escape my threat, so I will come over and fulfill us. Agreement."

    "..."

    Shatia fell silent.

    And within the gap of the world.

    Flying Squirrel and a group of NPCs finally experienced the feeling of living like years. They have been in the crevices of the world for a long time.

    There is even a clock specially placed for timing.

    Just as Uehara Naraku and Shatia spoke a few words, the hands of the clock have been gone for a long time. They have been hiding in the crevices of the world for more than a year...

    However, the flying squirrel behaved very calmly.

    As an undead, he doesn''t need to eat, and he doesn''t need much rest. He just needs to stay steadily in the crevices of the world and practice his magic power.

    Other NPCs do not matter.

    No matter which NPC, it has a long and long life.

    Of course, boredom is inevitable...

    It took more than a year for them to finish listening to a few conversations between Uehara Naraku and Chatia. This is what makes them most uncomfortable!

    "Promise..."

    Flying Squirrel finally spent a year. After listening to Uehara Naraku''s words, he seemed to decipher the code, recording every character he heard in a year, and spelling out all the words little by little.

    A group of NPCs also surrounded the flying squirrel.

    In terms of meaning alone, it seems to be very easy to understand, that is, Uehara Naraku and Taqi Mi have made an agreement. Taqi Mi believes that flying squirrels can escape the danger and solve the threat brought by Uehara Naraku.

    at this point¡­

    It feels a bit unreal.

    Because Taqi Mi, the strongest fighting force in the entire Ainzurgong Guild, has nothing to do with Uehara Naraku. Why does he believe that flying squirrel can solve it?

    To be honest¡­

    Flying Squirrel thinks that the way to escape the threat of Naraku Uehara is to hide in the crevices of the world until Naraku Uehara leaves the tomb of Nazarick...

    The issue is¡­

    This guy still has a world-class prop like an hourglass in his hands!

    This also means that when Uehara Nazawa stayed in the tomb of Nazarick for two hours, they had to feel a hundred and twenty years of boredom and boredom!

    No, that''s not right...

    After all, Uehara Naraku had already got 198 world-class props...

    No matter what he takes out, it''s normal!

    This means that he is an undead player of more than ten levels, holding two world-class props, one of which is still a hidden item with no combat power, and is fighting with a top world boss holding 198 world props in his hand. ¡­

    No matter how you think about this kind of thing, it feels impossible to win!

    While Flying Squirrel was still thinking about it, Sebastian suddenly spoke next to him: "Master Flying Squirrel, Master Taqi Mi has chosen to believe you... Is there any message for you?"

    As the maker of Taqi Mi, Sebastian chooses to trust his creator unconditionally, and of course he wants to speculate through the words left by Taqi Mi.

    "Have."

    Flying Squirrel nodded slowly, and said in a loud voice: "The first news is that everything is a conspiracy of Uehara Naraku. Whether we came to this world or anything else, everything should be his conspiracy;

    The meaning of the second news is that Uehara Naraku is a bad guy. Although he has done some bad things, he seems to be a good person;

    The third message, miss the scene of our first meeting..."

    These news...

    It seems that no valid message can be judged at all.

    Sebastian was silent for a while, looked at Flying Squirrel slowly, and continued: "So... Master Flying Squirrel remember the first time you met Master Taqi Mi?"

    "of course I remember."

    Flying Squirrel nodded and touched his chin with his finger bones and began to recall: "That was also the first time I met Bubble Teapot. She clamored to try her defense, and we were killed by Uehara. ¡­

    Later, when we were at the resurrection point, we ran into Taqi Mi who was also hunted down by Uehara Naraku. It was only because Taqi Mi had world-class props on his body and was blocked by Uehara Naraku...

    At last¡­"

    When it comes to this...

    The flying squirrel''s voice slowly stopped.

    At this moment, Flying Squirrel seemed to think of something.

    Under the surprised gaze of a group of NPCs, Flying Squirrel is still slowly pondering, but he is not sure what to do, whether he chooses to believe in Taqi Mi, or chooses to continue hiding like this...

    After a long time.

    Flying Squirrel began to chant his own spell.

    Just when a group of NPCs wanted to stop the flying squirrel and not let him take the risk, flying squirrel waved to stop them and said softly: "You don''t know the story inside, don''t stop me... I will always believe in my friends."

    Even if Taqi Mi believed in others too much, it eventually led to the loss of their world-class props, causing the entire Guild of Anzurgon to lose a lot...

    Since then, Taqi Mi has also become silent, losing the right to speak.

    In other words, since that time, Taqi Mi has gradually less and less online time. He wants to leave the game more not because of family reasons, but because he has lost the trust of other friends from the Anzurgong Guild. .

    The world gap opened.

    Flying Squirrel walked out of the gap in the world by himself, took out another world-class prop, gestured to Uehara Naraku, and slowly dropped it on the ground.

    this is

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku''s face turned black.

    This is the mechanism of the world boss Naraku Uehara in the YGGDRASIL game. Only when the player drops the world-class props on the ground, Naraku Uehara will stop attacking. UU reading

    The next step is to trade a world-class item...

    "Idiot... this is not a game!"

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help supporting her forehead.

    Flying Squirrel''s expression was stupefied for a while, as if he had guessed wrong. Just when he was a little panicked, Uehara Nairo shook his head and sighed.

    "Your ring of destiny."

    Uehara Naraku slowly stretched out his hand and took out a ring from his body, and handed it to the flying squirrel in front of him: "Well, this is not the game world. We don''t have to go through the process. You won this agreement."

    According to the setting of Uehara Naraku.

    As long as you hand them two world-class props to Uehara Naruto, you don¡¯t need to worry about his attack anymore. This is when Urbert and Taqi Mi made a mistake, the two of them cooperated to protect the flying squirrel. .

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://www.novelhall.com/shu_141710.html

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://www.novelhall.com/141710/

    Start from Hokage to be the black hand behind the scenes. txt download address: https://www.novelhall.com/txt_141710.html

    Starting from Hokage to read on mobile phones behind the scenes: https://m.novelhall.com/141710/

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 608 This is not a game, don''t follow the process with me here!) Read the record and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! (www.novelhall.com)

 Chapter 608ï¼š Bone King

    You can search for the latest chapters in Baidu for "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes Book Haige Novel Network (www.novelhall.com!

    Naru Uehara took away the last two world-class props of the Guild of Ainz Urgon, and threw a ring of destiny to Flying Squirrel. This deal was done very cost-effectively.

    For flying squirrel...

    This deal is also very cost-effective, at least in his opinion, there is no need to worry about Uehara Naraku coming to them in the future.

    Flying Squirrel carefully put the ring of destiny on his phalanx, looked at Nairo Uehara and asked: "Taqi Mi and Urbert are still alive..."

    "Ok."

    Uehara Naraku nodded indifferently, put away the world-class props, and whispered softly: "If you want to meet them, maybe you will have a chance in the future. This world will be connected to the game world soon."

    "Connected?"

    "Yes."

    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, and explained in a low voice: "It''s just that you have to wait until the game company has completely produced an NPC that maintains this world order... and when future players come back, they must be downgraded."

    if not¡­

    This world will become a paradise for players to act recklessly!

    As long as Uehara Uehara puts away this different world, he will reconstruct a new world tree, placing the player¡¯s earth, game nine worlds, and eleven worlds in the same galaxy in the black hole universe. .

    Now we have the last two world-class props...

    The fear caused by the slaughter of hundreds of thousands of adventurers before also spread to the entire continent of another world. After the main mission was completed, Naraku Uehara took the initiative to include the different world into the black hole universe.

    This welfare task has finally come to an end.

    Just the player''s earth, the nine worlds and the most important other worlds, plus two hundred world-class props, will greatly increase Uehara Naraku''s world power!

    "The power of the world..."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at his numerical panel, and frowned slightly: "The power of the world of 80 million should be enough... The next world is for the soul world. It seems that we need to find a way to prepare."

    Black hole universe.

    In the depths of this universe.

    Uehara Naraku opened up a secret God''s Domain, the black hole of the God''s Domain slowly opened an entrance, and one by one silhouettes slowly entered.

    "How is the handling of Pirate World?"

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the front pharmacist pocket.

    "It''s on the right track."

    The pharmacist spread out his palms and said with a chuckle: "Akatsuki represents the highest position in the world. No one would dare to resist Akatsuki''s rule..."

    After saying this, the pharmacist looked around at the people around him, and his smile became deeper and deeper: "It seems that I followed in the footsteps of Lord Naraku first..."

    Because besides him...

    All around are people who reincarnated from the dirty soil!

    Uchiha Madara, Uchiha Itachi, Uchiha Daido, Senjujuma, Senjuma, Sarutobi Hiji, Nami Fengshuimen, Gore¡¤D¡¤Roger, Edward Newgate...

    No one living person in the entire Akatsuki organization appeared here!

    Of course, Yakushidou would not believe that Uehara Naraku wanted to kill him for rebirth, because he knew his boss very well, and this boss would never do anything to him...

    If you don¡¯t betray Naraku Uehara...

    You can definitely see more stalwart scenery.

    According to Pharmacist¡¯s speculation, Uehara Naraku did not summon anyone else, indicating that in the heart of Uehara Naraku, he was the only one useful to Uehara¡¯s future plans.

    after all¡­

    Only the pharmacist did best in the Pirate World.

    To put it bluntly, Yakushidou has long realized that the gap between their Akatsuki members and Uehara Naraku will get bigger and bigger, so he will try his best to keep up!

    "Well, you can say so..."

    Uehara Naraku tilted his head and said softly, "Because I may need some souls in the next world. It just so happens that what you are best at is the technique of reincarnation of the dirty soil, and there are a group of members of the dirty soil..."

    Because the next world is going to be the world of death.

    And in that world, the ninjas in the hands of the pharmacist are the most suitable to survive in that world, as long as they can absorb spiritual power and become a death...

    Can be transformed into a group of powerful combat power!

    Hearing Uehara Naraku''s words, Yakushitou''s face suddenly became solemn. He looked at Uehara Naraku and said softly, "Can Mr. Naraku tell me a little bit about the power of that world?"

    "Well¡­"

    Uehara Naruko frowned and nodded, "It''s a little bit complicated, their power is weird, and the mainstream power is to use spiritual power into a Zanpaku..."

    The time for this exchange is not short.

    Following Naraku Uehara''s explanation, Yakushidou gradually understood the world.

    The corner of Yakushidou''s mouth suddenly smiled: "Master Naraku...If you want to use the soul training, I think maybe Master Oshemaru can help you..."

    To be honest¡­

    Uehara Naraku and Yakushi Dou could not stand up to Oshe Maru.

    For a long time, Oshemaru only wanted to study her own affairs. On the contrary, Uehara Naraku used to calculate Oshemaru from time to time, so that Oshemaru could only rise up to resist... However, every time his resistance fell under the control of Uehara Naraku. .

    till the end¡­

    O She Maru still did not escape the fate of becoming a chess piece.

    If possible, Yao Shidou hopes to save Da She Wan, at least not to spend his life in a dark place like Longdi Cave.

    Until now, Dashewan has no body.

    Dashemaru can''t do his favorite research, and can only use chakras to protect his soul and survive in Longdi Cave...

    As a pharmacist who has been taken care of by Da She Wan, I naturally don¡¯t want the other person I respect to live so miserably...

    "Oshe Maru?"

    Uehara Naraku furrowed his brows and began to recall the scene of his first encounter with Oshemaru. He finally sighed slowly: "I see, I will, but this time our trip will be very hard. ¡­"

    "It doesn''t matter. UU reading "

    Yao Shidou smiled and shook his head, and whispered, "Master Oshemaru once told me that he is no longer the self he used to be...It is just a study of the soul. I believe Master Oshemaru will definitely be able to help Master Naraku."

    "Then let him come together!"

    Uehara Naruto nodded and said softly, "Maybe you will endure hundreds of years or even thousands of years of loneliness this time. There is not much time concept in that world..."

    What the pharmacist said is not wrong...

    The Oshemaru guy is indeed useful, and he seems to know the soul quite well, anyway, there are not too many researchers like Oshemaru, Uehara Naraku.

    Grim Reaper is a new world...

    The more manpower, the better.

    and¡­

    Nothing else...

    It is more convenient to let Da She Wan carry a black pot or something.

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://www.novelhall.com/shu_141710.html

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://www.novelhall.com/141710/

    Start from Hokage to be the black hand behind the scenes. txt download address: https://www.novelhall.com/txt_141710.html

    Starting from Hokage to read on mobile phones behind the scenes: https://m.novelhall.com/141710/

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click "Favorites" below to record this (Chapter 609 Bone King Final Chapter, The Beginning of a New World, The Man with a Backbone) reading record, and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! (www.novelhall.com)

 ~ï¼š Happy New Year and family reunion!

    You can search for the latest chapters in Baidu for "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes Book Haige Novel Network (www.novelhall.com!

    First of all, I wish everyone a good fortune in the new year!

    Secondly, let¡¯s talk about the situation of the next world Reaper. Let¡¯s post one chapter in a while...I¡¯ll post the remaining four chapters at 12 o¡¯clock, because I have to work together!

    Hope for the new year...

    Everyone support the people behind the scenes!

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://www.novelhall.com/shu_141710.html

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://www.novelhall.com/141710/

    Start from Hokage to be the black hand behind the scenes. txt download address: https://www.novelhall.com/txt_141710.html

    Starting from Hokage to read on mobile phones behind the scenes: https://m.novelhall.com/141710/

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click "Favorites" below to record this (Happy New Year, family reunion!) reading record, and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! (www.novelhall.com)

 Chapter 611ï¼š The secret of Uehara 1st clan

    You can search for the latest chapters in Baidu for "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes Book Haige Novel Network (www.novelhall.com!

    Whose student goes out with guards!

    Matsumoto Ranju will not really follow Uehara Naraku''s words to continue speaking, she still remembers Ichimaru Gin''s solemn expression when she mentioned Uehara Naraku.

    They must not cause trouble for the dean of their orphanage, Pharmacist, and must not leave any excuses for the Uehara clan to attack the dean of Pharmacist!

    Shiba didn''t have so much scruples in his mind. He didn''t care about his deputy captain''s wink, and patted Uehara Naraku on the shoulder with a chuckle: "It would be great if Xiao Naraku could join the tenth team after graduation..."

    When Shiba said this intently, he touched his chin: "And Luanju just found a nice little guy. If Xiao Naraku can also come, we will have two talented newcomers!"

    "Captain, don''t be stupid!"

    Matsumoto Ranju''s forehead couldn''t help but jump.

    Everyone knows that this is absolutely impossible.

    Because all the senior leaders are very clear. According to Uehara Naraku''s identity, if he can''t become the captain because of his cowardly personality, the most likely one to join should be the first team commanded by the captain Yamamoto Motoyanagisuke Shigekuni.

    "Sorry, Lord Naraku, our captain is too rude."

    Matsumoto Ranju closed his palms and slowly lowered his head towards Uehara Naraku, expressing his salute and apologized: "We are still going to perform the task, and we can only leave it temporarily."

    "Then...bye."

    Uehara Naraku smiled and waved his palm, taking two guards, Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Satoru, pacing into Seoreitei.

    Above the tower of Seireitei.

    Yamamoto Motoryusai Shigekuni stood here.

    Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni is the apex of the **** of death in the entire soul world. It not only refers to his status, but also refers to his power. He is the most powerful **** of death in the entire soul world!

    Zanpaku knife flows like fire...

    Claimed to be able to burn everything in the world!

    Once the old man is allowed to free his fire-type Zanpaku, the entire corpse soul world may not be enough for him to toss...

    This old man...

    Definitely the strongest **** of death in the soul world!

    On the tower of Seireitei.

    Yamamoto Motoryusai Shigekuni looked at the three of Uehara Naraku who slowly walked in from a distance, closed his eyes slightly, and couldn''t help muttering: "The little guy looks better than we thought. What..."

    "Yes¡­"

    A figure walked up to Yamamoto Shigekuni, pushed his glasses on the bridge of his nose, and said with a light smile: "You have seen this since Naraku-san was in school... Although my relationship with the Uehara clan is very tense, but I have to say that the kindness of this Lord Naraku really makes people not hostile."

    "The pharmacist pocket."

    Yamamoto Moto Ryusai Shigekuni turned his head slightly and looked at the silver-haired youth next to him, frowning slightly: "I hope you really think so. Uehara Naraku seems to have been assassinated several times during this period..."

    "I don''t know this kind of thing."

    Pharmacist shook his head quickly, and asked with a chuckle, "Is the captain suspecting me? I have no reason to hurt someone who is willing to show kindness to me..."

    "It''s best."

    Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni''s eyes suddenly opened, and a tyrannical spiritual pressure exuded from his body, suppressing the medicine master''s pocket without any movement!

    The voice of Yamamoto Motoryusai Shigekuni gradually became sharp, and he continued in a deep voice: "A dull person like the old man has noticed the undercurrent of the corpse soul world. Those who master the art of reincarnating from the filthy soil are only You and Naraku Uehara are left..."

    "It''s really impossible to talk about this..."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around, smiled and continued to argue: "Doesn''t the previous generations of the Uehara family''s Patriarch also control the reincarnation of the dirty soil?"

    "Do not."

    A sharp light flashed in Yamamoto''s eyes, and he continued in a low voice: "As a member of the zero division, you should know the secrets of the Uehara clan... The gods of death of their clan after adulthood have always been only one person."

    Yakushitou''s expression remained unchanged, and he slowly spoke in place of Yamamoto Shigekuni: "Yes...the secret of that clan...The reason why each generation of the Uehara clan has a short lifespan but strong strength is precisely because they have a heritage. Mystery...

    Each generation of Patriarchs of the Uehara clan will sacrifice their souls and seal their spiritual power on the death gods of the blood of their close relatives after their descendants reach adulthood, so that their descendants can gain powerful power as soon as possible, thereby protecting their clan¡¯s wealthy status forever ¡­"

    and so¡­

    For a long time, the Uehara clan has almost only one real member, and the other thousands of death gods, and even the thirteen dead servants, are all but attendants of the Uehara clan!

    As for the inheritance secrets of the Uehara clan, it was a little guy named Urahara Kisuke who discovered a manuscript of a forbidden technique that had been left from Oshimaru many years ago.

    The above only has the effect of forbidden technique.

    It was this incomplete manuscript that made the senior leaders of the soul world realize that the Uehara clan may be using this inheritance secret...

    At the beginning, the entire senior level of the corpse soul world was almost scared.

    They never thought that the Patriarchs of the Uehara clan would dare to sacrifice everything for their own family. Just this courage, it is no wonder that they can become the most prosperous giants in the soul world!

    Originally, this secret can be used...

    It is a pity that the marriage and childbirth of the Uehara clan¡¯s heads are kept secret.

    Before the Uehara clan announced the change of the Patriarch, almost no one in the Soul World knew whether the Patriarch of the Uehara Clan was married or not, and no one knew whether the Patriarch of the Uehara Clan had any heirs. This tribe seemed to know their weaknesses.

    This also makes it difficult to lay out any tricks against the Uehara clan.

    Unfortunately¡­

    After Uehara Naraku succeeded the Patriarch, he did not grasp the spiritual power inherited from him, so he began to come forward and exercise the Patriarch¡¯s power...

    This gave Xiao Xiao a chance to act.

    Now that Yakushi was talking about the secrets of Uehara¡¯s clan, Yamamoto Motoyagisai Shigekuni''s brows became tighter, and he took the words of Yakushi¡¯s pocket in a cold voice: "Uehara Naraku does have the Uehara clan. The spiritual power accumulated for thousands of years.

    However, according to our observations, it will take some time before he can quickly begin to awaken and master the spiritual power in his body. According to his talent, at that time he may at least gain power beyond the captain level..."

    "Yes¡­"

    A smile appeared at the corner of Yakushi Pocket''s mouth, and he said with a low smile: "So if you want to assassinate Naraku-san, this time is the most suitable opportunity."

    "Yes."

    Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni looked at the medicine master''s pocket, and said word by word: "If Uehara Naraku is killed, you will be the only one in the entire corpse soul world who will control the rebirth of the dirty soil...

    Only you have the motive to undermine Uehara Naraku, only you know the weaknesses of Uehara Naraku, and only you are still active as a member of the zero team. How can you let the old man not doubt you? "

    "Really..."

    The pharmacist shook his head and couldn''t help but laughed: "I will transplant the power of the Spirit King tomorrow, and I will live in the Spirit King Palace forever. Does Your Excellency Yamamoto still doubt me?"

    "..."

    Yamamoto Motoryusai Shigekuni fell silent.

    If Pharmacist Pocket is about to undergo a Soul King flesh and blood transplant, from then on, he will never appear in the Seorei Palace, but stay in the Soul King Palace to protect the Soul King''s body and maintain the balance between the Soul Kingdom and the world.

    In this case¡­

    It seems that there is no need to be too vigilant against the pharmacist.

    Yamamoto Moto Ryusai Shigekuni hopes that Yao Shidou will really give up his past grudges.

    "All right."

    The pharmacist turned slowly and left, leaving only the last sentence: "You don¡¯t need to urge me to transplant the power of the Spirit King. I am very interested in the legendary Spirit King. After all, I am also very curious about this immortality. The power of..."

    "..."

    Yamamoto Motoyusai Shigekuni did not respond.

    It wasn''t until Yao Shidou left that the old man''s expression slowly eased, because the existence of Yao Shidou did indeed cause a lot of trouble to Seireitei.

    Hundreds of years ago.

    After Pharmacist arrived in the Soul World, he opened an orphanage on Liuhun Street, and adopted many vagrants from Liuhun Street. This orphanage is still in operation.

    After many vagrants grew up, most of them entered the Mao Spiritual Academy, and after graduation they became the gods of death.

    Just counting them now, the Gengmu Kenpachi and the stray child Caolu Yachiryu that Yakushi had taken in have become the captain and deputy captain of the eleventh division.

    Recently, Ichimaru Gin and Matsumoto Ranju have become deputy captains; and according to the decision of the 46th room of the Central Committee, Ichimaru Gin will be promoted to the captain of the third team in the near future.

    In addition to these captains and deputy captains...

    There are also many young death gods from this orphanage.

    This was originally a good thing.

    This orphanage is very famous on Liuhun Street, and Yao Shidou has become very respected because of this, making him very prestigious on Liuhun Street.

    To say without politeness...

    The pharmacist pocket already represents the will of the death commoners.

    However, the contradiction between the Yakushitou and the Uehara clan for hundreds of years has never been resolved, so Yamamoto Motoyanagisai Shigekuni is a little worried that these newly born reapers will become the tools of the Yakushito...

    As long as Yao Shidou is willing to live in the Palace of the Spirit King...

    Then all the bonds between him and Seireitei will slowly be severed.

    Under the gaze of Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni, Yakushi walked down the tower and walked slowly on the streets of Seireitei. He walked slowly and steadily.

    This character who almost caused a civil war in the soul world...

    From the back, it looks really ordinary.

    Of course, looking from the front, Yao Shi''s pocket is just an ordinary person. The only difference is that he has always been carrying his own corpse.

    "Your pharmacist!"

    Just as Pharmacist Tou wanted to move on, a group of death gods stopped Pharmacist Tou, and the headed old man said in a deep voice, "Where are you going to Pharmacist Tou?"

    "Your Excellency Sparrow..."

    The eyes of Pharmacist Pocket flickered slightly.

    Because the person who prevented him from leaving Seireitei was the deputy captain of the first team of the Gotei 13th team, Mr. Jiro, and the friend of the captain of the captain Moto Ryusai Shigekuni!

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around, smiled and said, "I want to go to the orphanage on Liuhun Street to see the little guys... can''t it?"

    "of course can."

    After Minister Jiro nodded, he still stopped in front of Yakushi''s pocket, and continued with a deep voice: "However, Uehara Naraku and the two Deadpools seem to pass through this area...For his safety, this area needs to be temporarily alert. "

    "..."

    The pharmacist was silent for a while, then suddenly smiled and nodded: "Okay, I see, then I will stay here for a while..."

    These guys...

    Are you still worried that he will be unfavorable to Uehara Naraku before living in the Lingwang Palace?

    The pharmacist watched a group of alert death gods, his eyes narrowed slightly, and the smile at the corner of his mouth gradually became more profound, what a bunch of idiots...

    Ta Ta Ta Ta...

    The sound of footsteps was getting closer.

    Under the gaze of a group of death gods, Uehara Naraku led his two dead servants slowly walking through this street, until passing by the Yakushi Pocket and the first team, Uehara Naraku''s footsteps slowly stopped.

    Uehara Naraku turned around and looked at Yakushitou, Tachibachi Jiro and the others, slowly tilted his head and narrowed his eyes, revealing a sunny and warm smile.

    "Good afternoon, seniors."

    "..."

    A group of death gods are a little at a loss.

    Because such a polite guy is rare in the Soul World!

    "It was indeed a good afternoon... Your Excellency Naraku."

    Pharmacist couldn''t help but chuckled, he slowly looked at Uehara Naraku, and showed an equally warm smile in response to Uehara Naraku.

    Obviously Pharmacist Tou is also smiling kindly...

    However, there was some drumming in the heart of Tachibuki Jiro, and he involuntarily increased the danger level of the Yakushi Pocket. How could this guy be gentle with the Uehara clan!

    "Then I will go first."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Yakushitou with a sincere look on her face: "If there is a chance, I hope Yakushitou can take time to come to our family as a guest and eliminate the unpleasantness that occurred between us in the past..."

    This attitude...

    The attitude of the little patron is really low.

    It''s just that his sincere invitation didn''t get the response he wanted.

    "That''s a pity, Lord Naraku..."

    The pharmacist held his frame, and his lens flashed a gleam of light: "Tomorrow I will go to a hidden place to practice for a long time... There shouldn''t be any chance for us to meet again in the future. UU Reading www.uukanshu.cOM "

    "Is that so?"

    There was a little regret on Uehara Naraku''s face, he sighed slowly, and then nodded: "Then, I will leave first."

    After speaking.

    Uehara Naraku nodded to Minister Jiro and a group of Reapers of the first division, and even said goodbye one by one, and then slowly left with Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Taito.

    "What a polite little guy!"

    Looking at Naraku Uehara''s back, Minister Jiro could not help but exclaimed: "If you don''t have the kindness that the little guy shouldn''t have too much, in other respects, he seems to be an impeccable genius of death. ..."

    "Yeah, I think so too."

    The pharmacist narrowed his eyes, smiled and nodded.

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://www.novelhall.com/shu_141710.html

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://www.novelhall.com/141710/

    Start from Hokage to be the black hand behind the scenes. txt download address: https://www.novelhall.com/txt_141710.html

    Starting from Hokage to read on mobile phones behind the scenes: https://m.novelhall.com/141710/

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click "Favorites" below to record the reading record of this time (Chapter 610 The Secret of the Uehara Clan), and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! (www.novelhall.com)

 Chapter 609ï¼š 1 too kind young **** of death

    You can search for the latest chapters in Baidu for "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes Book Haige Novel Network (www.novelhall.com!

    Under the sky.

    A weird monster tore open the sky.

    This weird monster leaned out and slowly landed on the ground, step by step towards a residential house on the ground, and jumped up to plunge into this residential house to carry out its killing!

    A family of ordinary people in the dwellings can''t see it at all, and these humans have not even noticed that death is about to fall on them.

    This is a creature from the crevice of the dimensional world.

    Evolved from the human soul...a monster named Xu!

    This vacant body looks like a monkey, but the body is very large, with the iconic cavity in the position of the chest, which represents their inner emptiness, and the face is also an inherent bone mask.

    Because Xu is a kind of weird soul monster, human beings still alive in this world cannot see the virtual, and it is impossible for them to escape the attack of the virtual.

    Only a few people can see the existence of the virtual...

    For example, some humans with strong spiritual power in the body...

    This kind of human beings are very rare, compared to the other creatures that can see the imaginary, there are more, that is the mortal enemy of the imaginary...the death gods from the corpse soul world!

    Wherever there is a virtual...

    There will almost certainly be the appearance of death!

    Just as this weird Xu rushed into the residence, a figure in a white uniform suddenly appeared in front of Xu, kicking the monster out!

    "Ok?"

    This Xu struggled to stand up again, and slowly lowered his head to look at the figure in the white uniform. His voice was suddenly full of disgust: "You are the gods of death again, really like a bunch of bugs in a puddle..."

    Just when the Xu Xu wanted to continue his abuse, it saw the young man in the white uniform, and he suddenly laughed as if he had discovered something new.

    "Oh Ho Ho Ho Ho... Let me see, isn''t this a Grim Reaper who hasn''t graduated from school yet?"

    This imaginary head rushed to the white uniform figure and said arrogantly: "Oh Ho Ho Ho...Is the death **** of the corpse soul world killed by me? Sent a kid over?"

    "Do not."

    The boy in the white uniform shook his head slowly, and calmly said: "It''s just a graduation exam. It happened that I was assigned here..."

    next moment¡­

    The figure of the young man disappeared in the same place, appeared in the sky above the emptiness in an instant, and his palm suddenly came out and grabbed the imaginary mask!

    "So fast¡­"

    This virtual body stiffened instantly!

    Even if it hadn''t thought about it, this young **** of death had a speed beyond imagination, faster than anyone he had ever seen!

    Just as this Xu was about to struggle desperately, the life-threatening bone mask on its head was tightly held by the young man!

    "Sorry¡­"

    The young man''s palm gripped Xu''s mask tightly, and calmly said: "Don''t let your mind become empty again, return to your original appearance. This world is not as bad as we thought. I will do it for you. The most complete soul burial ceremony..."

    "Asshole... asshole..."

    This head roars with virtual pain!

    Once the virtual creature is torn off the bone mask on its face, its spiritual power will be quickly lost, which means it will be slaughtered!

    This Xu is waving his own claws to tear the boy''s chest!

    When the young man was facing the most dangerous moment, a handsome figure appeared beside them in an instant, and he casually pulled out the Zanpaku Knife on his waist, and a sharp light flashed by, splitting the emptiness directly into two. !

    Obviously this man is killing...

    If people can still feel a gentle warmth from his body when they see his face, I believe he must be a good person.

    "Captain Aizen..."

    The boy''s eyes widened involuntarily, looking at the handsome man who appeared suddenly, as if he couldn''t believe it, he said: "How come you are here..."

    "I am always here."

    A gentle smile appeared on the man Junyi''s face. He slowly supported his black-rimmed glasses and said softly, "I believe that Nara''s power will definitely pass this test, but your temper is still too kind. ¡­"

    This is actually the graduation exam for the young Reaper.

    Compared to other candidates, the exam for the young Grim Reaper is obviously more troublesome, because his identity is extraordinary.

    even¡­

    Even his examiner is a senior in the soul world.

    It is one of the guards captains of Seireitei in the central area of ??the corpse soul world, and the captain of the fifth division of the Gotei 13th team, Ai Ran Sosuke.

    If the young Grim Reaper''s battle can satisfy the examiner Ai Ran Soyousuke, he will be allowed to graduate from the Mao Spiritual Academy and directly join the Gotei 13 team.

    Now the examiner has taken action...

    This assessment should end in failure.

    "I can actually handle it myself..."

    Just after the boy had just defended, he lowered his head to himself, as if he was ashamed of his defense: "Sorry... Captain Aizen... I shouldn''t..."

    "It doesn''t matter."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke still had a gentle smile on his face. He looked down at the boy, smiled and calmed his emotions: "Nara, don''t be too depressed, you have done a good job, I have not seen it. A genius who can defeat the enemy with one move at this age like you..."

    "Yes... Is it?"

    The boy''s face was still a little ashamed. He held his fingers uneasily and said in a low voice: "But I''m still too cowardly, if it wasn''t for Captain Aizen to take the shot..."

    "This is not cowardice."

    Lan Ran Soyousuke smiled and shook his head, patted the boy''s shoulder, and continued to explain: "This is kindness, and kindness is a noble character worthy of praise."

    have to say¡­

    Ai Ran Soyousuke spoke very contagiously.

    Even if the teenager knows that kindness is not suitable for appearing in a cruel battle, he will feel that Aizen''s words are subconsciously convinced.

    "but¡­"

    The young man seemed to blame himself.

    Just as the boy wanted to continue to say something to blame, Aizen interrupted him: "Naraku, don''t blame yourself too much, just do what you want to do..."

    "Yes, Captain Aizen."

    The boy slowly nodded and took a deep breath.

    After saying this, the young **** of death took out a bunch of paper flowers from his body and closed it in his hand, his expression gradually becoming solemn.

    Next second...

    The paper flower burned out of thin air!

    This scene shrank the eyes of Lanran next to him slightly, no matter when it was, seeing the young man''s subtle use of spiritual power would involuntarily make him a little surprised!

    Even if the young man still has the cowardice that shouldn''t appear on the death god, this does not prevent him from being an incomparable genius!

    In the flames of burning paper flowers...

    The young man slowly closed his eyes and murmured in prayer: "I hope you will never encounter suffering in the future, and I hope you will be safe in the next life."

    The boy was praying for the Xu who was killed by Aizen.

    This kind of behavior looks a little naive in anyone''s eyes, especially in the eyes of these death gods who know the origin and end of this monster like Void.

    However, Lan Ran Soyousuke didn''t say anything, but calmly watched the young man and prayed. Two lights flashed slightly on his lens.

    The paper flowers burned slowly in the fire.

    Just after the boy had finished his prayers, a space vortex appeared in the sky, and two figures in auspicious clouds and red robes emerged from the vortex and landed in front of the boy.

    The two ignored Aizen Soyousuke next to him.

    One of them respectfully bowed his head at the young man and said in a low voice: "Master Naraku, we should go back."

    "I know."

    A frustration flashed across the boy''s face. He looked at Ai Ran Soyousuke next to him, and said apologetically: "Sorry, Captain Ai Ran...please help me tell Hinamori to them. I have to go back one step. Up."

    "Ok."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke smiled and nodded. After agreeing, he smiled and continued: "I will rest early when I go back. Tomorrow... something beautiful should happen."

    "..."

    Uncontrollable joy flashed across the boy''s face.

    Because based on the current situation, for a teenager, there should be nothing that makes him feel better than passing an exam!

    As the chief examiner, Ai Ran Soyousuke must pass his examination!

    It is a pity that the young man had not had time to say some words of thanks, so he could only leave the world with two figures wearing auspicious clouds and black robes.

    Just after the boy left.

    A young man with light purple and short hair walked slowly over. He was a subordinate of Aizen Soyousuke, and the current deputy captain of the fifth squad Ichimarugin.

    Ichimaru Gin always likes to squint his eyes, as if he can''t see anything, so that people can''t see his eyes clearly and can''t guess what he is thinking.

    Ichimaru Gin slowly moved towards Aizen, his voice faintly said: "Based on the current situation, our plan to attack Naraku in the exam seems to have failed..."

    "This was what I expected."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s face was still calm, but this calmness made people feel cold. He casually continued: "After all, Uehara Naraku is the head of the only wealthy clan in the Soul World, even if he is only attending classes at the Mao Spiritual Academy. At the time, you will have the personal protection of Thirteen Deadpools by your side, not to mention this exam to be held in this world..."

    No one can think of it. Ai Ran Soyousuke, who rescued the boy from the virtual claws just now, actually wanted to attack the boy just now in this exam!

    I don''t know...

    If the kind boy who seemed to be convinced by Aizen just now, what would he feel after hearing Aizen''s conversation with Ichimaru Gin...

    "Ok."

    Ichimaru Gin nodded indifferently, and continued with a smile: "And it''s more strict than we thought. The Thirteen Deadpool has also entered the scope of the virtual circle. They may reach the world that threatens Uehara Naraku. They will solve the problem. ¡­"

    "Those Daxu were originally the victims of temptation..."

    Aizen Soyousuke slowly supported his glasses, and frowned slightly: "The only thing that I didn''t expect is that if his talent is only aside, Uehara Naraku''s performance is a bit too cowardly... "

    Looking at Aizen''s movements, Ichimaru Gin seemed to think of someone.

    Ichimaru Gin lowered his head and smiled and continued, "But the Dean Yakushidou praised Uehara Naraku himself. Since I was a child, I have never seen Dean Yakushidou praise anyone..."

    Ichimarugin is a wanderer in Liuhun Street.

    Until a person named Yakushidou opened an orphanage in Liuhun Street, Ichimarugin and his childhood friends could grow up safely, so he respected the dean who raised him very much.

    natural¡­

    Ichimarugin was very convinced of what the dean had said.

    "Of course the pharmacist likes this cowardly little guy."

    Aizen still didn''t care about Ichimarugin''s words, and whispered: "According to Uehara Naraku''s cowardly character, this little guy is the head of the Uehara clan. It is indeed in the interests of many people in the soul world, even us..."

    When talking about this, Aizen gently closed his glasses and whispered: "Forget it, tomorrow I will find a way to assign Uehara Naraku to the fifth team, we will have more opportunities to kill he."

    "Just kill Uehara Naraku..."

    Ichimaru Gin squinted his eyes and continued slowly: "The Soul World will immediately cause a great chaos, and there is even the possibility of the destruction of the entire Soul World..."

    "Ok."

    A gust of breeze blew.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke stretched out his palm, as if he was about to catch the wind, his voice gradually became illusory: "The world is too peaceful, UU reading www.uukahnshu.com makes people feel that this world is too much. Plain and tasteless."

    "What a dangerous thought..."

    Ichimaru Gin held his Zanpaku Knife, smiled and continued, "If the innocent and kind little guy Uehara Naraku knows that Captain Aizen who has been taking care of him, he wants to kill him all the time to set off the Soul World. I really don¡¯t know how sad he will be..."

    Aizen Soyousuke shook his head calmly and said softly, "If Uehara Naruko dies under my control, that will be the last lesson I taught him."

    When talking about this, Ai Ran Soyousuke helped his black-rimmed frame, his face became gentle again: "Even the last lesson that I can learn before I die is a very precious lesson. "

    "Really interesting to say..."

    Ichimaru Gin chuckled slightly, and the corners of his mouth twitched slightly.

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://www.novelhall.com/shu_141710.html

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://www.novelhall.com/141710/

    Start from Hokage to be the black hand behind the scenes. txt download address: https://www.novelhall.com/txt_141710.html

    Starting from Hokage to read on mobile phones behind the scenes: https://m.novelhall.com/141710/

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click "Favorites" below to record the reading record of this time (Chapter 611 A too kind young death god), and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! (www.novelhall.com)

 Chapter 610ï¼š The identity of Uehara Naraku

    You can search for the latest chapters in Baidu for "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes Book Haige Novel Network (www.novelhall.com!

    As long as Uehara Naraku can be killed, a great turmoil can be set off in the corpse soul world. This incident is by no means a fiction, but something that every **** of death knows.

    Because Uehara Naraku''s identity is too special.

    Thousands of years ago, the death **** organization in the corpse soul world was still in the initial stage. Many death gods did not even know how to operate in this world until a **** of death named Oshemaru developed a forbidden technique called the reincarnation of the filthy soil. Create a body that is active in this world for the **** of death.

    That kind of body...

    Will not be old, will not be hurt, will not be hungry, it is the most perfect body.

    Even if the righteous corpse technology appeared later, it was not comparable to the perfect body of the reincarnated dirt.

    However, Oshemaru chose to transfer this forbidden technique to a close friend named Uehara, but he was strangely missing in the corpse soul world. Many people once speculated that Oshemaru might have joined the legendary team zero.

    after all¡­

    It is indeed possible to be allowed to join the Zero Division by the Spirit King''s permission to create the technique of reincarnation in the dirty soil!

    It is also speculated that Dashemaru may have been murdered by the Uehara family.

    Anyway, no matter how you guess it, Dashemaru has disappeared in the Soul World.

    On the other hand, Uehara, a friend of Oshemaru, relied on the art of reincarnation from the dirty earth to create a world-class body for the **** of death, and began to recruit the **** of death to become his subordinate.

    Many of the death gods who obtained their bodies through the art of reincarnating from the unclean earth gradually became affiliated members of the Uehara clan.

    A super wealthy clan named Uehara was born in the soul world!

    Perhaps to keep secrets, the patriarchs of the Uehara clan have only one heir and never show up in front of them. It is difficult for anyone to see them.

    But even so...

    The Uehara family also relied on more and more loyal subordinates and became the only powerful family in the history of the corpse world!

    Even the thousand-year-old nobles such as Kuchuki and Sifengyuan are far inferior. Even the Gotei 13 team of the Seireitei in the corpse world dare not ignore the power of the Uehara clan!

    Do not¡­

    More serious...

    It should be the Uehara clan and the Gotei 13 team can fight against each other!

    What''s more, many members of the Uehara clan have joined the Gotei 13 team for thousands of years.

    Even in addition to those, the Uehara clan still has thousands of death gods in the clan, and the clan also has the thirteen dead servants who are known to be comparable to the captains of the Gotei 13 team!

    However, there are also many contradictions...

    Even if the righteous corpse technology appeared, it did not reach the standard of the reincarnation technique.

    Due to the overpowering and suppressing power of the Uehara clan, it also gradually aroused the dissatisfaction of most of the death gods in the corpse soul world who did not want to take refuge in the Uehara clan, and also caused the contradiction between them to deepen.

    Until hundreds of years ago...

    A young man named Yao Shidou cracked the art of reincarnation from the dirty soil.

    From then on, the situation in the corpse soul world finally began to ease, and the status of the Uehara clan was affected by this. Even if their status is still respected, they will never return to the previous supremacy.

    Unless the Uehara clan kills Yakushito...

    Re-monopolize the art of reincarnation of the dirty soil in your own hands!

    If it is the former Patriarch of the Uehara clan, it is indeed very likely to kill the Yakushidou, because Yakushidou has expressed more than one fear of the former Patriarch of the Uehara clan...

    Maybe the Patriarch of the previous generation of Uehara clan brazenly started a civil war in the Soul World in order to kill Yao Shidou, the enemy who changed their family status, the current result is really not easy to say.

    Many death gods in the corpse soul world were also melancholy with this question.

    If the soul world wants to clean up the Uehara clan, it means that the death **** of the soul world must have lost a lot; if the Uehara clan is not cleaned up, the Uehara clan will continue to grow after killing the medicine master pocket...

    Even the captain of the Gotei 13 team, Moto Ryusuke Yamamoto, did not want any conflict between the Uehara clan and the Gotei 13 team. He hoped that both sides could restrain themselves and continue to live in peace.

    Even if it is the highest council in the corpse soul world like the center forty-six room, and even the legendary team zero, most people don''t want to start a civil war hastily.

    fortunately¡­

    A boy named Naraku Uehara succeeded him as the head of the family.

    This innocent juvenile Patriarch seems to have been spoiled too much since he was a child. He did not pursue the pharmacist to crack the technique of reincarnation from the dirty soil, and took the initiative to integrate the Uehara clan into the Gotei 13 team in the soul world.

    even¡­

    Uehara Naraku himself also entered the Mao Spiritual Academy to study.

    This behavior is equivalent to a friendly signal to the political circles of the corpse soul world. The 46th chamber of the central and Motoyanagi Yamamoto and Shigekuni Yamamoto naturally accepted all of them, and took the initiative to open various permissions for Uehara Naraku.

    Regardless of any spiritual power training secrets...

    Uehara Naraku can be read directly in the school.

    Even though Uehara Naraku already has his own teacher, Yamamoto Motoyanagisuke Shigekuni is still willing to personally teach Uehara Naraku''s practice.

    If you can¡­

    Uehara Naraku was supposed to be promoted directly to captain after graduation.

    As the head of a wealthy family, Naraku Uehara''s strength is definitely sufficient.

    It''s a pity that his character is too innocent and kind, and to say something bluntly, that is, his temperament is too cowardly, it is difficult to kill a monster like Xu.

    This makes the Central 46 room and Yamamoto Motoyanagi Sajukuni a little melancholy...

    Obviously they hope that Uehara Naraku can be integrated into the soul world more than anyone else, but this Uehara Naraku is a little too unable to support the wall...

    It would be most appropriate to let Uehara Naraku enter the legendary zero division, but his age is too young, and there are already more suitable people than him to join the zero division.

    Now I can only wait for the passage of time...

    At least the Uehara clan has made changes now.

    This is a good thing in the eyes of all the death gods in the entire corpse soul world, at least for them no longer need to worry about the coming of the civil war.

    Perhaps the Uehara clan will slowly decline in the future, until thousands of years later, it will slowly degenerate into aristocrats like Kuchuki, Sifengin...

    Yes it is.

    Even if the future strength of the Uehara clan continues to shrink, it will only degenerate into the upper nobles of the corpse world. How outrageous this family is!

    but¡­

    At this point in time, the Uehara clan still has to be looked up to by others.

    Even if Yakushidou had already solved the art of reincarnation from the unclean soil, now it would not delay the Uehara clan''s ability to reincarnate from the unclean soil and absorb the gods of death who were willing to become members of the Uehara clan.

    of course¡­

    As a relative price, when the pharmacist cracked the technique of reincarnation of the dirty soil, he made an agreement with the Uehara family under the intervention of the corpse soul world that he would never reveal the secrets of the technique of the dirty soil reincarnation to anyone.

    If this kind of thing seems, the Uehara clan does not seem to suffer.

    The Uehara clan only needs to endure for a while. After the death of the pharmacist, they can continue to maintain their supremacy in the corpse soul world with the technique of reincarnating from the dirty earth...

    but!

    Only some upper-level captains know it!

    The Uehara clan must have been fooled!

    After hundreds of years ago, Pharmacist was invited to join the legendary team zero after he cracked the art of reincarnation from the unclean soil. As long as he transplanted the power of the Spirit King, the pharmacist would get an immortal body!

    It''s just that for hundreds of years, the invitation of Yakushidou to join the zero division has always been an absolute secret, and he did not use the power of the spirit king to avoid arousing the vigilance of the Uehara clan.

    With the death of the previous generation of the Patriarch Uehara and the succession of the cowardly Patriarch Uehara Naraku, the current Pharmacist Pocket can transplant the power of the Spirit King and become an immortal body!

    This means...

    The art of reincarnation in the dirty soil will never be exclusive to the Uehara clan!

    "This world is like an intricate chess game..."

    Uehara Naraku walked on the streets of Rukon Street, with a gentle smile on his face, and said words that had nothing to do with the cowardly character he showed: "It''s really strange, why everyone thinks they can control everything ¡­"

    "..."

    Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha in the Thirteen Deadpool kept silent.

    Didn''t Uehara Naraku blush when she said these words? Why do the senior leaders in the corpse soul world think that they can control everything, but isn''t it all thanks to you?

    Except for the guy that Pharmacist Tou...

    It is estimated that only Thirteen Deadpool is very clear. The Uehara Naraku in front of him has never been a good person, and his strength is by no means as weak as he is now.

    and¡­

    The methods have become more aggressive than in the past!

    Indeed, compared with the past, Uehara Naraku seems to be more skilled.

    Now Uehara Naraku took advantage of the time difference, but released a filthy reincarnation technique and a group of dead souls, established a clan from scratch, and stirred the entire corpse soul world into unrest!

    "Speaking..."

    Uehara Naraku paused in his footsteps and glanced at Uchiha Itachi: "How was the situation on the virtual circle when I was taking the exam today?"

    "Someone wants to murder you."

    Uchiha Itachi frowned slightly, and said in a low voice: "It''s just that some non-influenced means are used, which will not cause any threat at all..."

    In fact, someone sent seventeen Kilian-level Daxu, but in Uchiha''s opinion, it was indeed just an impenetrable method.

    What''s more, before the enemy sent these big virtuals to attack Naru Uehara, the virtual circle had already sent the news to them.

    "and also¡­"

    Uchiha Itachi''s eyes gradually showed a red color, and he continued softly: "Today the fifth team captain Aizen Soyousuke seems to want to use illusion on you..."

    "is it?"

    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, and chuckled, "Then I am looking forward to his mirror image... You just hope I won''t be controlled by him. Illusion has always been my worst ability!"

    "..."

    Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha did not want to talk.

    Even though Uehara Naraku is the least good at using illusion, but the pair of reincarnation eyes above the writing wheel is enough to make him see through all illusions.

    And the reason why Uehara Naraku is not good at using illusion...

    Because he can directly control the fate of others in reality, he does not need the ability of illusion!

    When Uehara Naraku and the others walked to the entrance of Seireitei, the gate of Seireitei slowly opened, and a group of death gods dressed in death tyrants lined up, and every **** of death slowed down involuntarily.

    This team of Grim Reapers is the tenth team that will go out to perform the task.

    The person headed is the current tenth team captain Kurosaki Isshin, no, now, he should be called Shiba Isshin, or a very hearty personality.

    "Oh, isn''t this Xiao Naraku?"

    "team leader!"

    Standing next to Shiba Isshin, the deputy captain Matsumoto Ranzaku couldn''t help frowning and reminded in a low voice: "We should be called Lord Naraku..."

    To be honest¡­

    Matsumoto Ranju did not like Uehara Naraku.

    Because Matsumoto Rankiku grew up in the orphanage of Yakushidou like Ichimaru Gin, she admires her dean very much, and she also knows the antagonism between Yakushidou and Uehara.

    Naturally, Matsumoto Ranju couldn''t like the enemies that Pharmacist had to face.

    It¡¯s just that the Uehara clan¡¯s status is respected, and if a little too rude, it will arouse the hostility of a group of death gods, and Matsumoto Ranju does not want his captain to get in trouble. UU Reading www.uukahnshu.com

    the most important is¡­

    Director Yakushidou and Ichimaru Gin both reminded Matsumoto Ranju!

    When facing Naraku Uehara, no matter what the situation is, you must never be rude to Uehara Naraku!

    According to Ichimarugin¡¯s explanation, that is that the Uehara clan is very powerful, and their children from orphanages must not offend the Uehara clan anywhere, so as to avoid the Uehara clan¡¯s excuse to attack the director of Yakushidou...

    have to say¡­

    If Ichimaru Gin explained that, Matsumoto Ranju, who had great respect for Pharmacist''s pocket, immediately remembered it in his heart.

    "It''s okay..."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the self-respecting Matsumoto Ranzaku, and softly spoke to calm her emotions: "Actually, I don''t like these etiquettes. I am just an ordinary student in the academy now..."

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://www.novelhall.com/shu_141710.html

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://www.novelhall.com/141710/

    Start from Hokage to be the black hand behind the scenes. txt download address: https://www.novelhall.com/txt_141710.html

    Starting from Hokage to read on mobile phones behind the scenes: https://m.novelhall.com/141710/

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click "Favorites" below to record the reading record of this time (Chapter 612 Uehara Naraku''s identity), and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! (www.novelhall.com)

 Chapter 612ï¼š Uehara Castle

    The residential area of ??the Uehara family.

    Strictly speaking, this is more than just a residential area.

    The gods of death in Seireitei like to call the residential area of ??the Uehara clan [Uehara Castle], because it is a city in the center of Seireitei that also occupies more than a hundred lings.

    The whole city is divided into inner city and outer city.

    Whether it''s the inner city or the outer city, the walls are all made of murderous stones, a special product of the corpse soul world. This material can completely isolate the spirit child and the spiritual pressure, forming a double enchantment.

    If the souls of the Ryukon Street want to sneak into the city of Uehara, they must first break through the killer stone barrier of Seireitei, and then break through the killer stone barrier of the outer city of Uehara and the killer stone barrier of the inner city. Opportunity to face the current Patriarch of the original clan...

    Regardless of the inner city or the outer city, there will be death teams on the wall to patrol every day, and their duty is to protect Uehara City from being invaded.

    In fact...

    They are just equivalent to ordinary caretaker.

    Behind the outer city wall is the most prosperous outer city of Shangyuan City.

    The entire outer city area covers training grounds, production areas, residential areas, commercial streets, spiritual centers, hospitals and many other facilities, and it has become a small palace.

    The entire outer city is inhabited by all the death gods and their families who have taken refuge in the Uehara clan for thousands of years. Even if some death gods have exhausted their spiritual power and died, their descendants and families are still allowed to live here.

    and¡­

    Most of these descendants will enter the spiritual academy created by the Uehara clan to learn. From the time point of view, the spiritual academy of the Uehara clan actually existed for a longer time than the Seireitei spiritual academy.

    The teachers of the Spiritual Academy will make judgments based on their grades, expertise, talents, hobbies, etc., to decide whether these subordinates can find jobs in Uehara Castle, or become the gods of death in the family.

    This is equivalent to raising the child from childhood to adulthood.

    This is also the envy of many souls on Liuhun Street.

    Because once you take refuge in the Uehara clan, it means you don¡¯t need to worry about it anymore in the future, you only need to practice hard work or study.

    Even the guys who don''t know the Uehara clan can know a few words from the death gods who are attached to the Uehara clan, that is, the Uehara clan''s patriarchs have always been generous to their own people.

    therefore¡­

    This also made many of the affiliated death gods of the Uehara clan not afraid of death, even if they were actually controlled by the art of reincarnating from the dirty soil.

    Because there are so many dead souls and gods of death living in the outer city, the outer city of Uehara City is much more prosperous than any place in Seireing Palace.

    Sometimes, when some of the gods of the Gotei 13 team are allowed to enter Uehara City, they prefer to wander around the outer city to buy rare things.

    to this end¡­

    Many nobles also hope that the outer city can be opened.

    However, this kind of thing is not realistic at all, because the real purpose of the outer city is to protect the inner city of Uehara, and it is also the core area of ??the entire Uehara.

    The inner city walls are more tightly guarded.

    There are at least ten teams of ten people on the wall, and hundreds of death patrols on the wall to protect the inner city from being invaded by anyone.

    Even the subsidiary Death God of the Uehara clan, if you want to enter the inner city, you must get the consent of one of the thirteen deadpools.

    As the core of Uehara Castle, there are not many buildings in the inner city. Only Uehara Naraku''s mansion, parliament house, research institute, Uyin tower, secret magic house, dirty soil justice village and thirteen dead servant residences are the only ones.

    Compared to the prosperity of the outer city...

    The inner city couldn''t be easier.

    The tallest building in the entire inner city is the Yuyin Tower, which is also the most central location of Uehara Castle. It is located in the residence of the patriarch of the Uehara family, but it has been empty for many years, and it looks like a symbolic building.

    And near the residence of the Patriarch of the Uehara clan, there are scattered residences of thirteen dead servants, which are also their training areas.

    Thirteen Deadpool.

    These Deadpools are the pinnacle of the Uehara clan!

    Almost every Deadpool possesses the power of a captain-level death god, and even the strongest ones may have power beyond the captain-level!

    The first seat is Uchiha Madara.

    The second seat, Qianshou Zhuma.

    The third seat, Gore D. Roger.

    Fourth seat, Edward Newgate.

    The fifth seat, Qianshou Jianjian.

    The sixth seat, Sarutobi Ri cut.

    The seventh seat, Bofeng Shuimen.

    The eighth seat, Uchiha takes soil.

    The ninth seat is Uchiha Itachi.

    The tenth seat, three generations of Raikage Ai.

    The eleventh seat, the second generation Tuying no.

    The twelfth seat, the second-generation water shadow ghost lantern magic moon.

    The thirteenth seat, the fourth generation Fengying Luosha.

    These former souls are all from the collection of Uehara Naraku.

    Each of them has died in the original world, and their souls are absorbing spiritual power in the corpse soul world, recovering their peak power even further.

    The first four seats are undoubtedly the strongest existence.

    These people were originally ranked in no particular order. It¡¯s just that Uchiha Madara may have a problem. Once you encounter Senjujuma, you have to fight for it... Senjujuma, Edward Newgate, and Gore ¡¤D¡¤Roger are more Buddhist.

    Under normal circumstances, the first four seats are never dispatched.

    The four of them stayed in their homes to practice almost every day, and their existence is also the culmination of the Uehara clan''s current display of combat power.

    The remaining nine seats are responsible for handling all the big and small things in Uehara Castle.

    As the former second-generation Naruto Qianshoujian, naturally and unceremoniously took all the sundries, in fact, it seems that there is no more suitable candidate than him.

    I have to say is¡­

    Under the management of Senjukan, the entire Uehara Castle slowly slid into the awkward position of Uchiha in Konoha in Seireitei. Everyone will live what they hate most...

    In addition to managing everything in Uehara Castle on the surface, Qianshoujian also secretly selected batches of death gods to control the rebirth of the dirty soil, and arranged for them to hide in the various teams of the Seireitei!

    Any bit of wind and grass...

    It''s impossible to hide it from a thousand hands!

    same¡­

    Qianshoujian also leads the Secret Art Academy and Research Institute, and is mainly responsible for studying the use of spiritual power, such as breaking, ghost and binding. There is almost nothing that Qianshoujian does not study...

    and¡­

    It seems that nothing is intangible in a thousand hands.

    Thousands of years ago, when the Uehara clan was founded, there was no secretarial school. Until the time got longer and longer, in order to store the various forbidden techniques created by Senshoujian, they had to build a secret school.

    This former second-generation Hokage...

    The talent in these evil ways is simply outrageous.

    The three generations of Naruto Sarutobi were managed by the Spiritual Academy, which was mainly responsible for teaching. In addition to the Will of Fire, he still had two brushes in education.

    The fourth generation of Hokage Wave Fengshuimen commanded all the death gods of Uehara Castle, and the other shadows used to make up the number were responsible for assisting him, and they were responsible for decorating the surface of Uehara Castle.

    Besides them...

    Uchiha Daido and Uchiha Itachi are mainly responsible for protecting Naraku Uehara, or to show the presence of Thirteen Deadpool to the outside world...

    Thirteen deadpools.

    Everyone makes the best use of everything.

    If Thirteen Deadpool is the apex of the Uehara clan...

    Then what supported them standing on the apex was Uehara Naraku, who had slowly tampered with the entire history of the soul world thousands of years ago!

    This huge force...

    Definitely not Seireitei''s Gotei 13 team can shake!

    Shangyuan City, the inner city.

    When Uehara Naruko returned to his residence, the first four dead servants were already here waiting for his return, and each of them had different expressions on their faces.

    When Uehara Naraku participated in the assessment in the present world, they were in the void between the present world and the corpse soul world, blocking the big virtual who wanted to attack Uehara Naraku.

    to be honest¡­

    This kind of thing is completely unnecessary.

    After all, Aizen Soyousuke secretly sent out to attack Uehara Naraku''s Ou, almost all Kylian level Ou, even Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha can easily solve it.

    "Huh, go to take those kids'' exams again..."

    Uchiha Madara snorted coldly, and an evil smile appeared at the corner of his mouth: "I really can''t understand why you guys always like to dress up like that weak..."

    "If you show too much power, it will make too many people desperate?"

    Uehara Naraku chuckled and shook his head, and casually explained: "It would be too cruel for those strong men with ambition and ingenuity to suppress their ambition to rule the world because of fear. ¡­"

    "Heh, that''s kindness..."

    Uchiha Madara certainly disagrees with this, and he sneered and retorted: "Hmph, one hand draws out their ambitions, the other pushes them to stand high..."

    When Uchiha Madara said this, the expression on his face gradually darkened: "When they stood at the top of the world, they thought they had realized their dream of controlling the world, and then pushed them from the sky into the quagmire..."

    "Isn''t that good?"

    Uehara Naraku said slowly: "They stood on the heights of the world and saw the scenery that they could not see in their past life, and I also safeguarded the justice and peace of the world. If you say that, everyone is taking what they want. need¡­"

    "..."

    Uchiha Madara fell silent.

    After a long time, Uchiha Madara looked at Uehara Naraku with a complex face: "You guys are really serious every time you talk nonsense..."

    "Okay, Madara."

    Chijuma Senju walked to Uchiha Madara''s side, patted his friend on the shoulder, turned his head and looked at Uehara Naraku and asked softly: "Speaking of which, this time, we have captured the black hand who directed Daxu to attack you. The imaginary of the Yachukas level..."

    When talking about this, the white beard Edward Newgate and Gore D. Roger stepped aside from their positions, revealing a hideous emptiness that collapsed on the floor.

    The big imaginary of the Yachukas level...

    It is rare even in the virtual circle, this level of big emptiness ranks second in the status of the entire imaginary circle, and can manipulate the lowest level of Jilian Daxu action.

    This big emptiness doesn''t seem to evolve much forward. Now it is bound by the Myojin Gate between the Thousands of Hands, unable to move, and it still maintains its original hideous appearance...

    "It doesn''t look great..."

    Uehara Naraku suddenly showed a little disgust on her face, and slowly shook her head, and sighed: "Just sent an ordinary Yachukas Daixu to attack me, Captain Aizen is really a little bit mad..."

    "Huh, it''s not useless..."

    Uchiha Madara walked to Uehara Naraku''s side, holding his arm slowly, and said slowly: "The **** of Senjumanama proposed to give it to the Gotei 13 team and secretly guide them to find out behind the scenes and instruct it to act. People..."

    "It''s useless."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and whispered softly: "If you give it to the Gotei 13 team, the Gotei 13 team should get the name from this empty mouth... Maybe before it hits me, Aizen will Have you considered the result of its arrest?"

    "..."

    Da Xu''s body on the ground trembled slightly.

    This great arrogance of the Akukas level raised his head and looked at the young death **** standing among a group of tough guys, showing his extraordinary status.

    That''s what it was sent to attack...

    This young God of Reaper is really not easy. He even guessed Ai Ran-sama''s plan. No wonder Ai Ran-sama didn''t report any confidence in this plan...

    It was ordered before it was sent to attack Uehara Naraku by its owner, Aizen Soyousuke. Once arrested, he could find a way to induce the interrogator to transfer the crime of attacking Uehara Naraku to Yakushito...

    This kind of thing...

    Aizen is very skilled.

    If the Gotei 13 team, Yakushidou and Uehara''s clan can be induced to continue fighting, Aizen can hide under the muddy water of their fight and continue his plan.

    This Da Xu struggled to get rid of the shackles of the Mingshen Gate, but in the end he could only give up powerlessly. It raised its head and looked at these guys, and smiled strangely: "You guys, what do you want to do with me..."

    "How to deal with it?"

    Uehara Naruko stretched out his fingers and rubbed his eyebrows. He turned his head and looked at the people around him: "Speaking of which, I remember that the Academy does not need an Akukas-level imaginary?"

    Uchiha Madara grinned and sneered disdainfully: "Huh, is there anything worth studying about this kind of waste? If even this kind of waste really needs to be studied, then the guy in charge of the research institute must be a waste too. !"

    "..."

    Everyone''s expressions gradually became subtle.

    Because everyone knows who is in charge of the research institute.

    Senjujuma looked at Uchiha Madara with a melancholy expression in his eyes: "Maara...the one in charge of the research institute...has always been Fujian..."

    "That''s why I said he was..."

    "All right."

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand to stop the dispute and defamation that Uchiha Madara might have said, and he slowly stretched out his palm toward the void.

    A Zan Poknife condensedly appeared in his hand!

    In the next moment, Uehara Naraku brandished her Zanpaku Knife and slashed towards this big virtual masked head!

    In an instant, this Da Xu''s body was divided into two and annihilated. At this moment, Uehara Naraku was completely different from the gentleness shown by the outside world!

    "Humph¡­"

    Uchiha Madara watched this scene, UU reading seemed to have thought of something, and couldn''t help but sneered: "I really didn''t show mercy when I started... Do you want to prepare a soul burial ceremony for this guy?"

    Regarding certain actions of Uehara Naraku...

    Madara Uchiha is really not used to seeing it.

    As the owner of the Uchiha clan, Uchiha Madara can''t stand the style of the owner of the Uehara Naraku.

    "Of course I will be a soul burial."

    Uehara Naraku narrowed his eyes, and a piece of origami appeared in his palm, which turned into a bunch of paper flowers in his hand.

    Uehara Naraku held the bunch of paper flowers, and slowly lowered his head to reveal a kind smile: "Only by keeping good habits, will you not show your flaws in front of others."

 Chapter 613ï¼š Those who have been deceived, these death gods have never been simple!

    "Start from Naruto Behind the Scenes ( Find the latest chapter!

    The paper flower burned slowly in Nairo Uehara''s hand.

    A group of super powers watched Nairo Uehara praying for the dead, everyone involuntarily felt a little heartbroken and confused.

    If this person is really innocent and kind, they might be underestimated, but Uehara Naraku doesn¡¯t have any of these beautiful characters...

    This picture...

    Makes people seem extraordinarily nonsense.

    It was not until Uehara Naraku finished praying that Uchiha Daido suppressed his feelings, and said: "Yakushi is waiting for you in the divine space, what should have happened..."

    "Huh, what can happen?"

    Uchiha Madara embraced his arm, and a hint of sarcasm flashed across his face: "That guy has fought hard with us for hundreds of years..."

    During the centuries in the Seireitei, the Yakushidou and the Uehara clan were in an absolutely hostile relationship, and no one believed that they could live in peace.

    Even after Uehara Naraku appeared as the head of the family during this period of time, Yakushidou has always respected Uehara Naraku''s name. Every time they meet, Yakushidou will show his simple smile to Uehara Naraku...

    however¡­

    But people always think that the pharmacist''s pocket is malicious.

    Because of his experience...

    It is too deceptive.

    After all, according to the identity of Yakushidou, and his story of fighting wits and courage with the number one family in the soul world for hundreds of years, no matter how you look at Yakushidou''s simple smile, you can''t help but feel hairy...

    For example, Ai Ran Soyousuke, the man behind the scenes who is also stirring up the situation in the corpse soul world, does not really value the Uehara clan, but he values ??the existence of Yakushito...

    Because from Aizen''s point of view...

    The body of the pharmacist pocket has the same kind of breath.

    It is a pity that the strength of the medicine master is not weak, and the scheming is very deep, and there are many death gods willing to follow him.

    the most important is¡­

    Yakushidou also knows the true face of Ai Ran Soyousuke.

    In other words, the two of them know each other''s true colors, and they sometimes cooperate and deceive each other.

    When Ai Ran Soyousuke first accepted Ichimarugin as his subordinate, he knew that there must be a connection between Ichimarugin and Yakushidou, and he was only using the Yakushitou and Ichimarugin as a partner of the master.

    It¡¯s just that Aizen Soyousuke doesn¡¯t know...

    All he knew and saw was what Pharmacist wanted to let him see.

    As for the true identity of Yakushidou, it will only appear in the most secret place, that is, the divine space where he and Uchiha can connect with the soil.

    Shenwei space.

    This mysterious space that only Shenwei Shulunyan can enter has become a meeting place for Yakushidou, Thirteen Deadpool, and Uehara Naraku.

    When Yakushidou saw Uehara Naraku and Uchiha Madara and others enter the divine power space, a touch of respect flashed on his face, and the corners of his mouth couldn''t help smiling: "Master Naraku, because tomorrow I will live in the palace forever. Inside, so I want to report some news to you today..."

    "Ok."

    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, his body slowly sat down, and a stone chair appeared on the ground to support his body.

    It was originally a plan they had made hundreds of years ago to let Pharmacists join the Zero Division and enter the Spirit Palace through dirty soil rebirth or other methods.

    Originally Oshemaru had also been invited by the zero division, but Uehara Naraku rejected this proposal because Oshemaru''s power was not strong enough.

    In comparison, the pharmacist pocket that developed the Shijue armor coat is more suitable for entering the Spirit Palace, and can report news of the zero division at any time to Uhara Naraku.

    "Let''s talk about it."

    Naruto Uehara sat on the stone chair, slowly supporting her cheeks with her palms, and slowly exuding a lazy breath.

    Just this lazy...

    It''s more like a fierce beast sleeping in a false sleep.

    Even just sitting there...

    But it seems that people can see a black hole that can swallow everything!

    "It''s so scary..."

    The corner of Yakushi''s mouth twitched, and he praised him: "Compared to Lord Naraku''s mighty power, the Spirit King is really not enough to see..."

    As someone who has seen the Spirit King with his own eyes, the pharmacist knows in his heart how powerful the spiritual power of the Spirit King is, but he does not think that the Spirit King can match the peak of Uehara Naraku!

    No matter how powerful a person...

    When Uehara Naraku truly revealed his power, he would appear vulnerable. This was due to Yakushidou''s confidence in Uehara Naraku.

    It''s the sentence that circulated between them...

    The Uehara Naraku that everyone can see is exactly what Uehara Naraku wants them to see, and no one knows the true hidden power in Uehara Naraku!

    No matter how strong people...

    Uehara Naraku will definitely become stronger than him!

    Uchiha Madara looked at the pharmacist with a disdainful expression and said, "Huh, although what you said should be true, it sounds more like a flattery to Uehara..."

    "..."

    Pharmacist''s expression became a little weird.

    As a person who has worked with Madara Uchiha, the pharmacist knows about Uchiha Madara¡¯s character. This person has always been generous with praise for those powerful people...

    But this time...

    Listening to Uchiha Madara''s words, it always feels weird.

    Uehara Naraku tilted his head and slowly said, "Pouch, let''s talk about business, is everything arranged in order?"

    "Yes."

    Pharmacist nodded earnestly, and said softly, "After I leave, Yinhui will temporarily take over my position and directly present information about Aizen Soyousuke and Bengyu..."

    The silver in the pharmacist''s pocket...

    Naturally refers to Ichimarugin who grew up in an orphanage.

    Now Ichimarugin is apparently a subordinate of Aizen Soyousuke and the deputy captain of the fifth team, and Ichimarugin is about to be promoted to the captain of the third team.

    "Oh? Ichimaru Gin?"

    A hint of curiosity flashed across Uehara Naraku''s face. He tapped his finger on his cheek and slowly asked, "Pouch, if you enter the Palace of the Soul King, do you think Ichimarugin will be reliable? "

    "There will be no problems."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around, and he calmly explained: "We have always believed that no one is more suitable to be the supreme **** who rules this world than Lord Naraku. Silver is no exception..."

    When he said this, a ray of light flashed under the lens of Pharmacist¡¯s pocket, and the corners of his mouth suddenly twitched: ¡°Besides, Silver grew up by my side. He is exactly the same as me when I was a child. I know he s Choice¡­"

    Because the pharmacist found the same kind of aura from Shimaru Silver''s body.

    When Ichimarugin grew up in an orphanage, Yakushidou was aware of the characteristics of Ichimarugin''s body. Once people like them find the bond that belongs to their heart...

    From then on, you will never get lost again!

    Likewise, I can''t escape the **** anymore!

    As long as Ichimaru Gin''s heart still has fetters, there is no need to worry about his betrayal. For Ichimaru Gin''s three things are the most important.

    Matsumoto Ranju, pharmacist pocket, orphanage.

    What Yao Shidou did was very simple. He took care of the wandering children who grew up in this orphanage just like what his dean, Pharmacist, No Naoyu did.

    Now Yakushidou is very similar to Yakushi Nonoyu. They are both the director of an orphanage, and they are both medical ninjas, and they will value every child they adopt...

    It¡¯s a bit subtle...

    They are all spies for certain people.

    Naraku Uehara listened to what Yakushi said, and slowly realized a problem. His expression became a little weird: "How do I feel this situation, I am a little familiar..."

    This¡­

    What''s the situation!

    If he took the Kazuki script, it would be acceptable if he took the script of the Uchiha clan. How could he still feel that he took the script of Shimura Danzang now?

    "Don''t worry about Silver''s accident."

    Pharmacist smiled and continued: "Not long ago, the secluded Oshemaru-sama has touched silver in secret. He also thinks that this little guy has quite extraordinary potential, even better than me in the past..."

    "Well¡­"

    Uehara Naraku''s expression became more and more weird, and the corners of his mouth couldn''t help but twitch, now why this incident is more and more like Shimura Danzo''s past...

    Forget it.

    Even though the development of the situation is somewhat similar to the past, Uehara Naraku knows that he is fundamentally different from Shimura Danzo. Shimura Danzo is not a good person...

    Uehara Naraku pondered for a while, and then nodded slowly, "Since you chose Ichimaru Gin, then I just trust him...what''s the situation with Oshemaru?"

    "Oshemaru-sama also went well there."

    The pharmacist nodded and said with a chuckle: "According to our arrangement, when Ai Ran Soyousuke goes to the virtual circle next time, he will soon come into contact with Lord Oshemaru and learn from him. The secret of the Uehara clan thousands of years ago..."

    This is really a big move...

    But Aizen Soyousuke is indeed a character!

    Even the pharmacist has to admit that Aizen is excellent. In addition to arranging Ichimaru Gin to be lurking next to Aizen, they also need to specially arrange for the Osamaru who lives in the virtual circle as another dark lurking beside Aizen Soyousuke. child¡­

    Ai Ran Soyousuke doesn''t believe anyone.

    But Aizen will not let anyone use it!

    Oshemaru, who was specially arranged by Nairo Uehara''s identity and background story, plus Oshemaru is also good at soul research experiments, for Aizen has a fatal temptation!

    Regardless of the secrets that Oshamaru knows, or the abilities that Oshamaru possesses, Aizen Soyousuke will never let go of recruiting this character who existed thousands of years ago!

    "Great."

    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, and said in a low voice: "Since you have arranged everything, let''s practice for a while in the Spirit Palace and the Zero Division... If you encounter any danger, tell me immediately through the divine power space."

    As his most trusted subordinate...

    In other words, it is also the most valuable subordinate at present.

    Pharmacist''s pocket is of great significance to Uehara Naraku. It is definitely impossible for him to have any accident and be damaged in the Palace of the Spirit King.

    Seriously...

    If for the safety of Pharmacist''s pocket, Uehara Naraku didn''t mind turning over the table in the entire Soul Realm, brazenly fighting the entire Soul Realm head-on!

    As for the main task of collecting collapsed jade...

    I can''t say that Uehara can only get started by himself at that time!

    In this world of Shinigami, the most important thing for Naraku Uehara is the collapsed jade made by two people, Aizen Souesuke and Urahara Kisuke.

    The problem is that this kind of thing has never been clear...

    So far, there has not been any collapsed jade, but it has spawned a lot of high-level emptiness, maybe it needs the correct time and place and specific spiritual power...

    Collapsed jade.

    In fact, it is a product of mishaps.

    Because the existence of Bengyu can guide the potential of the master, so that the master can evolve greatly, so as to obtain power beyond the limit of the dimension...

    This weird power...

    Even for Naraku Uehara, it might have a miraculous effect!

    In addition to the collapse of the jade, Nairo Uehara speculated that there might be a hidden task of collecting the power of the Spirit King in this world. After all, as the will of the entire world, the Spirit King would never not appear in the task list.

    Thousands of years of layout.

    Nara Uehara played chess in the corpse world little by little.

    Every step was very reasonable, and through a little bit of contradiction, finally pushed the Soul World and the virtual circle to the track they wanted to enter step by step.

    As for the next step, Dashe Maru and Ichimaru Gin will be responsible for following up Ai Ran Soyousuke, and Yakushidou will be responsible for going to the Lingwang Palace to monitor the state of the Lingwang at all times.

    "Speaking of..."

    Uehara Naraku tilted his head again and thought of a character who had been out of condition: "Pouch, has Urahara Kisuke still contacted you?"

    Urahara Kisuke...

    He is an important person in making collapsed jade!

    In a sense, Kisuke Urahara is in no way inferior to Ai Ran Soyousuke¡¯s ingenuity, and even all his plans follow the flow of the boat, following the conspiracy arrangements of others, and inserting his own small strategy little by little...

    "not yet¡­"

    A touch of apology flashed across the face of Yakushi Pocket, and he whispered, "Since Urahara was expelled from the Soul World, I have never seen him again."

    "It''s a pity..."

    A trace of regret flashed across Uehara Naraku''s face, he slowly shook his head and said, "Urahara should be the first disciple you accepted in the Soul World, right?"

    "Sorry¡­"

    A drop of cold sweat gradually dripped on Yakushi¡¯s forehead, and he hurriedly said, ¡°But at that time, I hadn¡¯t controlled Urahara¡¯s fetters, so I didn¡¯t disclose my relationship with Naraku-sama to Urahara. He will not hinder us. plan¡­"

    It''s just that apart from these, the pharmacist taught Urahara a lot, because it was the first time he saw a little guy like Urahara Kisuke who could fully follow his thinking.

    However, the pharmacist also made some mistakes...

    He didn''t realize that Urahara Kisuke would leave him!

    Originally, the pharmacist thought that everything was under control when he was teaching Urahara, and even planned to slowly train Urahara to become a full member of Akatsuki. He did not expect that Urahara Kisuke would act without authorization and leave his sect!

    In the end, Kisuke Urahara had to leave the corpse world because of the unauthorized confrontation with Aizen in the Masked Legion incident, and Aizen calculated it...

    The pharmacist deeply felt that in this world, there really can be no negligence. UU reading

    Whether it is Aizen Souesuke, Urahara Kisuke, or even Ichimarugin, they all have their own super smart strategies. If it were not for Uehara Naraku standing behind, Yakushito would not guarantee that they would have the upper hand in each other''s calculations!

    These people are not mindless pirates!

    People in this world have quite high wisdom!

    Pharmacist pod slowly lowered his head, and said in an obscure voice: "Sorry, Mr. Naraku, what happened to Urahara... let you down..."

    "No problem."

    Naruto Uehara sat upright, closed her palms, and slowly said, "You can stay in the Palace of Soul King, I will take care of this... I deceived my most proud subordinate, I will let him know Some taboos have long been marked with a price..."

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 614 People who have been deceived, these death gods are never easy!) Read the record, and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 614ï¼š Kuchiki 1 Clan and Rukia

    "Start from Naruto Behind the Scenes ( Find the latest chapter!

    Uehara Naraku is really kind to his subordinates.

    This powerful leader never seemed to blame his subordinates for their inefficiency, never abandon the strength of his subordinates, let alone interfere with some small actions of his subordinates.

    Perhaps it is because his strength is enough to end all troubles.

    For Naraku Uehara...

    As long as the subordinates are willing to dedicate their loyalty to him, it is enough.

    Even the former heroes like Uchiha Madara had to admit that the characteristics of Uehara Naraku made them have to recognize this guy''s special charm.

    Treating outsiders is as cold and ruthless as winter, playing with outsiders as if playing with a puppet; when treating oneself, it is as warm as spring, and sometimes even a little spoiled.

    Uehara Naraku looked at Yakushi''s pocket with a somewhat restrained expression, and softly calmed his emotions: "Well, don''t worry about Urahara Kisuke. Before leaving, just go and see your hard work... the orphanage. I will arrange for someone else to take over."

    "Yes."

    The pharmacist slowly lowered his head, and said softly, "Then everything is up to Lord Naraku. There are many children in the orphanage who can become death gods..."

    "Hey Hey hey¡­"

    Uehara Naraku''s expression became more and more weird: "Pouch, I''m not the fellow Shimura Danzo, I don''t need them to supplement our combat power..."

    "¡­Yes."

    A smile came up at the corner of Yakushidou''s mouth, and he smiled and explained, "But for them to work for Naraku-sama, it is the best choice for them."

    It is not who is born who can stand on the side of the winner, only they know what it means to stand by Uehara Naraku.

    It''s just that Pharmacist Duo didn''t continue to say anything, what''s more, unless it is a wandering child who has the qualifications to join Akatsuki, he will carefully cultivate it.

    Today''s orphanage is not small.

    However, there are fewer and fewer children like Urahara Kisuke and Ichimarugin.

    Even if it was another child, Asani Renji, who grew up in an orphanage, and now he entered the Mao Spiritual Academy, and even became a classmate of Uehara Naraku, he was still not qualified.

    At least in the eyes of the pharmacist, it is not qualified.

    After all, pharmacists value wisdom more than strength and talent.

    Asarii Renji''s personality is really too reckless, and he doesn''t know how to restrain his temper. This does not meet the expectations of Yakushidou for his successor.

    Besides, the silver beads and jade are in front...

    It is too difficult to find a better character.

    Today''s orphanage is a bit lively.

    When the pharmacist came here, a group of attendants stood at the door of the orphanage, forbid anyone to enter it, their clothes had the family crest of the dead wood clan.

    These are the five nobles in the corpse soul world today...

    No, it should be said to be the deadwood clan among the four nobles.

    Compared with the rich family Uehara family, the dead wood clan is not enough to see, but they can hold their feet in a place like Liuhun Street, and there will be no dead souls who dare to despise the dead wood clan.

    after all¡­

    The patriarch of the Kuchiki clan is the captain of the sixth division of the Gotei 13th team.

    What now appears in the orphanage is not the current head of the Kuchuki Cangchun, but his son Kuchuki Byakuya, the future patriarch of the Kuchuki family.

    The reception room of the orphanage.

    A girl with big eyes hurriedly brought a pot of tea and placed it on the small table. There was too much water in the teapot and it was overflowing.

    Her name is Rukia.

    Now he is the oldest child in the orphanage.

    When the pharmacist''s pocket is not there, Rukia will take the responsibility of the big sister to help adopt other children and take care of the little guys in the hospital. Fortunately, Ichimarugin and Matsumoto Ranju occasionally come to help and give some money or necessities. .

    And Rukia''s little friend Asari Renji often comes to help, even though Asari Renji sometimes does not help.

    Now that Yakushitou, Ichimaru Gin, and Matsumoto Ranju are not present, the Kuchiki family came to visit the orphanage. Among a group of small carrot heads, Rukia could only stand up...

    The arrival of Kuchiki Byakuya put a lot of pressure on Rukia.

    Facing the heir of a great nobleman like Kuchiki Byakuya, Rukia felt that she was under a little bit of pressure, but she had to forcibly pick up the momentum of the contemporary elder sister of the orphanage...

    Rukia clumsily put the overflowing teapot on the table, and when she picked up the cup to pour the tea, her hands became hot again, causing her eyes to grow instantly, and the corners of her mouth twitched...

    It''s hot!

    Rukia gritted her teeth, put down the hot teacup, and forced herself to sit in her seat calmly, looking at the opposite Kuchiki Byakuya, and pretending to be calm: "Cough cough cough cough... Your Excellency, Please have tea."

    "..."

    Kuchiki Byakuya fell into silence.

    He has no interest in tea in the orphanage.

    In comparison, Kuchiki Byakuya paid more attention to Rukia, a girl who was clumsy. He paid attention to everything just now.

    Kuchaki Byakuya looked at Rukia''s delicate face, and a little nostalgia flashed in his eyes slowly, closing his eyes and condensing his emotions.

    This girl...

    Is it his wife, Kuchiki, the real sister?

    To be honest, except for the looks between their sisters, Rukia and Kuchiki Fei are really much different from everywhere else.

    At least it looks like Kuchiki Byakuya...

    Regardless of etiquette or temperament, Rukia is a little bit careless, really unlike her gentle sister.

    Kuchaki Fei really passed away not long ago.

    Before his death, Kuchiki Hima left his only last wish, hoping that Kuchiki Byakuya could take care of his sister Rukia.

    In fact, Kuchiki Fei really knew that Rukia was in the orphanage of Yakushidou, because when she had to abandon her sister in order to make a living, she put her sister Rukia at the door of the orphanage.

    It was just that after Kuchuki Feizhen got married into Kuchuki''s clan, he didn''t dare to get close when he wanted to reclaim his sister. Perhaps it was because of the shameless guilt he had once been.

    However, every day, Kuchaki Feizhen almost quietly appeared in the orphanage, secretly observing Rukia''s every move, and even secretly donating funds or daily necessities to the orphanage, but never dared to appear in front of his sister.

    Until the time of death...

    Kuchaki Feizhen finally dared to face this incident.

    Taking care of Rukia is the only last wish left by Kuchiki Byakuya''s dead wife. He will not refuse, or he will never refuse anything from his wife.

    "..."

    Kuchaki Byakuya slowly put away his emotions, opened his eyes again and looked at the girl sitting opposite him, her voice became unprecedentedly indifferent: "Miss Rukia, would you like to join the Kuchiki clan?"

    "Huh? What?"

    Rukia''s big eyes couldn''t help but blink, and scratched her head curiously: "Your Excellency Kuchiki, are you kidding me!"

    "No."

    Kuchiki Byakuya shook his head calmly.

    Kuchiki Byakuya did not say the real reason why he invited Rukia to join the Kuchiki clan, but mentioned that the Kuchiki clan is optimistic about her ability to become a **** of death and the talent for spiritual cultivation, and proposed to adopt Rukia as his sister, let her Named the surname of the dead wood family.

    Unfortunately¡­

    Kuchiki Byakuya refused in return.

    To be honest, Rukia has no interest in joining the deadwood clan right now.

    This orphanage was the place where she grew up, and her current life is not particularly difficult. In the future, the pharmacist will probably send her to the spiritual house.

    Rukia doesn''t think she needs other elder brothers, because she already has a dean who takes care of them like her father and elder brothers.

    Compared with the indifferent Kuchiki Byakuya...

    A friendly pharmacist is indeed easier to get along with.

    Even if Rukia knew in her heart that joining the deadwood clan means having better living conditions and resources, but this was not enough for her to change her mind.

    This orphanage...

    This is her real home.

    Rukia rejected Kuchiki Byakuya with little thought, and even waved her hand carelessly: "Hahahaha... forgive me for rejection, I''m not interested..."

    "This orphanage will disband soon."

    Kuchaki Byakuya¡¯s words directly changed Rukia¡¯s expression, but his expression remained calm or even cold: "I know that the dean of this orphanage is a pharmacist, but he will soon go to other places to practice. Take care of this orphanage again."

    It is no secret for the four major families that Pharmacist Dou joined the zero team.

    Especially the Central Forty-Six Room hopes that the Pharmacist will fulfill the agreement as soon as possible, not to stimulate the nerves of the Uehara family in the corpse soul world, so that the Pharmacist will stay in the Spirit Palace in the near future and not go out.

    These things¡­

    Kuchiki Byakuya, who will succeed the Kuchiki clan, is clear.

    Kuchiki Byakuya didn''t care about Rukia''s face, and calmly continued: "As the children who grew up here, you should be very clear about who the druggist has offended..."

    That is the Uehara clan...

    Their rotten wood clan are much inferior to the wealthy clan!

    "The pharmacist has offended the Uehara clan, and after the pharmacist has left, what kind of fate the orphanage he created will face does not seem to require me to elaborate..."

    When Kuchiki Byakuya said this, he calmly continued: "And as far as I know, the Uehara clan has always been narrow-minded and very petty. Anyone who has offended them will not end well..."

    This matter is not aimless.

    For thousands of years, the Uehara clan treated their enemies as ruthlessly like the autumn wind sweeping the fallen leaves. Many people did not dare to offend the Uehara clan easily.

    Even the four nobles would not easily move the tiger''s whiskers!

    Kuchaki Byakuya looked at the look on Rukia¡¯s face, and continued: "After the medicine master left, this orphanage didn''t even need them to take action. Some death gods who wanted to please the Uehara clan could easily destroy it..."

    Even Ichimaru Gin and Matsumoto Rankiku could not have sheltered this orphanage, and they even had to rely on their identity as the Gotei 13 team to protect themselves.

    The suppression of a wealthy clan is definitely not that simple!

    Listening to Kuchiki Byakuya''s words, Rukia was silent for a while, then slowly lowered her head, and said in a low voice: "Sorry, if this is the case, I won''t be able to leave...If I leave, how about the other little guys here? To live?"

    First of all, no matter whether Kuchaki Byakuya said it is true or false, but abandon the children of the orphanage who call her the eldest sister...

    It''s definitely not something she should have done!

    "..."

    Kuchiki Byakuya glanced at Rukia unexpectedly.

    Just as Kuchiki Byakuya was a little surprised by Rukia¡¯s loyalty, and even admired this girl a little, Rukia ruined her image again with a single sentence...

    "but¡­"

    The girl rubbed her palms, and a flattering smile flashed across her face: "Um... I heard that the dead wood clan are the four great nobles in the corpse soul world, if the dean does leave here, if I join the dead wood clan , Can you shelter here?"

    "..."

    Kuchaki Byakuya''s eyes couldn''t help shaking, his face darkened subconsciously, he forcibly kept his face calm, and slowly shook his head.

    This little girl...

    The skin seems a bit thick!

    Except for her looks, she is not as good as her sister in temperament!

    "No way."

    Kuchaki Byakuya coldly rejected Rukia''s proposal, and continued with a cold face: "When you have the name of Kuchuki, you must consider the Kuchuki family..."

    Kuchiki Byakuya''s refusal was not without reason.

    Because Kuchiki Byakuya only wanted to adopt Rukia according to his wife''s will, instead of taking the risk of offending the Uehara clan to shelter a group of little guys in this orphanage!

    Rukia just knows that the Uehara clan is very powerful...

    However, Kuchiki Byakuya knew exactly how powerful the Uehara clan was. It was the only clan in the corpse soul world. Even the center 46 or even the zero team would never treat it lightly!

    Even a little trouble will become a big deal in the eyes of the Uehara clan.

    Who knows if they think that the orphanage where the dead wood clan shelters the pharmacist''s pocket is trying to replace the status of the rich clan?

    "Oh, forget it."

    Rukia''s face couldn''t hide the disappointment.

    "..."

    Kuchiki Byakuya felt strange in his heart.

    This is too obvious!

    At least you have to conceal your thoughts a little bit! Such an obvious move, she didn''t know that this kind of thing would seem very rude to him!

    However, when Kuchiki Byakuya saw Rukia¡¯s face with a sad look, he thought of his dead wife again in his heart, and couldn¡¯t help but say: ¡°It¡¯s not impossible to protect this orphanage if you can Cultivate hard and become a **** of death who is so powerful that even the Uehara clan cannot ignore..."

    There is little hope for this matter.

    So far, for thousands of years, in the entire Gotei 13 team, apart from the captain Yamamoto Moto Ryusuke Shigekuni, no one else has been put in the eyes of the Uehara clan.

    "Is that so?"

    Rukia suddenly fell into thought. UU reading

    The girl''s face was suddenly full of entanglement.

    Even if she doesn''t know how strong the Uehara is to make the Uehara clan dare not ignore her wishes, there is no doubt that even Kuchiki Byakuya dare not easily offend the Uehara clan...

    she was¡­

    Can it really be done?

    While Rukia was still frowning and thinking, the voice of Pharmacist''s pocket appeared in their ears: "Go do what you want! Rukia, I have arranged everything.

    There is no need to worry about the revenge of the Uehara clan. His Excellency Naraku is actually a bit bigger than the young master of the Kuchuki clan imagined. "

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click "Favorites" below to record the reading record of this time (Chapter 615 Kuchiki Clan and Rukia), and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 615ï¼š New member of Team 5 (4000 words!)

    "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes ( Find the latest chapter!

    "The Dean?"

    Hearing the voice of Pharmacist''s pocket, Rukia looked at the silver-haired youth who appeared at the entrance of the reception room in surprise, almost dashing towards the arms of Pharmacist''s pocket.

    Yakushidou, the dean who raised up these street children like his father and brother, is undoubtedly the person Rukia respects most!

    "The guest is still there."

    With a smile on the face of Pharmacist Pocket, he tapped his finger on Rukia''s head, smiled and said, "Rukia, don''t be fooling around..."

    "Yes."

    Rukia stood timidly beside the pharmacist''s pocket, and asked in a low voice, "That... Dean, are you leaving..."

    This matter is what Rukia cares most about.

    When Kuchiki Byakuya told her just now, Rukia felt a little unwilling to believe, and wanted to know the truth from the pharmacist''s pocket.

    "Yes."

    The pharmacist smiled and nodded, patted Rukia''s head, and then continued: "This is also no way...people are to be separated after all..."

    "The Dean..."

    "All right."

    The pharmacist turned his head to look at Kuchiki Byakuya who was sitting in the guest seat, and smiled and said, "Rukia, you should withdraw first. Let me and the young master of the Kuchiki clan come to have a good talk..."

    "This¡­"

    Rukia''s expression was surprised for a second.

    However, out of trust in the pharmacist''s pocket, Rukia still nodded seriously and slowly withdrew from the reception room.

    After Rukia withdrew, Kuchiki Byakuya''s eyes flashed with a positive look. He could not put Rukia in his eyes, but he could never fail to put the fellow Yaoshidou in his eyes!

    Hundreds of years ago, Yakushidou had served as the captain of the eighth division in charge of intelligence. During that time, the sense of existence of the eighth division was simply overwhelming.

    To say bluntly...

    The limelight of the eighth squad almost overwhelmed any squad!

    The most important thing is that the Kuchuki clan actually owes a great favor to Yakushidou, that is, Kuchuki Byakuya''s father Kuchiki Cangchun, the current head of the Kuchuki family and the pharmacist are close friends.

    Moreover, in a certain mission, Kuchuki Cangchun led the sixth squad to encounter danger, but fortunately, the pharmacist rescued the man after taking a shot.

    This favor is here...

    Otherwise, Kuchiki Byakuya would not personally appear in the orphanage to discuss with Rukia, but directly send someone to take Rukia back to the house of Kuchiki forcibly.

    Unfortunately.

    Although Kuchu Cangchun has always been very talented, and even treats people very kindly, he still can''t really possess the spirit of a Patriarch.

    In comparison, Kuchiki Byakuya is even more suitable than his father, and has the majesty of a clan.

    Kushiki Aozumi hopes to protect the orphanage of Pharmacist Tou after he enters the zero division. Byakuya Kuchuki does not approve of his father''s opinion. This is another reason why he came to the orphanage.

    It was only because of Kuchuki Cangchun''s gentle personality that Kuchuki Byakuya married Kuchuki Hijin, who was born as a commoner, without facing too much pressure...

    This makes their father-son relationship good.

    Therefore, facing his father''s best friend, Kuchuki Byakuya was a little hesitant.

    Moreover, from a certain situation, Yakushidou often visits the dead wood clan as a guest, but in fact he still watched him grow up...

    "Don''t be restrained in front of me."

    Yakushi sat down opposite Kuchaki Byakuya, smiled and poured a cup of tea for himself, and calmly said: "I didn''t expect that, Byakuya has really grown up, and has learned to fully consider from the standpoint of the family. It''s..."

    "Yes... I want to adopt Miss Lucia."

    Kuchaki Byakuya''s brows slightly frowned, and he stared at the pharmacist pocket in front of him, and said in a deep voice: "My wife Hijin and Rukia are very clear about the relationship between my wife and Rukia..."

    If it wasn''t because Rukia was the orphanage where Kuchiki Hijin himself put in the orphanage of Yakushitou, Kuchiki Byakuya really couldn''t help wondering if it was Yakushito''s calculation. The head of the orphanage who always smiles was thinking too deeply. ¡­

    "Ok."

    The corners of Pharmacist¡¯s mouth became more smiling, and he slowly nodded and said: "I will never stop this kind of thing. I also hope that Rukia can live a better life..."

    "Yes."

    Kuchiki Byakuya slowly nodded, and said in a deep voice: "Although we all think that this generation of Uehara Patriarch has a good temperament, but the thirteen dead servants next to him..."

    "No need to worry."

    The pharmacist took a sip of tea and continued calmly: "I believe Lord Naraku will take care of all this..."

    They are all their own.

    There is no need for outsiders to worry about these issues at all.

    Compared with these trivial matters, they might as well worry about which team Uehara Naraku will go to after graduation. After all, if Uehara Naraku becomes the captain of a certain team, it can be considered a real succumb.

    The next day.

    Seireitei.

    Mao Spiritual Academy.

    Because today is the day when the fifth team leader Ai Ran Soyousuke announced the results of yesterday''s assessment, many students who participated in the assessment gathered at the school.

    Uehara Naraku is no exception.

    Maybe he will graduate from this school today.

    Although Uehara Naraku didn''t stay in this school for cultivating the **** of death for too long, he still became a figure in this school with a legendary identity and super talent.

    Whether it¡¯s the former top students such as Kira Izuru and Hinamori Momo, or the passionate idiot like Asari Renji...

    All became the footnotes of Uehara Naraku.

    "Nara..."

    When a girl with a bandaged ball head saw Uehara Naraku, she waved her palm happily at Uehara Naraku: "Hurry up, Captain Aizen will come today to announce that she passed the assessment list!"

    "Hey, Hina Mori."

    Akari Renji glanced at Uehara Naraku with a full face, and followed another companion Kira Izuru who came over: "This is the patriarch of the Uehara clan. Maybe he will be the captain after graduation!"

    Asari Renji didn''t hate Uehara.

    It is the Uehara clan that Akari Renji hates more.

    The children from the orphanage have no affection for the Uehara clan.

    Even if Akari Renji knew that Uehara hadn''t missed anything, he would just subconsciously blame Uehara''s clan for suppressing the druggist''s pocket on Uehara''s head.

    It is estimated that only Ichimarugin who knows the truth can understand the true relationship between Uehara Naraku and Yakushito...

    "Renji..."

    Young Sentao''s face was still a bit wronged.

    The little girl has always been very fond of Uehara Naraku, because in their contact, Uehara Naraku will never suppress others with his identity.

    Even in the face of the always-tempered Asani Renji, Uehara Naraku was always able to treat him kindly, never caring about Renji''s offense to him.

    Even after Asari Renji habitually expressed his dissatisfaction with the Uehara clan, he felt a little regretful in his heart.

    Because he knows the character of Uehara Naraku.

    This is purely to vent his anger.

    "Ah, sorry, Uehara."

    Ashani Renji hugged his arm, a flash of apology flashed across his face, and he said loudly: "There is no special meaning, but I feel a little unhappy..."

    after all¡­

    Today was not only the day to announce their graduate candidates, but also the day when the pharmacist left Seireitei. Of course, Asani Renji was a little unhappy.

    "It''s ok."

    Uehara Naruko narrowed her eyes, looked at Asani Renji with a face full of regret, and shook her head, "I know that the identity I don''t want may bring you unhappiness..."

    When talking about this, Uehara Naruko''s face was even more apologetic, and he even spoke awkwardly: "Sorry, I didn''t expect that we have been together for so long, and you will still be dissatisfied with me because of my identity..."

    This is a bit of green tea.

    If you count it seriously, it is indeed Asari Renji''s fault, and Uehara Naraku has never put on any airs!

    Even because of his identity, when facing the students of the Mao Spiritual Academy, Uehara Naraku''s attitude has always been very low. Every student knows that although Uehara''s identity is noble, he is actually a kind person at heart.

    To put it harshly...

    This is simply naive.

    If it weren¡¯t for Uehara Naraku to be a wealthy patriarch, it is estimated that there will be students in the Mao Spiritual Academy who dare to bully him, and there must be someone who is looking for Uehara Naraku every day...

    but.

    This innocence is very popular in school.

    Whether it was Hina Mori or Kira Izuru, they couldn''t help but look at Asani Renji, and everyone''s face was full of blame and dissatisfaction.

    In their opinion, Renji took the initiative to find fault every time... and Uehara Naraku not only never responded, but even took the initiative to apologize.

    and so¡­

    Such a kind person...

    Who would be embarrassed to bully him!

    Assani Renji noticed the condemning glances of Hina Mori and Kira Izuru, his face couldn''t help but twitched: "Hey, hey, I''ve said that this is not what I mean!"

    "It''s ok."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and smiled to himself: "I''m used to it, let''s not talk about these unhappy things..."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Akari Renji''s aggrieved look, and slowly changed the subject: "Speaking of which, our assessment seems to be different. What was the assessment you encountered yesterday?"

    "Encountered some trouble."

    Jiliang Yihe''s face suddenly became solemn, and he said in a deep voice: "Yesterday we encountered a group of imaginary attacks. The death team responsible for protecting us was almost wiped out..."

    "Ok¡­"

    Hina Mori Tao''s face is still a little scared, but when she talks about this, there is a flash of worship on her face: "Fortunately, Captain Aizen came to support! Otherwise, everyone is really in danger..."

    "That''s really good luck..."

    Uehara Naraku nodded slightly.

    Yesterday Aizen Soyousuke really didn''t waste time!

    Lan Ran Soyousuke sent Da Xu to assassinate him, the Patriarch of the Uehara clan. After seeing that the assassination failed, he would come forward to help clean up the mess and appease his kind student...

    When the matter on his side is resolved, I have to rush to Ashani Renji, Hina Moro and others, and take advantage of this virtual attack to hook up the girl...

    What a master of time management.

    Uehara Naraku frowned slightly, and said in a deep voice: "There is a strange thing to say. For some reason, the place where I participated in the assessment should be confidential, but I still encountered a virtual attack, and even a big virtual... "

    "Huh? Daxu!"

    Akari Renji''s face changed in an instant, and he couldn''t help but hurriedly asked, "Is nothing wrong with you guy?"

    "No."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head, and continued in a deep voice: "Seventeen Daxu, no, it should be said that they are eighteen Daxu. They want to cross the boundary wall and enter my assessment site to attack me. Deadpool stopped..."

    When Uehara Naraku said this, he couldn''t help lowering his voice and whispered: "I''m just a little curious about how those Daxu knew where I was assessed before they attacked me..."

    "what do you mean¡­"

    Kira Izuru frowned, and asked in a deep voice: "Are those Xu deliberately trying to attack you?"

    Hina Mori Tao shook her head slightly, spreading her palms and said, "Speaking of which, this is also normal. After all, Naraku''s identity lies here. It is not surprising that Daxu wants to attack the important Naraku..."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku''s forehead jumped.

    Can these two guys guess something serious!

    It''s no wonder that these two people have been manipulated by others, how can they not think of a serious direction at all!

    Asani Renji''s expression was faintly gloomy: "Uehara, did you mean someone secretly revealed the location where you took the exam?"

    "Um...no."

    Just when Uehara Naraku wanted to quietly bury the nails along the conversation, he even planned to bury the nails when he saw Shigekuni Yamamoto Motoyanagi in the future.

    As a result, the spiritual pressure of two people suddenly appeared within the scope of his perception.

    Aizen Souesuke and Ichimaru silver!

    The corner of Uehara Naraku''s eyes noticed their appearance, and the conversation immediately shifted away: "We guessed that some of our clan might have mastered the way to trace our bloodline. After all, it''s a little secret... Forget it, it''s just this matter for me. Bring some trouble..."

    "What''s the trouble?"

    Aizen Soyousuke stood beside Naraku Uehara, smiled gently and said, "If my future companion encounters some tricky troubles, it will make me the captain feel very troubled for his companion..."

    "Captain Aizen!"

    A flash of surprise flashed across everyone''s face.

    Hina Mori''s face instantly showed admiration, and Kira Izuru slightly lowered his head to show respect to the captain of the fifth division.

    Asarii Renji looked at Aizen Soyousuke indifferently, his gaze fell more on Ichimaru Gin next to Aizen: "Hey, Brother Yin, it''s been a long time!"

    "Renji is here too..."

    Ichimaru Gin''s eyes squinted and glanced at Renji with a smile, before turning to look at Uehara Naraku, smiled and said, "Naraku-san, Captain Aizen will soon announce that you will be assigned to our fifth team...

    If you have no objections to this matter, then we will become companions in the future! "

    "of course not!"

    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and even stepped back slightly to signal his humility: "No...it should be a great honor... to be a subordinate of Aizen Captain and Vice Captain Ichimarugin..."

    "Do not."

    Ichimaru Gin''s eyes opened slightly, revealing light blue eyes. His laughter added a touch of respect that is difficult for ordinary people to hear: "This incident...actually should be our honor, too right!"

    However, Ichimarugin¡¯s respect...

    From the appearance of the two people now, it sounds more like a mockery.

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click "Favorites" below to record the reading record of this time (Chapter 616, a new member of the fifth team (four thousand words!)), and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 616ï¼š Unexpectedly, for one day, the people behind the scenes were also other people...

    "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes ( Find the latest chapter!

    Ichimaru Gin really doesn''t look like a good person.

    Mingshi Marugin said that he was welcoming Uehara Naraku to join the fifth squad, but his smile appeared to be extremely mocking, as if to deliberately satirize the identity of Uehara Naraku.

    Everyone present frowned involuntarily.

    Ashani Renji looked at their senior Ichimarugin in the orphanage, and couldn''t help but muttered: "Hey, Brother Gin, Uehara hasn''t relied on his identity much..."

    "Yeah... Naraku doesn''t have much air..."

    Hinamori couldn''t help but cowardly agree, and she glanced at Ai Ran Soyousuke cautiously again, remembering how the captain rescued them yesterday.

    Hina Mori lowered her head slightly, and added in a low voice: "In fact, Naraku''s personality is like Captain Aizen..."

    The original intention of Hina Mori Tao means that neither of them has any pretensions, and treats everyone around them very gently, never relying on their own identity.

    But when she said this...

    The scene fell strangely into calm.

    Ichimaru Gin''s eyes lifted slightly, and there was a cold smile in his eyes watching Hina Mori Tao. Who can tell him what is going on with this little girl?

    One sentence almost broke the truth...

    If you really pierce the real masks of two people here...

    The entire corpse soul world... will be declared completely destroyed about today!

    "not like this."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head hurriedly, and looked at Aizen Soyousuke like Hina Mori, with an obvious admiration in his eyes: "I still have a long way to go with Captain Aizen... Captain has a lot to be worth. Where I study..."

    "Because I know I am still admiring Captain Aizen."

    Uehara Naraku sighed, with regrets on his face: "Maybe one day when I think I no longer worship Captain Aizen, I won¡¯t have to rely on the identity of Uehara¡¯s family to be truly qualified to stand with you. When we are together..."

    Uehara Naraku lowered his head again and sighed faintly: "Looking forward...it is actually the furthest distance between people..."

    Hearing Uehara Naraku''s words, Aizen Soyousuke couldn''t help thinking, his mouth couldn''t help but a smile appeared, and he looked at Uehara Naraku carefully.

    This sentence¡­

    It kind of fits his mind.

    If Uehara Naraku does not have a particularly important identity, Aizen Soyousuke really doesn''t mind putting him under his command...Of course, maybe you can consider doing this in the future.

    A patriarch of a corpse soul world giant became his subordinate because of worship... it sounds like a good thing.

    In terms of identity alone...

    Uehara Naraku''s identity is actually more noble than the king of the virtual circle.

    It''s a pity that this kind of thing can only be considered slowly in the future. If I admit that Uehara is weak now, it would be a bit too inconsistent with his personality.

    Besides...

    There are Thirteen Deadpools watching here!

    Uehara Naraku can say that he admires Aizen Soyousuke... but if Aizen Soyousuke admits it, he will definitely cause a lot of trouble for him now!

    After a while.

    Aizen Souesuke gently patted Uehara Naraku on the shoulder, smiled and praised: "Naraku, you don''t need to be humble, now you are good enough.

    The Spiritual Academy has not graduated early for many years, and you are the only one in this class. You have joined the fifth team and are now standing by my side..."

    After talking about this, Aizen Soyousuke watched Uehara Naraku and continued slowly: "I am just a piece of scenery you have seen during the journey. In the future, if there is a chance, we will see a wider starry sky... "

    that time¡­

    This is when this little guy really needs to look up to him!

    As Aizen Soyousuke was talking, Asari Renji recklessly interrupted him: "Wait, is Uehara the only one who passed the graduation examination?"

    This sentence is really ruining the atmosphere!

    Obviously Aizenzou Usuke murmured his vision for the future, Hina Mori Momo and Kira Izuru also looked forward to, Uehara Naraku and Ichimaru Gin were also cooperating in acting...

    Asani Renji, this guy just talked about business...

    This guy will destroy this beautiful atmosphere too much!

    Ai Ran Soyousuke couldn''t help but glanced at Asani Renji, and took a note of this somewhat uninteresting guy, he would definitely not be under his command!

    Because of such a reckless, passionate idiot...

    Even one of his subordinates makes him feel too much!

    It¡¯s just that what Asari Renji said is also serious. A simple-minded guy like him is really more concerned about who will graduate...

    however.

    The entire Mao Spiritual Academy.

    This time only Uehara Naraku was allowed to graduate in advance.

    If only in terms of his usual results at the Mao Spiritual Academy, Uehara Naraku does have this qualification, no matter which teacher it is, he has to admit his amazing talent.

    Among the students of the Mao Spiritual Academy in the past, no matter what the so-called genius student is, they are far from comparable to Uehara Naraku. Not everyone can master all courses at this age.

    of course¡­

    This also has his identity blessing.

    Uehara Naruko¡¯s status as the head of the corpse soul world¡¯s wealthy family, which was planned by Uehara, brought him great convenience. Yesterday¡¯s huge graduate assessment...

    In fact, it was only prepared for him alone.

    Assani Renji, Kira Izuru, and Hinamori Momo, who were newly admitted to the hospital, had no wish to graduate early, and they must continue to study at the Mao Spiritual Academy.

    Originally, their strength was not enough...

    Uehara Naruko looked guiltily at the friends she had made during one year of studying at the Mao Spiritual Academy, and slowly bowed her head and said, "Sorry, I thought..."

    "Hey, there is no need to apologize for this kind of thing!"

    Although Akari Renji¡¯s face was very upset, he spit out: "Anyway, when practicing in the class, no one can survive one or two rounds under your hand. If only one person can graduate, it must be You guys!"

    After Akari Renji finished speaking, he still solemnly stretched out his palm towards Uehara Naraku, and grinned: "Anyway...Congratulations on your graduation!"

    "Yeah, congratulations, Naraku..."

    Hina Mori Momo and Kira Izuru nodded, managed to suppress the loss in their hearts, and quietly congratulated their friends.

    "Thank you."

    Uehara Naraku suppressed the joy on her face, softly speaking to soothe the emotions of her friend: "Maybe we can see you again next year..."

    "Huh, that''s good!"

    Asani Renji grinned, his face was a little more wanton: "Don''t think that you will leave me alone, but I practice hard, and I will catch up with you soon!"

    Akari Renji secretly made up his mind.

    A passionate guy like him will never admit his backwardness!

    However, what Renji didn''t know was that from this time on, the school has never held a graduate assessment for these junior students in advance...

    of course¡­

    Soon Renji won''t worry about this kind of thing.

    Because his little friend Rukia in the orphanage since he was a child...No, it should be said that Rukia Kuchiki, who was just adopted by the Kuchiki clan, also entered the Mao Spiritual Academy.

    the other side.

    After Uehara Naraku separated from his friends, he rushed to the residence of the fifth division of the Gotei 13th team under the leadership of Aizen Soyousuke and Ichimaru silver.

    Here¡­

    It will be their home in the future.

    In addition to the place where they live, it is also the place where they practice.

    Aizen Soyousuke stood in front of the gate of the fifth team and looked at the young Shinigami beside him: "I''m sorry, Naraku, compared to your house, it''s a little bit rudimentary... If there is something uncomfortable. , Must tell me as soon as possible."

    Because the head of the Gotei 13th team, Moto Ryusai Shigekuni Yamamoto, specially asked Ai Ran Soyousuke, that he must take good care of the rich family owner.

    If you can¡­

    Train the owner as soon as possible.

    The captains of this group know very well that according to the identity of Uehara Naraku, it is impossible to stay in the fifth squad and must become a captain as soon as possible.

    This is slightly in line with his identity.

    "No, it''s already fine."

    Uehara Naraku smiled and shook his head. Looking at Aizen Soyousuke, he showed a sunny smile: "Captain Aizen lives here, even if this house is a simple place, it will be shining because of Captain Aizen. Hui..."

    "Perhaps it should be changed in another way..."

    Ichimaru Gin squinted his eyes and smiled and said, "Naraku-san is the first Patriarch of the Uehara clan who is willing to join the Gotei 13 team. Because of Naraku, the entire Gotei 13 team will become noble because of this. ¡­"

    This...

    It sounds a bit ridiculous again.

    Aizen Soyousuke glanced at Ichimarugin, and whispered Ichimarugin''s words: "Gil, Naraku is our companion, don''t go too far because of your personal affairs..."

    "Yes, Aizen-sama."

    Ichimaru Gin nodded in good faith.

    Uehara Naraku looked at Ichimarugil and blinked his eyes slightly.

    The fifth team.

    The state of this team is a bit weird.

    Compared with the situation of other teams, the fifth team, under the leadership of Ai Ran Soyousuke, faintly resembles a freshman Reaper training team.

    Ok¡­

    It may not be like.

    Just from the looks of things, the fifth team is really getting more and more low-key and declining.

    When the last captain of the fifth division Mako Hirako was in, the performance of the fifth division has always been very impressive, and Mako Hirako''s combat power is also at the forefront.

    However, since decades ago, Hirako Mako and a group of Death Captain, Deputy Captain, Ghost Daozhong and others have been inexplicably virtualized, almost turned into an irrational virtuality, so they were expelled from the corpse soul world by the central 46 room.

    This is also known as the beginning event of the Masked Legion.

    Kisuke Urahara also escaped from the Soul World because of this incident, and was also implicated in Urahara''s own friend Sifengin Yaichi who had to flee together, and even he was almost implicated in Yakushi''s pocket because of this incident.

    After the Masked Legion incident ended, Ai Ran Soyousuke became the captain of the fifth squad, and since then began his low-key career...

    The fifth squad is in the hands of Ai Ran Soyousuke, and gradually becomes a squad that nurtures freshmen, and every freshman who graduated will be assigned to the fifth squad.

    Even Aizen himself...

    I also work part-time as a calligraphy teacher at the Mao Spiritual Academy!

    Of course, this does not mean that Aizen Soyousuke has become low-key. In fact, as Hirako Mako and Urahara Kisuke and others escape from the corpse world, when Aizen acts in the dark, he becomes more unscrupulous than before.

    and¡­

    In order to welcome the arrival of Uehara Naraku, Aizen Soyousuke even carried out a mirage manipulation of the fifth division''s Reapers to ensure that all the whereabouts of Uehara Naraku, the giant patriarch, could be brought under his control.

    If it looks now...

    Except for the rookie Uehara Naraku in the entire fifth division, the other Reapers are now under the control of Aizen Soyousuke!

    Naturally, this kind of thing was not hidden from Naraku Uehara...

    Unfortunately, Uehara Naraku seems to have nothing to do. He must find a suitable opportunity to use others to quietly expose such things...

    What a reincarnation of heaven!

    People never expected...

    Once Uehara Naraku used to arrange a bunch of spies around the enemy so that he could take everything about the enemy, but today it is his turn to be arranged around a bunch of spies.

    Of course, Uehara Naraku is not worried about this problem.

    Because Uehara Naraku knew very well, Aizen Soyousuke arranged a bunch of spies against him on the surface field of the fifth squad; Uehara Naraku also arranged a bunch of targets next to his true identity in the secret of Aizen Soyousuke. His spy.

    Whether it is in the virtual circle or in the soul world, there are spies targeting Ai Ran.

    From the current situation, on the surface, Uehara''s actions in the fifth squad cannot escape Aizen Soyousuke''s sight; behind the scenes, Aizen Soyousuke''s movements cannot be avoided. Uehara Naraku''s monitoring.

    This means that they are a wave of exchange...

    This world of death is really exciting!

    To be honest, even when the Ninja world competed with the black hand behind the Millennium, Uehara Naraku didn''t feel as exciting as it is now!

    What Nara Uehara never expected was...

    As soon as Ai Ran Soyousuke brought him to the fifth team, he gave him a good start, no, or it should be an active training for him.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke looked at a group of gods of death who came to greet them, and announced his order: "From tomorrow, Naraku will be the third officer of our fifth team."

    In the entire squad, the captain is the head, the deputy captain is the second, and then the third-ranked third-place officer in the squad.

    "Captain Aizen..."

    A hesitation flashed across Uehara Naraku''s face, and he spoke restrainedly: "I just joined the fifth team, this is not appropriate..."

    "team leader!"

    A young Grim Reaper interrupted Uehara Naraku''s words. He slowly walked out holding his Zanpaku Sword, and said with a sullen expression: "Even if I know that as a subordinate, I should not resist the command of the captain, let alone I know this one. The identity of the newcomer...

    But according to the rules of our Gotei 13 team, this new third officer who is about to replace me, at least let me see his power! "

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the unknown young **** of death. UU reading

    The implication of this young man''s death myth is to challenge his newcomer, but this young **** of death is controlled by Aizen Soyousuke Kyoka Shuiyue!

    after all¡­

    The normal **** of death dare to find fault with the Patriarch of the Shangyuan clan?

    In addition to the eleventh division captain Kenki Kenpachi and the group of reckless men under his command, who else would dare to say that he would compete with a rich family owner?

    Uehara Naraku narrowed his gaze again, and turned his puzzled, puzzled, and pleading gaze to Aizen Soyousuke who was manipulating the matter behind the scenes...

    Is it interesting to watch a play directed by yourself?

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 617 did not expect that one day, behind the scenes are also other people''s spies...) to read the record, and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 617ï¼š The **** of death who is not good at singing and Jie Yin

    You can search for the latest chapters in Baidu for "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes Xinshu Haige Novel Network (!

    Aizen Soyousuke likes to control everything very much.

    Just like the current situation, he secretly controlled Uehara Naraku to fight with the former third officer. He wanted to see the real power of the Uehara clan.

    Even though I''ve seen Naraku Uehara''s battle several times...

    However, Aizen knows very well that those battles are just pediatrics.

    Aizen Soyousuke''s hand is still far from enough for Uehara Naraku''s intelligence collection. If you want to conquer or kill Uehara Naraku, you must have more detailed information.

    therefore¡­

    Aizen''s opponents are naturally not too weak.

    No, in other words, he is also a tough **** of death.

    The name of the former third officer of the fifth division is Pu Cheng. Unlike the other gods of death controlled by Kyoka Shuiyue, Pu Cheng is a faithful **** of death received by Ai Ran in the Soul World, which is equivalent to Ai Ran. Important tool.

    Compared to the purpose of obtaining or killing Uehara Naraku, this tool is actually not important, so he was directly thrown out by Aizen to test Uehara Naraku.

    of course¡­

    Urasei challenged Naraku Uehara...

    On the surface, Ai Ran Soyousuke himself certainly would not agree.

    Ai Ran looked at the former third seat officer of the fifth division, his brows wrinkled slightly, and he hesitated and said: "Puracheng, you should withdraw first. I will arrange Uehara to become the third seat officer. Not because of his identity, but because I believe in his power..."

    "Captain Aizen!"

    Urasei interrupted Aizen Soyousuke''s words and turned to look at Uehara Naraku: "No matter how many appropriate reasons are given, it is better to let everyone see the power of our third official! "

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku''s expression was subtle.

    It¡¯s not easy for Ai Ran Soyousuke...

    Obviously it was the third officer he arranged to challenge himself, and he also made a serious appearance that the underlings did not obey his arrangement...

    This is singing a double song in front of him!

    It is really hard to maintain a good personality!

    It¡¯s not easy for everyone to act, and Uehara Naraku himself is no exception...

    "Sorry, Captain Aizen..."

    Uehara Naruko raised his head and looked at Aizen Soyousuke, with some hesitation on his face, he said: "Actually, I am very satisfied to be able to pass the graduation exam and join the fifth team. I don''t want to be a seat officer and future companion. Fight..."

    "Hey!"

    Urasei looked at Uehara Naraku angrily, and said with an unhappy face: "What do you mean by this fellow, are you looking down on me?"

    Uehara Naraku hurriedly backed away a few steps, a fright flashed across his face: "No...sorry...I didn''t mean that, I never looked down on seniors..."

    "What if you look down on it?"

    Ichimaru Gin couldn''t help but chuckled, and slowly said, "As your Lord Naraku, he can look down on anyone present..."

    This sentence is a bit too much.

    No matter who it is, it sounds like it is soliciting discord.

    Ichimaru Gin didn''t care about everyone''s eyes, and continued self-consciously: "But speaking of it, the position of the fifth team seat officer is too low for Naraku-san!

    It just so happens that I want to find time to step down as the deputy captain, so I might as well choose today, but I have to make a grievance to the Lord Nairo to give me my current position..."

    "silver."

    Aizen Soyousuke glanced at Ichimarugin reproachfully, and calmly said: "In the future, don''t say these ironic words in front of Naraku. A person''s kindness should not be an excuse for others to attack him unscrupulously..."

    "team leader¡­"

    Naruko Uehara showed a little gratitude on her face, and looked at Ichimarugin again: "Vice captain, I am not..."

    "Your Excellency Naraku."

    Ichimaru Gin looked at Uehara Naraku with a smile, and continued with a smile: "Please don''t refuse, I am not deliberately taunting... The 46th room of the Central Committee has appointed me as the captain of the third division, so naturally it is impossible to stay in fifth. The team is now."

    of course¡­

    The apparent reason is this.

    The real reason is naturally that Ichimarugin doesn''t want to be the boss of Uehara Naraku. Even if it''s just a superficial boss, Ichimarugin feels a little dangerous...

    "This is indeed true."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke tapped his fingers, and said in a low voice, "Gil is about to take over as the captain of the third squad. The position of deputy captain has been vacant..."

    It''s just that...

    The battle between Uehara Naraku and the third officer...

    Unexpectedly, the next moment Ichimaru Gin looked at Uehara Naraku, and smiled and invited him: "I know that Captain Aizen has always been optimistic about Naraku, and will definitely support Naraku as the deputy captain of the fifth team, and the captain himself has Power to appoint;

    However, before that, it¡¯s better to ask Mr. Naraku to show off your one-thousandth of your strength, and let everyone know your strength. Even the captain of the Gotei 13 team is actually enough..."

    It''s ridiculous.

    Had it not been for Yakushidou who had seen him with Ichimaru Ginkai, Uehara Naraku would have thought that this guy was deliberately taunting him...

    However, Ichimarugin is revealing how to deal with Uhara Naraku.

    Aizen''s secret temptation is what Uehara Naraku has always refused.

    Rather than let Aizen continue to be curious about the strength of Uehara''s clan, it is better to try to sever one of his claws and let him try Uehara Naraku again, thinking about how much he can pay!

    Of course you can¡¯t just continue like this at this time...

    Someone must also give Uehara Naruto a step.

    "It''s not... Deputy Captain..."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and said in an obscure voice: "I just graduated from school, I just want to be..."

    "Nara."

    Aizen Souesuke gently interrupted Uehara Naraku''s words, and smiled and said, "Everyone here is a companion who will live and die with you in the future... at least let them know your abilities and let them know me. I want to choose your reason for becoming the deputy captain."

    This kid...

    What a trouble...

    If it hadn''t been found out from some secret information that the Uehara clan might have a way to deal with certain illusions... Aizen Soyousuke had directly used Jinghua Shuiyue to hypnotize Uehara Naruko and Urasei in a duel!

    "Yes... Captain."

    Uehara Naraku took a deep breath, it looked as if he had accepted some incredible challenge and mission.

    On the training field of the fifth team.

    Uehara Naraku and Uranaru stood on the court, and the others stood around.

    Pu Cheng abruptly pulled out the Zanpaku Sword in his hand, looked at Naru Uehara who was standing opposite with his bare hands, and said in a deep voice, "The first in this session of the Mao Spiritual Academy...Isn''t there even Zanpaku Sword? Right?"

    The Zanpaku Knife is the weapon that the **** of death depends on for survival.

    The form, shape and ability of the Zanpae Sword are constructed through the soul of the Reaper. Each Zanpae Sword has its own name. The Reaper uses the Zanpae Sword based on the communication with the Zanpae Sword. the power of.

    If the **** of death and his own Zanpaku Knife can truly communicate with each other, they can make the power of the **** of death skyrocket out of thin air through the two form changes of the first solution and the swastika.

    "I don''t want to use my Zanpaku Knife..."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head, lowered his head and said in a low voice: "It''s not because we underestimated the predecessors, but the Zanpaku swords of our clan are slightly different..."

    "Isn''t that more curious?"

    Pu Cheng frowned slightly, and said solemnly: "Let me see your Zanpaku! At least this will make me go all out without any distractions! Don''t let me be too disappointed, the newcomer...get irritable, Hui tooth!"

    The spiritual pressure on Pu Cheng''s body suddenly skyrocketed, and the Zanpei Dao in his hand suddenly changed its appearance, and the knives grew densely with serrated teeth!

    This is his initial solution form!

    Uehara Naraku was silent for a moment, and slowly stretched out his palm to grab the air out of thin air, and a powerful spiritual pressure burst out of him!

    In an instant...

    Uehara Naraku''s Reiatsu has completely overwhelmed Urasei!

    This pressure even made the members of the fifth squad involuntarily step back a few steps. As for Pu Cheng, facing the pressure, it seemed that he could not breathe!

    Just Reiatsu...

    It was so strong that the third official was a little frightened!

    "Ok?"

    Aizen Soyousuke frowned slightly, staring at Uehara Naraku''s back, and whispered: "As mentioned in the secrets of the Uehara clan in the data room, each generation of Uehara clan chiefs will use spiritual power. Pass on..."

    "Yes¡­"

    Ichimaru Gin''s mouth chuckled and nodded. He didn''t care about the shocking spiritual pressure in front of him. It seemed that he spoke casually: "The spiritual power inheritance accumulated over thousands of years, even if this is only part of it, is already It''s amazing enough..."

    Although his mouth is saying something surprised...

    However, from Ichimaru Gin''s expression, it seemed that his expression didn''t care how strong Uehara Naraku''s Reiatsu was, as if he didn''t care how strong Uehara Naraku was.

    While Aizen Soyousuke was thinking about what information about the Zanpakuto of the Uehara clan in addition to spiritual power, Aizen saw the Zanpakuto of Uehara Naruto, that scene of Zanpakuto Showing up suddenly tightened his eyes!

    A golden light appeared in the hands of Uehara Naraku!

    These golden lights converged into a golden lightsaber and appeared in the hands of Uehara Naruto in just an instant. It is not so much that the lightsaber is composed of spirits, it is better to say that they are photons!

    Uehara Naraku suddenly raised the golden lightsaber in his hand, and began to chant his own original commentary with a serious face: "Bath in the light... Heaven from the cloud sword!"

    next moment¡­

    The long sword in the hands of Naru Uehara is flourishing!

    The surging spiritual pressure and dazzling light quickly enveloped the entire fifth squad¡¯s station, only slowly disappearing when it touched the murderous stone building...

    "Senior, let''s start."

    Uehara Naraku slowly raised the golden lightsaber in his hand, and his face became more serious than ever: "Although attacking me, I will restrain my strength...Tencongyun sword is a Zanpaku sword that symbolizes justice and light. , Will never harm innocent people."

    "The existence of Tian Cong Yun Jian is light."

    Uehara Naraku held the golden lightsaber in his hand and slowly said: "The sky from the cloud sword can give me the power of light, enough to give me the courage to overcome any difficulties..."

    "..."

    Pu Cheng''s expression stiffened for a second, and the next moment he rushed up with his jagged Zhanpei knife, a flash of anger and disdain flashed across his face: "Let''s look down on people!"

    quickly¡­

    He flew backwards at a faster speed!

    Uehara Naruko waved the golden lightsaber in his hand, and slashed directly on Pucheng''s Obscure Tooth Zanpaku Knife, which directly slashed the third official with a knife away!

    Pu Cheng''s feet suddenly stepped on the ground, and his figure disappeared into the same place in a blink of an eye. This was a momentary step from the 13th team of the Seireitei Guardian!

    Pu Cheng waved the Zanpei Knife in his hand, and the serrations on the knife suddenly became sharp, and slammed into Uehara Naraku''s neck!

    This knife...

    As if to split Uehara Naraku into two!

    "It seems to be in danger..."

    Ichimaru Gin was standing next to him and slowly said, "Speaking of which, it seems inappropriate to use this opportunity to kill Lord Naraku here, right?"

    "There is nothing appropriate or inappropriate."

    Lan Ran Soyousuke slowly shook his head, and calmly explained, "What''s more, the power of Nairobi is not as simple as you think... In the last graduation examination, the one I helped him to kill was an evolutionary failure. , Kylian Daxu, who is good at hiding and disguising..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke spoke slowly and continued: "However, before I can kill him, he can easily capture a Gilian with his close-to-nothing ability..."

    "What an amazing genius..."

    Ichimaru Gin¡¯s smile was a little nasty. His eyes were fixed on Uehara, who was hit by Uehara Naruko one after another, and couldn¡¯t help but continue: ¡°His kendo skills also seem to be amazing. It looks like Urawa is about to lose... "

    "will not."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke smiled and shook his head, and continued to speak; "Let''s take a good look... Pu Cheng''s ugly teeth are not that simple!"

    indeed¡­

    Although Uehara Naraku¡¯s Zanpakutou came out, Urasei did fall into a disadvantage for a short time, because there was a huge gap between Reiatsu and Zanpakuto...but this gap was not enough to make Uehara Naruto extremely strong. Posture crushes Pucheng!

    Every time Uehara¡¯s Zanpaku knife falls on Uehara Naraku¡¯s golden lightsaber, the golden lightsaber will inevitably be cast with a gray shadow, as if it is dusting the lightsaber. !

    This is the ability of the tooth...

    If there is a collision, he can use his spiritual pressure to gradually erode the Zanpoknife in the enemy''s hand through the Zanpoet!

    Obviously if the fighting continues...

    The Tian Cong Yun Sword in Uehara Nairobi''s hand should be completely useless!

    "Is there no way?"

    The next moment, the lightsaber in Uehara Naruko''s hand dissipated, and he slowly put his hands together and began to chant the spell of the death ghost''s ability in an orderly manner: "The thundering carriage, the gap between the spinning wheel, this thing has light, it is divided into six..."

    The golden light in Naruto Uehara''s hand dispersed instantly, and almost instantly gathered and turned into a light prison, imprisoning Urasei in a light prison, and his spell finally chanted the last sentence: "... One, six rods!"

    Uehara Naruko watched the light firmly restrain Urashiro, and then slowly breathed a sigh of relief: "Huh, it''s finally done. The thing I''m not good at is singing the ghost road spell and Keiyin..."

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record the reading record of this time (Chapter 618 is not good at singing and Jie Yin) reading records, next time you open the bookshelf to see!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 618ï¼š Itâ€™s really hard acting, 2 people!

    You can search for the latest chapters in Baidu for "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes Xinshu Haige Novel Network (!

    The battle continues.

    Uehara Naraku wasted a lot of time chanting a powerful ghost spell, trapping the third official of the fifth division, Urawa, with a barrier.

    Sixty-one of binding the road.

    Just speaking, the difficulty of cultivation is not low.

    Of course this is only for those academic students.

    For geniuses such as Ai Ran Soyousuke, he has mastered the practice of ghost way very early, and he can even use the power of ghost way without chanting. As long as his own spiritual pressure is strong enough, he can use anything unscrupulously. The power of ghosts...

    "Ok?"

    A smile appeared on the corners of Ai Ran Soyousuke''s mouth, and he slowly said, "Does the Sixty-One of Bound Dao also need to chant? It seems that Naraku has not yet awakened the spiritual power accumulated by that clan for thousands of years..."

    "It seems so..."

    Ichimaru Gin nodded and chuckled lightly, and then slowly continued: "Moreover, the six-stick light prison that has passed through the singing does not seem to be as powerful as expected... Judging by Uraseung''s spiritual pressure, it should be broken soon, right?"

    really.

    Before Ichimarugin''s voice fell.

    Pu Cheng waved the Zanpo Dao in his hand and stood on the six-stick light prison one after another. In an instant, the entire cell was completely shattered!

    Urawa''s feet lightly stepped on the ground, and Shunbu appeared in front of Uehara Naraku, and the Zanpaku Sword moved upwards boldly, trying to tear a wound on Uehara Naraku''s body!

    This battle...

    It''s far from over!

    However, everyone knows that Urasei is definitely not Uehara Naraku''s opponent for his kendo skills alone!

    Seriously...

    This should be a Patriarch cultivated by a wealthy clan, how could he be weaker than others on the basis of kendo!

    Clang!

    The lightsaber in Uehara Nairobi''s hand rose again, and suddenly stopped Pu Cheng''s Zanpaku Sword, the spiritual pressure on his body soared, and he once again shot him out!

    Uehara Naraku looked at the figure of Uehara flying out, holding the lightsaber in his hand, and quietly whispered: "We must always believe in the existence of light..."

    The next moment, the lightsaber in Uehara''s hand suddenly dissipated, turning into a dagger and flying towards Urasei. The high voice accompanied by Uehara''s spiritual pressure resounded in the practice field: "Go, Heaven from the cloud sword!"

    Numerous golden daggers flew towards Pu Cheng in an instant, nailing Pu Cheng in place as if they were nails!

    This trick...

    Pu Cheng has no chance to break free again!

    Uehara Naruko slowly raised her finger, looked at Uranaru who was nailed in place by him, and said softly, "Senior, you lost."

    "..."

    Pu Cheng frowned and gritted his teeth bitterly.

    Bang bang bang...

    There was a sudden burst of applause.

    Ichimaru Gin smiled and bulged his palms, and slowly said with a smile: "As expected, Sir Naraku, even with a little power, he can defeat the third officer of the fifth division, it is really more powerful than I thought. What..."

    "indeed¡­"

    Ai Ran Soyousuke slowly nodded, and the gaze under the lens became softer than ever: "Although there is still no fighting spirit as in the past, but Reipressure and Kendo alone have suppressed Pucheng..."

    indeed.

    Uehara Naraku''s battle was obviously restraining his strength.

    So far Uehara Naraku seems to have used no ultimate move...

    He even made his own claim and released a ghostly restraint ability that he was not good at. Perhaps he just wanted to end the battle in a decent way without hurting his teammates.

    Obviously it doesn¡¯t look surprising...

    However, Uehara was defeated by Naraku Uehara.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke glanced at his confidant''s third official, and calmly said: "Well, since the battle is over, let him go, Naraku..."

    "Yes, Captain."

    Uehara Naruko raised her palm, and the lightsaber nailed to Pu Cheng''s body turned into photons and disappeared before everyone''s eyes.

    Just as Uehara Naraku had just lifted his control of Pu Cheng and disbanded his Heavenly Cong Yun Sword, Pu Cheng''s eyes suddenly flashed a sharp look!

    This official who was just defeated by Naraku Uehara...

    He wanted to carry his Zan Poknife to make a sneak attack!

    "Be careful!"

    A touch of surprise flashed right across Lan Ran Soyousuke¡¯s face, and he hurriedly wanted to rush to stop Pu Cheng, and he said anxiously to organize Pu Cheng: "Hurry up, Pu Cheng, your battle is over. Up..."

    However, Pu Cheng seemed unheard of...

    Still carrying the Zanpaku Knife in his hand, he hacked it up!

    A flash of horror and uneasiness flashed across Uehara Naraku''s face, hurriedly trying to reconsolidate her Zanpaku Sword to stop Urasei''s attack!

    It''s a pity that it''s too late...

    At this moment, a group of black flames suddenly appeared on Pu Cheng''s body, and a calm and indifferent voice appeared in everyone''s ears!

    "Amateras!"

    The fire of the sky burned in the air instantly!

    Everyone in the fifth team looked at the black flame spreading on Pu Cheng¡¯s body in disbelief, leaving the third officer to scream in pain...

    A space-time vortex appeared on the practice field.

    Two figures wearing auspicious clouds and black robes appeared from the vortex of time and space. Many people in the room recognized their identities. It was Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha, the second of the thirteen dead servants who had been responsible for protecting Uehara Naraku. earth.

    "Ah ah ah ah ah... kill me!"

    Pu Cheng wailed in pain amidst the black flames of the sky!

    Because Amaterasu seemed to burn in the bones of his soul, burning everything in his body little by little, as if to completely burn him into nothingness!

    This pain...

    Extraordinarily unbearable!

    "Senior Pucheng!"

    Uehara Naraku looked at the burned Urana, with a look of pain flashing across his face, his voice seemed to suppress his grief, and he said solemnly: "Mr. Itachi, please take back your Amaterasu..."

    "..."

    Uchiha Itachi was silent for a second.

    In the next second, Uchiha Itachi slowly shook his head, staring at Urinari who was burned by the sky, and said indifferently: "Naruko-sama, according to our agreement with the Gotei 13th team, the fifth squad The three officials should be treated with conspiracy, and we can deal with them ourselves..."

    After speaking, Uchiha Itachi turned his gaze to Ai Ran Soyousuke again, and his spiritual pressure slowly rose: "Your Excellency Ai Ran Soyousuke, the fifth team captain, you seem to violate us. The agreement with the Gotei 13 team..."

    indeed.

    There is a secret agreement between the Uehara clan and the Gotei 13 team.

    Anyone who vainly attempted to assassinate Uehara Naraku would be regarded as vainly attempting to provoke the Seireitei civil war, and was charged with subverting Seireitei and the corpse soul world.

    "Sorry."

    A hint of apology flashed across Lan Ran Soyousuke''s face, and he said softly, "I didn''t notice Pu Cheng''s actions just now. Thank you for your timely action..."

    of course.

    Aizen Soyousuke was very wary of Uchiha Itachi in front of him. He knew some information about Uchiha Itachi and some information about Uchiha''s soil.

    These two weird deadpools do not occupy the forefront of the ranking of Thirteen Deadpools, but Aizen Soyousuke will not despise them, not to mention these two guys with the surname Uchiha and Thirteen Deadpools. The number one Uchiha Madara must be related...

    This name is actually inconspicuous in the Soul World.

    However, this name is truly thunderous in the virtual circle!

    It is said that a long time ago, the thirteen dead servants of the Uehara clan broke into the virtual circle because of chasing someone, killing the entire virtual circle corpse across the wild, and forcing the entire virtual circle into the underground large virtual forest to survive. ¡­

    The most notorious of them...

    It is Uchiha Madara in Thirteen Deadpool!

    When Aizen Soyousuke conquered the virtual circle, he learned something about the thirteen deadpool from some of the mouths of Da Xu, such as Uchiha Madara¡¯s ability...

    It is said that that guy...

    Really realized the blur of death long ago!

    Uchiha Madara, the head of the Thirteen Deadpools, is also a person who makes Aizen particularly jealous, even more so than Urahara Kisuke, because the Uehara Clan¡¯s death blur experiment may have come before them!

    This also convinced Aizen...

    The Uehara clan had secretly conducted a blur experiment on Thirteen Deadpool.

    The leadership of the Uehara clan in the blur experiment is also the reason why Aizen Soyousuke has always wanted to find an opportunity to provoke a battle between the soul world and the Uehara clan, thereby eliminating the Uehara clan!

    Unfortunately¡­

    The forty-six room in the central cannot decide everything.

    The relationship between the Uehara family and Seireitei is so complicated that only Yamamoto Motoyanagisuke and the zero division have the right to decide. Because the relationship is too important, the 46th chamber of the Central Committee and the four nobles have only suggestions on this matter. right.

    only.

    At least Ai Ran Soyousuke can still have an equal dialogue with Thirteen Deadpool.

    When Uehara Naraku saw Uchiha Itachi, there was a flash of tension on his face, as if he was a little afraid of the dead waiter in front of him, as if he was a Patriarch restrained by his retainers!

    Uehara Naraku looked at Uchiha Itachi, and whispered: "Mr. Itachi, but Urasari and I are just discussing it. He didn''t want to attack me..."

    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku looked at Urashiro who was burned by the fire of Amaterasu, with a pity flashing across his face, and said solemnly, "Mr. Itachi, please take back Amaterasu!"

    "..."

    A strange twist flashed across Uchiha Itachi''s face.

    In the next moment, Uchiha Itachi''s voice became more indifferent, and even faintly resented it: "Lord Naraku...this is not the mercy that a patriarch should have!"

    Just after Uchiha Itachi said this sentence, the masked Uchiha Daichi opened a scarlet writing wheel and looked at Uchihara Naraku stubbornly. This kind of aura made Uchiha Naraku involuntarily retreat. step.

    Uchiha Daizu watched Uehara Naraku, as if he was warning, and said: "Naraku-sama, you should remember Uehara''s family rules..."

    Compared with Uchiha Itachi, Uchiha''s voice with the soil looked particularly gloomy, and it seemed that he was not afraid of the identity of Uehara Naraku.

    Seeing Uehara Naruko¡¯s face shrinking a little, Uchiha brought the soil and said in a cold voice: ¡°For the safety of Uehara¡¯s clan, as the highest force of the family, the thirteen dead servants have the right to reject the no-nos issued by the patron who is less than 100 years old. Reasonable order..."

    "you¡­"

    An anger flashed across Uehara''s face, and she gritted her teeth.

    "When Naraku-sama grows up, he will naturally understand our painstaking efforts..."

    Uchiha Itachi seemed to feel the atmosphere of opposition between the two people, and said softly: "Master Naraku, when you have settled for another eighty years, we will unconditionally abide by all your orders.

    In order to respect your will, Thirteen Deadpool has retired enough, otherwise, you will not be allowed to enter the Gotei Thirteen Team... Only the adult¡¯s safety is something we absolutely cannot let go.

    Because only adults are the foundation of the Uehara clan. "

    Say this.

    Even the people from Ai Ran Soyousuke and the fifth squad understood.

    Although Uehara Naraku is the head of the Uehara clan, the young paternal head doesn''t seem to be the master, or can''t be the master.

    and¡­

    From a logical point of view, Uehara Naraku should no longer continue to oppose his **** Deadpool to protect him.

    Uehara Naruko clenched his teeth, it seemed that he was really helpless, his compassionate gaze looked at Urasei who was burned by the flames of the Amaterasu, as if looking desperately at the third officer roaring in pain ¡­

    "Only this kind of thing is absolutely impossible!"

    Uehara Naraku watched the Amaterasu flames still burning, his voice was full of pain: "I''ve had enough of you killing innocents to protect me... Even if he wants to attack me, he just wants this victory. That''s it..."

    "A sneak attack is no different from an assassination, and there is more than a guilty death."

    Uchiha Itachi shook his head and stood by his side and persuaded in a deep voice, "Anyone who wants to hurt Lord Naraku is not an innocent person."

    Uehara Naraku suddenly raised his palm, and shouted loudly, "If you refuse to take it back, I will extinguish it now, breaking the road..."

    "Master Naraku."

    Uchiha Itachi grabbed the arm of Uehara Naraku and raised his eyes slightly, his expression full of incomprehension.

    Uchiha Itachi still sighed and persuaded him, "Master Naraku should know what it means when Amaterasu appears... Amaterasu is the ultimate fire that can burn even flames!"

    "..."

    Uehara Nairo gritted his teeth to get rid of...

    However, he couldn''t get rid of Uchiha''s palm.

    As a young **** of death who wanted to save people, he could only watch the third official who had just been alive, gradually burnt to ashes by the black flames of the sky...

    Really...

    Almost there.

    If you can¡­

    Uchiha Itachi really wants to ask!

    Actually, there is no need to act so hard!

    Isn''t it you who controlled his power to kill the third official, Pu Cheng!

    However, just looking at the current situation, Uehara Naraku really looks like a kind person...If Uchiha Itachi doesn''t know who controlled him to release Amaterasu and directly burn the third official...

    While controlling the killing...

    While struggling to save people...

    This is not something that a normal person can do.

    Aizen Soyousuke would not have thought that Uehara Naraku could directly control Uchiha Itachi. The fifth team captain did not say a word, but just stared at the black flames of the sky before him, and the lens reflected a black light...

    If anyone notices...

    You will find a strange smile on the corner of Aizen Soyousuke''s mouth, as if he found something very interesting.

    Uchiha Itachi''s gaze even slowly looked at the members of the entire fifth division until it fell on Ichimaru Gin...

    Ichimaru Gin returned with a kind smile even though this smile looked extremely provocative.

    Uchiha Itachi stared at Ichimarugin for a while, and finally stopped his gaze on Aizen Soyousuke''s body, and said softly, "Aizome-sir...then Lord Naraku will take care of you. I hope there will be no more today. Happened, otherwise we will sever all agreements with His Excellency Yamamoto Motoyanyusai Shigekuni."

    These remarks sounded like a threat, and it felt like Uehara Naruto came to the fifth squad, to be an uncle who needs to be protected and served, not a player...

    "I know."

    Ai Ran So Usuke nodded calmly, lowered his head and said, "I will report to Captain Yamamoto and the 46th room in the center of the situation today."

    It now appears that he is just a useless captain of the fifth division.

    In the face of the powerful thirteen deadpools, there is no way to take these deadpools, and they can only go to the cowardly people who complain to their parents.

    "So..."

    The Uchiha belt soil slowly opened up the space vortex, and it disappeared in place at the same time as Uchiha Itachi, leaving only one indifferent word.

    "Then please!"

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 619 is really hard, two!) Reading records, you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 619ï¼š Superficial superior, real superior

    You can search for the latest chapters in Baidu for "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes Xinshu Haige Novel Network (!

    If you don¡¯t see it with your own eyes...

    No one can believe that the thirteen dead servants of the Uehara clan are so arrogant.

    On the site of the Gotei 13th team, in front of the captain of the fifth squad, he did not put anyone in the field in his eyes, and directly killed an official.

    "These guys..."

    A Reaper from the fifth division gritted his teeth bitterly, only worrying about the presence of Uehara Naraku, so he did not continue to say anything bad.

    As the head of the Uehara clan, Naraku Uehara seemed a little out of tune with his retainers. He looked at Aizen Soyousuke apologetically, and whispered: "Captain... Sorry, I can''t go against Mr. Itachi''s will..."

    "..."

    The captain of the fifth squad, who is always gentle on the surface, shook his head and smiled and calmed Uehara Naraku''s emotions: "Well, Naraku, none of this is your fault... Never blame others for their mistakes. Body."

    Aizensuke Uesuke gently patted Uehara Naraku on the shoulder, and continued softly: "What happened today, only Naraku is the victim... If you feel uneasy, then assume the role of deputy captain of the fifth division. Responsibility!"

    "team leader¡­"

    Uehara Naraku looked at Aizen Soyousuke incredulously.

    If you didn¡¯t know what core Aizen Soyousuke¡¯s inner core was, if it wasn¡¯t for Uehara Naraku''s own control of everything just now, maybe Uehara Naraku might have really been moved by Aizen...

    What this person said...

    Can always persuade others to heart.

    Aizen Soyousuke looked at Naraku Uehara''s expression and continued with a smile: "Okay, it''s okay, just leave this to me..."

    "Yes¡­"

    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly.

    A group of members of the fifth division dispersed.

    After everyone left, Lan Ran Soyousuke''s face showed a dark smile, and a shadow of darkness appeared in his eyes.

    "It''s really a bunch of crazy people..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke sat on the resting chair of the training ground for himself, slowly closed his palms, and slowly said, "Even after so many years, the character of this clan still hasn''t changed..."

    "Oh?"

    Ichimaru Gin smiled and stood beside him, and asked with a light smile: "What is Aizen-sama going to do now, do you really want to report today to Captain Yamamoto?"

    Aizen So Usuke lowered his head and narrowed his eyes: "Of course, even if the Gotei 13 team and the Uehara clan have a secret agreement, it is definitely not the reason why they can take action at will...

    It seems that I have found a better way. The Seireitei gap will never be eliminated, it will only become bigger and bigger. "

    This matter should of course be reported.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke never intended to hide it.

    The only thing that disappointed Ai Ran So Uesuke was that Shigekuni Yamamoto Moto Ryusai, the captain of the Gotei 13 team, did not say much when he learned about this. Instead, he just told Ai Ran So Uesuke to protect Uehara. Naraku.

    Yamamoto Motoryu Sai Shigekuni held his cane and lowered his eyes. There was no anger on his face, as if he didn''t take this matter to heart.

    For thousands of years...

    The captain has long lost his jealousy.

    In comparison, Yamamoto Motoyagisai Shigekuni is more concerned about the growth of Uehara Naraku. He puts the hope of future Seireitei peace on Uehara Naraku.

    "Our secret agreement with the Uehara clan existed before the Gotei 13 team..."

    Yamamoto Moto Ryusai Shigekuni murmured, and calmly said, "When the little guy Uehara Naraku truly grows up and can take responsibility, this kind of thing will not happen in the future..."

    as long as¡­

    This little guy who carries the hope of peace has become the captain of the Gotei 13 team, and he will slowly let the Uehara clan into the corpse soul world.

    Turn your face at this moment...

    It is undoubtedly the most unwise choice.

    Yamamoto Motoyagisei Shigekuni and the zero division would never declare war for a seat officer who sneaked on Uehara Naraku and the Uehara clan...

    Besides...

    Even if the third official did not die in the hands of Uchiha Itachi, Yamamoto Motoyagisai Shigekuni would imprison him as an account of Uehara''s clan.

    "Yes, I understand."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke slowly lowered his head.

    As for his heart, he was more disdainful of the captain, because he lived longer and longer, so he began to fear war?

    Really cowardly...

    Whether it''s Naraku Uehara or Shigekuni Yamamoto...

    It''s just that Ai Ran Soyousuke originally didn''t expect the captain to be tough, he just came for a cutscene.

    Just as Aizen Soyousuke met his superficial superior Yamamoto Motoyanyusai Shigekuni, his subordinate, Marugin, was visiting his real superior.

    "Master Naraku."

    With his habitual smile on Ichimaru Gin''s face, standing beside Naraku Uehara with his arms folded, he whispered: "Because I have to stay by Aizen''s side and watch him for a long time, it is really troublesome to see an adult. ¡­"

    "It''s okay, I don''t care about such small things."

    Naruto Uehara leaned back on a chair in the pavilion, squeezing a glass of juice in his hand, and his attitude seemed a bit incompatible with the corpse world.

    Hearing Uehara Naraku''s words, Ichimaru Gin''s smile faintly stiffened for a moment, but in an instant it returned to its original shape.

    With a smile on his face, Ichimaru Gin said with a chuckle: "Even if Mr. Naraku has a generous character who doesn''t care about such trivial matters, as a subordinate, he still feels sorry..."

    Looking at Uehara Naraku''s expression, Ichimaru Gin chuckled and continued, "But I didn''t waste the time that the adults gave me. Recently Aizen found a piece of news about the other half of Uehara Kisuke''s collapsed jade. Whereabouts..."

    "This news is of no use to us."

    Uehara Naruto put down the juice cup in her hand and calmly continued: "Kuchiki Rukia...If I remember correctly, she should be called by this name now."

    "That''s right..."

    Ichimaru Gin nodded with a smile, and continued: "Yesterday Rukia just joined the Kuchiki family and officially changed her name to Kuchiki Rukia...Perhaps Urahara Kisuke thought that Lord Dou could help him protect the whereabouts of Bengyu, so he took Bengyu was placed in Lucia''s body."

    Ichimarugin knows Rukia.

    Ichimaru Gin is the most promising of the homeless children who have come out of the orphanage, and is also an example that has been set up by the pharmacist in the orphanage, and often goes back to the orphanage to help.

    The eldest sister of the orphanage was Matsumoto Ranju...

    The eldest sister of this generation of orphanages is Rukia. She just joined the Kuchiki clan yesterday and officially changed her name to Rukia.

    this matter¡­

    It''s weird to say it.

    Bengyu is a very strange substance.

    Aizen Soyousuke used the **** of death to create an unfinished collapse jade, and Urahara Kisuke used fiction to create another more mature collapse jade.

    natural¡­

    Aizen Soyousuke wanted to take Urahara Kisuke''s collapsed jade, trying to get a true perfect body, which was also what Uehara Naraku wanted.

    "anyway¡­"

    Uehara Naraku narrowed his eyes slightly and said softly, "You think Urahara Kisuke put his collapsed jade in Rukia''s body... The original intention was to use the power of the pocket to protect his collapsed jade..."

    Uehara Naruko raised his head and stared at Ichimaru Gin, and there was a gloomy voice in his voice: "Pouch is my most important subordinate, so the behavior of using Pouch without permission... Isn''t it a bit excessive?"

    "of course."

    The smile on Ichimarugin''s face narrowed slightly, and his eyelids slowly opened, revealing a pair of beautiful eyes, his face became more serious than ever.

    Ichimaru Gin''s face became a little cold, and he calmly continued: "When I was young, Master Dou regarded Urahara Kisuke as his disciple..."

    Such behavior...

    It is no longer possible to describe it too much!

    Ichimarugin, who has been following Aizen Soyousuke as an undercover agent, knows very well that Aizen Soyousuke is so powerful that even Yakushido may not be able to defeat him, right?

    And Kisuke Urahara...

    Store the collapsed jade Aizen wants in Rukia who is still in the orphanage!

    Yesterday, before leaving Seireitei, Yakushito let Rukia agree to accept Kuchiki Byakuya''s adoption request, some of which also meant to protect her and the orphanage.

    As the successor to the pharmacist''s pocket...

    Of course Ichimaru Gin would not think that Urahara Kisuke was innocent!

    No matter who knows this, he will be dissatisfied with Urahara Kisuke.

    Even if they knew that Urahara Kisuke was for the safety of Bengyu, but because of this they made him cherish his crisis, this kind of behavior would be too self-righteous...

    "That guy really wants to use everything..."

    Uehara Naruko leaned on the pillar of the pavilion and chuckled softly: "Anyway, we can''t tell the original intention of Urahara Kisuke, so let''s deal with it with him!

    Silver, let''s start preparing for our plan. Before the location of Bengyu is determined by Aizen, let him determine the location of Urahara Kisuke! "

    "Yes."

    Ichimaru Gin nodded seriously, and continued in a deep voice: "I will investigate this immediately, but I am hiding in Urahara Kisuke in this world. It is difficult to say that I can find his Reiatsu..."

    "It''s not that complicated."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and whispered: "The mouse hiding in the sewer wants to fight another mouse. It will always need to reserve a little bit of supplies. As long as Aizen puts enough pressure on him, sooner or later he will show up... "

    "Also, find a chance to transfer me to this world."

    Uehara Naruchi closed her palms and said softly, "As long as I can reach the world, I will be able to find out the whereabouts of Urahara Kisuke... Then we will find a way to get our Aizen captain and Urahara store manager to start the battle in advance!"

    "Yes."

    After Ichimaru Gin agreed, he chuckled, "My lord, there is one more thing. Aizen might rush to the virtual circle with me before I take over as the captain of the third team. It''s time to let him Did you find it?"

    "it''s time."

    Uehara Naraku showed nostalgia on her face and whispered softly, "I haven''t seen my old friend for many years..."

    "..."

    Ichimarugin''s expression was a little strange.

    Is this old friend a serious old friend?

    Because Ichimaru Gin once knew about the past of some Oshemaru, I heard that Lord Oshemaru had a glorious moment...

    Of course, the most glorious time...

    Undoubtedly, it was the first time that Oh Shemaru saw Uehara Naraku, and treated this adult as experimental material, which eventually led to his life''s ups and downs.

    But every time it rises and falls...

    They were all played in the palm of the hand by the adult in front of them.

    Uehara Naraku also seemed to feel a little weird, and turned to look at Ichimaru Gin: "I heard that you also respect the big snake pill. This is a bit like a pocket..."

    "Yes."

    Ichimaru Gin sighed quietly.

    After a long period of silence, Ichimaru Gin said, "When we rush to the virtual circle next time, once Aizen Soyousuke finds out about Osemaru-sama''s experiment, he will definitely not give up recruiting Osemaru-sama..."

    When talking about this, Ichimaru Gin''s mouth suddenly showed a smile: "He will get a huge army of broken faces..."

    "Army..."

    Uehara Naraku slowly said, "I have wasted so much Shiraz, I don''t know how many qualified broken faces he can make..."

    "There should be more than a hundred people now."

    Ichimaru silver burst out a number that was not low, and said softly: "If Dashemaru-sama can successfully combine the Kylian-class Daxu and Baijue, this number will probably increase rapidly..."

    "That''s not bad."

    This yield rate is indeed pretty good.

    Bai Jue is probably the most suitable material, whether it is used as a sacrifice for the reincarnation of dirty soil or used as a test product, it can be regarded as the most suitable existence.

    The cost is also very low.

    As long as they have the art of spores and spiritual power, they can be quickly cultivated.

    The Kylian-level emptiness in the virtual circle is the most. If the fusion between them can successfully create a face, even if the intelligence is low, it is enough to become a combat power...

    Thousands of years ago, Oshemaru was sent to the virtual circle by Naruto Uehara after carrying the black pot in the corpse soul world, where he repaired his soul by devouring the virtual...

    same¡­

    The virtual circle experiment is also being carried out.

    Now Dashe Maru cultivates a broken army after the fusion of virtual and absolute!

    Once you can thoroughly transform and merge it means that the entire virtual circle will be born with a brand-new species, or a brand-new civilization...

    the most important is¡­

    A group of powerful combat power will be born!

    Because the spiritual power in Da Xu''s body is inherently strong enough!

    "Okay, so be it, all these things are left to you."

    Uehara Naraku stretched out his palm, grabbed a scroll from the void and threw it to Ichimaru Gin, whispering softly, "It would be dangerous to be around Aizen. In the past, a pharmacist was standing around to check and balance. He didn''t dare to take you. kind¡­"

    Uehara Naraku looked at Ichimaru Gin¡¯s puzzled expression, and continued softly: "Now that I have left Seoringi, who knows if Aizen will suddenly want to disadvantage you..."

    "My lord, I will pay attention..."

    "It''s always right to be careful."

    Uehara Naruchi closed her palms, looked down at the scroll, and whispered, "If you encounter trouble, open it. A copy of the ninety-nine five dragons turned out by myself is sealed inside. I just don¡¯t know. How is the power..."

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click "Favorites" below to record the reading record of this time (the superficial superior of Chapter 620, the real superior), and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 620ï¼š Ichimaru Gin and Yakushiâ€™s past

    You can search for the latest chapters in Baidu for "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes Xinshu Haige Novel Network (!

    To be honest...

    Is Uehara Naraku''s Ninety-Nine Breakthrough really trustworthy?

    If someone else saw the clumsy of releasing the six rods before Naruko Uehara, they would have dismissed this seal scroll, but people like Ichimaru Gin would be completely different.

    With a smile on his face, Ichimaru silver accepted the seal scroll that Uehara Naraku had handed him. He believed in the power of Uehara Naraku, just as he believed in his original choice.

    Decades ago.

    In the corner of Liuhun Street.

    Juvenile Shi Marugin carefully unscrewed the water cup, licked the corner of his mouth, and put the water cup in his hand on his right hand.

    On the right hand side of Ichimaru Gin, the girl Matsumoto Ranju was biting a piece of dough with her eyes blankly, her face still carrying the fear of robbing the black market merchant just now.

    This is the life of these vagrants.

    Generally speaking, the dead souls don''t need to eat. They only need to absorb the souls of the corpse soul world to survive. However, the dead souls with high spiritual power in their bodies such as Ichimaru Gin and Matsumoto Ranju must eat to survive.

    This is their luck.

    It is also their misfortune.

    If they want to survive, they must continue to consume food and water, these two things are especially precious in Liuhun Street, they can only spare their lives to grab...

    In the hardest time, they even eat some raw taro, only in this way can they maintain their physical movement.

    "Should we continue this way forever?"

    The girl Matsumoto Ranju finally came back to her senses. She looked down at the noodles in her hand, swallowed a mouthful of saliva, and handed most of the remaining noodles to Ichimaru Gin.

    The girl is still very hungry.

    She can even tell her unwillingness from her undulating chest, but the bread in her hand may be their only harvest today, and she shouldn''t have it alone.

    "Heh...Don''t be too forced..."

    Boy Shi Marugin chuckled lightly, reached out and took the dough from Matsumoto Ranju''s hand, broke off a small piece and stuffed it into his mouth.

    Because Ichimarugin knows the nature of girls.

    This is not the time for him to be modest to each other.

    The boy Marugin pushed the water cup in the direction of the girl, squinted his eyes and smiled, and began to eat the dough. "You go home first... I want to go for a walk by myself."

    "¡­Great."

    The girl Matsumoto Ranju hung her head down holding the cup.

    Although Ichimaru Gin said to let her go home, where do they have a home? It is just a run-down and desolate wooden house, and only the two of them depend on each other...

    "drink more water."

    Shonen Ichi Marugin reached out to rub the girl''s orange hair.

    It''s just that when his palm was about to touch the girl''s hair, he finally stopped slowly, and took it back.

    The teenager said no more.

    For one thing, Boy City Marugin did not tell the girl Matsumoto Ranju that their biggest gain today was not the food and water in their hands, but overheard a piece of news that was very important to him.

    Someone bought large quantities of food and water from the black market.

    Tomorrow, someone will come to make a deal on the black market.

    Boy City Marugin already knows where they will meet. He wants to plan an attack on a buyer. As long as he can get enough money in this attack, he will have the opportunity to have a chance for him and Matsumoto Ranju to live a stable life. life.

    Although Ichimaru Gin knew that there was a lot of food and water, the buyer must send a lot of people to carry it, which also means that the degree of danger will be greatly increased.

    but¡­

    This may be his only chance.

    Let Matsumoto Ranju have a chance to live without any worries.

    late at night.

    In a desolate warehouse.

    A rough-looking black market businessman appeared in the warehouse with hundreds of strong men, carrying large bags of food and water, and his face was full of sordid smiles.

    Liuhun Street has no rules.

    When this black market merchant knew that someone wanted to buy food and water in his place, his first thought was not a legitimate transaction, but to try to eat him directly!

    This black market businessman gathered all his subordinates, including several wandering death gods who were willing to sacrifice his life for him. Such a force can be said to be powerful in the entire Liuhun Street.

    of course¡­

    If the other party brings enough people and is strong enough, then you can trade steadily, and you can still get a big customer, no matter how you count it, it doesn''t seem to be a loss.

    The moonlight gradually brightened.

    A figure wearing a hood slowly walked into the warehouse.

    The black market businessman and a group of his men looked at the incoming person suspiciously. Their expressions became a little confused, and their faces were full of incomprehension.

    "A person?"

    "is it not OK?"

    The visitor slowly took off his hood, revealing a face full of silver hair and glasses. A weird smile appeared at the corner of his mouth: "Your Excellency seems to have brought a lot of people... this piece of cargo. Isn''t it worth bringing so many people?"

    "Hahahahahaha... it''s really not worth it!"

    A crazy laugh appeared on the face of the black market businessman. He looked at the person who came and said loudly: "Your Excellency alone does not look like a deal!"

    When talking about this, the black market merchant suddenly stopped his laughter. He stared at the incoming person, and said solemnly, "What do you mean? We brought all the goods, and your money was brought with you. come yet?"

    "of course¡­"

    The visitor stretched out his hand to support his glasses, took out a scroll, took out a box of money from the scroll and put it on the ground, smiled and said: "According to our agreement, this money should be enough?"

    The box of money is very full.

    No matter who sees the box of money, his eyes will fall on it unconsciously. This money is enough to allow anyone to live a prosperous life in the Soul World for hundreds of years.

    "Of course... enough!"

    The black market businessman squinted the corner of his eyes and began to think about the identity of his buyer. After all, the method used to withdraw money from the seal scroll just now...

    It seems that he is a **** of death who has practiced ghost way.

    But no matter what you think, he is definitely not a member of the Gotei 13 team!

    As long as it is not from the Gotei 13th team and Seireitei, then there is no need to care who this guy is, anyway, it is not offensive!

    Even Seireitei...

    It''s not that the **** of death is not planted in Liuhun Street!

    The next moment, as the black market businessman made a gesture, a group of people swarmed up and surrounded the silver-haired young man with glasses. A tall man swung a knife and chopped off the silver-haired young man''s head...

    A group of successful people didn''t seem to have thought that this silver-haired youth, who seemed to have some tricks, could be so easily solved by them?

    This is really...

    People never expected it.

    The black market merchant didn''t care either, and waved his hands to let his men take the money, reload their goods, and plan to leave the trading warehouse.

    The mantis catches the cicada, and the oriole is behind.

    Just as they rejoiced in the ease of this trip, the steel wires disintegrated and turned into sharp blades, and in a blink of an eye they wiped the entire warehouse diagonally!

    A group of tall people were dismembered on the spot in an instant!

    Only a few vigilant people escaped this sneak attack!

    However, the entire warehouse seemed to be turned into a battlefield of hidden weapons, with sharply ground broken iron and steel needles flying everywhere, making these people frown!

    Someone wants to kill them in the dark!

    In the end, the dense hidden weapons finally stopped, and the figure of a young man appeared in this warehouse, holding a sharp iron thorn in his hand.

    next moment¡­

    Juvenile City Marugin waved the iron spur in his hand and rushed forward. The wailing and screams in the warehouse were endless, and the blood was flying in the moonlight like red training!

    It was he who planned all this secretly!

    When the black market merchant planned to eat the black market, he carefully checked the black market merchant''s men and calculated his probability of success!

    After a long time.

    The warehouse finally calmed down.

    As the boy Marugin checked his trophy and missed Matsumoto Ranju who was waiting for him at home, his thoughts were interrupted by applause.

    "..."

    A look of surprise flashed across the face of Juvenile City Marugin.

    It''s just that when he turned his head, he saw the silver-haired young man who should have died long ago, which added to the surprise on his face.

    No, this is normal.

    How could such a person be easily killed?

    Ichimaru Gin turned his head and glanced at the place where the silver-haired youth was killed, where it became a wooden stake at some point.

    This kind of people¡­

    It''s weird!

    Ichimaru Gin¡¯s brain immediately began to think about his chances of winning and what happened. He slowly turned his head and looked at the silver-haired youth. He suddenly bends his eyebrows and said with a smile: "My performance pleases you. ?"

    "... really smart!"

    The silver-haired young man slowly closed his palms, not stingy with his praise: "When did you figure it out? Or did you know it when I observed you?"

    "Just now..."

    The boyish city Marugin''s face gradually calmed down, and he whispered, "I just wanted to understand that when I overheard that you were about to conduct a transaction yesterday, it was a trap for me, no, or a test..."

    "enough."

    The silver-haired young man walked in slowly, slowly squatting in front of him, smiling at this young man who was somewhat similar to him: "Originally, this exam shouldn''t exist... but I want to see, yours ability¡­"

    Now it seems that this little guy''s wisdom and talents seem to be really good, and he can become a suitable assistant with a little sculpting.

    Juvenile Marugin showed the same smile as the silver-haired youth, and said softly: "Then can you tell me your name now?"

    "The pharmacist pocket."

    The silver-haired young man stretched out his palm and put it on his shoulder: "Now that he passed the exam, do you want to go with me?"

    "If I follow you, what can I get?"

    "Nothing."

    Pharmacist''s smile gradually became a little gentler. He calmly approached Juvenile City Marugin''s side and smiled lightly: "No, it should be said that there is still something you can get, such as...protect your companion."

    "..."

    Boy Marugin squinted and nodded.

    In fact, it is enough to get this.

    Soon after, two more children were added to the orphanage in Yao Shidou.

    Ichimarugin and Matsumoto Ranju grew up in this orphanage, and they never need to live the life of starvation.

    Here, when the boy Marugin and the girl Matsumoto Ranju grew up, they learned to take care of the children in the orphanage. Both of them inevitably learned part of the medicine.

    Ichimaru Gin has learned the deep and obscure of Pharmacist Tou, his nature gradually becomes more and more like Pharmacist''s Tou, or he and Pharmacist Tou are the same kind of person.

    Ranzaku Matsumoto learned the gentleness of Yakushitou, which was passed down from the motherhood of Yakushitou, the former dean of Yakushito.

    In fact...

    The pharmacist lied.

    No, this cannot be called a lie at all.

    Ichimarugin knew very well that what they got in this orphanage was actually far more than Ichimarugin had initially expected; and what they needed to pay was at no cost.

    Because according to the abilities of the pharmacist, there is no need for them to do anything. His purpose is very simple, it seems that he really only wants to adopt two orphans...

    in case¡­

    Not if there is still that test.

    Until Ichimaru Gin finally thought that he had to do something for Pharmacist to pay off what he and Matsumoto Ranju owed, Pharmacist gave Ichimaru Gin two options.

    One option is to join an organization called Xiao.

    One option is to inherit this pharmacist orphanage in the future.

    Ichimarugin remembered that his expression was a bit incomprehensible at the time, and he really didn''t think that the pharmacist would adopt him only to find an orphanage director!

    however¡­

    Ichimaru Silver chose to join Akatsuki.

    He is qualified to be exposed to a whole new world.

    A different world.

    A secret history of a thousand-year-old giant, a thousand-year secret case sealed in time, a **** hidden in the soul world for a thousand years.

    No one would think of it.

    A Patriarch who has been handed down from generation to generation of a thousand-year-old wealthy family has always been just the same person. He is like a shadow in the dark and never shows up.

    Lord Naraku.

    Compared with the present Naraku-sama, the fifth team captain Aizen Soyousuke who hides his true identity is like a child playing.

    Although everything about Aizen Soyousuke was disturbing enough in the eyes of Ichimaru Gin, it was still far inferior to the man who laid out earlier.

    Perhaps the only pity is...

    This boss is always a little offline habitually.

    For example, right now, the questions asked by Uehara Naraku made it difficult for Ichimaru Gin to answer: "Speaking of which, do you think I am a kind person?"

    "..."

    How does Ichimarugin answer this question?

    Ichimaru Gin glanced down at the scroll in his hand, UU reading www.uukanshu. Com just said softly: "Of course, if it weren''t for Lord Naraku, there would be many orphans in Liukun Street who would not survive to adulthood..."

    "That''s the credit, because his adoptive mother is the dean of the orphanage, and he just inherited the will of his former dean."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Ichimaru Gin''s expression, as if he felt that this subordinate doubted his seal scroll, and couldn''t help but speak: "You don''t need to doubt what I gave you. Maybe it''s not enough to destroy the entire corpse soul world, but destroy Seolin. Ting¡¯s words should be more than enough, even if it is protected by murderous stones..."

    "Uh... yes."

    Ichimaru silver put away the scroll carefully.

    Wait, why does this boss give him a scroll that can destroy Seireitei! And let him carry this scroll with him to protect himself...

    This boss...

    Do you overestimate the strength of your subordinates?

    If I knew it...

    Ichimarugin kind of missed the other option that Dean Dou gave him. Maybe he should have agreed to inherit the position of Dean of the orphanage.

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record the reading record of this time (Chapter 621 Ichimaru Silver and Pharmacist''s Past), and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 621ï¼š Sneak attacker! Emerald virtual flash!

    You can search for the latest chapters in Baidu for "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes Xinshu Haige Novel Network (!

    The life of the Gotei 13 team is quite interesting.

    As the deputy captain of the fifth squad, Naraku Uehara also followed Aizen to participate in several meetings, because his identity gained a lot of attention.

    During this period, many new members were added to the Gotei 13 team, and some personnel changes also occurred.

    First, Ichimaru Gin became the captain of the third team; secondly, Kuchiki Byakuya entered the sixth team and succeeded as the captain.

    In comparison...

    Uehara Naraku, who is more important than Kuchiki Byakuya''s identity, is a bit inappropriate for being a deputy captain. This is also a problem that makes Yamamoto Motoyanagisai Shigekuni an extra headache.

    Otherwise...

    The tenth team also entered a newcomer.

    Hisugaya Toushiro, a newcomer who is born with a very strong spiritual pressure.

    The meeting room of Huting 13th team.

    The head of the Gotei 13th team, Moto Ryusai Yamamoto, looked at all the captains and deputy captains present in a circle, slowly lowered his head, closed his eyes, and said in a deep voice: "I have discovered recently. Becoming more and more active... Whether it is in the world or in the corpse soul world, more and more voids begin to appear..."

    "It seems like this..."

    The current captain of the Eighth Division, Jingle Chunshui, sat at the seat on the left of the conference table, and slowly said: "It should be in the near future, within about 50 years, Xu has become more and more active. Especially more active recently..."

    The current captain of the eighth division, Ky¨­raku Chunshui, seems to be a little lazy by nature, and when he speaks, it seems that he doesn''t care about anything.

    The character of Jingle Chunshui...

    Lazy a bit like the general Huang Yuan in Pirate World.

    It is hard to imagine that the Goting 13 team would let such a captain take charge of intelligence work. Isn''t such a captain too delayed?

    Compared with the former captain Yakushidou, after Ky¨­raku Chunshui took over the eighth squad, the intelligence work of the entire squad has deteriorated almost at a speed visible to the naked eye. In just two hundred years, he has been in the Gotei 13th team. Reverted to the salted fish team...

    After all, not everyone is a pharmacist pocket.

    Not everyone pays attention to intelligence work like a ninja-born pharmacist.

    So far, the intelligence work of the Eighth Division has almost relied on the foundation left by Yao Shidou when he was the captain before, and Jingle Chunshui felt that it was a little bit powerless.

    Just as the captain...

    Jingle Chunshui''s combat power is definitely sufficient.

    And he is also one of the disciples of Yamamoto Moto Ryusai Shigekuni.

    "Chun Shui."

    Yamamoto Moto-Yusai Shigekuni frowned slightly, looked at this disciple with a little displeasedness, and said in a voice: "Is there no more detailed information? What about your intelligence analysis?"

    "Aren''t they all on your desk?"

    Jingle Chunshui raised his head while holding the hat on his head, and slowly said, "It''s just some imaginary activity. It doesn''t seem to have changed. It has been solved... No need to deliberately analyze these things. ?"

    "..."

    Yamamoto Shigekuni could only helplessly shook his head.

    At this moment, the old man a bit missed the pharmacist who entered the zero division.

    After all, when the pharmacist is in charge, he will not only give him enough intelligence, but also give him intelligence analysis and corresponding strategies.

    During the time when the pharmacist was in charge, the battle between the **** of death and the imaginary hadn''t lost much. Every tricky imaginary was specially marked, made into a kind of booklet, and distributed to the **** of death.

    Originally, Yao Shidou also issued some wanted orders, calling on people in the world and the soul world who have strong spiritual power to encircle and suppress these thorny virtual...

    that period of time¡­

    The corpse and the world are really peaceful!

    The loss of the Gotei 13 team is also the lowest point ever.

    It''s a pity that Yakushidou later entered the zero division, and then there was an incident of death to encircle and exterminate the Quincy, and the wanted order was no longer useful.

    "I have encountered some troublesome guys..."

    The tenth team captain Shimura leaned on his chair, with a rare positive expression on his face: "The virtual spiritual pressure that has appeared recently has become stronger and stronger, and it feels like...they seem to be evolving..."

    "Aren''t they always evolving?"

    The captain of the 12th Division, Neyuli, hooked his mouth and said with a light smile: "For thousands of years, the data showed that there is no difference between the ghost and the dead... Later, more and more ghosts appeared, and slowly We are divided into levels..."

    "It feels different..."

    Shimura shook his head wholeheartedly, changed his past irregularities, and said with a serious face: "If this goes on, I feel that sooner or later there will be a virtual subversion of our cognition..."

    "Then kill them."

    The eleventh team leader Gengmu Jianba grinned with a sneer: "They are still too weak now! It''s best to become stronger!"

    "A Jian!"

    Kuolu Baqianliu leaned on Gengmu Jianba''s shoulders, and said with a grin, "Don''t always be so irritable! There are very cute people here!"

    When talking about this, Kusuka Yachiryu''s gaze fell on Uehara Naraku, and he beckoned at him: "President Dou tells us that when you join the Gotei 13 team, let us treat you well. Oh!"

    This care...

    It doesn''t feel like serious care!

    "Hey¡­"

    Mengki Kenpachi followed Kusaka Yachiryu''s gaze and looked at Uehara Naraku, and sneered: "Yachiryu, don''t say such a misunderstanding to this guy... That guy is not worthy of trust...but I do owe a lot of favor to that guy..."

    "Cough cough cough..."

    Yamamoto Motoyuzai Shigekuni interrupted the exchanges between them, and said in a low voice: "Don''t say anything off topic, let''s talk serious! From now on, all teams must strengthen their inspections. The 46th room in the center has already dealt with death. I am very dissatisfied with the loss..."

    Yes it is.

    Death''s loss is getting bigger and bigger.

    However, there are fewer and fewer Reapers who can replenish the Gotei 13 team, because there is a family that is also recruiting the Reapers in the Seireitei.

    In fact, there is a good way to quickly replenish the number of Shinigami, that is, to find a way to let the Shinigami of the Uehara clan directly join the Gotei 13 team, but that is equivalent to being occupied by the Uehara clan...

    Anyway.

    Virtual invasions are becoming more frequent.

    Only two people on the scene knew why this happened, because the current leader of the virtual circle Aizen Soyousuke needs to experiment with the test product he has secretly modified, and by the way, he is also searching for the whereabouts of Urahara Kisuke...

    As for Naraku Uehara...

    Because the movement of the virtual circle cannot be hidden from him at all!

    There is no need to take this kind of thing to heart. The only trouble is that due to the frequent invasions of the imaginary, even the fifth team that seems to be a bit Buddhist has to start facing the most important part of the life of the **** of death...

    That is the war between Reaper and Xu!

    A war that will never stop!

    The barren land of the Soul World.

    Hundreds of Xus broke through the space boundary and entered the corpse soul world, roaring to invade towards Seiring Palace and Liuhun Street in the central place!

    The tenth squad, which happened to have been in charge of patrols, immediately fell into a bitter battle. In addition, there was no shortage of Daxu in this group of emptiness, and they had to ask for help from the Seireitei.

    The fifth squad was naturally also sent to support.

    Aizen Soyousuke and Uehara Naraku led the fifth squad to support. The battle was really difficult under the leadership of two actors.

    after all¡­

    Uehara Naraku is the **** of death who does not kill.

    Uehara Naraku brandished his Zanpaku Knife and fought off a group of hideous voids. He quickly reached out his fingertips and began to sing: "Destroy yourself, the black dog of Rondanini, after reading it, Burn out completely, cut your own throat! Ninth of Bound Dao, collapse the wheel!"

    The golden light made by the spirit child flew out from the fingertips of Uehara Naraku!

    These golden spirits turned into golden ropes at the moment they touched this group of emptiness, and directly bound the group of emptiness!

    If Naraku Uehara still needs to chant this point, his knowledge of Ghost Dao ability does not seem to be weak, especially the Nine Bound Dao in his hands as if it was played out.

    Unfortunately¡­

    This is a life and death battlefield. The most direct way to deal with monsters like Xu is to cut off the masks on their heads!

    Although he easily controlled a group of monsters, the newcomer of the fifth team still seemed a little out of place on the battlefield!

    "Roar!"

    A group of virtual people looked at Naraku Uehara and shouted angrily!

    This group of Xu desperately wanted to break away from the **** of the golden rope, as if they wanted to tear Uehara Naruto into pieces immediately, but the binding force of the collapsed wheel far exceeded their spiritual pressure, and these monsters could only vent their anger with roars!

    "Step aside!"

    A small white-haired figure crossed Naraku Uehara, waving the Zanpaku Knife in his hand and cutting it out one after another, splitting the bound virtual one into two!

    This figure looks like a teenager who has not grown up...

    However, this guy''s fighting momentum and violent Reiatsu were even more powerful than many death gods, and even when he started his hands, he looked fierce!

    A group of death gods looked at the short figure in surprise, and unconsciously murmured the white-haired boy''s name: "That''s...the newcomer of the tenth team...Hisugaya Toushiro!"

    This newcomer who joined the tenth team not long ago...

    He has already shown the potential to become a captain-level death god, no, or that he already has the Rei pressure and power comparable to the captain-level death god!

    Compared with Hissugaya Toshiro...

    Uehara Naraku, the new deputy captain of the fifth squad, is obviously a bit unsightly. Although his performance on the battlefield is pretty good, he seems to be softer.

    "Are you Hinamori''s friend?"

    Hisugaya Toshiro put away his Zanpaku Sword and turned to look at Uehara Naraku. A hint of impatientness flashed across his face: "I really don''t know how you crossed Hinamori and became the number one in the Shinigami school... Show mercy to the monsters like Xu..."

    "¡­Sorry."

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes were faintly dark, staring at the short Hisugaya Toshiro, and calmly said: "They are souls too... souls worth saving."

    "Just don''t die."

    Toshiro Hisugaya held his Zanpaku Sword and returned to the line of the 10th Division, leaving the last sentence in a cold voice: "Hinamori heard that you have become the deputy captain of the 5th Division, but he thinks more and more. Go to your fifth team!"

    Because Hisugaya Toshiro and Hina Mori grew up together, he was very clear about his childhood sweetheart. Recently, Hina Mori is almost dazed to enter the fifth team...

    The admired first place in the same period, Naraku Uehara...

    The longed-for gentleman captain Aizen Soyousuke...

    Now that these two men are both in the fifth squad, and they are also divided into captains and vice captains, Hina Mori must want to enter the fifth squad more and more.

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku fell silent.

    If possible, I really want to give Hisugaya Toushiro the words "Don''t die" to Hina Morimo!

    The fifth team now has two celebrities... If an innocent girl comes to the fifth team, doesn''t this one want to jump into the tiger''s mouth!

    especially¡­

    There are still two tigers in sheep''s clothing.

    When Hina Mori thought she would come to the fifth team in heaven, she didn''t even know that she was in hell, a **** of infinite reversal...

    After this battle is over.

    Uehara Naraku took the initiative to help treat the wounded.

    It has to be said that this fact is very good, especially the application of Uehara Naraku''s spiritual power treatment, which can regenerate a **** of death in just a few seconds, and the efficiency is even higher than the fourth time that specializes in medical treatment. Team member.

    The captain of the fourth squad, Uyuki Hanaretsu, was a little confused. She was considering whether to pull Naru Uehara into the fourth squad. She felt that her captain had another successor...

    After the wounded were treated.

    Uehara Naraku looked at the gradually empty battlefield, and slowly stretched out his palm. Sheets of paper flowers rose with the wind and landed in every vanishing place on the battlefield.

    "this is¡­"

    Hisugaya Toshiro couldn''t help frowning.

    Shimura stretched out his palm to cover Hisugaya Toshiro''s head, shook his head and sighed softly, "Ah, a kind little guy, want to pray for those empty souls!"

    "Pray for the imaginary?"

    Hisugaya Toshiro''s brows furrowed tighter, and he stared at Uehara Naraku: "This guy...how does it feel simpler than Hinamori?"

    "Isn''t it good to be simple?"

    Shimura looked at Naraku Uehara with all his heart, and said happily: "The person who has been spoiled and grown up since childhood, but still maintains the heart of a child..."

    A group of gods of death watched the scene of Uehara Naraku''s memorial service. Some of the gods lamented Uehara''s innocence, some mocked his stupidity, and some of them didn''t care about it...

    This time the battle is over.

    The Grim Reapers of the other squads began to leave the battlefield in groups, but the fifth squad still stood in place, watching Uehara Naraku silently praying for the death of the Grim Reapers.

    At this time.

    A crack was torn open in the space boundary in the sky, and a young man with pale skin stood on the edge of the crack. This young man looked strangely strange.

    A short shredded hair...

    With half a bone mask on it...

    The figure of this young man looked a little thin and thin, his face was also very pale, and there were long tears hanging under his aquamarine eyes.

    however¡­

    The spiritual pressure on his body is extremely powerful!

    This weird young man only did three things.

    In the first second, the pale-skinned youth looked down at Naraku Uehara; in the second second, the pale-skinned youth turned his head and glanced at Aizen Souesuke.

    The third second...

    This young man suddenly stretched out his finger, and suddenly sent a flash of emerald green towards Naruko Uehara on the ground!

    His movements are so fast...

    So that the members of the fifth team had no time to react!

    Even this group of people are still thinking about who this pale-skinned youth is, this youth has brazenly attacked their members!

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 622 Sneak Attacker! Emerald Green Flicker!) to read the record, and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 622ï¼š Even if Im utterly deficient, I have to say that dolls are forbidden!

    You can search for the latest chapters in Baidu "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes Xinshu Haige Novel Network (!

    No one thought...

    After the death gods of other squads wiped out Xu and left, there was a strange pale youth who invaded the corpse soul world, raising his hand towards Uehara Naraku to launch a blow of destruction to the virtual flash!

    "Be careful, Deputy Captain Naraku!"

    The Death Gods of the fifth team watched this scene with horror!

    Uehara Naraku raised his head unconsciously, and saw the emerald green virtual flash that flew down from the sky, his palm suddenly lifted in the direction of the virtual flash, and quickly began to condense the spirit around him!

    "Fire formation!"

    A red barrier suddenly appeared in front of Uehara Naraku!

    The hardness of the barrier released by Naruto Uehara raised his hand seemed a bit unusual, but it blocked this emerald green flash, but the barrier was slightly dim...

    But seeing that Uehara Naraku was safe and sound, all the Shinigami including Aizen Soyousuke couldn''t help but breathe a sigh of relief.

    Just the next moment...

    It turned out to be another emerald green flashing down!

    The energy of the second virtual flash became stronger, and it instantly fell on the flame formation barrier, quickly impacting the defense of the flame formation barrier, but the flame formation had already exposed cracks, and it was about to be directly destroyed. Virtual flash destroy!

    A gentle singing sound appeared on the court.

    Aizen Soyousuke''s figure rushed to Uehara Naraku quickly, putting up his fingers and chanting in a low voice: "Heaven''s Prodigy, the iron wall, the dragon walk..."

    This is the chant of the eighty-one of Po Dao: Duan Kong!

    However, everyone could see that it was too late for Aizen Soyousuke to complete the chanting of Duan Kong. The emerald green flash tore through the flame formation, and the vast shock wave was about to fall directly on Uehara Naraku!

    Just at this time¡­

    At the most dangerous time...

    The figure of Aizen Soyousuke appeared by Uehara Naraku''s side in an instant, and stretched out his arms to block Uehara Naraku''s front. The corners of his mouth were actually smiling at the emerald green imaginary coming towards him. flash!

    The emerald green virtual flash energy fell on Aizen Soyousuke''s body!

    The captain of the fifth division oozes blood from the corners of his mouth, but he still stands firmly in front of Uehara Naraku, but slightly tilts his head as if leaving a last word and said: "Naraku, if I leave, I must Take on the responsibility of the fifth team..."

    "Captain Soyousuke..."

    Uehara Naraku''s face was full of uncontrollable surprise and sadness. The next moment he wanted to bring Aizen Soyousuke back, but Aizen Soyousuke was like an unshakable city wall, still standing firmly on Hara. The ground resisted the impact of the virtual flash for him.

    Above the sky.

    The pale-skinned young man standing in a crack in the space was still expressionless looking at this scene. He stretched out his fingers and saw emerald green energy condensed, just as the enemy was about to start a virtual flash...

    A scarlet writing wheel eye appeared behind the pale youth!

    Every big Xu in the virtual circle knows that the appearance of Shulanyan means that the group of **** of the Uehara clan, Deadpool, has appeared, and the pale-skinned youth''s face can''t help but change.

    The next moment, he closed the space crack and hurried away!

    Only Aizen Soyousuke who was seriously injured was left at the scene...

    The captain of the fifth division fell to protect his subordinates.

    "Captain...Don''t..."

    Uehara Naruko looked at the fallen Aizen Soyousuke with a face full of disbelief, and hurriedly reached out to support him, his face was full of sorrow and pain, and the spirit who quickly gathered his fingertips was about to treat Aizen.

    "Don''t waste spiritual power."

    Even though Ai Ran Soyousuke was severely injured, he still wanted to maintain his graceful demeanor in front of his subordinates, so that his subordinates could feel relieved: "The enemy may not have gone far, Naraku, take everyone back to Seorei-tei immediately."

    "¡­Yes."

    Uehara Naraku slowly lowered his head.

    What happened just now seems to have had a great impact on him. His captain, Ai Ran Soyousuke, almost died under a virtual flash to protect him...

    in case¡­

    It was not Ulquiola''s words that made the shot.

    The enemy that appeared just now is a natural faceless Daxu, his name is Ulchiola, and he can be said to be powerful in both the corpse soul world and the virtual circle.

    The key is¡­

    The identity of this guy Ulchiola.

    Just as a group of people from the fifth division hurriedly carried Aizen Soyousuke back to Seireitei, Ulchiola who launched the attack was standing in the cracks of the space.

    Next to Ulchiola stood a lazy man in a white robe. The spiritual pressure on this man made Ulchiola feel a little uncomfortable...

    After all, this one can be said to be the strongest natural face...

    Keyatai Stark.

    Keyatai Stark''s strength is so strong, if the strength is not enough, even standing by his side may be directly killed by the spiritual pressure he unconsciously releases!

    Although this guy is very strong...

    But he is also a lazy guy by nature.

    The current Keyatai Stark did not show the strongest appearance, just like a father and brother dragging a little girl wearing a bone cover, softly calming the little girl¡¯s emotions: "Hey, Liliette ,Calm down¡­"

    "Ahhhhh...why do you have to calm down!"

    The little girl turned her head and glanced at Stark, then glanced at the two figures in auspicious clouds and black robes standing opposite them, and couldn''t help but say: "Stark, that''s Uchi who once offended Master Oshemaru. Bo Ferret!"

    "I really can''t do anything with you..."

    Keyatai Stark held down the little girl''s head, shook his head and sighed: "Be quiet, Mr. Oshamaru has never cared about this..."

    Ulchiola stood by and spoke softly: "Lilinet, Akatsuki''s members are forbidden to fight, unless there is a necessary reason..."

    "Goo..."

    The little girl pursed her mouth unhappy.

    Akatsuki¡¯s rules are very simple, but everyone knows the punishment for violating it. The little girl can only give up the trouble of finding Uchiha Itachi in a daze.

    It¡¯s just that she quickly found a new toy...

    After a while, he rode on Koyatai Stark''s neck.

    Keyatai Stark could only helplessly carry her body, and slowly said: "Speaking of which, Ulchiola, how did you accomplish your mission?"

    "There should be no mistakes."

    Ulchiola nodded slowly and calmly said: "As planned by the two Aizen-sama and Naraku-sama, the current Aizen-sama has been seriously injured to protect Naraku-sama..."

    "Why does it sound weird to hear you..."

    The little girl Liliette rubbed Stark¡¯s hair and whispered: "I really don¡¯t understand. They both knew why but they both pretended not to know..."

    Koyatai Stark patted the girl''s thigh and explained softly, "Because there are some things Aizen-sama knows, and some things only Naraku-sama knows."

    "I still don''t understand..."

    "very simple."

    Ulchiola spread out his palms, his pale face and green eyes made people feel a little oozing, he said seriously, "Originally, my purpose was to make Master Aizen suffer severe damage, so I could find a way to find The opportunity to leave the sight of the Uehara clan and get a chance to act freely and come to the virtual circle...

    According to Aizen-sama¡¯s plan, when the soul world didn¡¯t know the natural disintegration, let me pretend to be a member of the masked army, attacking Lord Naraku by the way, and attracting the attention of Lord Naraku and the Uehara clan to this world. The masked army.

    When their eyes noticed this world, Aizen-sama would be able to get rid of the surveillance that may have occurred from time to time by the Uehara clan, and return to the virtual circle to continue to accumulate our strength.

    By the way...

    Aizen-sama can also reap the gratitude of Uehara and Naraku-sama. "

    I have to say is¡­

    This plan is indeed a bit scratching.

    Since Nairo Uehara has lived in the fifth squad for some time recently, the deadpools of the Uehara clan have increased the manpower to protect him, and take turns on duty in the cracks of space.

    Naturally, there are some characters that Aizen Soyousuke has to pay attention to!

    As a result, Aizen Soyousuke''s actions were forced to be watched by the Uehara clan. In order to avoid revealing the flaws, Aizen Soyousuke had to find a way to arrange for the Uehara clan as soon as possible to gain a free movement for himself.

    For this action...

    Ai Ran Soyousuke even called out Ulchiola and Keyatai Stark, two of his most recognized natural shamans!

    Ulchiola is responsible for the hands-on...

    The combination of Koyatai Stark and Lilinet is responsible for blocking the two deadpools, Itachi Uchiha and Daido Uchiha!

    To be honest¡­

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s thoughts are not unforgiving.

    The little girl Liliette still couldn''t help scratching her head, and said softly: "But Aizen-sama did all this...Don''t you know what Naruko-sama does?"

    "..."

    Everyone present fell silent.

    Because the little girl asked an extremely embarrassing question.

    But Ulchiola won¡¯t be embarrassed. He even said calmly: ¡°Because according to Lord Naraku¡¯s plan, what he needs is Lord Aizen who thinks he can get rid of Uehara¡¯s surveillance sight and rush to the virtual circle. Under our sight monitoring..."

    "..."

    Liliette''s eyes were dull.

    Keyatai Starktor supported her body and explained: "In fact, Master Aizen walked from a palace full of surveillance to another palace, but he thought the second palace was his site, but this The site is also full of surveillance..."

    "Why don''t you say that earlier!"

    Liliette rubbed Stark''s hair and pouted her mouth.

    Ulchiola shook his head and continued with a deep voice: "How could Lord Naraku''s layout be so simple? Since Lord Naraku joined the fifth team, he has been secretly controlling all this.

    Lord Naraku personally arranged Deadpool''s surveillance of the fifth division, forcing Aizen-sama to look for opportunities to formulate and implement this action with us.

    And the ultimate goal of this action... is to make Aizen-sama choose to temporarily believe that he controls Naraku-sama.

    And most of the time, people¡¯s trust is mutual.

    After everything that happened today is over, Lord Naraku will definitely respect Aizen-sama more, and let Aizen think that he will definitely be able to hold Lord Naraku in his hands.

    Master Ai Ran thought he was in control of everything...

    Little did he know that everything he did was Master Naraku controlling him behind his back. "

    "..."

    Everyone present was silent for a long time.

    Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Daito can still understand, but Koyatai Stark and Liliette heard these messy things are already going to be sleepy.

    "Forget it."

    Ulchiola looked at Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Satoru, and said in a deep voice, "Then let''s make a difference... I''m going to arrange the encounter between Aizen-sama and Osaimaru. This is the arrangement of Naraku-sama. Master Ai Ran returned to the ultimate goal of the virtual circle."

    "Great."

    Uchiha Itachi nodded slowly.

    To be honest, Itachi Uchiha hasn''t seen a diligent guy like Ulchiola for a long time. Even if they were the members of Akatsuki at the beginning, it seems that only the diligent guy is so diligent!

    The dried persimmon ghost shark of that period...

    It seems to have always held multiple jobs!

    Uchiha looked at Ulchiola, a model worker, and seemed to think of something unhappy, and said indifferently, "Remember to let Osamaru prepare a story in advance, one that is enough to attract Aizen Soyousuke. story."

    "rest assured."

    Ulchiola paused in his footsteps, and whispered softly: "This story will definitely be exciting enough to completely attract Aizen-sama''s attention and make him think that Osamaru-sama will be his biggest arm..."

    When talking about this, Ulchiola spoke softly again: "What''s more, Lord Oshemaru does have the power to create any decisive power..."

    "hope so."

    Uchiha''s voice with soil is hidden under the mask, and no one knows his expression and attitude, only his indifference can be heard.

    The next moment, a time-space vortex flashed out of Uchiha''s soiled eyes, which drove him and Uchiha Itachi to leave here.

    Ulchiola didn¡¯t stay here either. As for Keyatai Stark and Lilinet, these two guys came to travel purely with their own names...

    Virtual circle. UU Reading

    When Ulquiola, Keyatai Stark, and Lilinet returned to the virtual circle, they did not rush to the night palace of Airan Soyousuke. They opened the cave under the desert and entered the underground. The big virtual forest.

    They walked step by step to the depths of the Great Void Forest.

    A woman wearing a skeletal headgear stood at a hole, wearing a white robe, and lake-green hair scattered on the white robe.

    The lake-green-haired woman slightly overlapped her palms, making her look very demure. She was responsible for coming to meet Keyatai Stark and others.

    "Ok?"

    Keyatai Stark carried Lili Nite on his back, looked down at the demure woman standing at the entrance of the cave, and greeted casually: "Speaking of which, it''s been a long time since we joined the Palace of the Night, Nelia dew¡­"

    "It''s been a long time indeed."

    The lake-green-haired woman raised her eyes slightly, and landed on the three faceless Daxu who came forward, and calmly said: "Stark, Lily, Ulchiola, Lord Oshemaru are waiting inside. you guys¡­"

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click on "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 623 Even if I am in a bad face, I will say that dolls are forbidden!) to read the record, open the bookshelf next time To!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 624ï¼š Lan dyed? Adding medicine to the maple lamp and taming zheng?/a>

    You can search for the latest chapters in Baidu "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes Xinshu Haige Novel Network (!

    The entire Huting 13 team has a lot of people.

    However, the Central Forty-Six Room wanted to find from the inside the Shinigami who had no special connection with the Uehara clan, Yakushidou, Urahara Kisuke and others, but they couldn''t pick out a few!

    Until the last time...

    Yamamoto Moto Ryusai Shigekuni personally determined a team of candidates, led by the fifth team''s deputy captain Uehara Naraku, tenth team captain Shiba Isshin, and deputy team leader Matsumoto Rakiku, and rushed to the world to find the whereabouts of Urahara Kisuke.

    According to the results of the talks between the Uehara clan and the Gotei 13 team.

    The Uehara clan will also send personnel from the thirteen deadpools to take action.

    A joint operation led by the seventh officer Hafengmizumon, the eighth officer Uchiha Daito, and the ninth officer Uchiha Itachi;

    In addition to these, the second seat officer Senjujuma and the fifth seat officer Senjuma will also be dispatched personally, secretly leading a small force to secretly support and protect Uehara Naraku.

    This joint action between the two parties is a major event.

    For thousands of years, except for when the friend Habach of a thousand years ago invaded the soul world, the Uehara clan sent the third and fourth officials of the thirteen dead servants to come forward.

    Except for that time, the Uehara clan has almost never sent 13 Deadpool and Gotei 13 teams to join forces.

    This time...

    The Uehara clan sent five of the thirteen dead servants!

    In particular, every seat official here can be said to be powerful, and there is even a Senju Zhujian who lives in the second seat of the thirteen dead servants!

    of course¡­

    The brothers Senjujuma and Senjujuma were acting secretly.

    Uehara''s clan was the only official who had been dispatched from the outside, only Hafeng Mizumon, Uchiha Taito, and Uchiha Itachi. The Gotei 13 team was more real. Indeed, the only people who were dispatched were Shiba Isshin and Matsumoto Ranju.

    In order to make this joint operation a success, Yamamoto Motoyanagisei even personally hosted the meeting between the two operation leaders Shiba Isshin and Bofeng Mizumon, hoping that the two of them can cooperate happily in this operation.

    This meeting also overturned the Gotei 13 team¡¯s impression of the Uehara clan. They didn¡¯t expect that there would be such a sunny chief among the thirteen deadpools...

    This is not like Deadpool at all. If you say it, Bo Feng Shuimen is quite suitable for the captain of the Gotei 13 team...

    Shiba Yixin had a good impression of Hafeng Mizumon.

    After the meeting.

    The tenth team¡¯s deputy captain Matsumoto Ranju was a little surprised by the character of the Bo Feng Mizumen. Watching the Bo Feng Mizumen lead the death **** of the Uehara clan to leave, he couldn''t help but speak: ¡°If you don¡¯t know his identity, you can¡¯t tell that he is ten. One of the three deadpools..."

    "Right? In fact, he is more suitable for the captain, a natural leader..."

    After Shiba smiled and nodded, he seemed to think of something, but his expression became solemn again: "But this time the Uehara clan sent him, he really wants to take Urahara..."

    "Ok?"

    Matsumoto Ranju''s eyes were a little surprised.

    Shiba touched his beard with all his heart, and slowly said, "Do you know he has a nickname? It is said that he is the golden glitter of the Uehara clan..."

    "Gold... glitter?"

    Matsumoto Ranju¡¯s face was a little puzzled. She thought for a few seconds and then suddenly said, ¡°It seems to have some impression. Is this his Zanpakuto name? I heard that Uehara Naraku, who joined the fifth team not long ago, also has it. ¡­"

    "It''s not the name of Zanpakudao."

    Shiba shook his head wholeheartedly, and said in a deep voice: "In the entire Gotei 13 team, only the former second team captain Yoichi Shikaedin had the fastest instant step... However, the speed of the water gate was faster than that of the four. Fengyuan Yeyi is faster..."

    Shiba talked about the past in a leisurely mind, and softly explained: "Sifengyuan Yeyi entered the outer city of Uehara at the beginning and tried to sneak into the inner city, but was easily captured, causing the Sifengyuan family to almost lift it. Don''t worry..."

    That incident shocked the entire Seireitei at that time.

    Had it not been for Yamamoto Motoyagishai Shigekuni to come forward in person, maybe Shifengin was directly executed internally by Uehara Naraku early in the morning. There really is no reason for this kind of thing.

    When Shiba said this in his heart, a touch of anxiety flashed across his face, and his face became a little serious: "The person who easily caught the former second team captain in Uehara Castle was the same person who met us just now. Lord..."

    "what?"

    Matsumoto Ranju''s face showed a touch of surprise.

    In terms of the speed of Shunbu alone, the entire Seireitei¡¯s captain and deputy captains actually knew that Yoichi Shifengin was the fastest, but that person saved Urahara Kisuke in the center 46!

    have not thought¡­

    Did Sifengin Yaichi even lose?

    If the Uehara clan sends out the waves and water gates to act together, it seems that they are bound to catch Urahara Kisuke...

    the other side.

    Bo Feng Suimen''s senses towards Shiba Yixin are okay. He feels that this carefree captain of the tenth team has a personality that feels a bit like his former teacher, Jira...

    People like Shiba Yishin...

    It''s pretty reliable when it''s serious...

    The only problem is that most of the time they don''t seem to be serious.

    After the meeting between the two parties, Mizumon and Shiba Yixin led their subordinates to the world, and Uehara Naraku also followed them and left the soul world.

    After they left.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke, who was supposed to be still recovering from his injuries in the hospital, quietly disappeared, and led his subordinates, Tosenyao and Ichimarugin, to the virtual circle.

    Because Aizen Soyousuke received an important message from Ulchiola when he passed on the order to Ulchiola!

    One for him...

    The news is also very attractive!

    Ulchiola claimed that a human trace was found on the ground, and the big snake pill, who created the art of reincarnation from the dirty soil thousands of years ago, is still hidden in the virtual circle!

    This news is not surprising!

    Because according to what Aizen Soyousuke knew, Oshemaru mysteriously disappeared thousands of years ago. Many people think he joined the zero division, and some think he is dead...

    Anyway...

    This incident is worth a visit by Ai Ran Soyousuke himself!

    Even Urahara Kisuke¡¯s collapsed jade may not be as attractive as Oshemaru at this time, because the existence of Oshemaru represents the history of the entire soul world!

    up until now¡­

    There are still many manuscripts of the Oshe Maru at the time.

    Whenever someone in the Seoring Palace finds the manuscript of Oshemaru in the Soul World, it almost means that they can discover a major secret!

    Oshemaru himself is now hidden in the virtual circle...

    This temptation is not a big deal for Aizen Soyousuke!

    According to the currently known information, the only people who have been alive for thousands of years are Yamamoto Motoyanyusai Shigekuni, Uehara''s thirteen deadpool and zero divisions... These are obviously not Aizen Soyousuke who can get the information. And secret candidates.

    I didn''t expect...

    Conquering the virtual circle is unexpectedly happy!

    At this moment, Ai Ran Soyousuke suddenly remembered something, that is, Da Xu once mentioned that Uchiha Madara, the chief officer of the Uehara''s thirteen deadpools, once entered the virtual circle, and seemed to want to find it in the virtual circle. who¡­

    perhaps¡­

    The Uehara clan is looking for the trail of Oshemaru!

    No, maybe they are not looking for the trail of Dashemaru...

    Maybe it was the Uehara clan who wanted to kill Osha Maru directly!

    When thinking of this, Ai Ran Soyousuke had already begun to think a little bit about the grievances between the Uehara clan and Oshemaru. The rich clan of the soul world has a secret that can never be known. This secret must be scary enough!

    Only in this way¡­

    Everything can be connected together!

    When Lan Ran Soyousuke arrived at Xuye Palace, Ulchiola had been waiting here for a long time, and there seemed to be a unique tacit understanding between the two.

    "Ulquiola."

    When Lan Ran Soyousuke saw Ulchiola, his face still looked unhurried, and he slowly said, "Come on, tell me, what did you find..."

    "Yes, Aizen-sama."

    Ulchiola took out an eye from his pocket and showed everything he saw to Aizen Soyousuke and the people present.

    It was in the virtual circle desert.

    From the looks of it alone, there seems to be some silence in the desert.

    The next moment, a cloud of yellow sand in the desert suddenly floated. The cloud of yellow sand was flowing slowly like a current, and gradually approached a big void in the desert...

    No, that''s not yellow sand!

    It is a giant snake tens of meters long!

    Sure enough, the giant snake suddenly emerged from the desert. The snake''s body was tightly wrapped around the emptiness, and the emptiness was successfully captured in an instant. After the hunt was successful, the giant snake suddenly opened its mouth!

    Just when everyone looked at it and thought it was going to eat its prey, a thin man with black hair slowly crawled out of its mouth. This scene made people feel a little uncomfortable...

    quickly¡­

    They saw clearly what the man looked like. It was a man with a gloomy face. Just looking at him would make people feel a little hairy.

    It seems that the next moment this shady man will devour his life!

    The man seemed to perceive that someone was watching all this, with a mocking smile on his face, he threw a scroll in the desert, and left here with the Da Xu and the giant snake he had captured...

    his appearance¡­

    It seems just to show up.

    "Huh? What does this mean?"

    Ichimaru silver squinted his eyes and smiled and said, "Is it just to tell us that he lives in a virtual circle? And is he really Oshemaru?"

    "Yes."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke pressed his fingers on the stone chair, frowning slightly, and said in a deep voice: "I have seen photos of Oshemaru, and it still looks like this even after thousands of years..."

    "This joke is not too funny..."

    Ichimaru Gin''s face seemed a little surprised, and he couldn''t help but smile and said, "Even if we are the gods of death, our soul will age because of spiritual power or age... I always feel that someone might be posing as..."

    "Oshe Maru is different."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke tapped his finger on the stone chair, and continued calmly: "Because of the groundbreaking nature of rebirth, the corpse soul world still retains some of his materials. Among them is a portrait of Oshemaru. That data room only has The members of the 46th room in the central have the right to open...

    And the data shows that Da She Wan once completed an experiment on himself, so that he will not be exhausted or even aging due to time, but the content of this experiment is not explained in detail.

    As far as I know, only the current captain of the 12th squad, Nie Yuli, seems to have obtained some fragments of the Oshe Maru experiment and has been trying to perform the same experiment on himself..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s face became calmer and calmer, as if he didn''t care about the scene he had just seen: "If it is really Oshemaru, he has hidden here for thousands of years. We know more... Maybe he appeared to tell us... nothing we did escaped his eyes..."

    When I heard Aizen Soyousuke talked about this, Tosenyao and Ichimarugin''s expressions changed slightly, and they seemed to think of something.

    If what they did in the virtual circle is known to Seireitei...

    It seems that it will be a lot of trouble for them!

    Ichimaru Gin took the lead to calm down, and his original smile was restored: "Since he appeared in front of us instead of Seireitei, it means that this legendary character does not intend to become our enemy..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke nodded slowly, his voice still very calm: "Whether he is a friend or an enemy, we don''t need to care...all I care about is... his secrets."

    indeed.

    Regardless of whether Oshemaru is a friend or an enemy, Aizen Soyousuke can be sure that Oshemaru has been hidden in the virtual circle for thousands of years without being discovered...

    Prove that he dare not show up!

    Otherwise, such a big man would never be so hidden!

    After saying this, Ai Ran Soyousuke stretched out his palm towards Ulzio, his meaning is self-evident.

    Ulchiola took out a scroll from her body, handed it to Ai Ran Soyousuke''s hand, and whispered softly: "This scroll was deliberately left in front of our people. I have checked that there is no The danger has been carried on myself..."

    "Ok."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke reached out and took the scroll Regarding Ulchiola''s inspection of the scroll or perhaps having seen the contents of the scroll, Ai Ran Soyousuke didn''t care at all, he didn''t care about it at all. Kind of thing.

    Although Aizen will not trust Ulchiola completely...

    But Aizen knew that Ulchiola would trust him completely.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke opened the scroll and whispered indifferently, "I hope...this one can bring us more surprises..."

    indeed.

    Da She Wan brought them a surprise.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke looked at the scroll, his face remained unchanged, and people couldn''t see his thoughts at all, but he didn''t know what he was thinking in his heart...

    Because it says on the scroll...

    It is his Zanpaku Swordsman''s ability!

    And Jinghua Shuiyue''s cracking method and defense method!

    Among them, the most shocking thing about Aizen Soyousuke is that Oshemaru also listed the members of the Uehara clan who can be immune to and crack the mirror flower water and moon magic...

    Lan Ranzongyoujie''s mouth twitched slightly, and couldn''t help but chuckle: "It''s really funny, has this legendary character forgotten to put himself on the list?"

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 625 The gift received by Ai Ran Soyousuke!) Read the record, and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 625ï¼š The guide of the virtual circle, Oshemaru

    "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes ( Find the latest chapter!

    Even Aizen Soyousuke has to admit that the legendary character of Oshemaru is really not easy. It is so easy to learn about his Zanpakuto''s ability to solve the problem...

    What makes Aizen Soyousuke even more amazed is...

    Oshemaru really knows the characters of the Uehara clan.

    For a long time, Aizen Soyousuke has only been wary of people in two places. One of them is the legendary Lingwang Palace and the zero division who lives in it; the other is the inner city of Uehara Castle and the ten people living in it. Three deadpools.

    really¡­

    Thirteen Deadpool has never been that simple.

    However, someone who is not even simpler is the Oshe Maru who understands Thirteen Deadpool!

    Because the Thirteen Deadpool''s abilities have been hidden for thousands of years, so far no one knows their true power. The entire corpse soul world knows that the secret work of the Uehara clan for the information of the clan is beyond imagination.

    should say¡­

    The big snake pill that lives in the legend...

    Is it true that you are the best friend of the first-generation Patriarch of Uehara?

    No, in other words, it may be the mortal enemy of the Uehara clan!

    "It seems that we are going to meet this legendary character..."

    In the palm of Aizen Soyousuke¡¯s hand, he smashed the scroll directly and continued slowly: "Ulquiola, in the entire virtual circle, it is announced that I am looking for the news of Mr. Osaimaru. I believe he will definitely Find a way to meet us..."

    After Lan Ran Soyousuke finished speaking, a smile suddenly appeared on the corner of his mouth: "No, maybe he is already here, maybe let us visit him..."

    "Ok?"

    Dong Xian Yao''s face was a little puzzled.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke stood up slowly, left his throne step by step, raised his head and spoke softly: "There are already guests here...Ulchiola, get ready to welcome the guests!"

    "..."

    Ulchiola nodded dullly.

    At this time, Ulchiola also sensed that other powerful and powerful Reiatsu had reached the periphery of the Void Night Palace. He turned to look at Keyatai Stark, frowned and said, "Except for us. , Does the virtual circle have other broken faces?"

    "..."

    Keyatai Stark was silent for a while.

    The strongest shaman so far shook his head slowly, forcibly maintaining the composure on his face, how could he answer the conversation?

    Ulchiola is addicted to acting?

    There are hundreds of shameless people in Dashemaru base, they haven''t seen it...

    Ulquiola didn''t care about Keyatai Stark''s attitude, and calmly walked towards the gate of the Xuye Palace with his Zanpaku Knife, waiting for the guests approaching the Xuye Palace.

    Outside the gate of Xuye Palace.

    Nelly Elu with light green hair and Grimjoo with light blue hair came slowly. They came as the messengers of Oshemaru. Obviously, the purpose of the two of them was that Oshemaru was going to face the blue dye. Presentation of their results.

    Desperate.

    In other words, the unnatural emptiness is transformed into a human form.

    Aizen Soyousuke is still experimenting with Daxu Hakumian possessing the power of death technology, and the secluded Dashemaru has already mastered this technology thoroughly.

    This is Oshemaru declaring to Aizen Soyousuke...

    He had already figured out everything in the virtual circle before Lan Ran Soyousuke entered the virtual circle, and even mastered all the directions of the evolution of the virtual circle!

    This is an announcement...

    It''s also a bad idea!

    First, he pierced Lan Ran Soyousuke''s mirror of Hua Shuiyue, and then directly used his own piercing Daxu to pierce Lan Ran Soyousuke''s plan of breaking through the virtual circle!

    "It''s really interesting..."

    Lan Ranzunyousuke held his cheek in his palm, and slowly grinned a weird smile at the corner of his mouth, but there was a slight gloom in his smile: "It is impossible for this person to tell me that everything I do now is Do their characters play the rest?"

    "Who knows..."

    Ichimaru Gin stood next to Ai Ran Soyousuke, squinted and smiled and said, "The reincarnation technique that Dean Dou cracked was also left by the senior Osamaru..."

    "..."

    The smile on Ai Ran Soyousuke''s face eased slightly.

    Originally, Ai Ran Soyousuke was a little unhappy in his heart, but when I remembered the traces of Da She Maru in the Soul World, even characters like Yakushi Dou just got his fur, I feel that Ichi Marugin said that. It seems to be acceptable.

    There is no need to care about these now.

    In comparison, the more things Osamaru shows, the more beneficial it is for Aizen Soyousuke. At least these secrets are no longer buried underground!

    and¡­

    Da She Maru didn''t seem to want to offend him.

    Otherwise, Oshe Maru could send a subordinate to the solution of Jinghua Shuiyue, but Oshe Maru personally sent it...

    of course¡­

    This must be provocative.

    For example, Ulchiola saw the content of the scroll, learned the secret of Jinghua Shuiyue, and forced Lan Ran to kill his subordinates.

    However, Ai Ran Soyousuke did not blame Ulchiola for this, because he knew that his real power was himself, not the Zanpaku Sword!

    In any case, the most important thing is to get enough secrets from Oshemaru first, at least to know the truth of history!

    Outside the Xuye Palace.

    Nelly Elu, the messenger of Oshemaru, stood at the door, watching Ulchiola calmly: "We are on the order of Lord Oshemaru to invite the master of the night palace to be a guest..."

    "Humph¡­"

    Grimjoo, who was walking with him, stood beside Nellie, and showed a sneer at Ulchiola: "Nile, don''t be too polite to these ignorant guys, they are just a bunch of wild..."

    Bang!

    The vast spiritual pressure burst out instantly!

    The spiritual pressure on Ulchiola''s body was like a high mountain, so pressured to make people breathless, his fingers slowly raised and pointed towards Grimjo!

    If you don''t agree, you seem to be fighting for life!

    However, at this moment, Nelly Ellu suddenly reached out and grabbed Urquiola''s arm, and said softly: "Sorry, our people are too rude..."

    Although Nellie said something on her lips, her men were merciless!

    In an instant...

    A force of Reiki stronger than Urquiola erupted from Nellie. This kind of feminine, who seemed to be gentle, was so powerful!

    This strength of spiritual pressure...

    Whether it was Ichimaru Gin or Dongxian Yao, Keyatai Stark couldn''t help looking in the direction of the gate of Xuye Palace!

    I didn''t expect...

    The imaginary circle actually has a great emptiness that can suppress Ulqiola on the spiritual pressure!

    Ichimaru silver sleeves stood on the spot, feeling the strength of the spiritual pressure, and smiled and said: "If this is the result of the research by the senior Oshemaru, then he is really amazing..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s eyes narrowed slightly, and he spoke softly: "The **** of death is imaginary...the **** of death is imaginary...I really can''t help but want to see it..."

    "I''ll get them in!"

    Dongxian was about to squeeze his Zanpaku Sword tightly.

    However, Ai Ran Soyousuke stopped Dongsenyao, and slowly shook his head and said, "Don''t be too rude, tell Ulquiola, let our guests come in!"

    Outside the door of Xuye Palace.

    Ulchiola and Nellie are still facing each other.

    The collision of Reiatsu almost flashed black lightning in the air, forcing Grimjoo next to him to be a little unbearable to stay beside them...

    It''s just that Grimjoo seems to be a bit stubborn by nature, gritted his teeth and insisted on standing in place, suffering from the suppression of his spiritual pressure by two powerful broken faces...

    It''s just acting!

    Don''t take these two people too seriously!

    To be honest, Grimjoo was a little amazed at Nellie¡¯s power. He had never thought of this silent female Daxu in the Oshemaru base. He had always been just a trivial person. jobs¡­

    As a result, at this time, he unexpectedly exploded out of his spiritual pressure and strength, this really made Grimjoo a little amazed!

    of course¡­

    In fact, Dashewan prefers to train Grimjo.

    For those Daxu that has formed, Dashewan often thinks that they are born at the end, and the only way to keep going is to conduct taboo experiments...

    Grimjoo, a guy with a bit of enthusiasm in the fight, seems nothing special, even just a big imaginary at the level of Akukas, but he still has the possibility of evolution, and he himself has the desire to continue to grow stronger. will¡­

    Just like this time...

    If other Daxu encounters this situation, they may have been desperate for the strength of Ulchiola and Nellie, but Grimjoo thinks that he can also become so strong!

    Just as Ulchiola and Nelly Elu were about to transform, the figure T¨­senyao appeared beside them: "Ulquiola, Aizen-sama invites our guests in. Don¡¯t be there. Time wasted here..."

    "..."

    Ulchiola was silent for a while, then silently retracted his finger.

    Nelly Elu¡¯s face was still calm, and she even spoke to Urquiola politely: "Thank you... your subordinates for being merciful... Oshemaru taught me that this is not because of your strength, but because you need to be here. On this occasion, be polite and kind."

    "..."

    The scene was slightly awkward.

    Ulchiola gave way as if he hadn''t heard of it.

    Xuye Palace.

    Sitting on the throne, Ai Ran Soyousuke finally saw the two Daxu Daxu. Are these two Daxu Daxu cultivated by Dashewan?

    "Master of Xuye Palace."

    Nelly Elu took out a letter from her hand, looked up at Aizen Soyousuke, who was sitting on the throne like an elegant gentleman, and whispered: "We are the messenger of Osamaru, Osamaru. I hope to invite Xuye Palace to visit the freshmen''s graduation exam..."

    "Ok?"

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s brows frowned slightly.

    This situation seems to be something he has never heard of!

    Are there still many new students who have lost their faces? There are even graduation exams for these big empties. This is a big emptiness, not those death students!

    Or¡­

    Da She Maru has already gathered a group of shameless emptiness to create a society, this is a bit too amazing...

    Virtual circle...

    Can you have a life like a **** of death?

    "Oh? Can you explain it in detail for me?"

    Ai Ran Soyousuke looked at Nellie with a gentle face, smiled and said, "I am just an outsider who has arrived in the virtual circle and not long ago. I am very interested in your life... These things seem to be Ulchi Ola and Stark have never heard of it..."

    "..."

    Nellie was silent for a second strangely.

    After a while, she spoke softly: "Because the natural **** of the natural **** has a strong natural strength, they are already powerful at the beginning of the face breaking, and there is no need for Master Oshamaru to test them..."

    When talking about this, Nelly Ellu continued to speak: "Shortly after Mr. Ulchiola and Mr. Koyatai Stark broke their faces, Lord Oshemaru learned about them and erased them. name¡­"

    "Ok?"

    Lan Ran''s face became a little weird, but in an instant he regained his calmness, chuckled and said, "I''m curious, why erase their names..."

    "Because the emptiness of nature''s face often means insufficient..."

    Nelia showed up without changing her face and continued to speak: "Only after the imaginary that has been cultivated by Oshemaru, and has obtained a body unique to her, can she truly join the real world of imaginary..."

    "Virtual...real world?"

    "Yes, a real society and the world."

    Nelly Elu slowly nodded, and continued with a gentle voice tirelessly: "The emptiness of nature''s face often means that it is difficult to restrain one''s anger and desire to fight. Only the emptiness taught by Master Oshemaru..."

    "Wait a minute..."

    Ai Ransou Usuke frowned slightly, and said softly, "If I heard it right... Mr. Oshamaru... seems to be in the virtual circle... creating a virtual society? This seems a little weird..."

    This news¡­

    It''s too amazing!

    An imaginary society is much more than just building a imaginary legion, which means that imaginary can already live like humans and death...

    "what?"

    Grimjoo grinned beside him, and showed a wild smile: "Aren''t you the gods of death? You can live a stable life, don''t you all thanks to Lord Oshemaru?"

    "It''s really not..."

    Ichimaru Gin smiled and retorted: "Although Dashemaru-senpai did leave a lot of pen and ink in the Soul World, UU reading but..."

    "silver."

    Aizen Soyousuke waved his hand to stop Ichimaru Gin, he reached out to take Nellie''s letter, held his glasses, and smiled and said, "I will visit Mr. Onomaru... in a sense No, it should be said that in every sense, I should call him senior."

    Nellie looked at Ai Ran Soyousuke, and slowly nodded and said, "Then...we are waiting for your ride in Daxu Forest."

    After speaking, Nelly Ellu added: "Of course, Lord Oshemaru asked me before leaving. He would also like to see your Excellency... It must be able to stir the corpse world, no, or stir all the world. People!"

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click "Favorites" below to record the reading record of this time (the guide of the virtual circle in Chapter 626, Dashemaru), and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 626ï¼š Daxu Forest Collapse Plan!

    You can search for the latest chapters in Baidu for "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes Xinshu Haige Novel Network (!

    The conversation between the two parties did not seem unusual.

    After they agreed, Nelly Ellu handed the invitation letter to Ai Ran Soyousuke, took a deep look at the gentle-faced man, and said in a low voice, "If there is nothing else, let''s go back. Master Xiang Dashemaru returned to life."

    "Then, we will see you at the appointed time."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke slowly watched Nelly Elu and Grimjoo leave, and a mysterious smile appeared on the polite face again.

    Xuye Palace.

    After Nellie and Grimjoo left, Ichimaru Gin squinted his eyes and smiled and said, "If I''m not mistaken... the one called Grimjoo... seems to be just an Akuka from Reiatsu. Isn''t it true?"

    "Ok."

    Ulchiola nodded slowly, looked at Aizen Soyousuke, and said softly: "Theoretically, there should be no possibility of natural defacement in Yachukas... Maybe this is the Mr. Oshemaru. The result of the research?"

    "Don''t you know when we go to see..."

    Lan Ran Soyousuke slowly walked back to his throne again, and said with a light smile: "Maybe you will have more companions soon... I didn''t expect that their location turned out to be underground. Void Forest..."

    When Aizen Soyousuke said this, he explained to himself: "If this senior Oshemaru has been chased by the Uehara clan for a long time, it seems that only the complex underground forest can be able to He is hiding..."

    Lan Ran Soyousuke stretched out his palm to support his cheek, smiled and continued: "Then let''s get ready, the legendary figure just wanted to show us his abilities. If we don''t do anything to him Some responses would make him too underestimated..."

    "Lord Aizen means..."

    Ulchiola thought for a while, then slowly raised his head to look at Ai Ran Soyousuke, and said, "...are we going to have a war with that Oshe Maru?"

    "The war... is a bit serious."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke moved his fingers, and said with a chuckle: "A trouble that can be solved in just one day, isn''t it enough to be called a war?

    Although I haven¡¯t really gotten into contact with him yet, I¡¯m not sure who can get rid of whom, but the narrow throne of heaven can only accommodate one person..."

    "It looks like there will be a good show..."

    Ichimaru Gin chuckled lightly, and continued: "A good show that completely collapses the underground of the virtual circle... instead... how about the collapse plan called the Daxu no Mori?"

    "well."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke smiled and nodded.

    Hearing it from the name alone, the name really fits his mind.

    The underground forest of Daxu is a place that Ai Ran Soyousuke has never cared about. He thinks that those Daxu hiding in the ground like a mouse in a gutter is never worth his attention.

    I just didn''t expect...

    There is a big snake hidden in Daxu Forest!

    Of course, Ai Ran Soyousuke didn''t even expect that the collapse plan of the Daxu Forest, which he discussed with Ichimaru Gin and Ulchiola in the Xuye Palace, was delivered to Oshemaru before long.

    This plan...

    The name alone complicates the expression of Oshemaru, and the content makes Oshemaru''s expression more and more weird.

    What is going on here?

    Did the Yakushidou talk a lot with his disciple Ichimarugin?

    If this plan for the collapse of Daxu no Mori was not made by Ichimaru Ginza nearby, Dashemaru swallowed the scroll containing information into his stomach on the spot!

    The collapse of the Great Xuzhi Forest.

    Strictly speaking, the purpose of this plan is to find opportunities to assassinate or conquer Oshe Maru during this Daxu assessment process, so as to take the opportunity to recruit all of Oshe Maru''s subordinates.

    to be honest¡­

    This plan is very risky.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke didn''t care about the danger of this plan.

    Speaking seriously, this adventure plan is actually very safe, because absolutely no one can imagine that Ai Ran Soyousuke only led a few death gods and ramen, and he dared to attack Onomaru and his ramen army. !

    therefore¡­

    The success rate is actually not low.

    If this plan does not reach the hands of Dashemaru...

    According to the plan made by Aizen Soyousuke, Ichimaru Gin and others, they will launch a raid on Osamaru, the true leader of Osamaru Forest, during the assessment of Osura Forest...

    of course.

    The main purpose is not to kill Dashewan.

    If the power of Oshemaru is not strong enough, Aizen Soyousuke will directly take action and force the entire Daxu Forest with her own power!

    If Aizen Soyousuke finds that Oshemaru is dangerous...then they will adopt another plan.

    A powerful seal barrier was constructed by Ichimaru Gin, creating a venue where no one can interfere and allow Osamaru and Aizen Soyousuke to fight alone...

    at this point¡­

    Ai Ran Soyousuke believes he can win.

    And neither Ulchiola nor Ichimaru Gin believed that Aizen Soyousuke would be defeated by Osamaru. They were confident in Aizen Soyousuke.

    If it fails, it also proves that Aizen is not qualified to become a god!

    If you can win...

    Ai Ran Soyousuke can easily control the situation and take over from Oshemaru to become the leader who has broken the face and rule the entire virtual circle!

    To be honest, this plan sounds a bit rough, it''s just like a copy of the Konoha collapse plan of Oshomaru, and it even looks worse...

    Of course, time is urgent after all.

    Aizen Soyousuke must also consider a problem.

    If you don¡¯t get rid of the hidden Oshemaru in the virtual circle as soon as possible, who knows if Oshemaru will place a chess piece in the corpse soul world to pit him...

    The virtual circle thing...

    Ai Ran Soyousuke still doesn''t want more people to know.

    Oshemaru this person and his ravenous army, Aizen Soyousuke is bound to have these powers. He needs the secrets in the mouth of Oshemaru and the technology of Oshemaru to make ravens!

    The base of Oshe Maru.

    Da She Maru read the collapse plan of Daxu Forest.

    Nelly Elu looked at the weird expression on Oshemaru''s face and couldn''t help but softly ask: "Oshemaru-sama, the information from Ulchiola...is there any problem?"

    "no problem."

    Da She Maru shook his head and slowly put down the Daxu Forest collapse plan in his hand. A weird smile appeared on the corner of his mouth. He chuckled and said, "I just remembered some things in the past. I really miss it..."

    "Is it something that Oshemaru misses?"

    A look of surprise appeared on Nellie''s face.

    As Daxu Daxu, who was nurtured and grown up by Dashewan, they have never seen a man like Dashewan before. Dashewan is like a tool that can never go wrong...

    No, it''s not right.

    It should be said that he is a man who never has emotions.

    In Dashewan''s eyes, he only yearns for knowledge and experiment.

    "Yes¡­"

    Da She Maru slowly nodded, and his smile gradually became more and more weird: "I really miss the era when everyone was innocent..."

    "simple¡­"

    Nelly Elu couldn''t help frowning. This word didn''t seem to appear in Dashemaru''s mouth, because it didn''t fit his identity at all...

    No matter what you think, innocence is not in touch with Dashemaru!

    of course¡­

    The so-called simplicity of Dashemaru...

    It means that when everyone thought that Uehara Naraku was just a small character, it was great and at best a little bit of strength. Who knew that this guy turned out to be a monster hiding behind the scenes and controlling the world...

    right now¡­

    Uehara Naraku became the same as before.

    No, Uehara Naraku has become even worse than before!

    Now Uehara Naraku has begun to directly create a history that belongs to him, and bury these truths that have been obliterated by time...

    I really want to see...

    When others think they have discovered the historical truth and are shocked by the truth, the true story hidden behind the truth has just surfaced.

    "Let me take a look..."

    Oshamaru took out a picture frame from his desk and smiled and looked at the young figure in the frame: "Soyousuke, you have been valued and nurtured by Uehara Naruto since childhood, will you have a chance to escape his control? ¡­"

    Yes it is.

    Oshemaru has all the information about Aizen Soyousuke.

    Ever since the name Aizen Soyousuke appeared in the sight of the Uehara clan, there have been people monitoring him by his side...

    The watchers of the Uehara clan continuously passed all the information about Aizen Soyousuke to Oisemaru in the Soul World, letting Oisemaru know what she will face in the future...what kind of character it is!

    Until Ai Ran Soyousuke woke up with a powerful Reiatsu...

    At that time, the Uehara clan took away the monitoring of Aizen in order to arouse Aizen Soyousuke''s vigilance, but they soon arranged for Ichimaru Gin to invest in Aizen Soyousuke''s command!

    No one understands why Naraku Uehara did this...

    Until Ai Ran Soyousuke gradually revealed his dark side, and began to absorb power in order to ascend to the supreme seat of God, step by step using conspiracy to stir the situation in the soul world...

    at this time¡­

    Someone realized...

    Uehara Naraku may be cultivating his opponent.

    Because the two of them are so alike!

    If you don¡¯t pay attention at first, everyone will subconsciously regard Airan Soyousuke as an ordinary little person. Only those who really understand Airan Soyousuke will know how deep this person is under the sun. Thoughts...

    A few decades ago, in the case of Reaper''s illusion, Ai Ran Soyousuke, who was clearly the culprit, turned his hand to the cloud and rain, and took advantage of the rules and hearts of the corpse world to overthrow Urahara Kisuke and a group of shattered death.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s control of human nature...

    Just like Uehara Naraku''s control of emotions!

    The two people are so alike in some respects that people have to wonder whether Uehara Naruko wants to train his new subordinates or whether he wants to cultivate a suitable opponent for him...

    Da She Maru slowly put down the photo frame in his hand, and raised the corners of his mouth: "If all fate was his arrangement, would you still have hope and confidence to surpass him?"

    When talking about this, Da She Maru slowly raised his head, looked at the room where he stored the data, and a shock slowly rose in his heart!

    Even if it''s him...

    Will involuntarily move fear for these materials!

    The entire three bookshelves as high as the roof, like a library, are densely packed with portfolios, which clearly record the actions of Aizen Soyousuke!

    From his first class...

    From the first time he knew how to use Reiatsu...

    From the joy of his first mastering the power of the ghost road...

    From the first time he realized the loneliness of genius...

    Since his first awakening of Zanpaku Dao, his hidden actions...

    From the first time he really wobbled into darkness in order to ascend to the throne of heaven...

    In every moment of Ai Ran Soyousuke, even how he hides his emotions in front of everyone else.

    When encountering happy things, Ai Ran Soyousuke will hide his joy, how will he leak out his inner sense of accomplishment through some small movements or micro expressions...

    In any difficult situation, what kind of small expression will Aizen Soyousuke have to show that he is confident in his heart, or he will choose to give it a go...

    These data...

    All are in this room.

    Since Aizen Soyousuke''s name appeared in front of Uehara Naraku, all his information will be sent here little by little!

    In leisure time.

    In addition to studying his own experiments, Da She Maru is studying how to deal with Aizen Soyousuke. He did not know how long he had prepared for this day...

    To be honest¡­

    In front of this book-like database, Osamaru didn''t think Aizen Soyousuke could escape Uehara''s control. Everything Aizen did would end up as someone else''s wedding dress.

    Even Dashemaru is actually very optimistic about Aizen''s ability and wrist...

    However, in the face of the well-prepared Naraku Uehara, how could Aizen have a chance to escape? Even if he could escape, he wouldn''t have the power to surpass Naraku Uehara, right?

    unless¡­

    It was the collapsed jade that Uehara Naraku had been looking for.

    While Osha Maru was slowly looking at Ai Ran Soyousuke''s recent information, UU Reading Ai Ran Soyousuke sat quietly in his room in the Xuye Palace.

    No one can disturb him.

    Even Ulchiola personally guarded outside the room.

    Because Ai Ran Soyousuke is also looking at a document.

    No, in other words, he was looking at the things he had cherished in the past. It was something he had never known to outsiders and had been secretly collected by him.

    A box.

    In front of Aizen Soyousuke was a strange-looking box, which was very old, and even had a seal barrier on it.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke stretched out his finger, and broke the seal barrier with his own method little by little, with a nostalgic smile on his face.

    "Speaking of..."

    Lan Ran Soyousuke stretched out his palm and opened the box, looking down at the contents of the box, the smile on his face gradually became deeper and deeper, and it became more and more weird: "Mr. Oshamaru, you Is it the first audience in my life?"

    In the box.

    Stacked densely with snakes!

    People can''t help but feel some scalp tingling!

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Starting from Naruto to be behind the scenes mobile phone reading: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click "Favorites" below to record the reading record of this time (Chapter 627 Daxu no Mori collapse plan!), and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 627ï¼š Welcome to the world of virtual!

    "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes ( Find the latest chapter!

    This world.

    Just when the two people of the virtual circle, Osamaru and Aizen Soyousuke, thought they could calculate each other, Uehara Naraku and a group of different gods of death had arrived in this world.

    There is a modern atmosphere in the world of Grim Reaper. Here, Naraku Uehara finally comes into contact with the convenience of urban modern life again.

    Uehara Naraku was standing in front of the checkout counter of a supermarket with a can of Coke, digging through his pockets and trying to get money out of it...

    It''s a pity.

    The person who helped him prepare the suit did not help him prepare the money.

    Until the supermarket cashier looked at the sunny young man with a disdainful face, no longer waiting for Uehara Naraku to pay, he arbitrarily took away the Coke from the cashier counter, waved his hand to make Uehara Naraku go away immediately...

    This is really embarrassing in capitalization.

    Fortunately, at this time, a figure appeared next to Uehara Naraku and helped him pay the money, which made Uehara seem less embarrassed...

    When they met in a secluded place, the figure''s body gradually turned into a black and white appearance, with a gloomy smile on its face: "Ho **** ho **** ho... I thought you would kill him. ¡­Hayori¡­ I¡¯m so generous in my heart¡­"

    It is Heijue.

    In other words, it is a combination of Hei Jue, Bai Jue and a Da Xu.

    Compared to when he was in another world, Heijue has finally gained his own power. It can use the power of the **** of death or the power of the void.

    Similarly, it also got the power of the dark fruit!

    The will created by Otsuki Kaguya can be integrated with any species, and it has also become Uehara''s assistant to detect any intelligence in the world.

    Hearing Kazuki''s somewhat dissatisfied mockery, Uehara Nairo shook his head self-consciously, opened the can ring in his hand, and slowly said, "There is no need to care about some small things, and I am not a bad person..."

    "Ho **** ho ho..."

    Heijue just smiled and said nothing.

    Nairo Uehara raised his head and took a sip of Coke, nodded contentedly, and turned to look at the black-and-white figure: "How is the situation in the virtual circle?"

    "Everything is as you arranged."

    Kurozutsu''s gloomy voice reported Uhara Naraku''s current situation of the virtual circle: "Aizome Soyousuke, the kid has formulated a plan for the collapse of the Osamaru Forest..."

    After speaking, the smile on this figure''s face was even more weird, as if he had seen something interesting that made it uncontrollable: "Ho **** ho **** ho **** ho... But Oshe Maru also got all the details of the Daxu Forest collapse plan... "

    "and then?"

    Uehara Naraku opened a can of Coke.

    "Then the most interesting thing happened..."

    The smile on Heijue¡¯s face became more and more weird, and even the laughter in his throat could not be restrained: ¡°Aizan Soyousuke doesn¡¯t think the Daxu no Mori collapse plan will succeed. He seems to have other ideas, just like As you arranged, Aizen Soyousuke suspects that Onomaru is the one who has been monitoring him..."

    When it comes to this, Kurozuzu even admires Uehara''s nasty a bit: "It''s really too much, **** ho **** ho... When Aizen Soyousuke might find someone watching him, let him I came out with a snake wearing a big snake pill..."

    This is really not very embarrassing.

    In order to allow Aizen Soyousuke to focus on Oshemaru''s body at this time, Uehara Naraku arranged all this early.

    After Ai Ran Soyousuke''s super strong Reiki awakened, Hei Zetsu began to frame Oshemaru secretly, so that Ai Ran Soyousuke occasionally found the snake shedding of Oshemaru...

    In this case¡­

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s gaze will definitely focus on Oshemaru''s body.

    In fact, it is precisely because of this that, after learning about the whereabouts of Oshemaru, Aizen Soyousuke immediately tried every means to rush to the virtual circle, because Aizen Soyousuke believed that Oshemaru was the one who had been monitoring him since he was a child!

    Such a nightmarish character...

    How could Aizen Soyousuke let it go!

    Compared to other people, Oisemaru will definitely attract Aizen Soyousuke¡¯s eyes more easily, and it will also provide a little convenience for Oisemaru to enter Aizen Soyousuke¡¯s camp in the future...

    "Ok."

    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, looked at the setting sun in the distance, and said softly: "We don''t need to be too much...After their fight is over, let''s tell Osaimaru about it, and at least explain my intention. Lest he feel unhappy..."

    Uehara Naraku chuckled and continued to explain: "If you tell Oshemaru now, maybe he should not be able to accept being arranged to be a gangster, right? When the matter is over, then his mental acceptance will definitely rise. some¡­"

    "..."

    Heijue''s expression was a little weird.

    Did this person think about it when he said these things?

    Counting so many worlds, apart from Xiaonan, Otsuki Teruya, and Nagato, who else can become happy when they meet you?

    And did this person forget to do anything excessive to Da She Wan?

    Obviously, in the Ninja Realm, Oshemaru has been tossed hard, and now in this world, the black pot that monitors Aizen Soyousuke is still attached to Oshemaru¡¯s head...

    Forget it...

    What is meant to be accepted after it happens?

    No one can accept this kind of thing...

    To be honest, Heijue thinks that they should have discussed this matter with Oshemaru earlier, and if Oshemaru disagrees, they will beat him...

    Where is there such a way to buckle the scapegoat first!

    This kind of behavior is worse than forcing people to accept the arrangement!

    Really...

    Don''t do human affairs at all.

    Kurozutsu overestimated Uehara Naraku.

    Uehara Naraku slowly drank the Coke in her hand, then suddenly turned her head and continued: "By the way, you can study by the way if you are okay after the virtual circle is over..."

    "Um... what to study?"

    "Learn about modern knowledge..."

    Naro Uehara threw the can into the trash can, and squinted his eyes towards Hei Jue with a sunny smile: "For example, what should I do to bankrupt a supermarket? As for the test subjects, we chose the one we just bought Coke. Right!"

    "..."

    Kurozutsu seemed to be unable to look directly at Naraku Uehara.

    I really should let my mother come over to take care of her eldest son, can Uehara Naraku do it...why my mind is so small...

    In vain, it thought that Uehara Naraku changed...

    Yes it is.

    It has indeed changed.

    Mind eyes become smaller.

    It''s just that the collapse of a supermarket is a trivial matter. In comparison, the upcoming collision between Aizen Soyousuke and Oshemaru over the virtual circle is the real big thing.

    Because this time...

    There will be many secrets leaked out through Dashewan!

    Although these secrets were actually leaked to Ai Ran Soyousuke on purpose.

    Daxu Forest.

    When Ai Ran Soyousuke led Tosenyao, Ichimaru Gin, Ulchiola, and Koyatai Stark arrived here, a group of shamans were welcoming him.

    "Lord Aizen."

    A broken face Daxu stood in front of Lan Ran Soyousuke and the others, and said softly: "Master Oshamaru asked me to welcome you. Please follow us into the underground world."

    "¡­Great."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke held his glasses and nodded.

    Since conquering the virtual circle on the surface, Ai Ran Soyousuke has not deliberately paid attention to the underground. He has always believed that the underground is a desolate place.

    However, when following this face-to-face Daxu on his way, Lan Ran Soyousuke realized that this place has indeed gradually taken on a social appearance. Under the control of a group of Akukas-level Daxu, there are hordes of base force. An Daxu works here...

    It looks...

    Still the lowest level of slave society.

    Because it is difficult for Kylian Daxu to awaken any will, so that they can only be the lowest tools, perhaps after the full popularity of Dashemaru''s virtual fusion experiment, these Kilian Daxu can come in handy.

    "This time the graduation assessment will last about ten days..."

    While leading the way, Hakumian Daxu led the way, while quietly introducing this special test to Ai Ran Soyousuke and others: "All freshmen Hakmian Daxu will take part, and currently there will be about 180 participants. Bit..."

    "One hundred and eighty?"

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s brows frowned slightly.

    This number is a bit beyond his imagination.

    Because the difficulty of transforming the imaginary into a human form is very strong, the danger even far exceeds the difficulty of the death of the gods, which makes the illusion of the face seem precious.

    However, Dashewan is just an assessment...

    You can take out one hundred and eighty broken faces!

    This number is really not low at all, but I don¡¯t know how many Acchukas-level intermediate Daxu and Vastod-level superior Daxu will be there...

    but¡­

    There will be an introduction soon.

    "Only eleven Yachukas-class Daxu participated in the assessment, and all the rest are the Kylian Daxu test products newly cultivated by Master Dashewan. There has been no previous experiment with Kilian Daxu. Success, there was a breakthrough last month..."

    It is precisely because of the success of Kylian Daxu''s experiment that there is hope for the social composition of Xu, because the huge number of Kylian Daxu in the virtual circle constitutes the huge population of Xu.

    If only the rare Yachukas and the even rarer Vastod, they want to develop into a new social species are still far away...

    When talking about this, the leader who led the way in front of him suddenly chuckled: "However, Kylian''s power is not that weak...that can be picked as a test product by Lord Oshemaru...no one is weak."

    "I was picked by Oshe Maru...?"

    A smile flashed across Lan Ran Soyousuke''s face.

    This sentence sounds really... interesting!

    Let the Osha Maru pick the one...

    It''s so curious...

    How did Da She Maru select candidates?

    Daxu, who led the way ahead, didn''t notice that Ai Ran was wrong, and still introduced the freshman Soyousuke''s exam to Ai Ran.

    The whole exam is divided into three sessions.

    The first is a written test, which is mainly to assess whether the intelligence and psychology of each face is normal. This written test is not as simple as imagined!

    Or¡­

    This is a particularly strict examination.

    Compared with the last two games, the difficulty of the written test is far beyond.

    Because once you get eliminated in the written test...

    That means the eliminated Daxu will be a failed experiment and will determine their future fate. This is also a kind of survival of the fittest!

    After all, what Dashe Maru wants to cultivate is a ravenous army that can normally obey the command, even a brand new species, not a lunatic army!

    If the intelligence and psychology are not qualified enough, they can only be included in the ranks of inferior products. Only those who are mentally and psychologically qualified can they be eligible to enter the subsequent examination...

    The location of the second exam is in Daxuzhi Forest.

    The entire underground Great Void Forest has not been completely conquered by Oshe Maru, because there will be a steady stream of dead souls entering the void and turning into void, this is a **** that will never be conquered!

    The content of the exam is very simple.

    A group of two people who passed the first exam will be divided into groups, and they will **** the scrolls in the hands of the same students who also took the exam in the dangerous forest!

    Because the members of Akatsuki are working in pairs...

    This can be regarded as a reserve force for Akatsuki.

    As for the third exam.

    Of course it is a battle between individuals.

    Whether it is cooperation or anything else, only strength is the real eternal topic, and only with strong strength can there be value!

    The third test does not deliberately care about the outcome.

    According to the attitude of Dashemaru, he must also hope that a batch of excellent defamation will emerge, rather than a group of tools that will only show off.

    After listening to the contents of the three exams arranged by Oshemaru, Ai Ran Soyousuke vaguely felt a little weird in her heart, and speaking of it, Oshemaru seemed to be doing pretty well...

    If in the future there will be more and more broken faces...

    It is even possible to form a huge new social creature. It seems that we can do more of these exams and change the status quo of the virtual circle through the survival of the fittest.

    As the master of the virtual circle...

    It would be great if the virtual circle could become as prosperous as the Soul World.

    "Here we are."

    Along with the broken face leading the way, Daxu stopped, and the group finally reached their destination, a towering tower located in the Daxu Forest.

    This tall tower was obviously built for a long time.

    It''s just that I haven''t used it much before.

    In addition to the illusory graduation assessment, UU reading www.uukanshu. com and they won''t haunt here, most of the time they just stay in the underground base of Dashemaru to practice, maybe only the freshman assessment with a faceless face can be regarded as their virtual event.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke slowly raised his head and looked at the hundreds of strangely-shaped broken faces near the tower. These are the broken faces cultivated by Osake Maru...

    The number is indeed amazing!

    It is true that he has been hidden in the virtual circle for thousands of years, and he has actually completed the death of the virtual. This point has to be admired by Ai Ran...

    It¡¯s just that Aizen can¡¯t see how the Oshe Maru was cultivated. Did it use the legendary collapsed jade...or did it use some other means...

    While Lan Ran Soyousuke was still thinking about it, a weird laughter suddenly fell in Lan Ran Soyousuke''s ears: "Hohohohoho...The truth is never on the surface...Welcome you, come to the virtual world."

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 628 Welcome to the virtual world!) Reading record, you can see it when you open the bookshelf next time!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 ~ï¼š written request for leave

    Maybe I have to ask for leave, if I can''t have time, so much!

    The unerring chapters of "From Naruto Behind the Scenes" will continue to be updated on Xinshuhaige Novel.com. There are no advertisements in the site. Please collect and recommend Xinshuhaige Novel.com!

    I like to start from Hokage to be the mastermind, please collect it: () From Hokage to be the mastermind, Xinshuhaige novel net has the fastest update speed.

 Chapter 628ï¼š

    Virtual circle.

    Forest of Daxu.

    There was silence around the entire tower.

    A group of shameless people slowly retreated to give way, and a gloomy man with long black hair slowly walked out accompanied by Nellie and Grimjoo.

    This man looks very young...

    However, it¡¯s just the weird smile on his face that makes people uncomfortable...

    Those cold snake pupils make people seem to see a giant python that chooses someone to eat!

    Orochimaru!

    Even if he left the Soul World for thousands of years, what he left behind can still affect the Soul World, and even every time his manuscript appears in this world, it can make people like a treasure...

    Just a secret technique he researched can make the Uehara clan who has obtained that secret technique become the number one giant in the corpse soul world...

    "This is really..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s face was as calm as ever. He slowly held up his glasses with his fingers, and said softly: "I''ve been looking up to my name for a long time...Mr. Osaimaru."

    "is it?"

    Da She Maru curled up the corners of his mouth, revealed a cold smile, and chuckled softly: "It is really an honor to say it like this..."

    "Do not¡­"

    Ai Ran Soyousuke held his temples, the corners of his eyes slightly tightened, and his smile gradually became more and more weird: "I should be the one who truly feels honored..."

    "Ho **** ho ho..."

    The corner of Da She Maru''s mouth only made a chuckle.

    Although everything that happened in the thousands of years of the soul world was arranged by Uehara Naraku, and all the deeds of Oshemaru were also controlled by Uehara...but it did make Oshemaru very satisfied with this kind of senior. feel.

    At least when facing Aizen Soyousuke...

    Da She Maru is like a person who once stood on the top and looked down on the ground.

    This feeling is pretty good to tell the truth. Uehara Naraku''s arrangement is reasonable. Oshamaru''s rare resentment towards Uehara Naraku dissipated, and a little bit of affection for that guy rose in his heart...

    If we can continue to cooperate with Uehara...

    In fact, this kind of life is fine.

    In comparison, if you live like a kid like Aizen Soyousuke, under the control of Uehara Naraku from the beginning, it would be really pitiful to think about it...

    When thinking of this, Da She Maru raised his head and looked at Ai Ran Soyousuke, as if looking at a prey that was about to be tortured by him, and smiled lightly at the corner of his mouth: "Okay, let''s take a look at the appetizers first? That group of broken faces. The exam for the little guy has just begun..."

    "Ok."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke slowly nodded, squinted his eyes and smiled and said, "It just so happens that I am also very interested in these..."

    "Ho **** ho ho...that''s good."

    Da She Wan couldn''t help sticking out her long tongue and licking her lips.

    Even though Oshemaru has replenished her soul power by devouring Daxu, she has a body that can be called a longevity. When I saw a character like Ai Ran Soyousuke, Oshemaru still couldn''t help but want to get his body. .

    The first written test for freshmen has just begun.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke originally wanted to take advantage of this time to have a good chat with Oshemaru, but when he saw the test questions, he couldn''t help but become a little interested.

    Because of the above test...

    Once it is leaked out, it will make the entire corpse soul world shudder!

    When these questions fell into the eyes of Ai Ran Soyousuke, his eyes were slightly tightened, because the above assessment was the intelligence of the Gotei 13 team, which covered all the captain-level characters of the entire Gotei 13 team. !

    It even includes Naraku Uehara, who has just become the deputy captain of the fifth squad!

    Information from the Soul World...

    Does Dashemaru really hold it in his hand all the time?

    Even this written test question also includes the discussion about the abilities of the first solution and the first solution of Shigekuni Yamamoto, the captain of the 13th team of Gotei.

    Do not¡­

    In other words, all the essay questions are all answers to the messages of the captains of the Gotei 13th squad. The first solution and the first solution are almost compulsory questions!

    This also means...

    Now the freshmen who are sitting in the examination room taking the written test have a lot of faces, they have mastered the intelligence of the captains of the Gotei 13 team from this moment!

    natural¡­

    It also includes his mirror image.

    It''s really scary...

    Even Aizen Soyousuke couldn''t help but sigh.

    "Really worthy of being a big man who has lived in the soul world for thousands of years..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke sat in front of the tea table and slowly exclaimed, "Let these Daxu who have just finished breaking their faces, they have already known their opponents from this time..."

    "Ho **** ho ho..."

    O Shemaru smiled and nodded, and slowly said: "The importance of intelligence does not seem to need to be said too much..."

    "Yes."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke¡¯s eyes flickered, and a gleam of light flashed through the lens. He turned his head to look at Ono Shemaru and asked softly: ¡°The Uehara clan in the corpse soul world is very strict in protecting intelligence. Is this also derived from the teachings of Mr. Oshemaru back then..."

    "Uehara..."

    The smile on Da Shemaru''s face receded slightly, and then it hung on his face again: "What they blocked is only trivial gossip... I already know the whole Uehara clan well!"

    at this moment¡­

    Oshemaru seems to be trying to conceal his feelings towards the Uehara clan.

    However, the moment his smile disappeared, it had already explained that his relationship with the Uehara clan was not as friendly as the legend of the Soul World!

    Da She Maru didn¡¯t want to conceal it either. He looked at Ai Ran Soyousuke, his face slowly showed a dark smile: "It seems that there is no need to hide it from you... You have slowly noticed it, I The relationship with the Uehara clan..."

    "Yes."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke slowly raised his head and slowly said: "Take advantage of this time, it seems that I was lucky enough to hear an interesting story thousands of years ago..."

    "Ho **** ho ho..."

    The smile on Dashemaru''s face suddenly became a little nervous, his palm suddenly squeezed the teacup on the table, and his hoarse voice was a little gloomy: "Then listen to this story, a story about the king of the world..."

    "Thousands of years ago..."

    When Dashemaru said this, she frowned slightly and continued: "Perhaps earlier, when the whole world is still circulating, even the imaginary is only a part of the soul, but there is a slight deviation in the middle...

    Xu began to devour Lingzi.

    This also means that there is an error in the cycle of the world.

    Once the emptiness has been swallowed, the world will be annihilated, and all the souls will be swallowed by the emptiness, reduced to a terrifying emptiness, until the whole world falls into silence.

    And at this moment, their creator finally appeared in this world, a **** named Lingwang used the power of extinction to annihilate the emptiness..."

    "The Spirit King..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s brows frowned subconsciously.

    Because Ai Ran also really wants to know what this so-called Spirit King is, but he knows that the Spirit King is mysterious but has never seen it...

    However, Ai Ran Soyousuke knew about the existence of Lingwang Palace!

    If you want to enter the Palace of the Spirit King, you only need the king key. Unfortunately, Aizen is also studying how to make the king key recently...

    "Ho **** ho ho..."

    Da She Wan''s eyes tightened slightly, revealing a weird grin: "For the corpse soul world, the existence of the spirit king is indeed the supreme god... but for us, it is just an experiment!"

    "Experimental product?"

    The surprise in Ai Ran Soyousuke''s eyes was fleeting.

    Oshamaru stared at Ai Ran Soyousuke, and said with a chuckle: "Ho **** ho **** ho... Don''t be so surprised, isn''t the current Zero Division also using the Spirit King as an experiment?"

    When it came to this, Oshemaru changed the conversation and stopped mentioning the topic of Team Zero, but brought up the past again: "Thousands of years ago, when the corpse soul world slowly formed, that era was called the dazzling stars. Even I am just an unknown pawn..."

    "It''s nothing like..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke couldn''t help but chuckled, "Even after thousands of years, Mr. Oshemaru is still famous in the corpse soul world! It''s just a rebirth from the dirty soil..."

    "Do you also think that the art of reincarnation from the filthy soil was developed by me?"

    A weird smile flashed across the corner of Oshemaru''s mouth, as if looking at something ridiculous: "No, or that''s not wrong... Actually, there should be only three people who have really studied the art of reincarnation from the filthy soil..."

    "Three?"

    "Not bad."

    Oshamaru looked at Ai Ran Soyousuke, then glanced at Ichimaru Gin next to Ai Ran Soyousuke, smiled lightly and said, "Yakashidou and I have just perfected this technique...and the first one. The person who researched the reincarnation of the foul soil...It was the Senjukusama who took refuge in the Uehara clan...but he did half of the research and discarded it because of Uehara''s order..."

    "The first generation of Patriarch of the Uehara Clan?"

    Ai Ran Soyousuke raised his eyebrows slightly.

    As mentioned in the secrets of the Soul World, the first generation of the Uehara clan is named Uehara, and he is also a close friend of Dashemaru.

    "You think he is my friend, right?"

    When Dashemaru said this, she couldn''t help but sneered: "I did treat that guy as a friend, but he failed my trust time and time again..."

    Da She Wan slowly gritted his teeth, and a flash of anger flashed on his face: "Whenever you want to trust him, he will openly abandon you..."

    These words¡­

    All the true thoughts of Dashemaru.

    "and so¡­"

    A bright light flashed through Aizen Soyousuke''s lens, and he whispered like a devilishly enchanted voice: "You have broken, and Mr. Osaimaru and the Uehara clan have also become enemies who want to put each other to death..."

    "Yes..."

    The corner of Oshamaru¡¯s mouth reappeared, and he looked at Aizen Soyousuke in front of him, as if he was a child who couldn¡¯t understand: "Just as I want to destroy the Uehara clan... The Uehara clan has been chasing secretly. kill me."

    O She Maru turned his head and glanced at the Great Void Forest in the dark, and said in a cold voice, "Originally, we had a pleasant cooperation, but when I wanted to study the Spirit King, we could all become true gods and become true gods. The supreme **** who rules the entire corpse soul world!"

    "Study the king of spirit... to become a god..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s eyes narrowed slightly.

    First of all, there must be a lie in what Osamaru said. Aizen Soyousuke himself did not believe that Osamaru would share the opportunity of becoming a **** with others, because Aizen himself would not share the opportunity of becoming a **** with others.

    But their key point is not here.

    The two people¡¯s concerns are how to become gods through the spirit king...

    "Yes."

    A flash of madness flashed across Da She Maru''s face, and he said in a cold voice: "As long as...you get the spirit king, you can get the world''s largest spirit child aggregate..."

    Oshamaru''s words seemed to conceal part of it.

    He deliberately concealed how to become a part of God through the Spirit King.

    This is the most critical part, and it is what makes Aizen Soyousuke pay the most attention, but Aizen Soyousuke himself has found a way. He also knows very well that Oshemaru will not reveal these things easily...

    And Aizen Soyousuke also knows the purpose of Oshemaru. The purpose of this guy who wants to cooperate with him should be to obtain the Spirit King...

    Ai Ran Soyousuke was silent for a second, and then suddenly changed the subject: "In this way, the spirit king is also the source of the split between Mr. Oshemaru and the original Uehara Patriarch..."

    "Ho **** ho ho... of course."

    Oshamaru turned his head to look at Ai Ran Soyousuke, and sneered: "Uehara falsely claimed that the Soul King is the source of maintaining the stability of the world, swallowed all the results of my experiments, and sent his thirteen dead servants to be suspected of breaking the ban. The experiment chased me, and I had no choice but to escape from the corpse soul world and hide in the virtual circle..."

    Da She Maru slowly took hold of his palm, and a sullen flicker flashed on his face: "To this day, Thirteen Deadpool is still tracking my whereabouts, and those running dogs of Uehara are still carrying out his orders, thinking To put me to death..."

    this moment¡­

    He seemed to be an old friend betrayed by Uehara!

    Ai Ran Soyousuke slowly digested part of the truth he had obtained, and nodded and said: "Indeed, otherwise, Mr. Oshemaru might become the lord of the virtual circle one step earlier than me..."

    Of course, to be honest.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke actually believed in the man named Uehara even more.

    Because Aizen Soyousuke has seen Uehara Naraku, the current patriarch of the Uehara clan, an innocent and innocent little guy. It seems that apart from his super talent and powerful Reiatsu, there is nothing else...

    But such people...

    It will definitely gain the trust and follow of more people.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke is more willing to believe that what the original Uehara Patriarch said is true. If the Spirit King is killed, it might really destroy the world or something.

    but¡­

    Ai Ran Soyousuke doesn''t care about this issue either.

    For this world or something, if you destroy it, you will destroy it...

    Ai Ran Soyousuke pays more attention to another issue. He slowly raised his head and looked at Da Shemaru calmly and said: "In order to return to the corpse soul world to obtain the spirit king, in order to destroy the Uehara clan~www.novelhall.com ~ Mr. Oshemaru has been secretly looking for a suitable manpower..."

    "Ho **** ho ho... yes."

    Oshemaru chuckled and nodded, a flash of approval flashed on his face: "Azran Soyousuke, when I saw you conquer the virtual circle, I knew the person I wanted was coming..."

    "is it?"

    A smile appeared at the corner of Ai Ran Soyousuke''s mouth, and he reached out and took the box that Dongxian had been holding next to him, and slowly placed it in front of Oshemaru.

    Lan Ran Soyousuke slowly opened the box, looked at the piles of snakes in the box, as if looking at some treasure, smiled and said, "No, it should be earlier... about a few hundred years. Ago or earlier..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke looked at Oshemaru and chuckled lightly: "Because if the time is earlier, my Reiatsu will not be enough to find that Mr. Oshemaru sent your pet to monitor me..."

    Latest URL:

    Note: If you see the content of this chapter is the anti-theft error content, the book is broken and other issues, please log in ¡ú¡ú

 Chapter 629ï¼š Lan Ran? Jia Yi Lun? A man standing above the sky and the stars!

    "Start from Naruto Behind the Scenes ( Find the latest chapter!

    Sometimes, it''s no wonder that Oshe Maru wants to curse.

    Da She Maru''s eyes fell on the snake in the box, his expression became a little bit stiff, in fact, this is not the skin of his pet...

    This is the snake slough he stays after every time he swallows Daxu!

    Moreover, these snakes still have traces of thin spirits of Dashewan.

    There is no need to think about it at all, Oshemaru can immediately guess who threw his snake to Aizen Soyousuke, making Aizen Soyousuke think that it was Oshemaru who was sending someone to monitor him!

    Except for that **** Nairo Uehara...

    Who else would be so full that there is nothing to do?

    Besides Uehara Naraku, who else could do such an inhuman thing!

    In the view of Oshemaru, the existence of these snakes is not only to make Aizen Soyousuke misunderstand him, but it is also probably Uehara Naraku who wants to warn him...

    Because every time Osnake Maru swallowed the Great Void and evolved, it was his weakest moment. The existence of these snakes meant that Uehara Naraku was monitoring him all the time.

    That rascal¡­

    Never let go of his vigilance!

    Obviously, didn''t they say it was done before, and they no longer care about the past kindness and grievances and friendly cooperation? Even if I said that I wanted to use Uehara as a test product, it would have been thousands of years, according to the time of the soul world...

    As for?

    Not so much!

    Oshemaru''s heart is a little broken. Can''t Uehara Naluo tell him before he does anything?

    indeed¡­

    This is more in line with Uehara''s plan.

    "Mr. Oshamaru..."

    Aizen Soyousuke held his glasses and looked at Oshemaru, who looked uncertain, and slowly continued: "If I guess right, there should be a room in your base full of my childhood. The study room for all the information..."

    "you¡­"

    Da She Wan''s face was even more ugly.

    Which **** leaked this to Aizen Soyousuke?

    Or did Aizen Soyousuke discovered it himself?

    According to Osamaru¡¯s doubts about Uehara''s nature, he was more willing to believe that this incident must have been leaked out by Uehara Naraku. Maybe Uehara Naraku manipulated a big false pretend to defect and reported the incident to Aizen. ¡­

    Now Da She Wan is really full of mouths and can''t tell!

    Because there is really a library full of Aizen''s information in the base of Oisemaru, that one is filled with all the information of Aizen Soyousuke from childhood to large, this kind of thing will make it happen that Oisemaru is the person who monitors him behind the scenes. ¡­

    Da She Wan couldn''t help gritting his teeth.

    Judging from the current situation...

    Even if he reveals that Uehara Naraku is the real behind-the-scenes leader, he will be regarded by Aizen Soyousuke as to channel hatred...

    Judging from their previous exchanges, the current Aizen Soyousuke should have determined that the Uehara clan is the conservative party in the Soul Soul World to protect the Spirit King, and Osha Maru is the culprit who wants to destroy the Soul Soul World and the Soul King...

    That guy Uehara Naraku...

    It''s really one after another!

    While constantly sending information from Aizen Soyousuke to the base of Osemaru, he kept secretly sending people to leave a trace of the existence of Oshemaru beside Aizen Soyousuke...

    In any case, the current Dashewan is no longer clear of suspicion!

    Naru Uehara, that bastard...

    Are you really not worried about tearing your face?

    No, that guy really doesn¡¯t need to worry, because Ohshemaru knows very well that Uehara Naraku¡¯s power is now enough to overturn the table and make everyone unable to live...

    "..."

    Oshemaru''s mood gradually calmed down. He has re-accepted the reality controlled by Uehara Naruko. He just looked at Aizen Soyousuke and asked in a deep voice, "Aizam Soyousuke, let¡¯s talk about it, how much do you know? ?"

    "It looks like I guessed it right..."

    A smile evoked at the corner of Aizen Soyousuke¡¯s mouth. He regained the initiative in this meeting, but watched Oshemaru slowly and continued: "In order to destroy the Uehara clan and regain the power of the Spirit King. , Mr. Oshemaru has been spying on the corpse soul world in secret, looking for someone who can work together...

    When talking about this, Ai Ran Soyousuke¡¯s face showed a little more confidence. He calmly continued to analyze: "And at that time, you finally found me who was still studying in the Mao Spiritual Academy. It happened to be that. I have been hiding my strength all the time..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke stared at Oshamaru, his voice became calmer and calmer, and even his emotions gradually became more and more unpredictable: "So you want to treat me as a future counterattack against the Soul World and Uehara. A piece of..."

    "..."

    Da She Wan''s expression was slightly stiff.

    According to the script prepared by him and Uehara Naraku, Aizen Soyousuke''s thoughts did not deviate. In fact, Aizen is still being misled by Uehara Naraku...

    The only problem is...

    As soon as Uehara Naraku managed to operate, Osamaru himself was not washed away in front of Aizen Soyousuke, because he was monitoring Aizen Soyousuke''s affairs since he was a child, no matter what, Aizen Soyousuke will no longer be able to believe him. Half a minute...

    Naru Uehara, that bastard...

    Oshemaru feels that every time he cooperates with Naraku Uehara, he will be **** off!

    When they were in the Ninja world, the two agreed to join forces to steal the Sealed Book. As a result, Uehara Naruko sold him to Tsunade and turned himself into a druggist''s pocket. He threw the black pot to Oshemaru and stole the Sealed Book. Ran away¡­

    Now in this world...

    Uehara Naraku sold him to Aizen Soyousuke again!

    Why can''t this **** change his improper temperament!

    Although Oshemaru knew that he was not worthy of trust, but occasionally he really wanted to cooperate with Uehara Naraku!

    It''s a pity that this sincere desire to cooperate...

    Often it will not last long before being destroyed by Uehara Naraku.

    Forget it...

    This is already the case.

    Then we can only go on as planned.

    O She Maru slowly calmed down the anger in her heart, looked at Ai Ran Soyousuke, who was holding Zhizhu''s face, and suddenly grinned: "What a clever boy, can you tell me when did you know this? Yes, I¡¯m very curious about this..."

    "Ha ha¡­"

    Ai Ran Soyousuke chuckled lightly and slowly said: "When we look at the abyss, the abyss will also look at us... When I have enough power to chase the abyss, I will naturally find that the abyss has existed. Mark of."

    Da She Maru sat down again, slowly picked up the tea cup on the table, smiled self-deprecatingly: "It looks like all the information I got will be overturned..."

    If Aizen Soyousuke had known that someone was watching him...

    That means that all the information of Ai Ran Soyousuke is false. Now that he knows that someone is monitoring him, how could this person leak out his true information...

    "No, that''s all true."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke slowly shook his head, and chuckled his lips indifferently, and said, "Only by being truthful can we get a more real response... If you are too deliberate, it will arouse your vigilance."

    "..."

    Da She Maru shook his head and refused to believe it.

    For someone with two faces like Ai Ran Soyousuke, who knows if he will have a hidden third face?

    This is a person who is always deceiving others.

    Aizen Soyousuke seemed to have guessed the idea of ??Oshemaru, and said slowly: "In the eyes of Mr. Oshemaru, what kind of person am I..."

    "Ho **** ho ho... who knows..."

    Oshemaru smiled contemptuously.

    Does it make any sense to say this until now?

    Over the years, I have done so much homework in vain!

    That **** Uehara Naraku exposed him like this. Isn''t he afraid that Aizen Soyousuke hides so deeply that he will eventually be beaten back?

    That bastard...

    Too confident too!

    "No, I know, and Mr. Oshamaru knows too."

    Aizen Soyousuke looked at Oshemaru, stroked his frame, smiled and said, "In the study room where Mr. Oshemaru stored the materials, there is a most detailed analysis of the data. I am very satisfied that Mr. Commented on me..."

    "..."

    Da She Wan''s forehead began to have a little question mark.

    Wait, why doesn''t he have any impression of this information?

    Wasn''t this **** made by Uehara Naraku again? How much did that **** hide from him, why didn''t he know that he had written his evaluation of Ai Ran Soyousuke!

    This bastard...

    You can really mess up!

    Ai Ran Soyousuke didn''t know what was hidden here, but just continued on to himself: "The heart is peaceful, the eyes are quiet, like a group of extremely stable fire... Just these few words just make me can''t help thinking. I want to introduce Mr. Oshemaru as a confidant."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke smiled at the corner of his mouth and looked at Oshemaru, and continued: "Maybe only bystanders can see the hidden self...Even I can''t find a better adjective than these two sentences."

    "..."

    Oshe Maru remained silent.

    He didn''t even know these few words.

    Because Oshemaru can only see the darkness and ambition in Aizen Soyousuke, and besides him, it is estimated that only the Uehara clan guys know Aizen Soyousuke the best...

    This bastard...

    Can''t you give him a copy of the manuscript?

    "In the beginning, no one stood in the sky..."

    Ai Ranso Usuke continued to speak slowly: "Even if it is me, I deeply agree with this sentence. Whether it is me, Mr. Oshemaru, or Captain Yamamoto Moto Ryusai Shigekuni, no one can sit there. The supreme throne of heaven...

    Aizen Soyousuke looked at Oshemaru, and a flash of approval flashed in his eyes: "Although I am confident enough to cut off this period of time for the Throne of Heaven, I still have to admire the long gaze of Mr. Oshemaru...

    Even without guidance, Aizen Soyousuke can stand higher than the sky and the stars in the future... Is this why Mr. Osaimaru just watched from the side but never interfered with my life? "

    "..."

    Oshe Maru remained silent.

    It has nothing to do with him at all!

    So what the **** is the information that Ai Ran Soyousuke allegedly obtained from his study? Can no one tell him the information?

    Aizen Soyousuke looked at the ugly look of Oshemaru, and said slowly: "Relax, Mr. Oshemaru, I won''t care about your monitoring. It is precisely because of the existence of that information, I believe Mr. Oshemaru who knows me. Can be my best partner..."

    "...Hohohoho..."

    An ugly smile flashed across Da Shemaru''s face. He glanced at Ai Ran Soyousuke and then at everyone present, feeling a bit like a clown.

    Even if they can cooperate...

    The two people are also full of mistrust of each other.

    Moreover, the two people who weren''t equal in status are now standing on an equal status again, which makes Da She Wan feel a little uncomfortable.

    Oshamaru is no longer standing tall and looking down at Ai Ran Soyousuke like a child, and Ai Ran Soyousuke no longer needs to look up at this senior in the soul world.

    At this time...

    The first written examination for freshmen has ended.

    The second group confrontation assessment also started directly, and there was no need for any rest time. The host Grimjoe simply and rudely grouped and announced the start of the assessment.

    In the lounges of Dashemaru and Aizen Soyousuke, a white screen soon appeared, monitoring the students taking the exam.

    Oshemaru took a deep breath, stood up slowly, hooked the corners of his mouth and barely maintained his dignity: "Your Excellency...this exam will be very interesting next, I have to deal with some personal matters first... Your Excellency...it should be nothing. Opinion?"

    "of course not."

    Aizen Soyousuke''s mouth turned back with a gentle smile, and nodded softly, "Aside from wanting to cooperate with Mr. Oshemaru, I am very interested in this smashing exam itself..."

    "Ho **** ho ho... good."

    Da She Maru felt that he was retreating a bit in this confrontation, and he maintained his gloomy smile: "Then please sit down for a while... let me leave it alone!"

    After speaking, Osaimaru left the meeting room accompanied by Nellie and hurried to his base. Now he is going to ask Uehara Naraku the truth immediately!

    When Dashe Maru left.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke looked at the back of Osha Maru leaving, and the smile on the corner of his mouth gradually became a little taunting: "Before the enemy came, a seed of suspicion was planted...because of standing high for too long. , Has become unacceptable to stand on the ground?"

    "It''s really interesting..."

    Ichimaru silver squinted his eyes and smiled and said, "I thought that everything we had was controlled by this senior... I didn''t expect that Aizen-sama would just have a few words to make this Oshemaru-senior start to doubt himself. Has his subordinates leaked the secrets?"

    "I didn''t expect it either..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke chuckled lightly and continued to speak: "Maybe this senior has been hit too badly before? The psychological defense seems to be weaker than I thought... But before the war between us and him started. He suspects that a traitor has appeared in his subordinates, which is a surprise to us.

    indeed.

    The study in the base.

    All the information in the study was leaked.

    Dashemaru would definitely suspect that there was a traitor in his base.

    "Yes¡­"

    Ichimaru Gin nodded slowly, and casually tentatively asked Aizen Soyousuke, "So... in this enemy''s base, has Aizen-sama already instigated the manpower?"

    "I only found out yesterday."

    Aizen Soyousuke did not answer Ichimarugin¡¯s question head-on. He just poured a cup of tea for himself and said nonchalantly, ¡°For me, it was just an unexpected joy from an experiment many years ago, and neither did I. I thought it would play such a big role..."

    Many years ago...

    When Aizen Soyousuke used the spiritual power of the **** of death to make collapse jade, he did not let Daxu either. In the early days, he also used Daxu to make collapse jade secretly, just like Urahara Kisuke. experiment of!

    Unfortunately, that experiment failed...

    That failed experiment gave birth to a monster named Heijue!

    And after the messengers Grimjo and Nellie of Oshemaru appeared in the Palace of the Night, Aizen Soyousuke secretly dispatched Kazuki to follow the trails of Nelly Elu and Grimjo, from Osemaru¡¯s Enough information has been collected in the base!

    It is precisely because Hei Jue has provided enough information...

    Ai Ran Soyousuke, who always likes to make decisions and then moves, dared to lead a few people like Ichimaru Gin to the Longtan Tiger Cave, the base of Oshemaru, to carry out the collapse of the Daxu Forest!

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 630 Lan Ran Soyousuke, a person standing above the sky and the stars!) to read the record and open the bookshelf next time see!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 630ï¼š The Daxu Forest Collapse Plan, begin!

    Aizen Soyousuke''s subordinate most valued is Kurozu.

    Because in Ai Ran Soyousuke''s view, Heijue is the product of his failure in the experiment to make collapse jade, and he is a creature that has recognized him as his master from birth.

    So far, Ai Ran Soyousuke has never allowed Heijue to appear in front of people, just to hide Heijue''s ability and let Heijue provide him with enough information.

    In fact...

    Heijue never disappointed Ai Ran Soyousuke.

    In addition to the difficulty in obtaining information from the Uehara clan, Ai Ran Soyousuke was able to use the **** of death to create collapsed jade in the corpse world so smoothly, it has never been discovered by anyone, and it is also because Heizie provided him with enough information.

    Decades ago...

    When Aizen Soyousuke framed Urahara Kisuke and Heiko Mako and the others, he also got the help of Kurozu. This subordinate that he made by himself has really made Aizen a lot of convenience, and it also became him to monitor other people. One of man''s hole cards.

    However, what Aizen Soyousuke didn''t know was...

    Hei Jue, who had always thought of his trump card, appeared in Oshemaru''s study at this moment, and was connecting with Oshemaru.

    "Uehara Nana falls on...Huh?"

    Da She Maru looked a little strange when he saw Hei Jue.

    Originally, Oshemaru felt like he was going to be mad when he returned to the base, but his mood gradually calmed down when he saw Heizue...

    All right.

    Keep the change, please.

    Da She Wan already knew who did this kind of thing.

    Da She Maru grinned slowly, stretched out his tongue and licked his lips, grinning gloomily and said, "It looks like I should be able to get the information that Ai Ran Soyousuke held in his hand..."

    "Ho **** ho ho..."

    Hei Jue grinned lightly, took out a document bag from his body and threw it to Dashemaru: "This document was sent to you by Yuyi. Our plan is going well, I hope you Don''t betray his trust in you..."

    "..."

    Ono Shemaru took the file bag with a strange expression.

    Because Kurozutsu''s reminder made Oshemaru become more and more sober, he was indeed a little dissatisfied with Uehara Naraku''s private arrangements, but he is not qualified to resist now...

    When he watched Oshamaru open the file bag containing the evaluation of Aizen Soyousuke, Kurozuzu smiled and said, "The stuff in this is written by Hayi himself... It''s definitely for Aizen Soyousuke''s. The most true evaluation of the kid."

    "Ho **** ho ho...really?"

    Oshemaru just looked down at the document in his hand.

    In fact, this document should not be called a document, but a comprehensive analysis of Aizen Souesuke. It turns out that the evaluation of Aizen Souesuke, written by Uehara Naruko, is used. The information was obtained by Oshe Maru.

    Just the opening topic...

    The corners of Da She Wan''s mouth couldn''t help but twitch.

    "Aizome Soyousuke Monogatari"? What kind of weird name is this, Dashemaru''s first thought, it turned out that this thing is really not the ghost of the guy Jiraiya?

    It¡¯s just that as Osha Maru continues to look...

    But in his heart he gradually realized that he was missing something...

    In the attitude of Uehara Naraku, he spoke highly of Aizen Soyousuke, and even believed that Aizen Soyousuke really has the ability to subvert everything.

    On the other hand, Oshemaru only thought that Aizen Soyousuke was a chess piece...the other was a chess piece controlled by them.

    This is a fundamental difference.

    In other words, this is the gap of knowledge between them!

    Although Uehara Nasuke has always regarded Aizen Soyousuke as a chess piece qualitatively, according to his description in this information, Aizen Soyousuke already has the qualifications to become a chess player with a detached piece!

    This is too fake...

    No wonder Aizen Soyousuke likes this information so much, because this information is full of admiration for Aizen Soyousuke, of course, it is inevitably mixed with some private goods...

    such as¡­

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s heart will also yearn for companions, even if he is ignorant as Dongxian wants, even if he is ignorant as the city marugin, even if cruel and ruthless like Ulchiola, even if he is lazy like Stark, maybe there is that cowardice and incompetence. The little guy Naraku Uehara.

    This is so...

    In the front, they all praised that the blue dye is good...

    Why did it start to poke and dig the hole again when it came to the back?

    "..."

    Da She Maru''s eyes twitched, and after slowly destroying the documents in his hand, his face became calm again.

    Da She Maru slowly raised his head to look at Hei Jue, his eyes narrowed slightly, and he sneered and said, "Ho ho...Although I know all this is for the smooth implementation of the plan...but I hope that next time that guy calculates the most important thing before me. It¡¯s good to let me know in advance...After all, we are now on the same line!"

    "Find out who you are, Oshamaru..."

    Hei Jue looked at Oshemaru, grinned and said, "If you don''t want to, you can leave... I believe there will be many people willing to take your place and stand with us... Yui will never lack followers."

    Kurozue looked at Oshemaru''s uncertain face, and slowly continued: "Oshemaru, don''t let Yuyi down...you can appear in this world because the pharmacist used his achievements in helping Yuyi conquer a world. ¡­"

    If it weren''t for the plea of ??the pharmacist...

    Uehara Naraku would never easily agree to release Oshemaru, although Uehara Naraku has been using him after releasing Oshemaru...

    Five days passed.

    Time is fleeting.

    Da She Wan never came back.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke didn''t care.

    It was Nelly Elle who sent the news that Oshamaru needs to take care of their internal affairs, but Oshamaru will show up during the final exam.

    During this period of time, Ai Ran Soyousuke has been observing the second test taken by the Shamen Daxu. He is still very interested in several unique Daxu...

    Until the end of the five-day assessment...

    The winner of the second exam was finally released.

    In total, only twenty winners entered the final round.

    This ratio is really much less than the one hundred and eighty contestants.

    However, the second test was very interesting. Let the Awakenings fight together and cultivate a tacit understanding of cooperation between them. There are many of the two Awakenings that directly crush their divided opponents through cooperation. This kind of test is indeed very useful. usefulness.

    have to say¡­

    Ai Ran Soyousuke has more and more admiration for Oshemaru.

    It¡¯s just that the freshmen¡¯s utterly shameful assessment can make so many tricks, which is much stronger than those assessments that cultivate the **** of death in the corpse soul world...

    Moreover, the cooperation between these chaotic emptiness is smoother than the cooperation between the death gods of the corpse soul world, perhaps they have long been used to this way of fighting side by side.

    The perfect cooperation between the two face-offs...

    It is definitely not as simple as 1+1 equals 2!

    What I have to say is that Dashe Maru is very dedicated to the cultivation of these shameless Daxu, even the proud Akukas-level Daxu will learn to cooperate with his companions.

    Just after the second round of exams was over, a group of Kylian big bluffs gushing out of the imaginary flash to create a flat land in the big imaginary forest, which served as the venue for the third exam.

    This is the last exam...

    There is no doubt that it will be the most exciting!

    The third exam will be a personal battle, which also means that these Daxu can exert their most extreme strength and show the results of their cultivation to Dashemaru!

    Ai Ran Soyousuke looked at the picture displayed on the screen, tickled the corner of his mouth, and chuckled casually: "Okay, let''s get ready to start our plan!"

    Although he and Dashemaru both have the intention to cooperate...

    However, the priority order of cooperation between them must be clearly divided... No, or it is not cooperation, but a merger between forces.

    This conflict that is about to break out is bound to be unstoppable!

    Ai Ran Soyousuke would use this opportunity to defeat Osha Maru and all the forces under his command in one fell swoop, and to incorporate the last hidden danger of this virtual circle!

    As long as Oshe Maru is included...

    It not only means that Ai Ran Soyousuke can save a lot of time, but also can take this opportunity to harvest a powerful army that has the qualifications to compete head-on with the entire corpse soul world!

    "Hehe... is it finally going to start?"

    Ichimaru Gin''s eyes narrowed and smiled and took a step forward.

    For a long time, Ichimaru Gin should be the most sober person on the court. In fact, Ichimaru Gin knows a little bit more than Ulchiola and Koyatai Stark. He is looking forward to this. The conflict that broke out...

    "Well, do you really want to execute that dangerous plan?"

    Keyatai Stark rubbed his eyebrows and couldn''t help but muttered: "The enemies have all gathered here... There are hundreds of bad faces on the court alone... This force makes people heart-wrenching just by looking at it. Surprised!"

    Obviously it is a super strong Vastod-class shaman...

    Keyatai Stark always couldn''t raise any motivation at all!

    However, everyone present seemed to understand his character, and did not pay attention to what Koyatai Stark said. This guy felt a bit too humble...

    "No need to care."

    Ulchiola held the Zanpaku Knife on his waist and said coldly: "Except for the guy named Nellie, there is no one on the court worth mentioning..."

    "Yes."

    Dongsenyao also nodded indifferently.

    "Don''t take it lightly..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke stretched out his hand to cover half of his cheek, revealing a mysterious smile: "Oshemaru is a senior who has left a legend in the soul world for thousands of years. Who knows that he has been in the world for thousands of years. How many chaos has been cultivated in it..."

    Just when other people thought that Ai Ran Soyousuke said here to remind them to be careful, Ai Ran Soyousuke''s picture suddenly changed, and there was a wave of arrogance in his voice: "But in front of us, there is really nothing worthwhile. The opponent you care about is..."

    After speaking, Ai Ran slowly stood up.

    Just at this moment, a gangster knocked on the door of the meeting room and said softly: "Your Excellency Aizen, Master Osaimaru, please go to a high place to observe the ceremony..."

    "I know."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke nodded slowly.

    The auditorium of the third exam is at the top of the auditorium.

    Oshemaru sat here calmly waiting for Ai Ran Soyousuke''s arrival, his face couldn''t help but a sense of absurdity flashed across his face, and he felt as if he had experienced this scene!

    No... not that he experienced it!

    It was his teacher Sarutobi Hizen who had experienced it!

    If you are not mistaken...

    Aizen Soyousuke should be planning the collapse of the Okuno Mori in the third exam, just like the Konoha collapse plan initiated by Osaki Maru...

    Thinking about it, it feels ironic...

    "Humph¡­"

    Oshamaru glanced at Aizen Soyousuke who came by, and a touch of disdain flashed across his face: "That guy Uehara...Don''t you really think that I will be easily solved by Aizen Soyousuke that kid, all Everything becomes a powerful nourishment for that little devil!"

    Having been in this world for so many years...

    Da Shemaru is very aware of his own shortcomings, so he supplements his strength little by little. He is still trying to fuse the power of the two worlds...

    To be honest¡­

    If there were no Uehara Naraku and Uehara clan in this world, Oshemaru would dare to use his own power and the shameless army created by his subordinates to directly attack the corpse soul world, and enter the Spirit King Palace to capture the body of the Spirit King!

    If it weren''t for the fact that he couldn''t see through Uehara Naraku, I was worried that he would be liquidated by Uehara Naraku...Oshemaru actually really wanted to try how much Uehara Naraku has!

    However, Osamaru thought about how many cards he could play, but inevitably found that the cards in his hand were all given to him by Naruko Uehara...

    "Mr. Oshemaru."

    Aizen Soyousuke still had a gentleman¡¯s smile on the corners of his mouth. He slowly sat on the chair next to Oshamaru and helped his glasses: "This exam is coming to an end soon, and we should also talk about it. It''s business..."

    "..."

    The corners of Dashemaru''s mouth grinned, turning his head to look at the two Daxu who were fighting in the examination room, and said with a low voice, "Huh, don''t worry, let me see if the little guys under my hand are there. progress¡­"

    "I don''t feel like that is necessary anymore..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke shook his head, and said with a chuckle: "Although I have to admit that Mr. Oshamaru is very good in the research of breaking face, these big emptiness also opened my eyes, but I have to say that they also Can only be used to deal with some small characters..."

    When talking about this, Ai Ran Soyousuke turned his head and looked at Osha Maru, the smile on his face became more and more intense: "If you encounter an existence like ours, it must still be a group of vulnerable wastes. , I believe Mr. Oshemaru will have the same viewpoint as me, right?"

    "..."

    Da She Wan slowly fell into silence.

    Yes, the fact that Ai Ran Soyousuke said.

    The gathering of these imaginary faces may be able to penetrate into the corpse soul world, and even defeat the Gotei 13 team, but it is absolutely impossible to be under the fire of the head of the Gotei 13 team, Yamamoto Motoryusai Shigekuni. Half a step forward...

    Just as Airan Soyousuke wanted to say something, Oshemaru''s mouth suddenly showed a weird smile: "Huh, originally I didn''t put hope on them. When I created them, I just felt When I set foot on the position of God in the future, without the audience seeing everything I did, it would seem a bit too lonely..."

    "..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s expression was slightly surprised.

    At the next moment, the new-generation behind-the-scenes man slowly nodded, as if in admiration, and said: "That''s right, the road to the top of the cloud is indeed lonely. If there is no audience, it is indeed a bit lethargic. It''s unbearable..."

    "..."

    The smile on Dashemaru''s mouth became more and more weird. UU reading www. uukanshu.com

    I didn¡¯t expect that the guy Uehara Naraku really knew Aizen Soyousuke, he just said casually based on Uehara Naraku¡¯s information...

    "However, the most important thing is to set foot on the top of the cloud first."

    Aizen Soyousuke slowly stretched out his hand to touch his glasses, and whispered softly: "If I can, in fact, I really don''t want to attack Mr. Oshemaru..."

    next moment¡­

    A surge of spiritual pressure suddenly broke out from Ai Ran Soyousuke''s body!

    The light of a Zanpaku Sword flashed out of Lan Ran Soyousuke''s hand almost instantly, and it slammed across the neck of Dashemaru. As soon as Lan Ran Soyousuke took a shot, it was so fierce and sinister!

    Latest URL:

    Note: If you see the content of this chapter is the anti-theft error content, the book is broken and other issues, please log in ¡ú¡ú

 Chapter 631ï¼š The only companion Aizen-sama can rely on is us!

    Even Dashemaru never thought about it...

    Ai Ran Soyousuke actually did so outrageously!

    As soon as Ai Ran Soyousuke''s Zanpaku Sword shot, Oshemaru''s figure disappeared instantly, his arms suddenly turned into long snakes, and the ferocious long snakes opened their fangs and bit towards Ai Ran. Soyousuke''s head!

    "Is it just a little trick?"

    A light flashed from the Zanpakuto in Lan Ran Soyousuke''s hand, and all the snake heads were cut off in an instant, and a smile appeared at the corner of his mouth: "Mr. Oshemaru, if you treat me too much If you are too careless, I can''t help but look down on you..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke did not have the ability to use Kyoka Shuiyue.

    Because at this time, if you use Kyoka Shuiyue at this time, in front of Oshemaru, who knows the flaws of Kyunghwa Shuiyue, Ai Ran Soyousuke can''t be sure whether Oshemaru can crack Jinghua Shuiyue, or how quickly he can crack Kyonghwa Shuiyue...

    Should be able.

    Maybe it can.

    No matter what, Oshamaru must have the way to crack Kyoka Shuiyue, which is why Aizen Soyousuke had to give up Kyoka Shuiyue¡¯s ability to control the five senses...

    But this does not hinder!

    Because Ai Ran Soyousuke, in addition to Jinghua Shuiyue, also possesses Reiatsu and power far surpassing the Captain-level Reaper!

    he¡­

    He was originally a genius.

    A genius standing high!

    Ai Ran Soyousuke held the Zanpakuto in his hand and lay in between them, and said with a light smile: "Pull out your Zanpakuto, Mr. Osaimaru, it would be inevitable if you want to fight me with your bare hands. Somewhat irrational..."

    Speaking of this, Ai Ran Soyousuke brandished the Zanpaku Sword in his hand and threw a beautiful dagger, his eyes lowered slightly: "Besides, I also really want to see Mr. Oshemaru''s Zanpaku Sword ability. ¡­"

    in this world¡­

    Zanpakuk¨­ means the upper limit of power!

    Even if Aizen Soyousuke knew some of the magical abilities of Oshemaru, he was more curious about what Oshemaru¡¯s Zanpakut¨­ looked like, because in Aizen Soyousuke¡¯s information, he was missing information about Oshemaru. Zhanpaku!

    although¡­

    Ai Ran Soyousuke thinks he will still win.

    However, at this moment, Oshemaru is the first thousand-year monster that Aizen Soyousuke wants to challenge, a year old like Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni...

    Almost equivalent to a big figure in the history of the corpse world!

    It¡¯s so curious...

    What kind of Zanpaku knife would a big man like Oshemaru produce? Or does such a person show any weird abilities?

    Ai Ran Soyousuke was a little excited.

    Because he has had no rivals since he was a child.

    Now he is challenging a person like Oshemaru, only such a person is qualified to be his opponent, even if Aizen Soyousuke believes that such a person will eventually turn into a stepping stone for him to set foot on the sky!

    "Huh, huh... really arrogant and arrogant kid!"

    A hint of sarcasm flashed across Da Shemaru''s face, slowly raised his fingers, and sneered with a sneer, chanting the words of his own Zan Po Dao: "Wear the wind of chaos that stirs the world... the clouds of the sky!" "

    next moment¡­

    A long snake got out of the sleeve of Dashemaru!

    A long and narrow Zan Poknife suddenly flew out of the mouth of Long Snake!

    From the appearance alone, this Zanpaku knife looks very handsome. Yes, such an adjective can be used on a weapon...

    It¡¯s just the powerful Reiatsu on it...

    It shows that this Zan Poknife seems a little unpleasant.

    The Zanpei Knife is a weapon used by Lingzi to communicate with the owner. Each Zanpei Knife possesses a weird ability beyond imagination. It is really hard to imagine that the Zanpei Knife of Dashemaru will look like this...

    After this unusually handsome Zanpakuchi fell into the hands of Oshemaru, he threw out a huge wind blade and flew towards Aizen Soyousuke!

    "Mr. Oshamaru..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke looked at Oshemaru with a smile on his face, and moved his fingers, the spirit pressure on the fingertips appeared, and the wind blade flew away!

    Ai Ran Soyousuke quickly cracked the blow, and continued with a chuckle: "If you are used to standing high, it will be difficult to change your mood, whether it is an ant or a mouse..."

    It¡¯s just that when I was talking about this, Ai Ran Soyousuke glanced at the Zanpaku Sword in Da Shemaru''s hand and couldn''t help but praised: "It''s really an elegant Zanpaku..."

    "Thanks for the compliment..."

    The corners of Dashemaru''s mouth grinned slightly, revealing a weird smile: "But I hope you won''t be afraid of it because of its ability..."

    "You don''t have to worry about that."

    Aizen Soyousuke said with some curiosity, "I just heard the name of the Zanpakuto... The Zanpakuto in Mr. Osaimaru''s hand is somewhat similar to that of Naraku Uehara, which makes me a little curious..."

    What is something similar!

    In fact, the names are almost exactly the same!

    Although the Tencongyun sword in Uehara Nairobi''s hand is a golden lightsaber, the Zanpakuto sword in Oshamaru''s hand is a very unusual weapon...

    "..."

    The corners of Da She Wan''s mouth twitched.

    Because Ai Ran Soyousuke''s question reminded him of another thing.

    "Boy, you should know another thing..."

    The corner of Oshemaru''s mouth was forcibly hooked, and slowly said: "The inheritance secrets of the Uehara clan, each generation of Patriarch of their clan can cross the window of spiritual power growth in a very short period of time to become a death **** beyond the captain level... "

    This secret is no secret among the captains.

    Or most senior officials in the corpse world know this secret.

    When the next generation of the Patriarch of the Uehara clan reaches adulthood, he will transfer his spiritual power to his descendants by using secret techniques, so that the next generation can become a powerful **** of death in the shortest possible time!

    This is using the sacrifices of the previous generation to pave the way for the next generation!

    What I have to say is that this kind of sacrifice is extremely tragic!

    However, almost every generation of Patriarch of the Uehara clan has a very strong power, enough to protect the Uehara clan, and fight against the high-level Seireitei in the corpse soul world!

    of course¡­

    When this secret was discovered...

    It has been clearly marked that this is the secret technique invented by Da She Wan!

    "Hmph... haven''t you thought of it?"

    A yin smile flashed across the corner of Dashemaru''s mouth, watching Ai Ran Soyousuke continue: "What does the relationship between spiritual power and Zanpakud¨­ mean... do I need to say too much?"

    "Ok?"

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s brows wrinkled slightly, as if thinking of something, he couldn''t help but start to speak in surprise: "Could it be that...the Zanpakuto in Naruto''s hand...was held by the first generation of Uehara family patriarchs. Zhanpakuto?"

    The Zanpaku Sword of the first generation of Uehara Patriarch...

    Has it been passed down to the Uehara clan to this day?

    Every generation of Uehara¡¯s Patriarchs held the Zanpaku Knife, which turned out to be the one created by the first generation of Patriarchs!

    It¡¯s no wonder that Zanpakuto is similar in name to Oshemaru''s Zanpaku...

    After all, Oshemaru and Uehara, the first generation of the Uehara clan, are close friends. They are named in some ways or have the same hobbies...

    While Airan Soyousuke was still thinking about the power of the Zanpakuto, the first patriarch of the Uehara clan, Osamaru''s words shocked Aizen Soyousuke''s heart again!

    "Little Aizen, you are too naive to think..."

    There was a cold smile on Da She Maru''s face, and he slowly continued: "Remember the function of that secret technique? That is the spiritual power that can be passed on from generation to generation. Each generation of the Uehara clan''s Patriarch, they Both the cultivator and the inherited spiritual power will be passed on. Do you need me to remind you again?"

    "¡­this is¡­"

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s pupils shrank suddenly!

    If this is the case, it means that he really thinks too little!

    Ai Ran Soyousuke remembered his cowardly and naive deputy captain, and couldn''t help but whispered: "That is to say...Nara''s hand holds the Zanpaku knife of the patriarchs of the Uehara clan...and also has the ability to use these Zanpaku. The ability of the knife..."

    This is amazing...

    No, this is against common sense at all! No, this seems to be no exception at all, after all, the Uehara clan is the inheritance of a wealthy family!

    Uehara Naraku possesses the spiritual power of Uehara Patriarchs, so it seems that they can get their Zanpakuto...

    Really...

    People can''t help but want to give birth to some jealousy.

    Even Aizen Soyousuke has to admit that a person who would stand at the pinnacle when Uehara was born like this, really makes no one envy his luck...

    The spiritual power that a wealthy clan has accumulated over thousands of years, as well as the Zanpaku sword with at least ten weird abilities, really stood at the apex from the moment he was born that it would be difficult for others to stand on for a lifetime!

    Even if Uehara Naraku can''t practice...

    Also has the qualification to stand high!

    "Ho **** ho ho...looks like you thought about it..."

    Dashemaru stretched out his tongue, licked the Zanpakuknife in his hand, and continued with a chuckle, "Do you need me to remind you? The life span of each generation of the Patriarch of the Uehara clan generally does not exceed two hundred and fifty years. , Including his own ZanPai Knife, he has thirteen ZanPai Knives in his hand..."

    "..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke was silent.

    Thirteen Zhanpaku knives with different abilities!

    Although Ai Ran Soyousuke didn''t know from what channel Oshemaru got the news, he believed that what Oshemaru said must be true...

    Because Dashemaru and the Uehara clan are rivals.

    In terms of facing the Uehara clan as the enemy, Aizen Soyousuke and Oshemaru must have reached a consensus with each other in a spirited manner.

    The next moment, Lan Ran Soyousuke seemed to have thought of something, and suddenly smiled and said: "Although he is holding thirteen Zanpaku knives now, Naraku still needs time to master those Zanpaku knives, right? "

    "...Hohohoho...you are smarter than I thought."

    Oshemaru nodded slowly, and continued with a chuckle: "Now Uehara Naraku has just begun to master the first Zanpaku... He still needs time to adapt to the spiritual power he has acquired and wake up the other Zanpaku..."

    "Then it looks like I still have time to solve this..."

    Lan Ran Soyousuke glanced at the clouds in the sky in Oshemaru''s hand, and the Rei Pressure on her body gradually rioted again, pressing toward Oshemaru like a mountain!

    indeed.

    There is still time to settle the matter of Uehara Naraku.

    The most important thing now is of course the battle between him and Osha Maru!

    Along with the rebellious pressure on his body, Aizen Soyousuke''s voice became a little cold: "Before that... Mr. Osaimaru... Let us decide on a good candidate... Let us use spiritual power to prove, Who is the one who will dominate the world in the future!"

    "Ho **** ho ho..."

    Da She Maru looked at the substantively powerful Rei Pressure of Lan Ran Soyousuke, and couldn''t help but sneered, and the muddy Rei Pressure on his body also became a little irritable: "Little devil...want to change the dynasty...it would be too much. Can¡¯t wait!"

    Just as the two of them were fighting on the high platform...

    Ichimaru Gin, Tosenyao, Ulchiola, and Keyatai Stark under the command of Aizen Soyousuke are also fighting a face-off army battle under the command of Osamaru!

    Except for Nellie who knows the truth...

    The other ravens were besieging Ichimarugin and others almost frantically!

    Even if the level and spiritual pressure of Ulchiola and Keyatai Stark are one level higher, they are a little bit weak in the face of so many face-to-face emptiness...

    Fortunately, under the command of Nellie...

    The battle between them finally became orderly.

    Except that T¨­sen will be a little embarrassed, Ichimaru Gin, Ulchiola, and Keyatai Stark finally started to show their strengths and began to crush these ravenous legions...

    Acting is really not an easy task!

    Really...

    If you want a smooth victory...

    It turned out to be dependent on Nellie''s help.

    Ulchiola brandished his Zanpaku Knife and struck Nellie, his face was full of indifference, and his emotions were indistinguishable at all!

    just¡­

    The corners of Ulchiola''s mouth moved slightly, and his voice faintly fell into Nellie''s ears: "Nillu, don''t forget our plan, hurry up and find a chance to solve it here quickly. Dongxian wants..."

    "I know!"

    Nelly Ellu blinked, took a look at the situation on the battlefield, and asked in a low voice: "I will command the Rapunzel Legion to launch a wave attack against you. Can you guys hold up the wave attack?"

    Wave attack.

    This is a crushing style of the Rapture Legion. UU reading www.uukanshu. com

    Simply put, it is a battle that relies on the number of Daxu.

    Because Osamaru¡¯s Rare Faced Legion would occasionally cooperate with each other, it was possible to initiate this style of play under the command of Nellie.

    It¡¯s just that in the wave attack, hundreds of surreptitiously commanding thousands of Kylian Daxu¡¯s virtual flashes, no one can resist...

    This style of play is a bit shameless.

    Anyway, it''s useless for them to make a faceless face...

    "rest assured."

    Ulchiola slowly nodded, and whispered in a low voice: "According to Lord Naraku''s order, solve the Tosen''s needs. The only companion Aizen-sama can rely on is us..."

    Latest URL:

    Note: If you see the content of this chapter is the anti-theft error content, the book is broken and other issues, please log in ¡ú¡ú

 Chapter 632ï¼š If Dongsen is also a spy... Captain Aizens side is already...

    The battle turned straight down.

    In order to avoid revealing the flaws, under the command of Nellie, the offensive of the Rare Face Legion suddenly became extremely fierce, and even Ichimaru Gin and Ulchiola were somewhat difficult to contend.

    The entire battlefield was slowly divided.

    No one can support each other under the siege of a group of Daxu.

    Nelly Elle is indeed the member who has followed Oshemaru for the longest time, relying on their ravenous army to give full play to the advantages of many people!

    even¡­

    Ulchiola was forced into the state of returning to the blade!

    Keyatai Stark also quickly hid in the Great Void Forest!

    "It''s really troublesome..."

    Ichimarugin still had a smile on his face.

    Ichimaru Gin''s body also had a few more wounds under the siege of these shameless emptiness, but he did not panic either, and with the help of his sharp spear, he slammed into the elusive forest.

    Only T¨­sen was in trouble.

    This group of Daxu knows his weakness very well, and even his Zanpaku Sword ability has been thoroughly analyzed, making Dongxian look extremely dangerous under the siege of Daxu!

    Especially the person responsible for besieging him...

    It is the fiercest Grimjoo under Oshemaru''s command!

    As a powerful subordinate of Oshemaru, Grimjoo is naturally not far behind. After receiving Nellie''s order, he led a group of shamans and began to besiege Dongxian Yao, and one of them wanted to stay with the death captain. The appearance of Daxu Forest!

    "Hahahaha..."

    Grimjoo had a fierce look on his face, waving his own sharp claws and leaving a long wound under Dongxian Yao''s chest!

    The splattered blood almost made people''s sight red!

    Grimjoo''s face flashed with a frantic grin, and he spoke sarcastically, "Is that funny enough...Is this the captain of the Gotei 13th team?"

    "Asshole..."

    Dongxianyao''s brows slightly frowned, and the Zanpei Dao in his hand suddenly raised, pushing back a group of swarms of shameless emptiness, and his face flashed with a stern face instantly!

    He didn''t own the Zanpakuto in Dongxian''s hand.

    It was originally the Zanpaku Sword held by a friend of Dongxian''s important friends. Toxian had to find a way to communicate spiritual power with Zanpaku Sword to obtain the right to use it, and he could also display quite strange new abilities in his hands!

    "Tweet...Clear insects!"

    Dongxian was about to chant the Hajime words of Zanpakuto in a low voice, Zanpakuto trembled violently in his hand, and a faint sound came out!

    This Zanpaku knife named Qing Chong can produce sound waves like the sound of insects!

    Once this sound wave falls into the ears of an enemy with a lower spiritual pressure, it can be used to directly hypnotize the enemy, which is equivalent to a strange sound wave ability!

    However, this ability is obviously not enough!

    After all, Grimjoo¡¯s boss, O She Maru, is very good at studying sonic abilities, and even O She Maru himself has developed a lot of voice ninjutsu. Therefore, for the abilities that T¨­sen wants, there is a way to solve these problems. !

    "Is it only this level?"

    Grimjoo took out his ears, grinned lightly, and a red phantom flash appeared in his palm, and shot towards Dongxian: "Huh, get out of everything, then let me End this guy here!"

    "Grim Joe..."

    A group of shameless people looked at each other.

    If you talk about rank, they should be Grimjoe''s peers.

    However, Grimjoo is deeply loved by Oshemaru, and he has always been the confidant of Oshemaru, which made him stand out from the crowds of Yachukas-level emptiness...

    Because Grimjoo''s appearance is relatively handsome, and even he himself is more motivated than other Daxu at the level of Yachukas, and he has won the favor of Oshemaru.

    "You guys still want to go against my meaning?"

    Grimjoo''s mouth was hooked, and he looked at a group of shameless people with a mocking smile: "A group of inferior goods who were lucky enough to be planted with the curse seal by Oshomaru-sama... They also want to resist those who have the curse seal of heaven. Me..."

    "..."

    A group of shameless humbly cursed.

    If it weren¡¯t for the situation right now, they would really like to work together to educate Grimjoo. This guy¡¯s strength is not good, but this guy¡¯s mouth is too stinky...

    "All right."

    Grimjoo stretched out his arms slowly, and bone spurs sprang up on his body little by little, spreading on his body!

    next moment¡­

    Grimjoo is incarnate in the form of returning to the blade!

    Grimjoo in this form is like a leopard man, just by looking at his figure, you can feel the power hidden in this guy!

    I have to say is¡­

    Grimjoo in the form of the return blade, just Rei Pressure is a bit of a force!

    However, this state of evolution is not over yet!

    Grimjoo slowly stretched out his paws, and brushed his light blue hair a little bit. There was a jade-shaped curse mark on his neck. This curse mark began to spread on his neck like a flame. Spread over...

    "The power of Oshamaru-sama..."

    Grimjoo rubbed his long hair, feeling the spiritual power in the curse seal in his body little by little, and his face became crazy little by little: "It''s so...it makes people obsessed. The power of intoxication!"

    Imprint of Heaven''s Curse!

    It is the power that Oshe Maru bestows on him!

    The Imprint of Heaven, which is improved from another world, can quickly absorb the souls of this world and increase Grimjoo''s power and speed!

    Even his spiritual pressure has been greatly improved!

    When that group of flame-like curse marks finally slowly stopped spreading, leaving a series of black stripes on Grimjoo''s body, the spiritual pressure on his body also soared to the peak!

    Grimjoo in this state is fully capable of fighting the top Vastod-class battle, even Ulchiola was a little surprised to see this scene!

    The results of Dashemaru actually allowed Grimjoo to cross the most dangerous threshold of Daxu''s evolution, and obtain the power of Vastod''s top Daxu...

    Really...

    Surprisingly unspeakable!

    Even Aizen Soyousuke, who was confronting Oshamaru, couldn¡¯t help being a little surprised when he saw Grimjoo¡¯s state: "Huh? It looks like I underestimated that little guy? Rei pressure. Is it strong enough to rival Urquiola..."

    if it is like this¡­

    Then his subordinate Dongxian is slightly dangerous!

    Ai Ran Soyousuke also doesn''t think that the current T¨­sen will be able to defeat Grimjoo in this state, but he has no plans to save people...

    to him¡­

    Dongsenyao was originally a time bomb.

    Because if T¨­sen is a blind man and cannot see Airan Soyousuke''s Kyoka Suigetsuji, and will not be under the control of Airan Soyousuke''s Kyoka Suigetsu, he will be brought under his command in advance by Airan Soyousuke...

    However, Ai Ran Soyousuke will not completely trust anyone.

    If T¨­sen is going to die here, it just means that Aizen Soyousuke also happens to remove a slightly tasteless subordinate...

    Such a weak and incompetent subordinate...

    It doesn''t matter if you die here!

    It just so happens that Ai Ran Soyousuke can test how strong the new subordinate Grimjoo he wants to incorporate...

    Grimjow, transformed into a state of curse and a state of return to the blade...

    It seems that the value is indeed higher than that of Tosen!

    In fact, it was exactly the same. Grimjoo in this state almost completely suppressed Dongxian Yao. His claws hovered around Dongxian Yao quickly, leaving wounds on Dongxian Yao''s body!

    Even Dongxian wants the Zanpaku Knife in his hand...

    Grimjoo also used his claws to split cracks!

    "Aren''t you open to your swastika?"

    Grimjoo looked at the embarrassed T¨­senya with a sarcasm, stretched out his tongue and licked the blood on his claws, and sneered: "Or...now you still don''t have the ability to finally liberate you. Where''s Zhanpakuto?"

    "..."

    T¨­sen will be silent.

    He is indeed a little embarrassed now.

    However, these injuries are not fatal.

    If he really wants to fight life and death, he still has his own trump card, which is a technique taught to him by someone whom Dongxian must respect...

    Only the last resort intelligence must not be exposed.

    In other words, the moment he was exposed, it was of no use to that person, which made Dongxian have to make his own choice...

    That person once mentioned...

    Let him hide his identity.

    Be sure to find out the value of Aizen Soyousuke.

    "It seems there is nothing worth noting..."

    Tosen was about to squeeze the Zanpakuknife in his hand, and he thought to himself: "Except for the ability to make Bengyu to break through the death and emptiness... There should be no other value for Ai Ran Soyousuke... This answer sheet is handed over to Master Shuma Should be enough."

    If it is really a last resort...

    Then use the trick that Master Feijian taught him to destroy this place and escape!

    After all, in addition to being an undercover agent under Ai Ran Soyousuke, he also has the identity of the captain of the ninth division of the Gotei 13th team, and he is also a very important subordinate to Lord Shuima...

    What a pity...

    Originally, T¨­sen thought he could get more information.

    For a long time, even in the face of other dead servants of the Uehara clan, Tosenya has never revealed his identity, just to avoid his exposure.

    of course¡­

    It is precisely because of this.

    Dongxian did not know the true identities of Dashemaru and Ichimarugin.

    The next moment, Dongxian''s finger was quietly hidden in his sleeve, and he began to contact the man who controlled him remotely, because he had accepted the rebirth of the dirty soil.

    The **** of death who once accepted the rebirth of the filthy soil into Yimu...

    They are able to communicate with the people who performed the reincarnation technique on him.

    As Qianshoujian who invented the technique of reincarnation of the dirty soil, naturally he would not forget to use this technique to control his subordinates, and also rely on this method to communicate with his spies.

    quickly.

    Dongxian will remotely report the situation here to Senshouzuma.

    Even Qianshou Jianjian had never thought that his subordinates would encounter such a situation, and they would be besieged by Oshemaru''s men!

    Really...

    What is this called?

    Is Akatsuki''s internal struggle?

    This world.

    Soon after Senjukaima and Senjujuma arrived in this world, the two of them had begun to follow Urahara Kisuke and the whereabouts of the Masked Legion secretly following Uehara Naraku''s orders!

    At this time...

    Senshou received the news that T¨­sen was about to send.

    For the first time, Qianshoujian thought that this chess piece was quite useful. After all, from the perspective of Qianshoujian, the most important identity for Dongxian to be the captain of the ninth division!

    This identity is enough for Qianshoujian to get enough information from the Gotei 13 team!

    after all¡­

    Qianshou Jian and the Ichimaru Gin group under the command of Pharmacist didn''t deal with it very much, and he believed that he had learned some key information from his own channels.

    It¡¯s just that Qianshoujian is far away in this world...

    To solve the crisis that T¨­sen wanted, it seemed that he could only rely on Uehara Naraku.

    "What are you kidding?"

    After learning about the information from Senjumana, Uehara Nairo''s face was full of you as if you were teasing me, and his expression was faintly weird: "Wait...When did you take T¨­sen under your command? You? Don¡¯t you know that our Xiao¡¯s style is to purge all the people around the enemy who do not belong to us?"

    Just disintegrate everyone around the enemy...

    That means that any news that the enemy wants to know will be controlled by Uehara Naraku. The progress of Aizen Soyousuke''s making the collapsed jade and any conspiracy will not hide from Uehara''s sight.

    "This is a long time ago."

    Senjukan stood next to Uehara Naraku, and explained with a disgusted face: "There was a small incident in Seorei Tei. You will naturally not care if you stay in Uehara Castle to practice, but I noticed it at that time. Dongxian wants the darkness in that little guy to be a person of value to us..."

    At the beginning, Dongxian was still an ordinary blind man in Liuhun Street.

    It''s just that a woman didn''t dislike Dongxian if he was blind, but gave him warmth and was willing to become friends with him.

    Unfortunately¡­

    After this woman married into a noble family, she was killed by her husband because of conflicts with her husband...Because her husband was a nobleman, the Central 46th Chamber chose to turn the big things into small things.

    This matter was originally unattended.

    However, T¨­senyao chose to bring justice to his friends. Of course, what an ordinary Ryujin wanted to avenge was not accepted by Seireitei.

    Only this incident was noticed by Qianshoujian.

    In other words, Qianshoujian had been looking for a spy who could become his ambush in the Gotei 13 team in the Soul World, and Dongxian would barely be a suitable candidate.

    Kill a noble scum...

    It was really not a difficult task for Senshou Kenma, who held the power of Uehara Castle. He easily included Dongsen Yao under his command and obtained Dongsen''s allegiance.

    In order to ensure the loyalty of the spy, Qianshou Jianma will naturally not forget to use the filthy reincarnation technique on Dongsen, but he has never used this chess piece...

    As a result, Dongxian wanted but soared...

    Not only did he get the favor of Aizen Soyousuke, he also became the captain of the ninth squad of the Gotei 13th team, which gave him a lot of surprises.

    "Is that so?"

    Uehara Naraku touched his chin, UU reading www. uuk¨¡nshu. Com said slowly: "Speaking of which, other chess pieces don''t seem to be suitable to pierce Captain Aizen... Then keep him in front of Captain Yamamoto in the future to pierce Captain Aizen''s true face?"

    This kind of thing...

    Uehara Naraku is also quite good at it!

    I think that when he was in the Ninja world, it didn¡¯t take long for him to pierce the true identity of Uchiha''s belt soil, causing the road of Uchiha''s belt soil to be turned down...

    "Speaking..."

    Uehara Naruko looked up at the sky, as if he wanted to see the war in the virtual circle through the sky, he slowly continued: "If you have been following the Tosenya who is controlled by Captain Aizen, you will actually protect him. In front of the Ting XIII team, the true face of Captain Lan Ran is pierced, and the captain''s heart shouldn''t be hit too much, right?"

    Latest URL:

    Note: If you see the content of this chapter is the anti-theft error content, the book is broken and other issues, please log in ¡ú¡ú

 Chapter 633ï¼š Gorgeous and elegant battle, Aizen? Jiayi? S Dashewan!

    Virtual circle.

    Forest of Daxu.

    Ichimarugin, who had just escaped the danger, had a strange expression on her face.

    Who could have imagined that Ai Ran Soyousuke¡¯s most loyal subordinate, Tosen, turned out to be a spy in the middle of the world. This is really unexpected...

    after all¡­

    Dongxian wants to look like an honest person!

    The forces of the Uehara clan really cover the sky in the corpse soul world, and even the ninth team leader Tosen is also a **** of the Uehara clan!

    "There is no way..."

    Ichimaru Gin glanced at the chasing behind him, drew out his Zanpaku Knife, and chuckled softly: "Although Chief Dou doesn''t like the people of the Senju Brothers faction, we all Allegiance to Lord Naraku..."

    After thinking about it for a while...

    Ichimaru Gin finally made up his mind, but what he did would probably arouse Aizen Soyousuke''s suspicion, and even suspect that he and Tosen want two people.

    If you can expose yourself...

    Ichimarugin would rather sacrifice Tosenyao.

    It''s just that besides Ichimaru Gin, there were other people on the battlefield. Ichimaru Gin immediately contacted Koyatai Stark and Ulchiola and asked them to find a way to save Tosenya on the battlefield.

    This little thing is not too simple.

    It''s just that Ulchiola was a little ignorant when he got the news. Where did their boss reach out? Why should Dongxian also be their spy?

    The entire virtual circle...

    Isn''t that the only one left by Ai Ran Soyousuke?

    Originally, there was also a Vastod-class Daxu named Bairegon the Great, but the Great Bairegon tried to prevent Uchiha Madara from ravaging the virtual circle a long time ago...

    In the end, Emperor Balegon was chopped into bone residue by Madara Uchiha.

    Now in the entire virtual circle, except for Aizen Soyousuke, all the remaining Rakugan Taisu, Ichimarugin and Tosen who came to assist are all the subordinates of Uehara Naraku...

    This situation...

    It really made Ulchiola a little dare not think about it.

    Fortunately, Ai Ran Soyousuke has never believed in their subordinates. They have always relied on their own strength to treat their shamelessness as embellishments of their own forces...

    Otherwise, if I replace Ai Ran Soyousuke with a boss who believes in his subordinates, he will probably go crazy after knowing the truth.

    Just as Ulchiola took the risk to stop Grimjo and rescued Tosenyao, Aizen Soyousuke, who stood at a high place and stalemate with Osamaru, remained calm...

    to him¡­

    It doesn''t matter if Dongsen is going to die.

    It doesn''t matter if Dongsen is alive.

    This is the coldness of Aizen Soyousuke.

    Although Ulchiola, Nelly Ellu, and Grimjoo were fighting extremely fiercely, the light of Xuxian and Wang Shan flickered everywhere, and the entire venue had already been turned into large ruins due to their battles...

    however¡­

    In Ai Ran Soyousuke''s eyes, it was still not enough.

    In comparison, Aizen Soyousuke pays more attention to the Oshemaru in front of you!

    Ai Ran Soyousuke stretched out his hand to stroke the mirror flower in his hand, and slowly said, "I have been waiting for this day since I slowly noticed that someone is watching me, because I also want to know the current situation. Can I please Mr. Oshamaru..."

    Two bright lights flashed on Aizen Soyousuke''s lens, and a smile was slightly tucked at the corner of his mouth: "After all...the whole world, it seems that there is no better candidate for me to test my own strength than Mr. Osaimaru?"

    "Ho **** ho ho..."

    The corner of Da She Maru''s mouth couldn''t help but chuckled, and the next moment it suddenly became full of sullen face, his teeth bitten slightly and mocked: "What a sharp-mouthed kid... Now your subordinates are at a disadvantage! "

    "Some **** used to decorate the Palace of the Night."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke no longer suffered any damage to his subordinates, and continued lightly: "When I defeat Mr. Oshemaru, naturally there will be more ornaments to decorate the Xuye Palace..."

    Yes it is.

    It''s just that the group underneath, in the eyes of Airan Soyousuke, is like a chicken dog, and it can''t stop Airan Soyousuke from dominating the virtual circle!

    "It''s a big tone..."

    Dashemaru''s fingers trembled slightly, and the Heavenly Cloud Zanpei Knife fell into his hand in an instant, and a dark smile flashed across his face: "Huh, let me examine you kid... Hope you kid won''t let me down!"

    after all¡­

    You are the one who has high hopes from Uehara Naraku!

    If he couldn''t even pass this level here, it would be too disappointing for Oshemaru. They weren''t for a weak guy these years...

    "Mr. Oshamaru is too worried..."

    Aizen Soyousuke slowly helped her frame, his fingertips suddenly condensed a strong spiritual pressure: "Perhaps Mr. Oshemaru should consider whether I will be disappointed in you... If I am too disappointed If we are disappointed, our future relationship may be very unpleasant!"

    next moment¡­

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s eyes were full of sloppy, but he slowly read out the ability he used: "Sixty-three Broken Road, Thunder Roar..."

    The moment this spiritual pressure was released from the fingertips of Ai Ran Soyousuke, it turned into a roaring thunder and lightning, and it flew toward the Oshe Maru with an aura of destruction!

    Sixty-three of breaking the road, thunder roar!

    There is no need for any singing at all, and even any preparations released this powerful destructive move at the moment when the spiritual pressure was condensed!

    Even the great ghost master in Seireitei once could not be able to understate it like Ai Ran Soyousuke!

    The speed of this group of thunder and lightning is so fast!

    It is impossible for anyone present to resist this blow unharmed!

    However, this move is only Aizen Soyousuke¡¯s preliminary exploration of Oshemaru, using the high speed and impact of the Thunder Cannon to test the speed of Oshemaru...

    "Eighty One of Bound Dao, Shun Kong!"

    Oshemaru''s palm suddenly protruded, and a transparent Rei Pressure Shield wall was erected toward the front. The innumerable large virtual spiritual power on him was enough to allow him to use this trick without singing. Fact This is also approaching the limit of Dashewan!

    This move is cut off...

    Enough to resist any breaking ability ranked below eighty-nine!

    Of course, the Thunder Roar of the Sixty-three Breakthrough was easily blocked by the Broken Air Barrier, without even a single wave...

    however¡­

    In the next moment, the barrier of the emptiness shattered in an instant!

    In Dashemaru''s somewhat surprised gaze, he saw the glowing Zanpaku knife in Ai Ran Soyousuke''s hand as if it had fallen on the glass...

    Easily smashed the barrier of Duankong!

    It is enough to easily withstand the cutout of Thunder Roar...

    But he couldn''t resist Aizen Soyousuke''s knife at all!

    Just a single stab directly shattered Dukong''s defense!

    This knife is so gorgeous and graceful that Oshemaru can''t help but feel a little dazed. Is this the guy Aizen Soyousuke using Kyoka Suizuki?

    Do not¡­

    Not Jinghua Shuiyue!

    It''s just Aizen Soyousuke''s skillful swordsmanship!

    Whether it''s Zanpaku, Instant Step, White Fighting, or Ghost Dao ability, Ai Ran Soyousuke is almost perfect, and the swordsmanship he learns at his fingertips can also make him stand at the top of this world!

    Even if you are fighting against characters like Oshemaru...

    Aizen Soyousuke''s fighting posture is still so elegant!

    From this perspective, it also shows the confidence of this guy!

    Clang!

    Tian Cong Yun Jian hurriedly stopped in front of Da She Wan!

    Oshemaru, who has been hidden in the virtual circle for thousands of years, couldn''t help but feel a little surprised. Through the blades they intersect, he looked at the opposite Aizen Soyousuke, grinning and admiring: "What a genius in swordsmanship... Have you practiced swordsmanship seriously..."

    If I remember correctly...

    In the base''s library and study, Aizen Soyousuke practiced swordsmanship for a very short time. It seems that he gave up swordsmanship after obtaining Kyoka Shuiyue''s initial solution.

    This is also very normal.

    Because the **** of death needed more the Reiatsu of the liberation of Zanpakuto.

    Now it seems¡­

    That is not to give up the practice of swordsmanship at all!

    Rather, Ai Ran Soyousuke had already practiced swordsmanship sufficiently at that time, and there was no need to waste too much time in this aspect!

    Just breaking through the defensive barrier in the air just now, the magnificent slaying of Osaimaru is enough to prove Aizen Soyousuke¡¯s swordsmanship...

    "Swordsmanship?"

    Ai Ran Soyousuke chuckled lightly, and slowly waved the mirror flower Shuiyue in his hand, and slashed towards the Oshemaru one after another: "When I came into contact with swordsmanship, I already knew that swordsmanship alone allowed me to go. How far is the end point..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke kept slicing beams of light towards Oshemaru, smiling at the corner of his mouth, "In my opinion, I have invested enough time in swordsmanship..."

    Aizen Soyousuke''s sword flashes!

    At this moment, Ai Ran seems to be a swordsman who has been tempering for many years. No, he originally relied on his talent to pass the training stage without time!

    "This guy''s talent..."

    Da She Wan''s face was a bit ugly.

    Now Da She Maru can only hold the clouds of the sky in his hand, continuously resisting Ai Ran Soyousuke''s blade, and occasionally stabbing a sword like a cold and poisonous snake!

    Originally, Oshemaru was still thinking about whether Uehara Naraku had a good reputation for Aizen Soyousuke. Now that it is too funny to think about it...

    This is not an exaggeration!

    It should be greatly underestimated!

    Now when Osamaru and Aizen Soyousuke really fought, he finally realized why Uehara Naruko had high hopes for Aizen Soyousuke. This guy''s talent was terrible...

    Obviously it''s just a swordsmanship clash...

    However, Jinghua Shuiyue Zanpei Knife is like an arm in the hands of Lan Ran Soyousuke, sometimes cutting out a half-moon, and sometimes stabbing a meteor!

    This guy is just like swordsmanship!

    Even Dashemaru can see the shadow of Dasheyu swordsmanship!

    Relying solely on swordsmanship, Aizen Soyousuke is enough to deal with any swordsmanship, and in an instant Aizen has seen through the weakness of Orochi-ryu swordsmanship with his own eyes!

    Obviously, Oshemaru used the sword art of Orochiryu that he had created for the first time in this world in front of Aizen Soyousuke, but it didn¡¯t take long for him to see through the battle by Aizen Soyousuke, and used it directly. The body of Dashewan!

    The insidious snake flow swordsmanship is like a snake...

    In any gap, it is possible to protrude and bite the enemy!

    As he himself said, Lan Ran Soyousuke has already practiced swordsmanship to the extreme, no, it should be said that he has cultivated to the extreme in any ability!

    Instant step!

    Aizen Soyousuke''s figure disappeared instantly!

    At the moment of disappearance, Ai Ran Soyousuke had already shuttled by Oshemaru''s side, and the Zanpaku knives in the two hands clashed one after another, and the sound of gold and iron strikes mixed with lightning!

    This blow did not succeed!

    Shunbu''s moves are indeed not enough in front of Dashemaru!

    Even if Aizen Soyousuke''s instant step speed is very fast, it is not enough to hide the Oshemaru who has experienced the baptism of the outdated space surgery!

    "It''s really troublesome..."

    Aizen Soyousuke raised the mirror flower in his hand!

    A bright blade light split out, and the mirror flower wateryue''s blade light was covered with a layer of invisible spiritual pressure, and the Arc Moon Slash instantly forced the Oshe Maru back!

    Even Dashemaru doesn¡¯t think he can resist this cut...

    Just this knife Arc Moon Slash, it has more than 80 destructive power to break the road!

    The strength of this Arc Moon Slash was so strong that it almost instantly divided the entire venue into two obliquely, and the people who ran away panicked and avoided it!

    however¡­

    This trick is just bait.

    The next moment, Ai Ran Soyousuke''s figure appeared behind Oshamaru in a flash, waving the mirror flower Shuiyue in his hand and tracing a beautiful arc!

    Jinghua Shuiyue Zanpaku Knife...

    Aizen reversed and stabbed the body of Da She Wan!

    Even Oshemaru couldn''t help being a little surprised. This was a technique in Orochiryu swordsmanship, and he didn''t even use it himself. He didn''t expect that it would be deduced by Ai Ran Soyousuke himself in the battle at this time!

    Ai Ran Soyousuke did not look at the Osake Maru behind him, but gave a low smile at the corner of his mouth, and said softly, "It''s really hard to help but admire...Even I have never seen this kind of exquisite swordsmanship. ¡­"

    indeed.

    The research on swordsmanship in the corpse soul world is slightly lower.

    After graduating from the Mao Spiritual Academy, the gods of death are more willing to communicate with the Zanpaku Sword to cultivate Hajime and Swastika, because this can make their spiritual power stronger...

    And after being able to start the solution and the swastika...

    Practicing swordsmanship seems to be useless.

    After all, the enemies that can be solved by swastikas do not need to practice any special swordsmanship; if the swastikas cannot solve the enemies, it seems that they can''t solve them by themselves...

    Ticking...

    Tick ??tick tick tick...

    The blood dripped down the mirror flower Shuiyue Zanpoknife little by little.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke tilted his head slightly, UU reading glanced at the injured Oshemaru standing behind, and whispered softly: "If Mr. Oshemaru just ended in this way, it would be a little bit for both of us. Disappointed?"

    "Ho **** ho ho... not even warming up..."

    A weird smile appeared on the corner of Dashemaru''s mouth, but the injury on his body recovered in an instant. This is a speeding regeneration...

    Do not¡­

    This healing speed is even more terrifying than the speed of overspeed regeneration!

    As the injury on Dashemaru''s body was recovering, the Heavenly Cloud Zanpei Knife in his hand slowly melted into his body. This scene seemed particularly strange...

    Clouds in the sky...

    It was originally the body of Yaqi Orochi!

    Latest URL:

    Note: If you see the content of this chapter is the anti-theft error content, the book is broken and other issues, please log in ¡ú¡ú

 Chapter 634ï¼š Cant be forced out? The blue dye of solution? Add medical treatment?/a>

    Forest of Daxu.

    The air seemed to be gradually stagnating.

    As the clouds of the sky in the hands of Dashemaru merged into his body, the huge and mixed spiritual pressure vented from his body, and it swept through most of the Daxu Forest in an instant!

    These Reiatsu...

    All of them were obtained by the Daxu pill swallowing Daxu!

    The appearance of Dashemaru has not changed in any way, which really does not conform to the rules of the virtual circle at all. He seems to have simply awakened his spiritual pressure!

    Such a different state of homecoming is really unheard of...

    Whether it''s the death of the **** of illusion or the breaking of the face and the emptiness of entering the sword, there will be some abnormal changes in the body without exception, but the big snake pill has not changed at all...

    Even Ai Ran Soyousuke was a little surprised at the soaring Rei Pressure on Osha Maru, which did not delay Ai Ran Soyousuke raising his hand to attack Osha Maru!

    "Ok?"

    Lan Ran Soyousuke looked at the reiki pressure and healed wounds on Da She Wan''s body, and sang a mantra in a low voice: "The dirty waves, the boat of madness; boiling! Numbness! Flashing! Sleepless; the steel princess also embroidered, The mud puppet also collapsed; assembling! Enemy! The ground is still flooded and he knows his powerlessness...

    Ai Ran Soyousuke sang, staring at the Oshemaru flying towards him. He didn''t care about Oshemaru''s attack at all. He just waved the mirror flower Shuiyue lightly to resist Oshemaru''s attack, while continuing to chant in a low voice. With a spell...

    "Ho **** ho ho..."

    The corner of Oshemaru''s mouth couldn''t help but smile, staring at Ai Ran Soyousuke, and said, "This is the curse of the ninety broken way...hohohoho...If I remember correctly, you should have been long ago. Can you give up singing?"

    "Different¡­"

    Ai Ran Soyousuke finished singing his own incantation, shook his head slowly, and raised his palm toward Oshemaru: "If it''s only a black coffin with a power of one-third, it might not be enough for Mr. Oshemaru. respect¡­"

    indeed.

    Lan Ran Soyousuke doesn''t need to chant a mantra at all to release the black coffin that broke the 90s. This is a move above the 90s. Others may not even dare to imagine that such a move can abandon the chanting!

    of course.

    If you abandon the chanting and the mobilization of spiritual pressure, the power of the black coffin can only exert one third of its original power, and one third of its power is not enough!

    Even for those enemies who became big shots thousands of years ago, the black coffin with full power cannot hurt them too much...

    Just check it out.

    The next moment, the rioting Reiatsu on Ai Ran Soyousuke quickly swept away, and he finally calmly pronounced the name of the technique he used!

    "Ninety Broken Road, Black Coffin!"

    The black walls spread out quickly!

    In an instant, Dashewan was locked into a jet-black rectangular body!

    Countless black spiritual pressures turned into sharp blades and pierced Oshemaru''s body in an instant. There was no way to avoid this level of attack!

    O She Maru didn''t seem to think about avoiding it either.

    Even though Da She Maru was hit hard at the moment when the black coffin was launched, it still didn''t matter that he manipulated the clouds of the sky in his body to rush out of his body, turning into a huge sword and piercing the black coffin!

    one move¡­

    It solved the dilemma.

    When Da She Wan walked out of the black coffin, there was still a faint smile on his face, and the body that had just been hit hard by the black coffin was quickly recovering...

    Overspeed regeneration.

    I don¡¯t know how strong this kind of abilities can only be achieved by the big emptiness. After all, the goal of this guy has always been for immortality...

    "As expected of a legendary character..."

    Lan Ran Soyousuke shook the mirror flower Shuiyue in his hand and spoke slowly and praised: "I received a frontal blow to the black coffin, and the spiritual pressure on his body was not weakened... and even broke the black coffin''s confinement easily."

    This super-speed regeneration ability...

    Even more than Urquiola!

    This means that if you continue to fight, Oshemaru doesn''t seem to care about his injury, because he can recover almost unlimited!

    but¡­

    This will make Aizen Soyousuke find interesting!

    In the long history, Ai Ran Soyousuke has seen too many people, and those people are not worthy of his own action, and even made him feel that giving him one more look is owed!

    Only people who are equivalent to history, like Oshemaru and Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni, are qualified to let him take a high look, and are qualified to let him treat it with heart!

    Then defeat the fellow Oshemaru in one fell swoop!

    Aizen Soyousuke''s figure disappeared like a ghost!

    In the sight of Oshemaru, Aizen Soyousuke wielded Kaguga Shuiyue, and the swordsmanship he performed with the Zanpaku Sword turned out to be like a meteor shower!

    Countless sword lights quickly pierced the body of Da She Maru!

    This blow was a bit bright in everyone''s sight!

    I have to say that this blow looks very beautiful, and it is so bold and deadly, it reminds Oshamaru of the scene when the fourth generation of Hokage performed the Shuriken Shadow Clone Art...

    That is countless stars!

    It''s just that it''s far less deadly than Ai Ran Soyousuke''s starry swordsmanship. He obviously just swung a knife and stabbed it lightly, but under the blessing of his powerful Rei pressure, every blow seemed to be easy. Harvest life...

    Daxu Forest is like a meteor passing by!

    The spiritual pressure pierced by Jinghua Shuiyue almost penetrated the entire Daxu Forest!

    Countless Kylian Daxu hiding in the Great Void Forest was pierced by the spirit pressure pierced by waves of blue dye Soyousuke in the midst of confusion!

    Ai Ran Soyousuke¡¯s trick...

    It proves that he has the power to destroy the Great Void Forest!

    Relying only on the swordsmanship performed by the spiritual pressure, it almost penetrated the Daxu Forest, and countless rocks, trees and Kilian Daxu were penetrated by Ai Ran Soyousuke''s swords like shooting stars!

    "Is there still such power..."

    There was a faint cold sweat on Ichimarugin''s forehead.

    Since he was successful in his studies, he has been ordered to follow Ai Ran Soyousuke, and he has never found that Ai Ran Soyousuke has shown such strength!

    If Aizen Soyousuke wants to...

    He can clear the Great Void Forest easily!

    It¡¯s no wonder that Lan Ran Soyousuke dared to take a few of them to the appointment, how much strength this guy still hides, it seems that he has never shown his true power...

    Yes it is.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke is always such an understatement.

    No matter what kind of enemy you are facing... No, it should be said that Aizen Soyousuke has never seen an enemy who can threaten him... I don''t know if Oshemaru is one... Maybe Oshemaru is just one that can make Aizen. People who are slightly interested in Soyousuke.

    Really...

    As expected, someone who can make Uehara Naraku take seriously!

    A flash of exclamation flashed on Ulchiola''s face, but his expression returned to calm the next moment, he just raised his head to look at Aizen Soyousuke''s opponent, Osake Maru...

    "Such spiritual pressure and power..."

    Ulchiola slowly lowered his head and whispered, "Master Oshemaru...will there be a chance to force Master Aizen''s …dÇJ?"

    "Who knows..."

    Dongxian was about to wave the Seizo in his hand, and pushed back a group of shamans. He also whispered: "Since I was ordered to hide under Ai Ran Soyousuke, I have never paid attention to Ai Ran Soyousuke. There were times when the **** was used..."

    indeed¡­

    Ai Ran Soyousuke has never used …djie.

    It is precisely because he has never encountered an enemy using swastika.

    However, if it is said that Aizen Soyousuke is not capable of …djie, no one would believe it, according to the genius of Aizen Soyousuke, …djie may be mastered in the same amount of time as Hajime!

    after all¡­

    Ai Ran Soyousuke can free Zanpakuto without singing!

    Because when Aizen Soyousuke mastered Hajime, Uehara Naraku had no way to secretly send someone to spy on Aizen Soyousuke, let alone spy on his abilities.

    The entire Uehara clan did not know when Aizen Soyousuke mastered the swastika. This is also a more troublesome question... Aizen Soyousuke has never exposed the swastika!

    The Reaper¡¯s Zanpaku Knife is too weird...

    Uehara Naraku arranged for Osamaru to fight Aizen Soyousuke, in addition to letting him take refuge in Aizen Soyousuke after the battle or form an alliance with Aizen Soyousuke...

    Another purpose...

    Naturally, I want to see Aizen Soyousuke''s …d½â!

    I just don¡¯t know if Dashe Maru has this power...

    Today''s Oshemaru looks a bit miserable, because the front is resisting Aizen Soyousuke¡¯s shooting star-like swordsmanship. Even though Oshemaru hurriedly defended, her body was pierced with countless holes by this swordsmanship, and the blood slowly Flowing out of the hole...

    even¡­

    Almost more than half of Dashemaru''s body is hollowed out. This is a real serious injury. Even if it is super-rapidly regenerated, it cannot be easily recovered...

    "What a terrible Reiatsu..."

    There are two more holes on Dashemaru''s face, and the whole person looks extremely hideous and terrifying, but his face still has a smile: "Even if you look at it thousands of years ago, it is only with Rei Pressure. It¡¯s possible for a group of guys to stand shoulder to shoulder..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke hooked the corner of his own mouth, looked at Oshemaru''s still calm expression through her own frame, and whispered: "That''s really grateful for the compliment... just from the looks of it, Mr. Oshemaru seems to be better than I thought. Be more tenacious."

    This trick cost him a lot of spiritual pressure!

    Even if it is used to display the Ninety-Nine of Breakthrough, it is more than enough!

    Although Aizen Soyousuke can also clearly feel the reduction in the spiritual pressure of Oshamaru, but it is far from the effect that Aizen Soyousuke wants...

    But this is also normal.

    After all, Dashemaru is a well-known figure in the corpse soul world thousands of years ago. It can''t be the same as the group of captain-level death gods, who can be directly defeated by him?

    "Stubborn?"

    Da She Wan grinned.

    It''s just that his smile is getting bigger and bigger, and his mouth suddenly opened in the smile, and a palm suddenly stretched out of Dashewan''s mouth!

    This scene¡­

    It looks very eerie and weird!

    what is happening!

    Lan Ran Soyousuke''s brows frowned slightly, watching that weird and terrifying palm opened Oshemaru''s mouth little by little, and a figure slowly emerged from Oshemaru''s mouth...

    That is¡­

    Another big snake pill!

    As another Oshemaru crawled out of his original body, his original body quickly wilted, like an empty shell...

    This big snake pill is like a new birth!

    The wound that was stabbed by Ai Ran Soyousuke before disappeared without a trace!

    Except that the spiritual pressure on the Oshe Maru is somewhat weak, his injury has been completely healed. This is the function of the Oshe Flow Substitute Technique. Even in this world, the Oshe Maru still has developed a way to use the Ochi Flow Substitute Technique with spiritual power...

    "Unbelievable..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke pushed his own frame, a flash of admiration flashed in his eyes, and he spoke softly and praised: "I really want to know how many weird and weird Mr. Oshemaru once was brilliant and brilliant... "

    It''s really amazing.

    Originally Aizen Soyousuke thought that his move was enough to destroy the super-speed regeneration ability of Oshemaru, and launched a powerful attack to directly inflict a severe damage or even kill Oshemaru...

    did not expect¡­

    Dashemaru also has a solution to this situation.

    If it is an ordinary injury, Dashewan can be solved by over-speed regeneration. If it is a fatal injury, Dashewan will consume its own spiritual power to create regeneration...

    Really tricky guy!

    "Use swastika..."

    Osha Maru looked at Ai Ran Soyousuke, and said with a chuckle at the corner of his mouth: "If you don''t use …d Jie, you seem to have nothing to do with me now, kid..."

    "is it?"

    Lan Ranzouyousuke nodded slowly, his body pressure skyrocketed again, and his spirit pressure quickly gathered on the Jinghua Shuiyue Zanpaku Knife, his aura seemed particularly intriguing!

    this moment¡­

    Aizen Soyousuke still seemed to be holding Zhizhu, and slowly said: "It seems that Mr. Oshamaru still has more hole cards in his hand... If I use Swastika, it just makes me think I might lose!"

    A cold light flashed in Aizen Soyousuke¡¯s eyes, and he calmly continued: "I used …djie here, then how should I face the head of the thirteen dead servants of the Uehara clan... Uchiha Madara What?"

    Before the collapse of the jade is finished...

    Ai Ran Soyousuke will never reveal his hole cards easily!

    What''s more, since the battle with Oshemaru, Aizen Soyousuke has been very aware that he has always had an advantage, and this is not the time to use Swastika!

    "I have never used so much spiritual power... let me see... Mr. Oshamaru..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke slowly walked towards the Oshe Maru, this time his speed was particularly slow, when he wielded the mirror flower Shuiyue again, the speed of this Zanpaku Sword became extremely elegant and slow!

    This is that Zanpakudao''s spiritual pressure is too heavy!

    This is the Reiatsu that Ai Ran Soyousuke attached to his Zanpaku Sword is too powerful, so powerful that even Jinghua Shuiyue can''t stand his power!

    "This spiritual pressure..."

    The smile on Da She Wan''s face slowly stiffened.

    This guy named Aizen Soyousuke, shouldn''t he be exactly the same as Uehara Naraku, always hiding his power!

    This Aizen...

    Has long ago possessed the power rivaling the entire corpse soul world!

    "Let me see..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke slammed his knife down, and the white robe of Captain Reaper swayed on his body, making his body look very elegant!

    Even if it''s a knife...

    Still not changing his demeanor!

    It''s just that this knife seems to split the entire Great Void Forest!

    Aizen Soyousuke still maintained the posture of swinging the knife, and raised his eyes indifferently: "Let me see if Mr. Osaimaru''s power will match your vitality... it''s not commensurate with your strength. Life is a great waste!"

    Boom!

    The depressive Reiatsu that Ai Ran Soyousuke slashed... after Ai Ran''s voice fell, it broke out!

    A long and narrow sword slashed through!

    The entire Daxu Forest has been cut with a long incision. uukanshu.com, this terrifying **** hidden under the virtual circle, has seen the light of day for the first time!

    Clouds of the sky appeared in the Oshe Maru, as if trying to help block the sword pressure of Lan Ran Soyousuke, but was directly cut off by this sword pressure!

    "What are you kidding..."

    Da She Wan still had a stiff smile on her face.

    His smiling face slowly split into two in the next moment.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke slowly withdrew his Zanpaku Sword, without looking at the Osamaru that was divided into two under this sword, but continued on his own: "It was the first time I could show the solution. Fully...For both of us, perhaps it should be called...lucky..."

    Latest URL:

    Note: If you see the content of this chapter is the anti-theft error content, the book is broken and other issues, please log in ¡ú¡ú

 Chapter 635ï¼š Flower in the mirror, moon in the water, blue dyed solution

    This scene is trembling!

    The virtual circle has never had this level of duel!

    Everyone on the scene thought that Osamaru and Aizen Soyousuke should be evenly matched, at least they should not end the battle so soon...

    However, Aizen Soyousuke used his strong power to make everyone realize that he has the power to easily defeat Osaimaru. Everyone knows that Aizen Soyousuke might be very strong...

    I just didn¡¯t expect...

    Aizenzou Usuke unexpectedly split the virtual circle''s guide Oshemaru into two with a single knife only in the state of initial solution. Generally speaking, this is already a mortal injury!

    Aizen Soyousuke doesn''t seem to think that Oshemaru will be killed by him.

    Maybe it was because Oshemaru was so weird that Ai Ran Soyousuke didn''t think that the sword that broke out with his body pressure could completely kill Oshemaru.

    indeed.

    Whether it''s an empty or a **** of death...

    Anyone may be buried under the knife of Aizen Soyousuke...

    However, the Oshe Maru survived. After his body was divided into two, the whole body directly turned into countless little white snakes and fled, and quickly gathered again, converging into a large white phosphorus snake!

    "Ho **** ho **** ho..."

    A gloomy and indifferent human face appeared on the head of the White Phosphorus Orochi. The human face slowly opened its mouth, and the hoarse voice of the Oshemaru came out: "It''s really a terrible little devil... It can force me to this level. ¡­"

    The next moment, countless purple mists burst out of the white phosphorus snake!

    These purple mists are all paralyzing poisons on the white phosphorus snake, but these poisons fall on Aizen Soyousuke''s body but they have no effect at all.

    Under the attack of Reiatsu...

    The purple poisonous mist has been wiped out!

    "Useless trick."

    Aizenzou Usuke slowly shook his head and murmured, "Mr. Oshemaru, no matter how many weird abilities you still hide, you can''t compete with absolute strength..."

    Lan Ranzou Usuke raised his head to look at the white phosphorus snake in the sky, and slowly said, "From the time I knew someone was spying on me, I was ready for today...

    Since that day, I no longer release my spiritual pressure, no longer use any technique beyond the limit, no longer use any force that can arouse your vigilance, making you subconsciously think that everything I do depends on Jinghua Shuiyue and Conspiracy hidden behind the scenes..."

    The corners of Aizen Soyousuke''s mouth twitched slightly, and he smiled and continued: "Only in this way, Mr. Oshamaru will think that everything I have is under your control, and induce you to put the possibility of controlling me. Cracking the mirror flower water and moon..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Oshemaru''s expression is slightly stiff.

    Because of this moment, there is a faint shadow of Uehara Naraku behind Aizen Souesuke. No, Aizen Souesuke has become more and more like that guy Uehara Naraku!

    Even with the help of Heijue...

    No, in other words, even if he doesn''t need Heizue''s help, Aizen Soyousuke may be able to turn the situation around with his own ingenuity!

    Aizenzou Usuke almost completely relied on his forbearance and ingenuity to achieve a reversal. He started to make arrangements when he noticed that someone was monitoring him!

    A drop of cold sweat slowly appeared on Oshemaru¡¯s forehead. Ai Ran Soyousuke was right, because Kyoka Shuiyue¡¯s ability to control the five senses was so powerful that Oshemaru also thought that Ai Ran Soyousuke would definitely do it. With Jinghua Shuiyue to fight...

    Who would give up the weird ability of such a Zanpaku Sword?

    Therefore...

    Oshemaru''s gaze has been focused on Jinghua Shuiyue.

    Even though Osamaru knew that Aizen Soyousuke''s reiki pressure was very strong, he didn''t know that he had been tyrannical to this point...

    Besides, Aizen Soyousuke has never exposed his true power, and Oshamaru will subconsciously ignore Aizen Soyousuke. In fact, this guy has long been outrageously strong!

    Even if it was less than a thousand years ago, Yamamoto Motoryusai Shigekuni, who made many people shiver, has long surpassed the Ky¨­raku spring waters...

    "You kid..."

    The mouth under the white phosphorus snake slowly opened, revealing a pair of hideous fangs: "I''m really good at hiding myself..."

    "This is also helpless."

    Aizen Soyousuke raised his head to stare at the White Phosphorus Orochi, and calmly continued: "Because I can''t tell that Mr. Oshemaru has been monitoring me from a certain moment, no matter how I hide it, it is impossible to escape Mr. Oshemaru''s inherent impression of me... "

    With an indifferent smile on Lan Ran Soyousuke¡¯s face, he slowly put away his mirror flower Shuiyue Zanpaku Knife and continued: "At this time, the use of smart layout has become useless, and only relying on his own strength can break the situation. ¡­"

    When talking about this, the spiritual pressure on Ai Ran Soyousuke once again exploded, as if substantive spiritual pressure swept across the entire venue, forcing all the shackles present to withdraw from the venue in embarrassment. !

    at this moment¡­

    Even Keyatai Stark, who is known as the strongest Rei-pressure, can''t help but look a little bit sideways!

    "Although I hate using absolute power..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke clenched his fists, his face gradually became a little dissatisfied, as if he really wasn''t pleased with the powerful strength of his body: "But in a situation controlled by other people, there is no better. chosen¡­"

    Yes it is.

    There is no better choice.

    If someone else controls one''s life forcibly, there seems to be no other way except relying on one''s own tenacity to make oneself explode and change the situation...

    after all¡­

    No matter what conspiracy Aizen Soyousuke wants to use, it is impossible to surpass the enemy who has been monitoring him for many years...

    "This reiki..."

    The white phosphorus snake stared at Ai Ran Soyousuke firmly: "It is really curious...what the **** did you do to yourself...this is not the height you can reach now...even if it is compared to Yamamoto Genryu Saiju China, maybe it won¡¯t be much worse..."

    "It''s very simple, think of a way to push the limit."

    "It''s not that easy to do..."

    The white phosphorus snake''s face suddenly became indifferent.

    "No, it''s easy."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke doesn''t seem to care about the current state of Oshemaru. As if he is holding the winning ticket, he casually explains: "If a person''s emotions explode, he can easily explode power beyond the limits of the body. This is The so-called potential..."

    Lan Ranzou Usuke helped her frame and continued, "However, people who are too sensible are very good at restraining their emotions.

    Therefore, when I want to be angry or even a little excited, it is harder than I imagined, even when I know that Mr. Osaimaru has been watching me..."

    When talking about this, Aizen Soyousuke raised his head and glanced at Oshemaru, and calmly continued: "It''s a bit too extravagant for people like us...Of course, this also means that when we lose our minds. , There should be two results.

    Make yourself unable to exert the power you own because of the loss of reason, or let yourself burst out of the power that the body cannot develop because of the loss of reason. "

    "Ho **** ho ho... interesting..."

    The white phosphorus snake nodded slowly, and a cold laugh came from its head: "Indeed, some hot-blooded idiots can exert the hidden power in his body... The first result is often easier for us people. Appeared on his body..."

    to be honest¡­

    This is how emotion governs reason.

    However, this is generally a characteristic of those passionate idiots, and those who have a sense of reason all the year round will never show up in this state.

    If you lose your mind...

    may become weaker for them!

    At the next moment, the White Phosphorus Orochi suddenly raised another question: "If you lose your mind and become stronger, it doesn''t seem to fit your state at all. From your body, you can''t see any signs of losing your mind..."

    Whoever it is...

    I don¡¯t think there is anything wrong with Aizen Soyousuke.

    Because this guy appeared to be particularly calm throughout the battle, except for the power that broke out that didn¡¯t match his body, there seemed to be no flaws in the other...

    Airan Soyousuke looked at Oshemaru, and asked calmly, "Then...why didn¡¯t Mr. Oshemaru find out what¡¯s wrong?"

    "Ok?"

    The white phosphorus snake''s head shook slightly.

    Next second...

    Oshemaru immediately thought of something wrong!

    Soon, Da She Maru wanted to understand all of this, and the white phosphorus Da She¡¯s voice seemed to have a bit of gritted teeth: "Your Zanpaku knife... Jinghua Shuiyue... It seems that it has never been used like it is now, right?"

    Except Jinghua Shuiyue!

    This Zanpaku knife of the flowing water system!

    Originally, Jinghua Shuiyue¡¯s ability to solve the problem was the insensitivity of manipulating people. In their Ninja world, this is the existence of the illusion system. It is impossible to exert such a powerful combat power in the hands of Ai Ran Soyousuke. This is not at all. In line with the law!

    A Zanpaku sword that dominates illusion...

    How could it become so powerful!

    No, or how could a guy like Ai Ran Soyousuke be willing to use this Zanpaku Sword like this?

    This is the illusion ability that can be manipulated and deprived of the five senses!

    "You guessed it right..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke slowly squeezed the scabbard of Zanpakuto and continued with a smile: "I always thought that Kyoka Shuiyue should be just like me... the battle should always be graceful... but until I worked out its solution. ."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke stroked the mirror flower Shuiyue on his waist, and continued indifferently: "I have never used mirror flower Shuiyue''s swastika. I didn''t want to hide mirror flower Shuiyue''s **** form. After all, in the form of swastika, death can Will be greatly enhanced..."

    When it came to this, Ai Ran Soyousuke continued softly: "Because of its ability to scuttle...it is an ugly appearance hidden deep in my heart...so that I no longer want the power of scuttling."

    "Ho **** ho ho..."

    Oshe Maru seems to have guessed something, and the strange face of the White Phosphorus Orochi has a horrible smirk: "Interesting...so, its **** form is actually the second you...no, it should be said that hypnotism made you. Another look!"

    The white phosphorous snake¡¯s face suddenly became crazy, as if he had discovered a huge secret: "No wonder you never use Jinghuashuiyue¡¯s …dÇJ...that¡¯s because it knows your truest thoughts, and it just so happens that your reason is absolutely absolute. A state that I don¡¯t want to face..."

    Shiraito Orochi¡¯s laughter gradually permeated: "Let me think about it, you won''t get... would that be a better Aizen Soyousuke?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Airanzou Usuke was silent for a while before speaking slowly, "In a sense, maybe it can be said... It''s just that there are some subtle differences..."

    "And that''s not better than me..."

    Lan Ranzou Yousuke held his own mirror flower Shuiyue, and continued in a cold voice: "It''s just a mirror flower Shuiyue hypnotized... it''s just a shadow that makes my heart..."

    to some extent...

    Oshemaru is not wrong!

    Because the Zanpai Dao reflects the true heart of a person.

    Even a deep-minded person like Ai Ran Soyousuke has a desire that he does not want to imagine. That is the scene where he is standing on a high place...

    Lonely...

    The inevitable state of mind for everyone standing on a high place, just as Aizen Soyousuke¡¯s subordinate Keyatai Stark chose to split his soul.

    Mirror Flower Water Moon is just like its name...

    The mirror flower Shuiyue in the form of ¡¡¡¡…d…d, this Zanpaku knife will reflect the appearance of another Aizen Soyousuke like the moon in the water mirror!

    Another look of Aizen Soyousuke has been hidden in Kaguga Shuiyue, and he will fight with Aizen Soyousuke as if he turns into a mirror flower...

    That Aizen Soyousuke!

    But Aizen himself definitely doesn''t want to see it!

    Therefore Aizen Soyousuke has never used Kyoka Shuiyue''s **** state in front of people, and even after he learned of his swastika, he did not use it, but completely restrained it!

    I have to admit that...

    Aizen Soyousuke in that state is a better existence.

    The flower in the mirror and the moon in the water clearly look exactly the same.

    However, in the reaction of Kyoka Shuiyue Zanpakuto, the Aizen Soyousuke in the Kyoka Shuiyue is even better than Aizen himself!

    because...

    That Aizen So Usuke has long stood in the sky!

    When Ai Ran Soyousuke himself quietly liberated Jinghua Shuiyue Shijie He saw Airan Soyousuke in another form in the world of Jinghua Shuiyue, another one who looked like the real master of the world. Aizen Soyousuke!

    High above...

    people look up...

    I can¡¯t imagine...

    Mingming is just a character in Aizen''s hypnotized fantasy...

    The shadow hypnotized by Jinghua Shuiyue looked down on his own body, and easily defeated his own body time and time again...

    is precisely because of this.

    Aizenzou Usuke can become stronger.

    In order to make his power stronger, Aizen Soyousuke had to turn on Kyoka Shuiyue¡¯s …d…d from time to time, using the shadow that Kyoka Shuiyue gave birth to from his heart to fight, striving to overcome the limit state he faced...

    because...

    The shadow of the moon in the mirror, like the moon in the water, provided him with a perfect reference, let him know his true limit, and let him know how much power he could get!

    (Https://)

    First set a small goal, such as 1 second to remember: ¡¡shukeju mobile version reading URL:

 Chapter 636ï¼š 2 peoples solution, the last blow of the explosion!

    is always unexpected.

    No, or it will always be outside the frame.

    Even Oshemaru is a little skeptical. Aizenzou Usuke used his own …d…d to break through the shackles step by step. Has it been hidden from Uehara Naraku...

    this matter¡­

    Aizometo Usuke should not be known by anyone.

    Oshemaru''s heart is a little weird, but now Ai Ran Soyousuke is here indifferently exposed, this guy will not regard him as the last behind the scenes?

    kind of interesting...

    The White Phosphorus Serpent slowly lowered his head, looking down at Ai Ranzou You Jie Yin and smiling, "It''s really interesting... He even told me his own interpretation at this time, do you think he must have won?"

    "It seems that there is no need to continue fighting..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke raised his head and looked at the terrifying white phosphorus serpent, spreading out his palms: "Escaped two fatal blows, and your spiritual pressure has been weakened to the extreme... I don''t think you will still be in this situation. There is a possibility of counterattack."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke stared at the white phosphorus Oshemaru, his eyes were a little dark: "Besides, I don¡¯t want to kill Mr. Oshemaru... After all, I really hope to get the help of Mr. Oshemaru. We share a common sense. Enemy."

    Common enemy...

    Corpse Soul World, Seireitei, Gotei 13 Team.

    Zero Division, Lingwang Palace, Uehara Clan.

    Whether it is the exposed power of the Soul World, or the power that has been hidden, they can''t easily solve it at this period.

    Aizenzou Usuke looked at the white phosphorus Orochi with a somewhat relieved look, and calmly continued: "Mr. Osaimaru should know... The real power of the Uehara clan now is those dead servants. Is my power enough?"

    This was analyzed by Ai Ran Soyousuke himself.

    In fact, this is not an analysis, because the Uehara clan has never concealed their structure. The thirteen dead waiters are not respectful enough for the new Patriarch Uehara Naraku, which proves that they still have a huge influence...

    Or¡­

    ''S control over the huge power of the Uehara clan.

    In addition, hundreds of Daxu Daxu have been created from Oshemaru, but they still want to hide in the forest of Daxu, and even need to find the death **** like him who has the power to subvert the corpse soul world. This also means that Oshemaru is still Not sure of winning...

    If you continue to fight at this time, they will only damage their strength in vain, because some losses will make some powerful existences heal for hundreds of years...

    This is a waste of time.

    What Airan Soyousuke wants is not a big snake pill that needs to be healed, but a combat power that can be used at any time!

    "Not enough..."

    The White Phosphorus Orochi slowly slid to the ground and turned into the appearance of Oshemaru again. A mocking smile flashed across the corner of his mouth: "If it is only this level, I want to face the top four of the 13 Deadpools. The seat officer is still a bit worse..."

    "I''m really curious..."

    Lan Ranzou Yousuke held Kyoka Shuiyue in his hand, erected the Zanpaku knife on the ground, and whispered: "If I... add this knife, will it be enough?"

    In the state of swastika...

    A Zanpaku Sword that is enough to make Aizen Soyousuke''s spiritual pressure break the limit!

    "¡­¡­"

    Oshemaru''s expression became a little weird.

    How does this sound weird?

    If Aizen Soyousuke is willing to pick up Kyoka Shuiyue, and abandon his disgusting state of Kwanghwa Shuiyue, his power really needs to be recalculated...

    Aizometo Usuke like this...

    does seem to have the qualifications to compete with the top four seats of Thirteen Deadpool.

    and many more¡­

    However, there is a huge problem...

    That is, Oshemaru and the Uehara clan have never been deadly enemies, he is just another spy that Uehara Naraku wants to place next to Aizen Soyousuke.

    When thinking of this, Oshemaru''s heart became even more weird. He slowly shook his head, and his voice gradually became low: "As for whether you can beat those guys, let me try..."

    No matter how much Ai Ranzou Usuke said...

    After all, Oshemaru still needs to use his own power to test out Aizen Soyousuke''s hole cards. This is also the task given by Uehara Naraku.

    It¡¯s just a …d…d…d...

    This is not enough as information for Naraku Uehara!

    O Shemaru looked down at Ai Ran Soyousuke, his body became more and more swollen, and the corners of his mouth slowly conjured up a cold smile: "Ho **** ho ho... Ai Ran, I have to admit that you already have and I am eligible for cooperation. Only cooperation between us can defeat the enemies that we need to face in the future, but before that... we still have to divide the priority here first!"

    "Please."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke slowly closed his eyes, squeezed the mirror flower in his hand, and nodded slowly: "I just want to avoid unnecessary losses... Since Mr. Oshamaru has other means, then ¡­Please."

    "Ho **** ho ho... really confident kid..."

    Oshemaru''s body grew more and more, his lower body gradually turned into a snake body, his body shape gradually changed strangely, and his voice suddenly became gloomy!

    This is his final form!

    is also a sign that Dashemaru is about to enter the swastika!

    Zhanpaku knife of the clouds of the sky

    "Recover..."

    Oshemaru''s body finally turned into a huge monster, only his head is still floating, swallowing a snake''s head like a strange snake, and hissing his own …djieyu: "The clouds of the sky The real master..."

    until the end of the chant...

    Oshemaru''s body changed suddenly and completely!

    A huge monster snake appeared in front of everyone, eight huge snake heads swayed in the air, and at the same time roared with the same name!

    That is their name!

    Yachi!

    Oshemaru in this state can be said to be in the state of swastika, it can also be called the state of the second stage of returning to the blade, and it is also his final form!

    Compared with the old Yaki Orochi...

    The current Yaki Orochi suddenly changed into another look!

    No, it should be said that on the basis of the original Eight Qi Art, bone armor made with Rei Pressure has been added. These white bones grow densely on the body of the Yaqi Orochi like scales, making its body look unusually hard. !

    If you look closely...

    will find the white bone scale armor on this Yaqi Osake Maru, and all the imaginary appearances are hidden under each bone!

    It''s not so much the Yaki Orochi

    It''s better to say that it is a monster that is transformed by the new energy similar to Xianshu Chakra by using the spirit child and chakra fusion of Dashemaru!

    Xu''s soul...

    The spirit of death...

    Ninja¡¯s Chakra...

    For thousands of years, in order to replenish his soul and make himself stronger in this world, it is impossible to calculate how many virtual souls he has swallowed...

    has finally become such a terrifying behemoth!

    A group of huge heads looked down at the small Lanran Soyousuke on the ground. Each snake head suddenly opened its mouth towards Lanran Soyousuke. The spirit child and Chakra in the entire Yachi Orochi snake were fast in eight. Snake head''s mouth gathered together!

    "Is there a virtual flash?"

    Lan Ran Soyousuke looked at the Yachi Orochi in front of him, with a flash of surprise in his eyes. He reached out his hand to hold Jing Hua Shui Yue''s knife handle, and couldn''t help muttering in a low voice: "No, it''s not right, compared to the imaginary flash. Is more powerful..."

    Just as Airan Soyousuke was thinking, Yachi Orochi had completed its art, and every snake''s head had a strange energy bullet in its mouth!

    Colorful energy bombs!

    makes people feel that there is a fascinating beauty!

    far away.

    Nili Ellu saw this scene, her expression suddenly became very serious, and she ordered her subordinates to join together: "Quickly move closer to me!"

    After finishing speaking, a black ball appeared in Niluelu''s hand, and her face was full of solemnity and seriousness: "Speed ??up! If it is too late, I can''t guarantee that you will survive!"

    A group of shameless emptiness fled to Nilu Ailu''s side in embarrassment!

    Although they don¡¯t know how strong Oshe Maru is...

    But if Nellie, who is the eldest sister, wants to escape, then they will certainly not be able to withstand the aftermath of that trick!

    According to their guess, Dashewan should use virtual flash, but that virtual flash is very different from other methods...

    And in these broken faces...

    Grimjoo is undoubtedly the fastest one moving towards Nilu!

    As the first batch of Daxu who followed Daxu Maru, Grimjoo knows the power of Daxu Maru very well, and once helped Daxu Maru hunt Daxu...

    That energy...

    is not what he can resist now!

    After all the broken faces gathered together, Nellie smashed the black ball in her hand, and her figure and a group of broken faces disappeared in place at the same time!

    That is the artifact that Oshe Maru bestowed on her...

    can briefly let them enter the different dimension space. UU reading www. uukanshu.com

    "Is it a bandit against the film?"

    Ulqiola looked at a group of disappearing broken faces, and took out a small black square from his pocket, and disappeared in place with Dongxian.

    This battle...

    is not something they can watch!

    On the entire battlefield, only Yaki Orochi and Aizen Soyousuke, who are about to spit out energy bombs, are left. The others have disappeared without a trace!

    "It does look a little scary..."

    Lan Ranzou Yousuke slowly clenched the mirror flower Shuiyue in his hand, and whispered: "I am very disgusted to see you appear... But at this time, it seems that only you can be my partner..."

    next moment¡­

    A drop of water appeared on the mirror flower Shuiyue in the hands of Aizenzouyousuke!

    This Zanpaku Knife, which can be called the top of the Soul World, slowly dripped water and fell to the ground!

    When the water droplets from Kyoka Shuiyue fell on the ground, it slowly turned into a weird lake surface, like a mirror reflecting the shadow of another Aizen Soyousuke...

    "Come to the surface... Mirror of Water Moon!"

    (Https://)

    First set a small goal, such as 1 second to remember: ¡¡shukeju mobile version reading URL:

 Chapter 637ï¼š Those enemies have gone 0 years longer than you!

    water moon mirror image.

    is the name of Aizen Soyousuke''s swastika.

    The mirror image of the lake on the ground slowly dangled ripples, and a figure that seemed a little thin and illusory slowly floated out of the mirror image of the lake.

    Another Aizen Soyousuke.

    In other words, he should be called the mirror image of Aizen Soyousuke.

    This weird mirror image does not seem to have any spiritual pressure at all, just like his body is exactly the same when it is normal, as if there is no special ability.

    This mirror image is slightly different from the appearance of the main body.

    Because the mirror image does not wear glasses on his face, his hair does not hang somewhat scatteredly like Aizen Soyousuke¡¯s body, but stands up high...

    Especially the unique upright hair bun between the forehead gives the mirror image Ai Dye a little more bohemian charm out of thin air.

    Compared with Aizenzou Usuke main body...

    Mirror indigo dye makes people look more stylish.

    "The weak, meet again..."

    After the mirror image of Aizen Souyousuke appeared, he just smiled and glanced at his own body, and slowly said: "What gives you confidence... Let a weak person have the courage to offend my height..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Aizenzouyousuke''s body is silent.

    This is exactly what he hates mirroring most!

    Because his mirror image is so similar to him!

    is almost exactly the same in appearance and temperament.

    is even stronger because the mirror image is hypnotized by Kyoka Shuiyue. This mirror image is more like himself than the main body, which makes Airan Soyousuke even more annoying!

    is not to be jealous of the power of the mirror...

    but hate a person exactly like him appearing!

    Even though Aizen Soyousuke knows very well that this is just a mirror image... But from this mirrored state, Aizen Soyousuke also knows how arrogant he is...

    This arrogance allows him to blame others unscrupulously, but when someone accuses him with arrogance, it makes Ai Ran Soyousuke especially dissatisfied.

    He...

    should be unique.

    No, he is unique!

    Aizenzou Usuke helped her frame, staring at the mirror image in front of her, and whispered: "It''s just an accessory that obeys my orders..."

    Mirror Indigo drew the corners of his mouth, and slowly interrupted the main body''s words: "A loser is also qualified to say such things?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Aizometo Usuke''s body was silent again.

    At this moment, he finally understands how other enemies feel when facing him, and the anger that is always controlled and suppressed all the time appears in his heart...

    is really annoying...

    Lan Ranzou Yousuke slowly closed his eyes, no longer caring about his own mirror image, just reached out and held his Zanpaku Knife Mirror Hua Shuiyue tightly.

    Because Jinghua Shuiyue...

    is the root that manipulates the mirror image of the water and moon!

    As Ai Ran Zouyousuke covered the Zan Po Sword, the illusory mirror Lan Ran couldn''t help but laughed, carrying a Zan Po Sword and rushed towards the huge Yaqi Orochi!

    There was a wave of anger in every snake head of Yachi Orochi, and all the snake heads sprayed the energy bombs from their mouths towards Aizen Soyousuke''s mirror image!

    Every energy bomb seems to obliterate Aizen Soyousuke''s mirror image!

    Mirror Lanran raised the Mirror Zanpaku Knife in his hand, and a brilliant blue light shone out, like a barrier in front of him!

    next moment¡­

    Eight energy bombs hit the barrier instantly!

    In an instant, a dazzling light shone through the entire Great Void Forest. The light instantly pierced the darkness and brought light to the gloomy hell!

    Same...

    also brought destruction!

    At the moment the two touched, endless energy burst out!

    The entire Daxu Forest was swept away by the energy shock wave in an instant, and Kilian Daxu, who was close to them, was annihilated by the energy shock wave before he even turned his head!

    The other Xus living in the depths of the Great Xuzhi Forest looked at this scene with horror, each looking for a place to hide. They didn¡¯t want to suffer the unsuspecting disaster!

    Endless energy swept out wave after wave!

    Most of the Great Void Forest was almost directly leveled by this energy!

    Because the ground lost the support of the growth of the Great Void Forest, the ground finally began to slowly collapse, and cracks and collapsed openings appeared almost everywhere in the entire virtual circle...

    The virtual people in the virtual circle seem to feel that the world is about to be destroyed, each looking for a safe place where they can hide, crouching inside and shaking...

    Two powerful men collide in the form of a swastika...

    is almost ruined!

    Even Aizen Soyousuke himself was a bit surprised by the impact of this collision. He himself also avoided a barrier, watching the cracks in the barrier...

    Oshemaru''s …d…d…d…d…d and the second stage of the state...

    is really too strong!

    This guy deserves to be a big figure who has left a reputation in the corpse world. Just this blow is not easy for anyone to resist...

    Even if O She Maru wants to destroy Seireitei by his own power, he seems to have enough strength to do it... Even O She Maru wants to destroy the Soul Soul World, with his body of Yaki Orochi, he may not be unable to do it!

    It¡¯s no wonder that Oshe Maru was able to conquer the virtual circle earlier than him...

    These legendary characters, as expected, none of them are friendly. After all, each of them once stood on the heights of the world...

    As for the mirror image Aizen who suffered a full blow from the Oshemaru Swastika state and the Erdan Guijian state from the front, he has become a bit dilapidated and embarrassed...

    The mirror image of the Zanpaku Knife in Aizen''s hands has been shattered...

    Even the mirrored Aizen''s body gradually became a little transparent. He seemed to be like a fragile glass, which might break at any time...

    Obviously...

    took the blow head-on, and he didn''t seem to be well.

    However, compared to the other side of Oshemaru who made this blow, the mirror image of Aizen still barely maintains, and the image of Oshemaru is even more bleak...

    The body of Yachi Orochi has been forced to quit...

    Because of gathering all of his own spiritual pressure, it is impossible for Oshemaru to continue to maintain his Swastika form and Erdangui blade state, perhaps coupled with the curse immortal form that he can''t continue to maintain...

    Oshemaru looked extremely collapsed.

    Now he looks like he can be killed easily!

    Ai Ran Soyousuke slowly helped his mirror frame, frowning his brow slightly for the first time, he slowly raised his palm, as if calling, summoning his own mirror image to his side. .

    Mirror Aizen''s body turned into a cloud of water vapor and flew to Aizen Soyousuke''s side, and reintegrated into the mirror flower Shuiyue Zanpaku knife...

    In the cover of water vapor...

    Airan Soyousuke''s figure is hazy and somewhat illusory.

    The once-in-a-lifetime man put away his Zanpaku Knife, slowly stretched out his fingers, and rubbed his brows under the cover of water vapor.

    "Although I don''t like this way..."

    Aizometo Usuke''s voice came from the hazy water vapor, and fell into the ears of the collapsed Oshemaru: "It looks like I won in the end... Mr. Oshemaru."

    "Ho **** ho **** ho..."

    Dashemaru¡¯s voice sounded weaker than ever. He managed to stand on the spot with his arms in his arms, and said with a yin smile: "Yes, from the result, you did win, **** ho **** ho... I really dare not look down upon it. The younger generation..."

    "Mr. Oshemaru is too good."

    Lan Ranzou Usuke stepped out of the water vapor, his body was only weakened by Rei Pressure, and his whole person seemed to have not been affected by the battle just now.

    Just as the Oshemaru was about to fall, Ai Ran Soyousuke raised his palm and used Reinforcement to create a stone chair for Oshemaru, and the senior sat down.

    The battle has just ended.

    They really need to face it and it has just begun.

    Facing a defeated person, Ai Ran Soyousuke didn''t mind showing his magnanimity, because he was always a magnanimous figure.

    at this point¡­

    is much better than someone.

    Lan Ran Soyousuke sat down slowly by himself, and a stone chair slowly appeared under him, carrying his body. His voice was faintly respected: "Even if it was Mr. Osaimaru just now, Can''t you beat those people?"

    If such a big snake pill is afraid to face Thirteen Deadpool...

    Then perhaps the power of those Thirteen Deadpools has to be calculated again!

    Could it be said that the four former officers of the thirteen deadpools that Oshemaru fears all possess the same power as Shigekuni Yamamoto Genryusai?

    This is too incredible!

    Just think about it but it is very common sense, because Yamamoto Shigekuni''s strength is tyrannical but conservative. Those dead servants who have been loyal to the Uehara clan are also maintaining the old order like Yamamoto Shigekuni...

    "Ho **** ho **** ho..."

    Oshemaru couldn''t help but chuckled.

    This figure who has been famous in the corpse soul world for thousands of years did not answer Ai Ran Soyousuke¡¯s question directly but smiled and asked a new question: "Ho **** ho ho... Kid, do you think the flowers blooming on the cliff are beautiful?"

    "They are no different from ordinary flowers."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke shook his head slightly, and said calmly, "And we think that the flowers blooming on the cliff are beautiful, because we only stop on the edge of the cliff, not like those flowers that grow on the cliff. Go one step further towards the sky on the cliff..."

    "Ho **** ho ho... well said."

    Oshemaru¡¯s face flashed a touch of approval, his voice was much harder and more serious and regret: "I''m just a person who stopped on a cliff, those people...never stopped..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Lan Ranzou Usuke was silent for a while.

    The extremely confident Captain Reaper slowly raised his head, looked at the Osamaru in front of him, and helped his frame: "No one can refuse the temptation of the sky, and I will not stop on a cliff..."

    "Ho **** ho ho... Of course I know."

    Oshemaru chuckled slightly, but there was a little more regret on the expression on his face: "But...they have walked for thousands of years longer than you."

    (Https://)

    First set a small goal, such as 1 second to remember: ¡¡shukeju mobile version reading URL:

 Chapter 638ï¼š To put it bluntly, Mr. Oshemaru, how many can you rank in the top?

    Oshemaru is right.

    There are no weak ones among the Thirteen Deadpools.

    If it were not for the support of Uehara Naraku and the hard work of Oshamaru, Oshamaru himself could only barely rank into the top ten seat of the thirteen deadpool, it would be a bit extravagant...

    Even Oshe Maru, Senju Kuma and Uchiha Itachi and others are not opponents.

    Not to mention, among the first four officials, each of them has stood at the top of the world, and each has a unique name!

    Even when Oshemaru faced them in person, there was some lingering fear...

    For thousands of years, these officials did not need to sleep and rest their souls as in the past world. Instead, they only need to stay in Uehara City to absorb the spirits and cultivate to become stronger...

    said rudely...

    No matter what world Uchiha Madara and others were born in, according to their talent and willpower, they will be able to stand on the highest point sooner or later, not to mention that they have walked more than a thousand years and experienced other worlds than Aizen Soyousuke. Baptism...

    If you want to catch up with them...

    This is not an easy task.

    Listening to Oshemaru''s distrust of his strength, Ai Ran Soyousuke didn''t care at all, just hooked the corner of his own mouth, smiling and whispering: "If it looks like, Mr. Oshemaru should be able to tell me. A lot of information..."

    "Yes..."

    There was a sudden flash of sharpness in Dashemaru''s eyes, and after a while, it became gentle again: "As long as you understand how powerful they are...hohohoho...you won''t be afraid of them. Dare to resist..."

    "It seems that there is no need to remind."

    Lan Ranzou Usuke slowly shook his head, and said softly: "If you stop because some thorns grow on the road ahead, it means you can no longer see the scenery on the thorns road..."

    "That''s not a thorn..."

    Oshemaru''s eyes are slightly dark, and there is a little more anger and fear on his face: "If you say it seriously...they should be a flood that can really drown the corpse soul world..."

    "Wear your ears and listen."

    Aizenzou Usuke nodded slightly.

    As a person who likes to explore the unknown, Ai Ran Soyousuke is very willing to listen to stories and information from other populations, but Oshamaru needs him to distinguish it...

    I won¡¯t be fooled by Oshemaru.

    "Then let''s talk about the enemy we need to face..."

    Osaimaru glanced at Aizen Soyousuke, then slightly lowered his head and said: "Because the inheritance of the Patriarchs of the Uehara clan relies on their secret skills, it will take a while for Uehara Naraku to become our archenemy..."

    "Do not."

    Aizen Soyousuke shook his head and directly interrupted Osaimaru''s words. He said in a low voice, "Even if it is the current Naraku, his strength is not something we can underestimate...Although he still cannot pose a threat to us, but I I have seen him capture a Gillian Daxu with my own eyes. This is not the height that other gods of death can reach now..."

    In other words.

    Many gods of death can hardly achieve this level even for life.

    However, Uehara Naraku easily captured Kylian Daxu at this age. If life and death are critical, it is possible to contend with the Akukas-class Daxu...

    When Aizen Soyousuke said this, he continued to add softly: "Also, according to Osamaru-sama, Naraku should be still in her infancy...How long will it take for the patriarchs of the Uehara clan to grow up to the peak from this period, Osamaru Mister must have an impression, right?"

    "Ho **** ho ho... not bad."

    Oshamaru smiled sullenly and nodded, before speaking about the secrets of the Uehara clan: "Generally speaking, the patriarch of the Uehara clan will grow up to his peak at about 150 years old. During this time, It will last about a hundred years..."

    This number is accurately calculated.

    Because the general death **** will slowly enter the mature stage at about 150 years old, the future will begin to rely on the accumulation of time to gradually become stronger.

    When Oshamaru said here, he added: "Uehara Naraku has some differences. Among the patriarchs of the Uehara clan I have spied on, they will only start to master the first one when they are about twenty years old. Zanpaku..."

    "But..."

    A bright light flashed under Aizen Soyousuke¡¯s lenses, and a smile appeared at the corner of his mouth, and he continued in a low voice: "Nara is just fifteen years old this year, and he has mastered the number one inherited by his family from generation to generation. The Zanpaku..."

    "No, they are two!"

    Looking at Aizen Soyousuke, Osamaru suddenly reminded him: "Because you can only start to touch the Zanpaku Sword held by the first generation of Patriarch Uehara if you have practiced your Zanpaku Sword to the level of …djie... "

    Although Oh She Maru knows that these are all made up according to the script...

    But Osamaru has actually worked very hard to provide enough news for Aizen Soyousuke. Osamaru really hopes that Aizen Soyousuke can pay attention to Uehara Naraku...

    At least¡­

    showed a slightly evenly matched posture!

    "Is that so..."

    Aizen Soyousuke held his frame and couldn''t help but laughed: "It looks like I really underestimated my subordinates... This little guy is compared to Mr. Oshamaru''s best friend, the first generation of the patriarch Uehara...who would Go further?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Dashewan is a little suffocated.

    Aizometo Usuke really asked a good question!

    After thinking about it for a while, Oshamaru frowned slightly, and said in a low voice: "Uehara Naraku has a stronger talent... If nothing else, he is likely to be the strongest one!"

    After ¡¡¡¡ finished speaking, O Shemaru added: "It''s just that according to his personality, the combat power that can be exerted may also be the weakest one..."

    This is not a mistake.

    Even Aizen Soyousuke had to admit it.

    Now Uehara Naraku is like a spoiled child. He doesn''t know the slightest importance. If it were not for the protection of Thirteen Deadpool, he would have been killed how many times...

    "Is that so..."

    The smile at the corner of Aizenzouyoujie''s mouth grew bigger and bigger, as if he had heard something happy: "Interesting, then if you can find a way to let Naraku use all of her power, maybe she will be a good opponent in the future..."

    Ok¡­

    Such an opponent...

    just happens to be his opponent for the summit in the future.

    If in the future, after the collapse of the jade is completed, he will control Naraku¡¯s life little by little, let him become stronger and stronger little by little, and become his stepping stone...

    This kind of thing seems very interesting.

    "Are you crazy?"

    Oshemaru glanced strangely at Ai Ran Soyousuke, and couldn''t help but persuade him: "Should we not kill him with all my strength at this time?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Airanzou Usuke was silent for a second, then smiled and watched Oshemaru put forward a problem: "Mr. Oshemaru... can we get past Thirteen Deadpool and kill him now?"

    "¡­¡­"

    Oshemaru also fell into silence strangely.

    Because the **** Uehara Naraku has been worried that he would have to expose his power, he worked hard to train the Thirteen Deadpool as his own guard. The purpose is to prevent someone from taking bad hands on him, so that others dare not covet...

    "Mr. Oshemaru."

    Aizen Soyousuke looked at Osamaru and calmly introduced: "From the first time I saw him, until he became the deputy captain of the fifth division, I never gave up the idea of ??killing Naraku. However, ¡­"

    Needless to say the following words.

    Because of the existence of Thirteen Deadpools, Ai Ran Soyousuke''s idea is always unsuccessful. Before Bengyu is completed, Ai Ran Soyousuke doesn''t want to personally expose his identity...

    "Then tell the story of Thirteen Deadpool..."

    Oshemaru slowly nodded, a flash of nostalgia in his eyes, and whispered softly: "Among the thirteen deadpools, except for the last four seats that can be solved with the help of the emptiness, the others are not ordinary people..."

    "The strength is really terrifying..."

    Aizenzou Usuke''s expression remained unchanged, and he calmly continued: "Mr. Oshamaru, can you tell me about Thirteen Deadpool''s information?"

    "Ho **** ho **** ho... OK..."

    Oshemaru chuckled, nodded slowly, and talked about the Thirteen Deadpool information he had in his mouth. Every Deadpool has a part of his information that he could leak.

    Because only enough information is leaked...

    can further force Ai Ranzou Usuke to make a complete collapsed jade!

    The thirteenth seat official, Luo Sha, was in charge of the finances of the Uehara clan, because he was able to extract precious minerals such as placer gold, so he was listed as the thirteen deadpool.

    The twelfth official, Ghost Lantern Huan Yue, is also the holder of the current Zhan Po Sword, and is also good at illusion. From the perspective of Zhan Po Sword alone, in a sense, the Zhan Po Sword of Ghost Lantern Huan Yue can be regarded as A low-profile version of the mirror flower water moon...

    The eleventh officer, nothing, holds the Zanpaku knife that is enough to annihilate everything. As long as his spiritual pressure is enough, theoretically it can annihilate any enemy weaker than his spiritual pressure...

    The tenth official, Ai, holds the Thunder Zanpaku Knife, but what Ai is better at is not the ability of the **** of death, but the physique that is enough to face the big virtual reality!

    When talking about the ninth official, O Shemaru''s face suddenly became a little difficult to look, and some gritted his teeth and said: "The ninth official... Uchiha Itachi... that bastard..."

    "It sounds like there are some stories..."

    Aizen Soyousuke glanced at the ugly-looking Oshemaru, and slowly said, "I have been in contact with this ninth official named Uchiha Itachi. Seriously, his ability is exactly what I think. The kind to get..."

    Uchiha Itachi can burn the flames of the Amaterasu Black Flame!

    Aizome Sou Usuke very much wants to know whose flames are stronger with Uchiha Itachi''s Amaterasu Kuroyan and Yamamoto Motoyanagisei Shigekuni''s Ryuzairuo...

    Oshemaru quickly told Aizen Soyousuke the answer.

    "Don''t go to extravagant expectations..."

    Dashewan gritted his teeth, UU read www.uukanshu. com continued with a deep voice: "That''s a talented ability that is the same as a faceless emptiness... a kind of Amaterasu black flame capable of burning like a fiery blade..."

    "Is this..."

    Airanzou Usuke lowered his head in thought.

    Compared with Uchiha Itachi''s talents that are enough to decipher the raging fire, Aizen Soyousuke is more interested in the attitude of Onomaru to Uchiha Itachi...

    This legendary senior...

    seems to suffer a big loss in the hands of the ninth official?

    It''s just a pity that they have just started working together. Aizen Soyousuke doesn''t think this is the right time to ask.

    Maybe...

    You can check it slowly in the future.

    "The eighth seat officer, Uchiha takes the soil, there is no special ability, just let people not catch his whereabouts... the seventh seat officer, Hafeng water gate, besides speed, there is no noteworthy ability... the sixth seat Officer, Sarutobi Hisaki, used to be my teacher..."

    "¡­¡­"

    Aizenzou Usuke''s expression gradually became more subtle.

    Aizometsu Usuke has always thought that Oshemaru, a senior who can head-to-head with the first four seat officials, now seems to be a bit biased...

    (Https://)

    First set a small goal, such as 1 second to remember: ¡¡shukeju mobile version reading URL:

 Chapter 639ï¼š Kisuke Urahara, a reclusive person in this world

    You can search for "behind the scenes from Hokage" in Baidu to find the latest chapters!

    Oshemaru this guy...

    It doesn''t seem to be that great.

    If he hadn¡¯t seen the Osha Maru¡¯s Yachi Orochi form with his own eyes, Aizen Soyousuke would have to wonder if he had picked the wrong partner...

    The ninth official Uchiha Itachi made him suffer a big loss...

    The information of the eighth and seventh officials is not detailed enough...

    The sixth official Sarutobi Hizen is still the former teacher of Oshemaru...

    Only those officials at the bottom of the rankings, Ai Ran Soyousuke can hear from the inexhaustible words of Oshemaru that it is very difficult. How did this person survive?

    of course¡­

    Fortunately, Aizen Soyousuke has personally seen the life-saving ability of Oshe Maru, whether it is over-speed regeneration, Orochi Flow Substitute Technique, and White Phosphorus Orochi...

    There are indeed many means for this guy to save his life.

    This is no wonder.

    The reason why Oshemaru can hide in the virtual circle is probably because he has turned all his abilities into how to survive the enemy''s blow...

    It''s really unscrupulous to survive.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke was silent for a while, and skipped the sixth seat official''s question, because he thought Osha Maru continued to ask softly: "?"

    So far Aizen Soyousuke still remembers what Osaimaru mentioned...

    That is Dashewan, Yakushidou, and another person, a person who took refuge in the Uehara clan, who has really researched the art of reincarnation from the dirty soil!

    If I remember correctly...

    Because the first four officials of the Thirteen Deadpool rarely show up, Qianshoujian is the most famous dead servant of the entire Uehara clan, and also holds the power of the entire Uehara clan, claiming to be able to mobilize the power of the entire Uehara city. !

    The most important thing is that the power of Qianshoujian can not be underestimated. Now he is the fifth seat official, only under the seat of the first four seat officers of the thirteen dead waiters!

    "Thousands of hands..."

    Oshemaru''s face suddenly became more solemn than ever before, a trace of jealousy flashed in his eyes, and he said in a deep voice, "Senjuma is the teacher of my teacher Sarutobi Hitizan. He was once the person I admired the most... "

    "..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s smile became weird again.

    Thousands of hands is the teacher of Sarutobi Hizen, and Sarutobi Hizen is the teacher of Oshamaru. This Oshamaru doesn''t seem to have such a high status as imagined?

    and so¡­

    What should be most suspected is...

    Will Dashemaru and Uehara really be good friends?

    Wouldn''t this fellow Oshemaru once also be a retainer of the Uehara clan, but later reincarnated from the dirty soil and defected to the Uehara clan?

    This thing...

    It''s a bit reliable to think about it.

    "Are you thinking about something rude?"

    Oshamaru noticed Aizen Soyousuke¡¯s weird gaze, and a grim smile flashed across his face: "It seems that no matter how much I say, I won¡¯t understand what kind of enemy we are facing. Why don¡¯t you go and see it with your own eyes." The power of those guys..."

    Oshemaru slowly raised his head, and the smile on his face became more and more gloomy: "I heard that this time Uehara Naraku was assassinated...the second official of the thirteen deadpools Senjujutsuma and the fifth The seat official rushed to this world in a thousand hands?"

    "It''s true."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke helped her frame, and said in a low voice, "In addition to the second seat official Senjuzuma, the fifth seat official Senjutsuma, there are also the seventh seat official Hafengshuimen, and the eighth seat official Uchi. Hadaito, the ninth official Uchiha Itachi..."

    The Uehara clan dispatched five seats in one go!

    This kind of lineup is so strong that it is impossible for people to ignore it!

    All the captains of the entire Gotei 13 team knew about this. As the captain of the fifth squad and the immediate boss of Uehara Naraku, Aizen Soyousuke is naturally no exception...

    "Five officials..."

    Da She Maru slowly squeezed his finger and sneered: "This time the force they sent is enough to destroy the entire world!"

    Ai Ran Soyousuke thought of his arrangement, and slightly tickled the corner of his mouth: "It looks like something interesting will happen..."

    At the same moment.

    Within the space of different dimensions.

    Dongxian was a little embarrassed about the two of Ulchiola.

    Although they are all in the same camp, Tosen''s immediate superior was Senshou Kuma. Urquiola''s original immediate superior was Osamaru, who later belonged to Uehara Naraku himself.

    Seriously...

    T¨­sen''s level is slightly lower.

    Looking at the blindfolded eyes of Tosenyao, Ulchiola asked in a soft voice, "Mr. Tosenyao, I am a little curious. Master Oshamaru has praised the wisdom of Your Majesty many times. What is he like? Where''s the person?"

    "A... great person."

    Dongxian slowly lowered his head.

    Because he just got the promise from Sensuma, as long as he finds a suitable time in the future, let him point out Aizen Soyousuke''s crimes in front of Yamamoto Shigekuni, and if he successfully expels Aizen Soyousuke from the soul world...

    Qianshoujian will transplant his eyes for him!

    Whether it was the kindness of helping him kill his enemies before, or transplanting his dual purpose promise, Dongxian must be willing to be loyal to Senshou Kaima!

    This world.

    The story of the virtual circle is about to come to an end.

    The wonderful story in this world has just begun.

    Shiba Yishin led the tenth division of the Gotei 13th squad, and the Anbe Reaper squad led by Bo Feng Mizumon did not conceal their whereabouts, and the people who were hidden in this world soon got their news.

    Urahara store.

    Since Aizen Soyousuke planned the death illusion event, Urahara Kisuke and others escaped to a seclusion in this world with the help of Yoichi Shikaedinin. The corpse world once also defaulted that Urahara Kisuke and others had already been exiled.

    Because Sifengyuan Yeyi is a nobleman...

    And Hirako Mako and others were also captain-level death gods.

    Now Kisuke Urahara has opened a shop in this world that specializes in selling supplies for the **** of death, and at the same time secretly collecting news from the corpse soul world.

    The main thing is...

    Collect the trends of Aizen Soyousuke.

    It''s just that there has been constant news from the corpse soul world during this period of time. No matter every news is brought out, Urahara Kisuke and the others are extremely shocked.

    The first message...

    Kisuke Urahara''s teacher, Pharmacist, is missing.

    The news did not actually cause Urahara''s panic.

    Because in the past, Kisuke Urahara was highly valued by Pharmacist, and he also knew that Pharmacist joined the zero division, and he even used the pharmacist to enter the zero division many times to practice for a period of time.

    According to Urahara Kisuke, the disappearance of Yakushidou should have entered the spiritual palace as a secluded practice like Hikishu Kiryu. After all, Yakushidou was accepted by the zero division hundreds of years ago...

    The only problem is Rukia Kuchiki.

    Fortunately, the little guy Kuchiki Rukia was also adopted by the Kuchiki family, and no one seemed to have noticed any clues...

    Second message...

    The new patriarch of the Uehara clan, Uehara Naraku joined the fifth team.

    This news undoubtedly made Urahara Kisuke sitting on pins and needles. In any case, the Uehara clan was also involved in the safety of the corpse soul world. Once Uehara Naraku was undermined or used by Aizen Soyousuke, it would definitely trigger a civil war in the corpse soul world.

    However, before Kisuke Urahara wanted to discuss with Yoichi to get in touch with Naraku Uehara and remind the little guy to be careful of Aizen Soyousuke, the third news came...

    The Masked Legion sent people to assassinate the new Patriarch of the Uehara family, with the intention of provoke a civil war in the Soul Soul World and destroy the Soul Soul World, which is a heinous crime!

    This news is bad news.

    Whether it''s for Urahara Kisuke and others, or for those masked legions such as Hirako Mako who are active in this world, this news even sounds a bit deadly!

    The most terrible news came soon...

    The fifth team''s deputy captain Uehara Naraku, the tenth team''s captain Shiba Isshin, and the seventh official of the Thirteen Deadpool, Hafeng Mizuno, have joined forces to lead a large force into the world to capture the murderer!

    "Just kidding..."

    Kisuke Urahara looked at the black cat sitting opposite him, his mouth could not hide his surprise, and even the small fan he was holding in his hand stopped: "How could this crime fall on us? Hirako and the others have not been Is it safe?"

    "I don''t know..."

    As the black cat was talking, her figure gradually changed.

    A brown-skinned beauty with purple hair sat opposite Urahara Kisuke. Her face was no longer as happy as before. She just frowned and said, "This time the assassination of Uehara Naruto is too big, the fifth official of the Uehara family, Senju I personally put pressure on it, and we must find a murderer to follow suit and avoid similar incidents..."

    "Heh, Lan Ran is doing the trick again..."

    Kisuke Urahara gave a chuckle at the corner of his mouth, and immediately said the name of the messenger behind the scenes.

    When Aizen Souesuke framed him and Heiko Mako and others, Urahara Kisuke had already regarded Aizen Souesuke as his life''s greatest enemy, and he understood Aizen Souesuke''s methods very well!

    Kisuke Urahara shook his head slightly, his face showing a little regret: "It looks like we are being used as scapegoats! Shiba Yishin and the tenth team are easy to solve, but the Uehara family has to retreat from the rich family of Sanshe. ¡­"

    When Urahara said this, he spoke softly: "I remember Mr. Dou mentioned that there will be an eighth seat officer and a ninth seat officer next to the Patriarch of the Uehara clan as permanent guards. UU¿´Êéwww. uukanshu.com plus the fifth official Bo Feng Shuimen..."

    "That guy Bofeng Shuimen..."

    Sifengyuan Yeyi remembered the old grudges, she slowly shook her head and said in a low voice: "That guy is not a big trouble this time, because the real trouble is still behind..."

    Sifengin Yaichi raised his head and looked at Urahara Kisuke, and said in a deep voice: "According to the news I got at Seoreitei, in addition to the guy at Hafengsuimen, in fact, the second official of the Uehara clan, Senzuma and the first The five seat officials Qianshoujian also dispatched together..."

    "..."

    Kisuke Urahara fell into silence.

    Because he had studied under a pharmacist, Urahara Kisuke had to understand the ranking of the 13 Deadpools of the Uehara clan. Urahara Kisuke especially knew what the top four seat officials meant...

    Every one of the first four seats...

    They are all powers that stand at the pinnacle of the Soul World!

    It is precisely because of the existence of the first four seats that the head of the Gotei 13th team Moto Ryusai Shigekuni Yamamoto and the members of the zero team dare not rashly start a civil war against the Uehara clan!

    To say bluntly...

    They really got into big trouble this time!

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Start reading from Naruto: https://

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click on "Favorites" below to record the reading record of this time (Chapter 640 The Secluded Person, Urahara Kisuke), and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 640ï¼š He, Naraku Uehara, was just an ignorant victim

    Sifengyuan Yeyi''s mood was a bit heavy.

    The appearance of Senjuzuma, the second official of the Thirteen Deadpool, is almost equivalent to the head of the Gotei 13th team, Yamamoto Moto Ryusai Shigekuni, who came out with Ryuuruohuo to cut people...

    Who can feel better?

    In particular, the relationship between Yoichi Sifengin and the Uehara clan was not very good, and was personally arrested by the seat officer of Bofeng Shuimen, and he even nearly lost his life in Uehara Castle.

    Urahara Kisuke''s mood is different.

    "It sounds scary..."

    Kisuke Urahara gave a low laugh, lowered his head slightly to hide his gaze, and suddenly suggested: "Speaking of which...Yeichi, do you want to wear one of my clothes first?"

    after all¡­

    Now the image of Sifengyuan Yeyi is a bit unsightly.

    A hot beauty sitting naked in front of Urahara Kisuke made him feel a little restrained. In this case, it seems not suitable to continue discussing serious matters...

    "Ha, are you still paying attention to this kind of thing now?"

    Sifengin Yai looked at Urahara Kisuke''s expression, couldn''t help but laughed, stood up, did not hide his good figure, pulled out a coat from the hanger next to him and put it on his body.

    The brown-skinned beauty sat in front of Urahara Kisuke again, her face became solemn again, and she asked in a deep voice, "Did you figure out what should be done? If the Uehara clan insists on arresting us..."

    This is not a joke!

    Even if Sifengin Yeyi was so courageous that he used to make a big fuss in the forty-sixth room of the Seireitei, he did not dare to underestimate the officials sent by Uehara.

    Whether it¡¯s Yoichi Shikaein or Kisuke Urahara, both of them have served as the captains of a certain squad of the Gotei 13th squad, and even entered the zero squad. Kisuke Urahara has also encountered the Uehara clan as a result of studying under the medicine The suppression of...

    They understand the horror of the Uehara clan better than others!

    If you say it seriously, the four nobles of Seireitei are really unfit for carrying shoes in front of the Uehara clan, and they can even be said to be beggars at all...

    At that time, Sifengyuan Yeyi sneaked into Uehara Castle and was arrested by Bofeng Shuimen. He would have been sentenced to death on the spot. The Sifengyuan family did not even dare to enter the door rashly... If it weren¡¯t for the Goting 13 team to come forward to plead, Sifengyuan Ye Yiyi had already died there!

    "And... I''m afraid they are serious."

    Sifengyuan Yeyi thought of the young man who was as warm as the sun, and couldn''t help gritting his teeth, and whispered: "The guy at Bofeng Shuimen is quite difficult..."

    That bastard...

    Obviously looks so sunny and kind...

    He didn''t show any mercy when he started it!

    Even though Sifengyuan Yeyi has grown a lot now, he still doesn''t think he can get anything good in the hands of Bofeng Shuimen, that person''s speed is too fast...

    Coming soon...

    Even she can''t see clearly!

    "there is always a solution to a problem."

    Urahara Kisuke slowly lowered his fan, revealing a pair of sharp eyes, and his voice was slightly lowered: "Maybe this time it may be our chance..."

    "Ok?"

    Sifengyuan Yeyi''s face was a little surprised.

    What opportunity does this have?

    The two of them had a bad relationship with the Uehara clan before...

    This time it was also used as a scapegoat for the Uehara family to vent their anger by the 46th room of the Central Committee, so this action must be the result of the approval of many parties.

    "When the crisis comes, opportunities are also around."

    Urahara Kisuke''s voice became lower and lower in the secret room, as if he was talking to himself: "The new patron of the Uehara clan is a nice little guy... I heard that Teacher Dou mentioned that he is the soul world. Hope of peace."

    Urahara Kisuke slowly raised his head, looking at Yoichi Shikaedin in front of him, and said softly, "Perhaps this time... it''s also an opportunity for us to expose Aizen Soyousuke."

    When talking about this, Urahara Kisuke''s eyes trembled slightly, and he whispered: "First of all, the problem we have to face... is that we must find a way to find out the real murderer of the little patron who was assassinated."

    "This is not easy..."

    Sifengyuan Yeyi shook his head, frowned slightly, and said in a low voice: "According to the news I know, the other members of the squad have already left the battlefield that day. When he was assassinated, only the first person was present. Members of the fifth division..."

    "Ah¡­"

    The smile on Urahara Kisuke¡¯s face became more intense, and his laugh could hardly be suppressed: "It must have been done by Aizen Soyousuke... It seems that things are simpler than I thought, we want I found a way to meet the little Patriarch."

    This is actually purely because Urahara Kisuke thought too much.

    No matter what, Kisuke Urahara would never think of it. Whether it''s Naraku Uehara or Soyousuke Aizen, the goals of both of them are the same at the moment...

    Do not¡­

    Even the goal of the entire corpse world is the same...

    That is to put the black pot of Uehara''s assassination on Urahara Kisuke''s head!

    Originally, Naraku Uehara had a slight affection for Urahara Kisuke, and even thought that this was a person who could be included in their Akatsuki organization...

    As a result, Kisuke Urahara got out of his teacher''s pharmacist pocket, and even this guy used the pharmacist pocket as a tool that he could use.

    Even if Naro Uehara thinks that he is generous, he must find a place for his subordinates. Obviously everyone can get together and relax...

    I recommend that the chase app I am using recently, [\Mic\Mic\Reading\app\\] cache reading, offline reading!

    but¡­

    Using the pharmacist pocket is a bit over.

    This kind of thing...

    It was undoubtedly provoking Akatsuki and Uehara Naraku.

    While Kisuke Urahara was still thinking about his own countermeasures, a tall figure hurriedly broke into the room with a panic expression on his face: "The manager, something has happened! Hirako and the others have heard news that a group of death gods have already been eyeing them! "

    "what?"

    A touch of surprise flashed across Urahara Kisuke''s face, and he immediately put away his fan, his face faintly unsightly: "That guy Hirako... won''t you be too impulsive, right?"

    If you are too impulsive...

    It is easy to cause the situation between them to be irreparable!

    If Mako Hirako and others clashed with the Uehara clan, according to the domineering temperament of the Uehara clan, even if it was not the Uehara Naraku who assassinated them, he would definitely be regarded as an enemy!

    if that is the case¡­

    They are still thinking about the meaning of countermeasures here!

    And at that time...

    There must be no way to save everything!

    This world.

    An empty building.

    With the help of a Shinigami stationed in reality, Shiba Yishin and Hafeng Mizuno temporarily chose this place as a resting area for their Shinigami.

    At the same time, Uehara Naraku also temporarily lived here.

    Now that they finally arrived at the reality confluence, they began to discuss their actions in this world. The first step must be to search for the whereabouts of Urahara Kisuke and Heiko Mako and others.

    "It''s really harder than finding a needle in a haystack..."

    Shiba couldn''t help scratching his head and said softly: "Besides, they are all acting in this world, and they will definitely hide their spiritual pressure in Yiwu..."

    This is more troublesome.

    If they hadn¡¯t met face-to-face, they would definitely not be able to tell where the group of guys are hiding. After all, they haven¡¯t heard from them for so many years...

    Even if I occasionally know that the Masked Legion is active in this world, these people quietly disappear like a drop of water sinking into the sea, even if it is too late to trace the traces of Reiatsu...

    And speaking of it...

    Shiba Yishin actually didn''t want to be able to catch Hirako Mako and the others.

    After all, Hirako Mako¡¯s masked corps were once the captain or deputy captain of the Gotei 13th team. Strictly speaking, they were also victims...

    Besides, this time Uehara Naruko''s assassination is in doubt.

    Shiba Yixin, the captain wants to delay...

    The Uehara clan has no idea of ??procrastination!

    "Please don''t worry about this problem. UU reading "

    Bo Feng Shuimen slowly shook his head, and said in a low voice: "After Master Shujian ordered, we found the active area of ??the Masked Legion. I have sent people to that area in advance and sent them to use the Ziyang formation. The world has sealed off that area..."

    In fact...

    The strength of the Ziyang Formation barrier may not be able to block people, the purpose of that barrier is only to let Hirako Mako and others expose their traces.

    After Uehara Naraku arrived in this world, he found out the whereabouts of Hirako Mako and others. By the way, they were also given enough time to pass on to Urahara Kisuke the whole story of the Uehara clan and the Gotei 13 team jointly encircling and suppressing them...

    According to this group of people and Ai Ran Soyousuke''s hatred...

    Hirako Mako, Urahara Kisuke and others will definitely blame Aizen Soyousuke for all this happening!

    Do not¡­

    These were originally secretly instructed by Ai Ran Soyousuke!

    He, Naraku Uehara, was just an ignorant victim.

    Uehara Naruko sat on the main seat. He slowly raised his head and glanced at Bo Feng Shui Men, rubbed his brows, and said helplessly, "Mr. Mizumi, please settle the matter here quickly. Catch those. After the assassin, we will return to Seireitei..."

    "..."

    Bo Feng Shuimen''s expression became slightly weird.

    What does this boss want to do?

    Manipulating the assassination with one hand, ordering them, these officials to come to this world, think of a way to delay the time, and wait for Aizen Soyousuke and Urahara Kisuke to bite you. Isn''t it you?

    How did this guy become the same again!

    Obviously everything that happened now was guided by him, and he pretended to be kind there again...

 Chapter 641ï¼š The Masked Legion is here!

    Motegi Town.

    The spiritual power in this area is fairly strong.

    During this time, the Masked Legion has been active here.

    Since a few decades ago, Ai Ran So Usuke conspired to create a virtual experiment, and conducted a virtual experiment on a group of powerful death gods such as Hirako Mako and Saruaki Hiyori, making these gods of death forced to escape. The corpse soul world.

    Fortunately, these gods of death got the help of Urahara Kisuke and barely controlled their illusion. Now they have the **** of death''s Zanpaku Knife as well as the power of imaginary.

    we can even say¡­

    Their strength may have improved somewhat.

    Unfortunately, they were kicked out of the corpse soul world.

    Nowadays, these masked gods of death are hiding in the present world, collecting the dynamics of all parties at all times, and preparing to avenge Airan Soyousuke. They call themselves the masked army!

    however¡­

    The corpse soul world called them the Masked Legion.

    Today, the leader of the Masked Legion is named Hirako Mako.

    Hirako Mako has a watermelon-shaped yellow hair, coupled with Hirako¡¯s always sloppy personality, she likes beautiful girls very much, she doesn¡¯t look like a good person...

    of course.

    If Hirako Mako is underestimated for this reason, it would be too careless, because before Hirako Mako became the masked **** of death, he was the captain of the fifth division.

    Yes it is.

    Hirako Mako is the captain of Aizen Soyousuke.

    In a sense, Mako Hirako is also a person who was a little wary of Airan Soyousuke, because Mako Hirako has long seen the danger of Airan Soyousuke...

    Therefore, Mako Hirako gathered Aizen Soyousuke to his side, so that he could monitor Aizen Soyousuke at all times to prevent this guy from creating any dangerous things...

    Unfortunately¡­

    Hirako Mako underestimated Aizen Soyousuke''s power.

    Mako Hirako did not cause Ai Ran Soyousuke to get into any trouble, but aroused Ai Ran Soyousuke''s vigilance. He was also preempted by Ai Ran Soyousuke''s conspiracy and almost died in the blur experiment...

    If you count it like this...

    Hirako Mako and Ai Ran Soyousuke are also unshakable enemies.

    No, it should be said that the entire Masked Legion is not the same as Ai Ran Soyousuke, and they can¡¯t wait to kill them soon, but it¡¯s a pity that they can¡¯t do this...

    Except for Hirako Mako.

    The other leader in the Masked Legion is relatively reliable.

    Ape persimmon in the world.

    A little girl who looks very twitchy!

    In fact, Saru Persimmon is really tugging!

    The former deputy captain of the 12th squadron, and a former subordinate of Urahara Kisuke, was a **** of death who looked like a little girl with blond hair and double pony tails.

    Saru Shiri''s usual attitude is very arrogant. According to their daily relationship patterns, people often think that she is the biggest player in the Masked Legion...

    In fact, she is also the least provoked.

    Because this little girl is like a **** of death, and has the same temper as a little girl, once she sees something unpleasant, she will directly abuse and beat on the spot...

    Even Hirako Mako could not miss it.

    In addition to the two of them, there are Fengqiaolou, Liuche Quanxi, and Aichuan Luowu. Almost each of them is the former captain or deputy captain of the Gotei 13 team!

    There is even a deputy ghost master who cultivates the ghost way!

    The eight current members of the Masked Legion can be said to be all captain-level death gods or even higher figures. Every one of them should not be underestimated. This is why the Gotei 13 team did not want or want to come to encircle them before. !

    Now, the members of this group of Masked Legion are hiding in Motegi Town. Everyone is strong enough, so they have also seen the enchantment that trapped the entire Mogi Town.

    Nowadays, there is a purple barrier in the sky above Motegi Town, preventing Hirako Mako and others from leaving Motegi Town.

    Not so much blocking...

    It is better to say that monitoring is more serious.

    Moreover, the Masked Legion also received news from the Soul World. During the assassination of Uehara Naraku, they became the direct backers, which also made these guys extremely annoyed...

    Can''t find who the murderer is...

    Just push them on the heads of these people?

    Is this so...is it still a human thing?

    Although they also know that the assassination of Uehara Naraku is indeed a major event that can shock the corpse world, it still does not prevent these free masked death gods from feeling upset...

    "Chop it directly..."

    Mako Hirako lay bored on the roof, looked up at the purple enchantment, and said casually: "Will the Uehara clan look down on us too much... Well, if you want to trap us, you must at least take out Chi Come on the sun array?"

    As a senior member of the Gotei 13 team, everyone has learned about the intelligence of the Uehara clan, and they understand what Hirako Mako means.

    There are two very famous secret barriers in the Uehara clan.

    One of them is called the Four Ziyang Formation, which claims to be able to trap Kilian and even the great imaginary at the level of Archukas, as well as trap the Captain-level Reaper.

    The other one is called the Four Red Sun Formation, which claims to trap the Vastod-level Great Void, and it also claims to trap the Captain-level Death God...

    In fact, they have only seen four Ziyang formations.

    The enchantment of the four Ziyang formations is not that terrifying. In fact, it is just the enchantment used by the ordinary death gods under the Uehara clan in battle. It feels basically of little use, at least it can''t cause much obstacle to them...

    In comparison...

    The enchantment of the four red sun formations is more secretive.

    It is said that the enchantment of the four red sun formations has never been seen before. Those are the secret techniques that can only be mastered by the thirteen dead waiters of the Uehara clan, and they rarely appear outside.

    Once the red sun formation barrier appears...

    That must mean the haunt of Thirteen Deadpools!

    Ape Shirishi listened to Mako Hirako complaining about the weakness of the Ziyang formation barrier, a flash of anger suddenly flashed across her face, and she directly hit the ground with a punch and hit Mako Hirako on the head!

    This punch, UU reading www. uukanshu.com directly knocked Hirako Mako off the roof!

    Yuan Shi Ri Shili hugged his little arm with an unhappy face, and yelled, "Are you an idiot? They didn''t come to trap us at all, but to track down our whereabouts!"

    As long as they show up and break the Ziyang Formation...

    The death gods of the Uehara clan must be swarming!

    This is the most troublesome place!

    "What should I do..."

    Hirako Mako scratched the big bag of his head and muttered: "Let those guys slowly mobilize their hands to surround us? This is not in line with my style..."

    Speaking of the last time, Hirako Mako suddenly grinned, and said happily, "Hey, why don''t we try the power of the thirteen deadpools of the Uehara clan... We can¡¯t provoke you when we were still in Seireitei, now? we¡­"

    "To shut up!"

    Saru persimmon flying down in the world!

    The next moment, the little girl kicked Mako Hirako''s face, printed a small footprint on Mako Hirako''s face, and kicked Mako Hirako directly away!

    right now¡­

    Of course don''t provoke strong enemies casually!

    That is the only wealthy Uehara family in Seireitei!

    Ikishu Kiryu, who is the most admired member of the zero division in Saruaki Hiyori, has also personally mentioned that, never provoke that clan at will, so as not to cause unsolvable big trouble...

    Although it seems that these masked legions can be lawless...

    But in fact, the giants who don''t even pay attention to the entire Gotei 13 team are truly lawless!

    "Hey, stop making trouble..."

    Liuche Quanxi frowned slightly, his eyes fixed on the Ziyang Formation barrier, and he said in a deep voice: "Someone seems to be coming outside the barrier..."

 Chapter 642ï¼š 1 man performing in front of Uehara Naraku

    Outside Motegi Town.

    Hundreds of death gods swarmed in.

    The masked gods of death looked at this group of obviously unkind enemies, and everyone''s expression became a little dignified. They slowly stood up and looked at the enemies flying towards the enchantment in the distance.

    The people in the lead just happened to know them all.

    The current tenth team captain Shiba Yishin of the Gotei 13th team, the seventh official of the thirteen dead servants of the Uehara clan, Hafeng Mizuno, and the little patriarch Uehara Naraku, the giant of the soul world.

    "It''s really annoying..."

    Hirako Mako flew onto the roof, grinning a terrifying smile: "Oh, it looks like they have determined our position..."

    "so what should I do now?"

    The little girl in Saruaki Hiyori flew onto Hirako Mako''s shoulder, stepped on Hirako Mako''s head and looked at the enemy in the distance, and slowly frowned her brows: "Will you run away at this time?"

    "There seems to be no better way, right?"

    A girl in a sailor suit with glasses standing beside them looked a little weird, touched her glasses, and said in a low voice: "Maybe we can stay and consider teaching them a lesson to let them remember our inviolability. ¡­"

    Her name is Yagomaru Lisa.

    Yagomaru Lisa used to be the former deputy captain of the eighth team, but this girl in a sailor suit, Grim Reaper, is full of coldness at this moment...

    "Um... better reason..."

    The former deputy head of the ghost road, Yu Akita Hakugen, slowly shook his head, and muttered softly, "There seems to be other enemies here..."

    At the next moment, Zhao Tian Bo Xuan''s face changed, and he said in a deep voice, "Wait...They rushed towards us directly, do you want to retreat right away?"

    "That''s too late!"

    Liuche Quanxi shook his head, and said in a deep voice: "If you escape now, you will only become a prey chased by the enemy... Mr. Bofeng Shuimen, so far, not many people are sure to escape in front of him... "

    "Huh?"

    Another girl with short green hair glanced at the enemy in the distance, couldn''t help but shook her head, and said softly: "I seem to remember that he is the fastest in the soul world..."

    In fact, it is true.

    Bofeng Water Gate is known as the highest speed in the corpse soul world!

    Just talking about the use of Shunbu, it is also known as the first in the world of corpses!

    Even if their group of former captain-level death gods can increase their speed with the help of blur, they cannot exceed Bo Feng Shui Gate, and it is likely to evolve into a chase scene of lions chasing and killing rabbits under the control of Bo Feng Shui Gate''s speed. ¡­

    Wow...

    While the masked gods of death were still thinking about countermeasures, the Four Purple Flame Array shattered in an instant, and someone used external force to break the Four Purple Flame Array forcibly!

    I want to advertise, [\Mic\Mic\Reading\app\\] It¡¯s really good, it¡¯s worth installing, even Android and Apple phones support it!

    Two figures leaped over quickly and landed beside them. One figure urged loudly: "Hey, Hirako, you are not leaving yet, what are you waiting here for?"

    It was Kisuke Urahara and Yoichi Shikaedin who came in a hurry.

    After getting the Kasumi Gate and Shiba to encircle and suppress the Masked Corps, Urahara Kisuke and Shifengin Yaichi rushed here!

    Unfortunately¡­

    They arrived a bit early.

    No, or rather, for others, they came just right!

    A dazzling golden light flew in, and suddenly stopped in front of the Masked Legion and Urahara Kisuke, and gradually changed into a slightly immature appearance!

    Uehara Naraku.

    The newly promoted fifth division deputy captain stood on the roof, watching the masked legions and Urahara Kisuke and others, and a touch of compassion flashed in his eyes: "Sorry, please hurt Captain Aizen by the sneak attack. Hand over the murderer..."

    This sentence is not wrong.

    In any case, in the assassination of Uehara Naraku, the only person who was actually injured on the surface was Aizen Soyousuke who was hit by a virtual flash to protect Uehara Naraku.

    Because of this...

    Aizen Soyousuke was kind to Uehara Naraku.

    Besides, the relationship between the two of them is pretty good, and Uehara Naraku has always admired his captain, at least it seems like this...

    When talking about Aizen, a struggle flashed across Uehara Naraku''s face, and his voice gradually became serious: "Otherwise... I can''t guarantee what I will do..."

    The moment I finished saying this...

    Uehara Naraku''s face has become strong and unyielding!

    At this moment, Uehara Naraku seemed to be a passionate boy who came to revenge his captain!

    "..."

    The scene was silent.

    The masked death gods looked at each other.

    Is this the little patriarch of the Uehara clan?

    It doesn¡¯t seem to be terrific from just what it looks like, it¡¯s just that his ability to fly with one hand turned into light just now feels a bit amazing...

    Speaking of it...

    If this fellow Ai Ran Soyousuke is really injured, it will be fine!

    "What a naive child..."

    Sifengin Yaichi slowly raised her head to look at the serious face of Naruko Uehara. He couldn''t help but smiled at the corner of his mouth, and looked up and down the little patron: "Huh? It looks like I haven''t grown up yet, I If you remember correctly, the Patriarch of the Uehara clan''s age can''t be the master, right?"

    If I remember correctly...

    This period of the Uehara clan should be the thirteen dead waiters in charge!

    Patriarchs like Uehara Naraku who seem to have not yet grown up are just treated as a spoiled child by Thirteen Deadpool, they have no real power at all...

    "Yeichi, don''t talk nonsense."

    Kisuke Urahara interrupted Yoichi Shikaedinin¡¯s words, looked at Naraku Uehara in front of him, coughed a few times, and lowered his head politely: "Cough, cough, cough... Today, I can see Lord Naraku in this world. It¡¯s a great honor..."

    This is the etiquette Urahara Kisuke wants to observe.

    Anyway, let the atmosphere calm down a little bit. ¡®

    Because Urahara Kisuke is also very good at coaxing children, the best way to face this kind of passionate little guy is to induce obedience to his attitude and communication...

    "There is no need to mention some topics that shouldn''t be provoked."

    Uehara Naraku watched Urahara Kisuke, frowned slightly, and said solemnly: "I won''t listen to any of your sophistry. I just want to know where the masked death **** who injured Captain Aizen is hiding! "

    Hirako Mako grinned, and couldn''t help but mutter: "If any of us could kill the **** Airan, he would have sneaked into the soul world and killed Airan..."

    How could it be surrounded by the Uehara clan and the Gotei 13 team?

    If you can kill Aizen Soyousuke, Hirako Mako really wants to find the **** of death who severely injured Aizen Soyousuke...

    unfortunately¡­

    That person must be Aizen''s spy!

    "Lord Naraku..."

    Kisuke Urahara patted Mako Hirako on the shoulder and stopped Mako Hirako. He stretched out his palm and pushed the brim of his hat, and said softly: "If you look carefully, there should be no one you are looking for... "

    Kisuke Urahara glanced at both sides of Naraku Uehara, and seemed to be aware of the hidden Reiatsu nearby. UU Reading continued softly, "I think what we need to do now is not waste useless spiritual power to fight. , But to look for the mask who attacked you together...or it should be said that that guy is also very likely to be the mask..."

    Kisuke Urahara spread out his palms and added with a smile: "Although we have left the corpse world many years ago, we have been friends with Captain Aizen. He doesn''t want Lord Naraku to be innocent... "

    This is the wisdom of Urahara Kisuke.

    Ever since he learned that the little patron of Naraku Uehara had joined the fifth team, Kisuke Urahara guessed that Aizen Soyousuke must have performed well in front of Naraku Uehara...

    This also means...

    The relationship between Uehara Naraku and Aizen Soyousuke must be good.

    Therefore, at this time, I can¡¯t blame Aizen Soyousuke for not being a good thing, just like Heizi Mako, but to follow Uehara Naraku¡¯s wishes, and then slowly change his mind...

    This requires a little trick.

    "Urahara Kisuke..."

    While Uehara Kisuke was still thinking about his own words, Uehara Naruko''s brows wrinkled slightly, and the cold voice interrupted Urahara''s thoughts: "Before I came, someone specially confessed to me, and you definitely cannot be yours. Words confuse..."

    After saying this, a touch of firmness flashed on Uehara''s face, and he lowered his head and said in a low voice: "Now it looks like what he said... what you are best at is to instigate others to become your pawns with words... each No one you meet will escape your enchantment..."

    "..."

    Kisuke Urahara still had his smile on his face, but after he was silent for a second, he immediately said, "Isn''t this kind of knowledge just proves that what I said is reasonable and can convince others... Your Excellency Naraku, in fact, it is the same in my heart. Think of it?"

 Chapter 643ï¼š The most annoying and jealous in the world, Ji Xiu?/a>

    Don''t arbitrarily deny what you say at any time.

    Even if the lies on your lips have been directly exposed, you can''t change your attitude at will, only this can be used to gradually gain the trust of others.

    Even when using others...

    You can also be frank and frank.

    This is Urahara Kisuke''s code of conduct. He has never avoided the doubts of others, but only persuades others through interests and common goals to achieve the cooperation he wants.

    this way¡­

    It has always been unprofitable.

    Hearing Urahara Kisuke''s persuasion, Uehara Naraku frowned slightly, his face seemed to be hesitant, as if he was half persuaded by Urahara Kisuke...

    Just as Urahara Kisuke''s mouth turned slightly and he planned to continue to persuade Uehara Naraku, Uehara Uehara interrupted him first: "Senior, no matter what you want to say... I must control you before that!"

    "and many more¡­"

    Urahara Kisuke''s face froze.

    What is going on with this little guy?

    Wasn''t it about to be persuaded by him?

    Uehara Naraku''s figure slowly floated in the air. He looked down at Kisuke Urahara and the masked death gods, and continued in a deep voice: "As long as you capture all of you, you will naturally be able to find out the mask that wounded Captain Aizen... Is it yours after all!"

    Kisuke Urahara''s approach is not wrong.

    The only problem lies in one place, and that is that the conspiracy planner of all these accidents is not Ai Ran Soyousuke alone...

    The real man behind the scenes is Uehara Naraku himself!

    How could this guy Urahara Kisuke convince a man behind the scenes?

    If you really calculate it, you can persuade a man behind the scenes like Uehara Naraku, the four worlds together, the number of people is estimated to not exceed the number of one hand.

    Uehara Naraku slowly raised his palm, a golden light appeared in his hand, and his voice gradually became a little solemn: "I will not directly condemn you just because you tried to frame Captain Aizen. I just want to find out the real culprit..."

    In addition, the novel app I''m using recently, [\Mic\Mic\Reading\app\\] Both Android and iPhone support!

    This sentence sounds weird...

    Although Uehara Naraku will ensure fair treatment, and will not deliberately hostile these people because of their grievances with Aizen Soyousuke...

    But no matter who heard the words of Uehara Naraku, they would not think that Uehara Naraku would be friendly to them, and they would also blame the current state of Uehara Naraku on the guy Aizen Soyousuke...

    Even Urahara Kisuke is no exception.

    After all, Uehara Naraku has always seemed to be harmless to humans and animals, and even treats anyone in the soul world very friendly. On the other hand, the **** Aizen Soyousuke...Kisuke Urahara and these masked gods of death have seen Aizen Soyousuke before. true colors!

    Kisuke Urahara''s expression was a little heavy, his eyes fixed on Naraku Uehara, and he whispered: "It looks like it''s a little bit awkward... Naraku Uehara... Have you been confused by Aizen?"

    "Huh, is it another good thing that the **** Lan Ran did..."

    Hirako Mako grinned and revealed his shiny teeth, and said with a smile: "Now it seems that if we don''t want to wait for death in front of this little patron, we seem to have to resist..."

    "There seems to be no other way besides fighting, right?"

    Sifengin Yeyi stretched out his palm, squeezed his wrist slowly, looked at the Bofeng Mizumon and others who came from a distance, and nodded slowly and said: "Bofeng Mizumon, Shiba is single-minded. Sir, Matsumoto Ranju... Is there only a few of them at the captain level?"

    Except for these Captain-level Reapers, the Tenth Division and the Anbe Reaper Squad of the Uehara Clan were not in the eyes of Yaichi Shikaedin and the Masked Reapers...

    "No, there are two more..."

    Urahara Kisuke slowly shook his head, looked at the air on the side of Uehara Naruto, and said in a low voice: "The eighth seat official Uchiha Daido and the ninth seat official Uchiha Itachi should also be on the side... The two guards of the Uehara Patriarch, They never violated their duties..."

    When talking about this, Urahara Kisuke''s brows also frowned, and he said in a deep voice: "If you can see the second official Senjujuma and the fifth official Senjuma...

    Maybe the two people who can be the masters of Uehara''s clan can still chat. After all, Uehara Naraku is still too young..."

    Although the strength of the Senshou Brothers is too strong...

    But at least the Qianshou brothers can still communicate one or two.

    Besides, according to the status and wisdom of Senjujuma and Senjusuma, they shouldn''t be easily confused by Aizen Soyousuke like Uehara Naraku?

    At this time, Namifeng Mizumon and Shiba Isshin also led their subordinates to arrive, and directly besieged the Masked Legion, Urahara Kisuke and others!

    Uehara Naraku held a golden lightsaber in his hand, raised his finger to Urahara Kisuke and others, and said in a deep voice: "Mr. Mizumon, Senior Shiba, take them down! Be sure to find out the whereabouts of the murderer from their mouths. !"

    "Yes!"

    Hafeng Mizuno appeared by Uehara Naraku''s side instantaneously, and slowly pulled out a black kunai from his hand, with bandages wrapped around the handle.

    This is the suffering of Bofeng Shuimen.

    In fact, it is also the Zanpakuknife cultivated by Bofeng Shuimen!

    Bofeng Shuimen calmly raised the Kuwu in his hand, holding the grip end of Kuwu with one hand, and the sharp end of the sword with the other hand, chanting his own first explanation in a low voice!

    "The Will of Fire that will never go out..."

    "The heart of a ninja flying in time and space..."

    "The three-pronged blade entrusted with love..."

    The entire battlefield reverberated with the whisper of Bofeng Shuimen singing Shijieyu!

    When Bo Feng Shuimen said the first sentence, the masked gods of death couldn''t help but become vigilant, and even the Gotei 13 team was ready for battle!

    Only Urahara Kisuke¡¯s expression is weird...

    Sifengyuan Yeyi digs out her ears even more boredly...

    When Bo Feng Shuimen said the second sentence, UU read www.uukanshu. The expressions on the faces of the com masked gods of death turned a little weird, but Kisuke Urahara''s expression was still weird...

    Sifengyuan Yeyi is still digging out her ears...

    When Bo Feng Shuimen said the third sentence, the masked **** of death''s monkey persimmon finally couldn''t hold back. He mumbled and said: "Hey, why is that guy''s original explanation so long? What is the name of Podao?"

    What''s the matter with this wave of wind and water?

    Isn''t it the highest speed in the corpse soul world?

    Why is his Zanpai Dao so long-winded!

    Does the entire corpse soul world have more Zanpaku knives than Bo Feng Shui Men''s Hajime? Why is the highest speed in the corpse soul world so slow!

    "It seems to be called..."

    Sifengin¡¯s brows frowned, recalling the name of the Zanpaku Sword of Bo Feng Shuimen, her face was faintly unsightly, but she said to herself: ¡°It seems to be called the Sword of Ninja? Very troublesome Zanpaku..."

    When talking about this, Sifengyuan Yaichi''s expression suddenly became serious, and her voice was more serious: "Be careful, because this guy is so fast... he may not have read his own technique. Name, you may have already lost!"

    Just when these people were still complaining...

    When Uehara Naraku''s face was a little weird...

    "...Cross-domain time and space...

    "...You will be everywhere in this world..."

    "...Get out, sword of forbearance!"

    Bofeng Shuimen finally completed his initial explanation, the kunai in his hand appeared in an instant the symbol of the sword of forbearance, and his figure disappeared in an instant!

 Chapter 644ï¼š Are there no innocent people in this world? Phew, fortunately I myself...

    There must be a problem with Bo Feng Shuimen''s thinking.

    As the death attendant of Uehara''s clan, especially since he is still the leader of the Anbe Death Gods, Hao Feng Shuimen must have mastered the Swastika to be qualified to stand.

    Once the **** of death has mastered the swastika...

    It is no longer necessary to chant the beginning explanation when liberating the Zanpaku.

    This is also the reason why others did not interrupt Bo Feng Shui Men''s singing, because this kind of thing actually has no effect at all...

    But for Bofeng Shuimen...

    It is a sense of ritual to chant the beginning interpretation.

    Bo Feng Shuimen¡¯s personality is actually a bit weird. This sunny-looking man has always liked to give some strange names to his moves, and he must introduce his moves loudly...

    Really named ghost talent.

    The only problem is that it will make people feel that Bo Feng Shui Men is very long-winded.

    It''s just that this impression won''t last too long, because when the wave of wind and water is no longer wordy, it will let people see the horror of the fastest speed in the corpse soul world!

    At the moment when Bofeng Shuimen''s figure suddenly disappeared, Sifengyuan Yeyi''s face suddenly became dignified, and she waved a short knife in her hand to stop Bofeng Shuimen!

    Even if she thinks she is not as fast as the wave of wind and water...

    But also has a title that belongs to him alone, Shun Shen Ye Yi!

    Clang!

    Bo Feng Shuimen squeezed his kunai to block the short knife in the woman''s hand, and a warm smile appeared on his face. Obviously he still had an impression of Sifengyuan Yeichi.

    As if seeing his old friend, Bo Feng Shuimen smiled and said hello: "It''s been a long time, Miss Ye Yi..."

    "Yes¡­"

    Sifengyuan Ye Yi firmly clenched the short knife in his hand, and a smile flashed in his eyes: "It''s been a long time since I saw it..."

    At the next moment, Sifengyuan Ye swiftly brandished a short knife, and after pushing back the Bofeng Shui Gate, he raised his hand and stretched out his palm toward the Bofeng Shui Gate!

    This hot body style woman...

    The power is also very strong!

    Sifengyuan Yeyi''s palm suddenly shot a thunder that turned into a spiritual pressure, and shot directly towards Bo Feng Shui Gate, instantly annihilating Bo Feng Shui Gate''s body!

    At this moment of inadmissibility...

    The figure of Bofeng Shuimen disappeared under the attack of Thunder, and suddenly appeared behind Sifengyuan Yeyi!

    The blade of the sword of forbearance touched the neck of Yoichi Sifengin!

    In one second, the winner will be decided!

    The faces of the masked gods of death were full of astonishment, as if looking at the movement of Bofeng Shuimen in disbelief. How did this guy escape Sifengyuan¡¯s attack just now?

    and¡­

    How can the speed be so fast!

    Even before they had time to say something, the battle between Bofeng Water Gate and Sifengyuan Yeyi had already been turned over!

    "The speed is still so fast..."

    Sifengyuan Yeyi''s body slowly turned into a phantom and dissipated.

    I expected it early in the morning! Because when Bofeng Shuimen disappeared under her thunderous attack, Sifengyuan Yeyi had already predicted that this scene might happen now!

    "After so long, Mr. Watergate is still attacking the same location..."

    The voice of Sifengyuan Yeyi echoed quietly throughout the battlefield. Her body was wandering fast on the battlefield, leaving only an unpredictable afterimage in the air from time to time!

    "Ok?"

    A look of surprise flashed across Bo Feng Shuimen''s face, and a smile slowly appeared on his face: "Miss Ye Yi, really has grown a lot..."

    Just as Pratunam is smiling...

    Sifengyuan Yeyi''s body suddenly appeared above Bofeng Shuimen, her calf bends suddenly to lock Bofeng Shuimen''s neck directly!

    That slender brown leg is full of murderous intent!

    Sifengyuan Yeyi''s speed was incredibly fast, but she didn''t make any sound at all, and even her spiritual pressure was quickly hidden when she attacked!

    At this moment, Shunshen Yeyi is the coldest assassin in the world!

    When I thought that Sifengyuan Ye Yi was about to lock his throat directly at Bo Feng Shui Gate, the Bo Feng Shui Gate standing in the same place suddenly turned into an afterimage and disappeared directly in front of her!

    Next second...

    Bo Feng Shuimen''s body appeared directly in front of Sifengin Yeyi, and he was about to pierce Yeyi''s body with his sword of forbearance!

    "Hey, it''s like this again..."

    Si Feng Yuan Ye Yi held her short knife to block the sword of forbearance, she looked directly at the imperial robe on Bo Feng Shui Men''s body, gritted her teeth and said: "You guy should at least show some real skills. Well, stop using this trick to coax children!"

    In the eyes of others at the scene...

    The two gods of death, known for their speed, have already begun a speed and life battle! Anyone who wants to intervene in will definitely fall victim to their battles...

    However, in the eyes of Sifengyuan Yeyi...

    Bo Feng Shuimen still did not play the speed he should have!

    Does this guy still treat her as a vulnerable kid like he did in the past?

    Sifengyuan Ye slammed his whip leg and kicked it in front of Bofeng Shuimen. With her slender legs wrapped in an unstoppable momentum, she was about to kick Bofeng Shuimen''s body to pieces!

    But everyone knows...

    This kind of white beating is useless...

    Sifengyuan Yeyi is also very clear about this. Her real ultimate move is a hidden weapon hidden under this blow. It is a rope-wrapped kunai!

    The rope can be extended with Ye Yi''s mind, as long as the rope is close to the Bofeng Shui Gate, the seventh official can be captured by restraint!

    "Hidden weapon?"

    Bo Feng Shuimen''s face was a little weird.

    It seems that this kind of move shouldn''t be used by Sifengyuan Yeyi?

    Although the kunai ropes of Yoichi Sifengin can indeed restrict the movement of other people, for those of them who are known for their speed...

    Such tricks don¡¯t actually have any special effects, but you still need to avoid them at this time to avoid a real overturn in the ditch...

    In the next moment, Bofeng Shuimen''s figure disappeared in place, and once again appeared behind Sifengyuan Yeyi!

    however¡­

    This is a trap!

    "Quickly!"

    Sifengyuan Yeyi''s eyes flashed with a sharp light, and she slowly appeared masses of high-density ghost spirit pressure, which instantly exploded the clothes behind her!

    This is the instant coaxing mode of Sifengyuan Yeyi.

    In this state of Sifengyuan Yeyi, both speed and strength will be greatly improved under the urging of spiritual pressure!

    Even a single blow can cause tremendous destructive power!

    Sifengyuan Yeyi in the instant coaxing mode seemed to have changed her appearance again, the spiritual pressure on her faintly made people afraid to look directly...

    Sifengyuan Ye Yi raised his hand and patted Bo Feng Shuimen''s body with a palm!

    This blow engulfed a huge amount of spiritual pressure, and was evaded by Bo Feng Shuimen instantly and dangerously!

    "Hey, missed it again..."

    This hot woman slowly raised her head, raised her mouth, and slowly grew two horns on her head, and a moving chuckle appeared on the battlefield!

    "Then...how can you hide now? Shun coax...Thunder God''s battle form!"

    A Taiko Gou Yuhuan appeared behind the Sifengyuan Yeyi!

    At this moment, Sifengyuan Yeyi seemed to have become a real Thor!

    No, or rather, she is indeed Thor now!

    Sifengyuan Yeyi suddenly stretched out his palm towards the Bofeng Shui Gate, countless lightning and lightning appeared beside her, one after another, lasing towards the Bofeng Shui Gate!

    These thunders seem to completely annihilate Bo Feng Shui Men here!

    The people on the entire battlefield had to retreat quickly to avoid being caught by Yoichi Shikaedinin¡¯s attack, even Urahara Kisuke quickly retreated a certain distance.

    Because Urahara Kisuke knew...

    Sifengyuan Yeyi has completely entered a state of battle!

    In this case, it doesn''t seem to disturb Ye Yi''s interest very well.

    Just as everyone was watching the battlefield, watching the Bofeng Water Gate under the thunder and lightning, they really wanted to know how the seventh official should break the game...

    After all, the current Sifengyuan Yeyi...

    Few people in the room seemed to dare to think that they could contend with her power!

    However, Bo Feng Shuimen''s method of cracking the moves is very simple. He just held his kunai with both hands, and began to sing with a serious expression!

    "...Flying Thunder God''s Array!"

    An enchantment suddenly appeared in front of Water Gate!

    Countless thunder and lightning fell on the barrier but disappeared without a trace!

    No matter how many thunderbolts Sifengyuan Yeyi manipulates to hit the barrier, he can''t do any harm to the barrier after all!

    A member of the Masked Legion, Akita Hakuxuan, looked at the Flying Thunder God enchantment, a little bit of cold sweat was dripping on his forehead, and he whispered in an incredible way: "That''s... the spatial ability of the Ghost Dao system... it''s so easy. Can it be used..."

    No need to sing...

    Did not even make any preparations in advance!

    It''s so easy to use!

    As the former deputy ghost master of the ghosts and Daoists, Akita Hakugen is very aware of the difficulty of the cultivation of the spatial ghost Dao ability, at least he can''t do it like an arm...

    quickly.

    Hakata Akita knew that he was surprised too soon.

    In the next moment, Bo Feng Shui Men''s figure suddenly disappeared with the help of Fei Lei Shen, and then appeared next to Si Feng Yuan Yeyi in an instant. This seventh officer with the golden glitter title, brandished his sword of forbearance and passed by. An arc cut!

    one strike¡­

    Cut the six-drum gou jade behind Sifengyuan Yeyi directly!

    "Xianfa¡¤Spiral Pill!"

    A weird spiral pill was also printed on the back of Sifengyuan Yeyi, directly disrupting the ghostly spirit pressure in Yeyiyi, and directly dispelling her instant coax mode!

    The speed of Bofeng Shuimen was so fast that even the people present could not see his trajectory carefully, and only a few people who were good at space ability sensed the fluctuation of space.

    That''s not Shunbu...

    It depends on the super-speed transmission of space!

    No wonder this guy is known as the fastest in the world of corpses!

    Compared with the speed of Bofeng Shuimen, his moves are also not to be underestimated. It is just a spiral pill that breaks up Ye Yi''s instant coaxing mode in an instant!

    As many years ago...

    The various moves cultivated by Sifengyuan Yeyi, both the spiritual pressure and speed in the body have made extremely powerful progress, but in front of the slightly serious Bofeng Shuimen, it still seems to be so vulnerable.

    Although their victory or defeat has not yet been determined, everyone present knows that Yaichi Sifengin, who had to withdraw from the instant mode, has no hope of victory...

    The only exceptions are Urahara Kisuke and Uehara Naraku.

    The corners of Urahara Kisuke''s mouth twitched slightly, and he slowly supported his hat, and laughed in a low voice: "I''m still so courageous... Do you want to use yourself as bait again?"

    Next second...

    Just as the spiral pill of Bofeng Shuimen pressed against the back of Sifengyuan Yeyi, sheets of white paper fell from the sky and turned into a prismatic seal barrier!

    This seal enchantment is very narrow, it actually directly sealed the space, and also trapped the Bofeng Shuimen in place, unable to move!

    "Huh...Finally got the bait..."

    Sifeng Yuanye didn''t care at all about the injuries he was hit by Helix Maru behind her back, but slowly turned around to look at the Haofeng Water Gate bound in place by the enchantment.

    Sifengin Yeyi¡¯s mouth pulled a smile, and his face became serious again, and he murmured: "Sorry, Mr. Watergate... I already knew your spatial technique, this is what I deliberately dealt with. You go to improve the sealing technique..."

    As a noble in the corpse soul world, the Sifengyuan clan has a unique sealing technique.

    However, this kind of sealing technique was activated too slowly, and its strength was slightly insufficient. When learning this technique, Yaichi Sifengin realized that this technique had value that could be improved. She deliberately worked on the zero team. Improved during the advanced studies...

    It is to seal Bo Feng Shui Men at this moment!

    Now, Sifengyuan Yeyi finally found his place!

    "Tsk..."

    With a playful smile on Yoichi Sifengin¡¯s face, he looked at Naraku Uehara in time, and said with a chuckle: ¡°If the guards next to you don¡¯t come out again, UU reading will be your turn next. Now, it looks like a simple little guy..."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku''s expression turned a little strange.

    People in this world are too much!

    I really didn¡¯t expect that the catwoman Sifengyuan Yeyi, who always thought he was fairly straightforward and generous, would actually use this kind of trick. This world is too dangerous. Everyone seems to be innocent and scheming. Looks like...

    Under the recommendation, the novel app I''m using recently, [\Mic\Mic\Reading\app\\] Both Android and iPhone support!

    Fortunately, he is the biggest man behind the scenes.

    This gave Uehara Naraku a little more comfort.

    and¡­

    This woman, Sifengin Yeyi...wouldn''t she really think that Bofeng Water Gate was simply sealed by her, right?

    To know¡­

    Bofeng Shuimen is also a genius who studies the practice of sealing art!

    "you¡­"

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Shikaedin Yoichi with fiery gaze, turned his head hurriedly to look at the Sealed Hafong Gate, and said anxiously: "That...Mr. Mizumon... do you need help?"

    "Don''t bother Master Naraku."

    "Ok?"

    Sifengyuan Yeyi''s expression was slightly surprised.

    The next moment, she suddenly turned her head to look at the location of the prismatic seal enchantment!

    The seemingly indestructible seal enchantment slowly cracked open little by little, revealing the figure of Bo Feng Shui Men, his face still has that sun-like smile...

    "Well... it''s really a powerful sealing technique!"

    Bo Feng Shuimen looked at Sifengin Yaiichi, and did not hesitate to appreciate his praise: "If you have the opportunity, you can go to Uehara Castle as a guest. Kushina hopes to have a friend who also likes to study sealing art..."

 Chapter 645ï¼š What are you thinking about? Why do you want to escape? Big Buddha blocking the way!

    "How can it be¡­"

    Sifengin Yaichi looked ugly at the Bofeng Water Gate that emerged from the trap. She carefully arranged multiple traps at the beginning of the battle. The ultimate goal was to lure Bofeng Water Gate to attack her by using a sealing technique. Feng Shui Gate is blocked!

    How could this guy also be good at sealing art?

    No, it doesn¡¯t seem to be a surprise...

    As the seventh official of the Uehara clan, how could Bofeng Shuimen only have that trick? The Uehara clan that has existed in the corpse soul world for thousands of years, the number of secret arts in this clan must be compared with that of the Sifengin clan. It''s nothing less than that!

    Sifengyuan Yeyi¡¯s hand turned over again and a piece of white paper appeared again, and he threw it out spontaneously, fluttering beside her, confining the surrounding space!

    This is to guard against a sneak attack by Bofeng Shuimen!

    After waiting for a few seconds to seal off the space with the sealing technique, Sifengyuan Ye suddenly clasped his fists tightly, slowly grinned and said with a low smile: "It looks like you are really desperate now..."

    Let me just add a sentence, the book-chasing app I am using recently, [\Mic\Mic\Reading\app\\] Cache reading, offline reading!

    Yes it is.

    It''s really going to be desperate!

    If the little trick just now didn''t work against Bo Feng Shui Gate, she can only use her hard power to stop Bo Feng Shui Gate!

    "Quickly..."

    There was a wicked smile at the corner of Sifengyuan Yeyi''s mouth, and a group of spiritual pressure broke out again on her body, and lightning seemed to be splashed from her body!

    next moment¡­

    A low growl came from her mouth!

    "Thunder Beast Battle Form!"

    Thunder and lightning wrapped the body of Sifengyuan Yeichi in an instant!

    At this moment, her palms also gradually changed, and the lightning transformed from the spiritual pressure slowly covered her palms, slowly forming a pair of thunder cat''s claws...

    At the same time...

    A pair of cat ears formed by thunder and lightning slowly grew on the top of this woman''s head, and even an active thunder and lightning tail appeared on her hips!

    At first glance, under the blessing and changes of thunder and lightning, Sifengyuan Yeyi has transformed into a half-human and half-animal appearance, looking very cute and lovely...

    this moment¡­

    She really became a catwoman just like her own liking!

    This form has a very beautiful name, Shunlong Black Cat Fighting Girl!

    In such a disadvantaged situation, the appearance of Sifengyuan Yeyi¡¯s incarnation as Black Cat Zhan Ji is not only for cuteness, but also the reiki pressure on her body is constantly changing, it seems a little ups and downs, but everyone can see it. come out¡­

    In that delicate body...

    What a powerful force is hidden!

    Bo Feng Shuimen watched the black cat war girl form of Sifengin Yeyi, he could feel how fast a woman in this state would burst out!

    Bo Feng Shuimen slowly grasped his sword of forbearance, his expression gradually became serious, and he softly praised: "It looks like Miss Ye Yi''s practice is really hard. Maybe there will be a very interesting event today. What about the fight..."

    "is it?"

    Sifengyuan Yeyi¡¯s body seemed to turn into thunder and lightning, and she suddenly flew towards Bofeng Shuimen. There was even a faint uncontrollable madness on her face: "Then you have to see...today you...can it? Makes my body more excited!"

    The figure of Bofeng Shuimen turned into a golden light and headed away!

    The golden flashes and blue thunder and lightning were intertwined in an instant, and the two figures kept flashing and moving, making it impossible to see their battle...

    This is also the most troublesome!

    Whether it''s Hafeng Water Gate, known as the golden glitter, or Sifengin Yoichi, known as the instant god, this also makes people do not know how to arrange to continue fighting or retreat...

    At least for now, not many people present can tell who is stronger than Sifengyuan Yeyi and Bofengshuimen...

    As Yoichi Sifengin and Bofengmizumen fought together, Urahara Kisuke''s eyes flashed with worry, but the corners of his mouth still chuckled.

    Only when Urahara Kisuke smiled, his voice quietly fell in the ears of Hirako Mako and others: "Hirako, we are going to retreat..."

    "Aha?"

    A doubt flashed across Hirako Mako''s face.

    But the two of them haven''t officially played against each other yet!

    Is it necessary to retreat at this time? Now, if they include Yoichi Shikaedin and Kisuke Urahara, there are at least ten Captain-level Reapers!

    On the opposite side, besides the Namikaze Gate, only Shiba Isshin and Matsumoto Rankiku are left, and perhaps also the newly promoted fifth division deputy captain Uehara Naruto... When it comes to top-level combat power alone, they should be able to crush the enemy. Are you pressing?

    Urahara Kisuke slowly shook his head, without explaining too much, but the voice fell into Hirako Mako''s ears in Reiatsu''s package: "Leaving here...this is not the time to conflict with them!"

    "Che... it doesn''t look very good..."

    Hirako Mako slammed his mouth, waved his arm and summoned the masked death gods, ready to lead his group of subordinates to leave.

    Only the next moment, Hirako Mako spoke curiously again: "Wait...If we leave, how about you two?"

    "Of course I had a good chat with our friends!"

    Kisuke Urahara chuckled slightly, took his cane in his hand, raised his finger to Shiba Yixin, smiled and said, "Captain Yixin, while they are still fighting, do we have time to chat together?"

    "Ok?"

    Shiba Yixin''s expression was slightly surprised.

    It¡¯s just that as the captain of the 10th squad of the Gotei 13th team, Shiba was unwilling to play against the Masked Legion...

    The next moment, Shiba watched Urahara Kisuke slowly and nodded, slowly showing a hearty smile on his face, and said softly: "Well, speaking of it..."

    "Senior with one heart."

    Uehara Naraku interrupted Shiba''s words, and slowly squeezed the golden Tiancongyun sword in his hand, and said in a deep voice: "Be careful... I''ve heard that Urahara Kisuke was once the most cunning person in the soul world. ¡­"

    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku looked faintly serious, and continued in a low voice: "Urawara Kisuke was the one who framed Captain Aizen. I even heard that Urahara Kisuke¡¯s teacher, Yakushitou, was once played by him. Within the palm of your hand..."

    "..."

    Urahara Kisuke''s expression suddenly became subtle.

    It''s not appropriate to mention the pharmacist pocket on this occasion, right?

    After all, Kisuke Urahara also knew that he couldn''t help but keep training his pharmacist pocket...fortunately...fortunately, he has a thick skin.

    What is embarrassment for Kisuke Urahara?

    "Ha, Patriarch really knows a lot..."

    Kisuke Urahara helped his hat brim and couldn''t help but laughed in a low voice: "Well, I was really sorry for not following Teacher Dou''s order at the beginning...but I never framed the fellow Ai Ran Soyousuke. What..."

    When talking about this, Urahara''s eyes were faintly dark, and his voice was even a little helpless: "On the contrary...I should be a victim...Aizan Soyousuke framed me with his method..."

    This captain-level **** of death who has been hiding in this world...

    No, or it''s definitely a super-captain-level death god!

    At the moment Aizen Soyousuke was mentioned, Urahara Kisuke''s reiki swept toward Uehara Naraku like a tide, and he wanted to bully the newcomer Uehara Naraku with his powerful reiki...

    Isn''t this a bit of a shame?

    "Little Patriarch..."

    Urahara Kisuke raised his cane and pointed it at Uehara, watching the little patron whose face was tense under the pressure of his spirit, and continued with a smile: "The truth is often hidden under the abyss. Don''t be fooled by hypocritical faces. Oh..."

    "Don''t slander Captain Aizen in front of me."

    Uehara Naraku furrowed his brows, waved the golden lightsaber in his hand and pointed at Kisuke Urahara, and said in a deep voice: "Former Captain of the 12th Division Urahara Kisuke, we have already found out everything that happened to you... "

    Urahara couldn''t help but chuckled, watching Uehara Naraku speak slowly: "Little Patriarch, apart from the person involved, it seems that no one is qualified to prove that the things you found out are the truth, right?"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku''s brow furrowed, and there was a slight hesitation on his face.

    At this moment, he seemed to have been moved by Urahara Kisuke. After all, theoretically speaking, when the death illusion event happened, except for Urahara Kisuke, only the Masked Legion would know about it, right?

    "..."

    Urahara Kisuke''s mouth tickled.

    As rumored in the corpse soul world, the little patriarch of the Uehara clan has a very kind personality, which means that he is not so difficult to be persuaded...

    Just continue to use his kindness...

    Although very embarrassed, Kisuke Urahara couldn''t find a better way!

    Because Urahara knows very well that the fight between Yoichi Shikaedinin and Nami Fengmizumen is not going well, she is just buying time for the communication between Urahara Kisuke, Shiba Isshin, and Uehara Naraku!

    This is a time that must not be missed!

    When thinking of this, Urahara Kisuke''s mouth reappeared with a smile, and he continued with a chuckle: "If the little Patriarch has checked the files of the Masked Legion, he should know that they have never done anything wrong in these years, right? He was expelled from the corpse soul world, but he still upholds the justice of the **** of death and maintains the stability of this world..."

    "Yes¡­"

    The hesitation on Uehara Naraku''s face deepened a bit.

    It''s not bad to say that in theory. The Masked Legion has been very stable in this world and has never caused any major disturbances.

    This kind of information...

    It is available in the entire Seireitei.

    Looking at Uehara Naraku''s uncertain face, Urahara smiled and continued, "Then you don''t think there are many suspicious things in it?

    Because according to what you said, the real purpose of the so-called masked **** of death before assassinating Ai Ran Soyousuke was to assassinate the little Patriarch...

    And we now have ten captain-level death gods, but we are still here to talk peacefully, and we don¡¯t even plan to open any site, just want to find out the truth..."

    "¡­Yes."

    The hesitation on Uehara Naraku''s face deepened.

    This is indeed difficult to refute. Judging from the number of papers, the Masked Legion actually has an advantage.

    "It looks like we can talk a little longer..."

    Looking at Uehara Naraku''s expression, Urahara''s smile gradually deepened.

    It was just when Urahara was talking, his finger quietly made a gesture towards Hirako Mako and the others behind him, signalling Hirako Mako and others to leave here immediately!

    The masked gods of death are a little dissatisfied, but they owed Urahara Kisuke¡¯s life-saving grace many years ago, and they don¡¯t want to go against his wishes at this time...

    "Tsk, trouble..."

    Hirako Mako glanced at the fighting Sifengyuan Yeichi and Bofengshui Gate, a trace of regret flashed on his face, and the masked gods of death ran away madly towards the distance!

    And on the other side.

    Uehara Naraku stood opposite Urahara Kisuke, and was about to speak for Aizen Soyousuke, but suddenly saw the death gods of the Masked Legion fleeing into the distance!

    I was tricked...

    Urahara Kisuke wants to delay them by himself and let the Masked Legion leave here first? This guy is so confident in his power?

    No, in other words, is he sure that the Masked Legion can escape?

    "Sure enough, you guy is too cunning..."

    Uehara Naruko frowned, looking at Kisuke Urahara in front of him, a flash of dissatisfaction flashed on his face, and he said in a deep voice: "Senior Yixin, please go and chase the Masked Legion. You must arrest those people!"

    "Ha, got it..."

    Shiba supported his forehead with all his heart, and looked at Uehara Naraku, who was played in the palm of his hand by Kisuke Urahara, and sighed in a low voice: "It''s...cunning, let''s go, Ranju, let''s chase Hirako. they!"

    "Yes, Captain!"

    Matsumoto Ranju nodded hastily.

    Although they just speak neatly...

    In fact, Shiba Yixin didn''t have too much serious thoughts in his heart.

    Even the current captain of the tenth squad patted his forehead lightly to show his annoyance, and led the tenth squad to chase in the direction of the masked death!

    The speed of Shiba''s pursuit...

    I am a bit sorry for his identity...

    In fact, it¡¯s great for the Reapers of the Masked Legion to escape from here, at least Shiba is determined not to violate his justice rules and arrest them...

    after all¡­

    The Grim Reapers of the Masked Legion were once the backbone of the Gotei 13 Team.

    At the beginning, these masked gods of death were expelled because of the blur, it has always been a taboo for the Gotei thirteen team, and many captains have opened their faces to these masked gods of death...

    It is precisely because of this.

    Only the masked gods of death can live in the world.

    Of course, Shiba also wanted to take this opportunity to ask first, whether someone from the Masked Legion wanted to assassinate Uehara Naraku, and accidentally wounded Aizen Soyousuke...

    After all, this crime was originally the Central Forty-Six Room, in order to appease the Uehara clan, it directly threw the black pot on the Masked Legion.

    "Huh? Did you finally leave?"

    Urahara Kisuke glanced at Shiba Isshin who was going to hunt down.

    Urahara didn''t stop Shiba Yishin and the tenth team. He didn''t seem to care about Yixin''s pursuit of the masked **** of death. Originally, he asked Hirako Mako and others to lead some people away...

    As Shiba Yishin knew, Urahara Kisuke knew the whole story well. The capture of the Masked Legion was just for Seireitei to give an explanation to the Uehara clan.

    Therefore, in order to remove the suspicion of the Masked Army assassinating Uehara Naraku, in fact, the best way is to persuade the little guy Uehara Naraku to let the Uehara family temporarily give up the investigation...

    This time is not suitable for Hirako Mako and Shiba Isshin and others present.

    "What is the little Patriarch thinking?"

    After Hirako Mako and Shiba Yishin and others left one after another, UU Reading Urahara Kisuke looked at Uehara Naraku with a smile: "Don''t care about them, what do you want to ask now?"

    Urahara wanted to induce Uehara Naraku to say something suspicious, and then provide evidence for Uehara Naraku little by little, so that it would be easier to win the trust of the little patron.

    "Ok¡­"

    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, and a hint of incomprehension flashed across his face: "I don''t care what you want to say, I just care why they are running away..."

    "Ok?"

    A hint of doubt flashed across Urahara''s face.

    Just when he wanted to give a reason, a pity flashed across Uehara Naraku''s face, and he whispered: "Many people are hiding from me. In fact, I always know that this time Mr. Zhuma and Shuima Mr. will protect me in secret. The two of them will never show mercy to any enemy who may endanger me. I don''t want to hurt anyone..."

    "..."

    Just as Urahara Kisuke''s face was slightly weird, the earth trembled violently, and a majestic voice fell into their ears!

    "Mu Dun, really thousands of hands!"

    After this earth-shattering roar, a majestic spirit pressure swept across the small city instantly, and the strength of this spirit pressure was so strong that it was even frightening!

    Whether it was Urahara Kisuke or Uehara Naraku, the two of them involuntarily looked in the direction of the eruption of Reiatsu, where a huge wooden Buddha was added at some unknown time, stopping the Masked Legion who wanted to escape!

    In the sight of Kisuke Urahara...

    The giant wooden Buddha raised his hand and smashed it out punch after punch!

    Every palm of the wooden statue Buddha hit the death gods of the masked legion, and the masked death gods who had just escaped not far, directly flew back!

 Chapter 646ï¼š The shadow of the death blur event

    The wind is a bit noisy.

    The spiritual pressure of the sky is suffocating.

    There is also a frightening atmosphere in the air.

    The tall wooden statue of the Senju Buddha stands outside Motegi Town like a giant mountain, making it difficult to ignore its existence, or that no one would dare to ignore its existence.

    Just now...

    In full view...

    This big Buddha easily defeated the entire masked legion!

    If this wooden statue of Buddha is awe-inspiring because of its explosive power, then the two men standing on the wooden statue of Buddha will make people a little afraid...

    A white-haired man in blue plate armor.

    The legendary fifth official of the thirteen dead waiters, a thousand hands!

    It is said that Qianshou Jianma is the most powerful dead waiter in the entire Uehara clan. It controls the life and death of the entire Uehara Castle, and is the actual manager of the entire Uehara Castle!

    Whenever...

    Qianshou Feijian, the fifth official, never showed a smile on his face. He always looked cold and cold. Any **** of death in Uehara City would not dare to make a mistake in front of him!

    In comparison, another black-haired man in a red plate armor looks a bit gentle, and he is the older brother of Senshoujian...

    Senshou Zhuma!

    The legendary second officer of Thirteen Deadpool!

    The Death Gods of the entire corpse soul world are very clear that the first four seat officials of the Thirteen Deadpool are very different from other seat officials, and the first four seat officials are the most powerful power of the Uehara clan!

    they¡­

    It is also the pillar that allows the Uehara clan to stand tall!

    No one has ever dared to doubt the power of the first four officials!

    Now, Senjujuma, the second seat officer who has almost never taken a shot, reveals the power of their first four seat officers here, and only one move easily defeated the entire Masked Legion¡¯s death god. Guys!

    "It''s been a long time since I have used Xianshu..."

    Thousands of hands stood on top of the wooden statue of Buddha, scratching his head: "The spiritual child of this world can also be used as energy similar to the fairy magic chakra. It is so easy to use the true number. Thousand hands..."

    Originally, in the past, the real thousands of hands should have been the use of the Qianshou Zhujian as the bottom of the box. After thousands of years of cultivation in this world, it could be easily used.

    These dead souls in another world, after being nourished by the spirit of this world, they became stronger than before.

    Besides, it¡¯s a good time in this world...

    Because Senjujuma''s younger brother and friends are by his side.

    Even the younger generations of their Konoha are here, and there is no need to worry that his hometown of Ninja will be invaded by the enemy.

    "Lingzi''s energy is not inferior to Chakra."

    Qianshoujian looked down at the wooden statue of Buddha at his feet, then glanced at the group of masked death gods who had pulled out the Zanpaku Knife, and snorted coldly, "Huh, it''s just that people in this world have a great deal with Lingzi. I am a little bit behind in cognition..."

    In fact...

    Compared to the elder brother who is very easy to meet...

    On the contrary, the people who are really like a fish in the water are a thousand hands.

    A brand-new world means brand-new power. This world is very beneficial to the survival of these dead souls, and it also allows Qianshoujian to have a long time for research and creation.

    As the top manager of the entire Uehara City, supported by the huge power of Uehara City, the resources available to Qianshoujian are very rich, and it can even be said that the virtual circle and the corpse soul world are taken and taken.

    Even the legendary spirit king...

    Thousands of hands can also get a part of the spirit king''s body.

    In a sense, this fifth official is truly well-deserved, and can even be compared with Uchiha Madara, Senjujuma and others.

    Just want to become the truly top powerhouse in the world, in addition to the great talent and perseverance, even the heart and soul, etc. are indispensable...

    Qianshoujian couldn''t be as pure as the first four officials.

    While the brothers Senjuzuma and Senjukaima lowered their heads to look at the underground masked legion and Shiba Isshin and others, these people were also looking at them.

    Everyone''s expressions were extremely heavy when they saw Brother Qianshou.

    Needless to say too much, they already know the identities of these two people, and huge pressure is pressing on them like a mountain!

    "Hirako, are you sure?"

    Lisa Yagomaru in the Masked Legion squeezed her Zanpaku Knife tightly, looked up at the Senju Brothers on the top of the wooden statue Buddha with a dignified face, and continued with a deep voice: "These two people... seem to be as we imagined. Something is different..."

    To advertise, the reading app I am using recently, [\Ã×\Ã×\reading\app\\] has a lot of book sources, full books, and fast update!

    "Yes¡­"

    Hirako Mako grinned slowly, with a sloppy smile still on the corner of his mouth, but his words were obviously more serious: "The legendary big man... seems to be stronger than we thought!"

    indeed¡­

    too strong!

    The contrast between them seems to be a gap!

    As the former captain of the fifth division of the Gotei 13th team, Mako Hirako has occasionally heard the rumors of the first four seats, but this time he truly felt the power of Senjujuan!

    Just a wooden statue made of a giant Buddha directly made their eight captain-level death gods unable to fight back, and even the spiritual pressure on the giant Buddha was a little unbearable!

    "Are we going to fight them?"

    He looked like a good old man with some anxiety on his face. He raised his head and glanced at the wooden statue of the Buddha, and cautiously said: "Although it is the first contact...but...inexplicably, it feels like it''s not so easy to win... "

    "Hey hey hey... don''t be too depressed!"

    The little girl-like Ape Persimmon Rishiri got up from the ground and stood in front of the crowd with her own Zanpaku. His little face was full of impudent appearances: "Huh, then we can''t wait for death. It''s a small defeat..."

    "but¡­"

    Liuchaquan was carrying his Zanpaku Knife to the west, frowned slightly, and said in a low voice, "Although it was only a small defeat, the gap seems a bit big..."

    If you say it seriously...

    Their Masked Legion was indeed a small defeat.

    The entire Masked Legion did not enter a state of blur. It was also attacked by the Senjue Zhuma brothers, and was unprepared to be directly repelled. Everyone suffered serious injuries, but they did not completely lose their combat effectiveness. ¡­

    but!

    Just a blow...

    Let them be able to judge the gap!

    Even if it was their face-to-face confrontation between the Masked Legion and the Senjujuan brothers, there shouldn''t be any chance of winning, the difference in Reiatsu is so big that it makes people feel desperate...

    Judging from the spiritual pressure on the two brothers Senshou Zhuma and Senshou Kenma, it vaguely makes people feel that they are almost the same as Shigekuni Yamamoto Motoryusai, the captain who supports the entire corpse soul world!

    "Well¡­"

    Jiu Nanbai, another little girl in the Masked Legion, lowered her head and muttered for a while, then suddenly put on a weird look, and said fiercely: "But...if you definitely lose, then why not try it? Could it be that we Can you still surrender?"

    "..."

    The scene fell into silence strangely.

    After they left the corpse soul world, they had nothing to do with Seireitei a long time ago, can they still surrender now?

    Once surrendered...

    That will be slaughtered!

    "Cut, there is no way..."

    Mako Hirako rubbed the wound on her body, then tied the wound on her chest tightly with clothes, and said with a low grin, "I wanted to challenge the Uehara clan since I was in Seoreitei. That''s it..."

    Hirako Mako really wants to challenge Uehara''s thirteen dead servants.

    Because in these thousands of years, in the eyes of Seireitei and the death gods of the corpse soul world, the existence of the thirteen deadpool is almost against the captains of the Gotei thirteen team.

    Once the civil war breaks out...

    The captain of the Gotei 13 team is definitely going to face the 13 Deadpool.

    Everyone originally thought that the Thirteen Deadpools should be almost the same as the captain-level deaths. It was only when the dead servants appeared later that they slowly realized the reality... The Thirteen Deadpools of the Uehara clan probably wanted Hanging the captain-level death **** to fight.

    In fact, what Hirako Mako wants to challenge is the seat official of the Uehara clan who ranks low. Unfortunately, the current situation does not allow him. He can only face the second seat official Senjuzuma and the fifth seat official Senjuma. A difficult character to deal with...

    While the masked gods of death were preparing for battle, the giant wooden Buddha gradually disappeared into the air, and the brothers Senshou Zhuma and Senshou Kaima appeared in front of them instantaneously!

    This scene made the eyes of Hirako Mako and others condensed slightly!

    If you didn''t read it wrong, the appearance of Senjukaima and Senjujuma is almost indistinguishable from the instant ability of Bofeng Shuimen. Are they also good at spatial abilities?

    "It''s really interesting..."

    Senjujuma looked at Hirako Mako and the others with interest, and smiled gently: "It''s rare to see such a courageous little guy! I''m Senjujuma, please report your name here. , Little guys, I am very interested in you guys!"

    "what?"

    The faces of the masked gods of death were a little surprised.

    If it is not certain that Senjujuma is their enemy, it is hard to imagine that this person will be the second official of the thirteen dead waiters in the legend of the Uehara clan...

    They had never seen such a gentle enemy.

    "Okay!"

    The smile on Mako Hirako''s face became stronger, he nodded slowly and chuckles: "Ping with flat feet, plus sister Ono''s son, true foreskin, plus the son of Prince Xinzi Ming-so he is Mako Hirako, Please advise."

    "Ape persimmon Riseiri!"

    The little girl Saru Kaki Hiyori flew and fell beside Mako Hirako!

    "Yagimaru... Lisa!"

    The girl in sailor suit Yagomaru Lisa stood on the other side of Mako Hirako!

    "There is Akita Hachigen..."

    With the appearance of the good old man, Hachiko Akita carefully pronounced his name, standing behind them, ready to release the support of the ghost way at any time.

    "Six cars fist west!"

    The high fighting spirit Liucha Quanxi stood beside his teammates!

    "Aikawa Rabu..."

    The cheerful Aikawa Luowu even carried his Zanpakukana upside down, gave a thumbs up to the two Senjue Zhuma brothers, and said hello with full of personality!

    "For a long time... Jiu Nanbai!"

    The third girl in the Masked Legion, a young girl with an innocent appearance, Jiu Nanbai blinked her eyes, looking very simple.

    "Fengqiaolou Juro."

    The last one is Fengqiao Loujuro, a blond youth who looks quite aristocratic, but his face is obviously melancholy.

    Whenever a member of the Masked Legion greeted them, the momentum of the entire Masked Legion seemed to be more vigorous, and everyone''s heart gradually emerged from the battle spirit!

    No matter what enemy is ahead...

    They are the unique masked army in this world!

    The members of the entire Masked Legion quickly reported their names, and the spirit pressure of the Captain-level Reaper was exuding all over their bodies, and they worked together to resist the suppression of Senju Zhuma''s body!

    At least it seems...

    The Masked Legion has the power of a battle!

    Just as their aura had just exploded, they sneered at the corners of their mouths with a thousand hands on their faces and sneered: "It seems that the imagining experiment on your body has succeeded. In addition to the Reaper''s spiritual pressure, you There is a virtual spiritual pressure..."

    This is not unusual.

    Everyone present knows the condition of the Masked Reaper.

    However, the next sentence between Qianshoujian suddenly changed everyone''s expressions!

    "There is one thing you may not know..."

    Thousands of hands looked at everyone present, and said coldly: "I have mastered the experiment of the illusion of death a long time ago..."

    "what!"

    The faces of the masked gods changed!

    Because they all know very well that the illusion of death is an absolutely forbidden experiment in the entire corpse soul world, how dare the Uehara clan conduct such a sinful experiment...

    Do not¡­

    This is also normal.

    The Uehara clan has always been independent of the Seireitei, and their ability to conduct the death blur experiment will not be known to outsiders. Even if they know it, the central 46 room cannot expel the entire Uehara clan. At most, it just corrupts the Uehara clan. Reputation...

    wrong!

    The masked Grim Reapers present soon thought of another question...

    That was Ai Ran Soyousuke, who had performed blurring experiments on them, UU Reading www.uukanshu. Is it possible that the Uehara clan stands behind the man? Perhaps it is because of the support of the Uehara clan that Aizen Soyousuke dares to make such an evil experiment!

    If this is the case...

    It is no wonder that the Uehara clan is going to purge them this time!

    Because Aizen Soyousuke wanted to kill the masked gods of death a long time ago, but he never got the support of Yamamoto Motoryusai Shigekuni.

    While these masked gods of death were thinking wildly, Senshoukai sneered again: "Huh, I heard that you turned to Urahara Kisuke in order to gain strength. They became his experimental products. A group of people fell for strength. Guy..."

    "Hey, you fellow!"

    The little girl Saru Shiri Shiri grinned at Qianshou Jianma with a grin: "You guy doesn''t know anything..."

    The other masked gods of death were also full of anger.

    Because they didn''t degenerate themselves for power, but were trapped by Ai Ran Soyousuke!

    "We are not for strength."

    Mako Hirako stopped his companion, grinning and said, "I don''t believe that the Uehara clan can''t find out some truth, maybe you cover it up..."

    "Decades ago."

    Senshoujian interrupted Hirako Mako''s words indifferently, and continued coldly: "When the Death Void incident broke out, I proposed that I could help you peel off the Void Lingzi and ease the relationship between the Uehara clan and the Gotei 13 team. ¡­"

    When talking about this, Qianshoujian looked at the masked death gods present, and calmly continued: "However, my proposal was rejected."

 ~ï¼š Sorry, fell asleep accidentally

    All novels on this site are reprinted works, all chapters are uploaded by netizens, and reprinted to this site in order to promote the book for more readers to appreciate

    Copyright@¿ÐÊéÐ¡ËµÍø ¿ÐÊé Romance Novels Copyright Report duxiaoshuo6#

    Any novels that are pornographic, violent, reactionary, and in conflict with the law are strictly forbidden and deleted as soon as they are discovered.

 Chapter 647ï¼š The truth of the year, Kisuke Urahara, who once teased the Uehara 1 clan

    The latest website: Motegi Town.

    The entire Masked Legion looked solemn.

    Before they met Senjumanama, they always thought that the only person who framed them was Aizen Soyousuke, and now Senjumanama has lifted a layer of fog for them...

    Back then, they had a chance to get rid of the blur...

    But there was another person who refused this opportunity instead of them!

    After a little surprise flashed in Mako Hirako''s eyes, he immediately retorted with a chuckle, "Ha...who knows if what you said is true or false..."

    Among those present, Hirako Mako was more calm.

    Regardless of whether the words of Qianshoujian is true or false, these masked legions cannot go back to the past, and now the fifth official of Qianshoujian is their enemy!

    If a few words from the enemy disturb the mind at this moment...

    like¡­

    It doesn''t matter, right?

    From the perspective of the situation, they are not yet the opponents of the Qianshou Brothers, and delaying time at this time does not seem to be a bad thing for them.

    "Let¡¯s not discuss whether we are actively blurring or being forced to blur..."

    Hirako Mako grinned and asked, "Then I can ask Mr. Senjukayama for advice. Is there anything we didn''t know back then?"

    "Humph¡­"

    Thousands of hands held his arm, turned his head and glanced at Urahara Kisuke in the distance, before continuing in a cold voice, "What''s the point of saying this now?"

    "of course¡­"

    Hirako Mako glanced at Kisuke Urahara''s gaze, then turned around and said with a hippie smile: "Sometimes we regret it too... If we knew that Senzuma-san could really strip us off. The void in the body..."

    Although some are reluctant to believe...

    But Mako Hirako faintly guessed a few candidates.

    There are very few people in this world who can talk to the Uehara clan. Except for Yamamoto Genyanyusai Shigekuni, I don¡¯t know if Urahara Kisuke who rescued them back then is one...

    However, the truth is far from that simple.

    In other words, this matter is not as easy as Qianshoujian said, because this matter involves the recruitment of Akatsuki organization.

    If nothing went wrong in the past...

    Originally, Kisuke Urahara might join Akatsuki.

    Decades ago.

    Hirako Mako and others fictitiously broke out.

    Kisuke Urahara, the former captain of the 12th division, refused the order of his teacher Yakushidou, and rushed to rescue Hirako Mako and the others with the commander-in-chief of the original Oni Dao and Da Oni Dao Chang holding Hirotetsusai.

    Just as Hirako Mako and others lost their will and consciousness and turned into virtual monsters, Urahara Kisuke and Hirotetsusai rescued Hirako Mako and others back to the Technology Development Bureau, but when they were at a loss for their virtuality...

    The Technology Development Bureau decades ago.

    Urahara Kisuke rubbed his hair, and he was surrounded by research materials on the illusion of death, thinking about how to get Hirako Mako and others out of the illusion...

    Unfortunately, this cannot be resolved in a short while.

    At the most critical moment, Senshouka appeared in front of Urahara Kisuke.

    The fifth official of the Uehara clan appeared in the Technology Development Bureau and took the initiative to directly contain the illusion of Hirako Mako and others. This method made Urahara Kisuke believe that he saw hope, and subconsciously believed that Uehara¡¯s clan might I have also used the means of bleaching the **** of death!

    Qianshoujian did not deny this matter. To break through the limitations, he always has to go to a path that ordinary people dare not imagine. By lifting the limitations of the **** of death, the **** of death can retain consciousness while possessing the ability to blur. Can be regarded as a means to become stronger.

    same.

    Senshoujian claimed that he could help solve the uncontrollable blurring of Hirako Mako and others, and rescue the elite captains of the Gotei 13th team...

    of course.

    This is a deal.

    Since it is a transaction, there is always a price to pay.

    Senshouma is not to ease the relationship between the Uehara clan and the Gotei 13 team, he just made a request to Urahara Kisuke: "As long as you are willing to join the Uehara clan, the old man can help you solve the blurring of these people now... "

    "Huh? Let me join... the Uehara clan?"

    A flash of astonishment flashed across Urahara Kisuke''s face. Even he did not expect that Senshou Kenma would invite him to join the Uehara clan?

    and many more¡­

    No, this is also very normal!

    Because Urahara Kisuke is a disciple of Yakushito!

    This is for Urahara Kisuke to choose whether to betray his teacher Yakushi!

    To be honest, if it weren''t for Urahara Kisuke''s label as a pharmacist pocket, in fact he would really not mind having a relationship with the Uehara clan. Who in the corpse soul world doesn''t know how good the Uehara''s death **** welfare is?

    Senjukan also seemed quite confident, and continued to recruit Urahara Kisuke: "As long as you are willing to join the Uehara clan, the old man can even abolish a dead waiter and let you replace him as a new dead waiter, from the eighth seat officer Uchiha. Bring soil to the thirteenth seat officer Luo Sha, you can choose any seat..."

    This treatment is not unfavorable!

    The status of Thirteen Deadpools is highly respected by the Uehara clan. If Urahara Kisuke is willing, he can immediately become the top of the Uehara clan!

    It seems that the Uehara clan is really sincere...

    Of course, since I wanted to trade, in addition to a carrot, Qianshoujian did not give up the big stick in his hands.

    "If you don''t agree..."

    Senjukan glanced at the half-virtual Hirako Mako and others, then looked at Urahara Kisuke, and sneered: "Reaper Blur is a forbidden experiment in Seoringi... You little devil must have it. Big trouble..."

    "This is Aizen Soyousuke framed them!"

    A flash of anger flashed across Urahara Kisuke''s face. Just as he wanted to continue to say something, he suddenly realized a problem!

    Why does Aizen Soyousuke dare to frame the Masked Reaper at this time?

    Could it be said that Aizen Soyousuke has already taken refuge in the Uehara clan?

    At this time, Urahara Kisuke suddenly began to suspect that the Uehara clan and Aizen Soyousuke were colluding to frame these death captains, because all the eight captain-level death captains of the Gotei 13 team had problems, and it was the most beneficial to the Uehara clan!

    Kisuke Urahara thought of this possibility and couldn''t help being dumbfounded. He took a deep breath and calmed down, and said in a deep voice, "Mr. Kuma, has Aizen Soyousuke also joined the Uehara clan? "

    "The deputy captain of the fifth division?"

    Senshoumei''s brows frowned, and he said displeasedly: "I remember he seemed to be a characterless guy... Do you think the Uehara clan will recruit other people at will? The Uehara clan does not collect waste! You just said Ai Ranzou Yousuke framed them?"

    "..."

    Urahara Kisuke''s brows also frowned.

    On the surface, Aizen Soyousuke does not seem to have any special features, but the behind-the-scenes Aizen Soyousuke is not that simple. Didn''t the Uehara clan discover the true face of Aizen Soyousuke?

    What exactly is going on?

    While Kisuke Urahara was still thinking about it, Senshouka continued to threaten: "The old man is not interested in discussing other things with you. If you don''t join the Uehara clan, you will definitely not be doing the death blur experiment on your own. What the Lingting can tolerate..."

    After saying this, Qianshoujian coldly snorted: "As long as you can join the Uehara clan, the old man can help you solve all the troubles. The old man knows that you have a close relationship with the head of the Sifengyuan clan, but that kind of small There is nothing in the family that can help you solve these problems..."

    "Then can I know the purpose of Mr. Shuima?"

    Kisuke Urahara slowly raised his head and looked at Senshou Kuma, and said softly, "Mr. Kuma''s purpose...is it to be a teacher?"

    Because the Uehara clan and Yakushidou have been hostile for a long time for the art of reincarnating from the filthy soil, they invited Urahara to join the Uehara clan, it must be to beat his teacher Yakushidou!

    at this point¡­

    There is absolutely no way to refute it!

    In fact, Senshoujian did not refute. He took a deep look at Urahara Kisuke and said in a deep voice: "You are right... For the entire Uehara clan, nothing is more important than rebirth from the dirty soil. That is the Uehara clan''s foothold. The foundation of the Soul World."

    "..."

    Urahara Kisuke slowly fell into thought.

    If he chooses to accept the proposal of Qianshoujianma and join the Uehara clan, he will be able to rescue the elite captains who are about to fall into the Void Gotei 13 team!

    These are the elite forces of the Gotei 13 team!

    It is also a powerful witness to prove that Aizen Soyousuke is a dark man!

    If these captain-level death gods were to lose in the blur event, the Gotei 13 team would have lost too much, and it would be very unfavorable to the situation in the entire Soul World!

    There was Urahara''s deputy captain inside.

    The life and death of the eight elite Reapers are tied together.

    This is a difficult time.

    Kisuke Urahara was sitting in the Technology Development Bureau, his expression becoming more and more ugly: "Mr. Senju Kama, can you wait for me to go to the 46th room of the Central Committee and let the 46th room of the Central Committee negotiate with the Uehara family, they will definitely give Give a not-low price..."

    "Huh, what do you think?"

    Senshoukan looked at Urahara Kisuke displeasedly, and said coldly: "The Uehara clan has proposed countless transactions to Seireitei and the Central Forty-Six, including countless tyrannical ghost methods, but they are still reluctant to give up. Check and balance the opportunity of the Uehara clan..."

    "So..."

    Kisuke Urahara slowly closed his eyes and sat down on the chair with a dejected face: "Mr. Feima, why do you think I am willing to give up Teacher Dou for these people?"

    Yes¡­

    People like Hirako Mako are just his colleagues!

    Is it really necessary to join the so-called Uehara clan for these people?

    Senshoujian held his arm and looked down at Kisuke Urahara sitting on the chair. There was a touch of complexity in his voice: "Because we have been observing you for a long time, Kisuke Urahara... Now, can you tell me your choice? "

    "I know."

    Kisuke Urahara lowered his head and whispered: "Mr. Senju Kuma, I don''t want to target my teacher... If this is the case, can our transaction continue? Will the Uehara clan still recruit me?"

    "Fine."

    Senshouji watched Urahara Kisuke, his expression gradually becoming more complicated, he was silent for a while, and then slowly said: "I will not help them strip away the void in their bodies. I will only tell you the way to curb it, even I won''t solve any troubles for you...because your value is only so much, then congratulations on becoming the **** of death of the Uehara clan."

    "Then...thank you."

    Kisuke Urahara finally let out a sigh of relief.

    He has almost exhausted his energy in order to understand the rescue of Pingzi Mako and others, and he is very grateful to be able to point out the direction for him at this time.

    Unfortunately¡­

    Urahara Kisuke didn''t know what he had lost.

    That night, Kisuke Urahara used a virtual spirit to create a collapsed jade, allowing Hirako Mako and others to successfully break through the limit of the **** of death and master the ability of the **** of death.

    That night, Kisuke Urahara and Yakushidou dismissed the relationship between apprentice and teacher.

    That night, Yakushidou sat alone in his room and stayed up all night. Urahara Kisuke was the disciple he seriously wanted to train, but he failed Akatsuki''s test after all.

    Despite this test...

    It seems inhumane.

    But it looks very simple.

    In fact, as long as Urahara Kisuke can prove his loyalty!

    He will have the opportunity to see the truth about the battle between Yakushidou and the Uehara clan, and even rescuing Hirako Mako and others will be a breeze...

    Unfortunately¡­

    Kisuke Urahara didn''t pass the test. In order to get a message that he could save people from Senjumana''s mouth, he chose to betray the pharmacist pocket.

    If Urahara did not intervene in this matter, the Uehara clan would not stand by and help Hirako Mako to maximize the benefits...

    But when Urahara stepped in...

    The death blur event became his test question.

    Unfortunately, Urahara Kisuke failed the assessment.

    After the death illusion incident, Urahara Kisuke became a member of the Uehara clan in name, but he never went to Uehara Castle...

    The Uehara clan asked Urahara Kisuke to obey the order and hand over the collapsed jade he made. Urahara Kisuke categorically rejected the order and severed his relationship with the Uehara clan!

    The courage of this guy is beyond imagination!

    Obviously Urahara is just using the Uehara clan!

    After playing with the Uehara clan, Urahara Kisuke went to ask his teacher for forgiveness, but Yakushitou chose to ignore him...

    After that, his life was not so easy.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke controlled the central 46 room to try Urahara Kisuke and Heiko Mako and others for a death blur experiment. UU Reading www. uuk¨¡nshu.com wants to sentence them all in one fell swoop!

    The Uehara family chose to stand by.

    Pharmacist pocket also chose to stand by.

    Fortunately, Urahara Kisuke and his former companion Sifengin Yaichi helped out, and with the help of Sifengin Yaichi, they escaped from the Soul World.

    This is not the beginning of Urahara''s good fortune...

    As a person who betrayed the Yakushi pocket and played with the Uehara clan, and also offended Aizen Soyousuke, who knows what he will be like...

    Someone planted a seed of evil, and the result must be the fruit of evil.

    Decades have passed.

    Urahara Kisuke will finally be forced to meet his destiny.

 Chapter 648ï¼š The shot brother, the defeated masked **** of death!

    Latest website: Kisuke Urahara''s betrayal is actually worthy of fun.

    Uehara Naraku''s test of Urahara Kisuke was actually hope that Urahara Kisuke would stick to the pharmacist pocket instead of jumping side to side between the Uehara clan and the pharmacist pocket.

    Even if Urahara Kisuke joined the Uehara clan in order to understand the rescue of Heirako Mako and others, he will eventually be abandoned by Uehara Naraku; if Urahara continues to be loyal to the pharmacist, he will receive a reward that he will never get in his life.

    Unfortunately¡­

    Kisuke Urahara seems to have no morals.

    Time returns to the present Mogi Town.

    A grievance reunion after a lapse of decades.

    A touch of impatience flashed across Qianshoujian¡¯s face, and he looked at the masked death gods in front of him coldly, and said solemnly: "Huh, it was the old man who gave him Bengyu¡¯s information back then, and asked him to make Bengyu. Your virtual experiment was successful..."

    "what?"

    Hirako Mako''s eyes wandered slightly.

    In the next moment, the former Captain of Death regained his cynical appearance, chuckled and said: "So this time Mr. Shima and Mr. Feima are dispatched for the collapse of Urahara?"

    "Do not."

    Qianshoujian''s eyes narrowed slightly, and he calmly said: "It''s just a semi-finished collapsed jade. My eldest brother and I are just to find out the murderer who assassinated Uehara Naraku..."

    After speaking, Qianshoujian''s face suddenly became cold, and he said in a deep voice: "Don''t talk nonsense... Brother... Take them down!"

    The voice fell.

    Senjue Zhuma, wearing a red plate armor, and Senjuekima, wearing a blue plate armor, disappeared in place at the same time, rushing in the direction of the Masked Legion!

    "Be careful!"

    Liuche Quanxi greeted him with his Zanpodao!

    Just as he wanted to stop Qianshoujian, the blue figure in his sight suddenly disappeared in front of him. This scene made his eyes constricted!

    That is¡­

    Is it similar to the instantaneous technique of the water gate?

    "Be careful¡­"

    Just when Jiu Nanbai had time to remind him of two words, he saw the figure of Qianshou Feijian appearing behind Liuche Quanxi!

    next moment¡­

    A kunai with a spell was nailed to Liucha Quanxi''s body!

    The spell was engraved with a technique that could hold the soul, and when it was nailed to Liuche Quanxi''s body, it caused Liuche Quanxi''s soul to stop directly!

    Regardless of the spiritual pressure on the body...

    Or the Zanpaku knife in his hand...

    Almost all fell into a state of silence!

    Qianshoujian retracted his palm with disdain, and didn''t look at Liucha Quanxi, who was immobilized by his spell, and flew toward the next enemy!

    Is this time one second?

    No, there should be none?

    Almost in an instant, Qianshoujian directly solved a captain-level death god, and even captured it directly without using his own Zhanpakuto!

    The other masked gods of death also noticed this scene. Each member quickly lifted his palm, and was about to put on a virtual mask to enter the state of blur!

    Only when it enters a state of blur...

    Maybe there is the power to resist!

    In addition to these people who participated in the battle, there were also members of the 10th Division of the Gotei 13th Team watching the battle, and the faces of every Reaper were full of shock!

    Even Shiba Yixin, the captain of the tenth squad, was a little surprised, with a few drops of cold sweat on his forehead, as if he could not believe that a member of the Masked Reaper was easily captured like this...

    "This is¡­"

    Matsumoto Ranju''s eyes were a little confused. He just stood there and murmured: "The legendary...the fifth official who dared not face the silver...Aren''t you?"

    Ichimarugin once mentioned to her...

    Don''t easily provoke the thirteen dead servants of the Uehara clan!

    Because the power of the thirteen deadpool far exceeds the captain-level **** of death of the Gotei thirteen team, especially the fifth seat officer Senjuma and the first seat officer Uchiha Madara in the thirteenth deadpool, absolutely... Never provoke!

    Compared with Qianshoujian...

    His brother Senjuju is obviously different!

    The palms between the Qianshouzhu suddenly closed, and a flash of seriousness flashed in his eyes, as he watched a group of masked death gods whispered softly: "Mu Dun¡¤Mu Clone!"

    More than a dozen wooden avatars grew out of the back of Senjujuma!

    In the next moment, Senjujuma and his wooden clone rushed towards the masked death gods, and the palms of each wooden clone were closed at the same time!

    "Mu Dun¡¤Wood Dragon Technique!"

    More than a dozen wooden dragons swarmed!

    A huge group of wooden dragons surrounded the masked death gods mightily!

    "Don''t underestimate people!"

    Yuan Shi Ri Shili put on his imaginary bone mask, brandished his Zanpaku Knife and smashed it towards the head of a wooden dragon!

    Just as the little girl''s Zan Poknife was about to fall on top of the wooden dragon''s head, vines suddenly grew out of the wooden dragon''s body, which tied the monkey persimmon Ri Shiri directly on top of the wooden dragon''s head!

    When Saru Shiri Seiri desperately tried to break free from the vine, she felt that the vine was quickly absorbing the spiritual power in her body, causing her body to lose a little bit of strength...

    even¡­

    Even the power in her body is also drawing little by little!

    In just a few seconds, the imaginary skeletal mask on the face of Saru Persimmon Hiyori came off, and the whole person was weakly trapped by the vine!

    "Be careful¡­"

    Yuan Shi Ri Shili turned his head to look at Hirako Mako who was fighting with a few wooden dragons, and exhausted his strength and said in a loud voice: "Stupid Mako...Be careful! Don''t be caught by them, you will lose Reiatsu! "

    "It''s too late to remind..."

    The girl in sailor suit Yajimaru Lisa looked at Saru Kaki Hiyori with some speechlessness, her body was also captured by the wooden dragon, and the virtual state disappeared directly because of the spiritual pressure being absorbed.

    Except for the two of them.

    Others are also being chased by a group of wooden dragons.

    Aichuan Luowu wielded his Zanpaku knife Tengumaru, and tried his best to smash the Tengumaru on the head of a wooden dragon, smashing the head of the wooden dragon!

    The wooden dragon that lost his head instantly lost its vitality, and the huge wooden dragon fell to the ground quickly, throwing up a large amount of dust...

    However, the other wooden dragon bit Aikawa Luowu''s body in one bite!

    In an instant, the spiritual pressure in Aichuan Luowu''s body was also completely absorbed by the wooden dragon!

    Fengqiaolou Juro never escaped the chase of the wooden dragon, he had just escaped the attack of a wooden dragon, and was pierced into the body by a kunai with a soul imprison charm!

    When Fengqiaolou Shiro was unable to move, Mulong roared and bit his body, absorbing the spiritual pressure in his body!

    The battle may only take less than a minute, and most of the members of the entire Masked Legion have been captured by the two brothers Senjujujuma and Senjujuma!

    The only masked death gods who can act on the entire battlefield are Hirako Mako, Akita Hachigen, and Kunanbai. Even they are trying their best to support...

    This gap in combat power...

    It makes people feel desperate involuntarily!

    It can even be said that there is no way to fight back!

    "Is it only this level?"

    Hirako Mako wears a mask of imaginary bones, and there is still a bohemian smile in her voice: "If this is the case, then I will start to fight back!"

    "Then I want to see..."

    The figure of Qianshou Jianma suddenly appeared behind Hirako Mako, and said in a cold voice: "How would you fight back? Do you use that reverse illusion?"

    "¡­Ah¡­"

    Hirako Mako chuckled, and suddenly he swung his Zanpaku Knife out with a red phantom flash, almost directly hitting the Qianshoujianma in front of him!

    Even if you can''t hit the thousand hands...

    It can also defeat the wood dragon roaring from behind Qianshoujian!

    next moment!

    Qianshoujian calmly raised his palm, UU reading www. The red phantom flash of uukanshu.com disappeared into his palm the moment it hit him!

    Just when Hirako Mako was a little surprised at how Qianshoujian absorbed the virtual flash, he heard a scream on the battlefield!

    A red flicker appeared out of thin air, and directly hit the girl Jiu Nanbai who was still fighting with the wooden dragon. A wooden dragon roared and bit Jiu Nanbai''s body and captured her!

    Hirako Mako''s eyes tightened, and he couldn''t help but look towards the battlefield of Bofeng Shuimen and Sifengyuan Yeyi, and muttered in a low voice: "This trick... is that guy''s Flying Thunder God..."

    "Huh, it''s not the little guy in Watergate."

    Qianshoujian slowly shook his head and sneered: "That is my technique, I am the creator of the Flying Thunder God technique."

 Chapter 649ï¼š It seems that this man uses forbidden techniques when he fights...

    Latest website: ?? If there is any prohibition that breaks the common sense and cannot find its inventor, then you might as well ask Qianshoujian, because it is generally invented by Qianshoujian.

    ?? The Flying Thunder God''s technique is just one of the many forbidden techniques created in a thousand hands, which can be passed down. Compared with his other forbidden techniques, it is far safer.

    ?? outside Motegi Town.

    ?? The battle only started for a minute.

    ?? Under the combined blows of Senjuema and Senjujuma, the members of the entire Masked Legion are now only two people, Mako Hirako and Hachikata Akimoto, who are still resisting.

    ?? Even in this situation...

    ?? The two of them can''t resist for long.

    ?? The former deputy head of the ghost road, Akita Hakuxuan, controlled the barrier to block him, avoiding being surrounded by a group of wooden dragons. He looked at his captured companions with a little horror on his face: "The Uehara Clan The official, really is as scary as the rumors..."

    ?? They, the former high-ranking officials of the Gotei 13 team, vaguely knew that the seat officials of the Uehara clan were powerful, and they also saw the wooden statue of the Buddha with one punch and knocked them out!

    ?? But as it is now, capturing their masked death gods lightly, like ravaging children, is still a bit unacceptable...

    ?? Hirako Mako''s face is more ugly than ever.

    ?? Originally, he wanted to use the blur to intimidate Thousands of Hands, but was transferred directly to Jiu Nanbai''s back by Thousands of Hands using the Thunder God, and instead harmed his companion...

    ?? "Reverse!"

    ?? Hirako Mako suddenly screamed the name of his own Zhanpakuto, and a deep voice activated the ability of his Zanpakuto: "Go down, Nishi!"

    ?? A weird scent suddenly radiated from his Zanpaku Knife...

    ?? The smell of this scent is so attractive, even the wooden dragon on the battlefield is attracted by the scent, making people want to smell it involuntarily!

    ?? This is Hirako Mako''s initial solution ability!

    ?? Once someone smells this scent, the up and down, front and back, left and right, the direction of seeing and the location of the attack will all become the opposite existence in his vision!

    ?? Strictly...

    ?? This is also a kind of illusion similar to hypnosis!

    ?? After smelling this scent, the world he saw in Qianshoujian''s line of sight has turned into an upside-down world!

    ?? "Interesting ability..."

    ?? Qianshoujian stared at the upside-down world, slowly closed his eyes, and whispered: "Brother, leave it to me here! Go and solve the ghost master..."

    ?? Under the recommendation, I am using the book chase app recently, [app?] cache reading, offline reading!

    ?? "Hahahahaha...well..."

    ?? Senjuzuzuma smiled awkwardly, scratched his head, and flew to the position of Akita Hachigen, leaving only a burst of hearty laughter.

    ??how to say?

    ?? Thousands of hands this person...

    ?? I always feel that IQ is a bit problematic.

    ?? Mako Hirako watched the Senjujuma leave, and couldn''t help but laughed, "Huh? Let her companion leave here... Does it seem to be worried about the ability of Nishi?"

    ??indeed.

    ?? Hirako Mako''s reversal is indeed terrifying.

    ?? It is even possible to accidentally hurt your companion.

    ?? No, if Hirako Mako chooses the …djie, it is indeed enough to make the enemies within the coverage of the reverse …djie kill each other.

    ?? But this trick is too dangerous...

    ?? It was once forbidden to be used in the world of corpses.

    ?? This trick was originally used by Mako Hirako to deal with the trump cards of the Qianshou brothers, but unfortunately before he could use it, the situation became a one-to-one state between Mako Hirako and Senshou.

    ?? And the ability to go against the brush...

    ?? It just happened to be of little help in heads-up.

    ?? "Huh, the old man is not worried about the ability of that Zanpaku knife..."

    ?? The fingers between the thousand hands paused, and he snorted nonchalantly: "The old man is worried that if your eldest brother''s mind is disturbed by your Zanpai Knife, this world city will be directly destroyed by him. Exhausted..."

    ?? When it comes to this, Senjukuma glanced at Uehara Naraku in the distance. Once Senjujuzuma was really seduced by the reversal Zanpaku Sword to make me go crazy regardless of the enemy, I don¡¯t know if Uehara Naraku will be. Stop it...

    ?? Although Uehara Naraku has not been so kind, but based on Senjuka¡¯s cognition, this guy seems to have a little bit of a bottom line...

    ?? Should, maybe, maybe, yes?

    ?? One more thing is worse than one less thing. It''s just that Hirako Mako is a masked **** of death. There is no need to spend too much money if I want to solve him...

    ?? "It''s just that the direction of vision is reversed..."

    ?? Thousands of hands snorted disdainfully, and the perception of Chakra and Reiatsu opened silently in an instant, and his fingers gradually stood on his chest.

    ?? For a person who is good at researching and developing techniques...

    ?? He has too many ways to solve this kind of trouble.

    ??"Ok?"

    ?? Hirako Mako tilted his head and looked at Qianshoujian in amazement. When he wanted to see what the second official wanted to do, a torrent of water suddenly swept across!

    ?? "Water escape... a big burst of water rushing!"

    ?? A stream of water suddenly gushed out of Qianshou''s mouth!

    ?? In an instant, this stream of water converged into an oval-shaped water ball, directly wrapping him and Heizi Mako in it!

    ?? The next moment, Qianshoujian opened his eyes abruptly, continued to put up his own finger prints, and whispered: "Even if the vision is restricted, it is enough to attack all areas without any difference. ¡­"

    ?? "The ability to directly change the terrain, this is too illegal!"

    ?? Hirako Mako quickly swims outside the water polo, he doesn''t want to fight with Senshou in the water, this is not in line with his character at all!

    ?? Will also limit his abilities!

    ?? "Want to escape?"

    ?? A trace of contempt flashed from the corners of Qianshou''s mouth. In this huge water ball formed by his spiritual pressure and Chakra, no movement could escape his perception!

    ?? The fingers close together between the thousand hands stood up again, and the corners of the mouth sneered coldly!

    ?? "The Twenty-One of Water Escape¡¤Dao Dao¡¤The Technique of Water Prison!"

    ?? In the next moment, a series of weird spells formed on the surface of the water polo, converging into a sealed enchantment, turning this place into a water prison!

    ?? Hirako Mako just swam outside the water polo, brandishing his Zanpaku Knife to open a gap, but he can''t do anything about the enchantment...

    ?? This kind of sealing ability, he is not very good at it!

    ?? Just as Hirako Mako was still trying to break through the seal barrier, waves of waves slowly rolled up behind his back, which attracted his attention...

    ??That is¡­

    ?? Water dragons are being formed!

    ?? Thousands of hands between the eyebrows are still closed, manipulating the water dragons to wander towards Hirako Mako, his face is indifferent: "Shui Dun''s Seventy-nine¡¤Broken Road¡¤Nine Dragon Bite!"

    ?? Huge water dragons roared and gathered together!

    ?? Hirako Mako¡¯s face flashed with exclamation, some incredulously looked at the huge water dragons, the corners of his mouth couldn¡¯t help but twitched: "Hey, this is a joke... there is such a thing in the Five Dragons Is it powerful?"

    ?? Even if the ninety-nine five dragons of the broken road are turned away...

    ?? From the power point of view, it is also faintly inferior to the Nine Dragons in Qianshoujian!

    ?? Of course, perhaps this is also because the person who practiced the Five Dragons to Destroy was not comparable to Qianshoujian in terms of spiritual pressure, but this does not mean that the power of Nine Dragons Bite Burst is too weak!

    ?? Hirako Mako looked at the swimming dragon, the expression on his face became more and more weird: "Anyway, this kind of ability should be a forbidden technique, and it was directly released so quickly. Is it really reasonable... Is there no record of such a technique in Seorei Ting?"

    ?? Of course, there will be no way to crack it in the Seireitei.

    ?? Because of the forbidden technique invented by Qianshoujian, many people can''t practice and learn, only he has the ability to use it.

    ?? What''s more, most of these forbidden techniques are included in the secret technique courtyard of the Uehara clan, which is specially set up to receive the forbidden techniques researched by Qianshoujian!

    ?? Strictly speaking...

    ?? Most of the forbidden arts are the ghost magic arts aimed at Seireitei.

    ?? For example, the Nine Dragon Blast used by Qianshoujian was developed to target Seireitei''s Ninety-Nine¡¤Five Dragons!

    ?? Qianshoujian has an unimaginable talent in researching bans and cracking bans. All the ghosts and techniques developed by the entire Goting 13 team hardly need too long. You can work out the corresponding cracking method!

    ?? What''s more terrifying is...

    ?? Qianshou Jianma will even combine ghost chanting and ninjutsu mudra, complementing each other to shorten the time and chanting sentences, and easily release powerful techniques!

    ?? "Hey, I gave up resisting..."

    ?? Hirako Mako looked at the roaring nine giant water dragons, slowly closed his eyes, and said loudly: "Speaking of which, anyway, the survivors don''t kill, right?"

    ?? "You know what you are interested in..."

    ?? Qianshoujian coldly snorted nonchalantly, waved away the water dragons, his figure gliding in the water rushed towards Mako Hirako, trying to bind Mako Hirako with a charmed kunai. .

    ?? Just as Qianshoujian rushed to face him, a mocking smile flashed across the corners of Hirako Mako''s mouth, and he waved the counterfeit in his hand and slashed towards the Senshoujian: "What are you kidding... Uncle Hirako Mako" How can you surrender!"

    ?? How could he surrender!

    ?? He is now the leader of the Masked Legion!

    ?? The next moment, Qianshou Jianma''s body was slashed by Hirako Mako, and his body was split into two by the Nishi in Hirako Mako''s hands!

    ?? When the second official was dealt with, there was even a touch of astonishment on his face, as if some people who could not believe that Hirako Mako would deceive him... Or, he could not believe that Hirako Mako dare to deceive. he!

    ??"Ok?"

    ?? Hirako Mako''s brows frowned slightly, and some weird noticed that Senshoukan was easily resolved by him. Just as he was a little surprised in his heart, the separated body of Senshoukan suddenly turned into spray!

    ?? Is this body fake!

    ?? No, from the perspective of Reiatsu, it doesn''t seem to be fake!

    ?? Not right, it is said that the Uehara clan has a secret technique that allows the **** of death to obtain a clone that is similar to his own ability!

    ?? Hirako Mako''s face changed suddenly, and he wanted to find the main body of Qianshoujian in the water. Originally, he was a little surprised that this Qianshoujian was so good to deceive, but he didn''t expect that the enemy would just use a fake body to talk to him. Are you fighting?

    ?? Outside the oval water prison.

    ?? Qianshoujian stood in mid-air, looking at Hirako Mako who was sealed by the water prison, with a dismissive expression on his face: "It is really a miscalculated expectation. The former Captain of the Gotei 13 team only had this ability. If you do, maybe you should consider the next step..."

    ?? At the moment when Hirako Mako used the reverse brush, Qianshoujian had already created his own moisture body and exchanged with the body for a long-range Thunder God!

    ?? Even if you are fighting a small character...

    ?? Thousands of hands will not let myself go deep into danger.

    ?? Because Senjukuma had already learned this lesson when he was Konoha''s second-generation Hokage during his lifetime, and that lesson was too painful...

    ?? Therefore, when Qianshou Jianma started to solve the problem, he had already left the range of the fragrance of the Nifushi Zanpaku knife...

    ??next moment.

    ?? Thousands of hands suddenly put up his fingers, quickly began to form handprints, and chanted in a low voice in his mouth: "The sea does not leave the river, the river does not hesitate, the lake does not resist the rain... Dragon, recovering from the storm..."

    ?? In an instant!

    ?? Clouds suddenly floated in the sky!

    ?? The air began to fall sparsely, dripping drops of rain, and gradually turned into a majestic rain, crashing on the earth!

    ?? I don¡¯t know when the ground has cracked cracks, and the currents of water go up in retrograde, and gradually flow into the oval water prison...

    ?? The surrounding creeks and rivers also seemed to start to flow backwards, and the small currents began to slowly converge towards the oval water prison...

    ?? Qianshoujian lowered his head and watched the oval-shaped water cell grow a little bit bigger, his chanting and knot printing also gradually came to an end, and his voice became lower and lower, as he whispered this technique like a whisper. The name: "...Shui Dunzhi 89¡¤Baodao¡¤Hundred Dragons Bite!"

    ?? As the singing of Qianshoujian came to an end, the torrential rain on the entire battlefield became heavier and heavier, and a strange roar appeared on the battlefield...

    ?? In the dungeon...

    ?? Suddenly set off a storm!

    ?? In the next moment, the water waves in countless areas changed into huge water dragons rushing towards Hirako Mako, and hundreds of water dragons roared towards Hirako Mako!

    ?? Fortunately, this is outside Motegi Town...

    ?? If these water dragons fall in Motegi Town, the impact of hundreds of water dragons alone will be enough to destroy the city!

    ?? Hirako Mako looked at this scene in astonishment. The smile hidden under the skeletal mask gradually became stiff. He couldn''t help but slowly raised his palm, as if he was smiling and saying, "Ha... Mr. Feijian, in fact, there is no deep hatred between us, so there is no need for such a big battle, right?"

    ?? "Cowardly kid..."

    ?? Thousands of hands were too lazy to pay attention to Hirako Mako, just raised his fingers, manipulated the water dragons to pounce on the leader of the masked legion, and completely defeated him!

    ?? The whistling water dragon hit Mako Hirako head-on with an impact, but the first water dragon made Mako Hirako as if his chest was hit by a sledgehammer directly on his whole body!

    ?? Hundreds of water dragons whizzed past!

    ?? After a long time.

    ?? Hirako Mako fell on his back to the ground.

    ?? As for the imaginary bone mask on his face, he had already been knocked off by the water dragon.

    ?? The leader of the Masked Legion completely lost his mobility. He stared at the sky in a trance, feeling that his body no longer belongs to him...

    ?? "Sorry, everyone..."

    ?? A hint of guilt flashed in Mako Hirako''s eyes, and the corner of his mouth whispered: "I''m really incompetent..."

    ?? "Be sober."

    ?? The voice of Yuan Shi Ri Shili fell in Hirako Mako¡¯s ears, and she was trapped on top of Mulong¡¯s head. She still did not delay her swearing at her companion: "Hirako, you idiot, be a little more sober. , We didn¡¯t pin our hopes on you either!"

    ??"Yeah yeah¡­"

    ?? The other masked gods of death also opened their mouths to comfort Hirako Mako. UU Reading www.uuk¨¡nshu.com

    ?? Although some words are a bit hurtful to say, but these masked gods of death have never been sure to defeat the Senju brothers. They have already expected failure such a thing...

    ?? The only thing I didn''t expect was...

    ?? Hirako Mako behaved a little badly.

    ?? Originally, these masked legions were just trying to buy some time for Urahara Kisuke, to buy enough time, so that Urahara Kisuke can solve the little patriarch of Uehara Naraku...

    ??Or¡­

    ?? Let Urahara Kisuke be able to persuade the little patron.

    ?? Before the arrival of any turning point, except for the little Patriarch Uehara Naraku who is their breakthrough, they have no chance of winning in terms of hard power.

 Chapter 650ï¼š Taken hostage, Urahara suffered persecution

    Latest website: Urahara Kisuke¡¯s thoughts are actually very Zhou Xiang.

    Because the information obtained from the Soul World was quite detailed, Urahara Kisuke considered the possibility of the appearance of brothers Senjujuma and Senjujuma.

    Before Senjujuma and Senjusuma brothers appeared, Urahara Kisuke had also communicated through the Masked Reaper Legion, hoping that they would show the power brought by the blur, so that the Uehara clan would not dare to act rashly against them.

    After all, after gaining the power of blur...

    Hirako Mako and a group of captain-level death gods have already broken through the limit.

    According to Urahara Kisuke¡¯s idea, not to mention that he could defeat the Senjujutsuma and Senjukuma brothers, at least he can entangle for a considerable amount of time, let the Uehara clan know that their expelled people are not the existence of anyone else...

    however¡­

    The Masked Legion was defeated too fast!

    In other words, the thirteen dead servants of the Uehara clan are too powerful!

    After this confrontation, even a few minutes before the frontal battle, the entire Masked Legion had been completely defeated. When Hirako Mako was defeated by Senshouzuma, Senjuzuma also relied on his own tyrannical force. The power defeated Akada Hachigen.

    The entire Masked Legion was easily captured...

    In this battle, Qianshou Zhuma and Qianshoushou didn''t use their own Zanpakuto at all, and the gap between the combat power of the two sides was so big that it was a bit helpless.

    Compared to their battle here...

    The battle on the other side is about to end.

    Bo Feng Shuimen used the technique of Flying Thunder God to suppress the black cat Zhan Ji form Sifengyuan Yeyi, and captured the woman he had captured once again.

    The entire battlefield...

    Urahara Kisuke no longer has any advantage.

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the masked gods of death who had been captured alive, and said softly, "They don''t seem to be the opponents of Mr. Zhuma and Mr. Kuma... I just don''t know that the one who attacked me and Captain Aizen was hidden by you. where is it¡­"

    "That person should have nothing to do with the Masked Legion..."

    Urahara Kisuke''s brows wrinkled slightly.

    According to the news from the corpse soul world, a young man wearing a mask of imaginary bones assassinated Uehara Naraku and severely injured Aizen Soyousuke.

    This kind of thing...

    It can only deceive ignorant people.

    Aizen Soyousuke is not that easy to solve!

    Just a guy who can directly release Duankong without singing, how could he be seriously injured by a sneak attack by a masked **** of death!

    However, this works very well...

    Because Aizen Soyousuke was injured to protect Naraku Uehara.

    It is precisely because of this that the little patriarch, Naraku Uehara, spared no effort to trace the real culprit, and the entire Uehara clan also supported his actions.

    If everyone is pure and ignorant, in fact, the giants of the corpse soul world of Uehara should owe a favor to Ai Ran Soyousuke.

    right now¡­

    Uehara Naraku''s performance is as if he owes Aizen a favor.

    "Mr. Urahara..."

    Uehara Naraku''s brows frowned slightly, and he said solemnly: "I can''t tell whether what you said is true or false, but according to the information I know, you are the only sinner who has carried out the death blur experiment in these years..."

    "and many more¡­"

    Kisuke Urahara couldn''t help interrupting Naraku Uehara.

    This sentence is a little bit of a hat, right?

    What is the only sinner who has carried out the experiment of fainting death in these years!

    Are you Uehara clan clean? So a big clan must have conducted forbidden surgery experiments in private more than once, right?

    Decades ago, when Qianshoujian met Urahara, he had admitted that they had already carried out a death blur experiment by the Uehara clan!

    However, without waiting for Urahara Kisuke to explain, Uehara Naruko shook his head and stopped what he wanted to say, his face gradually became serious: "There is no need to explain, Mr. Urahara, please don''t force me to do something rude to you. ¡­"

    "what?"

    Kisuke Urahara couldn''t help holding his cane tightly.

    Among his walking sticks is his Zanpodao Hongji!

    Just when the Reiatsu on Urahara Kisuke was about to riot, the figures of Uchiha Daido and Uchiha Itachi suddenly appeared from a time-space vortex, floating by Uehara Naraku to protect their patron.

    Urahara Kisuke had to suppress the thoughts in his heart, because he was not sure of victory in the face of this group of people...

    Besides...

    Both Shifengin Yeichi and the Masked Legion have been captured by the Uehara clan.

    "Little Patriarch, even if you catch us, it''s useless."

    Kisuke Urahara played with his palm, slowly stretched out his hand to support his hat, and whispered: "Because I don''t even know who the mask that assassinated Aizen was...We are just innocent people living in seclusion in this world..."

    Urahara Kisuke was a bit self-defeating.

    Even in front of Uehara Naraku, Urahara Kisuke didn''t mind selling miserably.

    "Ok?"

    Uehara Naraku frowned slightly.

    At this moment, he seemed like a newcomer who was at a loss. He didn''t know what to do with Urahara Kisuke... After all, he has always been a kind person.

    Kisuke Urahara looks...

    It is indeed quite innocent in this matter.

    The next moment, Uehara''s expression was a little weird.

    Isn''t this nonsense!

    Of course Urahara Kisuke is innocent!

    In the assassination, only Uehara Naraku and Aizen Soyousuke were acting with each other. Urahara Kisuke was just a victim who was inserted by the way. He happened to have hatred with both Uehara Naruko and Aizen Soyousuke who were behind the scenes...

    Uehara Naraku really figured out how to deal with it...

    It''s just that this bad guy really can''t be done by him.

    Uehara Naruko''s brow furrowed, as if his face was a little wandering, his fingers slowly erected in his sleeves.

    next moment¡­

    Qianshoujian flew over under his control.

    "If you don''t want to hand over the murderer, then force him to hand over!"

    The figure of Senshoukaima floated by Uehara Naraku''s side, and snorted coldly: "Although Urahara Kisuke doesn''t know who the murderer is, he is the most suspicious!

    Let''s take away all his companions first, and wait until he finds out the truth and hand over the murderer to us, and then release his companions!

    If you are really innocent...

    Then show evidence that you are innocent! "

    "This¡­"

    A little hesitation appeared on Uehara Naraku''s face.

    "As the Patriarch, what are you still hesitating about!"

    Qianshoujian couldn''t help but want to scold someone. Uehara manipulated him to be a bad guy. What kind of good guy is he playing here?

    When Senjuka wanted to scold Uehara Naraku...

    Kisuke Urahara also wanted to scold the fifth official in Senshou Kenma.

    It is true that his teacher, Pharmacist, has been a little awed. He is really despicable to a certain level. This group of people can''t find the real murderer, so they come to trouble him as a suspect. Is this human?

    Urahara Kisuke''s eyes suddenly became cold, and his voice suppressed an anger: "Mr. Feima meant that he used Yeichi Heiko to threaten me to help you find the murderer, right?"

    A serious look flashed across Kisuke Urahara''s face. He stared at Naraku Uehara, as if asking questions, and said, "Is this the attitude of the Uehara clan for innocent people?"

    "Ok?"

    Qianshoujian turned his head to look at Urahara Kisuke, a flash of contempt flashed on his face, and he said in a cold voice: "Who do you think you are? Once a disciple of Yakushitou, the old man can still look up at you. Now you are. It''s just a traitor and abandoned son of the Uehara clan..."

    Senshou looked at Kisuke Urahara, who was violently discolored, and continued with a cold snort: "If you are not the real culprit behind the scenes, then find out the evidence of the real culprit!

    I can save your life today because the old man thinks that you are still a little human in the little devil, to find out the murderer and come back to the corpse world in exchange for your companion..."

    "There are only two roads before you now!"

    Senshoujian watched Urahara Kisuke, and said coldly: "If you can persuade the Central Forty-Six Room and the 13 Deadpool Council, then go to the Soul World with the old man to be tried together; if you want to rescue Sifeng Yuan Yeyi and the group of masked little ghosts, then take the murderer who is trying to assassinate Naraku and go to Uehara City to find the old man!"

    Kisuke Urahara certainly couldn''t go to trial.

    Because once he goes to trial, no one will save him this time.

    This is also Uehara Naraku''s plan.

    It didn''t help to take Urahara Kisuke here.

    Since Urahara Kisuke was indeed innocent in this matter, it would be better to just capture Yoichi Shikaein and the Masked Legion, and force the reclusive person Urahara Kisuke to act and find trouble with Aizen Soyousuke!

    In the assassination of Uehara Naraku and Aizen, according to Urahara Kisuke''s mind, he must be able to guess that Aizen Soyousuke was behind the scenes, just let these two guys touch!

    "I know."

    Kisuke Urahara stretched out his palm and stroked his hat, and whispered: "I will find out the truth and hand the murderer to you... I hope you won''t regret it when you know the truth."

    There seems to be no better choice.

    Besides...

    Kisuke Urahara has already speculated.

    No, or there is no need to speculate at all, it must have been done by Aizen Soyousuke, who also secretly conducted the blur experiment!

    As long as the truth can be found...

    It seems good that Uehara''s clan can recognize the true face of Aizen Soyousuke. It just so happens that Urahara and Aizen Soyousuke have an indispensable hatred!

    Then take advantage of this opportunity, UU reading www.uukanshu. Go to com to take down the true face of Aizen Soyousuke!

    I hope that these arrogant and arrogant guys of Uehara will not regret their performance at this moment in the future!

    If they knew that the murderer who assassinated Aizen who they wanted to find out at this time was actually the person behind the scenes of Aizen Soyousuke, when the truth is solved, the faces of the Uehara clan will be wonderful!

    Hope they...

    Will not be too regretful and ashamed!

    "I will find out all of this as soon as possible..."

    Urahara Kisuke raised his head to look at Uehara Naraku, and asked softly: "But before that, Yaichi and Heiko and others will ask the little patron to take care of them... and please be sure not to let them fall into the hands of the central 46 room. "

    Except for Naru Uehara, the teacher who once praised kind people...

    Kisuke Urahara didn''t believe the other members of the Uehara clan at all.

 Chapter 651ï¼š Kisuke Uraharas trump card, another product of the collapsed jade, is Bai Jue!

    The latest website: outside Motegi Town.

    Uchiha Daido and Uchiha Itachi took all the friends of Kisuke Urahara, including the Masked Legion and Yoichi Shikaedinin, into the divine space, leaving only Kisuke Urahara.

    After all his friends were taken away, Kisuke Urahara sat alone on a rock outside in Motegi Town, looking a little depressed.

    The mood of Urahara Kisuke now makes him feel more complicated than he was framed by Ai Ran Soyousuke in the past, and even the situation is more difficult than in the past.

    Uehara Naraku was standing next to a space gap, looking at Urahara Kisuke on the ground, and couldn''t help but chuckled, "It seems that the interns we used to recruit in seem to be in a bad mood now..."

    "How can you be in a good mood after experiencing this kind of thing?"

    Thousands of hands floated beside Uehara, and snorted coldly: "It''s really bad behavior. It took away all the fetters around him..."

    This guy¡­

    I really don''t do human affairs anymore.

    Uehara Naraku slowly shook his head, and continued with a chuckle: "This is wrong... If he doesn''t take all his friends at this time, how can he trust another friend?"

    "Is that a friend..."

    Qianshou could not help grinding his teeth while listening.

    How embarrassed this guy said it!

    "Let''s go!"

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Urahara Kisuke one last time, his fingers were slightly raised, and he whispered, "Send him another rain before leaving... I hope it will make him feel better."

    The voice did not fall.

    Dark clouds slowly accumulate in the sky.

    The sparse rain fell again.

    Uehara Nana landed in the Senjumon, Senjuju, Namifengmizumon, Uchiha Taido, Uchiha Itachi and others, and turned around and entered the space rift.

    As for Shiba Isshin and the Shinigami of the tenth team, they have already returned to the corpse world to return to Yamamoto Motoryuzai Shigekuni, hoping that Yamamoto Shigekuni can negotiate with the Uehara clan to protect the former Shinako captain Hirako Mako. Ting 13 team detained.

    Motegi Town.

    After everyone left.

    A white figure slowly emerged from the ground, and it approached Urahara Kisuke, holding a huge plantain as an umbrella, shielding Urahara Kisuke from the rain.

    "It doesn''t seem to be in a good mood... Urahara."

    "what?"

    Urahara Kisuke slowly raised his head and looked at the white figure that appeared in the line of sight under the brim of the hat. He couldn''t help but said, "Yeichi and Heiko, they were all taken away by the Uehara clan. It''s weird when you are in a good mood at this time. Right?"

    "Sorry."

    The white figure grinned and showed his teeth: "If my strength can be stronger... Forget it, I still feel that even if I become stronger, I have no confidence in resisting the monsters of the Uehara clan, so Still not going to die."

    "Your comforting words are really low..."

    Urahara Kisuke shook his head helplessly, and sighed lightly, "I don''t know if other Baijue are as low as you in EQ..."

    Bai Jue.

    Urahara Kisuke made the accompanying products when he made the collapsed jade.

    Because Urahara Kisuke made Bengyu''s material for the soul and spirit of the virtual, when he first saw the creature like Bai Jue, he even thought it was a new-born big virtual.

    As a result, Urahara Kisuke later discovered that Bai Jue and Da Xu were somewhat different. Bai Jue''s combat ability was not strong, and his only ability might be that he was good at hiding.

    No, one more point.

    That is, it can be reproduced by the technique of spores.

    After getting Baijue for the first time, Kisuke Urahara discovered that Baijue''s spore art could absorb spirits and quickly multiply other Baijue. He was almost shocked at the time!

    If Bai Jue can reproduce infinitely with the technique of spores, and no one can restrict them, this kind of creature can even occupy the entire world!

    fortunately¡­

    Bai Jue''s IQ is very low.

    Otherwise, I really don''t know how much harm this group of guys will cause!

    Now standing in front of Urahara Kisuke is the original Baijue body. After Baijue''s body was born, he believed that Urahara Kisuke, who made the collapsed jade, was his master and had been working for Urahara Kisuke.

    Unfortunately¡­

    Even Bai Jue''s body.

    Its intelligence does not seem to be too high.

    Its combat power is also far inferior to the Masked Reaper.

    Therefore, besides occasionally wanting to investigate information, Urahara Kisuke seldom uses Shiraizu at other times, but this also provided him a huge help.

    It''s because of Bai Jue...

    Urahara Kisuke found out some secret information of the Uehara clan!

    For example, the young master of Naraku Uehara was very strong when he was practicing. For example, Uchiha Madara, the head of the thirteen deadpools of the Uehara clan, has a special hobby...

    These secrets are actually quite interesting sometimes.

    It was because of Shirazutsu''s information that Urahara knew that the little patron of Uehara Naraku was really kind by nature, so he believed that Uehara Naraku was deceived by Aizen Soyousuke.

    And it is precisely because of Bai Jue who can provide information...

    Kisuke Urahara dared to agree, and tried every means to find out the real culprit in the assassination of Uehara Naruko, and find out the evidence that Aizen Soyousuke manipulated everything!

    This time is Aizen Soyousuke''s opportunity to take the opportunity to attack the insiders of Urahara Kisuke and the Masked Legion. Isn''t it the opportunity of Urahara Kisuke?

    Urahara Kisuke has long wanted to find a chance to expose Ai Ran Soyousuke''s true face, but he has never had the opportunity to intervene in the Soul World!

    The Uehara clan wanted to use him...

    Didn''t he want to take the opportunity to use the Uehara clan to return to the corpse soul world!

    After all, it is not an easy task for a sinner who was expelled by the Soul World to return to the Soul World to overthrow the captain of the fifth division of the Huting 13th Team!

    In particular, the entire central 46 room may already be under the control of Ai Ran Soyousuke. If you want to bypass the authority of the central 46 room, you can only use the power that can match the power of the central 46 room. The rich clan!

    Originally, Kisuke Urahara wanted to solve Aizen Soyousuke with the help of Yakushitou and the zero division, but it is a pity that his teacher Yakushito was completely disappointed in him and completely cut off contact with him...

    This is something Urahara particularly regrets.

    "Urahara, do I need to do something now?"

    Bai Jue looked at Kisuke Urahara without knowing what Kisuke Urahara was thinking. He just smiled and continued: "If I were to rescue Miss Yaichi from the Uehara clan, it would be very difficult..."

    After saying this, Bai Jue scratched his head again, and said with a grin: "If I were to monitor Ai Ran Soyousuke, there would be some difficulty... There is also a nemesis of mine next to him. ¡­"

    "I know."

    Kisuke Urahara nodded slowly, and said in a low voice: "It''s the guy called Kurozu, right? That''s the accessory that he used to make Bengyu with the soul of death..."

    There will always be opposing sides in this world.

    In other words, light and darkness, front and back, shadow and sun.

    No, or it is not an absolute opposition, but a complementary relationship.

    When Ai Ran Soyousuke used the soul of the **** of death to make Bengyu, he got a monster called Heizue; when Urahara used his soul to make Bengyu, he got a creature called Hakuze.

    Both organisms have their own advantages.

    Heijue under Ai Ranzunyousuke''s hands seems to have a powerful force. Whether to restrain Baijue''s existence, he can not only swallow the void, but also swallow the creature that merged with Baijue to make himself stronger.

    Unfortunately, there is absolutely only one black.

    But Bai Jue, who is under Assistant Urahara, can multiply infinitely through the spore technique, becoming a monster that will never disappear, and can even be attached to the **** of death to devour the spiritual power of the **** of death.

    According to Urahara Kisuke''s guess, the characteristics of the two creatures, Heijue and Bai Zee, are just related to the characteristics of Bengyu.

    For example, Aizen Soyousuke¡¯s Heijue was created using the soul of the **** of death, so it was precisely to restrain the corresponding creature of Xu; Urahara Kisuke¡¯s Bai Zetsu was created by using the soul of the virtual, and it happened to be able to restrain the **** of death, who is opposed to the **** of death. .

    "Check it out for me..."

    Kisuke Urahara stroked his palm, and whispered: "You don''t need to monitor him, monitor his subordinates, and see if any of his subordinates have been subjected to a death blur experiment by him, the one who assassinated Uehara Naraku, It was definitely sent by him..."

    "Okay!"

    Bai Jue smiled and nodded, his body slowly sinking into the earth, and he said with a low smile: "Hehehehe...I will arrange it now, and when I arrange enough manpower, I will send them to the corpse soul. World, we just need to wait for the news..."

    It¡¯s just that when Bai Jue slowly sank into the ground, it suddenly came out again. There was only one head on the ground and suddenly persuaded, ¡°Oh, yes, Urahara, don¡¯t get too much rain, it¡¯s not good for your health. ¡­"

    "I know."

    Kisuke Urahara couldn''t help holding his forehead and cursed inwardly: "But can you think about it a little bit more, I am wearing a corpse now. This corpse is broken, and it''s just a replacement. what¡­"

    Although that''s what I said...

    But Kisuke Urahara still felt a touch of warmth in his heart.

    What I have to say is that although Bai Jue is a group of idiots, their hearts are indeed kind, even more likable than those dark and treacherous death gods in the corpse soul world.

    "Really..."

    Kisuke Urahara supported the hat on his head with the palm of his hand, and sighed softly: "If Xu can be like Baijue, maybe there will be no more disputes in this world..."

    Unfortunately.

    Kisuke Urahara didn''t think about it.

    In Urahara Kisuke''s opinion, he was an idiot creature. The first thing after leaving him was not to complete the task he explained, but to meet a person that Urahara Kisuke could never imagine.

    Bai Jue went to see Hei Jue.

    The two of them belong together.

    After leaving Urahara Kisuke, this Bai Zetsu hurried to see Kazuki without regard to the affection he had just performed. These two creatures, who were cited as supporters by Urahara Kisuke and Aizen Soyousuke respectively, often secretly secretly secretly talk to each other. Handover information...

    After all, they are two old colleagues who have worked together for many years!

    Even this is the third world where the two of them work together!

    late at night.

    At this moment.

    Hei Jue was melancholy in a supermarket.

    Because it is about to start a task assigned by Uehara Naraku to find a way to bankrupt the supermarket that had been rude to Uehara Naraku.

    "Huh? What are you doing?"

    Bai Jue''s body slowly floated out of the ground.

    Because in its line of sight, Heijue shook a can of Coke vigorously, and then put the Coke back into the distance. This scene looked very strange...

    "It''s okay... Is there any information on Urahara Kisuke?"

    Kuro Zetsu shook his head, turned his head and glanced at Bai Zetsu who appeared next to him, suppressing the thought that he wanted to complain about Uehara Naraku.

    Because it knows...

    Bai Jue likes to die.

    What if Shirazue this guy suddenly spread Uehara Naraku''s careful eyes, that would not be a good thing!

    "It feels weird..."

    Bai Jue glanced at the supermarket shelf in surprise, and started talking about the business with a low smile: "Hehehehe... Uehara took the group of people from Senjukan and took away Urahara Kisuke¡¯s friends, forcing Urahara Kisuke to find the assassination. The murderer of Ai Ran Soyousuke looks like a bad guy!

    But Urahara Kisuke has already agreed.

    Now Kisuke Urahara has determined that it is Aizen Soyousuke who is responsible, and wants me to monitor Aizen Soyousuke''s subordinates and find out who has performed the death blur experiment among Aizen''s subordinates.

    Is there any information that I can give him? "

    This is Bai Jue''s method.

    Once it encounters Urahara and asks it to investigate Aizen Soyousuke, Bai Zetsu directly comes to Heizue, and from Heizue he can get Aizen Soyousuke''s information.

    It can take information directly from Heijue, Aizen Soyousuke''s powerful subordinate, is there an easier way than this?

    "Ho **** ho ho... just right."

    Hei Jue smiled sadly, and said in a low voice: "You can go back and tell Urahara Kisuke that Aizen Soyousuke has already left the corpse world, and his traces have not appeared in this world, even his There is still an empty breath around..."

    "Okay, any more?"

    "These are enough."

    Kurozuru grinned a weird smile: "As long as you tell Urahara Kisuke this, he will doubt the virtual circle... It just so happens that our manpower in the virtual circle is unprecedentedly sufficient. As long as Urahara is willing, he can find a lot. Evidence about Aizen!"

    indeed.

    As long as Urahara Kisuke is willing to enter the virtual circle, UU Reading Oshamaru and the others can always find ways to send a bunch of evidence that Aizen Soyousuke made a broken face to Urahara Kisuke!

    Even though Aizen Soyousuke hasn''t created a big emptiness yet...

    They can also think of a way to throw the black pot on Ai Ran Soyousuke''s body!

    "Hehehehe...understood."

    Bai Jue slowly sank back into the ground. Before leaving, he suddenly added: "Speaking of which, will Lan Ran Soyousuke **** during this time?"

    "¡­will not."

    Heijue''s voice seemed to suppress his anger.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke is not a human being, he is a **** of death, and all the food and water that the **** of death eats is the energy that supports the activities of the spiritual body!

    What''s more, Bai Jue asked all the devil''s questions. After so many years, how could Bai Jue still not get rid of this stinking problem!

 Chapter 652ï¼š The returning blue dye? Adding a doctor?/a>

    You can search for "behind-the-scenes cool notebook novels from Hokage ( in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    The corpse soul world.

    In the Seorei Palace.

    Ever since Uehara Naraku and the others have put all the members of Yoichi Shikaedin and the Masked Reaper under house arrest from the present, the atmosphere in Seireitei has become a little tense.

    After all, the Masked Reapers were once the captains of the Gotei 13 team.

    Yamamoto Shigekuni summoned the current captains of the Gotei 13 team for a meeting to discuss how to get Hirako Mako and Yoichi Shikaedin back.

    Interestingly¡­

    Uehara Naraku is also on the list as the deputy captain of the fifth squad.

    Perhaps this was Yamamoto Shigekuni''s request. This old man was obviously uneasy and hoped that the matter could be resolved through Uehara Naraku.

    "After all, they were once the captain of the Gotei 13 team..."

    Yamamoto Motoryusai coughed a few times, and slowly said: "It is not appropriate to have been detained by the Uehara clan..."

    "Huh? There is nothing wrong with it, right?"

    Uncle Jingle Chunshui leaned on his chair, trimmed his nails leisurely, and said with a light smile: "They were suspected of assassinating the Patriarch of the Uehara clan. I think it is reasonable to keep them in Uehara City. , As long as the Uehara clan doesn¡¯t use any lynching, just putting them under house arrest is not a big deal..."

    "Huh? Chunshui?"

    A hint of doubt flashed across Yamamoto Shigekuni''s face.

    The other captains of the entire Gotei thirteen team looked at each other a little, and I really don¡¯t understand why Ky¨­raku Chunshui spoke for the Uehara clan?

    Even Uehara Naraku is a little skeptical...

    Is this Jingle Chunshui also a spy arranged by his subordinates?

    This is a bit unrealistic, right? Ky¨­raku Chunshui has been following Shigekuni Yamamoto Motoryusai, and there seems to be no chance of penetration, right?

    Besides...

    Jingle Chunshui will become the captain of the next generation Gotei 13 team! Is it necessary to continue his myth in the world of pirates in this world of death?

    This time, it was obvious that Uehara Naraku thought too much.

    Yamamoto Moto-Yusai Shigekuni was puzzled. After a moment, his face seemed to understand. He knew his disciple very well. He just said, "Chunsui, don''t ruin Goteban''s honor for the momentary emotions, Hirako." Mako and the others carried out the blur experiment privately, so they should be tried by the 46th Room of the Central Committee..."

    When talking about this, Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni slowly closed his eyes, and continued to add softly: "Yagomaru Lisa used to be your companion, and there is no exception..."

    Worthy of being the teacher of Jingle Chunshui.

    Yamamoto Shigekuni had already figured out what his disciple Kyraku Chunsui was thinking about and why he wanted to defend the Uehara clan.

    Because Lisa Yajimaru was once the deputy captain of Ky¨­raku Harumizu, and he ordered Lisa Yajimaru to replace the Okini Daichi to support the ninth squad. However, Lisa Yajimaru fell into a death blur event and was killed. Framed as an experimenter of death blurring.

    This incident has also made Jingle Chunshui guilty all the time.

    According to the order of the 46th Chamber of the Central Committee, both Hirako Mako and Yagomaru Lisa should be the candidates to be executed. Once they are taken back to the Gotei 13 team, it is estimated that they will be sent to the execution stand.

    of course.

    If Lisa Yagomaru was hiding in Uehara Castle, even the 46th room in the center would have no choice but to find a way to get people back first.

    Ky¨­raku Harumi didn''t want to see Yajimaru Lisa enter the execution platform after being captured. All he can do now is to say a few words at this meeting so that Yajimaru Lisa can live in Uehara Castle.

    Unfortunately¡­

    The idea of ??Ky¨­raku Chunshui was completely understood by the old man Shigekuni Yamamoto.

    It¡¯s just that Ky¨­raku Chunsui didn¡¯t seem to intend to deliberately conceal it. He just chuckled loosely before continuing: ¡°What if the Uehara clan is unwilling to hand them over? Hirako and Lisa were both captured by the Uehara clan. Where''s the sinner..."

    When Ky¨­raku Harumi said this, he turned to look at Uehara Naraku: "Speaking of which, Vice Captain Uehara, I heard that the second official of your clan, Mr. Zhuma and the fifth official of the clan, caught the people. , It seems that some agreement has been made..."

    "Yes."

    Uehara Naraku nodded seriously, and responded in a low voice: "Because it is impossible to directly find out the actual evidence of Urahara''s plot to plan the assassination... In order to let him prove his innocence, Mr. Toma allowed him to investigate the truth."

    The current captain of the second division, Broken Bee, couldn''t help but lifted his legs and whispered: "In order to prove his innocence, he will put his friend under house arrest in Uehara Castle, or hand him over to our mobile team. Detain it..."

    Because Yoichi Sifengin was the former captain of the second division and the former boss of Broken Bee, she felt complicated for her boss.

    natural¡­

    Broken Bee also didn''t want to see Sifengyuan Yeyi being imprisoned in Uehara City as a prisoner. She didn''t want to see the desolate Yeyi!

    What''s more, the identity of Broken Bee is not ordinary.

    In addition to being the captain of the second squadron, Shattered Bee also serves as the commander-in-chief of a hidden mobile unit independent of the Gotei 13th squadron.

    On the surface, perhaps the covert mobile unit should be on the same level as the Guarding 13th team, and has been responsible for monitoring, patrolling and even executing the death god.

    It¡¯s just that these years, because the former commander-in-chief of the covert mobile force, Shifengin Yaichi and the current Shattered Bee are both the captains of the second squadron of the Gotei 13th squadron, they both prefer their own squad captains. As a result, As a result, the covert mobile unit seems to be gradually becoming a subordinate of the second squad...

    Of course this is only on the surface.

    In fact, the entire hidden mobile unit has been infiltrated by the Uehara''s death gods, and this hidden organization has not escaped the Uehara''s sight.

    After thinking about it for a while, Uehara Naraku slowly lowered his head and said, "I will raise this matter to Mr. Touma, but... Captain Shattered Bee, I still feel that we don''t need to hurt them until we find out the truth..."

    "..."

    Broken Bee fell silent.

    After a while, Broken Bee suddenly asked: "I know, will Uehara Castle be open during this time? I want to see the woman who left the second team."

    "I... can''t be the master."

    Uehara Naraku''s face was a little restrained, and he explained softly, "Because of the time of the previous assassination, Mr. Shuma and they were a little nervous..."

    "Come on with the aura of your Patriarch a little bit?"

    Broken Bee frowned slightly, dissatisfied with Uehara Naraku.

    Because in addition to the duties of the Gotei 13 team, Shattered Bee was also a **** of death from a lower-level nobleman, and she didn''t like Uehara Naraku''s cowardly appearance.

    It''s a pity that she can''t say much...

    Seriously...

    The lower-level aristocratic bee family where Broken Bee is located is actually quite different from the Uehara clan. This kind of aristocracy can''t even grasp his own destiny.

    Yamamoto Motoyusai Shigekuni glanced at Broken Bee, and then changed the subject: "Okay, don''t talk about it, now we are discussing negotiations with the Uehara clan..."

    After speaking, UU read www.uukanshu. com Yamamoto Shigekuni looked at his disciple: "Hatsumi, after you leave, you go to the Uehara clan to visit Mr. Feima, hoping to hand over the little guys like Mako Hirako and Yoichi Sifengin to the central 46 room for trial..."

    As the captain...

    What Yamamoto Shigekuni wants to maintain is the authority of the Gotei 13 team and the center 46 room!

    It is a pity that not many captains on the scene seem to take this authority in their eyes. After the meeting was disbanded, Ky¨­raku Harumi did not abide by the order, but brightly invited Uehara Naraku to gather with him...

    This gathering...

    It sounds a bit sloppy.

    It happened at this time.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke returned to the corpse soul world.

    No, in other words, after receiving the news, Aizen Soyousuke had to return to the Soul World, because the masked death **** and others he wanted to kill fell into the hands of the Uehara clan!

    This is not in line with his plan...

    Once the masked **** of death surrendered too much news in the Uehara clan, Aizen Soyousuke was very worried that this might affect his position in Uehara Naraku''s heart!

    Aizen Soyousuke wants to make the Patriarch Uehara Naraku his own!

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Start reading from Naruto: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click "Favorites" below to record the reading record of this time (Chapter 653 Return of Aizen Soyousuke), and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 653ï¼š Blue dye? Add medicine to show off? Warm?/a>

    You can search for "behind-the-scenes cool notebook novels from Hokage ( in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    Seireitei Ambulance Center.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke returned to his ward.

    Now Ai Ran Soyousuke is still the captain of the fifth division who was seriously injured by the attack. This man will always play the role he should play.

    Before Aizen Soyousuke entered the virtual circle, he had been using Kagaka Shuiyue to manipulate the five senses of the death gods in the ambulance, so that he did not reveal any flaws. However, after Uehara Nakaku returned, Aizen Soyousuke believed that Kyoka Suzuki might not be effective for the Uehara family .

    And Aizen Soyousuke knew very well that the first thing Uehara Naraku did when he returned to the soul world should be to visit him as the captain. This was his knowledge of Uehara Naraku.

    Obviously...

    Ai Ran Soyousuke didn''t guess wrong.

    Because Uehara Naraku learned from the virtual circle that after Aizen had returned to Seireitei, he went to visit Aizen Soyousuke who was still in the hospital according to his personal settings.

    All this is a cycle.

    Uehara Naraku believed that as long as he returned to the Soul World, Aizen Soyousuke would also return from the virtual circle, just in time for Urahara Kisuke to go to the virtual circle to investigate the truth.

    As long as Urahara Kisuke obtains sufficient evidence that Aizen Soyousuke has carried out the death blur experiment and manipulated the imaginary circle in private, coupled with the arrangement of Tosenya who may be backstabbed at any time by Senjuku, he will be able to put the blue The true face of dye is directly exposed...

    This kind of thing...

    Uehara Naraku is particularly skilled.

    Back then, Naraku Uehara was still a cute new from scratch, so he arranged Uchiha''s soil with the help of the operation of eating two heads by one person...

    Seireitei Ambulance Center.

    When Uehara Naraku came here to visit Aizen Soyousuke, the fifth team captain was sitting in the room leisurely writing the calligraphy, and he looked like he was kind.

    In addition to Ai Ran Soyousuke, Hinamori, a student who has not yet graduated, happened to be visiting Ai Ran. She stood by the table and watched Ai Ran wave her hair, quietly helping Ai Ran polish the ink. This picture is so impressive. It feels very beautiful.

    just¡­

    This scene fell in the eyes of Uehara Naraku, as if he saw a little sheep sticking to a hungry wolf in sheep''s clothing without looking back, trying to keep warm on fake sheep''s clothing.

    "Ahem..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke heard the footsteps, clutched his chest and couldn''t help coughing a few times. Turning his head, he saw Uehara Naruko standing at the door, with a slightly weak smile on his face.

    "Nara, are you back?"

    Ai Ran Soyousuke is still so polite.

    "..."

    Hiss, I really can act!

    Lan Ran Soyousuke obviously went to the virtual circle to play a trick of turning his hands for the clouds and the hands for the rain. When he was in the virtual circle, he even developed a king style...

    Now here again put on a modest parental style.

    Compared with Aizen Soyousuke, Hinamori''s smile is obviously more sincere. She waved her arm with joy, and said hello to Uehara Naraku: "Ah, Naraku, it''s been a long time! Xiao Bai! Are you back?"

    The little white in Hina Mori¡¯s mouth refers to Hisugaya Toshiro who grew up together.

    "It''s been a long time, Hina Mori."

    Uehara Naraku sighed faintly, with a little hesitation on his face, he nodded slowly before looking at Aizen Soyousuke, a little sincere guilt flashed in his eyes: "Captain, I''m really sorry. ¡­"

    "Is there anything to apologize for?"

    Aizen Soyousuke shook his head, smiled and calmed Uehara Naraku''s emotions: "There is no need to apologize to me, Naraku, we are each other''s companions. No matter what you have done, I will support you behind your back..."

    "¡­but¡­"

    Uehara Naruko lowered his head, and said in frustration: "I didn''t find out the truth, nor did I catch the murderer who wounded the captain..."

    When talking about this, Uehara Naruko raised his head and looked at Aizen Soyousuke. The apology in his eyes became deeper and deeper, and he reproached himself and said: "Mr. Kouma seems to have other arrangements. I can''t disobey him until I reach adulthood. Will..."

    "Reassured."

    Aizen Soyousuke patted Uehara Naraku on the shoulder and continued with a smile: "Although I don''t know what he has arranged, I believe he must be for you..."

    After saying these words, Ai Ran Soyousuke¡¯s voice became softer: "Just as I hope you can succeed as the captain of the fifth division in the future, I believe Mr. Touma¡¯s approach should also hope that you can choose in the future. Take the responsibility of a Patriarch."

    "team leader¡­"

    Uehara Naraku''s face was a little bit incredulous.

    Can this fellow Ai Ran Soyousuke still say that?

    It can be edited, anyone who replaces it will probably be touched!

    If the two of them can face each other sincerely, Uehara Naraku really wants to tell Aizen Soyousuke that what he wants is not the captain of the fifth division, but the throne of the sky that Aizen Soyousuke is also coveting...

    Unfortunately.

    There was also a person who did not cooperate with the performance.

    "what?"

    Hinamori''s face was also a little surprised. Hearing Ai Ran Soyousuke''s words, she slowly stretched out her hand to cover her mouth: "Does Naraku-san want to be the captain of the Gotei 13 team in the future?"

    Only when Hina Mori had just finished speaking, a little apologetic appeared on her face, and she hurriedly apologized to Uehara Naraku: "I''m really sorry, I didn''t mean that. I know that Naraku-student can also be the leader of the team and I will be very happy.

    And Naraku will definitely be the captain in the future. They all say that your status is the most noble in the soul world. The new Kuchiki Rukia in our school is not as good as yours. I''m sorry, sorry, I seem to say again What''s wrong..."

    The little girl explained the worse.

    At first glance, it''s not something that is behind the scenes.

    At the very least, it was too immature in the eyes of Uehara Naraku and Aizen Soyousuke.

    "All right."

    Lan Ran Soyousuke smiled and waved his hand, and said softly to help the little girl out: "Hina Mori, can you help me take out the rice paper on the table and dry it?"

    "Yes, Captain Aizen!"

    Hina Mori finally found a reason to leave.

    In such an embarrassing situation, she was not embarrassed to stay any longer!

    After Hinamori left, only Aizen Soyousuke and Uehara Naraku were left in the entire ward, and the atmosphere suddenly became a little more subtle.

    "Can you tell me about the situation?"

    Aizen Soyousuke waved his hand to signal Uehara Naruto to sit down, and whispered: "I heard part of the situation. It seems that some people are arguing here in the morning. Speaking of the Uehara clan imprisoning Captain Hirako and other former captains..."

    When mentioning Hirako Mako, Ai Ran Soyousuke suddenly frowned and said in a low voice: "Hirako Mako is the former captain of our fifth team. I used to follow him all the time, just because I reported to him once. While working, I suddenly discovered that Kisuke Urahara was working with him on a death blur experiment..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke sighed, lowered his head and spoke softly: "I found out about this but I didn''t report it because I was worried that Captain Hirako would be punished for it. Now I think about it because I didn''t want to argue with him. So that he made a big mistake..."

    These remarks can be regarded as traceable.

    Apart from those from the Masked Reaper Corps and Urahara Kisuke, no one knows the true story of this incident. In the original case record, Aizen Soyousuke is undoubtedly innocent.

    And there is evidence that Urahara Kisuke conducted the blur experiment at the beginning!

    Even though Urahara Kisuke''s original intention was to create collapsed jade and rescue the imaginary Hirako Mako and others, but this matter would never be believed.

    in contrast.

    In the record, Ai Ran Soyousuke was framed by them.

    After Aizen Soyousuke finished talking about Hirako Mako, before Uehara Naraku could speak, he watched Uehara Naraku and said softly: "If I make any mistakes like Captain Heiko, you must stop me, don¡¯t worry about it. I am your captain."

    After saying this, Aizen Soyousuke stared at Uehara Naraku, his face became more solemn than ever: "Naraku, we must remember that first of all, we are companions who can depend on each other, and then I will be your captain...the only way to do this Only then will the tragedy of Captain Heiko be avoided."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku''s heart was a little weird.

    If it weren¡¯t the last sentence of Aizen Soyousuke, Uehara really wanted to play the cards instead of common sense at this time. According to Aizen Soyousuke¡¯s words, he directly pressed Aizen Soyousuke on the ground and put him on the ground. All of his thoughts are revealed...

    Unfortunately¡­

    This guy is still performing.

    However, Uehara Naraku still intends to record Aizen Soyousuke''s words. When the two of them talk about today''s affairs in the future, they will definitely feel very happy.

    of course¡­

    It may also be Uehara''s unilateral pleasure.

    Uehara Naraku had arranged the script in his heart, but a flash of anger flashed on his face, but his mouth was still strong to defend Aizen Soyousuke: "Captain, don''t talk nonsense! How can you commit Hirako Mako''s group? The mistake that the predecessors made, when we were at the Mao Spiritual Academy, we often said that you are the most perfect **** of death in the corpse soul world..."

    Speaking of the last time, Uehara Naraku''s voice slowly lowered, gritted his teeth and said: "If the captain will make mistakes, it must be the world that is wrong! I don''t think the captain will do it for strength like Hirako-senpai. do wrong things¡­"

    "Calm down, Naraku."

    Lan Ran Soyousuke''s mouth turned into a smile, but he slowly shook his head, and said softly, "I am not as perfect as you imagined...but I told you this, but I just don''t want it in the future. There are regrets that have happened to me."

    "team leader¡­"

    A look of respect flashed across Uehara Naraku''s face.

    At this time Ai Ran Soyousuke is indeed worthy of respect. No, it should be said that facing Ai Ran Soyousuke in this state, he should show respect.

    really.

    A deeper smile appeared on the corners of Lan Ran''s mouth.

    What a cute little guy!

    Aizen Soyousuke looked at Uehara Naraku''s expression, and his smile became softer and gentler. In fact, he agreed with what Uehara Naraku said just now.

    That is, the world is indeed wrong now.

    There is no throne in this world.

    This is really intolerable.

    The power in this world''s **** of death is limited, and it even takes time to become stronger. This also makes Aizen Soyousuke unbearable.

    He needs stronger power, enough power to make the entire corpse soul world look up!

    I really don''t know...

    Ai Ran Soyousuke couldn''t help feeling a little bit amused in his heart. I really don''t know what will happen to the little guy Uehara Naraku when he gets Bengyu to achieve a breakthrough in the future, and all the truth is about to be solved?

    Will this little guy try his best to stop him as the captain who made a mistake like he said today?

    of course¡­

    It was too late at that time!

    Aizen Soyousuke patted Uehara Naraku on the shoulder, and softly provoked another topic he was more concerned about: "Speaking of which, have you not encountered the sinner Urahara Kisuke who once lured Captain Hirako to fall? If it weren''t for him. , Captain Hirako will not fall to this point..."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku was a little speechless.

    Is this guy Ai Ran Soyousuke too deceptive and too proficient? How do you open your mouth and shut your mouth is because of Hirako Mako''s depravity?

    unknown¡­

    I really thought that Ai Ran Soyousuke and Heiko Mako''s relationship between superiors and subordinates is so good!

    Obviously, the two people looked at each other badly, Hirako Mako saw through the insidious cunning hidden by Ai Ran Soyousuke, Ai Ran Soyousuke did not want the dangerous figure Hirako Mako to keep staring at him, so he personally solved Hirako Mako. Up...

    At this time, Ai Ran opened his mouth again and Hirako Mako shouldn''t have made a mistake. He looked like he was very sorry for his former captain''s wrong path...

    This fucking...

    Just let Uehara feel...

    This situation is a little familiar.

    It''s a bit like Uehara opened his mouth and closed his mouth back then. He took the guise of Sansho Fish Hanzo and forced Sansho Fish Han to live for another seven or eight years, if it weren''t for every visit to Yuyin Village. When Hanzo''s corpse was shown in the hanging corpse, Nairo Uehara almost thought that Hanzo was really alive sometimes.

    anyway.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s real goal is not Hirako Mako.

    It is Urahara Kisuke, who has been swimming outside. That is Aizen Soyousuke¡¯s real goal. One is to relieve Urahara Kisuke¡¯s hidden dangers, and the other is naturally for the incomplete product that Urahara Kisuke once developed...

    That collapsed jade...

    In theory, it took shape earlier than Aizen Soyousuke''s collapsed jade.

    Although Urahara Kisuke developed the collapsed jade a little later than Aizen Soyousuke, but the speed at which Urahara completed the collapsed jade far surpassed Aizen Soyousuke.

    After all, Kisuke Urahara was born in the 12th squad and the Technology Development Bureau, UU reading www.uukanshu. com was once again a disciple of the pharmacist, coupled with his brain and wisdom, he is indeed very talented in studying these little things.

    "We met Kisuke Urahara."

    Uehara Naraku''s brows wrinkled slightly, as if he didn''t like that person a little bit, he explained softly, "Because no one was found who assassinated the captain, but we all think that the assassin should be Urahara Kisuke''s subordinates, after all, the assassin It¡¯s a masked **** of death that can be blurred. Only Urahara Kisuke has conducted experiments on the **** of death.

    "Did he escape?"

    Ai Ran Soyousuke raised his eyebrows.

    "No, or maybe it was let go..."

    A hint of doubt flashed across Uehara Naraku''s face, and he slowly shook his head and said, "Mr. Feima and Mr. Zhuma captured all the enemies, but the murderer was not found.

    Therefore, Mr. Toma and Urahara Kisuke reached an agreement, and only if Urahara Kisuke handed over the murderer to us, he would release the people like Yoichi Yoichi Sifengin and Heiko-senpai...

    In fact, I do not approve of this, but according to our rules, I cannot violate the orders of Mr. Zhuma and Mr. Shuma. "

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Start reading from Naruto: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click "Favorites" below to record the reading record of this time (Chapter 654 Aizome Soyousuke and Uehara Naraku), and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 654ï¼š Airan? Adding a doctors palm? Hand plan, a figure in the dark

    You can search for "behind-the-scenes cool notebook novels from Hokage ( in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    Aizen Soyousuke understands Uehara Naraku''s helplessness very well.

    As a **** of death who hasn''t entered adulthood, Uehara Naraku can''t be a master, and everything has to follow the words of the dead attendants of Senjukauma.

    In Aizen Soyousuke''s view, this should be done to prevent the patriarch of the Uehara clan from embarking on the wrong path, but if these dead waiters are still in power, it is a bit of a bad friend to Aizen Soyousuke. All right.

    Because Aizen has reached an agreement with Oshemaru, Aizen also learned a lot about the secrets of the Uehara clan from Oshemaru. The Thirteen Deadpool will undoubtedly be one of the most powerful enemies they will face in the future!

    and¡­

    Now it has caused big trouble.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke was also a little unexpected. The two top dead waiters, Senjuema and Senjujuma, did not bring Urahara Kisuke back. This is not good news for him, and there is even It may be a threat.

    No, it must be a threat!

    Because Urahara Kisuke wanted to rescue the Yoichi Yoichi of Sifengin Temple and the others, and if all the results were overturned, Kisuke Urahara would definitely do everything possible to find to overthrow the death illusion incident that year, and reveal the truth at that time!

    exactly¡­

    Now that the Uehara clan intervenes, although they are very unfriendly to Urahara Kisuke, it also gives Urahara an opportunity to reverse the case for himself again.

    Aizen Soyousuke stared at Naraku Uehara next to him, with a smile still mixed in his eyes, but under his warm smile, he was calculating all this little by little...

    plan.

    Maybe it will be ahead of schedule.

    No, in other words, he seems to be able to take advantage of this opportunity to get in.

    When Urahara Kisuke came to the Soul World to reveal the truth of the death of the **** of death, Ai Ran So Yousuke felt that this was also an opportunity for him, giving him a chance to collapse, perhaps also a chance to kill the enemy...

    "All right."

    When thinking about this, Aizen Soyousuke looked at Uehara Naraku with a smile, and said softly: "Go back to rest early, Naraku, it will take some time for my injury to heal..."

    When talking about this, Ai Ran Soyousuke''s eyes became more gentle, he slowly supported his own frame, and continued in a low voice: "Also...after you come back, I will trouble you to continue to assume more responsibility as the captain. Up."

    "team leader¡­"

    A worries flashed across Uehara Naraku''s face.

    At this moment, Uehara Naraku seemed to lose the backbone of Aizen Soyousuke, but he could only leave the rescue center anxiously under the order of Aizen Soyousuke.

    After Uehara Naraku left.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke immediately began to think quickly. Under this situation, he seems unable to intervene in the original clan, so he can only prepare with both hands...

    The first plan, of course, was to immediately contact Oshamaru secretly, and let Oshamaru send their raven army to attack Urahara Kisuke. It¡¯s best to catch Urahara Kisuke... If you can¡¯t, then execute the second plan!

    The second plan is to find ways to make Urahara Kisuke¡¯s plan go smoothly, to find out where Urahara Kisuke¡¯s collapsed jade is hidden, whether it¡¯s hidden on his body...

    If you can determine this, then secretly lure Urahara Kisuke to find out what happened, and wait until Urahara Kisuke comes to the corpse soul world to reverse the case, and then attack Urahara Kisuke''s body to take the collapsed jade!

    that moment¡­

    It will also be the moment he steps on the throne of heaven!

    that moment¡­

    It will also be the moment when the entire history of the Soul World is rewritten!

    that moment¡­

    It will also be the moment when the whole world ushered in their dominance!

    Aizen Soyousuke slowly closed his eyes, held his fingers upright, and immediately contacted Kurozu. Because this time the matter was too important, he secretly manipulated Urahara Kisuke this kind of thing, he still chose to believe that it was relatively reliable. Heizure...

    After all, Ichimarugin knew that he was dissatisfied only by looking at his appearance. Obviously he was not a loyal guy, and he followed him only because of the orders of the pharmacist. If T¨­sen is very loyal to Aizen, it¡¯s just that T¨­sen wants his brain. Too stupid...

    Hei Jue never refuses Ai Ran Soyousuke¡¯s contact, and even when it connects to the spiritual power network, he seems to be a little impatient: "Ho **** ho ho... Master Ai Ran, what is special about contacting me at this time? Order?"

    Under normal circumstances, Aizen Soyousuke seldom uses Heizue.

    In most cases, Aizen Soyousuke always asks the Kurozutsu Gang to search for some secret information and the whereabouts of Urahara Kisuke¡¯s collapsed jade in various places. Aizen will only choose when it encounters something really important. Dispatch Hei Jue''s hole card.

    "There is indeed something..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke smiled and raised the corners of his mouth, slowly telling his plan to Heijue, and told Heijue to execute the plan according to his thoughts: "I will let the silver go to the virtual circle and contact the Oshemaru. , I hope the first plan will go smoothly...If the first plan cannot be achieved, Hei Jue, then you will execute the second plan."

    After saying this, Ai Ran Soyousuke smiled and praised Heijue: "In this matter, I believe that only you can do the best."

    This is not pure praising.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke really likes Heijue''s subordinate very much, because Heijue was born in the Bengyu experiment, and has never let him down. In a certain aura, Ai Ran Soyousuke also feels that he fits well with Heijue. .

    "Ho **** ho ho...yes."

    After listening to Ai Ran Soyousuke''s plan, Heijue automatically filtered Airan Soyousuke''s first plan in his heart, and immediately began to prepare to implement the second plan.

    Because the second plan to lure Urahara Kisuke was also a plan to be executed under the order of Hara Naraku.

    "Then leave it to you."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke was very relieved of Heijue''s work efficiency, and suddenly asked another question: "Has the whereabouts of the collapsed jade made by Urahara Kisuke not found yet?"

    "not yet¡­"

    Kurozu immediately found a suitable reason, and it can even be used to win the trust of Aizen Soyousuke: "Because the group of Shirasuke near Kisuke Urahara has too many...Although the strength of those wastes is not very good, the ability is not good. Too weird..."

    "Then keep looking..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke was not displeased at all, and even calmed down his subordinates: "I''m up to you for this matter, Heizie."

    He had also heard of that group of Bai Jue.

    And it was also because of the Bai Zetsu creatures around Urahara Kisuke, it also made Aizen Soyousuke''s trust in Heizetsu a little bit higher.

    Sometimes, Ai Ran Soyousuke even feels that he and Urahara Kisuke are fateful opponents. The two always walk on the same path, and they will always go their separate ways and face each other.

    Neither of them were satisfied with the status quo of the Soul World.

    Both of them produced incomplete collapsed jade.

    Both of them got the product of making collapsed jade.

    The two subordinates, Hei Jue and Bai Jue, are also species that have been opposed to each other since their birth, just like the opposition between the two of them.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s strength is better, Urahara Kisuke''s wisdom is better, and they will believe in themselves, and sooner or later they will win the fight against each other.

    but¡­

    Aizen Soyousuke looked down on Urahara Kisuke''s vision. He thought that Urahara Kisuke had the possibility to break through the limitations of the **** of death, but he chose to continue living the same life.

    At this point...

    Kisuke Urahara was far worse than his teacher, Pharmacist.

    Lan Ran Soyousuke remembered the last time Yakushidou had communicated with him before entering the Lingwang Palace, and a memory flashed across his face.

    "Mr. Dou...Why did you choose me?"

    "I hope that this decadent world can be changed, but my strength is far from the same, Urahara has let me down, and the talent of silver is not enough... I hope there can be someone who can truly change this world sitting on the throne.

    "Then stay tuned."

    "Then I will wait and see."

    That day.

    Pharmacist stood in front of Ai Ran Soyousuke and told him that as long as he was willing to ascend to the throne and change the declining Soul World, he didn''t have to find a way to investigate the information of the key king key of the Spirit Palace, he could become Ai Ran. So Yousuke''s key to enter the Lingwang Palace.

    This also means...

    Yakushidou, a member of the zero division, can be regarded as an ally of Aizen Soyousuke in a sense, and it is precisely because of this that Aizen Soyousuke is more willing to indulge Ichimaru Gin¡¯s presumption, even not caring at all. Ichimaru Gin''s attitude towards him.

    Let''s put it this way...

    In Ai Ran Soyousuke''s view, Shimaru Gin is considered to be the material cultural heritage left by Ai Ran after the pharmacist entered the Lingwang Palace.

    To be honest.

    Aizen Soyousuke kind of likes Ichimarugin.

    In addition to his love for the decisive and intelligent Ichimarugin, Ai Ran Soyousuke also specifically mentioned that he hoped that Ai Ran Soyousuke would take good care of Ichimarugin.

    This is equivalent to Ichimaru Gin being the hostage that Aizen Soyousuke can threaten Yakushidou, and it is also the link between them.

    Therefore Aizen never cared about Ichimarugin''s offense.

    Even if Aizen would never trust Ichimarugin, he would not want to actively harm Ichimarugin.

    After Aizen Soyousuke and Kurogetsu contacted, he summoned Ichimarugin to give an order, and asked Ichimarugin to rush to the virtual circle to contact Onomaru, ordering the ravenous army to search for and capture Urahara Kisuke.

    just.

    Ichimarugin doesn''t like Urahara Kisuke.

    The children who grew up in the orphanage, those who know the relationship between Urahara Kisuke and Pharmacist, almost no one will like Urahara Kisuke, who betrayed the pharmacist¡¯s pocket, even Matsumoto Ranju is no exception.

    "I know¡­"

    Ichimaru Gin squinted his eyes and nodded, chuckled in a low voice and said horrible words: "If the dean once prevented me from going to the trouble of Brother Urahara, he would not be able to live until now, but I thought a long time ago. I want to use a sharp gun to nail him to the wall..."

    "It''s rare to see you being so irritable...Silver."

    A helpless smile flashed across Ai Ran Soyousuke''s face, but in his heart he was somewhat happy with Ichimarugin''s attitude.

    This also means that Ichimaru Silver is not without weaknesses.

    Ichimaru Gin, a thoughtful person who seems to be always calm, also has his own moments of irritability, which shows that he is not perfect.

    It¡¯s a pity that Aizen Soyousuke couldn¡¯t just let Ichimarugin kill Urahara Kisuke, but calmly calmed Ichimarugin¡¯s emotions: "Our purpose is not to hurt him...or, at least not to hurt him now. he."

    After saying this, Ai Ran Soyousuke added: "Mr. Dou is just like raising you, raising him from an early age... Even if Urahara betrayed Mr. Dou, he will definitely not think about it. To see you killing each other, this is exactly what Mr. Dou''s forgiveness is."

    "I know."

    Ichimaru Gin nodded slowly, the smile on his face remained undiminished, and continued with a smile: "I will not kill him until the plan is successful...Then I will now go to Mr. Osaimaru to convey the command of Aizen-sama. Hope our plan goes well."

    "Then please, silver."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke helped his glasses, and continued to splash a few ink on the desk, while continuing to say: "After this time, we will be able to leave this dull place."

    "Are you leaving Seireitei?"

    Ichimaru Gin''s eyes shrunk slightly, and his smile returned to his original smile. He nodded slowly: "That really makes people look forward to a new life!"

    If you leave Seireitei...

    You will not be able to see Matsumoto Ranju for a long time.

    But this kind of thing doesn''t matter.

    For Ichimarugin, no matter whether you stay in Seireitei or go to the virtual circle, these two places are the sites of their Akatsuki organization anyway...

    As long as it is on the site of Akatsuki''s organization, everything will be discussed.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke watched Ichimarugin turn around and left, and he still felt funny in his heart. He rarely saw Ichimarugin being so irrational...

    This is also good.

    This is the subordinate Aizen Soyousuke likes.

    After Ai Ran Soyousuke arranged everything in order, he sat back at his desk again and quietly wrote his calligraphy, as if he was not the one who was discussing the conspiracy just now. He still did. That gentleman.

    And on the other side.

    After receiving his order, Kuro Zetsuwa Ichimarugin, who had only been ordered by Aizen Soyousuke, the two directly contacted Uehara Naraku.

    This kind of thing is simply outrageous.

    No one would have thought that someone would plant a circle of spies next to him. No matter what he said or did, it was impossible to escape the surveillance.

    Even if Aizen wanted to know anything, it was all arranged by Uehara Naraku through Kurozutu, Ichimaru Gin, Ulchiola and others.

    Inside Uehara Castle.

    The shadows of Kuro Zetsu and Ichimaru silver appeared in the meeting room, and the two of them reported Aizen Soyousuke''s order to Uehara Naraku.

    "Pull his first plan straight away..."

    Uehara Naruto leaned on a tall seat and fell into the shadows.

    In the darkness, Uehara slowly propped up his palms to support his chin, with a playful smile on his face, slowly said: "As for the second plan, follow the instructions of Captain Aizen. Go ahead and do it!"

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Start reading from Naruto: https://

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click "Favorites" below to record the reading record of this time (Chapter 655: The two-handed plan of the blue dye Soyousuke, the figure in the dark), and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 655ï¼š The wisdom of Urahara Kisuke, the key link figure Oshemaru!

    You can search for "behind-the-scenes cool notebook novels from Hokage ( in Baidu to find the latest chapter!

    This world.

    The space barrier slowly opened.

    One by one, figures in white uniforms floated out of the gap in space.

    Every white uniform has a strange bone mask on his face, and everyone has a powerful spiritual pressure floating on his body. They are the ravenous legion under the command of Osha Maru.

    Or¡­

    Now they are the Rapture Legion under the command of Xuye Palace.

    Now Nelly Elu and Ulquiola are in charge of the Rapture Legion. Since Ulquiola wants to stay in the corpse world, this time the action to come to this world is left to Nellie El and Two people from Grimjoo came to command.

    Only Nelly Elu knew it.

    This time, she led hundreds of people to make a fuss, and came to the world to search for Urahara Kisuke with great fanfare. In fact, she just came here to do something.

    Real action...

    It was also on the bodies of Ulchiola and others in the Xuye Palace.

    Of course, it''s not that they have nothing to do. Hundreds of people are out of the way, so they can''t let them travel at public expense, right?

    Grimjoo glanced at the peaceful world, grinned and sneered: "Nilu, let''s just start the action, catch the death **** named Urahara Kisuke, and get rid of some death gods by the way, right..."

    "¡­wrong."

    Nelly Elu was silent for a second, slowly shook her head, and said loudly, "The purpose of this trip is to hunt Urahara Kisuke, don''t provoke right and wrong in this world.

    If you encounter the death gods stationed in this world, there is no need to kill them, use your most terrifying means to expel them, and let them feel the fear from the Palace of the Night..."

    In other words, this is their real purpose.

    Only if Urahara Kisuke unilaterally found evidence that Aizen Soyousuke manipulated the virtual circle may not be worthy of Seireitei''s attention, but also conveyed the threat of the virtual circle to expel all the death gods and try to rule the world to the soul world.

    "I know, I know."

    Grimjoo waved his hand indifferently.

    Over the years, Grimjoo has been favored by Oshomaru, and since he broke his face, he has basically been taken care of by the big sister Nellie.

    Therefore, Grimjo and Nellie have a good relationship, and there are not so many superficial and respectful tricks between them.

    This is also the pride of being utterly deficient.

    No, it should be said that Wang Xu''s pride.

    In fact, if Grimjoo died in a battle to protect Nelly Ellu, Grimjoo should not frown before he died, but if Grimjoo bowed his head to Nelly Ellu , That''s something you can''t do even with more money!

    "Okay, in a two-person group, each starts to act."

    Nelly Elu turned around and gave a few words to a group of shameless imaginary, watching hundreds of shameless imaginary groups quickly turned into afterimages and disappeared in front of her.

    Just as Grimjoo was about to turn into an afterimage and disappear, Nellie Ellu suddenly called to him: "Grimjoo, you and me act together."

    "what?"

    Grimjoo¡¯s face was slightly surprised, and he couldn''t help holding his forehead: "With the strength of the two of us, there is no such need..."

    "necessary."

    Nelly Elu''s brows wrinkled slightly, and her lake-green hair fluttered slightly in the wind. She knew this junior well and did not mention that she was worried about Grimjoo''s temperament.

    Nelly Ellu stretched out her hand to lift her hair, and continued softly: "Don''t forget our purpose. What we have to do is to conquer the world and replace the status of the **** of death...not to carry out meaningless killings in the world."

    This order did not come from Aizen Soyousuke, but from the hands of Oshemaru. The purpose of doing so was only a supplement to a certain plan.

    If it¡¯s not for the wrong occasion...

    Xuquan kind of wanted to send a representative to declare war on the corpse soul world.

    However, this expelling the death gods stationed in this world is also enough to prove how threatening their virtual circle''s faceless legion can bring to the corpse soul world.

    When Urahara Kisuke finds out the news that Aizen Soyousuke has ruled the virtual circle with the Kamen legion, and passes this news to Seireitei...it just happens that Seoreitei can also receive the Kamen Daizu collective attack and capture. Threats of the world.

    Can Seireitei not pay attention to it like this?

    In fact, this kind of approach is quite deceptive to Ai Ran Soyousuke, and it is almost now that he is directly pressing Ai Ran Soyousuke to become an enemy of the whole world.

    Of course, Oshemaru issued such an order, perhaps just to pay tribute to the past that was once forced to be an enemy of the whole world under someone''s manipulation...

    Otherwise.

    There is another purpose.

    That is to show it to Urahara Kisuke, let Urahara know the existence of Defaced Daxu, and the illusion that the current virtual circle may defend the emptiness.

    Only Nelly Ellu knew about these things.

    Grimjoo is still unknown about all of this.

    Grimjoe listened to Nellie and couldn''t help pulling out his ears, his face was full of unhappiness.

    "Well, I know, I know... I listen to you."

    "Be a little serious."

    Nelly Ellu couldn''t help but scold her.

    While the two faceless big Xus clamored casually, they turned into two afterimages and disappeared here at high speed, and the space gap behind them also slowly closed.

    After Nellie and the Rapture Legion left this area.

    Several figures on the ground slowly appeared. It was Urahara Kisuke and Bai Zetsu, as well as the former great ghost road long-holding Hirotetsusai. It was Urahara Kisuke¡¯s only power that could be used.

    "Ah, something seems to be wrong..."

    Bai Jue scratched his head, and said in surprise: "It shouldn''t be... how come there are so many terrible guys?"

    "Hey Hey hey¡­"

    Holding Hyo Tetshai couldn''t help but smashed Bai Jue''s head with a fist, with a bit of hatred: "Didn''t you say that you have found it out, there are not many monsters of that kind in the virtual circle! That group of broken faces? The guys are all enemies of the captain level!"

    "alright, alright¡­"

    Kisuke Urahara patted Ryotetsusai on the shoulder, smiled and persuaded the old friend, and whispered round the field softly: "Bai Jue can sneak into the virtual circle and help us find out that there is a broken face in the virtual circle. The news is very difficult. It''s easy..."

    When talking about this, Urahara Kisuke''s smile slowly converged, and he gently supported his glasses, a sharp light flashed in his eyes: "No one would have thought that there would be so many broken faces in the virtual circle. It¡¯s a big virtual, it seems that our old opponent has long been united with the owner of the virtual circle..."

    "That **** Aizen..."

    He straightened up with Hiroitetsusai, slowly squeezing his fist, and said: "If that guy really colludes with the virtual circle..."

    "We need to find evidence."

    Kisuke Urahara interrupted his grip on Hirotetsusai in a low voice, and said softly, "For us, the best way is to catch the guy who once assassinated Uehara Naraku... If we can''t catch it, we have a difference. Way."

    "any solution?"

    "Look for several other people who have participated in the assassination."

    Urahara Kisuke''s expression became more and more serious, and he spoke softly and analyzed: "I suspect that there was not only one who tried to assassinate Uehara Naruto, but there will be at least three... It seems that Aizen may have mastered the big hole. It¡¯s a good way."

    After finishing speaking, Urahara Kisuke held his cane, a dark cloud flashed in his eyes, and continued in a low voice: "According to the information we got from the Soul World, there was no such assassination in the group of broken faces just now. The existence of the person.

    Assassinating Uehara Naraku...or Aizen wants to use the assassination to profit for himself. This is not that difficult, because it also needs manpower to entangle the two dead servants Uchiha Taido and Uchiha Itachi who are responsible for secretly protecting Uehara Naraku. .

    It is not an easy task to entangle the two deadpools, so in addition to the assassin, there must be other big avatars to help, which means that many people are involved in this matter. .

    Moreover, the status and status of the Awakening Daxu who can entangle the thirteen dead waiters in the virtual circle must not be too low. As long as we can enter the virtual circle, it should be easy to find those who have participated in the assassination of Uehara Naraku. It¡¯s broken, as long as you can find a way to catch one of them, or find out the status quo of the virtual circle..."

    After finishing these analyses, Urahara Kisuke¡¯s voice gradually became firmer, and he continued word by word: ¡°This way you can know how much Aizen has done secretly, and can even expose everything he did. Overturn that incident..."

    have to say.

    Urahara Kisuke''s brain is indeed very useful.

    In just such a short period of time, he has analyzed almost everything perfectly. If there is no Uehara Naraku''s existence, almost nothing that Aizen Soyousuke has done has been concealed from Urahara Kisuke''s calculations.

    As Urahara Kisuke said, there were at least three people who had participated in the assassination incident, but they were all extraordinary in power and status.

    However, this still faces a problem...

    That is whether this matter can be trusted by Seireitei!

    After holding Hyotetsui''s silence for a while, he immediately asked the question: "The question is...can we find evidence? Even if we put everything in front of the central 46 room, it may not be able to win them..."

    "It''s not them we need to win the trust."

    Kisuke Urahara shook his head and sighed slowly: "We only need to win the trust of the Uehara clan. As long as the 13 Deadpools of the Uehara clan believe in this matter, it is enough. They will help us solve the next trouble... "

    indeed.

    Kisuke Urahara was very sober.

    When the Uehara clan captured Yoichi Yoichi Shikaedin and the others and threatened him, Urahara Kisuke thought about using the power of the Uehara clan to overthrow everything that happened in the past!

    If it weren''t for such a plan...

    How could Urahara Kisuke watch other people fall into danger, and how could he bring Shifengin Yaichi to come to conflict with the dead attendants of Uehara''s clan when he knew his disadvantages!

    "How can they believe..."

    The brows holding Hinaitezhai still frowned tightly.

    Although Urahara Kisuke sounds very reasonable, but Hirotetsusai is still not convinced that everything will develop as Urahara expected...

    Even if they find out the truth...

    How to use it as evidence?

    "They will believe it."

    Urahara Kisuke''s mouth twitched slightly, and he smiled and explained: "Because a traitor of the Uehara clan must have been hiding in the virtual circle thousands of years ago... As long as there is news of that traitor, the Uehara clan will believe us. evidence of."

    "Who?"

    "A name that we are all thunderous..."

    Kisuke Urahara helped support her glasses and whispered in a low voice: "Even now we are still bearing his legacy, even if it is someone I and Teacher Dou must look up to...the legendary Leng Jun...Oshemaru."

    The name suddenly spoke up, and his face holding Hirotetsusai couldn''t help being full of shock. He looked at Kisuke Urahara in disbelief: "Wait, Oh Shemaru didn''t mean that he was a good friend of the original Uehara Patriarch. ?"

    "Do not."

    Kisuke Urahara shook his head, and said in a deep voice: "The Uehara clan has been chasing and killing Oshemaru for thousands of years...because Oshemaru is supposed to be a traitor who escaped from the corpse soul world with the art of reincarnating from the filthy soil. This is my departure from Baijue Analyzed from the information and some secrets..."

    "Hehehehe... I was also scared!"

    Bai Jue smiled and nodded his head, and said stupidly, "It''s a pity that I can''t dare to get close to Oshe Maru, so after my clone found information on Oshe Maru in the virtual circle, he immediately told the matter. I¡­

    And I also know where those lost Bai Jue clones have gone. All those idiots were taken away by Da She Wan and used as experimental objects! "

    This information...

    Of course, it was Bai Zetsu who actively disclosed it to Urahara Kisuke.

    Because if there is no Oshe Maru, Urahara Kisuke would not believe that he could win the trust of the Uehara clan, how could he firmly implement his plan?

    Only when Urahara Kisuke believed that the Uehara clan would choose to stand on his side as long as they got the information of Oshemaru, Urahara would rush out!

    "So as long as we find the traces of the existence of the Oshe Maru in the virtual circle, and get a little bit of definite evidence about the existence of the Oshe Maru in the virtual circle, it is absolutely sufficient to believe that the Uehara clan is on our side. They hate the control of the reincarnation of the dirty soil more than anyone. Outsider..."

    When Urahara said this, nostalgia flashed across his face: "In order to solve these outsiders, they will pay a considerable price...Even if it is only a little news, the Uehara clan will not let it go."

    this moment¡­

    Kisuke Urahara thought of his teacher again.

    But soon Urahara Kisuke''s thinking returned to the present, he took out an eyeball from his body, and whispered: "Then start acting... Even the worst result doesn''t matter!

    As long as we can find out the current status of the virtual circle, UU reading www. Uukanshu.com finds the evidence that the Oshemaru is hidden in the virtual circle, and we can proceed in an orderly manner. Through the trust of the Uehara clan, we can obtain the opportunity to overthrow the past mistakes in the Seoreitei, and completely solve Aizen Toyousuke! "

    "Then let''s go! Unempty!"

    Holding Lingtie Zhai spread out his palm, as if he was tearing it hard, tearing open a gap in space little by little!

    Kisuke Urahara shook his palm and walked into the passage with Hirotetsusai and Bai Jue. They will enter the virtual circle from the point of contact here.

    From this moment on...

    They will regain their destiny in their own hands!

    Now that all the situation is clear, they will never be played in the palm of the hand by Ai Ran Soyousuke as they did in the past!

    When they leave.

    A dark shadow slowly drilled on the ground.

    Kuro was desperately desperate for the disappearing space gap, and his face showed a gloomy smile: "Ho **** ho ho... It seems that Yui''s role for Oshemaru is just right... If there is no Oshemaru, the stage that has just been built would be really good. It''s not easy to open the curtain!"

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Start reading from Naruto: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 656 The Wisdom of Kisuke Urahara, the key link figure Oshemaru!) Read the record, and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 656ï¼š Forget it, Iâ€™m not motivated, so letâ€™s call 1000 and make a false flash.

    Virtual circle.

    This desolate world is gradually prospering.

    The Xuye Palace towering over the wilderness ruled the world, the sun in the sky also made the entire virtual circle more light, and the active virtual space on the ground gradually increased.

    Compared with the reigns of Emperor Bailigan and Ai Ran Soyousuke, Oshemaru seems to be more adept at how to organize a dilapidated world. After Airan Soyousuke temporarily handed over the power of managing the Xuye Palace to Oshemaru, the entire virtual The circle gradually became more orderly.

    Even killing is still an unbreakable theme in the virtual circle.

    However, compared to the past, because the entire virtual circle''s Daxu is already under the jurisdiction of the Xuye Palace, in addition to some evolutionary killings, the Daxu have gradually given up swallowing some ordinary virtuals.

    When Urahara Kisuke and Hishitetsusai entered the virtual circle, they encountered many virtual existences along the way. When they saw the two of Urahara, they did not choose to come forward to launch a brainless attack, but quickly fled towards the distance. !

    Because the Xu Ye Palace makes these virtual existence meanings...

    Let them act as eyeliners to report strange enemies who have invaded the virtual circle at any time!

    "The Ninth of Bound Dao, Collapse Wheel!"

    Holding Ling Tie Zhai raised his palm, a rope of spiritual power turned into a few vain and easily captured them, and brought them in front of them.

    "Are you going to kill them?"

    "No, just ask them."

    Urahara Kisuke held his palm and put it in front of one of them, which looked a little timid, and said with a smile: "Can you tell me who is the owner of the virtual circle now?"

    "Asshole... asshole... do you think you can order someone?"

    There was a touch of fright in this virtual voice, and he said bitterly: "I won''t tell you...Kill me! Lord Oshemaru won''t let you invaders go!"

    "..."

    The scene fell into silence strangely.

    Is this guy having a bad brain, or is he not so hard-hearted at all? Why did you say the name of Oshemaru so easily?

    "I already know the answer."

    Kisuke Urahara nodded slowly, seemingly satisfied with the false answer, and said with a chuckle: "Don''t worry, we are not bad guys... Let''s go!"

    "Really let us go?"

    "of course."

    After getting Urahara Kisuke''s answer, the group of Xu did not have the slightest intention to stay. After holding Hirotetsusai to untie them, they quickly fled towards the distance!

    As they fled to Xuye Palace, they did not even notice that Urahara Kisuke and Hirotetsusai followed their spiritual trails and rushed towards Xuye Palace!

    Xu Ye Palace, on top.

    Ulchiola and a group of shamans stood here monitoring the movement of the virtual circle.

    As the current commander of the Vulture Legion in the Void Night Palace, Ulchiola will naturally not lack subordinate officers, but these are all conquered by his power, because Ulchiola has always hidden himself, many of them Mian Daxu didn''t know the true identity of Ulquiola, so naturally he wasn''t convinced.

    "Have you not come yet?"

    Ulchiola''s brows frowned slightly.

    From the time Urahara Kisuke and Hiroitetsusai stepped into the virtual circle, Ulquiola had already known about it, and he had been waiting for the two people here.

    "Should be coming soon?"

    A faceless glanced at the smoke and dust in the distance, and grinned lightly: "Why, Master Ulchiola, do you want to do it yourself?"

    This sentence is not respectful enough.

    Even if it is to suppress them with extremely powerful force, there is no politeness to speak of the emptiness of the virtual circle, this is their nature.

    Unless life and death are controlled by others, perhaps they will follow their hearts.

    Ulchiola didn''t care about the tone of these younger generations, but calmly nodded and said, "Go and report Mr. Oshemaru... the person we want to see is coming soon."

    "know."

    A figure jumped down.

    The other subordinate officers gathered around Ulchiola, and waited with him for the arrival of Urahara Kisuke and Hirotetsusai.

    Ulchiola stood on the top of the Xu Ye Palace, watching a group of Xu rushing to the Xu Ye Palace and the two figures behind the group of Xu, finally there was some expression in his eyes.

    That is Urahara Kisuke and Hirotetsusai!

    "According to the rules..."

    Ulchiola slowly reached out his fingers, and emerald green flashes of light appeared on his fingertips: "Whether the enemy you see is strong or weak, you should say hello to them first."

    next moment¡­

    The emerald green flash suddenly flew out of Ulqiola''s fingertips, and shot towards Kisuke Urahara and Hirotetsusai, who were behind the group of virtual flashes!

    "Be careful!"

    Grindetsai suddenly stood in front of Urahara Kisuke!

    On the one hand, the defensive enchantment blocked the path of this virtual flash!

    However, in an instant, this defensive enchantment revealed a number of cracks, and it was about to be destroyed by the emerald green virtual flash. Obviously, the ghost road defense released by Lingtie Zhai in a hurry was not enough to block this virtual flash!

    However, he won a little time for him!

    "The pride of heaven, the iron wall, the dragon walk, the lion roar, the tiger roar, the wolf rush, cut off the heaven and the earth before it collapses, the eighty-one of binding the road, cut the air!"

    A huge defensive wall suddenly appeared in front of them!

    The emerald green flicker set off a huge explosion at the moment it fell into the air, setting off a huge emerald flame cloud, and the dust on the ground was swept up!

    However, it did not shake Duankong after all!

    The dust and smoke slowly dissipated, and the huge defensive wall in the air also turned into a spiritual child and disappeared, revealing the figures of Urahara Kisuke and Hirotetsusai.

    The two raised their heads and looked at the Xuye Palace towering over the wilderness, and they couldn''t help but feel a little surprised in their eyes. The appearance of this kind of architecture meant that the virtual circle had already existed in civilization!

    A monster like Xu...

    Will there be wisdom after all?

    However, when Urahara Kisuke and Hirotetsusai looked at the figure standing on the top of the Xuye Palace, the shock in the eyes of the two people was even more triumphant, and they could immediately tell from the appearance of the figure!

    Pale skin...

    The short and thin figure...

    Green eyes and dark green broken face...

    And the unique emerald green virtual flash!

    All this proves that the figure standing on the top of Xuye Palace was the goal of their trip. That guy was the perpetrator of the assassination of the Uehara Naraku incident!

    Also the only murderer exposed!

    "Ha ha¡­"

    Urahara Kisuke''s mouth curled up with a smile, and couldn''t help but chuckled: "It looks like we are lucky, but we really found the right place with those guys..."

    "Ok¡­"

    Holding Lingteezhai slowly nodded, and said in a deep voice, "According to your plan, is Bai Jue ready? Are we going to start?"

    "of course."

    Kisuke Urahara sighed and said in a low voice, "It''s a pity that the enemy noticed it before sneaking in and seeing Oshemaru!"

    "This is the place where Dashe Maru exists!"

    A head suddenly appeared under their feet.

    Bai Jue poked his head with a grin and said with a grin: "I can feel that there are a lot of my clones here. It seems that those idiots have been put here by Oshemaru. Maybe I can try this time... "

    "Then let''s get this guy''s attention first..."

    Kisuke Urahara nodded slowly, threw an eyeball-shaped machine in his hand to Bai Jue, and said in a deep voice: "We have found the assassin. Waiting for us to try to see if we can force the Oshe Maru out. It may be handed over to you to get the evidence!"

    That eyeball-shaped machine was used by Urahara Kisuke invented for taking pictures. He thought that the worst case would be that they could not take away anything, so he could only rely on this eyeball to capture the existence of Oshemaru.

    "I know."

    Bai Jue smiled and took the eyeball, and slowly dived into the ground. Its laughter came out from under the ground: "Then I will film all of this, don''t beat it too embarrassingly Urahara..."

    "Who knows..."

    Urahara Kisuke took a deep breath and said in a low voice, "We are already lucky anyway... At least there is no need to continue searching aimlessly..."

    indeed.

    Their luck is very good.

    Encountered a group of cowardly Xu, and brought them to Xu Ye Palace. Even in Xu Ye Palace, he had already seen the murderers involved in the assassination and knew the traces of Da She Wan.

    "let''s start!"

    Kisuke Urahara slowly raised his palm, and a ray of light flashed in his eyes, and his voice suddenly became serious: "Since someone else gave us a gift, we must give it back as a courtesy... Sixty-three, thunder roar!"

    A thick thunder shot towards the top of the Xu Ye Palace!

    This thunder attack with the ability to break the road appeared in front of Ulquiola and the others almost instantly!

    The shocking thing is...

    Ulquiola just tilted his head, stuck out his palm, and directly blocked this attack with the steel body of his body!

    This scene¡­

    People can''t help but be surprised!

    This is the first time they have seen someone who can block the power of Thunder Roar with their bare hands!

    As the best in the illusion, Ulchiola¡¯s physical abilities are almost no one better than others, and his physical strength is not as good as Keyatai Stark, who is known as the strongest. !

    The first long-range confrontation between the two sides ended without a problem, or that their attacks were all resolved by the enemy, but the way Ulquiola resolved the attack was even more shocking...

    "Hold Ling, help me hold the line."

    Kisuke Urahara gave a whisper, and slowly stretched out his hand to press down on his hat brim, a shadow of darkness appeared in his eyes, his other hand slowly pulled out the Zanpaku knife from his cane, and he chanted calmly. The name of Podao.

    "Wake up, Hong Ji."

    A dazzling red light appeared on the Zanpaku knife among Xi Urahara''s assistants!

    As a **** of death, starting to solve at this time is obviously a signal to invite battle, and Ulchiola did not hesitate!

    "Go call Stark, ready to start the first round of action!"

    Ulqiola whispered to his other subordinate officials, and directly stretched out his hand to pull out the Zanpaku Knife from his waist, and flew towards Urahara Kisuke!

    Kisuke Urahara held the Hongji Zanpaku Knife in his hand and rushed towards Ulchiola. A crescent-shaped red slash flew out of the Zanpaku, and slashed towards Ulchiola!

    This red edge is like going across everything!

    Ulchiola still flew out the crescent slashing lightly!

    "It''s really troublesome..."

    Urahara Kisuke''s mouth evoked a helpless smile, and slowly raised his Zanpaku Sword, smiled lightly at the sword and said, "You''re right, Honghime?"

    next moment¡­

    The Zanpaku Dao Hongmang in Urahara''s hand is even better!

    It has to be said that Urahara Kisuke is definitely a true genius. As a genius who can master the **** in only three days, he has developed his Zanpaku Sword ability almost as much as anyone in the Soul World!

    Or¡­

    Under his development, Urahara Kisuke¡¯s Zanpakuto abilities may also be regarded as the most deadly Zanpakuto!

    "Tether it, Hong Ji!"

    Kisuke Urahara wielded his Zanpaku Knife, cutting out the spiritual net of Rei-pressure, and heading towards Ulquiola!

    He didn''t come here to kill!

    If possible, Urahara Kisuke wants to capture Ulchiola even more!

    However, the next moment Ulqiola''s spiritual pressure suddenly broke out, and his spiritual web was directly cut into two by Ulqiola!

    At the moment when the spiritual web is broken...

    Ulchiola''s figure suddenly came towards Urahara Kisuke!

    At this time, Urahara Kisuke finally saw Ulchiola thoroughly, his cold look, indifferent eyes, and the powerful Reiatsu hidden in his body...

    This guy¡­

    I don¡¯t seem to care about life at all...

    Just by looking at it, you know that it''s not that easy to deal with!

    The two clashed together in an instant, and the crisp screams of the Zanpodao slashing at each other reverberated on the battlefield. With their confrontation, the spiritual pressure burst out little by little!

    While Ulchiola and Urahara Kisuke were fighting...

    Dashewan and Keyatai Stark in Xuye Palace received the news one after another.

    Da She Maru did not make any movement, still carrying out his experiment in the Xuye Palace, Keyatai Stark rushed to the direction of the battlefield with his subordinate Lili Nite.

    When they rushed to the battlefield, Ulquiola and Urahara Kisuke were still fighting fiercely, and it seemed that no one could completely win the other side.

    "It''s really troublesome..."

    Keyatai Stark scratched his brows and sighed: "Can''t you just hand over all the information to this guy? I know that I must let this guy get the information, and let people eat it. How painful..."

    "Stop talking nonsense!"

    Lili Nite flew and sat on Koyatai Stark¡¯s neck, stretched out her fist and smashed the man¡¯s skull, and hurriedly said: "Hurry up, hurry up!"

    "I know, I know¡­"

    Keyatai Stark shook his head speechlessly and coughed slightly, his face suddenly became serious: "Kill it, pack of wolves..."

    A ray of light fell on him and Liliette. UU reading www.uukanshu. com

    The next moment, in the light, Liliette disappeared beside him!

    Keyatai Stark has a large fur trench coat on his body, and two spear-like weapons in his hand, and he has entered a state of liberation in an instant.

    This is Keyatai Stark''s return to the blade form, and that is to reintegrate with Liliette, the soul body he once split!

    Keyatai Stark sighed helplessly, as if he couldn''t motivate: "Let¡¯s start, let¡¯s say hello first, right? Liliette?"

    "Yes, yes! Hurry up!"

    Liliette''s voice came from the double guns.

    "I see... so be it..."

    Keyatai Stark shook his head, raised his pistol towards Urahara Kisuke in the distance, and said weakly, "Then shoot him a thousand false flashes..."

 Chapter 657ï¼š Go back and tell your parents that the age of death is coming to an end!

    "I hope he will like... the blue light..."

    Keyatai Stark slowly raised the two spears in his hands and aimed at Kisuke Urahara who was fighting with Ulquiola, causing Urahara''s heart to suddenly flash with shock.

    this moment¡­

    Urahara suddenly felt a fatal danger!

    A blue imaginary flash flew toward the battlefield, as if trying to wipe out both Ulquiola and Urahara Kisuke at the same time!

    At the moment when the imaginary flash arrived, Ulchiola took advantage of the imaginary sound turning ability to fly away. As a friend of Keyatai Stark¡¯s half, Ulchiola was very aware of this so-called spiritual pressure¡¯s most powerful imaginary. Strength!

    Just as Urahara frowned, he waved the red girl in his hand and made a slash. After flying the blue virtual flash directly, he saw an amazing scene in his sight...

    Countless blue flashes came into his eyes!

    Thousands of false flashes flew like meteors!

    This scene made Urahara Kisuke''s face changed drastically, and his eyes were even a little shocked: "What kind of joke is this... how could there be such a..."

    In this world...

    Is there a big virtual that can achieve infinite virtual flash?

    How could this happen?

    No one can believe it!

    As Daxu''s unique ability, Void Flash requires Daxu''s ray flashes to focus on the height of the spiritual pressure, and its destructive power is quite amazing.

    Generally speaking, only one virtual flash can be shot in a short period of time.

    It''s just that as the strongest Reminder in the history of Daxu Yatai Stark, it seems to treat the virtual flash as a child''s play, and it directly shoots thousands of virtual flashes!

    It looks like this guy is quite comfortable...

    Urahara Kisuke''s thoughts turned, facing a face that can fight him close without falling into the wind, coupled with a long-range infinite virtual flash face, this battle is already very unfavorable for them!

    "Withdraw first!"

    Holding Ryotesai quickly set up a series of defensive barriers, urging Urahara Kisuke to leave together with a loud voice, the time and place are not on their side, it is not suitable to continue fighting now!

    Under the pursuit and coverage of thousands of false flashes, Urahara Kisuke and Hirotetsusai fled in embarrassment, and the two did not turn their heads at all!

    "Leave here first..."

    Urahara Kisuke''s body leaped back and forth, avoiding the attack of the blue virtual flash, and a solemn color flashed across his face: "It seems that the guy who appeared just now should have assisted in the assassination. To stop Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha from breaking the ground..."

    "Is that so?"

    Holding Lingteezhai''s face was also full of shock: "I really didn''t expect... such a terrifying emptiness still exists in the virtual circle!"

    "Wait for us to find a safe place..."

    Urahara Kisuke sideways avoided a virtual flash, and continued in a deep voice: "Let''s discuss about sneaking into this palace to steal information!"

    "Ok¡­"

    Holding Ryoko Tetsusai nodded slowly.

    After the two of them fled the battlefield in this area, Ulchiola slowly paced back to the Void Night Palace, and the first step of their plan had been completed.

    Set up barriers for Urahara Kisuke to obtain information.

    Only if Urahara Kisuke obtained the information after untold hardships and even nine deaths, he would believe that this information was valuable.

    The double guns in Koyatai Stark¡¯s hands turned into a light, revealing Liliette¡¯s body. The little girl was holding Koyatai Stark¡¯s neck, sitting in his arms and pouting unhappily. Opened his own mouth.

    "Stark, I''ve just played for a while and haven''t had much fun yet!"

    "too troublesome."

    Stark supported the little girl''s body, carried her on his neck, and continued slowly: "It''s really troublesome, but fortunately I drove them away so soon..."

    "Stark, give me a little motivation!"

    Liliette reprimanded her softly, and couldn''t help but twitching Stark''s ears.

    The two people get along very close, because their souls are originally one, and they are closer than any relationship, and they don''t distinguish each other at all.

    It''s just that if the two of them are so close...

    Ulchiola, who was standing next to him, seemed a bit redundant.

    Fortunately, they don¡¯t care about these little things at all. Urchiola himself is more concerned about the tasks explained above: "Now Urahara Kisuke already knows that the night palace is tightly guarded, and with their power there is no way to force a breakthrough. The next thing we need to do is to let him go to the laboratory where Lord Oshemaru was discovered..."

    "Then it has nothing to do with us..."

    Koyatai Stark patted Liliette¡¯s smooth calf, preventing the little girl from moving around, and then he continued: "Our mission should only be left to wait until they get the information to hunt them down..."

    "Ok."

    Ulchiola nodded slowly, just looking at the somewhat lazy Stark, and couldn''t help but shook his head: "Then be prepared at all times... I will continue to arrange the next step of our plan. ."

    The first step plan has been completed.

    The plan for the second step seems to be troublesome. It is not easy to guide Urahara Kisuke to discover the laboratory of Oshemaru, and let him find out that there is a virtual circle in Oshemaru...

    of course¡­

    This matter is actually not complicated.

    Because Urahara Kisuke¡¯s intelligence officer Shirazue was also theirs.

    After Kisuke Urahara and Hiroitetsusai found a deserted and safe cave, Bai Jue appeared in front of them and provided them with good news.

    An abandoned cave.

    In other words, it is an abandoned experimental base.

    In this cave, Urahara Kisuke found traces of the existence of the blur experiment. This base was used by Aizen Soyousuke or it was once used by Oshemaru.

    No matter who belongs to...

    This also proves that the virtual circle has mature face-off technology!

    Some people are using this mature face-off technology to produce face-offs in batches. This is not good news for them!

    Do not¡­

    In other words, it is also good news!

    What they have to do now is to continue to explore, or find a way to sneak into the palace of the night, and get evidence that can prove the existence of Dashewan!

    Unfortunately¡­

    This is not easy at all!

    Because Urahara and Shou Lingtie Zhai have already appeared in Xuye Palace, and are defined as intruders who are still hiding in the virtual circle.

    In the virtual circle began to have more patrols, they commanded the Kylian-level Dai Xu to carry out a carpet search of the virtual circle. Once they found the trace of Urahara Kisuke, they would immediately call for a siege!

    Fighting is naturally not the purpose of Urahara.

    Therefore, once they encounter a patrol, Urahara and Hiroitetsusai can only flee in embarrassment. Fortunately, there is Bai Jue beside him who can provide information, allowing them to escape many crises.

    Although they don¡¯t know...

    Bai Jue, who has been following Urahara, is the source of the crisis...

    Xuye Palace.

    Dashewan is rarely soaked in his own laboratory.

    Since the battle with Aizen Soyousuke, Oshemaru seems to prefer tossing in the laboratory, and he began to study some experiments that can break through the limits.

    Or¡­

    It is an experiment that breaks through common sense.

    Today, Da She Wan''s experiment seems to have made progress, but he is in a slightly good mood, and he appeared in the conference hall of the Xu Ye Palace with great interest.

    "Master Oshemaru."

    A group of shameless Daxu respectfully salutes the Oshe Maru.

    As a broken face endowed with wisdom and strength by Oshe Maru, O She Maru is equivalent to their parents to them, really the kind of both a strict father and a loving mother...

    "Ho **** ho ho... are they all here?"

    Oshemaru slowly sat in the second seat and looked at Ulchiola who was presiding over the meeting: "Where is the so-called plan?"

    "It will take some time."

    Ulchiola stood up respectfully and replied softly: "When the news of Nelly Elu and Grimjoo attacking the world and expelling death is transmitted to the soul world, we will introduce the two of Urahara Kisuke to us. The target area of ??the plan."

    This is a series of plans.

    First of all, Urahara Kisuke was lured into the virtual circle to explore intelligence; secondly, Nellie and Grimjoo launched a battle against the **** of death in this world, which caused the high level of the soul world to pay endless attention to the illusion of the face; finally; , They will find ways to get Urahara Kisuke to get information, and return to the Soul World with all the information, completely detonating the situation in the Soul World.

    Dashemaru hooked the corner of his mouth, chuckled and said: "I am very interested in this little guy who sneaked into the virtual circle. Tell me the final target area and let me see what this little guy is said to be a genius. A different place..."

    "¡­Yes."

    Ulchiola slowly nodded, and said softly, "It would be great if Oshemaru-sama is willing to take the shot in person, and you can definitely win Urahara...According to our plan, the area where they will eventually be introduced is an experiment of Oshemaru-sama. room."

    "..."

    Da She Wan''s smile was slightly stiff.

    Why is it one of his laboratories?

    Once anything gets involved with his name, Dashemaru feels that the situation is a little bit uncomfortable, as if someone is going to cheat him again...

    Didn¡¯t you just think of a way to arrange Aizen Soyousuke? !

    At the next moment, Oshemaru''s smile returned again, and there seemed to be some doubts in his voice: "This matter...Why don''t I know?"

    Was it the private arrangement of that **** Naru Uehara again?

    Is this guy going to buckle his head again?

    That **** was so unscrupulously trying to put all the trouble on his head, he wouldn''t think he was Danzo Shimura!

    "..."

    Ulchiola was silent.

    Obviously this silent answer meant that the person who gave him the order was Akatsuki, and it was not suitable to mention it on this occasion.

    After thinking about it for a second, Ulchiola continued to respond: "It''s just a small matter, and it should not harm the reputation of Oshomaru-sama..."

    Ok¡­

    probably not.

    It just renewed the identity of Da She Wan.

    As long as Urahara Kisuke brings Oshemaru''s information back to the soul world, the entire soul world will know that Oshemaru is not a close friend of the Uehara clan, but a traitor of the Uehara clan who fled with the art of reincarnating from the dirty soil thousands of years ago...

    of course¡­

    There is another layer of identity below Oshemaru, that is, he is not a traitor of the Uehara clan, and has always been one of Uehara Naraku''s subordinates.

    In addition to the information on Osemaru, there is also information about the alliance between Aizen Soyousuke and Osemaru, which will be given to Urahara Kisuke as the final reward.

    These news...

    Must be enough to detonate the corpse soul world.

    Of course, before that, the incident of madly attacking the world''s death **** with the evil spirit will let the soul world realize the threat of the evil spirit.

    Only in this way can the corpse soul world pay more attention to what is happening in the virtual circle, and let Seireitei deeply realize the threat of Aizen Soyousuke and Oshamaru!

    This world.

    Naruki City.

    The gods of death of the tenth squad were stationed in various towns of the city.

    On weekdays, these gods of death only occasionally carry out soul burial rituals on the souls of some deceased people, killing some degenerate spirits, and the little days are actually going well.

    Unfortunately¡­

    Today they are not doing well.

    Two formidable faceless Daxu attacked them brazenly, directly smashing the corpses on their bodies, forcing these death gods to contact their companions and flee back to the corpse soul world!

    Such incidents one after another!

    There have been at least dozens of incidents of attacking the **** of death in the entire world!

    In addition to Narugi City, the contact point between the world and the Soul World has also encountered an irresistible enemy, and the death **** stationed here has no power to fight back!

    A man with light blue hair easily knocked them all down!

    Kyoto.

    The sky above a shrine.

    A man with light blue hair and a woman with emerald green hair are floating above the shrine that has been turned into ruins. It is Grimjo and Nellie who are in charge of commanding the Ravaged Legion. They are responsible for solving the problem with the strongest strength. A point of contact.

    In the ruins of the shrine, there are more than a dozen severely wounded gods of death, each of which has been smashed into pieces, and even the souls of many gods of death have been scraped away!

    Obviously just two people...

    No, there is only one that should be said!

    But the man with light blue hair madly crushed them and these elite death gods, and even defeated them all as if in a game!

    "Is it a mask...or is it a virtual...no, virtual does not have this level of wisdom...is Urahara Kisuke doing the ghost again?"

    The head of the death officer was full of anger. He clutched his **** shoulder tightly, and gritted his teeth and continued to ask: "No matter who your subordinates are, UU reading wants to be clear about attacking the present-day death. It is tantamount to declaring war on Seireitei..."

    The spiritual pressure of these two guys is too strong!

    There is still a breath of virtual spiritual pressure on their bodies!

    However, the spiritual pressure on them is more terrifying than any Daxu they have encountered. Even the light blue-haired man alone can''t compete, let alone the emerald-haired woman who has been watching the battle next to...

    From the perception of Reiatsu...

    The emerald-green-haired woman with a demure-looking face must be stronger!

    "If you want to treat this as a declaration of war..."

    Nelly Ellu looked down at the Grim Reaper on the ground, shook her head slowly, and continued softly: "Then you can treat it as a declaration of war..."

    Grimjoo held his sword on his shoulders, grinning with a grinning smile: "Go back obediently! Tell your parents, the age of death is coming to an end from this moment..."

 Chapter 658ï¼š 1 master and apprentice of the same line, 1 student who betrayed the teacher

    The corpse soul world.

    Seireitei, ambulance.

    Due to the activity and action of the Rapture Legion, most of the death gods stationed in this world were surrounded and suppressed by the Rapture Daxu, and hurriedly fled back to the Soul Realm, dragging their wounded bodies.

    Among them, most of the death gods stationed in this world belong to the tenth team.

    As the current captain of the tenth squad, Shiba Yixin, when the situation of his squad was seriously damaged, he hurriedly ordered Hisugaya Toushiro and Matsumoto Ranju to report on the active situation of the squad, and rushed to the world alone. Other subordinates.

    The news that the Shattered Legion is active in this world caused an uproar in the entire Seireitei. This situation can be described as dangerous. If the entire world is invaded by the Daxu, there may be a hell!

    Yamamoto Motoyusai Shigekuni immediately summoned all the captains of the Gotei 13 team, and worked together to find a way to deal with this sudden threat.

    No matter which team leader¡¯s face looks ugly, obviously they also know very well that those shameless emptiness active in this world are a huge threat to the corpse soul world. Who knows if those great emptiness will attack after occupying the world. Soul World...

    wrong¡­

    It is impossible to allow those great imaginary to occupy the world!

    The tenth team captain Gengmu Jianba is a fighting lunatic, with a grinning smile on the scarred face, and he said coldly: "Speaking of which, it seems that we have nothing to do except fighting. Let''s do it!"

    As a guy who likes to fight, Gengmu Jianba will lead the entire eleventh division like a wolf. After receiving the news that powerful enemies are appearing in the world, the first idea of ??the eleventh division is to directly enter the world as a vanguard. !

    "It would be better to find out the source of the enemy before that?"

    The Captain of the Fourth Division Uozhihuareel slowly shook his head and looked in the direction of Ky¨­raku Chunshui: "Speaking of words, has the Intelligence Department of the Eighth Division received any corresponding information?"

    A group of Death Captains couldn''t help but look at Jingle Chunshui.

    After all, they still don''t know the source of those Rapporteurs that are active in this world. At least they must first check the enemy''s intelligence, so as to avoid losses as much as possible.

    The captain of the eighth division, Jingle Chunshui, noticed that the scene suddenly became quiet, and a group of people looked at him, and he slowly shook his head and said: "Huh? Intelligence...it did not find anything here, those The guy seems to have emerged out of thin air..."

    "How could there be an enemy coming out of thin air..."

    "Whether they come from the virtual circle or have been hiding in this world, this large organization must have existed for a long time, and it is absolutely impossible not to show a trace..."

    "At present, the only news may be traced back to the previous assassination. Perhaps the assassin was not a ghost of death, but a so-called faceless man."

    "That said..."

    Everyone''s eyes fell on the two of the fifth squad.

    It just so happened that Aizen Soyousuke had healed his wounds. This time he and Uehara Naraku participated in the meeting together, and received news of the Ravaged Legion''s operation.

    Regarding the actions of the Ruffed Legion, Ai Ran Soyousuke didn''t care, he didn''t care much about the action of the Ruffed Legion, he just handed everything to Onomaru, Ulchiola and others to deal with.

    One to say one...

    Although this action has caused a lot of trouble, it can be regarded as arousing the vigilance of the Soul World, but in the future, he can be more high-profile when he defected to the Soul World.

    Ever since the masked legion of Sifengyuan Yeyihe and Mako and others were captured into the Soul World, Ai Ran Soyousuke has realized that he will be in trouble sooner or later in the Soul World.

    It would be better to take this to get out.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke hasn''t inquired about Kazuki for the time being, and he doesn''t know where their plan has been. If hundreds of the Raiders invaded the world, shouldn''t it prevent the capture of Urahara Kisuke?

    But at this time, Ai Ran Soyousuke still needs to hide in the corpse world for a while, at least to determine which plan the two subordinates, Hei Jue and Ulchiola have made...

    When the eyes of a group of people fell on Aizen and Naruko Uehara, Aizen Soyousuke slowly held his fist to his lips, and coughed a few times: "Speaking of it, maybe the last time I was attacked. And Naraku¡¯s should be the same as Da Xu who attacked the world. It is also the shape of the changed faceless people, but I don¡¯t know who ordered them..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke slowly raised his head, a solemn expression was revealed under the scattered shattered hair: "There is no doubt that they should be enemies who want to stir the chaos of Seireitei and the Soul World, because they were at the beginning. The goal is to assassinate Naraku..."

    When talking about this, Aizen Soyousuke glanced at Uehara Naraku and continued softly: "Although Naraku has always disliked acting on his own identity in Seoringi, his identity does have something to do with Seoringi¡¯s. safety¡­"

    "team leader¡­"

    Uehara Naraku''s face was a little lost.

    It can be seen that Uehara Naraku really does not like his identity, and he has always disliked relying on his identity as the head of a wealthy clan.

    Even if Lan Ran Soyousuke mentioned this sentence a little bit, the little Patriarch was a little bit disappointed, as if what he got now was because of his identity.

    "..."

    The captains of the entire Gotei 13 team nodded slightly.

    What Lan Ran So Yousuke said is indeed reasonable. If the person who attacked and assassinated them was also a shameless humanoid, then he must be their deadly enemy of the Soul World!

    Because that guy or the people behind that guy tried to assassinate the Patriarch of the Uehara clan, this obviously provoked the contradiction between the Uehara clan and Seireitei, and wanted to subvert or even destroy the Soul World!

    "Then there is nothing to say..."

    The ninth team leader Dongxian wanted to follow Ai Ran''s meaning, and continued with a deep voice: "If those people are our enemies...then we must purify all the evil!"

    "I also feel that way¡­"

    Ichimaru Gin squinted his eyes and nodded slowly, then chuckled and continued: "It just so happens that we haven''t experienced a decent battle for a long time..."

    "That''s true..."

    Yamamoto Motoyuzhai Shigekuni closed his eyes, nodded slowly, and said in a deep voice: "Then from this moment...Please prepare your arms for war! This is a war to retake the world. Please plan your plans!"

    After all, they are gods of death!

    Once the gods of death and Happiness are fighting in this world, it is difficult to say that they will not destroy the space of this world. Even if they only use their hands and feet or even a certain captain, it is possible to destroy a certain city or region in this world...

    Therefore, the best way for them is to introduce those big voids into an open area, or into the corpse soul world, so that they can let the death gods directly use their full strength without fear.

    before that¡­

    Must be deployed!

    The entire corpse soul world and Seireitei have become nervous as never before. The elite death gods of each division of the Gotei 13 team have been transferred back to Seireitei, because this time they need to deal with hundreds of faceless people. !

    Every faceless figure is imaginary...

    They all need the power of a captain-level death **** to deal with it!

    This also means that each squad can only mobilize their seats, and they must be seats with strong combat capabilities, all of which are the elites of the entire Gotei 13 team!

    Just as the Gotei 13 team gathered the elites in full swing...

    With the help of Bai Jue, Urahara Kisuke and Hirotetsusai, who were still active in the virtual circle, finally infiltrated an Oshemaru experimental base under the ground in the Xuye Palace.

    This experimental base is far beyond their imagination.

    Even Urahara Kisuke was a little surprised. Even when he was the captain of the 12th division, he never had such a luxurious base...

    All kinds of sleeping emptiness...

    Various styles of Zanpaku...

    Weird experimental equipment...

    And a data room that is as spacious as a warehouse and filled with all the bookshelves!

    Even the names written on the bookshelves were experiments that Kisuke Urahara had only heard of in the mouth of the pharmacist, but had never seen it personally!

    Many are forbidden technology research and development experiments...

    If you can stay in this data room for a year, no, or in just one day, Urahara Kisuke can feel comparable to what he has gained in the past 100 years!

    This is the experimental base of the former Lengjun Dashewan. All the experimental data left by Dashewan here are the experimental data left by Dashewan. I can say that these are enough to promote the technological progress of the corpse soul world!

    Especially most of them are forbidden...

    Those forbidden techniques that only appeared in the rumored materials!

    For example, Urahara Kisuke is most interested in the android technology.

    By transplanting a powerful soul into a clone, this technology can create humans that are truly indistinguishable from ordinary people, and even retain complete spiritual power...

    Such humans can hide in the present world, can live like real humans, and go further than the remains of the uprising...

    This can be called a comeback.

    Kisuke Urahara has been coveting this technology for a long time.

    For so many years, Urahara Kisuke has been continuously developing the hidden righteous corpse in order to hide his actions in this world, but it will lose spiritual power. Urahara has actually got the idea, and only a little more inspiration or guidance can greatly speed him up. The progress of the experiment!

    Unfortunately¡­

    They have no time to stay here any longer.

    This is the underground of the Xuye Palace, and it is possible at any time to be discovered by the patrolling Daxu here. At that time, it was extremely difficult for them to escape.

    "A little bit of data should be fine, right?"

    Kisuke Urahara scratched his head, and when he slowly reached out to pick up a copy of the data, his eyes saw another line of words!

    Compared with the technology of cyborgs...

    The forbidden technique marked in that line of words made Urahara Kisuke feel more excited!

    The world''s most perfect righteous corpse technology, the legendary foundation of the Uehara family in the corpse soul world, the legendary technique of reincarnating from dirty soil!

    If you can get the technique of reincarnation...

    He doesn''t even need to continue to explore and find evidence, as long as he can crack the secret of reincarnation in the dirty soil, he can directly let the Uehara clan release!

    of course¡­

    This plan is a bit dangerous.

    Even if such a dangerous plan is not carried out, just a glimpse at the reincarnation technique of the filthy soil will satisfy Urahara Kisuke, or that there is no research scholar in the corpse soul world who will not be calm about this forbidden technique!

    no doubt¡­

    This may be the highest mystery in the entire corpse soul world!

    Just as Urahara Kisuke wanted to pick up the art of reincarnation from the dirty soil, a cold voice stopped his action: "I heard, you are a student of Tou?"

    "who!"

    Holding Ryotetsusai and Kisuke Urahara turned their heads abruptly!

    A long, thin figure with pale skin was standing at the door of the laboratory data room. A long tongue slowly emerged from his mouth, and he licked his lips...

    This scene¡­

    It makes people look weird!

    Orochimaru!

    Lengjun Dashewan!

    Kisuke Urahara didn''t need to ask at all, because they, researchers and scholars who were particularly longing for Oshemaru, would never mistake the appearance of Oshemaru!

    "Ho **** ho ho, shouldn''t you salute me at this time?"

    Da She Wan licked his lips, with a grimly grin on his face: "Didn''t your teacher, Pharmacist, tell you...who is his teacher?"

    "..."

    Kisuke Urahara fell into silence.

    Obviously, Dashewan''s words were not born out of nothing.

    At this time, Da She Wan mentioned the person Yao Shi Dou, indicating that he and Yao Shi Dou had a very close relationship, and they were even masters and apprentices in the same line.

    Perhaps this can also prove why Yao Shidou has researched the technique of reincarnation from the dirty soil, or it may be the information he got from Da She Wan in the first place?

    "Your Excellency Oshe Maru."

    Kisuke Urahara took a deep breath, waved his hand to hold Hyotesai behind him, and said in a deep voice, "Your Excellency...Do you know me?"

    "Although I am hiding here, I have been paying attention to the Soul World..."

    Oshemaru¡¯s laughter became more and more permeating, and it even made the bones shiver: "A smart and genius child like you can help me get revenge, or become my best wife. Of course, I won¡¯t want to let it go. It¡¯s a pity. The thing is, that guy seems to like you very much, he took the first step to protect you..."

    "Teacher Dou..."

    A touch of surprise flashed across Urahara''s face. U U Reading

    At this moment, Urahara''s eyes suddenly changed. He remembered the cultivation and care given to him by Pharmacist, and the protection he had been protecting him all the time. The two of them were almost like father and son.

    Now listening to Osha Maru...

    It seemed that Pharmacist Duo had done more for him than he knew.

    According to Urahara Kisuke''s own analysis, he guessed that Oshemaru may be a traitor of the Uehara clan. Now it seems that Oshemaru, besides defecting the Uehara clan, seems to want revenge on the Uehara clan.

    When Urahara Kisuke tried to ask for information, Oshemaru''s laughter suddenly became stern, as if there was endless resentment: "Almost forgot...you kid also betrayed...it looks like we are the same. Mai¡¯s masters and apprentices really have the same disposition... all have abandoned the teachings of their own teachers..."

    Dear, click in, give a good comment, the higher the score, the faster the update, it is said that the new full marks are found at the end of the beautiful wife!

    The new revision and upgrade address of the mobile station: data and bookmarks are synchronized with the computer station, and fresh reading without ads!

 Chapter 659ï¼š Kisuke Urahara got his wish

    It sounds strange.

    There is an old tradition of betraying the teacher''s door up and down in Dashemaru.

    When Urahara Kisuke heard Oshemaru talking about this, a frustration flashed in his eyes, and then he became firm again, and his face became a little serious.

    "Speaking like this..."

    Urahara slowly grasped his palm, and whispered, "Do Teacher Dou and Mr. Oshamaru also have a relationship that I don''t know about?"

    "Ho **** ho ho... Does this need to be thought about?"

    Oshemaru grinned, and chuckled lightly: "That guy was just an assistant who helped me with the miscellaneous... No, even an assistant is not good enough. It''s not even qualified as a test product for me. The presence¡­"

    These words are telling the truth.

    The original pharmacist''s pocket was really not taken seriously by Dashewan.

    However, Naraku Uehara took the pharmacist''s pocket under his command. With the help of the pharmacist''s pocket, the Oshe Maru was played in the palm of his hand by Naraku Uehara and lived a very dangerous life.

    Since then, Dashemaru has started a rather sad life.

    It wasn''t even until Yakushidou was willing to help again, and fought for Uehara Naruto to seize a world, in exchange for the rebirth of Oshemaru.

    to be honest¡­

    Da She Wan''s idea of ??pharmacist''s pocket is quite complicated.

    If it were not for the pharmacist, he would not be released by Naru Uehara, nor would he have the opportunity to see the wider world, but he just felt a little awkward in his heart...

    Therefore, every time when it comes to Yakushitou, Dashewan will inevitably have a bit of contempt. It can be seen that Dashewan is actually very unhappy that the pharmacist who was once ignored by him has turned to Uehara Naruto. Completely surpass him.

    of course¡­

    It would not be happy to change to anyone.

    Oshemaru sneered, then raised his head and stared at Urahara Kisuke in front of him again: "Huh, maybe this is fate... That guy has protected you as a kid well, but it''s a pity that you, like his choice, turned your back on yourself. What about his benefactor!"

    Da She Maru slowly spread out his palms, and the smile on his face became more and more gloomy: "I was the one who took him out of the abyss..."

    "..."

    Urahara Kisuke remained silent.

    In a short period of time, Urahara had already figured out the past of Da She Wan and Yao Shi Dou. His head slowly dropped, and he said in a deep voice, "If it looks like this, in fact, Mr. Da She Wan just wants to treat Teacher Dou as It¡¯s just my own pawn..."

    "Ho **** ho ho..."

    Hearing Urahara Kisuke''s words, the grim smile on Oshemaru''s face grew bigger and bigger, and even the smile suddenly became a little crazy: "Ho **** ho **** ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha...In this world, not everyone is a chess piece. !"

    indeed.

    Everyone in this world is a chess piece.

    It''s just that many chess pieces don''t know it.

    In comparison, Oshemaru is a **** who knows his identity, and Urahara Kisuke is no longer qualified to become a pawn.

    A fierce look flashed in O Shemaru''s eyes. He looked at Urahara Kisuke and Hirotetsusai, his fingers stood up suddenly: "Forget it, then leave you here!"

    A terrifying spiritual pressure radiated from the body of Dashewan!

    A touch of horror flashed in the eyes of Kisuke Urahara and Hirotetsusai. The two couldn''t help but glance at each other, and each nodded.

    Just from the Reiatsu on the Oshe Maru, they knew that they were definitely not opponents, especially here was the enemy''s home court!

    This legendary Leng Jun Dashewan...

    It''s not just a simple character!

    Over the Xuye Palace.

    Ulchiola floated in the air, his face as indifferent as always: "Stark, get ready...it will be your turn to chase them after a while."

    "It''s really troublesome..."

    Keyatai Stark scratched his head, picked up Liliette who was hugging him, and sighed softly, "Will Lord Oshemaru kill them?"

    Before the execution of this plan, Keyatai Stark didn''t think that Oshemaru was in a good mood. Wouldn''t Oshemaru really kill the two Uraharas under his anger?

    Ulchiola didn''t frown, but he shook his head slowly and didn''t answer, because he knew that Dashewan was more sensible than anyone else.

    Even in anger...

    The Oshemaru-sama who trained them by one hand will not lose his mind, even in the desperate situation, Ulchiola thinks that Oshemaru will still remain calm.

    And Ulchiola has also heard some gossip...

    For example, Dashemaru seems to have encountered something more cruel.

    In the underground base of Xuye Palace.

    Small snakes came out from every corner of the base.

    In a blink of an eye, Urahara Kisuke and Hiroitetsusai were already in deep siege.

    "The Thirty-three of Dao Breaking: Canghuo Fall!"

    Holding Lingtiezhai suddenly stretched out his palm, a burst of flame fell on the ground, and instantly swept away the snakes on the ground!

    Only when he killed the snakes, Urahara Kisuke''s face changed, and he hurriedly covered his nose and mouth with his hand, and said in a deep voice, "Be careful! The blood of these snakes is poisonous!"

    Next second...

    The corpses and blood stains of the snakes on the ground turned into a cloud of mist under the burning of the flame, and followed the mist to spread in this huge data room.

    This is the trap of Oshemaru!

    In the purple poisonous mist, Urahara took a look at the situation in this data room, and suddenly reached out and grabbed a document, and used his spiritual pressure to temporarily blast the poisonous mist in front of him, even directly. Shattered a wall!

    Urahara dragged his grip on Hirotetsusai and wanted to escape!

    "Ho **** ho ho... still want to escape?"

    Oshemaru''s body suddenly stretched out, as if it were a snake-man, and a Kusanaru sword was suddenly spit out from his mouth, and it flew out toward Urahara Kisuke and Hirotetsusai!

    Bang!

    Urahara waved his cane and was about to knock the Kusanaru sword into the air!

    What he didn''t expect was that the Kusanaru sword was also extending in an instant, as fast as Ichimaru Silver''s sharp spear Zanpaku sword!

    The huge Kusanaru sword and Urahara''s cane collided suddenly!

    "go!"

    Urahara Kisuke''s mouth spouted a gulp of blood, and the whole person flew out in embarrassment, but he got up again instantly and fled toward the exit when he came!

    Hold Ryotetsusai followed closely behind!

    However, they were greeted by a dense swarm of snakes!

    "The Array of Ten Thousand Snakes!"

    Countless brown snakes covered the corridor!

    Each long snake spit out a grass naginata sword at the same time!

    The speed of this group of long snakes was so fast that they caught up with Urahara Kisuke and Hiroitetsusai in a blink of an eye. The two of them involuntarily followed their sights, looking at the group of snakes on the wall alongside them, and the sharp blade in the mouth of this group of long snakes. !

    "Sixty-three of Dao Breaking, Thunder Roar!"

    Kisuke Urahara shot a thunder from the palm of his hand!

    Sweep the array of Ten Thousand Snakes behind in an instant!

    Holding Lingtiezhai also stopped at this moment, raising his hand to release bursts of flames, clearing the snakes near them!

    However, after they cleared the Ten Thousand Snake Luo formation, the expressions of the two people became particularly ugly, because the figure of Oshe Maru had been lost in his sight.

    Obviously...

    Dashemaru shouldn''t give up chasing them.

    Urahara Kisuke turned his head again and looked in the direction of their exit, Osamaru''s figure had already been blocked in front of them, and in such a short time as he turned around to use the Thunder Roar... Osamaru surpassed their speed and blocked them. The way to go.

    "When¡­"

    A drop of cold sweat appeared on the face of Ling Tetshai: "I didn''t notice his trace at all...Is it that kind of terrifying instant step again?"

    "It''s not Shunbu..."

    Urahara Kisuke slowly shook his head, slowly stretched out his hand under the brim of his hat, and whispered: "The legendary character just turned into a snake among the snakes, with the help of the snakes'' cover. Caught up with us..."

    "Is it necessary?"

    His face was a little confused.

    "Every animal has a habit when hunting..."

    Kisuke Urahara took a deep breath and explained in a deep voice: "Just like when a cat catches a mouse, he likes to play with the mouse to death little by little..."

    After saying this, Urahara Kisuke¡¯s voice became lower and lower, and even a little depressed: "When a snake catches its prey, it likes to entangle the body of the prey little by little until the prey suffocates. Enjoy your own delicious meal..."

    Urahara Kisuke slowly lowered his head, and said in a deep voice, "This legendary figure seems to have the same hobby..."

    And what¡¯s more troublesome is...

    This legendary big figure is strong enough. He has very rich combat experience. He seems to like to fight with his brain very much. After all, not every strong man will be full and will set up traps when fighting. ¡­

    "Ho **** ho ho..."

    Oshemaru¡¯s voice seemed extraordinarily rampant in the corridor, and his laughter was as gloomy as this dark corridor: "Little devil, I have been paying attention to your existence. With your wisdom, I can be my assistant... "

    "This is not good..."

    Urahara Kisuke slowly shook his head and lowered his own voice: "If I change to the past, maybe I can''t ask for Mr. Oshemaru''s assistant... Why don''t we have a discussion, and wait until I finish my business. , Come and join Mr. Oshemaru?"

    "Then you should stay here forever and turn it into my nourishment!"

    A violent gust of wind is oncoming!

    Oshemaru''s body instantly turned into a large white phosphorus snake, his mouth suddenly opened, and his blood bowl swallowed toward Urahara Kisuke, as if to swallow him directly into his abdomen!

    "..."

    Kisuke Urahara silently wielded the Hongji Zanpaku Sword to face him!

    A fierce battle unfolded under this ground!

    However, the strength of the two sides in this battle is somewhat different. Even if Urahara Kisuke and Wake Hirotetsusai join forces, they can''t shake Oshemaru...

    Even less than a few rounds after the fight, the white phosphorus snake''s body was densely packed like scales and the small white snakes would suddenly fall, biting wounds on the bodies of the two people of Urahara and Hirottezai!

    Whether it was Urahara Kisuke or Hirotetsusai, after being bitten by these little white snakes, they clearly felt their vision blurred and their bodies weakened little by little!

    It''s poison again!

    Why does this legendary big man like to use poison so much?

    "Use Tie Dao..."

    Kisuke Urahara glanced at Hishitetsusai and said solemnly, "Let''s see if we can work together, can we seal him for a moment... You must leave here immediately, otherwise, other enemies will come to support you soon."

    "Ok¡­"

    Holding Ryoko Tetsusai nodded slowly.

    In this case, any battle is not good for them. Taking 10,000 steps back, even if they desperately defeated the Oshe Maru, they are still in a crisis of life and death.

    Their goal was never to defeat someone...

    Instead, I got evidence of the existence of a virtual circle in Dashewan!

    The next moment, the two people looked at the White Phosphorus Serpent at the same time, closed their palms, they abandoned the singing and used the same ability!

    "Ninety-nine of Bound Dao! Forbidden!"

    Countless spiritual powers turned into cloth strips and nails to bind the White Phosphorus Serpent!

    Only in the next second of being restrained, the body of the White Phosphorus Orochi swelled rapidly, but the tiny white snake on its body slowly merged into the White Phosphorus Orochi Pill at this moment!

    "..."

    Urahara Kisuke and Hirotetsusai''s expressions were a little weird.

    Although it looks like Boundado succeeded...

    But looking at the appearance of Oshemaru, Urahara Kisuke and Hirotetsusai were not sure whether Oshemaru would break free in the next second, and they couldn''t stay here any longer!

    The two of them instantly crossed the Oshe Maru and fled towards the exit!

    as expected!

    In the next second, the entire Xuye Palace began to vibrate!

    After a tremor in the Xuye Palace ground, a huge eight-qi big snake suddenly rushed out, and the eight snake heads opened their mouths at the same time, spraying a sharp blade toward the ground!

    Under this blade of rain...

    Urahara Kisuke and Hirotetsusai fled in embarrassment!

    Both of them were stained with blood. Obviously, they were both injured under the rain of blades. The most troublesome thing is that both of them still carry uncleared snake venom. This time it is really possible to explain. it''s here!

    no matter what¡­

    You still have to escape!

    As long as there is a glimmer of life, you should never give up!

    Eight Qi Orochi slowly straightened his body, and his huge body blocked the entire Void Night Palace. This legendary monster roared fiercely, as if calling the entire corpse soul world!

    Oshemaru''s body came out of the mouth of one of the snake''s heads, and his eyes were coldly watching Urahara Kisuke and Hirotetsusai who were stumbling away!

    next moment¡­

    Keyatai Stark, who had been ambushing nearby, appeared instantaneously, instantly merged with Liliette, and began to shoot a virtual flash at Kisuke Urahara and Hirotetsusai!

    If it just looks like...

    Urahara Kisuke and Hirotetsusai have already pierced their wings and cannot escape!

    However, it is a pity that Keyatai Stark''s pursuit did not last long. In the process of the pursuit, Urahara Kisuke and Hirotetsusai suddenly disappeared to the ground.

    In desperation, Stark had to return to the Palace of the Void.

    After Stark left.

    Under the ground, Urahara Kisuke and Hirotetsusai slowly breathed a sigh of relief. Fortunately, they had escaped the danger by leaving behind a helper.

    "Thanks to Bai Jue who arranged the Zhuanjie Chuanzhu in this area in advance..."

    Kisuke Urahara glanced at Bai Jue''s body and its dozens of clones, and finally heaved a sigh of relief before he took out the information he had stolen from the laboratory of Oshemaru.

    This piece of information is not a technique for reincarnation from the filthy soil.

    Rather, the forbidden technique "Yaki Art" with the style of Oshemaru.

    At this time, Kisuke Urahara knew that he had enough enemies, and what he had to do now was to turn enemies into friends with the Uehara clan, instead of continuing to make enemies for the so-called perfect righteous corpse forbidden technique described by the filthy rebirth.

    Kisuke Urahara put away the forbidden scroll of "The Art of Eight Qi" in his hand again, and slowly removed a white eyeball decoration from his cane, lowered his head and said, "Prepare to go to the Soul World... Hope... everything is as I guessed it!"

    As long as the Uehara clan can be persuaded, UU reading may be able to expose the true face of Aizen Soyousuke with the support of this clan!

    "Are we going back to the Soul World now?"

    Holding Ryotetsusai glanced at Urahara Kisuke, the urn asked, "Is there no need for other evidence?"

    "Enough already."

    Urahara Kisuke shook his head and glanced at Bai Zetsu next to him: "Bai Zetsu, have you collected enough information?"

    "Hehehehe... Don''t worry Urahara."

    Bai Jue nodded, took out an eyeball tool and handed it to Urahara Kisuke, smiled and said: "There are all the evidence you want, but unfortunately I didn''t take pictures of them pooping..."

    Dear, click in, give a good comment, the higher the score, the faster the update, it is said that the new full marks are found at the end of the beautiful wife!

    The new revision and upgrade address of the mobile station: Data and bookmarks are synchronized with the computer station, and fresh reading without ads!

 Chapter 660ï¼š Dont open your eyes when you are talking nonsense!

    Virtual circle.

    Urahara Kisuke did not stay for long.

    Because from time to time in the virtual circle, there will be large virtual wandering patrols to track their tracks, and it is too dangerous for them to continue here.

    Now the most important evidence is in hand...

    Then there is no need to stay any longer.

    "Let''s go..."

    Urahara Kisuke put away the evidence he wanted to obtain and opened the door to the world. He first walked in and said to himself: "I will go to the Soul World to negotiate with the Uehara clan... You are waiting for me in this world. ."

    "and so on¡­"

    Holding his hand, Hirotetsusai was about to stop Kisuke Urahara.

    Because they all know very well that the negotiations between Urahara Kisuke and the Uehara clan will definitely not go smoothly, and maybe they may run into trouble.

    It''s just that Urahara Kisuke didn''t stop his footsteps, and disappeared from their sight after passing through the gate of the revolving world. Obviously Urahara wanted to face this ordeal alone.

    And originally this was Urahara''s own plan.

    The corpse soul world.

    Seireitei, Uehara Castle.

    Uehara Naraku sat on his throne, surrounded by a group of magic lantern body art phantoms, in addition to Uchiha Madara, Senjujuma and other thirteen deadpools, Osamaru, Ulkiola, and Kurozutsu etc. People are also impressively listed.

    After Kisuke Urahara left the virtual circle, Naraku Uehara received all the details of Ulquiola and Oshemaru''s execution plan.

    "In that case, did Kisuke Urahara take away the Baqi Art?"

    Nairo Uehara held his cheek with a wicked smile at the corner of his mouth, and said with a chuckle: "I thought he would take away the technique of reincarnating from the filthy soil... It''s a pity that he lost one time to learn the truth about the world. chance."

    Uchiha Madara frowned, glanced at the Qianshoujian, and said in a cold voice, "Is there anything written in the evil filthy reincarnation art scroll?"

    "Complete prohibition."

    Uehara Naraku tapped his finger on his cheek, and continued with a smile: "Naturally, the dead who are reincarnated from the dirty soil will be controlled by the operator. This means that the forbidden technique..."

    "..."

    The faces of everyone present couldn''t help but change.

    If Urahara Kisuke really took the technique of reincarnation from the dirty earth and knew the effect of the technique in the art of rebirth from the dirty earth, maybe it would cause a storm in the corpse world...

    After all, for so many years...

    No one knows how many Grim Reapers secretly controlled by the Uehara Clan''s righteous corpse technique wrapped in the technique of reincarnating from the unclean soil, this would be enough to cause a major earthquake!

    can only say¡­

    Fortunately, Kisuke Urahara is interested.

    Otherwise, if Urahara Kisuke really took away the reincarnation scroll, he would realize the dark truth of the Uehara clan, and that would be a lot of fun!

    "Wait until the future to find a chance to let him know..."

    Uehara Naraku slowly sat upright, and his gaze fell on Senjumana''s body: "Next, I will be ready to meet our Urahara store manager... Please ask Mr. Kinuma to be persuaded by him and think of a solution with him. Force Captain Aizen to defect!"

    "Huh, I get it."

    Qianshoujian stood in his position, holding his arm and said coldly, "After Airan Soyousuke defected, as long as the kid that Airan stays in the virtual circle, all his actions will completely fall into ours. Under surveillance..."

    "Yes¡­"

    Uehara Naraku tilted his head and smiled and continued: "Let all his intelligence sources be controlled by us, and let all his actions be guided by us..."

    "..."

    The expressions of everyone present were ugly again.

    Many people present have had such a similar experience, once Uehara Naraku is not a human being, is it really not a human...

    Ulchiola lowered his head slightly, and said respectfully, "Master Naraku, according to my observations, even if we put everything in front of him, Master Aizen might not be affected as much as we imagined. Our secret control and guidance, his purpose seems to have always been very clear..."

    "I know."

    Uehara Naraku interrupted Ulchiola and chuckled softly: "Is Captain Aizen''s purpose, just a trap arranged in advance... Of course, if he can escape the trap, he may receive life Unimaginable awards."

    When Uehara Naraku said this, his smile gradually became stronger and stronger, but his voice slowly lowered: "Another bigger trap...Ulquiola, what do you think of this award?"

    "..."

    Ulquiola lowered his head respectfully.

    While they were still discussing about Ai Ran Soyousuke, a figure appeared in this secret room through the magic lantern body technique and sent a message.

    "Urabara Kisuke is here!"

    Yes it is.

    Urahara Kisuke is here.

    Kisuke Urahara had just obtained information from the Osna Maru and the Great Nether Legion from the virtual circle, and he went directly to the corpse soul world to sneak into the Seoreitei, and rushed to the Uehara castle, waiting for a deal with the Uehara clan.

    No, or it''s a negotiation.

    "I know."

    Senshoujian couldn''t help but snorted coldly, his slide figure disappeared instantly, his body quickly woke up, and went to meet Urahara Kisuke.

    Uehara city, inner city.

    Kisuke Urahara finally set foot here.

    It is said that under the strict protection of the Uehara clan, no one in the entire corpse soul world has set foot in the Uehara inner city for thousands of years, and no one knows what secrets there is in this inner city.

    without doubt¡­

    There are many powerful death gods lurking in this inner city.

    Just some involuntary Rei Pressure that leaked out made people feel a little frightened and uneasy, even Urahara Kisuke was a little surprised by the strength of the Rei Pressure of these gods of death!

    Among them is the second deadpool Senjujuma that I have ever seen...

    Compared to the time when I saw it in this world, the Reiatsu between the Thousand Hands Pillars seemed to be stronger in the Uehara Inner City, even though he was only exuding it unconsciously now!

    actually¡­

    Have you ever suppressed power in this world?

    Even if Senjujuzuma suppressed the power she could use in this world, she could easily defeat the entire Masked Legion!

    The strength of the Uehara clan...

    It is indeed too strong!

    However, the stronger the strength of this group of people, the better. For Kisuke Urahara, the stronger the Uehara clan demonstrated, the higher the probability of his plan''s success!

    "Very few people can set foot here."

    As Urahara Kisuke''s thoughts were turning, Senshoukai''s indifferent voice appeared in his ear: "The old man thought you would bring good news, and specially ordered the guard to take you to the inner city after seeing you. ¡­"

    Uehara Inner City is not so easy to enter.

    So far, everyone who wants to enter Uehara''s inner city must obtain permission from the Thirteen Deadpools, and even the permission of the top ones.

    Even if Yamamoto Genryusai wants to come, he must follow this procedure honestly. This is the background of a thousand-year-old clan.

    Or¡­

    It is also necessary for them to hide secrets.

    Senshou glanced at Urahara Kisuke, and the expression on his face suddenly became a little unhappy: "Huh, it seems that the old man takes you too seriously. The old man thought you would bring the murderer''s body... now it looks like you are Do you want to convince the old man with your own tongue?"

    "of course not."

    Urahara Kisuke slowly shook his head, and reached out to support his hat brim, his face flashed with confidence: "What I can take out this time...maybe it is what Mr. Toma and the entire Uehara clan want most."

    indeed.

    According to Urahara Kisuke¡¯s guess.

    What he has in his hands is definitely what the entire Uehara clan wants most!

    A flash of disdain flashed across Qianshoujian''s face, and he said in a cold voice: "What the Uehara clan wants most is the life of Yakushidou... Can you kill Yakushidou with you kid?"

    "Do not¡­"

    Urahara Kisuke still shook his head slowly, his face gradually became solemn, and he continued word by word: "If I say...I have found the source of the leak of the dirty earth reincarnation technique?"

    "..."

    Qianshoujian''s expression changed abruptly.

    For the Uehara clan, there is obviously nothing more important than rebirth from the dirty soil!

    Thousands of hands suddenly protruded out of his palm, suddenly grasped Urahara Kisuke, and instantly disappeared in place with the help of the Flying Thunder God technique!

    The moment they disappeared...

    Kisuke Urahara didn''t even have time to stop him!

    By the time Urahara Kisuke reacted, his body had been driven by Senshoukai to appear in a secret room.

    Senshoujian''s face was extremely gloomy, his eyes fixed on Urahara Kisuke, and he said in a deep voice: "You kid...what do you know?"

    "Much."

    Urahara Kisuke knew immediately.

    At this time, Urahara seemed to have the initiative, and said slowly: "Perhaps it is only a trivial comparison compared to the thousands of years of history, but only these are enough for Mr. Toma and the Uehara clan?"

    "Ok?"

    Qianshoufen''s eyes narrowed slightly, and people would subconsciously feel the threat of Qianshoufen, and he seemed to be able to make dangerous moves at any time.

    Kisuke Urahara didn''t care at all.

    The store manager stretched out his hand and pressed his hat brim, and said in a low voice: "Thousands of years ago, the whereabouts of the legendary Lengjun Dashewan..."

    When talking about this, Urahara glanced at Qianshoujian''s eyes, and immediately changed his words: "No, maybe it should be said that it is the whereabouts of the traitor of the Uehara clan, Osamaru!"

    "...Huh...interesting!"

    The shock on Qianshoujian''s face flashed away.

    At this moment, Qianshoujian seemed to have been pierced by a huge secret.

    However, because of his identity, Senshoujian immediately reacted, he just snorted, and suddenly looked at Urahara Kisuke with a sneer: "This kind of thing shouldn''t be something you kid can know..."

    "But I already know."

    Kisuke Urahara retorted, and then hurriedly explained: "Of course this is not meant to provoke Mr. Touma... I just want to explain a fact, and I think this kind of thing is not the only thing I know about Seireitei. "

    After saying this, Urahara Kisuke suddenly raised his head and said with a serious face: "There is another person who knows the relationship between Osemaru and the Uehara clan better than I am, because he has always erased evidence for Osemaru. People!"

    "¡­Ok?"

    Senshou Jianma suddenly raised his head, with a clear sullen expression on his face: "You said... is it your Excellency Yamamoto Shigekuni?"

    "...Uh, of course not."

    Kisuke Urahara couldn''t help but rubbed his head. At the moment he was almost taken aback by a sentence from the thousand hands, Urahara immediately said: "If possible, I want to know the truth of the year. , Maybe I have greater certainty..."

    "What sure?"

    "Greater certainty..."

    Kisuke Urahara raised his head and looked at Senshoumen, with a confident smile flashing across his face: "Help the Uehara clan catch the Oshemaru... and the guy who protects the Oshemaru!"

    "..."

    Qianshoujian fell into silence again.

    After a long time, Qianshoujian slowly sat on a chair in the secret room and calmly closed his eyes: "Before that, are you ready to accept the truth of all this? If you dare to deceive the old man , You should know the fate of offending the Uehara clan in the Soul World..."

    "of course."

    Urahara Kisuke''s mouth twitched slightly.

    In the entire corpse soul world, who doesn''t know the fate of offending the Uehara clan?

    At the beginning, Kisuke Urahara was a disciple of Yakushidou. He knew that his teacher was almost put to death by the Uehara clan countless times. As long as one of the methods was used on him, Urahara would never have a place to be buried!

    But Kisuke Urahara has this confidence.

    When Urahara saw the look when he heard the news of Oshomaru in Senshou, he knew that he was half done. As long as he could get the complete truth thousands of years ago, he could not only convince the Uehara clan to form an alliance with him, maybe he could still Let the Uehara clan and the pharmacist turn enemies into friends!

    The Uehara Clan...

    It seems that I hate Dashe Wan more than I hate Pharmacist Pouch!

    "It''s not really a secret..."

    Qianshoujian closed his eyes and whispered a long story: "It seems that you should also know that the technique of reincarnation from the dirty earth was invented by the old man, but it was later completed by the little guy Oshemaru, and then later Only in the hands of your teacher pharmacist..."

    "..."

    Urahara Kisuke''s head lowered, and a flash of horror flashed in his eyes. He really didn''t know this kind of thing!

    Senshoujian did not go to see Urahara Kisuke, but closed his eyes and continued: "Oshemaru has completed the reincarnation of the dirty soil. Uukanshu left the corpse soul in order to obtain the powerful dirty soil legion Jie, we didn¡¯t want to pursue him before that...until he relied on the dirty soil to reincarnate and disturbed the order of life and death in this world..."

    An unpleasant story tells me, even when Qianshoujian talks with his eyes closed all the way, it seems that he is not used to opening his eyes and telling lies...

    In Senjumon''s mouth, they seemed to be very tolerant of Oshomaru, just as tolerant as Yakushi treated Urahara Kisuke...

    "...Because there are many secrets hidden in Oshemaru''s body, in order to avoid the secrets of the clan from leaking, Uehara secretly went to siege Oshemaru, but it was a pity that Oshemaru eventually escaped...

    We are well aware of the dangers and tricks of Oshemaru. In order to cover up the danger of Oshemaru, the Uehara family has deliberately downplayed the existence of Oshemaru for thousands of years, and even made up a story specially for him...

    Unfortunately, the fake is still fake after all. "

    Dear, click in, give a good comment, the higher the score, the faster the update, it is said that the new full marks are found at the end of the beautiful wife!

    The new revision and upgrade address of the mobile station: Data and bookmarks are synchronized with the computer station, and fresh reading without ads!

 Chapter 661ï¼š 2 sides...the big storm about to start

    There is no obscure fog in the world.

    Qianshoujian finished the story of the past somewhat calmly.

    This story about the grievances and grievances of the Dashemaru and the Uehara clan in the corpse soul world seemed extremely plain to his mouth, as if it was just a story of a little traitor and a rich man.

    Of course, if it was replaced by Uchiha Itachi or Sarutobi Hisaki to tell this story for Urahara Kisuke, the story might be even more ups and downs.

    It''s just that the credibility will drop slightly.

    Because Uchiha Itachi can only lie to his stupid brother, and Sarutobi can only lie to the stupid boys in their village.

    Kisuke Urahara is very smart.

    Only if a weighty person like Senjumonama speaks out these fabricated truths, will Urahara Kisuke''s approval be aroused, and he will be allowed to go to the next step according to their plan.

    "It doesn''t seem to be too different from what I guessed..."

    Urahara shook his head calmly and sighed.

    Senjukuma just looked at Urahara Kisuke in front of him and didn''t respond. Of course, Urahara Kisuke guessed that there was no difference, because all the information Urahara received was arranged by Uehara Kisuke to tell him!

    Even a pig...

    Will also be arranged by Naraku Uehara to guess it!

    "The old man has told you everything..."

    Qianshoujian hugged his arm tightly again, and said in a urn voice: "Then it is best to tell the old man what you know, otherwise, you should be clear, let alone save your companion, even if it is you. It won¡¯t end well..."

    As Qianshoujian''s voice gradually became heavier, the spiritual pressure on his body also skyrocketed little by little, and the oppressive spiritual pressure forced Urahara not to move like a substance!

    If Urahara Kisuke doesn¡¯t give him a satisfactory answer...

    It seems absolutely impossible to get out of Uehara Castle alive today!

    After all, this is the secret of the Uehara clan, and it can even be said to be the secret of the entire corpse soul world, and the words spoken are enough to alarm the entire corpse soul world!

    It''s just the news that Oshemaru is still alive...

    It is enough to drive the entire Seireitei nobles crazy!

    After all, for thousands of years, whenever Seireitei discovers the experimental data left by Oshemaru or a few words of forbidden technique, it is enough to make Seireitei ecstatic!

    and¡­

    If Oshemaru, a traitor who mastered the art of reincarnation from the dirty soil, was still alive in the world, it would also be a huge blow to the prestige of the Uehara clan in Seireitei.

    "I will give you a satisfactory answer."

    Kisuke Urahara glanced at the Qianshoujian, stretched out his hand to take out the forbidden scroll of "The Art of Eight Qi" in the virtual circle, and said softly: "This is one of the evidences that I found that Oshemaru actually exists in the virtual circle. One¡­"

    After speaking, Kisuke Urahara took out two eyeball-shaped cameras from his arms, and continued: "In addition to the news that the Oshemaru exists in the virtual circle... I also found the murderer who tried to assassinate the little Patriarch Naraku. ¡­"

    "Oh?"

    Qianshoujian''s brows were raised slightly, and he reached out to accept the Eight Qi Art, only to glance at it, then he used Rei Pressure to turn the forbidden art into nothingness: "Huh, it''s just that I stole a little old man''s. The forbidden technique developed by fur research..."

    "..."

    Urahara Kisuke''s eyes flashed.

    Although Urahara didn''t know whether what Senshousuma said was true or false, it seemed that the face of the fifth dead waiter was indeed full of disdain.

    Qianshoujian glanced at the eyeball machine in Urahara''s assistant, and snorted coldly: "Then let the old man take a look, what have you found!"

    "Yes."

    Kisuke Urahara nodded slowly.

    In this secret room, Kisuke Urahara showed everything he had experienced in the virtual circle. The first eyeball was Ulchiola and Keyatai Stark who he had met in the virtual circle.

    "One of them was the murderer who assassinated the little Patriarch Naraku..."

    Kisuke Urahara¡¯s finger fell on Ulchiola. After introducing a sentence, his gaze fell on Koyatai Stark: ¡°If I¡¯m not mistaken, the other Destroyer was responsible for the assassination. Stop both Uchiha Taido and Uchiha Itachi, right?"

    When I saw these two people, I heard Urahara Kisuke''s words again, Senjukaima''s expression immediately changed, and he looked at Urahara Kisuke suddenly: "You kid... really gave the old man a big surprise. what!"

    According to the script that will be known to everyone, Ulchiola is indeed the murderer responsible for assassinating Uehara Naraku, and Keyatai Stark is also the one responsible for intercepting Uchiha Daido and Uchiha Itachi. Obviously Urahara Kisuke guessed them. Developed script.

    The first eyeball machine was shot by Bai Jue.

    Here are the scenes where Urahara Kisuke fights with Urquiola and Koyatai Stark, and every scene inside is extremely real.

    However, compared to what the first eyeball showed...

    The second eyeball machine was secretly photographed by Urahara Kisuke himself, which obviously surprised Senshou Kaima, because the second eyeball machine was all intelligence about Oshemaru!

    Including the experimental base of Dashemaru and the tall forbidden technique data room!

    There is even a close-up shot of the technique of reincarnating from the dirty soil!

    These are enough to make Qianshou Jianjian anger!

    In other words, the Qianshoujian at this time should indeed be furious!

    "That traitor..."

    Senshoushou squeezed his palms abruptly, and said sharply, "It seems that his life is really easy! That **** Uchiha is really useless. When I went to the virtual circle, I didn''t find this traitor. trace¡­"

    Although I know that all of this is fake...

    Even when Uchiha Madara swept the virtual circle to help Oshemaru, he still didn''t delay Senshou Kan by cursing Uchiha Madara...

    Kisuke Urahara listened to Qianshoujian cursing the legendary First Deadpool, and his eyebrows couldn''t help but raised. Could it be that the internal relations of the 13 Deadpools of the Uehara clan are not very good?

    This is also normal...

    After all, the dead attendants of this clan are very powerful, and it is normal for them to dislike each other, especially the two surnames of Senju and Uchiha obviously account for a lot of the attendants of the Uehara clan.

    "All right."

    Thousands of hands reached out and knocked on the table, no longer mentioning internal issues, and said in a cold voice: "The news you brought is very precious. The old man can take the initiative to return your companion to you, and clear that you are assassinated. The suspicion in the incident..."

    "Grateful."

    Urahara Kisuke took off his hat, bent over slightly to show respect, and then suddenly said, "But the real crisis has not disappeared. The person who colluded with Oshemaru still exists in Seorei Tei..."

    "The old man knows."

    Qianshoukai waved his hand nonchalantly, and said indifferently, "Your teacher, Yakushi, right? The old man knew at a glance that the kid was a disciple of Oshemaru, or a chess piece of Oshemaru..."

    This is just pretending to be confused.

    It was also Senshou Kenma who took this opportunity to gain the trust of Urahara Kisuke.

    After all, as a clan who has been chasing and killing Dashewan, it would be a bit too fake if even the disciples of Yaoshidou were Dashewan.

    "Do not."

    Urahara Kisuke slowly shook his head, and said solemnly, "What I want to say...someone else... the person who colluded with Osamaru is by the side of the little Patriarch Naraku!"

    "what did you say?"

    At this moment, Qianshou Feijian''s face was full of astonishment!

    Just as Senjusuma and Urahara Kisuke were communicating here, a similar conversation was also taking place on the other side of Seireitei.

    Seireitei.

    The fifth squad resident.

    Since Uehara Naraku was called back home, Aizen Soyousuke didn''t care that much, so he directly summoned Kurozutsu to report to him about Urahara Kisuke and Ukuwa.

    "...Osha Maru has been discovered by Urahara..."

    "...Ulquiola and Koyatai Stark did not hide from him..."

    "...I killed a few Bai Jue in the virtual circle. Those idiots multiply so quickly that it is impossible to kill them cleanly. Those Bai Jue should have been hiding in the virtual circle long ago..."

    Heijue reported the information of the virtual circle to Ai Ran Soyousuke little by little, and this information was provided to Ai Ran Soyousuke in every detail, and there was no need to hide it anyway.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke slowly wrote his calligraphy, the look on his face was still calm, and even changed several kinds of calligraphy with interest.

    Ai Ran didn''t pay attention to the imaginary circle at all.

    In other words, Aizen didn''t care about what Urahara Kisuke got.

    Whether it was Urahara Kisuke who discovered the trail of Osakemaru, or Urahara Kisuke is likely to return to the corpse realm and expose everything about the virtual circle to the public, none of these can make Aizen Soyousuke eclipse, he already had such a plan. .

    "There is no secret in the world that can remain hidden forever."

    Lan Ran Soyousuke slowly put down the brush in his hand, and said softly: "When we see a Bai Jue, maybe the entire virtual circle already has a hundred Bai Jue, the intelligence in the virtual circle is already there. Haven''t escaped Urahara''s eyeliner..."

    "It is indeed possible..."

    Hei Jue nodded slowly and grinned with a grinning grin: "But the power of those guys is not very good at all. No matter how much they breed, they are just prey to be slaughtered for us..."

    "Good point."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke nodded slowly.

    In fact, Ai Ran privately believed that Bai Jue was more useful, allowing him to monitor everything in the entire Soul World, but Hei Jue was his subordinate that he was willing to use, so Ai Ran didn''t have the confidence to attack Heijue.

    "Now Urahara has obtained information from Mr. Oshamaru. Mr. Oshamaru is a character who defected from the Uehara clan. He should have been hunted down by the Uehara clan..."

    Aizen Soyousuke''s words turned, and he continued slowly: "If Urahara can use this information reasonably, he must be able to exchange this information for the support of the Uehara clan... In this case, the imaginary incident many years ago may It''s going to be reversed."

    "Ho **** ho ho..."

    Hei Jue''s gloomy voice smiled, and continued: "I helped Lan Ran-sama control the people in the 46th room in the center. They are still our chess pieces..."

    "It''s not necessary anymore."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke shook his head and interrupted Heijue''s words, and calmly continued: "The 46th room in the center has never been an organization that can decide everything. They are just the tools that govern the corpse soul world on their behalf."

    After saying this, Ai Ran Sou Usuke stretched out his hand to support his lens, and whispered: "If the Uehara clan stands on Urahara Kisuke''s side, even the central 46th room will not help, unless it is stirred up. The Civil War in Lingting..."

    "Ho **** ho ho... that''s also good."

    Kuro Jue nodded, and said with a grinning grin: "When the battle between the Uehara clan and the Seireitei is over, it will be when Aizen-sama led the Rape Legion to rule the world..."

    "It won''t happen."

    Aizen Soyousuke shook his head and said softly, "Captain Shigekuni Yamamoto will not allow the Central 46th Chamber to make such a stupid decision. Besides, I don''t want to be on the throne in this way. It humiliates my plan too much."

    The corners of Ai Ran Soyousuke''s mouth twitched slightly, and he smiled and continued: "When I set foot on the throne of heaven, it will be when I transform into a **** under the attention of the whole world...No one can resist God. power."

    "Ho **** ho ho... really confident..."

    Hei Jue smiled sadly before continuing: "That day should come soon, right? There are not many people in this world that can compete with Aizen-sama!"

    Faced with Hei Jue¡¯s flattery, Lan Ran Suyoujie didn¡¯t care at all, but shook his head and chuckled, ¡°No, that¡¯s not enough. The true **** should be a higher level existence. When the **** descends. , Make people unable to produce the will to resist God in their hearts..."

    "¡­Yes."

    Hei Jue grinned and slowly lowered his head.

    "All right."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke stretched his waist and slowly said, "Although I have been living here, I still can''t help but want to say that I finally have a chance to really leave this suffocating place... "

    After hearing the information about the virtual circle from Heijue, Ai Ran Soyousuke didn''t think about staying here, he wouldn''t sit still and wait for Urahara Kisuke to reverse the case.

    Ai Ran intends to leave the corpse soul world and betray the Seireitei.

    Of course, before he defected and left the corpse soul world, Ai Ran didn¡¯t plan to do nothing. He had already arranged a plan: "Get ready to meet the big storm... After the storm, Heijue, you stay here and continue to monitor. Everything here... now you can go down."

    "¡­Yes."

    Heijue''s body slowly got under the ground.

    When Heizue left, UU Reading Lan Ran Soyousuke reached out and grabbed the mirror flower Shuiyue Zanpaku that he had placed on the table, with a playful smile on his face: "Perhaps before leaving, you can be a little bit Indulge yourself and try to see the power of the deadpools in Mr. Oshemaru''s mouth."

    this moment¡­

    He has been looking forward to it for a long time!

    For so many years, the dead waiter has always been known as powerful, no matter which death captain is, he can''t help but want to challenge the dead waiter of the Uehara clan...

    And after getting information about the Thirteen Deadpools of the Uehara Clan from the mouth of Osake Maru, Aizen Soyousuke naturally yearned for the power of Thirteen Deadpools even more!

    Besides...

    This is also his first step on the throne of heaven in the future!

    Dear, click in, give a good comment, the higher the score, the faster the update, it is said that the new full marks are found at the end of the beautiful wife!

    The new revision and upgrade address of the mobile station: Data and bookmarks are synchronized with the computer station, and fresh reading without ads!

 Chapter 663ï¼š Letâ€™s be a little happy, Naraku, it will be over soon.

    With a word from Broken Bee, the atmosphere suddenly became tense.

    All the eyes of the entire Gotei 13 team focused on Broken Bee, then turned to look at Lan Ran Soyousuke, watching this gentle man like a gentleman of Qianqian.

    No one thought that the second-team captain, Broken Bee, would attack the fifth-team captain, Ai Ran Soyousuke, at this time!

    "Captain Shattered Bee, what are you talking about?"

    A touch of anger flashed across Uehara''s face, and she stood up abruptly.

    Just as Uehara Naraku wanted to argue with Shattered Bee, Shattered Bee suppressed Uehara Naraku with a single sentence: "Your Excellency Naraku, didn''t Mr. Kouma tell you about this?"

    "What...what?"

    Uehara Naraku''s expression suddenly became miserable, and she seemed to be awed by Senjukan: "This... does it have anything to do with Mr. Touma?"

    "Your Excellency Naraku."

    Shattered Bee stared at the still indifferent Aizen Soyousuke, and said in a cold voice: "Your respected fifth squad captain Aizen Soyousuke has been colluding with the traitor Osamaru of the Uehara clan for a long time, trying to murder your life. , And even provoked a civil war in Seireitei, don¡¯t you know about this?"

    "..."

    The whole meeting room fell into silence.

    The next moment, the Goting 13 team was in an uproar!

    No one thought that the second team captain, Shattered Bee, would accuse Ai Ran Soyousuke of such a serious crime at this time, and even tarnish Oshemaru''s reputation here!

    The 12th Division Captain Neyori grinned weirdly, and said in a gloomy voice: "Mr. Oshemaru is very respected in the Technology Development Bureau... Don''t just say some things..."

    "Hey, Broken Bee, don''t talk nonsense!"

    "How could Captain Aizen do such a thing!"

    "At this time, it''s not the time to blame colleagues casually. Let''s call the 46th Central Office to find out!"

    "The 46th room in the center has already been controlled by Ai Ran Soyousuke with Jing Hua Shui Yue!"

    Broken Bee interrupted the proposal of one of the captains with a cold voice, and looked at Ai Ran Soyousuke coldly and continued: "Speak out... Your Excellency Ai Ran, your Jinghuashuiyue Hajime ability is the five senses that can manipulate people. Right! Since decades ago, the entire central 46 room has been under your control, right?"

    "Smashed Bee..."

    Yamamoto Motoyuzhai Shigekuni interrupted Shattered Bee''s words in a dull voice. The old man slowly stood up on crutches and said softly: "This is not the time for accusations... There are some things that I need to pay attention to evidence. "

    "Then please allow me to show evidence!"

    Broken Bee gritted his teeth, and continued in a deep voice: "I have invited Senju-kenma and Urahara Kisuke to come here, and they both have evidence of the collusion between Aizen Soyousuke and Osamaru in their hands..."

    "Then put it out!"

    Jingle Chunshui smiled with interest: "It just so happened that I also received some interesting news here. I just thought it was interesting... Now it seems that those are very useful information!"

    Just yesterday.

    After Kisuke Urahara, Masked Legion, and Shikaedin left Uehara Castle, everyone went to meet their old friends or old bosses. Naturally, Lisa Yakomaru also visited Ky¨­raku Chunshui and revealed to him that year. The truth.

    With Ky¨­raku Chunshui on the side of Broken Bee, everyone''s eyes fell on Ai Ran Soyousuke''s body, everyone''s face was a little bit incredulous, what will this fifth team captain have? Evil charges.

    However, the captain of the second squad smashed bee and the eighth squad captain Ky¨­raku Chunshui are equivalent to the intelligence department and the supervision department of the Gotei 13th team. The two of them corrected the Aizen Soyousuke, shouldn''t be so innocent, right? ?

    "Go to Mr. Touma and the former Captain of the 12th Division, Kisuke Urahara..."

    Yamamoto Shigekuni¡¯s dull voice appeared in the meeting room, his eyes fell on Aizen Soyousuke, and the urn sound continued: "Soyousuke, do you have anything you want to argue?"

    Everyone stared at Aizen.

    Everyone is waiting for Ai Ran''s answer.

    I saw the captain of the fifth division slowly raised his head and looked at everyone present, reached out his hand to support his frame, and revealed a gentle smile, just like his past smile.

    At this time, the seventh team captain Dongxian suddenly stopped talking, and said in a deep voice: "Sorry, maybe I have to explain something...because of my blindness, I have a document that may need your help. Let me take a look."

    "Ok?"

    Broken Bee''s eyes flashed.

    Jingle Chunshui''s smile slowly faded.

    Because in the news that the two of them received, if Ai Ran Soyousuke, Ichimaru Gin, and Tosen were accomplices, then Tosen would suddenly jump out...

    It''s just that they are really hard to stop.

    It''s just that when Dongxian was about to take out the documents in his arms and put them on the table, every captain who read the documents and circulated them flashed with surprise on their faces.

    This is a record of the traces of Airan Soyousuke Rei''s pressure.

    Strictly speaking, it can even be said to be a statement of the crimes of Ai Ran Soyousuke for decades. If the things in this document can be proved...

    "It should be said that when I was still at the Mao Spiritual Academy..."

    Dongxian lowered his head and said softly: "When I was angry at the darkness of this world, Captain Aizen once tempted me to join his under his command in the name of changing the world. I thought he would change the world. ¡­

    However, later I realized that it was because my long blind eyes would become a flaw in his Zhanpaku Knife Mirror Huashuiyue, so he put me in his camp early in order to eliminate the hidden dangers of Mirror Huashuiyue.

    Decades ago, because Mako Hirako obscurely discovered Aizen Soyousuke''s small actions, he was framed by him. All the captains or deputy captains who went to participate in the rescue were experimented by him. I was on the scene at that time.

    The previous assassinations were also planned by Aizen Soyousuke. His original intention was to gain the trust of the Uehara clan, and he also wanted to deport Uehara Naraku and the thirteen dead waiter, and let him have free time. Conquer the virtual circle.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke¡¯s ambitions are far beyond our imagination. One thing is not as Captain Shattered Bee said. He did not make an alliance with Osemaru, but relied on his own force to conquer Osemaru and the entire virtual circle. , Became the master of the virtual circle.

    I haven''t seen all of this...

    But my ears and heart heard all this happening!

    Even if my eyesight is blind, it will not affect my judgment of my own justice. Ai Ran So Yousuke, I never thought of relying on you. Everything I do is for real justice, and you have violated the belongings. The rules of justice in this world!

    Your ambition is too big.

    How can an ambitious man who wants to rule the world let me see that justice exists in him? "

    "Interestingly... T¨­sen."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke still had that gentle smile on him, and he even nodded slowly following what Dongxian wanted: "If you really listen to what you say, I really seem like those ambitious people. What..."

    This sentence sounds the same as the past Aizen Soyousuke.

    But it made everyone present feel a little weird. It seems that Airan now faces the accusations of several captains and shouldn''t be so calm...

    Everyone''s mood slowly picked up.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke turned around and looked at Dongxian Yao, his smile on his face looked more gentle: "But there is one thing you said wrong, Dongxian, I don¡¯t want to call those ambitions myself, I¡¯m more Willing to call them hope."

    For others, that was Aizen Soyousuke''s ambition.

    For Ai Ran Soyousuke, that was the hope that rose in his heart.

    Now, the betrayal that T¨­sen wanted was unexpected by Aizen Soyousuke.

    Ai Ran So Usuke originally wanted to use his pawns in Seireitei to beat Urahara Kisuke and Heiko Mako and others back to the prototype, and then launch his own defection plan when Seireitei fell into civil strife again.

    But now T¨­sen''s betrayal interrupted Aizen''s plan.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke knows very well that Tosen, who has been following him, has too much evidence about him, even though the evidence is that Ai Ran Soyousuke doesn''t care.

    The captains of each Gotei 13 team involuntarily squeezed their Zanpaku knives, and the spiritual pressure on their bodies gradually began to riot. Their footsteps slowly moved to guard the exit of the conference room, and there were even people slowly. Close to the city of Marugin.

    "What do you want to do? Luan Ju."

    Ichimaru Gin squinted his eyes, smiled without looking back, and asked the woman behind him: "Now you, stand behind me with your Zanpaku Sword, do you want to kill me at any time? ?"

    After Ichimaru Gin just finished saying this, he didn¡¯t wait for Matsumoto Ranju¡¯s answer, and smiled and continued: "Although I think it¡¯s good to die by your sword now... but will you be here? Is the world too lonely to live?"

    "Are they true?"

    Matsumoto Ranju held his Zanpakuknife, gritted his teeth and refused to respond to Yin''s words, and continued to ask: "Yin, tell me, Aizen Soyousuke and you...what are the identities?"

    Matsumoto Ranju was a little unwilling to believe it.

    For a long time, Matsumoto Ranju knew that he didn''t know Ichimarugin.

    But Matsumoto Ranju didn''t care about these. She thought that Ichimaru Gin had inherited the wisdom of the pharmacist, and she inherited the kindness of the pharmacist.

    What I have never thought of now is that Ichimaru Gin is actually involved in Aizen Soyousuke, and even has a plan to subvert Seireitei...

    this matter¡­

    Matsumoto Ranju was faintly unacceptable. What she could not accept was that Ichimaru Gin had violated the teachings of Yakushidou and went on the wrong path.

    "Hasn''t someone already said it?"

    Ichimaru Gin shook his head, squinted his eyes and smiled and continued: "Aizan-sama and I are both dangerous men who want to subvert Seireitei... This, Aizen-sama did not deny it, and I seem to have no reason to deny it. ?"

    "You really¡­"

    Matsumoto Ranju gritted his teeth and refused to say another word.

    While the couple who had grown up together were communicating, Ai Ran Soyousuke on the other side was already surrounded by a group of captains.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke did not deny it.

    In other words, he no longer denies these.

    Regardless of whether there was evidence for the crime that Shattered Bee or Tosen wanted to say, Ai Ran Soyousuke did not deny it, and even slowly revealed his true face hidden under the mask of Kenwa.

    The captain of the fourth team, Uozhihuareel, looked at Aizen Soyousuke, his face was full of bitterness and regret: "These are not like things you would do, Soyousuke... why did you become this? Looks like?"

    "It''s a pity, I didn''t expect you to misunderstand me so deeply..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s face was still humble, and he smiled and continued: "In fact, the one you knew at the beginning did not exist...Of course, even now, it doesn''t prevent me from admiring you. ¡­The first generation Jianbamao''s Lord Hualie."

    The news that Uo Zhi Hua Rie was the first generation of Kenpachi caused a little disturbance, but the people present seemed to understand the importance of the situation better. They only glanced at Uo Zhi Hua Rie and turned their gazes back to Ai Ran Zongyou. Jie''s body.

    "team leader."

    A childish voice that was somewhat difficult fell into everyone''s ears.

    Every Reaper captain couldn''t help but look at that immature man. The fifth division deputy captain Uehara Naraku should also be the Reaper who respects Aizen Soyousuke the most.

    Under their gaze, Uehara Naruko clenched her fists, looked at the strange Aizen, bit her teeth, and said in a deep voice: "Captain, what you said is not true, right? You saved me!

    Captain, as long as you tell the truth and tell you that it was they who framed you... I am willing to protect you in the name of the Patriarch of the original clan, even if the entire Seireitei cannot punish you! "

    "Lord Naraku!"

    "Lord Naraku!"

    "Lord Naraku..."

    A flash of surprise flashed in the eyes of each Death Captain.

    If Uehara Naraku, an important figure, insists on standing next to Aizen Soyousuke, this is not good news for them!

    Let''s put it this way...

    Now that Uehara Naraku chooses to stand on Aizen Soyousuke''s side, about these captains should call out why the king rebelled?

    After all, the status of the rich family of Uehara is almost equal to that of the royal family, and even more troublesome than the royal family in terms of strength.

    Fortunately, someone changed the situation at this time.

    The figure of Qianshou Jianma appeared next to Uehara Naraku through the **** of thunder, and said impatiently: "Shut up, this is not the time when you should speak, now you can''t represent the Uehara clan! "

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku gritted his teeth.

    Just when he wanted to continue to say something, Senshoukan glanced at Naraku Uehara indifferently and continued: "Every word you say will become the judgment of Thirteen Deadpools on you, which will affect you. You made the decision to merge the Uehara clan and Seireitei."

    "..."

    Uehara Naruko gritted his teeth or retreated to the side.

    After Senshou sent a few words to Uehara Naraku, his eyes fell on Aizen Soyousuke, and he said solemnly: "Our Patriarch misunderstood some sinners too deeply. I will look back on this matter. Deal with it, before that, let''s deal with the trouble in front of us first!"

    "Really..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke shook his head, a gentle pity flashed across his face: "Why treat a person who is destined to stand at the top of the world in the future... We should all know that young flowers always The existence that needs care."

    "It has nothing to do with you."

    Qianshoujian''s voice is still indifferent.

    "is it?"

    Ai Ran Soyousuke slowly shook his head, the Rei Pressure on his body burst out little by little, UU reading www.uukanshu. com''s voice also became a little unpredictable: "Since you don''t like Naraku... then leave him to me."

    Aizen Soyousuke looked at Uehara Naraku who retreated to the side with a low pressure, smiled and calmed his emotions: "Be happy a little bit, Naraku, it will be over soon, I will show you the difference. Scenery!"

    next moment¡­

    Red light flashed from the sky one after another!

    The entire conference room was turned into ruins in an instant!

    No one thought that when the situation in Seireitei was at its most tense, a group of miscellaneous corpses wrapped in Kylian Daxu and Xu invaded the corpse soul world!

    Moreover, they directly crossed the murderous stone barrier, invaded the entire Seireitei, and even almost wiped out the captains of the entire Gotei 13 team!

    Dear, click in, give a good comment, the higher the score, the faster the update, it is said that the new full marks are found at the end of the beautiful wife!

    The new revision and upgrade address of the mobile station: Data and bookmarks are synchronized with the computer station, and fresh reading without ads!

 Chapter 664ï¼š Frog at the bottom of the well, do you think you have seen the whole world?

    There was a gap in the sky of Seireitei.

    A group of broken faces floated in the air with a grinning look at the death gods who were fleeing in the Seireitei, a series of virtual flashes spewed out of their hands or mouths!

    The low-level Kylian Daxu crowded densely in the gaps in the space, and under the command of their superior Daxu, the virtual flash jet was condensed on the land of Seireitei!

    This group of Daxu wreaked havoc here unscrupulously, venting their virtual shining spiritual pressure in the base camp of their old enemy Death!

    In addition to Daxu, some modified Xus are also grinning grinningly and fighting with the **** of death in the Seorei Palace, showing their madness recklessly!

    When the captains of the entire Gotei thirteen team stepped out of the ruins in embarrassment, a flash of anger flashed in the eyes of each captain, and the sound of the scabbard of the Zhanpaku Swords with handles one after another!

    "So be it!"

    The voice of Ai Ran Soyousuke fell into the ears of everyone. His body slowly floated upwards, looking down at the flustered Seireitei, and said indifferently: "From this moment on, let the world feel God exists in the sky..."

    Under the gaze of all the captains, the bodies of Aizen Souesuke and Ichimaru silver slowly floated into the air. What made people frightened was that Aizen Souesuke was still holding Uehara Naraku''s shoulder. I don''t know when this little patron was taken away!

    At this time, a time space vortex appeared behind Ai Ran Soyousuke, and he was about to grab the fifth team captain who had just defected with one palm!

    Aizen Soyousuke took Uehara Naruko and disappeared in the same place in a flash. There was a touch of confidence in his voice: "Mr. Taido, the speed of your emergence from the space is too slow. This weakness is for us. It¡¯s too obvious..."

    "Humph!"

    Uchiha gave a cold snort and appeared in the air wearing a tiger pattern mask, together with Uchiha Itachi who had been acting with him.

    As the two officials responsible for protecting Uehara Naraku, they will never be absent on any occasion when Uehara Naraku appears!

    It''s just that no one would have expected that Aizen Soyousuke was so courageous that he would kidnap Uehara Naraku at this time!

    Even Uehara Naraku himself...

    Never thought that Ai Ran Soyousuke wanted to lead him to defect!

    This thing...

    It''s really exciting!

    All the dead waiters of the Uehara clan on the scene, whether it was Senjuka, or Uchiha Daido and Uchiha Itachi, didn¡¯t know for a while whether this was Uehara Naraku¡¯s arrangement, or Aizen Soyousuke was dead. ¡­

    Are you crazy?

    Going to kidnap a man behind the scenes?

    Compared with the seats of the 13th Deadpool, the Gotei 13 team was even more upset at Aizen Soyousuke¡¯s actions. Shigekuni Yamamoto¡¯s face flashed with anger, and at this moment he was more like Worried about the elders of Uehara Naraku!

    "Let go of Sir Naraku."

    The crutches in Yamamoto Shigekuni¡¯s hand disappeared little by little, revealing the true face of his Zanpaku Sword, which is claimed to be the strongest Zanpaku Sword in the history of the corpse soul world...

    Furious!

    Yamamoto Shigekuni leaned on his Zanpakuk¨­, staring coldly at Aizen Soyousuke in the air, and the anger in his eyes was almost no longer suppressed: "If you let go of Lord Naraku now, the old man can alleviate your sin of causing this turmoil. !"

    Uehara Naraku is the first Patriarch of the Uehara Clan to join the Gotei 13 Team in thousands of years, and the only Patriarch who advocates the Uehara Clan to be integrated into the Soul World!

    To put it bluntly, he is the hope of stability and peace in the corpse soul world.

    Yamamoto Shigekuni has always placed high hopes on Uehara Naraku for the stability of the Soul World, hoping that the Patriarch of the Uehara clan can guide the Uehara clan into the aristocratic system of the Seireitei and Gotei 13 teams.

    If there is something wrong with Uehara, who is now the deputy captain of the fifth division, in the hands of Aizen Soyousuke, Yamamoto Shigekuni has no doubt that the Uehara clan will never be willing to have anything with Gotei 13 from now on. entanglement¡­

    even¡­

    The Uehara clan may turn against each other!

    After all, the Gotei 13 team can''t protect even the Patriarch of the Uehara clan, and even Uehara Naruko is in danger. Any member of the Uehara clan will doubt the ability of the Gotei 13 team, right?

    Perhaps the only good news is...

    The Patriarch of the Uehara clan seems to have always been a single pass.

    Of course, this kind of thing can''t be determined. Anyway, that huge clan is in Seiring Palace. If you turn over a little, it may cause some trouble. Who knows if there will be any offshoots.

    Yamamoto Shigekuni''s ideas naturally did not hide from Aizen Soyousuke.

    In other words, Yamamoto Shigekuni has never cared about divulging his thoughts, he just used Yangmou wisely to slowly let Seireitei accept the Uehara clan.

    "Why let Naraku go?"

    Lan Ran Soyousuke''s mouth still outlines the smile, his fingers gently pushed his glasses, and calmly continued: "Do you think he will choose to be immersed in the lies of this world, or is more willing to choose? See the real side of this world?"

    Aizen Soyousuke''s gaze fell on Uehara Naraku who was beside him, and continued with a chuckle: "Naraku, would you like to tell me your answer?"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku was still silent.

    At this time, Uehara faintly felt that there might be a problem with his physique.

    Why is he always able to attract the attention of the villain? Why do these villains always hope to turn him into their own?

    It used to be like this.

    The same is true for Aizen now.

    Isn''t his mind not bright enough?

    No, he should be standing under the light now!

    Uehara Naraku lowered his head and glanced at the Shinigami and Xu who were fighting on the ground, a look of compassion flashed in his eyes: "Captain...Did you do all this that happened in front of me?"

    "Yes¡­"

    Aizen Soyousuke still grabbed Uehara''s shoulder, and smiled lightly at the corner of his mouth: "The decayed and depraved Seireitei, compared to the filthy world of the virtual circle, always needs someone to help them clean it a little. Let them know that this world has never been..."

    Clang!

    A sharp sword light interrupted Ai Ran Soyousuke''s words!

    Uehara Naraku''s body suddenly broke free from Aizen''s palm. He did not know when a black glowing Zanpaku sword appeared in his hand, and the tip of the knife pointed to Aizen Soyousuke!

    Under Aizen Soyousuke''s gaze, Uehara Naraku''s face was full of puzzlement and anger: "The captain should know that I never wanted to see this kind of war...now you...are starting a war for the innocent. ¡­team leader!"

    "Almost forgot."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s mouth still has a smile.

    Even though Uehara Naraku pointed the Zanpaku Sword at him, Ai Ran Soyousuke still didn''t panic in his heart, but continued with a smile: "I once said that the kindness in you is actually a praiseworthy virtue..."

    After saying this, Ai Ran Soyousuke''s words turned and calmly continued: "But, Naraku, do you deny the definition of kindness?

    If you choose to expel the wolves in order to save the sheep on the grassland, and expel the lions in order to save the wolves, what will the final outcome be like? "

    Before Uehara Naraku responded, Aizen Soyousuke gave the answer to himself: "The final result will make you feel very unhappy, because there are always other animals who will pay the price.

    The grassland will be eaten by sheep and turn into a desert. Sheep, wolves and lions will starve to death one after another. The endless desert will swallow all these vitality and bury them. "

    Aizen Soyousuke looked at Naraku Uehara with a change of face, smiled and continued to say cruel words: "You did nothing wrong, but it is better to do nothing..."

    Aizen Soyousuke looked at Uehara Naraku''s face with satisfaction, slowly spread out his palms, smiled and persuaded, "Naraku, this world is not as simple as you think, and people in this world will not As innocent as you, not everyone treats everything around them with a pure mind like you..."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku gritted his teeth.

    If he didn''t grit his teeth anymore at this time, he was a little worried that his expression might be a little bit broken.

    of course.

    The expressions of some people present became more subtle.

    Ichimaru Gin, Senju Kuma, Uchiha Taido, and Uchiha Itachi couldn''t help lowering their heads. Their expressions did not collapse, but their mentality was a bit collapsed.

    Why does Aizen Soyousuke think of Uehara Naraku!

    "Have you not figured it out yet?"

    The smile on Lan Ran Soyousuke¡¯s face deepened a bit, and he continued softly: ¡°Standing on the sky rewrites the destiny of all existence in this world, so that everything in this world can survive under the sky. It¡¯s true kindness..."

    "..."

    There was a little confusion in Uehara Naraku''s eyes.

    In the next moment, the Zanpodao in his hand will slowly be lowered.

    At this moment, a voice fell into Uehara Naraku''s ears: "Huh, even if you speak so much that you instigate a **** war, no matter what you think, it has nothing to do with kindness, right?"

    Senshoukan looked at Aizen Soyousuke and Uehara Naraku in the air, and sternly shouted: "Pick up your own Zanpaku, Naraku! You are the head of the Uehara clan. Don¡¯t be fooled by what the person in front of you said. !"

    "Mr. Shuima..."

    Hearing Senshou Kenma''s words, Uehara Naraku squeezed the black sword in his hand again, and glanced at Aizen Soyousuke, who was still smiling confidently. As always, this man seemed to be in control of the truth of the world.

    Seeing Aizen Soyousuke¡¯s gaze, Uehara Naraku couldn¡¯t help turning her head away, as if she didn¡¯t dare to look directly at Aizen Soyousuke, but said in a low voice, "Although I know what the captain said is right. Yes...but...sorry...that''s not what I want."

    next moment!

    The Zanpaku sword glowing with black light was raised again!

    The spiritual pressure on Uehara Naraku violently rioted, and his voice became firmer than ever: "Captain, you may be correct in what you said about the future! But what I want to do is to stop what is happening now!"

    "No matter what you say..."

    "Captain...you now..."

    "I have done something wrong indeed!"

    Uehara Naraku''s voice suddenly became more passionate, as if he had recovered himself. He looked into Aizen Soyousuke''s eyes and continued in a deep voice: "I still remember you once said... If the captain made a mistake, I must To stop you, don¡¯t take into account that you are the person I respect the most..."

    "Really? Do you remember that kind of thing..."

    The corner of Ai Ran Soyousuke''s mouth twitched, and then chuckled lightly and continued: "At that time, I should be saying that I was very sorry for not preventing Captain Hirako from conducting the blur experiment privately..."

    "..."

    Everyone present had a sudden heart.

    They all thought of the death illusion event.

    There is no need for them to think about it, the people present already know what words Aizen Soyousuke will use to hit Uehara Naraku!

    as expected!

    The smile on Aizen Soyousuke¡¯s face became more and more weird, and his eyes gradually deepened. He looked at Uehara Naraku and said, "Have you forgotten that Tosen exposed me at the meeting? In fact, Captain Hirako didn¡¯t act privately at all. I have done a death blur experiment..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke overlooked the ground of Seireitei. He had already seen the masked legion appear in the battlefield of the Resistance Void. He smiled and continued: "Everything is fake, what you hear and see None of them are real..."

    "Mako Hirako does not conduct any blurring experiments privately."

    "Kisuke Urahara didn''t privately study the illusion of death either."

    "For everything that happened back then, I implanted the power of the virtual into their bodies, and forced them to transform into virtual virtual..."

    "So, I lied to you."

    Aizen Soyousuke glanced at the Zanpakuto in Naruchi Uehara''s hand, and followed the black light of the Zanpakuto to land on Uehara''s face a little bit. He watched Uehara Naraku gradually collapsed and smiled. Continued: "The Captain Aizen that you knew in the past has not existed since the beginning. Now you, do you want to continue to point your sword at me now?"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku''s face turned pale a little.

    this moment.

    No matter who it was, he had to admire Ai Ran Soyousuke''s sharp words, just a word can easily defeat a person''s will.

    Aizen Soyousuke took advantage of Uehara''s respect for him, and fundamentally denied the reason for Uehara to raise his sword again.

    If everything is fake...

    Then Naruto Uehara¡¯s belief in raising the sword shouldn¡¯t exist either...

    Aizen Soyousuke finished hitting Uehara Naraku, and said to calm his emotions: "I said, Naraku, as long as you stand by my side, you can see the reality of this world... Then, now you want to see To a real Aizen Soyousuke?"

    "The frog at the bottom of the well, do you think you have seen the whole world?"

    A domineering voice suddenly appeared on the battlefield!

    A surging aura swept toward the battlefield in an instant, countless death gods and Xu Jinshu were suppressed by this aura to be immobile!

    Even the intrepid Destroyed Daxu can''t help but shudder. After feeling this momentum, UU Reading low-level Kylian Daxu is scrambling to escape into the virtual circle through the space rift!

    this moment¡­

    They seem to feel the murderous aura of their natural enemies!

    An immense blue slash flew out of thin air, and hundreds of Fearless Daxu were directly lifted off by the spiritual pressure of this slash, and fell to the ground in embarrassment!

    That vast blue slash crossed the sky, dividing the low-level Kylian Daxu who wanted to flee in the space crevice into two, and even directly cut open the space crevice that was slowly healed, and it was frozen. In situ!

    A black-haired figure wearing a red plate armor appeared in the sky above Seireitei like a ghost. His face was full of arrogance, and his words were full of disdain: "I just spied a corner of the world, do you want to challenge this world? ?"

    Dear, click in, give a good comment, the higher the score, the faster the update, it is said that the new full marks are found at the end of the beautiful wife!

    The new revision and upgrade address of the mobile station: Data and bookmarks are synchronized with the computer station, and fresh reading without ads!

 Chapter 665ï¼š The owner of the virtual circle and the **** of the virtual circle, Aizen and Madara

    The entire Seireitei fell silent.

    Reaper and Xu, who were still fighting, couldn''t help but looked at the man who appeared in the sky. Under the pressure of that man''s huge aura, their bodies couldn''t move at all!

    There are even many death gods and Xu fainted directly!

    "That is¡­"

    Many people present had never seen a man in the sky.

    Just looking at the spiritual pressure rising into the sky and the surging aura that suppressed the entire Seireitei, they also knew that a truly lawless person was coming!

    Uchiha Madara, come here!

    From the moment he appeared, everyone''s eyes would fall on him involuntarily, and an unprecedented shock arose in his heart!

    This man...

    It is more dangerous than everyone they have ever met!

    Even Aizen Soyousuke''s eyes became faintly solemn, and he could clearly feel the danger of Uchiha Madara...far more than Osaimaru!

    "Meet what I want to meet the most..."

    Aizen Soyousuke looked at Uchiha Madara with his gaze, and there was a chuckle at the corner of his mouth: "Or, it is the last thing I want to meet... It seems that your posture should be the first seat of the legendary thirteen dead waiters. Officer... Uchiha Madara?"

    Many people have never seen Uchiha Madara...

    Aizen Soyousuke got Uchiha Madara''s information from Onomaru''s hands. One of the things that shocked Aizen Soyousuke the most is that in the description of Onomaru...

    Uchiha Madara...

    Once became a true god!

    What made Aizen Soyousuke even more surprised was Oshamaru''s evaluation of Uchiha Madara.

    Uchiha Madara is a man who can stand at the apex of the world. Even when he has become strong enough, he is still far from reaching his limit. It is not his talent that has always limited Uchiha Madara, but the world. The power that can be accommodated is limited.

    of course.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke thinks it might be a bit exaggerated.

    However, it seems that Oshemaru did not particularly exaggerate. In Uchiha Madara''s body, Aizen Soyousuke felt an unprecedented dangerous aura!

    "What should I say now..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke slowly helped his glasses, the corners of his eyes tightened slightly, and the smile on the corners of his mouth became more and more weird: "Before I stood on the top, I have seen it now. Are there enough people standing in the sky?"

    Yes it is.

    If someone can stand in the sky and overlook the entire world, Aizen Soyuzuke has no doubt that Uchiha Madara has the right to compete. The arrogant aura of Uchiha Madara in front of him makes no one doubt his dominance!

    It¡¯s just that Uchiha Madara is hard to hate...

    It seems that such a person is born to act so arrogantly!

    Above the ground.

    Matsumoto Ranju¡¯s forehead was full of sweat, and he looked at the domineering man with terrifying spiritual pressure all over his body in disbelief: "The man in the red plate armor...is the first official in the legend of the Uehara clan?"

    "Not bad..."

    Yamamoto Motoyagisaid Shigekuni nodded seriously, and explained in a deep voice, "That''s the first official of the Uehara clan... the man named Uchiha Madara!"

    Even Yamamoto Shigekuni, the captain, has seen Uchiha Madara a handful of times in these thousands of years. In a sense, the arrogant first officer in the sky above Seoreitei It is the true trump card for the Uehara clan to become the rich clan.

    Because there are four seats headed by the first seat officer Uchiha Madara, Seireitei¡¯s Gotei 13 team and Reiwang Palace¡¯s zero team will not rashly have any disputes with the Uehara clan, and even encounter problems. Take the initiative to ease the contradiction between them.

    Unfortunately.

    So far, Uchiha Madara has made pitifully few shots.

    This man, who occupies a position above 10,000 Uehara, has spent most of the thousands of years only in the Uehara clan.

    "How could there be such a person..."

    Ukitake Shirirou covered his lips and whispered: "Is there still a **** of death with such a powerful Reiatsu in this world... If you want to feel his Reiatsu, you will feel a suffocating feeling... "

    "It''s terrible..."

    Jingle Chunshui''s face still has a sloppy smile, but his palm is slightly clenching his Zanpodao: "Speaking seriously, it seems that this is the first time we have seen this legendary sword. Characters, right?"

    "Not bad."

    Yamamoto Shigekuni slowly nodded and shook his head. Urn sound explained: "The legendary first officer of the thirteen dead waiters... Uchiha Madara... Thousands of years ago, he used his own power to enter the virtual circle. , In exchange for thousands of years of peace in the world."

    Because of this...

    Uchiha was full of fear for Uchiha Madara!

    Even if many of the new students here have never seen Uchiha Madara, they also know that the demon in red plate armor passed by the mouth of the virtual circle!

    The battlefield that had been in a panic calmed down, and all the emptiness kept shrinking, hoping that it would not attract Uchiha Madara¡¯s attention...

    Grimjoo in the Rapture Legion grinned, suppressing the fear in his heart with a smile: "Ho **** ho ho...Is this the big man who once went into the virtual circle to chase and kill Lord Oshemaru? "

    "Not bad."

    Nelly Ellu''s face was full of solemnity, and she nodded gently and said: "Don''t take any shots... Grimjoe, this is not a battle we can participate in."

    Only Nellie knows...

    Thousands of years ago, Uchiha Madara entered the imaginary circle, and almost killed all the formidable Da Wu in the entire imaginary circle. The real purpose is not to hunt down the Oshe Maru...

    Instead, it is for the peace of Dashewan.

    Now is not the time for them to take action.

    It''s time for Aizen Soyousuke to make a move.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke slowly took off his glasses with one hand. The glasses that had always concealed his true face and made him appear humble and elegant were crushed to pieces!

    "Speaking of which I feel a little excited..."

    Lan Ran Soyousuke stretched out his hand and stroked his hairline, and the scattered and broken hair hanging on his cheeks spread out little by little. As his hair gradually stood up, the spiritual pressure on his body suddenly violent, vaguely. Contend with Uchiha Madara!

    this moment¡­

    Ai Ran Soyousuke finally no longer hides himself!

    The handsome face that is always hidden under the scattered hair and the frame of the frame, with a haughty smile, looked at Uchiha Madara with a light smile, and said to himself: "If a person stands on the top without hindrance If you do, you will feel that this world is very lonely, right?"

    Uchiha Madara came just right...

    It just so happened that he wanted to challenge the legendary first seat official before leaving the corpse soul world, whether it was Oshemaru or Hei Jue, the first official seated in fear!

    Ai Ran Soyousuke stroked his hair a little bit, and slowly looked down at the Jinghua Shuiyue Zanpaku Knife in his hand: "Oh, are you excited too? Jinghua Shuiyue... This is really a rare situation..."

    At this moment, Naruko Uehara looked at Aizen Soyousuke who had changed his appearance with a complex face, and said softly, "Captain, I have something to ask you..."

    "At this time?"

    Aizen Soyousuke raised his head curiously, took a look at Uehara Naraku, then looked at Uchiha Madara who was standing in the air watching here, and chuckled lightly: "Let me have a guess...

    The appearance of Mr. Madara makes you think that I will die in his hands, so you want to ask me a question and get an answer that you think you can intercede for me in front of Mr. Madara, is that right? Naraku? "

    "No...not..."

    Uehara Naraku was suddenly embarrassed, as if he had been guessed.

    Aizen Soyousuke looked at Naraku Uehara''s expression, and his smile was much harder and gentle: "It seems that even Naraku doesn''t have confidence in me..."

    At the next moment, a small black square suddenly appeared in Aizen Soyousuke''s hand, and it hurled at the location of Uehara Naraku!

    That is the bandit who imprisoned people in a different space!

    In the next second, Uehara Naraku''s figure was suddenly hit by the anti-film bandits and disappeared into this space. This scene made the faces of many people present extremely ugly!

    "I''m really sorry... Naraku..."

    Lan Ran Soyousuke shook his palm slowly, and sighed softly, "Only if I catch you in advance, I can fight without distraction..."

    "What an ignorant kid..."

    Madara Uchiha''s voice appeared in Aizen Soyousuke''s ear.

    Little by little, his figure fell in front of Aizen Soyousuke, with contempt and disdain still on his face, as if he didn''t feel angry or surprised because Uehara Naraku was caught.

    "Want to catch him and threaten me..."

    Uchiha Madara looked at Aizen Soyousuke contemptuously, and continued disdainfully, "Do you think I care about Uehara Naraku''s life and death?"

    Uchiha Madara¡¯s mouth grinned with a sneer. UU Reading slowly spread out his palms and bent his fingers little by little: ¡°No, or you think I need to care about a comparison. My stronger person... is it dead or alive?"

    "It seems that the Uehara clan has reserved a lot of means for their successors!"

    Aizen Soyousuke looked at Uchiha Madara and continued calmly: "That doesn''t matter, please put Naraku''s question aside, let''s get to know it first..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke stood up straight in time, and put on a proud posture: "Aran Soyousuke, the owner of the virtual circle."

    "The **** of the virtual circle, Uchiha Madara."

    Uchiha Madara gave a low laugh, and the disdain on his face grew a little bit more.

    Dear, click in, give a good comment, the higher the score, the faster the update, it is said that the new full marks are found at the end of the beautiful wife!

    The new revision and upgrade address of the mobile station: data and bookmarks are synchronized with the computer station, and fresh reading without ads!

 Chapter 666ï¼š There is no need to use the forbidden technique below 99 to be embarrassed...

    Above the sky.

    Everyone''s eyes were fixed on the opposing Uchiha Madara and Aizen Soyousuke, and they seemed to see two similar and very different people in the two people.

    Uchiha Madara''s body carries an arrogant domineering!

    This man never seemed to conceal this, as if he didn''t care about others'' fear of him at all, or that he enjoyed the fearful gaze of others!

    So he can call himself the **** of the virtual circle unscrupulously!

    In a sense, Uchiha Madara, who has truly dominated and changed the history of the virtual circle with the support of Uehara Naraku, can indeed claim to be the **** of the virtual circle!

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s body is completely different!

    If Uchiha Madara''s aura is exuded, then Aizen''s hidden pride is extremely restrained, he seems to be the kind of seemingly modest and polite... In fact, these modesty are all pity for the weak!

    Even though Ai Ran is claiming to be the owner of the virtual circle, it seems that he is not proud of his identity at all, but is just calmly stating a fact...

    Two people who are equally proud...

    Hearing Uchiha Madara claiming to be the **** of the imaginary circle, Aizen Soyousuke''s eyes flashed, and a smile appeared at the corner of his mouth: "God...? There is no **** in this world, even if it did exist before. When God no longer dominates the lives of all living beings, he is hailed as a god, and he is not qualified to be called a god..."

    "Huh...really?"

    Uchiha Madara looked at Aizen Soyousuke coldly, and a mocking smile flashed across the corner of his mouth: "How do you know...who owns everything in this world?"

    What a ignorance!

    This guy doesn''t even know the truth of the world!

    He hasn''t even touched a clue about Uehara yet!

    And Aizen''s point of view is really going in the wrong direction. It is true that Uehara Naraku is rarely willing to control the lives of those weak, because that **** has always controlled those who like to call themselves gods!

    "Maybe it''s a coincidence..."

    Aizen Soyousuke slowly put down his palm, and continued with a smile: "I know a little bit about the secrets of the Uehara clan... It''s a pity that your secrets don''t seem to be amazing."

    "..."

    Uchiha Madara fell into silence strangely.

    The next moment, the smile on Uchiha Madara¡¯s face suddenly became frantic. He seemed to have seen something extremely interesting: "Hahahahahahahaha... It''s really unexpected, kid... I don''t know if you should say your ignorance... or should Praise your guts!"

    Really...

    The ridiculous guy!

    If Ai Ran Soyousuke doesn''t know the truth but claims to be big, then everything he does is just a joke; if Ai Ran knows the truth but dares to do it, then he is truly bold!

    of course.

    According to Aizen Soyousuke¡¯s attitude towards Uehara Naraku, this guy doesn¡¯t know much, after all, it¡¯s not anyone who knows the truth will be so kind to Uehara Naraku...

    Anyone who has seen the true face of Uehara Naraku can hold back not to kill Uehara Naraku definitely not because of his good temper, but because he can''t beat...

    "Mabra, don''t talk too much nonsense!"

    Senshoujian on the ground frowned dissatisfiedly, and said in a deep voice: "Hurry up and end this farce now..."

    "To shut up!"

    Uchiha Madara glanced indifferently at Qianshoujian, and snorted disdainfully, "Who do you think you are when you are away?"

    "Asshole!"

    Qianshou could not help gritting his teeth.

    The two of them almost couldn''t help swearing at each other every time they met.

    In the eyes of others, it is clear that the fifth official in Senjukazuma, supported by his brother Senjujuma, is dissatisfied with the first official, Uchiha Madara...

    Seeing that the two of them were about to quarrel again, Uchiha Itachi said softly: "It doesn''t seem to be the time for us to argue..."

    "Huh, who can control them..."

    Uchiha Daido couldn''t help snorting contemptuously.

    Just when these officers didn''t care about Ai Ran Soyousuke''s threats and were about to attack each other verbally, the expressions of each officer suddenly couldn''t help but change!

    It seems that some information has reached their brains!

    That was the message from Uehara Naraku who was hiding in the space of the anti-film bandit. It seemed that he didn''t like to be in a different space very much...

    Uchiha Madara slowly raised his fingers, his face suddenly became cold, his eyes turned into a pair of scarlet writing wheels, which looked very strange!

    "Huh, that''s the end of the communication!"

    Uchiha Madara''s gaze fell on Aizen Soyousuke''s body, and he snorted coldly, "For us whose power is not in the same dimension, no matter how much we say, it''s just a waste of words..."

    There is no need to communicate like this!

    Uchiha Madara''s contempt and contempt are hardly concealed!

    "this is¡­"

    A look of surprise flashed across Aizen Soyousuke''s face, and he couldn''t help but look back at Uchiha Taido and Uchiha Itachi. These Uchiha people seemed to have similar eyes!

    "Are they red eyes again?"

    A weirdness flashed across Aizen''s face.

    Those scarlet eyes are indeed very strange. Aizen has also seen the abilities of Uchiha Daido and Uchiha Itachi, so what is Uchiha Madara¡¯s abilities?

    next moment¡­

    Ai Ran Soyousuke didn''t expect it at all!

    Uchiha Madara appeared in front of him instantaneously!

    In just an instant, he almost snatched the mirror flower Shuiyue from Ai Ran Soyousuke''s hands. This guy''s speed was astonishingly fast, and even at this distance, it was comparable to the Thousands of Thunder God''s art!

    "Ok?"

    Aizen Soyousuke hurriedly leaned back and avoided Uchiha Madara''s palm, but in an instant, Aizen Soyousuke saw Uchiha Madara''s ensuing attack!

    No, just seeing it doesn''t help at all!

    In other words, Aizen Soyousuke only saw Uchiha Madara moving, as for what kind of attack it was still unable to tell!

    The speed... can''t keep up!

    How fast is this guy''s instant step!

    Aizen Soyousuke''s body retreated quickly, and suddenly he waved the scabbard in his hand, trying to push back Uchiha Madara who attacked him!

    next moment¡­

    A huge force hit Ai Ran Soyousuke''s lower abdomen!

    In Aizen Soyousuke''s line of sight, he seemed to see Uchiha Madara easily avoiding his scabbard with one foot, wrapped Reiatsu and kicked him directly in the lower abdomen!

    This force was so powerful that Aizen Soyousuke''s body involuntarily flew upside down, even when he flew out upside down, he was still reminiscing about Uchiha Madara''s movements!

    this moment¡­

    Aizen Soyousuke also immediately understood what Uchiha Madara said to him!

    In terms of strength alone, the two of them are indeed not in the same dimension!

    This Uchiha Madara is very strong, absolutely stronger than anyone encountered by Ai Ran Soyousuke, but the speed and strength of his physical skills are surprisingly strong!

    Bang!

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s body instantly fell into the rubble on the ground!

    No one thought that in the first round of the two people''s fight, Ai Ran Soyousuke was already at a disadvantage in the white fight battle, and even had no power to fight back!

    Even just dodge can''t do it!

    "It''s really unthinkable..."

    A round enchantment appeared on Lan Ran Soyousuke''s body, so that the moment he fell into the ruins would not be too embarrassed, his face became a little serious: "It feels like the action is seen through. what¡­"

    "Humph¡­"

    Uchiha Madara looked at the ruins where Aizen had fallen with disdain, and said coldly: "Under the gaze of Shalanyan, everything is in vain..."

    "..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke slowly shook his head.

    Compared with Uchiha Madara¡¯s white hitting technique, Aizen was even more surprised by the way Uchiha Madara used Reiatsu when he was surprised. This guy seemed to have covered all Reiki on his feet just now?

    That feeling is a bit unclear...

    It''s like Uchiha Madara can freely mobilize the huge Rei Pressure on his body, concentrate the Rei Pressure to the point of the attack, and cause huge destructive power!

    This is why he was kicked into the air.

    Do not¡­

    Not right!

    This is not the real reason!

    Even with the exception of Uchiha Madara''s physical skills, his Reiatsu is too huge, after all, this is an old man who has accumulated strength for thousands of years!

    To say bluntly...

    This is also a person who is almost equal to the history of the Soul World!

    "how?"

    Uchiha Madara looked down at Aizen Soyousuke on the ground, waved his hand to stop other people who wanted to go up and suppress Aizen Soyousuke, sneered and said, "With this ability...Do you want to challenge the world?"

    "of course not."

    Lan Ran slowly raised his head, and was about to chant the magic of ghosts in a low voice, but when the spiritual pressure on his body was just violent, he saw a group of dragon head flames falling down!

    "Breaching the Road¡¤Fire Escape¡¤Longyan Singing!"

    That''s Uchiha Madara''s fire escape forbidden technique!

    The flames of the dragon head falling down almost like a meteor!

    The dense flames make people unable to avoid it at all, UU read www.uukanshu. The weird technique of com seems to be unheard of. Few people present have seen this kind of weird ability!

    What''s more disturbing is...

    Uchiha Madara doesn''t seem to sing...

    Even when he just raised his fingers, he spit out rounds of dragon head flames!

    Uchiha Madara contemptuously stared at Aizen Soyousuke on the ground, slowly put away his fingers, and said coldly, "Huh, if it''s a forbidden technique under the ninety-nine broken path, there is no need to use it as shame. I''m seeing it now, kid..."

    Dear, click in, give a good comment, the higher the score, the faster the update, it is said that the new full marks are found at the end of the beautiful wife!

    The new revision and upgrade address of the mobile station: data and bookmarks are synchronized with the computer station, and fresh reading without ads!

 Chapter 667ï¼š Its just a mere illusion... Jinghua Shuiyue who was chopped with a knife? d solution!

    You can search for "behind-the-scenes cool notebook novels from Hokage ( in Baidu to find the latest chapters!

    Long Yan''s singing is burning like hell''s fire!

    The ruins where Aizen Soyousuke is located are covered by a group of dragon head flames. This former B-level fire escape ninjutsu is like the end of the day when Uchiha Madara is used at this moment!

    The entire Seireitei''s Shinigami couldn''t help but evade!

    As a Uchiha Madara from the fire escape family, he is almost like an instinct in his bones for researching and using fire escape. The combination of Reiatsu and Chakra makes Uchiha Madara''s fire escape power almost geometrically increased!

    "An amazing technique..."

    A dignified look flashed across Lan Ran Soyousuke''s face, and he quickly flew away from the ruins. In the gap between Long Yan''s singing and flames, Lan Ran''s body quickly avoided!

    Seriously...

    This was the first time Aizen Soyousuke avoided enemy attacks.

    At other times, Aizen would use his Dao-breaking technique to defend or counterattack even if it was Oshemaru''s technique. However, in the face of the overwhelming flames of the dragon''s head, Aizen didn''t think he was confident that he would be able to block this move!

    It''s a bit scary.

    No, more than a little.

    "..."

    The flames of the boundless dragon head fell like rain, and Aizen Soyousuke looked through the gap, staring at Uchiha Madara in the sky, and a flash of admiration flashed in his heart.

    What a daunting powerhouse!

    Ai Ran Soyousuke once thought about how a strong man who can truly stand at the top of this world should act?

    Aizen sees it now.

    If such a strong man should show any posture, then it is undoubtedly the appearance of Uchiha Madara in front of him, arrogantly despising everything in the world!

    Above the ground.

    Ukitake Shiro looked at Aizen Soyousuke who was evading the Ryuyan singing technique with a bit of amazement, then glanced at Uchiha Madara in the air, and said softly, "Mr Madara...what did you just say... "

    Ky¨­raku Chunshui couldn''t help but chuckled, and said softly: "That Mr. Madara seems to have said that there is no need to embarrass the art below 99 of Po Dao... It sounds terrible words..."

    "but¡­"

    Matsumoto Ranju tugged at the corner of his mouth, and asked, "Isn''t the highest breaking power in the ghost road the ninety-nine of breaking the road, the five dragons turned out?"

    So, what do you mean by that!

    What does it mean that the ability below ninety-nine is not to be embarrassed? There are even many of them like the captain-level death gods who can''t practice successfully at all!

    If it wasn''t for the feeling of being over

    Captain Death couldn''t help gritting their teeth.

    That first Deadpool is too humiliating! A word not only humiliated Ai Ran Soyousuke, but also inadvertently hurt bystanders like them!

    "Although it hurts people, I think what he said is the truth."

    After saying this, Jingle Chunshui''s eyes flashed, and he murmured, "Compared with his words, his power is even more terrifying, right? Just the technique just now is close to five. The power of Dragon Turning Out, right?"

    "It''s not easy to say..."

    Yamamoto Genryuzai Shigekuni slowly shook his head, and softly explained: "In your opinion, that technique is indeed comparable to the Five Dragons Resurrection, but for that Mr. Madara, it may be just a 30th break. Three tricks..."

    "Huh, what do you mean?"

    Gengmu Jianba couldn''t help rubbing his head.

    "Idiot!"

    Caolu Yaqianliu rubbed Gengmu Jianba¡¯s head and muttered, "Don¡¯t you know Jianba! This means..."

    "I know!"

    Gengmu Kenpachi knocked on the grass deer Yachiryu who was lying on his back, and said dissatisfiedly: "Huh, although the eleventh division never uses the ghost way, I also know the ranking, power and spirit of the ghost way. Pressure related.

    Mr. Yamamoto meant that the technique used by Uchiha Madara is actually not that difficult, but with the blessing of his spiritual pressure, it can already be comparable to the five dragons used by others, right? "

    "It''s almost what it means!"

    Ky¨­raku Chunshui nodded slowly, his gaze fell on Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni: "Old man, Mr. Madara''s fire element seems to be very strong..."

    The reason why Ky¨­raku Chunsui asked Yamamoto Shigekuni was because the Zanpakuk¨­ in his hands is the strongest fire-type Zanpakuk¨­.

    And Yamamoto Shigekuni is the only person of his generation like Uchiha Madara, and only Yamamoto Shigekuni knows how strong Uchiha Madara is!

    "Not bad."

    Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni slowly nodded, opened his eyes, and said in a deep voice: "It''s just the skill of the fire element, it''s already comparable to Ryudanruohu..."

    of course.

    Yamamoto Shigekuni didn''t mention his Zanpaku Sword, Swastika Kanhuo Taito.

    For the power of people like Yamamoto Shigekuni and Uchiha Madara, they dare not use their full strength every time they make a move, otherwise it will cause big troubles to the world.

    "What an arrogant guy..."

    Mengki Kenba grinned, and glanced at the fleeing Void on the entire battlefield, but Uchiha Madara shot away all the enemies directly...

    To be honest¡­

    Gengmu Jianba''s heart was indeed a little uncomfortable.

    It is a pity that Madara Uchiha is on their side, otherwise, in this case, Kenpachi really wants to try Uchiha Madara''s power.

    the other side.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke finally escaped from Ryuyan''s singing technique. His clothes were still spotlessly clean, but Uchiha Madara was still a bit downbeat in terms of aura.

    "Boy, are you timid?"

    Uchiha Madara looked down at Aizen Soyousuke contemptuously, and sneered slowly holding his shoulders: "Why, didn''t you say you want to challenge the world?"

    The man who was once the most arrogant man in the world looked at Ai Ran Soyousuke, the corners of his mouth sneered at Ai Ran unabashedly, and continued taunting: "If you want to challenge the world, you should at least give a little bit. I think it''s the power of fun, right?"

    "..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s palm slowly clenched Jinghua Shuiyue Zanpaku Sword.

    Feeling the power transmitted by Kyoka Suigetsu, Aizen Soyousuke humbly nodded towards Uchiha Madara, and said, "Then... as you wish."

    next moment¡­

    A sword glow suddenly flashed out!

    A bright light flashed across Aizen Soyousuke''s Kyoka Shuiyue. He didn''t use Kyoka Shuiyue''s hypnotic power, but slashed at Uchiha Madara!

    But the one who greeted this slash...

    It''s just that Uchiha Madara fiddled with his palm casually!

    That slash was directly smashed by Uchiha Madara''s palm, and he even pulled the corner of his mouth a little boredly: "Hey... is it just this method?"

    Just the next second...

    A Zanpaku Sword appeared in Uchiha Madara¡¯s hand, and a mockery flashed across his face: "If you want to challenge me with swordsmanship, then let you see Uchiha''s swordsmanship. Let you feel your weakness more..."

    After saying this, Uchiha Madara¡¯s ridicule became a little arrogant: "Little devil, pray to your ignorant god, and pray that I won¡¯t just be like this until I become a little interested in your power. Died by my knife!"

    next moment!

    A Zanpaku Sword suddenly appeared in Uchiha Madara''s hand!

    The look of this Zanpaku knife is so weird, with a fan logo engraved on the handle, which is the family crest of the Uchiha clan in the past!

    And at the end of Uchiha Madara¡¯s hand holding the handle of the knife, there is a solemn-looking statue decoration, floating on the surface of the knife, one after another weird gouyu!

    "Open your eyes, Tianjin God!"

    Uchiha Madara reached out his hand and stroked the blade of his Zanpakuto, and began to chant the name of his Zanpakuto and Hajime words softly.

    While looking at Zanpakuto...

    Uchiha Madara has not concealed his love for Zanpakuto!

    After coming to this world, Uchiha Madara cultivated his own Zanpakuto. His Zanpakuto was named Tianjin God, a very famous **** in mythology!

    of course¡­

    The most important thing is that this Tianjin Shen Zan Po Sword has a tit-for-tat meaning to the other Zan Po Sword. The name of that Zan Po Sword is Guojin God, which is the Zan Po Sword between the Qianshou Ju.

    On the battlefield.

    As Uchiha Madara''s Zanpakuk¨­ was released, the Gouyu on the long knife became reddened a little bit, as if countless pairs of eyes had grown on the knife!

    at this moment¡­

    A supreme spiritual pressure gradually covered the entire Seireitei like a real lake, making everyone in the Seireitei seem to feel an unprecedented power!

    Yamamoto Shigekuni''s face couldn''t help but change.

    This divine power made Yamamoto Shigekuni faintly feel the aura of the supreme spirit king in the corpse soul world, no, it should be said that it is similar to the spirit king!

    The Uehara Clan...

    Have you also got the body of the Spirit King?

    Or, is this Uchiha Madara already able to match the spirit king?

    Before Yamamoto Shigekuni had time to continue to think about it, that unprecedented oppressive force disappeared without a trace, as if it had never existed...

    It is not disappearing.

    It was just constrained by itself.

    The Tianjin God in Uchiha Madara¡¯s hand is a Zanpaku sword with the power of a god!

    Above the sky.

    Uchiha Madara suppressed the spiritual pressure of the Tianjin God, wielding the Tianjin God Zanpaku Sword and slashed towards Ai Ran Soyousuke!

    Uchiha Madara looked at Aizen Soyousuke who was about to resist, his eyes filled with the gift of Aizen Soyousuke: "Huh, kid, celebrate your good luck, maybe you are the first to die. The dead soul under Tianjin God..."

    Clang!

    The moment the two Zanpaku knives hit!

    The entire Seireitei seemed to feel a tremor!

    As the surging spiritual pressure swept through, countless people couldn''t help but stretch their arms to block them in front of them to resist this shock, and more people were trying their best to watch the result of this battle!

    "Tianjin God... an interesting name for Zanpodao."

    Aizen Soyousuke held the mirror flower in his hand and tried his best to resist the Zanpakuto in Uchiha Madara''s hand, and sighed in a low voice, "Is the Zanpakuto in the name of a god?

    Although I haven''t seen its true power yet, I can feel the powerful spiritual pressure it contains... Your Excellency suppressed your Zanpaku Knife, and didn''t use your full strength. Is it a bit too despised? "

    "Huh, some insight..."

    Uchiha Madara looked at the Zanpakuto in his hand, then slowly raised his head to look at Aizen who was right in front of him, and sneered: "It''s much more fun to tease a bug that can be trampled to death at any time, rather than trampling it to death... "

    After saying this, Uchiha Madara slammed Aizen Soyousuke away with a sharp knife. He wielded the Tianjin Shenzampaku knife in his hand and pulled out a sword light and rushed up again: "I just want It¡¯s not easy to grasp this force without killing it when playing tricks on bugs!"

    The sword light is like a star!

    A bright light appeared from Uchiha Madara''s Zanpakuto!

    No, it should be that his swordsmanship was so fast that he swung the Zanpaku Sword like a mirror. Under Uchiha Madara¡¯s attack, Aizen Soyousuke almost dodged the attack on the left and right. !

    this is¡­

    A real master of swordsmanship!

    Even Dashewan is far from it!

    Oshemaru is simply not enough to compare with Uchiha Madara!

    What a terrifying family, every character who comes out seems to be an all-rounder, there will be no weaknesses in their bodies...

    Perhaps their only weakness is pride.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke was only distracted for a moment, and his white clothes were instantly cut open by Uchiha Madara, blood oozing out and staining his clothes instantly!

    next moment¡­

    Countless sword lights flashed past!

    Before Ai Ran Soyousuke had time to continue thinking in the future, the Tianjin God Zanpaku Sword in Uchiha Madara''s hand had already broken his defenses, covering his whole body in an instant!

    Blood oozes from seven or eight wounds at the same time...

    Uchiha Madara is like teasing prey, sometimes swinging a knife to leave a wound on Aizen Soyousuke''s body, and even reminds his opponent with interest: "Did you see clearly? I have slowed down enough. ¡­"

    "..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke hurriedly backed away!

    This is an experience that Aizen Soyousuke has never had before!

    Whether in the Mao Spiritual Academy, the Soul Realm or the imaginary circle, Ai Ran Soyousuke has never felt the powerlessness he is now, he seems to be crushed in all directions...

    Reiatsu is obviously far inferior to Uchiha Madara...

    Physically, there is a huge difference between them...

    The legendary first dead waiter in swordsmanship also seems to have quite high attainments, making Ai Ran Soyousuke feel as if he has no power to fight back in front of this big man!

    "Come to the surface...Shuiyue mirror image!"

    Ai Ran Soyousuke raised his head to look at Uchiha Madara who was pursuing him, without hesitation, he immediately activated his Zanpaku Swordsman at this moment!

    At this moment, he didn''t care about his aversion to Shuiyue''s mirror image, and immediately wanted to summon the stunned state of Jinghua Shuiyue Zanpakudao!

    A rippled water surface quietly appeared in the air!

    This rippled surface blocked Uchiha Madara!

    Another illusory figure of Aizen Soyousuke emerged from the water, brandishing a long sword to face Uchiha Madara who was chasing after him!

    however¡­

    What made Ai Ranso Usuke never expected was...

    The Shuiyue mirror Aizen that he had to look up all the time, UU Reading was smashed to pieces by Uchiha Madara wielding the Tianjin God Zanpaku Knife!

    The blue dye of the mirror image of the water and moon is like a broken mirror and generally turned into fragments, and the little bit of light disappears like the morning dew...

    Just a blow...

    Kyoka Suizuki''s …djie was broken by Uchiha Madara!

    At the moment when the mirror image of Shuiyue Lanran was broken, he turned his head slightly to look at his own body, with some doubts in his eyes, as if he could not believe that he was directly broken by someone like this, and he seemed to be unable to believe him. The body provokes such a powerful enemy...

    But no matter what...

    After all, Shuiyue Mirror Lanran still resembled his own name, reverting to illusion.

    "Does this happen too?"

    Even Aizen Soyousuke never thought of such a situation. In his opinion, at least Suigetsu Mirror Image should also be qualified to fight Uchiha Madara!

    "Humph¡­"

    Uchiha Madara retracted the Tianjin Shen Zanpaku with a disdainful face, stretched out his palm to stroke his eye sockets, and sneered: "It''s just a mere illusion..."

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Start reading from Naruto: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 668 is only a mere illusion... the smashed mirror flower water moon solution!) Read the record, and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 668ï¼š Leave the rest to you rubbish!

    You can search for "behind-the-scenes cool notebook novels from Hokage ( in Baidu to find the latest chapters!

    Uchiha Madara is very strong!

    Strong beyond Aizen''s imagination!

    Even though Aizen Soyousuke had obtained some information about Uchiha Madara from Osaimaru and Kurozutsu before, he couldn''t help but marvel at Uchiha Madara''s power!

    Uchiha Madara only relied on a Tianjin God Zhanpaku Knife to smash his mirror image of Swastika Shuiyue so brazenly!

    This kind of thing...

    Even Aizen Soyousuke couldn''t accept it!

    From now on, Kyoka Suizuki''s **** state is already the strongest method Aizen Soyousuke can use, but it seems so vulnerable in Uchiha Madara''s hands!

    Yes it is¡­

    Vulnerable...

    No matter who it is, you can see the ease when Uchiha Madara smashes the mirror image of the water moon and blue dye, as if it is as simple as smashing a mirror.

    This is the mirror image of Shuiyue that once defeated Oshemaru!

    He looked so vulnerable in front of Uchiha Madara!

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s expression finally seemed heavy, and he also realized how terrifying the enemy in front of him was. Uchiha Madara is a strong man who has existed for thousands of years!

    Even thousands of years ago, Uchiha Madara had already stood at the pinnacle, and he has been getting stronger and stronger over time, and he has had enough time to cultivate and become stronger!

    The Uehara clan seldom use a big killer like Uchiha Madara!

    Therefore, the first dead waiter can always stay in Uehara City to practice. He also has other dead waiters as opponents for training. It can be said that he is getting stronger all the time, even better than Yamamoto Genryusai The heavy country can be stronger!

    Click...

    While Lan Ran Soyousuke''s thoughts were still here, a crack suddenly appeared in the Jinghua Shuiyue Zanpei Knife in his hand, which made his eyes tighten!

    this is¡­

    what''s the situation?

    "A mere illusion..."

    Uchiha Madara''s figure fell beside Aizen Soyousuke, and he glanced at Aizen Soyousuke''s mirror flower Shuiyue Zanpaku knife and snorted coldly: "Even the illusion that can be reflected in reality is absolutely impossible to escape. The illusion will eventually come to a broken ending..."

    After saying this, Uchiha Madara raised his head and looked at the still flustered Aizen Soyousuke, and said in a cold voice: "But you are really commendable for your brat, even I have to compliment you. Swastika is very interesting..."

    "Is it just interesting to your lord?"

    Ai Ran Soyousuke still had some thoughts that he didn''t belong to.

    "An interesting sentence is enough as a reward for you."

    Uchiha Madara sneered before continuing: "This kind of ability that you think is powerful is just Uchiha''s toy, brave kid, you really are a fearless ignorant..."

    This sentence is really a bit heavy.

    As a man behind the scenes who can play the entire Seireitei in the palm of his hand, there will be a day when someone will be scolded as ignorant...

    of course.

    Uchiha Madara is qualified to say so.

    Because Aizen Soyousuke''s mirror image of the water moon is somewhat similar to the way the Uchiha clan used to release the forbidden technique Izanaki.

    The mirror image of Suigetsu can turn the other self that Aizen Souesuke had imagined in his illusion into reality with the help of Swastika Suigetsu as a medium; Izanaki can turn Uchiha''s damage in reality into a dream with the help of the writing wheel. .

    "Is there any other means?"

    Uchiha Madara¡¯s writing wheel flashed a weird red light, staring at Aizen Soyousuke in front of him, and snorted coldly: "If there are only such small means, then your journey will end here. , Kid..."

    "So..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke seemed to take a deep breath in his chest, his eyes lifted slightly, and the corners of his mouth slowly raised a smile: "It looks like I did fail... But there is one thing I might want to let You know..."

    "what''s up?"

    "About Naraku..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke smiled and said: "If there is no control of the operator, the anti-film bandit''s different space will last a long time. Even if the person in the different space chooses to break free from the anti-film bandit, he will appear in In the Xuye Palace..."

    The Xuye Palace is the center of the virtual circle.

    The current Xuye Palace is also the base camp of Airan Soyousuke.

    If according to Aizen Soyousuke''s statement, even if he is solved by Uchiha Madara here, these dead waiters will not be able to rescue Uehara Naraku who was trapped by him in the anti-membrane bandit!

    Once he is killed...

    Uehara Naraku can only be passively teleported into the Xuye Palace!

    Lan Ran Soyousuke slowly stretched out his palm and clenched it a little bit, and said coldly: "At the beginning of my battle with your Excellency, I deliberately did this..."

    "hahahahahahahahaha!"

    Uchiha Madara almost smiled without anger, his eyes were full of pity: "It seems that you kid really knows nothing...you want to threaten me with this?"

    The most ignorant is...

    This guy wanted to threaten him like this!

    Not to mention anything else, even if he was killed here, Uehara Naraku was just surrounded by a group of his own men...

    Xuye Palace has never been a place for Indigo!

    In a sense, it is the base camp of Uehara Naraku!

    "Not a threat, but an inform."

    A smile appeared at the corner of Lan Ran Soyousuke''s mouth, his body quietly backed away, and a ray of light instantly enveloped Lan Ran!

    at the same time.

    Other rays of light also fell down.

    With the exception of Aizen Soyousuke and Ichimaru Gin, a ray of light appeared on the heads of all the broken faces, covering their bodies!

    this is¡­

    The technique of protection and teleportation used by Wang Xu of the virtual circle!

    As long as it can be activated, there is no way to stop it!

    Aizen Soyousuke stood under the shroud of light, watching Uchiha Madara softly and said, "From your body, you can see that there are indeed many secrets in this world.

    However, there are still some established rules in this world that are destined to be unbreakable, such as Wang Xu''s unique protection ability.

    I will be in the virtual circle with Nairobi and wait for the day when we meet again with your Excellency. I hope we will no longer be enemies at that time..."

    In addition to capturing Uehara Naraku at the beginning of the battle, Aizen Soyousuke arranged for Wang Xu''s teleportation in advance. Under this protective golden light, he can definitely escape...

    Everyone''s eyes fell on the golden light.

    According to the files recorded in the corpse soul world, these Wang Xu''s protective transmissions are indeed unbreakable, and they can only be left by the enemy.

    "Who told you that rules cannot be broken?"

    Uchiha Madara''s mouth sneered, his writing wheel eyes stared at Aizen who was about to leave, and he continued coldly: "Boy...no one tells you, in this world, there is no rule that the strong cannot break? "

    The next moment, Uchiha Madara''s palm suddenly lifted!

    His eyes turned into reincarnation eyes at the moment his palm was raised!

    "Humph¡­"

    Uchiha Madara¡¯s reincarnation eyes stared at Aizen Toyousuke, his gaze was full of sarcasm: ¡°It¡¯s just a mere gravitational force, who do you think killed the entire virtual circle back then... Under the gaze of these eyes, you still think Are you going to slip away?"

    next moment!

    The Reiatsu in Uchiha Madara''s hand is activated!

    A jet-black ball quickly formed in his hand, tightly attached to the protective golden light, this scene made Aizen Soyousuke''s face a serious expression!

    Above this weird black ball, Wang Xu''s protective golden light was distorted and a hole appeared, and this black ball was distorting a space channel!

    Wang Xu¡¯s protection of the golden light was originally to create a unique space and bring people in the space back to the virtual circle. The hard space protection barrier is sufficient to resist any attack...

    however¡­

    This black ball broke the limit!

    A technique that breaks the rules of this world!

    No, or it''s Uchiha Madara''s use of rules!

    Uchiha Madara''s figure appeared next to the black ball in an instant, and kicked Aizen Soyousuke''s body along the space channel. This kick directly kicked Aizen Soyousuke, making him always decent. Lan Ran flew out embarrassedly, and smashed into a ruin on the ground!

    Uchiha Madara glanced at the other people like Ichimarugin who were transported away by the golden light protected by Wang Xu, and then at Aizen Soyousuke who fell to the ground, and sneered: "I want to challenge the world but I am afraid of the rules... It''s really ugly..."

    "..."

    This is really a bit of subverting one''s own ideas.

    No one would have thought that the progress of this battle would be so weird that everyone present no longer knew what expression they should put on.

    In the view of the Huting 13 team.

    Aizen Soyousuke, who has been tortured unilaterally by Madara Uchiha now, is a bit like he is still abiding, and Madara Uchiha is really lawless...

    What a crazy person...

    It would even despise the established rules of this world!

    Now it seems that the victory or defeat is already divided, but people did not expect that Ai Ran Soyousuke¡¯s last resort was the protection and transmission ability of those Wang Xu in the virtual circle...

    To be honest¡­

    It''s a bit disappointing.

    Although many people present could not solve Wang Xu''s protection and transmission ability, it still made people feel that it was a lot worse...

    "Get the former captain of the fifth division first!"

    Yamamoto Motoryusai Shigekuni glanced at the people present, and said, "Waiting for the trial in the 46th room of the central...Now we will find a way to rescue Naraku..."

    When talking about this, Yamamoto Shigekuni looked at Senju Koma: "Does Mr. Koma have any way to deal with the anti-film bandits?"

    "do not worry."

    Qianshoujian shook his head, and said in a deep voice, "The eighth dead waiter Uchiha Daido possesses temporal and spatial abilities. As long as he finds the location where the anti-membrane bandit exists, Naraku can be rescued. ¡­"

    "That''s good."

    Yamamoto Shigekuni nodded slowly.

    Just as the captain of the Gotei 13 team relieved a little, a terrifying Reiatsu suddenly broke out in the Seireitei!

    Ai Ran Soyousuke, who had fallen to the ground and seemed to have lost his resistance, burst out with powerful spiritual pressure, and directly blasted a group of death gods who wanted to capture him!

    It¡¯s not that Aizen¡¯s sudden burst of Reiatsu...

    It was Aizen Soyousuke who had almost become half of his appearance.

    I don¡¯t know when a cloud of jet black material appeared on Ai Ran Soyousuke¡¯s body. This matter was tightly attached to Ai Ran Soyousuke¡¯s body. Not only did it provide him with the spiritual power he consumed, it even stuck to his wounds. To treat his body...

    Half of Lan Ran Soyousuke''s body is still intact, but the other half of his body has been shrouded in the dark matter. Half of his face is still gentle and elegant, and the other half of his face looks extremely hideous and terrifying as if it were a monster!

    That is¡­

    There is a monster possessed by Aizen''s body!

    "what is that?"

    Matsumoto Ranju''s face was full of astonishment.

    "A kind of monster named Heijue."

    Urahara Kisuke did not know when he appeared next to these people, his eyes were full of solemnity: "Aizome was once a monster created by collecting the souls of the **** of death... That monster has always been Aizen Soyousuke''s most loyal minion. "

    At this moment.

    The most loyal minion of Ai Ran Soyousuke was taunting its owner.

    "It''s really embarrassing, Aizen-sama..."

    Heijue¡¯s half of his face was full of grinning smiles, half of his mouth slowly grinned, and he grinned sullenly: "I told you a long time ago, Aizen-sama, the dead waiter of the Uehara clan. It''s a very scary existence. I used to get close to and spy on Uchiha Madara''s mansion, and he was almost aware of it..."

    "I already know."

    Lan Ran Soyousuke''s voice was a little cold, he seemed a little dissatisfied with his image, and slowly raised his brows: "Can you only help me recover my spiritual strength and injury?"

    "Then I have to try to get another power, maybe I can make Aizen-sama stronger..."

    Heizue¡¯s smile was even more eerie and weird, and it continued with a smile: ¡°As long as we can find out where Urahara Kisuke¡¯s collapsed jade is hidden, let me swallow that collapsed jade..."

    "Forget it, these are enough."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke shook his head and slowly closed his eyes: "Take me out of here first, Heizie."

    This is Aizen Soyousuke''s trump card!

    As long as he can meet with Hei Jue, he is sure to escape from here!

    "Yes."

    Heijue gradually covered Aizen''s body, and under everyone''s gaze, their fused body quickly sank into the ground!

    "Dao Dao¡¤Fire Escape¡¤Dragon Fire Technique!"

    A blaze suddenly fell down!

    In the sky, Uchiha Madara held up his fingers expressionlessly, as if he was confident that his technique could wipe out Aizen and Kuroze on the ground.

    The weird thing is...

    Heijue''s body seemed to be a protective cover, and he firmly protected Aizen Soyousuke within his body, without letting Aizen suffer any harm.

    next moment¡­

    Just in full view...

    Ai Ran Soyousuke and Heizue sank into the ground.

    Every Reaper''s face couldn''t help being filled with confusion. How should they look for this? Should they dig into the ground at this time?

    When these gods of death hesitated, Uchiha Madara didn''t hesitate at all!

    The legendary first dead waiter once again drew out the Zanpaku Knife in his hand, raising his hand to slash a huge slash towards the Seireitei!

    Relying on the Reiatsu from Uchiha Madara¡¯s Zanpakuto...

    This knife may divide the entire Seireitei in two, and UU reading may even destroy the entire Seireitei. This guy is a lunatic who doesn''t care about the price!

    Clang!

    An old figure desperately stopped him!

    Yamamoto Motoyagisai held his flowing blade like a fire, breathed a little, his face was full of earnestness: "Mr. Madara... If he destroys the entire Seireitei just to catch a sinner, it would be too much. Is it not worth the loss?"

    "Step aside!"

    Uchiha Madara looked at Yamamoto Shigekuni coldly.

    Immediately, he slashed Yamamoto Shigekuni out with a single blow!

    The captain of the guarding thirteenth team was directly slashed to the ground by this knife, and his legs were stuck tightly in the ground!

    "Don''t be impulsive, Madara!"

    Senjukuma stood beside Yamamoto Shigekuni, looked up at Uchiha Madara in the sky, and said coldly: "The most important thing now is to rescue Naraku, catch the sinner Aizen Soyousuke, and find it from him. The whereabouts of Dashewan!"

    "Hmph, the rest... leave it to you bunch of trash!"

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Start reading from Naruto: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on "Favorites" below to record this time (the rest of Chapter 669, leave it to your group of waste!) Read the record, and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 669ï¼š The main task, who is the real opener!

    "Starting from Naruto (!

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s escape route was too weird, and no one expected this guy to escape into the ground, which also made it impossible for the corpse soul world to continue pursuing.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke escaped.

    Naturally, Madara Uchiha didn''t have any interest in staying.

    What''s more, this is also within Uehara Naraku''s plan. Only when Aizen Soyousuke realizes the greater the gap between them, will Aizen become more obsessed with how to gain power.

    exactly¡­

    Da She Wan can help him.

    If he wants to achieve his goal, Ai Ran Soyousuke must make himself stronger, even strong enough to suppress the entire corpse soul world!

    Of course, in addition to trying to contend with Uchiha Madara, Aizen Soyousuke is also thinking about a peaceful solution to the matter between him and Uehara''s clan. Perhaps this point can be used for that simple Uehara Naraku.

    It''s just a pity.

    The Uehara clan easily cracked his anti-mask bandit and rescued Uehara Naraku back to the corpse soul world, which made the entire Seireitei feel relieved.

    If Uehara Naraku is captured...

    Who will suppress those dead waiters who are like wolves!

    The situation in Seireitei has faintly changed.

    The original Shinigami illusion incident was now clear. The masked Shinigami who once served as the captain of the Shinigami was also accepted again by the Seireitei after this incident. Shigekuni Yamamoto even personally exchanged it with Heiko Mako and others.

    Because the Uehara clan dispatched the dead waiter several times, there was a faintly revealed power that Seireitei could not contend, which also made Yamamoto Shigekuni to find a way to maintain the balance between the Gotei 13 team and the Uehara clan.

    It just so happened that the Masked Legion was able to return.

    Since there were no vacancies for the Reaper captains, Ichimaru Gin and Aizen Soyousuke defected together, leaving only two positions as captain of the third and fifth squad.

    Masako Hirako led the Masked Corps to the third squad and assumed the position of captain of the third squad. Saruaki Hiyori and others served as deputy captains and seat officers respectively. Only Yagomaru Lisa returned to the eighth squad captain Ky¨­raku. Chun Shui served as the deputy captain by his side.

    According to common sense, Hirako Mako should return to his position as captain of the fifth division, but unfortunately someone took the first step.

    Senjuema and Yamamoto Shigekuni had a long talk all night. In addition to discussing the Gotei 13 team and Uehara''s team preparing to hunt down Aizen Soyousuke and hunting down Osemaru, they also discussed the ownership of Uehara Naraku.

    finally.

    Uehara Naraku became the new captain of the fifth division.

    In a sense, Uehara has also become the youngest Captain-level Reaper.

    The senior leaders of Seireitei did not have much objection to this. They were very aware of the power of the Uehara clan and knew that this was also a step for the Uehara clan to integrate into the Seireitei.

    Since Ai Ran Soyousuke defected, the situation in Seireitei has become faintly united due to the farce, and the strength of the Gotei 13 team has also grown a lot due to the return of the Masked Legion.

    Seireitei''s life was somewhat calm.

    In addition to occasionally sending a team to hunt down the invading imaginary world, more energy is used to search for the intelligence of Aizen Soyousuke and Osaimaru.

    Kisuke Urahara and Yoichi Shikaedinin did not return to Seireitei. The two returned to the world, guarding against the invasion of the world.

    During this period, nothing special seemed to happen. Only the tenth squad captain Shiba''s delayed return caused many people''s worries, but based on the news from the world, Shiba also stayed in the world to guard.

    Time passed in a hurry.

    Decades passed in a flash.

    A lot of things have happened in these decades.

    The Gotei 13 team and the Uehara clan joined forces to conquer the virtual circle twice. Instead, Ai Ran Soyousuke and Oshemaru Xukou invaded the world and the corpse world with a shot, causing the Gotei 13 team to be embarrassed, even the tenth. Team leader Shiba Yishin disappeared in the last world battle, and Hisugaya Toushiro replaced him.

    And Uehara Nara''s friends who graduated early from the Mao Spiritual Academy, Asari Renji joined the sixth team, and became the deputy captain of Kuchiki Byakuya personally recognized;

    Kira Sorazuru and Momo Hinamori joined the fifth squad together and became the deputy captain and seat officer of the fifth squad designated by Uehara Naraku. They were all former classmates of Uehara...

    By comparison.

    Originally, Rukia Kuchiki, the childhood friend of Asani Renji, was exempted from graduation exams and tests due to her aristocratic status and joined the thirteenth squad. On the contrary, it attracted a lot of criticism. Rukia Kuchiki Also inexplicably delayed in getting promoted.

    Kuchiki Rukia, a young girl of death with a high starting point, became the group of people who had been promoted the most backward in the same period, and was even sent to be stationed in this world.

    In a sense...

    Reaper being sent to station in this world means an exile.

    Uehara Naraku and his classmates went to bid farewell to Kuchiki Rukia. After seeing Kuchiki Rukia entered the gate of the world and left the corpse soul world, his mouth slowly conjured up a smile.

    "you are happy?"

    "Well, think of something happy."

    Uehara Naraku smiled and nodded, and said softly: "In fact, it is a good thing for Rukia to leave Seireitei. I heard that her brother Kuchiki Byakuya''s discipline is very strict... Maybe she can be free in this world!"

    Of course Uehara Naraku was happy.

    Because the harvest season is coming.

    This world is just beginning for him, and of course for Uehara Naraku, it is also a step towards the end.

    Now, with the entry of Kuchiki Rukia, is the current Kurosaki Ichigo finally going to officially start?

    Uehara Naraku glanced at his main mission.

    In fact, his system hasn''t been seen for a long time...

    The main task: defeat the world''s strongest opener Kurosaki Ichigo, and prove that you are the only opener in the world (0% completion).

    Yes it is.

    Whether it is Uzumaki Naruto or Monkey D. Luffy, compared to Kurosaki Ichigo¡¯s growth trajectory, it seems too long. Kurosaki Ichigo is the real opener...

    Because the world of death is too powerful.

    Compared with the world of Shinobi and the Pirate World, the world of death involves life and death, and the **** of death here can play with space and even rules at will.

    This makes Uehara must do everything possible to complete the main task in order to include the world of death in his own black hole universe.

    In order for Kurosaki Ichigo to be born smoothly, Uehara Naraku really worked tirelessly to instill a combination of Quincy, Reaper, and Void for Aizen Soyousuke. Will it be another breakthrough in the power limit? Kind of possibility.

    According to Dashemaru...

    Once this fusion experiment is successful, Oshemaru can use the fusion of the spirit king''s body, the **** of death, and the void to create a horrible skeleton for Aizen Soyousuke.

    Aizen Soyousuke is also very cooperative.

    Although Ai Ran Soyousuke very much doubted that Onoshimaru might embezzle the righteous corpse, he decided to follow the intention of Onoshimaru and approve of the plan.

    to this end¡­

    Ai Ran Soyousuke created a Vastod-class Daxu named Xubai, and implanted this Daxu into the body of a Quincy named Kurosaki Masaki, UU reading secretly. Controls the love between Kurosaki Masaki and Shiba, the captain of the death **** who is stationed in the world.

    Kurosaki Ichigo is just fifteen years old this year...

    He has grown to an age that can be awakened.

    Moreover, Kurosaki Ichigo''s growth trajectory has not changed much, but Kurosaki Ichigo''s mother also left his son when he was a child.

    Kurosaki Maki did not die as a result of the virtual attack.

    This is because someone rescued Kurosaki Masaki when he was in danger; of course, this person doesn''t really like doing human affairs under normal circumstances.

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Start reading from Naruto: https://

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 670 main task, who is the real opener!) Read the record, and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 670ï¼š There is Uehara, and anyone else wants to be behind the scenes? Go crazy!

    You can search for "behind-the-scenes cool notebook novels from Hokage ( in Baidu to find the latest chapters!

    six years ago.

    The seaside of Kuza-cho.

    Nine-year-old Kurosaki Ichigo met a fake head at the beach.

    The young and ignorant Kurosaki Ichigo thought that Xu was a little girl who wanted to jump into the sea, and rushed to save people, but rammed into Xu''s hunting ring head-on.

    In order to save her son, when mother Maki Kurosaki wanted to expose the power of the Quincy to kill the emptiness, the power in her body disappeared inexplicably, and the powerful pure-blooded Quincy was lost. All power.

    When the Xu wanted to kill Kurosaki Maki, a strange jade red glow appeared in its eye sockets. This man bit the shoulder of Kurosaki Maki, dragged Kurosaki Maki and plunged into the sea and disappeared. Got without a trace.

    At that time, Kurosaki Maki disappeared.

    The originally happy family only left the father Kurosaki Yishin with his son Kurosaki Ichigo and two daughters, Kurosaki Xia Li and Kurosaki Yuko.

    Kurosaki Isshin is the captain of the tenth squad formerly known as Isshin Shiba.

    As the former head of the squad, Kurosaki Yishin contacted the Gotei XIII team and found out the name of the imaginary who is good at disguising. The imaginary named GrandFisher was still active in reality after the disappearance of Kurosaki Shinsaki. With...

    Xu is still alive.

    Kurosaki Maki disappeared.

    Now that he had obtained the imaginary information, Kurosaki Yixin finally put on his death tyrant again and picked up his Zanpaku Sword.

    For revenge.

    For the only hope.

    However, when Kurosaki touched the emptiness named GrandFisher with all his heart, almost all hope was dashed in his heart, because this emptiness was not that simple at all!

    According to Seireitei''s information, this should be a phantom with a somewhat special ability. As a result, when Kurosaki Yixin really took the battle, he realized that the power of this phantom was beyond his imagination. It did not know when it grew into an Akuka. Sri Lanka''s level of destruction!

    "Hehehehehe...Do you mean the Quincy woman?"

    "The resistance of that woman before her death was quite fierce!"

    "However, she ate her spiritual power and allowed me to evolve successfully!"

    "If it weren''t for her son to blackmail her, would I really be killed by her? Hehehehe... Former Gotei 13th team captain Shiba Yishin, are you her companion?"

    "If it''s just for revenge for my companions, at least I should bring a squad over here! I want to eat those delicious gods of death more and more!"

    "..."

    Kurosaki fell into a long silence.

    Kurosaki Yishin has long lost the blood he had before. In addition to being a husband, he is also the father of three children. He must shoulder his responsibilities.

    finally¡­

    Kurosaki beheaded the empty head with all his heart.

    Unfortunately, his wife will never come back.

    Kurosaki stood in the torrential rain all night, rubbed his cheeks, took off his death-tyrant costume, put on Yi Mukuro, and returned to his real home.

    He is not a **** of death now.

    It is a father who needs to raise three children.

    This kind of thing is cruel to the three young guys. Kurosaki Yixin can only use his cheerfulness to influence the children a little bit, and let his son Kurosaki Ichigo and Kurosaki Yuko sisters spend a few years Slowly walked out of the shadows.

    Unfortunately¡­

    Kurosaki Yixin didn''t know that his wife was still alive, because his wife was now under house arrest in the most closely guarded place in the world.

    Uehara Inner City.

    A blonde woman carefully spied on the guards here, and in order not to attract the attention of others, she even stepped on the floor with her bare feet.

    Just as the blonde woman was calculating the interval between guard patrols and wanted to continue to sneak away, a golden chain bound her body!

    This golden chain instantly made the blonde woman lose her strength!

    "True Saki..."

    A red-haired woman slowly fell in front of the blond woman, reluctantly speaking to persuade: "Didn¡¯t I tell you, don¡¯t you think about escaping from here? At least you have to consider your family a little bit. !"

    "For them, I have to go back."

    Kurosaki Masaki looked at the red-haired woman in front of him, and a plea flashed across his face: "Kushinna, you are also a mother...Can you also endure leaving your child forever?"

    "..."

    The red-haired woman was silent for a moment.

    Because the red-haired woman in front of him is Uzumaki Kushina, when Naraku Uehara brought people to this world thousands of years ago, he brought a lot of souls from the underworld of Naruto World.

    Uzumaki Kushina is one of them.

    Uzumaki Kushina flashed a strange look on his face, and couldn''t help but say: "There are some things we can''t control... I miss Naruto too..."

    This question is really hard to answer Uzumaki Kushina.

    Compared with Kurosaki Masaki¡¯s son Kurosaki Ichigo, Uzumaki Kushina¡¯s son Naruto Uzumaki actually had a harder life, at least Kurosaki Ichigo had a wonderful childhood.

    "Trust me."

    Uzumaki Kushina looked at Kurosaki Maki in front of him, and said in a deep voice: "If you run away, the ending will go in an unpredictable direction; if you stay, the process may be a little bit for you and your family. A little ugly..."

    When Uzumaki Kuzina said this, he stretched out his thumb and index finger and made a figurative gesture little by little, with an awkward smile on his face: "It''s just a little ugly, but the ending is definitely safe. "

    should¡­

    Just a little bit, right?

    Now Uehara Naraku is not doing bad things anymore!

    From the perspective of Uzumaki Kushina, who has never experienced the fear of being dominated by Uehara Naraku, their family actually received the favor of Uehara Naraku.

    At least their family is doing well now.

    Also as a mother, Uzumaki Kushina and Kurosaki Maki have a good relationship. She doesn''t want her new friends in recent years to fall into the abyss because of ignorance.

    "Be patient!"

    Uzumaki Kushina stepped forward and hugged Kurosaki Maki, and whispered in her ear: "Believe in your son, he will live well... Learn to trust your son. I have always believed in Naruto, I believe The little guy Ichigo will take care of his sister."

    Uzumaki Kushina held Kurosaki Maki''s shoulders and whispered in a low voice, "Don''t worry... Mizumon told me that everything here will be over soon."

    "and¡­"

    Uzumaki Kushina took a deep breath and continued softly: "Senior Madara and Master Hadaime are still looking for unknown enemies... Without the protection of this city, you will encounter even more terrifying enemies, unimaginable enemies. ."

    Only this city can protect Kurosaki Masaki.

    Only this city with Uehara behind is the safest place in the world.

    "Does this woman still want to escape?"

    At this moment, a voice fell into their ears. The voice sounded a little cold and unsympathetic: "If she wants to escape again, just kill her directly. Use her flesh and blood to try to track down friend Habach. s position¡­"

    Click, click, click...

    Click, click, click...

    The four figures walked into Uehara City step by step.

    Walking in the forefront were two men in red plate armor, Uchiha Madara and Senjujuma, the first two seat officers of the Thirteen Deadpool.

    Walking behind them is a bearded man wearing a brown coat, and a six-meter-high white beard giant. It is the third officer of the thirteen deadpool, Gore D. Roger and Edward Newgate. .

    They have been tracking down friend Habach recently.

    A formidable enemy who invaded the Soul Soul World a thousand years ago is also the ancestor of the Quincy of the entire world and the son of the God Spirit King in Soul Soul World.

    In a sense, Uhabach should be the strongest existence besides the Spirit King. His omniscience and omnipotence can almost completely be called a new god.

    All-knowing, you can see through everything and even the future.

    Almighty, can invalidate all the abilities he knows, even the ability that can kill the friend Habach will also be invalidated after he knows the abilities.

    Even Habach can see all the future, and to a certain extent set and modify the future that is not good for him.

    Even if he is dead, he can use this ability to set the future to give himself resurrection after death.

    This kind of enemy...

    People don''t know how to defeat him at all.

    However, for people like Uchiha Madara, they don''t care about the abilities of Habach, because there are things that can change the ending without knowing.

    Maybe Youhabach knew that he had a bad ending, so he kept hiding in secret since he woke up?

    After all, the friend Habach had been defeated thousands of years ago.

    Thousands of years ago, Edward Newgate and the Pirate King Gol D. Roger once assisted Moto Ryusai Shigekuni Yamamoto in the battle with Yuhabakh. After that battle, Yuhabakh fell into a deep sleep.

    It is estimated that Uhabach fell into confusion...

    Because when he sees through the enemy''s abilities, the enemy seems to be able to see through his movements and thoughts, and even directly use his fists to harden him.

    You Habach has the omniscient eye...

    Gore D. Roger has the domineering look and feel of the heart of listening to all things.

    The two can be regarded as rivals, making Friends Habach a little confused, where did Roger and Newgate''s two reckless beards come out!

    Thousands of years ago, Youhabach was defeated, and before he fell asleep, he deeply remembered Roger and Whitebeard, two reckless men.

    now¡­

    Ukhabach woke up, but he was missing.

    Six years ago, Uhabah awakened to activate the power of sanctification. When he was also extracting the power and soul of the mixed-blood quinquisher, he noticed that the mixed-blood quinquisher was mixed with a lot of people called Qianshoujianjian. piece.

    therefore¡­

    You Habach knew he was being targeted.

    Someone wanted to capture him for thousands of years.

    Yuhabach wanted to touch the messenger behind the scenes, but a group of his men happened to encounter four pursuers led by Uchiha Madara...

    There is no way...

    Qianshoujian hadn''t been able to send a spy to Yuhabach, after all, the fellow Yuhabach only believed in the souls he could control.

    Uehara Naraku didn''t care about a momentary loss.

    Now Uehara Naraku focused more on Kurosaki Ichigo and Aizen Soyousuke, and sent Uchiha Madara and others to continue hunting down friend Habach, just to avoid this guy from causing any trouble with his plan.

    Don''t worry about this kind of thing.

    As long as he can complete the main task and take over control of the world, Uehara Naraku can easily solve the problem of Yu Habach.

    Uehara Naraku is not in a hurry...

    Uchiha Madara was a little impatient.

    Uchiha Madara also couldn''t understand Uehara''s tolerance for Kurosaki Masaki, and often wanted to try to use Kurosaki Masaki, a pure-blood quinicide, to conduct forbidden experiments, and use her flesh and blood to search for the location of her ancestor friend Harbach. .

    Uchiha Madara¡¯s gaze fell on Kurosaki Masaki, and he continued indifferently: "If this woman doesn¡¯t have enough flesh and blood... I heard that she has three children... should all be used?"

    "..."

    There was a moment of terror on Kurosaki Masaki''s face.

    "Don''t scare the kids, Madara..."

    Senjuzuma patted Uchiha Madara''s shoulder, and smiled lightly at Uzumaki Kunsina and Kurosaki Maki, and said, "That little guy from Uzumaki family, hurry up and take your friend back to your residence!"

    "Yes... Lord between the pillars."

    Uzumaki Kushina hurriedly grabbed Kurosaki Maki and left.

    "Humph!"

    Madara Uchiha turned his head in disgust, and glanced at the white beard Edward Newgate and Gore D. Roger: "If it weren''t for your two guys'' mercy back then, how could that guy run away?"

    "Gum la la la la la..."

    White Beard didn¡¯t care about Uchiha Madara¡¯s attitude. He grinned and shook his head and said, ¡°This is no way. That guy is not that easy to deal with. People who can withstand Lao Tzu¡¯s punch are also very difficult. Rarely..."

    "Humph¡­"

    Listening to White Beard¡¯s words, a flash of disdain flashed across Uchiha Madara¡¯s mouth, and he continued in a cold voice: ¡°Don¡¯t you Habah and his group of bugs like to hide in the shadows? Let Uehara Naro¡¯s group of Nara clan Transfer the waste!"

    "Let''s look again..."

    Senjuju shook his head a little disapprovingly. UU reading

    The rules of this world are different, and the living may not be so easy to adapt.

    This group of high-ranking officials from the Uehara clan soon left here and returned to their mansion. Their future task was to track down friend Habach.

    Uehara Naraku''s money...

    It really seems too rich.

    Of course, there are so many people available at Naruto Uehara, which does not mean that he will contribute for no reason. Since Uehara appeared, the Uehara clan has passed the news to Shigekuni Yamamoto.

    Yamamoto Shigekuni...

    But Habacher''s old opponent!

    Shigekuni Yamamoto pays special attention to the possible threats of Yukhabach!

    Therefore, Shigekuni Yamamoto, the captain, has become more and more active recently, and he has also joined the ranks of chasing friend Habach.

    This is the old hotness of Uehara Naraku.

    If someone wants to hide behind the scenes, they should first take off the true face of the behind-the-scenes, and then prepare him a rival to let him feel the control of fate.

    How to trouble this kind of competitor...

    Uehara Naraku is very proficient with this method.

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Start reading from Naruto: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 671 is Uehara, and anyone wants to be a man behind the scenes? Crazy!) Read the record and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 671ï¼š Does he think I am a good person?

    Seireitei.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke and Osamaru Turtle shrank in the virtual circle, and Yu Habahe also hid in the shadows and did not dare to appear. The entire Seoreitei was still in peace.

    After Uehara Naruko sent away Kuchaki Rukia, he began his regular life, went to the Great Spirit Book Gallery, and began to watch the live version of the Reaper anime.

    The Great Spirit Book Corridor belongs to the Tsunayasei clan among the four nobles.

    Their clan is responsible for recording all the history that happened in the Soul World, and is also the clan that knows the most secrets of the world through the management of the Great Spirit Book Corridor.

    In the place where Naraku Uehara existed, Tsuna Yayoi knew that too many noble families could survive, naturally because they secretly sought refuge in Uehara early on.

    This nobleman...

    Either you...

    Either the dead among the dead.

    "grown ups."

    When the current Patriarch of the Tsunayashiro clan saw Uehara Naraku, he respectfully bowed down and said in a soft voice: "The spy bug has sent real-time images of Kurosaki Isshin and his son."

    He thinks that Uehara Naraku is concerned about the former captain of the tenth team, Kurosaki Isshin. After all, Kurosaki Ichigo is still an ordinary student.

    and¡­

    Just a student with a little spiritual power.

    Uehara Naruko sat in front of a display screen in the Great Spiritual Power Corridor, stretched out her finger to slowly lift up her chin, and looked at Kurosaki Ichigo displayed on it.

    This is a 15-year-old Japanese high school student.

    Keywords, Japanese high school students, this occupation alone is a hidden powerhouse!

    A time-space vortex appeared in front of Uehara Naraku, and Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha with soil appeared in front of Uehara Naraku.

    "Speaking..."

    Uehara You Naraku pointed to Kurosaki Ichigo on the display screen, and chuckled lightly and said, "Do we have members who are suitable to go to high school?"

    "..."

    Uchiha took the soil into silence strangely.

    Uchiha Itachi''s expression was also faintly weird.

    Is this person a bit too much? Even if you want to deal with an ordinary high school student, you have to arrange an undercover agent?

    "Are you two thinking about something rude?"

    Uehara Naraku twitched at the corner of her mouth, and couldn''t help but raise her eyebrows: "Don''t underestimate this high school student. His growth will far exceed your imagination... You have gone through thousands of years, maybe he will be able to catch up immediately. Coming up!"

    This is also a place often criticized in the world of death...

    Because Kurosaki Ichigo''s growth is almost a pure history of opening up, he has almost no time to work hard, just walking a path.

    Open hang.

    Can''t beat.

    Continue to hang up.

    Still can''t beat it.

    Open a super hang directly.

    From the time Kurosaki Ichigo came into contact with the Shinigami profession, until he defeated Aizen Soyousuke, the super behind-the-scenes man, his growth rate is so fast that it is simply unscientific.

    Of course it is not only unscientific, but also not dead at all.

    In comparison, Uzumaki Naruto and Monkey D. Luffy paid significantly more. Almost every time they became stronger, every time they defeated a powerful enemy, it was a new transformation.

    Kurosaki Ichigo got too much...

    The price he paid was not high in comparison.

    This is one of the reasons why people have been criticizing him.

    In fact, maybe it is because Kurosaki Ichigo''s heart has grown too early, at least his current performance is not so much like a normal high school student.

    Kurosaki Ichigo seems to have seen through the world, and even behaves very kindly, and will carry out soul burials for some spirits that are about to disappear.

    Now Kurosaki Ichigo''s life is fairly peaceful.

    However, after Kuchiki Rukia enters Kuza Town, the protagonist of this drama has been arranged, the curtain of a performance is about to be opened, and a drama that has been hidden for thousands of years will soon be opened. It will quickly close again.

    "Well, he is a kind person..."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Kurosaki Ichigo on the display screen, leaned back in a chair lazily, and said softly: "It''s almost time for Ulchiola to start, let Aizen Soyousuke come to control him. Life! We only need to manipulate Captain Aizen!"

    "..."

    The expressions of Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha with soil couldn''t help getting more weird.

    Is this person''s character getting worse and worse! Has it begun to evolve to the point where you like to play with other people behind the scenes?

    of course.

    In comparison, they are also very interested in Kurosaki Ichigo.

    "Will he grow to a certain height that scares you?"

    Uchiha¡¯s voice with soil was a little puzzled. He watched Uehara Naraku in a deep voice and continued to ask: "The last time you asked us to take his mother away when we were young, were you worried that he would pose a threat to Akatsuki? If so, Why not get rid of him..."

    "This is a very boring question."

    Naruto Uehara slowly closed his palms and placed them on his lap, like a dark organization boss, his mouth was slightly hooked: "Speaking of which, I don''t know how far he will grow... Maybe even Bengyu can''t match..."

    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku''s voice even faintly lowered, and his gaze fell on Kurosaki Ichigo on the display screen again: "If there is a threat, maybe there is, maybe not, he represents The apex of this world..."

    "Just taking his mother, it''s a bit..."

    "Are you trying to say mean?"

    Uehara Naraku chuckled lightly and tilted his head and said, "It''s better to think clearly before speaking! I''m the savior of their family... at least their family still has a chance to reunite, if they can seize the opportunity!"

    Uehara Naraku casually waved his hand and whispered, "Okay, don''t bother me, let''s start making arrangements... Let the guys in the 46th room of the center also prepare!

    When Rukia Kuchaki arrives in Korza Town, he will immediately violate the rules of the **** of death, and let Byakuya Kuchaki bring her back to death..."

    "..."

    Uchiha Itachi''s expression was slightly stiff.

    This guy is really a devil!

    Those of them who don¡¯t know Kuchaki Byakuya¡¯s secret love for Kuchiki Rukia, that is a full-fledged sister-in-law, let Kuchiki Byakuya bring his sister back to be sentenced to death... just because Kuchiki Byakuya said it once. Your mind is small?

    it is good¡­

    This is indeed Kuchiki Byakuya''s own problem.

    "Where is the pocket?"

    Uchiha Itachi hesitated and said, "Kuchiki Rukia was originally a child adopted by a pharmacist. If you treat her like this..."

    "This is a slightly torturous process."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and continued softly: "Secretly reveal this to Captain Aizen, let him sneak into the corpse world and take away the other half of Kuchiki Rukia''s body, and let Captain Aizen take a look. What do you think of my growth?"

    "..."

    Of course not so much!

    Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha take the soil to bother him!

    The guy Uehara Naraku has been performing in secret, UU reading www.uukanshu. com also secretly asked them, dead waiters, to make trouble for Ai Ran Soyousuke, which has already added a lot of blockage to Ai Ran...

    Didn''t Ai Ran use the anti-film bandit to shut him down for a few minutes?

    Now Uehara is going to face Aizen Soyousuke himself, this guy finally can''t help it, is he going to start letting Aizen Soyousuke experience the fear of being dominated?

    "Go ahead."

    A little nostalgic smile appeared in Uehara Naraku''s eyes. He looked at Kurosaki Ichigo on the screen with a light smile and said: "By the way, help me report. This very interesting high school student..."

    Uehara Naraku turned his head slowly, and looked at his two subordinates expectantly: "If someone bullies Kurosaki Ichigo with Seireitei''s aristocratic status, I will save him. Will he think I''m a good person? ?"

 Chapter 672ï¼š Is your brother a distinguished person?

    This world.

    Two months later.

    An ordinary high school in Kuza-cho.

    An orange-haired boy turned his pen in his hand boredly, and looked bored at the sky outside the window, a little bit more thoughtful than he used to.

    It was Kurosaki Ichigo.

    In the past two months, Kurosaki Iji¡¯s worldview has undergone a huge subversion. He came into contact with a **** of death named Kuchiki Rukia, and gained the power of the **** of death, became a surrogate **** of death, and accepted the strangulation and protection. Responsibilities in this world.

    To be honest, Kurosaki Ichigo feels pretty good.

    At least you don''t have to live as ignorantly as in the past.

    Recently, Kurosaki Ichigo came into contact with the weird quintessence Yuryu Ishida, a very stubborn but arrogant guy. After the two of them worked together to repel a Kylian Daxu, The relationship has improved a lot.

    Speaking of it, even though he became a Shinigami, life had some twists and turns, but it was more interesting than before. Kurosaki Ichigo also slowly accepted his Shinigami status.

    The only problem is...

    Kuchiki Rukia''s mood became a bit wrong during this period. She was not as happy as she used to be. She even liked to be alone in a daze. Sometimes there were some old-fashioned words that made Kurosaki Ichigo feel a little bit wrong. habit.

    "Good afternoon, Ichigo classmate!"

    A lively girl suddenly appeared next to Kurosaki Ichigo, scared that he hurriedly grabbed the pen in his hand, and a sweet smile came into his eyes.

    "Ah, Inoue, don''t always be so sudden!"

    Kurosaki Ichigo couldn''t help shook his head, and relaxed a little bit. Since becoming a **** of death, his mental state is obviously a little tight.

    This girl is Kurosaki Ichigo''s friend Inoue Orihime.

    Similarly, he is also one of the people who knows Kurosaki Ichigo''s identity.

    Inoue Orihime scratched the back of her head and asked with a grin, "Is Rukia-san not here today? It feels like she often asks for leave these days! Would you like to visit together after school?"

    "Ok¡­"

    Kurosaki Ichigo nodded indifferently, then shook his head hurriedly: "Well, it''s not necessary, Rukia doesn''t seem to like being disturbed... I''m leaving now!"

    How could someone visit Rukia!

    Now Kuchiki Rukia lives in the closet in his room!

    It''s just that Kuchiki Rukia''s state is indeed something wrong recently. Kurosaki Ichigo frowned his brows, and after bidding farewell to Inoue Orihime, he left the school.

    Kuza-cho.

    Kurosaki family house.

    Kuchaki Rukia sat in Kurosaki Ichigo''s room, and wrote a secret letter with a heavy face, left the secret letter on the table, and left the place where she had lived for two months.

    Can''t continue.

    Since she shared the spiritual power of the **** of death to Kurosaki Ichigo, she has violated the rules of the **** of death, which is absolutely not allowed to be violated by the Seireitei and Gotei 13 teams.

    and¡­

    Kuchiki Rukia saw other gods of death.

    The fact that she shared the power of the **** of death with Kurosaki Ichigo has been exposed, and the Gotei 13 team is expected to send someone to deal with it soon... Once this matter spreads to the Soul World, she is so harsh and almost flawless. His elder brother Byakuya Kuchaki will definitely deal with her, right?

    The family style of the dead wood clan...

    She will never allow a shameful guy like her!

    Especially since she has been educated and raised by Kuchiki Byakuya with a strict attitude, Rukia is very clear about what her foster brother will do...

    Kuchiki Byakuya wouldn¡¯t even let her sister go, so how could he let Kurosaki Ichigo, in order to wipe out her sister¡¯s shameful past...

    Kurosaki Ichigo will fall into danger!

    During this period of time, Kuchiki Rukia has actually had a great time.

    Compared with the intricate environment of the Soul World and the strict tutoring of the Kuchuki clan, the time spent in the home of Kurosaki Ichigo is undoubtedly the most relaxing time for Kuchiki Rukia.

    Of course, Kuchiki Rukia didn''t know that Kurosaki Ichigo was the son of the former tenth team captain Kurosaki Isshin, so maybe she would relax a little bit.

    Unfortunately, Kuchiki Rukia joined the job too late.

    By the time Kuchiki Rukia entered the post, the captain of the tenth division had been replaced by Hisugaya Toushiro, and the former captain had long since lived in seclusion.

    The night gradually fell.

    "Forget it, that''s it!"

    Kuchiki Rukia left the letter on the table and quietly left Kurosaki Ichigo''s home. She was going to the entrance of Kuza Town and the Soul World, waiting for Seireitei to call for her messenger.

    It¡¯s just that when Rukia Kuchiki saw Seireitei coming to capture her messenger at the entrance, her expression couldn''t help but become a little ugly...

    Because the first person she saw was her companion, Asani Renji, who grew up in an orphanage together, and was also the deputy captain of the sixth team!

    And Asari Renji''s side...

    Standing a man full of nobility.

    Kuchiki Byakuya¡­

    I personally rushed to the world!

    Since the news that Kuchiki Rukia secretly shared the power of the **** of death with the human beings in the world passed to Seireitei, there was no need for the scheduling of the central 46 room. Byakuya Kuchiki personally applied to come to the world to arrest his sister!

    Kuchiki Byakuya''s arrival is naturally to investigate the specific circumstances of this world and see if he can help Rukia get rid of crime. He doesn''t want this kind of thing to fall into the hands of other people!

    "Ha, Rukia, did you really do this?"

    Asanai Renji carried his Zanpaku Knife and flew down in front of Rukia Kuchiki. A mocking sneer flashed across his face: "I don¡¯t need me to tell you, share the power of the **** of death with How serious are the consequences of this human matter, right?"

    "I know¡­"

    Kuchiki Rukia had a dispute with Asari Renji, because of the appearance of Kuchiki Byakuya, she didn''t dare to speak back.

    "..."

    Kuchaki Byakuya slowly opened his eyes, and a wisp of cherry blossom petals surrounded him, setting off his exquisiteness.

    A slight coldness flashed in the eyes of this man who has always paid attention to appearance, and he asked in a cold voice: "Where is that human...?"

    The air seemed to be lowered a few degrees.

    A touch of chill appeared in Kuchiki Rukia''s heart, anyone could perceive the coldness of Kuchiki Byakuya, this man who had always been steady was angry!

    "..."

    Kuchiki Rukia turned her head slightly, recalling the bits and pieces she had spent with Kurosaki Ichigo during this period, and slowly shook her head and said, "It''s none of his business..."

    This is the first time Kuchiki Rukia violated Kuchiki Byakuya''s words.

    At the next moment, Kuchiki Byakuya''s body became even more cold. His body instantly appeared in front of Kuchiki Rukia, and his cold eyes fell on the girl Rukia: "You want to say this. Did you happen voluntarily?"

    "¡­Yes."

    "Then go!"

    Kuchiki Byakuya''s eyes slowly narrowed.

    Just as they were about to leave, a black sword beam and a blue arrow flew towards them, and someone rushed here!

    It was Kurosaki Ichigo, who noticed something was wrong after returning home, and Quincy Ishida Yuryu who came to stop it together. They have long regarded Kuchiki Rukia, who has always helped them understand the world, as their companions!

    Unfortunately¡­

    A Kurosaki Ichigo and a young Quincy who just got the spiritual power of the **** of death are not the opponents of Asani Renji and Kuchiki Byakuya!

    These two young guys...

    Without even seeing Kuchuki Byakuya''s movements at all, he was completely defeated by Kuchiki Byakuya, and was almost slain by Kuchiki Byakuya!

    In this disparity battle...

    Kuchaki Byakuya easily defeated the two of them, and directly abolished the spiritual power that Kuchiki Rukia shared in Kurosaki Ichigo''s body, and even made Kurosaki Ichigo into a dead end!

    "This human..."

    Kuchaki Byakuya''s eyes narrowed slightly, ignoring the dying Kurosaki Ichigo, but his gaze fell on his sister Rukia Kuchiki, and he spoke softly: "You shouldn''t have your spiritual power..."

    Kuchaki Byakuya shook his head self-consciously, and calmly continued: "Forget it, I have abolished his spiritual power, he is dead, let''s go..."

    "Big Brother..."

    Kuchiki Rukia slowly clenched her fist.

    This is something that Kuchiki Rukia never thought would happen!

    Kurosaki Ichigo was killed by Kuchiki Byakuya...just because of her involvement...this is something that Kuchiki Rukia cannot forgive herself!

    Just as Kuchiki Rukia gritted her teeth and wanted to open her mouth to stay and live with Kurosaki Ichigo, Kurosaki Ichigo, who was in a state of dying, suddenly recovered inexplicably!

    Even if he has fallen to the ground, even if he has lost his spiritual power, Kurosaki Ichigo''s palm still sticks out, and tightly grasped Kuchiki Byakuya''s trouser legs: "Hey, if you want to take Rukia away , At least make sure I have lost my breath..."

    The vitality of this guy...

    Really tenacious beyond imagination!

    After being stabbed by Kuchiki Byakuya, he was able to survive, and he even kept a clear head!

    just¡­

    For Byakuya Kuchiki, a noble patron who loves cleanliness, clutching his trouser legs is undoubtedly an offense, especially the expression of Rukia Kuchiki, who knows his elder brother, suddenly changed!

    Kurosaki Ichigo, this idiot...

    He will definitely be killed by his angry brother!

    If this guy Kurosaki Ichigo is not stopped, even if he doesn''t know why he comes alive, he won''t be able to live for another minute!

    next moment¡­

    Kuchiki Rukia suddenly appeared next to Kurosaki Ichigo, kicked Kurosaki Ichigo''s hand holding Kuchaki Byakuya''s hand with one foot, and gritted his teeth and said: "A mere human! Who made you offend your big brother? ¡­"

    "Rukia..."

    Kurosaki Ichigo''s face was suddenly confused.

    The whole street fell into silence.

    Kuchiki Rukia slowly lowered her head, and the suppressed painful voice in her throat: "Kurosaki Ichigo...recognize your identity! You are just an ordinary human..."

    Kuchiki Rukia stretched out her hand to cover her eye sockets. After a moment of silence, she raised her head and looked at Kuchiki Byakuya: "Big brother...I''m already awake...He is just a human...Leaving him here makes him die in pain. Ok... let''s go, brother, back to the corpse world..."

    "..."

    Kuchiki Byakuya fell into silence.

    In the next moment, the noble Patriarch nodded slowly. How could this little thought of Rukia be hidden from him?

    However, Kuchiki Rukia''s request, as the elder brother, Kuchiki Byakuya did not refuse to make her sad. Moreover, according to Kuchiki Byakuya''s own judgment, Kurosaki Ichigo, who was stabbed to the point with the Zanpaku Sword, would never survive. Too long...

    Da da da¡­

    Da Da Da Da Da...

    Suddenly there was a sound of footsteps on the street.

    A figure walked slowly from the darkness, and the gentle voice fell into the ears of everyone: "Well said... this little guy is just a mere human...

    Why didn''t I know that there are such arrogant students in the Mao Spiritual Academy, who hadn''t seen them for more than two months, how could you become like this, Rukia? "

    "Ok?"

    Kuchiki Byakuya frowned slightly.

    He has already heard who this voice is!

    Regardless of the past or the present, every identity of this guy is a trouble, especially his identity even Kuchiki Byakuya has to face up...The identity of the Patriarch of the Kuchuki clan is not worth mentioning in front of him!

    of course.

    There were also friends from the people present.

    Akari Renji also heard the voice of the incoming person instantly, and a strange flash across his face, he couldn''t help but look in the direction of the incoming person: "Hey, Uehara Naraku, why did you appear here? Here?"

    They are old classmates!

    Asari Renji is not seen at all!

    Of course, Asari Renji did not expect that Uehara Naraku appeared in front of them this time, but he wanted to really trouble them!

    "It just happened to come to inspect the world."

    Uehara Naraku''s figure appeared under the street lamp, wearing a white captain''s suit, with a touch of inevitable sadness on his face: "I just didn''t expect that Kuchiki Byakuya would kill humans in this world... "

    Uehara Naraku raised his head and looked at Kuchiki Byakuya, and calmly continued: "Please tell me, Kuchiki Byakuya-senior... Is there any difference between you like this and those who invade the world?"

    "..."

    Kuchiki Byakuya''s brow furrowed even tighter.

    To tell the truth, he doesn''t usually hate Uehara Naraku, but he always looks down on this kind of prodigal family owner.

    Almost every **** of death in Seorei Ting knew very well that Uehara Naraku was famous for being soft-hearted, and he treated no one with nothing.

    It¡¯s no problem for Reaper to kill a human...

    After all, the battle between the **** of death and the imaginary cannot never go wrong. The life and death of human beings is not a problem in the eyes of the **** of death. After the death of the human body, the soul will definitely go to the corpse and soul world. survive.

    however¡­

    This kind of thing is obviously forbidden.

    Only in private, UU reading , the **** of death never cares much about human beings, especially as Kuchiki Byakuya, not to mention killing a human being, even if it is killing a **** of death, it will not appear. What trouble...

    The foundation of all this is based on the situation that no one will pursue it!

    The forty-sixth room in the center will definitely not pursue the noble patron Kuchiki Byakuya, and the other members of the Gotei 13 team will certainly not account for this kind of thing...

    The only accounting comparison is probably Uehara Naraku.

    Unfortunately, no matter how you look at it, the dual identities of the fifth team captain and Uehara''s family patriarch make Uehara Naraku have the right to care about Kuchiki Byakuya.

    "Student Rukia..."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Kuchaki Rukia with a complex expression, his expression became a little more serious: "I heard it, it sounds like Rukia was a little arrogant when talking about his brother...Humans are in your eyes. What does it mean?"

    After saying this, Uehara Naraku''s gaze fell on Kuchiki Byakuya''s body: "Rukia-san, then please tell me, your brother...Is his status honorable?"

 Chapter 673ï¼š Senior Kuchiki Byakuya can experience the life of ordinary people.

    Kuchiki Byakuya is not in a good mood.

    Is this deliberately humiliating them?

    If they didn''t understand Uehara Naraku''s virgin heart character, the presence of Kuchiki Byakuya, Asani Renji, and Kuchiki Rukia would all think that Uehara Naraku was looking for fault!

    Uehara Naraku...

    Obviously he is the most distinguished person in the world, but he puts on the appearance that everyone is equal here. This guy really gave birth to the wrong family!

    I didn''t even think about it, if he didn''t have the aura of the Uehara family patriarch, how could he be qualified to communicate with them here?

    "Hey, Uehara..."

    Ashani Renji frowned and explained, "It''s not what you guy thinks, this human..."

    "Renji."

    Kuchiki Byakuya interrupted Asari Renji''s words, and without looking at Uehara Naraku, continued coldly, "Rukia, Renji, let''s go."

    Obviously.

    Kuchiki Byakuya didn''t bother to talk to Uehara Naraku.

    At this time, Kuchiki Byakuya paid more attention to the crime committed by Kuchiki Rukia, and he didn''t want to spend more time talking here with Naraku Uehara, the virgin heart fellow!

    "how?"

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes flashed a bright light, and his face became cold a little bit: "The Patriarch of the Kuchiki clan seems to disdain to explain to an ordinary human...and look down on me, the captain of the fifth division? At least a few words of explanation should be left..."

    "..."

    Kuchiki Byakuya squeezed Senbonzakura in his hand tightly.

    Even if Kuchiki Byakuya thought that Uehara Naraku really wanted to seek justice for Kurosaki Ichigo on the ground, he couldn''t help feeling a little unhappy in his heart!

    Kuchaki Rukia and Asani Renji watched the conflict between the two captains of Uehara Naraku and Kuchaki Byakuya, and their moods became a little nervous...

    Because they understand Kuchiki Byakuya''s character...

    This man who grew up in an aristocratic family disdain to waste his tongue. According to Kuchiki Byakuya''s arrogance, he will not succumb to the threats of others...

    If there is a conflict...

    What should they do, on whose side?

    Just as Rukia and Asani Renji expected, Kuchiki Byakuya still didn''t bother to argue with or argue with Uehara Naraku, but he raised Senbonzakura in his hand to open the door to the soul world.

    "Senior Byakuya."

    Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly appeared in front of Kuchiki Byakuya, his eyes were a little dark, and his face was obviously a little ignored of anger!

    Uehara Naraku stared at the indifferent Kuchiki Byakuya, and said solemnly: "Senior Byakuya, I can tolerate your rudeness...but this is not the reason you can ignore me..."

    "¡­Step aside."

    Kuchiki Byakuya''s eyes were still cold.

    There was even a hint of impatience on his face!

    If it wasn''t for Kuchiki Byakuya who knew that a shot here would affect the relationship between the Gotei 13 team and the Uehara clan, he would definitely not just swallow it!

    Since the meeting, he has given Uehara Naraku enough patience!

    This guy¡­

    If you want to continue...

    Kuchiki Byakuya is not sure that he can continue to endure it!

    "Instead of stopping me here..."

    Kuchiki Byakuya slowly raised his head and looked at Uehara Naraku, without concealing the disgust on his face: "It''s better to use your spiritual power to save the human being who is about to die. Isn''t this your favorite thing to do?"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku was silent for a second.

    The next moment, he slowly raised his palm!

    A light green light fell on Kurosaki Ichigo''s body, and his body quickly healed in the blink of an eye, and soon his injury disappeared without a trace.

    However, Kurosaki Ichigo''s spiritual power belonging to Kuchiki Rukia was completely lost due to the piercing of the vital point... Even so, this kind of healing method is enough to make people amazing!

    Kuchiki Rukia finally breathed a sigh of relief.

    The entire corpse soul world knows that Uehara Naraku''s healing ability is powerful, and even was once wanted to be introduced to the fourth squad by Uehara Uehara as the captain... If Uehara Uehara rescues people, at least Kurosaki Ichigo''s life can be saved.

    Kurosaki Ichigo also stroked his wounds in disbelief, but the ability he released casually made him heal. This ability was too amazing!

    That Kuchiki Byakuya almost killed him directly...

    The guy who just came out directly pulled him back from the brink of death! Is this group of so-called genuine death gods with such terrifying abilities?

    of course.

    Kurosaki Ichigo faintly felt a little more fond of Uehara Naraku who had just appeared. Not only Uehara Uehara saved his life, but more importantly, what Uehara Naraku said...

    This Shinigami is not at all as arrogant as the two guys, Asani Renji and Kuchiki Byakuya, he looks like a good person!

    Kuchaki Byakuya watched Uehara Naraku healed Kurosaki Ichigo instantly, his eyes shrank slightly, and he turned around to go around Uehara Naraku: "If you want to know anything, just ask this human being. Don''t delay my mission... "

    "Who gave you the task..."

    Uehara Naraku''s arms spread out and stopped Kuchiki Byakuya''s footsteps: "Who gave you the power to kill a human soul in this world?"

    "none of your business."

    "But I saw it."

    "No one has an obligation to explain to you."

    "So..."

    Uehara Naraku slowly lowered his arm, as if to allow Kuchaki Byakuya to leave, but his next words changed everyone''s face greatly: "If there is no reasonable explanation, let Senior Byakuya also experience ordinary Human life..."

    "Ok?"

    A hint of doubt flashed across Kuchiki Byakuya''s face.

    In the next moment, Kuchiki Byakuya saw Uehara Naraku''s palm lifted up, and a strange spell floated on his palm, slamming Kuchiki Byakuya''s chest!

    This guy¡­

    What do you want to do!

    The figure of Kuchiki Byakuya retreated quickly!

    No one thought that Uehara Naraku would take the lead, even so fast, no matter how Kuchiki Byakuya avoided, but the distance between him and Uehara Naraku has not changed in any way!

    Uehara Naraku is very familiar with the instant step... After all, the first fast death **** Hafengsui gate in the soul world is within the Uehara clan, and it is also Uehara Naraku''s subordinate...

    The issue is¡­

    How dare this guy!

    Why did Uehara Naraku dare to attack him!

    Kuchaki Byakuya couldn''t understand. His body was just moving back quickly. Whether it was his cleanliness personality or the dangerous aura from the incantation in the palm of Uehara Naraku''s palm, Kuchiki Byakuya didn''t want to be touched by Uehara Naraku!

    Watching Uehara Naruko get closer and closer to him in the transfer, Kuchiki Byakuya''s face flashed with dignity, waving the Chibon Sakura Zanpaku Sword in his hand to force Uehara Naruto back!

    "interesting¡­"

    Uehara Naraku suddenly grabbed the Senbonzakura Zanpakuto in the palm of his hand, and the curse in his palm instantly continued with the sword of Senbonzakura and covered the entire Zanpakuto!

    A series of weird spells flowed on Qianben Sakura''s sword, covering it completely in a blink of an eye, and sealing off its spiritual power!

    Kuchaki Byakuya''s brows instantly frowned. When Senbonzakura was sealed, he had already felt it. He subconsciously wanted to activate Senbonzakura''s Hajime...

    "Spread it... Senbonzakura!"

    However, the sealing spell on the knife suddenly lit up!

    Senbonzakura, who should have turned into countless bladed cherry blossoms in the initial solution form, was directly blocked by the pitch black spell on the sword!

    "Senbon Sakura is sealed..."

    Kuchiki Byakuya''s face was extremely ugly.

    If Senbon Sakura is sealed, his power will be greatly reduced!

    Kuchiki Byakuya''s brows became tighter and tighter, and he wanted to activate Senbonzakura''s swastika: "Spread it... Senbonzakura Keiyan!"

    unfortunately¡­

    Nothing happened.

    Senbonzakura, who was originally eager to move under the urging of Kuchiki Byakuya, seemed to be firmly trapped by a rope, and could not release any spiritual pressure no matter what...

    Kuchiki Byakuya''s Zanpakuto...

    Was directly sealed up!

    Assani Renji watched this scene with a touch of surprise on his face: "How is it possible? Captain Hajime and Swastika... are both invalid?"

    Are you kidding me?

    Is there still the ability to seal Zanpakuto in this world?

    Compared with Asani Renji, Kuchiki Byakuya seemed to be more calm. He held the Zanpakuto in his hand flatly, and slowly raised his fingers in the other palm, and a ball of spirit was pressed against his fingertips. Want to eliminate the sealing spell on Senbon Sakura with the help of spiritual pressure!

    Only in the next moment, a black shadow suddenly appeared in the corner of Kuchiki Byakuya''s eyes, and Uehara Naraku did not know when he appeared again in front of him, and slapped Kuchiki Byakuya''s chest with a palm!

    "Seal of the Four Elephants!"

    The seal spell that appeared in the palm of Uehara Naraku passed through the clothes quickly, and pressed tightly to Kuchiki Byakuya''s body!

    With the effect of the sealing spell, Kuchiki Byakuya''s spiritual pressure quickly declined, and he himself felt the horror of this sealing power the most!

    Under this sealing power...

    Kuchiki Byakuya couldn''t use his spiritual power at all!

    "You guy..."

    A flash of anger finally flashed across Kuchiki Byakuya''s face, both his Zanpaku Sword and his own spiritual power were sealed by Uehara Naraku at this moment!

    What shames Kuchiki Byakuya is...

    Faced with such a junior, there is no way to fight back!

    As for the seal that Uehara Naraku placed on Kuchiki Byakuya, he will have his own way to remove it. As long as he is given a period of time, he can break through the shackles of the seal...

    However, this sense of humiliation cannot be easily forgotten by Kuchiki Byakuya!

    "Almost forgot."

    Uehara Naraku calmly retracted his palm, and five groups of spiritual power slowly appeared on his fingertips. His voice was a little more arrogant: "If there is only the seal of the four elephants, perhaps it will soon make Senior Byakuya breakthrough¡­"

    The next moment, Uehara Naraku''s palm flipped, and the five fingers glowing with spiritual power slapped Kuchiki''s chest again fiercely!

    "The Seal of the Five Elements!"

    The power of this palm is so great...

    So that at the moment when the seal was applied, Kuchiki Byakuya shot and flew out, UU Reading made him fall directly to the ground in embarrassment, and his white clothes were instantly covered with dust!

    This is an embarrassment that Kuchiki Byakuya has never experienced before...

    He seems to be a flawless noble at all times, and his clothes are always clean. Even in battle, Kuchiki Byakuya also has this kind of almost pathological cleanliness...

    right now¡­

    Kuchiki Byakuya showed a murderous look.

    If his eyes can kill, Kuchiki Byakuya will definitely not be stingy!

    Uehara Naraku stood there, looking down at the murderous Kuchiki Byakuya, as if he didn''t know what to say, "Senior can experience the life of ordinary people now..."

 Chapter 674ï¼š Kuchiki Byakuya who stayed in this world

    Kuchiki Byakuya was arranged clearly.

    Uehara Naraku doesn''t really hate Kuchiki Byakuya, the captain of the **** of death, who has a bit of ascetic appearance and personality, and even had a good impression of Kuchiki Byakuya.

    The problem is that Kuchiki Byakuya often habitually tells others that the previous generations of the Uehara family owners are actually narrow-minded...

    Secretly speak bad things about people behind their backs...

    Is this what a Reaper Captain should do?

    Now Uehara Naraku just sealed Kuchiki Byakuya''s spiritual power and Zanpakuto, and let him experience the life of ordinary people, which was considered to be tolerant.

    "Hey, Uehara!"

    Akari Renji hurried a few steps, holding his Zanpaku sword in front of Naraku Uehara, and explained, "We are here to be ordered to capture Rukia..."

    When talking about this, Akari Renji''s gaze fell on the already healed Kurosaki Ichigo, and continued to explain: "It''s just this guy and his companions to stop us, so the captain will shoot this guy... "

    This reason is enough to deal with anyone.

    If Kuchaki Byakuya was not too cold, but directly explained his reason as if he reported to his superiors, Uehara Naraku should not have acted either.

    No, it should be said that Asani Renji explained it too late. As a deputy captain, he is the one who should explain in this conflict!

    after all¡­

    Uehara Naraku and Kuchaki Byakuya are the captains of the Gotei 13 team. They should be at the same level. According to Kuchiki Byakuya''s proud personality, he naturally needs someone to help him explain.

    Unfortunately, Asari Renji didn''t have that brain.

    To be precise, Asari Renji thought that Uehara Naraku was his classmate and friend, and he was not used to explaining it this way; now his captain was sealed, Asari Renji began to explain why.

    "Is that right?"

    Uehara Naraku''s brows frowned, his gaze turned slightly, he passed Kuchiki Rukia, fell on Kurosaki Ichigo, and said softly: "Human boy, do you have anything to explain?"

    "what?"

    Kurosaki Ichigo was surprised for a second.

    Kurosaki Ichigo still doesn''t know the identity of the person in front of him.

    Just as Kurosaki Ichigo scratched his head and was about to speak, Kuchiki Rukia nervously stood in front of him, and said first: "Captain Naraku, none of this has anything to do with Ichigo... it''s my own crime! "

    "Hey, Lucia, I..."

    "To shut up!"

    Kuchiki Rukia interrupted Kurosaki Ichigo''s words, and continued in a deep voice: "Big Brother and Renji are just here to perform their mission...it has nothing to do with them..."

    Ichigo this idiot!

    This is definitely not the time for him to interrupt!

    "Did I do something wrong?"

    Uehara Naraku seemed ashamed in his eyes.

    "Nothing."

    Kuchaki Byakuya glanced at Naraku Uehara, his face still calm: "Just unlock the seal."

    Uehara Naraku frowned slightly, and with a little apology on his face, he walked toward Kuchiki Byakuya, as if he wanted to go to untie Kuchiki Byakuya''s seal.

    However, at this time...

    A time-space vortex appeared, two figures appeared beside Uehara Naraku, Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Daido suddenly appeared.

    Uchiha Itachi suddenly grabbed Uehara Naraku¡¯s arm and stopped his movement: "Naraku-sama, please remember your identity. How can you bow your head to the Patriarch of the Kuchiki Clan..."

    "Ok?"

    "Your identity."

    Uchiha took the soil and stood beside Itachi Uchiha, and said coldly: "As the head of the Uehara clan, this is not what you should do!"

    These two people...

    Always come out when Uehara Naraku is weak!

    Now Uehara Naraku had just admitted his mistake and unlocked Kuchiki Byakuya''s seal, and the two of them suddenly jumped out!

    "Kuchiki Byakuya is guilty."

    Uchiha Itachi''s eyes looked at Kuchuki Byakuya, and a flash of red light disappeared: "As the Patriarch of the Kuchuki clan, I am not respectful enough to Lord Naraku..."

    Uchiha Itachi stared coldly at Kuchiki Byakuya, and continued with a deep voice: "Tolerance is only the gift of Lord Naraku... I hope that Lord Byakuya will remember that the first identity of the Lord is the head of the Uehara clan who is also a nobleman!

    "..."

    What the **** is this!

    On the surface, the status of the Uehara family and the four nobles should be equal. It has always been only because of the strength of the Uehara family that the four nobles will shrink a little, but this is not the reason for the Uehara family to bully people!

    According to the agreement between Seireitei and the Uehara clan, only a shot at Uehara Naruto would be considered a violation of the agreement, right? How can Uchiha Itachi bully others!

    This time, Uehara Naraku took the initiative indiscriminately!

    The dead waiter Uchiha Itachi wanted to apologize because their Patriarch Naraku Uehara wanted to apologize, so he wanted to find any reason to save face?

    This is too bullying!

    Everyone in the room looked a little ugly, Kurosaki Ichigo''s expression became more and more surprised, and he looked back and forth in everyone''s eyes curiously.

    Especially when it fell on Naraku Uehara...

    This person named Naraku Uehara seems to be a little troublesome!

    "Small punishment and great admonition."

    Uchiha¡¯s voice with the soil was a bit hoarse, but the cold voice seemed to be pronouncing: "Seal the Patriarch of the Kuchuki clan for a month of spiritual power to live in this world to experience the life of ordinary humans, as a punishment for the Kuchuki clan... At this point, I think Kuchuki The Patriarch of the family should accept it, right?"

    "and many more¡­"

    Uehara Naraku was a little surprised, and immediately stopped him: "Senior Byakuya is also the captain of the Gotei 13th team..."

    "I accepted."

    Kuchiki Byakuya lowered his head calmly.

    Sometimes, as the Patriarch of the Deadwood Clan, he should never bow his head; sometimes, as the Patriarch of the Deadwood Clan, he must bow his head.

    Although it looks a bit humiliating...

    Kuchiki Byakuya has already heard the meaning behind Uchiha''s belt soil. If he does not bow his head, the Kuchiki clan may face the impact of Uehara clan!

    This is an innocent disaster!

    "That would be better."

    Under Uchiha''s earthen tiger mask, his voice gradually became clearer.

    to be frank¡­

    Even though Uchiha''s belt seems to be very prestigious...

    But Uchiha''s heart with the soil still wanted to curse.

    He probably already knew his identity. Whenever Uehara Naraku wanted to be a good person, he and Uchiha Itachi would come out to sing red face and be a bad person...

    Can this guy do some personnel work?

    This is also fortunate that the two of them are just passing by in this world...If they were in the Ninja World, with so many black pots on their backs inexplicably, whose life could stand it?

    of course¡­

    Uchiha Daido has already endured this kind of thing.

    "Let''s go!"

    The figures of Uchiha Daido and Uchiha Itachi turned into a space vortex and disappeared in place. They appeared to help suppress Kuchiki Byakuya.

    This is...

    It''s kind of bullying.

    And Kuchiki Byakuya, who had just experienced the persecution of the dead waiter of the Uehara clan, his face remained unchanged, and he didn''t even mean to be humiliated.

    The Captain Reaper, who is always cold, just took a look at the people present, and whispered, "Renji, take Rukia back to be tried..."

    "Captain, what about you?"

    "I want to stay in this world for a while."

    "but¡­"

    "No but, I have promised."

    Kuchaki Byakuya cut off Asani Renji''s words in a cold voice, his eyes fell on Uehara Naraku''s body, and then slowly moved his eyes away.

    Reluctantly, Asani Renji had no choice but to take the lead with Kuchaki Rukia to leave.

    Before leaving, Renji Asani asked Naraku Uehara to help protect Byakuya Kuchiki when he visited the world.

    Although the Thirteen Deadpools of Uehara''s clan didn''t seem to be a good person, Uehara Naraku was quite reliable in Asari Renji''s view.

    Uehara Naraku seemed a little guilty, and naturally wouldn''t refuse Ashani Renji''s request. He really seemed to intend to stay with Kuchiki Byakuya in this world to protect his safety.

    Only four people remained at the scene.

    Uehara Naraku, Kuchiki Byakuya whose spiritual power was sealed, Kurosaki Ichigo, and the badly wounded Quincy Ishida Uryu.

    Kuchiki Byakuya did not stay.

    Even if he lost his spiritual power, he did not lose his strength of character. He left the place without saying much, and didn''t seem to care whether Uehara Naraku would protect him.

    "Ichigo Kurosaki."

    Kurosaki Ichigo took the lead towards Uehara Naraku, and said sincerely, "I am Kurosaki Ichigo, thank you for saving me just now..."

    "You''re welcome."

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes narrowed slightly, and a gentle smile appeared: "I am Uehara Naraku, a **** of death from the Gotei 13 team... Maybe this month will stay in the world. If you have any trouble, please give me one. Mr. Hu, please show me a lot."

    "Ah, so polite..."

    This is the first time Kurosaki Ichigo has seen such a kind **** of death, even if compared to Kuchiki Rukia, Uehara Naraku''s attitude seems to be more friendly than imagined.

    especially¡­

    This guy''s identity seems to be unusual. The Kuchiki Byakuya who hurt him badly just now doesn''t seem to want to provoke Uehara Naraku!

    The identity of this person...

    Must find someone to inquire about it!

    It feels that this guy is not so irritable in terms of strength or status. He is more troublesome than Kuchiki Byakuya!

    fortunately.

    Although Kuchiki Rukia left, but also let Kurosaki Ichigo know a lot of people, UU reading www.uukanshu. Among them are Kisuke Urahara and Yoichi Shikaedin who live in seclusion and are stationed in the world.

    Whether it is to regain the power of the **** of death or to get a way to rescue Rukia, Kurosaki Ichigo also happens to need to contact Urahara Kisuke...

    Kurosaki Ichigo didn''t know.

    Urahara Kisuke and Sifengin Yaichi are hidden around here.

    It wasn''t until Kuchaki Byakuya left Uehara Naraku''s sight that Yoichi Shikaedin appeared in front of Byakuya Kuchaki, with a teasing smile on his face: "Um, let me guess, you want to take this opportunity Staying in this world...what is it for? To save your sister?"

    "It''s you?"

    A cold color flashed in Kuchiki Byakuya''s eyes, and he called out the nickname of Sifengyuan Yeyi: "Cat demon, I don''t understand what you mean."

    Dear, click in, give a good comment, the higher the score, the faster the update, it is said that the new full marks are found at the end of the beautiful wife!

    The new revision and upgrade address of the mobile station: data and bookmarks are synchronized with the computer station, and fresh reading without ads!

 Chapter 675ï¼š Ishida Ryugen who was taken away if the pharmacist left behind

    Cat demon.

    This is Kuchiki Byakuya''s scornful name for Sifengin Yoichi.

    Sifengin Yeichi always relied on his own instant step to bully Kuchiki Byakuya when he was a child, forcing Kuchiki Byakuya to work hard to practice instant step, and also made Kuchiki Byakuya extremely angry and somewhat respectful towards Sifengin Yeichi. .

    The two are familiar.

    Sifengin Yeichi and Kuchiki Byakuya are both the heads of the four nobles.

    This also allowed Sifengin Yaichi to understand Kuchuki Byakuya''s personality very well. She knew what the character of this little guy was, a complicated person who followed the rules but attached great importance to feelings.

    "Tsk..."

    Sifengyuan Yeyi chuckled, and Fei Shou fell in front of Kuchiki Byakuya, and stretched out his hand to grab the chin of the cold young man in a flirtatious manner: "I really don''t know what to say about you... Nothing compared to when I was young It''s cute!"

    "¡­you!"

    The cold young man flies back!

    It is a pity that when his spiritual power is blocked by Uehara Naraku, his movement speed is far lower than that of Yoichi Shikyouin, and his chin was instantly pinched by Yaichi Yokonein!

    "Tell me obediently, why do you stay in this world..."

    Sifengin Yeyi smiled lightly and stroked Kuchiki Byakuya''s chin, and continued: "You guy is only suitable to be a high-ranking Death Captain. How could you be willing to stay in a place like this world, even if you are sealed with a spirit? Power, it¡¯s safer to stay in the Soul World!"

    "To shut up."

    Kuchiki Byakuya''s face suddenly turned black, and he said coldly: "Cat monster, tell me, where is Urahara Kisuke?"

    Even if his spiritual power is temporarily sealed, the temperament of Kuchiki Byakuya at this moment is still cold and arrogant, as if he is still the captain of the powerful sixth team!

    "Why are you looking for him?"

    Sifengin''s Yeichi''s face suddenly became a little interested: "Is it because you want to buy a pair of Yi Mukuro from Urahara? Are you really planning to live in this world?"

    "I want to ask what he did to Rukia..."

    A chill flashed across Kuchiki Byakuya''s face, his eyes fixed on the Sifengin Yeichi in front of him, and in an instant he caught the surprise in Sifengyuan Ye''s eyes, which made Kuchuki Byakuya''s heart Suddenly became nervous!

    Kuchaki Byakuya slowly squeezed his fingers, and looked straight at Sifengin Yaiichi and continued: "I think you should know where I adopted Rukia..."

    "..."

    Sifengin Yaichi''s expression finally changed completely.

    In this world, there are very few people who can make the woman of Sifengyuan Yeyi take seriously, but it definitely includes the owner of the orphanage where Rukia used to be... Pharmacist Pocket!

    That''s Urahara Kisuke''s teacher!

    Kuchaki Byakuya looked at Sifengin Yoichi, whose face changed drastically, and continued in a cold voice: "When I adopted Rukia, Mr. Dou told me one thing...

    If something happens to Rukia one day, let me look for his former disciple Urahara to ask, let me know what Urahara did to Rukia. "

    Although Kuchaki Byakuya didn''t really like the orphanage dean who always smiled at Yakushidou, but Kuchiki Byakuya''s father had a very good relationship with Yakushidou.

    What the pharmacist said can barely be believed.

    In other words, for Byakuya Kuchiki, the most important thing at this time is to find Urahara Kisuke to find out the truth!

    Kuchiki Byakuya respects Seireitei''s rules.

    Kuchiki Byakuya didn''t want to see Rukia being tried by Seireitei for no reason. According to his guess, Rukia would be sentenced to death almost 100%.

    If Rukia really commits a heinous crime, Kuchiki Byakuya will definitely not violate the rules, but if Rukia is really conspired by someone...

    Then don''t blame him for what he can do to save his sister!

    Originally, Kuchiki Byakuya had some doubts about what Yakushi Pocket had left, but seeing the face of Yoichi Sifengin, he already knew what Yakushidou said was true!

    His sister Rukia...

    Hidden a huge secret!

    "..."

    Sifengyuan Yeyi was silent for a while, before a sigh flashed across her face: "Mr. Dou, did you know that for a long time... Yeah... this kind of thing... how could it be possible to hide Mr. Dou?"

    They hid the unfinished collapsed jade in Kuchiki Rukia''s body, thinking that they had kept the pharmacist''s pocket from them, but they did not expect that the pharmacist''s pocket was always in their eyes...

    Compared with Yoichi Sifengin, Kisuke Urahara is more accepting of this kind of thing. He already knew that his teacher had a high probability of knowing the secret of Rukia.

    Since Yakushidou had told Kuchiki Byakuya about Rukia a long time ago, Urahara Kisuke and Shikaedin Yaichi stopped concealing it.

    Once Rukia Kuchiki is executed...

    The secrets in her body will definitely be revealed!

    In any case, the collapsed jade must not be exposed in the corpse soul world, no matter whose hands the collapsed jade falls into, it may cause disaster!

    Especially there are two forces that secretly covet Bengyu...

    Oshemaru and Aizen Soyousuke who are hiding in the virtual circle...

    And the five thousandth hand of the thirteen dead servants of the Uehara clan who has been coveting Bengyu!

    "Okay, let me unlock the seal first..."

    Kuchiki Byakuya glanced at Kisuke Urahara.

    He didn''t care about the issue of being sealed by Uehara Naraku, precisely because he believed that Urahara Kisuke could help unlock the seal. After all, besides Urahara, there is a former master of the ghost.

    These two people...

    They are all very good at the art of ghosts!

    It''s just a mere seal, isn''t it easy to get it?

    Unfortunately, Urahara Kisuke still disappointed him.

    Urahara didn''t even look at the seal on Kuchiki Byakuya, but slowly shook his head: "You don''t need to remove it, your spiritual power will dissipate within a month..."

    "Now help me lift it."

    "This can''t be done..."

    Kisuke Urahara shook his head slowly, and a little regret flashed across his face: "The seal technique of the Uehara clan is not that simple...especially the seal on your body is a double seal, which has completely sealed off your soul. "

    of course.

    Most importantly, Urahara Kisuke didn''t want to cause trouble.

    At least at this time, Urahara Kisuke still didn''t want to have any conflicts with the Uehara clan, but he managed to ease the relationship with the Uehara clan.

    At this moment, there was a knock on the door outside the Urahara store.

    A weirdness flashed across the faces of Urahara Kisuke and others. Obviously they had already sensed the people outside the door. Several people looked at each other, and each of them showed a sense of sorrow.

    It was Kurosaki Ichigo and Ishida Uryu.

    These are two chess pieces that were delivered to the door by themselves.

    "Help and save people!"

    Kurosaki Ichigo hurriedly unloaded Ishida Uryu.

    Kuchaki Byakuya looked at the seriously injured Ishida Uryu on Kurosaki Ichigo''s back, and frowned slightly: "Well, that guy saved you... Why didn''t he save him?"

    This is a bit unreasonable.

    According to the personality of the guy Naraku Uehara, even if there is an injured animal on the road, he will help to treat him. How could he let the seriously injured Ishida Yulong go?

    "Uh¡­"

    Kurosaki Ichigo''s expression suddenly became weird, and he whispered: "This guy Ishida... is a bit rude to the person named Naraku Uehara..."

    "Ok?"

    The expressions of everyone present were a little surprised.

    Everyone¡¯s gaze fell on the ground involuntarily on Ishida Uryu, whether it¡¯s Okiniichi Nagaji Hirotetsusai, Kuchiki Byakuya, Shikaedin Yoichi, and Urahara Kisuke...

    There is no doubt that there is an attitude in their eyes. This Ishida Yulong lying on the ground is really a courageous guy who is not afraid of death...

    "He actually survived?"

    Sifengyuan Yeyi''s face was full of wonder.

    "He actually survived?"

    Urahara Kisuke''s eyes were also a little surprised.

    "Why is he still alive?"

    Holding Hirotetsusai''s eyes widened in disbelief.

    "Hey hey hey! You guys!"

    Kurosaki Ichigo couldn''t help clenching his fist, and a cross burst out on his forehead: "So who the **** is that guy named Naraku Uehara! And the one wearing a tiger mask and the other with tears Who is the man in the ditch?"

    "You talk about it first..."

    Kisuke Urahara touched his hat and asked softly, "How could Ishida survive...what happened?"

    "Hey!"

    Kurosaki Ichigo looked at the crowd violently, his gaze passed by them one by one, and he said in a deep voice, "Tell me who the guys are...the guys...they claimed that Ishida didn''t respect the man named Naraku Uehara enough. Man, took away Ishida Yulong¡¯s father."

    "what!!!!"

    Everyone''s face is even more shocked!

    what is happening?

    Why did Ishida Yulong''s father be captured by the Uehara clan!

    This is really confusing, but compared to Ishida Yulong''s father being arrested, Ishida Yulong''s survival does not seem to be particularly serious.

    Kurosaki Ichigo glanced at the people present, slowly lowered his head, and said what happened after Kuchiki Byakuya left.

    Two hours ago.

    Kuchiki Byakuya just left.

    Just as Uehara Naraku wanted to leave, Kurosaki Ichigo sincerely invited Uehara Naraku to take action to rescue Ishida Uehara. Naturally, Uehara Naraku would not refuse.

    however¡­

    Ishida Yulong woke up by himself.

    "I don''t need death''s help."

    Ishida Yulong got up from the ground by himself, clutching the wound on his shoulder, and looked at Uehara Naraku with disgust: "Especially the dirty Uehara clan..."

    Obviously Ishida Yulong knew something about the corpse soul world. He had heard of the name of the Uehara clan, the top giant of the Seorei Palace, and he also knew that the Uehara clan was also a deadly enemy of the Quincy.

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku awkwardly retracted his palm.

    The next moment, he slowly shook his head and sighed softly, "Is that so? The hatred between Quincy and Death is not something we can resolve..."

    In the original war between the **** of death and the Quincy, Naraku Uehara chose to stand on the side of the **** of death, because the **** of death did not leave a good impression on him...

    Let''s put it this way...

    The Quincy clan is a bit like the Uchiha clan.

    Even though Uehara Naraku wanted to incorporate this clan, those guys behaved more arrogantly than Uchiha Sasuke. No matter how powerful the Uehara clan might be, few of the Quincy Clan were willing to succumb...

    This family is really hopeless.

    Of course, the biggest problem is that Uehara Naraku didn''t want to reveal his own information, so that Yuhabakh got news about him when he started the holy ceremony.

    Ishida Uryu is so weak and so arrogant, Uehara Naraku didn''t want to care about him, let Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha bring the soil to threaten this little guy, and act like a good person by himself...

    Ishida Ryugen, who just came to look for his son, saw this scene and outrageously urged the abilities of the Quincy Master, and wanted to kill them directly...

    then¡­

    Ishida Ryuxian was taken away.

    This was a punishment for Ishida Uryu''s disrespect to Uehara Naraku.

    The expressions of everyone present became a little weird. Obviously, none of them expected that the courage of Ishida Ryuxian and his son would dare to attack the Uehara clan!

    Holding his little glasses, Ryotetsusai spit out a word slowly: "Ishida Uryu, this kid... and his father, Mr. Ishida Ryugen... luck is good..."

    At least they all survived.

    This matter is not surprising.

    Because of the place where Uehara Naraku exists, the dead waiter of the Uehara clan, due to the heart of their patriarch, seldom kills the weak in front of Uehara Naraku.

    "Then why are they taking Ishida''s father?"

    Kurosaki Ichigo looked at them in surprise: "That group of guys are too weird! And what are their identities?"

    "What are their identities..."

    Urahara helped support her glasses and whispered: "In short, it''s someone you absolutely don''t want to provoke...Even if it''s me, I don''t dare to provoke them rashly."

    After saying this, Urahara Kisuke suddenly raised his head and said softly: "But if you can, the person named Uehara Naraku might become your friend... that''s a kind-hearted little patron."

    They did not discuss this issue too much.

    After Urahara helped rescue Ishida Uryu, he asked Kurosaki Ichigo and Ishida Uryu whether they had rescued Kuchiki Rukia. If they wanted, they would have to go through special training from him and Shikaedin Yaaichi. .

    Kurosaki Ichigo agreed.

    Ishida Yulong was forced to agree.

    The two people were taken to the underground of Urahara store by holding Ryotetsusai. As for Kuchiki Byakuya, Urahara Kisuke, and Shikaedin Yoichi, they will continue to discuss the rescue of Rukia.

    "Speaking of which, why did they arrest Mr. Ishida Ryugen?"

    "do not know."

    Kisuke Urahara shook his head, UU Read continued in a deep voice: "Perhaps the Uehara clan needs the power of a Quincy...Let''s continue to talk about Seireitei!"

    Kisuke Urahara looked at Kuchiki Byakuya, then at Yoichi Shikaedin, and said in a low voice, "The current defensive emptiness in Seorei Tei is a good thing for us, but it is also a very tricky thing. problem.

    One thing we all know is that an enemy a thousand years ago has been resurrected, and the old man Yamamoto and the dead waiter of the Uehara clan are dispatched to search for his whereabouts.

    There should be no death gods as powerful as Uchiha Madara and Senjujuma in the current Seoringite, which means that once the collapsed jade is exposed, no one in the Seoringite can stop Aizen Soyousuke. "

    "and so¡­"

    Kuchiki Byakuya clenched his fists, and there was a touch of firmness in his voice: "You must find a way to rescue Rukia before being executed."

    Dear, click in, give a good comment, the higher the score, the faster the update, it is said that the new full marks are found at the end of the beautiful wife!

    The new revision and upgrade address of the mobile station: data and bookmarks are synchronized with the computer station, and fresh reading without ads!

 Chapter 676ï¼š Intruders, meet again

    Seireitei.

    Kuchiki Rukia was imprisoned in the tower prison.

    As Yamamoto Motoryusai Shigekuni was not in Seoreijo, the central 46 room tried Rukia Kuchiki at an astonishing speed and sentenced her to death.

    The execution date was two months later.

    In the past two months, the news of Rukia Kuchiki was immediately passed on. Whether it was the current Urahara Kisuke and others, or the Aizen Soyousuke group of the virtual circle, they all received the news.

    and¡­

    Lan Ran Soyousuke also found out about Bengyu.

    Xu Ye Palace.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke sat on his throne.

    Since he escaped from the corpse soul world many years ago, he has lived in this palace forever, and occasionally hides in the Great Void Forest beneath the palace grounds.

    Because the corpse soul world once sent someone to attack the virtual circle.

    Moreover, Uchiha Madara, the dead attendant of the Uehara clan, occasionally appeared in the virtual circle, slaughtering the virtual circle of the virtual circle, and even destroyed the virtual night palace several times.

    It wasn''t until Uchiha Madara and others went to hunt down his friend Harbach that this kind of venting behavior had to be stopped, and Aizen Soyousuke returned to Xuye Palace.

    Ai Ran''s fingers tapped on the armrest of the throne slightly, and his eyes fell on Heijue standing underground, listening to Heijue reporting to him information about the Soul World and the world.

    Among them, the news of Bengyu was undoubtedly the most interesting thing for Lan Ran.

    "Ho **** ho ho..."

    Kurojue spread out his palms, with a grimly smile on his face, reporting the news he should report: "The collapsed jade made by Urahara has been hidden in Kuchiki Rukia''s body.

    Urahara is worried that Aizen-sama and Uehara''s Senshouzu will receive news of the collapse of the jade, so they also plan to rescue the little **** the day of Kuchiki Rukia¡¯s execution..."

    "That''s really interesting..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke sat upright, with a confident smile from the corner of his mouth: "In this case, it seems that Seireitei will be very lively on the day of execution."

    When talking about this, Ai Ran Soyousuke''s eyes narrowed slightly, revealing a dangerous look: "And there is one more thing...We haven''t had time to intervene in the central 46 room, it looks like there are other people staring at it. It''s on the broken jade in Rukia''s body.

    Not Mr. Oshamaru...

    It is Mr. Senjusuma from the Uehara clan. "

    "It doesn''t matter, right?"

    Kurozu lifted his head to look at Aizen Souesuke on the throne, and smiled gloomily: "The four chief executives, headed by Yamamoto Shigekuni and Uchiha Madara, have already left Seireitei, and are going to investigate thousands of years ago. Enemy.

    There are no more enemies in Seireitei that can threaten Aizen-sama... On that day, Aizen-sama is the strongest existence. No matter what they want to do, it doesn''t seem to matter, right? "

    "Don''t be too careless..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke shook his head, put his palm in his forehead hair, his smile gradually became rich: "Although it looks like this...but don''t underestimate the rest of the world. People...before I get Bengyu..."

    Yes it is.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke has always been cautious.

    Before getting Bengyu, Ai Ran Soyousuke will never act rashly. He will make all the plans to ensure that he can achieve his goals while also ensuring his own safety.

    Even after experiencing a terrible defeat against Uchiha Madara decades ago, Aizen Soyousuke still retains a very strong self-confidence, because he himself knew the probability of winning or losing between himself and Uchiha Madara.

    Perhaps the only thing I didn''t expect...

    Maybe Uchiha Madara is too strong.

    Even so, Ai Ran Soyousuke still retreated all over, and had already figured out the gap between him and Uchiha Madara, which made him more cautious than before.

    Everyone can be a pawn.

    Everyone can be a chess player.

    When Aizen Soyousuke closed his eyes slightly, and began to think about his own countermeasures, the present Kisuke Urahara seemed to be communicating with his intelligence source.

    In the tea room of Urahara store.

    Kisuke Urahara cautiously made a pot of hot tea for himself. He was listening to the information brought by Bai Jue''s body, which was the basis for his perfect plan.

    "Hehehehe, our news has leaked..."

    There is no guilt on Bai Jue''s main body face, and it is even a bit of a matter of course: "The three under the ground are responsible for preventing the Bai Jue clone here from being killed... Looking at the wound, it is the one next to Ai Ran Soyousuke. Only Heijue killed..."

    "Ok¡­"

    Kisuke Urahara nodded, poured a cup of tea for himself, and whispered: "If it looks like this, Ai Ran should have known the news of Bengyu..."

    Urahara Kisuke did not blame Shirazu.

    Because he knows Bai Jue''s temperament and ability, Bai Jue''s ability to bring these news has already provided him with a lot of ideas.

    Kisuke Urahara didn''t even think about envying the very capable Heizue under Aizen Soyousuke''s hand. What he likes most is to use a limited number of cards to play infinite possibilities in the future.

    and¡­

    Bai Jue is such an idiot and innocent, but it''s actually quite fun.

    "Hahahaha¡­"

    Bai Jue continued with a smile: "Urahara, I can''t blame me for this...under the ground, our combat power is too weak...Only I can barely fight against Heijue... Those idiot clones are not its at all. opponent¡­"

    "It''s ok."

    Kisuke Urahara shook his head, stroked his teacup calmly, and smiled at the corner of his mouth: "Actually, this is not a bad thing... If it looks like this, Aizen who got the news of the collapse of the jade will not miss it. Next chance..."

    just.

    No, it should be better.

    Originally, Kisuke Urahara was still thinking about how to place this little guy with the collapsed jade hidden in his body when he rescued Kuchiki Rukia in the future...

    Now, he has a better way.

    If Aizen Soyousuke wants to intervene in this incident, then Urahara Kisuke can use the opportunity of Aizen to intervene to find a way to exonerate Kuchiki Rukia!

    At present, there are no powerful people in the entire Seorei Tei. At least half of the captains of the Gotei 13 team can be persuaded by Urahara Kisuke, as long as they play together again against Ai Ran So Usuke...

    No matter what...

    All can be forgiven.

    Of course, the little guy Kurosaki Ichigo must also enter the Seireitei in order to gain Seireitei''s approval in this incident, otherwise he may not have room for growth.

    Kurosaki Ichigo''s body has a broader possibility.

    Or¡­

    Kurosaki Ichigo is also the only existence that has combined the powers of the **** of death, void, and Quincy in thousands of years. Urahara Kisuke also wants to see where Kurosaki Ichigo will go...

    The possibility of breaking the boundaries in one step.

    "But before that..."

    Urahara Kisuke''s eyes narrowed slightly, his palm slowly lowered the teacup, and he whispered softly, "We must spread the news that Aizen Soyousuke might invade the Soul World... to prevent Rukia from being really caught by Aizen. The guy took it."

    have to¡­

    There must be someone as the last guarantee!

    If possible, Urahara Kisuke certainly hopes to be Yamamoto Shigekuni, but unfortunately he doesn''t know the whereabouts of Yamamoto Shigekuni, so he can only find a way to pass the news to people he can trust: "...It seems that except for the little patron of the Uehara clan, There is no more suitable candidate, right?"

    At this moment.

    Uehara Naraku, who was chanting by Kisuke Urahara, was watching a good show of old friends reuniting, which was also arranged by him.

    Ishida Dragon String.

    Kurosaki Maki.

    The encounter of two pure-blooded Quincy.

    When Kurosaki Maki saw Ishida Ryusen who was captured by Uchiha Itachi and others, he was a little sluggish: "Ryusen, why are you here?"

    Kurosaki Maki and Ishida Ryugen are childhood sweethearts, and they were even engaged for a while. After Kurosaki Maki and Kurosaki met together, they gradually separated.

    To be honest, I am really happy to meet old friends; however, seeing old friends in the inner city of Uehara makes people feel a little flustered.

    Ishida Ryugen, who was caught in, was even more surprised than Kurosaki Maki!

    Who can tell him...

    Why is Kurosaki Maki still alive!

    And it seems to have a good time in Uehara Inner City!

    Before Ishida Ryugen renewed his old age, Uehara Naraku yawned slowly: "Forget it, I feel that it would be bad for Mr. Kurosaki Isshin if you continue to talk.

    If you two want to talk about the past, there will be opportunities in the future... Mr. Itachi, Mr. Taito, and help me put Mr. Ishida Ryugen in the dungeon. "

    After speaking, Uehara Naraku seemed to have thought of something, and turned to look at Kurosaki Maki: "Oh, yes, Ms. Kurosaki still don''t worry about her friends. You should worry about your son first... Your family is very Reunited soon!"

    "What do you want to do to Ichigo!"

    "I haven''t done anything."

    Uehara Naruko shook his palm, and a smile appeared at the corner of his mouth: "And this time I went to this world, but I saved him... Maybe we will become friends when we meet next time?"

    at least¡­

    Kurosaki Ichigo should treat him as a friend.

    As long as Uehara Naraku showed enough kindness, Kurosaki Ichigo would never accept this kindness.

    For a long time, Uehara Naraku did look like a harmless guy... Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha brought soil to help with a little threat.

    This feeling¡­

    It''s really good.

    Time passed bit by bit.

    The date of Kuchiki Rukia''s execution is getting closer and closer.

    Everyone in the world knows the specific date of Kuchiki Rukia''s execution, and every group in the world is ready, and everyone is waiting for that date to come.

    The first one...

    Naturally, it is Kurosaki Ichigo who supported by Urahara Kisuke!

    Because they can''t wait for that time to come, they don''t want to see Bengyu''s leak, so they must find a way to rescue Rukia before the execution day comes!

    In the passage between the corpse soul world and the world.

    Kurosaki Ichigo, Chadu Taihu, Inoue Orihime, Ishida Uryu, four people brazenly passed through the passage at this stage and invaded the soul world!

    Kuchiki Byakuya, Yoichi Shikaedin, and Kisuke Urahara were hiding in the dark, trying to make things easier for them, and directly let Kurosaki Ichigo and the group pass through the door of the murderous stone and enter the Seireitei!

    After this team enters Seireitei...

    Immediately set off a riot caused by human beings!

    Under the secret guidance of Kuchiki Byakuya and Shikaedin Yoichi, Kurosaki Ichigo and others quietly followed the defensive loopholes of the Gotei 13 team to the high tower prison where Rukia was imprisoned!

    Over the tower prison.

    Uehara Naraku stood by the window of the cell at the top of the tower, looking at the turbulent Seireitei, and said softly: "Miss Rukia, your friend is unexpectedly very capable... Now he has passed Kendaki Kenpachi. The eleventh squad is blocked..."

    "..."

    Kuchiki Rukia fell silent.

    It''s just that there is a little sweat on her forehead.

    Even if Kurosaki Ichigo''s former companions become stronger, there is still no way to break through the last line of defense, a line of defense personally garrisoned by the fifth team captain Uehara Naraku.

    "Do not worry."

    Uehara Naraku turned his head slightly and looked at Kuchiki Rukia: "I didn''t stop Ichigo-san and the others... If they can break through the siege and save you, this is something I love to hear."

    Uehara Naraku met Kuchiki Rukia¡¯s suspicious gaze, shook his head slowly, and continued softly: "I never felt that what you did was culpable, so that a good **** of death died in vain. On the execution ground..."

    "but¡­"

    Kuchiki Rukia held her fist somewhat restrained, and whispered: "Captain Naraku...Will this cause you trouble?"

    Just after saying this, Kuchiki Rukia smiled a little self-deprecatingly: "I''m sorry...I am so self-righteous. Anyway, I have to thank you very much."

    How could there be trouble with Naraku Uehara in Seorei Tei!

    Kuchiki Rukia raised her head slightly and glanced at Naruko Uehara, who was standing by the window, and a flash of sorrow flashed across her face. Such a person really didn''t look like a wealthy patriarch.

    Ashani Renji stood behind the prison door, and said with an unhappy face: "Hey, Uehara, you guys obviously want to change everything, why did you vote against it during our previous captain meeting? UU Reading If had your vote, Rukia would be exonerated, right?"

    some days ago.

    As the execution was approaching, the captains and deputy captains of the Gotei 13 team discussed about Rukia Kuchiki. Many captains believed that Rukia Kuchiki was not guilty of death and planned to report to the 46th room in the center. Apply for reconsideration.

    They dared to do this because Yamamoto Shigekuni was not there.

    Unfortunately, during the voting, the fifth team captain Uehara Naraku chose to abstain, and the sixth team captain Byakuya Kuchiki was absent, which directly led to the internal vote of the captain of the Gotei 13 team to abstain from voting to maintain the original status.

    "Will not."

    Uehara Naraku did not go to see Asari Renji, shook his head and continued: "That day I got a news that Captain Aizen had secretly manipulated some members of the 46th room in the center. This execution was performed by Captain Aizen. Secretly manipulated will not give us a chance to change..."

    "The former captain who defected?"

    "Ok."

    Uehara Naraku still looked out the window and whispered: "I am here to prevent Captain Aizen''s surprise attack... This time it will definitely not be the same as the last time... Captain."

    The voice fell.

    Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly disappeared in place, appeared next to Asari Renji, waved his hand and knocked Asari Renji away!

    Just as Asanjing Renji was a little surprised and irritated, he saw a sharp sword stab at the location where he was just out of thin air. Someone had hidden his figure with Twenty-Six of Bound Dao: Quguang!

    Someone is hiding here!

    After Uehara Naraku rescued Asari Renji, the air slowly twisted, and a figure appeared in front of them out of thin air!

    "that''s nice."

    "Compared to the past..."

    "You have grown a lot... Naraku..."

 Chapter 677ï¼š Ueharas Zanpakuto Mirage...Aizan of genius? Add medicine?/a>

    Who can think of...

    Ai Ran Soyousuke has already sneaked into the cell!

    When everyone present saw the man who showed up, everyone''s face couldn''t help but feel a little panicked, the man who once caused turmoil in the corpse soul world with his own power!

    When Uehara Naro forced out Aizen Soyousuke, his face was also full of seriousness, his voice unconsciously became a little more solemn, and the expression in his eyes became a little complicated: "It''s been a long time, Captain Aizen ."

    For the two of them, it was indeed a long-lost reunion.

    Everyone at the scene knew very well that Aizen Soyousuke was once the person most respected by Uehara Naraku, and Uehara was also the most saddened by Aizen Soyousuke''s defection.

    At least Hina Mori, who had been guarding outside the cell, knew this.

    The face of the girl Grim Reaper was suddenly full of tension, and directed at Aizen Soyousuke and Uehara Naraku who were in conflict in the cell, murmured in a low voice: "Captain Aizen...Captain Uehara...Don''t..."

    It is a pity that the two of them will not stop because of a word from her.

    With that playful smile on the corners of Aizen Soyousuke''s mouth, he spread his palms towards Uehara Naruto, smiled lightly and said, "Naraku, can you leave with me this time?"

    "Impossible... Captain."

    Uehara Naraku slowly clenched her fist, shook her head vigorously and said in a deep voice, "This time...I will keep you...absolutely...I will never let you run away again!"

    "A lot more confident... Naraku."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s mouth smiled even better, and he praised softly: "Since you became the captain of the fifth division, I have been paying attention to everything about you. Compared with the you in the past, you are now getting better and better.

    Whether it''s your Reiatsu or your character, we haven''t seen each other for so long, and Naraku has become a qualified captain, which is really surprising. "

    After speaking, Lan Ran Soyousuke''s fingers moved slightly, and there was a wave of ripples in the space. The corner of his mouth chuckled and continued: "But some gaps are not something talent can make up, just as I don''t work hard. It is possible to surpass Mr. Madara over time.

    You are still not my opponent now, Naraku...

    Mr. Itachi and Mr. Taito who have been protecting you have met their old opponents again. This time it seems that no one is protecting you. Do you have fear in your heart now? "

    "Ok?"

    Uehara Naraku frowned slightly.

    At this moment, he should indeed doubt that Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Daido have not yet appeared, after all, if they encounter any danger, Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Daido will show up directly.

    "Don''t remember?"

    Ai Ran stepped forward and explained with a smile: "When I was planning the assassination, I sent two of my men to stop them..."

    right now¡­

    It''s just a repeat of the old technique.

    It''s just that, everyone can''t help but feel a little worried. As they have personally seen the vast Reiatsu on Ai Ran Soyousuke, they don''t think that everyone present will work together to defeat Ai Ran Soyousuke. Possible!

    "Nara..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke looked around, smiled and watched everyone open and said, "Now it''s only you here to protect Rukia...Do you think you can protect her?"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku gritted his teeth.

    Akari Renji drew out his Zanpaku Knife with an unhappy face, and looked at Aizen Soyousuke and said loudly, "Hey, you guy, don''t put others in your eyes!"

    "Also...and me..."

    Hina Sentao also slowly squeezed her Zanpaku Knife tightly.

    However, Ai Ran Soyousuke only shook his head slightly in response to the struggle between the two of them, and his figure suddenly appeared beside Asari Renji in the next moment!

    "Be careful!"

    Uehara Naruko reminded him loudly with a face full of surprise.

    What a pity is how fast Aizen Soyousuke is!

    When Uehara Naraku reminded him, Asari Renji''s eyes widened involuntarily. He slowly lowered his head and looked at the tip of a knife that emerged from his lower abdomen...

    That is¡­

    Jinghua Shuiyue Zhanpoknife!

    Ai Ran Soyousuke severely injured Asari Renji with a single stab, and slapped Hina Mori Tao again. A burst of powerful spiritual pressure instantly severely inflicted Hina Mori Tao!

    In an instant...

    Only Uehara Naraku is left in the entire cell...come to face the black hand Aizen Soyousuke who once stirred up the soul world!

    "Don''t underestimate people... Captain."

    Uehara Naraku gritted her teeth and raised her right hand!

    The next moment, Uehara Naraku suddenly appeared in front of eleven Zanpaku knives with gleaming light and different shapes, and his palm slammed into one of them!

    "Eleven Zanpaku Sabres?"

    A touch of surprise flashed across Aizen Soyousuke¡¯s face, as if he was a little surprised in disbelief, and slowly reverted to a smile, saying: "It''s an amazing talent, although Mr. Oshamaru has told me a long time ago. It''s possible..."

    Dashemaru has been vaccinating Aizen Soyousuke.

    Usually when two people chat, Oshamaru often praises Uehara Naraku''s talent, claiming that Uehara Naraku may be the most talented patriarch in the history of the Uehara clan.

    According to Oshemaru¡¯s guess, Uehara Naraku possessed thirteen Zanpaku knives, perhaps he should have mastered ten or even eleven Zanpaku knives, which means that Uehara Naraku will be before 100 years old. Master all Zanpaku Knives...

    Or¡­

    It may be earlier.

    According to the information analyzed by Aizen Soyousuke, Uehara Naro mastered two Zanpaku knives when he was fifteen years old. Now less than sixty years have passed, Uehara Naro has another nine Zanpaku knives. The guy''s talent is really strong...

    "Sure enough, I can''t underestimate it..."

    Aizen Soyousuke looked at Naraku Uehara''s serious expression, and continued with a chuckle: "I wish you could stand with me... Naraku... You also have the qualifications to arrange this world."

    "Needless to say... Captain..."

    Uehara Naraku raised the Zanpakuto in his hand and pointed it at Aizen Soyousuke, and said coldly, "When the captain left the corpse soul world...I swear I will bring you back...this Zanpakuto is just for the captain. You prepared it!"

    The spirit in Uehara Nairobi''s hand slightly covered the Zanpakuto in his hand, and the Zanpakuto slowly revealed its original appearance...

    The blade is very gorgeous...

    There are all kinds of carved beams floating on the blade!

    Just looking at the blade of the blade will make people involuntarily plunge their minds into it, as if they want to enter the blade to see the beauty in it!

    However, behind the gorgeous, that Zanpaku knife looked extremely dreamy, as if it looked like a floating cloud without roots, there was no entity at all!

    "Need me to introduce it?"

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the Zanpakuto in his hand, and then at the opposite Aizen Soyousuke: "If you are not careful...Even the captain with Kyoka Mizuki will sink completely under this sword!"

    "There is no such need."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke shook his head, reached out his hand to support the broken hair on his forehead, smiled and said: "Mr. Oshamaru has told me all the information... The fifth-generation Uehara family owner holds a knife, a mirage. ¡­"

    This is the information obtained by Aizen Soyousuke.

    The Zanpaku Knife of the fifth generation of the Uehara family patriarch, Mirage, this Zanpaku Knife is said to have the ability to turn everything into a mirage...

    This mirage Zanpoknife and Jinghua Shuiyue are generally the same as the water-based Zanpoknife.

    And the initial solution of this Zanpaku knife is also very terrifying. It is obviously a real reality, and it will become an illusory mirage under this knife...

    Whether it¡¯s a real person...

    Or any attack!

    As long as you are contaminated by the clouds floating on the sword of the mirage Zanpaku, you will be completely determined by this Zanpaku to become a mirage-like existence at any time!

    If you know this weakness, the Mirage Zanpaku Sword may not be so difficult to deal with, as long as you are careful not to be caught by the clouds on the sword, it is enough to deal with...However, this Zanpaku Sword can even manipulate the water vapor in the air to turn into clouds at any time!

    At this point...

    It''s almost the same as Jinghua Shuiyue!

    In Aizen Soyousuke''s view, all this seems to be fate. If possible, Aizen Soyousuke would like to fight against the former fifth-generation Uehara family patriarch, and see what the sword is between Mirage and Kyoka Sizue. Stronger...

    It is a pity that the fifth generation of the Uehara family patriarch passed away too early.

    But it doesn''t matter, Uehara Naraku, who inherited the entire Uehara clan, can also take up the mirage and fight him!

    Lan Ran Soyousuke suddenly pulled out Jinghua Shuiyue from his hand, and the crisp sound of a knife resounded in the cell: "Split... Jinghua Shuiyue!"

    "Close your eyes!"

    Uehara Naraku screamed at Kuchiki Rukia, and explained in a deep voice: "Once you see Kyoka Suigetsu''s Hajime, you will become a slave to Kyoka Suizue!"

    At the next moment, Uehara Naruko quickly waved the Zanpakuk¨­ in his hand, and rushed towards Aizen Soyousuke. Following his footsteps, a cloud of white clouds were at his feet, even in the empty area he passed. generate!

    In just a few moments...

    The entire cell seems to have turned into the sky!

    Aizen Soyousuke brandished Kagaki Shuiyue and struck a slash towards Uehara Naraku. This slash hit Uehara Naraku like a sharp arrow!

    But the next moment...

    Uehara Naruko raised the Zanpaku Sword in his hand!

    A white cloud suddenly appeared in front of him, and the slash that flew like a sharp arrow directly slashed on the white cloud!

    At the moment when the two touched, Aizen Soyousuke''s slash turned into an illusory bubble, even if that slash hit Naraku Uehara, it passed directly through Uehara Naraku''s body!

    This is the horror of the mirage!

    Any attack will be directly turned into a mirage!

    "What a troublesome Zanpaku..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke slowly shook his head, his eyebrows frowned slightly, and the next moment his palm suddenly lifted towards Uehara Naruto: "The Ninety Broken Road, Black Coffin!"

    A black wall suddenly rises from the ground!

    In a blink of an eye, Uehara Naraku was wrapped in a black wall!

    No, it should be said that his body was locked in the black coffin by Ai Ran Soyousuke!

    The sharp thorns made by a handle suddenly pierced towards the black coffin. These sharp thorns are about to pierce the black coffin Naruto Uehara. The ninety-thirty black coffin is like an ancient magic. The sword penetrates the heart!

    just¡­

    The black coffin will really pierce people''s hearts!

    However, before the sharp thorn plunged into the black coffin, the entire black coffin instantly became a little transparent, and Naruto Uehara''s body rose from the ground and jumped out of the somewhat transparent black coffin!

    This guy¡­

    Using the characteristics of the mirage to turn the black coffin into an illusion!

    Click!

    Uehara waved the Zanpaku Knife in his hand, smashing all the sharp thorns in the air, his face slowly relaxed, watching Aizen Soyousuke opened his mouth and said: "No matter what degree of attack, in this mirage. In front of, it will all become invalid..."

    Uehara Naraku danced a sword flower, and said sincerely: "In front of this Zanpakuto, you have no chance of winning, Captain..."

    "Is that so?"

    Ai Ran Soyousuke couldn''t help but let out a low laugh, a crisp sound of splashing water droplets was fleeting, and his figure instantly disappeared in place!

    next moment¡­

    The figure of Aizen Soyousuke appeared behind Naraku Uehara, and a gentle voice appeared in the ear of Naraku Uehara: "This sword has a fatal weakness... Naraku... only where you can see it. , Real existence becomes a mirage, right?"

    When talking about this, Ai Ran Soyousuke calmly stretched out his palm to grab a white cloud, and continued softly: "Even the existence of a mirage needs an audience... If there is no master of the sword as an audience, the mirage will It would be meaningless..."

    "How did you... find out?"

    Uehara Naraku clenched the Zanpaku Knife in disbelief, his throat even became a little bitter: "This should be the first time Mirage has made a shot..."

    This moment is not in disguise...

    But Naraku Uehara was really surprised!

    Because this Zanpaku Sword was successfully practiced by Uehara Naraku, he discovered this shortcoming, but he has never told anyone about this shortcoming...

    Even the big snake pill!

    And this Zanpaku Knife named Mirage should be the first time it has appeared. UU Reading has never had a similar Zanpaku before...

    should say¡­

    Is it a legendary genius?

    Obviously it didn''t take long for them to fight each other, and even just two rounds, Ai Ran Soyousuke had already discovered the shortcomings of the Mirage Zanpaku Dao...

    "I just spoke a test, it looks like I guessed it right."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke slowly stretched out his hand to grab the white cloud, and squeezed the white cloud into a cloud of water vapor. His voice gradually became a little illusory: "It''s still the same... Naraku... Now you still don''t have it. Learn to deceive the enemy..."

    It''s really just a test.

    After learning about the terrifying ability of Mirage, Ai Ran Soyousuke thought about the weakness of this Zanpaku Sword. There is no doubt that the water-based illusion Zanpaku Sword should be related to the line of sight!

    After his slash was easily blocked by Naruko Uehara, Aizen Soyousuke directly used the black coffin for a second trial...

    Obviously Uehara Naraku can use the Zanpaku Knife to create more water vapor and white clouds to destroy the black coffin and the sharp thorns, but because the black coffin obscured the sight of Uehara Naraku, he had to dissolve the black coffin first, and then deal with Reiko Lee. Stabbing attack.

    no doubt¡­

    Ai Ran Soyousuke is a genius in the world of death, as long as it is capable of the world of death, Ai Ran Soyousuke seems to be able to find additional weaknesses!

    at this point¡­

    Uehara Naraku is not so pure.

    Maybe it''s because he has too many cards in his hand.

    "I''m really sorry, I might not learn to lie."

    Uehara Naraku took a deep breath, and squeezed her Zanpaku Sword with her right hand and turned to cut towards Aizen Soyousuke behind her. His voice gradually became agitated: "Even if it is to deceive the enemy... it is a bit too much. Disrespect them!"

 Chapter 678ï¼š Am I such a stingy person?

    Aizen waved the Zanpaku Sword and backed away!

    Inside the cell, lightning and flint!

    In this small space, the golden and iron clashes of the Mirage Zanpaku Sword in the hands of Uehara Naruko and the Kyoka Suzuki Zanpaku Sword in the hands of Aizen Soyousuke are endless!

    This battle is extremely dangerous!

    Every time Uehara Naruko swipes a knife, a white cloud floats out, and every white cloud is gestating danger in it. Once it is touched, it may turn into a mirage!

    Even the current Lan Ran Soyousuke did not dare to be careless, only relying on his own instant step to evade, and sometimes in the blind spot of Uehara''s line of sight, he shot the white clouds to pieces!

    "A meaningless battle."

    Aizen Soyousuke''s figure flickered behind Uehara Naraku again, and his voice was as gentle as spring water: "Even when fighting with me, he is always merciful... Naraku, there is no power on your sword."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku wielded the Zanpaku Sword and slashed towards Aizen Soyousuke''s chest, with a rare touch of determination on his face: "Captain...Don''t underestimate people!"

    "Oh?"

    With a smile at the corner of Aizen Soyousuke''s mouth, he stood quietly, watching Uehara Naraku''s Zanpakuk¨­ approaching his chest and dodges to avoid it.

    After avoiding one slash after another, he calmly continued: "Then... please tell me, why do you call a defector the captain?

    Is the reason for the fight to bring me back to Seireitei?

    You should know...

    Naraku...

    If it''s just victory or defeat, it won''t make me have any thoughts of change. Only by getting the collapsed jade in Kuchaki Rukia and letting me become another dimension of existence, maybe I will come back to this as you wish. The decadent world...

    and¡­"

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s voice paused slowly, and the corners of his mouth became more smiling, as if he was talking to himself, "Of course...why do you think I will also be meaningless with you? What about the battle... Naraku?"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku''s attack stopped abruptly.

    The next moment, he suddenly raised his head and looked in the direction of Kuchiki Rukia!

    Behind the girl Grim Reaper, I don¡¯t know when an illusory Aizen Soyousuke appeared. He was raising his hand to take out a luminous sphere from Kuchiki Rukia¡¯s body...

    That is¡­

    The collapsed jade hidden in Kuchiki Rukia''s body!

    Ai Ran Soyousuke did not know when he released Kyoka Shuiyue''s …djie!

    Perhaps before they fought, Aizen Soyousuke had already completed the …dÇJ. He himself fought with Uehara Naraku to attract everyone¡¯s attention, but used the mirror image of the mirror flower of the water moon to capture the collapse of Kuchiki Rukia¡¯s body. jade!

    Aizen Soyousuke never engages in meaningless battles.

    Aizen''s purpose was never to show the gap between them, Naruto Uhara, he just wanted to take away the broken jade from Rukia Kuchiki!

    "return!"

    Uehara Naruto rushed towards Aizen''s water and moon mirror image!

    However, the illusory Aizen slightly turned his head and glanced at Naruko Uehara like a god, a flash of contempt flashed at the corner of his mouth, and he wielded a transparent Zanpaku knife to make a slash!

    This slash is just blocking...

    The next moment, the illusory Lan Ran Suyousuke grabbed the Bengyu and quietly turned over and returned to the main body. After handing the Bengyu to the main body, he returned to the mirror flower water and moon on his own!

    "I thought I needed to kill her to take out Bengyu..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke looked at the light ball in his hand, and a little sigh appeared in his eyes: "I didn''t expect it to be so simple...This should be the collapsed jade made by Urahara."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku gritted his teeth and watched this scene, he still turned around and reached out to support Rukia Kuchiki, and reached out to push the girl''s shoulder.

    fortunately¡­

    Kuchiki Rukia seemed okay.

    Uehara Naraku retracted his palm and dropped Kuchiki Rukia to the ground, the sound of the heavy object falling a little dull.

    Kuchiki Rukia tried her best to turn her head and look at Uehara Naraku. The horror of Aizen Soyousuke in her eyes gradually disappeared, and she was speechless to Uehara Naraku: "Hey, a little lighter..."

    This guy¡­

    Can''t it be lighter!

    Uehara Naraku didn''t have any thoughts to deal with Kuchiki Rukia. Holding the mirage in his hand, he slashed towards Aizen Soyousuke, "I''m back!"

    A vast slash is full of his anger!

    Lan Ranzunyousuke''s mouth still smiled, his sleeves closed Bengyu away, and he waved his hand to stop the slash with a single blow, and Shunbu was about to disappear before everyone''s eyes!

    However, a figure leaped in from the window!

    A jet-black spiritual pressure turned into a slash and slashed towards Aizen Soyousuke!

    "Crescent Moon Sky Chong!"

    Kurosaki Ichigo''s voice is full of anger!

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s mirror image took down the scene of Bengyu, he just happened to see clearly, this episode also contains Kurosaki Ichigo''s anger!

    Lan Ran Soyousuke calmly stretched out his finger, and stopped the black slash, a slight smile appeared at the corner of his mouth: "The traveler disaster boy... is it finally here?"

    Kurosaki Ichigo''s face was full of anger!

    Since he and his friends infiltrated Seireitei, they have encountered powerful enemies constantly, which made him have to spend some time practicing...

    During this time, Kurosaki Ichigo also completed his own swastika!

    Crescent Sky Chong is Kurosaki Ichigo''s most convenient ability, but I didn''t expect that it would be easily blocked by Aizen Soyousuke!

    Even the enemy only used one finger!

    However, this didn¡¯t make Kurosaki Ichigo¡¯s heart scared. On the contrary, his fighting spirit grew stronger: "Asshole... I don¡¯t know what you took from Rukia... But... Now return that thing. !"

    "Sorry, I can''t do it."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke slowly shook his head, still smiling at the corner of his mouth: "It''s really good... Your growth is in line with my expectations... It is more in line with my expectations than Naraku... But I still look forward to our next encounter. ."

    Whether it is Naraku Uehara or Ichigo Kurosaki, they are the opponents Aizen Soyousuke wants to cultivate. In Aizen Soyousuke''s view, these two young guys have unlimited possibilities.

    Uehara Naraku possesses the spiritual power and the Zanpaku Knife accumulated by the patriarchs of the Uehara clan in the past, which can enable Aizen Soyousuke to see whether the time has accumulated to the limit of the **** of death...

    Kurosaki Ichigo possesses the fusion power of Shinigami, Quincy, and Uta, which is another way that Aizen Soyousuke expected...

    They will meet.

    It shouldn''t be now.

    Because Ai Ran himself knows his shortcomings, he needs Bengyu to make up for his shortcomings and allow himself to further evolve!

    perhaps¡­

    Aizen Soyousuke glanced at Uehara Naraku, and then at Kurosaki Ichigo. Perhaps in the future, these two little guys can be regarded as his audience on the throne.

    "Goodbye, Naraku, Kurosaki Ichigo."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke waved his hand, and suddenly released a thunder cannon!

    The huge beam of light lifted up a large swath of smoke and dust!

    After Uehara Naraku and Kurosaki Ichigo simultaneously resisted Thunder Cannon, Aizen Soyousuke''s figure had disappeared in this cell.

    Uehara Naruko jumped to the window, looking for Aizen Soyousuke, but he found no trace at all.

    "That guy... escaped?"

    Kurosaki Ichigo flew to the side of Uehara Naraku and asked in a deep voice, "What did he take from Rukia?"

    "It is said to be an object called Bengyu..."

    Uehara Naraku''s face was full of sadness, and he slowly shook his head and said: "I once heard Mr. Toma mentioned that collapsed jade is an extremely dangerous item...it will give the **** of death power beyond the limit...like that one. Bengyu was placed in Rukia''s body by Mr. Urahara."

    "Forget it."

    Kurosaki Ichigo shook his head, he didn''t know what was going on with Ai Ran Soyousuke, he only cared about Kuchiki Rukia''s condition.

    Fortunately, nothing happened to Rukia.

    Kurosaki Ichigo fell by Kuchiki Rukia''s side, reaching out to grab Rukia''s body, and wanted to take her out of the cell.

    "Don''t take her away."

    Uehara Naraku stopped Kurosaki Ichigo, and whispered: "Now Captain Aizen is here, this matter is far more serious than she shared the power of the **** of death with you, and she should be charged soon. Washed up."

    "Ok?"

    "Forget it."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Kurosaki Ichigo with a vigilant face, and waved her hand helplessly. His face was full of frustration and helplessness: "Whatever you do... I will help Renji and the others heal first... If you want to take Rukia away, Please feel free to!"

    "Thanks a lot!"

    Kurosaki Ichigo picked up Rukia on his back and was about to turn around and leave here.

    Just when he walked to the door of the cell, he seemed to have thought of something, and couldn''t help but turn his head and said, "By the way, where is Ishida''s father?"

    This time, they sneaked into Seireitei not only to rescue Kuchiki Rukia, but also to rescue Ishida Yuryu''s father Ishida Ryugen.

    "Are you talking about Mr. Ishida Ryugen?"

    Uehara Naraku was taken aback for a second, and shook his head and said, "I don''t know where he was locked...maybe he has been killed...maybe elsewhere..."

    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku suddenly raised his head to look at Kurosaki Ichigo, and continued softly: "By the way, there is one more thing... Your friend may not be as simple as you thought... Quincy''s There are many secrets in him... Maybe he sneaked into Seireitei not just to save his father, right?"

    "What do you mean?"

    "The ancestors of the Quincy have been hidden in the Seireitei."

    Uehara Naraku''s face was full of solemnity, and he explained in a heavy voice: "A thousand years ago, the ancestor friend of Quincy Habach tried to destroy all the world including the present.

    Thousands of years ago, your friend Habach started a battle in the soul world. Yohabach was stopped by our captain, Mr. Shigekuni Yamamoto and our two senior officers. However, your friend Habach was still alive and secretly used his own. The younger generation makes chaos in the world.

    In order to make this world unbalanced, the Quincy Master began to massacre Xu and completely wiped out Xu¡¯s soul child hundreds of years ago, almost throwing the world, the virtual world and the corpse soul world into chaos...

    Not long ago, our clan got the news that Uhabach has reappeared in this world, and has been guiding his descendants, the Quincy clan..."

    Speaking of this, Uehara Nana dropped a potent medicine: "If I''m not wrong, your friend wants to come to Seireitei, maybe not to rescue Rukia, but to meet your friend Habacher. A dangerous man, get the power of the Quincy from him..."

    "Hey, stop talking nonsense!"

    Kurosaki Ichigo quickly shook his head, and said with an unhappy face: "Ishida is not the kind of person you said... I''m leaving now!"

    When the voice fell, Kurosaki Ichigo led Rukia across the window, dashed and fled into the streets of Seireitei, to meet his friends.

    Uehara Naruko stood by the window and looked at his figure, calmly put his fingers up, and made a strange smile at the corner of his mouth.

    The other side of Seireitei.

    Ishida Yulong fell into a huge crisis.

    Compared with other people''s routes, Ishida Yulong has hardly gone smoothly!

    There are always countless gods of death behind him chasing him along the way, so that he has no time to save Rukia and Ishida Ryuxian!

    When Ishida Yulong was most dangerous, a black shadow appeared beside Ishida Yulong, grabbed Ishida Yulong''s arm, and caught him in the shadows!

    "this is¡­"

    Ishida Yulong''s face was full of surprise.

    On top of a tall throne, a dark figure was sitting on it, and his voice was a little gloomy: "Are you pure blood descendants? It''s getting rarer..."

    This dark shadow stood up slowly, looked down at Ishida Yulong, and said arrogantly: "A few death gods can drive you into a desperate situation... Ishida Yulong..."

    "you know me?"

    "of course."

    The shadow in the dark slowly solidified.

    A tall man appeared in front of Ishida Yulong, and the urn asked: "Ishida Yulong, do you know where your blood came from..."

    "..."

    Ishida Yulong''s brows gradually frowned.

    While Ishida Yulong in the shadows was communicating with the man who rescued him, the death gods who were hunting down in the UU Reading Seireitei stopped.

    In the corner of the street of Seireitei.

    The Reaper squad chasing Yulong Ishida stopped in place.

    Because Ishida Yulong suddenly disappeared here, they couldn''t even detect his location through perception. How could they chase after him?

    These Grim Reapers looked at each other and nodded to each other!

    In the next moment, the eyes of each **** of death suddenly became a little absent, as if controlled by someone.

    Uehara Inner City.

    Thousands of hands raised his fingers, and his eyebrows wrinkled slightly, and then he stretched out a little, "I can tell the brothers and Madara... as long as Ishida Yulong appears, you will be able to find out Youhabach''s Has fallen."

    "Then leave it to you."

    Uehara Naraku''s voice appeared in Senshousuma''s brain, and his voice was a little playful with a smile: "Before the Aizen Captain merges with Bengyu, don''t let your friend Habacher disturb us... completely solve him."

    After Uehara Naraku finished his order, he added: "Oh, yes, let Ishida Uryu carry the darkness on his back!

    Let me think about his personality, a pure-blood descendant of a Quincy who is unscrupulous for his power, in the name of saving people, let people help him sneak into Seireitei, but in fact, he did not care about his friends at all, just for the sake of Get strength from your ancestors..."

    "..."

    Thousands of hands fell silent.

    In this way, can the little guy Ishida Yulong have friends?

    After Qianshou thought for a while, as if thinking of something, he sighed and said: "Did you treat him like this...because that kid scolded you?"

    "Am I such a stingy person?"

    "...Not like."

 Chapter 679ï¼š The defeated Ishida Yulong, the purple long arrow appeared in the black hole...

    Uehara severed contact.

    Qianshou couldn''t help gritting his teeth.

    How can this little **** Naru Uehara say that he is not a stingy person, and he can''t recognize what he is in the eyes of other people?

    It''s just that Senshoujian''s attention has to be placed more on Ishida Uryu and Yuhabakh, and he doesn''t bother to care about this guy Uehara Naraku.

    As for the Aizen Soyousuke who just collected Bengyu...

    Senjukan knew in his heart that Aizen Soyousuke was the prey of Uehara Naraku, and their so-called dead waiters would not be allowed to intervene at all.

    In the Seorei Palace.

    Countless gods of death are searching for Aizen Soyousuke''s whereabouts.

    When the Grim Reapers wanted to continue arresting Kurosaki Ichigo and others, Uehara Nairo spoke out as evidence for Kurosaki Ichigo and solved the crisis of Kurosaki Ichigo and others.

    Compared with Kurosaki Ichigo''s travel disaster, it is clear that Ai Ran Soyousuke is the confidant of the Soul World, and the entire Seireitei is boiling!

    But what they never thought was that the current Aizen Soyousuke did not leave Seoring Palace, and was even still in the most important place of Seoring Palace.

    The entrance of Seireitei and Reiwang Palace.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke stood here calmly, quietly watching the space in front of him slowly crack a gap, and a voice fell into his ears.

    "You are not strong enough now."

    "It doesn''t matter, it will be enough soon."

    Lan Ran Soyousuke smiled and nodded, then smiled and said, "Mr. Dou, so can''t you give me the key to the Palace of Souls now?"

    "Not bad."

    A calm voice came from the cracks in the space: "Your power is not enough...not enough...you want to sit on the throne...at least there must be Reiatsu that surprised me..."

    "Is that so?"

    Lan Ran Zouyousuke nodded again, narrowed his eyes slightly, and continued softly: "It''s okay, I just want to come and see if Mr. Dou has forgotten our agreement."

    "no need to worry."

    In the cracks in the space, the voice of the pharmacist¡¯s pocket was still calm, and even some sighs: "Hundreds or even thousands of years have been waiting...I never rushed for a while...I thought you would stand higher. Will contact me again."

    "This time will not be too long."

    Lan Ran Soyousuke slowly took out the Bengyu he had gathered, and smiled and said, "I just merged two Bengyu... I discovered a very interesting thing. Bengyu is actually alive. The presence."

    Yes it is.

    Bengyu turned out to be a living creature!

    Even Ai Ran Soyousuke couldn''t help being a little surprised after discovering this. How could an object like Bengyu be a living creature?

    No, in other words, this is not surprising at all!

    Before Urahara Kisuke made the collapsed jade, Ai Ran Soyousuke made his own collapsed jade, and even got the accessory Heizune, but his collapsed jade was not satisfied no matter how soul and spirit he swallowed, until two collapsed. Jade''s thorough integration is considered to be successful.

    And the effect of collapse jade is very interesting.

    This collapsed jade can be realized by absorbing the human heart.

    In a sense, Bengyu''s ability is to be able to realize people''s wishes, literally realizing people''s wishes, this ability can be called horror!

    therefore¡­

    Lan Ran Soyousuke''s first thought when he got Bengyu was to find a way to enter the Palace of the Spirit King. He contacted the previous pharmacist without thinking about it.

    From this point of view...

    Beng Yu has indeed realized his wish?

    "Then why are you here?"

    The voice of Pharmacist Pocket was still steady, as if he didn''t care about Bengyu in Lan Ranzunyousuke''s hands. He just continued: "Do you want to get information about Bengyu from me?"

    "Maybe I had this idea before."

    The corners of Ai Ran Soyousuke''s mouth raised slightly, and he smiled and said, "But now, there is no need for this, and we will be able to see you again soon."

    Strictly speaking...

    This is the first truly completed collapsed jade in the world.

    Lan Ran Soyousuke came to see Yao Shidou just because he wanted to know how to enter the Lingwang Palace, Bengyu unconsciously guided Lan Ran Soyousuke to come here.

    Now Ai Ran Soyousuke has discovered the weirdness of Bengyu...

    Then what he needs to do next is to return to the virtual circle, use his own power to make this Bengyu succumb to him, and make himself the real master of Bengyu!

    The space crack closed quietly.

    The voice of the pharmacist''s pocket was no longer heard.

    Lan Ran Soyousuke''s mouth curled up with a smile, and he quietly left the corpse soul world. He had found the direction of his evolution.

    Just get Bengyu¡¯s approval...

    Then his real plan can begin!

    With the appearance and departure of Ai Ran Soyousuke, as well as the news that he took away Kuchaki Rukia''s body collapsed, the entire Seireitei had to pay attention to this once traitor again.

    According to the wishes of the Gotei 13 team, they certainly hope to be able to break into the virtual circle, but now they are slightly short of manpower, and they can only wait for the order after the return of Yamamoto Moto Ryusai.

    Kuchiki Rukia stayed in the Soul World to practice.

    Kurosaki Ichigo, Inoue Orihime, and Chadori Taihu got the understanding of the Gotei 13 team, and they were still searching for the whereabouts of Ishida Uryu in the Seoring Palace.

    Unfortunately, there has been no clue.

    Those gods of death who were responsible for hunting down Ishida Uryu also told Kurosaki Ichigo what they had encountered. They believed that Ishida Uryu should have taken refuge in some powerful existence.

    In this case, Kurosaki Ichigo curiously took out Uehara Naraku''s remarks, and these remarks were immediately accepted by the Seireitei''s death gods as soon as they were taken out.

    Even Urahara Kisuke, Shikaedin Yoichi and Kuchiki Byakuya will not refute!

    The Uehara clan is the oldest clan, and Uehara Naraku is also the most sincere patriarch in the history of that clan, and will not use this to deceive others.

    Even though Kurosaki Ichigo believed that his friend would never do that, he did not find the figure of Ishida Uryu after all, and waited until Ishida Uryu''s return...

    If Ishida Yulong is really to gain the power of the ancestor Quincy to use them to sneak into the Seireitei, then they really don¡¯t know what to do...

    Time was lost bit by bit.

    Staying in the corpse soul world for a long time is not a good thing for the living.

    "It looks like there is no way..."

    "Let''s go first, and come back later..."

    "Only Uehara Castle did not search?"

    "It seems that outsiders are not allowed to enter there."

    "Could it be that Ishida was captured by the Uehara clan..."

    Kurosaki Ichigo, Inoue Orihime and others are still discussing this. When they slowly focused on Uehara Castle, they wanted to put the black pot on the head of the Uehara clan...

    Fortunately, someone helped to speak.

    Kisuke Urahara shook his head and explained softly: "The Reaper squads who were hunting down saw Ishida disappear into the shadows with their own eyes, and then let them chase Ishida...Moreover, Uehara Naraku never lied, nor would he kill indiscriminately. innocent."

    "Uh¡­"

    Kurosaki Ichigo scratched his head: "But when we first met, Ishida scolded Uehara...could it be for this reason..."

    "impossible."

    Sifengin Yaichi frowned her brows, denied a correct answer, and continued: "The little patron of Naraku Uehara is still very generous, not to mention that the dead waiters of the Gotei 13th team are not in Seorei. In the court, no one else would do such a thing..."

    "Your Excellency Naraku Uehara told the truth."

    Kuchiki Byakuya took the conversation, a touch of unnaturalness flashed across his face, it seemed that he was a little reluctant to say anything good for the Uehara clan.

    Only at this moment, Kuchiki Byakuya knew that he should not conceal the truth: "Your Excellency Naraku is not wrong... The enemy that Captain Yamamoto has been pursuing all the time, the existence of the Yuhabakh who was called Yuhabakh a thousand years ago is indeed of the Quincy clan Ancestors,"

    There is no way to avoid this kind of thing.

    For thousands of years of history, the four great nobles in the corpse soul world knew something about it. Youhabach is naturally not a special secret, but this kind of thing needs to be concealed.

    However, Uehara Naraku opened the mouth first.

    The little patriarch directly explained the relationship between Yuhabakh and Quincy, and even the grievances between Yuhabakh and the four major dead waiters of the Uehara clan and Yamamoto Moto Ryusai Shigekuni.

    In this case, it would be meaningless for Kuchiki Byakuya to continue to conceal it. It would be better to simply tell what he knew, so that Kurosaki Ichigo and others would give up.

    People have been persuading them all the time, causing Kurosaki Ichigo, Inoue Orihime, and Chato Taihu to be greatly troubled, and they have no choice but to retreat first.

    Just as Kurosaki Ichigo and the others were about to withdraw to this world, the entire Seireitei began to ring the alarm again, and another enemy invaded. From a distance, a sharp arrow flashing blue light shot through Seorei. Ting''s sky!

    This familiar move...

    Let everyone''s eyes can''t help but shine!

    Only the Quincy will use this ability similar to purification!

    "Ishida!"

    A flash of excitement flashed across Kurosaki Ichigo''s face.

    In the next moment, Kurosaki Ichigo, Inoue Orihime, and Chato Taihu and others rushed to the direction where the bow and arrow were shot, and they met their long-missing friend there!

    Do not¡­

    should say¡­

    It''s a completely different friend!

    When Ishida Yulong, who had been missing for many days, reappeared, the Rei Pressure on his body was a little strangely powerful, even compared to those powerful Captain-level Death Gods!

    Facing a group of besieging gods of death...

    Ishida Yulong showed a strong suppressing power!

    This kind of power is completely different from the previous Ishida Yulong!

    Everyone on the scene saw the extremely active Ishida Uryu on his body, and his heart was a little heavy. This guy may indeed, as Uehara Naraku said, the purpose of sneaking into the soul world is to obtain this power from his ancestors. !

    Uehara Castle.

    Above the high wall.

    Ishida Yulong stood by the wall of Uehara Castle, with a cloak behind him, standing against the wind, holding a white spirit bow in his hand!

    Yes it is.

    Ishida Yulong did get a powerful force.

    Ishida Yulong saw Yu Habahe in the shadow space, and he was shocked by his identity, because Ishida Yulong was not a true pure-blood descendant, he was a pure-blood quintessence and a mixed-blood quintessence. Descendants.

    however¡­

    Ishida Yulong survived when Uhabach performed his "Holy Fare".

    From an absolute point of view, when Youhabach uses ¡®Holy¡¯ to draw power from other quintessences, the pure-blood quintessence will temporarily lose their strength, and the mixed-blood quintessentially lose their strength and life!

    Ishida Yulong survived!

    This had to make Youhabach a little surprised. He guessed that Ishida Yulong might have something or possibility beyond him. Similarly, it also made Youhabach also a little speechless and Ishida Yulong''s incompetence.

    therefore¡­

    Youhabach personally performed an awakening ceremony for Ishida Yulong, which improved his strength and gave him the knowledge of a Quincy. Even Yuhabach once wanted to make Ishida Yulong his successor.

    With the sanctification of Youhabach, there are not many Quincy in this world. Ishida Yulong, who is still obsessed with the strength and talent of Quincy, is very useful.

    Who made Euhabach''s living environment bad?

    The four dead waiters of Yamamoto Shigekuni and Uehara are all chasing him, even if it is Yuhabakh, he can¡¯t help feeling a little overwhelmed. He really needs some help and subordinates now...

    therefore.

    After Uehabach bestowed Ishida Yulong''s power and knowledge about the Quincy, he put Ishida Yulong back into this world and asked him to test the Uehara clan.

    coincidentally¡­

    For Ishida Yulong, this is what he wants to do!

    Because Ishida Yulong saw with his own eyes the enemy of the Uehara clan taking away his father Ishida Ryuxuan, he needs this power to defeat the Uehara clan and rescue his father!

    Ishida Yulong can feel that he is very powerful now at UU Reading , and even he himself can clearly feel that he has been horribly improved!

    "Hand over my father."

    Ishida Yulong opened the spirit bow in his hand, and Lingzi quickly turned into a light arrow and appeared on the bow, slowly aiming at the streets of Uehara Castle.

    Ishida Yulong looked at the people in Uehara Castle, his face full of arrogance and indifference: "Perhaps in this case, I will bypass your lives..."

    "stop!"

    Uehara Naraku''s figure appeared on the wall, his eyes tightened slightly, and he said in a deep voice, "Ishida Yuryu, I will help you find out your father''s whereabouts. Don''t do anything here. There are innocent people underneath... You don''t want these people to die in the aftermath of the battle, do you?"

    "I don''t care."

    Ishida Yulong sneered at the corner of his mouth, and suddenly pointed the spirit bow in his hand at Naruko Uehara, his palm suddenly loosened, and he shot the spirit arrow!

    A few months ago, he just cursed the Uehara clan in the present world, and his father was captured by the dead waiters of the Uehara clan. Now he wants to know if he killed the Uehara clan¡¯s patriarch. Going crazy!

    "Another guy who likes to play bows and arrows..."

    Uehara Naraku slowly shook his head.

    Uehara Naraku suddenly raised his palm, and a black hole appeared in front of him, his voice inexplicably more brisk.

    "Sasuke, do some work..."

    "Asshole..."

    An angry curse came from the black hole.

    Following this curse, a purple arrow wrapped in lightning suddenly shot out from the black hole. This purple long arrow smashed Ishida Yulong''s light arrow in an instant!

    Even this purple long arrow is cast unabated!

    Directly nailed the shocked Ishida Yulong to the walls of the city!

 Chapter 680ï¼š Would you believe me?

    "What a joke..."

    The blood gurgled out from the corner of Ishida Yulong''s mouth.

    The giant purple arrow that flew out of the black hole pierced his body directly, causing him to be hit hard before he could even react!

    Obviously he just awakened the power of the Quincy...

    The guy called Yohabach told him that this force was enough to easily defeat the captain-level Reaper of the Gotei 13th team, but he was directly suppressed before he was arrogant for a moment...

    In that black hole...

    What kind of monster is hiding!

    The power contained in this giant purple arrow is more terrifying than the sacred arrow of the Quincy, and the arrow that shot him out with one blow directly defeated it!

    fortunately.

    Ishida Yulong didn''t just improve his spiritual power, he also got the magical ability from Friends Habach, so that he would not lose confidence directly.

    "Completely reverse!"

    Ishida Yulong''s eyes suddenly looked at Naraku Uehara!

    The next moment, Ishida Yulong pulled out the purple giant arrow on his body, his injuries quickly recovered at a speed visible to the naked eye, and he recovered in a blink of an eye!

    And Uehara opposite Ishida Uryu...

    A blood hole appeared on the body strangely!

    This is the ability that Ishida Yulong acquired during the awakening ceremony, able to completely reverse and change the events that have occurred, and assign them to other people!

    This weird ability is also the biggest uncertainty in the world of death!

    Even Uehara Naraku couldn''t help being a little surprised, he couldn''t help but lowered his head slightly, looking at the wound on his body, the color of surprise on his face made no secret of it.

    Is this the complete rebellion of Ishida Uryu?

    This wound is almost the worst that Uehara Naraku has ever suffered!

    This injury shouldn''t be a fuss.

    Uehara Naraku¡¯s wounds on her body were also recovering quickly, and even slowly recovered under the gaze of Ishida Uryu. If it were not for the blood around the wound, it would not even be obvious that Uehara Naraku had suffered any injuries...

    The damage caused by Uchiha Sasuke''s ordinary Susao arrow was tantamount to a serious injury to Ishida Uryu, and it was not a big trouble for the current Uehara Naraku.

    Even so, this wound is shocking enough!

    Not to mention it was Uehara Naraku himself, even Uchiha Sasuke who was hiding on the other side of the black hole world and Senjumona, who was observing all this in the castle, were amazed!

    This is the first time someone directly hurt Uehara Naraku!

    It''s a pity...

    Ishida Uryu¡¯s complete rebellion caused too little damage to Uehara Naraku, or the damage caused by Uchiha Sasuke¡¯s Susano¡¯s arrow was too small...

    Really...

    Sasuke Uchiha is a bit regretful, he would have used the Arrow of Indra if he knew it!

    Of course, if Uchiha Sasuke uses Indra''s Arrow, Ishida Uryu may not have any life to withstand his attack...

    After all, not everyone has the vigorous vitality of Uehara Naraku.

    "How can it be¡­"

    Ishida Yulong''s face was almost unabashedly horrified. He knew exactly how terrifying the penetrating wound of that purple giant arrow was!

    However, the present Naraku Uehara has completely recovered in just a few seconds. Is the Captain-level Death God of the Soul World so terrifying?

    "Very terrifying power."

    Uehara Naraku slowly raised his head and looked at Ishida Uryu. He waved his hand to put away the black hole universe, and a touch of seriousness flashed across his face: "Ishida Uryu, this is the first time I have seen someone hurt my body. It''s really scary..."

    "Hey...you fellow!"

    Ishida Yulong''s eyes showed a little anger, and he angered almost undisguisedly: "Obviously there is no injury at all!"

    He witnessed the recovery of Uehara Naraku''s body with his own eyes!

    Compared with completely reversing this weird ability, Uehara Uehara can recover from those injuries based on her physical fitness alone, which makes Ishida Yulong a little more uneasy!

    This means that it is hard for him to kill Naraku Uehara!

    Because Ishida Uryu doesn''t think that his attack can have the power of Susano''s arrow!

    "This is not calculated based on injury."

    A voice suddenly appeared in their ears.

    A white-haired man in blue leather armor stood on the city wall at some unknown time. His eyes were fixed on Ishida Uryu, his expression almost full of unconcealed anger: "Queenskiller kid, it seems you don¡¯t Know the identity of Naraku..."

    It is Qianshou Jianjian.

    As for why this guy is angry, it''s probably because he was angry at Ishida Uryu''s ability to be too weird, but because Ishida Uryu''s own power can''t solve Uehara Naraku...

    of course.

    The thought of Qianshoujian was only a fleeting moment.

    To be honest, it is obviously more advantageous for them to follow Uehara Naraku compared to the solution to Uehara Naraku. The only problem is that they are a little bit aggrieved.

    This scourge...

    If you can''t kill it, you can only stand with him!

    When thinking of this, Qianshoujian''s heart flashed with emotion, and his face gradually increased with anger: "Anyone who hurts Naraku is regarded as subverting the peace of the soul world... It seems that I want to invite you to stay. This is an old man¡¯s experiment with your father."

    "¡­Ok?"

    While Ishida Yulong was still wondering, the figure of Qianshoujian suddenly disappeared from Ishida Yulong''s sight!

    This speed...

    Immediately a touch of anxiety appeared in the eyes of this Quincy!

    As a Quincy archer, the most taboo thing is that the enemy disappears in front of his eyes, which means it is difficult for his eyes to keep up with the speed of the enemy!

    If you can''t even keep up with the enemy...

    Then how can he attack the enemy''s body!

    He couldn''t see the figure of Qianshoujianma at all. How could he pierce the enemy''s body with a bow and arrow? Ishida Yulong''s mind was struggling!

    In the next moment, Ishida Yulong''s body rose from the ground!

    This genius Quincy who had been awakened by Youhabach took a meal, Fei Lian''s feet disappeared in an instant, and a cloud of spirit even appeared under his feet, supporting his body and flew into the air!

    Ishida Yulong''s palm suddenly raised the spirit bow!

    A series of light arrows flew down towards the ground!

    At this moment, Ishida Yulong relied on his intuition and speculation on the enemy''s attack, thinking that Senshou Jianma would attack his place!

    What made Ishida Yulong never thought was that the figure of Qianshoujian was floating in the air, calmly holding his arms as I watched Ishida Yulong shooting countless arrows towards the ground...

    The fifth official of the Uehara clan flashed a sneer at the corner of his mouth, and slowly raised his fingers to sing the name of his art: "Huh...I am really ignorant and innocent... Brodao¡¤Water escape¡¤Water dragon The art of bombing!"

    Lingzi separated from the body of Qianshoujian, and slowly roared waves, turning into a water dragon and whizzing towards Ishida Yulong!

    The water dragon smashed Ishida Yulong''s body in an instant, and directly smashed the Quincy on the ground and passed out into a coma!

    Just one move solved Ishida Yulong!

    "Take him to the laboratory..."

    "and many more!"

    A loud voice interrupted Qianshoujian!

    Kurosaki Ichigo stepped onto the wall of Uehara Castle, brandishing the Zanpaku Sword in his hand and facing the Senjukui, and the others, such as Chadu Taihu, Inoue Orihime, and Urahara Kisuke, also rushed toward this side!

    Different from Kurosaki Ichigo¡¯s recklessness...

    The faces of Kisuke Urahara and Yoichi Shikaedin Yoichi were solemn. They didn''t want Kurosaki Ichigo and Uehara to clash at all!

    If there is a conflict at this time...

    Kurosaki Ichigo will undoubtedly not be the opponent of the Uehara clan!

    Even Urahara Kisuke and Yoichi Shikaedinin may bury the rapprochement with the Uehara clan!

    It seems that the only person who can count on...

    Urahara Kisuke slowly raised his head and looked at Naraku Uehara on the other side of the city wall. Only this one could stop this impending conflict.

    Unfortunately, Uehara Naraku didn''t seem to interfere.

    This tolerant and kind-hearted little patron has a complicated face. Looking at Ishida Yulong lying on the ground, his face seems to be slightly disgusted and dissatisfied.

    This is...

    what''s going on?

    "Ichigo."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Kurosaki Ichigo who wanted to prevent Uehara¡¯s affiliated Grim Reaper team from capturing Ishida Uryu, and whispered to persuade him, "Don¡¯t hinder Mr. Toma..."

    "Ishida is my friend!"

    Kurosaki Ichigo looked at Senshouzuma in the air with a full face, and waved the Zanpaku Sword in his hand and pointed it at Senshouzuma: "Hey, we have already negotiated with Seireitei, we are the one here. I can''t go back any less!"

    "Don''t talk nonsense! Ichigo!"

    Shifengin Yap appeared next to Kurosaki Ichigo in an instant, and knocked Kurosaki Ichigo directly down with a slap!

    Yoichi Shikaedin suppressed Kurosaki Ichigo, raised his head and looked at Senshousuma, with a smile on his face: "Mr. Shisuma, this kid is just a human, and he doesn¡¯t know much about Seireitei¡¯s situation, yes. You are a bit rude..."

    indeed.

    Seireitei forgives Kurosaki Ichigo''s travel disaster.

    Because Kurosaki Ichigo and Aizen Soyousuke are also enemies, and the captain of the Gotei 13 team intercedes for Kurosaki Ichigo and others, and Kurosaki Ichigo is the former captain of the tenth squad. The son of Yixin, this will allow Seireitei to give in.

    However, the Uehara clan has nothing to do with the high-level Seireitei!

    Speaking seriously, Seireitei''s decision may not be able to be recognized by the Uehara clan, and there is no good result to offend the Uehara clan rashly.

    Not to mention the current Kurosaki Isshin...

    Even hundreds of years ago, when the Shiba clan, where Kurosaki''s one mind belonged, was still equated with Kuchuki and Sifengin as aristocrats, they did not dare to offend Uehara, a wealthy clan!

    Besides, Kurosaki Yixin has retired and lived in seclusion.

    "Hey hey hey hey..."

    Kurosaki Ichigo struggled desperately to stand up.

    However, Shi Fengin Yap stepped on Kurosaki Ichigo¡¯s head one by one, but still looked at Senju Kanuma with a smile on his face: "Mr. Kanuma, the little human beings are very rude... let me Take them away first?"

    This they...

    Naturally refers to Kurosaki Ichigo and Ishida Uryu.

    Qianshoujian¡¯s eyes were full of contempt. He pointed his finger at Ishida Yulong, and looked at Sifengyuan Yeichi indifferently: "Sifengyuan Yeichi, you know the relationship between this Quincy boy and his friend Habacher ?"

    "What...what?"

    Sifengyuan Yeyi''s expression was slightly stiff.

    Because Kurosaki Ichigo mentioned what Uehara Naraku said, she certainly knew something in her heart, and perhaps also guessed that Ishida Uryu should have come to Seorei Tei to find her friend Harbach.

    That is the thousand-year-old enemy of Seireitei!

    But this kind of thing...

    There should be no evidence, right?

    "The ancestor of the Quincy is Euhabach."

    Senshoujian held his arm and explained softly: "This kid has contacted Yuhabach and received the evil power that Yuhabach bestowed on him. Their evil is compared to Uchiha...huh..."

    Qianshoujian seemed to have missed his mouth, coughed a few times, and continued: "This kid is definitely not just an ordinary Quincy!

    From the time he entered Seireing Palace to today, his strength has changed in all kinds of things. Many death gods have seen this Quincy Killer go into the shadows with their own eyes. That is exactly what we once suspected that friend Habakh was hiding in the shadows. Shadow space!

    This kid used you to enter the Seireitei in order to obtain the power bestowed by his friend Habach, and now his goal has been achieved!

    The old man suspected that he was an assassin sent by Habach, who came to assassinate Naraku, with the goal of setting off turmoil in the corpse soul world!

    The Quincy clan is never at ease and kind!

    Two hundred years ago, the turmoil that exterminated the Quincy was definitely not a wrong decision. The Quincy clan is not worthy of tolerance at all! "

    Qianshoujian''s gaze coldly looked at the people present, and continued in a cold voice: "I will propose to the Central Forty-Six Room, whether it is any descendant of the Quincy, any human with the blood of the Quincy, Once the identity is verified, it must be hunted quickly!"

    "..."

    The faces of Kisuke Urahara, Byakuya Kuchaki and others who followed also couldn''t help but change. Everyone in UU reading involuntarily looked at each other involuntarily.

    If Senshoujian proposes...

    The 46th Room of the Central Committee will never deny this proposal!

    It¡¯s just a descendant of the Quincy, it just so happens that the ancestor of the Quincy is the enemy of the soul world for a thousand years, so it''s better to sell it to Qianshoufujian for a favor...

    However, there is a problem...

    That is, Kurosaki Ichigo is also a descendant of Quincy!

    Kurosaki Ichigo''s mother, Kurosaki Masaki, is also a pure-blooded Quincy!

    It is not easy to conceal this matter, because as long as the Uehara clan is willing to investigate, they will surely be able to find out the relationship between the Ishida Uryu family and the Kurosaki Ichigo family!

    right now¡­

    It seems to be in trouble...

    Not only wanting to save Ishida Yulong''s problem, but also to **** Kurosaki Kazuo out of the corpse soul world immediately, and then find a way to hide those traces!

    Besides, Ishida Yulong''s suspicion is too great.

    They have seen the sudden surge of spiritual power of Ishida Yulong, plus the testimony provided by the death team who chased Ishida Yulong, Ishida Yulong has indeed entered a certain shadow space...

    to be frank¡­

    There is a lot of evidence.

    "Ichigo."

    Uehara Naraku slowly walked towards Kurosaki Ichigo, and he reached out and helped Kurosaki Ichigo up.

    Facing Kurosaki Ichigo¡¯s bewildered gaze, Uehara Naraku said softly: "Ishida Uehara is temporarily detained in Uehara Castle. Once Mr. Madara and Captain Yamamoto have caught Yuhabakh and found out all the truth, they will return it to him. clean."

    After speaking, Uehara Naruko said sincerely, "Until then, I will let Mr. Toma not embarrass them... As a friend who has fought side by side, now you are willing to believe my promise?

 Chapter 681ï¼š On the eve of the decisive battle

    "Do not believe."

    Kurosaki Ichigo almost exploded Uehara Nana.

    What are the IQs of this group of hot-blooded anime heroes...I don''t know what is going on at all, do you have to engage in hot-blooded lines at any time?

    At this time, what is the benefit of clashing with the powerful evil forces of the Uehara clan? You can squeeze you, a cub with three powers, in minutes!

    This is indeed the character of Kurosaki Ichigo.

    Kurosaki Ichigo doesn''t care about the mess.

    Now Kurosaki Ichigo just wants to rescue his friend, no matter if he is a **** sent by Yuhabach or not, besides, so far Kurosaki Ichigo has not completely figured out who Yuhabach is. He only Knowing that they are not good people either...

    of course¡­

    Uehara Naraku is a good person.

    Even if Kurosaki Ichigo believes in Uehara Naraku''s words, he still wants to rescue Ishida Uryu. He will not give up his friends until he asks the answer himself!

    This makes Kurosaki Ichigo a bit ignorant of current affairs.

    However, it was precisely because he was willing to take his own life for a friend that he would be recognized by others.

    "Huh, arrogant and arrogant!"

    Thousands of hands snorted coldly, and Fei body appeared beside Kurosaki Ichigo!

    Just as Kurosaki Ichimo was vigilant, waved his hand to pull out his Zhanyue and slashed towards the attacking Senshoujian, but he saw the finger of this white-haired man in blue leather suddenly hit his Zhanyue. Go on the sword!

    Kurosaki Ichigo''s face has a touch of terror, his body can''t move under this finger, and the curse spreads along his body little by little...

    "Mr. Feijian!"

    Yoichi Shikaedinin, Kisuke Urahara, and Naraku Uehara spoke at the same time.

    After the three people spoke at the same time and wanted to stop Senjumonma, they looked at each other again, Urahara Kisuke and Shikaedin Yoko stepped back slightly, and they placed their hope of persuading Senjumonma on Uehara Naraku. .

    Obviously, Uehara Naraku did not disappoint them either.

    At this time when the net is about to close, Uehara Naraku will not let anyone down to him, only then will these people see what true despair is.

    "Mr. Shuima, please let go of Ichigo!"

    Uehara Naraku''s palm fell on Senshoujian''s wrist, gritted his teeth and said solemnly, "Ichigo is my friend..."

    "..."

    Qianshoujian retracted his arm dullly.

    Claiming Kurosaki Ichigo is your friend at this time?

    Then this kid''s life was pretty miserable.

    As everyone knows, anyone who is regarded as a friend by Naru Uehara at this time is already at the peak of his life, and his life will be ups and downs from now on...

    "If Ichigo doesn''t want to believe it..."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Qianshoujian, with a slightly different color in his eyes, and said softly, "Then wait for Mr. Ishida Uryu to wake up, let''s ask him again... I believe that with his proud personality, he should not be deceived. we."

    "There is no such need."

    Qianshoujian shook his head, and said loudly to the death team next to him: "You guys, go and bring the witnesses who hunted down Ishida Yulong! The evidence is conclusive, and he can''t refute it. The entire Quincy clan And the descendants of the Quincy Division are the pawns of Uhabach!"

    "Ishida doesn''t know..."

    "Mr. Feijian makes sense."

    Urahara Kisuke suddenly interrupted Kurosaki Ichigo¡¯s defense. He stretched out his hand to press on the brim of his hat, and said in a low voice, "Let''s leave Ishida Uryu to Lord Naraku to take care of... Ichigo, Rukia has been pardoned, you no longer have it. Qualified to continue to stay in Seireitei."

    No one thought that Urahara Kisuke would stand on the side of the Senshoujian, and even Uehara Naraku couldn¡¯t help but be a little surprised...

    No, it doesn''t seem to be a surprise.

    Because Senjumama will soon propose to hunt down the remaining Quincy and his descendants in the entire world, Kurosaki Ichigo is the son of Shinigami and Quincy, and he is also being pursued!

    Kisuke Urahara needs to protect the safety of Kurosaki Ichigo!

    Compared with Ishida Uryu, the doubtful Quincy, Kurosaki Ichigo, a human with the power of Quincy, Xu and Shinigami, is the one Urahara Kisuke wants to protect secretly, and is the most valuable. people!

    Urahara Kisuke¡¯s position in the hearts of Kurosaki Ichigo and others is very different. His views can easily affect the few people present. Even if Inoue Orihime and Chadori Taiho are somewhat unacceptable, they are quickly caught by Shikaede. Yard night gave a wink.

    They also had to approve the proposal.

    Kuchiki Rukia stepped forward, grabbed Kurosaki Ichigo''s arm, and whispered to her friend: "Ichigo, leave Seireitei immediately!"

    "Yes, let''s go!"

    "If you don''t leave again, Uncle Yixin will be worried too! We have been here for so long, Xia Li and Yuzi have long been worried about it!"

    "Relax, Ichigo."

    "If you don''t leave again..."

    Kisuke Urahara grabbed Kurosaki Ichigo''s shoulders and whispered in his ear: "Whether it is you, Taihu and Inoue, you will all be in danger... Go back immediately and tell your father what happened here! "

    "..."

    Kurosaki Ichigo''s expression was faintly puzzled.

    After a long time, he nodded dullly and was forced to leave here with his friends, but before leaving, he still asked Uehara Naraku to take care of Ishida Uryu.

    Uehara Naraku naturally agreed.

    After Kurosaki Ichigo and his friends left, the unconscious Ishida Uryu was directly imprisoned in the Uehara Inner City Research Institute. Senshoujian will find a way to extract the blood of Uehara Yuryu¡¯s in Ishida Uryu¡¯s body. .

    Because of the awakening of the Quincy...

    What is needed is the blood provided by You Habach!

    According to Uehara Naraku''s thoughts, it was natural that he wanted to get rid of Yukhabach in advance before the final battle with Aizen Soyousuke. What he hates most is the uncontrolled guy.

    The research institute in the inner city of Uehara.

    The equipment in the underground research room was filled with corpses.

    These corpses were all mixed-blood quintessences who died when You Habach launched the sanctification, and their blood was also collected by Thousand Hands to make weapons for hunting down Friends Habach.

    Compared to a thousand years ago, the current Seireitei is actually more dangerous to Uhabach. Perhaps he himself knew this kind of thing, and has been hiding in the shadow space without ever showing up.

    Even Ishida Yulong¡¯s arrest did not lead to the appearance of his friend Harbach. This guy¡¯s cautiousness really makes people want to scratch his head...

    This is Ishida Yulong!

    In a sense, Ishida Yulong was once designated as the successor of the empire by Yu Habahe himself, equivalent to the prince of the invisible empire, similar to the status of Portcas D. Ace in the Whitebeard Pirates!

    "Forget it."

    Uehara Naraku looked at the groggy Ishida Yuryu who had collapsed after being drawn out of Yuhabach¡¯s blood. He waved his hand to put him in the dungeon. He shook his head and sighed, ¡°It seems that the spirit king can only be used as bait in the future to control that. The guy led out..."

    Apart from the Spirit King, there seems to be nothing worthy of Yuhabach''s attention. Compared with Airan Soyousuke, Yuhabach has gotten too much.

    And Aizen Soyousuke¡¯s ultimate goal is also the Soul King...

    The people in Seireitei would never have thought that someone would actually want to use the Spirit King as a bait to catch the two ultimate behind-the-scenes in this world.

    It''s just that the action styles of the two behind-the-scenes have gradually changed.

    Fearing about Seireitei''s current power, Yuhabach has been hiding in the shadow world and refused to show up, and will not even appear in the virtual circle or the world.

    However, after getting Bengyu, Aizen Soyousuke frequently dispatched a big virtual to disrupt the world. Even after hearing about the power of Inoue Orihime, he wanted to send Ulchiola to sneak Inoue Orihime into captivity. go.

    However, Kisuke Urahara got the news from Shirazutsu and prevented Ulquiola''s actions in time and saved Inoue Orihime.

    With the frequent actions of the Daxu Legion, Seireitei also realized that Ai Ran Soyousuke was no longer silent, and it was likely that he wanted to set off a big battle.

    under these circumstances¡­

    The head of the Gotei 13 team, Moto Ryusai Shigukuni Yamamoto had to give up hunting down his friend Habakh, and set his goal to encircle and suppress Airan Soyousuke.

    Virtual circle.

    Xu Ye Palace.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke sat calmly on the throne, tilted his head and stared at the collapsed jade beside him, with a slight smile on his mouth. He had just achieved his goal and successfully subdued the finally completed collapse with his own strength. jade.

    "Is this Bengyu?"

    Ichimaru Gin''s eyes squinted, and he looked curiously at the shining Bengyu: "It looks ordinary, who would have thought it would contain quite terrifying power..."

    "Ok."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke chuckled lightly and looked at Ichimaru Gin''s mouth and said, "Silver, do you need me to help you get virtual power with Bengyu? This will make your power further..."

    "There is no such need?"

    Ichimaru Gin''s eyes were still squinted, and he slowly shook his head and said, "Teacher Dou once told me that if you don''t have enough overwhelming strength, it would be quite stupid to integrate your unknown power without authorization..."

    "That''s really a pity."

    Aizen Soyousuke didn''t care either.

    Compared with the original Shinigami history, Aizen Soyousuke''s tolerance towards Ichimarugil has increased a lot, and even now he knows that Ichimarugil is not loyal to him.

    It¡¯s just that the current status of Ichimaru Gin is not simple. He is the hostage that Yakushidou stayed with Airan Soyousuke, and the disciple who Yakushidou deliberately entrusted Airan Soyousuke to take care of...

    Aizen Soyousuke wanted to obtain the key to enter the Spirit Palace in the hands of a member of the zero division, Yakushidou, and he would definitely not be able to attack Ichimarugin.

    In fact...

    Aizen Soyousuke also had a good impression of Ichimarugin.

    In the entire Xuye Palace, most of the Daxu Legion were loyal to the Oshe Maru, and only Keyatai Stark and Ulchiola were loyal to Airan Soyousuke.

    In addition to these, Aizen Souesuke''s cronies are only Ichimaru Gin.

    Whether it is Ichimarugin''s power or Ichimarugin''s wisdom and identity, Aizen Soyousuke loves this subordinate very much, and he hopes to use his charm and power to make Ichimarugin completely surrender to him.

    then¡­

    Then through the city pill silver influence the pharmacist pocket.

    This pair of masters and apprentices, who can be called all-rounders, has always been the two subordinates Ai Ran Soyousuke most want to get, even Ulquiola is far behind.

    "Congratulations..."

    Ichimaru Gin slightly opened his eyes and took a look at Bengyu, then turned to look at Ai Ran Soyousuke: "In this case, our goal seems to be achieved soon..."

    "Everything is still unknown."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke slowly shook his head, and said softly, "Although our plan has not been very smooth, we have come to today... After I merge with Bengyu, I will inform Mr. Osaimaru to start attacking the soul world, right? !"

    "Directly... attack the corpse soul world?"

    "Not bad."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke tapped his fingers on the desktop, and said in a deep voice, "I got a promise from Mr. Dou. As long as we can stand in front of him, he will open the door to the Spirit Palace for us. Before that, solve it. It''s enough to drop the Gotei 13th team."

    When talking about this, Aizome Soyousuke''s mouth evoked a smile, and he continued softly: "Of course, there is also the little guy Naraku. I really want to see how far he will grow, except Besides taking care of Kurosaki Ichigo, it seems that Naraku needs a little extra care too!"

    According to Aizen Soyousuke''s thoughts, Kurosaki Ichigo and Uehara Naraku were both trained by him under the guidance of secret!

    At present, Kurosaki Ichigo frequently encounters deficiencies, and he has been sharpened by Aizen Soyousuke a little bit with a strong force. Especially during this period, Kurosaki Ichigo has gained the power of the whiteness in the body and is in Urahara Kisuke. With the help of, I learned the masking ability of the Masked Legion...

    It¡¯s just that Naraku Uehara...

    But it made Ai Ran Soyousuke a little bit difficult.

    Because the strength of that little guy is too difficult to define, he is always protected by the dead waiter, and his character seems to be getting weaker and weaker...

    This is not what Aizen Soyousuke expected!

    Therefore, Aizen Soyousuke hopes to arouse Uehara Naraku''s fighting spirit through one thing. If the real strong does not have the heart to be strong, UU reading is just a useless person...

    Aizen Soyousuke''s concept is indistinguishable from other worlds to a certain extent. He also likes to manipulate others with emotion: "The most important thing in this world is fetters... For Naraku, who is the most important person?"

    "Ha, this question..."

    Ichimaru Gin''s eyes narrowed again, and he couldn''t help but chuckled and said, "For him, the person who has affected him the most is Captain Aizen, right?"

    "That''s really helpless..."

    Ai Ran So Usuke let out a laugh, remembering that he had controlled Naraku Uehara into the fifth squad several decades ago, and controlled the assassination and defection incidents with the other hand, completely hurting the little guy''s thoughts.

    "Make it up to him a little bit."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s fingers slowly put away, and the smile in his eyes gradually reduced: "Then after fusing Bengyu, I will go to see him again... just right, before the decisive battle, I also want to use those seats. The officials personally tested the strength of Bengyu."

    Even though Ai Ran Soyousuke believes that Bengyu will bring about a qualitative change in his power, this still requires a real battle. What if the car accidentally overturned?

    If it really comes to the decisive moment...

    If Lan Ran Soyousuke realized that Beng Yu couldn''t change the situation of the battle, wouldn''t he have no chance of a comeback at all?

    If there is no reference, Ai Ran Soyousuke cannot personally judge how much power Bengyu can increase for him!

    It''s just an unfathomable Uchiha Madara, Aizen Soyousuke is not fully sure, he must personally experiment with the infinitely possible evolutionary ability of Bengyu!

    "If it goes well¡­"

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s gaze fell on Ichimaru Gin''s body, and he whispered: "Let Mr. Oshemaru and the Ravaged Legion attack the Soul World in advance!"

 Chapter 682ï¼š Lan dyed? Add medicine to Tie Lu, annoyed?/a>

    Xuye Palace.

    A secret room that only Aizen can enter.

    Lan Ran Soyousuke slowly raised the Bengyu in his hand, and an obsession flashed in his eyes. He seemed to be looking at the truth of this world, because only he knew Bengyu''s true ability.

    Bengyu is not breaking the limit.

    It is to realize people''s wishes by realizing people''s thoughts.

    Lan Ran Soyousuke''s hand grasped Bengyu, and slowly closed his eyes, recalling his true inner thoughts, he wanted to stand at the apex of this world!

    Bengyu''s light flickered slightly.

    Lan Ran Soyousuke slowly realized the abilities that Bengyu gave him. This Bengyu can give him an immortal body, and he can recover no matter what kind of injury he suffers.

    Once he is unable to defeat the enemy, he can further evolve his power to gain power beyond the enemy.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke slowly opened his eyes, and the corners of his mouth raised slightly: "Perhaps the next time I meet, you can see at what level the ability of Mr. Madara lies... It''s really exciting, whenever I think of it. When he was, he could feel his nerves trembling..."

    That Uchiha Madara is too powerful!

    It''s just that after gaining the ability to evolve him from Bengyu, Aizen Soyousuke wanted to try to fight Uchiha Madara, so that he could gain one-dimensional power!

    Moreover, according to the information provided by Dashewan and Yaoshidou, as long as he firmly believes that his strength will surpass the enemy sooner or later, Bengyu will allow him to continue to evolve, giving him the possibility of defeating any powerful enemy...

    As long as he always maintains self-confidence and maintains the power recognized by Bengyu, otherwise once his mind collapses and shrinks, Bengyu will stop evolving!

    "But the first officer may not be the strongest person?"

    Ai Ran So Usuke smiled and glanced at Bengyu, and continued muttering to himself: "Speaking seriously, as the owner of Mr. Madara, the little guy Naraku definitely has the power to surpass him..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s words stopped abruptly.

    Because Ai Ran Soyousuke clearly felt Bengyu''s change!

    Lan Ran Soyousuke¡¯s mind was all focused on communicating with Bengyu, and he clearly felt that Bengyu¡¯s light faintly darkened...

    "You are in fear."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s eyes narrowed slightly.

    "But it''s not fearing me."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s palm is getting stronger and stronger.

    "Is the person I mentioned the one that scares you?"

    Lan Ran Soyousuke''s voice was faintly confused, but he did not get Bengyu''s answer, Bengyu could not speak, it only had his own emotions.

    Uehara Naraku!

    Why does Uehara Naraku make Bengyu scared!

    Because Uehara Naraku possesses the spiritual power of thirteen Uehara family patriarchs! Does the existence of those spiritual powers even make Bengyu fear it?

    Or¡­

    In fact, Uehara Naraku has the power to scare Kengyu?

    Ai Ran So Usuke put Bengyu away again, and began to think a little bit about the encounter between him and Naraku Uehara. The little guy has always respected him...

    This respect...

    When I think about it now, something is faintly wrong.

    Aizen Soyousuke''s fingers bend a little bit. It seems that there is no flaw in Uehara Naruto''s body at the time. His expression looks like a simple and kind child...

    That feeling...

    Ai Ran Soyousuke felt more and more familiar.

    A guy who seems harmless to humans and animals, obviously has a fairly high status, but everyone in Seireitei believes that he will never harm Seireitei...

    This feeling¡­

    Aizen Soyousuke''s fingers dropped suddenly!

    Now, what Uehara Naraku is doing, isn''t he what he did when he was the captain of the fifth division of the Gotei 13th team!

    The two of them are so similar!

    Ai Ran Soyousuke was once considered to be the most talented **** of death, even though he has always concealed his own light, concealing his own power that surpasses other death **** captains, and hiding the mirror flower water moon Zanpaku knife in his hand, behaving like ordinary The same as Captain Reaper.

    Even so¡­

    But he didn''t hide the sight of Oshe Maru.

    Where''s that guy Uehara Naraku?

    Osha Maru has never denied the talent and horror of Uehara Naraku!

    Even compared to himself, Oshemaru seems to recognize Uehara Naraku''s talent more!

    Then...

    Why didn''t Uehara Naraku''s power surpass him?

    Uehara Naraku possesses the spiritual power of thirteen ancestors, thirteen powerful Zanpaku knives in any era, possesses the resources and secrets of the entire Uehara clan for thousands of years, and has an influence on the entire Seo. The power of the spirit court and even the corpse soul world!

    Then...

    Why do you think that Uehara Naraku will not surpass himself?

    Ai Ran Soyousuke once calculated his own strength. With his talent, he has jumped to the peak of death in a short period of time, and the remaining progress can only be made through time to allow him to accumulate spiritual power a little bit.

    I overlooked it...

    A talented person who is more powerful than him among other populations, why didn''t Uehara show any strength enough to match him!

    If it is because of Uehara Naraku''s respect for Aizen Soyousuke himself that he refuses to start, Aizen Soyousuke is unwilling to believe this at all!

    There must be a flaw here.

    As soon as Aizen Soyousuke thought he had exposed the true face of Uehara Naraku, he began to retrograde through what Uehara Naraku had done...

    Yes it is.

    Uehara Naraku chose to join the Gotei 13 team.

    This situation does seem to harm the independent status of the Uehara clan, but it also eases the relationship between the Uehara clan and the high-level Seireitei, and once made the power and influence of the Uehara clan more prosperous than before!

    If all this is hidden by Uehara Naraku...

    Then the so-called integration into Seireitei may simply be a bait dropped by Uehara!

    Over the years, in the Central 46 Room and the Gotei 13 team, they thought that they could slowly incorporate the Uehara clan. They have never refused any request from the Uehara clan. Any conflict between Seoreitei and Uehara clan will be caused by Central Forty-six. The room¡¯s concession was resolved...

    The Center 46 and the Goting 13 team are always giving in.

    The Uehara family put forward more and more excessive demands in this concession.

    The Center 46 and the Gotei 13 team almost always paid, but the Uehara clan paid only a patron who claimed to join the Gotei 13 team...

    The center 46 room and the Gotei 13 team lost their eyes.

    Because the performance of this Patriarch is so excellent, every senior and the death captain are willing to believe that the Uehara clan will definitely integrate into Seireitei under his leadership...

    however¡­

    All this is an illusion.

    Whenever conflicts of interest of the Uehara clan appear, the thirteen dead waiters of the Uehara clan will come forward. They are like die-hards to stop their Patriarch Naraku Uehara from making concessions to the Central Forty-Six Room. thing¡­

    The end result is...

    The forty-six room in the central was forced to give in in front of these dead waiters.

    Uehara Naraku lightly said that he could not violate the name of the dead waiter, and asked the Central 46 Room to forgive him, hoping that Uehara would grow up and take power...

    It''s really interesting...

    What makes Aizen feel weird is...

    This kind of thing happened not many times.

    It is a pity that the Center 46 and the Gotei 13 team are always deceived by Uehara Naraku, because he behaves too much like a young ignorant but kind little guy!

    No one has ever doubted.

    Even Aizen Soyousuke never doubted this.

    If it weren¡¯t for Bengyu¡¯s fear of the name Uehara Naraku, Aizen Soyousuke would not want to doubt Uehara Naraku...

    Obviously that guy''s performance is so clumsy!

    Obviously that guy just acted out a cowardly look that didn''t fit his identity!

    However, it is precisely because of that cowardly appearance that makes everyone lose their judgment!

    The Patriarch of the No. 1 wealthy clan in the corpse soul world can completely act recklessly in the entire Seireing Court. How could he be so cowardly?

    Everyone hates it for indisputable!

    But no one will doubt it!

    Because they all think that Uehara Naruko is leaning on the entire Uehara family, there is no need to do this, but he really has been pretending!

    of course.

    It would be too arbitrary to define Naraku Uehara as a person who likes to pretend just by relying on Naraku Uehara to hide her power...

    However, Naraku Uehara''s persona is too much to be loved. His persona definitely does not include hiding his power, so everything about him is in disguise!

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s brain thought quickly.

    Everything that happened between them appeared in Ai Ran Soyousuke''s mind. Now when I think about it, it was full of flaws at that time!

    Why did Uehara Naraku show mercy to Xu?

    Is it because of his cowardice, or because of his kindness?

    No, that''s because his power is strong enough, his power is so powerful that he doesn''t need to care about the life and death of conscience at all!

    Even at that time, the power that Uehara Nairo showed was already able to kill anyone who wanted to assassinate him...not to mention that he still had the power to hide!

    The many secret techniques used by the dead waiters of the Uehara clan...

    Uehara Naraku has almost never used it, and he even makes a few shots, because he doesn''t have to do it at all, or he is too lazy to do it!

    Once shot, the chance of exposure is too great!

    And the last time Uehara Naraku made a fight was to **** Rukia''s body collapsed jade, at that moment he only used one of the Mirage Zanpaku Knife... a very dangerous Zanpaku Knife with quite powerful self-protection ability. !

    That little guy didn''t stop him from taking Bengyu...

    Lan Ran Soyousuke glanced at Bengyu in his hand.

    In a short moment, Ai Ran Soyousuke seemed to pass through Bengyu, and saw Uehara Naruko''s disdain for Bengyu. Is his power too strong to care about Bengyu?

    No wonder...

    Even Bengyu had the fear of Uehara Naraku.

    If you think so, what is the real purpose of Uehara Naraku?

    Ai Ran Soyousuke completely eliminated this thought in an instant, and he set two answers almost instantly.

    Uehara Naraku wanted to become the **** of the soul world.

    Uehara Naraku wanted to rule the entire soul world.

    Apart from these answers, there seems to be no other answer, right? After all, what other people want to get all their lives, Uehara Naraku is already at their fingertips...

    There are only these.

    Only then will Uehara Naraku hide herself at the expense of her reputation.

    And there is no hesitate to reputation.

    Because as long as Uehara Naraku could do it, everything he did before was just his little fun playing with the corpse world as a god.

    Lan Ran Soyousuke''s fingers retracted little by little, and his fists were clenched again, but the corners of his mouth slowly conjured up a smile, like a little self-deprecating, but also some admiration.

    this moment¡­

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s shame can be imagined.

    A little devil whom he has always looked down upon and even regarded as a pawn, has been playing with his behind-the-scenes hand in the palm of his hand. That little devil must be taunting him in secret?

    No wonder...

    Mr. Yakushidou has never dared to underestimate Uehara Naraku, and even after graduating from the Mao Spiritual Academy, Uehara Naraku hurriedly hid in the Spirit Palace!

    Aizen Soyousuke couldn''t help but guess that maybe Yakushi had suspected Uehara Naraku before, but he also had a glimmer of hope for Uehara Naraku...

    Ai Ran Soyousuke forgot his shame, he didn''t have time to do those useless emotions, he had to think about his own countermeasures...

    Now he discovered the true face of Uehara Naraku.

    But Uehara Naraku didn''t know that he had discovered all this.

    As long as you do it well, there may be other hopes, such as continuing to stand behind the scenes to instigate the true face of Uehara Naraku, and let Uehara Naraku and Seireitei fight you to death?

    Under the ground in the Xuye Palace research room.

    At this time, while Airan Soyousuke was still thinking about this, Heijue under the ground was surprised. It heard what Airan Soyousuke said to Bengyu...

    Aizen Soyousuke definitely suspected Uehara Naraku.

    According to the wisdom of Aizen Soyousuke, he can definitely hide his power through Uehara Naraku, and infer other hidden things Uehara Naraku.

    "Finally doubt it?"

    Hei Jue''s eyes tightened slightly, and a grinning smile appeared on his face: "There are never secrets hidden forever in the world. How can Yuyi who knows these secrets the most, not make any secrets for the disclosure of secrets? "

    Ai Ran Soyousuke found out too early!

    And the most troublesome thing is the collapsed jade of Lan Ran Soyousuke, this collapsed jade can warn Lan Ran Soyousuke!

    This is not surprising...

    Because the person Bengyu feared...

    It should be the **** that everyone in this world fears!

    The only problem is that Heijue also needs to test it out to see what the ghost of Airan Soyousuke''s Bengyu is. It''s best to find a way to get into Airan Soyousuke''s body and find out the effect of Bengyu. !

    In case collapsed jade makes Airan Soyousuke also doubt it...

    That would be too detrimental to their plan to monitor Aizen Soyousuke!

    It¡¯s just that Naraku Uehara seems to have mentioned that the collapsed jade is a living thing, and it seems to be just a strengthening tool...

    "Forget it, thinking is too troublesome..."

    Hei Jue''s mouth grinned, his grinning grin spreading wider and wider: "When a person is thinking about a problem, then he has to give him the answer he wants according to his ideas. To find other solutions to this problem.

    Yuyi gave us an answer.

    It''s time to give Ai Ran Soyousuke an answer. "

    This is the best way to manipulate other people.

    As long as Heizie tells him the news that Ai Ran Soyousuke wants to get, he might make Ai Ran Soyousuke think again that everything is still under his control!

    Several months passed.

    Aizen Soyousuke is still thinking about how to deal with Uehara Naraku.

    Recently, Ai Ran Soyousuke likes to stay alone in the secret room more and more, because he has not come up with a suitable method.

    "Master Aizen."

    A dark figure emerged from the bottom of the secret room.

    "Ok?"

    Aizen''s face was a little unhappy.

    "I''m so sorry..."

    Heijue lowered his head, and a faintly mocking smile appeared at the corner of his mouth: "Ho **** ho ho...Lord Aizen, I know I shouldn''t disturb you at this time...

    But when I was monitoring Urahara Kisuke yesterday, I swallowed a Baijue who reported to Urahara Kisuke. From its memory, I found a very interesting secret, a secret that you will definitely be interested in..."

    Kurozue slowly raised his head and looked at Aizen Soyousuke. The mocking smile on his face grew deeper and deeper: "The little patron of the Uehara clan you have always valued... doesn''t seem to be as simple as we imagined. !"

 Chapter 683ï¼š The secret revealed by Ichimarugin

    Heijue''s mockery was a bit harsh.

    It made Ai Ran Soyousuke sound like he was mocking him.

    This feeling is really good, Kuro is just mocking Aizen Soyousuke in person, and even vaguely self-deprecating. In these words, for example, Kurozutsu Aizen Soyousuke is not mentioning that Uehara Naruko deceived you. It is the claim that Uehara Naraku deceived us.

    These small details are very important.

    In this way, it seems that the black is also a fool.

    What''s more, Heijue knew exactly what Ai Ran Soyousuke was. He was a rather generous person, even more generous than the reincarnated person of his unfilial eldest brother.

    Aizen Soyousuke naturally wouldn''t blame Kurozu for sarcasm. He slowly lifted his cheek with his palm and smiled, "Oh? Regarding Naraku... have you found anything?"

    Aizen Soyousuke did not reveal that he recognized the true face of Uehara Naraku. He seemed to be totally unaware, and had the original attitude towards Uehara Naraku.

    Seeing Aizen Soyousuke¡¯s smile, Heizue''s mouth grinned, his weird eyes slowly narrowed, and he nodded and said, "It''s very interesting... in the memory of that Shirzuue, there is actually the one named Naraku Uehara. The battle between imp and Uchiha Madara..."

    The sarcastic laughter of Kurozutsu''s voice is even more pronounced, and it seems to show his own credit: "Aizome-sama would never have thought... that the dead waiter Uchiha Madara who once defeated you was nothing in the hands of Uehara Naraku. The power to fight back."

    When talking about this, Kurozuzu grimly added: "Even Uchiha Madara went all out and used the blue giant he used to slaughter the corpse soul world..."

    "..."

    Lan Ran Soyousuke''s palm was put down again, his finger nodded on his armrest, and a projection suddenly appeared on the wall of this secret room.

    On that projection screen, there is a tall blue Suzano, waving the Suzano sword in his hand to cut through long trenches!

    "Is Mr. Madara in this form?"

    Aizen Soyousuke slowly lowered his head to look at Kurozutsu, and said softly, "That little guy Naraku...is that powerful enough?"

    "Yup¡­"

    Hei Jue nodded, and smiled gloomily: "Master Ai Ran never thought of it, right? We always treat him as a kid who is a spare pawn..."

    "I already know."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke slowly shook his head, and continued softly: "Bengyu warned me that it felt the hidden power of Naraku..."

    "Does Aizen-sama already know about it?"

    A hint of surprise flashed right across Heijue''s face.

    "Ok."

    Aizen Soyousuke nodded, and calmly explained: "I just don''t want other people to expose flaws in front of Naraku, so I keep hiding the news..."

    Aizen Soyousuke''s mouth twitched slightly, and he smiled in a low voice: "Naraku may just want to hide his strength because he is worried that others are ashamed... But as his former captain, he naturally can''t let him go silent like this. ¡­"

    to be frank.

    If Kurozutsu hadn''t killed the Shiizazu who monitored Uehara''s power, it would make Urahara Kisuke and the high-level Seireitei aware of the true face of Uehara Naraku.

    Just a little bit of provocation, when they kill each other, even when the zero division has to fight against the Uehara clan, Aizen himself will come forward to collect the fisherman¡¯s profit with the real behind-the-scenes...

    However, Heijue is also loyal to him.

    As an accessory to the experiment, Aizen Soyousuke saw this Kurozutsu who was still willing to be loyal to him even after seeing Uehara''s power, and his mood was slightly relaxed.

    The only thing that made Ai Ran Soyousuke a little uncomfortable was that after he got Bengyu, he thought that he would break through the limit of the Reaper¡¯s power, and he would have an advantage in the virtual circle, the Uehara clan, and the Seireitei. .

    Now it seems that he is still at a disadvantage.

    "Hei Jue, find a way to reveal the news to Seireitei!"

    Ai Ran Soyousuke glanced at Heizue, and continued in a low voice: "I''m going to see Mr. Oshamaru, maybe I have to postpone the decisive battle first..."

    "Yes, Aizen-sama."

    Heijue''s body slowly sank into the ground.

    After Heijue left, Lan Ran Soyousuke slowly stretched out his hand and stroked his chest, where he transplanted Bengyu.

    I have to think of a way...

    Make yourself stronger.

    It may not be enough to just collapse the jade!

    Lan Ran Soyousuke reached out and grabbed the mirror flower Shuiyue Zanpeike in his hand, and stared at the reflected face on this Zanpeike, with a rare hesitation in his eyes.

    Decades ago.

    In that defection incident, he was seriously injured, and the Kageka Shuiyue Zanpakuto was destroyed by Uchiha Madara. Fortunately, Oshemaru helped to restore his Zanpakuto.

    At the beginning, Ai Ran Soyousuke once thought that he would discard this Reaper Zanpaku Sword after he collapsed. He thought that he would definitely surpass the mirror image of Ai Ran in the form of Jinghua Shuiyue Swastika. He didn''t want to see another person with He is on par.

    Even another false self.

    If it looks now...

    No bit of strength is to be wasted.

    Jinghua Shuiyue is still very useful.

    In Airan Soyousuke, the collapsed jade is integrated, and the ability of Shuiyue Mirror Aizen is also greatly enhanced. If the body and the mirror are combined to fight, it can be even better.

    but¡­

    Maybe this is still not enough!

    He needs more!

    And there was no one in Xuye Palace who could give him better advice than Dashewan. Airan Soyousuke reached out and stroked the broken hair on his forehead, opening the door to the secret room.

    "Master Aizen."

    Shimaru silver sleeves stood by the door, with a chuckle at the corner of his mouth and said, "I don''t know...Is the collapse of the jade fusion successful? How do you feel?"

    "that''s good."

    Lan Ran Soyousuke nodded slowly, then turned his head suddenly, and asked casually, "Yin, is there a way to contact Mr. Dou? Maybe I have something to ask him..."

    Except for Oshe Maru...

    It seems that you can still contact the pharmacist?

    Although Yakushidou was once a disciple of Dashewan, the gentle character of Yakushidou is obviously more reliable than Dashewan...

    "Do you want to contact Teacher Dou?"

    Ichimaru Gin squinted his eyes and smiled, stretched out his fingers and rubbed his temples, and continued to answer: "Hundreds of years ago, Teacher Dou used secret techniques to secretly control several death gods, and they can observe every move of the outside world. It¡¯s just a move, but it¡¯s very troublesome if we want to contact those gods of death..."

    "Is that so..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke pinched his chin thoughtfully.

    While Aizen Soyousuke was still thinking about which death gods would be controlled, Ichimaru Gin lightly smiled and continued: "After all, those death gods controlled by Teacher Dou... are the last four dead waiters of the Uehara clan. The officer!"

    "!!!"

    The surprise on Aizen''s face was fleeting!

    Such a thing... how is it possible!

    No, this kind of thing is also possible!

    Otherwise, Yao Shidou used to be alone, how could he escape the pursuit of the Uehara clan, because he has a clever information channel!

    "I was surprised when I knew..."

    Ichimaru Gin still squinted his eyes and watched the expression change of Aizen Soyousuke contentedly, and continued with a smile: "Although their ranking is low, their strength is not particularly strong, but they are the death of the Uehara clan after all. Waiter..."

    Yes it is.

    They are just the dead waiters of the Uehara clan, they can get too many secrets from their mouths!

    I didn''t expect...

    The pharmacist pocket still hides such a trump card!

    "Is that so..."

    Lan Ran Soyousuke''s eyes flashed brightly, his eyes fixed on Ichimaru Gin, his face became a little serious: "Tell me the purpose of this information at this time..."

    Ichimaru silver smiled and spread out his palms, and whispered: "Because we are going to fight the Uehara clan decisively... Some chess pieces have indeed arrived at the time they should be used!

    If Lan Ran-sama did not get Bengyu, Teacher Dou will always hide this secret... Now that Lan Ran-sama has obtained Bengyu, Teacher Dou will naturally put hope on Master Lan Ran¡¯s body."

    "..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke nodded to himself.

    At this moment, he seemed to think of something, his eyes narrowed slightly, and he whispered: "If this is the case, do you know some Naraku..."

    "I wanted to force him out of his true colors!"

    Ichimaru Gin slowly raised his head, looked at Aizen Soyousuke''s eyes and continued with a chuckle: "Unfortunately, he didn''t show any flaws...or, Uehara Naraku never easily revealed flaws."

    "..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s mood is a bit unpleasant.

    Now think about the relationship between Ichimaru Gin and Uehara Naraku. Ichimaru Gin seems to always use exaggerated ways to ridicule and anger Uehara Naraku!

    However, Uehara Naraku has been forbearing...

    With that said, he was still the last person to know the true face of Uehara Naraku. Ichimaru Gin and Yakushidou knew about Uehara Naraku for a long time but didn''t tell him!

    Until he got Bengyu...

    This pair of masters and disciples told him the news!

    The pair of masters and disciples just wanted to use him to solve the threat of Uehara''s clan, so why did they conceal the news about Uehara Naraku, are they worried that he will back down?

    and¡­

    "Since you know the true face of Naraku..."

    Aizen Soyousuke looked at Ichimarugin''s smiling face, and continued to ask softly, "Why didn''t Mr. Dou tell the Seireitei about this? In this case, Seireitei is also the enemy of the Uehara clan?"

    "There is no way to explain."

    Ichimaru Gin shook his head slightly, and slowly opened his eyes, his face looked unusually solemn: "Because when we met Uehara Naraku...his strength has grown to the point that Teacher Dou had to give in."

    When Ichimaru Gin said this, the expression on his face became more and more solemn: "And Aizen-sama should know our identity.

    No matter what, Seireitei will not believe in the enemies of Uehara''s clan. Moreover, according to Mr. Dou''s observation, the Uehara clan also has their spies in Seireitei, such as Tosenya who betrayed Aizen-sama...

    In this case¡­

    Teacher Dou didn''t dare to rush into trouble. "

    "..."

    A touch of fear flashed across Ai Ran Soyousuke''s face.

    If T¨­sen wanted that time, his every move was under the surveillance of the Uehara clan, then this would be a big joke!

    "As for why it didn''t report to Aizen-sama..."

    Ichimaru Gin''s eyes narrowed again and smiled and continued to explain: "Teacher Dou thinks Aizen-sama might be killed in the incident where we defected to the virtual circle...

    Even though Aizen-sama escaped Seireitei with a special method, he was easily defeated by the first officer. It seems that there is no need to tell Aizen-sama..."

    Ichimaru Gin''s meaning is very clear.

    That is because Ai Ran Soyousuke''s strength is not enough, it is not worth letting Yakushidou tell him these secrets. Only after he got the complete Bengyu, does Yakushidou think that Airan Soyousuke has the qualifications to know these secrets. ¡­

    "According to Teacher Dou''s research, Bengyu should be difficult to be subdued... Once the fusion experiment fails, no one can guarantee what Master Ai Ran will be like."

    The corners of Ichimaru Gin''s mouth raised slightly, and he grinned and continued: "Even Teacher Dou dare not carry out this dangerous experiment. Now that Mr. Aizen has left the secret room, congratulations for taking a step further..."

    "..."

    The character of the master and disciple...

    It''s really as bad as ever!

    Ai Ran Soyousuke also had no reason to criticize Ichimarugin, because the relationship between them was not particularly loyal, and it was normal for Yakushidou and Ichimarugin''s apprentice to conceal him.

    just¡­

    This feeling of being treated as a chess piece... really makes people as generous as Ai Ran Soyousuke feel a bit ironic.

    But at this time Ichimarugin has compromised...

    And it''s not the time to pursue Ichimaru Gin''s investigation.

    "Really...interesting."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke slowly raised the corners of his mouth, with a faint sarcasm in his words: "Because you think you can''t defeat a powerful enemy, do you pin your hopes on the stronger?"

    perhaps¡­

    This is the first step in the imminent birth of God.

    When other people pin their hopes on him, it means that he has taken the step towards God...

    But this is a bit sad.

    "Because we dare not say death lightly. UU Reading "

    Ichimaru Gin smiled and looked at Aizen Soyousuke, and explained as if talking to himself: "We are bound to ourselves, and we all have people who are more important to us...so we absolutely...we definitely cannot take risks easily. Dead... I''m sorry, Aizen-sama."

    "Nothing."

    "But as it sounded just now, Aizen-sama also seems to have discovered the true face of Uehara Naraku?"

    "It''s been a while."

    Aizen Soyousuke looked at the slight surprise on Ichimarugin''s face, and calmly continued: "But I still appreciate your news..."

    "It would be nice to be able to help you."

    Ichimaru silver lowered his head slightly, and said with a chuckle: "After all, I want to relieve the Uehara clan''s threat to us...Whether it is us or that Mr. Osamaru, now we can only rely on the Aizen-sama who got Bengyu."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s heart became a little weird. He thought the road to becoming a **** was actually just some people pinning the hope of overthrowing the Uehara clan and Seireitei on him?

    "It doesn''t matter, I''m just curious about one thing..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke shook his head and asked softly: "The dead waiters of the Uehara clan have been alive for thousands of years, even the weakest last four. Mr. Tou can With his secret skills, can you always control them?"

    "Or it''s not a secret technique."

    Ichimarugin''s face showed a little weirdness, as if he sighed and said, "Because Ai Ran-sama got a successful collapsed jade, naturally I never thought about the gift of a failed collapsed jade...

    Teacher Dou was transplanted with a living soulless creature named Bai Jue''s armed forces. It was a kind of soulless living creature he got when he failed to make collapse jade together when he was still studying in Mr. Oshemaru..."

 Chapter 685ï¼š I have no conspiracy, only a long story

    Virtual circle.

    The space barrier slowly opened.

    Aizen Soyousuke and Onomaru stood in the front.

    Behind them, there stood a densely densely-destructed army of the Daxu, and hundreds of Daxu gathered together. These were the masterpieces of Oshemaru.

    And behind these faceless legions, the thousands of Gillian Daxu covered in darkness that they controlled were constantly surging on the ground!

    This is all the power of the Xu Ye Palace.

    In terms of quantity alone, this combat power can almost be crushed in the war against the soul world. If you ignore Yamamoto Shigekuni¡¯s too terrifying enemies...

    "Ho **** ho ho..."

    Oshemaru''s brows were slightly twisted, and a mocking smile flashed at the corner of her mouth: "Should we start a decisive battle against the corpse soul world at this time?"

    "Enough."

    Lan Ran Soyousuke slowly raised his head, a strand of broken hair on his forehead was fluttering in the wind, he slowly raised his palm, and there was a strange black smile in his sleeve.

    The current Aizen Soyousuke is stronger than ever before!

    The power he has now is something he has never imagined!

    The mere fusion of the spiritual power provided by Heijue''s body allowed Aizen to directly break through the power boundary between the **** of death and the void!

    next moment¡­

    Aizen Soyousuke''s voice echoed on this land!

    "This is a great war."

    "An unprecedented war."

    "Since the birth of this world, there has never been a war as great as today, and the virtual circle has never appeared as powerful as ours."

    "For the emergence of this day, Mr. Oshemaru has worked here for thousands of years, so that the monarchs who once lived only for fishing and hunting other souls have regained the meaning of life. The existence of the monarchs was born to change this. world."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s voice always carries a different kind of charm. Whenever he speaks, his composure and calmness will gradually make other people listen to his words involuntarily.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s palm slowly dropped, and the man''s voice became calmer and calmer. His voice and tone were as calm as when he had a tea party with members of the Shouxu Army in his spare time. .

    "too long."

    "The virtual circle has been silent for too long."

    "For thousands of years before the existence of the Xuye Palace, the virtual circle has always been fragmented, the world has always been decayed, and the sky has always been gray."

    "At this moment, the power of the entire virtual circle is gathered here."

    "Our purpose here is just to make a sound to the world. The virtual circle is never a paradise for fallen souls. When we appear, it will be the time when we rule the world."

    "Go forward to the corpse soul world..."

    "Let¡¯s move on to Seireitei..."

    "Soon, we will re-enter the corpse soul world, completely rewrite this world, and let Xuye Palace sit on the throne that dominates the world."

    "Don''t worry about the enemies you will meet."

    "Don''t worry about how powerful the enemies you encounter will be."

    "No matter what happens, no matter what enemies you encounter in the corpse soul world, you only need to know that it is enough for me to advance and retreat together with you."

    "Go ahead..."

    "We are invincible ahead of us."

    Lan Ran Soyousuke''s conversation finally came to an end. After his voice fell, the earth and sky in the virtual circle fell into a dead silence, and everyone''s expressions were a little depressed and excited.

    Although Aizen Soyousuke¡¯s voice is calm...

    However, there is a moving power in his words!

    next moment¡­

    The roar of the Faceless Legion almost cut through the sky!

    "We are invincible ahead of us!"

    "Master Aizen, please do not hesitate to give orders!"

    "Master Aizen, please let our team rush first!"

    "Roar! Aizan-sama, let''s start making a fuss!"

    "..."

    Accompanied by roars soaring to the sky, the Rapunzels scrambled to fly along the gap in the space opened by Aizen Soyousuke, their faces were full of madness!

    For these brutal guys...

    There is nothing more in line with their hearts than making a fuss in the corpse soul world!

    When the Great Void Legion was advancing, Keyatai Stark led the Ten Blades of the Deface appeared beside Ai Ran Soyousuke.

    Most of these Ten Blades were cultivated by Dashe Pills, because there were never many Vastod-level Daxu and Akukas-level Daxu in the entire virtual circle.

    Basically, these levels of Daxu have been subdued by Dashewan a long time ago.

    "What an interesting pre-war mobilization..."

    Da She Maru stretched out her tongue, licked the corners of her mouth, looked at Ai Ran Soyousuke who was standing next to her, and laughed softly: "Then... let me see... the emptiness that has been suppressed for thousands of years. Circle, how far can it be done..."

    Sometimes it''s really ironic.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s pre-war mobilization was quite easy to mobilize the emotions of the Rapture Legion. He publicly announced to the members of the Rapture Legion that no one was their opponent before they were about to fight.

    In a sense...

    This situation cannot be called a mistake.

    It''s just that for Ai Ran Soyousuke, this sentence is obviously not appropriate. Whether it is in front of him or behind him, there are all enemies who want to put him to death...

    "Aizome..."

    Oshemaru suddenly stopped Aizen Soyousuke, and chuckled softly: "If we fail, have you considered the result?"

    "..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke did not answer, even his figure did not stop.

    "Ho **** ho ho..."

    And Heizue, who was in Aizen''s sleeve, replied gloomily instead of Aizen: "Mr. Osaimaru, how could we fail?"

    "..."

    Da She Maru''s expression became slightly strange, he raised his brows as if a little spit, and Fei body followed Lan Ran Soyousuke''s figure.

    the other side.

    Under the central tower of Seireitei.

    Just as Airan Soyousuke led the virtual circle army approaching the corpse soul world, Yamamoto Moto Ryusai Shigekuni led the captains of the Gotei 13th team to prepare for the battle.

    A group of Grim Reapers dressed in death-tyrant costumes gathered under the central tower, and the captains of the Gotei 13 team stood beside Shigekuni Yamamoto, reporting the number of members of their squad who had come to participate in the war.

    Now there are about 3,000 members standing under the central tower. Most of these are the elite death gods of the Gotei 13 team, and they are almost half the strength of the Gotei 13 team.

    Except for the death gods who are responsible for guarding the world and patrolling the corpse soul world, all the death gods that can be mobilized in the entire Seireitei are here.

    From the intelligence analysis alone, what these gods of death need to face is that there may be hundreds of shameless legions formed in the virtual circle.

    Compared with the Reaper Army of Gotei 13 Team...

    Standing next to the army of death gods, a group of army groups densely dressed in auspicious clouds and black robes seemed to be more eye-catching. They were reinforcements sent by the Uehara clan.

    It is said that...

    These reinforcements were won by Uehara Naraku from the dead waiter.

    In terms of quantity, the number of reinforcements sent by the Uehara clan was even more than that of the Gotei 13 team, at least 5,000 people.

    As for the leaders of the Unclean Legion, who led this group of more than 5,000 people, they were naturally the dead waiters of the Uehara clan. The fifth seat official Qianshoujian personally led, the sixth seat official Sarutobi Rizan, and the seventh seat official Bo Fengshuimen. The last four seats from the tenth seat to the thirteenth seat Luo Sha are all listed.

    It can almost be said that half of the Uehara clan has been dispatched.

    "No wonder the Central Forty-Six room keeps retreating..."

    With cold sweat dripping on his forehead, Shattered Bee couldn''t help but whispered: "From a quantitative point of view, the number of death gods Uehara can mobilize is more than the number of the Gotei 13 standing battle squad..."

    "The quality is not bad at all..."

    Ky¨­raku Chunshui looked down at the Uehara Clan¡¯s Unclean Legion, pursing his lips and chuckled, ¡°I heard that the selection criteria for Uehara¡¯s Unclean Legion are more stringent than our assessment of the little guys in the Mao Spiritual Academy!¡±

    This is another reason.

    In addition to these elite filthy legions in Uehara City, there are many death gods who have never been mobilized. The strength of those death gods is too weak and can only live like ordinary people.

    Just as the Gotei 13 team selects the souls of the entire corpse soul world, the Uehara clan can also select in the corpse soul world, absorb the spiritually powerful souls in it and enter the city of Uehara and become the power of the Uehara clan.

    To be honest¡­

    The forty-sixth room in the center faced this kind of powerful and powerful aristocrats, and it was really because they had no better way.

    Whether it is high-end combat power or low-level combat power, the strength of the Uehara clan is almost equal to that of the Gotei 13 team.

    Fortunately, the appearance of Naraku Uehara changed this situation...

    Since Uehara Naraku succeeded as the head of the family, the Uehara clan and the Gotei 13 team have cooperated more and more, which greatly eased the relationship between them.

    Recently, Uehara Naraku even announced that he had voluntarily given up on Uehara Castle¡¯s policy of gathering souls in the soul world, which is equivalent to taking the initiative to make concessions to the high-level Seireitei.

    After hundreds or thousands of years in this way, the Uehara clan will sooner or later be like the four noble families including the dead wood clan, and gradually merge into the Seireitei system.

    "Speaking of which, what about Naraku?"

    Ky¨­raku Chunshui looked around, curiously looked at Senjumanama who was sitting next to Yamamoto Shigekuni, and asked aloud, "Is Captain Naraku not here yet at this time?"

    "The old man and His Excellency Yamamoto forbid him from participating in this war."

    Qianshoujian¡¯s face was full of displeasure, and he snorted coldly: ¡°While Madara and Big Brother are away, I mobilized the elite filthy army of the clan to assist in the fight... No matter, since he has promised you, the old man can¡¯t I won''t cooperate with him."

    "Ahem..."

    Yamamoto Shigekuni couldn''t help being a little embarrassed, and said softly, "Don''t worry, when Captain Naraku is away, I have temporarily assigned the third team captain Masako Hirako to temporarily lead the fifth team... "

    Hirako Mako was originally the captain of the fifth team.

    Hirako Mako and the members of the Masked Legion under his command were once the captains of the squad, so this arrangement is reasonable.

    It''s just a pity that Uehara Naraku was absent.

    Because the captains of the Gotei 13 team sighed at the high-level meeting that they were slightly inadequate in the face-off legion against the virtual circle. After hearing these words, Uehara Naraku would mobilize the filthy legion of the Uehara clan to fight together. .

    This kind of thing...

    Naturally, it won''t please such die-hards like Senshou Jianjian.

    It is also inevitable that Senjukuma will ban Uehara Naruto before the war.

    In fact, Yamamoto Shigekuni guessed that maybe there is another reason for this.

    That is Senshou Kenma fears that their Patriarch Naraku Uehara will suffer unpredictable harm in this unprecedented battle that is about to erupt. If something goes wrong, it may cause the Uehara clan, which is a single pass, to be extinct.

    In recent years, Uehara Naraku has indeed encountered frequent dangers. Even with the close protection of the two seat officers Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Daido, it will inevitably be taken advantage of by Aizen Soyousuke.

    Before the war, the absence of Uehara Naraku is indeed forgivable.

    Yamamoto Motoyanagisaid Shigekuni also very much agrees with Senzume Kenma''s opinion, because the existence of Uehara Naraku is the basis for the fusion of the Seireitei and Uehara clan.

    The fifth squad resident.

    The station is now empty.

    There are no dead guards here.

    And in the captain''s room.

    The current captain of the fifth division, Naraku Uehara, drank a glass of juice leisurely, sat in his seat, and read a book with interest.

    Momo Hinamori, the deputy captain of the fifth team, was a little restless, slowly chucking her fingers together, and asked cautiously, "That...Nara...Captain...Now all the team captains of the Gotei 13 team have assembled. Now... can we really not take part in the battle?"

    "not the right time yet."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head, closed the book on the table, and looked up at Hina Mori: "Sorry, Hina Mori, don''t blame me for leaving you with me... Let someone who respect Aizen Captain join the crusade. His war is too cruel."

    "No, it''s not a problem..."

    Hina Sentao shook her head and hurriedly explained: "I know... Captain... Actually, we are all the same. We all want Captain Aizen to come back! I''m just thinking, Captain Aizen will..."

    She worried that Ai Ran Soyousuke would die in the war.

    Because from the perspective of the military power mobilized by the Gotei 13 team, Hina Mori does not think that any force will be the opponent of the Gotei 13 team, even the Aizen Soyousuke whom she respects...

    "no need to worry."

    There was a smile on Uehara Naraku''s face, and he said seriously: "No one knows the direction of this war, maybe we can''t sit here for too long..."

    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku stretched slowly: "Well, time is almost up...for a glass of juice, what I want should be coming soon, right?"

    "what?"

    Young Sentao''s face was a little surprised.

    Now, the girl hadn''t understood what Uehara Naraku meant.

    At this moment, a time space vortex appeared next to Uehara Naraku, a palm appeared from the space vortex, and a white phalanx was placed on the table.

    "this is¡­"

    Hina Mori''s face was full of panic.

    Why does a phalanx appear here?

    "King key."

    Uehara Naraku picked up the phalanx on the table, a slight smile appeared on the corner of his mouth, and explained with a low smile: "The king key is the key to enter the palace of the spirit king. Only the bones of the members of the zero division of the Gotei 13 team can do it. Manufactured.

    If you want to eliminate the 13th team of Gotei, you must kill the spirit king and the zero team.

    If you want to kill the Spirit King and Team Zero, you must enter the Spirit King Palace.

    If you want to enter the Spirit Palace, you can only use the king key.

    For thousands of years, the Seireitei was worried that the Uehara clan had noticed that they entered the Lingwang Palace to eliminate the Lingwang and the Zero Division, and they would cover up the secrets of the Lingwang Palace in every possible way, and even the ordinary Death God captain would have difficulty accessing news about the Lingwang Palace. Only the four nobles would know this. "

    "..."

    Hina Mori''s face changed slightly.

    At this moment, she felt that there was something wrong with Uehara Naraku in front of her. Seireitei concealed these secrets, but Uehara Naraku discovered them, and even got the key to the Palace of the Spiritual King...

    Do not¡­

    It''s very wrong!

    Even if Hina Mori hadn''t heard of the secrets of the Lingwang Palace, as the deputy captain, she had also heard of the name of the zero division, which is said to be the strongest trump card of Seireitei!

    Team Zero...

    Claimed to be stronger than the Gotei 13 team!

    "Are you going to have a look?"

    Uehara Naraku still had a faint smile on the corners of her mouth, as if she didn''t even notice it, she said: "The four most powerful officers of the Uehara clan, facing Seireitei''s highest combat force zero, who will win? , Don¡¯t you feel curious?"

    "..."

    Hina Mori couldn''t help but black out before her eyes.

    and many more¡­

    Why did the four chief executives of the Uehara clan fight with the zero division?

    Obviously now on the central square of Seireitei, the army of the Uehara clan and the Gotei 13th corps has assembled, and they are going to face the virtual circle army of Captain Aizen together?

    "Nara..."

    Hina Mori Tao slowly clenched her fists, clenched her teeth abruptly, and said in a deep voice, "Tell me what happened? Why did the four chief executives of the Uehara clan fight with the zero division?"

    She still didn''t want to believe the truth.

    Hina Mori could not help but think of another possibility in her heart. Her voice was especially fragile: "They...have they defected?"

    this moment¡­

    Hina Mori can''t help but hope that the four chief executives defected, not Uehara Naraku''s.

    "They are not defecting..."

    Uehara Naraku slowly said, "They are just destroying the zero division under my command..."

    "..."

    Hina Mori''s expression changed drastically.

    At this moment, the girl almost fainted!

    At this moment, the girl finally felt the malice of the world. She felt an unprecedented sense of strangeness from the body of Naraku Uehara, a friend and boss for many years.

    Do not¡­

    Or¡­

    It''s an alternative sense of familiarity.

    That feeling was like when Hinamori Momo saw Aizen Soyousuke defected.

    Now her former friend and most trusted captain, Naraku Uehara, turned out to be the same as Aizen Soyousuke?

    Why does this world always make people like this... a gentle person like Aizen Soyousuke defected to the Gotei 13th team... a kind person like Uehara Naraku... also defected?

    "you guys¡­"

    Hina Mori¡¯s eyes turned red in an instant, and UU Reading ''s tears fell unconvincingly: "You...you...why always do this...conspiracy...deception..."

    "No, it''s not a conspiracy..."

    Uehara Naruko put up a finger and shook it, smiling and calming the girl''s emotions: "What I have has never been a conspiracy, it''s just a very long story..."

    "Then tell me..."

    Hinamori''s face was full of pain and struggle. She stared at the friend in front of her closely, and a glimmer of hope flashed in her eyes, as if to find a reason for her to help Uehara Naraku.

    Even if she knew that Naraku Uehara had betrayed, Hina Mori would not believe it.

    Now Hina Mori even wants to find a reason to persuade Uehara Naruto to turn back: "Tell me...what story is that...now you...what do you want to do...everything can be saved...Naruko."

    "I can''t tell you..."

    Uehara Naraku slowly shook his head, and smiled at the corner of his mouth: "If you want to tell the reason...that is, if you are the only listener, it would be a waste of my story."

    Uehara Naraku stood up slowly, looked down at the girl with red eyes, and continued with a smile: "This is a story that I have carefully prepared for thousands of years... Hinamori... Not even you are enough to be a line of this story. "

    Uehara Naraku stretched out her palm and landed on Hinamori''s hair, slowly rubbed the girl''s head, and gently said: "As a price for deceiving you, after this war is over, I will let Lan Captain Dye is back..."

 Chapter 686ï¼š Starting from 1, this war is to please 1 person

    Spirit Palace.

    This is an independent space hidden in the world of corpses.

    The upcoming world wars of the virtual circle army led by Aizen Soyousuke and the Seireitei army led by Yamamoto Shigekuni are all for the space of the Soul King Palace.

    However, this almost never open space, at this moment, someone used the king key to open the closed 72 barriers and entered this closed space.

    The density of spiritual children in the spiritual palace is very high.

    Any ordinary **** of death entering this space will be overwhelmed by the high-density spirit, even if the **** of death captains enter here, it will feel like they are in the water.

    However, people entering this space now seem to be unaware of it.

    Five silhouettes of different heights stepped into the passage to the Spirit King Palace step by step. The leader was Naraku Uehara, and his entourage was the four great officials.

    With a mocking smile on Uchiha Madara¡¯s face, he held his Tianjin God Zhanpaku Knife in his hand, and the corners of his mouth curled slightly: "Huh, a bunch of ants who only dare to succumb to this space..."

    "Hahahaha...Don''t underestimate people in this world!"

    Qianshou Zhuma smiled and waved his hand, and softly persuaded his friend, he also held his Zanpodao Guojinshen in his hand.

    Comparing the two of them, Gore D. Roger''s face was obviously a little excited, and the beard at the corner of his mouth trembled slightly: "Ahahahahaha... the power of this world is still very mysterious! I have always been very curious. !"

    "Gum la la la la la..."

    Edward Newgate, the white beard, carried his big knife, his feet left huge footprints on the ground, and the corners of his mouth grinned: "Let¡¯s get rid of the guys here quickly... I haven¡¯t seen him for thousands of years. I''ve passed my own sons!"

    "Don''t worry, the flow of time in the two worlds is different."

    While talking, Uehara Naraku slowly unbuttoned his chest, took off his captain suit and threw it on the ground.

    Uehara Naraku reached out again from a black hole space and took out a uniform of Akatsuki, auspicious clouds and black robe, and put it on her body, then slowly raised her head and looked into the depths of the passage: "Huh? Someone is already waiting to meet us." ?"

    "Hmm...did you find it?"

    Suddenly a somewhat thick and hearty voice came from the depths of the passage. This voice was a bit rough: "Oh, the Uehara clan, actually made a king key to break into the Spirit Palace in private... Your courage is bigger than we thought!"

    Although this voice sounds a bit generous and rough...but the meaning of his words is full of hostility to Uehara Naraku and others!

    In a sense...

    The zero division also restricts the existence of the Uehara clan!

    Therefore, the members of the zero division must all know the information of the Uehara clan, and they naturally know the strength of the four chief officials of the Uehara clan!

    Obviously...

    Now the Patriarch of the Uehara clan personally led the four chief executives to make a king key to enter the Palace of the Soul King, but it is not like expressing surrender to the King of Soul and Seireite!

    "Tsk..."

    The corner of Uehara Naraku''s mouth was hooked, and he slowly moved on along the passage. The spiritual power on his body gradually radiated. He squinted and smiled toward the depths of the passage and said hello: "I feel that this power should be zero. The leader of the team, Mr. Ichibei, right? It¡¯s the first time I met, please give me your advice..."

    "Don''t dare to teach...it seems that you know a lot!"

    There was a touch of anger in the voice of the first soldier in the main military department deep in the passage, and he was immediately suppressed: "However, this is not the place where you should be... If you want to meet the Spirit King, this time is not too good. Suitable¡­"

    "There is no more suitable opportunity than now, right?"

    Uehara Naraku led Uchiha Madara and others along the passage step by step, and continued to reply in a soft voice: "Gotei 13 and the virtual circle army are about to go to war. Uehabach is also watching that war. No one will pay attention. to here¡­"

    Uehara Naro stepped forward, and his and Uchiha Madara''s bodies traversed dozens of barriers as if they were teleporting, and appeared in front of Ichibei and the others in the main part of the passage deep in the passage.

    The deep end of the channel.

    It was the members of Ichibei and other zero divisions.

    The first one is the first soldier of the main army.

    Ichibei of the main army is the leader of the zero division. He has a thick beard on his chin, a thick rosary on his neck, and a huge brush in his hand. That is his cut. A word of Podao.

    The power of a text Zanpakuk¨­ has almost the same power as the rules, and it can even erase the enemy''s name, rename the enemy, and change the enemy''s power.

    The Ichibei of the main army can completely erase a person¡¯s name and rename it as a black ant, and that person¡¯s power will be as weak as an ant...

    Because Ichibei is the name of many things in the soul world!

    Everything in the entire corpse soul world since its birth has been named by Yibingwei of the main headquarters, and he also knows all the secrets that can be mastered in the world, even including Bengyu!

    In a sense, Ichibei is also one of the creators of history, and one of the most powerful gods of death in the entire corpse soul world and even Seireitei!

    Although it looks like Ichibei from the main army department looks like the flower monk Lu Zhishen, his mind can be as delicate as an embroidery needle...

    of course¡­

    Except for the Uehara family.

    Because the Uehara clan is isolated from the entire Seireitei.

    The Uehara clan already had everything they had at the beginning of their birth, and no one could intervene, and even the Ichibei of the military main department had never seen any patriarch of the Uehara clan.

    The second place is Hikizhou Kiryu.

    More than a hundred years ago, Hikishu Kiryu created an artificial soul and was able to use it to join the zero team. Before, he was the captain of the 12th team and the entire Gotei 13 team. A respectable figure.

    Now, Hikishu Kiryu is unusually plump, with so much flesh on his face that she can''t see her eyes at all, and it''s also impossible to see her expression.

    But these are all appearances.

    Because Hikishu Kiryuu''s body has different dimensions of spiritual pressure, her body can be used to make materials that contain soul essence dishes, and it can also be used to make other objects to fight.

    When her spiritual pressure is exhausted or cooking is finished, the fat lady will lose weight and become a hot beauty.

    Hikishu Kiryu carried a huge spoon on his shoulder.

    This member of the zero division should be the person who knows the Uehara clan best, because her first purpose in creating artificial righteous souls as a soldier is to deal with the possible rebellion of the Uehara clan.

    It is a pity that the plan of man-made righteous souls as soldiers was not successful.

    The third place is Ermeiwu Wangyue.

    Ermeiwu Wangyue is a guy who can''t be underestimated!

    Because this man with punk curly hair is the creator of Zanpakuto in the world of death. Except for the Uehara clan, all the other Zanpakutos of the death are made by him!

    More than two thousand years ago, Ermeiwu Wangyue joined the Zero Division because of the creation of the Zan Po Dao, and he also has a large number of Zan Po Dao by his side!

    The ability of this guy can''t be guessed at all!

    The fourth place is Tenshiro of Kylin Temple.

    Kylin Temple Tenshiro was once the **** of death with the most brilliant medical skills in the entire corpse soul world, and even guided the medical skills of Uzawaretsu. He was also one of the members of the zero division in the earliest period.

    The man with the plane''s nose upright, with a straw pole dangling from the corner of his mouth, his face was full of disdain: "How dare to break into the Spirit Palace like this, really fearless and brave..."

    "I don''t think I should underestimate them..."

    A delicate-looking woman stood up, with skeleton arms pierced out of her body, wearing various instruments on her arms and began to play music.

    Fifth place, Shutara Senjuemaru.

    Shutara Sentemaru is the youngest female member of the zero team.

    The woman wears long side-divided black hair and a complicated gold headdress. She is wrapped in a cloak-like white long dress. She looks quite like a noble palace girl.

    This woman is also the creator of the death-tyrant outfit.

    Roughly equivalent to a tailor, her name is also Oorishou.

    This woman used to be a member of the Technology Development Bureau and seemed to like to do things a lot. At this time, she still plays music that inspires the atmosphere.

    Really manual BGM.

    This woman''s behavior is really weird, but the music she plays is so stylish that Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but want to go back to Nagato to create a puppet specializing in BGM...

    Now, it seems a bit inappropriate?

    Uehara Naraku raised her eyebrows, and suddenly stretched out her palms toward the woman Shutara Sentemaru, her pupils turned into reincarnation eyes in an instant!

    "You are too noisy... Vientiane Tianyin."

    "Be careful!"

    An arm suddenly grabbed Shutara Sentemaru''s shoulder and hurriedly pulled the woman aside. Even so, Shutara Sentemaru was really embarrassed!

    A powerful gravitational force is launched out of thin air!

    So that the other members of the zero division did not realize that there is such a strange ability!

    The six skeletal arms and musical instruments on Shudara Sendemaru were all sucked away and destroyed by the gravitational force of the Vientiane Heaven!

    If someone didn''t reach out to save her in time, there is a high probability that this woman would be captured and defeated by Uehara Naraku!

    Who can think of...

    Someone has a pupil technique that can be released directly without the help of Reiatsu!

    As for the person who saved Shutara Sendemaru, he was naturally the sixth member of the zero division, who joined the pharmacist pocket by virtue of mastering the art of reincarnating from the dirty soil.

    Today''s pharmacist looks very serious.

    "Lord Naraku..."

    The pharmacist held Shudara Senjuwan with one hand, slowly pushed his glasses, looked at Uehara Naraku and said: "At this time, what is the purpose of your visit to the Palace of the Soul? It should be... isn''t it because you are here? "

    Bang bang bang...

    Bang bang bang...

    Uehara Naraku smiled at the corner of her mouth, slowly stretched out her hands and applauded, and looked at Yakushidou and praised: "As expected, you are the person I value the most...Dou...The only person who knows me all the time is you..."

    After saying this, Naraku Uehara''s gaze swept across the members of the zero division one by one, and he whispered: "As long as you hand over the pharmacist who has mastered the mystery of the filthy earth reincarnation of my race, I can guarantee everything today. It never happened."

    "..."

    The scene was silent.

    The entire Zero Division members seemed to have been struck by lightning.

    Now someone has broken into the Palace of the Spirit King, claiming that if they let the zero division hand over their teammates, they can be treated as if nothing has happened. Is there any problem in this world?

    "When¡­"

    A flash of anger flashed across the face of the most grumpy member of the zero division, Kirinji Tianshilang, and he shouted in a cold voice: "Someone dare to be presumptuous to us in the Palace of the Spirit King! Little guy, even if it¡¯s your ancestors. Dare to be so presumptuous!"

    At the next moment, the figure of Kylin Temple Tenshiro appeared behind Uehara Naraku instantly, brandishing his Zanpaku Sword Jin Pika and draped it on Uehara Naraku''s neck!

    The instant step speed of this guy is quite fast!

    The Shifengyuan Yeichi and Shattered Bee who are good at instant walking in the corpse soul world can''t be compared with Kylin Temple Tenshiro at all!

    "Huh... General, kid!"

    Kylin Temple Tenshiro bit the straw at the corner of his mouth and announced his victory with a cold face, but he didn''t expect that it would be so easy to capture Uehara Naraku.

    Somewhat unexpectedly...

    The four dead waiters next to Uehara''s clan slowly backed away a few steps. There was even a mocking smile on their faces, as if they didn''t care about Uehara Naraku being held hostage.

    "Rewind, Tenshiro!"

    Ichibei of the main army looked at the strange reincarnation eyes of Uehara Naraku. He seemed to have thought of something. He rushed over and reminded his companion loudly!

    However... it was a step too late.

    Uehara Naraku''s face was still calm, the corner of his mouth was still filled with a smile, and his lips uttered four words gently.

    "Shen Luo Tianzheng."

    "..."

    next moment!

    A powerful repulsive force suddenly radiated from Uehara Naraku''s body!

    The Kylin Temple Tenshiro, who was close at hand, was directly knocked into the air by this repulsive force!

    There was a stream of blood flowing from the corner of this guy''s mouth, and it was obvious that the internal organs had been broken, and he was directly hit by Shenra Tianzheng with Uehara''s attack!

    The beginning of the game has not yet officially confronted...

    One member of the zero division has been hit hard.

    Uehara Naraku slowly turned his head to look at the zero team present, and smiled and said: "You have one more person than us just now. Now, it''s five to five."

    "Huh, that''s not necessarily..."

    Qilin Temple Tianshilang stood up abruptly, and the spiritual pressure on his body flowed out like a liquid, turning into a thin film of water. This film of water quickly healed his injury.

    This should be called...

    Self-treatment?

    As a medical officer, Kylin Temple Tenshiro''s medical skills are very good, enough to cause serious injuries to other people, and he has healed easily.

    "Ha... it''s still six on five now, kid!"

    The recovered Qilin Temple Tianshilang had a touch of arrogance again on his face, and even more arrogantly said: "No, or let Lao Tzu come one-on-five!"

    "is it?"

    Uehara Naraku slowly shook his head, as if he was asking and answering himself: "What I say should not be wrong."

    "Asshole!"

    Just as the members of the zero division were surprised, a scream suddenly sounded, and everyone involuntarily followed the sound and looked behind them!

    Shutara Sentemaru turned his head in disbelief, looked at the pharmacist''s pocket that had been supporting her, and bit her lips tightly with her teeth...

    This woman stared at Yakushi''s pocket stubbornly, her face was full of hideous hatred, and there was a curse on her clothes. As these curses extended, Shutara Sentemaru''s spiritual pressure was also at the same time. Little by little, it was sealed...

    And at the starting point of these sealing spells, it was the palm of the pharmacist who was supporting Shudara Senju Pill!

    "Yup¡­"

    A smile appeared at the corner of Yakushidou¡¯s mouth. He looked at Shutara Senjumaru who was sealed by himself, and said with a chuckle: "Master Naraku can''t be wrong... God''s eyes are watching the future, and this battle is from It was a battle between the ten of us at the beginning!"

    The pharmacist retracted his palm, helped his frame, and politely explained: "This battle...no, it should be said that this war, from the very beginning, was to please the only spectator Naraku-sama..."

 Chapter 687ï¼š At the beginning of the war, the flow of blades was like fire and the seal of fire!

    No one has ever thought about it.

    Yakushidou turned out to be Uehara Naraku''s subordinate.

    Even when I heard that the pharmacist revealed his identity, the members of the zero division still had a bit of astonishment on their faces, and the sealed Shudara Tentewan was the first to react!

    "Pouch, you bastard!"

    The sealed woman scolded the medicine master bitterly.

    This world is too magical, so that Shudara Tentemaru, who has always had a black heart, couldn''t help but curse bitterly.

    Two minutes ago.

    The pharmacist saved Shutara Tentewan under the sky of Uehara Naraku, and the woman couldn''t help being a little cautious about the pharmacist''s pocket.

    In any case, the appearance of Yakushidou is extremely prominent among a group of members of the zero division, which will inevitably make Shudara Tentemaru a little more favorable.

    A minute ago.

    Uehara Naruko asked the zero division for a pharmacist pocket.

    In order to protect the pharmacist''s pocket, the zero team outrageously refused this request, and even Kirinji Tianshiro was so irritated that he hurriedly shot Uhara Nairo!

    Now in a minute.

    Yakushidou had already betrayed the zero division, and directly sealed Shutara Tentemaru next to him, declaring that he was the lackey of Uehara Naraku.

    Such behavior¡­

    It can really make people alive!

    While the members of the zero division were fighting to protect Yakushidou and Nairo Uehara, the guy Yakushidou suddenly announced that he was a subordinate of the Uehara clan...

    Isn''t this the **** playing with them!

    Xiudoruo Tianshouwan couldn''t move, so he could only open his mouth and yelled coldly: "Yao Shidou, my concubine never thought that you would be such a shameless and indecent person, and the wasteful concubine has been deeply attached to you for so many years..."

    The woman''s saliva almost sprayed onto the glasses in the pharmacist''s pocket!

    In the next moment, a flash of anger flashed across the face of Yao Shi''s pocket!

    Click!

    "Mmm..."

    The palm of the pharmacist''s pocket landed on the mouth of Xiu Duoruo Tianshou Wan, directly blocking the woman''s mouth.

    A sealing charm was directly attached to the woman''s mouth, sealing the woman''s mouth directly, and Shudara Tentemaru''s eyes widened with anger.

    "this is¡­"

    A look of curiosity flashed across Uehara Naraku''s face.

    Pharmacist shook his head slowly, and calmly explained: "Lord Naraku, she is a lunatic, and you don''t need to let her disturb your mood."

    "Mmm..."

    Shutara Tentemaru became even more angry.

    The faces of the other members of the zero division gradually became ugly, and they had to recognize a reality, that is, they had a traitor.

    No, it should be said to be an insider.

    These people have never thought that someone would sneak into the Zero Division and become spies. The members of the Zero Division symbolize the supremacy in the corpse world, whether it is the center 46 room or the entire Gotei 13 team. You can ignore it!

    Is this pharmacist''s pocket uncomfortable?

    Is it because the status of the zero division is not high enough, or the immortal body of the zero division is not enough to attract him, why do you want to be a spy for Uehara Naraku?

    The most troublesome thing is...

    The members of Team Zero know the secrets of the Spirit Palace!

    Now that the Uehara clan has a member of the zero division as a spy, this situation is already a little unfavorable for them... Moreover, the battle has not officially started, and Shudara Tentemaru was sealed by the drug master.

    "The pharmacist pocket..."

    The beard of Ichibei in the main headquarters trembled slightly, and the anger on his face was no longer concealed: "You should know our tolerance to you... Why are we betrayed at this time..."

    "There has never been any betrayal..."

    Yakushidou slowly shook his head, with a weird smile on the corner of his mouth: "Captain of the First Guard, I have always been Lord Naraku''s most loyal subordinate!"

    The palm of the pharmacist pocket slowly lifted, took off his glasses and wiped it gently: "There is no so-called pharmacist pocket of the zero division in this world, there is no mortal enemy pharmacist pocket of the Uehara clan, and there is no technique of cracking and stealing the dirty soil to reincarnate. The thief pharmacist pocket..."

    The pharmacist slowly wiped the glasses clean and put the wiped glasses on the bridge of his nose again. He spread out his palms and put on a smile again.

    "Allow me to introduce myself... The only member of Akatsuki''s organization under the command of Lord Naraku who is allowed to act alone, Yakushidou."

    "Xiao...this name..."

    The brows of Ichibei of the main headquarters frowned slightly, and the other members of the zero division looked at their captain curiously, with some doubts in their eyes.

    "I remember a long time ago..."

    The face of Ichibei of the main headquarters gradually became a little shocked, as if looking at Yakushi''s pocket in disbelief: "It should have been thousands of years ago or even earlier... Someone sent me a letter, inviting Shigekuni Yamamoto and I joined an organization called Akatsuki... claiming that they can rule the world..."

    It''s just that those guys who hide their heads and show their tails refused to even show their faces. They used a letter to say that he and Yamamoto Shigekuni would be too despised!

    "But you all refused, didn''t you?"

    The pharmacist nodded calmly, and continued softly: "If you agree, maybe this world won''t become like this..."

    Pharmacist pocket grinned a weird smile, and said with a light smile: "It''s a pity, if you go further, maybe you will become the eternal dominators of this world, and we don''t have to waste thousands of years..."

    "!!!"

    The face of Ichibei of the main headquarters became more and more ugly.

    If you say so, this so-called Akatsuki organization has already coveted the Soul World for thousands of years, but people like them have never received any news...

    For thousands of years, the Akatsuki organization had never appeared except for the letter, and the Ichibei of the main headquarters even thought that the so-called Akatsuki would have died long ago...

    did not expect¡­

    They have been in the corpse world...

    He even established a huge nobleman in the corpse soul world!

    "pocket."

    Uehara Naraku stopped the pharmacist pocket, smiled and said: "No need to repeat, bring me a glass of juice. The real good show is yet to come. There is no need to waste our time on these useless people."

    "Yes, my lord."

    The pharmacist nodded respectfully.

    After Uehara Naraku watched the medicine master leave, he sat down directly, and a throne made of stones slowly appeared on the ground, slowly supporting his body.

    "let''s start."

    Uehara Naraku supported her cheek with her left hand, raised her right hand, and said with a chuckle: "Grab the people from the zero division and hang them here... A good show requires a qualified audience. These people have not yet That qualified to listen to my story."

    "Asshole!"

    Kylinji Tenshiro looked at Uehara Naraku angrily, and shouted loudly: "How dare you kid..."

    Bang!

    A huge fist directly blasted Kylin Temple Tian Shilang away!

    "Goo la la la la... Don''t underestimate this little guy!"

    Whitebeard Edward Newgate rushed up with a grin, a white light on his fist slammed into the zero team: "Anyway, this kid is a guy recognized by Lao Tzu and Roger! "

    "Ah ha ha ha ha ha ha!"

    Gore D. Roger brandished a pirate knife and slashed at the crowd. The big beard on his face was also shaken, and the whole person was facing the same bearded soldier. Rushed over: "This guy looks very strong, it''s mine!"

    However, Uchiha Madara''s speed is one step faster than him!

    A blazing flame flew toward the first guard of the main army!

    Uchiha Madara slowly retracted his palm, and said softly, "Go and clean up the guy next to him. This person is not that easy to deal with..."

    In a sense...

    Ichibei, who can name things and determine their power, already has a part of God''s power!

    Madara Uchiha, Senjujuma, Gore D. Roger, Edward Newgate.

    The four dead waiters of the Uehara clan quickly rushed to the remaining four people in the zero division, and the two sides began to fight each other in this spiritual palace!

    The members of the zero division know very well...

    After the pharmacist betrayed them, they had nowhere to go. Only by defeating the enemy in front of them could the crisis of the Spirit Palace be solved!

    Uchiha Madara and others are even more indifferent...

    There is no longer any need for them to worry about what will happen to them, whether it is the Ninja World or the Pirate World, peace has been restored under Akatsuki''s rule.

    The moment the two sides fought...

    The breath of the Spirit Palace suddenly became severe!

    Uehara Naruko sat on his throne, and reached out to take the juice that the pharmacist had handed over. There was a little more leisurely body on his body that was extremely inappropriate for this battlefield.

    "pocket."

    Uehara Naraku turned his head slightly, and whispered, "Is the battle on Seireitei''s side about to start? Is there news from the silver side? And the Ulkiola side, he won''t die in Kurosaki. Ichigo¡¯s hand, right?"

    "Yes, let me check it out."

    The pharmacist put his fingers in his chest, and a sharp flash suddenly flashed in his eyes, and his consciousness appeared in the filthy army under his command in the next moment!

    After a long time.

    Yakushidou slowly retracted his finger, and replied in a low voice: "The virtual circle army led by Ai Ran Soyousuke and Osha Maru-sama has just arrived at Seoring Palace..."

    "Well¡­"

    Uehara Naraku raised his glass, symbolizing the juice in the glass, and said loudly: "Then I hope that Captain Aizen will go well! If he can''t get here through Seoringi''s blockade, he won''t be able to get it. The final reward we gave him!"

    the other side.

    In the Seorei Palace.

    The 13th Gotei Team led by Shigekuni Yamamoto and the Filthy Land Legion led by Senjuma have finished their army reorganization. When the two discussed going to the virtual circle to wipe out Airan Soyousuke, a space crack appeared in Seireitei¡¯s Over the sky.

    One by one, the big emptiness came out of the cracks in the space...

    The densely smashed faces quickly filled the sky of Seireitei, and attracted the attention of the entire Seireitei. They had already guessed what was going on...

    Before they launched the encirclement and suppression of the virtual circle, the broken face legion of the virtual circle took the lead in launching a war against the corpse soul world!

    finally.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke and Oshemaru appeared here, led by the ten-blade virtual circle. They slowly lowered their heads and looked down at the Death God Army composed of the Gotei 13th Team and the Unholy Legion.

    "It would be great if everyone is here."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s palm lifted slightly, and he pointed at the Grim Reaper army on the ground, his calm voice said an unquestionable command!

    "Go, the Rapture Legion...kill everyone here!"

    "Yes... Aizen-sama!"

    A group of faceless and hideously entered the state of returning to the blade, and rushed to the Grim Reaper army on the ground. Even though their number was small, their momentum was even better!

    "That is¡­"

    "Aizan... Soyousuke!"

    "And that one..."

    "Is it the legendary Oshe Maru?"

    "Hey, watch out, the enemy is coming!"

    "Prepare to meet the enemy! That is Aizen Soyousuke''s Rapture Legion!"

    The captains of the Goting thirteen team couldn''t help but gritted their teeth, staring fiercely at those who were ordered to fly down in the sky, and each captain clenched his own Zanpai Knife!

    Since Ai Ran Soyousuke''s rebellion, they have almost all fought against the Defaced Legion. Each captain knows that these enemies are not easy to deal with. At least the **** of death above the seat officer can stand alone against a Defaced Daxu...

    Yamamoto Motoyagisaid Shigekuni suddenly opened his half-squinted eyes, UU reading calmly ordered his own order: "The captains of the teams, immediately lead the teams to meet the enemy... Old man and Fei. Mr. Jian is also fighting with you..."

    The wooden walking stick in Yamamoto Shigekuni''s hand turned into ashes little by little, revealing the appearance of the Zanpaku Knife in his hand, which is the strongest fire-type Zanpaku Knife in the entire corpse soul world!

    Furious!

    Clang!

    Yamamoto Shigekuni drew out the Zanpakuknife in his hand, his body flew into the air little by little, and he slashed towards the rushing Rapture Legion!

    "Forever, everything will be reduced to ashes... Frozen like a fire!"

    The Zanpaku Knife in Yamamoto Shigekuni''s hand burst into flames little by little, and this raging flame ignited the sky in an instant!

    The temperature of this flame...

    It almost makes people afraid to approach!

    Some of the approaching Daxu in the Faceless Legion were so scared that they fled from the fiery flames, for fear of being contaminated in the flames and burned to ashes!

    "Keep going."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke slowly raised his palm, and said softly, "There is no need to worry, Mr. Osaimaru and I will be by your side and fight with you..."

    After Ai Ran Soyousuke calmed down their ravenous army, he slowly turned his head to look at the Oshemaru next to her, and said, "Then...I''m going to ask Mr. Oshemaru here."

    "Ho **** ho ho, just rest assured."

    There was a nostalgic smile on Da She Maru¡¯s face, stretched out his hand and took out a huge scroll, and smiled lightly: "I am familiar with the fire attribute ability, but I didn¡¯t expect to use Jiraiya. That idiot''s technique..."

    At the next moment, Dashemaru''s fingers suddenly joined together!

    Oshemaru whispered hoarsely throughout the battlefield!

    "But that''s all... Libindao¡¤Fighting Seal!"

 Chapter 688ï¼š Aizen is as powerful as God 1

    Li bound Road.

    This is the difference between Uehara Naraku and his subordinates used to distinguish them from the ghost magic technique used by the world of death. The magic effect of Ribudo is significantly stronger.

    After the seal of the fire seal controlled by the Oshemaru was activated, the flames in the sky that blocked the advancement of the Demian Great Void Army turned into a slender stream of fire, which slowly flowed into the seal in front of the Oshemaru like a stream. Within the reel.

    The flames in the sky are empty.

    Oshemaru slowly retracted her seal scroll, looking at Yamamoto Shigekuni with a sneer: "Hohohoho...this is a seal of fire that can be sealed even by Uchiha Itachi''s Amaterasu...huh, even though he uses the idiot of Jiraiya The technique makes me unhappy..."

    "It looks quite effective."

    Aizen Soyousuke''s gaze swept across the sky and fell on the opposite Yamamoto Shigekuni, and whispered softly: "As long as Captain Yamamoto and Mr. Yuma are eliminated, there should be no one to stop us in the Soul World..."

    "Not bad."

    A cold light flashed in Oshemaru''s eyes, nodded lightly, and asked aloud, "Why didn''t Uehara Naraku appear here?"

    "Is Naraku out there?"

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s brows frowned slightly.

    When they came to attack the Soul World this time, Ai Ran Soyousuke was most worried about Uehara Naraku. He even planned to provoke the relationship between Uehara Naraku and the Uehara clan before the battle. As a result, Uehara Naraku did not appear here...

    In this case¡­

    His plan is not very easy to operate.

    "Forget it."

    Lan Ran Soyousuke slowly shook his head, and suddenly pulled out the Zanpaku Knife in his hand, and whispered: "Then solve the people present first... Break it, Jinghua Shuiyue!"

    A clear sound of drawing a sword sounded!

    Everyone who was looking at Lan Ran Soyousuke saw the bright light on Jinghua Shuiyue Zanpei Sword, and this scene was clearly reflected in their eyes!

    "Be careful! Don''t go and see!"

    "Don''t go to see Hajime of Ai Ran Soyousuke!"

    The captains of the Gotei 13 team began to remind their subordinates that they already knew the role of Jing Hua Shui Yue, but they themselves had already been recruited!

    Thousands of Reapers have been recruited by this!

    Even the members of the Uehara Clan¡¯s Reincarnation Legion are no exception!

    next moment¡­

    Fighting on the entire battlefield became a ball!

    In addition to these ordinary gods of death, the captains of the Gotei 13 team also used methods to fight together, even the deadpools of the Uehara clan are no exception!

    "Ho **** ho ho..."

    Oshemaru looked at the chaotic battlefield with a sneer, and said gloomily: "The five senses being manipulated are really terrifying..."

    No matter when it arrives, the Jinghua Shuiyue Zanpaku Knife in Lan Ran Soyousuke''s hands is still a terrifying weapon!

    On this super-large battlefield, Ai Ran Soyousuke''s mirror flower water moon effect has been maximized. He can control other people''s five senses unscrupulously, change their image of foe and foe, and force them to kill each other!

    In such a chaotic battlefield, the Rapture Legion almost rushed in, breaking through all obstructions in just a few minutes and attacking those conscious death gods!

    In just an instant, the battlefield has completely gone out of control!

    "It''s terrible..."

    Oshemaru''s tongue stuck out and licked his lips.

    The last time this kind of super-large illusion technique Unlimited Moon Reading appeared, Oshemaru had no chance to see it because only the soul was left; now seeing this terrifying illusion technique, Oshemaru''s eyes were almost full of greed.

    "If it was before, it would be a bit difficult..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke slowly raised his palm, looked at Heijue in his sleeve, and whispered as if talking to himself: "It''s just after getting Heijue and Bengyu, let my soul power It¡¯s better to be able to do all this so easily..."

    Just saying that it¡¯s hard work, I¡¯m really overestimating myself!

    If it was before getting Bengyu, Ai Ran Soyousuke would not dare to use Jinghua Shuiyue on many people at the same time. Now, with the support of Bengyu and Heijue, he can easily manipulate the five senses of the people on the ground like a god!

    This power to manipulate others at will...

    This feeling like a **** overlooking all beings...

    Some people can''t help but indulge in it!

    However, compared to controlling the many gods of death on the ground battlefield, only defeating Senshou Kenma and Yamamoto Shigekuni was the decisive force to change the course of this war!

    Aizen Soyousuke''s fingers trembled slightly, and a smile appeared at the corners of his mouth: "There are only two left... Mr. Feima... Captain Yamamoto... What a pity..."

    It is indeed a pity.

    Because the will of Yamamoto Shigekuni and Senshoujian and their understanding of the methods of deciphering the abilities of various Zanpaku Swords, it seems that they have not been affected by Jing Hua Shui Yue at all.

    It''s just that the battlefield below is really worrying.

    "As long as you hold Jinghua Shuiyue Zanpaku Knife, you won''t be controlled by him..."

    Yamamoto Motoyuzhai Shigekuni''s face became more solemn than ever before. He slowly loosened the Zanpaku Knife in his hand, and slowly raised his sleeves, revealing his strong muscles.

    Yamamoto Shigekuni tilted his head slightly, and reminded him next to Qianshouzuma: "Mr. Kuma, the top priority is to defeat Aizen... If you defeat him, Kyoka Shuiyue will naturally resolve it."

    "Ok¡­

    Qianshoujian nodded slightly.

    To tell the truth, Senjukan and Yamamoto Shigekuni are indeed strong. It is a pity that the two of them have opposite strengths. One is good at fire-attribute moves, and the other is able to use water-attribute abilities...

    Now Yamamoto Shigekuni has given up the Zanpakuk¨­ and chose to use the physical technique in vain to fight. Obviously, he wants to cooperate with Senshoukan...

    "The old man got in first."

    Yamamoto Shigekuni''s palm suddenly squeezed into a fist, and he rushed towards Aizen Soyousuke!

    "understand."

    Thousands of hands raised his palms proudly, his fingers completed the seal in an instant, and the spiritual pressure of his body instantly turned into a roaring water dragon: "The art of breaking the road, water escape, and water dragon bomb!"

    The water dragon whizzed out and suddenly carried Yamamoto Shigekuni''s body. The old man and the water dragon rushed towards Aizen Soyousuke together!

    Yamamoto Shigekuni stepped on the faucet of the water dragon, and rushed towards Airan Soyousuke like a dragon. The muscles and veins of the old man''s body violently violently!

    This scene makes people look bloodshot!

    In this world, who hasn''t thought of being able to fight against the dragon?

    At this moment, Yamamoto Shigekuni looked magnificent, even though he didn''t have the strongest fire-type Zanpaku Knife by his side, he still showed the demeanor of the captain of the Gotei 13th team!

    This feeling of walking under the dragon...

    Let Yamamoto Shigekuni feel the long-lost blood of thousands of years!

    "The Eighty-Nine of Bound Dao¡¤Duankong!"

    A touch of surprise flashed in Aizen Soyousuke''s eyes, and he raised his hand to release a huge defensive wall to resist Yamamoto Shigekuni from Yulong.

    Dashemaru''s brows wrinkled slightly, and he reminded: "Don''t underestimate that guy... If you just cut the air, you may not be able to stop..."

    boom!

    A dull crash sounded!

    Yamamoto Shigekuni¡¯s fist and the dragon''s head hit the defensive wall, like smashing fragile glass, brazenly smashing this transparent defensive wall, and hitting Aizen Soyousuke directly!

    Aizen Soyousuke calmly stretched out his palm, his palm turned into pitch black at some point, and he stood in front of Yamamoto Shigekuni!

    This palm...

    It also completely blocked the momentum of Yamamoto Shigekuni¡¯s charge, and the water dragon bomb created by Qianshoujian turned into water waves and dissipated in an instant!

    "Quite terrible power."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s remarks sounded a bit sarcasm.

    Although Aizen Soyousuke praised Yamamoto Shigekuni in his mouth, but judging from the results of this round of battle, he lightly blocked this rather terrifying force.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke looked at the angry Yamamoto Shigekuni in front of him, and then softly explained: "This is true compliment, not a mockery. If it were me in the past, maybe I would be hit by this punch. Will fail."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s palm suddenly grasped Yamamoto Shigekuni''s fist, twisted abruptly, and suddenly there was a sound of bone dislocation and fracture in the air!

    next moment¡­

    Aizen Soyousuke threw Yamamoto Shigekuni with his hand!

    This scene makes people feel that the old man Shigekuni Yamamoto is as weak as a child thrown off by Aizen, and it is absolutely impossible that this will happen in the battle between the two of them!

    From beginning to end...

    Ai Ran Soyousuke only used one arm!

    Many people present looked at this scene in disbelief. In front of Aizen Soyousuke, who merged Bengyu and Heizue, Yamamoto Shigekuni was a little fragile!

    "That guy''s body...has monster-like power..."

    Yamamoto Shigekuni stood up again, squeezed his dislocated and broken arm firmly, and forced it back to its original position. This kind of pain that other people could not bear, Yamamoto Shigekuni seemed to feel nothing like it.

    "In a sense, there are monsters in his body."

    Qianshoujian nodded slowly, and continued in a deep voice: "Perhaps there was also Lord Yamamoto Shigekuni who smashed the air defense, and his physical skills were somewhat weak in succession..."

    "perhaps¡­"

    Yamamoto Shigekuni shook his head unconsciously.

    To be serious, he drove the water dragon to smash into the air and did not vent much of his power, but the remaining power was blocked by the palm of Lan Ran Soyousuke...

    This kind of thing...

    Shigekuni Yamamoto couldn''t believe it a little bit.

    "Do you feel my evolution?"

    Aizen Soyousuke''s gaze stared at Shigekuni Yamamoto and Senshousuma in the distance, the dark liquid on his palm slowly subsided, and his eyes gradually became a little deeper.

    "We now..."

    "It''s no longer a creature of the same dimension."

    "You are still resisting my footsteps."

    "Because you cannot understand how powerful the power is one dimension higher, or many dimensions higher than you."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke slowly raised his palm, and continued softly, "If you say it seriously, maybe you can call it a god..."

    indeed.

    The current Aizen Soyousuke...

    He seemed to behave more and more like a god.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s slowly raised palm suddenly pressed towards Senshousuma and Yamamoto Shigekuni, and his calm voice echoed in the air: "The power of the gods can change the world with just gestures."

    next moment¡­

    The spiritual pressure in the sky suddenly became heavy!

    The bodies of Senjuma and Shigekuni Yamamoto involuntarily fell under the pressure, and the faces of both of them couldn''t help showing a little panic!

    The two of them...

    It seems that there is really no way to fight back in front of Aizen Soyousuke!

    "Your Excellency Yamamoto Shigekuni..."

    Qianshoujian tried his best to support his body on the ground, and said in a deep voice: "It can''t go on like this anymore, Ai Ran Soyousuke is completely different from the past...We must have other help to be enough!"

    "Even if I don''t want to admit..."

    Yamamoto Shigekuni nodded slowly, with a heavy tone in his tone: "But the current Aizen has indeed surpassed the boundaries of the **** of death..."

    Not only because of the accumulation of time...

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s body still seems to have the power to restrain the **** of death!

    Qianshoujian nodded in agreement, and said softly: "The direction of this war is no longer clear. It looks like we have to fight for our lives..."

    "Then fight for your life..."

    Yamamoto Shigekuni slowly regained his spiritual power, and said solemnly: "Even if he is fighting for his life, he cannot be allowed to move forward..."

    "Stubbornly stubborn."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s fingers suddenly lifted, and UU Reading fired an empty bullet towards Yamamoto Shigekuni, and this empty bullet directly penetrated Yamamoto Shigekuni''s arm!

    It''s just that Yamamoto Shigekuni doesn''t seem to feel the pain, the Reiatsu on his body violently again, and he rushes towards Aizen Soyousuke!

    The battle suddenly became bloody!

    However, it is a pity that even though Yamamoto Shigekuni tried his best to lose the Zanpakuto, Aizen, who possesses Bengyu and Heizue, is still at an absolute disadvantage...

    Wounds...

    A drop of blood...

    Yamamoto Shigekuni¡¯s injuries are increasing almost every second, and his physical strength is very different from that of Airan Soyousuke, who has a crumbling battery life...

    "It just takes one chance...chance!"

    Yamamoto Shigekuni watched Ai Ran Soyousuke''s movements, a light suddenly flashed in his eyes, and hit Ai Ran Soyousuke''s lower abdomen with a punch!

    "One bone!"

    A bloodbath came out of Yamamoto Shigekuni''s fist!

    This blood flower bloomed on Aizen Soyousuke''s white clothes!

    Just when Yamamoto Shigekuni thought that this trick would at least severely damage Aizen Soyousuke, he saw a black face whispering like a devil: "Hohohoho...If you want to hurt Aizen-sama, you must hit first. It''s okay to shatter my body..."

    "Thank you, Heijue."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke did not spare his gratitude. His gaze fell on Yamamoto Shigekuni again, and he calmly said: "Profane clothes will make him angry more easily than hurting the gods... Sometimes, I Will be happy to fulfill those who do not want to live."

    next moment¡­

    A cloud of spiritual pressure appeared in Aizen Soyousuke''s palm, and he was about to cover Yamamoto Shigekuni''s chest directly, as if he wanted this blow to completely solve the captain!

    "Crescent Moon Sky Chong!"

    A black sword light suddenly struck!

 Chapter 689ï¼š Go chase them until you reach the end of this world!

    A crescent moon caught the eyes of Ai Ran Soyousuke, causing Ai Ran to temporarily let go of his thoughts of continuing to attack Yamamoto Shigekuni, and the probe grabbed the black light!

    Bang!

    Ai Ran Soyousuke smashed the black light with one hand, and smashed Yamamoto Shigekuni with one fist, before slowly turning his head to look in the direction of the person coming.

    The ability of Zan Po Dao is unique.

    Many people present knew who Crescent Moon Tianchong''s Zanpaku Sword ability was, a flash of surprise flashed across everyone''s face, and they turned their heads to look at the person who came.

    Kurosaki Ichigo, here it is.

    The face of the young Grim Reaper was full of fortitude, a death tyrant draped over him and fluttered in the wind. He wore a ferocious skull mask on top of his head, and he held a black Zanpaku knife in his hand. He was a little stunned. Looks like.

    Aizen Soyousuke looked at the young Kurosaki Ichigo, with a flash of admiration on his face: "Since you are here, it looks like Ulkiola has failed..."

    "Let''s just say so..."

    Kurosaki Ichigo scratched his head, he didn''t know if he should vomit or not, because in a sense, Ulchiola was indeed defeated by him.

    However, when Kurosaki Ichigo was about to slay Ulchiola, Nelly Elu suddenly appeared to rescue Ulchiola, and defeated his state of being ashamed, allowing Kurosaki Ichigo to directly recover. Sober state.

    That woman...

    It''s a bit scary.

    What only made Kurosaki Ichigo a little puzzled was that Nellie did not take advantage of the victory and even took the initiative to release Orihime Inoue, letting him come to the corpse soul world to participate in the battle.

    "Sure enough..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke slowly spread his palms, and smiled lightly at the corner of his mouth, "I have been looking forward to your growth from the beginning... I hope you won''t let me down, Kurosaki Ichigo."

    Lan Ran Soyousuke''s body gradually revealed an edge that would never be restrained anymore, and Rei Pressure slowly covered his surroundings from his body, and his smile looked a little strange under the astonishing Rei Pressure.

    "From the beginning?"

    Kurosaki Ichigo frowned slightly.

    "Yes, from the beginning..."

    Aizen Soyousuke smiled lightly and stretched out his arm towards Kurosaki Ichigo: "Strictly speaking, I have arranged everything before you were born."

    "Your father, Kurosaki Yixin."

    "I used to be the captain of the 10th division of Gotei 13th team, Shiba Yixin."

    "Your mother, Kurosaki Maki."

    "She is one of the few pure-blooded quintessences left in the world."

    "The emptiness in your body, the emptiness."

    "It''s the Vastodd-class with the entire imaginary circle who can be described as an unparalleled illusion."

    "grim Reaper."

    "Queenskiller."

    "Void."

    "All three powers converge in your body."

    Every word of Aizen Soyousuke made Kurosaki Ichigo''s expression change a little bit. When Aizen was about to finish speaking, Kurosaki Ichigo had become extremely ugly!

    No matter who it is...

    Knowing that one''s life is arranged, it is impossible to have a good face!

    Especially the guy Lan Ran Soyousuke directly arranged his parents and the virtual white in his body. Before he was born, he was confirmed and controlled by Lan Ran Soyousuke!

    This guy¡­

    It''s too dark, too!

    Aizen Soyousuke didn¡¯t care about Kurosaki Ichigo¡¯s face at all, and even pointed to Kurosaki Ichigo with some interest, and confidently praised: "Kurosaki Ichigo, from the moment you were born, I I already knew that my most perfect work in the world was born."

    "From your birth."

    "From your contact with Kuchiki Rukia."

    "From the moment you enter the corpse soul world, you become stronger a little bit."

    "The virtual power that you get from you has the power to break the face."

    "I have been following you."

    Every word of Aizen Soyousuke poked at Kurosaki Ichigo''s heart, making the young Grim Reaper''s face almost gloomy.

    This feeling of being arranged by others...

    It really made Kurosaki Ichigo feel unspeakable anger in his heart!

    Aizen Soyousuke didn''t seem to care about Kurosaki Ichigo''s mood at all, he was just enjoying the feeling of manipulating others like a god.

    "I know everything about you..."

    "Everything you have encountered is under my control..."

    "Then please tell me...Ichigo."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke retracted his palm, smiled and asked, "How should you fight me now? Does your sword have the power to resist?"

    "..."

    The battlefield fell into silence strangely.

    Whether it was Kurosaki Ichigo, who was still confronting Aizen Soyousuke in the sky, or the captain of Gotei 13 team who was fighting on the ground, everyone felt a little heavy.

    everyone¡­

    All had to be shocked by Aizen Soyousuke''s arrangement!

    Ever since Kurosaki Ichigo was born, Aizen Soyousuke has arranged everything for him. Does Kurosaki Ichigo still have the will to resist Aizen Soyousuke?

    It''s difficult.

    If they were placed in the position of Kurosaki Ichigo, most people would probably fight with death instead of daring to swing a knife at Aizen Soyousuke...

    "Hey, hey, Aizen!"

    A hearty voice suddenly attracted everyone''s attention, and a middle-aged man said loudly in the distance: "You guy, don''t take the credit for raising this **** kid to yourself, that kid is my son!"

    "Captain Yixin!"

    "Kurosaki Isshin..."

    "Asshole dad..."

    The people present looked at the middle-aged man who came here in the guise of a death tyrant. It was Kurosaki Ichigo''s father Kurosaki Isshin, the father who raised his son to an adult.

    When living in this world, Kurosaki Isshin has never revealed his identity in front of Kurosaki Ichigo, just like an ordinary father, no, even older and disrespectful than other fathers in this world.

    However at this time...

    Kurosaki Yixin appeared like a savior!

    "You guys are too greedy!"

    Kurosaki Isshin''s figure stopped in front of Kurosaki Ichigo. He ignored his son, just looked at Aizen Soyousuke and pulled out his ears.

    "Ichigo, the **** boy, was not born for the power of the so-called Quincy and Death, he was just an accident of the life of a husband and wife..."

    "..."

    Kurosaki Ichigo''s face darkened again.

    Although he knew what his father meant, but after his father said this, he felt that he was in a bad mood...

    Kurosaki Yixin didn''t seem to have thought about taking care of his son, and continued self-consciously: "This was originally an accident. The woman I love the most wanted to be a mother, so we chose to give birth to this **** kid... "

    "What does our family''s affairs have to do with your fellow''s arrangements...you fellow, don''t take the credit for yourself!"

    "And you kid!"

    Kurosaki looked at his son with an unhappy face: "You are the one protected by my favorite woman who fought her life, how can you say a few words because of this guy..."

    "I do not have!"

    Kurosaki Ichigo looked at his father with a black face, and became a little distressed under his father''s gaze: "Well, I know all this, but I feel a little uncomfortable..."

    "This is the battlefield, kid!"

    Kurosaki lifted his Zanpaku Knife upside down, looked at Aizen Soyousuke in front of him, and said solemnly: "The enemies on the battlefield will use any despicable means to win... they won''t care about your mood!"

    "I know¡­"

    Kurosaki Ichigo took a deep breath, clenched his Zanpaku Sword firmly again, and pointed at Aizen Soyousuke abruptly!

    Although the two of them seemed to be ridiculing, when they faced Ai Ran Soyousuke, the eyes of the father and son became serious at the same time!

    This guy¡¯s Reiatsu...

    It has far exceeded their cognition!

    Even if it is a man with an open-minded personality like Kurosaki Isshin, his mind can''t help but become a little heavy. Now Aizen Soyousuke is no longer just terrible... From now on, maybe it should be called horror?

    Urahara Kisuke and Sifengin Yaichi stood beside them, and they faintly stood by their horns, ready to support Kurosaki father and son at any time...

    The only one who can support them in the battle with Aizen Soyousuke, but at this moment is dealing with Osamaru, this battle can only rely on themselves...

    Just when Kurosaki Ichigo was the first to start the crescent moon, a voice like a curse loomed in his brain.

    "You can''t beat him."

    "Ichigo."

    "Now you, there is no way to defeat him."

    "Ichigo."

    "Don''t make fearless sacrifices, there are limits to your power."

    "this is¡­"

    Kurosaki Ichigo''s brows furrowed slightly, and in an instant he seemed to have thought of something, and his whole mind appeared in his soul communication space: "...Uncle Zhanyue?"

    According to Kurosaki Ichigo''s cognition, this beard is his Zanpakuto.

    It''s a bit weird to say that the other people''s Zanpo Dao is either an adult or a girl, only his ZanPai Dao is an uncle with a beard...

    In Kurosaki Ichigo''s soul communication space, Kurosaki Ichigo, a bearded man who thinks he is a Zanpaku Sword, floats in the air, his voice still looming.

    "Here, you can protect your safety."

    The entire soul space has changed.

    At the next moment, this soul space changed its appearance, turning into the appearance of Seireitei, and a certain location was marked with a location.

    "No way."

    Kurosaki Ichigo shook his head and said in a deep voice, "If you haven''t tried it yet, how can you just give up so rashly!"

    "..."

    The bearded man was silent for a moment, and quietly disappeared into Kurosaki Ichigo''s soul communication space. His voice was still somewhat illusory: "I hope you can survive this war...because this war has just begun."

    Yes it is.

    The battlefield has just begun.

    Although everyone else thinks this war has reached its limit.

    Everyone had nowhere to go. In order to protect Seireitei and the Soul World in the hands of Ai Ran Soyousuke, they put together everything they had.

    On the battlefield of Seireitei.

    The Gotei 13 team was almost retreating steadily.

    The Unclean Legion of Uehara''s clan is also constantly retreating and retreating, and the fifth dead waiter in Qianshoujian also has a tendency to lose in the hands of Oshemaru.

    The only people on the entire battlefield who were still maintaining an offensive posture were Kurosaki Ichigo, Kurosaki Isshin, Urahara Kisuke, and Shikaedin Yoichi.

    Unfortunately, they did not support it for long.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke showed his terrifying power, and just using the terrifying spiritual pressure brought by Heizie''s possession, he suppressed everyone present!

    "Prepare to respond and save them."

    Yamamoto Shigekuni glanced at the battle in the air, and said in a deep voice: "Everyone...retreat to the entrance of the Spirit Palace...floating bamboo, and contact the Ichibei, the main unit of the zero division."

    "is teacher."

    Ukitake Shiro is the captain of the thirteenth squad. He is also one of the noble disciples and has the deepest knowledge of the secrets of the Spirit Palace.

    "It''s faster."

    Yamamoto Shigekuni urged in a low voice.

    This war...

    There is currently no hope of victory.

    At least from the current point of view, the Gotei 13 squad that they stayed behind in Seorei Tei can''t compete with Aizen Soyousuke and Osamaru and their ravenous army.

    The battlefield has been defeated.

    If you continue to fight Aizen Soyousuke under this situation at this time, it will undoubtedly be a meaningless act of sacrifice.

    If you can use the Swastika Canchao Taito...

    Yamamoto Genryuzai Shigekuni''s gaze fell on the Zanpakuto by his side, he slowly pulled out the Zanpakuto from the palm of his hand, and then pressed the Zanpakuto into the scabbard again.

    The Seireitei is not only the Gotei 13 team.

    If only the Gotei 13 team was sacrificed to stop Aizen Soyousuke, Yamamoto Shigekuni would never spare this sacrifice...

    The power of Canhuo Taito is enough to destroy the entire corpse soul world!

    According to Yamamoto Shigekuni''s observation of Oshemaru''s sealing fire seal, that kind of ghost art can not prevent the catharsis of Canhuo Taito!

    However, the Uehara clan still exists in the Seoring Palace.

    Among them, the four dead waiters were tracking the trail of Uhabach, and none of them were in the Seireitei. Even if they stayed in the Seireitei, they might not die by the burning fire.

    If you wait for Uchiha Madara and others to return, only to find that Uehara Castle was reduced to ashes by his residual fire, then there will surely be another war of destruction in Seorei Tei!

    Instead of this...

    It''s better to let the zero division attack.

    Perhaps this time, the opportunity of Aizen Soyousuke''s invasion can let the Uehara clan realize the strength of the zero division, and it can also make Seireitei more united.

    The retreat of the Huting 13 team has not been concealed.

    Thousands of hands led the Unclean Legion to retreat with them.

    "Want to escape?"

    Lan Ran Soyousuke glanced at the army that was gradually retreating, and a group of black flashes of light appeared on his fingertips: "The corpse soul world is so small, where can you escape?"

    "Crescent Moon Sky Chong!"

    Seeing this scene, Kurosaki Ichigo jumped into the air instantly, wielding a Zanpaku Sword and chopped out a black light, interrupting Aizen Soyousuke''s movement of condensing virtual flash!

    If you go slower!

    Under that virtual flash, who knows how many lives will be lost!

    "Mr. Yixin, let''s go first!"

    Urahara Kisuke clutched the wound on his arm, appeared beside Kurosaki Isshin, and whispered, "They are in the retreat direction...the entrance to the Spirit Palace...should..."

    There are some things that don¡¯t need to be said.

    The captains of them have heard about the Spirit Palace and the Zero Division.

    "I know!"

    Kurosaki stood in front of Aizen Soyousuke with his Zanpaku sword sideways, and said loudly, "Urabara, Yeichi, take Ichigo and go first!"

    "Dad..."

    "hurry up!"

    Kurosaki grinned, laughing and repeating what he would have said many times: "Ichigo, you are the man my favorite woman protects with her life..."

    Kurosaki no longer went to see Kurosaki Ichigo, turned his head to look at Aizen Toyousuke, like a god, and continued with a deep voice: "So...Ichigo...you must live well!"

    "Asshole dad!"

    Kurosaki Ichigo wiped his flushed eyes with one hand, and gritted his teeth: "But... I don''t want to be the same as that time..."

    A jet of black spiritual pressure rioted on Kurosaki Ichigo''s body like lightning. Just as a new skull mask appeared on Kurosaki Ichigo''s face, an arm suddenly hugged Kurosaki Ichigo. Waist and abdomen!

    "Silly son really wants to work hard!"

    Kurosaki, who still had to resist, carried his son with all his heart, and rushed towards the entrance of the Soul King Palace in a flash: "The masters here have withdrawn, why are you still staying here? !"

    This guy¡­

    It really doesn''t look like any morals.

    "..."

    After thinking for a while, Aizen Soyousuke finally raised his finger, and shot an empty bullet in the direction where Kurosaki Yishin and his son were fleeing!

    The empty bomb exploded instantly, causing a shock wave!

    However, when the shock wave and smoke gradually dissipated, there were no more figures of Kurosaki Yishin and his son on the ground, as if they had died under the empty bomb.

    As the smoke dissipated...

    The shadow of the smoke is slowly dissipating...

    "Ok?"

    Aizen Soyousuke''s brows frowned slightly, because he knew that the empty bullet could not kill Kurosaki Isshin and Kurosaki Ichigo so easily, but no matter how he used Reiatsu to search, he couldn''t detect them. trace!

    "Forget it."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s brows stretched out, his eyes fixed on the direction of the retreat of the Grim Reaper Army and the Unclean Legion, and he looked at the Shattered Legion below.

    They won.

    Because of Jinghua Shuiyue Zanpakuk¨­''s ability to control the five senses, the Grim Reaper Army and the Unholy Legion were directly on the verge of disintegration. Coupled with the defeat of Shigekuni Yamamoto and Senjuka, they finally won the war...

    This war...

    No, it should be said that it was the first confrontation. They won.

    "Go, go and kill them."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke slowly waved his palm, pointed in the direction of the retreat of the death army in the distance, and issued his own command: "Go, the shamans, chase and kill the gods until... chase them. The end of this world!"

 Chapter 690ï¼š Seal the space and dont allow anyone to escape from the Spirit Palace!

    Spirit Palace.

    The entrance to the deep passage is wide open.

    Two people, Ukitake Shiro and Ky¨­raku Chunshui, were ordered to arrive here first. They looked at each other, each with some doubts on their faces.

    "Does the zero division already know that we are defeated?"

    "It''s weird not to notice with their power!"

    Jingle Chunshui responded casually and sighed softly: "I''m here to meet the old man, you go and contact them, it seems that we really need to rely on their power this time!"

    "Ok¡­"

    Ukitake Shiro nodded hesitantly.

    Just as Ukitake Shiro was about to step into the passage connecting the corpse soul world and the spirit king palace, a figure slowly walked out of the passage and appeared in front of them.

    "Mr. Dou?"

    A look of surprise flashed across Ukitake Shiro''s face.

    Jingle Chunshui''s face became a little weird when he saw the medicine doctor''s pocket, because Jingle Chunshui couldn''t stand the medicine doctor''s pocket.

    When Yakushidou was the captain of the Eighth Division, the Eighth Division relied on intelligence to almost become the most powerful division of the entire Gotei 13th. However, after Ky¨­raku Chunshui took over, the eighth division seemed to gradually become Waste.

    "We already know what happened in Seireitei."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around, and said softly: "The zero division specifically allows all the death gods of the Gotei 13 team to temporarily enter the passage of the Spirit King Palace for refuge, because the next battle may affect the entire Seireitei. ¡­"

    "Yes!"

    A touch of gratitude flashed on Ukitake Shiro''s face, and he did not expect that the zero division would be so generous, willing to let the death of the entire Gotei 13 team enter the passage.

    Jingle Chunshui''s eyes were a little puzzled, and he suddenly said, "Mr. Dou, the Gotei 13th team can be allowed to enter the passage... Then, what about the Uehara''s filthy army?"

    "Unclean Legion..."

    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around, and the corners of his mouth twitched slightly: "The order of the Zero Division is that as a reward for their willingness to fight with the Gotei 13th team, we will allow the Unclean Legion to be stationed at the entrance."

    "!!!"

    The faces of Ukitake Shiro and Ky¨­raku Chunshui flashed with shock!

    Seireitei''s Gotei 13 team can enter the passage to take refuge, but the Uehara Clan''s filthy army is only allowed to hide at the entrance of the passage. This kind of thing is a bit of a murderous meaning!

    Do not¡­

    This was meant to kill someone with a knife!

    Even at this time, did the zero team still not give up the idea of ??infighting?

    In other words, Yao Shidou, who has become a member of Team Zero, finally took advantage of this once-in-a-lifetime opportunity to wield a butcher knife against his old enemy Uehara!

    After all, if the Uehara clan knew that Yakushidou had become a member of the zero division, such an almost immortal existence, it would definitely be impossible to give up...

    Now the most elite of the Uehara clan is being chased by the Unfaced Legion behind the scenes. Pharmacist will be able to destroy the most elite legion here with a stumbling block!

    After this war is over...

    The Uehara clan, whose strength has been greatly diminished, can no longer hope to avenge the Yakushi. Even after the war is over, the Uehara clan will not exist in Seireitei...

    I have to admit that this is indeed the best opportunity to eliminate the Uehara clan.

    It''s just this kind of opportunity, but it makes people a little unacceptable.

    The expressions of Ukitake Shirirou and Ky¨­raku Chunshui gradually became ugly, and the two of them looked at Yao Shidou with a vague dissatisfaction and indignation.

    Until this time...

    The pharmacist''s pocket is even going to fight inwardly!

    "This is an order from the zero division."

    A light flashed under the lens of Pharmacist¡¯s pocket, and a smile appeared at the corner of his mouth: "Ky¨­raku, Ukitake, don''t look at me with that kind of eyes... Indeed, this matter was proposed by me, and I was waiting for it a long time ago. It¡¯s the day."

    "but¡­"

    Anxiety flashed across Ukitake Shiro''s face.

    "No but."

    Pharmacist interrupted Ukitake Shiro''s words, and continued with a chuckle: "After today, all disturbing factors that hinder peace will be completely eliminated..."

    "Mr. Dou."

    Jingle Chunshui squeezed his Zanpaku Knife tightly, suddenly raised his head and said: "Can we stay at the entrance and accompany the Undead Army to continue fighting?"

    If the Zero Division¡¯s will is to let the Uehara Clan¡¯s Unholy Legion to die at the entrance, they would never stand by and watch their companions who were fighting with them die under their own conspiracy!

    Even if they can''t change the ending, they won''t sit back and watch all this happen, and would rather fight Aizen Soyousuke at the entrance of the passage with the Unclean Legion!

    Even if... died in battle!

    "I advise you not to do this."

    Pharmacist''s face suddenly became cold. He slowly helped his frame and said coldly: "If you want to change the fate of the Uehara clan, then I hope you can persuade the members of the zero division to request that this be revoked. Order it!"

    After the pharmacist finished talking, a sneer flashed across his mouth suddenly: "If you can convince them...I believe they will be more sensible than you..."

    "Asshole..."

    Ukitake Shiro couldn''t help gritting his teeth.

    At this moment, he didn''t even care that Pharmacist Dou was a member of Team Zero.

    It is a pity that at this time, neither Ukitake Shiro nor Ky¨­raku Chunsui can change all of this, and the two can only wait for the arrival of Yamamoto Shigekuni.

    The Grim Reaper Army led by Shigekuni Yamamoto and the Unclean Legion in the Senshouka did not lag far behind. Under the chasing of the Rapture Legion, their retreat speed was very fast. This is also different from that of the Rapture Legion, which is like a cat and mouse. Seriously chase and kill related.

    When Shigekuni Yamamoto and Senjumama arrived here, they naturally also knew the order from the zero division, and they also saw the pharmacist who was a member of the zero division.

    "..."

    Yamamoto Shigekuni was silent for a long time.

    This old man with thousands of years of history in Seireitei slowly lowered his head, and said in a deep voice: "The captains will first lead the various teams into the tunnel to evacuate..."

    "Captain!"

    Every Captain Death¡¯s face was a little bit incredulous.

    "Go in now!"

    Yamamoto Shigekuni squeezed his Zanpaku Knife tightly, and looked at his disciple: "From now on, Ky¨­raku Chunsui will take over as the captain of the Gotei 13th team. This is the last order of the old man. !"

    "..."

    The eyes of the Death Captains became more astonished.

    They soon wanted to understand what Yamamoto Shigekuni meant.

    The captain who has controlled the Gotei 13th squadron for thousands of years, will fight side by side with the Uehara Clan''s Unscrupulous Legion until his death, as the price of the zero squad!

    Yamamoto Shigekuni doesn''t want to go against the will of the zero division, which represents the will of the high-level and the spirit king, and he doesn''t want to leave his teammates behind, he can only choose this way to die.

    "There is no need for that."

    Senshoukai shook his head obscurely, and looked at the pharmacist''s pocket standing at the entrance of the passage, his face faintly became gloomy: "Your Excellency Yamamoto Shigekuni, from the very beginning you have deceived the Uehara clan and let the pharmacist pocket Joining the legendary team zero, you have completely mastered the art of reincarnation from the filthy soil. It''s really a good move..."

    Senshoujian''s gaze coldly looked at Yamamoto Shigekuni, who closed his eyes and was ashamed, and swept past all the members of the Gotei 13 team present, and continued with a deep voice: "From today, the Uehara clan will no longer abide by any covenants. ¡­"

    Qianshoushoujian¡¯s tone became more and more gloomy, his eyes were so terrifying that he almost didn¡¯t dare to look directly at him, and his voice became louder and louder: "Since you broke the agreement first, then after this war is over...no From now on, the Uehara clan and Seireitei officially entered a state of war!"

    Senshousuma''s eyes fell on Yamamoto Shigekuni''s face again, and he looked at the smiling Pharmacist''s pocket next to him. The hostility on his face was almost getting heavier!

    "Now... Get out!"

    "..."

    All the death gods of the Gotei 13 team slowly lowered their heads.

    Every Grim Reaper¡¯s face could not hide its shame, and every Grim Reaper captain¡¯s expression was faintly dissatisfied. Their dissatisfaction with Team Zero had almost reached its peak!

    Until Urahara Kisuke and Shifengin Yaichi arrived, they couldn''t help being silent when they heard the order of the zero division...

    Unfortunately, no one can change all of this.

    "I will save Captain Naraku''s life."

    Yamamoto Motoyagisaid Shigekuni still closed his eyes and promised: "As long as the old man is still there, Captain Naraku will absolutely..."

    "He is safer than you!"

    A touch of sarcasm flashed across Senshousuma''s face, and he spoke with disdain: "From today onwards, Uehara Naraku will no longer be the captain of the fifth squad!"

    "..."

    Yamamoto Shigekuni shook his head, nodded slowly, and solemnly continued: "No problem, the old man''s promise will not be invalidated."

    "roll!"

    The Reaper Army of the Gotei 13 Team slowly entered the passage under the gaze of the Unclean Legion. Yamamoto Shigekuni stood for a moment, and in the angry gaze of Qianshoujian, he could only slowly pace into the passage. in.

    "Please follow me."

    Yakushidou''s smile was a little bright, and he opened his mouth while leading the way at the front: "In order for everyone to be able to withstand the spiritual density of the spiritual palace, we have worked very hard..."

    "..."

    No one wants to respond to him.

    No one is willing to respond to this sinister villain, the image of Pharmacist Dou has been reduced to a despicable pronoun in the eyes of others at this moment.

    Those gods of death who were born in orphanages, such as Asari Renji, Matsumoto Rankiku, Kuchiki Rukia, and others, want to defend their dean a bit or two, because no one knows the crisis that Yakushidou has encountered better than them. ¡­

    It''s just the atmosphere at the scene that made them somewhat unable to speak.

    The atmosphere in the passage is getting more and more depressed, and there are continuous whispers, and all the death gods are dissatisfied with their high-levels.

    At the entrance of the channel.

    The filthy army led by Qianshoujian stationed in the same place.

    Even if it was abandoned by the top of the zero division as an abandoned child, the Unclean Legion was still very quiet, but quietly surrounded the dead waiter.

    The Ruffed Legion led by Ai Ran Soyousuke and Oshemaru did not move slowly. They quickly chased to the entrance of the Spirit Palace and saw the densely packed filthy legion.

    "this is¡­"

    Ai Ran Soyousuke raised his eyebrows slightly, and subconsciously began to think, he was guessing what was going on.

    Even before Aizen Soyousuke finished thinking, Osamaru showed a mocking smile: "Isn''t this my most respected Mr. Feima? It seems that the Uehara clan was rejected by the Spirit Palace. ¡­"

    "..."

    Qianshoujian''s face turned black.

    Although Qianshoujian didn''t say anything, judging from his expression, what Osaimaru said should be the truth.

    "Say something..."

    The smile on O Shemaru''s face remained as it was, and he said sarcastically: "Will you continue to work for Seireitei to stop us... or make way for us?"

    "..."

    Senshoukan''s face was even darker. He slowly raised his head to look at Aizen Soyousuke and Oshemaru in the air, then glanced at a group of sarcasm-faced legions, and waved weakly.

    "spread!"

    Following the order of Qianshoujian, the Great Army of the Unclean Legion ordered the prohibition, and immediately dispersed quickly, clearing a way for the Legion of Defaced!

    Ai Ran Soyousuke waved his palm, slowly lowered his head to look at the Unclean Legion, and whispered, "If you are willing to work..."

    Senshoujian interrupted Ai Ran Soyousuke''s words with a gloomy face: "Boy, wait until you have a chance to defeat Big Brother and Madara!"

    "is it?"

    Ai Ran Soyousuke chuckled lightly, and then suddenly said lightly: "Don''t you... shouldn''t it wait until I have a chance to defeat Naraku?"

    "..."

    Qianshou''s face changed slightly.

    At this moment, he seemed to be aware of family secrets by Ai Ran Soyousuke.

    "Let''s go, where did Na fall?"

    Ai Ranso Usuke lowered his eyes slightly, and before Qianshou answered, he replied to himself: "Let me guess... he should be hidden somewhere now, waiting for me and Seireitei''s Come and clean up the mess after the war, right?"

    Aizen Soyousuke''s gaze swept across the dirt legion on the ground, and UU reading continued self-consciously: "In order to let us kill each other, Naraku really took pains..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke slowly raised his palm, his voice was as gentle as a spring breeze: "But...this time I''m going to disappoint him... you only need to lift a finger to kill an ant... and crush to death. The other ant is just a finger."

    For the current Aizen Soyousuke, defeating the Gotei 13 team did not waste much of his spiritual power at all, it can even be said to be as simple as effortless!

    After defeating the Gotei 13th team and the Unholy Legion, Aizen Soyousuke has sufficient confidence to clean up Seireitei and the zero division, and then go to clean up the hidden Uehara Naraku!

    Lan Ran Soyousuke''s eyes flashed, and he waved his palm slowly, and his voice became indifferent: "Well, this time I will let you go. Killing some abandoned children has tainted this place. A war that I am all proud of.

    As the price of letting you go, help me spread a message to Naraku!

    In half an hour, I will lead the Ravaged Legion to destroy the entire Spirit Palace. After I destroy the Spirit Palace, I will sit on the Throne of the Spirit Palace and wait for him to challenge me.

    Hope this time, he will show his true power!

    This is the last chance I give him.

    Faced Legion, keep going. "

    After Ai Ran Soyousuke finished speaking, he no longer went to see the Senshou Jianma and the Unholy Legion, and Da Shemaru led the Shaved Legion into the passage of the Spirit Palace.

    Soon after they entered the passage of the Spirit Palace.

    Qianshoujian''s complexion returned to normal. He stared at the Ravaged Legion entering the Spirit Palace, his eyes full of dangerous cold light.

    "Monkey, Watergate, led the sealing squad and began to arrange the barriers, sealing all the space barriers of the Spirit Palace, and not allowing anyone to escape!"

 Chapter 691ï¼š Starting from 1, you know what I did 1 cut...

    Spirit Palace.

    At the end of the passage is a bright light.

    Yamamoto Shigekuni led the Gotei 13 team to the end of the passage and slowly stopped his steps. The old man stretched out his hand to signal the entire Gotei 13 team to stop.

    Yamamoto Shigekuni raised his head and looked at the somewhat empty Spirit Palace. His pupils suddenly tightened, and his brows wrinkled tightly: "Huh? What the **** is going on?"

    The appearance of the entire Spirit Palace was slightly different from what he remembered.

    Because the current Lingwang Palace has become a wide square, there are no buildings as far as Yamamoto Shigekuni''s eyes can reach, and the palaces where the members of the zero division lived and the palace where the Lingwang crystal coffins are stored have disappeared without a trace!

    The entire spacious space is unobstructed.

    Only five tall stone pillars and one tall stone stele stand in the center of the square, which makes people feel that this enclosed space with respect for status is a bit barren...

    "That is¡­"

    Yamamoto Shigekuni''s gaze stayed on the stone pillars and steles.

    When the old man saw the five stone pillars and the stele clearly, his expression suddenly became solemn, and his palm suddenly squeezed his Zanpei Knife!

    On the five stone pillars...

    The five members of the zero division are tied to each other!

    Ichibei, Hikishu Kiryu, Kirinji Tenshiro, Nimaiya Wangyue, Shutara Tentemaru, these five members of the zero division who have rewritten the history of the soul world, at this moment their The figure looked particularly embarrassed!

    Every member of the zero division is covered with black sealing spells, and their bodies are tightly tied to the top of the stone pillars, with their heads hanging down as if they have lost their breath.

    How could this happen?

    Only the members of these five zero teams, their combined combat power is even stronger than the entire Gotei 13 team!

    Now, they are tied to the pillar like captives!

    Who is it that has this kind of power to capture these indestructible members of the zero division, and even humiliate them like this...

    Yamamoto Shigekuni''s gaze slowly stopped on the stele in front of the five pillars, and he finally saw what the stele was...

    That''s not a stele!

    It''s a tall throne!

    A throne occupying the center of the Spirit Palace!

    And around that shocking throne, four figures of varying heights stood guarding the throne like an attendant.

    Or¡­

    They are guarding the people on the throne.

    Yamamoto Shigekuni''s face became visibly ugly with the naked eye, and the captains of the Gotei 13 team around him also saw all this clearly, and everyone''s face flashed a touch of shock!

    "How could the Spirit Palace become like this?"

    "How is it possible? Have all the members of the zero division been... defeated?"

    "What happened here?"

    "Why did the zero team be arrested..."

    "The few people under the throne... are... Mr. Madara..."

    "The Uehara clan... the four chief executives... this is the end..."

    The captains of the Gotei 13 team looked more and more ugly, until they could see the young man sitting on the throne, the man who looked like an abyss!

    this moment¡­

    The Reiatsu on the man sitting on the throne made people feel as deep and terrifying as the **** of the abyss, and people didn''t even dare to look at him for a long time!

    However, at this time, the Death Captains and the Death Gods under their command could not help but look at the man on the throne!

    "Captain Uehara?"

    The entire Gotei 13 team was in an uproar.

    The captains of the Gotei 13 team have different expressions. Everyone''s face is exceptionally wonderful, and everyone''s eyes are a little weird and complicated.

    "Uehara...how could he appear in the Palace of the Soul King?"

    "There are four other officials...what the **** is going on?"

    "Are you kidding? Did the zero team members get captured?"

    "What the **** is going on? It''s impossible for Captain Naraku Uehara to defeat the zero division and destroy the Spirit King Palace with the four chief officials?"

    Although the captain of the 13th Division Ukitake Shiro put up some truth in speculation, he himself couldn''t believe it was a fact after speaking it out.

    Above the throne.

    Uehara Naruko slowly raised his head, looked at the messy Gotei 13 team, raised the corners of his mouth, and a gentle voice echoed in this space.

    "Is it finally here? Zhu Jun..."

    Uehara Naraku''s voice is still gentle and approachable, as if the host is treating the guests with a polite smile: "But I''m a little sorry, we still have a few guests who have not arrived... Until then, do you want to... a glass of juice first?"

    Obviously Uehara Naraku¡¯s attitude is no different from the past...

    However, in this state, no one would think that Naraku Uehara was still the weak and gentle captain of the fifth division they knew!

    The eyes of each Reaper captain were a little cold. They seemed to see the shadow of the previous fifth-team captain Aizen Soyousuke on the body of the fifth-team captain, Naraku Uehara, even more than the one who chased them outside. Aizen Soyousuke is even more dangerous!

    Until now, no one would think that the members of the zero division were captured and tied to a stone pillar. This kind of thing would have nothing to do with Uehara Naraku!

    Every Captain of the Death God thought that the Spirit Palace would be a safe place, but did not expect such an event to happen in the Spirit Palace!

    No one would have thought...

    There is a bigger conspiracy hidden in the safest place in the Spirit Palace!

    "Ho **** ho ho..."

    The eleventh division captain Gengmu Kenpachi showed a nervous smile on his face, a flash of war intent flashed in his eyes, and his gaze turned to the other death captains: "Hey, you won''t pay it back now. Some people think Naraku Uehara is a good person, right?"

    "Jianpachi can see that something is wrong..."

    The deputy captain of the eleventh division Yaqianyu Kusuka stretched out his hand nervously and grasped Kenpachi''s clothes tightly. His small face was full of worry and fear: "How can other people not see the problem... I also think that Xiao Naraku seems has a problem¡­"

    "..."

    Kenhachi''s expression was even more ugly.

    Although Kenba even knew that what Caolu Yaqianliu said was from his heart, it was precisely because this little guy said what he was saying from his heart that made him feel even more sad!

    Bastard!

    It sounds like he has a very low IQ!

    Obviously it is a problem that can generally be solved with a knife. There is no need to use your brain!

    Even those who are dull such as Gengmu Jianpachi and Kuolu Yaqianyu can detect the problem, not to mention the other Death Captains, these people figured out everything in a blink of an eye.

    Perhaps the Uehara clan has never withdrawn from this war.

    The only thing they didn¡¯t expect was...

    Uehara Naraku, who has always been harmless to humans and animals, turned out to be the conspiracy operator to break the zero division, because no matter how you look at Uehara Naraku, he doesn¡¯t look like this kind of talent. Perhaps the Senjukumen under his command is more like this. Conspiracy...

    Do not¡­

    should say¡­

    In fact, Uehara is like this kind of person too!

    Because there is still a lesson like Aizen Soyousuke!

    Is there a problem with the position of captain of the fifth division of Gotei 13? The two captains of the fifth squad were actually conspirators...

    "The weather today is good..."

    Uehara Naraku raised his head and glanced at the clear sky, then looked at the many death gods with ugly faces, and continued slowly: "It''s really good weather. The sun will shine, and everyone''s eyes will be bright. ¡­"

    There is still a gentle smile on Uehara Naraku''s face...

    However, his smile didn''t seem to let people relax their vigilance and bring people warmth, but this time it made the hearts of all the death gods present couldn''t help but feel a little cold.

    The mood of each Reaper Captain has become especially complicated.

    Even if they guessed that Uehara was planning all this behind the scenes, they were unwilling to involve the Uehara Naraku sitting on the throne with the Uehara Naraku in their memory!

    At the meeting just a day ago, Uehara Naraku stubbornly stated at the meeting that he would join the war together, even as a medical or logistics unit, as if he could be easily persuaded...

    however¡­

    right now¡­

    The current Naraku Uehara...

    Like a king above!

    Whether it is the back of the towering throne, whether it is the four seat officers standing beside him, whether it is the five members of the zero division who are **** around him...

    All made these death captains feel the shock!

    Even in their sleep, these death captains would never have thought that Uehara Naraku would appear in front of them in this image...

    tread¡­

    Ta Ta Ta Ta...

    The sound of the wooden clogs stepping on the stone slab was exceptionally loud.

    Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni held the handle of the Zanpaku Sword firmly in his palm, and took the lead in the direction of the throne step by step. Every time he took a step, his Reiatsu would be stronger!

    Shigekuni Yamamoto stopped his footsteps until he reached the throne. His eyes flashed with regret and embarrassment. His regret was because he went in the wrong direction to Uehara Naruto. The embarrassment was because he was played by another man behind the scenes. Got the 13th team.

    "All this... is the conspiracy of the Uehara clan?"

    Yamamoto Shigekuni didn''t even ask if Uehara Naraku had taken refuge in Aizen Soyousuke''s stupid words, because he knew that Uehara Naraku, who was sitting on the throne, would obviously not be subjugated!

    "Cough...cough cough...Quick...Run away..."

    Before Uehara Naraku could answer, a painful groan fell from the stone pillar first, and the guard of the main soldiers tied to the stone pillar struggled to raise his head.

    When did Ichibei, the leader of the zero division, have such a predicament? There were even two wounds on his forehead, and blood dripped down his cheeks little by little...

    Just saying a word to remind Shigekuni Yamamoto, he made the first soldier of the main army spit out a mouthful of blood. However, the captain of the zero division is still suppressing the pain caused by the serious physical injury, struggling to continue to remind his old man. Friend.

    "...Hurry up... escape..."

    "...You are not...they...rivals..."

    "...Run away...Leave...Leave here..."

    "...Cough...cough..."

    "Ichibei..."

    Yamamoto Shigekuni raised his head and looked at his old friend, with a faint complexities on his face. He slowly shook his head, his voice gradually lowered: "When we entered the Spirit Palace, no one could escape..."

    Yes it is.

    No one can escape.

    Because the entrance to the barrier of the Lingwang Palace space is stationed with the Thousands of Hands and the Unscrupulous Legion, which were abandoned by their Guarding Thirteen Team. This enclosed space is not the safe house of the Goting Thirteen Team at all, but the Goting Thirteenth Team. The grave of the team!

    "Pharmacy pocket!"

    Yamamoto Shigekuni turned his head abruptly, looking at the pharmacist''s pocket who was coming with him, the old man''s eyes showed a devastating look!

    "Are you... from the Uehara clan?"

    At this moment, Shigekuni Yamamoto figured everything out!

    The captain of the Gotei 13th team, his heart was unprecedentedly sad and heavy, his eyes fixed on the medicine master''s pocket!

    "After finding Bengyu, you gave the order to retake Bengyu in the name of Team Zero...Before the start of the war, you proposed that Team Zero could support... When we retreated to the Spirit Palace, you took the opportunity to let The filthy army stopped at the entrance..."

    All this happened...

    It looks like they are being manipulated now!

    If the members of the zero division of Yao Shidou are spies, they will be reduced to a piece of chess, and even a bit of fog in the corpse world can not be seen!

    Yamamoto Shigekuni''s voice slowly lowered, and the whole person seemed to be completely aging: "No one would have thought that... the Uehara clan would like to kill the pharmacist pocket, who was quick to kill, turned out to be the Uehara clan''s spy..."

    "Yup¡­"

    Pharmacist pushed his glasses around, with a playful smile at the corner of his mouth: "If I didn''t act like I was forced to do nothing by the Uehara clan, how could there be any hope of joining the zero division?"

    "You have been disguising in Seireitei..."

    On Yamamoto Shigekuni¡¯s palm, the veins violently violently, showing the unstoppable anger in the old man¡¯s heart. The cold eyes fell on Naraku who was on the throne: "Is the purpose... for this moment?" Kill everyone in one go..."

    "Yes it is."

    Uehara Naraku nodded slightly.

    Even at this moment, Uehara Naraku still had a small smile on his face, his gaze swept across Yamamoto Shigekuni, and fell in the direction of the end of the passage.

    "Our other guest has arrived."

    Uehara Naraku sat on his throne and spread out his palms calmly: "Captain Aizen, there is no need to hide it, aren''t you coveting this throne of heaven... Now, it is here."

    "..."

    There was a riot in the death army at the end of the passage.

    Thousands of death gods of the Gotei 13 team were directly overturned by a huge impact, and Ai Ran Soyousuke and Osamaru led the Rapture Legion and slowly stepped into the empty Spirit King Palace.

    this moment¡­

    There are really wolves before and tigers behind!

    Only at this moment, Ai Ran Soyousuke didn''t seem to have the intention of arguing with the Gotei 13 team, because he heard what Yakushidou said!

    "It''s really unexpected..."

    Lan Ran Soyousuke''s figure slowly flew up, his eyes fixed on the area in the center of the square, and the smile on the corner of his mouth gradually became colder: "I always thought that Mr. Tou would be my loyal ally. I didn''t expect it to be. It will be from the Uehara clan..."

    Yes it is. UU reading

    Ai Ran Soyousuke didn''t expect it either.

    Aizen once thought that Yakushidou was the person who recognized him most!

    However, this is not the time to struggle with the pharmacist.

    Aizen Soyousuke''s eyes moved slowly, and he looked at the true master of Uehara Naraku who secretly instigated Yakushi''s pocket, and his eyes became a little cold: "So... from the beginning, you know... everything I''m going to do. ¡­"

    In the next moment, Lan Ran Soyousuke seemed to have thought of something. He turned his head slightly to look at Shimaru Gin who flew to the side of Yao Shi''s pocket, his eyes became colder.

    If the pharmacist is from the Uehara clan...

    So who is the disciple Ichimarugin of Yakushidou loyal to... it seems that there is no need to think about it.

    "It''s not just the beginning..."

    Aizen Soyousuke''s fingers were slightly bent, and little by little, he clenched his fists. His gaze fell from Ichimaru Gin to Uehara Naruko''s body: "It''s...always."

    I have to be thankful that...

    Aizen doesn''t trust anyone herself.

    Therefore, Aizen Soyousuke never told Ichimarugin about some top secret matters, because he knew that Ichimarugin was not trustworthy, and naturally he would not report any absolute trust.

    Ichimarugin will betray this kind of thing...

    Ai Ran Soyousuke had already prepared for it.

    Unfortunately¡­

    Suddenly, a person fell from the sky and stood beside Naraku Uehara, causing Aizen Soyousuke''s expression to change again.

    Even if Aizen Soyousuke''s trust in this person is very low, even lower than his trust in Ichimaru Gin, Yakushidou, and apprentices, he can''t just endure this person and stand at Uehara Naraku''s. side!

    Uehara Naraku hooked the corner of her mouth, and extended a warm greeting to the subordinates who had returned to her side: "Welcome back, Silver, Mr. Osaimaru."

 Chapter 692ï¼š The head of the family of Uehara, I was the only one from beginning to end!

    it''s clear.

    Under the warm sunlight, the death gods in the Spirit Palace couldn''t help feeling a little chilly, and the world they saw in their eyes was completely subverted.

    "As you can see..."

    Uehara Naraku''s gaze retracted from Osamaru''s body and fell on Aizen Soyousuke''s face, and explained with a light smile: "Since Tou and Silver are both my subordinates, Mr. Osamaru is naturally my subordinate."

    "From the beginning?"

    "Yes, from the beginning."

    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, and said softly: "Remember the legend of the virtual circle? The so-called Uchiha Madara chasing and killing Osemaru is essentially just to help Mr. Osemaru clear the trouble of the virtual circle..."

    "...I see, thank you for your doubts."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s face still kept calm.

    But if even the Oshemaru is a subordinate of Uehara Naruto, then the Rapture Legion created by Oshemaru may not be loyal to Xuyagu...

    Aizen Soyousuke''s eyes flickered slightly, and his gaze looked at the ravenous legion that was flying towards here, and he passed the ravenous daggers who were controlled by Osnamaru and landed behind the throne of Uehara Naraku. Stopped on Koyatai Stark...

    and many more¡­

    Keyatai Stark?

    Why is this head of the Ten Blades also a member of the Uehara clan?

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s eyes looked at the other Ten Blades from Koyatai Stark all over, and these ten blades hesitated for a few seconds under his gaze, and then followed Koyatai Stark to the throne without hesitation...

    In an instant...

    Ai Ran Soyousuke became a lonely man.

    Dashemaru and the Shaman Army all betrayed him!

    Obviously before, Ai Ran Soyousuke still commanded a ravenous legion that could shake any organization in the world. In just a few seconds, he lost all his subordinates...

    This¡­

    It''s a bit too much!

    The captains of the Gotei 13 team couldn''t help but sympathize when looking at Ai Ran Soyousuke. Is this the master of the virtual circle too miserable?

    Who can imagine that all the subordinates around Ai Ran Soyousuke turned out to be spies of the enemy, which also means that he has been under the surveillance of the enemy...

    and¡­

    Are the Uehara clan sick?

    If it¡¯s just a spy, it¡¯s okay to be a spy. How come so many spies are sent out just to monitor an Ai Ran Soyousuke?

    What the fuck...

    Except for Ai Ran Soyousuke, everyone else is their spy?

    Is this something human can do?

    "Coyatai Stark is so..."

    Aizen Soyousuke''s eyes gradually became dangerous, and he looked at Naraku Uehara again: "Since Stark is also under your command...then...Ulchiola..."

    "Just as you think."

    Uehara Naraku nodded calmly and smiled and continued: "It''s really interesting to think of it now... The assassination plan that Captain Aizen presided over was all under my supervision... Captain Aizen wanted to use Ulchiola. Acting in front of me...but I saw the performance of Captain Aizen, which made me very happy."

    "..."

    Aizen Soyousuke''s fingers stretched out again.

    Although Ai Ran¡¯s face still remained calm, it¡¯s just that everyone could feel Ai Ran Soyousuke¡¯s repressive riots. It¡¯s really hard for people to calmly accept this kind of thing...

    If you think about it now...

    The original Ai Ran Soyousuke really looked like a clown!

    Obviously, the assassination plan carried out was very smooth, and even Aizen Soyousuke himself was satisfied that the assassination plan made Uehara Naraku more convinced of him...

    however¡­

    Looking at it now, all of this is in the sight of Uehara Naraku. The little patron of Uehara clan looks like watching a clown perform, watching Aizen Soyousuke pretending to be in front of him, he doesn¡¯t know what it is. To mock or ridicule...

    Lan Ran Soyousuke squeezed his finger, and there was a noise from his knuckles. It seemed that his mood was not very good...

    This is normal.

    Back then, Aizen Soyousuke always thought that he was playing Uehara Naraku in his palm, but he didn''t expect that it was Aizen Soyousuke himself who had been playing in his palm...

    "There is no need to hide your anger, Captain."

    Uehara Naraku smiled and spread out his palms, and said sincerely, "Just like when you controlled Kurosaki Ichigo''s life in your own hands...your life has always been under my control...

    Since I heard about your name and things, I have been sending people to watch you secretly. From the time you entered the Central Spiritual Academy, people have been reporting everything about you to me, including a few grains you ate during your meal. Meter¡­"

    Speaking of this, the smile on Uehara Naruto¡¯s face became brighter and brighter: ¡°It¡¯s a pity that you have grown so fast that you almost found traces of the tracker... In order to get rid of your suspicion, I have to remove yours. Suspicion led to Mr. Oshemaru."

    "This is a good decision."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke slowly nodded, the Rei Pressure on his body gradually stabilized, and he continued softly: "If you count this way, the news I got about the Uehara clan is false, and your age... seems to be false. Nor is it the so-called new successor of the Uehara clan..."

    There is no need to guess too much!

    Aizen Soyousuke thought about the Uehara clan who has been hiding their heritage, hiding information about their paternal masters, hiding all their history...

    Even the thirteen dead waiters never showed signs of betrayal!

    A somewhat terrifying answer appeared in Ai Ran Soyousuke''s heart.

    "You guessed it... Captain!"

    Uehara Naraku''s mouth gradually showed a little bit of playfulness. He looked at Aizen Soyousuke, then at Yamamoto Shigekuni and the other Death Captains who came by, and continued with a chuckle: "The Uehara clan has never succeeded. Patriarch, the Patriarch has been me for thousands of years..."

    "That''s great... Isn''t a short-lived patriarch that fits Seireitei''s expectations of the Uehara clan? If it is a wealthy patriarch who has lived for thousands of years, it will always make people feel scared when it comes to mentioning it?"

    "Don''t look at me with this kind of eyes, don''t everything I do meet your expectations? What do you think... Captain Yamamoto?"

    "..."

    A sigh flashed in Yamamoto Shigekuni''s heart.

    The captains of the Gotei 13 team slowly showed a little fear on their faces.

    A patriarch of a wealthy clan who has existed for thousands of years will indeed make them involuntarily start to speculate about Uehara''s power and the purpose of Uehara''s...

    No one thinks...

    For thousands of years, a wealthy patriarch kept his name incognito to reassure Seireitei.

    Uehara Naraku...

    It was unexpectedly tolerable!

    I hide myself for thousands of years...

    "Want to hear a story?"

    Uehara Nairobi leaned on the throne and spoke leisurely: "Today''s weather is so good, it seems to be very suitable for an outdoor tea party!"

    "Speaking."

    Yamamoto Shigekuni''s palm pressed the blade of the sword tightly, and the deceived old man seemed to be able to draw his sword at any time!

    Uehara Naraku didn''t care about the threat posed by Shigekuni Yamamoto, but tilted his head and chuckled, "This is a rather long story... so much so that most of the time I myself wonder why I can endure such loneliness. ."

    "If you count it seriously, it should have been three thousand years ago when the Gotei 13 team had not yet been established, and the Seireitei was still deserted. The so-called nobles were just a few weak little guys..."

    "In order to integrate into it, we wanted to attract the strongest Captain Ichibei and Captain Yamamoto, but it was a pity that they rejected it!"

    "In order not to arouse their suspicion, my subordinates and I established the Uehara clan and erected a wealthy family in the wilderness... It¡¯s really interesting to say that the once-rejected Uehara clan stood in the former On top of the five nobles... there is even one noble who has taken refuge in me..."

    A group of death gods heard them with horror.

    No one would have thought that the Uehara clan had hidden for thousands of years!

    For thousands of years, this group of guys have spent so much time without showing their true colors in front of everyone!

    Especially Uehara Naraku...

    This was once a kind little guy in everyone''s eyes... But the real face is a man behind the scenes who has concealed the world for thousands of years...

    What is the so-called successor...

    What so-called can¡¯t go against the will of Thirteen Deadpool...

    Everything is just a disguise for the black hand behind the scenes to hide his identity.

    The expressions of the Grim Reapers faintly collapsed, even though those words were spoken from Uehara Naraku''s mouth, their brains were still hesitant to convince themselves to believe...

    This kind of thing...

    It¡¯s really hard to believe...

    Only Matsumoto Ranju¡¯s face flashed with a flash of sorrow. The woman finally thought of what Yakushi Tou and Ichimaru Gin had told her, telling her never to violate Uehara Naraku¡¯s words, and not to show any rudeness in front of Uehara Naraku...

    "Very terrible forbearance..."

    However, when they accept this fact, everyone will involuntarily lament the horror of Uehara Naraku and the Uehara clan!

    Just hiding under the eyes of so many people for thousands of years is definitely not something other people present can do!

    Even Aizen Soyousuke once revealed a clue!

    "The Tsunayashiro clan took refuge in you, right?"

    Yamamoto Shigekuni slowly closed his eyes and whispered the name of the family who took refuge in Uehara Naraku: "Only if they take refuge in you, can you hide all this..."

    "Yup¡­"

    Uehara Naraku sighed and nodded, and continued: "The Great Spirit Book Corridor records all the major events that have occurred in the corpse soul world. This is not a small trouble...

    From that time, we concealed our strength and watched the village-like Seireitei gradually grow bigger and bigger, and watched the enemies of the Gotei 13 team die out again and again..."

    "The old man is very curious..."

    Yamamoto Shigekuni opened his eyes and stared at Naraku Uehara: "For thousands of years, even if the Tsunayashiro clan has hidden secrets for you... it is impossible to guarantee that even the slightest secret will not be leaked..."

    Actually, what Yamamoto Shigekuni wants to ask more is...

    How many people have the Uehara clan planted in the Gotei 13 team!

    Because Aizen Soyousuke¡¯s lessons for the past are there, no matter how incredible things may appear in front of them, even Yamamoto Shigekuni can¡¯t help but wonder how many spies are in the Gotei 13 team...

    "I guess what the captain wants to ask is."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Yakushitou and Oshamaru, and said with a light smile: "Don''t you think that you have the perfect righteous corpse brought by the rebirth of the filthy soil. You don''t need to pay any price?"

    "..."

    Yamamoto Shigekuni fell silent.

    Rebirth from the dirty soil... there is a huge problem!

    At this moment, Shigekuni Yamamoto faintly understood why the Uehara clan had such a strict assessment of the rebirth of the dirty land, and even many of the death gods who received the gift of the dirty land reincarnation chose to join the Uehara clan, because they were already controlled by Uehara Naraku...

    "Forget it."

    Uehara Naraku raised his head to look at the Gotei 13 team in the distance, and said loudly: "At this time, it seems that there is no need to hide...Anyone who bears Akatsuki''s name... Now, stand behind me. !"

    "Yes...sir."

    The ninth team captain Tosenyao and the seventh team captain Komamura Zuojin stepped out first, and the gods of death followed them one by one!

    The death captains of the Gotei 13 team looked at this scene with ugly expressions. Among them, there were only two death captains who left, but there were thousands of death captains who left together!

    That guy Uehara Naraku...

    So many people were arranged in the Gotei 13 team!

    Even if it is not as good as the control of Aizen Soyousuke, it makes the death captains of the Gotei 13 team unacceptable, especially the captain of the eighth team, Ky¨­raku Chunshui!

    because¡­

    Ky¨­raku Chunsui was the only one left with his deputy captain Lisa Yagomaru.

    All the members of the entire eighth squad are all spies planted by Uehara Naraku. No wonder that the eighth squad often does not collect much information!

    fortunately¡­

    He also has a subordinate.

    Ky¨­raku Chunsui even had a bit of fun in his hardships. He reached out and patted Lisa Yamanumaru''s head, and said with a chuckle: "It looks like I have good luck. That guy has left me with a subordinate who can be tribe." ¡­"

    "... let go!"

    Yagomaru Lisa''s expression was a bit unpleasant.

    This kind of thing is really no comfort without comparison.

    Compared to the lonely Aizen Toyousuke, the situation on the Gotei 13 team is slightly better, even though they are also angry at their teammates'' betrayal...

    Except for the controlled Grim Reapers...

    There are also some death gods who grew up in the orphanage of Yao Shidou. Some of them believe that they were deceived and used by the medicine teacher. After all, some orphans chose their own dean.

    In this team decision, UU reading www.uukahnshu.com Matsumoto Ranju, Asari Renji and Kuchiki Rukia were a little at a loss. They didn¡¯t know which side they should stand on...

    Fortunately, no one cares about them.

    Yamamoto Shigekuni glanced at the Gotei 13 team, whose team had shrunk significantly, and he was a little bit self-deprecating in his eyes: "It seems...not too shameful as an old man..."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and chuckled lightly: "After all, the captain has always taken care of me... although you only want to use me..."

    "Since everything is clear..."

    Yamamoto Shigekuni slowly nodded his head and drew out his Zanpaku Sword abruptly: "Then what follows, now this should be the final battlefield!"

    "The loser only needs to accept the rule of the Throne of Heaven."

    Aizen Soyousuke quietly fell by Yamamoto Shigekuni''s side, slowly raised his head and looked at Uehara Naraku, the Reiatsu on his body turned into a strong wind little by little!

    "Now this is our battlefield..."

    "Just here to decide the final winner..."

    "It''s quite a wonderful plan, so much so that I have to be heartbroken... But the outcome of all this still needs to rely on our strength to decide the winner..."

    "I want to see¡­"

    "Even if I get to this point by being manipulated, I still want to see if I am the bird in the cage..."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku was silent for a moment, watching Aizen Soyousuke who was approaching him step by step, and Gore D. Roger and Edward Newgate slammed forward to stop Aizen.

    Uehara Naruko waved his hand to signal them to step aside, and slowly stood up and looked at Aizen Soyousuke and nodded.

    "as you wish."

    "As a thank you for saving me."

    "I will give you the opportunity to use your full strength."

 Chapter 693ï¼š The damage suffered by the ants is not worth mentioning to the elephants

    "come together!"

    Uehara Naraku stood up slowly, looked at the other Reaper captains present, and tickled the corners of his own lips: "After all, you all seem to be dissatisfied with my cowardice most of the time. I should just prove it here..."

    As Uehara Naraku''s voice became heavier and heavier, Reiatsu rolled over her body like a substantial wave of air, and the powerful Reiatsu immediately set off a shock wave!

    A touch of wonder flashed in the eyes of each Captain Death!

    Whether they have seen the power of Yamamoto Shigekuni, or when they were studying in the zero division, they have never seen Reiatsu as terrifying as Uehara Naraku!

    Even Aizen Soyousuke can''t do it!

    "I have heard a word..."

    Uehara Naraku''s gaze swept over everyone, and the smile on the corner of his mouth became deeper and deeper: "It is difficult to step on an ant without killing it, but now I want to try it. I have to ask you to play the role of ants..."

    "Uehara Naraku!"

    The captain of the eleventh division drew out his sword abruptly, and rushed towards Uehara Naruto, with a crazy smile on his face: "Hahahahaha... Then let you guys come and take a look. The power of the ants to kill the elephant!"

    "I am looking forward."

    Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly disappeared before the throne, and appeared in front of Kenhachi Kakiki. He grabbed the long knife in his hand with his bare hands, and the spiritual pressure in his palm shook violently!

    Click, click...

    The long knife was directly shattered by Uehara''s palm!

    The next moment, Uehara Naraku''s palm crossed the light of the knife, and slapped Kendaki Kenpachi''s chest. A dozen broken blades were wrapped in the wind of his palm and stuck on Kendaki Kenpachi''s body!

    The captain of the 11th Division rolled his eyes and flew out!

    Gengmu Jianhachi fell to the ground in embarrassment, and went into a coma. The blood gurgled from the wound on his body where the blade was pierced, looking like he didn''t know his life or death...

    In a flash...

    Even more wood Kenpachi was already defeated.

    "We better go together...hohohoho..."

    The captain of the 12th Division, Neiyao Liyin, smiled and drew out his Zanpaku Knife. He immediately liberated Hajime, and concealed his words in a low voice: "Open your paws, kill Ksitigarbha! "

    A golden boy appeared behind Nirvana!

    The other Reaper Captains hesitated for a second, and each took hold of their own Zanpaku Knife, and began to liberate their …djie.

    A horn-shaped air wave is coming!

    Several Death Captains were directly lifted by this blow!

    As for the golden boy born after Nirvana completed the killing of the Ksitigarbha, he was also torn to pieces by this horn-shaped air wave!

    The captain of the tenth team, Hisugaya Toushiro, carrying his Zanpaku Sword Hiramumaru, a pair of white hydrofoils grew behind him, and rushed towards Uehara Naruto: "Uehara Naruto, you guy...Where is Hinamori? Where did you leave Hina Mori!"

    "no need to worry¡­"

    Uehara Naruko reached out his fingers, and a piece of Reibu directly penetrated Hisugaya Toushiro''s body, and also penetrated the wings behind him!

    Hisugaya Toyo Shiro fell to the ground embarrassedly!

    Uehara lowered his head slightly to look at the Hisugaya Toshiro on the ground, a gentle touch flashed across his face: "I will show mercy to an ant like you, not to mention that Hina Mori is a man who even treats her as a ant. Overrated people..."

    "..."

    This is really unexpected and somewhat humiliating!

    Even if Hisugaya Tosushiro couldn''t help but wanted to curse, he was slightly relieved, at least Uehara Naraku didn''t hurt Hina Mori in a physical sense...

    perhaps¡­

    Hina Mori is more psychologically hurt!

    After all, the two captains of the fifth division that she has always respected and loved are all behind the scenes, and even Uehara Naraku is even more terrifying than the deserted Aizen Soyousuke!

    "Spread it, Chibon Sakura Jingyan!"

    Kuchiki Byakuya''s eyes narrowed slightly, and the Zanpaku Sword in his hand slipped from his hand, and the moment it fell on the ground turned into countless cherry blossoms and dissipated!

    Every cherry blossom...

    All are the blades of the Senbon Sakura Zanpaku Sword!

    Tens of millions or even hundreds of millions of Sakura Zanpaku swords are flying in the air, gathering by Kuchiki Byakuya''s side, so that he can defend against attacks from any direction, as well as launch attacks on any target!

    The Sakura Sakura Zanpaku Sword under the Swastika...

    It can achieve a full range of offensive and defensive integration without dead ends!

    At this moment, Kuchiki Byakuya has the aura of a noble son...

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes flowed, watching the indifferent Kuchiki Byakuya under countless cherry blossoms, his figure suddenly disappeared in place!

    Next second...

    Uehara Naraku passed through the sky full of cherry blossoms!

    Thousands of Sakura Zanpaku Swords wanted to pierce Uehara Naraku''s body, but they were directly destroyed by the Reiatsu of his body guard!

    Countless cherry blossoms fell on the ground...

    Under the gaze of everyone, Uehara Naraku broke through Senbonzakura''s **** so strongly, and grabbed Kuchiki Byakuya''s throat with one hand!

    "Heh... do you want to dance too?"

    A dark smile flashed across the corner of Uehara Naraku''s mouth, and his palm clasped Kuchiki Byakuya''s throat, and he slammed the Patriarch of the Kuchiki clan to the ground!

    "Ahem..."

    Kuchiki Byakuya spouted a few blood in embarrassment.

    "Don''t go too far..."

    Ky¨­raku Chunshui instantly appeared in front of Kuchiki Byakuya.

    With the appearance of Ky¨­raku Chunshui, his junior brother Ukitake Shiro also appeared next to Kuchiki Byakuya in an instant, and took the aristocratic Patriarch away from here...

    Because next...

    It is the home of Jingle Chunshui!

    As the leader of the Reaper of the entire Gotei thirteen team, when it comes to combat power, Ky¨­raku Chunsui should be second only to Yamamoto Shigekuni!

    Any Death Captain present would not have any objection to this, because they all know Jingle Chunshui''s Zanpaku Sword ability!

    If used properly...

    Enough to overturn any powerful enemy!

    Jingle Chunshui¡¯s Zanpaku Knife is called Huatian Kuanggu, and its ability to exist is so complicated that no one in the corpse soul world can figure out its true ability!

    Except for its owner Jingle Chunshui!

    Once within the domain of Huatian Crazy Bone, only the initial solution has the power of rules. No one is aware of Huatian Crazy Bone¡¯s complex initial and stubborn calculation capabilities...

    "Huatian Crazy Bone... Brand New Ghost!"

    Jingle Chunshui whispered the initial explanation of the Huatian Crazy Bone Zanpaku Knife. The first ability he used was the new ghost. The real meaning of his moves was just a child¡¯s game...

    That is, during the use of the new ghost, the one with the highest wins!

    Whoever stands taller will win, the slashing power of the winner will be greatly strengthened, and the slashing power of the loser will be greatly weakened!

    This is the most commonly used ability of Jingle Chunshui!

    This is also the first ability he will use to face Naraku Uehara, and it will also be his first step in the next battle against Naraku Uehara with swordsmanship!

    unfortunately¡­

    The first step ushered in a premature death.

    Just as Kyraku Chunsui was rising into the air, Uehara Naraku''s palm flipped suddenly, and his palm pressed Kyraku Chunsui''s body directly to the ground!

    The power of this palm is so great that Ky¨­raku Chunsui¡¯s body is sinking into the ground. Even if he lifts his head hard, he can only see Uehara Naraku¡¯s shoes...

    Uehara Naraku stared at Ky¨­raku Chunshui, and slowly stretched out his palm into the void, and a broad Zanpaku knife appeared in his hand!

    "Shadow Ghost!"

    Ky¨­raku Chunshui gritted his teeth, and his body instantly disappeared in place, appearing in the shadow beneath Uehara Naruto!

    In the next moment, the Huatian Crazy Bone Spur in Ky¨­raku Harumi''s hands hits Uehara Naraku''s body!

    Shadow ghost!

    The one who has been trampled on the shadow loses!

    Just as the Zanpaku Sword in Ky¨­raku Harumi''s hand was about to pierce Uehara Naraku''s body, he saw that the target in front of him suddenly disappeared in place!

    this moment¡­

    Jingle Chunshui''s face changed drastically!

    A sharp pain appeared on his body!

    Jingle Chunshui slowly lowered his head, watching the blade appearing on his chest and abdomen, where there were blood stains on the blade...

    Uehara Naraku''s body slowly emerged from the shadow, standing behind Ky¨­raku Chunshui, and whispered softly: "The kid''s trick is not a good deal after all. What do you think, Ky¨­ bandmaster?"

    "is it?"

    A smile flashed across Jingle Chunshui''s mouth.

    The captain, who has always been inconsistent, didn''t care about his injury at all. Instead, he slowly released the wine gourd from his body, smiled and handed it back to Uehara Naraku behind: "Would you like... to have a drink first?"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku was silent for a moment, kicked Ky¨­raku Harumi in front of him to the ground, and shook his head blankly and said, "Sorry, my education does not allow me to drink..."

    "That''s really a pity..."

    Jingle Chunshui turned over and lay on the ground, shook his head and sighed, suddenly grasped the Zanpei knife in his hand, and murmured: "The last pot of wine is... Huatian Crazy Bone... Heisong''s heart!"

    A shady scene appeared on the entire battlefield!

    A powerful rein pressure appeared around Kyraku Harumi and Uehara Naraku. The environment around them gradually turned into a dim theater, and the Huatian Crazy Bone Zanpai Knife turned into a few theater-like pine trees!

    Along with the appearance of this dim theater, Uehara Naruto''s chest and abdomen also suddenly appeared wounds that were the same as Ky¨­raku Chunshui, and the blood was also scattered in an instant!

    Swastika of Huatian Crazy Bone...

    It is the ability to die together!

    "Hesitating trauma sharing..."

    Ky¨­raku Chunsui looked at Naraku Uehara, whose face was still calm, smiled lightly and stroked his wounds and explained, "All the injuries suffered before I start the **** will be reported back to your Excellency as much as possible..."

    "Is that so?"

    Uehara Naraku didn''t even wrinkle his brows. He slowly shook his head and said, "Have you not thought about it before using this trick? Ants can only take the damage of one finger..."

    Uehara Naraku calmly glanced at the healing wounds on his chest and abdomen, his eyes fell on the stunned Ky¨­raku Harumi, and calmly continued: "The damage from this finger fell on the elephant''s body, but it was connected to it. I can¡¯t stop itching..."

    "..."

    Jingle Chunshui''s expression finally changed.

    If this is the case, this …djie is meaningless at all!

    No matter how heavy he was injured, Uehara Naraku''s body was only a minor injury that could be healed at any time!

    I thought I would die together...

    Unexpectedly, it was just a kid''s farce!

    "Perhaps I should compliment, quite interesting ability."

    Uehara Naruto held the broad Zanpaku knife in his hand, and suddenly tore the smashing space of Huatian Crazy Bone, and the sunlight fell on him again!

    On the battlefield.

    Everyone saw this scene.

    That god-like Naraku Uehara, holding the broad Zanpaku knife, pulled upside down and cut off the Huatian Crazy Bones in Ky¨­raku Chunshui''s hands!

    "Pre-dinner desserts are delicious."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the rest of the Death Captains, and a ball of white light appeared on his fingertips. This white ball of light split in an instant, and directly penetrated the bodies of the other Death Captains like a sharp arrow!

    "I have seen a very interesting Zanpaku Knife just now. Naturally, I won''t have any special interest in your scrap copper and iron..."

    "Asshole..."

    The second team captain Broken Bee clutched her wound and bit her teeth bitterly. She had never realized this kind of humiliation!

    It¡¯s just that, whether it¡¯s Shattered Bee or other Death Captains who haven¡¯t taken any action yet, they can only cover their bleeding wounds and slowly fall to the ground...

    "Next, it''s dinner."

    Uehara Naraku slowly turned around and looked at Yamamoto Genryuzai Shigekuni and Ai Ran Soyousuke, his broad and somewhat unpretentious Zanpaku knife slowly dissipated.

    "Two..."

    Uehara Naraku looked at these two strongest enemies, UU Reading stretched out his palm into the void again, and continued to ask: "Who will come first? Or... together?"

    This sentence is a bit too humiliating to others.

    Both Yamamoto Shigekuni or Aizen Soyousuke can be regarded as people who can destroy this spiritual palace with their own power, but the attitude of Uehara Naruko in front of them seems to be like those of ordinary death captains...

    "The old man wants to say the same..."

    The Liubian Ruohuozanpaku in Yamamoto Shigekuni''s hand slowly changed its appearance, and the spiritual pressure on his body rose almost geometrically. The flame-like sharp blade, the flame on the blade slowly disappeared and restrained inside the blade!

    this moment¡­

    Yamamoto Shigekuni completely liberated his Zanpakuto!

    The strongest fire-type Zanpaku Sword, the blade is liberated like fire, the last thousand years of **** form Canhuo Taishou has finally appeared again!

    Although the flames on the sword gradually receded, the scorching heat on the Zanpaku sword could not tolerate the air around it, and waves of heat gradually emerged...

    "right now¡­"

    Yamamoto Motoyagisei Shigekuni narrowed his eyes slightly, and looked at Aizen Soyousuke and Uehara Naraku. The old man''s voice calmly fell into their ears: "Who will come first... or... together? "

    "interesting."

    Lan Ran Soyousuke''s hand grasped towards Jinghua Shuiyue next to him, and slowly placed this Zanpaku Knife horizontally in front of him, an imaginary figure appeared from Jinghua Shuiyue Zanpaku Knife, and landed on Lan Ranzunyou. By your side!

    this is¡­

    Swastika of the mirror flower and water moon, the mirror image of the water moon!

    Aizen Soyousuke''s mirror image and the main body each held a Zanpakuk¨­, and the gentle voice fell in the ears of Uehara Naraku and Yamamoto Shigekuni at the same time: "There is no need to deliberately choose each other now...two, Let''s go together!"

 Chapter 694ï¼š This is the Zanpaku Knife I use!

    Uehara Naraku.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke.

    Yamamoto Motoryusai Shigekuni.

    For them who can be described as invincible, it is their pride to be a strong man who will never give up, even on this battlefield that can be called the ultimate place.

    Even if two of them are behind the scenes.

    "It''s really a troublesome ability..."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Aizen Soyousuke''s body and mirror image, then at Yamamoto Shigekuni, shook his head slightly and sighed, "Captain Aizen, Captain Yamamoto, at this moment, facing two powerful enemies at the same time. , It¡¯s not a rational decision for you..."

    This sentence¡­

    Uehara Naraku is always weird to say...

    This fucking... didn''t this guy talk about the melee first?

    "If you have to do this..."

    Uehara Naraku''s hands stretched out into the void at the same time, his hands each drew out a Zanpaku Sword, and the sharpness on each Zanpaku Sword made people unable to avoid it!

    It looks like a samurai sword...

    The other Zanpaku knife looks like a long sword...

    Knife and sword!

    Uehara Naraku slowly raised the knives and swords in his hands, folded them and crossed them in front of him, and then suddenly slashed the two sharp blades, and a series of electric sparks were thrown out under the strike of gold and iron!

    The Zanpaku knife that resembles a samurai sword, Ai Ran Soyousuke has seen before, it is the mirage water-based Zanpaku knife that can turn any attack into an illusion...

    The name of another Zanpaku knife that resembles a long sword...

    "A mirage, the sky is long in autumn."

    Uehara Naraku introduced the name of his Zanpaku without hesitating, and he did not hesitate about his love for these two Zanpaku. "I hope... the two will not let them down... After all, they have very few chances to play..."

    As for the abilities of the Qiu Shui Changtian Zanpaku Sword, Uehara Naraku didn''t even start to introduce it, or there is no need to introduce this Zanpaku Sword at all!

    As long as they clash...

    Whether it is Aizen Soyousuke or Yamamoto Shigekuni¡¯s instinctive reading of combat, they will soon know the power of this Zanpaku Sword!

    "Then... let''s start! Swastika!"

    Uehara Naraku shook the two Zanpaku Swords abruptly!

    Compared with the so-called chanting and liberation, Uehara Naraku used these two Zanpaku knives rather rudely, and just a little shake it directly into the …djie form!

    A spray of water appeared on the Qiu Shui Changtian Zhanpaku Knife, and turned into a trickle hovering on the blade, continuously circling around the blade!

    A white cloud floated on the Zhan Po Knife in the mirage, and the white cloud gradually dissipated, covering the blade like a mist!

    "..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s eyes flashed slightly.

    In the next moment, Aizen Soyousuke''s mirror image and body separated instantly, and they ran in the direction of Uehara Naraku and Yamamoto Shigekuni respectively. The mirror flower Shuiyue Zanpaku knife in their hands flashed with a sharp edge in the sun!

    "Remnant sun... prison clothes."

    Yamamoto Shigekuni opened his eyes slightly.

    A spiritual pressure turned into flames and emerged from his body out of thin air, putting a coat of flame on his body, making his whole body dazzling and scorching like a huge high-temperature fireball!

    And Ai Ran Soyousuke, who had just rushed to Yamamoto Shigekuni, had to stop his steps when he saw this scene, a solemn color flashed across his face!

    Yamamoto Shigekuni in the …djie form!

    It''s almost like changing a person!

    At this moment, Shigekuni Yamamoto seemed to have regained his name as the strongest **** of death who suppressed everything a thousand years ago, named the "Sword Demon"!

    The moment Yamamoto Shigekuni opened his eyes, the spiritual pressure on his body swept across the entire Spirit King Palace in an instant, the Zanpaku Knife in his hand swung up, and a blaze slashed out with his movements, turning into a dozen The thousand-meter sea of ??flames has swept into the battlefield!

    "Is this... the power of Captain Yamamoto?"

    A bright light flashed under Urahara Kisuke''s lens, even if he had already explored the history of Yamamoto Shigekuni from the data, he couldn''t help but marvel at the ease of Yamamoto Shigekuni''s ability to fire in the form of the Swastika!

    Just a relief...

    Turn the entire battlefield into his home court!

    "It''s so terrible that people can hardly produce the will to resist..."

    Sifengyuan Yeyi¡¯s face was heavier than ever before, and she had never seen such a horrible scene. This ability to instantly change the environment was too strong!

    If you change to another person...

    Perhaps exhausting all the spiritual pressure may not make this step possible!

    However, Yamamoto Shigekuni only swiped a knife lightly!

    While the Gotei 13 team was lamenting Yamamoto Shigekuni''s powerful combat power, Uehara''s camp was full of disdain for Yamamoto Shigekuni.

    "Huh, do I still need to use Zanpoto?"

    A flash of contempt flashed over Uchiha Madara''s mouth, but Gu Zi nodded again: "But for people in this world, this power is enough to destroy everything, right?"

    "It''s not easy even for us..."

    Senshou Zhuma shook his head and said in a deep voice, "Maara, I still have to admit that the strength of this Lord Yamamoto Shigekuni is indeed very strong... Even if you want to release a fire escape technique of this scale, it is not. Relax?"

    "Huh, it''s not necessary."

    Uchiha Madara shook his head disdainfully, and said coldly: "I just disdain to study this low-level ability..."

    "Hahahaha..."

    Senjujuzuma just scratched his head, he knew what he was saying at this time, it would definitely cause Uchiha Madara''s dissatisfaction.

    Edward Newgate stalked his own Daguan Knife and did not hide his exclamation in the slightest. He thought of one of his silly sons: "Ace and Lord Yamamoto are still far away... After all, he''s still very young..."

    "A gap of thousands of years..."

    Gore D. Roger nodded slowly.

    As Yamamoto Shigekuni wielded the Zanpaku Knife in his hand, the sea of ??fire continued to spread on this battlefield, forcing the surrounding crowd to retreat...

    And Aizen Soyousuke on the edge of the sea of ??fire...

    At this moment, I can only use spiritual pressure to isolate the fierce inflammation...

    Compared to the battle on Aizen Soyousuke''s main body, the situation encountered by Aizen Soyousuke''s mirror image was not smooth, because he was fighting Uehara Naraku!

    Uehara Naraku has never revealed any depth!

    Uehara Naraku¡¯s Reiatsu is even stronger than that of Yamamoto Shigekuni. The Qiu Shui Changtian Zanpaku Knife in his hand drew a trace in the sky. A huge water curtain almost touched the sky in the field of vision, and the water waves fell from the sky and forced blue. Ranso Yousuke''s body had to retreat!

    The huge water waves rolled down, completely submerging the sea of ??flames!

    The fog began to spread across the battlefield...

    Uehara Naraku, Yamamoto Shigekuni, and Aizen Soyousuke''s body and mirror image began to attack the opponent at the same time. Three people and four figures were instantly caught in a fierce battle!

    The sound of gold and iron fighting constantly came from the mist!

    Soon, Ai Ran Soyousuke realized his disadvantages, and his mirror image and body immediately began to converge, enticing the three parties to quickly enter the melee!

    Uehara Naruko slashed through the mist and slashed at Yamamoto Shigekuni''s body with a single stab. The vast slash went towards Yamamoto Shigekuni, which was covered in flames!

    Along with Uehara Naraku''s attack, Aizen Soyousuke''s mirror image and body were dispatched at the same time, appearing on both sides of Yamamoto Shigekuni, and the two mirror flowers and water moon Zanpaku swords were cut out at the same time!

    In an instant...

    Yamamoto Shigekuni was in crisis!

    just¡­

    The old man was awe-inspiring, his eyebrows trembled slightly, his figure dodges three slashes in an instant, and appeared beside Lan Ran Soyousuke''s mirror image!

    "The rising sun...blade, cut!"

    A sharp knife light slashed across!

    In this blade of light, the flame left a burnt black trace in the air, instantly splitting Aizen Soyousuke''s mirror image into two!

    It¡¯s just that Aizen Soyousuke¡¯s mirror image is really split like a divided mirror, but it doesn¡¯t disappear like it was when it was crushed by Uchiha Madara...

    This scene is too weird...

    "Ok?"

    Yamamoto Shigekuni looked at the split mirror image, a strange color flashed in his eyes, and the direction of attack he just picked was the weakest opponent!

    Yamamoto Shigekuni narrowed his eyes slightly, and soon found out the answer: "Huh? When the Zanpaku Sword was about to attack him... Did he split his mirror body?"

    "Yup¡­"

    Ai Ran Soyousuke slightly nodded, and sighed softly, "It''s really scary...A battlefield where you might lose your life if you don''t pay attention...

    ¡­Any loss will lead to defeat¡­So even if it¡¯s just a mirror image for support, I dare not easily damage it¡­"

    Click!

    The cracking sound of the mirror is very small!

    However, it seemed especially crisp between the three of them!

    "The flame of the sunblade can burn everything..."

    Yamamoto Shigekuni glanced indifferently at the gradually shattered mirror image, and said coldly: "Once it is contaminated by the flames of the Sunblade, it is already doomed to end... It just escaped for a while..."

    next moment¡­

    The mirror image that was originally divided, the position where the two halves of the body were divided, gradually burned into a mass of intense flames, and gradually began to decompose...burn...

    Until...

    Turn to ashes.

    "It''s still that scary... Captain Yamamoto."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke slowly shook his head, and did not lament the death of his mirror image.

    Lan Ran''s hand gradually appeared in a cloud of black liquid, slowly covering the mirror flower Shuiyue Zanpaku knife in his hand, he never cared about a momentary loss!

    "As expected... the strongest Zanpaku sword of the fire type..."

    Uehara Naraku sighed softly, his figure suddenly appeared in front of Yamamoto Shigekuni, lifting the Qiu Shui Changtian in his hand and slicing it on the Kanhuo Taito!

    With the support of Uehara Naraku''s spiritual pressure, the trickle of the long autumn water converged little by little, and confronted the fierce flame hidden in the Kanhuo Taito!

    Flames are flying!

    Water splash!

    Uehara Naraku waved the autumn water in his hands for a long time and forced Shigekuni Yamamoto back!

    "The water-based Zanpakuknife that can actually compete with Canhuo Taito..."

    An astonishment flashed in Yamamoto Shigekuni¡¯s eyes, and he slowly shook his head: "No, it''s only because of the stronger Reiki Pressure that the Zanpaku Sword will be stronger..."

    "Yeah, this knife is not enough..."

    Uehara Naraku sighed and shook his head slowly.

    "I remember you have thirteen Zanpaku knives..."

    Aizen Soyousuke stared at Uehara Naraku firmly. He didn''t believe that Uehara Naraku had only one Zanpaku sword that could compete with Yamamoto Shigekuni!

    "Well, you might have been fooled by me..."

    Uehara Naraku slowly shook his head, the Qiu Shui Changtian in his hand changed color a little, and a blue halo appeared on the blade: "I don''t own thirteen Zanpaku knives...but I can create anything at any time. A Zanpaku knife..."

    Uehara Naraku slashed a sword at Yamamoto Shigekuni and Aizen Soyousuke, and a vast chill came out of the sword!

    There are little cold stars in this cold air!

    Even though Yamamoto Shigekuni and Aizen Soyousuke retreated in a hurry, they were inevitably contaminated by the spots of cold stars, and a cloud of ice appeared on both of them at the same time!

    In a blink of an eye...

    Both of them were sealed in the ice!

    Even though Yamamoto Shigekuni and Aizen Soyousuke broke the ice and escaped from the inside in an instant, there was inevitably a touch of surprise on their faces!

    Uehara Naraku...

    Can you change the attributes of Zanpakuto at any time? No, should I say that this guy can use his Reiatsu to create Zanpaku Knife at any time? No matter what kind of enemy he faces, he seems to have the ability to restrain the enemy!

    Yamamoto Shigekuni and Aizen Soyousuke stared firmly at Uehara Naraku. The two of them hardly hesitated, and instantly nailed the target to Uehara Naraku!

    The current situation is very delicate...

    After seeing Uehara''s ability to create Zanpakuto, both of them knew very well that as long as one of them was defeated in a melee, the other would soon be defeated by Uehara''s Zanpakuto restraint!

    "do not worry about it¡­"

    Uehara Naruko shook his head, UU reading www. uukanshu. Com threw the Zanpaku Knife in his hand, and calmly continued: "Even if you work together to besiege, you can''t change the destined ending from the beginning... But if you face you, you may need an invincible Zanpaku... "

    "¡­Ok?"

    Yamamoto Shigekuni and Aizen Soyousuke are a little wary.

    In this world, is there any Zanpaku that can be called invincible?

    Any Zanpaku knife has its weaknesses and the existence that is restrained!

    "I hope it doesn''t scare you..."

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes changed a little bit, the reincarnation eyes gleamed strangely in his eye sockets, and illusory skeletons appeared on his body...

    Suzuo Nenghu!

    "That is¡­"

    Aizen Soyousuke''s expression changed drastically!

    "...Blur?"

    Yamamoto Shigekuni''s eyes were a little surprised.

    It''s just that when they didn''t have time to think and doubt, Uehara Naraku''s body had more and more skeletons, and in a blink of an eye it turned into a complete body with a height of more than a thousand meters, and he wrapped his body!

    A horrible spiritual pressure suppresses everyone present like a god, forcing everyone to use their own spiritual pressure to counter this horrible pressure!

    boom!

    The space of the entire Spirit Palace is trembling!

    Uehara Naraku stood among the crystals of Susao Nohu, and the two people who were looking down on the ground, his voice gradually became a little arrogant: "Sorry, forgive me for being rude... In a sense, this is me. The Zanpaku knife used!"

    The next moment, the tall Suzano suddenly pulled out the Suzano sword on his waist, and slammed it towards Yamamoto Shigekuni and Aizen Soyousuke!

    When this slash swept away two people directly, it also brazenly tore a crack in the space of the Spirit King Palace!

 Chapter 695ï¼š Heijue: Everyone thinks I was created by them...

    One knife!

    Directly hit Yamamoto Shigekuni and Aizen Soyousuke!

    Yamamoto Shigekuni¡¯s sunken jail jacket was directly torn by this knife, and he covered his chest with a mouthful of blood. If it weren¡¯t for the defense of the sun jail jacket on his body, this knife might have let him in Dying...

    Ai Ran Soyousuke¡¯s body was full of tearing wounds. If he was a normal person, he would have been killed directly at this moment. It is just that the fusion of Bengyu and Heijue in Ai Ran¡¯s body began when he was about to die. Stitching and repairing his body...

    even¡­

    Bengyu is still driving the evolution of Ai Ran Soyousuke!

    "This feeling is really hard to control..."

    Uehara Naraku manipulated the thousand-meter-high Susano to hold the sword of Susa again, watching Shigekuni Yamamoto and Aizen Soyousuke lying on the ground, and continued: "Captain Aizen is right, think To step on a group of ants without killing them is really difficult to control this intensity..."

    "Think of us as ants..."

    Yamamoto Shigekuni struggled to stand up, leaning on the Zanpoknife in his hand and looking at the mountain-like Susano in front of him, the old man slowly closed his eyes.

    "but¡­"

    Yamamoto Shigekuni¡¯s reiki hovered around him again, and the flames on the Zanpaku Sword rose up into the sky, his eyes opened suddenly, and the old man¡¯s eyes were extremely serious: ¡°It¡¯s too early to win or lose now. ¡­"

    The Zanpei knife in the old man''s hand traversed an arc, holding the handle of the knife in both hands, and slashed hard towards the mountain-like Suzuo Nenghu!

    "Ten trillion dead burial formation!"

    The monstrous flames are rushing towards Suzuo Nenghu!

    The temperature of the entire Spirit Palace has risen again, and the heat wave that hits is almost untenable. People in every camp are using various means to resist this heat wave from the flames!

    In the blazing flames, each and every black skeletons were bathed in flames and reborn in the world, waving their sharp claws and pounced on Susano!

    This is one of Yamamoto Shigekuni¡¯s slaying abilities. Using the residual fire sword to cut out a blaze that is enough to destroy the world. Enemies once killed by Yamamoto Shigekuni will be reborn in the flames and pounce on him with an endless attitude. enemy!

    And his enemy...

    The tall Suzuo Nenghu raised the sword of Suzu again, and the gust of wind wrapped the giant blade and slashed towards the endless flames!

    A vast expanse of slash was cut out from between Suzuo, and in a short while, countless black skeletons were torn into pieces, like cutting white paper, splitting the flames in two!

    Everyone saw that brilliant and gorgeous slash!

    This magnificent slash blatantly tore the entire flame battlefield apart, still castrated, and fell on the body of Yamamoto Genryusai!

    Bang!

    Yamamoto Shigekuni was slashed out in an instant!

    This old man who had been horizontal for thousands of years fell to the ground like a piece of rags, blood seeped from his body, and slowly began to spread outward and stain the ground...

    Uehara Naraku stood among the crystals of Susano, looking down at Yamamoto Shigekuni, who had never climbed up again, and whispered softly: "This sword...named Zanyue...True Zanyue."

    because¡­

    It has really cut the moon!

    The whole battlefield was silent.

    This scene happened so quickly that many people never reacted to it.

    A moment ago, Yamamoto Shigekuni¡¯s knife seemed to destroy the entire Spirit Palace, making everyone present think that the knife would easily tear the Susano, and directly defeat Uehara Naruko who was hidden in it;

    At a later moment, Uehara Naraku directly tore through Yamamoto Shigekuni''s cremation formation, and completely defeated the old man with the power of extinction in his body!

    After Uehara Naraku defeated Yamamoto Shigekuni, his eyes fell on another enemy, and Susao Nohu under his control rose into the air under his control!

    "The legendary...Suzano!"

    Lan Ran Soyousuke''s eyes tightened slightly, and patches of pitch black appeared on his body, wrapping up his body. This was the defense that Heijue added to him.

    Aizen Soyousuke once heard the name of Susano Nogo in the mouth of Oshemaru. It is said that it is also the ability used by Uchiha Madara to slaughter the virtual circle...

    Now witnessing the thousand-meter-high Valkyrie, Ai Ran Soyousuke''s heart can not be said to be shocked, because there has never been such a terrifying ability in the history of the entire corpse soul world!

    "Still in fear?"

    Ai Ran Soyousuke frowned slightly, watching the giant Susa flying towards him, and whispered softly: "Fear is the most useless emotion... Let''s evolve, Bengyu."

    The collapsed jade in his body...

    Fear was born again.

    Lan Ran¡¯s chest exuded a burst of light, and Bengyu¡¯s light gradually became stronger and stronger. In a blink of an eye, its spiritual pressure began to flow quickly around Lan Ran Soyousuke¡¯s whole body, and the pale liquid slowly covered Lan Ran. Soyousuke''s whole body...

    After a while...

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s image has changed drastically.

    Three pairs of pale butterfly wings were born behind him, and the spiritual pressure on his body gradually evolved to a higher level. The strength of his body increased exponentially, and he almost couldn''t restrain the urge to punch his fist!

    Beng Yu directly let him break through the dimension of death power!

    With this power, Ai Ran Soyousuke has the confidence to face any enemy!

    And Heijue in Ai Ran Soyou Jie also turned into a jet-black liquid, flowing on his body, leaving black lines...

    Black and white left clear boundaries on his body, and made him instantly feel the power of rapid expansion in his body!

    "Nara!"

    Ai Ran Soyousuke waved his fist to meet Susano, his reason gradually began to fade in his mind, and the rapidly expanding power brought about the rapidly expanding self-confidence!

    "Has it been planned to this level?"

    Uehara Naraku''s eyebrows trembled, and Susano was gradually disintegrated under his control, and he released Susano''s mode in an instant!

    next moment¡­

    Uehara Naraku''s fist suddenly clenched!

    Endless spiritual pressure was released from his body!

    Three pairs of white wings suddenly formed behind Naraku Uehara!

    Fairy mode, open!

    Uehara Naraku''s figure teleported towards Aizen Soyousuke, and the two of them waved their fists at each other at the same time, falling into a hand-to-hand battle!

    Two existences that transcend the dimension at the same time...

    Every punch, every kick, almost set off a wave of air shocks, and the air was trembling under their fists!

    "This is the power beyond death..."

    A crazy smile flashed across Aizen Soyousuke''s face, and he slammed Uehara''s head with a punch, but he was slightly avoided by Uehara''s head!

    "That''s right...but..."

    Uehara Naruko hit Aizen''s chest with a fist, his fist almost sinking into the white flesh on Aizen''s body, the huge pain caused Aizen Soyousuke to twitch his cheek involuntarily!

    Uehara Naruko watched Aizen who showed pain on his face, the Reiatsu on his fist was released instantly, smashing Aizen Soyousuke under the ground!

    Lan Ran''s body fell to the ground like a cannonball, and a huge pit was instantly smashed, causing his body to gradually disintegrate!

    In the battle of physique...

    No one has ever beaten Naraku Uehara''s fairy mode!

    "This is the strength I give you."

    Uehara Naraku''s wings flapped slightly, leading him to slowly fall beside Aizen Soyousuke, spreading his palms and saying, "Before we fight, the victory or defeat between us is already doomed. Captain Aizen..."

    "The evaluation of you in the past was really wrong..."

    Lan Ran Soyousuke slowly crawled out of the pit. The butterfly wings behind him gradually gathered together and turned into a pair of light wings. He shook his head slightly: "Everyone thinks you have the humility, in fact, That''s what you are most proud of, because you never put them in your eyes..."

    Bengyu started to evolve again!

    In other words, during the battle with Naraku Uehara, Bengyu was preparing for the next evolution every moment. Even after this evolution, Bengyu was still brewing the next time, and it was still in fear. That man in the sky!

    Aizen Soyousuke didn''t have time to pay attention to the collapsed jade who was still afraid of Uehara Naruto. The light wings behind him flapped slightly, and his body instantly disappeared in place!

    next moment¡­

    Aizen Soyousuke turned into a light, and suddenly appeared behind Uehara Naraku, his palm slammed to the position of the heart behind Uehara Naraku!

    "Oh, do you believe in the light?"

    The corners of Uehara''s mouth hooked slightly.

    Just as Aizen Soyousuke''s palm scratched his back, everyone saw Uehara Naraku''s body transform into countless light particles and dissipated in the air...

    "but¡­"

    "Who knows the existence of light better than me?"

    In the next second, countless light particles converged again into the appearance of Uehara Naraku, his fingertips glowed with a golden light, and a ray instantly shot towards Aizen Soyousuke!

    That golden ray split into countless rays of light on the way, directly piercing through countless small holes in Aizen Soyousuke''s body!

    Uehara Naraku looked down at Bengyu who was treating Aizen Souesuke, and shook his head slightly: "Bengyu''s power, but so...or rather, your strength is just that..."

    When he said this, Naruto Uehara showed a playful smile on his face: "But this is understandable, because I know everything about you."

    "From the moment you were born..."

    "From the time you entered the Central Spiritual Academy..."

    "From the time you began to derive darkness..."

    "..."

    "Is that so?"

    Aizen Soyousuke''s palm suddenly turned black, his figure suddenly disappeared in the same place, and once again appeared next to Uehara Naraku, his palm turned into claws and clasped against Uehara Naraku''s chest!

    "How long will the next evolution take?"

    Uehara Naruko firmly grasped Aizen Soyousuke''s wrist, and slowly shook his head and sighed, "Because this world is too small, it limits your horizons... Captain Aizen... Bengyu is not a omnipotent existence. Will be afraid of creatures stronger than oneself."

    "But I won''t be afraid..."

    The sharpness in Ai Ran Soyousuke''s eyes remains the same!

    "What''s the point then?"

    Uehara Naruko let go of Aizen Soyousuke''s palm, and a group of repulsive force suddenly repelled from his palm, and he shot Aizen Soyousuke directly out: "Everything about you is under my control, we The battle of "is doomed for a long time, it is just a dessert I will taste to meet the next opponent..."

    "No one can control everything in this world."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke climbed out again, standing on the ground looking up at the enemy in the sky and shook his head slightly: "The future you thought and the unexpected unexpected...We never know which one will come first... "

    next moment¡­

    The black liquid on Aizen Soyousuke''s body is flowing faster and faster!

    When Bengyu was still afraid of Naraku Uehara and did not dare to act, Aizen Soyousuke could only temporarily rely on the power of Heijue in his body!

    "maybe¡­"

    Uehara Naruko shook his head like a mockery, and the front of the conversation suddenly changed: "Perhaps I can''t control the world, but I should be able to control you... The last few guests have already sneaked into the Spirit Palace. There is no time to waste, let''s do it!"

    After Uehara Naraku entered the immortal mode, he knew almost everything in the entire Spirit Palace. A powerful Reiki appeared from the shadows and disappeared in a flash, and at that moment he did not hide Uehara Naraku.

    Aizen Soyousuke shook his head slowly, still trying to refute Uehara Naraku''s words: "You don''t seem to be innocent..."

    "He was right."

    Click!

    Sudden change!

    A hoarse voice appeared in Aizen Soyousuke''s ear!

    A pitch-black palm suddenly penetrated Lan Ran Soyousuke''s chest and abdomen, and directly grabbed the Bengyu fused with his chest!

    "He was right."

    There was a sneer in Heijue''s voice, mocking the Ai Ran who possessed him: "Perhaps he really can''t control the world, but it''s more than enough to control everything...Master Ai Ran."

    "Hei Jue..."

    Lan Ran Soyousuke''s eyes widened a little, and slowly lowered his head to look at the dark palm that appeared on his chest, the astonishment in his eyes gradually enlarged...

    The next moment, the anger in Ai Ran Soyousuke''s eyes could hardly be contained: "You were created by me, and I gave you life..."

    "Ho **** ho ho...everyone thought I was created by them."

    Heijue¡¯s body slowly covered Aizen¡¯s cheeks, and his hoarse voice echoed in this space: ¡°Whether it¡¯s you or Urahara Kisuke, you¡¯ve never created anything... It¡¯s all from us. Bestowed."

    "Master Aizen, I was never created by you..."

    Hei Jue''s laughter became more and more gloomy, and he continued with a low smile, "It''s a sad reality... Aizen-sama, you never trust anyone... That''s why I will become your favorite chess piece..."

    "From the very beginning, when you were studying Bengyu, in order to determine whether Bengyu could pose a threat to our **** of the world, we secretly used the failed product of the Bengyu experiment to sneak into your side..."

    "and so¡­"

    "You haven''t concealed everything from our eyes..."

    With the voice of Heijue...

    One by one, Bai Jue also emerged from the ground of the Spirit Palace...

    This group of Bai Zetsu and Hei Zetsu sealed Aizen Soyousuke together...

    This scene caused Urahara Kisuke''s face to change, and he never knew that Bai Jue would have sneaked into the Spirit Palace!

    "Hehehehe... I''m so sorry..."

    Bai Jue looked at Kisuke Urahara grinningly, and beckoned at him: "I didn''t expect that someone would be fooled by us..."

    "..."

    Urahara Kisuke''s face was slightly embarrassed.

    Although he did not participate in the battle, he felt that his heart was hurt a lot, especially because Urahara trusted Baijue this group of funny creatures!

    According to Urahara Kisuke, Hei Zetsu and Bai Zetsu have always been two absolutely opposite creatures fighting each other, and they turned out to be spies sent by that guy...

    Isn''t that guy Uehara Naraku going too far?

    Not only did Urahara Kisuke think so, all the Reapers present were also thinking about how much Uehara Naraku could do...

    It turns out...

    They were right.

    Uehara Naraku could indeed do something more excessive.

    "Ichigo, Mr. Yixin."

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand for Kurozu to seal Aizen Soyousuke, his gaze fell under a huge shadow, and he said softly: "There is no need to hide in the shadow world, it is not good for us... I know. , You must really want to meet someone, right?"

    Uehara Naraku''s body slowly fell to the ground, and he snapped his fingers softly, and a temporal and spatial vortex appeared beside him.

    A woman with long orange hair was sent out.

    "That is¡­"

    Everyone''s face was a little surprised.

    While they were still wondering, Kisuke Urahara and others, who had known the woman before, were full of consternation: "How could it be...Mrs. Kurosaki?"

    "The shadow world... isn''t it the space where the friend Habach hid?"

    "Who is Kurosaki Maki?"

    "Ichigo''s mother, Yixin Captain''s wife."

    "Wait... Didn''t it mean that the woman named Kurosaki Maki was swallowed a long time ago? Or... it was another **** laid by the guy Naraku..."

    "What exactly is going on?"

    There was an uproar in the entire Spirit King Palace.

    They seem to be too young to recognize Uehara Naraku.

 Chapter 696ï¼š Let me see one... the last crescent moon!

    Spirit Palace.

    The weather is still sunny.

    The wind is still a bit noisy.

    A huge shadow gradually appeared on the ground.

    This shadow is like an abyss, so that everyone can feel the darkness hidden in it, and the spiritual pressure lurking in it and slowly leaking, two men in death-tyrant costumes slowly emerged from the shadow.

    Kurosaki Ichigo.

    Kurosaki Yixin.

    When the two of them saw Kurosaki Masaki, the father and son were not willing to hide in the shadow world anyway.

    After the start of the Soul World War, Kurosaki Isshin and Kurosaki Ichigo and their sons faced a huge crisis during the retreat of the Unholy Legion and the Gotei 13 Team. Fortunately, the friends of the Shadow World, Habach, rescued them.

    and¡­

    Yukhabach once again believed that Kurosaki Ichigo would be a more suitable existence than Ishida Uryu as the successor of the invisible empire, and he took action to guide Kurosaki Ichigo''s inner strength.

    Yukhabach thinks that they should hide for a while, and get all the intelligence of Uehara Naraku and his four dead waiters before they join the battle. Unfortunately, when Kurosaki Ichigo saw his mother show up, he finally couldn''t help it. Ask to show up.

    Uehara Naraku looked at Kurosaki Ichigo and Kurosaki Ichigo who appeared, and his face suddenly showed a little disappointment: "Why did Mr. Yukhabach refuse to show up together? Are you worried that I will hurt him?"

    You Habacher...

    The guts are unexpectedly small!

    "..."

    Kurosaki Ichigo did not answer.

    This orange-haired young man of Reaper just looked at Kurosaki Masaki who was next to Uehara Naraku, his throat faintly choked, and his eyes gradually turned red: "Mom..."

    "Ichigo..."

    Kurosaki Masaki held her fingers tightly, tears slowly streaming down her cheeks, she finally saw her son again after many years!

    No need to judge...

    Kurosaki Ichigo knew this must be his mother!

    Before Kurosaki Ichigo wanted to say something nostalgic, Kurosaki slapped his son down with a heart and a slap, carrying his own Zanpaku, and said loudly: "Uehara kid, I love me the most. Give it back to me, Ichigo, this little guy is at your disposal!"

    "..."

    Kurosaki single-mindedly made the tension of the mother and son reunion suddenly dissipated. This father is really out of the question!

    Interpreted in one sentence...

    Parents are true love, sons are accidents.

    However, only a few people know that Kurosaki''s true purpose is to hope that his son can wake up and not lose his mind just because Kurosaki Maki is in the hands of the enemy...

    "Asshole dad..."

    Kurosaki Ichigo got up and scratched his head.

    Although he knows what Kurosaki Yixin means, he still feels a little awkward in his heart. Can''t this father be like a father?

    Uehara Naraku looked at the father and son, smiled and spread out his palms: "Don''t worry, I don''t have any conspiracy..."

    "This sentence is not funny at all..."

    Kurosaki hooked his nose boredly: "Is there any guy in this world who has more conspiracies and tricks than you?"

    The world''s biggest behind-the-scenes black hand Haruna falls here and says he has no conspiracy? This is not an obvious way to treat them as fools!

    Listening to Kurosaki Isshin''s words, Uehara Naruko''s brows wrinkled slightly: "Mr. Isshin, I don''t like others interrupting me..."

    Before he could speak, Uehara Naraku suddenly raised his finger!

    A hollow bullet that converged from Reiatsu suddenly shot at Kurosaki Isshin!

    It''s just that Kurosaki''s reaction is fast. Although this middle-aged man always looks like a bohemian, he is far more vigilant than others in battle!

    Kurosaki slammed the Zanpakuto in his hand to resist this empty bullet. Unexpectedly, this empty bullet directly interrupted his Zanpakuto, and instantly penetrated his lower abdomen!

    Kurosaki Isshin''s body flew upside down!

    "Dad!"

    Kurosaki Kazuhiro stopped his body and looked at Kurosaki Yixin''s injury. When he saw Kurosaki Yixin''s life in danger, he finally felt relieved.

    "One heart!"

    Kurosaki Maki also hurried to her husband.

    Uehara Naraku did not stop Kurosaki Masaki, but walked towards the reunited family step by step, smiling and continuing: "This time is just a lesson... In the face of someone who saved your family, you should at least say thank you. Right?"

    "One thing may need to be clarified."

    "Back then, you had no power to resist the great void, because your ancestor friend Habach initiated the sanctification and took away all the power of the Quincy in this world."

    "But I sent someone to save you at that time. No matter how you look at it, it should be your real life-saver, right..."

    "and many more¡­"

    Kurosaki Ichigo suddenly raised his head and looked at Naraku Uehara: "Yuhabach... took away his mother''s power? You know the truth back then, why don''t you tell..."

    "Why tell other people?"

    Uehara Naraku said that after asking with a smile, the smile in his eyes gradually became a little dangerous: "Who do you think is qualified to ask the truth with me? Ichigo, I saved your mother. Now you should at least be right. May I say thank you?"

    "..."

    Kurosaki Ichigo was silent for a moment.

    This somewhat honest young man of death lowered his head.

    "Anyway... I should say something... Thank you..."

    "Your Excellency Naraku Uehara..."

    Kurosaki Masaki raised his head and looked at Uehara Naraku: "If your purpose of saving me back then... is to threaten my son and husband today..."

    "The logic of this sentence is very interesting."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head indifferently, and slowly raised his finger to point to Kurosaki Maki: "I saved your life. Now your family shouldn''t be invincible with me, right?"

    This logic is somewhat dialectical.

    In a sense, Uehara Naraku rescued Kurosaki Masaki, Kurosaki Ichigo and Kurosaki Isshin really shouldn¡¯t be hostile to him...

    "I never thought of being an enemy of you."

    Kurosaki Ichigo shook his head, squeezed his Zanpaku Sword and stood up, watching Uehara Naraku who was approaching them step by step, and said solemnly: "But you have been against this world. No one wants to live. In a world ruled by conspirators!"

    "I am very grateful to you for saving mom..."

    "Although it was so many years late for our reunion..."

    "I will thank you for your kindness and stop your conspiracy to rule the world... Except for this matter, I will promise you no matter what you want to do!"

    "is it?"

    Uehara Naraku raised his head slightly, took a look at the entire Spirit Palace, and spread out his palms: "But apart from putting down the Zanpaku Sword in your hand, do you think there is any other value in yourself...Ichigo?"

    "..."

    Kurosaki Ichigo fell silent.

    In the face of Uehara Naraku who is about to rule the entire world, Kurosaki Ichigo has no other value that can be used by Uehara Naraku...

    At this time, he didn''t seem to have much to do except surrender.

    Uehara Naraku sighed quietly, shook his head and said, "Forget it, when I rescued Mrs. Kurosaki Masaki, I didn''t care about your return..."

    "..."

    Kurosaki Ichigo''s expression became even more embarrassing.

    "If you want something in return..."

    Uehara Naraku''s expression gradually became serious, and a Reiatsu formed a black sword slowly emerged in his hand, and he said coldly, "Then try my best to let me enjoy a hearty battle. Right..."

    When he said this, the corners of Uehara Naraku''s eyes narrowed slightly, and his voice became more and more indifferent: "At least it makes me feel...this world is not too boring..."

    "..."

    Kurosaki Ichigo''s expression suddenly solidified.

    This young **** of death glanced at Naraku Uehara in disbelief!

    After a long time, Kurosaki Ichigo nodded slowly, squeezed the Zanpaku Knife in his hand, and slightly tilted his head and said in a low voice: "Mom, take care of Xia Li and Yuzi with my dad..."

    "Ichigo..."

    "..."

    Kurosaki Ichigo did not respond to his mother anymore, but walked step by step towards Uehara Naruto, his expression gradually becoming solemn!

    "if you need¡­"

    Kurosaki Ichigo held the Zanpakuto in his hand, his pace was getting faster and faster, almost running towards Uehara Naraku: "I can fight for my life!"

    perhaps¡­

    He was going to fight for his own life!

    If possible, UU Reading Kurosaki Ichigo really wants to use his own life to defeat Uehara Naraku, or use his own life to awaken Uehara Naraku!

    "Crescent Moon Sky Chong!"

    Kurosaki Ichigo wielded the Zanpaku Knife and slashed towards Uehara Naraku. A black light took the lead in attacking Uehara Naraku!

    "The darkness you think is really darkness?"

    Uehara Naraku raised his black sword, slashed Crescent Sky Chong directly, and rushed in the direction of Kurosaki Ichigo!

    Hei Dao and Zhan Yue fought together instantly!

    The purple electric light kept appearing between the two Zanpaku knives!

    Uehara Naraku and Kurosaki Ichigo went into a fever at the beginning of their fight!

    "Your knife... is powerful..."

    Uehara Naraku blocked Zan Yue''s attack with a black knife, chuckled lightly, and continued to praise: "It looks like you have learned a lot from Uehabach..."

    "not enough¡­"

    Kurosaki Ichigo slowly shook his head, and suddenly closed his eyes: "If you want to beat you... it''s not enough!"

    next moment¡­

    Kurosaki Ichigo¡¯s face suddenly floated with a virtual skull mask. The power in his hand increased greatly, and he waved Zanyue and slashed towards Uehara Nairobi!

    "Even this is not enough..."

    Uehara Naraku wielded a black sword to force Kurosaki Ichigo back, and the sharp edge of the knife cut off the skull mask on Kurosaki Ichigo''s face in two directly!

    "The power of imaginary white is indeed very strong..."

    Uehara Naraku brandished the black sword and pointed the tip of the sword in his hand at Ichigo Kurosaki: "But if you use it to deal with me, it would be too overwhelming! Let me see... Death is like the last scenery before the fireworks fall. !"

    "So-called..."

    "The last crescent moon rushes!"

 Chapter 697ï¼š The end of the world of death (the end of the book!)

    Kurosaki Ichigo has never experienced such a difficult situation.

    Even if Urchiola and Nelly Ellu met in the virtual circle, their power compared with Uehara Naraku is only firefly and Haoyue Yaoyang...

    A knife directly shattered his virtual state!

    The skull mask on Kurosaki Ichigo''s face slowly shattered and fell on the ground, revealing an unbelievable face. This young **** of death only panicked for a second, and his determination returned to his face again!

    Reiatsu riots again!

    Zan Yue in Kurosaki Ichigo''s hands suddenly plunged into the ground!

    The skyrocketing spiritual pressure turned into purple thunder and lightning flashing on his body, and a larger virtual mask emerged from his head little by little!

    A weird cow head imaginary mask concealed Kurosaki Ichigo¡¯s head, which is far from enough. Pale white skeletons slowly appeared on Kurosaki Ichigo¡¯s body, transforming to defend the enemy¡¯s attack. armor!

    The skeleton is still spreading...

    Kurosaki Ichigo''s palms and feet are also gradually surrounded by the skeleton, turning into white claws, and the purple lights are constantly shining in his palms and soles!

    Today''s Kurosaki Ichigo...

    Compared to the words of human beings and the **** of death, it is more like a pure emptiness!

    Perhaps the entire world has never seen such a terrifying virtual spiritual pressure as Kurosaki Ichigo, perhaps this has exceeded the boundaries of the Vastod class, even the strongest Koyatai Stark so far is far away. Not in time!

    Kurosaki Ichigo...

    It has evolved again!

    The current Kurosaki Ichigo has completely evolved into a higher level of Daxu, and even Zan Yue, who is tightly gripped in his hand, is wearing a layer of white bones!

    The current Kurosaki Ichigo has evolved more thoroughly than when he became a bull head when he was in a virtual state. He was even awakened by Yuhabakh because of the strength of the Quincy in his body, and he could use the balance of the spirit of death and the Quincy in his body to force it Keep your sanity...

    Kurosaki Ichigo¡¯s voice came from the bull-headed skull mask. His voice was a bit dull: "This state of blur is too powerful, even I can¡¯t control it, it can only last for less than five minutes. ¡­"

    "do not worry."

    Uehara Naruko slowly shook his head, raised the black knife in his hand and pointed it at Kurosaki Ichigo in the state of the bull''s head, and chuckled lightly: "If it''s just this strength, you won''t be able to last five minutes in my hands. ¡­"

    There is no need for Kurosaki Ichigo to worry about the duration of his fighting state, because even Kurosaki Ichigo in this state cannot compete with him!

    "Hey hey hey... this is too much!"

    Kurosaki Ichigo feels that he is not very good!

    The fact may indeed be like this...

    But when Uehara Naraku said this, he was shocked. He is actually not that bad now!

    "Don''t waste our time..."

    The ground under Na Uehara''s feet shattered instantly!

    Uehara Naraku took advantage of the force to fly into the air, and the impact brought by the extremely fast movement instantly set off a strong wind, forcing Kurosaki Ichigo to subconsciously stretch out his hand to cover the strong wind!

    next moment¡­

    Only after Kurosaki Ichigo suddenly reacted, he suddenly raised the bones in his hand and armed Zuzuki, and stubbornly resisted the charging Uehara Naraku!

    Click...

    The sound of broken bones is especially crisp!

    Only after receiving a blow from Uehara Naraku, Kurosaki Ichigo had already seen a gap in the skeletal weapon attached to his Zanpaku Sword!

    Lightning from Reiatsu continued to circle around the two!

    Uehara Naraku waved the black sword in his hand, and slashed towards the body of the Uehara Daxu like a swordsman!

    The sharp-edged black knife in Uehara''s hand was turned into countless black shadows under his swordsmanship at this moment, and it attacked the body of the bull''s head!

    Click...

    Click, click...

    The sound of bone cracking keeps coming...

    The tremor in Kurosaki Ichigo''s heart almost never stopped!

    Under the attack of the black sword, Kurosaki Ichigo¡¯s skeleton weapon on Zhanyue was chopped down just to withstand the attack, and the bone debris was flying everywhere...Even the skeleton defense on Kurosaki Ichigo¡¯s body was also destroyed. Cut off dozens of bones!

    The sound of the black knife slashing on the bones is particularly dull!

    Uehara Naraku''s repeated attacks forced Kurosaki Ichigo to retreat step by step!

    There is only a blank in Kurosaki Ichigo''s brain. He has clearly entered his strongest state, and he can''t even resist under the swordsmanship of Uehara Naraku!

    Click!

    The skeletal weapon on Zhanyue was finally completely smashed by Nairo Uehara!

    Ichigo, in the state of the bull''s head, was holding Zhanyue tightly, and was directly slashed out by the huge force of this last knife!

    Kurosaki Ichigo, who flew upside down, raised his head abruptly, and the horns of the bull''s head on top of his head instantly burst into wisps of spiritual pressure, turning into a red phantom flash and shooting towards Uehara Naraku!

    This virtual flash is so oppressive...

    No one can match the entire Rapture Legion!

    Kurosaki Ichigo has this self-confidence, no matter who it is, it is impossible for anyone to resist this blow!

    Clang!

    This is the sound of Zanpaku knife sticking into the stone slab!

    In Kurosaki Ichigo''s sight, he saw Uehara Naruko''s sword plunge into the stone slab, twisted and kicked on the virtual flash!

    With just one kick, he kicked the virtual flash back!

    "What a joke!"

    Kurosaki Ichigo hiding under the cow head mask was full of consternation!

    Even if he knew that there were indeed people in this world who could easily resist the virtual flash, the virtual flash Uehara resisted should be the strongest one in this world!

    This virtual flash also exhausted the power of the virtual white in Kurosaki Ichigo''s body!

    Was kicked back easily like this?

    The virtual flash that was kicked back directly hit Niutou Daxu, and the flames of the explosion flooded Kurosaki Ichigo''s body in an instant, and the skeleton defense on his body was instantly shattered!

    After the explosion was completely over, Kurosaki Ichigo walked out of the smoke in embarrassment, slowly plucking the bone debris from his head, the skeleton defense on his body was completely broken, and the bull''s head virtual mask was also turned into fragments...

    Kurosaki Ichigo spit out the dust, reached out his hand to wipe a wound on his forehead, shook his head, and dissipated the groggy feeling.

    In his heart...

    Faintly desperate.

    The strongest fighting state was a bull head, and he was completely defeated in the hands of Naraku Uehara before ten seconds. Even if it was a counterattack, he couldn''t do it...

    Kurosaki Ichigo''s body.

    "Hehehehe... It''s hard to win against such an enemy..."

    Just as Kurosaki Ichigo was a little desperate, Xu Bai inside Kurosaki Ichigo suddenly opened his mouth and let out a low laugh, letting Kurosaki Ichigo''s mind sink in.

    Kurosaki Ichigo''s voice was a little weak, and he grinned and said, "It was easy to defeat the old man Shigekuni Yamamoto, defeat the adult Aizen Soyousuke, and even Yohabach didn''t dare to show up. The person in the body..."

    "Sit and wait to die?"

    Kurosaki Ichigo frowned.

    Xu Bai nodded slowly, and grinned: "If you let me say it... sitting and waiting is indeed the best choice!"

    Just after saying this, Xu Bai suddenly spoke again: "But... although your chances of winning are very slim...but you want to lose less ugly...and it''s not a troublesome thing..."

    "There are three different powers in your body..."

    "Now you have distinguished these three forces with the help of the old fellow Uhabach, and you have all the answers in your hand..."

    "The next thing to do..."

    "Just like I lent you all my Reiatsu..."

    Xu Bai squeezed his palms abruptly, and the corners of his mouth stretched out a huge arc, and his voice suddenly became a little cruel: "Try to find a way from your Zanpaku Knife, from the blood on your body... to destroy the **** of death. All the power of the Kuroshio is forced out!"

    "before that¡­"

    "I''ll help you one last time, kid!"

    After saying this...

    The white body gradually turned into liquid...

    Starting from its feet, stopping its upper body, its body slowly turned into a mass of liquid and turned into a white Zanpaku knife!

    Because of its spiritual pressure...

    Was completely exhausted by Kurosaki Ichigo in the first battle!

    The current Xu Bai has no power to continue to participate in this battle. The only thing it can do is to turn its body into a Zanpodao at this moment!

    "Haven''t you even thought about victory?"

    "It''s rare to see this arrogant guy so cowardly..."

    "But the hope of victory is indeed very slim..."

    As Xu Bai''s body turned into a white Zhanyue Zanpakuto, another black Zanyue Zanpakuto appeared in Kurosaki Ichigo''s soul space, and the black Zanyue''s voice was a little dull.

    The white Zhanyue represents the power of the imaginary, and the black Zhanyue represents the power of the **** of death. Obviously, the character of this black Zhanyue does not seem very good...

    "what?"

    Kurosaki Ichigo raised his head hesitantly.

    "Cowardly kid..."

    The black Zanyue gradually turned into a lump of liquid and fell by Kurosaki Ichigo''s side: "As long as you don¡¯t die, it¡¯s not the moment to admit defeat... Now I¡¯m here to ask you, in order to fight the invincible outside. Man, what price are you willing to pay?"

    "..."

    Kurosaki Ichigo fell silent.

    After a long time, Kurosaki Ichigo slowly raised his head, with a heavy voice: "I don''t know... but I promised Uehara Naraku to stay with him until he died..."

    "What is the purpose of your battle?"

    "I do not know."

    "I don''t know what the world he rules will become..."

    "The world is really not that good now, but it''s not that bad either..."

    Kurosaki Ichigo slowly lowered his head, suddenly raised his head suddenly, and said loudly, "Now I have to fight him until one of us falls completely!"

    As for who fell...

    Kurosaki Ichigo really didn''t care much.

    It feels like being able to beat Uehara Naraku, that¡¯s a blessing; if you can¡¯t win, then look at what Uehara Naraku has turned into the world...

    to be frank¡­

    Kurosaki Ichigo is indeed a little confused.

    Because Uehara Naraku said he was a villain, he didn''t seem to have done anything bad to them, and he didn''t hurt them seriously...

    But if Uehara Naraku is a positive person... the whole soul world probably wouldn''t agree!

    "Confused boy..."

    Black Zhanyue turned into a cloud of mist and slowly merged into Kurosaki Ichigo''s shoulders, and its voice gradually became a little cold: "If you can''t find the meaning of fighting, then remember now...from now on, Conquer every powerful enemy in front of you!"

    Kurosaki Ichigo was silent for a while, and slowly stretched out his hand to hold the two Zanpaku knives. When he grasped the two Zanpaku knives, he immediately understood everything!

    After a long time.

    Kurosaki Ichigo nodded slowly.

    Inside the Lingwang Palace.

    Kurosaki Ichigo stood there and closed his eyes tightly.

    It''s just that the injuries on his body are recovering quickly. There are circles of black mist and liquid hovering on his right arm, and circles of white mist and liquid hovering on his left arm!

    That is¡­

    The power of Black Zhanyue and White Zhanyue!

    The next moment, Kurosaki Ichigo suddenly opened his eyes, and a sharp light looked straight at Uehara Naruko, his figure suddenly disappeared in place!

    The final battle...

    Finally opened!

    Kurosaki Ichigo not only used the power of his death **** and imaginary, but also used the abilities of the Quincy in his body, and unconsciously used the blood-moving outfit to improve his fighting ability!

    Kurosaki Ichigo''s body appeared in front of Uehara Naraku almost instantaneously, and the black mist on his left arm turned into a long and narrow blade, slashing towards Uehara Naraku''s chest!

    "Empty crack flash!"

    "Ok?"

    Uehara Naraku drew out a black knife to resist.

    However, the black knife in his hand was cut off in an instant!

    Kurosaki Ichigo''s hit Kongrei slashed heavily on Uehara Naraku''s body, and instantly slashed Uehara Naraku''s body directly!

    The entire battlefield was in an uproar!

    Everyone''s face can hardly hide surprise!

    Everyone saw Naru Uehara''s body that flew out and turned into a meteor, which directly smashed the space barrier of the Spirit Palace, directly smashing the space barrier of the Spirit Palace!

    What a joke!

    How could Kurosaki Ichigo have such power!

    This kid opened up in front of so many people present?

    To tell the truth, even though Uehara Naraku often does not hesitate to praise Kurosaki Ichigo, not many people here believe that Kurosaki Ichigo can fly Uehara Naraku. As a result, Kurosaki Ichigo really has the potential to defeat Uehara Naraku. !

    Uehara Naraku''s figure returned to the battlefield in an instant!

    The air-crack flashes just now are indeed very powerful, but they didn''t hurt him. This is a question that makes people sensible again...

    Except for the ability of the rule system, no one can hurt Uehara Naraku in strength so far.

    "It''s really hard to win..."

    Kurosaki Ichigo''s face was full of fortitude, and his body instantly rushed towards Uehara Naraku again, the weapon on his left hand turned into white Zanyue and smashed Uehara Naraku''s body!

    "Yeah, it''s really hard to lose..."

    Uehara Naraku chuckled lightly and raised his hand to catch White Zanyue!

    Under inertia, the bodies of the two people involuntarily flew backwards and fell to the ground in embarrassment!

    Bang!

    Uehara Naruko punched Kurosaki Ichigo''s head with a punch and flew him away. His figure instantly chased after him, kicking Kurosaki Ichigo in the chest!

    Kurosaki Ichigo was thrown away directly!

    The next moment, Kurosaki Ichigo got up instantly, and the two men once again started a life-and-death fight, but this time the war between them was more intense!

    The shock wave from every punch!

    Slash with every knife!

    Let no one dare to approach easily!

    The space barrier of the entire Spirit Palace was faltering under their battle, and no one had expected that the battle would turn into such a degree!

    It¡¯s just that everyone can see...

    Kurosaki Ichigo is still at a huge disadvantage...

    Although every time Uehara Naraku drew out the Zanpaku Sword will be cut by Kurosaki Ichigo, but every time Kurosaki Ichigo cuts Uehara''s Zanpaku Sword, he will suffer a severe damage...

    And Naraku Uehara...

    Still so calm!

    until¡­

    The **** Kurosaki Ichigo stood up abruptly, a depressive roar from his throat, and he slashed at Uehara Naraku!

    "Crescent Moon Sky Chong!"

    This slash of the crescent moon is completely different from the past!

    The huge black sword beam covered the sky and the sun, as if to cut off the space of the entire Spirit King Palace, this sword crescent moon was all the power in Kurosaki Ichigo''s body!

    No matter it is anyone...

    All have to be amazed by this sharp crescent moon!

    Uehara Naruko raised his palm, and there was also a black glow on his arm, which blocked the slash of the crescent sky. The sharp wind of the crescent sky rushed closer and closer, almost cutting off the front of his forehead. hair!

    "Is this the last crescent moon?"

    Uehara Naraku raised his head slightly, and the broken hair on his forehead was finally cut off by the edge of the crescent sky, and his body burst out with a vast amount of spiritual pressure that the whole world was trembling!

    The space of the Spirit Palace is crumbling...

    Whether it is the Spirit Palace, the corpse soul world, the world, the broken world, hell, the virtual circle...all people with spiritual power feel a vast and ethereal spiritual pressure!

    "This guy is stronger again..."

    Uchiha Madara''s expression is also a bit solemn.

    Whenever Uchiha Madara thinks he gets stronger and thinks he can catch up with Naraku Uehara, the guy Uehara Naraku will appear in a more terrifying posture...

    Oh shit¡­

    When will he be the leader when he catches up like this?

    "Just kidding..."

    Kurosaki Ichigo''s eyes turned black.

    This knife is his last crescent moon!

    However, Uehara Naraku took it with bare hands. This is too disappointing, but it''s not a pity, right?

    A flash of relief flashed on Kurosaki Ichigo¡¯s face. This knife was already his strongest. After this knife, the power of death and the power of the **** of emptiness in his body had been exhausted, and the body containing the blood of the Quincy was also exhausted. Extremely weak...

    In the shadow world.

    Yu Habach''s expression was very ugly.

    If you look at it alone, the strength of this spiritual pressure is almost better than that of the spirit king back then, how could there be such a existence!

    Unless... the spiritual pressure of the Spirit King... is also absorbed by that guy!

    In this case¡­

    Who can beat that guy!

    While Yukhabach was still hiding in the shadow world, he saw that Naraku Uehara crushed the crescent sky with his bare hands, and slowly raised his palm...

    this moment¡­

    A sense of crisis suddenly appeared in the heart of Friends Habach!

    However, he, who is omniscient and omnipotent, couldn''t even guess where this crisis came from. He could only hurriedly summon his invisible empire members to prepare for battle...

    "Is that the last crescent moon?"

    Uehara Nara walked to Kurosaki Ichigo step by step, and after a soft compliment, he suddenly raised his palm towards the sky: "Maybe no one in the entire corpse world is better. As a respect for you, I I will also use my strongest trick..."

    "..."

    Kurosaki Ichigo''s expression was a little weird.

    The power in his body has been exhausted!

    Even when the strength in his body was the strongest, he couldn''t stop Uehara Naraku''s attack, how could he be able to stop Uehara Naraku''s strongest move!

    "Black hole..."

    Uehara Naruko raised his palm, and the entire Spirit King Palace seemed to have entered the night in an instant, and the light was restored in an instant!

    This is his move to include the entire world of death into the black hole universe.

    Uchiha Madara, Yakushidou and others have already known about this, and everyone''s mood is slightly relaxed, which also means that their mission is over.

    but¡­

    Uehara Naraku''s actions are not over yet.

    "Annihilation..."

    Uehara Naraku''s gaze suddenly fell under a shadow, and a jet of black energy suddenly penetrated into the shadow world, completely annihilating the invisible empire hidden in it!

    The horror of this black hole annihilation...

    Better than Kurosaki Ichigo''s last crescent moon!

    Every Grim Reaper and Happiness Daxu can hardly conceal the horror on their faces, and even Aizen Soyousuke, Urahara Kisuke, and Yamamoto Shigekuni have changed their colors!

    Although they don''t know the effect of this blow, it is clear that the friend Habach in the shadow world should not be well...

    perhaps¡­

    It has been wiped out and it is unknown.

    This war can be declared over by this time.

    The Gotei 13 team and Kurosaki Ichigo have completely failed, but they saw the terrifying power of Uehara Naraku with their own eyes, and they were not too disappointed...

    Moreover, as the victor, Naraku Uehara did not seem to have the idea of ??executing the captives and the defeated, and even ordered his subordinates to help the wounded heal.

    "Your Excellency Naraku Uehara..."

    Ukitake Shirirou stood up holding the wound on his chest, and asked in a deep voice, "What are you going to do with us? And the whereabouts of the Spirit King..."

    "The spirit king collapsed on his own when he saw me."

    Uehara Naraku raised his eyebrows slightly, and said softly: "This world no longer needs the Spirit King to maintain stability. That guy wants to live an ordinary life. UU reading , then let him go... As for how. Do you...pocket?"

    Faced with this kind of thing, Uehara Naraku still chose to believe it.

    The pharmacist nodded and stood up, his face calmly began to follow the various regulations of the other world announced their Akatsuki organization.

    It''s just that the world of Grim Reaper is relatively complicated.

    The Guarding Thirteen Team of the Soul World and the Shattered Legion of the Void Circle will form an alliance to attract the dead and the Void respectively, and cannot arbitrarily interfere with the actions of the other party, and cannot arbitrarily destroy the stability of the world.

    These ones¡­

    The pharmacist is very familiar with it.

    Besides, Ichimarugin and others helped.

    When the pharmacist finished processing everything and reported Uehara Naraku, he looked at the unconscious expression of Uehara Naraku, and his heart finally tightened slightly.

    "Master Naraku..."

    Pharmacist Tou knelt on one knee like a ninja. This was a behavior he had never done before, and Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but be a little surprised.

    "what''s happenin?"

    The relationship between them has always been informal.

    Pharmacist Pocket slowly raised his head, a smile appeared at the corner of his mouth, but a layer of mist appeared on his eyes: "Master Naraku''s power has become stronger and stronger... This time, please allow his subordinates to stay here. Up..."

    In the past...

    Pharmacist can still feel the gap between them, and now Pharmacist can feel the difference between him and Naraku Uehara.

    Although it will happen sooner or later...

    Only after the world of Grim Reaper was taken into the black hole by Uehara Naraku, Yakushi realized that he could no longer keep up with Uehara Naraku''s footsteps.

    "Ok¡­"

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the pharmacist''s pocket and then at Shutara Senjuwan who was secretly observing the pharmacist''s pocket, and the corners of his mouth twitched: "I see... I wish you happiness."

 ~ï¼š Ask for a monthly ticket to talk about the next world...

    To be honest, Death wrote a bit nervously.

    In the world of Naruto, if you have the help of a god, you will continue to write thousands of words every day, because Hokage is the one I am most familiar with. Basically I have the outline in my hand. As long as I want to write, I can write it every day...

    Pirate World, the writing is a bit rough, Pirate is too big compared to Hokage, there will always be inadvertent points when writing, or the outline is not well done, and the pen is not good enough.

    Bone King World, this world is actually excessive, it is used to make time for me to see the **** of death...

    Really...

    When I was writing about the Bone King, I started to make up for the death.

    Because everyone is saying that the **** of death is too suitable to be behind the scenes.

    It''s really suitable...

    It¡¯s just that in the end there was a little more enthusiasm for Secondary Two, I hope everyone can have a good time...

    Reaper¡¯s update is not very good, because I didn¡¯t do a good job of the detailed outline. I took time out every night, but I didn¡¯t blow it up. I was quite satisfied with the end of Reaper. Hahahahaha...

    Actually, my expectations are very low...

    At the beginning, there are too few Grim Reaper novels. I hope that the Grim Reaper chapter I wrote can be taken out from time to time, and I can talk about the Grim Reaper written in thick ink...

    Okay, so much.

    The main thing is to discuss things about the next world, because I forgot some of them, and some still need to make up... If there are other world suggestions, you can mention them in the comments section.

    Marvel is the last thing I need to make up... If I write about Marvel, I will only write movies.

    As for worrying about combat power, you don¡¯t have to. The strongest attack forced Kurosaki Ichigo to lose to Uehara...

    I''m going to rest.

    Brew three golden chapters of the next world.

    If there is a monthly pass, I hope everyone can vote for it. I have all stood up...

    Death is over, don''t you want to sprinkle a flower?

 Chapter 698ï¼š New employee fired by Tony Stark!

    Stark Industrial Building.

    During this time, Stark Industries is a hot spot.

    A few months ago, at a press conference, Stark Industries¡¯ boss Tony Stark made an understatement to announce to all reporters that he was Iron Man.

    At that moment, it completely detonated people''s admiration and desire for superheroes.

    There are always many reporters hiding around the Stark Tower, hoping to meet Tony Stark and grab an exclusive interview with the billionaire.

    However, Tony Stark has never appeared in front of the Stark Mansion these days. He seems to like to fly around in his steel suit, flying directly from his seaside holiday villa to the top of the Stark Mansion. .

    Today is no exception.

    Suddenly a jet flame cloud appeared in the sky!

    Amidst the exclamation and cheers of a group of people on the ground, the red steel suit drew an elegant arc in the air and landed directly on the roof of the Stark Building.

    Tony Stark stretched out his arm, and with the help of the machine, he peeled off the armor from his body. The female secretary Pepper Potts, who was standing next to him, hurried forward a few steps, and walked over to meet Tony Stark. Reporting the company''s situation.

    Since Tony Stark cancelled the weapons department not long ago, the revenue structure of Stark Industries has changed. During the transition period, this large group has become more and more things.

    "Pepper, wait a minute..."

    Tony Stark clutched his chest and coughed, waved his hand to signal Pepper to stop first, he stroked his chest, and forced him to be in a safe state: "Jarvis, give me a cup first. Drink."

    Jarvis is an artificial intelligence made by Tony Stark.

    And in a sense, Jarvis is the one who knows Tony Stark''s physical condition best. Since Tony Stark installed the energy block of the steel suit on his chest, he has faced the problem of palladium element poisoning, only relying on the green leaves. Vegetarian can alleviate.

    "Yes, Boss."

    Jarvis''s mechanical noise did not fluctuate.

    As it agreed to the order given by Tony Stark, a manipulator appeared in front of Tony Stark holding a glass of green vegetable juice.

    It is extracted from a certain kind of plant. Just by looking at its color, you know that this thing doesn''t look like a person should drink it...

    It must be difficult to drink.

    And it''s not generally unpleasant.

    "..."

    Even though Tony Stark had been relying on vegetable juice to relieve his symptoms of poisoning, Tony Stark still couldn''t help but smoke when he saw it.

    It is a pity that there is no cure for palladium poisoning. He can only be relieved by relying on the chlorophyll in the vegetable juice. He has no other choice.

    Tony Stark reached out to grab the glass of vegetable juice, swallowed a few mouthfuls, and diverted his attention while talking casually to Pepper next to him.

    Tony Stark started talking about the plan he had conceived: "Well, Pepper, if the next week goes well, everything here is up to you..."

    Because of the deep palladium poisoning in the body, Tony Stark is not sure how long he will survive. Recently, he plans to gradually transfer everything from Stark Industries to Pepper Potts¡¯ name. This woman is He is the closest person.

    "Tony, don''t..."

    Pepper helped his forehead, his face a little frustrated.

    Obviously, this woman is not like others. She doesn''t like Tony Stark''s arrangement, and even feels that after her boss became Iron Man, she was already very self-conscious and had some arrogance.

    "Of course it doesn''t matter if it doesn''t go well..."

    Tony Stark looked at the helpless female secretary, his mood finally improved, and chuckled, "No one can stop my decision anyway."

    Unfortunately, Tony Stark soon felt bad.

    Because when Tony Stark and Pepper walked to the glass platform, he leaned on the railing and looked down at the office area downstairs, and saw a dark-haired young man with juice in his hand.

    It can be seen that the youth likes to drink juice very much.

    The black-haired youth seemed to have noticed that someone was watching him. He slowly turned his head and saw Tony Stark above and the vegetable juice in Tony Stark''s hand...

    Ok¡­

    At this time they should be of the same kind.

    The young man smiled and raised the juice in his hand for a gesture, and then drank the juice happily again with his straw in his mouth.

    "..."

    Tony Stark''s whole person is not good. Seeing others drinking fruit juice deliciously, he can only drink the bitter and difficult vegetable juice in his hand...

    That guy even raised a glass to him!

    Isn''t this really provoking him?

    Although Tony Stark knew in his heart that the young man did not know, this subtle contrast still made Tony a little uncomfortable...

    "Who is that guy?"

    "I do not know yet¡­"

    Pepper Potts shook his head and glanced down at the black-haired youth who was drinking juice, frowning slightly: "It should be a new hire during this time..."

    "It looks like a very interesting guy, let me check..."

    Tony Stark took out his mobile phone, and a virtual screen appeared in front of him. His fingers slid slightly to take a picture of the black-haired young man.

    After a while.

    The ID photo of the black-haired youth with squinted eyes and smile appeared in front of Tony Stark. If you just look at the image on this photo to judge, no matter who it is, everyone must think that the black-haired youth is a good person.

    Uehara.

    This is the name of the black-haired youth.

    What matched this photo was Uehara''s pitiful information, and even his home address was a work apartment provided by Stark Industries.

    Generally speaking, the employees of Stark Industries need gorgeous resumes and academic qualifications from quite prestigious colleges, but this black-haired young man named Uehara seems to have nothing. I can¡¯t see that he has any job opportunities in Stark Industries. Qualifications.

    Jarvis is a very smart artificial intelligence.

    In addition to bringing up Uehara''s information, all the video recordings of Uehara in the past few days were also brought out, all of which were during his work.

    Most of the time, this man named Uehara was drinking juice and playing games, and looked out of tune with the other employees of Stark Industries.

    no doubt¡­

    This is a bastard.

    This guy is not working seriously at all, and it looks like he is in Stark Industries. How did this kind of people get into Stark Industries?

    "It seems that our personnel department has made a little mistake..."

    Tony Stark¡¯s expression was faintly weird, he slowly turned his head to look at Pepper Potts next to him, and couldn¡¯t help saying: ¡°This kind of person who is playing games besides drinking juice every day at work, how does it pass? During the internship?"

    "I do not know¡­"

    Pepper Potts held his temples, feeling a little headache: "The Human Resources Department hasn''t sent an unimportant employee profile to my office, and it seems that his job doesn''t matter..."

    "Wait... we have a very serious question."

    Tony Stark flicked a few times on the virtual projection and directly hacked into the operating program of a computer, which was the work computer used by the employee named Uehara.

    All computer programs are popular games on the market.

    Just a rough calculation of memory, you know that his work computer is full of games, and even to make room for installing a large game, it seems that this employee named Uehara also uninstalled several internal working software of Stark Industries.

    "Let''s discuss this serious issue..."

    Tony Stark boringly flipped through the games on that computer, and slowly analyzed: "You tell me that his job doesn''t matter... But the question we want to talk about is... Do you see this guy actually has a job? ?

    Let¡¯s see how many games he has downloaded on his work computer... well... all of them are daily version and Chinese version... a few of them are very difficult to operate...

    But this guy hasn''t cleared the level yet. It doesn''t look like a game master. The game record is not as good as I played in a few minutes... and these games with virus plug-ins...

    Fortunately, the firewall we made by ourselves is not bad..."

    "do not talk¡­"

    Pepper Potts couldn''t bear Tony Stark''s poisonous tongue a little bit, and kept rubbing his temples: "I''ve already said that I can''t do anything Stark Industrial President..."

    During this period of time, Tony Stark slowly let go of all the affairs of the company into her hands, but it didn''t take long for this to happen...

    Of course, it''s just a trivial matter that the company gets in with a bastard.

    The question is how did this kind of person get into the company?

    Does this mean that after she took over the company, the personnel and administrative departments gave her orders perfunctory, and she was unwilling to complete the simplest recruitment seriously.

    "All right."

    Tony Stark is always not accustomed to women showing the soft side. He stretched out his fingers and rubbed the woman¡¯s forehead, and said softly, ¡°Pepper, it¡¯s not your fault. Just fire that guy, just a small liquidated damage..."

    "He should be still in the internship..."

    Pepper Potts was still rubbing his temples.

    "Then just fire him!"

    Tony Stark looked at Pepper Potts, who was having a headache for a trivial matter, patted her bangs on the front of her forehead, and chuckled lightly: "It just so happened that we even saved the penalty for expelling him... Although it is against Stark This is not necessary for industry."

    Originally Tony Stark''s mood was bad again, but after excluding a stubborn employee who was in Stark Industries, his good mood seemed to be back again...

    When he thought of this, Tony Stark lay on the glass railing and glanced at the dark-haired young man who was still drinking juice. He couldn''t help but think of a bit of nasty fun.

    The work area of ??Stark Industries.

    Uehara drank his juice slowly. He just saw Tony Stark, the main character in this world, and some Mark Steel suit collections are just around the corner.

    Uehara''s mood is pretty good now.

    Just as Uehara returned to his work station and planned to continue playing games and fishing for a whole day, he saw an extra pop-up window on his computer screen.

    [Mr. Uehara, you were fired. ¡¿

    [From your boss, Tony Stark. ¡¿

    "..."

    Seeing the expulsion notice on the pop-up window, Uehara''s expression became slightly unsightly, and the whole person fell into depression.

    After a long time.

    Uehara''s mood calmed down. He took out his mobile phone from his pocket and calmly took a picture of the expulsion notice on the desktop.

 Chapter 699ï¼š Nick Fury also wants to fire the employee!

    Life is always so impermanent.

    I don''t know when the sky is full of clouds.

    As an employee who was personally expelled from Stark Industries by Tony Stark, Uehara Naraku''s treatment needless to say, and he was even criticized as a typical negative.

    Faced with such a bad workplace, Uehara could only leave the Stark Building with his own box. This was the most unfavorable start in the world.

    Of course, Uehara is not homeless either.

    Uehara thought for a while, and immediately took out his mobile phone and dialed a number he hadn''t contacted for a long time: "Hey, Director Fury, I am 7th-level Agent Uehara Naraku.

    There is something to report. I have just been fired by Stark Industries. Tony Stark may suspect that I am a S.H.I.E.L.D. agent..."

    Yes it is.

    Uehara Naraku is not only an employee of Stark Industries, but also a level 7 agent of S.H.I.E.L.D., this level is not particularly high, but it is certainly not low.

    Mainly because Uehara has always been known as a good combat ability, and even comparable to Natasha Romanov, Clint Barton and others in combat.

    S.H.I.E.L.D..

    One of the most important organizations in Marvel.

    After Uehara Naraku entered this world, he infiltrated S.H.I.E.L.D. through another organization hidden in S.H.I.E.L.D., and the promotion went smoothly.

    Now Uehara Naraku is contacting S.H.I.E.L.D. Director Nick Fury and the person who arranged for him to enter Stark''s industrial undercover.

    "Relax, he didn''t doubt..."

    Nick Fury on the other end of the phone seemed helpless.

    Because after Nairo Uehara was expelled by Tony Stark, Nick Fury learned about it from another agent hiding in Stark Industries.

    to be frank¡­

    The agent Naraku Uehara really made Nick Fury speechless, and a 7th-level agent spy was expelled for fishing and playing games during work...

    If one day Tony Stark knows that their S.H.I.E.L.D. agents are all guys like Uehara Naraku, is S.H.I.

    And Uehara Naraku is really too lazy...

    If it wasn''t for this guy''s strong fighting ability, Nick Fury couldn''t help but want to expel this guy from S.H.I.E.L.D., how on earth was this kind of person recruited by the people below?

    After Nick Fury slandered Nairo Uehara for a while, he still wanted to reassure the injured subordinate: "Well, it''s not your fault. Maybe in the future, we will have to add an additional item in our agent training courses. Group undercover agents, although they are too good and easily arouse others'' suspicion, they are doing too badly..."

    When talking about this, Nick Fury''s voice stopped abruptly, and the conversation turned to another thing: "But it''s not a bad thing that you are fired..."

    At least Stark Industries will not doubt highly capable employees during this time.

    It just so happens that Natasha Romanoff, another S.H.I.E.L.D. agent who is perfect and versatile, can give full play.

    "My mission was forced to end."

    Uehara Naraku stretched, and sighed softly, "Then I will report back to the headquarters or continue to go on vacation?"

    "Aren''t you really messing up on purpose just because you were on vacation?"

    "Director, you should believe in my character..."

    "Then report back to headquarters, and be on call anytime!"

    Nick Fury directly hung up the phone.

    S.H.I.E.L.D..

    Secretary''s Office.

    Nick Fury, the director of S.H.I.E.L.D., is a bald black man.

    After hanging up Uehara Naraku''s call, Nick Fury couldn''t help scratching his scalp: "Who hired Uehara Naraku..."

    "That guy is too lazy to think."

    A coquettish woman standing at the desk frowned. After thinking for a while, she defended her colleague a few words: "But I have to admit that Naraku Uehara''s fighting ability is quite terrifying."

    "If it weren''t for this, he would have been expelled long ago..."

    Nick Fury shook his head and sighed, and looked at the woman in front of him: "Agent Romanoff, we can only rely on you for the task of contacting Tony Stark..."

    the other side.

    Uehara Naraku reluctantly put away his mobile phone.

    Since he entered this world, there has been almost no good mood, because the combat power of this world far exceeds those of the previous worlds.

    Fortunately, his combat power has not fallen too much.

    And because the black hole universe in the body has gathered many worlds, it has also received quite a lot of bonuses, and its current capabilities have almost reached the ceiling.

    Uehara Naraku

    The power of the world: 1 billion

    Life energy: 1 billion

    Spiritual energy: 1 billion

    Soul energy: 1 billion

    After closing the world of Reaper, Naraku Uehara finally received the feedback from the black hole universe, or that the world of Reaper supplemented the vacancy of the black hole universe.

    Therefore, Uehara Naraku''s power has also been slightly released.

    If you calculate it carefully, Uehara Naruto can break a planet with more than one-tenth of his own energy. This is the result of personal experimentation.

    This force...

    Can you hold infinite gems with bare hands?

    Uehara Naraku slowly shook his head, only feeling that the world was a little empty. In addition to the power of this body that can burst stars, does he have anything else in this world?

    and also.

    He seems to have another car.

    When Uehara found her pickup truck in the parking space on the side of the road, he suddenly heard the cheers and exclamations of passers-by. Everyone around was looking up at the sky.

    In the sky.

    A red figure flies over...

    It¡¯s Tony Stark again...

    Uehara Naraku glanced at his pickup truck and then at the steel suit soaring in the sky. Why would that guy be so happy to fire himself?

    "Really..."

    Uehara Naruko sat in the driver''s seat of the pickup truck, slowly raised her fingers, and murmured, "Don''t go out on a rainy day..."

    Cloudy sky...

    The rain fell steadily.

    Tony Stark, who was driving in a steel suit in the sky, didn''t care about the light rain.

    Today, he pranked and fired a **** employee, and saw Pepperpots'' embarrassment and shyness in front of him. It was the happiest moment.

    Artificial intelligence Jarvis detected the weather outside and kept reminding Tony Stark, hoping that he could descend his altitude quickly.

    "Sir, the weather is very bad..."

    "Jarvis, don''t worry!"

    Tony Stark glanced at the display screen inside the steel suit, couldn''t help smiling at the corner of his mouth, and casually explained: "This kind of weather is nothing at all..."

    Click!

    A bolt of lightning struck the steel suit!

    It is impossible for a flash of lightning alone to cause any damage to the steel suit, because Tony Stark has long considered this kind of thing, adding an electrostatic discharge device and a device to absorb surface armor capacitors at the tail of the steel suit.

    Click!

    The sound of a hail hitting the steel suit is especially loud!

    Objects flying at high speeds are very dangerous even when encountering a table tennis ball, not to mention encountering a hail with the size of a fist!

    The power of this hail was not light, and Tony Stark involuntarily twisted his body, removing the huge impact!

    next moment¡­

    A dense hail of fists hit it!

    Even if the protective ability of the steel suit is superior, it cannot stop the hail encountered at high speed, especially these huge hail is quite heavy under the acceleration of gravity!

    "Are you kidding?"

    Tony Stark''s face solidified slightly, and he hurriedly began to slow down the steel suit, maintaining his balance in the sky: "Is the weather so bad today?"

    "The weather forecast shows sunny 24 hours a day."

    Jarvis''s mood remained unchanged.

    "Then they are really useless..."

    Tony Stark''s expression was faintly difficult to look.

    Unfortunately¡­

    The bad weather didn''t seem to let him go.

    Countless hail fell from the sky, causing this steel suit to sway like a boat in the wind and rain, until two locations with flying jets were directly damaged, and the whole person fell from the air...

    The location where Tony Stark fell was a beach. He had anticipated this situation a long time ago, and the steel suit could well avoid most of the impact for him.

    Not so lucky.

    Due to the damage to the steel suit and the exhaustion of energy, Tony Stark could not contact his artificial intelligence Jarvis. Even when he just took off the helmet part of the steel suit, a few small hailstones hit his face. ¡­

    "Also cell phone..."

    Tony Stark, with a blue nose and a swollen face, took a deep breath and carefully took out his mobile phone. UU Reading took a satisfied look at the battery level of the mobile phone.

    Fortunately, because today I just used my mobile phone to tease the **** employee named Uehara, there is still a lot of battery on the phone, Tony Stark can easily contact Jarvis or Pepper to take him back...

    Not so coincidentally.

    A hail fell from the sky and hit his phone directly.

    "This **** weather..."

    The joy on Tony Stark''s face disappeared without a trace, what else could he do now on this seemingly deserted beach?

    after an hour.

    Tony Stark finally walked to the side of a highway, waiting for the passing vehicles to stop, he was confident enough to convince any passing vehicles to take him for a ride.

    Everyone knows he is Iron Man!

    Everyone knows he is a billionaire!

    Even in this embarrassing moment, Tony Stark still wears a luxurious watch on his wrist, the price is enough to buy a sports car!

    however¡­

    There are no sports cars on this highway.

    Until Tony Stark waited on the side of the road for two or three hours and was so sleepy that he finally saw a pickup truck driving fast, with loud music playing on it, and the driver of the pickup truck humming slowly. With an unknown song...

    "This is just the beginning~just the beginning~"

    this moment¡­

    Tony Stark seemed to have seen a savior and hurriedly waved his arm towards the pickup truck, hoping that the pickup truck could stop in front of him!

    Fortunately¡­

    The owner of this pickup truck has a kind heart.

    Unfortunately, Tony Stark''s expression became a little stiff when he saw the owner in the driver''s seat of this pickup truck.

    This person...

    It seems to be the **** he expelled today.

 Chapter 700ï¼š Fasten Tony Stark and get rid of his driver!

    Destiny will always meet destined people.

    In this embarrassing situation, Tony Stark saw a man who thought he was a savior, but turned out to be a **** employee who had been fired by him, and his face was unavoidable.

    next moment¡­

    Tony Stark took out his watch, pretending that he didn¡¯t recognize Uehara Naraku, and raised the watch in his hand nonchalantly: "I don¡¯t remember how much it is worth, but you can definitely buy a hundred for you. Car..."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes lowered slightly and glanced at Tony Stark who was standing next to him. He did not pick up Tony Stark''s watch.

    Uehara Naraku just took out his mobile phone in silence, opened the album calmly, and placed the photo he took today in front of Tony Stark.

    The pop-up window on the photo is a bit out of date.

    [Mr. Uehara, you were fired. ¡¿

    [From your boss, Tony Stark. ¡¿

    "..."

    Tony Stark''s expression was slightly embarrassed.

    However, regardless of the embarrassment, Tony Stark still had a way. The man''s reaction speed was so fast that he raised his hand and passed his watch up.

    "Oh, you can change your watch with your phone..."

    "..."

    Naruto Uehara retracted the phone blankly.

    Tony Stark is really good at pretending to be stupid!

    "Ok¡­"

    Tony Stark sighed and looked at Naraku Uehara with a calm face, and continued to persuade him: "I see. I want to add more money, right? As long as you don''t go back to Stark Industries to work, you can say anything you want. ¡­"

    Except for the fact that Nairo Uehara returns to Stark Industries to work, he can''t easily agree to it. Even if Nairo Uehara pays a few million dollars or something, it is only the money for Tony Stark to buy a car. He is completely acceptable.

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku tilted his head and looked at his former boss with interest: "Mr. Stark, do you think I care about money?"

    "Like."

    Tony Stark nodded quickly, spread his palms, and explained his answer: "No one doesn''t care about money, it''s impossible for anyone to be uninterested in money..."

    "One hundred thousand."

    Uehara Naraku interrupted Tony Stark, and continued to add: "As long as you are still alive, give me one hundred thousand dollars a month, as the price of your firing me today, so that I will let you ride in my car..."

    "I promised."

    Tony Stark immediately turned this matter into an established fact.

    Only after saying this, Tony Stark''s face became serious again, and he explained in a deep voice: "Mr. Uehara, I will give you one hundred thousand US dollars every month in the future, not as compensation for expelling you. , But to pay today''s fare!"

    This person...

    Quite principled!

    In any case, Tony Stark will never regret the expulsion of Uehara. This kind of employee who knows to play games and drink juice every day at work must be expelled!

    "The name is empty..."

    Uehara Naraku chuckled lightly, looked at Tony Stark and nodded slowly: "As long as you are willing to pay, whatever you say will work..."

    "..."

    Tony Stark looked at the brilliant smile of Uehara Naraku, and felt a little unhappy again.

    "Let me remind."

    Tony Stark raised up his watch at Nairo Uehara: "The price of this watch is at least millions of dollars. You only need one hundred thousand dollars a month, which is not a good deal..."

    "It''s ok."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head nonchalantly, and his smile became brighter: "I just enjoy the feeling of Mr. Tony Stark giving me money. One hundred thousand dollars a month is enough. I can lie down and play games for the rest of my life..."

    "..."

    Tony Stark''s mood is even worse.

    Look at what this guy said... Is this human?

    After thinking for a while, Tony Stark reminded: "But there must be a limit to the time we agreed?"

    "Right¡­"

    Uehara Naraku stroked the steering wheel in his hand. After thinking for a while, he showed a playful smile: "Then until Mr. Stark''s death?"

    "..."

    When it came to death, Tony Stark fell into silence.

    Because of the palladium poisoning in his body, Tony Stark knew that his death date was not far away, and perhaps this month was the limit of his life.

    It seems that this is also good?

    And when Uehara Nara learns about his death on the news in the future, she should also be very sad that she lost a lot of money today, and she will definitely curse that she was played by Tony Stark''s prank again!

    Before dying...

    Seems to be able to play a prank?

    Tony Stark''s mental state is getting better again.

    "it is good."

    In order to avoid revealing the flaws, Tony Stark rushed to Hara Nana seriously and nodded: "As long as I am still alive, I will pay Uehara one hundred thousand dollars every month."

    "..."

    The corner of Uehara Naruko''s mouth smiled even more, and he gestured to the carriage of the pickup truck with a finger, and said with a chuckle: "Mr. Stark, please get in the car!"

    "Wait...Can''t I take the co-pilot?"

    "No."

    Uehara Naraku tapped his finger on the steering wheel and slowly said, "If you really want to sit in the luxury seat of the co-pilot..."

    "It''s not luxurious at all!"

    Tony Stark was in a bad mood again, and waved his hand indifferently: "Just say it, what else do you want..."

    "Got more money!"

    "This watch is for you too!"

    "Get in the car..."

    Pickup trucks on the road are a little bit more joyful.

    Uehara Naruko slowly leaned on the steering wheel with a little excitement on his face. Tony Stark, in the passenger seat next to him, wore a heavily damaged steel suit, leaning on the seat, as if he had been damaged by playing.

    Because in the afternoon, wearing a steel suit wasted a lot of physical strength on the highway, Tony Stark quickly fell asleep.

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the sleeping Iron Man slightly, took out a weird cell phone from his pocket, tapped a few fingers and dialed a number.

    "Hey, Minister Pierce, this is Naraku Uehara..."

    "I ran into Tony Stark on the way back to Washington. It should be his steel suit that encountered bad weather. I was taking him back to Washington..."

    "It''s not very reliable to take him away, and it''s unrealistic to take off his steel suit. Director Nick Fury has been staring at him. It''s too easy for us to expose..."

    "And Iron Man has never been that steel suit, but Tony Stark, a scientific genius."

    "I''m good at being an undercover..."

    "I have a plan to try to gain Tony Stark''s trust..."

    "Does Hydra have any subordinate gangs? It''s best to be the kind that is so bad that it may require a little sacrifice..."

    "No matter what the plan is, as long as it works well."

    "Perhaps Mr. Tony Stark can suffer a little bit more in the process, he has eaten too much in his life, maybe it is just a little bit less hardship..."

    "Okay, I will drive a little slower."

    Naruko Uehara finished the call with a whisper, held his mobile phone, and the corners of his mouth twitched slightly.

    "Yes, long live the Hydra."

    After saying these words, Uehara Naraku slowly hung up the phone.

    This call was another direct boss Uehara Nairo called to him, Alexander Pierce, the minister of the World Security Council. Pierce is still above Nick Fury, and even the previous director of S.H.I.E.L.D.

    Interestingly¡­

    Alexander Pierce is not only the last director of S.H.I.E.L.D. and the minister of the Security Council, he is also the leader of S.H.I.E.L.D.''s deadly rival Hydra lurking in S.H.I.E.L.D.

    Look at how people do undercover!

    Sit directly to the highest position of your opponent!

    This alone made Uehara Naraku feel that Alexander Pierce could not be kept. There is only one such super spy in the world...

    After Uehara Naraku reported a plan to Pierce, he didn''t worry about Pierce''s efficiency, and drove his pickup truck slowly forward.

    It was getting late.

    This night is destined to be very long.

    When Tony Stark woke up, the whole person fell into ignorance. The pickup truck was pointed at by more than a dozen gunpoints. A group of gangsters armed with automatic rifles surrounded them, and Uehara was sitting in the driver''s seat. Raising his own hands, a look of surrender...

    "this is¡­"

    Tony Stark felt he hadn''t woken up yet and rubbed his eye sockets: "What''s the matter? Did you drive me to Iraq?"

    "No."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and reminded in a friendly manner: "We are still in Washington tens of kilometers, and there was a small accident in the middle..."

    "Get out of the car!"

    A gang leader tapped their glass with a pistol. The threat was self-evident. This irritable guy might shoot at any time.

    The door of the pickup truck opened.

    Uehara Naraku walked down with his hands raised.

    Tony Stark still sat in the co-pilot trying to sort out the situation. UU Reading

    A yellow-haired young man saw the steel suit sitting on the co-pilot, and he took a few steps back quickly: "Wait... Tony Stark? Brother, we seem to be stopped by Iron Man''s head..."

    "..."

    A group of gangsters involuntarily stepped back!

    Even if they have guns in their hands, they look like they are planning to escape at any time!

    Who hasn''t heard of the title of Iron Man now? This freshly produced superhero especially likes to attack terrorists everywhere, with the firepower of their gangs...

    "Yes, yes, Iron Man is in my car!"

    Uehara Naraku quickly pointed to Tony Stark on the co-pilot: "Everyone, has Stark Industry heard of it? Now his steel suit can''t be used. As long as Tony Stark is kidnapped once, the money will be enough for your next life. Flower, a small character like me..."

    "Hey!"

    Tony Stark''s expression stagnated.

    Can this guy''s mouth be closed!

    At this time Tony Stark doubted that Uehara Naraku was in the same group as the gangsters who robbed him!

    It''s getting dark now.

    Originally, even if he encountered a robbery criminal, Tony Stark could quickly use his identity as Iron Man to scare away these guys, but Uehara Naraku directly stabbed him out...

    Is this guy stupid?

    really.

    After hearing what Uehara Naraku said, a group of gang members came up again with guns. The man in the lead even took a cigarette with great interest: "Help Mr. Tony Stark take off his steel suit. The sponsor is better..."

    After speaking, the gang leader glanced at Naraku Uehara and slammed his pistol!

    Click it!

    The sound of the pistol being loaded is very loud!

    "Get out of this driver..."

 Chapter 701ï¼š Uehara, I hope you can be a member of the Avengers

    Alexander Pierce is not very good at doing things.

    Uehara Naraku hopes Pierce can find a group of cruel gangsters to come and die, but these guys are clearly looking for death!

    Just as the gang leader raised his pistol and was about to shoot Nairo Uehara with one shot, Tony Stark suddenly opened his mouth and interrupted his movements directly.

    "and many more!"

    Tony Stark raised his palm to stop the gang leader, and pointed his finger at Naraku Uehara: "I''m willing to pay an extra 100,000 dollars to let him survive."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku''s expression was slightly surprised.

    The gang leader tilted his head, and a mocking smile flashed across his face: "Mr. Stark, since you kidnapped you, do you think we care about one hundred thousand dollars?"

    "But this guy is worth a hundred thousand dollars at most."

    Tony Stark shrugged his shoulders indifferently.

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku''s face became even more weird.

    However, Tony Stark didn¡¯t pay attention. He just looked at the gang leader¡¯s indifferent expression, and softly explained: "Give me face, the price I paid is already very high. If you want to kidnap me, you will also need one after the kidnapping is over. Will the driver send me back?"

    "Hahahahaha..."

    The gang leader quickly agreed, with a playful smile on his lips: "Does Mr. Stark still want to go back?"

    But... he never thought of letting Tony Stark go back!

    Originally, the gang leader received an order to intercept a pickup truck on this highway, kidnap a rich man, and collect some activity funds for the organization.

    It turned out that they kidnapped Tony Stark!

    Who gave this cheating order! To kidnap Tony Stark, this really doesn''t want them to survive!

    If Tony Stark can go back alive, this superhero from the rich family will never let them go; however, if Tony Stark dies in their hands, their lives should not be easy in the future...

    This is a hot potato.

    In short, tie people back first, and then ask people at the top of the organization how to deal with it. The gang leader intuitively feels that the less people know about it, the better.

    This driver...

    Let''s kill it...

    Tony Stark has no face in their Hydra!

    Just as the gang leader raised his gun again, Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but sighed: "Friend, have you always been so brave?"

    "You are talking about..."

    Click!

    A crisp sound of bone cracking!

    No one thought that Uehara Naraku''s palm suddenly protruded, and directly grabbed the gang leader''s throat, and instantly twisted his neck!

    No one can believe this scene...

    Obviously he looked like a cowardly guy, so he broke the neck of a gang leader so brazenly, especially when the man he killed was holding a loaded pistol in his hand!

    Many people have not even reacted to it!

    Uehara Naruko''s movements were so fast that he grabbed the pistol in his hand in an instant, but he seemed to be unable to play with the gun, so he escaped and almost hit Tony Stark...

    Only Uehara Naraku also has a solution!

    The next moment, Uehara Naraku threw the body of the gang leader next to him and smashed a group of people. With a punch, he hit the temple of another gang member next to him. He drew a fruit knife from him and slammed into the crowd!

    The knife is flying!

    Splash of blood!

    Five seconds later.

    There were no more enemies around the entire pickup truck. A group of corpses piled up and down on the ground, and the smell of blood gradually floated on the road.

    Tony Stark''s eyes widened involuntarily.

    It wasn''t until Uehara Naraku shook the pistol in front of him that Tony Stark reacted like he was waking up from a dream: "Hey, hey, you put the gun down!"

    Tony Stark was scared into a cold sweat!

    This guy''s marksmanship is too bad!

    No, this guy''s courage was too great, and his skill was too strong. A dozen gang members with guns were killed by him alone...

    Even if Tony Stark has seen many savage bodyguards, he has never seen anyone as quick as Uehara Naruto''s hands...

    This skill is simply not human!

    "What are you..."

    "Oh, I wanted to get along with you as an ordinary person..."

    Uehara Naraku reached out and wiped the fruit knife and pistol, and erased the fingerprints on them: "But I met a group of guys who have a short life and take shortcuts..."

    Uehara Naraku let go of two weapons, shook his head and sighed, "Don''t they know that I am the strongest person in this world?"

    "..."

    Tony Stark almost choked.

    This guy... can blow too much, right?

    "Almost got it... Killing these guys is no small trouble, although they don''t look like good people... I will help solve this trouble when I go back."

    Tony Stark shook his head and beckoned at Nairo Uehara: "Get in the car first, and tell me who you are. In the entry information of Stark Industries, it is not shown that you have any fighting skills. ability¡­"

    If you change to the past, Tony Stark will never take risks easily, he will definitely do everything possible to put himself in a safer situation...

    However, recently due to palladium poisoning, Tony Stark can always guess how long his life is, and he wants to satisfy his curiosity.

    Uehara Naraku doesn''t seem to be a bad guy...

    Apart from other things, Tony Stark suddenly felt that the fellow Uehara Naraku had a generous heart. At least he did not take advantage of this opportunity to act on himself, the former boss who fired him...

    of course¡­

    It may also be because this guy lacks money.

    "It should have been."

    Uehara Naraku sat back in the driver''s seat and continued softly, "I originally wanted to join Stark Industrial Security, but your salary for security is too low. I can only get into Stark Industrial''s R&D department... "

    "That''s the salary set by the Administration Department..."

    Tony Stark shook his head.

    "Wait, we are not discussing this issue..."

    Tony Stark quickly sorted out his thoughts, and continued to ask: "I''m very curious about what kind of talent would have this..."

    Tony Stark shook his palm before finding an adjective: "...so...such a powerful method...mercenary? Agent? Killer?"

    "Anything."

    Uehara Naraku nodded indifferently.

    "This is not always a problem!"

    Tony Stark fell back on his seat and was almost annoyed by Nairo Uehara''s words. Now they are discussing Nairo Uehara''s past career. Whatever it is? !

    Next second...

    Tony Stark suddenly reacted and stared at Uehara Naraku: "Wait... you mean... all of these... have you done it?"

    "Anything."

    "Don''t be so perfunctory!"

    "Stop talking about it."

    "It must be said!"

    "Too lazy to say."

    Uehara Naruko leaned on his seat and glanced at Tony Stark: "After I send you back, remember to call me another million for the hush money. Don''t tell anyone, I can assume that you didn''t see anything today. To..."

    "Okay... wait, let''s go the other way! Obviously you should give me a million dollars in hush money!"

    "You are not short of money..."

    "you''re right."

    Tony Stark nodded with deep conviction. He stopped delving into Uehara Naraku''s affairs and fastened his seat belt: "Send me home first..."

    As long as I get home...

    Tony Stark thinks he has a way to find out the details of Uehara Naraku, such a powerful guy, it is impossible to be so silent!

    Tony Stark will not contact him until he has thoroughly checked his details after returning home. Maybe there is still some place where Naraku Uehara needs to be used.

    Unfortunately, Uehara Naraku didn''t send Tony Stark back to his home in Washington, and directly left the billionaire on the street.

    "Don''t forget to pay."

    "Don''t always mention money, I never care about money!"

    Tony Stark lay on the side of the pickup truck window and said with a serious face: "You have lost an opportunity to become friends with Iron Man..."

    "Okay, I get it now."

    Uehara Naraku calmly rolled up the window.

    According to some weird laws, Uehara Naraku guessed that Tony Stark, who was very curious about his past along the way, was likely to use Jarvis to check his news when he returned home.

    Unless Tony Stark deliberately breaks through the S.H.I.E.L.D. firewall and hacks into the S.H.I.E.L.D. database, can Uehara Naraku''s hidden first-level identity be found.

    Tony Stark should not have thought of SHIELD.

    Tony Stark will only use crawler-style searches to grab any public information that Uehara Nalu may appear on the Internet.

    Therefore, Uehara Naraku had to take advantage of Tony Stark''s own time to go home and find someone to help create a resume that Tony Stark could believe.

    This is the instinct of a master of time management.

    Washington.

    S.H.I.E.L.D. headquarters.

    Uehara Naraku stood in the office of the director.

    Uehara Naruko reported to Nick Fury that he saved Tony Stark on his way and solved a gang that blocked the road. Nick Fury couldn''t help but shine.

    In fact, there is no need for Uehara Naraku to tell her plan. He just mentioned in a roundabout way that Tony Stark was very interested in him. Nick Fury immediately realized the value of this coincidence...

    "I will find a way to arrange a suitable resume for you."

    Nick Fury''s eyes gleamed, and he nodded and said, "All of these can be found by Tony Stark, so he can trust you...

    I will arrange for Agent Romanoff to secretly instruct Pepperpots to increase security, so that you can return to Stark Industries and even Tony''s side. "

    "I just saved Tony Stark on the way back. Why do you want me to perform tasks related to him..."

    "This is the best opportunity."

    Nick Fury looked at Uehara Naraku and said with a serious face: "Uehara, I hope you can be recognized by those with superpowers in the future and become a member of the Avengers plan... Tony Stark is our future revenge. The first person in the plan of the winner."

 Chapter 702ï¼š People cant... at least they shouldnt be so arrogant

    Nick Fury very much hopes to have a superhero team.

    Because Nick Fury once met a woman named Carol Danvers when he was young and ignorant, he has since become obsessed with the power of superpowers, who can solve any abnormal troubles.

    of course.

    This superhero team must be controlled.

    And these extraordinary superheroes must be full of personality.

    If you want to control the direction of this superhero squad, you can only use guidance, which is to mix some sand from S.H.I.E.L.D. in this squad...

    In this way, we can monitor the movement of this team at all times.

    One of the most troublesome problems is to make superheroes with full of personality recognize the sand they have mixed with S.H.I.E.L.D. instead of disgusting the identity of these watchers.

    Nick Fury is quite optimistic about Uehara Naraku.

    Nick Fury thinks that Uehara Naraku is the most likely to join the superhero squad. This somewhat lazy and personality guy may be more suitable than Natasha Romanoff and Clint Barton.

    Now this is a good opportunity.

    Nick Fury sat on his desk and snapped his fingers leisurely, letting the agent underneath knock off his hand, helping to create an identity for Uehara Naruto within an hour.

    The identity of an agent.

    A whole new story was born.

    In the words of Nick Fury, Uehara Naraku was an agent of the FBI who once served in the FBI. In order to save an innocent civilian, he killed a group of terrorists without authorization and almost delayed his mission.

    In the end of the story, Uehara Naraku was expelled by the FBI director who had a problem with his brain in the name of ignoring the regulations.

    of course.

    The incident happened in real time.

    The man was also rescued by Uehara Naraku, and the terrorist was also solved by Uehara Naraku. The only problem was that Uehara Naraku accepted the assignment of S.H.I.E.L.D. at the time...

    "I know everything..."

    Uehara Naraku looked at his new information and touched his chin: "Why is the FBI director in this story having a problem, not the CIA director?"

    "Because the FBI Director wants to grab our funds this year..."

    "Have you grabbed it?"

    "Of course I didn''t grab it."

    Nick Fury looked at the story compiled by his subordinates contentedly, and continued slowly: "But that guy wants to grab S.H.I.E.L.D. funds this year. There must be something wrong with his brain."

    "You are right."

    Uehara Naraku followed the kindness, watching his new story quietly placed in the database on the Internet in batches: "Well, I hope Mr. Tony Stark will like this story."

    To be honest, this story is a bit vulgar.

    Compared with the story of Uehara Naraku''s past, it is a bit monotonous and simple.

    Forget it.

    Anyway, a more exciting story has always been at the fingertips of Uehara Naraku. This fictional story can be arranged by Nick Fury at will!

    Washington.

    Tony Stark also has a villa here.

    As Uehara Naraku guessed, Tony Stark was very curious about Uehara Naraku''s skill, and immediately let the artificial intelligence Jarvis search all the information about Uehara Naraku when he returned home.

    The information is very fragmentary.

    For example, the news page of national dignitaries visiting other countries will occasionally appear as Uehara Naraku to maintain law and order;

    For example, on the news page where a group of terrorists or gangs were destroyed, Uehara Naraku would occasionally appear.

    until¡­

    Tony Stark sneaked into the FBI''s internal network for 15 seconds, stole the information of Uehara Naraku, and thought he had found out the life of Uehara Naraku.

    Tony Stark reluctantly pieced together the first half of Uehara Naraku''s life: "Well... an agent who was fired by the FBI to save people?"

    This identity is a bit subtle.

    Tony Stark was quite indifferent to the FBI agent, but he was slightly interested in the agent who was expelled, especially since the agent had a good identity.

    Anyway...

    Uehara Naraku is indeed a good person.

    At least Tony Stark believes that people like Uehara Naraku should not be expelled, but should be active in protecting ordinary people.

    "There is a problem with the head of the FBI Director..."

    Tony Stark did not doubt too much.

    Because he knows what he wants to know is enough.

    Tony Stark tapped his finger on the virtual screen slightly, connected to Uehara Naraku''s phone, took a sip of vegetable juice, and slowly said, "Hello, Uehara, can you hear who I am?"

    "..."

    There was strange silence on the other side for a second, and a man''s calm voice came over: "For money, just call my original salary card."

    "¡­puff!"

    Tony Stark couldn''t help but spit out a sip of vegetable juice, why every time he communicates with Naraku Uehara makes him a little heartbroken!

    This guy¡­

    Can''t you chat seriously?

    Tony Stark couldn''t help rubbing his eyebrows: "Don''t make us seem to be doing shameful transactions. I''m not talking about money..."

    "Do you want to fall back on account?"

    "A person''s life cannot be just for money!"

    Tony Stark shook his head with a headache, and quickly spoke to the man on the other end of the phone: "I will transfer the money to you soon..."

    "Thank you for your patronage and see you again if you have a chance."

    "and many more¡­"

    Tony Stark heard Uehara Naraku''s intention to hang up, and hurriedly stopped him, and continued: "Uehara, are you free to talk about your work?"

    "I don''t need work."

    Uehara Nairobi smiled on the other end of the phone: "Mr. Stark calls me 100,000 dollars every month, why go to work..."

    "I found it."

    Tony Stark interrupted Uehara Naraku and continued softly: "Those things you did before... The Internet actually has memories... Well, it''s just a bit deep in its hidden place... Are you interested in talking about your work?"

    Tony Stark doesn''t believe that the former agent, Naru Uehara, will continue to be muddled for a mere 100,000 U.S. dollars!

    Since the first-level identity of Uehara Naraku has not been found, Tony takes it for granted that Uehara Naraku is still abandoning himself for the fact that he was expelled by the FBI...

    anyway¡­

    When this guy was expelled by the FBI director, he was abandoning himself. Why did he fish and play games while working at Stark Industries? Is this appropriate?

    Is it a bit bullying?

    If you don¡¯t know that Naraku Uehara is a good person, Tony Stark really doesn¡¯t want to talk to Naraku Uehara...

    Just as Tony Stark was heartbroken, he heard Uehara Naraku''s unhappy voice, and Tony Stark''s unhappiness made Tony Stark interested again!

    "Have you checked me?"

    "a little bit¡­"

    Tony Stark certainly wouldn''t say that in order to find out Uehara Naraku''s past, he even hacked into the FBI''s internal network. That kind of thing is also a trouble for him.

    "Just a little bit¡­"

    Tony Stark continued slowly: "How can I put it...the current FBI director Robert is a fool...you even fired you..."

    "Didn''t you fire me too?"

    "This is different!"

    Tony Stark''s voice was a little louder, and he was very determined when he mentioned this: "We all know these differences. If you work seriously in Stark Industries..."

    "too late."

    Uehara Naraku''s voice is still calm, but the tone seems to be a little more tired and emotional: "Anyway, forget what happened tonight... I''m just an ordinary person."

    After speaking, Uehara Naraku directly hung up the phone.

    Tony Stark''s brows couldn''t help but wrinkle, he was cut off by Uehara Naruko before he could say his thoughts.

    Forget it.

    I''ll talk about it in the future.

    Perhaps this matter can be handed over to Pepper.

    Tony Stark slowly supported the palm of his chest on the energy reactor, his expression was faintly heartbroken. He can''t even solve the palladium poisoning now, and can only wait quietly for his own death...

    Now he hasn''t even solved his troubles!

    The other side of the phone.

    Uehara Naraku slowly put down his cell phone.

    Nick Fury nodded in satisfaction, and began to educate his subordinates: "Yes, that''s it, it''s not time for you to meet again..."

    "How to say?"

    "Do you think Iron Man needs a bodyguard? No, or what can he need to help his companion now?"

    "Unless there is an emergency..."

    "Not bad."

    Nick Fury nodded slowly, and tapped his fingers gently on the table: "Wait until he encounters some dangerous emergencies, it''s time for you to meet..."

    "Is Iron Man in a dangerous situation?"

    "Iron Man may not. UU reading "

    Nick Fury shook his head, his eyes faintly darkened: "But... with Tony''s personality, you will definitely encounter dangerous situations!"

    The guy with the Stark surname...

    The bones are full of adventurous genes!

    Especially when Tony Stark is facing palladium poisoning, a guy who thinks he is hopeless and clever and arrogant will certainly encounter dangerous situations in the future!

    The fact is as Nick Fury expected.

    In this month, Tony Stark did one of the few business events, that is, presided over the opening of the Stark Industrial Fair, spread the seeds of technology, and, by the way, gave away part of his fortune before he died. Certain green organizations.

    However, Tony Stark still does not change his arrogant personality.

    In a public hearing for asking him to surrender his steel suit, a senator was ridiculed bloody, and by the way, his business opponent Justin Hammer was hacked.

    At that hearing, Tony Stark can be said to have used his poisonous tongue to the extreme. If it weren¡¯t for Justin Hammer¡¯s too little courage, it is estimated that he might buy murder after the end...

    And the senator who was ridiculed by Tony at the hearing was a high-level Hydra. The real purpose of this hearing was that Hydra wanted to entrap the public opinion and seize Tony Stark¡¯s steel suit. technology¡­

    Unfortunately¡­

    Tony Stark''s eloquence was too good, and his mouth was too bad, and he turned the situation around during this public hearing.

    Uehara Naraku watched the hearing all the way, his palms slowly closed, watching Tony Stark who was spraying other people indecently with his tongue on the TV.

    "Oh... people can''t... at least they shouldn''t be so arrogant..."

 Chapter 703ï¼š Uehara, who is not good at lying, is not a good agent...

    It turns out.

    If you are not strong enough, don''t be too arrogant.

    A few days before the end of the public hearing, Tony Stark encountered a terrorist attack on the Monaco racing circuit.

    A Russian named Ivan Vanke, wearing a simple suit, attacked Tony Stark on the racing track, and even nearly killed Tony Stark and Pepper Potts...

    This terrorist attack also made Tony Stark fully aware of the facts, and he must raise the security level of himself and Pepper Potts.

    Even without the attack by Ivan Vanke, Stark Industries, which stores the energy reactor arc technology, still faces the coveting of others, and he must make these arrangements properly.

    Tony Stark finally remembered the employee he fired last month, and called Uehara Naraku: "Hello, Uehara, I may need your help...Of course this job should make you quite like it..."

    "Let me play games at Stark Industries?"

    "Even if you play games on my private plane."

    Tony Stark took a deep breath and continued in a deep voice: "Before that, let''s find a place to talk first! This matter may be a little troublesome..."

    "I don''t like trouble..."

    "This month may be the last time I transfer money to you."

    "Are you going to breach the contract?"

    "Do not."

    Tony Stark stood on the platform of his seaside villa in California, and glanced back and took a peek at Pepper and her assistant Natalie, who were busy working in the room.

    Natalie is the counsel to the legal department that Pepper only recently found.

    Tony Stark confirmed that the women inside could not hear themselves, so he slowly lowered his cell phone and said in a low voice, "I''m going to die."

    When talking about this, Tony Stark quickly continued: "Once I die, the agreement between us will automatically terminate.

    The agreement I made with you at the time was originally intended to wait for the news of my death to come out, so that you will discover that the agreement is actually just a...a prank..."

    "Then I will write down this account first."

    Uehara Naraku seemed to care nothing about Tony Stark''s words, and said softly, "Although I don''t know if what you said is true or false... Forget it, give me an address!"

    "I will send it to you by mail!"

    Tony Stark finally breathed a sigh of relief, and added: "No one else, no matter anyone...I''ll be waiting for you at home."

    Tony Stark kept it from everyone.

    Originally, Tony Stark planned to keep this secret until his death. Neither his old friend Rod nor his close assistant Pepper knew the secret.

    He even asked Jarvis to prepare a will.

    Keeping a secret in the heart can be extremely depressing.

    After Tony Stark confessed to the trustworthy stranger Uehara Naraku that he was about to die, his heart suddenly became more comfortable.

    S.H.I.E.L.D. headquarters.

    Uehara Naraku got into his old pickup truck.

    Nick Fury got into his bulletproof armed car.

    Both of them will rush to California today. It can be seen that the treatment of the director of SHIELD and ordinary agents is quite distinct...Nick Fury originally wanted to take Hara Naraku for a certain distance, but Uehara Naraku seemed to prefer his own pickup truck.

    Nick Fury slowly rolled down his car window, and told Uehara Naraku through the window: "Uehara, I will find a chance to reveal that you are a S.H.I.E.L.D. agent. There is no way to hide this. , But you and Tony must get along well before that."

    "rest assured."

    Uehara Naraku nodded seriously, and said softly: "When I was on a mission in the past, many people finally knew my identity, and finally chose to accept the facts..."

    "That''s good."

    Nick Fury nodded in satisfaction, and continued: "Remember, you can follow your own heart if you want to do anything other than telling Tony that you are an agent of S.H.I.E.L.D.."

    What Nick Fury needs is for Uehara Naraku to be recognized by Tony Stark and be a partner in the future Avengers plan, not for Tony Stark to think that Uehara Naraku is still an ordinary agent of S.H.I.E.L.D.

    Therefore, in addition to the somewhat individual character, it is also very important for Uehara Naraku to show off his strength at an appropriate time.

    This is Nick Fury''s strategy.

    After saying this, Nick Fury thought for a while and added: "Uehara, also, the most important thing in getting along with people is sincerity. If you grasp this..."

    "Director, you should know my character."

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but frowned, as if he was a little dissatisfied with Nick Fury''s doubts about his character: "Didn''t you say that I, an agent who is not very good at lying when performing missions, is an agent of SHIELD. Is it a different kind?"

    "Hahahaha... it''s different."

    Nick Fury shook his head and laughed a few times before continuing: "It is precisely because you are not good at lying that I will let you perform this task."

    Yes it is.

    Uehara Naraku is indeed not very good at lying.

    Therefore, in most cases, Nick Fury can only regard Uehara Naraku as a combat agent, and even had to send someone to cooperate with him to sneak undercover. This is also Nick Fury''s more willingness to believe that Uehara Naraku can become a member of the future Avengers team.

    Two days later.

    A dilapidated pickup truck drove into Tony Stark''s seaside villa. This scene made Tony Stark''s eyes twitching. Doesn''t this guy know that time is life?

    When he saw Naraku Uehara, Tony Stark directly asked: "Can you have a little time is the concept of life..."

    "Anyway, you won''t die for a while."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Tony Stark, whose eyes were bloodshot, and then glanced at the faintly bulging bruising blood vessels on his neck, which was a sign of palladium poisoning.

    Now Tony Stark''s palladium poisoning is getting worse.

    "Forget it, just talk about business!"

    Tony rubbed his eyebrows, ignoring Uehara Naraku¡¯s irritating tone, as if to explain his own funeral: "Uehara, I hope you can serve as a safety consultant for Stark Industries and help me protect Pepper¡¯s safety. ¡­"

    Tony reached out and took a glass of vegetable juice and handed it to Uehara Naraku. He also took a glass and swallowed a few mouthfuls before continuing: "Sorry, I just came to you at this time. This position may be quite dangerous, but I found a more suitable person. Up..."

    "What''s the reason?"

    Unable to pick up the glass of vegetable juice, Uehara Naraku continued slowly: "There are many security companies in the world..."

    "only you."

    Tony Stark spread out his palms and explained softly: "Only you are the strongest one I have ever seen..."

    After speaking, Tony Stark knocked on the energy reactor on his chest again, and continued: "Except for me of course..."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku''s expression suddenly became weird, and this person felt that he was dying, how could he still be so proud?

    In fact.

    Tony Stark really valued more than just Uehara Naraku''s fighting ability.

    What he values ??more is the human brilliance of Uehara Naraku''s own existence. In addition to these, there is also the experience of Uehara Naraku who once served as an FBI agent.

    "Don''t look at me like that..."

    Tony Stark shrugged indifferently, took Naru Uehara into his living room, and said casually: "Jarvis, give our guests a glass of juice."

    "Yes, Sir."

    A manipulator reached out with a glass of juice.

    Uehara Naraku took the juice, took a curious look at this luxurious living room, and then continued: "By the way...Why do you think I won''t refuse?"

    "Two hundred thousand dollars a month."

    Tony Stark directly offered a super high price, and he added: "If it is not enough, you can add it."

    Tony Stark watched Uehara Naraku and calmly added: "Of course, it''s not just a question of money..."

    In a sense...

    The two of them should be of the same kind, they both have a sense of justice in protecting the weak, and they should be of the same kind who sympathize with each other.

    After speaking, Tony Stark saw that Uehara Naraku didn''t mean to refuse him, and immediately took the matter seriously: "Now you can officially go to work. I still have a lot of things to tell you. You can treat it as... Last words?"

    After Tony Stark revealed his secrets, the whole person let go a lot, and a smile appeared at the corner of his mouth: "Maybe you can publish a book in the future, "Tony Stark''s Last Days Story" or "Iron Man" "The Last Words" or something..."

    "I''m not good at writing."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head, drank the juice in his hand, and whispered softly: "And I don''t like to reveal other people''s secrets. UU¿´Êé"

    "¡­it is good."

    A smile on Tony Stark''s face.

    Although Uehara Naraku looks lazy, but his character and personality are really good.

    Tony Stark thinks they get along very well, and it doesn''t seem to be a bad thing to be able to make a good friend before dying?

    Everything is settled.

    Tony Stark even showed his own device for testing palladium poisoning with interest, just like a big boy who likes to share toys.

    "Did you see it? The palladium poisoning concentration is 76%..."

    "Wait until it reaches 100%, or 95%, 98%..."

    "About I''ll be completely finished? Anyway, it''s ugly to die!"

    unfortunately.

    Tony Stark would not have thought.

    When Uehara Naruko left his villa, the first thing he did was to call Nick Fury and directly leak Tony Stark''s secret.

    "The current Tony Stark palladium poisoning concentration is 76%..."

    "Good job, this is a specific value that Agent Romanoff didn''t find out!"

    "Is there really a way to save him? Tony himself is a little desperate..."

    "Don''t worry, Tony won''t die."

    Nick Fury shook his head, and his voice became a little serious: "In this world, only the light before darkness falls is the most precious... I hope he can learn to cherish this world..."

    After speaking, Nick Fury hung up the phone.

    Naraku Uehara listened to the busy tone on the phone, and fell into deep thought. Is the dawn before darkness falls the most precious?

    After a long time.

    Uehara Naraku took out a black envelope from her body.

    A red auspicious cloud is painted on the black envelope.

 Chapter 704ï¼š I believe Mr. Stark will definitely work with us nine snakes...

    The content of the letter in Uehara''s hands is quite simple.

    This is a letter from the Akatsuki organization to Tony, but the content is written in the name of Tony''s father Howard Stark.

    Just a letter, seems to easily arouse suspicion?

    Uehara Naraku thought for a while, raised his fingers, and a dark figure was summoned out of thin air and appeared in front of him.

    "The technology in this world is very advanced..."

    "Unfortunately this is not a purely scientific world."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head, stretched out and took out a USB flash drive with Hydra painted on it, and threw it to the jet black figure: "Go and control Ivan Vanke, let someone record a threatening Tony Stark. Join the video of Hydra and I will forward the content to you..."

    "Who is that?"

    "The man who attacked Tony Stark not long ago."

    Uehara Naraku''s fingertips glowed with energy, and it was printed on the forehead of the jet black figure: "After the video is recorded, let a snake go directly to Stark''s house..."

    "understand."

    The jet black figure quietly sank into the ground.

    By then, the USB flash drive with the video must have been given to Tony by Hydra, and the content on this USB flash drive is naturally unavoidable.

    This will make Tony Stark feel more contrast when he receives the letter. Anything must be left to others with enough contrast...

    Only in this way can people compare Akatsuki''s kindness.

    In addition to these, Uehara Naruko also hopes that Nick Fury will find the tricks of Hydra soon, so as to provoke the conflict between S.H.I.E.L.D. and Hydra. Only with more and more things can he stand in this world. The more stable it gets.

    As for whether this kind of thing will cause others to doubt...

    Uehara Naraku has a way to dispel this suspicion.

    Since Uehara Naraku arrived in California, the time he spent with Tony Stark has become more and more, and the friendship between men seems to be easy to cultivate.

    The only trouble is...

    Tony Stark seemed to have something to say.

    In other words, Tony Stark seems to be able to find someone who can record his life before he dies, preferably a living person, who can let him shed some of his secrets.

    Uehara Naraku is such a character.

    Today is a special day.

    In Tony''s home, Naraku Uehara met Pepper Potts, the current CEO of Stark Industries, and also met Pepper Potts'' new assistant Natalie.

    In other words, it was Natasha Romanov, a 7th-level S.H.I.E.L.D. agent.

    "Uehara..."

    Tony Stark pressed Pepper Potts on the shoulder and said softly: "Paper, the current CEO of Stark Industries probably doesn''t need me to introduce..."

    After speaking, Tony immediately looked at Natasha next to Pepper, and said frivolously: "This is Natalie, a new employee in the legal department of Stark Industries. Our contract has to go through her Review..."

    "Hello there."

    Uehara Naraku watched Natasha stretch out her palm.

    The two S.H.I.E.L.D. colleagues met again in this situation.

    "¡­Hello there."

    Natasha made no secret of the heat in her eyes.

    As an agent of S.H.I.E.L.D., known for its strong fighting ability, Naraku Uehara''s presence is full of presence, and she has heard of it many times.

    Pepperpots glanced at Naraku Uehara, with some doubts in his eyes: "But we don''t need any security consultants..."

    Especially this security consultant, who knew about fishing and playing games in the company before, and was criticized by Stark Industries¡¯ internal reports...

    "Trust me, Uehara is great."

    Tony Stark shook his head, thought for a while, and suddenly whistle: "Uehara, do you want to fight Natalie? Natalie can defeat Harpy with a single blow..."

    Tony Stark turned his head and looked at Natasha again: "Are you interested in trying it? Natalie, Uehara is the new security consultant of Stark Industries. You need to draft and review his employment contract!"

    "Tony..."

    Pepper Potts was a little dissatisfied with his provocative behavior.

    "I just want Uehara to prove his strength."

    Tony Stark shrugged his shoulders indifferently, glanced at Natasha next to him, and continued to pick things up: "Although I think Uehara only takes about one second? Two seconds? Or three seconds. Knock you down easily..."

    "I believe."

    Natasha nodded seriously.

    "what?"

    Tony Stark was a little dumbfounded.

    "But I don''t mind to see..."

    Natasha''s eyes brightened, kicked off her high heels, and whispered softly: "The monthly salary contract of 200,000 US dollars also needs to be reviewed to see if he is worth the price..."

    "Meaningless."

    Uehara Nara lowered his head and took a sip of juice.

    The corners of Natalie''s eyes tightened, and suddenly she kicked him in front of the door. This woman came up in a sneak attack, and she didn''t talk about martial arts at all!

    And she wore a sultry split-length dress today, and her slender legs were all revealed at this moment, and a touch of red lace was even looming!

    This woman...

    Don''t care if you are gone!

    Natasha really doesn''t care about this. Only Natasha, who has personally experienced training with Naraku Uehara, knows that Natasha Uehara is not an anonymous agent in S.H.I.E.L.D....

    Bang!

    Uehara Naraku calmly kicked Natasha''s belly!

    Natasha''s body was bent like a long bow at the moment he was kicked, and Natasha Uehara kicked it seven or eight meters away!

    Before everyone even had time to react, they watched Uehara Uehara politely retract his leg with a stunned voice: "Sorry, I don''t like physical contact so much, so it probably won''t make people think it would be a sexual harassment to you..."

    "Intentional injury is much more serious than sexual harassment..."

    Natalie clutched her belly and stood up, the pain on her face made no secret, and drops of cold sweat fell from her cheeks.

    "It''s too heavy to start..."

    Pepperpots'' brows couldn''t help but frowned, and she was a little dissatisfied with Nairo Uehara''s horrible destruction of flowers. Of course, she didn''t want Tony Stark to become a hot head.

    Uehara Naraku''s fighting ability may be very strong, but it is impossible to tell how strong he is in the event of a big man defeating Natasha...

    From the perspective of being responsible for Tony Stark and Stark Industries, Pepper Potts, the new CEO, is more accustomed to characterizing this matter as a business activity: "Speaking of our company¡¯s contract with another security company ¡­"

    Since it is a business activity...

    The expenditure of this security consultant must be justified and well-founded. Moreover, Nairo Uehara''s salary is only lower than that of her CEO!

    While Pepper Potts was habitually using business negotiation skills, a big snake a few meters long suddenly appeared in her eyes, causing her to scream in an instant!

    "Ahhhhhh...snake!"

    "Ok?"

    Naru Uehara shot the juice cup in his hand instantly, and killed the snake with one blow. Unexpectedly, the snake suddenly began to shed its skin and came back to life again!

    This weird scene makes the scalp numb!

    Just as Uehara Naraku wanted to take action, the snake suddenly opened his mouth and spit out a small bag with a USB flash drive. The small bag was even stained with a lot of mucus...

    "It''s disgusting..."

    Tony Stark watched the big snake spit out the USB flash drive and died there. He frowned and told Jarvis to dispose of the snake¡¯s body, check the security measures by the way, and help him dispose of the small USB flash drive. .

    Jarvis quickly found out everything.

    According to the picture that Jarvis brought up from the surveillance, it was a long snake that sneaked in while the villa platform was open during the day.

    As for the USB flash drive in the small bag that the snake sent over... it was painted with a beautiful pattern, which looked like a hideous hydra!

    Hydra Hydra!

    "this is¡­"

    The expressions of Uehara Naraku and Natasha couldn''t help but change.

    The surprise on Uehara Naraku¡¯s face did not seem to disappear. Natasha, a professional agent, quickly recovered his calm, and even deliberately reminded Uehara Naraku. The two couldn¡¯t help but look at each other, and both saw what they saw in each other¡¯s eyes. Surprised!

    As a Level 7 agent of S.H.I.E.L.D., it is natural to be in contact with the history of S.H.I.E.L.D., and both of them have heard of the legendary Hydra organization...

    "It doesn''t seem to say that many of us are not allowed to appreciate..."

    Tony Stark inserted the link in the USB flash drive into a drive, saw the only video on the USB flash drive, and clicked on that video directly.

    A man wearing a mask appeared on the virtual screen.

    "Mr. Tony Stark."

    "I''m very glad you received the message from our organization."

    "I believe you should have seen Ivan Vanke, and know that the energy reactor that has been driving the steel suit is the result of your father, Mr. Howard Stark, stolen from his father, right?"

    "..."

    Tony Stark''s face looked ugly. UU Reading www.uukanashu.com

    When he was in Monaco, when he knew it from Ivan Vanke, he was still a little bit dubious... Now in the video, does this masked person even know this secret thing?

    and¡­

    Who would have thought that this kind of news would burst out in this USB flash drive!

    In addition to Tony Stark''s ugly face, when Pepperpots, Naraku Uehara, and Natalie heard the news, their faces changed at the same time...

    Unfortunately¡­

    The video will not stop because of this.

    The masked man in the video even continued to talk.

    "If you are willing to cooperate with us..."

    "We will be happy to help you clean up Ivan Vanke and clean up his troubles for Mr. Howard Stark, although he was once our enemy..."

    "But there are no eternal enemies in this world, only eternal interests. I believe that as the son of Howard Stark, you should defend your father''s reputation?"

    "Mr. Tony Stark should know that once the news that your father Howard Stark stole the results of others is exposed... what storm will the huge Stark Group encounter?"

    "Don''t doubt..."

    "Ivan Vanke has told us everything..."

    "Palladium poisoning doesn''t feel good, right? Mr. Tony Stark, if you are willing to cooperate, we can also help you solve the problem of palladium poisoning..."

    "Please believe that we have this ability."

    "Before 1945, we had already mastered a very special energy block. This energy is far cleaner than palladium energy, enough to make you survive safe and sound."

    "Hopefully when we contact you next time...you will give us the answer we want."

 Chapter 705ï¼š Uehara Narakus first identity disclosure incident

    The entire video has finished playing.

    The expressions of everyone present became gloomy.

    Compared to the concerns of Tony and Naraku Uehara, Pepper Potts is more concerned about Tony Stark''s body: "What does palladium poisoning mean? Why do I listen to him, is your body poisoned? Why not tell me?"

    "There is no problem now..."

    Tony Stark rubbed his eyebrows and calmed Pepperpots'' emotions. He didn''t want his physical condition to worry those around him.

    Although his physical condition is quite bad...

    But Ivan Vanke¡¯s problem is obviously more serious.

    "Jarvis!"

    Tony Stark stopped Pepperpots¡¯s questioning, his face became calm again, and his original sane image was restored: ¡°Check the whereabouts of Ivan Vanke, I remember he should have been sentenced to death. !"

    Yes it is.

    After Ivan Vanke caused the Monaco attack, he should have been sentenced to death tomorrow morning for causing many deaths and serious injuries!

    There was quite bad news from Jarvis.

    Twenty-four hours ago, Ivan Vanke escaped from the prison where he was serving his sentence. His whereabouts have been unknown so far, and he clearly fell into the hands of the so-called Hydra.

    "Ahem..."

    Natasha''s mouth suddenly oozes a ray of blood, her hand is tightly covering her kicked belly, her face is very painful and she said: "Sorry, Miss Pepper, I may have to go to the hospital first... "

    "I will let Harpy take you there!"

    "I''ll see her off!"

    Uehara Naraku took advantage of the situation and helped Natasha up, turned to look at Tony Stark, who was suffering from a headache, and continued: "Tony, you should have something to say to Miss Pepper?"

    "¡­Yes."

    Tony Stark nodded slowly.

    Since all his secrets have been revealed by Hydra, he must explain his situation to Pepperpots and calm Pepper''s emotions.

    A pickup truck rushed out of the underground garage.

    Natasha was sitting in the co-pilot, and she didn''t see the pain just now. She just took the opportunity to leave Tony Stark''s house immediately and report to Nick Fury what happened today.

    "You shouldn''t leave with me."

    Natasha took out her mobile phone and calmly spoke to Uehara Naraku: "You should stay at Tony Stark''s house and monitor the choices he may make."

    this moment¡­

    Calmness returned to Natasha.

    The present Natasha Romanov''s behavior has changed back to the ace agent of S.H.I.E.L.D., her words and deeds seem to have no emotion.

    "Sorry¡­"

    Uehara Naraku looked at Natasha who was returning to normal, with a moment of consternation in his eyes, and a little apologetic voice in his voice: "Agent Romanoff, I thought I really hurt you... Obviously I have controlled my power..."

    "Really..."

    Natasha couldn''t help but shook her head and glanced at Uehara Naraku. "It''s no wonder that your performance training class has been unqualified. Apart from the monster-like fighting ability, you can''t tell how you joined SHIELD. of¡­"

    "Sorry¡­"

    "Forget it, it doesn''t matter anymore."

    Natasha shook her head and sighed. Her cell phone finally connected to Nick Fury. Anxiousness was added to the woman''s face for an instant: "I and Natasha Uehara are together, there is an emergency in Stark''s house..."

    Natasha didn''t mean to hide anything.

    Whether it¡¯s the snake that can survive after molting, or the USB flash drive with the Hydra carved into it, and the video content of the hydra threatening Stark on the USB flash drive, all have been reported. Nick Fury.

    The situation is indeed urgent.

    Whether it is the emergence of the Hydra organization or the crisis facing Tony Stark, Nick Fury must find a way to solve all this.

    "I know."

    Nick Fury''s voice sounded quite calm.

    Even his heart may be a little nervous, but when both subordinates are nervous, his boss must also assume a calm look.

    Only in this way can the military''s mind be stabilized.

    "I will give you the address of a hospital."

    Nick Fury¡¯s voice on the phone was very steady, and he gave his own order in a deep voice: ¡°Uehara will return to Tony¡¯s house immediately after sending Agent Romanoff to the hospital to monitor their next contact at all times. We must contact Tony in advance. Stark."

    Yes it is.

    They must contact Tony Stark in advance.

    Regardless of whether the so-called Hydra organization is real or fake, they must contact Tony Stark in advance, lest Tony Stark is driven into desperation.

    The so-called historical truth is only clear to SHIELD.

    Under Nick Fury''s arrangement, Uehara Naraku sent Natasha Romanov to a hospital, then set off again and returned to Tony''s villa.

    On the way back.

    Nairo Uehara took out his other mobile phone and dialed Alexander Pierce''s phone: "Minister Pierce, the fact that our organization threatened Tony Stark with the news from Ivan Vanke was known to Nick Fury..."

    "what?"

    Alexander Pierce hasn''t reacted yet, and he is even a little confused: "We have been using the Monaco incident in the news to force Stark Industry to submit. Nick Fury must know about this... Wait, what does Nick Fury know?"

    In fact.

    Alexander Pierce knew nothing.

    In recent times, Alexander Pierce has been directing the Hydra-controlled media and government agencies to report on the Monaco attack.

    This behavior is nothing more than an attempt to combat the uniqueness of Iron Man, forcing Tony Stark to surrender the steel suit technology under pressure from the military and the government.

    As long as Tony Stark surrendered the technology of the steel suit, relying on the United States, which has penetrated like a sieve with Hydra, it would be easy to obtain.

    Uehara Naraku didn''t mean to conceal Pierce, and directly told Pierce what had happened to Tony Stark''s house tonight.

    This kind of thing...

    There is no need to conceal it.

    Moreover, what he said at this time would easily clear Uehara Naraku''s suspicion, at least Alexander Pierce believed his subordinates very much.

    "Which **** is acting on his own..."

    Alexander Pierce¡¯s voice was mixed with anger, and he was a little grateful after cursing: "Fortunately, I tried to arrange you with Tony Stark before, otherwise we would not know the news..."

    Since the end of World War II, Hydra has been in darkness.

    Especially after Hydra sneaked into S.H.I.E.L.D., any details that might be exposed would go through S.H.I.E.L.D. and be hidden by Alexander Pierce.

    Even these years, Hydra can be said to have disappeared.

    However, after Nick Fury knew about it, Pierce knew that it was impossible to hide it this time, and he could only find a way to make up for it.

    Alexander Pierce suddenly showed murderous aura on the other end of the phone: "You should kill Natasha Romanoff on the road, lest this news leak out... Forget it, even if you can kill her, you can''t kill Tony Si. Tucker."

    "Sorry¡­"

    Uehara Naraku sighed, with some regrets on her face: "Tony Stark is not wearing his steel suit. I don''t know if this is your instruction. I just want to report to you as soon as Nick Fury knows. News of the existence of our organization..."

    "You have done well enough."

    Alexander Pierce praised Uehara Naraku on the other end of the phone, and continued: "You continue to carry out Fury''s orders and monitor the situation in Tony Stark''s house. I will find out who is acting privately, and don''t expose it. Own identity."

    After speaking, Alexander Pierce continued: "What you need to do is continue to lurch, and don''t worry about revealing your identity... Whether it was made by our people this time or not, as long as I don''t get the technology of the steel suit, I It will turn them into fakes."

    "Yes."

    Uehara Naraku''s voice finally calmed down, as if he had found the backbone.

    As for Alexander Pierce who wants to turn the Hydra that appeared this time into a fake, Uehara Naraku is not worried at all...

    The black pot that appeared today...

    This is his own trader, Hydra must not be able to get rid of...

    After Uehara Naruko hung up the call of Alexander Pierce, his eyes turned into reincarnation eyes, and he contacted the Kazue who he had sent.

    His business today is very busy.

    Strictly speaking, everything tonight is going on normally under his control, and what he has to do next is to detonate the news of Hydra little by little.

    "Good job."

    Uehara Naraku, like his two bosses, did not hesitate to praise his subordinates: "The next time I contact Tony Stark for the second time, I will give you a Hydra base address, so everyone can believe it. The King of Hydra returns..."

    "Ho **** ho ho... won''t they doubt you?"

    "of course not."

    Uehara Naruko held the steering wheel with one hand and slowly said: "In Hydra, a small character like me has no right to know the whereabouts of that base!"

    Hydra has bases all over the world.

    In a sense, if an underdeveloped area has a large number of modern armed secret bases, it is basically Hydra if it does not belong to the United States and S.H.I.E.L.D..

    Even if this base belongs to the United States and S.H.I.E.L.D., there is a high probability that it is the secret base of Hydra. Hydra''s penetration capability is quite terrifying...

    No one will sleep tonight.

    Everyone is anxiously waiting for news.

    Alexander Pierce was undoubtedly the most anxious one. After contacting all the top Hydra leaders he could contact, everyone denied their private actions.

    If it weren''t for Nick Fury that hadn''t reported to Alexander Pierce, he would have liked to chop off one of the Hydra''s heads to protect the existence of Hydra.

    When Nairo Uehara returned to Tony Stark''s villa, Tony Stark also comforted Pepper Potts, and the relationship between the two went even further.

    Unfortunately, the crisis of Stark Industries is imminent.

    The two of them are thinking about how to break the game. The first question must be to find Ivan Vanke first. Only when Ivan Vanke is found can we hope to find the Hydra organization!

    However, relying on Jarvis alone can not find out the whereabouts of Ivan Vanke and Hydra. The only thing they can do is to wait for the next contact of Hydra.

    What Hydra wants is his answer.

    There will definitely be a chance to meet between them.

    The next day, before Hydra contacted Tony Stark again, S.H.I.E.L.D. Director Nick Fury came first, and he couldn''t wait any longer.

    "You are that... what bureau is coming?"

    When Tony Stark saw Nick Fury coming home, his face was still a little unhappy: "I said, I am not interested in that super boy project now..."

    "What I want to say is something that interests you."

    Nick Fury stood in Tony Stark''s living room and whispered softly: "Before that, please confirm the frankness of our conversation this time. You can come in, Agent Romanoff..."

    Nick Fury beckoned behind his back, and Natasha Romanoff walked up to him, making Tony Stark''s eyes widened involuntarily.

    "You woman..."

    Tony Stark immediately understood the source of the leak and why Nick Fury would come to visit him. He did not hide his anger.

    "you are fired."

    "It''s not just me..."

    The corner of Natasha''s mouth evoked a fascinating smile, and she glanced at Naruto Uehara, who was standing behind Tony Stark, and didn''t hide her meaning at all.

    Obviously...

    Uehara Naraku seemed to be her accomplice.

    "Uehara!"

    Tony Stark followed Natasha''s gaze and looked at Naraku Uehara in disbelief. His face was really frightened and angry at this moment!

    Compared to Natasha, Uehara Naraku knows more of his secrets, and even knows his physical condition, as well as his naive words and deeds!

    This is the first time he is willing to sincerely believe in a person!

    Even Tony Stark has nothing to say about Uehara Naraku!

    How much trust Tony Stark had in Uehara Naraku before, and how much anger and shame he had at this moment in his heart. It is estimated that everything about him was reported to S.H.I.E.L.D. by Uehara Naraku!

    this moment¡­

    Let Tony Stark feel that it was a public sentence for him!

    "You are not the agent who was fired by the FBI..."

    "All forged. UU Reading "

    Uehara Naraku still sucked the juice slowly, and whispered: "In order to make you believe in my identity, Chief Nick Fury specially prepared a credible identity for me. He also praised me for leaving you on the street and let us have Enough time to forge an identity..."

    "Agent Naraku Uehara..."

    Nick Fury stopped Naraku Uehara from talking.

    The emotional intelligence of this Uehara Naraku has always been not high, and now is not the time to anger Tony Stark, now Tony Stark needs to be convinced.

    Nick Fury spread out his palms, trying to help Naraku Uehara explain to ease the atmosphere: "Although his identity is forged, he did the things you found out... Agent Naraku Uehara, besides hiding his identity, Everything else is true."

    "..."

    Tony Stark''s expression eased a lot.

    However, the billionaire still had the anger and shame of being deceived in his heart, and turned his head to look at Uehara Naraku with an unhappy face: "Now! You! The second time! Completely! Expelled..."

    "Wait a minute..."

    Uehara Naraku interrupted Tony Stark and quickly took out his phone and tapped to record the video: "Wait a minute, I''ll record a video first."

    Naruto Uehara raised his phone and pointed it at Tony Stark, and sincerely asked, "Mr. Stark, can you repeat the words you just fired me?"

    "..."

    The expressions of everyone present became slightly weird.

    Tony Stark''s face was even more embarrassed, and he instantly remembered his fear of being dominated by Uehara Naraku with a photo!

    "Can you... be a normal person!"

 Chapter 706ï¼š What do we want Nick Fury to know so that he can know...

    I really want to hit someone!

    If it weren¡¯t for this time, Tony Stark knew he was not an opponent of Uehara Naraku. He really wanted to beat Uehara Naraku directly...

    Tony Stark is really mad at Uehara Naraku''s behavior. Why does Uehara Naraku record a video when he wants to lose his temper?

    What kind of confusing behavior is this?

    There is a problem with this person''s appointment!

    Tony Stark hit the wall next to him with a punch and turned to look at Uehara Naraku''s immediate superior: "The Director Nick Fury, let your subordinates leave my sight first, I don''t want to see this guy... "

    "Agent Naraku Uehara."

    Nick Fury waved his hand at Naru Uehara, signalling this low EQ subordinate to leave here first: "You go out and stay for a while. I will talk to Mr. Tony Stark for a while."

    "Ok."

    Uehara Naraku nodded calmly, recorded Tony Stark''s "criminal evidence", and left here in Tony Stark''s angry eyes.

    Wait until Uehara Naraku leaves.

    Tony Stark calmed down slowly, sat calmly on the sofa, frowned his brows and looked at Nick Fury and said: "Let¡¯s talk about it, why are you planting two spies by my side? "

    "Because of your father."

    Nick Fury''s words caught Tony Stark''s attention.

    After speaking, Nick Fury looked at Tony Stark who was a little startled, and continued softly, "Let¡¯s start from the beginning...Should we start with the attack by the guy named Ivan Vanke in Monaco? "

    "You know him?"

    Tony Stark suddenly looked a little unhappy, and slowly shook his head: "Ivan Vanke told me that the Ark reactor was made by his father..."

    "He told you that your father stole the research results?"

    Nick Fury shook his head and continued: "One thing is true. The thing called the Ark Reactor on your chest was researched by your father Howard Stark and Ivan Vanke''s father Anton Vanke..."

    "..."

    Tony Stark''s expression suddenly became tense.

    Nick Fury told a story slowly.

    "After they researched the Ark reactor, originally your father wanted to use the Ark reactor to eliminate nuclear reactors in this world and turn the arms race of the Cold War into an energy race to maintain peace in this world..."

    "But Anton Vanke only wants to rely on the Ark Reactor to make money. Your father thinks that the Ark Reactor technology is not mature enough to be applied."

    "After Anton Vanke showed some signs of evil, your father drove him away... Anton Vanke returned to the Soviet Union and wanted to trade the Ark Reactor for the power to occupy a high position."

    "It''s just that the Soviet Union found that Anton Vanke couldn''t make a finished product at all, so he was exiled to Siberia. That place doesn''t seem to be suitable for children to grow up... So his son Ivan Vanke asked you to take revenge."

    "So, don''t worry about the conduct of your father Howard Stark, his conduct will not be inferior to Agent Naraku Uehara who you asked me to drive out."

    "..."

    Tony Stark had listened well, but when he heard the name of Uehara Naraku, a flash of anger flashed across his face!

    "Uehara Naraku is a liar!"

    "Among the agents of S.H.I.E.L.D., Agent Naraku Uehara is actually the one who is not good at deceiving people. If he has concealed a lot of things from you, it must be because he has a necessary reason.

    After Nick Fury finished talking about Uehara Naraku, he revisited Howard Stark: "Your father also concealed a lot of things from you? He once said that the technology of the Ark reactor has not been mature enough, and only you can improve this. Technology..."

    "impossible."

    Speaking of his father, Tony Stark quickly shook his head.

    "He never said he liked me. Since I was a child, he hoped that I could stay away from his sight and not to delay his work. This is what he most wants to see. When he was happiest, it was the day when he threw me to the boarding school."

    "How much do you know about your father?"

    "Deep-minded, indifferent, and good at calculating."

    After Tony Stark finished speaking, his eyes fell on Nick Fury, who was full of disbelief, and continued: "It looks like you may know him better than I do..."

    "It seems so..."

    Nick Fury nodded and continued: "Howard Stark is one of the founders of SHIELD. He has spent most of his life in technology and work. Maybe I know a little more than you..."

    Nick Fury beckoned to Natasha: "Natasha, let Agent Naraku Uehara help you bring the box left by Howard Stark..."

    After speaking, Nick Fury stared at Tony Stark with one eye and whispered: "God only saves self-savers. If you want to save yourself, you can only rely on yourself to find a solution to the Ark Reactor will bring palladium poisoning. The trouble, instead of relying on what Hydra.

    Your father left a lot of things in S.H.I.E.L.D., and it should be time to give it to you. I hope you can find what you want from it.

    Finally, I can remind you by the way.

    Howard Stark was once the top three on the Hydra assassination list. The guy who tempted you to cooperate with Hydra probably also wanted to pay his father''s debt. "

    "..."

    Tony Stark was lost in thought.

    Because Uehara Nairo walked in carrying a box and placed it in front of him, with a note pasted on it, representing the former owner of this box.

    Owned by Howard Stark.

    Nick Fury glanced down at his watch, then looked at Tony Stark: "That''s it, I have other things to work on."

    "Romanoff will help you deal with the troubles of Pepperpots and Stark Industries. The Uehara Neirot Union will continue to protect and monitor you until you completely solve your palladium poisoning problem. Don''t leave this house before then. "

    "I go first."

    "remember."

    "I will keep staring at you."

    "Don''t think that someone else will help you solve the problem."

    After Nick Fury finished speaking, he turned his head to look at Naraku Uehara and Natasha, and continued softly, "I will leave it to you here. If Tony can''t make it any longer, I will leave a shot of lithium dioxide. I can help. Temporarily relieve his symptoms."

    "I don''t want to be a nanny anymore."

    Uehara Naruko frowned her brow.

    "I don''t want to see this guy either!"

    Tony Stark''s face looked ugly again.

    Originally, after Tony Stark had finished talking about Nick Fury, he originally intended to forgive Uehara Naruto, but what did this guy say he didn''t want to be a babysitter?

    "Do what you should do."

    Nick Fury refused their request, patted Tony Stark on the shoulder, and patted Uehara Naraku on the shoulder: "Well, it looks like you guys are getting along well..."

    "..."

    I don¡¯t know how to get along well!

    If they can become companions in the future, they must get along as equals, at least in Nick Fury''s opinion, Uehara Naraku is doing well.

    And most importantly...

    No one knows what method Hydra will use to contact Tony Stark next time. Uehara Naraku should be the most capable agent of S.H.I.E.L.D., and only he can protect Tony Stark''s safety.

    "Report to me immediately if there is any emergency."

    Nick Fury left a word and left here in a hurry.

    After dealing with Tony Stark, Nick Fury must urgently return to Washington to report to the Security Council the trouble of Hydra''s reactivation, and at least start to expand the influence of S.H.I.E.L.D. under this name.

    If the future Avengers team is the top combat force, the countless agents of S.H.I.E.L.D. and their intelligence channels are the foundation that supports the Avengers team''s operations.

    If the Hydra resurrected, it would be no small trouble.

    For S.H.I.E.L.D., if the old adversary of Hydra is really resurrected, it is a real opportunity for S.H.I.

    For example, recently in Mexico State in the southwest, there seemed to be incidents of suspected alien visitors, which made Nick Fury even more headaches.

    this world¡­

    In other words, this universe has never been so peaceful.

    Compared with the reappearing hydra on the earth, those aliens who may descend on the earth are the most troublesome existence, especially when Nick Fury was young, he had personally experienced the crisis of aliens trying to destroy the earth.

    After Nick Fury left.

    Tony Stark looked at Uehara and hesitated for a while before he said: "Uehara, you have to apologize for what you deceived me before, otherwise I won''t..."

    "I will stay outside this house."

    Uehara Naraku suddenly threw a needle at Natasha and stepped out of the room calmly: "As long as Mr. Stark doesn''t go out, I won''t interfere with anything you do."

    At this moment, his back looks extremely pitiful.

    This man only likes to do things silently, as if he never likes to explain everything, occasionally doing some petty actions may be his only time to vent his emotions.

    Tony Stark suddenly understood what Nick Fury had said, and Uehara was not good at lying, and even worse than him.

    "This is the person who cannot be understood."

    Natasha Romanov walked to Tony Stark''s side, looked down at Tony Stark''s neck, and suddenly took out a needle and stuck it on Tony Stark''s neck!

    "and many more¡­"

    "do not worry."

    Natasha''s voice was unprecedentedly gentle and full of maternal love, which made Tony Stark feel a little relieved before she explained: "This is lithium dioxide, which can temporarily relieve your symptoms and allow you to work with peace of mind. "

    Natasha watched the blue-purple blood vessels on Tony Stark''s neck fade, and continued softly: "Agent Naraku Uehara has always been a very careful person. Only when he sees your condition, he will let me beat you up. Lithium dioxide."

    "that guy¡­"

    Tony Stark frowned again.

    Uehara Naraku, a person who looks cold on the surface but warm in heart, makes him feel a bit sympathetic...

    The world is bizarre.

    If anyone in this world feels sorry for Naraku Uehara, then it can only prove one thing: his life experience is not rich enough.

    In this world, Tony Stark is not the only person who has not been beaten by the society, but also the Secretary of the Security Council in Washington, Alexander Pierce.

    While Tony Stark was a little sympathetic to Uehara Naraku, Uehara also contacted Alexander Pierce of Hydra outside the villa and reported to him that Nick Fury had contacted Tony Stark.

    "I see, I did a good job."

    Alexander Pierce admired the efficiency of Uehara Naraku''s work and issued his new order: "Stay by Tony Stark''s side, and find out the fake person who wanted to collude with Tony Stark in private. goods!"

    "Fake?"

    "Not bad."

    There was a sudden anger in Alexander Pierce''s voice: "Someone is acting secretly pretending to be us, maybe some desperate little organization..."

    Because Alexander Pierce urgently contacted all the high-level Hydra who could be contacted, until it was confirmed that no one had acted privately, he made up his mind to clean up the group of people posing as Hydra!

    Even if it is really the remnants of a certain branch of Hydra, Alexander Pierce intends to clean them up. For the greater good, the strong man must break his wrist!

    "Find them out."

    There was a murderous meaning in Alexander Pierce¡¯s calm words: "Before the plan is completed, any Hydra detected by Fury will be an impostor..."

    "Yes."

    Uehara Naraku seriously accepted the order, and hesitated to say: "Director Fury has not suspected us yet. I am a little worried that this matter may cause Chief Fury to speculate about whether there will be any in SHIELD. The existence of our Hydra..."

    "do not worry."

    Alexander Pierce couldn''t help but chuckle: "It would be really dangerous if it were just one or two members of Hydra... But who knows how many people are hidden in SHIELD?"

    Speaking of Hydra hiding in S.H.I.E.L.D. by borrowing chickens to lay eggs, Alexander Pierce couldn''t hide his pride: "Hehehehe, now we want Fury to know what he can know..."

    "...Hehe, really..."

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but chuckle.

    The last sentence sounds familiar!

 Chapter 707ï¼š We hope you can replace the disobedient Iron Man...

    The earth is too small.

    There is simply no room for two behind-the-scenes.

    Alexander Pierce is still proud that he led Hydra into the masterpiece of S.H.I.E.L.D.E.L.D. many years ago, and a conspiracy against him is proceeding in secret.

    new York.

    Deep underground caves in this bustling city.

    Hei Jue lurked underground in this city, grinning and chuckling: "Ho **** ho ho... almost ready to start... let Ivan Vanke out first!"

    A spatial vortex appeared.

    Ivan Vanke, who was like a dead dog, was thrown out.

    A group of terrifying-looking Bai Jue appeared from the space vortex just like the guards escorting him, and when they landed, they had already finished their transformation with a grinning smile.

    This group of Bai Jue quickly became a group of S.H.I.E.L.D. agents, and one of them even became Alexander Pierce, which made Ivan Vanke a little uneasy.

    These monsters...

    It''s just a legendary demon!

    Forget it, it doesn''t matter.

    The current Ivan Vanke has become a wanted criminal. As long as he can get revenge alive, he doesn''t care who he is with!

    "I don''t know what you want me to do..."

    Ivan Vanke spit a **** saliva on the ground, and said dissatisfiedly: "Just take revenge on the Stark family, even if it''s against you demons..."

    "Now everything can''t help you..."

    Hei Jue interrupted Ivan Vanke''s words, stretched out his palm to pinch Ivan Vanke''s face, and revealed a sullen smile: "As long as it is the person we want to use, whether it is a living or a dead person It doesn''t matter..."

    Heijue¡¯s face looked extremely terrifying. It slowly lowered its somewhat hoarse voice and laughed in a low voice: ¡°It¡¯s not bad to kill you actually. Human emotions are always difficult to control. We only need your soul and The corpse can enslave your will..."

    "..."

    Hearing Heijue''s words, Ivan Vanke''s eyes suddenly tightened. In their fairy tales, the devil is best at torturing human souls!

    Why did he fall into the hands of these demons!

    Why do these demons want to stare at him as an avenger?

    "In fact, there is no need to kill him, right?"

    Bai Jue''s body stood by Hei Jue''s side, and he laughed and said: "This will waste my clone as a sacrifice to resurrect him. Anyway, this is just an ordinary human being. We can directly control him..."

    "Ho **** ho ho... this is also true."

    Hei Jue stood up, glanced at a group of Bai Jue who had turned into agents and Alexander Pierce, nodded and said: "If you look at it now, your clone is much more useful in this world than an ordinary human..."

    Compared to other worlds, Bai Jue''s role in the Marvel world is unparalleled, and the application of transformation alone can disrupt most of the world!

    The only trouble is that Bai Jue can never show his true shape, because there are many instruments in the world that can detect Bai Jue''s clone, and this is also a troublesome place.

    Bai Jue''s body created a spore and infiltrated Ivan Vanke''s body, grinning and said: "Well, then there is no need to kill him, and there is no need to worry about him betraying..."

    "what did you do to me?"

    "Hehehehe, that''s the technique of spores..."

    Bai Jue''s body slowly squatted down and said with a smile: "As long as you dare to reveal our secrets, it will exhaust all the life in your body, turn your body into nourishment..."

    "..."

    A layer of cold sweat slowly appeared on Ivan Vanke''s forehead.

    Although I don¡¯t know if what these demons are saying is true or false, as far as Ivan Vanke is concerned, he still doesn¡¯t have any power or room to resist...

    "do not worry."

    Hei Jue lowered his head and looked down at Ivan Vanke, and said with a smile: "As long as you are obedient and obedient, you can get far more than you can imagine..."

    "Can I... avenge the Stark family?"

    "Is it just revenge?"

    Heijue slowly shook his head, grinning and continued: "For you, do you want revenge in the so-called physical sense or revenge in the psychological sense?"

    "¡­I¡­"

    Ivan Vanke hesitated.

    At this moment, he wanted to say that he wanted it all!

    However, from the vigilance of the devil, he faintly felt that this might be a terrifying transaction, and he was somewhat afraid to speak.

    "Little Vanke..."

    Bai Jue''s body squatted in front of him, laughing and persuading: "Before you figure it out, it''s better to do things for us obediently...it''s all up to you in a while."

    "You have to find a way to win the trust of Justin Hammer."

    Hei Jue looked down at Ivan Vanke, and calmly delivered his command: "Let his Hanmer Industry produce a batch of steel suits in the shortest time. Hohohoho... There are a batch of trial productions in his factory. Model can be used."

    "you guys¡­"

    "do not worry."

    Hei Jue''s eyes showed a ray of killing intent, and Ivan Vanke shut up automatically. It nodded with satisfaction and looked at a group of transformed Bai Jue: "After Ivan Vanke is finished, you will pretend to be safe. The identity of the council took away that batch of steel suits, and I will give you the addresses of some of the secret bases of Hydra..."

    "and many more¡­"

    Bai Jue''s body interrupted Hei Jue''s words and asked a question: "Surely we can sneak away?"

    "Alexander Pierce must show up!"

    Hei Jue shook his head and watched Bai Jue in a deep voice and continued: "At least let Justin Hammer know that the Secretary of the World Security Council Alexander Pierce supports him and Ivan Vanke in forging Stark''s steel suit!"

    After Hei Jue conveyed all the commands to Ivan Vanke and Bai Jue, Bai Jue''s body instantly turned into a white liquid, which was wrapped around Ivan Vanke''s body like a tights, supporting Ivan with its power. Vanke stood up.

    It''s time for them to perform the task.

    Tonight will be their starting point for manipulating the world.

    Hanmer Industries.

    Hanmer Industries Group is an arms dealer. Their boss, Justin Hammer, does not have Tony Stark''s scientific talent, and can only rely on productivity to monopolize the low-end arms market.

    Justin Hammer regards Tony Stark as his old enemy, because Tony Stark looks down on him as a low-end weapon merchant, and has repeatedly expressed disdain for Hammer Industry in various public or private occasions.

    Isn''t this a vengeance?

    Especially the two of them are still feuds.

    In fact, Justin Hammer has no scientific talents, but he is very eager to get the high-end weapons market that Tony Stark once dropped. Recently, he has focused on Tony Stark''s steel suit technology.

    It is a pity that Hanmer Industries does not have any outstanding engineers and cannot solve the energy problem of steel suits at all. Justin Hammer originally discovered Ivan Vanke in Monaco, but he was cut off in advance when he planned to rescue Ivan Vanke.

    Justin Hammer was a little sad.

    While Justin Hammer was still lamenting that he might only be in the low-end weapons market for a lifetime, a few S.H.I.E.L.D. agents came in.

    These S.H.I.E.L.D. agents quickly took control of Justin Hammer and all the bodyguard secret skills around him. The leading agents looked at the frightened Justin Hammer and showed a haughty face.

    "Justin Hammer, Minister Alexander Pierce of the World Security Council wants to see you. This meeting must be kept confidential..."

    "Yes Yes Yes¡­"

    Justin Hammer nodded quickly.

    Justin Hammer has been dealing with the U.S. military over the years, but he has also seen Alexander Pierce through several senators...

    This is a real boss!

    Although I don''t know why Alexander Pierce wanted to see him, it is obviously irrational to refute or resist at this time. Justin Hammer is very timid!

    more importantly¡­

    Justin Hammer faintly felt that his opportunity was coming!

    In fact.

    Justin Hammer feels right.

    A group of S.H.I.E.L.D. agents and a man who was obviously in a high position walked into Hans Industry. They even brought Ivan Vanke with them!

    "Control this."

    The person like Alexander Pierce took a look at Hanmer Industries and said softly: "During this time, no one is allowed to reveal secrets!"

    "Yes!"

    A group of S.H.I.E.L.D. agents quickly dispersed, controlling all those who saw them appear!

    Justin Hammer quickly moved closer and asked carefully, "Minister Pierce, what''s the situation? You are..."

    "do not worry."

    Alexander Pierce shook his head, motioned to his subordinates to launch Ivan Vanke, and said softly: "It''s just Mr. Ivan Vanke from Russia. Does Mr. Hammer need me to introduce you?"

    "No, no need..."

    A flash of hope flashed in Justin Hammer''s heart.

    As a person who has seen Ivan Vanke fight Tony Stark in a simple steel suit in Monaco, he knows very well what the appearance of Ivan Vanke means!

    This member of the World Security Council appeared in his company with Ivan Vanke who can make steel suits Does this mean that his company may also touch the technology of steel suits? ?

    "Mr. Ivan Vanke will stay in your company during this period of time to assist in the research and development of steel suits belonging to Hanmer Industries. He has mature technology in his hands..."

    Alexander Pierce looked at Justin Hammer with a smile on his face, with a few warnings in his eyes: "During the completion of the steel suit at Hanmer Industries, this matter cannot be known to anyone, including your military friends, this It is to prevent this secret from being passed on to Stark Industries through channels to the greatest extent..."

    "I understand! I understand!"

    Without waiting for Alexander Pierce to finish, the joy on Justin Hammer''s face could not be suppressed, and he hurriedly lit his head: "When the steel suit that belongs to us is completed, Tony Stark will be given a big deal. Surprise!"

    What is this called?

    Science and technology and wealth from heaven!

    Originally, Justin Hammer was still lamenting his own destiny, lamenting that he had no chance to find a place from Tony Stark, but someone gave this opportunity to him!

    "Remember, this is confidential."

    Alexander Pierce looked at Justin Hammer coldly, and continued in a deep voice: "During the development of the steel suit, all relevant personnel involved must be controlled, including Mr. Justin Hammer..."

    Alexander Pierce looked at Justin Hammer who nodded hurriedly, beckoned him to enclose his ears, and whispered: "Whether it is the military or the World Security Council, I hope that Hanmer Industries can replace the unobedient Iron Man ¡­"

    "Guaranteed to complete the task!"

    Can''t wait to hear those words, Justin Hammer''s chest straightened up immediately, and he paid a standard military salute to Alexander Pierce.

 Chapter 708ï¼š Xiaoâ€™s new identity, and a father who entrusted Xiao to pass it on to his son...

    "Get ready to do it!"

    Justin Hammer sent away Alexander Pierce, ignoring a group of S.H.I.E.L.D. agents who stayed to monitor them, and his face was instantly full of excitement and joy!

    This time, not only was he able to obtain the technology of the steel suit, but he also made friends with a powerful senior official. What a **** surprise!

    This is called a surprise!

    In the future, when they complete the steel battle suit technology celebration, Justin Hammer even wants to set today''s date as their corporate day celebrated by Hanmer Industries!

    of course.

    Justin Hammer did not forget to please Ivan Vanke, the scientist who was brought over by Pierce himself, and enthusiastically stretched out his palm towards Ivan Vanke: "My friend, welcome to Hanmer Industries, I hope we Able to cooperate sincerely..."

    Without waiting for Ivan Vanke to shake hands, Justin Hammer hurriedly grabbed Ivan''s palm and whispered to his ears: "I hope we can work together...sweep Tony Stark and his steel suit into the trash!"

    "That... happy cooperation."

    Ivan Vanke nodded hesitantly.

    If someone notices Ivan Vanke''s eyes, they will find that Ivan Vanke''s eyes are full of sympathy and compassion for Justin Hammer.

    This person¡¯s IQ doesn¡¯t look very good...

    To be honest, Ivan Vanke can''t see where Justin Hammer is worthy of Tony Stark''s opponent, why is he also targeted by those demons?

    Really...

    Catastrophe has fallen from the sky.

    Under the ground of Hanmer Industries.

    After Bai Jue''s transformation, Alexander Pierce still lurks here.

    After hearing its report, Heijue contacted their immediate supervisor: "Ho **** ho ho... Uehara, everything has been arranged."

    "Okay, arrange for our people to contact Tony!"

    Uehara Naraku took out an envelope with a red cloud on a black background, and her brows frowned slightly: "Speaking of which, first the USB flash drive with the Hydra logo, and the same envelope with the Akatsuki logo, will it? Some people suspect that it was made by the same kind of people?"

    "Ho **** ho ho... don''t worry."

    Kurozu chuckled lightly, calming Uehara Naraku''s emotions: "People in this world value marks very much, and no one particularly doubts us..."

    After speaking, Hei Jue¡¯s laughter suddenly fell into a gloomy voice: "Ho **** ho ho... even if someone suspects it, it doesn¡¯t matter, right? Hanmer Industries accepted Ivan Vanke. This will become the reality that Alexander Pierce is behind the scenes High-level evidence..."

    "Right."

    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly.

    "Ho **** ho ho...who will send the letter this time?"

    "It seems to be okay..."

    "Xiao Nan?"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku fell silent suddenly.

    After a long time, Uehara Naraku said softly: "This universe is too big, and there are still some dangers that I can''t really confirm that I can''t easily solve them, so at this time I don''t want Mr. Xiaonan to live in this world."

    especially¡­

    Uehara Naraku knew that something strange had happened in New Mexico. A hammer that fell from the sky could not be taken away by anyone or any force.

    Asgard''s gaze is already on the earth, and there is also a super mage in New York who holds the gem of time sealing the darkness.

    Although I don¡¯t know why...

    But they have not yet contacted Uehara Naraku.

    "Ho **** ho ho..."

    At this moment, Kurozutsu felt the weakness in Uehara Naraku''s heart for a long time, and couldn''t help but laugh out: "Just let Xiaonan come here to help send a letter..."

    "Forget it."

    Uehara Naraku lay on the beach in California, looking up at the starry sky, shook his head self-consciously, and did not answer Kurozutsu''s words for a long time.

    It wasn''t until Kazure almost thought that the connection between the two of them was disconnected, that he heard Uehara Naruto''s sigh.

    "I''m just worried that when I see Teacher Xiaonan again...maybe I don''t want the teacher to leave anymore?"

    "..."

    Heijue couldn''t help falling into silence.

    After Uehara Naraku sighed, he calmly continued: "Moreover, when we spent thousands of years in the world of death, Mr. Xiaonan was still living in Ninja in the few days after I left, and now she shouldn''t have especially¡­"

    The starry sky at night is shining.

    It''s just a pity that under the stars in the sky is not beautiful, but the dangers that threaten everything on earth.

    "Stop talking about it."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head quickly, and flew up from the grass, rushing towards Tony Stark''s villa: "It''s about to start, Tony Stark probably has discovered all this, he is leaving here Get the key!"

    Underground garage exit.

    Tony Stark''s sports car roared out.

    Tony Stark saw the video left to him by his father Howard Stark, and he was deeply aware of his father¡¯s implicit expectations of him. He even guessed the Stark Industrial Fair model that Howard Stark had left behind. The picture may be the key to the new energy element!

    Unfortunately¡­

    The model of the industrial exposition is in the Stark Industrial Building.

    Tony Stark secretly observed and found that Naraku Uehara was no longer around, so he planned to sneak out in his own sports car to bring back the model drawings of the industrial fair.

    "Mr. Stark, what do you want to do?"

    A figure stood in the middle of the road, blocking Tony Stark''s sports car, Uehara Naruto''s figure appeared in front of Tony Stark facing the lights of the sports car.

    "Aren''t you afraid of death?"

    Tony Stark''s eyes twitched, looking at Naraku Uehara who was stopping him, and casually said: "Ha, mainly because the house is too boring..."

    Although Tony Stark suspects that the model of the industrial exposition is likely to be the key to the new energy of the steel suit, maybe it can replace the palladium energy plate and solve the problem of palladium poisoning in his own body.

    but¡­

    Tony Stark didn''t want to tell Uehara Naraku this secret at all, even if Tony Stark knew that Uehara Naraku was now in the same camp as him!

    However, the guy Naraku Uehara lied to him, Tony Stark vowed that he never wanted to share any secrets with Naraku Uehara!

    Or¡­

    Tony Stark does not believe in SHIELD either!

    Tony is not sure if SHIELD also knows where the key to the new elemental energy is, will SHIELD change their attitude and hide the key first!

    "Does the beach house still feel bored?"

    Uehara Naraku raised his brows slightly, and walked to Tony Stark''s sports car step by step, his face gradually became grim: "The order I received is to protect your safety before you solve the danger in your body. No Allow you to leave this villa."

    "I know I know¡­"

    Tony Stark slowly tapped his fingers on the steering wheel, thinking about his own countermeasures: "But Pepper told me just now that something urgent happened on the Stark Tower..."

    "I have not received any contact from Agent Romanoff and Miss Pepper."

    Uehara Naraku broke Tony Stark''s lie in one sentence and continued softly: "And no matter what trouble Stark Industries encounters, Agent Romanoff will help deal with it. Any trouble is not a trouble for SHIELD..."

    "Well¡­"

    Tony Stark couldn''t help but feel a little tangled, and slowly continued: "I have a little clue here and I need to buy some materials. Can you buy it for me?"

    "You can buy what you need late at night..."

    Uehara Naraku''s voice stopped abruptly, and his whole body suddenly froze, his face seemed to be frightened, and his body seemed to be unable to move at all.

    "That is¡­"

    A touch of shock flashed across Tony Stark''s face!

    Although Tony Stark could not judge the state of Uehara Naraku, under the light of the sports car, the dozens of fine lines connected to Uehara Naraku''s body glowed slightly!

    I can tell¡­

    These thin threads are quite tough!

    Could it be these slender threads...

    Has Uehara Naraku''s body settled? !

    Tony Stark slowly raised his head along those thin lines and looked towards the sky!

    Under the moonlight and galaxy, is an ugly white giant bird, that giant bird doesn''t look like a living thing!

    What surprised Tony Stark was that there were two figures in auspicious clouds and black robes standing on the white giant bird. This matter seemed unscientific at all!

    Tony Stark feels that his worldview has been subverted!

    One of the red-haired teenagers stared at the ground with a cold face, his fingers bent as if playing a piano, as if it was he who used those fine lines to control Uehara Naraku unable to move!

    As for the other blond young man with joy, he flew and jumped off happily, standing lightly on Tony Stark''s car cover, as if his body had no weight.

    The blond young man grinned a few times, raised his thumb and gestured to Uehara Naraku who was unable to move behind him: "Hehehehe... Howard Stark''s son, do you need us to help kill the guy behind who restricts your freedom? ?"

    "It doesn''t seem to be a bad person."

    The red-haired young man standing on the white giant bird suddenly spoke and explained softly: "I can feel his inner will through the puppet line. This person wants to protect you in front of us. It doesn''t seem to be the enemy of Howard Stark''s son. ¡­"

    "you guys¡­"

    Today it should be Tony Stark who heard his father''s name from the second person''s mouth. These two seemingly young people know his father!

    this world¡­

    How bizarre can it be?

    Soon Tony Stark recovered from the shock, waved his hand hurriedly, and said softly, "There is no such need... Although Agent Naraku Uehara has deceived me, he is indeed a kind person..."

    "is it?"

    The blond young man squeezed his lips and nodded slowly: "Then what we are going to say next, we don''t need to hide that he is next to..."

    "No no no..."

    Tony Stark shook his head quickly, and at this moment he faintly regretted that he hadn''t put the steel suit on him.

    Unfortunately, he is worried that his body can no longer withstand more palladium poisoning, and he must leave enough time to study the new elemental energy.

    It''s a little dangerous to face these two people alone!

    However, if all the secrets were to be known by the S.H.I.E.L.D. agent, Naraku Uehara, Tony Stark would definitely be reluctant!

    Tony Stark quickly figured it out. Uehara seemed to be unable to fight back in front of these two people, and there was no way to protect his safety...

    and¡­

    The two men in Xiangyun black robes also seem to have no intentions. They seem to be old friends of his father Howard Stark. They just don¡¯t know if they are friends or foes...

    These two people... won''t they be Hydra people?

    Tony Stark pondered for a while, then suddenly said: "Let''s find a separate place to chat... How is my house?"

    "Hey, it''s okay!"

    The blond young man nodded refreshingly, took out a beautiful clay doll from his pocket and placed it in Naru Uehara''s pocket, and said happily, "Then stand here and rest for a while, don''t walk around, otherwise It will blow up..."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku nodded hesitantly.

    The man slowly lowered his head and glanced at the doll in his pocket. It was a blond young man''s body clay doll. If I remember correctly, it seems to be a C4 series?

    One¡­

    Enough to blow up a mountain!

    In Stark''s Villa.

    Just as Tony Stark secretly instructed Jarvis to turn on the defense system, the red-haired boy took the lead in taking out a black envelope with a cloud on it.

    This pattern...

    Faintly similar to the clothes on these two men!

    The two of them are definitely in a mysterious organization, but I don¡¯t know if this organization is Hydra or some other organization...

    "We are the dawn of dawn."

    "The mercenaries that exist in the universe."

    "If you use the term inherent to this planet, we are humans from aliens, maybe not the same as you think, son of Howard Stark."

    "No, no, for extraterrestrial life, it can''t be overstated..."

    Tony Stark shook his head slowly, and at the first glance he judged that there was something wrong with the red-haired boy. His body seemed to be made of wood!

    However, the red-haired young man possesses quite strange abilities in his body, and even his brain and consciousness still exist. Is this a super-intelligent mechanical life?

    Tony Stark couldn''t help but start to ponder, how can such a mechanical life with high IQ be made?

    At least you can be sure...

    This is indeed an alien!

    This kind of powerful artificial intelligence life will never appear on the earth, and the current level of technology is impossible to reach, especially the two people have strange abilities!

    "Son of Howard Stark."

    The red-haired boy noticed Tony¡¯s distraction, and he softly reminded him, and slowly pushed the envelope on the table towards him: "This is what your father Howard Stark left behind. Let us observe the universe Rubik¡¯s Cube as a price. , Entrust us to take care of it."

    "this is¡­"

    "We did not open the package."

    The red-haired boy slowly shook his head, and continued softly: "In order to keep the content of the letter secret, the person who made the envelope is the teacher of the leader of our organization."

    "We have not found the physical energy that belongs to Howard Stark. It seems that he has not broken the limit of human life after all."

    "According to our agreement with Howard Stark, this letter should be returned to his son before the planet''s time for this year is completely over."

    "However, our organization is facing some crises during this period, and it may be on the verge of destruction. It can only be handed over to you at this time."

    "..."

    Tony Stark picked up the envelope in silence.

    Just as he was about to open the envelope, the envelope of the letter suddenly fell off naturally, turning into a piece of origami flying in the air, slowly burning and dissipating...

    There is only one letter left on the desktop.

    "Then, the agreement is complete."

    The red-haired boy nodded, stood up and left here.

    The blond young man pursed his mouth in a faintly unhappy face, and glanced back at Tony Stark, as if he wanted to chat with him a few more words.

    The red-haired boy stopped him and was about to leave with him.

    Tony Stark glanced at the first few sentences in the letter. His father Howard Stark did understand very well, and first introduced Akatsuki before the letter.

    This is a trustworthy organization.

    In a sense, what Howard Stark meant in the letter seemed to be more than believing in the S.H.I.E.L.D.H.I.E.L.D. Bureau that he created, and also believing in this organization called Dawn of Dawn!

    Of course, Tony Stark was a little skeptical.

    If he waits for him to read this letter thoroughly, maybe he will trust a little bit, he is still an earthling He must have all kinds of suspicions about the universe beyond the earth...

    "Wait a minute."

    Tony Stark suddenly stopped them: "Perhaps I might have to say something a little overwhelming. What crisis have you encountered?

    And... that... can you talk to me a few more words, after all, it''s the first time I have seen an alien life. Is there anything I can do to help? "

    "not enough."

    The red-haired boy slowly shook his head, and calmly said: "It is the Zetarians who wiped out us. Even the armed forces of this planet are far from enough.

    Howard Stark was once our friend. As his son, you may also have adventurous thinking in your body, which is not desirable.

    I must remind you not to learn from your father and to study the energy of the universe''s Rubik''s Cube. This will bring an irresistible interstellar war disaster to this planet.

    It is precisely because we accidentally leaked the news that we had observed the Rubik''s Cube in the universe, it caused a huge crisis that could overthrow the organization..."

    "What is the Cube of the Universe?"

    Tony Stark frowned slightly.

    "do not you know?"

    There was some doubt in the red-haired boy¡¯s eyes, and he slowly shook his head and said, ¡°If you don¡¯t know, just treat it as you don¡¯t know anything. In this universe, only the less things you know can you be able to live. It will take longer."

    After speaking.

    A giant white bird stopped in front of them.

    The red-haired and blond youths jumped on the back of the white giant bird.

    The apparently cheerful blond young man waved his hand at Tony Stark, and said with a grin: "Hahahaha, goodbye! The artwork I just left, please remember to throw it away, because of this world. ¡­Art is an explosion!"

 Chapter 709ï¼š Something that Naraku Uehara must never know!

    A spatial vortex appeared in the sky.

    Tony Stark''s face couldn''t hide the shock.

    As a physical scientist, Tony Stark''s eyesight is extraordinary, and he can recognize at a glance that this is an existence similar to a space wormhole!

    This technique...

    The earth is absolutely impossible!

    Because this is an existence that almost goes against the common sense of geophysics!

    And what made Tony Stark particularly amazed was that this space vortex turned out to be a controllable existence. The space vortex slowly sucked in air, but did not reveal an excessively strong gravitational force.

    Those alien technologies in the universe...

    What a terrifying level the hair has reached!

    This scene made Tony Stark no doubt about Akatsuki''s identity as a cosmic mercenary. This kind of technology can only exist in a universe wider than the earth!

    "Maybe there is no chance to see you again!"

    "Son of Howard Stark!"

    The blond young man waved his arm goodbye.

    The red-haired boy raised his head and looked at the space vortex, and sighed softly: "We are able to create a space vortex, and I also want to thank Howard Stark for letting us study the Cube of the Universe. He is a genius who truly seeks the truth..."

    "Speaking of which, the leader of our organization has always said that Howard is a genius. How come it seems that Howard Stark''s son doesn''t seem to be particularly noteworthy... We... don''t invite him to join the organization, right?"

    "Shut up, Dedara..."

    "Genetic inheritance is not only optimized..."

    "And... the situation of our organization..."

    "Let''s go..."

    "..."

    Just as the curiosity on Tony Stark''s face became more and he wanted to open his mouth to stay, the white giant bird and Akatsuki''s two people flew into the space vortex.

    The space vortex quietly closed.

    The white giant bird and the two people disappeared without a trace.

    The last two conversations before the two people left fell into Tony Stark''s ears, making his face black, and the two aliens seemed to look down on him a bit!

    Bastard, look down on him!

    And the aliens think his father is better than him!

    Tony Stark immediately reduced his affection for the two aliens, but he was even more curious about them and the universe. He must know what is going on!

    But at this time, Tony Stark''s doubts about the identities of the two Akatsuki members were minimized, and his father should indeed have friendship with alien mercenaries!

    just¡­

    Tony Stark was in a bad mood again.

    Originally this afternoon, seeing the video left by his father Howard Stark, Tony Stark was still faintly moved...

    Because in the video, Tony Stark saw his father recognized him in the video, and even declared that Tony was the greatest work of his life!

    result¡­

    At night...

    Tony Stark was hit!

    What is the greatest work in your life? I guess anyone who knows Howard Stark will not think that his son has anything outstanding, right?

    Both aliens said it!

    And those two guys look down on him at all!

    Don''t even bother to chat with him, Howard''s son!

    If it weren''t for a letter left to him by Howard Stark at home, Tony Stark would really want to drink and be completely drunk and water his life like a waste.

    Fortunately, there is still that letter.

    Tony Stark reluctantly got up and returned to his living room. When he picked up the letter, he read the letter left by his father nonchalantly. He didn''t think this letter had any effect anymore...

    "Tony.

    When you read this letter, the Akatsuki organization appeared in front of you. You should know how big this universe is, right?

    The universe is huge.

    The earth is never alone.

    Tony, you must be very confused now, right?

    I was as lost as you are now, thinking that we can never catch up with other humans in the universe.

    It''s just those technologies that we can''t imagine, and it''s impossible to catch up no matter what.

    The leader of Xiao asked me a question, and I should forward this question to you as well.

    If ancient humans from five thousand years ago appeared in this era, would he think that his tribe would never become the appearance of this era?

    The earth is very young.

    In other words, we are all young.

    I once asked about some things about the universe. The oxygen content on some planets is too high, and the legendary Titan family may be born.

    Maybe this can tell you.

    The myths and legends on the earth should be true.

    The legendary nine kingdoms really exist. In Norse mythology, Odin is the king of Asgard, Thor is his son, and the legend of Asgard is also circulated in the universe.

    The sad part is that I cannot tell anyone on earth.

    These news may bring the Cold War to an end, and may bring everything on earth to collapse.

    Tony, I want to tell you this when you grow up, maybe you don''t need it anymore.

    Because Akatsuki secretly traced that a certain **** named Yigo had come to the earth, it was said that Yigo was the incarnation of the will of a planet, and I couldn''t believe it myself.

    If you have the opportunity, you can check it out in the future.

    The leader of Xiao is my friend.

    In other words, he can be our friend.

    This sentence is not to guide you. If I guessed correctly, they found that you have wisdom beyond me and should invite you to join them. You can refuse this.

    Although I recommended you, Akatsuki''s chief agreed to give you a position.

    When you become one of them, I believe you will find that this organization is actually much more interesting than you guessed it, although most of it I heard from the leader of Akatsuki. "

    "..."

    Tony Stark''s expression became faintly weird.

    At this moment, Tony Stark really wanted to tell his father that his son was ashamed of him. Not only did the Xiao organization not invite him to join, they thought he was not qualified!

    And the two aliens have been showing their arrogance, look down upon the earth, and even look down on the armed forces of the earth...

    While Tony Stark was still secretly unhappy, he thought of the red-haired boy''s last words, Akatsuki was facing a crisis of destruction...

    perhaps¡­

    Is this the most important reason?

    Tony Stark faintly remembered what the two aliens had said when they left at the end.

    The current situation of Akatsuki may be too dangerous, so I skipped inviting him to join Akatsuki...

    this moment¡­

    Tony Stark faintly realized why his father recommended him to join Akatsuki...

    Because the members of Akatsuki''s organization are just like their father and son, they all look cold on the surface, but in fact they have their unique warmth in their hearts!

    For example, the blond young man should be called Deidara, right?

    He seems to have said that he will never have a chance to meet again, maybe even after he goes back, he may face a strong enemy...

    Tony Stark understood his father a little bit.

    It is precisely because of this that his father believed in the Akatsuki organization and became good friends with the leader of Akatsuki, because such similar friends of the same kind can be called confidants, right?

    Tony Stark could not help but think of S.H.I.E.L.D. agent Naraku Uehara, another guy with a cold and poisonous tongue, but a soft heart...

    There are really many such people in this world!

    Next second.

    Tony Stark remembered what the blonde youth had said before he left, that the artwork he left behind is likely to explode!

    Tony Stark quickly put away the unfinished letter, rushed to his platform, and saw Uehara Naraku who was holding the clay doll carefully and slowly away from the house!

    That fool...

    Sure enough, he''s a similar person...

    I would rather work hard to prevent my friends from falling into danger, and would not easily say those words that can ease their relationship.

    "that guy¡­"

    Tony Stark''s eyes were a little deep for an instant, and he immediately dialed Uehara Naraku''s phone: "Hey, come back quickly, first take what you have in your hand and let Jarvis scan it... Maybe it''s really just made of clay. The doll that came out..."

    "...It''s okay."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head while holding the phone.

    "I suggest you get it quickly."

    Tony Stark immediately found the weakness of Uehara Naraku: "If you are too far from this house, can you still monitor me?"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku fell silent.

    five minutes later.

    Uehara Naruto returned to this villa.

    Jarvis scanned the clay doll, which contained huge energy, which could detonate at any time, and could even directly blow up everything within a radius of ten kilometers!

    "That guy left such a dangerous thing..."

    Tony Stark couldn''t help but raised his eyebrows, and the corners of his eyes twitched: "Could it be that you want to blow us up together?"

    "I''ll go out."

    Uehara Naraku quickly grabbed the clay doll and drove away, but left an unfinished sentence: "Don''t think about leaving here. If I come back and can''t see you, I will..."

    "..."

    Tony Stark''s face gradually became serious.

    Although the words from Uehara Naraku''s mouth are still so ugly, they are more heartwarming than the words praised by him in the news media.

    "Jarvis, help me put on the steel suit."

    "Sir, your body."

    "A few minutes, it doesn''t really matter."

    After Tony Stark put on the steel suit, he flew out of his home fully armed, clinging to the dilapidated pickup truck driving at high speed by Uehara Naruto, knocked his finger on the window of his car.

    "what you up to?"

    Just as Uehara Naraku opened the car window, Tony Stark quickly grabbed the clay doll bomb that might detonate at any time, and flew away into the air!

    Uehara Naruko watched Tony Stark''s figure, and a strange expression slowly appeared on his face...

    This guy really likes to die!

    late at night.

    The gorgeous loud noise is earth-shattering.

    All the trees and animals in a canyon were exploded into smoke and disappeared!

    Tony Stark recalled that when he detonated the clay bomb, there was still a faint uncontrollable fear in his heart.

    He seemed to be a little bit reckless this time, but fortunately he was flying above 10,000 meters in the sky...

    In terms of the power of the explosion alone, this clay bomb is too terrifying. It can directly wipe out everything within a radius of ten kilometers from a molecular state!

    like¡­

    What a waste!

    The only problem is that something is out of control.

    What kind of monsters are Akatsuki''s members? Just a small doll bomb made of clay has such a terrifying power that it is as powerful as a small tactical nuclear bomb, and even more destructive!

    The enemy they faced...

    How horrible will it be?

    "unimaginable¡­"

    Tony Stark kind of understood the confusion his father had mentioned in the letter. He stood in an empty deep pit, shook his head and murmured.

    "Earth... really has a chance to catch up with them?"

    In order to find the answer, Tony Stark pulled out the letter left by Howard Stark.

    Tony Stark intends to read Howard Stark''s letter in this place before Naraku Uehara asks the question, and he will deal with Naraku Uehara when he returns.

    The content of this letter is too hot...

    It is absolutely impossible for Naraku Uehara to know this letter now!

 Chapter 710ï¼š I am also a member of the 9-headed snake

    Tony Stark didn''t want Uehara Naraku to know that he had received a letter.

    However, Tony Stark would not have thought that this letter was written by Uehara Naraku, and even each letter was personally considered by Uehara Naraku.

    It only takes a few simple words to easily influence others. Language is the cheapest and most simple cost in the world at some time.

    Even if Tony Stark received the relic left by Howard Stark left by SHIELD, this letter would not delay the increase in distrust of SHIELD.

    In the letter, Howard Stark mentioned that he had left some things in S.H.I.E.L.D., which contained the key to unlock future energy elements.

    And bluntly!

    A model drawing of the Stark Industry Fair!

    "Tony.

    I discovered a new elemental energy from the Cube of the Universe.

    The leader of Akatsuki once told me that this kind of energy is the purest energy in the entire universe. The huge energy does not contain any impurities or harm.

    However, I don''t have time to make it.

    In the future, I will hide the atomic structure of the new element in the model of the Stark Industry Fair. In fact, I hope you will find the key before receiving this letter. "

    Ok¡­

    Now Tony Stark doesn¡¯t need to verify anymore. He only needs to get the model of the industrial fair, and he can find out what new elements the Ark reactor of the steel suit will use...

    His father Howard Stark taught him another lesson!

    And those guys from S.H.I.E.L.D. seem to be useless...

    Although S.H.I.E.L.D. had brought back the relics of his father, and there were even videos in it, it was not as useful as this paper letter kept by Akatsuki.

    While Tony Stark was still thinking about why his father left two methods, Howard Stark''s letter gave the answer.

    "Tony.

    After the end of the Second World War, I cooperated with my friends to create a very interesting organization, where I also left clues about new elements.

    That is a temptation for them.

    We once hoped that that organization will become the front line of resistance against cosmic aggression in the future, so I know its development potential.

    If they don''t give you the clues of the new element, that organization has become your enemy, and I hope you will solve them in your own way.

    Sorry.

    Left you a trouble.

    Tony, it may be difficult for you to understand, because in my opinion, if that organization goes up the evil road, it will definitely become a nightmare for the whole world. "

    "..."

    Tony Stark breathed a sigh of relief.

    Now it seems that this letter cannot let SHIELD know!

    Ok.

    Now all the clues are right.

    His father Howard Stark was indeed the founder of SHIELD.

    If S.H.I.E.L.D. Bureau did not give him the clues of the new energy element, then he would find a way to eliminate S.H.I.E.L.D. Bureau. His father would really cause him trouble...

    Fortunately, S.H.I.E.L.D. gave him the clues of the new element. At least in this case, Tony Stark felt that he had no need to solve S.H.I.E.L.D.

    Now it seems that SHIELD has not changed its appearance, and there are still a lot of guys with good personalities, at least Uehara Naraku has a good appetite...

    Tony Stark''s gaze slowly moved down, and he looked at the last paragraph left for him in Howard Stark''s letter. Not surprisingly, it was the guilt of some fathers.

    "Tony, sorry.

    We are all the first time.

    Just as you slowly grew up in this world to become a living person for the first time, and I became a person''s father for the first time.

    The most regrettable thing in the world is that you don¡¯t need to pass any exams to become a father. Your arrival really makes me feel overwhelmed... and the only source of my experience as a father seems to be your grandfather.

    We are all the first time.

    I became a father for the first time.

    Perhaps this is the happiest thing in my life, but also the most sorry thing.

    Tony.

    If I do something that makes you feel inappropriate, it does not matter if you never forgive me. No matter what you become in the future, I will always love you.

    Okay, let''s stop here.

    From Howard Stark. "

    "..."

    Tony Stark''s eyes flushed slightly.

    For a long time, no matter who he is in front of, Tony Stark has always been that arrogant appearance, and the self-esteem derived from inner pride and always maintained.

    Now the man was finally unable to suppress his emotions, tears flowed from the corner of his eye bit by bit, and slowly fell on the letter paper in his hand...

    This letter...

    Let Tony Stark completely forgive his father.

    Even the Howard Stark video brought by S.H.I.E.L.D. is far less than the sentiment that this letter has infected Tony Stark, allowing him to finally understand the deep love of a father.

    Tony Stark did not wipe his tears.

    The man just watched the content of this letter silently, and it flowed down little by little, and slowly fell to the paper...

    the other side.

    Uehara Naraku drank the juice slowly, and maliciously speculated on Tony Stark''s expression at this moment: "That guy is probably already crying? After all, I was moved by the letter I wrote... Father''s love is like a mountain. what¡­"

    Uehara Naraku believes in his language skills very much.

    As long as Tony Stark reads the letter, he will definitely not doubt the source of the letter, because the father-son emotion he needs will make Tony Stark subconsciously make him no longer suspect that it is his father Howard. Stark wrote it down.

    By using the emotions and bonds between people to achieve his own goals, Uehara Naraku is very skilled, and there is only one goal in the end.

    Let Tony Stark believe everything in that letter!

    From then on, Tony Stark will definitely have a good impression of the Cosmic Mercenary Xiao Organization because of that letter and the attitude of his father Howard Stark...

    It is even possible to believe it firmly!

    The only problem is, if Tony Stark knew that the letter was not from his father, but from the forgery of Uehara Naraku...

    The sky will be bright.

    With the dawn of dawn, Tony Stark returned to his seaside villa with a model drawing of the Stark Industrial Fair, his eyes still a little red and swollen.

    It can be seen that Tony Stark stayed up all night.

    Overnight, Tony Stark seemed to have grown up. He could only bury everything in that letter in his heart, and couldn''t tell anyone the content of the letter.

    At least, not for the time being.

    Nairo Uehara stood at the beach house waiting for Tony Stark to return home, with a slight anxiety on his face: "I have notified Director Fury and Agent Romanoff, where are you? The two people who appeared yesterday who is it?"

    "how?"

    Tony Stark looked at Naraku Uehara, who was anxious because of ignorance, and said with a joking voice, "They are my friends. Do you want to know them?"

    "Do not make jokes!"

    Uehara Naraku shook his head quickly, and said with a serious face: "I heard what they called you, son of Howard Stark? They don''t even know who you are?"

    Special...

    This man''s cheek is too thick!

    How was he embarrassed to say that it was his friend!

    "Well, maybe not yet."

    Tony Stark spread out his palms and continued slowly: "In short, I have no obligation to explain to you that they are not Hydra people, nor our enemies..."

    "I must report to Chief Fury..."

    "No comment."

    Tony Stark''s face instantly turned cold, and he looked at Naraku Uehara and said: "Agent Naraku Uehara, I saved your life last night, maybe more than one, so it''s better not to delay my work now."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku''s face suddenly showed some hesitation.

    At this moment, as a person saved by Tony Stark, it is indeed not suitable to stop his savior. However, as a S.H.I.E.L.D. agent, he must be responsible...

    Uehara Naraku''s expression gradually became more and more tangled.

    Tony Stark didn''t bother to pay attention to Uehara Naraku''s complicated mood, took a picture of the model of the Stark Industry Fair he had transported, and continued: "If you are okay, come and help... I''m going to start working.

    new element.

    New energy board.

    New steel suit.

    And new life and life.

    Tony Stark didn''t want to waste his time at all, and quickly analyzed the structure of the new elements through the model drawings of the Stark Industry Fair.

    A brand new element that does not belong to the earth.

    This element will serve as the new energy of his steel suit, solve the problem of palladium poisoning in his body, and make the battle time of the steel suit longer!

    For several days, Tony Stark was busy with his work.

    He completely shielded everything from the outside world, and even the military''s request of him was directly rejected by Tony Stark!

    Only because the military¡¯s Lieutenant Colonel James Rhodes was his friend, Tony Stark handed over the Mark 2 he eliminated directly to Rhodes, and UU reading asked him to take it back for business.

    While Tony Stark is conscientiously synthesizing and manufacturing new elemental energy, Ivan Vanke of New York Hanmer Industries is also transforming his fighter aircraft...

    Uehara Naraku was not idle either.

    Uehara Naraku has always played the role of a double agent perfectly, and he reported to Nick Fury and Alexander Pierce about the strange things he encountered in Tony Stark''s house recently.

    Nick Fury is quite nervous!

    Had it not been for Nick Fury who had been discussing the tracing of Hydra in Washington with Alexander Pierce, he would have gone to California to interrogate Tony Stark!

    Alexander Pierce is more nervous than Nick Fury!

    Because for this period of time, Nick Fury has been discussing the Hydra with him, which made Alexander Pierce''s nerve headache to the extreme!

    Now that there are members of a small organization who are suspected of posing as Hydra, Alexander Pierce will naturally not let it go. Almost every day, a phone call asks about the progress of Uehara Naraku''s work.

    "It''s really long-winded..."

    When Uehara Naruko hung up Pierce''s call, the corners of his mouth couldn''t help but twitch, and he slowly turned his head to look at the somewhat gloomy sea: "How can there be people who pretend to be a Hydra in the world, Minister Pierce. , I am also a member of Hydra..."

    The sky was gloomy for some time.

    The black and heavy clouds are getting lower and lower, almost intersecting with the darkened ocean, thunder and lightning are floating in the dark clouds without interruption!

    Boom!

    Thunder and lightning suddenly cut through the sky!

    In a flash of lightning, a sea snake over a hundred meters slowly emerged from the sea and swam towards Tony Stark''s seaside villa!

 Chapter 711ï¼š Tony Stark, no one dares to refuse the kindness of our 9-headed snakes!

    "Hydra is coming!"

    When Tony Stark saw the sea snake that was over a hundred meters long, his expression became heavy, and he could directly identify it without any explanation!

    Except Hydra...

    What other organization can have such a giant snake?

    Uehara Naraku quickly dialed Nick Fury''s phone, and even sent a top-secret video email to Nick Fury, which was the sea snake that was swimming over a hundred meters long!

    "Director Fury, Hydra is here!"

    "Keep the call open and keep it hidden!"

    Nick Fury saw the sea snake like a prehistoric behemoth in the video, and his whole face became serious: "I just happened to be going to see Pierce, let him also see the evidence of the complete resurgence of Hydra, I remember You have a pinhole video..."

    "¡­Yes."

    Uehara Naraku''s expression suddenly became weird.

    Uehara Naraku did not continue to be idle, but also secretly sent a video email to Alexander Pierce to warn Alexander Pierce in advance!

    "Damn it..."

    The sea snake in the video really made Pierce a bit speechless.

    The Hydra organization has never had a chance to see this monster-like one-hundred-meter giant snake. The guys posing as them actually look more like that than their real Hydra!

    Are they the Hydra counterfeit goods?

    Accompanied by the combination of lightning, thunder, and violent storms, the stout sea snake, which was hundreds of meters long, swam to the shore and roared at Villa Tony Stark!

    Even Tony Stark was a little surprised, he had to admit that this huge sea snake really frightened him...

    "It looks pretty scary..."

    This sea snake can definitely swallow a sports car in one bite!

    Fortunately, Tony Stark completed the new elemental energy board and put on his new steel suit, so he had the courage to face this terrifying monster.

    Tony Stark slowly squeezed his finger, wrapped his whole body in the steel battle suit, raised his head and looked at the huge sea snake: "It seems that we meet again this time, we must discuss a result..."

    "Not bad."

    The sea snake opened its mouth slightly.

    And as the hundred-meter-long sea snake opened its mouth, a husky, ghastly sound was heard from the sea snake''s mouth with a smelly wind.

    "It seems that after so many days, Mr. Stark must have figured out the answer for us now, right?"

    "I hope Mr. Stark can give us a satisfactory answer..."

    "Always..."

    "We Hydra only accept the results we want!"

    "..."

    Tony Stark''s expression was hidden under the steel visor, and his throat rolled, almost speechless for a while.

    I didn''t expect it a bit.

    This sea snake can still vomit!

    So, is this sea snake a monster with human consciousness...or is it a monster controlled by humans and a human voice with the help of a certain instrument?

    And on this sea snake...

    There are also some as powerful as substantive coercion and murderous aura!

    Even if this coercion and murderous aura isolates the steel suit, Tony Stark who is hidden inside feels a little out of breath...

    Tony Stark couldn''t understand, he just felt that he might be frightened. Fortunately, the steel jersey kept reminding him to regain consciousness...

    Is this the threat from Hydra?

    It is indeed an enemy that his father Howard Stark has been unable to destroy. Or, is this the enemy his father once faced?

    to be frank.

    It''s hard to imagine.

    Facing such a terrifying enemy, how did his father Howard Stark and S.H.I.E.L.D. defeat Hydra in World War II?

    "If I promise..."

    Tony Stark spread out his arms casually, and continued softly, "What can I get? Wealth? Status? It seems to be what I have now..."

    "There is no satisfaction in human desires."

    Sea Snake lowered his head slightly to stare at Tony Stark, just one eye is almost the same size as Tony Stark!

    The sea snake opened its mouth slightly, and the smelly sea breeze hit its face again: "Mr. Stark, Hydra can bring you far beyond your imagination. I cannot tell you before you cooperate with us. answer¡­"

    "OK, I probably understand."

    Tony Stark made a gesture, nodded himself and continued: "It means that if we haven''t negotiated a cooperation, you don''t even want to write me a blank check, right?"

    "This is not a bad check."

    The sea snake shook his head slowly, and continued in a hoarse voice: "Hydra will never deceive our partners. Before you give a definitive answer...we can never tell you what we want to give you."

    "What if you give it... I don''t want it?"

    "..."

    The sea snake was silent for a while strangely.

    The next moment, Sea Snake shook his head again and continued: "No, Mr. Stark, you will definitely want it. No one in this world can refuse the goodwill of Hydra, no one can refuse our request for cooperation..."

    "What an insincere intention of cooperation... To be honest, this gentleman from Hydra, you must be very good at robbery, right?"

    Tony Stark''s heart was full of complaints about Hydra. How did this evil organization survive? If you don''t say anything, you must make people have to cooperate with them?

    Isn''t this bullying the honest person?

    If any company in the world dared to mention cooperation like this, then their company must be so strong that people dare not refuse or are reluctant to refuse...

    Honestly...

    Hydra may indeed have such strength.

    "Mr. Stark shouldn''t be able to refuse us."

    Sea Snake opened his mouth again, and continued: "Your father''s stealing of Anton Vanke''s achievements does not want us to make it public, right? We have too many handles of Stark Industries in our hands, and there are too many that can be restrained. Mr. Tucker¡¯s approach..."

    However, Tony Stark didn''t care.

    Because he already knows the past of Howard Stark and Anton Vanke, and now it is just to extract Hydra intelligence.

    Tony Stark nodded slowly, and continued to speak: "Well, let me talk about how we can cooperate..."

    "It looks like Mr. Stark didn''t disappoint us."

    The huge sea snake slowly nodded its head, and suddenly opened its mouth to spit out a small bag with a USB flash drive, and its voice suddenly became mild.

    "I''m just a **** who came to visit."

    "As for the actual negotiations, our negotiators will be in this position tomorrow morning waiting for Mr. Stark''s arrival...

    Whether it is what we want or what Mr. Stark wants, we can put it forward tomorrow, I believe our price will make you satisfied. "

    "can."

    Tony Stark frowned slightly.

    Tony Stark picked up the USB flash drive in the small bag. He was a little curious about the specific coordinates of the negotiations in the USB flash drive...

    Originally, Tony Stark had planned to continue chatting a few sentences to obtain intelligence, but he felt that the sea snake had put too much pressure on his heart, making his mind a little groggy.

    That feeling...

    It''s like being in a sea of ??blood in the dead mountain all the time!

    After seeing Tony Stark''s promise, the sea snake shook its huge head like a human and slowly nodded and nodded.

    "So... I hope we can cooperate happily..."

    "If Mr. Stark does not show up on time tomorrow, I will visit again. This is our last peaceful discussion."

    After speaking, the hundreds-meter-high sea snake turned its huge body, slowly moved to the beach, and quickly dived into the sea.

    Things are surprisingly smooth.

    Tony Stark was a little confused by Hydra''s self-confidence.

    Is this evil Hydra organization sick? Or, they are actually so strong that they have never thought about it, will anyone play with them?

    no matter what¡­

    At least Tony Stark seemed to have gotten Hydra''s information smoothly.

    Until the sea snake left, Uehara Naraku walked out in shock, he even held the phone in his hand, his palm trembling unceasingly...

    Obviously...

    Uehara Naraku seemed to be frightened.

    "Jarvis, scan the USB flash drive."

    Tony Stark commanded Jarvis before turning his head to look at Uehara Naraku: "Hey, are you saying that the person behind the Hydra is too stupid?"

    "maybe¡­"

    Uehara Naruko''s brows wrinkled slightly, and he continued softly: "I have reported this to Director Nick Fury. He has discussed with Minister Alexander Pierce of the World Security Council and will soon send people to support..."

    "Do you think support is useful?"

    Tony Stark slowly drank a glass of whiskey before continuing: "It sounds like that monster-like sea snake is just a soldier of Hydra...

    If we want to raid the Hydra tomorrow, it feels better to have some support such as nuclear warheads. "

    "Director Fury should be able to apply for a nuclear warhead..."

    "Are you kidding? Is your S.H.I.E.L.D.''s power so powerful?"

    Tony Stark was a little surprised by Uehara Naraku''s words!

    While the two of them were still chatting here, Jarvis finally scanned the U disk and opened the program in the U disk after confirming the safety.

    This program shows a coordinate.

    After Tony Stark checked the coordinates, he faintly felt like he was being tricked, because the coordinates he found showed that there was a military base there.

    Did Hydra send fakes?

    At exactly this time, Tony Stark''s cell phone rang suddenly, and he received a call from Ivan Vanke: "Why are you guys calling here?"

    "Let''s talk..."

    Ivan Vanke''s voice was a little sluggish.

    "it is good¡­"

    Tony Stark held the phone and walked to another room.

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Tony Stark, and quietly sent the coordinates that he had just known to Nick Fury and Alexander Pierce.

    Two replies with different contents were received at the same coordinate location.

    "That is a military base that our SHIELD is using!"

    This is from Nick Fury''s reply to Uehara Naraku.

    "That is a military base that our Hydra is using!"

    This is from a reply letter sent by Alexander Pierce to Uehara Naraku. UU reading www. uukanshu. com

    The military base of this coordinate is really indescribable, and it is claimed by both S.H.I.E.L.D. and Hydra...

    Although Nick Fury felt that Hydra had given a false coordinate, he hurriedly sent people to the military base to investigate whether there was a Hydra conspiracy hidden in it...

    As for Alexander Pierce...

    The minister of the Security Council and the high-ranking leader of the Hydra is finally a little bit unable to sit still. Once Nick Fury sends his own people to investigate the military base...

    Nick Fury will find that there is no Hydra conspiracy hidden in that military base, but the entire base is full of Hydra members!

    This is a conspiracy against their Hydra!

    In any case, Alexander Pierce must prevent Nick Fury from going to check the military base, and then arrange for them to check it by themselves, or pull everyone out!

    Nick Fury has passed.

    Moreover, Tony Stark flew over earlier. After hearing the threatening call from Ivan Vanke, he had to rush to the military base where the coordinates were located.

    "Tony, I know you are teasing Hydra..."

    "Actually Hydra is also teasing you..."

    "The coordinates they gave you are not a place for negotiation at all, but a place for the two of us to have a fair confrontation, and whose steel suit is the strongest..."

    "I''m also teasing the idiots of Hydra, I just asked them to help find a place where we can fight fairly, and now I''m here waiting for you!"

    "If you can''t make it by tomorrow morning, Hydra will blow up the entire Stark Industrial Building into ruins!"

 Chapter 712ï¼š 1 man who likes to tweet!

    A military base.

    Gathered the sight of countless people.

    Washington, S.H.I.E.L.D. headquarters.

    Nick Fury stood in front of the floor-to-ceiling windows of the S.H.I.E.L.D. Director''s office and issued orders to the military base in Arkansas to remind them to prepare quickly.

    "Immediately watch out for war!"

    "Field staff dispersed! Search for any suspicious personnel!"

    "In an hour, I will be at the Arkansas base!"

    Although Nick Fury didn''t know why Ivan Vanke and Tony Stark wanted to fight there, or why Hydra chose that military base...but at this time, the war of guard will not go wrong!

    Moreover, Nick Fury has ordered the S.H.I.E.L.D. fighter jets to come and pick him up, and he himself will immediately rush to the Arkansas military base to avoid any mistakes.

    "Yes, Sir."

    The commander of the military base took the order seriously.

    Then the commander wanted to contact Alexander Pierce...

    After all, the commander¡¯s true allegiance is to the Hydra, or the entire Arkansas military base is a member of the Hydra. What else needs to be hidden?

    This is their backup training base for Hydra!

    When the commander of the military base contacted Alexander Pierce, Pierce was thinking that the military commander and the members of the entire base could die heroically in the forthcoming war.

    Pierce felt that the fakes were looking at their Hydras. At this time, a Hydra base that was likely to have been exposed seemed irrelevant...

    Especially this base is just a logistics training office.

    "Follow Fury''s orders!"

    Alexander Pierce pressed his cell phone and pressed his finger on the desk little by little: "I don''t want anyone to be exposed at this time. This will kill a lot of people... Colonel Wim, do you understand what I mean?"

    "Yes, we will pay attention to hiding."

    The commander''s face was very firm.

    "idiot!"

    Pierce couldn''t help but curse!

    Now the entire Arkansas base has probably been exposed. What is the use of hiding at this time? The most important thing now is to eliminate the evidence!

    No matter what, now we must first stabilize Nick Fury, and don''t let Nick Fury suspect anything wrong with S.H.I.

    "Now you immediately destroy all the information on the Hydra in the base... Nick Fury is likely to thoroughly investigate the Arkansas base. No information can be omitted."

    Alexander Pierce paced back and forth in his office, pressing his forehead with one hand: "Before Nick Fury rushes to the Arkansas base, get ready to start the self-destruct procedure. Once he finds out that there are Hydra spies in S.H.I.E.L.D. ¡­"

    "Sir..."

    The commander squeezed the receiver in his hand, slowly raised his head to look at the Yanyun appearing in the sky, and swallowed his own saliva: "We may be too late..."

    "Sir, the unidentified high-speed flying object raided!"

    A person in charge of the radar display reported loudly!

    The commander glanced at a group of red dots on the radar display and screamed desperately: "Enemy attack! Everyone is on guard immediately and return to their positions!"

    Boom!

    A cluster missile is inserted into this military base!

    The violent explosion sounded through the entire base, the shock wave instantly swept everything around, and the smoke and dust also flooded the entire base!

    A tall steel battle suit leaped into the air and landed on the top of this military base, and his hand suddenly protruded two lashes glowing with electricity!

    A whip directly cut through the roof of this base like a sharp blade!

    It is Ivan Vanke!

    Along with Ivan Vanke''s first dispatch, armed machines fell from the sky, and barrels and machine guns were aimed at this military base!

    Hundreds of machine guns tore through the defenses of the base in an instant!

    This kind of steel machine cluster raid operation that has surpassed half an era, before they had enough firepower to solve the aerial raid, they had completely lost their fighter...

    They also never thought about how a military base in a safe zone in the middle of the United States could face such a terrorist attack!

    In less than ten minutes.

    Ivan Vanke led hundreds of armed machines to destroy all the resistance forces in the entire military base. This was originally his long-planned battle plan!

    The only usefulness of this military base is to ask for help from a nearby air force base and army base.

    Hundreds of kilometers away.

    A tank battalion at the army base has already moved here.

    Two F22 Raptor fighters from the air force base rose into the air to support the attacked S.H.I.E.L.D. base, but the two fighters were destroyed by two lasers on the way.

    The military became a mess in an instant.

    The Department of Defense in Washington immediately summoned all the generals to discuss whether to destroy the Arkansas base directly with missiles, and destroy the S.H.I.E.L.D. members and the enemy together...

    Nick Fury definitely disagrees.

    Nick Fury claimed that Iron Man Tony Stark had rushed to the Arkansas military base to support; the military also simply sent Tony Stark''s friend Lieutenant Colonel Rod to assist in the fight wearing his newly armed war machine.

    And Nick Fury himself rushed to the Arkansas base in a Quinn fighter. He wanted to investigate the hidden secret behind the incident...

    In fact, there is no need for him to investigate by himself.

    Because after Tony Stark and Rhodes contacted, they both arrived at the Arkansas military base in ruins. They saw rows of armed robots and the steel suits worn by Ivan Vanke.

    All of these steel weapons are printed with the same exquisite pattern.

    Whether it is Tony Stark or Rhodes, they are very familiar with those patterns. It is the LOGO of Hanmer Industries, and both of them are a bit speechless.

    "Is Justin Hammer crazy?"

    Lieutenant Colonel Rod in Gears of War twitched his mouth, and couldn''t help but sneered, "Or is he a fool? To provide terrorists attacking military bases with steel suits, a weapon that the military cannot install... Wait, how did he do it?"

    "Because Ivan Vanke..."

    Tony Stark''s bright red steel suit floated in the air, looking at the rows of armed robots on the ground, a flash of worry flashed in his eyes: "That idiot Justin Hammer has the courage to collude with Hydra..."

    Regardless of the outcome of their battle...

    Justin Hammer¡¯s treason is definitely inevitable!

    Unless Hydra helps him solve this problem.

    Tony Stark knew very well that, in addition to ending their family''s grievances, the battle between Ivan Vanke and him was also due to Hydra''s secret promotion.

    That terrorist organization hidden in the dark...

    Want to select the strongest steel suit technology through this fight!

    Boom!

    The fierce fire pierced the night sky instantly!

    Ivan Vanke drove his steel suit and led hundreds of armed machines towards the Iron Man and War Machine in the air, and suddenly launched a fierce attack!

    "Rod, be careful!"

    Tony Stark quickly raised his height, the legs of the steel battle suit were slightly lifted, and tiny bombs flew out, destroying seven or eight armed robots one after another!

    "Don''t worry about me, my firepower is stronger than you!"

    Lieutenant Colonel James Rhodes drove his latest armed war machine, pouring fierce firepower toward the ground, and he was loaded with large-caliber machine guns and grenades!

    One after another armed robots fell in his attack...

    These armed robots are just consumables for Ivan Vanke, simply to reduce the ammunition and energy of Tony Stark and Rhode.

    Ivan Vanke himself looked up at the firefight for a long time. He tightly held two flashing lashes in his hands and a toothpick in the corner of his mouth.

    "Are you going to treat me like an abandoned son..."

    "In your organization, it is really miserable that there is no use value...you demons, never thought that I would defeat Tony Stark?"

    "Hehehehe...you are just a pawn..."

    Bai Jue¡¯s body slowly fell off Ivan Vanke¡¯s body, dived into the ground quickly, and continued to ask with a smile: "Hehehehe... there is a difference between chess pieces and official members, but if you want If you are resurrected, we don¡¯t mind taking your soul away..."

    "Oh, it''s unnecessary."

    Ivan Vanke shook his head, manipulating his steel suit and slowly gripping the arc whip in his hand, his voice suddenly became gloomy: "Tony Stark... just make a conclusion here!"

    Accompanied by the sound of guns and guns gradually faded.

    Tony Stark and Rod destroyed all the armed machines and stood in front of Ivan Vanke. The two of them looked at the Hanmer Industry logo on Ivan Vanke in a word.

    "Justin Hammer is such an idiot..."

    "I think so¡­"

    "That idiot should have been cheated..."

    "Even if he was deceived, it can only explain his stupidity..."

    Tony Stark shook his head, and quickly asked Jarvis to dial Uehara Naraku''s phone, so that Uehara Naraku immediately rushed to Hanmer Industries to avoid the disappearance of the evidence.

    This matter must have nothing to do with Hanmer Industries.

    Regardless of whether there is sufficient evidence, as the most suspected Hanmer Industry, neither S.H.I.E.L.D. nor the military can easily let him go.

    Unless Justin Hammer can take out the steel jersey to atone for his crimes, just without the help of Ivan Vanke, it is impossible for Justin Hammer to make it...

    "Uehara."

    Tony Stark talked on the phone with Naru Uehara no one else: "Hammer Industries and Hydra may be in collusion. It''s better to go faster. Maybe you can find the whereabouts of Hydra. I suspect that Hydra will wipe out all the evidence. ¡­"

    "Reassured."

    After a panic, Uehara Nara quickly calmed down and explained softly: "I have notified Agent Romanoff and Director Fury.

    Tony, be careful on your side. It''s best not to fight forcefully. Director Fury should have mobilized support and will be there soon..."

    "No, no, no support."

    Tony Stark quietly hung up the phone.

    "What an idiot..."

    Ivan Vanke looked at Tony Stark and Rod contemptuously, then glanced at the Hanmer Industries logo on his arm armor, and slowly closed his eyes.

    Even a smart scientist like Tony Stark is absolutely impossible to imagine that all the riots and battles that happened tonight...

    The real purpose...

    Just for one thing.

    It was deliberately found on the head of Hanmer Industries.

    As long as they find the head of Hanmer Industries, they will discover the truth about the collusion between Justin Hammer and Alexander Pierce, Ivan Vanke and others.

    As for the other side.

    During the emergency operation of S.H.I.E.L.D. agents to surround Hanmer Industries.

    Justin Hammer didn''t know anything about it. He was still sitting in his office, tapping his mobile phone with his fingers, a little tangled in his heart.

    Since Ivan Vanke proposed to test drive the steel jersey tonight, Justin Hammer does not need to comply with the so-called sealing ban.

    Justin Hammer is thinking about whether to tweet...

    Is it announced now?

    Or wait until the press conference?

    Or wait until he announces it at the Stark Industry Fair?

    Justin Hammer picked up his cell phone and looked at a photo on the phone, with a faint tickling in his heart.

    That is a group photo.

    In the middle is the steel jersey with the Hanmer Industries LOGO painted on it.

    On the left is the smiling Justin Hammer himself, and on the right is Minister Alexander Pierce, standing on both sides and giving thumbs up at the same time.

    This photo was proposed by Justin Hammer as a commemorative photo taken to celebrate the success of Hanmer Industries in producing its own steel suit.

    In Justin Hammer''s view, this photo is his future life and wealth code.

    "Forget it, just post one?"

    "If you don''t tweet for so long, let''s post a few more!"

    Hanmer Industries produced a stronger steel jersey, so Justin Hanmer finally couldn''t help but announce to the world that he had surpassed Tony Stark!

    Justin Hammer rubbed his palms in excitement, and quickly edited new tweets with various photos.

    "A stronger Iron Man! [Photo]"

    "Hammer Industries'' new steel suit is coming soon! [Photo]"

    "A new era of peace has arrived! [Photo]"

    "Hammer Industries reports to the United States and allies! [Photo]"

    "Thanks to my new friend, Minister Alexander Pierce of the World Security Council, he will be my forever friend! [Photo]"

 Chapter 713ï¼š How can one step on Pierce when he falls into the pit?

    Life is too ridiculous.

    There will indeed be a person in this world, and only a single tweet can cause the entire upper class of the United States to be overwhelmed, but it is definitely not this time.

    Washington, U.S. Department of Defense.

    The picture with Alexander Pierce sent by Justin Hammer was displayed on the entire big screen, and everyone present couldn''t help falling into silence.

    In the next moment, everyone reacted quickly!

    Regardless of whether they were members of Hydra or not, they all issued the same order and quickly controlled Alexander Pierce of the World Security Council!

    Regardless of the mentality of Alexander Pierce colluding with Justin Hammer to create a steel suit used by terrorists, now they must first control Pierce to find out all the truth here!

    Over the United States.

    On a Kun-style fighter plane.

    Nick Fury''s one-eyed is a little dignified, staring at the group photo tightly and sinking into thought, because he knows the message hidden behind the photo.

    "Did Pierce pretend to be Hydra and take Ivan Vanke?"

    Nick Fury tapped his finger on the screen, and remembered another possibility that he didn''t dare to imagine, and a suspicion arose in his heart: "...or is it a real Hydra?"

    During this period of time, Alexander Pierce''s actions have been too suspicious, and his insistence on not believing the resurgence of Hydra has become his biggest doubt.

    Since you don''t believe that Hydra is resurrecting, why do you want to act in the name of Hydra in private, and why not tell him this kind of thing, the Director of S.H.I.E.L.D.?

    The two of them are real old friends!

    Nick Fury''s trust in Alexander Pierce is very high, even more than the group of agents under him, because Pierce gave way to the director of SHIELD.

    "Agent Romanoff."

    Nick Fury immediately contacted Natasha, and gave an order in a deep voice: "Immediately take control of Justin Hammer, and when I return to New York to interrogate myself, no one can know... Also, help me investigate Secretary Pierce¡¯s Action trajectory."

    Washington, World Security Council.

    Alexander Pierce was still anxiously waiting for news from the Arkansas base, and his cell phone was blown up by the Hydra members lurking in the Senator and the military.

    "what did you say?"

    Alexander Pierce was totally confused. Who would tell him, when did he cooperate with that idiot Justin Hammer?

    There was even a group photo between them?

    Alexander Pierce thought of everything that happened tonight. He was going crazy. The man kicked his desk suddenly!

    According to the latest news from the Arkansas military base, the steel suit that has attacked the Arkansas base and is currently confronting Lieutenant Colonel Tony Stark and Rhodes is 100% from Hanmer Industries!

    Moreover, Lieutenant Colonel Tony Stark and Rhode have contacted S.H.I.E.L.D. and the military respectively. The steel suit was made by Ivan Vanke...

    As everyone knows...

    Ivan Vanke was rescued by Hydra!

    Even if Alexander Res knows that it must be a fake Hydra, now he has seven or eight mouths on his body, and he can''t declare to others that it is not their Hydra...

    This fucking...

    Why did he fly into a horizontal pot and buckle him abruptly!

    Now the entire upper class in the United States thinks that Justin Hammer and Ivan Vanke colluded with him as a minister of the Security Council, or that he pretended to be a Hydra and saved Ivan Vanke, or that he was originally Hydra...

    Alexander Pierce must have never done such a thing himself!

    Now he must find a way to come up with real and possible time evidence to prove that the photos sent by Justin Hammer are fake, and then he can clear himself of the suspicion of Hydra!

    This fucking...

    Who did it!

    It must be a fake of those Hydras!

    That group of **** must be trying to get rid of his genuine copy, and then their group of counterfeit goods can be disguised as the real genuine!

    The character is too low...

    If that group of counterfeiters are willing to join their Hydra, their Hydra wouldn''t mind having an extra strong guy. What kind of man is this kind of abuse?

    "Nara Uehara, this is Pierce."

    Alexander Pierce dialed a call and said in a deep voice: "Nick Fury should have controlled the idiot Justin Hammer in advance, and help me find out the time for the fake to meet with him..."

    Alexander Pierce needs to produce evidence of alibi.

    First of all, getting rid of your own suspicion is the most important thing, otherwise, once it is found out that he is a Hydra, it is likely to cause a chain reaction!

    In the entire S.H.I.E.L.D., there are not many agents that Alexander Pierce can 100% believe can do. Uehara Naraku is one of them who is not bad...

    At least Bichtville and the crossbones are trustworthy.

    "It''s troublesome..."

    Uehara Naraku hung up Pierce''s call.

    Now Uehara Naraku is also a little confused. When he saw Justin Hammer''s Twitter, he was a little surprised. What''s wrong with this teaser in his mind?

    Uehara Naraku even felt a little embarrassed.

    Now just to expose Alexander Pierce and Hydra, is it really good to make such a funny amusement place?

    In fact, it doesn''t matter.

    Uehara Naraku stroked his chin and fell into contemplation. What he should consider now is how to solve Alexander Pierce''s dying struggle, and step on Pierce when Pierce just fell into the pit, so that Pierce will not climb out directly.

    This thing...

    In fact, it is not difficult.

    The sky is getting brighter.

    New York, Hanmer Industries.

    After Justin Hammer finished his tweet, he received one call after another.

    Most of the calls on the phone asked him about his relationship with Alexander Pierce, Ivan Vanke, and others, and threatened him to surrender the technology of the steel suit and so on.

    Naturally, someone from the military told Justin Hammer that the Arkansas military base was attacked by a steel suit made by Hanmer Industries, and asked him to rush to the Department of Defense to surrender immediately, which might save his life.

    If it weren¡¯t for knowing that he couldn¡¯t escape the pursuit of the military, Justin Hammer really wanted to escape. Now he is sitting in his office with confused eyes, quietly waiting for others to catch him, no matter what organization catches him. It doesn''t matter if you walk...

    Crime of treason.

    This charge is definitely not light.

    No one can save him!

    Justin Hammer understands the law, he knows the current situation, he will at least be convicted of this crime by the court, and may even go to a military court.

    Da Da Da Da...

    The crisp sound of little leather boots came into my ears...

    A charming woman opened the door of this office. Just as her eyes fell slightly and she wanted to say something, she saw Justin Hammer stretch out her hands calmly.

    This guy¡­

    It seems to know that he has caused a catastrophe!

    "It seems like I don''t need to bother."

    Natasha Romanov took out the handcuffs and handcuffed them directly to Justin Hammer''s hands, and whispered: "Leave here with me now. There are many people outside who want to kill you, maybe there will be a turn for the better... "

    Natasha winked at Justin Hammer, and when she was about to say something, she saw a sudden call on Justin Hammer''s cell phone.

    "Hang it up for me."

    Justin Hammer didn''t believe Natasha''s words at all. He didn''t believe that anyone would dare to save him in this situation. It is estimated that this call was to urge him to surrender...

    "Connect it."

    Natasha Romanoff glanced at Justin Hammer, slowly took out a recorder, and continued softly: "Don''t show the flaws, maybe this might make you exonerate..."

    "How can it be?"

    Justin Hammer shook his head.

    How happy he was when he first took photos with him on Twitter, and now he has so much pain in his heart, why did he send those tweets with a handy hand?

    Although he knows that if he doesn''t tweet, he won''t be able to escape this disaster...

    When Ivan Vanke attacked the Arkansas military base, as long as someone checked the production log of Hanmer Industries a little bit, he did not escape this time.

    The bitter smile on Justin Hammer''s face could hardly be suppressed, he sighed, and pressed the phone''s access button: "No matter what, this time the crime of treason..."

    "Hahahaha¡­"

    There was a strange laugh on the phone.

    The voice was faintly harsh, and just as Justin Hammer wanted to scold a few words, Natasha reached out and covered his mouth.

    "Mr. Hammer, do you want to make a deal?"

    "Apart from being the minister of the World Security Council, Alexander Pierce is secretly the leader of the Hydra. You should know how much he hates you for letting him be exposed, right?"

    "..."

    Natasha''s expression changed slightly.

    This matter is still uncertain within S.H.I.E.L.D.!

    Once Alexander Pierce is really the leader of Hydra, the entire S.H.I.E.L.D.E.L.D. is bound to set off a large inventory, because Pierce is also the former director of S.H.I.E.L.D.!

    Justin Hammer glanced at Natasha, then cautiously said, "No...I don''t know...should...is it okay?"

    "Don''t you know Pierce''s arrangement?"

    "In the beginning, he was not optimistic about your cooperation with Ivan Vanke!"

    "Pierce claimed that in order to test the best steel suit technology, Ivan Vanke and Tony Stark would find a place to fight. As for his real purpose... in fact, it was to eliminate Arkansas. Military base."

    "The Arkansas military base is the base of Hydra hidden in S.H.I.E.L.D. During this period of time, it was exposed due to the frequent actions of the Hydra. In order to clean up all the traces of this base, Pierce deliberately sent Ivan Vanke. Go out..."

    "Originally, Pierce wanted to wait until the outcome of this battle came out before he decided to leave you as a running dog...or kill you."

    "You...who are you?"

    Justin Hammer''s voice stammered a little.

    The voice on the other side of the phone doesn''t matter: "I''m just someone who can save you. As long as you hand over the steel suit technology in your hand, I can find a way to save your life..."

    "I will think about it¡­"

    When Justin Hammer was about to hang up, he saw a line written by Natasha and said, "How do I... trust you? How do I trade?"

    "Huh? There is someone next to you."

    The person on the other side of the phone is very alert.

    Justin Hammer asked just one more question, and it immediately hung up, and when Justin Hammer dialed back, it couldn''t be connected again.

    "No need to fight."

    Natasha shook her head, held Justin Hammer''s shoulder with one hand, and said solemnly: "Leave with me now...The matter...is more serious than imagined!"

    No matter who the person on the other end of the phone is...

    At least Natasha got a very top secret message!

    If the Arkansas military base finds traces of Hydra, it can be almost 100% certain that Alexander Pierce and Hydra have a relationship!

    Natasha really didn''t know how to tell Nick Fury the sad news...

 Chapter 714ï¼š This news is provided by Agent Uehara

    Everything was detonated.

    The battle over the ruins of the Arkansas military base is coming to an end.

    When Tony Stark and Rod attacked at the same time, Ivan Vanke''s body was hit by two energy rays, and the steel suit exploded instantly!

    The man looked at Tony Stark and Rod before his death, with a mocking smile on his face: "Hahahahahaha... Tony Stark... you have been stared at by sharks... the shadows under the deep sea... can''t you escape Dropped, Stark!"

    "Ok?"

    Tony Stark lifted his visor, frowning slightly.

    Although Ivan Vanke was killed in the battle, this does not mean the end of all these events. The Hydra behind Ivan Vanke is still about to move.

    Rumbling rumbling...

    A Kun-style fighter landed on the ground.

    Nick Fury walked down with more than a dozen S.H.I.E.L.D. agents, his face looked extremely heavy, and he turned a blind eye to Ivan Vanke''s death.

    Nick Fury didn''t even bother to reclaim his steel suit.

    Nick Fury knows very well that the most important thing about the steel suit is energy drive. Only the new Ark reactor and the new element energy plate developed by Tony Stark can perfectly drive a steel suit.

    Nick Fury waved his hand to stop Tony Stark''s greeting, and raised his hand to signal his agents to disperse: "You go and check to see how many survivors are still in the Arkansas base, and immediately rescue them..."

    "Yes."

    A group of S.H.I.E.L.D. agents immediately dispersed.

    Fortunately, the quality of the infrastructure of this military base is good. A group of S.H.I.E.L.D. agents quickly found a few survivors and even a small team.

    Nick Fury looked at these survivors, a touch of complexity flashed on his face, he walked slowly to one of the survivors, lowered his voice and said a word in his ear.

    "Long live the Hydra."

    "..."

    A flash of surprise flashed across the face of this survivor, and immediately stared at Nick Fury in front of him, the joy in his eyes could not be suppressed.

    Is the Chief of S.H.I.E.L.D. also a member of their Hydra?

    "Long live the Hydra!"

    "..."

    Nick Fury was rarely silent. He just reached out and patted the survivor on the shoulder, and walked to the next survivor.

    Seventeen survivors!

    Seventeen are all members of Hydra!

    The base of S.H.I.E.L.D. in Arkansas is all Hydra people!

    It''s just a secret base responsible for training special agents and field personnel, all of them are Hydras. How many Hydras are lurking in the entire S.H.I.E.L.D.?

    Nick Fury received a message from Natasha on the plane.

    The director of S.H.I.E.L.D. had already been mentally prepared for a long time, but after confirming the truth personally, Nick Fury''s mood is still in every way complicated...

    If Alexander Pierce, the former director of S.H.I.E.L.D., is the leader of Hydra, who knows how many Hydra agents he secretly sneaked into S.H.I.E.L.D.!

    The new war between S.H.I.E.L.D. and Hydra is about to start!

    The only problem is that the number of Hydra lurking in the entire S.H.I.E.L.D. is uncountable, and Nick Fury himself can''t find out how many Hydra people there are;

    Counting it down now, there are not many agents that Nick Fury can trust in S.H.I.E.L.D.E.L.D., especially the number of people that can be used, not even more than a slap.

    Clint Barton, Natasha Romanoff, and Coleson, the newcomer Nick Fury brought with him...

    Uehara Naraku can also be counted as one.

    Just because of this guy¡¯s character, it¡¯s hard for people to think of him as a spy. Who has no brains to send such a person out as a spy?

    "Stark."

    Nick Fury stretched out his hand and held Tony Stark''s palm, and said softly, "I may have something to deal with. You can go back to California first. In half a month, we will see you in Washington."

    "It depends on my time..."

    Tony Stark nodded, greeted Lieutenant Colonel Rod to put on a visor and fly away in their respective steel suits.

    Wait until they leave.

    Nick Fury took out his pistol, loaded it directly with a click, and whispered to the agents he had brought over.

    "Take all the people here and put them in custody in secret."

    This is not the most critical.

    The real trouble is the headquarters of SHIELD.

    Nick Fury doesn''t pay attention to any evidence. He has read the information Natasha obtained from Hammer Industries and directly named Alexander Pierce as the leader of Hydra.

    But before Nick Fury could do anything, urgent news came from Washington. Faced with the military''s pursuit, Pierce did not think about finding evidence to reverse the case for himself, and had no choice but to escape directly from Washington.

    Among the people who ordered the hunt for him, there were many accomplices who sent him letters; among the people who were in charge of hunting him, there were also some of the subordinates of their Hydra...

    It is not so much that Alexander Pierce escaped smoothly, it is better to say that he just moved a house, and even remotely controlled the Hydra members of S.H.I.E.L.D....

    If it weren''t for Justin Hammer to make the matter too much, and the military also intervened, Alexander Pierce might be able to kill Nick Fury and support one of their Hydra cadres as the puppet chief.

    The entire S.H.I.E.L.D. Bureau has encountered censorship.

    In just three days, the senior agent Hitwell and the commander of the field troops defected one after another, and there was a complete chaos in S.H.I.E.L.D. Bureau.

    In less than a week after the official review of S.H.I.E.L.D., a group of Hydra blatantly launched an attack to create a war, and the battle between S.H.I.E.L.D. and Hydra kicked off again.

    The pre-war censorship became a joke.

    Everyone knows that this situation is no longer suitable for continuing to examine how many internal spies are still in SHIELD. What they need to deal with now is the raid of Hydra after decades!

    While Nick Fury was so busy, he couldn''t help but want to give up the mess of S.H.I.E.L.D.E.L.D., and he didn''t completely need a bucket-like S.H.I.E.L.D. Bureau.

    Just throw away SHIELD...

    It doesn''t matter if S.H.I.E.L.D. is infiltrated by Hydra, anyway, he will soon rebuild an elite squad. As long as he has a superhero squad, he can quickly defeat all threatening enemies.

    "Directly speed up the Avengers project..."

    Nick Fury sat in his office, held his forehead in thought for a while, and immediately dialed an internal phone on his desk: "Help me send all the reports of Agent Naraku Uehara''s actions."

    "Are you from Agent Uehara?"

    "Well, faster."

    Half a month ago.

    When the Hydra incident broke out, even if Nick Fury believed in Uehara Naraku, he had to transfer Uehara Naraku to the SHIELD headquarters for a symbolic review.

    However, Hydra started acting unscrupulously, and Uehara Naraku, a level 7 agent with strong fighting ability, had to be sent out to perform the task. Nick Fury directly cancelled the imprisonment and review of Uehara Naraku.

    To be honest.

    If Uehara didn¡¯t fall by Tony Stark¡¯s side and kept reporting the appearance of Hydra, Nick Fury didn¡¯t know how long it would take to discover the trail of Hydra...

    This person cannot be a Hydra.

    Most of the Hydra spies found in S.H.I.E.L.D. were very diligent, and only Uehara Naraku¡¯s style of work can be determined. This person is definitely not in the same group as Hydra...

    and¡­

    There is another piece of evidence.

    When Uehara Naraku was active in India, many Hydra members wanted to assassinate Uehara Uehara, but he solved them all, including Hitwell and a group of S.H.I.E.L.D. defectors...

    When S.H.I.E.L.D. is hunting the members of Hydra, the people of Hydra are also secretly hunting their elite agents of S.H.I.E.L.D.

    "and also."

    Nick Fury thought for a while, then continued: "Help me send all the information about Dr. Bruce Banner, including all the recent news about the Big Hulk, and ask me about General Ross..."

    Compared with the demise of the Arkansas military base, another news is the most lively.

    The Hulk suddenly appeared and fought a battle with the military in a school. Many people died or disappeared, and the video was directly uploaded to the Internet.

    Who thought this matter was not over yet...

    The Hulk and another huge monster fought in New York. The entire New York City witnessed this giant battle, which made the military lose face...

    Nick Fury was interested in the power of the Hulk, and he also saw the character of the Hulk''s body Bruce Banner. He wanted to list the Hulk as one of the candidates for the Avengers team.

    Originally, the recent Hydra incident made S.H.I.E.L.D. unable to raise its head in front of the military, and Nick Fury had no chance to intervene in this matter.

    Fortunately, with the outbreak of the New York incident, General Ross, who has been in charge of the Hulk project, lost the battle. Every action to encircle and hunt the Hulk was a loss of soldiers and soldiers. This gave Nick Fury a chance to intervene.

    This alone is not enough.

    Nick Fury must have enough cards to play, at least he must be able to prove that he can handle the Hulk''s troubles. UU Reading

    It just so happens that he has a card in his hand, that is Tony Stark who is willing to admit the Avengers plan, and even Tony Stark wants to quickly shape the Avengers team, because Tony Stark has long looked to come from the universe Threat.

    "Hi, Tony."

    Nick Fury called Tony Stark and spoke slowly: "There is a person who is suitable to be an Avenger who has recently encountered a little trouble. You may need you to solve his problem. You should have heard of his name. ¡­"

    "Who?"

    "Dr. Bruce Banner."

    After Nick Fury mentioned the name, he added: "Perhaps you should know his other name...Hulk."

    "give it to me!"

    Tony Stark undertook this task, and suddenly said with some curiosity: "I found some news about him. He can''t control his emotions at all?"

    "According to my message..."

    Nick Fury''s eyes faintly showed a little edge: "The agent who was in charge of investigating Bruce Banner recently discovered that he might be able to control his transformation..."

    "Oh, can you believe what the S.H.I.E.L.D. agent said?"

    Tony Stark¡¯s voice on the phone was full of mockery of S.H.I.E.L.D.H.I.E.L.D.: ¡°I¡¯ve heard of it, do S.H.I.E.L.D. agents still have credible agents?¡±

    S.H.I.E.L.D. has no good reputation in the upper echelons of the United States because it has been lurking in by Hydra for so many years and has been in a state of being mocked recently.

    "You just need to see General Ross from the military..."

    After Nick Fury provided a name, he added: "Also, the news about Dr. Bruce Banner was provided by Agent Uehara."

    "That guy is so credible..."

 Chapter 715ï¼š The Hulk who wants to be used as a spy

    Uehara Naraku has been very busy recently.

    As the entire S.H.I.E.L.D. is in chaos, no one knows which agent suddenly became a Hydra, so the agents that Nick Fury trusts are basically busy with dogs.

    Even Agent Colson, who is an ordinary person, has been transferred to all parts of the world. It is said that Agent Colson had just finished handling the hammer incident in New Mexico and was thrown into the Arctic Ocean to dig for Captain America.

    Uehara Naraku, Clint Barton and Natasha Romanov, as the three ace combat powers of S.H.I.E.L.D., were also dispatched by Nick Fury to eliminate the Hydra terrorists.

    Compared with Clint Barton and Natasha Romanov, Uehara Naraku''s life is pretty good, he can still contact Alexander Pierce, and naturally he can find a way to transfer where he wants to go.

    For example, if Naraku Uehara wants to go to India, only Alexander Pierce needs to dispatch a group of people from Hydra to India to cause terror and chaos and send him to death. Nick Fury will send Naraku Uehara to India.

    And because Hitwell and Crossbones were forced to defect, Uehara Naraku has become the highest-ranking member of S.H.I.E.L.D. Hydra...

    the most important is¡­

    Uehara Naraku controls Nick Fury''s Avengers plan.

    Not only does Nick Fury want to mix sand in the future Avengers squad, Alexander Pierce and Hydra also want to get a foot in the Avengers squad.

    After the abomination event of the Hulk War broke out in New York, Uehara Naraku suggested that Pierce investigate Bruce Banner''s whereabouts and discovered Bruce Banner''s whereabouts in advance.

    then¡­

    Uehara Naraku sold the traces of Bruce Banner practicing yoga in India to Nick Fury, in exchange for the power to monitor Bruce Banner.

    That''s why.

    Uehara Naraku finally had a few days of leisure.

    In addition to monitoring Bruce Banner''s actions every day, Uehara Naraku is killing a few Hydra slayers.

    There seems to be an exception today.

    After Bruce Banner finished practicing yoga, he suddenly left the downtown area of ??Kathmandu and stopped at an abandoned factory.

    "Come out!"

    Bruce Banner''s voice is a bit gentle, but his attitude is somewhat beyond doubt: "From the first day you followed me, I knew you were following me..."

    Because he had been hunted down by the military, Bruce Banner had never let go of his vigilance in this regard. He had already noticed that someone was spying on himself in the past few days.

    The trouble is...

    Bruce Banner couldn''t get rid of this stalker at all.

    In addition, a place like India is a bit hard to describe. Even if Bruce Banner wanted to escape and change places, he did not earn enough airfare and living expenses.

    Perhaps the only good news is that, unlike the countries in South America, this is not the back garden of the United States. If the US military wants to appear in India, there is still a little trouble.

    Bruce Banner wanted to talk to the stalker first.

    If you can''t agree, then get rid of this tail.

    "It''s not that you found me long ago."

    A man walked out behind a pillar in the factory, with a juice straw in his mouth, and slowly said: "I want you to find out..."

    "..."

    Bruce Banner''s face suddenly became tense.

    However, some worried about the appearance of Hulk, Bruce Banner could only suppress his emotions and calm his mood.

    As long as his heart is too fast...

    The Hulk hiding in his body will show up!

    "do not worry."

    Uehara Naraku slowly shook his head, squeezed the juice in his cup with one hand, and softly persuaded, "There is no one here, and no one will find out. You can do whatever you want, even if you call out. The Hulk in you can also..."

    "who are you?"

    "Anyone can."

    Nairo Uehara spread out her palms and introduced herself indifferently: "My identity doesn''t really matter to you... You only need to know one thing..."

    "what¡­"

    "I can help you."

    Uehara Naraku slowly walked towards Bruce Banner, with a weird smile on the corner of his mouth: "I can help you completely control the Hulk in your body..."

    "Ok?"

    Bruce Banner had some doubts on his face, and quickly stretched out his palm to stop Uehara from falling forward, and explained by himself: "Sorry, you may not know Hulk..."

    "I know it better than you."

    Uehara Naraku stopped her footsteps, smiled and continued: "My target has never been you, but the guy in your body... Because it is useless to control yourself, as long as you control it, you can naturally control you. ."

    "What... mean?"

    "Very easy to understand."

    Naruto Uehara put a finger at Bruce Banner, and continued softly: "Dr. Bruce Banner, you never thought about controlling your body... let Hulk come out, but I... come to help you. People..."

    A golden light suddenly protruded from the fingertips of Uehara Naraku!

    This golden light pierced Bruce Banner''s shoulder in an instant!

    The intense pain instantly made this gentle man''s emotions uncontrollable, his eyes instantly turned green, and the flesh on his body quickly swelled!

    "Hulk!"

    After a strong roar!

    The huge Hulk suddenly appeared, the green barefoot smashed the floor, waving a huge fist and slamming Uehara Naraku''s head!

    It wants to smash Uehara Naraku''s head with a punch!

    Bang!

    Uehara Nairo hit Hulk''s fist with a punch!

    After this fist exchange, Hulk''s crazy eyes flashed with pain, and its body was directly hit by Uehara Naruto''s punch and flew out!

    For the first time, this so-called infinite monster was defeated in this kind of confrontation, and it was even inferior to an ordinary human in power!

    "..."

    However, after less than half a second of doubt, the anger re-occupied Hulk''s mind, and its body jumped up again, rushing towards Uehara Naraku!

    Bang!

    Uehara Naruko slapped Hulk''s chest with a palm, and stopped the momentum of it rushing up. This palm suddenly turned into a fist and hit Hulk''s lower abdomen with a punch!

    next moment¡­

    The huge Hulk even couldn''t bear the pain of this punch, and a ray of blood leaked from the corner of his mouth, and the whole person was a little embarrassed and knelt on one knee!

    "You can''t beat me."

    Uehara Naraku stood in front of Hulk and gently stretched out his hand and pressed it on top of its head: "It''s better to be a little behaved, otherwise I might kill you..."

    "Hulk¡­"

    The Hulk slowly raised his head, glanced at Uehara Naraku with a grim look, and suddenly reached out his arm to catch Uehara Naraku''s waist!

    next moment¡­

    This Hulk is about to hit a wall with his enemy!

    Uehara Naraku slowly shook his head, raised his arm, and slammed it heavily on the Hulk''s shoulder. The huge impact instantly swept Hulk''s body!

    This huge Hulk was directly knocked to the ground!

    Hulk rolled his eyes weakly and fell down in front of Uehara Naraku...

    "Only I can accept your existence in this world."

    Uehara Naraku looked down at the Hulk who fell on the ground, and calmly continued: "Whether it is Bruce Banner or anyone else, they just want to use your power. Only someone stronger than you can accept your existence. ¡­"

    Yes it is.

    No one in the whole world likes the Hulk.

    In other words, the people on earth only need the power of Hulk, until one day after Hulk left the earth, he won the approval of other people and transformed into nearly two years...

    Once Hulk changed back to Bruce Banner and returned to Earth, Hulk never wanted to appear again in the mid-term Battle of Thanos invading the Earth.

    "you¡­?"

    Hulk slowly raised his head, his face wrinkled.

    Because it was the first time to speak, its voice was faintly obscure, and it was a bit difficult even to say a word...

    Only after being beaten can it regain consciousness.

    "Only I can accept you."

    Uehara Naraku slowly lowered her body, rubbed Bruce Banner¡¯s head, and calmly continued: "You will soon discover that there is no choice but to accept Hulk in this world except me. They just want to use you. the power of¡­"

    "You...you...you...the same..."

    "I am different from them."

    "have what¡­"

    "I don''t mind you staying here forever."

    Uehara Nairo spread out his palms, UU reading www. uukanshu. Com''s voice gradually became lower and lower: "I don''t need your strength to fight, as long as you are obedient, it doesn''t matter what you want to do in the future, this is a deal..."

    "what would you like¡­"

    "very simple."

    Uehara Naraku took Hulk''s hair, dragged his body abruptly, turned over, looked down at his eyes, smiled and said.

    "Help me monitor Dr. Bruce Banner. Once he wants to reveal my secrets in the future, you will immediately show up to stop his leaks..."

    "You are still¡­"

    Hulk''s eyes instantly turned red.

    "It looks like I can''t communicate..."

    Uehara Naraku interrupted it indifferently: "Obviously it is a gift to you, if you don''t want it, then be better now...Kurozue!"

    A jet-black liquid quickly drilled out of the ground, merged into Hulk''s body, and directly controlled this body in a blink of an eye!

    The pitch-black liquid gradually covered the entire surface of the Hulk, and Heijue''s dark laughter came out: "Ho **** ho **** ho... a very powerful body, but it contains two very weak souls..."

    "Who can call the shots?"

    "Ho **** ho ho..."

    Hei Jue''s grim laughter was full of confidence: "Of course it''s me... Whether it''s Hulk or the weak human soul, you can let any one of them take over the body..."

    "Then educate them well!"

    Uehara Naraku spoke slowly: "I hope they will be more sensible in the future and willing to accept orders from us."

    "Tomorrow I will report to Nick Fury that Dr. Bruce Banner has completely controlled the will of the Hulk and applied to bring Dr. Banner back to New York or Washington. A place like India is really enough."

 Chapter 716ï¼š Our 9-headed snakes biggest enemy is resurrected

    Dr. Banner is a bit sad.

    Three souls are contained in a small body.

    In addition to Bruce Banner''s own soul, there are also Hulk and Heijue two guys who may seize his body at any time.

    Perhaps the only thing to be thankful for is that with Heijue''s soul constraining Hulk, no matter how fast his heartbeat is, he can guarantee to maintain his body.

    This is really sad.

    Originally, according to Uehara Naraku''s plan, he wanted Hulk the Hulk as his spy so that he could directly control Bruce Banner''s body and force Banner to become his accomplice in the Avengers team.

    As a result, Hulk couldn''t communicate at all...

    In comparison, Dr. Bruce Banner is more obedient.

    This somewhat restrained man didn''t hate his body with an extra soul, but thanked Hei Jue for helping restrict Hulk''s existence.

    honestly¡­

    At least in this way, Bruce Banner can ensure that he has a stable life. He doesn''t have to worry that his heartbeat will release a terrifying monster if his heartbeat increases slightly.

    Don¡¯t talk about anything else...

    It''s just that Bruce Banner and his ex-girlfriend Betty can meet again, or even love each other peacefully.

    In the past, Bruce Banner could not even do some extreme exercises with his girlfriend, because this would make his heart beat faster and lead to Hulk...

    "Um... can you tell me a little bit about your identity?"

    Bruce Banner rubbed his palms in a restrained manner, a little embarrassed on his face: "I am grateful that you can help control the Hulk in my body..."

    "The black in your body will tell you."

    Uehara Naraku patted Bruce Banner on the shoulder, showing a gentle smile: "Now I want to take you back to New York to join a superhero team. What you have to do is very simple, that is, to become a team that trusts that team. Companion..."

    As long as they are willing to trust Bruce Banner...

    Bruce Banner can convince them of Uehara Naraku.

    No one can imagine that Bruce Banner will be a spy who was inserted into the Avengers team by Naraku Uehara. This is a man with a very generous and gentle personality...

    Uehara Naraku looked at the thoughtful Bruce Banner, and the corner of his mouth smiled deeper and deeper: "If you reveal the secret between us, you may become Hulk at any time, hammering the people in front of you to smash. Whether it''s your lover or your companion..."

    "..."

    There was a faint layer of cold sweat on Bruce Banner''s forehead.

    Now he roughly understands what he wants to do. He wants to be a spy to be placed in the superhero squad. Can he really do a job like a spy?

    "Ah, sorry, I may not be suitable..."

    Before Bruce Banner finished his words, he suddenly noticed the resurgence of a beast in his body!

    The man could only slowly clenched his fist, tried to suppress the violent Hulk in his body, and showed a trembling smile.

    "We can actually discuss it again..."

    Outskirts of New York City.

    The safe house of S.H.I.E.L.D..

    Ever since Nick Fury experienced an alien invasion, he began to build safe houses intermittently around the world, paying particular attention to top secrets and security.

    This can ensure that no matter what crisis is encountered in the future, as long as the earth is not destroyed, any safe house can become a bastion for Nick Fury''s survival.

    This bald marinated egg is really to save his life to the extreme.

    However, today Nick Fury is rare and generous, and he was willing to open a safe house in the New York area to welcome Naraku Uehara and the Bruce Banner he brought back.

    Ok.

    Uehara Naraku is not important.

    The important thing is the extremely dangerous Bruce Banner.

    Although Naru Uehara stated in the report that Bruce Banner can completely control the Hulk in the body, Nick Fury still needs to ensure safety and privacy.

    At least set up Bruce Banner first.

    "Dr. Bruce Banner."

    Nick Fury, wearing a trench coat, stretched out his palms in a friendly manner, and greeted politely: "Welcome back to New York. Would you like to introduce the Avengers plan to you?"

    "No... well, it''s okay..."

    Bruce Banner scratched the back of his head somewhat restrainedly, then subconsciously turned his head and glanced at Uehara Naraku who was standing behind him.

    "Agent Naraku Uehara."

    Nick Fury glanced at Naraku Uehara and continued: "Agent Coulson may have a lot of trouble right away. Can you help me? Let our veterans calm down a little..."

    "Yes."

    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly.

    After seeing Uehara Naruko¡¯s departure, Nick Fury¡¯s face showed a slight smile: "It seems that our agent did not do anything superfluous... I hope his work does not cause Dr. Banner''s discomfort."

    "Uh... okay..."

    Bruce Banner held his hands restrainedly.

    What else can he say at this time?

    What Uehara Naraku has done is not only easy to cause other people''s unhappiness, he has not considered the feelings of others at all?

    The one-eyed man named Nick Fury in front of him really lost one eye, he didn''t even see who his subordinates were, right?

    Nick Fury didn''t know Banner''s thoughts.

    Now Nick Fury just feels that his plan has never been smoother than ever!

    First of all, Iron Man Tony Stark joined the Avengers team; now, the Hulk Bruce Banner is also taken back to New York by Naru Uehara; plus the Captain America Steve Rogers who was salvaged by Coleson the day before yesterday...

    Just the combat power they have now is enough to act as a superhero squad, plus Clint Barton, Natasha and Naraku Uehara, the three Ace Agents of S.H.I.E.L.D....

    The entire Avengers team took shape.

    Now the situation of S.H.I.E.L.D. is chaotic, and there are more spy agents mixed in, it is not a trouble for Nick Fury, he already has a superhero team that can be used at any time to maneuver.

    The more troublesome part is that these superheroes are full of personalities and need to be slowly induced by Uehara Naraku and others who are mixed in them...

    the other side.

    Uehara Naraku got into his pickup truck again, took out a cell phone that had been hidden, and dialed Alexander Pierce''s number.

    "Agent Uehara."

    Alexander Pierce¡¯s mood sounds good His voice sounds a little leisurely: "I cleaned up Hitville in India before and did a good job... That traitor was reluctant to leave S.H.I.E.L.D., even Want to betray me in exchange for a higher position..."

    When talking about this, Pierce¡¯s conversation turned, his voice suddenly became a lot softer: "Agent Uehara, you are my direct subordinate, I have always trusted you very much... I hope you will bring me a good one this time. News."

    Because of the recent internal scrutiny of S.H.I.E.L.D., there are fewer and fewer subordinates that Alexander Pierce can trust, or that there are fewer and fewer Hydra agents who can access the core secrets of S.H.I.E.L.D., Uehara Naraku''s existence is particularly valuable.

    "Sir Pierce."

    Uehara Naraku squeezed her cell phone tightly and sighed softly: "I have an important message to contact you this time..."

    "what news?"

    "Our Hydra''s worst enemy ever..."

    Uehara Naraku clasped his fingers on the steering wheel a little bit, and whispered softly: "Steve Rogers...resurrected."

 Chapter 717ï¼š Uehara, you cant beat him...

    You can search for the latest chapters in Baidu "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes Xinshu Haige Novel Network (!

    During the Second World War, the hydra was fierce and fierce.

    The Hydra led by Red Skull is the strongest organization in the entire world. For a time, it has researched a lot of black technology that transcends the times, and even mastered the legendary Cosmos Rubik''s Cube.

    Until they met Captain America Steve Rogers, a super soldier who was a bit unreasonable, with a shield, beat the Hydra to the ground.

    After many years.

    Alexander Pierce, the new-age Hydra bosses, have no deep hatred for Captain America. Suddenly, he is even a little strange to hear his name.

    Alexander Pierce hesitated for a while, and reacted quickly: "Do you think... he might pose any threat to us?"

    "Maybe there will be a little trouble."

    Uehara Naraku tapped his own steering wheel with his fingers, and said softly: "According to the news I received, he has just resurrected from the ice in the polar region. As our old opponent of Hydra, is it for him? A meeting gift, right?"

    "Hahahahahaha..."

    "and¡­"

    Uehara Naraku waited until Pierce had laughed, and then continued: "I really hope that I can take an opportunity to lurch by this Captain America.

    In fact, I just want to see what will happen to the Captain America who used to kill Hydra in the future and discover that the person next to him who helped him is Hydra..."

    "Hahahahahaha..."

    Alexander Pierce¡¯s laughter seemed a little low.

    He didn''t continue until after laughing, "Agent Uehara, it seems that I need to show you to the other people in Hydra. They must also like this plan!"

    "If you need manpower to do anything, go to the computer room of S.H.I.E.L.D. to contact Dr. Animzola. He has all the members of Agent Hydra in his hand!"

    "Yes, sir."

    Uehara Naraku slowly paddled his cell phone, calmly started his pickup truck, and hurried to the New York base where Steve Rogers was.

    Since Agent Colson dug up Captain America Steve Rogers, medical experts from SHIELD successfully thaw the super soldier, and he is still sleeping.

    Perhaps because he was worried that Steve Rogers, a veteran of World War II, would not be able to integrate into modern society, Nick Fury also specially sent someone to replace his residential area with the decoration of the 1940s.

    According to Steve Rogers¡¯ vital signs, the Captain America should gradually recover during this time. Nick Fury should have come to welcome him now... But compared to Captain America, the Hulk Bruce Banner is also very important.

    So Nick Fury planned to send Naruko Uehara first.

    Because at present, it seems that the relationship between Uehara Naraku, an agent of S.H.I.E.L.D. and the Avengers team is pretty good. Whether it is Tony Stark or Bruce Banner, they have no bad impression of Uehara Naraku.

    Of course, Nick Fury also hopes that Uehara Naraku and Captain America can also establish a good friendship, so that they can perfectly incorporate a S.H.I.E.L.D. agent that everyone wants to believe in the Avengers team.

    New York base.

    This base is a bit busy now.

    All work revolves around the veteran of World War II.

    Steve Rogers, the former World War II veteran, can be called a superhero who has influenced generations of Americans, and even S.H.I.E.L.D. has many fans of Captain America.

    Nick Fury and S.H.I.E.L.D. have reversed their image because Steve Rogers, a heroic veteran who once belonged to the United States, was dug up. At least from the upper echelons of the United States, S.H.I.E.L.D. seems to have a lot of usefulness.

    Nick Fury...

    There is always a way to scratch the itch of those upper class people.

    Captain America is such an important superhero, and there are many agents nearby to protect him, also to prevent his appearance from causing chaos.

    When Uehara Naraku arrived here, he saw Agent Colson with a nervous look on his face. He was the temporary person in charge of this base.

    This super agent of S.H.I.E.L.D. is like a big boy at this moment, holding a Captain America poster with a restrained face...

    Coulson wanted to sign.

    "Long time no see, Coleson."

    Uehara Naraku closed the door of the pickup truck and glanced up at the somewhat quiet base: "Director Fury asked me to come over to prevent his emotions from getting out of control. The one sleeping inside... hasn''t been awake yet?"

    "Long time no see, Uehara."

    Coleson took the palm of Uehara Naraku and said sincerely, "If he loses control of his emotions, you can''t beat him, Uehara."

    Colson knew about the work of Uehara Naraku.

    Once Captain America has emotional problems due to the discovery of the time misalignment, a special agent with strong fighting ability is very important in the case of unable to use firearms, and can deal with many unexpected problems on the spot.

    Colson doesn''t think that Uehara Naraku is his idol opponent.

    This is not a fan filter either.

    Although Uehara Naraku is one of the three ace agents of S.H.I.E.L.D., it is said that the fighting ability and fighting experience can be called the limit that humans can reach at this stage...but that is the United States that once prevented the crisis and defeated the Hydra with its own strength. team leader!

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku twitched the corners of his mouth and glanced down at the poster in Coleson''s hand. He still apologized to Coleson in his heart.

    Because next...

    He may have to beat Coleson''s idol in front of Coleson.

    Now that after listening to Coleson''s words, the little embarrassment in Naruto Uehara''s heart disappeared without a trace...

    The friendship between the two of them for so many days is not as good as a virtual idol who has existed for so many days?

    Let Coelson recognize reality!

    Uehara Naraku stepped into the base with his head high.

    This base deliberately made a compartment container, the whole compartment is decorated in the 1940s, and there is even a radio inside.

    The sound of playing a ball game came from the radio.

    "A beautiful curve ball!"

    "This ball is really high and far!"

    "The Dodgers were tied again, 4 to 4..."

    "It''s 4 to 4..."

    "The Dodgers still have three substitutes ready to go..."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Colson beside him silently.

    Coleson noticed Uehara''s surprised gaze, smiled and explained: "This is what we found after all the hard work. In a game in May 1941, the commentary was in line with the era in which he lived. He aroused suspicion..."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku was even more speechless.

    This guy is a little bit proud!

    In fact, Coleson didn''t even know that this game was the source of Steve Rogers'' suspicion, because Steve Rogers himself was on the scene of the 1941 game!

    As long as Steve Rogers wakes up and hears this game, he will know that the disguise deliberately arranged by S.H.I.E.L.D. is fake...

    and¡­

    S.H.I.E.L.D. has also deliberately arranged for a woman who looks similar to their founder Peggy Carter, which seems to be to appease Steve Rogers'' emotions, because once the Captain America and Peggy Carter fell in love...

    "Uehara, when should I go to sign?"

    Agent Colson was still looking at the poster in his hand reluctantly.

    "It''s not this time anyway..."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head slowly, and sighed: "I hope his emotions won''t get out of control... Otherwise, I can only wait until I subdue him."

    "You can''t beat him."

    "If I can beat him, then press his head to sign for you, maybe this may be your only chance in this life, Coleson..."

    "But you can''t beat him..."

    While Coleson and Naraku Uehara were still chatting casually, there was a noise in the container room, and it was obvious that the sleeping man in the room woke up.

    Coulson waved his palm.

    The woman who looked like Peggy Carter immediately put on a loving smile, opened the door of the room, and walked in shyly.

    Ten seconds later.

    There was a quarrel in the room.

    A tall man with light blond hair directly pushed away the gentle-faced woman, rushed out of the room, and directly knocked over the two agents who were trying to stop him!

    "Unfamiliar environment is indeed easy to make people lose control of their emotions..."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and sighed, and stepped to stop in front of the blond man: "Captain Rogers, calm down a little..."

    "Step aside!"

    Steve Rogers, who had just awakened, bumped into him regardless of his!

    Now this time is when he is most confused He must find a way to figure out his environment and time, because he still has a dance party to attend...

    However, what greeted him was a knee collision!

    Uehara Naruko¡¯s knee directly hit Steve Rogers¡¯ lower abdomen, and even before he could react, he twisted his arm with one hand...

    then¡­

    He skillfully took out a pair of handcuffs and handcuffed him to his wrist.

    It''s just that the resilience of this Captain America far exceeds that of others, even after his wrists were locked, his head slammed into Uehara Naraku''s chest!

    A hand knife hit Steve Rogers on the neck!

    While the Captain America was hit by a hand knife directly to the ground, Naruto Uehara''s knees pressed his back, making him unable to break free no matter how hard he struggled!

    "..."

    Coleson, who witnessed all this, opened his mouth slightly.

    Uehara Naraku pressed Steve Rogers **** his knee to prevent him from breaking free, while beckoning to Coleson, loudly said: "Hey, Coleson, I held the person down, you didn''t want him to sign ?"

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Start reading from Naruto: https://

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click "Favorites" below to record this (Chapter 718 Uehara, you can''t beat him...) reading record, and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 718ï¼š I can play 1 full day! I can beat you for a whole day!

    You can search for the latest chapters in Baidu "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes Xinshu Haige Novel Network (!

    In a closed room.

    Steve Rogers sat in a chair.

    The Captain America''s mood looks a little unhappy.

    No matter who it is, he was in a strange place just after waking up, and he was beaten up by a strange guy. It is estimated that he would not be in a good mood.

    Coulson stood in front of him and bowed seriously and apologized to his idol: "I''m very sorry, we have to use this method to calm you down..."

    "..."

    Steve Rogers slowly raised his head and twisted his wrist: "Who the **** are you? What the **** is this place? I don''t have time to continue with you..."

    Hum...

    Buzzing...

    "Wait a minute, I''ll answer the call."

    Coulson glanced at his mobile phone, reached out his hand for Steve Rogers, turned around and left the room on his own: "Sir, he is awake, he wants to leave here forcibly, Agent Uehara has already subdued him. ¡­"

    "..."

    There are two more people left in this room.

    Uehara Naraku looked at the Captain America, his eyes narrowed slightly.

    Steve Rogers shook his head and placed one hand on the table, his face full of determination: "Hey, that guy, tell me what is this..."

    "No comment."

    Uehara Naraku''s voice was a little cold, but he calmly folded his wrist back: "Before our chief arrives, there is nothing to tell."

    Steve Rogers''s face was also drooped, his palms clenched into fists little by little: "It looks like we are going to fight again..."

    "Can you really?"

    "I can fight all day!"

    Steve Rogers'' expression remained firm.

    Whether it is his super will or the abundant physical energy brought by the super soldier serum, he can easily support him in a long battle!

    Even before Steve Rogers was injected with Super Soldier serum, he had such a firm will not to admit defeat!

    No matter how long you play...

    He can fight it with will!

    "just¡­"

    Uehara Naraku stretched out his palm again, slowly flexing his fingers, and there was a slight sharpness in his eyes.

    "I can beat you... all day long!"

    "..."

    Is this the **** talking human!

    Steve Rogers supported the table with one hand and kicked it bravely towards Uehara Naraku. His movements appeared extremely agile. This was the fighting instinct in his body!

    Uehara Naraku turned his head slightly and escaped this kick!

    The power on this foot was so powerful that it instantly kicked the wall for a while, and even cracks appeared on the wall, and the tile fragments cracked directly!

    After Steve Rogers'' first shot, his attack did not stop, as if he had become a boxer, waving his fist at Uehara Naraku!

    Two people tossed around in a small room!

    Until Uehara Nara kicked Steve Rogers in the lower abdomen again and kicked the man back half a step, he twisted his neck with both feet and twisted his body!

    Click!

    Steve Rogers was beaten to the ground again!

    This upright posture looks extremely embarrassed...

    Uehara Naraku pressed his knee to his neck, and said in a deep voice, "Captain Steve Rogers, calm down, the times have changed..."

    Squeak...

    The door suddenly opened.

    Coleson, who walked in with a smile on his face originally, saw this scene, his smile became a little stiff: "Agent Uehara, can you let go of Captain Rogers, he can''t breathe like this... "

    One minute later.

    Steve Rogers sat in the chair with a grumpy face.

    No matter who it was, he just woke up and was beaten twice, and he was probably not in a good mood, especially since he was defeated by the same person...twice.

    "Sorry¡­"

    There was an awkward smile on Coleson''s face: "Captain Rogers, our officer has just notified me, and now I can tell you everything..."

    "..."

    Steve Rogers'' brows slowly stretched out.

    Coleson did not conceal the intention of the Captain America. S.H.I.E.L.D. had unearthed Captain America in order to make the hero who destroyed the Red Skull Hydra stand up again and become a superhero in the new era.

    Especially at this delicate point in time...

    It was the time when S.H.I.E.L.D. and Hydra were fighting.

    "The Second World War is already in the last century..."

    "It has been more than sixty years since that era. After the war, Ms. Paget Carter and Mr. Howard Stark helped found S.H.I.E.L.D. Bureau..."

    "If you count it carefully, S.H.I.E.L.D. and the remnants of Hydra have continued to fight for more than 60 years, and the remaining battle has never ceased..."

    "Recently, Hydra has completely resurrected, and even has a tendency to intensify, and we have to think of ways to deal with new wars..."

    "and so¡­"

    "We finally have to wake you up..."

    "Captain Rogers, this era needs a new hero, a superhero who can protect the people, we need a new era of Captain America..."

    "If you want to see Ms. Peggy Carter again, we can help arrange it, but it will take a while. Ms. Carter is almost 90 years old this year. We are very worried about her body and hope she will not suffer too much stimulation. ¡­"

    After speaking.

    Coleson took out a photo and placed it in front of Steve Rogers. The photo was of a particularly old woman with kindness and kindness on her face.

    Perhaps only the hair style and the gentleness in the eyebrows can be recognized by familiar people, who are the heroines who once shined in World War II.

    "..."

    Steve Rogers sat in a chair without speaking for a long time.

    It was not until a long time later that he watched the pictures on the table, slowly stretched out his palm, and rubbed it **** his cheek.

    The lover of the past years has long been senile, his body is still as strong as when he was young, his appearance has not changed because of years of freezing, and he still looks like a young man...

    The contrast between the two is so sharp.

    Coleson also had some regrets on his face, and he couldn''t help but comfort his idol: "Captain Rogers, it''s not your fault..."

    "I missed an appointment for a dance..."

    Steve Rogers'' voice was a little depressed.

    He and Peggy Carter once met to participate in a celebration dance after the war. Unfortunately, he and the Red Skull fighter were buried in the Arctic Ocean for nearly 70 years...

    "This is also a good thing..."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Colson next to him, then looked at Steve Roger, who was a little depressed, and comforted him.

    "Captain Rogers, Ms. Carter has had a good time all these years."

    "I vaguely remember who mentioned it to me. Not long after the end of the Second World War, Ms. Carter met her true love..."

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Start reading from Naruto: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 719 I can play for a whole day! I can call you for a whole day!) to read the record, and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf !

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ()

 Chapter 719ï¼š Who would you identify as the spy of the 9-headed snake?

    You can search for the latest chapters in Baidu for "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes Xinshu Haige Novel Network (!

    Two hours later.

    When Nick Fury hurried back to the base, he saw Captain America holding his head and looked a little depressed, which made the S.H.I.E.L.D. Director faintly puzzled.

    "what happened?"

    Nick Fury immediately looked at his proud subordinates.

    Coleson shook his head with a weird expression, spread out his palm helplessly, and said awkwardly: "Sir, why let Agent Uehara come here..."

    "..."

    Nick Fury glanced at Naraku Uehara, who was no one beside him, and his eyelids trembled slightly: "Is this guy saying something that shouldn''t be said?"

    "No."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head seriously and glanced at the quiet Steve Rogers: "I comforted Captain Rogers. Now he is no longer attached to Ms. Carter."

    "..."

    The corner of Nick Fury''s eyes jumped.

    Although Steve Rogers doesn''t seem to be obsessed with meeting Peggy Carter anymore, he doesn''t seem to be in good shape either!

    As the director of S.H.I.E.L.D., Nick Fury certainly has a way to cheer up. He knows the World War II veteran better than Coleson and Naraku Uehara are present.

    Only one task is needed...

    This will allow this soldier who had been obedient to act to reinvigorate his spirits.

    "Captain Rogers."

    Nick Fury squatted down, looked at the blond man with his head down in front of him, and said softly: "Perhaps this time should let you rest for a while, but you should know from Coleson that Hydra is resurrected?"

    "..."

    Steve Rogers slowly lowered his palm.

    The next moment, he gradually regained a firm momentum, and slowly stood up and clenched his fists: "I see... Is there anything I need to do?"

    In fact.

    Steve Rogers needs to do a lot.

    The entire S.H.I.E.L.D. Bureau currently has only Uehara Naraku, Clint Barton and Natasha Romanoff as the three major forces. The awakening of Steve Rogers has given S.H.I.E.L.D. an extra trump card.

    This World War II veteran was quite obedient.

    Nick Fury also happened to need Steve Rogers'' combat power. When his emotions needed to be vented, he directly airdropped Steve Rogers with a Quinn fighter, so that the American Captain regained his glory and broke through the three nines. The base of the head snake.

    The record is not unbelievable.

    Under this circumstance, Hydra''s hatred for the Captain America can be imagined, and their actions have become more and more crazy, and there are no shortage of spies hidden in S.H.I.E.L.D. to take action.

    For example, today''s battle to attack the bunker.

    Holding his shield, Steve Rogers rushed into the Hydra base in the lead, leading a group of field soldiers to directly break through the line of defense.

    Just as the American Captain was carefully searching for the enemy in the base, several field soldiers suddenly rushed up and pushed him down an iron dungeon!

    "Steve Rogers, this is a gift from Hydra!"

    "Long live the Hydra..."

    Several field soldiers bowed their heads and recited a slogan of their organization, silently took out a grenade, silently opened the insurance and threw it into the dungeon.

    "...A spy again!"

    Steve Rogers curled up in the corner, covering his body with his shield. The Captain America felt like he was about to collapse!

    Who can tell him how many hydras are lurking in S.H.I.E.L.D.?

    During this period of time, he has not only avoided the rain of bullets from the front, but also the assassination of spies from the rear. This fighting environment is even worse than when he fought the ** Hydra back then!

    On the battlefield of S.H.I.E.L.D. and Hydra, you can never tell who is his teammate and who is his enemy. Whenever Steve Rogers wants to give his back to his comrades, his comrades Will stabb him at the right time...

    Maybe someone else would be crazy, right?

    Steve Rogers quickly dialed the communicator on his wrist, avoiding the rain of bullets, and calling his reinforcements: "Uehara, I need support here..."

    "Hold on for twenty seconds."

    Uehara Naraku took a straw in his mouth leisurely, and spoke solemnly on his face: "I have twenty seconds to get to your place..."

    "understand!"

    Twenty seconds later.

    A black-haired man fell from the sky and quickly kicked out several field soldiers who had betrayed S.H.I.E.L.D. into the dungeon!

    Steve Rogers rolled over to them short, waving his shield and knocking these guys to the ground!

    A thick rope pulled Steve Rogers up.

    Steve Rogers took a deep breath, grabbed Naraku Uehara¡¯s palm with one hand, and said in a deep voice, "Mr. Uehara, I don¡¯t know if I can escape the assassination from behind next time. I don¡¯t even have anything behind my back. Can make my trusted comrade-in-arms..."

    "Forget it."

    Steve Rogers shook his head again and squeezed the palm of Uehara Naraku: "You saved me again. It looks like I still have a trusted comrade in arms, a new comrade in arms."

    "No, we should be sorry."

    A hint of apology flashed across Uehara Naraku''s face: "When we return to Washington, I will suggest to Director Fury to increase the scrutiny..."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at several corpses in the dungeon, and said solemnly: "However, the intensity of assassinations has been getting lower and lower recently. Perhaps this is the last time someone has assassinated Captain Rogers..."

    "..."

    Steve Rogers was silent for a while, then shook his head again: "Although this is very effective, it also means that we don''t trust our real companions..."

    Review this kind of thing...

    It can only be said that there are good and bad.

    In comparison, those trustworthy S.H.I.E.L.D. agents have been censored, and they will definitely not be too happy, especially the censorship of S.H.I.E.L.D. is very torturous...

    of course¡­

    In fact, there is the most dangerous situation.

    In the unlikely event that the members of the Hydra mingled with the censors, the S.H.I.E.L.D. agents became the censored persons. This is the most dangerous situation for S.H.I.E.L.D.

    exactly¡­

    Several of Nick Fury''s most trusted cronies have been sent out to perform more confidential tasks, and the power of censors can only be slowly delegated to some members who have passed the censorship.

    Washington, S.H.I.E.L.D. headquarters.

    An interrogation room located underground.

    A S.H.I.E.L.D. agent was pushed into the interrogation room.

    Several agents in black walked in and sat opposite him. They turned on a light and opened a book of notebooks.

    Originally, this S.H.I.E.L.D. agent thought it was just a routine. UU read because he himself was an S.H.I.E.L.D. agent and he was able to prove his innocence...

    however¡­

    The fact was beyond his expectation.

    Just as the S.H.I.E.L.D. agent passed a series of examinations, the members in charge of the examination suddenly took out a plastic bag that contained exquisite **** pattern paper.

    "Agent William, we found some burnt ashes in your room, and recovered the paper with the swastika. We suspect it is related to the Hydra..."

    "..."

    The face of this S.H.I.E.L.D. agent changed drastically!

    "This is being framed by someone!"

    "Wait a minute... we will not discuss the issue of planting."

    The agent in charge of the review took the piece of paper filled with German and continued calmly: "Please don''t be nervous, this German secret letter does not come from Hydra, and we do not suspect you..."

    "The content of the secret letter is to kill the traitor Red Skull..."

    "The signature is Adolf Hitler..."

    "This secret letter should have been brought out during the Arctic Ocean''s salvage of Captain Steve Rogers three weeks ago, and you happened to be one of the personnel in that operation..."

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Start reading from Naruto: https://

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click "Favorites" below to record this time (Who would you identify as the spy of Hydra in Chapter 720?) Read the record and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ()

 Chapter 720ï¼š To our Director Nick Fury! From now on he can only trust us...

    You can search for the latest chapters in Baidu for "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes Xinshu Haige Novel Network (!

    German secret letter...

    Kill the traitor Red Skull...

    The initiator of the order was Hitler...

    Key words gathered in the heart of this S.H.I.E.L.D. agent named William, and he vaguely felt a big net rushing over his face.

    "It''s not mine, I don''t know..."

    Agent William shook his head pale.

    Because Agent William really didn''t know anything about this.

    The agent in charge of the review thought for a while, and suddenly said: "We are not discussing who this thing belongs to, but why this German secret letter was destroyed in your residence..."

    "I do not know!"

    "I don''t know what''s going on!"

    Agent William fell into a frenzy in an instant. He knew that what he should do at this time is definitely not to confess his guilt, but to deny it all strongly!

    As an agent, William knows very well that only by denying these all the time can he hope to get rid of the hints of these people. He must not be confused!

    The agent in charge of the review shook his head with a look of disbelief in him, and just continued calmly: "Agent William, after the salvage operation is over, I heard that Agent Colson visited your home because of this German secret. Believe it?

    As we all know, you, like Agent Colson, are fans of Captain Steve Rogers. Is this the reason you destroyed this German secret letter? "

    "No...not..."

    Agent William shook his head quickly, his face was a little bewildered, but he kept repeating a sentence: "I don''t know... I don''t know... It has nothing to do with us..."

    "It doesn''t matter."

    The agent in charge of the review shook his head, held the secret letter in front of William, and sighed: "Anyway, this evidence is enough. It can completely allow you, Coulson, and the Steve you admire. Captain Rogers has no place to die..."

    "..."

    William''s body suddenly stiffened.

    The next moment, the man violently violently grabbed the bag containing the German secret letter and was about to **** the evidence straight away!

    However, other agents have long been wary of...

    The gunshot shook the entire basement instantly!

    The other side of S.H.I.E.L.D. headquarters.

    After returning to the headquarters of S.H.I.E.L.D., Coleson eagerly greeted everyone present. Even if he became a S.H.I.E.L.D. agent, Coleson''s temperament was as enthusiastic as ever, and his popularity was always good.

    "Hello, James..."

    "Hello, Chief Coleson..."

    "Good afternoon, Bella..."

    "Good afternoon, Coulson, have you heard? It''s William''s turn to review!"

    "..."

    Coleson''s expression stiffened for a second.

    Because Agent William is his subordinate, the relationship between them is pretty good, especially since they are both fans of Captain America

    Especially after they successfully salvaged Captain America, Coleson was also invited to be a guest at William''s house, and the two celebrated this great journey together...

    The incident of William being censored faintly made Coleson a little uncomfortable, because Coleson believed that William could never be the spy of Hydra...

    It¡¯s just that censorship of this kind of thing is inevitable for every SHIELD agent...

    Just as Coleson was about to ask about the results of the review, he saw an ugly-faced agent approaching, who happened to be his subordinate once.

    "George, what''s the matter? Are you feeling well?"

    "..."

    The S.H.I.E.L.D. agent slowly shook his head and slowly lowered his head and said: "Sir Coleson, go to the archives department to check it out, there seems to be something wrong there..."

    "That''s not Agent Hill..."

    "Agent Hill is not here, it seems to be related to our salvage operation..."

    "I know."

    Coleson nodded hurriedly, and immediately rushed to the direction of the archives department. If there was any problem in the Arctic Ocean salvage operation, he, the person in charge, could not shirk the blame.

    As a result, when Coleson rushed to the archives department, he realized that it was just a trivial matter. The internal staff responsible for sorting out the operation in the Arctic Ocean realized that the video of the work of Agent William was not clear enough when it was salvaged.

    These videos, including file reports, must all be uploaded to the S.H.I.E.L.D. database, and will be easily accessed by Nick Fury or other people who need it in the future.

    This kind of thing is not sloppy.

    Due to the reason that William was censored, Coleson, the person in charge of the operation with William, can only temporarily explain in detail about the Arctic Ocean salvage operation...

    The two chatted briefly.

    The internal staff of the archives department left the room for excuses, leaving only Coleson looking down at the video of their previous work, as if watching a documentary, watching the whole process of his idol being rescued.

    After a few minutes, the internal staff of the archives department returned here, and casually chatted with Coleson about the trivial matters in the salvage operation.

    "If Agent Colson wants it, I can make a copy and send it to you or give you the original version. It seems that it would be interesting to cut it into a documentary..."

    "May I?"

    "of course can."

    The internal staff of the archives department looked down for a moment, and handed a storage hard drive to Coleson: "It must be very interesting to make a documentary by yourself..."

    "Yup¡­"

    This incident did not attract Coleson''s attention.

    Until the afternoon, a female agent with a hot body returned to the archives department and began to review the work reports of the S.H.I.E.L.D. agents.

    Her name is Hill.

    Hill used to be an elite female agent of Nick Fury, who was promoted by Nick Fury some time ago and was promoted from a field agent to an officer in charge of internal services.

    As Hill looked down at the files on the screen, her brows suddenly frowned, because she saw that the data of the Arctic Ocean salvage operation was a little less, and the video of the salvage of Captain America Steve Rogers was completely deleted...

    "How is this going?"

    Hill frowned slightly, and suddenly he called the person next to him: "I want to find a way to restore the data. By the way, I will bring up the internal working video of the archives department..."

    "Yes¡­"

    "Hurry up!"

    The result is not so good.

    What makes people a little embarrassing is that the data seems to be completely deleted, there is no way to restore it, and even the original storage backup is gone.

    "That one¡­"

    One of the internal staff of the archives department spoke cautiously: "Agent Coulson seems to have been in the archives department this afternoon, and I have to leave the storage hard drive..."

    "Call out the work video!"

    Hill''s face instantly became very ugly!

    Fortunately¡­

    The working video of the archives department was quickly transferred out.

    There are no exceptions to everything else in the video, except that Coleson suddenly appeared today. After a few conversations with the staff of the archives department, he let people leave the room...

    then¡­

    Coleson sat alone in front of the computer in the archives department for a while...

    After a while, when the personnel from the archives department came back, Coleson chatted with the personnel from the archives department again, and took a storage hard drive from the archives department, making Hill''s brows frowned slightly.

    What does it mean?

    Is something wrong here?

    Why did Coleson take people away, and why did he take away the storage hard drives? Just this operation alone makes people feel suspicious...

    "I''ll go find Coleson..."

    Hill simply left her position and asked Coulson what happened, because she knew the temper of her old friend.

    After Hill left.

    The subordinates who had been sitting near her looked at each other one after another, everyone lowered their heads, and a strange smile appeared at the corner of their mouths. One of them quietly deleted all the videos of today.

    Unfortunately, Hill did not have time to find Coleson.

    Because Coleson got the news, his subordinate and friend William died in the underground interrogation room of S.H.I.E.L.D..

    The censors seemed to have a human touch. He hoped that Coleson would go to the interrogation room to help condense the corpse and send his friend for a ride.

    Coleson went to the interrogation room like a walking dead. He didn''t believe that his subordinates were members of Hydra...

    new York.

    Safe house.

    Nick Fury visited Bruce Banner once and invited the superhero who could transform into the Hulk to attack the base of Hydra.

    Bruce Banner agreed to help if necessary.

    If a human war weapon joins the battle, the ending of the war between S.H.I.E.L.D. and Hydra can be imagined. Those terrorists who have just emerged will surely suffer more severe blows than they did during World War II.

    therefore¡­

    Nick Fury is in a good mood.

    Although S.H.I.E.L.D. spies have been censored ups and downs, the battle between S.H.I.E.L.D. and Hydra went very smoothly.

    Steve Rogers changed the situation directly by himself!

    This makes Nick Fury''s mood very good, he is even planning to let Tony Stark and Dr. Bruce Banner join the war against Hydra!

    The Avengers team is really easy to use.

    Just as Nick Fury was thinking about who to contact Tony Stark, his mobile phone rang, and a cautious voice fell into his ears.

    "Sir, I am the Level 5 Special Agent Kurt in charge of the Archives Department. There was an incident today. I think I should report to you. Part of the video of the Arctic Ocean salvage operation has been deleted, and the original copy was taken away by Agent Colson... "

    "This matter belongs to your Chief Hill."

    Nick Fury''s brows suddenly frowned.

    The fifth-level agent seemed to hesitate and continued: "But Chief Hill deleted all the recordings of the work of the Archives department today, and asked us to keep the matter of Agent Colson taking the original secret. She said she would handle all this... "

    "..."

    Nick Fury suddenly fell into thought.

    As the true king of agents, Nick Fury is very careful.

    The real use of the Arctic Ocean salvage operation is to rescue Captain America Steve Rogers. Nick Fury did not have too much suspicion about this successful operation, because Coleson completed the plan of S.H.I.E.L.D. and brought Captain America back for them.

    Now it looks...

    There may be some doubts in the Arctic Ocean salvage operation.

    Nick Fury thought for a while, just when he was about to give an order, another call came in suddenly!

    Nick Fury could only give a hurried order: "Agent Kurt, I will return to Washington immediately and let Agent Hill wait for me in her post..."

    "Yes!"

    The fifth-level agent immediately agreed.

    However, after their phone was hung up, the agent named Kurt summoned a few colleagues to leave, and began to search for Hill''s traces at the headquarters of S.H.I.E.L.D..

    And on the other side.

    Nick Fury gave an order and connected to another incoming call. The roars and screams pierced his eardrums!

    "Sir, Hitler is loyal to Steve Rogers!"

    "Sir Coleson, put down your gun!"

    "Phil Coelson, how dare you!"

    "..."

    The voice on the phone was turbulent.

    Nick Fury''s expression instantly turned ugly, and he waved his hand to greet his subordinates, and said with a serious face: "Quick, return to Washington immediately!"

    Nick Fury loudly urged to call in a helicopter, while holding his phone tightly: "Now give Cole your phone..."

    "I will never let anyone slander Captain Rogers!"

    "Agent Coelson, be sober!"

    "The conspiracy of your hydra..."

    "Agent Colson, we are not the Hydra group!"

    While the other side of the phone was still arguing, a crisp gunshot shook Nick Fury a little headache, and his mobile phone call was interrupted instantly.

    No one now knows what happened on the other end of the phone.

    It is estimated that the phone that was dialing the phone was directly broken by this shot.

    Nick Fury quickly dialed Hill''s phone. This was the person he thought was most likely to stop Coleson, but he suddenly thought of what the last agent reported.

    Coleson took the video hard drive of the Arctic Ocean salvage operation...

    Hill deleted the work footage of Coleson taking the video hard drive...

    Although it was only a moment, Nick Fury had figured out everything. He quickly connected all the clues together and came up with a story close to the truth.

    There are doubts about salvage operations in the Arctic Ocean.

    There may be evidence against Steve Rogers. For example, the captain of the United States is loyal to Hitler, the head of the German Third Reich...

    To be honest, Nick Fury didn''t want to believe this kind of thing.

    However, the conflict at the headquarters of S.H.I.E.L.D. in Washington proves that this is not something he didn''t want to believe and ignored it. Perhaps there was indeed something wrong.

    The most important thing now is to return to Washington immediately!

    Nick Fury urged to speed up, while trying to dial the phones of Coulson and Hill, but the two people''s phones could not be connected.

    However, when Nick Fury dialed other people in SHIELD headquarters, he got a bad news... Hill and Coleson escaped from SHIELD headquarters with an important piece of evidence. , Disappeared without a trace.

    However, the agents of S.H.I.E.L.D. didn''t dare to attack them because they were concerned about their status as officers, and even shot them mainly for injuries.

    The only good news...

    Probably the left-behind agents of S.H.I.E.L.D. have collected all the information before and after the defection of Coleson and Hill and put them on the desk of the director''s office...

    Some of these data are missing.

    However, even if the information is missing, as long as Nick Fury completes the remaining information, the truth of the incident can be revealed directly!

    In a warehouse in Washington. UU Reading

    Hill and Coleson, who had just escaped from the S.H.I.E.L.D. headquarters from a group of agents, finally breathed a sigh of relief. They both wanted to contact Nick Fury the first time.

    In any case, the two of them are willing to trust their boss after all.

    However, two dark shadows quietly appeared behind them, and a hand knife stunned Agent Coulson and Hill directly!

    When Coleson and Hill woke up, the two of them were imprisoned in a dungeon and saw a familiar man sitting outside the cell.

    "Hello, Agent Colson, Agent Hill."

    The man leisurely held two glasses of juice to them, smiled and looked at his colleague, the smile on his face was very kind and friendly.

    "Welcome to the deluxe VIP double room I prepared for you..."

    "At this time, I think we should come and have a glass of juice to celebrate..."

    "Celebrating from this time today, Director Nick Fury can only trust our people in the future... To our Director Nick Fury, long live Hydra!"

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Start reading from Naruto: https://

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 721 To our Director Nick Fury! He can only trust us in the future!) Read the record and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ()

 Chapter 721ï¼š I think about Director Fury so much, he doesnâ€™t give more bonuses...

    You can search for the latest chapters in Baidu for "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes Xinshu Haige Novel Network (!

    Hydra!

    Uehara Naraku shouted the slogan of Hydra!

    Now that everything is under the control of Uehara Naraku, Coulson and Hill certainly don¡¯t think that Uehara Naraku will deceive the two of them...

    If it''s other times, Coleson must think that Uehara is joking, but now this guy''s expression looks like a murderer who controls everything secretly!

    This feeling of darkness coming...

    More than facing Director Nick Fury!

    "Uehara Naraku, is this your true face..."

    Hill slowly walked to the side of the prison and looked at the smiling face of Uehara Naruto. She couldn''t help but chill in her heart: "It''s a pretty good disguise. It makes people unable to see that you have any potential to become a spy, so that no one can I never guessed that you would be the spy of Hydra..."

    To be honest¡­

    In the eyes of the SHIELD staff, Uehara Naraku doesn''t have the slightest ability to spy. He will be expelled from the Stark Industries Group because he is going to work and playing games!

    This thing...

    It''s kind of outrageous.

    How could anyone spy like this?

    If someone says that Naraku Uehara may be a spy for Hydra, the agents of S.H.I.E.L.D. will think that this person¡¯s brain is problematic. Agent Naraku Uehara can¡¯t perform a few simple hidden tasks, so he can still be a hammer. Spy!

    The entire S.H.I.E.L.D. Bureau.

    Among the three ace-powered agents, Uehara Naraku may be the least qualified one, or it may be the least qualified agent of S.H.I.E.L.D..

    If it were not for Uehara Naraku''s strong fighting ability, Nick Fury would not be willing to waste it, this guy would have been expelled by S.H.I.E.L.D. bureau long ago!

    Look at how this guy behaves in SHIELD!

    Is there anything like a spy should be like!

    Does Uehara Naraku really know how to be a spy? In addition to the mixed martial arts course, he often missed the subject even in the examination of agent skills training!

    and¡­

    How can a spy be so lazy!

    How can a spy often show kindness!

    According to the analysis of the work situation of the guy Naraku Uehara active in S.H.I.E.L.D. as a spy, this fucking... not qualified at all!

    As a spy of Hydra...

    Shouldn''t you try to work hard to gain the trust of SHIELD?

    It is precisely because Uehara Naraku has always been lazy, and even has a bit of awkwardness and kindness, and has always only obeyed Nick Fury¡¯s orders, so that Coleson helped Uehara Naraku vouch for when Nick Fury initiated the review. ¡­

    To be honest¡­

    Even if Natasha Romanoff or Clint Barton declares that they are agents of Hydra, they are more credible than Naraku Uehara declared that they are Hydra...

    A real spy should be like Agent Natasha Romanoff, who is proficient in all the secret agents'' skills, and his personality can be ever-changing, so he can be exquisite... It''s really not good to be like Agent Clint Barton. It''s okay to be cold every day !

    Perhaps it is precisely because of Uehara Naraku''s maverick and often unqualified work attendance that people will not doubt his identity...

    Who would doubt a kind-hearted person who can do nothing but fights badly?

    But precisely because of...

    Uehara Naraku deceived too many people.

    This guy''s acting skills are so good, he plays the role of a person who is at the lower limit of the professional qualification of an agent at all times, so that no one has discovered his true face.

    "S.H.I.E.L.D. is really depraved..."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the ugly-faced Agent Hill, and continued with a smile: "I haven''t thought about it myself, people like me can still be lurking in S.H.I.E.L.D. forever..."

    To be honest¡­

    Nick Fury is not as good as Tony Stark!

    At least Tony Stark doesn¡¯t think too much at all. He just acts by his nature, and the person who sees the fish is fired immediately, and he doesn¡¯t ask what special abilities this guy has during the interview. It also prevents Naraku Uehara from sneaking in as a spy. His company.

    Uehara Naraku''s smile grew deeper and deeper.

    In comparison, the suspicious director of S.H.I.E.L.E.L.D. by Nick Fury is too fond of cranky thinking, as everyone knows that once he starts to think, he will report unrealistic fantasies to a simple person like him...

    suspicious¡­

    But a big bogey!

    "Wait... Uehara Naraku!"

    Coleson''s face couldn''t help but change, his hands suddenly grasped the steel pillar of the cage: "You are the spy of Hydra, that German secret letter is fake...Everything today is your conspiracy. You want to frame us and Captain Rogers!"

    "Yup¡­"

    Uehara Naraku did not deny it, but just smiled lightly.

    He slowly released his palm, two glasses of juice floated out of his palm, floating in front of Coulson and Hill...

    This magical ability to float objects in the air undoubtedly made Coulson and Hill show a little bit of horror...

    This guy¡­

    Not only is it powerful in fighting, it also has super powers!

    Are the people of Hydra mentally ill? How could they put this kind of person into S.H.I.E.L.D. to act as a spy... And they also seem to have some problems inside S.H.I.E.L.D., so why let this kind of guy lurking and succeeding?

    This shows that there are more Hydra spies in SHIELD!

    "Uehara Naraku!"

    Coulson gritted his teeth and didn''t even look at the glass of juice that was hanging in the air. He continued to ask: "How many people are your Hydra lurking in S.H.I.E.L.D.? Can we always say it at this time and let us give up?"

    "Shh, do you still want to spy on intelligence at this time?"

    Uehara Nairo stretched out a finger to her lips, smiled and shook her head and said, "Agent Coelson, as long as you enter the Delta Wing headquarters, everyone is from S.H.I.E.L.D., where is there any Hydra? You like to delve into others too much..."

    "..."

    Coulson''s expression was a little distorted.

    Hill''s face was a bit more normal.

    Uehara Naraku didn''t reveal any news until this time, and the sense of secrecy was really a bit of a spy!

    When Coleson and Hill looked ugly, Uehara Naraku suddenly smiled and said, "As long as you drink the two glasses of juice in front of you, I will tell you the truth about all this, Coleson, Agent Hill, what do you think? ?"

    "..."

    Coleson and Hilton were silent.

    There is no need for the two of them to think too much, knowing that the two glasses of juice suspended in front of them are definitely not that simple. Does Uehara Naraku want to poison them?

    Uehara Naraku''s smile still changed slightly, and even his smile revealed a little bit of joy: "Why, are you not satisfied? Maybe you two don''t know, let the guests drink a glass of freshly squeezed orange juice, but my hospitality is the highest Etiquette..."

    "..."

    Coleson couldn''t help gritting his teeth again. He could feel the joking in Uehara''s mouth, and said dissatisfied: "Juice is a drink only for children. Even if you want to kill us, you should at least have two glasses of whiskey. ?"

    Uehara Naraku...

    I definitely want to humiliate them in this way before they die!

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku''s smiling face instantly drooped.

    Both Coleson and Hill can clearly see that the mood of Uehara Naraku''s body is instantly lowered, and even makes people feel a terrifying pressure...

    "That''s really embarrassing."

    Uehara Naraku slowly opened her lips, and said indifferently: "The elders in my family are not allowed to drink alcohol, they can only ask you to drink juice."

    After speaking, Naraku Uehara''s patience seemed to be exhausted, and he continued impatiently, "So, do you two drink or not?"

    "..."

    Coulson picked up the juice glass in silence.

    Hill thought for a while, and following Coleson''s movements, she seemed to recognize that today''s glass of juice is inevitable.

    Gurgling...

    Grumbling grumbling...

    I have to admit that the taste of fruit juice is quite good, at least it makes people feel more relaxed than simply taking poison to commit suicide.

    Just as Coleson and Hill had solemn eyes, they wanted to think about the poison that the glass of juice had caused according to the symptoms they might have. These are required courses for their agent training, and some of the poisons are incurable...

    Somewhat poisonous...

    In fact, it can induce vomiting.

    It''s a pity that only the sweet and sour taste of the juice reverberates, making the two of Hill more and more vigilant. The colorless and odorless poison is not easy to distinguish...

    "We''re finished."

    Hill loosened the empty cup in his hand, didn''t care about his life or death, and calmly said, "Can you tell us the truth about this now?"

    "of course."

    Uehara Naruko sat down and smiled and said, "First of all, let me introduce myself! The highest commander of the Hydra Division of S.H.I.E.L.D...."

    "..."

    Coleson''s expression stagnated.

    Uehara Naraku''s identity is really not low!

    "Of course, it''s only incumbent."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Coleson with a wonderful face contentedly, and continued with a smile: "Since I forced Secretary Pierce to lead Hitwell and Rumlow to defect, I finally became the commander of the Hydra S.H.I.E.L.D. branch. official¡­"

    "What the **** is the SHIELD branch?"

    Coleson feels like he''s bad!

    The Hydra Division of Shentei S.H.I.E.L.D., how arrogant this group of HYDRA spies are, they call SHIELD that way!

    "Force?"

    Hill''s expression was vaguely puzzled.

    The female agent was very keen, and immediately figured out the joints based on some mission reports: "Alexander Pierce, Hitwell, and Rumrow¡¯s defections... are all you secretly revealing the identity of their Hydra? Or forcing them to surrender? Hydra?"

    "Of course they are Hydra..."

    Uehara Naruko stood up and slowly paced outside the prison, while sighing softly, "Once they were my superiors and seniors. In order to get the position of this commander, I forced them all away. It makes me sad..."

    "..."

    Hill was a little speechless.

    To be honest, she didn''t feel sad at all!

    And Hill also felt that the fellow Uehara Naraku was a bit happy!

    "You don''t know..."

    "Actually, I am under a lot of pressure..."

    "Since I became the supreme commander of the Hydra Division of S.H.I.E.L.D., I have had to think about a question, how to ignite the three fires of new officials..."

    "I''m always at a loss..."

    "I don''t know how to lead the SHIELD branch..."

    "..."

    Hill was speechless again.

    Coleson also thought it was weird.

    Is a spy like Uehara Naraku really serious? As a spy commander lurking inside the enemy, does he still want to make some political achievements after taking office?

    To be honest, Coleson feels faintly that under the leadership of such cannibalism and mentally retarded commanders, the Hydra spies in S.H.I.

    Unfortunately¡­

    Hydra spies are not over yet...

    The two senior agents of S.H.I.E.L.D. were going to die first.

    Uehara Naraku didn''t care about the weird expressions of Coleson and Hill, but continued to tell his own story, telling his own thoughts.

    "It happens to be at this time."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Coleson, and the corners of his mouth were filled with a smile again: "Coleson has dug up our Hydra''s greatest enemy, Captain Steve Rogers. There is probably no action more recognized than the plot against Captain America. ?"

    "So you forged a German secret letter?"

    "Yes it is."

    Nairo Uehara nodded and sighed: "Originally, I just wanted Director Nick Fury to suspect that Steve Rogers was not Captain America at all, but the spy that Erskine secretly introduced to Hitler..."

    "No one will believe you!"

    Coleson shook his head quickly, with a confident smile on his face: "Captain America is the spiritual symbol of the entire United States, and no one will believe..."

    "No one would believe it."

    Uehara Naraku interrupted Coleson and continued with a smile: "I was just acting like this. I never thought that this plan would be successful..."

    "until¡­"

    "I saw you holding a Captain America poster so reluctantly..."

    "At that time, I started thinking about why not use Agent Colson? Even the worst result can drive away the cronies around Director Fury..."

    "I deliberately forged a secret German letter contacting Hitler..."

    "However, it is far from enough to just forge the German secret letter to convince the secret agent King Fury, it is too easy to arouse his suspicion..."

    Uehara Naraku took out the German secret letter and slowly burned the secret letter in his hand: "The real purpose of this German secret letter has never been sent to Director Frey..."

    "The real use is to make Agent Colson destroy all evidence against Captain Rogers at the expense of defecting..."

    "So..."

    "When Agent Coulson defected and disappeared and wanted to destroy all evidence against Captain Rogers, do you think Chief Nick Fury would doubt it?"

    "will not."

    Coleson shook his head and said in a deep voice: "The sir will not doubt me, everything you do is in vain... He will soon know that someone is secretly controlling all this!"

    "Yeah, originally he would know soon..."

    Uehara Naraku''s gaze moved slightly, and she looked at the female agent next to Coleson: "If the other person he believes the most...Agent Hill is also helping you destroy the evidence?"

    "right now¡­"

    "On the desk in the office of the Director of S.H.I.E.L.D. only a pile of fragmentary evidence..."

    "Even the king of agents can only analyze the evidence to come up with two answers. UU reading ''s first answer is that Agent Coulson and Agent Hill are our Hydra people..."

    "The second answer is that Agent Coleson destroyed the evidence against Captain Rogers. Agent Hill destroyed the evidence when Agent Coleson destroyed the evidence. After they forcibly destroyed most of the evidence, they were forced to defect in full view..."

    "My character is a little simple."

    "Even if it is the enemy of our Hydra, I don''t want to give the enemy those quizzes that are not clear at all. I prefer to give the enemy more multiple-choice questions..."

    "It''s just that Director Fury is a little different."

    "In addition to letting Chief Fury have the power to choose a direction, he also has to let him enjoy the fun of detectives solving mysteries and let him piece together the truth to prove that he chose the right answer."

    "Mr. Coelson, Agent Hill, you can tell me, if I think about the leadership of my subordinates, will Director Fury give me more bonuses this year?"

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Start reading from Naruto: https://

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click on "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 722 I think about Director Fury this way, he will not give me more bonus?) to read the record, you can see it next time you open the bookshelf !

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ()

 Chapter 722ï¼š You didnt do the spy! You foul!

    You can search for the latest chapters in Baidu for "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes Xinshu Haige Novel Network (!

    Colson finally realized their mistake.

    Uehara Naraku''s mind and IQ exceed anyone he has ever met!

    The mere understanding and grasp of human nature made Coulson and Hill, the two agents who were accustomed to seeing those fierce characters, couldn''t help but feel terrified!

    Who would have thought that the real purpose of everything that happened today in S.H.I.E.L.D. is only for Nick Fury to see the trivial information...

    And when Nick Fury saw the trivial information, he fell into a trap. From those trivial information, he would get the two answers Uehara wanted to pass to him. Remove the one obviously wrong answer. Choose another...

    another¡­

    In fact, it is also wrong.

    In this case, how can they reverse the result?

    Compared to Coleson, a slightly enthusiastic and kind-hearted guy, Agent Hill was more calm, and she stretched out her palms on Coleson''s shoulders.

    "Coleson, calm down."

    Hill held Coleson¡¯s shoulder with her palm, her gaze fell on Uehara Naraku¡¯s body, and continued softly: ¡°Agent Naraku Uehara, I¡¯m very curious about how many Hydra spies there are in the headquarters this time. So many follow your orders and act together..."

    "Actually not much, right?"

    Uehara Naruko rubbed his temples, hesitated for a while, and then said: "You have always been alert to the lurking Hydra in S.H.I.E.L.D., this kind of thing is unnecessary.

    There are actually not many Hydra spies in the entire S.H.I.E.L.D., including field soldiers and security guards at the door. The real numbers are really pitiful..."

    "..."

    Coleson''s face looked a lot better.

    He was relieved in his heart. Perhaps Uehara Naraku used most of the Hydra spies in order to frame them?

    In this case¡­

    As long as Nick Fury is not limited by the trivial information, and is not induced by the false identity of Captain America and the defection of their two agents, maybe he will discover the truth soon?

    Those Hydra spies will certainly not escape...

    It''s just that Agent Hill''s brows are still frowning. She is thinking about how much this so-called seldom is. She doesn''t quite believe that Uehara Naraku said that Hydra has almost lurked into all departments. How could there be fewer spies?

    as predicted.

    "Let me do the math...it seems..."

    While talking, Uehara Naraku raised his head to look at the faces of Agent Hill and Coleson, and a regretful smile appeared at the corners of his mouth: "Our manpower in S.H.I.E.L.D. has not exceeded 90%... "

    "..."

    Coleson''s expression instantly collapsed.

    Oh shit¡­

    This breath was too early.

    There are not many people in Shente?

    Isn''t this **** Uehara Naraku lied to them? There are so many people in S.H.I.E.L.D.? This is also called the SHIELD of the hammer!

    Agent Hill, a calm woman, was also a little unsure.

    Just now Agent Hill was still faintly speculating that Hydra¡¯s spies might be about 5 to 10% in S.H.I.E.L.D., and this ratio is already quite high...

    result¡­

    There are only 10% of their own people in S.H.I.E.L.D.?

    This is really a number that makes anyone desperate to hear it!

    If you want to completely clean up the Hydra, it means that the entire S.H.I.E.L.D. Bureau has to be overthrown and rebuilt, or that only by eliminating S.H.I.

    This kind of thing...

    Can it really be done?

    Uehara Naraku looked at the two people with ugly faces, and chuckled lightly and persuaded: "Therefore, there is no need to be wary of Hydra spies..."

    Yes, it is not necessary at all.

    Unless it is broken and rebuilt, SHIELD will never be cleaned up.

    "Most of the entire S.H.I.E.L.D. Bureau can only run smoothly and grow bigger with our help..."

    This is also the truth.

    If there were no Hydra spies, S.H.I.E.L.D. would be completely paralyzed.

    Comparing these, the most troublesome thing is the last thing, and that is the current internal review of S.H.I.E.L.D., what will happen to the review controlled by Hydra? !

    "The current internal review looks very effective, but we have already secretly placed the target of review on the agents who are loyal to S.H.I.E.L.D...."

    "..."

    Coleson''s eyes were a little lost.

    Coulson was probably desperate.

    Even if he is a senior agent brought up by Nick Fury, he can''t imagine how Nick Fury can come back in this situation...

    "Coleson, trust our sir."

    Hill squeezed Coleson''s shoulder, shook his head slightly at him, and continued: "If it were us, maybe it did not have the courage to break S.H.I.E.L.D.... but our sir, once he noticed this, He will be determined to rebuild SHIELD!"

    Hill''s way of thinking is very correct.

    Hill''s courage is actually not as small as she herself said.

    Since being transferred to the post of internal commander, Hill has gradually learned his way of thinking from Nick Fury, and she has always had her own mind...

    In fact, as Hill guessed.

    Once Nick Fury noticed that S.H.I.E.L.D. had long been completely occupied by the Hydra spies, he did not lack the courage to let S.H.I.E.L.D. and Hydra spies die together!

    "Agent Naraku Uehara."

    Hill looked at Naraku Uehara, and said solemnly: "In fact, there is one last real answer. Director Fury can also choose to suspect that there is something wrong with the entire S.H.I.E.L.D. Bureau!

    Agent Naraku Uehara, you haven''t considered Director Fury and no one will believe it, right? He is the real king of agents! No matter how secretive you are..."

    "I thought about it, but he always has to make a choice."

    Uehara Naraku scratched her hair, smiled and continued: "If Chief Fury suspects that there is a problem with the entire S.H.I.E.L.D.E.L.D., then I will stand by his side and suspect that there is a problem with S.H.I.E.L.D. Would you still believe me?"

    "..."

    Hill is also a little confused.

    This man...how can he play like this!

    Is this guy Uehara Naraku really a serious spy?

    How can a real spy do this? !

    Shouldn''t you, the commander of Hydra, persuade Nick Fury to trust the subordinates of S.H.I.E.L.D., so that Hydra can continue to lurking?

    This is the **** thing a spy commander should do!

    How could this guy stand by Nick Fury as the commander of the spies when he suspects that S.H.I.E.L.D. is flooded by spies?

    What are you trying to make?

    This is really not leaving any flaws!

    If we really follow this situation, even if Nick Fury really suspects that there is a problem with the headquarters of S.H.I.E.L.D., it is impossible to suspect that Uehara has a problem...

    Washington.

    S.H.I.E.L.D. headquarters.

    Nick Fury hadn''t expected that much.

    The director of S.H.I.E.L.D. had just returned, and he directly invited a few agents who had witnessed Hill and Coleson defecting to interrogate him, and he also got some trivial news.

    Now Nick Fury got the answer to his first guess from the mess of trivial information and materials:

    Coulson and Hill are Hydra people. UU reading www.uukanshu. com

    This is pure nonsense. Nick Fury doesn''t think that Coleson will be a spy for Hydra at all, because he knows that Coleson he brought out has no brains at all...

    As for the second answer.

    Nick Fury glanced at the reports sent by several agents in charge of the review, a black face faintly gloomy, and his mood was a little unwell.

    Because Coleson and Hill took the secret German letter when they defected to the headquarters of S.H.I.E.L.D., there is no real evidence that Steve Rogers was Hitler¡¯s humanoid weapon against the Hydra who betrayed the Third Reich...

    however¡­

    The King of Agents does not need to pay attention to evidence when handling the case.

    Nick Fury put down a lot of information in his hands and looked at the photos of Coleson and Hill. The whole person was lost in thought. The defection of these two men hit him hard and directly caused Nick Fury to have almost no one on hand. Available.

    This statement is a bit biased.

    At least Nick Fury still has three aces on hand.

    "Hey, Agent Naraku Uehara, immediately report back to Delta Wing headquarters in Washington. I have a very important task to give you..."

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Start reading from Naruto: https://

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 723 Spy is not what you did! You broke the rules!) Read the record and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ()

 Chapter 723ï¼š Uehara Naraku, you are also an Avenger!

    You can search for the latest chapters in Baidu for "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes Xinshu Haige Novel Network (!

    Washington.

    There is a little coolness gradually in autumn.

    Nick Fury stood in front of the floor-to-ceiling windows in the office of the Director of S.H.I.E.L.D., looking down at a dilapidated pickup truck as it drove gallopingly, and stopped at the door of S.H.I.E.L.D. with a bang.

    Nick Fury''s mouth still couldn''t help but twitched.

    The entire S.H.I.E.L.D. agent knows that the car of their ace agent Nairo Uehara is such a dilapidated pickup truck, which makes people always feel that this car may break down at any time...

    Nick Fury didn''t wait for Uehara Naraku to take the elevator up, and his mind started to rethink, is he really going to give the most important task to Uehara Naraku, who looked unreliable?

    Except for Uehara Naraku, there doesn''t seem to be any particularly suitable person.

    Natasha Romanoff is still tracking down a smuggling arms dealer, and Clint Barton is still in charge of building an underground base to protect the universe''s Rubik''s Cube.

    Besides...

    This time the mission is also related to Captain America Steve Rogers, and it can only bring Uehara Naraku, who has been partnering with Steve Rogers for this period of time.

    The first sentence Uehara Naruto entered the office revealed a strong unreliability: "Sir, during this period, Captain Rogers and I have successfully eliminated the Hydra base. It is really not necessary for me to report to the headquarters. Do you pay bonuses in advance?"

    "There will be a bonus."

    Nick Fury''s one-eyed trembled, and he stretched out his hand to let Uehara Naruto sit at his desk, and then solemnly said: "Let¡¯s talk about business first! Twenty-seven hours ago, Agents Colson and Hill brought an important letter. The file defected..."

    "Are you kidding?"

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes widened involuntarily, and he shook his head quickly and said: "This kind of thing is impossible! I don''t believe that Coleson and Hill will defect, even if the Romanoff agent and Clint defected, Cole It''s impossible for Agent Forest..."

    "This is a fact."

    Nick Fury knocked on the table and looked at Uehara Naraku with a serious face and continued: "Yesterday I issued a confidentiality order...Although I suspect that there may be other reasons for their defect, they must be recovered as soon as possible."

    "Understand, I also think there are other reasons here."

    Uehara Naraku nodded seriously, and said softly: "The two of them are not my opponents, I will chase them back as soon as possible..."

    it has started!

    It''s going to start again!

    As long as you follow Nick Fury¡¯s thoughts, you don¡¯t have to worry that Nick Fury will doubt him. As for the mission of recovering Coulson and Hill...

    It just so happens that he can take a period of vacation.

    "that''s good."

    Nick Fury didn''t know that Nairo Uehara took the opportunity to fish.

    The director of S.H.I.E.L.D. nodded contentedly.

    Although Uehara Naraku likes to use force to solve problems in S.H.I.E.L.D., his fighting ability is quite reassuring...

    "Wait until Agent Coulson and Hill are recovered..."

    When Nick Fury said this, he also lowered his voice: "You don''t need to bring them back immediately, report to me immediately to find out the truth about their defect..."

    There are also Hydra spies in S.H.I.E.L.D..

    Before everything has been found out, Coleson and Hill can only be surprised when they return to S.H.I.E.L.D., and Nick Fury doesn¡¯t want this incident to disturb Steve Rogers...

    After all, that''s Captain America!

    The faith that was once an American era!

    And he is also an important member of the Avengers team... even now he is helping S.H.I.E.L.D. to clear the base of Hydra.

    "give it to me!"

    Uehara Naraku nodded quickly.

    Regardless of what truth Nick Fury wants, Naraku Uehara can help him find out...No, in other words, Naraku Uehara has already begun to plan what truth to give Nick Fury.

    This matter needs to be carefully considered...

    From what it looks like now, it seems that Nick Fury still has some trust in Coleson and Agent Hill, so you have to find a way to get rid of this little by little...

    have to say.

    Nick Fury really found the right person.

    If Nick Fury finds other agents to perform this task, it is estimated that the whereabouts of Coleson and Hill will not be found for a year or a half...

    "And one more thing¡­"

    Nick Fury''s body slowly came out, staring at Naraku Uehara in front of him, and continued to ask: "You and Captain Rogers have been on the front line all this time. Agent Naraku Uehara, what do you think of Captain Rogers?"

    This is the most intuitive way to understand!

    During this time, only Uehara Naraku and Steve Rogers had the most contact, and only Uehara Naraku was most familiar with the Captain America.

    Nick Fury was also faintly suspicious.

    Was Coulson taking away the important German secret letter because he was worried about Steve Rogers being framed, or was he simply trying to help hide Steve Rogers'' true face?

    "The captain has a lot of combat experience."

    Uehara Naraku''s answer was quite clever. He thought for a while and continued: "Speaking of which, I also have one thing..."

    Uehara Naraku frowned slowly, and said softly, "Since the team leader and I wiped out the Hydra base together, we have often brought victory..."

    "But recently, it feels that the Hydra spies lurking in SHIELD are becoming more and more unsettled. Last month, the captain was assassinated seven times..."

    "Not long ago, we also discussed intensifying censorship and detecting hidden spies as soon as possible. If this continues, the frontline wars..."

    "Don''t worry about this."

    Nick Fury shook his head slowly and continued softly, "I will visit Dr. Bruce Banner again next week and invite him to help encircle and suppress the base of Hydra..."

    Nick Fury doesn¡¯t want to mention censorship. He has been thinking about it, and he will slowly continue to expand the scope of censorship within S.H.I.E.L.D.

    To be honest¡­

    S.H.I.E.L.D. has become a troublesome burden.

    The current S.H.I.E.L.D.E.L.D. is really messy, especially after Coleson and Agent Hill defected, it is simply adding fuel to the situation...

    Now Nick Fury pays more and more attention to the Avengers team he has established. He has planned to use the Avengers team as the combat team and S.H.I.E.L.D. as the intelligence agency to assist the Avengers team, so as to maximize their respective capabilities. effect.

    Now it happens to be the best opportunity to encircle and suppress Hydra...

    Nick Fury originally wanted to let the Avengers team take this opportunity to run into cooperation with S.H.I.E.L.D. agents. S.H.I.E.L.D. provides intelligence, and the Avengers team''s superheroes will cut off the threatening terrorists.

    "correct."

    Nick Fury glanced at Naraku Uehara in front of him, and continued: "The pursuit of Coleson and Agent Hill will be completed as soon as possible...Before you leave, you fill in the information for joining the Avengers team."

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Start reading from Naruto: https://

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 724 Uehara Naraku, you are also an Avenger!) Read the record, and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ()

 Chapter 724ï¼š Cthulhu Loki

    You can search for the latest chapters in Baidu for "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes Xinshu Haige Novel Network (!

    This world is so absurd.

    Nick Fury asked Uehara Naraku to join the Avengers team with a very obvious intention, that is, he wants to mix some S.H.I.E.L.D. sand in the Avengers team.

    Uehara Naraku is also unambiguous.

    Since Nick Fury lets himself be a piece of sand, he certainly can''t disappoint his boss''s kindness, and he has to redouble his efforts to make the Avengers team directly into a paste.

    "Now go and trace the whereabouts of Coleson and Agent Hill!"

    Nick Fury put away Uehara''s qualification form for joining the Avengers team, added his subordinates'' names to the list of Avengers, and waved him to leave.

    "Yes, Sir."

    Uehara Naraku nodded seriously.

    Only when Uehara left the headquarters of SHIELD, there was still a trace of sorrow in his heart.

    Starting today, he will be on vacation. Nick Fury sent him such a task to track down Coleson. Didn''t it really give him a long vacation?

    This kind of task...

    Isn''t it just let him, the murderer, take the hostage?

    For Naraku Uehara, a long vacation is really about to begin.

    "first¡­"

    Uehara Naruko opened the world map on the phone, with a little more entanglement on his face: "...Where should I go to play?"

    In accordance with the task given to him by Nick Fury, Uehara Naraku formulated a reasonable travel route. The first stop was to go to the Arctic Ocean, and the second stop was to go directly to Germany...

    Because the Arctic Ocean was where Steve Rogers was salvaged, Germany was once the place where Hydra was entrenched, and it was also the place where Steve Rogers fought...

    The world has undergone a subtle change.

    If it weren¡¯t for the news from Nairo Uehara about Coleson and Agent Hill from time to time, Nick Fury wouldn¡¯t know if that guy traveled around the world or went after Coleson...

    In half a year.

    Steve Rogers attacked the Hydra base with his shield.

    Uehara Naruto hunts down Colson and Hill.

    Bruce Banner entered the battlefield and broke through several Hydra bases with the power of the Hulk, and once caused a severe blow to the Hydra''s power.

    Uehara Naraku is still hunting for Colson and Hill.

    Tony Stark occasionally enters the battlefield, using advanced steel suits to eliminate many terrorists attached to the Hydra.

    Uehara Naraku is still hunting Colson and Hill.

    If it wasn''t for Nick Fury to receive news from Uehara Naraku from time to time, he would doubt whether Uehara Naraku was taking the opportunity to take a vacation...

    Of course, Nick Fury is also wondering if the two defecting agents, Coulson and Hill, are in love, or maybe they are both married in private?

    Otherwise, why do you always show up in those scenic spots? It''s really not a honeymoon trip?

    But Naraku Uehara was not without gain.

    The most recent one ever!

    Uehara Naraku even reported that he had captured Coleson!

    It¡¯s just not long after Uehara Naraku reported to Nick Fury that Agent Hill rescued Coleson, which really fell short...

    In the face of two senior agents, Uehara Naraku, who is only good at fighting, is really not their opponent...

    However, Nick Fury didn''t have time to pay attention to Uehara Naraku.

    Because Nick Fury still has more important things to do, he resumed the research of S.H.I.E.L.D.''s Cube of the Universe, trying to use the Cube of the Universe to create weapons that can protect the earth.

    Since the New Mexico incident passed, Nick Fury has learned about the information from Asgard, the kingdom of the legendary gods, and the origin of those Norse myths...

    Thor.

    This true **** has come.

    This also means that the earth can no longer remain indifferent to the possible alien invasion, and Nick Fury is determined to start the universe Rubik''s Cube project.

    Out of the principle of confidentiality, Nick Fury did not disclose the Cube of the Universe. Only Clint Barton and the agents at the military base where the Cube was located knew about it.

    According to the fact that 90% of S.H.I.E.L.D. agents are HYDRA spies, Uehara Naraku naturally also knows this, and he has been waiting for this opportunity...

    This opportunity is not far away.

    Because of the possible urgency of the alien invaders, Nick Fury urged his Ph.D. in physics to study the energy that spurred the universe''s Rubik''s Cube, which triggered a burst of space energy...

    This behavior naturally attracted the attention of some people in the universe. For example, the evil **** Loki, who had been to the earth, was a mage raised by a witch. Loki was naturally sensitive to energy and would easily let him Attract and capture the explosion of space energy.

    Rocky has been to Earth.

    Six months ago, Loki descended from Asgard and flaunted his brother Thor in New Mexico. As a result, all of this was controlled by Odin...

    Because in the process of fighting for the throne with his brother Thor, Loki became a stepping stone used by their father Odin to temper Thor...

    Rocky¡¯s hard work for so long was treated as a kid¡¯s trick, and he fell into the Rainbow Bridge in anger, and disappeared from then on...

    of course¡­

    He will definitely return!

    As a prince...

    Even the adopted prince!

    Loki''s heart is also full of dedication to the throne!

    Outside the universe.

    Among the desolate broken stars.

    A young man stretched out his fingers, a little spatial ripple appeared, and the corners of his mouth slightly evoked, with a faintly uncontrollable joy in capturing these explosions of spatial energy.

    It is the evil **** Loki.

    Recently, in order to be able to regain his throne, Loki came into contact with the fighting races of the Zitarians in the universe. These Zitarians are actually not very powerful, but behind them stands a universe overlord. ... Thanos!

    Anyway...

    This group of Zitarians can barely use them as tools.

    It''s just that this group of Zitarians also use Loki as a tool.

    "My lord has always wanted the Cube..."

    The leader of the Qitarians floated by Loki''s side, and said grimly: "Now your chance is here. You said before that the universe cube is on a small planet. This news is confirmed by the lord of the universe. Woke up..."

    The recent space energy has exploded frequently.

    Thanos standing behind the Qitarians finally confirmed that what Loki said was true. The Cube of the Universe he wanted most had begun to wake up, and he wanted to get this space artifact!

    "and so¡­"

    With a smile on Loki''s mouth, he slowly continued: "Have you finally agreed to cooperate with me? I want to be the king of the earth..."

    Since he still can¡¯t sit on the throne of Asgard, UU reading will first become the king of Midgard (earth), which seems to make Loki¡¯s heart a little more comfortable, Asgard Both Midgard and Midgard are the nine countries of the World Tree...

    "That planet belongs to you."

    The leader of the Zetarians looked at Loki, and a hoarse voice came from his gloomy, hollow face: "If you can bring the Cube of the Universe back..."

    "rest assured."

    Loki nodded confidently, and slowly squeezed one of his fingers like a real king, and the smile on his face became deeper and deeper.

    "The power of God is irresistible to those powerless mortals."

    "The wisdom of God is beyond the imagination of those ignorant mortals."

    "..."

    The leader of the Zitarians didn''t bother to bother about it.

    But you can do it!

    It''s almost...

    "Well, this is bestowed to you."

    The leader of the Zetaru took a weird scepter and gave it to Loki, and continued in a gloomy voice: "It''s best that everything is as you said... If you fail, there will be no place for you in the entire universe. Place!"

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Start reading from Naruto: https://

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click "Favorites" below to record the reading record of this time (Chapter 725 Cthulhu Loki), and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ()

 Chapter 725ï¼š A warning from Akatsuki, beware of the Zetarians...

    You can search for the latest chapters in Baidu for "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes Xinshu Haige Novel Network (!

    Earth.

    S.H.I.E.L.D. secret base.

    A group of agents quickly packed their things. They were packing and evacuation from this secret base, because the cosmic cube under the ground would burst out of energy from time to time.

    however¡­

    Dr. Selvig, the scientist in charge of studying the Cube of the Universe, knows nothing about this. He has no way to control the Cube of the Universe, nor can he prevent the destruction of this secret base that may be brought about by the Cube of the Universe.

    The awakening of the Universe Rubik''s Cube is uncontrollable.

    Because it itself is the most energy source in this universe!

    Facing this kind of out-of-control situation at any time, the commander of this base, Clint Barton, had no choice but to apply for evacuation upwards. Nick Fury had to rush to the scene for this reason and instruct the agents here to move all the equipment of the base. go.

    however¡­

    The energy of the universe''s cube is still exploding...

    Someone secretly guided this mysterious energy!

    Until the energy of the Cosmos Rubik''s Cube finally increased to a new explosive point, the soaring energy suddenly opened a blue space wormhole in the underground base!

    A man named Loki appeared in the space wormhole!

    This man just took a scepter and easily beat the S.H.I.E.L.D. agents in the entire underground base to the ground. His physical strength far exceeded that of human beings on earth!

    "I''m Loki... from Asgard!"

    Loki stretched out his hand to hold his scepter, arrogant and vicious appeared on his face at the same time, facing a group of people on earth, his attitude was unprecedentedly arrogant!

    The Asgardians are the gods who once descended on the earth!

    Nick Fury had observed the hammer incident report in New Mexico many times, and he immediately understood that this was an alien invasion, which he had been wary of a long time ago!

    There may be aliens in the universe who treat the Earth as friendly as Thor, and naturally there will also be aliens like Loki who are trying to invade the Earth!

    I just didn''t expect...

    This aggression came so quickly!

    Loki simply used the scepter to control Clint Button and a group of S.H.I.E.L.D. agents. After catching up with Nick Fury, he took the Cube of the Universe and left the secret base.

    In the underground parking lot of the base.

    Without hesitation, Rocky got into the trunk of a pickup truck.

    Even if Clint Button was controlled by Loki, he would not violate his orders, and he couldn¡¯t help but hesitate for a second, and then persuaded him: ¡°Sir, it¡¯s better to change a car. The owner of this car is a Very troublesome guy."

    This pickup truck belongs to his troublesome colleague.

    Because that troublesome colleague has been running around the world in the past six months, his car was naturally taken back by S.H.I.E.L.D., so why did someone drive this pickup truck?

    Clint Barton thought in his heart that he had to obey Rocky. They and the owner of this pickup truck were already enemies, and he subconsciously wanted to avoid this trouble.

    "go."

    Loki gave an indifferent command, sneered, and stared at Eagle Eye Button firmly: "What God wants to do, never consider the feelings of ants."

    "Yes."

    Clint Button can only accept orders.

    late at night.

    The night is getting darker and darker.

    The prelude of Cthulhu Loki''s invasion of the earth has just begun.

    Nick Fury did not hesitate at all, and immediately returned to the headquarters of SHIELD, ordering the newly-researched war weapon Aerospace carrier to search for the traces of Rocky, Patton and others.

    "Agent Naraku Uehara."

    Nick Fury directly contacted Uehara Naruto and gave the order to assemble the Avengers team: "Go to New York immediately and contact Tony Stark and Dr. Bruce Banner. I remember they are all in New York..."

    After a second, Nick Fury added another sentence: "And Captain Steve Rogers, there will be someone at New York Airport to meet you..."

    Although Nick Fury still doesn''t trust Steve Rogers a little enough, at this time any power can''t be given up...

    Because they have to face it is a character in myth!

    "Sir, what happened?"

    Uehara Naraku yawned, and there was some hesitation in his voice: "I have found the target trail again, and Agent Coulson and Hill will be captured soon..."

    "Agent Naraku Uehara!"

    Nick Fury interrupted Naraku Uehara with an unprecedented heavy voice: "The Asgardians have taken the Cube of the Universe. It is now a level 7 event... the war has begun!"

    "understand."

    Uehara Naraku agreed quite readily.

    Most of the superheroes of the entire Avengers team have nothing to do with Nairo Uehara. He once protected Tony Stark, retrieved Bruce Banner himself, and had a good relationship with Steve Rogers.

    Natasha Romanov naturally didn''t need to notify Uehara. After receiving the news that Patton was controlled by brainwashing, the woman rushed to New York.

    As for Naraku Uehara...

    He was still on the phone in a leisurely way to inform people.

    "Hey, Mr. Tony Stark..."

    Toot toot...

    The phone was directly hung up.

    Uehara Naraku was silent for a second. Looking at the call log above, he cut a picture and dialed Tony Stark''s phone persistently until his cell phone number was blacked out.

    Uehara Naraku''s brows frowned slightly, a spatial whirlpool slowly floated, and a masked man in auspicious clouds and black robe appeared beside him.

    "Are there any shady orders?"

    "Go tell Howard Stark''s son that the Universe Rubik''s Cube has woken up, and it has attracted the attention of the Zetarians. Don''t let the earth humans study the Universe Rubik''s Cube."

    "¡­What else?"

    "Nothing else, I will control you..."

    Uehara Naraku looked at the masked man in front of him and said softly: "Perhaps this experience will make them quite interesting. It''s time for them to get in touch with the outside world."

    "..."

    The masked man fell silent.

    He re-entered the space vortex and disappeared quietly.

    Uehara Naraku contacted Bruce Banner again, and the honest man controlled by him with the black end naturally did not dare to resist, and accepted his orders happily;

    As a veteran of World War II, Steve Rogers naturally has no objection to Nick Fury''s order.

    After the members of the Avengers squad rushed to the New York airport, they were all taken away by a Kun-type fighter plane and sent to the aerospace aircraft carrier that had begun to cruise in the air.

    As for Tony Stark...

    After hearing the warning from the mysterious masked man, he immediately drove his steel suit to the space carrier. He wanted to ask what happened!

    Tony Stark hesitated for a while before leaving, UU reading looked at the man in auspicious clouds and black robe wearing a mask, and continued: "Maybe you can rest here first... I''ll check the situation first.

    "Ok¡­"

    The mysterious mask man nodded slowly.

    Although this man is wearing a mask, Tony Stark has already seen his real face through perspective. It is a face full of scars and cracks...

    the most important is¡­

    There is no temperature on this man!

    Tony Stark did not doubt either. He knew that this was a member of Dawn. Because of the awakening of the Cube of the Universe, he quickly rushed to the earth with space power, and specially came to warn the earth humans to be careful of the Qitarians...

    to be frank¡­

    If it is not an emergency, you must immediately find out what is going on with the Universe Rubik''s Cube. Tony Stark wants to chat with this masked man again...

    "Maybe I can also try to help hide the energy of the universe''s Rubik''s Cube."

    The mysterious mask man glanced at Tony Stark, and said hoarsely: "I can gain the ability to manipulate a part of the space because Mr. Howard Stark allowed me to study the Cube..."

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Start reading from Naruto: https://

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 726 Warning from Xiao, Beware of the Zetaru...) reading record, and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ()

 Chapter 726ï¼š Princess of Asgard 3

    You can search for the latest chapters in Baidu for "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes Xinshu Haige Novel Network (!

    Pacific Ocean.

    S.H.I.E.L.D.''s aerospace carrier.

    The aerial carrier has not yet taken off, but its size and different design are still shocking. Listening to Natasha''s introduction, Bruce Banner and Steve Rogers were a bit shocked by the fact that this behemoth has a lift-off mode.

    boom!

    A figure in a steel battle suit flew toward the aircraft carrier, and a flame cloud passed in the air, and it landed directly on the deck, attracting everyone''s attention.

    "You are late, Mr. Stark."

    Natasha stretched out her wavy hair and walked to Tony Stark: "But it''s not too late, we haven''t taken off yet..."

    "Tell me first, where is the universe cube?"

    Tony Stark opened the visor on his face and looked at Natasha with a serious face: "You study the Cube in private, don''t ask professionals for advice...it''s going to be a big trouble!"

    Tony Stark believed in Akatsuki''s judgment.

    Now that the Cosmos Rubik''s Cube is awakened on the earth, it will definitely attract the attention of many aliens in the universe who want to seek the Cosmos Rubik''s Cube. S.H.I.E.L.D. must be warned about this matter!

    It¡¯s not so coincidental...

    Tony Stark''s reminder was too late.

    After seeing all the members of the Avengers team assembled, Nick Fury explained the history of the universe and the accidents that happened last night, including the identities and characters of Asgard and Loki.

    Nick Fury didn''t hide anything.

    Because in the face of war, no intelligence can be missed.

    And Nick Fury passed the information about the Cosmos Rubik''s Cube and the slight gamma rays it emits to everyone present, except for Uehara Naraku and Natasha.

    Tony Stark rubbed his forehead, feeling a little unhappy: "If I say that, before I have time to remind you, an outsider named Loki has already taken the Cube of the Universe?"

    "That''s it."

    Nick Fury nodded slowly.

    "Well, maybe I might have to remind it again."

    Tony Stark raised his head and glanced at Nick Fury, and then at everyone present: "In addition to the foreigner from Asgard, there are also a group of Zitarians who are also paying attention to the Universe Rubik''s Cube. I will rush to our house soon..."

    "How do you know this?"

    Steve Rogers frowned his brow.

    Tony Stark raised his eyebrows, and seemed to speak casually: "My father once had some friends... I knew it from his friends."

    Anyway...

    This is something to be proud of.

    While these people were still staring at the hydra on the earth, Tony Stark had already looked into space and focused his attention on Akatsuki''s body.

    "Why don''t I know this?"

    Steve Rogers'' brows were still not stretched, but frowned more tightly: "Howard Stark''s friend, do I know him?"

    If he remembers correctly...

    Howard Stark should have no friends...

    "You don''t need to know."

    Tony Stark shrugged indifferently.

    "Okay, Tony."

    Nick Fury interrupted the possible dispute between them and asked solemnly, "Tony, can you tell me where the intelligence comes from? You seem to know some intelligence we don''t know..."

    "No need to explain..."

    Tony Stark rubbed his eyebrows and continued: "I can''t reveal their news before I get permission..."

    "Tony."

    Nick Fury looked at Tony Stark with one eye, and said solemnly: "If I can, I would also like to see them. I haven''t heard of Howard Stark''s friends in the universe. He won''t be in his own profile. Hide this thing in..."

    "Because he knew that S.H.I.E.L.D. had become what it is now, so he didn''t write such things in the information..."

    "Are these two people?"

    Uehara Naraku, who was standing next to him drinking juice, suddenly inserted a word, and stared at Tony Stark: "The two people who appeared on strange birds in black clothes with red clouds..."

    "..."

    Tony Stark was silent for a while, then nodded slowly.

    Bruce Banner rubbed his palms anxiously, and said cautiously: "Um... Mr. Stark, if they sound like they are also aliens, how can you be sure that they don''t want to get the Universe Rubik''s Cube?"

    "I believe them."

    Tony Stark shook his head quickly, and continued to explain: "If they wanted it, they would have taken the Cube of the Universe 30 years ago...Compared to the SHIELD that concealed our private research on the Cube of the Universe, they More trustworthy."

    This is a bit unclear...

    S.H.I.E.L.D. did not tell Tony Stark about the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube, because they felt that Tony Stark must know nothing about the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube.

    As a result, Tony Stark has other channels to understand the Cube of the Universe, and even knows the possible dangers of studying the Cube of the Universe, which greatly reduces the trust between them...

    Steve Rogers immediately retorted: "You don''t choose to believe in your comrades, but you believe in those aliens?"

    As a veteran of World War II, Steve Rogers valued his comrades a lot, and he was a bit disgusted with Tony Stark''s attitude...

    However, how can Tony Stark be able to concede if he talks about it?

    Tony Stark shook his head indifferently and gave a low smile: "If they trusted me as a combat friend, today''s crisis would not happen."

    Yup¡­

    If S.H.I.E.L.D. trusts them, the Avengers squad, then they should disclose the information about the Cube of the Universe to them and consult their opinions.

    In addition to the two low-literate agents, Naraku Uehara and Natasha, Steve Rogers has been in contact with the Cube. Bruce Banner has a good understanding of the energy gamma rays leaking from the Cube. Tony Stark is a science. Not to mention genius...

    however¡­

    S.H.I.E.L.D. Bureau chose to conceal them and studied the Cosmos Rubik''s Cube without authorization, which directly caused the Cosmos Rubik''s Cube to be taken away, and its whereabouts are still unknown...

    Now the Avengers team has just officially assembled, and because of their different attitudes, they are on the verge of division. At this time, they naturally need the role of lubricant.

    "Everyone..."

    Natasha shook her head, with a little worry in her eyes: "What we need to do most now is not to find a way to find the location of the universe''s Rubik''s Cube and Loki''s whereabouts?"

    "..."

    Everyone suddenly fell into silence. UU reading

    Nick Fury glanced at everyone, then at Natasha with satisfaction, and said softly: "Natasha, Agent Nairo Uehara, take them to the laboratory together. Maybe there should be something you can use there..."

    "Yes, Sir."

    Uehara Naraku nodded calmly, and was about to lead the people present to the laboratory of the Sky Carrier. The expressions of the group of people were still unhappy.

    After walking to the laboratory.

    Bruce Banner was about to search for the energy source of gamma rays. Tony Stark walked to the side with his mobile phone and dialed the landline at the headquarters of Stark Industrial Building.

    Because the mysterious masked man from outer space is still waiting for news from him, he wants to ask someone he trusts for off-site assistance.

    After all, there is an alien in the house...

    Just ask the alien if he knows Loki''s intelligence.

    "Hello."

    Tony Stark clarified his question straightforwardly: "Dawn Dawn has information about Loki and Asgard?"

    "Huh? The third princess of Asgard?"

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Start reading from Naruto: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click "Favorites" below to record the reading record of this time (Chapter 727 The Three Princesses of Asgard), and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ()

 Chapter 727ï¼š Uehara Naraku: Tony, we are our own, Akatsuki is...

    You can search for the latest chapters in Baidu for "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes."

    The three princesses of Asgard?

    What the **** is this?

    Isn''t Loki a prince from Asgard?

    Tony Stark scratched his cheek, his expression faintly stiff: "Is Loki in mythology...is a woman? And I just saw the information about Asgard, Loki seems to have only one Brother who has been to the earth..."

    "It''s just a scornful name for Loki."

    The mysterious mask man¡¯s voice on the phone was extremely cold, but the information he provided Tony Stark was very effective.

    "Loki, the adopted son of Odin, the king of the nine kingdoms of the World Tree.

    At present, I don¡¯t know why I was exiled by God King Odin. It is said that he failed to seize the throne...According to our news, Loki has been in the site of the Qitarians recently. How did you know about Loki? "

    "Well¡­"

    Tony Stark hesitated for a while. He was thinking of Steve Rogers''s accusation against him, thinking that he did not trust his comrades but trusted aliens.

    However, the Cube of the Universe is big...

    After Tony Stark hesitated for a second, he felt that there was no need to hide the matter: "Well, in fact, Loki took the Cube of the Universe..."

    "It''s over."

    The mysterious mask man''s voice instantly lowered, and he said in a deep voice: "The Cube of the Universe can open the space channel and allow the Zetarians to descend on the earth... Son of Howard Stark, perhaps this time we need to fight side by side on the earth. "

    "what?"

    Tony Stark hadn''t reacted yet. The next moment he understood the meaning of the mysterious mask man''s words: "That guy named Loki steals the Cube of the Universe, is he trying to open the space channel and let the Zitarians occupy the earth? "

    "Perhaps it''s almost like that."

    The mysterious mask man nodded quickly, and continued in a deep voice: "Please help me tell the leaders of the earth...If the Qitarians descend on the earth, Akatsuki''s army must also descend on the earth to fight the Qitarians."

    "Wait... the army?"

    Tony Stark was suddenly speechless.

    Once the so-called army is mentioned, it seems that it is not an easy matter to solve. How can the army be called up properly?

    This Akatsuki...

    How can you be so scared by a Loki?

    Are Rocky and the Zetaru really so scary?

    "There is no time to explain too much."

    "The Cube of the Universe has fallen into Loki''s hands. The Zetarians may come at any time. We must summon the army to the earth as soon as possible...otherwise the consequences will be disastrous!"

    "and many more¡­"

    Tony Stark remembered Nick Fury''s request and said softly: "I suggest you meet with a leader of a world peacekeeping organization on the earth. Maybe things are not so bad that we are taking back the Rubik''s Cube of the universe..."

    "..."

    The other end of the phone fell silent.

    The next moment, the mysterious mask man suddenly said: "In five minutes, I will rush to where you are. If he is willing to talk...I will give him ten minutes."

    "..."

    Tony Stark hung up.

    Tony Stark hurriedly left the laboratory and rushed to the aircraft carrier command module. The faces of the others present were slightly confused, and they felt a sense of fragmentation.

    It feels like...

    Tony Stark disdains to join them.

    Steve Rogers stood up abruptly and was about to block Tony Stark''s actions. Fortunately, Uehara Naruko reached out to stop Steve Rogers.

    "I''ll go talk to Mr. Stark!"

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and motioned to Steve Rogers to sit down again, and he hurried to catch up with Tony Stark himself.

    "Mr. Tony Stark."

    Uehara Naraku followed Tony''s footsteps and whispered, "Is there anything I can help now? If it''s materials that need experimentation..."

    "No need."

    Tony Stark shook his head, stopped his steps, looked at Uehara Naraku and said, "I just made a call, and my friend promised to meet the one-eyed black man...Get ready for a reception room!"

    "I will immediately notify Chief Fury."

    Uehara Naraku nodded quickly, and when he was about to leave in a hurry to prepare for the arrangement, he turned his head and looked at Tony Stark, his eyes faintly serious.

    "Mr. Stark, maybe those outsiders wearing auspicious clouds and black robes are so-called friends to you; but those of us who were born on earth... are also your comrades in arms."

    This is the serious advice of Uehara Naraku.

    The meaning of this sentence is very clear, Uehara Naraku and the others are his own, Akatsuki is just an outsider!

    "..."

    Tony Stark''s expression suddenly became tangled.

    Uehara Naraku is right...

    In a sense, Dawn is a mercenary in the universe. As an earthling, he certainly should not trust this mercenary team too much.

    However, his father mentioned in the letter that this team of mercenaries is a trusted friend of the earth, and they have done nothing to harm the earth...

    What should he do now?

    If it was in the past, Tony Stark would definitely feel that he could handle everything by himself. It was only after seeing Akatsuki¡¯s weird abilities that he knew that the universe was huge...

    They need to gather more power.

    For the earth, Akatsuki is actually a natural ally.

    What he should do now is to find a way to unite Akatsuki''s mercenary organization with the earth, at least to regain the Cube of the Universe or deal with the Qitarians who may come?

    five minutes later.

    The reception room of the Aerospace carrier.

    Nick Fury and Tony Stark were sitting in the reception room. The two waited for the arrival of the member of Dawn. Tony Stark occasionally introduced some information about Dawn.

    "Akatsuki is a cosmic mercenary organization."

    "The leader of Akatsuki once came to the earth more than 30 years ago when he was hunting down a fugitive named Yigo. At that time, he met my father by chance. They were friends and studied the Cube of the Universe together."

    "Akatsuki''s enemy is the Zetaru."

    "Not long ago, Xiao Organization was still preparing to fight with the Qitarians. Perhaps they are a little weaker than the Qitarians, but they are friends of the earth. At least in my opinion, they can be regarded as our friends..."

    "..."

    Just as Tony Stark was chattering, a spatial vortex appeared quietly, and even appeared in front of them without any warning!

    This scene made Nick Fury''s eyes tighten!

    This kind of weird ability is hard to guard against!

    If the members of the Akatsuki organization have this weird ability, does it mean that they can invade any corner of the earth at any time?

    "You have ten minutes."

    The figure of the mysterious masked man quietly appeared from the space vortex, and only one eye was exposed on his mask, but his one eye was filled with scarlet.

    The two one-eyed men looked at each other.

    Nick Fury stretched out his palm first, and his broad palm came up: "Welcome to the earth, I hope I can have more time to have a good conversation. The earth may not be as weak as my husband imagined..."

    "Akatsuki has never underestimated the earth."

    The mysterious masked man shook his head and continued softly: "Decades ago, our leader knew that the Cree wanted to destroy this planet. When we came to support the earth, we heard that there were people on the earth with their own power. Repelled the Cree fleet..."

    "..."

    The smile on Nick Fury''s face stiffened for a second.

    This incident has always been Nick Fury''s greatest secret and the beginning of the Avengers plan. Does Akatsuki even know this kind of thing?

    Before they met, Nick Fury was still thinking carefully about which card should be played in order for Akatsuki to reach an equal cooperation with the earth, believing that the earth has the ability to deal with the problem of the universe''s Rubik''s Cube. UU reading www. uukanshu. com

    result¡­

    Akatsuki directly pierced his hidden hole card that he had never thought of playing. That was Nick Fury¡¯s young friend and Nick Fury¡¯s strongest superhero, Captain Marvel Carol Danvers.

    Oh shit¡­

    This is really surprising!

    "Oh?"

    The corner of Tony Stark''s eyes jumped instantly, and he said with a face full of surprise: "Is there such a powerful guy here? Why don''t I know there is such a..."

    "Tony, she is the first Avengers hero!"

    Nick Fury stopped Tony Stark, stretched out his palm, invited the mysterious masked man to sit down, smiled and said, "Since Akatsuki knows this kind of thing has happened on the earth, why don''t you believe that the earth can do it this time? How about handling it?"

    "We have never doubted the power of the earth."

    The mysterious masked man shook his head slowly, and continued in a deep voice: "The earth has never believed in how terrifying the power outside the universe is... We must make sure that one thing, whether it is the earth or the Cube of the universe, absolutely cannot fall into Qitarui. Human hands."

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Start reading from Naruto: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 728 Uehara Naraku: Tony, we are our own, Akatsuki is an outsider!) Read the record, and you can read it next time you open the bookshelf To!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ()

 Chapter 728ï¼š The Akatsuki group staying in outer space!

    You can search for the latest chapters in Baidu for "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes."

    The discussions between Nick Fury and Akatsuki are not going well.

    Strictly speaking, the Akatsuki organization unilaterally issued a final notice to S.H.I.E.L.D., and within 24 hours, Akatsuki''s army will stay on the periphery of the earth.

    Once S.H.I.E.L.D. and the Avengers team can''t recover the Cube of the Universe, Akatsuki''s army will descend on the earth to face the Zetarians. This is not a negotiating tone!

    "Ok."

    Nick Furyk restrained his irritable nerves and whispered softly: "About Akatsuki''s army staying outside the earth''s atmosphere, I need to report to it and mediate as much as possible..."

    "It doesn''t matter."

    There was a strange red glow in the one-eye of the mysterious mask man, and said indifferently: "Once the Qitarians come, this place will evolve into a battlefield for Akatsuki and Qitarians."

    "Sorry, we may not need..."

    "This is not a discussion, we have given enough time."

    The mysterious masked man slowly shook his head and calmly continued: "When the lion and the jackal are fighting, there is no way to consider the thoughts of the ants under their feet..."

    The meaning of this sentence sounds familiar.

    Nick Fury''s expression has become more and more ugly, and even Tony Stark''s expression is a bit unsightly. Isn''t this the attitude of the United States towards the backward regions of the earth?

    "You don''t need to show this expression."

    The mysterious masked man stood up and stared at their faces: "Akatsuki is an organization that maintains peace. We will not interfere and invade any planet for no reason..."

    When the mysterious mask man said this, he habitually said: "Any war launched without Akatsuki''s consent is an illegal war..."

    "..."

    Nick Fury didn''t know what to say. How could it sound that this cosmic mercenary organization was more domineering than them?

    "I hope you are faster."

    The mysterious mask turned male into a spatial vortex and disappeared in place, leaving the last sentence: "Akatsuki''s army will come soon... This is the reward for the Akatsuki organization to study the universe''s cube, and it is also the last time Akatsuki helps the earth."

    "..."

    Nick Fury''s palm suddenly clenched.

    What did Howard Stark do?

    Is this Akatsuki organization the back hand left by Howard Stark to protect the earth? The people in this organization are a little overbearing...

    This group of people outside the universe...

    The attitude towards the earth is really unpleasant!

    "Immediately search for Loki and the whereabouts of the Cube of the Universe!"

    Nick Fury slammed a punch on the table, glanced at Tony Stark with a complex face, and said in a deep voice: "The earth must never be the battlefield of two alien forces!"

    The people in the Revenge Squad really don''t worry at all!

    Tony Stark was secretly implicated in alien organizations, and Steve Rogers was suspected of having been loyal to Hitler.

    Only Dr. Bruce Banner is normal...

    Akatsuki does what it says.

    Just as Nick Fury returned to the command room, a group of satellite images had already taken some pictures of the atmosphere, which made people feel chilling!

    "Sir, a picture taken by a satellite outside the atmosphere!"

    Nick Fury just returned to the command room and received a bunch of photos. Looking at these photos, Nick Fury''s eyes couldn''t help but jump!

    Hundreds of people with strange shapes in auspicious clouds and black robes.

    This group of people looks a bit human, but their skin is pale, their faces look a little cold and ruthless, and there is a strange knife hanging from their waists!

    This group of people doesn''t seem to need to absorb air at all, just standing directly in the outer space of the atmosphere like this, they don''t seem to be any messy guys!

    Compared to them...

    Behind them are thousands of hideous-looking monsters!

    The appearance of each monster is very simple, the body tens of meters high is in darkness, only a hideous and hollow face grows on the head, which looks like the legendary **** of death...

    Under Akatsuki''s command, the virtual circle army!

    Above this army, there are six meteorite-carved seats floating, and a group of weird people are sitting, everyone looks like a man in a high position...

    This group of guys should be the cadres of the Akatsuki organization.

    The first man wore a black robe of Akatsuki''s auspicious clouds. Inside, he wore a samurai-like red armor, stab-headed black hair, and a bohemian smile on his face, looking contemptuously at the earth under the atmosphere.

    A man who has experienced three worlds, Madara Uchiha!

    The second man was also wearing a black robe of auspicious clouds and a similar red armor inside, with a gentle smile under his soft hair.

    The strong man who is as famous as Uchiha Madara, Senjujujuma!

    The third man wore a deliberately made auspicious cloud black robe and a triangular captain''s hat with a medieval appearance, and smiled heartily at the people around him.

    One Piece, Gore D. Roger!

    The fourth man is a tall giant with a long sword in his hand and a white crescent beard on his face. He is also grinning.

    Whitebeard, Edward Newgate!

    The fifth man is a dying old man, holding a wooden cane in his hand, with long eyebrows and beards, and looks quite calm, sitting in his place with his eyes closed and rested.

    Reaper Captain, Shigekuni Yamamoto!

    The sixth man is a handsome young man with a stylish haircut on his head, narrow eyes looking at the atmosphere of the earth, and a cold smile on the corner of his mouth, which makes people feel dangerous.

    The lord of the virtual circle, Ai Ran Soyousuke!

    These powerful characters are all treasures of Uehara Naraku. This is their first appearance in the Marvel World. From then on, they will carry Akatsuki''s name on their backs!

    Of course Nick Fury didn¡¯t know these guys. He took it for granted that the men sitting on the seat of the void were Akatsuki''s cadres...

    to be frank¡­

    This army staying outside the atmosphere puts a lot of pressure on Nick Fury. The fact that they can stay in a vacuum environment and ultraviolet radiation for a long time means that the strength of this army is definitely far more than any army on the earth...

    For the earth...

    This is an army almost entirely composed of superheroes!

    Nick Fury wiped the cold sweat on his forehead, and glanced at the agents next to him: "How did they appear? Did the satellite surveillance capture video of their actions?"

    "Yes...Yes..."

    The agent immediately called up the video. UU Reading www.uukanashu.cOM

    In the video.

    A pitch-black black hole appeared out of thin air.

    Six men sitting on the Void Throne passed through the black hole and stayed in space first, and a group of Fragmented Daxu wearing auspicious clouds and black robes led thousands of ordinary Daxu flying out.

    Just as a satellite flew past this army in an orbit, a few ordinary big bluffs opened their mouths, and the red imaginary flashes turned into laser beams and instantly penetrated this hapless satellite!

    Nick Fury¡¯s fists trembled a little, and it was just a group of crude-looking soldiers that could be as powerful as a missile in one blow...

    If this is the case, Nick Fury can still calm down a bit, but the next scene makes Nick Fury''s eyeballs soar!

    I don''t know what the first arrogant man said, the old man sitting on the throne suddenly opened his eyes, and slowly pulled out a knife, suddenly a flame of fire appeared on the knife!

    The old man suddenly swung a knife at a group of satellites around them, and a flame that was at least tens of kilometers long swept over, detonating many satellites in an instant!

    This is¡­

    Akatsuki''s army?

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Start reading from Naruto: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 729 The Akatsuki Army in Outer Space!) Reading records, and you can see them next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ()

 Chapter 729ï¼š Loki, we are the subordinates of Hela, the goddess of death

    You can search for the latest chapters in Baidu for "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes."

    Akatsuki''s army really can''t afford it.

    Nick Fury calmly watched the video of the old man burning up all the satellites around him in one stroke. He watched it over and over again, hoping to find a scientific law from it.

    I have to say that there are indeed scientific laws in it.

    At least the temperature of the flame released by the old man is still very scientific.

    "Sir, the reason for the damage to the satellite should be that it was melted instantly..."

    The agent glanced at his boss and explained cautiously: "According to the measurement report before the satellite was destroyed, the temperature of the flame far exceeds the surface temperature of the sun, at least millions of degrees, enough to instantly melt all the metals on the earth..."

    "..."

    Nick Fury''s whole person is not good again. His only right eye is staring at the agent reporting in front of him: "That is to say... Is this person equivalent to a walking star?"

    This is even more unscientific!

    Why can anyone release a temperature comparable to the sun!

    "Quickly make a copy of this information and send it to the laboratory..."

    Nick Fury slowly squeezed his fist, and said in a deep voice: "Help me connect to the World Security Council, I need their authorization now!"

    The old man alone is not a figure that the earth can solve. If supported by intelligence, he can easily blast any nuclear arsenal on the earth with his own flame!

    Who knows what else the old man has!

    Even if the entire earth is turned into a sea of ??flames, it is not surprising!

    In addition to the old man, there are five other cadres in the Xiao organization, and no one knows what weird abilities will be possessed by those five people!

    It''s not that Nick Fury has never seen aliens. He has seen the Skrulls who can be transformed, and the Cree under the guidance of the Supreme Wisdom. He has also seen the characters in the Norse mythology such as Loki. ¡­

    but¡­

    This group of aliens and Akatsuki are too far apart!

    If the Cree¡¯s fleet had not encountered Marvel Captain Carol Danvers, and if they encountered the Akatsuki organization, they would have been burned to ashes... The members of Akatsuki organization also had the ability to destroy an external force with their own power. The power of the Star Fleet!

    Oh shit¡­

    This alien organization is too strong!

    Just a few people can hang up the earth and hit it!

    How did Howard Stark, the founder of S.H.I.E.L.D., be the founder of S.H.I.E.L.D.? Why didn''t you know how to establish a friendly relationship between the earth and this alien organization at that time?

    The most troublesome problem now is...

    Be sure to find Loki immediately and get back the Cube of the Universe!

    Otherwise, once the Qitarians descend on the earth, who knows if the earth will still have a chance to survive...A cadre of the Akatsuki organization is so strong, and now they have to send an army to fight against how strong the Qitarians should be ?

    In fact, it''s not just Nick Fury who feels a little scared...

    The entire World Security Council was in chaos when it received the satellite video. The military began to convene the army, and all nuclear warheads were loaded with missiles...

    Nick Fury could only explain to the World Security Council in a devastated manner that the alien army was to help them fight other alien invaders, and now they should not fight the army that is parked in the outer space of the atmosphere...

    however¡­

    The World Security Council does not believe it.

    If possible, Nick Fury really wants to send it to the members of this group of Security Council through the video network, and put their heads in the stomach...

    Do they believe it works now?

    "If you insist on declaring war on the army in outer space, it means that we are facing two alien forces that can crush the earth...

    Even if we exhaust all the power of the earth to repel them, what about another army that is eyeing the earth? "

    "Then what do you say?"

    "My subordinates are still searching for Loki''s whereabouts."

    Nick Fury clenched his fists, and put on a complete look: "Now we have twenty-four hours...I hope to get all the authorization from the World Security Council to find Loki and the Universe Rubik''s Cube as soon as possible."

    "As long as you can find the Cube of the Universe, you can prevent the Chitarians led by Loki from descending on the earth, and the army of Dawn will have no excuse to stay..."

    "Now we are in the twenty-four hours to determine the fate of the earth!"

    "If we can perfectly solve the Earth''s crisis this time, perhaps this is also an opportunity for us to go to outer space. The universe is huge and we are never alone... Since there are enemies who spy on the earth in this universe, there must also be peaceful friends. "

    "It''s not like what an agent should say..."

    "If it''s not that there is no way..."

    Nick Fury shook his head slowly.

    If it weren¡¯t for the fact that the earth¡¯s power was too weak, he hadn¡¯t gathered all the power on hand, and there was no way to welcome an interstellar battlefield, and he didn¡¯t want to say such things...

    S.H.I.E.L.D. is a spy organization...

    As a spy chief, how could Nick Fury be willing to appease himself with the so-called friend who yearns for peace? It''s not because I feel I can''t beat it!

    In order to speed up the search for Loki, all cameras in the world, including every mobile phone camera, were invaded by S.H.I.E.L.D.E.L.D., and each face contacted by the recent camera was compared to find Loki¡¯s whereabouts.

    It''s a pity...

    Clint Button is controlled by Rocky.

    The agent from S.H.I.E.L.D. is very aware of the working mechanism of S.H.I.E.L.D. and prevents Loki from appearing where he can connect to the Internet.

    until¡­

    They must get the iridium element in the meteorite in order to establish a stable space channel for the universe¡¯s Rubik¡¯s Cube. At this time, there must be an eye-catching living target to support Clint Barton to steal a certain research institute¡¯s Iridium element.

    Rocky chose to be the bait.

    Because he still had darker thoughts in his heart, he had already learned about the Avengers team from Clint Barton, and he wanted to take this opportunity to wipe out the Avengers team.

    Only half a minute after Loki appeared in the crowd, he was found out by the magical SHIELD.

    "Sir, the profile picture matches 99%, Loki has been found!"

    Loki''s whereabouts were found on the S.H.I.E.L.D. air carrier, and everyone subconsciously breathed a sigh of relief!

    "The Avengers team is dispatched to bring him back!"

    Nick Fury immediately issued his order, letting the strongest mobile squad he has on hand to carry out the order, and the other agents seemed unreliable.

    Loki¡¯s identity is very important now...

    The earth may become a battlefield for two alien forces at any time.

    Tony Stark, Steve Rogers, Bruce Banner, Uehara Naraku and Natasha Romanoff all the Avengers members are dispatched!

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the dignified people, sat in the corner of the Kun-style fighter, and slowly closed his eyes.

    Germany.

    Inside a luxurious meeting room.

    Wearing a gorgeous dress and holding his scepter in his hand, Loki quietly appeared in this meeting room, with a smile on his mouth, watching everyone present.

    This group of people are social elites. U U Reading

    Just as Loki was walking towards the group of people, a voice appeared beside Loki, smiled and greeted him: "Hello, are you interested in chatting? Son of God King Odin, no, I should say ¡­The son of King Lauphy, King of Frost¡­"

    "..."

    Loki''s face suddenly became ugly, his cheeks gradually showed the gray of the blood of the frost giant, and he turned his head coldly to look at the person standing next to him.

    There are still people on earth who know his identity...

    It''s a pity that this person who knows his identity doesn''t even know that mentioning the dead King of Frost Laofy is offending his inverse scales!

    "Introduce yourself."

    The visitor ignored Loki, who was a little angry on his face, stretched out his palm towards Loki, smiled and said, "Ho **** ho ho, we are also a member of the myth... Mr. Loki should have heard of it. Hydra, right?"

    The visitor looked at Loki¡¯s face, and chuckled helplessly: "Well, it looks like I¡¯ve never heard of it! Allow me to introduce myself again. We are the true successors of Asgard. The subordinates of the goddess of death Hela..."

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Start reading from Naruto: https://

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click "Favorites" below to record the reading record of this time (Chapter 730, Loki, we are the subordinates of the goddess of death, Hela), and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ()

 Chapter 730ï¼š Prince Rocky, I took your scepter, as you gave it to...

    You can search for the latest chapters in Baidu for "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes, Haige Novel Network (!

    Loki frowned.

    Is there a goddess of death in Asgard?

    Why has he never heard of this name?

    It''s just that the man in front of him vowed to mention the name. Obviously, the goddess of death called Hela is a real existence. From what this person said, it can be judged that the goddess of death Hela should be a relative of the **** king Odin.

    But this man does have a strange breath of death...

    This man is dressed in a large white robe, a light purple-to-silver white hair, and a pair of tightly squinted eyes. It looks out of place in this world...

    seem¡­

    Kind of like an Asgardian? At least this guy is not an ordinary person, is he a traitor to Asgard?

    "Death goddess Hela..."

    Loki''s eyes narrowed slightly, and the corners of his mouth smiled low: "Asgard has never had this woman... and there is only one true successor to Asgard, and I am the king of the immortal palace!"

    "What an interesting statement..."

    The visitor looked at Loki, who was full of arrogance, and suddenly shook his head slowly, and a sneer flashed across his mouth: "The prince who can''t even lift the Death Star Hammer, Mirnier... is really qualified to hold the fairy palace tightly. The eternal gun in the game?"

    "you!"

    Loki''s face instantly turned ugly!

    Does this guy in front of him have to poke his heart?

    At the time, the **** Odin gave the magical artifact Mynil to his brother Thor, and he made Thor the successor of Asgard. That father was a real eccentric eye...

    The attribution of Mirniel is also what Loki hates most!

    But what I have to say is that the man in front of him does seem to know their Asgard very well, and even the Maulnir Hammer and Eternal Gun are as precious...

    This man seems to have something...

    There are indeed some interesting secrets in him!

    next moment!

    The scepter in Loki''s hand suddenly waved, and he was about to pierce the man''s chest directly. As long as he controlled this guy, he would know all the secrets of this guy!

    By the way...

    Also let this guy know who is the master!

    "Prince Rocky doesn''t have to be ashamed and angry..."

    The visitor leaned slightly to avoid Loki''s scepter, and continued with a sneer: "We are talking about cooperation with kindness... With your power alone, even if it is helped by the Qitarians, it will not Maybe return to Asgard, right?"

    "What do you want to say?"

    Loki''s gaze was faintly gloomy: "Asgard has only one throne, and a group of little mice also want to spy..."

    "The old king of the gods sitting in the Asa Shrine is the mouse..."

    As soon as the visitor grasped Loki''s scepter, his eyes were full of sharp killing intent: "Princess Hela has never been interested in being trapped in a **** realm in Asgard...

    It''s just a mere nine realms, and it''s not enough to be the residence of Princess Hela...

    If it hadn¡¯t been for the **** King Odin to murder and imprison his daughter at a critical moment, the entire galaxy and even the entire universe would have become Asgard¡¯s ranch..."

    "Hella... who the **** is?"

    Loki fixed his gaze on the incoming person, and said coldly: "I never heard Odin and the queen say that they have other children..."

    Could it be that¡­

    Is there anyone else adopted like him?

    "If Prince Rocky returns to Asgard and breaks the portrait in the fairy palace, he will naturally know the existence of Princess Hela... You can ask His Majesty King Odin if he feels guilty for sealing his daughter. ¡­"

    "She is the first child of God King Odin..."

    "Also is the first owner of Mulnier..."

    "The goddess of death who once wielded the hammer symbolizing the successor, rode the magic wolf Finnir, and led her army to conquer the nine realms..."

    The visitor stared at Loki, whose face changed slightly in front of him, with a weird sneer from the corner of his mouth: "Let¡¯s assume that I¡¯ve never appeared before...Wait until Prince Loki really knows the existence of Princess Hela, that¡¯s the moment when we renew our covenant... "

    "As long as Prince Rocky can let the **** Odin unlock the seal, the gods of Asgard will not be able to prevent Princess Hela from returning to the gods. The infinite power goddess of death is more powerful than the Titan universe overlord whom you trust. Strong presence..."

    "When Princess Hela returns to Asgard, when death re-emerges the nine kingdoms, Princess Hela, the new lord of the nine realms, is willing to canonize Prince Rocky as the true king of gods..."

    "Even if you don''t do it, it will be useless. Odin''s power will get weaker and weaker, Princess Hela''s power will get stronger and stronger, and one day she will return to the fairy palace!"

    "..."

    Loki fell into silence strangely. He suddenly looked at the person in front of him and slowly shook his head, and grinned, "Hehe, it seems that you don¡¯t know what happened in Asgard, the Rainbow Bridge leading to here. It''s broken..."

    "is it?"

    The man who turned to leave suddenly stopped, and turned his head slightly to reveal a mysterious smile: "But... didn''t you get the universe cube that can repair the rainbow bridge? Prince Rocky, how could the king of Midgard compare to it? Where is the fairy palace in Asgard?"

    "..."

    Loki silently watched the people disappear.

    This man is indeed right, but just becoming the king of the backward planet Earth, how could it be comparable to the fairy palace of Asgard?

    but¡­

    It doesn''t seem to be anxious now.

    Now he is holding in his hand a psychic scepter that Thanos bestows on him, and he has also obtained the magical tool of the Cosmos Rubik¡¯s Cube. First, solve the earth¡¯s matter before speaking...

    As for the secret of Hela, the goddess of death...

    Wait until he returns to Asgard!

    This organization belonging to Hela, the goddess of death, is called Hydra, right?

    He seemed to vaguely learn these secrets from Clint Barton. The scale of this organization is not small. After conquering the earth, he is discussing Hela with Hydra...

    At least Loki also wanted to know whether Hela, the goddess of death, would really prevent him from ruling Asgard in the future.

    To be honest.

    If God King Odin really had a problem, Loki never worried that his stupid brother Thor would take his throne, because with a little bit of tricks, Thor could jump in by himself. In the trap...

    That brother is so stupid, so stupid as an idiot!

    It''s a pity that the brother who is as stupid as an idiot, UU reading www. uukanshu. com often likes to act recklessly on the basis of intuition, which often brings a lot of trouble to his genius...

    "Almost forgot one thing..."

    When the visitor was about to leave, he suddenly stopped, drew a dagger from his waist and pointed it at Loki, grinning!

    "Shoot him, sharp gun!"

    The blade of that dagger suddenly stretched out!

    The speed is so fast that Loki can''t even react to it!

    Even if Loki dodged in a hurry, the blade that stretched over a hundred meters suddenly penetrated his shoulder, and instantly nailed him to the wall next to him!

    This guy¡­

    Sneak attack!

    Loki''s body trembled slightly, and he looked at the penetrating wounds on his shoulders and the blood dripping from the wounds with a stunned face. He hadn''t figured out why the men would attack him...

    "I''ll take the scepter of mind first..."

    The visitor slowly walked to Loki¡¯s side, grabbed Loki¡¯s wrist in one hand, and forcibly snatched the psychic scepter from his hand. He narrowed his eyes and smiled and said: "This scepter is treated as a gift from His Royal Highness. Give your sister a gift..."

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Start reading from Naruto: https://

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 731 Prince Rocky, I took your scepter, as a gift to your sister!) Read the record, download Open the bookshelf once to see it!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ()

 Chapter 731ï¼š Just an ordinary persons Naraku Uehara

    You can search for the latest chapters in Baidu for "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes, Haige Novel Network (!

    Is this man''s brain sick?

    Loki didn''t know what this guy thought!

    Just now I was talking about the alliance between him and the goddess of death, Hela, and he turned his head and took away the psychic scepter in his hand. Is this a **** thing done by a normal person?

    "Hydra, Hela..."

    Loki looked at the disappearing figure, biting his teeth bitterly, the evil spirit on the evil god''s face no longer constricted: "Idiot, that scepter is not mine, that guy''s things are not that way. It¡¯s easy to be snatched away..."

    That was what Thanos gave him!

    And when the leader of the Zetaru gave him the psychic scepter, he specifically mentioned the importance of this scepter. If it is lost, it will arouse the anger of Thanos!

    Wait and see!

    The so-called death goddess Hela and her Hydra!

    If you want to take away Thanos¡¯ psychic scepter, you have to bear the anger of Thanos!

    Although it sounds like Hela and her Hydra don''t care about Thanos'' power, but Loki doesn''t think they have the strength to challenge the overlord who stands at the apex of the universe!

    The whole banquet hall saw that Loki was attacked and was caught in a riot. Some people naturally fled in panic, and some wanted to step forward and help him take Loki to the hospital...

    "roll!"

    Loki scolded a group of people angrily!

    Now that the Scepter of Mind was suddenly taken away by the Hydra, his plan was forced to die before it even started, and he cannot continue to be exposed here...

    Originally, Loki wanted to use the scepter of mind to lead the Avengers team into internal chaos. Now he must change his plan, prioritize the use of the universe cube to let the Qitarians descend in this world, and also mention the soul to the leader of the Qitarians. The scepter was taken away...

    As long as the Zetarians occupy the earth...

    Naturally, there are ways to regain the scepter of mind!

    "Rocky!"

    It''s really a leak in the night, and just as Rocky was thinking about it, a group of people in strange costumes suddenly walked into this hall!

    The Avengers squad under S.H.I.E.L.D.!

    Since learning of Loki''s whereabouts, the entire Avengers team immediately set off in a Kun-style fighter plane, and arrived here in less than half an hour.

    "Rocky!"

    Steve Rogers rushed up the steps in a few steps!

    Tony Stark drove his steel suit and flew to Loki''s side instantly, and a row of missiles shot out from his arm and aimed at Loki!

    "Why is this guy hurt?"

    Tony Stark glanced at the wound on Loki''s shoulder, then turned to look at the comrades beside him: "Hey, do you need to call an ambulance for him?"

    "No, just take it away."

    Natasha shook her head, took out her handcuffs and handcuffed them directly to Loki''s wrist, and continued softly: "There is still an alien army in outer space. We have no time to waste. We must ask from him as soon as possible. Out of the whereabouts of the Cube..."

    "Ok."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Loki, who was empty-handed and his shoulder injured, and nodded solemnly: "We can''t waste time anymore. Director Fury is still waiting for news from us, hurry up and take him back for interrogation!"

    Uehara Naraku looked down at Loki''s face. When the Asgard prince was captured, his face was very ugly. It seems that his mood is not very good...

    This is also normal.

    No matter who it is, when he is happy, he is suddenly robbed of an artifact, and his mood is probably not much better...

    "Speaking..."

    Bruce Banner stroked his chin and looked at Rocky in surprise: "Don''t you think it''s weird? How could he suddenly get hurt? It feels like he was deliberately waiting for us to get back..."

    "I have video here..."

    Tony Stark was checking the video on the screen of the steel suit, and suddenly he said strangely: "A man just injured him and took the scepter from his hand... wait... the clothes on that man''s body, Hydra is painted on his shoulders!"

    "..."

    There was a moment of surprise on everyone''s faces.

    How could the Hydra show up and **** Loki''s scepter? No, it''s not surprising that Hydra snatched Loki''s scepter. Those guys will grab everything!

    Whether you want to use that scepter to control other people, or for other purposes, it''s a big trouble!

    Oh shit¡­

    They are still working hard for the peace of the earth, and the group of **** of Hydra suddenly appeared at this time to add to the chaos!

    These bastards...

    Sooner or later, we must clean them all up!

    "Let''s go back first!"

    Natasha pressed the earphone in her hand and whispered softly: "I will report to the sir, and immediately let other agents take over the blockade here and take back Loki''s scepter!"

    There seems to be no good way now.

    What they have to do is to find the Rubik''s Cube in the universe within 24 hours as soon as possible, and solve the problem of the arrival of the Qitarians and the army of Akatsuki in the Earth War!

    but¡­

    Now that Loki has been caught, the Zitarians should not be able to descend, right?

    On the Kun-style fighter.

    Steve Rogers and Tony Stark bothered to Loki to ask, but they couldn''t find out the whereabouts of the Cosmos Rubik''s Cube, and Loki even mocked a few words.

    "Don''t waste your time..."

    "Now I don''t know where the universe cube is..."

    indeed.

    Loki didn''t know where the universe cube was.

    However, Loki had long anticipated his arrest and issued an order to Clint Barton in advance, asking him to find a way to get the iridium, and then rescue his master from S.H.I.E.L.D. prison...

    The only problem is...

    If there is no psychic scepter to lure Bruce Banner into the Hulk, there will be no riots in the Sky Carrier, and will Clint Barton have a chance to rescue him...

    When thinking of this question, Loki''s face inevitably became more sullen, and his hatred for the death goddess Hela and Hydra grew a little bit more...

    If it wasn''t for those bastards...

    His plan must be foolproof!

    As for the whereabouts of the Cube...

    Now that artifact should have been brought to the vicinity of New York, ready to start building a stable space channel tomorrow to welcome the arrival of the Zetaru...

    The mood of everyone on the Kun-style fighter does not seem to be very good, everyone has their concerns, whether it is the captured Loki or the Avengers team, their faces look a little melancholy...

    Boom boom...

    There was a flash of lightning and thunder in the sky.

    Listening to the thunder outside, Loki couldn''t help but shrank a little, he shrank his body carefully.

    "Are you afraid of thunder?"

    Tony Stark looked at him curiously.

    Loki shook his head slowly, a weird smile flashed across his face: "No, I just don''t like people who follow thunder..."

    Boom!

    There was a loud noise above the Kun-Type fighter. Perhaps there was a heavy object falling on the Kun-Type fighter. Tony Stark frowned and immediately opened the door of the Kun-Type fighter, intending to go out to see what it was. Happening¡­

    A sturdy man with blond hair was holding a hammer and appeared by the hatch first. After taking a cold look at the crowd, he suddenly grabbed Loki and jumped off the Kun-style fighter!

    Thor!

    His father, King Odin, consumed a huge amount of dark energy to send him from Asgard to Earth. He appeared here at this time, naturally for his younger brother Loki and the Universe Rubik¡¯s Cube. Only the Universe Rubik¡¯s Cube can be repaired. Rainbow Bridge through Asgard.

    Only by obtaining the Cube of the Universe, Thor can he return to Asgard!

    "Stop him!"

    Steve Rogers couldn''t stop it!

    Tony Stark rushed out in a steel jersey, UU reading Bruce Banner also jumped into the air, transformed into a Hulk and fell on the ground. In order to **** Loki, they and Thor instantly Thor handed over!

    Lightning and thunder in the sky!

    Whether it''s Tony Stark or Hulk, the two are not troubles that Thor can solve immediately, and even he himself is somewhat not an opponent!

    Natasha controlled the Kun-type fighter to slowly descend, frowning and saying: "Captain Rogers, Thor is not our enemy..."

    "I''ll stop them!"

    Steve Rogers glanced at the height, holding the shield in his hand, leaped down, and rushed to the battlefield where the three clashes!

    Naru Uehara stood by the hatch, looking down at the battle below, a gleam of light flashed in his eyes: "I really envy the superpowers of these guys..."

    Now he is just an ordinary human.

    Naturally cannot participate in this kind of war.

    It''s just that when the New York War is over, he will no longer be an ordinary human, but will use this opportunity to make himself a reasonable superpower...

    A super power person who can crush everything!

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Start reading from Naruto: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click "Favorites" below to record this reading (Chapter 732 is just an ordinary person''s Uehara Naraku) reading record, and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ()

 Chapter 732ï¼š Asgard is not a good thing...

    You can search for the latest chapters in Baidu for "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes Xinshu Haige Novel Network (!

    "What a horrible group of guys..."

    Natasha Romanoff was looking down at the thunder and lightning melee through the glass of the Kun-type fighter, frowning tightly.

    This group of superheroes is really out of control!

    Natasha turned her head and glanced at Uehara Naraku in the hatch. With her and Uehara Naraku''s strength, the two ordinary people could not intervene at all, and could only wait for Steve Rogers to stop the melee.

    Uehara Naraku sensed Natasha''s gaze, nodded slowly, and clenched his fist: "Yes, it''s a group of terrible guys..."

    Fortunately, this melee did not last long.

    As Thor was beaten to the ground by the Hulk the Hulk, the melee was declared to be over, and the two princes of Asgard were also brought back to the Kun-style fighter.

    Thor was sitting next to his brother with a bruised nose, looking at this and that with an unhappy face, but it was a pity that no one paid attention to him except his brother.

    "I heard one thing..."

    Loki closed his palms, turned his head and glanced at his brother, lowered his head and said in a low voice: "Odin also has a daughter, she is called the goddess of death Hela... Hela is the true successor of Asgard. , You are only temporarily..."

    "Rocky!"

    Thor slapped Loki''s shoulder, ignoring the pain on Loki''s face, and said to himself: "Have you been hurt by the turbulence of the universe? The father and queen are the only two of us. child!"

    "Who knows..."

    Loki leaned back on the seat and looked up at the iron plate of the Kun-style fighter: "I still thought I was their child..."

    Rocky never doubted that he was the child of Odin and Friga. At one time he thought Odin was partial to his eldest son Thor, and even let Thor succeed him as the king of God...

    I thought my parents were partial...

    He turned out to be a picked up child.

    And Odin has been hiding this thing for so many years, who knows if Odin has concealed them, Loki thinks that the goddess of death Hela should be real...

    Tony Stark glanced at the two brothers curiously, raised his head and said, "Isn''t Rocky your own brother who has the hammer?"

    "Yes!"

    Thor looked at Tony Stark and the others, and said loudly and loudly: "Rocky is the prince of Asgard! The people on earth have no right to judge him, only Odin..."

    "No, it was adopted."

    Loki interrupted Thor indifferently.

    "Rocky!"

    Thor suddenly looked at Loki, and squeezed his shoulder with one hand: "You are my brother! Even if it is adopted, we are brothers!"

    Thor was still trying his best to demonstrate to everyone what it meant to be brotherly, but the disgust on Loki''s face was almost unconcealed, and he moved his seat.

    Rocky couldn''t bear the enthusiasm of this guy.

    Rocky prefers to restrain his temperament.

    And his brother Thor didn''t hide his thoughts, and put any psychological thoughts on his face. Thor''s lying or something can be seen at a glance.

    However, Thor did not lie.

    Thor has always treated Loki as his own brother, but now that he wants to show the deep brotherhood between them so awkwardly, Loki doesn''t have to think about it. This guy must be for the whereabouts of the universe cube?

    really.

    Thor''s eyes slowly turned red, but the next sentence revealed his purpose: "Rocky, where is the universe cube? Give me the universe cube, we will return to Asgard together, father and mother see you I will be very happy..."

    "¡­I do not know."

    Loki smiled indifferently.

    This somewhat provocative smile immediately angered Thor!

    Such a disobedient brother...

    Thor couldn''t help but want to use some direct means, according to the best method they used when they were young, of course, beat Loki!

    Thor¡¯s Hammer, Mau¡¯nel, flew into Thor¡¯s hands instantly!

    Steve Rogers grabbed Thor''s wrist with one hand, glanced at Loki next to him, and discouraged him in a deep voice, "Don''t make trouble on the plane...We''re going to be there soon."

    Aerospace aircraft carrier.

    When the Avengers team caught Loki and returned, S.H.I.E.L.D. was still tirelessly searching for the Rubik''s Cube in the universe, and there was still no result.

    Nick Fury directly ordered Loki to be locked in a cell specially prepared for him, ready to try to threaten the prince of Asgard and see if he can force the whereabouts of the universe''s cube...

    but¡­

    Nick Fury was threatened by Loki instead.

    "When the Cube of the Universe is revived on the earth, the entire universe has already paid attention to this. Are you ready for the interstellar war?"

    "I am the king of Asgard. I have the power to rule Midgard. Why not surrender to me. As long as you surrender to me, I will let the earth survive safely..."

    It couldn''t be more outrageous.

    Loki was clearly captured by them and became a captive of their SHIELD. However, Loki''s posture was extremely arrogant, like a king returning to his own kingdom.

    The entire S.H.I.E.L.D. Bureau was helpless.

    Even though Natasha Romanoff went to Loki¡¯s cell and asked about Clint Barton¡¯s whereabouts, she was taunted by Loki. This guy is not an ordinary vicious tongue...

    Time passed bit by bit.

    The people of S.H.I.E.L.D. and the Avengers team looked sad.

    The whereabouts of the Cosmos Rubik¡¯s Cube is unknown. The Zetarians may descend on the earth at any time, and Akatsuki¡¯s army is also stationed in outer space and may use the earth as a battlefield at any time...

    Loki in the cell was quite triumphant.

    It''s just that Loki''s heart is actually a little worried, now that his psychic scepter is lost, how can he cause chaos on the aircraft carrier?

    According to the configuration on the aerospace carrier the entire Avengers team is here, if Clint Barton comes to rescue him, it is equivalent to giving food to the Avengers?

    Whether it is a decent or a villain, everyone is worried.

    perhaps¡­

    There was only one person on the airspace carrier who was not worried, even this man was still drinking juice leisurely, waiting quietly for the start of the New York war.

    "Get our people ready..."

    Uehara Naraku slowly took the juice straw and looked at a group of agents standing in front of him: "As long as Clint Barton comes to the Aerospace carrier, send someone to let Loki go... Tell Loki, this is Order of Princess Hela."

    "Princess Hela?"

    "Yes, Princess Hela."

    Uehara Nairo squeezed the juice cup in his hand and threw it into the trash can: "Princess Hela, the goddess of death who created our Hydra, just happened to reveal this to Nick Fury and let him know As. The God of Gad is not a good thing..."

    Ok¡­

    Asgard is not a good thing...

    In the future, only Akatsuki will be a trustworthy friend.

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Start reading from Naruto: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 733 Asgard is not a good thing...) reading record, and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 733ï¼š We also have to collude with an Asgard god!

    You can search for the latest chapters in Baidu for "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes Xinshu Haige Novel Network (!

    "Go get ready!"

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand to signal the Hydra spies next to him to retreat, took out one of his mobile phones, and planned to take this opportunity to contact Alexander Pierce.

    At least we must take the matter of the goddess of death, Hela, to the truth.

    "By the way, there is one more thing."

    Uehara Naraku suddenly stopped his subordinates and issued another order: "If Clint Barton appears on the Aerospace carrier, report his location to me at that time, I remember he drove away my pickup. car."

    "¡­Yes."

    The Hydra spies stared at each other.

    After the guys left, Uehara Naraku glanced at the call log on his mobile phone. It seemed that he hadn''t contacted Alexander Pierce for a while.

    "Sir Pierce, this is Naraku Uehara."

    After the call was dialed, Uehara Naraku squeezed her cell phone tightly, her voice immediately became serious and said: "There is an important thing to report to you..."

    "You haven''t solved Steve Rogers!"

    Alexander Pierce seemed to be in a bad mood, and his mood sounded quite irritable: "Nick Fury''s Avengers team has caused us considerable trouble! Four military bases were destroyed in their hands last month!"

    Since Nick Fury dispatched the Avengers team to attack the Hydra base, the war between S.H.I.E.L.D. and Hydra has been overwhelming, and the loss of Hydra is not small...

    Of course Uehara Naraku couldn''t say that this was intentional.

    If Alexander Pierce knew that Naraku Uehara used the Avengers team to destroy their Hydra faction, he would probably be blown up in his heart...

    "This is not a bad thing."

    Uehara Naraku frowned, and persuaded in a deep voice, "Sooner or later, the exposed bases will be wiped out by S.H.I.E.L.D. and the military... Their destruction was not without results. I got the Avengers team and Nick Furigan. Trust more..."

    "This does not match our expectations..."

    Alexander Pierce is still a bit dissatisfied.

    Because Uehara Naraku did not play a real role as a spy, according to his expectations, Uehara Naraku should find a way to plan an operation with him to fight against the Avengers...

    "in case¡­"

    The corner of Uehara Naraku''s mouth twitched, revealing a weird smile: "Can we regain the position of S.H.I.E.L.D. Director?"

    "what did you say?"

    "Not long ago, I planned the defection of Coleson and Hill. Nick Fury has no other subordinates in the entire S.H.I.E.L.D. that he can rely on. Now all of his intelligence channels are under our control..."

    "Recently, I have started to use intelligence channels to make Nick Fury pay more and more attention to me and involve me in all his plans. As long as the opportunity is right, I can take over his position and regain our nine heads. S.H.I.E.L.D. of the Serpent..."

    Uehara Naraku''s plan has been proceeding smoothly.

    I have to say that this plan really moved Alexander Pierce. Since Hydra was exposed, many of their actions have been restricted...

    Because S.H.I.E.L.D. Bureau is involved with the military and the World Security Council, the identity of the director of S.H.I.E.L.D. is very important. If a S.H.I.E.L.D. Director is still Hydra, the help to Hydra can hardly be greater...

    Alexander Pierce took a deep breath and said solemnly: "I will let Dr. Anim Zola cooperate with your plan..."

    "Yes."

    Uehara Naraku showed a gentle smile.

    Now that he drew a pie to Alexander Pierce, Naraku Uehara naturally wanted to add something to him: "Chief Pierce should know the latest things, right? An alien named Rocky took control of Clint Barton. Take away the Cube of the Universe..."

    "Well, I just heard about this..."

    "Loki''s scepter has been obtained by us."

    After Naraku Uehara said this, Pierce''s breathing suddenly increased.

    How could the psychic scepter that can control the human heart and the weapon from the outer space universe be unmoved?

    "Tomorrow I will send someone to Chief Pierce."

    "Good job!"

    Alexander Pierce¡¯s joy was almost overwhelming during the phone call. He even coveted the Universe Rubik¡¯s Cube: "If you can get the Universe Rubik¡¯s Cube... then it belongs to our Hydra..."

    "We can''t keep the Universe Rubik''s Cube."

    There was more hesitation in Uehara Naraku''s voice: "Because Thor of Asgard has returned to Earth, his purpose is precisely for the Cube of the Universe. It is said that many people in the universe covet the Cube of the Universe. Nick Fury already has it. The idea of ??giving up..."

    Uehara Naraku sighed and continued in a deep voice: "I suspect that Nick Fury will give the Cube of the Universe to Thor for the safety of the earth, in exchange for Asgard''s trust in S.H.I.E.L.D., and perhaps In exchange for Thor''s help..."

    "that guy!"

    The sound of smashing the table came from the phone.

    Even Alexander Pierce knew about the troubles of those aliens. He had lost the official skins of S.H.I.E.L.D. and the Secretary-General of the World Security Council. Pierce didn¡¯t think Thor would be soft on Hydra after they took the Cube of the Universe...

    the most important is¡­

    Thor is also on the list of Avengers!

    This also means that in the future Thor will also join the ranks of the siege of Hydra, a legendary Norse god, but they cannot contend with Hydra!

    Uehara Naraku seemed to understand Alexander Pierce¡¯s concerns, and whispered softly: ¡°Now Nick Fury¡¯s Avengers team has a Thor from Asgard, and we Hydra must also find someone who can fight Thor¡¯s power. Up..."

    "That''s the legendary god..."

    Alexander Pierce¡¯s voice was a little weak: "Perhaps the future can only hope that there will not be much communication between Asgard and the earth..."

    "It may not be possible. Asgard still has prisoners imprisoned on Earth..."

    Nairo Uehara hesitated for a while before she continued: "I heard something from Thor and Loki, the **** of thunder. There was once a princess who was vying for the heir to the king of Asgard was imprisoned on the earth. Her power is very powerful. Strong..."

    When Uehara Naraku said this, he mentioned his purpose: "We may be able to find a way to find this princess and use her to fight against Thor...

    It is said that... the power of this princess is too strong, even the **** king Odin can''t kill, she can only seal her and imprison her somewhere on the earth...

    Her name is also quite scary.

    It is said that she is the goddess of death in the myth, Hela. "

    The sound of Alexander Pierce¡¯s breathing suddenly increased in the earpiece, and Nairo Uehara hooked her mouth and continued softly: ¡°The only pity is that Thor and Loki don¡¯t know the whereabouts of their sister...¡±

    "..."

    Alexander Pierce was silent for a while, then slowly said: "I know! I immediately send people to start searching and find out the whereabouts of the goddess of death. Maybe we should also build a team to compete with the Avengers!"

    "Yes. UU reading "

    Uehara Naraku agreed very much with Alexander Pierce, and continued: "As long as we also have a Hydra team, plus my information..."

    "Be careful to protect yourself..."

    "Yes, Sir Pierce, long live the Hydra."

    Uehara Naraku slowly hung up the phone in his hand, stretched slowly, and twisted his body.

    Suddenly a violent explosion sounded!

    A strong vibration came from under my feet!

    A sirens resounded throughout the entire aerospace carrier!

    Countless agents are running back and forth in the narrow passage of the aerospace carrier!

    Uehara Naraku lowered his head and glanced at the vibrating cell phone, then slowly connected to the call, and heard a report from a spy.

    "Sir, Loki has been let go."

    "Clint Barton infiltrated the aerospace aircraft carrier, and is currently active in the northeast region. Our people are still exploring the specific location..."

    "no need."

    Uehara Naruko squeezed his finger, raised his eyes to look in a certain direction, and whispered, "I already know his location."

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Start reading from Naruto: https://

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 734, we Hydra also have to collude with an Asgardian god!) Read the record, and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ()

 Chapter 734ï¼š New York battle and comers!

    You can search for the latest chapters in Baidu for "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes Xinshu Haige Novel Network (!

    Aerospace aircraft carrier.

    Hawkeye Clint Button did a good job.

    Even if Clint Button was controlled by Rocky, his skill and wisdom did not suffer any discount, and he easily sneaked into the airborne aircraft carrier.

    As for Rocky...

    After Clint Barton infiltrated the aerospace carrier, Loki was quietly released from the chaos to help release his Hydra spy under the goddess of death Hela.

    Hela, the goddess of death, is everywhere!

    Rocky couldn''t help being vigilant against this never-famous sister!

    After escaping from the custody of the aerospace carrier, Loki simply dropped Hawkeye Clint as an abandoned son, and left the aerospace carrier by himself in a fighter plane.

    Even if he became an abandoned son, Clint Barton was still very loyal to Loki, not caring about his own life at all, and led other agents controlled by Loki to wreak havoc on the aerospace carrier...

    until¡­

    Someone kicked him seven or eight meters away!

    Clint Barton hurriedly got up, quickly drew an arrow from his back, and aimed his bow at the enemy who blocked him!

    "Uehara Naraku!"

    Clint Barton''s heart stunned!

    Only at this moment, Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly rushed up, pushed away the iron arrow he shot with one hand, and hit his head with a punch!

    A feeling of dizziness filled Hawkeye''s brain!

    The character originally controlled by Loki also slowly dissipated under this punch. Clint Barton rubbed his head, slowly regaining his sanity!

    "Your fist is still so hard..."

    "Where is my car?"

    Uehara Naruko squeezed his wrist, grabbed Hawkeye''s palm with one hand, and was about to pull the colleague up.

    "It seems to have been blown up..."

    Clint Barton was still regaining consciousness with his eyes closed. He felt his palm loose and his body fell heavily to the ground as soon as he finished saying this!

    "Are you too careful?"

    "If you can stand up, follow me..."

    Uehara Naraku looked down at Hawkeye, who was still rubbing his head, and said softly: "Now can I still remember where Loki asked you to send the Universe Cube?"

    "Seems¡­"

    Clint Barton rubbed his head and stood up. He recalled the orders Loki gave to him while he was in control, and his face suddenly became hard to look at!

    "new York¡­"

    "Manhattan..."

    "Stark Mansion!"

    In addition to the intelligence brought by Clint Barton, Tony Stark, Bruce Banner and others also guessed where Loki used the Universe Rubik''s Cube...

    The location where the fixed space channel of the Cosmos Rubik¡¯s Cube is built must be the most arrogant building in the world, and it must also have enough energy support...

    no doubt¡­

    In the whole of the United States, there is no more publicity than Tony Stark¡¯s newly built Stark Tower. It just so happens that his Stark Tower uses new abundant clean energy...

    This element of energy...

    It happens to be the same element as the energy of the Universe Rubik''s Cube.

    Tony Stark murmured a few words, and drove his steel suit quickly to New York, where he was still thinking about tracing the Cube...

    As a result, his new home was about to be stolen by Loki!

    "Be fast!"

    Nick Fury immediately ordered the Avengers team to start together, his face faintly becoming more and more ugly: "We must be the first to get the universe cube..."

    Once the Rocky Framework completes the fixed space channel...

    The Akatsuki Army from the outer space of the atmosphere will also come together!

    Unfortunately.

    It was too late for the Avengers to head to New York.

    new York.

    Stark Industrial Building.

    A burst of azure blue energy suddenly shot into the sky from the top of the building, opening a solid space wormhole in the air, and a group of purple light spots loomed in the space wormhole...

    The pioneer team of the Zetarians rushed out of the space wormhole!

    Tony Stark had just arrived in New York when he saw this scene, his face immediately became ugly, dozens of small missiles flew out of the shoulders of the steel suit instantly, blowing the team into countless fireworks!

    "It''s over..."

    Countless Qitarians swooped down in flying vehicles!

    Tony Stark''s steel battle suit is already the most advanced technology on earth, and it is impossible to stop this Qitarian army by himself!

    A huge Qitarui troop transporter opened its fangs, swimming down from the space wormhole like a giant whale in the deep sea, and bit at the Iron Man in the air with its mouth open!

    "..."

    Tony Stark raised his hand and shot a burst of laser energy, but only a spark was swayed on the body of this soldier beast. He could only fly around the high-rise buildings of New York to avoid it!

    Fortunately at this time...

    The Avengers team rushed to the scene.

    Bruce Banner jumped down from the air, transformed into the Hulk, and stopped the huge troop transporter with a punch. Thor, the **** of thunder, wielded his thunder hammer to summon the thunder and barely stabilized the previous situation.

    "We build a line of defense on the ground!"

    Steve Rogers glanced at the three Ace Agents of S.H.I.E.L.D. next to him, and he did not abdicate the strength of these comrades in arms, and gave his orders in a deep voice!

    "Clint, help protect in the air!"

    "Uehara, Natasha, let''s stop their attack on the ground!"

    "understand!"

    A group of people immediately perform their duties!

    What they have to do now is to intercept the offensive of the Qitarians and temporarily control the battlefield in this area. At least for now, these alien invaders must not be allowed to spread around the world unscrupulously!

    Nairo Uehara knocked down a Zetaree to the ground with a punch, hacked away the weapon in his hand, and nailed the enemy to the ground with one blow!

    After killing an enemy, Uehara Naruko looked up at the blue light on the top of the Stark Industrial Building, with a smile on his face...

    That is the energy of the universe''s Rubik''s Cube!

    Now that New York no longer has Loki¡¯s psychic scepter, the Avengers have no other way to close the Cube of the Universe, so he can only dedicate his life as a S.H.I.E.L.D. agent...

    Inside the Stark Industrial Building.

    A wave of fluctuations quietly appeared in the space.

    Several figures suddenly appeared in the Stark Mansion following this wave of fluctuations. They were dressed in sophisticated high-tech battle suits, looking out of tune with this world.

    Noisy...

    The visors on their faces faded quietly, revealing their true features, but each of them had a little dignified face. ????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????

    If someone is there, you can definitely recognize that several of them are members of the Avengers but they are slightly older compared to this era.

    The headed Steve Rogers looks a bit of vicissitudes. It seems that he has not had a good life these years. Standing next to him is a man wearing a robe mage cloak. At first glance, it makes people think that he is a learned man...

    In addition to Steve Rogers and the robe mage man, there are two very tall figures that are undoubtedly more eye-catching... Their two-meter-high figure looks a little different from ordinary humans.

    A giant is all purple.

    A giant is all green.

    "As we mentioned beforehand..."

    The robe mage man slowly raised his head, glanced at the people present, and continued with a deep voice: "Our purpose is not to change history, but to use the infinite gems of the past to drive away Uehara Naraku and prevent him from taking our universe..."

    "Strange, but our chance is rare..."

    Steve Rogers held his wrist and said solemnly: "If we can avoid contact between Uehara Naraku and the Cube of the Universe at this time, he will not become that terrifying man in the future..."

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Hokage. txt download address: https://................... ... https://................. .. ........ .. ........ .. ....,.....,........................................................................................................ama another an an......................]]..]........ed]ed A A A Aeding.eded.ed.".

    Start reading from Naruto: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record the reading record of this time (Chapter 735 New York War and Coming!), and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ! ()

 Chapter 735ï¼š Grass, how could he be fooled by Uehara Naraku again!

    You can search for "behind the scenes from Hokage" in Baidu to find the latest chapters!

    These people are the future.

    For them, the future, the opportunity is indeed very rare. As long as they can avoid the contact between Uehara Naraku and the Cube of the Universe, they can completely change the future history.

    In the future history.

    In the next 2023, the earth-born Naraku Uehara has conquered the entire universe and began to use her own power to collect planets in the universe!

    He wants to turn the entire universe into his own with his own power!

    The Avengers naturally do not want to sit back and watch.

    Because of something in the future, the Avengers have split, and their power is somewhat insufficient, and it just so happens that a certain overlord in the universe is also a little bit thief.

    Therefore, they got in touch and developed a way to travel through time and space to go back to the past and get six infinite gems to wipe out the future Uehara Naraku.

    In order to ensure foolproof.

    There are four strong people from 2023 to 2012.

    Captain America, Steve Rogers.

    Supreme Master, Dr. Strange.

    Hulk Hulk, Dr. Bruce Banner.

    Once the Titan overlord, Thanos.

    "Does it start from here?"

    Thanos raised his head and looked at the Qitarians coming outside the window. These Qitarians were once his troops, and they were invaded by the orders of Thanos of this era to invade the earth.

    Unfortunately¡­

    This time the invasion of the earth did not achieve the result he wanted.

    Even by mistake, a terrifying superhero was born on the earth, no, or rather, a terrifying devil was born.

    Thanos¡¯ head dropped slightly, and he glanced at Naruto Uehara, who was still entangled with a Zetarian on the ground, and a touch of complexity flashed in his eyes: "A weak human being on Earth, the future will bring us more trouble than I did before. All the experience..."

    This earthling named Naraku Uehara...

    Let all his hard work be destroyed!

    If it''s just a failure, it''s fine, but the way to fail is that Thanos is absolutely unwilling to experience it again. This Uehara Naraku is a complete evil, how can a person be so despicable and shameless!

    If they were to use the Tony Stark''s words, it would be that the **** Uehara Naraku lowered the lower limit of the moral quality of the entire universe!

    "What are you thinking?"

    Bruce Banner walked to Thanos'' side.

    This future Bruce Banner has long been fused with the Hulk, and his body shape has long since become that of the Hulk.

    Bruce Banner followed Thanos¡¯ gaze and looked at Naraku Uehara. He couldn''t help but twitched, and softly persuaded him: "We can''t change the past, we can only change the future..."

    "is it?"

    Thanos¡¯ eyes flickered slightly, he slowly turned around and looked at Steve Rogers and Strange: "Perhaps we should try..."

    "Do not impulse."

    Strange''s fingers moved slightly, and he said in a deep voice, "The Akatsuki organization''s army is in outer space, and it will soon meet the Qitarians and descend on the earth. Our strength is not enough to contend with Akatsuki!"

    According to the historical situation...

    Akatsuki''s army will soon come!

    Once Thanos really jumped out and rushed to kill Uehara Naraku, he would definitely face the encirclement and suppression of Akatsuki. Once their identities were exposed, it would be quite dangerous!

    "that guy¡­"

    The future Steve Rogers gritted his teeth and looked at Steve Rogers and Naraku Uehara who were fighting side by side on the ground. He spoke word by word from the gap between his teeth: "Obviously, I have already begun to frame me, so I have to pretend to be It looked like he was giving up his life..."

    This is what makes Steve Rogers the most angry!

    Because Steve Rogers knows very well how much he trusts Uehara in 2012, and how painful he will be in the future!

    That bastard!

    Really don''t do human affairs at all!

    "If Uehara Naraku didn''t touch the Cube..."

    Steve Rogers looked up at the azure blue light on the top of the building and murmured: "That guy won''t get that kind of terrifying power. As an ordinary person, he won''t be known for it. The organization absorbs..."

    "future¡­"

    "He won''t confuse Xiao''s members step by step, and become the leader of Xiao step by step!"

    "This cosmic peace organization will not become his minion!"

    "Our universe will not become what the future looks like!"

    Steve Rogers threw a fist on the railing bitterly, his anger becoming more and more uncontrollable: "If we can get rid of him at this time!"

    "Captain Rogers!"

    Dr. Strange pressed the shoulders of Steve Rogers, and said solemnly: "Don''t be impulsive, no matter how much we do in this era, it won''t help. The future is absolutely impossible to change!"

    "If you don''t try it..."

    Steve Rogers still gritted his teeth.

    If you talk about the anger of everyone present towards Naraku Uehara, Steve Rogers, the person who once trusted Naraku Uehara the most, should be the most, because he is also the one who was betrayed and played the most by Uehara Naraku!

    "Maybe we can try..."

    The technological battle clothes on Thanos turned into nano-molecules and faded away, revealing a strong body. Just by looking at his body, you can know how strong the hidden power in his body is!

    Thanos slowly twisted his wrist, his pupils trembling slightly: "Even if we get all the infinite gems, we may not be able to solve Uehara Naraku 100%..."

    Thanos turned around again, looked at the people present, and said solemnly: "If the future can really change, we can get rid of him here, maybe it''s our best chance."

    The current Naraku Uehara is so weak...

    It only takes a punch or a missile to get rid of him. This kind of opportunity is really rare in a lifetime, and it is really difficult for people to withstand this temptation!

    After all, the future Uehara Naraku is so powerful that it makes people feel desperate, and there is no way to destroy him, or even to harden the power gem...

    "Can''t do this."

    Fortunately, Strange''s sanity is online.

    The future supreme mage quickly shook his head and glanced at the people who were still unhappy before explaining: "Let¡¯s go to see the supreme mage Gu Yi of this era first. She should be in the New York Temple now. .

    Let''s ask her if there is a solution to Naraku Uehara, or the possibility of changing history. Guyi Mage is the custodian of time gems in her previous term, and the supreme mage who used the most power of time gems..."

    "An ancient guardian of the earth..."

    Thanos¡¯ eyes flickered slightly, and the urn said: "I have heard of a very knowledgeable supreme mage guarding the earth a long time ago..."

    "I''m also curious... Can you take me to a long experience?"

    A voice quietly appeared beside them.

    This voice made everyone feel a little strange, but also faintly familiar, everyone''s eyes were involuntarily looking at the people coming!

    "Uehara Naraku!"

    Everyone became nervous involuntarily! Everyone felt uneasy when they saw him!

    "When did this guy appear here!"

    "Has he also traveled through time and space?"

    "No, it''s not the future Uehara Naraku. He is the Uehara Naraku of this era! The future Uehara Naraku will always wear Akatsuki''s auspicious cloud black robe. He is the Uehara Naraku of this era!"

    "How could it be... he''s just an ordinary person..."

    "..."

    The faces of the four people in the future changed drastically.

    Is there anything they don¡¯t know about here?

    Or is it that they were played with by the guy Naraku Uehara again?

    "Akatsuki''s army is coming..."

    Uehara Naraku did not have the consciousness of an ordinary person at all, UU reading www. uukanshu.com slowly walked to the window and looked at the shadow in the sky, and whispered, "No one will notice my disappearance at this time, because I ordered the war between Akatsuki¡¯s army and the Qitarians to continue for a while, so Temporarily disappearing won¡¯t expose me to any flaws..."

    "..."

    There was a bad meaning in everyone''s heart.

    What does this guy mean by this sentence?

    Could it be that¡­

    Have they been cheated all the time?

    "You are not the Akatsuki organization that came into contact at this time..."

    Thanos¡¯ eyes tightened in an instant, and his face slowly became heavy: "You didn''t gain strength in this era..."

    Oh shit¡­

    They were deceived again!

    What kind of power Uehara Naraku got when he came into contact with the Rubik''s Cube in the universe!

    This **** actually has superhuman powers a long time ago, and he has been using the energy of contact with the universe''s Rubik''s Cube as a cover!

    "Yup¡­"

    Uehara Naraku squinted his eyes and smiled and nodded, his gaze swept over the people present, and slowly stopped on Hulk the Hulk.

    Ok¡­

    His chess piece...

    Sure enough, it has always been useful.

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Hokage. txt download address: https://................... ... https://................. .. ........ .. ........ .. ....,.....,........................................................................................................ama another an an......................]]..]........ed]ed A A A Aeding.eded.ed.".

    Start reading from Naruto: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 736, how did you get deceived by Uehara Naraku again!) Read the record, and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ()

 Chapter 735ï¼š Why was it fooled by Uehara Naraku again!

    You can search for "behind the scenes from Hokage" in Baidu to find the latest chapters!

    These people are the future.

    For them, the future, the opportunity is indeed very rare. As long as they can avoid the contact between Uehara Naraku and the Cube of the Universe, they can completely change the future history.

    In the future history.

    In the next 2023, the earth-born Naraku Uehara has conquered the entire universe and began to use her own power to collect planets in the universe!

    He wants to turn the entire universe into his own with his own power!

    The Avengers naturally do not want to sit back and watch.

    Because of something in the future, the Avengers have split, and their power is somewhat insufficient, and it just so happens that a certain overlord in the universe is also a little bit thief.

    Therefore, they got in touch and developed a way to travel through time and space to go back to the past and get six infinite gems to wipe out the future Uehara Naraku.

    In order to ensure foolproof.

    There are four strong people from 2023 to 2012.

    Captain America, Steve Rogers.

    Supreme Master, Dr. Strange.

    Hulk Hulk, Dr. Bruce Banner.

    Once the Titan overlord, Thanos.

    "Does it start from here?"

    Thanos raised his head and looked at the Qitarians coming outside the window. These Qitarians were once his troops, and they were invaded by the orders of Thanos of this era to invade the earth.

    Unfortunately¡­

    This time the invasion of the earth did not achieve the result he wanted.

    Even by mistake, a terrifying superhero was born on the earth, no, or rather, a terrifying devil was born.

    Thanos¡¯ head dropped slightly, and he glanced at Naruto Uehara, who was still entangled with a Zetarian on the ground, and a touch of complexity flashed in his eyes: "A weak human being on Earth, the future will bring us more trouble than I did before. All the experience..."

    This earthling named Naraku Uehara...

    Let all his hard work be destroyed!

    If it''s just a failure, it''s fine, but the way to fail is that Thanos is absolutely unwilling to experience it again. This Uehara Naraku is a complete evil, how can a person be so despicable and shameless!

    If they were to use the Tony Stark''s words, it would be that the **** Uehara Naraku lowered the lower limit of the moral quality of the entire universe!

    "What are you thinking?"

    Bruce Banner walked to Thanos'' side.

    This future Bruce Banner has long been fused with the Hulk, and his body shape has long since become that of the Hulk.

    Bruce Banner followed Thanos¡¯ gaze and looked at Naraku Uehara. He couldn''t help but twitched, and softly persuaded him: "We can''t change the past, we can only change the future..."

    "is it?"

    Thanos¡¯ eyes flickered slightly, he slowly turned around and looked at Steve Rogers and Strange: "Perhaps we should try..."

    "Do not impulse."

    Strange''s fingers moved slightly, and he said in a deep voice, "The Akatsuki organization''s army is in outer space, and it will soon meet the Qitarians and descend on the earth. Our strength is not enough to contend with Akatsuki!"

    According to the historical situation...

    Akatsuki''s army will soon come!

    Once Thanos really jumped out and rushed to kill Uehara Naraku, he would definitely face the encirclement and suppression of Akatsuki. Once their identities were exposed, it would be quite dangerous!

    "that guy¡­"

    The future Steve Rogers gritted his teeth and looked at Steve Rogers and Naraku Uehara who were fighting side by side on the ground. He spoke word by word from the gap between his teeth: "Obviously, I have already begun to frame me, so I have to pretend to be It looked like he was giving up his life..."

    This is what makes Steve Rogers the most angry!

    Because Steve Rogers knows very well how much he trusts Uehara in 2012, and how painful he will be in the future!

    That bastard!

    Really don''t do human affairs at all!

    "If Uehara Naraku didn''t touch the Cube..."

    Steve Rogers looked up at the azure blue light on the top of the building and murmured: "That guy won''t get that kind of terrifying power. As an ordinary person, he won''t be known for it. The organization absorbs..."

    "future¡­"

    "He won''t confuse Xiao''s members step by step, and become the leader of Xiao step by step!"

    "This cosmic peace organization will not become his minion!"

    "Our universe will not become what the future looks like!"

    Steve Rogers threw a fist on the railing bitterly, his anger becoming more and more uncontrollable: "If we can get rid of him at this time!"

    "Captain Rogers!"

    Dr. Strange pressed the shoulders of Steve Rogers, and said solemnly: "Don''t be impulsive, no matter how much we do in this era, it won''t help. The future is absolutely impossible to change!"

    "If you don''t try it..."

    Steve Rogers still gritted his teeth.

    If you talk about the anger of everyone present towards Naraku Uehara, Steve Rogers, the person who once trusted Naraku Uehara the most, should be the most, because he is also the one who was betrayed and played the most by Uehara Naraku!

    "Maybe we can try..."

    The technological battle clothes on Thanos turned into nano-molecules and faded away, revealing a strong body. Just by looking at his body, you can know how strong the hidden power in his body is!

    Thanos slowly twisted his wrist, his pupils trembling slightly: "Even if we get all the infinite gems, we may not be able to solve Uehara Naraku 100%..."

    Thanos turned around again, looked at the people present, and said solemnly: "If the future can really change, we can get rid of him here, maybe it''s our best chance."

    The current Naraku Uehara is so weak...

    It only takes a punch or a missile to get rid of him. This kind of opportunity is really rare in a lifetime, and it is really difficult for people to withstand this temptation!

    After all, the future Uehara Naraku is so powerful that it makes people feel desperate, and there is no way to destroy him, or even to harden the power gem...

    "Can''t do this."

    Fortunately, Strange''s sanity is online.

    The future supreme mage quickly shook his head and glanced at the people who were still unhappy before explaining: "Let¡¯s go to see the supreme mage Gu Yi of this era first. She should be in the New York Temple now. .

    Let''s ask her if there is a solution to Naraku Uehara, or the possibility of changing history. Guyi Mage is the custodian of time gems in her previous term, and the supreme mage who used the most power of time gems..."

    "An ancient guardian of the earth..."

    Thanos¡¯ eyes flickered slightly, and the urn said: "I have heard of a very knowledgeable supreme mage guarding the earth a long time ago..."

    "I''m also curious... Can you take me to a long experience?"

    A voice quietly appeared beside them.

    This voice made everyone feel a little strange, but also faintly familiar, everyone''s eyes were involuntarily looking at the people coming!

    "Uehara Naraku!"

    Everyone became nervous involuntarily! Everyone felt uneasy when they saw him!

    "When did this guy appear here!"

    "Has he also traveled through time and space?"

    "No, it''s not the future Uehara Naraku. He is the Uehara Naraku of this era! The future Uehara Naraku will always wear Akatsuki''s auspicious cloud black robe. He is the Uehara Naraku of this era!"

    "How could it be... he''s just an ordinary person..."

    "..."

    The faces of the four people in the future changed drastically.

    Is there anything they don¡¯t know about here?

    Or is it that they were played with by the guy Naraku Uehara again?

    "Akatsuki''s army is coming..."

    Uehara Naraku didn''t have the consciousness of an ordinary person. UU Reading slowly walked out of the window and looked at the shadow in the sky, and said softly, "No one will notice my disappearance at this time, because I ordered Akatsuki. The war between the army and the Zetaru will last for a while, so disappearing temporarily won¡¯t expose me to any flaws...

    "..."

    There was a bad meaning in everyone''s heart.

    What does this guy mean by this sentence?

    Could it be that¡­

    Have they been cheated all the time?

    "You are not the Akatsuki organization that came into contact at this time..."

    Thanos¡¯ eyes tightened in an instant, and his face slowly became heavy: "You didn''t gain strength in this era..."

    Oh shit¡­

    They were deceived again!

    What kind of power Uehara Naraku got when he came into contact with the Rubik''s Cube in the universe!

    This **** actually has superhuman powers a long time ago, and he has been using the energy of contact with the universe''s Rubik''s Cube as a cover!

    "Yup¡­"

    Uehara Naraku squinted his eyes and smiled and nodded, his gaze swept over the people present, and slowly stopped on Hulk the Hulk.

    Ok¡­

    His chess piece...

    Sure enough, it has always been useful.

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Hokage. txt download address: https://................... ... https://................. .. ........ .. ........ .. ....,.....,........................................................................................................ama another an an......................]]..]........ed]ed A A A Aeding.eded.ed.".

    Start reading from Naruto: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 736, how did you get deceived by Uehara Naraku again!) Read the record, and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ()

 Chapter 736ï¼š Akatsukis intern

    You can search for "behind the scenes from Hokage" in Baidu to find the latest chapters!

    There has been a little deviation in the world.

    The expressions of the future Steve Rogers, Thanos and others are not generally ugly. They have always thought that Uehara Naraku became the future great demon by luck.

    Now it seems that there is something wrong with their cognition.

    It turns out that Naraku Uehara is not an ordinary person, nor is it a superhero who has become stronger when he touches the Rubik''s Cube in the universe by chance, nor is it a lucky person to be taken by Akatsuki.

    be cheated¡­

    This bastard...

    Has extraordinary power from the beginning!

    From the very beginning, it has been inextricably linked with the Akatsuki organization!

    "I''ve always been Akatsuki''s leader..."

    "I really miss it..."

    "I miss being an intern..."

    "But time is coming soon... Maybe after today I will have the opportunity to experience the life of an intern... even if it''s just a fake..."

    Uehara Naruko walked to the glass floor-to-ceiling window, lowered his head and glanced at the battle between the ground Avengers team and the Zetarians, and slowly raised his head to look at the darker and darker sky.

    That was the shadow of Akatsuki''s army coming down!

    Uchiha Madara, Aizen Soyousuke, and others led hundreds of Happened Daxu and thousands of Kylian Daxu legions slowly landed on the earth from outer space!

    A vast blue slash flew out!

    A Qitarian troop carrier was split into two by this slash!

    The vast slashes cut off the huge troop transport beast, and left a deep gully on the ground in New York!

    This scene frightened the entire New York battlefield!

    Everyone couldn''t help but raise their heads, looking at the black cloud slowly falling in the sky, they could feel the terrifying pressure in the black cloud, making them breathless!

    "what is that¡­"

    Steve Rogers on the ground holds a Zitarian weapon in one hand, and tries his best to support himself standing in place, a terrifying pressure makes him even unable to stand...

    What the **** is that!

    Natasha Romanov fell to the ground wilfully, stupefied, and exhausted her last bit of strength to shoot and kill a close Zitar...

    "That''s Akatsuki''s army!"

    Tony Stark dropped from the sky in a steel suit, an energy cannon repelled a Zeita Swiss soldier and guarded Natasha''s side: "Hey, can you be more sober?"

    "..."

    Natasha shook her head feebly.

    In fact, it''s not just her.

    In addition to Thor and the Hulk who were barely able to resist the pressure from the Akatsuki cadres, Hawkeye Clint Barton also leaned in embarrassment on the roof guardrail, barely supporting his consciousness...

    As for the citizens of New York City on the ground, they had already passed out under this coercion.

    boom!

    A hideous-looking Kylian Daxu wandered the streets of New York, opening his mouth with a red flash and blasting a group of Zeta Swiss soldiers to pieces!

    Hundreds of imaginary faces floated above New York, and from time to time they raised their hands with an emerald green flash to kill the fish that slipped through the net of the Zetarians...

    With the arrival of Akatsuki''s army, the battlefield situation in New York instantly reversed, and the Qitarian army collapsed in an instant...

    "how can that be¡­"

    Loki''s palm trembled a little, he glanced at the broken face that was flying in the sky, and then at the six void thrones floating in the air, his face flashed viciously!

    at this time¡­

    He has nowhere to go!

    No matter which power this group of monsters come to support belongs to, he must fight the battlefield down. What if this group of monsters is strong?

    The Zetarian fleet is just outside the space channel!

    "Army attack!"

    Loki slowly covered his body with a layer of golden light, he changed his clothes in Asgard again, and looked up at the stable space passage!

    More than a dozen huge troop-carrying beasts swam out from the entrance of the passage!

    "Oh, the weak world..."

    Sitting on the Void Throne, Uchiha Madara looked at the Chitari army wandering down the space channel with a disdainful face, grinning and said: "Let them move slowly... Uehara seems to take a while."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s brows frowned, and his palms slowly rested on his cheeks, and he whispered leisurely, "It''s really a troublesome thing... Maybe it''s easier for us to destroy the world."

    "Never underestimate a world..."

    Yamamoto Motoyusai Shigekuni shook his head and slowly closed his eyes: "This world is much bigger than we thought... This is just a corner of this world... Let''s rest for a while... I hope there won''t be any troublesome troubles. ¡­"

    Anyway, they are all immortal.

    In addition to the Great False Legion of Kilian, the entire Rapture Legion has also been reincarnated from the filthy soil, and almost all rational beings are immortal.

    Akatsuki''s army is very calm.

    Only after their powerful army arrived in New York, the entire earth exploded, and there were discussions all over the world about the alien army coming from New York.

    The most burnt out of them...

    There is no doubt that it is Nick Fury, the director of SHIELD.

    On the aerospace carrier.

    Nick Fury looked nervously at the army coming from the surveillance, and witnessed the group of Zetarians raging in New York who could not fight back in front of the army of Akatsuki organization...

    "Nick Fury."

    A group of people suddenly appeared on the screen.

    After this group of World Security Council officials saw the chaos in New York, they finally couldn''t sit still anymore, and there was a touch of anxiety on everyone''s face.

    "Immediately launch a nuclear bomb on the battlefield!"

    "Never allow these two alien armies to spread out!"

    "Yes!"

    "The earth must not be reduced to a battlefield for alien forces!"

    "So what is the difference between us and the colonies of the last century?"

    "Everyone, please calm down!"

    Nick Fury hurriedly interrupted the heated discussion among the group of people, and explained in a deep voice: "First, there is Manhattan... Second, one of them is our potential allies. You are sure to use nuclear bombs to destroy allies who help us protect the earth. ?"

    "The Earth never asked for their help!"

    "They don''t care about the opinions of the earth!"

    "These people are also invaders..."

    "Everyone!"

    Nick Fury could only interrupt the discussion between them again, and said in a deep voice: "Although we do all hate these self-assertive, kind people...

    But I hope you will seriously consider...

    If we do launch a nuclear bomb, it means that we have provoked a group of terrifying enemies before entering the interstellar space, and this group was originally our potential allies..."

    to be frank¡­

    Nick Fury also hated Akatsuki''s self-proclaimed army.

    However, the unrealistic ideas of this group of World Security Council officials made him feel even more tired. This group of people simply cannot understand these people with extraordinary power...

    How much trouble will it cause!

    "Take a step back and talk..."

    Nick Fury tapped his finger and continued in a deep voice: "We have all seen the video of the satellite being destroyed in outer space yesterday... I don''t think the nuclear bomb might cause them any trouble."

    This is the most critical place!

    That knife was enough to cut out the fiery flames that burned all the iron and steel of the entire earth, and it could easily directly cause the detonation of nuclear bombs. The nuclear bombs on the earth are like imaginary...

    Once nuclear weapons can''t solve Akatsuki''s army, the entire earth will provoke a super alien force organized by a group of superheroes!

    This group of people can easily beat the people of the earth to the ground with no teeth!

    and¡­

    In fact, Nick Fury also has certain expectations.

    The appearance of Loki, the Prince of Asgard, means that Asgard, their fixed ally on Earth, may not be so reliable...

    What''s more, Nick Fury also got a gossip about half an hour ago. It is said that behind Hydra stands an Asgard princess.

    In the future, the earth will face more and more alien invasions, and a potential ally will be their trump card for confronting those alien invaders...

    "Then tell me..."

    An old man slowly closed his palms and looked at Nick Fury across the screen: "We can''t do nothing, right?"

    "Keep all nuclear missiles in a state of readiness..."

    Nick Fury slowly clenched his fists, his eyes faintly determined: "Before this war got out of control, now it is the best choice for us to stand still, and my team is also on the front line of the battlefield..."

    "do not worry."

    A hoarse voice appeared in Nick Fury''s ear.

    A spatial vortex quietly appeared next to Nick Fury, and the mysterious masked man quietly appeared on the aerial aircraft carrier and calmly said: "Akatsuki is a peaceful organization, and the meaning of our existence is to eliminate the unreasonable in the universe. Star Wars..."

    "..."

    Nick Fury hesitated for a second.

    To be honest, he is also very familiar with this kind of routine...

    Because S.H.I.E.L.D. often claims to be a peace organization...a peace organization that can mobilize F22 fighter jets and any army below the battalion level at any time.

    "Earth was once a member of Akatsuki."

    The mysterious masked man glanced at the alert agents around him, and calmly continued: "Our leader''s friend Howard Stark used to be the representative of the earth at dawn...representing the earth''s willingness to obey Akatsuki''s rules."

    "..."

    Nick Fury''s expression hesitated again.

    "Akatsuki''s rule..."

    Several officials of the World Security Council frowned, and one of the bearded old men politely explained: ¡°Howard Stark does not actually represent the people of the earth... We may not admit that we once did not understand Akatsuki¡¯s rules. Agreed."

    What exactly are Akatsuki''s rules?

    Howard Stark, the founder, claimed to represent the people of the earth, did he sell the earth to Akatsuki?

    This is especially true without the approval of the World Security Council, they absolutely do not recognize the so-called Xiaoxiao rules!

    "Wait a minute..."

    Nick Fury frowned, and asked in a deep voice: "Dawn of dawn... is it just a loose alliance, similar to some cooperative organizations that exist for common goals?"

    if it is like this¡­

    Maybe they can join the earth!

    No, this kind of cosmic organization shouldn¡¯t be too kind compared to the Asgardians, Zetarians, and Kerry people!

    and¡­

    As long as the earth joins in... can Akatsuki''s army assist the earth in responding to alien aggression in the name of peacekeeping?

    "Howard Stark died a long time ago."

    Nick Fury quickly turned his head to look at the mysterious mask man, his one-eyed one looked at the one-eyed mysterious mask man''s one-eyed one: "Can we now discuss things like restoring the seat of the earth in Akatsuki? I hope Akatsuki understands it. That kind of peace organization..."

    "you guessed wrong."

    The mysterious mask man shook his head slowly, and continued in a low voice: "Before that, perhaps you should know the qualifications to join Akatsuki...

    In this universe, not everyone or any force is qualified to join Akatsuki. Anyone who wants to wear auspicious clouds and black robe possesses a decisive power. "

    The mysterious masked man turned his head to look at the real-time monitoring screen of the New York War, his eyes fell on the six Void Thrones above New York, and he calmly continued: "Those who sit on the Void Throne, each possesses destruction. The power of the planet..."

    "..."

    Nick Fury''s expression suddenly stiffened.

    If what this mysterious mask man said is true, why do so many dangerous people appear in this war? They Earth would rather they should be the Quitarians!

    "and so¡­"

    "Anyone who wants to be a member of Akatsuki..."

    "The most important requirement is to have strong power or wisdom..."

    The mysterious mask man looked at the members of the Avengers team and whispered: "At least those in New York who have special abilities are not qualified to become Akatsuki''s peripheral members... Only strong power or extraordinary wisdom are qualified to wear it. Shang Xiangyun black robe."

    "..."

    Nick Fury''s expression stiffened for a second, and he suddenly asked, "There should be many planets in the universe without suitable candidates to join the dawn, right? You..."

    "Not bad..."

    The mysterious mask man''s voice slowly became low and deep: "Whether it is their safety or their fate, Xiaolai can help them decide... There are no grown-up children, only adult family members will guide their future. "

    "It''s really interesting..."

    Nick Fury''s mouth suddenly grinned, but the smile was a little embarrassing: "It feels like a pair of parents are doing better for their children''s future, so parents have to decide the fate of a child..."

    "This is the best choice."

    "Before the weak become the strong, they are not qualified to decide their own destiny..."

    "unless¡­"

    The mysterious masked man looked at Nick Fury, before turning to talk about the earth: "They can be lucky like the earth..."

    "This is also called Xing..."

    Nick Fury interrupted himself before he finished speaking. He stared at the mysterious masked man next to him, as if he couldn''t believe it and said: "Lucky guy like the earth, UU reading www.uukanshu. com we...is there a suitable candidate?"

    "It doesn''t exist yet."

    The mysterious mask man''s voice was still somber and hoarse, looking at Nick Fury who frowned, he shook his head and talked about another thing.

    "but¡­"

    "This planet is indeed lucky."

    "The leader of Akatsuki once had an agreement with Howard Stark. As part of our reward for studying the Cube of the Universe, the leader of Akatsuki will select an intern from the earth when he allows the earth to come into contact with us again."

    When talking about this, the mysterious mask man looked at the flying Iron Man on the screen and muttered to himself: "There is no more suitable candidate for the earth. After the war is over, we will ask Howard Stark''s descendants... "

    "Tony?"

    Nick Fury thought for a while, then slowly nodded: "If Tony can join Akatsuki on behalf of the earth, maybe it''s not bad..."

    Compared to other people, Tony Stark, a member of the Avengers team, can also accept it, at least this is barely his own...

    unfortunately¡­

    It would be even better if it was someone who could obey S.H.I.E.L.D. orders.

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Hokage. txt download address: https://................... ... https://................. .. ........ .. ........ .. ....,.....,........................................................................................................ama another an an......................]]..]........ed]ed A A A Aeding.eded.ed.".

    Start reading from Naruto: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click "Favorites" below to record the reading record of this time (Chapter 737 Xiao''s intern), and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ()

 Chapter 737ï¼š Ancient 1: I do not borrow! Uehara: Just borrow it!

    You can search for "behind the scenes from Hokage" in Baidu to find the latest chapters!

    Stark Industrial Building.

    The war in downtown New York continues.

    The atmosphere in this building is more tense than war.

    The future Steve Rogers, Thanos and others stared at Naraku Uehara, but the man behind the hidden identity and power turned a blind eye to their faces. He was still standing in the glass window and admiring the money.

    "My subordinates are not bad, right?"

    A smile appeared at the corner of Uehara Naraku''s mouth, and he slowly turned his head to look at these future fighters, his gaze finally stopped on Thanos.

    "It''s really good."

    Thanos twisted his wrist.

    Compared with the Zetarians and Alien Legions under his command, Akatsuki''s army is also regarded as the most elite army in the entire universe.

    Order prohibition.

    In other words, all are under the control of Akatsuki''s cadres.

    As for the cadres of the Akatsuki organization, they are more powerful than the Obsidian Five under his command, and they are not at the same level at all!

    Thanos slowly lowered his eyes, looked at Uehara Naraku, and suddenly stretched out his big hand, grabbing Uehara Naraku''s head!

    "Do not impulse!"

    Dr. Strange is about to stop Thanos!

    However, his movements were a step slower!

    No, in other words, someone''s movement is one step faster!

    Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly appeared beside Thanos, grabbed Thanos''s finger with one hand, and smashed the universe overlord to the ground!

    The luxurious floor shattered instantly!

    "Didn''t you hear it?"

    Uehara Naraku looked at Thanos who was thrown to the ground by herself, raised her eyebrows and said, "Your companion told you not to be too impulsive..."

    Before Uehara Naraku finished speaking, a chuckle suddenly appeared at the corner of his mouth: "It''s unacceptably weak..."

    In the next second, his fist slammed directly down!

    At this moment, Uehara Naraku seemed to directly kill the Thanos, who came from afar from the future universe, on the spot, and everyone''s face couldn''t hide the shock!

    Steve Rogers flew in front of Uehara Naraku, raised his shield in his hand and wanted to take Uehara Naraku away!

    His actions...

    What was exchanged was a sneered low laugh...

    "what?"

    Uehara Naraku''s fists suddenly opened, and he grabbed the shield in Steve Rogers''s hand with one hand, and his five fingers suddenly forced five deep finger holes in it!

    This guy¡­

    Still so unexpected when fighting!

    "Tsk..."

    Nairo Uehara kicked Steve Rogers'' abdomen and kicked the Captain America upside down. The cracked rocks on the floor flew around!

    "Some can''t let go of here..."

    Uehara Nairo turned his head and glanced at the vigilant Doctor Strange, and rubbed his fingers: "Dr. Strange, can you open a door for me? Take me to see Gu Yi, the supreme mage of this era!" "

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the four people present, and continued quietly: "A group of suitable opponents should find a suitable battlefield..."

    "You know what will happen in the future..."

    Strange''s pupils tightened slightly.

    If there is no error in time, Strange in this era is still a doctor, and has nothing to do with the mage...

    Uehara Naraku...

    He is very familiar with him!

    "Correct it."

    Uehara Naruko put up a finger and shook it, then chuckled lightly: "Isn''t it all under my guidance that will happen in the future?"

    Uehara Naruko spread out his palms with a smile, and shook his head seemingly helpless, and his voice suddenly became low in the next second.

    "Wait until you return to your own future era...

    Uehara Naraku''s fingers closed little by little under their gaze, and the expression in his eyes became a little breathtaking: "You will know what is happening here now... Whether you come to this era to borrow infinite gems, or want to Make up for the so-called shortcomings in life..."

    Uehara Naraku''s gaze finally stopped on Captain America, and his smile made a faint chill in his heart: "...Forget it...I will leave you with a big surprise in the future. I wish you a pleasant journey when you go back."

    "As for now..."

    Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly disappeared and appeared in front of Strange Doctor Strange. His palm directly buckled the neck of the supreme mage, and he coldly ordered: "Take me to see Gu Yi mage...I have already It''s been a long time since I had a good fight."

    A small smile appeared at the corner of Uehara Naraku''s mouth, and his fingers slowly loosened Strange''s neck. Suddenly, there was a bit of appreciation in his voice.

    "It just so happens that here are a few suitable sandbags."

    "..."

    Several future people present were silent involuntarily.

    What do you take them for?

    Use them as sandbags for training?

    Regardless of the era, the **** Naru Uehara still doesn''t seem to be able to speak well. Is this what the **** should be said by himself?

    Uehara Naraku looked at Strange, who was standing still and refused to move, frowned and explained softly: "Dr. Strange, you should know that in this era, no one can save you except the ancient wizard. It¡¯s better to be cute. a little¡­"

    "..."

    Strange was still silent.

    When Strange was silent, a sparkling circular space door slowly opened, and a gentle sigh came from inside.

    "Strange, take him with him."

    This is the sigh of a woman.

    The speaker seems to have no temper at all, so that people can hear her incompetence by hearing her voice. This must be a respectable person.

    Naruko Uehara didn''t care if there were any traps behind the door of space, and stepped into the door of space with his head raised, and entered the other side of the door of space.

    Strange shook his head helplessly, and stepped into the space gate with the other future fighters to meet his teacher.

    The supreme mage of this era.

    Ancient one.

    New York Temple.

    On the other side of the Space Gate is the roof of the New York Temple. Standing here, you can see the fierce battle in the air of the New York War. The ancient wizard is here waiting for them.

    This supreme mage is a Celtic with a bisexual character.

    Nowadays, Master Gu Yi showed more of her feminine aspect, except that she didn''t have half of the hair on her head, and she was just wearing an old brown robe.

    "The scenery is good."

    Gu Yi smiled and admired the battle between Xiao organization and the Qitarians, slowly turned his head to look at a group of guests, and snapped his fingers crisply.

    A teapot and several teacups floated in the air and slowly landed on the table on the top of the building. This is the most commonly used method of dazzling skills by the mages.

    Gu Yi glanced at the people present, stretched out his hand to invite everyone to sit at the table, smiling and adhering to his own hospitality: "Coffee? Tea? Drink? Beer?"

    "Orange juice."

    Uehara was unceremoniously ordering a drink.

    Hearing Uehara Naraku''s words, the corners of the eyes of everyone present couldn''t help but twitch.

    Guichi didn''t care about Uehara Naraku''s request. After smiling and nodding, he held the teapot in his hand and slowly poured orange juice into the cup in front of Uehara Naraku.

    After Gu Yi finished pouring the orange juice, he looked at the others present, smiled and continued to ask, "What about you?"

    "coffee."

    "coffee¡­"

    "Same, give them a glass of orange juice."

    Uehara Naraku interrupted them and casually picked up the orange juice in the cup and drank it, and continued in a low voice: "They come from the future and should have realized the truth of this world. Only those with big fists can call the shots."

    "..."

    The future Steve Rogers couldn''t help but twitched his mouth.

    Even those with big fists can be the masters, but the guys who want to help others even when they drink, they are too much nosy...

    "That''s right."

    After Gu Yi nodded gently, he slowly raised the teapot in his hand, and poured a glass of orange juice into everyone''s cups.

    This supreme mage...

    There is tolerance that ordinary people can''t imagine.

    "I know what you are here..."

    Gu Yi slowly sat next to them, bending his eyes softly: "You want to borrow the infinite gems of this era, the time gems can actually be loaned to you...but..."

    "..."

    The future ones breathed a sigh of relief subconsciously.

    If it weren''t for Uehara Naraku staying here, their mood would have been relaxed a lot, at least there was no delay in business now.

    "But when it comes back..."

    Master Gu Yi''s smile became a bit deep, her eyes slowly fell on Uehara Naraku''s body: "Maybe it was Mr. Uehara''s person who returned it, right?"

    This sentence directly exposed the truth.

    "how could be?"

    Uehara Naraku shook his head slowly.

    Well, Master Gu Yi guessed everything.

    For Uehara Naraku, the borrowing of time gems by these futurists in this era really doesn''t matter.

    Regardless of whether these people take the Time Gem back forever or want to do something else, as long as they borrow the Time Gem away, the Time Gem will not be out of his control...

    Ok¡­

    Because he has chess pieces.

    Moreover, he can make himself a little bit more happy.

    "For the safety of gems, I can''t lend them to you..."

    Guichi''s eyes were fixed on Uehara Naraku, and his voice became a little thicker: "I haven''t fully seen the future, but among the countless changes in the future, there are still places I can''t observe..."

    Ever since Gu Yi saw Akatsuki''s army coming to New York, he immediately began to wake up, hiding in the New York Temple to explore the future direction.

    Just borrowing the power of the gem of time can enable Gu Yi to explore tens of millions or even hundreds of millions of future possibilities in just a few minutes... It¡¯s a bit tricky that the members of this group of dawn organizations have no future at all. Words.

    The Time Gem could not probe the future of Akatsuki, or even their past. Gu Yi couldn''t help but feel that there was something wrong with the Time Gem...

    Gu Yi can only probe into his own future.

    then¡­

    She discovered the troublesome truth.

    Every possibility in her future is more troublesome.

    Among them, the one that bothers Gu Yi the most is undoubtedly that he will definitely meet Naraku Uehara. This is a man who makes people unable to survive and die...

    Let no one survive or die.

    Even Gu Yi once envisioned many futures, such as using the results of his own exploration to remind people to be careful of Uehara Naraku...

    however¡­

    The ending remains unchanged.

    No, it should be said that the ending was worse.

    Gu Yi couldn''t help looking at Uehara Naraku lost in thought.

    If she can use the time gem to explore the past or future direction of Uehara Naraku, she may be able to find a way to change the future. Unfortunately, the power of the time gem cannot affect Uehara Naraku. This person is more difficult than the darkness of those alien planes...

    Obviously hundreds of years ago, after she learned to use the gem of time, she began to explore her future, so that she could move towards a more perfect ending...

    result¡­

    The future changed again inadvertently.

    Why did time take a turn inadvertently?

    Why is there such a terrible person as Uehara Naraku in this universe? It is clear that such a person did not appear at all hundreds of years ago...

    "Sorry."

    Gu Yi shook his head slowly, looking at Dr. Strange with a hint of apology on his face, and then at the others present: "Before I have really probed all the changes in the future, I can''t tell the time. Gem loan..."

    "You can lend it to them."

    Uehara Naraku raised his eyebrows, and put down the cup in his hand heavily: "The future Supreme Master Strange came to borrow the Time Gem personally. He is the most outstanding one among your Masters. Don''t you believe him? ?"

    "I believe in him."

    Gu Yi nodded slowly, and shook her head resolutely and slowly. Her eyes slowly turned towards Uehara Naraku from Strange.

    There is actually another sentence behind this.

    Gu Yi mage was not ashamed to say it in front of Uehara Naraku, should she say it directly, I believe in Strange, but I can¡¯t believe you!

    Of course Gu Yi mage believed in Strange.

    The future supreme mage was personally selected by her.

    However, this Naraku Uehara...

    I really dare not let Gu Yi believe it...

    "I''ll be fair..."

    Uehara Naraku''s face became more serious than ever before, and he continued with a deep voice: "Dr. Strange was selected by your own hand, then believe in your choice..."

    "It''s okay..."

    Strange didn''t know Gu Yi''s thoughts. He glanced at his teacher and then at Uehara Naraku, his face faintly weird.

    what is happening?

    Are these two people reversed?

    His teacher, Supreme Master Gu Yi, refused to lend them time gems. uukanshu.com, their enemy Naruko Uehara, is urging Guichi to lend them the gem of time...

    Here¡­

    There seems to be a conspiracy.

    "Gu Yi Mage."

    Steve Rogers'' head slowly raised his head, his gaze fixed on Uehara Naraku''s body, and he calmly continued: "Because our enemy is there..."

    "Even if he is not present, I cannot lend you..."

    Gu Yi frowned his brows and continued softly, "I''m sorry to have wasted your time. There are many hidden facts about this matter that can''t be elaborated..."

    "I know."

    Strange nodded, glanced at their only enemy, and then at the companions around him: "Let''s go, go to other places..."

    "and many more¡­"

    Uehara Naraku stopped them from leaving.

    Uehara''s palm was slowly pressed on the table, his gaze looked at Gu Yi, his eyes gradually became a little dangerous: "Please Gu Yi, please lend them the gem of time! It''s not easy to come all the way..."

    "And... I don''t see it often when I''m kind..."

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Start reading from Naruto: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click on the "Favorites" below to record this time (Chapter 738 Gu Yi: I don¡¯t borrow! Uehara: You borrow quickly!) to read the record, and you will see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ()

 Chapter 738ï¼š The battle between God and God!

    You can search for "behind the scenes from Hokage" in Baidu to find the latest chapters!

    "I need to think about it."

    There was a smile at the corner of Gu Yi''s mouth.

    Facing the incomprehensible guy Uehara Naraku, Gu Yi mage could only ponder and think, and come up with a solution to the status quo.

    This guy is not an actor in the New York battle...

    Obviously because what happened here interested him more.

    Although Gu Yi mage was unable to observe Uehara Naraku''s future, she was not particularly aware of Uehara Naraku''s conspiracy. There is no doubt that Uehara Naraku asked her to lend the gem of time to Strange. There was definitely a conspiracy.

    If you want to deal with Uehara Naraku, it is the safest way to explain all the actions of Uehara Naraku with conspiracy theories.

    There was a wave of fluctuations quietly in the space.

    Mage Gu Yi calmly picked up the tea cup in front of him, and when the people present thought she was pondering, Gu Yi''s palm suddenly flipped!

    The space folds quietly like a mirror!

    Before everyone had reacted, Gu Yi Mage had already taken this group of future warriors into the mirror space. The actions of this supreme mage caught people off guard!

    "this is¡­"

    Steve Rogers glanced at the surrounding environment exactly like the outside world, with some doubts on his face: "Where are we?"

    "Mirror space."

    Dr. Strange glanced at Gu Yi, then lifted his finger, pointed at a group of prismatic glass mirrors in front of him, and explained the principle of mirror space to Steve Rogers.

    "You can understand it as a world in a mirror."

    "Those are the space barriers between the mirror space and the real world. People in the real world cannot see what happens in the mirror space, but people in the mirror space can hide here and observe the outside world without anyone noticing it."

    "Our mage''s usual method is of course not to steal other people''s secrets, but to monitor the darkness that may appear in this world."

    When Dr. Strange talked about this, he was observing Uehara Naraku who was still in the real world through the group of prismatic glass-like space barriers.

    Naraku Uehara in the real world didn''t seem to react yet.

    After all, a group of big living people just disappeared in front of him.

    Dr. Strange looked at the bewildered Uehara Naraku in the real world, and he was finally relieved: "Well, now we should be safe to hide here... I remember that Uehara Naraku does not have the ability to crack the mirror space..."

    Ok¡­

    The mirror space is definitely safe.

    In one of them, the future Uehara Naraku chased down members of the Avengers. Fortunately, Strange brought people into the mirror space and saved the lives of those people.

    This kind of thing...

    Dr. Strange has experience.

    Wow!

    Strange was interrupted by the sound of broken glass!

    No, this is not the sound of glass shattering, but the sound of the space barrier between mirror and reality shattering. This sound is so breathtaking!

    "Yo¡­"

    Uehara Naraku slowly retracted his fist and walked into this mirrored space. He looked at everyone present and raised his own lips: "If you want to hide here, at least take me with you? "

    "Wait... why can you crack the mirror space..."

    Dr. Strange felt that his life had been turned upside down again.

    Now Strange suddenly felt a mess in his mind.

    He didn''t know if it was the current Uehara Naraku who was playing a conspiracy for the future self, or the future Uehara Naraku was always playing tricks for the self of this time...

    This fact is indistinguishable...

    Anyway, they are all the one being played with.

    Gu Yi mage slowly erected her palm, and the orange magic circle appeared in her palm, she stared at the Uehara Naraku who broke the barrier of space!

    "Stand back, Strange!"

    Master Gu Yi waved the magic circle in her hand and rushed to meet Uehara Naraku. Her face was full of dignity and anxiety: "Leave here first!"

    "Don''t leave here in a hurry!"

    Uehara Naraku retorted Gu Yi''s words and chuckled lightly: "Maybe the Gu Yi master in this era is seriously attacked by dark energy, she deliberately deceived you not to hand over the gems?"

    "..."

    Dr. Strange and a group of future soldiers were dumb.

    If the person who said this was not Naraku Uehara, he might have believed in this kind of nonsense, but compared to the ancient wizard who once stole dark energy...

    Uehara Naraku is the real Dark Lord!

    Such a liar who deceives their friendship and feelings, how embarrassed to say that others lie, he is the master of the conspiracy and deception!

    While Strange and a group of future warriors were still pondering, Uehara Naraku and Gu Yi mage had already started fighting!

    The mage in this world is best at using magic circle.

    By releasing the mana in the body, a bright orange magic circle can be formed. This magic circle is quite stable. In addition to being turned into a magic circle blade attack, it can also be turned into a magic circle shield defense!

    Bang!

    Uehara Naraku''s fist hit the magic circle shield in the hands of Gu Yi Mage!

    The sound of the fragmentation of the magic circle sounded quietly, but the movement of the ancient wizard was fast, and he hurriedly used his mana to restore the defense of the magic circle shield!

    "Tsk, the magic circle of the mage is really beautiful..."

    Uehara Naraku waved his fist again, and after smashing the shield of the ancient wizard with one punch, his fist spread out the moment he broke the defense!

    A powerful shock wave suddenly rushed out!

    Uehara Naraku seems to have a lot of combat experience!

    It was too late for Master Gu Yi to form a defense again. Her brows were slightly furrowed, and her hands were slowly spread out to welcome the arrival of this shock wave...

    A large transparent glass shield was looming between the hands of the ancient Master Mage, helping her block the shock wave of Uehara''s surprise attack!

    Click...

    The transparent glass shield quietly shattered.

    At least it completed its mission and helped Gu Yi block the surprise attack after Uehara Naraku''s sudden change of moves, but the Gu Yi mage did not breathe a sigh of relief...

    Because Uehara Naraku seemed to have expected that she would use a shield, after releasing the shock wave, her figure flashed and rushed towards the ancient master once again!

    at this time¡­

    The thoughts of Master Gu Yi thought of other places...

    Obviously Uehara Naraku has done many things in the world, they are controlling the emotional destiny of others. He seems to be a complete conspirator... However, this so-called conspirator is extremely passionate when fighting!

    This guy¡­

    I really came to find someone to fight!

    Uehara Naraku directly opened the way with a fist, and hit it again!

    Mage Gu Yi flew back and backed away from this punch, and when his palm was slightly erected and was about to use the spell again, Uehara Naraku suddenly extended a finger toward Gu Yi from his fist!

    During the battle...

    There can never be useless actions!

    Master Gu Yi once again tilted his head against the finger pointing at her!

    A laser beam shot from the fingertips of Uehara Naraku. The laser dangled past Gu Yi¡¯s shoulder. This move almost penetrated her head!

    After a miss, Uehara Naraku''s actions didn''t stop at all, and his body rushed up again, and his fingers slightly buckled and grabbed the Gu Yi mage''s neck!

    Uehara Naraku''s movements changed quickly, making the others present a little dazzled. Even if the ancient master has hundreds of years or even more rich combat experience, he felt a little shocked during the fight...

    Kind of...

    Unpredictable feeling!

    Although neither of them has used any terrifying abilities so far, just relying on fighting and some small tricks, it is a little dazzling...

    This battle is very exciting.

    Both Dr. Strange and Steve Rogers couldn''t help but substitute themselves in, thinking about how they could escape those attacks...

    How could they avoid it!

    They can''t even intervene in this battle!

    Because the current fierce scene is just a warm-up between the two sides... They have really seen the power of Uehara Naraku!

    "Want to catch me directly?"

    Gu Yi¡¯s body moved back quickly. She looked down at Uehara Naruto¡¯s clasped fingers, feeling that Uehara Naruto might grab her throat at any time!

    next moment¡­

    Uehara Naraku''s body suddenly accelerated!

    Gu Yi immediately noticed that her body was leaning back slightly, and when she was about to avoid Uehara Naruko''s throat, she suddenly realized something!

    wrong¡­

    According to Uehara Naraku¡¯s fighting style...

    If this guy doesn''t catch her throat with one blow...

    Then he will immediately change his moves or attack targets!

    Gu Yi immediately understood the next move of Uehara Naraku. She saw that Uehara Uehara missed a hit, and her palm slammed into the pendant on her chest!

    The pendant on the chest of the ancient master is the eye of Agomoto, and it is also an artifact for the supreme masters to store the gems of time!

    "Really..."

    A wry smile appeared on the face of Gu Yi Mage, and he buried him in the chest of Uehara Naraku first step. Before Uehara Naraku could not get it, he slapped a palm on Uehara Naraku''s chest!

    This palm seems gentle...

    Can punch the soul of Uehara Naraku!

    This trick that Gu Yi mage likes very much can make the illusory soul project into reality and make people lose their combat power in an instant...

    "No!"

    When Dr. Strange saw this scene, he quickly reminded his teacher that this trick to project the soul will not work for Uehara Naraku!

    Because Uehara Naraku...

    The soul power is also terribly powerful!

    According to their cognition and understanding of Uehara Naraku for so many years, Uehara Naraku is a perfect existence. The only flaw is probably his character...

    as predicted.

    As Strange guessed.

    The palm of Gu Yi mage was printed on Uehara Naraku''s chest.

    This palm...

    failed.

    When the ancient Master Gu Yi''s soul, who has always been unprofitable, patted Naru Uehara with his palm, it seemed to be on a wall, no, it could also be on a cliff!

    This palm even shook her soul a little!

    Uehara Naraku''s mental power is also terrifyingly strong!

    Gu Yi mage was even a little lost at this moment, maybe this Uehara Naraku might also become a supreme mage? A supreme mage who has strong spiritual power and is immune to the influence of time gems?

    Ok¡­

    His character is not very reliable.

    In this aspect of character is not reliable, Uehara Naraku never disappoints, at this moment he still chooses the worst method!

    Nairo Uehara couldn''t watch the attack of the ancient master, so he grabbed the Eye of Agomoto on her chest with the palm of her hand, and slammed it down directly!

    Master Gu Yi has a pain in the back of his neck!

    This guy¡­

    The methods are a bit too rude!

    Uehara Naraku held the Eye of Agomoto in his hand, and gestured to the ancient master: "Is this the container of the Time Gem... Is the Time Gem here?"

    "..."

    After the ancient mage nodded silently, he slowly shook his head: "Except for the Supreme Mage, no one can take the gem of time out of it..."

    "Of course no one can take the time gem out of it."

    Nairo Uehara crushed the Eye of Agomoto in her hand, sprinkled the fragments in her hand on the ground little by little, and sighed: "Is it similar to the space teleportation method? It seems that it can only be used with a bit of toughness. Means..."

    If in addition to the specific spells of the Supreme Mage, the Time Gem can be revealed, then it seems that he can only force the Gu Yi Mage to hand over the Time Gem...

    "..."

    Gu Yi mage silently rolled up his palm.

    An atmosphere of solemnity appeared in this mirrored space, and the others in the room stared at their movements until someone suddenly spoke up...

    "Can''t we participate in their battle?"

    Steve Rogers rubbed his brows in hindsight: "This is not training between them... but a war for the gem of time."

    "Then where are we on?"

    Bruce Banner scratched the back of his head somewhat honestly, and said with a silly smile: "Uehara Naraku wants to help us get the gems... That ancient master is Strange''s teacher..."

    "Banna!"

    Steve Rogers glanced at Bruce Banner with a bit of hatred, and helped his forehead helplessly: "How can you believe what Uehara Naraku said? Even if it''s the Uehara Naraku of this era!"

    Didn''t they learn enough lessons?

    Under no circumstances can I believe Uehara Naraku!

    Are they future people deceived bad enough?

    "..."

    Bruce Banner''s expression froze. UU reading

    "This battle is not for you to intervene..."

    Dr. Strange shook his head, slowly raised his fingers, and said softly: "I will find a chance to help the Supreme Mage..."

    In the next moment, Strange saw the opportunity!

    A thick dark red whip quickly came out of Strange''s hand, and he was about to tie up Uehara Naruto''s body in an instant. He knew how tough this dark red whip was!

    however¡­

    Uehara Naraku saw the dark red in the corner of his eyes. He raised his hand and released a shock wave to force the Gu Yi mage back. He turned around and grabbed the whip forcefully, and slammed Dr. Strange over. !

    Uehara Naraku waved his other fist and hit Dr. Strange where he could not help but smashed the future supreme mage to the ground with one punch!

    "It looks like you still don''t understand..."

    Nairo Uehara spread out her palms, aimed at Doctor Strange Strange''s head, and whispered: "The battle between gods and gods is not something you should intervene..."

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Start reading from Naruto: https://

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click "Favorites" below to record this (Chapter 739 Battle between Gods and Gods!) Reading record, and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ()

 Chapter 739ï¼š Ring specially prepared for ancient 1

    You can search for the latest chapters in Baidu for "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes."

    This battle is indeed not something Dr. Strange can intervene.

    If this future supreme mage wants to participate in this level of battle, he needs to practice for at least a few hundred years...

    Maybe you are qualified to fight soy sauce in this kind of battle?

    Rushing now is purely dying!

    "Strange!"

    Master Gu Yi''s expression immediately became a little nervous, she really couldn''t sit back and watch Uehara Naruko want to attack her future disciple...

    According to the power of Naraku Uehara...

    The shock wave he released at close range was even enough to kill Strange!

    Master Gu Yi stretched out his hand to lift up his robe, raised one leg and drew a semi-arc, then stepped heavily on the ground, and the whole world instantly began to twist and turn!

    Everyone''s body involuntarily fell from the ground, everyone scrambling to find a foothold, Strange also slipped down from the side of Uehara Naraku!

    Fortunately, the cloak on Strange drove him to fly...

    As for the others, they can only stand on the walls of tall buildings!

    The entire mirror space...

    The ground turned over ninety degrees!

    The sky and the earth began to appear strangely vertical!

    Uehara Naraku''s body slowly floated in the air, lowered his head to stare at Gu Yi Mage, his fingers slowly pierced out, and a laser beam shot out!

    Gu Yi raised his left hand and quickly released a magic circle shield to resist the attack of the laser laser. His right hand quickly formed a weird handprint, and he leaned over and patted the ground!

    The entire space is distorted like waves!

    Except for the area where the future Avengers stood, all the tall buildings above the mirrored space broke apart from the vertical ground. These tall buildings began to fall rapidly from above, hitting Uehara Naraku''s body!

    Dense tall buildings fell from the sky!

    This is most of the high-rise buildings in New York in the mirrored space!

    Hundreds of shattered high-rise buildings and ruins fell together, and Uehara Naraku must be submerged directly, allowing him to have an endless free fall with most of New York!

    Uehara Naruko raised his head to look at the crisis in the air, his eyes quietly turned into reincarnation eyes, watching the ancient master manipulating everything, and the corner of his mouth slowly said a few words.

    "Six Paths¡¤Earth Burst Heavenly Stars."

    With the voice of Uehara Naraku...

    The entire mirror space suddenly changed its appearance!

    Gu Yi mage''s face immediately became difficult to look, she could feel that her body seemed to have been locked by Uehara Naraku''s strange eyes!

    next moment¡­

    An endless gravitational force radiated from her body, and the ruins of the tall buildings that were still falling were attracted out of thin air and flew in her direction!

    Do not¡­

    It''s not just the fallen high-rise ruins!

    Even the ground where the mirrored space was perpendicular to the sky began to split, and the ground was broken into pieces, flying towards the ancient master together with the ruins of the tall buildings!

    This is the blasting sky star released by Uehara Naraku!

    With the body of the ancient master as the core out of thin air, the entire mirror space of New York has been turned into the power to seal the supreme master!

    "this is¡­"

    The palm of Gu Yi mage bounced quickly, and a wave of spatial fluctuations floated up again, trying to spread the ruins wrapped towards her!

    Everything in the mirror space is flipped again!

    The earth and the sky are parallel again!

    however¡­

    To no avail!

    All the objects in the entire mirrored space, even the future Avengers fighters, could not help but flew towards the ancient master!

    fortunately¡­

    They are just the attached seals of the Earthburst Star. It is not difficult to resist this gravitational force. Thanos grabbed Steve Rogers'' body with one hand, and Dr. Bruce Banner grabbed Dr. Strange!

    The four future men stood on the spot watching the fission of the entire mirrored space, and also watching the Gu Yi mage who seemed helpless to seal the earth and the sky star...

    Under the gaze of this group of people, the body of Gu Yi mage was flooded by endless fragments of the earth and the ruins of high-rise buildings...

    at last¡­

    A huge spherical meteorite appeared in the sky.

    The entire spherical meteorite floats in the air, and the shadow that obscures the sky covers this mirrored space, making people involuntarily awe...

    and¡­

    It is also releasing gravity.

    If this planet appears in outer space, it will slowly attract meteorites and planetary debris in the universe and grow into a real planet...

    The only problem is that there is something wrong with the core of this planet. The core of the planet turns out to be a supreme mage who resists the invasion of darkness...

    "This power..."

    Thanos slowly clenched his fists, and his voice sounded a little hoarse: "You can create and destroy without the power of infinite gems... Uehara Naraku in this era already has the power of a god."

    Do not¡­

    More terrifying than those legendary gods!

    Thanos had heard of a certain **** named Yigo in the universe.

    The **** named Yi Ge relied on his core to slowly attract meteorite stardust, and after a long period of growth, he turned his body into a complete planet.

    However, in front of them, Naraku Uehara showed how to create a planet...

    Ok¡­

    It only takes a glance to create a planet.

    How can this be fun!

    Fortunately, they still have a glimmer of hope.

    Thanos knew that when the power of the six infinite gems came together, they possessed the power to destroy the entire universe. This power must be able to compete with the future Uehara Naraku...

    To be honest, this Thanos from the future has experienced a lot. In fact, he has always wanted to find a beautiful planet to return to the farm...Even Thanos has already found a planet that lives in seclusion and farms, and that planet is not inhabited by other humans!

    later¡­

    Before Thanos had time to retreat to the garden, he heard that the planet was swallowed and absorbed by Uehara Naraku. Therefore, the Titan overlord can still maintain his calm attitude in the face of Uehara Naraku. In fact, it is really not easy...

    This can also prove how sensible Thanos is.

    This can also prove from the side how many people Uehara Naraku provokes...everything that can make people uncomfortable, Uehara Naraku seems to never let go.

    Just when other people thought that the ancient master had been defeated, the entire mirrored space seemed to be frozen, and time fell into a standstill at this moment!

    next moment¡­

    The planet in the sky slowly split.

    Everything in the entire mirror space seemed to be restored in slow motion, everything returned to its original position, and the future avengers returned to their original position on their own trajectory without knowing it...

    "The energy of the gem of time..."

    Strange immediately noticed the weirdness of time, but his power couldn''t compete with time at all, and he could only passively accept all this.

    time¡­

    Slowly resetting.

    Human memory will also reset over time.

    Everything will return to that fixed point in time.

    This is the Gu Yi mage who was sealed in the earth-blasting star, using the time gem in her hand to reset the time of the entire mirrored space!

    She wants to use this method to solve the predicament!

    In other words, she wants to use this method to try to defeat Uehara Naraku!

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes flashed slightly, his memory did not disappear, and he was not even affected by the gem of time at all, as if he was an outsider in this universe...

    Everything is being restored...

    The sky''s earth bursting stars quickly decomposed and fell, and gradually the whole earth returned to its original state. This scene seemed so magical in the eyes of Uehara Naraku...

    Time reset!

    It can really change the past!

    The figure of Gu Yi mage reappeared with the disappearance of the earth-blasting star, a green light floating on her chest, and a small green stone in the center of the light!

    That is the gem of time!

    "Vientiane Tianyin!"

    Uehara Naraku raised his palm, and a gravitational force flew from his palm instantly, attracting the time gem on the chest of Gu Yi mage to fly towards him!

    "..."

    Gu Yi mage instantly formed a handprint on the palm of her palm, bringing the gem of time back into her hand. She looked at the movements of Uehara Naraku and knew everything!

    This is a powerful enemy like Domam!

    No, this guy is more dangerous and terrifying than Domam!

    This battle can no longer use the time gem, because the Gu Yi mage has no confidence in her heart, she can no longer keep the time gem by her side...

    The only way...

    Perhaps it is to believe in her own choice and give the time gem to Dr. Strange, at least Strange should not disappoint her expectations!

    It''s just that there is another problem...

    That''s why when Uehara Naraku first started, she also hoped that she would give the gems to the future group of Strange...If she guessed well, it should be Uehara Naraku who is sure to get the time gem from Strange.

    but¡­

    Master Gu Yi believes in his chosen successor!

    "Strange!"

    Gu Yi Mage''s gaze fell on Strange, and he spoke softly: "I put the time gem in the space you know, and leave this world with the time gem! Don''t hesitate, I will stop Uehara Naraku for you. !"

    "Yes!"

    Dr. Strange nodded quickly, his fingers suddenly grabbed to the air, and a green light appeared on his fingertips!

    As a supreme mage, Strange naturally knew where the Gu Yi''s time gem was placed, and he quickly got the time gem that Gu Yi wanted to give him!

    Now their most important goal in this era has been achieved!

    next moment¡­

    Strange waved his hand to hold the gem of time in his hand, activated the space-time shuttle suit on his body, and reminded his companion loudly: "We can''t stay in this era. Uehara Naraku is too dangerous..."

    "understand!"

    The others nodded one after another!

    Everyone put on their time and space shuttle suit again!

    Originally they wanted to get other infinite gems in the Battle of New York in this era, but now they can only find a way to find another era...

    fortunately¡­

    The future Dr. Pim is still there.

    They still hope to travel through time and space.

    It''s just that this kind of time and space shuttle is too dangerous...

    Originally, this era of the Battle of New York was a relatively safe time, and their group of futurers were worried that the ancient wizard and the members of the Akatsuki organization descended...

    As a result, the most dangerous person in this era is still Uehara Naraku!

    Oh shit¡­

    What a lie!

    That **** had hidden his super power before the Battle of New York, at least the few people present were not sure to fight against the ancient master!

    Uehara Naraku, this liar is really cheating...

    The most dangerous person in the future is the guy Uehara Naraku. The most dangerous person in this era is still Uehara Naraku, who has suffered a little psychological trauma...

    "Strange!"

    Mage Gu Yi took a deep look at Dr. Strange, and finally said in a deep voice: "I believe you will make the most correct choice..."

    "Yes!"

    Dr. Strange and the Avengers started the space-time shuttle suit, and their silhouettes shrank and disappeared, leaving this era directly!

    Gu Yi looked at Naraku Uehara warily.

    Because she knew that according to the power of Uehara Naraku, she must be sure to stop Dr. Strange and others before they disappear...

    however¡­

    Uehara Naraku did not do anything.

    There was even a smile on the corners of Uehara Naraku''s mouth.

    "do not worry."

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand slowly, glanced at the place where Dr. Strange and others disappeared, and continued with a chuckle: "I really hope they can defeat the future me with the power of infinite gems..."

    Ok¡­

    in case¡­

    if it is possible.

    "On your body..."

    Gu Yi looked at Naraku Uehara''s smile, but his face became more and more serious: "There is an incomprehensible self-confidence...this kind of self-confidence...it really makes people who stand on the opposite side unavoidable. "

    "Then why stand opposite me?"

    Uehara Naraku looked at Gu Yi Mage, still with a small smile on the corner of his mouth, his voice softened slightly: "Actually, I have always respected your Excellency..."

    "Thanksgiving..."

    "Odin..."

    "the Avengers¡­"

    "These people have their unique marks on them."

    Uehara Naraku stared at Gu Yi Mage with an unprecedented smile on his face: "It''s just that, in my opinion, it is far inferior to Gu Yi Mage Your Excellency...This is my most sincere thought. UU Reading "

    "..."

    Master Gu Yi frowned slightly.

    At this moment, Mage Gu Yi did not quite understand what Uehara Naraku meant. Her power was indeed very powerful, but in fact she was not truly omnipotent.

    "I hope you can join us."

    Uehara Naraku stretched out his palm, a black hole spatial channel appeared in his hand, and a delicate ring fell in his palm.

    Uehara Naraku threw the ring in his hand to the Gu Yi mage with a chuckle, and said, "The ring is Akatsuki''s contact tool and a symbol of status..."

    "..."

    Master Gu Yi''s brows still frowned.

    The supreme mage lowered his head and glanced at the ring in his hand. This ring was so exquisitely made that it could even contain the magical power in her body.

    A black letter is engraved on the ring.

    one.

    "It''s a coincidence..."

    Naro Uehara spread out her palms and explained with a smile, "Akatsuki''s previous leader, Nagato-sama''s code name is zero... Koichi, this is something I specially prepared for you."

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Start reading from Naruto: https://

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click "Favorites" below to record this reading record (the ring specially prepared for Gu Yi in Chapter 740), and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ()

 Chapter 740ï¼š Dont worry, you cant escape if you die

    Uehara Naraku had long thoughts about the ancient master.

    For a long time, in order to resist Domam''s invasion, Gu Yi mage finally came into contact with dark energy, which caused her to fall into a long period of inner entanglement.

    Because she had to choose to be exposed to dark energy, Gu Yi mage could not guarantee her own heart, nor could she set an example for other mages, and she even worried that one day she might fall under Domam''s bewitchment.

    It wasn''t until Gu Yi mage took Dr. Strange as the successor of the supreme mage, and chose the way of physical death to leave the earth and survive in the universe as a soul.

    Look at the moral quality of the Supreme Master!

    As the leader of a mage, Gu Yi mage only touches a little dark energy to let himself die directly and soul eternally...

    Look at the big guys in Akatsuki''s organization...

    Basically, they are super villains in various worlds, or leaders of super powers in various worlds, and they are more or less a bit unclean.

    Fortunately, Naraku Uehara included these villains in the Akatsuki organization, which led them to the right path. Now it just happened that the ancient Master Gu Yi joined the Akatsuki organization, so that the guys could see what personal qualities are...

    of course.

    There is another reason.

    Uehara Naraku has been using the black hole universe to gather the world he has experienced. The black hole universe has established divided galaxies, and each galaxy needs a manager.

    The top manager of the Ninja World is naturally the previous generation leader of Akatsuki Nagato. This is one of the two most respected by Uehara Naraku!

    The manager of One Piece World is currently the Akatsuki organization meeting led by Xiaonan and Otsuki Teruya, including the former four emperors Kaido and BIG¡¤MOM, the admiral Sengoku and the naval hero Karp, and naturally there are other members...

    For example, members of the Super VIP Senate of Akatsuki, such as the dried persimmon ghost...

    In addition, there are also wage earners such as Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto...

    Among them, the majority of the votes, Konan and Kaki Kaki, do nothing every day, and basically travel in Pirate World, while Uchiha Sasuke and his good friend Portcas D. Ace are running for the peace of Pirate World. Busy...

    There is no manager in the Bone King World.

    Uehara Naraku purely uses that world as a wild stocking, after all, most of them are game worlds, only a real planet.

    The manager of the world of death is the pharmacist.

    Once Yakushi Tou was Uehara Naraku''s favorite subordinate, and Yakushi Tou still provides Uehara Naraku with his disciple, Ichimaru Silver!

    Uehara Naraku also plans to find an opportunity in the future for Yakushidou and his teacher, Oshemaru, to come out and pretend to be Hydra or something...

    Now it''s the Marvel World''s turn.

    As the largest world that Uehara Naraku has experienced, there are many planets in the Marvel world, and Uehara even wants to enrich the entire Marvel universe.

    natural¡­

    This also requires a manager.

    The strength of the others in Akatsuki''s organization was relatively insufficient, and Uehara Naraku''s gaze was basically aimed at a few good guys... Gu Yi Mage was undoubtedly the first choice among them.

    At least it can be seen...

    Gu Yi''s character is reliable.

    Uehara Naraku thinks that Gu Yi has a good character, and wants to lure her into Akatsuki''s organization, and secretly hopes that she will become the manager of the Marvel world in the future...

    However, there is a problem...

    Uehara Naraku took a fancy to the character of the ancient master...

    Gu Yi Mage couldn''t see the character of Uehara Naraku!

    After all, the future Dr. Strange and the Avengers will have a bitter hatred of Uehara Naraku, as if Uehara Uehara will do a lot of excessive things to them in the future...

    Gu Yi''s finger twitched the ring, and his brows frowned slightly: "Sorry, I am afraid I cannot accept your invitation. The duty of the Supreme Master must allow us to maintain fairness and should not join any organization..."

    After speaking, Gu Yi mage raised his hand to return the ring in his hand to Uehara Naraku, but he was rejected by Uehara Naraku.

    "Put the ring first!"

    Uehara Naraku raised his eyebrows, and a smile appeared at the corner of his mouth: "Perhaps you can discover other powers through this ring...whatever it is, it is always brighter than Domam''s dark power?"

    "you¡­"

    Gu Yi mage''s brows furrowed even tighter, but it stretched out in the next second: "It seems that the Supreme Mage is not the only one monitoring the darkness of this world..."

    just¡­

    Uehara Naraku''s words made Gu Yi more and more vigilant!

    Uehara Naraku still had a calm smile on the corner of his mouth, but his smile made people faintly able to see the danger hidden under the smile.

    "Want to feel it?"

    Uehara Naraku watched the Gu Yi mage put away the ring, and continued with a chuckle: "They just left here, we can try our best here..."

    The previous battle against Naraku Uehara was simply playing.

    Except for Thanos, the group of future Avengers warriors may not even be able to bear the aura of his burst of power, and now that group of eye-catching guys have left...

    "..."

    Master Gu Yi''s face instantly became serious.

    Master Gu Yi stretched out her left hand, her petite palm was erected in front of her chest, and a powerful magical power suddenly burst out of her body!

    This force...

    It is totally different from just now!

    Master Gu Yi slapped his palm in the air in front of him, and the entire mirror world''s buildings were tumbling like waves on the sea!

    Do not¡­

    The air in the mirror world is also tumbling!

    A strong shock wave centered on Gu Yi Mage, instantly spreading towards the surrounding area, and the tremendous force brought by this shock wave hit Uehara Naraku''s body!

    Uehara Naraku hit the air with a punch!

    The air started to crack instantly under this punch!

    The entire mirror world even shivered under this punch, and a more powerful impact than before swept towards the ancient master!

    "This power..."

    Master Gu Yi''s expression became even more tense, his palms turned to close the seals, a palm slapped in front of her, and a prismatic barrier appeared in front of her!

    Uehara Naraku''s punch is enough to split the entire America!

    Even if the Gu Yi mage defends through a space barrier, it is of no avail!

    Click...

    As expected...

    The space barrier shattered immediately!

    All Gu Yi needed was this time. She flipped her palm again and made the same gesture. A thicker prismatic space barrier finally blocked the aftermath of the punch...

    In the past, has Gu Yi ever encountered an enemy like Uehara Naraku?

    With his powerful physical energy alone, this guy can play against a supreme mage who can maximize his spiritual energy!

    "The first punch was blocked well..."

    Uehara Naraku''s laughter quietly fell in the ears of Gu Yi mage: "So, what is the second punch to block?"

    Click...

    The thicker space barrier in front of Gu Yi suddenly shattered!

    The figure of Uehara Naraku rushed through a pile of space barrier fragments, and rushed towards the body of Gu Yi mage!

    "So fast¡­"

    Gu Yi''s arm turned over in an instant, and her body suddenly turned into afterimages and disappeared in place. Her fingers still didn''t stop while escaping from Uehara''s melee attack!

    A space door quietly appeared at her feet!

    This is also a common method used by wizards... By flexibly using the door of space, most people can be played in the palm of one''s hands!

    "Black Hole¡¤Annihilation."

    Uehara Nairo opened his five fingers and pointed them at the door of space under Gu Yi''s feet. He immediately noticed Gu Yi''s thoughts and cut off Gu Yi''s thoughts.

    next moment.

    A jet black light radiated from the palm of Uehara Naraku, and instantly annihilated the door of space under Gu Yi''s foot!

    "Trouble..."

    Master Gu Yi''s face is even more ugly!

    Her body quietly turned into afterimages!

    Only through this kind of high-speed movement to a form that is almost a clone can he escape the close attack of Uehara Naraku. The problem is that this guy is not only good at fighting!

    With the formation of afterimages...

    The endless Gu Yi clone appeared in the air!

    In comparison, Ninja''s shadow clone art is not enough!

    "Flame, burn."

    Uehara Naraku''s palm was raised again, and the scorching fire wave instantly flooded all the clones of the ancient master!

    Uehara Naraku''s figure instantly disappeared in place, and with the help of the flames, a palm was slapped on the shoulder of Gu Yi mage!

    Bang!

    A soul body was photographed!

    Gu Yi''s soul was shot directly by Naraku Uehara!

    At this moment, Gu Yi faintly felt that the world was a little absurd. She never thought that someone would use her trick!

    Do not¡­

    They are different...

    Uehara Naraku was able to photograph her soul only because he had extremely terrifying spiritual power, and he could use brute force to shoot out the human soul!

    The two confronted again on spiritual energy!

    The flame burns everything in the air!

    Under the control of Gu Yi, the waves on the ground swept over and drowned the flames!

    The scorching water vapor began to spread throughout the mirrored space!

    With the future Avengers soldiers leaving here, the entire mirror space has become a battlefield for Naraku Uehara and Guichi!

    "Wind escape."

    Uehara Naruko raised his hand to create a gust of wind, and instantly blew away the misty vapor in the mirror space, and suddenly pointed his palm at Gu Yi!

    "Ninety Broken Road, Black Coffin!"

    A square pillar imprisoned Gu Yi''s soul!

    Uehara Naraku has enough power to deal with the soul body of the ancient wizard. When they are fighting at the soul level, Uehara Naraku is even better!

    Through thousands of years of accumulation in the world of Reaper, and the spiritual power of the world of Reaper, it is enough to make Uehara Naraku''s soul strong enough to make your scalp numb!

    Boom!

    The black coffin was slapped open by Gu Yi!

    The expression in the eyes of this supreme mage faintly became a little complicated.

    "flesh¡­"

    "soul¡­"

    "element¡­"

    Gu Yi mage carefully counted Uehara Naraku''s abilities little by little.

    This guy really has no blind spots in all directions...

    In this battle, Zhong Gu Yi did not use the ordinary magic of those supreme wizards, because she knew that those who were of no avail could only consume their power in vain...

    "Forget it, let''s stop here..."

    While Gu Yi mage was still thinking about it, Uehara Naraku suddenly stopped the fight: "Something went wrong, the war outside is almost over..."

    There was a problem with the New York war!

    This is what Uehara Naraku is most worried about.

    Because the New York War was the origin of his rise as a superpower in S.H.I.E.L.D., and it was also that he had to use Akatsuki''s identity to start acting, so that the entire earth could accept Akatsuki''s existence.

    "Ok?"

    Gu Yi mage''s eyes were a little puzzled, and light gradually appeared in her eyes. She wanted to observe the outside world through her magical power.

    There was indeed a problem with the New York war.

    No, it should be said that the Qitarians had a problem.

    With the Akatsuki organization joining the battlefield, even if this group of people restrained their power, they still inevitably carried out a massacre on the invading Zetarians...

    The mothership of the Zetarians...

    I was accidentally hit by a blue virtual flash.

    All the Zetaris who invaded the earth seemed to be disconnected. After their neural network was cut off, they completely lost their lives...

    war¡­

    It ended abruptly.

    No, it should be said that it was just the end of a war.

    "I must go to the aftermath."

    Uehara Naraku raised his hand to release a gravitational force that pulled up Gu Yi''s soul!

    Uehara Naraku held Gu Yi''s soul with one hand, and Gu Yi''s body with the other hand, combining them into one. This feeling made Gu Yi''s mind more and more weird...

    How could she have such a day?

    Isn''t it all she projected other people''s souls into reality?

    "I go first."

    Uehara Naraku raised his palm, and slapped his palm hard against the space barrier of the mirror world. The space barrier instantly shattered in front of Uehara Naraku: "Inviting you to join Akatsuki, I hope you can think about it..."

    A channel is opened directly!

    Breaking through the barriers of space through brute force is more imposing than the use of magic power by the wizards of this world to open the door of space!

    One who relies on his own strong power...

    One can only do tricks through magic...

    After Naruto Uehara walked through the space channel, he slowly turned his head back and watched the space barrier behind him reclose.

    Uehara Naraku and Gu Yi mage looked across the narrower and smaller space channel. Their faces were different, and their thoughts were also different.

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand at Master Gu Yi to signal goodbye. His smile became stronger and stronger: "Even if you only have your soul, you can''t escape. Death is never the end..."

    not to mention¡­

    Even if the future Gu Yi mage is dead...

    Uehara Naraku can just hold her soul directly...

    And another reason why Uehara Naraku ended this battle, UU Reading www.uukanshu. com is also because of the strength of the soul power of the ancient wizard...Of course the most important thing is...

    Someone has returned the gem of time.

    Time is so impermanent.

    "It''s a busy life..."

    For the group of future avengers, they may have borrowed the time gem for a long time, but the person who came to pay the time gem came to the next point in time.

    "Go to solve the universe cube first..."

    Uehara Naraku slowly raised his head and looked at the space energy channel where the Cosmos Cube was still running. His figure instantly disappeared on the roof of the New York Temple.

    "Then there are time gems and soul gems..."

 Chapter 741ï¼š Stark, your house is gone!

    new York.

    Manhattan.

    The war is finally over.

    The Akatsuki organization has just smashed the mothership of the Zetarians and solved the invasion of the Earth by the Zetarians. The planner of this war, Loki, was also captured by the Avengers.

    "The problem now is to close the Universe Rubik''s Cube..."

    Steve Rogers raised his head and looked at the roof of the Stark Industrial Building, turned his head and glanced at his companion next to him, his brows frowned immediately.

    Steve Rogers pressed his headset tightly and tried to connect Uehara''s signal: "Uehara, where are you?"

    "I''m dealing with the Cube of the Universe."

    Standing on the roof of the Stark Industrial Building, Uehara Naraku said with a ugly expression: "I had a little trouble closing the universe cube here..."

    "What''s the trouble?"

    Tony Stark''s concern immediately came from the headset channel.

    Loki heard the exchange between them and said with a smile: "It should be the energy that can''t turn off the cube of the universe? It''s the most abundant energy in this universe."

    Loki looked at the ugly faces of everyone, and continued with a smile: "No one can suppress the energy of the Cosmos Rubik''s Cube... Hehe, if you can help me retrieve the scepter, I can help you close it."

    Although this war has failed...

    But Rocky seemed to be in a good mood.

    In fact, Loki really has no choice but to blame himself for picking the wrong ally. The Zetaris are so rampant in front of him, but they are vulnerable to the army of Akatsuki...

    It''s really a bunch of waste teammates.

    Now Loki also lost the psychic scepter.

    It was Thanos who asked the leader of the Zetaru to lend it to him!

    The failure of this war must have disappointed Thanos. If Loki can''t get the Scepter of Mind, only Asgard can protect him in the entire universe, right?

    of course¡­

    For Rocky, it didn''t matter.

    Because in this war, Loki knew that he had not made any mistakes and that everything was being executed according to the plan. It was the teammates of the Qitarians who were really not helpful...

    Fuck¡­

    Throughout the war, the Qitarians have been suppressed by the armies of Akatsuki''s organization, and even beaten so that they cannot leave the entrance of the space passage. This is also called the space war nation?

    What a group of pig teammates...

    Loki''s heart was filled with the disgust of the Zitarians. The Asgard prince''s gaze slowly moved, looking at the six characters on the Void Throne in the sky...

    in case¡­

    If I can get Akatsuki as an ally now...not to mention the entire planet, even if it is a counterattack against Asgard, there is hope, right? !

    Except for Rocky...

    Nick Fury is also paying attention to the result of this war, and he is also paying attention to the whereabouts and belonging of the universe cube, for fear that Akatsuki will take the initiative to **** the universe cube.

    The strongest force in New York now is Akatsuki''s army.

    If Akatsuki wants to take the Rubik''s Cube from the universe, what can their group do? Will there be another interstellar war? The Zetarians alone can cause them a lot of trouble, but Akatsuki¡¯s army hoisted the Zetarians to fight...

    Loki slowly raised his head and looked at the Void Throne floating in the air. There was a flash of light in his eyes, and a smile appeared at the corner of his mouth: "Don''t you worry that this group of people also want to rule the earth?"

    Must find an opportunity!

    Loki knows the information of the Earth very well. They all don''t know anything about the Akatsuki organization. Whether the Earth and the Akatsuki organization will be at peace is still a matter of discussion!

    After all, the power disparity between them is so great, once the Akatsuki organization launches an attack on the earth, the entire earth will not have the power to resist!

    Rocky guessed right.

    Both Nick Fury and the members of the World Security Council have some concerns about these situations. Even if they get news about Akatsuki from the mysterious mask man, they are also faintly worried that Akatsuki may change his mind at any time...

    Because there is a huge difference in power and destiny is not in your own hands, it is quite uncomfortable when this kind of taste really appears...

    "Shut up, Loki!"

    Thor looked at his brother helplessly.

    Thor had never thought so much. He took out a small machine directly from his body and locked Loki''s mouth.

    "Go and solve the Cosmos Rubik''s Cube first!"

    Thor, the **** of thunder, glanced at the people present, and explained softly: "If there is no Universe Rubik''s Cube, I can''t return to Asgard. The rainbow bridge between Asgard and the earth has broken. Only the Universe Rubik''s Cube can repair¡­"

    "Ok."

    Tony Stark looked at the people present and sighed helplessly: "Let¡¯s go and see Uehara first, there are still a lot of troubles after the war..."

    Tony Stark raised his head and looked at the roof of his company building. When he was about to ask what trouble Uehara Naraku was having, he noticed that the six void thrones in the sky were slowly approaching Uehara Naraku...

    "Uehara, be careful."

    Tony Stark quickly reminded: "Six people floating in the sky flew towards your position, and now we will pass right away!"

    "You better not come here..."

    Uehara Naraku''s voice became heavier and heavier.

    "Ok?"

    Tony Stark immediately understood what, and while rushing to the top of the building with everyone, his voice couldn''t help but rose eight degrees: "Are you in danger? What''s the matter?"

    "...Don''t come here, goodbye."

    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he fell silent immediately.

    The entire Avengers team quickly reached the top of the building through the elevator.

    They finally saw what the trouble was in Uehara''s mouth, and finally knew why Uehara Naraku refused to let them appear here...

    The Universe Rubik''s Cube is still shining.

    Uehara Naraku held the Cosmos Rubik''s Cube tightly with his palm, but his body couldn''t move at all, because the energy of the Cosmos Rubik''s Cube was flowing into him quickly...

    This energy flow rate...

    Uehara Naraku''s body might be burst at any time, right? The Universe Rubik''s Cube seems to be using his own energy to make Uehara Naraku a human bomb!

    Uehara Naraku''s body gradually glowed with a light blue light, which was an extremely dangerous signal, which meant that his body was changing!

    The blue light on Uehara Naruto''s body became more and more prosperous, and the cosmic cube in his hand was also faintly smaller. A lot of energy had been absorbed in his body...

    As the energy of the Universe Rubik''s Cube flows back a little bit, the space channel in the sky has lost its energy support and finally closed completely, and the energy transmission between Uehara Naraku and the Universe Rubik''s Cube continues!

    Continue like this¡­

    His life will soon come to an end!

    No one knows whether Uehara Naraku will explode directly in the next second!

    "Sorry."

    Uehara Naraku stared at the group of Avengers, his eyes faintly dimmed: "I can''t find a better way to close it. Go away."

    "Uehara..."

    Natasha''s voice was a bit painful.

    The faces of other members of the Avengers team became a little complicated. After all, there was a victim in this war, but I didn¡¯t expect that after the war ended...

    Next second!

    A dazzling blue light shone from his body!

    This ray of light caused a violent explosion in an instant!

    The members of the Avengers team evacuated one second before the explosion, UU reading www. uukanshu.com is looking for a place to hide, but fortunately Thor and Bruce Banner are fast!

    "Six Red Sun Formation..."

    Just as this explosion hit New York, a red light curtain quietly fell from the sky, wrapping up the entire Stark Industrial Building!

    A hexagonal red enchantment appeared in New York City!

    The explosion triggered by the universe cube was instantly blocked by the barrier!

    The crisis in New York was quietly lifted. However, due to the impact of the explosion, it was blocked in a small area. The Stark Industrial Building in the Six Red Suns became the only victim of the explosion...

    Moreover, the Stark Industrial Building, which Tony Stark has worked so hard to transform with new energy, has just been put into use for less than three days, and it has been turned into a ruin...

 Chapter 742ï¼š 1 group of very friendly people

    Within the enchantment.

    The energy explosion of the Universe Rubik''s Cube continues.

    The entire Stark Industrial Building has been completely wiped out.

    Tony Stark was surprised, and subconsciously murmured: "Oh, that''s it, Pepper plans to use this building as a sample of the new energy business next week..."

    The atmosphere at the scene was a bit weird.

    Their companion Na Uehara fell to pieces in it!

    After Tony Stark said a word, he felt that the surrounding atmosphere was not so good, but he did not open his mouth to explain, because he was also sad for Uehara Naraku''s sacrifice in his heart.

    The agent who is cold and warm on the surface...

    Suddenly, he was sacrificed after the victory of the war.

    Do not.

    should say.

    Because of the sacrifice of Uehara Naraku, they have the final victory of this war. No one knows what aliens will emerge from the space channel...

    Uehara Naraku sacrificed his life and closed the Cube of the Universe to completely solve the crisis. This man who was actually a bit bad at words showed a little emotional expression before his death. His only goodbye was goodbye.

    Goodbye.

    The Avengers squad was able to fight side by side to this day. Naraku Uehara, the agent who helped them, did not look very conspicuous, but he was the most recognized companion.

    Everyone present has a deep friendship with Naraku Uehara.

    Tony Stark''s steel battle suit visor slowly opened, his eyes were slightly red, and his head slowly dropped: "Natasha, Clint, are there any relatives of Uehara Naraku? Maybe we need... "

    "No."

    Natasha Romanov shook her head, with regret and sentimentality in her voice: "Agent Uehara... has always been alone..."

    Even if you sacrifice here...

    No one cares about his death...

    As the three ace agents of S.H.I.E.L.D., Natasha and Naraku Uehara have a good relationship, and she respects this man who is serious about fighting.

    and¡­

    Uehara Naraku actually took good care of her.

    When they occasionally had to cooperate in carrying out tasks, Uehara Naraku always liked to take on some dangerous combat missions on his own. When she was in danger, Uehara Naraku would taunt her a few words, and then resolve her crisis.

    If it wasn''t for Uehara Naraku''s mouth that offended people a little bit, Natasha actually felt that their relationship could get better.

    of course.

    This kind of Uehara Naraku is also very good.

    Although Uehara Naraku is not good at calming the emotions of others, he often takes care of those people unconsciously. Such a cold-faced companion can easily get hidden favors.

    "Now he is not alone."

    Steve Rogers walked to Natasha''s side, patted her on the shoulder, and said solemnly, "And we..."

    "Ok."

    Clint Barton frowned and nodded heavily.

    "???"

    Bruce Banner scratched his neck embarrassedly and shook his head again, feeling a little bit uncomfortable all over his body.

    What should he say?

    How could this scourge of Naraku Uehara die!

    How could Uehara Naraku, who has been cheating on them, die here so easily, and the blackness that controls his body in him hasn''t disappeared yet!

    Even the Heijue inside Bruce Banner warned him not to speak casually!

    This is really nonsense...

    A group of people are sad about the departure of the agent Naraku Uehara, but they don''t know that the agent is actually taking the opportunity to make a fuss in secret...

    the other side.

    On the aerospace carrier.

    Nick Fury, who was monitoring all of this, was also a bit painful for his subordinates'' sacrifices, and his palms trembled...

    Lost a general...

    Because Coleson and Hill, whom Nick Fury once trusted the most, betrayed and fled. Now the people Nick Fury trusts most are undoubtedly the three ace agents in his hand.

    Among them, the lazy character of Uehara Naraku can make Nick Fury trust him with many confidential tasks. No matter when it is, the character of Uehara Naraku is indeed quite likable.

    of course.

    Nick Fury is more worried about another thing.

    The senior cadres of the Akatsuki organization suddenly created a sealed enchantment, preventing the explosion crisis of the Cosmos Cube in New York, and indeed saved many innocent citizens.

    same.

    This also means that Akatsuki has trapped the Cosmos Rubik''s Cube.

    No one can guarantee that Akatsuki, an extraterrestrial force that understands the energy of the Cosmos Rubik¡¯s Cube, will not get involved in the Cosmos Rubik¡¯s Cube...Once Akatsuki takes the Cosmos Rubik¡¯s Cube...

    Does this war have any special significance?

    The final result will be a version, that is, the Akatsuki organization and the Zetaru people use the earth as a battlefield, and the victor takes the earth¡¯s cosmic cube as a trophy...

    The mysterious masked man stood beside Nick Fury, glanced at the heavy-faced Director of S.H.I.E.L.D., and couldn''t help but shook his head slowly...

    next moment.

    Sudden change!

    While everyone was still sentimental, the energy explosion of the Cosmos Rubik''s Cube suddenly subsided, and a figure full of blue light burst out!

    This figure brazenly tore through the enchantment of the six red sun formations, and directly broke through the sky, and even stirred the clouds in the sky to disperse, and the sun directly fell down!

    Everyone involuntarily looked up at the sky.

    Above the sky.

    Under the sun''s rays.

    The azure blue light on this figure slowly converged, and Uehara Naruto appeared in their eyes with a look of astonishment.

    Uehara Naraku in the sky seemed to be a little bit unbelievable in his own strength. He slowly clenched his fist, and then heaved a sigh of relief...

    "that guy¡­"

    Tony Stark stared at the floating Uehara Naraku in amazement, rubbed his eye sockets vigorously, "Am I right?"

    "He''s still alive!"

    Clint Button showed a touch of joy on his face.

    Steve Rogers and Natasha shook their palms towards Uehara Naruto, and greeted the inexplicably surviving friend!

    Although they don¡¯t know what¡¯s going on...

    But Uehara Naraku no doubt survived!

    "Because you got the energy of the Universe Rubik''s Cube?"

    When Tony Stark saw that Uehara Naraku was still alive, his heart suddenly became relaxed, and he began to think about what happened. He sighed and said: "Now I feel that this guy has got the energy of the universe''s Rubik''s Cube, completely changed. Become a superman..."

    This incident is not a bad thing for the Avengers team.

    A teammate who might have sacrificed survived and gained more power, giving them more confidence in the future crisis of the earth...

    Just as Uehara Naruto fell on the ground, the six Void Thrones in the sky slowly descended and appeared beside the group of avengers.

    Following their movements, the entire Akatsuki organization''s army also changed a little. Hundreds of surreptitious emptiness appeared behind them, looking a little aggressive...

    Everyone immediately became vigilant!

    Because at the end of the universe''s Rubik''s Cube explosion, Akatsuki''s army suddenly changed, too much like they wanted to **** the universe''s Rubik''s Cube!

    however¡­

    They were wrong.

    "Your Mightiness."

    Uchiha Madara played with a ring in his hand and watched him coldly and said, "According to the agreement we reached with a member from the previous earth, Akatsuki will recruit an intern on the earth. You are the most qualified candidate. , Would you like to join Xiao?"

    "..."

    The members of the Avengers team were silent.

    Tony Stark suddenly thought of the letter from his father, and pressed his hand on the shoulder of Uehara Naraku, and said in a low voice: "Uehara, tell them quickly, you agree..."

    Akatsuki... is a friend of the earth!

    The last member born on earth was his father Howard Stark!

    Tony Stark does not like his father Howard Stark, this does not mean that he does not believe in his father, in fact Tony Stark trusts his father''s vision more than anyone!

    According to the letter left by Howard Stark...

    Uehara Naraku joined the Akatsuki organization, and there is absolutely no harm to the earth!

    The only question may be why Akatsuki wants to recruit Uehara Naraku as an intern instead of a full member... Is there a trial period for this cosmic organization?

    "Sorry¡­"

    Uehara Naraku shook his head hesitantly, and he started to reject the proposal of the person in front of him. A hurried voice came from his earphone!

    "Uehara, promise him!"

    Nick Fury in the headset seemed to be urging for life, urging Uehara Naraku to quickly agree to Akatsuki''s proposal.

    As for Tony Stark''s internship being robbed...Nick Fury is really not too lucky!

    If Tony Stark joins the Akatsuki organization, once the real situation of the Akatsuki organization is known, this super genius and the rich man may act more and more publicly...

    Maybe Tony Stark might devote more energy to Akatsuki¡¯s work, or even give up his Avengers membership...

    If Tony Stark really joined the Akatsuki organization, as for what the World Security Council and S.H.I. The simple thing is...

    result¡­

    Akatsuki''s internship was selected by Naraku Uehara!

    For Nick Fury, this incident is nothing short of joy. An agent who has never been ambitious should still be willing to obey his orders...

    In addition to these...

    Nick Fury was even more surprised that Uehara Naraku absorbed the energy of the universe''s Rubik''s Cube, because he once knew something from his old friend Marvel Captain Carol Danvers...

    Uehara Naraku will become a new Captain Marvel!

    Nick Fury has personally seen Captain Marvel Carol Danvers defeat the alien fleet that once came to invade with his own power. That kind of power can be called invincible in the world...

    Oh shit¡­

    In this war, their SHIELD is the biggest winner!

    "It looks like luck for the earth."

    The figure of the mysterious masked man appeared next to Nick Fury, and said softly: "We have heard of Ms. Carol Danvers, but we did not expect that there will be a second human being able to carry the energy of the universe''s Rubik''s Cube..."

    "...Danvers?"

    Nick Fury shook his head slowly.

    Now Nick Fury feels very comfortable, and he has a truly powerful superhero out of thin air, and through Uehara Naruto¡¯s friendship with the alien force of Akatsuki, maybe he can learn more about the universe from Akatsuki. ¡­

    Such as Captain Marvel Carol Danvers.

    Nick Fury hasn¡¯t seen this Captain Marvel for a long time. No, it shouldn¡¯t have been since they separated when they were young...

    However, Carol Danvers left Nick Fury a small toy. When the earth is in danger, she can directly call her to call her back to earth...

    The results are better now.

    A new Captain Marvel appeared on Earth.

    A superhero born entirely within S.H.I.E.L.D., whether he will continue to be willing to follow S.H.I.E.L.D.''s orders in the future depends on Nick Fury¡¯s management level...

    Nick Fury believes in his management level.

    Because Uehara Naraku''s character is so controllable.

    Nick Fury had observed Uehara Naraku for a period of time, and then he slowly entrusted him with a heavy responsibility. To say something awkward, Nick Fury had a fancy to Uehara Naraku. In fact, he has no opinion and is easier to persuade...

    new York.

    Naraku Uehara heard Nick Fury''s voice in the earphone, and then glanced at Tony Stark who was urging him in a low voice, a suspicion flashed in his eyes.

    but.

    Uehara Naraku does not seem to be assertive.

    Following Nick Fury''s order and Tony Stark''s persuasion, Uehara Naraku looked at Uchiha Madara and others, nodded slowly and agreed to Uchiha Madara''s invitation.

    "I promised."

    Uehara Naraku walked in front of Uchiha Madara and the others, and slowly stretched out his palm towards Uchiha Madara, with an unnatural smile on his face.

    "Your Excellency... please take care of it."

    "..."

    After a strange silence for a second, Uchiha Madara reached out and held Uehara Naraku''s palm, and whispered softly, "Then... Your Excellency is welcome to join."

    What a ridiculous world.

    Do not.

    It should be said that another world is going to be broken by Uehara Naraku''s play.

    "If I join Akatsuki, do I need to travel?"

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Uchiha Madara and others, slowly explained: "Sorry, I haven''t left the earth..."

    "There is no such need."

    Uchiha Madara took a deep breath, his face faintly stiffened: "If needed one day, Akatsuki will send someone to pick you up..."

    Is it necessary to act this kind of thing?

    Doesn''t it depend on your own thoughts?

    Do we still need to take precautions for the future now? Now everyone around you already trusts you guys, right?

    "Well, UU reading The Zetarian fleet here has been destroyed, and the Cosmos Cube can be preliminarily determined to be safe. We don''t need to stay here..."

    After Uchiha Madara passed the ring in his hand to Naru Uehara, he waved his hand behind his back and said softly, "If there is any order from Akatsuki in the future, or if you have any requirements for Akatsuki, please use the ring to contact him. we¡­"

    After speaking.

    A black hole quietly appeared in the air.

    Akatsuki''s army slowly floated up and flew into the black hole passage in the sky.

    "Akatsuki didn''t create any conflicts on the earth..."

    "It looks like a group of very friendly and proud people..."

 Chapter 743ï¼š The earth has a reason to join Akatsuki!

    The New York war ended.

    After Akatsuki defeated the Qitarians, this huge alien army left the planet, making people feel that this organization was here to do good things without asking for anything in return.

    At least Tony Stark thinks so.

    This is the organization that his father Howard Stark once joined, and his father''s letter to him also mentioned Akatsuki''s situation.

    Tony Stark knew a little bit better. He glanced at the Akatsuki organization that used the black hole to teleport away from the earth, and then looked at the suspicious Uehara Naraku.

    "Uehara, don''t you know Akatsuki''s situation?"

    Tony Stark patted Naraku Uehara on the shoulder, his eyes were slightly complicated: "You guy is really lucky...Do you need me to introduce Akatsuki to you?"

    Tony Stark''s mood is really a bit complicated.

    Once the members of the Akatsuki organization arrived on the earth to send him letters, Tony Stark''s mentality was still a bit arrogant, not so accustomed to this organization that looked down on him...

    As a result, a battle in New York came down...

    Akatsuki''s army crushed the Qitarians.

    Tony Stark faintly wanted to have more intersection with this organization. The information he got from his father''s last letter made him want to learn some knowledge from Akatsuki organization.

    Especially the leader of the legendary Akatsuki organization made his father Howard Stark full of admiration in his heart...

    Now Tony Stark saw with his own eyes that the senior cadres of Akatsuki''s organization invited their companion Naraku Uehara to join Akatsuki before leaving, and Tony couldn''t help but feel a little regretful.

    "what?"

    Uehara Naruko''s face was just right. A hint of doubt appeared. He hesitated watching Tony Stark and nodded slowly: "Okay...I still don''t quite understand... What the Akatsuki organization does, and Director Fury also Let me join in."

    this moment¡­

    Uehara Naraku''s conscience hurt a little.

    Tony Stark was really blinded by him too deeply... He wanted to introduce him, the leader of the Akatsuki organization, about the Akatsuki organization?

    This is really...

    It''s so happy.

    Maybe you can just ask from Tony Stark what this **** thinks of Akatsuki? In this way, you can also judge whether your plan has been successful or not.

    and¡­

    In the future, according to Tony Stark''s impression, Akatsuki''s organization can be decorated little by little to the appearance he wants, so as to gain more trust from Tony Stark and the Avengers.

    of course.

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help thinking in his heart, did he have to hide the fact that he was the leader of the Akatsuki organization in his heart?

    Before the real ending comes, one must give people an impression that he has gradually become the leader of Akatsuki''s organization, rather than the leader of Akatsuki from the beginning...

    Otherwise, you might die.

    And when this moment has to be revealed in the future, it¡¯s best to ask Pepper to book a medical examination for Tony Stark, lest this guy¡¯s heart can¡¯t stand it... No, there are fragments in Tony Stark¡¯s chest. The heart is already there. Not very healthy!

    According to Tony Stark¡¯s pride, if he knew the truth one day, he would definitely have no face to appear in front of Uehara Naraku...

    "Well, the war is over."

    Nick Fury¡¯s voice appeared on their contact channel, and he continued softly: ¡°I¡¯ll be in New York soon, so let¡¯s find a place to talk...we have to talk, and I happen to know something about it here. news."

    "And one more thing!"

    Nick Fury contacted Naraku Uehara again and gave his own order: "Agent Naraku Uehara, you should have taken back the Cube, right?

    Before I get to New York, don''t give it to anyone, no matter which general or secretary they sent it! "

    "Yes."

    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly.

    "Thank you everyone for saving this crisis."

    After Nick Fury solemnly expressed his gratitude, he spoke again: "Captain Rogers, Agent Button, Agent Romanoff, please start the rescue on the spot. All the field agents will obey your orders..."

    The losses caused by this war are not small.

    The entire Manhattan area of ??New York has become a battlefield, and it is inevitable that there will be some casualties, and many people will be crushed in the rubble.

    Steve Rogers took the initiative to preside over the rescue mission, and Natasha Romanoff and Clint Barton naturally chose to obey Nick Fury''s orders.

    These two ace agents have a vague guess...

    The threat of war from outer space is over, and S.H.I.E.L.D. is about to reconsider the suspected superhero, Captain America Steve Rogers...

    Before S.H.I.E.L.D. has found out Captain America Steve Rogers, some super secret information will not be let him know for the time being...

    As for Hulk, an uncontrollable big guy, he restored the appearance of Dr. Bruce Banner after the war, but he had to leave the crowded downtown area for a while and go back to rest.

    new York.

    In a closed restaurant.

    Uehara Naraku and Tony Stark appeared here, and Thor also took his brother Loki to the party.

    Originally, Loki should have been directly imprisoned by SHIELD agents for interrogation, but Thor refused in the name of Asgard. He didn''t want to see the Earthmen interrogate an Asgard prince.

    And Thor has another reason. Only he can prevent Loki from slipping away by playing tricks with his brother. Only he can guarantee that Loki will not run away...

    This person is really confident...

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but glanced at Thor.

    Thor, Thor, is also a full-fledged younger brother!

    It just so happens that what Uehara Naraku likes most are these brothers, brothers, and the like. The existence of fetters on them means that they will be easily used by others...

    But Thor is a little different.

    If Loki goes against the so-called justice, Thor seems to support justice, and even forcibly asks his brother Loki to support justice...

    This younger brother is still a bit unqualified.

    There was some excitement around the table.

    There are only four of them in this group, but they are discussing two topics, and the two sides occasionally talk about each other''s topics, and the chat is very lively.

    "When you go back, remember to plead guilty to your father."

    Thor is holding a large glass of beer, sipping beer, and looking back at his brother from time to time: "The queen mother has always been in a low mood, Loki, remember not to make us angry and worried. I only have you. younger brother¡­"

    "But I still have a sister."

    Rocky choked Thor directly.

    Loki, the legendary Norse evil god, watched his brother choked on beer, and couldn''t help grinning from the corner of his mouth: "It''s lucky. Fortunately, I don''t have only one brother..."

    "The woman named Hela is not sure about her identity yet!"

    Thor drank the beer in his glass in one sip and continued nonchalantly: "We have lived in Asgard for so long, have you heard of the name Hela?"

    "Perhaps because Odin concealed it?"

    Loki raised his eyes and glanced at his brother, a mocking smile appeared at the corner of his mouth: "Huh, Odin always likes to hide the truth..."

    Such as his own life experience.

    Before the truth was revealed, Loki had always believed that Odin and Queen Friega were his biological parents, eager to be recognized by their parents...

    Loki has always enjoyed the selfless maternal love of her adoptive mother, Queen Frigga, and even got Frigga''s magic inheritance. The witch really regarded him as her own son.

    This made Loki''s mentality often unbalanced. On the one hand, he showed a nonchalant attitude towards the Odin family, and on the other hand, he was eager to do something to make Odin and Frigga look at him with admiration.

    Maybe it''s because of habit.

    Maybe it''s because of other things.

    Perhaps it is because I want to find the meaning of existence.

    In short, getting the throne is still what Loki wants to do most.

    Originally, after Loki led the Zetarians to defeat, he placed his hope of reaching the Asgardian throne in the future on the body of the goddess of death, Hela.

    "I hope we can have a chance to meet our sister."

    A mocking smile flashed at the corner of Loki''s mouth, and he whispered softly, "Hehe, I hope Odin won''t hide the truth again when we return to Asgard..."

    "We don''t have a sister."

    Thor suddenly leaned out, pressed Loki''s shoulders, and said happily, "I only have one brother, and you only have one brother..."

    "moron¡­"

    Loki rubbed his forehead.

    Tony Stark glanced at Thor and Loki, who were chatting lively, and couldn¡¯t help but find a gap and interspersed with a sentence: ¡°Hey, Thor, you might really have a sister... Loki¡¯s scepter, no Was it snatched away?"

    "Believe me, Loki is the best at deceiving people."

    Thor shook his head and refilled himself a large glass of beer.

    "Rocky was right."

    "You do have a sister."

    "And your sister is hidden somewhere on the earth, and in private developed Hydra as her minions..."

    "The enemy information we got on the aerospace carrier shows that they are said to be Hydra under Hella, and they let Loki off the aerospace carrier."

    A man''s voice came from outside the door.

    Nick Fury walked into the restaurant slowly and explained the story of the death goddess Hela: "The latest information I got, our war is not over yet, the Hydra under the death goddess Hela started. New action..."

    Yes it is.

    The New York war is not over yet.

    There are many Hydra agents secretly looking for Hela in the world. This makes Nick Fury a headache. Is there going to be another interstellar war?

    Rocky in front hasn''t left yet...

    Hela from the back quickly made up...

    Can this group of Asgard''s princes and princesses stop for a while! How can you toss about such a small place on the earth?

    Compared with the group of alien invaders led by Loki, once the intelligence of the Zetaris is found out, they are actually not that difficult to deal with...

    however¡­

    The Hydra under the death goddess Hela has infiltrated all sectors of the world, and even their S.H.I.E.L.D. Hydra''s nemesis still contains a large number of spies...

    This makes Nick Fury a headache.

    The goddess of death Hela is more difficult to deal with than Loki!

    Therefore, before Nick Fury discusses Akatsuki''s intelligence with Uehara Naraku and Tony Stark, one thing must be finalized, and that is the relationship between Asgard and Hela!

    Or¡­

    Nick Fury wants to know whether Asgard will support Hela''s operation on Earth, and whether Asgard can help arrest Hela, just like arresting Loki...

    Thor''s face was still confused, but he drank a glass of beer heroically before he said: "After I go back to see my father, I will ask you about the goddess of death, Hela. Asgard and the earth have a similar relationship. A long friendship..."

    "But before that..."

    Thor looked at Naraku Uehara and said sincerely: "We must use the Cube of the Universe to rebuild the Rainbow Bridge in order to ensure the smooth flow of Asgard and the earth... and..."

    Thor sighed slowly: "The Universe Rubik''s Cube has woken up. If it continues to stay on the earth, sooner or later the earth will encounter enemies that you can''t face at all..."

    As long as the Earth has the existence of the Cosmos Rubik¡¯s Cube, there may be someone who captures the energy gamma rays radiating outside the magic direction of the universe and converges into a new space channel...

    therefore.

    The Cosmic Cube is safest in Asgard.

    "Agent Uehara."

    After taking a deep look at Thor, Nick Fury spoke casually: "Cosmic Rubik''s Cube should be by your side? Give him to Thor for safekeeping..."

    Nick Fury has no nostalgia.

    Because Nick Fury also recognized the real situation, the Earth hadn''t been fully prepared to deal with the powerful alien invaders in the universe, so they could only first hand over the Cosmos Cube to Asgard''s allies for safekeeping.

    And now it seems that the Cosmos Cube must be handed over to Asgard first, otherwise, Thor and Loki will have to stay on Earth...

    "Yes, sir."

    Uehara Naraku took out a cosmic cube one size smaller and placed it on the table in front of them, UU reading www. uukanshu. Com softly said: "It seems that there are some changes, it should still be usable..."

    Of course it can still be used.

    The real core of the universe is the space gem among the six infinite gems in the universe, and it is also the most powerful and abundant gem in the entire universe.

    As for the form of the Cosmos Rubik¡¯s Cube, it¡¯s just that the space gem has released too much energy for a long time, giving the space gem an extra layer of Cosmos Rubik¡¯s protection...

    "Okay, then Loki and I will go back to Asgard first."

    Thor nodded, took the Universe Rubik''s Cube on the table, glanced at several people present, and whispered softly: "I will report to my father about Hela..."

    After speaking, Thor grabbed his brother Loki, took the Cosmos Cube and turned it into a teleported rainbow bridge, and disappeared in front of them.

    "All right."

    Nick Fury glanced at the disappearance of Thor and Loki, then looked at Naraku Uehara and Tony: "Let¡¯s talk about Akatsuki... There is a reason why someone must join Akatsuki on the earth."

 Chapter 744ï¼š Uehara Naraku who wants to eat more

    "Akatsuki is a cosmic organization pursuing peace."

    Nick Fury said a word in the heart of Uehara Naraku.

    After speaking, Nick Fury glanced at Uehara Naraku who stretched his brows, and softly calmed the emotions of his subordinates: "Don''t worry about becoming a member of Akatsuki. This will be an opportunity for our earth to slowly come into contact with the universe."

    "Yes."

    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly.

    Nick Fury knocked on the table with satisfaction, and talked to them about the Akatsuki information he had in his possession: "According to our observations, Akatsuki¡¯s situation is somewhat similar to that of the international peace organization on our planet. They also have an interplanetary peacekeeping organization. army¡­"

    When Nick Fury said this, he shook his head again and continued: "However, Akatsuki''s requirements are strict. In addition to representing their planet, members who can join Akatsuki also possess some incredible superpowers..."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku nodded hesitantly.

    In fact, the members of Akatsuki''s organization currently have no representatives of other planets at all, and some are just the top powerhouses of each world.

    Nick Fury glanced at Naraku Uehara and whispered, "Uehara, it looks like you got the energy of the Cube of the Universe and become a new superhero. How do you feel?"

    "Very...strong, right?"

    Uehara Naruko frowned, and slowly clenched his fist, a blue light looming on his fist.

    This is the power that Uehara Naraku gained.

    In other words, this is the energy of the universe''s Rubik''s Cube absorbed by Uehara Naraku. Only from this energy, it can indeed be called powerful.

    "You are not the first to get this kind of power."

    Nick Fury took a deep look at Naraku Uehara, and continued with a deep voice: "In the beginning, the Pegasus plan was formulated in China for an arms race in space, but it attracted an alien attack. The female pilot Carol at the time Danvers got this power..."

    Nick Fury showed a little nostalgia in his one eye, and sighed softly: "At that time, Danvers used her power to defeat an alien fleet that was trying to destroy the earth. She gave herself the name Captain Marvel..."

    These are things when Nick Fury was young.

    Nick Fury was still very young at that time, just an elite agent in charge of investigations. Now the senior agent of S.H.I.E.L.D. Coulson who defected now was just a small intern next to Nick Fury.

    After talking about the story of Captain Marvel Carol Danvers, Nick Fury explained softly: "It is because of Danvers that I began to prepare for the Avengers project and build a superhero team to meet the crisis..."

    "..."

    Tony Stark couldn''t help but interjected: "Why haven''t you said this? What about the Captain Marvel? Shouldn''t she be on the Avengers list?"

    If there is such a powerful avenger...

    Do they still need to fight so hard in the New York battle?

    "She is the first member of the Avengers Project."

    Nick Fury glanced at Tony Stark and explained: "However, the power that Danvers possesses destined her to accept greater responsibilities. Now she is still in space to solve the crisis that may threaten the earth."

    "Ok¡­"

    Tony Stark shrugged and glanced at Naraku Uehara next to him: "Now Uehara has joined the Akatsuki organization, will he not fly into space in the future?"

    This thing is almost inevitable.

    Akatsuki, an interstellar organization, cannot allow the earth to only enjoy Akatsuki¡¯s shelter, and must also need the earth to help Akatsuki maintain peace. As the only person who became an intern of Akatsuki, Uehara is also a rare figure on earth who can do well...

    "The greater the ability, the greater the responsibility."

    Nick Fury patted Naraku Uehara on the shoulder and said softly: "The Akatsuki organization has always wanted to invite Danvers to join them. Now you are joining Akatsuki instead of Danvers, which is roughly equivalent to the representative of the earth in Akatsuki..."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku was silent again.

    When did Akatsuki always want to invite Captain Marvel Carol Danvers to join them? Why doesn''t this leader know?

    Nick Fury can''t make up his mind, right?

    Obviously he was only controlling the mysterious mask man and casually mentioned Captain Marvel to Nick Fury. The purpose was to plant seeds in Nick Fury''s heart and recognize that there is a precedent for Naruto Uehara to obtain the power of the Universe Rubik''s Cube...

    As for what represents the earth...

    Isn''t this kind of thing common to Uehara Naraku?

    As long as Uehara Naraku is willing, his leader can make Akatsuki guarantee the interests of the earth; as long as Uehara Naraku is unwilling, he can use Akatsuki¡¯s name and turn his head to suppress the earth...

    About this is to eat two ends, right?

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Nick Fury, the director of S.H.I.E.L.D., and slowly lowered his head. He actually had an idea...

    Perhaps he can use his identity in the Xiao organization to more smoothly secure the position of the future director of S.H.I.E.L.D....After all, a director of S.H.I.E.L.D. seems to represent the earth!

    Although Nick Fury has no idea of ??finding a successor, Uehara Naraku has begun to plan to find a way to drive Nick Fury down...

    Or according to their original plan of Hydra, let Nick Fury hang out according to his original fate.

    In this way, Naraku Uehara could play the Hydra perfunctorily and occupy the position of Director of S.H.I.E.L.D. Bureau.

    In addition, Uehara Naraku can use the name of the head of S.H.I.E.L.D. to perfuse the Avengers, pretending to be Nick Fury''s puppet to control S.H.I.E.L.D., thereby completely controlling the Avengers'' news channels.

    It''s just that...

    He needs to get rid of his old boss, Alexander Pierce.

    Without him.

    Pierce knew too much.

    If Alexander Pierce, one day, suddenly happily show off to Nick Fury that their Hydra has regained the position of director of S.H.I.E.L.D., isn''t this going to pit his future director of S.H.I.E.L.D.?

    Nick Fury didn''t know that Naraku Uehara''s thinking was so extensive that he was about to take his place. The current director of S.H.I.E.L.D. is still teaching Naraku Uehara tirelessly.

    "...Uehara, in addition to having a powerful superpower army, Akatsuki also has a broad channel of information. We must find a way to find out whether Akatsuki has left anything on the earth..."

    "¡­Yes."

    Uehara Naraku slowly lowered his head.

    "All right."

    Nick Fury patted Uehara Naraku on the shoulder, and UU reading www.uuk¨¡nshu.com whispered: "I''m going to check Hydra and Asgard''s death goddess Hela. You just ended the war. Take a rest..."

    "Ok."

    Uehara Naraku nodded again.

    People in this world are very busy, and Uehara Naraku will also go to receive the time gems returned to him by the future, and Nick Fury will also go to take over the trouble caused by the death goddess Hela and her Hydra.

    It''s really hard...

    It seems that since Uehara Naraku joined S.H.I.E.L.D., the director of S.H.I.

    This is too exhausting...

    Fortunately, these things were done by Uehara Naraku himself.

    After Uehara Naraku succeeded him as the future director of S.H.I.E.L.D., Uehara could cause some trouble with one hand, and holding these troublesome information in one hand would certainly not be as hard as Nick Fury.

 Chapter 745ï¼š If I regret spending money, I can use the time gem to do it again...

    New York, Manhattan.

    After the war, the bustling urban area was devastated.

    After Uehara Naraku left the conference cafe, he immersed himself in walking in this block, looking for the future man who came to return him the gem of time.

    Just as Uehara Nara walked to a rescue point, he paused slightly and raised his head to look at a figure wearing a hood among the crowd at the rescue point.

    The figure wearing the hood noticed Uehara Naraku''s gaze, and she immediately walked out of the crowd and walked in front of Uehara Naraku.

    No one has spoken.

    Just as they walked to a deserted street, the figure walking in front slowly shook the fingertips, opening an orange-yellow space door.

    On the other side of the door of space...

    It happened to be Uehara''s residence in New York.

    The figure wearing the hood in front stepped into the door of the space and stopped in the living room, slowly turned around and looked towards Uehara Naraku who came in with her.

    This figure also revealed her true face.

    Ancient Master.

    No, it should be said that it is the ancient master of the future.

    "It looks like there is nothing wrong with my plan..."

    Uehara Naraku looked at the kind-eyed Gu Yi mage, and the corner of his mouth chuckled: "Has the future Avengers collected the complete Infinite Gems?"

    "Because of your help, they did collect it."

    Gu Yi nodded slowly, his face showed a little indescribable expression: "However, the lord who controls everything behind this scene should know the result..."

    This thing...

    Some are hard to say.

    The infinite gems that the future Avengers have collected from the past era are only turned into a wedding dress, and these gems still fall into the hands of the future Uehara Nairobi.

    And to make everything logical.

    In the future, Uehara Naraku will give these infinite gems belonging to different eras to himself in different eras. This is a tacit cooperation between the future and the past.

    now¡­

    And the person who came to the era of the New York War and gave the Time Gem to Naraku Uehara was the future ancient master and the former owner of the Time Gem.

    It looks like...

    The Gu Yi mage finally chose to join the Akatsuki organization in the future.

    In fact, this is normal. As a supreme mage who pays attention to results, Gu Yi mage can recognize what is most beneficial to this universe.

    Although the boss of Uehara Naraku has no character at all, and seems to have no personality, let alone humanity, but the result of the future creation of Uehara Naraku is acceptable to the ancient master, that is, a truly eternal and stable world.

    "This is a gem of time."

    The future Master Gu Yi took out a well-decorated ball from his breast pocket and handed it to Naraku Uehara in front of him: "This is a box that can carry and hide the power of infinite gems. No one will notice. Presence of gems."

    "It looks pretty good."

    Uehara Naruko reached out and took the ball. With a slight force in his palm, he directly crushed the ball, staring at the gem of time in his palm.

    In fact, there is no need to create any hidden power at all.

    For Uehara Naraku, every gem is stored in his black hole universe, and the power of every gem is an increase in the black hole universe.

    Only by obtaining the complete six infinite gems can his black hole universe be completely stabilized and become a world that will slowly expand with the power of infinite gems.

    A black hole quietly appeared in the palm of Uehara Naraku, and the green time gem quietly disappeared into Uehara Naraku''s hand.

    Gu Yi Mage seemed to have foreseen this scene a long time ago. She just shook her head slowly and sighed softly: "From then on, there will be no time gems in the hands of the Supreme Mage. Mages need more courage and courage. Power to meet the darkness that may fall in the world..."

    "Don''t worry about Domam."

    A touch of green appeared on the palm of Uehara Naraku''s palm.

    After Uehara Naraku collected the time gem into his black hole universe, he could clearly feel that he could use the power of the time gem.

    this moment¡­

    Uehara Naraku got another hole card.

    "Don''t use the power of time gems too much."

    The future Master Gu Yi frowned and couldn''t help but reminded: "Your power can counter the collapse of time and space, but other people in this world can''t..."

    Master Gu Yi thought for a second and raised an example: "The embankment of a thousand miles was destroyed in an ant''s nest. Once time and space collapse, the collapse will gradually spread to the entire universe...

    Although you can protect all life in this universe, it will take time even if you seize the existence of the entire universe. "

    "Ok."

    Uehara Naraku nodded in good faith, and a touch of green in his palm disappeared without a trace, but he still asked, "By the way, I was thinking about something. The day before yesterday, I wasted 20 dollars by taxi. Did it get it back?"

    "..."

    The corner of Gu Yi''s eyes jumped.

    If it wasn''t for Uehara Naraku to do bad things for her to join Akatsuki, Master Gu Yi would really not want to face this kind of boss...

    Didn''t she just say it!

    Don''t use the power of time gems lightly!

    I want to use the Time Gem to get it back for just twenty dollars!

    Does Naraku Uehara in this era know what the gem of time is? This is the crystallization of the entire universe, the priceless treasure of the entire universe!

    Even if it is any prosperous city, a prosperous planet, a prosperous galaxy, all the wealth combined can not be comparable to the infinite gem!

    Especially the power of time gems that can reverse time!

    but¡­

    Even if this boss is neurotic, he is also a **** who can change the world now. Master Gu Yi is really worried about what Uehara Naraku will do...

    Gu Yi sighed helplessly, and explained the theory of the time gem according to the example of Uehara Naraku: "If you want to regain the twenty dollars, go back to the area where you spent your money, and reverse the entire area. Time, but this situation will definitely cause the timeline to collapse..."

    When Gu Yi said this, he continued: "Or you can reverse the time of the entire universe and choose how to spend the twenty dollars... Because of your power, it will not be affected by the gem of time, and it will be preserved. Own memory."

    "Understood roughly."

    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, and said softly: "If I feel that I wasted twenty dollars, I can choose to reverse the entire universe and let the time of the universe come back, and I can choose 20 again if I retain my memory. How do dollars spend..."

    "¡­Yes."

    Master Gu Yi felt that she was a little tired. She nodded helplessly and put forward her own suggestion: "I personally don''t think that because of such a small matter, your Excellency will spend a lot of time to reverse the timeline of the universe..."

 Chapter 746ï¼š Let people experience endless pain in cycles, that is, you use the gem of time...

    Uehara Naraku has a good grasp of the theory.

    The only problem is that Uehara Naraku''s thinking is too divergent, so that a gentle person like Gu Yi mage can''t help but feel a little bit of a headache...

    Is it really the right choice to give the power of the gem of time to Naraku Uehara at this time? Doesn''t it really make the universe prematurely destroyed?

    This man''s thinking is very dangerous!

    No, that''s not right, this man''s thoughts have always been dangerous!

    Gu Yi couldn''t help but start thinking. According to Uehara Naraku''s thinking, in the future, Uehara Naraku will reverse time because of a small matter. In this era, he will always be lost in the universe. Why will he come back again and again?

    fortunately.

    Uehara Naraku also knew the severity.

    "Do not worry."

    A slight smile appeared on Uehara Naraku''s face, soothing Gu Yi''s emotions: "I will not use time gems because of this little thing. This kind of power that can control time should be used in the most suitable place..."

    "That''s good¡­"

    Master Gu Yi finally breathed a sigh of relief.

    however¡­

    Mage Gu Yi soon realized that it was too early to let his breath go.

    A smile appeared on Uehara Naraku''s face, and he confidently said, "Now I have found the best way to use the Time Gem!"

    Uehara Naruto clenched his fist firmly: "If there is no memory of the time gem reversal in a person''s body, I can reverse time and return to the same point in time to use different methods and rhetoric to attack him, and get the right answer. The best choice for me!"

    "..."

    Gu Yi mage was silent again.

    The supreme mage raised his head helplessly to look at Uehara Naraku''s face, and whispered: "This method is too dangerous, this is not the right way to use...

    If you really want to, you can observe the future through time gems and directly find the best choice you want from countless futures. "

    Obviously only need to observe the future is enough!

    Why do we have to reverse time and start over again! This guy wants to read the file again like playing a game!

    The reason why their supreme mage always stands on the right side is that they can observe countless kinds of futures through infinite gems, so as to find the best one!

    of course¡­

    The main reason is that there will be many changes in the future, and there may be accidents.

    If there is an accident, it is not impossible to use the time gem to reverse the timeline, but it feels like this is not a big deal!

    If a person is not immune to the rules of the Time Gem, he is definitely not an opponent of Naraku Uehara, and there is no need to spend so much time, right?

    "Well, what you said makes sense."

    After Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, the confidence returned to his face: "It seems that there is only another way to use it..."

    Uehara Naraku slowly sketched out a dangerous smile: "If there is a memory of time gems in a person''s body, such as Domam and his ilk..."

    Uehara Naraku''s palm slowly spread out, and then slowly clenched: "If I want him to surrender to Akatsuki, I will kill it directly, and then use the gem of time to reverse the timeline to make it come back and start again. It experiences infinite pain..."

    Speaking of the last time, Uehara Naraku''s eyes even faintly gleamed: "It just so happens that...I can still experience infinite happiness... Time gems... It''s much easier to use than a monthly reading to understand those illusions!"

    There are many people in the universe who can contend with illusion.

    The power of time gems is not something they can contend with.

    If these people can resist the rules of the Time Gem and retain the memories before reversing the timeline, then they will be beaten by the infinite loop of Uehara Naraku...

    have to say.

    This method is exactly the same as the method used by Uehara Naraku to recruit people to join Akatsuki. Back then, Yakushitou, Hawkeye Mihawk, and Doflamingo were killed and resurrected again and again by Uehara Naraku...

    like¡­

    Is it a waste of time gems in this situation?

    No, it''s not right, and it''s not a waste.

    Because anyone in this universe that can retain the memory in the timeline of the time gem reversal is not impossible for them to continue to exist after death...

    And compared to playing with and rewriting death, Uehara Naraku feels that the way of manipulating time seems to be more advanced.

    "..."

    Gu Yi mage remained silent.

    Because this supreme mage really doesn''t know what to say... This kind of method of beating others can be imagined, this Uehara Naraku is the devil, right?

    How could there be such a person!

    Is the time gem really used like this?

    Let people experience the experience of being beaten to death again and again!

    Is this really something one can do?

    "Your Excellency Gu Yi."

    Uehara Naraku''s gaze fell on Gu Yi, and a sincere smile appeared on his face: "The supreme mage Gu Yi of this era, can he ignore the rules of time gems and retain the memory of reversing the timeline?"

    "..."

    Master Gu Yi was shocked.

    Hearing Uehara Naraku''s words, Gu Yi mage seemed to think of some bad memories, and her expression became a little weird.

    This guy¡­

    Isn''t it because you want to use Time Gems to deal with her like this?

    "Don''t worry, I''m just curious."

    Uehara Naraku calmed the emotions of the ancient master, smiled and continued: "I have always been sure that you will make the most correct choice... But sometimes, people want to take the right path and need a little bit. s help."

    "..."

    Gu Yi''s face showed a little helplessness.

    Uehara Naraku really wants to do that!

    "If you count it seriously, the infinite cycle of a person''s death through the power of the gem of time is just a torture for this person..."

    When Mage Gu Yi said this, he looked at Naraku Uehara and sighed faintly: "Everyone has experienced suffering that no one can imagine..."

    "The way of death will be different."

    Uehara Naraku interrupted Guichi''s words and continued softly: "I can arrange countless ways of death, and sooner or later I will let these people find their unbearable death and pain, and the real purpose is to let me feel the joy of killing them. ¡­"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku...

    How can you always figure out a way to toss other people?

    Mage Gu Yi''s expression became more and more weird, and her voice gradually lowered: "Your Excellency has done enough to let me join Akatsuki."

    Seriously, if it wasn''t for Uehara Naraku, the leader of Akatsuki would have been killed tens of thousands of times by turns...

    Perhaps the only advantage of this guy Uehara Naraku is that he doesn''t deliberately target the weak. This guy always likes to stop a powerful enemy for physical and psychological torture...

    exactly.

    Master Gu Yi knows his weight.

    As a supreme mage, she happened to be among the ranks of Uehara Naraku tortured, and before she joined the Akatsuki organization, her life was indeed difficult...

    Gu Yi mage pondered for a while before looking at Uehara Naruto and said, "If you are willing to be more honest, you may get something beyond imagination. UU Reading "

    "can you?"

    Uehara Naraku was a little skeptical.

    If he is now willing to be honest about the true identity of the Avengers, it is a small probability that many people will collapse, and a high probability will cause their crusade...

    and so¡­

    Let''s hide it for a while!

    Gu Yi mage didn''t know the thoughts of Uehara Naraku, just whispered softly: "The gem of time has been delivered to your hand, and now my task has been completed...sir, then I will leave first."

    Before leaving, Master Gu Yi took a deep look at Naraku Uehara: "Perhaps, you can try to be kind to this world..."

    Be kinder...

    It''s not really being kind to people.

    I just hope that Uehara Naraku will do something that is not human.

 Chapter 747ï¼š The S.H.I.E.L.D. Directors Plan that started early

    To be fair.

    Master Gu Yi''s expectations for Naraku Uehara were not low.

    Uehara Naraku''s fingertips glowed with a touch of green, and he nodded slowly, not knowing whether he agreed or not.

    Before leaving, the future Master Gu Yi glanced at Naraku Uehara for the last time. He seemed to shook his head helplessly, and his figure instantly shrank and disappeared into this era.

    After the future Gu Yi mage left, Naruto Uehara waved his hand and dropped the green on his fingertips into the room, and the whole room slowly began to turn upside down.

    After a while.

    The room was restored to what it looked like a week ago.

    The dust in the entire room disappeared invisibly over time.

    Uehara Naraku nodded in satisfaction, glanced at the time collapse crystals that appeared in the room, waved his hand to release a group of black holes to destroy the time collapse point, is it a meaningful thing to clean the room with time gems?

    Just as Uehara Naraku finished all of this, she slowly took out a glass of juice from the refrigerator, nestled in the soft sofa, stretched out her hands and raised her two fingers, contacting her subordinates: "Silver, now bring the scepter of mind. Right!"

    "Yes, my lord."

    Ichimarugin respectfully agreed.

    ten minutes later.

    A spatial crack appeared at the door of Uehara Naraku. Ichimaru silver carrying a long box in his hand appeared in front of Uehara Naraku''s house.

    This is the psychic scepter that Ichimaru Gin snatched from Loki. By the way, he planted a black pot of Hydra on the head of the goddess of death when he was still stealing the scepter.

    of course.

    Now it''s not a fool.

    Because the leader of Hydra, Alexander Pierce, is looking for the trace of the goddess of death, Hela, and wants to use this Asgard princess to form a superhero force to counter Nick Fury''s team.

    "grown ups."

    Ichimaru Gin put down the box with a smile.

    "Hidden during this time and don''t do anything casually."

    Naru Uehara bit a juice straw at the corner of her mouth and waved her hand at Ichimaru Gin: "In order to prevent Pierce and Nick Fury from detecting the problem..."

    "Yes."

    Ichimaru Gin still smiled and nodded.

    After thinking about it for a second, Naraku Uehara opened his mouth and continued: "You go to the New York Temple, I will give you the address now, and help me monitor the supreme mage..."

    "Yes."

    Ichimaru Gin nodded seriously.

    Recently, Nick Fury was tracing the whereabouts of Hydra and the goddess of death. Ichimaru Gin, who once robbed Loki, was too easily spotted by Nick Fury.

    Just let Ichimaru Gin go to avoid the limelight... By the way, I also went to monitor the ancient one mage, and let him learn the magic power of this world.

    As for Uehara Naraku himself, he slowly dialed the phone of his hidden superiors: "Hey, Chief Pierce, shall I send Loki''s scepter to you?"

    "The sooner the better."

    After Alexander Pierce gave the order, he said with some regret: "Has the Universe Rubik''s Cube been taken away by Nick Fury?"

    "No, Chief Fury returned it to Asgard."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and continued softly: "Because Nick Fury needs Asgard as an ally of S.H.I.E.L.D.... and Nick Fury already knows that we are looking for the death goddess Hela."

    "It''s worthy of being the super agent I''ve seen before..."

    Alexander Pierce praised Nick Fury and continued: "Forget it, I heard that you also got some magical powers in the New York War?"

    Alexander Pierce''s intelligence is also outstanding.

    Of course, the most important thing is that Uehara was too dazzling at the end of the Battle of New York, there is no way to hide it, and he himself has not thought of hiding Pierce.

    after all¡­

    Pierce hasn''t lived long.

    "It is not yet possible to determine the effect of power."

    Uehara Naraku made a sloppy look before whispering softly: "However, her physical fitness has been greatly increased and she has the ability to fly... It is almost a better integration into Nick Fury''s superhero squad."

    "Then let someone send the scepter of that Prince Asgard..."

    Alexander Pierce knocked on his desk on the other end of the phone: "Our scientists are very interested in its ability to control thoughts..."

    Of course, it''s not just scientists.

    Hydra started by controlling the thoughts of others. They have a complete brainwashing system that can brainwash the people they want to use into Hydra¡¯s thugs.

    This method is also very troublesome.

    Therefore, when Pierce learned that Naraku Uehara was able to bring him the Scepter of Mind, Pierce was actually very happy...

    "And one more thing¡­"

    Alexander Pierce suddenly heard a chuckle on the phone: "Now Nick Fury is useless, as long as we find a way to solve Nick Fury, we can arrange for you to become the new S.H.I.E.L.D. Director... "

    "For me, there is no better news than this."

    Uehara Naraku raised her eyebrows, and suddenly there was a touch of surprise in her voice: "Is it because of our insight plan?"

    "Yes."

    After Alexander Pierce finished speaking, he continued: "No matter what, our insight plan must continue.

    As long as our Hydra combat aircraft carrier hovering in the sky at any time, we can easily kill anyone on earth who is threatening us.

    It¡¯s a pity that I can¡¯t continue to serve on the World Security Council. I need someone who really holds the power in SHIELD to push the insight project forward. Only when you become the director of SHIELD can you continue to carry on the plan..."

    "understand."

    Uehara Naraku naturally agreed.

    The more such a good thing is better for him.

    In this outrageous era, as an undercover spy, if you can''t achieve the position of the enemy boss, can you still be called a serious undercover?

    Uehara Nara promised her good deeds, and planned to take a good rest for a while and wait for the day when she was promoted. This time is not far away.

    The world is surging.

    The New York war has just ended. UU Reading www.uukanshu.cOM

    The dark forces on the earth slowly re-float. They have never disappeared, and they are slowly hiding in the earth in a dark way.

    of course.

    The superheroes of the Avengers have never stopped. They are also constantly training to strengthen their strength, and work together to fight the evil forces in this world.

    There is no doubt that.

    Hydra is the most severely attacked force by the Avengers. The Avengers rely on the intelligence of S.H.I.E.L.D. to eliminate the horror-causing group of Hydras all over the world.

    Facing the power of a group of superheroes, Hydra has almost no power to fight back, and can only abandon bases and laboratories in embarrassment.

    S.H.I.E.L.D. Director Nick Fury received more and more news of victory. Instead of taking it lightly, he solemnly sought out his subordinates and talked about the world under the turmoil...

    Uehara Naraku is also being invited.

 Chapter 748ï¼š The man who instigated the assassination of Nick Fury!

    Nick Fury has been in the limelight recently.

    A war that aliens descended on New York made S.H.I.E.L.D., a department that specializes in aliens and unnatural cases, jumped up. In addition, the Avengers¡¯ victory in the war against Hydra made Nick Fury The days are pretty good.

    It has to be said that the authority of this SHIELD Director is getting heavier and heavier, taking this opportunity to almost completely override the military and request the military to transfer members from the military''s special forces and the FBI to S.H.I.E.L.D.

    therefore¡­

    Nick Fury intends to re-execute the clean-up plan, intending to exchange blood for the members of SHIELD, and all new members will be controlled and reviewed by himself.

    Except for the three ace agents, Nick Fury didn''t even think that any member of S.H.I.E.L.D. could fully trust him. He had to find a way to get rid of all the agents in S.H.I.E.L.D. who might be the spies of the Hydra.

    There is no need to worry about war issues.

    After the New York War, the Avengers can also help solve the frontal war against Hydra. This opportunity is not easy to find for Nick Fury...

    This is a real rare opportunity.

    It''s just that such a big move is really hard to hide.

    However, Nick Fury didn''t bother to pay attention to that much.

    He had just arrived in New York today, and planned to summon the members of the Avengers to stabilize the battlefield of Hydra, and slowly set out to clean up the S.H.I.E.L.D. traitors.

    The streets of New York.

    Uehara Naraku stood at the highest point in New York, overlooking the streets of Washington, until his eyes stopped on a luxury bulletproof car.

    That''s Nick Fury''s car.

    The S.H.I.E.L.D. Director summoned the Avengers to come to New York to gather for a meeting, with the purpose of restarting S.H.I.E.L.D.''s exchange plan again.

    In this case¡­

    I can''t let the director of SHIELD continue.

    Once Nick Fury really adopts the blood swap plan, no one knows how much sand he will mix in the Aegis, and many Hydra agents will definitely be cleared out.

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the bulletproof car parked in front of the traffic lights, turned on his mobile phone and dialed an internal number, with a smile on his expression.

    "Get ready to do it!"

    "Yes, sir!"

    There was a dull response on the phone.

    "Go, get rid of him right here!"

    Uehara Naraku thought for a second, and then said: "First check the vehicle with your New York police identity, and slowly check until you find Nick Fury''s car, don''t arouse his vigilance..."

    "understand."

    "Then do it!"

    Uehara Naraku hung up the phone in his hand and looked down at the movement on the street.

    Several figures in police uniforms walked out of the street, started to check the vehicles along the traffic lights, and slowly walked towards Nick Fury''s bulletproof car.

    They look like ordinary New York police officers.

    Just from the perspective of Naru Uehara, you can see that as these men in police uniforms are dispatched, there are dozens of men in suits in the surrounding streets, holding a bunch of light weapons in their hands, surrounded by Nick Fury. Away.

    This is a killing game against Nick Fury.

    Several men in police uniform stood beside Nick Fury''s bulletproof car. One of them knocked on the window and motioned for Nick Fury to roll down his car window.

    "..."

    Nick Fury''s expression was slightly puzzled. He watched the police uniform man through the car window, his brows frowned slightly.

    what happened?

    Could it be that this group of New York City police officers got used to the inspection, and only saw that the driver he was a black man, did not notice that his car license was a government license?

    Nick Fury slowly opened the window, showing the majesty of a superior on his face, and said impatiently: "Remember to look at the license plate before you check..."

    After speaking, Nick Fury was about to close the bulletproof window.

    A strange smile flashed across the face of the man in the police uniform. He instantly pulled out the pistol from his waist in his hand and fired three shots at Nick Fury!

    I didn''t expect that the task would be so easy!

    The director of their SHIELD would be so reckless!

    It''s just that Nick Fury felt bad when he saw the police uniform man reaching for the pistol on his waist, and quickly slumped on the co-pilot next to him, only to get a shot in the shoulder!

    In the next moment, Nick Fury quickly closed his car window!

    The man in the police uniform outside the car pressed a pistol on the window, and wanted to continue shooting at Nick Fury, and shot the S.H.I.E.L.D. Director directly!

    however¡­

    Machine gun bullets are booming!

    Nick Fury¡¯s car is equipped with a machine gun!

    The man in the police uniform was hit by a machine gun bullet in an instant, and the other people around had to avoid the machine gun shooting!

    Nick Fury quickly raised the window, and while giving himself a shot of anesthetic, he ordered the car assistance system to turn on the car and leave here!

    As the head of S.H.I.E.L.D., he has been assassinated all the time, so his car reserve is quite complete, besides weapons, he also has necessary medicines.

    A group of men in suits ran across the street, raising all kinds of light and heavy weapons and aiming at his car!

    Countless bullets lased!

    In a blink of an eye, Nick Fury''s car became a hornet''s nest!

    People on the street encountered a street shooting and assassination. They screamed and dodged in panic. People waiting at the intersection did not dare to pay attention to the traffic lights anymore, and each drove to escape!

    Taking advantage of the crowds, Nick Fury relied on the sturdiness of his bullet-proof car and dashed out a way to escape!

    "Sure enough..."

    Naturally, this group of ordinary agents is not as powerful as the members of Akatsuki''s organization.

    It''s just that they didn''t expect to order them to besieged a Nick Fury, and they couldn''t even push the director of S.H.I.E.L.D. into desperation!

    How is this plan going on?

    Uehara Naraku watched Nick Fury rush out of the encirclement, and shook his head helplessly. A cloud of pitch black appeared on his fingertips, and a black hole was formed at his fingertips!

    A small missile suddenly appeared in the black hole!

    This missile was instantly launched from the black hole of Uehara Nairobi, and flew towards Nick Fury''s car, directly blowing up Nick Fury''s car!

    When necessary...

    He can only finish it.

    Uehara Naraku''s sneak attack was really deadly, and it directly caused Nick Fury, who just thought he had escaped from the sky, to fall into **** again!

    The entire bulletproof car was overturned by the missile in an instant!

    Even the system in it was instantly destroyed by the explosion!

    Nick Fury could only struggle to take out a gas welding cutting tool, carefully cut a large hole in the ground, and sneaked into the sewer under the street...

    Uehara Naruko stood on a high place and watched all this. He could perceive the movement of Nick Fury''s breath, took out his mobile phone again, and dialed the number of Hydra: "The commando blocked and searched the sewer entrance in this block. , Find the whereabouts of our chief!"

    "Yes!"

    The Hydra people have one advantage, that is, once their chief gives an order, this group of people will obey the order very seriously.

    Even if they are wearing suits, it will not delay them from crawling into the sewers near them and continuing to search for Nick Fury...

    For Nick Fury, this is a disaster...

    He just thought he had hid in a safe place and planned to leave this stinking sewer to find the location of his safe house, but he was hunted down again...

    Nick Fury could only helplessly try to find a safe place to hide while calling for his rescuer. His first call was directly to Uehara Naraku!

    Because Uehara Naraku is the closest...

    And Uehara Naraku is the strongest!

    Naraku Uehara, who had only gained superpowers in the New York battle not long ago, will definitely be able to get here as quickly as possible; what''s more, the super powers of the above-mentioned Hara Naraku can easily defeat these chasing soldiers!

    of course.

    Nick Fury wouldn¡¯t have thought about it either. Naraku Uehara, who thought he was a rescuer, was the real murderer who put him behind this place of death...

    The highest point in New York.

    While Uehara Naraku was still watching the excitement here, his cell phone suddenly rang. It was Nick Fury who called. What''s the situation?

    Are you still calling the man behind the scenes at this time?

    Nick Fury doubted his identity?

    If Nick Fury really doubts his identity, then this guy really can¡¯t stay. Even if Uehara Naruko spends some other time on boarding the position of S.H.I.E.L.D. Director, he can¡¯t be leaked. The identity of his Hydra...

    In order to keep his identity secret, Uehara Naraku is even planning to make Bruce Banner prepare to attack and destroy the secret base hidden by Alexander Pierce!

    "Uehara!"

    Nick Fury gasped slightly, and his voice sounded a little hastily: "Where are you now?"

    "I''m at home in New York..."

    Uehara Naraku yawned quietly, and said softly, "What happened? Didn''t you say that the Avengers will be called again at night?"

    "I was attacked in New York!"

    Nick Fury directly talked about his situation, and continued in a deep voice: "I will appear in the Dongqiao area on the 5th street in three minutes!"

    "I know."

    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, and replied with a solemn expression on the phone: "I will be there to meet you in a minute."

    "it is good¡­"

    Nick Fury was finally relieved.

    At least there is a strong entry, he doesn''t need to worry about his safety, as long as he can survive this minute, he can wait until his strongest subordinates arrive!

    just¡­

    Nick Fury would not have thought of...

    As soon as Uehara Naruko hung up his phone, he used another cell phone to call the Hydra agent who assassinated Nick Fury: "Nick Fury has already walked near the sewer in Tohashi, within a minute. , You have pushed Nick Fury into a desperate situation; in a minute, I will appear in the Dongqiao area."

    "Yes¡­"

    After the Hydra agent leader agreed, he couldn''t help but said: "Sir, what should we do when we come in contact? Shall we besieged Nick Fury together?"

    "No, just run away."

    Uehara Naraku reached out and took out a glass of juice from her black hole, and said slowly: "If you can''t escape, it doesn''t matter. The commando will catch you all by then, and they will all be your own."

    "..."

    This subordinate doesn''t know what to say.

    This fucking...

    Isn¡¯t it playing Nick Fury?

    It was their own people who assassinated Nick Fury; it was their own people who saved Nick Fury; it was still their own people who arrested them, these assassins...

    A group of own people...

    Just to perform a scene in front of Nick Fury!

    The face of the director of S.H.I.E.L.D. is really not that big!

    Of course Uehara Naraku didn''t want to kill Nick Fury just like that. Otherwise, how could he peacefully get the position of Director of S.H.I.E.L.D. Bureau?

    One minute later.

    Uehara Naraku appeared in Tohashi area.

    It is a pity that Nick Fury and the Hydra agents who hunted him are still killing each other, and he has not found a chance to leave safely...

    While waiting for the appearance of Nick Fury in this area, Uehara Nara secretly gave orders to his subordinates to push Nick Fury into a desperate situation... at least he had to put Nick Fury on the hospital bed more. Lie down for a while!

    In the sewers of New York.

    Nick Fury hid in a dark corner with the pistol in his hand, holding his pistol tightly, listening to the surrounding sounds vigilantly.

    next moment¡­

    The gunshots are loud!

    Under the scattering of machine gun bullets, the whole sewer instantly seemed like daylight!

    Nick Fury didn''t expect this group of spies who assassinated him to force him out of the dark corner!

    "over there!"

    "Hurry up and kill him!"

    "Resolve quickly and don''t delay!"

    "The left and right teams outflanked and completely sealed off his position"

    The whole sewer became noisy in an instant.

    A group of men in suits ignored the sewage and sludge under their feet, and slowly surrounded their targets with all kinds of weapons!

    "Asshole..."

    Nick Fury can only run away in embarrassment!

    In the process of escaping from the sewers, Nick Fury was hit by a few more bullets. Fortunately, these were not fatal wounds, and the smell of blood gradually began to spread...

    Bits of blood slowly dripped into the sewage...

    Nick Fury could only fight back with a gun while looking for a new hiding place. He had to find a way to leave the sewer and return to the ground!

    Only so...

    To see Naraku Uehara!

    As long as he can see Naraku Uehara who came to rescue him, he will not let go of these people who came to assassinate him!

    Bang...

    The manhole cover of the sewer in Dongqiao District suddenly opened!

    Nick Fury, covered in blood, slowly crawled out of the sewer, scanning the entire street with one eye, trying to find his rescuer!

    "Sir, are you okay?"

    Nairo Uehara grabbed Nick Fury''s shoulder with one hand, and dragged him straight out of the sewer with one hand: "I''ll take you to the hospital first..."

    "do not¡­"

    Nick Fury shook his head quickly, one eye full of heaviness and exhaustion: "Take me out of here, find a secret place... and, grab a few murderers... find out who is behind them!"

    Nick Fury didn''t want to go to the hospital.

    Because he doesn''t believe in the confidentiality of the hospital. UU reading www. uukanshu.com

    Uehara Naruko nodded quickly, took Nick Fury''s shoulder with one hand, and shot energy rays at several agents who were chasing Nick Fury with the other hand!

    In an instant, a group of people were directly knocked to the ground!

    "Speak..."

    Nick Fury leaned against Naraku Uehara and looked weakly at the men in suits who were chasing him the most ferocious: "Who instructed you to do this..."

    "..."

    The man in the suit was silent.

    Because when he was lying on the ground, he saw Naraku Uehara standing next to Nick Fury. The presence of this made him tightly shut his mouth...

    I really can''t say anything...

    Because the messenger...

    Right by their own side!

 Chapter 749ï¼š Director Fury only happened under my protection!

    There are some things that cannot be declared.

    Uehara Naraku who descended from the sky in front of him was a rescuer recruited by Nick Fury, and he was also the instigator behind the assassins.

    This group of agents who assassinated Nick Fury ignored Nick Fury''s inquiry. Everyone still took their guns and aimed at Nick Fury and Uehara Naraku!

    The bullets fly!

    boom!

    Uehara Naraku suddenly raised his arm, and a blue shock wave wandered out of his fist, blocking the flying bullet!

    In the next second, this azure blue shock wave instantly knocked all the people who assassinated Nick Fury into the air, and a group of people fell to the ground in embarrassment and fainted!

    This assassination seems to have ended just like that...

    "Contact the commando, lock them up for interrogation first!"

    Nick Fury glanced at the agents who had been defeated by Uehara Uehara in a single blow, and covered his wounds with one hand: "There are S.H.I.E.L.D. field personnel among these people..."

    "Yes."

    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, reached out his hand and took out his mobile phone, dialed a number slowly, and a dazzling light suddenly flashed under the sun!

    That is a bullet from a sniper rifle!

    Uehara Naraku''s palm was just right with a touch of azure blue, and he reached out and grabbed the bullet of the sniper rifle, and a dull explosion sounded in his palm!

    However, he had no chance to stop the bullet from another sniper rifle!

    Just as Uehara Nairo turned around to protect Nick Fury, he saw a bullet hit Nick Fury''s chest, splashing a large amount of blood!

    This is the real ultimate move of this assassination!

    If it''s just a chaotic siege, the chaotic situation will easily lead to uncontrollable conditions. What if Nick Fury is really shot to death?

    therefore¡­

    After the assassination riot is resolved...

    After Uehara Naraku arrived, it was time to start the assassination!

    Only Uehara''s fall here can guarantee that Nick Fury will not die, and that the S.H.I.E.L.D. Director will be dying and seriously injured...

    If Nick Fury dies, Naro Uehara will have to reset the time...

    In case Nick Fury is not seriously injured, Uehara Nairo will have to get another shot of Nick Fury...

    Who made Nick Fury his boss?

    I can only blame Nick Fury for his bad luck.

    Nick Fury also felt that his luck was not so good. No, it should be said that the assassination was arranged too deadly. In addition to the group of gunmen, the assassins had arranged two snipers in advance!

    More deadly...

    Among those who assassinated him, there were agents of SHIELD!

    This means that the group of Hydra spies lurking in S.H.I.E.L.D. want to clean up his director of S.H.I.E.L.D., this is a real crisis!

    No matter what, it can never go on like this!

    If the Hydra spies in S.H.I.E.L.D. can never be cleaned up, the Avengers¡¯ killing of the Hydra base will not be able to eradicate these parasites...

    "Uehara!"

    Nick Fury pressed his chest tightly, feeling a piece of warm blood on his palm, gritted his teeth and said with reluctance: "Leave here first..."

    When the voice fell, Nick Fury was completely unconscious.

    "Sir?"

    Uehara Naruko hurriedly reached out and grabbed his shoulders, put his fingers under Nick Fury''s nose, and felt a faint breath.

    Okay...

    Nick Fury is still alive.

    It''s just that even if he is still alive, it will not be possible to continue his duties for at least two or three months. Someone must take over S.H.I.E.L.D. when he is seriously injured and dying.

    As an ace agent...

    Especially the head of the three ace agents of S.H.I.E.L.D., Naraku Uehara is naturally obliged. He also directly took out his mobile phone: "The plan to assassinate Fury has succeeded, and we can prepare for our Hydra representative to nominate me as his successor. Is the position of the director?"

    "I will notify him."

    Alexander Pierce on the other end of the phone hesitated for a while, and then continued: "But I doubt that the Security Council will pass this proposal, because your qualifications will take some time, and maybe you can arrange for someone with a corpse position to go up..."

    "I am Akatsuki''s intern."

    Uehara Naraku took out his identity and stated his reasons: "If you want me to represent the earth in the Akatsuki organization, you can just give me a suitable position..."

    This is the reason why Uehara Naraku dared to let Alexander Pierce help him become the director of S.H.I.E.L.D., and this reason is indeed plausible.

    After all, Uehara Naraku is the representative of the Earth in Akatsuki organization.

    What kind of cosmic peace organization is Akatsuki? Nick Fury has already explained to the World Security Council and other upper levels that Akatsuki¡¯s membership is not low.

    In a sense, Uehara Naraku does need a not-low position to ensure that he, the representative of Akatsuki''s Earth, has a certain amount of power.

    This is amazing.

    At any time, Uehara Naraku can eat both.

    In this Marvel world, Uehara Naraku seems to be eating two families forever.

    Use your identity in the Xiao organization to get yourself a high position in S.H.I.E.L.D., and use your position in S.H.I.E.L.D. to let Hydra give yourself a high position.

    This kind of thing...

    Uehara Naraku was playing more and more slippery.

    After being silent for a while, Alexander Pierce suddenly chuckled: "I almost forgot this identity. If you can suppress the old guys in the World Security Council with Akatsuki''s name, you really have a great hope to succeed Ferry. Location...hahahaha..."

    When talking about this, Alexander Pierce¡¯s laughter could hardly be suppressed: "Hahahaha... After so many years, the people of Hydra have once again taken over S.H.I.E.L.D., and it seems that our enemy still cannot escape its fate. ¡­"

    "This is the destiny we gave to SHIELD."

    Uehara Naraku held his mobile phone to her lips, and said softly, "Then please, Sir Pierce, long live Hydra..."

    "Long live the Hydra..."

    Alexander Pierce hung up.

    I have to say that Hydra''s work efficiency is very fast.

    Nara Uehara sent Nick Fury to a secret hospital under Stark Industries for treatment, and the news of Nick Fury''s assassination spread throughout the senior management.

    The World Security Council hurriedly convened a meeting to discuss a person who could take over S.H.I.E.L.D.E.L.D., and they hoped that a suitable candidate would be transferred from the military or the FBI.

    It¡¯s just that some people have suggested that they can be promoted from within S.H.I.E.L.D., preferably Nick Fury¡¯s subordinates, because now Nick Fury is still alive or dead, so if Nick Fury recovers in the future, everything will end well...

    And at this time.

    Because of the defections of Coleson and Hill, the identities of the three ace agents of Uehara Naraku, Natasha Romanoff and Clint Barton are already among the highest, and as the representative of the earth in the Akatsuki organization, Naraku Uehara naturally accounts for a part. Advantage.

    Stark Hospital.

    Uehara Naraku knew all this.

    It''s just that Uehara Naraku is still in the hospital at this time, waiting for his boss Nick Fury, quietly waiting for the S.H.I.E.L.D. Director to wake up and speak good things for him.

    If the results are not unexpected, Nick Fury, who has always attached importance to the earth¡¯s external exchanges, knows that the World Security Council will choose a suitable person from his staff to take over S.H.I.E.L.D., then Nick Fury should probably be on his side...

    because¡­

    Only a person as lazy as Uehara Naraku, UU reading will make Nick Fury think that he can secretly take over the director of S.H.I.E.L.D. Bureau again, right?

    Naruto Uehara stood outside the window of the hospital operating room, watching a group of doctors taking out the bullet for Nick Fury, slightly worried.

    If the head of S.H.I.E.L.D. becomes sober and refuses to act according to his wishes, everything must be done again...

    "Are you worried about that guy?"

    Tony Stark walked to Uehara Naraku''s side, handed him a glass of juice, casually said: "Don''t worry, the probability of operation failure is very low, this is Stark Hospital, with the most professional medical team..."

    "...I see, thank you."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head, took the juice glass in Tony Stark''s hand, and slowly sat on the bench outside, with a little self-blame on his face: "But... he was in an accident under my protection. "

 Chapter 750ï¼š The new director of S.H.I.E.L.D., Naraku Uehara

    You can search for the latest chapters in Baidu for "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes Xinshu Haige Novel Network (!

    Uehara Naraku was telling the truth.

    If it weren''t for his protection, Nick Fury would not be seriously injured. He was hit by at least seven or eight bullets all over his body, and there was a deadly sniper bullet in his chest.

    If it weren''t for his protection...

    Maybe... Nick Fury escaped?

    Uehara Naraku has sadness and self-blame on her face, and a touch of worry in her heart. What if Nick Fury does not agree to take over S.H.I.E.L.D. when he wakes up?

    Let someone give him another shot?

    Or should someone give him two more shots?

    But there should be no more suitable person than yourself, right?

    While Uehara Naraku and Tony Stark were still waiting for the end of Nick Fury''s operation, a phone call suddenly hit his cell phone.

    "Mr. Uehara, I am Air Force Lieutenant General Ross."

    The voice on the phone was a bit old and stable: "We already know about Director Nick Fury, and now we need you to come to Washington to report to the World Security Council and the military..."

    "Sir, my sir is not awake yet..."

    Uehara Naraku hesitated to speak, and he continued softly: "If possible, I want to wait until Chief Fury wakes up before going over..."

    "There is no such need."

    On the other end of the phone, General Ross rejected Uehara Naraku''s request, and unquestionably opened his mouth: "It is about the ownership of S.H.I.E.L.D. and your Avengers team...

    I hope you can reach Washington within an hour. This distance is not particularly difficult for a superhero, right? "

    "¡­Yes."

    Uehara Naraku nodded in embarrassment.

    Now the military and the World Security Council have summoned him to report on his work together. It is estimated that the matter of letting him take over S.H.I.E.L.D.

    Nairo Uehara entrusted Nick Fury''s safety to Tony Stark, and turned into a blue streamer and took off towards Washington.

    Washington.

    S.H.I.E.L.D. headquarters meeting room.

    The representatives of the World Security Council and the military are here, waiting for the arrival of Uehara Naraku. This is one of their candidates after many considerations.

    Lieutenant General Ross was sitting in the middle of the meeting room. After seeing Naruko Uehara walk into the meeting room, he slowly closed his palms: "Agent Uehara, let''s do the routine debriefing and questioning first..."

    "Yes."

    "We heard that you got a part of the power of the Cube of the Universe..."

    Lieutenant General Rose reached out and took out the file in his hand, and asked softly: "Do you think you are a superhero of the Avengers team or an agent loyal to S.H.I.E.L.D.?"

    When talking about this, Lieutenant General Rose waved his hand again and corrected his statement: "Of course, the two do not conflict. Have you ever wondered if you will fly around in New York in the future, just like Tonys. Just like Tucker..."

    This is a little dangerous.

    Although most Americans actually admire and like superheroes, as representatives of the government, they will never like superheroes who are out of control.

    "Sorry."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head, and interrupted Lieutenant General Rose, a stern look flashed across his face: "If one day I fly in New York, it must be because of the superior''s order..."

    "First of all, I am an agent of SHIELD."

    "Secondly, I am the lucky one to get super power."

    "Finally, even a superhero will abide by federal laws. I don''t consider myself a superhero. I am just an agent responsible for performing federal tasks."

    When Uehara Naraku said this, his face gradually became heavy: "The Avengers plan is Director Fury''s plan, and the role of a S.H.I.E.L.D. agent in the Avengers team is to guide those who may not be willing to abide by the law. People continue to obey the law..."

    "We understand."

    Lieutenant General Ross stretched out his hand to greet Uehara Naraku without saying much, but a chuckle flashed from the corner of his mouth. He didn''t say much about what Uehara Naraku said right now.

    Although I don¡¯t know if what Uehara Naraku said is true or not...

    But there is no doubt that Uehara Naraku''s attitude is much better than other superheroes, at least this is someone who seems willing to contribute his strength.

    Nothing else...

    The fact that Uehara Naraku is willing to abide by the law sounds like his mind-consciousness is much higher than that of other superheroes, much better than Tony Stark.

    "second question."

    Lieutenant General Ross continued to look at the documents in his hand, smiled and continued: "Then what do you think about Director Nick Fury''s Avengers plan?"

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku was silent for a while, before thinking about it, and said: "Sorry, I can''t provide my opinion, because this is Director Fury''s plan."

    "It''s ok."

    Lieutenant General Ross spread out his palms indifferently and chuckled: "Agent Uehara, you can let go of it here, Iron Man, Hulk, Captain Rogers, pick one, no matter who you talk about..."

    "Nothing to say, right?"

    Uehara Naraku raised an eyebrow and glanced at everyone present: "Because of the Avengers plan, these superheroes are willing to obey at least part of S.H.I.E.L.D.''s orders..."

    The previous ones can express their views.

    At this time, you must not express your stance casually.

    Because the Avengers are actually much more important than S.H.I.E.L.D., that is the ultimate power to protect the earth in the future.

    "Then skip this topic first..."

    Lieutenant General Ross opened the last document, his face gradually becoming solemn: "I heard that you are a member of Akatsuki, which means that the earth has joined this cosmic organization. What do you think about Akatsuki organization?"

    "I haven''t got the news of Akatsuki yet."

    Uehara Naruko frowned, and his face became more and more serious: "There is one thing I can tell you, the earth must find a way to occupy a place in this organization. This is also the task assigned to me by Director Fury.

    Akatsuki is a cosmic peace organization. Perhaps it is very likely to determine the destiny of many planets, but the earth cannot give its destiny to others.

    If Akatsuki is a rule...

    Then we must find a way to slowly master the rules.

    At least now we already know some of the rules. If there are members of the earth in the Akatsuki organization, the New York War will become the battlefield for Akatsuki and the Zetaris, but the war will be handed over to the earth to solve it..."

    "..."

    Lieutenant General Rose fell silent.

    The Air Force Lieutenant General turned his head and discussed with several elderly people next to him. They spoke very quietly, whispering in front of Uehara Naraku.

    This so-called debriefing is actually a cutscene.

    Because S.H.I.E.L.D. Bureau couldn''t pick a more suitable candidate than Uehara Naraku, but they casually wanted to investigate Uehara Naraku and wanted to make the last insurance.

    After a few brief conversations, Lieutenant General Ross thought that this candidate was almost suitable, and the people in the World Security Council also thought it was okay... The only question is probably when Nick Fury woke up.

    Anyway...

    This can be regarded as they seized power at a time when Nick Fury was inconvenient.

    In fact, it''s not a seizure of power, because the subordinates of Uehara Naraku showed in the information that they complied with Nick Fury''s orders.

    In other words, Uehara Naraku respects almost any boss''s order, and it seems that he has made no mistakes in principle.

    "Then, Agent Uehara."

    After Lieutenant General Ross chatted for a few words, his gaze fell on Uehara Naraku again: "During the period that Director Fury is recovering from illness, the intelligence work of S.H.I.E.L.D. needs to fall on you. I hope you can take care of it. The responsibility of the acting director of S.H.I.E.L.D...."

    "Acting Director?"

    Uehara Naraku raised his head in disbelief.

    "Yes it is."

    Lieutenant General Ross opened his hand and explained: "Because of the assassination of Nick Fury, S.H.I.E.L.D. had no leader for a long time. Someone must take Fury''s responsibility..."

    Lieutenant General Ross fixed his gaze on Naraku Uehara and continued earnestly: "You represent the earth in the Akatsuki organization, and you also need a not-low position..."

    This is the most critical reason why they considered Uehara Naraku.

    Compared to others, Uehara Naraku has a unique advantage.

    No one can be sure whether the earth will encounter interstellar wars in the future. There is no doubt that it is not a bad thing to train a qualified earth representative in advance...

    To be honest¡­

    If some of them present can obtain a part of the power of the Cosmos Rubik''s Cube, and can join the Cosmos Peace Organization Akatsuki as the representative of the earth, they will be able to get a high position in the White House for the last time...

    Lieutenant General Ross glanced at Uehara Naraku who was stunned by their decision, then chuckled lightly and began to talk about the reasons why the World Security Council and the military supported Uehara Naraku as the head of the shield.

    "You are Akatsuki''s representative on the earth..."

    "You are also part of the Avengers Project..."

    "We have thought about it and there is no more suitable candidate than you. At least during the period of Fury''s recovery, the work of SHIELD will be handed over to you..."

    Buzzing...

    The dull vibration of the mobile phone interrupted Naraku Uehara¡¯s intention to make a statement. Tony Stark¡¯s avatar was shaking frequently on the answering page...

    "Sorry, I must answer the phone."

    Uehara Naraku touched his mobile phone and continued softly: "It should be that Director Fury''s operation was successful. I want to go back to New York right away..."

    "Uehara..."

    Tony Stark''s voice became more hesitant and uneasy, and he cautiously continued: "Fry''s operation failed... the time of death was a minute ago..."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku fell into silence strangely.

    At this time, there is no need to think about it. Uehara Naraku guessed that Nick Fury might have suspended animation, because Nick Fury liked it many times...

    and¡­

    Uehara Naraku was by Nick Fury''s side at the time, but he was sure that Nick Fury was shot and he was not in serious danger before taking him to the hospital...

    If Nick Fury died by the side of Uehara Naraku, Uehara Naraku would have used the Time Gem to reset the time!

    The issue is¡­

    Why does this guy feign death?

    Is it because you can''t believe in your successor?

    If it is said that in the original world, Nick Fury chose to use suspended animation to deceive Alexander Pierce and Hydra, then it is understandable... What is Nick Fury doing in suspended animation in this situation? Just to clear the Hydra spy from S.H.I.E.L.D., what''s the trouble?

    After Uehara Naraku and Tony Stark had finished talking, they directly reported the death of Nick Fury to Lieutenant General Ross and the World Security Council, which was shocked.

    "..."

    Lieutenant General Ross glanced at Uehara Naraku, then at the others present, and continued slowly: "Agent Uehara, it seems that you have to call you Director Uehara in advance, then please invite Director Naraku Uehara to take office immediately! "

    new York.

    In Stark''s Secret Hospital.

    Tony Stark pulled off his mobile phone and glanced at Nick Fury lying on the bed speechlessly: "Do you want to hide things like suspended animation for Uehara?"

    Yes it is.

    This is what Nick Fury meant.

    The director of S.H.I.E.L.D. wanted to hide from suspended animation inexplicably. Tony Stark didn''t understand Nick Fury''s mind. Is it necessary?

    "Hold him first..."

    Nick Fury glanced at Tony Stark and sighed softly: "Only this opportunity can weed out the Hydras lurking in SHIELD...Only when I die, they will come forward. ."

    "It''s not easy to say..."

    Tony Stark still hesitated on his face, and slowly continued: "Speaking of which, Uehara Naraku seems to be the new director of S.H.I.E.L.D...."

    "...Isn''t it better?"

    Nick Fury slowly closed his eyes and continued softly: "Whether it is S.H.I.E.L.D. or the Avengers, there will be no major changes..."

    Nick Fury suddenly opened his one eye again, and said coldly: "And we can also see what those people want to do after assassinating me!"

    Besides...

    It¡¯s not a bad thing that Naraku Uehara became the director of S.H.I.E.L.D....

    That bloated S.H.I.E.L.D. Bureau full of rapes, a superhero chief appeared, only killing can guarantee his own safety... and Uehara Naruto is a member of the Avengers, and also a member of the Space Peace Organization.

    He does need a higher position.

    of course.

    Nick Fury also doubted Uehara Naraku.

    Therefore, he asked Tony Stark Uehara Naraku to conceal his escape from suspended animation. It was also because he had certain doubts about Uehara Naraku. After being assassinated, this old and spicy tenth-level agent would not believe anyone...

    But what Nick Fury could not think of was that after Uehara Naraku accepted the post of Director of S.H.I.E.L.D., the first thing he did was to visit Stark Hospital to visit his body...

    This is never expected...

    No, this doesn¡¯t seem to be a surprise...

    At least it shows that this subordinate is still very conscientious.

    Tony Stark can only say that Nick Fury¡¯s body has been pulled to the incinerator in New York, and he slowly changed the subject: "Hey, hey, now you have replaced Fury as the new director of S.H.I.E.L.D., UU reading What is going to do? Gather everyone?"

    "do not know¡­"

    Uehara Naruko shook his head before speaking softly: "It should be to find a way to find out the whereabouts of those Hydras, kill them all and avenge Director Fury... As for the matter in S.H.I.E.L.D., the World Security Council will help. "

    Uehara Naruko slowly raised his head and leaned against the wall. He could clearly perceive the suppressed breathing of Nick Fury in the room behind the wall.

    This guy¡­

    Sure enough, it was in suspended animation!

    Does this old boss distrust him?

    Oh shit¡­

    Haven''t you eaten enough?

    Why doesn''t this **** Nick Fury trust him? Just because he served as the director of S.H.I.E.L.D.?

    Is this still a person?

    Uehara Naraku sighed faintly in his heart, a flash of mockery flashed in his eyes, and while chatting with Tony Stark, he showed his attitude to Nick Fury who was hiding behind him.

    "Forget it, that''s it. I never thought about being the director of S.H.I.E.L.D., and handing over those troublesome powers directly to them. Like Captain Rogers, I am only responsible for performing tasks..."

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Start reading from Naruto: https://

    For the convenience of reading next time, you can click "Favorites" below to record the reading record of this time (Chapter 751, the new Director of S.H.I.E.L.D., Naraku Uehara), and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ()

 Chapter 751ï¼š Inherit your position, sir

    You can search for the latest chapters in Baidu for "Starting from Naruto Behind the Scenes Xinshu Haige Novel Network (!

    It''s kind of outrageous.

    Until Uehara Naraku left, Nick Fury, who had died in suspended animation, did not take the initiative to show up. After hearing Uehara Naraku''s words, it was not that he did not believe Uehara Naraku.

    Nick Fury just thinks the timing is wrong.

    Because the hidden enemies within S.H.I.E.L.D. have not fully appeared, Uehara Naraku, the new head of S.H.I.

    Instead of this...

    It would be better to let Uehara Naraku sit in the tricky position of S.H.I.E.L.D. Director by herself, and wait until Uehara Naruto can''t hold it in the S.H.I.E.L.D. Bureau...

    He, the former director of S.H.I.E.L.D., reappeared to solve the possible crisis between Uehara Naraku and S.H.I.E.L.D., so as to gather people''s hearts.

    Nick Fury is very shrewd.

    Naruto Uehara calculated for a while. At this time, he was really not good enough to let Nick Fury, who had been suspended from a suspended animation, be sneered again, so he had no choice but to get up and leave.

    Except for the little book in my heart, secretly keeping an account for his old boss, Uehara Naraku can''t do anything else...

    Nick Fury, the old boss can¡¯t move...

    Then only move the old superior Alexander Pierce.

    Now Uehara Naraku is in a bad mood, she has to pull out a boss to kill, right?

    After Nairo Uehara returned to S.H.I.E.L.D., he sat on Nick Fury''s office chair, slowly turned his mobile phone, contacted Bruce Banner, and ordered the Hulk Hulk to attack Alexander Pierce''s base.

    Western America.

    In a valley.

    Uehara Naraku and Hulk the Hulk stood on the cliff, watching a group of armed soldiers patrolling in the valley, and slowly took out their mobile phones.

    "Hello, Chief Pierce."

    Feeling the strong wind blowing on her face, Naraku Uehara asked softly, "I have already taken the seat of the director of S.H.I.E.L.D., can I visit the chief?"

    "Hahahaha..."

    The laughter on the other side of the phone could hardly be suppressed. After Alexander Pierce laughed, he said, "Of course it can, just today! Today, many people in charge of the base are here, you S.H.I.E.L.D. Of course the commander of the branch cannot be absent. It just so happens that we are also discussing how to use the energy of SHIELD..."

    The new director of S.H.I.E.L.D., Hydra''s deadly enemy, is his own subordinate. This fact actually made Alexander Pierce quite a face.

    Today, many of the heads of Hydra bases are here. In addition to discussing the future direction of S.H.I.E.L.D., they are also discussing the experiment of the Mind Scepter.

    "Yes, sir."

    Nairo Uehara nodded and agreed, hung up the phone in her hand, and raised her head at Bruce Banner next to him: "Go...go here to make a big fuss! Kill everyone. !"

    Uehara Naraku embraced her arm and continued with a chuckle, "I am the chief of SHIELD and the leader of Hydra. The death of Chief Pierce was done by you group of avengers. I am just the one responsible for the finishing touches. ¡­"

    "..."

    Bruce Banner glanced at the boss next to him speechlessly, and shook his head self-consciously: "In fact, I don''t think there is any need to be so careful..."

    This is really personal!

    Just now this guy was still talking and laughing with Alexander Pierce, now let him kill Alexander Pierce...

    "I like to be a little cleaner..."

    Naruto Uehara nodded, and slowly continued: "But in front of the Avengers guys, you and I eliminated Alexander Pierce."

    "..."

    Bruce Banner''s eyelids twitched.

    Is this guy embarrassed?

    "Don''t waste time."

    Uehara Naraku raised her wrist, glanced at her watch, and whispered, "Although time has no meaning in front of me..."

    "¡­ok, I get it."

    Bruce Banner reluctantly clenched his fist, he turned his head and looked into the valley, his body slowly swelled, and his clothes gradually tore...

    "Roar!"

    The tall Hulk appeared proudly!

    The moment Hulk appeared, he jumped down from the cliff and suddenly jumped into the valley, waving his fists and punching a group of patrolling armed soldiers to the ground looking for teeth!

    The gunfire resounded in the valley!

    The Hulk¡¯s physique made Hulk not afraid of any guns at all, but made his mood even more irritable. He punched a trembling soldier next to him. The gunshots in the entire valley became rarer and rarer, and gradually there was only green. The roar of the giant...

    Under the cliff.

    This secret Hydra base also received news of the Hulk attack. Teams of armed soldiers continued to take various weapons to the valley at the entrance of the base...

    There are at least hundreds of soldiers in charge of guarding this Hydra base, with all kinds of light and heavy weapons, but everyone knows that their attack can only delay time...

    "Why is Hulk here?"

    Alexander Pierce hurriedly left the conference room of the base, and while taking his friends to the secret safe passage, he slowly found out his mobile phone: "I called Uehara, what is going on, why is he? No message was sent..."

    Hulk attacked this base too suddenly.

    The armed forces of the entire base are actually sufficient to withstand the attacks of a group of US troops, but there is nothing to do with monsters like the Hulk. At most, they can only use sonic attack weapons to repel that monster...

    of course.

    Pierce is more worried about other superheroes.

    If there are two superheroes, Tony Stark and Steve Rogers, besides the monster Hulk, the base will fall sooner or later...

    This is the most troublesome.

    Many people in charge of the Hydra base are with him today!

    "Hey?"

    "Uehara!"

    After Alexander Pierce dialed the phone, his anger was barely concealed: "What the **** is going on? Why did Hulk appear here?"

    According to their previous rules.

    When the Avengers and S.H.I.E.L.D. attacked which Hydra base, Uehara Naraku would notify Pierce in advance and only let Hydra leave a group of cannon fodder in the base to die...

    What''s going on today!

    In addition to Alexander Pierce, there are also many high-level Hydra officials here. He just said that the new director of S.H.I.E.L.D. is loyal to him... It didn''t take a minute before something went wrong!

    Uehara Naraku...

    Did you betray them?

    Inside the safe passage of this base.

    Uehara Naraku''s figure quietly appeared in the safe passage. He stared at the heavy iron door in front of him, holding his mobile phone, and said lightly: "Don''t worry, wait a moment, sir..."

    Uehara Naraku''s palm was a little harder, cracks appeared on the phone a little bit, and his voice gradually became a little lighter: "Anyway...we''ll meet right away."

    "What do you mean!"

    Click...

    The mobile phone instantly turned into shattered parts.

    Nairo Uehara let go of the fragments of the mobile phone, while tidying up his collar, it looked like he was about to enter some important occasion.

    The heavy iron door of the safe passage slowly opened. U U Reading

    Alexander Pierce was still constantly questioning the phone that had been hung up with an unhappy face. After hearing the iron door of the safe passage opened, he raised his head and looked towards the safe passage.

    as well as¡­

    The man in formal suit in the safe passage.

    "Surprise."

    Uehara Naraku smiled and raised his head, and opened his palms to Alexander Pierce and the head of a group of Hydra base.

    "FUCK!"

    Alexander Pierce threw away his mobile phone, the anger on his face was barely concealed: "Now go and solve the monster outside!"

    After Alexander Pierce subconsciously gave his order to Uehara, he immediately realized his mistake!

    This guy¡­

    Why does it appear in the safe passage of this base!

    "and many more¡­"

    Alexander Pierce¡¯s eyes were instantly full of vigilance: "Uehara Naraku, why are you here!"

    "of course¡­"

    Uehara Naraku''s smile was getting bigger and bigger, and she stretched out her finger calmly: "Inherit your position, sir."

    Starting from Naruto, the latest chapter address: https://

    Starting from Hokage to be behind the scenes full text reading address: https://

    Behind the scenes starting from Naruto txt download address: https://

    Start reading from Naruto: https://

    In order to facilitate the next reading, you can click "Favorites" below to record this reading (Chapter 752 Inherited your position, sir), and you can see it next time you open the bookshelf!

    Like "Behind the scenes from Naruto", please recommend this book to your friends (QQ, blog, WeChat, etc.), thank you for your support! ()

 Chapter 752ï¼š I almost forgot, I made a ghost of your identity exposure

    The light is shining.

    When the leaders of a group of Hydra were still a little puzzled, Uehara Naraku''s fingertips suddenly shot countless dazzling flashes directly through their bodies!

    This group of high-ranking base leaders suffered heavy casualties!

    "kill him!"

    Alexander Pierce clutched the hole in his shoulder, gritted his teeth and greeted the soldiers in the base to attack Naraku Uehara: "Kill this traitor!"

    "Is this jealous?"

    Uehara Naraku¡¯s fingertips glowed with flames, and a smile appeared at the corner of his mouth: ¡°Sir Pierce, you who are destined to be eliminated by the times, don¡¯t understand that only I can lead the Hydra to the light... waste¡­"

    The flames suddenly expanded!

    Just as this group of flames was about to contaminate Alexander Pierce, it suddenly stopped in front of Pierce, scaring the Hydra leader into cold sweat on his forehead!

    The immediate threat made Pierce dare not act rashly!

    next moment¡­

    The flames suddenly split into two, bypassing Alexander Pierce''s figure, and attacked a group of soldiers holding guns around, and the explosion sounded through this cave base!

    A group of soldiers guarding Alexander Pierce was also cleaned up by Nairo Uehara in a blink of an eye, and even a wailing sound was not heard!

    Near the safe passage of the entire base, only Alexander Pierce was left, his nose trembling slightly, and a drop of sweat fell...

    A little bit of fear spread in his heart...

    At this moment, Alexander Pierce remembered that his subordinates were also superheroes, and they would be completely crushed in battle.

    A superhero came to assassinate them...just as Steve Rogers once destroyed the Red Skull faction with one man.

    "You guy..."

    Alexander Pierce slowly stretched out his palm and held the pistol at his waist tightly. This was the only weapon that could bring him a sense of security.

    however¡­

    Pierce knew everything clearly.

    This pistol can only bring a touch of psychological comfort, and it cannot pose any threat to Naraku Uehara. Death is just a number counted by a watch.

    "There is no need to resist, right?"

    Uehara Naraku''s palm suddenly spread, and a gravitational force burst out, drawing the pistol from Pierce''s waist into his palm, and the hot flame ignited the pistol...

    L¡­

    The sparse flaming red molten iron fell on the ground...

    "Uehara Naraku, what do you want to do?"

    Alexander Pierce''s forehead jumped, and he maintained his composure: "You think you can control Hydra by killing us? Don''t be whimsical..."

    Alexander Pierce whispered the Hydra proverb: "Cut off one head and grow two heads...No one knows how many people are hidden in the Hydra...No one can completely control the Hydra..."

    "I can."

    Uehara Naraku smiled and shook his head, and continued: "Or, Dr. Anim Zola can, but he has quite detailed information in his hand..."

    Anim Zola.

    Scientists once under the banner of Red Skull.

    After the end of World War II, the Hydra leader Red Skull was dealt with by Captain America Steve Rogers. Many of the Hydra were cleaned by the Strategic Science Corps, the predecessor of S.H.I.E.L.D., and the scientists among them were also recruited by them.

    Among them, Dr. Anim Zola was designated by Howard Stark, one of the founders of S.H.I.E.L.D., to enter S.H.I.E.L.D.

    However, Dr. Anim Zola did not change his mind. He lurked in S.H.I.E.L.D. as a cadre of Hydra, eroding the deadly enemy of S.H.I.E.L.D., and also guiding Hydra and Aegis. The inter-office borrowing chicken to lay eggs plan.

    When Anim Zola was about to die from a serious illness, he stored all his thoughts and memories in the computer of the Strategic Science Corps, and lived in this world in a virtual way, relying on his super algorithm. Guide the various plans of Hydra...

    To put it bluntly, Anim Zola is the life mentor of modern Hydra.

    "Zola..."

    Alexander Pierce''s eyes tightened slightly, and he slowly shook his head and said: "Impossible... it will never betray the Hydra..."

    "Who knows?"

    Uehara Naraku spreads out his palms indifferently: "After I get rid of you, I will ask Dr. Zola if he is willing to cooperate with me to bring Hydra into a wider world... if it doesn''t..."

    Uehara Naraku''s smile became deeper and deeper, and even Pierce could see a little horrible meaning: "A missile can solve it..."

    Uehara Naraku slowly picked his finger and continued softly, "In fact, it doesn''t matter. Any Hydra base that does not belong to my rule, I will directly let S.H.I.E.L.D. and the Avengers clean them all..."

    Uehara Naraku didn''t care at all.

    Now he is holding the power of S.H.I.E.L.D. in his left hand, and a superhero from the Avengers in his right, with Akatsuki standing behind the cosmic organization. Hydra is just one of the tools.

    If it weren¡¯t for the Akatsuki organization, it¡¯s too bright, and Hydra needs to come to this villain to play with the fake-death Nick Fury and a few disobedient Avengers...

    Apart from being obedient, the bottom layer of Hydra is useless.

    but¡­

    For Uehara Naraku, this group of subordinates who are willing to obey orders are really worthy of his superiors cherish.

    after all¡­

    There are not many of Uehara Naraku''s real direct subordinates who are obedient.

    Clang!

    Suddenly there was a fist in this base!

    The tall Hulk waved his fist and smashed an iron door, kicked the messy things blocking it, and appeared in front of them.

    After Alexander Pierce saw this scene, a flash of panic flashed across his face, and his heart subconsciously thought that he had discovered a touch of life!

    in case¡­

    If the Avengers knew that Naraku Uehara was a Hydra...

    If the two of them fight here, there may be a silver lining... I just don¡¯t know if Hulk, the Hulk, has the sensibility to treat Naraku Uehara as an enemy...

    of course¡­

    If the identity of Uehara Naraku is exposed, the new head of S.H.I.E.L.D. Bureau, Uehara Naraku will be taken down, and there will even be a major purge of Hydra within S.H.I. This step...

    Alexander Pierce¡¯s face showed a little struggle, for the sake of his own life to expose Naruto Uehara, or to hide it for the Hydra...

    to be frank¡­

    Uehara Naraku, a hidden cruel and black guy, is also the best choice for the head of Hydra, maybe the second red skull of their Hydra...

    Just...

    This **** is a traitor who betrayed his boss!

    Alexander Pierce suddenly rushed towards Naraku Uehara, a flash of madness flashed in his eyes, but his voice suddenly lowered: "Then step on our corpse... Lead Hydra to become the king of this world!"

    "Sir Pierce, what are you moving yourself?"

    Uehara Naraku showed a little playfulness on his face, looking at his old boss, suddenly kicked Alexander Pierce out!

    "..."

    Alexander Pierce''s face suddenly became ugly. He didn''t quite understand what Uehara Naraku meant, until Pierce lay on the ground and turned his head to look in the direction of the Hulk...

    The tall Hulk came over step by step...

    This monster who had created horror in New York, UU Reading walked to Uehara Naraku with a full face, standing behind Uehara Naraku like a well-behaved little brother.

    "task¡­"

    Hulk bit his teeth, his eyes revealed a scarlet color, and he stared at Uehara Naraku closely, and said word by word: "It''s done..."

    "There is one last one."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Alexander Pierce, stepped lightly and walked into a black hole, and his figure was about to disappear into the base.

    "Kill him, I''m just here to let him be a ghost before he dies. Unfortunately, his identity has been exposed, and he has no value worthy of my collection..."

    After Nairo Uehara stepped into the black hole, he seemed to have thought of something, then turned his head to look at Alexander Pierce, smiled and said: "I almost forgot, Chief Pierce, your identity was suddenly revealed at the beginning, but it was actually caused by me. ghost."

 ~ï¼š Resume today

To see the fastest updated error-free novel, please remember https://! The content of the chapter is being hit by hand, please wait a while, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!

 Chapter 753ï¼š Chief Pierce said, for the safety of the 9-headed snakes, in the future you...

    Oh shit¡­

    Really not human!

    Why is this guy embarrassed?

    Alexander Pierce watched with an ugly face as Naruko Uehara disappeared in front of him, and the corners of his mouth trembled. The cause and effect were all understood...

    Naru Uehara, this bastard...

    Let the Hydra be completely exposed in SHIELD...

    With the help of S.H.I.E.L.D. Bureau, he cleaned up the other factions of Hydra...

    Then the agents controlling the Hydra killed Nick Fury, and finally used their Hydra members in the military and high-level members to promote him to become the director of S.H.I.E.L.D....

    Until now, the Avengers were instructed to clean up the high-level of Hydra. So far, the two rival organizations of S.H.I.E.L.D. and Hydra have all become his possessions.

    Now no one, whether it is Hydra or S.H.I.E.L.D., can hold Uehara Naraku, they have all been tricked!

    Really...

    Have a good time.

    Even if Alexander Pierce claims to be a spy among the spies, as a Hydra leader who once sat as the director of S.H.I.

    I thought Naraku Uehara was his little brother...

    Unexpectedly, Uehara Naraku, a part-time worker, overturned the stall!

    "Roar!"

    Hulk''s roar resounded throughout the cave, and he walked to Alexander Pierce''s side step by step, his eyes gradually turning scarlet.

    next moment¡­

    Alexander Pierce on the ground became a corpse!

    After Hulk killed Alexander Pierce, his figure slowly shrank and became Dr. Bruce Banner again.

    There was a hint of cowardice and anxiety on this good gentleman''s face.

    "Sorry¡­"

    Bruce Banner rubbed his palms a little embarrassedly, glanced at the messy corpse again and again, a little complicated flashing in his eyes.

    Even the HYDRA group of evildoers, in the ending under the control of Uehara Naruko, it seems a bit pitiful...

    Obviously these guys are the terrorists behind the scenes who control the world, but they were manipulated to death by Uehara Naraku...

    "Hope God bless you."

    Bruce Banner slowly squatted down, smoothed Alexander Pierce''s still open eyes, and continued talking to himself: "I really envy you...you can die...you can completely stay away from the man named Naraku Uehara."

    Death is a cruel thing.

    For Bruce Banner, however, there is a bit of luxury.

    Because he has the existence of Hulk in his body, even if he commits suicide, he cannot die. Recently, a monster named Heijue has been added to his body. It is even more difficult if he wants to die...

    Although Uehara Naraku has not arranged for Bruce Banner to do anything bad, Dr. Bruce Banner really does not like to do undercover...

    Who knows how Uehara Naraku will use him in the future?

    Dr. Bruce Banner doesn¡¯t know much about the true purpose of Uehara Naraku, but he knows that Uehara Naraku is definitely not a good person...

    Whose good guys will arrange spies in the superhero organization?

    Even pretending to be a superhero in it!

    It''s a pity that Dr. Bruce Banner couldn''t get rid of Heuze in his body, and couldn''t escape the manipulation of Uehara Naraku.

    "Ho **** ho ho..."

    Just as Dr. Bruce Banner lamented that Alexander Pierce¡¯s death was lucky, Heijue¡¯s figure quietly emerged, sneered and agreed with Dr. Bruce Banner¡¯s opinion: "Fate is friendly enough to this guy, but he dared to call Yuyi. Drink it..."

    This year...

    Serving as the boss of Naraku Uehara is a high-risk profession!

    If the boss can''t prove his worth, he will basically have no good end, unless his name is Nagato or Xiaonan...

    "..."

    Dr. Bruce Banner couldn''t help but his eyes jumped.

    Although he has never understood why Kurozutsu in his body always likes to call Uehara Naruko Yukata, he knows that Kurozutsu may be the person who knows Uehara Naraku best.

    in fact¡­

    That Naraku Uehara is careful, right?

    Bruce Banner didn''t dare to tell the truth of his conjecture.

    What''s more, Alexander Pierce is certainly not innocent. As the leaders of Hydra, it is commonplace to make evil human experiments and set off horrible riots in the world.

    "Let''s go¡­"

    Hei Jue sullenly showed a weird smile: "When we return to the Avengers'' base, don''t forget that this is the information that Yui found...hehehehehe...this is for him to be assassinated by the terrorists of Hydra Nick Fury''s revenge..."

    "¡­Ok."

    Dr. Bruce Banner nodded with difficulty.

    the other side.

    Old site of the Strategic Science Corps.

    This is where the predecessor of S.H.I.E.L.D. is located.

    After Uehara Naraku settled the group of leaders of the Hydra faction, he rushed here directly to meet Dr. Anim Zola, who was also an old antique in the Hydra.

    I¡¯m here now to make a proof of alibi.

    In order to ensure safety, Uehara Naraku also created electromagnetic waves to cut off the network signal here, destroying the satellites that can be connected to the Internet. In this old base building is a pile of machines with Dr. Anim Zola''s consciousness unit.

    Anim Zola knew the moment Uehara was disconnected from the Internet. Only when the Internet was disconnected would he realize the value of the Internet.

    It¡¯s just that Dr. Anim Zola doesn¡¯t know exactly what happened. As a semi-network ghost, Dr. Zola can only hope that when Hydra people come to him for help, they can help fix the network. ¡­

    Naruto Uehara pushed open the heavy iron door and hurriedly walked into the base, looking at the densely packed machines, a bit of panic appeared just right on his face.

    "Dr. Zola!"

    "It''s you little guy...what''s the matter?"

    Dr. Anim Zola¡¯s voice was mixed with a burst of electrical noise, because his consciousness unit could only use machines to make sounds, and these old machines were obviously not detailed enough.

    As the old antique behind the scenes of Hydra and the most talented scientist in Hydra, Dr. Animzola naturally knows all the news about Hydra and also knows Uehara Naraku, the new S.H.I.E.L.D. branch commander.

    of course.

    Uehara Naraku was able to serve as the director of S.H.I.E.L.D. Bureau. UU Reading also has the credit of Dr. Animzola. It is also his computer calculus that Uehara Naraku is the person most likely to agree to the appointment of the director of S.H.I.E.L.D. .

    Similarly, it is definitely the best choice for Hydra.

    A piercing electric current rang, and an image of Dr. Anim Zola appeared on an old headphone display: "It came just right, please help me check the satellite and network cable, the network connection on my side. there is a problem¡­"

    "It was the network I cut off in advance!"

    Uehara Nairo walked to the area where the host was located, and first took a slap in the face: "The news of Nick Fury''s death spread. Tony Stark suddenly invaded the S.H.I.E.L.D. data. The existence of the doctor has been found..."

    "Chief Pierce is worried that Tony Stark may use his artificial intelligence to steal your information through the Internet, and let me notify you of the new order."

    "Sorry, Dr. Zola..."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the pile of old servers present, his expression a little bit more apologetic: "Commander Pierce, for our safety, the communication between our Hydras can no longer go through the network in the future..."

 Chapter 754ï¼š Tonys debts owed by him can only be paid by himself slowly

    Sometimes the name of the dead is more useful than the living.

    When Naraku Uehara communicated with Dr. Anim Zola, he naturally borrowed the name of Alexander Pierce and ignored the matter of clearing Pierce by himself.

    Uehara Naraku also had a good time with this kind of thing.

    As long as other people are not allowed to communicate with Dr. Anim Zola casually in the future, who knows that Dr. Anim Zola has been secretly placed under house arrest by him?

    of course.

    It is also unlikely to limit this completely.

    In the future, Dr. Anim Zola will certainly not only see Naraku Uehara, and several people under the name of Alexander Pierce will come to see him...

    As for the terrible death of Alexander Pierce, there is no need to let Dr. Anim Zola know about it, right?

    After all, the doctor and Pierce¡¯s relationship is really good, what if he knows that Chief Pierce is dead and crazy...

    The only problem is...

    Will there be anything revealing here?

    Dr. Anim Zola¡¯s IQ is not low, especially since the way of thinking of his unit of consciousness all relies on computer algorithms, maybe it is really a flaw?

    When Naru Uehara deceived Anim Zola under the name of Alexander Pierce, the machines in the whole room suddenly fell silent...

    "Pierce asked you to kill me, right?"

    The head of Dr. Anim Zola suddenly appeared on an old monitor, and he said indifferently, ¡°According to Hydra¡¯s plan, any existence that might be exposed must be cleaned, especially me. There are so many secrets in his body..."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku was silent for a second.

    Hydra¡¯s spirit of sacrifice is a bit strong...

    For the safety of Hydra, the loyal members of this group of Hydras seem to not spare their own death, so Uehara Naruto feels that these guys are not like villains...

    However, the idea of ??Naraku Uehara just flashed, and Dr. Anim Zola returned their image to their original form with a single sentence: "Little guy, you don''t know why Pierce would let you come here too...hohohoho... "

    Dr. Anim Zola¡¯s voice was filled with sordid and sarcasm out of thin air: "Because you little fellow is also on the clearing list, die with me... hee hee hee..."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes twitched.

    It''s rare that he has a good feeling for Hydra, and Dr. Anim Zola has pulled this good feeling directly to a negative number!

    These bastards!

    What a fate!

    "Don''t worry, we won''t die very painful."

    Dr. Anim Zola seemed to see the expression of Uehara Naraku. He smiled and pacified him: "I have prepared enough tons of explosives here... Pierce should have arranged a missile to aim at all times. Here... **** ho **** ho... little guy... death is not painful... I have died once and it will be over soon..."

    "It doesn''t matter if you die..."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Dr. Anim Zola¡¯s monitor, his brows wrinkled, his fingertips glowed with blue light, and it landed on Dr. Zola¡¯s machine: "I planned to take you As a chess piece, it seems that even the chess piece is not qualified..."

    "what?"

    Dr. Anim Zola hadn''t reacted yet, that group of blue energy slowly enveloped the server where his consciousness unit was stored, and in a blink of an eye these machines were completely paralyzed!

    In an instant...

    The whole building exploded!

    A black space door appeared in front of Uehara Naraku, stepped inside, and his figure disappeared here in a blink of an eye.

    Oh shit¡­

    A bunch of neuroses!

    Originally, he wanted to count on Dr. Anim Zola¡¯s hydra, which controls the entire planet. Now he should completely clean up the hydra, and let him arrange the future of the hydra!

    Now Alexander Pierce and a bunch of leaders of the Hydra base have been cleaned up by him. The Hydra group of other bases has no leader. Let the Avengers clean up these Hydras and solve this pile of uneasy elements!

    but¡­

    One more base must be left!

    That is the base where the Scepter of Mind is located. It is said that the base has already started the experiment when the Scepter of Mind is obtained. The subjects of the experiment are two twin brothers and sisters. They seem to have initially acquired a little superpower...

    The Scarlet Witch Wanda Massimov.

    Fast silver Pietro Massimov.

    Among them, the ability of fast silver is not necessary, but the power of the Scarlet Witch is likely to exceed the limit, and there is a certain use value...

    the most important is¡­

    The Scarlet Witch is quite affectionate.

    As long as there are fetters on her body, there is a possibility that can be used, at least Uehara Naruto is sure to control her power.

    Time passed a little bit.

    The position of the director of S.H.I.E.L.D. Bureau Uehara Naraku is also getting more stable.

    As he became the director of S.H.I.E.L.D., the Avengers are clearing the Hydra base faster and faster, and the other Hydras on the entire planet can''t wait to bury their heads again and hide themselves...

    Only the Hydra in S.H.I.E.L.D. has a good life...

    Because there is no Nick Fury staring at him, Uehara Naraku, the head of S.H.I.E.L.D., is still their supreme officer, and Hydra is getting better and better within S.H.I.E.L.D....

    Especially Naraku Uehara doesn''t care whether SHIELD is a decent or a villain in the future, and he indifferently allows Hydra to place personnel in various departments of SHIELD...

    Thus¡­

    Even if Nick Fury returned from suspended animation and wanted to be the director of S.H.I.E.L.D. again, it might as well create a new S.H.I.E.L.D. Bureau.

    The current SHIELD...

    It can be called Snake Shield.

    It''s just that the earth is not peaceful during this time.

    Not long after the New Year has passed, a man of Manchu who claims to be the leader of the Ten Rings Gang of terrorist organization has committed humanoid terrorist attacks everywhere...

    This group of terrorists transplanted the Extremis Virus containing super energy, once the Extremis Virus is detonated, the explosive energy of the cluster bomb can be exploded almost instantaneously!

    The Manchurians stepped on the whole world as if they had no scruples, arbitrarily announcing on TV that they would carry out an undefended terrorist attack...

    As a superhero protecting the earth, Tony Stark angrily announced his home address and declared war on the Ten Rings Gang and the Mandarin!

    However, the real behind-the-scenes murderer is Kirian, who is hidden in the Mandarin. He is a scientist, or a biologist.

    This is also the sin of Tony Stark''s own death...

    More than ten years ago, Tony Stark didn''t look at anyone when he was in the world with boundless beauty, and Kylian was still a big fan of Tony Stark...

    This die-hard fan once wanted to meet Tony Stark, a rising corporate star at a banquet...

    As a result, Tony Stark verbally agreed to Kylian¡¯s request to meet, but because he hooked up with a beautiful biologist that night, he forgot the promise...

    That night.

    Snowflakes are fluttering and the wind is bitter.

    While Tony Stark and the beautiful female biologist were discussing physiology on the warm bed, Kylian stood on the roof of the building frozen in the cold wind all night, just to wait for Tony¡¯s appointment, but unfortunately he did not wait...

    Kirian was so frustrated for his somewhat failed life that he committed suicide by jumping off the building... However, when he saw the fireworks, the flames of revenge ignited in his heart.

    Yes it is.

    Kylian, a big Tony Stark fan...

    After that night, Tony fans completely turned black.

    A black fan transformed from a die-hard fan. Obviously, the disaster that this black fan has erupted must be far more than other black fans...

    it''s good now¡­

    Hedong for more than ten years, Hexi for more than ten years.

    Kylian, a little-known person who was once unknown, now holds the killer of the Extremis Virus, and started his road of revenge for this little person. Now the terrorist incidents created by the Mandarins and the Ten Rings are just the beginning...

    Because the Extremis Virus can free the disabled and regenerate new limbs, Kylian controlled the pioneering technology he created and slowly entered the sight of the US military and upper-level officials, even a vice president was involved.

    The real purpose of the murderer behind the scenes...

    I want to use the Extremis Virus to control the entire United States.

    Uehara Naraku recalled Kylian¡¯s crazy plan. Kylian, a terrifying guy, even wanted to kill the president through a live broadcast worldwide, using the horror of the Extremis Virus to make people succumb!

    Unfortunately¡­

    Kylian is a villain, his plan naturally failed.

    "I have to find a way..."

    Uehara Naraku placed a pile of materials on Kirian, Pioneer Technology, and the Ten Commandments. He glanced down at the materials from time to time. UU reading tapped the table slowly with his fingers.

    We must think of a sure-fire way to let Kirian live broadcast to kill the president, by the way, make this gangster bigger and stronger, and try to buckle the upper echelons of the United States...

    Make sure that the president is killed!

    This just happens to be able to clean up the vice president and the military¡¯s cooperators of the extremis virus. By the way, it also exposes Iron Man Tony Stark and Colonel Rhode to the responsibility of protecting the President¡¯s disadvantages. Maybe they can even carry them back. Most of the black pot...

    after all¡­

    If Uehara Naraku remembers correctly, Kirian¡¯s method of kidnapping the president was to use Colonel Rhode¡¯s war machine...

    As long as there is a relationship with Colonel Rhodes, this matter must be indisputable with Tony Stark, and the scapegoats on these two people are basically backed up.

    "Really..."

    Naruto Uehara turned on his mobile phone, opened the photo album on his mobile phone, looked at the notice of his dismissal while working in the Stark Industrial Building, and sighed slowly: "The debt Tony owes is only Let him pay it back slowly..."

 Chapter 755ï¼š The head of SHIELD who knocked on the door for 5 minutes

    The world situation has deteriorated rapidly.

    Kylian supported the Manchus and led the Ten Commandments to create terrorist incidents everywhere, and even let the Manchus record and broadcast the video of the declaration of war against the entire United States.

    After Tony Stark issued a declaration of war to the Mandarin, Uehara Naraku directly ordered S.H.I.E.L.D. to hand over part of the Mandarin''s information to Tony.

    This was the only support that Uehara Naraku had.

    Even after sending the data email, Uehara Naraku sent a video he recorded himself, persuading Tony Stark to focus his attention on business.

    "Tony, there is no need to care about those clowns"

    "We are the avengers. The first goal now should be to eliminate the Hydra. What we should do is to avenge Chief Fury instead of focusing on the terrorists who committed suicide. This is a little trouble for the military. solved."

    ""

    After Tony Stark saw the video of Uehara Naraku, his whole body was lost in confusion, he felt a little bit sorry for Uehara Naraku.

    Because Tony Stark knew that Nick Fury was just suspended.

    What he didn''t expect was that the guy Uehara Naraku went around avenging the Hydra in order to avenge Nick Fury, and even wiped out Alexander Pierce.

    If Uehara Naraku knew that Fury was just feigning death

    What would this stubborn and arrogant guy do?

    Tony Stark didn¡¯t have time to think about what Naraku Uehara would do, because when he checked the mandarin¡¯s profile, a missile suddenly flew and hit his home.

    Several helicopter gunships flew over, turning Tony Stark''s seaside mansion in California into ruins instantly. Tony Stark''s life or death is unknown!

    No one thought of it

    Tony Stark will be wiped out by several armed helicopters!

    In the morning, the terrorist attack had just occurred in California in the evening, and newspapers throughout the United States published Tony Stark''s death.

    The whole world is crazy.

    This matter seems to be irrefutable at all.

    Because Tony Stark¡¯s seaside mansion was in ruins, Stark Industries¡¯ current president Pepper Potts did not issue a statement to refute the rumors. Everyone seemed to have already assumed that Tony Stark had been killed.

    There are also many people who refuse to believe this news. Who would believe that the famous Iron Man will be wiped out by a few terrorist gunships?

    Quillian naturally wouldn''t believe it.

    Facing the enemy of Tony Stark, Kylian did not see his corpse and would definitely not give up. He also sent many people to hunt down Tony Stark.

    of course.

    At least now he has the advantage, Tony Stark has not dared to appear, and even now he doesn''t know the real murderer, only thinking that it is the Manchu man who made the ghost.

    but

    Someone will know the truth early.

    Florida.

    A manor that looks a little barren.

    Dozens of armed guards are scattered throughout this huge manor, and many hunting dogs are kept inside to guard the safety of the manor.

    This is the hiding place of the Mandarin.

    During this period of time, the horror and deterrent videos of Mandarin adults that always appeared on TV came from this manor, which is also the temporary residence of Kilian.

    Two men came to face each other at the entrance of the manor.

    The headed young man wore a black leather jacket, and the light purple-haired man walking behind him was wearing a white robe with a samurai sword hanging from his waist.

    "Hey!"

    The armed guard at the entrance of the manor walked over with an automatic rifle, and was about to stop them from moving forward: "This is a private residence."

    Clang!

    The crisp sound of knives flashed!

    As the light purple-haired man pulled out the sharp blade on his waist, the light of the knife flashed out instantly, cutting off the guard''s neck, and a head fell directly to the ground.

    "It''s really a group of people who don''t know much about it"

    The light-purple-haired man squinted his eyes, and a smile came up at the corner of his mouth: "It looks like a clean-up plan is needed here."

    "Ha, I will trouble you, silver."

    The young man in black leather clothes laughed, and walked straight to the manor without stopping, as if he couldn''t see the armed guards armed with guns at all.

    The gunfire never sounded.

    There was only a crisp sound of knives in the entire manor, a repressive battle, no, or a killing quietly unfolded in this manor.

    Every armed guard who appeared in front of them in the manor was killed by a man with light purple hair. The blood slowly flowed on the ground, full of **** smell.

    Monitoring room.

    A middle-aged man biting bread looked at the one-sided killings in the manor with a panic face, his pupils widened involuntarily.

    He was frightened.

    The man in the monitoring room saw the young man in black leather walking under a camera and showing a weird smile in the direction of the camera.

    A touch of green light was looming in the eyes of the young man.

    The middle-aged man in the monitoring room involuntarily tightened his heart, reaching out in a panic to pick up the walkie-talkie on the desktop. This is an unprecedented crisis!

    however

    When the middle-aged man reached out to grab the walkie-talkie, he didn''t even notice a green light lingering on him.

    The middle-aged man was horrified to see that his palm was like the palm of an old man''s withered bark. His physical strength declined almost instantly, and he was even unable to pick up the walkie-talkie!

    "this is"

    The middle-aged man looked at his palm in disbelief, he clearly felt the rapid passing of time in his body, and his life quickly came to an end.

    The power of time gems

    Not an ordinary man can resist.

    The killing outside the manor had ceased, but no one noticed it inside the manor.

    The black-haired leather-clothed youth tidyed up his leather jackets, stood in front of the door with a smile, knocked his fingers on the door a few times.

    Dong dong dong

    Dong dong dong

    The strange knock on the door didn''t seem to attract anyone''s attention.

    The people in this house are doing a noisy filming in a studio inside. They are all preparing to shoot a new threatening video of the adults. No one can hear the knocking in the house.

    The black-haired and leather-clothed youth and the light-purple-haired man outside the door have a very good mentality. They just stand outside the door. If the blood in the manor is ignored, they will calmly wait for the manor¡¯s reception like polite guests. they.

    In the studio.

    Kirian was wearing a white suit, looking at the horror of Manchu in front of the camera, his mouth kept a smile.

    This man with a beard is his puppet.

    It''s also the killer in his plan.

    According to Kilian''s plan, this survivor, named by him as the Man of Manchu, has been hoarding the terrorist attacks of humanoid bombs that have appeared in the United States and around the world.

    In the future, this man of Manchu will be charged with killing the president.

    Kylian calmly watched the arrogant video of the Manchuria and waved his hand with satisfaction: "Good job, you can go down."

    "!"

    The bearded man who was still arrogant and domineering nodded, gestured carefully, and turned around to leave with a smile on his face.

    Dong dong dong

    Dong dong dong

    After the entire shooting set was quiet, someone finally heard a knock on the door.

    A hint of displeasure appeared on Kylian¡¯s face. He turned to glance at a bald young man beside him, and whispered: "Go and ask the guys outside what''s going on."

    Oh shit

    They are terrorists!

    Report something directly, knock on the door of a hammer!

    The bald young man nodded slowly, a fire appeared on his face, walked all the way to the door of the room, stretched out his hand to open the door.

    Then he saw the two young men at the door.

    And the guard body lying on the ground in the manor.

    Before the anger on the bald youth''s face appeared, the black leather-clothed youth standing at the door smiled and said: "Sorry, I knocked on the door for five minutes and thought that the owner of this house is not there, Aldrich Kirian. Are you there?"

    "correct."

    "Introduce yourself."

    The young man in black leather stretched out his palm towards the bald young man in front of him, and said kindly: "I am Naraku Uehara, Director of S.H.I.E.L.D. Bureau."

 Chapter 756ï¼š Your plan is good, now it is my plan

    As a terrorist

    What is the experience of seeing the director of SHIELD in front of me suddenly?

    The bald young man couldn''t help frowning his brows. He was a disabled veteran. He had heard of the somewhat arrogant department of S.H.I.E.L.D. Bureau.

    It may be more than a little bit.

    The most important thing is that Tony Stark they are chasing recently belongs to the Avengers, and the Avengers are formed by S.H.I.E.L.D..

    They just beat Tony Stark

    The parents behind Tony Stark are asking for trouble?

    It''s really a bunch of troublesome stuff

    The most troublesome thing is that Naraku Uehara is also a superhero, a superhero who was exposed and transformed directly during the New York war!

    strength

    Quite good!

    A fire appeared in the palm of the bald youth. This is the high-temperature burning ability given to him by the Extremis Virus. He subconsciously wanted to attack the leather-clothed youth in front of him!

    "It''s best not to do it."

    Uehara Naraku stood calmly on the spot, still with a kind smile on the corner of his mouth: "Life is short, even five minutes is precious."

    "Ok?"

    The bald youth tilted his head subconsciously.

    In the next moment, the bald youth didn''t think about it anymore, a touch of disdain flashed across Jie''s face, and he reached out and grabbed Uehara Naruko''s neck!

    As long as his palm touches an ordinary person, it can cause high-temperature burns, and he wants to directly inflict severe damage to the director of S.H.I.E.L.D. before him!

    Bang!

    Uehara Naraku''s palm suddenly grabbed his wrist. He didn''t care about the fire and high temperature of the bald young man''s wrist. He chuckled softly: "Is this the Extremis Virus? Only this temperature? Do you need to warm it up?"

    ""

    Encountered a ruthless character!

    The high temperature of the bald youth''s wrists rose rapidly, and he stared at Naraku Uehara with hesitation: "Are you here to avenge Tony Stark?"

    "Do not."

    Uehara Naraku smiled and shook his head. The temperature of his palm rose a little and turned into scorching magma, slowly wrapping it around the bald youth''s wrist, directly melting the bald youth''s wrist in an instant!

    "Ahhhhh"

    The painful roar spread throughout the manor!

    The bald young man stubbornly held his arm and watched his palm fall to the ground. Red lines appeared on his body, and his face gradually became hideous!

    Uehara Naraku ignored the high temperature and extremis virus on his body, and reached out to hold his neck, his face gradually became colder: "I''m here to discuss a deal with Kirian, and send you a ride on the way."

    Anyone who has seen his true face

    It is absolutely impossible to survive here!

    A light green appeared in Uehara Naraku''s palm, and the power of the time gem quietly floated on the bald young man, quickly consuming his vitality.

    "From this second, you still have five minutes of lifespan. Enjoy the torment of waiting outside."

    Uehara Naruko let go of her palm and looked at the bald young man lying on the ground rapidly aging, and indifferently walked around his body: "Let''s go, Silver"

    "Asshole"

    The body of the bald young man quickly aged into a bald old man, his face was full of wrinkles, he could only tremble and scream with a hoarse voice!

    "Really a lucky human"

    Ichimaru Gin glanced at the old bald head lying on the ground, squinted and smiled: "Your punishment is really generous."

    ""

    Generous hammer!

    This S.H.I.E.L.D. Director is a lunatic, right?

    The bald old man was lying on the ground with his body trembling, staring at Uehara Naraku and Ichimaru silver who entered the room, scolding Uehara Naraku from head to toe in his heart!

    Fuck

    If you have such a strong ability to not break in, and still knock on the door of the room, this is a real madness, isn''t it?

    There is such a reason to punish him

    And also turned him into what he is now!

    Nowadays.

    Not a lucky day.

    The bald young man who just happily stopped in front of Uehara Naraku and Ichimaru Gin was not the first one. The carriers of the Extremis Virus who rushed out one after another quickly attacked Uehara Naraku!

    Uehara Naraku''s palm was glowing with a green light, and he patted them one after another, directly accelerating the passage of time on them. Everyone had only five minutes of life left!

    A group of veterans carrying the super virus quickly turned into debilitating old people under the palm of their hands, even standing up is a luxury

    The dazzling green light whirls in the room

    The power of time gems is used lavishly here

    In less than half a minute, Kirian¡¯s most elite group of subjects lost the power to resist, and even Kirian himself did not realize what happened.

    "this is"

    Kylian walked out of the studio and watched the scenes in the room. The surprise and confusion on his face slowly converged, and his eyes became a little serious.

    Kind of

    terror.

    Kylian¡¯s gaze swept over the subordinates lying in the corridor of the room one by one, and the face of each subordinate quickly turned into an old man.

    Kylian¡¯s face slowly appeared a fire, and quickly disappeared into the invisible. His eyes moved slowly and fell on Uehara Naraku and Ichimaru Gin who were standing at the end of the corridor, and saw the two of them. At that moment, a heart palpitations suddenly surged.

    This is

    The legendary new director of S.H.I.E.L.D. Bureau?

    Kylian looked at the smiling Uehara Naraku and forced an exaggerated smile on his face: "Hahahahaha welcome new friends hahahaha"

    Kylian spread out his hands, shook his palms casually, and pointed to a group of old people who fell on the ground: "Wow, it''s quite cool and powerful ability to make the perfect creatures we made directly age, worthy of SHIELD. Mr. Director!"

    "A trivial little trick."

    Uehara Naraku smiled and shook her head towards Kirian, and stretched out her palm friendly: "I knocked on the door for five minutes outside just now. No one helped me open the door, so I only give them the last five minutes. s life"

    Uehara Naraku''s smile gradually became dangerous, and his voice was a little light and fluttering: "Mr. Kirian, do you think anyone will dare to waste five minutes of my time in the future?"

    ""

    This is a warning!

    This is a warning to him!

    Because the fate of these people is only seen by Kirian himself!

    If he dares to waste the life of Uehara Naraku, these men who lie on the ground from young to old will be his own fate!

    Resolutely recognize counsel in a disadvantaged situation!

    This is the only answer that can survive!

    Kirian''s mind instantly understood what Uehara Naraku meant. He rushed over, almost staggeringly grabbing Uehara Naraku''s palm, and smiled to himself: "No one will dare to do this in the future. sr. Any instructions?"

    Uehara Naro let go of his palm, and smiled as if he laughed at himself: "Mr. Kirian is the guest of Mr. Vice President, how dare I give any orders?"

    ""

    Kylian''s heart trembled.

    No one knows about this right now!

    In his plan, the vice president is a key part of his future!

    Because the vice president had a disabled girl in his family, he allowed the vice president to agree to join his extremis virus plan. This vice president is also the face of Kirian who will master the entire United States after the plan is successful.

    The issue is

    How much does Uehara Naraku know?

    What is the purpose of Uehara Naraku coming here?

    Obviously, Naraku Uehara knew a lot.

    "The vice president is a nice person."

    Naruto Uehara watched Kirian and slowly said: "Control the Manchuria to declare war on the United States, find a chance to kill Mr. President, and let the vice president become the new president through the succession system. Control our new president to control the entire United States, you and the vice president. Is this the reason for Mr. President¡¯s collusion? Mr. Killian?"

    ""

    The smile on Kylian''s face was slightly constricted, and a little bit of panic appeared in his heart. The Director of S.H.I.

    That''s right!

    His plan is indeed like this!

    Now that the Director of S.H.I.E.L.D. has explained his plan bluntly, it shows that the people in front of him have a fairly detailed knowledge of his plan. So how would the president''s bureaucratic lackey treat him?

    "Hahahaha"

    Kylian¡¯s face forced a new smile: "How could it? How could it be? sr, we are citizens who do business legally."

    "Don''t waste my time."

    Uehara Naraku''s warning made Kirian calm down instantly.

    Obviously

    A group of old people lying on the ground are still in front of them.

    "So what does Mr. Uehara mean?"

    Kirian squeezed his palm, and the temperature on UU reading rose a little bit, and he continued in a deep voice: "Is it to replace them to destroy us? To replace the Avengers to maintain world peace? Or to replace Tonis Tucker''s revenge? What name does he want to kill me"

    "I''m here to support you."

    Uehara Naraku smiled and shook his head, turned around and beckoned to Ichimaru Gin behind him: "Gil, come here and get to know your future SS"

    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he turned his head to look at Kirian: "How can you make the plan successful with a bunch of waste under your hands, so I will give you a new helper to personally protect your safety."

    "Mr. Killian."

    Ichimaru Gin walked to Uehara Naraku''s side, squinted his eyes and nodded with a smile: "When we first met, I am Ichimaru Gin. Please advise."

    ""

    Kirian went silent, he looked at the smiling Uehara Naraku, then at Ichimarugin who was covered in white robe, and his heart sank a little bit.

    The director of S.H.I.E.L.D. is not quite right!

    Uehara Naraku wants to send someone to monitor his every move. What is it for? Protect the safety of that president? Or is it to steal his results? Or is it to unite his plan?

    "Don''t think about it."

    Uehara Naraku chuckled lightly and explained: "I admire your mind very much. Your plan is quite good, it fits my heart very well."

    Uehara Naraku''s expression suddenly became indifferent, a heavy pressure instantly covered the entire room, Kylian''s body fell to the ground involuntarily!

    Uehara Naraku looked down at the villain scientist who was kneeling on the ground, and the dull and majestic voice fell into Kilian''s ears.

    "Now it is my plan."

 Chapter 757ï¼š This country is a gift for adults!

    Oh shit!

    The director of S.H.I.E.L.D.!

    Does this **** know what an intellectual property patent is?

    If you can do it

    If it weren''t for the body''s inexplicable suppression force, Kirian would really want to knock Uehara Naruko''s head into his stomach!

    Obviously he worked so hard for so many years to formulate the plan behind the scenes. He turned his head and was snatched away by the director of S.H.I.E.L.D.

    The point is that Kylian can''t resist at all.

    Uehara Naraku didn''t seem to give him a chance to refute.

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Kylian who was kneeling on the ground, and stretched out his palm to pull him up: "It looks like Mr. Kylian agrees to transfer his plan to me, so I wish us a happy cooperation?"

    ""

    Kirian raised his head silently and glanced at Uehara Naraku. Then he stretched out his palm and grabbed Uehara Naraku''s hand and stood up.

    Oh shit

    Does he have room for resistance?

    But this also made Kylian''s heart barely relieved.

    At least today, his life can be saved. With Naraku Uehara, the head of S.H.I.E.L.D., supporting him, his plan seems more likely to be realized.

    "But I am curious about one thing"

    Kirian stood up and looked at Naraku Uehara, and asked softly, "Why would Mr. Director want to participate in this plan? S.H.I.E.L.D. shouldn''t be"

    "Shhh"

    Ichimaru Gin stretched out one of his index fingers to his lips to interrupt Kylian¡¯s questioning, and said with a smile: "Mr. Kylian, there are some questions that you can¡¯t ask."

    After saying this, Ichimaru Gin''s eyes narrowed tighter, but his smile was still gentle: "Only if an adult allows you to know, can you know what you shouldn''t know. If you accidentally know it, it will be very dangerous! "

    ""

    Kylian''s mouth couldn''t help grinning, and an indifferent smile appeared: "Well, then I won''t ask more."

    In fact, there is no need to ask more.

    Why did the director of S.H.I.E.L.D., a high-level running dog suddenly want to participate in his plan, and even participate in the murder of the president?

    It''s nothing more than trying to control this country.

    "It''s good if you are sensible."

    Uehara Naraku took a deep look at Kirian, then turned calmly and left here, leaving the last sentence: "Then I will leave it to you, Gin."

    "Yes, my lord."

    Ichimaru Gin lowered his head humbly towards the back of Uehara Naraku''s departure.

    On the one hand, the door of the space black hole quietly appeared.

    Uehara Naraku''s figure went into the black hole and disappeared in place.

    This scene surprised the scientist Kylian, and even unconsciously wanted to step forward to find out, but before he had time to pass, the door of the black hole had disappeared.

    And after Uehara Naraku left.

    The crisp sound of a knife suddenly rang in Ichimarugin''s hand. Ichimarugin''s palm held his Zanpei Knife, and suddenly cut off Kirian''s palm!

    "Ah ah ah ah ah ah"

    Kirian stubbornly held the place where his wrist was broken, the painful roar in his throat could no longer be suppressed, and the extremity virus on his body quickly broke out!

    The rising heat made Kylian''s body become fiery red!

    Kirian held his wrist firmly, the temperature of his wound was getting higher and higher, and the wound on his wrist seemed to have molten iron, and a new palm grew.

    "This is punishment."

    Ichimaru Gin looked at Kylian with a smile, ignoring the grumpy look on his face, just smiled to himself and continued: "I hope Mr. Kylian will remember today¡¯s delivery, and he should not be able to do so in the future. Your lord is rude, right?"

    Ichimaru Gin slowly put his sword into the scabbard and watched Kylian continue to say: "Although the adult has a gentle personality, it is not a reason for others to offend him, what do you think? Mr. Kylian?"

    "I really don''t know where I offended him"

    Kylian slowly shook his newly grown wrist, and scolded Ichimaru Gin, the running dog of Uehara Naraku, over and over again.

    are you crazy!

    Had it not been for the Extremis Virus he researched to regenerate limbs, he would have been chopped off by Ichimaru Silver today!

    Ichimaru silver smiled and waved his hand, his eyes slowly opened, revealing a pair of clear eyes: "When facing an adult, just kneel down is enough, isn''t it?"

    "I know."

    Kylian nodded slowly.

    Oh shit

    Sure enough, it''s still crazy!

    For a long time, Kirian thought that what he did was scary enough, but in the face of Uehara Naraku and Ichimarugin, he felt that he was still a pediatrician.

    These two people are more cruel!

    Just because Uehara Naruko knocked on the door affectionately and knocked for five minutes, everyone in the room was deprived of their lives, lingering for five minutes before dying, and claimed to let them experience the precious five minutes of time.

    And just because he followed Naraku Uehara¡¯s gesture just now, he stretched out his hand and stood up with strength, and his wrist was chopped off by Ichimaru Gin afterwards.

    This is the real murder!

    they

    Really do not regard life as life, these two people simply treat them as a group of ants that can be trampled to death at any time!

    The entire house was cleaned by Naru Uehara with the power of the gem of time. Naturally, there is no need for this mansion in Florida to stay.

    Facing the fierce character of Ichimaru Gin, Kylian did not dare to say that Uehara Naruko killed so many of his subordinates to delay things, and he could only take Ichimaru Gin back to his base camp stubbornly.

    Kilian¡¯s base camp is an oil tanker located off the coast of Florida.

    This oil tanker that had leaked crude oil off the coast of the United States has long been abandoned, UU reading www.uukanshu. com has also become a base for Kilian and Extremis Virus experimenters.

    Because of Ichimaru Gin''s surveillance, Kylian did not dare to contact others to leak the news. Who knows if there is any arrangement by Uehara Naraku among the politicians who voted for him?

    The only thing I can do now is to continue to execute my plan.

    However, Kirian also got a benefit of cooperating with Uehara Naraku, that is, he can obtain some necessary information from Uehara Naraku''s hands.

    such as

    The movement of the military.

    In order to curb the unmanned bomb attacks by a group of Manchuria and a group of terrorist organizations, the military sent a steel patriot to hunt down the extremis virus experiment.

    When Colonel Rod was dispatched, his information was sent directly to Kilian''s hands, which was derived from Uehara Naraku''s instruction.

    Obviously.

    Uehara Naraku also wants to use Rhode.

    "Come just right."

    Kirian sat in the base of the base camp, looked at the group of subordinates around him, and laid out his own arrangements in a deep voice: "Go and catch Rod back, we use Roder''s steel suit to sneak into the president''s side."

    "It''s better to be faster"

    Ichimaru Gin squinted his eyes and looked at the people present, and continued softly: "Your time is running out. I heard that there is Christmas in this country."

    "What do you mean?"

    Kylian''s brows frowned, and he turned his head in surprise to look at Ichimaru Gin next to him: "Do I need to help you prepare Christmas gifts?"

    "of course."

    Ichimaru Gin slowly nodded, spread out his palm, and slowly held it again: "This country is the most suitable gift."

    Dedicated to

    A gift from that adult!

    In other words, it¡¯s a rare gift on this planet.

 Chapter 758ï¼š Revenge after 14 years

    The sky is still clear.

    Colonel Rod drove his war machine across the air, searching for the traces of the Mandarin and the terrorists until his radar warned that the area was abnormal.

    However, a thousand-meter-long blade spread from the ground, pierced through the war machine, and also through Rod''s abdomen, pulling Rod to fall from the air!

    A man full of flames walked to the side of the war machine, put out his hot fingers, and landed on Rod¡¯s steel suit

    It was Kylian.

    "I still don''t quite understand."

    Kylian glanced at Ichimarugin, who had retracted the sharp-edged long knife, and couldn''t help but shook his head: "This kind of power should be able to easily cut off Air Force One to hijack the president, right?"

    "Are you questioning your lord''s decision?"

    Ichimaru Gin glanced down at the war machine that had fallen to the ground and fainted, and then at Kirian, then slightly narrowed his eyes and smiled: "If everything is solved by us, why should we let you survive? If Mr. Kilian cannot prove his role, I can let Mr. Kilian die peacefully."

    ""

    Why do you want to kill at every turn?

    Kylian shook his head speechlessly, and greeted his men to transport the war machine to a safe location. He was about to start his next plan.

    "Force Colonel Rod out."

    Kylian glanced at the war machine that was pierced by the sharp blade, and waved his hand: "Repair this steel suit. This is our car to welcome Mr. President."

    "and also."

    Ichimaru Gin looked down at Colonel Rhodes and raised his mouth: "Put Colonel Rhodes at your original base and let Tony Stark find him. Otherwise, who is going to send that Iron Man to our base camp? ?"

    ""

    Kilian was silent for a while and rubbed his hair: "You mean, use Colonel Rhode to attract people to the past. Do we have a fight with Tony Stark at base camp?"

    "Yup"

    Ichimaru Gin glanced at Kylian, squinted and smiled: "When you execute the president at the base camp, this Mr. Iron Man had better appear just right.

    At the moment before destiny finally arrives, there is a fateful duel with his former idol. Doesn''t Mr. Kilian want to try it? "

    "Tsk"

    Kylian smashed his mouth, touched his chin, and nodded slowly: "Then put another bet!

    My subordinate Maya Hansen was with Pepper Potts, the president of Stark Industries, and I went to bring her back, just in time to use her as a trophy for the winner. "

    "random."

    Ichimaru Gin looked indifferent.

    Tony Stark''s friend, Colonel Rod, has been directly captured by Kirian, and his girlfriend Pepperpots is about to fall into Kirian''s control.

    And Tony still doesn''t know anything about it.

    Mr. Iron Man, who thought he was hiding, was still tirelessly tracking down the assistance of the human body bombs. Tony Stark even got Pioneer Technology information from the family of a retired Marine Corps soldier.

    Kylian was killed by Uehara Naruto''s group of subordinates. Because of the shortage of manpower, he did not have time to hunt down Tony Stark, but it made Tony''s progress in tracing Pioneer Technology very fast.

    Christmas day.

    Tony Stark finally found the location of the Mandarin, but the mansion was already empty, and there were only traces of charred corpses.

    It''s over.

    The investigation was completely deadlocked.

    Just as Tony Stark felt a little helpless and desperate in his heart to search for traces in this mansion, there was a noise in the basement, which finally attracted his attention.

    People trapped in the basement

    It was his friend Colonel Rod.

    "Tony?"

    James Rhodes was surprised when he saw Tony, and immediately turned into a heavy face: "Tony! Help inform Air Force One! They took my steel suit! They want to sneak into Air Force One with the help of the suit. Kidnap the President!"

    "???"

    Tony Stark''s face was full of question marks.

    Only a second later, Tony Stark understood what James Rod meant, and he quickly took out his mobile phone to try to contact the official.

    however

    it is too late.

    The first time Tony Stark took out his cell phone, he saw news of the Air Force One incident and an email sent to him by a person.

    There is only one video in the email.

    In the video, Pepperpots was strapped to the experimental machine, and someone next to her was injecting her with the Extremis Virus, causing her to glow with high temperatures from time to time.

    "Tony Stark, my idol."

    A man¡¯s face appeared in the video with a smirk at the corner of his mouth, as if Tony¡¯s face could be seen through the screen: ¡°It¡¯s been a long time, I¡¯m Aldrich Kylian, remember? "

    In the video, Kylian put a finger on his temple and rubbed it, while slowly speaking: "I guess you may not remember me, do you need me to remind you?

    On Christmas 1999, when you and Maya Hansen were up and down in bed, I stood on the roof of the building and wanted to jump off and end my life."

    When talking about this, Kylian in the video suddenly twisted his camera and shone at the corpse of a woman on the ground. It was the corpse of Maya Hansen.

    "This woman has not forgotten you."

    Kylian pointed the camera at himself again, and continued: "When I wanted to take Miss Pepper away, I seemed to have some other ideas, so I could only kill her. This was once my most loyal partner. what!"

    ""

    Tony Stark''s scalp was a little numb.

    His brain turned quickly, reminiscing little by little what happened at Christmas in 1999. He and Maya Hansen also met at that Christmas party.

    like

    Tony Stark rubbed his forehead fiercely. At the beginning, he seemed to have indeed agreed to a meeting with a man named Aldrich Kirian, only because Maya Hansen¡¯s body was too attractive. I can make an appointment with Kylian

    This is a revenge for the first time in fourteen years!

    The man who had been missed his appointment came back with hatred and pain, and avenged him, who had missed his appointment, and even involved Pepper!

    "Tony, there are no Chinese adults."

    Kylian in the video was still talking, and every word made Tony Stark like an ice cave. He seemed to be able to guess Tony Stark''s expression and smiled very happily in the video.

    "There has never been a Manchu."

    "The Mandarin you have seen, the Mandarin you have seen in this world, is just an actor I caught from London, and his acting skills are pretty good!"

    "Everything is controlled by me behind the scenes."

    "Tony."

    "Everything about you is under my control."

    "Let me see the time"

    Kirian in the video looked at his wrist watch decently, UU Reading suddenly raised his head and grinned again: "Hahahahaha, it doesn¡¯t seem to be right. My time here doesn¡¯t matter. I¡¯m just guessing when you received the video."

    "Judging from the time you received the video, you should have received the news now, right? Air Force One news. After all, I will send this video to you when I just got it right."

    "Air Force One should be tragic."

    "Except for our Mr. President, no one is spared."

    "As for our Mr. President, according to the time difference, he should have almost fallen into my hands at this time."

    "Guess what I will do to him?"

    "Tony."

    Kylian in the video slowly moved closer to the camera, his eyes gradually becoming dangerous: "Whether you want to save the president or save Pepper, come here!

    Don''t bring too many people. By the way, Colonel Rod can bring them together. If it weren''t for him, we wouldn''t be so easy to catch Mr. President! "

    "Tony."

    "The grand Christmas party is waiting for you."

    "Just like that Christmas in 1999, this time, you are still the protagonist of the entire banquet, and everyone''s eyes will be on you."

    "This is my very sincere Christmas party invitation!"

    "I have carefully prepared a full fourteen years for you! Tony, do you know how I came here in these fourteen years?"

    ""

    At the end of the video, Kylian turned around to let go of the camera, revealing Pepper Potts on the experimental steel frame, his smile looked extremely dangerous.

    "Tony."

    "I want to see"

    "This time, you will not miss your appointment."

 Chapter 759ï¼š A big incident! (Big

    Kylian¡¯s video is a declaration of war.

    Tony Stark slowly turned off the video on his hand, his fist was clenched a little bit, and the veins in his hand were a bit involuntarily tightened.

    Tony Stark never thought that Aldrich Kirian was behind the scenes, and Tony never even thought it would be him.

    In fact, Tony Stark still has some impressions of Kirian. In addition to the sporadic memories, he still remembers that Kirian had visited Stark Industries not long ago.

    At that time, Kylian and Pepperpots had a long chat in the office, and Tony was a little jealous at the time.

    right now

    Kylian had prepared all the traps before he confessed to his opponent that this was clearly telling Tony to jump into the trap set in advance.

    "Tony, what do you want to do?"

    Colonel Rod glanced at his friend, and softly persuaded: "Don''t lose your life in vain. Let''s notify the major general first, and then contact the director of S.H.I.E.L.D. Uehara."

    ""

    Tony Stark was silent for a moment, stretched out his palm to hold his hair, his mind calmed down a little bit from the shock, and analyzed the current situation in a deep voice: "Rhodes, can''t tell your boss, will Alarm Kylian"

    After speaking, Tony Stark was silent for a while, and then muttered: "You can''t notify Uehara, okay, we will notify him when we arrive, so that he is ready to send out to rescue our Mr. President at any time?"

    Tony Stark''s palm slowly stopped, and he said solemnly: "That guy only allows us to go there together, so we can only go together first!"

    "crazy?"

    Colonel Rod''s eyes widened a little.

    Now this is not a problem that the two of them can handle!

    Now their president has been kidnapped!

    If Kirian just kidnapped Pepperpots, Colonel Rhodes wouldn''t care if they were to rescue them, but Kirian also kidnapped the president!

    This is not the time to be a hero!

    "Rhodes."

    Tony Stark turned his head to look at Rod, and slowly stretched out his hand to hold down his shoulder: "Believe me we can save the person, as long as the two of us are enough."

    because

    Except for the two of them

    He also has dozens of steel suits of various models!

    "Time is urgent, no time to make a detailed plan"

    Tony Stark arranged the task directly without thinking: "When we are almost at our destination, I will let Jarvis post a message to others and I will go to Pepper, and you will save the other one."

    This plan

    This is not a plan at all!

    Before Colonel Rhodes had time to think, Tony dragged him to search for vehicles and rushed to the location provided by Kilian, which was an oil tanker off the coast of Florida.

    after an hour.

    Kilian''s base camp.

    The president of this country was hung on two elevated structures.

    Kilian stood by the railing of the tanker, playing with his mobile phone slowly, and casually instructed his men: "Prepare to start the live broadcast. Every camera must be photographed."

    "Yes."

    The cameras quickly turned on.

    Television signals across the United States were quickly switched.

    "Gentlemen and ladies, Merry Christmas."

    Kylian¡¯s voice appeared on the TV, and he calmly narrated what was about to happen: ¡°This is a challenge to Tony Stark. If he doesn¡¯t show up here within five minutes, I¡¯ll kill us. Dear Mr. President."

    "of course"

    "I think no one seems to like this idiot president, so on Christmas Day, I want to simply treat him as a Christmas present for everyone."

    When Kilian said this, he suddenly chuckled: "It''s a pity, I can''t put his head in your socks, even if he divides his body into countless pieces, it can''t fill 300 million people. sock."

    It''s obvious that this guy is talking about a terrible thing

    However, he seemed to be uttering his cold jokes without knowing it.

    Every family who gathered in the living room to watch the show on Christmas Eve saw the live broadcast on TV and saw Kilian¡¯s smile. Everyone couldn¡¯t help but feel a little scared!

    The president¡¯s kidnapping and even public execution will quickly spread throughout the United States!

    There is no need for Tony Stark to notify

    The entire United States has already known the news. Everyone on and off is crazy. Uehara Naraku has received a call from the Security Council, asking him to send the Avengers team to rescue their president!

    Of course Uehara Naraku

    I chose to call Tony Stark first!

    In any case, this task of rescuing the president is absolutely impossible to complete. The only thing to do is to think about how to reasonably throw the black pot on Tony''s body!

    Not so coincidentally

    The call is not connected.

    The only thing Uehara Naraku can do is to contact Steve Rogers, Natasha and others, so that they can also quickly find out Kylian''s coordinates and rush to the destination to save people.

    And Uehara Naraku, the director of S.H.I.E.L.D., could only watch the live broadcast of the public execution initiated by Kirian while boarding a Kun-style fighter.

    to be frank

    It must be too late.

    The only thing Uehara Naraku can do is to watch the live broadcast on the plane, and by the way call his subordinates to give him a glass of juice and popcorn or something.

    Uehara Naraku is a paddling player.

    The only ones that can really play a role are Colonel Tony Stark and Rhodes who have been informed in advance. They have seized the opportunity to sneak into this huge oil tanker.

    On a huge oil tanker.

    Kylian was still standing by the railing of the tanker, flipping his cell phone back and forth, frowning from time to time, and he was still waiting for Tony Stark to show up.

    A dull gunshot broke the silence of the night!

    The guard soldiers in charge of the patrol spotted Tony Stark and Rhode who had sneaked into the tanker. More than a dozen test subjects of the Extremis Virus rushed towards the target location!

    Welcoming this group of experimental subjects

    Dozens of flying steel suits!

    "Jarvis!"

    Tony Stark threw away his pistol, put on one of the protective steel suits, and ordered his own order: "Select all Extremis Virus experimenters to solve these so-called perfect creatures!"

    "Yes, r."

    Jarvis''s mechanical sound remained calm.

    Dozens of steel suits quickly started a fierce battle with the Extremis Virus experiment subjects under its automatic control driving, and almost destroyed seven or eight experiment subjects in an instant!

    Tony Stark himself was wearing a steel suit and rushed in the direction of Kylian. He wanted to get Pepper''s whereabouts from Kylian''s mouth!

    As for the president who hangs on the overhead

    Colonel Rod interrupted the wire that was suspending the president with two shots. He jumped up and grabbed the first kidnapped president urgently and managed to save him.

    "R, don''t worry!"

    Colonel Rod cautiously grasped the somewhat pudgy man and directly caught him on their footing, smiling and maintaining the calm of a soldier, trying to build confidence in their president.

    "Wow wow wow!"

    The president who accompanied them was rescued.

    The entire United States fell into cheers instantly!

    Originally they thought it was a terrorist crime, but they didn¡¯t expect to save the people a few minutes after Iron Man and Colonel Rhodes entered the arena.

    There are no dangers.

    The upper echelons of the United States and the military breathed a sigh of relief.

    Of course, they have not really escaped from the crisis, because the terrorist leader is still fighting Tony Stark, and the outcome is too early.

    It may even lose.

    Because Tony Stark and Kirian on the other side were hung up and beaten after the confrontation, and lost two or three steel suits and couldn¡¯t stabilize it.

    "Without the suit, you are nothing"

    Kirian grabbed Tony Stark''s shoulder with one hand, and took Tony''s steel suit with his bare hands. He pressed his palm to Tony Stark''s face, and his palm began to heat up: "Tony, please After so many years, you have disappointed."

    ""

    Tony Stark clenched his teeth, tilted his head to avoid Kylian''s palm, and quickly got out of his suit, out of Kylian''s palm!

    Just as Tony Stark left his battle suit, another battle suit flew towards Tony Stark quickly and was worn on his body!

    however

    Still can''t beat Kylian in the high temperature state!

    Since solving the high temperature problem of Extremis Virus, Kylian has finally been able to maximize the power of Extremis Virus. As long as he is not directly hit, he is almost immortal!

    Kylian stood fearlessly on the high platform, raised his head and spewed a ball of flames toward Tony Stark flying in the air, slammed on the high platform and jumped into the air!

    Kirian hugged Tony Stark and smashed it to the ground, and the hot palms melted through Tony Stark''s new suit!

    The two were once again in a fierce battle!

    "Tony, this is the perfect creature!"

    Kylian''s palm once again grabbed Tony Stark''s arm, and the high temperature quickly melted the internal system of the steel suit: "See? I have become."

    Bang!

    A thick steel pipe knocked Kylian away directly!

    Kylian''s body fell on a pile of oil drums, and the violent explosion instantly ignited flames, engulfing his body in the blink of an eye!

    A woman braving the heat and holding a steel pipe stood in front of Tony. After flying Kylian, she had an undisguised panic on her face.

    It was Pepper Potts.

    "Tony, am I dying, they planted a virus on me"

    "No, no"

    Tony Stark''s eyes couldn''t help widening. He glanced at the steel pipe in Pepper''s hand and hurriedly said: "Don''t worry, I will heal you. I know the extremis virus, what is going on? "

    "I do not know"

    Pepper shook his head, looked at the faint heat on his arm with a look of anxiety, and casually said something he didn''t understand: "I didn''t know why I was caught, yes, that Mayahan Sen, she is your ex-girlfriend

    They injected that virus into me, and a man with light purple hair let me out. He said that Kylian is not a perfect creature."

    "Don''t worry, Pepper, calm down"

    Tony Stark looked nervously at the high temperature on Pepper¡¯s arm, slowly put his hand on her hand to signal her to calm down, and softly explained: "Don¡¯t worry, don¡¯t worry about everything, there is me."

    A steel suit suddenly flew!

    Its full-body weapon was aimed at Pepperpots instantly!

    Tony Stark''s face also showed a touch of panic, and he hurriedly ordered Jarvis to put down his weapon: "Jarvis, cancel the order about Pepper."

    Not waiting for Tony Stark''s order to be delivered

    Pepperpots, who had already felt the danger, had a high temperature glowing in his fist, and his whole body jumped directly, destroying the steel suit with one punch!

    "OK OK"

    Tony Stark was a little scared inexplicably.

    but

    Fortunately, everything is resolved.

    Now that both the President and Pepper have been rescued, Kylian has been engulfed in flames and exploded, and a group of Extremis Virus experiments have been quickly strangled by a group of steel suit machines, and the battle soon came to an end.

    Just as a group of Extremis Virus experimenters were killed by the steel suit machine, a stealthy light-purple-haired man suddenly appeared next to the President.

    City Maru silver.

    Before everyone could react, Shimaruyin kicked Colonel Rod away, holding a needle in his hand and piercing the president directly, and instantly injected the extremis virus in the needle into the president''s body!

    Next second.

    The high temperature spread instantly on the chunky man!

    Only in less than a second, the President of the United States was directly dominated by the Extremis Virus, and his body temperature rose rapidly, as if to melt him directly!

    The steel suit machines that were still executing the order to clean up the Extremis Virus experiment quickly surrounded the US President, and they were about to spray an energy cannon at their President!

    "Tony!"

    Colonel Rod''s voice is a bit heartbreaking!

    "Jarvis, UU reading stop!"

    Tony Stark quickly stopped his machine!

    If it is a while later, his machine will directly smash the president of this country, and there is basically no need to consider living in this country in the future.

    "It''s really boring"

    There was a smile between Ichimaru Gin''s eyebrows and his eyes, and there was some unnecessarily regret in his voice: "I thought you would have the guts to kill your boss."

    There are not many people who are so courageous!

    It¡¯s just a pity, the Extremis Virus is uncontrollable

    Ichimaru Gin originally thought that the President of the United States would be instantly transformed into a test subject of the Extremis Virus, and Tony Stark¡¯s steel suit machine would automatically track the test subject and kill their president in the public.

    unfortunately

    What a pity

    Tony Stark was one step faster.

    "who are you"

    Tony Stark''s face was faintly ugly, and he slowly walked in the direction of the lavender-haired man and the president: "Well, no matter who you are, I hope you can give me our president first. The Extremis Virus in his body is very dangerous and may explode at any time"

    U.S. presidents assassinated in history are rare

    Once the president dies in front of him, Tony Stark can imagine how much trouble the future S.H.I.E.L.D. and the military will cause him, and Nick Fury, who has been suspended for death.

    how to say

    Once this president dies here

    That is the real big event!

    "This kind of thing doesn''t make sense"

    Ichimaru Gin smiled and shook his head, and suddenly pulled out the sharp blade from his waist. In the panic of Tony Stark and others, he slashed the head of the president in front of him!

    "some people"

    "Destined to die here"

    ""

    Tony Stark''s mind was blank.

    The real big event still happened!

 Chapter 760ï¼š The prophecy that Pierce said before his death

    The live TV signal is still there.

    Everyone saw that their president was cut to the head, and they also saw the superhero Tony Stark''s powerlessness to this execution.

    Tony Stark stood there blankly, looking at the head that had appeared on TV countless times, and rolled to their feet.

    ""

    Pepperpots'' eyes were full of fear, and he involuntarily covered his eyes tightly, not daring to look at the head and the bleeding body on the ground.

    The most powerful man in this country

    In this way, the head was chopped off in a hurry!

    Colonel Rod knelt down on the ground, despair gradually came to his mind. As a soldier, he knew exactly what it meant for the president to die here!

    If it was an assassination, it might only cause a commotion

    However, in the live television broadcast of the entire United States, the president was beheaded by terrorists, which would plunge the United States into panic and chaos!

    Rod is a soldier.

    For a long time, since the Manchu and the Ten Commandments group of terrorists appeared, it was generally Rhodes who drove the war machine to protect the president. Now, he can only watch the body of his protection object.

    "Don''t be so sad, right?"

    Ichimaru Gin bored his Zanpaku Knife on his shoulders, squinting his eyes and chuckled, "I can only blame this Mr. President for his greed for power. Who made him sit too high? Even me. I don¡¯t think he sat in a good position."

    "you!"

    What is greed for power!

    A president who is still in power, is it because terrorists are scared to resign? It¡¯s just that no one thought that their president actually died at the hands of these terrorists.

    Colonel Rod slammed a fist to the ground bitterly, pulled out the pistol from his waist with one hand, and shot at Shimaruin like crazy!

    "Now let you know what on earth you **** provoke you provoke the most powerful country on earth! Endless death!"

    "It''s interesting to say"

    Ichimaru Gin squatted half on the ground, flicked a few shots with his hand, and hit the bullets flying in the air. The corner of his mouth was still smiling: "Death is just an end for you, and just a beginning for us." "

    "Rhodes, step back!"

    After Tony Stark reacted, he quickly distinguished the current situation. What they had to do was not to get into annoyance, but to get rid of the people in front of them first!

    Just catch or kill the murderer

    What''s happening now is still a remedy!

    In any case, Kirian, the leader of this group of terrorists, is dead, and only the last bold man with light purple hair is left!

    "Jarvis, fix him!"

    Tony Stark quickly grabbed the bodies of Colonel Rhodes and Pepperpots and backed away, while shouting to his artificial intelligence Jarvis!

    Now there are more than a dozen steel suits of various models on the entire battlefield. With Tony Stark''s order, all the steel suits are flying towards this corner!

    Energy rays glowed with dazzling light!

    In a blink of an eye, Ichimaru Gin was directly submerged by the energy impact rays released by a group of steel suits, and a transparent barrier suddenly opened in his palm!

    More than a dozen energy rays were blocked by Ichimarugin!

    but

    Tony Stark didn¡¯t think it could be solved easily. Whoever played at the end was easy to deal with, and he still had to fight hard to fight.

    Tony Stark stretched out his hand and held his headset, and controlled a dozen steel suits to fly towards Ichimarugin, one after another, the warning sounds of the steel suits exploding one after another!

    "Detonate! Detonate!"

    Tony Stark watched the steel suits fly to Ichimarugin''s side, one by one all detonated the self-destructive devices in their bodies!

    Anyway, he also wants to clean up these models

    Just use these iron and steel suits that are about to be discarded, and get rid of this bold terrorist directly!

    The sound of explosions is endless!

    "It seems to be rude."

    Ichimaru Gin glanced at the steel suits that exploded one after another. He didn''t go to avoid these explosions, but he tilted his head helplessly.

    Under the shining light of the sky, Ichimaru Gin stared at the steel suits flying by his side, standing in a daze, and was exploded into ashes by more than a dozen steel suits!

    Until the end, Ichimaru Gin¡¯s mouth was still smiling.

    This man

    Are you not afraid of death at all?

    ""

    Tony Stark''s brows were frowning tightly, staring at Shimaru Gin being surrounded by the explosion of the steel battle suit, torn to pieces like a rag doll!

    Tony''s face is still ugly.

    This guy is so afraid of death and dared to appear in front of them. Is it just to arrogantly kill the president in front of them?

    Are you simply crazy?

    Or are there other scary bosses behind?

    Tony Stark didn¡¯t quite understand, because he just learned about Kylian¡¯s information today, and he didn¡¯t even know the light purple-haired man in front of him. He had never seen him before.

    to be frank

    A little confused

    Wait, I seem to have heard of it

    While Tony Stark was still thinking about the identity of a light purple-haired man, Jarvis, the always calm artificial intelligence, suddenly warned: "r, beware! He is resurrected!"

    "Ok?"

    Tony Stark suddenly raised his head!

    Above the sky.

    Under the light of the fire from the entire tanker, the dust and confetti falling on the ground floated toward a position as if gravity was born out of thin air!

    Gradually

    The man who was just defeated by the steel suits

    Such a resurrection appeared in front of them!

    Tony Stark felt unprecedented anxiety in his heart, and his fingers rubbed his eyebrows!

    Ichimaru Gin chuckled and slowly said, "Perhaps it is inevitable that you don''t need to worry about death or life fighting, you will inevitably lose a bit of elegance. I''m sorry everyone.

    Because his body is a corpse created by the filthy rebirth technique, Ichimaru Gin does not need to worry about his body being destroyed in a physical sense.

    As for being destroyed by a steel suit

    Just to delay the arrival of someone.

    Ichimaru Gin pulled out the long knife on his waist again, smiled and pointed the blade at Tony Stark and the others, who looked uneasy, and whispered softly on his lips.

    "Shoot him, sharp gun!"

    Ichimaru Gin''s eyes flashed!

    In the next moment, the sharp blade in his hand suddenly stretched out, and this sharp blade instantly extended several tens of meters, and pierced towards Tony Stark and the others!

    now

    More than a dozen steel suits have already blew themselves up

    Now Tony and they are just three ordinary people!

    No, or Colonel Tony Stark and Rhode are ordinary mortals. Pepperpots still has the Extremis Virus in his body at this time, which is stronger than the two men.

    But neither Tony Stark nor Colonel Rhodes thought about keeping Pepper in front of them, and they had no time to think about it.

    This knife

    Coming too fast!

    It happens to be at this time.

    An azure blue energy straddled and penetrated Ichimarugin''s body first, thus saving Tony Stark and others!

    "This is Uehara?"

    Tony Stark''s anxiety faded slightly.

    It was Naru Uehara who rescued him at this time. Perhaps he hadn''t had time to come over, so he could only use energy rays to save people in a hurry.

    Tony estimated it, and it is estimated that Uehara Naraku will be there soon.

    Because of the energy of the universe cube in the New York war, Uehara Naraku gained a body far beyond the mortal, coupled with the use of super energy, Uehara Uehara¡¯s combat power in the Avengers is amazing.

    at least

    It will be safe immediately.

    "Oh? Here comes an amazing character"

    Ichimaru Gin''s mouth was still smiling, and the pierced wound on his body was quickly filling up and recovering. He looked at the direction where the azure blue energy was flying, and then looked down at Tony Stark on the ground.

    "Mr. Stark, Colonel Rod"

    Ichimaru Gin''s eyes opened slightly, and the slightly lit eyes were a little disturbing: "It looks like you are lucky this time.

    Now you can''t even protect the president of this country, so two of you, who else can you protect? "

    ""

    This is a trembling question.

    And this is not just a problem for the two of them.

    Neither Iron Man nor his war machine friends can protect the prestigious president who travels and defends himself. For terrorists, who else is safe in the United States?

    Ichimaru Gin didn''t seem to expect their answer, he just turned into an afterimage and disappeared in an instant after Shi Shiran''s routine questioning.

    The TV signal is still live.

    Following the death of the president and Ichimaru Gin¡¯s final questioning, the entire United States was plunged into turmoil. This year¡¯s Christmas Eve seems to be unable to calm down at all.

    Because of the death of the president of the United States

    This is a president who died at Christmas.

    The president of a country has died under the public execution of terrorists. Will anyone dare to resist this group of terrorists? In some cities and small towns, there have been many gangsters pretending to be under the Ten Commandments and the Manchus.

    of course.

    This chaos is not pure chaos.

    For some politicians, this is an opportunity.

    For the vice president who is waiting to be in office, the death of the president is a great thing. He will take over this term directly. Especially since the vice president named Mike Sr. knew the truth about the president¡¯s death, he was also confident that he would take it seriously. Win people''s hearts.

    Because Vice President Mike Sr and Kilian were originally in the same group

    As long as they secretly manipulate and let old Mike attack the terrorists outrageously, they will be able to gather people''s hearts smoothly, so the next term of office will not be a problem.

    On the Kun-style fighter.

    Uehara Naraku confined the president''s body and brought back Tony Stark and Colonel Rhodes. He did not blame Tony and others, but watched the live TV broadcast of the successor President Mike with them.

    In the live TV screen, the somewhat elderly vice president stood in front of the camera, calmly speaking about his prepared speech.

    "very sorry."

    "This Christmas Eve is not a pleasant one for everyone."

    "Our Mr. President unfortunately died today"

    "I will succeed his will and continue to fight"

    "I don''t need to find someone or a superhero to protect me because as a president, there is only one duty, and that is to protect the people until my life comes to an end."

    I have to say is.

    The vice president has a good way of pacifying and winning people''s hearts.

    Originally, ordinary people in the United States were still worried about terrorist attacks, because the president could not guarantee safety, and their own safety could not be guaranteed 100%.

    however

    As soon as the vice president¡¯s words changed, these contradictions instantly became that they would fight to the end without fear of death. Old-style politicians all have a bit of something.

    Uehara Naraku felt the same way.

    Colonel Rod stared at the TV in a daze, and then said after a long time: "It looks like our new President is very confident."

    "This is no way."

    Pepperpots shook his head and explained softly: "If he can''t regain his confidence, no one in the entire United States will have the confidence to fight the terrorists of Kylian."

    "Killian is dead."

    Tony Stark still frowned, and stroked his temples with his fingers: "The only thing left is the lawless guy, the guy with light purple hair who always smiles. Jarvis can''t find his information at all."

    "Can''t find his information?"

    Uehara Naruko glanced at Tony Stark in surprise, and stretched out a tablet. UU Reading drew out a photo and handed it to Tony Stark, whispering: "It looks like you didn''t use it illegally. The method only exists in SHIELD because of his information."

    "Ok?"

    Tony Stark looked at the tablet in surprise, his eyes fixed on the photo, his face became a little ugly.

    Because that picture was before the New York war

    A group photo of the evil **** Loki and Ichimaru Gin.

    This photo was accidentally taken with a camera. Ichimarugin''s photo was left when he took Loki''s scepter, and it was the only document where Ichimarugin appeared.

    Because Loki¡¯s scepter was taken away in advance, it didn¡¯t cause any major disturbances. Not many people paid attention to this matter during the New York War. After all, the Akatsuki organization and the Zetaru were more troublesome when they arrived. Monster field.

    Tony Stark glanced at Uehara Naraku, and immediately understood the identity of the light purple-haired man: "I remember that before the New York War, it was the Hydra man who took the crutch that can manipulate the heart in Loki''s hand."

    "Yes."

    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, and said softly: "This man who killed the president is called silver by Alexander Pierce. This guy called silver should have a high status in Hydra, because the scepter seems to have been in his Hands.

    Moreover, it seems to have a direct relationship with Asgard¡¯s goddess of death, Hela, I suspect that he took the scepter for the sake of Asgard¡¯s goddess of death.

    A few months ago, when Dr. Bruce Banner and I killed Alexander Pierce to avenge Director Fury, Pierce mentioned the name Silver before he died.

    Because Pierce was making a prophecy before he died

    The owner of Hydra, the goddess of death, Hela, will initiate the twilight of the gods and re-rule the world with death. Silver is the first **** of death sent by Hela. "

 Chapter 761ï¼š We are from one group!

    Once someone dies

    No matter what other people say, his last words will do.

    Sometimes Uehara Naraku said the so-called last words, and he couldn''t help but believe it, the goddess of death Hela must be the master behind the Hydra.

    The initiator Uehara Naraku almost believed. Tony Stark was naturally very convinced, and it was impossible for him to discover the reason why Uehara Naraku lied.

    Even Tony felt a little guilty for Uehara.

    Tony Stark''s eyes were a bit dodgy, and Uehara Naraku was still hitting the Hydra to avenge the old boss of Nick Fury. He didn''t know that the bald head Nick Fury was a suspended animation, and he was even silently affecting Aegis. Bureau

    of course.

    This is not an opportunity to pick Nick Fury. What they have to do is to continue to track down the Hydra and avenge the former president who just died.

    Uehara Nairo took back his tablet and sat in his seat: "I will let S.H.I.E.L.D. trace the man who killed the president. As for now, I need to visit our new president to solve his security problem.

    The directors of He and He should have gone. The former president died in the hands of terrorists. Maybe we people will be demoted or something"

    After all, the president has been killed by terrorists, and the secretaries such as the director, the director, and the director of S.H.I.E.L.D. will definitely be held accountable.

    just

    The new president can take the opportunity to plant his own hands.

    In addition to these, there are troubles with Tony Stark and Rhode.

    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku glanced at Tony Stark and Colonel Rod, and continued softly: "Also, Tony, you may face charges and need to attend a hearing about the murder of the president. I don¡¯t I know this too well, what can I do for help"

    "It''s okay, I will deal with it myself."

    Tony Stark rubbed his eyebrows, because the president died in front of him and Rhode, this hearing could not be avoided anyway.

    However, it is not a big problem for Tony Stark.

    Compared to the hearings that Tony needs to attend, Colonel Rhodes is the real big trouble because he is the military officer responsible for protecting the president.

    "Colonel Rod"

    Uehara Naraku''s gaze shifted to Rod''s body, and his expression gradually became serious: "I''m sorry, I must perform my duties. You are found to be directly related to the murder of the president."

    Strictly speaking, because Colonel Rhodes was captured, terrorists used his war machine to sneak into Air Force One to abduct the president and publicly execute him.

    "Yes, sir."

    Rod was prepared for this, but he sighed softly, and calmly stretched out his hands towards Uehara Naraku.

    Tony''s expression was a bit ugly. He glanced at Rhode, who was holding hands, and then at Naruko Uehara, frowning his brows: "Wait Uehara, you should have seen what power the purple-haired guy has. Rod him"

    "Tony!"

    Colonel Rod stopped his friend in a deep voice, shook his head and said, "Anyway, there is indeed my fault in it. I must go to a military court."

    ""

    Uehara Naraku also ignored the discussion between them, waved the two agents to handcuff Rod, and detained the colonel.

    During the entire voyage, Tony Stark didn''t have a good face.

    Because according to the procedures of the military court, Colonel Rhodes is highly likely to be sentenced, and he is directly responsible for the murder of the president.

    Even if Uehara Naraku rescued them, Tony Stark was still a little unhappy, because he wanted to say something on the way, but the indifference on Uehara Naraku''s face made Tony Stark hesitate to stay away.

    Obviously.

    No matter how he intercedes, it is useless.

    Instead of trying to persuade Uehara Naraku here, it is better to find a way to find other people, even the guy who suspended Nick Fury, is more reliable than Uehara Naraku.

    Until they arrived in Washington, they separated.

    Naruto Uehara got into a bulletproof car, looked at the figures of Tony Stark and Pepperpots going away, and suddenly stopped their footsteps.

    "Tony, wait a minute"

    "Well, I don''t have time for small talk"

    Tony Stark came over, leaned over the window of the bulletproof car, and mumbled: "I want to quickly find a way to rescue my innocent good friend."

    ""

    Uehara hesitated for a while before speaking slowly: "If it can be proved that Colonel Rhodes has nothing to do with Kilian and is one of the victims that Kilian wants to hurt, I will transfer him to S.H.I.E.L.D. So as to prevent him from going to a military court"

    This approach will make Colonel Rod the most likely to be exonerated.

    After all, Colonel Rod could not collude with Kilian. In this way, he was not a soldier who had failed to protect the president, but a victim of the Kilian incident.

    Uehara Naraku wants to rescue Rhodes as the head of S.H.I.E.L.D. Bureau.

    Tony Stark instantly understood what Uehara Naraku meant. He stared at Uehara Naraku for a while, then looked at Uehara Naraku and nodded vigorously.

    "Thank you."

    "No thanks, because we all know Colonel Rod is innocent"

    Uehara Naraku slowly shook his head and said softly, "If there is nothing wrong with the military, I want Colonel Rod to join the Avengers team as War Machine or Steel Patriot. Do you have any other ideas?"

    "It could not be better."

    Tony Stark was happy to see him in this regard, and said indifferently: "It looks like I will help him make a Mark 2 steel suit again when I go back."

    "Well, goodbye then."

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand, rolled his car window, and whispered to the driver sitting in front of him: "Let''s go, go to the White House to meet our new president."

    White House.

    The new president has a lot of air.

    Because the president¡¯s plan for the murder was originally his participation, he can be said to be sitting on the throne of the country¡¯s head of state by virtue of his own strength.

    It''s just that the new president still has something on his mind.

    Because Kirian died on Christmas Eve, the new president was not sure whether anyone else knew about his relationship with Kirian, otherwise, he would be impeached and stepped down and even imprisoned if any discrepancies came out.

    therefore

    Must find a way to solve this matter.

    Of course, before that, now the new president eagerly hopes that there are still people in the group of terrorists who have the extremis virus that can regenerate their limbs!

    Because his most beloved little daughter is a handicapped, and he needs the Extremis Virus to stand up and walk again. After making up for this regret, he will find his confidant to kill the terrorists and completely eliminate the troubles!

    According to American practice, the president''s family will also move to live in the White House, and even be able to directly participate in politics in important positions in the White House. For example, the president who was just killed on Christmas Eve likes to let his eldest daughter and eldest son-in-law participate in politics or something.

    Just when the new president wanted to visit his daughter, a door of space appeared in the office, and a man with light purple hair walked out.

    It was Ichimaru Gin who killed the former president on Christmas Eve!

    "It looks like your new office is not bad"

    Ichimaru Gin slowly sat on the chair next to him, smiling and holding his arm: "It''s a pity, Mr. Kilian died miserably. Now I can''t share the joy of our success."

    "Who asked you to come?"

    The new president''s eyes couldn''t help but a jump, his face instantly became cold, and he said solemnly: "The White House has security surveillance everywhere if they know my relationship with you."

    "What does it matter?"

    Ichimaru Gin smiled and squinted his eyes, and said lightly: "For us, you are just a chess piece that is supported. As long as you are obedient, it is enough. If you are not obedient enough, we can find a way to help another one. ."

    "you"

    The heart of the somewhat old new president suddenly twitched, his palm pressed **** the desk in front of him, and held his attitude firmly: "Don''t think that I must obey your orders. Only cooperation can achieve our goal.

    Only I in the entire government will support your Extremis Virus, and only I will cooperate with you terrorists in order to get my daughter to stand up again! "

    After speaking, the new president felt that something was wrong.

    Why does this terrorist look like he can turn his face at any time, but he, the most powerful person, emphasizes win-win cooperation here?

    Oh shit

    Is the relationship between them reversed?

    Obviously now that he has taken the position of president, shouldn''t this terrorist be worried that this new president turns his face and refuses to admit it? Why do you still look so confident?

    "Cooperation?"

    Ichimaru Gin''s mouth still has a smile, his hands are in the sleeves of his robe, and he slowly continues: "If Mr. Kilian is still alive, maybe we don''t mind cooperating because I don''t want to be with you chess pieces. Dealing with chess pieces"

    When talking about this, Ichimaru Gin paused for a second, his eyes slowly opened, revealing a pair of indifferent pupils: "Now Kylian is dead. What we need is a chess piece that can be 100% obedient."

    "you guys"

    The corners of the new president''s eyes trembled, and his lips murmured a little and said, "Isn''t Kylian your leader?"

    Why things seem to have gone a little bit wrong again

    It appears that the leader of this group of terrorists is Manchu. In fact, it is Aldrich Kirian, a terrorist scientist who is controlling all of this. However, now someone blatantly tells him that Kirian is just a controlled chess piece. !

    This group of terrorists behind Kylian

    What organization is it? Who is it!

    Oh shit

    What organization did he come into contact with!

    Now this organization has come to push the palace against his new president!

    Just as the new president looked ugly and wanted to have a good talk with Ichimaru Gin, a phone call came into his office suddenly, and it was his secretary.

    "R, S.H.I.E.L.D. Director Naraku Uehara is here. He is in the reception room and wants to discuss security issues with you."

    "I know."

    While looking at Ichimaru Gin in front of him, the new president indifferently told the other end of the phone: "Let him wait in the reception room for a while, there is something else on my side."

    "Don''t let him wait."

    Ichimaru Gin suddenly interrupted the new president and squinted his eyes again and smiled: "It is not convenient for me to appear in the corridor. I am here to prepare. I can only help our new president to meet him."

    ""

    The new president¡¯s face fell into silence strangely, his palms tightly covered the microphone, and he said coldly: "If I remember correctly, you two just met on Christmas Eve last night, he

    Uehara Naraku is a superhero and the director of the special department S.H.I.E.L.D., his duty is to clean up all of you terrorists who endanger the world! "

    "I know."

    Ichimaru Gin smiled and nodded, while slowly continuing: "Then hurry up to meet him. It''s best not to let our Director-General wait too long."

    "This is dangerous!"

    The new president pressed his hand tightly to the microphone, and said with an ugly expression: "Once our relationship is exposed in front of the director of S.H.I.

    "do not worry."

    Ichimaru Gin''s eyes opened again, and he slowly walked to the desk, watching the cold sweat on the face of the new president, and couldn''t help but chuckle: "If your speed is a little slower, it will be for you. Is the real danger"

    "I called him to come over."

    The president''s card face is still necessary.

    Even when he was the vice president before, he could actually talk about the director of S.H.I.E.L.D., Uehara Naraku, but they had never dealt with each other.

    "I advise you to greet you personally."

    Ichimaru Gin returned to his chair again, reached for a clean teacup, grabbed a few oranges in the fruit bowl on the table, squeezed the oranges with his own spiritual power, and tried to squeeze a cup of hands little by little. Squeeze juice.

    "To shut up!"

    The new president interrupted Ichimarugin with an ugly expression before he said to his secretary: "Let Director Uehara come directly to my office."

    After speaking, the new president hung up the phone.

    After putting down the phone, the anger on his face was no longer concealed: "This S.H.I.E.L.D. Director is not the old fried dough stick of the previous Director Nick Fury. He is a stunned young man who has just taken office not long ago. What are you doing here? "

    "Do you want to meet him here?"

    "Do you want to fight him directly in the White House?"

    "Now go inside and hide, or get out of here!"

    The new president raised his hand to signal Ichimarugin to hide in the small bedroom next to the office. After he said something, his anger gradually dissipated, and his attitude improved again: "Don''t worry, I won''t betray you, me and the Chief Uehara. Everything you say will let you know"

    "is it?"

    Ichimaru Gin lowered his head and gave a chuckle, UU Reading reached out and picked up the juice cup he had squeezed with spiritual power, and slowly stood up and walked to the door of the office.

    Ichimarugin ignored the increasingly ugly face of the new president, and continued with a chuckle: "However, Mr. President, there is one thing you said wrong. No matter what I have said to you, I will let this Chief Uehara know. ."

    "What the **** do you want to do!"

    The new president''s eyes were a little panicked.

    Does this guy named Ichimarugin want to expose them? Is it too late to pretend to be kidnapped by Ichimarugin and want to murder? Can you fool the novice chief of Naraku Uehara?

    If he now looks like he was kidnapped by Ichimarugin, can he fool Uehara Naraku?

    Just as the new president was thinking hard, the outer door of the president''s office suddenly opened, and Uehara Nairobi, dressed in a black leather jacket, stepped in.

    The new president''s face immediately showed an expression of seeing a savior, and he hurriedly asked for help: "Director Uehara, be careful of the murderer, he must be in the White House."

    The words for help have not been finished, and the acting has not exploded, the voice of the new president stopped abruptly.

    Because in his sight, Ichimaru Gin just smiled and lowered his head, took the juice in his hand toward Uehara, and handed it to Uehara Naraku.

    "Your juice, my lord."

    "Well"

    Uehara Naraku took the juice from Ichimaru Gin''s hand, and after drinking it all, he tweeted his admiration: "Hey, the taste is not bad. Did you teach you the trick of squeezing juice with spiritual power?"

    "Yes."

    The picture of two people getting along is very harmonious.

    It seems that the relationship between them has always been so familiar.

    It seems that Uehara Naraku has always enjoyed Ichimaru Gin''s offerings so familiarly.

 Chapter 762ï¼š The first fire in the presidents office, first help me want Nick Fury!

    White House office.

    Judging from the relationship between Uehara Naraku and Ichimarugin alone, he, the Director of S.H.I.E.L.D. Bureau, must be behind the plotting of the murder of the President on Christmas Eve.

    This is embarrassing

    Let the new president''s performance just now look dull.

    He originally wanted to pretend in front of Uehara Naraku that he was the second presidential victim who was about to be murdered by Ichimaru Gin, but he did not expect that these two guys were in the same group.

    What a joke!

    Since the death of Nick Fury, the entire United States has known that S.H.I.E.L.D. is a mess. The new S.H.I.E.L.D. Director Naraku Uehara is a political novice, and anyone can step on it. In the end, he did not expect this guy to be a hidden big!

    A secret agent, a superhero, and a man behind the scenes, which one is the true identity of Uehara Naraku?

    No, each one is his true identity!

    "You are together"

    The new president couldn''t help taking a step back, and sat in his own chair dumbfounded: "Uehara Naraku, you and the Kirian group, you, you."

    "Tsk, don''t say that"

    Uehara Naraku shook his head slowly, crossed Ichimarugin to the president''s desk, and slowly lowered his head to stare at the old man: "Aren''t you the one who has been colluding with Kirian''s terrorists, Mr. President? I have evidence. of"

    ""

    The palm of the new president couldn''t help shaking.

    That''s it!

    Completely finished!

    He suddenly wanted to understand

    He knew that there must be evidence of his cooperation with Kylian

    If all the evidence of his cooperation with Kirian were held in the hands of the director of S.H.I.E.L.D., Uehara Naraku, this would have been a conspiracy against him, against the former president, and against the entire United States!

    to be frank

    The new president can accept cooperation with Uehara.

    It''s just that the guy Uehara Naraku has been hiding behind the scenes. It seems that his new president, like Kirian, is just a **** of Uehara Naraku. Any president who is above him can''t accept that he is a pawn.

    No matter what happened!

    Now he is the President of the United States, and Naraku Uehara is just a director of S.H.I.E.L.D., and he may ban him directly at any time!

    The director of S.H.I.E.L.D.

    Now after the conspiracy is successful, he must control the entire United States through him. Although he is not a good person as the new president, he does not want to be Uehara Naraku''s dog!

    The prestige of the politician has returned to the new president.

    The old man''s eyes gradually became sharp: "I don''t know, you are Director Uehara behind Kylian. What are you planning to do behind the scenes?"

    "Well, what do I want to do?"

    Uehara Naraku sat at the desk and looked at the somewhat majestic old man on his face with some playfulness: "Let me think about it, what I want to do now is how can I make you recognize the facts, be obedient and obedient, although you guys are actually nothing. usefulness"

    This is a world of superheroes.

    Now it seems that the status of this country¡¯s president is very high. In essence, it¡¯s just a little ant that survives after the snap of Thanos¡¯s fingers. It¡¯s not an exaggeration to say that an extraterrestrial force can bring out this president when it comes to the earth. Kill.

    "My lord, do you need to kill him now?"

    Ichimaru Gin came over slowly, standing beside Naraku Uehara with his sleeves sleeves, and smiling: "People in this world are always a bit high-eyed and low-handed, but there are enough ordinary people. There will always be people who will truly recognize the existence of adults."

    "Let me think about it as if killing him doesn''t matter."

    Nairo Uehara put his chin on and looked at the old man sitting across from him. He actually showed a serious thinking look, as if he really planned to change to another president.

    Oh shit!

    These are two lunatics!

    A madman cannot communicate normally! These two guys don''t even know how difficult it is to get another suitable person up to the president, right?

    The new president quickly straightened his mentality, sat at his desk, and said in a deep voice: "Director Uehara, if you want to achieve any purpose through me, what we should do is not who stands on a high place, or Should cooperate sincerely.

    I hope we can all recognize that we are now grasshoppers on a rope. If I die here or be assassinated by you, you don''t want to see the plan that you have planned for so long before you get lost, right? "

    "That''s what it says"

    Uehara Naraku''s gaze became more playful, and the corners of his mouth unconsciously showed a chuckle: "But I still think that an obedient president will make me feel more fulfilled. Can you satisfy my wish?"

    ""

    Oh shit!

    This is no way to communicate, right?

    The new president has scolded Uehara Naraku countless times in his heart, and he thoroughly recognized the fact that this **** Uehara Naraku is a political novice!

    If he is in the position of Uehara Naraku and he has the handle of the president, he can associate with the president through this kind of thing, and secretly influence and control the entire United States.

    Instead of directly threatening to kill as now

    You didn''t do things like this

    "Well, UU reading won''t tease you anymore."

    The smile on Uehara Naraku''s face narrowed, and he spoke indifferently: "I have evidence in my hand that you and Kirian can cooperate, and you can ruin you at any time."

    "Ok"

    The face of the new president is a bit suffocated.

    Although this is the case, can''t this **** novice be more euphemistic? This will only make the relationship between them farther and farther. If it is the old dough stick of Nick Fury, he can reap countless benefits!

    Fuck

    Why is the man behind the scenes such a political idiot!

    This world is really unfair

    Uehara Naraku also didn''t bother to pay attention to what the new president thought, and slowly said his request: "I don''t need you to do more for me, as long as you are obedient and obedient, it is enough. Now you come to prepare and let He issue a wanted order at the same time. ."

    "What is wanted?"

    The first request seemed easy, and the old man¡¯s focus was quickly shifted away: "You are the director of SHIELD. If you are wanted, you should have the right to issue within SHIELD. Who needs to be wanted? "

    "My former director wanted, Nick Fury."

    Uehara Naraku tapped his fingers on the desk, and slowly spread out his palm, a black hole appeared in his hand, and a document floated out of the black hole.

    This superpower is far more effective than the previous threats!

    "Nick Fury?"

    A flash of surprise flashed across the President''s face: "Didn''t Nick Fury be dead long ago? I remember the World Security Council report."

    "Fake death only."

    Uehara Naruko directly placed the file on the desk and said softly: "The detailed information is on it. Nick Fury was promoted by Alexander Pierce, so he is one of the leaders of Hydra"

 Chapter 763ï¼š All of this was done by Nick Fury!

    To be honest

    Nick Fury is not quite like Hydra.

    In fact, the president thinks that Uehara Naraku''s style is more like a hydra.

    Only because Uehara Naraku had a problem with his brain and had a handle in his hand, the president had no choice but to receive the information.

    "I will arrange it."

    The old man looked at the information and nodded slowly, then suddenly raised his head and said: "Why there is no other detailed supporting information, I feel that it is all data, is this true? Nick Fury is really a spy for Hydra?"

    "No, I made it up."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head slowly, and continued: "However, the data in it are all real and valid. Nick Fury doesn''t know about it because I am the biggest leader of Hydra right now!"

    These two sentences almost didn''t choke the president directly!

    Who the **** dare to send him with fake information! Does this guy Uehara Naraku know how to do things? Why does he always like to tell the truth!

    Can''t he say something lie at this time?

    People are wanted to be wanted, and the charges must be taken seriously!

    Moreover, the leader of a Hydra has actually taken the position of their arch-enemy S.H.I.E.L.D. Director, how much is this **** government going to be corroded!

    If not

    If it weren¡¯t for Uehara Naraku to have his handle in his hand, and he would turn his face at every turn, the new president really wanted to get him to arrest Uehara directly.

    The president lowered his head and glanced at the so-called information in his hand. This information is really hard to explain. It is basically the relationship between Nick Fury and Alexander Pierce, and the increase in the number of Hydra spies in S.H.I.E.L.D. during Nick Fury¡¯s tenure.

    to be frank

    Not fully corroborated.

    But it can also prove that Nick Fury is the suspect of Hydra.

    These guys who know how to fight and kill just don¡¯t have the brains, and let him teach Uehara Naraku, a newbie, to tell lies.

    The president couldn''t help sighing, put down the information in his hand, and said earnestly: "I have never heard you talk about these directors Uehara today. You are the director of S.H.I.E.L.D., and you are only responsible for managing the World Security Council. Directly under the security department."

    "Tsk understandable."

    Uehara Naraku looked at the old man in front of him, and nodded with a chuckle: "I really admire you presidents, even if you keep your eyes open, you can talk nonsense. I can only hope that Mr. President will take care of you in the future. Up"

    ""

    The president couldn''t help choking again.

    You guys are not a good thing either!

    A Hydra terrorist leader sat in the position of the head of S.H.I.E.L.D., and also planned to change the president with one hand. Is he an honest person here?

    Is he really blind and deaf?

    "Also, in addition to these"

    Nairo Uehara tapped his finger on the table and continued: "The Stark Industries hospital should have a piece of evidence. The last medical location before Nick Fury''s suspended animation was at Stark Industrial Hospital. We have reason to suspect Tony Stark. It has something to do with Nick Fury."

    "This"

    The president''s eyes tightened instantly!

    "Colon Rod is a good friend of Tony Stark, so we can reasonably suspect that he is also suspected of colluding with Hydra."

    Uehara Naraku ignored the president''s eyes and continued calmly: "It just so happened that he killed the former president''s silver, and his identity is undoubtedly a cadre of Hydra."

    ""

    The president only felt a little pain in the back of his head when he heard this.

    Uehara Naraku just said indifferently about the reasoning he had fabricated: "If we can operate it properly, we can push everything to their heads.

    According to what you just said, the murder of the former president on Christmas Eve must have been planned by Nick Fury and Hydra together. He may have used Tony Stark and Colonel Rhodes, and they may also collude.

    Otherwise, why didn''t Silver kill Tony Stark and Colonel Rhodes?

    Even Tony''s girlfriend Pepperpots survived, but in the end only our poor former Mr. President died there. "

    Uehara Naraku''s body leaned forward slightly, and continued in a cold voice: "If all these are connected in series, it should be able to cause Tony Stark and the others a lot of trouble, right?"

    ""

    The president felt his scalp numb.

    At this moment, he wanted to take back his words.

    Sure enough, it was all the disguise of Uehara Naraku just now. Uehara Naraku is definitely not a political novice, this guy is clearly a master of conspiracy!

    If it weren¡¯t for the president himself to know that the truth of all this was secretly planned by Uehara Naraku, and he got what Uehara Naraku said just now in some way, he would definitely think that the death of the former president was the nine heads of Nick Fury and Tony Stark. The layout of the snake!

    This Uehara Naraku

    It''s really scary

    The president took a deep breath, his face a little heavy: "If we weren''t involved in it, I think what you said makes sense."

    "Of course it makes sense."

    Uehara Naraku chuckled and continued: "Hydra is mine. I can see everything about Tony Stark and Nick Fury. What I say is the truth."

    ""

    When the president heard what Uehara Naraku said, he just faintly felt that he was shuddering behind him. He seemed to be able to see the darkness in this guy through Uehara Naraku''s smile.

    The smile on the young man''s face was very sunny.

    However, under his smile, it was a terrifying dark giant, touching the fate of countless people with his palm little by little.

    Everyone thought that the murder of the president on Christmas Eve last night was the end of a terrorist operation. Who would have thought that it was just the beginning.

    Layout of this guy

    It''s too scary!

    With a few words, Nairo Uehara would forcibly put a big hat on the heads of Nick Fury, Tony Stark and others, and everything might be planted on them!

    "Why are you telling me this"

    Mr. President suddenly said something, and then softly explained: "I feel that you can quietly influence the orders issued by the White House, why do you want to change everything?"

    "why?"

    Uehara Naraku spread out his palms indifferently, and said softly, "As you said, we have been our own since last night. No matter what happens, I think we should be honest with each other."

    ""

    There was an inexplicable gratitude in the president''s heart. Perhaps Naruko Uehara, a partner, is not as bad as he thought?

    of course. UU reading

    Said to be a partner

    In his heart, he didn''t want to admit that he was essentially a **** manipulated by Uehara Naraku, but his body was relatively honest.

    "Then everything is told to you."

    Uehara Naraku pushed aside the chair and stood up. He slowly opened a door of space behind him, and slowly swallowed him and Ichimarugin in it: "Someone is here, and the rest is up to you. Let''s go first. I gave you a gift before I left, I hope you will like it"

    "what gift?"

    The president asked to ask, but the door of space has disappeared, and Uehara Naraku and Ichimaru Gin have left and disappeared.

    It happens to be at this time.

    The door of the president''s office suddenly opened.

    A little girl walked in tremblingly. She seemed a little uncomfortable with walking, and her face changed between joy and anxiety.

    "Daddy"

    It is the little daughter of the President.

    This little girl who had a disabled right leg had an intact right leg at this moment. She stood by the door of the office, looking at her father carefully, and then at her right leg: "Daddy it Suddenly grow out"

    The old man looked at his healthy daughter, his eyes suddenly turned red, and his dissatisfaction with Uehara Naraku quickly subsided.

    What the **** said is not good

    But everything he did seems to be pretty good

    The key to the problem is

    It is now known that only the Extremis Virus can make people rebirth from a severed limb. How should he make his daughter who was born again with a broken leg stand upright?

    Oh shit

    Seems to be tricked again

    From then on, his daughter could only find a way to hide it. The director and the director are not his own. Only Uehara Naraku who knows the truth can send an agent to protect his daughter.

 Chapter 764ï¼š If Uehara is here, then itâ€™s not a big problem.

    Uehara Naraku is in a good mood.

    No matter who it is, if you have done a great job, your mood will not be worse.

    Just now they arranged everything in the president''s office. Nick Fury''s suspended animation will be revealed by the White House and B. He. He is still the unknowing director of SHIELD. A simple person will definitely not get dirty.

    A few days later, when the new president in the White House issued a wanted order, Nick Fury¡¯s suspended animation and Hydra¡¯s undercover incident broke out.

    As a pure S.H.I.E.L.D. Director, Uehara Naraku pondered whether he was going to ask Tony Stark as a concealed victim.

    This is the professionalism of a man behind the scenes.

    he.

    Uehara Naraku.

    Always a victim.

    At least until the truth surfaced.

    As for the psychological problems of Tony Stark and Nick Fury after the truth is revealed, I don¡¯t know whether the people in the Avengers team are a group of big hearts, and their psychological quality should be extremely high. Ok.

    This time, the White House is very efficient.

    After all, this is the first time that the President sitting in the White House helped Nairo Uehara with dirty work. It was also to wash away the sewage from them, and directly poured the dirty water on Nick Fury, and added the listing of Marugin from time to time. Supervisor

    Less than two days.

    Nairo Uehara received an order from the White House on the bright side. In addition to letting S.H.I.E.L.D. assist in the hunt for Nick Fury, there are some other small requests.

    For example, the new president ordered Nairo Uehara to reorganize S.H.I.E.L.D. under the guidance of the White House to remove the influence of the Hydra Chief Nick Fury on S.H.I.E.L.D.. Simply put, it is to purge the people promoted by Nick Fury.

    This is really a touch of magic!

    Uehara Naraku had long wanted to clean Nick Fury''s hands thoroughly, and since then made S.H.I.E.L.D. into a clean secret service that only obeys his orders!

    Simultaneously.

    In order to guarantee S.H.I.E.L.D.''s important task of maintaining world peace

    The new president deliberately issued his own presidential decree to allocate funds to expand the scale of S.H.I.E.L.D., and must change the cowardly situation of the former Hydra Director Nick Fury, and give S.H.I.E.L.D. the ability to mobilize hundreds of US military bases to cooperate unconditionally. Power.

    Until the end of the order.

    The White House even rejected the Avengers plan that Nick Fury and Tony Stark had set up together. Every superhero who was drawn in by Nick Fury had to be investigated, and everything was handed over to the new director Uehara.

    What is a politician!

    This is the real politician!

    Even if Uehara Nana has worked as a behind-the-scenes man in several worlds, I have to sigh that this new president will indeed do things, and he can even use Nick Fury as a reason.

    Really

    Everyone has his use.

    Even if he is just an old president.

    When Uehara Naraku felt this way, he felt a little bit Versailles, but this was the result of his hard work for several hours in the Kylian incident. People who worked hard will definitely be rewarded.

    Uehara Naraku contentedly patted the paper order document on the table before reaching out and grabbing the phone on his desk: "Hey, this is Uehara Naraku. Where is Colonel James Rhodes now? Take me to see him."

    Now it¡¯s time to prepare to ask questions!

    the first person.

    Naturally it was James Rhodes who was locked up in S.H.I.E.L.D..

    It is not so much that Colonel Rod is imprisoned, it is better to say that he is only on vacation under the surveillance of S.H.I.E.L.D. agents. Even his prison is the most relaxed and the conditions are the best.

    right now

    Everything has to be liquidated again.

    Delta Wing Building.

    The outdoor basketball court at S.H.I.E.L.D. headquarters.

    As a prisoner who was asked to be treated well by the director of S.H.I.E.L.D., Colonel Rhodes had a really good little life. He still has several hours of exercise every day.

    When Nairo Uehara brought a dozen agents to the court, James Rhodes threw the basketball in his hands, drew an arc on the court and fell into the rim. A super long three-pointer went directly to the ball, which made Rhode feel emotional. That''s a lot better.

    "Hey, Uehara."

    After Colonel Rod pitched the ball, he turned his head to look at Naraku Uehara who came here, and greeted him kindly: "Uehara, do you want to be together?"

    "Next time"

    Uehara Naraku stared at Colonel Rod, slowly adjusting his face, revealing a complicated expression: "If there is another next time."

    "What happened?"

    Colonel Rod looked at Uehara Naraku''s face, and he probably knew that the situation was not so good: "Things are not so good? Am I going to a military court? This may be good, and it doesn''t need to cause too much trouble for others."

    Rod was very calm.

    He knows that the murder of the former president is a major event. He, the person who caused the murder of the president, will certainly not get through it so easily, and he feels a little sad.

    just

    Things are not as simple as Colonel Rod thinks.

    Uehara Naraku stared at Colonel Rhodes in silence for a few seconds, stretched out his palm to his back, and took out an arrest warrant: "Colonel James Rhodes, now we suspect that you are suspected of murdering the former president and put him in interrogation. room!"

    Several agents rushed up and grabbed James Rhodes directly. A bright handcuff was handcuffed to his wrist, and there were even people holding a gun against his back!

    James Rhodes looked at a group of agents facing the enemy and couldn''t help but speak: "Everyone, don''t be so nervous, I will go by myself"

    "No one is allowed to visit Colonel Rod."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Colonel Rhodes, and said indifferently: "I''m going to capture Tony Stark, and no one is allowed to touch him until I come back!"

    "Yes!"

    "Wait why do you want to catch Tony?"

    Rod¡¯s face was a little surprised and couldn¡¯t help saying: ¡°Uehara, you should know that this matter has nothing to do with Tony, he¡¯s just¡±

    "James Rhodes."

    Uehara Naraku''s voice was a little cold, he stepped up to Colonel Rod, and the chill on his face grew deeper and deeper, making the Air Force Colonel a little uneasy.

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes narrowed slightly, his palm suddenly pressed against Rod''s shoulder, and he continued in a cold voice: "You and Tony Stark were very proud of using me? I was still stupidly trying to do something for you. Exonerated"

    "Wait, what happened?"

    Rod''s heart became more and more disturbed, and he directly said: "Uehara, the murder of the former President is indeed my problem, but Tony is innocent."

    what''s the situation?

    How could Uehara Naraku suddenly turn his face?

    Even if this guy wants to do business, he should know Tony''s innocence, what''s the situation with this guy, and what happened?

    "Are you still trying to excuse Stark?"

    Uehara Naraku was actually a little angry, and his eyes were indifferent: "Tony Stark and the former director of S.H.I.E.L.D. Nick Fury have been colluding with each other to win Dr. Bruce Banner to form a superhero team that belongs to the Hydra."

    "Wait, wait Nick Fury?"

    Colonel Rod was still puzzled: "I remember that was not the director of your SHIELD Bureau. Didn''t he already die?"

    "Nick Fury is not dead."

    Nairo Uehara released his palm, and continued with a cold face: "He is the spy of Hydra placed in SHIELD. Before Nick Fury was about to be exposed, Tony Stark helped him escape from SHIELD in a suspended animation."

    "Now, put him in the interrogation room!"

    "When I come back, I''ll talk about everything that happened!"

    "I will show you the cost of cheating a man''s friendship!"

    Uehara Naraku talked about the final sound, everyone present could feel the anger on Uehara Naraku, everyone''s mood was different!

    Especially the Hydra men next to Uehara Naraku

    If it weren¡¯t for their group of people who have received professional training, they would have laughed out loud when they heard their boss slam dunk on Nick Fury¡¯s deadly opponent here.

    It''s really feng shui turns

    Who would have thought that Nick Fury, the really laborious director of S.H.I.E.L.D., was beaten as a criminal of Hydra. These Hydra people, but grandiosely occupy S.H.I.E.L.D.!

    "Sorry, I don''t know"

    James Rhodes wanted to explain a few words before being taken away, and wanted to defend Tony Stark, but he didn''t know how to explain, so he could only continue hesitantly: "But I believe Tony must be."

    "I used to believe in you and Tony."

    Uehara Naraku interrupted James Rhodes indifferently, and his face became complicated again: "But Rhodes, you, or you and Tony, rewarded me by tarnishing the friendship between men and concealing everything from me. Everything that matters to me"

    "Sorry, Uehara, but"

    "Take him away."

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand.

    An agent walked up directly and put a sealed lock on James Rhodes''s mouth, sealing his mouth.

    Until James Rod was taken away, he kept turning his head and screaming, hoping to let Uehara Naraku listen to him again.

    However, Uehara Naraku only put away his expression after watching him being taken away with a complicated face, and an armed helicopter just landed on the basketball court.

    "Let''s go."

    Nairo Uehara got on the helicopter and took the walkie-talkie on the helicopter: "The combat squadron immediately controlled the Stark Industrial Building. One air squadron entered a cruise state, and the other squadrons were ready to support at any time. New York was all under flight control!"

    This battle is not trivial.

    Just to round up Tony Stark, Uehara Naraku arranged to dispatch three ground combat squadrons and an air force squadron. Twenty-four Type 22 fighters roared and circled over New York, ready to shoot down any flying objects that might appear!

    Because Tony Stark dispatched dozens of steel suits on Christmas Eve, making the top Americans realize how rich Tony Stark really is.

    Stark Industrial Building.

    Tony Stark was sitting underground for experiments. Pepperpots was next to him to discuss their new buildings. Stark Industries plans to build more than 4 more Stark New Energy buildings in the United States in the future.

    It doesn¡¯t matter if these buildings are used for offices, research or as a base for the Avengers.

    However, the fighter jets that have been circling in the sky in New York always make Tony Stark a little uncomfortable. The underground sound insulation effect is good, but at this time Tony only wants to take this opportunity to fly and experiment with his new suit.

    With so many fighter jets flying in the sky, his experiment will be very troublesome.

    If it was in the past, he could complain to his friend James Rhodes that he was a colonel in the Air Force, and now he is still waiting for the news that Colonel Rhodes is pending review.

    "what''s happenin?"

    Pepper walked to Tony Stark''s side and stretched out his hand to help him squeeze his shoulders: "Tony, are you still worried about Colonel Rod?"

    "No, not at all."

    Tony Stark shook his head indifferently, and said softly: "That guy Uehara will clean up Rod''s charges. That guy has always been okay. Anyway, his face is always stinky, but his heart is so soft."

    "Sr, someone is coming."

    Jarvis''s voice interrupted the communication between Tony Stark and Pepper.

    Virtual display screens appeared around the underground laboratory. U U Reading

    All the screens were real-time images from surveillance cameras near the Stark Industrial Building. A group of heavily armed agents were acting under their surveillance, and they soon surrounded the entire Stark Industrial Building.

    "How is this going?"

    Tony Stark frowned, and supported his chin. "Jarvis, investigate the latest news from the government. By the way, help me look at the database of S.H.I.E.L.D. or b. I want to find out what happened. What happened"

    "Yes, sr."

    Jarvis''s voice is still a calm mechanical sound.

    Tony Stark looked at the fast-moving agents in the surveillance screen, and then ordered: "Also, help me and Pepper prepare two spare Mark 42s!"

    It¡¯s okay if it¡¯s an agent who came to trouble

    If this is the remnant of a group of Kylian, then the steel suit must be prepared in advance, and it must not fall into the enemy''s hands!

    "Don''t worry, Tony"

    Pepper¡¯s face was a little surprised. She hurriedly picked up her mobile phone and started to call the officials: "Let me ask what happened."

    "no need."

    Tony Stark shook his head, his gaze fixed on a surveillance screen, in which seven or eight agents were surrounded by Naruto Uehara who walked into the Stark Industrial Building!

    "Pepper, you go to the bottom."

    Tony Stark stretched out his arm, the sensor installed on his body quickly worked, and a piece of gold and red steel battle suit parts flew over!

    An armed steel suit quickly put on him!

    Tony Stark reached out and grabbed the visor and slowly put it on his face. He turned his head and calmed his girlfriend with a synthetic mechanical sound: "Don''t worry, I''ll go see what happened, Uehara also If you come to us together, the problem is not big."

 Chapter 765ï¼š Counterattack from Honest Uehara

    ßËßËßË...

    Uehara Naraku came quickly.

    Before Tony Stark had time to wait for Jarvis to invade the database to get the information, Uehara Naro and a group of his men stood at the door of the laboratory.

    Uehara Naraku and a group of black-clothed agents stood by the glass door, looked at Tony Stark who was armed in the laboratory through the glass, knocked on the door with his fingers.

    "come in!"

    The anti-theft glass door opened slowly.

    Tony Stark opened the visor on his head and glanced at Naraku Uehara and the group of agents behind him, and couldn''t help raising his eyebrows: "Huh? You are rare to look like a serious man today. ¡­Um¡­Official?"

    Today''s battle is not small.

    Uehara Naraku has always been alone and rarely shows up with a large number of S.H.I.E.L.D. agents as it does today, and doesn''t pay attention to the ostentation of the director.

    "I have something to confirm with you..."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and waved his hand to greet a group of agents who wanted to come in with him to stop in place: "No need to come in, you are waiting for me outside."

    "Director Uehara, but the order of the White House..."

    "I just asked Tony Stark a few words."

    Uehara Naruko turned his head and glanced at the agent who questioned him, and said coldly, "Or, I don''t even have the power to do routine questioning now?"

    "Yes."

    A group of agents filed out and guarded the door.

    Tony Stark paid attention to the exchanges between them throughout the whole process. He had probably analyzed it clearly. The order from the White House made Uehara Naraku lead the people to surround the Stark Industrial Building.

    It is estimated that Uehara Naraku is also a last resort.

    Moreover, Uehara''s life seemed to be not going very well. The agents under him dared to resist the order of the director. No one dared to do that when Nick Fury was in office...

    Uehara Naraku watched his subordinates stand at the door of the laboratory and closed the door, then turned to look at Tony Stark, silently brewing his emotions.

    "Well, don''t you want to ask something?"

    Tony Stark took a surprised look at the increasingly complex Naraku Uehara, and his brain quickly began to think about the current situation and what happened.

    In the end what happened?

    Why is Uehara Naraku not in a good mood?

    Why did Uehara Naraku bring a group of S.H.I.E.L.D. agents to surround this place, is it to capture him?

    Why did the agent just say an order from the White House? What order did the White House give? What does the newly succeeding president want to do to him, a billionaire?

    Uehara Naraku''s emotions were finally brewing, his face gradually changed from complex to indifferent, and even a little angry in his eyes: "Mr. Tony Stark, I want to know one thing, whether Director Nick Fury is still alive..."

    "..."

    Tony Stark was silent for a moment.

    After Nick Fury was assassinated, he suspended himself from the hospital under the Stark Group, which was the only thing Tony was psychologically owed to Uehara.

    This time...

    He can''t seem to force a lie anymore.

    Because Uehara Naraku came here to ask this question, he must have had enough evidence, and if he lied again, he would be directly exposed, then his friends would not have to do it.

    Tony Stark was silent for a while, and then slowly said: "Well, you already know it...I don''t care much about this.

    Is it the problem between you anyway?

    Didn''t that bald tell you? At first he said that there must be a large number of Hydra lurking in S.H.I.E.L.D., so he wanted to use his own death to draw them out and see if the group of guys have any plans..."

    to be frank.

    Nick Fury''s plan is not bad.

    It''s just that the result of this suspended animation plan is a bit cheating.

    Because after Nick Fury¡¯s suspended animation, the Hydra in S.H.I.E.L.D. was not drawn out, but the Hydra bases around the world suffered...

    The entire Avengers team knows one thing, that is, the new S.H.I.E.L.D. Director Naraku Uehara cleans up Hydra bases around the world in order to avenge his boss.

    Even the former director of S.H.I.E.L.D., Alexander Pierce, who was a Hydra spy, and a bunch of leaders of the Hydra base were killed by Hulk.

    This can be regarded as revenge for Nick Fury.

    It is estimated that Nick Fury did not expect this result.

    Because this kind of thing is too outrageous. On the surface, he, the director, just died on the front foot, and his subordinates killed all his opponents to accompany him when he took office. I can only blame him, the former director, for being too charismatic and loved by his subordinates? !

    but.

    The Hydra inside S.H.I.E.L.D. did not jump out.

    Because no matter how you look at it, the hydra outside is completely wiped out, and the hydra inside must be even more afraid to appear. This also made Nick Fury¡¯s suspended animation disrupted by Uehara Naruko¡¯s harassment, which is completely meaningless. Up...

    Looking at it now, Nick Fury''s suspended animation plan that took the opportunity to make people look really stupid.

    Tony Stark thinks so too.

    "At the time I thought that bald plan was too silly."

    Tony Stark talked about Nick Fury¡¯s suspended animation plan, ¡°but you know that guy¡¯s brain is always a bit weird, so when he asked me to keep it secret...¡±

    "To shut up."

    Uehara Naraku interrupted Tony Stark with an ugly expression, and continued coldly: "Tony Stark, do you...know what you did?"

    "what?"

    A question mark appeared on Tony Stark''s face. He looked at Naraku Uehara who was a little angry on his face and blinked his eyes: "Don''t be too angry... I also think his suspended animation plan is not reliable..."

    "Then why are you helping him!"

    Uehara Naraku clenched his teeth abruptly. As if not controlled by his own anger, he slammed Tony Stark with a punch!

    This attack came too suddenly!

    Originally Tony Stark stretched out his hand and wanted to subconsciously resist, but he was thrown into the air by Nairo Uehara with a punch, and fell onto an experimental platform!

    Fortunately, he is wearing a steel suit...

    "Are you crazy?"

    Tony Stark closed his mask with lingering fear.

    If he didn''t just put on this steel suit temporarily, he would definitely be severely injured by Uehara''s punch. Is this guy crazy?

    Uehara Naraku rushed up towards Tony Stark again, his palm directly grabbed Tony''s arm, and threw him over the shoulder to the ground!

    this moment¡­

    He seemed to be dazzled by anger!

    "Do you know what you did!"

    Uehara Naro firmly pressed Tony Stark to the ground, and directly grabbed his steel mask with one hand and flew off, and continued angrily: "Director Fury...no...Nick Fury, he belongs to Hydra. cadre!"

    "..."

    Tony Stark''s face was dull.

    Nairo Uehara looked at Tony Stark with a look of astonishment, and continued with a deep voice: "Furi...Nick Fury''s suspended animation plan is not to induce Hydra, but to leave S.H.I.E.L.D. reasonably, because it will soon Someone found his head..."

    "impossible?"

    Tony Stark couldn''t believe it.

    If Nick Fury is a Hydra, what has he been doing all the time? So what has he done now?

    "unambiguous evidence."

    Uehara Naraku looked down at Tony Stark, who was still shocked, and his mood gradually calmed down: "Now the White House has issued a wanted order...everything is irreparable. The murder of the former president is probably due to his manipulation! "

    "How can it be¡­"

    Tony Stark''s eyes gradually became a little confused.

    Tony Stark was perplexed for less than two seconds, and quickly thought about the fact that Nick Fury is a Hydra, if it is true, how much influence will it have on him: "If Nick Fury is really a Hydra Cadres..."

    "Need to help you clear your mind?"

    Uehara Naruko grabbed the Iron Man to his feet, and said softly, "Nick Fury is really the cadre of Hydra... It looks like you don''t know how troublesome it is?"

    "I don''t know..."

    Tony Stark shook his head, and subconsciously said: "Isn''t it a bad situation between SHIELD and the government? I don''t care, you take our taxpayer''s money..."

    "Don''t be fooled."

    Uehara Naraku interrupted him, and a sentence made Tony Stark directly like an ice cave: "Tony, have you forgotten Christmas Eve the other day?"

    "..."

    Tony Stark''s face was hard to look at for an instant.

    There is no need to remind Uehara Naraku too much, he has figured out these troubles, because a president died on Christmas Eve!

    and¡­

    The one who killed the President is the one of the Hydra!

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Tony Stark, and continued calmly: "The guy who killed the president and almost killed you is the cadre of Hydra.

    This incident cannot be concealed. The White House has now determined that the bizarre death of the former president was a terrorist attack controlled by Hydra.

    And you happened to survive that night.

    Even if I happened to save a few of you, I cannot avoid this established fact... The former Mr. President died, and you have survived. It''s a coincidence..."

    When Uehara Naraku said this, looking at Tony, whose face was getting more and more ugly, he continued: "What''s even more coincidental is... Before that, you assisted Nick, the former director of S.H.I.E.L.D., one of the cadres of Hydra Fury, escaped the government''s inspection."

    "..."

    Tony Stark''s face finally turned dark.

    According to the logic of Uehara Naraku, he, Iron Man, was also one of the accomplices in the murder of the president, because he and Hydra were indeed involved!

    "It looks like you already understand."

    Uehara Naruko stared at Tony Stark and continued calmly: "When our new president summoned me at the White House the day before yesterday, I told him that no matter who is the spy of Hydra, you cannot be a Hydra. the member of.

    Because when I succeeded as the director, I saw that your father, Mr. Howard Stark, was one of the founders of S.H.I.E.L.D., and I also saw a piece of information.

    After all, your parents Howard Stark and his wife were assassinated by Hydra, but the White House believes that you are still suspected of the murder of the previous president. The President and the World Security Council ordered me to control you and Colonel Rhode..."

    "Thank you...wait?"

    Tony Stark noticed a different place instantly, his eyes widened suddenly, and he grabbed Uehara Naraku''s shoulder hard: "What did you just say?"

    Uehara Naruko frowned, and repeated self-consciously: "The President and the World Security Council ordered me to control you and Colonel James Rhodes, and send someone to station..."

    "My mother..."

    Tony Stark squeezed Uehara''s shoulder tightly, and there was a shadow on his face out of thin air: "Assassinated by Hydra... Tell me what happened!"

    This is a person''s habit.

    Even if Tony Stark knew that the Howard Stark and his wife were killed together, he would subconsciously hate the man who killed his mother.

    "Don''t you know about this?"

    Uehara Naraku seemed to be totally ignorant. He didn''t seem to know how important he was. He just showed a touch of surprise on his face and frowned his brows and said: "I remember that there was an internal warehouse in S.H.I.E.L.D. An exit record, the relic of Howard Stark has already been handed to you..."

    Uehara Naraku''s brow furrowed tighter, and he continued to ask, "S.H.I.E.L.D. information has been taken away. Has no one handed over the videotape to you?

    When we cleaned up the Hydra base not long ago, we also got a videotape and resealed it. After all, that was the information of Howard Stark, founder of SHIELD..."

    "What videotape!"

    Tony Stark''s eye circles instantly turned red!

    At this moment, he seemed to have grasped something, firmly grasping Uehara Naraku''s shoulder without moving, and the power in his hand was getting stronger and stronger!

    "Please... tell me, Uehara!"

    "The video before Howard Stark and his wife were killed..."

    When Uehara Naraku said this, he was silent for a while, UU reading www. uukanshu.com then continued: "Sorry, Tony, I don''t know if I should tell you about this..."

    Uehara Naraku''s face was a little hesitant, but his mouth was very fluent: "The previous information inside S.H.I.E.L.D. was taken away in advance. I only learned about this sealed piece from their base when I eliminated Hydra. file.

    Your father, Mr. Howard Stark, and your mother, Mrs. Maria Collins Howard, were manipulated by Hydra and caused a car accident. There was a chance of saving, but Bucky, the Hydra killer, was ambushed nearby. Barnes killed...

    Sorry, I thought you knew about it a long time ago. "

    "Bucky Barnes?"

    Tony Stark slowly loosened his palm, and suddenly said: "I don''t know... Jarvis! Help me find out the information about Bucky Barnes..."

    "Tony!"

    Uehara Naraku pressed Tony Stark''s shoulder with one hand, and said in a deep voice, "Promise me, don''t check now...You must go back to S.H.I.E.L.D. with me now!"

    "Don''t stop me!"

    Tony Stark pushed back Uehara Naraku. His eyes were so red that he even wanted to cry. His eyes were full of pleading: "Uehara, if we are still friends, don''t stop me..."

    "Tony! I won''t stop you."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and continued softly: "But you can''t find out. Bucky Barnes is a spy who has been lurking for a long time, and all his life information exists in S.H.I.E.L.D. Bureau.

    Now you have to follow me back to SHIELD. You can watch these slowly there. I must make sure that you are under the control of SHIELD and that you are not a piece of Hydra. Sorry, this is the only way to ensure your safety. .

    This is my promise before the President and the World Security Council. "

 Chapter 766ï¼š He is Bucky Barnes, a friend of Captain Rogers

    Uehara Naraku looks like a very good person with a long heart.

    Uehara Naraku''s words really stated that he was a good person, and he didn''t have the authority of the director of S.H.I.E.L.D., and he was always thinking about Tony Stark.

    This feeling made Tony Stark''s heart warm.

    However, this kind of warmth made Tony faintly ashamed, because he seemed to have been playing a bad role, and the most unbearable thing he could not bear was Nick Fury''s deception!

    He helped Nick Fury escape from suspended animation and escaped the upcoming review, but he didn''t expect that the guy turned out to be the cadre of Hydra, and that was the Hydra that killed his parents!

    The most troublesome thing now is...

    The World Security Council and the White House still have to control him, even if Uehara Naraku is willing to stand on his side to protect him, I don¡¯t know how much pressure he will endure...

    And Rod.

    If even this superhero like him is to be controlled, what kind of interrogation will his good friend James Rhode be subjected to?

    "Where is Rod?"

    "Captain Rod was temporarily locked up by me."

    Uehara Naraku didn''t conceal Tony at all, but continued quietly: "The White House and the World Security Council are staring at us... We have to prove your innocence. As your good friend, Colonel Rhode''s suspicion will be washed away. clear."

    "Thank you¡­"

    Tony Stark nodded, and slowly sat on the ground next to his experiment platform, his face showed a touch of depression, and he felt his confusion and powerlessness again.

    All this is like the day of the New York War. Tony saw the forces of the Zetarians and Akatsuki fighting in New York with his own eyes, but he could only go with the flow in that war.

    just¡­

    Asking him and Naru Uehara to return to S.H.I.E.L.D.E.L.D. made him feel a little unwilling, because he knew very well that once entering S.H.I.

    At that time, no matter what the government or the World Security Council wants to do, there seems to be nothing he can do to change the Iron Man. He actually prefers another approach in his heart...

    That is the first step to catch Nick Fury!

    Whether it is Tony Stark''s control of hatred or the key to breaking the game, it must be achieved by catching Nick Fury!

    Must catch that bald head!

    "Uehara, do you believe me?"

    Tony Stark suddenly raised his head and looked at Naraku Uehara standing in front of him: "We caught Nick Fury first, and then..."

    "Tony."

    Uehara Naraku interrupted Tony Stark, slowly squatting in front of him, and calmly said: "That is the mission of the CIA and FBI. What you have to do now is to return to S.H.I.E.L.D. with me. "

    Uehara Naraku stared at his red eyes and continued calmly: "In order to ensure that you are under the control of S.H.I.E.L.D., the Air Force dispatched a formation to patrol the sky in New York. This time I really can''t help you get out of here... "

    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku''s voice suddenly fell: "Tony, please... this time, can you think about us...

    If I let you go this time, do you think the World Security Council and the White House will think that I am the director of S.H.I.E.L.D....or is another Hydra spy in collusion with you, a suspected Hydra? "

    "..."

    Tony Stark fell silent again.

    If Uehara Naraku were to let him act today, his friends would be in danger, at least the White House and the World Security Council would definitely not trust them.

    Tony Stark lowered his head in frustration for a while, and still muttered a little persistently: "But as long as I catch the guy Nick Fury..."

    "When are you still obsessed with not realizing it?!"

    Uehara Naraku was a little furious, and slowly shook his head and said: "The most important thing for us now is to clear your suspicion. You have to help me prepare the information at S.H.I.E.L.D.

    In addition to you, other members of the entire Avengers team must also be reviewed by the Security Council. Only Dr. Bruce Banner passed the review.

    We still have a lot of trouble...

    Much¡­"

    Uehara Naraku rubbed her eyebrows, and continued in a low voice: "The real troubles are so many you can''t even think of them, and you can''t even believe them..."

    "Tony, I can''t put time on you forever."

    Speaking of the last time, Uehara Naraku''s voice suddenly softened: "If you still have the attitude that you can handle everything by yourself, it would be too disappointing. If you insist on not going back with me today, we will never go back. It''s a friend..."

    "..."

    This emotional card is really uncomfortable!

    Even Tony Stark can''t stand this kind of stimulation! How come his friend is always looking for trouble, obviously he has been working hard to help!

    After Tony Stark was silent for a second, he stuck out his palm, and the steel suit on his body quickly fell off, disarming his only arm.

    After finishing this matter, Tony Stark turned his head and looked at Uehara Naraku: "I''ll say goodbye to Pepper, and... where is our plane to Washington?"

    "It''s on the top of the building."

    Uehara Naraku showed a relaxed look on his face. He nodded and continued: "It''s best not to reveal too much to Pepper, and don''t worry her too much...Don''t worry, investigate the power of Stark Industries. Belongs to S.H.I.E.L.D. Bureau."

    Obviously.

    Uehara Naraku''s meaning is very clear. With his relationship between the director of S.H.I.E.L.D. and Tony Stark, S.H.I.E.L.D. will not cause too much trouble to Stark Industries.

    In fact, as expected by Uehara Naraku, when Tony Stark bid farewell to Pepper, he simply said a few words and left with Uehara Naraku.

    In the sky.

    Tony Stark and Nairo Uehara boarded an armed helicopter, and a dozen fighter jets hovered around them to escort, which was more than the number of escorts of Air Force One.

    "It looks like conditions are pretty good."

    Tony Stark glanced at the fighter jets flying nearby and said softly: "Now let''s talk about...what trouble did we all have...and, I need a lot of information."

    "Ok."

    Uehara Naraku nodded indifferently, put his palm in his hair, and sighed: "It''s a lot of trouble... Compared to the other people in the Avengers team, your problem is about the same as when they attacked the bank, and you I just bought a hamburger and didn''t pay for it."

    "Is there such a big gap?"

    The corner of Tony Stark''s eyes jumped: "It sounds like our superhero squad is not doing well, it looks like it may disband at any time..."

    and so¡­

    How bad is the situation in the Avengers?

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but start to have a headache?

    "The existence of the Avengers still makes sense."

    Uehara Naraku rubbed his forehead and continued softly: "Because we have experienced an alien invasion, the World Security Council and the White House also want to continue to maintain the existence of the Avengers team, but we must ensure that all superheroes are not terrorists..."

    "What do you mean?"

    Tony Stark thought for a second, then guessed: "You don''t want to tell me, except for the two of us and Hulk, everyone else..."

    "Agents Clint Barton and Natasha Romanoff are all spies that Furian had inserted in the Avengers squad. Since Fury''s death, the two of them have been missing..."

    When Uehara Naraku said this, he looked at Tony Stark and sincerely confessed his identity: "Before I became a superhero because of the energy of the Cube, I should have been a member of S.H.I.E.L.D. in the Avengers team. Spy, in order to guide you to be willing to obey S.H.I.E.L.D.''s orders..."

    There is no need to hide this matter.

    According to Tony Stark''s IQ, he could understand this, not to mention that he didn''t care much about the identity of Uehara Naraku.

    "I know, what about the others?"

    "Dr. Bruce Banner has already told you about it."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Tony Stark, spreading out his palm and explained: "Dr. Banner has a relatively simple personality, and basically reported all his circumstances...

    Although the Hulk in Dr. Banner''s body is the most dangerous one, it is now the one that has been censored the fastest.

    As for our captain Steve Rogers..."

    When Uehara Naraku talked about Steve Rogers, he fell into silence strangely. After being silent for a long time under Tony Stark''s gaze, he hesitated to speak.

    "At present, the whereabouts of Captain Rogers is unknown. As for his specific situation, when we return to the headquarters, you can watch it yourself..."

    "The antique that is so rigid in his head that he only knows to obey is what else to see..."

    Tony Stark was not too cold with Steve Rogers, but it did not prevent him from trusting Steve Rogers. The rigid soldier should be fine.

    however¡­

    Steve Rogers is the most troublesome one.

    After Tony Stark and Uehara Naraku arrived at S.H.I.E.L.D.''s base, the Iron Man had no chance to visit Colonel Rhodes, because Uehara Naraku gave him a lot of information.

    Among them, Tony Stark is most concerned about...

    Of course it was about the videotape of his parents before they died.

    The basement data room of SHIELD headquarters.

    Naru Uehara pulled out a videotape and handed it to Tony Stark. He stretched out his hand and patted his shoulder comfortingly: "Sorry, Tony, as your friend, I don¡¯t know if I should let you watch it or not, because I don¡¯t want to I hide you, but I don¡¯t even want to see you lose your mind..."

    If this kind of tea smells, most people can''t bear it.

    No matter who hears this, he probably understands the entanglement of the friend Naraku Uehara. This person seems to always consider the mood of his friend, not only wants to let his friend know the truth, but does not want to make his friend sad...

    Tony Stark shook his head dullly, and took the video tape in Uehara''s hands: "I know... Don''t worry... Uehara... I already knew it in advance."

    It''s ok.

    What else can be in the tape?

    Anyway, he had learned from Naraku Uehara in advance that his parents had died under the assassination of Hydra. Is there anything that would make him even more angry?

    Yes it is.

    Indeed there is.

    Even if Tony Stark knew the truth about the death of his parents in advance, after he saw with his own eyes what happened to his parents before they died...

    Uehara Naraku knew very well that when Tony Stark saw the contents of the videotape, his anger must not be suppressed.

    In front of an old television.

    Tony Stark took out the video tape and put it in the DVD, staring at the black and white screen on the TV, calmly watching the picture on the screen.

    first of all.

    A car crashed into a tree strangely.

    An indifferent young man riding a motorcycle appeared beside the car.

    A white-haired old man slowly crawled out of the driving seat in the car, crawling out tremblingly with blood on his face, his appearance looked more embarrassed than ever.

    It was Tony Stark''s father Howard Stark.

    This father, who had left countless traces of arrogance in Tony Stark¡¯s life, was so embarrassed at this moment that Tony couldn¡¯t accept it...

    however¡­

    This is just the beginning.

    In the black and white TV screen.

    The elderly Howard Stark, who had just climbed out of the car, seemed to hear the sound of the motorcycle, and he crawled towards the direction of the motorcycle with his body, still whispering: "Help my wife...please Please¡­"

    "..."

    The indifferent young man put down the motorcycle and walked to the old man''s side. Suddenly he picked up the old man''s hair and stood by the car!

    This guy doesn''t seem to be here to save people!

    The old man''s eyes changed a little. He seemed to recognize the young man''s identity, and tremblingly, he seemed to call out the young man''s name.

    They must know each other.

    While Tony Stark was still thinking, his heart suddenly tightened!

    Because he suddenly saw a scene that scared him, the young man named Barnes on the black-and-white TV set a fierce punch in the old man''s eye socket!

    Punch...

    Two punches...

    Three punches...

    In the black-and-white picture of the TV, this indifferent young man carried the hair of the old Howard Stark, and beat the old man to death with his fist!

    This is truly beaten to death!

    No matter who it is, he can''t accept that his father was beaten to death with a fist. Even Tony Stark respects and fears his father more!

    However, Tony Stark could not change all of this.

    In the black and white picture on the TV, the indifferent young man continued. After killing Howard Stark, he threw the body of the great scientist in the driving seat...

    then¡­

    The young man walked to the co-pilot of the car and stretched out his palm. On the co-pilot in the video, a woman can be seen sitting on it.

    The young man stretched out his palm, reached out his hand calmly and firmly, strangled the woman''s neck, and strangled the woman to death in the co-pilot position...

    "..."

    Tony Stark''s fist clenched sharply!

    The woman who was strangled alive is his mother!

    Even if he knew the death of his parents a long time ago, it was no better than seeing their tragic death with his own eyes, and his anger almost drowned his chest in an instant!

    The picture on the black and white TV continues.

    After the indifferent young man killed the Howard Stark and his wife, he walked to the camera with a cold face as if he had done nothing, showing his face beside the camera, and he calmly shot his gun at the camera.

    The picture on the videotape ends here.

    "Tony, it''s all over, don''t be sad."

    Uehara Naruko walked to Tony Stark''s side, reaching out and pressing his shoulder to soothe his emotions.

    "that person¡­"

    Tony Stark''s eyes were red and his face was full of pain and anger. He bit his teeth firmly: "Tell me! Uehara! Tell me... where is he!"

    "He is Bucky Barnes."

    Uehara Naruko lowered his head and whispered helplessly beside Tony: "And... he is also a friend of Captain Steve Rogers..."

 Chapter 767ï¼š 1 Naraku Uehara who tells stories and history

    Uehara Naraku didn''t tell lies.

    Bucky Barnes is indeed a good friend of Steve Rogers, and they can even be said to be biological brothers, and they can almost pay for each other''s lives.

    Moreover, the existence of Bucky Barnes is also the fetter of Steve Rogers'' only old friend who is still alive. His existence makes Steve Rogers feel that he, the guy seventy years ago, is not alone in this world.

    The bond between the two is too complicated.

    To put it bluntly, the bond between the Winter Soldier and Captain America can make everyone¡¯s minds up for a whole day. The last time Uehara Nairo saw such a complicated relationship, it was the two restless little things Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto...

    Tony Stark would not be aware of this complicated relationship, or that hatred would overwhelm his brain, now he only remembers one thing...

    his parents¡­

    Was killed alive by Steve Rogers'' friends!

    "Where is he?"

    After Tony Stark asked this sentence, he added: "Uehara, where are they? That American soldier and his murderer friend!"

    "Unable to find out."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head, turned on a switch in the reference room, pulled out a virtual screen, and explained, "Since Fry''s suspended animation, Steve Rogers has disappeared... No, or even earlier, he Has disappeared bizarrely."

    Virtual screens and black and white TVs are a bit incompatible.

    Tony Stark finally focused his attention on the virtual screen opened by Uehara Naraku. The biographical details of the two people appeared on it, and the information on it was quite detailed.

    Captain America Steve Rogers.

    The Winter Soldier Bucky Barnes.

    "Before World War II, before Steve Rogers was injected with the super soldier serum to become Captain America, the two of them were already friends."

    Uehara Naraku''s finger slid on the virtual screen, and pulled out a photo of two people joining the army at the time: "After the war expanded, a large-scale conscription began in the country, and the two of them began to serve separately and entered different troops.

    Later, Steve Rogers was injected with serum and became Captain America. During the war, he rescued a group of soldiers from the prisoner-of-war camp. Among them was his friend Bucky Barnes. They used these captured soldiers to form a roaring assault. team.

    This assault team targeted the Red Skull in the Hydra and eliminated many Hydra¡¯s men. In the final battle, Steve Rogers and Bucky Barnes both fell into the Arctic Ocean and were frozen in ice. Decades. "

    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku''s fingers stopped and said softly: "But there are some doubts in it, because we can''t find out to whom they are loyal..."

    "What do you mean?"

    Tony Stark had some doubts in his eyes.

    What can''t be found out?

    Shouldn''t these two men be loyal to the Allied forces in World War II?

    and many more¡­

    If they were loyal to the Allies, why would Bucky Barnes become the killer of Hydra and kill his parents? And... why did Steve Rogers disappear suddenly?

    Tony Stark feels a little headache.

    However, Uehara Naraku will give him the answer soon.

    Uehara Naraku opened the screen again with his fingers, and pulled out a piece of video material, and whispered: "Tony, do you remember Agent Colson?"

    The video is a surveillance video of SHIELD headquarters.

    The above shows the video of Agent Coulson and Agent Hill defecting to S.H.I.E.L.D.H.I.E.L.D. headquarters. The two men in the video escaped from the headquarters of S.H.I.

    "this is¡­"

    Tony Stark¡¯s face became a little surprised. He recalled that he had dealt with Coleson before he became Iron Man, and even helped him and Pei during the final battle against Obadestan. Per''s busy.

    "He defected."

    Uehara Naraku''s finger slid again and opened the next video, and said in a deep voice: "The reason why Agent Coleson defected is because S.H.I.E.L.D. found some bad things...

    When Captain Steve Rogers was salvaged by the Arctic Ocean, an agent concealed a German secret letter from him. The secret letter contained a personal order from Adolf Hitler, the head of the German Third Reich. "

    "..."

    Tony Stark couldn''t help taking a breath.

    The Iron Man suddenly realized the seriousness of this problem. Once Steve Rogers, the Captain of the United States, is a German undercover, this will collapse people''s beliefs!

    Tony Stark suddenly turned his head, watched the video of Coleson defecting on the virtual screen, whispered and asked: "That confidential letter...so the reason why Agent Coleson defected...is to take it away. Secret letter in German?"

    "Well, no doubt."

    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, and continued softly: "At the beginning we thought it was Agent Colson''s private actions, because he has always admired Captain America...

    Later, when I hunted down Agent Colson and Agent Hill, I found that they could escape from my hand every time, as if I had known my location. "

    When Uehara Naraku said this, his fingers stopped, and his voice was a little low: "And at that time, the only person who knew my position...was only our director at the time, Nick Fury."

    "..."

    Tony Stark patted Naraku Uehara on the shoulder.

    Tony Stark understands the depression of Uehara Naraku. The boss whom Uehara has always admired has always been a hostile spy, and he plays Uehara like a pawn...

    This feeling is really uncomfortable.

    "It was only yesterday that I began to suspect the problems that occurred during the hunt."

    Uehara Naruko lowered his head, closed his eyes and sighed: "All of us have always known that Director Fury trusts Agent Coulson and Agent Hill, or the two of them he trusts most in S.H.I.E.L.D. A..."

    Naraku Uehara shook his head vigorously, and took a deep breath to calm his emotions: "Stop talking about this, we will continue to talk about the problem of Steve Rogers and Bucky Barnes. They gave the world The trouble is bigger than expected..."

    A photo appeared on the screen.

    This photo is of Dr. Erskine, who is also the inventor of the super soldier serum and the creator of Captain America.

    For Uehara Naraku, Dr. Erskine was just a dead person, and he could make up this picture of Dr. Erskine casually.

    even¡­

    Uehara Naraku felt that he could still be organized.

    "Abraham Erskine, the inventor of the super soldier serum."

    Uehara Naraku pulled out two more photos, namely Adolf Hitler and Red Skull John Schmidt, and began to tell the story: "Erskin used to play for Red Skull and Germany, or he was more loyal to Adolf Hitler, the war lunatic. .

    To be honest, some people are incomprehensible. Most of these scientists from Germany have unimaginable loyalty to Hitler.

    For example, Mr. Howard Stark once recruited a German scientist, Dr. Animzola, for S.H.I.E.L.D., and we also found out that he was a parasite hidden by Hydra and the Third Reich, and that guy also stayed behind. A lot of trouble. "

    "Um... Did he miss it too?"

    Tony Stark connoted his father vaguely.

    This is Tony Stark''s subconscious behavior. He always wants to surpass his father, so he will quietly search for his father''s shortcomings.

    Naruto Uehara nodded and continued softly: "This is understandable, because no one can understand what those scientific lunatics think... In short, the same goes for Dr. Erskine. He received a top secret mission from Hitler.

    At the beginning of the Second World War, Hitler and the Red Skull¡¯s cooperation was quite pleasant. Even Hitler authorized the Red Skull to establish an army, allowing the Red Skull, who was just one of the cadres of the Hydra, to completely surpass the other nine. Above the head snake faction base.

    but¡­

    Red Skull did not choose to be loyal to Hydra''s so-called mission.

    Not long ago, when Dr. Banner and I eliminated Pierce, we found some information about Hydra from Pierce¡¯s base.

    From the day Hydra was founded, they were to rescue their founder, Hela, the goddess of death in Asgard, who was Thor''s eldest sister.

    But not everyone thinks that way...

    After all, no one has seen Hela, the goddess of death, and even Thor seems to have never heard of this name, let alone Hydra is just a group of ordinary people gathered together. "

    "and so¡­"

    Tony Stark instantly understood what Uehara Naraku meant, and said in deep thought, "The Red Skull didn''t think about saving the unknown goddess named Hela?"

    "This should be."

    Nairo Uehara nodded and continued softly: "Because there are some historical materials about Hydra in Pierce Base, it was mentioned that Red Skull was a traitor.

    After Red Skull got the Cosmos Rubik''s Cube, he became obsessed with the power of the Cosmos Rubik''s Cube and chose to betray the mission of Hydra and Adolf Hitler. "

    When Uehara Naraku said this, he continued to explain: "We learned from Pierce that the purpose of Hydra''s existence is probably to get the universe cube and experiment with the universe cube, so as to rescue their founder, the goddess of death, Hela. .

    Fury may think so too, but his experiment has some problems. Instead of saving Hela, the energy of the Cosmos Rubik''s Cube attracts Rocky and the Zitarians.

    Fortunately, Mr. Howard Stark had become friends with Akatsuki..."

    "His vision... is indeed pretty good."

    Tony Stark couldn''t help but muttered again, and urged softly: "Uehara, don''t talk about it, hurry up and tell me what''s going on!"

    "Ok¡­"

    Naruto Uehara nodded before returning to the topic just now: "Red Skull betrayed Hydra and Hitler for the power of the Cube of the Universe, and therefore completely offended them because they all need the power of the Cube of the Universe.

    Hitler needed to use the universe Rubik''s Cube, a force outside of Earth science, to win the war, and Hydra needed to use the universe Rubik''s Cube to rescue the goddess of death, Hela.

    However, there were many Red Skulls who had mastered the Cube of the Universe at that time, and the Allied forces were advancing all the way on the European battlefield. They were helpless with Red Skulls. Hitler''s super soldier plan was also used by Red Skulls.

    at this time¡­

    Dr. Erskine, the person in charge of the Super Soldier Project, received a top-secret order from Adolf Hitler to remove the Red Skull John Schmidt.

    Dr. Erskine received the order and chose to secretly escape from the control of the Red Skull. Because the Allied forces surrounded Germany, he chose to join the Allies as a spy scientist, and joined the Allies under the guise of creating super soldiers. "

    When talking about this, Nairo Uehara rubbed his forehead, slid the virtual screen, and pulled out two photos of Steve Rogers before and after the super soldier serum injection.

    In one of the photos, Steve Rogers is as thin as wood.

    In another photo, Steve Rogers became very strong.

    then¡­

    He began to edit.

    "We can''t tell what''s wrong inside..."

    Uehara Naraku looked at the two photos on the virtual screen that looked almost as if they were two people from the standpoint, and continued: "During the Super Soldier Project, Erskine turned against Steve Rogers and made him the Captain of the United States. German spy."

    Nairo Uehara pulled the screen and opened a detailed time history, and continued: "Since then, Steve Rogers has been active as Captain America. His only goal is to completely destroy the Red Skull and get the Cube of the Universe.

    At that time, the Red Skull was an enemy of the world.

    Almost all Hydra, Hitler, and Allied forces were besieging him.

    Among them, Steve Rogers, the captain, is the center of the world. He has allied troops around him to provide weapon support, and even Mr. Howard Stark was ordered to build him a golden shield.

    With the support of the Allied forces and the intelligence help of Hitler and Hydra¡¯s internal spies, the whole world was helping him at that time. In the end, he lived up to expectations and successfully eliminated the already powerful Red Skull.

    Unfortunately, Steve Rogers successfully solved the Red Skull, but did not bring back the Rubik''s Cube in the universe. Instead, because the plane was out of control, he took the Rubik''s Cube and crashed into the Arctic Ocean.

    Hitler did not wait for the Universe Rubik''s Cube he brought back and committed suicide in Berlin''s gunfire.

    The other factions of Hydra didn''t wait for the Cube of the Universe either. They took the opportunity to lurch around the allies, hid after the war, and continued their plan. "

    "..."

    Tony Stark put his fingers in his hair and rubbed his head: "Are these...the truths sealed?"

    Tony Stark felt that his cognition had been completely subverted.

    These things¡­

    It is too shocking!

    No matter who it is, it¡¯s impossible to think of it, right?

    If it weren''t for Uehara Naraku to tell the history here, UU reading , it would be impossible for anyone to know these sealed truths, and these truths should continue to be sealed in the future...

    Because the identity of Steve Rogers is quite troublesome...

    The United States is unlikely to allow Captain America to have a dirty identity.

    "I was even more shocked than you when I first knew it."

    Uehara Naraku sighed and said softly: "If it weren''t for the request for review, the secret German letter happened to be found, these things would still be sealed by Fury...Moreover, Steve Rogers and Hydra still have it. Implicated."

    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku took the opportunity to throw a scapegoat on Nick Fury. He pulled out the video of Coleson and the reviewers fighting, and pressed the pause button with his finger.

    "When the German-language secret letter incident was just exposed, Nick Fury connected two phone calls from the inspection agents and asked the inspection agents to deliver the secret letters to Coulson.

    It''s just that a few of these reviewers have tough personalities. Most of them are retired soldiers, not the spies that Nick Fury and Pierce had planted in Hydra. They demanded that they be handed over to the World Security Council for review.

    In the end, Coleson wiped out the witnesses and defected.

    Today, only the video of the interrogation is left in the archives to prove that a secret letter from Adolf Hitler to Steve Rogers actually appeared in the Arctic Ocean salvage operation. "

    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he turned to look at Tony Stark, who was still scratching his head, and whispered softly: "Tony, these are top secrets. They must not be leaked out until the World Security Council and the White House confirm their disclosure..."

    "Ok¡­"

    Tony Stark nodded weakly.

    Once these are exposed, many people will go crazy, right?

 Chapter 768ï¼š Your behavior is too inhumane!

    Uehara Naraku feels like a genius editor.

    You only need to use a photo at the beginning, and make up the rest by yourself. These fabricated facts can still be justified, so Tony Stark has to believe it.

    after all

    The amount of information he disseminates is so large!

    Uehara Naraku took advantage of the gap between explaining the story, took a look at Tony Stark, who was a little dazed, and gave a thumbs up to the story he made up in his heart.

    Such a wonderful story

    Apart from him and Heijue, who else can tell?

    It is estimated that it will be difficult to have such a wonderful story in the future. If you want to listen to it again, you will have to wait until the time when the man behind the scenes reveals the truth and tells his story

    and

    This story is still a win-win story.

    Uehara Naraku regained the pleasure of making up history and manipulating everything in Tony Stark¡¯s heart. He could ignore Steve Rogers, Hitler¡¯s lackey, and he could go after him with peace of mind. Key Barnes

    In essence, Tony Stark does need such a story. As long as Steve Rogers and Bucky Barnes are completely labeled as villains, Tony will no longer have any psychological burden when chasing them down.

    Uehara Naraku gave himself another like.

    Now is the correct way to open the Avengers Civil War!

    "Well, what are we going to do now?"

    Tony Stark took a deep breath. He had just listened to the massive amount of information that subverted the Three Views, and he needed to find something to ease his mood.

    "First prove to the White House and the World Security Council that you and Colonel Rhodes are innocent."

    Uehara Naraku made his own proposal and continued to explain: "Only when we convince the World Security Council and the White House to get authorization from them, you and Colonel Rod can act in the name of reintegrating the Avengers team."

    "It''s not necessary"

    Tony Stark frowned. He was quite uncomfortable with the bureaucrats, but his friends Naraku Uehara and Colonel James Rhodes would seriously obey orders.

    Tony Stark sighed and whispered softly: "Forget it, Uehara, find some time, let''s meet the old guys in the World Security Council."

    "Ok."

    Nairo Uehara nodded, took out a stack of plans for the Avengers, and handed it to Tony Stark: "During this period, you will stay in my office for a few days. Look at this information. We wait for safety. News from the council, while preparing for the next step."

    "it is good."

    Tony Stark casually turned over the information in his hand and saw that it was the Avengers squad expansion plan. He couldn''t help but said: "Add and expand the number of Avengers superheroes, and build a training base for Avengers."

    "Correct."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head helplessly, and continued: "This is the basis for our exchanges with the World Security Council, not to mention that the current Avengers team is dead in name.

    Steve Rogers, Natasha Romanoff, Clint Barton can almost be dealt with as a defect, only Dr. Bruce Banner, you, me, plus Colonel Rod Thor is still in Asgar Germany, we must rebuild a new avenger. "

    "Ok"

    This is also an established fact.

    After all, this form of the Avengers is still recognized by Tony Stark. Compared with letting him join those official organizations, the existence of this superhero team is acceptable.

    "Then let me make arrangements. You can live in your home in Washington. I need to arrange some special agents. You know what I mean. Tony, this is inevitable. Besides, you can also contact outside under the supervision of other people. ."

    The conditions given by Uehara Naraku were quite loose. Although Tony Stark had to be monitored, at least he didn''t need to be locked in the interrogation room.

    Tony was a little unhappy, but he knew that this was the most comfortable condition for Uehara Naraku to provide him.

    After Uehara Naraku arranged Tony Stark, he began to prepare his next plan, or to finish the story he had compiled.

    first of all

    There is a very troublesome problem in the story made up by Uehara Naraku.

    That is, Captain America Steve Rogers has not disappeared.

    Steve Rogers even stays at his home in Brooklyn, New York, and he is still waiting for Uehara to summon him to clean up the Hydra.

    The Captain America also deeply trusted Naraku Uehara.

    This is quite outrageous.

    After Uehara Naraku left his office, he called a Hydra agent and gave his order in Hydra.

    "Send someone to our Hydra base in Sokovia and bring Wanda Maximov over and give her some necessary spy training."

    "Tell Wanda to re-recognize her current identity. She is no longer a superpower trained by Hydra, but a superhero excavated by S.H.I.E.L.D., codenamed Scarlet Witch."

    "By the way, convey my order to let her brother Petromaximov be the head of the Hydra base in Sokovia."

    Wanda Maximov.

    Petromaximov.

    They are twin brothers and sisters who voluntarily accepted the hydra to nurture extraordinary power in their youth.

    After Sokovia Hydra base obtained the Mind Gem Scepter from Uehara and Pierce, Petromaksimov became a fast silver with super speed, and Wanda Maximov became a super spiritual power. Scarlet Witch.

    After Uehara Naraku cleared Alexander Pierce and the heads of a group of Hydra bases, he took over the bases of these Hydras.

    The twin brothers and sisters also became one of the legacy left to Uehara Naraku by the high-level cadres of Hydra.

    As a qualified boss, Uehara Naraku should of course maximize the benefits. The power of these two people is quite interesting, and the relationship between the siblings is also very close. It is even said that there is telepathy between the twins.

    Since they depend on each other

    Then they had to make each other hostage to each other.

    As long as one of their siblings is still under the control of Uehara Naraku, they cannot betray Uehara Naraku.

    In comparison, Wanda the Scarlet Witch is more powerful, so Uehara Naraku intends to transfer Wanda to the Avengers to monitor this power himself.

    As for fast silver

    This good brother of Wanda has been promoted from an experimental body to the person in charge of a Hydra base. With a rocket-like promotion speed, he directly embarked on the pinnacle of his life!

    This is to slap and give a sweet date

    of course.

    When Naraku Uehara cleaned up Alexander Pierce and the cadres, he received a very rich legacy, including Bucky Barnes.

    This transformed warrior, who was first excavated and resurrected by Hydra, is still under the control of Hydra''s brainwashing. Now it is time to use Bucky''s legacy.

    Washington.

    Under the ground of a mansion.

    The underground of this mansion was transformed into a laboratory and interrogation room, where Hydra has always held Bucky Barnes.

    Now Bucky Barnes is lying on an experimental platform, his body is tied with dense chains, and he is firmly fixed in place.

    Hydra can brainwash and control Bucky Barnes'' thoughts.

    However, this control method is not safe. When Bucky Barnes returns, he needs to be brainwashed and controlled again. UU reading avoids signs of defecting in his brain.

    When Uehara Naraku came to this basement, he saw Bucky Barnes'' body struggling desperately, constantly twisting to leave the experimental platform.

    The predicament of this super soldier made Uehara Naraku a little heartbroken, and he beckoned to call the person in charge of this laboratory.

    "R, is there any new order?"

    The person in charge of the laboratory knows very well who is their master.

    Uehara Nara pointed at Bucky Barnes on the test bench through the glass, and said with some regret: "You are too inhumane. Go and untie Mr. Bucky''s chains, give him an order to let him help. We assassinated Steve Rogers."

    ""

    The person in charge of the laboratory is a bit dazed.

    What the **** is this order?

    Obviously the boss, your black hand is even more inhumane!

    As a base responsible for brainwashing and controlling Bucky Barnes, most people here know the close relationship between Captain America Steve Rogers and the Winter Soldier Bucky Barnes. They are close friends.

    Now the boss said that he was distressed that Bucky Barnes suffered in the laboratory, but he gave an order for Bucky Barnes and Steve Rogers to kill each other.

    It¡¯s just that the person in charge of the laboratory can¡¯t neglect, he can only open his mouth to remind the risks as much as possible: ¡°r, I need to remind you in advance that the relationship between Steve Rogers and Bucky Barnes is close. Once Bucky Barnes Si was stimulated by an old friend and is likely to regain her sanity in this assassination mission."

    "It doesn''t matter."

    Naruto Uehara waved his hand, looked at Bucky Barnes in the laboratory, and continued softly: "Anyway, in a few days, everything will be over. If you want to solve Steve Rogers, my dead opponent of Hydra, you must Willing to bait."

 Chapter 769ï¼š Captain America who is used to being stabbed by his comrades

    Uehara Naraku is the supreme leader of the Hydra.

    Under the arrangement of Uehara Naraku, Bucky Barnes was quickly released from the laboratory, and the winter soldier calmly accepted the order to assassinate Steve Rogers.

    Before leaving, Uehara Naraku arranged for a Hydra agent to pass on a unique assassination technique to Bucky Barnes, so as not to make the assassination experienced by Steve Rogers too comfortable.

    "Agent Bucky, you don''t want any disguise."

    "Steve Rogers was once the captain of a special operations team of our Hydra, but he was revived by S.H.I.E.L.D. seventy years later and chose to betray us."

    "In the Second World War seventy years ago, you were a member of the special operations team led by Steve Rogers. When he saw you, he would be surprised at why you lived. this era."

    "Steve Rogers will definitely not be wary of you."

    "Because Steve Rogers would never think that our Hydra did not die with the war. This traitor who took refuge in S.H.I.E.L.D. for prosperity and wealth would never think that we were still hiding in this world."

    "When the traitor Steve Rogers was delighted to be surprised that you were still alive, you don''t need to ask why he betrayed Hydra, and we don''t need his answer."

    "For a traitor, only death can eliminate his evidence. When you meet, you only need to kill him cleanly and stab him in the chest with your knife."

    "Agent Bucky, get rid of the traitor Steve Rogers."

    "This is the mission our supreme leader has given you."

    "As long as you can complete this task, the top leader will let you replace Steve Rogers'' previous position and make you the new Hydra Captain."

    "Go, Agent Bucky!"

    "Let Steve Rogers, a traitor, feel what despair and pain are, and let him know the unbearable price of betraying Hydra!"

    The Hydra agent babbledly taught Bucky Barnes the technique from Uehara Naraku, before he let Bucky Barnes leave the base.

    Actually, this is not an assassination technique at all.

    is just a new story that they instilled in Bucky Barnes by Hydra. By changing the situation and changing their identities, Bucky Barnes first implanted the idea of ??Steve Rogers as a traitor to the Hydra.

    Actually, they are not Hydra people at all...

    Zhenger Bajing is the deadly opponent of their Hydra.

    of course¡­

    Bucky Barnes is not their Hydra person either...

    is just a guy controlled by their Hydra brainwashing, this guy named Bucky is also their former rival of Hydra...

    Now that I think about it carefully, it seems that their leader Naraku Uehara has a good plan to let these two of their Hydra enemies directly kill each other...especially the two men who were once comrades who depended on life and death.

    After Bucky left, the figure of Uehara Naraku appeared in the room, and said slowly: "How do you feel about my assassination plan?"

    "Sir, is the plan a bit too sloppy?"

    The agent frowned, somewhat dissatisfied: "Although it will hurt Steve Rogers'' heart, I always feel that this kind of action can hardly be said to put Steve Rogers to death. He is Captain America... "

    "You are still too young..."

    Uehara Naraku patted him on the shoulder and chuckled lightly: "I didn''t intend to kill him. It''s easy to kill a person, but it''s hard to make him feel painful.

    You are too young to understand the power of fetters. What we have to do is not to get rid of Steve Rogers, but to make our Captain America feel the pain. "

    While talking, Uehara Naraku turned on the surveillance camera. He watched Bucky Barnes leave the base on his motorcycle, chuckled and continued: "Let our dead opponent slowly learn to get used to this feeling. ¡­

    Let Captain Steve Rogers get used to what his friend feels like stabbing him with a knife, and he will adapt to this feeling in the future. "

    "..."

    The Hydra agent didn''t want to talk.

    Because he only thinks that his boss is really a demon.

    No wonder their leader can serve as the leader of Hydra while also serving as the director of S.H.I.E.L.D., because their leader is so dirty.

    Uehara Naraku suddenly turned his head and asked the men next to him: "By the way, has the tracker on Bucky Barnes been arranged?"

    "The tracker is in his arm."

    "Good job."

    Uehara Naraku nodded in satisfaction, and continued: "Yes, help me prepare a copy of Bucky Barnes''s information. It is best to prove that he was affiliated with Hydra seventy years ago. I''ll take it away in a while."

    One night passed.

    The morning sun is still beautiful.

    Bucky Barnes spent the whole night rushing to Brooklyn, New York City. He put down his motorcycle and took out a map marking the residence of Steve Rogers.

    "Very familiar feeling..."

    Bucky''s brows tightened, and there was a sense of confusion in his eyes. He felt that this street location was very familiar, and he must have been to this place.

    In just a few seconds, Bucky Barnes found a reason for himself. In the past, Steve Rogers was his captain when he was still playing for Hydra. At that time, he should have come to Steve Rogers often. Home.

    When Bucky Barnes inserted the key to the motorcycle and was about to go to Steve Rogers'' house to meet him, a sturdy blond youth ran towards him.

    is Steve Rogers.

    The Captain of the United States has always retained a high level of self-discipline as a soldier. Every day, he has to run for a long time in the morning to maintain his best physical condition.

    Just as Steve Rogers ran towards him, he saw the luxurious motorcycle next to him and the long-haired young man on the motorcycle...

    The black-haired young man has a very familiar face.

    "Buggy?"

    Steve Rogers slowed down involuntarily, staring at the man sitting on the motorcycle in disbelief: "Buggy? Is that you? Bucky!"

    this person¡­

    It must be Bucky!

    Even after seventy years of isolation, Steve Rogers can still recognize his good friend Bucky Barnes at a glance. This is his best friend!

    Steve Rogers believed in his eyes. He was sure that he did not admit the wrong person. He rushed towards Bucky Barnes, stopped by the motorcycle a few steps, and held Bucky with one hand. Shoulders!

    "Buggy! You''re still alive!"

    "Steve?"

    Bucky Barnes subconsciously spit out the name of his friend.

    The blond youth standing in front of him gave Bucky a more familiar feeling. This blond youth was his assassination target this time.

    Steve Rogers.

    The Hydra agent was right. He and Steve Rogers should indeed have been comrades who depended on life and death. The moment he saw Steve Rogers, his brain couldn''t help but sting a little, and he couldn''t help trying. Reminiscing about the past between them.

    And when Steve Rogers heard his friend call out his name in the past tone, the joy in his heart almost jumped out of his chest!

    Bucky''s hesitant call made Steve Rogers completely lose his mind, and he could finally be sure that this was his friend!

    his friends¡­

    is still alive like him!

    "Buggy, you are still alive!"

    Steve Rogers was a little bit excited to cry, he hugged Bucky''s shoulders hard, his wrists were so strong, Bucky couldn''t break free and he could only let him hug himself.

    What a pity...

    Only Steve Rogers can enjoy the joy of reunion with old friends.

    No matter how much Bucky Barnes¡¯s subconscious misses this feeling of hug, his reason is also reminding him not to forget his mission...

    Kill his former captain...

    Kill Steve Rogers, the traitor to the Hydra!

    No matter how friendly the relationship between Steve Rogers and him is, it cannot change the fact that Steve Rogers is a traitor!

    Hydra gave him the task of cleaning up the traitors!

    Hydra¡¯s command...

    is something he must not defy!

    While the two were still hugging and celebrating their reunion, Bucky Barnes, who was brainwashed by Hydra, flipped his palm dexterously!

    A sharp dagger hidden on his wrist fell into his palm!

    next moment¡­

    Bucky Bals clenched the dagger in his hand and plunged directly into Steve Rogers¡¯ spine, trying to pierce Steve Rogers¡¯ body from behind!

    "Buggy?"

    Steve Rogers noticed something wrong when Bucky Barnes flipped his palm. Why did his friend flip his wrist?

    The experience of being attacked from behind by the lurking Hydra agents of S.H.I.E.L.D. saved Steve Rogers¡¯ life countless times before. The dagger had just pierced his body, and the pain behind it made Steve Rogers¡¯ body subconsciously. Start moving!

    This feeling of being attacked from behind...

    Steve Rogers has a special sense of familiarity...

    Because he was always attacked from behind by the Hydra spies lurking in the S.H.I.E.L.D. agents when he just woke up and the S.H.I.

    My trusted teammate...

    is going to stabb him in the back!

    How can such a mess always happen to him!

    Mingming had just met a friend who was able to rely on each other''s lives seventy years ago, and even attacked him behind his back!

    Fortunately, after being baptized by the Hydra spies, Steve Rogers is actually very experienced in dealing with this life-and-death crisis. With a sudden force of his arm, he directly threw Bucky Barnes out, allowing himself to escape dangerously and dangerously. In danger!

    That sharp dagger just slashed across Steve Rogers'' back, cut his clothes apart, leaving a long incision, and blood gurgled out!

    The intense pain spread all over Steve Rogers''s body instantly!

    However, compared to the organs pierced through the body, only a wound was cut by a dagger. In fact, this kind of injury is still within an acceptable range...

    The only problem is...

    Steve Rogers''s mentality is a bit broken.

    Why does he always encounter this kind of thing? Why did his friend Bucky Barnes come to assassinate him? Is there anyone in this world who can be trusted?

    Steve Rogers barely straightened his chest and contracted the wound muscles on his back to avoid bleeding too much.

    "Buggy..."

    Steve Rogers'' eyes were a little hurt. He looked at the friend who was getting up again, a little bit distressed: "Buggy, why did you do this? Who sent you here? Bucky, you forgot about us..."

    "Captain Steve Rogers."

    Bucky Barnes interrupted Steve calmly, holding his dagger indifferently and rushing towards him again: "Captain, we don¡¯t need to mention the past...Steve, today I Will kill you."

    "Buggy!"

    Compared with Bucky''s movements...

    Bucky''s words are obviously more hurtful.

    Because Bucky didn''t know him, but when he knew him, he chose to attack him forcibly!

    Steve gritted his teeth to suppress the pain in his back, dodged to avoid the sharp dagger, he looked at his friend¡¯s familiar face, and couldn¡¯t bear to beat him cruelly...

    However...

    Even so¡­

    Bucky Barnes is not the captain of Steve Rogers.

    Even if Steve Rogers deliberately suppressed the power of his fist, he still relied on his extraordinary physique and fighting experience to capture Bucky''s wrist within a few strokes!

    Steve Rogers twisted Bucky''s wrist and shook the dagger off, grabbed Bucky''s arm abruptly, and threw Bucky to the ground with one over the shoulder!

    Bucky Barnes ran away embarrassedly...

    Steve Rogers chased Bucky all the way frantically. When he was intercepted by a few gunmen, he could only helplessly watch his friend disappear in front of him before he wanted to rush to the hospital to treat his wounds. ¡­

    Brooklyn.

    In a beverage shop

    Uehara Naraku has a juice straw in his mouth, UU Reading holds a mobile phone in his hand and filmed the anticlimactic scene between Steve Rogers and Bucky Barnes.

    In the big drama he arranged, there were so many scenes of meeting old friends, stabs in the back, life and death pursuit, and desperate pursuit, and it took less than five minutes in total...

    In other words...

    In less than five minutes, Bucky Barnes changed from an dominant assassin to a weak chicken being chased away, and Uehara Naraku was a little speechless.

    "Real dishes..."

    Uehara Naraku complained about Bucky Barnes¡¯ combat ability, and reluctantly shook his head and glanced at the photo taken on his phone: "This guy... Since he can''t beat others, he can tell his old friends more. what¡­"

    Uehara Naraku sighed quietly, opened his phone album, and found the first photo of Steve Rogers and Bucky Barnes reuniting and hugging.

    Fortunately...

    There is also this photo that can be used to give Tony Stark, to let Tony Stark know that Bucky Barnes is still alive, and that Steve Rogers and Bucky Barnes are still involved in collusion.

    "Ok¡­"

    "Buggy Barnes is wanted here..."

    "You should almost disappear by yourself? Mr. Captain..."

    "The next words are Mr. Nick Fury and my two old colleagues..."

 Chapter 770ï¼š Is there anyone you can trust in this world? Yes, his name is Uehara...

    Time is constantly advancing.

    Uehara Naraku controlled Tony Stark and Colonel James Rhodes within S.H.I.E.L.D., and deliberately created the involvement of Bucky Barnes and Steve Rogers, and immediately began his own serial plan.

    The entire United States began to act quickly.

    Following the White House¡¯s full-scale wanted order, the news that the former S.H.I.E.L.D. Director Nick Fury was jointly wanted by the former director of S.H.I.

    The entire top Americans knew about this terrifying case of spies lurking in suspended animation.

    The two ace agents of S.H.I.E.L.D., Natasha Romanoff and Clint Barton, learned of the news through these channels, and both of them were a little confused.

    what is happening?

    Whether it is Alexander Pierce or Nick Fury, how can anyone who has been the director of S.H.I.E.L.D. be a Hydra?

    In fact, both Natasha and Patton knew about Nick Fury¡¯s suspended animation, and even Nick Fury had obtained information from S.H.I.E.L.D. through them. Both of them knew that Nick Fury used the suspended animation to investigate Aegis secretly. The Hydra spy inside the bureau...

    Result...

    How did Nick Fury become a Hydra?

    Is this Nick Fury accidentally getting too deep and investigating his true identity? Or is it being framed by the people of Hydra to become a Hydra?

    Anyway, Natasha¡¯s first thought when she got the news was to call Nick Fury quietly to see what happened to the old superior...

    But...

    Someone contacted Natasha first.

    "Romanov, this is Naraku Uehara."

    The voice of the man on the phone was a little dull, and he seemed to be in a bad mood: "Director Fury is still alive...Agent Romanoff, are you now working for S.H.I.E.L.D. or are you loyal to our Director Fury?"

    "..."

    Natasha felt that this question was not easy to answer.

    Both of these answers seem to be wrong. Before Uehara Naraku''s intentions were truly guessed, Natasha felt that no matter which answer was used, it was a trap.

    "Well... where is our new director?"

    A lovely smile flashed from the corner of Natasha''s mouth, and a charming voice pressed down in her throat and said to the phone: "Are you loyal to S.H.I.

    "I?"

    Uehara Naraku hesitated for a while before giving Natasha''s answer: "I don''t know who I am loyal to... I can only choose to be loyal to justice."

    "me too."

    Natasha immediately followed the same answer, changed the subject quickly, and began to ask about the business: "Then what is Mr. Secretary asking me to do? Find our former Secretary? Since you took office, I and Klin It¡¯s been a long time since I took over the task..."

    "This is my dereliction of duty."

    Uehara Nairobi sighed on the phone and apologized: "I''m sorry, I have been pursuing the base of Hydra to avenge Director Fury..."

    "Result..."

    Natasha couldn''t help but sighed.

    Since Uehara Naruko took office as the director, he didn¡¯t understand anything at all. He knew that he would fight the Hydra to avenge the director Nick Fury, but he did not expect that Nick Fury would die, and he was even suspected to be a senior Hydra spy...

    The world has become too fast...

    Maybe Uehara Naraku was confused when he received the news?

    "Stop talking about this..."

    Uehara Naraku''s voice became more depressed, and he sighed and continued: "In short, Director Fury is quite troublesome, and it is not something we can just intervene... Now I have a more difficult question here. I need you and Ke. Lint will deal with it."

    "what is the problem?"

    Natasha couldn''t help but chuckled, and said helplessly: "Is there anything worse than our old boss is Hydra now?"

    Yup¡­

    For S.H.I.E.L.D., is there anything worse than the two directors Alexander Pierce and Nick Fury, both of which are Hydra spies?

    "Have."

    Uehara Naraku calmly skipped the topic and mentioned another thing: "Natasha, the database shows that you have played against Bucky Barnes?"

    S.H.I.E.L.D. does have this job file.

    Natasha Romanov and Bucky Barnes once fought each other, and in the end, Bucky left a deep wound on Natasha¡¯s waist and abdomen. There is no way to wear a bikini.

    Hearing the news of Bucky Barnes, Natasha''s mood suddenly became heavy: "That guy...is there news of his actions again?"

    "The situation is a bit bad..."

    Natasha Uehara hesitated on the other end of the phone. He sent an email to Natasha¡¯s mailbox, and then continued: "Bucky Barnes was instigated by Hydra a long time ago. Now he should confirm. It is undoubtedly a member of Hydra..."

    "That''s right."

    This matter was confirmed by Natasha herself.

    Because in that match, Bucky Barnes simply didn¡¯t recognize him. He was like a killing machine without feelings. Whether his opponent was a man or a woman, he was always a young man, he would kill him mercilessly. .

    "But..."

    Uehara Naraku stopped halfway through his words. He slowly said, "Forget it, I don''t know how to say... I have sent the information to your mailbox.

    This information is the final message from our agent who is monitoring Captain Steve Rogers nearby. This agent has been killed by Bucky Barnes. "

    "Okay, let me take a look."

    Dingdong.

    An email appeared in Natasha Romanov''s mailbox.

    Natasha opened the mailbox and saw a picture of Bucky Barnes and Captain Steve Rogers hugging and reuniting.

    Obviously...

    There must be a problem here.

    Either Bucky Barnes has betrayed Hydra, or Steve Rogers has betrayed the Avengers, otherwise how could they get along so friendly?

    "Go and check, Natasha."

    Uehara Naraku¡¯s mood was also lower than ever, and it was possible to hear the depression in his voice: "Call Clint to investigate Bucky Barnes¡¯s problem, and Captain Steve Rogers. He also has some problems. ¡­You should remember the defections of Agent Colson and Agent Hill, right?"

    "Ok¡­"

    "The reason they defected is because they discovered that Captain Steve Rogers may be a spy that Adolf Hitler had planted in the Allied forces to clean up the Red Skulls with the help of the Allied forces..."

    "How can it be?"

    Natasha didn''t know there was such a hidden secret behind her!

    Uehara Naraku sighed faintly, and calmly continued: "After I succeeded as the chief, I checked the files of SHIELD, and it is true...

    Even if this is Hydra... Even if Director Fury, who is suspected of Hydra, wants to frame Captain Steve Rogers, we must find out. "

    This black pot...

    ßÑdang fell on Nick Fury''s head!

    Regardless of whether Steve Rogers was recognized by everyone as Hitler¡¯s person in the end, or Steve Rogers was framed by Nick Fury...

    Uehara Naraku has not lost this wave.

    of course.

    The worst result is that they trust each other, trust that each other is their own, and then blame everything on the spies of Hydra.

    But...

    What does this have to do with Director Naraku Uehara?

    "I will find out about this."

    Natasha agreed to Uehara Naraku''s request, and said with some doubts and concerns: "Speaking of which, Uehara, how is your situation? I heard that apart from those people who wanted Fury, S.H.I.E.L.D. had not issued similar orders. The command¡­"

    "If I didn''t do anything, the White House and the World Security Council would not treat me like that, because I was still an intern of the Akatsuki organization, and the status of a member of the universe organization would prevent them from acting rashly..."

    When Uehara Naraku talked about this, he smiled somewhat self-deprecatingly: "But... Alexander Pierce and Nick Fury are both Hydra spies... They have sent someone to take over all the affairs of SHIELD. I can only follow their orders."

    him.

    Uehara Naraku.

    Natural non-stick black pot.

    Naturally, Natasha Romanov would not have thought of this. She spoke softly, calming Uehara''s emotions: "Patience first, Uehara, when we find out all the truth, nothing will happen to you... "

    "¡­Ok."

    Uehara Naraku snorted and continued: "Forget it, S.H.I.E.L.D. is just a department that can provide intelligence to us. The most important thing now is to ensure the independence of the Avengers. This is the only thing we can do now. "

    After saying this, Uehara Naraku''s voice was lowered again and whispered: "Also, you can secretly check Director Fury, whether he is a Hydra spy or not..."

    "and also."

    "If there are other S.H.I.E.L.D. internal staff who call to ask you to return to the headquarters or base, you must not come back according to their requirements!"

    "The World Security Council is crazy. They want to control S.H.I.E.L.D., completely control the Avengers, completely control everything in this world..."

    "In addition."

    "Don''t tell Tony Stark."

    "Because Tony Stark was under house arrest in SHIELD, but he saw the truth that his parents were killed by Bucky Barnes of Hydra. Now he can help his parents get revenge. It may be done..."

    "As for..."

    "Forget it, that''s it."

    "Everything depends on you, Natasha."

    There was a beeping sound on the phone, and the phone call by Uehara Naraku came to an abrupt end. Natasha had no choice but to shook her head and put away her mobile phone.

    The amount of information brought by this call is huge.

    Natasha stretched out her fingers and rubbed her temples, then took out her mobile phone, and looked back and forth at the numbers in her mobile phone address book. Now she has to think about who she should call.

    Steve Rogers?

    Nick Fury?

    Clint Button?

    There are three candidates, and two of them are not very reliable anymore.

    Natasha thought for a long time, and still chose the only person she could trust 100%, and that was Clint Barton who recruited her into S.H.I.E.L.D.E.L.D.

    Whether it is to investigate Nick Fury or to investigate the problems of Steve Rogers and Bucky Barnes, she needs an ally.

    Now that S.H.I.E.L.D. is under the control of the White House and the World Security Council, the director of Naraku Uehara is overhead or even monitored. She can only find allies by herself.

    Just as Natasha thought about it and was about to contact Clint Barton, an internal agent of S.H.I.E.L.D. called and asked her and Clint to return to the headquarters to report on their work...

    was hit by Naraku Uehara!

    The World Security Council wants to put them under house arrest, the ace agents of S.H.I.E.L.D.!

    According to Uehara Naraku''s instructions, Natasha would naturally not follow this order, because Uehara Naraku had told her that once she and Clint chose to return to headquarters, they would be placed under house arrest by someone sent by the World Security Council.

    At that time, S.H.I.E.L.D. could only be completely slaughtered. No one can find out the truth of Nick Fury, and it is impossible for anyone to **** the existence of the Avengers!

    the most important is¡­

    She does not have the identity of Akatsuki''s intern to protect herself!

    Natasha ignores these summoning orders, and does not care about the consequences of violating these orders, because she knows that the most important thing is the truth now!

    Just find out the truth...

    Don¡¯t worry about any consequences!

    And Uehara Naraku, the puppet director of the White House and the World Security Council, will help her vouch for her, because she is now observing the order from Uehara Naraku.

    What a pity...

    Natasha would never think of it.

    It was the person who gave her the order to investigate Steve Rogers and Nick Fury, and personally signed the wanted order for her and Clint Barton...

    Human nature is so complicated.

    SHIELD headquarters.

    In the director''s office.

    Uehara Naraku just used a few phone calls to directly drive Black Widow Natasha Romanoff and Hawkeye Clint Button out of S.H.I.E.L.D. Bureau.

    Now he is holding a fountain pen and signing his order.

    "In the name of the World Security Council, immediately issued this wanted order to the bases and all field agents, and by the way, it was also conveyed to Natasha Romanoff and Clint Barton for betraying SHIELD... "

    This wave of operations.

    Uehara Naraku intends to give herself 100 points.

    "All right."

    Uehara Naraku gave the commands in his hand to his subordinates, and his fingers flicked slightly to open a virtual world map in the office.

    right now.

    He is about to start quietly waiting for the good show to come on.

    Director Nick Fury, who is being hunted by the whole world, will hide in which safe house? How many safe houses did that guy secretly build...

    New York City suburbs.

    An old house is located here.

    This house looks a bit old, but in fact it has a cave. It is located hundreds of meters underground directly below the house. There is a huge and well-decorated refuge room, which contains dense ammunition and various living materials.

    Obviously, this is a safe house.

    Even if there is a nuclear war in this world or even the crisis of alien invasion and destruction of the earth, the owner of the house can hide in the refuge room and live for more than a year.

    The owner of this safe house is Nick Fury. UU reading www.uuk£ánshu.c¨®m

    Similar to this kind of safe house, Nick Fury has also built a lot. He was prepared for a possible fatal crisis a long time ago.

    just...

    Nick Fury did not wait for the nuclear war, nor did he wait for the aliens to destroy the earth, he only waited for the news that he was wanted by the White House and the secret service.

    and...

    is still dubbed the Hydra spy.

    Nick Fury knew that he was not a Hydra. His first thought was to believe that this was a conspiracy of Hydra against him. The question was why did his suspended animation leak?

    There are only three people in the whole world who know this.

    Natasha Romanoff, Clint Barton, and Tony Stark, who helped hide, didn''t even tell him the most important subordinate, Uehara Naraku!

    "right now¡­"

    Nick Fury took out his cell phone, flipped through the number, and stopped at Uehara Naraku''s number, a wry smile appeared on the corner of his mouth.

    "I didn''t expect..."

    "Those three of them are excluded like this..." Uehara, who has never been aware of it, is the one who can barely be trusted..."

    Yes it is.

    The leak of the fake death operation indicates that there must be a spy in them.

    As for Naraku Uehara, who knew nothing about it, he became the only one who was fairly certain to be trusted.

 Chapter 771ï¼š The earth is too small, it makes people feel a little unimpressive

    have to say.

    Nick Fury doesn''t look good, and he thinks it''s pretty beautiful.

    The former director of S.H.I.E.L.D. seems to have forgotten that he did not notify Uehara Naraku when he suspended himself. Now he is in trouble and wants to ask Uehara Naraku to help him find out the news.

    "Try it first..."

    Nick Fury stopped his finger on the phone and finally dialed Uehara Naraku''s call: "Look at Uehara''s situation... at least it is certain that Uehara is not a Hydra, but it is impossible to determine whether he has been deceived."

    Yes it is.

    At least Nick Fury can be sure that Uehara Naraku must not be a member of Hydra. After all, his subordinate has always been lazy, no matter how he looks like a spy...

    of course.

    The most important thing is that Uehara Naraku''s crazy attack on the Hydra base, and even killed Alexander Pierce in order to revenge him. This incident allowed Nick Fury to be sure of Uehara''s identity.

    to be frank.

    There is no need to doubt Uehara Naraku.

    Because Nick Fury has a lot of information in his hand, he can confirm the intelligence of Uehara Naraku, either openly or secretly. This guy is not a member of Hydra, but he does not even belong to any power. Once Uehara was in Aegis. The game is simply a mess.

    Once Uehara Naraku walks on the brink of being expelled every day...

    If it weren¡¯t for Nick Fury¡¯s worry that Uehara Naraku¡¯s agile skills, once recruited by those terrorist organizations, he would definitely cause a lot of harm. He would have expelled Uehara Naraku from this mess!

    Such a person can get the elemental power of the Cosmos Rubik''s Cube by accident, and even ascend to the position of the director of S.H.I.

    The facts are also good.

    After Uehara Naraku succeeded as the director of S.H.I.E.L.D. Bureau, he was all about attacking the base of Hydra, and he didn''t know how to deal with the antiquities of the World Security Council, and also minimized the influence and power of S.H.I.E.L.D. Bureau.

    The current S.H.I.E.L.D. Bureau looks like a tiger in a cage. It is usually displayed there, and occasionally released by the World Security Council to bite.

    at least¡­

    Nick Fury thinks so.

    In other words, most people think so.

    toot...

    toot...

    toot...

    Nick Fury lowered his head and stared at the phone. After ten seconds, his mobile phone was only connected by Uehara Naruto. This made Nick Fury a little alert in his heart.

    Why is it taking so long?

    When he passed by, Uehara Naraku almost always connected his phone in two or three seconds, as if he was afraid that his boss would check the post...

    Nowadays¡­

    Something is wrong.

    Ten seconds is enough to arrange a lot of things.

    "Oh, I thought you wouldn''t contact me anymore."

    Uehara Naraku''s depressed voice came from the phone, and he slowly continued: "Director Fury, why did you choose to go back to S.H.I.E.L.D., you did not choose to return to S.H.I.E.L.D., but leave us in feign death on the day I saved you?"

    "Because I need to find out the hidden Hydra..."

    Nick Fury¡¯s fingers tapped his thigh lightly, while slowly returning to Uehara Naruto¡¯s words: "Uehara, I thought you would at least want to talk to me first, and then ask me this question..."

    "There is no such need between us."

    Uehara Naraku calmly interrupted Nick Fury¡¯s words, and continued softly: "Director Fury, are you leaving here to find out the spies lurking inside S.H.I.E.L.D.... or are you worried about being found out by others about your identity? Hydra?"

    "..."

    Nick Fury was silent for a while, instead of answering Uehara Naraku¡¯s question head-on, instead he said to himself: "Well, it¡¯s still so straightforward. It seems that this kind of straight-and-talk conversation is also good. You seem to be going straight and up like this all the time, wanting to ask. Ask whatever..."

    "What''s the answer?"

    "I''ll tell you next time I have a chance."

    After Nick Fury finished speaking, he glanced at the call time and suddenly hung up his cell phone very decisively.

    For a long time, Nick Fury''s finger stopped on the phone.

    Because Nick Fury can¡¯t really tell...Whether someone on the other side of Uehara Naraku is using their communications to detect his location.

    Uehara Naraku sounds like he came to ask the teacher, and his attitude is not very good, but Nick Fury can confirm one thing in his heart...

    That is that the former subordinate of Uehara Naraku can still use it.

    after all¡­

    Uehara Naraku has been asking him about the fake death in anger, rather than deliberately recounting the past and delaying time, which shows that Uehara is very concerned about his affairs.

    This is an old subordinate who wants to know the truth.

    If Uehara Naraku has been procrastinating on the phone, Nick Fury will probably understand that there should be someone on the other side who wants to locate him through their contact.

    of course.

    In order to ensure his safety, Nick Fury still chose to hang up, because he had already got the answer he wanted.

    That is the attitude of Uehara Naraku.

    According to the current situation, the upper echelons of the United States and the World Security Council have been deceived and beat him, the former director of S.H.I.E.L.D., into a Hydra spy.

    Uehara Naraku also seems to be deceived, but he wants to know the truth instead of being deceived to become a running dog of the White House and the World Security Council...

    SHIELD headquarters.

    Uehara Naraku glanced at his hung-up cell phone, the lowness on his face disappeared without a trace, and a distressed smile appeared on the corner of his mouth.

    "It''s really troublesome..."

    Uehara Naruko put down her cell phone, shook her head helplessly, and picked up a glass of juice: "Why are so many people always willing to trust me?"

    "Sir, Ferry means..."

    A Hydra agent came over and asked cautiously, whether he felt that his boss had a problem with his brain.

    After all, Nick Fury hung up the phone so decisively, he didn''t mean he wanted to continue communicating with Uehara Naraku?

    "You don''t know our old boss."

    Uehara Naraku chuckled and continued: "First of all, his first law is that everything puts his own safety first, so he is stuck in the call time to avoid anyone using communication to locate his location."

    "Secondly, this should be his first call."

    "Because our external appearance has been taken over by the White House and the World Security Council, once he knows the current situation of S.H.I.E.L.D., he will never call me."

    "Now Fury has no information at all in his hands. He probably only knows that he is wanted by all the agents collectively, so he wants to get some news from me. UU Reading "

    "I know our former director very well."

    "Now, he probably has already figured out how to use me to slowly steal information."

    "As long as Natasha Romanoff and Clint Barton contact him, Fury will learn about me from their mouths, and learn that I, the director, has been approved by the White House and the World Security Council. monitor¡­"

    "that time¡­"

    "He will continue to trust me as a so-called puppet."

    "..."

    After listening to Uehara Naraku¡¯s analysis, the Hydra agent showed a gloomy smile: "Then we can find him and kill him completely..."

    "That would be boring."

    Uehara Naruko put down the juice in his hand heavily: "Starting to prepare for the next step, starting to hunt down Natasha and Clint who refused to return to report, and Steve Rogers who may soon escape...

    forcing them...

    Let them unite with Nick Fury...

    Forcing them to have nowhere to return and become homeless, I will secretly guide Nick Fury to lead them to seek asylum in another hidden country, in the country that hides everything about themselves...

    Let''s Hydra... Showdown to the whole earth! "

    "The earth is too small..."

    "Whether it''s S.H.I.E.L.D. and the Avengers are both played in the palm of my hand...it makes me a little uninterested to continue tossing here!"

 Chapter 772ï¼š Let the old chief see how bad he is, let him see me...

    New York City.

    Brooklyn.

    A taxi stopped on the side of the road.

    A woman in a black tights walked down, but the monotonous tights looked unique on her body, setting off her proud figure.

    "The weather is pretty good."

    A man in full clothes got out of the car behind him, carrying a long box in his hand, looking at the surrounding environment with vigilant expression.

    "That can''t be taken lightly."

    This man and woman are Hawkeye Clint Button and Black Widow Natasha Romanoff. They came to Brooklyn, New York to investigate Steve Rogers.

    There is a reason why the two of them are so careful.

    because they discovered that someone was tracking their whereabouts recently.

    Natasha''s eyes revealed a touch of worry, and she asked softly: "We only refused to go back to report for a few days. Now someone is tracking us in secret... They can seek help, it should be from S.H.I.E.L.D. colleague."

    "Well, this is ironic."

    A chuckle flashed across Clint Barton''s mouth, watching Natasha speak, "We performed the mission according to the orders of the Director of S.H.I.E.L.D., but the other agents of S.H.I.E.L.D. were following us and wanted to arrest us. ¡­"

    "what¡­"

    Natasha could not help showing a smile on her face, and said softly: "At least we are not bad, we don''t need to be locked in a cage like our Chief Secretary..."

    "Yes, let''s go!"

    Clint Button nodded and smiled, ending the topic.

    The two people walked along the street to avoid the camera while observing whether there was anything unusual around them. There was no problem on the road until they arrived in front of the home of Captain America Steve Rogers.

    Clint took out a wire from his pocket, reached out his hand and started to play tricks: "Let¡¯s take a look at when he left home..."

    However.

    There was a sound of footsteps in the room.

    As soon as the Captain America removed the bandage from his wound, he heard the murmur outside the door. He walked to the cat''s eye and saw these two appear at his door.

    "Clint? Natasha?"

    Steve Rogers smoothly opened the door, glanced at the wire in Clint''s hand, and glanced at the shocked Natasha and Clint.

    The three people present, each of them was a little surprised.

    what''s the situation?

    "Clint..."

    Steve Rogers twitched the corners of his mouth and said weirdly: "You can knock on the door directly when you come to my house..."

    "He just got used to it."

    Natasha complained about Clint, raised her eyebrows at her teammate, and motioned her teammate to converge with her eyes.

    "Simply smoothly..."

    Clint''s expression suddenly became a little embarrassed.

    Who can tell him why Steve Rogers is still at home! Doesn''t this guy know that he has a big deal?

    is not right...

    Maybe this guy didn''t even know that he was exposed?

    What should I do now?

    "It just so happens that I have something to find you..."

    Steve Rogers frowned and invited them into the house: "Come in and have a cup of coffee first... Things may be a little troublesome."

    Steve Rogers really needs help.

    Or, Steve Rogers needs someone to help him find his old friend Bucky. Even if Bucky assassinates him and almost kills him, Steve Rogers still wants to find out what happened to Bucky.

    The appearance of Bucky...

    Steve Rogers truly knew that he was not alone in this era.

    Natasha and Clint looked at each other, they nodded tacitly, and followed Steve Rogers into the house.

    Steve Rogers handed the two a can of coffee, sat across from them, and talked about himself and Bucky: "I met a man the other day... Bucky Barnes...he became and It used to be very different... he wanted to kill me."

    "But..."

    "We were comrades-in-arms who could depend on life and death seventy years ago, or we could say that they were brothers who could sacrifice their lives for each other."

    "It''s just that he disappeared after assassinating me. I suspect that he may be controlled by Hydra or other organizations..."

    Steve Rogers talked about his own guesses, but he showed that the two Avengers¡¯ teammates were combined, he had no idea what he was in the eyes of Natasha and Clint.

    This Captain America...

    is as simple as ever.

    Natasha and Clint are not innocent at all. Their faces gradually become weird. Didn''t Steve Rogers collude with Bucky Barnes?

    What is going on here?

    And while they were talking about Bucky Barnes in it, a tall Hummer drove into Brooklyn mightily.

    In a car headed by ¡¡¡¡.

    Uehara Naraku sat in the co-pilot with his eyes closed and rested.

    A man and a woman sat in the back row of this car. They were Coulson and Hill who had defected from S.H.I.E.L.D. most half a year ago. Their hands were in strong shackles.

    "Uehara Naraku, what are you going to do?"

    Agent Colson did not try to open the handcuffs because he knew that he and Hill were not the opponents of Uehara Naraku. He was just wondering why Uehara Naraku would let him and Hill out.

    Because since the "defection incident" between him and Hill was planned by Uehara Naraku, the two of them were imprisoned by the monsters under Uehara Naraku.

    Originally, Coleson thought he and Hill would be imprisoned to death by Uehara Naraku, but after half a year, Uehara Naraku took him and Hill out again.

    Uehara Naraku still closed his eyes, tapping slowly with his fingers, and rarely explained: "Come and let you accompany me to watch a big show..."

    "..."

    are you crazy!

    Coleson and Hill are a little bit swearing.

    What does this guy want to do that is not human?

    "If a human has done something extraordinary, he needs someone to help him remember it. It just so happens that I am just such an ordinary human..."

    Uehara Naraku spoke slowly and opened his eyes. His gaze fell on a house through the black bulletproof glass: "Of course, the most important thing is that I want you to see your idol again. , Because maybe this is the last time you see him..."

    "Captain Rogers?"

    Coleson turned his head and looked out, his face suddenly changed: "Uehara Naraku, what do you want to do to the captain again!"

    That house!

    is the home of Captain Steve Rogers!

    Because the property rights of this house are the formalities that Coleson personally handled for Steve Rogers, he remembers the residence of his idol very well.

    "Let me test the skill of Captain Steve Rogers..."

    Uehara Naraku reached out and grabbed the walkie-talkie in the car, and softly issued his order: "Secret Service Team, start acting immediately, don''t worry about any casualties!"

    "The team understands!"

    "The second team understands!"

    "Team three understand!"

    More than twenty black Hummers jumped down and seventy to eighty special service personnel were in their hands. Everyone was holding a submachine gun, and some even took out a grenade rifle and a bazooka from the compartment.

    Agent Coulson and Hill watched the group of Secret Service members rush towards Steve Rogers¡¯ house.

    This kind of armed force...

    Even if Steve Rogers is a super soldier, it is hard to say that he can survive.

    "Uehara Naraku, you will definitely be punished..."

    "I look forward to that day."

    Nairo Uehara shook his cell phone, wrote an email to Natasha, and showed it to Coleson and Hill to take a look: "These are all done by the World Security Council. What does it have to do with me? ?"

    Steve Rogers¡¯ home.

    They are still discussing about Bucky Barnes, but Natasha and Clint¡¯s obvious expressions are a bit subtle, because they don¡¯t quite understand why Steve Rogers told them everything about him and Bucky. ¡­

    Maybe...

    Steve Rogers is innocent?

    Natasha somewhat believed in the character of Steve Rogers, she even guessed that the original German secret letter might be the conspiracy of the Hydra spy.

    This World War II veteran 70 years ago...

    is actually a simple-minded man.

    Just as Natasha was thinking about how to secretly test whether Steve Rogers knew about the German secret letter, she received an email from Uehara Naraku on her mobile phone.

    [Just received news that the training ground of the Department of Field Service was unmanned, and the World Security Council has sent three secret service teams to Brooklyn. ¡¿

    Natasha looked down at the phone, her face changed drastically, she suddenly raised her head to look at Steve and Clint!

    "Gentlemen... We seem to be in big trouble!"

    "what?"

    Steve Rogers still has some doubts on his face.

    This World War II veteran still doesn''t know that there are some problems with the top Americans, and he doesn''t know that SHIELD has been targeting him!

    Next second!

    There was a sound of sonorous footsteps outside the door!

    "Fire!"

    Countless bullets shot at this house!

    Rockets pierced through the wall and glass in an instant, and the three people in the room quickly lay on the ground, avoiding the impact of bullets and artillery fire!

    "There are three secret service teams outside!"

    Natasha looked at them with an uneasy face, watching Steve Rogers carefully and saying: "The news that Uehara just sent...The World Security Council wants to arrest you!"

    "Why?"

    "..."

    Natasha was silent and did not answer.

    Clint opened his box, drew out a gunpowder arrow with his hand, raised his hand and shot it out the window, and said to ease the topic: "Anyway, let''s get out of here first!"

    "Ok¡­"

    Natasha nodded slowly, and whispered: "Steve, like you, we are all wanted by S.H.I.E.L.D....S.H.I.E.L.D. has completely become the puppet of the World Security Council, perhaps Hydra ¡¯S spies control all of this."

    Before Steve Rogers could say something, the wall in the living room was completely destroyed. A dozen special service personnel picked up submachine guns and shot them in dense bullets!

    "Go first!"

    The three people are going crazy in the house!

    Clint raised his hand and shot an arrow through the shoulder of an agent carrying a bazooka!

    It''s just that the arrow was a little too reluctant. Clint''s movements were a little slower, and he was hit by a few stray bullets in his shoulder and thigh, instantly losing his combat effectiveness.

    Steve Rogers dragged his body and ran away in the house with him behind his back, while greeted Natasha: "Quickly, follow me to the basement!"

    As a veteran...

    Or as a veteran who didn''t want to see the light, Steve Rogers built a wide basement for himself for training.

    There is also an external passage there.

    at least let them get out of here safely.

    The field crews who were responsible for sniping and surrounding the house rushed into the house with guns, and after careful inspection, no trace of Steve Rogers was found.

    They can only report the bad news to Naraku Uhara.

    "It''s ok."

    Uehara Naraku didn''t care about their problems at all, and calmly continued to order them to bring their weapons back to the car: "Everyone gets in the car, I''ll go back first, and you go to the next place."

    "..."

    Agent Colson, who was still fortunate that Steve Rogers had escaped, heard the order of Uehara Naraku and couldn''t help but feel a little curious.

    "You guy...what else do you want to do?"

    "Take trouble for our old boss!"

    Uehara Naraku tilted his head and said with a chuckle: "Chief Nick Fury thought he was hiding in the safe room and no one could find him... But as long as we wanted to find someone, there was nothing we couldn''t find."

    "Now the aerospace carrier is cruising in the sky, and the entire United States is under S.H.I.E.L.D. surveillance. Guess how long our old director can hide?"

    "... Director Fury, was also forced out of SHIELD by you?"

    "No, he left by himself."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and sighed: "He wanted to let us Hydra lurking in S.H.I.E.L.D. relax our vigilance, so he feigned death and escaped secretly... This is the biggest mistake he made, about... only the second time. To approve me to join SHIELD?"

    "..."

    Colson couldn''t help but want to curse again.

    Oh shit¡­

    Is this guy embarrassed to say?

    "Let''s go, Agent Colson."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Colson with a smile, and continued: "Now I am the director of S.H.I.E.L.D., and once people develop, I must not forget my old friends..."

    "What do you want to do!"

    "I just want our old director to see how miserable he is, how well our old men are doing..."

    Uehara Naraku''s car left here first, and all the other special service members got on the car. This time the Hummer fleet methodically followed the traffic toward the safe house on the outskirts of New York.

    There¡­

    is where Nick Fury temporarily lives.

    It¡¯s just that Nick Fury has rich experience, much calmer than Natasha and Clint. When he saw this Hummer team on the news, he was vigilant and withdrew from his safe house.

    Uehara Naraku didn''t do much either.

    He just ordered the secret service team to destroy Nick Fury¡¯s safe house.

    Moreover, Uehara Naraku found someone to call up all the locations where Nick Fury had used funds to build safe houses in S.H.I.E.L.D., and thoroughly investigated the movement of funds and the trajectory of Nick Fury and his agents.

    the most important is¡­

    The construction of these safe houses is mostly attributed to the two agents Coulson and Hill, and the trajectories of these two have become the focus of the investigation. U U Reading

    As long as a house is unoccupied, it will be investigated in depth by the special service team. Once a problem is discovered, it will be immediately demolished with a violent bomb.

    Ning killed the wrong...

    Don''t let it go.

    The entire New York safe house was destroyed.

    After this operation, Nick Fury, the former director of S.H.I.E.L.D., became completely homeless, and he himself had to face the hunt.

    after one day and one night.

    Nick Fury slept in a small town parking lot.

    This man is a little suspicious of what went wrong.

    Until Nick Fury secretly checked the latest news, he saw the latest news published by the World Security Council, and the news announced the director of the World Security Council.

    Then...

    Nick Fury saw the picture of the director.

    A fairly familiar person.

    A person whom Nick Fury missed so much.

    The picture of the director of the board of directors is Coleson with a cold face.

    From the photo, Coleson''s face seems very official.

    Except for Colson...

    and the man standing in the corner.

    is the Uehara Naraku who is obviously unhappy but makes a strong smile.

    Recommend the new book of Urban Great God Lao Shi:

 Chapter 773ï¼š Hope for world peace

    The messy parking lot.

    Nick Fury looked down at the news released by the World Security Council on his mobile phone, and watched his former confidant Coleson become a senior official, his eyes twitched.

    As Coleson¡¯s former boss, Nick Fury can be said to have brought the novice Coleson into a top agent. Now his old boss can only nest in his driving position and curl up in the car. A cold night.

    Once encountered a difficult situation, human beings can''t help but think wildly.

    Today, all the safe houses that were built were destroyed by S.H.I.E.L.D., and Nick Fury himself had to hide in this abandoned parking lot to avoid hunting;

    Today, Coleson, an agent who defected to S.H.I.E.L.D., has returned and became a senior official of S.H.I.E.L.D.''s superior World Security Council.

    These two things add up...

    I really can¡¯t help Nick Fury think about it!

    What''s more, when these safe houses were built, in fact, most of them were handled by Nick Fury''s confidant, Coulson.

    Nick Fury''s eyes slowly grew more painful, and the subordinates he brought out became murderers who wanted to kill him: "If these two things are not related... I guess that guy Uehara won''t believe it, right? "

    Nick Fury lay on the chair, thinking about all this he had experienced. Why did he go from being a director of SHIELD to today¡¯s betrayal?

    From the time he thought he had left S.H.I.E.L.D. through a fake death, he was able to find a way to show the hidden Hydra. As a result, Hydra hasn''t found it yet, but it''s hard to protect himself...

    And, now it seems that Coleson, his former henchman, also betrayed him. Who else is worthy of his trust?

    Nick Fury looked down at the photo on the phone, and looked at Naruto Uehara, who was standing next to Coleson, who was not very eye-catching. His fingers were frosting the screen a little bit...

    All this is not over yet!

    He must venture to meet Hara Naraku!

    As long as he can see Uehara Naraku and Nick Fury can convince Uehara Naraku to believe him, he will be able to obtain intelligence from the World Security Council, and he will be able to slowly find out the lurking Hydra at the top of the United States again, and be able to expose all of this. the truth!

    Nick Fury regrets it a bit...

    Knowing that when he was leaving from suspended animation, he should discuss everything in advance with Uehara Naraku, and he could control the situation remotely...

    At the beginning, Nick Fury was only worried that Uehara Naraku might be so innocent, but now he has to find a way to regain the loyalty of this old subordinate.

    "I hope he hasn''t slept yet..."

    Nick Fury''s finger dialed Uehara Naraku''s number, and there was a bright light in one of his eyes: "But from the news, maybe he can''t sleep well tonight..."

    Uehara Naraku once hunted down Colson.

    As a result, after Coleson returned, he changed from a defector to a high-ranking official of the World Security Council. Perhaps he did something to make Uehara Naraku unhappy.

    new York.

    An underground secret base of SHIELD.

    Uehara Nairo sat in the office of the base with his legs folded. After reading the latest news released by the World Security Council on the virtual screen in front of him, he smiled and turned to look at Agent Colson who was handcuffed to a chair.

    "How?"

    Uehara Naraku took her arms and asked with a chuckle: "It didn''t take long for me to sit in the position of director of S.H.I.E.L.D., so I will directly arrange a director of the World Security Council for you. This is the position that Chief Pierce once sat. , My old friend is pretty good?"

    "..."

    Coleson just wanted to curse in his heart.

    It was not the magical brain circuit of Uehara Naraku that shocked him the most, but Uehara''s attitude towards the World Security Council!

    This guy¡­

    Why can I arrange these in one sentence?

    How strong is this guy Uehara Naraku mastering the World Security Council and S.H.I.E.L.D.? Why is the World Security Council willing to obey his orders?

    Agent Hill frowned, glanced at Coleson who was unhappy, and then looked at Uehara who was full of arrogance: "Uehara Naraku, what do you want to do? Want to tease Coleson?"

    "Please call me Director Uehara."

    Nairo Uehara corrected Hill¡¯s title, and pointed to Coleson who was handcuffed to Hill: "Please call Mr. Coleson Director Coleson. Now the whole world knows that former S.H.I.E.L.D. agent Cole Cole Mr. Mori has been promoted and raised. As for what I want to do..."

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but smile, glanced at the phone she put on the table, and smiled: "Don''t worry, you will know in a while."

    hum...

    hum...

    hum...

    The phone on the desktop vibrated suddenly.

    Uehara Naraku picked up the phone and gestured to them. The number displayed on it was an unfamiliar number, but Uehara Naraku would never do meaningless things. Obviously, the number he called late at night was not easy.

    "Make a bet!"

    Uehara Naraku''s finger stopped on the dial button, and continued with a chuckle: "Guess who is calling? I think it will be someone we all know..."

    "... Director Nick Fury!"

    Agent Hill¡¯s brain flashed through the look of their old boss''s bald marinated egg: "Everything you arranged today is to attract Director Fury!"

    "Yup¡­"

    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, and instead of answering the phone, he yawned first: "I ordered the Secret Service team to deliberately target the destruction of all his safe houses, and let the news of Coleson''s promotion appear in the news...

    you guess¡­

    Our old boss would doubt who presided over the action against him? "

    "..."

    This is really the devil!

    Agent Hill''s face couldn''t help but tremble. Why does Uehara Naraku always stare at Coleson for framed?

    Coleson''s eyes were a little frightened, because he helped Nick Fury transform most of the safe houses, and he basically knew the location of the safe houses!

    Now...

    He is so dirty that he can''t wash himself after jumping into the Mississippi!

    "Shhh, be quiet..."

    Uehara Naraku''s fingers were erected to her lips, and a terrifying pressure instantly flooded the entire room, making Coulson and Hill seem to be burdened by a huge burden, making their bodies afraid to move at all!

    Uehara Naraku''s finger pressed the connection button, and he also deliberately pressed the speakerphone on the call interface, and soon a voice familiar to all three of them came through the phone.

    "Uehara, it''s me."

    is their old boss Nick Fury.

    Coleson and Hill immediately opened their eyes, desperately trying to explode their physical strength, and opened their mouths to say something to remind Nick Fury on the other end of the phone!

    However...

    The pressure in the room has quietly increased!

    This coercion seems to be oppressing their souls, making their mouths afraid to open their mouths. They can only listen to the exchanges between Uehara Naraku and Nick Fury...

    This weird ability made Coulson and Hill a little palpitating.

    Uehara this guy...

    Who is it!

    This power is no longer like an ordinary superhero!

    Uehara Naraku suppressed the two people in the room again, and then casually spoke to Nick Fury on the other side of the phone: "Director Fury, if you want to prove your innocence or release your wanted, you can contact the department. Director Elson.

    When it came to this, Uehara Naraku interrupted himself and explained softly: "Oh, yes, maybe you don''t know yet, Agent Colson is back, and he has been promoted to the director of the World Security Council.

    And because he was once your subordinate, and the defection of the former S.H.I.E.L.D. Director was too badly affected, it is now Director Coulson who is in charge of your case. "

    After saying this, Uehara Naraku added: "One more thing, from today, S.H.I.E.L.D. will hunt down defectors under the command of the World Security Council.

    Sorry, Director, no matter whether you have anything to do with Hydra, from today on, I have no right to intervene in the case of the former Director of S.H.I.E.L.D. Defection.

    In other words, you can treat it as if I don¡¯t have the right to interfere with S.H.I.E.L.D.

    After all, Agent Hill, who returned with Coleson, is more suitable for the position of Director of S.H.I.E.L.D. Bureau than I am. I will be able to pack my things and leave after a few days. "

    "..."

    Nick Fury on the other end of the call has been listening quietly.

    As for the office, Coleson, who watched Naraku Uehara''s words, couldn¡¯t help but his eyes fired. Agent Hill was also a little speechless...

    This guy¡­

    how embarrassed to say these words!

    Before framing them, we must also consider the feelings of these two parties! Especially splashing dirty water on them in front of them!

    After listening to Uehara Naraku''s complaints, Nick Fury suddenly said: "I thought that after they went back, you old friends would get along well..."

    "maybe¡­"

    Uehara Naraku responded indifferently, and his voice gradually became low and low: "We have enough talk time today. I don''t know if you are Hydra or S.H.I.E.L.D.... Anyway, be careful in the future, I can''t help you anymore. Up."

    "I know."

    Nick Fury¡¯s voice was a little relieved.

    Because he received some news that made him feel uneasy and a little grateful after receiving the summary of Uehara Naraku''s information.

    first of all¡­

    When tracking him down, Uehara Naraku probably didn''t let S.H.I.E.L.D. participate in this. He must have helped his old boss to conceal something.

    Otherwise, why hasn''t anyone been able to find him?

    This shows that Naraku Uehara still has some trust in him.

    However, after the return of Agents Coulson and Hill, they took over S.H.I.E.L.D.E.L.D. with their new identities and issued an order to hunt down his former director in S.H.I.E.L.D.

    The current Naraku Uehara should have been completely reduced to a puppet. It is estimated that if he does not have the identity of an intern of the Universe Peace Organization, he might be in trouble.

    Nick Fury had completed all the intelligence in his heart, and finally made up his mind, and said in a deep voice: "Uehara, based on what I know about Coulson and Hill, your phone may be monitored by them..."

    "I know."

    Uehara Naraku sighed, and continued: "If it wasn''t for me to represent the position of the earth in the Akatsuki organization, I should have been dealt with by them a long time ago?

    Sorry, now no matter what you want to say or do, I can¡¯t promise you, Director Fury, I have to consider the earth, I can only stand by and watch all this. "

    "Why don''t you consider breaking the boat?"

    Nick Fury¡¯s voice suddenly increased, and he continued in a deep voice: ¡°Let¡¯s meet and talk in detail. S.H.I.

    "Director Fury, I don''t want to know this."

    Uehara Naraku interrupted Nick Fury. He was silent for a while before he suddenly said: "The last news is that Natasha, Clint and Captain Steve Rogers have all been included on the wanted list."

    "They..."

    Nick Fury''s voice stopped abruptly.

    This is the Avengers team he worked so hard to build!

    Now half of the members of this Avengers team are wanted!

    Nick Fury took a deep breath, and some incredulously continued to ask: "So...what about the others?"

    "The rest are very honest."

    The remaining people mentioned by Naraku Uehara refer to other members of the Avengers team, which obviously also includes him, the director of S.H.I.E.L.D. Bureau.

    "I know."

    Nick Fury''s heart sank suddenly.

    "Then, that''s it."

    Uehara Naraku finished all this calmly, and added seemingly: "If you have a chance to meet Natasha, remember to say hello to them on my behalf...because I will not be in the United States next week and plan to travel to Africa. a period of time."

    "Africa..."

    Nick Fury¡¯s brain instantly skipped a bunch of messy grassland and desert landscapes. He locked onto a country almost immediately, making his mood even heavier.

    There is nothing notable about Africa...

    Among the most valuable in Africa, UU Reading is undoubtedly the super kingdom hidden in a bunch of agricultural countries in Africa!

    Wakanda!

    The most technologically advanced country on earth!

    A technological kingdom living in seclusion on a backward continent, Wakanda has become an advanced country far surpassing any civilization on the earth due to its rich vibrating content!

    It¡¯s just that this country isn¡¯t unremarkable, and the people there are also very closed, always appearing as a backward African country.

    However, Nick Fury knew about the existence of Wakanda. After all, the vibrating gold flowing out of the world was leaked by Wakanda. He, the former director of S.H.I.E.L.D., naturally paid particular attention to Wakanda.

    "Then... I wish you a smooth journey."

    Nick Friping regained his feelings, and began to think about whether Uehara Naraku meant something other than Africa.

    "You too."

    Uehara Naraku''s answer is very interesting.

    Nick Fury almost instantly figured it out from the simple answer of Uehara Naraku. Uehara Naraku must go to Africa, and even invited him to go with him!

    If you say so...

    Maybe they can meet in Wakanda!

    Wakanda, it happens to be a country that S.H.I.E.L.D.E.L.D. and even the United States cannot reach.

    Uehara Naraku slowly left the last riddle: "I hope that by that time, the situation in Africa can remain peaceful... No, I should say that I hope the world can be peaceful!"

 Chapter 774ï¼š Mind gems and vibrating wars

    This call ends.

    Uehara Naro snapped his fingers boredly, relieved the pressure of the soul in the room, and leaned back on the chair slowly.

    Coleson and Hill listened to Uehara Naraku flicking Nick Fury the whole time. The pressure on both of them had just been relieved, and they looked at Uehara Naraku with complicated eyes.

    Why is this person so good at deceiving people?

    And still in front of the two of them, throwing all the black pot on them, and then deceiving Nick Fury¡¯s trust in himself...

    This person...

    How to play this set so neatly?

    This guy is obviously the high-level leader of Hydra, but he acts more like his own than the cronies brought out by the two Chief Fury himself!

    to be frank¡­

    Even if Coulson and Hill racked their brains, they couldn''t understand how Nick Fury, who was played by Uehara Naruto in the palm of his hand, should come back.

    "what¡­"

    Uehara Naraku yawned, beckoned outside the door, and arranged for someone to take them down: "Take Mr. Coulson and Agent Hill back and let them rest early."

    After saying this, Uehara Naraku suddenly stopped his men again: "By the way, has the newcomer of our organization rushed to the Avengers base to report? I need her to prepare to participate in the African operation."

    The newcomer they organized.

    is naturally the Scarlet Witch Wanda.

    "She will be there tomorrow, Sir."

    The Hydra agent nodded seriously, and continued: "Is there anything else I need to order?"

    "Well, there''s more..."

    Uehara Naraku tapped his fingers on the table and whispered: "Let the New York branch base, let Bucky Barnes go! Otherwise, I have no reason to let Tony Stark be willing to follow my wishes. ."

    Now Tony is completely trapped in the persistent pursuit of Bucky Barnes. As long as he takes out the news of Bucky and Steve Rogers colluding, Tony Stark will never let it go.

    After speaking, Naraku Uehara suddenly spoke again: "Yes, wait, take Mr. Coleson to go there. If you want to find a way to cryptically let Bucky Barnes know, it''s Mr. Coleson that has been ordering. He assassinated Captain Steve Rogers.

    and also¡­

    Mr. Coulson wanted to use S.H.I.E.L.D. and the Avengers team to attack Wakanda in Africa and seize vibrating gold as a weapon, which also caused Bucky Barnes to leak these out. "

    "..."

    The Hydra agent nodded silently.

    Colson and Hill couldn''t help but want to curse.

    This fucking...

    Can''t Uehara Naraku do something that people do?

    Now Hydra has released Bucky Barnes. Once Bucky Barnes¡¯s sanity is restored, Bucky¡¯s rhetoric will definitely put the news that Coleson is a Hydra spy completely confirmed. This Cole Can Mori be washed white in the future?

    What a pity...

    Uehara Naraku doesn''t care about such small things.

    If Coleson is really worried that this kind of black pot can''t be washed away, Uehara Naraku can actually teach Coleson how to wash it, but he doesn''t have much time now.

    The time is short.

    Uehara Naraku is actively preparing for the ultimate battle on the earth.

    There are not many members in the Avengers base, and all of them are temporarily on his side by some means.

    Iron Man, Tony Stark.

    Gears of War, James Rhodes.

    As for Bruce Banner, as a strict neutral player, he will naturally not participate. Banner will remain neutral until his chess piece needs to be used.

    right now¡­

    Uehara Naruto meets the new members of The Avengers.

    Scarlet Witch.

    Wanda Maximov.

    This hot-looking woman wore a crimson trench coat with a large white exposing her chest. She flew to Uehara Naraku with her crimson super power.

    "grown ups."

    The Scarlet Witch lowered her eyes slightly, lowered her head to reveal a posture of surrender, and handed the psychic scepter in her hand to Uehara Naraku: "When I came, Pietro asked me to bring this scepter back and hand it in. Into your hands."

    Scarlet Witch, Wanda.

    Now her brother Kuaiyin Pietro Maximov is alive very safely, and is currently the head of the Hydra base in Sokovia.

    and so¡­

    Wanda is also an undercover agent from Hydra.

    And when she came to the Avengers base to report, she had already received some corresponding training. For the boss of Uehara Naraku, Wanda was a little curious in her heart.

    This boss relieved their brothers and sisters from the plight, brought them out of the darkness, and gave them a whole new life.

    "It looks like you two brothers and sisters have a good time..."

    Uehara Naraku reached out and took the psychic scepter, his palm instantly emitted a strong spiritual pressure, which directly destroyed the scepter in his hand!

    "grown ups¡­"

    Wanda frowned slightly, watching Uehara Naraku''s movements with a slightly surprised look, and asked in a low voice, "Its power should be of value?"

    Such a precious thing...

    Is it so easy to destroy?

    And Wanda was even more surprised that Uehara Naruko''s strength showed that, with the hardness of this psychic scepter, he couldn''t hold his bare hand!

    The moment the scepter of mind shattered, a powerful impact swept the surroundings in an instant. Somewhat weirdly, the fragments of the scepter floated in the air strangely...

    And in the debris...

    is mixed with a shiny yellow gem.

    "It does have value..."

    Uehara Naraku looked at the yellow gem, slowly stretched out his finger, pinched the gem, and calmly continued: "Its value is the container, just to hide the existence of this gem, the soul gem. "

    There are only six infinite gems in the entire universe.

    Since the Battle of New York, Thor returned to Asgard to recast the Rainbow Bridge with the universe cube containing space gems; the time gems were brought to the future and back to this era, and fell into Uehara Naraku. Hands.

    Mind gems.

    should be the second gem that fell into Uehara''s hands.

    In other words, this gem has never left the control of Uehara Naraku. From the moment it appeared on the earth as a scepter of mind, this gem has become Uehara Naraku''s palm.

    "Mind gem..."

    Wanda raised her head and stared at the gem in Uehara Naruto''s hand. She looked at the yellow light, as if she could see the power of the universe through that gem.

    She shares the same power with this gem.

    The power contained in this gem made her a little surprised!

    Ever since Wanda gained extraordinary powers, she has never felt anything that can surpass the power in her body...

    "It''s beautiful..."

    Wanda''s eyes showed a touch of obsession.

    In her eyes, this yellow soul gem is very beautiful, even more beautiful than any diamond jewelry she has ever seen!

    This gem...

    seems to be able to let people see the universe through it!

    At this moment, a group of black holes appeared in the palm of Uehara Naraku, and instantly absorbed the power of that gem into the black hole!

    When Wanda, who was still obsessed, saw the black hole, she couldn''t help but feel a panic in her heart. Under her mental perception, the black hole possessed the power to swallow everything!

    "The power of boredom..."

    Uehara Naraku''s face is a bit unsightly.

    Just after using the black hole to swallow the power of the Mind Gem, Uehara gained the power and use of the Mind Gem, but the power of the Mind Gem made him feel a little boring.

    just as the name suggests.

    Mind gems can enhance a person''s spiritual power, and can use the amplified super spiritual power to do many things that ordinary humans can''t do.

    Through the spiritual gem, Uehara Naraku can read other people''s thoughts and brains with ease, and can even use the power of the spiritual gem to control or even change people''s thinking.

    just...

    This power is a bit tasteless.

    If it''s not a last resort, Uehara Naraku doesn''t really like to change other people''s thinking and personality. Uehara Naraku prefers to let the flow go.

    such as...

    Those collections are actually uncomfortable with Naraku Uehara. Many people think that they want to kill him in their dreams, but they have to obey him.

    such as...

    Those who know all this can''t escape the fate he arranged.

    A man behind the scenes who can really control everything should break away from this simple and crude control method, and should choose to control a more lofty destiny.

    This is what a man behind the scenes should do.

    Perhaps the most important ability for Uehara Naraku is to be able to make Uehara Naraku a god, directly listening to the thoughts of the creatures in the black hole universe.

    The existence of soul gem...

    makes Uehara Naraku''s control even further.

    Ok¡­

    Uchiha Sasuke was scolding him in his heart.

    Why does Sasuke always scold him? Are you scolding him no matter which world you are in? This account has to be written down first and then settled slowly later.

    of course.

    Except for these.

    Uehara Naraku also gained other ancillary abilities.

    Mind gems exist in his black hole universe, allowing his brain to further evolve, and he can freely develop the power of his body.

    It is similar to vision changing body density, blurring one''s own body, or directly using energy-gathering beam, and it also has the abilities of Quick Silver and Scarlet Witch.

    "Forget it, it''s better than nothing..."

    Uehara Naraku''s fingertips glowed with a red light, this red light was like a cloud of smoke, directly wrapped around the body of the Scarlet Witch Wanda!

    "This ability..."

    Wanda looked at the red energy that entangled her body, and there was a look of surprise in her eyes. This power... isn''t it her superpower?

    Why can Uehara Naraku be used?

    Even compared to when she used this power, Uehara Naraku seemed to be more familiar with it, and his mental power was stronger!

    Another red energy radiated from Wanda!

    However, no matter how much Wanda resists, she cannot break free of Uehara Naraku''s control. This is due to the suppression of stronger energy!

    Even if it¡¯s proud of mental power...

    Wanda has to admit that she is still not an opponent of Uehara Naraku...

    No wonder this man can master the Hydra, only in terms of strength, maybe this guy has no one on earth to be his opponent, right?

    Uehara Naraku controlled Wanda''s body to slowly fly in front of him, and controlled Wanda to slowly fall to the ground before waving his hand to dissipate the red energy.

    While speaking, Uehara Naraku slowly stretched out her palm to help the stiff Wanda tidy up her windbreaker, and showed a warm smile: "Did you scare you? Don''t worry, it''s just a trivial expression. the power of."

    "...No, not really."

    Wanda shook his head cautiously.

    "That''s good."

    Uehara Naraku nodded in satisfaction, and smiled and continued: "Probably the action will be taken tomorrow or the day after tomorrow. Have they trained you?"

    "Follow your will, my lord."

    Wanda no longer looked directly at Naraku Uehara, and lowered his head again.

    Uehara Naraku furrowed his eyebrows, raised his eyebrows and asked, "What else did they do that they shouldn''t do, am I terrible?"

    "No... you are worthy of awe."

    Wanda shook his head slowly and firmly.

    The expression in this woman''s eyes became more and more complicated, and finally there was more awe of the unknown and the strong.

    If before, the Scarlet Witch and her elder brother were still a little bit reckless in order to gain superpowers and get the position of the high-level Hydra... Now that she felt the power of Uehara Naraku, she condensed those thoughts.

    The supreme leader of Hydra is not that simple!

    At least Wanda knows that he and his brother Pietro are not rivals at all.

    time flies.

    Or there are so many things that make time seem to pass quickly.

    Especially for Nick Fury, in order to get more help, Nick Fury risked a risk to contact Natasha, Clint and others.

    From the mouths of these two old men, Nick Fury knew more about Uehara Naraku and also knew that Uehara Naraku had been protecting their old friends.

    In addition to Natasha and Clint, Nick Fury also met Captain America Steve Rogers. The king of agents finally decided to talk frankly with Steve Rogers.

    Naturally...

    They uncovered some mysteries.

    Neither Nick Fury nor Natasha and Clint, they all believed that the secret German letter was a conspiracy set up by Hydra to frame Steve Rogers...

    They also reached some consensus.

    For example, they all think that they need more information from Uehara Naraku. This time they are going to Africa, hoping to have a face-to-face talk with Uehara Naraku.

    of course¡­

    They also identified the real culprit behind the scenes. UU Reading

    There is no doubt that Coulson has been locked into a super-suspicious Hydra spy, especially after they met Bucky Barnes, the suspicion has been changed to a certainty.

    Bucky Barnes is here to assassinate Steve Rogers again.

    Only this time Bucky had to face the three super agents Natasha, Clint and Nick Fury who were in ambush, and easily assisted Steve Rogers in capturing him.

    Nick Fury knows these brainwashing methods very well. He can be regarded as helping to clean up the brainwashing information of Hydra, so that Bucky''s sanity can be restored, and they also have a strong support...

    Simultaneously¡­

    They also learned a piece of news.

    A guy named Phil Coleson sent Bucky Barnes out to assassinate Steve Rogers. Even since Pierce left, his brain seems to have been following the orders issued by the man named Coleson. ¡­

    "One more news..."

    Bucky Barnes sat in a chair, rubbing his head desperately: "Who are they going to use...want to start a war...what gold of a country...nothing...platinum...it should be very valuable anyway Something..."

    "Zhenjin."

    Nick Fury''s voice became extremely heavy, and his one-eyed was a little lost: "Hydra...for vibrancy...using Uehara and Tony to win a war against Wakanda..."

 Chapter 775ï¼š Tony, I will take you away

    Love to fiction.com, the fastest update starts with Naruto and the latest chapters behind the scenes!

    Zhenjin.

    The hardest metal material in the universe.

    Vibration does not exist on the earth. Only space meteorites can bring this material. At present, only the Wakanda countries in Africa have received this gift from space.

    Because of Wakanda''s monopoly on this unique material, the country only sold a very small amount of vibrating in history, allowing Wakanda to gain a leap in wealth.

    Compared with other backward nations in Africa, Wakanda is the only big technological country. Through Zhenjin technology, it can compete with any country.

    It¡¯s just that the successive kings of Wakanda are very low-key. They have always implemented a closed-door attitude, and have prevented the outside world from knowing the truth about Wakanda. This isolation has made the outside world always think that Wakanda is still a poor. Backward agricultural country.

    If you don¡¯t understand Wakanda, no one will know that this so-called backward country is actually the most technologically advanced country on earth.

    Same.

    The most advanced technology on the earth brings to Wakanda naturally advanced education, advanced living standards, advanced medical standards, and advanced military standards.

    The citizens of Wakanda are fluent in any mainstream language on the earth in an education environment that is undifferentiated for the whole people, and they also master all kinds of advanced science and technology.

    Wakanda¡¯s doctors use Zhenjin technology to even develop medical techniques that are sufficient to treat cancer and other terminal illnesses, so that Wakanda people don¡¯t need to worry about their bodies at all.

    The soldiers of Wakanda have the most advanced and powerful equipment in the world. Relying on the vibrating weapons, the soldiers of Wakanda are so strong that they can be called real super soldiers.

    The most amazing thing is...

    Wakanda¡¯s spy agency.

    There are many pieces of information that cannot be detected, but Wakanda¡¯s spy agency PRIDE knows the information so well that the king of Wakanda can know anything they want to know.

    There are also superheroes in this country.

    The kings of Wakanda are their superheroes. They are hailed as the panthers that protect Wakanda, and they are also the beliefs of many tribes of Wakanda.

    If you say it seriously...

    Black Panther is roughly equivalent to the combination of Iron Man Tony Stark and Captain America Steve Rogers. His wealth and technology suit far exceed everything, and his physical fitness is comparable to Steve Rogers who was injected with super soldier serum.

    Nick Fury knew about the existence of Wakanda for the first time because of the tradition within S.H.I.E.L.D., because the founder, Howard Stark, had contact with the Wakanda and bought some vibrating gold for $10,000 per gram. Created a shield for Steve Rogers.

    Later...

    Nick Fury has also been secretly investigating Wakanda''s intelligence. The earth has such a powerful force, and he really wants to include this force in the ranks of protecting the earth.

    Of course, the king of Wakanda didn''t bother to care about him.

    All the vibrations on the earth are in the hands of Wakanda, they don''t need to do anything extra, as long as they stay aloof.

    Now they can''t stay aloof.

    Because Hydra wants to control the most powerful forces on the earth, it wants to fight directly with Wakanda and seize Wakanda''s vibrating resources.

    "We must find a way to stop this war."

    Nick Fury''s face was extremely solemn, his palms slowly closed in front of him, and he explained in a low voice: "If this war really breaks out, the world may be destroyed in this war. They I don¡¯t even know the true power of Wakanda..."

    After speaking, Nick Fury no longer worried about revealing any secrets, and described a superpower isolated from the world to those present.

    One¡­

    A country that lacks nothing.

    One¡­

    A superpower capable of disrupting the pattern of the earth.

    "But how can we stop it?"

    Natasha frowned, and said softly and helplessly: "From now on, we have no way to change everything. Hydra or the military hawks control everything, and the only thing that can be in front of them Uehara and Stark were the only words..."

    "They are under house arrest."

    After Clint finished speaking, he added another sentence next to him: "And they are not trusted, maybe it''s easier for us to rebel against Coleson."

    "¡­¡­"

    Nick Fury was lost in thought.

    If you say it seriously, it seems that it is easier to rebel against Coleson. The problem is that this guy Coleson will definitely not obey their wishes... and if you want to catch Coleson, you need Uehara to provide them with information and help. .

    "Maybe it''s too late..."

    Bucky Barnes said hesitantly. He rubbed his temple and continued: "When Coleson asked me to clean up Steve and you, he mentioned that this war would probably be launched on the 7th...but I don¡¯t know the exact time..."

    "The time now..."

    Steve Rogers glanced at the clock and his expression became heavy for an instant: "It''s ten o''clock in the evening on the 6th...Even if a war starts at midnight, we still have two hours to change everything."

    "I''ll contact Uehara!"

    Natasha took out her mobile phone and called Uehara directly: "I hope this guy will not rest at this time, and it is too late to worry that he will not be exposed..."

    hum...

    hum...

    hum...

    After a long time.

    An unfamiliar female voice appeared in the handset of the mobile phone, and the voice spoke softly: "Sorry... he is asleep."

    "¡­¡­"

    The foreheads of everyone present jumped.

    At ten o''clock in the middle of the night, a strange woman took Naraku Uehara''s cell phone and said that he was asleep. What scenes would happen before that? I don''t need to explain at all?

    Why is Uehara Naraku going to bed at this time!

    Or, why can Uehara Naraku still sleep with a woman at this time? What went wrong... Could it be that they guessed wrong?

    Just as the woman on the other end of the phone quietly hung up the phone, there was a roar of engine starting in the receiver, as if a super engine was starting!

    They heard the question immediately!

    "It was the sound of the aerospace carrier''s engine starting just now..."

    Nick Fury stood up, tidyed up his clothes, and said solemnly: "It seems that Uehara''s communication has been cut off. If the S.H.I.E.L.D. Air and Sky carrier has been dispatched, it means that the war is about to begin. "

    "Is there any other method?"

    "Can you contact Tony?"

    "I can''t contact now. After Tony Stark was put under house arrest, he could still talk to Pepper Potts at a fixed time... After Coulson returned a few days ago, Tony Stark''s contact was also cut off."

    "There is no other way..."

    Nick Fury took a deep breath and whispered: "The United States actually has a Wakanda intelligence contact point. I don''t know if this contact point is still in use..."

    "Should we notify Wakanda in advance?"

    "Without any evidence, let Wakanda believe that they are about to face a war, so that they can solve it by themselves?"

    "Maybe this is the only way..."

    Steve Rogers stood up abruptly, his face suddenly becoming serious: "If the information we get makes us misjudge, then we will be ridiculed at best, and Wakanda, whom we have never contacted, will be regarded as nothing wrong. What¡­

    If we judge success, it may be possible to resolve this war ahead of time. This world should not have these wars that should not appear. For this purpose, we can give our lives or everything. "

    "Let''s go then..."

    Nick Fury took out the key from his pocket and said casually: "If five people are together, the car may be a little crowded..."

    No matter what, they finally chose a plan.

    If they didn''t choose to contact Wakanda, perhaps at twelve o''clock in the morning, Uehara Naraku would pretend to secretly prepare a Quinn fighter for them to fly directly to Wakanda.

    Even so.

    Uehara Naraku still sent an email to Natasha at 12 o''clock in the morning, reporting in detail his transportation to Africa on a business trip.

    An aerospace aircraft carrier flagship.

    Three insight-planned aerospace combat aircraft carriers.

    The momentum of this war is not too big, and there is no cooperation of hundreds of thousands of troops, only a few aerospace aircraft carriers and equipped fighters.

    Otherwise...

    There are no special troops involved.

    In addition to this information, Uehara Naraku even specially helped Nick Fury and others gain the trust of Wakanda, and directly began to let S.H.I.E.L.D. build momentum.

    such as...

    Wakanda¡¯s intelligence agency PRIDE found a piece of news. Dozens of American media are rushing to prepare a series of news about the existence of weapons of mass destruction in Wakanda and the abuse of indigenous people by the feudal king...

    This news...

    sounds full of strong American style!

    If nothing else, the United Nations General Assembly will be held the next day, and the United States representatives at the United Nations will take out a small bottle of laundry detergent at the meeting, and then the mighty aircraft carriers and fighter jets of the entire United States will fly to Vacance. Up to

    Oh shit!

    Are you sick?

    These Americans still want to repeat the same tricks. They don¡¯t really think that Wakanda doesn¡¯t have weapons of mass destruction, do they?

    Now it seems that war might indeed break out. King Tchaka of Wakanda was still a little unhappy when he heard the news, but he heard that a team of agents were contacting them and told them that the war was caused by Hydra. conspiracy¡­

    I have to say is¡­

    The intelligence brought by Nick Fury is quite useful.

    Not to mention anything else, just the combat readiness of the United States and the World Security Council to launch a war on Wakanda is enough to make Wakanda believe part of what he said.

    and...

    Nick Fury also raised one thing.

    That is that they can resolve the war peacefully as much as possible. Tchaka asked Nick Fury and Steve Rogers to bring the others back to Wakanda overnight.

    If the HYDRA spies can be eliminated, the aerospace aircraft carriers can be eliminated, and the war can be resolved peacefully, the old king does not want to expose the existence of Wakanda.

    Just as Nick Fury and others boarded the plane and rushed to Wakanda, S.H.I.E.L.D. was also urgently preparing their aerospace carrier battle group.

    "Tony."

    Uehara Naraku came to Tony Stark''s house under house arrest and threw him a stack of photos, and said in a deep voice, "This is the latest news I found...Nick Fury, Steve, Natasha, Klin Special, they are with Bucky Barnes."

    After speaking, Uehara Naraku added: "And... half an hour ago, they left the United States through a country called Wakanda..."

    "Wakanda?"

    "Ok¡­"

    Uehara Nairobi nodded and continued: "That country is a hidden super technological power, the only country on earth that has vibrating resources.

    Maybe they took refuge in Wakanda, or Wakanda itself is one of them, because there is also a superhero named Black Panther there.

    and...

    When Mr. Howard Stark made the shield for Steve Rogers, Wakanda provided some vibrancy. You should have heard of this name..."

    "I know¡­"

    Tony Stark''s fingers squeezed the photo a little bit, his eyes fixedly looked at Bucky Barnes in the photo, his eyes became a little bit red.

    is this person!

    killed his mother!

    In the photo, Bucky Barnes patted Steve Rogers on the shoulder. His smile was very gentle, and he couldn''t tell that he was the demon who killed an elderly couple!

    If such a person can still live so happily...then the world would be too unfair!

    This is not fair to Stark!

    is not fair to his parents!

    "My father also helped Steve Rogers make a shield..."

    Tony Stark looked at the person in the photo, and said word by word: "Steve knows... Did his friend Bucky kill my parents?"

    "I do not know¡­"

    Uehara Naraku reached out and patted Tony on the shoulder Slightly bent down to look at the photo in Tony''s hand, quietly calming his emotions: "But... Director Fury and Natasha must know..."

    Yes it is.

    Nick Fury and Natasha must have known it!

    Because of this video that Natasha got, Nick Fury must have watched this video during his tenure as the director!

    They were originally a group!

    They are all in collusion!

    "Uehara, where are they now?"

    Tony Stark''s fingers tore up the photo in his hand little by little, raised his head and looked at Uehara with red eyes: "When can I leave here!"

    Tony Stark''s palm slammed into Uehara''s sleeve, and his voice was mixed with anger and pleading: "Uehara! I want to leave here! I can''t stay here anymore! I can''t stand it anymore! Uehara! Help!"

    "I will leave here soon."

    Uehara Naraku patted his arm and whispered: "If Wakanda really colludes with Hydra, we might all have a reason to leave here.

    Because the White House and the World Security Council are very clear about how much harm a country like Wakanda can be in colluding with Hydra, I will report this to them.

    Tony, relax.

    If we want to be free again, we still have a lot to do. "

 Chapter 776ï¼š war

    Dawn came quietly.

    A seaside base of SHIELD.

    A group of people stood on the roof of the base, looking down at the turbulent sea water, and huge steel cabins floated out of the sea.

    Several orders were issued from the command platform. The steel deck hundreds of meters wide slowly opened, and huge aerospace aircraft carriers revealed their true faces from the cabin.

    One of the aerospace aircraft carriers existed as the command ship of S.H.I.E.L.D. during the New York War, and the other three aerospace aircraft carriers were extremely armed combat weapons!

    "Is this the means of transportation of SHIELD?"

    "Yes, aerospace carrier."

    Tony Stark and James Rhodes, wearing their respective steel suits, stood by the fence watching the aerospace aircraft carriers emerge from the cabin.

    Both of them couldn''t help but marvel at these few warships that could fly into the sky. Even if they had seen them before, they had to admire this epoch-making tool of war.

    "Where is Naraku Uehara?"

    James Rhodes looked around and asked curiously: "He asked us to come here...Want to take us to that Wakanda?"

    "Ok¡­"

    Tony nodded slowly and continued: "Uehara Naraku persuaded the Security Council to allow the Avengers team to participate in this attack on Wakanda to eliminate the Hydra, which is considered to have lifted our sentence..."

    Just as the two of them were discussing Uehara Naraku, the flagship of the Aerospace Aircraft Carrier Battle Group suddenly opened the hatch, and the crew quickly cleared the deck.

    A woman in a red windbreaker flew over from the air and landed beside Tony Stark and James Rhodes, whispering softly: "Mr. Stark, Colonel Rhodes, Director Uehara let you board the ship quickly, five minutes Then we should go..."

    "Well, Wanda..."

    Tony Stark nodded kindly.

    Tony Stark didn''t have any problems with this newcomer who joined the Avengers. It was all handled by Naraku Uehara, and he didn''t mind paying attention to the new recruits of the Avengers.

    The only thing Tony cares about...

    Clean up Hydra and Bucky Barnes.

    As an avenger, Tony Stark wants to carry out his will this time, he wants to avenge his parents who died tragically in Bucky''s hands!

    Now the World Security Council is organizing an attack on Wakanda. In addition to the agents of S.H.I.E.L.D., only him, Rhodes, Naraku Uehara, and Wanda the Scarlet Witch in front of them participate as members of the Avengers team.

    after all¡­

    There is no need to let too many people know about Wakanda''s collusion with Hydra.

    Colonel Tony Stark and Rhode followed Wanda to board the flagship of the Aerospace carrier. They also met the commander Uehara Naraku in the command room.

    Uehara Naraku glanced at his teammates, nodded and greeted them, turned around and began to give his orders: "It''s almost time, get ready to set sail..."

    "Yes, sir."

    Along with the transmission of orders to the various control rooms, the ground of the command room of the Aerospace Aircraft Carrier shook slightly for a moment, and a sense of weightlessness instantly swept over the person''s body!

    next moment¡­

    The huge aerospace carrier flew into the sky!

    The other three aerospace combat aircraft carriers are also close behind!

    This battle group consisting of aerospace aircraft carriers flew into the sky mightily. After turning on the stealth mode, it flew directly in the direction of Wakanda, Africa!

    According to the flight speed of the aerospace carrier, they only departed a few hours later than Nick Fury, but they were able to arrive in the same time.

    Africa.

    Wakanda.

    The country''s land is mostly grasslands and mountains.

    In other words, what is exposed to the outside world is mostly grasslands and mountains. Ordinary people can''t see any trace of Wakanda as a technological power. They can only see the grazing tribes, but they are raising precious rhinos. .

    Once these rhinos put on Zhejin equipment, they will quickly become soldiers shaking the ground. They belong to a large tribe under King Wakanda.

    Nick Fury, Steve Rogers and others watched that their plane did not stop at Wakanda''s airport at all, but kept lowering its altitude and flew towards a forest area on the ground.

    "If you fly at such a low altitude again..."

    Steve Rogers used to fly a plane, and he was very unhappy about flying at low altitudes: "Let the captain climb up quickly, otherwise we might crash into the mountain..."

    "no need."

    Nick Fury shook his head and continued in a deep voice: "We will be able to reach the real capital of Wakanda soon. King Techaka is waiting for us at the airport..."

    This time when I came to Wa, I was a little short-sighted. I didn''t quite understand how to do this. They could only walk through the forest.

    Until...

    passed through a thin protective cover.

    A group of people who came together in a plane quickly began to look at everything around them. They also noticed that the **** enemy was the patrol sergeant the baby saw

    of course. .

    They also saw the real look.

    One by one tall technology buildings and densely packed high-end buildings stand in the sky of Wakanda, showing the true face of this country that has always been hidden.

    The people present couldn¡¯t help but sit on the side of the plane¡¯s glass, and their eyes reflected the extremely prosperous capital of Wakanda, full of futuristic technology.

    This is Wakanda.

    looks incompatible with the African environment.

    Once it broke through the protective line of Wakanda, the plane from the United States finally stopped its formation and landed at the capital airport of Wakanda.

    What awaits them is...

    is the current King Wakanda and the current Black Panther Techaka.

    This black king is not young anymore, but because of the characteristics of the African, he still looks very strong.

    In fact, Techaka is already planning to retire.

    If the opportunity is right, Techaka intends to retire directly and give the power of Wakanda and the Panthers to his son Techala.

    Result...

    This happened when it was about to retire.

    The mood of the old king Techaka can be imagined.

    "Welcome to Wakanda."

    Tchaka stepped forward, UU Reading stood with the people who had come down from nearby, and stretched out his palms towards them friendly: "Da Ming Jiuyang, Mr. Nick Fury, and Steve Captain Rogers, Agent Natasha and Agent Clint..."

    "It should be said that we interrupted."

    Nick Fury reached out and took the palm of the black king.

    At this moment, the two blacks seem to be meeting teachers.

    Just after they said hello, Techaka did not shy away from it, and directly brought up the matter: "This time I would like to thank you all for your information... everything as you said, someone wants to fight Wakanda..."

    Boom!

    There was an explosion in the sky!

    One missile came from nowhere, and directly exploded on Wakanda''s defensive shield. A wave of ripples appeared on the defensive shield, but in the end it was unable to break through the defensive shield!

    Zhenjin Technology''s protective cover is not so easy to break through!

    is just one missile after another, as if they don¡¯t need money, and they are scattered on the defensive mask. It seems to be a simple catharsis, and does not care whether it can break through the protection of Wakanda...

    Along with the missile attack, four huge aerospace aircraft carriers appeared in the sky and slowly appeared above Wakanda in the shape of earth!

    This air-to-sky carrier battle group floated slowly in the sky, leaving huge groups of black shadows on the ground, which made people feel a little palpitating!

    The real protagonist of this war... here it is!

 Chapter 777ï¼š We have an obligation to protect the safety of Wakanda!

    The sky is no longer clear.

    Sky and Sky Aircraft Carrier Group adjusts their fighting form.

    The people on the ground watched the emergence of the aerospace carrier battle group, and watched the densely packed cannon barrels mobilized on the heavily armed combat aircraft carrier, and a sense of oppression came to their faces!

    "Open the protective cover."

    King Tchaka of Wakanda slowly calmed down, and after calmly reaching the order to open the protective shield, he turned to look at Nick Fury and others: "Don¡¯t worry, there is no weapon on the earth that can break through Wakanda¡¯s Protection..."

    as predicted.

    Three aerospace aircraft carriers open fire!

    Neither the cannon nor the missiles or large-caliber cannons could shake Wakanda''s defensive mask, which made Nick Fury and others slowly relieved.

    After the first tentative salvo of artillery.

    The agents on the Aerospace carrier quickly began to calculate the impact force that the defensive mask on the ground could withstand, and bad news appeared on each carrier.

    "Prepare to attack again."

    Uehara Naraku continued to issue the attack order, he raised his head and drank the juice in his hand, and put the cup on the tray next to him.

    Uehara Naraku''s figure disappeared in the same place, his figure appeared above the sky aircraft carrier, raised his hand and threw a punch toward the ground!

    A azure blue light flew down from an aerial aircraft carrier, like a brilliant meteor fire line, hitting the protective mask heavily!

    A violent shock wave swept across the grasslands of Wakanda!

    Next second...

    The original hard protective mask disappeared as quickly as it melted!

    "Fire."

    In the first time after the protective mask was broken, the Aerospace carrier battle group quickly adjusted, and launched another round of artillery bombardment toward the Wakanda on the ground!

    "Defense!"

    The Captain of the Dora Women''s Guard next to King Wakanda hurriedly spoke up and urged them, as they stood in front of them with a vibrating shield, resisting the artillery fire in the sky!

    This group of female escorts cover their king and their guests to retreat to a safe area. They don¡¯t think that the air carrier in the sky can be solved by the Dora escort!

    click click...

    click click...

    boom boom boom boom!

    Aerospace combat aircraft carrier adjusted the direction of the cannon, the roar of the cannon reverberated in the sky of Wakanda, and the gunfire of the main gun directly and completely destroyed the plane that was parked on the ground!

    at the same time.

    Uehara Nairobi stood in the command room of the aerospace carrier, looking through the glass at King Wakanda, Nick Fury and others who were fleeing below. He picked up the communication phone at hand and connected to Colonel Tony Stark and Rhode. Channel.

    "Tony, Colonel Rod, you can dispatch now."

    "it is good."

    "Understand."

    In the next second, two figures in steel suits flew out of the flagship of the Aerospace Aircraft Carrier, and Tony Stark and James Rod flew out of the cabin!

    Small missiles flew out of their steel suits, clearing out the Wakanda who were still trying to resist, and the two went straight to Nick Fury and the others!

    Compared with the overwhelming coverage of the aerial carrier battle group, Tony Stark and James Rhode¡¯s attacks are more precise, and their steel suits are also the strongest individual weapons on the planet!

    "Buggy Barnes! Don''t try to run away!"

    Tony Stark''s voice appeared on the battlefield. He drove his suit and flew towards Bucky Barnes, suddenly shooting an energy beam from his palm!

    A Wakanda''s guard stood up and suddenly lifted his cloak, a light blue protective shield blocked them in front of them, stopping the energy impact beam!

    "Tony?"

    Steve Rogers turned his head in surprise and looked at Tony Stark who was rushing: "How can Tony attack us, he is not..."

    "Don''t worry about that much!"

    Natasha grabbed Steve Rogers by the arm, and hurriedly urged: "Let¡¯s leave here with King Techaka to find a safe place. The combat aircraft carrier in the sky is the ultimate weapon manufactured by S.H.I.E.L.D. over the past few years. !"

    "He probably knew... I killed his father."

    Bucky Barnes directly said the answer, his eyes were somewhat obscure and painful: "Mr. Howard Stark and his wife...I killed..."

    "what!"

    Steve Rogers'' eyes widened in disbelief!

    What a joke!

    Steve Rogers and Howard Stark are old friends during World War II. The cooperation between him and Howard Stark and Paget Carter has been close...

    Now his comrade-in-arms Bucky Barnes suddenly broke the news, making Steve Rogers'' brains instantly messed up!

    "I think this is not the time to discuss these..."

    Wakanda¡¯s prince Techara held a vibrating spear in his hand and raised his hand to shoot an energy shock wave. The power of this energy shock was so fast that it directly knocked the rushing Tony Stark away. !

    After Techara repulsed Tony Stark, he shot back the war machine that wanted to fly, and then turned his head and continued: "Gentlemen, I still think we should leave here now and discuss these comparisons. Suitable¡­"

    If they continue to hide here, the artillery fire of those aerial aircraft carriers in the sky will soon submerge here, it is not that they can resist the flesh and blood of people...

    It is estimated that except for the black panther suit made of vibranium on his father Tchaka, it is estimated that the others on the scene will be torn to pieces by the cannon bullets, right?

    Nick Fury closely followed King Techaka and asked urgently: "Your Majesty, does Wakandane have no power to fight back?"

    "You can fight back..."

    Techaka nodded hesitantly, and continued: "However, the army needs a certain amount of preparation and reaction time, because this is the first time someone has invaded Wakanda..."

    The dangers encountered in this country in the past have been dealt with by his black panther and his subordinate intelligence agencies, and he has never encountered an enemy raid like today.

    and...

    Their most important defensive mask will be destroyed in one fell swoop.

    This is something that the Wakanda people have never experienced. The Wakanda people, who have always used vibrating weapons to be disadvantaged, did not expect that someone would be able to destroy their defensive masks directly.

    After this group of people escaped into the jungle, the machine guns of the Aerospace Aircraft Carrier Battle Group vented their gunfire at the entire jungle, turning the entire jungle into a sea of ??flames!

    In the jungle.

    The light blue protective shield flashed one after another.

    The existence of these vibrating protective weapons, which symbolizes Wakanda, ushered in the more saturated artillery design of the aerospace carrier, and the jungle was completely submerged by flames and cannonballs!

    In order to avoid being spotted by the aerospace carrier in the sky, Nick Fury and Steve Rogers hope that these Wakanda guards will cover their bodies as much as possible.

    Even they are still advancing close to the edge of the sea of ??fire, although this may cause them to fall into the sea of ??fire, but it can also prevent their location from being detected by thermal imaging.

    ten minutes later.

    The attack of the ¡¡¡¡ Kongtian aircraft carrier battle group finally stopped.

    S.H.I.E.L.D. agents determined that they had lost traces of the enemy based on their investigations, and the ultimate warships in the sky began to turn their course and flew toward the capital of Wakanda.

    "Tony."

    Nairo Uehara opened the communication channel between Tony Stark and Colonel James Rhodes, and whispered: "We can''t confirm the whereabouts of the enemy here. Bucky Barnes and the group will give it to you. Don''t hurt Vakkan. Members of the royal family of Da, let¡¯s go to occupy the capital of Wakanda and end this war as soon as possible..."

    "I know."

    Tony Stark took a deep breath, reactivated his steel suit, and flew towards the jungle fire.

    James Rhodes followed his friend with a war weapon, while speaking softly: "This war doesn''t seem to be that troublesome..."

    According to their military principles...

    Once the beheading plan is successful at this time, the war can basically be declared over, and then the ordinary garrison will deal with the security war.

    "Not sure yet..."

    Tony Stark disagreed with James Rod¡¯s opinion, and explained in a low voice: "A superhero brings more trouble than a country¡¯s army... as long as we can catch Steve... with the fighting power of other people. It doesn''t matter."

    Yes it is.

    As long as they can defeat Steve Rogers, the remaining group is not worth mentioning. Whether it is Clint, Natasha or Bucky Barnes, they will only become their prisoners.

    Maybe there is still some trouble...

    Such as the vibrating weapon of the Wakanda.

    Just now Tony Stark received the shock wave from the vibrato weapon frontally, and he was able to repel his steel suit. A single blow can release energy as much as a cannonball!

    As expected...

    Technology is the future.

    Just as Tony Stark and James Rod rushed into the flames in their steel suits, searching for Steve Rogers and Nick Fury and others, the two of them didn''t know that they were the abandoned sons of Uehara Naraku.

    to be frank¡­

    Uehara Naraku didn''t really believe that the two of them could defeat Steve Rogers, Bucky, Clint, Natasha, the current Black Panther Techaka, and the Captain of the Dora Guard and Prince Techa with a vibrating weapon beside him. Pull.

    said rudely...

    Wakanda is a real super soldier manufacturing kingdom. Anyone can become a super soldier with the blessing of powerful vibrating weapons.

    does not matter.

    Anyway, it just caused them to delay the time. This period of time should probably be enough for Naraku Uehara to lead the S.H.I.E.L.D. agents to occupy the capital of Wakanda.

    Who made the country of Wakanda so small?

    The military power of the entire country is not concentrated. Among them, only the Dora Guards are responsible for guarding the royal army in the capital, and most of the other armies are distributed in various tribes.

    Now that the captain of Dora''s guard and the king are trapped in the jungle outside the capital, who else can gather soldiers in the capital to resist?

    The flagship of the ¡¡¡¡ Kongtian aircraft carrier hovered over the capital of Wakanda.

    The other three combat aircraft carriers encircled the entire capital city in a triangle, and their sturdy cannons aimed at the high-rise buildings in the city.

    A burst of radio sound echoed in the city.

    "Hello everyone, this is Naraku Uehara."

    "Under the World Security Council, Director of S.H.I.E.L.D. Bureau."

    "Please don¡¯t resist, everyone in this city, especially a certain royal princess. I know that her Royal Highness must be in the hands of Wakanda¡¯s strongest batch of vibrations, but please don¡¯t think that vibrations can determine everything. ."

    Uehara Nairo specifically mentioned Suri, the daughter of the current king of Wakanda. He knew that this little princess of Wakanda was one of the top scientists on earth.

    Or she can be any kind of scholar.

    Because Princess Suri is also a super medical expert.

    Because of her exposure to Zhenjin Technology since she was a child, this princess can be comparable to Tony Stark, Bruce Banner and others in scientific talent.

    plus she is a member of the royal family...

    If Wakanda really has any terrifying vibrating weapon of mass destruction, then probably the princess should be the one who holds this weapon.

    "These invaders..."

    In the underground Zhenjin laboratory, a black girl bit her lip bitterly, her finger stopped on the side of a button and was suspended.

    And in front of her are several virtual screens.

    These virtual screens show exactly the locations and areas where several aerospace aircraft carriers are located. If she wants to solve these aerospace aircraft carriers, she must find a way to solve the disasters caused by the fall of these aerospace aircraft carriers in advance.

    Once these aerospace carriers land in the city...

    will surely make the smaller half of Wakanda''s capital into ruins!

    A middle-aged black woman walked in and whispered: "Suri, can''t you open the protective shield of the city?"

    This woman...

    is the current queen of Wakanda.

    "Mom, the situation is more troublesome than you think..."

    The black girl shook her head, her eyes full of entanglement and anxiety: "Someone on these battleships can destroy our protective shield in one blow..."

    When she said this, she raised her hand and swiped the virtual screen in front of her, and a video replay appeared on the screen.

    is the command flagship of the aerospace carrier.

    A figure appeared out of thin air above the Kongtian aircraft carrier, raised his hand and threw a punch, only one blow broke their protective shield!

    This kind of power beyond the scientific cognition of girls...

    is also the reason why Suri dare not act rashly.

    "We can''t give in..."

    Suri bit her teeth and said with a deep breath: "But... now we have to find a way to delay, when my father and brother come back, their clothes are protected by vibrating gold... they must be safe in the bombing just now."

    "I think so¡­"

    A voice quietly appeared in this laboratory.

    Just as the princess of Wakanda was discussing with the queen, a black hole corroded the space, slowly corroding a door of space.

    A young man in a black trench coat walked out of the black hole, nodded at them with a smile, and said softly: "I don''t need to introduce myself, right? My information should have appeared on your desk long ago. . UU reading www.uukANAshu.com"

    "..."

    The two women in the royal family of Wakanda were silent.

    The young man in front of him does not need to be introduced. The new director of SHIELD has been playing an unqualified successor in the world. Everyone knows that SHIELD has slowly declined since he took office...

    Result...

    Now this guy named Uehara Naraku led S.H.I.E.L.D. into Wakanda, and directly captured the capital of Wakanda. It has already shown that this guy is not a weak thing!

    Uehara Naraku looked at the silent queen and princess and nodded in satisfaction.

    "Since both of you have no opinion..."

    "Then, now let me talk about my intentions!"

    "I would like to borrow some of the most advanced cities on the earth to announce something. I hope the Wakanda royal family will not mind."

    "Before the return of His Majesty the King and the Prince, we, as subordinates of the World Security Council, are also obliged to help protect the safety of the capital of Wakanda."

    "As for now, in order to avoid the chaos of the armed forces in this city, and to prevent the people in this city from being confused about who is the owner of the city, please first ask the two soldiers in the royal capital to lay down their weapons..."

    Uehara Naraku reached out and picked up a vibrating weapon in the laboratory, and while twisting it calmly, he sighed in a low voice, "After all, I don''t want to destroy the most advanced technology on the earth for some trivial things. Where''s the city..."

 Chapter 778ï¼š Anyway, when I get here, there is no turning back.

    Wakanda, the royal capital.

    As a scientist, Princess Suri can recognize the situation.

    The guy in front of him who twisted the vibrato with his bare hands is definitely not something that the guards of this city can solve. Perhaps only the king who relies on the power of the black panther can contend.

    Wakanda¡¯s royal guard, Dora¡¯s guards, under the orders of the queen and Princess Suri, protected them from leaving the capital, and forced their homes to the invaders.

    "Do you need me to hunt them down?"

    Wanda stood behind Naraku Uehara, watching the group of women who had left the capital, with an indifferent killing intent on their faces: "The weapons of this country are quite strange, and they are a threat to our people after all. "

    "no need."

    Uehara Naraku did not stop them from leaving.

    Uehara Naraku is very much looking forward to them finding the king of Wakanda and his party. When these people return as avengers, he can take advantage of the trend to wipe out the rebels.

    "Go and direct our people to unload the vibraphone."

    Uehara Nairobi turned and walked towards the palace hall, Gu Zi instructed Wanda standing behind him: "After they take away the vibrating weapons from Wakanda''s warehouse, let all the air and sky aircraft carriers go back!"

    "Yes."

    Wanda lowered his head slightly and said in a low voice: "Don''t you need to let them face the rebels who may make a comeback at any time?"

    "There is no need for these ordinary people to bear this."

    "Yes."

    The scarlet witch, who has always been sharp-edged, was silent for a long time, then suddenly spoke softly and continued to ask: "My lord, you need me to wait for those..."

    "If you want...whatever."

    Uehara Naraku responded indifferently, and then said: "Oh, yes, let them put down Agent Colson and Agent Hill."

    Wakanda¡¯s warehouse has accumulated vibrating weapons manufactured over thousands of years. The vibrating used by these vibrating weapons is only one thousandth of Wakanda¡¯s vibrating reserves.

    For the agents of S.H.I.E.L.D. and Hydra, these vibrating weapons dazzled them, and it took a lot of time just to carry them.

    In addition to some conventional vibro weapons, there are also many precious materials such as flying vehicles, medical machines, and experimental machines manufactured by Zhenjin Technology.

    This action to attack Wakanda can be said to have been very rewarding. Several aerospace aircraft carriers with a deadweight not enough to exceed the load were all directly filled with hundreds of tons of vibration gold ore.

    According to the supply of Zhenjin market and the non-renewable relationship of Zhenjin, the price of Zhenjin is about ten thousand US dollars per gram, and there is no market for a long time, and the price of materials taken from these aerospace aircraft carriers exceeds trillions of dollars. .

    This war is really easy and profitable.

    All the aerospace aircraft carriers that came to participate in the war returned with full load.

    Only the commander of this war stayed here. He was still sitting in Wakanda''s palace, in the tallest building in Wakanda, quietly waiting for the arrival of the group of rebels.

    Agent Hill and Coleson are also locked here.

    and in the hall on the first floor of the palace.

    Scarlet Witch Wanda finally chose to stay here to accompany Naraku Uehara, and now she wants to serve as the first line of defense to stop the rebels of Wakanda.

    If relying on her mental superpowers, if those avengers underestimate her power, they will definitely keep their lives in the first line of defense forever.

    This is a woman who can contend Thanos on her own in the future!

    The issue is¡­

    Wanda thinks a bit too much.

    This woman thought she was helping Naraku Uehara to clean up her enemies. She didn''t know that her actions made Naraku Uehara feel like the ultimate boss.

    And Wanda is the gatekeeper before the Avengers attack the BOSS.

    This feeling¡­

    is too much like a villain.

    the next day.

    early in the morning.

    In the jungle outside the capital of Wakanda.

    The entire army of Wakanda Kingdom has been assembled.

    King Techaka and Prince Techala of Wakanda assisted Steve Rogers and others in defeating Tony Stark and James Rhodes who came to avenge Bucky, and took them to join the Queen and Princess Suri. Wakanda''s army led.

    And while they were on their way, Tony Stark''s eyes were still full of hatred for Bucky Barnes, and it seemed that he might violently kill at any time.

    Just to ensure safety, Tony was disarmed by them.

    Steve Rogers started to persuade Tony with a worried face, hoping that his friend would also let go of his hatred: "Tony, that''s not what Bucky wants to do. Hydra controlled him..."

    "Heh, aren''t you just Hydra?"

    Tony Stark''s mouth flashed with sarcasm, his gaze slowly looked at everyone in the court, and finally fell on Nick Fury.

    Now, who doesn¡¯t know that Nick Fury is a spy for Hydra?

    "You were deceived."

    Nick Fury rubbed his temple helplessly, and explained in a deep voice: "The people of Hydra control the World Security Council, control S.H.I.E.L.D., and may even be able to influence the White House. In order to destroy us, define us as The terrorists of Hydra are wanted..."

    "To be honest, I don''t believe you are Hydra..."

    Colonel Rod spread out his palms and whispered about him: "But why did you feign death? Uehara Naraku was very painful when he knew that he was deceived..."

    "I know...I know all..."

    Nick Fury slowly nodded his head, and continued: "But Uehara also believes that we people were framed, otherwise he won''t help us all the time..."

    "I understand very well."

    Colonel Rod nodded and continued: "If it weren''t for Uehara, maybe Tony and I would be treated as Hydra spies for the murder of the former President..."

    They have the same experience.

    Because they all accepted the help of Uehara Naraku.

    Almost everyone present has dealt with Uehara Naraku, and almost everyone has received the help of Uehara Naraku. For this friend who has been helping them, everyone is still very grateful.

    just...

    They chatted and talked...

    found something not quite right.

    If Uehara Naraku has been helping the people of both of them, why did they go to the point where they have to fight for their lives now? Especially after Uehara fell under the bombardment of the aerospace carrier, he sent Tony Stark and James Rhodes to hunt them down.

    Wakanda''s prince Techara, bystander Kiyoshi, first said what was not quite right inside: "Wait...if the Director Naraku Uehara knew the truth, why would you let you and Mr. Iron Man chase us?"

    "..."

    The people present suddenly got stuck.

    "It should be for us to contact."

    Natasha put forward a guess, and she continued to analyze it softly: "If Uehara does not send them out to pursue our mission, it will be difficult for Colonel Tony and Rhode to leave the control of the World Security Council..."

    This guess is very reasonable.

    People subconsciously don''t want to believe that Uehara Naraku will be the enemy.

    Steve Rogers frowned and asked a little bit about this: "But Uehara can tell Stark and Colonel Rhodes the truth..."

    Clint raised his eyebrows. He insisted on Natasha''s judgment: "Until we find out, no one can be sure what is the truth... We are not sure whether there is a Hydra around us, and Uehara may not be sure either. Captain Rogers, those suspicions that may exist with Hitler on your body have not been cleaned up at all!"

    "This is not the time to discuss these."

    Nick Fury interrupted their possible dispute, and said solemnly: "What we have to do now is to end this inexplicable war..."

    to be frank¡­

    There are more people who believe that Uehara Naraku.

    Is not this nonsensical¡­

    A group of people always accept the help of Uehara Naraku. No one is embarrassed to doubt this person who has been helping them, especially this person is still giving charcoal in a difficult situation...

    If he did nothing, they might be wiped out by the agents of the World Security Council early...

    As for Steve Rogers¡¯ guess, it¡¯s just that he was a bit betrayed by his teammates, so his nerves were a little nervous.

    Until the group of them met Princess Suri and the army of Wakanda, most people still believed that Nairo Uehara deliberately saved Princess Suri and the queen, otherwise these two royal family members and Dora''s guards would resist because of resistance. And was killed.

    This statement...

    really makes sense.

    Now that the aerospace carrier battle group has left Wakanda, there is no firepower in the sky that can threaten this army.

    After everyone assembled, the mighty Wakanda army and the Avengers followed Wakanda''s King Tchaka to regain the capital.

    They took it for granted that many people would remain in the World Security Council, but they did not encounter any resistance all the way and went straight into the royal capital.

    Until...

    They arrived at the palace.

    When the guards of the Dora Guard were about to enter the palace to re-establish the defense line, a strong ray of mental power wrapped their bodies and threw them out of the door directly!

    "There are enemies!"

    The entire Dora guard is on alert instantly!

    In addition to Tony Stark, who was still handcuffed, the Avengers quickly took out their own weapons. This ability is obviously not ordinary humans!

    "Oh, that is Wanda."

    Colonel Rod recognized that this was Wanda¡¯s ability, and turned around to explain: "Wanda is a newly recruited Avengers. Because your defections caused heavy losses to the Avengers team, Uehara Naraku had to recruit a new super The capable person maintains..."

    Just as James Rhodes wanted to explain in a whisper, a ray of bright red mental power suddenly appeared and entangled his body, slamming him against the wall!

    "Be careful!"

    Steve Rogers flew out and dragged Colonel Rhodes over, a dignified look flashed across his face, and he raised his hand and grabbed his shield!

    Nick Fury held a pistol in his hand and shook his head and said in a low voice: "This kind of behavior is not like what an avenger should do... She should be our enemy, maybe someone else has intervened in revenge. The person..."

    "Then subdue her first!"

    Steve Rogers took the lead in raising his shield and rushing in!

    As Captain America, what Steve Rogers did the most was to take the lead when in trouble, even though this put him in danger countless times...

    However, his body flew out at a faster speed!

    A touch of bright red mental power directly wrapped his body, instantly smashed his body through the walls of the palace, and threw the Captain America on the street!

    This is embarrassing...

    Steve Rogers was thrown out without even seeing the enemy. He awkwardly helped his body stand up, and limped to the side of his shield.

    "Let us come..."

    Wakanda''s Prince Techara suppressed her smile.

    The prince beckoned to command Wakanda''s army to assemble, a strong soldier raised the vibrating shield in their hands, and a protective shield appeared in front of them.

    These soldiers advanced slowly and cautiously.

    Countless tables, chairs and bricks were directly smashed down!

    Under the strong spiritual blessing, Wanda can control everything around him unscrupulously, even the slabs of the ground are cracking fast, and the stones are piled up quickly, and all the advancing soldiers are trapped in the earth!

    Taking advantage of this opportunity, Steve Rogers waved the vibrating gold buckler in his hand, blocked all the attacking objects, and rushed to the woman in the red windbreaker in the palace hall!

    Bucky Barnes holds a submachine gun in his hand, just like 70 years ago, closely following his comrades in support at any time. The cooperation between the two people is still tacit, and their hearts can''t help but feel a little stunned. a feeling of¡­

    Clint, Natasha and Nick Fury also sneaked into the hall along the window. Everyone raised their weapons in their hands and aimed at Wanda, who was standing in the middle of the hall!

    Wakanda¡¯s King Techaka wore a black panther suit, and rushed into the palace like a cheetah. His son Techaka and daughter Suri looked at their father enviously, and they both took it. The vibrating weapon rushed in afterward!

    "You have been surrounded..."

    Nick Fury held his pistol and aimed at Wanda, and wanted to persuade him to surrender: "No matter who you are under..."

    A ray of bright red spiritual power hovered in the hall like a ghost, and any place swept by spiritual power was as if swept by a storm and destroyed!

    "Shoot!"

    Nick Fury''s command is not needed at all!

    Clint''s bow and arrow suddenly shot!

    Bucky Barnes and Nick Fury raised their guns and shot them, and one bullet flew towards Wanda''s fragile body. They dare not gamble with their lives!

    "Trouble..."

    Wanda frowned and retracted her mental power. She quickly raised her palm to prop up a red shield in front of her, blocking all incoming bullets.

    patter...

    The bullets fell on the floor...

    When everyone saw this scene, the same thought came to mind.

    This is a pretty tricky woman.

    This woman''s superpowers are almost omnipotent. Whether it is attack, defense or control, it can be easily achieved by relying on super powers.

    of course.

    This woman is not without shortcomings!

    Almost everyone present is a good combatant. They probably already know that this woman may only be able to do one thing with super powers under her concentration...

    Steve Rogers and Bucky exchanged glances. He slammed his shield towards Wanda. The shield made of vibrating alloy could almost destroy steel, let alone attack a woman''s body!

    Wanda hurriedly raised his palm, controlled the shield with his mental power, and threw the shield out!

    This time is enough...

    Before Wanda could react again, the submachine gun in Bucky''s hand fired a shuttle of bullets, which instantly penetrated Wanda''s body!

    bunches of blood blossoms!

    Wanda lowered his head in disbelief, slowly stretched out his hand to stroke his body, his palm was quickly stained with a cloud of red blood...

    this is¡­

    Is her blood?

    Is this the end?

    The others present couldn¡¯t believe that this woman who was still arrogant just now was murdered by two veterans, Steve Rogers and Bucky, with such a small trick...

    Just as Wanda felt that her life was fast passing by, a somewhat boring voice appeared in her ears: "The subordinates who always like to make their own decisions will make my boss very troubled... "

    Just as this voice sounded, a ray of light green light flew over the palace hall, and it fell directly on Wanda...

    When this pale green light enveloped Wanda''s body, the wound on her body healed quickly, and the bullets flew backwards from her wound...

    this is¡­

    The power of time.

    Time seemed to redefine Wanda¡¯s body, quickly returning her body to what it should have been. This scene made everyone stunned...

    this world¡­

    Is there still this kind of ability to bring people back to life?

    Do not¡­

    it should be¡­

    The ability to turn back time!

    When everyone was surprised at Wanda¡¯s death, Naraku Uehara¡¯s gentle voice echoed in the hall of the palace: "Wanda, if you accidentally killed them just now, it would make me very unhappy... "

    At this point, Uehara Naraku''s voice suddenly became cold again: "Of course, they killed my subordinates just now, which made me feel even more unhappy..."

    "Okay, everyone..."

    "Come up with Wanda!"

    "I arranged for you to come here anyway, there is no turning back, right?"

 Chapter 779ï¼š Iâ€™m Hydra, the 9-headed snake, and the king of S.H.I.E.L.D. agents...

    thing¡­

    It seems that something unexpected has happened.

    Uehara Naraku''s voice and attitude were a little different from what he should have. This guy has never had such a...high posture in front of anyone.

    Whether he became a superhero, whether he became an intern of the Space Peace Organization, or whether he became the director of S.H.I.E.L.D. Bureau, Uehara Naraku has never changed.

    Nowadays¡­

    He has become different.

    Everyone feels a little uneasy.

    After hearing Uehara Naraku''s order, Wanda walked into the elevator swiftly, reaching out and pressing on the number on the top floor of the building, her eyes swept over the people who stopped at the door: "You guys, don''t you dare to go up? "

    "..."

    Who is this mocking!

    Steve Rogers walked into the elevator first. Fortunately, the elevator in the Wakanda Palace was large enough for them to squeeze in together.

    "What is the relationship between you and Uehara?"

    Nick Fury stared at the hot crimson witch. The king of agents had no obsession in his eyes, only strong vigilance: "Are you a Hydra spy? Hydra brainwashed my original subordinates? Or Uehara? ¡­"

    "..."

    Wanda thought for a second. When she wanted to talk about Uehara Naraku, she remembered the training she had received from a man named Ichimaru Gin before she came to Uehara Naraku.

    It shouldn''t be said...

    Never speak.

    Thinking of the light-purple-haired man with squinting eyes and smiling, Wanda turned his head and did not look at Nick Fury, and responded indifferently: "The ignorant who is doomed...If you want to know this, let the adults tell it in person. You!"

    After speaking, Wanda refused to speak again, but stood beside the glass elevator, looking down at the scenery of Wakanda Royal Capital.

    The speed of the elevator is very fast.

    Everyone''s eyes slowly stopped on the elevator display, watching the numbers increase little by little until it was about to reach the top of the building, everyone''s mood became tense!

    No one can be sure what traps will be here!

    Just as Steve Rogers raised his shield and walked out first, he only saw a man above the throne of Wakanda.

    The man was sitting on the throne with his back to the elevator, and he was also looking at Wakanda, the country of science and technology. The morning sun fell on him, making his body glow with infinite light.

    "only one person?"

    "Uehara?"

    "Uehara Naraku?"

    A group of people came out cautiously from the elevator.

    "Good morning."

    Sitting on the throne, Naraku Uehara turned around slowly, and stretched out his hand gracefully and snapped his fingers: "It seems that fewer people are coming than I thought. It seems that I need to add two more viewers..."

    Captain America Steve Rogers.

    The Winter Soldier Bucky Barnes.

    Former S.H.I.E.L.D. Director Nick Fury.

    Black Widow Natasha Romanoff.

    Hawkeye Clint Barton.

    Wakanda is the current King Techaka.

    Prince Wakanda, the future Black Panther Techara.

    And Iron Man Tony Stark and War Machine Colonel James Rhodes captured by them on the road, plus Wanda the Scarlet Witch under Naruto Uehara.

    Almost half of the Avengers are here...

    but¡­

    Uehara still feels that this audience is not good...

    Uehara Naraku''s lips flashed a touch of disgust. Perhaps in the future, when doing things in the universe, more audiences will be needed?

    Forget it...

    At least that''s the case now.

    Next second.

    With the crisp sound of Uehara Naruko''s finger snapping, two groups of black shadows fell out of thin air. It was Agent Colson and Agent Hill.

    "..."

    Nick Fury''s eyes tightened in an instant. He glanced at the two subordinates he once trusted the most, but later these two subordinates defected and brought him a lot of trouble...

    Not long ago, Coleson joined the World Security Council and even provided intelligence to help the World Security Council want to hunt down his former boss...

    Nick Fury glanced at Naraku Uehara, who was sitting on the throne.

    Ok¡­

    This subordinate also has problems.

    If Nick Fury desperately wants his brain to think better, he can probably make up a section of Naruto Uehara who captured the two Hydra spies, Coulson and Hill, and brought them to his former boss to claim credit. ¡­

    Can''t think about it anymore.

    Because of this kind of thing, Uehara Naraku can really do it...

    The only problem is that it was the Uehara Naraku he had known before!

    Now this Uehara Naraku makes Nick Fury feel a little strange. He clearly speaks in exactly the same tone, but he has a sense of crisis in him that makes Nick Fury''s heart palpitating...

    This is from the keenness of a king of agents!

    "Director Fury, why do you look at me that way?"

    Uehara Naraku tilted his head and raised his fingers to Colson and Hill who fell to the ground: "I helped you catch the traitor back. Shouldn''t you be grateful to me at this time?"

    "Don''t say such stupid things..."

    Nick Fury retorted subconsciously, his eyes sharpened when he saw Uhara Naraku instantly: "Aren''t you going to tell us all the truth? Now that we have reached this point, there is no point in concealing anything, right? ¡­"

    Nick Fury held his pistol tightly in the palm of his hand, even though he knew that the pistol was useless for a superhero like Uehara Naraku...

    This man, once known as the King of Agents, forced his emotions to calm down: "Tell me... Uehara... how much truth is concealed under the black water..."

    "Let me think..."

    Uehara Naruto stretched out her fingers and rubbed her temples, with a smile on the corners of her mouth, and said, "Let me think about it, let me think about it, when did I start talking about it... or do I start from one of you?"

    "..."

    This guy is too arrogant!

    Everyone present couldn''t help but look at each other, how could it feel that this guy has become so shameless, how many shameful things he has done...

    Not only can it be classified in detail in terms of time...

    You can also start from the story of each of them...

    "Everyone''s eyes are too rude..."

    Uehara Naraku looked at their gazes and couldn''t help but shook his head and sighed: "I just did a trivial thing for everyone... If you''re serious, maybe it should start when I was transferred to SHIELD. Right?"

    "after all¡­"

    The corner of Uehara Naraku''s mouth was hooked, UU reading chuckled and said, "It was very hard for Chief Pierce to find a way to transfer me to S.H.I.E.L.D.E.L.D.!"

    "..."

    Nick Fury''s fingers trembled slightly!

    Uehara Naraku is really a Hydra!

    In the entire S.H.I.E.L.D. Bureau, no matter how many people he suspects, he would never want to doubt Uehara Naraku, because this guy is not like a Hydra spy in any way...

    but¡­

    It''s because he doesn''t look like...

    It has been lurking until now!

    "Spying is hard work."

    Uehara Naraku raised his head and looked at the ceiling above, and said quietly: "I worked for S.H.I.E.L.D. and Hydra. Sometimes I can''t tell whether I am a spy of Hydra or S.H.I.E.L.D. Agent..."

    "..."

    Everyone''s nervous mood eased a lot in an instant.

    This guy seems to be a poor man...

    Just as they were a little relaxed, and even sighed at the mental state of Uehara Naraku, Uehara Naraku spoke again...

    "This feeling is painful..."

    Uehara Naraku still looked at the ceiling and sighed faintly: "In order to solve my abnormal mental state, I had to kill Chief Pierce and the other leaders of Hydra and became the only commander of Hydra..."

    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku''s eyes fell on Nick Fury, and he continued softly: "But this is not enough...so I took the opportunity to drive away Director Fury and make myself the director of S.H.I.E.L.D. Bureau... "

    "Because this is the only way..."

    "When I think I am a Hydra, I am Hydra''s leader, Hydra!"

    "When I think I am S.H.I.E.L.D., I am the king of agents in this world!"

 ~ï¼š Take a leave, a little bit of kavin

Not satisfied with the writing.

 Chapter 780ï¼š Now, is anyone interrupting me?

    Sounds at first

    What Uehara Naraku said was a little sympathetic.

    A double agent who lives in entanglement every day is prone to psychological problems. Many people who are not determined may even suffer from schizophrenia or even commit suicide.

    Is this a serious spy?

    Where is this kind of person, because I can¡¯t tell if I¡¯m S.H.I.E.L.D. or Hydra, I simply become the boss of these two organizations.

    But this is also right. Uehara Naraku becomes the boss of two opposing departments, so there is no need to worry about whether he is a Hydra or S.H.I.E.L.D.E.L.D.

    It''s a genius that people can''t even think of

    but

    This is nonsense!

    Even Coleson, who was lying on the ground, couldn''t listen anymore, stubbornly raised his head and hurriedly said: "Don''t listen to his nonsense!"

    Coleson has met many people of all kinds.

    However, he still believes that Uehara Naraku is the only conspirator he has ever seen in his life. This guy is deep-minded, delicate, bold, and unscrupulous.

    If you talk about being a villain and the legendary villain, then Uehara Naraku is undoubtedly the most successful one. No matter what Ivan Vanke, Obadestan, or even the red skeleton that made Hydra popular in the first place, it may not be as good as the red skull. Uehara Naraku''s insidious deceit

    "all of these"

    "Everything"

    "Everything you see"

    "Everything now, everything! No matter what you see, it is the conspiracy of Uehara Naraku. He is watching all this behind the scenes. No, it should be said that he is controlling all of this. He is the worst in the world. Criminals!"

    ""

    The audience looked at Coleson dumbfounded.

    I don''t know how long these words held in Coleson''s mouth, he suddenly had a chance to speak, and Coleson was excited!

    Even if he was thrown to the ground, he was a little excited and couldn''t help but stand up forcefully, wanting to continue to point out Uehara Naraku''s sin!

    ""

    Uehara Naraku was a little depressed.

    Oh shit

    How could this person **** his lines!

    Coleson, the bastard, said that he was a villain. Didn''t he know that snatching lines and spoilers was the biggest crime?

    to be honest

    This kind of crime is much more serious than Coulson''s attempt to attack him.

    "Hello, Colson."

    Uehara Naraku''s eyelids twitched, rolled his eyes at Coleson, and murmured: "You''re not a party, do you know it again?"

    "I"

    Coulson was stuck for a second, and then he subconsciously retorted: "I am not the person involved, I am the victim!"

    ""

    But you can do it!

    Uehara Naruko didn''t want to pay attention to him anymore, but shook his head speechlessly, and suddenly stretched out his palm toward Coulson!

    "You are not a victim"

    A red light appeared between Uehara Naraku''s palms, and his mental power directly controlled the floor to float, blending Coleson into the ground, and even his mouth was sealed by a flat stone!

    "Hmm"

    Coleson''s throat desperately wanted to make a sound.

    "Now is not the time for you to speak."

    Uehara Naraku''s body floated from the throne out of thin air and flew to Coleson''s side. He looked down at Coleson and chuckled: "Coleson, you are my carefully arranged witness, not the most important thing. At that time, didn''t the witnesses were not allowed to speak?"

    "Uuuuuuu"

    There was even a bit of crying in Coleson''s throat!

    Ever since Uehara Nairo framed him and Agent Hill, this **** has controlled these voices, making him, an old subordinate who is loyal to Nick Fury, a scapegoat!

    Now he still doesn''t let him talk!

    Is this still a person!

    "Uehara"

    Nick Fury frowned and looked at Coleson, who was a little miserably melted into the floor, and couldn''t help but said: "Can you let Coleson go first? Let''s say something slowly. Anyway, everyone is here. There is nothing left. Can you hide it?"

    "Yes, maybe"

    Uehara Naraku''s words were a bit ambiguous. He nodded slowly, raised his hand to create a stone chair on the floor, and reached out to invite them to sit down: "The story we are going to tell will be very long. It is better to sit down and drink a glass of juice. ?"

    ""

    The people here couldn''t help but stare at each other.

    No one thought that Naraku Uehara would still be able to remain calm in this situation. He still wanted to have a tea party during this kind of showdown?

    Do not

    The situation is a bit bad

    Nick Fury''s heart suddenly beat a little, if everything is under the control of Uehara Naraku, why can''t Uehara Naraku be calm!

    Uehara Naraku in front of you

    It really makes Nick Fury feel that he doesn''t know this person.

    For example, Uehara Naraku''s attitude when speaking, seems to have been standing high in the world. This is not something that can be cultivated by being the director of S.H.I.

    For example, Uehara Naraku¡¯s scheming is deeper than his tenth-level agent. Even he can''t see that Uehara Naraku is a hydra in normal times. Who would have thought that a man who was unqualified for an agent would be an aegis. The most hidden spy in the game?

    Let¡¯s talk about Naraku Uehara¡¯s weird superpowers

    Nick Fury looked at Coelson who was imprisoned by the floor, and then at the pile of stone benches that appeared out of nowhere on the floor, his eyes gradually faint.

    This ability

    Simply unheard of!

    This is not like the super power conferred by the Universe Rubik''s Cube!

    Because Nick Fury had seen with his own eyes what a superman created by the energy of the universe''s Rubik''s Cube would look like, so it is definitely not what Uehara Naraku is now!

    "Don''t talk too much nonsense with the enemy."

    King Techaka of Wakanda walked towards Nairo Uehara one step at a time, and said: "Now first control the damage that the enemy may cause to Wakanda."

    The old King Tchaka was a little uneasy.

    Tchaka didn''t know why this Uehara Naraku had a showdown in their Wakanda palace. It originated from the panther-like vigilance of the panthers in their family, which made him extremely vigilant about Uehara Naraku.

    Who knows what other conspiracy this guy has?

    Who would believe that a conspirator who may be the most troublesome in this world, just wants to chat with them here, who knows if his Hydra subordinates are coming here, wanting to come and attack Wakanda again ?

    perhaps

    This guy wants to procrastinate?

    As Techaka, wearing a black panther suit, stepped forward, his son Techaka followed closely behind with a vibrating spear, and the eyes of the others became a little sharp.

    The old king was right.

    As long as Uehara Naraku is taken down, he can ask whatever he wants to know, all they have to do is grab him, not chat here!

    Uehara Naraku''s brows couldn''t help but frowned, and he sighed, "Can''t you really be a little calmer? I have helped you a lot. Why do I always have such ungrateful people?"

    "grown ups."

    Wanda waved his hands, bright red mental power brewing in her palms, and a touch of scarlet gradually appeared in her eyes: "Let me clean them up! I won''t make any more mistakes."

    "There is no such need."

    Uehara Naraku gently shook his head, stretched out his hand and waved his hand, and screened the Scarlet Witch who wanted to take a shot next to him: "King Techaka is an old superhero. We must respect the senior even if only a little bit."

    After speaking, a group of green light glowed from Uehara Naraku''s fingertips, and fell on the Wakanda King Techaka standing in the forefront like a meteor!

    "carefully!"

    But it''s too late!

    Te Chaka felt the green light entwined on her body, UU reading www.uukanshu. Com his brows wrinkled slightly, the old king only felt that his body was slowly regaining its strength when he was young, and his flesh and blood was gradually becoming younger!

    What power is this!

    Is it giving him the wrong ability?

    How does it feel like being added by the enemy before the fight?

    Do not

    wrong!

    When Techaka''s body time returned to his peak almost quickly, it was just that the time hadn''t stopped, and his body was still going backwards!

    this is

    How far do you want his body to recede!

    In a blink of an eye

    Just in full view!

    Time seems to be slow to let people not feel the passing, but time is passing fast on Techaka!

    "Wow ah ah ah"

    The cry of a baby spread loudly throughout the hall.

    A black child curled up in a black panther suit, crying with tears in his eyes, his body couldn''t support the suit, and he couldn''t stand up even after crying, and fell directly to the ground.

    The child is crying harder

    Everyone only feels that in just a few seconds, the young Black Panther King Techaka has become a baby again, returning to his childhood.

    This power

    Almost more incredible than letting people come back to life!

    How can this kind of power make people go back to the past!

    "If he is no longer a senior, then there is no need for respect"

    A smile appeared at the corner of Uehara Naraku''s mouth, and he looked down at the baby Tchaka: "Of course, for children, we still have to take care of some babies who are so fragile after all, but they can''t withstand the shock of a battle."

    "Now"

    "Is anyone interrupting me?"

 Chapter 781ï¼š There is a problem with this persons brain designation...

    Latest URL: "Uehara, I will listen carefully..."

    Nick Fury slowly squatted down, leaned over and picked up Tchaka, who was turned into a black baby by the gem of time, and muttered in a low voice, "It just so happens that there are so many things I don''t know..."

    "For you, ignorance is the greatest luck."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head and smiled and explained, "We all know that everything in the world comes at a price. When the truth is revealed, it will come with danger."

    "so¡­"

    Natasha couldn''t help but interject, her eyes became more and more solemn: "Are you sure you can master the situation, will you show your true face in front of us?"

    "perhaps¡­"

    Uehara Naraku''s gaze swept over everyone, and continued softly: "Perhaps I think it should be that we meet frankly...after all..."

    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku''s mouth unconsciously smiled deeper: "After all, I always know where you are, what you are doing every day, and what you are thinking...So I should also be honest with everyone."

    "..."

    This guy is really brazen!

    The corner of Nick Fury''s eyes twitched, he suddenly put away his pistol, turned and sat on a stone chair: "Then let us have a good talk... Always let us know who you are... For example... I don¡¯t know who you are...or the part we don¡¯t know..."

    Now it seems that Uehara Naraku is willing to take the initiative to talk, and they don¡¯t have to rush to start a war. After all, this guy is more dangerous than they thought...

    certainly.

    As an agent¡¯s basic qualities, it¡¯s also a habit to verbalize these terrorist criminals, especially when I meet Naraku Uehara who is willing to explain...

    Uehara Naraku''s body...

    But there are many secrets...

    "My identity..."

    Uehara Naraku raised her eyebrows, slowly leaning on the backrest, and slowly said: "The highest leader of the Hydra, the director of S.H.I.E.L.D., the underground master of the world..."

    When talking about this, a warm smile suddenly appeared on the corner of Uehara Naraku''s mouth: "Among them, my favorite identity... should still be... Akatsuki''s intern..."

    "..."

    Nick Fury''s eyes tightened instantly!

    Nick Fury naturally did not think that Naru Uehara in front of him was missing the somewhat simple self in the past. He was just guessing the reason for Naruto Uehara''s boldness...

    Maybe it''s because...

    Behind him is the Universe Peace Organization named Akatsuki?

    Because of Akatsuki''s backing, Uehara Naraku dared to do this! Now Uehara is still threatening Nick Fury with Akatsuki''s name!

    This bastard...

    Do you really think there is only Akatsuki''s powerful organization in the universe?

    An idiot who sits on a well and watches the sky...

    Nick Fury couldn''t help but cursed.

    It¡¯s just that Nick Fury¡¯s cursing in his heart, and he still has to persuade Uehara Nairo in a decent way: "Uehara, because you have joined the powerful cosmic organization Akatsuki, do you think that whatever you do, Akatsuki can protect you? ?"

    Nick Fury spread out his palms and continued earnestly: "According to my understanding, the Akatsuki organization does not seem to be an organization that likes to manipulate other planets..."

    "If... the members of the Akatsuki organization knew what you were doing on the earth, what would they think? I never thought Akatsuki was an organization where careerists gathered..."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes turned a little strange.

    Why does Nick Fury have such an impression of Akatsuki?

    What went wrong? Aren¡¯t all the people in Akatsuki¡¯s organization a group of careerists? Compared to the turmoil that those **** set off in their world, Uehara Naruto did this thing on the earth like playing and playing house here...

    The group of people in Akatsuki''s organization...

    But there are many villains dedicated to destroying the world...

    Had it not been for him, the savior, to strike out and gather those horrible, evil and powerful guys in and reform them, those worlds would have been wiped out long ago. I don¡¯t know how many times...

    after all¡­

    There is an unwritten tacit understanding in Akatsuki''s selection criteria for members, that is, the hero who saves the world or the culprit who destroys the world can join first.

    to be honest.

    If there is a chance, Uehara Naraku really wants to introduce the stories of the collections he has to Nick Fury, so that he can know what the people in Akatsuki''s organization are...

    "Ugh¡­"

    Uehara Naraku sighed faintly, and explained indifferently: "I think Akatsuki must have no opinion on what I did on Earth..."

    Nairo Uehara shook his head self-consciously. He wanted to skip the topic, and his gaze fell on Nick Fury again: "Forget it, let''s not talk about the guys with big problems, just say that we are happy. Let''s do it... Talk too much and you will be desperate."

    Uehara Naraku paused for a second before adding: "Of course...you never had any hope... Let''s start from the beginning... Since when? When I was transferred to S.H.I.E.L.D.?"

    Nick Fury quickly began to recall Uehara Naraku''s file: "If I remember correctly, Hitwell should have transferred you to S.H.I.E.L.D...."

    "It seems that there is such a person?"

    Uehara Naruko frowned her brows and thought for a while, and suddenly assumed an indifferent look: "Anyway, whether it is my immediate boss, Chief Pierce, or Hitwell''s crossbones, all have been killed by me..."

    "but¡­"

    "Their sacrifice is worth it."

    "Because I have now taken the position of S.H.I.E.L.D. Director again and regained the power of S.H.I.E.L.D., Hydra has also become greater in my hands..."

    "Their thinking is really outdated..."

    Uehara Naraku tilted his head and smiled and continued, "As an agent of Hydra, how can we advocate serious work in SHIELD?"

    "..."

    MMP!

    Several S.H.I.E.L.D. people at the scene couldn''t help cursing in their hearts.

    The **** Uehara Naraku has been lurking so deeply because this guy does not work well and violates the working laws of the espionage world... This **** has no idea that working hard for his opponent during the undercover period is actually a hidden rule of spies, okay!

    "They always want to command me."

    Uehara Naraku held his cheek and continued softly: "In order to prove that I was right, I sent someone to reveal the secret of Hydra. Do you remember Ivan Vanke? He and Pierce''s cooperation was framed by me..."

    "In order for you to drive out Chief Pierce and Hitwell''s group of people, I wasted a lot of time...Of course, you did not live up to my expectations. I succeeded in becoming the commander of Hydra in S.H.I.E.L.D. "

    "Then¡­"

    "I created the German secret letter incident."

    "and many more¡­"

    Natasha''s face couldn''t help but be a little surprised: "The German secret letter incident was created by you? You wanted to frame Steve, why did you still stand in front of us when we discussed this? Rogers defended?"

    Go crazy!

    Does this man have a problem with his brain?

    Shouldn''t he start planning and arranging for S.H.I.E.L.D. to encircle Captain America after concocting the secret letter in German?

    Why are you still explaining to Steve Rogers inside S.H.I.E.L.D.?

    "Because the fake is fake after all..."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head calmly, UU reading www.uukanshu. com continued: "If Captain Steve Rogers is found to be innocent one day, of course I will not have any suspicion of Hydra, even if there is a suspicion of Hydra at that time. , Will you regain the trust of Director Fury?"

    "not to mention¡­"

    "My purpose was never Captain Steve Rogers..."

    Uehara Nara slowly raised his finger and pointed at the dull thinking Director Nick Fury: "The purpose of the letter is only one, and that is to make Agent Colson and Agent Hill, whom Director Fury trusts most, to be forced to defect... "

    "From then on¡­"

    "The only people that Director Fury can trust are us."

 Chapter 782ï¼š If you didnâ€™t fire me...

    "For agents, the most important thing is intelligence."

    "When the entire source of S.H.I.

    "It''s just that it still makes me feel a little awkward..."

    Uehara Naruko talked about the call, and slowly pointed his finger on Nick Fury: "After all, I worked so hard to get rid of the Hydra cadres in S.H.I.E.L.D., not for you to control S.H.I.E.L.D. Ah... Director Fury."

    Nick Fury lowered his head slightly and said in deep thought: "So... you sent a Hydra assassin to assassinate me... Then why did you save me when I was most dangerous?"

    "I''m not a cruel person..."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head with his fingers, and chuckled, "And... after I saved you, have you ever suspected that I am a Hydra? No one in the entire United States would suspect that I am a Hydra person... including revenge. By."

    "..."

    This is true.

    After all, no one would have thought that Naraku Uehara, the size of the Hydra, has been following the anti-routine, right?

    "Forgot?"

    Uehara Naraku smiled on the corner of her lips, and continued: "Did you not get shot when I rescued you? If you didn''t get that shot, I will signal them to fire a second shot and let you in bed. Lie down for a few months..."

    "..."

    The corner of Nick Fury''s eyes jumped again.

    You can do this kind of thing, you are really a person!

    "Then I will feign death..."

    "I know."

    Uehara Naraku suddenly showed a distressed expression on his face, and sighed for a long time: "Director Fury, I thought you would always trust me and let me know all your plans... I didn''t expect you to even have such a thing. Keep it from me!"

    "I didn''t intend to hide it from you."

    Nick Fury subconsciously explained: "That''s because the news of my death hasn''t spread, and you immediately succeeded the director of S.H.I.E.L.D., I think there may be a Hydra spy by your side..."

    and many more¡­

    He is here to explain a hammer!

    Why explain this kind of thing!

    Now in fact, it seems that nothing should have been told to Uehara Naraku, because this guy himself is the biggest spy head of Hydra...

    Damn, what the **** is going on in this world, a Hydra spy chief is here accusing him of the suspended death of the former director of S.H.I.E.L.D. Why didn''t he tell him?

    "Well, I forgive you."

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand graciously and started the next topic: "Anyway, when I came back from the World Security Council report, Tony told me of your death at Stark Hospital. At that time, I sensed that you were next door. ¡­"

    "..."

    Nick Fury wanted to curse again.

    Since the **** Naru Uehara already knew everything and played him in the palm of his hand, how could he be embarrassed to accuse him just now?

    This is how to curse after getting cheap?

    How come I have never found this guy so bad!

    Others sounded a little staring at each other. Tony Stark''s expression that had been hiding behind these people was a bit unsightly. His mood was probably the most complicated...because he was captured by Steve Rogers and others. Came here.

    result¡­

    Now that he knows the true identity of Uehara Naraku and the past, Tony Stark''s mood can be imagined. He was deceived so badly...

    Uehara Naraku used him to conceal Nick Fury¡¯s suspended animation and blamed him several times. As a result, this guy knew everything...

    Tony Stark couldn''t help but mumbled a few words: "So you have been lying to me, and you have to blame me in the name that I have deceived you..."

    "No no no..."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and looked at Tony Stark and said, "Although I like to lie to people, I don''t like others to lie to me."

    "..."

    This is too double standard!

    Meeting such a person can really make people go crazy!

    "I have to say, I should be grateful to you, Director Fury."

    Uehara Nara turned his head slowly, looking at Nick Fury, slowly spreading out her palms and squeezing them a little bit: "Because of your so-called death, I can just use the name of revenge for you and let the Avengers help clean up. Get rid of all the dissidents of Hydra, reorganize all the bases of Hydra, and put this largest organization into your own palm..."

    "When I hold all the bases of Hydra in my hands, I can start thinking about the next step...that is to use S.H.I.E.L.D. to completely control the entire United States."

    "Opportunities are often reserved for those who are prepared."

    "Unfortunately, I have always been prepared."

    "Ten years ago, a scientist named Aldrich Kirian turned into a terrorist leader with hatred of Stark. This is a very interesting person. He and I hold the same The purpose is to control the United States in secret."

    "..."

    Tony Stark suddenly raised his head and stared at Uehara Naraku: "Have you still cooperated with Kylian?"

    This name makes Tony Stark unable to sit still!

    It''s all because of Kylian!

    If it weren¡¯t for the Killian incident, where the former president died in the turmoil, he and Colonel Rhode would not have been questioned by the officials all the time, and even Uehara Naraku would imprison them in the name of their good. In S.H.I.E.L.D.!

    "His plan is perfect."

    Uehara Naraku softly praised Kirian before explaining, "So I turned his plan into mine... It''s just a pity that the earth is so small that there can only be one behind the scenes. I have to Kill him with your hand. UU Reading "

    "certainly."

    "I also inherited his inheritance."

    "For example, our current Mr. President is the chess piece he left behind."

    "..."

    The situation is more serious than they thought.

    Nick Fury''s expression is very heavy, he is not as relaxed as the Avengers, because he knows the power of the United States very well.

    If the current president is from Uehara Naraku, coupled with Hydra¡¯s infiltration of high-level officials, it means that all the armed forces of the entire United States can be freely mobilized by Uehara Naraku...

    Tony Stark¡¯s focus is not on these, he has only one focus: "So you arrested Rod and I in S.H.I.E.L.D. imprisonment, saying that the White House and the World Security Council always give you those you don¡¯t want. The order that I had to execute..."

    "It''s all lying to you."

    Nairo Uehara''s words made Tony Stark angry directly, and he added: "This way, doesn''t it make me innocent?"

    "...You are such a genius!"

    Tony Stark bitterly raised his **** at Uehara Naraku. Why is there such a person as Uehara Naraku in the world!

    "Who told you to fire me in the first place?"

    Uehara Naraku leaned slowly on the chair and slowly said, "If you didn''t get rid of me, maybe I''m still performing an undercover mission, playing games in the Stark Tower every day..."

    "However, Tony..."

    "There is one thing I didn''t lie to you."

    "The Howard Starks were indeed killed by Bucky Barnes. This was an order from Alexander Pierce. Although I have killed Pierce, the murderer is still alive..."

    "So what is your choice now? Tony."

    "You have to choose to stand on my side..."

    "Still have to choose to stand on their side..."

 Chapter 783ï¼š I have to go to the next venue

    The Wakanda Palace was silent.

    Tony Stark stood in the middle of the crowd. He slowly turned his head to look at the gazes of everyone present, and passed everyone''s gaze little by little.

    The mood of this Iron Man is the most complicated.

    If according to Tony''s past ideas, he would definitely rejoin the Avengers immediately, and all the Avengers would unite to defeat the Great Demon King Uehara.

    but¡­

    Now let him return to the ranks of this group of avengers without any complaints, Tony Stark''s mood is definitely unacceptable, he still remembers the video of his parents being abused and killed.

    Even if Tony knew that Bucky Barnes followed Hydra''s orders at that time, he couldn''t simply forgive him...

    and¡­

    Tony Stark was actually a bit confused about the super villain Uehara Naraku. He didn''t know what attitude he should use to face Uehara.

    Admittedly, Uehara is not a good thing.

    However, there are still some questions that have not been clarified. These questions make Tony''s perception of Uehara Naraku very complicated, but he has not yet figured it out.

    "You don''t need me to do the so-called squad at this time, right?"

    Tony Stark stepped back slowly, until he exited to the entrance of the hall, he opened his mouth and said: "Now...I''m going back to repair my suit... Until I want to understand all this, I won''t be involved in it. battle."

    After speaking, Tony turned his head to look at Colonel Rod, and greeted his friends to leave together: "Rod, let''s go!"

    "Um...hmm."

    James Rhodes nodded hesitantly.

    Uehara Naraku watched them exit the palace hall with great interest, but did not speak to stop them, and even stopped Wanda who wanted to do it.

    "There is no need to hunt him down, his brain is very valuable."

    Uehara Naraku stood up slowly, looked down at the others in the hall, and calmly continued: "I can help me make some good collections in the future."

    "As for the rest of you..."

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes swept over the few remaining people present, and gradually bursts of formidable coercion broke out on his body: "I didn''t attract everyone''s interest, just here... let us decide the fate of the earth!"

    This coercion swept the entire palace hall in an instant!

    The furnishings in the palace are all destroyed by a hurricane!

    Everyone was instantly knocked into the air by the impact of this coercive force!

    Uehara Naraku looked at a group of people who fell to the ground in embarrassment, and calmly continued: "The one who lost today... will live in the sewer and be a rat in the future!"

    "This guy¡­"

    Nick Fury reached out and wiped the wound on his forehead that had just been touched, and the blood slowly flowed down his face...

    first¡­

    He realized his mistake.

    This is a real decisive battle!

    As an agent, he should not participate in this battle, but should do something for the victory of this battle outside the battlefield.

    Uehara Naraku''s power seemed a bit beyond expectations, no, it should be said that his power was originally unexpected by others.

    If the energy of the Universe Rubik''s Cube makes him a superhero, then Nick Fury knows how strong this superhero is. He has seen a...

    Before the battle started, Nick Fury was already a little pessimistic about this battle, and their odds of winning seemed to be terribly low!

    The people present...

    When Black Panther Techaka was turned into a baby, Natasha and Hawkeye Clint''s powers were too mediocre. Today only Steve Rogers is considered a superhero, and this World War II veteran may not be able to. Contend with Naraku Uehara!

    "Please..."

    Nick Fury reached out with difficulty and grabbed a pager in his pocket, and murmured, "I must be able to rush back..."

    "She will definitely be able to rush back."

    Uehara Naraku''s figure instantly appeared next to Nick Fury, looking down at Nick Fury''s movements, spreading his palms and chuckles: "Carol Danvers, I remember the name, right? Now she Right in the solar system..."

    "How do you know..."

    "Should I not know?"

    Uehara Naraku gave a low laugh, and slowly lowered her body: "You must know that Akatsuki is standing behind me. Guess how much I will know about the secret of Captain Marvel?"

    "..."

    Nick Fury finally remembered that when Akatsuki''s people invited Naraku Uehara to join them, they mentioned Captain Marvel Carol Danvers.

    Obviously.

    They did not hide this matter from Uehara Naraku.

    This guy had already considered the appearance of Carol Danvers in advance!

    The last hole card he was holding was already seen through by Uehara Naraku!

    "Don''t be stunned..."

    Uehara Naraku greeted Nick Fury and took out the pager in his hand, and urged: "Hurry up... at this time there is no need to conceal it. I believe you don''t want me to approach her as a friend in the universe in the future, right? "

    "..."

    It makes sense.

    Now that Carol Danvers'' existence has been discovered by Uehara Naraku, there is no point in concealing it. It''s better to tell her that this person is a villain now...

    If Uehara Naraku approaches Danvers in the name of S.H.I.E.L.D. in the future, it might be another trick...

    Nick Fury''s finger quickly pressed the dial button. This pager signal can cover the entire solar system, and it will soon be received by Captain Marvel Carol Danvers!

    Although Uehara Naraku

    And before that...

    What they have to do is delay time!

    Steve Rogers and Bucky Barnes rushed towards Naraku Uehara quickly. They thought that Naraku Uehara would be against Nick Fury!

    Uehara Naraku instantly disappeared in the same place, UU reading www.uuk¥¢nshu. Com suddenly appeared behind Rogers and grabbed his shoulder with one hand.

    "behind!"

    Bucky Barnes quickly reminded!

    Steve Rogers turned around abruptly and slammed his shield against Naraku Uehara''s head, but he was caught by the shield directly by Naraku Uehara!

    This force is great...

    He can''t even regain his shield!

    Uehara Naruko watched a bit of pain on Steve Rogers'' face, and some dull voice appeared in Rogers'' ears.

    "Captain Rogers, be careful not to break my shield."

    "..."

    This guy is going to be shameless!

    When is the shield symbolizing Captain America yours!

    Only in the next second, Uehara Naraku directly took away the vibrating shield, kicked Rogers'' abdomen, and kicked the Captain America to the wall!

    Uehara Naraku raised his finger calmly.

    With the shaking of Uehara Naraku''s fingers, the wall turned into liquid like a stream of water and spread rapidly, tightly wrapping Steve Rogers'' body!

    Bucky Barnes, who just wanted to rush over, was quickly trapped in place by the liquid rock emerging from the floor!

    Natasha...

    Clint...

    Techara...

    Without exception.

    Everyone who wanted to resist was easily restrained by Uehara Naruto. He just moved his finger and solved all the enemies who wanted to resist!

    Uehara Naraku sat down calmly, and a stone chair emerged under him, directly propping up the body he was sitting on.

    "I hope Ms. Carol Danvers can come sooner..."

    Uehara Nara closed her fingers boredly, and slowly continued: "I don''t have so much time to play with you, I have to go to the next place!"

 Chapter 784ï¼š Come on, big sister who drives the spaceship

    Solar system.

    Inside a super large experimental cabin in space.

    A blonde woman was sitting at the table, teasing a little cat in her hand jokingly, it seemed that her life here was extremely comfortable.

    The strange-looking aliens standing behind her carefully looked at the cat beside her, and everyone''s eyes were full of fear for the cat.

    That''s not a little cat!

    It''s an element-chewing beast with a very high level of danger!

    This group of aliens is a peculiar race of Skrulls, they can transform into their appearance by touching other people''s bodies, and even change the inside.

    It was Captain Marvel, Carol Danvers, who rescued them more than twenty years ago, so this group of Skrulls also followed her and received her asylum.

    A tall Skrull watched her funny cat action and couldn''t help but speak: "Danvers, let this little guy live in a cage..."

    "Don''t worry, it won''t bite."

    Captain Marvel Carol Danvers responded with a grin. When he wanted to say something, he suddenly saw a series of warning symbols on his watch!

    This is an instrument closely related to Nick Fury''s pager!

    Once the danger signal appears, it means that there is an unsolvable crisis on the earth. Nick Fury is contacting her and urgently needs her to rush to the earth to support!

    "Fry has something wrong!"

    Carol Danvers put down the cat beside her, twisted her wrist quickly, and quickly wrapped her whole body in a beautiful battle uniform!

    The Captain Marvel turned and walked out of the cabin, while exhorting loudly: "I will rush to the earth right now, and you will continue to control the laboratory flight here, and wait for me to come back and meet you!"

    "it is good."

    The Skrews of them have also been in contact with Nick Fury.

    When they contacted, Nick Fury was still an agent of S.H.I.E.L.D., and they were also old friends.

    In space.

    The figure of Carol Danvers flew to the earth like a meteor falling. She can fly freely in space, even at speeds above the speed of light!

    It won''t be long before she can reach the earth.

    This is why Nick Fury has always regarded her as the biggest hole card, because Captain Marvel can return to Earth at any time.

    However¡­

    Just after Captain Marvel left.

    One space channel appeared in space.

    One by one, powerful figures floated out of the space channel. Everyone was dressed in auspicious clouds and black robes, and everyone''s eyes showed a sharp edge, staring coldly at the giant laboratory in space.

    This is the current high-level combat power of Akatsuki.

    them¡­

    It was sent to steal the house.

    They got the task assigned to them by Naraku Uehara in advance, and that was to control this huge laboratory as a base for Akatsuki in the future to be active in the universe.

    This bastard...

    Use the strategy of adjusting the tiger away from the mountain to transfer the strongest combat power of this space laboratory, while sending them to receive this laboratory on time.

    This is really a talent!

    This guy''s conspiracy seems to always be intertwined.

    Before everything is revealed, no one can guess what the real purpose of this guy is, so no one can really target Uehara Naraku.

    Earth.

    The Royal Palace of Wakanda.

    Uehara Naraku has completely controlled everyone present, holding a glass of Wanda''s prepared juice, and watching the others struggling leisurely.

    During this time.

    The soldiers gathered from Wakanda launched several assaults towards the palace, but they were easily repelled by Wanda single-handedly.

    Nairo Uehara took the pager in Nick Fury''s hand, glanced at the sign calling for Captain Marvel, and asked softly: "Director Fury, how long do you think Ms. Carol Danvers can come back? I may not have it. Patience..."

    "..."

    Nick Fury didn''t know whether he should answer or complain.

    This little **** has been hiding in S.H.I.E.L.D. and Hydra for so long, and his methods are so despicable. Now he says he has no patience?

    Uehara Naraku slowly put down the cup in her hand, and her voice suddenly lowered: "But at her speed, it should be coming soon, right?"

    after all¡­

    Uehara already knew that after Carol Danvers left her base, the people he sent out had already stolen the house of Captain Marvel.

    In that space laboratory, members of the Akatsuki organization captured many Skrulls. Scientists, headed by Sensudumaru and Oshemaru, have begun to take over. As a result, the space laboratory will be transformed into Akatsuki organization as soon as possible. Space base.

    Now.

    Carol Danvers has indeed arrived.

    Uehara Naraku sensed that a tough guy quickly passed through the atmosphere and flew towards Wakanda, where Captain Marvel should be there!

    high speed¡­

    Faster than imagined!

    If she just crashed down at this speed, even her inertia would be enough to easily penetrate most of the protective facilities on the earth...

    "Let''s watch the meteor!"

    Uehara Naraku slowly raised his fingers and put them on his chest, a red light wrapped around his fingertips, and the entire palace began to vibrate slowly!

    The sky above the entire building...

    A gap suddenly opened!

    The steel-cast building slowly melted like ice and snow, and the luxurious palace hall turned into an open square under the eyes of everyone!

    Everyone looked up at the sky in disbelief...

    Just now...

    A splendid meteor flashed across the sky!

    next moment¡­

    The meteor flew straight in their direction!

    A touch of complexity flashed in Nick Fury''s eyes. He knew it was the arrival of his old friend Carol Danvers, but he didn''t know whether he should be happy or worried...

    Maybe it''s both.

    After Captain Marvel Carol Danvers awakened his power, he never seemed to let him down...

    really.

    This time, Danvers didn''t let him down either!

    When Captain Marvel Carol Danvers arrived, she had already seen the situation there, and her speed stopped in an instant!

    This heroic woman exuded terrifying energy fluctuations, slightly frowned her brows and looked at Uehara Naraku who was standing next to Nick Fury.

    "Fry, is this the enemy?"

    To her, the enemy was just something that was blown away by a fist!

    Uehara Naraku didn''t wait for Nick Fury to answer, and said with a chuckle: "It''s a bit arbitrary to just use friends and enemies to distinguish us..."

    "It doesn''t matter...For me, there are only enemies, friends and strangers."

    The woman squeezed her fist calmly, her figure flew to Uehara Naraku suddenly, waving her fist and hitting Uehara Naraku''s head!

    Carol Danvers can tell...

    Among the people present, only Naraku Uehara gave her the strongest feeling!

    Bang!

    Uehara Naruko squeezed her fist with one hand, twisted her body suddenly and turned the Captain Marvel sideways, hitting her abdomen with a knee!

    This is an unreserved force!

    Unprecedented pain spread all over Carol Danvers''s body instantly!

    She only felt that her internal organs seemed to have been hit hard by this knee hit. This is because she has never felt since she became a superman!

    Carol was beaten into the air instantly!

    Uehara Naraku appeared beside her without mercy, and hit her chest with a punch on her back. The power of this punch almost penetrated her back!

    The power of this punch is very heavy...

    It was so heavy that Carol Danvers couldn''t hold his figure at all!

    She has never thought that there will be people on the earth who can be so powerful in strength, and such characters are still enemies!

    Nick Fury...

    But I really found a lot of trouble!

    next moment¡­

    This Captain Marvel, who had just arrived on Earth as a meteor, was once again beaten into a meteor by Uehara''s punch and flew straight into space!

    In a flash...

    The figure of Captain Marvel has already left everyone''s sight...

    Uehara Naraku raised his hand to cover his forehead, and looked up at the Captain Marvel who turned into a small black spot in the sky: "You said...Is the moon strong?"

    "what?"

    Everyone didn''t quite understand what Uehara Naraku meant.

    Their focus is also on the first confrontation between Uehara Naraku and Carol Danvers!

    Everyone can see that Carol Danvers, who was summoned by Nick Fury, is quite terrifying!

    Of course, what is even more terrifying is Uehara Naraku. This guy is still able to directly suppress, and even beat that tyrannical woman so that no one can be seen...

    "Tsk, nothing..."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and sighed, then looked up at the sky again, and said slowly as if talking to himself: "Come on... Big sister who drives the spaceship..."

 Chapter 785ï¼š Why choose to showdown this day? Traces of another gem...

    Carol Danvers'' body is rising rapidly!

    But now she doesn''t worry about where she will be blown away by a punch. She only feels the unbearable pain in her body. This punch seems to be about to blow out her internal organs...

    That bastard''s fist...

    It''s really ruthless!

    It wasn''t until Carol Danvers flew out of the atmosphere upside down that she noticed that her body had been shot out of the earth uncontrollably and hit the moon straight...

    Bang!

    When Carol Danvers hit the surface of the moon, the surface of the moon was like being hit by a meteorite, and a circular deep crater was instantly cracked!

    In the pit.

    Carol Danvers fell back to the sky, waiting for her injury to recover, watching the earth quietly in the distance, her pupils finally couldn''t help but widen.

    "Just kidding..."

    "How could there be such a person..."

    Carol Danvers'' expression was a little uncontrollable.

    Ever since she became Captain Marvel, the enemies she has faced all the time seem to be easily solved. This is the first time I have seen an enemy of the level of Uehara Naraku...

    "Really interesting..."

    Carol Danvers twisted his body, squeezed his fist, turned into a meteor and flew again in the direction of the earth!

    Earth.

    The Royal Palace of Wakanda.

    Nick Fury looked at Captain Marvel, who had been beaten by two strokes and disappeared, and a worrisome moment appeared in his eyes, and his eyes fell complicatedly on Uehara Naraku''s body.

    Nick Fury''s pupils tightened a little, staring at Uehara Naraku: "The energy of the Cube of the Universe gives you more power than Danvers..."

    "Who knows... maybe?"

    Uehara Naraku smiled at the corner of his mouth. He slowly raised his head to look at the sky, and said in a low voice, "Heh, one day, you will know..."

    sky.

    The meteor passed by again.

    Carol Danvers is here again!

    Uehara Naraku has long been waiting for her return, because he has been longing for a punch-resistant sandbag for a long time...

    "Hey!"

    Carol Danvers''s body was glowing with golden light of energy, waving his fist and falling from the sky, slamming against Uehara Naraku with huge gravitational inertia!

    The moment her body fell, there was even a hurricane-like air current!

    Uehara Naraku raised his eyes slightly, his right hand slowly clenched into a fist, and he slammed his fist toward the spot where Danvers rushed!

    Bang!

    The whole world is silent!

    Carol Danvers was hit and flew by Naru Uehara and fell down. She only felt that her wrist seemed to have been broken, and the energy particles in her body were quickly recovering from the injury in her body!

    Next second...

    Carol Danvers once again fought with Uehara Naruto!

    The aftermath of energy surging from the sky unscrupulously impacted everything around, and no one has ever seen such a terrifying level confrontation on the earth!

    However¡­

    The difference in combat experience is irreparable.

    Naruto Uehara kicked Carol Danvers''s leg, and took the opportunity to twist her knee and hit her chin. He used her calf to press her chest, and slammed the Captain Marvel straightly. Smashed to the ground!

    boom!

    A large swath of smoke splashed across the earth!

    The civilians in the Wakanda capital rushed out!

    Uehara Naruko stood up and looked at Carol, who was embarrassed. He stepped on her chest and pressed Captain Marvel, who wanted to get up again, on the spot!

    "I have beaten many people."

    Uehara Naruko bent down slightly, staring at Carol with an indomitable face, and calmly continued: "But what makes me so happy in battle, you are the second one, Ms. Carol Danvers, maybe this is the case. I want to thank you?"

    "You guy..."

    Carol waved his fist, an orange shock wave of energy rushed towards Uehara Naraku''s head!

    Uehara Naraku''s figure retreats!

    Carol climbed up again, stepped on the ground, and slammed into Uehara Naraku''s figure. The energy of her whole body surrounded her, making her body glow again!

    This energy...

    Also gave her strength again!

    The two men fought again and became a group, but the battle had only just begun for a few seconds, and soon it turned into a unilateral beating again.

    Uehara Naruko raised her hand to block her fist, turned her palm and grabbed her wrist, and once again abruptly hit her head with a fist with her right hand, knocking the person into the air!

    Next second...

    Carol flew back again!

    The energy in her body gives her endless power, and also gives her a hard body, which can also make her abruptly resist any attack by Uehara Naraku!

    This woman, who has never been afraid of pain since childhood, finally broke out with strong resistance at this time relying on her perseverance!

    Yes¡­

    It''s just resistance...

    Because compared with Carol Danvers, who is getting more and more crazy in the fight, Uehara Naruko is as leisurely as if he is taking a walk. He even put Nick Fury and others in safety while repelling Carol. The place¡­

    The battle lasted a whole day.

    The endless aftermath of energy released, the entire Wakanda King was completely turned into ruins in this battle, and even hundreds of meters of deep pits appeared on the ground.

    "When will this battle continue..."

    Natasha looked at the two clashing figures in the sky with some anxiety, and whispered: "Who do you think will be the winner?"

    "Danvers."

    Nick Fury chooses to trust his friends.

    Hawkeye Clint Barton couldn''t help but speak: "Although I hope so too, we have seen that the woman has been beaten. She has been beaten by Naruto Uehara for a whole day. It is not so much a battle as it is. It¡¯s an abuse..."

    "I have to admit..."

    Captain America Steve Rogers raised his eyes to look at the fierce battlefield in the air, and said solemnly: "Uehara Naraku may have more combat experience...His strength may also be stronger...Because he is not serious in fighting..."

    "Remember what you said?"

    Nick Fury took a deep look at Steve Rogers and said softly: "Your physical strength and will can last a whole day... Danvers'' power, no matter how long you play, you won''t feel tired."

    When talking about this, Nick Fury added: "Although it seems that the fellow Uehara Naraku also seems to be the same... His source of power is the same as Danvers, and it is derived from the energy elements of the universe''s Rubik''s Cube."

    "but¡­"

    "We can''t stay so idle any longer."

    "In this world... there is another person who can participate in this battle. Maybe it''s time to call him together. His power is also endless!"

    "Hulk."

    The eyes of the few people present suddenly lit up.

    The recognition of Hulk makes them full of confidence in Hulk, who is also a monster that is not afraid of being injured, or before they understand the power of Uehara Naraku and Captain Marvel, they think that Hulk is the real monster. !

    indeed.

    Hulk is the real monster!

    However, when they found the communication equipment and wanted to contact Dr. Bruce Banner, they didn''t get through the doctor''s phone for a long time. The message from the microphone is always please leave a message.

    Nick Fury couldn''t help squeezing the phone tightly, and immediately deduced his answer: "No, Uehara Naraku had anticipated this situation a long time ago. He controlled Dr. Bruce Banner, just didn''t want Dr. Banner to know. All this now!"

    "Who else can come now?"

    Hawkeye Clint looked at the sky and slowly shook his head: "To be honest, I don''t think this is a battle we can participate in... I feel that they can destroy a city with one punch."

    "Let me think..."

    Nick Fury rubbed his temples, his voice hoarse: "Asgardians may be able to, but Sol..."

    At this time...

    The sun in the sky suddenly appeared shadows.

    Everyone raised their heads and looked at the sky, even Carol Danvers and Naraku Uehara who were still fighting stopped and looked at the weird sky.

    This is not a rainy day...

    Nor is it a simple solar eclipse!

    A touch of surprise flashed across Carol Danvers'' face, and her eyes burst into an orange light straight through the sky: "The heavenly bodies... are converging..."

    "Yes."

    Uehara Naraku unfolded his palm and explained calmly: "Because I know that from this moment on, the nine kingdoms will gather together, and the position of Asgard will be truly exposed to the universe..."

    "The most mysterious substance in the universe..."

    "No, it should be said that for me, this should be the gem I like the most. The reality gem will truly reappear in this world, a gem that can truly immerse people in another reality."

    "Speaking..."

    "This gem is much more useful than our illusion."

    When talking about this, Naru Uehara stretched out his palm towards Carol Danvers, UU reading www. uukanshu.com crossed an arc imaginarily.

    "so¡­"

    "I will choose today to solve all the hidden dangers of the earth."

    next moment.

    A green magic circle appeared in Uehara Naraku''s palm.

    Green energy radiated from this magic circle, and it immediately wrapped the body of Captain Marvel in the blink of an eye. This scene made people look a little bit red!

    Because they have seen...

    These green energies symbolize time!

    Once entangled by time, no one can predict what Naruto Uehara will do to Carol Danvers with his time ability...

    "Ms. Carol Danvers."

    Uehara Naraku controlled the energy magic circle of the time gem in one hand, and asked politely: "Which age do you miss the most? It should be when you were just approved to become a pilot, right?"

    "Um¡­"

    Carol Danvers replied subconsciously.

    Because at that time was indeed the time she missed the most. Her dream had just come true, and she still had close friends around her, and her life mentor, Dr. Marvel, was still alive...

    Next second.

    Carol Danvers found something wrong!

    The energy in her body is rapidly attenuating and fading, her appearance is changing rapidly, and the memories in her life are constantly disappearing!

    soon.

    She just can''t remember anything.

    Uehara Naraku controlled her body and fell to the ground, and whispered: "Wanda, imprison everyone and let your boss take over everything here. I will leave the earth for a while."

    Above the sky.

    The celestial bodies of the nine kingdoms are still gathering.

    Uehara Naraku stretched out his palm, opened the door of a black space, and stepped in.

 Chapter 786ï¼š Take away all the 1 cuts you see!

    The world is gloomy.

    The nine great nations slowly gathered together.

    This kind of weird celestial phenomenon is naturally impossible to hide from Asgard.

    Asgard.

    Shrine of the King of Gods.

    The whole Asgard is standing by.

    Asgard''s supreme king Odin stood on the heights of the shrine, holding his eternal spear tightly in his hand, looking up at the dimming sky.

    The Asgardians present all thought that Odin, the king of God, might be wary of the strange celestial phenomena gathered by the nine kingdoms, and Thor, the **** of thunder, took the initiative to walk to his father''s side.

    "Father, I want to go to the earth..."

    "Then go."

    Odin slowly turned around, took a deep look at Saul, and the urn continued: "Remember, don''t do extra things in Midgard... to find the etheric particles, and then to see Midgard. The Supreme Master, she will understand what I mean."

    "Yes, Father!"

    Thor nodded excitedly.

    Since the last New York incident passed, he has never returned to the earth, and it has been a long time since he saw the sweetheart of the earth.

    Odin slowly opened his eyes and watched his son leave. The old palm slowly renewed force, and the wrinkles of his palm were tightly attached to the Eternal Spear.

    "Sol."

    Odin suddenly stopped his son and continued loudly: "Take Loki to Midgard and let him atone for what he has done."

    "Rocky?"

    Sol couldn''t help turning his head.

    Although Saul couldn''t figure out why his father wanted him to take Loki, the king of the gods was finally willing to let go of Loki.

    No matter how many times he and Queen Frigga had interceded for Loki, the **** Odin would not let go. Now at least it means that the father has forgiven Loki.

    There was a smile in Saul''s eyes. He raised his hand and gestured to his father, and flew to the position where Loki was being held!

    Don''t say that Sol doesn''t understand this kind of thing.

    When Loki got the news, he couldn''t understand why Odin would release himself, and even let himself follow Thor to the earth.

    However, this also just got him what he wanted.

    As long as he can leave here, he will definitely be able to find a way to comeback. Loki smiled and followed Thor to leave Asgard using the Rainbow Bridge.

    Just as the rainbow bridge was shining, the **** king Odin watched his two sons disappear in front of his eyes, and couldn''t help muttering to himself: "Perhaps for Asgard, this will also be a better one. Good choice¡­"

    "What''s wrong?"

    Queen Frigga couldn''t help but ask curiously.

    "..."

    Odin slowly turned his head and looked at his wife, until after watching Friga for a long time, he shook his head peacefully in his wife''s doubtful eyes, and said in a low voice: "Nothing, let everyone leave here. , I want to take a break by myself..."

    "it is good¡­"

    The color of doubt on Frigga''s face was even stronger.

    Friega had some bad guesses in her heart, but she chose to believe that the king Odin could handle everything that might happen.

    As the people around the shrine were retreating towards the surroundings, the **** king Odin stopped the queen who was walking towards him, and calmly continued: "Frija, you also go to rest... I have something to want myself Think about the answer."

    "..."

    Frigga was silent for a while.

    Just as the couple who had been with each other for so many years looked at each other, Frigga suddenly retreated, raised her skirt slightly and bowed to Odin, then turned around and left the shrine on her own, and walked towards where she was. palace.

    Odin looked down as his wife left. The king of the gods who had been in charge of Asgard for hundreds of thousands of years, suddenly felt a sense of relief in his eyes.

    "What a qualified husband..."

    A voice suddenly appeared in Odin''s ear.

    With the appearance of this voice, a pitch-black spatial black hole also appeared behind Odin, and a figure wearing a black leather jacket slowly walked out of the black hole.

    It was Naraku Uehara.

    Uehara Naraku slowly walked to Odin¡¯s side, not caring about Odin¡¯s silence, and continued self-consciously: "A qualified husband, a qualified father, originally I always thought that God has no emotion..."

    "That kind of thing..."

    There was a deep flash in Odin''s eyes, as if he was a little nostalgic. The word feeling hadn''t appeared in his ear for a long time.

    "I''m curious."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Odin slowly, and continued softly, "When did you know that I was in Asgard? Why did you send your son to the earth? You thought I would do it to Asgard. what?"

    "When the nine nations converge..."

    Odin turned around calmly, watching Uehara Naraku with one eye, and a dull voice echoed around them: "When a black hand appeared in the universe and inserted into time, when time appeared a rift, when a throne appeared in the rift... "

    "Really...deserves to be the King of Gods."

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but exclaimed leisurely: "I''m curious, why didn''t Your Excellency Odin choose to shoot me when I appeared in this world?"

    "..."

    A touch of complexity flashed in Odin''s eyes.

    Now, does this guy standing in front of him have a problem with his perception of his own strength?

    A guy who just appeared in the world and exploded a planet with a punch, and able to flicker infinitely through the power of space, who would provoke him when he was full?

    Even the Supreme Master Gu Yi...

    Isn''t it also passive to be called to the door?

    Although Odin''s strength is very strong, UU read , but his life has already entered the countdown, just to test a terrifying guy, let Asgard go to the dusk of the gods in advance?

    He is the king of gods, not insane.

    "Don''t answer?"

    Uehara Naraku narrowed his eyes slightly, and continued with a chuckle: "Then let''s change the subject, why should we let your son leave?"

    "Hate."

    Odin slowly took hold of the gun of eternity, slowly paused on the ground, and explained dullly: "A true king can never be blinded by hatred..."

    "There should be no hatred between us..."

    Naruto Uehara rolled her eyes, looked at Odin with a smile, spread out her palms and continued to ask: "Why does Your Excellency Odin think there is any hatred between me and Sol? We belong to the same Avengers. Comrades in arms..."

    "..."

    Odin was silent again.

    Is this guy a little too underestimated as a **** king?

    The group of Avengers on Earth have been tossed by you enough? Really think he, the king of God, only knows to sit in Asgard and hold a banquet?

    Odin stared at Naraku Uehara and said solemnly, "Although I only have one eye, I can see everything on Midgard..."

    "That''s really embarrassing..."

    Uehara Naraku concealed her cheek in embarrassment, but her mouth kept resting: "Then I am quite curious. Can Your Excellency Odin see through my intentions?"

    "everything."

    Odin watched Uehara Naraku calmly, never underestimating him because of Uehara''s small movements, and continued: "Take everything...everything you can see."

    "Guess it."

    The awkward smile on Uehara Naraku''s face suddenly stopped, his eyes suddenly became sharp, and an abyss-like black hole appeared behind him!

    "Then take them all!"

 Chapter 787ï¼š I want to take away a planet with a nice sunset view...

    Wulin rg, the fastest update! Boom!

    A clear metallic sound!

    The Eternal Spear slammed heavily on the floor!

    God King Odin looked at the abyssal black hole behind Uehara Naraku, firmly grasped the Eternal Spear to release his supernatural power, and kept his figure from being sucked in by the abyss!

    Just like this

    It is not enough to resist the black hole that has swallowed many worlds!

    Once Uehara Naruko swallowed it into the black hole, no matter it was time, space, or even everything, it would be under his control. Odin didn''t want to fall into that situation!

    At least

    not now!

    The azure blue light suddenly dazzled!

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes tightened slightly. He saw the Cosmos Rubik''s Cube in the hands of God King Odin and couldn''t help but chuckle: "Really, I didn''t expect that Lord Odin would want to limit my power with space gems. "

    "Perhaps this is the only way to restrict you"

    Odin held the Eternal Spear in his left hand, and his right hand in the universe Rubik''s Cube. A cloud of azure blue energy slowly floated between him and Uehara Naraku, turning into a spatial wormhole, preventing the black hole of Uehara from invading.

    "That''s really a shame"

    Uehara Naraku smiled and shook his head, calmly retracted his black hole, slowly raised his palm, and a group of green magic circles appeared under his palm!

    Time gem!

    If you want to deal with the power of the cosmic rough stone, only another cosmic rough stone can do it. There is no doubt that the power of the time gem is the most weird!

    Next second

    The space wormhole slowly disappeared in place!

    "Supreme Ancient One"

    Odin couldn''t help muttering a name from the corner of his mouth, his brow furrowed tightly, and he spoke with some doubts and incomprehension: "When did the supreme ancient time gem hand over to you?"

    This is impossible!

    When will the Supreme Gu Yi shed the Time Gem, even if she dies in battle, it is impossible to abandon the responsibility of protecting the Time Gem!

    "how to say?"

    Uehara Naruko rubbed her eyebrows, and sighed faintly, "The current Gu Yi Mage may not have figured it out yet, but the future Gu Yi Mage has chosen to completely invest in my command, but I gave it to me. She is quite a high position!"

    ""

    The corners of Odin''s eyes couldn''t help but twitch.

    Because Supreme Gu Yi blinded everything on the earth during the New York War, Odin didn¡¯t know what happened to the earth at all. He was still thinking about what happened to Supreme Gu Yi.

    As a result, someone now tells him

    The future supreme Gu Yi has surrendered!

    To be honest, a supreme mage who can see through to the future, whether to surrender in the future or surrender in the present, there is actually no difference in it.

    "It looks like she chose to believe in you"

    The eyebrows of God King Odin slowly unfolded, and he said in a hoarse voice: "Perhaps I am making the same decision now."

    "Then why don''t you let go?"

    Uehara Naraku gave a small smile and looked down at Asgard in a fairyland: "The scenery in Asgard is very good, and my family should like it very much."

    After speaking, Naraku Uehara explained again: "Of course, I just like the scenery here. In fact, the place they prefer to live in is the small village that is always rainy all year round."

    "Because it''s not time to give up at the end"

    God King Odin raised his eternal gun with one hand, shook his head and said: "I think no one will take the initiative to give up his homeland even if he knows the direction to go forward, it is to the abyss."

    "Need me to add one more sentence?"

    Uehara Naraku interrupted Odin''s words with a smile, and continued: "Besides, Your Excellency Odin is about to reach the end of his life, so you want to try if you can get rid of me at this time, right?"

    "Yes."

    Odin nodded slowly, because his body aging has long been unavoidable, it would be better to just gamble here!

    If he could win, even if he died here, he could destroy a terrifying enemy for Asgard!

    As for his daughter Hela, the goddess of death, may come out of the Sealed Land after he died in battle. Odin believes that his son Sol can solve it.

    certainly.

    If it fails, Odin saw what Uehara Naraku had done to the members of the Avengers when the nine stars gathered. He knew about the personality of Uehara Naraku in his heart.

    This terrifying guy likes to use others very much. It doesn¡¯t matter whether it¡¯s because of his self-confidence in strength or arrogance. This means that Sol is also safe to a certain extent. Moreover, Odin also entrusted his two sons to the Supreme Mage Gu Yi. .

    The only problem is

    Odin really didn''t know that the future Gu Yi had already chosen to surrender.

    But it doesn¡¯t matter. Odin has long considered that he might die in the hands of Uehara Naraku. In order to ensure that Sol and Loki will not be blinded by hatred, he will also find a way to deliberately drive these two children out of Asgar. Germany.

    As an old father

    Odin really planned everything for his children.

    If possible, Odin really wanted to commit suicide here and gave Asgard this wonderland to Uehara Naraku!

    Because once Asgard falls into the hands of Uehara Naraku, his eldest daughter, Hela, the goddess of death, and his two sons, Thor and Loki, can survive well according to this guy¡¯s bad personality.

    but

    Asgardians have been fighters from the moment they were born!

    Before the last moment, the King of God did not want Asgard to fall into the hands of the enemy, nor did he want his children to lose their dignity in the future!

    Undecided

    Everything is not yet known!

    Not to mention that Odin has the Cube of the Universe and the Eternal Spear in his hands. UU Reading www.uuk¨¡nshu.com is able to call all the magic in his own treasury. No matter if the king faces any enemy in the universe, he absolutely possesses it. The power to conquer!

    Even if the universe overlord Thanos stood in front of him, God King Odin was sure to get rid of that little Titan!

    and

    Odin now

    But a **** king who is not afraid of death!

    "Mind if we change the battlefield?"

    Odin''s Cosmos Cube held tightly in his hand, looked at Naraku Uehara in front of him, then turned his head and looked at his own country: "With such a beautiful scenery, there will be no second place in the universe. If it is destroyed, it will be very difficult. What a pity"

    "I think so"

    Uehara Naruko nodded slowly, spread her palms, and smiled: "Then, I just have a suitable place, hoping there can be a little bit of relaxation for us."

    "Your universe?"

    Odin glanced at Uehara Naraku.

    If they went to the black hole universe of Uehara Naraku, it would be too unfair. For Odin, going to an unfamiliar universe would be slaughtered.

    "No, it''s in this world."

    Uehara Naraku smiled and shook his head, and continued softly: "I once observed a planet with a nice view. The sunset and sunset scenery there is very beautiful. I think it is suitable as the tomb of the fallen king of God."

    "certainly."

    "the most important is."

    "If I''m not mistaken, the planet with a beautiful sunset view should be a place where a big purple potato head intends to use it as a place for retirement."

    "Since even he thinks that planet has a good scenery, I want to wait until our battle is over, and I can just put that planet in my universe as a star decoration"

 Chapter 788ï¼š 2 handles... 1 eternal gun!

    An unfamiliar planet.

    There is an endless field here.

    The entire field is covered with tall plants, and the branches of each plant are covered with huge fruits, each of which is the size of a human head.

    Here, it''s not like a planet where ordinary humans should live.

    It happened that when Uehara Naraku and Odin arrived here, it was at dusk on this planet, and the sunset and sunset were sprinkled on the fields, and the fields were beautiful.

    "Um?"

    Odin looked at the landscape of this planet, his gaze slowly narrowed, and he said solemnly: "There are traces of Titans here. Are they the planets that Titans once colonized?"

    "This planet is well taken care of..."

    Uehara Naraku spread out his palms indifferently, and said with a chuckle: "It is estimated that the owner of this planet will come back to take care of here occasionally? It seems that the guy is sure that his plan can be successful, so he has already prepared his retirement home. ?"

    "The Tyrant..."

    Odin''s one eye suddenly fell on Uehara Naraku''s body.

    If it can be determined that this is the place of the Titans, the most famous in the entire universe is undoubtedly the guy who is now indiscriminately killing in the universe!

    Thanos!

    This planet is the territory of Thanos!

    The question is how could Uehara Naraku find Thanos¡¯ territory, and why did he drag him, the **** king of Asgard, to the Thanos territory for a duel?

    This person...

    Do you still want to calculate Thanos that lunatic?

    "Now... let''s make our rules!"

    Uehara Naraku didn''t care about Odin''s thoughts. He just pointed his finger at the sunset in the distance and said loudly: "When the sun is completely set, if Lord Odin is still alive, I will allow Asgard to regain his freedom. ¡­"

    "Really a generous condition..."

    God King Odin didn''t care about the humiliation in Uehara Naraku''s words at all. He had already passed the age with this mentality.

    Young people now...

    Are they all so rampant?

    "Because I have always been a generous person."

    Uehara Naraku turned his head slowly, looking at Odin''s calm face, a dangerous arc appeared at the corner of his mouth: "Of course, if the Lord Odin died here before the sun completely sets, then nothing will happen. No need to talk anymore..."

    "Conditions that make people unable to fault..."

    The king of the gods in Asgard slowly nodded and raised his robe. The old man''s voice became calm and distant: "Time is running out. It''s hard for me as an old man to take advantage of too much, then let''s start!"

    Bang!

    Uehara Naraku and Odin''s body surged!

    As the aura of the two people exudes, the entire planet seems to feel their horror, and all creatures suddenly fell silent!

    Even the breeze that was blowing dissipated under their air pressure!

    However¡­

    The planet was silent for only a moment.

    Uehara Naraku and Odin stared at each other, the aura of the two of them quickly rose up, and their bodies quickly tightened, as if they could move like thunder at any time!

    The next moment...

    Just a moment!

    Uehara Naruko''s figure suddenly disappeared in place, rushing straight in the direction of Odin, a pitch-black spherical object flowing like a liquid, quickly turning into a long knife in his hand!

    boom!

    The jet black long knife and the eternal spear slammed into everything suddenly!

    Odin held the Eternal Spear tightly, and pressed the tip of the spear firmly against the blade of the dark long sword, trying his best not to let Uehara Naraku take a step forward!

    And at the moment they collide!

    Thunder... began to spread over the two of them!

    A stream of air pressure more vast than this planet spread from the two of them, turning into a series of thunder and lightning, and imposing them on their whole body!

    momentum¡­

    Still climbing!

    As a **** king who has been in charge of Asgard''s realm for hundreds of thousands of years, even if Odin''s body is aging, his divine power is still as deep as the holy mountain of Asgard!

    "I really can''t underestimate anyone in this universe..."

    Uehara Naraku still smiled at the corners of his mouth, and there were cracks in the dark long knife in his hand. It was quickly repaired by his strength, and he could only barely compete with the eternal long spear temporarily...

    Just from the quality of the weapon...

    Such things as Qiu Daoyu and the Eternal Spear simply cannot compete.

    Odin wielded the eternal spear and slammed forward. His power turned into a golden light and instantly pierced the black long knife, wrapped the eternal spear and pierced Uehara Naraku''s right arm!

    But it only stops there!

    Uehara Naraku''s left hand gripped the edge of the Eternal Spear tightly, so that this artifact that pierced his arm could no longer move forward half an inch!

    Blood...

    Drops fell from the wound...

    "It really is¡­"

    Uehara Naraku showed a wry smile, his smile gradually getting bigger and bigger, and there was a touch of clarity in his eyes: "It''s been a long time since I was injured!"

    too long¡­

    This time is so long that he will forget...

    "Fortunately, the teacher is not here..."

    Uehara Naraku''s palm used a little bit of force, and he forcibly pushed out the Eternal Spear pierced on his right arm, making Odin''s one eye suddenly widened!

    The current Naraku Uehara...

    Just relying on the strength of the body to force him back!

    What kind of magical species is this guy? The strength of the body alone surpassed Asgard''s divine body!

    The wound on Uehara''s right arm quickly healed, shaking his arm slightly to shake the remaining blood drops to the ground, and said calmly: "It looks like it''s because I haven''t encountered anyone who can hurt me for too long. Fight It''s inevitable to lose a bit of elegance in the middle... but let''s stop here!"

    Uehara Nairo spread out his palm, a black hole appeared in his palm, and a miniature of the world tree appeared in the black hole...

    "That is¡­"

    Odin''s eyes trembled slightly. UU reading

    If he reads it right, the miniature shape of the world tree is the same as the nine kingdoms. Is that the nine kingdoms of another world?

    This guy¡­

    What do you want to do.

    "It''s really unfair..."

    Uehara Naruko smiled and shook his head, manipulating the black hole to gradually expand, and sighed: "The weapon gap between us is too big... Now it seems that I have to find a way to make this battle fair..."

    "There has never been so-called fairness in the world..."

    Odin slowly grabbed the Eternal Spear and glanced at the weapon he had been following for many years. The old man''s voice was kind: "If your Excellency is too tricky, do I need to give up the Eternal Spear?"

    "No need, I have been to a very interesting place."

    Uehara Naraku didn''t care about divulging his identity. While pulling out a spear from the miniature of the world tree in the black hole, he slowly explained: "That place is a game world, also known as the Nine Worlds. It''s a coincidence. It has a channel with the real world, and no one knows whether it is real or illusory...

    Because it can be a game, it can create many artifacts that are powerful enough to affect the world, and because it can also be real, many weapons created from the game world can affect reality..."

    When Uehara Naraku explained this, he straightened up the spear he drew from the black hole and pointed it at the king of God Odin: "So I just created another eternal spear from that place. In this case... The battle between us is fair!"

    Two handles...

    The gun of eternity almost exactly the same!

    Two handles...

    Almost exactly the same artifact, even its coercion and even weight!

 Chapter 789ï¼š This is the first time I have seen someone who can kill my clone...

    "Another..."

    "The Gun of Eternity..."

    Odin''s eyes tightened a little, one eye looked at the golden spear that Uehara Nairo was holding in his hand, and he looked down at the eternal spear in his hand.

    Exactly the same.

    Not bad.

    An eternal gun symbolizing the authority of the **** king was created by Nairobi Uehara, and it seemed that he had just created it just for fair confrontation when he heard what he said.

    Odin''s hand grasped his weapon tightly, and he faintly sighed, he suddenly understood why the future supreme ancient one chose to seek refuge in Uehara Naraku...

    He is not a destroyer.

    He is also a creator.

    "A god?"

    Odin couldn''t help but murmured a long-lost name. He fully realized that apart from the mighty power, the Uehara Naraku in front of him was more terrifying than those planetary life forms!

    At least¡­

    They can''t create artifacts at will!

    "I''m just an ordinary person..."

    Uehara Naraku slowly shook his head, the re-engraved version of the Eternal Spear was aimed at Odin from a distance, and he continued softly: "It''s just that I bought a book that I shouldn''t buy. Favorite way..."

    "Yes?"

    Odin didn''t quite understand what Uehara Naraku meant, but the **** king knew that all this was nothing more than a man''s arrogance and modesty.

    next moment¡­

    The two men each held their own spears and fought together. When the two eternal spears collided, a storm was set off on the entire planet!

    No one flinched!

    If there is a seat in this world, then whether it is Naraku Uehara or Odin, they can sit in that position!

    Relying on the terrifying power accumulated over hundreds of thousands of years, Odin never fell under the wind at the beginning of the fight, and when he fought in his more familiar fighting style, Odin almost quickly saw Uehara''s weakness. !

    This guy¡­

    It would be too little to look down upon him!

    The spear in Odin''s hand emitted a golden light, and he shot the spear of Uehara Naraku directly, piercing the shoulder of Uehara Naraku!

    Next second...

    The old man habitually dumped him, and flew Uehara Naraku far away. Unfortunately, Uehara Naraku''s wound was healed the moment he got away!

    No one in this universe knows the Gun of Eternity better than Odin...

    Even Uehara Naraku is a creator, but he can''t understand what the Eternal Spear really means. This is an artifact that the gods really love!

    It symbolizes the authority of God...

    More symbolic is the power of God!

    The king of the gods of Asgard suddenly raised the eternal spear in his hand, and the thunderclouds began to gather slowly in the sky, and his voice suddenly became thick: "Maybe I still need to show it to you. The real gun of eternity..."

    The black thunderclouds cover the sky and obscure the sun.

    In a blink of an eye, the entire sky is already a cloud of haze!

    If someone could see the planet from outer space, they would see layers of cloud and lightning, which is not in accordance with the law...

    This is supernatural power!

    The majesty of the king of the gods of Asgard!

    Accompanied by Odin wielding the Eternal Spear, dense lightning gathered on the spear tip, forming a group of power grids, and pressed down toward the ground!

    Countless thunder and lightning fell!

    If Thor, the **** of thunder, watched the battle here, perhaps he would be horrified by Odin''s control of the Thunder, this kind of density of thunder and lightning could not be drawn out by him, the **** of thunder...

    However, for Odin and Uehara Naraku, no matter how large the amount of lightning fell, it is only equivalent to sporadic rain for them...

    Odin stared at the man who looked up at the sky under the thunder, the eternal spear in his hand was raised again, and flew towards Uehara Naraku abruptly!

    The Eternal Spear pierced the air with a whirlwind!

    Amidst the lightning like a fishing net, this eternal spear that was thrown in was extremely dazzling, and the magical power gave the spear a layer of golden light!

    Accompanied by the flight of the Eternal Spear, accompanied by the dazzling golden light of divine power, the lightning in the sky seems to have drawn a peculiar attraction, and it fell in the direction of the Eternal Spear, and it was a moment for this artifact. Layers of purple...

    The thunder on the tip of the gun is shining with electricity...

    When the air passed by the Eternal Spear was all brought up by small hurricanes, its speed and strength are far less than its speed...

    The most terrifying thing is that with the lightning falling on the gun, the speed of this eternal gun is still accelerating, even if you just feel it, you know its power...

    perhaps¡­

    This planet will be penetrated directly by it!

    Uehara Naruko''s brows frowned slightly. When Odin threw the Eternal Spear, he had already estimated the power of this artifact in his heart...

    The thunderclouds in the sky are swept along with the gun of eternity. If you want to turn into light and disappear in place, you can''t escape the attack of this artifact...

    Time is too short.

    Uehara Naraku almost subconsciously chose to accept this trick abruptly.

    However¡­

    Next second...

    A weird gray-blue space wormhole appeared in the air, and the thrown eternal spear disappeared immediately before it was about to touch the target!

    "Um?"

    Uehara Naraku''s brows tightened, and his gaze immediately turned to Odin''s direction, wanting to inquire what this king of gods meant.

    Because the Universe Rubik''s Cube held by Yu in Odin''s hand is slightly glowing, it is obvious that the disappearance of the Eternal Spear just now is Odin''s own masterpiece...

    What does it mean?

    First show the power that this trick is sufficient to destroy any planetary body in the universe, and then send this power to other places with the Cosmos Rubik''s Cube?

    Maybe just want to use this trick to deter him?

    If this is the case, then the mind of the king of the gods is too simple!

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help feeling a little funny in his heart, and the corners of his mouth really laughed out: "I have to say, your supernatural power is still amazing...If the Lord of God thinks that blow can scare me...this The jokes are not funny at all..."

    "In this universe, no one should dare to despise..."

    Odin shook his head calmly. The universe cube in his hand was still glowing with light blue light, but the old man''s voice gradually calmed down: "If it''s just this little power, it''s not enough for your Excellency..."

    "That''s what it says..."

    Uehara Naraku chuckled and nodded, and added: "It''s just that for me, that blow is interesting enough. I have experienced many things and seen many powerful enemies, but I haven''t seen it for a long time. It can threaten the strength of my body..."

    The supernatural power poured out by the king of the gods...

    This guy is saying it''s just fun...

    Odin lowered his head calmly and looked at the Cosmos Rubik''s Cube in his hand. The light blue light was like a night light, especially bright in the black and heavy weather.

    "Is it an interesting blow?"

    The old man''s eyebrows were raised, and his mouth seemed to be talking to himself: "That''s really sorry, there is not much I can do..."

    "Why not let it fly over...?"

    Uehara Naraku still smiled and asked Odin. He seemed to want to know why the king of the gods used the Cosmos Rubik''s Cube to send him away just before the attack was about to fall.

    However¡­

    The voice hasn''t completely fallen yet...

    Uehara Naraku seemed to think of something suddenly in his heart, his eyes fixed on the universe cube in Odin''s hands: "Because... that eternal spear can become stronger!"

    When the eternal spear of lightning and divine power flew, its speed was far from reaching its limit, and its power even had its limit!

    but¡­

    If Odin uses the Cube of the Universe to send the eternal gun to a free-flying space and continuously increase its speed, the power of that gun will become stronger!

    sky¡­

    The space wormhole quietly opened...

    A golden flash directly penetrated down!

    If a meteorite falls on a planet at faster speeds than light, what will be the consequences? That would instantly disintegrate a planet into stardust!

    If this is an artifact that is harder than a meteorite...how much pain will this person feel if it penetrates a person''s body at a speed faster than light?

    Uehara Naraku...

    Perhaps the first person to feel this power.

    When Uehara Naraku didn''t even have time to raise his head, the Eternal Spear pierced his chest like light, nailing his body to the spot!

    It''s too fast!

    Even Uehara Naraku has no time to open the black hole and leave!

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but subconsciously lowered his head and glanced at the artifact that pierced him. The thunder and divine power attached to the Eternal Spear quickly poured into his body, destroying everything in his body...

    What surprised Uehara Naruto the most is...

    There is even a horrible flame on the gun... Another **** in the legend of Asgard, the eternal fire!

    The most ancient and mysterious eternal fire in the entire Nine Realms is claimed to be enough to burn everything in the world, and to give everything in the world the power of flame...

    This blow really made Odin take out all his possessions!

    Uehara Naraku''s body has quickly begun to disintegrate. This is a serious injury he never thought he could suffer. No, this is a collapse!

    Even if his body is as hard as a star...

    It is absolutely impossible to resist the power of this blow!

    A wry smile appeared on Uehara Naraku''s face. His palm spread out and grabbed the eternal gun that pierced his body. Thunder and eternal fire burned his palm...

    "So...it hurts so much..."

    The bitter smile at the corner of Uehara''s mouth froze on his face, his neck slowly drooped, and his body gradually stiffened completely, and he didn''t breathe anymore.

    Odin raised his hand to dissipate the clouds in the sky, looking at the sun that had never set, couldn''t help but shook his head and sighed: "It''s really a short battle..."

    Obviously before the war...

    This man named Naraku Uehara brazenly wanted to deal with him, the king of the gods, before sunset, but he was dealt with before sunset...

    Maybe this guy is too overestimated, right?

    Just as Odin looked at Uehara Naraku and planned to take Uehara Naraku¡¯s body back to his own treasure house, he saw that Uehara Naraku¡¯s body had changed...

    That guy''s body...

    It turned into a wooden statue from top to bottom...

    With the burning of the eternal fire, Uehara Naraku, who turned into a wooden statue, was quickly directly burned to ashes, which made Odin''s fist involuntarily clenched!

    "what?"

    Suddenly there was a voice of doubt in the air.

    Along with the sound of doubt, the door of the black hole space appeared on this planet, and the black-haired leather-clothed youth walked out slowly.

    It was Naraku Uehara.

    Uehara Naraku rubbed her hair and looked at the wooden avatar burned to ashes, and sighed: "As expected to be the king of the gods, it is really terrifying. This is the first time I have seen my wooden avatar killed. It''s dropped..."

 Chapter 790ï¼š At least Sol wont lose 1 cut anymore

    It is not easy for anyone to accept this kind of thing in his heart.

    Odin used his strongest power, and even he himself knew that this was his strongest blow, but only solved one of the enemy''s puppet clones.

    Odin''s arm slowly dropped, his eyes glanced at the wooden statue pierced by the Eternal Spear, and then at the body of Uehara Naraku.

    "...Is it just a clone?"

    "I thought it was enough."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and sighed. He couldn''t help but feel regretful in his voice: "It seems that my own mentality is too swollen. The lion still knows that to hunt rabbits, he has to exert all his energy, not to mention that my prey is Asgar. King of the gods..."

    "It looks like I am really underestimated..."

    Odin shook his palm, and the Eternal Spear flew back into his palm like lightning. He held his weapon again, but his voice became dull: "Of course, I thought I had overestimated your Excellency enough. I still underestimate it now..."

    The blue light flickers...

    The Universe Rubik''s Cube has created a space wormhole by Odin''s side!

    Odin''s figure disappeared in place again with the golden eternal spear!

    In the next second, the king of the gods suddenly appeared behind Uehara Naraku, and the eternal spear in his hand fell toward Uehara Naraku''s back like thunder!

    In order to prevent Naru Uehara from escaping, Odin even ran the Cosmos Cube in advance, directly emitting a burst of azure blue energy to block the space!

    Bang...

    There was a heartbeat...

    No, this should be the sound where the heartbeat is about to stop.

    Because in Odin''s sight, he looked at the eternal gun that was as fast as lightning, and stopped at the same place. Even the supernatural power and lightning on the gun stopped directly and strangely!

    That spear wrapped in lightning and supernatural power...

    At this moment, it is so quiet that people feel a kind of thrilling beauty...

    "Time..."

    There was a glimpse of defeat in Odin''s eyes.

    Only after an instant, Odin immediately thought of the way to break the game. He looked down at the Universe Rubik''s Cube in his hand, and then at Naraku Uehara whose fingertips were glowing with a pale green light. The thoughts of the two people overlapped. Together...

    The power of the cosmic rough...

    Can totally cancel each other out!

    It just so happens that both Odin and Naraku Uehara are very good at using cosmic rough stones. This is why Odin can easily break free from the power of time gems...

    The same...

    Uehara Naraku seemed to have thought of this too.

    Odin''s palm directly smashed the outer shell of the Cosmos Rubik''s Cube, and revealed the true colors of the space gem, the most energetic rough stone in the universe!

    In the rough and old palm of the king of the gods of Asgard, azure blue gems shined brightly, and his palm flipped directly to open a space wormhole!

    The Eternal Spear, which was originally blocked by Naraku Uehara in time, fell into the wormhole and returned to Odin''s hands again!

    Odin''s hand was glowing with a touch of golden power, and he pressed the space gem in his hand, directly pressing this cosmic rough stone on the Eternal Spear!

    At this moment...

    Odin sighed.

    If he had chosen to use the Nine Realms as the basis to conquer the entire universe, capture more cosmic infinite rough stones, and even get the real infinite glove instead of the fake collectible in the warehouse, perhaps it would not be so difficult now. ¡­

    It would be a pity.

    If Uehara Naruto arrives later, he can ask his son Thor to retrieve the etheric particles and re-condense them into reality gems when the Nine Realms converge. Perhaps the situation may be better...

    Now, relying on a space gem alone, it is a bit tricky to have a deadly battle with Uehara Naraku who owns the time gem.

    Even if he is holding the Eternal Spear inlaid with space gems now, Odin is now the most powerful moment in hundreds of thousands of years!

    "Finally interesting..."

    Uehara Naraku looked at the eternal spear of the azure blue light and thunder and lightning, and a low smile flashed at the corner of his mouth: "It''s rare and precious... It seems that the two of us have been underestimating each other. Life is really full of surprises."

    "Life always has some surprises..."

    Odin raised his head and looked at the sunset in the distance. The space wormhole suddenly appeared, and disappeared with the Eternal Spear with his figure!

    Uehara Naraku''s hand was filled with golden light and turned into a golden long sword, a touch of light green gathered in the center of the golden lightsaber, but his eyes slowly closed...

    A space fluctuation suddenly appeared!

    Uehara Naraku swiftly waved the lightsaber in his hand, and a brilliant golden light mixed with the energy of the time gems chopped away in the direction where the spatial fluctuations appeared!

    Wherever Golden Light can reach!

    All were devastated by this blow!

    Even the thunderclouds in the depths of the sky were smashed!

    The light green energy in it even turned the thundercloud directly into water vapor, and it was scattered on this planet!

    Odin''s heart beats!

    If he rushed out of the opened space wormhole just now, he would definitely be hit directly by this blow. Fortunately, a strange instinct made him choose to stop!

    With the end of this shot by Uehara Naraku, a spatial wormhole appeared above him, and the shining eternal spear pierced his head!

    Bang!

    Uehara Naruko raised the golden lightsaber in his hand and blocked it!

    The texture of this golden lightsaber is so hard that it can compete with the Eternal Spear abruptly, and the two instantly fought together!

    The whole planet is fighting under each of them!

    Whenever the golden sword in Uehara Nairobi''s hand falls, the earth will be directly cut into a deep gully, and the plants on the ground will wither under the power of time!

    Whenever the eternal gun in Odin''s hand is provoked, the thunderclouds in the sky will be surging, and the afterglow of the sunset will be refracted and dissipated by the power of space!

    This is a confrontation between the strongest in the universe!

    This is an unprecedented and hearty battle!

    Uehara Naraku has never encountered an enemy who can fight him to this point, especially in this kind of close combat and power confrontation!

    "Really... refreshing!"

    Uehara Naraku wielded a golden lightsaber to force Odin back, and suddenly raised her palm to emit bursts of hot golden light, and forcibly knocked away the thunderclouds in the sky!

    The thunderclouds are gone...

    The sunset has come to an end.

    Odin held the Eternal Spear tightly in the palm of his hand, relied on the energy of the space gem to supplement his divine power, but his mood was a bit more complicated than ever!

    Is it heavy or easy...

    Uehara Naraku''s offensive was so fierce that he was a bit overwhelmed by the **** king, but the battle was really smooth for him!

    It has been a long time since he conquered the Nine Realms that he has not experienced this kind of battle, making Odin feel as if he is back to an energetic era...

    "Is the time coming?"

    Uehara Naraku pulled Odin back to reality with a single sentence.

    The king of the gods glanced at the ray of sunlight in the distance, and felt a little absurd in his heart. Uehara Naraku intends to keep his promise?

    According to the rules they made before the battle, as long as he can persist until the sun completely sets, Uehara Naraku will give up Asgard...

    Uehara Naraku looked at the sun in the distance, and suddenly said, "Perhaps I should stop the operation of that star now, but this is a bit unfair to the elderly. A life-and-death fight is enough..."

    "Really...arrogant..."

    A sharp flash flashed in Odin''s one eye.

    At this moment, Odin suddenly had an impulse in his heart, he inexplicably wanted to use his own power to change the rotation of the stars, and then fight Uehara Naraku!

    Just the next second...

    This idea is fleeting!

    Because his enemy suddenly burst out a burst of soaring energy!

    The energy like an abyss rushed out of Uehara Naraku''s body, UU reading www. The palm of the young man at uukanshu.com suddenly spread out and grabbed it to the sky!

    Bang!

    Countless jet black energy flew out of the palm of Uehara Naraku, like a ribbon, quickly sweeping the planet!

    Odin''s one-eyed eyes widened suddenly, and he looked at the space of the entire planet in disbelief as Uehara Naraku was sealed off with his bare hands!

    A huge sense of absurdity swept Odin''s brain!

    No wonder Uehara Naraku didn''t take the Rubik''s Cube from the earth at all. This guy doesn''t need space gems at all, and can block space with his bare hands!

    "Have a great time today..."

    Uehara Naraku slowly turned around and looked at Odin. The golden lightsaber in his hand was slowly soaked with jet black energy. The horror of this energy made people look a little scared!

    That energy does not represent darkness...but the ultimate destruction!

    The planet suddenly fell silent!

    Uehara Naraku suddenly raised the already pitch-black long sword in his hand, and the overwhelming black light flew towards Odin!

    "Goodbye."

    The black lightsaber in Uehara Naraku''s hand dissipated, and he slightly waved at Odin, who was about to be annihilated.

    Odin glanced at the overwhelming black light. In his one eye, he desperately wanted to find vitality from it, but he couldn''t find any way. This is the power that can annihilate any life body in the universe!

    "Relax."

    Uehara Naruko watched the old man who was about to disappear, and his voice gradually calmed down: "At least your son will not lose everything... although he may still have a harder time."

    "Trust me..."

    "It''s just a little hard work."

    "If he can quit drinking in the future."

 Chapter 791ï¼š Hang people up for me for a week!

    After the battle.

    The whole planet is in a mess.

    Uehara Naraku raised his hand to heal the scar on the planet a little bit, put away the space gem left by Odin, and opened the black hole to put away the planet.

    This space suddenly became empty.

    Uehara Naraku nodded in satisfaction: "It seems that some people need to change to a place for retirement, maybe he will not have the chance to retire in the future..."

    If nothing happens...

    Thanos should not have to think about retirement in this life.

    Now Uehara Naraku holds the strangest time gem and the most powerful space gem in his hand, as well as the spiritual gem he got earlier, and a reality gem will soon become his palm...

    Of the six infinite gems in the entire universe, there are still the most powerful gems of physical attack and the most mysterious soul gems.

    These two gems are irrelevant.

    At least you have to give Thanos a little hope for the gem collector, right? Even Uehara Naraku had to take the initiative to find a way to reveal to Thanos a clue to the remaining two infinite gems.

    And the most mysterious soul gems are a little troublesome to collect. Who would willingly sacrifice their favorite person to get the soul gems just to give him this BOSS?

    This requires a little bit of means...

    Naruto Uehara was reluctant to sacrifice the two people most important to him. He had never even thought of such a thing. He had planned for the resurrection of Nagato for a long time, so he arranged for Nagato who wanted to die clearly...

    "But..."

    Uehara Naraku thought of the guardian of the Soul Gem, and couldn''t help but flashed a thought: "As the current supreme leader of this Hydra, sacrifice our predecessors of Hydra. I wonder if the Soul Gem will recognize..."

    Um...

    Now the watcher and guide of the soul gem is the Red Skull, the big boss of the Hydra at its peak, and the enemy of Captain America Steve Rogers...

    At the end of the Second World War, Steve Rogers and the Red Skull fought a battle. The Red Skull was transported to the location of the Soul Gem by the Cube of the Universe, which also gave the Red Skull immortal power and a half-human, half-ghost body.

    The Red Skull, who is far away on Vormil, has been away from the earth for a long time. He didn''t even know that a younger generation who was not paying for his life had taken his life. The former big boss of Hydra was still guarding Vomer with his dedication. Star.

    "I don''t know if it is possible to sacrifice Senior Red Skull..."

    Uehara Naraku sighed in her heart. This approach is mostly unworkable, but if it succeeds, it will be a blood profit. If it fails, it will only be the loss of an old Hydra...

    Anyway...

    Uehara Naraku had already killed many Hydra bosses long ago.

    Experimenting with a red skull is really no psychological pressure on the conscience of Uehara Naraku. Besides, the red skull himself is also a person who likes to do experiments...

    "Just as a sacrifice for the rise of Hydra..."

    Uehara Naraku thought of a reason, and slowly opened a space wormhole. While he was still thinking, he suddenly felt something!

    Odin just died...

    The divine power seal on the earth has just disappeared and something has happened!

    The earth.

    Northern Europe in Norway.

    After Nairo Uehara defeated the Avengers, the earth basically declared that it was completely under the control of the Hydra and Akatsuki organizations, and the superheroes quickly fell silent.

    The Hulk Dr. Bruce Banner, Iron Man Tony Stark, and War Machine James Rhodes chose to retire, only to show up occasionally to solve a little trouble.

    As for the other Avengers...

    Naturally, they were all imprisoned after the end of Wakanda.

    As for the Marvel Captain Carol Danvers who was defeated by Uehara, she had planned to stay and fight alongside Nick Fury and others again.

    It¡¯s just the concealment of Hydra and Nasuo Uehara, the man behind the scenes, that Carol Danvers dare not act rashly, and can only rescue Nick Fury and others from prison after regaining his strength, and choose to leave the earth temporarily to find The way to defeat Naraku Uehara.

    Nick Fury, Steve Rogers and others rejected the proposal to leave the earth with Carol Danvers. They will continue to stay on the earth to find opportunities to subvert the Hydra, even if they live in hiding...

    To be honest.

    Fortunately, they chose to stay on Earth.

    Otherwise, they won''t be able to survive in space.

    Because Carol Danvers¡¯ laboratory spacecraft was stolen, only a small survival cabin and a letter were left for her, mentioning that her laboratory spacecraft was requisitioned by Akatsuki...

    It''s true that everything goes wrong when people are in adversity...

    This incident made Carol Danvers almost blown up. That was what her life mentor, Dr. Mar. Weir, left to her. There were also the Scroo and her little pet on it!

    Of course.

    Carol Danvers didn¡¯t think about the trouble with Akatsuki¡¯s organization at this time, first because she didn¡¯t know Akatsuki¡¯s whereabouts, and second because she also knew one thing from Nick Fury, which defeated her. Uehara Naraku is just an intern of Akatsuki...

    A guy who can defeat her head-on is just an intern of the Akatsuki organization. There must be something in this so-called cosmic organization.

    And...

    Carol Danvers still feels a little relieved, at least so that she can have a reason to contact the Akatsuki organization, and perhaps join this so-called cosmic peace organization.

    Because Nick Fury told Carol one thing when Carol left the earth, that is, Akatsuki once wanted to invite Carol to join in...

    If you can join Akatsuki...

    Perhaps we can learn from the Akatsuki organization how to defeat Uehara Naraku, and it can also replace Uehara Naraku in the Akatsuki organization!

    This idea is still very beautiful...

    However, this kind of idea is estimated to be unsuccessful for a while, because members of the Akatsuki organization temporarily left the universe after stealing the laboratory spacecraft... Only on the earth there is Ichimaru Gin who is a full member of Akatsuki, but they don¡¯t know. .

    If Ichimaru Gin knew their plan, it would be very helpful to push Carol Danvers to join the Akatsuki organization, and then knocked Carol''s mentality with a backhand...,

    However, Ichimarugin is very busy now.

    Now Ichimarugin and Wanda are standing in Northern Norway, quietly waiting for the death goddess Hela to break the seal of Odin and come out. They naturally want to attract the death goddess...

    What a pity...

    Hela, the goddess of death, doesn''t seem to appreciate it.

    At the moment when Odin, the king of the gods of Asgard, passed away, the seal of divine power on the earth was immediately lifted, and a woman exuding a terrifying atmosphere appeared on the beach.

    It is Hela, the goddess of death.

    Since she was imprisoned by Odin, she has been killing Odin''s seal, but Odin''s death caused her to directly break the seal of divine power, allowing her to finally see the sun again!

    "Congratulations to His Highness Hela for breaking the seal..."

    Ichimaru Gin squinted and walked up with a smile.

    "Does anyone know me?"

    Hela, who had just returned, slowly turned her head and looked at Ichimaru Gin, her gaze was somewhat wanton looking at the death **** of another world.

    There is no need to explore at all, Hela can perceive the weird soul energy of Shimarugin''s body, and her mouth can''t help but smile: "What a funny little thing..."

    "Odin, the king of the gods, has fallen."

    Ichimaru Gin didn''t care about her wanton gaze, and said softly: "His Royal Highness may now want to return to Asgard to regain his throne, but I hope that His Royal Highness can wait here for a while. There is an adult who wants to see you. ¡­"

    "Huh?"

    Hela couldn''t help but tilted her head, with her long hair hanging down her chest. The eyes of the goddess of death were obviously full of puzzles and questions. She half-squinted her eyes: "I heard you right. If you want me to wait for someone here?"

    "Of course."

    Ichimaru Gin nodded with a smile.

    For them, Ichimaru Gin thought it was polite enough; for Hela, Ichimaru Gin''s squinting little thing was obviously provoking her!

    "Forget it..."

    Hela looked up at the sky, slowly shook her head and said, "I will let you survive today, I have no time to delay..."

    Now that the nine kingdoms are completely converged, this also means that the channels linking each other have been opened. Even if there is no Rainbow Bridge channel, Hela can return to Asgard!

    And...

    Hela knows very well what the gathering of the nine kingdoms means. In addition to the link channel, there will also be an etheric particle that has been sealed for countless years!

    Now is not the time to waste time waiting for someone!

    Just when Hela stopped paying attention to Shi Marugin and flew directly into the air, Wanda suddenly controlled a mass of red energy to grab her ankle and dragged her directly down!

    The one who shot is Wanda!

    Unprepared, Hela was thrown directly to the ground, but she supported the ground with one knee and one hand, barely letting herself fall too ugly!

    Wanda looked at Hela, the goddess of death, who was pulled back by her mental ability, and a flash of disgust flashed in her eyes: "It''s best to stay here and wait for the adult''s call..."

    Really can''t understand...

    Why does Uehara Naraku want to win Hella...

    Because this goddess of death is not as good-looking as her, she must be too old, her body is not as good as her, and she doesn''t seem to be very good in strength...

    "Oh?"

    Hela maintained her physical balance, raised her head to look at Wanda, and smiled lightly: "Very powerful mental power, should you have been in contact with spiritual gems?"

    "..."

    Wanda couldn''t help frowning her brows. What the **** is this goddess of death Hela, a word pierced her source of power!

    "What a rude little thing..."

    Hela slowly stood up, and thorns gradually emerged from her hands: "The adult in your mouth seems to despise Asgard... You thought you two could stop me? "

    A little bit of death energy radiated from her...

    This goddess of death, who has been imprisoned for thousands of years, is rapidly recovering, and even rising upwards!

    "Midgard has too little power..."

    Hela frowned slightly.

    Now she needs to return to Asgard as soon as possible. Only if she stays in her hometown of Asgard, will she recover faster and make her stronger!

    But now...

    Let''s get rid of the two little bugs that are blocking her first!

    As long as you are within the Nine Realms, this is her home court!

    With the surging breath of the goddess of death, black thorns spread wildly along this coast, turning this place into a kingdom of death in a blink of an eye!

    Ichimarugin and Wanda arrived desperately, and even tried to fight back, but Hela easily resisted it with the help of immortality...

    As long as Asgard is still...

    Hella will never die!

    Whether it is Shimaru Gin or Wanda, both of them seem to underestimate their opponents. This death goddess was once a **** who truly conquered the Nine Realms. In that era, there were many powerful evil gods in the Nine Realms!

    "What an unconscious little thing..."

    Hela shook out two black thorns and nailed Shimaru Gin and Wanda to the ground. She squinted and sneered, "When my father Odin fell, there was no one in this world anymore. Can threaten me..."

    "That''s it..."

    A strange voice appeared behind Hela.

    It was Naraku Uehara.

    The young man covered in black leather walked out of the space wormhole together with the voice. Just as Hela turned around, he suddenly raised his palm and grabbed Helaxu!

    "Vientiane Tianyin!"

    A gravitational force suddenly grabbed Hella!

    Uehara Naruko''s palms tightly clasped Hela''s neck and lifted the goddess of death, his eyes were already light blue reincarnation eyes.

    "Really lucky..."

    Uehara Naraku pressed her finger against her neck and pressed a red mark. His voice suddenly became calm: "I just killed your father Odin. His body was still warm just now... if you kill it again. Would it be too cruel to kill his daughter?"

    "..."

    Hela''s struggling body suddenly froze!

    What does this guy... mean!

    If you observe carefully, you can indeed sense that there are traces of Odin''s divine power on the body of this guy who suddenly appeared. They should have experienced a fierce battle...

    There is even the burning breath of eternal fire!

    "Don''t be afraid."

    Uehara Naraku slowly put Hela down, UU reading www.uukahnshu. He also moved the palm of his hand away from Hela¡¯s neck, stroked Hela¡¯s cheek, and gently opened his mouth to soothe some panic Hela: "However, I wanted to take you to receive my trophy Asgar. De, it''s a pity that you did something wrong..."

    "..."

    Obviously this guy''s voice is getting softer, but Hela only feels a little cold in her heart. She always feels that the palm that touches her cheek will twist her head!

    "Since I did something wrong..."

    Uehara Naraku slowly approached Hela, and his two pairs of gray and deep eyes met each other, and his voice became more and more gentle: "Then you must obediently pay for your mistakes. Your Highness also thinks so. Right?"

    "..."

    Hela nodded subconsciously.

    "It looks like our communication is very pleasant."

    Uehara Naruko''s right hand suddenly released another shock wave, smashing the death forest that bound Ichimaru Gin and Wanda, and said: "Gil, Wanda, help hang His Highness Hela and hang it on the beach for a week... "

 Chapter 792ï¼š Welcome to join Xiao, auspicious clouds and black robe will cover your future

    this person¡­

    There must be a problem in the brain.

    Hela wanted to resist this humiliating punishment, but was directly slapped on the ground by Nairo Uehara. She couldn''t get up even if she wanted to...

    The humiliated and unwilling death goddess was hung from a tree by the sea, and her heart was filled with doubts about Uehara Naraku.

    There is no harm in this way of punishment...

    It was just a great insult to her, the goddess of death.

    Uehara Naraku held a juice straw in his mouth, and looked up at Hela on the tree boredly: "Your Majesty, can you be good? As long as you hang here obediently for a week, I will make you the king of Asgard... "

    "Asgard is too young!"

    Hela looked like a female lunatic with a disheveled hair. She bit her teeth and cast a deathly gaze at Naruto Uehara who was sitting under the tree: "I want to be the king of Asgard. You can do it yourself!"

    After speaking, Hela turned and said loudly: "As long as you put me down, I can cooperate with you to conquer the entire universe!"

    "This universe is too small..."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head slowly, and returned what he said just now: "As long as I want, I can do it myself now..."

    "asshole¡­"

    Hela felt like she was going crazy.

    If it weren''t for her strength now that she hasn''t fully recovered...she really wants to poke Uehara Naraku out of seven or eight holes, and then hang him on the beach for a thousand years!

    certainly¡­

    Hela was also a little frightened.

    Because she vaguely thinks that even if she returns to Asgard, she can become stronger and stronger in Asgard, and she doesn''t know when she can compete with Naraku Uehara...

    This guy¡­

    It is too strong!

    Even her father, King Odin, could not suppress her power like Uehara Naraku!

    "You want Asgard, don''t you?"

    Uehara Naraku raised his palm to the sky and continued slowly: "It''s a pity, according to my bet with Odin, Asgard is already my territory..."

    "I won''t admit it..."

    "I''m not asking for your opinion."

    Uehara Naraku directly interrupted Hela''s words, and a black glow shot from his palm straight into the sky, and the space along the way was wiped out by the black glow...

    A few seconds later.

    Just as Hela was still wondering what this guy wanted to do, the black glow quickly shrank back, and it was almost inexplicable...

    However¡­

    Until the black light completely fell into the palm of Uehara Naruto''s hand, an exquisite ball-shaped decoration rested on his palm, and inside was a beautiful fairyland...

    Hela recognized the look of the fairyland at a glance, because the most conspicuous building in the sphere is the towering fairy palace!

    That is the most gorgeous building in Asgard!

    "Asgard..."

    Hela''s pupils suddenly tightened, her gaze always faintly panicked: "This is Asgard...you put Asgard''s space..."

    "Um."

    Naruto Uehara nodded and looked at Asgard in his hand intently. There were even some ignorant figures walking around in it...

    Obviously.

    These Asgardians don¡¯t know that their homeland has become a doll. No, it should be said that there is another person who knows, that is Heimdall who is in charge of Asgard¡¯s Rainbow Bridge. He is standing in Asgard. Looking up at the sky at the Rainbow Bridge!

    Because in Heimdall¡¯s sight...

    He saw a tall giant holding the entire Asgard with his palm, treating this wonderland as a plaything in his palm!

    "Did you find it? But you can''t change anything alone..."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Heimdall with amazement, only smiled at the corner of his mouth, and waved the ball in his palm into his black hole universe.

    Since then.

    Asgard, the fairyland of the Nine Realms, disappeared into the universe. They will live in another universe, which may be a lucky thing for them.

    certainly.

    There are also several Asgardians living out, such as Odin''s eldest daughter and two sons, and the lucky Valkyrie who has escaped from Asgard.

    While Uehara Naraku was thinking a little playfully about what it would be like when Thor and Loki discovered that their home was stolen, he received a message in his brain, which originated from Akatsuki''s ring.

    That one...

    The ring he once gave to Gu Yi.

    Uehara Naraku''s eyes instantly turned into a pair of reincarnation eyes, and an illusory figure appeared in front of him under his control, and it was Gu Yi who appeared through the magic lantern body technique.

    "Your Excellency Supreme Master, have you finally figured it out?"

    Uehara Naraku tilted her head and looked at the compassionate Supreme Koichi in a moment: "I thought you would wait a long time to figure it out..."

    "No, I want to say another thing."

    Gu Yi shook her head slowly and raised her fingers. A bright red liquid hovered on her fingertips, which looked like blood, but was as moving as a gem.

    Ether particles.

    In other words, the legendary gem of reality!

    Since the gathering of the nine kingdoms, Thor and Loki have rushed to the sealed land left by their grandfather, took out the etheric particles... and when they succeeded, they were chased by the dark elves.

    For this reason, when Thor and Loki could not return to Asgard, they could only flee to the New York Temple where the Supreme Mage was located, requesting the Supreme Gu Yi to expel the dark elves.

    After Gu Yi expelled the dark elves, Thor could not keep the etheric particles. Despite Loki''s objection, he gave the etheric particles to the Gu Yi mage, hoping that Gu Yi mage would help to keep it...

    Uehara Naraku raised his eyebrows, and continued, "Where are Thor and Loki now? Their sister has been released from prison, why not come to visit?"

    "..."

    Gu Yi shook his head silently.

    Uehara Naraku is not too big to watch the excitement, anyone who knows the history of Asgard must understand that Sol and Hella will definitely fight when they meet...

    This person...

    Just like watching hand-foot-fighting?

    Now this guy has taken Asgard blatantly, and is here to instigate Asgard''s master to kill each other? This thing is a bit too authentic!

    Gu Yi looked at Uehara Naraku''s expression, thought for a while, and then said Sol''s whereabouts: "Some problems have occurred, they are searching for the whereabouts of the dark elves..."

    "Tell me in detail."

    Uehara Naraku took a sip of the juice, and said softly, "As detailed as possible, I still have a lot of time."

    "¡­All right."

    Gu Yi sighed helplessly.

    In order to protect the etheric particles from being used by the evil dark elves, Gu Yi mage expelled the dark elves leader Malkis, and wanted to send them back to the dark realm.

    As a result, there was a problem...

    Domam of the dark dimension has long been lurking in this world. The dark overlord and the ancient wizard fought in a different dimension, conquered the group of guys who are good at using dark energy, and gave his power to Malkis, etc. A crowd of dark elves.

    Malekis'' purpose is very pure, he wants to get ether particles from the ancient hands again, and rewrite the entire universe into a dark kingdom by influencing reality.

    Domam''s purpose is even simpler.

    This dark overlord has only one purpose, and that is to conquer all worlds and plunge all worlds into the dark dimension!

    In theory...

    This is a colleague of Uehara Naraku.

    Because Uehara Naraku''s purpose is to include the planets of this world in his own black hole universe, but Uehara Naraku is not as picky as Domam.

    Uehara is a bit more picky.

    Every planet that enters the black hole universe must be personally selected by Naraku Uehara, perhaps a planet with unique special significance.

    The fellow Dommam is hungry.

    "Just deal with Domam''s threat..."

    The Ether Particles were sliding on the fingertips of Gu Yi Mage, and he calmly said: "I can give the Ether Particles to you...I can even follow one of your members to join Akatsuki."

    "Just solve Domam?"

    "Yes."

    Gu Yi nodded and continued: "If there are other enemies in this world, it will be the next generation of Supreme Master Strange..."

    "That''s it..."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head for himself, and suddenly said, "Is there no other rhetoric? For example, if I don''t make a move, you want to exchange the celestial particles for time gems or something..."

    "unnecessary."

    Gu Yi shook his head calmly, watching Uehara Naraku with soft eyes, as if he could see through everything: "Because I know that we don''t need to say anything else."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku fell silent strangely.

    I have to say that this supreme mage has a good vision. She is very clear about Uehara Naraku''s request, and she can see what Uehara Naraku wants.

    "Really...you can see it through..."

    Uehara Naraku helplessly clutched his forehead, his eyes slammed at the Gu Yi mage in the state of the slide body through his fingers: "Then, Supreme Gu Yi, welcome to join Akatsuki. From then on, Xiangyun black robe will be Cover your life..."

    "..."

    Gu Yi mage was silent for a while.

    Because at this time, she didn''t know how she should talk to her. How should she pick up the second grade of UU reading ?

    But Master Gu Yi knows one thing very well, that is, facing a boss like Uehara Naraku, you must not stand in a cold field. Once Uehara Naraku felt embarrassed...

    For the world, it is basically a disaster.

    Master Gu Yi looked at Naraku Uehara with a serious welcome on her face. Just as she tried to think about how to answer, the black hole tunnel suddenly appeared in the New York Temple...

    A black robe of auspicious clouds fell down.

    "..."

    Gu Yi mage was silent again.

    Since he didn¡¯t know Akatsuki¡¯s situation well, Gu Yi thought there would be some important ceremony. It turned out that Uehara Naraku was just sending her a uniform...

    "Okay, I''m going to solve Domam."

    Nairo Uehara watched Gu Yi put on a black robe of auspicious clouds, nodded contentedly, and gave his first order: "As for you, please help me comfort Sol and Loki! I promised Odin. Let them survive..."

 Chapter 793ï¼š Domam, Im here to help you!

    Domam was actually in a good mood.

    As the master of a dark dimension, it has always been eager to expand its territory, and it just so happens that this universe has always been the prey of its heart and mind.

    As a result, for so many years, two monsters, the Supreme Mage and the King of Gods, have existed in this universe, directly causing Domam¡¯s plan to often fail...

    now¡­

    It finally waited for the perfect opportunity.

    Nine kingdoms gathered here, Odin, the king of the gods, fell, the hidden dark kingdom appeared, and the Supreme Master Gu Yi was injured by an unknown little guy...

    Canadian border.

    In a piece of ice and snow.

    A group of dark elves stood curled up in the snow.

    A crack appeared in the sky, and a thick dark energy suddenly protruded from the crack, instantly changing like a tree branch, and the branches fiercely plunged into the back of the dark elves, and the dark energy was input into their bodies!

    "Go!"

    A huge eye appeared in the crack.

    It is Domam, the master of the dark dimension!

    Dommam looked at the group of dark elves who had just tempted to take refuge in it on the ground, and a vague voice echoed in the ears of these dark elves: "Go, elves, use the power I give you to kill the Supreme Ancient One. , Let the darkness cover everything..."

    With the intrusion of dark energy, the appearance of a group of dark elves gradually became ugly and vicious, and the aura on them became more and more terrifying...

    Following Domam''s order into his mind, these dark elves rushed to the distance, their destination is the direction of the New York Temple.

    certainly¡­

    Domam did not count on these dark elves.

    For it, this group of dark elves are just victims who are used to delay the ancient time. What it has to do is to use this time to open a space channel!

    Let your true power descend from the dark dimension!

    Just as Domam began to use dark energy to expand the space channel little by little, the giant eye that existed in the space crack saw a dazzling golden light!

    That golden light is like the sun!

    In the next moment, golden light shines!

    This golden light pierced through the dark elves who had been infused with energy, and blasted these dark elves as victims to pieces!

    "who¡­"

    The huge eyes in the void crevices suddenly widened.

    "Dommam!"

    Along with the golden light shining, a young man dressed in black leather appeared before the void crack, and the young man''s loud voice echoed on this land!

    "Dommam, I''m here to help you!"

    This sentence makes people sound really disappointed!

    If it weren¡¯t for Domam to see this young man destroy all its chess pieces in one blow, and even the energy displayed by the youth is deeper than its dark dimension, maybe Domam really wants to believe that this young man is here to help it. of¡­

    after all¡­

    The tone of this young man''s speech is extremely firm!

    Not only did the youth speak with a firm tone, but even his actions were extremely decisive!

    After this guy arrived here in an instant, he just said a word to Domam. A huge blue energy emerged from his body, and in a blink of an eye, a giant Susa who was over a thousand meters high was enveloped. His body!

    The blue giant Suzu suddenly opened his hands and directly grabbed the two ends of the void crack, tearing the space barrier with force, trying to expand the void crack!

    Endless dark energy gushes out from the crack...

    However, no matter how much dark energy, it will not be able to erode the giant Suzu that is more than a thousand meters high, and even those dark energy that leaks from the dark dimension, it is only absorbed by the giant Suzu in a moment, and it does not hurt it at all...

    "Wait, don''t you come here yet..."

    Dommam saw that Giant Suzu was indeed helping to expand the space channel. It seemed that he really wanted it to descend on the earth. There must be a problem here!

    Dommam, the dark master, did not feel the slightest joy of a helper in his heart, but was a little more panicked out of thin air: "Wait, don''t come here, little thing, your name is Uehara Naraku? What about you? There may be such a powerful energy..."

    As the dark lord who has been observing the world for a long time, Domam has also seen Naraku Uehara, and even knows that this is a superhero...

    But Domam didn¡¯t pay much attention to it, because whenever it detected Naraku Uehara, it would subconsciously ignore this person, thinking that this person is not a threat...

    In fact, it''s not just Domam.

    Anyone who wants to explore the existence of Uehara Naraku will only be deceived by his use of the black hole universe. All they know is that Uehara Naraku can allow them to investigate.

    "Did you scare you?"

    Uehara Naraku stood among the crystals on Giant Susa¡¯s forehead. He slowly smoothed out the overwhelming weather conditions surrounding Giant Susa, and gently comforted Domam: "Don¡¯t worry, Domam, I¡¯m really here. Helping you..."

    While talking, Uehara Naraku controlled giant Susa to slowly tear open a huge gap in the void, and the huge dark energy was vented more and more...

    "stop!"

    Domam loudly wanted to stop Naraku Uehara''s movements, his dull voice was mixed with anger: "Fate will price everything you get... If you come to me for cooperation, first tell me what your conditions are! "

    "Really, what are the conditions..."

    Uehara Naraku''s gaze penetrated the void, and he looked at the dark dimension at the other end of the crack, with a smile on his face: "After all, I''m not here to negotiate... Ha, Domam, the planes and planets you collected are different. Less!"

    have to say¡­

    Domam''s collection is really rich.

    As a dark master who has crossed the ages, in order to expand his power and territory, Domam has been constantly eroding the world that can be touched by those dark dimensions.

    therefore¡­

    There are many planets in the dark dimension.

    These planets that have been introduced into the dark dimension by Domam in countless years have been completely occupied by Domam''s dark believers and have become one of Domam''s power sources.

    to be honest¡­

    Domam''s collection is much richer than Uehara Naraku.

    "What do you want to do?"

    Although the illusory giant eye condensed by Domam is as large as a star, the giant Susa, which is thousands of meters high, looks like a tiny bug in front of its eyes...

    Dommam''s giant eyes stared at Giant Suzu, for fear of something unusual about this giant, he didn''t think this kind of guy with the horror of the abyss would be a good thing!

    Inexplicably...

    Domam felt the same kind of breath from Uehara Naraku. This guy seems to be a similar kind of hunting world, perhaps stronger than it!

    "I don''t think you are here to help me..."

    Domam¡¯s voice was full of vigilance, and spears composed of dark energy gathered around its giant eyes, as if they could rush out at any time: "If you guys really want to cooperate, as long as you can give me Satisfactory conditions, I can promise to carve up this world with you. Anyway, it is just a world for us..."

    "Well, since you have said so, let''s talk about it first..."

    Uehara Naraku seemed a little helpless on his face, he shook his head and sighed, "I was only helping you open the space channel, then drag you into this world to have a fight, and then let you roll back to the dark dimension obediently... "

    "...You fellow!"

    Domam''s voice instantly became irritable!

    This bastard! Before this **** speaks, can he use his mind a little to think, is this what he said is human?

    Does this **** know, how many years has it been staring at this world? For so many years, it has almost always been blasted by the Supreme Master, but never gave up...

    It was just a beating...

    Does it give up if it can''t stand this kind of thing?

    "Don''t be angry, I haven''t finished talking yet..."

    Uehara Naraku quickly calmed Domam''s emotions gently, and softly persuaded: "Domam, after seeing you, especially after seeing what is in your dark dimension, I suddenly changed my mind... "

    "What''s the meaning?"

    Domam¡¯s voice is still mixed with rage, but its mood seems to have eased a lot, perhaps because Uehara Naraku has finally begun to talk...

    It turns out. UU reading www.uukanshu. com

    The Lord of Darkness is still too naive.

    Just as Domam was thinking about how Uehara Naraku would change his mind, how they should get along when they cooperate in the future, how should the dark lord find a chance to pit a wave of Uehara Naraku, a azure blue sword light Suddenly hit!

    The thousand-meter-high giant Suzu suddenly pulled out the sword of Suzu at his waist, and slashed a vast slash towards Domam''s giant eye, forcibly splitting the giant eye in two!

    Uehara Naraku controlled Giant Susa to finish all this, watching Domam roaring in the void, calmly raised the sword of Susa again!

    "My current thoughts..."

    "Just hit you first..."

    "Then let''s discuss what the dark only belongs to..."

    When Uehara Naraku said here, his gaze made no secret of his praise: "After all, there are not many scenes where so many high-quality planets are gathered here..."

 Chapter 794ï¼š Domam, we are colleagues!

    Domam was in a bad mood.

    If a powerful person breaks into your home with a knife and praises you for stacking a lot of valuable things in your home, what will the owner of the family feel at this time?

    That''s how Domam feels now.

    This dark lord has been plundering the world and planets, accumulating these collections and sources of power in his own dark dimension, which is not something to be appreciated!

    Of course Uehara Naraku didn''t come to appreciate it either.

    "Speaking of which, the two of us are also colleagues..."

    Uehara Naraku glanced at Domam who was split into two giant eyes, and couldn''t help but look at the densely packed planets, and sighed softly, "I also like to use many planets as my own collection. They are also my source of strength... "

    In a sense, Naraku Uehara is no different from Domam. One depends on the power of the black hole universe, and the other depends on the power of the dark dimension.

    indeed.

    The two of them are peers.

    Uehara Naraku looked at the planet in the dark dimension, re-controlling Susao Noji, raised the giant sword in his hand, and sighed faintly: "But...I am...the most annoying thing is being with you!"

    As Uehara Naraku''s voice fell, Susao violently swung the giant sword in his hand, splitting out a vast array of slashes, slashing into the entire dark dimension space!

    Regardless of those planets...

    Or the dark energy floating in space...

    All were brutally crushed by azure blue slashes!

    "stop!"

    Domam¡¯s giant eyes quickly condensed, manipulating the dark energy into a huge circular enchantment, trapping Naruto Uehara¡¯s Susao Nogo in place!

    Click!

    The sound of shattering the enchantment was extremely loud, and the entire dark enchantment had not been supported for a second before it was smashed to pieces by Suzuo Nenghu!

    Uehara Naraku ignored Domam, but calmly controlled Susao Nogo under him and raised his palms, and small spiral-shaped flying blades appeared in Susao''s hands!

    These tiny spiral flying blades flew to all parts of the dark dimension in a blink of an eye, blasting this dead and desolate space into disarray!

    It¡¯s not enough...

    The red light rose from Suzuo''s hand again, appeared in the dark dimension like a blood moon, and shot out red light in an instant!

    The endless dark energy was almost wiped out quickly under the baptism of this red light, and even Domam could not sense the existence of dark energy!

    This bastard...

    What are you doing here!

    Uehara Naraku looked at the dark dimension after being cleansed, and slowly disbanded Susano Nouga, and also put away the red light in Susano''s hand...

    It is the ether particle.

    In other words, it should be called a gem of reality.

    As long as he has enough energy support, he can use reality gems to rewrite all known reality and change the world into what he wants to see...

    Uehara Naraku used the gems of reality to directly rewrite everything that exists in the dark dimension, and he can completely control the situation with ease. This is also because his own power is strong enough...

    If Gu Yi and Odin were to use reality gems, they would not be able to directly rewrite the entire dark dimension like Uehara Naraku. According to their power, they could probably only change the reality of a planet.

    "mix¡­"

    "What are you..."

    "What do you want to do!"

    Domam''s illusory spirit body stared at Uehara with giant eyes, and yelled at Uehara violently. Almost anyone could hear the anger and the panic mixed in it from its voice!

    "Don''t worry..."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head, a red jewel was spinning at his fingertips, and he whispered in a low voice: "I''m just here to try if the thing Guichi gave me is genuine..."

    After speaking, Uehara Naraku glanced at the empty dark dimension again, and nodded with satisfaction: "It looks like it should be genuine..."

    "Gu Yi asked you to come!"

    Domam''s voice instantly became heavy!

    "I made a deal with Gu Yi."

    Uehara Naraku had no plans to hide, she still played with the red gems at her fingertips, and continued: "Gu Yi chose to agree to my condition, become my subordinate, and give me this thing. She only offered one condition, which is Let me find a way so that you can no longer erode any corner of this world..."

    "That little thing..."

    Domam gritted his teeth.

    For so many years, it has fought with Gu Yi for so long, and still has some respect for Gu Yi, the dead-headed Supreme Master...

    Unexpectedly, Gu Yi would lose his dignity and take refuge in others!

    Didn''t this lead the wolf into the room!

    Even if the darkness dominates invading the world, it is just a search of planets. The guy in front of you who can easily smooth the dark dimension is much more dangerous than it!

    Gu Yi''s brain is not enough!

    certainly¡­

    But this trick is very effective.

    At least Domam knew he had to give up.

    Now its dark dimension does not know how long it will take to recover...

    The power of its spirit body in front of it must not be able to compete with Naraku Uehara. Although Domam is immortal and does not want to lose its power in vain, it has to erode other planes as soon as possible to restore its strength, as for this world for the time being...

    Dommam immediately finished thinking about the gains and losses in his heart, and said in a deep voice: "Okay, I promise you, the energy of the dark dimension will not appear here again..."

    "Don''t worry..."

    Uehara Naraku interrupted Domam suddenly, and said slowly: "Why don''t you show up here? I welcome you here... Domam, although we are in the same company, who said we are in the same company? Can''t we cooperate with each other?"

    "Um?"

    Domam turned his mind again, and its voice finally relaxed: "Then now, are you going to work with me to annex this world?"

    If it''s this kind of cooperation...

    In fact, Domam felt that he was not unacceptable!

    certainly¡­

    More than acceptable!

    If Uehara Naraku chooses to abandon Gu Yi and choose to cooperate with it, it will simply turn Domam Jedi into reverse. It can even think of how ugly that guy''s face will be when he meets Gu Yi again in the future!

    It''s just a pity...

    Someone is not a friendly partner.

    Hearing Domam¡¯s way of cooperation, a touch of disgust flashed on Uehara''s face: "It''s really naive, Domam, are you guys lacking in thinking to such an extent? Your courage is too small, right? ?"

    "bring it on¡­"

    "Let me show you..."

    "What is the correct way of cooperation!"

    When talking about this, UUreading Uehara Naraku suddenly raised his palm again, and a group of red light flew out of his hand, rewriting the reality of the dark dimension in a blink of an eye!

    After just a few seconds...

    The entire dark dimension has returned to its original appearance!

    Just after the dark dimension was restored, a black light appeared from behind Uehara Naraku and turned into a huge space channel, frantically absorbing all the dark dimension planets!

    While controlling the black hole to absorb the planet, Uehara Naraku looked up at Domam, who had become furious again, and defeated Domam''s spirit body with a single finger!

    "This is how we work together."

    Naraku Uehara watched Domam¡¯s spirit recover again, once again crushed it with a finger, and continued quietly: "Whenever you capture a planet or world, bring them all to me and let me choose myself. Like...understand? Domam."

 Chapter 795ï¼š Domam, I killed 1 person 101 times before...

    Latest website: Let yourself go out hunting the planet...

    Come back and hand over the best planet among the prey to Naraku Uehara?

    What kind of **** cooperation is this!

    Didn''t it let him, the master of darkness, be a dog!

    "Little thing, who do you think you are!"

    Domam''s mouth spewed out a group of colorful energy instantly, it wanted to directly use the opportunity of its own rage to attack and destroy Uehara Naraku!

    Patter...

    Uehara Naraku looked at the flying dark energy, and suddenly snapped his fingers, and a strange green light surrounded his wrist!

    At the same time, the reality gems also shot a red light, entwining Uehara Naraku''s wrist together, and the energy of time and reality quietly converged!

    "Let me think about how the time loop should be used..."

    Uehara Naruko raised his hand and shot a ball of golden light, which directly defeated the dark energy. The golden light in his palm directly penetrated the dark energy, and rushed towards the spirit body of Domam!

    In an instant, Domam''s spirit body became riddled with holes!

    Even the golden light in Nairo Uehara''s hands didn''t know what kind of weird energy it was that made Domam, the master of darkness, feel the burning pain!

    "Ah ah ah ah ah¡­"

    The roar of pain echoed in the dark dimension!

    Dommam quickly recovered his spirit body, while angrily re-gathering its power, it opened its mouth and spewed a cloud of dark energy toward Uehara Naraku!

    Next second...

    The same scene happens again...

    Nairo Uehara raised his hand to defeat the dark energy with golden light, and the golden light that remained undiminished penetrated Domam''s spirit body again, and the burning pain once again swept Domam''s mind!

    It''s this familiar feeling again...

    Domam regained his body once again, and once again exploded into a cloud of colorful dark energy toward Nairo Uehara, almost no need to think about it to know what would happen in the next scene!

    "What exactly is going on!"

    Domam watched in horror as his body was penetrated by golden light again, trying to suppress his impulse, but his mouth instinctively began to condense dark energy...

    "This should be my time loop, right?"

    Uehara Naraku raised his eyebrows, raised his hand to defeat Domam''s dark energy for the fourth time, and then defeat Domam''s spirit body, calmly explained: "I optimized this ability a bit, and intercepted a section. Your most painful moment, then fix this time, and use the power of time gems and reality gems to cycle back and forth. To be honest, the principle is a bit like an illusion technique used by a subordinate of mine..."

    Because time alone does not work for them.

    Whether it is Naraku Uehara or Domam, although they are both within the time cycle, they all retain the memory of the last cycle.

    This is the terrible thing about high-dimensional creatures.

    This is also the sadness of high-dimensional creatures.

    If every time Dommam is injured, its memory will be automatically deleted at the time of the time cycle. It is estimated that Dommam will not care about this time cycle...

    However¡­

    The sad thing is that Domam¡¯s thinking has the memory of every time cycle, and it has to wait and see that it is repeatedly beaten in this time cycle!

    "Tell me, after the cycle..."

    There was a sense of anxiety in Domam¡¯s giant eyes of the spirit body, it subconsciously once again gathered dark energy to attack Uehara Naraku, and was easily defeated by Uehara Naraku again...

    "Then it keeps going back and forth like this!"

    Uehara Naraku cast a look indifferently, and slowly explained: "In fact, I used to do this kind of thing a lot, so I won''t get bored, and I am more proficient in the technique now than before..."

    "Someone offended me before, and I had to kill that person one hundred and one times as punishment. I thought he would be killed by me and fall into a nightmare. Doubting life..."

    "But the strong is the strong after all. I didn''t expect that guy would be able to offset his body position by one millimeter every time I killed him, so as to maintain his will..."

    After Uehara Naraku finished talking about these old things, his voice suddenly became serious: "But... this kind of thing won''t happen in the future..."

    "This is the time loop!"

    "This is the history I have set long ago!"

    "Everything will happen according to the established thing, and nothing will be deviated. This is an ability that is countless times more perfect than the Izanagi illusion technique under my hand!"

    "..."

    Domam tried to curse while being beaten.

    It doesn''t care at all about the ghost of Izanagi''s illusion that Naru Uehara is under. It just wants to know how to release this time loop!

    certainly¡­

    Domam is more concerned about one thing!

    Dommam was silent for a while and beaten again, and suddenly he said, "The person who was killed by you more than a hundred times... How did you treat that person in the end?"

    "Finally? I didn''t do anything to him..."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head indifferently, and said softly, "Because he promised me that he was willing to offer his loyalty to me."

    "..."

    Dommam was silent again.

    The master of darkness watched the golden light in Nairo Uehara''s hand once again hit according to the law, defeating its dark energy, and shattering its spirit body...

    Domam endured the burning pain and swept his mind, gritted his teeth to maintain his will, "Let''s talk about it... Tell me about your conditions!"

    "Don''t worry..."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head and explained, "This is the first time I have used the ability of time loops. I want to try other things. For example, I want to destroy and swallow the entire dark dimension, and then freeze time in the dark dimension. The moment you are destroyed and disappear, let me see how you will die, and I will cycle your death process back and forth..."

    "...I promise your terms!"

    Dommam let out a dull voice and interrupted Naraku Uehara directly. He didn''t want to discuss this terrifying topic with Naraku Uehara!

    This guy¡­

    How can one lightly say such a thing as destroying a dimension!

    This guy clearly knows that one dimension is equivalent to a universe. Doesn''t he know how many people live in it? Even if these people are its believers...

    Once the dark dimension is destroyed, its dark lord can only go to extinction, this **** even wants to let its demise process into a time cycle...

    That kind of powerlessness...

    Domam has seen it in other planes with his own eyes, so it swears that he will never go to the kind of loneliness when the universe is ruined and perished!

    "Do you choose to agree?"

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand to stop the cycle of time, frowned and said, "I don''t seem to have told you my current conditions? Now I want to modify the conditions. After all, you are as weak as Odin. Same¡­"

    "you!"

    damn it¡­

    when¡­

    Odin, the king of the gods, has also become a weak adjective!

    In the past, in order to show his strength in this universe, Domam always used Odin as a synonym for his strength. It always liked to call himself stronger than Odin!

    result¡­

    Now some people are as weak as Odin!

    Domam tried his best to suppress his anger, and continued in a deep voice: "If I hunt on other planets, I will give you everything you want. Isn''t this way of cooperation enough? It''s not you Is it required!"

    "This kind of cooperation is too low-level..."

    Uehara Naraku interrupted Domam. He slowly raised his head to look at Domam. A kind smile suddenly appeared in his eyes: "You are fearing that your dark dimension will perish, so you have been hunting other worlds. , I can give you a chance now..."

    The black hole space behind Uehara Naraku opened quickly, and in a blink of an eye it covered the entire dark dimension, and his voice was more bewildering: "Domam... join me... just join me... don¡¯t worry about this in the future. It¡¯s something...I can make your dark dimension a certain dimension in my universe..."

    "..."

    Domam wanted to curse again.

    As a master of darkness, it has always tempted others to fall for power. Today, someone is bewitching it...

    "This kind of opportunity is rare."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Domam for a while, and said softly, "Domam, you are already very lucky. This time you met a kind person like me. Who knows if you will encounter more terrifying enemies in the future? ?"

    "I¡­"

    Domam still wanted to curse.

    As the master of the dark dimension, how could it encounter enemies that could threaten it? This guy is clearly the only exception, okay?

    Can''t you hide if you can''t beat it?

    This time it was an accident on its own, and it was captured by Naru Uehara to the coordinates of the dark dimension. As a result, this **** invaded its territory...

    Uehara Naraku looked at the silent Domam, tirelessly persuading: "For a high-dimensional creature like you, only existence is the most important..."

    "..."

    Domam really wanted to swear.

    Compared with ordinary people on the earth, its existence does not have those consciousness at all. The most important thing is that thinking can exist.

    This is also a normal thinking dominated by dimensions.

    but!

    These things do not mean that they are unimportant!

    Even if it is the ruler of the dark dimension, UU reading www.uukanshu. Occasionally, com will substitute ordinary people''s way of thinking to think, why should it take everything from it!

    but¡­

    But...

    That is, Naru Uehara, this **** is a bit dangerous.

    Because this **** seems to have found a different kind of fun here, just like he found some interesting collection...

    After Dommam was silent for a long time, its giant-eyed spirit body looked at the smiling Uehara Naraku, and its voice suddenly became a little sad.

    "you are right¡­"

    "For us..."

    "Existence is the most important..."

 Chapter 796ï¼š Akatsukis member

    Latest website: New York Temple.

    Master Gu Yi was very relaxed.

    After the supreme mage and Naraku Uehara negotiated the conditions, she no longer worried about the trouble of Domam''s invasion. She sat in the roof garden of the temple and chatted with the brothers Thor and Rocky.

    Thor grabbed the small teacup and emptied it casually, with a sad expression on his face: "Asgard¡¯s Rainbow Bridge broke again, and I don¡¯t know what Heimdall is doing... Lord Gu Yi, can you help us? Contact Asgard?"

    This time the situation is a bit more troublesome than in the past.

    Sol has no way to contact Asgard at all, and even Loki, a little clever brother, can''t contact Asgard.

    What does it mean?

    Did his old father banish the two of their brothers?

    Mage Gu Yi was silent for a while, then slowly shook his head and said, "Sorry, I can''t do it either. Perhaps Your Excellency Odin hopes that the two Highnesses can leave his wings..."

    This answer is a bit dry.

    It is really difficult to satisfy Sol.

    Thor''s face was instantly rolled up, and he hit the table with a punch: "But Asgard is our home..."

    "..."

    Gu Yi was silent for a while again, slowly raised his teacup, and slowly lowered his head: "A warm home is the most comfortable hero''s mound... This world will change, and Lord Odin can¡¯t be sure. Your brothers have found the most suitable way."

    "It sounds like he has arranged something we don''t know..."

    Loki''s fingers flicked the tabletop little by little, and his eyes were filled with evil intentions: "He put us on the earth, does he want us to be the king of the earth?"

    "This joke is not funny."

    Gu Yi smiled and shook his head.

    Just when the supreme mage wanted to say something, she suddenly seemed to sense something, and suddenly raised her hand to open a space channel around her.

    "His Royal Highness, please leave here temporarily!"

    Gu Yi''s expression gradually became awe-inspiring, and he said solemnly: "Sorry, the temple can''t protect the two of you... Maybe, I can only look forward to another supreme mage meeting the two one day."

    "what happened¡­"

    Before Sol had time to speak, the door of space passed through him and Loki, sending them both directly to the Avengers base on Earth.

    Or¡­

    This should be the underground base of the neutral avengers.

    The Avengers of the entire planet are completely divided into three factions.

    Uehara Naraku and Scarlet Witch Wanda are naturally recognized as the genuine avengers; the remaining Captain America Steve Rogers and others are considered rebels; Iron Man Tony Stark, War Machine James Rodriguez and the Hulk Dr. Bruce Banner Be regarded as neutral.

    When Sol and Loki were still in a daze, they opened their eyes and saw Tony Stark, Bruce Banner and others with surprised faces. Several people eagerly welcomed the two Asgard guests from afar. , Welcome them to join the neutrals who are committed to peace...

    Simply outrageous.

    certainly.

    There are even more outrageous things here in the New York Temple.

    Just as the ancient wizard sent away the brothers Thor and Rocky, a black space wormhole appeared, and two figures quietly appeared beside her.

    The young man is still in that black leather jacket, and it is Naraku Uehara who has just finished the battle; as for the other person wearing a black robe of auspicious clouds, his face is full of illusion and hollowness, and the energy radiating from his body can''t help it. Gu Yi was a little lost...

    this¡­

    Is this Domam?

    "introduce."

    Uehara Naraku pointed to Domam, who looked like an imaginary human body next to him, and looked at Gu Yi who was a little confused, and said helplessly, "Well, maybe I don''t need to introduce it. In short, the two of them will be Akatsuki''s colleagues in the future..."

    "Humph¡­"

    Domam snorted in dissatisfaction.

    After being a little dazed, Gu Yi quickly regained consciousness, and a smile appeared on the corner of her mouth: "It will be very interesting to see our future life..."

    "okokokok¡­"

    Uehara Naraku nodded not sincerely, and said slowly: "I hope the two can put aside the grievances of the past and work together, otherwise it will be difficult for me to do..."

    "Yes."

    Master Gu Yi smiled and agreed.

    Domam''s illusory spirit body was silent for a while, and then slowly nodded, because its dark dimension had been absorbed by Uehara''s black hole universe. This dark lord was the one who could not get rid of Uehara''s control.

    However, this matter is not without benefits for Domam, because it has also become the number two person in the black hole universe of Uehara Naraku, and can even use part of the black hole universe''s abilities under the authorization of Uehara Naraku...

    simply put.

    Domam became a real management dog.

    From then on, as long as Uehara Naraku is not guilty, Domam can walk sideways in this world, of course he can actually walk sideways in the past...

    Now with the addition of Domam and Gu Yi Mage, Akatsuki seems to be able to take some more offensive measures, which can force Thanos to get the only two infinite rough stones left in the universe as soon as possible.

    "Okay, let''s go to the new base..."

    Uehara Naruko raised his finger and began to sense the location of Akatsuki''s current space laboratory, which was the home of Captain Marvel that he had arranged before Uchiha Madara and others took advantage of the battle.

    "Wait a mininute."

    Gu Yi interrupted Naraku Uehara''s words and said softly: "I still need to arrange something. I must find the successor to bear the inheritance of Kama Taj and the Supreme Master..."

    Although she chose to seek refuge in Uehara Naraku, she couldn''t ignore the entire Kama Taj, not to mention that she had already chosen the successor of the Supreme Mage.

    These remarks are a bit unfaithful.

    However, Uehara Naraku didn''t care about this little thing. He had already seen the future Supreme Master Dr. Strange during the New York war.

    "Useless inheritance."

    Dommam couldn''t help but contempt. According to the grudge between this guy and the Supreme Mage, it is estimated that he will never abandon his discrimination against the magician.

    "Don''t say thatDomam..."

    Uehara Naraku chuckled lightly and stared at Gu Yi and said, "I really hope to see Kama Taj become an affiliate of Akatsuki and provide us with a steady stream of talents, just like Hydra and the Avengers. Your Excellency Gu Yi can also help me take care of Yinhe Wanda on the earth..."

    "Yes."

    Gu Yi mage lowered his head slightly.

    "All right."

    Uehara Naruko waved his hand, turned and led Domam into a dark wormhole: "The earth will be handed over to you, and I just went to meet another new member of the organization, a member who wants to take my place. ¡­"

    Yes.

    A member who wants to take the place of Uehara Naraku.

    A woman who obviously doesn''t know the height of the sky.

 Chapter 797ï¼š Intern Captain Marvel, your task is to attack Thanos!

    The latest website: in space.

    Akatsuki''s new experimental base.

    Since the Xiao organization occupied this experimental base full of science and technology, many of Xiao''s members have been transferred to accept these new world technologies.

    In addition, in order to protect this new base, Akatsuki¡¯s top combat power is also stationed here, mainly because this group of guys are not familiar with the new world. Currently they are still taking over all of the experimental base from the Skrulls. Operational matters.

    As a result, at this time, Captain Marvel Carol Danvers came to this base, seeking to join Akatsuki, wanting to replace Uehara Naraku.

    Everyone in the Akatsuki organization was stunned!

    Where did this guy come from?

    "Uehara Naraku is not qualified as a representative of the earth."

    Carol Danvers looked at the people in Akatsuki''s organization. She could feel the strong momentum of these guys. She still kept calm and explained her reason: "I heard that Akatsuki is a peaceful organization, and Uehara Naraku has become After acquiring the members of Akatsuki, he carried out the reign of terror on the earth in the name of Akatsuki. His actions should have damaged Akatsuki''s reputation..."

    "Oh?"

    Uchiha Madara sat on the main seat, couldn''t help propping his head with his hands, with a playful smile on his face: "That said, that kid is really not a good person. I agree with your opinion..."

    Um¡­

    Although Uehara Naraku is really not a good thing, there must be some kind of problem with the IQ of the Captain Marvel lady.

    In fact...

    Captain Marvel didn''t know that compared to Uehara Naraku, Uchiha Madara, who now sits in the main position, would actually have lower moral quality.

    certainly.

    Uchiha Madara and Captain Marvel are the same as Uehara Naraku.

    In other words, except for the original members, the views of most people in the entire Akatsuki organization are consistent with those of Captain Marvel.

    Uchiha Madara, Senjujuma, One Piece King Gore D. Roger, Whitebeard Edward Newgate, Reaper Captain Motoyanagi Shigekuni Yamamoto, and the king of the virtual circle Aizen Soyousuke, these were once in their own lives. The most powerful figures in the world, at this moment, looking at Captain Marvel Carol Danvers with complex emotions, they seem to have seen their past self...

    Um¡­

    Another victim appeared.

    "Little guy, Akatsuki actually hates Uehara Naraku''s style of many people."

    Yamamoto Motoyusai Shigekuni squinted his eyes and followed Captain Marvel¡¯s words to derogate Uehara Naruto. Suddenly he shook his head dullly and said, "But...it''s a pity...we can''t get rid of him now." NS."

    "why!"

    "Goo la la la..."

    The tall, white-bearded Edward Newgate laughed up and took a sip of wine, and said loudly: "Who let that kid get the help of two big men!"

    Aizen Soyousuke spread out his palm and added softly, "If you can come earlier, maybe we know the nature of Uehara Naraku and we can wipe out the world''s disasters in advance... It''s a pity, now we have nothing to do. "

    "What big shot?"

    Captain Marvel raised his eyebrows.

    "Aka¡¯s previous generation leader, because of the earth, he inexplicably valued Uehara Naraku, and he has already revealed that Uehara Naraku will succeed Akatsuki as the leader. Who knows what¡¯s wrong with this leader¡¯s brain and let a newcomer succeed as the leader. s position¡­"

    Madara Uchiha tilted his head, and calmly continued to add: "And I got news that the succession of Uehara Naraku may have something to do with another matter. I don''t know when Akatsuki''s chairperson was the teacher of Uehara Naraku.

    This also means that the third-generation leader of Uehara Naraku is no way to change, little guy, you are still too late, a person who is late must have to face some established facts. "

    These are the truth.

    It''s just that there are some discrepancies in time.

    As for how much the woman, Captain Marvel, Carol Danvers, can make up his mind, that¡¯s not what they should care about...

    as predicted.

    After Carol Danvers listened to Uchiha Madara¡¯s words, he immediately made up for it. After Uehara became an intern of Akatsuki, he hugged two thighs and climbed along the pole...

    Although she doesn''t know what position is Akatsuki''s chairman of the parliament, it sounds like it should have the same power as the chairman of the parliament, right? Coupled with the support of a leader of Xiao...

    Maybe Uehara Naraku dared to act recklessly on the earth because he knew that he had two backers behind him, so he was not afraid of Akatsuki¡¯s punishment at all...

    that guy¡­

    Sure enough, it is a means!

    No, it should be said that it is Naraku Uehara!

    Carol Danvers remembers that Nick Fury introduced Uehara Naraku. When the guy seemed to be on Earth, he lurked among the Hydra and became the boss of the Hydra; the guy lurked in the S.H.I.E.L.D. In, became the director of S.H.I.E.L.D. Bureau...

    now¡­

    This guy is lurking in the Akatsuki organization again, and is about to become the leader of the Akatsuki organization...Wait, maybe things still have a turn for the better!

    "Can I see those two?"

    Carol Danvers'' face instantly became serious, and her brain became calmer than ever before: "Maybe you don''t know Uehara Naraku''s behavior, but I know that he joined Akatsuki with absolutely no good intentions..."

    Carol Danvers quickly began to tell the story of Uehara Naraku: "I have a friend on the ground. He is the director of SHIELD, the agency responsible for protecting the earth.

    In the past, Naraku Uehara was his subordinate. He had been lurking in S.H.I.E.L.D. as a spy, provoking the high-level struggle of S.H.I. The trusted person further mastered the intelligence information channels, and finally took the position of the director in one step. I suspect that Nairo Uehara did the same in the Akatsuki organization. He must have an unspeakable conspiracy..."

    "..."

    Everyone present fell into silence one after another.

    To be honest, they are actually more familiar with this style of Uehara Naraku than Carol Danvers, where does that **** do that?

    There are many such victims in Akatsuki''s organization...

    But his set works pretty well...

    "that guy¡­"

    Uchiha Madara thought of the past and couldn''t help gritting his teeth.

    "But... it''s too late."

    Yamamoto Motoyagisaid Shigekuni lowered his eyes and sighed softly, "After all, it is still too late. Even if we know his conspiracy, we have no power to change the status quo... The decision of the two great men is beyond our doubt. "

    "Can I see them?"

    Carol Danvers seemed to see hope.

    As long as she can meet those two big shots, she might be able to convince them!

    The guy Nick Fury is right, as long as she can enter the Akatsuki organization, she can start from the Akatsuki organization to deal with Uehara Naraku!

    "Sorry, this does not satisfy you,"

    Ai Ran Soyousuke said quietly: "Even we can''t easily want to see the previous generation leader and the chairman of the council..."

    After speaking, Aizen Soyousuke raised his eyes slightly and looked at Carol Danvers: "The only thing we can do now is to absorb you and join Akatsuki. We may be able to support you and Uehara against Naraku... "

    "...That''s enough."

    Carol Danvers took a deep breath.

    Akatsuki''s high-level leaders are willing to support her, which is already a surprise to her, at least she has found a solution to Uehara Naraku!

    The split within Akatsuki''s organization is an opportunity!

    Ai Ran Soyousuke beckoned and called one of his subordinates: "Ulquiola, prepare Akatsuki''s uniform for our new member..."

    "Thanks a lot."

    Carol Danvers looked at the friendly Aizen and couldn''t help feeling grateful. She suddenly thought of her Scroo friends: "By the way, I have some friends who stayed here before. base¡­"

    "Are you talking about the Skrulls?"

    Lan Ran Soyousuke frowned his brows and suddenly raised his palm to stop his subordinates. His eyes slowly became sharp: "What is your relationship with these Skrulls?"

    "We are friends¡­"

    Carol Danvers suddenly felt bad in his heart.

    as predicted.

    The faces of everyone present changed, and everyone''s gaze became dangerous at the same time. Among them, Uchiha Madara was even more outspoken: "So, do you participate in the Skrew people''s plan to invade other planets?"

    A touch of sharpness appeared in Ai Ran Soyousuke''s eyes: "That group of weird people who can change their appearances instilled the war thoughts of interstellar invasion for their children since childhood, and want to use their talents to invade other planets. This is an extremely dangerous race... If you and them are friends..."

    "Wait, they are just refugees..."

    Carol Danvers spread out his palms and explained: "Skrews are refugees who were expelled by the Cree and forced to leave their homes..."

    "It looks like you have a relationship with them..."

    As Uchiha Madara got up, the Akatsuki members of the entire base stood up one after another, and everyone slowly gathered their strength...

    Just as the entire base was suddenly tense, a space wormhole appeared in the spaceship cabin, and Uehara Nairo walked in with Domam.

    The entire base instantly became more tense!

    Naruto Uehara didn¡¯t care about the tense atmosphere, and slowly waved his hand: ¡°I heard it all just now, don¡¯t worry, Ms. Carol Danvers and the Scroo people should have nothing to do with each other, she was just out of boring sympathy. Tired..."

    After speaking, Naraku Uehara''s gaze swept over the people present, and he suddenly chuckled: "What? What are you dissatisfied with? I am the successor appointed by the leader of the previous generation personally. Is my guarantee still refundable? Isn''t it enough?"

    "¡­Humph!"

    Uchiha Madara snorted coldly and turned away first.

    The others looked at each other and left the hall.

    Only Carol Danvers looked at Naraku Uehara with a complicated face. She really didn¡¯t expect that Naraku Uehara would come forward to defend her. This woman only thought about Uehara Naraku¡¯s conspiracy, and in a blink of an eye she completely forgot about her. The original intention was to save the Skrulls...

    Naruto Uehara walked to Carol Danvers''s side, reached out and held her shoulders, lowered her head and smiled in the woman''s ear: "If you want to fight against me by joining Akatsuki, it would be somewhat It¡¯s so naive. Almost all of the people in it are ugly men who are not easy to provoke. I am still a kind person. These guys are actually much more dangerous than me..."

    "What do you want to say?"

    Carol Danvers glared.

    "Nothing, I appreciate your courage."

    Uehara Naraku patted her on the shoulder and slowly said, "If you really want to join Akatsuki, then be prepared to be embarrassed by me. I will throw you into the most dangerous place..."

    Carol Danvers slapped Nairo Uehara''s hand with a slap, and glared at him unwillingly: "You think I''ll be afraid! Sooner or later... I will let everyone recognize your true face!"

    She swears that she can do it!

    If she can gain a foothold in the Xiao organization, UU reading www. uukanshu.com plus Nick Fury secretly assisting her to gain a foothold in the Akatsuki organization, she will surely be able to defeat Uehara Naraku from the inside!

    This is also a strategy that Nick Fury is thinking hard about. If they can''t solve the problem of Uehara Naraku on the hard power, then they must find a way to use external forces...

    no doubt.

    There is no more suitable force than Akatsuki.

    "What a naive person... Chief Fury sent you here, right?"

    Uehara Naraku sighed, and suddenly kicked the Captain Marvel''s abdomen, kicked her to the side of the bulkhead!

    "Then you stay here, if you can survive..."

    Uehara Naraku''s face became cold, he stared coldly at Carol Danvers lying on the ground: "Now, intern Carol Danvers, I will give you the first task...Go Solve Thanos, go and kill that guy to prove yourself!"

 Chapter 798ï¼š Put on your auspicious clouds and black robe, and say hello to this world!

    Latest URL: "This is not fair."

    Carol Danvers bit his lip to defend.

    As a fighter who used to be active in the Cree army, Carol Danvers knows exactly what Thanos represents in the universe...

    That is the overlord of the universe that the Kerry people dare not provoke!

    The leader of an organization actually assigned the task of destroying Thanos to her qualified new recruits? Didn''t this make it clear to her that she wanted to find fault on purpose?

    "There is nothing fair and unfair."

    Naruto Uehara squatted in front of Carol Danvers and stretched out her hand to pinch her chin: "This kind of task is very common in the Akatsuki organization. If you can''t do it, get out of Akatsuki. Just then I can send People are chasing you traitor..."

    "..."

    This is such a **** scumbag!

    Carol Danvers was so angry that she couldn''t suppress her anger and directly cursed at Nairo Uehara: "You are really a scumbag..."

    "Thank you for the compliment."

    Uehara Naraku smiled and nodded. At this moment, he didn''t seem to care about Carol Danvers'' abuse of him, because it was a weak clamor.

    Next second!

    Uehara Naraku suddenly pressed Carol Danvers''s head against the wall, grabbed her hair and pressed it to her ear and whispered, "I forgive your rudeness, but you Need to complete another task, Nick Fury gathered a lot of people to assassinate me, to help me chop off his head..."

    "Fry is not a threat to you!"

    Carol Danvers tried his best to retort with his eyes rolled.

    For a strong man of their level, Nick Fury and the Avengers could not threaten them at all. Uehara Naraku is avenging his private revenge again!

    and¡­

    This guy knows her and Fury''s friends!

    In other words, the guy Nick Fury is one of her only friends on earth, this **** really wants to kill people!

    "I hate that black bald head."

    Uehara Naraku indifferently let go, and even helped to rub Carol Danvers''s hair, helping her to arrange her hairstyle: "This world is always unreasonable, and Akatsuki is not a reasonable organization. organization¡­"

    Uehara Naraku looked at Carol Danvers with an angry face, and slowly continued: "I know you are friends...but unfortunately, Fury just used you as a weapon..."

    "Fry is not such a person..."

    "It''s a pity that I know him better than you."

    Uehara Naraku loosened Captain Marvel¡¯s hair from the palm of his hand, and snapped his fingers at the person behind him: "Domam, help our Ms. Danvers open the door, let her leave here and think about what she is doing. Traitors still perform my task obediently..."

    "¡­Humph!"

    Domam snorted, and the majestic dark energy vented out, raising his hand to open a crack in the black space.

    Under the control of Domam, Carol Danvers'' body floated up involuntarily and slowly flew into the space crack...

    Uehara Naraku looked at the surprise captain who was thrown out of the base, his expression was a little dark and unclear, and his voice said indifferently, "By the way, this is Akatsuki''s new intern Domam. Its mission Just like you, you are also attacking Thanos Army..."

    "..."

    Carol Danvers was surprised.

    It''s a pity that she didn''t have a chance to say anything, she was already thrown out of Akatsuki''s base. After she left, the cracks in the dark space quietly closed.

    Carol Danvers appeared in space with a bewildered face. She could barely recognize that it was in the solar system and could also contact Nick Fury''s group.

    Now she needed to ask Nick Fury and others for advice. After thinking about it for a while, Carol Danvers simply gathered what happened at Akatsuki''s base.

    Except for Uehara Naraku who asked her to kill Nick Fury to conceal it, because Carol was a little worried about frightening them, the others told Nick Fury and Steve Rogers and others without any concealment to ask for their opinions. .

    Of course, the most important thing is to let her attack Thanos.

    This group of Avengers still didn¡¯t understand what Thanos meant, and a group of people immediately began to contemplate the true intentions of Uehara Naraku¡¯s neurosis...

    "What does he want to do?"

    "He just wants me to die."

    Carol Danvers briefly introduced Thanos¡¯ identity: ¡°Thos is the most powerful person in the universe. Although I don¡¯t think his power will be strong, his identity is very troublesome. When you reach Thanos, it means you are in trouble..."

    "Then... attack Thanos in the name of Akatsuki?"

    Nick Fury gave his own advice carefully, and then warned: "But...you must protect yourself, Danvers, this mission doesn''t seem to have a time limit?"

    "Um¡­"

    "This is a loophole..."

    While Carol Danvers, a spy who sneaked into Akatsuki''s organization, was discussing how to fish in troubled waters with his foreign aid, Uehara Naruto summoned the combat members at Akatsuki''s base.

    In fact...

    Carol Danvers thinks too much...

    Uehara Naraku just wanted to treat her as a white laborer, only using the Marvel Captain as a force to attack the Thanos Army.

    "Let''s stay here to get rusty long enough, right?"

    Uchiha Madara sat on a water pipe with Jiro''s legs up, grinning and sneered: "Finally, are you willing to let us out?"

    "certainly."

    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, then opened an imaginary star map, and said softly: "Then please prepare for it. Starting tomorrow, we are going to fight the world''s most powerful force..."

    "Let me first introduce the opponent we are going to face!"

    Naruto Uehara opened a picture of Thanos with a hand and chuckled lightly: "This is a very interesting person. He has the same lofty ideals as ours..."

    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku¡¯s gaze fell on Uchiha Madara¡¯s body, and seemed to mock Uchiha: ¡°Perhaps his ideals are more lofty than some of the narrow-minded people here. His life¡¯s hard work is only In order for the universe to develop harmoniously..."

    "You kid..."

    Uchiha Madara smiled back with anger.

    Senjujuma hurriedly spoke to comfort his old friend next to him: "Okay, Madara, let''s listen to Uehara to finish..."

    "Humph!"

    Seeing the old friend speak, Uchiha Madara nonchalantly hugged his arm and closed his mouth: "Hurry up and finish talking, and then tell us which guys to kill!"

    "Do not worry."

    Uehara Naraku smiled and waved his hand, and continued: "Thanksgiving is very important to me, I don''t want to kill him like this, he is my prey...so I hope you will not kill my prey, lest you let me kill him. I am not happy."

    As for Naraku Uehara unhappy...

    It is estimated that except for the heartless guy in Deidara, everyone in the entire Akatsuki organization will also be happy...

    "Now let''s talk about my plan!"

    Uehara Naruko lifted his hands and opened the pictures, and continued to introduce: "I need to completely take everything from Thanos by destroying Thanos¡¯s army, and forcing him to help me get the two infinite rough stones left in the universe. , So remember what I said..."

    "Huh, this plan is not bad."

    Uchiha Madara rarely praised Uehara Naraku, and then casually belittled: "At least this time you didn''t replace all his people with yours..."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku was silent for a while, then suddenly raised his head to look at Uchiha Madara: "You reminded me, you are right, I forgot to place a spy next to Thanos..."

    "..."

    Uchiha Madara''s eyes twitched.

    This bastard... can it work?

    It''s rare that he took the initiative to approve Uehara Naraku''s plan!

    "Well, I''ll talk about the spy later."

    Uehara Naraku skipped the topic of spies, and started talking about the business: "Let¡¯s talk about Thanos¡¯s army first! Thanos¡¯ hands hold the largest army in the world, and four guys with a bit of strength help. He is in charge of these legions. All we have to do is to destroy his legions and push him into desperation step by step..."

    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku''s expression became serious: "I hope that the princes will remember that it is not the purpose to eliminate them. It is the purpose to push the Thanos behind them into desperation, because this is about me. The next step..."

    "At present, Thanos''s subordinates have been helping him execute the population elimination plan on the surplus planets in the universe, and are also helping him find the whereabouts of the infinite rough stone. They are currently in a dispersed state, so I also plan to disperse our forces..."

    "The First Army is in charge of Uchiha Madara and Senju Junma. I will ask Mr. Oshemaru to replenish the Void Army. You are mainly responsible for attacking the Encircle and Suppress General Blade..."

    An ugly-looking person appeared on the virtual screen.

    General Deadblade, this guy looks a bit like a weasel, and he doesn''t even have the strength of a strong man, making it uninteresting for people to look at it.

    Uchiha Madara¡¯s face was full of disdain: "Does this kind of person also need me and the column to take action? Or give me the guy named Thanos just now..."

    "Mr. Madara, don''t disturb my plan."

    Uehara Naraku''s gaze fell on Uchiha Madara''s body, and after a sentence shut Uchiha Madara, he chuckled and continued: "So Mr. Madara should keep a little back, so as not to let Thanos do so desperately... if you do. If not, I can help you."

    to be honest¡­

    If Uchiha Madara is not convergent enough, it is estimated that the Susado Buddha can be seen throughout the universe, and the two of them will chase down the century landscape of the interstellar battleship group...

    If Uchiha Madara is not able to converge, let Uehara Naraku help Uchiha Madara to converge... This kind of thing is definitely not what Uchiha Madara wants to see.

    "Hmph, I will be well-measured."

    Uchiha Madara snorted coldly and agreed.

    "very good."

    Uehara Naraku nodded with satisfaction, and raised his hand to pull out the second photo: "The Second Army, led by Gore D. Roger and Mr. Edward Newgate, attacked and suppressed the black dwarf. It is said that his defense is quite strong. ¡­"

    "Goo la la la la la, then leave it to the old man!"

    Edward Newgate laughed a few times and looked at Naraku Uehara: "It seems to be a powerful opponent, do I need to restrain the old man and Roger?"

    "random."

    Uehara Naraku spread his hands indifferently: "I believe that the two of you should also have a sense of measure. Okay, let''s talk about the next one."

    Uehara Naraku opened a picture again, and a more wretched-looking figure appeared on the virtual screen: "The Third Army, headed by Yamamoto Motoyanyusai Shigekuni and Aizen Soyousuke, is in charge of attacking and suppressing the ebony throat. This is a very interesting guy..."

    "Yes?"

    Lan Ran raised her eyes carelessly, her fingers supporting the broken hair between her forehead, looking very elegant: "Do you find it interesting too?"

    "Um."

    Uehara Naraku smiled and nodded, looking at Aizen with a smile: "I heard that Ebony Maw is a very talkative person. He has wisdom that ordinary people can''t match."

    "Is that so?"

    Lan Ran''s brows frowned slightly, and he nodded slowly: "That seems to be a very interesting person, do you need me to bring him back?"

    "That would be the best."

    Uehara Naraku seemed to be very interested in Ebony Throat when he spoke. The next sentence immediately revealed his purpose: "I want to see if he can be our spy for Thanos. I don''t know if this guy will Wouldn''t you betray Thanos?"

    "..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke was strangely silent.

    Obviously this made Aizen think of something unhappy, because in the entire Unscrupulous Legion, he was the only one who was hurt the most by Uehara''s spies...

    "Go on, the Fourth Army..."

    Uehara Naraku opened a photo of a female demon, and looked at Domam, who was wearing a black robe of auspicious clouds at the end: "Dark Night Proxima is given to you, Domam."

    "I see."

    Domam''s illusory spirit nodded dullly.

    Although Domam doesn''t look very conspicuous, this newcomer who has just joined Akatsuki not long is the strongest member of Uehara Naraku...

    after all¡­

    Dommam is equivalent to the will of a world... Other people are not even the children of the world, they are almost people who rebel against the will of the world.

    After Uehara Naraku assigned all the offensive tasks, his gaze fell on a man with long black hair: "Mr. Oshamaru, then I will leave you with the provision of troops for you. Will the Void Army survive in space... "

    "Ho **** ho ho...no problem."

    Da She Maru licked his lips and nodded slowly: "If necessary, we can also create another filthy army..."

    "There is no such need, just some small bugs..."

    Uehara Naraku clapped his hands, cleared the virtual screen in front of him, and whispered softly: "Okay, then I''ll wait for the triumphant news... In the future, I will travel in the universe, and I hope to hear someone spreading Dawn during my journey. The fear, perhaps this is the most satisfying thing for me as a leader."

    "Huh, there are so many requests..."

    Uchiha Madara couldn''t help but snorted again.

    Perhaps it is because there is nothing to worry about. UU reading may also have a naturally arrogant personality. Uchiha Madara is probably the person who is least afraid of Uehara Naraku in the entire Akatsuki organization.

    This guy probably won¡¯t change...

    Uehara Naraku still didn''t care, but instead smiled and asked, "If the requirements are not high, I would look down on everyone too much, right?"

    "A lot of nonsense..."

    Madara Uchiha wanted to talk back.

    Senjujuma watched Naraku Uehara''s forehead jump, and patted Madara on the shoulder helplessly, finally calming Uchiha Madara.

    "All right."

    Uehara Naraku also stopped pursuing it, watching the people present and continuing: "Go, everyone! Put on your auspicious clouds and black robe, in the way we know..."

    "Say hello to this world!"

 Chapter 799ï¼š Kill 1 group of bugs to scare the sparrows

    There are many civilizations in the universe.

    Not all civilizations in this world live on azure blue planets. Some planets that have been developed prematurely have been exhausted because of their overpopulation.

    Like now.

    A huge planet in the Milky Way galaxy has abundant resources that other civilizations can¡¯t match, but it simply can¡¯t support tens of billions of people.

    Even the sky of the planet has turned brown.

    And at this time...

    The Nosy Nosy Thanos Army of the Universe Tianzi will come to help them balance the population, so that the civilization on this planet can develop more orderly.

    Of course, their way of balancing the population is quite crude.

    Kill.

    Equal killing.

    A battleship from Thanos Army will descend on this planet, and then gather the humans in each city to randomly kill half of them.

    to be honest¡­

    This kind of balance really has no technical content.

    Now this planet with a diameter of more than 20,000 kilometers has been invaded by the Dark Night Proximal Legion, the only female warlord under Thanos.

    Leading countless monsters, she flooded cities on this planet and killed some humans in the cities randomly.

    Because she is not Thanos.

    So she is not very precise when she kills.

    "How many cities are there?"

    Dark Night Proxima reached out and patted the air between her nose, trying to pat the **** smell that has been echoing around her, behind her is a sea of ??dead mountains and blood.

    A captain-like Zitaru held the virtual screen in his hand, pulled out red dots, and reported softly: "There are seven hundred cities with a population of more than one million..."

    "Split forces."

    Dark Ye Proxima frowned and glanced at his subordinates coldly: "Let them speed up, I don''t want to stay here too long..."

    "Yes, my lord..."

    The Zetarian captain lowered his head humbly.

    Just as he was about to give orders to his men, a shadow suddenly approached slowly, and a huge spatial crack appeared in the sky at some point!

    "That is¡­"

    Dark Ye Proxima suddenly raised his head!

    A burst of dark energy burst out of the space crack in the sky!

    These dark energies turned into hideous and ugly beasts at the moment they landed, rushing towards the Thanos Army like a demon with four horns on the ground!

    In a blink of an eye!

    This inexplicable assault caused heavy losses for the Legion!

    "defense!"

    Dark Night Proxima roared and pulled out his war knife, confronted a monster rushing towards her against the trend, and slammed the dark monster to the head!

    Accompanied by the roar of Proxima Centauri in the dark night, the entire battlefield quickly heard the counterattack of energy guns, and there were smashed dark energy monsters or shredded body parts everywhere!

    Fortunately, the army led by the Dark Night Proxima Centauri has a large number of people. After experiencing the initial surprise surprise attack, they quickly slaughtered the dark monsters that had landed.

    only¡­

    After these monsters are dying...

    The dark energy on them quickly converged towards the sky, and an illusory huge head appeared in the air, and its size was almost the size of this planet in a blink of an eye!

    This huge head slowly lowered its head, and its huge eyes looked down at the ant-like Proxima Centauri Legion in the dark night.

    Dark Ye Proxima stubbornly grasped his own war knife, looked up at the giant eye, gritted his teeth and shouted loudly: "This is the territory of Lord Thanos. We are the subordinates of Lord Thanos. Who is your deity? a member of?"

    This terrifying size and energy...

    Only those gods like monsters in the universe!

    "Ahhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh¨¡h

    The dark head stared at Proxima in the dark, and his dull and heavy voice echoed across the planet: "Go tell Thanos...let him wait for death..."

    "Lord Domam..."

    Dark Night Proxima wanted to say something more, but a dark energy suddenly locked her throat, and black spears pierced her body!

    The only female player under Thanos...

    He was nailed to the ground by Domam abruptly!

    As for the other zetarians or monster legions, they were all eroded by the dark energy emanating from Domam!

    "Leave your life and tell Thanos..."

    Domam¡¯s head is getting lower and lower, his huge eyes are getting closer and closer to the neighboring star in the dark night: "If you want to live, let Thanos find the infinite rough stone in the universe to offer to Akatsuki, and we will forgive him. s life¡­"

    The voice fell.

    Domam''s illusory head dissipated directly.

    "Cough...cough cough..."

    After Domam disappeared, Proxima Darkye struggled to pull out dark spears from his body, coughing out a few mouthfuls of blood.

    Regardless of her injuries, the demon girl immediately opened the communication device and contacted Thanos to inform them that they might be about to start a war with a force named Xiao.

    only¡­

    For some reason, Thanos¡¯ starship did not receive her signal. It seemed that her master was very busy.

    Proxima Darkye thought for a while, and she began to contact her husband, General Deathblade, but the long signal silence made Proxima Darkye a little flustered...

    no!

    problem occurs!

    Must find them quickly!

    Because it is impossible for General Deadblade to ignore her message at any time, and perhaps her husband was also attacked!

    Dark Night Proxima quickly sent a signal to the starship staying on this planet, asking the starship to immediately bring her back to Thanos'' main ship!

    After returning to the starship.

    Proxima Dark Night knew what had happened from her men. She had indeed guessed it correctly, and General Deadblade had indeed encountered an attack.

    Do not.

    It should be said that the entire Thanos Army has been attacked.

    Whether it was Ebony Maw, General Deadblade, or Black Dwarf, they all encountered Akatsuki''s attack, and the attack they encountered was even more terrifying than her side!

    Compared to other people¡¯s experiences, the Domam encountered by Proxima Dark Night only killed some of her subordinates, which is simply gentle...

    In space.

    A round starship came to a standstill.

    A group of dense and hideous monsters stopped in front of this starship, and every monster opened its mouth wildly, condensing red phantom flashes!

    It was this group of monsters that forced the starship to stop.

    If it was just a blockade of these monsters, they might still be able to break through the encirclement with strong ships and guns, but now there are two more people who shouldn''t appear in their starship.

    "Good morning, everyone."

    A tall man walked towards the cockpit step by step, his voice was unexpectedly gentle: "I hope we can bring you a good mood for the last day of your life..."

    "..."

    This guy can really talk!

    The commander of this starship is the ebony throat of Thanos. His eyes are fixed on the tall man walking in the cockpit, and he slowly moved his eyes, and glanced at the old man with long beard floating behind the man. .

    two¡­

    People who don''t seem to provoke!

    It is Aizen Soyousuke and Yamamoto Shigekuni who are here to solve the ebony throat!

    "Kill them."

    Ebony Throat suddenly raised a sharp finger and pointed at the two uninvited guests who had dived into the starship. In a blink of an eye, the seats in the starship were stirred and shattered by his mental power and turned into steel needles floating around. Stabbed straight at the two attackers!

    The soldiers in the entire cockpit hurriedly took up their weapons to greet the people and rushed up, but they were turned into ashes by the fiery flames exploded by Shigekuni Yamamoto before they could get close!

    "People often lose their minds in fear..."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s own spiritual pressure trembled slightly, and a gust of breeze blew away the ashes, and then he held the flying steel needle with his backhand!

    Ai Ran stretched out his palms calmly, letting the steel needle in front of him fall, his eyes raised and looked at the ebony throat, a mocking smile flashed on his lips: "It''s unimaginable, you can still remain calm. ¡­"

    Ebony''s eyes were extremely cold, and there was no panic on his ugly old cheeks. His eyes were fixed on Aizen, and his voice asked in a hoarse voice: "You dare to attack this warship, do you know who your enemy is? "

    "You said something wrong."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke raised his fingers, and a hurricane that turned into a sharp hurricane directly cut off the left hand of Ebony Throat, and the fishy blood instantly splashed into the cockpit!

    The severe pain swept the brain of the ebony throat!

    This pain of losing his arm made his mental power instantly unbalanced!

    Ai Ran Soyousuke is accustomed to his cruel methods for a long time, his fingers calmly stirred up the broken hair between his forehead, and said softly like a whisper: "Now what you should ask is where we come from... "

    "..."

    The heart of the ebony throat is tight!

    The arrogance of this man made him feel very familiar, and it reminded Ebony Maw that he once faced those low civilizations...

    That''s right, it''s this kind of superior attitude...

    Dismissively.

    Can''t be forever.

    The palm of the ebony throat was covering his broken arm, and he stopped the bleeding with mental power. There was a painful moan in his throat, calmly trying to maintain his pride: "Then please tell me, where did you come from? Come¡­"

    "wrong again."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke shook his head helplessly with a look, as if he saw some na?ve child, his fingers suddenly moved again!

    Click!

    A spirit pressure flew along the fingertips!

    Ebony Mouth felt a burst of mental power that was many times stronger than him. He could only hurriedly raise his only right hand and turn it into a spiritual shield!

    Unfortunately¡­

    Their strength gap is too big...

    Just in the blink of an eye, the spiritual power shield of the Ebony Maw was smashed by the spiritual pressure, and the spiritual pressure turned into a giant hammer and hit his knee, smashing his knee to pieces!

    Ebony Maw knelt on the ground in embarrassment!

    Click and click...

    The sound of wooden clogs stomping on the steel plate was particularly dull.

    "Be polite when asking others."

    Lan Ran Soyousuke walked step by step to the side of Ebony Throat, looked down at the ugly man kneeling in front of him, and continued gently: "If you want to get anything from others, keep your politeness to be better. It''s easy to achieve your goal..."

    "..."

    This kind of politeness is too terrible!

    The intense pain made Ebony Maw''s face a little distorted!

    "Huh, I see..."

    Ebony throat bit his teeth, slowly raised his head to look at Lan Ran Soyousuke, a flash of anger flashed in his eyes, and he was immediately suppressed by him again!

    Ebony Maw is the most forbearing person in the Thanos Army. His voice has become increasingly hoarse: "Can you tell me who the **** is? Why did you attack our starship? It''s because we slaughtered it. Your hometown?"

    "Perhaps you think too much of yourself."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke lowered his head and stared at the ebony throat, his expression still calm: "We are only here to clean up some trivial bugs to scare the sparrow sitting on the throne..."

    "..."

    These words really shocked Ebony''s throat. The purpose of these two guys was not him, but Thanos who stood behind him!

    Kill the chicken and the monkey...

    In other words, stun the snake...

    This is a group of guys who want to provoke the Thanos Army! How come these guys who desperately want to challenge Thanos status have always appeared recently...

    "It looks like you have other ideas..."

    Lan Ran Soyousuke stretched out his palm and hung it above the ebony throat. A light flashed in his eyes, and the spiritual pressure slowly gathered in his palm...

    "Enough, Soyousuke."

    Yamamoto Shigekuni¡¯s old voice appeared in the cabin, and the old man closed his eyes and spoke with a sophisticated and calm voice: "This person is still useful to him..."

    This him...

    Naturally, it refers to Uehara Naraku standing behind them.

    "So what does it matter?"

    Ai Ran Soyousuke didn''t care about Yamamoto Shigekuni''s dissuasion, and said with a light smile: "Whether we bring back his body or soul, for a creator, it doesn''t seem to make any difference..."

    In comparison, the two of them should actually be more accustomed to taking away the soul of the Ebony Maw. After all, this is their own way of death...

    Yamamoto Shigekuni shook his head in silence.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke smiled, the reiki in his palm turned into a black soft sharp blade, and instantly penetrated the body of the ebony throat from the top of his head!

    When Ebony Throat''s body fell to the ground in a daze, his body had already become an empty shell, and the spiritual pressure turned into a heavy shackle, detaining the Ebony Throat''s soul!

    "This is¡­"

    The soul of the ebony throat looked at everything around him, his eyes involuntarily fell on the two most powerful soul powers, making him frightened!

    Only the undead...

    Only to see the horror of Aizen Soyousuke and Yamamoto Shigekuni!

    The aura exuding from these two guys is simply enough to annihilate anyone''s thinking, so terrible that any creatures dare not breathe loudly in front of them, how could there be such a person in the world!

    "let''s go."

    Ai Ran Soyousuke smiled and raised his hand to open a crack in the space.

    Just as the two left here with the souls of the ebony throat, the Void Army hovering in space spit out a phantom flash towards the starship, smashing the starship!

    After they cleaned everything here, they quietly flashed into space cracks, as if nothing had happened in this space area...

    There is little movement here.

    In comparison, the movement on the other side is a bit big.

    Go to Edward Newgate, the white beard who is in charge of attacking the black dwarf, and shake the black dwarf''s indestructible body from the inside with a punch!

    "Goo la la la... accidentally killed someone..."

    Edward Newgate put on his robe laughed nonchalantly and looked at his old friend: "Roger, there shouldn''t be any problems, right?"

    "Hiccup, don''t worry..."

    Gore D. Roger glanced at the many soldiers of the Thanos Legion who was frightened, waved his hand to signal them to get out: "Hey, let''s go! Go and bring a word to Thanos and ask him if he is afraid!"

    Roger watched as a group of soldiers scrambled to board the escape battleship, and turned to his old friend: "As long as Thanos is afraid, our mission will be completed...Anyway, it''s definitely not just that we accidentally made too much effort hahahahahaha !"

    There are so many problematic guys in Akatsuki''s organization, and the two of them are actually not conspicuous in it... Maybe compared to Uchiha Madara''s group, their actions are considered moderate?

    Anyway...

    Anyone who meets Madara Uchiha...

    If you want to survive, basically you can only rely on luck.

 Chapter 800ï¼š Go tell your master, Akatsuki is at war with you!

    Akatsuki''s members know their companions well.

    Any enemy who wants to survive Uchiha Madara¡¯s hands, they really can only pray that their voice is good enough, because space happens to be Uchiha Madara¡¯s home field...

    "Hahahahahaha..."

    Accompanied by a burst of arrogant laughter that could not be spread, a red-armored figure flashed like a ghost in a group of space flight fighters, kicking a close fighter to smash!

    There was a wave of knives in his hand!

    Every time a knife passes through the vacuum, one fighter plane is chopped by him!

    These alloy space fighters made by the advanced civilizations of the universe are as fragile as bubbles under the attack of Uchiha Madara!

    Just as the space fighters of a group of Zetaru quickly re-integrated their formations, missiles were ejected from the fighters, jetting out toward the arrogant figure!

    The violent explosion set off a large fire!

    But in this group of red fire lights, a blue light appeared, and this blue light that suddenly shining out looked extremely bright in space!

    A tall Suzuo flew into the space, holding a huge Suzuo sword tightly in its hand, and struck out a sharp knife!

    The vast blue slash swept everything!

    In a blink of an eye, the space fighter group that had just gathered was detonated with a single blow, and the neat battle group was swept away to pieces, and some scattered fighters in the marginal area could only fly away and want to regroup...

    fortunately.

    The pilots of this group of fighters have no emotions.

    If the drivers of this group of small fighters are not Zetarians, but ordinary humans with normal thoughts and fears, at this moment, facing an enemy like Uchiha Madara may have already had a nervous breakdown...

    "Huh, as innocent as Uehara''s kid..."

    Uchiha Madara sneered at the group of flying fighters that fled, his body gradually floated out of Susano, his hands suddenly closed!

    "Earth burst into the sky!"

    The next moment, Uchiha Madara''s palm suddenly spread out!

    One by one black **** flew out from his palm in the direction of the enemy!

    Each black ball quickly exudes a terrifying gravitational force, and space fighters have no time to escape its gravitational range, and they are quickly absorbed and gathered around the black ball, turning into huge spheres!

    These spheres float silently in space, and their dead silence also means that this battle between Uchiha Madara and the Zetaru fighter group is over...

    Do not¡­

    This should be called a unilateral slaughter.

    At least the General Deadblade sitting in the interstellar spaceship saw this scene beating in his heart. He couldn''t think that the group of fighters he sent out to encircle and suppress was easily wiped out so quickly...

    "My lord, the other person is also very dangerous..."

    An assistant in charge of assisting General Deadblade pointed to the other side of the virtual screen. There was a thousand-handed Buddha statue suspended there, and thousands of palms were constantly grabbing the surrounding space fighters that attacked it!

    It''s just that compared to Uchiha Madara, this Thousand Hands Buddha statue is obviously not flexible enough. Space fighters will always escape its capture, and even launch laser and missile counterattacks.

    The fighters of the Qitarians have been scattered around, each covering and attacking to avoid being caught by the Thousand-Handed Buddha Statue. They even destroyed a lot of wooden palms...

    despite this¡­

    General Deadblade and his soldiers already knew that it was only a matter of time before their defeat was faced with such opponents who were not in the same dimension...

    Do not¡­

    There is no fighting at all.

    Some are still just massacres.

    "Continue to unleash the Zetaric fighters!"

    General Deadblade''s fingers tapped on the screen quickly, and said loudly: "Immediately release all the fighters in the cabin and let them entangle the enemy!"

    After General Deadblade gave the order, his gaze turned to the pilot in charge of controlling the weapon system of the spacecraft: "Are the naval guns ready? After a round of artillery fire, we immediately evacuated here and rushed to the nearest space jump point. ¡­"

    "Yes, my lord!"

    At this critical moment, as long as the commander doesn''t faint, it''s enough for their group of small soldiers to seriously execute the order.

    "grown ups!"

    A soldier in charge of controlling the artillery system interrupted everyone loudly. His fingers trembled and pointed in the direction of the screen, which showed exactly what happened in space.

    Purple thunder and lightning are flying in the sky!

    Uchiha Madara''s figure is suspended in the air, and his hands control dense purple lightning, like a huge fishing net, flying in the direction of the gun group outside the spacecraft!

    "Xianfa¡¤Yindu Lei Sect!"

    Thunder and lightning destroyed the entire spaceship''s artillery group in a blink of an eye!

    This huge spacecraft sailing in space set off a large sea of ??flames almost instantly, and the soldiers inside the spacecraft hurriedly moved around to fight the fire in an attempt to save their spacecraft!

    Now let¡¯s not say that it was a counterattack before retreating. It would be good if they could repair the spacecraft that had been invaded by thunder and lightning and escape...

    And the culprit who destroyed their spaceship, at this moment, is looking disgustingly at his companion, manipulating the huge wooden Buddha statue to clean up the Qitarian fighter plane...

    "It''s really troublesome..."

    Uchiha Madara looked at the Buddha statue in the distance and snorted. His body and the blue Susano floating in the space floated at the same time, turning into a stream of light and flew over!

    "Hassirama!"

    Uchiha Madara roared at the Buddha statue!

    It is a pity that the vacuum environment of space is silent, and his voice has not been able to fall into the ears of his companions, which still does not delay his companions from detecting the arrival of his Chakra.

    "Motor!"

    Senjuzuzu raised his head in doubt and looked at the flying blue light!

    These two friends who have been with each other for thousands of years completed a silent communication in space, and they understood each other''s meaning between their eyes...

    In the next moment, the blue light fell on the Thousand Hands Buddha Statue!

    The palms of Uchiha Madara''s palms closed at the moment they landed on the head of the Buddha statue, and the palms of the Senjuzuzu were joined together at the same time, and the chakras of the two erupted at the same time!

    "Wei outfit..."

    "Thousands of hands!"

    A azure blue light fell on the Buddha statue...

    The brilliant blue light turned into pieces of armor, and it was attached to the body of the thousands of Buddha statues in an instant, and this huge wooden Buddha statue was equipped with a solid defensive force!

    A Zetaru fighters fired wildly!

    Whether it is a laser weapon or a missile falling on the armor of the Suzowei, it can only splash the blue light at the starting point, and it is impossible to shake the brand-new blue giant Buddha!

    A blue crystal was condensed on the head of this giant Buddha, which wrapped the two people who manipulated it, protecting them from any attack.

    "Your speed is too slow..."

    Uchiha Madara looked at Senjujuma next to him, with some dissatisfaction in his eyes, and coldly snorted, "It''s just a bunch of rubble, there is no need to waste time here..."

    "Hahahahaha... these weapons are very novel..."

    "The others have almost solved it..."

    Uchiha Madara¡¯s palms closed again, and the powerful domineering mixed with Chakra and Reiatsu instantly stirred up a stream of air, swaying his long hair upside down: "I don¡¯t want to let Aizen Soyousuke¡¯s waste in mine. Presumptuous in front of you!"

    "..."

    Senjuzuzuma seemed to have a rather helpless laugh.

    Just the next second...

    The momentum on Qianshou Zhujian''s body also burst out suddenly!

    "The Gouyu of Yasaka!"

    The thousand-handed Buddha statue in the entire prestigious state suddenly stretched out its palm, and a spirally flying blue gou jade appeared in the hands of thousands of Buddhas!

    These gouyu flew out quickly!

    Each Gouyu hit a fighter plane in a rapid flight, and clusters of splendid fireworks suddenly appeared in this piece of space!

    Under one move...

    The space fighter that had besieged the Thousand Hands Buddha statue was wiped out!

    "Huh, vulnerable..."

    Uchiha Madara snorted.

    This guy didn''t bully the children''s consciousness at all.

    Senshouzu rubbed his forehead and whispered: "It''s almost enough to achieve this level, there is no need to be too much..."

    "You are still so soft-hearted..."

    Uchiha Madara glanced at his companion dissatisfied.

    It was just because of the obstruction between the Thousand Hands Pillars, this Ninja Shura did not go any further, and the reincarnation eyes in his eyes trembled: "Round tomb¡¤Hell¡¤Boundless!"

    A group of invisible Uchiha Madara shadow clones fly out!

    Senjuzuzuma glanced at his companion, scratched the back of his head: "Malas, won''t you really want to kill all the people here..."

    "It is enough to leave a message."

    Uchiha Madara held his arm indifferently.

    On the spaceship.

    A group of invisible shadows fell. UU reading

    The screams echoed one after another in the cabin!

    The people on the entire spacecraft were aware of the enemy''s trail, and were directly killed by this group of shadows. Only the lonely dead blade general was holding his alloy spear and looking around with anxiety.

    Bang!

    General Dead Blade was kicked against the wall!

    Just as he was waving the spear in his hand indiscriminately, the spear was snatched away by the invisible shadow, and then the spear inexplicably nailed him to the bulkhead!

    This Thanos¡¯s number one warlord stubbornly held the spear pierced on his body, and looked around at the air around him: "Who are you...what the **** are you!"

    "Humph¡­"

    Finally someone answered his question, and the entire spaceship echoed with Madara Uchiha''s proud voice: "Go tell your master, Akatsuki, war is on you!"

 Chapter 801ï¼š You said, sacrificing seniors, can you get soul gems?

    The Milky Way, Vomer Star.

    This planet is the hiding place of soul gems.

    When Uehara Naraku came to this planet, he did not forget to watch Uchiha Madara and Senjuju''s massacre against the Deathblade General Fleet: "Uchiha Madara...how does he feel that this guy seems to be getting here? The stronger..."

    This is not Uehara''s illusion.

    If you can give someone like Uchiha Madara a chance to break through the shackles, his growth and the speed of becoming stronger is scary, mainly because Uchiha Madara¡¯s temperament is a bit too strong...

    But soon Uehara Naraku didn''t mind paying attention to the battle on Uchiha Madara''s side, because Vomer Star''s reception messenger flew towards him precariously...

    Red skull.

    John Schmidt.

    An old predecessor of Earth Hydra.

    In the decisive battle at the end of World War II, the Red Skull was teleported to Vomerer by the Cube of the Universe, and became the envoy of the Soul Gem by the curse of the Soul Gem, thus allowing him to gain super knowledge and broad insight.

    "Who are you?"

    Red Skull¡¯s gaze fell on the uninvited guest, Uehara Naraku. A pair of eyes embedded in the eye sockets stared at him, and after a long time he continued to speak: "The soul gem can''t see through your existence..."

    As the envoy of soul gems, Red Skull can determine the source of any person''s soul life experience, but he can''t tell the life experience of Uehara Naraku!

    This is a little troublesome...

    Because once you can''t see his source, you can''t see through his purpose.

    "I didn''t expect you to be here, John Schmidt..."

    Uehara Naraku interrupted the Red Skull in response. He looked at the Red Skull and said in a deep voice, "If you face the predecessors, please allow me to introduce myself!"

    "I am Naraku Uehara!"

    "Hydra is now the Supreme Commander!"

    "This is also the position of His Excellency Schmidt seventy years ago..."

    "I never thought that one day I would see the faith that our Hydra once believed, and His Excellency John Schmidt would appear before him..."

    "..."

    The Red Skull became silent for an instant.

    The Red Skull was faintly shocked, this young man who even he couldn''t see through, was actually his junior?

    certainly¡­

    Red Skull must not believe in those **** or Hydra beliefs at all, because he knows all the virtues of the Hydra people...

    However, such a serious nonsense, a man who faintly wants to kill him and pretends to be nice for what reason, this kid is really not a good thing...

    should¡­

    It''s their Hydra people.

    Of course, it doesn¡¯t matter if it¡¯s not theirs, because the Red Skull¡¯s job is not to choose a master for the soul gem, but to attract anyone who might take away the soul gem...

    Only in this way can he release the curse.

    "John Schmidt..."

    Just hearing his own name, the Red Skull''s eyes still couldn''t help but look at Uehara Naraku with some bewilderment and slowly said: "Seventy years, I haven''t heard this name for 70 years, this time is more than I commanded. Hydra will have a longer time..."

    Time has passed too long.

    The Red Skull, who was once the commander of Hydra, even didn''t want to remember the vigorous years.

    However, this passage sounds like Uehara Naraku...

    Obviously, the old fellow Red Skull doesn¡¯t want to admit it...

    When Uehara Naraku sensed the meaning of the red skull, he couldn''t help but frown, then stretched out instantly, with a look of admiration: "But your Excellency Schmidt, seventy years have passed, but we have always remembered... "

    "That memory is too far away."

    The Red Skull shook his head slowly, and said, "Although my thirst for Hydra is still there, but now I am detached..."

    Yes.

    Red Skull''s desire is still there.

    It''s just the curse of the soul gem that prevents the Red Skull from leaving here.

    The current Red Skull can only stay on this planet as a dead soul, waiting until someone takes away the soul gem, that''s when he is truly detached!

    Of course, you can''t say this to Naraku Uehara...Who knows what the current Supreme Commander''s attitude is towards his old predecessor?

    Nothing else...

    Acting is still online.

    Who would believe that a leader who brought Hydra to the brink of destruction would still be missed by someone. It would be good if he didn''t poke his spine and scold him!

    When thinking of this, Red Skull¡¯s eyes rolled and calmly continued: "I never thought that one day I would be able to see my descendants come to get soul gems on this undead planet. I thought you had forgotten my existence, it was my fault at the beginning..."

    "Senior sees it now."

    Nairo Uehara spread her palms and said with a serious face: "Hydra will never forget their predecessors. All our purpose is to let Hydra rule the world. Although Your Excellency Schmidt is standing in the wrong direction, we still don¡¯t I will forget your struggle..."

    Uehara Naruko raised his head and stared at the red skull. His eyes gradually became a bit enthusiastic: "Your Excellency Schmidt, what you didn''t do, we did. We have ruled the entire earth, and even the entire Ninth Congress. Kingdom, ruling the entire solar system...

    Now, as long as we get the soul gem, we can use it as a power to attack other planets, so that Hydra''s name can be heard throughout the universe! "

    "..."

    Red Skull''s eyes drifted a little.

    Oh shit¡­

    This little thing is really hard!

    Only after hearing the news of Hydra, the dead and calm soul on Red Skull suddenly trembled. How did Hydra develop to this point after so many years?

    what''s the situation?

    How did Hydra become so powerful?

    Was it his leader''s problem back then?

    Or is it that their war was finally victorious?

    For so many years, Red Skull has been staying on Vormir. After learning about the universe, he has gained a lot of insights, and he has long since paid no attention to the family background of Hydra...

    but¡­

    What the little guy Uehara Naraku said...

    The Red Skull looked calmly at Naraku Uehara, who was performing a fanatical expression on his face, and said calmly, "In other words, do you need the power of the soul gem?"

    "Yes, very much needed!"

    Uehara Naraku nodded quickly. He seemed to become excited because he heard the news of soul gems: "Now our strength is not enough to deal with the several interstellar civilizations in the universe. Only infinite rough stones is the fastest. A way to increase strength!"

    "You are on the right path."

    There was a trace of relief in the eyes of the Red Skull.

    Because only after jumping out of the earth did the red skull realize what the infinite rough stone means, this is the fastest way to make the earth bend over other interstellar civilizations...

    Hydra...

    There is still something...

    I didn''t expect that the organization he used to rule would still exist, and it could even develop to the present level...

    The Red Skull faintly felt that the choice of fate was on his side again, as long as he could get rid of the curse of the soul gem and leave Vomer Star...

    As long as he follows this junior named Naraku Uehara to leave here and return to Hydra, as long as he regains the power of Hydra, as long as he becomes the leader of Hydra again...

    The only problem now...

    Probably it was the trouble of taking the soul gems away.

    Generally speaking, Hydra is basically a group of cold-blooded guys. Are there really important people to them? Anyway, Red Skull feels that the scientists who are important to him are...

    Don''t look at this little guy named Naraku Uehara who is very talkative, but Red Skull knows that this little **** has been talking nice to each other because he has clues about soul gems in his hands...

    "If you want to get it, you have to pay."

    The red skull floated slowly. He stared at Uehara Naruto and said in a deep voice: "You only have to come here by yourself. It is impossible to get the soul gem..."

    "why?"

    "Because it needs someone to pay for it."

    The Red Skull looked at the surprised look of Uehara Naruto, and continued with a deep voice: "The soul gem is revered in the infinite rough stone. It has its own unique wisdom. It wants the owner to understand its power, so it will ask for it. People sacrifice..."

    When talking about this, Red Skull¡¯s gaze gradually became solemn, and he continued word by word: "...sacrifice to the most important person. If you want to get the original stone, you must sacrifice your most beloved person in exchange for it. It''s favored."

    "..."

    Uehara Naraku fell silent immediately.

    The Red Skull thought he had sensed the weakness of Uehara Naraku. Unexpectedly, Uehara Naraku suddenly interrupted and said, "His Excellency Schmidt, is it okay to sacrifice to his predecessors?"

    "Um?"

    The Red Skull hadn''t understood the brain circuit of Uehara Naraku.

    "Vientiane Tianyin!"

    While Red Skull was still wondering, Uehara Naraku suddenly stuck out his palm, and the strange attraction suddenly grabbed Red Skull in his palm!

    "Your Excellency Schmidt..."

    Uehara Naraku''s palm was tightly locked to the red skull''s throat, and he said seriously: "I originally came here by myself, now...Isn''t there two of us on this planet?"

    "..."

    Oh shit!

    The Red Skull instantly understood what Uehara Naraku meant!

    This is a **** madness, right?

    Or is it that the leader of the Hydra is destined to be a lunatic? How could there be such a strange flower in the world... He would even want to sacrifice the envoy of the soul gem!

    "This is different..."

    The Red Skull shook his head and retorted in a dull voice: "For the soul gem, I am the messenger belonging to it, and I belong to its existence. This is equivalent to offering your treasure to you in exchange for you. Will you be willing?"

    "How can I know if I don''t try?"

    Uehara Naraku raised her eyebrows and continued indifferently: "Anyway, for me, it''s just sacrificing one of my seniors. If you kill you here, you can prevent you from competing with me for the power of Hydra..."

    Uehara Naraku''s palm slammed the Red Skull''s throat, and continued softly: "What''s more, Your Excellency Schmidt followed the Third Reich and almost brought us Hydra into the abyss... Now I sacrificed for the revival of Hydra. Think of it as an atonement for your past!"

    "..."

    This bastard!

    Red Skull couldn''t help cursing in his heart.

    This little **** showed his true face in less than ten minutes in front of him. Once he knew the whereabouts of the soul gem, he became so greedy and shameless...

    Sure enough, their Hydra has nothing good!

    ten minutes later.

    On the alpine altar of Vomer Star.

    Uehara Naraku stood up with the red skull''s neck, he looked at the bottomless abyss, let go and threw the senior he had just met from the altar!

    "This simply can''t work!"

    The red skull floated quickly again, screaming at Uehara Naruto: "The wisdom of the soul gem can''t tolerate you playing these cleverness..."

    "How can I know if I don''t try?"

    Uehara Naraku once again picked up his neck and threw the red skull down. The soul of his palm was full of energy, and a jet black spear was quickly condensed!

    Uehara Naraku grabbed the spear and threw it towards the red skull!

    The former leader of the Hydra was pierced by a gun, and he was abruptly nailed to the center of the altar underground by this spear!

    "I said, it''s impossible!"

    The Red Skull lay on the floor of the altar and roared angrily. He desperately wanted to float his body, but found that his soul could not break away from the spear!

    "madness!"

    "Don''t be wishful thinking!"

    "Ignorance and ignorance!"

    "You **** can never get the soul gem!"

    "..."

    The screams of the Red Skulls under the ground kept coming.

    It seems that the Red Skull, the senior Hydra who has cultivated on Vormil for more than 70 years, has not cultivated home yet, and he is even angry at what the younger Uehara Naruko has done.

    certainly¡­

    No matter who has encountered such a thing after changing, UU reading www. uukanshu. Com estimates that no matter how well-trained you are, it¡¯s impossible to hold back your temper. This kind of misfortune is really irritating...

    "Won''t this kind of sacrifice work?"

    Uehara Naraku frowned displeasedly.

    After a long period of time, Vormil Star remained quiet, only the red skull shouting and scolding hoarsely echoing around the altar, making people feel a little desolate.

    This person...

    How can you scold so much...

    Uehara Naraku was too lazy to pay attention to him, so he jumped onto the highest point of the altar, sat in the sky and thought for a while, and decided to choose the easiest way...

    "now!"

    "Bring the soul of the Ebony Maw to Vomer!"

 Chapter 802ï¼š The hometown of Thanos

    Vomer Star is a bit noisy.

    The Red Skull''s cry was too disturbing.

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but took out his ears. He was still waiting for his subordinates to bring the soul of the ebony throat to Vormere. Fortunately, his subordinates were still reliable and did not make him wait too long.

    The two strongest gods of death, Ai Ran So Usuke and Yamamoto Shigekuni, soon came to Vomer Star with their ebony-throated souls, and Uchiha Madara and others also rushed to Vomer Star to watch the excitement.

    Well known.

    For so many years, with the strength of the organization, the guys in Akatsuki''s organization now like to watch the fun. Everyone can''t help but want to see what the **** is the ebony throat that was turned into a chess piece by Uehara Naruko.

    Obviously.

    Everyone was disappointed.

    "ugly."

    "Weak."

    "I can''t see his value at all."

    "There is no meaning at all."

    "..."

    The soul of Ebony Maw was trembling.

    As far as his eyes can reach, every soul makes him involuntarily give birth to a heart of fear. The souls of this group of people are really strong, stronger than his master Thanos...

    that person¡­

    Is it Akatsuki''s leader?

    "Don''t look down on people..."

    Uehara Naruto fell on the altar from a height and stood beside the soul of the Ebony Maw. He looked at this powerful subordinate of Thanos, and said with a light smile: "Everyone has his purpose, and your strength is not. How about it, didn''t I keep you all the time?"

    "..."

    Everyone choked in their hearts.

    Until Uchiha Madara glanced at Uehara Naraku with an unhappy face, he snorted coldly: "What a kid who can''t speak..."

    "Isn''t you to blame you?"

    Uehara Naraku chuckled lightly, grabbed the soul of the ebony throat with one hand, and watched him open and smiled and continued: "It''s not that you guys scared our future talents. Look at the little things and they are almost scared. ¡­"

    "..."

    The soul of the Ebony Maw cannot move.

    The black-clothed youth who spoke to him with a smile made Ebony feel faintly more terrifying than the Airan Soyousuke who killed him!

    "I thought you would help me bring back a living person..."

    Nairo Uehara turned his head and glanced at Aizen, then at the soul of the Ebony Maw, and continued softly: "It doesn''t matter anymore. Now let a soul go to Thanos to report the soul gem news, maybe the credibility will be higher. But going back like this is a bit too shabby..."

    When talking about this, a cold light flashed in Uehara Naraku''s eyes, and a powerful spirit energy instantly entered the soul of the ebony throat!

    "Ah ah ah ah ah¡­"

    These spiritual energy rushed through the soul of the ebony throat like a blazing flame, making him unable to bear the pain of forcibly changing the structure of the soul!

    This is an old method in the world of Reaper. Almost everyone present knows how to transform the soul. For example, Ai Ran Soyousuke is one of the best...

    While Uehara Naraku was transforming the soul of the Ebony Maw, the entire Vormir star changed for a while and returned to silence...

    "Don''t you want to appear like this?"

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the turbulent clouds and mist of Vomer Star, shook his head helplessly, and reached out to put down the soul of the ebony throat. He lowered his head to stare at the ebony throat that was almost condensed to the body of the soul, and said in a cold voice: "Go, tell Thanos, Vomer Star hides the soul gem!"

    "you¡­"

    The ebony throat gritted his teeth and looked at a group of guys in auspicious clouds and black robes.

    "You can go and tell him."

    Uehara Naraku''s palm was flowing, and the infinite rough stones revolved around his palm, which looked very moving on this dead planet.

    The gem of time given to him by Gu Yi mage...

    The reality gem given to him by Gu Yi mage...

    The jewel of the soul seized from Loki...

    The gem of space seized from Odin...

    Every gem is a treasure of this world, among the brilliance, people can''t help but want to be immersed in it...

    "Raw stone..."

    Ebony''s eyes slowly widened.

    This think tank, who has followed Thanos for many years, has never thought that most of the infinite rough stones that their group of people are thinking about have already fallen into the hands of Akatsuki''s leader!

    "I have four infinite rough stones in my hand."

    Uehara Naraku put away these rough stones and looked at the soul of the Ebony Maw and continued, "There is another soul gem here. Now you can choose to tell Thanos in a fair manner, or you can choose to cheat him here. You can go back here. Think slowly..."

    "..."

    Ebony Throat slowly lowered his head, and a sharp light flashed in his eyes: "I can''t betray your lord... Your ideal is..."

    "I see."

    Naruto Uehara nodded and interrupted him, and said softly: "It''s okay, I just ask casually, because no matter what your choice is, it is impossible to hinder my scheduled result, so be it!"

    Uehara Naraku suddenly raised his hand, and calmly continued: "Then let me give you a word of advice! Your only chance of winning lies in the missing power gem. Unfortunately, I already know it. Location¡­"

    "..."

    Before the soul of the Ebony Maw could say anything, it was instantly thrown out of Vomer Star by Naraku Uehara!

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and sighed, and opened a spatial black hole: "Let''s go, there is no need to stay here, I have no interest in watching human tragedies..."

    "Are you really not interested?"

    Uchiha looked at Uehara in surprise.

    Hasn''t this guy always been the creator of human tragedies? No matter which world, what else can be more tragic than encountering Uehara Naraku?

    Senjuzuma quickly grabbed his friend and hurriedly changed the subject: "Now, where are we going?"

    "Let me think..."

    Naruto Uehara rubbed her temples, and suddenly a magical thought flashed: "How about going to Thanos'' hometown? Just use that place as a showdown..."

    "..."

    The corners of everyone''s eyes couldn''t help but twitch.

    The character of this guy...

    It''s really as bad as ever!

    "and¡­"

    Nairo Uehara held up his palm, and a beautiful planet emerged from a black hole, which was shrunk and appeared in his palm.

    This is the planet where he and Odin fought.

    This planet should have been favored by Thanos for a long time.

    "How about taking this planet as a reward for the winner?"

    Uehara Naraku raised his eyebrows, and asked for the opinions of his subordinates: "It is estimated that this is a planet that Thanos has fancyed a long time ago. I guess Thanos should hope to be able to retire on this planet..."

    "At that time, I would put this planet on the same orbit as his hometown Titan, and I would tell him that if Thanos wins, he can retire in place, and even look at himself every day. Hometown..."

 Chapter 803ï¼š Uehara Naraku: I will be the envoy of the soul gem

    "Dommam."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Domam who was standing at the end of the team, controlling the shrinking planet and slowly drifting in its direction: "Go and help me set up the battlefield!"

    The combat power of everyone present is not weak.

    It''s just that they can''t easily control a planet, only Domam, the master of the dark dimension can do it.

    "Aren''t you going with us?"

    Dommam raised his hand and took the miniature of the planet.

    "I can''t go yet."

    Uehara Nairo shook his head, glanced at the red skull under the altar, who was still yelling, raised his hand to turn his spiritual power spear into nothing, and a burst of gravity pulled the red skull up!

    "If I leave, who will guide Thanos?"

    Uehara Naraku smiled at the red skull in front of him, and whispered softly: "Does it depend on this waste that brought Hydra into hell?"

    "asshole¡­"

    "Don''t worry, I won''t kill you, senior."

    Uehara Naraku appeared in the palm of a line of spiritual pressure and turned into an enchantment, this enchantment spread out in an instant, trapping the red skull like a cage!

    Uehara Naraku reached out and patted the enchantment cage, and continued with a smile: "As a negative example of Hydra, I will put you on display at our bases..."

    "Bastard, you **** kid..."

    There is no need to describe too much, Red Skull can imagine the scenes that make him worse than death. A group of cannon fodder soldiers of Hydra point at him, this is to put him in Hydra forever. Shame on the wall...

    "Tsk, it''s really bad..."

    Madara Uchiha couldn''t help but shook his head.

    "Already very friendly."

    Nairo Uehara spread out his palms, a jet black cloak appeared quietly on his body, and a cloud of spiritual pressure rose under his feet: "You go, I will be here as the envoy of soul gems, waiting Our Mr. Thanos..."

    "..."

    Everyone felt a little bit heartbroken inexplicably.

    Before Madara Uchiha left, he glanced at Naraku Uehara and said meaningfully, "I hope that guy won''t be fooled badly..."

    "how could be?"

    Uehara Naraku''s smile was even stronger, and he said sincerely: "At least I appreciate his fairness...no distinction between rich and poor, no distinction between old and young, no distinction between men and women... This is much better than those who always want to eliminate the inferior. NS."

    Yamamoto Motoyusai Shigekuni walked to the black hole and stopped, and suddenly said: "Captain Uehara, there are actually many humanities in the world that cannot be estimated by the gods. The guy named Ebony Maw seems to be very loyal to Thanos, you If you let him go back..."

    This is a reminder from an old man.

    Uehara Naraku waved his hand indifferently, and continued with a chuckle: "I admire his loyalty, so I told him in his soul that as a reward to him, before his soul dissipates, he can kill him. Ba said five sentences, but in fact he can only say three..."

    "..."

    Then you are such a devil!

    Yamamoto Genryuzhai Shigekuni sighed, and chose to leave with everyone.

    temple.

    Thanos territory.

    Thanos didn''t know that he had a fan waiting for him.

    The sturdy purple giant was sitting on the tall throne, and he was still watching the video of his subordinates being attacked and destroyed by the Akatsuki organization.

    Thanos, the most powerful person in the universe.

    Thanos'' eyes were calm and almost indifferent, he seemed to always have this expression no matter what he faced, as if he didn''t care about everything.

    Because after Thanos believed that he understood the true meaning of the future of the universe, he never showed any special interest in anything, whether it was war or peace.

    Even the death and injury of his men.

    Akatsuki¡¯s first attack caused the Thanos Army to suffer huge losses.

    Among them, the Black Dwarf died in battle, General Dead Blade was seriously injured, and the whereabouts of the Ebony Maw were unknown. Only the Dark Neighbor Star, who was lucky enough to be spared by Domam, could still serve Thanos.

    "grown ups¡­"

    Darknight Proxima humbly bowed his head and saluted, and cautiously explained: "Now all civilizations are spreading the news that we were attacked by Akatsuki..."

    This news has dealt a big blow to Thanos¡¯s prestige.

    For many years, no one has dared to challenge them like this, especially this time the enemy is stronger than any enemy they have ever seen.

    "I see."

    Thanos'' expression remained calm.

    Even if he had just read the message sent back by the black dwarf before his death, and even saw the scene where the black dwarf was blown out by a punch, he still didn''t feel any movement.

    The next one is the encounter with Ebony Maw.

    The next one is the encounter with General Deadblade.

    Dark Night Proxima was accompanied by Thanos to watch these videos. She couldn''t help but feel a trace of luck in her heart, because seeing the enemies her colleagues and her husband met, she had to lament that the Domam she met was kind enough. ¡­

    only¡­

    Thanos is still calm.

    Because he didn¡¯t know Uchiha Madara and others, as for their power to destroy a fleet easily, many people can do it. For example, Thanos knows the brains of a Celestial clan named Yigo and can easily do it. This kind of...

    It''s just that when Thanos was watching the video of the last Domam attack, his expression like an iceberg finally fluctuated, and his eyes tightened suddenly!

    "Dommam..."

    "Yes, my lord, it claims to be Domam..."

    Dark Night Proxima gritted his teeth and knelt down in the direction of the throne on one knee: "Sorry, my lord, I am not its opponent..."

    "this is not your fault."

    Thanos shook his head calmly, and didn''t mean to blame his subordinates at all. He knew the secrets of the universe very well, and Dummam was simply not something ordinary people could handle.

    That is the master of the dark dimension!

    Possess the strength comparable to Asgard''s king Odin!

    Thanos glanced at Proxima Dark Night, which was kneeling on the ground, and said softly, "You don''t have to apologize, my child, you are very lucky to escape from its hand..."

    After speaking, Thanos looked down at his empty Infinity Gloves: "It seems that we need to speed up. Ronan has already discovered the whereabouts of the universe spirit ball..."

    "I''ll get it back for you."

    Dark Ye Proxima quickly made his request.

    "No, I already have a suitable candidate."

    Thanos shook his head slowly and looked in the other direction of the temple area. There were two women fighting there. He said softly, "Let Kamora or Nebula go..."

    The two women fighting are the daughters of Thanos.

    No, it should be said that she was the adopted daughter of Thanos. Among them, his eldest daughter Kamora was the most important, because Kamora had a very rational mind.

    As for the little girl Nebula...

    The character is really irritable.

    Thanos hopes that after he completes his ideal retirement, Kamora will lead the Thanos army and inherit his balance theory.

    certainly.

    This ideal currently seems a bit far away.

    "grown ups¡­"

    A gloomy voice suddenly appeared around them, and a strange figure quietly floated in front of Thanos and Dark Night Proxima. It was the dead soul of Ebony Maw...

    "Ebony Throat..."

    Dark Ye Proxima looked at his companion in astonishment.

    Ebony Maw did not continue to pay attention to Dark Night Proxima Centauri, but humbly knelt in front of Thanos, and said solemnly: "My lord, the soul gem is on Vomer, but... a liar!"

    A flash of madness flashed across Ebony Maw''s face!

    This Thanos¡¯s think tank, who has always been known for his elegance, is full of madness and resentment at this moment. He is like encountering an enemy with deep hatred!

    Ebony Throat was struggling desperately to rush towards Thanos, his fingers tightly covering his throat, as if he wanted to say something...

    However¡­

    But after all, I can''t speak anymore...

    The only thing Ebony Maw can do is to kneel down to Thanos again as a pilgrim, and offer him his dying loyalty to Thanos...

    Thanos looked at his subordinates, and slowly stretched out his fingers, trying to touch the soul of the ebony throat, but after all, it became eternal...

    Bang!

    The soul of the ebony throat suddenly dissipated into a cloud of smoke, UU reading www.uuk¨¡nshu.com is like his soul coming here with difficulty can only support him to say a few words...

    "He is dead."

    Thanos slowly retracted his finger, the sadness in his eyes was fleeting, and his expression became firm again: "But his sacrifice is not worthless, at least it brings me a precious The news, no one has seen the most mysterious soul gem with his own eyes. He didn''t expect him to know the whereabouts of the soul gem..."

    "But my lord..."

    Dark Night Proxima slowly lowered his head, as if he wanted to question: "There seems to be some words before the ebony throat disappears..."

    No matter who it is, it can be heard from the last words of Ebony Maw... There must be danger in Star Vomer!

    "Go and prepare the spaceship."

    Thanos calmly stood up from the throne and continued quietly: "There is no need to worry, at least compared to the mysterious soul gem, any danger is worth it..."

 Chapter 804ï¼š Thanos, I understand you better than anyone (super big

    Vomer Star.

    A spaceship was suspended in the sky.

    The hidden place of the soul gem once again welcomed new guests.

    The space transmission gravitational channel on the spacecraft quietly fell, and a tall and sturdy figure appeared on the ground of Vomer Star. It was Thanos who came to get the soul gem.

    "Thanksgiving, son of Titan..."

    An ethereal voice swirled in the air.

    A cloud of mist quietly rose from the ground and hovered and fell in front of Thanos. A young man dressed in black leather appeared quietly in the mist.

    "Who are you?"

    Thanos slowly squeezed his fist.

    The black-clothed youth did not answer Thanos¡¯ question, but just looked at the situation around Thanos, and said softly: "Huh? Mr. Thanos, are you the only one here?"

    "What''s the meaning¡­"

    "It looks like Ebony Throat didn''t bring you the most important news..."

    The black-clothed youth stopped in front of Thanos with the clouds and mist, and slowly spread out his palms: "Introduce myself, I am the envoy of the soul gem Uehara Naraku..."

    Uehara Naraku hasn¡¯t finished speaking yet, a vast soul power suddenly rises on the ground of Vormil Star, and a cloud of mist emerges from the ground...

    It''s just that these earth-shattering clouds just emerged, and Uehara Naraku lightly spread his hands and suppressed it.

    Uehara Naraku glanced at the ground displeasedly, and whispered, "It seems that the soul gem has been hidden for too long and longing for a master..."

    "Then the envoy of the soul gem..."

    Thanos stared at the black-clothed youth in front of him, and said in a deep voice, "Can you tell me where the soul gem is now?"

    "Come with me."

    Uehara Naraku shook her black leather jacket coolly and whispered softly: "I hope you can strengthen your will after hearing the story I told..."

    "..."

    Thanos has no words.

    The tall Titan giants followed the black-clothed youth in the clouds and mists climbing step by step, and they walked all the way to the altar at the highest point of Vomer Star.

    Winds are surging along the way.

    Vomer Star''s soul energy continued to explode.

    There were hurricanes after another on the entire planet.

    It¡¯s just that all the surging soul energy has been suppressed by Uehara Naraku, and Thanos has seen the power of Uehara Naraku. Such a powerful person should not lie to him...

    "If you want to get it, you will lose."

    Uehara Naruko waved his hand to dissipate the surging clouds. When he spoke, he was full of the appearance of an outsider. His voice is not high, but it can always be conveyed to the bottom of people''s hearts: "Now you have to face it. It is the most mysterious gem in the universe..."

    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku slowly turned his head to look at Thanos: "Are you really sure that you are ready to accept this power?"

    "I have always been sure."

    Thanos slowly stretched out his palm, showing his infinite gloves: "I have been preparing to accept everything today. No matter what existence in the universe is known or unknown, it is impossible to change a man. Will..."

    "Then continue with me..."

    Uehara Naraku lifted his palm, brought up a cloud of clouds, and slowly led Thanos to the direction of the altar: "I hope you won''t regret it."

    The two continued to climb upwards.

    Thanos stepped on the stone steps and followed Naraku Uehara. His firm footsteps indicated his heart. Thanos firmly believed that his will was stronger than anyone else.

    Thanos glanced at the Uehara Naraku floating in the mist, and suddenly said, "Is the Ebony Maw here?"

    "That... the loyal..."

    Uehara Naraku frowned slightly, as if he didn''t care about this person at all. He spoke softly and continued: "That person''s life has come to an end, but he still wants to take the gems for his master. Obviously he was just doing useless work..."

    There was a sigh on Uehara Naraku''s face: "I admire his loyalty, so I gave him a part of his soul energy. Although I can''t leave Vormir, he can still keep his soul..."

    When he said this, Uehara Naraku''s tone became a little quiet: "Unfortunately, he thought that he had the hope of immortality, and even escaped from Vomer Star..."

    "..."

    After listening to this, Thanos couldn''t help being silent.

    The cosmic overlord already knew what his subordinates were thinking, and why the Ebony Maw would come to the end of fate. Thanos softly defended his subordinates: "He brought me the news of the soul gem..."

    "Has he told you?"

    Uehara Naraku turned around and asked, "Soul gems are not like the stone steps below us. Why has no one seen the most mysterious gems in the universe?"

    Thanos shook his head slowly, and said in a deep voice: "The power of the ebony throat can only support him to say a word. He used his last moment to hand over the most precious news to me..."

    "All right."

    Uehara Naraku spread his hands indifferently, and sighed softly, "It''s really enviable loyalty..."

    Other people''s subordinates...have grown sincere.

    My own subordinates...have grown rebellious.

    After Uehara Naraku sighed with emotion, he finally stopped at the highest altar of Vomer Star and whispered: "We are here."

    "Where is the soul gem?"

    Thanos'' brows finally wrinkled.

    "omnipresent."

    Uehara Naraku stretched out his arms and motioned to the mouth and said: "Everything about Vomer Star is it, and none of it is it. It''s hidden here..."

    "Soul gem is the most mysterious gem in the universe. It has its own unique rules. It needs to let those who want to use it understand the value of power. Anyone who wants to get it will have to pay a huge price..."

    "One serving..."

    "A price that is absolutely difficult for ordinary people to pay."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Thanos who was a little confused, and he explained softly: "This price... is where your love gathers...

    Only when you dedicate your favorite person to the soul gem will you get its favor, because it means that the power in your hands is paid at a heavy price...

    So you will not use it lightly. "

    "..."

    Thanos fell silent again.

    This tall man entered into a long thought.

    Naruto Uehara watched Thanos and slowly said, "If you don¡¯t have the so-called favorite, you will be destined to miss the soul gem... If you own the favorite, are you really willing to abandon her in exchange for the soul gem? ?"

    "..."

    Thanos is still silent.

    Uehara Naraku looked at Thanos who was still silent, and continued: "Thanos, the most powerful person in the universe, a person standing high is destined to be alone. It seems that there is no particularly important person in your heart..."

    "¡­Do not."

    Thanos slowly raised his head.

    The face of the cosmic overlord was a bit complicated. His eyes fixedly looked at Naraku Uehara, and his voice was a little heavy and said, "I''ll be back soon..."

    "..."

    A little doubt appeared in Uehara Naraku''s eyes.

    Thanos did not explain to Uehara Naraku, he just slowly stepped back down the stone steps and returned to his spaceship.

    When Thanos returns to the altar...

    There was a green-skinned woman beside Thanos, whose face was as if she had lost her mind, because Thanos had told her everything about Vomer Star.

    Uehara Naraku looked at the muddled woman, then glanced at Thanos: "Kamora, this is your daughter, it looks like you are ready..."

    "..."

    Thanos slowly stretched out his palm to hold Kamora''s hand, and walked to the edge of the altar step by step, his voice became firmer than ever.

    "I have no choice."

    "Do not¡­"

    Kamora violently tore at Thanos¡¯ wrists, and struggling violently: "How can someone like you have love... the butcher of your world..."

    "Kamora..."

    Thanos dragged his daughter forward, slowly leaving a line of shallow tears on his face, but his footsteps were still firm.

    "Little girl, your father really loves you."

    Uehara Naraku watched this scene and said quietly: "It''s best to pay attention when speaking, and don''t hurt an old father too much..."

    "How could he..."

    Kamora is still struggling!

    However, after all, she could no longer struggle for too long, and finally was dragged by Thanos to the edge of the altar, and was thrown directly onto the floor of the altar!

    Bang...

    The sound of Camora''s body landing was a little dull.

    Thanos seemed unable to bear his sins, and slowly closed his eyes, his face could not conceal the grief of losing his daughter.

    Just at this time¡­

    The moment the sacrifice fell...

    The soul energy of the entire Vomer Star gathered under the altar, and immediately the huge soul energy rushed straight into the sky, activating the entire dead Vomer Star!

    Nairo Uehara looked at this earth-shattering scene calmly, his eyes moved slowly, and finally stayed on Thanos.

    Thanos slowly stretched out his palm, and an orange light appeared in his palm, flashing in the palm of his palm, which looked strange...

    Soul gem.

    The most mysterious soul gem in the universe.

    Just as Thanos¡¯s heart was full of flavours, Chen Zai slowly pinched the soul gem and placed it in his infinite glove, and a magic claw stretched out towards him...

    "Vientiane Tianyin!"

    Accompanied by a soft shout!

    Uehara Naraku was attracted by the palm of his hand, and directly pulled Thanos'' tall body and flew to his side!

    Thanos was shocked in his heart, he also suddenly realized something, waving his fist and hitting Uehara Naraku with gravity!

    However¡­

    Uehara Naraku just slightly raised his palm, a light blue space energy surrounded Thanos, making him unable to move at all...

    "who are you?"

    Thanos tried his best to twist his wrist. He looked at the space energy that had imprisoned him, and he couldn''t help but feel a little uneasy: "This is... the power of space gems! Who are you... after all!"

    "me?"

    Uehara Nairo walked to Thanos'' side step by step, stretched out her finger, and pinched the soul gem in Thanos'' hand.

    This scene¡­

    Make Thanos look full of anger!

    This is the soul gem he obtained after sacrificing his daughter Kamora at the expense of him, and it was snatched by Uehara Naraku!

    "That''smine!"

    Thanos gritted his teeth.

    "Anyone will do."

    Uehara Naraku spread out his palms indifferently, with a nonchalant look: "I don''t care who got it, anyway, as long as it is in my hands in the end, it will be enough..."

    "You are not a messenger at all..."

    The anger in Thanos'' eyes is almost uncontrollable!

    No matter who it is, it is estimated that it is impossible to calm down, because he has just sacrificed his beloved, and in a blink of an eye he lost the soul gems brought to him by the sacrifice of his beloved...

    If you can¡¯t get back the gems...

    Thanos even felt that his heart might break!

    Naruto Uehara nodded, and slowly said: "Vomier does indeed have a soul gem envoy. I also learned from him how to obtain the soul gem, but the price is too heavy..."

    Having said this, Uehara Naraku looked at Thanos and said softly: "So I need a man who is determined and desperately eager for gems, let him help me get soul gems..."

    "No one is willing to abandon their beloved ones. This requires extremely firm willpower and unimaginable courage. There are too few men like this in this universe..."

    "only you¡­"

    "The Tyrant..."

    "You are the person I know most likely to get a soul gem."

    "Of course, I believe you will have your love in your heart."

    Uehara Naruto stretched out his hand with spatial energy, suppressing Thanos and knelt in front of him on one knee, before he reached out and stroked Thanos'' head: "I understand your thoughts very well. We are the same people. "

    "You guy..."

    Thanos looked at Naraku Uehara hard, and grinned inexplicably: "So you used the soul of the ebony throat to lead me to the Vormere Star, tricked me into sacrificing my daughter to get the soul gem..."

    "Yes¡­"

    Uehara Naraku played with the soul gem in her hand and put it into her black hole before she continued: "Don''t be angry about these things now, because the things you are angry about are yet to come..."

    "..."

    Thanos was a little choked.

    Where the **** is this talent that popped up!

    Just as Thanos was struggling and trying to quarrel, he saw a familiar soul floating out of Uehara''s palm. It was the soul of his daughter Kamora!

    "Soul gems are really tasteless..."

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but feel a little disgusted on her face.

    Because the soul gem is indeed a tasteless to him, his black hole universe already has a complete soul world because of the world of death, and the soul gem is also a soul world.

    Soul gems can only slightly supplement his black hole universe.

    Perhaps the only thing Uehara Naraku can do is to use Reaper''s method to pull out the dead soul from the soul gem, but what''s the use?

    What''s the use besides irritating?

    Uehara Naraku shook his head helplessly, raised his hand to lift the corpse of the underground altar, and sighed: "Since I took the soul gem, it makes no sense to let you sacrifice your daughter...The art of reincarnation!"

    Camora¡¯s body glowed with a cloud of white light...

    Uehara Nairobi''s soul of Kamora flew into the white light!

    Thanos watched in disbelief as his daughter''s body stood up again, and watched in disbelief as his most beloved daughter was resurrected: "...Kamora?"

    resurrection!

    The universe is so big, there are no wonders!

    This man has the means to resurrect!

    "..."

    Kamora raised his head and saw Thanos who was kneeling here. The woman''s face instantly became sullen and angry: "You..."

    Bang...

    Camora fell to the ground again...

    "Hey, what a grumpy daughter..."

    Standing next to Nairo Uehara, he stunned Kamora with a punch. He looked down at Thanos and said, "It looks like you really love your daughter..."

    Uehara Naraku opened a black hole door behind him. He slowly picked up Kamora''s body and whispered, "Then, if you want your daughter to come back to you, you can redeem it with the power gem. Go back to her..."

    "..."

    Thanos'' eyes tightened!

    Damn, this guy used her daughter to blackmail him!

    How can there be people with such strange brain circuits in the world, how can they want to threaten a determined overlord with emotions...

    "You don''t want her anymore, do you?"

    Nairo Uehara picked up Kamora''s clothes, held Kamora in front of Thanos, and calmly said: "You have already experienced the taste of sacrificing her with your own hands... Now you want to experience it again... losing her Feel like?"

    "..."

    Thanos'' heart trembled suddenly.

    At this moment, he finally recalled the pain in his heart when he sacrificed Kamora. He didn''t want to experience the feeling of loss again...

    but¡­

    Infinite Gems involves his supreme ideals.

    "I will think about it."

    Thanos did not give a definite reply. He looked at Naraku Uehara. He knew that this was an opponent who was also collecting infinite gems: "Tell me...who are you?"

    "Do not you know me?"

    Uehara Naraku shook his head helplessly and sighed Grasping Kamora''s body and walking towards the door of the black hole, his back figure slowly changed.

    Uehara Naruko''s leather clothing slowly changed, and a black robe of auspicious clouds slowly emerged and was draped over him.

    This is¡­

    Akatsuki''s uniform.

    Even if Thanos didn¡¯t pay much attention to the Akatsuki organization before, but recently his subordinates were massacred by the Akatsuki organization, he couldn¡¯t help but not pay attention to the force that attacked him...

    did not expect¡­

    This is a member of Akatsuki...

    Uehara Naraku stood in front of the gate of the black hole, his eyes were directly at Thanos, and he said softly, "Then let me introduce it again..."

    "I am Akatsuki''s leader, Naraku Uehara."

 Chapter 805ï¼š Captain Marvel was beaten again

    so similar.

    It''s so alike.

    Uehara Naraku stood beside the door of the black hole in a black robe of auspicious clouds, and the black hole gleaming with light became his background color, making him look like a king in the dark.

    Although Uehara Nairobi is still carrying Kamora in his hands, it does not hinder his temperament at all, so that anyone who sees this moment will know...

    This is a complete villain.

    Especially this person is still Akatsuki''s leader.

    Thanos raised his head and watched Uehara Naraku and Kamora enter the gate of the black hole. He felt that he would never forget today''s scene in his entire life, and he would never forget this powerless moment!

    This man took away his soul gem...

    This man also snatched his daughter Kamora...

    Of course, the most important thing for Thanos is... There is also another infinite gem space gem in Uehara''s body. Perhaps Uehara''s identity should be more than one.

    With the departure of Uehara Naraku, the space on Thanos'' body could dissipate, and he slowly stood up, gazing at the deadly silent Star Vomer and fell into contemplation.

    Akatsuki''s leader...

    This identity is not simple.

    Even Domam of the Dark Dimension is a member of Akatsuki.

    Akatsuki organization.

    Thanos feels that he has never encountered such a terrifying enemy for many years. This is a powerful opponent far beyond those enemies he encountered in the past.

    The Dark Night Proxima on the spaceship sensed that his master and Kamora had not returned. When they came to look for Thanos, they saw Thanos standing on the altar meditating.

    "grown ups¡­"

    "..."

    Thanos slowly turned his head, looked at the dark night Proxima Centauri that came to look for him, and slowly heaved a sigh of relief: "The matter here is over, let''s go..."

    "Aren''t we bringing Camora?"

    Dark Night Proxima asked cautiously.

    "She was taken away."

    When Thanos said this, he involuntarily squeezed his fist: "Let''s go, now it''s time to find the universe spirit ball..."

    For Kamora who was taken away...

    For the other gems in Nairo Uehara''s hand!

    Thanos¡¯ fist made a skeletal sound, which gradually calmed his emotions: "I have found the whereabouts of the space gem and soul gem, and I need to get the power gem in the universe spiritual ball..."

    Only the power gem that can obtain any physical attack in the universe is enough to compete with the leader of Akatsuki who holds space gems and soul gems!

    "Congratulations, sir..."

    Dark Night Proxima Kneeled on one knee beside Thanos, and said in a hoarse voice: "The accuser Ronan just contacted us. Ronan has mastered the position of the universe spiritual ball, but his condition is to ask us for help. He destroyed the new star army of Zidal..."

    "Tell that kid, we agreed."

    Thanos'' mood finally improved a little, and he continued in a deep voice: "Let Ronan block the news. As long as he sends the Cosmic Spirit Orb, I will personally help him destroy Xydar Star."

    "grown ups¡­"

    Proxima Dim Ye was a bit surprised.

    Because this kind of trivial matter shouldn''t have to let Thanos be dispatched in person, right?

    Thanos did not explain to Proxima Dark Night, because now the power gem in the universe spirit ball is the only known infinite gem, he personally dispatched to ensure that the power gem will not fall into the hands of others...

    after all¡­

    Akatsuki is about to move!

    Facts have proved that Thanos is correct to dispatch himself.

    After Ronan, the accuser of the Kerry civilization, got the Cosmic Spirit Orb, he saw that what was hidden in the Cosmic Spirit Orb turned out to be a gem of power, and he wanted to repent of betraying their cooperation!

    This is simply looking for death!

    Even if Ronan holds the power gem in his hand, he is definitely not Thanos¡¯s opponent. He is like a beam jumping clown and his neck was broken by Thanos himself!

    Dark asterisk.

    This is Ronan''s car.

    After Thanos stepped on the spaceship, he blatantly killed Ronan and got the purple power gem. He held the gem tightly in his palm, and slowly felt the energy of the gem enter his body. There was a touch of contented peace.

    At this moment, Nebula walked to Thanos¡¯s side and said in a deep voice: "Father, something unknown is flying towards Dark Star..."

    "Um?"

    Thanos slowly opened his eyes and looked through the glass of the spaceship to a bright light flying towards the Dark Star in space.

    That is¡­

    Pure and powerful energy!

    Boom!

    The bright light suddenly hit the dark star!

    A woman overflowing with energy penetrated the barrier of the Dark Star and landed on the spaceship that had just experienced the massacre. She looked at a group of surrounding enemies, and her voice was a bit untimely crisp.

    "Where is Thanos?"

    "who are you?"

    After the slaughter of Ronan''s subordinates, Proxima Centauri held her spear tightly, and she looked at this terrifying woman with vigilant eyes.

    "Akatsuki''s intern, Carol Danvers."

    After Captain Marvel Carol Danvers introduced himself, he opened his palm and said: "Our boss asked me to kill him. This is my onboarding task. I have a reason to do so, so... can help me Call out Thanos?"

    "..."

    A group of people looked at each other.

    The main cabin of the Dark Star.

    Thanos slowly fiddled with the power gem he had just obtained, his eyes faintly heavier: "The people of Xiao... came really in time..."

    Sure enough, he did not guess!

    The Akatsuki members are also staring at the power gem!

    If he hadn''t personally sent here to get the power gem, perhaps this gem would have been taken away by the people of the Akatsuki organization!

    certainly¡­

    Thanos would never think of...

    If he hadn''t been dispatched in person, Captain Marvel wouldn''t be able to chase here...

    Now that Thanos has the power gem in his hand, his heart is quite settled. No matter what enemy is, it is impossible to be the opponent of the power gem!

    Thanos¡¯s body was exuding powerful purple energy, eroding the Dark Star spacecraft a little bit. He glanced at Captain Marvel, who was overflowing with energy on the screen, and said to his subordinates: ¡°Get down, let the intern of Akatsuki. Born to see me."

    Even though it was just an intern...

    But the energy in her is terrifyingly strong!

    This woman named Carol Danvers, only her energy is strong, can already be used as any weapon!

    Thanos is very clear.

    Except for herself, no one on this ship is her opponent.

    "It just happened..."

    Thanos gripped the power gem in his hand, not afraid of the invasion of this infinite gem on his body: "I will use you to experiment with the power gem..."

    "thanks."

    Captain Marvel, who didn''t know anything, even offered his thanks.

    Then¡­

    Carol Danvers was beaten badly.

    Thanos, holding the gem of power, fought and destroyed the world.

    Carol Danvers, who only relies on superpowers, is not an opponent of Thanos at all, and he has been completely blown up by Thanos in terms of combat experience and other aspects...

    This always arrogant and arrogant Captain Marvel finally suffered enough...

    Thanos''s left hand tightly pinched Carol Danvers''s neck, his right hand was condensed with a cloud of purple energy, and he hit her lower abdomen with a punch!

    Severe pain swept through Captain Marvel''s body!

    At this moment, the pain made her unable to lift the strength of her body at all!

    "Lock her up."

    Thanos let go and dropped the Captain Marvel like a rag. After a fierce battle, his mood remained calm: "I want to use her from the Xiao organization to exchange for Kamora..."

    "not enough."

    A dull and terrifying voice suddenly appeared on the spaceship. UU reading

    With the appearance of this terrifying voice, a dark space crack quietly appeared, and a huge giant eye suddenly flashed out of the crack!

    "Dommam!"

    Thanos immediately recognized who the visitor was!

    The overlord of the dark dimension, Domam, has joined the Akatsuki organization. Is this guy also coming to him to **** the power gem!

    "Don''t be nervous... Thanos."

    Dommam¡¯s huge eyes slowly swept across Carol Danvers lying on the ground, and its voice was still dull: ¡°I¡¯m just here to convey the will of that adult. If you want to save your daughter again, then bring Come to your hometown with the waste and power gems of our organization..."

    "Come to Titan..."

    "We are here..."

    "Waiting for your arrival."

 Chapter 806ï¼š Xiaos intern, I can only bully her!

    Generally speaking.

    Only one planet can rotate in a planet''s orbit.

    A strange scene appeared in a space area in the universe. Two planets appeared on a planetary orbit, and the two planets might attract and collide with each other at any time.

    One of them is the ruined and desolate Titan star, and the other is a prosperous new planet. They seem to be forcibly maintained in balance with brute force.

    And on the barren Titan, there appeared a tall Sky Throne, and its momentum went straight into the sky, even in space it was very eye-catching!

    When Thanos¡¯s spacecraft came here, he saw this interstellar wonder. He almost thought he had come to the wrong place. His hometown, Titan, had no neighbors on the planet, and no huge thrones...

    However, the star chart is not deceiving.

    Did the guys from Akatsuki do this?

    Just when Thanos on the spaceship was a little shocked by Akatsuki¡¯s big hand, he suddenly noticed that the planet that appeared near the Titan star was a bit familiar...

    This planet...

    It seems that he has been to...

    It''s kind of like the one he saw...

    It seems to be the one that will live in seclusion when he retires in the future...

    Thanos looked at the photos taken on the spacecraft and couldn''t help feeling that the two planets were so alike. The plants on it looked exactly like the special plants of Titan...

    and many more¡­

    Thanos'' mood suddenly sank.

    Akatsuki cannot move an unnamed planet over for no reason, right?

    Just at this moment, a strong gravitational force suddenly pulled the spaceship down, and most of the people on the spaceship fell to the ground involuntarily, shaking all over!

    "Please don''t be nervous."

    A leisurely voice echoed on the spacecraft, and it was like gentle spring water that calmed everyone''s panic: "It''s just guiding you to land. I don''t want this dilapidated planet to set off a dust storm..."

    Under the action of this gravitational force, the spacecraft slowly stopped tens of meters above the ground, and the people in the cabin slowly calmed down.

    The spacecraft¡¯s transmission channel fell.

    Thanos picked up his double-edged slasher, and landed on the ground of Titan first. Proxima Dark and General Deadblade escorted Captain Marvel Carol Danvers closely behind.

    They saw the enemy waiting for them.

    Above Titan''s Sky Throne, Na Uehara sat on it, dressed in a black robe of auspicious clouds, with his palm propped on his cheek, and an untimely gentle smile hung on his mouth.

    And beside the throne.

    Seven rugged figures guarded the surroundings.

    It was Uchiha Madara and Domam and other senior cadres of Akatsuki''s organization. Kamora was standing beside them with his hands tied upside down, and his face was silent.

    Uehara Naraku stared at Thanos, and the smile on the corner of her mouth softened: "Welcome home, Lord Thanos."

    "..."

    Thanos frowned slightly, he raised his head and glanced at his dilapidated and barren hometown, then slowly turned his head to look at Uehara Naraku, and said in a deep voice, "You want to use my hometown as a place to bury me. ?"

    "You can say that..."

    Nairo Uehara spread out his palms, and he explained with a chuckle: "Whether you are buried in your hometown or achieving hegemony in your hometown, you should all be considered lucky in life, right?"

    Uehara Naraku''s palm flickered quietly, and five infinite gems floated up and down in his palm. He whispered: "Look, plus the power gem you just got, all the infinite gems in the universe are here... "

    Uehara Naraku raised his head to look at Thanos with a solemn face, and continued with a smile: "As long as you defeat me, you will get everything you want..."

    "..."

    Thanos'' palm squeezed the handle of his knife abruptly.

    Even he never thought that the Uehara Naraku and Akatsuki organization actually got five infinite gems, which also means that the battle that began on Titan will determine the fate of the entire universe!

    As long as he can win...

    The ideal of balance he has struggled for all his life can be realized!

    certainly¡­

    If he fails...

    "I''m curious, what do you want to do..."

    Thanos stuck his double-edged sword on the ground with one hand, stroked his infinite glove, and stared at Naraku Uehara: "If you got all the infinite gems, what would you want to do to this world..."

    "You don''t have to worry about it."

    Uehara Naraku slowly put away all the gems, and said, "For me, what I want to do, even without them, can do... Infinite gems are just my favorite collections. They have a very high collection. value."

    Obviously.

    Two people can''t talk together and go together.

    Originally Thanos thought that Uehara Naraku might also be an ideal guy, but he did not expect that this guy would just use the infinite gems he had pursued his entire life as a collection...

    Who does this guy think he is?

    How to be like that useless waste collector in the void!

    "Well, let''s exchange hostages first!"

    Uehara Naraku suddenly opened his palm and pulled Kamo to his side. He looked at Thanos and said, "Although you haven''t handed over the power to me, you have already taken it to Titan. Mission, then return your daughter to you!"

    At the next moment, a repulsive force slammed out!

    Kamora''s body flew out involuntarily!

    Thanos quickly stretched out his wrist, hugged the flying Kamora, twisted and put her on the ground, he stretched out his hand and slowly stroked Kamora''s hair, his eyes did not conceal his pain. And guilt.

    "It''s okay... my child..."

    "let me go!"

    Kamora barked his teeth and screamed at Thanos!

    This daughter, who was sacrificed by Thanos on Vormil, had obviously not forgotten her resentment towards Thanos in her heart, but Kamora''s heart was more fearful!

    Because other people in the universe don''t know what Thanos is thinking, but her daughter knows very well that if Thanos wins, half of the entire universe will be wiped out!

    Although Kamora believes that Thanos has a low probability of winning...

    Thanos didn''t care about Kamora''s presumptuousness, and reached out and pushed her to the side of General Deadblade: "Go and stay with them and leave with them. This is not a battle you can participate in..."

    "what are you going to do!"

    Kamora pressed his voice, gritted his teeth and said, "Although you are a bastard, you are still my father. I tell you this guy, you can''t be the opponent of the guy named Naraku Uehara. You will die here. !"

    She is here...

    I saw Uehara Naraku''s creation out of nothing!

    Besides, she also saw Uehara Naraku''s suppression of Thanos in Vormil. She could clearly see the difference between the two. Otherwise, Thanos would not allow Uehara Naraku to take her away...

    Just as a touch of relief flashed across Thanos¡¯s face and wanted to say something, he was interrupted by Naraku Uehara: ¡°Hey, can the conversation between your father and daughter be late for a while?¡±

    Uehara Naraku shifted his gaze to the somewhat embarrassed Captain Marvel, and said loudly, "Before that, can we return the waste interns we organized?"

    "Hehe...Of course."

    Dark Night Proxima sneered, and after reaching out and pushing Captain Marvel forward a few times, he suddenly drew out his spear and stuck it on Captain Marvel''s leg!

    Even she still feels that it is not enough to relieve her hatred!

    The spear in the palm of his hand pierced several holes one after another!

    "Ah ah ah ah ah¡­"

    Captain Marvel''s painful roar echoed on this planet, because her injury was too serious, she could only crawl on the ground to avoid the enemy''s ravages!

    If you change to any one, you may be angry at this tragic situation, but the others present don¡¯t care, because they have seen a more miserable battlefield, but Kamora is a little bit unable to see it, and opened the mouth to stop the dark night. Proxima Centauri.

    "Don''t do this, they didn''t embarrass me..."

    "Humph¡­"

    Dark Night Proxima snorted coldly, watching Captain Marvel crawling on the ground with blood, and then took back his spear with a sneer, and looked at Camara, "Your heart is soft, that''s because you don''t know, this woman The horror!"

    "Tsk, really be careful..."

    Uehara Naraku sighed.

    Uehara Naraku''s fingertips suddenly lifted, and slowly pointed to Proxima Diablo, "Although I hate Carol, but now she is my subordinate... It seems that I should let people in this world know, and Akatsuki''s intern is also It''s not something other people can bully unscrupulously!"

    next moment¡­

    A golden light suddenly shot out!

    Thanos waved his double-edged sword to stop the golden light, and said solemnly: "Your Excellency Uehara Naraku, I apologize for what my subordinates did..."

    "It''s not necessary, and I''m not a stingy guy..."

    Uehara Naraku slowly shook his head and retracted his attack, but his voice did not fall, but his body suddenly disappeared from the throne, appearing next to Proxima Darkye!

    Uehara Naraku clasped the neck of Proxima Darkya in the palm of his hand, smiled and said, "If only an apology can solve everything, what do we need to maintain the order of the universe?"

    Click!

    Even unable to wait for Thanos to react, Uehara Naraku''s palm twisted slightly, already twisting the neck of Proxima Darkye!

    "You bastard¡­"

    General Deadblade stabbed at Uehara Naraku with a spear, and Darknight Proxima was his wife, so he was killed by Uehara Naraku in such a grand manner!

    "stop!"

    Thanos stopped General Deadblade loudly, and said coldly: "Let Uehara Naruko bring back his subordinates, this is our fault first..."

    "Thanks a lot..."

    Uehara Naruko pulled Captain Marvel to his feet with one hand, a green light from his palm fell on Captain Marvel.

    As the green light fell, the wound on Carol Danvers'' body slowly healed, and she glanced at Uehara Naraku with complicated eyes.

    "thanks."

    Carol Danvers has a mixed mood.

    Uehara Naraku is not a bastard, at least he still knows to rescue Akatsuki¡¯s companion, instead of letting the Tyrant kill him...

    Obviously this guy knows that there is a grudge between them.

    "It''s too early to thank you now."

    Nairo Uehara raised her head and motioned to her to stand up: "Intern Carol Danvers, you are the only person in Akatsuki organization who failed..."

    "There is a terrifying gem in Thanos'' hands..."

    "That''s not a reason."

    Uehara Naraku interrupted Carol Danvers and whispered softly: "Now stand aside, our account will be calculated after this war is over..."

    "Yes¡­"

    Carol Danvers was full of energy, her fist was tightly clenched around her leg, and finally she slowly lowered her head and retreated to the side.

    "Now let''s talk about what happened between us!"

    Thanos picked up his own saber and walked towards Naraku Uehara step by step: "Akatsuki''s members attacked and killed my subordinates. Your Excellency UU reading used me to get the soul gem. Should I give me an explanation now... "

    "This is too much..."

    Uehara Naruto shook his head and said in defense: "Your Excellency Thanos sent his subordinates Zetari army to collude with Loki to invade the earth. We should also calculate this account..."

    "Are you an earthling?"

    Thanos''s footsteps paused, and then he walked over without hesitation: "It seems that we both want to find each other to do a good job, and we also want to get the gems in the other''s hands..."

    "almost¡­"

    Uehara Naraku''s palm floated out of a black reiki ball, which instantly expanded and then instantly condensed into a samurai sword. He held the samurai sword in his hand and walked up to Thanos step by step...

    "Then there is no need to say more!"

    Thanos waved the sword in his hand and slashed towards Uehara Naraku!

 Chapter 807ï¼š Finally, the end

    The sandstorm broke out!

    With the falling of the double-edged battle in Thanos'' hands, Nairo Uehara waved the samurai sword in his hand with one hand and fluttered in front of him!

    this moment¡­

    Uehara looks extremely chic!

    Even if compared with the tall Thanos, Uehara Naraku''s stature looks like a small and inconspicuous man, but the huge difference in size does not delay the result of the collision!

    Clang!

    Thanos held a war knife and slashed it on Naru Uehara''s knife. He only felt that his palm was numb, and he tried his best to be blocked by Naru Uehara with one hand!

    "Very terrifying power..."

    Uehara Naraku slowly raised the katana in his hand, actually trying to suppress Thanos in turn, and his voice when he praised Thanos was exceptionally calm!

    "This sentence should be changed to me!"

    Thanos took a deep breath, and the power on his arm was pressed again, but no matter how he increased his power, he couldn''t change the fact that Uehara Naraku was reversed!

    but¡­

    This is not beyond hope!

    Thanos looked down at Naraku Uehara, whose face was full of breeze, and the purple energy of a power gem quietly overflowed from his infinite glove, blessing it on the double-edged sword!

    Boom!

    The loud blast is deafening!

    Uehara Naraku was cut and flew out!

    This blow blessed the power gem, and Uehara Naraku was caught off guard. After his body flew upside down tens of meters, he stabilized his figure!

    Thanos didn''t hesitate after feeling the power gem''s attack worked. The purple power gem on the Infinite Glove flashed with a light, and a purple torrent surged out of his fist and rammed Uehara Naraku!

    This is the strongest attack in the universe!

    Uehara Naraku''s figure retreated violently!

    When Thanos saw Uehara retreating, his fists were even more merciless. The power gems on the gloves once again shone, and as the torrent of purple power swept everything around, the sound of explosions echoed one after another on Titan. superior!

    "Thanksgiving is not so easy to deal with..."

    Captain Marvel, Carol Danvers, looked at Naraku Uehara being suppressed by Thanos, and couldn''t help but speak, "Even Uehara..."

    "Huh, don''t underestimate that guy."

    Uchiha Madara glanced at Captain Marvel and snorted coldly: "Look a little bit more clearly, little thing, this battle is not that simple..."

    As Uchiha Madara''s voice has not completely fallen, the entire Titans battle situation has been changed again, everyone can''t help but stare at the center of the battlefield!

    In their sight...

    It took only a few seconds for Uehara Naraku''s figure to retreat from retreat to rapid advance. This man waved his fist and slammed heavily on the purple torrent of power gems!

    The entire Titan star was silent for a moment!

    Immediately there was boundless sand and dust on the entire planet, huge gaps were opened on the ground, and the dust storm quickly flooded other people on the planet!

    Uchiha Madara also had to turn on Susano, and the people around him could still stand in place to watch the battle. As for Kamora and General Deadblade have already blown out...

    Thanos looked at Naruto Uehara with a face full of disbelief. He looked down at the power gem on his glove, and suddenly clenched his fist again!

    Even if the enemy is so strong...

    He can''t shrink back anymore!

    "Is it just this way? It''s kind of disappointing..."

    Uehara Naraku suddenly buckled his palm, and endless energy poured out of him, turned into black chains from his palm, and grabbed Thanos!

    Bang!

    The power gems on Thanos'' glove flashed again!

    Clouds of purple energy quickly spread all over his body!

    Whenever a black chain grabbed his body, the purple energy quickly climbed up, destroying the black chain, but the black chain seemed endless!

    In a blink of an eye...

    Thanos is already surrounded by dense chains!

    "Ah ah ah ah ah¡­"

    Thanos screamed and raised his fist. The purple energy around him kept walking around his body, and instantly smashed all the energy chains in one fell swoop!

    Thanos with the gem of power...

    Demonstrating his invincibility at this moment!

    Uehara Naraku didn''t care at all about it, but slowly controlled the energy to reconverge, turning into a huge palm in the sky!

    The giant hand in the sky fell...

    Slapped Thanos who was still roaring down to the ground with a slap!

    No matter how much Thanos uses the power gems to counterattack, all of them are overwhelmed by the overwhelming energy attack of Nairo Uehara, and the battle between the two has completely changed!

    Thanos controlled the Infinite Gloves, igniting all the ruins of Titan, and drowned the body of Uehara Naraku. All the explosions were turned into fly ash by the overflowing energy of Uehara!

    Looking at this scene, Uchiha Madara couldn''t help but look at each other, turning his head to the human next to him: "Uehara this guy...is teasing him?"

    "perhaps¡­"

    Senjuzuzu nodded slowly.

    Ai Ran Soyousuke shook his head, and softly explained, "Maybe it''s just for him to fully recognize the gap..."

    Obviously.

    Thanos can also see the situation clearly.

    His fingers suddenly used force to buckle the power gem on the infinite glove!

    Thanos¡¯ infinite gloves can make it easier for him to manipulate gems, which also means that the infinite gloves will limit the power of infinite gems!

    Thanos held the gem tightly in his right hand, and didn''t care about his arm and body being corroded by the power of the infinite gem, perhaps his Titan body didn''t need to care about this corrosion!

    "That''s it¡­"

    Uehara Naraku looked at Thanos with a little bit of pain on his face, and continued with a smile: "If you can''t work hard for your ideals, everything can be easily obtained, this ideal is too cheap..."

    "What do you know¡­"

    Thanos looked at Naraku Uehara grimly.

    "I know you better than anyone."

    Nairo Uehara spread out her palms and said softly: "As a person who also likes fairness and balance, perhaps I do understand your ideals better than anyone...

    I have heard your idea, to eliminate half of the human race in this universe, it has nothing to do with poverty and richness, nothing to do with men, women, old and young, and nothing to be strong or weak. This is fairness in the true sense...

    Compared with the forever uninterrupted slaughter, turning them into fly ashes under the snap of the infinite gemstone seems to be a kind of kindness. "

    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku''s words turned, and suddenly said: "But this kind of thinking is a bit silly, why don''t I come up with a better idea..."

    "what?"

    Thanos'' eyes were slightly puzzled.

    Uehara Naraku looked at his gaze, a weird smile appeared on the corner of his mouth, and a thick black mist slowly opened behind him: "Let me eat this universe...let them survive in my universe." ...My universe is huge..."

    Naruto Uehara raised his finger, pointed at a visible planet in the sky, and smiled: "If you are willing to give up resistance and hand over the power gem, I can give you that planet as a place for retirement..."

    "..."

    Thanos¡¯ eyes tightened instantly!

    The face of the overlord of the universe suddenly changed. He didn''t care about the power gem he was holding tightly in his palm, as if he was about to hold this gem into his body!

    This guy named Naraku Uehara... unexpectedly has such ambitions... This guy wants to devour everything in this universe like Domam!

    wrong¡­

    should say¡­

    Now Domam has stated that he is a member of Akatsuki, which also means that Domam, who has always invaded this world, is his pioneer!

    "This can''t work..."

    Thanos shook his head, and said in a deep voice: "What this universe needs is never a **** above everything, but a person who can balance everything..."

    Gods did exist in the universe.

    Thanos has also killed those gods who want to be aloof!

    When it came to this, Thanos seemed to have been able to withstand the erosion of the power gem, and there were wisps of bright purple patterns on his arms!

    "Not to mention that planet..."

    When Thanos thought about this, his face was faint: "If I remember correctly, it was the planet I stopped on. I originally wanted to solve everything and live in seclusion on that planet to watch the scenery of the universe..."

    "I know you have taken a fancy to him."

    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, and continued with a chuckle: "I guessed what you thought, so I brought it here...it will also be your reward..."

    "Of course... if you can win..."

    "..."

    Thanos stopped answering, and stepped on the ground and jumped up. The purple light hovered over his arm and slammed heavily towards Uehara Naraku''s body!

    "If you lose..."

    Uehara Naraku leaped up to meet Thanos'' figure, and his fist suddenly clenched and slammed into Thanos, his voice echoed across the Titan Star!

    "Then be ready to accept the fate I have imposed on you!"

    Titan''s huge fist and Uehara Naraku''s fist collided in an instant!

    The majestic energy surged one after another, sweeping everything around, even Thanos and Naruto Uehara were constantly forced by this collision energy explosion!

    Click...

    The crisp bone cracking sounded...

    A look of pain flashed across Thanos'' face!

    Uehara Naraku''s mouth reappeared with a smile. At this moment, it seems that there is no need to infer to see the outcome of this collision!

    With the break of Thanos'' fist bone, small wounds appeared on his arm and body instantly, and blood instantly covered his arm and even his whole body!

    this moment¡­

    Even Thanos could no longer resist the erosion of the power gem, his fist involuntarily withdrew, and his palm trembled slightly to shake off the power gem in his hand!

    Uehara Naraku''s wrist turned and took this gem that could destroy the Titan star, and turned around and kicked Thanos away!

    One blow!

    The victory is divided!

    It''s just that in a position where others can''t see, the large auspicious cloud and black robe on Uehara Naruto floated slightly, and his sleeves quickly covered his palm...

    This also concealed the cracked tiger''s mouth on his palm...

    After all, to collide with the most powerful gemstone in the universe, for Naraku Uehara, it is indeed not a light thing...

    Of course, this collision also allowed Uehara Naraku to deeply appreciate how terrifying the ultimate power of a universe is!

    It seems to be the same thing...

    It''s just that Thanos is not so good.

    Now Thanos has completely fallen to the ground.

    Thanos¡¯ whole body is full of wounds, only relying on his strong physique to barely maintain his sobriety, the pain of failure makes his whole person look a little lonely...

    "grown ups¡­"

    General Deadblade hurriedly stepped forward to check Thanos'' injuries, Kamora''s eyes were a bit complicated, and after all, he followed in the footsteps of General Deadblade.

    Just as they were holding Thanos, a bank card that looked weird and backward to them suddenly fell off and fell on Thanos...

    Uehara Naraku slowly retracted her palm, and said frivolously: "Okay, take this little money, go to the earth to see the sickness!"

    "You bastard!"

    General Dead Blade wants to grab his spear!

    This guy is too insulting! Did he think this battle was a gangster fight on the street? Even taking the earth''s money as medical expenses!

    "stop¡­"

    Thanos stopped his subordinates. He lay on the ground and watched Uehara Naraku. He gently shook his head and said, "We have already lost...but..."

    "If you lose, find a place to live your life..."

    Uehara Naruko waved his hand and stared at Thanos and said, "After all, your pattern is still too small. When I saw that you were going to retreat from the secluded planet, I knew that you would lose, a person who wanted to change the world. Shouldn''t be too naive..."

    "if¡­"

    Nairo Uehara spread out his palms, and the black mist diffused from behind him and turned into a huge black hole door: "If a man standing at the top of the world wants to retreat, he should treat the whole world as his nursing home. ¡­"

    The gate of the black hole quickly expanded!

    Under everyone''s gaze, the black holes behind Uehara Naraku slowly split apart, turned into small black holes, and flew towards all parts of the universe!

    The winner has to collect his own spoils.

    Regarding Uehara Naraku''s act of stealing this cosmic planet, the failed Thanos was also helpless, and could only take the Deathblade General and Karmo** on the spacecraft and leave here.

    Just before leaving.

    Thanos took a deep look at Naraku Uehara with his eyes, and it was obvious that the cosmic overlord didn''t seem to want to give up his thoughts.

    "Hey, didn''t UU reading www.uuk¨¡nshu.com kill him?"

    Uchiha Madara jumped to the side of Uehara Naraku.

    Senshou Zhuma followed closely, shook his head and sighed: "The person named Thanos showed me the shadow of Madara''s past, with a strong heart and tough will..."

    to be honest¡­

    People like Thanos will continue to grow stronger.

    Once Thanos accidentally exposes Thanos to the power of other worlds, who knows how powerful that guy will be?

    "There is no such need, I am a man behind the scenes."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head, slowly spread out her palms and slowly squeezed them, and suddenly smiled: "For a man behind the scenes, the most feared are the self-righteous people like Thanos and Uchiha Madara. They are the most afraid. He should still be the kind of hot-blooded guy..."

    (End of text)

 ~ï¼š Marvel Extra (1)

    In 2017, the earth.

    Since Uehara Naraku left, the Hydra on the earth has not been completely wiped out. Instead, it has grown stronger, forcing the Avengers such as Steve Rogers to lie dormant.

    In other words, Steve Rogers can only represent some Avengers.

    Because the whole earth is now mixed, the former Avengers have been completely divided into three factions after they fell apart, and their strengths are all unusually strong.

    The first faction.

    The Avengers official.

    The goddess of death Hela, the scarlet witch Wanda Maximov, the fast silver Pietro Maximov.

    Since the goddess of death, Hela, was educated by the leader of Akatsuki''s organization, she was controlled by Asgard by Naraku Uehara, and had to go under Akatsuki''s banner...

    The reason why they can now be pushed to a high position by the Earth officials, apart from their personal strength, naturally does not lack the backing support of the Hydra and Akatsuki organizations.

    S.H.I.E.L.D. headquarters.

    Wanda the Scarlet Witch rubbed her brows and looked at the photos on the table with an ugly face: "Your Excellency Hela, can you not always cause so many troubles? You can''t always cause tragedies in the public, even if you clean up. All are terrorists..."

    Above the photo.

    A tall tree of thorns.

    A bunch of terrorists were hung on the tree like clothes.

    This picture looks extremely bloody, but it has been published in many newspapers and magazines around the world, and it has also caused a lot of controversy. It is difficult for anyone on earth to accept the superhero who uses this **** method.

    At least¡­

    also can not¡­

    Used in front of a group of people.

    "If death wants to clean up the world, there is no need to choose a time, no need to choose a place..."

    Hela sat down on the sofa, holding her cup slowly, took a leisurely sip and placed it on the tray, frowning and saying: "That little guy who runs fast, go and buy another one for me. Sweetened..."

    "¡­Yes."

    Pietro glanced at the goddess of death Hela with a weird face, then glanced at his sister, his body disappeared in place at a high speed!

    Wanda helped his forehead, and a flash of red flashed in his eyes: "Hela, you can''t treat a superhero as a deliveryman, he is my brother..."

    "Oh, that kind of thing is not important."

    Hela shook her head lightly and said: "Those creatures are just a burden to us, just like Loki or Thor, they are all burdens that shouldn''t exist."

    "..."

    Wanda closed his eyes in surprise.

    In fact, this faction has always been very unpleasant. In comparison, the second faction in the Avengers is a bit more harmonious.

    The second faction.

    The Avengers underground rebels.

    This group of rebels has been hunted down and lived in hiding, and even their headquarters, Wakanda, was completely lost and reduced to the base of Hydra. It couldn''t be more miserable.

    The figures in this group are:

    Captain America Steve Rogers, Thor Thor, Winter Soldier Bucky, Black Widow Natasha Romanoff, Hawkeye Clint Barton, Black Panther Techara brothers and sisters, new Ant-Man Scott and others.

    And elite agents such as Nick Fury and Phil Colson.

    After Thor learned the truth, he naturally chose his old friends Steve Rogers and Coleson. He didn''t like his sister Hela very much...

    and¡­

    Her sister¡¯s favorite thing seems to be to beat up his younger brother, because he is the legal heir of Asgard, it is naturally impossible for the two brothers and sisters to get along well.

    Of course, Sol can''t beat Hella.

    So, Sol has been addicted to alcohol recently.

    Moreover, this sturdy man doesn''t have very good wines. When Sol gets drunk every day, he will cry bitterly. He has lost Asgard and accidentally lost his brother.

    "I lost Loki..."

    The drunk-eyed Thor cried bitterly while holding Hawkeye Button. A fat man of several hundred catties cried like a child of several hundred catties.

    "that¡­"

    Clint Barton reluctantly grabbed Saul''s body, put the drunk aside, and looked at Nick Fury and others: "Have you not told him? His brother Loki actually has a better life than him. Much more comfortable..."

    "Not yet, we need Loki to help us fight for Tony..."

    Nick Fury shook his head and said in a deep voice: "But we recently contacted Loki. He seems to have some information from Thanos, about Uehara Naraku..."

    "What information?"

    "Uehara Naraku''s purpose is not to rule the earth..."

    Nick Fury''s voice was a little dull and said: "It is said that Naraku Uehara has been devouring planets in this universe. How can a human being devour planets? How can this kind of thing sound unreliable. Does Loki want to play us again?"

    "It''s better to wait for him to bring more news!"

    Natasha ended the topic casually and turned to look at Ant-Man Scott: "Are there any new discoveries on Dr. Pim?"

    "I have no idea¡­"

    Scott frowned and said, "After he rescued his wife from Quantum Space, he originally planned to retire..."

    "Help us say sorry to him..."

    Nick Fury patted Scott on the shoulder, and whispered: "We learned about the power of Infinite Gems from Loki. No one can destroy Uehara Naraku except Infinite Gems...

    Now the infinite gems have all been taken by Uehara Naraku, unless you can steal them from him or steal them from the other end of time. "

    "but¡­"

    Scott couldn''t help muttering: "Didn''t you all say that Rocky is a liar? And how is it possible to travel through time! Where does he know that he can travel through time?"

    "..."

    A group of people looked at each other.

    At this moment, Natasha glanced at her mobile phone suddenly, her face lifted up in surprise: "Rocky has sent over the theory of time travel! Is this guy still a scientist?"

    "Should Tony or Thanos tell him..."

    Nick Fury shook his head and took away Natasha''s phone.

    The Avengers of their group have a difficult life, even if it is technological innovation, they can only rely on foreign aid, and they even need to lure Loki to be their spy.

    And this guy Rocky...

    It seems that it can be eaten anywhere.

    Because he chose a different faction on earth from his brothers and sisters.

    The third faction.

    Neutral faction.

    Iron Man Tony Stark, Gears of War James Rhodes, Hulk Bruce Banner, the new Supreme Mage Doctor Strange Strange.

    as well as¡­

    Loki who likes to fish in troubled waters.

    In addition, they also developed a new member, Peter Parker, Spider-Man, and since then this big family has one more group pet.

    By the way...

    There is also a guy named Thanos.

    In fact, Tony Stark didn¡¯t want Rocky to join at first, just because Strange thought Rocky¡¯s wisdom and alertness to danger were very useful, not to mention that it¡¯s not safe to leave an ambitious guy on the earth to wander around...

    Of course, it¡¯s not safe to put Loki in your own home...

    It¡¯s just that soon their neutral faction has someone who can check Loki, and that is the Titan Overlord Thanos who wanders from the universe to the earth...

    Or¡­

    Once overlord.

    Because after being defeated by Uehara Naraku, Thanos was unable to maintain his legion, so he could only wander in the universe by himself, occasionally facing Akatsuki''s chase if he wanted to maintain the balance of the universe.

    Finally, Thanos came to the earth.

    Since then, the neutral avengers have achieved a technological leap.

    Now they are discussing the theory of time travel, and even proposed the possibility of regaining all the infinite gems through time travel.

    "Our basic theory is almost complete..."

    Tony Stark sat on the sofa and spread out his palms indifferently: "But I don''t think this kind of thing is necessary. Uehara Naraku is not a bad person..."

    "That''s because you didn''t realize his danger, Tony Stark."

    Thanos was sitting on a huge chair, playing with a small metal tool with his wide palm. UU Read said in a deep voice, "What he is going to do now is more dangerous than what I do... he Want to be the true **** of this universe... if he really does it, then he can really control everything... control your soul... even your mind..."

    "Tony, I also think we should find a way to stop Uehara..."

    Dr. Bruce Banner made a suggestion somewhat cautiously.

    "I think so."

    Loki hugged his arm and chuckled, although he said so, but no one in the room knew what this cunning guy really thought.

    "Then try..."

    Tony Stark rubbed his eyebrows and sighed: "Let¡¯s try to build a testing machine first. Anyway, this is an interesting subject...

    Although I still don¡¯t think that Uehara Naraku would want to manipulate people¡¯s thoughts so boring, that **** would only hide his identity behind his back and do bad things..."

 ~ï¼š Marvel Extra (2)

    Earth.

    The secret underground base of Hydra.

    Uehara Naraku sits leisurely on an office chair, with a mobile phone on his desk playing a report from another person.

    "Uehara Naraku, I have been doing what you said, and those guys will be able to work out the time machine right away, when will you let us return to Asgard!"

    The person reporting on the other end of the phone was Loki.

    The spy lurking next to Tony Stark and others, he chose to take refuge in Uehara Naraku, leaking the information of Tony Stark''s avengers, in order to exchange the power to return to Asgard from Uehara.

    Compared to staying with the Steve Rogers faction, it¡¯s a little bit heartless. He only knows the alcoholic Thor, and Rocky is very smart, because he knows who has the biggest fist, that person may know Asgard. Whereabouts.

    "US?"

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help raising her eyebrows, and couldn''t help but laughed: "Does our Prince Rocky still want to bring others back together? Doesn''t His Royal Highness Rocky want to return alone and become the king of Asgard? Who do you want to take back?"

    "..."

    Loki was strangely silent over there.

    After a while, Loki said as if indifferent: "Of course it is Saul. I want Saul to see my enthronement ceremony and let him know that I am the only one who can become Asgar. King of Germany..."

    "Ha ha¡­"

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but chuckle.

    "why are you laughing?"

    Rocky was a little embarrassed and turned into anger. He seemed to feel Uehara''s mockery. He said angrily: "What do you mean by this fellow! Without the intelligence I brought you, you didn''t even know that these people have been targeting you all the time." ¡­"

    "Means nothing¡­"

    Uehara Naraku indifferently put away her laughter, and continued softly: "I just remembered something happy. I just heard that my teacher is traveling between stars in space. I will be able to see her soon..."

    "..."

    Loki was silent for a while, and then said: "That''s it! I will report to you the progress of Tony Stark and Thanos'' experiments..."

    "Um."

    Uehara Naraku agreed softly, tapped his finger on the phone, and said to Loki: "Yes, as an early reward for providing information to you, I can show you a recent photo of Queen Friega first. , She seems very haggard recently..."

    "..."

    The other end of the call.

    Loki fell into a long silence.

    Compared to his father, King Odin, Loki actually loved his mother, Queen Frigga. He was brought up by Frigga personally since he was a child. Therefore, he has always been disinterested in Odin''s power and insisted on learning Frigga. Spells.

    Loki looked at the photo on the phone. It was a photo of his mother Friega sitting alone on the heights of the fairy palace, which made the queen look very lonely.

    Friega''s wise eyes were full of longing.

    I don''t know if she is missing her dead husband Odin, or her two sons who are far away, maybe both.

    Loki''s fingers subconsciously frosted the screen of the Earth''s phone. This action almost touched the deletion, causing Loki to stand up in a hurry, carefully controlling his phone.

    After Loki''s movements calmed down, he looked at the photo, and a flush of red slowly appeared in his eyes, and there were even sobbing sounds in his nose...

    This is his relative.

    "Don''t hurt Queen Frigga..."

    Loki spoke word by word to Uehara Naraku on the other side of the phone, "Otherwise...no, this is a request... Uehara-sama, whatever you want me to do, I will help you..."

    "I believe you."

    Uehara Naraku hung up the phone calmly.

    Compared with the temptations of gems, thrones, and power, the emotional bond between people is the most useful chess piece. Uehara Nairo believes that Rocky will stand by him for the safety of Friga and Asgard.

    Although the guy Loki might be a little cautious, it doesn''t matter to Uehara Naraku, because he also placed a chess piece beside Tony Stark and Thanos.

    When Uehara Naraku put away the phone, and was about to think, the ring on his hand lit up, and a familiar fuzzy phantom suddenly appeared.

    White.

    This friend who grew up with me since childhood said with a worried expression: "My lord, a group of people claiming to be predators stopped our spaceship. Junmaro has already negotiated. Nan-sama doesn''t want me to disturb you, but I think this Something should still be..."

    "I''ll be there soon!"

    Uehara Naraku''s expression was abruptly solemn, which group of predators had such courage to intercept Akatsuki''s traveling spacecraft!

    Three or four years have passed since Thanos was completely annihilated, and the entire universe has now become Akatsuki''s possession, and most civilizations in the universe have also recognized the situation.

    I originally thought that there was no danger in this universe, but I didn''t expect that there would be a batch of desperate predators...

    to be honest.

    The predators seem to be desperate, but in fact they don''t want to lose their lives for some trivial things, not to mention that what they are provoking now may not be a trivial thing.

    This is the predator squad led by Yongdu.

    The universe is peaceful, and Xingjue has been working on Yongdu¡¯s spacecraft. They even recruited Thanos¡¯ two daughters, as well as a raccoon and a tree man. It¡¯s just that they can¡¯t live well during this time. That''s great.

    Because¡­

    The universe is too peaceful, they haven''t opened for too long.

    Originally, when the group of Yongdu saw the most luxurious spacecraft in interstellar travel, they thought about it a little bit, and planned to hijack it and exchange it for some money by the way.

    result¡­

    When they contacted this luxurious spaceship, they saw a group of figures in black robes of auspicious clouds on the contact projection, and the entire team was instantly dumbfounded.

    What the fuck...

    They seem to have a hard time!

    Even if they are not afraid of the sky, they will not be in conflict with Akatsuki for a little thing, that is the new hegemon of the universe, even more domineering than Thanos!

    There is no shortage of planets in the universe that were destroyed by Akatsuki''s members...

    As the boss of the team, Yongdu refused to let him choose to bow his head and apologize, laughing and saying that they just want to make friends and plan to leave it alone...

    Just as Yongdu and Junmaro on the luxury spaceship had made a deal, Yongdu saw a spatial black hole appeared on the spaceship on the screen, and a young man walked out of it.

    "The leader of Akatsuki..."

    Yongdu''s face suddenly changed.

    As a man who has defeated Thanos, Uehara Naraku''s appearance requires little publicity, and is already a face that most civilizations in the universe must remember.

    What''s more, in their predator squad, there are two daughters of Thanos. When Kamora saw Uehara Naraku, his body was a little trembling!

    Yongdu felt a little grateful in his heart.

    Fortunately, they have not yet shown hostility and have reached a settlement with this spacecraft. I didn''t expect that all the people on this spacecraft were actually Akatsuki members...

    "I just heard..."

    Uehara Naruto walked to the screen, looked at the Yongdu group on the contact screen, and curiously said: "You stopped this spacecraft because you want to make friends with the spacecraft''s owner?"

    Yongdu slapped haha, laughing and trying to fool around: "Hahahahahaha...I just want to get to know the famous Xiao..."

    "Okay, I remember you."

    Uehara Naraku nodded earnestly, his gaze swept across everyone on the screen, falling on Xingjue''s body: "I will prepare gifts for you..."

    "Thanks a lot..."

    Yongdu''s face is still smiling.

    Just waiting for them to disconnect from the spaceship, Yongdu''s face suddenly became difficult to look, and he greeted his subordinates with a nervous expression to leave here immediately!

    "What''s wrong?"

    Xingjue didn¡¯t know anything about the crisis just now, and he still had some fearless temperament: "It looks like the leader of Akatsuki is very friendly..."

    "Wow!"

    The raccoon spread out his paws in surprise: "That guy doesn''t look like the most powerful guy in the universe at all, just like an ordinary student... Do we really not rob this spaceship? This is the most powerful guy in the universe. Expensive spaceship!"

    "Don''t look at the surface. UU Reading "

    Kamora stood by and shook his head, and said in a deep voice, "He is the most terrifying person in the universe. He can easily control a person''s life. Even my father Thanos has always been played by him. middle¡­"

    "Leave right away..."

    Yongdu wiped the cold sweat from his forehead with a lingering fear, and whispered: "I feel that the guy smiles more inhumanly than Igo..."

    This is simply frightened.

    Uehara Naraku thought that his smile was more perfect than ever. After dealing with Yudu''s troubles, he turned his head slightly to look at the people on the spaceship.

    until¡­

    Uehara''s gaze fell on a woman with light blue and purple hair, his smile showed eight perfect teeth, and he opened his arms with a smile.

    "Welcome to come here on holiday, teacher."

 ~ï¼š Marvel Extra (3)

    A place of nothingness.

    The area where the collector Tifan is located is the most chaotic place in the universe, and it can also be said that this is the area with the most extensive exchanges of cosmic civilizations.

    A huge and luxurious spaceship hovered above the void, causing a group of hooligans on the ground to whistle and tsunami!

    It''s rare for such a luxurious spacecraft to land in a place like the void!

    The hatch opened slowly.

    First, rows of unusually tall monsters walked out of the hatch and stood around the hatch guarding the spaceship.

    Just as everyone present was still thinking about who came to cause such a big battle in the void, a group of people wearing auspicious clouds and black robes walked down...

    The whole place of nothingness instantly became an uproar!

    How could Akatsuki group kill stars appear here!

    "Quite me all!"

    The collector Talia Tiffan roared loudly to quiet the people in the void, while he himself trot in the direction of the hatch to greet his big customer.

    These guys are not easy to mess with...

    Since Akatsuki defeated the Thanos Army, the universe has been extremely strict. Any civilization that wants to launch war must get Akatsuki¡¯s permission...Of course, there must be a lot of disobedient guys in it, and their ending is transformed into the universe. dust.

    Akatsuki didn''t hesitate to clean up these people!

    To put it bluntly, their rule is more stringent than Thanos!

    Thalia Tiffan stood on the periphery, looking at Naraku Uehara and a light blue woman who walked down first, and smiled cautiously: "Welcome your Excellency...come to the land of nothingness."

    "Don''t be so careful..."

    Uehara Naraku looked at Thalia Tiffan, stretched out his palm in a friendly manner, and smiled: "I am also a person who likes to collect. In a sense, the two of us are peers..."

    "Yes?"

    Thalia Tiffan''s face suddenly relaxed a little, and he reached out and invited Uehara Naruto to follow him: "It looks like we should have a lot of topics..."

    "should be¡­"

    Uehara Naraku smiled and nodded. He turned to look at Xiao Nan next to him, and said softly: "Teacher, let''s go, let''s see what treasures are in this world, and bring some gifts for Nagato-sama when we go back..."

    "¡­Um."

    Xiao Nan finally nodded hesitantly.

    At this moment, she remembered the strange gifts that her disciples had given her. Now it seems unlikely that there will be any normal gifts in this place...

    After Uehara Naraku watched Xiaonan walk a few steps forward, he turned his head to look at the people following him, looked at Domam among them, and whispered, "Domam, you take the ancient master master, Go and do something for me..."

    "Um?"

    Domam and Gu Yi stood up with some doubts.

    "I remember there was a guy named Ego in this universe..."

    Uehara Naruko rubbed his forehead and said softly, "Help me tell Igo that one of his sons is still alive, and he also has the power of a **** in his body. I believe he will understand what I mean..."

    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku''s voice suddenly lowered: "When Igo and his son are finally reunited, I immediately arrested Igo as my collection and told Igo''s son that this is Punish him!"

    "..."

    The corner of Gu Yi''s eyes couldn''t help but jump.

    Domam nodded indifferently.

    "Who is Ego''s son?"

    Mage Gu Yi asked helplessly: "If this is the case, his children will hate Xiao and will make us stand up an unnecessary enemy..."

    "Then he is looking for death?"

    Dommam couldn''t help but snorted coldly.

    Uehara Naruko waved his hand and chuckled softly: "Don''t worry, someone will stop Ego''s son from sending him to death. Maybe they will jump around for a while... Okay, go and do it for me. I hope their future life will be colorful..."

    "..."

    This is really not a good task!

    Guyi Mage originally thought that Uehara Naraku would let her and Domam perform this kind of mission as a simple prank, but until she knew who Ego¡¯s son was...

    Yes.

    Ego''s son is Peter Quill.

    It was the Star Lord Peter Quill who was still in the Brave Predator squad. They intercepted Xiao Nan¡¯s spacecraft before and almost clashed...

    This is Uehara Naraku''s revenge!

    as predicted.

    Just as Peter Quill¡¯s biological father, Igo, came to find his relatives, Yongdu fled regardless, not wanting Peter Quill and their father and son to recognize each other...

    It¡¯s just that Yongdu¡¯s strength is far worse than Yigo. Yigo easily defeated this predator team and took away his son Peter Quill...

    Eagle star.

    Igor and Peter Quill finally met father and son. He behaved like a kind and kind father, even willing to play children''s games with Peter Quill.

    Peter Quill enjoys an unprecedented father!

    This was something he had never been in contact with since he was a child, and even he knew that he was not a worthless thief, he was the son of a god!

    However¡­

    When the father and son lost the ball with supernatural power.

    The boundless darkness slowly enveloped the entire Ego star.

    The Gu Yi mage fell in front of the father and son with her feet on the circle. Her gaze fell on Yi Ge, but in a moment she could see exactly what the **** was Yi Ge...

    to be honest¡­

    The mission of Naraku Uehara is actually not a bad thing. At least the pests in the universe like Igo have been cleaned up. The only problem is that the time they chose is not good...

    Now Igo is just pretending to be...

    "No matter, we have no other choice."

    Mage Gu Yi shook her head and sighed, her face immediately became solemn and solemn, her eyes moved from Igo to Peter Quill, and she said coldly: "Peter Quill, you tried to offend Xiao Organize the least offensive person..."

    When I said this, the voice of Gu Yi mage also became heavier than ever: "As a punishment for you, Peter Quill, you will never be able to get the love of your father!"

    "and many more¡­"

    Peter Quill couldn''t help but said, "Didn''t we have spoken of modesty? Besides, it was Yongdu who decided to intercept that spacecraft..."

    "I also think you should punish Yongdu..."

    Igo slowly spread his arms, and energy vines grew on the entire planet. He said in a deep voice: "Although I don''t want to be confided, I don''t want anyone to disturb our father and son reunion. Are you ready to face the anger of a god?"

    "You are just a remnant brain of the Celestial Clan..."

    An indifferent voice emerged from the endless darkness, and Domam lightly pierced Ego''s real body: "It''s just a planet, do you want to show off in front of me!"

    next moment¡­

    The dark energy turned into a spear and fell suddenly!

    The huge spear pierced the entire planet in an instant!

    Yi Ge hurriedly gathered his own energy to resist, but was smashed by Gu Yi Mage with a palm of his body, and he couldn''t even condense anymore!

    In a blink of an eye...

    Dommam put Ego in the black hole universe!

    As for Igor''s son Peter Quill, Gu Yi mage looked at Peter Quill, waved his hand and sent him to the gathering place of predators of the universe with the door of space.

    Here, Peter Quill met the somewhat downcast Yongdu and others. It happened that Yongdu was still repairing the spacecraft here and rushed to Star Eagle to bring Peter Quill back...

    Bang!

    An energy ball appeared from Peter Quill''s hand, and he raised his hand and directly blasted the parts that Yongdu had just repaired!

    "Yongdu!"

    "Quil!"

    "You bastard!"

    Peter Quill rushed to the front of Yongdu, grabbing Yongdu''s collar with one hand, and his eyes were full of anger: "You **** who went to provoke Dawn! Now they are guilty of my head. Captured my father!"

    "release!"

    Yongdu shook off Peter Quill''s palm, his face showed some doubts: "The people of Akatsuki took your father? Ego?"

    "Yes, you are the bastard!"

    Peter Quill hit Yongdu''s face with a punch!

    Unexpectedly, after Yongdu got up, he was not angry and rejoiced. He couldn''t help but laughed and said, "Hahahahaha...then they really did a great thing!"

    "You bastard!"

    The two were fighting together!

    From then on, Peter Quill and Yongdu really lived a life of turmoil, and the battle between them continued until Yongdu died...

    Because Star Lord Peter Quill wanted to avenge the people of Akatsuki''s organization, and wanted to save his father Yigo, Yongdu always stopped him when Quill acted, and Peter Quill turned his anger at Yongdu to provoke Akatsuki. organization¡­

    It was not until the death of Yongdu that the truth about Yigo was finally revealed, including the trade between Yongdo and Yigo.

    For example, Yigo once gave birth to countless children, and Yongdu once returned these children to Yigo, but Yigo killed all these children...

    When Yongdu took Peter Quill from the earth, he would no longer give Peter Quill to Ego, but took him by his side...

    Peter Quill naturally refused to believe these, and he was full of doubts: "That **** is full of lies, do you think I will believe his kindness? He took me away from my childhood just to steal things for him..."

    "It doesn''t matter whether you believe it or not."

    Camora glanced at Peter Quill disappointedly, shook his head and sighed: "Quil, people before death will not deceive, he has been doing it for you..."

    "I''m going to ask my father."

    Peter Quill squeezed his fist and said solemnly: "I want to rescue my real father, I want to ask the truth from his mouth!"

    coincidentally¡­

    When Akatsuki learned the news of Yongdu''s death, he released Peter Quill¡¯s biological father, Igo. This operation was simply incomprehensible. Even Kamora, the raccoons, and a group of predators were a bit uncomfortable. clear.

    However, they soon understood.

    Peter Quill soon learned the truth from his biological father, Igo. He knew that his father, Igo, used to multiply and develop descendants with various races in the universe in order to improve his divine power and gave birth to many children...

    Later, those children were all killed by Igo, and even Quill¡¯s own mother was killed by Yigo. In order to avenge his mother, Peter Quill killed Yigo...

    Yongdu is right.

    It''s just that he never had a chance to say sorry to Yongdu again.

    When Gu Yi mage was monitoring the universe, UU read and saw the desperate Peter Quill couldn''t help but shook his head and exclaimed: "Uehara Naraku''s punishment...never can be wrong."

    Yes.

    Uehara Naraku didn''t do anything wrong, he even lifted a crisis related to the universe by imprisoning Igo for a period of time.

    And his punishment is also in place.

    Star Lord Peter Quill never enjoyed his father''s love again, and Yongdu was punished by him. He and his adopted son Peter Quill became enemies for life.

    "No, you are wrong."

    Yongdu''s soul floated beside Peter Quill, with a smile on his mouth, his soul reached out to touch Peter Quill but was out of reach.

    "Quil this little bastard..."

    "Actually, I have been enjoying my father''s love..."

 ~ï¼š Marvel Extra (4)

    Five years passed in a flash.

    Over the years, more and more news has also been sent back to the earth, most of which are the news that Uehara Naraku led the Akatsuki organization to rob the planet.

    In order to solve the crisis that may destroy the universe, Nick Fury, Thanos, and Loki helped to make the Avengers who had been divided for many years finally began to restore contact and communication again.

    No matter in terms of knowledge or strength, Thanos has undoubtedly become the host of their counter-offensive plan, because only Thanos has been the closest to defeating Uehara Naraku...

    Even though he was actually beaten by Naru Uehara very embarrassed...

    "Carol Danvers has been passing on Akatsuki''s information..."

    Thanos stood in front of a virtual screen and spoke softly: "The last time we received the news, Uehara Naraku swallowed another huge galaxy, so..."

    "Wait, let me interrupt first."

    Nick Fury made a pause gesture and continued: "According to the observation of the earth, there should be at least hundreds of billions of galaxies in the universe, even if Uehara swallows one galaxy every day..."

    "Not every day."

    Thanos¡¯ voice slowly became thicker. He stretched out his huge palm and snapped his fingers: "It took only a second. He swallowed a galaxy. It was as simple as snapping his fingers, and he Can appear anywhere in the universe at any time..."

    "Well, I have to ask again."

    Nick Fury snapped his fingers and said loudly: "Who can help me count, Uehara Nara swallows a galaxy in one second, even those galaxies with trillions of stars can be counted as one second... How long will it take him to swallow the entire universe?"

    "Sir, 3960."

    Jarvis'' mechanical sound echoed in this room.

    The whole room was silent.

    Steve Rogers and the others looked at each other. After hearing this number, they subconsciously breathed a sigh of relief because they thought it was a long time.

    "It seems we still have a lot of time to perfect the plan..."

    There was obviously more relaxation in Steve Rogers'' eyes.

    "You really are..."

    The scientists like Thanos, Tony Stark, Bruce Banner and Suri reluctantly covered their foreheads, looking like they couldn''t bear to look directly at them.

    They felt the importance of knowledge for the first time.

    "call¡­"

    Tony Stark took a deep breath, suppressed his anger, and tried his best to smile with a witty tone: "Is it necessary for me to introduce Einstein to you now? When a person''s speed surpasses light , Time is no longer..."

    "Stark."

    Thanos interrupted Tony Stark, he turned his head and glanced at Steve Rogers and others, and said softly: "That kind of explanation is too troublesome, let me do it..."

    The palm of Thanos rested on the table and began his popular science: "The universe is huge, and the time velocity of each galaxy and even planet is different.

    This also means that for one second we are here, compared to Uehara Naraku, perhaps he has been in another corner of the universe for a hundred or even ten thousand years..."

    "and many more¡­"

    Spider-Man Peter Parker raised his hand and asked carefully: "I want to ask, do humans have such a long lifespan?"

    "This is not a question of longevity..."

    Thanos¡¯s face remained calm, and he was not at all angry at Peter Parker¡¯s question: "It¡¯s a matter of time. One hundred years, ten thousand years, it¡¯s one second for Uehara Naraku..."

    "But¡­"

    Peter Parker hasn''t figured out the theory yet.

    Tony Stark''s face was even more helpless. He rubbed his brows and said: "Jarvis, Friday, anyone will do. Help me to seal Parker''s mouth..."

    "Wait, Mr. Stark... um um um um!"

    Peter Parker wanted to say something, but the spider nano suit on his body suddenly activated and sealed his mouth directly!

    "I will find time for Jarvis to help him make up lessons."

    Tony Stark looked at Thanos a little apologetically, his palms fiddled messily: "We all grew up watching Parker. You know that not long after he graduated from college, I donated a building. Let MIT admit him as a graduate student..."

    "I know it well."

    Thanos'' face remained calm.

    This is ridiculous.

    Because Spider-Man has been following their neutral avengers since high school, and Tony Stark, Bruce Banner and Thanos happen to be the most knowledgeable people in the entire Avengers, even Strange Doctor Strange, who has always had a very low sense of existence, is a doctor...

    result¡­

    Peter Parker, the little spider, didn''t learn anything from them, only learned from them how to solve terrorists faster and more covertly.

    This is very embarrassing.

    Obviously.

    These highly knowledgeable and highly educated guys are not very good at raising children, perhaps they are better at petting children, and abruptly raised Peter Parker.

    "I think you should be more straightforward..."

    Strange Doctor Strange spoke softly and explained: "Just put it straight, the human body and soul have limited energy..."

    "No, no, I think that is even more difficult to understand!"

    Tony Stark quickly interrupted Dr. Strange and retorted loudly: "We are discussing science, not your wizarding theology. Don''t lead us to ruin our innocent little guy..."

    "Stark, Peter Parker has grown up!"

    Dr. Strange once again took out his long-standing pedagogy: "You can''t always treat him as a child..."

    "Hmm!"

    Peter Parker nodded his little head quickly.

    "Well, he''s grown up."

    After Tony Stark nodded helplessly, he turned and continued: "But what I want to say is that he is still a student. He is going to report to MIT these days. What he needs is scientific knowledge, not Your set..."

    "stop!"

    Someone finally couldn''t stand it anymore.

    Natasha Romanov shouted aloud to stop the dispute, and said helplessly: "We should be discussing Naruto Uehara now? It''s not how you raised a baby, OK? Can you tell me the business? "

    "..."

    Everyone present was stunned by Natasha.

    Tony Stark choked, glanced at Dr. Strange, and closed his mouth in surprise.

    "You only need to know one thing..."

    Dr. Strange stood up and said in a deep voice: "Even if we don''t discuss his power, it can be said that he has an immortal and long life just because of the gem of time he possesses..."

    After speaking, Dr. Strange was afraid that Tony Stark would argue again, and added: "Also, this also means that time is meaningless to him. He can play with time unscrupulously. Sooner or later there will be a day. , He will be manipulating time and devouring the entire universe in one second..."

    "..."

    There was silence again in the field.

    Compared with Thanos and Tony Stark''s theories, UU Read Dr. Strange''s explanation is obviously clearer, at least they know the grim situation they are facing.

    At this heavy moment, Loki smiled and said: "If you say so...In order to save the universe that may be swallowed at any time, do we have to start thinking of a way immediately..."

    "Yes."

    Thanos took a rare and pertinent look at Loki, and said solemnly: "If you want to defeat Naraku Uehara, you must collect all the infinite gems to have hope.

    But from the very beginning, Uehara Naraku used a conspiracy to seize all the infinite rough stones. These gems are in the hands of Uehara Naraku. No one in the universe can defeat him. "

    "However, this is not impossible..."

    Bruce Banner took the stubbornly and said softly: "We have obtained data from Pim particles and quantum space theory, and the first experiment of traveling through time and space has been successful. It is time for us to start preparing for action..."

 ~ï¼š Marvel Extra (5)

    In 2022.

    The Avengers'' time-travel experiment went very smoothly.

    Strange Doctor Strange, Hulk Bruce Bans, Thanos, Captain America Steve Rogers, as the first members to go to the 2012 New York War.

    Because according to their judgment, the biggest threat Uehara Naraku was just an ordinary person, and no one could prevent them from stealing infinite gems from that battle.

    result¡­

    This group of members was beaten by Uehara Naraku.

    "Uehara Naraku is a liar!"

    After Steve Rogers returned, the first thing was to tell everyone the facts immediately: "Uehara Naraku has always been strong! He has never been an ordinary person!"

    "Yes..."

    Dr. Bruce Banner was also wounded, and Shen Sheng explained: "We always think that Uehara became Superman because of the energy of the universe cube... No, he has always possessed extraordinary powers. The New York war incident was only his camouflage!"

    "..."

    Everyone couldn''t help looking at each other.

    Nick Fury frowned involuntarily and said softly, "It looks like our next move is to avoid the appearance of Uehara Naraku..."

    "And he has always been Akatsuki''s leader..."

    Steve Rogers immediately brought up another troublesome matter: "In other words, all of Akatsuki''s actions are under his command!"

    "¡­This guy¡­"

    Nick Fury was a bit speechless.

    Everyone present was even more speechless.

    Because everyone has been in contact with Naraku Uehara, and everyone knows that it is because Naraku Uehara is named as an intern of Akatsuki that he can get a lot of convenience on the earth...otherwise it is impossible for Naraku Uehara to directly become the director of S.H.I.E.L.D. as a 7th-level agent. .

    That bastard...

    Too good at playing, right?

    The people present thought that what Uehara Naraku had done was bad enough. After the first time travel, they found that they still underestimated Uehara Naraku¡¯s despicable cunning...

    Uehara Naraku...

    Is it really the leader of Akatsuki''s organization?

    Only Tony Stark was lost in thought.

    His father, Howard Stark, had a good relationship with Akatsuki. He didn''t even trust S.H.I.

    Tony Stark remembered that when Naraku Uehara was an agent monitoring him by S.H.I.E.L.D., he still desperately concealed Akatsuki¡¯s organization in front of Uehara...

    When Akatsuki comes to the earth...

    Tony Stark remembered that he defended Akatsuki in front of Naraku Uehara and others. At that time, no one believed in Akatsuki¡¯s righteous nature more than Tony...

    Even Tony faintly remembered that he once seemed to be brazen to introduce the situation of Akatsuki to Uehara Naraku...

    Is this too dead?

    Thinking back to these stupid things now, Tony Stark felt that he really wanted to commit suicide on the spot... What did the **** Uehara Naraku think at that time?

    and many more¡­

    A letter from father Howard Stark?

    Tony Stark''s mood suddenly became unwell. Was the last letter of Howard that once affected his perception of Akatsuki''s organization, was it his father left him?

    This answer...

    Maybe I can only find it myself.

    "Go to 1970."

    Tony Stark remembered an era in which he didn''t care if Akatsuki would appear in that era, and he said in a deep voice, "The Cube of the Universe... Space Gems must have been in that era... I want to see how many ghosts Uehara Naraku has done! "

    "What if Nairo Uehara appeared in that era?"

    Natasha Romanov quickly threw a difficult problem: "Judging from the current situation, he was the leader of Akatsuki a long time ago. This also means that we cannot judge his exact age and exact time when he appeared on Earth. ¡­"

    "Uehara Naraku is good at hiding and deceiving."

    Tony Stark immediately gave the answer: "If Naraku Uehara really appeared in that era, what capacity would he appear as? We have enough Pim particles. In addition to capturing the rough stone, we can also see who that guy is Isn''t there any conspiracy..."

    A light flashed in Tony Stark''s brain, and he suddenly said, "Wait... Why didn''t Uehara Naraku deal with the rebels like you and us... He has this strength but didn''t kill or imprison us..."

    Thanos thought for less than a second, and Shen Sheng concluded: "No matter what plot he has, we only have this one plan."

    now¡­

    They have no more options.

    Nick Fury glanced at Thanos vaguely, and while touching his beeper, he said: "Then let''s discuss who is going to get the gems..."

    To be honest, Nick Fury doesn''t believe in Thanos.

    And now they already know that Uehara Naraku has always been the leader of the Akatsuki organization, which also means that the previous method of dissolving Uehara Naraku''s rule through the Akatsuki organization will not work, so simply call Captain Marvel back...

    By the way...

    Can also guard against Thanos.

    The first group of members who traveled through time and space was beaten by Naraku Uehara, but they also retrieved the first time gem from the past, which shows that the plan was successful.

    Once you get the six infinite gems...

    Nick Fury wondered if Thanos would have any thoughts. At this time, recalling Carol Danvers should also be regarded as an insurance.

    It turns out that Nick Fury''s approach is correct.

    Even if Thanos is now cooperating with the Avengers, it does not mean that he has given up his ideals.

    Because almost everyone present had been in contact with one of the infinite gems, they quickly summarized all the timelines of the gems'' appearance.

    first.

    Avoid conflicts with Naraku Uehara in the past timeline.

    Secondly.

    Avoid any behavior that may disrupt the timeline.

    finally.

    Come back alive.

    However, any gain will eventually come with a price.

    Except for the few other gems that were brought back without incident, the team that went to retrieve the soul gems still paid the price of their lives, and Natasha Romanov died after all.

    This happened...

    The members of the Avengers were extremely sad.

    "Let''s discuss how to solve Naraku Uehara..."

    Thanos didn¡¯t care much about Natasha Romanov¡¯s sacrifice. He continued softly, ¡°This is the price I¡¯ve talked about long ago... Maybe it¡¯s not that there is no room for recovery, because Uehara Naraku once saved my sacrifice. Daughter."

    Thanos¡¯ gaze fell on the six infinite rough stones: "If it is the power of infinite rough stones...maybe...it should be able to do it."

    "Then discuss it first..."

    Nick Fury glanced at the people present, his gaze fixed on Thanos¡¯s empty Infinity Gloves: ¡°We¡¯ll decide who will use these gems... It seems that there are not too many choices, only Mr. Thanos and Bruce. Dr. Banner is the most suitable, right?"

    Because of the infinite gloves...

    They don''t need to make gloves.

    It''s just that Thanos, the former cosmic overlord, gets all the infinite gems, how does it feel a little bit unreasonable? It is said that the purpose of this guy is to destroy half of the life in the universe...

    "Except for me, no one can exert their power."

    Thanos took a look at the people present, and stepped forward and said: "No one in the entire universe knows how to use the power of rough stones better than me..."

    "Mr. Thanos, please tell me what to do first!"

    Nick Fury looked at Thanos and said softly: "If Thanos holds these gems, how can we solve Uehara Naraku?"

    "Snap your fingers."

    Thanos raised his palm and snapped his fingers, and said in a deep voice, "There is no existence that cannot be solved by the power of six rough stones..."

    After Thanos finished speaking, he looked at everyone present. He saw the pager in Nick Fury''s hand and knew that it was calling Captain Marvel Carol Danvers.

    This is a nuisance...

    At this moment, Loki suddenly said: "Although there are six rough stones, solving anyone is as easy as snapping your fingers... But Uehara also has six infinite rough stones on his body, which does not guarantee a hundred. 100% success."

    "...What should I do then?"

    Thanos looked at Loki.

    "Then I can only do my best..."

    Loki chuckled lightly and looked at Thanos and said: "If the first method cannot solve Uehara Naraku, let our strongest people take all the rough stones to find Uehara Naraku, and use all their abilities and Uehara Naraku. Fight to the death..."

    "but¡­"

    "I suggest you pick the first person you want to try and snap your fingers."

    "Using the power of the rough stone will consume a lot of life... Once the first person fails, the second person must ensure that he holds the rough stone in a perfect state to face Naraku Uehara."

    "..."

    Everyone present looked at each other.

    Even Thanos couldn''t help but look sideways at Loki. It has to be said that Loki is very beneficial to him, and maybe he can get all the infinite gems without blood...

    Who is going to be the first person to sacrifice?

    "Let me come..."

    Dr. Bruce Banner raised his hand and stood up. He walked to Thanos and reached for the Infinite Glove: "I know I can''t be Uehara''s opponent anyway... Let me be the first person to sacrifice!"

    "Bruce!"

    "Bruce!"

    "Bruce!"

    "..."

    A group of Avengers couldn''t help but look at Bruce Banner. UU reading www.uukanshu. com

    Because they sacrificed Bruce Banner¡¯s lover Natasha Romanoff, should they sacrifice Bruce Banner again?

    Bruce Banner shook his head, and his gaze fell on Thanos¡¯ Infinite Gloves: "Apart from me, there is no more suitable candidate, because no one knows the gamma rays of Infinite Gems better than me. Maybe this is fate. , I don¡¯t want to live up to Natasha¡¯s sacrifice, I want to know their secret..."

    "..."

    Everyone couldn''t help being silent.

    "Get ready..."

    Bruce Banner grabbed the Infinite Glove, carefully put it on his arm, and whispered: "Everyone, give me the gems... this will finally come to an end."

 ~ï¼š Marvel Extra (End)

    Dr. Bruce Banner is an honest man.

    Everyone present may doubt Thanos, may doubt Loki, may doubt Nick Fury or even Captain America Steve Rogers, but not Dr. Bruce Banner.

    Because for so many years, Dr. Bruce Banner has always been the image of a good old man, even Thanos is very fond of Dr. Bruce Banner.

    Unfortunately.

    Today is destined to be a day of subversion.

    Just when everyone handed over the gems to Dr. Bruce Banner and asked him to set all the gems on the Infinite Glove, a touch of pain and struggle flashed across the face of this good man, and his eyes were full of the Infinite Glove. It is complicated!

    This is not the pain caused by the power of infinite gems.

    Because the Infinite Glove can limit the power of the gem, Dr. Bruce Banner can adapt to its power. He is just thinking about what he is going to do next.

    after all¡­

    Choose Naraku Uehara?

    still¡­

    Choose these companions who live together day and night?

    For a kind-hearted person, there is no need for too much thinking time, Bruce Banner''s fingers squeezed suddenly, he can''t let the people present to work in vain!

    In just one second!

    Bruce Banner''s determination is made!

    At this time, even if it was Uehara Naraku, it is impossible to change the established ending!

    Bruce Banner has always obeyed Uehara Naraku''s orders, but only for this moment!

    This good man knows the ending after he snaps his fingers, at least he will lose all his power and may even endanger his life!

    Even if he possesses the undead physique of the Hulk, he will be hit 100% by the power of Infinite Gems. Infinite Gems are the strongest gamma rays in the world!

    but¡­

    That''s what it takes!

    "Dr. Bruce Banner."

    A familiar frivolous voice appeared in the room.

    With the appearance of this voice, a familiar figure slowly walked out of the door of a black hole with a smile on his mouth: "I think you should meet someone first and then think about your own Decide?"

    Uehara Naraku.

    When everyone on the scene saw this scene, their entire body stretched out almost immediately, what it means for this guy to appear here couldn''t be more obvious!

    This guy wants to stop Dr. Bruce Banner from snapping his fingers!

    Uehara Naraku smiled at the corner of his mouth, as if he didn''t care about Bruce Banner''s deadly snapping fingers ready to go, chuckled and continued: "This sentence is not only for you, but also for everyone present. ¡­"

    Speaking of this, the gate of the black hole behind Naraku Uehara slowly floated out of a slender figure. It was the black widow Natasha Romanov who sacrificed when they traveled through time and space to collect gems.

    Uehara Naro suddenly stretched out his left hand to clasp Natasha''s neck, his eyes were fixed on Dr. Bruce Banner, and he smiled and said, "Dr. Banner, Natasha Romanoff is your most important person. Huh? I managed to save her again..."

    Natasha Uehara¡¯s left hand was clasped around Natasha¡¯s neck, his right hand slowly spread out, and he whispered, ¡°As long as you are willing to obey my orders and give me the infinite gloves in your hand, I will return her to you. This is a reward for a loyal..."

    For those loyal subordinates.

    Uehara Naraku has never spared his reward.

    "..."

    Everyone present fell silent.

    Bruce Banner looked at the resurrected Natasha in disbelief, his fingers were already tightly pinched together, and he could shoot that snapping finger that would destroy everything in an instant!

    "Why are you here!"

    Tony Stark took the lead to calmly ask Uehara Naraku. His eyes slowly looked at the people present, and he continued with a deep voice: "Uehara Naraku, here are your people? What we have done during this time... is again yours. Did the guy control it?"

    "Well, more than one."

    Uehara Naraku nodded indifferently, his gaze fell on Loki, and he looked at Bruce Banner again: "However, I am worried that someone will betray me... So I will see if I can use Romanov. The agent exchanged his loyalty."

    "..."

    Everyone''s eyes refocused on Bruce Banner.

    Bruce Banner slowly lowered his head.

    This move is almost self-evident. This good old man in the Avengers, Dr. Banner, whom every faction respects, is a subordinate of Uehara Naraku...

    now¡­

    Bruce Banner, Naraku Uehara''s subordinate, took away from their hands the infinite gems that they had finally collected from all ages!

    A wave of despair inexplicably caught everyone''s heart.

    How many spies does this guy hide in the Avengers?

    While the others on the scene were still immersed in shock, Thanos slammed into Bruce Banner, trying to **** the Infinite Gloves from him!

    Uehara Naraku''s right hand suddenly protruded, and a gravitational force suddenly pulled Thanos'' body, slamming Thanos directly against the wall, and the whole room shook violently a few times!

    "Now all this has nothing to do with you."

    Uehara Naraku looked at everyone present, and slowly said: "You have never escaped my control. At this time, just be a spectator quietly. Waiting for our good old man Dr. Banner will do. choose¡­"

    "..."

    "Banna!"

    There was a groan from Natasha''s throat, and her hands tightly grasped Uehara''s wrists, hoping to give herself a little breath and let her speak more.

    It''s a pity that her strength is obviously too weak.

    Uehara Naraku felt Natasha''s struggle, his left hand relaxed slightly, watching Natasha''s every move with a smile, not caring about the possible consequences of her.

    "..."

    Seeing Uehara Naraku''s eyes, Natasha''s heart suddenly tightened, and a kind of absurdity and fear came to her face. Could it be that what she was going to do was also in Uehara''s expectation?

    Uehara Naraku... will he not be afraid of the power of infinite gems at all! Or does this guy have other cards?

    but¡­

    Too late to think too much!

    Natasha struggling to look at Bruce Banner, exhausted all her strength and shouted: "Banna...Don''t waste my soul!"

    The voice fell.

    Natasha closed her eyes with a smile.

    This is the best time she thinks she has performed. Only when she leaves the world with a smile, will she not make her lover feel heartache.

    "Ah ah ah ah ah ah..."

    Bruce Banner''s fingers jerked up!

    Click!

    While everyone was looking worried and waiting for Bruce Banner to snap this deadly finger, a pitch-black palm pierced Bruce Banner''s heart first!

    This dark palm came so suddenly!

    Even if the heart ruptured, the Hulk¡¯s physique would prevent Dr. Bruce Banner from dying, and the heart-piercing pain made his brain almost stagnated!

    Next second.

    A cloud of jet black liquid quietly enveloped Bruce Banner''s body, and the Hulk holding the Infinite Glove could no longer move!

    really!

    Naru Uehara, the **** still has a back hand!

    "Banna!"

    "Bruce!"

    "Dr. Banner!"

    Everyone looked at this scene in disbelief!

    The pitch-black liquid seemed to be alive, covering Bruce Banner''s tall body and slowly adhering to his face, looking very strange!

    "Really..."

    Uehara Naraku sighed helplessly, then let go and threw Natasha directly on the ground: "Why does everyone always think of betraying me?"

    "you¡­"

    Bruce Banner struggled to pinch his fingers again!

    However, the pitch-black liquid completely turned into a living thing, taking control of his body, and even slowly eroding his will!

    "Isn''t the price of loyalty not enough?"

    Uehara Naraku slowly walked towards Bruce Banner, and whenever he took a step forward, the pressure in this room suddenly increased dozens of times!

    When Uehara Uehara walked in front of Bruce Banner, everyone present had been suppressed by the aura emanating from Uehara Uehara''s body!

    this moment¡­

    They once again felt the fear of being suppressed by Uehara Naraku!

    "Am I not giving you enough?"

    Uehara Naruko watched Bruce Banner, who was completely possessed by the Black Jie, and calmly continued to ask: "I let you live like a normal person, so that you are no longer a monster, so that you can love someone freely. , Why betray me..."

    "¡­Because¡­"

    Dr. Bruce Banner gritted his teeth and said firmly: "I want to... follow... my own heart! Even if only once... From the beginning... My life... was controlled by you... I can''t go on like this!"

    "Tsk..."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and sighed, and slowly stretched out his palm, and sighed: "Fortunately, when I accepted you ten years ago, I prepared a back hand that you would betray in advance..."

    "..."

    The expressions of all the people present were numb.

    They were completely numb to Uehara Naraku''s bottom line of life.

    How gloomy this person''s psychology is, even Bruce Banner, a good old man, doubts it, and even prepares for the possibility of betrayal by the younger brother when he takes in the younger brother...

    This person...

    How hard it is to live!

    "Ho **** ho ho..."

    Hei Jueyin laughed a few times, took off the Infinite Gloves from the palm of Bruce Banner, and handed it to Naraku Uehara''s hands: "There are always a few idiots in every world who think they can change this world..."

    "It''s really troublesome."

    Uehara Naruko shook his head and sighed, and after receiving the infinite glove that Heizue handed over, his fingers curled up and suddenly snapped!

    This snap is very crisp!

    Hearing the sound of this snapping finger, everyone involuntarily stared at the movements of Uehara Naraku!

    "Don''t worry, I just want to try to eliminate me from other times."

    Uehara Naraku smiled and glanced at his fast-recovering arm, and said with a light smile: "Only infinite gems can resist infinite gems. It really can''t eliminate my existence... sure enough, there is always only one me no matter the past, present and future."

    "madman!"

    Tony Stark was stunned.

    Did Uehara Naraku mean...

    Was the snapping finger just now that he used to wipe out himself?

    "Well, UU read to send them back to their own time."

    Uehara Naruko took off the almost useless infinity gloves, turned and threw them to a bald woman wearing a hood behind him: "It''s better to come back soon, I will immediately change the belonging of the entire universe, lest they cause me anything more. trouble¡­"

    "Yes."

    The figure under the hood quietly responded.

    It is the former Supreme Master Gu Yi.

    After the Gu Yi mage left, everyone became vigilant again, and each clenched their weapons. They were all worried that Uehara would settle accounts after the fall.

    "I''m so timid..."

    Uehara Naraku shook his head, turned and stepped into the door of the black hole.

    As everyone slowly relaxed their vigilance, Uehara Naraku suddenly turned his head and smiled with a spring breeze: "It''s too low-level to destroy a person''s life... What I am best at is being behind the scenes!"